LIBRARY' 
 
 University of California. 
 
 GIFT OK 
 
 
 Class 
 
 ■'■^*i 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 >«^-^. 
 
 ^-yi* 
 
 im^lmM:^ 
 

 fe?** 
 
Digitized by the Internet Archive 
 
 in 2008 with funding from 
 
 IVIicrosoft Corporation 
 
 http://www.archive.org/details/completeuniversaOObarcrich 
 
COMPLETE AND UNFERSAL 
 
 DICTIONARY 
 
 OF THE 
 
 ENGLISH LANGUAGE: 
 
 COMPREHENDING 
 
 THE EXPLANATION, PRONUNCIATION, ORIGIN, MD SYNONYMES OF EACH WORD ; 
 
 AN 
 
 EPITOME OF HISTORY, BIOGRAPHY, M3 THE USEFUL SCIENCES; 
 
 A DESCBIPTION OF THE COUNTIES, CITIES, AND MABFET-TOWNS OF GREAT BRITAIN, AND OF 
 
 THE KINGDOMS, STATES, PROVINCES, AND C>TIES IN THE KNOWN WOULD, 
 
 WITH A VARIETY OF OTHER U?t:FUL INFORMATION. 
 
 THE KEY. JAMES BAECLAY. 
 
 A NEW EDITION, 
 
 ENLARGED, IMPROVED, AND ADAPTED TO THE PRESENT STATE OF SCIENCE, 
 
 BY B. R WOODWAiD, B.A. LONDON. 
 
 LONDON : 
 GEORGE VIRTUE, 26. IVY LANE, PATERNOSTER ROW. 
 
 13 ¥ 
 
H ri*^^ 
 
 Ci 
 
 C|yVV'^ 
 
 s 
 
 J 
 
 JOHN CH1LU3 AND SON, BUNGAY. 
 
P E E F A C E. 
 
 The extensive sale of the former editions of this Dictionary makes it unnecessary to speak of its general utility. For a 
 book which, like this, is sold almost wholly amongst the people, such a fact may be regarded as a sufficient test of worth. 
 The time was, however, come for a complete revision of its contents; whilst the advance of science, the progress of events, 
 and the growth of popular intelligence, demanded an extension of its original plan. This edition is, therefore, issued with 
 changes so great that it might claim to be an altogether new work. The scientific, geographical, and historical parts have 
 been entirely re-written ; and, in addition to the biographical articles, which form a perfectly new feature in it, great numbers 
 of new articles in all the departments of knowledge, which were formerly included in its design, have been inserted. The 
 latest authentic information on every subject which could be obtained has been given ; and the difficulty of this in these times 
 will be appreciated, when the condition of the European continent for the last twelve month's is recalled to mind ; and when 
 it is stated that, since the compilation of the tabular view of the solar system, another asteroid and an eighth satellite to Sa- 
 turn have been discovered, and it has been shown that Neptune is not the planet whose existence and position Adams and 
 Leverrier had demonstrated by mathematical calculation. In such a work, copious and technical detail on scientific subjects 
 was, of course, inadmissible. Clear and intelligible definition, with brief intimations of what would be found in treatises ex- 
 pressly devoted to them, were all that either its extent or its plan would allow ; and it is hoped that, in this view, these articles 
 will not prove unsatisfactory. Tables of the measures of weight, length, &c. &c., used in this and other civilized countries, 
 have been appended, because of their evident practical value. As much of history as could be narrated in the sketches of 
 the lives of its great actors, will be found under their several names ; and beside this, outlines of the great events, a rapid 
 review of the whole story of the fortunes of our own country, and an ample Chronological Table, reaching to the middle of 
 the current year, (1848,) have been given. The space requisite for these alterations has been gained by the enlargement of 
 the page, by the condensation of the articles common to this and to all English dictionaries, and by the omission of the Pre- 
 liminary Treatises on the British Constitution, &c. &cc., which were antiquated, and in great part rendered needless by the 
 revision of the body of the work. 
 
 It is possible that many names, commonly inserted in biographical works, will be sought for here in vain. Most of these 
 have been omitted intentionally; the editor's hope and purpose being to aid, as far as the selection and exhibition of examples 
 could aid, in the genuine development of all that is most manly in man, but in no case to pander to feelings which would 
 hinder the attainment of this end. The articles on theology, ethics, and philosophy have been written in the same spirit. 
 Neither devotion to any school of opinions, nor indifference to subjects of such great and universal concern, have been in- 
 culcated; but the free and intelligent use of all the original sources of knowledge respecting them, the employment of the 
 appropriate means of investigation, and especially the vital distinction between what are, from their nature, matters of specu- 
 lation and inquiry, and what are the motive principles of man's proper life, have been, on all suitable occasions, illustrated 
 and enforced. In all that has been said respecting questions which are now regarded by the working classes as of intense 
 interest, the aim has been to exhibit the very heart of them, cleared from all the sophistries and perversions so much em- 
 ployed both by those who promote, and by those who would suppress, the discussion of them. 
 
 From what has been said, it will be seen that this Dictionary does not pretend to be an Encyclopaedia, or to supply the 
 place of one, for the learned and the studious ; but that it is intended to be a compendious and satisfactory Book of Universal 
 Reference for those who, shut out from the means of acquiring extensive and profound knowledge, yet desire to partake, in 
 such measure as they can, of the guidance and comfort of that light, which is now, at length, perceived to be sent forth for all. 
 It will afford no mean nor selfish pleasure to the editor to find his intentions fulfilled, and his labour crowned with this success : 
 and if this book should stir up any to desire, and to seek for, fuller and wider information, on any of the varied and multiplied 
 subjects it notices, he will have realized his most ambitious hopes. Possibly, the assurance of any such reward may be denied. 
 In that case, to have worked with such objects, in view, as have been mentioned will be his reward. And, notwithstanding 
 what may be believed or taught to the contrary, it is a privilege of the highest order, to have wished heartily, to have sought 
 honestly, to advance one's fellows in true knowledge. 
 
 In an age like the present, no other prize than this may, perhaps, be reasonably expected. We live, not, as we thought, in 
 the " piping times of peace," but amidst convulsions more threatening than any that have ever yet terrified the nations. And 
 if our land be spared the material and revolting horrors of revolution, it is not the less surely passing through a revolution as 
 sweeping as those which have shaken all the thrones of Europe ; of the same nature, essentially, with them ; which will know 
 the same crises, the same agonies; be checked, and at times all but stopped, as they; and, in the end, reach the same goal. 
 To discern the agencies actually at work in this revolution, and all that, in the manners, the laws, and the circumstances of 
 the nation, makes it needful, is the first duty of such as undertake, whether by word of mouth or through the press, to be 
 teachers of others. To weigh well the various healing measures proposed, to reject the nostrums of the quack, and to approve 
 the prescriptions of the skilled physician, — these, too, are not less theirduty, nor should less engage their care. Whilst to them 
 also, if they be teachers indeed, belongs the high task of looking through the confused and shifting tumult of the scenes that fill 
 the eye; and, appalling the heart of the timid, rouse the passionate hope of the deluded to, the future which is to be wrought 
 out of it ; and without imperilling the reception of the truth they ran impart, by hazarding predictions respecting the events 
 of the morrow, to point, by words that can convey the spiritual influence of genuine knowledge, to that future, and so to re- 
 
iv PREFACE. 
 
 assure the expectations of the good, to dash the malignant triumph of their opponents, and to lighten the toil of every true- 
 hearted labourer amongst the children of men. 
 
 Without mistaking the position which the humble nature of his work assigns to him, the writer confesses that he has been 
 cheered in it by the desire to be such a teacher as far as was possible ; and of helping by it in hastening the advent of the 
 "good times," that all classes now so fondly trust "will come." Those times, it is true, do not image themselves to his 
 mind under the form in which they present themselves to the hopes of most men. He does not hail, as signs of their approach, 
 the movements which are confidently appealed to by the most favoured prophets of the day. Perhaps but a small minority 
 would sympathize with him, in his dreams of the coming sera. Yet not for such reasons dare he renounce that which has 
 never deceived his faith ; and which seems to be at once permanent and progressive, to have its foundations in the nature of 
 things, and to lead inevitably to the end, which has been announced in no doubtful manner by the Almighty himself, as the 
 goal of the human race. And who that, aided by knowledge of what is in man, and of what has been the history of mankind 
 to this hour, and by such knowledge as God only can give, has addressed himself to the study of the characteristics of the 
 passing age, could fail to see, in the hearty and entire devotion of individual men to the very Truth, the assured promise of a 
 glorious future,— and in that alone ? And who, that sees it, would forsake this rock of strength, for any of the specifics for 
 inducing "peace on earth, and good-will amongst men," by the sole force of circumstances, which are so ostentatiously pro- 
 claimed by contending parties, as the infallible means of bringing about the true millennium } 
 
 The hearty and entire devotion of individual man to the very Truth. 
 
 " But there is no originality or novelty in this ; every one already knows it." Its truth then is not denied. But if known 
 of all men, where and who are they that act upon it ? 
 
 " It would require ages for the development of any result, sufficient to commend it to the attention of all men." The ques- 
 tion is not in how little time; but, how can men be surely and universally advanced to that lofty position, which is the secret 
 aspiration of all, and which every tradition of the old times declares to be the consummation of the world's destiny. Now, it 
 is not denied, and it cannot be denied, that this end may be reached by the accession of men, one by one, to the service of the 
 Truth. But no such assurance attends even the success of any of the schemes which propose, by the mere alteration of their 
 circumstances, to reform and renovate the race. Implicit obedience to spiritual authority, the licence of legalized scepticism, 
 the tyranny of despots, constitutions which recognised the political rights of all, education by rulers and priests, economy, 
 communism, colonization, philanthropy, philosophy, all, under various, names, and at various times and places, have already 
 been tried ; and the condition of mankind at this moment is the evidence of their failure. But the silent, resolute culture of 
 all good in one's own heart, and, as far as the influence of one's own attainments could empower, in the hearts of others; this, 
 to which all that is excellent or hopeful in the world is owing, is dismissed, because it demands time lor the maturing of its 
 glorious promise ! 
 
 "Then, each man, to the end, must encounter all the toil and woe of the conflict, through which, as we have heard, they 
 have ever passed who have chosen this course." In truth he must. For who else can vanquish, who else resist, who else even 
 know, the ignorance, the evil habits, the lusts, the sin, that give the lie to his stoutest resolutions, and foil his best efforts, to 
 be in all things the devoted servant of the Truth } Bui though it be so, and each one must fight out this battle for himself, 
 just as each one must, as the great French moralist says, " die alone" ; the labours and the sufferings of those who go before 
 are not fruitless for them that follow after. He who undertakes truthfully this warfare will find whole legions of auxiliaries. 
 Every step taken by sage and scholar in the rugged path of learning aids him ; every achieveinent of genuine art aids him ; 
 every discovery, every invention, that science can boast aids him ; every generous suggestion of hearts that have pitied the 
 wants and the miseries of their brethren aids him ; every assertion and defence of human right, every approach to the estab- 
 lishment of justice in human affairs, every example of virtue and holiness, that the world has first martyred and then wor- 
 shipped, — in a word, every thing that is of the Truth, aids him who has sworn fealty to her. 
 
 And yet there are higher aids. The Roman stoic wrote, "There is no good man without God." He knew not all the truth 
 of his own words, but he knew that without such aid victory were hopeless for man. We know, on the testimony of witnesses 
 who would not, and who have not deceived us, that in this conflict God is so profoundly interested, that it has called forth a 
 manifestation of Himself in the world so marvellous, .that human powers are baffled and confounded in every attempt to un- 
 derstand It. Heralded by all that was befitting such a display of care for man, Jesus came; and, subjected to all the condi- 
 tions of our lot, engaged in this conflict himself, and triumphed in the very hour when those he came to bless exulted in 
 having slain him. Alone he fought the fight ; alone he gained the victory ; that thenceforward, not alone, not without him, 
 should any soldier of the Truth enter into the battle. It is his voice that calls them to it ; his example that cheers them in it ; 
 his strength that supports them through it; and it is he, himself, that crowns them, as " more than conquerors," at its close. 
 
 And thus it was declared to man, that not learniug, nor art, nor science, nor any amount of human wisdom or skill, was his 
 life, hat faith; and that if he would realize the splendid vision that each one is born with, the half-forgotten fragments of 
 which have suggested the prophecy of a " golden age" yet to beautify and gladden this earth, he must " fight the good fight 
 of faith, and lay hold of everlasting life." Thus, too, we are led, at length, to see that the glorious future promised by the 
 hearty and entire devotion of individual men to the Truth, is no life made up of the shows of worldly good, but of the realities 
 of a better world than this ; and this again assures us that no changes in outward circumstances, however skilfully contrived 
 or however powerfully carried out, can bring to pass that result mankind so passionately and so blindly long for; for then 
 only will the end they darkly seek be gained, when " the earth shall be filled with the knowledge of the glory of the Lord, as 
 the waters cover the sea." 
 
 With hopes such as these has this book been prepared ; and it is sent forth in the trust that, though it be one of the least 
 things that can help in their accomplishment, it may efl'ect all that it is fitted for, even if it cannot do all that the editor 
 could desire. 
 
 HarUston, November, 1848. 
 
TABLES OP WEIGHTS AND MEASURES, 
 
 FROM THE MOST RECENT AUTHORITIES. 
 
 BRITISH ISLANDS. 
 
 I. MEASURE OF LENGTH. 
 
 Standard. Suppose a pendulum vibrating seconds in a va- 
 cuum, at the level of the sea, in the latitude of London, at a 
 temperature of 02'^ Fahrenheit, to be divided into 391,393 
 parts ; 360,000 are taken as the length of a yard, 
 make 
 
 12 inches 
 
 3 feet 
 
 5i yards 
 40 poles 
 
 8 furlongs 
 
 1 foot 
 
 1 yard 
 
 1 rod, pole, or perch 
 
 1 furlong 
 
 1 mile 
 
 The inch is subdivided '\nXo eighths amongst mechanics; and 
 into tenths, hundredths, &c. amongst scientific persons, and by 
 the officers of the revenue. It was formerly, also, divided into 
 twelfths, or lines. 
 
 Particular Measures of Length. 
 
 2J inches 
 4 nails 
 
 4 quarters 
 
 5 quarters 
 
 3 barleycorns 
 
 3 inches 
 
 4 inches 
 9 inches 
 
 5 feet 
 
 make 
 
 \ ""*'', J used for all 
 ll"!,rf kinds of 
 \ cloths. 
 
 1 yard 
 1 ell 
 1 inch 
 1 palm 
 
 1 hand 
 
 1 span 
 1 pace 
 
 1 fathom 
 
 jV degree 
 3 miles 
 
 7AV inches 
 100 links 
 
 used in measuring 
 the height of horses. 
 
 ] used in measuring 
 
 I depths, at sea, &c. 
 
 of a great circle of 
 
 the earth. 
 
 1 mile 
 
 1 gpograph 
 
 1 league 
 
 1 link 5 used in measuring the 
 
 1 chain| sides, &c. of areas. 
 
 In measuring cloth, the Flemish ell = 3 quarters, and the 
 French ell = 6 quarters, were formerly used. 
 
 II. MEASURE OF SURFACE. 
 
 Standard. The same as in the preceding measure, 
 make 
 
 144 square inches 
 9 square feet 
 30J^ square yards 
 40 square perches 
 4 roods 
 040 acres 
 
 1 square foot 
 
 1 square yard 
 
 1 sq. rod, pole, ( 
 
 1 rood 
 
 1 acre 
 
 I square mile 
 
 perch. 
 
 In measuring land, a chain is used of the length given in the 
 preceding measure ; and 10 square chains = 1 acre. 
 
 III. MEASURE OF SOLIDITY. 
 
 Standard. As before. 
 
 1728 cubic inches make 
 27 cubic feet — 
 
 1 cubic foot 
 1 cubic yard 
 
 In the case of timber, 40 cubic feet of rough timber, or 50 feet 
 of hewn timber = 1 load, or ton ; whilst in shipping, 42 cubic, 
 feet = 1 ton. 
 
 IV. MEASURE OF CAPACITY. 
 
 Standard. The gallon contains 277,y„V cubic inches of distilled 
 water, at a temperature of 02" Fahrenheit, the barometer being 
 at 30 inches; which when weighed in air = 10 pounds avoir- 
 dupois. 
 
 4 gills 
 2 pints 
 4 quarts 
 2 gallons 
 
 4 pecks 
 
 8 bushels 
 
 5 quarters 
 
 1 pint 
 
 1 quart 
 
 1 gallon 
 
 1 peck 
 
 1 bushel 
 
 1 quarter 
 
 1 load, or wey 
 
 The four last-named measures are used for dry goods only. 
 Heaped measure is abolished. 
 
 Other Measures of Capacity yet in use. 
 
 4 bushels 
 2 weys 
 9 gallons 
 2 firkins 
 2 kilderkins 
 •3 kilderkins 
 2 hogsheads 
 
 make 
 
 1 coomb t A I- 
 
 1 last \ " '^°''"" 
 
 1 firkin -\ 
 
 1 kilderkin y 
 
 1 barrel V used for beer. 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 hogshead i 
 butt J 
 
 For wine and spirits, although many of the old names con- 
 tinue in use, such as anker, runlet, tierce, hogshead, puncheon, 
 pipe, butt, and tun, they are employed rather as names of 
 casks, than as measures; and the contents of such vessels are 
 usually ascertained by gauging before being charged. The old 
 Winchester gallon contained only 268,"^ cubic inches. Flour is 
 sold by weight, 7 pounds avoirdupois being reckoned to the 
 gallon. Coals are now sold by weight. Only 8 gallons of ale 
 u.sed to be reckoned to the firkin. 
 
 V. MEASURE OF WEIGHT. 
 
 Standard. One cubic inch of distilled water, at a temperature of 
 62" Fahrenheit, the barometer being at 30 inches, weighs252i-VA 
 troy grains; and 7000 troy grains = 1 pound avoirdupois. 
 
 27U grains 
 
 make 
 
 1 dram 
 
 16 drams 
 
 
 
 1 ounce 
 
 16 ounces 
 
 
 
 1 pound 
 
 28 pounds 
 
 — 
 
 1 quarter 
 
 4 quarters 
 
 
 
 1 hundredweight 
 
 20 hundredweights 
 
 — 
 
 1 ton 
 
 This weight, which is called avoirdupois, is used in almost all 
 commercial transactions and common dealings. The particular 
 measures of weight are the following : 
 
 Troy Weight. 
 
 24 grains make 
 
 20 pennyweights — ' 
 12 ounces — 
 
 1 pennyweight 
 1 pound 
 
TABLES OF WEIGHTS AND MEASURES. 
 
 This is used in weighing gold, silver, and precious stones, ex- 
 cepting diamonds, for which the carat = 3^ grains, is employed. 
 Apothecaries also employ this weight in compounding medicines, 
 with the following addition : 
 
 20 grains 
 
 make 
 
 1 scruple 
 
 3 scruples 
 
 — 
 
 1 dram 
 
 8 drams 
 
 — 
 
 1 ounce. 
 
 In the purchase of drugs, avoirdupois weight is used. Sci- 
 entific men use only the grain; and sets of weights from fio 
 of a grain to 10,000 grains are made for them. The carat, ap- 
 plied to gold, is a term which expresses only the relative propor- 
 tions of the gold and the alloy. Each mass is supposed to be 
 divided into 24 equal parts, or carats; so that " 22 carats fine" 
 signifies that only 2 parts of alloy are added to 22 parts of gold ; 
 and " IS carats fine," the New Standard, signifies G parts of 
 alloy to 18 of gold. 
 
 Wool Weight 
 
 
 7 pounds 
 
 make 
 
 1 clove 
 
 2 cloves 
 
 — 
 
 1 stone 
 
 2 stone 
 
 — 
 
 1 tod 
 
 6i tods 
 
 — 
 
 Iwey 
 
 2 weys 
 
 — 
 
 Isack 
 
 12 sacks 
 
 — 
 
 llast 
 
 But in some places 7 tods = 1 wey, and 240 pounds = 1 pack. 
 There were a great many different weights which passed under 
 the name of stone, but every one except that of 14 pounds is 
 now illegal. In weighing hay and straw, 56 pounds of old hay, 
 or 60 pounds of new, (that is, till Sept. 1 of the year of its 
 growth,) and 36 pounds of straw = 1 truss. Of cheese and 
 butter, 8 pounds = I clove, and 7 cloves = 1 firkin ; whilst the 
 wey varies between 32 and 42 pounds, in different localities. 
 
 The comparison of the avoirdupois and troy measures is, as 
 will be seen by the tables just given, in the pound, in favour of 
 the former, in the ratio of nearly 17 to 14; and in the ounce, in 
 favour of the latter, in the ratio of nearly 79 to 72. 
 
 The Jluid measure of Apothecaries is, 
 
 GO minims make 1 dram 
 
 8 drams — 1 ounce 
 
 20 ounces — 1 pint ; 
 
 which is exact in both weight and measure, in the case of water. 
 A drop of water = 1 minim, naturally. 
 
 Various weights assigned to bags, chests, &c. &c. of different 
 articles, in commerce, only express the usual capacity of such 
 vessels; but the actual weight of the commodity must be ascer- 
 tained now by measurement. 
 
 VI. MEASURE OF TALE, OR RECKONING. 
 
 Only a few common examples can be given under this head ; 
 as it is evident that convenience and custoui are the only stand- 
 ard it admits. 
 
 12 = 1 dozen; 13= 1 long dozen ; 120= 1 long hundred ; 12 
 dozen = 1 gross, or small gross ; 12 small gross = 1 great gross ; 
 10 = 1 dicker ; GO = 1 shock ; 10,000 = 1 last. 
 
 24 sheets 
 20 quires 
 10 teams 
 
 make 
 
 1 quire 'i 
 1 ream >of i 
 1 bale ) 
 
 VII. MEASURE OF TIME. 
 
 mak( 
 
 60 minutes — 
 
 24 hours — 
 
 7 days — 
 
 28 days _ 
 
 28, 29, 30, or 31 days — 
 365 or 366 days 
 
 1 minute 
 
 1 hour 
 
 Iday 
 
 1 week 
 
 1 lunar month 
 
 1 calendar month 
 
 1 year 
 
 See the articles Calendar, Yeau, Bissextile, Leap-year, 
 SfC. SfC. in the Dictionary. 
 
 The second is divided, for scientific purposes, into lOtlis. 
 lOOths, &c. 
 
 February has 28 days, or 29 in leap-year ; April, June, Sep- 
 tember, and November, 30 ; and the rest, 31. 
 
 VIII. MEASURE OF ANGULAR DISTANCE. 
 
 60 seconds 
 60 minutes 
 30 degrees 
 90 degrees 
 12 signs 
 
 1 minute 
 
 1 degree 
 
 1 sign 
 
 1 quadrant 
 
 1 circumference. 
 
 This table of the divisions of the circle is employed in ma- 
 thematical science; and the second is subdivided decimally, as 
 the second of time is. On globes, and maps of the stars, 15 
 degrees = 1 hour. 
 
 IX. VTEIGHT OF ENGLISH COINS. 
 
 Sovereign 
 
 weighs 
 
 5 dwt 3i grains 
 
 Half-sovereign 
 
 — 
 
 2 13J 
 
 Crown 
 
 
 
 18 4.3636 
 
 Half-crown 
 
 
 
 9 2.1818 
 
 Shilling 
 
 
 
 3 15.2727 
 
 Sixpence 
 
 
 
 1 19.6363 
 
 Fourpence 
 
 — 
 
 1 5.0909 
 
 Threepence 
 
 — 
 
 9i 
 
 For the value, &c., see the article Coin in the Dictionary, 
 
 THE COLONIES 
 
 use the imperial weights and measures, generally. But in some 
 the old system is employed, as in the West h 
 whilst at the Cape, the old Dutch m 
 at the Mauritius, the French system. 
 
 he West Indian Islands; 
 isures are also used ; and 
 
 THE UNITED STATES. 
 
 The English weights and measures, as they were before 1835, 
 are used here. The principal alterations having been noticed in 
 the notes upon the Tables, given above, it is needless to re- 
 peat them. 
 
 THE IONIAN ISLANDS. 
 
 The English imperial weights and measures are used, but 
 with Italian or Turkish denominations. The Troy pound is the 
 Libbra Sottile ; and the avoirdupoise pound, the Libbra grossa ; 
 100 Libbre = 1 Centinajo ; and 1000 Libbre = 1 Migliajo. In 
 Measures of Capacity, 8 Dicotoli = l Galloni ; 8 Gallone = l 
 Chilo, which is an imperial bushel ; and 16 Gallone = 1 Barile. 
 In Measures of Length, 5^ Yarde = l Carnaco; and 22 Yarde = 
 1 Stadio. 
 
 FRANCE. 
 
 The " metrical system," now universally enforced, was devised 
 by the scientific men of the end of the last century, at the instance 
 of the National Assembly, and was introduced in 1799; but not 
 till 1840, and then only by a special statute, did it supersede the 
 old or " usual system." The basis of this system is the Isngth 
 of a quadrant, or fourth part of the meridian, the distance between 
 the equator and one of the poles at the level of the sea. Meridi- 
 onal arcs were measured in various latitudes, the most exten- 
 sive being one of 570 miles, extending from Dunkirk to Barce- 
 lona, in order to ascertain this length; and the whole being 
 supposed to be divided into 10,000,000 parts, one was taken as 
 the original unit for all weights and measures, and called atnetrc. 
 It is a decimal system; that is, each denomination is a tenth 
 part of the one next above it, and ten times that next below it ; 
 and the ascending denominations are distinguished by the Greek 
 prefixes, «feca,/iec<o, kilo, and mi/ria ; whilst the descending deno- 
 minations have the Latin prefixes, deci, centi, and milli. This 
 system is unsurpassed in simplicity and completeness, and renders 
 all operations in commercial and scientific arithmetic at once easy 
 and certain. 
 
 MEASURE OF LENGTH. 
 
 1 myriametre 
 1 kilometre 
 
 equals 
 
 10000 I 
 1000 metres 
 
TABLES OF WEIGHTS AND MEASURES. 
 
 1 decametre 
 
 make 
 
 10 metres 
 C The 10,000,000th part of 
 \ the quarter of the meridian 
 (of the earth. 
 
 1 metre 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 decimetre 
 
 
 
 1 tenth of a metre 
 
 1 centimetre 
 
 
 
 1 hundredth of a metre 
 
 1 millimetre 
 
 - 
 
 1 thousandth of a metre 
 
 11. 
 
 MEASURF 
 
 OF SURFACE. 
 
 1 hectare 
 
 make 
 
 100 ares 
 
 lare 
 
 
 
 100 square metres 
 
 1 ccntiare 
 
 — 
 
 1 square metre 
 
 III. MliASURE OF SOLIDITY. 
 
 stere make 1 cubic metre 
 
 decistere — 1 tenth of a stere 
 
 IV. MEASURE OF CAPACITY. 
 
 1 kilolitre 
 1 hectolitre 
 1 decalitre 
 1 litre 
 I decilitre 
 
 1 cubic metre 
 
 10 decalitres 
 
 10 litres 
 1 cubic decimetre 
 1 tenth of a litre 
 
 MEASURE OF WEIGHT. 
 
 1 millia . make 
 
 1 quintal — 
 
 1 kilogramme — 
 
 1 hectogramme — 
 
 1 decagramme — 
 
 1 gramme — 
 
 1 decigramme — 
 
 ( 1000 kilogrammes, and is the 
 I weight of a tun of sea-water. 
 
 100 kilogrammes 
 r Weight of a cubic decimetre of 
 } waler.at the temperature of 4" 
 j above melting ice, or about 40° 
 V Fahrenheit 
 100 grammes 
 10 grammes 
 1 thousandth of a kilogramme 
 I tenth of a gramme 
 
 These measures may be compared with the Ee 
 
 by means of the following 
 
 1 mfetre equals 
 1 are — 
 
 1 stere — 
 
 1 litre — 
 
 1 gramme — 
 
 measures 
 
 39.38 English inches, nearly 
 3.9 English perches, nearly 
 
 35.32 English cubic feet 
 1.76 English pints 
 
 15.44 English grains 
 
 The metrical system is used here; but the kilogramme is 
 termed a livre; the litre, a litron ; and the metre, an aune. 
 
 NETHERLANDS. 
 
 Here, also, the metrical system has been adopted ; but Flemish 
 names are employed instead of those used in France. 
 
 LOMBARDO-VENETIAN KINGDOM. 
 
 The metrical system, with Italian names substituted for most 
 of the original terms, is used officially ; but the old measures are 
 also used : see Venice. 
 
 AUSTRIA. 
 
 The ell = 30,^ inches. The jocb = 1 acre IJ rood. The 
 metzen = 1,V bushel. Theeimer = 12,^ gallons. The pfund 
 = 1,'j pound. Gold and silver are weighed by the mark of 
 Vienna, which := 4333 grains. 
 
 100 pounds = 108,\ pounds avoirdupois. The ohm = 10,' 
 gallons. The sack = S,"^ bushels. The large and small ells = 
 46, J and 21 ,'5 inches respectively. 
 
 BAVARIA. 
 
 24 and 23,\- inches respectively, 
 bushels. The muid of 48 mass = 
 ivy and light weight = 108/^ and 
 
 The long and short ells 
 The schaff of 8 metzen = 5 
 15 gallons. 100 pounds h 
 
 104,?y pounds avoirdupois respectively." The nTark of Augsburg 
 = 3043 grains. 
 
 BREMEN. 
 
 The foot or half-ell = II,',, inches. The ohm = 31 ,j gallons. 
 The last = lO,'';; quarters. 100 pounds = 109,V pounds avoir- 
 dupois. 
 
 CAPE OF GOOD HOPE. 
 
 The centner, or 100 pounds Dutch weight = 108,\ pounds 
 avoirdupois. The leager of 15 ankers = 126,\ gallons. The 
 muid of 4schepels = 3bushels. The ell of 27 Rhynland inches 
 = 27,'u inches. 
 
 ' CHINA. 
 
 The chang of 10 chih = 4 yards, nearlj'. The shing = 1 pint. 
 10 ho = 1 shing; 10 shing = 1 tow; 10 tow = 1 hwuh,or 120 
 catties. The catty = Impound avoirdupois. 10 taels= 1 catty ; 
 100 catties = 1 pecul. Liquids are sold by weight; but the 
 English gallon is used in trading with foreigners. 
 
 DENMARK. 
 
 The foot = 12,\ inches. 100 ells = 68,V yards. The viertel 
 = 1,V gallon. 100 tonnen =47 ,'!;; quarters. The pound =1,', 
 pound avoirdupois. The pound for gold and silver weighs 726) 
 grains. 
 
 EAST INDIES. 
 
 Bengal. The Factory maund = 74| pounds avoirdupois. 10 
 bazar maunds=ll Factory maunds. 16 chittacks = 1 seer; 
 40 seers = 1 maund. The guz of 2 cubits = 1 yard. 
 
 Bombay. The maund = 28 pounds avoirdupois. 40 seers = 
 1 maund ; 20 maunds = 1 candy. The candy =i'24j bushels.' 
 
 Madras. The maund = 25 pounds avoirdupois. 40 pollams 
 = 1 vi ; 8 vis = 1 maund ; 20 maunds = 1 candy. The covid 
 = 18f inches. The garse of 80 parahs = lOf quarters, and 
 weighs 8400 pounds avoirdupois. 
 
 EGYPT. 
 
 The Turkish pike = 27 inches. The ardeb of 24 Cairo rubbie 
 = , J quarter. The cantar = 100 pounds avoirdupois. 216 drams 
 or 144 meticals = 1 rottole ; 100 rottoli or 36 okes = 1 cantar. 
 
 FRANKFORT ON THE MAINE. 
 
 The ell =2I,V inches. The foot = 11/,, inches. The malter = 
 3 bushels, nearly. The viertel = 1/^ gallon, nearly. The pound, 
 light and heavy weight = l,i^ and 1,V pounds avoirdupois. The 
 Zoll-centner = llO,*, pounds avoirdupois. The Cologne mark, 
 used for gold and silver, weighs 3609 grains. 
 
 GENEVA. 
 
 The ell = 45 inches. The acre = 1 acre I^'^ rood. The, coupe 
 or sack = 2,',^ bushels. The setier = 10 gallons. The heavy pound 
 = li\ pound avoirdupois; the light pound 1 sixth less. The 
 mark weighs 3785 grains. 
 
 GENOA. 
 
 The braccioof2jpalmi=22ji; inches, Themina=3,j bushels. 
 The barile = 16i\ gallons. The pound = ,5 pound avoirdupois. 
 IJ pound = 1 rottole. The pound sottile, for gold and silver, 
 weighs 4891^ grains. 
 
 GREECE. 
 
 The Venetian measures of length are used, the braccio being 
 
TABLES OF WEIGHTS AND MEASURES. 
 
 called a piche. 100 kila = ll,'j quarters. The cantaro of 40 
 okes =112 pounds avoirdupois. 
 
 HAMBURG. 
 
 The foot = 11, 'j inches, nearly. 100 ells = 62,''5 yards. The 
 scheffel = 1 acre 6 perches. The last = lTjj last. The viertel 
 = l]'jgallon. The pound = Irj^ pound avoirdupois. For the 
 Cologne mark, see Frankfort. 2 marks = 1 pound troy. 
 
 LUBECK. 
 
 The ell = 22,V inches. The last = 11 quarters. The vierteh 
 1,'s gallon. The pound = 1 il-^ pound avoirdupois, nearly. 
 
 MALTA. 
 
 Thepalme= 10^ inches; 3ipalmi = l yard; 8p 
 he salraa = 7,'^ bushels. The caffiso=4^ gallc 
 iQj gallons. 04 rottoli = 1 hundredweight. The 
 
 Th 
 
 pounds avoirdupois 
 
 MALTA. 
 
 J ,,>. — . j„.v. , V. jalmi . 
 
 The caffiso =4^ gallons. The barile 
 hundredweight. The cantaro = 175 
 
 MAURITIUS. 
 
 Beside the English weights and measures, those of France be- 
 fore the late alteration are used. The aune = lrj yard. The 
 velte = 1, J gallon. The poid de marc = 1,^1^ pound avoirdu- 
 pois. 
 
 NAPLES. 
 
 The canna = 83j inches. The raoggia = 3 roods 12 perches. 
 The toraolo = l,',. bushel. The barile = 9 ,ij gallons. The can- 
 taro grosso and piccolo = 196J and 108 pounds avoirdupois, re- 
 spectively. The pound used in weighing gold and silver con- 
 tains 4950 grains. 
 
 PORTUGAL. 
 
 The covado=25,V inches. The almude = 3,°j gallons. The 
 pound == Irsif pound avoirdupois. 
 
 PRUSSIA. 
 
 The ell = 26i inches. The morgen = 2 roods 21 perches. The 
 scheffel = 1^ bushel. The einier = 15 ',, gallons. The pound ^ 
 1,^, pounds avoirdupois. The mark of Cologne is used foi 
 gold and silver. 
 
 ROME. 
 
 The canna of 8 palmi = 2,% yards. The canna of 10 palmi = 
 88 inches, nearly. The rubbio = 8,V bushels. Theboccale = 
 ,*5 gallon. The pound = /j pound avoirdupois. 
 
 RUSSIA. 
 
 The arshine== 28 inches. Thefoot= 13f inches. The desset- 
 nia = 2acres 2* roods. The tschetwert =5,'5 bushels. The 
 wedro = 2,jgallons. The pound =" pound avoirdupois. The 
 pood = 36 pounds avoirdupois. 
 
 ST. G ALLEN. 
 
 The ell for silks and woollens = 31^ and 24J inches, re- 
 spectively. The miitt of 4 viertels = 2^1^ bushels. The eimer 
 = lli gallons. The pound, light and heavy weight = 1-,'^ and 
 and L,^ pound avoirdupois, respectively. 
 
 SAXONY. 
 
 The foot = lliV inches. The acre = 1 acre 1^ rood, nearly. 
 The eimer, at Dresden = 14,°^ gallons ; at Leipsic =- 16r|^ gal- 
 lons. The wispel, at Dresden = 69,°^ bushels ; at Leipsic = 
 91, V bushels. The pound = l,^Sj pound avoirdupois. 
 
 SICILY. 
 
 The canna = 76^ inches. The salma = 7,'if bushels. The 
 barrel = 8 gallons, nearly. The pound of 12 ounces = ,'j pound 
 avoirdupois. The cantaro = 175 pounds avoirdupois. 
 
 The pike =27 inches. The killow = ll,V gallons. The 
 rottolo =li pound avoirdupois. 
 
 SOUTH AMERICA. 
 
 The Spanish and Portugue.se measures are most generally 
 employed. The use of the English measures prevails in some 
 parts. 
 
 SPAIN. 
 
 The vara, or ell=33,V inches. The fanegada = 1 acre 21 
 perches. The arroba = 3^ gallons. The fanega = IJ bushel. 
 The pound = Ijot pounds avoirdupois. 
 
 SWEDEN AND NORWAY. 
 
 The ell = 23|'o inches. The tunneland = 1 acre 1 rood, nearly. 
 The tunna=iV quarter. The kann = A ga"on. The pound 
 I'o pound avoirdupois. 
 
 The pike = 26| inches. The killow = i\ bushel. The almud 
 .= 1,5- gallon. The oke = 2J pounds avoirdupois. The rottolo 
 = 1 VV pound avoirdupois. 
 
 The braccio = 23 inches, nearly. The saccata = 1 acre^V rood. 
 The sacche = 2 bushels. The fiasche = 4 pints. The pound = 
 12 ounces avoirdupois. 
 
 VENICE. 
 
 Beside the metrical system, the following measures are used. 
 The braccio, for woollens = 20J inches; for silks = 24^ inches. 
 The stajo = 2|V bushels. The secchia = 2f gallons. The pound 
 sottile = iV pound avoirdupois, nearly; grosso=li^ pound 
 avoirdupois. 
 
t 
 
 
.^J 
 
 , . . . ■■■■■> 
 
 I < If t Ihr 
 HJil\<JJAJ Ull 1 
 
 /:,;, M.„;h,; xi;.iiu-ji,;,h,s, /m 
 
BARCLAY'S 
 
 ENGLISH DICTIONAEY. 
 
 ENLARGED^AJ^D 
 
 ( iJNh 
 
 [MPROVED. 
 
 dqiy 
 
 ABA 
 
 A IS the first letter of the alphabet. In our language it is one 
 -^^ of the five vowels, and has three different sounds ; the broad 
 sound: as, aU, wall; the open, as, father, rather ; and the slender 
 a, which is peculiar to the English, and is to be found in place, 
 face, waste. When placed before nouns of the singular number, 
 it denotes one, as, a man, i. e. one man ; or signihes something 
 indefinite, as, a man may pass this way, i. e. any man. Before a 
 word beginning with a vowel or a silent h, we write, an, as, an 
 ox, an herb ; but when the h is sounded, we then write a, as, a 
 horse. Before a participle it denotes some action not yet finish- 
 ed ; as, I am a walking. Formerly it was a contraction of at. 
 Sometimes it signifies <o. It has likewise a peculiar signification, 
 implying each ; as, he gains a hundred pounds a year. In abbre- 
 viations, with a stroke over it thus A it stands for 5000 among 
 the Romans. With logicians, it denotes a universal affirmative 
 proposition. Among merchants, if set alone after a bill of ex- 
 change, it signifies accepted, and is used by them to distinguish 
 their sets of accounts instead of a figure ; thus. A, B, C, are in- 
 stead of 1, 2, 3. a, or aa, is used by physicians instead of ana, 
 and signifies that the proportions of tne ingredients to which it 
 refers are to be equal. In abbreviations it stands likewise for 
 Attium, or Arts, as, A. B. artium bacularius, or bachelor of arts : 
 when applied to time, for anno: A. C. ante Christum, before 
 Christ ; A. M. anno mundi, the year of the world ; A. D. anno 
 Domini, the year of our Lord. A, in music, is the note between 
 the 2d and 3d line in the treble; or upon the top, or 5th line, in 
 the bass. Abp. is an abbreviation of Archbishop. 
 
 AA'RGAU, one of the Swiss cantons, in which the river Aar, 
 which flows into the Rhine, takes its rise. 
 
 AA'RON, one of the leaders of the Jews from Egypt. He was 
 the elder brother of Moses, and, with him, commissioned bv God 
 to conduct his people out of the land of their bondage. On the 
 establishment of the nation, when the law was given at Sinai, he 
 was appointed high priest, and his family as the nercditary priest- 
 hood. His conduct during the journeyings in the wilderness was 
 not always becoming his commission. He helped the idolatry 
 before Sinai, and the distrust which led to the forty years of wan- 
 dering in the desert. During the last year of which he died, and 
 was buried on the top of Mount Hor. 
 
 AR, the fifth month of the Jewish ecclesiastical year, and an- 
 swers to the moon of July. Ab, prefixed to the names of places 
 in England, generally denotes that they belonged to some abbey, 
 as, Abingdon. 
 
 ABA'CK, ad. a sea term, signifying that the sails are flatted 
 against the masts by the force of the wind, 
 
 A'BACUS, s. [Lat.] a counting-table, anciently used in calcu- 
 lations. In Architecture, the uppermost member of a column, 
 which serves as a finish to the capital and column. 
 
 ABA'FT, ad. {ahaftan. Sax.] toward the stern of the ship. 
 
 ABALIENATION, «. [ahalienatio, Lat.] an alienation, or 
 estrangement from. 
 
 To ABA'NDON, v. a. [abandonner, Fr.] to forsake utterly ; to 
 cast off; to give up oneself wholly to any prevailing passion or 
 
 -_=»--' ABB 
 
 vice. To abandon, is more applicable to things ; to leave, to per- 
 sons. He was under a necessity of abandoning his possessions, 
 and compelled to kave his friends, Toforsake, implies resentment 
 or dislike ; to relinquish, quitting any claim ; to desert, leaving 
 meanly or treacherously. To quit, implies the breaking off from, 
 and may be either voluntary or involuntary. 
 
 ABARTICULA'TION, ». [ab and articulus, Lat.] in Surgery, 
 that construction of the joints which enables them to move easily. 
 
 To ABA'SE, V. a. [abatsser, Fr.] to lower, bring down, or humble. 
 
 ABA'SED, a. humbled ; brought down. In Heraldry, the tip 
 of the vol or wings of an eagle turned downwards. 
 
 ABA'SEMENT, s. the state of being brought low ; the act of 
 bringing low ; depression. 
 
 To ABA'SH, V. a. [abaisser, Fr.] to affect with sudden shame, 
 or confusion ; to dash. The passive is followed by at or of. 
 
 To ABATE, V. a. [abattre, Fr.] to make or grow less ; to dimin- 
 ish or decrease. These words are nearly synonymous. To abate, 
 implies a decrease in action ; diminish, a waste in substance ; de- 
 crease, a decay in moral virtue; lessen, a contraction of parts. 
 
 ABATE'LEMEN T, s. in Commerce, a term used for a prohi- 
 bition of trade to all French merchants in the ports of the Le- 
 vant, who will not stand to their bargains, or wno refuse to pay 
 their debts. 
 
 ABATEMENT, s. [abatement, Fr.] in general, signifies the 
 lessening or diminishing something. In Heraldry, something 
 added to a coat of arms, to lessen its dignity, and point out some 
 defect or stain in the character of the person who bears it. In 
 Law, the rejecting a suit, for some fault discovered, either in the 
 matter or process, upon which the process may begin anew. 
 Among traders, it is the same as rebate or discount. 
 
 ABATIS, s. in Fortification, a range of large trees laid side 
 by side, with their boughs outwards, to hinder the approaches of 
 an enemy. 
 
 ABAU'ZIT, FIRMIN, a celebrated scholar of Geneva. He was 
 born in France, and sent out of it in his youth, on the revocation 
 of the Edict of Nantes. He was so celebrated for the universality 
 of his scholarship, that Sir Isaac Newton appealed to him to de- 
 termine his controversy with Leibnitz. He left few works to sus- 
 tain his reputation. He died in ^"VH , aged 87 years. 
 
 A'BBA, s. a Syriac word, sxgmiymg father. It is still given 
 by Eastern Christians as a title to their bishops. 
 
 A'BBACY, s. [abhatia, Lat.] the rights and privileges of an 
 abbot. 
 
 ABBA'SSIDES, one of the dynasties of Mohammedan kings, 
 descended from Al5bas Ben Abcial Motalleb, Mohammed's uncle. 
 They were in power from 749 to 1520. 
 
 A'BBE, (abbe) s. formerly the same with Abbot, but latterly 
 the name of persons in France, who act as tutors, instructors, 
 companions, &c., and are sometimes provided for in the church, 
 and sometimes in the state. 
 
 A'BBESS, s. a governess of nuns. 
 
 A'BBEVILLE, a town of France, 91 miles N. of Paris, which 
 has long had considerable manufactories of woollen goods, &c. 
 li 1 
 
ABE 
 
 A'BBEY, s, [abbcUia, Lat.] a monastery, or convent ; a house of 
 religious persons. To britiff an abbey to a grange, a proverbial phrase, 
 like, to bring a noble to nine-pence, applied to a spendthrift. At 
 the dissolution of the abbeys in England, under King Henry VIII., 
 about 500, or 600, were dissolved whose yearly revenues did not 
 amount to less than £150,000. 
 
 A'BBEY-HOLM, a township in Cumberland. Market, Satur- 
 day. 295 miles from London. Pop. 8G8. 
 
 A'BBEY-MILTON, Dorsetshire. 112 miles from London. 
 Pop. 833. 
 
 A'BBOT, s. \_abhod. Sax.] the chief ruler of a monastery, or 
 abbey, for men. 
 
 A'BBOT, GEORGE, Archbishop of Canterbury in the time of 
 James I. A man who rose from the humbler walks of life, and 
 by means of the education obtained at the grammar school at 
 Guildford, Surrey, his birth-place, entered the University of Ox- 
 ford. He was one of the parties intrusted with the translation of 
 the Bible, in 1604 ; and he rose by rapid steps to the highest 
 dignity in the Church of England. He opposed the high-church 
 opmions of the following reign, and was consequently in little 
 favour, being greatly annoyed by the'machinations of Laud, who 
 succeeded him. He died in 1633. 
 
 A'BBOTS-BROMLEY, Staffordshire. 129 miles from Lon- 
 don. Market, Tuesday. Pop. 1508. 
 
 A'BBOTSBURY, Dorsetshire. 128 miles from London. Mar- 
 ket, Thursday. Pop. 1005. 
 
 To ABBRE'VIATE, v. a. [ab and brevis, Lat.] to abstract from, 
 shorten, or reduce to a less compass. 
 
 ABBREVIATION, Abbre'viature, s. a contraction or abridge- 
 ment of a word or passage, by leaving out part of the letters, or 
 substituting other marks or characters in tne room of words. 
 
 ABBU'TTALS, s. [abbuto, cor. Lat.] in Law, the boundaries of 
 lands, &c., showing by what other lands, &c. they are bounded. 
 
 ABDE'RA, a town of ancient Thrace, known chiefly as the 
 birth-place of the philosophers Deraocritus and Protagoras. 
 
 To A'BDICATE, v. a. [abdico, Lat.] to give up a right ; to re- 
 sign ; to lay down an office. 
 
 ABDICA'XION, s. the act of abdicating ; resignation. 
 
 A'BDOMEN, s. [Lat.] in Surgery, the cavity containing the 
 stomach, liver, bowels, &c., and is lined with a membrane called 
 the peritonaeum. The lower part is called the hjyogastrium ; the 
 foremost part is divided into the epigastrium, the right and left 
 hypochondria, and the navel ; it is bounded above by the carti- 
 lage ensiformis and the diaphragm, sideways by the short or lower 
 ribs, and behind by the vertebrae of the loins, the bones of the 
 coxendix, pubes, and the os sacrum. It is covered with several 
 muscles, by whose motions, in respiration, digestion is promoted. 
 
 To ABDU'CE, V. a. [abduco, Lat.] to draw to a different part ; 
 to withdraw one part from another. 
 
 ABE'D, ad. [a for at, and bed] in bed. 
 
 A'BELARD, a teacher in the University of Paris, in the twelfth 
 century. During his life he was celebrated for his universal 
 learning and eloquence, no less than for the guilt and misfortunes 
 he brought on himself, by his passion for the daughter of a canon 
 at Paris, named Heloise. He nelped greatly in the establishment 
 of the logical theology, which was carried to such perfection by 
 the " schoolmen " after him ; but his works are little read now. 
 His fame rests on his letters, and on the romantic accounts which 
 poets have given of his unhappy love-story. He died in a monas- 
 tery, in 1142. His Heloise died in 1163, a nun in the oratory of 
 Paraclet, which he had founded. 
 
 A'BEL-TREE, a species of poplar, used for wainscoting rooms, 
 and for turnery ware. 
 
 ABENCERRA'GES, an Arabian family of Grenada, in Spain, 
 which became famous shortly before the overthrow of that king- 
 dom, in the fifteenth century. It is related, that when the greater 
 number of them fell in the course of a feud with another family, 
 named the Zegries, the remainder embraced Christianity. 
 
 A'BEN-EZRA, the author of a Commentary on the Old Tes- 
 tament, much esteemed amongst the learned Jews. His other 
 works which remain show that he was a scholar, accomplished in 
 the learning of his day. He was a native of Toledo, in Spain, 
 and after visiting various countries of Europe, for study, and to 
 teach, he died about seventy-five years old, in the year 1168. 
 
 A'BER, an old British word, signifying the fall of a lesser 
 water into a greater, as of a brook into a river, and a river into the 
 sea ; also the mouth of a river, whence several rivers, and towns 
 
 ABH 
 
 built at or near their mouth, derive their names, zs, Aberconway, 
 Aberdeen, Abergavenny, ^c. 
 
 ABERA'VON, Glamorganshire. At the mouth of the river 
 Avon, 195 miles from London. Pop. 1290. 
 
 ABERBRO'THIC, or Aberbro'thoc, or Arbroa'th, Forfar- 
 shire, in Scotland, a town on the river Tay. It had a monas- 
 tery, which was demolished at the time of tne Reformation. It 
 has a pretty good harbour, advantageous for trade, and stands on 
 a fertile plain. 58 miles from Edinburgh. Pop. 8707. 
 
 ABERCO'NWAY, Carnarvonshire, a town situated on the 
 declivity of a hill, with a fine prospect over the river Conway. 
 It has a good harbour, and formerly carried on a considerable 
 trade. Here is a magnificent castle, built originally by the earl 
 of Chester in the reign of William the Conqueror, was destroyed 
 in the reign of King Stephen, and afterwards rebuilt by order of 
 Edward I. 235 miles from London. Market, Friday. Pop. 
 1828. 
 
 ABERDEE'N, Aberdeenshire, is the third city in Scotland 
 for trade, extent, and beauty. It is formed of the Old and 
 New Towns. The former, which is about a mile N, of the 
 New, is situated on the Don, over which, besides a lofty Gothic 
 bridge of one arch, built at the desire of King Robert the 
 Bruce, a bridge of five arches has lately been erected. New 
 Aberdeen is situated on the Dee, over which there are also two 
 magnificent bridges. Its Universities, consisting of King's Col- 
 lege in the Old Town, and Marischal College in the New, have 
 produced many learned men. Connected with the town there 
 are extensive establishments for the manufacture of cottons, 
 carpetings, woollens, and thread. In addition to these manu- 
 factures they export butter, cattle, corn, salmon, &c., which are 
 now chiefly conveyed by steam navigation. On the N. side of 
 the harbour of the New Town there is a most substantial pier, 
 and by late alterations the harbour has been rendered easy of 
 access, and forms a safe retreat for vessels of moderate size. 
 Pop. 63,288. 108 miles from Edinburgh. Lat. 57. 9. N. Long. 
 
 2. k w. 
 
 A'BERFORD, Yorkshire, W. R., noted for pin-making. It 
 stands on the Roman causeway. 184 miles from London. 
 Market, Wednesday. Pop. 1071. 
 
 A'BERFRAW, Anglesey, where the princes of North Wales 
 formerly resided. 263 miles from London. Pop. 1336. 
 
 ABERGAVE'NNY, Monmouthshire. Its chief trade is in wool. 
 Market, Tuesday. 143 miles from London. Pop. 4953. 
 
 ABERI'STWYTH, Cardiganshire. There is a small harbour. 
 Woollen goods and the fisheries are its principal support. Mar- 
 ket, Monday. 203 miles from London. Pop. 4975. 
 
 A'BERNETHY, JOHN, an eminent surgeon to St. Bartholo- 
 mew's Hospital. Having studied under Dr. Hunter, he applied 
 himself to the practice of surgery with such success that he 
 changed its whole aspect as a science. Nor was he less 
 successful in his pathological studies. As a teacher, his com- 
 mand of his students' convictions was unequalled. His name is 
 most generally known from its association with humorous and 
 coarse anecdotes of his interviews with his patients. He died in 
 1831, aged 67 years. 
 
 ABE'RRANCE, s. [aberro, Lat.] a deviation from the right 
 way ; an error. 
 
 ABE'RRANT, part, [aberrans, Lat.] wandering from the right 
 or known way. 
 
 ABERRATION, s. [aberratio, Lat.] the act of deviating from 
 the common track. In Astronomy, an apparent change of place 
 in the fixed stars, which arises from the motion of the earth, 
 combined with the motion of light. 
 
 To ABERU'NCATE, v. a. [averunco, Lat.] to pull up by the 
 roots. 
 
 To ABE'T, V. a. [betan. Sax.] to push forward another ; to sup- 
 port him in his designs by connivance, encouragement, or help. 
 
 ABETMENT, s. the act of abetting. 
 
 ABETTER, Abe'ttor, s. he that abets; the supporter or 
 encourager of another. 
 
 To ABHO'R, t). a. [abhorreo, Lat.] to hate with acrimony ; to 
 loathe ; to abominate. 
 
 ABHO'RRENCE, Abho'rrency, s. the act of abhorring; de- 
 testation ; the disposition to abhor ; hatred. 
 
 ABHO'RRENT, a. struck with abhorrence. Contrary to^ 
 foreign, inconsistent with ; used with /rom or to. 
 
 ABHO'RRER, «. a hater, a detester. 
 
ABO 
 
 A'BIB, ». [Heb. an ear of corn] the first month of the Jewish 
 ecclesiastical year, afterwards called Nisan. It answered to the 
 latter part of March and the beginning of April. 
 
 To ABrDE,f. n. [abidian. Sax.] to dwell in a place ; not to re- 
 move ; to dwell ; to bear or support the consequences of a thing ; 
 to bear without aversion. 
 
 ABl'DER, s. the person that abides or dwells in a place. 
 
 A'BJECT, a. [abjectm, Lat.] low, mean, beggarly. These words 
 •ire synonymous. 
 
 To ABJE'CT, V. a. [abjicio, Lat.] to throw away. 
 
 ABJE'CTION, «. meanness of mind ; servility ; baseness. 
 
 A'BJECTLYjOrf. meanly; baselj'; contemptibly. 
 
 ABI'LITY, s. labal. Sax.] capacity or power to do any thing. 
 Capacitij has more relation to the knowledge of things ; ability/, to 
 their application. The one is acquired by study ; the other by 
 practice. When it has the plural number, abilities, it signifies the 
 faculties or powers of the mind ; and then it is synonymous with 
 ingenuity, cleverness, parts. Ingenuity relates more to the inven- 
 tion of things ; cleverness, to the manner of executing them ; 
 ability, to the actual execution of them ; and parts, to the dis- 
 cernment. 
 
 ABINGDON, Berkshire. Its chief trade is in malt and hempen 
 goods. 56 miles from London. Markets, Monday and Friday. 
 Pop. 5530. 
 
 ABINTE'STATE, a. {ab and intestatus, Lat.] in Law, applied 
 to one who dies without making his will, 
 
 ABIPO'NES, the name of a tribe of natives of Paraguay, in 
 South America, now extinct. The only information we nave 
 concerning them, and that not all authentic, is in Dobrizhofer, 
 the Jesuit missionary's, History of Paraguay. 
 
 ABJURATION, s. the oath taken for renouncing, disclaiming, 
 and denying the Pretender to have any manner of right to the 
 throne of these kingdoms. In our old customs, it implied a vo- 
 luntary banishment of a man's self from the kingdom for ever, 
 which in some cases was admitted for criminals, instead of put- 
 ting them to death, provided they could shelter themselves in a 
 ch urch . Also the solemn recantation of some doctrine, as wicked 
 and heretical. 
 
 To ABJU'RE, V. a. {ahjuro, Lat.] to swear not to do something ; 
 to recant, or abnegate, a position upon oath. 
 
 ABLACTATION, s. [ablacto, Lat.] the weaning a child from 
 the breast ; also what gardeners call grafting by apjiroaeh. 
 
 A'BLANCOURT, P. NICOLAS D', a notei translator of Ta- 
 citus, Csesar, Thucydides, and other Greek and Roman authors, 
 who lived at Paris, under the patronage of Colbert, Louis XIV.'s 
 famous minister. He was a friend of Salmasius, the opponent of 
 Milton. He died in 1604. 
 
 ABLAQUEATION, s. [ablagueatio, Lat.] is opening the ground 
 about the roots of the trees; called, by gardeners, baring of trees. 
 
 ABLATION, s. [ablatio, Lat.] the act of taking away. 
 
 A'BLATIVE, a. [ablativus, La.t.'] in Grammar, the case express- 
 ing the act of taking away. 
 
 A'BLE, a. [flJa?, Sax.] endued with, or havingpower sufficient. 
 
 ABLEGATION, s. [ablegatio, Lat.] the act of sending abroad. 
 
 A'BLEPSY, s. [ablepsia, Gr.] want of sight. 
 
 To A'BLOCATE, v. a. [ahloco, Lat.] to let out to hire. 
 
 A'BLUENTS,*. [abhio, Lat.] in Medicine, purging medicines. 
 
 ABLUTION, s. [ablutio, Lat.] the washing or purifying of any 
 thing with water. A ceremony in use among the ancients, and 
 consisted in washing the body before sacrificing, or even entering 
 their temples ; and still practised by the Mohammedans. In the 
 Church of Rome, a small quantity of wine and water, which the 
 communicants formerly took to wash down and promote the di- 
 gestion of the host. Among chemists and apothecaries, it is 
 used for washing away the superabundant salts of any body. See 
 Edulcoiiation. Physicians use it for washing the externalparts 
 of the body by baths ; or for cleansing the bowels by abluents. 
 
 ABNEGATION, s. [abnegatio, Lat.] denial, renunciation. 
 
 ABNODATION, s. [abnodatio, Lat.] in Gardening, the pruning, 
 paring, or cutting away knobs, knots, or any other excrescences, 
 from trees. 
 
 AUO, the capital of Swedish Finland, is auniversity, bishop's 
 see, and good port ; 140 miles N. E. of Stockholm. Lat. 60. 27. 
 N. Long. 22. 15. E. 
 
 ABO'ARD, ad. [a bord, Fr.] in a ship. 
 
 ABODE, «. place ofresidence; continuance in a place. 
 
 ABO'DEMENT, s. a secret anticipation of something future. 
 
 ABR 
 
 To ABO'LISH, r. a. [aboleo, Lat.] to repeal, destroy, and utterly 
 erase any thing, so that no part of it remains. 
 
 ABO'tlSHMENT, s. the act of abolishing. 
 
 ABOLITION, s. [abolitio, Lat.] in Law, denotes the repealing 
 any law or statute ; also the prohibiting some custom, usage, or 
 ceremony, that had been long established. 
 
 AB0'I<1INABLE, a. [abominabilis, Lat.] that excites horror, 
 joined with aversion and detestation. In conversation, this word 
 is used to convey an idea of something superlative. 
 
 ABO'MINABLENESS, s. the quality which renders any thing 
 odious. , 
 
 ABO'MINABLY, ad. extremely, superlatively, in an ill sense, 
 and a word of low language. 
 
 To AB0'3IINATE, v. a. [aboniinor, Lat.] to abhor, detest, or 
 have an extreme aversion to. 
 
 ABOMINATION, s. an object causing extreme aversion. 
 When used with thrauxiliarj' verb to have, followed by the par- 
 ticle in, to reckon, or look upon as an object of detestation. 
 
 ABORI'GINES, s. [Lat.] the primitive inhabitants of a country. 
 
 ABO'RTION, s. [abortio, Lat.] a miscarriage, or the exclusion 
 of a child from the womb before the due time of delivery ; in ani- 
 mals, it is termed slinking or casting their young. In Garden- 
 ing, the word signifies such fruits as are produced too early. 
 
 ABO'RTIVE, a. [abortivm, Lat.] that is brought forth before 
 its time. Figuratively, any thing or design which miscarries, is 
 frustrated, or comes to nothing. 
 
 ABO'RTIVELY, ad. born before due time ; immaturely, un- 
 timely. 
 
 ABOTE, prep, [bufan. Sax.] higher in place or position ; be- 
 fore nouns of time, it denotes more, or longer than. Figuratively, 
 it signifies superiority, or higher in rank, power, or excellence ; 
 likewise beyond, or more than. 
 
 ABO'VE, ad. [distinguished from the prep, by the manner in 
 which it is used, that being followed by nouns, but this not] a 
 high place; and, figuratively, the heavens. In allusion to the 
 method of writing anciently on scrolls, it denotes before. 
 
 ABOUTCIR, otherwise called Biker, or Bike, and in French 
 Bequieres, a small town of Egypt, lying between Alexandria 
 and Rosetta, near one of the mouths of the Nile. It is the an- 
 cient Canopus, and was formerly an island, according to Pliny, 
 Strabo, &c., which its present topography renders very credible. 
 The rock, on which the town is built, affords a convenient road 
 for shipping. -See Nile. 
 
 To ABOU'ND, f. n. [abundo, Lat.] when used with the particles 
 in or tcith, to have an excessive great number, or quantity of any 
 thing ; when used without the particles, to increase prodigiously, 
 to be great in number, plenty, or excess. 
 
 ABOUT, prqj. [a-butan. Sax.] when applied to time or place, it 
 denotes near, or within compass of; and when used before words 
 implj-ing measure. Its most simple acceptation is that of round, 
 surrounding, or encircling, according to the Saxon, whence it is 
 derived. Figuratively, annexed, or appendant to a person, as 
 clothes, &c. ; concerning of, relating to. 
 
 ABOUT, ad. in circumference, or compass. "Two yards 
 about," Shakspeare. Figuratively, the longest way, in opposition 
 to the shortest, alluding to the difference between the circum- 
 ference and diameter ol a circle. When joined with go, it signi- 
 fies from place to place, or every where. " He went about doing 
 good," Acts. When prefixed to other verbs, it implies that the 
 action or thing affirmed will soon happen; as, "about to fight." 
 When following the verb to be, it denotes being engaged, or em- 
 ployed in : " What are you about f" A certain point, period, or 
 state : " He has brought about his purposes ;" i. e. he has accom- 
 plished them. When joined with come, it implies the thing ar- 
 rived at a certain state or point : " When the time was come 
 about," 1 Sam. i, 20. When joined with go, it implies ■prepara- 
 tion, or design : " Why go ye about to kill me ? " John vii. 19. In 
 familiar discourse we say, to " come about a man ; " i. e. to circum- 
 vent him. 
 
 ABRACADAURA, a magical word, which has been used by 
 credulous persons as a charm for the ague. 
 
 To ABR A'DE, v. a. [abrado, Lat.] to rub off, or waste by degrees. 
 
 A'BRAHAM, the father of the Jewish people. He was called 
 by God, about 2000 years B.C., from his own family, and country 
 Chaldea, instructed in the true knowledge of the Almighty, and 
 blest with his favour, and promises of good for his posterity. He 
 lived as a nomade in the land of Canaan, and was buried in the 
 b2 3 
 
cave of Machpelah, the only snot of the promised land which 
 he possessed as his own. His tiistory is comprised in the 11th 
 and following chapters to the 25th of the Book of Genesis. 
 
 ABRA'NTES, a strong town in Estremadura, in Portugal, 74 
 miles N. £. of Lisbon. 
 
 ABRA'UM, s. a species of red clay, used in England bv the 
 cabinet-makers, to give a red colour to new mahogany wood. It 
 is found in the Isle of Wight, also in Germany and Italy. 
 
 ABRE'AST, ad. [breast, Sax.] side by side. 
 
 To ABRl'DGE, v. a. [ahrSger, Fr.] to shorten in words, so as 
 to retain the substance ; to express a thing in fewer words. Fi- 
 guratively, to diminish, lessen, or cut short. Followed by the 
 particles j^wn or of, to deprive. 
 
 ABRI'DGMEJiT, s. lahrSgement, Fr.] tlie contraction of a 
 larger work into fewer words and less compass ; a lessening or 
 diminution, in a secondary sense. 
 
 ABRCKACH, ad. running out, in allusion to liquor, which is 
 broached or tapped ; to be in such a position that trie liquor may 
 easily run out. Figuratively, to undertake with a sure prospect 
 of success. 
 
 ABRO'AD, ad. [o and brad. Sax.] without confinement, at 
 large, out of the house, in a foreign country ; in all directions ; 
 from without, in opposition to within. 
 
 To A'BROGATE, v. a. [abrogo, Lat.] to take away from a law 
 its force ; to repeal ; to annul ; to abolish ; to revoke. Abrogate 
 and repeal are terms rather to be used with respect to laws; 
 abolish, veith regard to customs; annul and revoke, to private 
 contracts. 
 
 ABROGATION,*, [abrogatio, Lat.] the act of repealing, or the 
 repeal of a law, used in opposition to rogation ; distinguished from 
 derogation, which implies tne annulling onlyj^orf of a law; svh-o- 
 gation, which denotes the adding a clause ; obrogation, which im- 
 plies the limiting or restraining it ; disjiensation, which sets it aside 
 only in a particular instance ; and antiquation, which is the re- 
 fusmg to pass a law. 
 
 ABRU'PT, a. [abruptus, Lat.] craggy, broken ; sudden, unex- 
 pected, without the customary preparations; unconnected, when 
 applied to compositions. 
 
 ABRU'PTION, s. [abruptio, Lat.] breaking oflF, separation. 
 
 ABRU'PTLY, ad. in a hasty, unexpected, rude manner. 
 
 ABRU'PTNESS, s, a hasty, unexpected, unceremonious man- 
 ner ; suddenness, the state of linconnectedness, ruggedness, crag- 
 giness. 
 
 ABRU'ZZI, the name of three divisions of the kingdom of Na- 
 ples, lying on the coast of the Gulf of Venice. They are wild 
 and mountainous, inhabited chiefly by shepherds, who have the 
 undeserved reputation of being brigands. 
 
 A'BSCESS, s. [abscessus, Lat^ a cavity containing pus or matter, 
 so called, because the parts which were joined are now separated, 
 to make way for the collected matter. 
 
 To ABSCfrND, 1'. a. [abscijido, Lat.] to cut off. Not often used. 
 
 ABSCrSSA, s. [Lat.] in Mathematics, part of the diameter of 
 a conic section, intercepted between the vertex and a semi- 
 ordinate. 
 
 ABSCI'SSION, s. \ahscissio, Lat.] the act of cutting off, the 
 state of being cut off. 
 
 To ABSCtyND, V. n. \abscondo, Lat.] to keep oneself from 
 the view or knowledge of the public ; to hide ; applied to those 
 who fly from the commerce of mankind, to escape the law, 
 whether on account of debt or criminal actions. 
 
 A'BSENCE, s. [absentia, Lat.] distance, which renders a per- 
 son incapable of seeing and conversing with another; used in 
 opposition to presence. Figuratively, inattention to the present 
 object ; because a person in that state resembles one who is dis- 
 tant. It is used with the particle from, which limits its signi- 
 fication. 
 
 A'BSENT, a. [absens, Lat.] at a distance from, out of the sight 
 and hearing of a person. Figuratively, inattentive to, or regard- 
 less of, something present. 
 
 To ABSE'NT, t'. a. to withdraw, or decline the presence of a 
 person or thing. 
 
 ABSENTEE', s, in Law, he that is absent from his station, or 
 country ; most generally applied to the owners of estates who 
 reside in another country. 
 
 ABSI'NTHIUM, s. [Lat.] in Botany, wormwood. A plant 
 whose leaves and flowers have a very bitter taste, and a very 
 strong smell ; not now used by physicians. 
 4 
 
 ABS 
 
 To ABSO'LVE, v. a. [absolvo, Lat.] to acquit of a crime, to free 
 from an engagement or promise ; to pardon, in allusion to the 
 absolution of a priest ; to perfect, accomplish, or complete, applied 
 to time. 
 
 A'BSOLUTE, a. [absolutus, Lat.] perfect, complete, without 
 conditions ; independent, without restraint or limitation. 
 
 A'BSOLUTELY, ad. completely; without relation; without 
 limits or dependence. 
 
 A'BSOLUTENESS, s. completeness ; freedom from dependence 
 or limits ; despoticism. 
 
 ABSOLU'TION, s. [absolutio, Lat.] in common Law, a full ac- 
 quittal of a person, by some final sentence ; a temporal discharge 
 lor some further attendance upon a mesne process : in ecclesiasti- 
 cal Law, a juridical act, whereby a priest pronounces a pardon 
 for sins to such as repent. 
 
 A'BSONANT, a. [absunans, Lat.] sounding harshly. 
 
 To ABSO'RB, V. a. [absorbeo, Lat.] to suck up. 
 
 ABSO'RBENT, s. [absorbens, Lat.] in Medicine, medicines 
 which dry up redundant humours, whether applied internally or 
 externally ; fikewise the lacteals, which absorb the chyle ; the cu- 
 taneous vessels, which admit the water in baths or fomentations. 
 
 ABSO'RPTION, s. the act of sucking up. In Physiology, the 
 process which, by means of a system of vessels diflfering in 
 structure and appearance from the venous system, continually 
 removes the old particles of the body, to make way for the new 
 particles which the arteries carry to supply their place. 
 
 To ABSTAIN, r. a. [abstineo, Lat.] to forbear, to refrain from, 
 or decline any gratification. 
 
 ABSTE'MIOUS, a. [abstemius, Lat.] temperate in the enjoy- 
 ment of sensual gratifications. Figuratively, the cause of tem- 
 perance. Sometimes used substantively, for those who practise ■ 
 the virtue of temperance. 
 
 ABSTE'MIOUSLY, ad. temperately; soberly. 
 
 ABSTE'MIOUSNESS, s. the quality of being temperate, or 
 declining the gratifying of our sensual appetites. 
 
 To ABSTE'RGE, r. a. [abstergo, Lat.] to wipe clean ; to cleanse : 
 used mostly by medical writers. 
 
 ABSTE'RGENT, a. [abstergens, Lat.] endued with a cleansing 
 quality. In Medicine, it signifies medicines which resolve con- 
 cretions, as soap, &c. 
 
 A'BSTINENCE, A'bstinency, s. [abstinentia, Lat.] in a gener- 
 al sense, the refraining from any thing to which we have a pro- 
 pensity ; used with the particle from. In a more limited sense, 
 fasting, or the forbearance of necessary food : distinguished from 
 temperance, as that implies a moderate use of food, but this a total 
 avoiding of it for a time. 
 
 To ABSTRA'CT, v. a. {abstraho, Lat.] to take one thing from 
 another. Figuratively, to separate, followed by the particle ^o?» •• 
 used absolutely, the exercise of the faculty of the mind, named 
 abstraction ; or separating ideas from one another. When ap- 
 plied to writings, to express their substance in less compass. 
 
 A'BSTRACT, a. [abstractus, Lat.] separated from something 
 else ; generally applied to the operations of the mind ; foUoweu 
 by from. Abstract terms, are those which signify the mode or 
 (luality of a being, without any regard to the subject in vfhich it 
 inheres. Abstract mathematics, those branches which consider the 
 quantity, without restriction to any particular species of it. Ab- 
 stract numbers, are assemblages of units, considered in themselves, 
 without being applied to any subject. 
 
 A'BSTRACT, s. a compendious view of a treatise, more super- 
 ficial than an abridgment. 
 
 ABSTRA'CTED, part, separated, refined, or abstruse ; a dis- 
 position of mind whereby a person is inattentive to external ob- 
 jects, though present. 
 
 ABSTRA'CTEDLY, ad. with abstraction ; simply ; separately* 
 from all contingent circumstances. 
 
 ABSTRA'CTION, s. [abstractio, Lat.] an operation or faculty 
 of the mind, whereby we separate things that are in themselves 
 inseparable, in order to consider them apart, independently of 
 one another ; whereas precision separates things distinct in them- 
 selves, in order to prevent confusion. Sometimes it is used for 
 the exercise of this faculty. The state of being inattentive to ex- 
 ternal objects, or absence of mind. 
 
 ABSTRA'CTLY, ad. simply ; separately. 
 
 ABSTRU'SE, a. [abstrusus, Lat.] obscure, dark, not easy to be 
 understood ; deep, hidden, or far removed from the common ap- 
 prehensions or ways of conceiving. 
 
AC 
 
 ABSTRU'SELY, ad. obscurely, not plainly. 
 
 ABSTRU'SENESS, Abstru'sity, s. difficulty, darkness, ob- 
 scurity, hard to be understood or comprehended. 
 
 ABSU'RD, o. [absurdiis, Lat.] not agreeable to reason or com- 
 mon sense, or that thwarts, or goes contrarj' to, the common no- 
 tions and apprehensions of men ; inconsistent, contrary to reason. 
 
 ABSL'llDITY, or Absu'rdness, s. [ahmrditas, Lat.] a contra- 
 diction to common sense ; an inconsistence with reason. 
 
 ABSU'RDLY, ad. improperly, unreasonably. 
 
 ABUBE'KER, the father ot Ayesha, one of the wives of Mo- 
 hammed. He [succeeded the prophet in the caliphat. He col- 
 lected the writings and sayings of Mohammed, called the Koran, 
 and died in 034. 
 
 ABU'NDANCE, s. [ahondanee, Fr.] great plenty ; a great many ; 
 vast numbers, as, abundance of people ; a great quantity ; more 
 than sufficient. 
 
 ABU'NDANT, n. [alundans, Lat.] plentiful; exuberant; nu- 
 merous ; well stored with ; replete, or abounding. Abundant 
 number, is a number the sum of whose aliquot jparts is grea'ter 
 than the number itself. Thus the aliquot parts of 12, being 1,2, 
 3, 4, and 6, they make, when added together, 16. 
 
 ABU'NDANTLY, ad. amply, liberally. 
 
 A'BURY, or A'vebury, Wiltshire, near Marlborough Downs; 
 noted for the stupendous remains of a Druidical temple, like 
 Stonehenge. Pop. 751. 
 
 To ABU'SE, {obelize) V. a. [abiitor, Lat.] to make a bad use of; 
 to impose upon, or deceive ; to treat rudely. 
 
 ABU'SE, s. the ill or improper use of a thine; a vicious prac- 
 tice or bad custom ; unjust censure ; carnal knowledge, either 
 with or without violence. 
 
 ABU'SER, {aheiizer) s. the person who makes an ill use of any 
 thing. An impostor, seducer, ravisher ; one who makes use of 
 reproachful language, or is guiltj; of rudeness towards another. 
 
 ABU'SIVE, a. latmsivus, Lat.] insolent; oifensive; injurious. 
 
 ABU'SIVELY, ad. reproachfully. 
 
 ABU'SIVENESS, s. the use of reproachful language ; or the 
 exercise of rude and unmerited incivility. 
 
 To ABUT, or Abu'tt, v. a. [aboutir, tr.] to terminate, bound, 
 or border upon another place or thing. 
 
 ABU'TMENT, s. that which abuts or borders upon another. 
 
 ABY'DOS, a town formerly on the Hellespont, or Dardanelles. 
 It is known almost solely through the story of Hero and Leander. 
 It is also the name of a city in Upper Egypt, whose ruins yet re- 
 main, in which many singular paintings, &c. have been dis- 
 covered. 
 
 ABY'SS, s. [abyssus, Lat.] a bottomless pit or gulf, or any pro- 
 digious deep where no bottom can be found, or is supposed to have 
 no bottom ; a vast unfathomable depth of waters ; the vast col- 
 lection of waters supposed to be enclosed in the bowels of the 
 earth. Among divines, it is often used to signify hell. In a 
 figurative sense, that in which any thing is lost. 
 
 ABYSSI'NIA, called also Higher Ethiopia, and by the Arabi- 
 ans, Alhabash, a very ancient kingdom or empire in Africa, now 
 divided into three states, Tigre, Amhara, and Snoa. It is bounded 
 on the N. by Nubia, on the E. by the Red Sea and Adel, on the 
 S. and W. by Ajan, Alaba, Gingiro, and Goram ; lies between 
 6 and 20 degrees N. lat. and between 26 and 44 E. long. It is 
 about 770 miles long and 550 broad, and contains 378,000 square 
 miles. The mountains are very high, and scattered all over the 
 country; among these the Nile has its source: and here, as i 
 
 EgjTjt, they have their periodical inundations, which greatly 
 fertilize ■ • ■ 
 during our i 
 
 . W - - . - - 
 
 fertilize the plains. Their rainy season holds for near six months 
 
 summer months, and is succeeded by an equal period 
 of cloudless sky. Gold, silver, and copper mines are found here ; 
 the vegetables are various; the animals are, the lion, leopard, 
 elephant, rhinoceros, dromedary, camel, stag, horse, cow, goat, 
 sheep, monkeys, &c.,*with a great variety of birds, as the ostrich, 
 eagles, vultures, storks, &c., and in the rivers are found the 
 crocodile and the hippopotamus. The complexions of the inha- 
 bitants are copper-coloured, olive, and black ; their religion seems 
 to be a mixture of Judaism and the Christianity of the Greek 
 church, though some still worship the Nile; their language is 
 the Ethiopic, which is akin to the Arabic. The emperor or king 
 IS called Negus. 
 
 AC, AK, AKE, at the beginning or ending of a name of ■& 
 town or place, is the Saxon word ac, which signifies an oak ; as 
 Acton is as much as to say. Oak-town, and Austin's ac, Austin's 
 
 ACC 
 
 oak ; and as for the names of persons of the same form, they are 
 for the most part derived from the places of their birth, or some 
 achievements there. 
 
 ACA'CIA, s. [Lat.] in Botany, Egyptian thorn, or binding 
 bean-tree. The Acacia, stylsd Vera, i. e. true, is the tree from 
 whose branches exudes the Gum Arabic, and from whence the 
 Succus Acaciaj, or Juice of Acacia, is drawn. 
 
 ACADE'MIC, Acade'mick, s. in a large sense, signifies a 
 member of a university or school, where languages and other 
 branches of polite education are taught ; in a stricter sense, a 
 philosopjier oT the school of Plato. 
 
 ACADE'MIC, Acade'mick, a. [academicus, Lat.] belonging to 
 the academy. 
 
 ACADEMI'CIAN, Acade'mian, s. a name used for members of 
 modern Academies, or instituted societies of learned men. 
 
 ACA'DEMY, s. [academia, Lat.] It was originally a public 
 place planted with trees at Athens, so called from one Academus, 
 who presented it to the city. A place where learned men met to 
 confer upon discoveries already made in the sciences, or to try 
 experiments for their further improvement. It is sometimes 
 used for a college, or university ; a place where persons are taught 
 the liberal arts and sciences, &c. It is also used for a particular 
 society of ingenious persons, established for the improvement of 
 learning, &c., and for a sort of collegiate school or seminary, 
 where young persons are instructed in a private way, in the 
 liberal arts and sciences. 
 
 ACA'DIA. See Nova Scotia. 
 
 ACA'NTHUS, s. in Architecture, the leaf which adorns, or 
 rather forms, the capital of the Corinthian order of columns. 
 
 ACAPU'LCO, in Mexico, an inconsiderable town, seated on a 
 commodious and excellent bay, in the Pacific Ocean, and has a 
 harbour free and open for ships of any burthen; the best, indeed, 
 on all the western coast of Spanish America. During the pos- 
 session of Mexico by the Spaniards, it monopolized the trade with 
 the East Indies ; it has not any considerable trade now. Lat. 16. 
 50. N. Long. 99. 46. W. 
 
 ACA'RUS, [Lat.] in Zoology, a parasitical insect. 
 
 To ACCE'DE, V. n. [Hccerfo, Lat.J to come to, to draw near to, 
 to enter into, or to add oneself to something already supposed 
 to take place. 
 
 To ACCE'LERATE, v. a. [accekro,, Lat.] to hasten, to 4uicken, 
 to spur on with superadded motion and expedition. 
 
 ACCELERA'TION, s. the act of quickening motion, &c. 
 
 With philosophers, a continual increase of velocity in any heavy 
 
 bodies, 
 
 gravity. 
 
 bodies, tending towards the centre of the earth 
 
 ty in anj 
 by the 
 
 of 
 
 To ACCE'ND, I', a. [accendo, Lat.] to set on fire. 
 
 ACCE'NSION, s. [accensio, Lat.] in Philosophy, the kindling 
 or setting any natural body on fire. 
 
 A'CCENT, s. laccentus, Lat.] the rising or falling of the voice ; 
 a tone and manner of pronunciation contracted from the country 
 in which a person was bred, or resided a considerable time. 
 With rhetoricians, a tone or modulation of the voice, used some- 
 times to denote the intention of the speaker, with regard to 
 energy or force, and expressive of the sentiments and passions. 
 Grate Accent, is this mark ( ' ) over a vowel, to show that the voice 
 is to be depressed. Acute Accent, is this mark ( ' ) over a vowel, to 
 show that the voice is to be raised. Circumflex Accent, is this 
 mark (') over a vowel, and points out a kind of undulation in 
 the voice. The Lony Accent, shows that the voice is to dwell 
 upon the vowel, and is expressed thus ("). The Shoi-t Accent (in 
 Grammar) shows that the time of pronouncing ought to be short, 
 and is marked thus {"). The two last, however, come properly 
 under the head Quantity, and not Accent. In Music, emphasis, 
 or expression given to notes at the beginning of a bar. 
 
 To ACCE'NT, V. a. [from accentus, Lat.] to mark with an accent ; 
 to pronounce with regard to the accents. 
 
 To ACCE'NTUATE, v. a. [accentuer, Fr.] to place the proper 
 accents in reading, speaking, or writing, on the vowels or sj'lla- 
 bles of any word. 
 
 ACCENTUA'TION, s. a pronouncing or marking a word, so as 
 to lay a stress of the voice on the right word or syllable. 
 
 To ACCE'PT, V. a. [accipio, Lat.] to receive favourably or 
 kindly ; to take with particular approbation : used either with or 
 without the particle of. 
 
 ACCE'PT ABLE, a. lacceptable, Fr.] that may be favourably or 
 kindly received; agreeable. 
 
ACC 
 
 ACCE'PTABLY, ad. in an acceptable manner. 
 
 ACCE'PTANCE, s. [acceptaiice, Fr.] an accepting or receiving 
 favourably or kindly; sometimes the meaning or manner of 
 taking a word with the accent promiscuously ou the first or se- 
 cond syllable. In Law, it is the tacit agreement to some 
 act done by another before, which might have been avoided, if 
 such agreement or acceptance had not been made. In Commerce, 
 it is the subscribing or signing an inland bill of exchange, which 
 makes the person debtor for the sum of its contents, and obliges 
 him to discharge it at the time which it mentions. 
 
 ACCEPTATION, s. {acceptation, Fr.] the received meaning of 
 a word, or the sense in which it is usually taken ; reception of any 
 person or thing, either agreeably or not ; particular regard as to 
 acceptableness and manner of reception. 
 
 ACCE'PTER, s. in Commerce, the person who accepts a bill 
 by signing it, and therefore obliges himself to pay the contents 
 when due. 
 
 ACCE'SS, s. [accessus, Lat.] admittance, approach, or passage 
 to a place or person ; licence or means to ajroroach any thing ; 
 accession to any thing ; the return or fit of^ an ague or other 
 distemper. 
 
 ACCE'SSIBLE, a. [accessibilis, Lat.] that may be approached, 
 reached, or come to. It is used with the particle to before the 
 object. Accessible height, is either that which may be measured 
 mechanically, by applying a measure to it; or else it is a height 
 whose base can be approached to, and from thence a length 
 measured on the ground. 
 
 ACCE'SSION, «. [accessio, Lat.] addition or increase ; the act 
 whereby a thing is superadded to another ; joining oneself to 
 any thing else ; coming to, as the coming of a king to the crown. 
 In Physic, the beginning of a paroxysm. 
 
 A'CCESSORY, A'ccEssARY, s. in Civil Law, any thing that 
 of right belongs or depends on another, although it be separated 
 from it; as if tiles be taken from a house to be laid on again, 
 they are an accessanj, if the house be to be sold. By statute, a 
 person who commands, advises, or conceals an offender, guilty of 
 felony by statute. In Common Law, a person guilty of felony, 
 though not principally, as by advice, command, concealment ; 
 and this may be either before or after the fact. 
 
 A'CCIDENCE, s. [accidentia, Lat.] the first principles of a lan- 
 guage. 
 
 A'CCIDENT, «. [from accidens, Lat.] a casualty or chance ; a 
 contingent effect, or something produced casually, or without any 
 foreknowledge or destination of it in the agent that produced it, 
 or to whom it happens. A thing is also frequently styled an ac- 
 cident in reference to its cause, or at least to our knowledge of it ; 
 and by this an effect either casually produced, or which appears 
 to have been so to us, is commonly understood. In Grammar, 
 the property of words, such as their division into substantives 
 and adjectives ; their declensions, cases, numbers and genders 
 of nouns; the conjugations, moods, tenses, numbers, persons, 
 &c. of verbs. In Physic, it is analogous to the word symptom. In 
 Heraldry, accidents are additions, notes, or marks in a coat of 
 armour which are not necessary to it, such as abatements and dif- 
 ferences ; and in Astrology, the most extraordinary occurrences 
 in the course of a man's lite. 
 
 ACCIDENTAL, a. [accidentalis, Lat.] pertaining to accidents, 
 happening by chance. 
 
 ACClDE'NTALLY.drf. casually; fortuitously. 
 
 ACCI'DIOUS, a. [accidius, Lat.] slothful. 
 
 ACCI'DITY, s. [acciditas, Lat.] slothfulness. 
 
 ACCI'NCT, a. [accinctus, Lat.] girded, prepared, ready. 
 
 ACCI'PIENT, a. [accipicTis, Lat.] receiving. Substantively, a 
 receiver. 
 
 ACCLAMATION, s. [acelamatio, Lat.] a shouting for joy ; ex- 
 pressing applause, esteem, or approbation. 
 
 ACCLrvlTY, s. [acclivitas, Lat.] the ascent of a hill ; and 
 among geometers, the slope of a line or plane inclining to the ho- 
 rizon upwards. 
 
 ACCLI'VOUS, a. [acelivus, Lat.] rising upwards with a slope. 
 
 Tr) ACCLOY', V. a. to crowd, to overfill ; to surfeit or satiate. 
 
 ACCLOY'D, j)art. with farriers, denotes a horse being pricked 
 in shoeing. 
 
 To ACC01'L,r.n. to bustle, crowd, or be in a huny. See Coil. 
 
 A'CCOLENT, s. laccokns, Lat.] he who inhabits near, or a 
 borderer on, any place. 
 
 ACCO'MMODABLE, a. [accommodabilis, Lat.] that may be 
 
 ACC 
 
 fitted to another thing, in its primary signification ; in its second- 
 ary, that may be reconciled to, is consistent with, or maybe ap- 
 plied to. 
 
 To ACCO'MMODATE, v. a. [accommodo, Lat.] to provide or 
 furnish with conveniences ; to agree, compose, make up, or ad- 
 just a matter in dispute; to adapt, fit, or apply one matter or 
 thing to another. 
 
 ACCO'MMODATE, a. [accommodatm, Lat.] followed by /or, it 
 denotes convenient or proper ; by to, it implies suitable. 
 
 ACCO'MMODATELY, ad suitably; fitfy. 
 
 ACCOMMODATION, s. [accom7nodatio, Lat.] an adapting, fit- 
 ting, adjusting, &c. ; the composing or putting an end to a differ- 
 ence, quarrel, &c. Convenience. 
 
 ACCO'MPANIMENT, s. the adding of one thing to another by 
 way of ornament. In Heraldry, the mantlings, supporters, &c. 
 In IWusic, the instrumental part to be played while the vocal part 
 is beipg sung. 
 
 To ACCO'MPANY, r. a. [accompagner , Fr.] to go or come with, 
 to wait on, to keep company with ; to join or unite with. To ac- 
 company a voice, i. e. to play to it with proper instruments. 
 
 ACCO'MPLICE, «. [complice, Fr.] one who has a hand in a 
 matter, or who is privy to the same crime or design with another. 
 
 To ACCO'MPLISH, v. a. [accomplir, Fr.] to complete; to fulfil; 
 to execute or bring a matter or thing to perfection ; to complete 
 a period of time ; to obtain or acquire. A person well accom- 
 plished, one who has extraordinary parts, and has acquired great 
 accomplishments in learning. 
 
 ACOO'MPLISHMENT, s. the perfecting, ending, fulfilling, or 
 achieving of any matter or thing completely. Also an acquire- 
 ment in learning, arts, sciences, or good behaviour. 
 
 ACCO'RD, s. [accord, Fr.] agreement or compact ; agreement of 
 mind ; mutual harmony or symmetry. Sell-motion ; as, " It 
 opened of its own accord." In Common Law, agreement between 
 several persons or parties to make satisfaction for an affront or 
 trespass committed one against another. In Music, it is the pro- 
 duction, mixture, and relations of two sounds, of which the one 
 is grave, the other acute. 
 
 To ACCO'RD, V. n. [accorder, Fr.] to agree ; to hang together. 
 V. a. To tune two or more instruments, so as they shall sound the 
 same note when touched by the hand or bow ; to harmonize. 
 
 ACCO'RDANCE, s. friendship, conformity, consistence, or 
 agreement with. 
 
 ACCO'RDING, pre}}, agreeable to ; in proportion ; with re- 
 gard to. 
 
 ACCO'RDINGLY, ad. conformably ; consistently. In the be- 
 ginning of a sentence it refers to what went before, and implies a 
 deduction from it. 
 
 ACCO'RPORATED,;jar<. [accorporatus, Lat.] joined or put to ; 
 embodied. 
 
 To ACCO'ST, f. a. [aceoster, Fr.] to make or come up to a per- 
 son, and speak to him. 
 
 ACCOU'NT, s. [compte, Fr.] a computation of the number of 
 certain things ; a reckoning. The total or result of computa- 
 tion ; estimation of value ; rank, dignity, or distinction ; regard, 
 consideration, for the sake of: as, " Sempronius gives no thanks 
 on this account." Reason or cause ; narrative or relation ; opinion 
 or belief; review or examination ; explanation or assignment of 
 causes ; the reasons of any thing collected ; profit, gain, or advan- 
 tage. In Commerce, all those books in which merchants and 
 other traders register their transactions. Merchants' accounts, are 
 those which are kept by double entry. Account in Company, is be- 
 tween two merchants or traders, wherein the transactions relative 
 to their partnership are registered. Account in Bank, is a fund 
 deposited either at some banker's, or the Bank, by traders, as 
 running cash, to be employed in the payment of bills. Account of 
 Sales, is an information given by one merchant to another, or by 
 a factor to his principal, of the disposal, net proceeds, &c. of 
 goods sent for the proper account of the sender or senders who 
 consigned the same. In Law, a particular detail or enumeration 
 delivered to a court or judge, &c. of what a man has received or 
 expended for another, in the management of his affairs. Also, 
 a writ or action that lies against a man, who by his office is 
 obliged to give an account to another (as a bailiff to his master) 
 and refuses to do it. Upon no account, or by no means. Upon aU 
 accounts ; by all means, in every respect ; m eveiy particular. ' 
 
 To ACCOU'NT, V. a. to compute ; to reckon, or esteem ; to im- 
 pute. Followed by for, it denotes to explain by assigning the 
 
ACE 
 
 cause and reasons. To take account of, to estimate, value, or 
 admit into a calculation. 
 
 ACCOU'NTABLE, a. liable to give an account, answer- 
 able. 
 
 ACCOU'NTANT, s. one who is skilled in book-keeping ; an 
 officer appointed to keep or make up the accounts of a company, 
 office, or court. The Accountant-general is an officer belonging 
 to the court of Chancery, appointed by parliament to receive all 
 money lodged in court, ana to convey it thence to the Bank of 
 
 England 
 
 To 
 especially with warlike accoutrements. 
 
 ACCOU'PLE, V. a. [accoupler, Fr.] to link or join together. 
 To ACCOUTRE, i: a. [accoutrer, Fr.] to dress, attire, trim, 
 
 ACCOUTREMENT, s. dress ; equipage, furniture, or habili- 
 ments of war ; ornaments. 
 
 ACCRETION, s. [accretio, Lat.]the act of growing to another, 
 so as to augment it. With naturalists, an addition of matter to 
 any body externally ; but it is frequently applied to the increase 
 of such bodies as are without life ; and it is also called apposition. 
 
 ACCRETIVE, a. [accretio, Lat.] that by which growth is in- 
 creased ; that by which vegetation is augmented. 
 
 A'CCRINGTON, Lancashire. Pop. 8719. 
 
 To ACCRO'ACH, v. a. [accrocher, Fr.] a law term, to encroach, 
 to draw away another's property. 
 
 ACCRO'ACHMENT, s. the act of encroaching the property of 
 another. 
 
 To ACCRU'E, V. n. [accroitre, Fr.] to be increased, or added to. 
 In a commercial sense, to arise or proceed from. 
 
 ACCUSATION, s. [from accumho, Lat.] a posture of the body 
 between sitting and lying. It was the table-posture of the Greeks 
 and Romans. 
 
 ACCU'MBENT, a.Uiccumbens, Lat.] leaning. 
 
 To ACCU'MULATE, v. a. [accwnuh, Lat.] to heap on, or pile 
 one thing upon another ; to gather or amass together in great 
 quantities. 
 
 ACCUMULATION,*. {accunmlatio,'LdX.'] repeated acquisitions 
 and additions ; an amassing ; the state of a thing amassed. 
 
 ACCU'MULATIVE, o. that which increases, or that which 
 is added to ; additional. 
 
 ACCU'MULATOR, a. he that accumulates; a gatherer or 
 heaper together. 
 
 A'CCURACY, A'ccuRATENESS, ». [accuratio, Lat.] exactness, 
 justness, or nicety. 
 
 A'CCURATE, a. [aceuratus, Lat.] done with care ; exact either 
 as to persons or things. 
 
 A'CCURATELY,a(^. exactly; nicely. 
 
 To ACCU'RSE, V. a. to doom to destruction; to imprecate 
 curses upon. 
 
 ACCU'RSED, part, lying under a curse, or excommunicated ; 
 execrable ; that which deserves execration. 
 
 ACCU'SABLE, part, [accmabilis, Lat.] that which is liable to 
 be found fault with, censured, or blamed. 
 
 ACCUSATION, «. the charging with some defect or crime. 
 In Law, the preferring a criminal action against any one before 
 a judge. 
 
 ACCU'SATIVE, a. [accusativus, Lat.] a case in Grammar, which 
 denotes the relation of the noun or pronoun on which the action 
 of the verb directly terminates. In English Grammar it is called 
 the objective case, and is easily distinguished in the pronouns ; 
 but in the substantives there is no difference but that the nomi- 
 native precedes and the accusative follows the verb. 
 
 ACCU'SATORY, a. [accusatorius, Lat.] of or belonging to ac- 
 cusation. 
 
 To ACCU'SE, (akeuze) v. a. [accuso, Lat.] to charge with a 
 crime; to inform against, indict, or impeach; to censure. It is 
 followed by of, and /or, before the matter of censure or accusation. 
 
 ACCU'SER, {akeitzer) s. thejperson who accuses. 
 
 To ACCU'STOM, v. a. [accoutumer, Fr.] to inure or use oneself 
 to any thing. It is followed by to. 
 
 ACCU'STOM ABLE, part, that which a person has practised or 
 been used to for a continuance. 
 
 ACCU'STOMABLY, Accu'stomarily, ad. according to use or 
 custom. 
 
 ACCU'STOMARY, a. commonly practised, customary, usually 
 done. 
 
 ACCU'STOMED, a. according to custom ; frequent, usual. 
 
 ACE, s. a single point or specK on cards or dice. Figurative- 
 
 ACK 
 
 ly, the least quantity, or the smallest distance, i. e. within an 
 ace of it. 
 
 ACE'PHALI, [a and kephale, Gr.] certain ecclesiastics so call- 
 ed, who making profession of extreme poverty, would not acknow- 
 ledge any chief, whether layman or ecclesiastic ; also certain 
 sects which refused to admit the authority of the councils of 
 Ephesus and Chalcedon. 
 
 ACE'PHALOUS, a. [akephalos, Gr.] without a head. Figura- 
 tively, without chief or leader. 
 
 ACE'RB,a. lacerbus, Lat.] that has a compound taste, consist- 
 ing of sour and astringent, such as most unripe fruits have. 
 
 ACE'RBITUDE, Ace'rbity, s. the rough sour taste of unripe 
 fruit ; severity of temper, roughness of manners. 
 
 ACERO'SE, a. [acerosus, Lat.] chaffy ; full of or mixed with 
 chaff. 
 
 To ACE'RVATE, v. a. lacervo, Lat.] to raise up in heaps. 
 
 ACE'SCENT, a. [acesccns, Lat.] tending to sourness. 
 
 ACETATES, in Chemistry, salts formed by the combination 
 of any base with the acetic acid. 
 
 ACETIC, a. in Chemistry, derived from an acetate, as the 
 acetic acid. 
 
 ACETOUS, a. [acetum, Lat.] having the nature of vinegar. 
 The acetous acid is principally obtained from saccharine liquors 
 which have undergone the vinous fermentation. 
 
 ACETUM, s. [Lat.] vinegar in general ; any sharp liquor, as 
 spirit of salt, nitre, vitriol. Sec. 
 
 ACHA'IA, (akaia) now Livadia, a province of Greece, which 
 formerly contained the celebrated cities of Athens and Thebes, 
 the oracle of Delphi, and several other remarkable places. Also 
 a district in Peloponnesus. 
 
 ACHA'RD, FRANC. CHARLES, a Prussian chemist, who 
 projected the extraction of sugar from the beet root, during the 
 last century. 
 
 ACHE, {ake) s. [ace. Sax.] a continual pain in any part of the 
 body. With farriers, a disease in horses, causing a numbness in 
 the joints. 
 
 To ACHE, (ake) v. n. to be affected with pain. 
 
 A'CHERON, {dkeron) the name of several rivers in ancient 
 Greece ; also of a fabulous river in hell, over which departed souls 
 were ferried. Figuratively, it is used for the state of departed 
 souls, or the grave. 
 
 To ACHIE'VE, V. a. [aehever, Fr.] to finish ; to accomplish ; 
 to perform some notable exploit with success ; to gain or procure. 
 
 ACHIE'VEMENT, s. the finishing of a notable action ; the 
 ensigns armorial of a family. 
 
 ACHIE'VER, » he who acquires, or obtains, or performs some 
 great exploit. 
 
 ACHI'LLES, one of the Grecian warriors who joined in the 
 expedition against Troy, whose wrath and valour form the theme 
 of Homer's Iliad. The tales about him are almost altogether 
 fabulous. 
 
 A'CHING, «. pain ; uneasiness. 
 
 ACHROMATIC, a. [a and chroma, colour, Gr.] want of colour. 
 Achromatic telescopes are such as have the object-glass made of 
 plates of different kinds of glass, to prevent the appearance of 
 fringes of colours round whatever is looked at. 
 
 ACHRO'NICAL.a. [akros, highest, and »?«, night, Gr.] a term 
 used in Astronomy, signifying the rising of a star when the sun 
 sets, or the setting of a star when the sun rises. 
 
 A'CID, a. [acidus, Lat.] sour; sharp. 
 
 ACI'DITY, A'ciDNESS, «. [aciditas, Lat.] keenness, sharpness ; 
 that taste which acid or sharp bodies leave in the mouth. 
 
 A'CIDS,«.all things that affect the organs of taste with a pun- 
 gent sourness. In Chemistry, all substances that change the 
 blue, green, and purple juices of vegetables to red, and combine 
 with alkalies, earths, or metallic oxides, so as to form those com- 
 pounds called salts. They are not simple substances, but com- 
 pounds of oxygen or hydrogen with other elements, and are dis- 
 tinguished into two classes; thefirstcomprehending those which 
 are formed of not more than two elements, and the second com- 
 posed of a greater number. Their names terminate with ic or ous, 
 according to the quantities of oxygen with which they are com- 
 bined. Thus sulphuric acid contains more oxygen, and of course 
 less sulphur, than sulphurous acid. 
 
 ACI'DUL ATED, a. applied to medicines that have been mixed 
 or tinctured with some acid. 
 
 To ACKNOWLEDGE, v. a. to confess or own ; to be grateful 
 
ACQ 
 
 or thankful for any benefit ; to own or profess a former acquaint- 
 ance with a person ; to approve. 
 
 ACKNOWLEDGMENT, s. concession of any thing; thank- 
 fulness, gratitude; confession of a fault; belief, attended with 
 open profession. It supposes a question asked, whereas con- 
 fession implies self-accusation. We acknowledge what we had an 
 inclination to conceal : we confess that which we were blamable 
 in doing. 
 
 A'CIWE, *. [Gr.] with physicians, is used to denote the third 
 degree or heignt of distempers, of which many have four periods. 
 1. Thearche, or beginning. 2. Anabasis, or growth. 3. The 
 acme, when the distemper is at the height. 4. The paracme, or 
 declension of the disease. 
 
 ACO'LOTHIST, A'colyte, s. [akohuthos, Gr.] certain young 
 persons among the ancient Christians who attached themselves 
 to the company of the bishops. In the Roman Church, one of 
 the lowest orcler, whose business it is to prepare the elements, 
 light the church, &c. The same term, differently derived, was 
 applied to stoics, and other persons who were immovable in 
 their resolutions. 
 
 A'CONITE.s. [aconitum, Lat.] in Botany, wolfsbane; poetically, 
 poison in general. 
 
 A'CORN, «. icBcorn, Sax.] the fruit or seed of the oak. 
 
 ACOU'CHY, an animal of the cavy kind, much resembling the 
 agoriti. It is a native of South America. 
 
 ACOU'STIC, a. [ahmo, Gr.] that belongs to the organ of hear- 
 ing. Acoustic nerve in Anatomy, the same as auditorj- nerve. 
 
 ACOU'STICS, the science which investigates the causes and 
 the laws of sound. The experiments of Chladni and Young, and 
 the mathematical researches of Herschel, have shown that 
 sound is occasioned by a peculiar vibratory motion imparted to 
 the particles of the atmosphere ; and that the differeVices in 
 pitch and quality of musical sounds, arise from vibrations of 
 very singular and beautiful forms. Sound travels through the 
 air at the rate of about 1142 feet in a second ; but it is commu- 
 nicated by water, masonry, and the earth at a much more rapid 
 rate. The lowest rate of vibration that is heard as a musical 
 note is 30 in a second, and the highest, between 2000 and 
 3000 ; but different persons have different degrees of suscepti- 
 bility of impression. Persons who are deaf, that is, who hear 
 no sounds that are propagated through the air, frequently are 
 able to hear when they touch with their hands or teeth substances 
 which have had the vibration communicated to them. 
 
 To ACQUAI'NT, v. n. [accointer, Fr.] to inform ; to be accus- 
 tomed, or be habituated to ; to know perfectly ; to make oneself 
 agreeable to, to insinuate oneself into the favour of; to acquire a 
 perfect and intimate knowledge of. 
 
 ACQUAl'NTANCE, s. [accointance, Fr.] applied both to per- 
 sons and things, and followed bv with. Application productive 
 of knowledge ; personal knowledige arising from familiarity ; an 
 intimate friendship and alliance ; a familiar and constant com- 
 panion ; something to which one has been accustomed, when 
 applied to things; applied to persons, a slight or superficial 
 knowledge. 
 
 ACQUAI'NTED, part, informed ; accustomed or habituated ; 
 familiar, or havin^erfect knowledge of: followed by with. 
 
 To ACQUIE'SCE, v. n. [acquiesco, Lat.] to yield to, to comply 
 with, to rest satisfied with, used with the particle in. 
 
 ACQUIE'SCENCE, s. a tacit consent, submission, or yielding 
 to ; approbation, excluding all repining. 
 
 ACQUI'RABLE, a. that may be acquired or obtained ; at- 
 tainable. 
 
 To ACQUI'RE, V. a. [acquiro, Lat.] to attain, to purchase by 
 one's labour. 
 
 ACQUI'RER, s. a gainer. 
 
 ACQUIREMENT, s. gain ; attainment. 
 
 ACQUISITION, s. [acquisitio, Lat.] an obtaining, the thing 
 obtained. 
 
 ACQUISITIVE, 
 gained. 
 
 A'CQUIST, s. [from acquerir, Fr.] additional increase; some- 
 thing acquired or gained ; acquisition. In Law, goods not held 
 by descent or inheritance, but obtained by purchase. In Poli- 
 tics, something gained by conquest. 
 
 To ACQUIT, V. a. [acquitter, Fr.] to discharge or free from ; to 
 clear from guilt, not to condemn, with oj ox from before the 
 crime; to discharge from any obligation. 
 
 {acquisitivus, Lat.] that is acquired, or 
 
 ACQUITMENT, Acqui'ttal, s. in Law, a setting free from 
 the suspicion of guilt, or an offence ; also a tenant's discharge 
 from or by a mesne landlord, from doing service to, or being 
 disturbed m, his possession bv any superior lord, or paramount. 
 
 ACQUI'TTANCE, s. a discharge or release given in writing for 
 a sum of money, or other duty paid or done ; the writing itself. 
 
 A'CRA, A'cRE, or St. Jean d'A'cre, a sea-port of Palestine, 
 called in Scripture Accho, and by the Greeks Ptolemais. The 
 bay, or harbour, extends in a semicircle of three leagues as far as 
 Mount Carmel, and is open to the N. W. winds ; yet the port is 
 reckoned one of the best, and the town is one of the principal 
 ones, upon the coast of SjTia. It is 28 miles S. of Tyre. Lat. 
 32.30.^. Long. 35. 24. E. 
 
 A'CRE, s. [cecre. Sax.] a measure of land containing forty 
 perches in length, and four in breadth; or four thousand eight 
 hundred and forty square yards. The French acre, or arpent, is 
 one fourth more ; the Welch acre, commonly two English ones ; 
 the Irish, 1 acre, 2 roods, and 19 perches English. 
 
 A'CRID, a. [acridus, Lat.] tasting hot and sour. 
 
 ACRIMO'NIOUS, a. abounding with sharp or corrosive parti- 
 cles, when applied to things. Figuratively, sharp and austere, 
 applied to behaviour. 
 
 A'CRIMON Y, s. [cKrimonia, Lat.] sharpness, tartness, corrosive 
 quality ; severity of disposition ; sharpness of temper. 
 
 A'CRITUDE, 8. [acritudo, Lat.] a quality in a body, which af- 
 fects the taste with a sensation of rough, pungent, and hottish 
 sour. 
 
 ACROAMATICAL, a. [akroaomai, Gr.] profound, abstruse, 
 belonging to some secret doctrine. Several of the ancient philo- 
 sophers had certain doctrines which they taught publicly, and 
 others which they communicated to their most intimate disciples 
 only. 
 
 ACRO'POLIS, the name given to those fortified mounts ex- 
 isting in most of the ancient Grecian cities, which were probably, 
 like the Roman camps and baronial castles in this country, the 
 
 fenns of the cities. It is from the temple of Pallas, called the 
 arthenon, in the Acropolis at Athens, that most of the sculp- 
 tures in the Elgin saloon of the British Museum were taken. 
 
 A'CROSPIRE, s. [akros and speiro, Gr.] a shoot or sprout from 
 the ends of seeds, before they are sown. 
 
 A'CROSPIRED,ijart. and a. having sprouts. 
 
 ACRO'SS, ad, \_See Cross] crosswise, thwartwise. 
 
 ACRO'STIC, s. [akros and stichos, Gr.] a poetical composition, 
 the initial letters of which, when added together, form a parti- 
 cular word. 
 
 ACROTE'RIC, s. [akros, Gr.] in Architecture: 1. Little pe- 
 destals, placed at the middle and both extremes of pediments, 
 which serve to support statues. 2. Sharp pinnacles, or spiry 
 battlements, standing in ranks about flat buildings, with rails 
 and balusters. 3. Figuresof stone or metal, which are placed as 
 ornaments on the tops of temples and other edifices. 
 
 To ACT, V. a. [ago, Lat.] to be active, to exert one's active 
 powers ; to exercise its active powers ; to perform its proper func- 
 tions, to perform the functions of life ; to be excited to action ; 
 to perform, in allusion to the theatre ; to counterfeit, in allusion 
 to the office of a player ; to be impelled, forced, or incited to or by 
 action ; to exert action or produce effects upon a subject ; to 
 actuate. 
 
 ACT, s. [actum, Lat.] a deed, a performance; a part of a play; 
 the power of producing an effect; a deed, or decree of parlia- 
 ment, or other court of judicature. In Physics, an effective ap- 
 Elication of some power or faculty. With metaphysicians, that 
 y which a being is in real action. In Law, an instrument or 
 other matter in writing, to declare or justify the truth of a thing : 
 in which sense records, decrees, sentences, reports, certificates, 
 &c. are called acts. Matters of fact, ttansmitted to posterity in 
 certain authentic books and memoirs. At the university of Ox- 
 ford, the time when degrees are taken. The word act signifies 
 something done which is remarkable. The word action is appli- 
 cable indifferently to every thing we do, whether common or ex- 
 traordinary. An elegant speaker will not say a virtuous act, but 
 an act of virtue ; whereas to say a virtuous action, is proper and 
 elegant. Act of faith, in the Inquisition, is the punishment of 
 such as they declare heretics, and the absolution of the innocent 
 accused, called by them auto dafe. 
 
 A'CTIAN, a, belonging to Actium. Action giinies, games insti- 
 tuted, according to some, by Augustus, in memory of the victory 
 
ACT 
 
 obtained over Antony, near the promontory of Actiura ; though 
 others say, that Augustus only restored them. Action years, or 
 Actiac aera, in Chronologj', a series of years beginning from the 
 conquest of Egypt by Augustus, called also the aera of Augustus. 
 
 ACTI'NIA, in Zoology, that species of marine animals com- 
 monly called sea anemones. They are attached to rocks or the 
 bottoms of vessels, and are of a cylindrical shape, but variable 
 figure. Around the opening, which is both mouth and vent, 
 are placed rows of arms or tentacula, which, when protruded, 
 give the animal the appearance of a flower. With them the 
 food is taken. This is one of those creatures, any part of 
 which severed from the rest will grow to a complete animal. 
 
 A'CTION, s. [actio, Lat.] the exerting or employing any active 
 powers, in opposition to rest ; something done or performed, a 
 deed ; power, influence, agency, or operation. In Metaphysics, 
 the exercise of an ability which a being has to begin or deter- 
 mine a particular train of thought or motion. In Ethics, the 
 voluntary motion of a reasonable creature. In Painting, or 
 Sculpture, the posture or attitude expressive of the passion the 
 painter or carver would convey to the mind of a spectator. In 
 Horsemanship, the gait of a horse. With orators, actors, &c., 
 it is the accommodating the person, voices, and gesture to the 
 subject. In Poetrj', an event or series of occurrences, mutually 
 connected and depending on each other, either real or imaginary, 
 which makes the subject of a dramatic or epic poem. In Law, 
 a legal demand of, or the form of, a suit given by law, for the 
 recovery of a person's right. Actions are either criminal or civil. 
 Criminal are such as have judgment of death. Under this head 
 are included, 1. Actions penal, which lie for some penalty, cor- 
 poral or pecuniary. 2. Actions upon the statute, brought on 
 breach of any statute, and which did not lie before, as an occa- 
 sion of perjury. 3. Actions popular, given on breach of some 
 penal statute, for which any person has a right to sue. Civil 
 actions are: — Action upon the case, a general action, given for re- 
 dress of wrongs done without violence, and not provided against 
 by a law. Action on the case of words, is where a person is 
 injured in his reputation by words maliciously spoken. Action 
 of a writ, in Law, is when it is pleaded that the plaintiff' has no 
 cause to have it brought, though he may have another for the 
 same. In the plural number, actions, in Commerce, imply the 
 movable effects ; thus, a merchant's creditors have seized upon 
 all his actions, i. e. they have seized upon all the debts owing 
 to him. 
 
 A'CTION ABLE, a. [action and abel. Sax.] in Law, that admits 
 an action to be brought against it ; punishable, blamable, or 
 culpable. 
 
 A'CTIVE, a. [activus, Lat.] that has the power of acting, as 
 opposed to passive ; busy in acting, as opposed to idle ; practical, 
 not merely speculative, or in theory; nimble, quick, apt, or 
 forward to act. Active principles, in Chemistry, are spirit, oil, 
 and salt ; so named, because when their parts are briskly in 
 motion, they cause action in other bodies. Active verbs, are such 
 as not only signify doing or acting, but have also nouns follow- 
 ing them, to be the subject of the action. Thus, to love, to teach, 
 are verbs active ; because we can say, to love a thing, to teach a 
 man. Verbs neuter also denote an action, but cannot have a 
 noun following them. Such are, to sleep, to go, &c. In Medicine, 
 it implies such a dose as operates quickly, and with some force, 
 as emetics, cathartics, and cordials. 
 
 A'CTIVELY, ad. busily ; nimbly ; in an active signification, as, 
 " The word is used actively." 
 
 ACTI'VITY, s. propensity, readiness, nimbleness to do a thing. 
 Applied both to persons and things, a power of acting, operation, 
 influence, continual exertion of the active powers, in opposition 
 to indolence. 
 
 A'CTIUM, the promontory at the entrance to the Ambracian 
 Gulf, now called the Gulf of Arta, on the Adriatic coast of Greece, 
 off which was fought the naval battle that established Augustus 
 as emperor of Rome, and finished the career of Mark Antony, in 
 the year 31 b. c. 
 
 ACTON BURNEL, Shropshire. Pop. 394. 
 
 A'CTOR, s. [actor, Lat.] he that does anything; he that prac- 
 tises, in opposition to theory ; a player. 
 
 A'CTRESS, s. [actrice, Fr.] a woman who personates a cha- 
 racter on the stage ; a female who performs any thing. 
 
 ACTS, «. in Dramatic Poetry, the divisions or principal parts of 
 a play. 
 
 ADA 
 
 A'CTUAL, a, [actiiel, Fr.] that includes or implies action ; really 
 in act, not merely in speculation. 
 
 ACTUA'LITY,s. the power of exerting action, or operating; 
 activity ; reality, or certainty. 
 
 A'CTUALLY, ad. in effbct ; reaUy. 
 
 A'CTUALNESS, s. a quality which denotes the reality of the 
 operation, existence, or truth of a thing. 
 
 A'CTUARY, s. [actuarius, Lat.] in Law, the registrar or clerk 
 who compiles the minutes of the proceedings of a court ; particu- 
 larly the clerk that registers the acts and proceedings of the con- 
 vocation. 
 
 To A'CTUATE, v. a. [ago, Lat.] to excite to action, to move, to 
 quicken. 
 
 To A'CUATE, V. a. [acno, Lat.] to sharpen. 
 
 ACU'LEATE, o. [aculeatus, Lat.] prickly; that terminates in 
 a sharp point. 
 
 ACD'MEN, s. [Lat.] sharpness ; applied either to material ob- 
 jects, or the faculties of the mind. 
 
 ACU'MINATED, part, [acuminatits, Lat.] sharp-pointed. 
 
 ACUPU'NCTURE, a method of curing many diseases by prick- 
 ing several parts of the body with a needle ; much practised by 
 the inhabitants of China and Japan, and not unknown to the 
 ancients. 
 
 ACU'TE, a. [acutus, Lat.] sharp-pointed, sharp-witted, subtle, 
 ingenious, vigorous in operation or effect. Acute, in Geometry, 
 that which terminates in a sharp point. Acute angle, one of less 
 than ninety degrees. Acute-angled triangle, one whose three 
 angles are acute. Acute-angular sections of a cone, the same as an 
 ellipsis. Acute, in Music, shrill, sharp, or high in respect of some 
 other note, opposed to grave. Acute, in Grammar, an accent 
 which signifies the raising of the voice, and is written thus ('). 
 In Physic, diseases that are very violent, and terminate in a 
 few days. 
 
 AClJ'TELY, ad. sharply. 
 
 ACU'TENESS, s. sharpness, applied to matter. Sagacity, or 
 quickness of discernment ; capacity of distinguishing, or receiv- 
 ing impressions ; vehemence, productive of a speedy crisis in a 
 disease ; shrillness, applied to sound. 
 
 AD, at the beginning of English proper names, signifies the 
 same with ad or apud amongst the Latins. So Adston signifies 
 at or near some stone ; Adhill, at or near some hill. 
 
 A'DAGE, s. [adagium, Lat.] a maxim or principle received as 
 self-evident ; a proverbial saying. 
 
 ADA'GIO, s. [Ital.] slow, grave, solemn. In Music, a slow 
 movement or time ; when it is repeated, as, adagio adagio, it im- 
 plies a very slow movement. 
 
 A'DAM, the name of the first man, respecting whom nothing 
 is known beyond what is stated in the beginning of the Book of 
 Genesis. He was 930 years old when he died. 
 
 A'DAM, DR. ALEXANDER, the author of the School Text- 
 book on Roman Antiquities, and of other works illustrative of 
 the Roman history and language; was Rector of the High 
 School in Edinburgh for many years. He was one of the men 
 who rose from the humblest beginnings, with few advantages, 
 to an eminence of usefulness and of learning. He died in lS09. 
 
 A'DAM, ROBERT, was architect to George HI., in the 
 beginning of his reign; and the designer of many buildings, 
 both public and private, in this country. He was the builder of 
 the Adelphi Theatre, London; and the introducer of stucco- 
 work, in imitation of stone, for ornaments on the outside of 
 buildings. 
 
 A'DAMANT, s. [adamas, Lat.] an imaginary stone of impene- 
 trable hardness; the diamond; the loadstone. Figuratively, 
 something that has any strong attraction. 
 
 ADAMA'NTINE, a. [adamantinus, Lat.] made of adamant; 
 endued with the properties of adamant, not to be broken. 
 
 A'DAMITES, a sect of heretics, who imitated the nakedness 
 of Adam during his residence in Paradise, and contemned 
 marriage. 
 
 A'DAM'S-APPLE, s. in Anatomy, a prominent part of the 
 throat. 
 
 A'DAM'S PEAK, the name of the highest peak of the moun- 
 tains in Ceylon. On the summit is the famous foot-print of 
 Buddha, which he left when he ascended to heaven, according 
 to the Hindu Mvthology ; and which is worshipped to this day. 
 
 A'DAMS, JOHN, one of the number who signed the Ameri- 
 can "Declaration of Independence," July the 4th, 1776. He 
 c 9 
 
ADD 
 
 was subsequently ambassador to France ; and at the peace, was 
 the first sent from the United States to the English court. In 
 1797, he was chosen to succeed General Washington as Presi- 
 dent; and in 1826, he died on the anniversarj' of the Indepen- 
 dence declaration, aged 90 years. 
 
 ADANSO'N, MICHAEL, a French botanist, whose studies 
 and publications contributed to the formation of " the National 
 System of Plants." He travelled in Senegal, and wrote a very 
 valuable work resjjecting that country. But the part he took in 
 the denunciation of slavery gives him a greater claim to be 
 remembered. In the tumults that occurred during the Revolu- 
 tion, he suffered greatly; and died in his 80th year, in 1800. 
 
 To ADA'PT, V. a. [adapto, Lat.] to fit one thing to another, to 
 proportion ; to make one thing correspond with another, to suit. 
 
 ADAPT A'TION, s. the art of fitting one thing to another; or 
 the fitness, suitableness, or correspondence of one thing with 
 another. 
 
 ADA'PTION, s. the act of fitting, or suitableness. 
 
 A'DAR, the twelfth month of the Jewish ecclesiastical year. 
 It contains only twenty-nine days, and answers to the moon of 
 February; so that it sometimes extends to March. 
 
 To ADD, f. a. [addo, Lat.] to increase by joining something 
 new ; to enlarge, to aggrandize ; to perform the operation of join- 
 ing one number to another. 
 
 A'DDABLE, A'ddibi-e, part, {addo, Lat.] that may be added. 
 
 A'DDER, s. [ceetter, Sax.] the serpent commonly called the 
 viper. 
 
 A'DDER'S-TONGUE, in Botany, a plant of the fern tribe, 
 which has one oval leaf, and the fruit growing from the base of 
 it in slender, pointed spikes. It is found abundantly in marshy 
 grounds. 
 
 AT)DER'S-WORT, s. an herb, so named on account of its 
 virtue, real or supposed, of curing the bite of serpents. 
 
 A'DDICE, Adze, s. [adese. Sax.] a cooper's instrument to chop 
 or cut with. 
 
 To ADDI'CT, V. a. [addico, Lat.] to give oneself wholly to a 
 thing ; to apply one's mind wholly to it. It is mostly used in a 
 bad sense. 
 
 A'DDISON, JOSEPH, one of England's classical prose writers. 
 He was born in 1672, and studied at Oxford, where he gained 
 such a name as a poet, and so many influential friends, that he 
 embarked in a political career, under the patronage of the court. 
 Under Queen Anne he was engaged in various subsidiary offices, 
 both in England and Ireland ; and it was at this time that, in 
 the Tatler, Spectator, and Guardian, he laid the foundation of his 
 present distinction. In 1717 he was appointed one of the secre- 
 taries of state, but was soon obliged to quit a post he was alto- 
 gether unfit for. His tragedy of Cato, which was reckoned his 
 master-piece, is not much esteemed now. His Essays are charac- 
 terized by no greatness, or power ; but by delicacy of humour, and 
 fancy, and by musical nicety of language. He has, and perhaps 
 deserves, the praise of introducing Milton's Poems to the fashion- 
 able world of his day, and so of giving them the popularity they 
 have ever since enjoyed. He died in 1719. 
 
 ADDI'TAMENT, «. [additanmittwi, Lat.] a thing added, or 
 addition. 
 
 ADDITION, s. [additio, Lat.] the act of adding or joining one 
 thing to another, in order to increase its quantity or dimensions ; 
 the thing which is added ; increase ; interpolation, or the cor- 
 rupting of writings, or tenets, by inserting something new or 
 spurious. In Arithmetic, one of the five principal rules. In Law, 
 a title given to a man, besides his Christian, or surname, imply- 
 ing his estate, degree, occupation, age, or place of residence. 
 
 ADDITIONAL, a. that is added ; that increases. With re- 
 spect to arguments, a greater number, or more forcible ones. 
 
 A'DDLE, a. [adel. Sax.] empty, rotten ; commonly said of eggs 
 that produce no chicks, though laid under the hen; and hence it 
 is applied to a brain that produces nothing. 
 
 To ADDRE'SS,f. a. [addresser, Fr.l to prepare for use ; to make 
 ready, to prepare oneself for any action ; to present a petition to; 
 to make application to a person ; to direct one's speech to a per- 
 son, or body of men. 
 
 ADDRE''SS, s. [addresse, Fr.] an application in order to per- 
 suade ; the suit or application of a lover ; behaviour, or genteel 
 carriage ; quickness of understanding, presence of mmd ; an ap- 
 plication from an inferior to a superior ; the direction of a letter, 
 or the method in which a person is directed to. 
 10 
 
 ADI 
 
 ADDRE'SSER, «. the person who carries the petition and de- 
 livers the address. 
 
 ADDU'CIlNT, a. ladducens, Lat.] that which draws to, or closes. 
 In Anatomy, applied to muscles that bring forward, close, or draw 
 together the parts of the body to which they are fixed. 
 
 ADEL, a province in Africa, called also Zeilah,from a trading 
 town of that name, seated near the Red Sea. Its trade, which 
 is carried on chiefly through a town called Berbera, is almost 
 wholly one of exchange with the nations in the interior of Africa, 
 and Arabian and Indian merchants. This country stretches 
 along the S. coast of the Strait of Babelmandel, near to the Red 
 Sea. It was formerly a part of Abyssinia. 
 
 A'DELING, JOH. CHRISTOPH., a philologist, and student 
 of Comparative Grammar, whose great work, " Mithridates," is a 
 standard work in the science of language. He wrote many other 
 books, amongst which were a German Grammar and Dictionary, 
 all of which are highly esteemed by scholars. He died in 1800, 
 in his 75th year. 
 
 ADE'MPTION, s. among civilians, is the privation or evoca- 
 tion of some donation or favour. 
 
 A'DEN, a town of Arabia, on the Indian Ocean. Its trade, 
 which is very little now, consists chiefly in that carried on 
 with the natives of the interior of Africa, (see Adei,,) and in 
 coffee. 
 
 ADE'PT,s. [orfe/ifos, Lat.] one that understands all the secrets 
 of his art, originally appropriated to chemists, but now applied 
 to persons of any profession. 
 
 ADEPT, a. thoroughly skilled in anything; well versed in 
 any matter. 
 
 A'DEQUATE, a. [adequatus, Lat.] equal or proportionate to ; 
 full, perfect, proper, sole, and entire. 
 
 A'DEQUATENESS,s. equality, perfect resemblance ; justness 
 of correspondence, exactness of proportion. 
 
 ADE'SSENARII, s. those who hold the corporeal presence of 
 Christ at the sacrament, but in a manner different from the 
 Papists. 
 
 To ADHE'RE, v. a. [adhtereo, Lat.] to stick to, like any glu- 
 tinous matter. Figuratively, to hold together, join, or unite with. 
 To persist in, or remain firm to a party, person, or opinion. 
 
 ADHE'RENCE, Adhe'rency, s. the quality of sticking to, 
 strong attachment, steady perseverance. 
 
 ADHE'RENT, a. clinging or sticking to. In Logic, some- 
 thing added, or not essential to a thing. 
 
 ADHE'RENT, «. one who is firmly attached to any person, 
 party, or opinion. 
 
 ADHE'RER, s. one who is tenacious of any tenet, or firmly 
 attached to any person, partj-, or profession. 
 
 ADHE'SION, «. [adhasio, Lat.] the act of cleaving or sticking 
 to. Adhesion to a natural Jaody, is used, and adherence to a party ; 
 but not constantly. 
 
 ADHE'SIVE, a. remaining closely attached ; sticking or keep- 
 ing to without any deviation. 
 
 ADJA'CENCY, s. [from adjaceo, Lat.] state of lying near to; 
 the thing itself so lying. , 
 
 ADJA'CENT.o. [adjacem, Lat.] lying near or bordering upon ; 
 contiguous, or touching each other. 
 
 ADIA'PHORISTS, s. [adiuphoroi, Gr.] the followers of Milac- 
 thon, who in the fifteenth century was disposed to give up 
 several points which he regarded as indifferent, to the Catholics 
 for the sake of peace. 
 
 A'DJECTIVE, s. [adjectivmn, Lat.] a word which denotes the 
 qualities of a subject, as a c/reat minister ; the word great is an 
 adjective, as denoting only the qualities of the minister. It de- 
 rives its name from its being joined or added to another word, 
 either expressed or understood, in order to limit the sense. 
 
 A'DJECTIVELY, ad. after the manner of an adjective. 
 
 ADIEU', ad. [Fr.] farewell. God be with you. 
 
 To ADJOI'N, V. a. [adjtingo, Lat.] to join, to unite to, to add 
 to ; to be contiguous to, to lie so near as to touch or join to. 
 
 To ADJOU'RN, V. a. [aclfourncr, Fr.] to appoint a day, to put 
 off' to another time ; used chiefly of juridical proceedings, and the 
 meetings of parliament. 
 
 ADJOU'RNMENT, s. the putting oflT a court or meeting, and 
 appointing it to be kept at another time or place. 
 
 ADIPOCl'RE, s. [adeps and ceru, Lat.] a substance resembling 
 fat and wax, into which flesh of human beings and animals, 
 buried under peculiar circumstances, or exposed to the action of 
 
ADM 
 
 running water, is changwi. Chemists are not agreed concerning 
 its historr. 
 
 A'DIFOSE, A'dipous, n. [adiposus, Lat.] fat, greasy. 
 
 A'DIT, s. [aditits, Lat.] a passage, or entry; the shaft or en- 
 Arance into a mine. 
 
 ADI'TION, s. [aditio, Lat.] a going or coming nigh to. 
 
 To ADJU'DGE, v. a. [adjudico, Lat.] to give judgment or sen- 
 tence in a court of justice, with to before the person ; to award, 
 to sentence ; simply, to determine or judge. 
 
 To ADJ U'DICAYE, v. a. [adjudico, Lat.] to determine any 
 claim at law ; to give or assign the right of something contro- 
 verted to one of the claimants. 
 
 ADJUDICATION, s._[adiudicat.io, Lat.] the act of judging, or 
 giving to a person by a judicial sentence. 
 
 A'DJUNCT, a. ands. [ad/unctum, Lat.] something united, but 
 not essential ; one joined to another, as a companion, or assist- 
 ant. In Philosophy, something added to a thing not essentially 
 belonging to it : a "mode that may be separated from its subject. 
 Adjuncts, in Grammar and Rhetoric, are adjectives or epithets 
 added to enlarge or augment the energy of a discourse. 
 
 ADJU'NCTION,*. [udjunctio, Lat.] the act of joining things to- 
 gether; or state of a thing joined. 
 
 ADJU'NCTlVE,s. [adjuncticus, Lat.] he that joins; that which 
 is joined. 
 
 AD-JURATION, s. [adjumtio, Lat.] the form of an oath taken 
 by any person ; or an oath administered to any person, whereby 
 he is under a necessity of speaking the truth without disguise. 
 
 To ADJU'RE, V. a. [adjuro, Lat.] to bind a person to do or not 
 do any thing, under the penalty of a dreadful curse ; to entreat 
 earnestly by the most pathetic "topic ; to swear by ; to oblige a 
 person to declare the truth upon oath. 
 
 To ADJU'ST, V. a. [adjuster, Vt.] to make consistent, to regu- 
 late ; to settle, to reduce to a standard, or criterion ; to reconcile. 
 
 ADJU'STMENT, s. [adjustemeni, Fr.] a just description, an 
 explication and obviation of difficulties in a subject ; a just dis- 
 position of parts whereby they promote and assist each other's 
 motion. 
 
 A'DJUTANT, s. [af^Mten«, Lat.] in the Military art, a helper, 
 or assistant. More particularly, an officer in the army who as- 
 sists a superior, particularly the major, in distributing the pay, 
 and overseeing the punishment of the inferior men. In Zoology, 
 a large, carnivorous species of crane, found in India ; and re- 
 garded with great veneration by the natives, because of the 
 service it does in destroying the vermin which abound there, 
 and as being the habitation of the souls of Brahmins. Adjutant- 
 general, is one who attends the general, assists in council, and 
 carries the orders from one part of the army to the other. 
 
 A'DJUTOR, s. [Lat.] a helper; one who gives assistance. 
 
 ADJU'TRIX, s. [Lat.] a female helper, or a woman who assists. 
 
 ADLEGA'TION, s. a right claimed by the states of the Ger- 
 man empire of adjoining plenipotentiaries, in public treaties and 
 negociations, to tnose of the emperor. 
 
 ADMEA'SUREMENT, s. the measuring or finding the dimen- 
 sions and quantity of a thing bv the application of a standard 
 or rule, in Law, a writ brought against such as usurp more 
 than their due. 
 
 ADMENSURATION, s. [ad and mensura, Lat.] the act of 
 determining or finding out the length and other dimensions, 
 by a standard, rule, or measure. 
 
 To ADMI'NISTER, v. a. [administro, Lat.] to afford, including 
 the idea of help or seiTice ; to give. In Politics, to manage, or 
 conduct the affairs of government, including the idea of sub- 
 ordination. In judicial courts, to tender or apply to a person to 
 take his oath. " To administer an oath." In C'hurch matters, 
 to perform the office of a minister, orpriest, in giving the elements 
 of bread and wine, &c. in the sacratnent. " To administer the 
 sacrament." In Physic, to dispense medicines, prescribe and 
 apply remedies. " Administerim/ physic." To be subservient to ; 
 to contribute to ; with the particle to. In Law, to take posses- 
 sion of the goods and chattels of a person dying without will, to 
 give an inventory thereof on oath at the commons, and oblige 
 oneself to be accountable for them. 
 
 To ADMI'NISTRATE, v. a. [administro, Lat.] to apply or 
 make use of. A term peculiar to physic. 
 
 ADMINISTRA'TION, s. [admmistratio, Lat.] the act of en- 
 forcing, or applying, or giving sentence according to the sense 
 of a law ; the discharge of one of the chief offices of state, which 
 c 2 
 
 ADM 
 
 respects the direction of public affairs ; the active or executive 
 part of government ; those who are intrusted with the care of 
 public affairs ; the due discharge of an office ; the performance 
 of the necessary rites, the act of distributing bread and wine, 
 &c., in the eucharist. In Law, the act of a person who takes 
 charge of the effects of one dying intestate, and is accountable 
 for them, when required. The bishop of the diocese, where the 
 party dies, is to grant administration ; but if the deceased has 
 goods in several dioceses, termed in law bona notabilia, it must 
 then be granted by the archbishop in the prerogative court. The 
 persons to whom administration may be granted are, first, the 
 nearest relatives of the deceased, then those more remote ; failing 
 which, a creditor may ; or, lastly, any person at the discretion 
 of fhe ordinary. Administration cum testamento annexo (with a 
 testament or will annexed) in Law, is where an executor refuses 
 to prove a will, and, on that account, administration with the will 
 annexed to it is granted to the next of kin. 
 
 ADMINISTRATIVE, a. that aids, supports, or assists. 
 
 ADMINISTRATOR, s. [Lat.] the person who officiates as a 
 minister or priest in a church ; he that has the chief manage- 
 ment of national affairs. In Law, he who has the goods of a 
 man dying without will committed to his charge, and is account- 
 able for them, when required by the ordinarj'. The office of 
 administrator is the same as that of executor, with regard to the 
 burial, discharging funeral expenses, and payment of the debts, 
 &c., of the deceased; but as this power is communicated by 
 administration, he can do nothing before that is granted. 
 
 ADMINISTRA TORSHIP, s. the office of administrator. 
 
 ADMINISTRATRIX, s. [Lat.] a female who has the affairs 
 of a person dying intestate committed to her charge. 
 
 A'DMIRABLE, a. [admiraUlis, Lat.] worthy of admiration. 
 
 A'DMIRABLY, ad. so as to raise wonder ; in an admirable 
 manner. 
 
 A'DMIRAL, s. [amiral, Fr.] an officer who has a chief commanti 
 in a fleet. In the British fleet, admirals are divided into those 
 of the Red, of the White, and of the Blue; distinguished by 
 the part of the ship where they cany their flag. Under th(! 
 admirals, are rear-admirals, who command a third squadron of 
 men of war, and vice-admirals, who command the second squa- 
 dron. Lord High Admiral, was the ancient title of the officer 
 who executed the functions of the .present lords commissioners 
 of the Admiralty. Vice-admiral, is also the title of district 
 officers under the lords of the Admiralty. 
 
 A'DMIRALSHIP, «. the office of an admiral. 
 
 A'DMIRALTY, s. [amiraulte, Fr.] .the office or power of the 
 lord high admiral, put in commission. It consists of a first lord, 
 who presides, and has a seat in the cabinet ; and five others. 
 In it IS vested the chief direction of the affairs of the navy ; and 
 its jurisdiction extends over all the British empire, excepting 
 the Cinque-Ports. High Court of Admiralty, is a sovereign court 
 held by the lord high admiral, or commissioners of thfi Admiralty ; 
 and has cognizance in all maritime affairs, civil as well as 
 criminal. All crimes committed on the high seas, or in great 
 rivers, below the bridge next the sea, are cognizable in this 
 court only, which, by statute, is obliged to try the same by 
 judge and jury. Civil actions are determined according to civil 
 law, because the sea is without the jurisdiction of the common 
 law. There is also a Prize Court, to decide respecting captures 
 made at sea, during war. 
 
 A'DMIRALTY ISLANDS, a cluster of islands to the N. of 
 New Britain, and nearly in parallel W. from New Ireland, about 
 40 in number, and were discovered by Captain Cartaret. The 
 largest of the islands is about 18 leagues long. The inhabitants 
 are a fierce people, going quite naked, except that they wear 
 shells on their legs and arms, by way of ornament. They are of 
 a dark copper-colour, with woolly heads, which they profusely 
 powder ; they also paint their cheeks with white streaks. Lat. 
 about 2. S., and long, from 146. to 148. E. 
 
 ADMIRATION, s. [admiratio, Lat.] a passion excited when 
 we discover a great excellence in an object. Preceded by to, in 
 such a manner as to excite wonder. Surorise, including the 
 secondary idea of something culpable. In Grammar, a point or 
 stop, which denotes that the sentence before it implies wonder 
 or astonishment ; marked thus (!) 
 
 To ADMI'RE, V. a. [admiror, Lat.] to look upon with some 
 wonder, including esteem. 
 
 ADMl'RED, part, that occasions great surprise and esteem. 
 
ADO 
 
 ADMI'RER, s, the person who feels the passion of admiration 
 arising at the sight or contemphition of any thing surprisingly 
 excellent ; he who wonders, or regards with admiration. 
 
 ADMI'RINGLY, ad. with admiration. 
 
 ADMI'SSIBLE, a. [admitto, Lat.] that may be granted or ad- 
 mitted. 
 
 ADMI'SSION, ». [admissio, Lat.] liberty or permission of 
 entering ; access or liberty of approaching ; a power of entering ; 
 the granting a proposition not fully proved. In Law, when the 
 bishop, after examination, allows a priest to enter into a bene- 
 fice to which he is presented, saying, Admitto te liabilem: "I 
 admit vou as a person properly qualified." 
 
 To ADMIT, f. a, [aamitto, Lat.] to grant access to ; to per- 
 mit or suffer a person to enter upon an office ; to grant ; in a 
 general sense, to allow. 
 
 ADMI'TTABLE, a. that may be admitted, applied both to 
 persons and things. 
 
 ADMITTANCE, s. a permission of a person to take and 
 exercise the functions of any office ; access, passage, or power 
 of entering; a prerogative, or right of finding a ready access to 
 the great; the acceding to, granting, or concession of, any 
 position. 
 
 To ADMI'X, V. a. [admisceo, Lat.] to join to, or mingle with 
 something else. 
 
 ADMI'XTION, «. the joining, blending, or incorporating one 
 body or fluid with another by mixing. 
 
 ADMI'XTURE, s. the blending or mingling one body with 
 another. 
 
 To ADMO'NISH, v. a. \admomo, Lat.] to exhort, to give ad- 
 vice, with the preposition m/ainst : to reprove ; to give a person 
 a hint ; to warn ; to put in mind of a fault. 
 
 ADMCNISHER, ». the person who reminds another of his 
 duty, and reproves him for his faults. 
 
 ADMO'NISHMENT, s. admonition ; notice of faults or duties. 
 
 ADMONITION, s. [admunitio, Lat.] a hint of duty; a remind- 
 ing a person of his duty, or reproof for the neglect of it. In the 
 ancient church, this was a part of discipline which preceded, 
 and often prevented excommunication. 
 
 ADMONITIONER, s. a general adviser. A ludicrous term. 
 
 ADMO'NITORY,a. [admonitorim, Lat.] that exhorts and ex- 
 cites us to the performance of a duty. 
 
 ADO', 8. difficulty, when following much. With the preposi- 
 tion ab(nd, bustle, noise, or tumult. With the words great or 
 more, it signifies a greater appearance or show of business than 
 what is real, and is taken in a ludicrous sense. 
 
 ADOLE'SCENCE, Adole'scency, s. [adokscentia, Lat.] the 
 state of a growing youth, commencing from his infancy, and 
 ending at his full growth ; commonly computed to be between 
 15 and 25, if not 30 years of age. The Romans computed it 
 from 12 to 25 in males, and to 21 in females. 
 
 ADO'NAI, one of the names of the Supreme Being in the 
 Scriptures. The Jews read Adonai in place of Jehovah, wher- 
 ever they meet with it. 
 
 ADO'NIS, «. in Botany, a genus of plants, allied to the 
 ranunculus, bearing flowers which are red, or yellow, and veiy 
 beautiful. Our English species is called pheasant's eye. 
 
 To ADO'PT, V. a. [adopto, Lat.] to substitute another person's 
 son instead of one's own, and make him capable of inheriting, 
 as if so by nature ; to acquire, in opposition to what is inherent 
 by nature ; to rely or confide in, and make use of as if our own. 
 
 ADO'PTER, s. he who gives some one by choice the right of 
 a son. 
 
 ADO'PTION, 8. [adoptio, Lat.] the act by which a person takes 
 the child of another for his own son. In Theology, an act of 
 God's grace, whereby those who are regenerated are admitted 
 into his kingdom ana family. 
 
 ADO'PTIVE, a. [adoptii-us, Lat.] that is adopted, in opposi- 
 tion to a son by procreation. 
 
 ADO'RABLE, a. [adorable, Fr.] that ought to be adored; 
 worthy of Divine honours. 
 
 ADORABLENESS, s. the quality which renders a being 
 worthy of Divine honours. 
 
 ADO'RABLY, ad. in a manner worthy of Divine worship. 
 
 ADORATION, s. [adoratio, Lat.] the act of worshipping, 
 including in it reverence, esteem, and love; the external act of 
 homage paid to God, distinguished from mental worship; the 
 act of prostration in honour of Eastern uionarchs. 
 12 
 
 AD V 
 
 To ADOTIE, r. a. [adoro, Lat.] to reverence, to honour with 
 Divine worship ; to pay a high degree of regard, reverence, es- 
 teem, and homage. 
 
 ADORER, 8. one who pays Divine honours to the Deity; one 
 who has a great and reverential regard. In common conversa- 
 tion, a lover, who almost idolizes the object of his affections. 
 
 To ADO'RN, V. a. [adomo, Lat.] to set off' with dress, to deck 
 with ornaments; to convey splendour, or pomp; to be em- 
 bellished or graced with oratory and elegance of language. 
 
 ADO'RNMENT, s. the advantage of ornament, applied both 
 to dress and the faculties of the mind. 
 
 ADO'WN,/)reju. towards the ground, downwards, or down. 
 
 ADRE'AD, ad. in a state of fear. 
 
 A'DRIAN, the name assumed by six Popes of Rome ; of whom 
 the fourth was the only Englishman that ever occupied the papal 
 chair ; his name was Nicholas Brakespere. His pontificate was 
 a troubled one, and he took the very highest ground of papal 
 prerogative. He succeeded in destroying the power of Arnatdo 
 of Brescia, who had defeated his predecessors; and in humbling 
 Frederic Baibarossa. He died in 1159. 
 
 A'DRIANOPLE, a considerable city of Romania, and the see 
 of an archbishop, under the patriarch of Constantinople ; plea- 
 santly situated on a beautiful plain, and watered with three 
 rivers, the largest of which, called the Marizza, is navigable. It 
 is about 7 or 8 miles in circumference, including the old city and 
 some gardens. The public buildings are the mosques, and a 
 beautiful bazaar, or exchange, called Ali Bassa, which is a vast 
 arched building, with gates, and 305 rich, well-furnished shops, 
 extending half a mile in length, and kept by Turks, Greeks, Ar- 
 menians, and Jews. It has some manufactures, and woollen, 
 cotton, and silk goods. The inhabitants are estimated at about 
 100,000. It is 130 miles N. W. of Constantinople. Lat. 41. 41. 
 N. Long. 22. 30. E. 
 
 ADRIATIC SEA, now called the Gulf of Venice, is that arm 
 of the Mediterranean which divides Italy from Greece and Turkey, 
 
 ADRl'FT, ad. [adrifan. Sax.] driven at the pleasure of a tor- 
 rent. In a figurative sense, at random, without restraint, or fol- 
 lowing the first impulse. 
 
 ADROIT, a. [Fr.] dexterous; active; skilful. 
 
 ADROITNESS, 8. dexterity ; readiness, activity ; assiduity. 
 
 ADRY', ad. in want of drink; thirsty. 
 
 ADSCITITIOUS, a. [adseitititis, Lat.] taken in to supply or 
 complete; added unnecessarily; spurious; interpolated, and not 
 genuine ; borrowed or counterfeit. 
 
 ADSTRI'CTION, s. [adstrictio, Lat.] the act of binding to- 
 gether ; contracting into a lesser compass ; applied to medicines 
 which have the power of contracting the parts. 
 
 To ADVA'NCE, v. a. [aiancer, Fr.] to bring forward, with re- 
 lation to place ; to raise to a higher post ; to prefer ; to exalt, by 
 improvement; to adorn, heighten, to communicate honour; to 
 hasten the growth, applied to vegetables ; to propose, to offer to 
 the public, to produce. In a mercantile sense, to pay the charges 
 of an undertaking before the time of reimbursement arrives. To 
 give or lend a person money or commodities, before he has the 
 means of repaying them. 
 
 ADVA'NCE, 8. the act of coming forwards; approach ; gra- 
 dation, or gradual increase; raising to a higher degree of dignity 
 or perfection. Advance guard, is the first line of an army in bat- 
 tle array next to the enemy. 
 
 ADVA'NCEMENT, s. the act of gaining ground, progress; 
 promotion to a higher station, preferment; raising to a greater 
 pitch of .perfect ion, improvement. 
 
 ADVA'NCER, 8. he that promotes or forwards. Among sports- 
 men, one of the starts or branches of a buck's attire, between 
 the back antler and the palm. 
 
 ADVA'NTAGE, s. [avantage, Fr.] used with of or over before 
 the person, the better of a person, or superiority. Used with 
 make, take, or get, it implies superiority acquired by stratagem 
 or cunning. A favouranle opportunity. In mercantile affairs, 
 a premium, or profit, greater than what can be obtained by 
 law. 
 
 To ADVA'NTAGE, v. a. to benefit ; to improve, promote, or 
 forward ; to acquire profit ; to profit. 
 
 ADVA'NTAGED, a. possessed of advantages ; commodiously 
 situate or disposed. 
 
 ADVANTA'GEOUS, a. that conduces to profit. Useful, or 
 serviceable. 
 
ADV 
 
 ADVANTA'GEOUSLY, ad. m a manner conducing to con- 
 ▼enience orprofit. 
 
 ADVANTA'GEOUSNESS, s. service or convenience. 
 
 To ADVE'NE, v. a. [iidcenio, Lat.] to become a part of a thing, 
 includinff the idea of something superadded, and not essential. 
 
 ADVE'NIENT, part, [adceniens, Lat.] advening ; coming from 
 outward causes; superadded. 
 
 A'DVENT, s. [adventus, Lat.] signifies eornintj, particularly the 
 coining of Christ, and in the calendar denotes the time iininedi- 
 atelv preceding Christmas, or the nativity of our Saviour. It in- 
 cluaes four Sundays or weeks, which begin either on St. Andrew's 
 day, if it be Sunday, or on the nearest one before or after it. 
 During Advent, and to the end of the octaves of Epiphany, the 
 solemnizing of marriage without a special licence is forbidden. 
 
 AD VE'NTIVE, a. [from advenio, Lat.] that is acquired, in oppo- 
 sition to natural. 
 
 ADVENTI'TIOUS, a. [adcentUius, Lat.] that is superadded or 
 acquired, in opposition to natural ; that is not of the same na- 
 ture; additional, or increased. 
 
 ADVE'NTUAL, a. relating to the season of Advent. 
 
 ADVE'NTURE, s. [aventure, Fr.] an incident which is not 
 under our direction; a hazard; an incident or occurrence. In 
 Commerce, a parcel of goods, sent by sea, at a person's own 
 risk, to foreign parts. Bill of adventure, in the mercantile way, 
 is a bill or writing signed by a merchant, testifying that the 
 goods mentioned in it to be shipped on board such a vessel, be- 
 long to another person who is to run the liazard ; the merchant 
 being only to account for the produce of them, be it more or less. 
 
 To ADVE'NTURE, v. n. to stand the chance ; to run the risk. 
 In an active sense, to endanger. 
 
 ADVE'NTURER, s. [aventurier, Fr.] one who seeks occasions 
 of hazard ; one who exposes himself to danger ; a knight-errant. 
 
 ADVE'NTLROUS, a. that is ready to expose himself to the 
 greatest dangers. 
 
 ADVE'NTUROUSLY, ad. in a hazardous, daring, and bold 
 manner. 
 
 ADVERB, s. [adi-erUum, Lat.] is a word joined to verbs, to ex- 
 
 Eress the manner, time, &c. of an action; as, he fovght bravely ; 
 ere bravely is an adverb. Adverbs are likewise added to adjec- 
 tives and to other adverbs, in order to modify or ascertain their 
 meaning. Thus, he did the business extremely well: the word well 
 qualifies the action of doing, and the word extremely does the 
 same in regard to icell. 
 
 ADVE'RBIAL, a. [adterbialis, Lat.] that is used in the sense 
 of an adverb. 
 
 ADVE'RBIALLY, ad. [adverbialiter, Lat.] like, or in the man- 
 ner of, an adverb. 
 
 ADVERSA'RIA, s. [Lat] a sort of common-place book, used 
 by students, to enter any remarkable observation or occurrence 
 they meet with in reading or conversation. 
 
 ADVERSARY, s. [adversarius, Lat.] one who sets himself in 
 opposition to another ; an enemy, or one who seeks to do another 
 an injuiy. 
 
 ADVE'RSATIVE, a. [adversativus, Lat.] a word which makes 
 some opposition or variety. In Grammar, it expresses some dif- 
 ference between what goes before and what follows, as in the 
 phrase, Ae lovts money, but takes no pains to get it, the word but is an 
 adversative conjunction. 
 
 ADVERSE, a. [adirersus, Lat.] contrary; acting in opposite 
 directions. Figuratively, contrary to the wish or desire. Ap- 
 plied to condition, unsuccessful, calamitous, in opposition to 
 prosperous. 
 
 A'DVERSELY, A'DVERSi,Y,arf. in an adverse or unhappy man- 
 ner ; disagreeably. 
 
 ADVE'RSITY, s. [adversitas, Lat.] a state, which is opposite to 
 our wishes, and the cause of sorrow. 
 
 To ADVE'RT, r. n. [adverto, Lat.] to take notice of; to regard, 
 observe, to attend to ; with the particle to before the object. 
 
 ADVERTENCE, Advu/rtency, s. attention to; regard to; 
 consideration of; heedfulness. 
 
 To ADVERTISE, t\ a. [advei-tir, Fr.] to give a person notice 
 or information ; to publish a thing lost, found, or wanted, in the 
 newspapers, or by liand-bills, with a description of its peculi- 
 arities ; now practised instead of crying it. 
 
 ADVE'RTISEMENT, s. [advertissement, Fr.] admonition ; in- 
 struction ; advice ; publication of a thing in a newspaper ; or an 
 article, containing the description of a thing lost. 
 
 ADVERTISER, ». he that brings or gives intelligence or in- 
 formation. The paper which contains advertisements. 
 
 ADVERTISING, part, active in giving intelligence, advice, 
 or admonition. 
 
 ADVrCE, s. [avis, Fr.] opinion, or counsel; instruction; the 
 result of judicious reflection ; prudence, or discretion. Followed 
 by the particle with, consultation, deliberation. Used with the 
 word receive or have, information, news, or intelligence. 
 
 ADVrSABLE, {advizable) a. that may, or is fit to, be advised ; 
 prudent. 
 
 ADVI'SABLENESS, (advkubleness) s. the quality which ren- 
 ders a thing proper to be advised ; fitness ; propriety. 
 
 To ADVrSE, (advize) v. a. [avizer, Fr.] to recommend a thing 
 as useful ; to give a person an idea or hint of; to remind ; to in- 
 form, or give intelligence of an action transacted at a distance. 
 
 To ADVrSE, (advize) v. n. [aviser, Fr.] used with the particle 
 with before the person, to consult. To consider; to examine; 
 to give one's opinion. 
 
 ADVrSED, (advized) part, deliberate; guided by prudence 
 after a due examination of the nature and consequences ; done 
 on purpose. 
 
 ADVrSEDLY, (advizedly) ad. in a deliberate manner ; with 
 due consideration; prudently; with any peculiar design; on 
 purpose. 
 
 ADVrSEDNESS, (advizcdness) s. a state wherein a person has 
 taken the advice and counsel of others ; deliberation ; caution. 
 
 ADVrSEMENT, (advizement) s. [avi.ement, Fr.] advice, or 
 counsel ; prudence and circumspection. 
 
 ADVrSER, (advizer) s. he that gives advice, or counsel ; an 
 adviser, or counsellor. 
 
 ADULATION, s. [adulatio, Lat.] the act of bestowing more 
 praise upon a person than is due; including in it too high a 
 commendation of his virtues and excellences, and an entire neg- 
 lect of his defects. 
 
 ADULA'TOR, s. [adulator, Lat.] a flatterer ; one who pay> a. 
 higher compliment to another than he deserves. 
 
 ADULATORY, a. [adulatorius, Lat.] in a flattering or com- 
 plimental manner. 
 
 ADU'LT, a. [adultus, Lat.] grown up ; arrived to the age of 
 discretion. 
 
 ADU'LT, s. one who is arrived at the years of manhood. In 
 Law, a youth between fourteen and twenty-five years of age. 
 
 ADU'LTERANT, s. [adulterans, Lat.] the person who is 
 guilty of adultery ; a thing which debases by admixture. 
 
 To ADU'LTERATE, v. a. [adultero, Lat.] to violate the bed of 
 a married person ; to corrupt or debase by some foreign mixture. 
 
 ADU'LTERATE, a. flowing from, or owing to, the crime of 
 adultery; counterfeit, though resembling in appearance, yet 
 inferior in value ; debased by mixture. 
 
 ADU'LTERATENESS, s. the quality or state of being adul- 
 terate ; counterfeit. 
 
 ADULTERA'TION, s. [adulteratio, Lat,] the act of corrupting 
 by a foreign mixture ; or endeavouring to make things to pass 
 for more than their intrinsic value, by their resemblance to 
 something better. 
 
 ADU'L TERER, s. [adulter, Lat.] the person guilty of lying 
 with his neighbour's wife. 
 
 ADULTERESS, s. a woman guilty of violating her husband's 
 bed. 
 
 ADULTERINE, s. [adulterine, Fr.] in Law, a child born of 
 an adulteress. 
 
 ADU'LTEROUS, a. [adulter, Lat.] guilty of adultery ; base 
 and corrupted. Figuratively, idolatrous. 
 
 ADULTERY, s. [adulterium, Lat.] the crime of being false to 
 the marriage bed. Figuratively, idolatry. 
 
 To ADU'MBRATE, v. a.[adumbro, Lat,] to shadow; to give 
 a slight resemblance or faint likeness, alluding to that of 
 shadows, with respect to the bodies by which they are formed. 
 
 ADUMBRA'TI0N,«. the act of giving a slight representation, 
 or illustration ; an imperfect resemblance, like that of a shadow; 
 a faint glimmering. In Heraldry, when any figure in a coat is 
 so obscured, that nothing but the outline is visible. 
 
 ADUNA'TION, s. [arfand unus, Lat.] union; the junction of 
 two or more bodies. 
 
 ADU'NCITY, s. [aduncitas, Lat.] crookedness; flexure in- 
 ward ; hookedness. 
 
 ADU'NQUE, a. [aduncus, Lat,] crooked. 
 
 13 
 
MOh 
 
 A'DVOCATE, s. [advocahis, Lat.] among the Romans, a person 
 skilled in their law, and who undertook the defence of causes 
 at the bar. Advocate is still used in countries and courts where 
 the civil law obtains, for those who plead and defend causes. 
 In common use it means one who manages the cause of another, 
 or answers objections brought against it. In Scotland there is 
 a lord adrocate, who is one of the officers of state, and defends the 
 king's right in all public meetings ; prosecutes all capital 
 crimes ; concurs in all pursuits wherein the king has interest ; 
 and may plead all causes, unless when acting as an ordinary lord 
 of session, in which case he may plead only the king's : there is 
 also a college or faculty of advocates, 180 in number, who are 
 appointed to plead in all actions before the lords of session. 
 ADVOCATION, «. the office of an advocate. 
 
 ADVOWEE', s. [advoue, Fr.] he that has the right of advowson. 
 
 ADVO'WSON, s. in Law, the right to present to a benefice. 
 
 To ADU'RE, V. n. [iidiiro, Lat.] to consume by fire. 
 
 ADU'ST, a. {(idtislus, Lat.] burnt up, scorched, and thereby ren- 
 dered brittle ; able to burn, scorching hot. Figuratively, choleric. 
 
 ADU'STED, j3«r<. [adustvs, Lat.] burnt or set on fire; warm, 
 with respect to temperament. 
 
 ADU'STIBLE, a. that may be burnt or scorched up. 
 
 A'DY, s. the palm-tree of the island of St. Thomas. 
 
 A'DYTUM, [Gr.] the sacred apartment in the ancient tem- 
 ples, which only the priests might enter. 
 
 ADZE. See "Addice. 
 
 JE, a diphthong, wherein the sound of the A is very obscure, 
 used by the Romans and Saxons, but now very little used, being 
 changed for the simple e. 
 
 ^'DILE, s. [cBdilis, Lat. J a Roman magistrate, deriving his 
 name from being surveyor of the buildings, both public and pri- 
 vate ; such as baths, aqueducts, bridges, and roads ; he inspected 
 the weights and measures, took cognizance of disorderly houses ; 
 revised all plays before their being exhibited ; had the care of 
 the acts of the senate, and the examination of all books which 
 were intended for publication. 
 
 j'EfjI'NA, an island and town of ancient Greece, in the bay on 
 which Athens stands. It was a considerable naval and com- 
 mercial power, but it fell before its more brilliant neighbour and 
 rival. It had a temple dedicated to Zeus Panhellenius, of which 
 some ruins remain ; and casts of the sculptures in which are now 
 to be seen in the British Museum. 
 
 jE'GIS, s. in Mythology, the name given to the shield of Jupiter 
 and Pallas. It derives its name from Jupiter covering his shield 
 with the skin of the goat Amalthea, which he is reported to have 
 sucked. This he afterwards gave to Minerva, whose shield is 
 called by this name. 
 
 jE'LFIRIC, an Anglo-Saxon archbishop of Canterbury, who 
 did much to promote learning in his time. A Latin Glossarj% 
 and a Translation of part of the Old Testament into his own 
 tongue, with some Canons delivered to the Clergy under him, 
 are yet known. He died in 1005. 
 
 iE'LIA CAPITOLl'NA, the name by which Jerusalem was 
 known, when the repeated rebellions of the Jews against the 
 Roman j)ower led to the final and deepest dishonour of the city, 
 in the tnne of the emperor Hadrian. 
 
 jEMI'LIUS, the name of an ancient family of Rome, in which 
 are numbered the general defeated by Hannibal at Cannae, and 
 the conqueror of Perseus, the last Macedonian monarch. 
 
 iENE'AS, a Trojan prince, according to the old fables, son of 
 ^hrodite, the goddess of love. His fame rests on the epic poem 
 of Virgil, called the^neiV/, which was written in accordance with 
 the popular belief that, when Troy was taken, he fled, and after 
 many adventures founded in Italy the kingdom where Rome af- 
 terwards arose. The old historians of England used to ascribe 
 the establishment of an imaginary British monarchy before the 
 coming of the Romans to one of his sons, named Brutus. 
 
 jE'NEID, ». the epic poem of Virgil, celebrating the adventures 
 of jEneas, written m the reign of the emperor Augustus. 
 
 ^NI'GMA, s. [Gr.] a proposition put in obscure, and often 
 contradictory, terms, in order to exercise the sagacity of a person ; 
 or an obscure description of a thing, delivered in such terms as 
 render the explication difficult, and the meaning not intelligible 
 at first sight. 
 
 jEO'LIANS, one of the most ancient tribes of the Grecian 
 stock, originally inhabiting Thessaly, the colonists of a consider- 
 able part of the coast of Asia Minor. Their dialect is believed to 
 14 
 
 ^SO 
 
 have been akin to the Doric, but there are so few remains of it 
 that a satisfactory judgment cannot be fomied. 
 
 jEO'LIC, jEo'lian, a. in Grammar, one of the five dialects of 
 the Greek tongue. It was first used in Boeotia, whence it passed 
 into iEolis, and was that which Sappho and Alcasus wrote in. 
 jEolian harp, is a musical instrument played by the wind, 
 
 jEO'LIPILE, s. [ceolm axiApila, Lat.] an instrument by which 
 the conversion of water into elastic aeriform vapour, by heat, 
 used to be demonstrated. It consisted of a hollow metallic ball, 
 with a slender neck. This was the first steam-engine, and is 
 ascribed to Hero of Alexandria. 
 
 jEO'LUS, in heathen Mythology, the god of the winds. 
 
 jE'RA,s. [Lat.] in Chronologj-, a series of years, commencing 
 from a certain fixed point of time, called an epoch. The prin- 
 cipal seras that need to be known are ;— the Christian aera, reck- 
 oned from the birth of Christ, although it is generally admitted 
 that it is placed four years too late ; the year of the world, reck- 
 oned from 4004 years before the birth of Christ ; the Olympiads, 
 periods of four j'ears each, reckoned from 776 b. c. ; the build- 
 ing of Rome, reckoned from 753 u. c. ; and the Hegira, reckoned 
 from Mohammed's flight to Medina, 022 a. d. 
 
 AE'RIAL, a. [aerius, Lat.] consisting of air ; produced by the 
 air; inhabiting the air ; placed in the air ; lofty; high. 
 
 jE'RIANS, s. a branch of the sect called Arians, who added 
 some peculiar doctrines of their own, as that there is no differ- 
 ence between bishops and priests: from jErius, an Armenian 
 priest, in the fourth century. 
 
 iE'RlE, 8. &cEyry. 
 
 AE'RIFORM, a. found in the state of the air. 
 
 AERO'GRAPHY, s. [aer anAgrapho, Gr.] a description of the 
 air, its limits, dimensions, properties, &c. 
 
 AE'ROLITES, s. [iii-r and lithoa, Gr.] meteoric stones ; metallic 
 substances which have fallen from the air, either by night or 
 day, during a clear sky, accompanied usually by a loud explo- 
 sion, and very vivid light. The observed instances are almost 
 numberless, and aerolites of unrecorded fall are found in all 
 parts of the earth. Late speculations associate them with the 
 periodically observed meteoric showers in August and November, 
 and assign them a planetary origin. 
 
 AERO'LOGY,*. [aer and logos, Gr.] the science which teaches 
 the nature and properties of the air. 
 
 A'EROMANCY, s. [aer and manteia, Gr.] the art of divining 
 by the air. 
 
 AERO'METRY, s. [aer and metreo, Gr.] the art of measuring 
 the air, comprehending the lawsof motion, gravitation, pressure, 
 elasticity, rarefaction, condensation, &c. Sec Pneumatics. 
 
 A'ERONAUT, s. [aer and nautes, Gr.] a person who ascends 
 in an air balloon. 
 
 AERO'SCOPY, s. [air and skopeo, Gr.] the observation of 
 the air. 
 
 AEROSTATION, s. [aer and statio, Lat.] the principles and 
 art of aerial navigation. The machines employed are called 
 balloons. See Bai.(-OON. 
 
 jERU'GINOUS, a. [eeruffo, Lat.] resembling or belonging to the 
 rust of copper. Applied to colour, it is by some described as a 
 green, and by others as a brown. 
 
 iERU'GO, s. [Lat.] rust, particularly that of copper ; verdigris. 
 
 jE'SCHINES, a celebrated Athenian orator, the rival of the 
 more celebrated Demosthenes. On his banishment from Athens, 
 he retreated to Rhodes, where he taught Rhetoric, and diea 
 about 317 B. c. Some of his speeches have been preserved, and 
 are admired for clearness and elegance. 
 
 iE'SCHY'LUS, the greatest dramatic poet of Greece. He 
 was personally engagecl in the battles of Marathon and Salamis; 
 and when advanced in years, visited Hiero, tyrant or king of 
 Syracuse, who was a patron of literature. Of his plays, one 
 complete series of 3 plays, called the Orestes, and 4 others, have 
 been preserved : of which the Prometheus Bound is the grandest 
 in thoughts and action of all the Greek tragedies that are 
 known. He was the first dramatist who introduced dialogue on 
 the sta^e. He died about 456 b. c. 
 
 jESCuLA'PIUS, or Ascle'pius, the god of the healing art in 
 the mythologies of Rome and Greece. 
 
 iE'SOP, an anci^iU Grecian fable-writer. Very little of his 
 personal historj'iS known; and most of the fables commonly 
 ascribed to him were written by other authors. He died about 
 550 B. c. 
 
AFF 
 
 ESTHETICS, s. [aistheticos, Gr.] a terra invented b^ a German 
 metaphysician, Baumgarten, to designate the philosophy of 
 poesy, or the fine arts ; which is now regarded generally as a 
 separate department of metaphysical science. 
 
 iE'STUARY, «. [astuarium, tat.] in Pharmacy, a vapour bath. 
 In Geography, an arm of the sea, which runs a good way within 
 land ; as the Bristol Channel. 
 
 jETHER, s. [Gr.] in Physics, a thin subtile matter, finer and 
 rarer than air, commencing from the limits of our atmosphere, 
 and expanded through all the regions of space. In Chemistry, 
 the lightest, most volatile, and most inflammatory of all licjuids ; 
 produced by the distillation of acids with rectified spirit of 
 wine. 
 
 iETHE'RIAL, a. [cetherius, Lat.] formed of aether; celestial, 
 heavenly. JEtherial space, or region, is that space in the heavens 
 where the pure unmixed aether is supposed to be found ; and 
 figuratively is used for lieavenlij. ^therialoil, in Chemistry, named 
 likewise essential, is a fine, subtile, essential oil, approaching nearly 
 to the nature of a spirit. The pure liquor, which rises next after 
 the spirit, in distilling turpentine, is termed the atherial oil of 
 turpentine. 
 
 iETITES, s. [aetos, Gr.] or eagle-stone ; a small round flint- 
 stone, containing a fossilized sponge, the inner part of which 
 having been detached from the outer flinty covering, makes it 
 a natural rattle. It was regarded as possessed of magical pro- 
 perties, formerly. 
 
 jETNA, now Monte Gibello ; a volcano or burning mountain 
 of Sicily, situated in Long. 15. 0. E. Lat. 38. 0. N. This moun- 
 tain, renowned from the earliest ages for its magnitude and ter- 
 rible eruptions, is on the eastern coast, near Catania, in an ex- 
 tensive plain, called Val Demoni. Its height has been calcidated 
 to be about 10,900 feet, and its circumference at the base 180 
 miles. The distance from Catania to its summit is about 30 
 miles. Its top is perpetually covered with snow. About sixty 
 eruptions are recorded^ in some of which many towns lying near 
 it have been destroyed, and many thousands of lives. The fine 
 dust which has been thrown out on these occasions has been 
 seen falling on the coast of Africa. At the elevation of about 
 3000 feet, is a magnificent chesnut tree, many thousands of years 
 old, 38 feet in circumference. 
 
 iETO'LlA, the name of that portion of ancient Greece, which 
 lay on the N. side of the Corinthian Gulf, at its entrance from 
 the Ionian Sea. 
 
 AFA'R, Of/, at a distance. Figuratively, foreign or strange; 
 distant, in opposition to intimate friendship. 
 
 AFFABI'LITY, s. [affabilitas, Lat.] a quality which renders a 
 person easy to be spoken to ; including modesty, good-nature, 
 and condescension ; generally applied to superiors. 
 
 A'FFABLE, a. [affabilis, Lat.] easy to be spoken to, on account 
 of complaisance, good-nature, and condescension. 
 
 A'FFABLENESS, s. See Affability. 
 
 A'FFABLY, ad. in an affable manner ; courteously ; civilly. 
 
 AFFAIR, s. [affaire, Fr.] something done, or to be done ; 
 employment ; the concerns and transactions of a nation ; cir- 
 cumstances, or the condition of a person ; business. 
 
 To AFFE'CT, V. a. [a^io, Lat.] to produce an effect ; to 
 cause ; to act upon ; to excite, stir up, or work upon the passions ; 
 to aim at; to endeavour after, applied to persons; to have a 
 tendency ; to assume ; to tend to ; to be fond of, or long for ; 
 to assume a character not real, or natural, and to support it in 
 an awkward manner ; followed by with. 
 
 AFFECTATION, s. [affectatio, Lat.] an artful or hypocritical 
 assuming of a character, or appearance, which is not our own, 
 and to which we have no claim. 
 
 AFFE'CTED, part, having the affections excited ; peculiarly 
 fond of ; disposed, with the word ill; personated, or appearing 
 unnatural. 
 
 AFFE'CTEDLY, ad. in a manner which has more of appear- 
 ance than reality. 
 
 AFFE'CTEDNESS, s. the quality of assuming an unnatural 
 or false appearance. Distinguished from hypocrisy by its object ; 
 that being religion, and this politeness, grandeur, learning, &c. 
 
 AFFE'CTION, s. iaffeetio, Lat.] state of being affected, or 
 wrought upon by any cause ; passions in general ; love, fond- 
 ness, regard, or good-will; zeal; a desire of obtaining. In 
 Logic, an attribute peculiar to some subject, and arising from the 
 vei-y idea or essence of it; styled by the school-men, proprium 
 
 AFF 
 
 mmrto modo. Affections of the body, in Physics, are certain modi- 
 fications occasioned by motion. In Medicine, it implies a mor- 
 bid state of the bodv, or some of its parts. 
 
 AFFE'CTIONATt, a. laffectionni, Fr.] zealous, or a strong 
 and longing desire; warm; strongly inclined, or disposed to; 
 fond, tender, with all the glowings of paternal love. 
 
 AFFE'CTIONATELY, ad. in an affectionate, fond, endearing, 
 and benevolent manner. 
 
 AFFE'CTIONATENESS, s. the quality or state of exercising 
 the social, benevolent, kind, and endearing passions. 
 
 AFFE'CTIONED, a. full of affectation, conceited, affected ; 
 mentally disposed. 
 
 AFFE'CTIVE, a. that acts upon, or excites a disagreeable or 
 painful sensation. 
 
 AFFE'RORS, Affee'rors, s. in Law, persons appointed to tax, 
 assess, and confirm such fines as are set in inferior courts ; in 
 courts leet, to settle the fines of those that are guilty of faults, 
 which have no express penalty assigned by tlie statute; in 
 courts baron, to moderate amerciaments. 
 
 AFFGHANISTA'N, a large country of Southern Asia, lying 
 between British India andf Persia.' Its capital is Caubul : 
 Ghuznee and Candahar are considerable towns. In climate, 
 animals, plants, &c., it generally resembles India; but birds 
 and trees common in more temperate regions also occur. The 
 Afl^ghans, who possess this country by ancient conquest, retain 
 their original nomade habits,leavingcommerce, which is limited, 
 trade, and most frequently the cultivation of the land, to the 
 remnants of the former possessors, the Hindus and Persians. 
 In religion, they are Mohammedans; and they display some 
 care for popular education, which is, of course, in the hands of 
 the priesthood. Their political condition bears some resemblance 
 to that of the states oiEurope during the middle ages ; the shah, 
 or king, bein^ the sovereign of the khans of the tribes com- 
 posing the nation, rather than of the nation itself, and his govern- 
 ment being almost wholly restricted to military affairs and 
 revenue. In the army, also, the Gholams exactly resemble the 
 condottieri of Europe. 
 
 AFFI'ANCE, s. [affiance, Fr.] confirming one's own by plight- 
 ing of faith, betrothing. Figuratively, trust or confidence, 
 the eflfect of the mutual vows persons make to each other ; a 
 firm trust, an unshaken reliance. 
 
 To AFFI'ANCE, v. a. [affiancer, Fr.] to bind oneself to 
 marn'. Figuratively, to give confidence. 
 
 AFFIDAVIT, s. [Lat.] an oath in writing, sworn before an 
 authorized person ; which contains the time, residence, and 
 addition of the person who makes it. 
 
 AFFI'ED, pa7-t. a. joined by contract ; affianced. 
 
 AFFILIATION, s. [ad and Jllius, Lat.] adoption, or the 
 making a son. 
 
 AFFI'NED, part, [affinis, Lat.] joined by affinity or marriage 
 to another ; related to. 
 
 AFFI'NITY, s. [affinitas, Lat.] relation by marriage, in op- 
 position to that which is by blood ; connexion ; resemblance to, 
 applied to things. In Chemistrj', is that peculiar property by 
 which different bodies unite and combine with certain other 
 bodies exclusively, in preference to any other connexion : called 
 also elective attraction. 
 
 To AFFI'RM, V. a. and e. n. {affirmo, Lat.] to confirm a thing 
 as truth ; to declare ; to assert ; to tell confidently. It is syno- 
 nymous with the following words : To declare, signifies to tell 
 any thing simply, but seriously ; toprotest, implies a solemn affirm- 
 ation ; to aver, signifies a positive declaration ; to assert, that de- 
 claration defended ; to maintain, implies a support of such asser- 
 tion ; to swear, is to ratify it by an oath. 
 
 AFFI'RMABLE, a. that may be afllrmed or asserted. 
 
 AFFI'RMANCE, s. in Law, confirmation ; opposed to repeal. 
 
 AFFI'RMANT, s. [affinnans, Lat.] the person who affirms, or 
 makes a positive declaration. 
 
 AFFIRMA'TION, s. [affirmatio, Lat.] the act of strengthening 
 or supporting any opinion ; confirmation ; assertion ; or tena- 
 ciousness of any thing or position asserted ; confirmation, in oppo- 
 sition to repeal. In Gramn^ar, what is otherwise called a verb, 
 because it expresses what we affirm or assert of any subject. In 
 Law, the method allowed by law to the Quakers as a pledge of 
 their truth in judicial courts, instead of an oath. If they make 
 a false affirmation, they are subject to the penalties of the law ; 
 but this is only with regard to oaths of allegiance, and on public 
 
AFF 
 
 occasions ; for in criminal cases their affirmation is not taken in 
 evidence. 
 
 AFFI'RMATIVE, a. that positively affirms or asserts a thing; 
 applied to persons, positive ; obstinate in opinion ; dogmatical ; 
 or one that would affirm any thing. In Algebra, applied to quan- 
 tities, those which express a real magnitude, in opposition to 
 those which are negative, or do not. Affirmative sign, in Algebra, 
 shows that the quantity it is prefixecl to is affirmative; it is 
 made thus, (+). 
 
 AFFI'RMATIVELY, ad. in an affirmative or positive manner, 
 in opposition to negative. 
 
 AFFl'RMER, «. that person who asserts a thing to be true; 
 he that affirms ; he who takes the affirmative side of a question 
 in dispute. 
 
 To AFFI'X, t'. o. \affigo, Lat.] to be fixed or united to ; to con- 
 nect with ; to subjoin ; to establish. 
 
 A'FFIX.s. [aMxum, Lat.] in Grammar, some letter or sentence 
 joined to a word. 
 
 AFFl'XION, s. the art of affixing, or state of a noun that has 
 an affix. 
 
 AFFLA'TION,*. [nfflatum,La.i.'] the act of breathing upon any 
 thin^. 
 
 AFFLATUS, s. [Lat.] Divine inspiration. In Physic, a vapour 
 or blast, which is prejudicial to the liealth. 
 
 To AFFLl'CT, v. a. [uffligo, Lat.] to use so as to occasion sorrow ; 
 to mortify, or practise all the duties of sincere repentance ; to 
 punish ; to be in adversity, or involved in temporal unhappiness. 
 
 AFFLrCTION,s. [affiictio, l.a.t.'] that which causes a sensation 
 of pain; a very disagreeable circumstance ; calamity. 
 
 AFFLI'CTIVE, a. that occasions torment, misery, or a sensa- 
 tion of pain on account of its disagreeableness ; that which causes 
 sorrow. 
 
 A'FFLUENCE, A'ffluenxy, s. [affluentia, Lat.] in its primary 
 sense, the flowing to any place ; resort, or concourse. Almost 
 always used figuratively, for abundance of wealth, plenty. 
 
 A'FFLUENT, a. [affluens, Lat.] in its primary sense, flowing 
 to any part. In its secondarj-, abundant in wealth ; plentiful ; 
 exuberant ; wealthy. 
 
 A'FFLUENTNESS, s. the quality of being wealthy, or abound- 
 ing with all the conveniences of lite. 
 
 A'FFLUX, s. [affluxus, Lat.] the act of flowing, or thing which 
 flows. 
 
 AFFLU'XION, s, [affluxio, Lat.] the act of flowing to a par- 
 ticular place ; that which flows from one place to another. 
 
 To AFFO'RD, v. a. [affoxirrer, Fr.] to yield or produce ; to sup- 
 ply, cause, or grant ; to be able to sell without losing. 
 
 To AFFO'REST, v. a. to turn ground into a forest. 
 
 To AFFRA'NCHISE, v. a. [tim-anchir, Fr.] to make free. 
 
 To AFFRA'Y, v. a. [effrayer,'Vx.'] to strike with terror or fear; 
 to fright. 
 
 AFFRA'Y, Affra'yment, s. in Law, formerly an affright caused 
 to one or more, by persons appearing in unusual armour. At 
 present, a skirmish or fighting, wherein some blow is given, or 
 some weapon drawn. It differs from an assault, as this a publii^, 
 but that a personal wrong. 
 
 AFFRI'CTION.s. &e Friction. 
 
 To AFFRI'GHT, v. a. [a and/n/tton, Sax.] to affect with fear, 
 including in it the idea of something dangerous and mischievous, 
 something that can deprive us of pfeasure, or affect us with pain, 
 and that the impression of this passion is sudden ; to intimidate 
 and dishearten. 
 
 AFFRI'GHT, s. terror ; fear, denoting a sudden impression, in 
 opposition to fear, which implies a long continuance. 
 
 AFFRrGHTFUL,a. abounding in such qualities as may cause 
 fear. 
 
 To AFFRO'NT, v. a. [affronter, Fr.] in its primary significa- 
 tion, to meet face to face, to confront. Figuratively, to injure a 
 person before his face, including in it the secondary ideas of con- 
 tempt, disdain, and entire neglect of decorum. 
 
 AFFRO'NT, «. an insult or injury offered to the face, includ- 
 ing the ideas of contempt and rudeness ; indecent behaviour ; 
 outrage. 
 
 AFFRONTEE', s. in Heraldrj, an appellation given to ani- 
 mals facing one another on an escutcheon. 
 
 AFFRO'NTER, s. the person who offers the affront. 
 
 AFFRO'NTING, Affro'ntive, part. a. that occasions or causes 
 an affront. 
 16 
 
 AGA 
 
 AFFU'SION,*. laffuso, Lat.] the act of pouring one thing upon 
 another. 
 
 AFIE'LD,aA to the field. 
 
 AFLO'AT, ad. [domjlotter, Fr.] borne up by the water; float- 
 ing. Figuratively, fluctuating. 
 
 AFOOT, ad. walking, in opposition to riding. Figuratively, 
 in agitation ; commenced. 
 
 AFO'RE, prep. See Before. 
 
 AFO'RE, ad. applied to time, that which is past, antecedent 
 to a thing mentioned. 
 
 AFO'RETIME, ad. in times past, or those which have pre- 
 ceded that in which they are referred to. 
 
 AFRAI'D, part, [effrayer, Fr.] to be timorous; to be affected 
 with fear, either by a present object which may endanger our 
 safeU', or bv the prospect of a distant or future evil. 
 
 AFRE'Srt, ad. anew; again; a second time. 
 
 A'FRICA, one of the four principal parts of the world ; bound- 
 ed on the N. by the Mediterranean sea ; on the W. and .S. by the 
 Atlantic Ocean; on the E. bv the Indian Ocean and Red Sea. 
 It is in length about 4600 miles, and its greatest breadth about 
 3500. The greatest part of it is within the torrid zone, but the 
 coasts are more temperate, and in the N. and S. extremities, not 
 unhealthy. Nearly the whole of the N. half of this continent is 
 occupied bvan immense desert, called the Sahara; and there are 
 other smaller desert tracts beside. Its principal rivers are, the 
 Nile, which waters Egj-pt ; and the Quorra or Niger, which flows 
 into the Gulf of Guinea. The mountains whence both these 
 rivers flow are the highest in Africa, and are called the Moun- 
 tains of the Moon ; there is another chain, still called Atlas, 
 separating the Barbary States from the Sahara. It abounds in 
 peculiar animals ; and as so little of the country is reclaimed, or 
 even reclaimable, they are in numbers and ferocity almost the 
 lords of the soil. Lions, and their kindred races, elephants, 
 rhinoceroses, hyaenas, baboons, zebras, with hippopotami and 
 crocodiles, serpents, and birds of prey, are to be met with almost 
 through its entire range. Its plants are mostly peculiar to itself, 
 and every year introduces to our hot-houses new specimens of 
 rare beauty. The natives of Africa, with the exception of the 
 Egyptians, who resemble the Caucasian race of man, are ne- 
 groes, and preserve, amidst great differences in colour, &c., the 
 general appearance of that race. Ivory and gold are its most 
 valuable exports. 
 
 A'FTER, prep, [epfter. Sax.] applied to time, denotes that 
 something had been done before. Applied to place, behind or 
 following. Concerning ; according to ; agreeable to, in imita- 
 tion of. 
 
 A'FTER, ad. succeeding or following in time ; second or fol- 
 lowing in place, in opposition to be/ore. 
 
 A'FTER-AGES, s. ages which are to come, or future. 
 
 AFTER-CLAP, s. some unexpected incident after an affair is 
 supposed to be ended. 
 
 A'FTER-COST, s. expenses which are incurred after the ori- 
 ginal bargain or plan is finished. 
 
 A'FTER-CROP, s. the second crop or produce of a ground in 
 one year. 
 
 A'FTER-GAME, s. an expedient after the original plan or 
 first attempt has miscarried. 
 
 A'FTER-MATH, s. second crop of grass mown in autumn. 
 
 A'PI'ERNOON, s. that space, or interval, which is from 
 twelve at noon till the evening. Figuratively, decline ; " The 
 afternoon of life." 
 
 A'FTER-PAINS, s. pains after birth. 
 
 A'FTER-PROOF, s. evidence posterior to the thing in ques- 
 tion ; qualities known by subsequent experience. 
 
 A'F'l ER-TASTE, s. a taste remaining upon the tongue after 
 the draught, which was not perceived in the act of drinking. 
 
 A'FTER-THOL'GHT, s. an expedient formed too late; re- 
 flection, or thought arising after the finishing of a thing; 
 repentance. 
 
 A'FTER-TIMES, s. [seldom used in the singular] future ages ; 
 in time to come. 
 
 A'FTERWARD, A'fterwards, ad. in succeeding or future 
 time, referring to something which preceded, and which it is 
 supposed to follow. 
 
 A'FTER-WIT, s. an unseasonable expedient, or a conlnvanre 
 which is too late. 
 
 A'GA, s. the title of a Turkish military officer. 
 
AGE 
 
 AGA'IN, ad. [open. Sax.] a second time, implying the re- 
 petition of the same action ; on the other hand, denoting a 
 correspondence or reciprocation of action. After ask, a return 
 of a thing given ; return by way of recompence, or reimburse- 
 ment. After much, or words implying dimension, a repetition 
 of the same quantity which preceded. 
 
 AGA'INST, prep, {(engeon. Sax.] used of persons, in oppo- 
 sition, alluding to the position of two armies ready to attack 
 each other. Alter speak, to be represented in a bad light. Ap- 
 plied to motion, contrary direction ; or that in which one body 
 meets with another. 
 
 A'GAPAI, {dga-pay) s. [Gr.] love feasts, exercised by the pri- 
 mitive Ctiristians, and revived by the Methodists. 
 
 AGA'PE, ad. a stupid kind of admiration ; wondering, as ex- 
 pressed by the ignorant, with open mouths. 
 
 A'GARIC, s. [agaricum, Lat.] in Botany, the general name for 
 all kinds of fungi resembling the mushroom. 
 
 A'GATE,«. [affate, Fr.] a stoneof the flint kind, much used for 
 ornaments, because of the beautifully shaded colours it displays, 
 and the polish it will take. 
 
 AGATHOCLES, one of the tyrants or kings of Syracuse. He 
 rose from the low condition of a potter, by daring, eloquence, 
 personal appearance, and wealth, to such importance, that he 
 seized on the chief power. His reign was a troubled one, but it 
 won him a great name. He died in 289 b. c. 
 
 A'GAVE, «. the common American aloe. 
 
 AGA'ZEDj^art. struck with a sudden terror; terrified to stu- 
 pidity. 
 
 AGE, s. [age, Fr.] the time of a man's life ; a succession of ge- 
 nerations of men ; a century, or the space of a hundred years. 
 Persons are said to be o/'oz/e, when thev have reached the period 
 (in our country, 21 years) at which they are by law reckoned 
 capable of managing their own affairs. Age of the moon, the in- 
 terval that has elapsed since the last new moon. 
 
 AGES OF THE WORLD, in Poetry, are the periods into 
 which the ancient poets divided the history of mankind, viz. the 
 golden age, when all were innocent ; the silver, when crime first 
 began ; the brazen, when it gained the upper hand ; and the iron, 
 when all good seemed overthrown. In History, divisions of the 
 histoiy of the world, either for the convenience of a synoptical 
 and chronological view of the whole, of which divisions almost 
 every writer makes his own ; or else according to the degree of 
 credibility that attaches to the narratives of the times : thus we 
 have the Mythic, in which facts cannot be obtained at all ; the 
 Heroic, in which we obtain them, but magnified and distorted ; 
 and the Historic age, in which we have credible documentary evi- 
 dence of what has occurred. But these divisions cannot be made 
 exact. 
 
 AGED, a. that has lived a long course or series of years, ge- 
 nerally applied to animals. Figuratively, that which has stood 
 for many years ; decayed by length of time, applied to inanimate 
 
 A'GEDLY, ad. after the manner of a person advanced in years, 
 or in the decline of life. 
 
 AGE'N, ad. See Again. 
 
 A'GENCY,«. the qualitj' of acting; action; the state of being 
 in, •r exerting action. 
 
 A'GENT, o. [agens, Lat.] that which acts, or is active, in op- 
 position to patient or passive. 
 
 A'GENT, «. a being, endued with the power of action. In 
 Physics, that which is endued with power to act on another, 
 ana to produce a change or alteration by such action. The 
 schools divide agents into natural or free. Natural, are those 
 which are determined by the great Author of nature to one sort 
 of effect, with an incapacity to perform anrother, as fire to,heat 
 only, not to cool. A. free agent is that which may do or not do 
 any action, and has the conscious perception that his actions 
 are caused by his own will, without any external necessity or 
 determination whatever. In Commerce, an agent is a person 
 intrusted with transacting business for another .at a distance, 
 or the negociation of the affairs of a state or corporation. Agent 
 and Patient, in Law, is a person who does or gives something to 
 himself, being both the doer of a thing, and the party to whom 
 it is done. Thus a creditor being left executor, he may retain 
 so much of the estate of the deceased as will pay his debt, and 
 by that means becomes both agent and patient, i. e. the party to 
 whom the debt is due, and the person who pays it. 
 
 AGESILA'US, one of the most noted kings of Sparta. He 
 raised his state to its highest pitch of power, humbling, though 
 not defeating, the Persians, and subjecting Athens, and the 
 other states of Greece, except only the Thebans, under the brief 
 command of Epaminondas. He died as he was returning from 
 a successful, but not very honourable, campaign in Egj-pt, in 
 
 A'GGERHUYS. See Christiania. 
 
 To AGGLO'MERATE, v. a. [agglomero, Lat.] to gather up in a 
 ball ; to gather together. 
 
 AGGLUTINANTS, s. [agglutim, Lat.] substances which have 
 the quality of glueing, or sticking any bodies together. 
 
 To AGGLUTINATE, v. a. to unite one part to another, as 
 with glue; to make one part stick to another; followed hj to. 
 
 AGGLUTINATION, s. the joining of two bodies fast together. 
 
 AGGLUTINATIVE, a. that which has the power of making 
 bodies adhere closely. 
 
 To A'GGRANDIZE, v. a. [aggrandiser , Fr.] to exalt, prefer, or 
 to make considerable by the addition of posts and pensions ; to 
 enlarge, exalt, or ennoble, applied to the faculties and senti- 
 ments of the mind. It is applied to persons generally, sometimes 
 to things. 
 
 AGGRA'NDIZEMENT, s. the act of promoting to a high 
 place in a state ; or the act of conferring power, honour, and 
 wealth on a person. 
 
 A'GGRANDIZER, s. the person who confers honour and 
 riches on another. 
 
 To A'GGRAVATE, v. a. [aggravo, Lat.] to increase the weight 
 of a thing. Figuratively, to add to the enormity, applied to 
 crimes. 
 
 AGGRAVATION, s. the act of making worse, applied to the 
 demerit of actions. Some circumstance which heightens the 
 guilt of anj crime, &c. 
 
 A'GGRLGATE, a. [aggregatus, Lat.] assembled or collected 
 into one mass. 
 
 A'GGREGATE, s. [from aggrego, Lat.] an assemblage fonned 
 of several particulars; the sum total or result of several things 
 added together. 
 
 To A'GGREGATE, v. a. [aggrego, Lat.] to collect together 
 several particulars into one sum, or several parcels or particles 
 into one mass. 
 
 AGGREGATION, ». a whole made up of several parts added 
 together. In Arithmetic, the sura total, formed by tne addition 
 of several units together. In Physics, an assemblage of several 
 things which have no natural connexion with each other. 
 
 To AGGRE'SS, v. n. [aggredior, Lat.] to commit the first act 
 of hostility ; to make the first attack ; to occasion or begin a 
 quarrel. 
 
 AGGRE'SSION, «. [aggressio, Lat.] the act of beginning a 
 quarrel, or being guilty of the first attack. 
 
 AGGRE'SSOR, «. the person who commits the first act of hos- 
 tility or injurj'. 
 
 AGGRIE'VANCE, s. an action which causes pain or uneasi- 
 ness in the person to whom it was done, and includes in it the 
 secondary icfea of injur}', or something undeserved. 
 
 To AGGRIE'VE, v. a. [from gravis, Lat.] to do or say some- 
 thing which shall make a person uneasy ; to offer an injury, 
 which shall occasion vexation. 
 
 To AGGROU'P, V. a. [aggropare, Ital.] to bring together into 
 one figure ; to crowd together : a term of painting. 
 
 AGHA'ST, a. [a, and gliast, Sax.] having all the signs of a per- 
 son terrified by an apparition ; like one who had seen a ghost. 
 
 A'(iILE, a. [agilis, Lat.] active ; acting with great speed and 
 readiness ; nimble. Applied to the mind, alert, vigorous, in op- 
 positi(m to slow and stupid. 
 
 A'GlLENESS,s. the quality of performing withoutpain or any 
 other impediment. 
 
 AGILITY, s. [agilitas, Lat.] a capacity of moving without 
 pain, or any other impediment. 
 
 AGI'LLOCHUM, s. aloes-wood ; occasionally used as a medi- 
 cine for nervous disorders. 
 
 A'GINCOURT, a village in the department of the Straits of 
 Calais, rendered famous by the battle fought near it, Oct. 25, 
 1415, wherein Henry V. of England, with an army of about 
 r2,(K)0 men, obtainea a complete victory over the French army, 
 consisting of about 60,000 men. The French lost about 10,000 
 men, and 14,000 prisoners, among whom were the duke of Or- 
 D 17 
 
AGO 
 
 leans, and many others of great distinction : while the loss of the 
 English, including the duke of York and the earl of Suft'olk, did 
 not exceed 1200. Lat. 50. 31. N. Long. 2. 10. E. 
 
 A'GIO, s. [ Venet. aid or assistance] in Commerce, the exchange 
 or difference between bank and current money, or cash. Thus, 
 if a bargain be made to pay either 100 livres bank or 105 cash, 
 the agio is said to be 5 per cent. The agio varies almost every 
 where ; at Amsterdam it is usually from 3 to 5 per cent. ; at Rome 
 near 26 per 1500 ; at Venice 10 per cent, fixed ; and at Genoa 
 from 15 to 16. It likewise signifies the profit which arises from 
 money advanced, and is the same as premium. 
 
 A'GIS, the name of four kings of Sparta, the fourth of whom 
 endeavoured to reform the state by reinforcing the laws of Ly- 
 curgus, by abohshing the distinction between the Spartans, or 
 noblesse, and the LacedBemonians, who were the unprivileged 
 classes of Sparta. He fell a victim to the conservative spirit of the 
 rulers, and the fickleness of the people. He was put to death in 
 241 B. c, when only 24 years of^age. 
 
 AGI'STMENT, s. in Law, the feed of other people's cattle, 
 taken into any ground, at a certain rate per week. In a large 
 sense, it extends to all manner of common or herbage, or the pro- 
 fit arising from thence. 
 
 A'GITABLE, a. [agitahilis, Lat.] that may be put in motion. 
 
 To A'GITATE, v. a. [agito, Lat.] to move by repeated actions ; 
 to actuate, act upon, or give motion to; to disturb, or disorder 
 by the distractions of dinerent motives ; to toss from one to an- 
 other, to discuss or controvert with great warmth. 
 
 AGITATION, «. [agitatio, Lat.] the act of shaking or putting 
 the particles of a body into motion ; disorder of the mind arising 
 fi^om the violence of different passions ; consideration or deliber- 
 ation of several persons. 
 
 AGITATOR, s. the person who projects any scheme, occasions 
 any disturbance, or causes any motion ; he who manages and 
 conducts the affairs of another. 
 
 A'GLET, ». a tag of a point carved into some representation of 
 an animal. The pendants at the ends of the chives of flowers. 
 
 A'GNAIL, s. [Sax.] a whitlow. 
 
 AGNATI, s. [Lat.] in the Roman law, the male descendants 
 from the same father, distinguished from cognati, which includes 
 the female descendants. 
 
 AGNATION, s. [from agnatus, Lat.] in Law, the relation be- 
 tween the descendants from the same father, including only 
 males. 
 
 AGNE'SI, MARIA G., an eminently accomplished woman 
 who wrote on Philosophy and Mathematics, the daughter of a 
 Bolognese Professor, ohe died in 1799. 
 
 AGNTTION, s. [agtdtio, Lat.] an acknowledging. 
 
 To AGNI'ZE, V. a. [agnosco, Lat.] to own ; to avow ; to acknow- 
 ledge. 
 
 AGNOETjE, s. [a and ginosko, Gr.] in Church History, a sect of 
 heretics, who held that Christ, with respect to his human na- 
 ture, was ignorant of some things, and especially the day of 
 judgment. 
 
 AGNO'MEN, s. [Lat.] an addition of name added to the sur- 
 name of a person on account of some peculiar action or circum- 
 stance ; as the addition of Africamts to the name of Scipio, on 
 account of his exploits in Africa. 
 
 AGNOJIINA'TION, s. [(ignoviinatio, Lat.] the resemblance or 
 allusion of one word to another both in sound and sense. 
 
 A'GNUS CASTUS, s. [Lat.] the name of the tree commonly 
 called the chaste tree, from an imaginary virtue of preserving 
 chastity. 
 
 A'GNUS DEI, s. [Lat. the Lamb of God] in the Roman Church, 
 a flat piece of white wax of an oval form, stamped with the figure 
 of a lamb, and consecrated by the Pope. 
 
 AGO', ad. [agan,Sa.x.'\ past. When we reckon past time, to- 
 wards, or ending with the present, we use since ; as, " It is a year 
 since it happened." But when we reckon from the present, and 
 end with the past, we use ago ; as, " It happened three nights 
 ago." 
 
 AGO'G, ad.\d gogo, Fr.] eager for the possession of something ; 
 longing ; having set one's fancy or affections on. 
 
 AGO'NE, ad. [agan. Sax.] past, with respect to time; for- 
 merly. 
 
 AGONI'STES, s. [Gr.] one who used to exhibit at the public 
 games of Greece and Rome, being a candidate for the prizes 
 awarded for superiority of strength, &c. 
 
 AG R 
 
 A'GONIZE, V. n. [agonizomai, Gr.] to strive earnestly. Figur- 
 atively, to be affected with acute and excessive pain. 
 
 A'GONY, s, excessive pain. 
 
 AGOU'TI, s. in Zoology, a class of animals resembling the 
 rabbit, or guinea-pig, to which they are allied. They are natives 
 of South America, and some of the West Indian islands. 
 
 A'GRA, s. the capital of a province of the same name in Hin- 
 dustan, 830 miles from Calcutta. It was, in the last century, a 
 most extensive and opulent city, where the Great Mogul some- 
 times resided. There were above 60 spacious caravansaries, 800 
 baths, 700 mosques, and 2 magnificent mausoleums. It had a 
 considerable trade, but has since declined. It is seated on the 
 river .himna, 100 miles S. by E. of Delhi. Lat. 27. 12. If. Long. 
 77. 50. E. 
 
 AGRA'RIAN, a. [agrarius, Lat.] in .the Roman Law, a term 
 applied to such laws as relate to the division and distribution of 
 lands. 
 
 To AGREE', V. a. [agreer, Fr.] to be friends, or in concord, 
 i. e. a state wherein the sentiments of one person are similar to, 
 or the same as, those of another ; to consent to do a thing upon 
 certain conditions ; to bargain ; to resemble ; to be Hke ; to match , 
 applied to colour ; to tally with ; to be consistent with. 
 
 AGREE' ABLE, a. [agreable, Fr.] suitable ; conformable to or 
 consistent with ; pleasing ; grateful ; as suitable to our inclina- 
 tions or faculties. 
 
 AGREE'ABLENESS, s. the quality which renders a thing 
 grateful to the taste ; or, which renders a thing pleasing, below 
 rapture, and less than admiration ; likeness ; affinity, resem- 
 blance. 
 
 AGREE'ABLY, ad. in a manner consistent with, or conform- 
 able to ; in a manner which affords a pleasing satisfaction. 
 
 AGREE'D, part, settled by mutual consent. 
 
 AGREE'MENT, s. [in Law Lat. agreeamenturn] .friendship; 
 alliance ; concord ; a contract, bargain, or compact ; resemblance. 
 
 AGRI'COLA, C. JULIUS, a Roman commander in Britain, 
 who conquered Boadicea, reduced the whole of Wales, over- 
 came the army gathered together by Galgacus, and secured all 
 Britain south of the river Clyde and the Frith of Forth by a 
 fortified Vallum. He was the first Roman circumnavigator of 
 our island. Tacitus, his son-in-law, who wrote his Biography, 
 insinuates that he was poisoned by tho emperor Domitian, who 
 hated both his success and his virtue, in 93 a. d. 
 
 AGRI'COLA, (properly HAUSMANN,) RODOLPH, one of 
 the learned men of Europe in the age of Lorenzo the Magnifi- 
 cent. He studied at Italy, and was a professor in the universities 
 of Groningen and Heidelberg. His works were highly esteemed ; 
 and he may be regarded as one of the precursors and pioneers 
 of the Lutheran Reformation. He died in 1485, when only 42 
 years old. 
 
 A'GRICULTURE, s. [agricultura, Lat.] the art of tilling and 
 manuring the ground, so as to make it fruitful and bear plants ; 
 consisting in manuring, fallowing, sowing, harrowing, reaping, 
 mowing, &c. ; the management of the productions of difliirent 
 soils, and planting; together with the culture of forests, tim- 
 ber, &c. 
 
 AGRIGE'NTUM, a magnificent city of ancient Sicily, on the 
 S. coast, a little removed from the sea. It was reduced by the 
 Carthaginians in 400 b. c, and after that time was of no imports 
 ance in history. The temple of Zeus Olympius there was, accord- 
 ing to Diodorus Siculus, the greatest sacred edifice amongst the 
 Greeks, except the temple of Artemis at Ephesus. 
 
 A'GRIMONY, s. [agiimonia, Lat.] in Botany, a common Eng- 
 lish plant, formerly used in medicine. 
 
 AGRI'PPA. See Herod. 
 
 AGRI'PPA, M. VIPSANIUS, a partisan of Augustus Caesar, 
 and commander of his forces in successful campaigns against 
 L. Antonius and the Aquitanians, and in the naval battles of 
 Mylse and Actium. He consecrated the Pantheon at Rome; 
 and was twice governor of Syria. He died in 12 b. c. 
 
 AGRI'PPA, HENRY CORNELIUS, a physician of the be- 
 ginning of the 16th century, who, with Paracelsus and others, 
 who attempted to investigate the hidden causes of natural 
 phenomena, has been generally stigmatized as an impostor, 
 and pretender to magical power. He died in 1535. 
 
 AGRO'UND, ad. a sea term, stranded ; stuck fast upon shore, 
 so as not to be got off, and pursue a voyage ; hindered by the 
 ground fiom passing further. Figuratively, meeting with some 
 
AIL 
 
 impediment or obstacle, which renders it impossible to advance 
 in or go on with an affair. 
 
 A'GUE, ». [aigu, Fr.] a periodical species of fever, beginning 
 with a cold snivering, which is succeeded by heat, and termin- 
 ates in a sweat. When the cold fit is scarcely perceptible, and 
 there is a return of the hot one only, it is called an intermitting 
 fever. According to the returns of the fit, it is differently 
 denominated. If it returns every day, it is then called a 
 quotidian ; if everj' third day, a tertian ; and if every fourth day, 
 a quartan. 
 
 A'GVJED, part, struck or affected with an ague. Figuratively, 
 cold, shivering, trembling, in allusion to the effects of this 
 disorder. 
 
 A'GUE-FIT, s. the cold, shivering, trembling fit which affects 
 people in the ague. 
 
 A'GUE-TREE, s. a name given sometimes to sassafras. 
 
 A'GUISH, a. like or having the properties of an ague. 
 
 A'GUISHNESS, s. the quality which resembles an ague. 
 
 AH ! interj. denoting some sudden dislike, and occasioned by 
 the apprehension of evil consequences. 
 
 AHA' ! interj. denoting the triumph of contempt ; intended to 
 express joy at the calamities of others, and to increase the un- 
 easiness which they themselves experience. 
 
 AHASUE'RUS, the king of Persia whose court is the scene of 
 the story in the Book of Esther ; and who is now believed to be 
 the same with Xerxes, whose disastrous attempt on the freedom 
 of Greece is so well known. 
 
 AHE'AD, ad. a sea term ; beyond ; implying a greater degree 
 of swiftness. 
 
 AHEI'GHT, ad. on high ; a great distance above us. 
 
 AHOUA'I, s. a poisonous plant. 
 
 A-HU'LL, ad. a sea term, used when all the sails are furled on 
 account of the violence of the stonn, and with the helm lashed on 
 the lee-side, a ship lies nearly with her side to the wind and sea. 
 
 AIA'IA, a Brazilian bird which resembles the spoonbill. 
 
 A'JAN, or A'jEN, a country on the east coast of Afi'ica, south 
 of Abyssinia and the Straits of Babelmandel ; it extends about 
 1500 leagues in length, from Magadoxa to Cape Guard-a-fui. 
 The coast is sandy and barren, but to the N. the country is more 
 fertile, producing, more particularly, an excellent breed of horses, 
 which the Arabian merchants, who come to trade in their ports, 
 take, together with ivory, gold, Abyssinian slaves captured in 
 war, &c., in exchange for silks, cottons, and other cloths. 
 
 A'ICHSTADT, or Ei'chstadt, capital of an extensive bishopric 
 of the same name in Franconia. Here are several hospitals, an 
 alms-house, a seminary for students, a cathedral, and other 
 churches, one of which is built after the model of that called the 
 Holy Sepulchre at Jerusalem. Aichstadt is seated in a valley, 
 on the nver Altmul, 30 miles S. of Nuremberg. 
 
 To AID, V. a. [aider, Fr.] to give assistance or succour to ; to 
 deliver a person in danger, or distress, out of it, by giving him all 
 the assistance, help, or succour in one's power. To support, 
 when applied to the means used to free a person from want. 
 
 AID, s. [aide, Fr.] that which contributes to render a thing 
 more easy ; assistance ; support given to a person. In Politics, a 
 subsidj', or money given to support the necessities of the state. 
 
 AID-DE-CAMP, s. [Fr.] in the army, an officer who receives 
 and carries the orders of a general officer to the rest of the army. 
 
 AI'DER, s. one who assists or helps ; one who takes part with 
 a person, and endeavours to promote his undertaking. 
 
 AI'DLESS, ad. deprived, or in want of help or assistance to 
 render an undertaking successful, or a misfortune supportable ; 
 without aid or assistance from another. 
 
 AI'GULET, s. [Fr.] a point with tags; points of gold at the 
 end of fringes. 
 
 AI'KIN, DR. .lOHN, a physician who is best known to us as 
 the writer of a very popular book for young persons, called Hven- 
 ings at Home. He wrote many other worKs, some addressed to 
 the young, others on more general subjects. He took part in 
 editing the Monthly Magazine. He died in 1822. 
 
 To AIL,». a. [eglan, Sax.] to disturb; to affect with a disagree- 
 able sensation. 
 
 AIL, «. a distemper. 
 
 AI'LEROUS, s. [Fr.] two small shelly substances resembling 
 small wings found at the root of the wings of two-winged flies. 
 
 Al'LlNG, part, having a weak constitution, subject to dis- 
 orders; valetudinarj'. 
 
 ALA 
 
 AI'LMENT,*. indisposition ; disorder; diminution of health. 
 To AIM, V. a. to direct a weapon so as to hit any object ; to 
 throw a thing at an object so as to strike it. Figuratively, to 
 direct the edge of satire against a particular person. 
 
 AIM, «. the position or direction of a weapon, in order to strike 
 an object ; the point which is intended to be hit, or the object 
 designed to be struck. Figuratively, an endeavour to obtain any 
 thing ; intention ; purpose; or design. 
 
 AI'NSWORTH, ROBERT, a schoolmaster of Bolton, Lan- 
 cashire, and of London, and compiler of the Latin Dictionary, 
 which, till the late work byScheller, was the principal authority 
 in that tongue. He died in 1743. 
 
 AIR, s. [aer, Lat.] applied to all that class of thin, elastic fluids, 
 imperceptible to the eye, called gases ; but generally restricted 
 to the atmosphere of our globe, which is composed of oxygen and 
 nitrogen gases, in the proportions of 20 to 80 in a 100 parts, 
 and of carbonic acid gas, about 5 parts in 10,000. In Music, it 
 is the melody of the tune. Figuratively, and in Painting, the 
 mien or manner of a person ; a clownish or genteel air : posture, 
 attitude, or behaviour ; " he gave himself airs." 
 
 To AIR, V. a. to expose to the air ; to enjoy the benefit from 
 the air; to expose to tlie fire, in order to free from damp. 
 
 AI'RBLADDER,s. a bladder found among the entrails offish, 
 which by its contraction or dilatation enables them to rise or dive 
 in the water. 
 
 AIRBALLO'ON, s. a bag of any light substance filled with 
 inflammable air. See AEnosTATioN. 
 AI'RDRAWN, a. chimerical ; imaginary. 
 AI'RGUN, s. an instrument for discharging bullets by means 
 of compressed air. 
 
 AI'RINESS, «. applied to situation, exposed to a free current 
 of air, in opposition to confined ; openness. Figuratively, ap- 
 plied to a person's manner, or behaviour ; levity, gaiety. 
 
 AI'RING, s. a short walk or ride abroad ; so called because we 
 then enjoy the fresh and open air. 
 Al'RLING, s. a youthful, light, gay, and thoughtless person. 
 AI'RPUMP, s. in Philosophy, an instrument or machine used 
 for extracting the air from a vessel called the receiver, by means 
 of pistons ; for the purpose of scientific experiments. It is also 
 used to supply the diving bell with air ; and to reduce the boil- 
 ing point by sugar-refiners, as a safeguard against fire. 
 
 Ai'RSHAFT, s. in Mining, a passage made for the air like a 
 well. 
 
 Al'RY, a. {aereus, Lat.] on high, or in that space assigned to 
 the air. Figuratively, chimerical, wanting solidity of foundation. 
 Applied to dress, that which exposes to the weather, in opposi- 
 tion to warm, close, or confined. Applied to temper or behaviour, 
 gay, sprightly, fiill of vivacity. 
 
 AISLE, s, {He) the side-walks of a church, running parallel to 
 the centre path, called the nave. 
 AIT, Eyght, s. a small island in a river. 
 AIX, a city in the department of the mouths of the Rhone in 
 the south of^ France. It derives its name from its hot baths, 
 which were known to the Romans ; is populous, and adorned 
 with several beautiful squares and fountains. Its principal 
 trade is in oil. It is 17 miles E. of Montpelier. 
 
 AIX-LA-CHAPE'LLE, the chief city of a division of the same 
 name, of the province of Lower Rhine, Prussia. There are hot 
 baths in it, and some mines near it. It has 30 parochial churches, 
 and a very spacious market-place. It was the residence and 
 capital of the emperor Charlemagne, who lies interred in the 
 church of Notre Dame, where his sword and belt are kept to this 
 day. Two celebrated treaties of peace were concluded here, in 
 1608 and 1748. It has still a considerable trade in needles and 
 woollen goods. It is 17 miles N. of Limburg, 22. N. E. of Liege, 
 and 40. W. of Cologne. Lat. 50. 48. N. Long. 6. 3. E. 
 
 To AKE, Ache, v. n. to feel a dull and continual pain, in 
 opposition to »mart, which is an acute one, and of a short con- 
 tinuance. 
 
 A'KENSIDE, MARK, one of the poets of England, whose 
 Pleasures of Imagination is ranked amongst our classics. He was 
 a physician by profession, and he died in 1770. 
 
 AKI'N, a. related by blood or descent. Figuratively, resem- 
 bling ; having the same properties ; having a near relation to. 
 
 ALABA'MA, one of the IJnited States of N. America, lying be- 
 tween the State of Florida, the Gulf of Mexico, and the State of 
 Mississippi, on the S, and W., and the States of Tennessee and 
 D 2 10 
 
ALB 
 
 Georgia on the N. and E. It is 317 miles from N. to S., and 174 
 from E. to W.j and contains 46,<K)0 square miles. The Alle- 
 ghany Mountains extend into the N. part of this State ; and its 
 principal rivers are the Mobile, the Alabama, and the Tombig- 
 bee. Its population is 590,756, of whom 253,532 are slaves. 
 The principal places are Tuscaloosa, the capital, and Mobile, the 
 chief port. Its constitution was framed in 1819, and it was ad- 
 mitted to the Union in the following year. There is a university 
 at Tuscaloosa, and a college in Franklin county. It has but one 
 bank. In addition to the river navigation, which is consider- 
 able, it has two canals ; and there are five railroads. Cotton is 
 the staple production of this state, but Indian corn, rice, wheat, 
 oats, &c. are produced. Iron ore and coal are found near the 
 mountains. 
 
 A'LABASTER, «. [alabaatron, Gr.] a kind of soft marble much 
 used for little statues, vases, and columns. It is known in Mi- 
 neralogy as gypsum, or sulphate of lime. 
 
 A'LABASIER, a. made of alabaster. 
 
 ALA'CK ! Ala'ck-a-day ! mterj. an expression of sorrow, or 
 something which causes it. 
 
 ALA'CRIOUSLY, ad. [aktcer, Lat.] with great cheerfulness. 
 
 ALA'CRITY, s. [alacritas, Lat.] cheerful activeness. 
 
 A-LA-MODE, ad. according to the fashion. A French phrase, 
 used to imply that a thing is the reigning taste or fashion. 
 
 A-LA-MODE, s. [Fr.] a thin, light, glossy, black silk. 
 
 ALA'RIC, the leader of the Visigoths, who, in the end of the 
 4th and beginning of the 5th century, overran Greece and Italy, 
 sacking Athens and Rome. He died in 410. 
 
 ALA'RM, s. [a Varme, Fr.] a military signal, either by beat of 
 drum or sound of trumpet, by which men are now called to arms. 
 It generally includes in it an idea of approaching or sudden 
 danger. Figuratively, the notice signifying the approach of any 
 sudden danger ; tumult, or disturbance, causing fear, or appre- 
 hension of danger. 
 
 To ALA'RM, V. a. to give an army the signal of arming, or 
 preparing themselves to encounter any sudden danger. In a 
 secondary sense, to cause fear or apprehension of some approach- 
 ing mischief. 
 
 ALA'RMING, i>art. that which occasions terror, fear," or ap- 
 prehension, from the idea of approaching danger. 
 
 ALA'RMPOST, s. the place appointed for the several com- 
 panies of an army to repair to, in case of any sudden and unfore- 
 seen danger, which occasions an alarm to be beat or sounded. 
 
 ALA'RUM, s. a clock, calculated to give notice to a person 
 of any particular time it is set to, by the running down of its 
 weight, which is attended in its descent by a continual striking 
 of its hammer on the bell. 
 
 ALA'S! interj. wheii used of ourselves, it implies lamentation, 
 occasioned by the idea of some calamity. When applied to 
 others, it implies pity, caused from an idea of their distress. 
 
 ALA'Y, s, in Hunting, the adding fresh dogs into the cry. 
 
 ALB, «. [album, Lat.] a vest or garment of white linen, reach- 
 ing down to the feet, worn by priests ; a surplice. 
 
 ALBA'NIA, a province of 'Turkey in Europe, lying on the 
 Gulf of Venice. Its inhabitants are rude and fierce in their 
 habits, possessing few of the arts of civilized life, and much 
 given to war, piracy, and robbery. The Albanians who live in- 
 land are mostly Mohammedans, but they are not very strict 
 followers of the prophet. They are very fond of finery, and are 
 not over-attentive to personal cleanliness. They have no manu- 
 factures to depend on, so they exchange the natural products 
 of the country for arms, apparel, &c. It was formerly an in- 
 dependent kingdom, and long resisted the Turks. 
 
 ST. ALBANS, Hertfordshire, with the title of a duchy. Mar- 
 kets, Wednesday and Saturday. It is seated on the river Coin, 
 arose from the ruins of the ancient city of Verulam, and receives 
 its name from a monastery dedicated to St. Alban, a Roman 
 martyr, now used as a parish church. 21i miles from London. 
 Pop. 6497. 
 
 ALBANY, the capital of the state of New York, United States, 
 370 miles from Washington. The older streets of this city are 
 narrow and irregular, but those more recently laid out are spa- 
 cious and regular. The Capitol is a fine building, standing in a 
 commanding position at the head of State Street. It is advan- 
 tageously situated on the Hudson for trade, and, by the Erie and 
 Champlain canals, and the Boston and Mohawk and Hudson 
 railroads, has ready access to the interior. It has extensive 
 20 
 
 ALC 
 
 manufactories of carriages, hats and caps, tobacco, different 
 metals, &c. There are also eight banks, and four insurance 
 companies. It has a medical college and two academies, or 
 colleges, one for females only. Pop. 33,721. There are nine 
 other places of this name in the United States. 
 
 ALBATROSS, a large sea-bird, common about the Cape of 
 Good Hope, Cape Horn, Kamtschatka, and the Kurile Islands. 
 It is sometimes 13 feet in the stretch of its wings. 
 
 ALBE'IT, ad. although ; notwithstanding ; granting. 
 
 ALBERO'NI, GIULIO, an intriguing and unscrupulous 
 statesman, who rose from the curacy of an obscure parish in 
 Italy to a cardinalship, and to be minister of Philip V. of Spain. 
 To recover the lost Italian possessions he broke through the 
 Treaty of Utrecht ; and drew upon Spain the Quadruple Alliance. 
 He was soon banished, and lost to tne political world. He died 
 in 1752. 
 
 ALBERT THE GREAT, one of the most illustrious of the 
 founders of scholastic theology; he was a monk of the Dominican 
 order, at Cologne, and preferred to be no more, relinquishing 
 valuable church-preferment given him by Pope Alexander 111. 
 He wrote many works, and died in 1282. 
 
 ALBIGE'NSES, a religious sect who protested against the 
 corruptions of the Roman Church in the 12th century. They 
 were called also Cathari, which seems to have been equivalent 
 to our word Puritans. They are charged by the Romanists with 
 holding Manicheism, which represented the principle of evil as 
 eternally co-existing with God. But as they were the objects 
 of crusades and persecution, and the office of the inquisition 
 was set up to destroy them, the statements of their opponents 
 must be cautiously received. 
 
 ALBI'NO,aname given to those varieties which occur amongst 
 men, and many quadrupeds and birds, in which, apparently from 
 deficiency of the colouring matter, the skin and hair, .or feathers, 
 are of a dead white colour, and the eyes pink. 
 
 A'LBION, s. the ancient name of England. New Albion, the 
 name given to a considerable tract on the W. coast of N. America, 
 including part of the Oregon territory, by Sir F. Drake. 
 
 ALBUGI'NEOUS, «. [from albugo, Lat.] something belonging 
 to or resembling the white of an egg. 
 
 ALBU'GO, s. [Lat.] a disease in the eye. 
 
 ALBUM, s. anciently, a kind of white table, or register, in 
 which the names of certain magistrates, public transactions, 
 &c. were entered ; now, a kind of common-place book, for 
 strangers and friends to write their names, or verses, in. 
 
 ALBUMEN, s. coagulable lymph. That peculiar substance 
 which forms the serum of blood, and the white of eggs, and is 
 found in nuts, almonds, &c. 
 
 ALBUQUE'RQUE, ALFONSO, the Portuguese captain who 
 helped mainly to set up the empire which Portugal possessed for 
 a short time in India. He died in 1515. 
 
 ALCiE'US, the Mitylenian poet, lover of Sappho, and inventor 
 of that lyric metre which bears his name. His greatest efforts 
 were made to rouse his fellow-countrj'men against Pittacus, who 
 had seized on the chief power. The poet's own valour in battle 
 was not remarkable. He died about 600 b. c. 
 
 A'LCAHEST, s. See Alkahest. 
 
 ALCA'ID, s. [at and kadkad, Heb.] the governor of a castle. 
 In Spain, the judge of a city. 
 
 A'LCALI, A'lcaly, s. See Alkaly. 
 
 ALCALIZA'TION. See Alkalization. 
 
 ALCANNA, «. [Arab.] a drug used in dying, which comes 
 from the Levant. In powder it is green, but the tincture it 
 makes differs according to the difference of the liquor in which 
 it is steeped : when soaked in water, it is yellow ; but when in 
 vinegar, citron juice, or alum water, it is red. 
 
 A'LCARRAZA,*. a vessel, employed in Spain in cooling wine 
 by evaporation. 
 
 A'LCESTER, Warwickshire; an ancient town whose chief 
 manufacture is needles. It stands on the AIne and the Arrow. 
 Market, Tuesday. Pop. 2^399. 
 
 ALCHE'MICAL, a, according to the process or method made 
 use of by alchemists. 
 
 ALCHEMIST, «. one who professes or pursues the scienc« of 
 alchemy. 
 
 A'LC"HEMY, s. [al, Arab., and clieme, Gr.] the ancient art of 
 attempting the transmutation of metals. The principal object* 
 of alchemy ate these : 1. The making of gold. 2. A universal 
 
ALE 
 
 solvent. 3, A universal medicine, or panacea. The making of 
 gold by transmutation they pretended to effect by the philoso- 
 pher's stone. A mixed metal, used in making spoons. 
 
 ALCIBl'ADES, one of the most famous Athenian leaders, 
 during its stru^le with Sparta. He was distinguished by every 
 excellence, and every fault that was peculiarly Athenian. Socrates 
 was his teacher, and also the preserver of his life at Potidaea. 
 He was sent out on the lamentable SjTacusan expedition, but 
 recalled and banished ; he betook himself to the enemies of 
 Athens, and by his counsels aided the Spartans in their attacks 
 on his native city. Being subseijuently recalled from exile, he 
 conducted the Athenian affairs with distinguished success, but 
 again in disgrace he left Athens for ever. He was killed in Asia, 
 whither he retired when Athens was taken, in 404 b. c. 
 
 A'LCOHOL, s. [Arab.] in Chemistry, the purest spirit of wine, 
 rectified by frequent distillations to its utmost subtilty. A very 
 tine impalpable powder. 
 
 ALCOHOLIZATION', s. the act of rectifying spirits; or of 
 reducing bodies to an impalpable powder. 
 
 To ALCOHOLIZE, f. a. to make an alcohol ; or to rectify 
 spirits by frequent distillation ; so that, when set on tire, they 
 shall consume away, without leaving any moisture or dregs be- 
 hind them. 
 
 A'LCORAN, s. See Koran. 
 
 ALCO'VE, s. [alcola. Span.] among builders, a recess, or part 
 of a chamber separated by partitions of columns and other orna- 
 ments, in which is placed a bed of state, or seats for the repose 
 of company. A small open summer-house or seat in gardens, 
 with a circular dome or covering. 
 
 A'LDBOROUGH, (Aldboro) a sea-port town in Suffolk, plea- 
 santly seated in a dale, with the sea to the east. The harbour 
 is tolerably good, but small. The town was formerly much 
 longer, but the sea has taken away whole streets, and has shifted 
 the mouth of the Aide 10 miles S. of its former place. Market, 
 Saturday. OSj- miles from London. Pop. 1557. 
 
 A'LDBOROUGH, or O'LDBOROUGH, W. R. Yorkshire, on 
 the Ouse. 205 miles from London. Pop. 2424. 
 
 ALDE'BARAN, s. a star of the first magnitude, in the con- 
 stellation of Taurus, vulgarly called the Bull s Eye, whose longi- 
 tude in the beginning of 1800, was in 7° 4' 25"" of Gemini, and 
 latitude 5° 28' 49", S. The annual increase of its longitude is 
 50", 204, and annual decrease of lat. 0", 317. 
 
 A'LDER, s. a genus of English trees. The wood is much used 
 for making household furniture, &c. 
 
 A'LDERMAN, s. [elderman. Sax.] the title of one order of po- 
 litical officers amongst the Anglo-Saxons. It seems generally to 
 have signified the exercise of delegated royal authority. In 
 municipal corporations they were, as they still are, a sort of com- 
 mittee of magistrates, chosen by the town councils from amongst 
 themselves. In the city of London, the mayor is chosen from 
 amongst them. 
 
 A'LDERNEY, an island on the coast of Normandy, belonging 
 to England, fruitful in corn and pasture, and remarkable for a 
 fine breed of cows. It is about 8 miles in compass, 7 miles from 
 Cape la Hogue, and about 30 from the nearest part of England. 
 On the S. there is a harbour, called Crabbs, wnich only admits 
 small vessels, and in the centre stands the town of Alderney. 
 The Race of Alderney, which is a dangerous passage in stormy 
 weather, but otherwise safe, with depth of water sufficient for the 
 largest ships, separates it from France. Pop. 1030. 
 
 ALDROVA'KDUS, U., a distinguished naturalist of Bologna, 
 who, by diligent observation and inquiry, together with more 
 scientific anatomical study, added greatly to the existing amount 
 of knowledge of animals, trees, and minerals. He died in 1005. 
 
 ALE, s. [eale. Sax.] a liquor, the common, drink of the Eng- 
 lish ; made of an infusion of malt and hops in boiling water ; 
 afterwards fermented with yeast or barm. It is distinguishable 
 from beer in respect of its strength and age ; owing to its having 
 a greater quantity of hops and malt than beer has, in proportion 
 to the same quantity of water. 
 
 ALE, (GILL) s. a liquor made of ground-ivy leaves, steeped 
 in ale. 
 
 A'LE-CONNER, s. [ale and connan. Sax.] an officer of the city 
 of London, whose business it is to inspect the measui»s of the 
 public-houses. 
 
 A'LEGAR, s. sour ale. 
 
 A'LEHOOF, s. {ale and hnf. Sax.] in Botany, the ground-ivy ; 
 
 ALE 
 
 so called by the Saxons, because a chief ingredient in their malt 
 liquors, instead of hops. 
 
 A'LEHOUSE, s. [ea//n(se, Sax.] a house where ale is sold. Dis- 
 tinguished from a tavern, because that is appropriated to wine. 
 
 ALE'MBERT, JEAN D', an eminent French mathematician. 
 He was a foundling, but acknowledged and supported by his 
 father. His mathematical works are highly esteemed by the 
 cultivators of the mixed sciences. He was one of the editors of 
 the celebrated French Encyclopedia, and wrote the Introductory 
 Discourse. His connexion with Voltaire, Diderot, and Rousseau, 
 and the friendship of Frederic the Great for him, have brought 
 upon him the charge of hostility to religion, but it is not sup- 
 ported by the tenor of any of his writings. He died in 1783. 
 
 ALE'MBIC, s. a chemical vessel, usually made of glass or 
 copper, formerly used for distillation. Retorts, and the common 
 worm-still, are now more generally employed. 
 
 ALE'NGTH, ad. at full length, along; stretched upon the 
 ground. 
 
 ALE'NTEJO, a fruitful province in the S. of Portugal. 
 
 ALE'PPO, or Halkb, the principal town of Syria, in Asia. It 
 is one of the most considerable towns in the Turkish empire. It 
 stands on four hills, in the middle of a pleasant fruitful plain, 
 being of an oval figure, and about three miles in circumference. 
 The castle stands on the highest hill, in the middle of the city : 
 and the houses are better than in other places in Turkey. They 
 have a great many stately mosques and caravansaries, with 
 fountains and reservoirs of water, and vineyards and gardens 
 well planted with most kinds of fruits. The Christians have 
 their houses and churches in the suburbs, and carry on a very 
 considerable trade in silks, camlets, and Turkey leather. Se- 
 veral European nations have factors here. 
 
 ALE'Rl , a. [iilerte, Fr.] watchful, active, diligent ; ready on 
 any emergence ; brisk, pert, sharp. 
 
 ALE'RTNESS, s. the quality of being alert, sprightly, pert, 
 active, or vigilant. 
 
 A'LEVAT, s. the tub in which ale is fennented, 
 
 ALEUTIAN ISLANDS, a range of islands lying between 
 Kamtschatka and C. Alaska in N. America. They are inhabited 
 by a people who resemble the Esquimaux in manners and ap- 
 pearance. 
 
 A'LEW, s. clamour ; outcry. Not. in use. 
 
 A'LEXANDER THE GREAT, the son of Philip of Macedon, 
 who first gave Macedonia a name, by gaining the supremacy of 
 Greece. Alexander was one of the greatest monarchs history 
 has recorded. He was instructed by Aristotle, and in his youth 
 evinced a daring and determined spirit. His father was assassin- 
 ated as he had completed his preparations for an expedition into 
 Asia ; this Alexander set out upon at once. In battle after battle 
 he defeated the countless forces of Persia, subdued Tyre, Syria, 
 Egypt, and subjugated all Asia W. of the Indus. It was not so 
 much the extent of these conquests that estabhshed his lasting 
 fame ; he introduced Grecian arts and civilization, and provided 
 for their preservation by founding Grecian colonies throughout 
 their whole range. It was by the establishment of this great 
 empire, that a foundation was laid for the influence exerted 
 on the world by the wisdom of the Greeks, the power of the 
 Romans, and through them, as instruments, for the rapid diffu- 
 sion of the gospel of Jesus Christ. This great king was at last 
 a victim to his intemperance, and died at Babylon in 323 a. c, 
 when only 32 years old ; leaving his empire to be divided by his 
 four most powerful generals. iTiere were two kings of Macedon 
 of this name before him ; and four Syrian kings, or pretenders, 
 after him. 
 
 A'LEXANDER, the name assumed by six occupiers of the 
 Papal throne, of whom the sixth was the infamous Roderick 
 Borgia, whose life was polluted by almost every crime that man 
 could commit. 
 
 A'LEXANDER, the name of three kings of Scotland, under 
 the third of whom, who died in 1286, that country first began 
 to join in the progress of national civilization. 
 
 A'LEXANDER PAULOWITSCH, emperor of Russia from 
 1801 to 1825. After having been occasionally the ally, and 
 occasionally the foe of Napoleon Buonaparte, the French em- 
 peror invaded Russia in 1812, burnt Moscow, and then retreated 
 leaving his army to follow, with the loss of 300,000 men. In 
 1814, Alexander, as one of the allied sovereigns, entered Paris. 
 In the following year after the overthrow of Napoleon, he en- 
 
 21 
 
ALG 
 
 tered it a second time. The subsequent part of his reign was 
 devoted to the maintenance of the peace of Europe, and to the 
 good of his empire. 
 
 ALEXA'NDERS, «. in Botany, the smyrnium. It is an um- 
 belliferous plant found upon rocks on the sea-coast, and about 
 Nottingham, and flowering in May and June. It was formerly 
 cultivated in our gardens ; but its place is now better supplied 
 by celery. 
 
 ALEXA'NDRI A, or Scanderia, once a magnificent, rich, and 
 celebrated city of Egypt, built by Alexander the Great, near 
 the most westerly branch of the 5file, soon after the overthrow 
 of Tyre, about 331 years before the Christian sera. The cele- 
 brated library which was founded here by Ptolemy Soter, and 
 placed in the temple of Serapis, containing, in his time, 400,000 
 volumes, and by addition of his successors 700,000, was, it is 
 said, in 642, destroyed by order of the Saracen Caliph Omar, 
 when he took the city. It has now about 25,000 inhabitants ; 
 and it trades with most nations of Europe, as well as with 
 Asia and the interior of Africa, whose consuls and agents reside 
 here. Before the discovery of the passage round the Cape of 
 Good Hope, it was the emporium of Europe and India; the new 
 overland communication with the latter may restore some of its 
 former glory. The remains of the ancient city are numerous : 
 Pompey's Pillar is the most perfect. The famous Pharos, one of 
 the wonders of the world, is replaced by a modern lighthouse, 
 bearing the same name. Lat. 31. 16. N. Long. 30. 5. E. 
 
 ALEXA'NDRINE, s. [from Alexander Paris, the inventor of 
 this metre] a kind of verse borrowed from the French, consisting 
 among them of twelve or thirteen syllables in alternate couplets, 
 and among us of twelve. 
 
 ALFIE'RI, VICTOR, an Italian dramatic poet of the last 
 century, whose tragedies are admired as the most perfect poems 
 of that kind in the Italian language. He wrote some other 
 works, and ended a somewhat dissipated life in 1803. 
 
 A'LFORD, Lincolnshire, 133 miles from London. Market, 
 Tuesday. Pon. 1945. 
 
 A'LFRED THE GREAT, grandson of Egbert, the first Saxon 
 king of all England, succeeded his brother Ethelred on the 
 throne in 872 a. d. He reigned nearly 30 years, and excepting 
 the last two years was constantly at war with the Danes, who 
 had, at his accession, the greater part of England in their 
 possession. By his courage, skill, and perseverance, he at 
 length defeatecl them ; and devoted the remainder of his reign 
 to the arts of peace. The tales of his adventures in the Danish 
 camp, disguised as a harper, and with the neatherd's wife, who 
 scolded him for letting her cakes burn, &c., during his struggle 
 with the invaders, are well known. He was the first English 
 monarch who possessed a fleet. He is most celebrated however 
 for his laws, which were chiefly digested from the former codes 
 and customs of the Anglo-Saxons. He endeavoured also to pro- 
 mote learning in his kingdom, by the diligent cultivation of it 
 for himself, and by inviting scholars from other countries to 
 settle in England. Some of his writings and translations are 
 preserved to this day. Partly from motives of benevolence, and 
 partly from love of knowledge, he sent one of his bishops on a 
 mission to the Christians of Malabar. The love with which he 
 has always been regarded in this country has attributed to him 
 eveiy law and institution whose origin was prior to the Norman 
 Conquest. But apart from all national predilections, his name 
 will always stand in the foremost rank of kings who have, in 
 spite of difliculties and disadvantages, illustrated their own age, 
 and deserved well of those that followed. 
 
 A'LFRETON, in Derbyshire, 141 miles from London. Near it 
 are collieries and ironworks, which, with the manufacture of 
 stockings and brown earthenware, give employment to the in- 
 habitants. Market, Friday. Pop. 7577. 
 
 ALGjE, s. in Botany, the name of the seaweeds, and fresh- 
 water plants resembling them. 
 
 A'LGEBRA, s. that branch of mathematical science, which 
 investigates the general properties of number, by the use of let- 
 ters instead of figures, and symbols which represent jn-ocesses in- 
 stead of results. It was known to the Greeks of Alexandria, in 
 the 4th century, and to the Hindus, very early. By these it 
 was communicated to the Arabians and Persians, from whom it 
 was brought into Europe again in the 13th century. No great 
 advance was made till the 17th century, when Vieta in France, 
 and Harrison in England, prosecuted it with great success. This 
 
 AL 1 
 
 science furnishes the only means of knowing the principles ot 
 the rules of Arithmetic. 
 
 ALGEBRA'IC, Algebra'ical, a. something relating or belong- 
 ing to Algebra. 
 
 ALGEBRA'IST, s. a person conversant to the operations of 
 Algebra. 
 
 A'LGECIRAS, a sea-port of Spain, in the bay of Gibraltar. 
 
 A'LGENIB, s. a star of the second magnitude, in the constel- 
 lation of Perseus. 
 
 ALGE'RIA, Algie'rs, in Africa, a state on the Mediterranean, 
 between Morocco and Tunis. The Atlas Mountains form the 
 principal physical feature of this state ; there are also some con- 
 siderable rivers, as the Sheliff, the Yissah, and the Wad-al- 
 khebir; with the Wad-al-jedi, which flows into the Great De- 
 sert, which bounds all the states of Barbary to the S. The 
 countrj' is fertile, and the climate of the part next the sea not 
 unhealthy. The population consists of the aboriginal Berbers, 
 or Kabyles, Bedouin Arabs, Moors who are not of pure Arabian 
 extraction, Jews, Negroes, Turks, who were the rulers under the 
 Sultan, and elected the Dey from amongst themselves, and 
 French colonists, who since the occupation of the country by 
 the French have immigrated in great numbers. It has been di- 
 vided into three districts, called after the names of their chief 
 towns, Algiers, Oran, and Bona. Alffiers, the capital of this 
 state, is finely situated on the bay of the same name, in Lat. 36. 
 42. N. Long. 3. 30. E. 
 
 A'LGID,a. cold; chilL 
 
 ALGO'A BAY, in Cape Colony, S. Africa, called also Port 
 Elizabeth , about 500 miles E. of the Cape of Good Hope. 
 
 ALHA'MBRA, the fortified palace of the Moorish kings ot 
 Granada, built about 1270 a. d. It is richly ornamented, and 
 seems not to have suflPered from time, nor from any of the casual- 
 ties to which it has been exposed. 
 
 A'LIAS, ad. [Lat.] otherwise ; used in Law to specify the dif- 
 ferent names of a man, as, Frith, alias TFortky, ii]la.s Smith; that 
 is. Frith, otherwise Wortky, otherwise Smith. 
 
 A'LI-BEN-A'BI-TA'LEB, the friend and fourth successor of 
 Mohammed. He was the prophet's first convert, and married 
 his daughter Fatima. He died from a wound by a poisoned 
 sword, in 660, at about 60 years of age. 
 
 A'LIBI, [Lat.] in Law, a plea used in defence against a charge, 
 showing that the defendant was in another place when the offence 
 was committed. 
 
 A'LIBLE, a. [alibilis, Lat.] that nourishes ; or that may be 
 nourished. 
 
 ALICA'NTE, a sea-port of Spain on the Mediterranean Sea, in 
 a province of the same name, of the ancient kingdom of Va- 
 lencia. It exports wine, particularly that called Tent, oil, olives, 
 brandy, &c. It has a good harbour, protected by a mole. Lat. 
 38. 35. N. Long. 0. 24. W. 
 
 A'LIEN, a. [alienus, Lat.] not of the same kind; inconsistent 
 with ; estranged from ; at enmity with. 
 
 A'LIEN, «. something adverse to, or at enmity with ; a foreigner, 
 or one of another country ; not of the same profession, party, or sect. 
 
 To A'LIEN, A'henate, v. a, lalieno, Lat.] to transfer our own 
 property to another ; to grow averse to, or dislike. 
 
 A'LIENABLE, o. [alien and abal. Sax.] that may be trans- 
 ferred to, and become the property of, another. 
 
 A'LIEN ATE, a. [alienatus, Lat.] averse, or inimical to. 
 
 ALIENA'TION, s. [alienatio, Lat.] in Law, the act of trans- 
 ferring property to another. Change of affection from approba- 
 tion to dislike. 
 
 To ALI'GHT, V. a. [alightan, Sax.] to descend from a higher 
 situation to a lower ; to descend from, or get oft' a horse. 
 
 ALI'KE, ad, equally, or in the same manner, without difier- 
 ence or distinction ; resembling. 
 
 A'LIMENT, s. [alimentum, Lat.] food, or that which nour- 
 ishes, or satisfies the calls of hunger. 
 
 ALIME'NTAL, a. that can increase the dimensions of plants 
 or animals by being taken in food. 
 
 ALIME'NTALLY, ad. so as to serve for nourishment. 
 
 ALIME'NTARINESS, s. the quality which renders a thing 
 capable of affording nourishment. 
 
 ALIME'NTARY, a. that has relation, or belongs to aliment; 
 that nourishes, or is eaten for diet. Alimentarxj Ducts, the intes- 
 tines, so called on account of the food coming through them. It 
 is sometimes used for the thoracic duct. 
 
%*> 
 

ALL 
 
 ALIMENTATION, ». the quality, action, or power of afiTord- 
 ing nourishment ; or the increasing of the dimensions of a body, 
 by converting food into its own substance. 
 
 A'LDIONY, s. [ali»umia, Lat.] in its primary sense, nourish- 
 ment ; but now appropriated to the Law, wherein it implies that 
 allowance which a married woman sues for, and is entitled to, 
 upon any occasional separation, provided it be not for elopement 
 or adultm. 
 
 A'LIQIJANT, a. [aliquantus, Lat.] in Arithmetic, is that part 
 of a number, which, however repeated, will not make up the ex- 
 act number, but will leave a remainder ; as 3 is an aliquant part 
 of 10, 3 times 3 are 9, and 1 remaining. 
 
 A'LIQUOT, a. [Lat.] in Arithmetic, such part of any number 
 or quantity as will exactly measure it without any remainder ; as 
 3 is an aliquot of 12, and (> of 18. 
 
 A'LISON, ARCHIBALD, an Episcopal minister of Edinburgh, 
 known chiefly by his £«snys un Taste, which are not inuchesteem- 
 eA now. He died in 1831), aged 82 years. 
 
 A'LITURE, s. [a/itora, Lat.] nourishment. 
 
 ALI'VE, a. [a and liban. Sax.] in animals, denotes sense and 
 feeling ; in vegetables, when the sap circulates ; in liquors, when 
 they taste brisk on the palate. Figuratively, cheerful, sprightly, 
 gay, and full of spirits ; without diminution or lessening. 
 
 A'LKAHEST, s. [Arab.] a pretended universal menstruum, 
 asserted by the alchemists to be capable of resolving all bodies 
 into their first matter, and which should yet retain its seminal 
 power and natural form entire. 
 
 ALKALESCENT, o. that which resembles the qualities of an 
 alkah. 
 
 A'LKALI, s. in Chemistrj', the name of a class of compound 
 earthy or saline substances, of various constitution. Ammonia 
 is a gaseous alkali ; the composition of certain metallic bases and 
 oxygen produces a large number of alkalies ; and there are also 
 those produced during the process of growth in plants. The 
 presence of the alkalies is easily discovered by the changes pro- 
 duced by them in vegetable colours ; they turn blue into green, 
 and yellow into a reddish brown, and restore blue which has 
 been turned red by appUcation of an acid. When combined with 
 acids they form salts. 
 
 A'LKALINE, a. that has the qualities of alkali. 
 
 To ALKA'LIZATE,^. a. to make bodies alkahne by chemical 
 process ; or to draw out the latent alkaline virtues of a bodv. 
 
 ALKA'LIZATE, a. that has the powers and qualities of a body 
 which is termed an alkali by medical writers. 
 
 ALKALIZATION, s. in Chemistry, the process of making 
 alkaline. 
 
 A'LKANET, ». in Botany, anchusa, a plant used in medicine. 
 
 ALKE'RMES, *. [Arab.] in Medicine, a term borrowed from 
 the Arabs, denoting a rich cardiac electuarj-, consisting of 
 several warm and aromatic ingredients, of which kermes is the 
 basis. 
 
 ALL, ad. entirely, completely; exclusive of any other. 
 
 ALL, a. [(ell. Sax. alk, Teut.] applied to a number, it some- 
 times is used collectively for the whole or every one of the parts 
 without exception. Applied to quantity, every parcel, or everj- 
 particle. Applied to time, the whole space or interval. Applied 
 to place, its whole extent. 
 
 ALL, s. the whole, opposed to a part, or nothing. 
 
 A'LLAH,«. the name of God in Arabic. 
 
 A'LLAHABAD, the name of a city and province of Hindustan, 
 'i'he province, lying on the Ganges, has a considerable trade, all 
 goods from Bengal to the territories lying beyond it passing 
 through it; it exports diamonds, metals, drugs, &cc. The city 
 is esteemed peculiarly sacred by the Brahmins, because of the 
 alleged confluence of the Ganges and two otljer sacred rivers on 
 this spot. It is 550 miles N. W. of Calcutta, in Lat. 25. 27.-N. 
 Long. 81. 50. E. 
 
 Al-LAN, DA VID, a Scotch artist, whose illustrations to Allan 
 liamsay's Gentle Shepherd, and to some of Burns's Foems, are 
 much admired. He died in 179(5, aged 52 years. 
 
 To ALLA'Y, «. a. [a//o!/e>-,Fr.] to abate or lessen any quality. 
 To quiet, pacify, or reduce a boisterous temper into a calm. 
 
 ALLA'YER, s. the person or thing which is endued with the 
 power of allaying, lessening, or diminishing. 
 
 ALLA'YMEN T, s. a diminishing, or lessening, applied to the 
 
 ALLEGATION, s. affirmation, declaration, excuse, plea. In 
 
 Law, the producing instruments, deeds, or vouchers, to author- 
 ize or justify proceedings. 
 
 To ALLE'GE, v. a. [alU'go, Lat.] to declare, or affirm ; to plead 
 in excuse ; to produce in defence. 
 
 ALLE'GEABLE, a. that may be charged ; that may be pleaded 
 in excuse. 
 
 ALLE'GER, s. he that asserts or declares any thing. 
 
 A'LLEGHANY MOUNTAINS, a range in the United States, 
 extending from the State of New York to Alabama. They vaiy 
 from 50 to 200 miles in breadth, and consist of many parallel 
 ridges. They do not exceed 2500 feet in height, and their sum- 
 mits are generally well wooded. The rivers which flow into the 
 Atlantic Ocean, and some of those which flow into the Missis- 
 sippi and the lakes, have their origin in them. Some of the 
 valleys are very fertile. The mountains produce coal, iron, gold, 
 and other metals, and consist of granite, and the usual primary 
 rocks lying on it, with Devonian rocks occasionally. 
 
 ALLE'GIANCE, ». [allegcance, Fr.] in Law, that natural, 
 sworn, or legal obedience, every subject owes to his prince. 
 Oath of allegiance, is that which is taken to the king in quality 
 of a temporal prince, and is distinguished from that of supre- 
 macy, which is taken to him in quality of supreme head of the 
 church. 
 
 ALLEGO'RIC, a. something which must be understood figur- 
 atively, in opposition to literal. 
 
 ALLEGO'RICAL, a. that consists of expressions purely figur- 
 ative, where something else is meant than what is expressed. 
 
 ALLEGO'RICALLY, ad. figuratively, in opposition to literally. 
 
 ALLEGO'RICALNESS, s. the quality of being figurative. 
 
 To ALLEGORIZE, f. «. to turn into allegorj'; to talk in a 
 sense not literal. 
 
 A'LLEGORY, s. [allegoria, Gr.] a figurative speech, in which 
 something else is contained than what the literal meaning con- 
 veys. Thus the Roman commonwealth is addressed by Horace 
 under the figure of a ship. 
 
 ALLE'GRO, s. [Ital.] in Music, one of the six distinctions of 
 time, expressing the quickest motion, excepting presto. If it be 
 preceded hy poco, it must be played in a slower or graver man- 
 ner than when allegro stands alone ; if by piu, it must then be 
 fastest of all. 
 
 ALLEMA'NDA, Aixema'nd, s. [Ital.] in Music, a grave air, 
 composed in common time, consisting of two parts or strains. 
 
 A1.LEN, AVILLIAM, a member of the Society of Friends, 
 distinguished as a practical chemist in earher life, and subse- 
 quently as the supporter of the British system of popular educa- 
 tion. He had schools at Lindfield, in Sussex, which were 
 conducted under his personal superintendence. He died in 1843, 
 aged 73 years. 
 
 To ALLE'VTATE, v. a. [allevo, Lat.] figuratively, to lighten, 
 to make lighter or less, in allusion to the diminishing the pres- 
 sure of a heavy load. To lessen, mitigate, or diminish the 
 enormity of a fault. 
 
 ALL£VIA'TI0N, s. the act of making a thing lighter; ease 
 from pain ; extenuation of a fault. 
 
 A'LLEY, s. [allee, Fr.] in Gardening, a strait walk bounded 
 on each side with trees or shrubs. Alleys are distinguished from 
 paths, as being broad enough for two people to walk abreast. 
 The word is in towns applied to narrow passages, to distinguish 
 them from streets, which are wider. Alley, in Perspective, is 
 that which is larger at the entrance than at the opposite ex- 
 tremity, in order to make it seem long. 
 
 A'LLEY'N , EDWARD, an act or,contemporarT with Shakspeare 
 and Ben Jonson, who founded Dulwich College, in Surrey ; 
 where he lived as master till his death in 1625, at the age of CO. 
 
 ALL-FOU'RS, s. in Gaming, a particular play, wherein the 
 whole sum a person gains each deal is limited to four, which are 
 the highest, the lowest, the knave of trumps, and the game, or 
 the greatest number to be made from tens and court cards ; the 
 latter of which are reckoned four for an ace, three for a king, 
 two for a queen, and one for the knave ; and he who has all 
 these particulars, is said to have all-fours. 
 
 ALL-HA'lL ! interj. a salutation or invocation. 
 
 ALL-HA'LLOW-TIDE, s. {all, hallow, and tiiJe, Sax. a week ; 
 hence Whitsun-tide, or Whitsun-week] that space of time which 
 is near All-Saints day, or the 1st of November. 
 
 ALLl'ANCE, s. [alliance, Fr.] the union or connexion of two 
 persons or two families by marriage. In a political sense, the 
 
 23 
 
ALL 
 
 leagues or treaties between different states for their mutual 
 defence. IIoli/ Alliance, the convention formed between the em- 
 peror of Russia, the emperorof Austria, and the king of Prussia, 
 at Paris, in 1815; avowedly for carrying out the principles of 
 Christianity in their respective governments. 
 
 ALU'CIENCY, {allishiency) s. \alUcio, Lat.] the quality of 
 attracting, or drawing to ; attraction. 
 
 ALLIGATION, s. the act of uniting, or the state of things 
 united, linked, or joined together. In Arithmetic, the rule 
 wherein questions are resolved relating to the mixtures of differ- 
 ent commodities, with their value, effects, &c., when so com- 
 pounded. 
 
 A'LLIGATOR, s. in Zoology, a genus of reptiles resembling 
 the crocodile, peculiar to the two Americas. 
 
 ALLrOATURE, s. the link, or ligature, by which two things 
 are joined together. 
 
 ALLINGTON CASTLE, in Kent. Market, Tuesday. Pop. 49. 
 
 ALL-JU'DGING, part, exercising judgment without control 
 or partiality. 
 
 ALLI'SION, {allizyon) s. [allisio, Lat.] the act of striking one 
 thing against another. 
 
 ALLITERA'TION, «. [ad and lit^a, Lat.] an ornament in 
 poetical language, consisting in the repetition of the same letter 
 at certain intervals, as, " weave the tcarp, and weave the woof." 
 
 ALL-KNO'WING,^arf. intimately acquainted with every thing 
 that is the object of knowledge ; that is endued with absolute, 
 perfect, or infinite knowledge. 
 
 A'LLOA, a sea-port of Scotland, on the Forth. There are ex- 
 tensive breweries, distilleries, glass-works, and other manufac- 
 tories here. The trade in coals is considerable. It has a good 
 harbour and drv-dock. 7 miles from Edinburgh. Pop. 7921. 
 
 ALLOCA'TION, s. [alioco, Lat.] the act of putting one thing 
 to another. In Commerce, the admission or allowance of an 
 article to an account, and the passing it as such. In the Ex- 
 chequer, it is an allowance made upon an account. 
 
 ALLO'DIAL,a. lallodiim,Tput.'} m Law, thatof which a person 
 has an absolute property, without paying any acknowledgment 
 or service, and is opposed to feudal. 
 
 ALLO'DIUM, i. [Teut.] a possession which a man holds in 
 his own right, without any dependence, charge, service, or 
 homage to be paid to a superior lord. 
 
 To ALLO'T, V. a. \hlot. Sax.] to distribute by lot ; to assign 
 a share ; to grant. 
 
 ALLOTMENT, s. the parcel, share, lot, office, or condition, 
 assigned to any one. Also, a small portion of land let to a labour- 
 ing man to be cultivated by him after his regular work, as an 
 addition to his means of living. 
 
 ALLOTTING,*, in Commerce, is when a ship's goods are 
 divided into different parcels, to be purchased by persons whose 
 names are written on pieces of paper, which are indifferently 
 affixed to each of such lots, and the goods thus divided without 
 any partiality. 
 
 To ALLOvV, V. a. [allouer, Fr.] to confess, to yield, admit, 
 grant, acknowledge, or assent to a principle, in opposition to 
 contradiction ; to yield, or permit ; to confer an honour on a 
 person; to approve as just, or consistent with one's duty; to 
 give, to bestow, to pay as a debt. 
 
 ALLOWABLE, a. that may be granted, or permitted ; that 
 may be admitted without contradiction ; that may be suffered, 
 as repugnant or inconsistent with no laws ; lawful ; not forbidden. 
 
 ALLOW'ABLENESS, s. the quality of a thing, which denotes 
 it to be lawful, proper to be granted or permitted, and no ways 
 inconsistent with the rules ot reason, or the customs of a place. 
 
 ALLOWANCE, s. concession, or assent to any doctrine, opi- 
 nion, or principle; permission, licence, or consent, applied to 
 superiors ; liberty, freedom from restraint, used with the word 
 give. In Commerce, the same as Tare. 
 
 ALLOWED, part, [from allow'] universally acknowledged; 
 established with respect to character. In Commerce, it is writ- 
 ten in the margin of an account of expenses, opposite to such 
 articles as are granted. 
 
 ALLOY', s, the mixture of different metals, or of portions of 
 the same metal of different degrees of fineness. Gold and silver, 
 both for coins and other purposes, are mixed with an alloy of 
 copper. Figuratively, any thing that lessens the properties of 
 that with which it is mixed ; that which depreciates, or renders 
 base. 
 
 24 
 
 ALL 
 
 To ALLOY', ». a. [aUoyer, Fr.] to mix one metal with another, 
 to render it fit for working. 
 
 ALL-PO'VVERFUL, a. capable of operating without defect or 
 control, and of producing eveiy thing that is consistent with in- 
 finite wisdom. 
 
 ALL-SA'INTS-DAY,s. the 1st day of November, set apart by 
 the church to commemorate the exemplary lives and noble forti- 
 tude of all the saints and martjTS : added as asuppleinentaiyday 
 to the rest of the festivals, that those who were worthy of remem- 
 brance might not be passed over without notice, and that the 
 human mind might be more strongly excited to exemplary piety, 
 or pious martyrdom, by considering the number of^ those who 
 have preceded" in those shining paths. 
 
 ALL-SEED, s. a plant, calleclalso least rupture wort, and lit- 
 tle flax. 
 
 ALL-SEE'ING, a. endued with the power of seeing every thing. 
 
 A'LL-SOULS', the name of one of the colleges at Oxford, 
 founded by Henry Chichely in 1437, when archbishop of Can- 
 terbury. 
 
 ALL-SOU'LS-DAY, s. a festival observed by the churches of 
 Rome and England on the 2nd of November ; anciently with a 
 particular service relating to the souls supposed to be in pur- 
 gatory. 
 
 A'LLSTON, WASHINGTON, an American painter of some 
 celebrity in England and Europe, as well as in his own country. 
 He died in 1843, aged 64. 
 
 ALL-SUFFrCIENT, {allsuffishient) a. capable of procuring 
 every thing which is the object of power or wisdom ; absolutely 
 perfect in himself. 
 
 To ALLU'DE, v. n. [alludo, Lat.] to have a distant respect to a 
 thing, without mentioning it expressly ; to hint at. 
 
 To ALLU'MINATE, v. a. to beautify, decorate, adorn. Be- 
 fore the invention of printing, certain persons, caWeAAUuminori, 
 made it a trade to paint the initial letters of manuscripts in all 
 sorts of colours, and to gild them with silver and gold. 
 
 To ALLU'RE, r. a. [leurer, Fr.] to entice, or attract, either in 
 a good or bad sense : to persuade or draw, by the addition of 
 something besides the intrinsic value and advantages of the 
 object. 
 
 ALLU'RE, s. originalljf some artificial bird, made use of by 
 bird-catchers, to entice birds into their traps. Figuratively, any 
 thing that entices, or draws a person into the power of another. 
 
 ALLU'REMENT, s. that which has the power of enticing by 
 its charms ; temptation ; enticement. 
 
 ALLU'RER, s. the person who tempts, or seduces by fair 
 speeches, enticements, or inveiglements. 
 
 ALLU'RINGLY, ad. so as to entice, tempt, inveigle, or seduce. 
 
 ALLIJ'RINGNESS, s. the quality which has such effect upon 
 the mind, as to prevail upon it to engage in any action. 
 
 ALLU'SION, (aUuzyon)s. [allusio, Lat.] something spoken with 
 reference to a thing already known, and on that account not ex- 
 pressed ; a reference, hint, or implication. 
 
 ALLU'SIVE, a. that does not mention a thing expressly, but 
 comprehends it by implication ; that hints at something not 
 fully expressed. 
 
 ALLU'SIVELY, ad. in a manner wherein a reference is mads 
 to something not expressed, but implied. 
 
 ALLU'SIVENESS, s. the quality of expressing a thing by re- 
 ference, opposed to expressly, or directly. 
 
 ALLU'VIAL, a. belonging to alluvium. Alluvial deposits, in 
 Geology, are all strata or beds of earth and soil produced by the 
 agency of water, as the mud banks in rivers, the deltas of the 
 Nile and other great streams, boulders, &c. transported by float- 
 ing ice, sandbanks and other products of tides and currents 
 at sea. 
 
 ALLU'VIUM, s. [ad and lun, Lat.] in Geology, the generic 
 name of alluvial deposits. In Law, it is the lanil which along 
 the sea-shore and banks of rivers is deposited by the tides and 
 currents. Where it is deposited slowly and imperceptibly it may 
 be claimed by the owner of the land against which it forms: but 
 not in other cases. 
 
 ALL-WrSE, a. that is endued with absolute, perfect, or in- 
 finite wisdom. 
 
 To ALLY', V. a. [allier, Fr.] to join together, or unite by kin- 
 dred, friendship, or interest ; to resemble, or be like, in the 
 passive. 
 
 ALLY', s, [_alli(, Fr.] one who is joined to or has connexions 
 
with another, owing to some contract, whether that of marriage 
 or treaty; and is applied both to persons and kingdoms. 
 
 ALM'ACA'NTER, s. [Arab.] in Astronomy, a circle drawn pa- 
 rallel to the horizon. This term is not now in use. 
 
 ALMAGEST, ». [Arab.] the name of a celebrated work of 
 Ptolemy, containing a collection of geometrical problems and 
 astronomical observations made by the ancients. 
 
 A'LMANAC, A'l.MANACK, s. a table, or calendar, wherein the 
 days of the week, fasts, festivals, changes of the moon, variation 
 of time between clocks and the sun, &c., eclipses, time of high 
 water, beginnings and endings of terms, are noted for the year. 
 
 ALMANDI'NE, s. [Fr. almandina, Ital] a ruby, coarser and 
 lighter than the oriental, and nearer the colour of the granite. 
 
 ALMI'GHTINESS, s. that attribute of the Deity, wherein he 
 is considered as able to perform every thing that is the object of 
 absolute, perfect, uncontrollable, and infinite power. 
 
 ALMl'GHTY, a. [formerly spelt allmighty ; aebnightlg. Sax.] 
 that is possessed of perfect, absolute, uncontrollable, or un- 
 limited power ; that can do every thing that infinite wisdom can 
 dictate, or infinite power can execute. 
 
 A'LMOND, s. [amandola, Ital.] a fruit contained in a stone full 
 of little cells, which is enclosed in a tough skin. They are di- 
 vided into sweet and bitter, on account of their difl^erent tastes. 
 The French lapidaries give the name Almonds, or Amandes, to 
 those pieces of rock crystal which are cut with a wheel into forms 
 resembling this fruit, and are used to adorn chandeliers of glass, 
 and other pieces of furniture made of glass or crj'stal. 
 
 A'LMOND-FURNACE, A'lman-furnace, called also the Sweep, 
 is a peculiar kind of furnace used in refining, to separate metals 
 from cinders and other foreign substances. 
 
 A'LMONDS of the throat, or Tonsils, improperly styled 
 Almonds of the ears. Sec Tonsils. 
 
 A'LMONER, s. an officer appointed to distribute alms to the 
 poor. The lord Almoner or lord high Almoner of England, is 
 usually the archbishop of York, who has the forfeiture of all deo- 
 dands, and the goods of Felos de se, which he is to distribute 
 among the poor. 
 
 A'LMONRY,*. the place wherein the almoner keeps his office, 
 or distributes the alms to the poor. 
 
 ALMO'ST, ad. [al-meest, Belg.] applied to action, near per- 
 forming it. " They be almost ready to stone me," Exod. xvii. 3. 
 Applied to number or multitude, a considerable majority, little 
 less than the whole. " Came almost the whole city together," 
 Acts xiii. 44. Applied to time, very near the period mentioned. 
 " When seven days were almost ended," Acts xxi. 27. Applied 
 to the eflfect of an argument, not far from persuading or convic- 
 tion. " Almost thou persuadest me to be a Christian," Acts 
 xxvi. 28. 
 
 ALMS, s. [used in the plural only ; elmesse. Sax.] money, or 
 other necessaries, given to relieve the necessities of the poor and 
 distressed, including in it a tender sympathy in their afflictions, 
 and a pious readiness to relieve them. 
 
 A'LMSDEED, s. an act of charity; something done out of 
 compassion, to relieve the distresses and wants of others. 
 
 A'LMSGIVER, s. one who is charitable, or fond of relieving 
 the necessities of the poor. 
 
 A'LMSHOUSE, s, a house endowed by legacies, or other dona- 
 tions, for the lodging and support of the poor. 
 
 A'LMSMAN, s. a man who is supported by charity or alms ; 
 one who belongs to an almshouse. 
 
 A'LNAGE, s. the measuring of woollen manufactures by the 
 ell. Alnage was first intended as a proof of the goodness of the 
 commodity, and a seal was inventccl, the affixing of which to a 
 commodity was a sign that such commodity was made according 
 to kiw. But now these seals may be bought," and affixed to any 
 goods, at the buyer's pleasure. 
 
 A'LNAGER, s. a public officer, whose business is to examine 
 into the assize of all woollen cloths made throughout the kingdom, 
 and fix seals upon them ; likewise to collect an alnage duty to 
 the king. There are now three officers relating to the alnage, 
 namely, a searcher, measurer, and alnayer, all which were for- 
 merly comprised in the last, till, by his own neglect, it was 
 thought proper to separate them into three offices. 
 
 A'LNEWICK, or A'lnwick, the county town of Northumber- 
 land, 310 miles from London, seated on the little river Alne, and 
 is populous and well built. It has a fine market square, sur- 
 rounded with piazzas. One of the old gates is still standing. 
 
 ALP 
 
 There is an ancient castle near it, the seat of the Duke of North- 
 umberland. Market, Saturday. Pop. 6G26. 
 
 A'LOE, «. [Gr.] in Botany, "a species of tropical plants, (some 
 kinds of which are very common in hot-houses,) which yield a 
 very useful drug, called aloes. The best is that prepared from the 
 Socotrine Aloe, which is now cultivated in the W. Indies. 
 
 ALGETIC, a. that consists of aloes. 
 
 ALO'FT, ad. \loffter, Dan.] in the air, in opposition to the 
 ground ; on high ; above. 
 
 A'LOGY, s. [ahfjos, Gr.] unreasonableness; absurdity. 
 
 ALO'NE, ad. [alleen, Belg.] without a^ompanion ; without any 
 assistance; exclusively of all others; solely. 
 
 ALO'NG, ad. [aii, tongue, Fr. or al lunge, Ital.] at full length ; 
 prostrate on the ground; motion, or progression, measured 
 lengthwise. Used with all, for a continuance, or during a whole 
 space of time. Throughout, or from one end to the other, ap- 
 plied to writings. After come, it implies attendance and en- 
 couragement to proceed. 
 
 ALOO'F, ad. [(sl and o^. Sax.] used with the particle from, 
 at a distance which is within sight. When applied to persons, 
 at a distance, from caution and circumspection ; or, so as not to 
 appear as a principal, or party in any design ; not connected 
 with, having no relation to. 
 
 ALOPE'CIA, «. [ahpex, Gr.] a distemper wherein all or a 
 great part of the hair falls off. 
 
 ALOU'D, ad. loudly; with a strong voice, with a great noise. 
 
 ALO'W, ad. in a low place ; near tne ground, in opposition to 
 aloft, or above. 
 
 ALPA'CA, s. in Zoology, an animal related to the sheep, in- 
 digenous in Peru, in S. America ; whose long and silky wool 
 has lately been greatly in demand. Various attempts have been 
 made to naturalize this animal in Great Britain. 
 
 A'LPHA, s. the first letter in the Greek alphabet, answering 
 to our A ; therefore used to signify the first, as omega, the last. 
 
 A'LPHABET, «. [alpha and beta, the two first letters of the 
 Greek alphabet] the several letters of a language arranged in 
 their accustomed order. The English alphabet has 26 letters, 
 the French 23, the Hebrew, Chaidee, Syriac, and Samaritan, 
 22 each ; the Arabic 28, Persian 31, Turkish 33, Georgian 36, 
 the Ethiopic 26, Cophtic 32, Muscovite 43, Greek 24, Latin 22, 
 Sclavonic 27, Dutch 26, Spanish 27; Italian 20, and the Ben- 
 galese 21. The Chinese hai^e no alphabet, but have characters 
 which are the signs of tHings and symbolsof thoughts, of which 
 there are about 200 radicals. 
 
 ALPHABETIC, Alphabe'tical, a. placed in the order of the 
 alphabet. 
 
 ALPHABETICALLY, ad. in the same order as in the al- 
 phabet. 
 
 ALPHO'NSINE TABLES, astronomical tables compiled under 
 the direction of Alphonso X., of Castile, in about 1250 a. d. ; 
 which are, however, of little more value than the Ptolemaic 
 tables formed eleven hundred years before. The length of the 
 year is more correctly given in them, than it had been before, 
 and the places of the fixed stars are so given that they can be 
 compared with their present places. 
 
 A'LPINE, a. [Alpinus, Lat.] that pertains to or resembles 
 the Alps. 
 
 ALPS, the range of mountains 1^-ing between Italy and 
 France, Switzerland, and Germany, fhey lie in the form of a 
 semicircle, and vary from 60 to 200 miles in breadth. The 
 highest point is Mont Blanc, which is 15,732 feet high ; Monte 
 Rosa is 15,152 feet high, and many others above 10,000 feet. 
 The Rhine and Rhone, the Drave, the Danube and its tribu- 
 taries, the Po and its tributaries, and other rivers, have their 
 origin in the valleys and glaciers of the Alps. The plants and 
 trees are arranged in well-defined bands on the sides of the 
 mountains according to the temperature of the different eleva- 
 tions. The vine is not found higher up than 1900 feet, the 
 pine ceases at the elevation of 6500 feet, and at about the eleva- 
 tion of 9500 feet all vegetation ceases, and the perpetual snow 
 begins. The glaciers form one of the most remarkaole features 
 of the Alpine scenery. They are iriasses of frozen snow, which 
 partly from the inclined planes on which they lie, and partly 
 from the temperature of tlie rock beneath, slightly melting the 
 under surface, slide slowly down the valleys, bearing with them 
 immense masses of rock, and smaller fragments, which have 
 fallen from the heights they have passed. During the summer 
 
ALT 
 
 the lower part of these glaciers is melted ; the rivers flowing 
 from them are abundantly supplied ; and the cargo of rocky 
 fragments deposited in morraines along the valleys. Avalanches, 
 which are detached masses of snow, frequently fall down from 
 the heights, and occasion great destruction. Whole villages 
 have sometimes been buried under them. The passage of the Alps 
 by the army of Hannibal, the Carthaginian general, in his march 
 against Rome, and that of the array of Napoleon Buonaparte when 
 he advanced into Italy, have been greatly celebrated in history. 
 But the difticulties of the passage are now lessened by the con- 
 struction of admirable roads through many of the passes. Mont 
 Blanc has frequently been ascended, and some of the other 
 peaks have been climbed from curiosity, or for scientific pur- 
 poses. The geology of the Alps resembles that of most moun- 
 tain chains. There is a mass of granite which has broken 
 through the overlying strata, and forced them up with it, into 
 an almost vertical position. But this elevation nas evidently 
 taken place at different times, and comparatively modern strata 
 are found resting on the upturned edges of the older beds. In 
 some parts also the upheaved rocks are broken and twisted in 
 every direction, showing an irregular force acting upon strata 
 offering considerable resistance. The fossil remains, almost 
 all of which are marine, are numerous. 
 
 ALRE'ADY, (pronounced as if the a was dropped) ad. [«Wand 
 ready. Sax.] at the time present ; even now. 
 
 A'LRESFORD, NEW, iri Hampshire. 57 miles from London. 
 It has one church, and a small manufacture of linseys. Market, 
 Thursday. Pop. 1578. 
 
 ALRU'CCABAH, «. the north-pole star. 
 
 ALSA'CE, Upper and Lower, formerly provinces of France, 
 having the Rhine and Switzerland on the E. and S. E., and 
 Strasburg being the capital of the whole ; thev are now included 
 in the departments of the Upper and Lower fthine. 
 
 A'LSINE, «. the same with chickweed. 
 
 A'LSO, conjunc. [alswa. Sax.] used to show that what had 
 been affirmed of one sentence or person holds good of the suc- 
 ceeding part of the period, and of^another person ; in the same 
 manner; likewise. 
 
 ALSTON-MOOR, in Cumberland. It is seated on a hill, at 
 the bottom of which runs the river Tyne, with a stone bridge 
 over it. There are near it mines of copper and lead. 303 miles 
 from London. Market, Saturday. Pop. G()()"2. 
 
 ALT, a. in Music, a term applied to the highest notes in the 
 scale. 
 
 A'LTAISCH, a range of mountains running across Siberia, 
 nearly 4-500 miles long. According to Humboldt, some parts 
 are nearly 10,000 feet high. 
 
 A'LTAR, s. [altare, Lat.] a kind of table or raised place, 
 whereon the ancient sacrifices were offered. In churches, that 
 place where the communion is received, or the table on which 
 the vases and the elements of bread and wine are placed. 
 Among the ancient Romans the altar was a kind of a pedestal, 
 either square, round, or triangular, adorned with sculptures and 
 inscriptions. In Astronomy, a constellation of the southern 
 hemisphere, consisting of seven stars. 
 
 ALTARAGE, ». [altar agium, Lat.] denotes the profits arising 
 to the priest from the oblations on the ultar. 
 
 ALTAR-THANE, A'ltabist, in old law-books, the priest or 
 parson of a parish. 
 
 A'LTAVELA, a fish found in the Mediterranean Sea, whose 
 flat sides bear some resemblance to wings. It is sold in the 
 markets at Rome. 
 
 A'LTDORF, a town of Uri in Switzerland, where Tell refused 
 to do homage to the Austrian governor's hat, and was sentenced 
 to shoot at an apple on his son's head. 
 
 To A'LTER, V. a. [alterer, Fr.] to change ; to make a thing 
 diflTerent from what it is ; used both of a part and the whole of a 
 thing, and applied both to a good and bad sense.— f. n. to 
 change ; to become different from what it has been. 
 
 ALTERABLE, a. [from alter, and abel. Sax.] that may be 
 changed, or be made to appear different from what it is. 
 
 A'LTERABLENESS,s. the quality of being changed; or liable 
 to have its present properties and appearance changed by ex- 
 ternal or internal causes. 
 
 A'LTER ABLY, ad. in a manner that may be altered. 
 
 A'LTERAGE, s. [from alo, Lat.] the breeding, nourishing, or 
 fostering of a child. 
 
 A'LTERANTS, A'i.teratives, *. such medicines as correct 
 the bad qualities of the blood, and other animal fluids, without 
 occasioning any sensible evacuation. 
 
 ALTERATION, s. [alteration, Fr.] the act of cfianging the 
 form or purport of a writing, the shape and other qualities of a 
 body, the properties and faculties of the mind, and making them 
 different from what they were. 
 
 To A'LTERCATE, c n. [altereor, Lat.] to wrangle, or contend 
 with another ; to dispute. 
 
 ALTERCATION, s. [altercatio, Lat.] a debate or dispute on 
 any subject between friends, implying warmth, but not so great 
 as what is implied in a quarrel. 
 
 ALTE'RN, a. [alternus, Lat.] that succeeds another by turns ; 
 successive, or alternate ; that follows by succession. 
 
 ALTE'RN AC Y, s. the succession or following of one action 
 after another in its turn. 
 
 ALTE'RNATE, a. [altermis, Lat.] that succeeds or follows one 
 another by turns. In Botany, applied to the position of the 
 leaves of a plant, it implies that the leaves on each side of the 
 stalk, or branch, do not stand directly opposite, but between, or 
 a little higher, than each other. In Geometry, applied to angles, 
 it signifies the internal one, and is made by a line cutting two 
 parallels, and lying on opposite sides of it. In Heraldry, applied 
 to the situation of the quarters of a coat ; thus in quarterly, 
 ecartele, the first and fourth are alternate, and of the same 
 nature. 
 
 ALTE'RNATELY, ad. in such a manner that the thing which 
 precedes shall follow that which comes after it. 
 
 ALTE'RNATENESS, s. the quality of being alternate ; the 
 reciprocal succession of things. 
 
 ALTERNA'TION, s. in Arithmetic, the different changes, al- 
 terations of place, or combinations, that any proposed numbers 
 are capable of; which is found by a continual, multiplication of 
 all the numbers, beginning at unity, and ending with the last 
 number of the things to be varied. 
 
 ALTE'RNATIVE, s. [altei-natif, Fr.] a choice of two things, 
 whereby if one be rejected the other must be accepted. 
 
 ALTE'RN ATIVELY, ad. bv turns; reciprocally. 
 
 ALTE'RNITY, s. a state wherein there is a continual succes- 
 sion, change, or vicissitude. 
 
 ALTHO'UGH, conjunc. [pron. as if written altM ; all and tlieah. 
 Sax.] used to imply that a thing or conclusion may be allowed 
 or maintained, notwithstanding something seemingly incon- 
 sistent had been allowed, admitted, or granted. 
 
 ALTl'METRY, s. [altimetria, Lat.] the art of taking or mea- 
 suring heights, whether accessible or inaccessible. 
 
 A'LTITUDE, 8. [altitmh, Lat.] in Geometry, one of the three 
 dimensions of body, namely, height. In Optics, it is the height 
 of an object above a line, drawn parallel to the horizon from the 
 eye of the observer. In Astronomy, the elevation of any of the 
 heavenly bodies above the horizon. This altitude is either true 
 or apparent, according as it is reckoned from the rational or 
 sensible horizon, and the difference between these is called by 
 astronomers the parallax of altitude. Near the horizon this alti- 
 tude is always increased by means of refraction. 
 "A'LTO RELIEVO, s. See Relievo. 
 
 ALTOGE'THER, ad. [all and to^<8(fere. Sax.] completely; 
 without restriction ; without exception, applied to number and 
 quality ; in all respects ; perfectly. 
 
 A'LTON, in Hampshire. It formerly had manufactures of 
 baragons, corded druggets, and serges. In the neighbourhood 
 are extensive plantations of hops. 47 miles from London. Mar- 
 ket, Saturday. Pop. 3139. 
 
 ALTRINGHAM, in Cheshire. 180 miles from London. Mar- 
 ket, Tuesday. Pop. 3399. 
 
 ALVA, FERNANDO, DUKE OF, the celebrated general of 
 the emperor Charles v., and Philip II., his successor on the throne 
 of Spam. He is notorious from the cruelty of the policv he 
 adopted when he had subdued the Netherlands, which had re- 
 volted from Philip. He died in 1583. 
 
 A'LUM, s. [alumen, Lat.] a salt known in Chemistry as the 
 double sulphate of potassa and alumina. It has a sweetish 
 astringent taste, and reddens litmus paper. It isjprepared in this 
 country from alum-slate, a rock highly charged with pyrites. But 
 in Italy it is prepared from alum-stcme, and this is preferred as 
 being quite free from iron. Boch^ alum is so called from Rochha 
 in Syria, where it is found native. 
 
AMA 
 
 ALU'MINE, s. in Chemistry, pure clay, the basis of alum. 
 
 ALU'MINOUS, a. that has the properties of ahim, or is mixed 
 ■with alum. Waters of this kind are prepared by dyers, to make 
 their stuffs take their colours the better ; and those which are to 
 be crimson must be steeped in water made very strong with this 
 ingredient. In Chemistry, it means belonging to clay. 
 
 A'LWAYS, ad. [eallewaga, Sax.] applied to action, without 
 ceasing or intermission. 
 
 AM, V. [earn. Sax.] when used singly, it implies existence ; 
 following tchat, it implies nature ; " Knowing tolmt lam" Prior. 
 Applied to place, it signifies presence ; " Where / am, there shall 
 my servants be," John xii. 26. Applied to truths, it implies 
 affirmation : " Jesus said, I am the bread of life," John vi. 35. 
 When repeated, it implies self and independent existence, and is 
 the name of God, Exod. iii. 14. 
 
 AMADETTO, s. a sort of pear; so called from the name of 
 him who cultivated it. 
 
 A'MADOU, s. or German tinder, a preparation from a species 
 of boletus, found growing on various trees in Europe. 
 
 AMA'IN, ad. [a and maggn. Sax.] with all one's force, or 
 strength, applied to action. Applied to the voice, extremely 
 loud, or as loud as possible. Also a sea-term, importing to lower 
 or let fall the top-sails ; to let down any thing into the hold, as 
 a word of command to do it gently and by degrees. 
 
 AMA'LFI, one of the early Italian republics. Its possessions 
 scarcely extended beyond the city walls, but it was noted for its 
 trade. It is illustrious for the foundation of the hospital and 
 military order of St. John of Jerusalem, for the invention of the 
 mariner's compass, and for the preservation of the one copy of the 
 Pandects of Justinian. It was one of the last which surrendered 
 to the Normans, losing its liberty in 1131. The city yet has a 
 little trade, and it belongs to the kingdom of Naples. Lat. 40. 
 37. N. Long. 14. 3-5. E. 
 
 AMA'LGAM, «. lama and gameo, Gr.] a substance produced 
 by incorporating quicksilver with another metal. 
 
 To AMA'LGAMATE, v. n. to incoi-porate metals with quick- 
 silver. 
 
 AMALGAMA'TION, s.lama and gaynco, Gr.] the incorporat- 
 ing quicksilver with other metals. 
 
 AMANUE'NSIS, s. [Lat.] a person who writes down what is 
 dictated by another ; likewise a person who copies writings, or 
 writes extracts from books. 
 
 AMARANTH, s. [a and marainomai, Gr.] among the ancients, 
 a flower, which was imagined never to fade. In Botany, the 
 genus of plants including the cock's comb, prince's feather, &c. 
 
 AMARA'NTHINE, a. \amaranthinm, Lat.] relating to ama- 
 ranths ; consisting of amaranths. 
 
 AM ARAPU'RA, the former capital of the Burmese empire. It 
 is situated on the Irawaddy, and is strongly fortified according to 
 the science of the country. It has much decreased in population 
 since the removal of the seat of government, having now only 
 about 30,000 inhabitants. 
 
 AMARY'LLIS, «. in Botany, a genus of plants allied to the nar- 
 cissus, having veiy beautiful flowers, but very poisonous bulbous 
 roots. It is much cultivated by florists in this country. 
 
 To AMA'SS, j;. a. [amasser, Fr.] to gather together, so as to form 
 a mass or heap. 
 
 AMA'SSMLNT, s. a collection of things heaped together. 
 
 A'MATORY, a. [amatorius, Lat.] relating to love ; causing love. 
 
 AMAUROSIS, s. [amauroo, Gr.] in 3ledicine, a dimness of 
 sight, wherein the eye to external appearance seems to be un- 
 affected. 
 
 To AMA'ZE, V. a. [niase. Sax.] to strike with astonishment ; 
 to confuse, or throw into perplexity. 
 
 AMA'ZE, s. astonishment, or perplexity, cuused by an unex- 
 pected object, whether good or bad ; in the former case it is 
 mixed with admiration, in the latter with fear. 
 
 AMA'ZEDLY, ad. in a manner expressive of surprise or aston- 
 ishment on the appearance of something unexpected. 
 
 AMA'ZEDNESS, s. the state of a person's mind when affected 
 with surprise, astonishment, confusion, or perplexity. 
 
 AMAZEMENT, s. confusion ; perplexity ; admiration ; surprise. 
 
 AM A'ZING, part, that causes surprise, astonishment, or ad- 
 miration. 
 
 AMA'ZINGLY, ad. in a manner capable of exciting astonish- 
 ment, wonder, or admiration ; prodigiously ; surprisinglv. 
 
 A'^IAZON, or Orei,i.ajia, a river of South America, which has 
 
 AMB 
 
 its source in the Cordilleras, whence running eastward, it empties 
 itself into the Atlantic Ocean, directly under the equinoctial 
 line. This largest of all rivers is, at its mouth, 180 miles broad ; 
 and 1500 miles from its mouth, 30 or 40 fathoms deep. It runs 
 at least 4000 miles, forms during its course many islands in 
 itself, and receives nearly 200 other rivers, many of which have 
 a course of 500 or 600 leagues, some of them not inferior to the 
 Danube or the Nile. 
 
 A'MAZONS, a warlike nation consisting wholly of females, 
 which the Grecian poets represented as living some where in 
 Western Asia. The sculptures on some of the Grecian temples 
 represented the victory of Theseus over them when they invaded 
 Attica. Some modern writers have not merely believed this 
 fable, but have pretended to discover similar nations them- 
 selves. 
 
 AMBA'GES, s. [Lat.] a round-about way of expression ; cir- 
 cumlocution. 
 
 AMBASSA'DE s. [Fr.] the office of a person who is commis- 
 sioned to negociate tne affairs of a state in foreign parts. 
 
 AMBA'SSADOR, ». [ambassadeur, Fr.] a person sent in a 
 public manner from one sovereign power to another, and supposed 
 to represent the power from which he is sent. The person of an 
 ambassador is inviolable. Ambassadors are either ordinaiy or 
 extraordinary. Ambassador ordinary, is he who constantly re- 
 sides in the court of another prince, to maintain a good under- 
 standing, and look to the interest of his master. Till within 
 these 200 years, ambassadors in ordinary .were not heard of. 
 All, till then, were ambassadors extramdinary ; that is, such as 
 are sent on some particular occasion, and who retire as soon as 
 the affair is despatched. By the law of nations, none under the 
 quality of a sovereign prince can send or receive an ambassador. 
 
 AMBA'SSADRESS, s. [ambassadrice, Fr.] in its primitive 
 sense, the wife or lady of an ambassador ; in a secondary one, 
 a woman sent on a message. 
 
 A'MBASSAGE, s. lambassage, Fr.] the employ or office of a 
 person acting as an ambassador. 
 
 A'MBER, s. [ambar, Arab.] a kind of gum, or resin, found 
 most plentifully in the Baltic, on the coast of Prussia. Being 
 susceptible of a fine polish, it is cut into necklaces, bracelets, 
 snuff-boxes, kc, and also constitutes the basis of several kinds 
 of varnish. 
 
 A'MBERGRIS, s. a fragrant drug, that melts almost like wax, 
 commonly of a greyish or ash colour, used both as a perfume 
 and a cordial. Ambergris is found on the sea coasts in warm 
 climates, particularly those of Africa, from the Cape of Good 
 Hope to tlie Red Sea, sometimes in very large lumps, in the 
 middle of which we frequently meet with stones, shells, and 
 bones. 
 
 AMBIDE'XTER, «. [Lat.] one who has equally the use of 
 both hands, or who can use both hands with the same facility, 
 and for the same purpose ; also, one who is ready to engage on 
 either side in party disputes. 
 
 AMBIDEX TE'RITl , Ambide'xtrousness, s. the power of 
 being able to use both hands equally ; double-dealing. 
 
 AMBIDE'XTROLS, a. applied to one who can make use of 
 either hand indifferently. 
 
 A'MBIENT, a. Ia7>ibient, Lat.] that covers every part ; that 
 encompasses or surrounds. 
 
 A'MBIGU, s. [Fr.] an entertainment, wherein the dishes are 
 set on the table in a promiscuous manner, without any regard 
 to order, so as to perplex the guests. 
 
 AMBIGU'ITY, s. [ambi(iuitas, Lat.] the quality of a word or 
 expression, received in different senses; words whose significa- 
 tions are doubtful or uncertain. We make use of an equivocation 
 to deceive, of an ambiguity to keep in the dark from all, and of a 
 double entendre to conceal from some. 
 
 AMBI'GUOUS, a. lambigutis, Lat.] applied to expressions 
 having more senses than one, which are not easily determined. 
 
 AMBl'GUOUSLY, ad. uttered in equivocal terms, or words 
 having two senses. 
 
 AMBIGUOUSNESS, s. the quality which renders the signifi- 
 cation of a word uncertain. 
 
 AMBl'LOGY, s. lambo and lego, Lat.] discourse of an ambigu- 
 ous signification. 
 
 AMBI'LOQUOUS, ». [ambo and loquor, Lat.] using ambiguous 
 expressions. 
 
 A'MBIT, s. lamhitus, Lat.] a term in Geometrj-, signifying the 
 E 2 27 
 
boundary, outline, or circumference of any figure, regular or 
 irregular ; the compass or circuit of any thing. 
 
 AMBrT10N,«. [ambitio, Lat] is generally used in a bad sense, 
 for an immoderate and illegal pursuit of power, a vehement de- 
 sire of greatness or fame ; a restlessness that cannot bear any 
 competitor either in government or honour. 
 
 AMBITIOUS, a. \amhitiosus, Lat.] desirous, longing after and 
 industrious to obtain a greater degree of power, an advancement 
 in honour, or a more extensive dominion ; proud, lofty, aspir- 
 ing ; elegantly applied to inanimate things, and implying their 
 being not contented with their present dimensions or situa- 
 tion. 
 
 AMBITIOUSLY, ad. in a manner which shows a desire or 
 thirst after greater dignity, power, riches, dominion, or prefer- 
 ment. 
 
 AMBITIOUSNESS, s. the quality of being desirous of a 
 greater degree of honour, riches, or power. 
 
 To A'MBLE, V. n. lamhulo, Lat.] to move upon an amble ; to 
 move with a gentle motion ; to move with an affected motion. 
 
 A'MBLE, s. in Horsemanship, a pace wherein the two feet of 
 a horse on the same side move together. 
 
 A'MBLER, s. a horse that has been taught to amble ; some- 
 times called a pacer. 
 
 AMBLESIDE, in Westmoreland, situated among lofty moun- 
 tains at the upper end of Winandermere, and near a remark- 
 able waterfall. 271 miles from London. Market, Wednesday. 
 Pop. 1281. 
 
 A'MBLINGLY, ad. in such a manner as to perform that pace 
 by jockevs called the amble. 
 
 AMBOY'NA, the chief of the Molucca Islands, remarkable for 
 the quantity of cloves and nutmegs it produces. The Dutch 
 established factories on this island in the beginning of the 
 seventeenth centurj', and it is still in their possession. Beside 
 the natives and the Europeans, there are many Malays and 
 Chinese resident on the island. 
 
 A'MBROSE, ST., a very celebrated archbishop of Milan in the 
 fourth century. When nominated to the office, he was not even 
 in orders ; but as the appointment had originated in what was 
 deemed supernatural influence, this was made no obstacle. He 
 excommunicated the emperor Theodosius, on occasion of his 
 massacre of the inhabitants of Thessalonica. The influence he 
 exerted both in and out of the church was very considerable. 
 Some of his writings yet remain. He died in 397, aged about 
 (iO years. 
 
 AMBRO'SIA, (amhrozia) s. [Gr.] the imaginary food of the 
 heathen deities, which preserved them immortal. Figuratively, 
 applied to any delicious fruit, by way of hyperbole, and signify- 
 ing, that it was fit for the gods, or that it would communicate 
 immortality. 
 
 AMBRO'SIAL, (ambrozial) a. [ambrosialis, Lat.] heavenly, de- 
 licious, or beyond the possession of mortals. 
 
 A'MBS-ACE, s. in Gaming, when two aces are thrown at one 
 time. 
 
 AMBULATION, s. [ambulatio, Lat.] the act of walking. 
 
 AMBULATORY, a. [ambulo, Lat.] having the power of wdk- 
 ing ; movable : a term applied to courts that were not fixed, but 
 held sometimes at one place, and sometimes at another. 
 
 A'MBURY, A'nbury, a name given by our farriers to a kind 
 of soft and spungy swelling growing on the bodies of horses, 
 somewhat sore to the touch, and full of blood. 
 
 AMBUSCA'DE, A'mbush, Ambusca'do, s. [emhuscade, em- 
 buche, Fr.] a place wherein men are hid in order to surprise an 
 enemy. 
 
 A'MBUSHED, a. lying in wait ; hid in order to surprise. 
 
 A'MBUSHMENT, s. a concealment in order to surprise. 
 
 AMBU'STION, s. [ambrntio, Lat.] in Medicine, the effect which 
 fire, or bodies heated by it, have on the flesh : when caused by 
 fire immediately, termed a burn ; when by boiling liquors, a 
 scald. 
 
 A'MEL, s. [email, Fr.] See Enamel. 
 
 AME'N, ad. in Hebrew, signifies true, faithful, certain. It is 
 also understood as expressing a wish, as so be it; or an affirma- 
 tion, ws, I believe it. 
 
 AJVIE'NABLE, a. [amenable, Fr.] in Law, responsible, or sub- 
 ject to inquiry and examination. Tractable, or easily governed. 
 
 To AME'ND, V. a. [amender, Fr.] to alter something faulty for 
 the better ; to grow from a more infirm state to a better ; to recover. 
 
 Applied to writings, to correct. To refoim, applied to nianne»s 
 or behaviour. 
 
 AME'NDABLE, a. capable of amendment, or possible to be 
 amended. 
 
 AME'NDE, s. [Fr.] a fine by which a compensation is made for 
 a fault committed. 
 
 AMETVDER, s. the person who makes the changes or alter- 
 ations in a thing for the better. 
 
 AME'NDMENT, s. [amewfe^nent, Fr.] an alteration which makes 
 it better ; a correction , a change from vice to virtue ; a change 
 from sickness towards health ; a recovery. 
 
 AME'NDS, «. [amende, Fr.] something paid to make good a 
 damage done ; atonement, or satisfaction. 
 
 AME'NITY, s. [ameenitas, Lat.] a situation or prospect which 
 affects the mind with pleasure or delight. 
 
 To AME'RCE, v. a. [amercier. Norm.] in Law, to inflict a pecu- 
 niary punishment, or fine a personasumof money for an offence. 
 
 AME'RCIER, s. the person who sets the fine upon an offender ; 
 or settles the value of the satisfaction or fine which is to be paid. 
 
 AME'RCEMENT, Ame'rciament, s. in Law, the fine im- 
 posed on an offender against the king, or other lord, who is con- 
 victed, and therefore stands at the mercy of either. 
 
 AME'RICA, the name of the two great continents occupying 
 the western hemisphere. They were first discovered by Chris- 
 topher Columbus, a Genoese, who went out under the auspices 
 ofFerdinand and Isabella, of Castile and Arragon, in 1492 ; but 
 are not now fully explored. The name was taken from Amerigo 
 Vespucci, a Florentine, who directed an expedition in 1499. 
 The form of these continents, which extend from the perpetually 
 frozen regions of the North to the parallel of 56. S. Lat., is well 
 known from maps. The chief physical features of North America 
 are, Baffin's and Hudson's Baj's, and the Gulf of Mexico; the 
 lakes, named Erie, Ontario, Huron, Michigan, Superior, Winni- 
 
 Cg, and the Great Slave and Great Bear lakes ; the rivers St. 
 iwrence, Ohio, Missouri, and Mississippi ; the Rocky Moun- 
 tains, and the Alleghanies ; the West Indian islands in the Gulf 
 of Mexico, Newfoundland, Vancouver's Island, the groups of 
 islands near Behring's Straits, and the partially explored islands 
 in the Frozen Ocean. The S. part of this continent lies within 
 the tropics, but the average temperature of the whole is very low, 
 the winters at New York, which lies as far S. as Rome and 
 Madrid, being as severe as those of the N. of Europe, which is 
 owing to the great quantity of land within the Arctic region, 
 and the small portion lying within the tropics. The history of 
 the aborigines of N. America is hidden in total obscurity. Re- 
 specting the Esquimaux, who inhabit the most northerly part 
 in scattered ana scanty tribes, and the Red 3Ien who nad 
 sole possession of the temperate portions at the time of its dis- 
 covery, we refer to those names below. There have been re- 
 cently discovered throughout both N. and S. America, particu- 
 larly in the more temperate parts, and those bordering on the 
 Pacific Ocean, remains of races far superior in civilization to any 
 of the races dwelling there within the reach either of histoiy or 
 tradition. They are mounds resembling the barrows or sepul- 
 chral hills of the ancient Keltic nations of the old world, or towers 
 and temples displaying an architecture analogous to that of an- 
 cient India and Egypt. On the borders of Mexico the ruins of 
 entire cities are found, which Mr. Stephens, the principal ex- 
 plorer, thinks do not date further back than a little before the 
 arrival of the Spaniards. See Yucatan. The mass of the present 
 population are colonists and their descendants, from every coun- 
 try of Europe, and the slaves brought from Africa and their 
 miserable posterity. The Zoology and Botany of this continent 
 are almost wholly different from those of the eastern hemisphere. 
 The whole of this continent N. of 49. N. Lat., and the river St. 
 Lawrence, with New Brunswick and Nova Scotia, excepting a 
 small portion adjoining Behring's Straits, belongs to the British 
 empire. The combined republics called the United States occu- 
 pies the whole of the centre ; beneath this is the Mexican re- 
 public ; and next to the Isthmus of Panama, the republic of 
 Guatemala. South America, which is connected by this narrow 
 strip of land with the northern continent, has for its chief physical 
 features the great rivers, named Orinoco, Amazon, and La Plate, 
 with the tributaries of the two latter ; and the range of mountains 
 extending from N. to S., called the Cordilleras or Andes, contain- 
 ing many volcanoes. The Falkland Isles, Chiloe, and Terra del 
 Fuegosare its only islands; and Lake Titiaca its only large lake. 
 
AMI 
 
 The aborigines of the N. W. part were possessed of some civiliza- 
 tion when they were discovered, and the ruins still remaining 
 resemble those "of Mexico. Those of the southern part, who were 
 represented as of gigantic stature, are almost extinct, and are still 
 sunk in the lowest barbarism. Excepting the northern coast, 
 this continent was colonized chiefly from Spain and Portugal. 
 In Zoology and Botany it is as peculiar as N. America ; the butter- 
 flies of the tropical part are particularly splendid. The English, 
 French, and Dutch have colonies on the N. E. coast; the other 
 states are independent. Three republics occupy the ancient 
 Columbia; below are the republics of Peru, and Bolivia, and 
 Brazil ; more to the S. the republics of L'Uruguay, Chili, La 
 Plata, and Paraguay. See further all these names below, West 
 Lndies, ^C. iS'C. 
 
 A'MERSFOORT, a town in the Netherlands, 25 miles from 
 Amsterdam, where there are still considerable plantations and 
 manufactories of tobacco. 
 
 A'MERSHAM, in Buckinghamshire, consisting of a long 
 street, intersected in the middle by a short one. There are some 
 trifling manufactures carried on here. 26 miles from London. 
 Market, Tuesday. Pop. 3645. 
 
 AMES, JOSEPH, the author of Typographical Antiquities, 
 which, as edited by Dr. Dibdin, is perhaps the best history of 
 Printing in England. He wrote some otner books, and was a 
 collector of antiquities and other curiosities. He died in 1759, 
 aged 70 years. 
 
 A'MESBURY, in Wiltshire, on the Avon, a very ancient place, 
 consisting of two irregular streets. 78 miles from London. 
 Pop. 1171. 
 
 A'METHYST, s. [amethystos, Gr.] a gem of a purple colour, 
 which seems composed of a strong blue and deep red; and, ac- 
 cording as either of these colours prevail, affording diflerent 
 tinges of purple, sometimes approacning to violet, and some- 
 times even fading to a pale rose-colour. In Heraldry, a purple 
 colour in the coat of a nobleman, used by those who blazon ny 
 precious stones instead of metals and colours. This in a gentle- 
 man's escutcheon is called purjmre, and in those of sovereign 
 princes. Mercury. 
 
 AMETHY'STINE, a. of a fine violet purple colour, resembling 
 that of an amethyst. 
 
 AMHA'RA, a province of Abyssinia, consisting of the S. and 
 W. portions of the table-land of that country. Some parts of 
 this tract are above 10,000 feet higher than the sea-level. In 
 the valleys the soil is good, and fruitful in corn. In some parts 
 most of the wild beasts peculiar to Africa abound. There are 
 two considerable lakes, named Zana and Dembea. Near the 
 latter, the capital of the province, Gondar, is situated. 
 
 AMHA'RIC, one of the dialects of the Ethiopic language 
 spoken in Amhara, in Abyssinia. 
 
 A'MHERST, a town on the Gulf of Martaban, in the Burmese 
 empire. It was built at the conclusion of the Burmese war by 
 the British, and has a considerable population and good trade. 
 
 A'MHERST, a town of Massachusetts, U. S., where is a highly 
 flourishing college, founded in 1821, and incorporated in 182d. 
 
 A'MIABLE, a. [aimahle, Fr.] that is an object of love. That 
 is able to attract the affection of love or delignt. 
 
 A'MIABLENESS, s. the quality which renders a person or 
 thing an object of delight, pleasure, or love. 
 
 A'MIABLY, ad. in such a manner as to gain love. 
 
 A'MICABLE, a. [amicabilis, Lat.] endowed with all the quali- 
 ties, kindness, and social benevolence, which can knit the tie of 
 friendship. 
 
 A'MICABLENESS, s. that (juality which is exerted in per- 
 forming acts of kindness, and in exercising the offices of friend- 
 ship. 
 
 A'MICABLY, arf. in such a manner as is consistent with the 
 warmest affection. 
 
 A'MICE, s. [amictus, Lat.] the first or undermost of the six 
 garments worn by priests, and next to the alb. 
 
 AMI'D, AMi'DS'r,^re?j. [a and mid. Sax.] in the middle, with 
 respect to situation ; applied to things, placed in a straight 
 line, between or in the centre. 
 
 A'MIDE, s. in Chemistry, an organic acid, a compound of 
 nitrogen and hydrogen. It is the radical of ammonia. It enters 
 into the composition of starch, and combines with metals. 
 
 A'MIENS, a handsome, large, and ancient city in the depart- 
 ment of Somme. It has three bridges over as many branches 
 
 AMO 
 
 of the Somrae. There is still a considerable trade here. The 
 Treaty of Amiens was signed here between Great Britain and 
 France, Spain, and Holland, in 1802. 75 miles from Paris. Lat. 
 49. 54. N. Long. 2. 22. E. 
 
 A'MIOT, the name of a Jesuit who laboured for 44 years in 
 China. His works on the dialects, kc, of that country are very 
 valuable. He died in 1794, aged 77 years. 
 
 AMI'SS, ad. [a and miss. Sax.] wrong, or contrary to any law, 
 divine or moral ; improperly, or inconsistent with the dictates of 
 reason. 
 
 A'MITY, s. a state wherein there is the greatest concord, har- 
 mony, or mutual intercourse, between two or more persons. 
 Applied to nations, peace, wherein states are employed in pro- 
 moting the good of each other. 
 
 AMMIA'NUS MARCELLI'iVUS, the author of a History of 
 some of the later Roman Emperors, part of which is lost. He 
 was in the army, and served under Julian in the war in Persia. 
 
 A'MMON, an Egyptian god, supposed by the Greeks to be 
 the same as Zeus Olympius. Alexander the Great claimed to be 
 his son, and bore on his coins the ram's horns, which were the 
 symbol of Ammon. 
 
 AMMO'NIA, in Chemistry, the volatile alkali. The hydro- 
 chlorate of Ammonia, commonly called Sal Ammoniac, whose uses 
 as a volatile salt are so well known, is now manufactured in this 
 country. It used to be imported from Egypt, where it was pro- 
 cured by sublimation from the soot of camel's dung. 
 
 AMMO'NIAC, (GUM) s. a gum, or gum-resin, extracted from 
 a plant of the genus Ferula, growing in some parts of Asia. 
 
 AMMONI'ACAL, a. that has the properties of ammoniac, as 
 above described. 
 
 AMMONITES, s. a genus of fossil shells, nearly allied to the 
 genus nautilus. They are distinguished from it by the pecu- 
 liarity of the lines of suture, where the divisions of the cells are 
 inserted into the outer shell ; — they being a simple curve in the 
 nautilus, whilst in this genus they are wavy or zig-zag, or 
 crenated so as to produce the most beautiful effoliations. By 
 late conchologists this genus has been divided into several 
 genera. 
 
 AMMO'NIUM, in Chemistry, a substance possessing all the 
 propertiesof a metal, obtainecf only as a compound or amalgam, 
 by means of the Galvanic battery. 
 
 AMMUNITION, s. [ad and munitib, Lat.] such arms, instru- 
 ments, and stores, as are necessary to carry on a war ; military 
 stores. 
 
 AMMUNITION-BREAD, «. bread provided for an army or 
 garrison. 
 
 A'MNESTY, s. [amnestia, Gr.] an act wherein a prince promises 
 pardon to criminals for offences past ; an act of oblivion. 
 
 A'MNION, A'mnios, the innermost membrane with which 
 the foetus is covered. 
 
 AMNIOTIC, a. belonging to the amnios. The amniotic acid 
 is found in the amnios of a cow. 
 
 AMO'NG, Amo'ngst, prep, [amang. Sax.] present, or residing 
 with. 
 
 A'MORIST, s. \amor, Lat.] one who is captivated with the 
 charms of a female ; one who is in love ; a lover. 
 
 AMOROUS, s. [amoureux, Fr.] fond ; smitten with love at the 
 sight of an amiable object ; naturally inclined to love. 
 
 A'MOROUSLY, «</. with great appearance of affection or love; 
 in a fond or loving manner. 
 
 AMO'RT, a. [d la mort, Fr.] spiritless. 
 
 AMORTIZATION, Amo'rtizement, s. {amortissement, Fr.] in 
 Law, a transferring of lands to a corporation, &c., to remain in 
 their possession forever; called an alienation or tenements in 
 mortmain. 
 
 To AMO'RTIZE, v. a. [amortir, Fr.] to alien or transfer lands 
 to any corporation, guild, or fraternity, for ever. 
 
 A'MOS, one of the Jewish prophets, whose prophecies form 
 part of the Old Testament. He prophesied about 790 b. c. His 
 writings consist principally of threatenings against the Israelites 
 and the surrounding nations, for their sins against Jehovah. 
 
 To AMO'VE, V. a. [amoveo, Lat.] in Law, to move a person 
 from his post or station. 
 
 To AMOU'NT, v. n. [monter, Fr.] applied to arithmetical pro- 
 cess, to make up, to come to, when all the separate parts or 
 figures are added together; to compose when united. 
 
 AMOU'NT, s. in Arithmetic, the sum produced by the addi- 
 
 29 
 
AMP 
 
 tion of several numbers or quantities ; the product of several 
 quantities, added together ; the consequence, result, or value. 
 
 AMOU'R, (anii'ior) s. [amour, Fr.] a loving intrigue, including 
 the secondaiy idea of something vicious. 
 
 Ampere, Andre Marie, an eminent electrician of the pre- 
 sent centurj'. To him is due the proof of the connexion and 
 oneness of the electric, magnetic, and galvanic forces, which 
 had long been suspected and in part only shown before. He 
 died in 183G, aged 61. 
 
 AMPHI'BIA, in Zoology, a term used to designate those 
 classes and species which are amphibious. 
 
 AMPHI'BIOUS, a. [amphi and bios, Gr.] that can live both 
 upon land and in water, as the beaver, otter, frog, &c. 
 
 AMPHIBO'LOGY, s. [amphibologia, Gr.] an abuse of language, 
 wherein words are so placed in a sentence as to admit of a differ- 
 ent sense, according to the different manner of combining them. 
 
 AMPHrCTYONS, s. in Grecian Antiquity, an assembly com- 
 posed of deputies from the different states of Greece ; and re- 
 sembling in some measure the Diet of the German empire. 
 
 AMPHISBjE'iNA, s. [Lat.] in Zoology, a kind ot seipents 
 which was behoved to have a head at each extremity. 
 
 AMPHl'SCII, s. \amphi and skia, Gr.] those people who live 
 between the tropics, so called, because according to the sun's 
 coming up to the two solstices, the shadow changes, and falls 
 sometimes on the right and sometimes on the left hand. 
 
 AMPHITHE'ATRE, s. {amjMand theaomai, Gr.] in Antiquity, 
 a large edifice either round or oval, with seats rising one above 
 another, upon which the people sat to behold the combats of 
 gladiators, of wild beasts, and other sports; they were at first 
 only built of wood, but in the reign of^ Augustus there was one 
 erected of stone. 
 
 A'MPHITRITE, s. in Grecian Mythology, the wife of Neptune, 
 and goddess of the sea. 
 
 A'MPHORA, s. a tall earthen vessel, ijointed at the bottom, 
 used for wine, &c., and as a liquid measure, by the ancient 
 Greeks and Romans. 
 
 A'MPLE, a. [amjdus, Lat.] applied to extent, wide or spacious. 
 Applied to bulk, large, great, or big. Applied to permission, or 
 liberties granted, full ; without restraint. Applied to gifts, large, 
 liberal. Applied to writings, full, minute, containing all the 
 circumstances. 
 
 A'MPLENESS, ». largeness, splendour. 
 
 To A'MPLIATE, v. a. [amplto, Lat.] to enlarge, extend, to 
 make additions to. 
 
 AMPLIATION, s. [ampliatio, Lat.] applied to rumours, in- 
 creasing their sense by additional circumstances ; an exaggera- 
 tion or enlargement. Enlargement, or dwelling long upon a 
 subject. 
 
 To AMPLI'FICATE, ». a. [ampUfico, Lat.] to enlarge, to dwell 
 long upon a subject. 
 
 AMPLIFICATION, s. [amplificatio, Lat.] enlargement, or in- 
 crease of dimensions, applied to a body; but, generally speaking, 
 it is used for the heightening of a description, commendation, 
 definition, or the blame of a thing, by such an enumeration of 
 particulars as most forcibly affects the passions; hyperbolical 
 expression. 
 
 AIMPLIFIER, ». one who enlarges. 
 
 To A'MPLIFY, V. a. [ainpius and Jio, Lat.] to increase the 
 dimensions, or number of parts, applied to matter or body. To 
 increase, or heighten, applied to quality. To extend, or enlarge, 
 applied to power or dominion. To render complete, or increase 
 by additions, applied to writings ; to expatiate, to treat fully, 
 or enlarge upon; to represent in a pompous, heightened, aiid 
 hyperbolical manner. 
 
 A'MPLITUDE, s. [ampUtudo, Lat.] compass, or extent ; great- 
 ness, or largeness ; capacity, endued with powers sufficient. In 
 Astronomy, is an arch of the horizon, intercepted between the 
 east or west part thereof, and the centre of the sun, star, or 
 planet, at its rising or setting ; at the rising it is called ortive, 
 at the setting occasive. 
 
 A'MPLY, ad. largely, liberally; at large ; copiously. 
 
 A'MPTHILL, in Bedfordshire. 44 lufles from London. Mar- 
 ket, Thursday. Pop. 2001. 
 
 To AMPUTATE, f. a. [amputo, Lat.] in Surgery, to cut off a 
 limb. 
 
 AMPUTATION, s. [atnputatio, Lat.] in Surgery, the cutting 
 off a limb of the body. 
 30 
 
 ANA 
 
 A'MSTERDAM, the capital of the kingdom of Holland, situ- 
 ated on a small stream named Amstel, at its junction with the 
 Ij, which is an arm of the Zuyder Zee. It is built on an old 
 marsh, and a foundation for it was made by driving piles 
 into the yielding soil. It is well fortified with ramparts and 
 ditches ; and has, according to the custom of the country, canals 
 running through the principal streets, with rows of trees beside 
 them. The bridge over the Amstel where it enters the city, is a 
 fine structure, 610 feet long, with 35 arches, and under the 
 central arches large ships can pass. It has a good harbour, 
 and spacious docks, secured by dikes. The public buildings, 
 churches, hospitals, Sec, are very numerous, and some of them are 
 very fine. It has a great trade, and considerable manufactures, 
 principally for bleaching linen, tobacco, sugar, &c., and its po- 
 pulation is above 200,000. The passage to the city through the 
 Zuyder Zee being difficult, a canal has been constructed of above 
 50 miles long, connecting it directly with the sea near Texel. 
 Lat. 52. 23. N. Long. 4. 54. E. 
 
 A'MULET, s. [amutette, Fr.] something worn round the neck 
 as a defence against mischief, or as a cure from some disease. 
 Some of these were expected to operate as charms, but others 
 probably produced some effect through the pores of the skin. 
 
 A'MUR, a large river in Asia. It flows through China and 
 part of the Russian empire into the Pacific Ocean near the 
 island Saghalien. 
 
 To AMU'SE, {amicze) v. a. [amuser, Fr.] to employ a person's 
 thoughts on some object that maj' engage them from wandering 
 to any other, including the idea of something trifling; to enter- 
 tain with something agreeable, which has not force enough to 
 divert, and wants importance to please. 
 
 AMU'SEMENT, {amuzeynent) s. an employment, in order to 
 avoid the tediousness of inaction ; any thing which engages the 
 mind, or is the subject of the senses ; an entertainment. Synon. 
 The general idea of" rfj'uemon and amusement is innocent recrea- 
 tion ; but that of amusement implies tranquil entertainment ; that 
 of diversion, tumultuous merriment : card-playing, concerts, 
 plays, &c., are amusements ; cricket, cudgel-playing, horse-races. 
 Sec, are diversions. 
 
 AMU'SER, (amilzer) s. one who deludes, or engages the atten- 
 tion of another, by specious or false promises. 
 
 AMU'SIVE, a. that engages the attention to something 
 trifling, specious, and delusive. 
 
 AM Y'GDALINE, a. [amygdala, Lat.] resembling almonds. 
 
 A'MZELL, Ouzel, a name given to certain birds of the black- 
 bird kind. 
 
 AN, article, [ane. Sax.] the indefinite article put before nouns of 
 the singular number, which begin with a vowel, or an h, when 
 not sounded or aspirated, as an eye, an hour, but if aspirated, a 
 is used, as a hand, a hare. Applied to number, it signifies one, 
 in a loose and undetermined sense. 
 
 A'NA, s. [Gr.] a term used by physicians to denote an equal 
 quantity of ingredients to be used in compounding a medicine ; 
 and in their recipes is thus abbreviated, a or aa. 
 
 A'NA, Anas, or books in Ana, are collections of the memora- 
 ble sayings of persons of learning and wit, such as Casauboniana, 
 or the sayings of Casaubon, &c. 
 
 ANABA'PTISTS, s. [ana and haptizo, Gr.] a religious sect, 
 which arose at the time of the Reformation, who disallowed 
 baptism in infancy, and required that their adherents should be 
 re-baptized. They were guilty of great extravagances both in 
 their creed and their conduct, and were suppressed by the 
 princes who favoured Luther. 
 
 ANA'BASIS, the name of one of the writings of the Grecian 
 author, Xenophon, which narrates the retreat of the 10,000 
 Greeks through Asia Minor. 
 
 ANACATHA'RTIC, a. [anacathartikos, Gr.] in Medicine, that 
 operates as an emetic. 
 
 ANA'CHORET, «. See Anchorite. 
 
 ANA'CHRONISM, s. [a?io and chronos, Gr.] in Chronology, 
 the misplacing an action with respect to the time in which it 
 was performed ; a mistake in computing the time when an 
 event happened. 
 
 ANA'CTtEON, a Grecian poet, a native of Teos, in Asia Minor, 
 who was celebrated during his life throughout Greece for hjs 
 lyrics, and died in old age, being choked by a grape-stone. His 
 poems are esteemed for their beauty of style. He flourished 
 about 540 b. c. 
 
ANA 
 
 ANACRE(yNTIC, ». verses in imitation of Anacreon, either as 
 to style or subjects. 
 
 AN ADIPLO'SIS, «. [Gr.] reduplication : in Rhetoric, a figure 
 in which the last word of a foregoing member of a period becomes 
 the first of the following: as, " He retained his virtues amid all 
 his misfortunes, misfortunes which only his virtues brought upon 
 him." In Medicine, the return of a paroxysm of a fever, chiefly 
 of a semi-tertian. 
 
 ANA'GNI,a city, formerly of some celebrity, in the neighbour- 
 hood of Rome. 
 
 ANAGO'GICAL, a. [anagoge, Gr.] mysterious, transporting. 
 The term is principally used in reference to a particular scheme 
 of interpreting Scripture. 
 
 A'NAGRAM, s. [ana and gramma, Gr.] the transposition of 
 the letters of some name, by which a new word or motto is 
 formed, either to the advantage or disadvantage of the person 
 or thing to which the name belongs. 
 
 ANALE'CTA, A'nalect, s. the remains or fragments taken 
 off the table. In Literature, it is used to denote a collection of 
 small pieces, as Essays, Remains, &c. A miscellany. 
 
 ANALE'MMA, s. [Gr.] in Geometry, a projection of the 
 sphere on the plane of the meridian, orthographically made by 
 straight lines and ellipses, the eye being supposed at an infinite 
 distance, and in the east or west points of the horizon ; likewise 
 an instrument of brass or wood, upon which this kind of projec- 
 tion is drawn. 
 
 ANALE'PTICS, s. [analeptikos,GT.']\n Physic, medicines proper 
 to restore the body when emaciated either by the long continu- 
 ance of a disorder, or want of food. 
 
 ANALOGICAL, a. [nnalogikos, Gr.] applied to words, a term 
 which signifies any particular idea as attributed to several others, 
 not by way of resemblance, but on account of some evident 
 reference to the original idea. 
 
 ANALO'GICALLV, ad. in a manner wherein there is some 
 resemblance to the thing compared, though it may not hold good 
 with respect to all its properties. 
 
 ANA'LOGISM, s. [anahgismos, Gr.] reason. In Logic, an 
 argument drawn from the cause to the effect, and importing an 
 unanswerable necessity. 
 
 To ANA'LOGIZE, r. a. to turn into analogy ; to form a resem- 
 blance or run a parallel between things which differ ; to interpret 
 a thing as if it had a reference or resemblance to something 
 else. 
 
 ANA'LOGOUS, a. [anahgia, Gr.] that bears a resemblance to 
 a thing in some particulars, but not all. 
 
 ANA'LOGY, s. [anaolgia, Gr.] a resemblance which one thing 
 bears to another in some of it sproperties or qualities, though not 
 in all. In Geometrj-, a similitude of ratios. In Medicine, the si- 
 militude observable among several diseases, which, accordingly, 
 are treated in nearly the same manner. In Grammar, the agree- 
 ment of several words in one common mode ; as hve, loved ; hate, 
 hated. In Rhetoric, it is a figure of speech, otherwise called 
 comparison. 
 
 ANA'LYSIS, s. [Gr.] a separation of a compound body into 
 several parts. In Logic, it is a method of tracing things back- 
 ward to their source, and resolving knowledge into its original 
 principles. In Mathematics, it is an investigation which, com- 
 mencing with the assu?nj)tion of that which is sought, goes back 
 to some principle upon which a yroof may be established. It is 
 usually pursued by means of Algebra, and the Calculus. In 
 Chemistry, it is the reduction of a compound body to its imme- 
 diate or to its ultimate elements; to ascertain either their nature 
 or their proportions. In Grammar, it is the ejmlaining the 
 etvmology, construction, and other properties of^ words. In 
 Rhetoric, it is the stripping an oration of all its embellishments, 
 and the exhibition of its simple thoughts and argument. 
 
 ANALYTIC, s. [analytikos, Gr.] the manner of resolving a 
 thing into its primary, elemental, or constituent parts; the re- 
 ducing a book into the several topics which it treats of. 
 
 ANALYTICAL, a. that which resolves things into their first 
 principles. 
 
 ANALYTICALLY, ad. in such a manner as to separate a 
 thing into the parts of which it is composed ; to resolve a sub- 
 ject into its first principles. 
 
 To A'NALYZE, r. a. [analyz, Gr.] in Chemistry, to resolve a 
 compound into its first principles. To investigate or trace a 
 thing to its first principles or motives. 
 
 ANA 
 
 ANALY'ZER, «, that which can reduce a thing into its first 
 principles. 
 
 ANAMORPHO'SIS, s. [Gr.] in Optics, the construction of 
 drawings so that they appear in true proportion and perspective 
 only when viewed in a cylindrical mirrdr, or through a particularly 
 formed glass, or from one especial point of view. 
 
 ANA'NASSA, s. in Botany, the pine-apple. 
 
 A'NAPjEST, s. in ancient poetry, a foot, consisting of two 
 short syllables and one long. 
 
 ANA'PHORA, s. [Gr.] a figure when several clauses of a sen- 
 tence are begun with the same word or sound ; as, " Where is the 
 wise ? where is the scribe ? where is the disputer of this world .?" 
 
 ANAPLERO'SIS,«. [Gr.] repletion ; that part of surgery which 
 supplies deficiencies. 
 
 AjVAPLEROTIC, a. [anapleroo, Gr.] that fills up a wound 
 with flesh. 
 
 A'NARCH, {dnark) s. [a and archos, Gr.'} one who is the author 
 or promoter of confusion or sedition, a rebel. 
 
 ANARCHICAL, {andrkikal) a. that is not subject to rule, law, 
 or government ; rebellious, or seditious. 
 
 A'NARCHY, {anarkey) s. [anavchia, Gr.] a State wherein there 
 is not, or no one will acknowledge, a supreme magistrate ; a 
 state wherein people are without the enforcement of laws, or 
 will not submit to them ; sedition ; confusion. 
 
 ANASA'RCA, s. [ana and sarx, Gr.] a kind of universal 
 dropsy, wherein the skin appears bloated, and yields to the 
 impression. 
 
 ANASTOMO'SIS, s. [Gr.] in Anatomy, the inosculation, or 
 opening of two vessels into each other. 
 
 ANATHEMA, s. [Gr.] originally, any thing devoted to the 
 gods, whether celestial or infernal. In the New Testament and 
 subsequently, a curse pronounced on persons for evil-doing, or 
 for heresy. 
 
 ANATHEMATICALLY, ad. in the manner of an anathema, 
 or sentence of excommunication. 
 
 To ANATHEMATIZE, r. a. to pronounce the sentence of ex- 
 communication against any person. 
 
 ANATOCISM, s. [ana and tokos, Gr.] the accumulation of in- 
 terest upon interest ; a species of usury generally forbidden. 
 
 AN ATO'LI A , a name of the countrj' commonly called AsiaMinor, 
 which lies between the Black, the Jtgenn, and the Mediterranean 
 Seas. Mount Taurus runs throughout its length, in the S. part ; 
 and there are other less elevated ranges in the N. The table 
 land in the centre abounds in lakes ; and there are many rivers, of 
 which the Kizil-ermak, anciently the Halj'S, is the largest. There 
 are mines of iron, silver, copper, and lead ; and gold used to be 
 found in the rivers flowing into the jEgean. The population is 
 principally Turkish, but in the western part there are some 
 Greeks. It is under the Turkish government. 
 
 ANATO'MICAL, a. that pertains to Anatomy. 
 
 ANATOMIST, s. [anatomiste, Fr.] one who dissects the human 
 body, or that of any of the animals ; dividing every one of the 
 parts from each other ; inquiring into their structure, properties, 
 uses, &c. 
 
 To ANATOMIZE, v. a. [anatemno, Gr.] to dissect the body ; 
 to discover all the properties of a truth or thing; to lay open the 
 secret motives, affections, or dispositions of a person's mind. 
 
 ANATOMY, s. [anatome, Gr.] the science which, by dissection, 
 exhibits the structure and uses of the different parts of the hu- 
 man body. Comparative Anatomy is the science which investigates 
 in a similar manner all classes of animals, and traces the re- 
 semblances and differences between their various parts and 
 functions. 
 
 ANAXA'GORAS, an ancient Greek philosopher, a native of 
 Clazomenae, in Asia Minor. He lived and taught at Athens 
 during 30 jy-ears preceding the most splendid sera of its history', 
 and was the teacher of Socrates, Pericles, and Euripides. He 
 was afterwards banished, and died at Lampsacus in 428 b. t., 
 aged 73 years. His great doctrine was that " mind" was the 
 origin and governor of the universe. 
 
 ANAXIMA'NDER, an ancient Greek philosopher, born at 
 Miletus, in Asia Minor. The reputed inventor of maps and of 
 the sun-dial. He was a mathematician, and his speculations 
 were chiefly physical. He died about 547 b. c, aged 03 years. 
 
 ANAXl'MENES, an ancient Greek philosopher, a native of 
 Miletus, who discovered the obliquity of^ the ecliptic. He taught 
 that air was the beginning of all things. He lived about 520 B.C. 
 
 31 
 
AND 
 
 A'NCESTOR, [ancestre, Fr.] the person from whom one is 
 descended by birth. Synon. It is distinguished from predecessors, 
 because that is used to signify those whom we succeed in dignity 
 and office ; but ancestors, those whom we follow by natural de- 
 scent, and as men, whether by father or mother's side. 
 
 A'NCESTRAL, a. in Law, that may be claimed in right of 
 our ancestors, or that which has been done by them. 
 
 A'NCESTRY, «. such persons of a family from whom a person 
 is descended ; family, lineage, progenitors ; pedigree, descent, 
 or birth. 
 
 A'NCHOR, {dnhor) s. [anchora, Lat.] an instrument formed of 
 a strong bar of iron, with two amis with flukes at one end, and 
 a beam and a ring to hold a cable with in the other, used to keep 
 ships or other vessels from driving with the wind, tide, or cur- 
 rents. It is used with the following verbs, to drop, or cast, 
 which imply the letting down ; and to tceigh, which signifies the 
 pulling up of the anchor. There are several kinds of anchors ; 
 the sheet anchor, which is the largest ; the two bowers, which 
 are carried at the bows of the vessel, and are those most com- 
 monlv used ; the stream anchor, the kedge, and grapnel. In 
 Heraldry, it is the emblem of hope. 
 
 To A'JVCHOR, (anhor) v. n. to be secured, to be kept from 
 driving, by means of an anchor. Figuratively, to fasten, to stop. 
 
 ANCHORAGE, (dnknrage) s. the effect which an anchor has, 
 so as to hold or keep a ship from driving ; the anchors them- 
 selves ; the duty paid for anchorage in a port ; ground lit to hold 
 a ship's anchor so that she may ride safely. 
 
 A'NCHORET, A'nchorite, {ankoret, dnkorite) s. [anachoreo, 
 Gr.] the name given to persons who used to retire from the world, 
 to deserts, for the practice of contemplation and ascetic piety. 
 
 ANCHO'VY, s. [arwhova, Span.] a small fish, much used for 
 sauce, which abounds in the Mediterranean. 
 
 ANCHYLO'SIS, «. in Surgery, a joint which has lost the 
 power of bending, by the growing together of the bones. 
 
 A'NCIENT, A'ntient, s. the flag or streamer of a ship, or the 
 bearer of a flag. Also, one that lived in old times. Among 
 the lawj-ers in the temple, such as are passed their reading are 
 called Ancients ; and in Gray's Inn, it is one of the four classes 
 that compose the society, which consists of ancients, barristers, 
 benchers, and students, 
 
 A'NCIENT, a. [ancien, Fr.] that has endured for some time ; 
 that has been formerly, or some time ago ; opposed to modem, 
 but not to new. 
 
 A'NCIENTLY, ad. in former times, in times long past, or be- 
 fore the present instant. 
 
 A'NCIENTRY, s. a pedigree which can be traced a great many 
 years backwards ; or a family which has been noted for a long 
 course of years. 
 
 ANCONA, a considerable sea-port on the Gulf of Venice, in 
 the papal states of Italy. 116 miles from Rome. Lat. 43. 36. N. 
 Long. 13. 35. E. 
 
 A'NCUS MA'RTIUS, the name of the fourth king of Rome, 
 who is said to have devoted his chief attention to the internal 
 administration of the city, but to have been successful in the 
 wars to which he was driven by the hostilities of the neighbour- 
 ing towns. His history belongs, however, to the Mythic Period. 
 
 AND, conjunct. [Sax.] a particle, by which sentences are 
 joined together, signifying that what was affirmed or denied of 
 the sentence before it, holds good of that which comes after it. 
 
 ANDALU'SIA, a rich and fertile province in the S. of Spain. 
 It abounds in fruits, corn, wine, oil, honey, sugar, cattle, and 
 very beautiful horses. Its capital is Seville, and its chief river 
 the Guadalqiiiver. 
 
 ANDAMAN ISLANDS, four islands in the Bay of Bengal, 
 inhabited by verj' barbarous people. No persevering efforts have 
 yet been made to raise them. 
 
 ANDANTE, «. a musical term, signifying that every note must 
 be played very distinctly. 
 
 A'NDES, otherwise called Cordilliera, a great chain of moun- 
 tains, which run almost the whole length of South America, 
 parallel to the western shore. They are almost the highest in the 
 world, and those within the torrid zone are always covered with 
 snow. There are a great many volcanoes, which break out 
 sometimes in one place and sometimes in another; and by 
 melting the snow, occasion great floods, which have been very 
 destructive. 
 
 ANDI'RONS, «. irons placed at each end of a grate on which 
 32 
 
 ANG 
 
 a spit turns ; or irons on which wood is laid to burn instead of a 
 grate. 
 
 A'NDOVER, in Hampshire. 63 miles from London. It has 
 three principal streets, and a very ancient church. It has some 
 silk manufactories, and malting houses. Market, Saturday. 
 Pop. 4941. 
 
 A'NDOVER, a town of Massachusetts in the United States, on 
 the Merrimack. The Theological Seminary was opened in 1808, 
 and has much furthered the study of sacred literature in the 
 States. It has a fine library, and fiurnishes instruction to about 
 140 students. The town has woollen factories and fulling mills, 
 &c. Pop. 5207. 
 
 Andre, J., Major, a distinguished British officer during the 
 American war. He was employed by General Clinton to con- 
 duct the negociation with Arnold for the surrender of W. Point 
 fortress to the British, and was taken in disguise and under an 
 assumed name, within the American lines. He was hung as a 
 spy on the 2nd Oct., 1780. A monument has been erected to 
 his memon' in Westminster Abbey. 
 
 A'NDREW, one of the apostles, and brother to Simon Peter. 
 He accompanied our Lord during his ministry, and according to 
 some historians, after having laboured in Greece, was crucified 
 at Patrae in Achaia. 
 
 A'NDREWS, ST., in Fifeshire, Scotland. 39 miles from Edin- 
 burgh. It stands on a small hill, on the side of a bay, which 
 forms a small harbour for the town. Its trade was anciently 
 considerable, but it has little now. Its name rests on its 
 university, which is very ancient, and consists of two colleges 
 in which literai-y, scientific, and theological studies are pursued. 
 There are usually above 300 students. This town is ricli in an- 
 tiquities, particularly of the ecclesiastical order. Pop. 6017. 
 
 A'NDREWS, LANCELOT, bishop of Chichester, and after- 
 wards of Winchester, in the time of James I. He was thought 
 to bean eloquent preacher in his time. He is now known only as 
 an advocate of High Church doctrines, and the passive obedience 
 usually associated with them. He died in 1020, aged 61 years. 
 
 ANDRO'GYNOUS, a. [aner AnAyune, Gr.] an epithet given to 
 those animals or persons which were supposed to have the 
 distinction of both sexes in the same individual. 
 
 ANDROl'DES, {aner and eidos, Gr.] an automaton in the 
 figure of a man, which, by means of internal mechanism, per- 
 forms the actions of a man. 
 
 ANDRO'MEDA, a constellation in the northern hemisphere, 
 representing the figure of a woman chained to a rock. 
 
 ANDRONl'CUS, RHO'DIUS, the name of an editor and com- 
 mentator of the works of Aristotle, who lived at Rome about 
 60 B. c. 
 
 A'NDROS, one of the islands in the jEgean Sea, very fertile 
 in corn, wine, &c., but exporting little beside silk. 
 
 ANDU'J AR, an ancient, large, and populous city of Andalusia. 
 It has several fine buildings, a strong castle, and a stately bridge, 
 and exports silk and wine. 25 miles from Cordova. 
 
 A'NLCDOTE,s. [anekdoton,Gx.'] an article of secret history; a 
 relation of detached and interesting particulars. 
 
 ANEMO'GRAPHY, s. [tinemos and yrapho, Gr.] a description 
 of the winds. 
 
 ANEMO'METER, «. \a.nerm>s and metreo, Gr.] an instrument 
 to measure the force of the wind. 
 
 ANE'MONE, s. [Gr.] in Botany, wind-flower, a genus of plants 
 of which there are many species, some of which are accounted 
 beautiful. Two species are natives of Britain. The garden 
 species are varieties of one common on the continent of Europe. 
 
 ANEMO'SCOPE, s. \anemos and skopeo, Gr.] an instrument 
 for determining the course and velocity of the wind. 
 
 ANEINT, prep, a Scotch word signifying about, concerning ; 
 over against, opposite to. 
 
 ANES, Awns, s. the beards or spires of corn. 
 
 A'NEURISM, s. [anetireo, Gr.] a soft red tumour, occasioned 
 by the weakness of an artery, or by blood spread under the flesh, 
 in consequence of a wound, or rupture of an artery. 
 
 ANE'W, ad. [neoice. Sax.] again ; over again ; once more. 
 
 ANGEL, s. [angelns, Lat.] a name given to those spiritual 
 beings who are employed by God in the government of the 
 world. The word signifies a messenger. Wc read of evil angels, 
 the ministers of God s wrath ; as the destroying angel, the angei 
 of death, the fljti/c/ of Satan, the attgcl of the bottomless pit. 
 Angel is likewise the name of an ancient gold coin in England, 
 
ANG 
 
 having the figure of an angel engraved on it, of the value of 10s. 
 Figuratively, a person of exquisite beauty, and superior to the 
 common run of ftiortals. 
 
 ANGE'LIC, Ange'lical, a. resembling, belonging to, or par- 
 taking of, the nature of angels. 
 
 ANGE'LICA, s. [Lat.] in Botany, a common umbelliferous 
 plant, formerly of great esteem among physicians, but now little 
 used. 
 
 A'NGELO, MICHAEL, one of the most celebrated artists of 
 the world. In sculpture he has left us the colossal statues of 
 Moses, and of David, with many others; in painting, the 
 adorning of the vault, &c., of the Sistine Chapel at Rome; in 
 architecture, St. Peter's at Rome; in engineering, the fortifi- 
 cations of San Miniato ; in poetry, works that are placed amongst 
 the Italian classics. In all, however, we find little pathos, or 
 human beauty ; every thing is sublimely great or terrible. He 
 flourished during the most wonderful period of history since the 
 Christian aera, the awakening of mind which was the forerunner 
 of the Reformation. He had for his patrons the Medici ; and 
 for fellow-labourers, RafFaelle, Bramante, Politian, &c. He 
 died at Rome in 1563, aged 89 years. 
 
 ANGE'LOS, a city of Mexico. It has a fine cathedral, and 
 some other beautiful buildings ; a mint glass-house, and other 
 manufactures ; and the country round it is very fertile. 62 miles 
 S. E. of Mexico. Lat. 19. 30. N. Long. 99. 22. W. 
 
 A'NGER, s. [anger, Sax.] a desire ot thwarting the happiness 
 of another, on account of an injury received. Synon. The 
 word anger implies a passion more internal and lasting ; whereas 
 the expression of in a passion, carries in its idea a sudden external 
 gust of anger, short but violent. 
 
 To A'NGER, V. a. to injure or offend a person, so as to provoke 
 him to resentment, or to desire to thwart one's happiness. 
 
 A'NGERLY, ad. in the manner of, or like a person who re- 
 sents an injury. 
 
 ANGE'RS, a town of France, the capital of the department of 
 the Maine and Loire. It stands on the Mayenne, and has a 
 castle and a cathedral, both of great age. It has also several 
 scholastic institutions, and a fine library, museum, &c. Its trade 
 is in the products of its factories, and of the surrounding country. 
 It has not so great a population now as it had two centuries ago. 
 
 ANGI'NA, s. [Lat.] in Surgery, a disease or swelling of the 
 throat, called the quinsey. 
 
 ANGIO'GRAPHY, «. langeioti and grapho, Gr.] a description of 
 the vessels or tubes of the human body. 
 
 ANGIO'LOGY, s. [angeion and logos, Gr.] a treatise or discourse 
 of the vessels of the human body. 
 
 A'NGLE, s. langulus, Lat.] in Geometry, the inclination of two 
 lines which meet together to one another. There are various 
 kinds of angles, as plane, spherical, and solid ; and these again, 
 according to the degree of inclination, are named acute, right- 
 angled, and obtuse; or according to the kind of lines forming them, 
 rectilinear and curvilinear. An angle is called the complement of 
 another when with it it makes up one right angle ; and the supple- 
 ment, when with it it equals two right angles. Angles of incidence, 
 rejkxion, and refraction, in Optics, are the angles between the 
 direction of a ray of light falling on, reflected from, or passing 
 beyond, a surface and the perpendicular to that surface. An 
 instrument to catch fish with, consisting of a line, hook, and rod. 
 
 To A'NGLE, V. a. to fish with a hook, line, and rod. Figura- 
 tively, to entice by some allurements or artifice. 
 
 A'NGLE-ROD, s. the rod to which the line and hook are 
 fastened in angling. 
 
 A'NGLER, s. he that fishes with rod, hook, and line. 
 
 A'NGLES, a branch of the great Teutopic family, who are 
 mentioned first by Tacitus as connected with the Suevi of ancient 
 Germany. They afterwards settled in Sleswick, in Denmark, 
 and thence migrated, or sent colonies to the E. parts of Britain, 
 founding the Saxon kingdoms of E. Anglia, Beruicia, Deira, and 
 Mercia. From them the S. part of our island received its name 
 Eng-land. In common with the other tribes of the Saxon stock, 
 they held by the stern and cruel but poetical faith which sprang 
 from Odin and deified him. But of^ all the Saxons they most 
 readily embraced Christianity, when re-introduced into England 
 by Austin and Paulinus. 
 
 A'NGLESEA, A'nglesey, Isle of, a county of N. Wales, separ- 
 ated from Caernarvonshire by the Straits of Menai, over which 
 is a suspension bridge. Its ancient name (in common with the 
 
 ANl 
 
 Isle of Man) was Mona. It abounds in Druidical remains, and 
 was the last retreat of that faith before the arms of the Romans. 
 It was conquered by the Saxons, and from them received its 
 present name. It is about 24 miles long and 18 broad ; has not 
 very good arable soil, but has good pastures. It has mines of 
 copper, lead, silver, and coal ; and quarries of limestone and 
 slate. Beaumaris is its chief town. Pop. 50,891. 
 
 A'NGLICISM, s. [anglicus, Lat.] a metliod of expression pecu- 
 liar to the English language. 
 
 A'NGLING, s. the diversion of fishing by a rod, line, and hook, 
 armed with a bait. 
 
 ANGLO-SAXONS. See Saxons. 
 
 ANGO'LA, a kingdom on the western coast of Africa, bounded 
 on the N. by the river Danda, which separates it from Congo ; 
 and on the S. by the Coanza, which divides it from Benguela. 
 The soil produces Indian corn, beans, oranges, lemons, grain of 
 various kinds, and great variety of fruits. Although the Portu- 
 
 Suese preserve their superiority in Angola, yet the English, 
 lutch, and other European nations, carry on trade with the 
 natives for various commodities. This country has been the 
 principal source of slaves for the empire of Brazil. The language 
 spoken is named the Bunda, and a grammar and dictionary have 
 been compiled by one of the Romanist priests who have been sent 
 out hither by the pope. 
 
 ANGO'RA, a town of Asiatic Turkey, remarkable for its 
 antiquities, and for a breed of goats, whose hair, which is almost 
 as soft as silk, is exported to Holland, France, and England, 
 and manufactured into camlets, and other fine stuffs. 
 
 ANGOSTU'RA, a town of Colombia, South America, standing 
 on the Orinoco. Its trade has chiefly consisted of the products 
 of the interior, which, by its river navigation, it can most con- 
 veniently export. Its population is not large. Lat. 8. 9. N. 
 Long. 63. 55. W. 
 
 ANGouLfeME, a city of the department Charente, France, 
 287 miles from Paris. It is a very ancient town, and very finely 
 situated on the Charente. There are here paper manufactories, 
 and factories of some other commodities. Its population is 
 above 15,000. 
 
 A'NGRILY, ad. in a manner which bespeaks resentment on 
 account of some injury. 
 
 A'NGRY, a. desirous of revenge, 6n account of some afiront ; 
 highly displeased. 
 
 ANGUI'LLA, or Snake Island, the most northern of the Eng- 
 lish Caribbee Islands. It is about 20 miles long and 6 broad, 
 with good anchorage on the south side. Sugar, cotton, tobacco, 
 &c., are its only productions. 
 
 ANGUrSCIOLA, SOFONISBA, an eminent portrait painter, 
 born at Cremona, invited to Spain by Philip II., and afterwards 
 settled at Genoa. She died about 1620, at above 90 years old. 
 
 A'NGUISH, s. [angoisse, Fr.] excessive pain, applied to the 
 body. Immoderate, or the highest degree of sorrow, anxiety, 
 and torture, applied to the mind. 
 
 A'NGUISHED, a. affected with the profoundest anxiety, tor- 
 ture, and sorrow, on account of some calamity. 
 
 A'NGULAR, a. [angulus, Lat.] that has corners or angles. 
 
 ANGULA'RITY, s. the quality of having angles or corners. 
 
 A'NGULARLY, ad. with angles or corners ; Tike an angle. 
 
 A'NGULATED, a. [angulus, Lat.] that has angles or corners. 
 
 A'NGULOUS, a. [angulus, Lat.] that has corners or angles. 
 
 A'NGUS. See Forfarshire. 
 
 A'NHALT, a principality of Upper Saxony, which abounds in 
 corn and hops, and has some rich mines. 
 
 ANHELA'TION, s. [anheb, Lat.] a shortness of breath, or 
 quickness of breathing, occasioned by running or going up any 
 high and steep place. 
 
 ANIE'LLO, TOMMASO, commonly known as Masaniello, 
 the leader of a revolt at Naples against the government of Spain. 
 He was a fisherman, who protested against the increase oi the 
 taxes, and at last resisted the collection of them, and was chosen 
 as the popular leader Terms of peace being made with the 
 viceroy, he held for a few days the chief power in the city. But 
 he exercised his authority very tyrannically, and at last lost his 
 reason, and was assassinated, in the year 1647, in his 25th 
 year. 
 
 ANI'GHTS, ad. in the night-time, or every night. 
 
 ANI'LITY, s. [anilitas, Lat.] old age, considered as it respects 
 
ANN 
 
 ANIMADVE'RSION, [animadversio, Lat.] a taking notice of 
 a fault with some degree of anger, severity, or despatch. 
 
 ANIMADVE'RSIVE, a. that has power to make the mind 
 attend to, or consider, any particular object ; that has the power 
 of judging. 
 
 To ANIMADVE'RT, v. n. [animadverto, Lat.] to censure, to 
 blame, including the secondary idea of defect in a person ani- 
 madverted on, together with authority, displeasure, and severity 
 in the animadverter. 
 
 ANIMADVE'RTER, s. he who inflicts punishment or passes 
 censure on crimes. 
 
 A'NIMAL, s. [Lat.] generally, the name for all living, organ- 
 ized beings ; but popularly, the lower orders of beings as dis- 
 tinguished from man. ylnimal maffnetism. See Mesmerism. Animal 
 physiology, that branch of physiological science which treats of 
 the structure, &c., of the bodies of the lower orders of ani- 
 mals, in distinction from that which treats of the human body. 
 Animal secretion, the operation of various glands of the bodv, in 
 separating' fluids, &c., of particular properties, from the blood. 
 Animal spirits, the energy and vivacitv which accompany a healthy 
 state of the body. Animal system, tne whole class of organized, 
 animated beings, distinguished from the organic but inanimate 
 class, plants ; and the inorganic substances, as minerals, &c. 
 
 ANEMA'LCULE, s. [animalculum, Lat.] an animal so small as to 
 be invisible to the naked eye. Animalcules are seen only by the 
 assistance of the microscope, and are vastly more numerous than 
 any other living creatures. See Infusoria. 
 
 ANIMA'LITY, s. [animal, Lat.] the state of animal existence. 
 
 To A'NIMATE, v. a. [animo, Lat.] to {^ive life to; to quicken; 
 to join or unite a soul to a body, figuratively, applied to 
 musical instruments, to enliven, to make vocal, to inspire with 
 the power of harmony ; to communicate boldness to ; to en- 
 courage ; to excite. 
 
 A'NIMATE, a, [animatus, Lat.] that is endued with a soul ; 
 that has life, or the properties of an animal ; possessing animal 
 life, 
 
 A'NIMATED, part, that has a great deal of life; vigorous; 
 spirited, 
 
 ANIMATION, s. [animatio, Lat.] the act of bringing into ex- 
 istence, or enduing with life both vegetable and animal ; the 
 state wherein the soul and body are united. 
 
 A'NIMATIVE, a. that has the power of communicating a soul, 
 or principle of life ; that has the power of enlivening, encouraging, 
 or making vigorous. 
 
 ANIMA'TOR, s. that which enlivens, or confers the principle 
 of life. 
 
 ANIMCySE, a. \animosus, Lat.] fftU of spirit ; violent ; cou- 
 rageous ; vehement. 
 
 ANIMO'SITY, s. [animositas, Lat.] a disposition of mind 
 wherein a person is inclined to hinder the success, thwart the 
 happiness, or disturb the tranquillity of another ; it includes in 
 it a degree of enmity, and is opposite to friendship or benevo- 
 lence. 
 
 ANI'NGA, a root growing in the West Indies, used in the re- 
 finement of sugar. 
 
 ANJOU', the name of an ancient duchy and province in the 
 N. \V. of France. It was in the possession of England under 
 the Plantagenets. 
 
 A'NISE, s. is a small seed of a hot nature, good to expel wind 
 out of the bowels and stomach, and is used by confectioners in 
 sugar-plums, he. By distillation and pressure there is extracted 
 from it an oil, which answers all the purposes of the seed itself; 
 and during the distillation there comes off a water, called aniseed 
 water. 
 
 A'NKER, s. an old measure of wine and spirits, not used in 
 England now, but still employed in some places on the continent. 
 Also, the name of a cask holding about eight gallons of wine or 
 spirits. 
 
 A'nkerstrom, J. J., the name of a Swedish officer who assas- 
 sinated Gustavus III. in revenge for his seizing an almost abso- 
 lute power. He was executed m 1792, aged 33 years. 
 
 A'NKLE, «. [ancleow. Sax.] the joint which unites the leg to 
 the foot, Ankle-hoae, the protuberant bone at the ankle. 
 
 A'NNA COMNE'NA, one of the Byzantine historians. She 
 
 wrote the life of her father, Alexius Comnenus I., emperor of 
 
 Constantinople during the first crusade. She formed a conspiracy 
 
 against her brother John, who succeeded his father, which failed, 
 
 34 
 
 ANN 
 
 and she was banished the court. She died in 1148, aged 65 
 years. 
 
 A'NNA, daughter of John I., emperor of Russia, and successor 
 of Peter II. on the throne. She frustrated an attempt to limit 
 the imperial power, and ruled with great decision and success in 
 her undertakings. The palace of ice at Petersburg, so often 
 spoken of, was built by ner order at the marriage of Prince 
 Galitzin. She died in 1740, aged 46 years. 
 
 A'NNALIST, s. one who writes or composes annals. 
 
 A'NNALS, s. [annales, Lat.] a narrative wherein the transac- 
 tions are digested into periods, consisting each of one year ; or re- 
 lations which contain the public occurrences of a single year. 
 
 A'NNAN, in Dumfriessnire, Scotland; principal town of the 
 ancient district of Annandale. It stands not lar from Solway 
 Frith, and has a good bridge over the Annan. Its manufactories 
 and trade are inconsiderable, though it has a good harbour. 79 
 miles from Edinburgh. Pop. 5471. 
 
 ANNA'POLIS, the capital of Maryland, in the United States, 
 on the W. side of the Severn, 2 miles from Chesapeake Bay, 
 The State-house is a fine building in the centre of the city, from 
 which, and from the Episcopal church, the streets radiate. There 
 is a college here belonging to Maryland university. The trade 
 is very small. Pop. 2792. Lat. 39. 0. N. Long. 76. 43. W, 
 There are two other places of this name in the United States, 
 and one in Nova Scotia. 
 
 A'NNATES, s. [Lat.] first-fruits, or a year's income of a 
 spiritual living. In ancient times they were given to the pope 
 throughout all Christendom, on the decease of a bishop, abbot, 
 or parish clerk, and paid by his successor. In England the pope 
 claimed them first of such foreigners as he conferred benefices 
 upon, by way of provision ; but afterwards tteey were demanded 
 ot all other clerks, on their admission to benefices. At the Re- 
 formation they were taken from the pope, and vested in the 
 king ; and lastly, Queen Anne restored them to the church, for 
 the augmentation of poor livings. 
 
 ANNE, one of the English sovereigns, the successor to 
 William III. She was a daughter of James II., and married to 
 Prince George of Denmark, and was placed on the throne by the 
 act of settlement passed in her predecessor's reign. Shortly 
 after her accession, she renewed the War of Succession, between 
 England, Austria, and Holland, against France and Spain, to 
 determine between the claims of Philip of Anjou and the Arch- 
 duke Charles to the crown of Spain. The Duke of Marlborough, 
 as commander of the allied army, in a succession of campaigns 
 raised the military fame of England to the highest pitch, gaining 
 various battles, amongst which those of Blenheim and Ramilies 
 are most celebrated. In Spain, the army under Lord Peterborough 
 achieved great success ; whilst Churchill, Rooke, Shovel, and 
 other naval commanders distinguished themselves no less : 
 Gibraltar was taken, an acquisition whose worth was little 
 known, and Minorca, with its fine harbour Port Mahon. At 
 length, after ten years' war, the treaty of Utrecht was concluded, 
 in 1713. The union with Scotland was the greatest act of 
 statesmanship during this reign. It abolished the Scotch parlia- 
 ment, and introduced a uniform legislation for the whole of 
 Great Britain. It was effected in the year 1706, Throughout 
 this reign there was a ceaseless party struggle for the guidance 
 of the queen's counsels. The queen, who was a weak but 
 bigoted woman, cherishing all the predilections of the Stuarts, 
 suffered herself to be led by Marlborough and Godolphin till she 
 perceived that they were not aiming at her objects, and then 
 yielding to the schemes of the opposition, thev were displaced for 
 Harley, Earl of Oxford, and Bolingbroke. But this did not put 
 an end to the troubles : divisions m the tory camp, some being 
 in secret Jacobites, and others warmly attached to the house of 
 Hanover, aided the national discontent at the peace of Utrecht ; 
 and at length wearied out the life of the queen herself, who 
 died in 1714, aged 50 years, having reigned above twelve. This 
 reign exhibits a most mixed and incongruous spectacle. Men of 
 the greatest ability, Newton, Marlborough, Addison, Swift, 
 Pope, Bolingbroke, with their associates, adorned it ; and an 
 ignorant and conceited Dr. Sacheverel could agitate the whole 
 kingdom, and turn even the queen into a partisan, respecting 
 the question of passive obedience, in endeavouring to maintain 
 which, her immediate ancestors had lost life and crown ; and the 
 gravest matters of state were transacted at private interviews 
 with the opponents of the ministry, and by the help of Mrs. 
 
ANN 
 
 Masham. Sereral attempts were made to neutralize the conces- 
 sions to the claims of conscience made by the Act of Tolera- 
 tion, which happily failed through the ascendency of Marl- 
 borough and his party in the House of Lords. 
 
 ANNE OF AUSTRIA, infant of Spain, and married to Louis 
 XIIL of France. Through the influence of Richelieu, who was 
 in fact the ruler of the country, she was during almost the whole 
 of Louis's life separated from him. At his death, her son, Louis 
 XIV., being a minor, was under her guardianship; and as re- 
 
 fent, with the counsel of Cardinal Mazarin, she governed the 
 ingdom. The measures she adopted gave great offence to the 
 nobility and to the city of Paris, and the war of the Fronde was 
 the consequence. The civil war, which lasted for four years, 
 left Louis aIV., in 1652, possessed of almost absolute power. 
 Anne's influence waned from this time, and in 1G66 she died, 
 aged 64 years. 
 
 To ANNE'AL, {armed) v. a. [iBlan, Sax.] to render substances 
 tough that are naturally hard and brittle. Glass and iron are 
 annealed by gradual cooling ; brass and copper, by heating and 
 and then suddenly plunging them in cold water. Glass is an- 
 nealed to make it retain the colours laid on it. 
 
 To ANNE'X, V. a. [annecto, Lat.] to join or subjoin as a supple- 
 ment; to connect; to unite with ; to belong to; to join as a 
 property. 
 
 ANNEXATION, s. a Law term used to imply the uniting of 
 lands or rents to the Crown. 
 
 ANNE'XION, s. the adding of something as an enforcement, 
 supplement, or aid. 
 
 ANNE'XMENT, s. something that is joined to another. 
 
 To ANNI'HILATE, v. a. [annihilo, Lat.] to reduce to nothing ; 
 to deprive of existence ; to put an end to ; to extinguish ; to 
 destroy utterly. 
 
 ANNIHILATION, «, the act by which the very existence of 
 a thing is entirely destroyed. 
 
 ANNIVE'RSARY, s. \_annwersarius, Lat.] the yearly return of 
 any particular day; public rejoicing performed in honour of the 
 anniversary day. 
 
 ANNIVE'RSARY, a. that falls but once in the course of a 
 year ; annual or yearly. 
 
 A'NNO DO'MINI, [Lat.] expressed by abbreviature, A. D.— 
 thus, A. D. 1846, i. e. in the year of our Lord one thousand 
 eight hundred and forty-six. 
 
 ANNOTATION, s. [annotatio, Lat.] explanation of the difficult 
 passages of an author, written by way of notes. 
 
 ANNOTATOR, «. [Lat.] a person who explains the difficult 
 passages of an author ; a commentator. 
 
 ANN OTTO, a kind of red dye brought from the West Indies. 
 It is used in tinging double Gloucester cheese. 
 
 To ANNOUTVCE, i!. a. [annoncer,Ft.'\ to proclaim; to reveal 
 publicly ; to pronounce ; to sentence. 
 
 To ANNO'Y, V. a. [annoyer, Fr.] to disturb ; to vex ; to make 
 a person uneasy. 
 
 ANNOY', s. an attack ; trouble, misfortune, or any state which 
 is productive of anxiety. 
 
 ANNOY' ANCE, s. that which occasions any trouble, incon- 
 venience, dislike, injury, or hurt; the state wherein a person 
 is aifected with the sight, hearing, seeing. Sec, of a disagreeable 
 object. 
 
 ANNOY'ER, s. the person who causes any annoyance, dislike, 
 trouble, or loathing. 
 
 A'NNUAL, a. [annuel, Fr.] occurring every year, or yearly ; 
 that endures only one year. 
 
 A'NNUALLY, ad. every year, yearly. 
 
 ANNU'ITANT, s. [from annus, Lat.] he that possesses or re- 
 ceives an annuity. 
 
 ANNUITY, s. [annuite, Fr.] a yearly revenue, paid every year 
 during a person's life, or certain term of years ; a yearly allowance. 
 
 To ANNU'L, V. a. [from nullus, Lat.] applied to laws, to deprive 
 them of their force ; to abrogate ; to abolish. Made impercepti- 
 ble, or as if deprived of their existence, and annihilated. 
 
 A'NNULAR, a. [annulus, Lat.] round, circular, having the 
 form of a ring. In Anatomy, given to several parts of the body ; 
 thus the annular is the second cartilage of the larynx or throat ; 
 the annular ligament, that which encompasses the wrist, and binds 
 the bones of the arm together ; annular process, or protuberance, 
 a part of the medulla oblongata. The fourth or ring finger is 
 likewise called annular. 
 
 ANS 
 
 A'NNULARY, a. being in the form of rings. 
 
 A'NNULET, s. a small ring. In Heraldry, used for a mark 
 that the person is the fifth brother ; sometimes a part of the coat 
 of several families, reputed a mark of dignity. In Architecture, 
 the small square member in the Doric capital, under the quarter 
 round; likewise a flat moulding common to the other parts of 
 the column, which derives its name from its surrounding the 
 column. 
 
 ANNU'LLING, s. the revoking, abolishing, or repealing of an 
 act, &c. 
 
 To ANNU'MERATE, v. a. [annumero, Lat.] to reckon or count 
 a person or thing into a list, a part of a number. 
 
 ANNUMERA'TION, s. [annumeratio, Lat.] something added 
 to a number. 
 
 To ANNU'NCIATE, v. a. \a.nmmcio, Lat.] to bring tidings ; 
 to declare something unknown before. 
 
 ANNUNCIA'TION, s. a festival instituted by the church in 
 memory of the announcement of the incarnation of our Lord, 
 made to the Virgin Mary, and solemnized the 25th of March, 
 thence called Lady-day. 
 
 A'NODYNE, s. [a and odyne, Gr.] a remedy which abates the 
 force of pain, and renders it more tolerable. 
 
 To ANOI'NT, V. a. [oindre, Fr.] to rub with some fat or greasy 
 preparation ; to consecrate by unction. 
 
 ANOI'NTER, s. the person who anoints. 
 
 ANOMALI'STICAL, a. irregular. Anomalisttcal year, in Astro- 
 nomy, the space of time wherein the earth passes through her 
 orbit ; differing from the common year, on account of the pre- 
 cession of the equinoxes. 
 
 ANO'MALOUS, a. [a and omalos, Gr.] in Grammar, applied to 
 such words as are not consistent with the rules of declining, he. 
 In Astronomy, applied to time which seemingly deviates from 
 its regular motion. 
 
 ANO'MALOUSLY, ad. in a manner not consistent with 
 established laws or rules ; in an irregular, uncommon, or ex- 
 traordinary manner. 
 
 ANO'MAL Y, s. [anomalie, Fr.] a deviation from the established 
 rules and laws, whether those of nature, societies, or particular 
 branches of science. In Astronomy, that portion of the ecliptic 
 nioved through by the moon or any planet, since it was last in 
 its apogee or aphelion. 
 
 ANO'N, ad. soon after any time expressed ; quickly. When 
 applied to vicissitude, revolution, or change of action, it signifies 
 then, afterwards, or sometimes. 
 
 ANO'NYMOUS, a. [a and onowia.Gr.] that has not yet received 
 a name. Applied to books or publications, it means, that has 
 not the name of the author. 
 
 ANO'NYMOUSLY, ad. in such a manner as to be without a 
 name. 
 
 ANORE'XY, s. [anorexia, Gr.] among physicians, a loathing 
 of food, or want of appetite, proceeding from indigestion. 
 
 ANOTHER, ^on. applied to things, something not like that 
 which is mentioned ; different. Applied to number or succession, 
 one more; an addition; besides. Applied to identity, not the 
 same. Joined with one, it signifies a thing mutually performed; 
 something reciprocal. 
 
 ANOTTA, Arno'tta, «. in Dyeing, an elegant red colour, ob- 
 tained from the seeds of the Bixa, a tree common in South 
 America. 
 
 ANQUETl'L DU PERRO'N, the name of two brothers, of 
 whom the younger was eminent for his proficiency in oriental 
 literature. He published a translation of the Zend-Avesta, the 
 sacred book of^ the ancient sect of Parsees, or followers of 
 Zoroaster. He died in 1805, aged 74 years. 
 
 A'NSATED, a. [ansatus, Lat.] having handles ; resembling 
 handles. 
 
 A'NSELM, a learned clerk, who was archbishop of Canterbury 
 under William II. and Henry I. He was engaged in a contest 
 with the kings of England respecting the rightful occupant of 
 St. Peter's chair, he acknowledging Urban, and they his op- 
 ponent ; and also respecting the right of investiture, or of fully 
 installing the higher clergy, which the kings claimed for them- 
 selves. He wrote many works, which are preserved yet, and died 
 in 1109, aged 76 years. 
 
 A'NSON, GEORGE, (LORD,) a famous English admiral in 
 the reign of George II. He was engaged in various enterprises 
 against the French and Spaniards, but his principal services were 
 f2 35 
 
ANT 
 
 the observations, &c., he made during a circumnavigation of the 
 world, which occupied him nearly four years. He died in 1762, 
 aged 65 years. 
 
 A'NSPACH, d principality of Franconia, in the kingdom of 
 Bavaria, which is beautifully interspersed with woods; produces 
 corn and tobacco, and has several iron mines, and medicinal 
 springs. Also the name oi the capital of this principality, which 
 stands at the junction of the Holbach and the Rezat. It is a 
 handsome town, with many fine public buildings, an old palace 
 of the margraves of Anspach, a royal gt/mnasium, or high school, 
 &c. It has manufactures of linen and woollen goods, tobacco, 
 &c., and its population is near 20,000. Lat. 48. 12. N. Long. 
 10. 33. E. 
 
 A'NSTRUTHER, the name of two towns in Fifeshire, Scotland, 
 on the sea-coast. They have little trade, and that chiefly in fish. 
 The harbour is not good, but Anstruther Easter has a good quay. 
 They are 35 miles from Edinburgh. Pop. A. Easter, 997 ; A. 
 Wester, 449. 
 
 To A'NSWER, (dnser) v. a. [andswarian. Sax.] to speak in re- 
 turn to a question ; to reply to an objection ; to obviate, or give 
 a solution ; to assign reasons ; to be accountable for, or satisfy 
 any claim or debt ; to pay ; to bear a proportion ; to be propor- 
 tionate to ; to vindicate ; or be received as a witness, or voucher 
 in a person's behalf. 
 
 A'NSWER, s. [aimcare, Sax.] an information, or reply to a 
 question ; a solution of any difficulty, or objection. 
 
 A'NSWERABLE, a. that will admit of a reply. 
 
 A'NSWERABLY, ad. in proportion ; in a manner which cor- 
 responds with, or is suitable to. 
 
 A'NSWERER, s. one who gives such information as a question 
 requires ; he that solves, obviates, or clears up the objections 
 of an adversary; he who writes against another in any con- 
 troversy. 
 
 ANT, 8. the English name of a genus of insects, allied to the 
 bees, wasps, &c., and in Entomology named Formica. There 
 are several species indigenous to England, which are all remarka- 
 ble for the ingenuity, skill, and industry which they display in 
 the construction of their dwellings, whether in the ground or in 
 trees. They live in communities mostly composed of neuters or 
 labourers, as the bees ; but they have many females amongst 
 them, who during the pairing season have wings, which they 
 afterwards cast. The care of the eggs and immature young 
 rests on the labourers, and it is the cocoons containing the pupae 
 that they are seen exposing to the sun and storing away in their 
 galleries, and have been mistaken for grains of corn. Amongst 
 their habits which display intelligence beyond any other crea- 
 tures so low in the scale of organization, none are so surprising 
 as the use they make of the aphides, the small green insects 
 that deposit the honey-dew, tending and employing them much 
 as we do cows ;— or their wars, in which one colony has been 
 seen marching against another in orderly masses, like the 
 columns, and lines, and squares of an army ; — or their piratical 
 and slaving expeditions, which are the usual end of their battles, 
 in which they carry ofl^ the cocoons of the vanquished, and tend 
 them till the developement of the perfect insects, which are em- 
 ployed as labourers amongst the conquerors. 
 
 ANTA'CIDS, s. medicines to correct acidity in the stomach. 
 
 A'NTjE, s. [Lat.] in Architecture, the square columns or pilas- 
 ters which terminated the lateral walls of ancient temples when 
 the portico did not extend beyond the body of the building. 
 They were sometimes also placed along the sides of the cell so 
 as to produce a graceful effect. 
 
 ANTA'GONIST, s. [anti and agonizo, Gr.] applied to a person 
 who contends with another. Applied to writers, it means, one 
 who opposes the opinions or sentiments of another. Antagonist 
 muscles, in Anatomy, muscles which, being placed so as to oppose 
 each other's strain, keep certain parts of the bodv in their right 
 vhen one of these muscles has lost its 
 
 In paralysis 
 3 effect of tl 
 
 the other is seen in the distortion of the 
 
 position, 
 power, the 
 mouth. 
 
 To ANTA'GONIZE, v. a. to strive or contend against another. 
 
 ANTA'LGIC, a. [anti and algos, Gr.] in Medicine, that softens 
 or mitigates pain. 
 
 ANTA'LKALIES, s. medicines to correct the excess of alkalies 
 in the body. 
 
 A'NTAR, the name of the hero of Arabian poetry and fiction. 
 A warrior of this name, on whose history the romances are 
 
 ANT 
 
 founded, lived in about the sixth century, and not being of pure 
 Arab extraction, rendered himself famous by his daring and 
 success. 
 
 ANTA'RCTIC, a. [anti and arktos, Gr.] that is opposite to the 
 arctic, applied in Astronomy to the southern pole and circle. 
 The antarctic pole in Astronomv is the south pole, or that part 
 of the heavens to which the south end of the earth's axis points. 
 The antarctic circle is one of the lesser circles of the sphere, 
 parallel to the equator, and 23 deg. 28 min. distant from the 
 south pole. The antarctic pole in Geography is the southern 
 extremity of the earth's axis. 
 
 A'NTE, [Lat.] a particle signifying before, and frequentlvused in 
 composition; as, antediluvian, that which existed before the flood. 
 
 A'NT-EATER, s. in Zoology, the name of a genus of quadru- 
 peds inhabiting South America, remarkable for their long round 
 tongues, with which, by means of their viscid saliva, they catch 
 the insects on which they feed. One species feeds wholly on 
 ants ; others prey upon the wild-bees, &c., whose dwellings are 
 in the trees, which they can only reach by climbing. 
 
 To ANTECE'DE, v. n. [antecedo, Lat.] to have a prior existence; 
 to precede, or go before. 
 
 ANTECE'DENCE, s. priority of existence ; existence before 
 some period or being. 
 
 ANTECE'DENT, a. [anteccdens, Lat.] prior ; before ; or exist- 
 ing before. Used substantively, it implies the thing which is 
 prior in time, or which must have gone before. " It is indeed 
 the necessary antecedent." South. In Grammar, the noun which, 
 in the order of construction, goes before a relative ; as, " Christ 
 who redeemed us." The word Christ is the antecedent which goes 
 before the relative who. In Logic, the first part, or proposition, 
 of an enthymeme, or syllogism, consisting of two propositions 
 only; as, " Christ is risen from the dead; therefore we are re- 
 deemed ;" the words in Italic are the antecedent. In Mathematics, 
 the first of two terms of a ratio. 
 
 ANTECE'DENTLY, ad. in the state of antecedence, or going 
 before ; previously. 
 
 ANTECE'SSOR, s. [Lat.] one who precedes, or is before 
 another in the order of time. 
 
 A'NTECHAMBER, s. [incorrectly written aniicAmnJer] a cham- 
 ber which leads to a state-room, or chief apartment. 
 
 To A'NTEDATE, f. a. [ante and datu7n, Lat.] to place too 
 early, or before its real period ; to enjoy a thing in imagination 
 before it exists. 
 
 ANTEDILU'VIAN, a. [ante and diluvium, Lat.] that existed 
 or had a being before the flood. Used substantively for the per- 
 sons who lived before the flood. 
 
 A'NTELOPE, s. in Zoology, a very extensive genus of animals, 
 which bears some resemblance to the goat, from which and from 
 the deer they differ, in having their horns annulated or ringed 
 round, and in other characteristics. They live in large flocKS, 
 and are found most numerously in Africa, though some species 
 are found in Asia, and two, one of which is the chamois of the 
 Alps, in Europe. The eye of the gazelle, which is one species, 
 is the favourite ideal for that kind of beauty. 
 
 ANTEMERI'DIAN, a. [ante and meridies, Lat.] before noon. 
 
 ANTEMU'NDANE, a. [ante and mundus, Lat.] that was before 
 the creation of the world. 
 
 ANTE'NN-iE, s. the horn-like processes projecting from the 
 heads of insects, supposed to be the organs of hearing. 
 
 ANTEPENU'LT, Antepenu'ltima, s. [Lat.] in Grammar, the 
 last syllable but two of a word ; as the syllable nul in the word 
 antepenultima. 
 
 ANTEPILE'PTIC, a. [anti and epilepsis, Gr.] an epithet applied 
 to a medicine against convulsions. 
 
 ANTEQUIE'RA, a handsome and populous city of Granada, 
 the upper part of which is seated on a nill, and has a castle, and 
 the lower stands in a fertile plain, and is watered by a great 
 number of brooks. Here are still to be seen mines which were 
 worked by the Romans. It has manufactories of silk and woollen 
 goods, paper, &c. ; and fine marble abounds in its vicinity. 
 Lat. 37. 6. N. Long. 4. 47. W. 
 
 ANTE'RIOR, Ante'riour, a. [Lat.] that is before another with 
 regard to time or place. 
 
 ANTERIO'RITY, s. [anterior, Lat.] the state of being before 
 another, with respect to time or place. 
 
 ATVTES, [Lat.] a term used by gardeners for the foremost er 
 lowest ranks of vines. 
 
ANT 
 
 ANTHE'LION, s. See Parhelion. 
 
 ANTHELMI'NTHIC, a. [anti and elmins, Gr.] that has the 
 quality of killing worms. 
 
 A'NTHEM, s. [anthumnos, Gr.] a hymn performed in two parts, 
 by the opposite members of a choir. Socrates says, Ignatius was 
 the inventor of it among the Greeks, and St. Ambrose among 
 the Latins. Anthems were first introduced in the reformed 
 service of the English church, in the beginning of the reign of 
 Queen Elizabeth. 
 
 A'NTHER, s. in Botany, that part of the stamen on the top 
 of the filament which contains the pollen or fine dust, which, 
 when mature, it emits for the fructification of the plant. 
 
 ANTHO'LOGY, s. [anthos and lego, Gr.] a treatise of flowers ; a 
 collection of the most beautiful passages of one or more authors, 
 whence the collection of Greek epigrams is styled anthohgia. 
 
 ST. A'NTHONY'S FIRE, s. See Erysipelas. 
 
 ANTHRA'CITE, Anthra'colite, s. in Chemistry, coal blend, 
 a species of coal which burns without flame. 
 
 A'NTHRAX, s. [Gr.] a burning coal; a carbuncle, encom- 
 passed with fiery, sharp, and painful swellings. 
 
 ANTHROPOLOGY, s. [anthropos and logos, Gr.] a discourse 
 or treatise upon men, or human nature, considered as in a state 
 of health, including the consideration of both body and soul, 
 with their laws. 
 
 ANTHROPO'MANCY, s. [atithropos and }nanfeia, Gr.] a species 
 of divination, from inspecting the entrails and viscera of a 
 human body. 
 
 ANTHROPOMO'RPHISM, s. [anthropos and morphe, Gr.] the 
 attribution to God of the form, feelings, &c., of man. As a 
 figure of speech, it is much used in the Old Testament. But 
 care must be taken lest it be understood literally, as it was by 
 an ancient sect, called thence, Anthropomorphites. 
 
 ANTHROPOMO'RPHOUS, a. [Gr.] an appellation given to 
 whatever resembles the human form ; thus the mandrakes, 
 among the plants ; the monkey, among animals, &c. 
 
 ANTHR0PO'PHAGI,s. (never used in the singular,) [anthropos 
 and phaqo, Gr.] savages who eat human flesh. 
 
 ANTHROPO'PHAGY, s. the custom of eating human flesh. 
 
 ANTHROPO'SCOPY, s. [anthropos and shopeo, Gr.] that part of 
 physiology which judges of a man's character from his com- 
 plexion, the lineaments of his face, features, he. 
 
 ANTHYPNOTICS, s. [anti and upnos, Gr.] medicines given 
 to prevent sleeping. 
 
 A'NTI, [Gr.] a particle, which in composition signifies contrary 
 or opposite; and in works of literature is prefixed to the answers 
 written in opposition to an author; as, Anti-Catones, the names 
 of the answers Julius Csesar wrote to the objections made 
 against him by Cato. 
 
 ANTIARTHRI'TICS, s. [anti and arthritikos, Gr.] remedies 
 against the gout. 
 
 A'NTIC, s. [antiquus, Lat.] one who plays tricks, and makes 
 use of odd and uncommon gestures ; a Merry Andrew, a buflbon. 
 
 A'NTICHRIST, s. [anti and Christos, Gr.] the name used in 
 the time of the apostles to designate the spirit or power of irre- 
 ligion, or opposition to Christ. It is used in the New Testament, 
 as in the Epistles of John. It has been usually understood, but 
 without sufficient authority, to mean a person ; and to such per- 
 son all that occurs in the Epistles of Paul, and the Revelation of 
 John, respfecting an enemy of Christ, is referred. All sects have 
 used it to stigmatize their most powerful opponents. Protestants 
 generally apply it to the pope of Rome. 
 
 ANTICHRrSTIAN, a. [anti and Christianas, Gr.] contrary, or 
 opposite to Christianity. 
 
 ANTICHRI'STIANISM, s. any doctrine or opinion contrary 
 to Christianity. 
 
 ANTICHRO'NISM, s. [anti and chronos, Gr.] contrary to the 
 right order of time. 
 
 To ANTI'CIPATE, t- . a. [anticipo, Lat.] to be beforehand with 
 another in taking, so as to disappoint him that comes after ; to 
 do or enjoy a thing before its fixed period. 
 
 ANTrCIPATION, s. the dating a thing earlier than its due 
 period; the enjoyment of a thing in imagination, before its real 
 existence ; a foretaste. 
 
 ANTICLI'MAX, s. [anti and climax, Gr.] a sentence in which 
 the last part is lower than the first, 
 
 A'NTrCKLY, ad, in the manner of an antic or buffoon ; with 
 udd gesticulations and grimaces. 
 
 ANT 
 
 ANTICONVU'LSIVE, a. good against convulsions. 
 
 A'NTICOR, s. [anti, Gr. and cor, Lat.] among farriers, an in- 
 flammation in a horse's throat, the same as quinsey with us. 
 
 ANTICOU'RTIER, s. one who opposes the measures of the 
 court. 
 
 ANTIDOTAL, s. that has the quality of preventing the effects 
 of any contagion or poison. 
 
 A'NTIDOTE, s. [anti and didomi, Gr.] a medicine given to ex- 
 pel poison, or prevent its effects, and to guard against contagion. 
 
 ANTIEPILE'PTIC, a. [anti and epilepsis, Gr.] good against 
 convulsions. 
 
 ANTI'GONUS, one of the generals of Alexander the Great, 
 who shared his conquests amongst them. He formed the scheme 
 of gaining possession of the whole, but after a succession of 
 victories was defeated and slain at the battle of Ipsus, in 301 
 B. c, at the age of 81. 
 
 ANTI'GUA, one of the English Caribbee Islands, about 21 
 miles in length, and nearly the same in breadth. The inhabit- 
 ants, from the want of springs, are obliged to save the rain- 
 water in cisterns, and fetch it from the other islands. It is very 
 rocky, and is surrounded by dangerous reefs, but has excellent 
 harbours, and contains about 60,000 acres, 6 towns and villages, 
 6000 whites, and 30,000 negroes. The chief produce is sugar. 
 The capital, St. John's, has a royal navy yard, and arsenal, with 
 conveniences for careening ships of war. It is 60 miles S. E. of 
 St. Christopher's. Lat. 17. 5. N. Long. 61. 53. W. 
 
 ANTIGU'GLAR, s. -S«e Siphon. 
 
 ANTI'LLES, s. (properly Antisles, from their smallness,) a 
 small cluster of islands in the West Indies, extending from 18 to 
 24 degrees N. lat., and distinguished into Windward and Lee- 
 ward Islands. The French name for the Caribbees. 
 
 ANTILO'GARITHM, s. [anti and logarithm, Gr.] the comple- 
 ment of a logarithm, or its difference from one of 90 degrees. 
 Also, and more usually, the number to a logarithm. 
 
 ANTI'LOGY, s. [antilogia, Gr.] contradiction ; in its primary 
 sense, applied to those passages of an author wherein there seems 
 to be, or really is, a manifest contradiction. 
 
 ANTI-MONA'RCHICAL, a. [anti and monarchia, Gr.] that is 
 contrary to monarchy. 
 
 ANTIMO'NIAL, a. that consists of, or has the qualities of 
 antimony. 
 
 A'NTIMONY, s. a brittle metal, of a dusky white colour, pos- 
 sessed of considerable lustre, but destitute of'^ductility. Though 
 seemingly hard, it may easily be cut with a knife. It is princi- 
 pally procured from Hungary and Norway. Antimony is combined 
 with some other metals in making printers' types, and specula 
 for telescopes. Its oxydes are employed in medicine, chiefly as 
 emetics, and in colouring glass. Under the name of Stibium, it 
 was and is now used in eastern countries by females to colour 
 the eye-brows and eye-lids. 
 
 ANTINEPHRI'TICS, s. [anft'and nephritis, Gr.] medicines for 
 diseases in the reins and kidneys. 
 
 ANTINO'MIANS, s. [anti and nomas, Gr.] a name signifying 
 opposition to law ; first used to designate the followers of John 
 Hausmann, or Agricola, a German divine, contemporary with 
 Luther, but now employed, principally by way of reproach, to 
 designate those who hold the opinion, that since salvation is by 
 faith, good works are not only unnecessary, but rather to be dis- 
 countenanced as interfering with faith. Many rigid Calvinists 
 have held these opinions speculatively, but very few have fol- 
 lowed them out in practice. 
 
 A'NTINOMY, s. a contradiction between two laws, or two 
 parts of the same law. 
 
 ANTI'NOUS, the name of a very beautiful young man, who 
 was the favourite of the emperor Hadrian. Many statues, sup- 
 posed to represent him, still exist. 
 
 A'NTIOCH, now Anthakia, an ancient and celebrated, and 
 still a large city of Syria. The disciples of Jesus were first called 
 Christians here. In the city and neighbourhood are very abund- 
 ant relics of antiquity, of all kinds, 40 miles S. W. of Aleppo. 
 Lat. 35. 17. N. Long. 36. 45. E. 
 
 ANTI'OCHUS, a name borne by many monSrchs of the Syro- 
 Macedonian empire. The most famous of these were, Antiochus 
 the Great, who was the first Asiatic prince with whom the 
 Romans were engaged in war. Hannibal, the Carthaginian 
 general, after his complete overthrow, fled for protection to him. 
 He was defeated by the Romans, and compelled to accept most 
 
 37 
 
ANT 
 
 disgraceful terms of peace. He was killed by his own people in 
 187 B. c, aged 52 years. — And Antiochus Epiphanes, who perse- 
 cuted the Jews with revolting cruelty, and polluted and closed 
 the Temple and Jerusalem. He was resisted by the Maccabees, 
 against whom he was advancing when he was carried off by an 
 unknown but most excruciating disease, which the Jews regaided 
 as the immediate infliction of God. He died in 165 b. c. 
 
 ANTI-PiEDOBA'PTISTS,s. [anti,pais, and baptizo.Gi.] a dis- 
 tinguishing denomination given to those who object to the bap- 
 tism of infants. 
 
 ANTIPARALY'TIC, a. [anti and parahjtikos, Gr.] good against 
 the palsy. 
 
 ANTIPAROS, a small island in the jEgean Sea, famous for 
 an extensive and beautiful natural cavern, or grotto, as it is 
 called, which has been frequently visited and described by 
 travellers. 
 
 A'NTIPAS, HEROD, son of Herod the Great, and successor 
 in part of his kingdom, as tetrarch of Galilee and Peraea. He 
 divorced his own wife that he might marry his brother Philip's 
 wife, for which he was reproved by John Baptist. He ordered 
 the death of this faithful teacher to gratify the malice of the 
 woman he had so unlawfully espoused. It was this Herod who 
 caused our Lord to be mocked by his soldiers, before the cruci- 
 fixion. He ended his days in banishment at Lyons, for treason 
 against the Roman emperor, in about 45 a. d. 
 
 ANTIPATER, a Macedonian general who served under 
 Philip and Alexander the Great. In the division of his empire, 
 Macedonia fell to his share, which he had to defend against the 
 Athenians and their allies, whom he defeated ; and Perdiccas, 
 who having part of Asia, aspired to be Alexander's sole successor. 
 He overturned the democracy of Athens, and occupied the city 
 with Macedonian troops. He died in 318 a. c. 
 
 ANTI'PATHY, s. [anti and pathos, Gr.] a natural aversion to 
 any particular object, which operates so strongly, as neither to 
 be controlled by the will nor reason. 
 
 ANTI'PHONARY, s. a service book belonging to the Catholics, 
 which contained whatever was to be sung or said in the choir, 
 exeejjt the lessons. 
 
 ANTI'PHONY, s. \_anti and phone, Gr.] the answer made by 
 one side of the choir to the other, when a hymn or anthem is 
 sung alternately, or between them. 
 
 ANTI'PHRASIS, «. [anti anA phrasis,Gr.'] a figure in Rhetoric, 
 whereby the use of words is applied in a sense opposite to their 
 true meaning. 
 
 ANTI'PODAL, a. relating to those persons or places that are 
 antipodes with respect to their situation. 
 
 aNTI'PODES, s. [anti scaApous, Gr.] in Geography, those who 
 live on the contrary side of the globe, with their feet directly 
 opposite to ours. 
 
 A'NTIPOPE, s. a false or pretended pope, one that is, or is 
 pretended to be, elected in opposition to another. More than 
 twenty antipopes are mentioned in history. 
 
 A'NTIQUARY, s. [anttquarim, Lat.] one who applies himself 
 to the study of antiquities ; whether thevbe mottos, inscriptions, 
 or ancient manuscripts, and makes collections for that purpose. 
 There is a Society of Antiquaries in London, which has published 
 many valuable works relating to the ancient history, customs, 
 Sec, of England. 
 
 To A'NTIQUATE, e. a. [anfiquo, Lat.] to render useless ; in 
 the passive, to be grown out of use. 
 
 AT^JTIQUATEDNESS, s. the state of being out of vogue or 
 use ; the being obsolete. 
 
 ANTl'QUE, {anUke, or anteSk) a. [Fr.] that was in vogue in 
 ancient times, in opposition to modern ; that is really old ; whose 
 antiquity is genuine and indisputable ; old fashioned ; out of 
 fashion ; uncouth and ridiculous for its antiquity. Used sub- 
 stantively, for a genuine piece of antiquity, or the relic of the 
 ancients. Synon. A fashion is old, when it ceases to be in use ; 
 ancient, when it has been some time past ; antique, when it has 
 been a long time ancient. 
 
 ANTrQUITY, s. [antiquitas, Lat.] that time or period which 
 has long preceded the present ; ancient writers, those who lived 
 in former times ; the histories written at a great distance before 
 the present period ; long life, or old age, 
 
 ANTrSCn, s. [anti and skia, Gr.] the people who have their 
 shadows projected opposite ways. The people of the northern 
 hemisphere are Antiscii to those of the southern, the shadows of 
 
 ANT 
 
 the one projecting at noon towards the north, and those of the 
 other towards the south. 
 
 ANTISCORBUTIC, Antiscorbu'tical, a. [anti,Gx.,a.nA scor- 
 hutus, Lat.] good against the scurvy. 
 
 ANTISE'PTICS, s. [anti and septikos, Gr.] substances, &c., 
 that resist putrefaction. They are of use in all putrid, malignant, 
 and pestilential diseases. 
 
 ANTI'SPASIS, s. [Gr.] the revulsion of any humour. 
 
 ANTISPASMO'DIC, a. [anti and spasmos, Gr.] that has the 
 power of giving relief in the cramp. 
 
 ANTISPLENE'TIC,a. [cniiand sp&w.Gr.] efficacious against 
 disorders of the spleen. 
 
 ANTI'STHENES, the founder of the Cvnics, a school of phi- 
 losophers best known by the anecdotes related of Diogenes. He 
 was a pupil of Socrates, and his peculiarity was the exaggeration 
 of the Ethical element in his master's teaching. He practised 
 and taught contempt for learning, luxury in dress and food, 
 money, decency in habit and language, and inured himself to 
 poverty in all its forms. "He worshipped Virtue, but it was 
 Virtue ferocious and unbending." He lived about the year 
 380 B. c. 
 
 ANTI'STROPHE, s. [Gr.] the second stanza in every three, in 
 an ode sung in parts. Also a figure in Grammar, by which two 
 things mutually dependant on one another are reciprocally con- 
 verted ; as, t/ie servant of the master, and the master of the servant. 
 
 ANTISTRUMATICS, s. [anti, Gr., and struma, Lat.] remedies 
 against a scrophulous humour, or the king's evil. 
 
 ANTITHESIS, s. [Gr.] in the plural antitheses; in Rhetoric, a 
 figure, wherein opposite qualities are placed in contrast, or com- 
 pared with each other, in order to illustrate, amplify, and adorn 
 the speech of an orator, or piece of an author ; a beautiful in- 
 stance of this is in the following verse in Denham — " Thougli 
 deep, yet clear ; though gentle, yet not dull," &c. . 
 
 ANTITRINITA;RIANS,4-. [aw<2,Gr.,and trinitarians,-] persons 
 who deny the Trinity, otherwise called Socinians and Unitarians. 
 
 A'NTITYPE, s. [antitypon, Gr.] in Divinity, that which is 
 formed according to a model or pattern ; a general similitude, 
 or resemblance of circumstances. 
 
 ANTITY'PICAL, a. that answers to some type. 
 
 ANTIVENE'REAL, a. [anti, Gr., and venereal,-] in Medicine, 
 good against venereal complaints. 
 
 A'NTLERS, «. [andoullier, Fr.] among hunters, the first pearls 
 which grow about the bur of a deer's horns ; more gonerally, 
 any of the branches. 
 
 ANTCE'CI, s. (has no singular) [anti and oj^eo, Gr.] in Geogra- 
 
 Ehy, those who live under the same semi-circle of the meridian, 
 ut in different parallels, the one being as far distant from the 
 equator south, as the others are north. Their longitude is the 
 same, as are also their noon, midnight, and all their days, but 
 their seasons are contrary, it being autumn with the one, when 
 it is spring with the other, &c. The inhabitants of the Morea 
 are the antoeci to those of the Cape of Good Hope. 
 
 ANTONI'NUS, ITI'NERARV^ OF, a geographical work of un- 
 known date, comprising a survey by road of the whole Roman 
 empire, very valuable for determining the ancient names of 
 places, and the sites of places remarkable in the history of the 
 empire. 
 
 ANTONI'NUS, MA'RCUS, one of the later Roman emperore, 
 successor to Antoninus Pius, but associated with Lucius Verus 
 during the first part of his reign. He was engaged in wars on 
 the frontiers, and in the remote parts of the empire, in which he 
 was successful. But as an enemy to religions persecution, and as 
 the author of several works illustrating the Stoical philosophy, 
 he is more deservedly and better known. During his campaign 
 in Gaul, happened what the Legends commemorate as the miracle 
 of the Thundering Legion. He died in 180 a. d., aged 59 years. 
 The Antonine Column at Rome, was erected to celebrate his 
 victories in Germany. 
 
 ANTONI'NUS Pl'US, the successor of Hadrian as Roman 
 emperor. His reign was distinguished by no events either in 
 his administration at home or in the provinces from that of other 
 emperors. But his character was such as to win him the dis- 
 tinction of Pius. He died in 161 a. d., aged 70 years. The wall 
 extending from the Clyde to the Frith of Forth, was built in his 
 reign, to protect the provinces of Britain from the Scots. 
 
 ANTO'NIUS, MARCUS, one of the second triumvirate formed 
 on the death of Julius Caesar. He had espoused Caesar's cause. 
 
AOR 
 
 and had been engaged in his army. After Caesar's death, he 
 was opposed not only by the conspirators' army, but by Octavius, 
 (afterwards Augustus Caesar,) and at length arranged with 
 Octavius that he should have Gaul as his share of the govern- 
 ment. His conduct in respect of the proscriptions consequent 
 on this arrangement was neither better nor worse than that of 
 his colleagues. His greatest notoriety arises however from his 
 amours with Cleopatra, queen of Egypt, for whose sake he lost 
 the empire, being defeated at Actiura by Augustus, and after- 
 wards at Alexandria. He killed himself in 30 b. c, in the 51st 
 year of his age. 
 
 ANTONOMA'SIA, s. [anti and onoma, Gr.] a figure of Rhetoric, 
 by which the proper name of one thing is applied to several 
 others. Thus we say, the orator, for Cicero ; a man extremely 
 cruel, we call a Nero ; and we say, the philosopher, to denote 
 Aristotle. 
 
 A'NTRIM, a county of Ulster, Ireland, forming the N. E.part 
 of that island. The soil is pretty fertile, but the agricultural 
 skill of the people low. The staple production of the county is 
 linen. There is a little salmon fishing. Coal, gypsum, marble, 
 &c., are found here. On the north coast, is the " Oianfs Cause- 
 way," a great mass of columnar basalt, similar to that found at 
 Fingal's Cave, StatFa. Pop. 276,188. Antrim, one of its princi- 
 pal towns, stands near Lough Neagh, 105 miles from Dublin. 
 It has a considerable trade in its linen manufactures. Pop. 5182. 
 
 A'NTWERP, a large, handsome citv of Belgium, seated on the 
 Scheldt, and having a strong citadel. It was formerly one of 
 the greatest trading places in Europe, but for many years has 
 been on the decline, though its commerce is still considerable. 
 The streets of Antwerp are large and regular, besides which are 
 twenty-two public squares ; the harbour is very commodious, 
 the river being 400 yards wide, and at the time of low water 22 
 feet deep, so that large vessels may come up to the quaj^, and by 
 the canals from the nver to the doors of the houses. 1 he public 
 buildings are very handsome, and at least 200 in number. The 
 exchange, the town-house, the house of the Hans towns, and 
 especially the cathedral, are regarded as very fine. 25 miles N. of 
 Brussels. Pop. about 80,000. 
 
 ANU'BIS, tne name of one of the gods of ancient Egypt, 
 represented as a man with the head of a dog or jackal. His 
 offices somewhat resemble those of the Grecian Hermes, or 
 Mercury. 
 
 A'NVIL, s. [cmfille. Sax.] in itsprimaiy signification, a smith's 
 utensil, serving to place the work on, which is to be hammered 
 or forged. In a secondary sense, it implies any thing which is 
 subject to blows. Figuratively, used with the particle upon, it 
 implies that a thing is in agitation, is in readiness, or under 
 consideration. 
 
 ANVI'LLE, JEAN BAPTISTE B. D', the celebrated French 
 geographer, whose maps and works were until late years the 
 authorities on that subject. He has been discovered to be fre- 
 quently incorrect, owing to the imperfection of the observations 
 of others on which he was obliged to rely. He died in 1782, 
 aged 85 years. 
 
 A'NUS, s. [Lat.] in Anatomy, the orifice of the intestines, for 
 the discharge of the faeces ; likewise a small hole in the left ven- 
 tricle of the brain. 
 
 ANXI'ETY, «. [anxietas, Lat.] an uneasiness of the mind, 
 caused by its apprehension of the consequence of some future 
 event. 
 
 A'NXIOUS, a. [anxius, Lat.] uneasy on account of the uncer- 
 tainty of some event ; very solicitous about any future event. 
 
 A'NXIOL'SLY, arf. in an anxious manner; solicitously; un- 
 quietly ; carefully ; with painful uncertainty. . 
 
 A'NY, a. lam'^. Sax.] applied to time, it denotes either of the 
 parts of which it is composed. Applied to space, either of its 
 parts without restriction. One, in opposition to none. 
 
 A'NZUAN, the name of one of the Comoro Islands between 
 Madagascar and Africa, which has the best anchorage of the 
 group. The climate is not oppressively hot, and the soil, on the 
 whole, productive. Its population, composed of negroes, and of 
 Arab tribes who have the chief power, is reckoned at about 
 100,000. 
 
 A'ORIST, s. [aorisfos, Gr.] indefinite, a tense in the Greek 
 grammar. 
 
 AO'RTA, «• [Gr.] the great artery rising immediately out of 
 the left ventricle of the heart ; the trunk out of which all the 
 
 APE 
 
 other arteries spring, and the great canal from whence the blood 
 is conveyed to every part of the human body. 
 
 APA'CE, ad. applied to things in motion, swiftly; applied to 
 time, quickly or speedily ; and applied to the transition from one 
 state to another, in haste, with speed. 
 
 APAGO'GICAL, a. [apaffoge, Gr.] an epithet given to a sort of 
 demonstration, or indirect way of proof, by showing the absurdity 
 of the contrary. 
 
 A'PANAGE, s. in France, formerly a settled portion of lands 
 assigned by the sovereign for the subsistence of his younger 
 sons, which reverted to the crown in failure of male issue of that 
 branch. 
 
 APA'RT, ad. [apart, Fr.] separately, or at a distance ; aside, 
 or for a particular use. 
 
 APARTMENT, s. [apartement, Fr.] a part of a house. By 
 apartments is understood a set of rooms convenient to dwell in. 
 
 A'PATHY, s. [a smA pathos, Gr.] a freedom from all passion; 
 a state of insensibility. 
 
 A'PATITE, s. in Chemistry, a combination of lime with the 
 phosphoric acid, the matter of bones. 
 
 APE, s. [affe, Germ.] in Zoology, the genus of animals most 
 closely approaching man. They are distinguished from mon- 
 keys and baboons by having no tails, nor pouches in the cheek. 
 Although they can walk erect for a little way, their usual man- 
 ner of walking on the ground is by using their long arms like 
 crutches, and swinging their bodies between them. The Chim- 
 panzee and the Ouran-outang are the most remarkable species. 
 
 To APE, V. a. to mimic or imitate. 
 
 APEAK, (apeek) ad. in a posture to pierce; atilt. 
 
 A'PEDALE, Staflbrdshire, near Stone, noted for its coarse 
 iron ore. 
 
 APE'LLES, a celebrated ancient Greek painter. His pictures 
 of Venus, and his portraits of Alexander the Great, are those 
 most praised by Pliny and those who have preserved the records 
 we have of him. He died in 323 b. c. 
 
 APE'LLITES, Apelle'ans, followers of Apelles, a disciple of 
 Marcion,who was stigmatized as a heretic, for holding, amongst 
 other things, that Jesus on his ascension returned his body to 
 the four elements whence he took it for his incarnation. He 
 lived about 160 a. d. 
 
 A'PENNINES, the chain of mountains running throughout 
 Italy, in length about 800 miles, commencing at the Gulf of 
 Genoa, where they are a continuation of the Alps, and passing 
 on nearer to the E. coast than the W., till against Mount Vesuvius 
 they approach the W. coast very nearly, and thence strike ob- 
 liquely off' to the S. E. promontory of Italy. The highest point, 
 Monte Corno, near Aquila, is but 9521 feet in height, below the 
 line of perpetual snow. The streams flowing from the N. side 
 of the ridge are chiefly tributaries to the Po ; the principal from 
 the other side are the Arno and Tiber, with their tributaries. 
 These mountains exhibit the usual ancient slate, sandstone, and 
 limestone rocks, with admixtures of igneous rocks ; but on the 
 western side the tertiary beds almost wholly cover the lime- 
 stones, and present many curious geological phenomena. 
 
 A'PEPSY, s. [apepsia, Gr.] in Physic, that disorder in the 
 stomach called indigestion ; a loss of natural concoction. 
 
 A'PER, s. one who mimics or imitates the actions of another. 
 
 APE'RIENT, a. [aperio, Lat.] in Medicine, that has the quality 
 of opening, applied to gentle purges. 
 
 APE'R f ION , s. [apertus, Lat.] an opening ; a passage ; a gap ; 
 an aperture ; or the action of making an opening or passage. 
 
 A'PERTURE, s. [aperio, Lat.] an opening, passage, gap, or 
 hole. In Geometry, the space between two right lines that form 
 an angle. In Optics, a round hole in a turned bit of wood, or 
 plate of tin, placed withinside of a telescope or microscope, near 
 to the object glass, by means of which no more rays are admitted 
 than are sufficient for a distinct view of the object ; or the rays 
 are so directed as to correct their aberrations. In the Civil Law, 
 the loss of a feudal tenure by default of issue of him to whom 
 the fee was first granted, is called apertura feudi ; and the break- 
 ing up or opening the last will or testament of any person, that 
 was sealed up, is called apertura tabularum. 
 
 APE'TALOUS, a. [a and petalon, Gr.] in Botany, having no 
 petals or flower-leaves. 
 
 APEX, s. [Lat. in the plural apices'] the top point or summit 
 of any thing. In Geometrj-, the angular point of a cone, or any 
 like figure. 
 
 30 
 
APHJE'RESIS, «. [Gr.] in Rhetoric, a figure wherein a word 
 or syllable is taken away from the beginning of a word, as in 
 the ingenious motto of Sir John Philips, Aimre, more, ore, re, by 
 love, by custom, by word, in reality. 
 
 APHE'LION, Aphe'lium, (in the plural aphclia,) s. [apo and 
 helios, Gr.] in Astronomy, that part of the orbit of a planet in 
 which it is at its greatest distance from the sun. 
 
 A'PHION, a city of Natolia in Asiatic Turkey, which has its 
 name from the great quantity of opium, by tfie Turks called 
 aphium, produced here. 
 
 A'PHORISM, s. [aphorismns, Gr.] a maxim, general rule, a 
 principle of a science, or a brief sentence comprehending a great 
 deal of matter in a few words. 
 
 APHORI'STICAL, a. that is composed in the manner of 
 aphorisms or maxims. 
 
 APHORI'STICALLY, ad. in the manner of an aphorism. 
 
 APHRODITE, the ancient Greek goddess of love, whose 
 history is told differently by most of the poets, but who was 
 esteemed, according to Homer, the daughter of Zeus and Dione. 
 Her principal deeds, as might be expected from her title, were 
 deeds of licentiousness. She was confounded latterly with the 
 Roman goddess Venus. 
 
 A'PIARY, s. [apiarium, Lat.] the place where bees are kept. 
 
 APl'CIUS, the name of a Roman, who lived in the reign of 
 Tiberius, so famous as a gourmand as to be celebrated ever 
 since in all cookery books. 
 
 APIE'CE, ad. each ; or separately taken. 
 
 A'PIS, a bull worshipped by the Egyptians under this name. 
 The god Osiris was worshipped under this form. Its whole body 
 was to be black except a white square spot on the forehead ; on 
 its back there was to be the figure of an eagle, and on its tongue 
 that of a beetle. When a calf was found with these marks, it 
 was carried with great jov to the temple of Osiris, where it was 
 fed, kept, and worshipped instead of the god, as long as it lived, 
 and at its death was buried with great solemnity and mourning. 
 This done, they looked out for another with the same marks. 
 Sometimes it was many years before they found one, but when 
 they had, there was a great festival kept all over the country. The 
 calf which the children of Israel made at Sinai, appears to have 
 been intended as an image of the Egyptian Apis. Apis is also 
 the name of a southern constellation, otherwise called Musca, 
 the bee or fly. 
 
 A'PISH, a. This word has various significations, on account 
 of its being applied to the different qualities of an ape ; thus it 
 signifies mimicking, or imitative ; affected, or foppish ; silly, in- 
 significant, empty, specious. 
 
 A'PISHLY, ad. in an apish manner ; foppishly ; conceitedly. 
 
 APLANA'TIC, s. the name given to a lens, or convex glass, 
 so constructed that the spherical aberration of the rays of light is 
 corrected. 
 
 APO'CALYPSE, s. [apohalypsis, Gr.] Revelation, the last book 
 of the New Testament, written by John the evangelist, accord- 
 ing to some, about the year of Christ 96, in the isle of Patmos, 
 whither, it was alleged, he had been banished by the emperor 
 Domitian. But others fix the date of this book earlier, viz. pre- 
 vious to the destruction of Jerusalem, and assign it to another 
 writer of the name of John. This book, which partakes largely 
 of the character of Hebrew prophecy and poetry, has occasioned 
 great difficulties to interpreters, who are not agreed as to any 
 point of its predictions ; which may have happened from their 
 anxiety to represent events as squaring exactly with the passages 
 they refer to them. 
 
 APOCALY'PTICAL, a. that contains the revelation of any 
 thing mysterious. 
 
 APO'COPE, s. [Gr.] in Grammar, a figure wherein the last 
 letter or syllable of a word is cut off; as thro' for through ; hyp' 
 for hypochondriac. 
 
 APO'C'RYPHA, s. [apohriipto, Gr.] in its primary signification, 
 something which is not known. Applied to books, it denotes 
 that their authors are not certainly known. In Theology, books 
 appended to the sacred writings of uncertain authority, and re- 
 jected as uncanonical. 
 
 APO'CRYPHAL, a. of doubtful and uncertain authority ; not 
 inserted in the canon of Scripture. 
 
 APCKCRYPHALLY, ad. in a manner which is in want of 
 authority, or the marks of authenticity. 
 
 APODErCTICAL, a. [apodeiknumi, Gr.] demonstrative, or 
 40 
 
 APO 
 
 so plain and convincing that no person can refuse his assent 
 to it. 
 
 A'POGEE, s. [apo and ge, Gr.] that point of the moon's orbit 
 at which she is at the greatest distance from the earth. 
 
 APOLLINA'RI ANS, a sect in the fourth centurj^ the followers 
 of Apollinaris, bishop of Laodicea, who taught that the Divinity 
 of Christ was instead of a soul to him ; that his body was pre- 
 existent,and that it was sent down from heaven; and that after- 
 wards the Word descended into it, and had such operation in it 
 as in the prophets, but was not united to its nature, &c. 
 
 APO'LLO, s. [Lat.] in Greek and Roman Mythology, the son 
 of Zeus and Leto, or of Jupiter and Latona, born at Delos ; who 
 was also called Phoebus. He was the god of divination, music, 
 and afterwards of medicine, and the sun. He was represented 
 most usually with a lyre, or a bow, as in the celebrated Belvi- 
 dere statue. 
 
 APOLLO'NIUS, the name of several celebrated ancients, one 
 of whom was a mathematician of Alexandria, in the third cen- 
 tury B. c, some of whose works yet remain ; but the most 
 famous was the one born at Tyana, of whom the heathen 
 
 priests and philosophers told so many miraculous stories, in the 
 liope of checking the progress of Christianity, which was then 
 gaining power daily. As his life and deeds were not written till 
 
 hundred years after his death, the probability is that he was 
 no more than a popular and enthusiastic Pythagorean or Neo- 
 Platonic philosopner, pretending to no more than the Thauma- 
 turgy studied in those schools, who would have been wholly 
 forgotten had he not answered the ends of the heathens, who 
 wanted a rival for our Lord. 
 
 APO'LLYON, a Greek word that signifies the Destroyer, and 
 answers to the Hebrew Abaddon. It is used in the Revelation, 
 chap. ix. 11. 
 
 APOLOGE'TICAL, a. [apo and ler/o, Gr.] that is said or written 
 in defence of any person or opinion. 
 
 APOLOGETICALLY', ad. in the manner of an answer, de- 
 fence, or apology. 
 
 APO'LOGISl , s. the person who writes or speaks in vindica- 
 tion of the sentiments of another; one who endeavours to ex- 
 tenuate the faults of another. 
 
 To APO'LOGIZE, v. a. to plead in favour of a person or thing; 
 to defend or excuse a person or thing. 
 
 A'POLOGUE, (dpohg) s. [apohffos, Gr.] a story, or fiction, 
 formed to convey some moral and interesting truth to the mind, 
 under the image of beasts, and other irrational animals ; a fable. 
 
 APOLOGY, s. [apolof/ia, Gr.] in its primary sense, implies a 
 discourse made by a defendant, to clear himself from a charge of 
 guilt brought against him. At present the tenn is used to imply 
 rather an excuse than a vindication ; and an extenuation of a 
 fault rather than a proof of innocence. 
 
 APOMECO'METOY, s. [ajm, mekos, and jnetreo, Gr.] the art 
 of measuring things at a distance, to know how far they are 
 from us. 
 
 APONEURO'SIS, s. [apo and neuron, Gr.] the expansion of a 
 nerve or tendon into a membrane ; the cutting off a nerve. 
 
 A'POPHTHEGM, (dpothem) s. \apothegma, Gr.] a sententious 
 expression uttered without deliberation ; or a sentence contain- 
 ing some important truth, moral or divine, which bursts unex- 
 pectedly from the speaker. 
 
 APO'PHYGE, s. [apo and phengo, Gr.] in Architecture, a 
 slightly concave moulding, or fillet, preserving the continuity of 
 outline in a column, between two plane surfaces of different de- 
 grees ofprojection, as at the base or summit of an Ionic column. 
 
 APO'PHYSIS, s. in Anatomy, a protuberance of bone, or a 
 part eminent and jutting out beyond the rest. 
 
 APOPLE'CTIC, Apople'ctical, a. that is of the nature of an 
 apoplexy. 
 
 A'POPLEXED, a. affected or seized with an apoplexy. 
 
 A'POPLEXY, s. \apo and ^fesso, Gr.] a sudden deprivation of 
 all sensation, while a strong pulse remains, with a deep respira- 
 tion attended with a stertor, and the appearance of a profound 
 sleep, ending in death. It is most frequently occasioned by high 
 living. 
 
 APOSIOPE'SIS, s. \_apo and siopao, Gr.] a form of speech by 
 which the speaker, through some affection, as sorrow, bashful- 
 ness, fear, anger, or vehemency, breaks off his speech before it 
 be all ended. 
 
 APO'STASY, ». [apostasis, Gr.] the abandoning and renouncing 
 
APP 
 
 a religion one has before professed ; used always in a bad 
 sense. 
 
 APOSTATE, s. [apostates, Gr.] one who has forsaken and re- 
 nounced the religion or principles he formerly professed. 
 
 To APO'STATIZE, r. a. to abandon or renounce one's religion. 
 
 To APO'STEMATE, v. n. to turn to an aposteme; to form an 
 abscess ; to collect and swell with corrupt matter. 
 
 APOSTEMATION, «. in Surgery, the forming an abscess. 
 
 A'POSTEME, A'posTUME, s. [Gr.] a hollow swelling filled 
 with purulent or corrupt matter ; an abscess. 
 
 APO'STLE, s. lapo and stelh, Gr.] in its most limited sense, 
 one who was an attendant and disciple of Christ on earth, and 
 commissioned by him after his resurrection to preach the gospel 
 to the world. In a vaguer sense, the first or most successful 
 preacher of the gospel in any country. 
 
 APO'STLESHIP, s. the dignity or office of an apostle, which 
 consisted in preaching the gospel, baptizing, working miracles, 
 and ordaining ministers. 
 
 APOSTO'LIC, Aposto'lical, a. that was taught or authorized 
 by the apostles. 
 
 APOSTO'LICALLY, ad. after the manner of an apostle. 
 
 APOSTO'LICI, several sects of Christians in different ages, 
 who have endeavoured to conform rigidly to apostolical practice, 
 and have consequently been persecuted and misrepresented by 
 the Church. 
 
 APO'STROPHE, «. [apo and strepho,GT.'] in Rhetoric, a figure 
 by which the orator, m the vehemence of his passion, turns 
 hnnself on all sides, and applies to the living and dead, to angels 
 and men, rocks, groves, &c. Thus Milton, in Paradise Lost, — 
 O woods, O fountains, hillocks, dales, and bowers. 
 With other echo, ^c. 
 In Grammar, it is a comma placed over a letter, to show that 
 the word is contracted by the cutting off a vowel ; as esteem'd 
 for esteemed, th' employment for the employment. It is also a 
 sign of the possessive case of a noun. 
 
 To APO'STROPHIZE, v. a. to interrupt the thread of a dis- 
 course, in order to introduce some foreign subject. 
 
 APOTHECARY, s. [apotheca, Lat.] one who practises the art 
 of pharmacy, prepares and sells medicines. In London, the 
 apothecaries are one of the city companies, and are exempted 
 from serving on juries, or in ward or parish offices. No one is 
 permitted to act as a general practitioner in England, without 
 conforming to their regulations, and being licensed by them. 
 
 APOTHEO'SIS, s. [Gr.] deification, a ceremony by which the 
 ancient Romans complimented their emperors and great men 
 after their death. In earlier times it was very customary, with- 
 out any ceremony observed, to enrol great men amongst the 
 gods. 
 
 APOTOME, s. [apotemno, Gr.] in Mathematics, the difference 
 between a rational line, and one only commensurable in power 
 to the whole line. Ip Music, the remaining part of an entire 
 tone, after a greater semi-tone has been taken Irom it. Its pro- 
 portion in numbers is that of 2048 to 2187. 
 
 A'POZEM, s. [apo and zeo, Gr.] in Pharmacy, a medicine made 
 by boiling roots, plants, &c., in water, called likewise a decoction. 
 
 To APPA'L, {appdull) V. n. [appalir, Fr.] to strike with terror 
 or fear ; to affright ; to damp a person's courage ; to dishearten, 
 including, in its secondary idea, the sudden appearance of some 
 terrible object. 
 
 APPALA'CHIAN MOUNTAINS. See Alleghanies. 
 
 APPA'LEMENT, {appdullment) s. a sudden affright, which 
 robs a person of his courage, and renders him inactive. 
 
 APPARA'TUS, ». [Lat.] a collection of instruments necessary 
 to accomplish any design, and applied to the tools of a trade ; 
 the instruments used in philosophical experiments ; the bandages, 
 &c., of a surgeon; the furniture of a house; the ammunition 
 for war. 
 
 APPA'REL, (it has no plural,) s. [appareil, Fr.] the clothing 
 worn for ornament or decency; dress. Figuratively, appear- 
 ance or ornament. 
 
 To APPA'REL, f. a. to clothe ; to dress ; to adorn ; to set out 
 or embellish. 
 
 APPA'RENT,;jar<. [apparent, Fr.] applied to truth, plain and 
 indubitable. Applied to shape or form, seeming, in opposition 
 to real. Applietr to actions, or qualities, visible ; manifest or 
 known, opposed to secret. Apparent time, in Astronomy, is that 
 shown by a true sun-dial. 
 
 APP 
 
 APPA'RENTLY,arf. plainly; evidently; manifestly. 
 
 APPARI'TION, s. [apparitio, Lat.] the appearance of a thing, 
 so as to become visible to the eyes, or sensible to the mind ; a 
 visible object ; a spectre ; a ghost, which is the most common 
 acceptation at present. In Astronomy, a star's becoming visible, 
 whicn before was below the horizon. 
 
 APPA'RITORS, s. [from appareo, Lat.] messengers who cite 
 men to appear in the spiritual courts ; the beadle who carries 
 the mace, &c. before the masters in our universities. 
 
 To APPE'ACH, (appeech) v. a. to accuse ; to censure. 
 
 APPE'ACHMENT, {appeechment) s. an information made 
 against a person ; an accusation. 
 
 To APPE'AL, (appeel) v. a. [appello, Lat.] to transfer a cause 
 or dispute from one to another. 
 
 APPE'AL, (appSel) s. the removal of a cause from an inferior 
 to a superior court or judge, when a person thinks the inferior 
 has not done him justice. Also a call upon any as witness. In 
 Ecclesiastical causes, if an appeal is brought before a bishop, it 
 may be removed to the archbishop ; if before the archdeacon, to 
 the Court of Arches, and thence to the archbishop, and from 
 thence to Chancery. Appeal also means, a private accusation of 
 a murderer by one who held interest in the murdered party, as 
 his wife, or son, or of any felon by one of his accomplices in 
 the fact. 
 
 APPE'ALER, (appeeler) s. one who makes an appeal. 
 
 To APPE'AR, (appeer) v. n. [appareo, Lat.] to become an ob- 
 ject of sight, or visible to the eye ; to make its appearance, like 
 a spirit or ghost ; to be in the presence of another, so as to be seen 
 by him ; to answer a summons by attending a court of justice. 
 
 APPE'ARANCE, (appeerance) s. the exterior surface of a thing, 
 or that which immediately strikes the senses or imagination, 
 which, on a nearer inspection, may appear in a different light. 
 In Law, it signifies a defendant's fifing common, or giving 
 special bail, or any process issued out of a court of judicature. 
 In Perspective, it denotes the projection of a figure or body on 
 the perspective plane. In Optics, direct appearance is the sight of 
 an object by direct rays, without refraction or reflection. 
 
 APPE'ASABLE, (appeezable) a. that may have the violence of 
 passion lessened or softened ; that is reconcilable. 
 
 To APPE'ASE, {appeeze) v. a. [a^aiser, Fr.] to bring a person 
 that is angry to a calm and even temper ; to pacify ; to allay the 
 ravings of a disordered mind. Figuratively, to quiet any noise, 
 outrage, or violence ; beautifully applied to inanimate things. 
 
 APPE'ASEMENT, (appeezement) s. a state of reconciliation ; a 
 state ofpeace and calmness. 
 
 APPE'ASER, (appeezer) s. one who prevails on another to 
 stifle his anger ; or brings about a reconciliation between parties. 
 
 APPE'LLANT, s. [appello, Lat.] in Law, the party who brings 
 an appeal against another ; one who appeals from a lower to a 
 higher court. 
 
 APPELLA'TION, s. [appellatio, Lat.] the name, dignity, or 
 title, by which one man is distinguished from another. 
 
 APPE'LLATIVE, s. [appellativum, Lat.] in Grammar, applied 
 to those words which stand for universal ideas, or a whole rank 
 of beings, whether general or special, as man, horse, or dog ; and 
 stand opposed to proper names, which belong to one only, as 
 Thomas, Robert, Charles. 
 
 APPE'LL ATI VEL Y, ad. after the manner of nouns appellative. 
 
 APPE'LLATORY, a. that contains an appeal. 
 
 APPELLEE', s. the person against whom an appeal is brought. 
 
 To APPE'ND, V. a. [appeiulo, Lat.] to hang on another ; to 
 join something as an additional, not as a principal part. 
 
 APPE'NDAGE, s. [Fr.] any thing that, being considered as 
 less principal, is annexed or added to the principal. 
 
 APPE'NDANT, a. [Fr.] hanging to something else ; annexed. 
 In Law, any thing that is inheritable, belonging to some more 
 worthy inheritance ; as, an advowson, common or court, may 
 be appendant to a manor, land to an office ; but not land to land, 
 both being corporeal inheritances. 
 
 APPENDICATION, «. any thing which is added as an orna- 
 ment or conveniency, not as necessary to another. 
 
 APPE'NDIX, (in the plural appendices,) s. [Lat.] something 
 added or appended to another, not as constituting a necessary 
 part of it, but only as an embellishment or convenience. Applied 
 to action, concurrent circumstances. Applied to books, a Kind 
 of supplement, or an addition, in order to supply some omissions, 
 and render them complete. 
 
 G 41 
 
A'FPENZELL, a canton and town of Switzerland. The can- 
 ton lies at the E. extremity of the Confederation, on the Rhine, 
 touching at one angle the Lake of Constance. It is divided into 
 two parts, the Protestant and the Catholic rhoden, each of which 
 is a democracy, both being under one landmann, or chief magis- 
 trate. The mountains of this canton afford good pasturage for 
 cattle, the products of which, with some linen and cotton manu- 
 factures, form its trade. Herisau is the most considerable town ; 
 Appenzell being but small, although the seat of government. 
 
 To APPERTArN, i\ n. [appertmir, Fr.] to belong to as of 
 right ; to belong to by nature or appointment. 
 
 APPERTAI'NMENT, s. that which relates, belongs to, or is 
 a property of, any rank or dignity. 
 
 APPE'RTENANCE, «. [appertenaiKe, Fr.] that which belongs 
 or relates to another thing. 
 
 APPE'RTINENT, a. that is requisite, or has a relation to. 
 
 APPERTIBI'LITY, s. the quaUty which renders a thing the 
 object of desire. 
 
 A'PPETITE, s, [appetitus, Lat.] a desire of enjoying something 
 under the appearance of sensible good ; a propensity to an ob- 
 ject on account of the good it is imagined to possess ; a violent 
 longing after any thing. 
 
 A'PPETITE, a. that desires ; that has the power of desiring. 
 
 A'PPIAN, a writer of Roman history at Alexandria in the 
 2nd century. His work is of no great authority except in what 
 relates to his own times. 
 
 To APPLAU'D, V. a. [applaudo, Lat.] to testify one's approba- 
 tion by clapping of hands ; to praise or show esteem for a person's 
 merits. 
 
 APPLAU'DER, 8. one who publicly shows his approbation, or 
 highly commends or praises the merits of another. 
 
 APPLAU'SE, {apjmuze) s. [applausus, Lat.] approbation ex- 
 pressed with all the sentiments of turbulent joy ; praise bestowed 
 on merit by public and private testimonies of approbation and 
 rapture. 
 
 A'PPLE, *. [appel. Sax.] any kind of large fruit of a round form, 
 but appropriated at present to that of the api)le-tree. Apple of the 
 eye. See PuPtL. 
 
 A'PPLEBY, Westmoreland, almost surrounded by the river 
 Eden. Formerly a Roman station. There is a castle here, the 
 donjon of which is very ancient. It is the county town, and 266 
 miles from London. Market, Saturday. Pop. 2-519. 
 
 APPLI'ANCE, s. the act whereby one thing is applied to 
 another, or the thing applied. Application is the word now 
 used. 
 
 APPLICABI'LITY, s. the quality of being fit to be applied to 
 something. 
 
 A'PPLICABLE, o. [from a/ip&o, Lat.] that is .agreeable, suits, 
 or may be affirmed of a thing. 
 
 A'PPLICABLY, ad. in such a manner as to suit, agree with, 
 or be conformable to, and consequently may be affirmed of, or 
 applied to, any thing. 
 
 A'PPLICATE, s. in Mathematics. See Ordinate. 
 
 APPLICATION, s. [applicatio, Lat.] the act of applying one 
 thing to another, either by making them touch, or bringing them 
 nearer to each other; intenseness of thought or study; the em- 
 ployment of means to produce a particular end ; the address, suit, 
 or request of a person. 
 
 A'PPLICATIVE, a. that applies or makes the application. 
 
 A'PPLICATORY, a. that exerts the art of applying. 
 
 To APPLY', V. a. [applico, Lat.] to put one thing to another, 
 to laj remedies or emplasters on a wound ; to use as relating or 
 conformable to any person or thing ; to employ ; to put to a cer- 
 tain use ; to use as a means to some end ; to fix the mind or at- 
 tention upon any particular object ; to study ; to have recourse 
 to ; to work upon ; to address as a petitioner. In Mathematics, 
 to transfer a given line into any figure, particularly a circle ; to 
 fit quantities whose areas are equal, but figures different. 
 
 APPOGIATU'RA, a. in Music, a small note inserted by the 
 practical musician, between two others at some distance. 
 
 To APPOI'NT, V. a. [appointer, Fr.] to authorize one person to 
 act for another; to fix any thing; to set a person a task; to 
 equip, to furnish a person in all points. 
 
 APPOl'NTER, 8. he who settles or fixes any time, thing, or 
 place. 
 
 APPOraTMENT, «. \_appointement, Fr.] a thing settled between 
 two or more ; an agreement to perform something future. 
 42 
 
 APP 
 
 To APPORTION, V. a. [from iiortio, Lat.] to allot or divide 
 into two or more parts ; to set out in just proportions. 
 
 APPO'RTIONMENT, s. a dividing into portions. In Law, 
 the division of a rent into parts, in the same manner as the land 
 out of which it issues is divided. Thus, if a person leases three 
 acres of land, and afterwards grants away one acre thereof to 
 another, the rent shall be apportioned between them. 
 
 To APPO'SE, V. a. lappono, Lat.] used by Chaucer to imply 
 an examination of a scholar, by embarrassing or puzzling him 
 with questions. For this we now use the word pose, which is a 
 contraction of this word. 
 
 APPO'SER, s. an examiner. In the Court of Exchequer there 
 is an officer called the foreign apposer. 
 
 A'PPOSITE, a, [ap)positus, Lat.] proper, fit, suitable, well 
 adapted to the purpose for which it was intended. Applied to 
 time, seasonable, or conformable. Applied to opinions or senti- 
 ments, proper, reasonable, or agreeable to the subject which they 
 treat of. 
 
 A'PPOSITELY.ac?. fitly; suitably; conformably; properly. 
 
 A'PPOSITENESS, s. fitness ; propriety ; suitableness. 
 
 APPOSITION, s. [ajipositio, Lat.] a comparing or laying things 
 one by another. In Grammar, the placing two or more substan- 
 tives together, in the same case, without any copulative con- 
 junction between them ; as, her beauty has captivated my eyes, my 
 heart, my reason, my understandiny , my whole soul. Among natu- 
 ralists. It is the same with accretion, or the external addition of 
 matter to a subject. 
 
 To APPRAPSE, {apprdize) v. a. [apprSeier, Fr.] to rate, value, 
 or set a price on goods intended for sale. 
 
 APPRAFSER, (apprdizer) s. one who sets a value upon goods, 
 who is sworn to do justice between party and party ; whence he 
 is termed a sworn appraiser, and is obliged to take the goods at 
 the price which he appraises them at, provided no other will pur- 
 chase them at that rate. 
 
 To APPRE'CIATE, v. a. to value, to estimate. 
 
 To APPREHE'ND, v. a. [apprehendo, Lat.] to lay hold on ; to 
 seize a person as a malefactor, in order to bring him to justice ; 
 to think on with some degree of anxiety or terror. Applied to 
 the operations of the mind, to conceive superficially ; to nave an 
 imperfect or inadequate idea of a thing. 
 
 APPREHE'NDER, s. one who conceives a thing imperfectly; 
 one who seizes a malefactor in order to bring him to justice ; a 
 thinker. 
 
 APPREHE'NSIBLE,«. [apprehensibilis, Lat.] that may be ap- 
 prehended or conceived, though not comprehended. 
 
 APPREHE'NSION, s. [apfrehensio, Lat.] among logicians, 
 the mere contemplation of things, without aflirming or denying 
 any thing concerning them ; the faculty by which we perceive 
 those ideas which are present to the mind; fear or anxiety; 
 suspicion of something future. In Law, the seizing of a male- 
 factor, or taking him into custody, in order to bring him to 
 justice. 
 
 APPREHE'NSIVE, a. that is quick to understand, or con- 
 ceive ; fearful, or suspicious. Synon. Want of courage maken 
 us fear ; doubt of success makes us apprehensive ; distrust of 
 strength makes us dread ; imagination itself will often make us 
 
 APPREHE'NSIVELY, a^/. after the manner in which the ap- 
 prehension exercises itself, with respect to its ideas. 
 
 APPRE'NTICE, s. [apprenti, Fr.] a young person bound by 
 indenture to some tradesman, in order to be instructed in a pro- 
 fession or trade. The indentures are staniijed, and the duty 
 varies with the amount of premium paid to the master. The 
 term of apprenticeship varies, but most usually it is for seven 
 yeai-s. In some cases tne master has to pay the apprentice a small 
 sum for wages, and usually he finds board, &c. Various laws 
 exist to secure the fulfilment of the conditions on both sides. 
 Objections are frequently taken to this custom now, on the 
 ground of the needlessness of such a bond either for teaching or 
 learning a business, and because it interferes, in many cases 
 seriously, with the freedom in which men ought to be left to seek 
 and secure their own advantage. On the abolition of slavery 
 in the British colonies, the Negroes were employed for a time as 
 apprentices. 
 
 To APPRE'NTICE, v. a. to bind a person for a certain number 
 of years to one who is to teach him his trad*, &c. 
 
 APPRE'NTICESHIP, s. the time for which a pe'rson is bound 
 
APR 
 
 to continue with another, in order to learn and practise his 
 trade ; the office of an apprentice. 
 
 To APPRI'ZE, V. a. Ia2)res, Fr.] to give a person notice of 
 what he is a stranger to. 
 
 To APPRO'ACH, {apprSche) r. n. to shorten the distance be- 
 tween objects ; to draw nearer, or go towards. Applied to time, 
 to be nearer its completion ; to be nearer at hand. Figuratively, 
 to come near ; to resemble ; to bring nearer to ; to lessen the 
 distance between objects. 
 
 APPRO'ACH, s. the act of coming nearer to any object; ac- 
 cess; means used to come nearer to a distant object. In Forti- 
 fication, used in the plural, works thrown up by the besiegers, 
 in order to advance nearer to the place besieged. Lines of ap- 
 jn-oach, are trenches cut in the ground, the earth of which is 
 thrown up in the form of a parapet, on the side towards the 
 enemy, in order to approach the covert way, without being ex- 
 posed to the cannon of the besieged. In Mathematics, the curve 
 uf equable approach, is that wherein a body descending by the 
 sole power of gravity, shall approach the earth equally in equal 
 times. 
 
 APPRCKACHER, s. that person who comes nearer to another, 
 or advances towards a distant object. 
 
 APPRO'ACHMENT, s. the act whereby the object draws 
 nearer to another. 
 
 APPROBATION, s. [approbatio, Lat.] the acknowledging a 
 thing to be worthy of assent, and of esteem, either by a tacit 
 consent or public confession ; the act of approving, hking, or 
 esteeming any thing ; the confirmation or support of a thing. 
 
 To APPRO'PERATE, v. a. [appropero, Lat.] to quicken a 
 thing, with respect to motion ; to hasten action, applied to the 
 time in which it is expected. 
 
 APPRO'PRIABLE, a. that may be confined or restrained to 
 something particular. 
 
 To APPROPRIATE, v. a. [approprier, Fr.] to dedicate, or 
 confine to a particular use ; to claim an exclusive right to. In 
 Law, to annex as a property. 
 
 APPROPRIATE, a. peculiar ; confined, restrained, or limited 
 to some peculiar sense or use. 
 
 APPROPRIATION, s. appHed to things, the application of 
 them to some peculiar use. Applied to qualities, the claiming 
 as belonging to oneself, in an extraordinary if not exclusive 
 manner. Applied to words, the restraining them to a particular 
 sense, or confining them to signify a particular idea. In Law, 
 the annexing a benefice to the proper and peri)etual use of some 
 religious house. 
 
 APPRO'PRIATOR, s. one who is possessed of an appropriated 
 benefice. 
 
 To APPROVE, {apprdove) v. a. [ajrprouver, Fr.] to be pleased 
 with ; to be delighted with from a conviction of merit ; to make 
 worthy of approbation. 
 
 APt^RO'VEABLE,. (o^rdoieaSfc) a. applied to that which, on 
 account of its merits, appears worthy of approbation. 
 
 APPRO'VEMENT, (apprdovement) s. consent, including liking 
 or approbation. 
 
 API'RO'VER, {approdver) s. one who, confessing himself 
 guilty of a felony, accuses one or more of his accomplices. Ap- 
 provers also signify bailiff's or lords in their franchises, sheriffs, 
 and likewise such persons as have the letting the king's de- 
 mesnes in small manors. 
 
 APPRO'XIMATE, a. [ad and proximus, Lat.] near ; that ap- 
 proaches near to. 
 
 APPROXIMATION, s. the coming or approaching near to 
 any thing. In Arithmetic, a continual approach to a root or 
 quantity sought, without being able ever to arrive at it exactly. 
 
 A'PRICO'I, A'PRicocK, «. lapricus, Lat.] a kind of wall- 
 fruit. 
 
 APPU'LSE, «. [appulsus, Lat.] the act of striking against any 
 thing. In Astronomy, applied to the moon when she approaches 
 any planet or fixed star, so as to seem to touch or strike against 
 it. If a very small portion of apparent space is between the two 
 bodies at their nearest approach, it is called a near appuke. 
 
 A'PRIL, s. [from aperio, Lat.] the fourth calendar mouth in the 
 year. It contains thirty days. 
 
 A PRIO'RI, [Lat.] in Logic, a term used to describe a course 
 of reasoning from principles, for the purpose of discovering the 
 conclusions to which they lead. 
 
 A'PRON, s. [aforan. Sax.] a part of dress consisting of cloth, 
 
 AQD 
 
 &c., which hangs from the middle downwards, worn by the ladies 
 for ornament, by artificers to keep their clothes clean. In a 
 goose, it signifies the fat skin which covers the belly. In Gun- 
 nery, a piece of lead which covers the touch-hole of a great gun. 
 
 A'PRON-MAN, s. a man who wears an apron ; a mechanic : a 
 word of reproach. 
 
 A'PSIS, (plural apsides, or apses,) s. [Gr.] in Astronomy, those 
 two points in the orbits of the planets, or satellites, in which they 
 are at their greatest and least distance from the sun or primary 
 planet. The higher apsis of the planets is more particularly de- 
 nominated aphelion, and the lower perihelion. The imaginary 
 line connecting these two points is called the line of the apsides. 
 
 APT, a. lapttis, Lat.] fit; a relative term, implying the suit- 
 ableness of a thing to procure some end ; that has a tendency to. 
 Applied to the mind, ready or quick. 
 
 A'PTERAL, a. [a and pterya, Gr.] in Architecture, applied to 
 Greek and Roman temples, signifying that the columns of the 
 porticoes at each end are not extended along the sides of the 
 building. This style is also called amphiprostyle. 
 
 A'PTITUDE, s. {aptitude, Fr.] fitness to bring about the de- 
 sired end ; tendency. 
 
 A'PTLY, ad. with great propriety ; justly, or pertinently ; 
 readily, or quickly. 
 
 A'PTNESS, s. a relative term, imphnng the suitableness of 
 any means to procure its end. Applied to bodies, tendency ; to 
 minds, disposition or inclination ; to the understanding, quick- 
 ness, facility, or ease in conceiving. 
 
 APULE'IUS, LUCIUS, a Roman author of the Platonic school, 
 an African by birth, and by profession a pleader. His works on 
 Platonism and Magic remain ; but his principal celebrity is de- 
 rived from a romance, called the Metamorphosis, or more popularly 
 the Golden ^ss, in which is contained the beautiful fable of Cupicl 
 and Psyche. He flourished in about 160 a. d. 
 
 A'PUS, s. the Indian bird, or bird of paradise ; in Astronomy, 
 a constellation near the south pole. 
 
 A'PYRQUS, a. [a and pyr, Gr.] in Chemistry, that which will 
 sustain the most violent heat, without any sensible alteration. 
 A diamond was formerly believed to be apyrous. 
 
 A'QUA, s. [Lat.] water. Aquafortis, or strong water, a name 
 given to nitric acid. Aqua marina, aqua marine, in Natural His- 
 tory, a precious stone, which takes its name from its sea-green 
 colour. Agiia mirabilis, or the wonderful water, is distilled from 
 spices, infused in spirits of wine, and is a very good cordial. 
 Aqua regia, the royal water, a mixture of nitric and hydrochloric 
 acids, capable of dissolving gold and platinum. Aqua cites, or 
 water of life, in a general sense, brandy or spirit of wme ; but in 
 a more confined sense, restrained to that spirit which is drawn 
 from malt ; the other term brandy being appropriated to that 
 which is drawn from wine only. 
 
 AQUA'RIANS, a sect towards the close of the second century, 
 who used water in the sacrament instead of wine. 
 
 AQUA'RIUS, s. [Lat.] in Astronomy, a constellation that 
 makes one of the 12 signs in the ecliptic, which the sun enters 
 on the 20th day of January ; it is described in the zodiac on 
 globes, in the form of a man inclining on an urn flowing with 
 water. 
 
 AQUATIC, Aqua'tick, a. [aquaticus, Lat.] applied to animals 
 or vegetables which live and grow in the water. 
 
 AQUATI'NTA, «. a method of etching on copper, by which a 
 soft and beautiful effect is produced, resembling a fine drawing 
 in water-colours or Indian ink. It is a cheap and easy mode of 
 engraving. 
 
 A'QUEDUCT, A'qUjEDUct, s. [aquaductus, Lat] a channel 
 formed of stone, bricks, or timber, to convey water from one 
 place to another. In Anatomy, the bony passage of the drum 
 that reaches from the ear to the palate. 
 
 A'QUEOUS, a. [aqueus, Lat.] watery. Aqueous humour. See 
 Eye. 
 
 AQUI'LA, the eagle; in Astronomy, a constellation of the 
 northern hemisphere, usually joined with Antinous. 
 
 AQUI'LA, a town in the province of Abruzzo Ulloa, in the 
 kingdom of Naples. It is 57 miles from Rome, in the midst of 
 the Apennines, near the river Pescara. Its population is reck- 
 oned to be about 13,000. 
 
 A'QUILINE,a. [aquilinus, Lat.] resembling an eagle. Applied 
 to the nose, hooked, or like an eagle's beak. 
 
 AQUiNAS, THOMAS, one of the most famous scholastic di- 
 G 2 43 
 
An A 
 
 vines of the 13th century. He was a pupil of Albertus Magnus, 
 and lived for the greater part of his after-life at Paris. His most 
 celebrated work is the Summa Theologi<e, to which may be traced 
 most of the questions that have vexed theologians, and imbit- 
 tered Christian communities to the present day. He was named 
 the Angelic Doctor in his life-time, and 50 years after his death, 
 which happened in 1274, in his 48th year, he was canonized. 
 
 AQUO'SE, a. [aquosus, Lat,] watery ; abounding with particles 
 of water. 
 
 AQUO'SITY, s. waterishness ; or the quahty so named from 
 its abounding with particles of water. 
 
 A'RA, the altar, in Astronomy, a southern constellation not 
 visible in our hemisphere. 
 
 A'RABESQUE, A'rabesk, a. after the manner of the Ara- 
 bians; generally applied to a kind of paintings or architectural 
 ornaments, which consist of imaginary objects. 
 
 ARA'BIA, a country in the S. W. of Asia, bounded on the N. 
 by Syria and the river Euphrates; on the E. by the Gulf of Per- 
 sia ; on the S. bv the Indian Ocean ; and separated on the W. 
 from Africa by the Red Sea. It is about 1430 miles in length, 
 and 1200 in breadth. The interior, which is very little known, 
 is a rocky table land, with few rivers, and producing principally 
 dates. Around this lies, towards the sea, a tract of land varj'ing 
 in width, principally desert. And to the N. of it is part o< the 
 Great Syrian Desert. On the W. side, between the Desert and 
 the table land, is the coffee district. Besides coffee, the countrv 
 produces manna, gum, frankincense, figs, palms, all of which 
 constitute its exports. Camels, horses, asses, oxen, and sheep 
 are indigenous, as well as beasts not reclaimable to the service of 
 man. Ostriches and pelicans are amongst its birds ; and locusts 
 amongst its most abundant insects. The Arabs of the Desert 
 are a fine race of men, maintaining a most primitive form of so- 
 ciety amongst them, much resembling that of the times of the 
 patriarchs. Their religion is Mohammedan, and they are bigot- 
 edly attached to it. I'hey live a nomadic life, depending chiefly 
 on plunder. In the cities, the influence of trade and commerce 
 has greatly improved and raised this race ; but thev are greatly 
 behind the condition in which they were in the 6th and subse- 
 quent centuries. Mecca, Medina, Mocha, and Sana, are the 
 principal towns. 
 
 A'RABIC, «. the tongue of the Arabians, a branch of the 
 Hebrew. 
 
 A'RABIC, a. that belongs to, or Ls used in Arabia. Arabic cha- 
 racters, are the figures which we make use of at present in arith- 
 metic. Gum Arabic distils from a thorny plant in Arabia. 
 
 A'RABISM, «. [arabismiis, Lat] a method of expression, or 
 idiom, peculiar to the Arabs. 
 
 A'RABLE, a. [from aro, Lat.] that is fit for ploughing, and to 
 produce corn. 
 
 A'RAC, A'rrac, {rack) s. an excellent spirituous liquor, made 
 by the Chinese from cocoa, rice, or sugar ; the former of which 
 is the best ; there are two sorts imported into England, viz. the 
 Goa and Batavia. 
 
 ARACA'N, a country of Asia, on the N. E. coast of the Bay of 
 Bengal, in length about 230 miles, and in breadth about .50. It 
 is divided from the Burmese empire by a chain of mountains, at- 
 taining in some points an elevation of 5000 feet. Along the 
 shore of the Bay, there is another range of hills, thus making the 
 country a long narrow valley, which being well watered, is ex- 
 tremely fertile, and productive of indigo, cotton, tobacco, rice, 
 sugar-cane, Sic, but very unhealthy. Elephants, tigers, and 
 buffaloes abound. Aracan, its capital, is a mean town, and has 
 declined much since the country was acquired by the East India 
 Company. The language of the people is allied to the Chinese, 
 as is their religion, which is Boodhism. The population of the 
 countrj- is reckoned to be about 200,000. 
 
 ARiEO'METER, s. [araios and metreo, Gr.] an instrument 
 used to discover the gravity of fluids. 
 
 AR.iE'OSTYLE, a. [araios and stylon, Gr.] in Architecture, 
 applied to temples whose columns are placed at more than three 
 diameters apart. 
 
 ARjEOTICS, s. [araioo, Gr.] medicines which rarefy or thin 
 the blood. 
 
 ARAI'GNEE, s. [Fr.] in Fortification, a branch, return, or 
 gallery of a mine. 
 
 ARAL, the name of a small inland sea of Asia, lying on the 
 east of the Caspian Sea. It lies considerably below the level of 
 44 
 
 ARB 
 
 the sea, and its water, like that of the Caspian, is salt. It re- 
 ceives the waters of the two great rivers, Sihon, and Jihon or 
 Amou. From the observations of travellers, it would appear that 
 this sea is gradually diminishing in extent from the excess of 
 evaporation over the supply from rivers. It is immediately sur- 
 rounded by tracts of sandy desert. 
 
 A'RAM, the name by which Syria, and that part of Persia 
 called by the Greeks Mesopotamia, are designated in the Old 
 Testament. 
 
 ARAMAIC LANGUAGES, the general name of those di- 
 alects of the great Semitic family of languages which were 
 spoken in Syria and Assyria, comraonlj; called the Syriac and 
 Chaldee. Some passages in the books of Daniel and Ezra, parts 
 of the Talmuds, the Targums of Onkelos and Jonathan, are writ- 
 ten in the latter. Certain words, noted as the verv words used 
 by our Lord, in the New Testament, and two translations of the 
 greater part of the Scriptures, are in the former dialect. 
 
 ARA'iVEOUS, a. [aranca, Lat.] that resembles a cobweb. 
 
 A'RARAT, the name of a mountain in the table land of Arme- 
 nia, which, according to Dr. Parrot, is 17,260 feet above the level 
 of the sea, and about 10,000 feet above the high land of the dis- 
 trict. According to almost universal tradition, it was on this 
 mountain that the ark rested after the flood ; and in the imme- 
 diate neighbourhood it was believed that the vessel yet remained 
 near the top, in a state of miraculous preservation. Various 
 ascents of the mountain in later days have dispelled this illusion. 
 The appearance of the mountain indicates that it is a volcano, 
 althougn there are no eruptions recorded. 
 
 A'RAS, a river of Armenia, which rising near Erzroum, on the 
 opposite side of the mountain to that from which one of the 
 branches of the Euphrates flows, passes Mount Ararat and 
 empties itself into the Caspian Sea, after a course of nearly 700 
 miles. 
 
 ARA'TUS, a Grecian poet of the third century b. c, of whose 
 works only a poem on Astronomy remains. He is supposed to . 
 have been born at Tarsus in Cilicia ; and a few words out of his 
 poem were quoted by the apostle Paul in his address at Athens. 
 His Phegnomena had great celebrity amongst the ancients, but 
 the positions of the stars are stated in a very rough and inac- 
 curate manner. 
 
 ARA'TUS, a native of Sicyon, who, by a revolution skilfully 
 effected, obtained the tyranny or chief power of the state. As 
 leader of the Achaean League, he resisted the power of Antigo- 
 nus, the king of Macedonia. Afterwards, as an ally of Macedon, 
 he sought to establish the safety and order of Greece. He died 
 in 213 B. c. 
 
 ARAUCA'NIANS, a native tribe of South America, inhabiting 
 
 Eart of Chili. Their laws and customs exhibit a comparatively 
 i»h state of civilization, when their circumstances are con- 
 sidered. In their language, traditions, religion, &c., they seem 
 to approach the nations of the Indo-European family. 
 
 A'JlBITER, s. [Lat.] a person chosen by mutual consent be- 
 tween two or more parties, to decide the subject of their dis- 
 agreement; one who is invested with a power to decide any 
 difference. 
 
 A'RBITRABLE, a. [arbifror, Lat.] aibitrarj-; voluntary; de- 
 termined purely by the will, without regard to any other motives. 
 
 ARBI'TRAMENT, s. choice ; or the exercise of the will in 
 choosing or assenting to any thing. 
 
 A'RBITRARILY, ad. in such a manner as implies a bare ex- 
 ertion of the will, without any regard to motives or consequences ; 
 in a despotic, tyrannical, or absolute manner. 
 
 ARBITRA'RIOUS, a. [arbitraritis, Lat.] depending entirely 
 on the will ; precarious. 
 
 ARBITRA'RIOUSLY, arf. arbitrarily ; according to the mere 
 and obstinate determination of the will. 
 
 A'RBITRARY, a. not restrained or determined by any law 
 or reasons ; capricious, positive, despotic, and dogmatic. 
 
 To A'RBITRATE, v. a. larbitror, Xat.} to decide or determine 
 a difference; to judge of. — v. n. to give judgment or pronounce 
 sentence. 
 
 ARBITRA'TION, s. the determination of a cause by a judge 
 chosen by the parties contending. 
 
 ARBITRA'TOR, s. [Lat.] a person chosen by contending par- 
 ties to determine a difference between them ; a determiner. 
 
 ARBPTREMENT, s. decision or determination pronounced by 
 an umpire ; a compromise. 
 
ARC 
 
 A'RBOR, s. [Lat.] in Botany, a tree. In Mechanics, that 
 part of a machine which supports the rest ; likewise the spindle 
 or axis on which a machine turns. 
 
 A'RBORIST, s. [arboriste, Fr.] a naturalist, who applies him- 
 self peculiarly to study the nature and cultivation of trees. 
 
 A'RBOUR, s. {arbor, Lat.] a kind of a shady bower, or cabin 
 formed of the branches of trees, and contrived so as to admit the 
 air and keep off the sun and rain. 
 
 A'RBUTHNOT, DR. JOHN, one of the brilliant wits of Queen 
 Anne's time, the associate and friend of Pope, Swift, Gay, &c. 
 He was bv profession a physician, and was for some years phy- 
 sician to the queen. He was the author of many works on sci- 
 entific and literary subjects;, and the projector and joint author 
 of some of the biting satires of men and manners, published in 
 Pope's and Swift's works. He died in 1735, aged 65 years. 
 
 ARC, s. [arcus, Lat.] a segment, or part of a circle. 
 
 ARC, JOAN OF, called also the Pv^elle, and the Maid of Or- 
 leans, a peasant ^irl of Domremi, in Lorraine, who, in the disas- 
 trous state of affairs in France that followed the death of Henry 
 v., fired by patriotic and religious enthusiasm, undertook to de- 
 liver the city of Orleans, on which the last hope of Charles VH. 
 hung, which was then besieged by the English. She compelled 
 the English to retire, defeated them again at Patay, and had 
 Charles solemnly crowned at Rheims. Being taken by the party 
 of the Duke of Burgundy at Compiegne, she was sold to the 
 English, who, after the formality of a trial, burnt her alive as a 
 witch, in 14-31, aged about 20 years. 
 
 ARCA'DE, s. [Fr.] a continued arch or walk, consisting of se- 
 veral arches united together. 
 
 ARCA'DIA, the central district of the ancient Peloponnesus, 
 inhabited chiefly by shepherds, and from its romantic beauty, 
 celebrated as the haunt of the gods. Facts of history, however, 
 reveal it to us as peopled by a race of men more than half 
 savage. 
 
 ARCA'NUM, (in the plural arcana,) e. [Lat.] a secret ; generally 
 applied to the nostrum of a quack. 
 
 ARCESILA'US, a Grecian philosopher, born at Pitane, in 
 Asia Minor, who having been well taught by the best instructors 
 in Mathematics, he finally learnt Platonism in the school of 
 Polemo. He afterwards taught in the same school, and is gener- 
 ally looked upon as the founder of the Later Academy. So far as 
 he taught any thing positive, it was Scepticism, but not that of 
 Pyrrho : the method of inquiry invented by Socrates, and revived 
 by him, was the principal feature of his teaching. He died in 
 241 II. c, from hard drinking, at the age of 75. 
 
 ARCH, s. [arcus, Lat.] the sky. In Mathematics, part of any 
 curve line, whether it be ellipsis, circle, &c. Arch, in Architec- 
 ture, is a vault or concave building, bent in the form of an arch 
 or curve, and is divided into circular, elliptical, and straight. 
 Circular arches, are either such as are exactly a semicircle, or 
 whose centre is in the middle of a line drawn from one foot to 
 the other, which are called semicircular arches. Elliptical arches, 
 or those which consist of a semi-ellipsis, and were formerly used 
 instead of mantle-trees in chimneys. Straight arches have straight 
 edges, both upper and under parallel ; but both their ends and 
 joints pointing towards a certain centre. Arch of a bridge, is the 
 vaulted interval between its piers. A triumphal arch, is a gate 
 built with stone, &c., and richly ornamented with trophies, £c. 
 
 To ARCH, V. a, [arcus, Lat.] to build or form into arches ; to 
 cover with arches. 
 
 ARCH, a. [archos, chief, Gr.] used in composition, to express 
 something of the first rank or order, applied to dignity, as arch- 
 bislwp ; but something superlative, applied ttj quality, as an arch- 
 heretic : and is pronounced soft before a consonant, like ch in 
 choice; but hard before a vowel, like the letter k, as if the h was 
 dropped. It sometimes implies a person endued with a great 
 deal of low cunning ; triflingly mischievous. 
 
 ARCH^'US, (arkeus) s. a word used by Paracelsus and other 
 chemists to express a principle of motion ; the cause of all the 
 visible changes and operations of bodies. 
 
 ARCHAIO'LOGY, (arkaiihgy) s. [archaios and logos, Gr.] a 
 discourse on antiquity ; or a treatise on the opinions, &c. of the 
 ancients. 
 
 ARCHA'NGEL, a sea-port of Russia, and capital of a province 
 of the same name, seated on the Dwina, 4 miles from the White 
 Sea. It is not a large nor well-built town, although an important 
 one, and its population is inconsiderable. There are a few ma- 
 
 ARC 
 
 nufactories of sugar, rope, &c. Its trade consists chieflj of the 
 products of the N. part of the empire, and is yet considerable, 
 though it is greatly diminished since the building of Petersburg, 
 from which it is distant 400 miles. Lat. 64. 34. N. Long. 39. 0. E. 
 
 ARCHANGEL, (arkdngel) «. [archangelus, Lat.] one of the 
 superior order of angels. In Botany, the deadnettle. 
 
 ARCHBFSHOP, s. the chief or metropolitan bishop, who has 
 several suffragans under him. This title was first introduced 
 in the East, about the fourth century, but then was only 
 honorary, and given to some bishops of great cities. England 
 is divided between two, the archbishop of Canterbury, who is 
 styled Primate of all England, and takes precedency of all peers 
 except the royal family; and the archbishop of York, who is 
 styled Primate of England, with the same cfignity, except that 
 the lord chancellor takes precedency of him. 
 
 ARCHBI'SHOPRIC, «. the state or jurisdiction of an arch- 
 bishop. 
 
 ARCHBUTLER, s. one of the great officers of the late Ger- 
 man empire, who presented the cup to the emperor on solemn 
 occasions. This office belonged to the king of Bohemia. 
 
 ARCHCHA'MBERLAIN, s. an officer of the late German em- 
 pire, not unlike the great chamberlain in England. 
 
 ARCHCHA'NCELLOR, s. in ancient times, presided over the 
 secretaries of the court under the two first races of the kings 
 of France ; and when their territories were divided into Germany, 
 Italy, and Aries, there were three archchancellors appointed. 
 
 ARCHCHA'NTER,s. the president or chief chanter of a church. 
 
 ARCHDE'ACON, «. [archidiaconus, Lat.] a priest vested with 
 authority or jurisdiction over the clergy and laity, next to the 
 bishop, either through the whole diocese or only a part of it. 
 There are sixty in England, who visit every two years in three, 
 wherein they inquire into the reparations and movables belong- 
 ing to churches, reform abuses, suspend, excommunicate, in 
 some places prove wills, and induct all clerks into benefices within 
 their respective jurisdictions. 
 
 ARCHDE'ACON RY, s. the jurisdiction, office, or province of 
 an archdeacon. 
 
 ARCHDE'ACONSHIP, s. the office or dignity of an arch- 
 deacon. 
 
 ARCHDU'CHESS, s. [arch and dmhesse, Fr.] the title of the 
 sister or daughter of an archduke. 
 
 ARCHDU'KE, s. [archidux, Lat.] a duke invested with some 
 greater privilege or authority than others. 
 
 A'RCHE, (drkee) s. [Gr.] in Medicine, the beginning, first 
 period, or first attack of a disease. 
 
 A'RCHED, part, crooked, or bent in the form of an arch. 
 
 ARCHELA'US, a Grecian philosopherjpupil to Anaxagoras, 
 and teacher in the Ionic school, which Thales began. He re- 
 moved afterwards to Athens, and is believed to have been the 
 teacher of Socrates. His doctrines, like those of Thales, were 
 chiefly physiological. He flourished about 450 b. c. 
 
 ARCHfiLA'llS, one of the sons of Herod the Great, who suc- 
 ceeded him. Afterwards, on the solicitations of the Jews, the 
 Roman emperor abridged his authority, and gave him only 
 Judaea, Samaria, and Idumaea. On subsequent appeals of the 
 Jews, he was deposed and banished to Gaul, where he died. 
 The date of his banishment was 6 a. d. In ancient history, 
 many persons of this name occur. 
 
 A'RCHER, s. [archer, Fr.] one who shoots with a bow ; one 
 who uses a bow in battle. 
 
 A'RCHERY, s. the art or exercise of shooting with a bow. 
 The art of an archer. 
 
 ARCHES-COURT, s. [so called from Bow-church, in London, 
 where it was kept ; which likewise received its name from its 
 top being raised upon pillars built bow or archwise] the chief 
 and most ancient consistory or court of the archbishop of Canter- 
 bury, for debating spiritual causes. The judge of the court is 
 called the Dean of the Arches. 
 
 ARCHETYPAL, (drketypal) a. original ; that has something 
 which may serve as a pattern to copy from. 
 
 A'RCHETYPE, {drketype) s. [archetypum, Lat.] the original 
 model or pattern of any thing. 
 
 ARCHIDl AGONAL, (arkididconal) a. [archidiaconus,Lat.:i that 
 belongs or relates to an archdeacon. 
 
 ARCHIEPl'SCOPAL, (arkiepUcopal) a. [archiepiscopus, Lat.] 
 that belongs to, or is exercised by, an archbishop. 
 
 A'RCHIL, a. a well-known blue dye, called also litmus, obtained 
 
 45 
 
AilD 
 
 from some species of lichens, found in the Canary and Cape 
 Verde Islands. 
 
 ARCHI'LOCHUS,a Grecian lyric poet, of whose writings only 
 a few fragments remain. He invented a lyric metre known by 
 his name ; and is famed for his unmerciful satires. He was a 
 native of Paros, an island of the iEgean, and flourished in the 
 seventh century b. c. 
 
 ARCHIME'DES, the famous Grecian geometer of Syracuse. 
 He was the discoverer of specific gravity, and according to the 
 tale, convicted the fraudulent goldsmith who made Hiero's crown, 
 by it. His inventions in Mechanics were numerous ; by them 
 he enabled the Syracusans successfully to resist the Romans 
 through a siege of three years. One, an endless screw, by which 
 he proposed to facilitate the raising of water, has been applied in 
 later days to the propulsion of vessels. His inventions seem to 
 . have been suggested by his mathematical investigations, for he 
 is reported to have said respecting them, " Give me a standing- 
 place, and I will move the earth. He was killed when Syracuse 
 was taken, by a Roman soldier, who found him immersed in his 
 studies, and did not know him, in 212 b. c, in his 75th year. 
 
 ARCHIPE'LAGO, s. in Geography, a general term, applied 
 to a group or cluster of small islands. There are many groups 
 so designated, besides the original one in the jEgean Sea. 
 
 A'RCHITECT, {arkitecf) s. [archUectm, Lat.] a person skilled 
 in building, who draws plans and designs, conducts the work, 
 and directs the artificers in carrying it on. 
 
 ARCHITE'CTIVE, (arkitective) a, that relates to building or 
 architecture. 
 
 ARCHITECTO'NIC, (arhiteMnic) a. [Gr.] that has the skill 
 and power of an architect. 
 
 A'RCHITECTURE, {drhitecture) s. [architectura, Lat.] the art 
 of building ; divided into three branches, civil, military, or naval. 
 The Civil consists in erecting habitations for men, or temples 
 for worship. The MUitai-y consists in strengthening and forti- 
 fying places, named Fortification. Naval architecture is that 
 which teaches the construction of ships or vessels floating on 
 the water, and is named Ship-building. 
 
 A'RCHITRAVE, (drkitrave) s. [arche, Gr. and trabs, Lat.] in 
 Architecture, the lowest member of the entablature, which lies 
 immediately upon the capital. In timber-building, it is styled the 
 reason-piece, or master-beam ; in chimneys, the mantle-piece ; 
 and over iambs of doors or windows, the hyperthyron. 
 
 A'RCHIVES, (drkivz) s. \archiva, Lat.] the places wherein re- 
 cords or ancient manuscripts are preserved. Figuratively, the 
 records and manuscripts themselves. 
 
 A'RCHON, (drkon) s. [Gr.] in Antiquity, the chief magistrate 
 of Athens. 
 
 ARCH-TRE'ASURER, «. formerly a great oflficer of the Ger- 
 man empire. 
 
 A'RCHWISE, ad. in the shape or form of an arch. 
 
 A'RCOT, the name of a district and a city of the Camatic, 
 Hindustan, belonging to the presidency of Madras. The town 
 liad formerly a native fortress of great strength. It is recovering 
 from the desolation to which it was reduced during the wars 
 which occurred at the foimdiug of the British empire in India. It 
 is 1070 miles from Calcutta. Lat. 12. 54. N. Long. 79. 23. E. 
 
 A'RCTIC, a. [arktikos, Gr.] northern ; lying under or near the 
 north star. Arctic Circle, a lesser circle of the sphere, parallel to 
 the equinoctial, and 66 deg. 32 min. distant from it towards 
 the north pole. Arctic Pole, the northern pole of the world, both 
 of the heavens and the earth ; so named of Arctos, or Bear, a 
 cluster or constellation of stars near it. 
 
 ARCTU'RUS, s. in Astronomy, one of the fixed stars in the 
 constellation of .Boofes. It is mentioned in Job ix. 9. It is above 
 the horizon of London 15h. 50m. 52s. out of every 23h. 56m. 4s. 
 
 A'RCUATE, a. [arcuatus, Lat.] bent in the form of an arch. 
 
 ARCUA'TION, s. [arcuo, Lat.] the act of bending any thing ; 
 the state of being bent. In Surgery, a bending of the bones, 
 which appears in the case of the rickets ; the protuberance of 
 the foreparts of the body, with the bending of the bones of the 
 sternum. 
 
 Ardeche, a department of France, lying on the Rhone, named 
 from the river Ardfeche, which flows into the Rhone here. The 
 Cevennes, which form its N. W. boundary, abound in traces of 
 a volcanic character. One of the mountains, the Mezen, is 5820 
 feet high. The soil is good, producing wine, walnuts, chesnuts, 
 &c., which with silk are its principal commodities. 
 
 ARG 
 
 A'RDENCY, s. applied to the affections, warmth ; applied to 
 study, activity. 
 
 ARDE'NNES, a department of France, on the Belgian frontier, 
 named after the ancient and celebrated forest which formerly 
 clothed this hilly district. The river Meuse flows through it. 
 Timber, which yet grows here abundantly, limestone and slate 
 from the quarries in the hills, and woollen manufactures, are the 
 staple of its export trade. 
 
 A'RDENT, a. gardens, Lat.] applied to the qualities of body, 
 hot, burning, inflaming ; applied to those of the mind, fierce, 
 vehement, violent, passionate, inflamed. 
 
 A'RDENTLY, ad. warmly, eagerly, passionately. 
 
 A'RDGLASS, now a decayed, but once a principal town of 
 Down, in Ulster. Here is a long range of buildings, in the castle 
 style, called by the inhabitants, the New Works, though they 
 have no tradition of its design or use. Here are also the remains 
 of several other castles, towers, and gates. It is in Down county, 
 100 miles from Dublin. Pop. 1066. 
 
 A'RDMEANAGH, a territoiy of Ross-shire. 
 
 ARDOR, «. [ardor, Lat.] heat, applied to the qualitiesof body ; 
 warmth, violence of affection, applied to the mind. 
 
 A'RDUOUS, a. [arduus, Lat.] applied to what is both loftv 
 and difficulty to ascend. Figuratively, something which is botn 
 important, sublime, and difficult to comprehend. 
 
 ARE, the plural of the present tense of the verb am. 
 
 A'REA, s. [Lat.] the surface contained between any lines or 
 limits. Any surface, such as the floor of a room, the vacant part 
 or stage of an amphitheatre. In Geometry, the space contained 
 within the lines bounding it, reckoned in the square part of any 
 measure. 
 
 AREFA'CTION, s. [arefacio, Lat.] the act of making dry, or 
 the state of drying. 
 
 ARENA'CEOUS, «. [arenaceus, Lat.] composed of sand ; sandy. 
 
 ARENA'TION, s. [arena, Lat.] in Medicine, a drj- bath, where- 
 in the patient sits with his feet upon hot sand, and has it cast 
 upon different parts of his body. 
 
 ARENO'SE, «. [arenosics, Lat.] sandy or abounding with sand. 
 
 ARE'NULOUS, a. [arenula, Lat.] consisting of small sand. 
 
 ARE'OLA, s. [Lat.] in Anatomy, the coloured circle surround- 
 ing the nipple. 
 
 AREO'PAGUS, «. a sovereign tribunal at Athens, famous for 
 the justice and impartiality of its decrees, to which the gods 
 themselves are said to have submitted their differences. It was 
 of most remote antiquity, and was named after the hill in the 
 city on which it was held. The number of the Areopagites seems 
 not to have been fixed, but to have varied with the times. Its 
 jurisdiction varied also, for it existed in the midst of a most 
 watchful democracy. It died out at last, having sunk into a 
 mere name under the Romans. The causes were at first tried 
 in the open air, and no rhetorical displays were permitted, but 
 it does not appear that the chosen time was night, as usually 
 alleged. 
 
 AREO'TICS, s. [araiotikos, Gr.J medicines that open the 
 pores. 
 
 ARE'QUIPA, a populous city of Peru, seated near a dreadful 
 volcano, 290 miles from Lima. It has a considerable trade, both 
 with the distant provinces of Peru, and with other countries. 
 Its population is above 40,000. 
 
 A'RES, the name of the ancient Grecian god of war. He was 
 not much worshipped, nor, according to Homer, when he took 
 part in the affrays of mortals, much respected. He has been 
 confounded with the Roman god, Mars. 
 
 ARE'ZZO, a city of Tuscany, of great antiquity. It is well 
 fortified and defended by a citadel. Its population is estimated 
 at above 10,000. 34 miles from Florence. The district around 
 it, called by its name, produced a peculiar and celebrated wine, 
 with corn, &c. 
 
 A'RGAL, A'rgol, s. the hard lees sticking to the sides of wine 
 vessels, called tartar. 
 
 A'RGAND LAMP, a lamp invented by a native of Fiance, in 
 which, by means of a hollow cylindrical burner, open below, a 
 supply of air is secured for the interior of the flame, as well as 
 the exterior, and so the consumption of the oil is more perfect; 
 and the flame more brilliant and white. 
 
 A'RGENT, a. [argentum, Lat.] that resembles silver ; silvered. 
 In Heraldry, the white colour in the arms of genlry, expressed 
 by engravers by a total omission of lines in a shield. 
 
ARI 
 
 A'RGIL, 8. [argilla, Lat.] the white earth used by the potters 
 in making their white ware. 
 
 ARGILLA'CEOUS, a. [argillaceus, Lat.] of the nature of pot- 
 ter's clay. 
 
 ARGI'LLOUS, a. [argillosas, Lat.] consisting of clay; of the 
 nature of clay. 
 
 A'RGO, a constellation in the S. hemisphere, named after the 
 celebrated ship in which Jason sailed on the adventure of the 
 Golden Fleece. 
 
 A'RGONAUTS, the name given to the crew of heroes who, 
 according to ancient Greek fable, sailed with Jason in his ad- 
 venture of the Golden Fleece. Which late interpreters of mythic 
 lore have supposed to be the first trading voyage amongst the 
 Greeks, their practices having been piratical before. 
 
 A'RGOSY, «. \_Argo, the name of Jason's ship,] in Poetry, a 
 large vessel for merchandise. 
 
 To A'RGUE, V. n. [arguo, Lat.] to evince the truth or falsehood 
 of any thing by proofs. Figuratively, to persuade; to bring 
 reasons /w or a^aj'ns*,- to plead, to handle; to debate. 
 
 A'RGUER, s. one who makes use of reason in order to evince 
 any truth, or raise conviction in the mind of another; a reason- 
 er ; a disputer. 
 
 A'RGlJMENT,s. [argumentum, Lat.] a reason brought to prove 
 or disprove any thing ; the subject of any discourse or writing ; 
 a concise view of the heads of any discourse. In Law, a cause, 
 debate, or suit ; a controversy. In Astronomy, an arch by which 
 we seek another unknown arch, proportional to the first. 
 
 ARGUME'NTAL, a. that is formed upon the deductions of 
 reason ; belonging to argument ; reasoning. 
 
 ARGUMENTATION, s. the evincing the truth or falsehood of 
 any proposition by reasoning; the act or effect of reasoning. 
 
 ARGUME'NTATIVE, a. consisting of argument, or the de- 
 duction of reason ; containing reasons. 
 
 ARGU'TE, a. [argutus, Lat.] witty, sharp, subtile. 
 
 ARGY'LE, or Inverary, a county of Scotland, bounded on the 
 N. by Inverness-shire, on the E. by the counties of Perth and 
 Dumbarton, on the S. and W. by the Atlantic Ocean, by which 
 it is broken into islands and peninsulas, with bays and inlets 
 which afford good harbour for shipping; and the country is well 
 watered with rivers and lakes, which yield abundance of fish. It 
 is not quite 100 miles long, from the Mull of Cantyre to its N. E. 
 extremity ; its breadth is unequal, about 30 miles where great- 
 est, and in some places 1 or 2. It is veiy mountainous, and 
 therefore little cultivated ; but it has good pastures. The moun- 
 tains yield lead, copper, marble, slate. Sec. There are good 
 salmon and cod fisheries. Pop. 97,371. 
 
 A'RIA, s. [Ital.] in Music, an air, a song, a tune, or a lesson. 
 
 A'RIANS, s. in Church History, a sect who believed Christ to 
 be a created being, inferior to the Father as to his deity, being 
 neither co-eternal nor co-equal with him, but that yet he was 
 the Son of God, and was worthj' of worship. Their leader, Arius, 
 lived at the beginning of the fourth century. 
 
 A'RIANISM, s. the principles maintained by the Arians. 
 
 A'RIAS MONTA-NUS, BENEDICTUS, a Spanish divine, 
 profoundly versed in oriental literature and antiquities; the 
 editor of the Antwerp Pohjghtt Bible, under the patronage of 
 Philip II. of Spain. Although he had proved his Romanism by 
 good service both to Philip and the Duke of Alva, he very nar- 
 rowly escaped the hands of the Inquisition. His works are very 
 numerous. He died in 1598, aged 71 years. 
 
 A'RID, a. [aridus, Lat.] dry, parched up, withered. 
 
 ARrpiTY, ». [ariditas, Lat.] a want of moisture, or dryness. 
 in Divinity, a state of insensibility, or want of ardency in 
 devotion. 
 
 A'RIES, s. [Lat.] in Astronomy, a constellation of fixed stars, 
 the first of the twelve signs of the zodiac, which the sun enters 
 about the 21st of March. 
 
 To ARI'ETATE, v. n. [arteto, Lat.] to butt, or to attack with 
 the head, like a ram. 
 
 ARIETA'TION, s. [arieto, Lat.] the act of butting like a ram ; 
 the attacking with a battering-ram. 
 
 ARIE'TTA, s. [Ital.] in Music, a short air, song, or tune. 
 
 ARIGHT ad. [riht. Sax.] truly ; justly, or consistent with 
 law; properly, or in such a manner as to attain the desired 
 end. 
 
 ARIMA'NES, Ahrima'n, in the theology of Zoroaster, the 
 name of the autht)r of evil, who is represented as co-equal with 
 
 ARI 
 
 Ormuzd, the author of good, and incessantly opposed to him; 
 and to be worshipped that he may not be angry. 
 
 ARIOLA'TION, s. llmriolus, Lat.] soothsaying. 
 
 ARIO'SO, s. [Ital.] the movement of a common air, song, or 
 tune. 
 
 ARIO'STO, LUDOVI'CO.an Italian poet of the 15th century. 
 He was frequently engaged in diplomatic missions by the state 
 of Venice, but his fame rests on his great poem Orlando Furioso, 
 which is a continuation of Boiardo's Orlando Inamorato. As a 
 poet, he was so celebrated during his life, that having fallen into 
 the hands of some robbers on one of his journeys, they dismissed 
 him freely, on hearing his name. He died in 1533, aged 59 
 years. 
 
 To ARI'SE, (arize) v.n. [its pret. arose, part, anscn,] to ascend; 
 to move upwards firom the earth ; to get up as from sleep ; to 
 change the posture from sitting to standing ; to come in view ; 
 to become visible ; to come out of the grave ; to flow or proceed 
 from. 
 
 ARISTA'RCHUS, a Grecian astronomer, contemporary with 
 Archimedes. He maintained the doctrine of the earth's motion, 
 with the Pythagoreans, and showed that the orbit of the earth 
 was so small compared with the distance of the stars, that there 
 could be no annual parallax. He also invented a plan of dis- 
 covering approximately the distance of the sun, by observation of 
 the moon at the quadratures. An observation of the solstices 
 made by him fixes the date of his flourishing at 281 b. c. 
 
 ARISTFDES, one of the leaders of the Athenians at the time 
 of the Persian invasion. His character for incorruptible integrity 
 stood so high that he was surnamed the Just. He was engaged 
 frequently m the armies, and on missions during the war. The 
 chief facts of his life are his disagreement with Themistocles, 
 whose wily policy could not but be offensive to him ; and his 
 exile, according to an old tale, occasioned by dislike which his 
 well-earned title inspired. He died at Athens in about 465 b. c. 
 
 ARISTI'PPUS, the founder of the Cyrenaic school of Grecian 
 philosophy, was born at Cyrene, Africa, and studied under So- 
 crates. Flis philosophy was Epicureanism before Epicurus, but 
 after Socrates he sought the criterion of truth in the moral nature 
 of man. Pleasure was with him the test of good. He resided with 
 Dionysius of Svracuse for some time, and died about 350 b. c. 
 
 ARISTO'CR'ACY, s. laristos and krateo, Gr.] in Politics, a 
 form of government, wherein the supreme power is lodged in 
 the nobility. 
 
 ARISTOCRA'TICAL, a. that partakes of aristocracy, or in- 
 cludes a government administerett only by nobles. 
 
 ARISTOGEI'TON, the name of a Greek associated with 
 Harmodius in an attempt to deliver Athens from the tyranny of 
 Hippias and Hipparchus, the sons of Peisistratus. Ihey slew 
 Hipparchus, but Harmodius was also slain, and Aristogeiton, 
 being taken by Hippias, was put to death. These names were 
 the watchwords of the friends of liberty at Athens, as Brutus 
 was at Rome, and the names of the leaders of the 17th century 
 are in England. He was put to' death in 514 b. c. 
 
 ARISTtyMENES, a Messenian, whose romantic deeds and 
 daring in the wars with Sparta have given him a name which 
 will live along with the heroes of chivalry. On the fall of his 
 country he retired to Rhodes, and died in about 665 b. c. 
 
 ARISTO'PHANES, the great Athenian comedist, whose 
 satires on the promoters of the Peloponnesian war, on the 
 litigious spirit of the Athenians, on the democratic dreamers, 
 on Pericles and Socrates, and on the false dramatic taste of the 
 people, are presented to us in eleven of his plays which remain. 
 His poetry is often very fine, but his plays are unspeakably 
 gross. His caricatures of the gods, and of Socrates, snow that 
 he was essentially a jester. He died about 390 b. c. 
 
 ARISTOTELES, commonly called Aristotle, one of the men 
 whose thoughts have ruled the world. He was born at Stageira, 
 in Thrace, and studied philosophy under Plato, at Athens, and 
 so soon displayed his intellectual force that Plato called him the 
 mind of his school. He was selected as tutor to Alexander the 
 Great ; but he afterwards opened a school in the Lyceum at 
 Athens, in the walks of which he gave his instructions, whence 
 his followers were called Peripatetics. Having been made the 
 object of persecution as impious, he withdrew to Chalcis, and 
 died in 322 b. c, aged 63 years. He sought iji his studies to 
 embrace all that could be known, and amongst his extant works 
 we have treatises on the most diverse of subjects. His system of 
 
ARK 
 
 Natural History is regarded with astonishment even now. His 
 political and ethical works contain abundant wisdom. In his 
 Metaphysics he combated Plato, never being able to apprehend 
 his master's ideal theory. Logic and Rhetoric, as sciences, he 
 mav be said to have constructed. It is by his Logic, or Ormnon, 
 as he named it, that he gained an influence which abides to 
 this day. He thought, and his idolizing followers have always 
 thought, that the scientific developenient of the laws of thought 
 was the instrument of scientific fiivestigation. And into those 
 provinces in which such an error is most pernicious, the true 
 scientific OTv/nnon, partly developed by Lord Bacon, has scarcely 
 yet penetrated. The works of Aristotle which remain are al- 
 most all mere syllabi, or programmes of his lectures. 
 
 ARITHMANCY, s. [arithmos and manteia, Gr.] a sort of di- 
 vination, or foretelling things by numbers. 
 
 ARITHMETIC, s. [arMmos and metreo, Gr.] the science of 
 numbers ; the art of computation. In general, it means now 
 the applied science of numbers ; and of these by means of sym- 
 bols expressing results rather than processes. The fundamental 
 rules or operations of arithmetic are four, namely, addition, 
 subtraction, multiplication, and division. 
 
 ARITHMETICAL, a. that is performed by numbers, or agree- 
 able to some rule in arithmetic. Arithmetical complement, is the 
 quantity which will raise any other quantity to the next highest 
 decimal quantity, as 4, which added to 6 would make 10. Arith- 
 metical mean, a quantity which, whether a whole number or a 
 fraction, lies exactly midway between two other quantities, as 
 12, which lies so between 9 and 15. Arithmetical progression, a 
 series of quantities increasing, or decreasing, by the constant 
 addition or subtraction of the same quantity. Arithmetical pro- 
 portion, the relation of equality between the differences of 2 or 
 more pairs of numbers. 
 
 ARITHMETICALLY, ad. according to the rules of arithmetic ; 
 in an arithmetical manner. 
 
 ARITHMETI'CIAN, s. a master of the art of numbers. 
 
 A'RIUS, a Cyrenian, the author of the first momentous con- 
 troversy amongst Christians respecting the Trinity. He appears 
 to have held as an article of faith what was generally taugnt in 
 the philosophical school of Alexandria. He was opposed by the 
 dialectics of the bishops and the patriarch Athanasius, and the 
 excommunication of the emperor Constantine. He was after- 
 wards restored on submission to the synod of Nice, but died be- 
 fore being fully admitted to the church, in 336. 
 
 ARK, s. [area, Lat.] a chest, or coffer; applied in Scripture to 
 the vehicle in which Moses was exposed to the Nile ; the chest 
 wherein the two tables of the covenant, the pot of manna, and 
 Aaron's rod, were kept ; but more particularly the vessel built 
 by Noah, to preserve himself, family, and the whole race of ter- 
 restrial and aerial animals, from the flood. 
 
 ARKA'NSAS, one of the W. United States, bounded on the 
 N. by Missouri, on the E. by the Mississippi, on the W. by the 
 Indian territory, and on the S. by Louisiana. It is 240 miles 
 long, and 228 wide, and its population is 97,574, of whom 
 19,935 are slaves. Its principal river is the Arkansas, from 
 which it is named, which rises in the Rocky Mountains, and runs, 
 after a course of above 2000 miles, of which 1900 are navigable 
 by boats, into the Mississippi; the Red, the White rivers, and 
 their tributaries, also water it. The E. part of the State is 
 swampy, and not cleared, and so unhealthy ; in the W. part are 
 the Ozark Mountains, the Black Hills, and the Washita Hills, 
 which yield iron, gypsum, coal, and salt. The soil varies from 
 utter sterility to the greatest productiveness. Cotton and Indian 
 corn are its staple productions, and there is good grazing ground. 
 Buffaloes, deer, wolves, bears, and the common wild animals of 
 the States, abound. Little Rock, on the Arkansas, is the seat of 
 government. Arkansas, Columbia, Batesville, and other places 
 are little more than villages. Ihere is but one bank, and no 
 college. The constitution was formed in 183G, in which year it 
 was admitted to the Union. The laws respecting slavery in this 
 state are mild and comparatively equitable. 
 
 A'RKLOW, a neat market town and sea-port of the county of 
 Wicklow, in Ireland, with a harbour for small vessels. It is 26 
 miles from Dublin. Pop. 3254. 
 
 A'RKWRIGHT, SIR RICHARD, the inventor or introducer 
 of the cotton-spinning machine, was originally a barber at 
 Preston, in Lancashire, but having a great liking for practical 
 mechanics, devoted himself to the pursuit, and by the help of 
 
 ARM 
 
 Messrs. Need and Strutt, of Nottingham, produced his spinning- 
 machine, which altered the whole state of the cotton manufac- 
 tures of England. He was exposed to much annoyance from 
 disputants of his right to his patent, and ultimately lost his 
 monopoly. He gained great wealth by his mills, which he at- 
 tended to most indefatigably to the last. He died in 1792, aged 
 GO 3'ears. 
 
 ARLES, a large, handsome, and ancient city, in the dept. of 
 the mouths of the Rhone, in France. The adjacent country is 
 very pleasant, and produces good wine, manna, oil, fruits, and 
 vermilion, and the air is excellent, yet the city is not populous. 
 There are many Roman remains in the town, of which the 
 amphitheatre and obelisk are most remarkable. It is seated on 
 the Rhone, 430 miles from Paris. Lat. 43. 41. N. Long. 4. 43. E. 
 
 ARM, s. [earm. Sax.] a limb of the human body, reaching 
 from the shoulder to the hand. Anatomists divide the arm into 
 two parts, calling that part the arm which is included between 
 the shoulder and the elbow ; the rest, from the elbow to the 
 wrist, is called the fore-arm. The arm, in this acceptation, has 
 only one large bone, called the os humeri, or the shoulder-bone. 
 The other part consists of two bones, namely, the radius and 
 cubitus, or ulna. In Geography, it denotes a branch of the sea, 
 or a river. It is also figuratively used for power ; as, the secular 
 arm. Likewise, for a large branch or bough of a tree. 
 
 To ARM, V. a. [armo, Lat.] to furnish with weapons ; to cap, 
 case, or cover with metal, applied to the loadstone, or the shoes 
 of a horse. 
 
 To ARM, V. n. to take arms ; to be provided against any at- 
 tack, either of an enemy, or casualty. 
 
 ARMA'DA, s. [Span.] a fleet of men of war, applied by way of 
 eminence to that great one fitted out by the Spaniards, with an 
 intention to conquer this island, in 1588. 
 
 ARMADI'LLO, in Zoology, a genus of quadrupeds covered 
 with a hard shell, in which they can roll themselves up. They live 
 in burrows, and do not refuse any kind of food. They are found 
 only in South America. 
 
 A'RMAGH, a county of Ireland, in the province of Ulster, 
 which is fertile, well cultivated, and has a population of 232,393, 
 who carry on a good trade in linen. Its county town of the same 
 name is the see of an archbishop, who is primate of Ireland. It 
 is 81 miles from Dublin. Pop. 10,245. 
 
 A'RMAMENT, s. [armamentum, Lat.] any place wherein 
 arms are placed ; great provisions of military stores. Figura- 
 tively, an army, but most commonly applied to a fleet of men of 
 war. 
 
 A'RMAN, s. a confection for restoring appetite to horses. 
 
 A'RMATURE, s. [armatura, Lat.] a military dress to defend 
 the body from the attack of an enemy in battle ; any thing to 
 defend the body from external injuries. 
 
 A'RMED, a. in Heraldry, applied to beasts and birds of prey, 
 when their teeth, horns, feet, beak, talons, or tusks, &c., are 
 of a different colour. 
 
 ARME'NIA, a large country of Asia, bounded on the W. by 
 the river Euphrates, on the S. by Diarbeker, Curdistan, and 
 Adirbijan, on the E. by Shirvan, and on the N. by Georgia. It 
 was once governed by its own kings; but the Turks and Persians 
 at present possess it between them. The Armenians profess 
 Christianity, but in respect of Christ, are Monophysites. In other 
 particulars they adhere to the creeds and customs of the Catholic 
 church. The country is fertile, and exports grain, fruits, &c. 
 The people are greatly addicted to trade, and settle in other 
 countries for the purpose of carrying it on. The capital is 
 Erzroum. Armenia is a mountainous country, the Caucasus, 
 and other lofty ranges connected with it, running through it, 
 or bordering on it. It is watered by the Kur, the Aras, the 
 Tigris, the Euphrates, and their tributaries. The literature of 
 Armenia is varied and extensive, but not of recent date. 
 
 ARME'NIAN, (Bole) s. a fatty medicinal kind of earth, of a 
 pale reddish colour, which takes its name from the country of 
 Armenia. 
 
 ARME'NIAN, (Stone) s. a mineral stone or earth of a blue 
 colour, spotted with green, black, and yellow; ancientlj' brought 
 only from Armenia, but now found in Germany and the Tyrol. , 
 
 A'RMHOLE, A'rmpit, s. the cavity under the shoulder. 
 
 A'RMIGER, s. [Lat.] an esquire; one that bears arms. 
 
 ARMFLLARY, a. [from armilla, Lat.] something that is cir- 
 cular, in allusion to the surrounding of a bracefet. ArmiUary 
 
ARN 
 
 sphere, is composed of several brass circles, which represent 
 those of the horizon, meridian, ecliptic, &c., drawn on the globe. 
 
 A'RMINGS, «. (plural) in a ship, are white or red cloths hung 
 fore and aft on the outside of a ship ; those on the tops are 
 named top-armings. 
 
 ARMI'NIANS, named after Arminius, a famous minister at 
 AuLSterdam ; but who follow Episcopius, a disciple of his, in 
 holding, iu opposition to the Calvinists, that predestination was 
 not absolute, but conditional ; that Christ has not only redeemed 
 all, but that there is a universal grace given to all mankind ; 
 that grace is not an irresistible principle ; that man is a free 
 agent, always at liberty to obey all the motions of the Holy 
 Ghost, or resist them ; that with respect to perseverance, a man 
 may, after I'ustification, fall into new crimes. 
 
 ARMKViUS, JACOBUS, a famous minister of Amsterdam 
 in the 16th century. He studied at Leyden, at Padua, and at 
 Geneva, but created opposition to himself at the latter place, 
 by renouncing the Aristotelian philosophy. Being settled at 
 Amsterdam, he commenced his attacks upon Calvinism, and 
 gained many adherents, and was warmly opposed. The States- 
 General even interfered in the controversy. He died in 1609, 
 aged 49 years. 
 
 ARMr'POTENCE, s. [arma and potentia, Lat.] power, or power- 
 fulness in war. 
 
 ARMI'POTENT, a. [armipotens, Lat.] powerful, or strong in 
 the field, in arms, or at war. 
 
 A'RMISTICE, s. [armistitium, Lat.] a short truce, or cessation 
 from arms for a short time. 
 
 A'RMLET,s. a small arm of the sea. Figuratively, a bracelet, 
 or some ornament worn on the arm. 
 
 ARMO'NICA, s. an instrument of music constructed with 
 drinking-glassos : invented by the late Dr. Franklin. 
 
 ARMO'RIAL, a. Uirmorial, Fr.] that belongs to the coat or 
 escutcheon of a family. 
 
 A'RMORIST, ». a person skilled in heraldry. 
 
 A'RMOUR, s. [armure, Fr.] a cover for the body, to defend it 
 from the instruments of war, like a harness. 
 
 A'RMOUR-BEARER, s. he that carries the arms of another. 
 
 A'RMOURER, s. [annorier, Fr.] one who makes, forges, or 
 sells armour ; one who dresses another in armour. 
 
 A'RMOURY, ». [armoire, Fr.] a place where arms are kept. 
 Figuratively, arms. 
 
 ARMS, s. (not used in the singular,) [arma, Lat.] all kinds of 
 weapons, whether offensive or defensive. Figuratively, a state 
 of hostilit;^ between two nations ; war. In Heraldry, tlie badges 
 of distinctions, escutcheons, or other marks of honour, given by 
 sovereigns, and borne on banners, shields, or coats. 
 
 A'RMY, s. [armee, Fr.] a collection of men armed, commanded 
 by their proper officers. Figuratively, a great number. 
 
 ARNA'LDO DE BRESCIA, a pupil of the famous Abelard, 
 who, in the 12th century, exposed the corruptions of the Roman 
 hierarchj^, and grievouslj^ troubled that church. He headed an 
 insurrection at Rome against the pope, and maintained the anti- 
 papal spirit alive in the papal citv for ten years. On the acces- 
 sion of Adrian IV. to the chair, the city was put under an inter- 
 dict, the people forsook Arnaldo, who fell into his enemies' hands, 
 and was put to death at Rome in 1155, being about 50 years 
 of age. 
 ^ARNAU'LD, ANTOINE, a celebrated Jansenist priest of the 
 17th century. Together with Pascal and Nicole he attacked 
 the Jesuits, and established the fame of the convent of Port- 
 Royal. He wrote many of the works that were published by 
 the Port-Royalists, of which his Logic is. best known. The 
 principal part of his writings were, however, polemical. Orders 
 being given for his arrest, he retired to Brussels, where he died 
 in lo94, aged 82 years. 
 
 ARNDT, JOHN, a Lutheran divine of the 16th century, who 
 endeavoured, and with some success, to resist the spread of cor- 
 ruption in the Lutheran church, by his work on True Christianity. 
 A book which has been much admired by the Pietists and Evan- 
 gelicals of Germany. He died in 1621 , aged 66 years. 
 
 ARNE, DR. THOMAS AUGUSTINE, a celebrated English 
 composer, whose operas, oratorios, and other works, are greatly 
 admired. He was the author of " Rule Britannia." He died in 
 1 778, aged 68 years. 
 
 ARNEE', s. an Indian animal of the ox kind, reported to have 
 very large horns. ' 
 
 ARR 
 
 A'RNO, a river of Tuscany, in Italy, which rises in the 
 Apennines, and after a course of about 140 miles, enters the 
 Mediterranean Sea, near the town of Pisa. 
 
 A'RNOLD, BENEDICT, an American general, who, after a 
 career of great bravery, offered and attempted to betray his 
 country to General Clinton. It was for his part in the negocia- 
 tions connected with this attempt that the unfortunate Major 
 Andre was executed. Arnold escaped to the British, under 
 whom he afterwards served. At the end of the war he went to 
 England, where he died in 1801. 
 
 A'RNOLD, DR. SAMUEL, a celebrated English composer, 
 author of some dramatic music, and of several oratorios, and 
 organist at Westminster Abbey. He died in 1802, aged 02 
 years. 
 
 A'RNOLD, DR. THOMAS, a distinguished English clergy- 
 man, for 14 years head-master of Rugby grammar school. His 
 ceaseless labour for the good of his scholars, endeared him as a 
 father to them all. He left many works of great value to sustain 
 his reputation as a scholar, amongst which his Thucydides, and 
 his unfinished History of Rome, may be especially named. He 
 was Regius Professor of Modern Histoiy at Oxford, but had 
 delivered only his introductory course of lectures. His character, 
 as his mind, was one of great clearness and beauty ; and his 
 endeavours after what he deemed worthy of pursuit void of 
 all selfishness or fear. He died, suddenly, in 1842, aged 47 
 years. 
 
 ARO'MA, in Chemistry, the odour which arises from certain 
 vegetables, or their infusions. 
 
 AROMA'TIC, Aroma'tical, a. [aroma, Lat.] spicy ; fragrant ; 
 strong-scented, or smelling like spices. 
 
 AROMA'TICS, s. (not used in the singular,) spices, or any 
 strong-scented, fragrant, or high-tasted body. 
 
 To AROMATI'ZE, ;-'. a. to mix or scent with spices. Figura- 
 tively, to make any thing agreeable, which in its own nature 
 would be loathsome. 
 
 AROU'ND, ad. [d la ronde, Fr.] in a circle ; in a circular man- 
 ner; on all sides. Used as a preposition, encircling; encom- 
 passing ; round about. 
 
 To AROU'SE, (aroiJze) v. a. [arisen, Sax.] to wake from sleep ; 
 to excite an indolent person to action ; to raise up ; to stimulate. 
 
 ARPE'GGIO, s. [Ital.] in Music, the making the notes of a 
 chord to be heard distinctly one after another, by a purling or 
 rolling of the hand on stnnged instruments, beginning at the 
 lowest note, and rising gradually upwards. 
 
 A'RPENT, s. an acre or furlong of ground. The arpent of 
 France is 100 perches square, but some account it but half an 
 acre. 
 
 A'RQUEBUSE, s. anciently a large hand-gun, somewhat big- 
 ger than our musket, and called by some a caliver. 
 
 A'RQUEBUSIER, s. one who carries, or makes use of, an 
 arquebuse. 
 
 A'RRACK, s. See Arac. 
 
 A'RRAGON, one of the provinces of Spain, anciently an 
 independent kingdom. It lies against the Pyrenees, between 
 Navarre and Catalonia, and is about 200 miles lono^, and 130 
 broad. It is watered by the Ebro, which crosses it, and its 
 tributaries flowing from the Pyrenees, and the Sierras of Molina 
 and Morella, which form its S. boundaries. Its climate is tem- 
 perate, and its soil fertile ; and the mountains yield abundance 
 of metals, coal, &c. Game and other wild animals, as bears 
 and wolves, are plentiful. The population does not exceed 
 700,000. Its principal cities are Saragossa, Huesca, and Bal- 
 bastro. 
 
 To ARRAFGN, {arrahi) v. a. [arranger, Fr.] in Law, to set a 
 thing in order, or fit it for a trial. Applied to writing, to indict ; 
 to accuse ; to charge with crimes. 
 
 ARRAIGNMENT, (arra'mment) s. the act of trying a person 
 upon an indictment, accusation, or charge. 
 
 A'RRAN, a rocky and mountainous island of Scotland, in the 
 Frith of Clyde, to the S. W. of the island of Bute ; about 20 
 miles long, and 11 broad. It abounds with cattle, sheep, goats, 
 and fowl, and agriculture here is somewhat advancing. The 
 streams are stored with fish, especially salmon. The climate is 
 cold, but healthful. The rocks produce iron ore, sandstone, and 
 clear agates, called cairngorms. Remains of the forest which 
 once covered it exist. There are many relics of antiquity, both 
 Druidical and Runic. Pop. 6241. Lat. 55.40. N. Long. 5. 10. VV. 
 H 49 
 
ARS 
 
 To ARRA'NGE, v. a. [arranger, Fr.] to dispose or put in order, 
 including the secondary idea of art or skill. 
 
 ARRA'NGEMENT, s. the act of putting or placing things 
 into order, including the idea of skill or judgment. 
 
 A'RRANT, a. [errant, Fr.] notorious, infamous. 
 
 A'RRANTLY, ad. in a notorious, infamous, or shameful 
 manner. 
 
 A'RRAS, a city of France, formerly the capital of Artois, a 
 province of the Netherlands, 108 miles from Paris, in the de- 
 
 Eartment of Pas-de-Calais. It has a strong citadel, and is 
 andsomely built. It formerly was famous for manufactures of 
 rich tapestry, called after it. Arras. 
 
 ARRA'Y, s. the order in which an army is drawn up to give 
 battle ; dress, or external ornaments. 
 
 To ARRA'Y, r. a. [arroyer, Fr.] in military affairs, to place an 
 army in proper order to engage ; .to deck, embellish, or adorn 
 with dress. 
 
 ARRA'YERS, s. officers that had the care of soldiers, and 
 saw that they were properly accoutred. 
 
 ARRE'AR, {arreer) s. [arriere, Fr.] that which remains unpaid. 
 Applied to rent, it signifies that which has been due some time, 
 and is not discharged. rr. l • ■ 
 
 A'RREOY, the name of some societies which existed at Tahiti, 
 and other islands of that group, one of the principal features of 
 which seems to have been Infanticide. 
 
 ARRE'ST, s. [arrester, Fr.] in Law, the seizing or apprehend- 
 ing a man, thereby depriving him of his liberty by legal process, 
 either for debt or any offence against the law ; a stopping or 
 restraint from proceeding in an undertaking. 
 
 To ARRE'ST, v. a. [arrester, Fr.] to apprehend by virtue of a 
 writ from a court of justice ; to seize any thing by law ; to seize 
 upon ; to stop, withhold, or bind ; to stop a body in motion. 
 
 ARRET, s. [Fr.] the decision of a sovereign court, or court of 
 judicature ; resembling our act of parliament. 
 
 A'RRIAN, a Greek author, who wrote the History of the 
 Conquest of Asia hy Alexander the Great, and many other works, 
 some of which relate to the philosopher Epictetus, who was his 
 teacher. He held an oflice in Asia Minor under the emperor 
 Hadrian, and was greatly honoured in Nicomedia, his native 
 city. He flourished about 150 a. d. 
 
 A'rriege, a department of France, lying on the Pyrenees, 
 named after a river, which is a tributary of the Garonne. It is 
 67 miles in length, and 48 in breadth. Montcalm, the highest 
 point of the Pyrenees within its border, is 10,660 feet high. 
 The mountains produce abundance of iron, and some other 
 metals. There are some manufactories of woollens, Sec. Its 
 capital is Foix, and its population about 250,000. 
 
 ARRIE'RE-FIEF, s. [Fr.] a fief dependent on another. 
 
 ARRI'VAL, s. the coming to any place, either by sea or land. 
 Figuratively, the attainment of any design. 
 
 ARRI'VANCE, s. company expected to come. 
 
 To ARRI'VE, V. n. [arriver, Fr.] to come to any place by water 
 or land. Figuratively, to attain or come to. 
 
 A'RROGANCE, A'rrogancy, s. [arrogantia, Lnt.] the assum- 
 ing or claiming to oneself more honour or meiit than is our 
 due. 
 
 A'RROGANT, a. [arrogans, Lat.] self-conceited, haughty. 
 
 AUROGANTLY, ad. in an arrogant, self-conceited, or haughty 
 manner. 
 
 To A'RROGATE, v. a. [arrogo, Lat.] to lay claim to a thing 
 or quality which does not belong to us. 
 
 A'RROW, s. [arewe. Sax.] a slender piece of round wood, 
 pointed, barbed, and shot out of a bow ; distinguished from a 
 dart, because that was thrown by the hand. Arrow-head, is the 
 sharp point of an arrow, which was usually armed with steel. 
 Arrow-shaped, in Botany, like the head of an arrow. 
 
 A'RROWHEAD, «. a water-plant, so called from the resem- 
 blance of its leaves to the head of an arrow. 
 
 AUROWROOT, s. a useful and nutritious farinaceous prepara- 
 tion from the roots of plants growing in the E. and W. Indies, 
 and in the South Seas. An imitation is manufactured in Eng- 
 land from the tubers of the potato. 
 
 ARSE, s. [carsc. Sax.] the buttocks or hind part of an animal. 
 
 A'RSENAL, «. [arsenate, Lat.] a royal or public magazine ; or 
 place wherein all warlike stores are kept or torged. 
 
 ARSE'NIATE,«. a salt formed by the combination of any base 
 with the acid of arsenic. 
 50 
 
 ART 
 
 ARSETVIATED, a. combined with the acid of arsenic. 
 
 A'RSENIC, «. [arsenicon, Gr.] an exceedingly brittle metal, of 
 a greyish white colour, sometimes found native, but more fre- 
 quently in combination with cobalt and iron. The white oxide 
 of arsenic is a virulent poison. Judiciously exhibited it is a fine 
 stimulant tonic ; and when administered for the purpose of de- 
 stroying life, its presence is easily detected, and the twentieth 
 part of a grain can be, by the appliances of modern chemistry, 
 reduced to a metallic state again, so as to be recognised by the 
 naked eye. 
 
 ARSE'NICAL, a. consisting, or having the properties, of 
 arsenic. 
 
 ARSE'NIOUS, a. belonging to arsenic. 
 
 A'RSON, s. in Law, the malicious or wilful burning of the 
 house, property, &c., of another man : it is felony at common law. 
 
 ART, s. [art, Fr. ars, Lat.] an abstract or metaphysical term, 
 implying a collection of certain rules from observation and ex- 
 perience, by which any thing may be performed, or any end ob- 
 tained ; distinguished from science by its object. If the object 
 be attained by the application of rules, or require practice, then 
 it is an art; but if contemplated only with respect to its different 
 appearances, the collection of observations relative thereto is a 
 science. A trade ; cunning; artfulness ; speculation. We have 
 likewise the division of arts into liberal and mechanic. The 
 liberal arts are those which consist in the application or exercise 
 of the mind; the mechanic, those which consist in the exercise 
 of the body, or hand, and make use of machines to attain their 
 ends. 
 
 A'RTA, the modern name of the Ambracian Gulf, in the en- 
 trance to which the naval fight of Actium occurred, which ruined 
 the prospects of M. Antonius, and gave the empire of Rome to 
 Augustus. 
 
 ARTAXE'RXES, the name of three ancient Persian sove- 
 reigns, the second of whom was opposed bv his younger brother 
 Cyrus, aided by Xenophon and his 10,000 Greeks, whose ex- 
 pedition, with the battle of Cunaxa, which was fatal to their 
 attempt, is narrated in the Anabasis. 
 
 ARTE'DI, PETER, an eminent icthyologist, and friend of 
 Linnaeus. His arrangement of this branch of Zoology prevailed 
 until the labours of Agassiz superseded it. He was accidentally 
 drowned at Amsterdam, in 173a, being only 30 years old. 
 
 A'RTEMIS, a Grecian godde " - • 
 
 represented in the poets as p 
 hunting. She was fabled to be a rigid ceHbate, but to have pre- 
 sided over child-birth. She was worshipped at Ephesus, as an 
 impersonation of nature. Latterly she was confounded with the 
 moon, and with the Roman goddess Diana. 
 
 ARTE'RIAL, a. that belongs to, or is contained in, an artery. 
 
 ARTERICTOMY, s. [artena and temno, Gr.] in Surgery, the 
 opening an artery with a lancet in order to draw blood. 
 
 A'RTERY, s. [arteria, Lat.] in Anatomy, a membraneous, 
 elastic, conical tube, internally smooth, without valves, which 
 decreases in its dimension in proportion to the number of its 
 branches, destined to receive the blood from the heart, and 
 distribute it to the lungs and other parts of the body; that which 
 has its origin from the right ventricle of the heart is called the 
 pulmonary artery, and that which rises from the left, the aorta. 
 
 ARTE'SIAN WELLS, artificial springs, obtained by boring 
 perpendicularly till a solid stratum is reached, which will yield 
 a constant supply of water. The bore is very small ; they are 
 therefore more easily and more cheaply formed than common 
 wells. The name is derived from Artois, in France, where it is 
 supposed they were first made. 
 
 A'RTEVELDE, the name of two popular leaders of the town of 
 Ghent, in Flanders, in the 14th century. Jacob, the father, 
 was a brewer, who was chosen as captain when the townsmen 
 revolted against Philip of France, aided by Edward III. He was 
 assassinated in a popular tumult, in 1344. His son, Philip, being 
 chosen leader during a blockade of the town in 1380, pro- 
 posed to attack the besiegers as a last resource. The result was 
 so completely successful that he gained over nearly the whole of 
 Flanders. A powerful coalition being formed against him, he 
 was defeated and slain at Rossbeck, in 1382. 
 
 A'RTFUL, a. performed according to the rules of art, includ- 
 ing the idea of skill, judgment, or wisdom. 
 
 A'RTFULLY, ad. m such a manner as shows "a deal of cun- 
 ning or skill. 
 
 , twin sister to Apollo, who was 
 liding over woodland life and 
 
ART 
 
 ARTFULNESS, s. the quality of performing any thing with 
 skill, or the attaining an end by cunning. 
 
 ARTHRITIC, Arthri'tical, a. [Gr.] gouty, or occasioned by 
 the gout ; that has something like joints. 
 
 ARTHRITIS, s. [Gr.] in Physic, a disease which affects the 
 joints ; the gout. 
 
 A'RTHUR, an ancient British prince of the Silures, who, on 
 the progress of the Saxons westward, was elected to the sove- 
 reignty or command of all the tribes, and displayed great bravery 
 against the invaders, gaining, according to the old chronicles, 
 twelve battles. The Prince of Cornwall having revolted from 
 him, a battle ensued, in which Arthur fell. He was buried at 
 Glastonbury, in 542. His fame was so great that he has been 
 made the hero of as much romance as the Paladins of Charle- 
 magne. The longest and most coherent of them, the Marte d! 
 Arihure, was not written before the time of the wars of the Roses. 
 It contains the history of the Knights of the Round Table, their 
 adventures, intrigues, &c., and particularly the quest of the 
 Sang-real. The most famous amongst them was Lancelot du 
 Lake. Magical art, of course, supplies the machinerj- of this 
 
 f rose-poem, and of that the great Merlin is the visible director, 
 t ends with the battle of Camlan, in Cornwall, and the disper- 
 sion of the band. 
 
 A'RTICHOKE, s. a plant with large scaly heads, shaped like 
 the cone of a pine tree. The girasoTe, or Jerusalem artichoke, 
 is an agreeably tasted root, but not much cultivated now. 
 
 A'RTICLE, s. [articuhis, Lat.] in English Grammar, the name 
 given to the demonstrative the, and the numeral an ; the first 
 being called the definite, and the second the itidefinite article. They 
 are used to mark the extent of signification in which the sub- 
 stantive is used. The is used before both numbers ; an only 
 before the singular, except in instances in which the plural is 
 used as a whole, as, a few men, a hundred, a thousand ; and when 
 the word it stands before begins with a consonant sound, the n is 
 dropped. In some other languages, the perfect demonstrative 
 pronoun alone is used, which is therefore erroneously called the 
 article. In Hebrew, and its related dialects, there is an article ; 
 but even for it demonstrative were a more correct designation. 
 In Commerce, a single transaction, thing, or parcel, in an account. 
 Articles of the Established Church, are 39 propositions, which 
 all clergymen and graduates at the universities of Oxford and 
 Cambridge are required to subscribe. 
 
 To A'RTICLE, v. n. to make conditions or terms ; to stipu- 
 late ; to bind or oblige a person to serve another under certain 
 conditions. 
 
 ARTI'CULAR, a. [articularis, Lat.] in Physic, relating to a 
 disease which affects the joints. 
 
 ARTI'CULATE, a. larticulus, Lat.] in its primary sense, ap- 
 plied to bodies which are joined together, and may be bent 
 without being pulled asunder. Applied to the voice, it implies, 
 that its sounds are distinct and varied, but connected together 
 so as to form words. 
 
 To ARTl'CULATE, v. a. [articuler, Fr.] to pronounce syllables 
 or words in a distinct manner. 
 
 ARTI'CULATELY, ad. in such a manner as to pronounce the 
 syllables or words distinctly. 
 
 ARTICULATION, s. in Anatomy, the juncture of two bones 
 in such a manner, that they may be bent without being pulled 
 asunder. Applied to the voice, the modulations and variations 
 of the voice, which are so connected as to form syllables or 
 words. 
 
 A'RTIFICE, s. [artifice, Fr.] an indirect method of attaining 
 one's end ; a pretence, stratagem, or fraud. - Synon. Cunning is 
 employed in using means; ^ne«se insinuates insensibly, and 
 must be accompanied by penetration ; device surprises, and gives 
 satisfaction ; artifice generally makes use of studied dissimula- 
 tion ; a trick is commonly looked on as a fraud; and a stratagem 
 is oftener illicit than otherwise. 
 
 ARTPFICER, 8. a person employed in works of art, or to 
 manufacture any commodity. 
 
 ARTIFFCIAL, a. [artifieiel, Fr.] applied to something made 
 by art, in opposition to the productions of nature ; counterfeit. 
 Artificial lines, are those whicn are drawn upon a sector, or scale, 
 to represent lines and tangents. Artificial numbers, are the same 
 with logarithms. 
 
 ARTlFI'CIALLY, ad. in an artful, cunning, crafty, or skilful 
 
 ASC 
 
 ARTI'LI-ERY, s. (a plural noun,) [artillcrie, Fr.] the heavy 
 engines of war, such as cannons, bombs, &c. 
 
 ARTISA'N, {artizan) s. [Fr.] properly applied to those pro- 
 fessors of trades which require the least exercise of the under- 
 standing ; a low mechanic, manufacturer, or tradesman. 
 
 A'RTIST, s. [artiste, Fr.] one who excels in those arts which 
 require good natural parts ; or one who understands both the 
 theory and the practice of the art which he professes. 
 
 A'RTLESS, a. without art, design, craft, or cunning. 
 
 A'RTLESSLY, ad. in a simple, innocent, and undesigning 
 manner. 
 
 ARTS, DEGREES IN, the position and title assigned by uni- 
 versities to their scholars after due examination, &c., in general 
 knowledge. In Great Britain they are two: — Bachelor of Arts, 
 bacularius artiutn, signified by A. B. or B. A. placed after the 
 name ; and Master of Arts, magister artium, signified by A. M. 
 or M. A. The regulations of all the universities differ, respect- 
 ing the amount of scholarship required, and the kind of examin- 
 ation, for these degrees. 
 
 ARTS, FINE, the general designation of those works which 
 are the offspring of imagination, and realizations of the idea of the 
 beautiful. In its correct use it includes poetrj', music, painting, 
 sculpture, architecture, and the arts akin to these ; but popularly 
 it is more restricted in its meaning. 
 
 ART-U'NIONS, societies formed for the purchase of works of 
 art, and the distribution of them amongst the shareholders by lot. 
 
 A'RUNDEL, Sussex. It is seated on the side of a hill on the 
 river Arun, (over which there is a bridge,) where small ships 
 may ride. The ancient castle is seated on the summit of the 
 hill. It is a corporate town ; and gives the name of an ancient 
 earldom. 57 miles from London. Markets, Wednesday and 
 Saturday. Pop. 2624. 
 
 A'RUNDEL MARBLES, a collection of ancient sculptures, 
 &c., given to the university of Oxford, in 1067, which had been 
 made by one of the Earls of Arundel. Of these the most remark- 
 able and valuable is an inscription called the Parian Chronicle. 
 
 ARU'SPICES, s. an order of priesthood among the old Romans ; 
 soothsayers, who pretended to foretell things to come, by in- 
 specting the entrails of beasts. 
 
 AS, conjunct. [a^s,Teut.] referring to an action or time past, in 
 the same manner ; when it answers so or such, it is used for that. 
 " So uncertain, as they require a great deal of examination," Bac. 
 In a particular respect ; as far as a particular relation extends ; 
 like, or of the same kind. By an ellipsis, for as if. Referring to 
 the present time, it implies something done during that particu- 
 lar action, at the same time. " Whistled as he went," Dnjd. Ac- 
 cording to, or in what manner. "As they please," Boyle. An- 
 swering to like, or same, it is used as a relative, and implies 
 which. " The same crime as he committed." When at the begin- 
 ning of two sentences immediately following each other, it de- 
 notes a likeness or comparison between them. Answering so, it 
 implies condition, or in the same manner. " Some peculiarity 
 as well as his face," Locke. 
 
 A'SAPH, ST., Fhntshire, North Wales, seated on the river 
 Elway, where it unites with the river Clwyd, and over both there 
 is a bridge. It is of note only for its cathedral. Market, Satur- 
 day. 217 miles from London. Pop. 3338. 
 
 ASBE'STINE, a. [asbestinum, Lat.] that cannot be destroyed 
 by fire. 
 
 ASBE'STOS, s. [Gr.] a name given to a form in which several 
 minerals are occasionally found, viz., in long fibres, which, though 
 fusible, have the property of resisting the heat of ordinary flame ; 
 and so are used as wicks for lamps, &c. It was made by the an- 
 cients into a cloth, in which they wrapped the bodies of their 
 dead, who were to be burned, that they might the better collect 
 the ashes. It is found in Corsica, and the United States, in 
 Cornwall, and Scotland. 
 
 ASCA'RIDES, s. [Gr.] a genus of intestinal worms. 
 
 To ASCE'ND, V. n. [ascendo, Lat.] to rise upwards from the 
 earth. Figuratively, to advance from any degree of knowledge 
 to another. In Genealogy, to trace a pedigree backwards to- 
 wards its first founders. 
 
 ASCE'NDABLE, a. that may be ascended. 
 
 ASCE'NDANT, s. [ascendant, Fr.] in Morality, superiority or 
 
 influence, whereby one man or thing unreasonably biasses or 
 
 tyrannizes over another. Figuratively, the greatest height or 
 
 perfection. In Genealogy, ancestors, or those nearest the root 
 
 h2 51 
 
ASH 
 
 of a pedigree. In an astrological sense, that part of the ecliptic 
 at any particular time above the horizon. 
 
 ASCE'NDENCY, s. a bias ; an undue influence or superiority. 
 
 ASCE'NDING, part, [ascenckns, Lat.] going upwards from the 
 earth. In Astronomy, an epithet given to those degrees or stars 
 which are above the horizon. The ascending node of a planet is 
 a point of its orbit intersecting the ecliptic ; so called, because 
 the planet ascends above it in its motion towards the north. 
 
 ASCE'NSION, s. [aseensio, Lat.] a motion ujpwards. Ascension, 
 in Astronomy, is either right or oblique. Right ascension of the 
 sun, moon, or star, is that point of the equinoxial, counted from 
 the beginning of Aries, which rises with it in a right sphere. 
 OUique ascension, is an arch of the equator, intercepted between 
 the first point of Aries and that point of the equator which rises 
 together with the celestial body in an oblique sphere. The differ- 
 ence between right and oblique ascension, is what the astronomers 
 mean by ascensional difference. Ascension-day, the day on which 
 the ascension of our Saviour is commemorated, commonlv called 
 Holv Thursday, the Thursday but one before Whitsuntide. 
 
 ASCE'NSION, the name of a small island in the Atlantic, 7 
 miles long, and 6 wide, in- Lat. 7. 56. N. Long. 14. 24. W. It 
 is hilly, and evidently of volcanic origin : but in some parts there 
 is a soil in which various fruits and vegetables are |?rown with 
 complete success. There is good anchorage near it. The British 
 have an establishment on it. 
 
 ASCE'NT, «. [ascensus, Lat.] motion upwards ; the place by 
 which an eminence may be climbed. Figuratively, a high place 
 or eminence. In Physics, the ascent of fluids is their rising above 
 the level of their own surfaces, &c. In Logic, a kind of argument, 
 wherein we rise from particulars to universals. 
 
 To ASCERTAIN, v. a. [ascertener, Fr.] to determine the signi- 
 fication of any word ; to take away all doubt. 
 
 ASCERTA'INER, s. one who limits or determines the signifi- 
 cation of a doubtful expression. 
 
 ASCERTAINMENT, s. the determining the signification of 
 a doubtful expression ; a settled rule or standard. 
 
 ASCE'TIC, a. [askeo, Gr.] employed only in exercises of devo- 
 tion and mortification. 
 
 ASCE'TIC, s. one who practises a greater degree of austerity 
 and mortification than others. 
 
 ASCE'TICS, s. a name given to all who by self-denial and 
 abstinence, seek to fit themselves for laborious undertakings. 
 It was applied to the Athletes of ancient Greece, and to those 
 philosophers who resembled the Stoics in their principles. In 
 later times it has been used to designate some of the monastic 
 order. It is also the name of a branch of ethical science. 
 
 A'SCHAM, ROGER, the well-known tutor to Edward VI., 
 Queen Elizabeth, and other distinguished persons of that age. 
 He held several important posts at court, and the university of 
 Cambridge. As the writer of " The Schoolmaster," and as the 
 author of the proverb that " There is no royal road to learning," 
 he is best known now. He died in 1568, aged 53 years. 
 
 A'SCII, s. [a and skia, Gr.] in Geography, those inhabitants 
 of the torrid zone who have no shadow once or twice a year, 
 because the sun is then vertical, or shines peipendicularly on 
 their heads. 
 
 ASCI'TES, «. [askos,Gr.'\ in Medicine, a kind of dropsy, which 
 principally affects the abdomen, or lower belly, and is remedied 
 
 by tapping. 
 ASCI'TIC, a. caused by ; 
 
 an ascites ; dropsical, or resembling 
 an ascites. 
 
 ASCITI'TIOUS, (assitishious) a. [aseititius, Lat.] that is coun- 
 terfeit or spurious. 
 
 ASCLE'PIADES, an ancient physician, a native of Bithynia, 
 who practised with great notoriety at Rome, immediately before 
 the Christian sera. Some of his methods of cure display great 
 insight into the causes of disease. 
 
 To ASCRI'BE, f, a. [ascribe, Lat.] to deduce from as a cause ; 
 to attribute to ; to impute. 
 
 ASCRrPTION, s. [ascriptio, Lat.] the act of ascribing. 
 
 ASH, s. [tesc. Sax.] in Botany, fraxinus. It has pinnated 
 leaves ending in a lobe. Its male flowers have no petals ; and 
 the seed has a wing attached to it. 
 
 ASHA'MED, a. conscious of having done something which a 
 person may find fault with. 
 
 A'SHANTEES, a warlike nation of W. Africa, inhabiting the 
 tract lying next to the state of Dahomey, inland from the Gold 
 &'2 
 
 ASl 
 
 Coast. It is made up of several different tribes, under a govern- 
 ment partly despotic and partly oligarchical. The capital is 
 Coomassie. In their manufactures, buildings, &c., they evince 
 a marked superiority to most of the other negro nations. There 
 are some Mohammedans amongst them, who appear to have 
 migrated from the Mediterranean coast. Their religious rites 
 are horribly cruel. 
 
 A'SHBOURNE, Derbyshire. Market, Saturday. 140 miles 
 from London. Pop. 4936. 
 
 A'SHBURTON, Devonshire, one of the four Stannary towns, 
 seated among the hills, where the mines of tin and copper are. 
 It carries on a considerable trade in wool, yarn, and serges, and 
 stands near the river Dort. 192 miles from London. Market, 
 Tuesday and Saturday, the former for wool. Sec, the latter for 
 provision. Pop. 3014. 
 
 A'SHBY-DE-LA-ZOUCH, Leicestershire. It has considerable 
 manufactories of stockings and hats. In the vicinity are coal 
 and iron mines. 115 miles from London. Market, Saturday. 
 Pop. 5652. 
 
 A'SHEN, a. made of ash, or ash-wood. 
 
 A'SHES, s. (has no singular,) [asca. Sax.] that substance which 
 bodies are reduced to bv burning. 
 
 A'SHFORD, Kent. Market, Saturday. 57 miles from London. 
 Pop. 3082. 
 
 A'SHLAR, s. in Masonry, free-stones as they come out of the 
 quarry, of different lengths, breadths, and thickness. 
 
 A'SHLEERING, s. in Building, quartering in gaiTets, about 
 two feet and a half or three feet high from the floor, and reach- 
 ing to the under side of the rafters. 
 
 A'SHMOLE, ELIAS, the collector of the museum of curiosi- 
 ties, &c., still called by his name, at Oxford, which he gave to 
 the university in 1682. He was a barrister by profession, and 
 by taste a most zealous antiquary. He held for some time the 
 post of Windsor herald. He was the author of many curious 
 works on Antiquities, &c., and died in 1692, aged 75 years. 
 
 ASHO'RE, ad. to the shore, on land, or to the land. 
 
 A'SHTON-UNDER-LINE, Lancashire, a considerable manu- 
 facturing town, for cotton goods. It has some fine public build- 
 ings, and a prison of great antiquity. Market, Wednesday. 
 186 miles from London. Pop. 46,304. 
 
 ASH-WED'NESDAY, s. the first day of Lent, when, in the 
 primitive church, notorious sinners were put to open penance, 
 clothed in sackcloth, and having ashes on their heads; the 
 memory of which custom is preserved in the Commination ser- 
 vice, which is read on this day in the English church. 
 
 A'SHY, a. resembling the ash in colour ; of a whitish g^ey. 
 
 A'SIA, one of the four great divisions of the world, and the 
 largest of the three which form the E. hemisphere. It extends 
 from the Frozen Ocean in the N. to the Indian Ocean in the 
 Tropics ; and has Euiope and Africa to the W., from which it is 
 parted by the Ural Mountains, and the Black, Mediterranean, and 
 Red Seas ; while on the E. it is divided from America by the great 
 Pacific Ocean. Its physical geography may be best exhibited 
 by following the three great divisions into which it is naturally 
 separated. The N. division includes the vast plains of Siberia, 
 broken by occasional mountain ranges, and watered by many 
 great rivers. This region is noted for the rigour and length of 
 Its winters. The middle division includes the Caspian and Aral 
 Seas, with their surrounding sandy country, and the deserts 
 north of Hindustan, Thibet, and China, comprising the great 
 country of the Tatars. The S. or tropical division, contains 
 Asiatic Turkey, Arabia, Persia, Hindustan, India beyond the 
 Ganges, and China. There lie between these divisions the 
 
 freat Altaic chain of mountains which divide N. Asia from the 
 !>serts of Tatary ; and the Himalaya Mountains, which are 
 nearly the highest in the world, dividing Hindustan, &c., from 
 Tatary. Besides these, the Caucasian range and Mount Taurus, 
 lying W. of the Caspian and Asia Minor, must be mentioned. The 
 rivers Obi, Lena, and Euisei are the greatest in the N. division. 
 The Amur is the greatest in Tatary. In the S. division are the 
 Tigris and Euphrates, the Indus, the Ganges, the Brahma- 
 pootra, the Irawadi, and the Yangtse Kiang and Hoang Hq. 
 There is one considerable lake, named Baikal, in Siberia. A few 
 smaller ones occur in the region round the Caspian and the Aral 
 Seas; and a few in Chinese Tatary. The islands of Nova 
 Zembia and New Siberia the peninsula of Kaintschatka, the 
 Sea of Obi, Behring's Straits, which divide the old world from 
 
ASP 
 
 the new, and the Sea of Okhotsk, complete our survey of N. Asia. 
 Saghalien and the Kurile Isles lie off the coast of Tatary. The 
 Japanese Islands, the Loochoo Islands, Formosa, Hainan, the 
 numerous groups of large islands usually classed together as the 
 Indian Archipelago, and Australasia; the island of Ceylon, 
 and the few smaller groups round Hindustan ; the peninsulas of 
 the Corea, Cochin China, and Malacca, and the vast promon- 
 tory of Hindustan ; the Yellow Sea, the Gulfs of Tonquin and 
 Siam, the Bay of Bengal, and the Persian Gulf, with the Red 
 Sea, complete our survey of the S. division. The Zoology and 
 Botany of the N. and middle divisions exhibit the usual charac- 
 teristics of the arctic and temperate climates ; the yak, a species 
 of ruminant, and the mammoth, whose remains were discovered 
 in an immense mass of frozen snow at the mouth of the Lena, are 
 the most remarkable. Both of plants and animals the S. division 
 presents us with the greatest abundance and variety. The 
 palms and the banian tree in India, and the gigantic ferns and 
 allied plants of the jungles, form the great peculiarity of tropical 
 scenery. Various species of sheep, deer, and goats, the tiger, 
 elephant, lion, enormous baboons, and bats, vast serpents and 
 alligators, are the peculiar inhabitants of this region. Asia 
 is the cradle of the human race, and of human civilization. 
 Universal tradition assigns the temperate district of S. W. Asia 
 as the birth-place of man. From the central desert regions, and 
 the less frozen parts of Siberia, have proceeded races which 
 in every quarter of the globe are the acknowledged leaders and 
 kings. The natives of the farthest N. have no history, apart 
 from their masters or conquerors. The inhabitants of the S., in 
 their languages, religions, customs, laws, buildings, show that 
 they had early reached to nearly the highest point of national 
 culture. But living in an enervating climate, it has been their 
 lot to be overrun by a succession of semi-barbarous conquerors 
 from central Asia, who have imparted little of their own hardi- 
 ness to them, and learning their effeminacy, have shared the ruin 
 brought by the next invaders. In China we have a vast nation 
 who, in spite of such invasions, have preserved, with unyielding 
 conservatism, a most peculiar and antiq^ue civilization. In Arabia 
 we have a nation who, with equal rigidity, have preserved a 
 most antique barbarism. The later history of all these nations 
 is largely affected by the recoil of the tide which, flowing first 
 from central Asia, produced as its special result the civilization 
 of modern Europe, and returning now, from Russia, France, and, 
 in pre-eminence, from England, seems bound to wash away the 
 barriers of ancient custom, and to nerve the feeble and timid 
 descendants with power and will to surpass their far-distant 
 forefathers, traces of whose mind are stamped on every thing 
 around them. 
 
 ASI'DE, ad. applied to situation, that which is not straight. 
 Opposed to perpendicular, out of, or deviating from its true direc- 
 tion ; not directly towards, or from the company. 
 
 A'SININE, a. [asinus, Lat.] partaking of the nature of an ass. 
 
 To ASK, V. a. [ascian. Sax.] to desire a thing ; to demand ; to 
 put a question ; to inquire ; to require. 
 
 ASKA'NCE, Askau'nce, Askau'nt, ad. with a look, wherein 
 the pupils of each eve are turned to the corners of the eye-lid ; 
 obliquely, or with a leer, and is expressive of slyness or disdain. 
 
 A^KER, 8. the person who makes a request or inquiry. 
 
 ASKE'W, ad. aside, wherein the pupils are drawn to one cor- 
 ner of the eye, and generally bespeaks contempt or disdain. 
 
 A'SKRIG, Yorkshire, N. R. 192 miles from London, Mar- 
 ket, Thursday. Pop. 1698. 
 
 ASLA'NT, ad. on one side ; obliquely. 
 
 ASLEE'P, ad. in that state wherein all the senses are ,in a 
 manner closed, the eyes shut, and a person enjoys that rest from 
 animal labour called sleep. 
 
 ASLO'PE, ad. declining ; obliquely. 
 
 A'SOV, called also Zabak, anciently the Palus Mseotis, a sea 
 between Europe and Asia, about 210 miles in length, and from 
 40 to CO in breadth. It lies N. of the Black Sea, with which it 
 communicates by the Strait of Caffa, the ancient Cimmerian 
 Bosphorus. 
 
 ASP, A'spic, s. [aspis, Gr.] the popular name for any small poi- 
 sonous serpent. 
 
 ASPA'LATHUS, s. [Lat.] a plant called the Rose of Jeru- 
 salem, which yields a fragrant oil. 
 
 ASPA'RAGUS, s. [Lat.] a well-known garden plant, the first 
 shoots of which are used as a vegetable. 
 
 ASS 
 
 ASPA'SIA, a female of Miletus, who took up her abode at 
 Athens, and endeavoured to raise the mental condition of her 
 sex, by setting them an example in study, and by publicly teach- 
 ing philosophy, &c. She was married to Pericles, but the laws 
 of the city refused her, as an alien, the title of wife. Pericles 
 and Socrates were indebted to her instructions for much of the 
 wisdom that marked their different courses. The comedians 
 of her time, and subsequently, cast many aspersions on her 
 character, which do not appear to have any foundation. She 
 died before 400 B. c. 
 
 A'SPECT, s. \aspectus, Lat.] the face ; a peculiar cast of the 
 countenance ; look or appearance ; the front situation of a build- 
 ing, or direction towards any point. In Astrology, the situation 
 of the sun, moon, or planets, with respect to each other. 
 
 To A'SPECT, V. a. [aspicw, Lat.] to look upon ; to behold. 
 
 A'SPEN, Asp, s. lespe. Sax.] in Botany, a kind of poplar, 
 whose leaves are supposed to be always trembling ; used adjec- 
 tively for things matle out of its wood, or those which resemble 
 it with respect to the trembling of its leaves. 
 
 A'SPER, a. [Lat.] rough or rugged. Spiritiis asper, in Gram- 
 mar, an accent in this form ('), which shows that the letter un- 
 der it is to be pronounced strong, and the breath to supply the 
 place of an h. 
 
 To A'SPERATE, v. a. [aspero, Lat.] to roughen, or make 
 rough. 
 
 ASPERIFO'LIOUS, o. [asper and folium, Lat.] in Botany, 
 having rough leaves. 
 
 ASPE'RifY, s. [asperitas, Lat.] unevenness, or roughness, 
 applied to the surface of bodies, and pronunciation. Moroseness, 
 or roughness, applied to the behaviour or temper. 
 
 To ASPE'RSL, V. a. [as2)ergo, Lat.] to say any thing inji^ious 
 to the character of another; to slander; to calumniate. 
 
 ASPE'RSION, s. [aspersio, Lat.] the action of casting water 
 about, so as it may fall in small drops, not in full streams. 
 Sprinkling, applied in Divinity to the mode of baptism com- 
 monly practised, opposed to immersion. Figuratively, an un- 
 merited calumny or slander. 
 
 ASPHA'LTE, s. a bituminous composition used for foot-pave- 
 ments, &c., the principal parts of which are a Hmestone of the 
 Jura Mountains, and asphaltos. It resists damp, and as a roof- 
 ing material is quite impervious to wet. Heat is injurious to it. 
 
 ASPHA'LTIC, a. [asphaltos, Gr.] bituminous, or pitchy. 
 
 ASPHA'LTOS, s. [Gr.] a solid, brittle, black, bituminous, 
 inflammable substance, resembling pitch, and chiefly found 
 swimming on the surface of the lake Asphaltiies, or Dead Sea. 
 It is used for lamps instead of oil, and as an etching ground. 
 
 A'SPHODEL, s. [asphodelus, Lat.] in Botany, the day lily. 
 The flowers are very beautiful. 
 
 ASPHY'XIA, «. [Gr.] in Surgery, suffocation, or failure of 
 respiration, in most cases followed by death, from the non-oxygen- 
 ation of the blood. 
 
 To A'SPIRATE, v. a. [aspiro, Lat.] to lay a great stress of 
 voice upon any syllable or letter.— r. n. to speak with stress and 
 vehemence, or a full breath. 
 
 A'SPIRATED, a. [aspiratus, Lat.] pronounced with some de- 
 gree of roughness, stress, or vehemence of voice, or a full breath. 
 
 ASPIRA'TION, s. [aspiratio, Lat.] a sighing for, or longing 
 after; an ardent desire, generally used in a spiritual sense. 
 Among grammarians, it denotes the pronouncing a syllable 
 with some vehemence ; as these words beginning with the letter 
 h, hear, heat, if pronounced softly, would be ear, eat. 
 
 To ASPFRE, V. n. [aspiro, Lat.] to endeavour to attain some- 
 thing above our present circumstances, rank, or power. Used 
 with the particles to and after. 
 
 ASQUr NT, ad. [scendan. Sax.] a position of the eyes, wherein 
 they do not both seem to look the same way ; obliquely. 
 
 ASS, s. [asinus, Lat.] in Natural History, a domestic animal, 
 remarkable for its sluggishness, hardiness, patience in labour, 
 coarseness of diet, and long life. This animal is originally a 
 native of Arabia, and other parts of the East, where it is much 
 valued for its spirit and beauty ; its size and spirit decline as it 
 advances into the colder regions. Figuratively, the word implies 
 a person of mean, abject spirit, basely patient under provoca- 
 tions, despicable and dull. 
 
 To ASSAI'L, V. a. [assailkr. Ft.] to attack, or fall upon, in 
 order to subdue, as an enemy. Figuratively, to attacli with 
 arguments. 
 
ASS 
 
 ASSAI'LABLE, a. that may be attacked. 
 
 ASSAI'LANT, s. [assaUlant, Fr.] he who makes an attack, op- 
 posed to one who defends. 
 
 ASSAI'L ANT, a. using acts of violence against another ; at- 
 tacking. 
 
 ASSAl'LER, s. one who attacks another. 
 
 A'SSAM, a country of Asia on the N. W. of Bengal, Wng 
 between the Himalaya mountains, and the mountains S. of 
 Brahmapootra river, which divide it from the Burman empire. 
 The Brahmapootra runs through this valley, which is watered 
 also bv some minor rivers which flow into it. It is above 400 
 miles long, and about 60 miles in width. The climate is tropi- 
 cal, and the soil of the richest fertility. Rice is grown exten- 
 sively, as are other fruits and vegetables peculiar to tropical 
 climates. Buffaloes, elephants, and other wild animals of those 
 regions, are plentiful ; and there are several kinds of silk-worms, 
 which the inhabitants breed for the silk. The tea-plant is also 
 cultivated here. There are mines of gold and iron, and some 
 coal has been found. The commerce of the country consists 
 chiefly in the exchange of these natural and other productions, 
 for the manufactures, &c., of other lands. The people, in lan- 
 guage, religion, and political customs, show their connexion 
 with the Hindus. In the mountainous districts, however, races of 
 theBoodhist religion, and a language connected with theChinese, 
 dwell. The country is under the sway of a native rajah, (except 
 in the mountainous parts, whose inhabitants seem to have 
 adopted the democratic form of government,) and is protected 
 by the East India Company. 
 
 ASSA'RT, s. in Law, an offence committed in a forest, by 
 pulling or grubbing up by the roots those trees or bushes that 
 form tnickets or coverts for beasts. 
 
 ASSA'SSIN, Assassina'tor, s. one who murders another, 
 either for hire, or by treachery. The word Hassassin, (from hass, 
 to kill, to assassinate, to listen, to surprise,) in the vulgar Arabic, 
 signifies robbers of the night, persons who lie in ambush to kill. 
 There was an incorporated society of assassins in Syria in the 
 11th centurj'. 
 
 To ASSA'SSINATE, v. a. to murder another treacherously, 
 revengefully, or for hire. 
 
 ASSASSINATION, s. the act of murdering by treachery, or 
 for hire. 
 
 ASSAU'LT, s. [assault, Fr.] in War, a general and furious at- 
 tack of a camp, or fortified place, with an intention to carry, or 
 become master of it. This has lately been styled a coup de main, 
 or a strong and vigorous impression. In Law, a violent injury 
 offered to a man's person, which may be committed by offering 
 a blow, or terrifying speech. 
 
 To ASSAU'LT, v. a. in War, to make a general and furious 
 attack, without any cover, on a camp, or fortified place, in order 
 to carry, or become masters of it ; to offer violence to ; to attack, 
 or invade. 
 
 ASSAU'LTER, s. one who uses violence against another. 
 
 ASSA'Y, e. [essaye, Ft.} examination, trial, or attempt; attack. 
 
 InJ- " ■ •■ - ^ 
 
 line 
 
 in order to bring them to their proper fineness, the other after 
 they are struck, to see that the species be the standard. In Law, 
 assay of weights and measures, is the examination of them by 
 the clerks of markets. 
 
 To ASSAnf, V. a. [essayer, Fr.] to put to trial ; to try. 
 
 ASSA'YER, s. an officer of the mint, who tries metals, in 
 order to determine their fineness, and how much they are above 
 or below standard. 
 
 ASSA'YING, s. the art of separating metals, sulphurs, mineral 
 salts, and other bodies, from each other. 
 
 ASSECU'TION, s. [assecutio, Lat.] in Canon Law, acquirement. 
 
 ASSE'MBLAGE, *. [assemblage, Fr.] the collecting a number 
 of individuals together, so as to form a whole. Synon. It differs 
 from assembly, because that is used ofpersons, and this of things. 
 
 To ASSE'MBLE, v. a. [assembler, Fr.] to unite several things 
 together, so as to form a whole ; to bring several things together 
 into one place. Used with the preposition together. 
 
 ASSE'MBLY, s. [assemblee, Fr.] a company met together for 
 any fixed purpose, either of public worship, business, or diver- 
 sion. In the military art, it is the second beating of the drum 
 before a march, as a signal for the soldiers to strike their tents, 
 roll them up, and stand to arms. Assemblies of the clergy are 
 
 n Metallurgy, the proof or trial of the purity of metafs or metal- 
 ine substances. It is of two kinds, one oefore metals are melted. 
 
 ASS 
 
 called convocations, synods, councils ; the annual meeting of the 
 church of Scotland is called a General Assembly. 
 
 ASSE'NT, s. [assensus, Lat.] that act of the mind whereby it 
 takes, or acknowledges, any proposition to be true or false. In 
 a more loose sense, agreement, or consent. 
 
 To ASSE'NT, V. a. [assentio, Lat.] to receive a thing as true. 
 
 A'SSER, a learned monk, who was much esteemed by Alfred 
 the Great, and invited by him to reside with him, to aid his studies 
 and his efforts for the advancement of the people. He has left 
 us a record of his royal master's life and deeds. He died 
 about 910. 
 
 To ASSE'RT, V. a. [assero, Lat.] to affirm a thing as true ; to 
 claim a thing as one's due ; to defend both by words and actions. 
 
 ASSE'RTION, s. the affirming a thing as true ; a proposition 
 conceived or delivered in positive terms. 
 
 ASSE'RTIVE, a. positive ; obstinate ; dogmatical. 
 
 ASSE'RTOR, s. he who affirms any proposition as true ; the 
 author or supporter of any opinion. 
 
 To ASSE'SS, V. a. [assessare, Ital.] to rate or tax ; to fine a 
 person. 
 
 ASSE'SSMENT, «. the sum, fine, or custom, levied upon any 
 person or commodity ; the act of levying a fine. 
 
 ASSE'SSOR, s. [Lat.] in Law, one who sits on the bench with 
 a judge, in order to assist him with advice ; one who is next or 
 equal to another in rank or dignity ; an oflScer employed in col- 
 lecting taxes. 
 
 A'SSETS, (used only in the plural,) s. [assez, Fr.] the goods of 
 a person deceased, which are appropriated to the payment of 
 his debts. 
 
 To ASSE'VER, Asse'^trate, v. a. [assevei-o, Lat. J to affirm or 
 deny a thing, not only with an oath, but likewise with impreca- 
 tions, execrations, or curses. 
 
 ASSEVERA'TION, s. [asseveratio, Lat.] the act of affirming 
 a thin" with great solemnity by an oath or imprecation. 
 
 ASSIDU'ITY, s. [assiduiU, Fr.] a constant attention or appli- 
 cation to business ; unwearied diligence. 
 
 ASSI'DUOUS, rt. [assiduus, Lat.] unwearied ; incessant ; con- 
 tinual and unremitted. 
 
 ASSI'DUOUSLY, ad. in such a manner as to exercise diligence 
 without weariness, and application without intermission. 
 
 ASSIE'NTO, s. [Span.] a Spanish word, signifying a contract 
 or bargain, particularly a contract between the king of Spain 
 and other powers, for furnishing the Spanish dominions in 
 America witn negro slaves. 
 
 To ASSFGN, (assln, the i is pronounced long,) v. a. [assigno, 
 Lat.] to distribute ; to allot ; to appoint. In Law, to transfer 
 property to another. 
 
 ASSl'GNABLE, {assinabk) a. that may be determined, settled, 
 fixed, or marked out. 
 
 ASSIGNATION , s. [assignation, Fr.] the act of transferring 
 property to another. 
 
 ASSIGNEE' (assinee) s. [assigne, Fr.] one appointed bv another 
 to do an act, or perform any business in his stead. Cfommonly 
 applied to those persons who are intrusted with the estate of a 
 bankrupt, and are by law empowered to collect his debts, and 
 make a dividend of his effects to his several creditors. 
 
 ASSI'GNER, (assiner) s. he who sets out, determines, or ap- 
 points. 
 
 ASSI'GNMENT, {asHnment) s. the transferring by deed the in- 
 terest one has in a lease, or other thing, to another person. 
 Assignmeyits may be made of lands in fee for life or years, of an 
 annuity, rent-charge, judgment, statute, &c. 
 
 ASSl'AlILABLE, a. [assimilo, Lat.] that may be converted into 
 the same nature, or be made like another. 
 
 To ASSI'MILATE, v. a. to convert to the same nature; to 
 bring to a resemblance. 
 
 ASSIMILATION, s. in Physics, that process by which bodies 
 convert other bodies related to them, or at least such as are pre- 
 pared to be converted, into their own substance and nature. 
 Applied particularly to the change effected by the vital powers 
 oilplants and animals on their food, &c., bv which it is fitted to 
 be applied to their maintenance and growth, through the circu- 
 lating system of blood or sap vessels. 
 
 To ASSI'MULATE, v. a. [assimulo, Lat.] to put on a counter- 
 feit appearance ; to feign. 
 
 ASSIMULATION, s. [assimulatio, Lat.} a counterfeit or spe- 
 cious resemblance. 
 
To ASSrST, V. a. [asskter, Fr.] to relieve; to help. 
 ASSI'STANCE, s. [assistance, Fr.] the act of helping ; help. 
 ASSI'STANT, a. that supplies the defect of another; that 
 helps. 
 
 ASSI'STANT, s. one who helps another. 
 
 ASSI'ZE, Assi'sE, s. [assise, Fr.] is used for the court, place, 
 or time, when and where the writs and processes, whether civil 
 or criminal, are decided by judges and jury. Assize is either 
 general, when judges take their respective circuits, with com- 
 mission to take all assize; or special, where a commission is 
 granted to particular persons for taking an assize for one or two 
 causes only. All the counties of the kingdom, except Middlesex 
 and Cheshire, are divided into six circuits, and the judges are 
 assigned by the king's commission for every circuit, who now 
 hold the assizes twice a year in every county, except the four 
 northern ones, where the assizes are holden only once a year. 
 The term is likewise applied to signify the whole process of a 
 writ ; a jury ; a statute for regjulating the weight of oread ; and 
 the bread itself, as prescribed in the statute. 
 
 To ASSI'ZE, V. a. to fix the price, weight, or assize of a com- 
 modity. 
 
 ASSI'ZER, Assi'sER, s. an officer who has the inspection into 
 the weights and measures of commodities. 
 
 ASSO'CIABLE, a. [associabilis, Lat.] that may be joined or 
 united to somethiiig else. 
 
 To ASSO'CIATE, v. a. [assoder, Fr.] to join as a companion ; 
 to make one of a company ; to join inseparately, applied to ideas. 
 — V. n. to unite or join himself. 
 
 ASSO'CIATED, a. [associatus, Lat.] confederated; joined as 
 accomplices ; making part of a society, or company. 
 
 ASSO'CIATE, s. one who is joined to another as assistant, 
 companion, partner, confederate, or accomplice. 
 
 ASSO'CIATE, a. confederate ; joined in interest or purpose. 
 
 ASSOCIA'TION, s. the act of uniting; union; society; a 
 contract or treaty, by which two or more are united together for 
 their mutual assistance, for the better carrying on any design. 
 In Metaphysics, the connexion of thoughts and images in the 
 mind, through which they are spontaneously suggested by each 
 other. 
 
 To ASSOFL, V. n. [assoudre, Fr.] in Law, to deliver or dis- 
 charge a person from excommunication. 
 
 A'SSONANCE, s. [assonance, Fr.] in reference of one sound to 
 another resembling it. In Rhetoric or Poetry, it is where the 
 words of a phrase or verse have nearly the same sound or termin- 
 ation, but make no proper rhyme ; these are accounted vicious 
 in English, though an elegance among the Romans. 
 
 A'SSONANT, part, [assonant, Fr.] ranging things in classes, 
 according to their resemblance with each other. 
 
 To ASSO'RT, V. a. [assorter, Fr.] to range in classes, as one 
 thing suits with another. 
 
 ASSO'RTMENT, s. [assortement, Fr.] in trade, a stock of goods, 
 consisting of various pieces of different sorts. In Painting, the 
 proportion and harmony between the several parts. 
 
 To ASSUA'GE, (asswdge) v. a. to cool, or lessen, applied to 
 heat ; to calm, applied to the wind ; to pacify or appease, applied 
 to passion or rage ; to ease, applied to pain. In its general sense, 
 it implies the lessening the violence of something furious. — v. n. to 
 
 mdgement) s. that which lessens the 
 
 _ r) s. one who pacifies rage, appeases 
 anger, or lessens pain. 
 
 ASSUA'SIVE, {asswdsive) a. [assuadeo, Lat'.] that has a great 
 influence ; that assuages, mitigates, or pacifies. 
 
 ASSU'ETUDE, s. [assuetudo, Lat.] the being accustomed to 
 any thing ; custom. 
 
 to ASStf'ME, V. a. [assumo, Lat.] to take ; to represent a 
 character; to take to oneself; to arrogate, or claim what is not 
 one's due. 
 
 ASSU'MER, s. one who claims or arrogates more than his 
 due ; an arrogant person. 
 
 ASSUMPSIT, (pron. without the p) s. [Lat.] a voluntary or 
 verbal promise, whereby a man takes upon him to perform or 
 pay any thing to another. 
 
 ASSU'MFriON, (pron. without the p) s. [assumptio, Lat.] the 
 act I " 
 true 
 
 abate or grow less. 
 
 ASSUA'GEMENT, (« 
 violence of any thing. 
 
 ASSUA'GE*^ 
 
 of appropriating any thing to oneself; the supposing a thing 
 ! without any formal proof. The assumption of the Virgin 
 
 AST 
 
 Mary is celebrate'd on the 15th of August. In Logic, the minor, 
 or second proposition in a categorical syllogism ; sometimes the 
 consequence drawn from the major and minor. 
 
 ASSU^MPTION, a populous city, the capital of Paraguay, in 
 S. America, situated in a fertile countrj-, on the river Paraguay. 
 The climate is wholesome and temperate, and the city has a 
 
 food export trade of the productions of the country. Lat. 24. 
 7. S. Long. 59. 35. W. 
 
 ASSU'MPTIVE, (pron. without the p) a. [asswmptivus, Lat.] 
 applied to that which a person may take or appropriate to him- 
 self. In Heraldry, assumptive arms are those which a person may 
 use as his own. 
 
 ASSU'RANCE, (the syllables assu, at the beginning of this 
 and the four following words, are by some pronounced like ashu,) 
 s. [assurance, Fr.] a certain expectation of something future; 
 confidence; trust; conviction. In Commerce, a contract by 
 which a person subjects himself to make good the damages to 
 be sustained by another in a voyage, or by fire. See Insurance. 
 
 To ASSU'RE, V. a. [assurer, Fr.j to persuade a person of the 
 certainty of a thing; to make a person confident, by removing 
 the causes of doubt or fear. 
 
 ASSU'REDLY, ad. in such a manner as betrays no doubt ; 
 certainly ; undoubtedly. 
 
 ASSU'REDNESS, s. the state of a person who is certain, or 
 entirely free from doubt. 
 
 ASSU'RER, s. one who removes the doubts of another. In 
 Commerce, one who indemnifies another against hazards at sea. 
 
 ASSY'RIA, a country in Asia, celebrated in ancient history. 
 It was one of the earliest empires, and contained the provinces 
 now called Diarbeck, Kurdistan, and Irak ; and involved, under 
 its dominion, when at its greatest extent, many other provinces 
 and kingdoms. Ninus, Babylon, and Nineveh were its chief 
 cities. 
 
 A'^STERISK, K. [asterislcos, Gr.] a character used to render any 
 particular passage in the author conspicuous, or to refer to some 
 note in the margin, or at the bottom of the page, marked thiis 
 (*); when two or three are placed together in a line, thus (***), 
 they denote that some word is to be supplied, or is wanting. 
 
 A'STERISM, s. [asterismus, Lat.] the same with Constellation ; 
 which see. 
 
 ASTE'RN, ad. a sea-term, in the hinder part of a ship ; or 
 any thing situated behind the ship. 
 
 A'STHMA, (dstma) s. [Gr.] in Medicine, a difficulty of breath- 
 ing, arising from a disorder in the lungs, attended with a great 
 uneasiness in the diaphragm, or prsecordia. 
 
 ASTHMA'TIC, Asthma'tical, a. affected or troubled with an 
 asthma. 
 
 A'STI, a city of Montferrat in Italy, 24 miles E. of Turin. It 
 has a college, and a cathedral ; but there is very little trade. 
 Lat. 44. 57. N. Long. 8. 12. E. 
 
 ASTO'NIED, ;)«;•<. a. used in the Bible for astonished. 
 
 To ASTO'NISH, r. a. [etonner, Fr.] to occasion surprise by 
 the immensity and novelty of an object ; to amaze. 
 
 ASTO'NISHMENT, s. a surprise occasioned by an immense 
 and new object ; distinguished from admiration, both by the de- 
 gree and the nature of the object. 
 
 ASTCRGA, a small city of Leon, pleasantly situated in a 
 plain on the little river Tuera, 28 miles from Leon. It is a 
 bishop's see, and a cathedral with a noble altar. Lat. 42. 27. N. 
 Long. 6. 10. W. 
 
 To ASTOU'ND, v. a. [astonner, Fr.] to astonish ; to confound 
 with wonder. 
 
 A'STRACHAN, a large and populous city, seated on an island 
 formed by the river Wolga, 50 miles from the Caspian Sea. It 
 is surrounded by strong walls, and has an excellent harbour. It 
 is the capital of a government of the Russian empire, of the same 
 name. Its fisheries are very considerable, and with its manu- 
 factories of silk, &c., and its orchards, make the commerce of 
 the city very extensive. Its population is above 40,000. It is 
 800 miles from Moscow. Lat. 46. 21. N. Long. 47. 44. E. 
 
 ASTRA'DDLE, ad. so to sit on a thing, as that one of our 
 legs should be on each sideof it. See Astride. 
 
 A'STRAGAL, s. [astragdhs, Gr.] in Anatomy, a bone of the 
 tarsus, articulated with the tibia, the semicircular head of which 
 forms a curious and perfect pulley. In Architecture, a little 
 round member, in the form of a ring or bracelet, serving as an 
 ornament to the tops and bottoms ot columns. In Gunnery, the 
 
ASY 
 
 little moulding on a piece of ordnance, of which there are gener- 
 ally three on each piece. 
 
 A'STRAL, a. \asirum, Lat.] that belongs to, or depends on, 
 the stars. Astral year, is the time which the earth takes to make 
 its revolution round the sun. 
 
 ASTRA'Y, ad. out of the right or direct path. Figuratively, 
 wrong, or in an error. 
 
 ASTRE'A, in heathen Mythology, the daughter of Jupiter 
 and Themis, and goddess of Justice ; in the golden age she 
 dwelt on earth; but the wickedness of the iron age was such, 
 that she fled to heaven again, and was placed in the zodiac, as 
 the constellation Virgo. 
 
 To ASTRI'CT, v, c. [astringo, Lat.] to lessen the distance be- 
 tween two objects; to make the parts of a thing come nearer to 
 each other : opposed to relax. Constringe is most commonly used. 
 
 ASTRI'CTlON, s. [asirictio, Lat.] the act or power of making 
 the parts of a body approach to each other. 
 
 AjsTRI'CTIVE, Astri^ctory, a. [astrktorius, Lat.] that has a 
 styptic or binding quality. 
 
 ASTRI'DE, ad. with the legs placed at a distance from each 
 other. 
 
 To ASTRI'NGE, v. a. [asirj'nfl'o, Lat.] to press or close together ; 
 to force the parts closer to each other. 
 
 ASTRI'NGENT, part, [astringens, Lat.] in Medicine, that con- 
 tracts the dimensions of the vessels, and so lessens the flow of 
 the fluids ; when used internally, opposed to laxative ; when ex- 
 ternallv, opposed to styptic. 
 
 A'S'l ROLABE, s. [astron and lamhano, Gr.] in Astronomy, a 
 system or assemblage of the different circles of the sphere, resem- 
 bling an armillary sphere, invented by Hipparchus ; but being 
 afterwards altered by Ptolemy to a plane surface, called a plani- 
 sphere, the word is at present applied to a planisphere or stereo- 
 graphic projection of the sphere upon the plane of one of the 
 great circles. 
 
 ASTRO'LOGER, s. [astrologus, Lat.] one who pretends to pre- 
 dict future events by the supnosed influence of the stars. 
 
 ASTROLO'GIC, Astrological, a. relating or agreeable to 
 the principles of astrology. 
 
 AS TROLO'GICALL Y, ad. according to the principles of astro- 
 logy, or after the manner of an astrologer. 
 
 ASTRO'LOGY, s. [astrologia, Lat.] the art of foretelling future 
 events from the aspects, positions, and influences of the stars. 
 
 ASTRCNOMER, s. [astron and nomas, Gr.] one who studies 
 astronomy. 
 
 ASTRONO'MIC, Astrono'mical, a. that is founded upon the 
 principles of astronomy. 
 
 ASTRO'NOMY, «. the science which treats of the magnitudes, 
 distances, arrangement, and motions of the great bodies which 
 make up the visible universe, their constitution and physical con- 
 dition so far as they can be known to us, with their mutual in- 
 fluences and actions on each other, so far as they can be traced 
 by the eflfects produced, and established by legitimate reason- 
 ing. As a science of observation, it made considerable progress 
 amongst the ancients; but it was not until the improved instru- 
 ments for observation invented by Galileo, and the untiring and 
 penetrating mind of Kepler, were brought to bear upon it, that it 
 was worthy of the name. Sir Isaac Newton's invention of the 
 calculus enabled him to raise it at once to the highest rank of 
 sciences, which subsequent investigators have fully established 
 Its claim to. 
 
 ASTROTHEO'LOGY, s. [astrum and theohgia , Lat.] the proofs 
 of a Deitv drawn from astronomy. 
 
 ASTURrAS, a province in the N. W. of Spain, which produces 
 excellent horses, fruits, and wines, and has mines of gold, lapis- 
 lazuh, and vermilion. The mountains yield metals, marble, coal, 
 &c., and are well covered with wood. The rest of the soil is 
 fertile. V ery little manufacturing skill is employed here. The 
 eldest son of the king of Spain takes the title of Prince of 
 Astunas. 
 
 ASU'NDER, ad. [assundran. Sax.] at a distance from each 
 other; apart, or separate: an adverbial term, importing the 
 dissohition of the union of two or more bodies. 
 
 ASVLUM, s. [Lat.] a sanctuary, a place of refuge, which 
 sheltered a criminal, and secured him from falling into the hands 
 ot any officer oi lustice. In the times of Popery, this privilege 
 belonged not only to churches and church-yardS, but to the 
 houses of bishops. 
 50 
 
 ATH 
 
 ASY'MMETRY, s. [a and syimnetria, Gr.] a defect of propor- 
 tion, harmony, or correspondence between the parts of a thing. 
 In Mathematics, the incommensurability of two quantities when 
 they have no common measure. 
 
 ASY'MPTOTES, s. [a, syn, and pipto, Gr.] right lines which 
 approach nearer and nearer to some curve, but which would 
 never meet. 
 
 ASY'NDETON, s. [Gr.] a figure in Grammar, when a conjunc- 
 tion copulative is omitted. 
 
 AT, prep, {est. Sax.] before a place it signifies sometimes close 
 to ; and at other times, in it. Before a word implying time, it de- 
 notes the very instant in which a thing was, or will be done; 
 and sometimes is put without the word time in the same sense. 
 Used instead of with, it implies cause, or on account of. " At 
 this news he dies," Shak. Before an adjective of the superlative 
 degree, it implies manner, or perfection. Before a substantive, 
 it sometimes denotes a particular circumstance, and gives it an 
 adverbial meaning ; as, at ease, i. e. easy. After be, it implies 
 design, intention, or employment. " She knew what he would 
 be at," Hud. Used witn command, it implies subject. " Thou 
 art least at my command," Dryd. Sometimes at signifies from ; 
 as, " Endeavour to deserve something at our hands," Pope. At, 
 joined with all, implies in any respect, degree, or manner. 
 " Most women have no characters at all," Pope. 
 
 ATABA'L, s. a kind of tabor used by the Moors. 
 
 ATCHIEVEMENT, s. See Achievement. 
 
 ATE, the preter. of Eat. 
 
 ATHALI'AH, the daughter of Ahab, king of Israel, and Jezebel, 
 who, having married Jehoram king of Judah, after his death, 
 and the early death of his son Ahaziah, who succeeded him, slew 
 all the remaining male branches of the family, (except Joash, who 
 escaped,) and seized the throne. After ruling for 6 years, she 
 was dethroned by Jehoiada, the high priest, and slain, and 
 Joash was proclaimed king. This happened in 880 b. c. 
 
 ATHANA'SIAN CREED, a confession of faith ascribed to 
 Athanasius, but not written by him. It is appointed to be read 
 in the English church on Christmas day, &c. 
 
 ATHANA'SIUS, ST., the patriarch of Alexandria, in the 
 fourth century, who is so celebrated for the part which he took 
 in the Arian controversies. He adhered stedfastly to the ortho- 
 dox faith, and was persecuted in consequence, on the rise of the 
 Arian power, on one occasion hardly escaping with his life. He 
 died, however, in peace, in 372, about 80 years of age. Many of 
 his works, mostly polemical, remain. 
 
 ATHA'NOR, s. [athanatoi, Gr. or altanor, Arab.] in Chemistry, 
 a digesting furnace to keep heat for some time ; so that it may 
 be augmented or diminished at pleasure by opening or shutting 
 some apertures made on purpose with sliders over them, called 
 registers. 
 
 ATHAPE'SCOW LAKE, in N. America, 170 mUes S. W. of 
 the Great Slave Lake. It is about 200 miles long, and there are 
 on it two establishments of the companies which trade with 
 these parts. The river of the same name springs from the Rocky 
 Mountains, and receives many tributary streams before entering 
 the lake. 
 
 ATHEISM, s. [atheisme, Fr.] the opinion of those who deny 
 the existence and being of a God, the Creator and Preserver of 
 the world. 
 
 ATHEIST, s. [a and theos, Gr.] one who denies the existence 
 of a God, the Creator and Preserver of all things. 
 
 ATHEI'STICAL, a. impious, or agreeable to the principles 
 of an atheist. 
 
 ATHEI'STICALLY, ad. after the manner of an atheist. 
 
 ATHELING, [_adel and ling, Anglo-Sax.] a title of honour 
 given to the sons of the Anglo-Saxon kings. 
 
 ATHELNEY, an isle of Somersetshire, formed at the junction 
 
 of the Parret with the Thone, remarkable as the hiding-place 
 , - - _.. . . tj,e Dj^j 
 
 had overrun the country. 
 
 of Alfred the Great, with a few of his nobles, when 
 
 ATHELSTAN, one of the Saxon kings of England, the grand- 
 son of Alfred the Great, and successor to his father Edward, 
 surnamed the Elder. He put to death his brother Edwin, to 
 make his succession surer. He was the first monarch who was 
 actual king of all England. He sought the advancement of 
 learning, and promoted whatever he deemed goodfor his people; 
 and so gained great fame. He died in 940, aged "47 years. 
 
 ATHENiE'US, the writer of a book called the Beipnosophists, 
 
ATL 
 
 whioh contains, under the disguise of a dialogue, various anec- 
 dotes relating to Grecian history', manners, customs, &c. He 
 was a native of Egypt, but lived for a time at Rome, and died 
 about 230. 
 
 ATHE'NE, the Grecian goddess of wisdom, &c., daughter of 
 Zeus, according to an early fable, having sprung fully armed (as 
 she was always represented) out of his brain. The aegis, or 
 goat-skin shield, in which was the head of Medusa the Gorgon, 
 was one of her distinguishing signs. Homer calls her " grey- 
 eyed," which seems to hint a connexion with the northern na- 
 tions of Europe. 
 
 A'THENS, (anciently AtheruB,) the capital of the country of 
 Attica, and the most famous city of ancient Greece. It was for- 
 tified, and had a citadel on a rock, called the Acropolis, within it. 
 It was connected also by lines of wall with the Peiraeus, its port, 
 in the Gulf of Salamis. The city was richly adorned with tem- 
 ples and theatres, porticoes, public buildings, &c., on which were 
 lavished all the ornaments that the most accomplished painters 
 and sculptors could devise. It was the chosen spot for philoso- 
 phy, and continued to be a school for science, &c., long after it 
 was taken by the Romans. It stands first amongst all cities in 
 respect of the part which it singly has played in the history of man. 
 It IS now the capital of the new kingdom of Greece, possessing 
 nothing but the wreck of its former beauty. The greater part of 
 the sculptures that had escaped the destructive ravages of its 
 various sieges and captures, adorn the museums of other coun- 
 tries. Lat. 38. 5. N. Long. 23. 57. E. 
 
 A'THEOUS, a. [a and t/ieos, Gr.] opposite or contrary to the 
 belief of a Deity ; atheistical. 
 
 ATHERO'MA, s. [Gr.] a tumour, a wen, which neither yields 
 to the touch, discolours the skin, nor causes pain. 
 
 ATHERO'MATOUS, a. having the qualities of an atheroma, 
 or curdy wen. 
 
 A'THERSTONE, Warwickshire. It has manufactures of hats, 
 ribands, shalloons, &c., and is situated near the river Anker, 
 103 miles from London. Market, Tuesday. Pop. 3743. 
 
 ATHI'AS, RABBI JOSEPH, a celebrated printer at Amster- 
 dam, during the latter half of the 17th century. His editions of 
 the Bible in Hebrew and other languages are highly valued. He 
 (lied in 1700. 
 
 ATHI'RST, ad. wanting drink, or adry. 
 
 ATHLE'TjE, s. [Lat.] persons of strength and activity, exer- 
 cised for the public games of Greece and Rome, and who exhi- 
 bited their skill in such exploits as required bodily strength. 
 
 ATHLE'TIC, a. [athleta, Lat.] strong, vigorous, and active of 
 body, robust. 
 
 A'THLONE, in the counties of Roscommon and Westmeath, 
 Ireland, situated on the Shannon, over which is a long bridge of 
 many arches, which is a grand pass between the two provinces. 
 On the bridge are some badly executed figures, with inscriptions 
 celebrating the success of Queen Elizabeth over the rebels in her 
 reign. It is a poor town, with no manufactures of any conse- 
 quence. It is o9 miles from Dublin. Pop. 6393. 
 
 A'THOL, a name given to a district in the N. of Perthshire, 
 through which the Grampians run, and which contains, the Pass 
 of Killj'crankie ; Cairn Gorni, which is 3690 feet high; Glen 
 Tilt ; Lochs Rannoch and Ericht ; and the river Tumel, a tribu- 
 tary of the Tay. 
 
 A'THOS, a mountain in the N. of Greece, at the extremity of 
 the E. promontory of the three projecting from the ancient 
 Chalcidice. It is 6349 feet high. It is famous in history, having 
 been separated from the mainland by a canal, by Xerxes, on his 
 ill-omened expedition against Greece ; and- since the monastic 
 corruptions of Christianity, inhabited by devotees. About 8000 
 regular monks inhabit its convents, &c. 
 
 ATHWA'RT,;«qf?. transverse; across; through. Used adverbi- 
 ally, it implies, in a manner vexatious and perplexing ; wrong. 
 
 ATPLl , ad. like one making a thrust. 
 
 ATLA'NTIC, the name of the great ocean which runs between 
 Europe and Africa and the two Americas. Apart from the West 
 Indian Islands and the British Isles, which are connected with 
 the continents they lie near, this ocean exhibits only here and 
 there a few groups of small islands, as the Azores, the Bermudas, 
 &c., or solitary ones, as St. Helena, and Iceland which lies on 
 the borders of it and the N. Frozen Ocean. The most remark- 
 able feature of tljis waste of waters is the Gulf Stream, which 
 appears first as a strong current flowing from Africa to S. America, 
 
 ATT 
 
 and re-appears as another current setting from the Gulf of 
 Mexico, and reaching to the N. Ocean. 
 
 A'TLAS, s. [Lat.] a collection of maps, generallj^ folio, in al- 
 lusion to the fable of Atlas's bearing the world on his shoulders. 
 In Anatomy, the first vertebra of the neck, which lies next to, 
 and supports, the head. In Architecture, those statues, or half- 
 statues of men, used instead of columns or pilasters, to support 
 any member of architecture, such as a balcony, &c. They are 
 likewise named Telamones. Also, a great chain of mountains, 
 which separates Barbary from the Great Desert, in Africa. 
 Many of the summits rise beyond the line of perpetual snow ; 
 and two which have been measured are estimated at 11,400 feet 
 and 15,000 feet high. 
 
 A'TMOSPHERE, s. \_atmos and sphaira, Gr.] air. In Physics, 
 that thin elastic fluid which covers the earth, gravitates towards 
 its centre, and on its surface is carried along with it, and partakes 
 of all its motions. At the elevation of a few miles it is too rare 
 to support life ; but it is calculated that it may reach to a height 
 of above 100 miles. 
 
 ATMOSPHE'RICAL, a. that belongs to the atmosphere. 
 
 ATMOSPHE'RIC RAILWAY, a railroad on which the loco- 
 motive power employed is the pressure of the atmosphere at the 
 back of^a piston that moves air-tight in an exhausted tube. 
 
 A'TOM, s. [atomxis, Lat.] such a small particle of matter as 
 cannot be physically divided. 
 
 ATO'MICAL, a. consisting of, or relating to, atoms. 
 
 ATO'MIC THEORY, in Chemistry, called also the Theory of 
 Definite Proportions, is the theory that the elementary princi- 
 ples combine with others only in certain proportions, and is well 
 established bv experiment. 
 
 A'TOMIST, s. one who professes the corpuscular philosophy. 
 
 To ATO'NE, V. n. to agree, or accord. — v. a. to make satisfac- 
 tion for ; to compensate ; to expiate ; to make a recompence. 
 
 ATO'NEMENT, s. reconciliation, agreement, concord; the 
 uniting two persons at variance with each other. 
 
 A'TONY, s. [rt and tonos, Gr.] in Medicine, wanting proper 
 tension or tone, in the solids of a human body. 
 
 ATO'P, ad. on the highest part of a thing. 
 
 ATRABILA'RIAN, Atrabila'rious, a. \atra and h'dk, Lat.] 
 that affects with a disorder flowing from a black adust state of 
 the blood, called melancholy. 
 
 ATRABILA'RIOUSNESS, f. that quality which causes a 
 person to be deemed melancholic. 
 
 ATRAME'NTAL, a. \atramentum, Lat.] that blackens, or has 
 the qualities of ink. 
 
 ATRAME'NTOUS, a. black, or having the qualities of ink. 
 
 ATRO'CIOUS, a. \atrox, Lat.] that argues a great, if not the 
 highest, degree of wickedness in the committer; that is ex- 
 tremely, enormously, and flagrantly wicked. 
 
 ATRO'CIOUSNESS, «. that quality which argues a person to 
 be extremely, obstinately, and enormously criminal. 
 
 ATRO'CIOUSLY, ad. in an atrocious manner. 
 
 ATRO'CITY, s. [atrocitas, Lat.] that which heightens the 
 enormity of a crime, and makes it an object of horror. 
 
 A'TROPHY, s. [a and trophia, Gr.] in Physic, a consumption, 
 proceeding from various causes, but chiefly the failure of those 
 parts of the alimentary system which repair the waste of the 
 body, to perforin their functions. 
 
 A'TROPOS, in heathen Mythology, one of the three Fates, 
 that cut the thread, or put a period to the life of man. 
 
 To ATTA'CH, v. a. [attacker, Fr.] in Law, to seize either on a 
 person or his goods ; to have an affection, desire, or inclination 
 towards a thing. 
 
 ATTA'CHMENT, s. [attachement, Fr.] love, zeal, or affection 
 felt for another. In Law, the taking, securing, or detaining a 
 person or thing by virtue of a writ or precept. It differs from an 
 arrest in this, that an arrest lies only against the body, whereas 
 an attachment is often against the goods only, and sometimes 
 against both body and goods. An arrest, likewise, issues out of 
 an inferior court by precept only, but an attachment out of a 
 higher court, either by precept or writ. By the custom of Lon- 
 don, and several other places, a man can attach money or goods 
 in the hands of a stranger to satisfy himself. 
 
 To ATTA'CK, v. a. [att^quer, Fr.] in War, to make an effort or 
 attempt upon a person, or a work, in order to conquer or subdue 
 them. Figuratively, to set upon, invade, or treat any one as uti 
 iitner by actions or words. 
 
 57 
 
 enemy, eitner by actions or words. 
 
ATT 
 
 ATTA'CK, «. [attague. Ft.] in War, an attempt to contiuer a 
 body of troops, or master a fortified place. A false attack, is that 
 which is made only to divert the attention of the enemy, and to 
 conceal that of the main one. Figuratively, any hostile attempt, 
 whether it consists in actions or words. 
 
 ATTA'CKER, s. the person who makes an attempt on a body 
 of soldiers or a fortified place, in order to subdue or conquer 
 them ; any one who uses another with violence. 
 
 To ATTAI'N, f. a. [atteindre, Fr.] to make one's own by labour 
 or mental application ; to procure, or obtain ; to reach ; to arrive 
 at, or acquire. 
 
 ATTArNABLE, a. that may be obtained, acquired, or pro- 
 cured. 
 
 ATTAITVABLENESS, s, the quality which renders a thing 
 possible to be attained. 
 
 ATrAl'NDER, s. \_attaindre, Fr.] is when a person has com- 
 mitted felony or treason, and judgment is passed upon him. 
 The children of such a person are thereby rendered incapable of 
 being heirs to him, or to any other ancestor, as, if he was noble 
 before, his posterity are thereby degraded, and made base ; nor 
 can his corruption of blood be taken away, but by an act of 
 parliament, or by reversing the judgment by a writ of error. 
 
 ATTAl'NMENT, s. that which a person makes his own by 
 labour or mental application ; the act or power of attaining. 
 
 To ATTAFNT, t: a. {attenter, Fr.] to pass sentence against a 
 person either for felony or treason, whereby he forfeits all his 
 lands or hereditaments, his blood is corrupted, and his children 
 rendered base. Figuratively, to debase, corrupt, or make in- 
 famous. 
 
 ATTAI'NT, s. in Law, a writ which anciently lay against a 
 jury for giving a false verdict. The punishment on conviction 
 was exceedingly severe. But in a late reign, this has been 
 altered for a fine. Figuratively, a blot or stain, in allusion to the 
 consequences of an attainder. 
 
 ATI'AFNTURE, s. See Attainder. 
 
 A'TTALUS, the name of three kings of Pergamus, a country of 
 Asia Minor in former times. The first is the most famous, as the 
 ally of Antiochus the Great in his Syrian wars, and of the Ro- 
 mans in their subjugation of Greece. He was the first king of 
 Pergamus, and died of apoplexy 197 b. c, in his 71st year. 
 
 ATTA'R, s. [Pers.] commonly called Otto, of Roses, an oil of 
 very rich and exquisite fragrance, extracted from the petals of 
 roses. 
 
 To ATTE'MPER, v. a. [attempero, Lat.] to soften, applied to 
 rigour ; to render supportable, applied to heat ; to lessen any 
 quality by the mixture or addition of another. Figuratively, to 
 suit, adapt, or fit, in allusion to the tempering metals. 
 
 To ATl'E'MPERATE, v. a. [attempero, Lat.] to render agree- 
 able to ; to make suitable to. 
 
 To ATTE'MPT, v. a. [attenter, Fr.] to make a trial ; to try, or 
 endeavour. 
 
 ATTE'MPT, s. an undertaking ; a trial to do a thing ; some- 
 times applied to^ the attacks of an enemy. 
 
 ATTE'MPTER, s. the person who makes an endeavour ; one 
 who tries, tempts, or attempts. 
 
 To ATTE'ND, v. a. [attendre, Fr.] to fix the mind to an object, 
 when applied to speculation ; to listen ; to wait upon ; to accom- 
 pany ; to follow ; to expect ; to stay for ; to lay wait for.— u. n. to 
 yield attention ; to stay, or delay. 
 
 ATTE'NDANCE, s. [attendance, Fr.] the act of waiting upon 
 as a servant ; service ; the person in waiting ; a servant. 
 
 ATTE'NDANT, a. [attendant, Fr.] waiting on another as an 
 inferior, including the idea of service. 
 
 ATTE'NDANT, s. one who accompanies another ; a servant 
 or dependant of a nobleman ; one who depends on another as a 
 suitor; that which is inseparably united, as a concomitant or 
 consequent. 
 
 ATTE'NDER, s. See Attendant. 
 
 ATTE'NT, a. [attentus, Lat.] listening to, applying the mind 
 to the consideration of any object ; intent. 
 
 ATTE'NTATES, s. [attentata, Lat.] proceedings in a court of 
 judicature, pending suit, and after an inhibition is decreed and 
 gone out ; those things which are done after an extra-judicial 
 appeal, may likewise be styled attentates. 
 
 ATTE'NTION, s. [attention, Fr.] in Logic, an operation of the 
 mind which fixes it on any particular object, and engages it 
 to consider it in such a manner, as to acquire a distinct idea 
 
 ATT 
 
 thereof, absorbing, as it were, all other ideas which offer them- 
 selves to the mind. 
 
 ATTE'NTIVE, a. [attentus, Lat.] applying the mind or ear to 
 one particular object. 
 
 ATTE'NTIVELY, ad, in such a manner as to consider or listen 
 to one particular object. 
 
 ATTE'NTIVENESS, s. that quality of mind wherein a person 
 considers or listens to a particular object, with a total disregard 
 of all others. 
 
 AlTE'NUANT.^Jdji. and a. [attenuans, Lat.] that makes thin 
 or dilutes. Used substantively, in Medicine, for those medicines 
 that exercise such influence on the fluids of the body, and so 
 promote their circulation. 
 
 To ATl^E'NUATE, v. a. [attenuo, Lat.] to liquefy or make thin. 
 
 ATTENUATION,*, [attenuation, Vy.I the act of attenuating, or 
 making thin. In Medicine, the action and result of attenuants. 
 
 ATI ERBURY, FRANCIS, bishop of Rochester at the begin- 
 ning of the 18th centuiT. He was engaged in continual contro- 
 versies in behalf of his nigh-church views. His chief opponents 
 were Archbishop Wake and Bishop Hoadly. In consequence of 
 the jjart he took during the disturbances in Scotland, in 1715, he 
 was imprisoned and convicted of high treason. He died at Paris, 
 in 1731, aged G9 years. His sermons and letters, rather than 
 his Jacobitism, have made his name known in later days. 
 
 To ATTE'ST, v. a. [attestor, Lat.] to give a proof of the truth 
 of a thing by evidence or writing. 
 
 ATTESTA'TION, *. [attestatio, Lat.] evidence, or proof of the 
 truth of any fact, either by word or writing. 
 
 A'TTIC, a. [Atticus, Lat.] in Architecture, applied to a kind of 
 building or shorter story over another, wherein no roof is to be 
 seen. In Literature, it implies wit and elegance of style peculiar 
 to the people of Attica, usually called Attic salt. Attic tcitness, 
 means one that cannot be corrupted. Attic order, is a small order 
 raised upon a large one, by way of finish to the building. Attic 
 dialect, that modification of the Greek language which was 
 spoken in Attica, and written by Athenian authors. Attic of a 
 roof, is a kind of parapet to a terrace, platform, or the like. Attic 
 base, a peculiar kind of base used bv the ancient architects in 
 the Ionic order ; and by Palladio ancl some others in the Doric. 
 This is the most beautiful of all bases: and was used by Sir 
 Christopher Wren in building St. Paul's church, London. 
 
 A'TllCA, the country of ancient Greece, occupying the pro- 
 montory south of Euboea, and above the Gulf of Salamis. It was 
 bounded on the land-ward side by the mountains of Parnes, and 
 the range joining it with Mount Cithsron. In its borders were 
 the famous mountains Pentelicus and Hymettus. On the plain 
 next the Gulf of Salamis stood Athens, its capital. The princi- 
 pal stream, which flowed past Athens, was named Cephisus. 
 The soil was not very productive, but the country was famous 
 for the olive, and for the honej- of Hymettus. The marble of 
 Pentelicus, and the silver of Laurium, were also famed. 
 
 A'TTICUS, TITUS POMPONIUS, a friend of Cicero, and 
 intimate of most of the great men of his times. He was a dilettante 
 in literature, and spent most of his time at Athens, to enjoy his 
 favourite luxury, and avoid the troubles at Rome. He was not 
 above accumulating wealth, however, even by bookselling. He 
 flattered his friend by writing a history of his consulship in Greek. 
 He starved himself to death in 32 u. c, deeming that the only 
 cure for a disease which befell him, in his 77th year. 
 
 A'lTILA, the celebrated leader of the Huns, who in the 5th 
 century ravaged the empire and sacked Rome. He was so 
 feared that he was named the scourge of God. He died suddenly 
 in 4-53. 
 
 To ATTI'RE, V. a. [attirer, Fr.] to adorn with clothes or dress. 
 Figurativeh', to embellish or adorn. 
 
 ATTI'RE, s. clothes or dress to adorn or embellish a person. 
 Among sportsmen, the attire of a stag are his antlers. 
 
 ATTI'RER, s. one who attires or dresses another. 
 
 A'TTITUDE, s. [attitude, Fr.] in Painting and Sculpture, the 
 posture of a statue, whereby it expresses some action, or passion 
 of the mind. Applied likewise to the stage, to imply the posture 
 of an actor to express the sentiments of tne poet. 
 
 A'TTLEBURGH, Norfolk, 93 miles from London. Market," 
 Thursday. Pop. 1959. 
 
 ATTO'LLENT, «. [attolkns, Lat.] that raises or lifts up. In 
 Anatomy, applied to those muscles which raise the parts they 
 belong to. 
 
ATT 
 
 ATTO'RNEY, s. [attarnatus, law Lat.] a person appointed by 
 another to do something in his stead. Attorney at law, is one re- 
 tained to prosecute or defend a suit at law. In the Ecclesiastical 
 Courts they are called Proctors. Attorneys are admitted to prac- 
 tice, by taking oath, after service of five years under articles to 
 an attorney, and being enrolled, but must renew their certifi- 
 cates yearly. Attorney-General, is a great officer, created by letters 
 patent, to exhibit informations, prosecute for the crown in cri- 
 minal causes, andfile bills in the Exchequer for any thing concern- 
 ing the king, in inheritance or profits. To him come warrants 
 for making out all patents, grants, pardons, &c. 
 
 To ATIO'RNEY, v. a. to perform or employ as proxy. 
 
 ATTO'RNMENT, Atto'urnment, s. [attoumement, Fr.] in 
 Law, the agreement of a tenant for life to the transferring of 
 property to another. 
 
 To ATTRA'CT, v. a. [attraho, Lat.] to draw forwards itself; 
 to allure or invite. 
 
 ATfRA'CT, s. attraction ; the power of drawing. Obsolete. 
 
 AITRA'CTICAL, n. that has the powerof drawing something 
 towards it. 
 
 ATTRA'CTION, s. [Fr.] the power of drawing to oneself. In 
 Natural Philosophy, it signifies that force which every particle 
 of matter exercises on every other particle in the inverse ratio of 
 the square of its distance, and is named in astronomical and 
 mechanical works, gravitation. Capillary attraction, is the force 
 which causes fluids to rise in an open tube of minute diameter 
 above the common level. Attraction, of cohesion, is the force by 
 which the particles of a body cohere, or stick together. Elective 
 or chemical attraction, is that force which induces certain element- 
 ary substances, in certain proportions, to join in forming new 
 compound substances. Magnetic attraction, is the force exerted 
 by the lodestone, or iron that has been magnetized, in drawing 
 to itself, and keeping by itself, other pieces of iron. The dis- 
 coveries of late investigators have shown that this is in all pro- 
 babilitv but a modification of cohesive attraction, or attraction 
 generally. Electrical attraction, is the force which draws together 
 bodies, one of which is negatively and another ^oitWue/y electrified. 
 Figilratively, the power of alluring, enticing, or engaging the 
 affections of a person. Synon. Attractions may be said to en- 
 gage us, allurements to entice us, charms to seduce us. 
 
 ATTRA'CTIVE, a. [attractif, Fr.] that has the power of draw- 
 ing another to itself; inviting, alluring, engaging. 
 
 ATTRA'CTIVE, s. that which can draw or engage the aflFec- 
 tions ; diflfering from allurement, as that is used in a bad sense, 
 but attraction generally in a good one. 
 
 ATTRA'CTIVELY, ad. in the manner of a thing or person 
 which draws or allures something. 
 
 ATTRA'CTIVENESS, s. the quality by which a thing attracts, 
 or allures. 
 
 ATTRA'CTOR, s. that which draws toward itself. 
 
 ATTRA'HENT, part, [attrahens, Lat.] that has the quality of 
 drawing towards itself. 
 
 ATTRI'BUTABLE, a. [attribm, Lat.] that may be affirmed 
 as belonging to a thing ; that may be ascribed or imputed to 
 a thing or person. 
 
 To ATTRl'BLTE, v. a. [attribtio, Lat.] to affirm as belonging 
 to a thing ; to ascribe as a property ; to impute, or charge, ap- 
 plied to a cause. 
 
 A'TTRIBUTE, ». [attribut, Fr.] a thing attributed to another ; 
 qiiality adherent. In a general sense, it is that which agrees 
 with some person or thing ; or a quality determining something 
 to be after a certain manner. Thus understanding is an attribute 
 of mind, and extension an attribute of body. That attribute 
 which the mind conceives as the foundation of all the rest, is 
 called its essential attribute ; thus extension is by some, and 
 solidity by others, esteemed the essential attribute of body or 
 matter. Attributes, in Divinity, are the several qualities or per- 
 fections of the Divine nature, and such as can be applied to God 
 only. In Painting and Statuary, attribute is some distinguishing 
 addition to the principal figure ; as the club to Hercules, the pea- 
 cock to Juno, the eagle to Jupiter, &c. 
 
 ATTRIBU'TION, s. [attributio, Lat.] something ascribed; 
 character or reputation. 
 
 ATl'RI'TE, a. [attritus, Lat.] worn off by rubbing two bodies 
 together. 
 
 A'lTRITENESS, s. quality produced bv the rubbing of two 
 bodies together, so as to wear oft some of their surfaces. 
 
 AUD 
 
 ATTRITION, s. [aUritio, Lat.] the action of rubbing two 
 bodies together, so as to wear away or rub off some particles on 
 their surfaces. 
 
 To ATTU'NE, v. a. to put an instrument into tune ; to make 
 the voice or any instruments accord together, and sound the 
 same notes or key. 
 
 ATTWOOD, THOMAS, an eminent composer, and organist of 
 St. Paul's cathedral, and the chapels-royal. His works are very 
 numerous and much admired. He died in 1838, aged 73 years. 
 
 A'VA, the present capital of the Burman empire, seated on the 
 river Irawadi. The streets are very straight, and the houses are 
 built with teak planks and bamboos. The town itself is mean, 
 but is adorned with very many temples, which give it, at a 
 distance, a very imposing appearance. It is 520 miles E. of 
 Calcutta, and 276 E. N. E. of Aracan. Lat. 21 . 51. N. Long. 95. 
 58. E. Pop. about 25,000. 
 
 To AVAI'L, r. a. [valoir, Fr.] to turn to one's own use, benefit, 
 profit, or advantage ; to promote or procure ; to be of use or ad- 
 vantage. 
 
 AVAFLABLE, a. applied to means, it signifies their suitable- 
 ness or efficacy to obtain the end ; powerful, or proper. 
 
 A'VALANCHE, ». [Fr.] amassof snow which, having accumu- 
 lated near the summit of a mountain, suddenly becomes detached, 
 and falls, through its weight, down the side. They are exceed- 
 ingly destructive both to life and property in mountainous dis- 
 tricts. 
 
 AVA^NTGUARD, s. [avantgarde, Fr.] in War, the first line 
 or division of an army in battle-array ; or that part which is seen 
 by the enemy, and marches first against him. 
 
 A'VARICE, ». [avarice, Fr.] an immoderate love and desire for 
 riches, attended with fear as to future events, and excessive pre- 
 caution against the instability of fortune, making a person rob 
 himself of the necessary comforts of life, for fear of diminishing 
 his wealth. 
 
 AVARFCIOUS, a. that partakes of the nature of avarice. 
 
 AVARFCIOUSLY, ad. covetously. 
 
 AVARFCIOUSNESS, s. that quality which inclines a person 
 to desire riches immoderately, to make no use of them when 
 
 Eossessed of them, for fear of diminishing them, and denominates 
 im an avaricious person. 
 
 AVA'ST, interj. \basta, Ital.] hold, stop ; a sea-term. 
 
 AVA'TAR, s. lai-atara, Sansc] the incarnation or descent of a 
 god to this world, amongst the Hindus. Applied figuratively to 
 persons who hold with great enthusiasm and firmness any prin- 
 ciples. 
 
 AVAU'NT, inteij. [avant, Fr.] be";one ! out of my sight ! 
 
 AUBE, a department, corresponding with a part of the former 
 province of Champagne, in France. It lies on the river Aube. 
 The district was formerly called Pouilleuse, because of its infer- 
 tility. There are considerable manufactures of cotton goods, and 
 leather, glass, and wine. Troves is its capital. 
 
 AuBiGNE, Theodore A. D', the famous historian of the Hugue- 
 nots in the 16th century. He was engaged in the early affrays 
 of his party, and fought on the side of Henry of Navarre. He 
 remained faithful to his cause when Henry and most of the lead- 
 ers deserted it, and was banished for a defence of it in the 
 History of his own Times. He died in 1630, aged 80 years. His 
 works contain, amidst many on graver subjects, a multitude of 
 satirical pieces, which gained him few friends. 
 
 AU'BtfRN, Wiltshire. It has a considerable manufacture of 
 fustian. It is situated on a branch of the Kennet, 81 miles from 
 London. Market, Tuesday. 
 
 AU'BURN, a town of New York, United States, on the outlet 
 of the Owasco Lake, near the Erie Canal. It has a st.ate prison, 
 which is considered a model for such institutions. There is also 
 a flourishing theological seminary under the patronage and direc- 
 tion of the Presbyterians. Pop. 5626. 
 
 AU'BURN, a. [aubour, Fr.] brown ; tan-coloured. 
 
 AU'CTION, s. [a«c<!o, Lat.] a method of sale wherein goods 
 are sold to the highest bidder. 
 
 AU'CTIONARY, a. belonging to an auction. 
 
 AUCTIONEE'R, s. the manager of an auction. 
 
 AUDA'CIOUS, a. [audacieux, Fr.] applied to persons, impu- 
 dent ; bold, in a bad sense. Applied to actions, such as only an 
 audacious person would do. 
 
 AUDA'CIOUSLY, ad. in such a imnner as bespeaks a daring 
 impudence. 
 
 I 2 59 
 
AVE 
 
 AUDA'CIOUSNESS, Auda'city, s. boldness; impudence; the 
 disposition of mind manifested in undertaking actions which a 
 proper regard for the approbation of others would deter most 
 from undertaking. 
 
 AUDE, one of the departments of France, lying on the Medi- 
 terranean, named from the river Aude, which flows through it. 
 On the northern boundary are the Black Mountains, and on the 
 S. a range connected with the Pyrenees. It produces grapes, 
 figs, and honej'. Some coal, abundance of marble, and some of 
 the metals, occur in the mountains. There are manufactures of 
 woollens, and iron-works, with some of minor importance. Its 
 capital is Carcassone. 
 
 AU'DEANS, a sect classed amongst the heretics of the 4th 
 century. As their doctrines are recorded only by their adver- 
 saries of a subsequent period, the account is not worthy of much 
 credit; except in this particular, that Audeus, the leader, ex- 
 posed the conduct of the clergy, and the system of church 
 government. He was a learned and devoted teacher, according 
 to the same accounts. Anthropomorphism appears to have been 
 his great error. 
 
 AU'DIBLE, a, [audibilk, Lat.] that is the object of hearing ; 
 that may be heard. 
 
 AU'DIBLENESS, s. that which renders a thing the object of 
 hearing, or to be heard. 
 
 AU'DIBLY, ad. in such a manner as to be heard. 
 
 AU'DIENCE, s. [audience, Fr.] that attention which is given 
 to a person while he is speaking. In a court sense, the admission 
 of ambassadors or public ministers to a king, in order to deliver 
 the credentials of their sovereign, and to open the intentions for 
 which they are sent. In History, the tribunals or courts of 
 justice established by the Spaniards in America. Persons as- 
 sembled in order to hear a public speaker. Audience Chamber, a 
 court belonging to the archbishop of Canterbury, wherein differ- 
 ences upon elections, consecrations, institutions, marriages, &c., 
 are heard ; of equal authority with the Court of Arches. 
 
 AU'DIT, s. [Lat.] in Law, the hearing and examining the ac- 
 count of persons concerned in the receipt of money, by persons 
 publicly appointed for that purpose. 
 
 To AU'DIT, r. a. [aw^o, Lat.] to examine an account. 
 
 AU'DITOR, s. [Lat.] one who hears ; one who is present when 
 any thing is delivered in public ; who examines and passes either 
 public or private accounts. 
 
 AU'DITORY, a. [auditorius, Lat.] that conduces to hearing. 
 In Anatomy, the auditory nerves are a pair of nerves arising from 
 the medulla oblongata, and distributed, the one to the ear, and 
 the other to the eye, &c. 
 
 AU'DITORY, s. [auditorium, Lat.] a place where persons as- 
 semble to hear any discourse ; a collection of persons so assem- 
 bled. 
 
 A'VEBURY, or A'bury, Wiltshire, the site of one of the most 
 extensive remains of a Druidical temple in this country. The 
 masses of stone, varying from 5 to 20 feet in length, and from 
 3 to 12 in thickness, are 650 in number, and are placed in circles 
 within a circular ditch and vallum, with two avenues flanked in 
 a similar way leading from it. The whole neighbourhood is rich 
 with similar antiquities. 
 
 AVELLI'NO, a town of the kingdom of Naples, lying near the 
 river Sabato, in the midst of the Apennines. It is 30 miles froni 
 Naples. Lat. 40. 55. N. Long. 14. 45. E. The filbert nut is 
 named after it avellana. 
 
 A'VE MARIA, s. [Lat. Am/, 3/ary .'] a prayer used by the 
 Romish Church, beginning with those words, in honour of the 
 Vire^in Mary. 
 
 To AVE'NGE, V. a. [venger, Fr.] to punish in proportion to 
 the enormity of crimes : and distinguished from revenge, because 
 that is always used in a bad, but this in a good sense. 
 
 AVE'NGEMENT, s. the act of punishing for crimes. 
 
 AVE'NGER, s. one who inflicts punishments for crimes. 
 
 A'TENS, s. in Botany, the herb bennet, ox geum. It has up- 
 right yellow blossoms, lyre-shaped leaves, and husky raspberry- 
 like fruit. 
 
 ADVENTURE, «. in law books, a mischance, causing a man's 
 death without felony. 
 
 A'VENUE, s. [avenue, Fr.] a passage or opening. In Garden- 
 ing, a walk of trees leading to a house. In Perspective, it is a 
 passage, which is narrower at the end than at the beginning, in 
 order to make it appear the longer, or straight, when viewed at 
 
 AUG 
 
 the narrowest end. In Fortification, the opening, inlet to, or 
 communication between, a fort and a bastion. 
 
 To AVE'R, V. a. [averer, Fr.] to affirm or assert a thing to be 
 true with some degree of positiveness. 
 
 A'VERAGE, s. [averagmm, law Lat.] a medium ; a mean pro- 
 portion. In Law, a due or service which a tenant owed his lord 
 by his beast or carriage. In Sea-commerce, the accidents or 
 misfortunes which happen to a ship or cargo, divided into simple, 
 large, common, or small : an allowance given to the master for 
 his care of the goods above the freight. 
 
 AVETIMEN r, s. in Law, the establishment of a thing by 
 evidence ; an offer to make good an exception pleaded in abate- 
 ment of the plaintiff's action, and an actual doing it. 
 
 AVE'RNAT, s. a sort of grape. 
 
 AVE'RNO, the name of a lake near Naples, which, giving forth 
 mephitic vapours, was fabled in ancient times to be the abode of 
 the dead. 
 
 AVE'RROES, an Arabian philosopher of the 12th century, of 
 Cordova, in Spain ; who, studying medicine with some success, 
 and not being wholly free from the dreams of the new Platonist 
 school, has been injuriously represented as a mere charlatan. 
 Some of his works on the Aristotelian philosophy were highly 
 valued in the days of Scholasticism. He left many writings, and 
 died about 1200, bein^ about 50 years old. 
 
 AVE'RSA, a city of the kingdom of Naples, of some import- 
 ance, lying in a plain about 8 miles from Naples. An asylum 
 for lunatics has been built here. Its population is about 13,000. 
 Lat. 40. 57. N. Long. 14. 11. E. 
 
 AVERSA'TION, s. [aversor, Lat.] a term alluding to the mo- 
 tion o^a person who detests any thing, which is that of turning 
 away from it. 
 
 AVE'RSE, a. [aversus, Lat.] hostile or angry with ; unwilling, 
 abhorring. 
 
 AVE'RSELY.arf. in a manner which shows great unwillingness. 
 
 AVE'RSENESS, s. unwillingness ; backwardness. 
 
 AVE'RSION, s. [aversion, Fr.] dislike, arising from the dis- 
 agreeableness of an object ; the cause of dislike. 
 
 To AVE'RT, V. a. [averto, Lat.] to turn aside ; to keep off. 
 
 AVEY'RO'N, a large department of France, so called from a 
 river which passes through it. The Cevennes Mountains form 
 its S. E. border, and a range connected with them and joining 
 the mountains of Auvergne occupies the E. part. The other 
 rivers are the Lot and Tarn. The land is mostly pasture. There 
 are good coal mines, and mines of alum, and marble quarries, in 
 the mountains. The trade consists in the jjroduce of these, in 
 silk, raw and manufactured, woollen goods, paper, &c. Rodez 
 is its capital. 
 
 AUF, s. [alf, Belg.] a person void of discretion or common 
 sense ; a fool. 
 
 AU'GER, An'oRE, s. [egger, Belg.] in Mechanics, an instru- 
 ment used by carpenters and coopers to bore holes with, consist- 
 ing of a handle and bit. 
 
 AUGEREAU', P. F. C, one of Napoleon's generals, who was 
 distinguished for the part he took in the battles of Lodi, Castigli- 
 one, Arcole, Jena, and Eylau. He was an ardent republican, and 
 so was opposed to Buonaparte's later career. He was afterwards 
 reconciled to the Bourbons, and raised to the peerage. He died 
 in 1810, aged 59 years. 
 
 AUGHT, pron. [atiht. Sax.] any thing ; applied to the extent 
 of a person's knowledge, as far as. 
 
 To AUGME'NT, v. a. [augmenter, Fr.] to increase the value or 
 dimension of a thing by the addition of something else. Synon. 
 Our ambition augments with our fortune ; and^we are no sooner 
 in possession of one hundred pounds, than we are eager to add 
 to it another. 
 
 AU'GMENT, s. [augmentum, Lat.] increase, applied to the di- 
 mension of a body or the progress of a disease. 
 
 AUGMENTA'TION, s. increase, enlargement, improvement. 
 Also a court so called, erected by Henrv VIII. on the suppres- 
 sion of the monasteries. In Heraldry, the additional charges to 
 a coat of armour, frequently given as particular marks of honour, 
 and generally borne either on the escutcheon or a canton ; as 
 have all the baronets of England, who have borne the arms of 
 the province of Ulster in Ireland. 
 
 AU'GSBURG, a considerable and ancient city of Bavaria. 
 Under the old constitution, it was an imperial city-. The public 
 buildings are magnificent. Besides the cathedral, St. Ulrich's 
 
AVI 
 
 church, the town-hall, and the halle, are worthy of mention. The 
 manufacturing importance of this city has much declined, but it 
 is still an emporium of trade. Its population is about 80,000. 
 The celebrated Confession of the Lutheran faith, called the 
 Augsburg Confession, was presented to a diet which was bolden 
 here. It is 40 miles from Munich. Lat.48. 17.N. Long. 10. 53. E. 
 
 AUGUR, s. [Lat.] a minister of religion among the ancient 
 Romans, appointed to take presages concerning futurity, from 
 birds, beasts, and the appearances of the heavens. 
 
 To AU'GUR, v. n. to ftretell; to guess at ; to presage. 
 
 To AU'GURATE, v. n. \awjuro, Lat.] to produce by signs, 
 after the manner of an augur. 
 
 AUGURA'TION, s. the practice of determining future events 
 in the manner of augurs. 
 
 AUGU'RIAL, a. according to the principles of an augur. 
 
 AU'GURY,«. [attgurium, Lat.] in Antiquity, a species of divin- 
 ation, or the art of foretelling future events, and distinguished 
 into five sorts, namely, augury from the heavens ; from birds ; 
 from chickens ; from quadrupeds ; and from portentous events. 
 
 AUGU'ST, a. [augustus, Lat.] that may claim reverence on ac- 
 count of its dignity or rank, or expect awe from its appearance. 
 
 AU'GUST, s. lAugmtus] the eighth month of the year, called 
 by the Romans Sexiilis, or the sixth month from March; but 
 named Atuiust from Augustus Caesar. 
 
 AUGU'STA, capital of Georgia, United States, seated on the 
 S. \V. bank of the river Savannah. It is handsomely built, and 
 has a court-house, city hall, &c. It has a rich back country, and 
 a very active trade. Pop. 0403. 
 
 AUGU'STA, capital of the state of Maine, United States, 
 situated on the Kennebec river. It contains a state-house and 
 arsenal, a lunatic asylum, a high school, &c. The state-house 
 is a fine building of white granite, and before it is a spacious 
 park. There is a splendid dam erected across the river, with 
 locks, which creates an immense water power. It is 163 miles 
 from Boston. Pop. -5314. 
 
 AUGU'STINE, ST., the celebrated bishop of Hippo, in Africa, 
 in the fourth centurv. He was a most untiring preacher and 
 writer against the adversaries of the doctrines of tne church in 
 his day, particularly against Pelagius. His own doctrines bear 
 a close resemblance to those now known as Calvinism. He died 
 in 430, aged 76 years. 
 
 AUGU'STINE, ST., commonly called St. Austin, was the first 
 
 Ereacher of Roman Catholicism to the Anglo-Saxons of Endand, 
 eing sent hither by St. Gregory, in the sixth century. He was 
 the first archbishop of Canterbury, and died in 604. 
 
 AUGU'STINES, a religious order of the Church of Rome, who 
 follow the rule of St. Augustine, prescribed them by Pope Alex- 
 ander IV. Among other things, this rule enjoins to nave all 
 things in common ; to receive nothing without the leave of the 
 superior ; and several other precepts relating to charity, modesty, 
 and chastity. The Augustines are clothed in black, and make 
 one of the four orders of begging friars. There are likewise nuns 
 of this order. 
 
 AUGU'STNESS, s. that quality which renders a person an 
 object of reverence, awe, ana homage. 
 
 AUGUSTUS, the first regularly enthroned emperor of Rome. 
 He was grand-nephew of Julius Ctesar, and on his assassination 
 came forward at once as a claimant for the chief power in the 
 state, being but 18 years old. He formed a compact with M. 
 Antonius and Lepidus, which gained them the name of the 
 Triumviri. But afterwards defeating his rivals in power, he as- 
 sumed the purple. His reign was prosperous and popular ; and 
 literature found in him a liberal patron. He died at Nola in the 
 year 14 b. c, aged 49 years, 
 
 . A'VIARY, s. [aviarium, Lat.] a place enclosed for keeping a 
 collection of birds. Figuratively, the collection of birds kept in 
 such a place. 
 
 AVICE'NNA, a famous philosopher of Persia, who lived in 
 the tenth centuiy. He studied medicine with great success, and 
 practised under the patronage of princes. His writings treat of 
 mathematics, his own art, and the philosophy of the day, which 
 was Aristotelian. He died in 1036, aged 50 years. 
 
 AVPDITY, s. [aciditas, Lat.] greediness, eagerness, an insa- 
 tiable love of money. 
 
 AVI'GNON, a large city in the dept. of Vaucluse, France. 
 Before the French revolution it was the capital of a little sove- 
 reignty, subject to the pope, whose legate resided here. It stands 
 
 A VO 
 
 on the Rhone, in a pleasant valley, and has very many religious 
 and charitable institutions. Petrarch's Laura was buried in one 
 of the churches, which has been destroyed. Lat. 43. 55. N. Long. 
 1.53. E. 
 
 AVI'LA, an ancient city of old Castile, with a university, and 
 a manufactory of fine cloth. It is seated in a large plain, sur- 
 rounded by mountains, and covered with fruit-trees and vine- 
 yards, 50 miles N. W. of Madrid. 
 
 AVI'SO, s. [Ital.] in Commerce, notice or information given 
 by letter. 
 
 AU'KLAND, BISHOP, a large well-built town in Durham, 
 chiefly remarkable for one of the palaces of the bishop of Durham. 
 A manufacture of calico and muslin has lately been established 
 here. It is situated 12 miles from Durham, and 250 from London. 
 Market, Thursday. Pop. 11,137. 
 
 AU'KWARD, a. See Awkward. 
 
 AU'LCESTER, an ancient town of Warwickshire, with a 
 manufactory of needles. It is situated at the union of the rivers 
 Aln and Arrow, 7 miles W. of Stratford-upon-Avon, 14 from 
 Warwick, and 102 N. W. of London. Market, Tuesday. Pop. 
 2409. 
 
 AU'LIC, a. [aulicus, Lat.] belonging to the court. In History, 
 applied to the highest court of the emperor of Germany, origin- 
 ally instituted to determine. the disputes between the emperor 
 and his subjects. 
 
 AUNT, (lint) s. \tante, Fr.] a female relation, who is a sister 
 either to a person's father or mother. 
 
 AVO'CADO, s. [Span.] a tree that grows in great plenty in 
 the Spanish West Indies. The fruit is of itself very insipid, for 
 which reason they generally eat it with the juice of lemons and 
 sugar, to give it poignancy. 
 
 To A'VOCATE, v. a. [avoco, Lat.] to call a person from a thing 
 he is engaged in. 
 
 AVOCA'TION, s. [avocatio, Lat.] the diverting a person's at- 
 tention from something he is already engaged in. 
 
 To AVOl'D, V. a. [vider, Fr.] to forbear ; to shun ; to quit, or 
 leave, 
 
 AVOI'DABLE, a. that is possible to escape the effects of a 
 thing ; that may be escaped or shunned, 
 
 AVOI'DANCE, s. the act whereby one frees himself from the 
 effects of any cause ; the act of emptying or carrying off. 
 
 AVOI'DER, s. the person who shuns, escapes, or carries away; 
 the vessels used to carry things away in, 
 
 AVOI'DLESS, a. inevitable, that cannot be avoided. 
 
 AVOlRDUPOrS, s. lavoir du pais, Fr.] a weight, supposed to 
 be borrowed from the Romans, a pound of which contains 16 oz., 
 bearing the same proportion to 1 lb troy as 14 to 16. All coarser 
 commodities are bought by this weight. 
 
 AVOLATION, s. [aio/o, Lat.] the flying away; flight, or 
 escape. 
 
 A'VON, a British word meaning river, which is the name of 
 several in England, the largest of which springs near Naseby, in 
 Northamptonshire, and falls, after a gently winding course of 
 about 100 miles, into the Severn. 
 
 AVOSET, s. in Zoology, a bird which frequents the marshes 
 of Norfolk and Lincolnshire, and is remarkable for having its 
 bill turned upwards. 
 
 To AVOU'CH, V. a. [avouer, Fr.] to prove by voucher or proper 
 authorities; positively to maintain the truth of a thing; to 
 justify or vindicate. Vouch is in use at present, in its stead. 
 
 AVOU'CH, s. proof, witness, evidence. 
 
 AVOU'CHABLE, a. that may be proved by evidence or 
 vouchers. 
 
 AVOU'CHER, s. he that proves the truth of an assertion by 
 proper vouchers, or evidence.^ 
 
 1 o AVOW, f. a. [avouer, Fr.] to profess openly, without any 
 dissimulation. 
 
 AVOW' ABLE, a. that may be publicly owned without dis- 
 
 
 AVOW'AL, «. a public confession, without the least dissimu- 
 lation. 
 
 AVOWEDLY, ad. in a public, open manner; professedly; 
 publicly. 
 
 AVOWEE', «. r«toM(S, Fr.] the person to whom the represent- 
 ation of any benefice, or the right of advowson, belongs. 
 
 AVOW'ER, ». one who openly professes, asserts, or declares, 
 without dissimulation, 
 
 01 
 
AUS 
 
 AVO'WRY, s. in Law, the avowing or confessing the having 
 taken a distress for rent, when the person distrained sues for a 
 replevin. 
 
 AVO'WTRY, s. adulteiy. 
 
 AVRA'NCHES, a very ancient city in the department of 
 Manche, in France. It stands on a mountain, at the foot of 
 which flows the river See, one mile and a half from the English 
 Channel, and 30 E. of St. Malo. Pop. about 7000. 
 
 AURE'LIA, s. [Lat.] See Chrysalis. 
 
 AURE'LIAN, s. a name sometimes applied to one who breeds 
 and describes the various states of moths and butterflies. 
 
 AURELIA'NUS, LUCIUS DOMITIUS, a Roman soldier, who, 
 in 270 A. D., was, by the legions on the Danube, made emperor. 
 He lives in history as the conqueror of Zenobia of Palmyra. He 
 was assassinated after a reign of five years. 
 
 AU'REUS, s. [Lat.] the name of the common Roman gold 
 coin, valued at 100 sestertii, and equal in worth to about 15 of 
 our shillings. 
 
 AU'RICLE, s. [auricuh, Lat.] in Anatomy, the external ear, 
 or that which is prominent from the head. 
 
 AURI'CULA, s. in Floriculture, the bear's ear, allied to the 
 primrose, a native of the Alps ; of which there are many varieties. 
 
 AURI'CULAR, a. {auricularis, Lat.] that belongs to the ear ; 
 secret or private, as if whispered in a person's ear. Auricular con- 
 fession, in the Romish Church, is the private confession a person 
 makes of his sins to a priest, in order to receive absolution. 
 
 AURFCULARLY, ad. in a private or secret manner. 
 
 AURI'FEROUS, a. \_aurifer, Lat.] that produces gold. 
 
 AURFGA, in Astronomy, the Waggoner, a constellation in 
 the northern hemisphere. 
 
 AURIGA'TION, s. [auriga, Lat.] the driving a vehicle or car- 
 
 "^■rIPIGME'NTUM, s. See Orpiment. 
 
 AURO'RA, s. [Lat.] in Geography, that faint dawn which 
 appears in the E. when the sun is within 18 degrees of the hori- 
 zon. In Mythology, the goddess who presides over day-break, 
 the daughter of Hyperion and Thea, or of the Sun and Earth. 
 Aurora Borealis is a luminous appearance in the night in the 
 northern parts of the heavens, consisting of a glow, like the 
 dawn in the E., or of arches, beams, flashes, often of a red colour, 
 and very brilliant. It is now attributed to electricity. 
 
 AU'RUM FU'LMINANS, s. [Lat. thundering soUl,1 in Chem- 
 istry, precipitate of gold, a powder which, by neat or friction, 
 explodes very loudly. Aurum musivum, mosaic gold, a combina- 
 tion of white oxj'de of tin with sulphur, by means of mercury. 
 
 AURU'NGABAD, a city of the Nizam in Hindustan, with a 
 considerable trade. The Mausoleum of a daughter of Aurung- 
 zebe, and the ruins of his palace, are here. It is 1022 miles 
 from Calcutta, and 284 from Bombay. Lat. 19. 54. N. Long. 
 75. 33. E. 
 
 AU'RUNGZEBE, the celebrated Mogul of the 17th century. 
 He was engaged in war during the greater part of his reign, to 
 secure himself in the possession of the throne, and died in 1707, 
 aged 90 years. 
 
 AUSCULTA'TION, s. [amculto, Lat.] a hearkening, or listen- 
 ing to. In Medicine, the method of inquiring into diseases by 
 observing sounds produced naturally or artificially in the body. 
 
 AU'SPICE, s. {auspicium, Lat.] the art of divination, confined 
 to the flight or singing of birds; a prosperous event, or the 
 favour and protection ot a lucky person. 
 
 AUSPl'CIAL, a. relating to prognostics. 
 
 AUSPl'CIOUS, a. that promises success; favourable, fortu- 
 nate, kind, propitious, applied to persons. 
 
 AUSPI'ClOUSLY, ad. in such a manner as to promise success. 
 
 AUSTE'RE, a. [austerus, Lat.] applied to morals, rigid and 
 mortified, opposed to efl'eminate or luxurious. Applied to tastes, 
 rough, sour, and astringent, like that of unripe fruits. 
 
 AUSTE'RELY, ad. in a rigid, mortifying manner. 
 
 AUSTE'RITY, s. a state of rigid severity and mortification, 
 sometimes including the secondary idea of sourness or morose- 
 ness ; severity or harshness of discipline. 
 
 AU'STLE, ST., Cornwall. It has a fine church, with a richly 
 ornamented tower. In its neighbourhood are mines of tin and 
 copper, and works for porcelain clay. Market, Friday. 243 
 miles from London. Pop. 10,320. 
 
 AU'STRAL, a. [australis, Lat.] that is towards the south ; as, 
 the austral signs. 
 
 AUT 
 
 AUSTRALA'SIA, or Austra'lia, a name by which the great 
 island of New Holland, and others surrounding it, are classed 
 together as a fifth great division of the world. It includes the 
 Bonin, Ladrone, and Carolina Islands, New Guinea, the Sandwich 
 Islands, and all the groups of the Pacific between these and New 
 Zealand, and Van Diemen's Land. But by the French the E. 
 Pacific islands are classed by themselves under the name of 
 Oceania. The Australian continent is but imperfectly explored ; 
 most of its coast has been surveyed, but of the interior little is 
 known. A range of mountains runs N. from Wilson's Promontory, 
 and probably extends to the N. part of the island. Some of the 
 peaks rise to the height of about 7000 feet, and are covered with 
 perpetual snow. Between this mountain-chain and the sea is 
 a terraced plain. The chief rivers known are the Macquarrie, 
 the Murray, the Morumbidgee, and the Swan River on the W. 
 coast. The climate, except on the E. coast, is not veiy healthy 
 for Europeans. The soil of course varies, but the interior fur- 
 nishes richest pastures : iron and coal have been found. The 
 Zoologjy and Botany of Australia are quite peculiar. More than 
 half of the known ciuadrupeds are of the Kangaroo and Opossum 
 tribe. The aborigines of the country seem to have reached the 
 lowest grade of barbarism, and their intercourse with the colo- 
 nists has, as must necessarily happen, communicated to them 
 only the worst vices and diseases ot the civilized world. They are 
 of a dark brown colour, and gentle in their habits ; and have a 
 simple, child-like religion. On the E. coast, at Botany Bay, has 
 been established a penal colony for convicts from Great Britain. 
 But apart from this, which has been of great injmy both to the 
 regular colonists and to the convicts themselves, there is a flour- 
 ishing colony. Van Diemen's Land is also in a prosperous state. 
 There are other settlements of less note. 
 
 AUSTRA'LIS PPSCIS, the southern Fish, a constellation of 
 the southern hemisphere, not visible in our latitude. 
 
 AUSTRIA, an empire of Europe, lying on the Gulf of Venice, 
 between the Italian States, Switzerland, Germany, Prussia, 
 Russia, and Turkey. It comprises Austria, Styria, and Tyrol ; 
 the kingdom of Bohemia, Moravia, and Silesia ; the kingdoms of 
 Gallicia (formerly part of Poland) and Hungary; Illyria and 
 Dalmatia ; the kingdom of Lombardy and Venice ; Trarissylva- 
 nia, and the military frontier districts on all sides ; comprising in 
 all 255,226 square miles. Its mountains are, the Alps, the Carpa- 
 thians, and the mountains of Bohemia and Moravia. Its rivers 
 are, the Danube, and the great streams that flow into it, as the 
 Inn, the Drave, and the Theiss ; the Vistula and the Oder, flow- 
 ing into the Baltic ; the Elbe and the Rhine ; and in Italy, the 
 Po and Adige. There are scattered throughout this vast and 
 varied country many extensive lakes, some of which are very 
 remarkable, and those of Lombardy celebrated for their beauty. 
 The forests and woods are very numerous ; and the greater pro- 
 portion of the country available for cultivation has been used. 
 Its produce of corn ana grain is very abundant. Pepper, ginger, 
 tobacco, hops, &c., are also grown for commerce. Abundance 
 of wine, and amongst the various kinds, Tokay is made. Cattle, 
 &c., are reared in great numbers; and in the Italian territory 
 great attention is given to breeding silk-worms. In mineral 
 productions the empire is remarkably rich, almost all the metals, 
 some in profusion, salt, coal, &c., are plentiful. The popula- 
 tion, which is necessarily very various in its character, is about 
 40,000,000 in number ; and the total force available in war is 
 about 500,000 men. The manufactures of linen, glass, silk, 
 leather, metals, &c. &c., are very considerable ; but foreign trade 
 is much hindered by the want of a commanding and accessible 
 coast. The state religion is Romanist, but there is toleration 
 for Protestants, Armenians, &c., under certain conditions. 
 Vienna is the capital of the empire, and the other chief place* 
 are Venice, Presburg, Cracow, Prague, Salzburg, Milan, &c. 
 
 AUTHE'NTIC, Adthe'ntical, a. [authenticus, Lat.] of estab- 
 lished authority ; that is attended with full proof, and attested 
 by persons who deserve credit. 
 
 AUTHE'NTICALLY, ad. in such a manner as to procure 
 credit. 
 
 To AUTHE'NTIC ATE, v. a. to establish a thing by the ne^ 
 cessary proofs of its genuineness. 
 
 AUTHENTPCITY, s. the genuineness of a thing, supported 
 proper proofs and authorities. 
 
 lUTHE'NTICLY, ad. in such a manner as to evince a thing 
 to be genuine. 
 
 '7u 
 
AUX 
 
 AUTHOR, s. [auctor, Lat.] in its more jiroper sense, one who 
 creates and produces any thing; the originsS inventor or dis- 
 coverer of any new art or principle ; one who writes upon any 
 subject, opposed to a translator or compiler. 
 
 AUTHORITATIVE, a. that has an influence over another; 
 that commands or obliges. 
 
 AUTHORITATIVELY, ad. in such a manner as to 
 proper authority or licence. 
 
 AUTHO'RITATIVENESS, s. that quality which shows a per- 
 son to be properly licensed, or to have authority for the doing 
 any thing. 
 
 AUTHO'RITY, s. [auctoritas, Lat.] a power which leaves a 
 person the liberty of choice, arising from superiority of rank or 
 reason; includes the secondary idea of respect, and is applied to 
 God with respect to his creatures, and to parents with respect 
 to their children ; applied to arguments, it denotes their strength. 
 Synon. There appears in the idea of authoritij something just 
 and respectable ; in the idea oi power, something strong and ac- 
 tive ; and in the idea of dominion, something great and elevated. 
 
 AUTHORIZATION, s. the act of communicating authority. 
 
 To AUTHORIZE, j;. a. [authoriser, Fr.] to give a person 
 licence or authority to perform a thing; to encourage ; to justi- 
 fy ; to give credit. 
 
 AUTO'CRACY, s. [aiitos and kratos, Gr.] independent power. 
 
 Auto-da-fe, [Port.] or act of faith, the public burning of 
 persons convicted of heresy by the holy office of the Inquisition, 
 m Spain and Portugal. 
 
 AUTOGRA'PHICAL, a. [autos and ffrapho, Gr.] that is written 
 by a person's own hand. 
 
 AUTO'GRAPHY, 5. a person's own hand-writing ; an original, 
 opposed to a copy. 
 
 AUTOMATICAL, a. that has the quality of an automaton ; 
 that is endued with a power to move itself. In the animal 
 economy, applied by Boerhaave to express those motions which 
 arise purely from the structure of the body, and over which the 
 will has no power. 
 
 AUTO'MATON, s. [auios and maomai, Gr.] in Mechanics, an 
 engine which has the principle of motion in itself. 
 
 AUTO'MATOUS, a. lautomatos, Gr.] that has the power of 
 motion in itself. 
 
 AUTOPSY, s, [autos and optomai, Gr.] the seeing a thing with 
 one's own eyes. Applied by the ancients to the communications 
 which the soul was supposed to have with the gods in the Eleu- 
 sinian mysteries. 
 
 AUTO'PTICAL, a. that is seen by one's own eyes. 
 
 AUTO'PTICALLY, ad. in such a manner as aperson may be 
 an eye-witness. 
 
 AUTUMN, (auttim) s. [autumnus, Lat.] the third season of the 
 year, wherein the fruits are gathered in, commencing astro- 
 nomically on the 23rd of September, and ending on the 21st of 
 December; popularly including August, September, and October. 
 
 AUTU'MNAL, a. that belongs to autumn; that is produced 
 in autumn. In Astronomy, the autumnal point, is that point of 
 the equinoctial line from whence the sun be§;ins to descend to- 
 ward the south. The autumnal signs are Libra, Scorpio, and 
 Sagittarius. Autumnal emiinox, the time when the sun enters 
 the autumnal point, which is about the 23rd of September. 
 
 AUTUN, anciently Augustodlnum, a city in the dept. of 
 Saone and Loire, situated near the river Arroux, at the foot of 
 three mountains. The cathedral is very fine, as are the ruins 
 of Roman temples, &c., which are very numerous. They have 
 manufactures of tapestry from cows' hair and thread, carpets, 
 coverlets, and delft ware. It is 162 miles from Paris. Lat. 40. 
 57. N. Long. 4. 23. E. Pop. about 9000. 
 
 AVU'LSION, s. lavulsio, Lat.] the act of pulling asunder two 
 bodies already united, implying the secondary idea of some exer- 
 tion or force. 
 
 AUXE'RRE, a city in the department of Yonne in France, 
 containing a very fine cathedral. The chief trade is in wine, 
 and in its neighbourhood chablis is made. It is 102 miles from 
 Paris. Pop. about 12,000. 
 
 AUXFLIAR, Auxi'liary, s. [auxiliaris, Lat.] a person who 
 assists another, whether in war, peace, works of strength, or the 
 products of the understanding.— «. that affords help or assist- 
 ance. In Gramn)ar, applied to such verbs as are prefixed to 
 others, and help to conjugate certain tenses, which are on that 
 account named compound ones. 
 
 AXI 
 
 expect a thing in future ; to be reserved. 
 
 To AWAIT, V 
 or designed for. 
 
 To AWA'KE, t'. a. pret. atcoke, [tceccian. Sax.] to raise from 
 sleep. Figuratively, to rouse a thing in a dormant or latent state 
 into action.— «. n. to cease to sleep ; to be cautious ; to be on 
 one's guard ; to take such measures as not to be surprised by an 
 approaching calamity or enemy. 
 
 AWA'KE, a. not being asleep ; not sleeping. 
 
 To AWA'KEN, v. a. pret. atvakened. See Awake. This seems 
 to be the best word. 
 
 To AWA'RD, (awatird) v. a. [weardir/. Sax.] to pass sentence, 
 or determine a controversy, as an arbitrator. Figuratively, to 
 give one's opinion. 
 
 AWA^RD, «. the judgment or opinion of a person chosen by 
 contending parties to determine a difference between them. 
 
 AWA'RE, ad. perceiving ; cautious ; or upon one's guard. 
 
 AWA'Y, ad. [aweg. Sax.] after the verb go, or be, it implies 
 absent, or out of sight. Used sometimes as if it were a verb, 
 nieaning, leave this place. "Away, old man," Shak. Sometimes 
 joined to a verb it implies to lose, including the idea of lavishing, 
 squandering, or profusion. 
 
 AWE, s. [ege, or oga. Sax.] a respect mixed with terror, in- 
 cluding the idea of superior rank, authority, or parts. 
 
 To AWE, V. a. to influence a person by one's authority, digni- 
 ty, or age. 
 
 AWE, the name of a lake of Argyle in Scotland, 25 miles in 
 length, and about a mile in breadth. The scenery on the lake 
 and around is very beautiful. 
 
 AW'FUL, a. that causes respect, joined with fear, on account 
 of its dignity, authority, or age. 
 
 AWFULLY, ad. in such a manner as to command respect, 
 joined with fear ; including the secondary ideas of authority and 
 dignity. 
 
 AW'FULNESS, «. that quality which attracts respect mixed 
 with fear. 
 
 AWHFLE, ad. applied to time, space, interval ; some time. 
 
 AW'KWARD, a. [award. Sax.] applied to the mind, perverse ; 
 applied to the behaviour, clumsy ; unhandy ; clownish. 
 
 AWKWARDLY, ad. in a clumsy manner. 
 
 AWKWARDNESS, s. that quality which shows a person not 
 to have been conversant with the elegances of polite life ; and 
 denotes him to be clownish and clumsy. 
 
 AWL, s. [ale, or ale. Sax.] a sharp-pointed instrument used by 
 shoemakers to make holes, in order to expedite their work. 
 
 AWLESS, a. irreverent ; without the power of causing rever- 
 ence. 
 
 AW'L-SHAPED, a. in Botany, applied to the leaves, threads, 
 or seeds, slender, and becoming finer towards the end, like an awl. 
 
 AWME, AuME, s. a Dutch liquid measure, containing equal to . 
 the tierce in England, or to one-sixth of a tun in France. 
 
 AWN, s. the slender sharp substance, growing to the valves 
 of corn or grass, and frequently called a beard. 
 
 AWNING, s. \aulne, Fr.] the hanging a sail or tarpauling over 
 any part of a ship to keep the sun off. 
 
 AWRY', {ary') ad. out of a straight line ; out of a perpendicu- 
 lar direction ; on one side ; not even. Figuratively, erroneously. 
 
 AX, Axe, s. [ea^. Sax.] a carpenter's instrument to hew wood; 
 its edge tapers to the middle of the blade, and it has a long 
 handle to be used with both hands. 
 
 A'XBRIDGE, Somersetshire. It is seated under Mendip-hills, 
 which are rich in lead mines, and proper for feeding cattle. It 
 is a corporate town, consisting of one principal street, which is 
 long but narrow. 130 miles from Loudon. Market, Thursday. 
 Pop. 1045. 
 
 AXI'LLA, «. [Lat.] the cavity under the upper part of the 
 arm, called the arm-pit. 
 
 AXl'LLAR, Axillary, a. [axillaris, Lat.] belonging to the 
 arm-pit. 
 
 A'AlOM, s. [axioo, Gr.] a plain, self-evident proposition, inca- 
 pable of demonstration. Used principally in Mathematics; else- 
 where most frequently called a maxim. 
 
 A'XIS, (plural, axes,) s. [Lat.] in Geometry, Astronomy, &c., is 
 an imaginary line passing through the centre of any figure or 
 orbit. Thus the axis of the eartfi, is a line conceived to pass 
 through the centre of the earth from one pole to the other, about 
 which it revolves daily. The axis of the earth, during its revolution 
 round the sun, remains always ijarallel to itself, and is inclined 
 
 63 
 
AZO 
 
 to the plane of the ecliptic, making with it an angle of about 66 
 degrees. In conic sections, axis is a right line, dividing the sec- 
 tions into two equal parts, and cutting all its ordinates at right 
 angles. In Mechanics, the axis of balance, is that line about 
 which it moves, or rather turns about. Axis of oscillation, is a 
 right line parallel to the horizon, passing through the centre, 
 about which a pendulum vibrates. In Optics, axis is that ray, 
 among all others that are sent to the eye, which falls perpen- 
 dicularly upon it, and which consequently passes through the 
 centre of the eye. In Architecture, spiral axis is the axis of a 
 twisted column drawn spirally, in order to trace the circumvolu- 
 tion without. Axis, in Anatomy, is the second vertebra of the 
 neck, so called from the head's turning on it like an axis. 
 
 A'XIS, «. a very beautiful animal of the deer kind, which has 
 its horns divided into three branches. It is a native of India. 
 
 A'XLE, A'xLE-TREE, s. [acse and treow. Sax.] a piece of wood, 
 &c., which passes through the centre of a wheel, on which it 
 turns. 
 
 A'XMINSTER, Devonshire. It is seated on the river Ax, 
 near the edge of the county, and was a place of some note in the 
 time of the Saxons. The church is ancient, and the town ir- 
 regularly built, but with airy streets. Here is a small manufac- 
 tory of broad and narrow cloths ; but its chief manufactory is 
 for carpets, in which it has equalled those made in Turkey. It 
 is 147 miles from London. Market, Saturday. Pop. 2860. 
 
 AY, ad. [perhaps aio, Lat.] yes ; used to afhrm the truth of a 
 thing. 
 
 AYE, ad. [ott'a,Sax.] generally used after /or, and implies time 
 without end; forever; to all eternity. 
 
 A'YLESBURY, Buckinghamshire ; the county town, where 
 are the county gaol and hall. The manufactures of the town are 
 of lace. Market, Saturday. 38 miles from London. Pop. 5429. 
 
 A'YLESFORD, Kent. It is seated on the Medway. Near it 
 is Kit's Coty-house, and other like relics, which seem to be at- 
 tributable to the earliest Saxon invaders of England. 32 miles 
 from London. Pop. 1344. 
 
 A'YLSHAM, Norfolk, seated on the Bure. Market, Tuesday. 
 120 miles from London. Pop. 2448. 
 
 AYR, a sea-port of Ayrshire, in Scotland, situated on a sandy 
 plain, and built on both sides of the river Ayr, which rises on 
 the borders of Lanarkshire, and crossing the county, to which it 
 gives name, runs into the Clyde. There is a considerable trade 
 m coals and grain, and a profitable fishery of cod and haddock 
 on the coast: there are also manufactures of cotton, iron, &c. 
 The market-cross is very ancient. It is 75 miles from Edinburgh. 
 Pop. 8264. 
 
 A'YRSHIRE, a large commercial county of Scotland, lying on 
 the W. coast between Renfrew and Wigtoun. It is about 60 
 miles in length, and from 20 to 25 in breadth. It has coal, iron, 
 limestone, &c. It has also manufactures of woollen and cotton 
 goods ; and is a good grazing county. Its connexion with the 
 name of Burns is not its least claim to notice. Pop. 1(>4,356. 
 
 A'YRY, A'ery, s. a nest or company of hawks, so called from 
 the old French word aire, which signified the same. 
 
 A'ZERBIJAN, a province of Persia, lying next to Armenia. 
 The mountains of Sahend which belong to it are nearly 13,000 
 feet high. The Araxes is its chief river. Tabriz is its capital. 
 
 A'ZIMUTH, s. [Arab.] is an arch of the horizon, comprehended 
 between the meridian of the place and any given vertical, and is 
 the complement of the eastern and western amplitude to a qua- 
 drant. The magnetical azimuth, is an arch of the horizon contained 
 between the sun's azimuth circle and the magnetical meridian. 
 Azimuth compass, is an instrument used at sea for finding the 
 sun's magnetical azimuth. Azimuth dial, is one whose stile or 
 gnomon is at right angles to the plane of the horizon. Azimuth 
 circles, called Azimuths, are great circles of the sphere, intersect- 
 ing each other in the zenith and nadir, and cutting the horizon 
 at right angles in all the points thereof. The azimuths are repre- 
 sented by the rhumbs on common sea-charts, and on the globe 
 they are represented by the quadrant of altitude when screwed 
 in the zenith. On the azimuth is reckoned the height of the stars, 
 and of the sun, when not in the meridian. 
 
 AZO'RES, a group of islands in the Atlantic Ocean, between 
 25 and 32 degrees of W. longitude, and between 37 and 40 N. 
 latitude; 900 miles W. of Portugal, and as many E. of New- 
 foundland. All these islands enjoy a very clear sky, and salu- 
 brious air; they are extremely fertile in corn, wine, and a variety 
 
 BAB 
 
 of fruits ; and they breed large quantities of cattle. St. Michael 
 is the largest, which gives its name to a fine kind of orange. 
 They are of volcanic origin ; and the Peak of Pico is about 7(K)0 
 feet high. Their population is about 200,000. 
 
 AZtyTE, s. [a and zao, Gr.] in Chemistrj', a name of nitrogen 
 gas, because it will not support life. 
 
 AZOTIC, a. in Chemistry, belonging to azote, or nitrogen. 
 
 A'ZTECS, the name of a tribe found by the Spaniards in 
 Mexico. They were addicted to war, and in their religious rites 
 offered human sacrifices under circumstances of great cruelty. 
 Yet, in many respects, they showed considerable progress in the 
 arts of civilization ; as in their language, constitution, laws, &c., 
 
 and especially in their chronology, and corrections of the calen- 
 dar. Their written language was hieroglyphical, and read from 
 
 the bottom at the right hand, upwards ahd to the left. They 
 preserved amongst them some remarkable traditions of physical 
 changes in the world ; and had authors who treated of nistory, 
 morals, religion, &c. 
 
 A'ZURE, 8. in the general sense, signifies the blue colour of 
 the sky. Among painters, it is the blue colour, with a greenish 
 cast, prepared from the lapis lazuli, generally called uUramarirte. 
 It likewise signifies that bright blue colour prepared from the 
 lapis armenus. This colour is called Lambert's blue. In Heraldry, 
 azure is the blue colour in the coat of arms of any person below 
 the rank of a baron. In the escutcheon of a nobleman, it is 
 called Sapphire; and in that of a sovereign prince, Jupiter. In 
 engraving, this colour is expressed by lines or strokes drawn 
 horizontally. 
 
 A'ZURE, a. that is of a sky or faint blue colour. 
 
 "D IS the second letter of the alphabet. It is pronounced by 
 -*-' pressing the lips together. It is used as an abbreviation : 
 thus, in Music, B stands for the tone above A, as Bb or bB does 
 for B flat, or the semi-tone major above A ; B also stands for 
 bass, and B. C. for basso continuo, or thorough bass. As a numeral, 
 B was used by the Greeks and Hebrews to denote 2 ; but among 
 the Romans it stood for 300, and with a dash over it thus b for 
 3000. The same people used B for Brutus: B. F. for bonum 
 factum. They likewise used B and V indifferently for each other. 
 B in the chemical alphabet signifies mercury. B. A. stands for 
 Bachelor of Arts ; B. L. for Bachelor of Laws ; and B. D. for 
 Bachelor of Divinity. 
 
 BA'A, s. a sound borrowed from, and expressive of, the bleat- 
 ing of a sheep. 
 
 To BA'A, V. a. to bleat like a sheep. 
 
 BA'AL, s. a god of the ancient Phcenicians. Baal signifies 
 Lord, and was applied to the sun, 
 
 BA'ALBEC, or Helio'polis, a city of Syria, which was an- 
 ciently very splendidly adorned with temples, &c. It is situated 
 in the plain ot Bocal, near the range of Antilibanus. It was an 
 emporium for the trade of Tyre with India and Palmyra. The 
 ruiiis which remain are almost all of Roman origin. Only a few 
 poor people inhabit the spot now. 
 
 BA'ALIM, «. inferior deities among the Phoenicians. 
 
 To BA'BBLE, v. n. [babbelen, Belg.] to prate like a child, with- 
 out sense; to betray secrets; to talk witnout regard to place or 
 circumstances. 
 
 BA'BBLE, s. [babil, Fr.] senseless prating. 
 
 BABBLEMENT,*. &e Babble. 
 
 BA'BBLER, s. one who talks without any fund of sense, or 
 without proper ideas of the words he makes use of. 
 
 BABE, Ba'by, s. [baban, Brit.] a young child of either sex. 
 Sometimes applied to one that can neither walk nor speak. 
 
 BABELMA'NDEB, Straits of, the narrow strait between 
 the Red Sea and the Indian Ocean. 
 
 BA'BER, the founder of the Mogul or Tatar empire in Hin- 
 dustan, in the beginning of the 16th century. His conquests 
 reached from the Indus to the Ganges. He devoted the latter 
 part of his life to the establishment of his empire, and died in 
 1530, aged 47 years. 
 
 BA'BERY, s. finery to please a babe or child. 
 
 BA'BYISH.a. that resembles the choiceof a veiyyoung child; 
 that belongs to a very young child ; childish. 
 
 BABOO'N, s. [baboiti, Fr.] in Zoology, a genus-of the monkey 
 or ape tribe, which more closely resembles the other animals. 
 
BAG 
 
 Their face and jaws are like the dog, and being short and stout 
 in their bodies, they are less fitted for climbing than other genera 
 of their tribe. Their tails are not so long as monkeys' generally 
 are. They have often been domesticated, but are naturally very 
 fierce : they have manifested a capability of acquiring singular 
 habits, such as smoking and porter-drinking, when domesti- 
 cated. 
 
 BA'BYLON, the capital of Babylonia, a province of Assyria 
 in Asia, which stood on the Euphrates, in Lat. 33. N. Long. 42. 
 53. E. Semiramis is said to have founded this city on the site 
 of Nimrod's Tower of Babel, and it was finished by Nebuchad- 
 nezzar. The walls, which surrounded the city, were 87 feet 
 thick, 350 feet high, and 480 furlongs (60 miles) in length, ac- 
 cording to Herodotus. They formed an exact square, each side 
 of which was 120 furlongs (15 miles) in length, and were built 
 of large bricks, cemented together with bitumen. Without the 
 walls was a vast ditch, filled with water, and lined with bricks 
 on both sides. There were 100 gates, made of solid brass ; and 
 on the walls were 250 towers. The city, or town, within the 
 walls, was regularly built ; from each gate there was a straight 
 street, extending to the corresponding gate in the opposite side ; 
 so that the city was divided into squares, round whicn stood the 
 houses, and the intermediate space within each of them was oc- 
 cupied as gardens, either for pleasure or convenience. A branch 
 of the river Euphrates divided the city into two parts. The other 
 wonders of the place were, the Tower of Belus, the hangings gar- 
 dens, the artificial lake, and the canals. After the Christian 
 aera it gradually declined, and now only a few ruins are left, that 
 hardly tell where it stood. 
 
 BAJJYLO'NIA, or Chalde'a, a kingdom of Asia, and the most 
 ancient in the world, being founded by Nimrod, the grandson of 
 Ham, who is supposed also to have founded Nineveh, the capital 
 of the kingdom of Assyria. The history of these kingdoms is 
 greatly involved in obscurity. It was overthrown by Cyrus, 
 when he took the city of Babylon, in 538 b. c. 
 
 BABYRO'USSA, s. in Zoology, an animal of the hog kind, 
 distinguished by four remarkable tusks, two belonging to the 
 lower, and two to the upper jaw ; the latter pair growing to a 
 great length, and turning backward, towards the ears. It in- 
 habits the Indian islands. 
 
 BACCHANA'LIA, {Bakhandlia) s. [Lat.] the feasts of the god 
 of wine, Bacchus, which were celebrated with every species of 
 debauchery. At Rome, being practised secretly by night, they 
 were suppressed in 186 b. c. 
 
 BACCHANA'LIAN, {Bakkandlian) s. one who attended the 
 feasts of Bacchus. Figuratively, a riotous, drunken person. 
 
 BA'CCHANALS, {Bikkanals) s. See Bacchanalia. 
 
 BA'CCHUS, s. in heathen Mythology, the son of Jupiter and 
 Semele, and the god of wine, in Greece called Dionysus. 
 
 BACCI'FEROUS, a. [haccifer, Lat.] in Botany, such plants as 
 bear berries. 
 
 BACH, JOHANN SEBASTIAN, the name of an eminent com- 
 poser, and performer on the organ, of Germany in the last century. 
 He held official stations at Weimar, Dresden, and Leipzig. His 
 works are very numerous ; and his vocal compositions are parti- 
 cularly admired. He died in 1750, aged 66 vears. Almost all 
 his family were engaged in the musical profession ; one of his 
 sons in the service of Frederic the Great. 
 
 BA'CHELOR, s. a man who still continues in the state of 
 celibacy, or who was never married. Anciently, it was a name 
 given to those superior in quality to esquires, but had not a 
 number of vassals sufficient to have their banner carried before 
 them in the field of battle. It was also a title given to young 
 knights, who, having made their first campaign, received the 
 military girdle. It was likewise used to denominate him who 
 had overcome another in combat the first time he ever engaged. 
 In uriiversities. Bachelors are those who have taken the first de- 
 gree in the liberal arts and sciences. 
 
 BA'CHELORSHIP, s. the state of an unmarried man ; the 
 state, dignity, and office of a graduate, or bachelor, at a uni- 
 versity. 
 
 BACK, s. [bac, ba;c. Sax.] in Anatomy, the hind part of the 
 human body, from the neck to the thighs. Applied to the hands, 
 that part opposite to the palms. Applied to the array of an army, 
 the rear. Applied to situation, the hind part, or that which is 
 not in sight. Applied to an edge-tool or instrument, the thickest 
 part of the blade, opposed to the edge. A large square trough 
 
 BAG 
 
 or cistern, used by brewers to hold liquor in. Figuratively, a 
 supporter, or one who will second another in an attempt. 
 
 HACK, ad. applied to motion, to the place from whence a per- 
 son came. Applied to action, to retreat. Applied to time, that 
 which is past. After keep, applied to the increase of plants, to 
 stop or hinder the growth. 
 
 To BACK, V. a. to mount a horse ; to break him for the saddle ; 
 to make him go backwards by pulling the reins. Figuratively, 
 to second, support, or assist. 
 
 To BA'CKBITE, v. a. to speak against a person in his absence. 
 
 BA'CKBITER, s. one who censures the conduct, or vilifies 
 the actions, of a person in his absence. 
 
 BA'CK-BOARD, s. the board in a boat for passengers to lean 
 their backs against ; also the stiff milled paper put into the covers 
 of books to preserve them from injury ; also a flat board, used to 
 keep the arms back, by teachers of calisthenics. 
 
 BA'CKBONE, s. the bone of the back. 
 
 BACKDOO'R, s. a door or passage out of a house behind, op- 
 posed to the front. Figuratively, a private passage. 
 
 BA'CKED, part, having a back. Forced to go backwards. 
 
 BA'CKFRIEND, s. a false friend, or secret enemy. 
 
 BACKGA'MMON, s. a game played with dice and draughts- 
 men on a board or table, divided into two parts, at the ends of 
 which are twenty-four points, half white and half black. 
 
 BA'CKHOUSE, s. the building which lies behind a house. 
 
 BA'CKSIDE, «. the hinder part of any thing ; the hinder part 
 of an animal. Figuratively, a yard or ground behind a house. 
 
 To BACKSLI'DE, v. n. in Divinity, to return to idolatrj-, 
 after having quitted it ; to apostatize ; to quit the true mode of 
 worship. 
 
 BACKSLI'DER, s. one who quits the true religion in order to 
 embrace a false one ; an apostate. 
 
 BA'CKSTAFF, «. an instrument used at sea to take the sun's 
 altitude. This instrument, commonly called Davis's quadrant, 
 from the name of the inventor, and by the French the English 
 quadrant, is not so accurate as could be wished;' and a large, 
 heavy, brass astrolabe is to be preferred before it. 
 
 BA'CKSTAIRS, «. the private stairs of a house, generally ap- 
 propriated to the use of servants. 
 
 BA'CKSTAYS, s. in Ship-building, the ropes belonging to 
 the main and fore-masts, which keep them from pitching over- 
 board. 
 
 BA'CKSWORD, s. a sword with only one sharp edge, and 
 blunt back. Used figuratively for a cudgel, or the art of de- 
 fending oneself with a cudgel. 
 
 BA'CKWARD, Ba'ckwards, ad. [back and weard, Sax.] applied 
 to motion, it signifies the going from a person with the face to- 
 wards him, the legs being moved towards the hind instead of 
 the fore part of a person ; towards the back, or behind upon 
 the back. " Backwards a.nd forv/ards," 2^ewton. Applied to the 
 success of an undertaking, it implies, not to prosper or advance ; 
 to want success. Applied to time, some period that is past ; or 
 a portion of time already past. 
 
 BA'CKWARD, a. unwilling, in allusion to making advances, 
 anticipating or meeting a person's wishes ; reluctant ; slow ; 
 dull ; not qiiick, or apprehensive. 
 
 BA'CKWARDLY, ad. applied to the motion whereby a person 
 retreats or goes from another with his face towards nim ; in a 
 perverse, unwilling manner ; reluctantly. 
 
 BA'CKWARDNESS, s. that quality which proceeds from a dis- 
 like of the measures a person is to put in practice, the undertak- 
 ing he is to accomplish, or the person he is to oblige, including 
 the idea of slowness ; dulness ; want of apprehension. 
 
 BA'CON,«. [6aca«n, Brit.] the flesh of a hog salted, and some- 
 times dried. To save one's bacon, is a low phrase for preserving 
 oneself from hurt or mischief. 
 
 BA'CON, ROGER, a learned Franciscan of the 13th centurj , 
 who was the first experimental natural philosopher of England. 
 His investigations, which display great acuteness and power, and 
 led him to anticipate the discoveries of gunpowder, spectacles, 
 and the telescope, were directed to most of the branches of 
 natural science, and are recorded in his famed Opiis Majus, and 
 other treatises on chemistry, optics, &c. He successfully studied 
 metaphysical and mathematical science, and in the former stands 
 in favourable contrast to the dogmatists on Aristotle of his day. 
 He was a believer in alchemy and astrology, though on grounds 
 which further inquiries would have easily snown him the futility 
 
BAD 
 
 of. Amongst his friends he numbered the celebrated Bishop 
 Grostete, of Lincoln, the opponent of the arrogant claims of 
 Rome. Roger Bacon expenenced to the full the malice of ig- 
 norance invested with authority. His studies were interfered 
 with, his writings suppressed, himself accused of diabolical 
 magic, and imprisoned for many years together. Tardy justice 
 has been sparingly shown him in'later times. He died in 1292, 
 about 78 years old. 
 
 BA'CON, FRANCIS, Lord Verulam, Viscount of St. Albans, 
 one of the brightest luminaries in the history of English Litera- 
 ture and Philosophy, was youngest son of Sir Nicholas Bacon, 
 lord keeper of the great seal to Queen Elizabeth. He was carefully 
 instructed by his mother, a woman of great and varied learning, 
 and at 13 entered Cambridge. There he first indulged in dreams 
 and resolutions of framing a method, by which the futile philoso- 
 
 Ehy in vogue should be displaced by one whose fruits would be 
 lessings to mankind in all departments of life, and which should 
 have such vitality as would make a possession for ever to man. 
 During his long and active life, he, with indefatigable persever- 
 ance, accomplished twice a survey and examination of the then 
 state of knowledge, and almost completed the development of 
 his magnificent scheme for the instauration of science. And to 
 these works he added others which have made his name eminent 
 equally as a profound observer of men, a wide and clear-seeing 
 j urist, a grave and philosophical historian, and a gay and imagina- 
 tive wit. In his great labour he strove like a man possessed by an 
 idea, but not possessed of it ; for his observations and experiments, 
 and especially the illustration of his own method, are superficial 
 and unscientific. He rightly called it the " birth of time," and 
 subsequent ages have reaped, and will never cease to reap, the 
 abundant harvests, which are owing as much to his preparation 
 of the soil, as to the goodly seed which the Newtons, and Davys, 
 and Watts have sown. His ethical " Essays," and his religious 
 writings, show his knowledge of truth for the soul was sufficient 
 to have made his life beautiful. His life itself was a compound 
 of every fault'that could degrade man. He suffered his love of 
 tawdry show to lead him into dishonest debt ; and his love for 
 princely favour, into sycophancy that surpassed in meanness the 
 sycophancy of the meanest age in EngUsh story. For the sake of 
 that he took bribes as a judge ; for the sake of this he courted 
 the vile, and lent himself as a tool to convict and behead and 
 vilify his most generous friend, and begged with sickening flat- 
 tery for place alter jilace till he gained the great seal of England, 
 and recanted the frank-spoken declaration of popular rights, 
 and sat and witnessed the torture of an aged and exemplary 
 minister of religion. His " name and memory" he left, in his 
 will, " to men's charitable speeches, and to foreign nations, and 
 the next ages," and died in 1626, aged 65 years. 
 
 BA'CON, JOHN, an eminent English sculptor of the last cen- 
 tury. The monument of Lord Chatham in the Guildhall, and 
 that in Westminster Abbey, with many other well-known sculp- 
 tures, are his work. He died in 1799, aged 59 years. 
 
 BA'CTRIA, an ancient kingdom of Asia, which occupied the 
 country of the present Bokhara. Its history is very obscure, and 
 the coins of the kings are the chief clue to a meagre outline of 
 it. Greek monarchs ruled it after the conquest of Alexander 
 the Great; and it was destroyed, as an empire, by the Scythians 
 in about 130 b. c. 
 
 BACU'LE, s. [Fr.] in Fortification, a kind of portcullis, or 
 gate, made like a pit-fall, with a counterpoise supported by two 
 stakes, placed before the coi-ps du garde, advanced near the 
 gate. 
 
 BACULO'METRY, s. [baculus and metreo, Gr.] the art of mea- 
 suring accessible or inaccessible heights by means of staves or 
 rods. 
 
 BAD, a. a relative term. Confined to natural agents, that 
 which lessens or destroys the happiness of ourselves or others. 
 Applied to moral agents, that which they voluntarily perform, in 
 order to lessen or destroy their own happiness or that of others. 
 Applied to persons, one who habitually transgresses the laws of 
 duty prescribed by the Deity. Applied to actions, that which is 
 performed contrary to any moral law. Applied to things, that 
 which is prejudicial to our health, happiness, &;c. Prov. A had 
 shift is better than none. Where lad's t!ie best, naught must be the 
 choice. A had bush is better than the open field ; that is, better to 
 have any, though a bad, friend or relation, than to be quite des- 
 titute and exposed to the world. 
 
 BAG 
 
 BADAJOS, a city of Spain, capital of Estramadura. It is 
 strongly fortified, and stands on an eminence on the S. side of 
 the Guadiana, over which there is a bridge, built by the Romans. 
 It is 175 miles from Madrid. Lat. 38. 49. N. Long. 6. 47. W. 
 
 BADE, Bad, the preter tense of Bid. 
 
 BA'DEN, a grand-duchy of Germany, on the Rhine, and abut- 
 ting on Switzerland, about 150 miles in length, and at its greatest 
 breadth 100 miles. It is hilly, but has abundance of fertile land. 
 The Black Forest forms one of its principal physical features. It 
 contains part of Lake Constance. Corn, wine, cattle, timber, are 
 abundant ; and in the mountains, the metals, coal, salt, &c., are 
 found. The manufactures are various, but of no great import- 
 ance. Its name, and the name of the next places, are derived 
 from a German word applied to mineral springs, which abound. 
 
 BA'DEN, the name of three towns possessing mineral springs, 
 one in the grand-duchy of Baden, 18 miles from Carlsruhe, 
 called at times Baden-Baden ; another in Austria, 15 miles from 
 Vienna; and the third in Aargau of Switzerland, 13 miles from 
 Ziirich. 
 
 BADGE, s. a mark worn by a person to denote his dignity, 
 profession, trade, rank, &c. 
 
 To BADGE, V. a. to set a mark on a person ; to stigmatize. 
 
 BA'DGER, s. [hedour, Fr.] in Law, one who is hcensed to buy 
 corn in one place and sell it in another, and is exempted from 
 the punishment of an engrosser, by G Ed. VI. In Natural His- 
 tory, a wild animal about the size of a fox, feeding on fruits ana 
 flesh, formerly baited for sport in this country. 
 
 BA'DLY, ad. not agreeably to a person's wishes ; in a manner 
 inconsistent with a person's undertakings. Applied to health, 
 sickly. Applied to the execution of any thing, not suitably to 
 the ideas of taste, elegance, or proportion. 
 
 BA'DNESS, s. a quality which denotes a person habitually to 
 transgi-ess against the laws of his nature. Applied to things, it 
 denotes that they are inconsistent with the good, ease, or plea- 
 sure of rational or irrational beings. Applied to roads, it signi- 
 fies that they cannot be travelled with ease or pleasure. Applied 
 to weather, it denotes a want of serenity, calmness, or sunshine. 
 Applied to health, that it is infirm, and interrupted with sick- 
 ness. 
 
 BA'FFIN'S BAY, a gulf of North America, separating Green- 
 land from the Arctic part of the continent, discovered by Wm. 
 Baffin, an Englishman, in 1622, who attempted to find out a 
 north-west passage to China and the East Indies. 
 
 To BA'FFLE, v. a. [baffler, Fr.] to render the care of another 
 insignificant ; to frustrate the intentions of another. 
 
 BA'FFLER, s. the person, or thing, which defeats, or renders 
 any thing abortive. 
 
 BAG, s. \belye. Sax.] in its primary sense, a receptacle made of 
 linen, silk, or leather, to contain any thing, in the shape of a 
 long square when empty, and open only at one of its ends, which 
 is called the mouth. In Natural Historj', the thin membrane, or 
 cystus, containing the poison of vipers; that which contains the 
 honey in bees, &c. In Commerce, a term of quantity ; as, a bag 
 of pepper, of aniseed, almonds, &c. In Botany, a distended 
 bladder-like seed-vessel, opening on one side, as in bladder sena. 
 
 To BAG, f. a. to put into a bag ; to load with a bag. — v. n. to 
 swell, so as to resemble a full bag. 
 
 BAGATE'LLE, s. [Fr.] a trifle ; a toy. 
 
 BA'GDAD, or Ba'gdat, a celebrated city of Asia, the capital 
 of a province of the same name, on the banks of the river Tigris. 
 This city, for many years the cajntal of the Saracen empire, was 
 founded by Caliph Al Mansur, the second of the house of Al 
 Abbas, and improved by the famous Haroun Alraschid. It has 
 belonged to the Porte since the 17th century. The mosques are 
 very spendid, and the caravanseras, or inns, and bazaars, are 
 numerous, but the rest of the city is beggarly and filthy. The 
 climate is healthy, but the plague is a frequent visitant. Its 
 population is about 30,000. Lat. 33. 20. N. Long. 44. 24. E. 
 
 BA'GGAGE, s. [baggage, Fr.] the utensils of an army, so 
 called from their being packed up in bags. Bay and baggage, a 
 low phrase, to signify all a person's goods. A woman of no 
 character. 
 
 Bagneres, the name of two towns in France, possessing min- 
 eral springs : one named de Bigorre, in the department of Haute 
 Pyrenees ; and the other de Luchon, in Haute Garonne. 
 
 BA'GNIO, (bdnio) s. [bagno, Ital.] a house for bathing ; a brothel. 
 
 BA'GPIPE, s. a musical instrument, consisting of a leatlierii 
 
B AI 
 
 bag, which is filled with wind by means of a little tube fixed to 
 it, and stopped by a valve ; and three pipes or flutes ; the first 
 called the great pipe, or drone ; and the second the little one, 
 which pass the wind out only at the bottom ; the third has a 
 reed, and is played on by compressing the bag under the arm 
 when full, and opening or stopping the holes, which are eight, 
 with the fingers. It is three octaves in compass. It is the na- 
 tional instrument in Scotland. 
 
 BAGUE'TTE, s. [Fr.] in Architecture, a little round mould- 
 ing, less than an astragal ; sometimes carved and enriched. 
 
 BAHA'MA ISLANDS, or Luca'ya Islands, situated between 
 21 and 28 degrees of N. latitude, and 71 and 81 of W. longitude. 
 They extend along the coast of Florida to the isle of Cuba, 
 and are said to be 300 in number, mostly mere rocks; but 
 12 of them large and fertile : Providence, one of the least of 
 these, is reckoned the most valuable. The island of Bahama, 
 which is the largest, and gives name to the rest, is about (3.3 
 miles long, and 9 wide. Lat. 26. 40. to 27. 5. N. Long. 78. 10. 
 to 80. 24. W. They belong to the English, and are fertile, pro- 
 ducing mahogany and other woods, cotton, dyes, &c., which 
 with turtle form their trade. 
 
 BAHA'R, a province of Hindustan, bordering on Nepal, be- 
 tween Bengal and Oude. It is very fertile and well cultivated ; 
 and has a considerable cotton manufacture. The population is 
 estimated at more than 10,000,000. It has a district and a 
 town of the same name, the latter of which, 297 miles from 
 Calcutta, is much fallen in importance. 
 
 BAHI'A, a province of the Brazilian empire, on the Atlantic, 
 between Pernambuco and Rio Janeiro. It is very mountainous, 
 but the plains about the river S. Francisco are fertile and healthy, 
 and exhibit all the most enchanting peculiarities of a tropical 
 climate. The S. Francisco is the largest river, the others are 
 of less note. The great and staple productions of this province, 
 the metals used for coin, have almost ceased to be of any conse- 
 quence. Its trade consists in cotton, coffee, fruits, &c., drugs, 
 and spices. St. Salvador is its capital. 
 
 BAl'^, a town on the Bay of Naples, opposite to Pozzuoli, 
 which was the fashionable watering-place in the palmy days of 
 ancient Rome. The country round abounds in mineral springs. 
 Many interesting relics of the Roman town remain. 
 
 I springs. 
 
 BAJA'ZET, the celebrated Turkish sultan of the 14th cen- 
 tury, who, by skill and courage, raised the dominion of his 
 family beyond all precedent, overcoming the European armies 
 assembled by Sigismund of Hungary in a battle near Nicopolis, 
 and gaining all the modern Turkw in Europe. He himself fell 
 before the power of Timour, the Tatar monarch, and, according 
 to the common report, was by him confined in an iron cage till 
 his death in 1403, in his 56th year. 
 
 BAl'KAL, a lake amidst the mountains of Siberia, in Asia, 
 about 400 miles long, and between 20 and 50 miles wide. It 
 receives the waters of nearly 200 streams of different magni- 
 tudes." It yields abundance of fish, which are the chief support 
 of the inhabitants of the vicinity, since the severe climate and 
 inhospitable soil almost prevent agriculture. It lies in the route 
 by which the trade of Russia with China is carried on. The 
 surrounding mountains contain iron ore and salt. 
 
 BAIL, s. [probably from hailler, Fr.] the act of freeing or set- 
 ting a person at liberty who is arrested or imprisoned for an act 
 civil or criminal, under security taken for his appearance ; Uke- 
 wise the person who gives such security. Bail is either common 
 or special. Common hail, is in actions of small concern, and is so 
 called because any securities are taken. Special bail, is in causes 
 of greater weight, as debts amounting to £10, where the sureties 
 must be subsidy men, answerable to the value. 
 
 To BAIL, V. a. to deliver a person from arrest or imprisonment 
 by being surety for his appearance at a certain day ; to admit to 
 bail. 
 
 BAI'LABLE, a. that may be set at liberty by proper bail or 
 sureties. 
 
 BAFLIFF, s. [baillie, Fr.] an inferior officer of justice, ap- 
 pointed to execute writs, and other processes directed to the 
 sheriff, and to summon county courts, sessions, assizes, and 
 the like. There are also bailiffs of forests, and of manors, who 
 direct husbandry, fell trees, gather rents, pay quit-rents, &c. 
 A water-bailiff, is an officer appointed in port-towns, for the 
 searching of ships, gathering the toll for anchorage, &c., and 
 arresting persons for debt, &c., upon the water. Bailiff is hke- 
 
 BAt 
 
 wise the chief magistrate of several corporations. Governors of 
 some of the king's castles are likewise called bailiffs. 
 
 BAI'LIWICK, «. the place or jurisdiction of a bailiff', within 
 his hundred, or the lord s franchise. 
 
 BAI'LLIE, MATTHEW, Dr., an eminent physician of the 
 last century, nephew to the celebrated Drs. Hunter. He pursued 
 the study of anatomy with great zeal, and made that collection 
 which now belongs to the College of Physicians at London. His 
 works on medical subjects are esteemed. He was physician to 
 George HI., and others of the royal family, and died in 1823, 
 aged 63 years. 
 
 BAI'LLIE, ROBERT, a Presbyterian divine, who, as one 
 who opposed the introduction of Episcopacy into Scotland in 
 1637; as army chaplain on the rising of the Scots, in 1639; as 
 commissioner to the king on behalf of the Scotch, in 1640; as a 
 member of the Assembly of Divines at Westminster, under the 
 Long Parliament ; and above all, as a persevering though preju- 
 diced recorder of all that fell under his notice during those tur- 
 bulent times, has acquired some celebrity. He was a Professor 
 of Divinity at Glasgow under Cromwell, and also after the Re- 
 storation, and has left many polemical and theological works. 
 He died in 1662, aged 60 years. 
 
 BA'ILLY, JEAN SYLVAIN, a French astronomer of some 
 note, who, on the summoning of the states-general by Louis 
 XVI., was elected the representative of Paris. During the earlier 
 period of the Revolution he took a prominent part on the popular 
 side, and was elected mayor of Paris. But losing the favour of 
 his admirers by his promptitude in suppressing a murderous tu- 
 mult by martial law, and being disgusted at the execution of the 
 king, he sought to escape from France, and being seized, was • 
 guillotined in 1793, aged 57 years. His fatal connexion with 
 history, and not his scientific eminence, has preserved his name. 
 
 BAl'LMENT, s. in Law, is a delivery of goods in trust, upon 
 a contract, expressed or implied, that the trust shall be faithfully 
 executed on the part of the bailee. As if cloth be delivered, or 
 (in our legal dialect) bailed to a tailor to make a suit of clothes, 
 he has it upon an implied contract to render it again when made, 
 and that in a workmanly manner. 
 
 BAFLY, FRANCIS, one ofthe first practical English astrono- 
 mers of the present century. He was one of the warmest and most 
 active promoters of the Royal Astronomical Society ; and his in- 
 vestigations respecting annuities, his catalogue of the stars, and 
 his suggestions for the improvement ofthe Nautical Almanac, in 
 addition to his experiments on the pendulum, have made him 
 more serviceable to his age than others of far more brilliant parts 
 and greater fame. He died in 1844, aged 70 years. 
 
 BAI'RAM, s. amongst Mohammedans, a yearly festival, which 
 they keep after the fast of Ramadan. It is concluded with a 
 solemn prayer against the infidels, to extirpate Christian princes, 
 or to arm them against one another, that they may have an op- 
 portunity to extend their law. 
 
 BAIRD, SIR DAVID, Bart., a British officer, who distin- 
 guished himself in India, and other scenes of war ; having led 
 the storming party at Seringapatam, served under Lord Cathcart 
 at the bombardment of Copenhagen, and succeeded to the com- 
 mand of the army in the Peninsula, on the death of Sir John 
 Moore at Corunna. It was his lot to experience in his post of 
 command the full degradation of a soldier s life, being the object 
 of continued neglect, even after most faithful service. He died 
 in 1829, aged 72 years. 
 
 BAIRED'TH, a principality of Bavaria in Germany. Its for- 
 mer capital, of the same name, stands on the Red Main. It is a 
 fortified town, and is regularly and pleasantly built, with squares, 
 gardens, &c. It has some small manufactures, and its principal 
 trade is in corn. Lat. 49. 57. N. Long. 11. 40. E. 
 
 To BAIT, V. a. [hatan. Sax.] to put meat on a hook, &c., in 
 order to catch fish or other animals ; to refresh oneself or cattle 
 by eating on a journey ; to attack with violence ; to set dogs 
 upon. 
 
 BAIT, s. [baitze, Teut.] a piece of flesh, or other lure, made 
 use of to catch fish, or insnare animals. Figuratively, an al- 
 lurement, or enticement; any thing which, under a speciour, 
 appearance, contains mischief in itself, or produces it by its con- 
 sequences. A refreshment on a journey, generally applied to 
 cattle. 
 
 BAIT, WHITE, s. a small fish which is caught in g^eat plenty, 
 during the month of July, in the river Thames. 
 
 K 2 67 
 
BAL 
 
 BAITING, s. an attack made by smaller or weaker beasts 
 upon those which are larger and stronger. Bull-baiting is a sport 
 peculiar to the English, and highly disgusting to moral and nu- 
 mane persons. 
 
 BAIZE, s. a coarse open woollen cloth. 
 
 To BAKE, V. a. [bcecan. Sax.] to dress or heat any thing in an 
 oven. Figuratively, to harden with heat. 
 
 BA'KEHOUSE, s. a place where bread is made, rendered 
 eatable by the heat of an oven, and exposed to sale ; and where 
 other meat or pastry is dressed. 
 
 BA'KER, s. one who subsists by making bread and baking, 
 
 BA'KER, HENRY, a clever observer of the nature and habits 
 of microscopic animals, and general cultivator of microscopic 
 observation. His books contain much valuable information. He 
 died in 1774, aged 77 years. 
 
 BA'KER, SIR RICHARD, a writer of the IGth centurj', 
 whose History of England, with the title of The Chronicle of the 
 Kings of England, is well known. He died in 1645, aged about 
 75 years. 
 
 BA'KEWELL, Derbyshire. It is seated on the river Wye, 
 among the hills, and the market is good for lead and other com- 
 modities. It lies in a deep valley, and has a large church with a 
 lofty spire. It is 151 miles from London. Market, Monday, 
 Pop. 10,363. 
 
 BA'KING, s. the art of preparing bread, and of cooking any 
 victuals in an oven. In Otaheite, and many other islands of the 
 South Seas, they bake their meat by means of hot stones. 
 
 BA'KU, a district and a city in Persia. The whole region 
 abounds in volcanoes and volcanic phenomena, and the earth 
 itself seems to be saturated with naphtha, of which there are 
 springs, which yield a considerable revenue. It oftentimes ig- 
 nites, and then presents a most wonderful appearance. 
 
 BA'LA, Merionethshire, North Wales. It is seated on a flat 
 hear Pemblemeer, by the Welch called Lhin Tegid, which is 13 
 miles in length, and 6 in breadth, and abounds with a fish 
 called a guiniad, resembling a salmon in shape, and in its taste 
 is like a trout. The river Dee runs through this lake. It is 195 
 miles from London. Market, Saturday. Pop. 1255. 
 
 BA'LANCE, s. [Fr.] equipoise. In Commerce, the amount, 
 either in goods or money, which makes the two sides of an ac- 
 count even. In Mechanics, an accurately constructed pair of 
 scales, which are a species of lever, with straight and equal arms, 
 so poised upon the fulcrum as to indicate the least additional 
 weight on either side. In Astronomy, one of the twelve signs of 
 the zodiac, into which the sun enters at the autumnal equinox; 
 also, the constellation, which gave its name to the sign. In a 
 watch, it is the wheel whose vibrations regulate and equalize 
 the motions of the rest. Balance of Power, is a phrase used to 
 indicate that position amongst the states of the civilized world, 
 in which no one can violate the rights of another, without an 
 immediate corrective being applied. Balance of Trade, in Politi- 
 cal Economv, is the difference between the whole amount of the 
 imports and exports of any state ; or between the imports and 
 exports of any state to and from any other state. Hydrostatic 
 Balance, in Hydrostatics, an instrument for' determining the spe- 
 cific gravity of any bodies, by comparing their weight in water 
 with their weight in air. 
 
 To BA'LANCE, v. a, [balancer, Fr.] to weigh in a pair of scales ; 
 to bring two bodies to an equipoise in a pair of scales. In mer- 
 cantile aflfairs, the making the creditor and debtor side of an 
 account equal by the addition of as much as the one is less than 
 the other. Figuratively, to atone for former failings by one's 
 future conduct ; to be in a state of suspension. 
 
 BA'LANCER, s. the person who weighs any thing, or makes 
 weight in opposite scales. 
 
 BA'LANCING, among seamen, the contracting a sail into a 
 narrower compass, in a storm, by folding up a part of it at one 
 corner : distinguished from reefing, which is common to all the 
 principal sails. 
 
 BA'LBI, GASPAR, a Venetian merchant, who has left us a 
 record of his travels in Syria, Persia, India, the Burman Empire, 
 kc, which is curious and valuable as a representation of^the 
 mercantile aspect of those countries during the 16th century. 
 
 BALBl'NUS, DECIMUS C^LIUS, one of the emperors of 
 Rome in the latter and troubled times of its existence. He 
 reigned but a year, and was assassinated in 242 a. d. 
 
 BALBO'A, VASCO NUNEZ DE, one of the Spanish adven- 
 
 B AL 
 
 turers, who, on the discoverj- of America, hastened under the 
 sanction of their government to enrich themselves and spread 
 the Spanish empire. He was the first European who beheld the 
 Pacific Ocean, He was put to death in 1517, under a charge of 
 treason against Spain, in the use of his power at Darien, in his 
 42nd year. 
 
 BALCO'NY, s. [balcon, Fr.] in Architecture, a projecture be- 
 yond a wall or building, generally before a window, supported 
 by pillars or consoles, and surrounded by banisters or balus- 
 trades. 
 
 BALD, (bauld) a. [bal, Brit.] that hath lost its hair. Figura- 
 tively, mean, naked, bare. Applied to trees, stripped of their 
 leaves. Applied to style in writing, unadorned ; void of elegance. 
 
 BA'LDACHIN, s. [baldachim, Ital.] in Architecture, a canopy, 
 supported with columns, serving as the covering to an altar. It 
 properly signifies a rich silk, and was a canopy carried over the 
 host. 
 
 BA'LDERDASH, {baulderdash) s. any thing jumbled together 
 without taste, judgment, or discretion ; ribaldry. 
 
 BA'LDLY, (bai'ildjy) ad. without hairs, applied to animals; 
 without leaves, applied to trees ; without ornaments, or elegance, 
 applied to writings or buildings. 
 
 BA'LDNESS, {baHldness) s. applied to animals, the want of 
 hair; applied to trees, loss of leaves; and applied to writings, 
 paintings, and buildings, want of ornament or elegance, 
 
 BA'LDOCK, Hertfordshire, seated between the hills, in a 
 chalky soil, 37 miles from London, Market, Thursday. Pop. 
 1807. 
 
 BA'LDRICK, s. [bale and ric, Sax.] a belt worn hanging from 
 the shoulder across the breast, on which the sword was formerly 
 hung, not unlike that worn by our soldiers at present, to which 
 they fasten their pouches. 
 
 BA'LDWIN, a name which often occurs in the history of 
 Europe. It was borne by eight Counts of Flanders, one of whom 
 married a daughter of Alfred the Great. Four Christian kings 
 of Jerusalem have also borne it. The first was one of the con- 
 federated chiefs, who, under Godfrey de Bouillon, went on the 
 first crusade. He distinguished himself through that arduous 
 campaign, and when Godfrey, who was elected king of Jerusa- 
 lem, died, succeeded him, and died in 1118. Two emperors of 
 Constantinople were so named. The first was engaged in the 
 fourth crusade, when they took Constantinople. He died in 
 captivity amongst the Bulgarians, in 1206. 
 
 Bale, «. [balle, Fr.] a quantity of goods or commodities, 
 packed in cloths, corded round very tight. Bale goods, are such 
 as are exported in bales. 
 
 BALE, s. [beet. Sax.] something which deprives a person of 
 happiness, or health ; misery, anguish, calamity. 
 
 To BALE, V. n. to pack goods up in a bale. Used by sailors 
 for emptying water out of a vessel with buckets. 
 
 BALEA'RIC ISLES, the ancient Roman name by which the 
 islands Majorca, Minorca, and Jii^a, were known. 
 
 BA'LEFTJL, a. full of anguish, pain, misery, mischief, and 
 grief; very fatal, or destructive to health, 
 
 BA'LEt ULLY, ad. in such a manner as produces sorrow, an- 
 guish, calamity, and sickness, 
 
 BA'LFOUR, SIR JAMES, one of the parties in the struggles 
 and convulsions in Scotland at the time of the Reformation. He 
 sided at first with the Reformers, and shared the slavery of Knox, 
 but renounced his creed on his liberation. He was a parish- 
 
 Eriest after this, and, as the custom was, was appointed to several 
 !gal offices. He was concerned in the murder of Darnley, and 
 narrowly escaped punishment. It was through his contrivance 
 that Mai-y's enemies gained possession of her letters, on which 
 were rested the proofs of her guilt. After a career of plots and 
 infamy, he died in 1583. 
 
 BALI'ZE, a town in Honduras, N. America, lying on the Gulf 
 of Mexico, at the mouth of the river Balize. It is surrounded by 
 swamps, and communicates with the interior only by the river. 
 Its trade is chiefly in mahogany, logwood, cochineal, and the 
 other native productions. The population is about 5000. Lat. 
 17. 29. N. Long. 88. 8. W. 
 
 BALK, (baulk) s. [balk. Tout.] a large piece of timber ; a beam ; - 
 a raft or pole over any out-house or barn. In Husbandry, a 
 ridge of land left unploughed between two furrows, or at the end 
 of a field. Figuratively, the disappointment of a person's curi~ 
 osity or expectation, after having excited them. 
 
BAL 
 
 To BALK, {haulk) f. a. to disappoint a person's expectations 
 after exciting them ; to render a person's endeavours ineifectual ; 
 to frustrate ; to miss, omit, when the contrary is expected. 
 
 BALKA'N, a chain of mountains in European Turkey, which, 
 connected with the E. extremity of the Alp3 skirting Dalmatia, 
 crosses to the Black Sea, to C*ape Emineh. Only that part of 
 the chain which lies between the Black Sea and the junction of 
 the Despoto Dagh, (the ancient Rhodope,) and which was an- 
 ciently called Mount Hsemus, is properly the Balkan. In this 
 portion, Mons Scardus is about 10,000 feet high ; and Mons 
 Scomius, 9000. Several tributaries of the Danube flow from the 
 N. side ; and between Rhodope and it, on the S., flows the an- 
 cient Hebrus. 
 
 BA'LKERS, {baulkers) s. in Fishery, persons who stand on a 
 cliff" to inform the fishermen which way the shoal of herrings go. 
 
 BALKH, a town of Bokhara, formerly of considerable extent 
 and importance, when it was under the government of Aurung- 
 zebe ; but now in a state of decay, with fewer than 3000 inhabit- 
 ants. Lat. 36. 48. N. Long. 67. 18. E. 
 
 BALL, (baxd) s. \hol, Dan.] any thing of a round form,. Ball 
 and socket, in Mechanics, consists of a ball or sphere of brass, 
 fixed in a concave semi-globe with an endless screw, that it may 
 be movable horizontally, vertically, and obliquely, and is gener- 
 ally added to surveying instruments, to fix them in any position. 
 An entertainment wherein people are assembled to dance. The 
 public dances, wherein masters display the abilities of their 
 scholars in this qualification, go by this name. 
 
 BA'LLAD, s. [balade, Fr.] a popular song containing the reci- 
 tal of some action or adventure ; words set to music, and per- 
 formed by a singer. At present the word is appropriated and 
 confined to trifling pieces set to music, and sung about the 
 streets. 
 
 To BA'LLAD, v. n. to make a person the subject of a ballad. 
 
 BA'LLAD-SINGER, s. one who sings ballads in the public 
 streets ; including the secondary idea of something verj- mean. 
 
 BA'LLAST, s. [ballaste, Belg.] a quantity of stones, sand, or 
 gravel, laid in a ship's hold, to sink it to a proper depth, «'. e. to 
 make it draw more water, to sail upright, and to prevent its 
 oversetting; and a ship is said to be in ballast when it has no 
 other lading. Figuratively, that which is used to keep a thing 
 steady. 
 
 To BA'LLAST, r. a. to lade a ship with stones, sand, &c., to 
 keep her steady. Figuratively, to add something to keep any 
 thing steady. 
 
 BALLE'T, s. [Fr.] a stage dance, which is mixed with dra- 
 matic characters, and alludes to some actions in real life or 
 fabulous history. 
 
 BA'LLIAGE, s. a small duty paid to the city of London by 
 aliens and denizens, for certain commodities exported by them. 
 
 BA'LLIOL, the name of two kings of Scotland who held the 
 crown as a fief of England. John Balliol having claimed to be 
 king in opposition to Robert Bruce, on the failure of the direct 
 line, Edward L was appointed arbitrator, who decided in favour 
 of Balliol, whom he easily made his vassal. Three years after- 
 wards, the king (named Toom-tahard, empty jacket, by his 
 subjects in derision) leagued with France against his superior, 
 and was dethroned and imprisoned, but afterwards permitted to 
 retire to his baronies in Normandy. He died in 1314. His son 
 Edward, who shared the imprisonment and retirement of his 
 father, after his death made a descent on Scotland, and, in spite 
 of overwhelming opposition, gained the crown, but he kept it 
 only by the help of Edward IIL, and eventually retired on a 
 pension from the English king, and died in 13,63. 
 
 BA'LLIOL COLLEGE, one of the colleges of Oxford, founded 
 in the 13th century. 
 
 BALLOO'N, 8. (ballon, Fr.] in Aerostatics, a machine consisting 
 of a large bag, enveloped in a net, and furnished with valves, 
 which being fi^lled with hydrogen gas, is specifically lighter than 
 common air, and therefore ascends, and will carry with it a car, 
 capable of seating one or more persons, suspended to it. The 
 first balloons were inflated by means of a fire maintained below 
 them. No particular use has vet been made of them. In Archi- 
 tecture, a ball or globe on the top of a pillar, &c., by way of 
 a crowning. In Fire-works, a ball of pasteboard, filled with 
 combustibles, which mounts to a considerable height, and bursts 
 into stars. 
 
 BA'LLOT, ». [ballote, Fr.] a method of voting at elections, by 
 
 BAL 
 
 which the individuals' votes are kept secret. It is done com- 
 monly by depositing a black or a white ball into a prepared box. 
 But it may be secured by otherplans. 
 
 To BA'LLOT, v. n. \balloter, Fr.] to choose by ballot. 
 
 BALLOT A'TION, s. the act of voting or electing by ballot. 
 
 BALLY, a small island lying near Java, in the Eastern Archi- 
 pelago, which is about 70 miles long, and half as many broad, 
 and produces rice, cotton, and the usual fruits of the East. The 
 island is under the government of native rajahs ; and the reli- 
 gion of the greatest part of the inhabitants is Brahminical. 
 
 BA'LLYCASTLE, Antrim, in Ulster, 113 miles from Dublin. 
 It is noted for its adjacent collieries, and near it there is a cha- 
 lybeate spring. It is a sea-port. Pop. 1697, 
 
 BALLYSHA'NNON, Donegal, Ulster, 101 miles from Dublin. 
 It has a good harbour S. E. of Donegal Bay, and a bridge of 14 
 arches over a river which runs out of Lough Erne, and falling 
 from a ridge of rocks about 12 feet, at low water forms a most 
 beautiful and picturesque cascade. It is a great salmon-leap, 
 and great quantities of that fish are got here. Pop. 3513. 
 
 BALM, (in pron. the I is dropt,) Ba'lsam, «. [taume, Fr.] an 
 
 oily, resinous substance, flowing either spontaneously or by 
 means of incision from plants possessed of medical properties. 
 There are many kinds of balsams, but the most noted are these : 
 
 1. Balsam, or Balm of Gilead, so much valued in the country 
 where it is produced, that it is esteemed a rich present to the 
 Grand Signior. In Medicine, it opens obstructions of the lungs, 
 and heals the worst kind of ulcerations. It is prescribed in 
 asthmas, pleurisies, and whatever requires expectoration, &c. 
 
 2. Balsam of Pent, which is distinguished into two sorts, white 
 and black. The former is called the Balsam of Incision, is of a 
 white colour, and is excellent for wounds. The black is obtained 
 by boiling the wood of the tree which produces it. The best is 
 of a dark red colour, and of admirable fragrancy. It heals, dries, 
 and discharges, and is much used externally, not only in wounds, 
 
 but in palsies, and rheumatic pains, and by perfumers for its ^ 
 scent. 3. Balsam of Tola, is produced from a tree, a species of 
 pine, which grows in New Spam ; is of a deep yellowish colour, 
 and of a most delicate scent. It flows from the tree in the con- 
 sistence of turpentine, but by keeping, becomes brittle. Its pro- 
 perties are the same, in general, with those of the Peruvian and 
 Gilead kinds. 4. Balsam of Capivi, or of Copaiba, is likewise the 
 produce of a tree. It is of a thinner consistence than the com- 
 mon turpentine, but much more fragrant and detersive. 5. Bal- 
 sam of liquid amber. It drops from a tree of Mexico, called liquid- 
 amber styraciflua, by an incision in the bark. It is a resinous 
 liquor, of a reddish yellow colour, and an acid aromatic taste, and 
 of the consistence of Venice turpentine. Its essence strengthens 
 the head and nervous system, and its oil is of singular eflicacy 
 both for external and internal uses. There are also many sorts 
 of factitious or artificial balsams, made up by apothecaries and 
 chemists, which it would be endless to specify. In Botany, 
 balm is a species of mint. 
 
 To BALM, V. a. to anoint; to soothe; to mitigate. 
 
 BA'LMY, a. having the qualities of balm; soothing; fragrant; 
 mitigating. 
 
 BA'LNEARY, s. \balnearium, Lat.] a bathing room. 
 
 BA'LNEATOKY, a. [balnearins, Lat.] belonging to a bath or 
 stove. 
 
 BA'LSAM. See Balm. 
 
 BALSA'MICS, s. in Phai-macy, medicines that soften, restore, 
 heal, and cleanse ; of gentle attenuating principles, very friendly 
 to nature. 
 
 BA'LSAMINE, in Botany, a genus of plants, to which the 
 garden balsams belong. 
 
 BA'LTIC SEA, a large inland sea, in the N. of Europe, having 
 Denmark and Sweden on the W., Russia and Poland on the E., 
 Prussia and Germany on the S., and Sweden on the N. It has 
 no tides, but there is always a superficial current sets through 
 the Sound into the ocean, while the water, at a considerable 
 depth, keeps rushing in. It receives the water of a vast number 
 of rivers, and its water is not very salt. There are no consider- 
 able fisheries; but on its S. shore is found great quantities of 
 amber. The Baltic is generally frozen in the winter. 
 
 BA'LTIMORE, Cork, Munster, with a good harbour ; it stands 
 on a headland, which runs into the sea 5 miles N. E. of the is- 
 land of Cape Clear. It is 168 miles from Dublin. Pop. 168. 
 
 BA'LTiMORE, the third city in population, and the fifth in 
 
 09 
 
fiAti 
 
 commerce, in the United States. It is in Maryland, and is seated 
 on the Patapsco, 14 miles from Chesapeake Bay. The streets 
 are regular and spacious, and the harbour, which is divided into 
 three parts, is very fine. Amon^ the public buildings, the city 
 hall, the court-house, the Washington monument, and the co- 
 lumn commemorating the defence of the city in 1814, are worthy 
 of observation. There are four colleges in the town, and it is 
 the seat of the university of Maryland. Its commerce is great. 
 It is the greatest tobacco market in the States, and the greatest 
 flour market in the world. It has numerous cotton factories, 
 and other manufactories of cloth, iron, &c. Pop. 102,313, of 
 whom 3199 are slaves. Lat. 39. 17. N. Long. 76. 36, W. 
 
 BA'LTIMORE, LORD, an Irish Romanist, who, in the reign 
 of Charles I., founded the colony of Maryland, now one of the 
 United States. It was at a time when penal statutes were in 
 force against Romanists and others ; this colony therefore toler- 
 ated all sects. Lord Baltimore died in 1676, never having seen 
 his flourishing plantation. 
 
 BA'LTINGLASS, Wicklow, Leinster, It has extensive manu- 
 factures of linen, woollen, and diaper. It is situated on the river 
 Slaney, 29 miles from Dublin. Pop. 1928. 
 
 BA'LUSTER,s. lbalustre,Fr.'\ in Architecture, a small column 
 or pilaster, from 1 3-4ths of an inch to 4 inches square, or 
 diameter, sometimes adorned with mouldings, and placed with 
 rails on stairs, and in the fronts of galleries and churches. 
 
 BA'LUSTRADE, s. in Architecture, an assemblage of one or 
 more rows of balusters, high enough to rest the elbow on, fixed 
 on a terrace, bridge, or building, by way of security, or for separ- 
 ating one part from another. 
 
 BALZA^C, JEAN LOUIS, a French writer of great excellence, 
 who has the reputation of having formed the present polished 
 language of France. Some of his works are deserving of notice 
 for the kind and sound feeling they exhibit. He died in 1655, 
 aged 61 years. 
 
 BAMBA'RRA, that district of W. Africa, lying on the Joliba, 
 or Niger, inhabited by the tribe of Bambarras, It was first ex- 
 plored by Mungo Park, and has since that been visited by other 
 adventurers on the Niger. The country has good pastures, and 
 the soil is fertile in respect of common and needful vegetables. 
 The gigantic baobab tree is a native of this district. Alligators 
 are found in the river ; and the termites or white ants abound. 
 The trade of the country is almost monopolized by Moors, who 
 have introduced Mohammedism, and exercise great influence. 
 
 BA'MBERG, a large, populous, handsome city of Bavaria in 
 Germany. It is 30 miles N. of Nuremberg. It is built in a plea- 
 sant situation, and has a fine cathedral and 9 churches. Popu- 
 lation above 20,000. Lat. 49. 53. N. Long. 10. 59. E. 
 
 BAMBOO', s. in Botany, a genus of jointed reeds, that grow 
 up to g^eat height and considerable thickness ; most of which 
 are found in Hindustan, China, &c. Few plants are serviceable 
 to man in so many and such various ways. It is a vegetable, 
 a weapon, a building material ; it is made into ropes, paper, 
 sails, &c. ; it will serve for bedsteads, chairs, pails, tiles, &c. &c. 
 
 To BAMBOO'ZLE, v. a. to trick or impose on a person, under 
 the appearance of a friend ; to confound, under pretence of as- 
 sisting. A word of low and ludicrous use, and never found in 
 polite writers. 
 
 BAMBOO'ZLER, s. one who, under specious pretences, tricks 
 another ; a cheat or sharper, 
 
 BA'MBURGH, Northumberland. It stands on the sea-coast, 
 and on the tall cliflF still stands King Ida's castle, in which is a 
 well cut 145 feet through the solid rock. It is now used in part 
 for school-rooms, and in part as a look-out and signal tower. It 
 is 329 miles from London. Pop. 4237. 
 
 BA'MPTON, Devonshire, seated on a branch of the river Ex, 
 in a bottom surrounded by hills, 164 miles from London. Mar- 
 ket, Saturday. Pop. 2049, Also, a town in Oxfordshire, trad- 
 ing largely m fellmongers' wares, as leather jackets, gloves, 
 breeches, and stockings. It is seated on the Isis, where it is 
 navigable by boats, on the borders of Berkshire. It is 70 miles 
 fi-om London. Market, Wednesday. Pop. 2734. 
 
 BA'MPTON LECTURE, an endowment at Oxford, for the 
 preaching and printing of eight sermons yearly, on certain given 
 theological subjects. 
 
 BAN, s. in its primary signification, any thing publicly pro- 
 claimed, commanded, or forbidden. In Church Government, a 
 proclamation of the intention of two parties to enter into matri- 
 
 BAN 
 
 mony, which is done thrice in the church they belong to, before 
 the marriage ceremony can be performed ; a curse, or excommu- 
 nication. The ban of the empire, is a public act or proclamation, 
 whereby a person or town was suspended of all the rights of 
 members ot the German empire. 
 
 To BAN, V. a. \bannen, Beig,] to curse or devote to destruction ; 
 to execrate, 
 
 BANA'NA TREE, s, in Botany, a species of plantain which 
 
 frows in Africa, and is exceedingly useful to the inhabitants, 
 ts fruit is very delicious and nourishing; its leaves, which are 
 very long, are used for umbrellas, and other purposes, and its 
 trunk is encompassed with several sprigs, of whicn the negroes 
 make cords. 
 
 BA'NBURY, Oxfordshire. It is a large, well-built town, and 
 its markets are well served with provisions. It is the second 
 town for beauty in the county, and seated on the river Charwell. 
 The houses are generally built with stone, and the church is a 
 large, handsome structure. It has been long noted for its cakes 
 and cheese, and is 78 miles from London. Market, Thursday. 
 Pop. 7366. 
 
 BA'NCA, an island of the Indian Archipelago, lying near Su- 
 matra, on the N. E. It is about 130 miles long, and about 40 
 miles broad. It has mines of tin, which are exceedingly valuable. 
 It produces good timber. Population about 15,000. 
 
 BAND, s. [band; Sax.] that which ties or keeps a person to a 
 certain place, without liberty of going further ; that by which a 
 person or animal is kept from exerting their natural strength ; 
 the same as a bond. Figuratively, that which allies or connects 
 persons; a company of persons so united; that which is bound 
 round a person or thing, applied to dress ; a linen neckcloth, or 
 an imitation of the ends of one, worn by clergymen and lawyers. 
 In Architecture, any flat, low member, or moulding, that is 
 broad. In Surgery, a fillet, or piece of cloth, to surround or 
 swathe certain parts that need assistance, called likewise a roller. 
 Band of Pensioners, 140 gentlemen, who have £100 a year each, 
 for attending the king on solemn occasions. 
 
 To BAND, r. a. to unite together hj some common tie ; to 
 cover or bind with some narrow clotli, iillet, or band. 
 
 BA'NDA ISLANDS, a cluster of nine small islands, lying S. 
 of Ceram, in the Indian Archipelago, They produce nutmegs, 
 rice, oil, &c. 
 
 BA'NDAGE, *. [bandage, Fr.] a fillet, roller, or swathe, to 
 bind up wounds, dislocated bones, &c. 
 
 BANDA'NA, s. a kind of silk handkerchief, first made in Hin- 
 dustan, now manufactured in England, 
 
 BA'NDBOX, s, a light box made of pasteboard, designed for 
 keeping bands, ribands, head-dresses, and other light and small 
 pieces of dress in, 
 
 BA'NDELET, s, [bandelette, Fr,] in Architecture, any little 
 band or moulding, like that which crowns the Doric architrave. 
 
 BA'NDEROL, s. [banderolle, Fr.] a little flag, in form of a 
 guidon, extending more in length than breadth, and formerly 
 hung out at the top of vessels. 
 
 BANDI'TTI, s. [Ital.] a name given to outlaws in Italy, and 
 generally applied to those who live in companies, and support 
 themselves by plunder. 
 
 BATVDOG, s. a large, furious species of dog, 
 
 BANDOLEE'R, s. [bandouliers, Fr,] a large leathern belt, 
 thrown over the right shoulder, and hanging down under the 
 left arm, worn by the ancient musketeers, both for the sustain- 
 ing of their fire-arms, and the carriage of their musket charges, 
 which were put in twelve wooden cases coated with leather : — 
 now out of use. 
 
 BA'NDON, Cork, Munster, A corporate town on the river 
 Bandon,over which there is a bridge, whence this place is some- 
 times called Bandonbridge. The manufacture of linen is not now 
 sojgreat here as formerly. Market, Saturday, Pop, 9049, 
 
 BA'NDROL, s. See Banderol, 
 
 BA'NDY, s. [bander, Fr,] a crooked piece of wood, towards 
 the bottom broad, flat on one side, rounded at the other and at 
 the handle, used in a game played with a ball. 
 
 To BA'NDY, V. a. to beat or toss to and fro ; to give and take ; 
 to exchange ; followed by tcith, to contend. 
 
 BA'NDY, a. crooked. Thus, bamly leg, is a crooked leg ; and 
 bandy-legged is applied to one that has crooked legs, 
 
 BANE, s. [bona. Sax,] that which destroys life. Figuratively, 
 poison, ruin, destruction. 
 
BAN 
 
 a. to destroy, kill, or poison. 
 
 a. abounding with qualities destructive to life ; 
 
 To BANE, r 
 BA'NEFUL, 
 
 poisonous. 
 
 BA'NEWORT, s. in Botany, a name of the deadly night- 
 shade. 
 
 BANFF, a shire of Scotland, bounded on the S. by Aberdeen- 
 shire, on the N. by the Bay of Cromartv, on the W. by Murray, 
 and on the E. bv the German Ocean. It is 32 miles in length, 
 and 30 in breadth. The highest mountains in Britain are in 
 this shire; Cairngorm is 408i) feet high. There is good pastur- 
 age, and this, with the fisheries, is the chief trade. Agriculture 
 has reached a very high degree of improvement here. Pop. 
 49,679. 
 
 BANFF, Banffshire, Scotland. It is well built on the declivity 
 of a hill, with a harbour, often stopped by the shifting of the 
 sands at the mouth of the Deveron, over which there is a hand- 
 some bridge of seven arches. It is 130 miles from Edinburgh. 
 Pop. 3958. 
 
 To BANG, v.a. [Sax.] to cudgel : a low, familiar word. Figura- 
 tively, to use a person roughly, applied either to words or ac- 
 tions. 
 
 BANG, ». a blow with a stick or cudgel. 
 
 BA'NGALORE, a town of Mysore, Hindustan. It has fallen 
 away from its former importance, and its fort, which was strong, 
 is in ruins. It still has, however, a good trade, arising from its 
 central position. It is 215 miles from Madras. Lat. 12. 57. N. 
 Long. 77. 38. E. Its population is about 70,000. 
 
 BA'NGOR, Caernarvonshire, North Wales. This place was 
 so considerable in ancient times, that it was called Bangor the 
 Great, and defended by a strong castle. Its situation is low ; 
 the principal buildings are the cathedral and the bishop's palace ; 
 it is 255 miles from London. Market, Wednesday. Pop. 7232. 
 
 BA'NGOR, a city of Maine, United States. It is situated on 
 the Penobscot river, and has a good harbour, though 60 miles 
 from the sea. Its principal article of trade is lumber. The city 
 occupies a pleasant and commanding situation, affording a fine 
 view of the river and surrounding country. The buildings, both 
 pubhc and private, are not only neat, but many of them elegant. 
 The theological seminary here is under the direction of the Con- 
 gregationalists. Pop. g(627. 
 
 BA'NGUE, s. a species of opiate, in great use throughout the 
 East. It is the leaf of a kind of wild hemp, growing in the 
 countries of the Levant. 
 
 BANIA'NS, [Sansc] the name by which travelling merchants 
 from Hindustan are called. They have settled in most of the 
 cities and ports of Persia, Arabia, and Egypt, in considerable 
 numbers. They were thought, from their observance of the reli- 
 gious customs of their country, to be a separate sect. 
 
 BA'NIAS, the present name of the ancient Caesarea Philippi, 
 a town of Palestine, at the foot of the Anti-libanus. It is a small 
 place, and of no commercial importance. 
 
 To BA'NISH, V. a. [bannir, Fr.] to make a person quit his own 
 countrv. Figuratively, to drive from the mind ; to expel. 
 
 BA'NISHER, s. one who expels from, or causes another to 
 quit, his native country. 
 
 BA'NISHMENT, s. the state of a person banished. In Law, 
 a kind of civil death, whereby a person is cut off from all bene- 
 fits arising from the society or country in which he was born, 
 obliged to quit it, and live in a foreign country. Oftentimes 
 the punishment of capital crimes is remitted and converted into 
 banishment for life ; but it is then termed transportation. 
 
 BANK, «. [banc. Sax.] a great shoal of sand in the sea ; a 
 rising ground on each side of a river, washed by its waters, 
 which It hinders from overflowing ; earth cast up on one side of 
 a trench between two armies ; a bench where rowers sit, in ves- 
 sels. In Commerce, an establishment for money transactions 
 solely; at which traders, &c., deposit their money for security, 
 or for interest, and from which they obtain temporary loans; 
 and which, or. the security of their deposits, issue promissory 
 notes called bank notes, which can be exchanged for the legal 
 money on demand. Almost all the dealings in money throughout 
 the world are managed by them. Bank ^Etu/land, is a chartered 
 banking company, who manage the money affairs of the govern- 
 ment, and enjoy special privileges in return. Joint-Stock Banks, 
 are banking establishments whose capital is raised by shares, 
 interest on which is paid from the profits. Saving^ Banks are 
 establishments for receiving small sums as deposits, and allow- 
 
 BAN 
 
 ing interest on them, under the control of the Commissioners 
 for the Reduction of the National Debt. 
 
 To BANK, V. a. to enclose with banks. In Commerce, to place 
 money in a bank. * 
 
 BA'NKBILL, s. a promissory note given by the bank for 
 money placed there, which is payable on presenting it. 
 
 BA'NKER, s. a private person intrusted with the cash of 
 others, payable on demand. 
 
 BA'NKOK, the name of the capital of Siam. It stands on 
 the river Menam, and is of considerable size, though neither 
 well nor substantially built. On the river many persons live in 
 houses built on rafts, in which they carry on their trades, and 
 sell their goods. The palace is a collection of buildings enclosed 
 by a wall, which is fortified according to the skill of the country. 
 The temples are the only public buildings that pretend to orna- 
 ment, and they are conspicuous from their numerous spires and 
 decorations. The population, which is alleged to be above 
 400,000, consists chiefly of Chinese. It has a brisk trade with 
 China. Lat. 14. 21. N. Long. 100. 50. E. 
 
 BAN'KRUPT, s. {banqueroute, Fr.] in Law, one who lives by 
 buying and selling, and who, being unable to meet the demands 
 of his creditors, and having concealed himself from them, or by 
 some other act brought himself under the operation of the Bank- 
 rupt laws, has his effects seized and sold, or otherwise disposed 
 of for their benefit. On compliance with these laws, the bank- 
 rupt may claim a certificate, which releases him firom any further 
 claims on the part of those creditors, and which is signed by a 
 certain number of the creditors. The laws relating to bankruptcy 
 for Scotland differ in some respects from those in force in Eng- 
 land. 
 
 To BA'NKRUPT, v. a. to break ; to disable one from satisfj- 
 ing his creditors. 
 
 BA'NKRUPTCY, s. the state of a person declared a bankrupt ; 
 wherein his goods are sold, and a dividend made to his creditors, 
 in proportion to the amount of their respective debts. 
 
 BAIVKS, SIR JOSEPH, a botanist of great celebrity during 
 the last century. He went out on several voyages for the purpose 
 of gratifying his taste for botanical discovery, to Newfoundland, 
 and to the Pacific Ocean, and to Iceland, under the auspices of 
 the government. He promoted many other such voyages, and, 
 by papers published in the periodicals of various societies, sought 
 to advance his favourite science. His library and most of nis 
 collections are now in the British Museum. He died in 18^, 
 aged 77 years. 
 
 BANKS, THOMAS, a distinguished English sculptor, whose 
 monuments for Sir Eyre Cooke, and Captains Burgess and West- 
 cott, are well known. Many others of his works which gave 
 freer scope to his imagination, such as his alto-relief of Achilles 
 consoled by Thetis and her nymphs, are placed very high by 
 connoisseurs. He died in 1805, aged 70 years. 
 
 BA'NKSIE, s. in Botany, a genus of flowering shrubs, indigen- 
 ous to Australia, some species of which are common in England 
 now. 
 
 BA'NNER, s. \banair, Brit.] a square flag, standard, colour, or 
 ensign of an army. 
 
 BA'NNERET, s. an ancient order of the knights, or feudal 
 lords, who, possessing large fees, led their vassals to battle un- 
 der their own banner, when summoned by the king. The last 
 knight banneret was created by George iH., after the victory of 
 Admiral Duncan over the Dutch. 
 
 BA'NNIAN, s. a morning gown, or undress. 
 
 BA'NNOCK, s. a cake made with oatmeal and peas, mixed 
 with water ; common in the north countries. 
 
 BA'NNOCKBURN, Stiriing, Scotland, a village near which 
 Robert Bruce completely defeated the English army of Edward 
 II., in 1314. It now manufactures woollen cloths and leather. 
 It is 29 miles from Edinburgh. Pop. 2206. 
 
 BA'NQUET, s. [Fr.] a feast, or great entertainment. 
 
 To BA'NQUET, r. a. to entertain or give a feast to one or 
 more persons ; to feast or regale. 
 
 BA'NQUETER, s. a person who entertains another at a sump- 
 tuous feast ; one who lives sumptuously, or keeps a good table. 
 
 BANQUETING-HOUSE, s. a house where public feasts are 
 given. The banqueting-room at Whitehall, intended for the king 
 to feast in, was designed by Inigo Jones; but is now used as a 
 chapel, and is called Whitehall chapel. Here twelve clergymen 
 of Oxford and twelve of Cambridge university preach alternately. 
 
 71 
 
BAR 
 
 BA-TyQUETTE, s. [Fr.] in Fortification, a stnall bank for 
 soldiers to mount upon, when they fire behind an intrenchment. 
 
 BA'NSTICKLE, s. a very small species of fish, common in our 
 rivers and brooks. • 
 
 BANTA'M, a district and city of the island of Java, in the 
 Eastern Archipelago. It is in the possession of the Dutch, but 
 has much declined in its importance as a trading place since 
 Batavia became the seat of government. Lat. 6. 2. S. Long. lOG. 
 9. E. 
 
 BA'NTER, «. the turning any thing to jest ; the being plea- 
 sant ; ridicule, or raillery. 
 
 To BA'NTER, v. a. to represent a person or thing in such a 
 light, as to make them laughed at, or become objects of ridicule; 
 to rally ; to play upon. 
 
 BA'NTERER, s. one who represents the actions or expres- 
 sions of another in a ridiculous light ; one who plays on another 
 on account of some fault. 
 
 BA'NTLING, s. a sucking child ; an infant. 
 
 BA'NTRY, a barony, town, harbour, and bay of Cork, Mun- 
 ster. The barony is large, but barren and desolate ; the bay, 
 26 miles long, a league broad, and in the middle 40 fathoms deep, 
 is one of the finest in the world, being capable of holding all the 
 shipping of Europe ; the town is seated at the bottom of the 
 bay, 104 miles from Dublin. Pop. 4082. 
 
 BA'PTISM, s. [baptumos, Gr.] a rite practised by all Christian 
 communities, as the initiation of members to churches, except 
 the Society of Friends. It was observed in the admission oi a 
 proselyte amongst the Jews. John, the forerunner of our Lord, 
 practised it in his ministry. And our Lord's disciples baptized 
 those who received him as the Messiah. It has been the theme 
 of most fierce and unchristian controversy between different 
 denominations of professed Christians ; and is so at the present 
 hour. The mode of administering it, the parties who should re- 
 ceive it, and its signification, or the privilege it confers, have 
 been discussed for centuries, and the various opinions are main- 
 tained as hotly as ever. 
 
 BAPTI'SMAL, a. relating to, or done at, our baptism. 
 
 BA'PTIST, s. [bapiistes, Gr.] one who administers baptism, 
 applied by way of eminence to St. John, our Saviour's forerunner ; 
 the name of a denomination of professed Christians who hold 
 that baptism ought to be administered only to adult persons, on 
 confession of faith. 
 
 BAPTFSTERY, s. [baptisterium, Lat.] the place in the church 
 where baptism is administered ; the font. 
 
 To BAPTFZE, c. a. [baptizo, Gr.] to perform the ceremony of 
 baptism ; to christen. 
 
 BAPTI'ZER, s. one who administers the sacrament of baptism. 
 
 BAR, s. [barre, Fr.] a piece of wood or iron, made use of to 
 secure the entrance of any place; a rock or sand-bank, at the 
 entrance of a harbour or river, which keeps off ships of burthen ; 
 the part of a court of justice where the criminal generally stands, 
 and within which the counsel and judge sit to trj' causes, so 
 called from a wooden bar being placed there to keep off the 
 crowd; an enclosed place at a tavern, coffee-house, &c., wherein 
 a person sits to take care of and receive the reckoning. Figur- 
 atively, any obstacle, or thing which hinders ; any thing which 
 keeps the parts of a thing together. In Law, a peremptory ex- 
 ception against a demand or plea brought by a defendant in an 
 action, that destroys the action of the plaintiff for ever ; also the 
 whole body of pleaders, or barristers. A bar of gold or silver is a 
 lump of either, melted and cast into a mould without ever having 
 been wrought. In Music, the straight strokes drawn perpendicu- 
 larly across the lines in a piece of music, dividing it into portions 
 according to the time ; also, the portions so divided. In Heraldry, 
 an ordinary resembling the fess, differing from it in narrowness, 
 and that it may be placed in any part of the shield. Bar-shot, two 
 half-bullets joined together by an iron bar, used in sea engage- 
 ments for cutting down masts and rigging. Also a new French 
 measure of weight, consisting of 204lb. 4oz. 4d. 54gr. 
 
 To BAR, v. a. to fasten or secure any entrance by a piece of 
 iron or wood. Figuratively, to exclude, except against ; to hin- 
 der, or put a stop to. 
 
 BAR, the name of three towns of France. Bar-sur-Aube lies on 
 the river Aube, and is the capital of the department of that name. 
 Its situation is agreeable, and its trade consists of the wine pro- 
 duced in its vicinity, and its manufactures of brandy, oil, &c. 
 It is 125 miles from Paris : and its population is about 4(K)0. 
 72 
 
 BAR 
 
 Bar-sur-Ornain, so named from the river on which it lies, is capi- 
 tal of the Meuse department. It has manufactories of cotton, 
 woollen goods, gloves, hats, &c., and confectionery. It is 152 
 miles from Paris, and has a population of above 12,000. Sar- 
 sur-Seine, in the department of Aube, lies on the Seine, over 
 which it has a good oridge. Iron is found in the neighbourhood, 
 and there is a marble quarry also. It is 113 miles from Paris, 
 and has a population of less than 3000. 
 
 BARB, s. [barba, Lat.] in its original signification, a beard. 
 In its secondary, any thing that grows in its place, or resembles 
 it. The piece of wire at the end of a fish hook, which makes an 
 angle with the point, and hinders it from being extracted ; like- 
 wise the pieces of iron which run back in the same manner from 
 the point of an arrow, and servo for the same purpose. ^ 
 
 BARB, s. [a contraction of Barbary,'] a horse brought from 
 Barbary, esteemed for its beauty, vigour, and swiftness. Also a 
 variety of pigeon having a red circle round their eyes. 
 
 BA'RBACAN, s. [barbacane, Fr.] in Architecture, a long nar- 
 row canal, or passage for water, in walls, where buildings are 
 liable to be overflowed ; likewise to drain off water from a terras ; 
 an aperture in the walls of a city, to fire muskets through at an 
 enemy. In Fortification, a fort at the entrance of a bridge ; an 
 outward defence or fortification to a cit}- ; a watch-tower. 
 
 BARBA'DOES, the easternmost of the Windward Islands in 
 the W. Indies. It is in general a level country, though not 
 without hills ; is 21 miles in length, and 14 in breadth. It had 
 formerly a good deal of wood, which is now almost all consumed 
 with carrying on the sugar-works. The commodities which they 
 export are, sugar, rum, cotton, indigo, and ginger; and they 
 have most of the fruits common to the climate. Thejr have no 
 manufactures, nor do they breed many cattle ; receiving their 
 corn, cattle, flesh, and clothes and furniture from the United 
 States and England. The hurricanes are not so violent here as 
 in the other Carribbees, and the trade-winds make the climate 
 comparatively healthy. There are some remarkable bituminous 
 springs in this islana, which yield a kind of tar. It is 60 miles 
 E. of the island of St. Vincent, and 84 S. E. of Martinico. The 
 capital town is St. Michael, or Bridge-town, which lies in Long. 
 59. 36. W. Lat. 13. 10. N. The population is above 100,000. 
 
 BARBARIAN, s. {barbarus, hat.'] in its primary sense, applied 
 by the Greeks and Romans to all that were not of their own na- 
 tion, i. e. a foreigner; but in process of time it acquired a se- 
 condary idea of cruelty, and was used to denote a person void of 
 all the elegant embellishments of life, and the social affections of 
 benevolence, good-nature, and humanity. 
 
 BARBA'RIC, a. [barbaricus, Lat.] foreign ; brought from coun- 
 tries at a great distance. 
 
 BA'RBARISM, s. [barbarismus, Lat.] in Grammar, an offence 
 against the purity of style or language ; uncultivated ignorance. 
 Applied to manners, rudeness ; want of politeness ; savageness ; 
 cruelty. 
 
 BARBA'RITY, «. {barbaritas, Lat.] incivility, unpoliteness. 
 Applied most commonly to manners, cruelty, savageness, want 
 of pity, kindness, and humanity. 
 
 BARBAROSSA, a name given to two famous Turkish corsairs, 
 who were the first Turkish rulers of Algiers. The elder, Arooje, 
 by his skill and daring as a pirate, acquired power sufficient to 
 seize on a portion of the Mediterranean coast of Africa, whence 
 he continually made irruptions by sea and land on his neigh- 
 bours, till he took Algiers, and became so formidable that the 
 emperor Charles V. sent out an army against him, surprised by 
 which, he fell in the year 1518. His brother Karadin was chosen 
 bis successor, who, to maintain his sovereignty, obtained the 
 title of viceroy from the Porte, and aid in the way of soldiers. 
 He gained great fame in the wars, which, as admiral to the 
 Porte, he carried on, in conjunction with France, against the 
 emperor and his allies. He died in 1540. 
 
 BARBARO'SSA, a surname given to the celebrated Frederic 
 I., emperor of Germany. He was nephew to Conrad HI., his 
 predecessor, and on his death was elected emperor by his recom- 
 mendation. His reign was one of the most splendid in the his- 
 tory of Germany. By his firmness and moderation he preserved 
 the internal peace of his empire, establishing the duchy of Aus- 
 tria almost as an independent state, and taking from Henry the 
 Lion all his fiefs except Brunswick and Lunenburg. He made no 
 fewer than six irruptions into Italy, with a view to suppress the 
 spirit of insubordination to imperial mandates which Arnauld 
 
BAR 
 
 of Brescia preached at Rome, and all the great trading cities 
 cherished as their life. He entered Rome as a conqueror twice ; 
 Tortona, Crenia, Milan, Spoleto, fell before his arms ; Ancona 
 successfully defied him ; a similar check at Alexandria, and a de- 
 feat received from the Milanese at Lignano, led him to treat with 
 the republics, and after six years to the treaty of Constance, 
 by which their independence was fully recognised. Frederic's 
 career ended on the frontiers of Syria, whither, impelled by the 
 military fanaticism of his times, he went on a crusade, in con- 
 junction with Philip Augustus and Richard Coeur de Lion. Near 
 Seleucia, a cold mountain-stream tempted him to bathe, and he 
 died in his C9th year, in 1190. 
 
 BA'RBAROUS, a. \harbarus, Gr.] applied to learning, ignor- 
 ant ; unacquainted with the polite arts and sciences. Applied 
 to manners, void of benevolence, pity, or compassion ; cruel ; 
 savage ; inhuman. 
 
 BA'RBAROUSLY, ad. in such a manner as shows a mind un- 
 polished with learning ; a stranger to politeness, pity, compas- 
 sion, or humanity. 
 
 BA'RBAROUSNESS, s. incivility of manners ; cruelty. 
 
 BA'RBARY, that part of Africa which extends along the 
 Mediterranean from Egypt to the Atlantic, and contains Tripoli, 
 Tunis, Algiers, and the empire of Morocco. It was known to 
 the ancients by the name of Mauritania, Numidia, and Proper 
 Africa. It is fertile in corn, maize, wine, citrons, oranges, figs, 
 almonds, olives, dates, and melons. Their chief trade consists 
 in their fruits, in their horses called barbs, Morocco leather, os- 
 trich-feathers, indigo, wax, tin, and coral. The inhabitants 
 are chiefly Mohammedans; and there are some Jews, but few 
 Christians, except the slaves. See Algeria, Morocco, &c. 
 
 BA'RBAULD, Mrs. ANNA L., a well-known writer of works 
 intended for the young, in conjunction with her brother. Dr. 
 Aikin. Her husband, who was a Unitarian minister, kept, for 
 many years, a school at Palgrave, Suffolk, in which she aided, 
 with great success. The Evenings at Home and Early Lessons 
 have not yet lost their popularity. Her other writings were of 
 a more general character. She died in 1825, aged 82 years. 
 
 To BA'RBECUE, r. a. [Ind.] to dress a hog whole, by split- 
 ting it to the back-bone, and broiling it upon a gridiron, raised 
 two feet above a charcoal fire. 
 
 BA'RBECUE, s. hog dressed whole after the West Indian 
 manner. 
 
 BA'RBEL, s. [barbus, Lat.] in Zoology, a large, strong, but 
 coarse river fish ; so called from its having a barb or wattle under 
 its chin. 
 
 BA'RBER, s. [barhier, Fr.] one who shaves. 
 
 BA'RBER SURGEON, s. one who, in olden time, practised 
 bleeding, drawing of teeth, &c., together with the trade of a 
 barber. 
 
 BARBERI-TST, the name of an ancient Italian family, from 
 whom the Barberini Palace at Rome derives its name. The 
 Portland Vase in the British Museum is also known by this 
 name. 
 
 BA'RBERRY, s. in Botany, a bush, which grows in hedges 
 to the height of eight or ten feet, with pretty yellow flowers, 
 whose berries have an agreeable acid flavour, when preserved. 
 
 BARBU'DA, one of the Leeward Islands, in the West Indies, 
 possessed by the English, about 21 miles long, and 12 broad. 
 The land is low, but fertile. The inhabitants are chiefly em- 
 ployed in raising corn, and breeding sheep, kids, fowls, and 
 other stock, for the neighbouring islands. They likewise culti- 
 vate citrons, pomegranates, oranges, raisins, Indian flgs, pepper, 
 indicx), &c. Here is no harbour, but a well-sheltered road on 
 the W. side. It is near 20 miles N. E. of St." Christopher's. • Lat. 
 17. 36. N. Long. 61. 46. W. Population less than 000. 
 
 BA'RCA, an inland district of Tripoli, in Africa. Its inhabit- 
 ants are all Arabs, and it is governed by their sheikh. It has 
 two small towns, of which Bengazzi is the chief. 
 
 BA'RCAROLLE, s. [Ital.] a name by which the popular songs 
 of the boatmen, &c., at Venice, are designated. 
 
 BARCELO'NA, the capital of Catalonia, in Spain. It is the 
 see of a bishop, and has a good harbour protected by a mole. It 
 is divided into the New and Old Towns, which are separated 
 from each other by a wall and a ditch. The inhabitants cany 
 on an extensive trade, chiefly in the wines produced by the pro- 
 vince. It is strongly fortified by walls arid a citadel ; and its 
 population exceeds 160,000. Lat. 41. 21. N, Long. 2. 9. E. 
 
 BAR 
 
 BARCELO'NA, a town of Columbia, S. America. It stands 
 on the Neveri, a short distance from the sea. It is protected by 
 a fortress, and has some trade, as it is in the line of communica- 
 tion between the interior of the Columbia and the chief W. Indian 
 Islands. It has, besides, some fisheries. Its population is about 
 10,000. Lat. 10. 10. N. Long. 64. 47. W. 
 
 BA'RCLAY, ALEXANDER, one of the old English writers, 
 whose works helped in the formation of our language. He was 
 a Franciscan monk, and after the suppression of the monasteries 
 held livings in the English Church. He died in 1552, aged 
 about 70 years. 
 
 BA'RCLAY, JOHN, the author of the well-known poetical 
 romance. Argents, and other works. He was a Romanist, and 
 spent the greater part of his life away from his native country, 
 Scotland ; and died at Rome in 1621, aged 40 years. The Argenis 
 has been translated out of its original Latin more than once, but 
 the translations are antiquated, and do not express the clearness 
 and force of the original. Amongst its admirers, Coleridge, 
 Cowper, and D'Israeli, in modern days, are to be ranked. 
 
 BA'RCLAY, ROBERT, of Ury, near Aberdeen, Scotland, 
 author of the learned and masterly Apology far the Quakers, was 
 the son of one of the royalists of the times of the civil wars of 
 the 17th century. He was educated at Paris, and became at- 
 tached to Romanism ; but on his return, after a few years, ho 
 adopted the views his father had already espoused, and joined 
 the Society of Friends. In connexion with this change he studied 
 the original Scriptures, and the works of the Fathers and of 
 eminent theologians, with great assiduity ; and the result was 
 the exposition and defence of his doctrinal and ritual views, with 
 great clearness and logical acumen. He frequently engaged in 
 journeys for the interest of his denomination, and was well re- 
 ceived at the court of Charles II. and James II. He died in 
 1690, aged 42 years. 
 
 BARCO'CHEBAS, a Jew, who, in the second century, pre- 
 tended to be the Messiah ; and being a man of great intrepiaity, 
 and his fellow-countrymen being cruelly harassed by the Ro- 
 mans, he was able to collect such a force that he took Jerusalem, 
 and made himself a king. The Rabbi Akiba, and others of the 
 most learned of the nation, were deceived respecting him, and 
 fell with him when the Romans recaptured the city in 135. 
 
 BARD, s. \bardd, Brit.] among the ancient Britons, Danes, 
 and Irish, an order of men who used to sing the great exploits of 
 heroes to the harp, were persons in the highest esteem among 
 all ranks of people, and treated with peculiar reverence by kings, 
 &c., as persons whose calling was sacred. Even in the present 
 times, the word implies a. poet. 
 
 BA'RDSEY, or the island of the Bards, called also the Isle of 
 Saints, is a small island in the Irish Sea, connected with Caernar- 
 vonshire, Wales, and near Cardigan Bay. It is about two miles 
 long and one broad ; and has fertile soil in some parts, which 
 produce good corn ; though the higher parts are barren. The 
 sea-clifi's are the resort of water-birds, whose eggs are part of 
 the trade of the island. Pop. iJO. 
 
 BARE, a. [bare. Sax.] uncovered ; without any dress ; naked. 
 Figuratively, without ornament ; destitute, or in want of neces- 
 saries ; not joined with any thing else ; alone ; solitary ; very 
 much worn ; that has lost its knap ; threadbare. 
 
 To BARE, V. a. to strip. 
 
 BARE, Bore, the prefer, of To Bear. 
 
 BA'REFACED, a. with the face uncovered. Figuratively, 
 without dissimulation or disguise ; with great effrontery or im- 
 pudence. Generally used in a bad sense. 
 
 BAREFA'CEDLY, ad. in such a manner as shows a bold, 
 daring impudence. 
 
 BA' REBOOT, a. without shoes, or any covering to the feet. 
 
 BAREHE'ADED, a. without a hat, or any covering to the 
 head. 
 
 BARE'ILLY, an extensive town of Delhi, in Hindustan, stand- 
 ing on the banks of the Jooah and Sungkra rivers, which are 
 tributaries of the Ganges. It has manufactories for cutlery, fur- 
 niture, &c. ; and its population is about 70,000. Lat. 28. 23. N. 
 Long. 79. 16. E. 805 miles from Calcutta, and 142 from Delhi. 
 
 BA'RELY, ad. without clothes, applied to dress ; without any 
 thing else, or only, applied as an exceptive. 
 
 BA'RENESS, s. applied to dress, either total nakedness, or a 
 want of some necessary part of attire ; meanness, with respect 
 to the quality of clothing. 
 
 L 73 
 
BAR 
 
 BARETIU, JOSEPH, an Italian who settled in England, 
 and conducted the foreign correspondence of the Royal Academy. 
 He was the author of a good Italian and English Dictionary, and 
 of some entertaining volumes of letters, describing his travels on 
 the continent, besides other works. In his controversies, into 
 which he fell in Italy, with other authors, he evinced by far too 
 great asperity, which made it needful for him twice to leave his 
 country. He died in England, in 1789, aged 75 years. 
 
 BA'RGAIN, (barsan) s. [bargen, Brit.] a voluntary agreement 
 made between traders to deliver or sell a commodity at a price 
 agreed on ; the thing bought or sold ; the conditions of sale. Synon. 
 Bargain is more limited, relating to sale. Agreement and Contract 
 are more general, implying any sort of stipulation ; with this 
 difference between them, that Agreement seems to denote a ver- 
 bal one ; Contract, one that is written. 
 
 To BA'RGAIN, v. a. to agree to, or make terms for, the sale 
 of any thing. 
 
 BARGAINEE', «. the person who agrees to the condition of a 
 bargain or purchase. 
 
 BA'RGAINER, s. one who proposes the conditions of a bar- 
 gain. 
 
 BARGE, s. [bargie, Belg.] a large flat-bottomed vessel used 
 for the carriage of goods in rivers ; likewise a state or pleasure- 
 boat, built with a room capable of containing several persons. 
 
 BA'RI, a town, in a province of the same name, part of the 
 Sicilian dominions in Italy. It is on the sea-coast of the Adriatic, 
 140 miles from Naples, and has a harbour protected by two 
 moles. It is a very ancient town, and abounds in relics of for- 
 mer times. The church of St. Nicholas, and the castle, are very 
 interesting from their architecture. It has a royal college ; and a 
 population of about 20,000. Lat. 41. 8. N. Long. 16. 55. E. 
 
 BARI'LLA, «. in the glass trade, a sort of potash imported 
 from Spain, being the ashes of a plant called saltwort, which is 
 collected from the coasts. 
 
 BA'RIUM, s. in Chemistry, a metal discovered by Sir Hum- 
 phrey Davy. It is of a dark-grey colour, and a lustre inferior to 
 cast iron. It effervesces strongly when thrown into water, from 
 the escape of hydrogen. It is the metallic base of the alkali, 
 baryta. 
 
 fiARK, s. [barck, Dan.] in Botany, the outside covering of 
 those parts of a plant which are above the ground, and which is 
 divided into the inner and living bark, which is renewed yearly, 
 and the outer or dead bark, which separates from the plant 
 when of no further use. Bark is also used in conversation for 
 the Cinchona, or Jesuits-bark, a most valuable medicine in febrile 
 diseases : it is the bark of a tree, originally growing in Peru, 
 with the properties of which the natives were acquainted. Oak 
 bark is used for tanning ; and the bark of some foreign trees is 
 used for dyeing. Cork is the bark of an evergreen oak found in 
 the south of Europe. Bark-bed, is a bed formed of the refuse of 
 tanyards, for the forcing of delicate plants in pots. 
 
 BARK, Barque, «. [barque, Fr.] a small vessel with one deck 
 only, used in transporting merchandises either by sea or on 
 rivers. 
 
 To BARK, V. a. to strip off the rind or bark of a tree. 
 
 To BARK, V. n. [biornean. Sax.] to make a noise like a dog, 
 when he gives the alarm. 
 
 BARK-BA'RED, a. stripped or robbed of the bark. 
 
 BARK-Bl'NDING, s. in Gardening, a disease incident to trees, 
 wherein the bark is so close, that the vegetation, and circulation 
 of the sap, is hindered. It is cured by slitting the bark, or cut- 
 ting it alon^ the grain. 
 
 BA'RKER, s. applied to a litigious, noisy, or clamorous person. 
 
 BA'RKER, EDMUND HENRY, of Thetford, Norfolk, was an 
 indefatigable compiler and editor of works relating to the clas- 
 sics, and school editions of classic authors. Noah Webster's 
 English Dictionary, Dunbar's Greek Lexicon, and Valpy's Stephens' 
 Thesaurus, were edited either wholly or in part by him. He died 
 in 1839, aged 50 years. 
 
 BARK-GA'LLING, «. is when the bark or rind of a tree is 
 galled or fretted with thorns, &c., which is cured by binding 
 clay on the galled places. 
 
 BA'RKING, Essex. It is seated on the river Roding, not far 
 from the Thames, in an unwholesome air. It has been chiefly 
 noted for a large monastery, now in ruins, there being nothing 
 left standing but a small part of the walls and a gate-house. 
 It is 7 miles from London. Market, Saturday, Pop. 8718. 
 
 BAR 
 
 BA'RKLEY, orBE'RKELEY, Gloucestershire. It is seated on a 
 branch of the river Severn ; and formerly was of some note for a 
 nunnery ; and has still the title of a barony. It is 112 miles from 
 London. Market, Wednesday. Pop. 4405. 
 
 BA'RKWAY, Hertfordshire. 34 miles from London. Pop. 1291. 
 
 BA'RKY', a. that consists of, or has the properties of, bark. 
 
 BA'RLETTA, a sea-port of the Adriatic, in the Sicilian do- 
 minions, 1 12 miles from Naples. The town is walled, and defended 
 by a citadel. The harbour is sheltered by a mole, and there is a 
 lighthouse on an island which in part protects it. It has a con- 
 siderable trade, and a population of nearly 20,000. Lat. 41. 
 20. N. Lon^. 16. 18. E. 
 
 BA'RLEY, s. [bar, Heb.] in Botany, the grain whence beer is 
 extracted. Pearl-Barley , is the kernel of barley stripped of its 
 husk, and passed through a mill which grinds off the ends, giv- 
 ing the grain a round, pearly appearance. 
 
 BA'RLEY-BRAKE, s. a kind of rural play, which consists in 
 swiftness of running. 
 
 BA'RLEY-CORN, s. a grain of barley ; used in long measure, 
 as the third part of an inch. 
 
 BA'RLEY-MOW, s. a heap of barley laid together, and formed 
 into a rick or stack. 
 
 BA'RLOW, JOEL, a Congregational minister of Massachu- 
 setts, United States, who, during the war of Independence, 
 served in the army as a volunteer and chaplain. Being in Eng- 
 land ^,fter the peace, and having relinquished the ministry, he 
 was deputed by the " Constitutional Society " to the National 
 Convention of France. He was then sent as consul-general 
 for the States to Algiers, and afterwards as minister-plenipoten- 
 tiary to France. He died as he was seeking an interview with 
 the emperor at Wilna, in 1812, aged 58 years. In his own coun- 
 try his poems and other writings have gained his uatne as much 
 notice as his diplomatic engagements. 
 
 BARM, s. \burm, Brit.] that which is put into drink to make 
 it work, or into bread to swell it, and make it lighter ; com- 
 monly called yeast. 
 
 BA'RMY, a. that has been well fermented or worked with 
 barm or yeast. 
 
 BARN, s. [bern. Sax.] a place, or house, wherein any grain, 
 hay, &c. is stored ; also, the place where corn is threshed. 
 
 BA'RNACLE, s. [probably of beam, a child, and aac. Sax. an' 
 oak,] in Natural History, a bird of the goose kind, common in 
 the western isles of Scotland ; also a kind of shell-fish which is 
 found sticking to the bottoms and sides of ships in certain seas. 
 It was formerly imagined that the barnacle grew on an oak, 
 whence falling into the water it became first a shell-fish, and af- 
 terwards a sea-fowl. 
 
 BA'RNARD CASTLE, Durham. It takes its name from a 
 caslle (a large structure, situated on a rock by the river, a great 
 pai t of which is still standing) built here by Bernard Balliol, 
 gnat -grandfather of John Balliol, king of Scotland. Here are 
 some manufactures of bridles, reins, belts, stockings, serges, and 
 camlets. It is seated on the river Tees, 246 miles from London. 
 Market, Wednesday. Pop. 4452. 
 
 BA'RNET, CHIPPING, Hertfordshire. It was a great thorough- 
 fare, but now is known chiefly as the scene of the battle between 
 the Roses, in which Warwick fell. It is 12 miles from London. 
 Market, Monday. Pop. 2485. 
 
 BA'RNEVELDT, JOHANN VAN OLDEN, the distinguished 
 champion of liberty in the United Provinces, in the 16th cen- 
 tuiy. He was actively engaged against Philip II., and went as 
 ambassador to the court of Elizabeth to obtain aid. He strove 
 incessantly to avert the evils which the pride and incompetency of 
 the Earl of Leicester threatened them with, and at length pro- 
 cured his recall. He succeeded in gaining such help from James 
 I. and Henry IV., that at length a treaty with Spain was con- 
 cluded. And now Barneveldt^ trouble began. He apposed the 
 ambition of Maurice, the son of the celebrated William of 
 Orange ; became embroiled by his adversaries in a theological 
 controversy about the doctrines of Arminius ; and at length was 
 seized, tried, and beheaded in 1619, aged 72 years. 
 
 BA'RNSLEY, Yorkshire, W. R. It is seated on the side of a 
 hill, and has a manufacture of wire. It is commonly called Black- 
 Barnsley, and is 171 miles from London. Market, Wednesday. 
 Pop. 12,310. 
 
 BA'RNSTABLE, Devonshire. It is a corporate town, and 
 is seated on the river Tau, over which there is a good bridge ; 
 
BAR 
 
 and the market is lar^e for cattle, corn, and provisions. It is a 
 sea-port, but has lost its importance. It is 191 miles from Lon- 
 don. Market, Friday. Pop. 7902. 
 
 BARO'DA, a city of Gujerat in Hindustan, surrounded by a 
 fertile and well-cultivated country. It is built carelessly, and 
 fortified, but not strongly. The population is about 100,000. 
 It is the residence of the Guicowar, or chief of the Mahrattas. 
 Lat. 22. 21. N. Long. 73. 23. E. 
 
 BAROMETER, s. \haros and metreo, Gr.] a machine for mea- 
 suring the weight of the atmosphere, and the variations in it, in 
 order chiefly to determine the changes of the weather. It is a 
 glass tube filled with mercury, hermetically sealed at one end ; 
 the other open, and immersed in a vessel of mercury ; so tliat, as 
 the weight of the atmosphere diminishes, the mercury in the tube 
 will descend, and as it increases, the mercury will ascend ; the 
 column of mercury suspended in the tube being always equal to 
 the weight of a column of the atmosphere of equal diameter. 
 
 BAROMETRICAL, a. relating to, or tried by the barometer. 
 
 BA'RON, s. [possibly from baro, Lat.] a term which formerly 
 included all the greater nobility. It is now used as a degree of 
 nobility next below that of a viscount, and above that of a ba- 
 ronet. Their coronet is a gold circlet with six pearls. Parlia- 
 mentary barons are not barons by name only, but are all by birth 
 peers, noblemen, and are summoned by the king " to treat of 
 the weighty afl^airs of the nation, and to give counsel upon 
 them." They have the following immunities and privileges : in 
 criminal causes they are judged by their peers only, and are not 
 put on oath, but deliver the truth upon honour; are not impan- 
 nelled on a jury, nor liable to certain writs. Besides these, the 
 two archbishops and all the bishops of England are parliament- 
 ary barons, and enjoy all the privileges of the others, excepting 
 that they are not judged by their peers, but by a jury of twelve. 
 Barons of the Exchequer, are four judges, who determine causes 
 between the king and his subjects, in affairs relating to the re- 
 venue and the exchequer. Barons of the Cinque Ports, are mem- 
 bers eleisted two for each, who have seats in the House of Com- 
 mons. Baron andfemme, in Law, are husband and wife. Baron 
 andfemme, in Heraldry, is when the coats of arms of a man and 
 his wife are born per pale in the same escutcheon. 
 
 BA'RONAGE, s. \baronasium, low Lat.] the body of barons ; 
 the dignity, or lands, which give title to a baron. 
 
 BA'RONESS, s. [baronessa, Ital.] the lady or wife of a baronet. 
 
 BA'RONET, s. [diminutive of baron,} a degree of honour next 
 to a baron, created by King James I. to promote the plantation 
 in Ulster, in Ireland, for which purpose each of them was to 
 maintain 30 soldiers in Ireland, for three years; and they have 
 precedence of all knights, except those of the garter, bannerets, 
 and privy counsellors. They bear, as an honorary augmentation 
 to their arms, the arms of Ulster, viz. argent, a hand guks ; and 
 they are addressed by the title. Sir. 
 
 BARCNIUS, C^SAR, a writer on Ecclesiastical History, 
 whose numerous works are of considerable authority. He was 
 made a cardinal by Clement VIII., and died in 1607, in his G9th 
 year. 
 
 BA'RONY, 8. [baronnie, Fr.] the lordship or fee of a baron, 
 whether spiritual or temporal. 
 
 BA'ROSCOPE, s. [baros and skopeo, Gr.] an instrument to 
 show the alteration of the weight of the atmosphere. 
 
 BA'RRA, the name of a district occupied by a tribe of Man- 
 dingoes at fhe mouth of the Gambia, in W. Africa. It is fertile, 
 and the inhabitants bestow great labour in its cultivation. They 
 profess the Mohammedan religion, and are in number about 
 200,000. 
 
 BA'RRACAN, s. \bouracan, or barracan, Fr.] a kind of stuff 
 resembling camlet, but coarser, and used for surtouts, or upper 
 garments against the rain. They are manufactured principally 
 in England, Flanders, and the North of France. 
 
 BA'RRACK, s. [barracea. Span.] a small hut erected by the 
 Spanish fishermen along the shore ; likewise buildings raised to 
 lodge soldiers in. 
 
 BARRA'S, PAUL JEAN F. N., COUNT DE, one of the pro- 
 minent actors during the French Revolution. He was amongst 
 the commissioners from the Convention who sat in Toulon after 
 its evacuation by the English ; and during the tumults preceding 
 the fall of Robespierre, was appointed General-in-chief by the 
 Convention, in opposition to the party of the Commune. On the 
 insurrection of the 13th Vindemiaire, he was again put at the 
 
 BAR 
 
 head of the military, and Napoleon Buonaparte under him sup- 
 pressed it. He was a member of the Directory, and on the ap- 
 pointment of Buonaparte, retired from public employment, in 
 which he never afterwards appeared. He died in 1829, aged 74 
 years. 
 
 BA'RRATOR, s. Ibarat, old Fr.] a litigious person, or one who 
 is fond of quarrels and law-suits. 
 
 BA'RRATRY,*. in Common Law, the moving or maintaining 
 of suits in the disturbance of the peace ; and the taking and de- 
 taining houses, land, &c. by false pretences. 
 
 BA'RRAY, one of the western isles of Scotland, eight miles in 
 length, and three in breadth, rocky on the east side, and arable 
 land on the west. There is plenty of cod and ling near this 
 island, and the fisheries are very productive. Pop. 1977. 
 
 BA'RREL, s. Ibaril, Brit.] a cylindrical wooden vessel, which 
 serves for holding several sorts of wares and merchandise. The 
 English barrel, wine measure, contains 31 and a half gallons ; 
 beer measure, 36 gallons ; and ale measure, 32 gallons. It denotes 
 also a certain weight of several merchandises, which differ accord- 
 ing to the several commodities. The barrel of herrings ought to 
 contain 32 gallons wine measure, which amount to about 28 gal- 
 lons old standard, making about 1000 herrings. The barrel of 
 salmon must hold 42 gallons ; of eels, the same ; and of soap, 
 256 pounds. In Mechanics, it is the cylinder of a watch, about 
 whicn the spring is turned. In Gunnerv, it is the cylindrical 
 tube of a gun, pistols, &c., through which the bullet is discharged. 
 In Anatomy, it is a cavity behind the tympanum of the ear, about 
 four or five lines deep, and five or six wide, lined with a fine 
 membrane, on which are several veins and arteries. In this 
 cavity are four small solid bones, not covered with the periosteum 
 as the rest of the bones of the body are. 
 
 To BA'RREL, v. a. to put into, or enclose in a barrel. 
 
 BA'RREN, a. [bare. Sax.] applied to animals or soils, not able 
 to produce its like. Applied to genius, not able to produce any 
 thing new. 
 
 BA'RRENLY, ad. in an unfruitful manner. 
 
 BA'RRENNESS, s. that imperfection in any animal or ve- 
 getable that renders it incapable of bringing forth, or propagating 
 its kind. Also want of invention, sterility of thought, &c. 
 
 BARRICA'DE s. [barricade, Fr.] any defence in the military 
 art raised against an enemy hastily, made with vessels, carts, 
 baskets of earth, trees, or palisades. Figuratively, any thing 
 which obstructs or hinders the motion of any thing. 
 
 To BARRICA'DE, v. a. [barricader, Fr.] to stop up a passage ; 
 to hinder the advance or motion of any thing. 
 
 BARRICA'DO, s. [barracuda. Span.] in Fortification, a defence ' 
 made with stakes shod with iron, crossed at the top with bat- 
 tons, and erected in passages or breaches. 
 
 To BARRICA'DO, v. a. to block up a passage ; to hinder an 
 enemy from passing any defile or place. 
 
 BA'RRIEK, s. [barriere, Fr.] that which keeps an enemy off, 
 or hinders him from entering into any country ; a fence made 
 at a passage, entrenchment, &c., to stop up its entm Figura- 
 tively, an obstruction or hinderance ; a boundary or limit. 
 
 BA'RRISTER, ». one who is qualified, from his having per- 
 formed his exercises at the inns of courts, and by licence from 
 the lord high chancellor, after a proper standing, to plead the 
 cause of clients in a court of justice. 
 
 BA'RROW, s. [berewe. Sax.] any carriage moved or set in 
 motion by the hand ; hence a hand-barrow is a frame of boards on 
 which things are carried by handles at its extremities between 
 two men. A wheel-barrow is that with one wheel at the head, 
 by which it moves when pushed forward by the handles at the 
 other end. 
 
 BA'RROW, s. [beorff. Sax.] a hill or mound raised in honour of 
 warriors who died in the field of battle, by the ancient Britons, 
 and the Saxons. 
 
 BA'RROW, ISAAC, D. D., an eminent theologian and mathe- 
 matician of the English Church. He was connected with Cam- 
 bridge through all the changes of the 17th century ; but during 
 the years immediately preceding the Restoration, he was travel- 
 ling through the south of Europe. He held on his return several 
 of the professorships in succession, and was Master of Trinity 
 when he died in 1677, aged 47 years. He was greatly extolled 
 during his life for his mathematical attainments, which were con- 
 siderable, but have been completely obscured by the discoveries 
 and inventions of Sir Isaac Newton, for whom he entertained a 
 
BAR 
 
 very warm affection. His theological works are esteemed for 
 their clearness and vigour of thought. 
 
 BA'RROW, a river in Ireland, which rises in King's county, 
 and after a course of about 90 miles, flows into the sea at Water- 
 ford harbour. By means of a canal from Athy, which lies on this 
 river about 60 miles from the sea, there is an inland navigation 
 from Waterford to Dublin. 
 
 BA'RROW, POINT, a low sandy spit, of but a few miles in 
 breadth, projecting into the Arctic Ocean, and formed apparently 
 by the force of the icebergs, which, running aground in the 
 shallow water, have forced up the loose soil thus. Lat. 71. 23. 
 N, Long. 156. 20. W. 
 
 BA'RROW'S STRAITS, the name now given to what was 
 called Lancaster Sound. They lead from Baffin's Bay to the 
 Arctic Ocean. Lat. about 74. N. 
 
 BA'RRY, s. in Heraldry, when an escutcheon is divided from 
 side to side, into an even number of portions, consisting of two 
 or more tinctures, interchangeably disposed, the number of pieces 
 being specified ; but if the divisions be odd, the field must be 
 first named, and the number of bars expressed. Barty-bendy, is 
 when an escutcheon is divided equally, by lines drawn trans- 
 versely and diagonally, interchangeably varying the tinctures by 
 which it consists. Barry-pily, is when an escutcheon is divided 
 by lines drawn obliquely from side to side, where they form 
 acute angles. 
 
 BA'RRY, JAMES, an eminent EngHsh painter, whose picture 
 of the Diagorides victors at Olympia, is so justly celebrated. During 
 the whole course of his life, whilst studying at Rome, as well as 
 whilst in England, he was engaged in disputes with other artists, 
 which not only imbittered his spirit, but prevented him from 
 enjoying the reward his art merited. He died in 1806, aged 65 
 years. 
 
 BA'RTAS, SIEUR GUILLAUME DU, a once famous poet of 
 France, whose celebrity rests now solely in the eminent names 
 of his admirers. His poems are in the style of Blackmore, im- 
 mortalized by Pope's Bathos. He was of some note as a soldier 
 and a politician, and was attached to the court of Henry IV. 
 He died of the wounds he received at the battle of Ivry, in 1590. 
 
 BA'RTER,«. in Commerce, the purchasing one commodity by 
 another, or exchanging one ware for another. In Arithmetic, 
 the rule for determining such exchanges. Synon. Barter is a 
 mercantile expression, and intimates the exchange of different 
 commodities by way of traffic. 
 
 To BA'RTEK, v. a. [baratte, Fr.] to exchange one thing for 
 another ; the original manner of carrying on all trade and com- 
 merce till the invention of money. 
 
 BA'RTERER, s. he that trades by exchanging one commodity 
 for another. 
 
 Barthe'lemy, Jean Jacques, the author of the well-known 
 Travels of Anarchasis the Younger. He was for the times pro- 
 foundly versed in the languages, manners, customs, history, 
 &c., of^the peoples of antiquity, and was a member of the French 
 Academy. The French Revolution deprived him of the resources 
 which the munificence of his patrons had given him. He was 
 arrested once, but released by Danton. He died in 1795, aged 
 89 years. 
 
 BARTHO'LOMEW, the name of one of the apostles, supposed 
 to be the same with Nathanael, of whose history nothing re- 
 mains but an uncertain tradition of his having journeyed into 
 India. St. Barthohjnew's day, is rendered notorious by the mas- 
 sacre of the French Huguenots in 1572, by the order of Charles 
 IX. ; and the ejection of the Nonconformist ministers in Eng- 
 land in 1662, for refusal to subscribe to the new edition of the 
 Book of Common Prayer. 
 
 BARTHO'LOMEW, ST., the name of one of the hospitals in 
 London, in Smithfield, a very valuable institution ; whose build- 
 ings, &c., are worthy of observation for their architecture, &c. 
 
 BARTHO'LOMEVV'S, ST., one of the smaller Carribbee Is- 
 lands ; being about 60 square miles in extent. It has one good 
 harbour, near the principal town, Gustavia. Its trade consists in 
 timber, limestone, and the products of the soil, which are those 
 common to the W. Indies. It belongs to Sweden, and its popu- 
 lation is under 10,000. ^ 
 
 Ba'rtoli, Daniele, the historian of the Jesuits, and author of 
 works on subjects connected with natural philosophy, and lan- 
 
 fuage; was admired as a preacher in his order. He died in 
 671, aged 77 years. 
 70 
 
 BAS 
 
 BARTOLO'ZZI, FRANCESCO, a much-admired engraver 
 during the last century. He worked in several places in Italy, 
 in England, and in Portugal. Some of the plates in Boydell's 
 Shakspeare which he engraved are well-known specimens of his 
 ability. He died in 1818, aged 88 years. 
 
 BA'RTON, s. [barton. Sax.] the demesne lands of a manor ; a 
 manor-house ; the fields, out-houses, &c. : a term in great use in 
 the west of England. 
 
 BA'RTON, ELIZABETH, was a servant at an inn in Kent, 
 subject to fits, which the Romanists thought could be turned to 
 advantage against the growing Reformation. She was therefore 
 received into a convent, and called the " Holy Maid of Kent." 
 Fisher and Sir Thomas More were deceived by her pretensions, 
 and sanctioned her exhibitions. Attempting prophecies, how- 
 ever, in matters too high for her, she drew on lieiself, and some 
 of her accomplices, the displeasure of Henry V^IIL, and was be- 
 headed in 1534, aged about 30 years. 
 
 BA'RTON, Lincolnshire. It is seated on the river Humbor, 
 where there is a considerable ferry to pass over into Yorkshire, 
 of great advantage to the town, which is a large, straggling place, 
 166 miles from London. Market, Monday. Pop. 3475. 
 
 BA'RUCH, a scribe, who assisted Jeremiah in his task of 
 teaching and warning the Jewish people. A book, not reckoned 
 canonical, containing historical records relating to the Jews dur- 
 ing the captivity, and some prophetical passages, exists. It is 
 found only in the Greek language, and is received only by the 
 Church of^Rome. 
 
 B A'RYTES, s. an alkaline earth , formed by the oxidation of 
 barium with air or water. Sulphate of barytes is very plentiful 
 in the Derbv'shire lead mines, where the workmen call it cauk. 
 
 BASA'LT, one of the rocks of igneous or volcanic origin, and 
 of very frequent occurrence, both in the form of veins or dykes, 
 cutting through the substance of other rocks, and in masses ly- 
 ing on their surface, as if extruded from beneath them. It is a 
 very close-gruined, hard rock, of a dark-brown colour, usually 
 composed of silica, alumina, and oxide of iron, with a small pro- 
 portion of some other earths. It very commonly assumes a co- 
 lumnar structure, of which Fingal's cave and the Giant's Cause- 
 way are familiar and beautiful instances. The whole mass of the 
 rock is composed of jointed, angular columns ; which, according 
 to Mr. G. Watts, are formed by a peculiar process during the 
 cooling of the rock in its state effusion. 
 
 BASE, a. [bas, Fr.] applied to actions, proceeding from ■ a 
 mean, narrow, abject, and sordid disposition. Applied to rank, 
 low, mean, and void of dignity. Applied to birth, descended 
 from mean parents. Applied to metals, counterfeit or adul- 
 terated. Applied to sounds, deep, grave. 
 
 BASE, s. [bas, Fr. basis, Lat.] in Architecture, the lower part 
 of a column or pedestal, being the same to a column as a shoe is 
 to a man. In Fortification, an imaginary line drawn from the 
 flanked angle of a bastion to that which is opposite to it. In 
 Geometry, the lower part of a figure ; in a triangle, it is properly 
 that side parallel to the horizon. In Anatomy, the broacfer or 
 upper part of the heart, to which the two auricles are fixed. Base 
 fee, is tenure in fee at the will of a lord. In Chemistry, the 
 earth, alkali, or metal which is combined with an acid to form 
 a salt. 
 
 ■ To BASE, V. a. [basier, Fr.] to lower the value of a thing by 
 mixtures ; to debase ; to adulterate. 
 
 BA'SELY, ad. meanly, dishonourably. In bastardy. 
 
 BA'SEMENT, s. [Fr.] in Architecture, the ground floor of a 
 building, the external appearance of which, both in temples, 
 churches, houses, &c., is contrived to give the impression of 
 strength and solidity. 
 
 BA'SENESS, 8. applied to actions, that which is void of gene- 
 rosity, magnanimity, or nobleness of soul, and proceeds from a 
 narrowness or meanness of spirit. Applied to metals, their want 
 of the standard value. Applied to birth, dishonourable, or ille- 
 gitimate. Applied to sound, low, grave. 
 
 BASE-VIOL, s. See Bass-viol. 
 
 To BASH, V. n. to be ashamed. 
 
 BASHAW, s. [Turk.] a Turkish governor of a province, city, 
 or district, who has two horse-tails carried before him. 
 
 BA'SHFUL, a. easily put out of countenance. 
 
 BA'SHFULLY, ad. in a timorous, sheepish manner. 
 
 BA'SHFULNESS, s. timorousness, fear, or sham^. 
 
 BASHKU'RS, the inhabitants of the province of Orenburg, 
 
B AS 
 
 lying on the Caspian Sea, between Tobolsk and AstrakhAn. 
 They are of Tatar origin, but have embraced Mohammedism, 
 and retain in dress ana manners traces of their ancestry. The 
 
 Erovince of Orenburg is fertile and rich in all manner of wealth ; 
 ut the people subsist partly by hunting, and partly as herds- 
 men. The gold mines are very productive. Tney are subjects 
 of the Russian empire. Althougn the winters are Siberian in 
 their character, in summer the heat is intense ; and the sirocco 
 is a frequent and a fatal visitant, especially on the E. border. 
 
 BA'SIL, Ba'slb, or Bale, the capital of the canton of Basil, in 
 Switzerland. It is a large, rich, populous city, with a bishop's 
 see, and a famous university. It is divided into two parts by the 
 river Rhine ; the largest of which is on the side of Switzerland, 
 and the least on that of Germany ; but they are joined together 
 by a handsome bridge. The cathedral is a very fine building, 
 and has two towers above 200 feet high. The town-house, and 
 fine paintings in fresco, (particularly one by Holbein, which re- 
 presents the passion of Christ,) are much admired by travellers. 
 The library contains a prodigious number of books, as well in 
 manuscript as printed ; and tnere is a rich collection of medals, 
 among which tnere are several exceedingly scarce. The manu- 
 facture of ribbons furnishes the chief support to the place. The 
 population is near 20,000. Long. 7. 31. E. Lat. 47. 40. N. 
 The canton lies amongst the Jura Mountains, and is watered by 
 the Rhine and the liirs. It is about 20 miles long, and 15 
 broad ; and produces wine and corn, and affords good pasturage 
 for cattle. The Hauenstein is almost 3000 feet high. 
 
 BA'SIL, (bdzil) s. the sloping edge of a carpenter's or joiner's 
 tool, which varies according to the work it is to do ; the skin of 
 a sheep tanned. In Botany, a plant scientifically called clino- 
 podiuin. 
 
 To BA'SIL, (bdzil) V. a. to grind away the edge of a tool to a 
 certain thickness or angle. 
 
 BA'SILIC, Basi'lical, a. in Anatomy, belonging or relating 
 to the basilical vein. 
 
 BASI'LICA, s. [basilike, Gr.] in Anatomy, the middle vein of 
 the arm ; so called by way of pre-eminence. 
 
 BASI'LICA, s. [Gr.] in Architecture, the name given to a class 
 of Roman public buildings, which were used as courts of justice, 
 and haJls of commerce; and were erected most commonly near 
 the fora of cities. They consisted of a long and lofty building, 
 with two lower buildings on its sides, divided from it by rows of 
 columns, and with galleries over them open to the central part. 
 The most complete specimen was discovered at Pompeii. In 
 Italy, modern buildings for similar purposes are similarly con- 
 structed, and called by the same name. The consecration of 
 many of those at Rome as churches, on the establishment of 
 Christianity there, led to the adoption of that form for churches 
 generally. 
 
 BASI'LICON, s. [Gr.] in Pharmacy, an ointment called Hke- 
 wise tetrapharmacon, from its being composed of four ingi-e- 
 dients, viz. resin, wax, pitch, and oil of olives ; by some, of Bur- 
 gundy pitch, turpentine, resin, and oil. 
 
 BA'SILISK, (bdzilisk) s, [basiliskos, Gr.] a fabulous serpent, 
 said to kill by its look ; also a species of lizard. 
 
 BASI'LIUS, ST., commonly called St. Basil, one of the Fathers 
 of the church in the fourth century. He was a learned man, and 
 had travelled much, and was appointed bishop of Caesarea on the 
 death of Eusebius. He resisted the Arians, and founded a mo- 
 nastic order, which was named after himself, and flourished in 
 the Eastern church. His works are voluminous. He died in 
 379, aged 50 years. 
 
 BA'SINGSTOKE, Hampshire. It is a corporate town, and is 
 seated on a small brook, 47 miles from London. Its chief trade 
 is in corn. Market, Wednesday. Pop. 4066. 
 
 BA'SIS, s. [basis, Lat.] the foundation, or that on which any 
 thing is established or supported. See Base. 
 
 To BASK, V. a. [backeren, Belg.] to warm by exposing to or ly- 
 ing in the heat of the sun.— k. n. to lie in a warm place. 
 
 BA'SKERVILLE, JOHN, a noted printer of the last century. 
 He greatly improved the form of the letters, and his Italic type is 
 particularly admired. He died in 1775, aged 50 years. 
 
 BA'SKET, «. \basged, Brit.] a vessel made with twigs, rushes, 
 &c., woven together. 
 
 BA'SKET-HILT, s. a hilt of a weapon so made as to contain 
 the whole hand, and defend it from being wounded. 
 
 BASNA'GE, a French family, many members of which have 
 
 BAS 
 
 attained to literary eminence. The most famous of which is 
 Jacques Basnage, who, in the 17th century, was a Protestant 
 clergyman at the Hague, and was engaged in several diplomatic 
 undertakings on behalf of France, being greatly confided in by 
 the government. He was intimate with most of the great scholars 
 of his day. His works are very numerous, and are chiefly on 
 theological objects. He died in 1723, aged 71 years. 
 
 BA'SON, Ba'sin, s. [basin, Fr.] a small vessel to hold water or 
 other liquors ; a hollow place which contains water ; a pond ; 
 a dock for repairing or building ships ; a concave piece of metal 
 made use orby opticians to grind their convex glasses in ; a 
 round shell, or case of iron, placed over a furnace, wherein hat- 
 ters mould their hats ; a tract of country surrounded by high 
 ground, in which is a lake, or a river which effects the drainage 
 of the whole. In Anatomy, a round cavity in the form of a tun- 
 nel, between the anterior ventricles of the brain, the pituitory 
 glands, and the veins. Basons of a balance are the same as scales, 
 one of which contains the weight, and the other the commodity 
 whose weight is required. 
 
 BASQUE PROVINCES, three provinces of Spain, Guipuscoa, 
 Alaya, and Biscay, usually included in the designation Biscay. 
 They lie on the Bay of Biscay, between Asturia and Navarre. 
 One branch of the Pyrenees runs through them, and supplies 
 them with many mines of copper, tin, iron, &c., and with quarries 
 of sandstone, marble, &c. The Ebro has its rise on the S. side 
 of these mountains, and waters Alaya ; on the N. side are a few 
 small streams only. They produce com, oil, and a common kind 
 of wine. The chief towns are Bilbao, San Sebastian, and Vit- 
 toria. The population is about 400,000. 
 
 BASQUE LANGUAGE, the dialect of the district lying about 
 the angle of the Bay of Biscay, partly in France, and partly in 
 Spain. It differs considerably both in its etymology and syntax 
 from the languages derived from the Roman, and from the 
 Celtic, and in many particulars is nearly related to the Semitic 
 dialects. 
 
 BASS, (pron. base, which way it is frequently spelt,) «. [basso, 
 Ital.] in Music, the lowest of all the parts, serving as a founda- 
 tion to the others. That part of a concert consisting of the 
 gravest, deepest, and most solemn sounds. Coimter-bass is the 
 second, when there are several in the same concert. Thorough- 
 bass, is that which proceeds without intermission from the begin- 
 ning to the end, and is the harmony made by bass instruments 
 playing both while the voices sing and other instruments per- 
 form, and also filhng the intervals when they stop ; the science 
 of harmony. Also a mat used in churches to kneel on, made of 
 rushes, in a cylindrical form, and stuffed with hay ; commonly 
 called a boss. 
 
 BASS' STRAITS, the arm of the sea dividing Van Diemen's 
 Land from New Holland, which is above 100 miles across ; and 
 is occupied at each end by groups of islands. 
 
 BASSA'NO, a town lying on the Brenta, in the Venetian ter- 
 ritory of Italy. There is a fine bridge over this river. It has a 
 considerable trade, exporting silk, woollen goods, leather, &c. 
 &c. It has a population of about 10,000, and is about 20 miles 
 from Padua. 
 
 BASSA'NO, a name assumed by two painters, born here, 
 whose proper name was II Ponte. The churches of their native 
 place, and of Vicenza, are adorned with their works ; and some 
 are known in England. They did not attain to a high degree of 
 excellence, except in a very few instances. They nourished in 
 the 16th century ; the father dying in 1592, and the son in 1591. 
 
 BA'SSET, s. [basset, Fr.] a game at cards. 
 
 BA'SSO, s. [Ital.] in Music, sometimes extended to the bass 
 universally, and at other times restrained to that only which is 
 sung. Basso concertato, the figure or thorough bass, going 
 through the whole piece, playing chords, or whatever can convey 
 harmony to the ear. Basso repieno, the bass of the grand chorus, 
 which is heard only or comes in at interval*, in order to make 
 the composition have a greater effect. 
 
 BASSOO'N, s. [basson, Fr.] in Music, a wind instrument, blown 
 with a reed, nine inches diameter at the bottom, with eleven 
 holes, stopped like those of a flute, dividing into two parts, and 
 used for the bass in concerts with hautboys. 
 
 BASSO'RA, or Ba'sra, a considerable town of Persia in the 
 province of Bagdad. It stands on the Sbat-el-Arab, which is 
 formed by the junction of the Euphrates and the Tigris, about 
 70 miles from the Persian Gulf. Large vessels can come quite 
 
 77 
 
BAT 
 
 up to the town, which is thus a sea-port of considerable import- 
 ance. It is the emporium for all the trade between Turkey and 
 India. Its population is about 60,000. Lat. 30. 25. N. Long. 
 47. 35. E. 
 
 BA'SSO-RELIE'VO, Bas-relie'f, «. [Ital.] in Sculpture, a 
 work the figures of which do not stand out much from the ground 
 or plane on which they are formed, as upon coins, medals, &c. 
 
 BASS-VI'OL, s. a musical instrument of the same form as the 
 violin, but much larger ; is played upon in the same manner, and 
 has the same number of strings and stops. 
 
 BA'STARD, s. [bastardd, Brit.] in Law, a person born of pa- 
 rents which have not been lawfully married, and cannot inherit 
 land as heir to his father. 
 
 To BA'STARD, r. a. to convict of getting a bastard ; to prove 
 a person not begotten in lawful wedlock. 
 
 To BASTARDI'ZE, v. a. to prove a person not begotten in 
 lawful marriage ; to get a bastard. 
 
 BA'STARDLY, ad. like a bastard ; in a degenerate, spurious 
 manner. 
 
 BA'STARDY, s. in Law, an unlawful state of birth, wherein 
 a person is produced from a couple not married, and is therefore 
 disabled from succeeding to an inheritance. 
 
 To BASTE, V. a. [bastonner, Fr.] to beat with a stick. In 
 Cookery, to moisten meat, while roasting, with butter or dripping. 
 Among sempstresses, from hosier, Fr. to stitch, to sew two sel- 
 vages together. 
 
 BA'STIA, a sea-port, the capital of Corsica, with a good har- 
 bour, but fit for small vessels only. At the entrance of the har- 
 bour is a singular rock, quite isolated, which, without any as- 
 sistance from art, bears a very close resemblance to a lion 
 couching, and raising its head. It is situated on the N. E. coast 
 of the island. Lat, 45. 36. N. Long. 9. 30. E. Its population is 
 about 10,000. 
 
 BASTFLE, a royal castle built by Charles V. in 1369, for the 
 defence of Paris, formerly used as a place of confinement for 
 state prisoners, but totally demolished bv the populace, at the 
 commencement of the Revolution, in 1789. 
 
 BASTINA'DE, Bastina'do, «. \bastonnade, Fr.] the act of 
 beating with a stick or cudgel ; the punishment inflicted by the 
 Turks, of beating the soles of a person's feet with a heavy piece 
 of wood, having a large knob or round head at the end. 
 
 To BASTINA'DE, Bastina'do, v. a. [bastonner, Fr.] to beat 
 with a stick or cudgel. 
 
 BA'STION, s. [basticm, Fr.] in Fortification, a large mass of 
 earth, faced with sods, seldom with brick or stone, standing out 
 from a rampart. 
 
 BA'STON, Batto'n, s. [Fr.] in Architecture, a mould at the 
 base of a column, called a tore. In Heraldry, a kind of bend not 
 reaching quite across the shield; a sign of bastardy, and ought 
 not to be removed till the third generation. 
 
 BAT, s. any large club ; particularly one flat on one side, used 
 in the game of cricket. In Natural History, a quadruped whose 
 extremities are expanded into membranaceous wings, which ap- 
 pears only in the evening. 
 
 BA'TABLE, a. in Law, applied to grounds whose property is 
 disputable. 
 
 BATA'VIA, a handsome, large, and very strong town, in a 
 district of the same name, in the island of Java ; the capital of 
 all the Dutch settlements and colonies in the East Indies. The 
 place is very beautiful, and built with white stone ; and they 
 nave canals in the principal streets, planted on each side with 
 evergreen trees. The fortifications are rendered very strong by 
 the nature of the ground, and the shallowness of the bay. It 
 has a handsome hospital and arsenal ; and all the goods brought 
 from other parts of the East Indies are laid up here till they are 
 exported to the places of their destination. The harbour is ex- 
 cellent, and lies on the N. E. part of the island, S. E. of Sumatra, 
 and N. W. of Borneo. The population is about 60,000, of whom 
 about 15,000 are Chinese. Long. 106. 50. E. Lat. 6. 10. S. 
 
 BATCH, *. the quantity of bread baked at one time. Any 
 quantity of a thing made at once, so as to have the same qualities. 
 
 BA'TCHELOR, s. See Bachelor. 
 
 BA'TCHELOR'S BUTTONS, s. in Botany, the common white 
 and red campion. 
 
 To BATE, V. a. [contracted from abate,} to lessen a demand or 
 lower the price of a commodity; to abstain or refrain from a 
 thing ; to except or take away. 
 78 
 
 BAT 
 
 BATEMENT, s. the lessening the quantity of stuff: used by 
 carpenters and mechanics, 
 BAT-FO'WLING, s. a method of catching birds in the night, 
 
 Practised by lighting straw, or carrying a lantern near the 
 ushes, which being beat with a stick, they fly towards the 
 light, and are caught in nets provided for that purpose. 
 
 BATH, s. [Sax.] a vessel or place containing hot or cold water, 
 in which the whole person may be bathed or washed. In Medi- 
 cine, the use of such a bathing is recommended for disorders of 
 the assimilative organs. There are at many places in England, 
 as well as in other countries, springs possessing medical pro- 
 perties, whose waters are used for bathing. In Chemistry, baths 
 are vessels for distillation, contrived to transmit heat gradually 
 and regularly. They are of two kinds, sand-baths and water- 
 baths. Sand-baths are vessels filled in part with dry sand, in 
 which those retorts are placed which require a greater heat than 
 can be given by boiling water. Water-baths are vessels of boil- 
 ing water, in which other vessels, containing the matters to be 
 distilled, are put, in order that the same heat may be kept up 
 throughout the whole of any particular process. Knu/hU of the 
 Bath, a military order in England, instituted by Richard II., who 
 limited their number to four ; but his successor, Henry IV., in- 
 creased them to forty-six. Their motto was tres in uno, signify- 
 ing the three theological virtues. This order received its deno- 
 mination from the custom of bathing before the ceremony of 
 creation. This order, after remaining many years extinct, was 
 revived under George I. 
 
 BATH, Somersetshire. This city, which is beautifully situated 
 on the river Avon, has been famous from the times of the Ro- 
 mans for its hot springs ; but it has not lately been so much re- 
 sorted to, owing to the more recent celebrity of other springs in 
 this country, and on the continent. It is built almost entirely 
 of stone, and laid out in squares, crescents, terraces, &c., which 
 rise above each other, from the Avon to the summit of the hill. 
 The abbey church, the general hospital, and the dispensary, are 
 fine buildings. Considerable manufactures of cloth and paper 
 are carried on near Bath. It is 107 miles from London. Mar- 
 ket, Saturday. Pop. 38,304. 
 
 BATH, a sea-port of Maine, United States, situated on the 
 west bank of the Kennebec river, 12 miles from the ocean, with 
 great advantages for navigation. It is one of the principal com- 
 mercial towns in Maine. Ship-building is the most extensive 
 business. Pop. 5141. 
 
 To BATHE, r. a. [hathian, Sax.] to wash in a bath ; to soften or 
 supple by the outward application of liquors ; to wash any thing. 
 
 BATH-KOL, s. [Heb. the daughter of the voice,'] a name whereby 
 the Jewish writers distinguish the revelation which God made of 
 his will to his chosen people, when, upon the death of Malachi, 
 all prophecies had ceased in Israel, 
 
 BATH-ME'TAL, s. mixed metal, otherwise called Prince's 
 Metal. 
 
 BATHURST, an English settlement at the mouth of the 
 Gambia, in W. Africa. It is a place of considerable trade, and 
 except during the rainy season not unhealthy. 
 
 BA'THURST, the chief town of a district of the same name 
 in New South Wales, on the Macquarrie river, 120 miles from 
 Sydney. The population of the district is under 5000. 
 
 BA'TING, prep, except. 
 
 BATTA'LIA, s, [battaglia, Ital.] the drawing up an army in 
 order of battle. 
 
 BATTA'LION, s. [battaillon, Fr.] a small body of infantrj' 
 drawn up in order of battle. A battalion seldom falls short of 
 700, or exceeds 1000 men. It is generally ranged in six ranks. 
 
 BA'TTAS, the name of a native tribe inhabiting the greater 
 part of the island of Sumatra. Their religion resembles that of 
 the Hindus, but in their language they resemble the Malays. 
 Cannibalism and slavery prevail amongst them. 
 
 BA'TTEN, 8. a name given by workmen to a long thin piece 
 of wood, of an inconsiderable breadth, seldom exceeding four 
 inches ; it is generally about an inch thick. 
 
 To BA'TTEN, v. n. [batten, Teut.] to glut or satiate oneself; 
 to grow fat, to live luxuriously. Applied to land, to make fruitful. 
 
 BA'TTER, s. in Cookery, a mixture of flour, eggs, and milk; 
 beaten together with some liquor. 
 
 To BA'TTER, v. a. [battre, Fr.] to beat, to beat down. Most 
 commonly applied to the battering of walls by engines, can- 
 non, &c. 
 
B AU 
 
 BATTERY, s. [batterie, Fr.] in Fortification, a place where 
 artillery is planted, in order to play upon the enemy. In Law, 
 the beating any person unjustly. In Electricity, a combination 
 of electrical or Leyden jars, arranged so as to enable an experi- 
 menter to use their accumulated force, being dischargeable by 
 one conductor. In Galvanism, a vessel containing a plate of 
 zinc and a plate of copper, with diluted acid, so connected that 
 an electrical current is generated for the purpose of exijeri- 
 ments, &c. 
 
 BA'Tl'LE, Sussex, so named from an abbey, called Battle Ab- 
 bey, erected on the spot where the decisive battle was fought 
 between Harold and William duke of Normandy, Oct. 14th , 1000. 
 The gate-house of the abbey (which was a stately pile, nearly a 
 mile in circumference) remains almost entire, and serves for the 
 sessions, and other public meetings. The town consists of one 
 good street, and has a harbour for barges, and a manufacture of 
 gunpowder. It is 57 miles from London. Market, Thursday, 
 for provisions, and every second Tuesday in the month for cattle, 
 corn, &c. Pop. 3039. 
 
 BA'TTLE, s. [battaille, Fr.] a fight between two numerous 
 bodies of men. Synon. The fight of two individuals is fre- 
 quently, but improperly, called a battle instead of a combat, for a 
 oattle supposes a number on both sides. We use the word battle 
 when speaking of the conflict between two armies. Engayement 
 is applied to the encounter between two fleets. 
 
 To BA'TTLE, v. a. [battailkr, Fr.] to engage in battle, or con- 
 tend in any manner whatever. 
 
 BA'TTLE-A.RRA'Y, s. arrangement or order of battle ; the 
 proper disposition of men in order to engage an enemy. 
 
 BA'TTlE-AXE, «. a weapon made use of in former times. 
 
 BA'TTLEDOOR, s. an instrument used to strike a shuttle- 
 cock ; it consists of a handle and broad blade. 
 
 BATTLEFIELD, Shropshire, 5 miles N. of Shrewsbury, where 
 a victory was gained by Henry IV. over the rebels under Henry 
 Percy, surnamed Hotspur. It is governed by a constable, and 
 has a large church, and one long street paved ; but no manufac- 
 tory. Pop. 04. 
 
 BATTLEMENTS, s. indentations in a wall, parapet, &c., to 
 look through, or to annoy an enemy. 
 
 BATTO'LOGY, s. \hatlos and le^o, Gr.] a tedious circumlocu- 
 tion, or the frequent repetition ot the same word without any 
 reason. 
 
 BATTON, s." in Merchandise, a name given to certain pieces 
 of wood or deal for flooring and other purposes. 
 
 BATTOO'N, s. [baton, Fr.] a truncheon or staff", borne by a 
 marshal as a mark of his dignity ; likewise, any short stick or 
 club. 
 
 BAVA'RIA, one of the German kingdoms, adjoining to Swit- 
 zerland and France. It is a mountainous country, and some 
 peaks of the Alps belonging to it exceed 9000 feet in height. Its 
 principal rivers are the Rhine, the Danube, the Main, theSaale, 
 and their tributaries. Lake Constance in part belongs to it, and 
 it has many other lakes. The forests are very extensive, but the 
 soil, so far as it is cultivated, is abundantly fertile. Iron, quick- 
 silver, and copper are found in abundance; and gold, silver, 
 lead, &c. more rarely. There are also coal mines, and mines of 
 black-lead, with salt-works, which are veiy productive. All 
 species of grain, flax, tobacco, the vine, hop, &c., &c., are grown 
 for consumption, and for trade. The climate and soil are favour- 
 able to the rearing of cattle, and wild animals, excepting game, 
 are fast disappearing. Its manufactures are inconsiderable, 
 but it has, by means of its great rivers, a very extensive trade, 
 exporting, besides natural productions, linen goods, beer, glass, 
 &c. Its capital is Munich, and its population is between 4 and 
 5,000,000, of which above 00,000 are Jews. 
 
 BA'VAROY, a kind of cloak or surtout. 
 
 BAU'BLE, s. [baubellum, barbarous Lat.] a play-thing; and 
 figuratively, any thing of a trifling, insignificant nature. 
 
 BAU'HIN, the name of two eminent French botanists of the 
 16th century. They were of great service to the science of 
 botany by their zeal in collecting, describing, and engraving 
 drawings of the plants of their country, and in gathering together 
 observations of other botanists. The elder brother, John, died 
 in 1013, aged 72 years, and Gaspard in 1024, aged 84. 
 
 BA'VIN, s. a sort of brush faggots, used by bakers to heat 
 their ovens, and by others for other uses; in war, they are used 
 to fill up ditches. 
 
 BAY 
 
 BAU'MGARTEN, ALEXANDER G., a German philosopher, 
 who harmonized the systems of Wolff and Leibnitz, and de- 
 veloped the principles of ^Esthetics. He died in 1757, aged 43 
 years. 
 
 BAWBEE', «. in Scotland, a halfpenny. 
 
 To BAWL, V. a. [balo, Lat.] to cry or speak any thing with a 
 loud voice. 
 
 BAW'SIN, s. in Natural History, a badger. 
 
 BAWTRY, or Beau'try, Yorkshire, W. R. It is seated on 
 the river Idle, near the borders of Nottinghamshire. Its chief 
 trade is the produce of the neighbourhood, and the mile stones 
 and grind stones manufactured in the town, which are conveyed 
 to Hull by the canal joining the Don and the Ouse. It is 150 
 miles from London. Market, Wednesday. Pop. 1083. 
 
 BA'XTER, RICHARD, one of the best known of the noncon- 
 formist ministers of the 17th century. His first step in active 
 life was an attempt to gain favour by playing the courtier to 
 Charles I. Disgusted with his experience at Whitehall, and 
 deeply moved by religious impressions, he became a preacher 
 ana minister. During the wars he was engaged as chaplain in 
 the parliament's army, and by his influence much mitigated its 
 polemic spirit. At the Restoration he was one who suff'ered 
 through the Act of Uniformity and its companion Acts of op- 
 pressive tyranny. He was fined and imprisoned by the infamous 
 Judge Jeffries ; but lived till 1091, when toleration was estab- 
 lished. He was 70 years old when he died. He wrote very 
 many works, of which the History of his Times, his Method of 
 Theology, and Saints' Everlasting Rest, are the most widely 
 known. 
 
 BAXTE'RIANISM, a name given by Calvinists to that system 
 of theology taught by Baxter, and which seeks to reconcile Cal- 
 vinism and Arminianism, by harmonizing some parts of these 
 schemes and rejecting other parts. 
 
 BAY, s. \badius, Lat, haye, Belg.] applied to the colour of a 
 horse, is that which inclines to red, and approaches near to a 
 chesnut. The light and gilded bays have a greater cast of the 
 yellow; the dun, scarlet, and bloody bay, a greater mixture of 
 red; and the chesnut bay, that which resembles the colour of a 
 chesnut. In Geography, a part of the sea which runs into the 
 land, and is broader in the middle than at its first entrance, 
 called the mouth. A stag is said to be at bay when he turns round 
 to defend himself with his horns against the dogs which have 
 chased him ; and hence, figuratively, this term is employed to 
 signify the state of one surrounded by enemies, who cannot be 
 escaped, and against whom active opposition alone is of avail. 
 In Architecture, used to signify the largeness of a building; thus 
 a barn, which has a floor and two heads, is called a barn and two 
 bays. In Botany, the laurus, a kind of evergreen, which used to 
 be formed into wreaths, as a reward for poets, &c. Hence it is 
 used as a token of honour, and a mark of merit. 
 
 To BAY, V. a. [abboyer, Fr.] to bark at ; to surround, in the 
 same manner as hounds do their prey. 
 
 BAY-SALT, s. salt made of sea-water, which receives its con- 
 sistence from the heat of the sun, and is so called from its brown 
 colour. 
 
 BAY-WINDOW, s. a window which swells or projects out- 
 wards. 
 
 BA'YARD, «. a horse of a bay colour: originally, a horse's 
 name derived from a celebrated French knight. 
 
 BA'YARD, the Chevalier, celebrated as the faultless mirrour of 
 knighthood. Under Charles VIII. , Louis XII., and Francis I., 
 he served with great distinction, at the famed Battle of Spurs, 
 saving the French army by his skill and resolution. He fell in 
 an engagement with the forces of the emperor Charles V., at the 
 Sesia, in 1-524, aged 50 years. 
 
 BAYEU'X, a town near the north coast of France, 150 miles 
 from Paris, on a stream named Aure. The cathedral is very old, 
 and its architecture and style of ornament are of the Norman 
 period. In it has been preserved an ancient piece of tapestry, 
 said to have been worked by Matilda, the queen of William the 
 Conqueror. It represents the Norman account of the conquest 
 of England. The town is not of so much consequence as it was, 
 but great quantities of lace are still manufactured here. The 
 population is about 10,000. 
 
 BAYLE, PETER, the celebrated author of the Historical and 
 Critical Dictionary. He was the son of a Protestant minister, 
 but whilst studying at a Romanist college at Toulouse, he em- 
 
 79 
 
BEA 
 
 braced Romanism. In the following year he renounced it, and 
 though during the rest of his life outwardly a Protestant, his 
 writings show a sceptical spirit respecting all religion. He was 
 for some years a Professor at Sedan, and afterwards he occupied 
 the philosophical chair at Rotterdam. He died in 1700, aged 60 
 years. His controversy with his friend Jurieu, and that which 
 arose respecting his Dictionary, gave rise to many of his writ- 
 ings, which have stamped him as a lover of polemics. Fondness 
 for paradox was the root of his most serious errors. 
 
 BA'YONET, s. [bayonette, Fr.] a short, broad dagger made 
 lancet-fashion, with a round hollow iron handle, which goes 
 over the muzzle of a musket, and fixes it to it. 
 
 BAYO'NNE, a large commercial city in the department of 
 the Basses Pyrenees, France. It stands on the confluence of the 
 rivers Nieve and Adour, not far from the Bay of Biscay. It is 
 very strongly fortified, and both the streets and public buildings 
 are handsomely built. It is noted for hams and chocolate, and 
 its export trade consists chiefly of masts brought from the Pyre- 
 nees by the rivers. It is 525 miles from Pans. Its population 
 is about 18,000. Lat. 43. 30. N. Long. 1. 30. W. 
 
 BA'Y-YARN, s. yarn proper for making baize. 
 
 BAZA'AR, s. [Pers.] the name of the buildings used in the 
 East for trade ; appropriated in this country to buildings divided 
 into stalls, which are used as retail shops. 
 
 BAZA'S, a small city in the dept. of Gironde, France. It was 
 once a bishop's see, and its cathedral is still admired. It is 409 
 miles from Paris. Its population is about 3000. 
 
 BDE'LLIUM, (in pronunciation the b is generally dropped,) s. 
 [bdellion, Gr.] a gum-resin, somewhat resembling myrrh in appear- 
 ance, brought from the Levant ; it is met with in single drops of 
 an irregular size, some of which are as large as a hazel-nut. Its 
 colour IS dusky, and its taste bitterish. The bdellium of the an- 
 cients is thought to have been of mineral origin. 
 
 To BE, V. n. [beon. Sax.] to exist. It is used also as a relational 
 verb, or as the copula in simple sentences. In English the pas- 
 sive form of all verbs is made by the use of this verb with their 
 past participles. 
 
 BE, in Grammar, a verbal prefix, indicating, when used with 
 verbs, the greater completeness of the action signified ; — when 
 used with nouns, that tne thing signified by them is turned into 
 action. 
 
 BEACH, s. that part of the sea-shore which is washed by its 
 waves. 
 
 BE' ACHED, a. that is exposed to the sea waves. 
 
 BE' ACHY, a. that abounds in beaches. 
 
 BE' ACHY-HEAD, a promontory on the coast of Sussex, be- 
 tween Hastings and Shoreham, with a telegraph and lighthouse 
 on it. Lat. 50. 44. N. Long. 0. 15. E. 
 
 BE'ACON, s. {beacon. Sax.] a signal, or combustibles raised on 
 an eminence, to be fired as the signal of an enemy's approach ; 
 a signal or mark erected at sea, for the security of vessels. 
 
 BE'ACONAGE, s. a tax paid for the use and maintenance of 
 a beacon. 
 
 BE^ACONSFIELD, Bucks. It stands on an eminence on the 
 old high-road between London and Oxford, and derived great 
 advantage formerly from its position. Edmund Burke is buried 
 here. 23 miles from London. Market, Wednesday. Pop. 1732. 
 
 BEAD, s, [beade. Sax.] a small round piece of glass or other 
 substance, moving on a string which runs through it, used by 
 those of the Romish Church to count their sins and prayers. 
 Likewise used as ornaments for women, and worn round their 
 necks in necklaces. In Architecture, a round moulding, or 
 astragal, carved so as to resemble a necklace. 
 
 BIJADLE, s. [bt/del, Sax.] a public crier, herald, or messenger. 
 In Law, one who cites people to appear at a court, one whose 
 office is to punish or apprehend strollers, vagrants, and petty 
 oflTenders in a parish. At the university, one who walks before 
 the masters in public processions. Squire beadles are those that 
 attend peculiarly on the vice-chancellors, give notice of convo- 
 cations at each college, and are generally Masters of Arts. 
 
 BE'ADPROOF, s. among distillers, a fallacious way of deter- 
 mining the strength of their spirits, from the continuance of the 
 bubbles or beads raised by shaking a small quantity of the spirit 
 in a phial. 
 
 BE'ADROLL, s. a list or catalogue of a certain number of 
 prayers for souls of the dead, which are generally counted by 
 the members of the Romish Church on their beads. 
 
 BEA 
 
 BE'ADSMAN, ». one who devotes himself entirely to prayer , 
 one who undertakes or professes to pray for another. 
 
 BE'AGLE, s. [bigle, Fr.] in Natural History, an English hound, 
 or hunting dog, of a small size, known by its deep bark, and 
 used in hunting hares. 
 
 BEA'K, s. Ibec, Fr.] the bill of a bird, or any thing which re- 
 sembles it. 
 
 BE'AKED, a. sharp-pointed, resembling the beak of a bird. 
 
 BE'AKER, s. a cup or glass with a spout. 
 
 BE'AL, s. a pimple, or any eruption in the skin, which rises 
 or protuberates beyond it. 
 
 BEALT, Bealth, or Bulith, Brecknockshire, South Wales. 
 It is pleasantly seated on the river Wye, and its inhabitants have 
 a trade in stockings. It is 171 miles from London. Market, 
 Monday for cattle, Saturday for provisions. Pop. 120.3. 
 
 BEAM, s. [Sax.] in building, a large piece of wood lying across 
 the walls of a building, supporting the principal rafters of the 
 roof. Applied to a balance, that piece of iron, &c., which sup- 
 ports the scales. Among weavers, a cylindrical piece of wood, 
 placed lengthways on the back part of the loom, on which the 
 threads of the warp are rolled, and unrolled as the work ad- 
 vances ; likewise the cylinder, or round piece of wood, on which 
 the stuff is rolled as it is weaved, placed on the forepart of the 
 loom. A ray of light emitted from any luminous body. Applied 
 to an anchor, the straight part or shank. 
 
 To BEAM, V. n. to emit or dart rays. 
 
 BE'AMINSTER, Be'minster, or Be'mster, Dorsetshire. It is 
 a pretty place, seated on the river Bert, 137 miles from London. 
 Market, Thursday. Pop. 3270. 
 
 BE'AMY, a. that darts rays ; shining, radiant. 
 
 BEAN,s. [6ean, Sax.] in Botany, a common genus of legumin- 
 ous plants, used very extensively as an article of food. 
 
 To BEAR, V. a. \beoran, beran, Sax.] primarily, to support, 
 stand under, or carry ; to sustain, or keep from falling ; to en- 
 dure, permit, or suffer without resentment ; applied to name, to 
 go by that name ; joined vi'\t\i price, to sell at a certain price, to 
 nave a particular value ; followed by do'ivn, to overcome, or carry 
 along with one ; by off, to carry away by force ; by out, to sup- 
 port or maintain any particular opinion advanced; by upon, to 
 stand firm, to be related to. To bear a head, in Distilleiy, &c., 
 when a liquor shows its quality by a persistent froth when snaken. 
 To bear a hand, colloquially, to render assistance readily. To 
 bear a body, in Painting, used of colours capable of being well 
 ground down, and mixing intimately with oil, so as to be opaque, 
 and not show any other colours through them. To produce, to 
 bring forth young ; to produce fruit. 
 
 BEAK, s. [Sax.] in Natural Historr, the name of a genus of 
 flesh-eating quadrupeds, distinguishea by their feet, which have 
 soles like man's feet. They have six cutting teeth in each jaw, 
 and their claws are strong and hooked. Some species may be 
 taught various tricks, but their ferocity has seldom been wholly 
 subdued. The common black bear is a native of Europe, and 
 was formerly a native of England also. Both Asia and America 
 have many peculiar species, especially the former. In the north- 
 ern regions of America and the old continent lives the white 
 bear, which is larger than any other kind. It lives and feeds on 
 seals, &c., on the great fields of ice which cover the Arctic Ocean, 
 and is frequently found floating on detached pieces of ice, very 
 many miles from land. In Astronomy, the name of two constel- 
 lations, called the Greater and the Lesser, in the N. hemisphere. 
 The last star in the tail of the Lesser Bear is called the Pole Star, 
 because it lies but a little distance from the imaginary point in 
 the heavens called the N. Pole. The Great 5ear Lake is a lake 
 of N. America lying near the Arctic Circle. The length of it is 
 about 150 miles, and its depth is very great. 
 
 BEAR-A'LSTON, Devonshire. Tne name of a former market 
 town and borough, in the parish of Beer-Ferris. It is beautifully 
 situated by the Tamar ; and was formerly rendered more valu- 
 able by a silver mine, which is not workea now. It has lost all 
 its importance since its disfranchisement. It is 212 miles from 
 London. Pop. of the whole parish, 2142. 
 
 BEARD, s. [beard. Sax.] the hair which grows on the cheeks, 
 lips, and chin of most varieties of the human species, respecting 
 the wearing and adornment of which, the most remarkable and 
 diverse customs have prevailed in different ages and nations. 
 It is cultivated with religious care amongst the Mohammedans ; 
 but amongst civilized nations of the present day, i worn only 
 
BE A 
 
 by soldiers and fops :— the Chinese wear false beards rather than 
 appear destitute of this appendage. Applied to vegetables, it 
 signifies the awns of ears of coin. In an arrow, it is the barb of 
 the head. In Astronomy, the tail of a comet is sometimes called 
 its heard. 
 
 To BEARU, V. a. to take a person by the beard, including the 
 idea of strength and contempt in the agent. 
 
 BE'ARDED, a. an epithet applied to a person that has a 
 beard. Applied to vegetables, that has long awns like those 
 growing on the ears of barley. Applied to instruments, that is 
 forked like a fish-hook, not easily to be pulled out ; jagged. 
 
 BE'AllDLESS, a. without a -beard. Figuratively, young, or 
 not arrived at the state of manhood. 
 
 BEA'RER, s. one who carries or conveys a thing from one to 
 another ; one who supports, or sustains, applied to dignity ; that 
 which produces or yields fruit, applied to vegetables. 
 
 BEA'R-GARDEN, s. a place wherein bears were formerly 
 kept for diversion. Figuratively, any place where low diversions 
 are exhibited, and tumult and confusion are customary. 
 
 BEA'RING, s. the act of supporting a weight ; the carrying a 
 burthen. In Geography, and Navigation, the situation of one 
 place in respect of another, with regard to the points of the com- 
 pass. In sea language, when a ship sails towards the shore be- 
 fore the wind, she is said to bear in with the land or harbour. 
 To let the ship sail more before the wind, is to bear up. To put 
 her right before the wind, is to bear round. A ship that keeps off 
 from the land, is said to bear off. When a ship to the windward 
 comes under another ship's stern, and so gives her the wind, she 
 is said to bear under her lee. 
 
 BE'ARN, one of the ancient provinces of France, lyings on the 
 Pyrenees. On account of its mountainous character, wine, and 
 the usual mineral products of such districts, were its natural 
 wealth. The people, who were of Basque origin, were distin- 
 guished bv their vivacity and simplicity. Pau, its capital, was 
 the birthplace of Henry IV. of France. • 
 
 BEA'RS-FOOT, s. in Botany, a plant, called also the stinking 
 hellebore. 
 
 BEAST, s. [beste, Fr.] an animal not endued with reason ; 
 generally applied to quadrupeds. Figuratively, a person who 
 acts inconsistently with the character of a rational creature. 
 
 BE'ASTLINESS, s. that which is unworthy of a man ; that 
 which is indecent and disgustful. 
 
 BE'ASTLY, a. that resembles a beast, either in its form, or 
 other of its peculiar qualities. 
 
 To BEAT, V. a. preter. beat, part. pass, beat or beaten ; [battre, 
 Fr.] to strike a person ; to pound, to reduce to powder ; to forge ; 
 to subdue, overcome, or vanquish ; to mix together by violent 
 stirring. Used with the particle down, to lessen the price. Used 
 with brains or head, to apply one's thought to a difficult subject. 
 "Jobeat his brains about things impossible," Hayw. " Waste 
 his time, and beat his liead about the Latin Grammar," Locke. 
 Used with up, it signifies to sail against the wind by tacking ; 
 and to raise recruits for an army.— u. n. applied to the throbbing 
 of the heart and arteries, to pulsate. Synon. In order to beat, 
 we must redouble the blows; but to strike, we give only one. 
 We are never beaten without being struck ; but we are often struck 
 without being beaten. 
 
 BEAT, 8. a stroke ; the sound made by a drum, when struck 
 hy the sticks ; the stroke or throb of the pulse or hektt ; a di- 
 vision of a bar, in music. 
 
 BE'ATER, s. an instrument by which blows or strokes are 
 given ; a pestle. 
 
 BEATFFIC, Beati'fical, a. \beatijlcus, Lat.] that can render 
 • a person completely happy. An epithet use"d by divines for the 
 bliss of heaven. 
 
 BEATI'FICALLY, ad. in such a manner as to make a person 
 perfectly happy. 
 
 BEATIFICATION, s. in the Romish Church, an acknowledg- 
 ment that a person is in heaven, and may be esteemed as bless- 
 ed ; but not allowed the honours of saints, conferred by canon- 
 ization. 
 
 To BEATIFY, V. a. \beatiJieo, Lat.] to make perfectly happy; 
 to bless with a place in the heavenly mansions. 
 
 BE'ATING, 8. a punishment inflicted with blows. 
 
 BEATITUDE, s. [beatitudo, Lat.] in Divinity, a state of per- 
 fect happiness, free from defect or interruption, applied to that of 
 the deceased saints and angels in heaven. 
 
 BEA 
 
 BEATON, DAVID, Archbishop of St. Andrews, Scotland, 
 \yhose cruelty in persecuting the adherents of the Reformed re- 
 ligion, has rendered his name infamous in that countrj'. He was 
 made a cardinal and legate by Pope Paul III, ; and on the death 
 of James V., after being defeated in a plot to obtain the govern- 
 ment of the kingdom, was appointed lord chancellor, in which 
 office he made his name terrible and hateful to all. He was as- 
 sassinated in 1546, in his 52nd year. 
 
 BEATS, 8. in Clock or Watch work, the strokes made by the 
 pallets of the spindle of the balance. In Music, pulsations ob- 
 served in the sound produced by two strings or pipes, not in 
 perfect tune with each other. The intervals of these beats are 
 the guide in tuning instruments. 
 
 BE'ATTIE, DR. JAMES, a well-known Scotch poet, and 
 writer on metaphysical subjects. He was one of the antagonists 
 of Hume, and created some stir in the controversy by his £ssay 
 on Truth, which is little read now. His other philosophical works 
 are marked by clearness and elegance, but are possessed of no 
 depth, nor originality; they are mostly the tectures which he 
 delivered from the chair of moral ph ilosophy, at Marischal col- 
 lege, Aberdeen. Of his poems, the Minstrel is still deservedly 
 admired, the minor poems are poor. He died in 1803, aged 67 
 years. 
 
 BEAU, (bo) s. plural beaux, [Fr.] an effeminate person of the 
 male sex, who is passionately fond of dress. 
 
 BEAUCAI'RE, an ancient town in the department of Gard, 
 Fiance, lying on the Rhone. It is pleasantly situated, and has 
 great advantages from its position for trade, but it is not well 
 built. It is most celebrated for its great yearly fair, held for a 
 week at the end of July, to which merchants and traders from all 
 Europe come. It is well arranged, almost all the wares of each 
 particular kind being exhibitea in one street or spot. The usual 
 nuisances of such gatherings abound, and in addition, the ex- 
 citement is so strong that the town remains in a state of stag- 
 nant inaction, without the commonest conveniences of trade, till 
 the next year's fair. Lat. 43. 48. N. Long. 4. 36. E. The 
 population is under 10,000. 
 
 BEAU'DESERT, or Be'ldeseet, Warwickshire. Market, 
 Monday. Pop. 205. 
 
 BE' AVER, 8. [bievre, Fr.] in Natural History, an animal con- 
 nected with the rat tribe, whose social habits, and extraordinarj' 
 sagacity and skill in constructing its dwellings, are well known. 
 It is a native of North America, and of the central parts of the 
 continent of Europe. Its hair is either brown, white, or black ; 
 that on the belly is a very fine down, about an inch long, and is 
 used for hats. Its tail resembles that of a fish more than any 
 land animal, serves it instead of a trowel in building, and of a 
 rudder in swimming; and its teeth serve either as a saw or 
 chisel. 
 
 BEAUFET, Bu'ffet, Bu'fet, s. anciently a little apartment 
 separated from the rest of the room by slender wooden columns, 
 for the disposing china and glass ware, &c., called also a cabinet. 
 It is now properly a large table in a dining-room, called also a 
 side-board. 
 
 BEAUFO'RT, cardinal, a great party leader during the 
 reign of the imbecile Henry VI. He was son of John of Gaunt, 
 and succeeded William of Wykeham in the see of Winchester. 
 He was one of the regents appointed by Henry V. for his son, 
 and was opposed to the Duke of Gloucester ; after various suc- 
 cessfifl schemes against him, he felt his power departing, and 
 Gloucester was arrested and put to death in prison. Beaufort 
 died a few weeks afterwards, m 1447, aged about 80 years. 
 
 BEAUHARNO'lS, the name of a noble of France, who espoused 
 the popular cause at the Revolution, and served honourably 
 under Dumouriez, but was beheaded in 1794. His widow, Jo- 
 sephine, was married in 1796 to Napoleon Buonaparte, and in 
 1804 was crowned as his empress, but divorced in 1810, when 
 he entertained the scheme for consolidating his power by alliance 
 with Austria. His children were treated with great affection by 
 Napoleon ; Eugene being adopted by him, and after having 
 served with distinction under him, made viceroy of the kingdom 
 of Italy. He died in 1824, aged 45 years. 
 
 BEAU'ISH, {bo-ish) a. resembling a beau ; effeminately nice ; 
 
 "Wea'uMARCHA'IS, PIERRE AUGUSTE CARRON DE, a 
 
 play-writer, who, just before the Revolution of France, produced 
 Tlie Marriage of Figaro, and The Barber of Seville, which en- 
 
joyed unbounded popularity. He was forced to fly the country 
 shortly after because of the failure of some speculations for sup- 
 plying the city of Paris with arms, &c., and did not return till 
 the end of the reign of terror. He was originally a watchmaker. 
 He died in 1799, aged 67 years. 
 
 BEAUMA'RIS, Anglesea, North Wales. It stands on the 
 Menai Straits, and was fortified with a castle by Edward I. The 
 castle, the chapel dedicated to St. Mary, and the town-hall, are 
 fine buildings. It lies on the road from Chester to Holyhead, 
 and was formerly a place of good trade by means of its excellent 
 harbour. Here is plenty of corn, butter, and cheese. It is 254 
 miles from London. Pop. 2299. 
 
 BEAUMO'NT, FRANCIS, one of the most famous of the an- 
 cient dramatists of England. In his works his name is always 
 associated with that of Fletcher, who was his most intimate 
 friend, and who was joined with him in writing those plays. 
 They display great poetic and dramatic power, but the licentious- 
 ness of the times has so thoroughly infected their writings, that 
 though they were deemed paragons of purity by their contempo- 
 raries, they could not be read generally now. Beaumont was 
 trained for the law ; and he died in 1615, aged 29 years. 
 
 BEAUNE, a large town in the dept. of Cote d'Or, in France. 
 It is 206 miles from Paris. The country round it produces good 
 wine, and there are manufactures of common woollen goods, 
 cutlery, &c. The Dukes of Burgundy formerly held their courts 
 here ; and the ruins of their castle yet remain. The population 
 is about 10,000. 
 
 BEAUTEOUS, {be&teous) a. that is formed with so much 
 elegance and symmetry, as to raise an agreeable sensation in 
 the mind. 
 
 BEAU'TEOUSLY, (beuteousty) ad. in such a manner as to con- 
 vey the idea of beauty. 
 
 BEAUTIFUL, {beutiful) a. that has all the symmetry of parts 
 necessary to convey the idea of beauty, applied both to persons 
 .and things. 
 
 To BEAUTIFY, (beutify) v. a. to recommend any thing to the 
 love or approbation of a person, by heightening or increasing 
 its charms. , 
 
 BEAUTY, (heuty) s. [beaute, Fr.] a certain peculiarity of colour 
 or figure, which raises delight and approbation in the beholder. 
 Figuratively, applied to music, painting, architecture, statuary, 
 and literary compositions, implying excellence in the object, 
 capable of raising delight in the mind. A person blessed with 
 all that symmetry of features, &c., that raise delight in the mind 
 of a beholder, and extort approbation by its excellences. Synon. 
 By a handsome woman, we understand one that is graceful and 
 well shaped, with a regular disposition of features ; by a pretty, 
 we mean one that is delicately made, and whose features are so 
 formed as to please; by a beautiful, a union of both. When ap- 
 plied to other things, beautiful relates to something more serious 
 and engaging ; pretty, to somewhat more gay and diverting ; 
 this is the reason why we say a beautiful tragedy, but a pretty 
 comedy. 
 
 BEAUTY-SPOT, (beuty-spot) s. something artfully made use 
 of to heighten the charms of a person; a patch. 
 
 BEAUVA'IS, a city in the dept. of Oise, in France. It is 
 seated on the river Thesin, 42 miles from Paris. It has manu- 
 factures both of woollen and of linen goods, and of other articles. 
 The cathedral and the church of St. Stephen are fine buildings. 
 Before the Revolution it abounded in religious houses, and was 
 the capital of the district named Beauvaisis. Its population is 
 nearly 15,000. 
 
 To BECA'LM, v. a. to reduce a storm or tempestuous com- 
 motion of the elements to rest and quietness. Figuratively, to 
 pacify the turbulent passions that disturb the mincf. 
 
 BECAFl'CO, s. [Sax.] in Ornithology, a bird allied to the 
 nightingale, feeding on figs and grapes, which sings very sweet- 
 ly, and visits England in the summer; a fig-pecker. 
 
 BECAU'SE, conj. [be. Sax. and cause,'} used to imply a reason, 
 or cause of an assertion or truth which comes before it. 
 
 BE'CCLES, Suffolk. It is a large town with a handsome 
 church, and a tall steeple, seated on an eminence, some distance 
 from the church ; 109 miles from London. Pop. 4086. 
 
 BECK, an external sign, generally such as is made with the 
 hand ; also a small stream of water. Hence the term Hellbecks, 
 which are little brooks in tht rough and wild mountains about 
 Richmond near Lancashire. 
 82 
 
 BED 
 
 Be'cket, St. Thomas a, archbishop of Canterbury in the reign 
 of Henry II., and chancellor of England. According to old tales, 
 his mother was a Turkish princess, who fell in love with his 
 father whilst a prisoner in ner father's keeping, and followed 
 him after his release to London, and married him. Thomas was 
 an accomplished, courageous, magnificently disposed man, the 
 companion and brother-in-arms to the king. When Henry, 
 after having effected many wise reforms in the country, desired 
 to reform the church, he appointed Becket to the see of Canter- 
 bury, who instantly devoted himself with all his energy to the 
 interests of the church, and to the acquisition of a reputation for 
 sanctity. After a long and fluctuating contest with Henry, 
 during which Becket made himself popular amongst the lower 
 orders, who were almost in a state of slavery, in 1170, four 
 knights in Henry's train, overhearing some hasty expressions 
 respecting Becket, went to Canterbury and assassinated him at 
 the high altar, in about his 57th year. He was canonized by 
 Pope Alexander III., and people "believed that miracles were 
 wrought at his tomb. 
 
 BE'CKFORD, WILLIAM, author of the beautiful tale called 
 Vathek, was one of the richest commoners of England at the 
 beginning of the present century, and amassed a most extraor- 
 dinary collection of paintings, books, works of art, and curiosi- 
 ties of all descriptions. He died in 1844, aged 82 years. 
 
 To BE'CKON, V. a. to make signs to a person to approach or 
 come to one. 
 
 To BECO'ME, V. n. [pret. I became, comp. pret. I have become,'] 
 to be made ; to grow ; to alter or change from one state to an- 
 other. Used with of, to happen, to fall out, to be the end of. 
 
 To BECO'ME, V. a. applied to persons, to appear worthy of, 
 to adorn, or grace. Applied to things, to suit ; to be proper for ; 
 to agree, or be so adapted to the circumstances of a pferson as to 
 be graceful. 
 
 BECO'MING, part, that acquires a grace from its suitableness 
 or propriety. 
 
 BECO'MINGLY, ad. in such a manner as to suit the circum- 
 stances, rank, and character of a person. 
 
 BED, s. [bed. Sax.] a place designed for a person to sleep or 
 lie on, made of a sacking covering, stuffed with feathers, flock, 
 &c. Figuratively, lodging ; marriage. In Gardening, a piece of 
 made ground, enriched with dung, &c., for raising plants and 
 other vegetables ; the channel of any river. In Geology, a range 
 or layer of earth or mineral substance, a stratum. To be brought 
 to bed of a son, to be delivered of, &c. To 7nake a bed, to shake it, 
 lay the clothes smooth, and make it fit to be lain on. Bed, in 
 Gunnery, a solid piece of oak, hollowed in the middle, to receive 
 the breech and half the trunnions. Hydrostatic bed, an inge- 
 nious and most serviceable invention of Dr. Arnott, consisting of 
 a trough of water, on which floats a sheet of india-rubber cloth, 
 upon which a mattrass or bed can be laid. The surface of the 
 water yielding to every impression, and the property of fluids 
 being to receive equally throughout whatever pressure is exerted 
 on them, this is the most comfortable bed for an invalid, the 
 weariness and soreness of lying being wholly prevented. Bed of 
 Justice, the name by which those meetings of the parlements of 
 France used to be called, at which the king attended in person 
 for the purpose of having his edicts enrolled, in order to their 
 becoming law. At the Revolution, which commenced on the oc- 
 casion of one of these beds of justice, parlements and edicts and 
 royal sessions were swept away. 
 
 To BED, V. a. to place in a bed ; to go to bed. Neuterly, to 
 cohabit. 
 
 To BEDA'BBLE, v. a. to wet, so as to occasion inconvenience 
 or uneasiness. 
 
 To BEDA'GGLE, v. a. to daub, dirt, or splash the bottom of a 
 garment, by walking carelessly in wet weather, and not hold- 
 ing it up. 
 
 BE'DAL, Yorkshire, N. R., 220 miles from London. The 
 Roman causeway, leading from Richmond to Barnard's Castle, 
 which for 20 miles together is called Leeming Lane, passes 
 through this place. All the adjacent country is full of jockeys 
 and horse-dealers, here being some of the best hunting and road 
 horses in the world. Market, Tuesday. Pop. 2803. 
 
 To BEDA'SH, i>. a. to wet a person with water by beating it 
 with a stick, or casting a stone in for that purpose. 
 
 To BEDAU'B, v. a. to cover a thing with dirt. Figuratively, 
 to apply or lay on paint in a rough and ignorant manner. 
 
f 
 
 

BED 
 
 To BEDA'ZZLE, t-. a. to overpower the sight by too much 
 brightness or lustre. 
 
 BE'DCHAMBER, s. a room furnislied with a bed, and set 
 apart for sleeping in. Lords of the bedchamber, are twelve of the 
 first rank, who attend in their turns one week in the king's bed- 
 chamber, lying on a pallet-bed all night, and waiting on him 
 whenever he eats in private. The first of them is called the 
 groom of the stole, but he attends upon the king only on great 
 state occasions. 
 
 BE'DCLOTHES, s. the blankets, quilt, coverlid, &c., which 
 are spread over a bed. 
 
 BE'DDING, s. \bedinge. Sax.] the bed, blankets, quilt, coverlid, 
 &c., which are on a bedstead. 
 
 BEDE, called the Venerable, an English ecclesiastic of the 
 eighth century. He devoted his leisure in his monastery at Jar- 
 row, near Durham, to works on Ecclesiastical History, &c. His 
 great work on that subject is one of considerable value, although 
 It contains much that is of doubtful authenticity. He translated 
 some portions of the Scriptures into Saxon. Alfred the Great 
 translated his Great History into Saxon. Bede's works which 
 remain are all published. He died in 735, in about his 60th year. 
 
 To BEDE'CK, v. a. to embellish ; to adorn ; to grace. 
 
 BE'DEHOUSE, s. \bede and house. Sax.] an hospital, or alms- 
 house. 
 
 BE'DEL, WILLIAM, bishop of Kilmore, in the Church of 
 Ireland, in the beginning of the 17th century. He was one of 
 the opponents of the High-church party in the Church, although 
 not strictly belonging to the Puritans. His zeal in his diocese 
 exposed him to displeasure on the part of the court, but he lived 
 it down. On the occurrence of the Irish rebellion and massacre, 
 he was seized by the rebels, and confined in irons, but after- 
 wards liberated. He died soon after, in 1642, aged 71 years. 
 He was the author of many esteemed evangelical works, and he 
 translated the Old Testament into the Irish language. 
 
 To BEDE'W, V. a. to moisten by sprinkling ; m allusion to the 
 manner in which the dew moistens the earth and vegetables. 
 
 BE'DFELLOW, s. one who lies in the same bed with another. 
 
 BE'DFORD, Bedfordshire. It is seated on the river Ouse, 
 which divides it into two parts, united by a bridge with two 
 gates, one at each end, to stop the passage occasionally. It has 
 five churches, of which St. Paul's is a very noble building, and 
 formerly had a strong castle. The charitable institutions are 
 very numerous, and the lunatic asylum, the infirmarj-, the gram- 
 mar school, and some others are handsome buildings. Blarkets, 
 Monday, for pigs; Saturday, for corn, &c. . 50 miles from Lon- 
 don. Pop. 9178. 
 
 BE'DFORD, JOHN, DUKE OF, brother to Henry V., and 
 appointed by him regent of France, during the minority of his 
 son, Henry Vl. He was thwarted in his victorious career by 
 the conduct of the Duke of Gloucester, and his rivalry with Car- 
 dinal Beaufort ; by the domestic circumstances of the Duke of 
 Burgundy; and finally, by the appearance of the 3Iaid of Orleans 
 as leader of the French forces. When she was taken, Bedford 
 was mainly instrumental in acconiplishing her death. His second 
 marriage having displeased the Duke of Burgundy, a treaty of 
 peace was effected between him and the king of France; which 
 so damaged the English power, that Bedford died of chagrin, in 
 1435, aged about 45 years. 
 
 BE'DFORD LE'VEL, the name of the vast expanse of marsh- 
 land lying between the counties of Norfolk, Suffolk, Cambridge, 
 Huntingdon, Northampton, and Lincoln, and the sea. It was 
 during the reigns of the Saxon monarchs of England a tidal 
 aestuary, with one or two fertile islands, surrounded by the sea 
 at high water, and by broad rivers with immense banks of mud 
 at low water ; and crossed by one or two Roman roads on em- 
 bankments. At the Conquest it was so far laid dry, that many 
 of the Saxons retreated to it, as the last security from the 
 Normans, and here the camp of refuge was formed. In the 15th 
 century the feasibility of draining this barren and pestilential 
 tract was discussed ; various attempts were subsequently made, 
 the most successful being in the troublous times of the 17th 
 century, by Francis, Earl of Bedford ; from whom it is named. 
 The drainage may now be regarded as almost complete, and by 
 a wonderful combination of embankments, dikes, new river- 
 courses, with locks, and draining mills, many thousands of acres 
 have been reclaimed, and added to the pasture and arable land 
 of the country. 
 
 BEE 
 
 BEDFORDSHIRE, a county in England, about 36 miles in 
 length, and 22 in breadth. It contains 9 hundreds, 10 market 
 towns, 124 parishes, and 107,936 inhabitants, and sends four 
 members to parliament. The Ouse and the Ivel are its chief 
 streams; and the Lea has its source here. The great range of 
 chalk hills passes through this county, whence it arises that it 
 is more noted for pastures, than for arable or wood land. It is a 
 pleasant inland county, and diversified with fruitful plains and 
 rising hills, abounding in cattle, corn, and rich pastures ; it is 
 noted for barley, bone lace, and a manufacture of straw goods. 
 
 To BEDFGHT, v. a. to set off with dress, or other external 
 ornaments. 
 
 To BEDFM, V. a. to darken ; to obscure by great brightness. 
 
 To BEDFZEN, r. a. to dress out. 
 
 BE'DLAM, s. [formerly spelt Bethlehem, a religious house near 
 Moorfields in London, converted into an hospital for mad people,] 
 a house set apart for the abode and cure of mad people. 
 
 BE'DLAM, a. belonging to a mad-house. 
 
 BE'DLAMITE, s. an inhabitant of bedlam ; a mad person. 
 
 BE'DMAKER, s. a person in the universities, whose office it 
 is to make the beds, and clean the chambers. 
 
 BE'DMINSTER, Somersetshire, one of the suburbs of the city 
 of Bristol, containing 17,862 inhabitants. 6'ee Bristol. 
 
 BE'DOUINS, or Be'doweens, the general name of the nomade 
 Arabs who are found throughout the whole of the countries ly- 
 ing on the E. and S. of the Mediterranean Sea, from Arabia to 
 Morocco. 
 
 To BEDRA'GGLE, r. a. to dirt or soil the lower part of a gar- 
 ment, hj letting it drag in the dirt. 
 
 To BEDRE'NCH, v. a. to soak with an abundance of any fluid. 
 
 BE'DRIDDEN, a. unable to quit one's bed, through age or 
 sickness. 
 
 BE'DRITE, s. the privilege of the marriage-bed. 
 
 BE'DSTEAD, Be'dsted, s. the frame on which a bed is laid. 
 
 BE'DSTRAW, s. in Botany, a genus of common English 
 plants, the prettiest of which has clustered flowers of a bright 
 yellow colour, and covers hedges and pastures in July. 
 
 To BEDU'NG, v. a. to cover with dung. 
 
 To BEDU'ST, V. a. to sprinkle with dust. 
 
 BE'DWIN-MAGNA, Wiltshire. This village was a consider- 
 able place in the time of the Saxons, traces of whose fortifica- 
 tions are. still remaining. It is 70 miles from London. Pop. 
 2171. 
 
 BEE, s. [Sax.] in Natural History, the name of a large class 
 of well-known insects, of which nearly 300 species have been 
 found in England. They vary much in their habits and modes 
 of life ; some building waxen combs, and living in communities, 
 feeding their young on some preparation of the honey or farina 
 of flowers ; others living sofitary, and digging a hole in dry 
 earth, or in old walls, or cutting one out in the wood of a tree or 
 beam ; some, again, lining these rude nests with leaves of plants 
 with great skill, and storing these receptacles with flies and cater- 
 pillars, for their young to feed on when hatched. The honey-bee, 
 or hive-bee, which is the only one kept by man for the sake of its 
 product, is the most remarkable of all insects in its habits, &c. 
 It lives in societies, composed of one female, called the queen, 
 on whose presence or life the existence of the society depends ; 
 several hundred males, called drones, who are put to death when 
 their functions are discharged ; and some thousands of unde- 
 veloped females, which are neuters in sex, and are called labourers, 
 since on them rests the whole work and management of the 
 community. They build, either in hives or in hollow trees, 
 combs, perpendicularly downwards, which are composed of two 
 sets of cells, placed one at the back of the other. The cells are 
 hexagonal in shape, made as exactly as if by mathematical instru- 
 ments. These combs are made of wax, which is a natural secretion 
 of the bee's abdomen. In them the queen lays, and the labourers 
 hatch and rear the young, and store the honey, which they never 
 touch till the winter. For the nurture of queens, particularly 
 formed cells are built, and particular food provided. When they 
 are about to come to maturity there is great commotion in the 
 hive, and after a few days the old queen, having collected a 
 swarm round her, quits tne hive to found another community. 
 The other queens, to the number of three or four, lead off swarms 
 in like manner. Bees collect honey from the nectaries of flowers 
 by their proboscis, which is very singularly and delicately con- 
 structed. The dust from the anthers of flowers, which they 
 
BEF 
 
 carry in a hollow of the hind legs, is used only for the purpose 
 of feeding the young bees. They also gather from the leaf-buds 
 of some trees a kind of resin or gum, which they use to stop all 
 the chinks of the hive, and occasionally to cover up any offender, 
 such as a snail, who may have ventured within their domain. 
 The labourers are armed with a barbed sting, which conveys a 
 very acrid poison into the wound it makes. The queen has a 
 sting, but the drones have none. Bees sometimes make a foray 
 on neighbouring hives, to carry off their stores. The death's 
 head hawk moth, and some others, which lay their eggs in the 
 comb, and whose caterpillars construct sting-proof nests in it, 
 with wasps and hornets, are insect foes to bees. The works of 
 Hiiber contain minute and accurate observations of most of their 
 wonderful economy. 
 
 BEECH, s. [bece. Sax.] a well-known tree, which has a white, 
 hard, dry wood, useful for the fellies of cart wheels, and for a 
 variety of utensils. An oil is prepared from its mast, which is 
 much esteemed by the French for salads, &c. 
 
 BEE'CHEN, a. Ibttcenc, Sax.] consisting of beech ; belonging 
 to beech. 
 
 BEE'-EATER, s. in Zoology, a bird that feeds upon bees, 
 which occasionally visits England. 
 
 BEEF, s. [bmif, Fr.] the flesh of oxen dressed for the markets. 
 
 BEE'FEATER, s. a yeoman of the guards. The word is de- 
 rived from beaufetier, one who attends at the sideboard, which 
 was anciently placed in a beavfet. The business of the beefeaters 
 was, and still partly is, to attend the king at meals. 
 
 BEE'HIVE, «. the straw case, or box, in which bees are kept. 
 
 BEELE, «. a kind of pick-axe, used by the miners for separat- 
 ing the ores from the rocks in which they lie. In Cornwall it is 
 called a tubber. 
 
 BEEN, part. pret. of To be. 
 
 BEER, s. [here. Sax. or bir, Brit.] a liquor prepared from malt 
 and hops, and rendered vinous by fermentation. A kind of 
 beer appears to have been made by the ancient Germans and 
 Egyptians. 
 
 BEE'R-SHEBA, a citv in the south of the Holy Land, called 
 so from a well near which Abraham made a treaty with Abirae- 
 lech of Gerar. It is frequently named in the Old Testament as 
 one of the extremities of the country. 
 
 BEE'STINGS, s. See Biestings. 
 
 BEET, s. [beta, Lat.] in Botany, the name of a genus of plants, 
 of which two species are generally cultivated, one in gardens for 
 the purpose of being used as greens are ; the other, which has a 
 thick, fleshy root, in fields, as turnips are, for winter food for 
 cattle, and as an alternate crop with wheat. In France and 
 Germany, very good sugar is made from the juice of this last 
 kind of beet. 
 
 BEE'TLE, s. [byfel, Sax.] in Natural History, the name po- 
 pularly given to the whole of that class of insects which have 
 their wings, when closed, protected by horny coverings, or 
 sheaths, resembling the covering of the rest of their bodies ; 
 more properly assigned to one family of that class, which are 
 mostly of a bfack or dark colour, which fly chiefly in the evening, 
 and abound in low, damp places. Also a great sledge, used to 
 beat down piles, stakes, wedges, &c. ; a wooden mallet made 
 use of in beating hemp. 
 
 To BEE'TLE, v. n. to jut out ; to hang over. 
 
 BEE'TLEHEADED, a. having a dull, stupid, or unthinking 
 head. 
 
 BEEVES, s. [the plural of beef,] oxen, cattle, bullocks. 
 
 To BEFA'LL, (befaull) V. n. to happen. This word is most 
 commonly taken in a bad sense. 
 
 To BEFFT, V. a. to suit ; to tally with. 
 
 To BEFOO'L, V. a. to delude ; likewise to deride, and treat a 
 person as a fool. 
 
 BEFO'RE, prep, [biforan. Sax.] further onward in place ; in 
 the front of, not behind ; in the presence of; in sight of; under 
 the cognizance of; in the power of; preceding in time; in pre- 
 ference to ; prior to ; superior to. 
 
 BEFO'RE, ad. earlier in time ; in time past ; previously to ; to 
 this time, hitherto. 
 
 BEFO'REHAND, ad. in a state of participation, or pre-occu- 
 pation ; previously, by way of preparation, in a state of^accumu- 
 lation, or so as that more has been received than expended. 
 
 BEFO'RETIME, ad. formerly. 
 
 To BEFO'RTUNE, r. n. to betide. 
 
 BEH 
 
 to daub, smear, or dirt. 
 . a. to do a kindness to a person ; to confer 
 
 To BEFOU'L, V. . 
 To BEFRIE'ND, 
 
 a favour. 
 
 To BEG, V. n. [beggeren, Teut.] to pray, entreat, petition, or 
 crave charity, favour, or assistance. 
 
 To BEGET, V. a. preter. I begot, or begat, I have begotten ; [6e- 
 gettan, Sax.] to generate, or bring forth ; to produce as effects or 
 accidents. 
 
 BEGE'TTER, s. he that generates, or gets a child. 
 
 BE'GGAR, s, one who lives upon alms ; one who assumes 
 what he does not prove ; as, to beg the question. 
 
 To BE'GGAR, v. a. to reduce a person from plenty to want. 
 
 BE'GGARLINESS, s. a quality which woulcf permit a person 
 to submit to any meanness for the sake of a subsistence. 
 
 BE'GGARLY, a. poor; mean. 
 
 BE'GGARLY, ud. meanly, despicably. 
 
 BE'GGARY, s. extreme poverty. 
 
 To BEGl'N, V. n. pret. I began, or begun ; I have begun ; [begin- 
 nan. Sax.] to enter upon something new; to commence any ac- 
 tion or state ; to enter upon existence ; to have its original ; to 
 take rise. — v. a. to do the first act of any thing ; to trace from 
 any thing as the first ground. To begin with ; to enter upouv 
 
 BEGI'NNER, s. he that gives the first cause or original to any 
 thing ; an unexperienced attempter. 
 
 BEGI'NNING, s. the first original or cause; the entrance into 
 act or being ; the state in which any thing first is ; the rudi- 
 ments or first grounds. 
 
 To BEGI'RD, V. a. preter. / begirt, or begirded; I have begirt; 
 to bind with a girdle ; to surround ; to encircle ; to shut in with 
 a siege ; to beleaguer. 
 
 BE'GLERBEG, s. [Turk.] the chief governor of a province 
 among the Turks. He is also called a bashaw of three tails, 
 from having three ensigns, or staves, trimmed with horse-tails, 
 as the mark of his dignity. 
 
 BEGO'NE, interject, go away ; hence, away. 
 
 To BEGUFLE, v. a. \begahan. Sax,] to cheat, impose upon, or 
 deceive. 
 
 BEGUFNS, religious societies composed of females, who de- 
 voted themselves to prayer and religious exercises, and main- 
 tained themselves by manual labour. They were decided nujstics. 
 They flourished most in the 13th and 14th centuries, though 
 much persecuted, in Flanders, France, Holland, and Germany, 
 where some societies subsist to this day. This name, or Beshards, 
 was also used to designate certain religious who adopted what 
 was known as the third rule of St. Francis, and who were most 
 numerous during the 13th century in France, Italy, and Germany. 
 
 BEHA'LF, s. interest ; side ; party. To speaK on a person 8 
 behalf. 
 
 To BEHA'VE, v. a. to demean, act, or conduct oneself. 
 
 BEHA'VIOUR, s. a manner of behaving oneself; elegance of 
 manners; conduct; demeanour; course of life. To be ujxm otie't 
 behaviour, a familiar phrase, implying such a state as requires 
 great caution. 
 
 To BEHE'AD, v. a. to cut off a person's head. In Europe, 
 this is the punishment of the great and nobly born. In China, 
 it is the punishment of the lowest sort of people, while their su- 
 periors are hanged on account of their quality. 
 
 BE'HEM, MARTIN, the famous map-niaker, who accom- 
 panied the Portuguese expedition for exploring the E. shore of 
 the Atlantic Ocean, in the 15th centui-v. He was a native of 
 Nuremberg, and many vain tales are told respecting him, which 
 make it very difficult to ascertain his genuine discoveries ; some 
 suggesting that Columbus, who was acquainted with Behem, 
 owed to him his great discovery. He died in 1506, aged about 
 70 years. 
 
 BEHE'MOTII, s. [Heb.] a monstrous creature mentioned by 
 Job, which some imagine to be the whale ; others, the sea-calf, or 
 ox. Some of the fathers thought it to be the devil, and others the 
 elephant. In the Hebrew language, it signifies a beast in general, 
 and particularly those larger sorts that are fit for service. 
 
 BE'HEN, s. in the Materia Medica, the name of two roots, the 
 one white, the other red, both accounted cordials and restora- 
 tives, but neither is received into the present practice. 
 
 BEHE'ST, s. [be and hees. Sax.] the positive commands of a 
 superior to an inferior. 
 
 BEHFND, prep, [be and hindan. Sax,] at a person's back ; 
 backwards ; following ; remaining after a person s departure, or 
 
BEL 
 
 death. Applied to motion, at a distance from that which moves 
 or ^oes before, used with the verb leave. " It kaces our sense 
 behind," Dryd. Used comparatively, it implies great inferiority, 
 or less worth. Used adverbially, it implies something not yet 
 discovered or perceived by the mind. 
 
 BEHI'ND-HAND, ad. applied to persons who live beyond 
 their income, and in debt. 
 
 BE'HMEN, JACOB, the celebrated Teutonic philosopher, or 
 theosopher, and shoemaker, of Gorlitz in Lusatia. He was a pro- 
 found mystic, but amongst his writings may be found thoughts 
 which show that not all his raptures and ecstasies were passed 
 through in vain. He was opposed by the clergy of his town, but 
 he was and is highly esteemed by some of the greatest scholars 
 and philosophers of all lands. In England, during the days of 
 the Long Parliament, the merits of his theosophy were discussed 
 with great heat. He died in 1624, aged 49 years. 
 
 To BEHO'LD, v. a. pret. / beheld; I have belteld, or beholden ; 
 [beheaUmi, Sax.] to take a view. of a person ; to have a person in 
 sight, including the idea of attention , or looking on him for some 
 time. Synon. We see whatever strikes the sight ; we look at an 
 object when we designedly cast our eye upon it ; we behold it, 
 when we look with attention ; vieiv, when we survey it. 
 
 BEHO'LD, an interjection of the same force with lo. 
 
 BEHO'LDEN, part, indebted to ; lying under an obligation to 
 a person. 
 
 BEHO'LDER, s. one who casts his eyes upon an object. 
 
 BEHO'LDING, ». obligation. This word is seldom used by 
 eWant writers. 
 
 BEHOO'F, s. \behiJU, Sax.] an obligation which a person lies 
 under ; also the profit, benefit, or advantage, which may accrue 
 from any thing. 
 
 To BEHO'VE, V. n. [behofan. Sax.] to be incumbent on a per- 
 son as a duty ; or to be fit and suitable in point of convenience. 
 
 BE'HRING, VITUS, a Russian naval officer, employed by 
 Catherine I. to conduct an exploring expedition, which she de- 
 spatched to the most north-easterly portion of her dominions. In 
 a second expedition, his ship was wrecked, and he perished from 
 the cold, in 1741. 
 
 BE'HRING'S STRAITS, the name given from their discoverer 
 to the narrow seas which divide Asia from N. America, in about 
 66. N. lat., and join the Arctic and Pacific Oceans. They are 
 about 50 miles across, and it is not certainly known whether they 
 are ever blocked up with ice, or frozen over during the winter. 
 
 BEJAPO'RE, a province of Hindustan, lying on the Indian 
 Ocean, and to the S. of Aurungabad ; with a city of the same 
 name, which was once its capital. The fortifications of this city 
 were very extensive, and the religious buildings and tombs are 
 very remarkable. Lat. 16. 48. N. Long. 75. 20. E. 
 
 BETNG, the participle of the verb To be. 
 
 BE'ING, s. an abstract term, signifying the existence of a 
 thing ; thus we say, the Supreme Jiving; a finite being, &c. 
 
 BE'ING, conj. since. 
 
 BEI'RA, a province of Portugal, bounded on the W. by the 
 Atlantic ; on the N. by Tras os Monies, and Entre Douro e Mmho ; 
 on the E. by Leon and Spanish Estremadura ; and on the S. by 
 Portuguese Estremadura and Alentejo. It is divided into 11 
 jurisdictions, called Comarcas. This province is nearly square, 
 being about 120 miles in extent each way; it is well watered, 
 and fertile, at least in corn and fruits; but the people are in- 
 dolent, and much given to begging. 
 
 BEI'ROUT, a Syrian town on a bay of the Mediterranean 
 Sea. It is pleasantly situated, and the country round produces 
 abundance of wine and fruits ; which, with sillc, form its export 
 trade. Its population is about 5000. Lat. 33. 50. N. Lonsr. 35. 
 27. E. ^ 
 
 To BELA'BOUR, f. a. to beat a person severely. A low and 
 vulgar expression. 
 
 To BELA'CE, v. a. in Navigation, to mend a rope, by laying 
 one end over another. 
 
 BELA'TED, a. benighted ; used to express something which 
 ought to have been done, but was omitted at a period past. 
 
 To BELA'Y, V. n. to lie in ambush, or to lie in wait for. 
 
 To BELA'Y, II. a. \beleygen, Belg.] in Navigation, to fasten. 
 
 To BELCH, f. a. [bealcan, Sax.] to break wind upwards. 
 
 BELCH, s. the act of breaking wind upwards. 
 
 BE'LDAM, s. [belle dame, Fr.] a name given in derision to an 
 old woman. 
 
 BEL 
 
 To BELE'AGUER, e. a. \belleggerin, Belg.] to block up, or 
 besiege a place. 
 
 BELE'AGUERER, s. one that besieges a place. 
 
 BELEMNI'TES, s. [belemnon, an arrow, Gr.] vulgarly called a 
 thunderbolt, arrow-head, or finger-stone. These stones, about 
 which so many absurd and superstitious tales were told, are 
 known now to nave been the bone of a kind of cuttle-fish. They 
 are found in most of the secondary strata, and in the gravel, 
 and other beds above them. There are several species, some of 
 which are exceedingly elegant in their forms. 
 
 BE'LFAST, a large town and sea-port, of increasing import- 
 ance, in the county of Antrim, Ulster, seated on Carnckfergus 
 Bay, at the mouth of Lagan river, with two bridges over it. A 
 navigable canal, connecting the harbour with Lough Neagh, 
 was completed in 1793. Here are considerable manufactures of 
 cotton, cambric, sail-cloth, and linen, with others of glass, sugar, 
 earthenware, a large export of provisions, &c. It is 80 miles 
 from Dublin. Pop. 75,308. 
 
 BE'LFAST, Maine, United States. It is beautifully situated 
 at the head of Belfast Bay, on the Penobscot river. It has a 
 spacious and safe harbour, sufficiently deep for vessels of the 
 largest class. It is extensively engaged in the shipping trade, 
 ship-building, and fisheries. Pop. 4186. 
 
 BE'LFORD, Northumberland, situated on the ridge of a hill, 
 2 miles from the Lear, and 319 from London. Market, Tuesday. 
 Pop. 1789. 
 
 BE'LFRY, s. [perhaps from beffroi, Fr.] that part of the steeple 
 wherein the bells are hung, particularly that timber work to 
 which they are fastened. 
 
 BE'LGIUM, a kingdom of Europe, established in 1830, com- 
 prising the provinces of Antwerp, S. Brabant, E. and W. Flan- 
 ders, Hainault, Limbourg, Liege, and Namur; and bounded by 
 Hi Hand, Germany, France, and the N. Sea. In general it is a 
 level tract of country, but in the inland parts there are some 
 hills, amongst which are some good coal-nelds. The rivers are 
 the Meuse, the Scheldt, the Ourthe, and some smaller streams. 
 Some canals it has, and excellent railroads. It is fertile, and 
 produces corn and wine, and furnishes good pastures. Its manu- 
 factures of lace and woollen goods .have been long famous : it 
 has, besides these, others of less consequence. Its population is 
 nearly 5,000,000, of whom the greatest part are Romanists. 
 
 BE'LGRADE, a large, and formerly a strong, city of Turkey 
 in Europe, the residence of a sangiac, and chief place of Servia. 
 It is seated on a low hill, which reaches the Danube, a little 
 above its confluence with the Save. It is still a place of con- 
 siderable trade, being resorted to by merchants of difterent na- 
 tions. It is 265 miles from Vienna, and 440 from Constan- 
 tinople. Population about 25,000. 
 
 BELI'AL, s. [Heb.] the devil. A son of Belial, is a wicked 
 man, who will endure no constraint. 
 
 BELIE'F, s. credit, persuasion, opinion ; faith, or firm assur- 
 ance of the truths of religion ; the creed, or form, containing the 
 articles of faith. 
 
 To BELIE'VE, v. a. [gelifan. Sax.] to assent to the truth of a 
 proposition founded on probable arguments ; to put confidence 
 in the veracity or truth of any one. 
 
 BELIE'VER, s. one who gives assent or credit to a thing ; 
 one who assents to the truth of Christianity, upon the probable 
 arguments produced in its favour. 
 
 BELrKE, «(/. perhaps ; probably. 
 
 BELISA'RIUS, a famous Roman general under the emperor 
 Justinian I. He was engaged in several campaigns against the 
 Persians, and was generally successful. At Constantinople he 
 put down a revolt which threatened the throne of the emperor. 
 He had a triumph awarded him for his victories oyer the Vandals 
 in Africa. He was equally prosperous in his war in Italy against 
 the Goths. After other campaigns, in which he sustained various 
 fortune, and more than once saved the empire, he was discarded 
 by the emperor, and died in indigence in 565. Procopius, the 
 historian, was his secretary. 
 
 BELL, s. [6c/, Sax.] a vessel made of a compound metal, of tin 
 and copper, or pewter and copper, in the proportion of 20 ft. of 
 pewter, or 23 lb. of tin, to 100 wt. of copper ; yielding a musical 
 sound on being struck by a hammer, or by a metallic bar sus- 
 pended within It, called the tongue, or clapper; hung in steeples 
 of churches, and in houses. 1 hose of the Egyptians are made- 
 of wood. The Turks have a very great aversion to bells, and 
 
BEL 
 
 prohibit Christians the use of them in Constantinople, pre- 
 tending that the sound of them would be troublesome to the 
 souls of the departed. Bells are said to have been first introduced 
 into churches by St. Paulinus, bishop of Nola in Campania, 
 about the year 400. To bear the bell, is to surpass others, or to 
 be the first in merit. The passing bell is the bell rung on the 
 death of any person, which used to be rung while the soul was 
 passing away, to call for the prayers of the people. The curfew 
 bell was the bell rung at 8 o'clock p. m., as a notice for all per- 
 sons to put out their fires and candles. 
 
 To BELL, V. n. in Botany, to grow in the shape of bells. 
 
 BELL, JOHN, AND SIR CHARLES, two distinguished ana- 
 tomists and surgeons of the latter part of the last, and the begin- 
 ning of the present century. Both were remarkable for the zeal 
 with which they applied their knowledge of anatomy to their 
 surgical practice, particularly military surgery. John published 
 several works on his favourite subjects, and''^also some observa- 
 tions made in a tour in Italy. His surgical works are still much 
 esteemed. Sir Charles was first engaged in the Middlesex Hos- 
 pital, and afterwards was senior Professor of Surgery in the Col- 
 lege of Surgeons. He was the discoverer of the existence of 
 two kinds of nerves, one for purposes of motion, the other for 
 sensation. He was connectetf with his brother in some of his 
 works; besides which, his Bridgewater Treatise, and Notes to 
 Palei/s Natural Theology, with his Animal Mechanics, have gained 
 him a deserved popularity. He died in 1842, aged C8 years. 
 
 BELL, JOHN, of Antermony, Scotland, has gained some no- 
 toriety by various travels in which he was engaged as physician 
 to embassies from the emperor of Russia. He travelled to Ispa- 
 han, to Pekin, to the Caucasus, to Constantinople, a'.ul at 
 length settled in his native country. He died in 1/80, aged 89 
 
 BELL, DR. ANDREW, the author of the Madras System of 
 Education , and establisher of National Schools. He was engaged 
 as chaplain by the East India Company, and had his attention 
 drawn to the subject of popular education during his superintend- 
 ency of the Asylum for males at Madras. On returning home he 
 published his scheme, for the carrying out of which the National 
 School Society was established. Considerable controversy arose 
 from the circumstance of another scheme of popular education 
 having been at the same time set on foot by Joseph Lancaster, un- 
 der the sanction of George III. But as this was adopted chiefly 
 by Dissenters, the excitement was soon mitigated. Dr. Bell ac- 
 cumulated a large fortune, of which he left the greater part for 
 educational purposes. He died in 1832, aged 79 years, and was 
 buried in Westminster Abbey. 
 
 BELL ROCK, a formerly 'dangerous rock, opposite the mouth 
 of the Tay, Scotland. All round it is deep water, but it was 
 covered during a gale. The Abbot of Arbroath, or Aberbrothic, 
 fixed over it, on a raft, a bell, which the waves swung, and so 
 sounded, in old times. There is now a light-house erected on it, 
 and bells are sounded continually during foggy weather from it. 
 
 BELLADO'NNA, s. in Botany, a name of the deadly night- 
 shade, which bears berries which are the most poisonous of any 
 native plants of England. 
 
 BE'LLARAflNE, CARDINAL, the celebrated controversialist 
 of the order of Jesuits. His works, which are very numerous, 
 treat principally of the subjects of difference between Romanists 
 and Protestants, and are esteemed an authority of the highest 
 order in his own communion. He died in 1621, aged 79 years. 
 
 BELLE, s. [the feminine of beau, Fr. pron. bell,'] a person who 
 dresses with elegance, behaves with gentility, and has all the 
 polite accomplishments that can adorn a lady. 
 
 BE'LLE-ISLE, a small island on the W. coast of France, 
 near the mouth of the Loire. It is about ten miles long, and six 
 broad. The soil is fertile, and climate temperate : its grazing 
 land and fisheries supply the materials for its export trade. 
 Palais, Its chief town, has a population of about 2000. The 
 population of the island is under 10,000. 
 
 r^'^""^^"^^'^^^'^^' *• ^^^^^ branches of education that 
 polish and adorn the mind. Languages, classical learning, both 
 Greek and Latin, Geography, Rhetoric, Chronology, and History, 
 may be accounted the chief parts of learning contained under 
 this term. 
 
 BE'LLFASHIONED, a. that resembles a bell in its shape. 
 
 BE LLFLOWER, s. in Botany, a genus of plants, so called 
 from the shape of their blossoms. The species are very numerous. 
 
 BEL 
 
 BE'LLFOUNDER, s. a person who casts bells. 
 
 BELLI'GERENT,;3ar«. \bellum AnAgero, Lat.] that is at war ; 
 that is engaged in war. 
 
 BELLI'GEROUS, a. engaged in, or waging war. 
 
 BE'LLING, part, [a corruption of belloioing or bellan. Sax.] ap- 
 plied to the noise made by a doe at rutting time. 
 
 BE'LLINGHAM, Northumberland, 300 miles from London. 
 Markets Tuesday and Saturday. Pop. 1730. 
 
 BE'LLMAN, s. a superior kind of watchman, with a bell, which 
 he rings at certain places in his parish, before he repeats some 
 verses on the eve oia festival. In country towns, applied to the 
 crier, who bears a bell, which he rings to give notice to the neigh- 
 bourhood before he makes his proclamation. 
 
 BE'LLMETAL, s. the metal of which bells are made, being 
 a composition of tin and copper. 
 
 BE'LLON, Be'li^nd, in Medicine, a distemper very common 
 in Derbyshire, and other countries where they melt lead ore. It 
 is attended with an intolerable pain in the bowels. 
 
 BELLO'NA, in Mythology, tne sister of Mars, and goddess of 
 war. When war was proclaimed, the herald set a spear upon a 
 
 Eillar before her temple ; the priestesses, in their devotions to 
 er, used to cut themselves with knives to render her propitious. 
 
 To BE'LLOW, V. n. [bellan. Sax.] to make a veiy loud noise ; 
 applied to that of a bull, the sea in a storm, or the outcries of 
 human creatures. 
 
 BE'LLOWS, s. [bilig. Sax.] an instrument into which air is 
 alternately drawn and expelled, rushing in at some apertures in 
 its bottom called feeders, and rushing out of a metal tube called 
 its muzzle. 
 
 BE'LLUINE, a. [belluinus, Lat.] beastly ; brutal. 
 
 BE'LLY, s. \balg, Belg.] that part of the body which reaches 
 from the breast to the thighs, and contains the entrails both in 
 men and beasts; used figuratively, for gluttony, or luxury in 
 eating. 
 
 To BE'LLY, V. n. to swell ; to protuberate, applied to the 
 thin^ which grows larger in one part than it is in another. 
 
 BE'LLY ACHE, (belfy-ake) s. a pain in the belly, arising from 
 wind, or other flatulences ; the colic. 
 
 BE'LLYBOUND, a. affected with costiveness. 
 
 BE'LLYFUL, s. a sufficiency of food, or what takes away the 
 sensation of hunger, and satisfies the appetite. 
 
 BE'LLYGOD, s. a glutton ; one who makes a god of his belly. 
 
 BE'LLYPINCHED, a. denied or in want of sufficient food; 
 hungry. 
 
 BE'LLYROLL, s. in Husbandly, a roller, or cylinder, made 
 use of to roll the ground after it is ploughed. 
 
 BE'LLYTIMBER, s. food, or that which suffices hunger, and 
 supports the human fabric, in the same manner as props of tim- 
 ber do a building. A low word. 
 
 BE'LLYWORM, s. a worm which feeds in the belly or entrails. 
 
 BE'LOMANCY, s. [belos and manteia, Gr.] divination by ar- 
 rows. 
 
 To BELO'NG, v. n. [belangen, Belg.] to be the property of a 
 person; to be the province or business of, to have relation to. 
 
 appi 
 
 lied 
 
 the heads of a discourse; to be dependent on as a 
 
 subject or domestic ; to be appropriated to ; to have for its pecu- 
 liar object. 
 
 BELOO'CHISTAN, a country of Asia, lying on the Indian 
 Ocean, between the Indus and the Straits of Ormuz, having 
 Hindustan on the E., Persia on the W., and Cabul or AfFgha- 
 nistan, on the N. Almost the whole of the N. frontier is desert; 
 and there are ranges of mountains, which do not, however, at- 
 tain any great elevation, both on the E. and W. frontiers. There 
 are no rivers of any consequence in this country. That part 
 which lies along the coast is a flat, and not very productive, dis- 
 trict. The climate varies from the tropical heat of the S. and 
 desert regions, to the temperature and climate of the N. of Europe, 
 which prevails in the mountainous parts. A very small proportion 
 of the whole surface is reclaimed, either as arable or pasture 
 land. All descriptions of corn, &c., and fruits of all kinds, in- 
 cluding both European and Asiatic species, abound here. The 
 trees are mostly tropical in their species, and some yield good 
 timber. Sheep, camels, horses, and the usual domestic animals,' 
 are plentiful ; with some domestic birds. The usual wild animals 
 of Asia abound also. Beloochistan has also much mineral and me- 
 tallic wealth. The people belong in part to the Tatarivariety of the 
 species, and in part apparently to the Caucasian : the language 
 
BEM 
 
 and customs of the two races differ. The most powerful authority 
 is that of the khan of Khelat, but his sway is checked by the 
 power of his chiefs. In other parts a kind of republicanism 
 seems to prevail. Khelat, Gundava, Bhaug, and Bela, are the 
 chief towns. Its population is estimated at about 4,500,000. 
 
 BELO'VED, part, [from bclore, which is hardly ever used, 
 though nothing can be more frequent than the use of the parti- 
 ciple ; thus we say, you are beloved by me, but never, I belove 
 you ;] regarded with the greatest warmth of affection : used sub- 
 stantively for the person so regarded. 
 
 BELO'W, prep, [be and lo, or loh, Belg.] applied to a place, 
 
 ot so high as another object. Applied to dignity or excellence, 
 
 inferior to. Applied to character, or rank, unbecoming, on ac- 
 
 count of its meanness ; unfit, or degrading, on account of 
 baseness or vieiousness. Used adverbially, in a low situation, or 
 nearer to the earth. 
 
 BE'LSHAM, THOMAS, an eminent Unitarian minister of 
 London. He was educated as a Calvinistic Dissenter, and was 
 a minister, and principal of an academy in that connexion. But 
 he is best known, from his polemical and other writings, as an 
 uncompromising Unitarian. He was the editor of the Improved 
 Version of the New Testament. He died in 1812, aged (53 years, 
 
 BELSHA'ZZAR, the king of Babylon who was conquered 
 and slain by Cvrus when he took the city. It was this king 
 who was warned by the vision of the hand-writing on the wall, 
 during one of his banquets, which was interpreted by the prophet 
 Daniel, who, with his fellow-countrymen tne Jews, was at that 
 time in captivity. Babylon was taken in the year 538 b. c. 
 
 BELSWA'GGER, s. one who makes a noise, and puts on an 
 air of importance. 
 
 BELT, s. [Sax.] a girdle fastened round a person's middle. 
 When a sword is hung to it, it is called a stcord belt. In Astro- 
 nomy, those parallel bands or girdles surrounding the body of 
 the planet Jupiter. In Geography, certain straits between the 
 German Ocean and the Baltic. The belts belong to the king of 
 Denmark, who exacts toll from all ships passing through them, 
 except those of Sweden : the greater belt, is the strait between 
 the islands of Zealand and Funen, forming a communication 
 between the Cattegat and Baltic ; and the lesser belt, that between 
 Funen and Jutland. 
 
 BE'LTANE, a festival amongst the Celtic races of Scotland 
 and Ireland, held on May 1st, and June 21st, when large fires 
 were kindled with great ceremony, and cattle were driven into 
 them as expiatory offerings, and the flocks and herds driven 
 between them, to preserve them from murrain, &c. The minor 
 arrangements of the feast differed in different localities, but its 
 religious character is the same every where, and marks its high 
 antiquity. 
 
 BELU'GA, s. in Natural History, a fisji of the genus sturgeon. 
 
 BE'LVIDERE, s. [Ital.] in Architecture, an erection on the 
 top of a palace or dwelling-house for the sake of a prospect ; a 
 small summer-house built in a park or garden for the same pur- 
 pose. 
 
 BE'LWETHER, «. a sheep which keeps the rest of the flock 
 together, and draws them after him by the sound of a bell hang- 
 ing to his neck. 
 
 To BELY'E, Beli'e, v. a. to invent a falsehood ; to feign ; to 
 calumniate ; to misrepresent. 
 
 BELZO'NI, GIOVANNI, an Italian celebrated for his dis- 
 coveries amongst the pjTamids and tombs of Egypt, and the 
 great skill with which he secured and shipped some most bulky 
 and ponderous antiquities for the British authorities. He at- 
 tempted subsequently to reach Timbuctoo, but was attacked by 
 dysentery in Benin, and died in 1823, aged ^5 years. 
 
 BE'MBO, CARDINAL, one of the famous patrons and pro- 
 moters of literature at the revival of learning under Pope Leo X. 
 He was by birth a Venetian, and of good family. Although he 
 was inclined to the church, he did not actually enter it, till he 
 was made a cardinal by Paul III. He was one of Leo's secre- 
 taries; and he wrote poems in Latin and Italian, a history of 
 his native city, a work on his native tongue, &c. He died in 
 1547, aged 78 years. 
 
 To BEMPRE, V. a. to daub or smear with dirt. 
 
 BEMI'RED, part, covered with dirt. Figuratively, stuck or 
 sinking in a dirty or boggy place. 
 
 To BEMO'AN, v. a. [bcemontan. Sax.] to express sorrow for 
 any disaster or calamity. 
 
 BEN 
 
 BEMCANER, ». one who pities, laments, or is affected with 
 sorrow, on account of the disasters of another. 
 
 To BEMOPL, r. a. [of be and moil; from moiller, Fr.] to be- 
 daub ; to fall, to be rolled in, or encumbered with dirt. 
 
 To BEMO-NSTER, v. a. to make a thing hideous, horrible, or 
 monstrous. 
 
 BE'MSTER, or Be'minster. See Beaminster. 
 
 BEMU'SED, a. given to rhyming or poetry. A term of ridi- 
 cule. 
 
 BENA'RES, a district of Allahabad, in Hindustan, lying on 
 the Ganges ; with a capital of the same name, which is rich, 
 populous, and celebrated as the ancient city of Brahminical 
 learning. It stands on the Ganges, and is deemed sacred by 
 the natives. It is badly built and filthily kept. A magnificent 
 mosque exists, built by Aurungzebe, used by the great numbers 
 of Mohammedans who resort hither for trade. The college and 
 schools of this city now existing are of modern date. It has a 
 population of above half a million. It is 425 miles from Delhi, 
 and 435 from Calcutta. Lat. 25. 20. N. Long. 83. 1. E, 
 
 BENCH, s. [bene. Sax. banc, Fr.] a seat made of a long board, 
 distinguished from a stool by its length. Used for the prison or 
 liberties of the Kind's Bench, which see. The seat whereon 
 judges sit. Figuratively, the persons sitting in the trial of 
 causes. Free-bench signifies that estate in copyliold lands, which 
 the wife, being espoused a virgin, has, after the decease of her 
 husband, for her cfower, according to the custom of the manor. 
 
 To BENCH, V. a. to furnish with, erect, or make benches in 
 any place ; to place, seat, or prefer a person to a seat or bench. 
 
 BE'NCHERS, s. in Law, the senior barristers of an inn of court, 
 intrusted with the government and direction of it, out of which 
 is annually chosen a steward. 
 
 BENCOO'LEN, a town on the S. W. coast of the island of 
 Sumatra, in Asia. It is not badly built, but is reckoned un- 
 healthy. It belongs at present to the Dutch, and has a good 
 
 trade in pepper and other spices. The population of the town 
 with its district is estimated at ^"" """ " ^ '" "^ ^ — 
 
 102. 50. E. 
 
 with its district is estimated at 100,000. Lat. 4. 10. S. Long. 
 
 To BEND, V. a. pret. and part, bended or bent, [bendan. Sax.] 
 to force from a straight line to a curve ; to draw the string of a 
 bow in order to shoot with it. Figuratively, to apply the mind 
 to the consideration of any object ; to be disposed to ; to make 
 submissive. To bend the brow, to knit the brow. To be7id the knee, 
 &c., to acknowledge superiority, with respect or submission. — 
 V. n. to become curved. Used with on, it signifies earnest resolu- 
 tion of mind to bring about a particular thing. 
 
 BEND, s. the part of a line, &c., which is not straight, and 
 forms an angle. In Heraldry, bend is one of the nine honourable 
 ordinaries, containing a third part of the field when charged, 
 and a fifth when plain. It is sometimes, like other ordinaries, 
 indented, ingrained, &c. Bend dexter is formed by two lines 
 drawn from the upper part of the shield, on the right, to the 
 lower part of the left, diagonally. It is supposed to represent a 
 shoulcfer belt, or a scarf. Bend sinister, is that which comes 
 from the left side of the shield to the right. In bend, is when 
 any things borne in arms are placed obfiquely from the upper 
 corner to the opposite lower, as the bend lies. 
 
 BE'NDABLE, a. that may be forced from a straight to a 
 crooked line ; that may be bent. 
 
 BE'NDER, s. one who bends any thing; an instrument by 
 which any thing may be forced from a straight to a crooked 
 line. 
 
 BE'NDER, a town of Russia in Europe, lying on the Dniester, 
 on the Turkish frontier. It is strongly fortified, but not well 
 built, or kept. The population is about 5000, Its history and 
 importance lie in its being a military post, Lat, 46. 50. N. Long. 
 29. 35. E. 
 
 BE'NDLETS, s. \bandelet, Fr.] in Heraldry, marks or distinc- 
 tions in a shield, of the same kind, but only half the breadth of 
 a bend. 
 
 BENDS, s. in a ship, are the wales, or the outmost timbers of 
 a ship's side, on which men set their feet in climbing up. 
 
 BE'NDY, s. in Heraldry, is the field divided into four, six, or 
 more parts, diagonally, and varying in colour. 
 
 BENE'APED, «. [pe and neap, from neqfte. Sax.] a sea-term, 
 implying that a ship has not depth of water enough to set her 
 afloat, bring her over a bar, or out of a dock. 
 
 BENE'ATH, prep, [beneath, Sax. beneden, Belg.] applied to 
 
BEN 
 
 situation, not so high as, or under, something else. In Botany, 
 applied to a blossom when it includes the seed-bud, and is at- 
 tached to the part immediately below it, as in the sage, borrage, 
 convolvulus, polyanthus, &c. ; applied also to the seed-bud when 
 the blossom is above it, and therefore not connected therewith, 
 as in the honej'suckle, currant, hawthorn, &c. Joined with sink, 
 it implies the pressure of something heavy on a person. Applied 
 to rank or dignity, inferior to. Applied to actions, not becom- 
 ing, unworthy of a person. Adverbially, in a lower place, below, 
 as opposed to heaven. 
 
 BE/NEDICT, the name assumed by fourteen popes and one an- 
 tipope; the most worthy of mention amongst whom is the last, 
 who was consecrated in 1740, and distinguished his pontificate 
 by the encouragement of learning and art, and the reformation of 
 abuses at home, and conducted himself towards foreign powers 
 in a wise and conciliatory manner, interfering only for the relief 
 of the oppressed, as became his character, and the age he lived 
 in. He died in 1758, aged 81 years. Some of his works are 
 much esteemed. 
 
 BENEDI'CTINES, or Black Friars, a religious order, following 
 the rules of St. Benedict, an ascetic of the beginning of the 6th 
 centurv, who made himself famous by his austerities, and the 
 zeal wherewith he overturned idolatry in Monte Cassino. The 
 habit for monks prescribed in his Regula Monachorum, and worn 
 by his order, was a loose black gown, with large wide sleeves, 
 and a capuche, cowl, or hood of the same colour; and a white 
 flannel dress under their gown. The dress for nuns of this order 
 was the same, with the exception of the cowl, which was worn 
 only in their public service in the church. The regulations for 
 monasteries of the Black Friars were of the strictest character, 
 and submission to their abbots was the prominent feature. Be- 
 fore the dissolution in England, this order was the most widely 
 spread and the richest ; St. Augustine is believed to have intro- 
 duced it into the country. 
 
 BENEDFCTION, or Ble'ssing, s. \henedictio, Lat.] among the 
 Hebrews, signifies the present usually sent from one friend to 
 another ; as also the blessing conferred by the patriarchs, on 
 their death-beds, on their children. It was also one of those 
 early instances of honour and respect paid to bishops in the 
 primitive church. The custom of bowing the head to them, and 
 receiving their blessings, became universal. In the western 
 churches there was anciently a kind oi Benediction yi\dc\i followed 
 the Lord's prayer; and after the communion, the people were 
 dismissed with a Benediction. 
 
 ' BENEFA'CTION, s. [benef actio, Lat.] a good and benevolent 
 action ; generally applied to charitable gifts for the relief of per- 
 sons in distress. 
 
 BENEF A'CTOR, ». a man who confers a benefit or does an 
 act of kindness to a person in want. 
 
 BENEFA'CTRESS, s. a woman, or female, who contributes to 
 the relief of the indigent by some charitable gift. 
 
 BE'NEFICE, s. [benef^ium, Lat.] a word borrowed from the 
 Romans, who used to distribute the lands conquered on the 
 frontiers to their soldiers ; they were called henejiciarii, and the 
 lands themselves heneficia, which were at first given for life only, 
 but afterwards were made hereditary. Hence benefice, in the 
 church, signifies either a church endowed with a reward or 
 salary, for the performance of divine service, or the salary itself 
 given on that account. All church preferments, except bishoprics, 
 are called benejices ; and all henejices are styled by the canonists 
 sometimes dignities ; but now dignity is usually applied to bi- 
 shoprics, deaneries, archdeaconries, and prebends ; and benefice 
 to parsonages, vicarages, rectories, and donatives. A benefice in 
 commendam, is that which is given to a person on a vacancy for 
 a certain time, or till it is provided for. 
 
 BE'NEFICED, a. possessed of a church living. 
 
 BENE'FICENCE, s. \beneficentia, Lat.] a disinterested inclina- 
 tion to do a good action, or to promote another's welfare. 
 
 BENE'FlCENT,;)art. \beneficus, Lat.] performing acts of kind- 
 ness and assistance without any views of interest. 
 
 BENEI'rCIAL, a. [beneficium, Lat.] that assists, relieves, or 
 is of service to. 
 
 BENEFI'CIALLY, ad. in such a manner as to relieve, assist, 
 or be of service to a person. 
 
 BENEFI'CIARY, a. that holds any dignity as dependent on, 
 and tributary to, another. Used substantively, it implies one 
 who is in possession of a church living or benefice. 
 
 BEN 
 
 BE'NEFIT, «. \benefi<:ium, Lat.] that which turns to the profit 
 of another; an act of kindness or love done, to help or assist 
 another. Among players, the whole takings of the theatre, 
 which are applied to their own use. In Law, benefit of clergy, 
 was an ancient liberty of the church ; whereby any priest might 
 on his petition, even in case of murder, be delivered to his ordi- 
 nary, in order to purge himself. Afterwards it was confined to 
 signify a person's being burned in the hand, whipped, or trans- 
 portea, instead of suffering capitally, if he could read. It is now 
 abolished. 
 
 To BE'NEFIT, v. a. to do something to or for another, whereby 
 he may receive advantage or improvement; to promote, increase, 
 or render better. Used neutei-ly, to improve. Applied to the 
 mind, to reap advantage from. 
 
 BENEVE'NTO, anciently Beneve'ntum, a large and rich city 
 of Naples, capital of the Pnncipatro Ultra. It is seated in a fer- 
 tile valley, near the confluence of the Sabato and Caloro, 30 
 miles from Naples. The country round is fertile ; but the city is 
 not remarkable for its general appearance or for its public build- 
 ings. Its population is under 20,000. 
 
 BENE'VOLENCE, s. [benevokntia, Lat.] a disposition to do 
 good ; kindness ; the good done ; the charity given. A name 
 
 fiven to those compulsory loans or contributions, by which the 
 ings of England in former days, in violation of their coronation 
 oath and the liberties of the people, obtained the means for 
 
 supporting their prodigal expenditure on favourites and in wars. 
 The troubles of Charles I. began respecting benevolences. They 
 were abolished distinctly by the Bill of Bights in 1G88. Synon. 
 
 Of the two words beneficence and benevolence, one is the intention, 
 the other the act ; benevolence being the desire of doing good ; 
 beneficence, actual goodness. 
 
 BENE'VOLENT, part, [benevolens, Lat.] inclined to do good 
 from an affectionate regard to a person. 
 
 BENGA'L, a province in the E. part of Hindustan, extending 
 from E. to W. upwards of 400 miles, and from N. to S. above 
 300. It is bounded on the W. by Orissa and Bahar ; on the N. 
 by Napaul and Bootan ; on the E. Iw Assam and Meckley ; and 
 on the S. by the Bay of Bengal. The country consists of one 
 vast plain, which, in common with other parts of Hindustan, 
 annually renders two, and in some parts even three crops. Its 
 principal products are sugar, silk, cotton, fruit, pepper, opium, 
 rice, saltpetre, lac, and civet. The rivers Ganges and Brahma- 
 pootra, with their tributaries, and other large streams, water 
 this province, and by their yearly inundations maintain the 
 productiveness of its soil. Lions, tigers, jackalls, monkeys, 
 deer, &c., infest the jungles; and the rivers abound with alliga- 
 tors. Iron and coal are its chief mineral wealth. The exports 
 of Bengal are indigo, silk, sugar, &c., to England, and to Cliina 
 opium, and to other parfs cotton goods. The English have had 
 possession of this province since 17G5 ; and it is the seat of the 
 highest authorities in British India. Its population is about 
 25,000,000. Calcutta is the capital. 
 
 BENGA'L, s. [from Bengal in the East Indies] a sort of thin 
 light stuff, made of silk and hair, for women's apparel. 
 
 BENGALI', the name of the language spoken in Bengal. It 
 resembles the old language of the country, the Sanscrit, as our 
 English does the Saxon. It was not much used in literature till 
 the translations of the Bible, the Pilgrim's Progress, and other 
 rehgious works, by the Baptist Missionaries, at Serampore. 
 
 BENGA'ZI, a town of Barbary, Africa, belonging to the pasha 
 of Tripoli. It stands on the shore, about 15 miles from the Cy- 
 renian Mountains. The port is not now so good as it used to be. 
 The town is badly built, and pestilentially filthy. It is, in ap- 
 pearance, fortified. Its population is above 2000, most of whom 
 are Jews and slaves. The remains of the ancient city of Berenice, 
 which occupied the same site, are numerous. Lat. 32. 7. N. 
 Long. 20. 3. E. 
 
 BE'NGEL, JOHANN ALBERT, an eminent German divine 
 in the beginning of the last century. After having been engaged 
 as tutor at Tubingen and Denkendorf, he was appointed prelate 
 at Wirtemburg. His chief and best fame arises from his writ- 
 ings, which have always been held in the highest esteem by 
 pious men ; one of which, his Onomon of the New Testament, was- 
 adopted by Wesley as part of the creed or articles of his society ; 
 and from his edition of the Greek Testament, which biblical 
 critics have held to be of considerable worth. He died in 1752, 
 aged 65 years. 
 
BEN 
 
 BENGUE'LA, a region on the W. coast of Africa, bounded 
 on the W. by the ocean; on the N. by Angola; on the E. and 
 S. E. by parts unknown ; and on the S. by Mataman, or Matapan. 
 The productions are manioc, palms, dates, vines, cassia, and 
 tamarinds ; and from the humidity of the soil, they have two 
 fruit-seasons in the year. The country abounds in lions, tigers, 
 hippopotami, alligators, and formerly in elephants. The district 
 is neld by the Portuguese, who have a governor resident at the 
 capital, St. Philip de Benguela. The slave-trade was its chief 
 commercial engagement. It is said that there are silver mines 
 and salt mines there. This country has been but imperfectly 
 explored. 
 
 To BENFGHT, v. a. to be overtaken by darkness in a journey ; 
 to be without light ; to wander in the dark. Applied literally to 
 the eyes, and figuratively to the mind. 
 
 BENI'GN, (ben'me) a. [henignus, Lat.] having a disposition that 
 inclines a person to do a good action to another ; kind, generous, 
 or liberal. In Medicine, wholesome, gentle. 
 
 BENI'GNITY, (the ^ is retained in the pronunciation of this 
 word, though dropped in the former,) s. \henignite, Fr. benianitas, 
 Lat.] a disposition of mind inclining one person to be kind to 
 another. 
 
 BENI'GNLY, {beninely) ad. in such a manner as to show kind- 
 ness and condescension. 
 
 BENI'GNNESS, (benineness) s. that which inclines a person, 
 or fits a thing, to do good to another. 
 
 BE'NIN, tne name of a river and a bajf of Nigritia, in W. 
 Africa. The river has not been very carefully explored, its at- 
 mosphere being so pestilent ; but it is known to be in reajity 
 not so fine a stream as its mouth, which is more than two miles 
 across, would indicate. On its banks are various towns, as two 
 New Towns, Salt Town, Reggio Town, &c., built apparently 
 for the sake of the trade, which once flourished with the Dutch, 
 Portuguese, and English. The Bight of Benin lies between Cape 
 Formosa and Cape St. Paul's, and is above 300 miles across. 
 The shore is little better than a morass, being in fact part of the 
 great delta of the Quorra, or Niger river, and the river Benin, or 
 Formoso, and others. On the coast are several establishments 
 of the Danes, the Portuguese, the French, and the English. 
 The trade, which is carried on chiefly by barter, is in ivory, gold 
 dust, palm oil, and (which has been of the greatest iniury to the 
 people) slaves. It is during the rainy season that the climate 
 ancfthe countiy are most fatal. 
 
 BE'NISON, s. [benir, Fr.] a blessing, applied to the benedic- 
 tion of a parent. 
 
 BEN-LA'WERS, a mountain of Perth, Scotland, about 3950 
 feet in height, on the N. of Loch Tay. 
 
 BEN-LE'DI, a mountain of Perth, Scotland, which attains 
 the height of nearly 3000 feet. 
 
 BEN-LO'MOND, a mountain of Stiriing, Scotland. It is the 
 S. end of the Highland, and abounds in fine prospects. Its 
 height is about 3200 feet. 
 
 HEN-M'DHU', a mountain between Aberdeen and Inverness, 
 Scotland, 4300 feet high, on the S. of Loch Avon. 
 
 BE'NNET, s. in Botany, a name of the common ffeum, or avens. 
 
 BEN-NE'VIS, a mountain of Inverness, rising 4300 feet above 
 the level of the sea. Its summit affords one of the most exten- 
 sive and beautiful prospects in Scotland. 
 
 BEN-VENU'E, a mountain of Perth, Scotland, celebrated for 
 its romantic beauty by Scott, in his Lady of the Lake. It lies on 
 the S. of Loch Katrine, and is not much more than 2000 feet 
 high. 
 
 BEN-VOI'RLICH, a mountain of Perth, Scotland, S. of Loch 
 Earne, 3300 feet in height. This is one'of the most romantic 
 mountains of Scotland. 
 
 BENT, s, that which forms an angle, or crookedness, in oppo- 
 sition to straiffhtness ; the declivity or slope of a hill ; application 
 of the mind; disposition or inclination towards something; de- 
 termination ; fixed purpose ; turn of the temper or disposition ; 
 tendency; flexion. In Botany, a kind of grass. 
 
 BE'NTHAM, JEREMY, the well-known politician, jurist, 
 moralist, and philosopher, of the beginning of this, and the end 
 of the last century. He studied at Oxford, was destined for the 
 bar, travelled through Europe, and pissed the latter part of his 
 life as a bencher of Lincoln's Inn. The events of his life were 
 bis thoughts and his books; and, so measured, his life was most 
 eventful. His works on the laws, and on the principle of law. 
 
 BEK 
 
 are of the utmost value, though but little prized hitherto. In 
 his ethical writings, he took as his foundation, (a principle 
 akin to Paley's,) that that was n'o'Ai which secured the happiness 
 of the greatest number, thus making utilitt/ the test of virtue, 
 and samcity the sovereign of the conscience. His own benevo- 
 lent life was the best reply to his theory. In practical matters, 
 he has yet the greatest part of his work for mankind to perform. 
 He died in 183-2, aged 85 years. 
 
 BENTIVO'GLIO, the name of a noble and distinguished 
 family at Bologna; the most eminent of whom. Cardinal Guido 
 BentiKoglio, in the end of the 16th and beginning of the 17th 
 centuries, was much occupied in the affairs of Europe. He was 
 papal nuncio to the Netherlands during the religious wars there, 
 and to France in the time of Louis XIII. His writings, which 
 relate principally to affairs in which he took part personally, are 
 admired for their style, and valued for candid expositions of the 
 views and feelings of Romanists in such exciting and perplexed 
 times. He died m 1644, aged 65 years. 
 
 BE'NTLEY, RICHARD, a most famous English classical 
 critic and scholar of the last century. He was in succession 
 master of the grammar school at Spalding, Lincolnshire; tutor 
 to the son of Dr. SliUingfleet ; prebendai-y of Worcester ; keeper 
 of the king's library; Master of Trinity, Cantab.; and Regius 
 Professor of Divinity at the same University. No scholar was 
 ever engaged in more numerous and less dignified quarrels, 
 than Bentley. No one has so mixed a fame. He has, by his 
 writings, powerfully defended religion ; helped largely the study 
 of the New Testament Scriptures; and established canons of 
 criticism, and accumulated immense stores of most curious and 
 valuable erudition. But he has, by his impetuosity, and by . 
 his foible of editing every classic writer, brought on his canons 
 and himself undeserved ridicule. He died in 1739, aged 77 
 years. 
 
 To BENUTMB, v. a. [benumen. Sax.] to take away or destroy 
 the sense of feeling, applied to the effect of cold upon the ex- 
 treme parts of the body ; or the approach of death, and stupefy- 
 ing violence of any disorder. 
 
 BENZO'ATES, in Chemistry, salts formed by the combination 
 of any base with the benzoic acid. 
 
 BENZOIC, in Chemistry, belonging to benzoin. Benzoic acid, 
 is the acid obtained from benzoin ; it is found in other vegeta- 
 bles, as bitter almonds, the essential oils of many plants, &c. 
 
 BENZOIN, (vulgarly called Benjamin,) s. a dry and solid resin, 
 brought from the East Indies. It should be chosen fresh, is of 
 a quick pungent smell, easily broken, and full of the white al- 
 mond-like granules. It is a powerful expectorant, and is given 
 with success in disorders of the lungs and inveterate coughs. 
 The leaves of the tree, from which it is procured by incision, re- 
 semble those of the lemon-tree. 
 
 To BEPATNT, v. a. to cover with artificial colours. Figura- 
 tively, to change the colour of the complexion. 
 
 To BEQUE'ATH, v. a. to leave a person any thing by will. 
 
 BEQUE'ATHMENT, s. the leaving something, or the thing 
 left, by will. Seldom used. 
 
 BEQUE'ST, s. something left by will ; a legacy. 
 
 BE'RAR, a province of the S. part of Hindustan, bounded on 
 the N. and E. by the presidency of Bengal ; on the S. by Aurunga- 
 bad ; and on the VV. by the territory of the Nizam. It is elevated 
 table land, accessible by the defiles of the surrounding moun- 
 tains. It has some considerable streams, one only of which is 
 navigable. This lack of means of trading renders its commerce 
 very poor. The usual plants and vegetables of India grow here. 
 
 To BERA'TTLE, v. a. to make a noise at, including the idea 
 of contempt ; to scold. 
 
 BERBE'RRA, a trading town on the Gulf of Aden, in Africa, 
 by means of which good part of the trade of Aden with the in- 
 terior parts of Africa is carried on. The constant residents are 
 very few, but from November to May the population is con- 
 siderable. 
 
 BERBERS, onp of the aboriginal tribes of the N. W. coast of 
 Africa. They are found, under various names, throughout all 
 the different states of that part, and far into the Great Desert, 
 
 BERBI'CE, one of the EngHsh settlements in the W. Indies. 
 It is in Guiana, on the continent of S. America ; and with De- 
 nierara and Essequibo, forms British Guiana. New Amsterdam 
 is its capital, which stands on the Berbice river, which is navi- 
 gable for large vessels 50 miles from its mouth. The population 
 
BE II 
 
 IS about 25,000, of whom more than five-sixths are negroes and 
 of negro blood. Coffee, cotton, sugar, rum, are its exports. 
 
 To BEREA'VE, v. n. pret. bereaved, or htrefl ; [bereqfian. Sax.] 
 to take away by force, including a want of pity ; to spoil ; to rob ; 
 to strip a person of his property. 
 
 BERE'AVEMENT, s. the act of taking away, or leaving a 
 person destitute of any thing. 
 
 BERE'NGER, one of the schoolmen of the 11th century. He 
 may be regarded as one of the founders of the scholastic theo- 
 logy. He was engaged in a trying controversy respecting tran- 
 substantiation, in which his opponents used[ their customary 
 arguments, anathemas, book-burnings, forced recantations, and 
 wore out the life of the despiser of authority. He died in 1088. 
 
 BERE-RE'GIS, Dorsetshire. It is a small place, 113 miles 
 from London. Market, Wednesday. Pop. 1394. 
 
 BERESI'NA, a tributary river to the Dnieper, which rises in 
 the province of Minsk, and, after flowing for about 250 miles, 
 joins the Dnieper near Horwale. 
 
 BE'RGAMO, s. [Fr.] a coarse tapestry, manufactured with 
 several sorts of spun thread, or of flocks of wool, silk, or cotton, 
 ox, cow, or goat s hair. 
 
 BE'RGAMO, a province and city of Lombardy, under the Alps 
 and the Grisons. The city is fortified, and its churches and 
 cathedral are splendid buildings. There are several galleries of 
 paintings here. It has also good educational institutions. Its 
 population is about 30,000. It is 25 miles from Milan. Lat. 
 45. 42. N. Long. 9. 37. E. 
 
 BERGAMO'T, «. \hergamotte, Fr.] in Gardening, a fine juicy 
 pear, of a globular form, and a coat of an olive colour, mixed 
 with brown. An essence or perfume, drawn from the fruit of a 
 lemon-tree, ingrafted with the stock of a bergaraot pear-tree. 
 Likewise a kind of snuff, of a large grain, said to be only pure 
 tobacco, with some of this essence rubbed into it. 
 
 BE'RGEN, a handsome and ancient sea-port of Norway, capi- 
 tal of the province of Bergenhuus. The harbour is excellent, 
 and well fortified. Their exports are skins, timber, tallow, fish, 
 &c. ; but their wheat is brought from other places. It is 350 
 miles from Copenhagen. Lat. 60. 10. N. Long. 7. 14. E. Po- 
 pulation about 20,000. 
 
 BE'RGEN-OP-ZOOM, a very strong town of Dutch Brabant, 
 18 miles from Antwerp. Its population is above 5000; but the 
 trade is wholly domestic. 
 
 BERG-GRU'EN, s. the name of an earth used in painting, 
 and sometimes called green-ochre. 
 
 To BERHY'ME, v. a. to make a person or thing the subject 
 of a poem ; used by way of contempt. 
 
 BE'RKELEY, Gloucestershire. A small town on the Avon, 
 once of considerable importance and wealth. It has now a trade 
 in coals. The castle, which is near the town, was the scene of 
 the murder of Edward II. Market, Tuesday. Pop. 4405. 
 
 BE'RKELEY, GEORGE, bishop of Cloyne, Ireland, the cele- 
 brated metaphysical writer, and parent of Idealism. He was 
 educated at Dublin ; was secretary- and chaplain to the Earl of 
 Peterborough ; travelled in Europe ; was made dean of Derry ; 
 went on a missionary expedition to Rhode Island, N. America, 
 and was forced to return ; was made bishop of Cloyne, and died 
 at Oxford in 1753, aged 69 years. His writings are various, but 
 his renown rests on his philosophy, in which, contrary to the 
 usually received opinion, he adhered to the reports of the senses, 
 and discarded merely the addendum of reasoners, matter. He 
 has never been fairly answered, though there have been many 
 replies published. 
 
 BERKHA'MPSTEAD, Hertfordshire. It had formerly a strong 
 castle, built by the Normans, and has now a good free school, 
 founded by John Incent, dean of St. Paul's. Its trade is chiefly in 
 malt. It IS 26 miles from London. Market, Saturday. Pop. 1820. 
 
 BE'RKSHIRE, a county of England, bounded on the N. by 
 Oxford and Buckingham, on the W. by Wilts., on the S. by 
 Hants, and Surrey, and on the E. by Middlesex and Bucks. It 
 IS about 40 miles long, and 25 broad. The great chalk range, 
 which reaches, at the White Horse Hill, nearly 900 feet in height, 
 runs nearly due W. through it. It has gooci pastures on these 
 hills, and the lower land is fertile and woody. The Thames is 
 Its chief river; it has also the Kennet, the Loddon, the Auburn, 
 &c. It IS mainly an agricultural county; but some woollen cloth 
 IS manufactured. The White Horse Hill and Vale are named so 
 from the figure of a horse rudely made on the side of the chalk 
 
 B DR 
 
 hill by cutting away the turf from the chalk below ; it is nearly 
 400 feet long, and may be seen for many miles, and is believed 
 to be of great antiquity. Reading, Abingdon, Windsor, Wal- 
 lingford, &c., are its chief towns. It returns nine members to 
 parliament. Pop. 161,147. 
 
 BE'RLIN, a large, strong, and handsome city of Germany, 
 and capital of the kingdom of Prussia. It lies on the river Spree, 
 and by canals to the Elbe and the Oder, has communication with 
 both the German and Baltic Seas. It is nobly and regularly built, 
 with many squares, &c., and is divided into six quarters ; and has 
 fourteen gates, of which the Brandenburgh gate is the most mag- 
 nificent ; and forty-two bridges, some of whicli are very fine. 
 The public buildings are very numerous, palaces, churches, hos- 
 pitals, asylums, schools, varying in style, and vieing with each 
 other in splendour. The royal museum is a remarkably noble struc- 
 ture. There are also the university buildings, several theatres, 
 some fine manufactories, and public and military monuments. 
 Berlin has a university of the highest order of excellence. It is 
 also famous for its manufactories of China, woollens, silks, and 
 cottons, and other articles. Its trade, by means of the inland 
 navigation, is also considerable. Its population exceeds consi- 
 derably a quarter of a million. Lat. 52. 31. N. Long. 13. 22. E. 
 Berlin is the name a kind of travelling chariot. 
 
 BERME, s. [Fr.] in Fortification, a space of ground three, 
 four, or five feet wide, left without, between the foot of the ram- 
 part and the side of the moat, to prevent the earth from falling 
 down into the moat ; sometimes palisadoed. 
 
 BERMU'DA ISLANDS, a cluster of very fine islands, nearly 
 in the form of a shepherd's crook, and surrounded with rocks, 
 which render them almost inaccessible to strangers. They lie 
 in the Atlantic Ocean, nearly 600 miles E. of Carolina. They 
 are inhabited by the English, enjoy a pure and temperate air, 
 and have plenty of flesh, fish, and garden stuft". The pastures 
 are very fine, and the soil abundantly fertile. Arrow-root of the 
 finest qualitv is produced here ; and they supply England and 
 America with turtle. The common employment of the inhabit- 
 ants is in building sloops, and the making of straw plait for 
 women's hats. Population about 10,000. 
 
 BERN, the largest canton of Switzerland, bounded on the N. 
 by the cantons of Basle and Soleure, and Germany ; on the E. 
 by the cantons of Zurich, Lucerne, Unterwalden, and Uri; on 
 the S. by the Valais and Italy ; on the W. by the cantons of 
 Fribourg and Neufchatel, ana France. The Jura mountains, 
 which are 5000 feet in height, are in this canton. Its principal 
 Alpine heights are, the Finsteraarhorn, 14,110 feet high ; the 
 Jung-frau, 13,716 feet high ; the Schreck-horn, 13,386 feet in 
 height ; the Wetterhorn, above 12,000 feet high, &c. Immense 
 glaciers occupy the valleys amongst these lofty mountains, and of 
 these the glaciers of Grindelwald and Lauterbrunnen are most 
 known. The Aar with its tributaries, and a few small tribu- 
 taries to the Rhine, are the rivers of Bern ; and its lakes are 
 those of Thun, Bienne, and Neufchatel. The population is al- 
 most wholly agricultural, but grazing is their chief occupation. 
 There are also manufactories of linen, gunpowder, &c. &c. Its 
 population is nearly 400,000. The chamois, marmots, bears, 
 wolves, and eagles are met with in the mountains. 
 
 BERN, the capital town of the canton of Bern in Switzerland. 
 Here is a celebrated school, and a rich library, and twelve com- 
 panies of tradesmen, in one of which every inhabitant is obliged 
 to be enrolled before he can enjoy any oftice. It is a strong 
 place, and is seated in a peninsula formed by the river Aar, al- 
 most in the middle of the canton. It is elegantly built, and well 
 ornamented. The cathedral, the prison, the hospital, and other 
 public buildings, are very fine. Its population is about 15,000. 
 Lat. 46. 56. N. Long. 7. 26. E. 
 
 BERNADO'TTE, JEAN BAPTISTE JULES, was born at 
 Beam in France, entered the army early, and rose at the begin- 
 ning of the Revolution. He served with great distinction in 
 many campaigns, was present at Austerlitz and Wagram, and 
 was employed both by the Directory and by Buonaparte on 
 many honourable missions. Although one of Napoleon's mar- 
 shals, and made Prince de Pontecorvo by him, he was not sub- 
 missive enough for the emperor's taste. Being chosen Prince ' 
 Royal of Sweden, and driven to war by Napoleon, he took his 
 
 Eart with great skill and courage, and helped at Leipsic. He 
 ad to appeal to the sword to enforce on Denmark ^he observa- 
 tion of the treaty at Kiel, by which Norway was appended to 
 
■m 
 
BER 
 
 the Swedish crown. In 1818 he succeeded to the throne as 
 Charles (XIV.) John ; and devoted himself during his long reign 
 to the administration of the affairs of his kingdom, and the pro- 
 motion of its prosperitj'. He died in 1844, aged 90 years. 
 
 BE'RNARD, ST., abbot of Clairvaux, a famous churchman 
 of the r2th centurj'. His zeal for orthodoxy was very warm, 
 and the fame and influence he acquired by his ascetic life very 
 great. His great deeds were his preaching and heading the se- 
 cond crusade ; and his condemnation of Abelard, the celebrated 
 teacher of logic, &c. He died in 1153, aged about (K) years. 
 
 BE'RNARD, SAINT, the name of one of the Alpine passes 
 from the Valais to Piedmont. It is named from a monastery 
 built in it by St. Bernard of Clairvaux, where are kept numbers 
 of a breed of dogs unequalled for sagacity and gentleness of dis- 
 position, who are employed by the monks to search for travellers 
 who may lose their way and endanger their lives amongst the 
 mountain snows. This monastery occupies the loftiest position 
 used as a constant habitation in all Europe. The pass is occu- 
 
 pied by a nanow lake, at its highest part,_ which is about 8000 
 feet above the sea. It is not passable ' ' ' " ' 
 
 mules, or on foot. 
 
 not passable throughout, except by 
 
 BE'RNARDINES. -See Cistercians. 
 
 BE'RNBURG, a small duchy of Germany, lying between the 
 Prussian dominions and those of the duke of Brunswick, wa- 
 tered by streams which flow into the Elbe, and varied in its sur- 
 face, and enriched with mineral wealth, by the Harz mountain. 
 In some parts it is fertile, and supplies good pastures for rearing 
 of cattle. Its manufactories are insignificant. Bernburg, Bal- 
 lenstedt, Koswig, Harzgerode, are its principal towns. Its po- 
 pulation is about 50,000. 
 
 BERNINI, GIOVANNI LORENZO, a sculptor of the 17th 
 century, in Italy. He executed many works yet to be seen at 
 Rome, as the front of the college of the Propaganda, the Barberini 
 Palace, several fountains, some of the interior ornaments of St. 
 Peter's, and the piazza and staircase leading from it to the Vati- 
 can, &c. &c. He visited France late in his life, and executed 
 some works there. He was held in the highest honour during 
 his life, and has not lost his fame. He died in 1680, aged 82 
 years. 
 
 BERNOU'LLI, a celebrated family of mathematicians, of 
 which three occupy very distinguished positions as the fellow- 
 labourers of Leibnitz and Newton, and Euler and Clairaut. 
 James Bernoulli, and his brother John, seized eagerly on the 
 newfy-discovered calculus, and by their investigations materially 
 aided its application to the sciences. They both espoused the 
 side of Leibnitz in his controversy with Newton ; and they were 
 engaged in a controversy with each other, in which the latter 
 appeared to great disadvantage. Daniel Bernoulli, the son of John, 
 
 Srosecuted the study of the calculus in conjunction with his 
 lustrious contemporaries, and was the first to apply it to many 
 scientific questions. James died in 1705, aged 51 years ; John 
 in 1748, aged 81 years ; and Daniel in 1782, aged 82 years. 
 
 To BERO'B, V. a. to steal ; to take away the property of a per- 
 son. Seldom used. 
 
 BERO'SUS, the author of a History of the Chaldseans, of 
 which only a few fragments remain, quoted by Josephus, Euse- 
 bius, &c. He lived at the time of the overthrow of his country 
 by the Macedonians, and travelled into Greece, where he re- 
 ceived many honours. There was a Chaldaean astronomer of the 
 same name, but the accounts existing respecting both are so 
 extravagant, that it is impossible to determine respecting their 
 identity or diversity. 
 
 BERRI', an ancient province of France, comprising nearly 
 the departments of Cher and Indre ; which see. 
 
 BE'IKRY, s. [beriff. Sax.] a small fruit, containing one or more 
 seeds in a soft pulp, covered with a skin. 
 
 To BE'RRY, V. n. to produce berries. In the North, it signi- 
 fies to strike, [from ber, Isl.] to beat or thrash. 
 
 BE'RTHIER, ALEXANDER, one of Napoleon's generals, en- 
 nobled by him with the titles of Prince of Neufchatel and of 
 Wagram. He was proxy for the emperor at the marriage of 
 Maria Louisa. He entered the service of Louis XVIH. at the 
 Restoration ; and retired, at the return of Napoleon from Elba, 
 to Bamberg, where he died in the same year, 1815, aged 02 
 years. 
 
 BERTHO'LLET, CLAUDE LOUIS, an eminent French 
 chemist of the last centurj. He early embraced the antiphlogistic 
 
 BES 
 
 doctrines of Lavoisier, but with differences from his views in 
 some points. He recommended the use of chlorine for bleaching ; 
 and superintended the manufacture of gunpowder, and the dis- 
 covery of saltpetre for that purpose, during the first wars of the 
 Revolution. He accompanied Napoleon's expedition to Egypt ; 
 and was ennobled on nis return, which honour he retained 
 after the Restoration. He died in 1822, aged 74 years. Recent 
 chemical investigation has left Berthollet's views in many things 
 quite behind. 
 
 BE'RVIE, Kincardine, Scotland. A small sea-port and fish- 
 ing town, on the mouth of a stream of the same name, where 
 some hempen manufacture is carried on. It is 83 miles from 
 Edinburgh. Market, Saturday. Pop. 1342. 
 
 BE'RWICK-UPON-TWEED, a town on the borders of Eng- 
 land and Scotland. It is a town and county of itself, and is a 
 place of great strength, as well by art as nature, being defended 
 with walls, a castle, and other fortifications. It is large, popu- 
 lous, and well built, and has a good trade in corn, coal, and sal- 
 mon. It is seated on the river Tweed, over which there is a very 
 handsome bridge of 16 arches ; and the harbour's mouth is pro- 
 tected by a fine stone pier, with a light-house on the end of it. 
 It is 336 miles from London. Market, Saturday. Pop. 8484. 
 
 BE'RWICK, a shire in Scotland, bounded by the river Tweed 
 on the S. ; by Lothian on the N. ; by the German Ocean on the 
 E. ; and by Tiviotdale on the W. It abounds with corn and 
 grass, and is hilly on the N. and E. Coal is found in small 
 quantities in it. The principal rivers are the Tweed, the White- 
 adder, Blackadder, Eye, and Ednel. The principal place is the 
 town and castle of Dunse, the best place for trade in the county. 
 Greenlaw, Lauder, and Coldstream, are also of some note. It 
 sends one member to parliament. Pop. 34,438. 
 
 BE'RWICK, NORTH, Haddington, Scotland, seated on the 
 Frith of Forth. It is a rural place, with but little trade. It is 22 
 miles from Edinburgh. Pop. 1708. 
 
 BE'RYL, s. [beryUus, Lat.] a precious stone of a bluish green, 
 found in the East Indies, and about the gold mines of Peru. 
 
 BESA'NCON, a city in the depart, of Doubs, France. It was 
 formerly the capital of Franche-Comte, and is situated on a pen- 
 insula formed by the river DoubSj 235 miles from Paris. It is 
 a well-built place, and is very strongly fortified. It has some 
 fine buildings ; and its manufactures in thread, carpets, watches, 
 &c., are of some importance. Population above 30,000. 
 
 BESA'NT, Beza'nt, s. a coin of pure gold, of an uncertain 
 value, struck at Byzantium in the time of the Christian emperors ; 
 hence the gold offered by the king at the altar is called besant. 
 In Heraldry, besants are representations of round flat pieces of 
 money or bullion, introduced into coat armour by those who 
 were at the holy war. 
 
 To BESCREE'N, v. a. to conceal or hide any thing. Seldom 
 used. 
 
 To BESEE'CH, v. a. prefer. / besought ; I have besought ; [secan, 
 Sax.] to entreat with great earnestness; to ask as a favour, 
 in a humble and suppliant manner. 
 
 To BESEE'M, v. n. [beziemen, Belg.] to suit, applied to a 
 means; to become, or be worthy of, applied to character or 
 dignity. 
 
 To BESE'T, r. a. preter. I beset ,- I have beset ; [h^Otan, Sax.] 
 to surround, so as not to be able to escape without difficulty, 
 alluding to an enemy's surrounding a body of men, or some for- 
 tified place. Followed by with, to endanger, to encompass. 
 
 To BESHRE'W, v. a. [ftescAryere, Teut.] to wish any thing un- 
 happy or miserable to a person. 
 
 BESl'DE, Besi'des, prep. \be and side. Sax.] by the side, or 
 near, applied to situation. "To sit down beside him," Bacon. 
 "Reside nim hung his bow," Par. Zos*. In the enumeration or 
 detail of particulars, something more, over, and above. " In 
 man there is a nature found beside the senses," Bavies. " Great 
 numbers beside those whose names are in the Christian records," 
 Addis. Inconsistent with ; not relating to ; not discoverable by. 
 "A method beside, and above the discoveries of man's reason," 
 South. " It is beside my present business," Locke. Before a re- 
 ciprocal pronoun, as himself, &c., it implies the loss of reason, or 
 madness. "Thou art beside thyself.'^cfc. Used adverbially, 
 it implies an additional circumstance, or something more than 
 what nas been mentioned. "Besides, you know not," Diyd. The 
 rest ; or that which has not been already spoken of, or mentioned. 
 "Hast thou here any besides," Oen. xix. 13. 
 
 n2 91 
 
fi£S 
 
 To BESIE'GE, v. a. to surround or attack a place with an 
 army, in order to conquer and get master of it. 
 BESIE'GER, s. a person who attempts to take a town by en- 
 
 to daub or smear with any thing that 
 raises a disagreeable idea. 
 
 To BESME'AR, v. a. to cover or daub with any thing which 
 alters the colour of a thing, and raises the idea of something not 
 cleanly. Figuratively, to tarnish, to deprive of its lustre, ap- 
 plied to character, &c. 
 
 To BESMI'RCH, v. a. to soil, blacken, discolour. 
 
 To BESMO'KE, v. a. to soil ; to foul, or dry in smoke. 
 
 To BESMU'T, jj. a. [be and smitan. Sax.] to smear with any 
 thing black ; especially applied to discolour a thing by smoke, 
 soot, &c. 
 
 BE'SOM, s. \hesm, hesma. Sax.] an instrument consisting of a 
 long handle, to which birch or rushes are fastened, used by 
 housewives to sweep their floors from sand or dust. 
 
 To BESO'RT, V. a. to suit ; to fit. 
 
 BESO'RT, s. company ; attendance ; train. 
 
 To BESOT, V. a. to stupify with gluttony or drunkenness. 
 Used with thenarticle on, to dote, or be extremely in love with. 
 
 BESO'UGHT, (besa&t) part. pass, of Beseech. 
 
 To BESPA'NGLE, v. a. to make a thing glitter, by means of 
 some small shining object. 
 
 To BESPA'TTER, ». n. to wet, by casting small quantities 
 of water. Figuratively, to soil or tarnish the character of a 
 person. 
 
 To BESPE'AK, v, a. preter. / bespoke, or I bespoke ; I have be- 
 spoken ; [6e and spmkan. Sax.] to give orders for the making of 
 
 any thing, in order to prevent others from buying it ; to engage 
 beforehand ; to discover beforehand, or forebode ; to address in 
 discourse ; to speak to ; to declare ; to show. 
 
 BESPE'AKER, s. he that gives orders for the making of any 
 thing to an artificer or manuiacturer. 
 
 To BESPE'CKLE, v. a. to mark with spots. 
 
 To BESPl'CE, t). a. to season with spices, generally applied to 
 liquors. 
 ■ To BESPI'T, V. a. to wet with spittle ; to spit upon. 
 
 BESPO'KE, preter. and part, from Bespeak. 
 
 To BESPO'T, f. a. to mark with spots. 
 
 To BESPRE'AD, v. a. \be and spraaan. Sax.] to extend a thing 
 at full length over another ; to cover with. 
 
 To BESPRPNKLE, v. a. [be and springe. Sax.] to spurt, to 
 throw water upon a thing, so as to make it fall upon it in drops. 
 
 To BESPU'TTER, i: a. to wet any thing, by forcing spittle 
 in drops from between the lips. 
 
 BESSARA'BIA, a province of Russia, on the Black Sea, 
 bounded by the Dniester, Moldavia, the Pruth, and the Danube. 
 Its surface is beautifully varied, and promises to be, on cultiva- 
 tion, of great fertility. All species of corn, and the vine, have 
 been cultivated there lately with great success. At present its 
 pastures are its chief source of wealth ; and its timber, which in 
 the N. is excellent. Bender, Khotin, and Akkerman are its 
 chief towns. Its population is about 600,000. 
 
 BEST, a. the superlative degree of good; the comparative bctlcr ; 
 [bet, betertif^^i, good, better, best. Sax.] the highest degree of 
 good. USMr%ith the word do, the utmost exertion of power or 
 ability. Taken adverbially, the highest degree of goodness. 
 
 To BESTAI'N, v. a. to mark with stains ; to spot. 
 
 To BESTE'AD, v. a. to profit ; to accommodate. 
 
 BE'STIAL, «. [bestia, Lat.] that has the nature of a beast. 
 Applied figuratively to one who seems to have no regard for rea- 
 son, delicacy, virtue, shame, or humanity. 
 
 BESTIA'LlTY, s. that quality which is contrary to the right 
 use of reason ; opposite to every principle of humanity. 
 
 BE'STIALLY, ad. in such a manner as to resemble a beast, 
 and below the dignity of humanity. 
 
 To BESTI'CK, f. a, preter. I bestuck, or have bestuck ; to fix 
 darts, or any pointed thing or mark, upon a subject. 
 
 To BESTI'R, V. a. to exert one's power vigorously. Generally 
 used with the reciprocal pronouns, him, her, himself, &c. 
 
 To BESTCVV, (the ow in the last syllable is pronounced like o 
 long,) V. a. [besteden, Belg.] to give a person a thing which he 
 had no right to demand ; to give in marriage, used with the 
 preposition «/Jon, before the receiver; to apply; to lay out upon ; 
 to place. 
 »-2 
 
 BET 
 
 BESTO'WER, s. he that gives a thing; he that confers a 
 favour. 
 
 To BESTREW, v. a. part, bestrowed, or bestrotcn ; to scatter, 
 or sprinkle over ; to cover with. 
 
 To BESTRPDE, v. a. preter. I bestrid, or bestrode; I have be- 
 stridden ; to Stand over any thing, so as to have it between our 
 legs, or a leg on each side of it. As this posture is that of a per- 
 son on horseback, it is put figuratively for a person riding. 
 
 To BESTU'D, V. a. to adorn with shining dots, marks, or 
 studs. 
 
 BET, s. [betan. Sax.] the money deposited by each of the 
 parties who lay a wager, to be given to him who wins. 
 
 To BET, V. a. to lay a wager. 
 
 To BETA'KE, v. a. preter. I betook, part, passive, betaken ; [be- 
 tacan. Sax.] to apply ; to have recourse to, with the reciprocal 
 pronouns him, her, himself, &c., and the particle to; to take to, 
 fly, or go, applied to motion. 
 
 BETCHOUA'NA, or Bechua'na, the name of one of the native 
 races of S. Africa, lying N. of the Great Orange river, and com- 
 posed of many difiierent tribes, agreeing in language, customs, 
 &c., in the main. They are sunk very low in barbarism, and 
 yet in the style of their building, in working metals, &c., they 
 are superior to many barbarous nations. Their language has 
 been reduced to writing and system by the Protestant mission- 
 aries, whose influence nas also been exerted with some success 
 to raise them, by the introduction of education, and more re- 
 fined customs. Their numbers cannot be ascertained until Eu- 
 ropeans have greater intercourse with them ; but two of their 
 towns, Lattakoo and Kuruman, are supposed to have a popula- 
 tion of about 10,000 each. 
 
 To BETEE'M, v. a. to bestow or give; to produce, alluding to 
 the teeming time of animals. 
 
 To BETHI'NK, t'. a. preter. 7 bethought; [be and thencan. Sax.] 
 to recall back something past into the mind ; to recollect oneself; 
 to suspend our thoughts. 
 
 BETHLEHEM, s. [the house of bread, Heb.] the name of a 
 city in Judea, famous for being the birth-place of our Lord and 
 Saviour Jesus Christ. It is now reduced to a poor village. Ap- 
 plied, according to its etymology, to an hospital ; and at present 
 appropriated to that where lunatics are confined, near Moorgate, 
 London. -See Bedlam. 
 
 BETHLEHEM, the name of eight places in the United Sates; 
 the most important of which is in Pennsylvania, and was settled 
 originally by the Herrnhutters. It is a neat town, and slbnds 
 on the Lehigh river, over which is a bridge 400 feet long. It 
 has a stone church, and a good female school. It is 48 miles 
 from Philadelphia. Pop. 2989. 
 
 BETHLEHEMITE, s. a person confined, or fit to be confined, 
 in a mad-house, called a Bedlamite. Also an order of monks, 
 subsisting principally in South America,' who are reputed great 
 politicians. 
 
 To BETHRA'L, (bethraul) v. a. to bind and fetter as a captive. 
 Seldom used. 
 
 To BETHU'MP, v. a. to bang, or beat. A ludicrous word. 
 
 To BETI'DE, V. n. preter. it betided, or betid; [from tid, Sax.] 
 to happen to a person; to befall; used both of good and bad 
 events. 
 
 BETI'ME, Beti'mes, ad. [be and tima, Sax.] in season ; with- 
 out delay ; soon ; in a short time. Joined with morning, early. 
 
 BETLE, Be'tel, Be'tre, s. [Ind.] a kind of pepper, whose 
 leaves are of great use throughout the East, for the purpose of 
 dyeing the teeth black and the lips red, and of sweetening the 
 breath ; and producing an intoxicating excitement. 
 
 BETLEY, a town of Stafl!brdshire, 156 miles from London. 
 Market, Tuesday. 
 
 To BETO'KEN, v. a. to declare, to show, to discover, by 
 marks or signs. 
 
 BETONY, s. [betonica, Lat.] a plant with gaping blossoms, 
 found in woods and heaths. It was formerly much used in medi- 
 cine, but is at present discarded. It is often smoked as tobacco, 
 and the roots provoke vomiting. Paul's betony is the same 
 with the smooth speedwell, ana the yellow betony is a sort of 
 stachys. 
 
 BETOO'K, preter. from Betake. 
 
 To BETO'SS, v. n. to be tossed about ; to be agitated, dis- 
 turbed, troubled, or tormented. 
 
 To BETRA'Y, I), a. [trahir, Fr.] to deliver a person up to his 
 
BEW 
 
 enemies, though bound to the contrary ; to disclose a secret in- 
 trusted to one ; to discover some failing; to discover. 
 
 BETRA'YER, s. the person who treacherously delivers another 
 into the hands of his enemies; one who discloses a secret. 
 
 To BETRI'M , V. a. to adorn or embellish the person with dress ; 
 applied with great beauty to the flowery creation. 
 
 To BETRO'TH, v. a. Ibetrowen, Belg.J to promise a person in 
 marriage. 
 
 To BETRU'ST, v. a. to trust or rely on the fidelity of another, 
 applied to persons and things. 
 
 BETTER, a. the comparative degree of good, of which best is 
 the superlative ; [betera. Sax.] that exceeds, is better, or prefer- 
 able to the thing it is compared with. Used as a substantive, a 
 person of rank or authority superior to ourselves. 
 
 BE'TTER, ad. in a more perfect, exact manner ; in a more 
 advantageous or profitable manner or way. 
 
 To BE'TTER, v. a. to improve ; to increase the value of a 
 thing; to amend by change; to surpass; to excel; to strength- 
 en, or add strength to. 
 
 BE'TTER, s. one who lays a wager. 
 
 BETWEE'N, prep, [beticeotian, betwinan. Sax.] applied to situa- 
 tion, it signifies the middle, or the having one of the two things 
 mentioned on each side of us. Applied to time, the middle space, 
 or that which is included within the periods mentioned. Applied 
 to qualities, partaking of each. Applied to things opposite or 
 contrary to each other, it implies separation, or the idea of differ- 
 ence acquired by comparison. A reciprocation on both sides, 
 applied to friendship. By themselves, privately, exclusive of any 
 others. Synon. Between is properly used of only two persons ; 
 but among, when more are included. 
 
 BETWl'XT,^ep. [beticyx. Sax.] used indifferently ior between ; 
 which see. 
 
 BE'VEL, Be'vil, s. among joiners, a kind of square, one or 
 both legs of which are crooked, according to the sweep of an 
 arch, or vault. Bevil angle is that which is not square, whether 
 it be obtuse or acute. 
 
 To BE'VEL, Be'vil, v. a. to form a bevil angle, in opposition 
 to a right one. 
 
 BE'VERAGE, s. [bevere, Ital.] any common drink, or a\)y 
 thing drinkable ; a treat at putting on, or first wearing, a new 
 suit of clothes ; a treat at a person's first coming to prison, called 
 likewise garnish ; but these last meanings are vulgar. 
 
 BE'VERIDGE, WILLIAM, bishop of St. Asaph at the begin- 
 ning of the last century. He was a man of great learning and 
 piety ; and in the several parishes which were under his care 
 successively, in his archdeaconry, and in his diocese, he distin- 
 guished himself by the indefatigable zeal with which he applied 
 himself to the discharge of his numerous and varied duties. The 
 works which he published were on Chronology, the Oriental Lan- 
 guages, and the Ancient Ecclesiastical Canons. After his death, 
 his well-known Private ThouffJtts, and other works on practical 
 theology, were published. lie died in 1708, aged 71 years. 
 
 BE'VERLY, Yorkshire, E. R. It is a large, well-built town, 
 having two parish churches, besides the minster, which is a 
 large structure that was founded by king Athelstan, but con- 
 sumed by fire in 1188, and afterwards rebuilt. Its other public 
 buildings are the grammar school, and the prisons and court- 
 houses of the riding. It stands near the river Hull, and has 
 some trade in corn, coals, leather, &c. It is 183 miles from 
 London. Markets, Wednesday and Saturday. Pop. 8730. 
 
 BE'VY, s. Ibei-a, Ital.] a flock, or number of birds collected 
 together ; an assembly, or company. 
 
 To BEWA'lL, f. a. [from wa, grief. Sax.] to grieve for any 
 calamity. 
 
 To BEWA'RE, v. a. to act with so much caution as to provide 
 against any future obstacle, or misfortune. 
 
 BEW'CASTLE, Cumberland. Formerly a market town, but 
 now a small village only. It abounds in relics of Roman, Saxon, 
 &c. origin. In the church-yard is a Runic pillar, with carvings, 
 and an inscription which scholars have as yet failed to decipher. 
 Pop. 1274. 
 
 BEW'DLEY, Worcestershire. It is pleasantly situated on the 
 river Severn, is neat and well built, and enjoys a good trade for 
 malt, leather, and caps, but not to such an extent now as for- 
 merly. It is 125 miles from London. Market, Saturday. Pop. 
 3400. 
 
 To BEWE'T, V. a. to make moist or wet. 
 
 BEZ 
 
 BEWICK, THOMAS, an eminent wood-engraver of the end 
 of the last and beginning of the present century ; whose British 
 Birds, Quadrupeds, Gay's Fables, Fishes, Illustrations to the 
 British Poets, and especially his tail-pieces, are so well known 
 and so lustly admired. He was a kind and generous spirit, and 
 full of humour, as all his works show. He died in 1828, aged 
 75 years. 
 
 To BEWI'LDER, v. a. to lose in a place or wood, which has 
 no certain path. Figuratively, to puzzle and perplex the mind 
 with diflicmties. 
 
 To BEWPTCH, V. a. to injure by, or subject to, the power of 
 diabolical charms and incantations. In a secondary sense, to 
 operate so powerfully on the mind by personal or mental charms, 
 as to captivate and be irresistible. 
 
 BEWl'TCHERY, s. a power which persons dealing with ma- 
 gic, or with evil spirits, have over others. In its secondary sense, 
 a charm, either personal, mental, &c. 
 
 To BEWRA'Y, (in pronunciation the w is dropped,) v. a. [be- 
 wregan, Sax.] to discover a thing that is hid, or secret, either 
 through simplicity or treachery. 
 
 BEWRA'VER, (in pronunciation the w is dropped,) s. a per- 
 son who discovers a thing which should be concealed ; a divulger 
 of secrets. 
 
 BEY, s. among the Turks, the governor of a country or town ; 
 the Turks write it Begh, or Bee, a lord or sangiac. 
 
 BEY'0'ND,^re;?. [begeond, Sax.] a word used to signify excess 
 in any thing. Applied to a place, the farther side of any thing, 
 or that which is at the greatest distance from us; farther than ; 
 across, or over; too great for, or out of the reach of; exceeding, 
 above; superior. 
 
 BEY'RA, a province of Portugal, bounded by the Tagus, and 
 the Serra de Louzao ; theDouro; Spain, and the Atlantic. Some 
 of the peaks of the Serra de Estrella, which cross it, are above 
 7000 feet high. The Mondego is its principal river ; the rest are 
 small streams, on the coast, or else tributary to the larger rivers. 
 In its valleys are grown, corn of all kinds, fruits, and vines. 
 Agriculture is the chief occupation, except on the coast. Coimbra, 
 which has a university, Guarda, Limego, Visen, are its chief 
 towns. Its population is about a million and a half. 
 
 BE'ZA, THEODORE, one of the leaders of the Reformed 
 Church in Switzerland, in the 16th century. He was by birth a 
 French noble, and was educated for the law : afterwards being 
 
 Eressed to enter the church, he joined the Reformed Church at 
 leneva. He was for ten years Greek Professor at Lausanne, and 
 both there and at Geneva distinguished himself for the zeal and 
 learning with which he defended and promoted the Reformation. 
 On the death of Calvin, Beza succeeded to his office and influ- 
 ence, which he used to the satisfaction of all. He died in 1605, 
 aged 86 years. He wrote many works ; his Latin version of the 
 !New Testament, published with his edition of the Greek Testa- 
 ment, which is believed to have formed the basis of the text 
 whence our common English version was made, is well known. 
 
 BEZI'ERS, a town in the dept. of Herault, France, most plea- 
 santly situated on a hill above the river Orb, and commanding a 
 most enchanting prospect. The town is well built, and has an 
 old and strangely-built cathedral, and has the ancient fortifica- 
 tions round it. In the neighbourhood, wine, spiritsj^d silk 
 are produced ; and the town itself has manufactories of silken 
 goods, and woollen cloth of different kinds. It is 480 miles 
 from Paris. Its population is about 15,000. Lat. 43. 21. N. 
 Long. 3. 13. E. 
 
 BE'ZIL, Be'zel, s. that part of a ring in which the stone is 
 fixed. 
 
 BE'ZOAR, s. [pa and zahar, Persic,] a stone moderately hard 
 and heavy, generally of a round form, and its size between that 
 of a horse bean and a small walnut, of a dusky olive or green 
 brown. It is always smooth and glossy ; but when broken is 
 found to consist of several coats or crusts of stony matter, laid 
 over one another, on a piece of stick, or seed of a fruit, for a nu- 
 cleus or basis. It is a calculus found in goats, in Persia and the 
 E. Indies. Others are found in the W. Indies. The calculi in 
 other animals are also called bezoars. They were esteemed as 
 specifics against poisons and malignant fevers ; but have ceased 
 to be of any account, except in the East, where artificial bezoars 
 are prepared from various metals. 
 
 BEZOA'RDIC, a. an epithet applied to medicines compounded 
 with bezoar. 
 
BIB 
 
 BHU'RTPOOR, a district in the W. of Agra, Hindustan. It 
 IS not naturally very fertile, but by great care and constant irri- 
 gation, it yields excellent corn, sugar, and cotton. Bhurtpoor, 
 Combher, Deeg, Kurnau, are its chief towns. 
 
 BIA'FRA, BIGHT OF, a bay in the Gulf of Guinea, W. Africa, 
 divided by Cape Formosa from the Bight of Benin. It is nearly 
 600 miles across, and nearly 300 in depth. One branch of the 
 Quorra, or Niger, empties itself in this bay, and some other large 
 streams. This part of the coast is not very thickly inhabited, 
 owing to its very unhealthy character. Elephants abound, and 
 other wild animals. Iron is plentiful, and this, ivory, and palm 
 wine, are the chief articles of trade. 
 
 BIANCHrai, FRANCESCO, a learned astronomer and histo- 
 rian of Italy, at the close of the 17th century. He wrote re- 
 specting the calendar ; examined the rotation of Venus, and pub- 
 lished the results ; attempted to draw a meridian line throughout 
 Italy ; began a Universal History ; published an interesting 
 account of the Sepulchral Chamber of some members of the 
 household of the emperor Augustus ; communicated many papers 
 on different subjects to the transactions of learned societies ; and 
 died in 1729, aged 67 years. 
 
 BIATVGULATED, Bia'ngulous, a. [6t««s and angtthts, Lat.] 
 that has two angles. 
 
 BI'AS, s. [biats, Fr.] the weight lodged in one side of a bowl 
 to direct or regulate it in its course, and to turn it from a straight 
 line. Figuratively, an influence, propensity, or any thing which 
 directs the course of a person's actions to a particular end. Sy- 
 NON. These words rise gradually ; inclination implying something 
 less strong than propensity ; propensiUj, than bias : the first leads 
 us to an object, the second draws us, the third drags us. Inclin- 
 ation is greatly owing to education, propension to custom, hias to 
 constitution. 
 
 To BI'AS, ». a. to influence a person to any particular mea- 
 sures of conduct. 
 
 BI'AS, one of the Wise Men of Greece. He was a native of 
 Priene, a Grecian city of Asia Minor, and gained his reputation 
 by kindness, sagacity, and a happy power of embodying in pithy 
 sayings the results of much shrewd observation and thought. 
 He spent the greater part of his life, and died, in his native city. 
 He was flourishing in 540 b. c. 
 
 BIB, s. \hibo, Lat.] a piece of linen put under the chin of in- 
 fants when feeding, to keep the victuals which are spilt from 
 their clothes ; likewise a piece of linen pinned on the front of 
 the stay of those of more advanced years. 
 
 BIBA'CIOUS, a. [hibax, Lat.] much addicted to drinking ; or 
 drinking to excess. 
 
 BIBA'CITY, s. \bibacitas, Lat.] the quality of drinking too 
 much. 
 BI'BBER, s. [bibo, Lat.] a person who drinks to excess. 
 BI'BLE, s. [biblion, Gr.] the name given to the collection of 
 ancient writings which are received by the Christian world as 
 the revelation of God's will to man. It consists of two parts, 
 the former called the Old Testament, or Covenant, and the latter 
 the New. The Old Testament comprises all the books held sa- 
 cred by the Jews, and contains, 5 books written by Moses, 
 (called the Pentateuch, and the Law,) in which the history of 
 the Jewish nation is given from the very beginning to their ar- 
 rival at the borders of Canaan ; and also the whole of that system 
 of ritual observances which constituted the worship of the Jews ; 
 —12 other books, which carry on the history of the Jews to their 
 reinstatement in Judea on their return from captivity ; — 16 books 
 of Prophecies, delivered at various times to the Jews ;— and 
 lastly, 5 poetical books, one being a relation of the trials of an an- 
 cient patriarch ; another, a collection of hymns, odes, and elegies, 
 composed by various parties on various occasions, public and pri- 
 vate ; and the others, practical maxims, &c., chiefly the embodi- 
 ments of the observation and wisdom of the wisest of the Jewish 
 kings. These all (with the exception of some few passages in some 
 of the latest of them, which are m Chaldee) are written m Hebrew. 
 The New Testament, which is written in Greek, contains, 4 
 distinct histories of the ministry, and deeds, and death of our 
 Lord Jesus Christ, two being written by eye-witnesses, and two 
 by the intimate companions of those who were" so ;— a history of 
 the first efforts made to proclaim the gospel, chiefly those made 
 by the most eminent of^ the first preachers, the apostle of the 
 Gentiles;— 1,3 letters, or essays in the epistolary form, written 
 to various churches and persons in Europe and Asia, by the 
 
 apostle of the Gentiles, unfolding with great clearness the truths 
 01 the gospel, and showing their bearing upon common life ; — a 
 letter written to the converted Hebrews, which is commonly 
 ascribed to Paul;— 7 other letters on the same subject, but writ- 
 ten with various scope, one by James, one by Judas, two by 
 Peter, and three by John ;— and lastly, a half-poetical book of 
 visions, embodying the subsequent course and fortunes of the 
 church. Various parts of this collection of writings were trans- 
 lated into the common tongue of this country in very early days. 
 Wiclifl'e translated the whole of the Scriptures into English. 
 After the Reformation, four different translations were made and 
 printed; and in 1611, that version which is now most generally 
 received and used, was printed under the patronage of the king, 
 at the cost of the Stationers' Company. Many other translations 
 into English have been made since, but they are used only by 
 particular sects, or by scholars merely. There were translations 
 of the whole or part made very early into many Oriental lan- 
 guages, Greek, Latin, and other tongues, some of which are ex- 
 ceedfingly valuable. Since the great effort began to diffuse the 
 Scriptures and the gospel into every land, the Bible has been 
 translated, wholly or partly, into about 200 different languages 
 and dialects. Bible monopoly, the exclusive right conferred by 
 letters patent on the printers to the sovereign of Great Britain, 
 to print the Scriptures, &c. ; now abolished in Scotland, and in 
 England confined to the Authorized Version, without note or 
 comment, but shared with the printers to the universities of Ox- 
 ford and Cambridge. Bible Societies, institutions for diffusing 
 the Scriptures by sale and gift. 
 
 BIBLIO'GRAPHER, «. [biblos and ^ra^Ao, Gr.] one who writes 
 or copies books. 
 
 BIBLIO'GRAPHY, s. knowledge of books ; the study of the 
 authors, editors, printers, &c,, of books. 
 
 BI'BLIOMANCY, s. a kind of divination performed by taking 
 passages of Scripture at hazard, and drawing indications thence 
 concerning things future. It was much used at the consecration 
 of bishops. 
 
 BIBLIOMA'NIA, s. an extravagant passion for accumulating 
 books. 
 BIBLIOTHE'CAL, a. [bibliotheca, Lat.] belonging to a library. 
 BI'BULOUS, a. [bibulus, Lat.] that sucks or drinks any fluid 
 or moisture. 
 
 BICE, s. in Painting, a blue colour prepared from capis ar- 
 menus. 
 
 BI'CESTER, or Bu'rcester, Oxfordshire, noted for its excel- • 
 lent malt liquor. Here is a manufacture of slippers and lace. It 
 is situated on the road between Oxford and Buckingham, 56 
 miles from London. Market, Friday. Pop. 3022. 
 
 BiciTRE, a public building near Paris, in France. It was 
 originally a castle belonging to one of the bishops of Winchester, 
 in England ; which, after various changes, came into the hands 
 of the crown, and was used as an hospital. It is at present used 
 as a place of confinement for some criminals, and a poor-house 
 also. 
 
 BICHA'T, MARIE FRANCOIS XAVIER, a very distinguish- 
 ed young surgeon of France, who during the time of the Revolu- 
 tion, by his enthusiastic pursuit of anatomical and physiological 
 studies, and by his public lectures and writings, greatly pro- 
 moted the study of these sciences throughout the civilized world. 
 He died from an accident in 1800, aged but 31 years. 
 
 BICI'PITAL, Bici'piTOUs, a. [biceps, Lat.] having two heads. 
 It is also applied to one of the muscles of the arm. 
 
 To BI'CKER, V. n. [bicre, Brit.] to skirmish or quarrel ; to 
 tremble, quiver, or move backwards and forwards. 
 BI'CKERER, s. one who is quarrelsome. 
 BI'CKERING, s. a quarrel, skirmish, or sudden attack, op- 
 posed to a set or pitched battle. 
 BICO'RNE, Bico'rnous, a. [bicornis, Lat.] that has two horns. 
 To BID, V. a. preter. Ibid, bad, bade, I have bid, or bidden; [bid- 
 dan. Sax.] to order or command ; to request, or invite a person 
 as a guest; to offer a sum for the purchase of a thing; to pub- 
 lish or proclaim. Synon. To bid, intimates direction to perform, 
 whether or not the person directing has any authority for so 
 doing. To orrfcr, implies the exercise of authority. 
 
 BI'DAL, Bi'dalt, s. [bid and a&,] in our ancient customs, de- 
 notes the invitation of friends to drink ale at some poor man's 
 house, who in consideration hereof expects some contribution for 
 his relief. This custom still obtains in the west of England. 
 
BIDASSO'A, or Vidaso'a, a river of Spain, which rising in 
 the Navarrese Pyrenees, after a course of about 70 miles, enters 
 the Bay of Biscay, near Fontarabia. It is very near the boundary 
 between France and Spain ; and its fisheries supply the markets 
 of Madrid, &c. 
 
 BI'DDEN, part. pass, of To Bid. 
 
 BI'DDER, s. one who offers a price for any commodity. 
 
 BI'DDING, s. command, and order, including generally the 
 idea of a superior. 
 
 BFDDLE, JOHN, a theological scholar who lived during the 
 troubles of the 17th century. He was educated at Oxford, and 
 was chosen master of a school at Gloucester. A publication of 
 his drew on him the charge of heresy, and he experienced hard 
 measure from the Parliament, and the Assembly of Divines, who 
 obtained' an act making the profession of Socinianism a capital 
 offence. This was frustrated by the army, and at length, (after 
 having been released by Cromwell, and re-imprisoned by Brad- 
 shaw,) after nearly seven years' durance, he was set at liberty, 
 and continued so till the fall of the Commonwealth, when he was 
 again incarcerated, and died in prison, in 1GG2, aged 47 years. 
 
 To BIDE, V. a. [bidan. Sax.] to endure, or suffer.— r. n. to 
 dwell, live, remain, or continue in a place. 
 
 Bl'DEFORD, Devonshire. A well-built, populous town, seated 
 on the river Touridge, over which there is a veiy long bridge of 24 
 arches. It has a noble quay, and carries on a considerable trade 
 in coarse earthenware, Irish wool, &c. They also send ships to 
 America and the West Indies. It is 203 miles from London. 
 Market, Tuesday. Pop. 5211. 
 
 BIDE'NTAL, a. [bidens, Lat.] that has two teeth. Figuratively, 
 that has two prongs. 
 
 Bl'DET, s. a nag or little horse, formerly allowed each trooper 
 and dragoon, for his baggage and other occasions. 
 
 BI'DING, s. constant stay or residence in a place. 
 
 BIE'NNIAL, a. [biennis, Lat.] that continues, or has been, for 
 two years. 
 
 BIER, (Jeer) s. [beer. Sax.] a frame of wood on which dead 
 persons are carried to the grave. 
 
 BIE'STINGS,s. [bysting, Sax.] in Farming, the first milk given 
 by a cow after calving. 
 
 BIFA'RIOUS, a. [bifarius, Lat.] double, two-fold, that may 
 be understood two ways. 
 
 BI'FEROUS, a. [biferens, Lat.] bearing fruit twice a year. 
 
 BI'FID, a. [bifidus, Lat.] cut, cleft, or divided into two parts. 
 
 BI'FOLD, a. two-fold, double. 
 
 BIFO'RMED, a. [biformis, Lat.] compounded of two forms ; 
 that is double-shaped. 
 
 BIFO'ROUS, a. [binv^ and forum, Lat.] opening with double 
 doors. 
 
 BIFU'RCATED, a. [binus and furea, Lat.] with two forks or 
 prongs. 
 
 BIG, a. applied to dimensions, large, immense, swelling out. 
 Joined to with, or of, pregnant ; swelling or distended with grief. 
 Applied to a person's looks or words, proud ; haughty. Synon. 
 The word great is a general terra, signifying any thing consider- 
 able in bulk, extent, quality, number, &c. Thus we say, a ffreat 
 house, a great road, a great weight, a great many, a great famine, 
 a great happiness. The words big and large are more circum- 
 scribed ; big implies greatness of bulk ; large, greatness of extent. 
 Thus we say, a big man, a big stone ; but a large room, a large 
 field. 
 
 BI'GAMIST, s. [bigamus, low Lat.] one who has married an- 
 other before the death of his first wife. 
 
 BI'GAMY, s. [bigamia, low Lat.] a double marriage, or the 
 having of two wives at the same time; which" is felony by law. 
 
 BIGBE'LLIED, a. swelling out, applied to sails filled with 
 wind ; with child ; pregnant. 
 
 BI'GGIN, s. [beguin, Fr.] the close-fitting under cap of an in- 
 fant, covering the hind part of its head. 
 
 BI'GGLESWADE, Bedfordshire. It is seated on the Ivel, 
 (which is navigable for boats, and brings up coals, timber, mer- 
 chandise, &c., from Lynn,) 45 miles from London. Its market 
 is one of the greatest in England for barley, peas, and horse 
 corn. Market, Wednesday. Pop. 3807. 
 
 BIGHT, s. [bygan. Sax.] the circumference of the coil of a 
 rope, opposed to its ends or extremities. 
 
 BI'GNESS, s. largeness with respect to quantity, bulk, or di- 
 mensions. 
 
 BI'GOT, s. [supposed to be derived from Rollo's refusing to 
 kiss the foot of Charles V. of France, when he received his 
 daughter in marriage, and the investiture of the dukedom from 
 him, with this Gothic expression, Ne se by God, on which ac- 
 count he was called by the king a bigot,'] a person strongly at- 
 tached to any religious opinion or custom, notwithstanding the 
 strongest reason urged to convince him by a contrary party. 
 Used in a bad sense. 
 
 BI'GOTED, a. obstinately prepossessed in favour of a person 
 or opinion. 
 
 BFGOTRY, s. unreasonable firmness, obstinacy, or attach- 
 ment to any party or opinion. 
 
 BFLANDER, s. [belandre, Fr.] a small ship or vessel, broad 
 and flat, used for convejdng goods from place to place. 
 
 BI'LBERRY, s. in Botany, a plant producing a small purple 
 berry, of a sweetish and sharp taste, used sometimes for tarts. 
 
 Bl'LBO, s, a rapier or sword. 
 
 BILBO'A, or Vilva'o, a healthy sea-port town of Spain, capi- 
 tal of Biscay, with four parish churches and seven convents. 
 Here is a good, well-frequented harbour, the town is well 
 supplied with water, provisions, fish, &c., and the environs 
 are fertile in leguminous plants and fruits. The chief exports 
 are wool, sword blades, and other iron and steel wares. It is 
 seated on the river Ibaicabel, 220 miles from Madrid. Lat. 43. 
 23. N. Long. 3. 10. W. 
 
 BI'LBOES, s. a sort of stocks for punishing offenders on board 
 a ship. 
 
 BI'LDESTON, Suffolk. This is a small town, but it has a 
 handsome church. It is 63 miles of London. Market, Wednes- 
 day. Pop. 857. 
 
 BILE, s. [bilis, Lat.] in Anatomy, a yellow bitter liquor or 
 fluid, separated from the blood in the liver, collected in the gall- 
 bladder, and discharged into the lower end of the duodenum. 
 A red inflammatory swelling or tumour, very sore, and cured by 
 suppuration, from bile. Sax. Figuratively, concealed or sup- 
 pressed anger. 
 
 BILEDU'LGERID, the ancient Numidia, an inland country 
 of Africa, S. of Tunis. The air is hot, but the soil, though dry, 
 yields a considerable quantity of barley. The country in some 
 parts is covered with large woods of date-palm trees, with which 
 the inhabitants carry on a considerable trade. The inhabitants 
 are Africans, and roving tribes of Arabs. It lies between 28 
 and 32 degrees N. lat., and between 5 and 11 E. long. 
 
 BILGE, s. [bilig. Sax.] that part of a ship's bottom on which, 
 together with the keel, she rests, when aground. Bilge-water, 
 that which rests on a ship's bottom, on account of its flatness, 
 and cannot go to the well. Bilge-pump, is that which is applied 
 to the side of a ship, to exhaust or pump out the bilge-water. 
 
 To BILGE, V. n. a sea-term, to damage, to break the boards 
 of a ship or vessel against a rock, so as to make a passage for 
 the water to enter ; to spring a leak. 
 
 BI'LIARY, a. [bilis, Lat.] in Anatomy, that belongs to or 
 conveys the bile. 
 
 BILI'MBI, s. a fruit of the East Indies, used there medicinally, 
 but here only as a pickle. 
 
 BILI'NGUOUS, a. [bilinguis, Lat.] an epithet |]yJi|^ one 
 who speaks two languages. In Law, applied to i^ffljrwhich 
 passes upon a foreigner for a crime committed in England, 
 whereof part are English, and part foreigners. 
 
 BI'LIOUS, a. [bilis, Lat.] consisting of bile ; subject to biliary 
 disorders. 
 
 To BILK, i>. a. [bilken, Teut.] to cheat ; to defraud; to con- 
 tract a debt, and run away without paying it. 
 
 BILL, s. [bile. Sax.] the horny mandibles which are the ter- 
 mination of the jaw in birds, used by them in procuring food ; 
 a beak. In Husbandry, a kind of axe, with a hooked point, 
 used to lop trees. If the handle be short, it is named a hand bill ; 
 but if long, a hedge bill. An old English weapon. In trade, a 
 written or printed account of goods delivered to, or work done 
 for, a person. In Commerce, bUl of credit, that which is given by 
 one person to another, empowering him to take up money of his 
 correspondents in foreign countries. A bill of entry, an account 
 of goods entered at the custom-house, either inwards or out- 
 wards, mentioning the person exporting, &c., the quality or 
 species of the goods, where exported to, and whence. Bill ^ex- 
 change, an order given by a person to another in a different place, 
 to pay money to a third person, at a specified time. Bill of health, 
 
BIN 
 
 a certificate signed by a visiting physician that a ship's crew 
 have been in quarantine, and are free from contagious diseases. 
 £ill of lading, a memorandum or acknowledgment, under the 
 hand of" a master of a vessel, of his having received goods on 
 board, together with a promise to deliver them as consigned. 
 Bills of parcels, an account given by the seller or buyer of the 
 several goods bought, and their prices. Bill of sale, a contract, 
 by which a person empowers his creditor to sell the goods of 
 which he gives him an inventory, unless the sum borrowed be 
 repaid with interest at the time appointed. Bill, in Law, a single 
 bond without a condition ; a declaration in writing, expressing 
 some grievance or wrong done by the person complained of. In 
 Parliament, a writing containing some proposals offered to the 
 House to be passed into a law. A bill of mortality, a bill giving 
 an account of the number of persons dying within certain limits 
 and times. A bill of fare, an account of the dishes of an enter- 
 tainment, or of the provisions in season. In History, TIw Bill of 
 JRiffhts, the bill appointing William HI. king of England, at the 
 same time laying down the limits of the monarchy, and settling 
 the succession. 
 
 To BILL, j;. n. to join bills together. Figuratively, to caress 
 with great fondness, in allusion to the manner of doves joining 
 their bills together. 
 
 BILLE'RICAY, Essex. It is seated on a hill, 23 miles from 
 London. Pop. 1284. 
 
 BI'LLESDON, Leicestershire, 9 miles nearly E. of Leicester. 
 Market, Friday. Pop. 878. 
 
 BPLLET, s. [billet, Fr.] in Heraldry, a bearing in form of a 
 long square. They are supposed to represent pieces of gold and 
 silver; butGuillim thinks they represent a letter sealed up ; and 
 others take them for bricks. Also a log of wood cut for fuel, 
 from bilot, Fr. Also a note or ticket given by the constable of a 
 parish or hundred, to quarter soldiers at public-houses. Billet- 
 doux, [Fr.] a love-letter. 
 
 BI'LLIARDS, s. has no singular, [billard, Fr.] a kind of game 
 played on an oblong table, fixed exactly horizontal and covered 
 with a cloth, with little ivory balls, which are driven by the op- 
 posite parties into hazards, holes, or pockets, placed at the end 
 and sides of the table. 
 
 BI'LLINGHAM, Durham. It is 297 miles from London. 
 Markets, Tuesday and Saturday. Pop. 1653. 
 
 BI'LLlNGSGATE, a gate, port, or stairs, on the river Thames, 
 where a considerable fish-market is held. Figuratively, low 
 abuse and scurrilous language, alluding to that which is made 
 use of by those who frequent this place. 
 
 BI'LLION, s. [Fr.] in Coinage, a base metal, either of gold or 
 silver, in which copper is predominant. In Arithmetic, a thousand 
 thousand millions, expressed in figures thus 1,000,000,009,000. 
 BPLLOW, s. [bilffe, Teut.] a large, high, swelling wave. Sy- 
 NON. We cut through the waves ; are lifted by the surges ; tossed 
 and dashed by the billows. 
 
 To BI'LLOW, f. n. to swell or grow tempestuous ; to raise in 
 large heaps like the appearance of billows. 
 
 FLLOWY, a. stormy, tempestuous, swelling into large waves. 
 '" "'""'" Staffordshire. A town which has risen lately to 
 portance through the productiveness of the coal 
 py which it is surrounded. It has iron-works, 
 :ories for all kinds of iron goods, and for common 
 It has two churches, and a fine Methodist meet- 
 ing. It is inhabited chiefly by miners and labouring men ; and 
 from the nature of their work, and the character of the country 
 round it, is far from that cleanliness needful for health: the 
 ravages of the cholera were dreadful. Some of the mines run 
 under the town, and, by the falling in of the galleries, many of 
 the houses are broken in pieces. The earth in many places in 
 the neighbourhood, sinking in where an old mine has been, in 
 which the coal and shale is smouldering, smokes constantly, as 
 if on fire. It is 113 miles from London. Markets, Monday 
 and Saturday. Pop. 20,180. 
 
 BIN, s. \binne. Sax.] a long square frame, or chest of wood, 
 wherein corn, bread, &c. are put. 
 BI'NARY, a. [binarius, Lat.] two ; double. 
 BI'NBROKE, or Bi'nbrook, Lincolnshire. It is seated in a 
 bottom, and has two parish churches. It is 158 miles from Lon- 
 don. Market, Wednesday. Pop. 1187. 
 
 To BIND, V. a. preter. botmd ; \bindan. Sax.] to deprive a per- 
 son of the free use of his limbs by bonds ; to surround, to en- 
 
 BI' 
 
 com 
 and 
 and 
 earthi 
 
 I n^Hptoi 
 theaine. I 
 
 BIR 
 
 compass, confine, fasten together ; to fix a bandage on ; to com- 
 pel, force, restrain. In Physic, to make costive. To bind a book, 
 to sew the sheets together, and place theni in a cover. With the 
 word oyer, to oblige, under a certain penalty, to appear at a court 
 of justice. Synon. We bind the feet and hands of a criminal ; 
 and we tie him to a stake. In the figurative sense, a man is 
 bound when he is not at liberty to act ; and he is tied when he 
 cannot change his party, or quit it. Authority and power bind ; 
 interest and love tie. 
 
 Bl'NDER, s. one who binds books ; one who ties sheaves 
 together. In Surgery, a fillet used to keep on the dressings of a 
 sore, and rolled several times about it. 
 
 BPNDING, s. that which is bound, wound, or tied round any 
 thing ; a bandage. 
 
 BrNDWEED, s. in Botany, a plant, the same with the con- 
 volvulus. 
 
 BI'NGHAM, Nottinghamshire, seated on the vale of Belvoir, 
 now a mean place, and its market is small. It is 130 miles from 
 London. Market, Thursday. Pop. 1998. 
 
 BI'NNACLE, s. a frame in the steerage of the ship, in which 
 the compass is placed. 
 
 BFNOCLE, s. [binus and oculus, Lat.] in Dioptrics, a telescope 
 fitted with two tubes, so that distant objects may be seen by 
 both the eyes. 
 
 BINO'CULAR, a. [binus and oculus, Lat.] that has two eyes or 
 sights. 
 
 BINO'MIAL, a. in Algebra, the name of an expression which 
 consists only of two terms. Binomial theorem, one discovered 
 by Sir Isaac Newton, by which any power or root of a binomial 
 expression may be obtained without performing the actoal in- 
 volution or extraction. 
 
 BIO'GRAPHER, s. [bios and graplio, Gr.] one who writes the 
 lives of particular persons. 
 
 BIO'Gll APH Y, s. writing the lives of men ; the lives so written. 
 
 BI'ON, a Greek pastoral poet, born near Smyrna, who lived 
 much in Sicily : he was a friend of two other poets, Theocritus 
 and Moschus, with whose poems his are usually associated. He 
 flourished about 200 b. c. 
 
 BI'PAROUS, a. [binus and pario, Lat.] bringing forth two at a 
 time. 
 
 BI'PARTITE, a. [bipartitus, Lat.] having two parts answering 
 to each other ; divided into two. 
 
 BIPARTI'TION, s. the act of dividing into two. 
 
 BI'PED, s. [bipes, Lat.] an animal with two feet. 
 
 BPPEDAL, a. [bipedalis, Lat.] two feet in length. 
 
 BIPE'NNATED, a. [binits and pcnna, Lat.] having two wings. 
 
 Bl'QUADRATE, Biquadra'tic, a. [bis and quadra, Lat.] the 
 next power above the cube, or the square of the square. Biqua- 
 dratic equation, in Algebra, an equation which contains the fourth 
 power of the unknown quantity. Biquadratic power, the fourth 
 power of a number, or the square squared. Biquadratic root of a 
 number, the square root of the square root. 
 
 BIQUI'NTILE, a. [bis and guintus, Lat.] in Astrology, an 
 aspect of the planets, wherein they are 144 degrees from each 
 other. 
 
 BIR, (pron. beer,) a town of Turkey in Asia, in Mesopotamia, 
 standing on the Euphrates, which is navigable thence to the 
 sea. It is not well built, and stands on the side of a very steep 
 hill. Its population is estimated at about 3000. Lat. 36. 59. N. 
 Long. 38. 7. E. 
 
 BIRCH, s. [birc, Sax.] in Botany, betula; a very elegant and 
 common English tree, whose wood is used for making ox-yokes, 
 hoops, small screws, panniers, brooms, wands, bavin bands, 
 withies for faggots, arrows, bolts, shafts, dishes, bowls, ladles ; 
 also for fuel. In Russia and Poland, they cover houses with 
 the bark of the birch-tree instead of slate and tile. There are 
 several different species. Birch-broom, is a broom or besom 
 made with the small twigs of the birch-tree. See Besom. 
 
 BIRCHEN, a. made of birch. 
 
 BIRD, s. [bird, or brid. Sax.] the second class of vertebrated 
 animals ; its body is covered with feathers, and has two wings, 
 two legs, and a bill of a firm horny substance ; and the females 
 are all oviparous. Bird of Paradise, a genus of very splendid 
 birds, natives of China and the Eastern Islands, which were 
 believed by old travellers to have no feet. Prov. Birds of a 
 feather flock together. — He's in great want of a bird tljat will give a 
 groat for an owl. — One bird in the hand is worth two in the bush. — 
 
BIR 
 
 'Tis an iU bird ihat hewrays its own nest. — Every bird must hatch her 
 own eijq. 
 
 BI'RDBOLT, s. \hird and holt. Sax.] a small shot or arrow, used 
 in killing birds. 
 
 BI'RDCAGE, s. a receptacle made with wire, &c. to keep 
 birds in. 
 
 BI'RDCATCHER, Bi'rder, s. one who lives by catching and 
 selling birds. 
 
 BrRD-CHERRY, s. in Botany, a common English shrub or 
 small tree, which bears very pretty long spikes of flowers in the 
 spring. 
 
 BFRDLIME, s. a viscid, glutinous substance, prepared differ- 
 ent ways, but that in common use with us is made of holly bark, 
 or misseltoe. It is spread upon twigs, upon which the birds 
 lighting are entangled. 
 
 BI'RD'S-EYE, s. in Botany, the common name of a plant, the 
 same with the mealy primrose ; the wild carrot is called bird's- 
 eye bv some, and the common germander speedwell. 
 
 BIRD'S-EYE-VIEW, s. a mode of representing a landscape 
 or scene which conveys the impression of being taken from such 
 a height that it appears partly as a plan or map. It is usually 
 employed for representations of towns and masses of buildings, of 
 which a plan is required, without its formality and exactitude. 
 
 BI'RD'S-FOOT, s. in Botany, the ornithopodium of Linnaeus, 
 so called from the shape and arrangement of its pods or seed 
 
 BI'RD'S-NEST, in Botany, the English name of a kind of 
 orchis which grows in moist woods, but is not very common. 
 Used in Sweden as a cattle medicine. 
 
 BI'RD'S-TONGUE, s. in Botany, a plant, called also marsh 
 groundsel. 
 
 BIRD, WILLIAM, one of the most eminent English composers 
 of church music, who lived in the I6th century. He was, first, 
 organist at Lincoln cathedral, and afterwards one of the organ- 
 ists to the queen. His works, which (with the exception of the 
 Non nobis Domine, known to all) were almost forgotten, are gain- 
 ing now the attention and esteem their merit deserves. He died 
 in 1623, aged about 60 years. 
 
 BI'RGANDER, s. in Natural History, the common name of a 
 species of goose. 
 
 BI'RKBECK, DR. GEORGE, the founder of Mechanics' Insti- 
 tutions, was a physician, who had always a great taste for prac- 
 tical science, and on various occasions had seen how much 
 artisans stood in need of better information respecting their own 
 crafts. He enlisted the advocacy and help of the leading scien- 
 tific and literary men amongst his associates, and devoted his 
 own time, and property, and pen to his favourite object, with 
 great, but too temporary, success. He died in 1841, aged 65 
 years. 
 
 BI'RKENHE AD, Cheshire. This town has risen lately on the 
 opposite bank of the Mersey to Liverpool, at the termination of a 
 branch of the Grand Junction Railway. There are two churches, 
 a town-hall, market-house, a park, and docks of all kinds with 
 every needful appendage, one of which exceeds in area all the 
 docks of Liverpool. Pop. 8223. 
 
 BIRKET-£L-KEROtJ'N, a large lake in Middle Egypt, on 
 the W. of the range of mountains that form the W. side of the 
 valley of the Nile. It lies by a plain which is well cultivated and 
 covered with villages. It is about 40 miles long, and 5 broad. 
 
 BIRKET-EL-MARIOU'T, a large lake near Alexandria, in 
 Egypt, communicating with the Nile and the sea. It is about 
 30 miles long, by about 15 broad. 
 
 BI'RMAN EMPIRE, or Bu'rmah, a large country lying E. of 
 the Bay of Bengal, adjoining to British India, and Aracan. -The 
 Gulf of Martaban is its S. boundary, and the kingdom of Siam 
 its E. ; whilst northerly it extends to the borders of Thibet. 
 The Aracan mountains, and a branch of the Himmaleh moun- 
 tains, which are its N. boundary, are included in it, and these 
 latter attain a great altitude : from them flows the great river 
 Irawaddy, the principal stream of the country, running through- 
 out its whole length ; of its tributaries the largest is the Khyan- 
 derain ; the Delta formed at its mouth is a triangle, each of whose 
 sides are about 140 miles long. Of all the natural curiosities the 
 springs of petroleum are the most wonderful : they are found by 
 sinking wells of about 250 feet deep. This natural or mineral oil 
 is much used in the country. Gold is found in the rivers, and 
 mines of other metals exist m the inland parts. Precious stones. 
 
 BIS 
 
 amber, and coal, also abound. The climate is such as is usual 
 in those latitudes, modified by the peculiar conformation of the 
 country. Amongst its forests the most valuable tree is the teak ; 
 and the usual kinds of corn and pulse, and drugs, occur. The 
 only peculiarity of the wild animals is the comparative rarity of 
 wolves, jackals, &c. The inhabitants seem to belong to several 
 difl'erent tribes, though they are all of one variety of the human 
 species. They are not so far advanced in civilization as their 
 neighbours on either side. Boodhism is the most prevalent re- 
 ligion. The government of the country is by an absolute despot, 
 the councillors acting only as agents of his will. The trade is 
 chiefly internal, or with the countries E. of Burmah. Ava, Pegu, 
 Amarapoora, Sagain, and Pughain, are its chief cities. Its po- 
 pulation is about 4,000,000. 
 
 BPRMINGH AM , Warwickshire. This is one of the largest of 
 our manufacturing towns ; it is finely and healthily situated on 
 the slope of a hill, with a few small streams near it, which after- 
 wards flow either to the North Sea, or by the Severn to the At- 
 lantic. The coal and iron district terminates some miles from 
 the town, and the strata in its vicinity are only sands, gravels, 
 and clays, whence the soil is very poor. The wealth of the town 
 consists in its varied manufactures, which consist of all kinds of 
 steel and iron goods, from those made by the great roUing-ftiills, 
 to the most exquisitely finished ornaments, and steel pens, glass, 
 silver goods, papier-mache articles, &c. There are several 
 churches, built in a good style of architecture, and the newer 
 parts of the town also are well built; the railway termini and 
 some of the manufactories are fine erections. King Edward's 
 school has been rebuilt in a most elegant Gothic style, and the 
 town-hall (which contains one of the noblest organs in Europe) 
 is a grand building, constructed after the model of a Roman 
 temple, and placed in a most commanding situation. Market, 
 Thursday. Pop. 182,922. 
 
 BIRT, s. in Natural History, a provincial name of the turbot. 
 
 BIRTH, s. [6eor<^, Sax.] the act of bringing forth ; the entrance 
 of a person into the world ; any production ; rank of dignity in- 
 herited by descent. In sea affairs, a proper place for a ship to 
 ride in ; tne distance between a ship when under saii, and the 
 shore ; a place separated by canvass, wherein the sailors mess, and 
 put their chests. A good berth, good accommodations, wherein 
 a person has every thing that is convenient. 
 
 Bl'RTHDAY, s. the day in which a person comes into the 
 world and is born. 
 
 BI'RTHNIGHT, s. the night in which a person is born. 
 
 BPRTHPLACE, s. the place wherein a person is born. 
 
 BFRTHRIGHT, s. the right which a person acquires by birth, 
 generally applied to the first-born. 
 
 BPRTHSTRANGLED,a. strangled, choked, or killed by suf- 
 focation, in coming into the world. 
 
 BI'SCAY, a province of Spain, bounded on the W. and S. W. 
 by Asturia ancf Old Castile, on the N. by the Bay of Biscay, on 
 the E. by Navarre, and on the S. by Old Castile and Navarre. 
 It is about 48 miles in length, and 30 in its greatest breadth. 
 Biscay produces apples, oranges, citrons, corn, &c. They have 
 titnljer for ship-buflding, and mines of iron and lead, which they 
 also manufacture ; the adjoining sea also supplies theM|^h fish, 
 and renders their trade very flourishing ; theirtfj^^Hpre ac- 
 counted the best in Spain. The Biscayners are oTJ^^Rxtrac- 
 tion, and still preserve their peculiar language, the BHp, which 
 has no affinity with any other in Europe. Bilboa is the capital. 
 Pop. about 140,000. Bay of Biscay, that part of the Atlantic 
 which lies between Spain and France, Cape Ortegal and the 
 Island of Ushant being its natural boundaries. It is about 400 
 miles across, and as many deep. It receives the waters of some 
 of the largest rivers in France ; but only inconsiderable moun- 
 tain streams empty themselves into it from Spain. The naviga- 
 tion of this bay is proverbially bad, from the continual roughness 
 of the water, arising from its shape and position as to the At- 
 lantic, and the current, which may be only a portion of the Gulf 
 Stream. 
 
 BI'SCOTIN, s. [Fr.] a confection made of flour, marmalade, 
 eggs, &c. 
 
 BI'SCUIT, {bUkit) s. [bis, Lat. and cuit,Vr.'] a kindof hard dry 
 bread, made partly of wheat flour, and partly of pea flour, mixed 
 with leaven and warm water, and well baked in the form of flat 
 cakes. It is used on board ships as the common fare ; otherwise 
 as a sort of luxurj'. The great biscuit factory for the navy is at 
 o 97 
 
BIS 
 
 Gosport. This name is also applied to other kinds of plain cakes 
 and confectionerr. In the manufacture of earthenware, the 
 goods after their first baking, before being glazed, are so called. 
 
 To BISE'CT, V. a. [binus and seco, Lat.] in Geometry, to divide 
 any thing into two equal parts. 
 
 BISE'CTION, BissE'cTiON, s. in Geometry, the act of dividing 
 a line, &c. into two equal parts. 
 
 BI'SHOP, s. [Sax. from epkcopos, Gr.] an overseer, or superin- 
 tendent. In Episcopal churches, a minister whose office it is to 
 ordain, overlook, and direct the ministers of different parishes 
 or congregations, in all spiritual matters ; and who is himself 
 under the control of an archbishop. In other churches it is used 
 as equivalent to presbyter, or elder, and signifies the minister of 
 any particular congregation. In the Church of England, there 
 are 25 bishops for England and Wales ; 23 of whom sit in the 
 House of Lords by virtue of their baronies, and one as a titular 
 lord-abbot ; 12 for Ireland, 3 of whom sit as representative lords 
 of the Irish Church ; and 17 for the colonies, with one at Jeru- 
 salem, whose services are shared by the members of some other 
 Protestant communions. The bishops of London, Durham, and 
 Winchester take precedency of the rest, who rank according to 
 the date of their consecration : and in Ireland, the bishops of 
 Meath and Kildare rank first, and the rest in the order of conse- 
 cration. All these sees are in the gift of the Crown, except 
 Sodor and 3Ian, which is in the gift of the Duke of Athol. Suf- 
 fragan bishops, are those who are subordinates and assistants, and 
 substitutes in case of absence of other bishops. The name is 
 applied to all bishops of the English Church. Bishops in partibus 
 infidelium, bishops without a see, or exercising actual episcopal 
 authority in one place, under the title of another see where no 
 such authority is exercised. This is in the Romish Church. 
 
 BI'SHOP, s. a liquor made of water, wine, sugar, and a Seville 
 orange roasted. 
 
 BI'SHOP AND HIS CLERKS, some little islands and rocks on 
 the coast of Pembrokeshire, near St. David's,dangerous to mariners. 
 
 BI'SHOPRIC, «. [hiscoprice. Sax.] the province, district, or 
 diocese, which belongs to a bishop. 
 
 BI'SHOPS-AUKLAND, Durham. It is pleasantly seated on 
 the side of a hill, and noted for its castle, beautifully repaired 
 about 100 years ago; for its chapel, whose architecture is very 
 curious ; and for its bridge. It is 257 miles from London. Mar- 
 ket, Thursday. Pop. 3776. 
 
 BI'SHOPS-CASTLE, Shropshire, seated near the river Clun ; 
 and is much frequented by the Welch. It is 159 miles from 
 London. Market, Friday. Pop. 1781. 
 
 BI'SHOPS-STORTFORD, Hertfordshire, seated on the side 
 of a hill, and has several good inns. Its chief trade is in malt. 
 It is 30 miles from London. Market, Thursday. Pop. 4681. 
 
 BISK, s. [bisque, Fr.] a soup, or broth, made of different sorts 
 of flesh boiled, according to Johnson. 
 
 BI'SMUTH, s. in Chemistry, a metal, of a reddish white colour, 
 a flaky texture, and moderately hard, but not malleable. It is 
 generally found with cobalt ; native bismuth, and sulphuret of 
 bismuth, are also found upon the continent, but this is not an 
 abundant metal. Bismuth is used with other metals, not only to 
 form ^||||H^^rpes, but also to make pewter, and for some other 
 compJ^^^^PP remarkably contributes to the fusibility of some 
 alloya^^^^Rt is employed to make solder. Bismuth is likewise 
 given THPeaicines, though now very rarely. Pearl-white is a 
 precipitate of bismuth. 
 
 BI'SON, s. in Natural History, the name of one or two kinds 
 of wild ox, the most numerous of which occurs in N. America, 
 where it is usually termed a buffalo. In the boundless prairies 
 of the far-west, and high up towards the N., where only an occa- 
 sional traveller or a wandering tribe of Indians is seen, these 
 beasts are found in immense herds, which travel from place to 
 place as want of pasture necessitates. The flesh is reckoned by 
 some a delicacy ; and the hide, and the long hair cut from it, 
 are valuable articles of trade. The hunting of them is dangerous 
 sport, as thejf are powerful and ferocious animals. 
 
 BISSE'XTILE, s. [bis and sextilis, Lat.] a year containing 366 
 days, happening every fourth year, when a day is added to the 
 month of February, to make up for the six hours by which the 
 solar year exceeds the civil year. The name bissextile was given 
 it at the reformation of the calendar by Julius Csesar, because 
 the 6th cal. March (our 24th of February) was repeated twice on 
 that year, to secure the necessary correction. 
 
 IV 
 
 common marsh plant; a sort of 
 surgeon's instrument, used in 
 
 BI'STORT, «. in Botany 
 snakeweed. 
 
 BI'STOURY, s. [bistouri, Fr.] 
 making incisions. 
 
 BI'STRE, s. [Fr.] a colour made of the soot of wood 
 beech, boiled, and afterwards diluted, and made into cakes wit 
 gum water. It is used by painters to wash their designs, instead 
 of Indian ink, &c. 
 
 BISU'LCOUS, a. [bisulcus, Lat.] cleft in two parts ; cloven- 
 footed. 
 
 BIT, s. [bitol. Sax.] the essential part of a bridle, which being 
 put into the horse's mouth, the rider is enabled to manage him ; 
 the sharp end of a piercer, auger, or other iron instrument. The 
 bit of a key is that part which contains the wards. Bit also means 
 as much as a person generally bites off at once. 
 
 To BIT, V. a. to put a bit into a horse's mouth ; to bridle. 
 
 BITCH, s. [bitgh. Sax.] the female of the dog, wolf, fox, and 
 otter kind. 
 
 To BITE, V. n. preter. bit, part. pass, bitten ; [bitan. Sax.] to 
 wound, pierce, or divide with the teeth ; to affect with pain, ap- 
 plied to the cold; to make a person uneasy, applied to satire or 
 reproach ; to wound by its sharpness, applied to a sword, &c. ; 
 to make the mouth smart, applied to the sharp taste of acid 
 bodies. Figuratively, to cheat or defraud. 
 
 BITE, s. the incision or wound made in any thing with the 
 teeth ; a sharper ; a cheat, trick, or fraud. 
 
 BI'TER, s. one that seizes with the teeth, applied to a dog ; 
 one that readily or quickly swallows a bait, applied to a fish ; 
 one who deceives or defrauds another by false appearances ; a 
 sharper. 
 
 BITHY'NIA, an ancient country of Asia Minor, lying on the 
 Euxine Sea, extending easterly as far as the river "Parthenius, 
 and bounded by Mysia, Phrygia, Galatia, and Paphlagonia. 
 Mount Olympus was partly within its borders ; and Chalcedon, 
 Nicaea, and Leucae were among its towns. It has had some in- 
 teresting light thrown on it by the letters of Pliny, who was the 
 Roman governor of it in the time of Trajan ; and especially by 
 those which relate to the persecutions of the Christians. 
 
 BI'TTACLE, s. IChaJbitaele, Fr.] -See Binnacle. 
 
 BI'TTEN, part. pass, of To Bite. 
 
 BI'TTER, a. [biter. Sax.] that excites a hot, pungent, and 
 astringent taste, like that of wormwood. Figuratively, wretched, 
 miserable, painful, disagreeable, unpleasing, and hurtful. 
 
 BI'TTER, s. in sea language, any turn of the cable round the 
 bitts, so that they may be let out gradually, or by degrees. When a 
 ship is stopped by the cable, she is said to be brought up by the bitter. 
 
 BI'TTFIRLY, ad. with a bitter taste. Figuratively, in a sor- 
 rowful, painful, sharp, and severe manner ; used sometimes to 
 express the superlative or highest degree. 
 
 BI'TTERN, s. [butour, Fr.] in Natural History, a bird with a 
 long bill and legs, which feeds on fish, and makes a remarkable 
 noise. A very bitter liquor which drains off in making common 
 salt, and used in the preparation of Epsom salt ; from the adjec- 
 tive bitter. 
 
 BI'TTERNESS, s. a kind of savour, or sensation, the reverse 
 of sweetness. Applied to manner, severity, austerity. Applied 
 to reproach, keenness, sharpness, or extremity. Applied to the 
 passions, sorrow, trouble, distress. 
 
 BI'lTERSWEET, s. in Botany, a plant, called also woody 
 nightshade, whose berries are dangerously poisonous, and of a 
 brilliant scarlet hue. 
 
 BITTS, s, [bittan, Sax.] two perpendicular pieces of timber in 
 the forepart of a ship, bolted to the gun-deck : their heads are 
 braced with a cross piece, and several turns of the cable are 
 taken over them, for securing the ship when at anchor. 
 
 BI'TUMEN, s. [Lat.] in Chemistry, a natural tarry substance, 
 more or less fluid, which has evidently resulted from the decora- 
 position of wood or coal, by heat. One kind is elastic, and is 
 called fossil india-rubber; this has been found in England,. 
 France, and the United States. The hard and inelastic kind is 
 called asphalte ; and the fluid, petroleum. See these words. 
 
 BITU'MINOUS, a. [bitumen, Lat.] having the nature and 
 qualities of bitumen. 
 
 BIVA'LVE, a. [bis and valva, Lat.] in Natural History, applied 
 to fish that have two shells, such as oysters ; and in Botany, to 
 plants whose seed-pods open their whole length, to discharge 
 their seeds, as peas. 
 
BLA 
 
 BIVA'L VOLAR, a. that has two shells, or valves. 
 
 BI'VOUACK, s. and v. n. [Fr.] in Military affairs, an encamp- 
 ment for a night without the shelter of tents ; the soldiers sleep- 
 ing on the ground, round fires, with their arms piled close by. 
 
 BI'ZANTINE, By'zantine, s. a large wed^e of gold, valued 
 at 15/., which the king offers upon high festival days. See 
 Besant. 
 
 To BLAB, V. a. [blebberen, Belg.] to reveal a secret through 
 heedlessness or want of caution.— «. n. To talk, or tattle. 
 
 BLAB, Bla'bber, s. a tell-tale ; one who discovers secrets 
 through inconsideration, or too great a propensity to talking. 
 
 BLACK, s. [Sax.] absence or want of colour, owing to a body's 
 reflecting no rays of light. Dyer's black, for stuffs of a high price, 
 is composed of indigo, wood boiled with alum, tartar, or ashes of 
 lees of^wine, maddered with common madder, and mixed with 
 gall-nuts of Aleppo, copperas, and sumach. The best black 
 cloth should be first dyed blue. German black is made of the lees 
 of wine, burnt bones washed afterwards, and ground with burnt 
 ivory or peach-stones ; that with ivory is the best. This is used 
 by rolling-press printers. Ivory black is ivory burnt between two 
 crucibles, and ground with water, used by painters and jewellers 
 to blacken the bottom ground of the collets or bezels in which 
 they set diamonds. Spanish black, invented by the Spaniards, is 
 burnt cork. Lamp black is the sooty smoke or soot of rosin, re- 
 ceived in sheep-skins or pieces of coarse linen fixed at the top 
 of a chimney, wherein it is burnt for that purpose. Currier s 
 black is made with gall-nuts, sour beer, and cold iron, for the 
 first blackening applied to the hid^ ; but of gall-nuts, copperas, 
 and gum arable, for th« 
 
 Black, after the word look, and 
 the preposition upon, implies sullen, unfriendly, and is a sign of 
 displeasure. " Looked black upon me," Shaks. Joined with blue, it 
 implies the colour of the skin, occasioned by a hard blow ; livid. 
 Prov. Black will take no other hue : this dyers find by experience. 
 It may signify that vicious persons are seldom or never reclaimed. 
 A black plum is as sweet as a white ; signifying, that the preroga- 
 tive of beauty proceeds from fancy. A black hen lays a white egg : 
 I conceive the meaning of it is, that a black woman may bear a 
 fair child. 
 
 To BLACK, V. a. to make of a black colour. 
 
 BLACK, a. of a black colour. Applied to despair, horrible ; to 
 moral action, excessively wicked. 
 
 BLACK, DR. JOSEPH, an eminent chemist, whose specula- 
 tions concerning heat cast great light on that branch of physics. 
 The discovery of latent heat was his. He was born in France, but 
 studied in this country, and became a Professor at Edinburgh. 
 He died in 1799, aged 71 years. 
 
 BLA'CKAMOOR, s. one whose complexion is naturally black. 
 See Negro. 
 
 BLACKBERRY, s. the fruit of the bramble, which is ripe 
 in September. 
 
 BLA'CKBIRD, s. in Natural History, a common English bird, 
 and one of our sweetest songsters. It is very destructive to fruit, 
 but it compensates for much of its harm by destroying snails, 
 which in winter and spring are its chief food. Albinoes of this 
 species are often met with, as of rooks, &c. 
 
 BLA'CK-BROWED, a. having black eye-brows. Figuratively, 
 dark, gloomy, dismal, or threatening. 
 
 BLA'CKBURN, Lancashire, with large manufactures of cali- 
 coes, and other cotton goods, for printing. It is seated near the 
 river Derwent, called sometimes Blackwater, 211 miles from 
 London. Market, Monday. Pop. 71,711. 
 
 BLA'CKCAP, s. in Natural History, one of the warblers that 
 migrate to England for the summer. Its song is verj' beautiful. 
 It is a fruit eater, but also consumes caterpillars and other pests. 
 
 BLACK-CATTLE, s. in Husbandry, ageneral terra, including 
 oxen, bulls, or cows. 
 
 BLA'CK-COCK, s. in Natural History, a common name for the 
 use, or heath-cock. It is found sparsely in the north of Eng- 
 d, but most abundantly in Scotland, where it is the most 
 common kind of game. 
 
 To BLA'CKEN, v. a. to make a thing black which was of a 
 different colour before; to intercept the rays of light; to darken. 
 Figuratively, to sully a person's character by defamation, or un- 
 merited censure. 
 
 BLA'CK-FRIARS, a name of the Dominican order of monks, 
 given them from the colour of their dress. See Dominicans. 
 
 BLA'CKGUARD, ». in low and familiar language, used to con- 
 
 groi 
 lam 
 
 vey the idea of a person of mean circumstances, dirty and ragged 
 dress, of base principles, and worthy of contempt. 
 
 BLACK-JACK, s. zinc mineralized with sulphur, a mineral 
 employed till lately in Wales in mending the roads. 
 
 BLACKISH, a. [black and isc. Sax,] inclined to a black colour ; 
 somewhat black. 
 
 BLACK-LEAD, s. See Plumbago. 
 
 BLA'CKMORE, SIR RICHARD, a poetaster of England in 
 the beginning of the 18th century, who would have had the hap- 
 piness of being forgotten, had not his critic's Bathos, or the Art 
 of Sinking, kept his memory alive. His principles and objects in 
 versifying were highly commendable, for he sought to recall his 
 infidel and licentious age to the knowledge of God and of virtue. 
 He was a physician by profession, and was attached to the court 
 of more than one sovereign of England. He died in 1728, aged 
 78 years. 
 
 BLA'CKNESS, s. that quality of a body which arises from its 
 reflecting few or no rays, and is owing to its porosity, the mi- 
 nuteness of its particles, and the rays of light suffering so many 
 reflections in the inside, that few return to the surface ; want of 
 light, or darkness. 
 
 BLA'CKPOOL, Lancashire. A pleasant watering-place, near 
 the mouth of the Ribble. The inhabitants are principally en- 
 gaged in the fisheries of the coast. It is 235 miles from London, 
 Pop. 714. 
 
 BLACK ROD, Gentleman Usher of the, s. an officer of the 
 House of Lords, whose duties resemble those of the sergeants of 
 the Lower House. 
 
 BLACK SEA, formerly called the Euxine, is one of the bound- 
 aries of Europe, lying between Turkey in Europe and Russia, 
 and Asia Minor and the Caucasian states. It is connected with 
 the Mediterranean Sea by the Sea of Marmora, and the Egean or 
 Archipelago. Its length is about 700 miles, and its breadth between 
 300 and 400. It receives the waters of the Danube, the Dnieper, 
 and the Volga, besides those of many smaller rivers. It has 
 many good harbours, but the N. part is liable to be frozen in the 
 winter. The first voyage of the Greeks, called the Argonautic 
 Expedition, was made, according to the fable, over this sea. 
 
 BLA'CKSMITH, s. a person who forges large works in iron, 
 and derives his name from their colour, which is generally black 
 from their not being polished ; opposed to a whitesmith, who forges 
 small works, which are generally polished. 
 
 BLA'CKSTONE, SIR WILLIAM, the author of the standard 
 work on English Law, was the first Vinerian Professor at Ox- 
 ford, and afterwards one of the justices of the court of Common 
 Pleas. He met with a formidable opponent in Bentham, who 
 pointed out some fundamental errors and defects in his great 
 work. Thev have not yet been rectified, since the reform in law 
 has not yet been effected. He died in 1780, aged 57 years. 
 
 BLACKTHORN, s. in Botany, a common English shrub, the 
 same with the sloe. 
 
 BLACK WA'LL, one of the suburbs of London ; which see. 
 
 BLA'CKWATER, one of the principal rivers of Ireland. It 
 rises near the county of Kerry, and flows into the Atlantic, after 
 a course of about 70 miles, between the counties of Waterford 
 and Cork. ^^^^ 
 
 BLA'DDER, s. [bladdre. Sax.] in Anatomy, a thiiivffilatable, 
 membranous body, which serves as the receptacle of the urine 
 after its secretion from the blood in the kidneys, situated in the 
 pelvis of the abdomen. It likewise signifies a pustule, blister, 
 or the swelling of a membrane filled with any juice or fluid, such 
 as that which arises after scalding or burning. 
 
 BLADE, s, [blad, or bled, Sax.] in Botany, the spire or leaf of 
 grass before it grows to seed ; the green shoots or leaves of corn, 
 which rise from the seed. Hence that part of a sword or knife is 
 called a blade, from the form's resembling a blade of grass. Fi- 
 guratively, a bold, enterprising, brisk, fierce, and gay person. 
 
 BLADE, Blade-bone, s. in Anatomy, the scapula, or scapular 
 bone, of a flat or triangular form. 
 
 To BLADE, V. a. to furnish with a blade ; to fit a blade to a 
 handle. 
 
 BLA'DED, a. that has leaves, spires, or blades. 
 
 BLAIN, s. [blegene. Sax.] a distemper incident to beasts, 
 consisting of a bladder growing at the root of the tongue, 
 against the windpipe, which at length grows so large as to 
 stop the breath. Applied to human creatures, a pustule or 
 blister. 
 
 o 2 99 
 
BL A 
 
 BLAIR, DR. HUGH, a well-known writer on rhetoric, the 
 professorship of which, at Edinburgh, he occupied during 20 
 years in the last century. He was a minister of the Scotch 
 Church, and his sermons, as well as his lectures, are still esteemed 
 for their elegant style, though he has failed to reach the philoso- 
 phy of the subject. He died in 1800, aged 82 years. 
 
 BLAKE, ADMIRAL ROBERT, one of the most distinguish- 
 ed English naval commanders. He had a liberal education, and 
 entered the service of the Parliament at the civil war. He com- 
 manded in Bristol during its siege by the Royalists ; and was 
 afterwards governor of Taunton, where he manifested his courage 
 and skill, in enduring two sieges. Being appointed a commander 
 of the fleet, his peculiar power soon appeared. He did in this 
 capacity signal service against the Royalists' fleet ; defeated Van 
 Tromp, the famous Dutch admiral, in several engagements; and 
 destroyed the Spanish fleet in the harbour of Teneriffe. He died 
 in 1657, as he was returning from the last victory, aged 59 
 years. 
 
 To BLAME, V. a. [blamer, Fr.] applied to persons, to charge 
 them with having done a fault. 
 
 BLAME, s. the charging with wrong measures or faults. Fi- 
 i^urativelv, the defect which merits censure. Used with to, it 
 implies that which deserves blame, or blamable. 
 
 BLA'MABLE, a. that may be found fault with, or censured. 
 
 BLA'MABLENESS, s. that which renders a thing faulty, or 
 liable to blame or censure. 
 
 BLA'MABLY, ad. in such a manner as deserves censure or 
 blame. 
 
 BLA'MEFUL, a. that highly deserves to be found fault with, 
 censured, or blamed. 
 
 BLA'MELESS, a. that is no ways defective, or deserves no 
 censure or blame; used sometimes, but very rarely, with the 
 particle of. 
 
 BLA'MELESSLY, ad. in such a manner as to be free from 
 fault : so as not to merit censure. 
 
 BLA'MELESSNESS, s. that quality which renders a person 
 or thing by no means the object of censure or blame. 
 
 BLA'MER, s. the person who censures, or charges a person or 
 thing with defect, or being wrong. 
 
 BLA'MEWORTHY, a. that deserves censure or blame, includ- 
 ing the idea of something wrong or defective. 
 
 To BLANCH, v. a. [blanehir, Fr.] to whiten a thing which was 
 before of another colour. Figuratively, to peel, applied to the 
 peeling almonds, which discovers their kernel of a white colour. 
 
 BLA'NCHER, s. one who makes any thing white ; a whitener. 
 Also, the action, art, or method of making any thing white. In 
 Coinage, the method made use of to give the pieces that bright- 
 ness and lustre they have on their first coming out of the mint. 
 
 BLANC-MANGER, {bhmonge) s. [Fr.] a preparation of isin- 
 glass, milk, sugar, cinnamon, &c., boiled into a thick consistence, 
 and garnished for the table with blanched almonds. 
 
 BLANC, MONT, one of the loftiest of the Alps, lyin^ in the 
 W. part of the chain, between the states of Piedmont and Savoy. 
 It is upwards of 10,000 feet high, and the upper part is constant- 
 ly covered with snow. It has frequently been ascended, but the 
 journey kjoot without danger, from the shifting cracks in the 
 mass ofWnn snow. 
 
 BLA'NOD, CAPE, the name of a great number of capes in 
 both hemispheres, the most note-worthy of which is in \V. Africa, 
 at the extrem ity of a chain of mountains, called the White Moun- 
 tains, running into the Great Desert. It is above Cape Verde. 
 Lat. 20. 46. N. 
 
 BLAND, a. [blandus, Lat.] soothing, mild, applied to language. 
 Soft, temperate, applied to weather, 
 
 BLA'NDFORD, Dorsetshire. It is pleasantly situated on the 
 river Stour, near the Downs, and has round it remarkably fine 
 
 Pastures. It has a considerable manufacture for shirt-buttons, 
 t has the title of a marquisate. 103 miles from London. Mar- 
 ket, Saturday. Pop. 3349. 
 
 To BLA'NDISH, v. a. to insinuate oneself into a person's fa- 
 vour ; to soothe, or allure. Seldom used. 
 
 BLA^NDISHMENT, s. \blanditice, Lat.] an insinuating address; 
 soft, mild, and kind expressions, by which a person steals into 
 the favour of another. 
 
 BLANE, SIR GILBERT, an eminent physician, who, in the 
 latter part of the last century, recommended the use of lemon- 
 juice in the navy, as an antidote to the scurvy, whose ravaeres 
 100 
 
 BLA 
 
 had been frightful. He published several works on subjects 
 connected with his own science and others; and was highly 
 esteemed. He died in 1834, aged 85 years. 
 
 BLANK, a. [blanc, Fr.] whitish or pale ; that is not written on. 
 Used with the word hok, (either expressed or understood,) con- 
 fused, dejected, or showing the signs of disappointment. Ap- 
 plied to verse, that has no rhyme. 
 
 BLANK, s. in Commerce, a void space, or that which has no 
 writing on it, but is left so, in order to be filled up. In Lot- 
 teries, a ticket which has no prize drawn against it. Figura- 
 tively, the mark or point which an arrow or piece is aimed it. 
 
 To BLANK, V. a. figuratively, to confuse; to disappoint; to 
 cease, bring to nothing, or render abortive. 
 
 BL A'NKENBURG, a city of Germany, capital of a principality 
 of the same name. It stands amongst the Harz Mountains, near 
 the Blankenstein, and at no great distance from the Regenstein, 
 two castle-crowned eminences of that range. Lat. 51. 47. N. 
 Long. 10. 57. E. 
 
 BLA'NKET, s. [btanchette, Fr.] a stuff made of wool, and used 
 for beds. 
 
 To BLA'NKET, v. a. to cover or wrap in a blanket. 
 
 BLA'NKLY, arf. in such a manner as causes or shows confu- 
 sion or disappointment ; with whiteness, with paleness. 
 
 To BLARE, V, n. \blaren, Belg.] to bellow, to roar; to melt 
 away, like a lighted candle blown by the wind. 
 
 To BLASPHE'ME, v. n. [Gr.] to speak ill of God, his messen 
 gers, or things relating to his service, and comprehended in his re- 
 velation. In Law, an indignity or injury offered to the Almighty, 
 by denying what is his due, or attributing to him what is not 
 agreeable to his nature. 
 
 BLASPHE'MER, s. one who utters disrespectful or irreverent 
 things, either of God, Christ, or any person in the Holy Trinity, 
 God's messengers, or any thing relating to religion. 
 
 BLA'SPHEMOUS, a. that is disrespectful or irreverent with 
 respect to God and heavenly things. 
 
 BLA'SPHEMOUSLY, ad. in such a manner as is inconsistent 
 with that reverence we owe to the Deity ; in such a manner as 
 to speak ill of God and heavenly things. 
 
 BLA'SPHEMY, s. an offering of some indignity to God, any 
 person of the Trinity, any messengers from God, his holy writ, 
 or the doctrines of revelation. 
 
 BLAST, s. Iblcest, Sax.] a breath, puff, or current of wind ; the 
 sound made by blowing a trumpet or other wind instrument ; a 
 warm air, or other alteration in the atmosphere, which withers 
 trees, or causes a pestilence. 
 
 To BLAST, V. a. to infect with some sudden plague or infec- 
 tion by means of the air ; to cause a thing to wither ; to ruin a 
 person's character by spreading false rumours; to render an en- 
 terprise abortive. 
 
 BLA'STING, s. in Mining, the blowing up the vein of a mine 
 by gunpowder, which cannot be broken up by the spade, the gad, 
 and the axe, or softened by fire. Galvanic apparatus is much 
 used now in this operation, as it so greatly lessens the danger. 
 
 BLA'TANT, a. lOlattant,Fi.'] bellowing like a calf. Seldom used. 
 
 BLAY, s. in Natural History, a small white river fish, called 
 also a bleak. 
 
 BLAYE, a port of France, in dept. Gironde. It stands on the 
 banks of the river whence the department is named. It is strongly 
 fortified. A considerable trade, chiefly export, is carried on here. 
 Its population is under 4000. It is about 350 miles from Paris. 
 Lat. 45. 7. N. Long. 0. 40, W, 
 
 BLAZE, 8. [blase, Sax.] a flame, or the light of a flame. Fi- 
 guratively, a spreading abroad ; publication or extending a re- 
 port ; likewise, the white mark on a horse's forehead, reaching 
 to his nose. 
 
 To BLAZE, V. a. used with upon, to shine, or give light. Fi- 
 guratively, to make a thing universally known by report or ru- 
 mour. Sometimes used with the words abroad and about. 
 
 BLA'ZER, s. one who spreads abroad any report or rumour. 
 Not much in use. 
 
 To BLA'ZON, V. a. [blasonner, Fr.] in Heraldry, to name all 
 the parts of a coat, in their proper and technical terms. Figur- 
 atively, to set out, deck, or adorn ; to discover to advantage; to 
 display ; to spread abroad. 
 
 BLA'ZON,*. in Heraldry, the art of expressing the several 
 parts of a coat of arms in its proper terms ; all persons, beneath 
 the degree of a noble, must have their coats blazoned by metals 
 
and colours ; nobles by precious stones ; and kings and princes 
 by planets. Blazon is used figuratively for making any thing 
 public ; a nompous display of any quality. 
 
 BLA'ZONRY, s. the art of blazoning. 
 
 To BLEACH, v. a. [hkechen, Teut.] to whiten a thing by ex- 
 posing it to the air and sun. — v. n. to grow white in the sun or 
 open air. 
 
 BLE' ACHING, s. the art of making a thing white, which was 
 not perfectly so before, or which was of a different colour. It is 
 now effected by various preparations of chlorine, instead of ex- 
 posure to the sun and air. 
 
 BLEAK, s. a small river fish. 
 
 BLEAK, a. \bl<ec. Sax.] cold, sharp, chill ; cheerless. 
 
 BLE'AKNESS, s. extreme coldness, applied to the air. 
 
 BLE'AKY, a. cold or chilly owing to the wind. 
 
 BLEAR, a. [blaer, Belg.] dim or sore with water or rheum. 
 Applied to the eyes, that causes dimness of sight. 
 
 To BLEAR, V. a. to occasion dimness of sight ; to make the 
 eyes sore with water or rheum. Figuratively, to blind, to pre- 
 vent the mind from taking notice of things. 
 
 To BLEAT, V. a. \blcEtan, Sax.] to make a noise like a sheep. 
 
 BLEAT, s. [from the verb] the cry of a sheep. 
 
 BLEB, s. [bkien. Germ.] a blister. 
 
 BLED, part. pass, of To Bleed. 
 
 To BLEED, V. n. prefer. / hied, or have hied ; [bledan, Sax.] to 
 lose blood by a wound, &c. ; to die by bleeding. Figuratively, to 
 drop like thick or rich blood. Used actively, to extract blood 
 from a person by opening a vein with a lancet ; to let blood. 
 
 BLEE'DING, s. the surgical operation of letting blood, either 
 by the lancet or cupping glasses. 
 
 To BLE'MISH, v. a. to mark with any defect ; to spot, stain, 
 or any other ways to rob a thing of its beauty, value, or perfec- 
 tion. Figuratively, to defame ; to ruin a person's reputation. 
 
 BLE'MISH, s. apphed to personal charms, a scar, or any thing 
 that diminishes their perfection. Applied to manufactures, a 
 defect either in the making, or owing to some accident. Applied 
 to moral conduct, a reproach, disgrace, defect, or fault. 
 
 To BLENCH, v. n. to shrink ; to start back ; to hinder ; to 
 obstruct. Seldom used. 
 
 To BLEND, V. a. prefer. / blended, anciently blent; [blendan. 
 Sax.] to mix or mingle things together imperfectly, or so as the 
 several compounds may be discovered, applied to the mixing of 
 colours. 
 
 BLEND, «. the ore of zinc mineralized by sulphur. 
 
 BLE'NDER, s. a person who mingles things together. 
 
 BLE'NHEIM HOUSE AND PARK, the demesne and man- 
 sion in the neighbourhood of Oxford and Woodstock, which 
 were given to the Duke of Marlborough for his brilliant successes 
 in the war against the French. It is named after Blenheim, a 
 village lying on the Danube, near which the Duke and Prince 
 Eugene, with the allied army, defeated the French and Bava- 
 rians, in August, 1704. 
 
 BLE'NNY, «. in Natural History, a genus of small fishes, se- 
 veral species of which are found on our coasts. Their fins are 
 spiny, and they are without air-bladders. 
 
 To BLESS, V. a. prefer. / blessed, or hkst ; [hlessian. Sax.] to 
 
 Eray for, or wish happiness or good to a person ; to praise for 
 appiness received, or ascribe our happiness to God ; to confer 
 every thing that can make a person perfectly happy, applied 
 to God. 
 
 BLE'SSsED, part. pass, of To Bless. 
 
 BLE'SSEDLY, ad. in a manner which communicates the 
 greatest happiness that can be wished. 
 
 BLE'SSIiDNESS, s. that quality which renders a person ex- 
 tremely happy ; the state of consummate felicity in heaven. Fi- 
 guratively, the Divine favour. 
 
 BLE'SSING, s. a declaration of future happiness in a prophetic 
 manner ; a prayer in which happiness is requested. Figuratively, 
 the Divine favour ; any means or cause of happiness ; any great 
 advantage or benefit. 
 
 BLEW, the preterite of To Blow. 
 
 BLEYME, s. in Farriery, an inflammation in the foot of a 
 horse, between the sole and the bone. 
 
 BLIGH, CAPT. WILLIAM, the British naval commander, 
 who, when on a voyage to the South-sea Islands, to obtain plants 
 of the bread-fruit tree, &c., for transplantation to the W. Indies, 
 so exasperated his crew by bis tyrannical conduct, that they 
 
 BLI 
 
 mutinied, and put him with eighteen others into an open boat, 
 in which they sailed upwards of 3000 miles to one of the E. In- 
 dian islands. Some of^ the mutineers fell into the hands of an 
 officer sent out to seize them ; the remainder conducted the vessel, 
 the Bounty, to Pitcairn's Island, where they settled. Bligh made 
 another voyage to the Pacific with success. He was afterwards 
 governor of New S. Wales, and was deposed for his arbitrary 
 conduct. He died in 1817. 
 
 BLIGHT, s. \blyche, Teut.] the common name for all diseases 
 that affect trees and plants, whether in the whole, or in any of 
 their parts. Some are occasioned by insects, and some by minute 
 species of plants, and others by changes of atmospheric tem- 
 perature. Figuratively, any thing which makes an undertaking 
 miscarry, or disappoints the person's expectations. 
 
 To BLIGHT, V. a. to stop the vegetation of a tree ; to render it 
 barren ; to wither. Figuratively, to blast, destroy, kill, or wither. 
 
 BLIND, a. [blind. Sax.] not able to see ; deprived of sight. 
 Figuratively, ignorant, with the particle to before the object ; 
 dark, not easily to be seen or found. In Chemistry, applied to 
 those vessels that have no opening but on one side. Prov. Blind 
 men can judge no colours. A man were better to he half blind than 
 have both his eyes out. Who so blind as he that will not see f 
 
 To BLIND, V. a. to deprive a person of his sight, to prevent a 
 person from seeing ; to darken. Figuratively, to render a thing 
 obscure, and not easily comprehended. 
 
 BLIND, s. something made use of to intercept the light. Fi- 
 guratively, something made use of to divert the eye or mind from 
 attending to the design a person is carrying on. 
 
 To BLI'NDFOLD, v. a. to hinder a person from seeing, by fold- 
 ing or tying something before his eyes. 
 
 BLI'NDFOLD, a. with the eyes covered ; with the eyes shut. 
 Figuratively, without consideration ; without using our reason. 
 
 BLI'NDLY, ad. without sight. Figuratively, scarcely or hardly 
 to be perceived ; without examination ; implicitly. 
 
 BLI'NDMAN'S BUFF, s. a play wherein a person endeavours 
 to catch some one of the company, after something is tied over 
 his eyes to prevent his seeing. 
 
 BLFNDNESS,«. loss of the faculty of seeing, arising from the 
 loss or distemperature of the organs of the eye. Figuratively, 
 ignorance or want of knowledge. 
 
 BLI'NDSIDE, ». used figuratively, to express the foibles or 
 weakness of a person, which exposes him to the artifices of others. 
 
 BLLNDWORM, s. in Natural History, the common English 
 snake, so called from the smallness of its eyes. It is exceedingly 
 harmless, and feeds on beetles, worms, &c. It is vulgarly, but 
 wrongly, believed to be poisonous. 
 
 To BLINK, V. n. [blinken, Dan.] to wink with one eye ; to shut 
 one eye; to be blind of, or to see obscurely with one eye. 
 
 BLl'NKARD, s. one who has bad eyes ; one who sees but very 
 dimly. Figuratively, one who discerns but very imperfectly. 
 
 BLISS, s. [blisse. Sax.] joy arising from the possession of some 
 great and important good; a state of happiness, or of the highest 
 felicity ; most commonly applied to the happiness of the heavenly 
 mansions. Synon. Our happiness glares in the eyes of the world, 
 and exposes us often to envy. Owe felicity is only known to our- 
 selves, and gives us continual satisfaction. The idea of bliss ex- 
 tends beyond a life temporal. 
 
 BLI'SSFUL, a. abounding with joy ; possessed of the highest 
 degree of happiness. 
 
 BLFSSFULLY, ad. in such a manner as to show the greatest 
 signs of joy, occasioned by the possession and enjoyment of 
 happiness. 
 
 BLrSSFULNESS, s. the qualify or state of extreme joy, arising 
 from the enjoyment of an important and immense good. 
 
 BLFSTER, s. [bluysier, Befc.] a swelling of the skin, generally 
 filled with a watery fluid, af?er burning, scalding, &c. In Me- 
 dicine, such a swelling raised by artificial means, usually for the 
 purpose of removing internal inflammation. 
 
 T^ BLI'STER, V. n. to rise in blisters ; to be covered with 
 blisters.— f. a. to raise blisters by burning ; to apply a plaister, 
 in order to raise a blister. 
 
 BLITH, or Blyth, Nottinghamshire, 146 miles from London. 
 Market, Thursday. Pop. 3488. 
 
 BLITHE, a. [ftWAe, Sax.] gay ; airy; joyous; sprightly, owing 
 to enjoyment of some good. 
 
 BLFTHLY, ad. in a joyous, sprightly, or airy manner. 
 
 BLFTHNESS, «. the state of joyful alacrity and sprightliness. 
 
BLO 
 
 BLITHSOME, a. gay, airy, sprightly ; cheerful. 
 
 To BLOAT, r. a. [blowan, Sax.J to swell with wind. Figura- 
 tively, to show pride by the looks or gesture. Neuterly, it im- 
 plies to look as if swelled by wind ; generally applied to a person 
 growing lusty, but appearing at the same time of a weak consti- 
 tution. 
 
 BLO'ATEDNESS, s. the state of a person or thing puffed up 
 with fat, or swelled with wind. 
 
 BLO'BBER, s. a bubble. Not in common use. 
 
 BLO'BBERLIP, s. a thick lip. 
 
 BLOBLIPPED, Blo'bberlipped, a. that has thick lips, ap- 
 plied both to persons and things. 
 
 BLOCK, s. [bhck, Belg. bloc, Fr.] a heavy piece of timber, 
 more thick than long ; a piece of marble as it comes out of the 
 quarry ; any massy body ; a piece of wood formed in the shape 
 of a skull, made use of by barbers to make their perukes upon ; 
 a piece of wood used by "hatters to form or dress their hats on ; 
 the wood on which criminals are beheaded ; pieces of wood be- 
 longing to a ship, fitted with shives and pins for running rigging 
 to go through. Figuratively, an obstruction or impediment ; a 
 person of dull parts, slow apprehensions, remarkable stupidity. 
 
 To BLOCK, V. a. [Jfoyi(«r, Fr.] to stop up any passage ; to en- 
 close a town so as to hinder any one from going into or coming 
 out of it. Generally used with the particle rtp. 
 
 BLOCKA'DE, s. lbhckhuys,Te\it.'] a fortress or bulwark, erected 
 to stop up or secure a passage. In War, a kind of siege, wherein 
 all passages and avenues are seized and stopped up, so that the 
 besieged can neither receive provisions, reinforcements, nor in- 
 telligence, and are reduced to the necessity of surrendering or 
 starving ; also the prevention of commerce by the obstruction of 
 the ports. 
 
 To BLOCKA'DE, v. a. to seize upon and block up all the 
 avenues to a place. 
 
 BLO'CKHEAD, s. a figurative expression; used to imply a 
 person of a dull apprehension, want of parts, and great stupidity. 
 
 BLO'CKHEADED, a. remarkably stupid, dull, and incapable 
 of improving. 
 
 BLO'CKHOUSE, s. a fortress built to secure a passage, and 
 hinder any one from going through. 
 
 BLO'CKISH, a. stupid ; dull. 
 
 BLO'CKISHLY, ad. after the manner of a person remarkable 
 for his stupidity ; like a blockhead. 
 
 BLO'CKISriNESS, s. great dulness of apprehension, or stu- 
 pidity. 
 
 BLOCK-TFN, s. tin which is pure or unmixed, and yet un- 
 wrought. 
 
 BLO'CKWOOD, s. in Trade, the logwood brought from Hon- 
 duras, and used in dyeing black. 
 
 BLOIS, an ancient and handsome city in the dent, of Loire 
 and Cher, once the abode of the kings of France. The streets 
 are disposed like the seats of an amphitheatre, one above another 
 against the hill. Here are some fine fountains, and a new bridge 
 over the Loire, on which the city stands. It has manufactures 
 of serges and ticking, and a commerce in wines and brandy. It 
 is 109 miles from Paris. Lat. 47. 35. N, Long. 1. 2-3. E. Its 
 population is about 12,000. 
 
 BLO'MARY, «. [btoma, Sax.] the first forge in an iron work, 
 through which the metal passes after it has been first melted from 
 the mine. 
 
 BLO'MEFIELD, FRANCIS, a country rector in Norfolk, the 
 author of the only good county history we possess. He was a 
 man of considerable learning in English antiquarian studies, and 
 of great perseverance. He had printed and published the half of 
 his great work at Fersfield, his parish, when he died, in 1751, 
 aged 47 years. A friend of Blomefield's, C. Parkin, completed 
 the history. 
 
 BLOOD, {Mud) s. \blod. Sax.] the fluid which circulates, by 
 means of the arteries and veins, through every part of the animal 
 body. Blood, when cold, separates into two parts, the one red 
 and fibrous, which forms into a mass, and is called the cruor ; 
 the other, which is thin and transparent, retains its fluidity, and 
 is called the serum. The red colour of blood is derived from small 
 particles which it contains, and which form the solid part when 
 it becomes cold. Blood is used figuratively for family-kindred, 
 descent, life. Joined with hot or cold, a cold or warm disposi- 
 tion ; a person of a warm and sanguine temper ; a rake. Joined 
 with flesh, used in Scripture, to signify human nature in its cor- 
 102 
 
 BLO 
 
 rupt state, or the state of unassisted reason. The juice of vege- 
 tables. 
 
 To BLOOD, V. a. to stain with blood ; to let blood. 
 
 BLOOD, THOMAS, an Irish adventurer in the times of civil 
 war in the 17th century. He began his career in the service 
 of the Parliament ; engaged in desperate schemes at the Restora- 
 tion, once nearly succeeding in an attempt to hang the Duke of 
 Ormond ; was at the defeat on the Pentland Hills ; nearly carried 
 off the regalia of England from the Tower ; and then became a 
 court favourite, all crimes pardoned and himself pensioned. He 
 died in disgrace in 1680, aged about 50 years. 
 
 BLOODGUFLTINESS, s. murder; the crime of shedding 
 blood. 
 
 BLOO'D-HOT, a. that has the same degree of heat as the blood. 
 
 BLOO'DHOUND, s. in Natural History, one of the varieties of 
 the dog species, which has great power and is very fierce, and 
 has, moreover, an extremely acute sense of smell. They are used 
 in hunting, and in the apprehension of runaway slaves and cri- 
 minals in some countries. 
 
 BLOO'DILY, ad, in a cruel, savage manner ; inclined to mur- 
 der or bloodshed. 
 
 BLOO'DINESS, s. the state or appearance of a thing stained 
 with blood. 
 
 BLOO'DLESS, a. without blood ; having no blood. Figura- 
 tively, dead ; pale. 
 
 BLOO'DSHED, s. murder, occasioned by giving a person a 
 wound by which he bleeds to death ; slaughter. 
 
 BLOO'DSHEDDER, s. one who murders another. 
 
 BLOO'DSHOT, Bloo'dshotten, a. an epithet applied to a 
 distemper in the eyes, wherein the blood vessels are so distended 
 as to make them appear of a bloody colour. 
 
 BLOO'DSTONE, s. in Natural History, a mineral of a green 
 colour spotted with a blood red, hard, ponderous, and generally 
 found in iron mines. It is used by goldsmiths and gilders to 
 polish their works. 
 
 BLOO'DVESSEL, s. a vessel whose purpose in the animal 
 frame is the conveyance of the blood. 
 
 BLOO'DY, a. stained with blood. Figuratively, cruel ; mur- 
 derous. 
 
 BLOO'DY FLUX, s. See Dysentery. 
 
 BLOO'DY-MINDED, a. cruel; inclined to murder or bloodshed. 
 
 BLOOM, s. [blum, Teut.] in Botany, the flower on fruit-trees 
 and plants, which precedes their fruits. The fine blue powder 
 on plums, &c. In trie iron works, a four-square mass of ham- 
 mered iron, of about two feet length, and three quarters of a 
 hundred weight, made from part of a sow of cast iron. Figura- 
 tively, a flourishing state, which may admit of increase and im- 
 provement. 
 
 To BLOOM, V. n. to produce blossoms or flowers. Figurative- 
 ly, to flourish ; to be in a flourishing state. 
 
 BLOO'MFIELD, ROBERT, one of our uneducated poets. 
 He was first employed in agricultural labour, and afterwards as 
 a shoemaker. His sweetest poems relate to country scenes and 
 life. He died in 1823, worn out with anxiety, aged 57 years. 
 
 BLOO'MY, a. full of blossoms or flowers. Figuratively, being 
 in a state of vigour or perfection ; being in a flourishing state. 
 
 BLO'SSOM, s. [blosme. Sax.] in Botany, the flower which after- 
 wards turns to fruit on trees or plants ; more particularly applied 
 to the petals. 
 
 To BLO'SSOM, V. n. to put forth flowers or blossoms, which 
 afterwards turn to fruit. 
 
 To BLOT, V. a. [blottir, to hide, Fr.] to drop ink on a paper or 
 other substance ; to efface or dash out any word with ink ; used 
 with out Figuratively, to render a thing imperceptible, or in- 
 visible ; to efface ; to stain, sully, or disgrace ; to make black ; 
 to darken. 
 
 BLOT, s. a spot of ink dropped by accident on paper ; a dash 
 with a pen on a word, in order to efface it. Figuratively, a 
 stain, or any thing which causes disgrace, applied to character. 
 
 BLOTCH, s. a sore, pustule, or any eruption of the skin, which 
 conveys the idea of defect. 
 
 To BLOTE, V. a. [Jfcssere, Belg.] to smoke, or dry with smoke; 
 hence red herrings from Yarmouth are called bloters, 
 
 BLOW, (bid) s. [blowe, Sax.] a stroke given with the fist or any 
 weapon. Used with at,a single attempt ; a sudden event, an un- 
 expected evil. The act of laying or depositing eggs in flesh, 
 applied to flies. 
 
To BLOW, (bio) V. n. preter. bleu; part. pass, bloum ; [blawan. 
 Sax.] to move, applied to the action of wind. Used sometimes 
 impersonally with the particle it. " It blotcs a happy gale," Dryd. 
 To breathe upon ; to sound by means of wind. " Let the prating 
 organ blow," Dn/d. To sound a musical instrument lay the 
 breath. Used with over, to pass or cease without producing 
 damage. " When the storm is blown over — how blest is the 
 swain ! " Gran. Used with vp, to mount in the air, applied to 
 the effect of gunpowder. "Some of the enemy's magazines 
 blew up," Tatler, No. 59. — v. a. to drive or move by the force of 
 wind ; to increase a fire by means of a pair of bellows ; to breathe 
 upon ; to sound a wind instrument by the breath. "Their loud 
 uplifted angel-trumpets blotv," Milt. Used with out, to extinguish 
 by the wind or breath. Used with upon, to become common; 
 to become contemptible on account of its being universally 
 known, even to the vulgar; to be stale. 
 
 To BLOW, {bio) V. n. \blowan. Sax.] in Botany, to bloom, to 
 blossom, to flourish. 
 
 BLO'WER, (blo-er) 8. among miners, a melter of tin. 
 
 BLO'WIIvG, (blo-ing) s. the act of forming glass into its vari- 
 ous shapes, by breathing or blowing with the mouth through the 
 blowing pipe. 
 
 BLOW-PIPE, s. in Chemistry, an instrument consisting of a 
 tube 8 or 9 inches long, with a very fine aperture at one end, 
 and bent at right angles near that end, used by goldsmiths, &c., 
 and by chemists to direct the flame of a lamp with increased in- 
 tensity upon any substance they wish to fuse. 
 
 BLOVVZE, «. a female of a healthy, ruddy countenance, or one 
 whose hair is generally in disorder ; a ruddy, fat-faced wench. 
 Vulgar, 
 
 BLO'WZY, a. ruddy-faced, or with the hair disordered. 
 
 BLU'BBER, s. the fat part of a whale, or other cetaceous 
 fishes, which contains the oil. 
 
 To BLU'BBER, v. n. [imbabolare, Ital.] to weep in such a man- 
 ner as to make the cheeks swell. — v. a. to swell the cheeks with 
 weeping. 
 
 BLU'BBERED, part. a. swelled, big, or large, applied to 
 the lips. 
 
 Bj.u'tHER, Leopold Von, a daring and successful military 
 commander of Prussia, during nearly half a century. He be- 
 gan his life in the Swedish service, and afterwards entered the 
 army of the great Frederick. Retiring from this mode of life he 
 turned farmer, but returned again to his occupation, and gained 
 his fame and honours, at Jena, Liitzen, Katztsach, and Leipsic. 
 He visited England with the allied sovereigns in 1814, and fought 
 at Ligny and Waterloo, which last battle he was the means of 
 gaining. He died in 1819, aged 77 years. 
 
 BLU'DGEON, s. a short stick, having one end loaded with 
 lead, &c., used as an offensive weapon. 
 
 BLUE, a. formerly spelt blew; {blmw. Sax.] of a blue colour. 
 Used substantively for one of the primitive colours of the rays of 
 light ; and among dyers for one of the five simple or mother co- 
 lours, of which they form the others. Blue is dyed chiefly with 
 woad and indigo, and painted with ultramarine, blue ashes and 
 smalt, and in oil and miniature with Prussian blue, indigo, blue 
 bice, blue verditer, smalt, and litmus. To look blue upon a per- 
 son, is to behold him with an unfavourable aspect, or forbidding 
 countenance. 
 
 To BLUE, V. a. to make of a blue colour, to give linen a bluish 
 cast by dipping them into cold water, wherein soap and indigo 
 have been dissolved. 
 
 BLU'EUBELL, s. in Botany, a genus of very pretty flowers, 
 several species of which are indigenous to Britain. 
 
 BLU'L-BIRD, «. in Natural History, a common American song 
 bird, in habits resembling our robin. 
 
 BLU'E-BOTTLE, s. in Botany, a common English flower, called 
 also the corn-bottle. In Natural History, the common name of 
 the flesh fly. 
 
 BLU'E-BREAST, s. in Natural History, a common European 
 bird, of very beautiful plumage and lively song, which very rarely 
 is met with in England. 
 
 BLU'E-JOHN, s. the common name of a beautiful Derby- 
 shire spar. 
 
 BLU'ELY, ad. like a blue colour ; bluish. 
 
 BLUE MOUNTAINS, a range of mountains in New South 
 Wales, running from Cape Wilson in a N. easterly direction ; but 
 very partially explored. Its N. termination is unknown. Some 
 
 BOA 
 
 parts of the chain are capped with perpetual snow, but the average 
 height of the rest of it, which is Known to the settlers, is about 
 4000 feet. Coal, and some metals, with granite and the older 
 sedimentary rocks, are found in them. 
 
 BLU'ENESS, s. that quality which denominates a thing blue. 
 
 BLUE RIDGE, the E. range of the Alleghanies, United 
 States, branching off from the main range in N. Carolina, cross- 
 ing the state of Virginia, and extending to the highlands on the 
 Hudson, in New York. The Otter in this range is nearly 4000 
 feet high. 
 
 BLUFF, a. applied to the looks, big, swelHng, surly. 
 
 BLU'FF-HEAD, s. among sailors, a ship is said to be bluff- 
 headed that has an upright stern. 
 
 BLU'ISH, a. somewhat blue. 
 
 BLU'ISHNESS, s. the quality of being somewhat blue. 
 
 BLU'MENBACH, JOHANN FRIEDRICH, a distinguished 
 Professor of Physiology at Gottingen. His Institutiones Pht/sio- 
 logiccs gained him great celebrity, as it was the first book on the 
 subject capable of being used as a text-book. His other works 
 were very numerous, and treated of particular subjects, as well 
 as the science in general. He died in 1840, aged 88 years. 
 
 To BLU'NDER, v. n. [blunderen, Belg.] to be guilty of a gross 
 mistake, including the secondary idea of contempt.— t). a. to go in 
 a confused manner in quest or search ; to mix ignorantly and by 
 gross mistake. 
 
 BLU'NDER, s. a gross mistake, applied both to actions and 
 words, and carrying with it the idea of gross and ridiculous stu- 
 pidity. 
 
 BLU'NDERBUSS, s. a kind of gun whose barrel is generally 
 made of brass, and trumpet-mouthed, which may be charged 
 with several bullets. Figuratively, a person guilty of gross and 
 ridiculous mistakes, either in actions or words. 
 
 BLU'NDERER, s. one who cannot distinguish one thing from 
 another ; one who is guilty of gross and ridiculous mistakes, either 
 in action or language. 
 
 BLUNT, a. applied to the point or edge of a weapon, that will 
 not pierce or cut, on account of its thickness, opposed to sharp ; 
 deficient in politeness of behaviour ; void of ceremony or polite- 
 ness ; not easy to be penetrated. 
 
 To BLUNT, V. a. to spoil the sharpness of the edge or point of 
 a weapon, so as to hinder it from piercing. Figuratively, to 
 lessen the violence of any passion. 
 
 BLU'NTLY, ad. applied to edge-tools, so as not to be able to 
 pierce or cut. Applied to behaviour, without ceremony, polite- 
 ness, or elegance. 
 
 BLU'NTNESS, s. want of edge, point, or sharpness, applied to 
 weapons. Plainness, abruptness, want of ceremony or polite- 
 ness, applied to manners. 
 
 BLUR, s. [iorra. Span.] a blot or stain. Figuratively, a defect. 
 
 To BLUR, V. a. to efface, erase, or render a thing imperceptible. 
 Figuratively, to stain, applied to credit, behaviour, or reputation. 
 
 To BLURT, V. a. to speak, discover, or declare, without con- 
 sideration, or notwithstanding caution to the contrary. Used 
 with the particle out. 
 
 To BLUSH, V. n. [bbsen, Belg.] to redden or grow red in the 
 face at being charged with any thing that excites shame, or seeing 
 any thing immodest. Figuratively, to bear the colour of a blush. 
 Used with at before the cause. 
 
 BLUSH, s. a redness of the cheeks occasioned by the conscious- 
 ness of some defect, or the sight of some unchaste object. Fi- 
 guratively, any red colour. With the word Jlrst, a sudden appear- 
 ance, or at first sight. 
 
 To BLU'STER, v. n. [blast, Sax.] to roar, applied to the noise 
 of the wind in a storm. Figuratively, to make a noise, bully, 
 hector, swagger, or be tumultuous through a vain persuasion or 
 conceit of a person's importance. 
 
 BLU'STER, s. the roaring noise occasioned by the violence of 
 the wind. Figuratively, the height or noisy turbulence of anger 
 or vain conceit. 
 
 BLU'STERER, s. a person who makes a great noise from a 
 conceited opinion of his own importance ; a bully. 
 
 BLU'STROUS, a. applied to the wind, making a great noise 
 from its violence. Applied to persons making a noise, and as- 
 suming the airs of those who are of some importance. 
 
 BO, interj. an onomatopoetic word, used to excite terror. 
 
 BO'A, s. a genus of serpents, of which the boa constrictor is the 
 most enormous. It is a native of America, and lays in ambush 
 
 103 
 
BOB 
 
 on the tops of trees, from which it darts down on any animal 
 which passes underneath, and first crushes it to death by wrap- 
 ping itself round it, and then swallows it at its leisure. 
 
 BOADICE'A, the name of one of the queens of the Iceni, a tribe 
 of ancient Britons, inhabiting Norfolk, Suffolk, and parts of the 
 adjacent counties, who, with her two daughters, was left under 
 the guardianship of the Roman emperor, who was also their co- 
 heir. He seized the whole, and treated his wards with extremest 
 insult, which roused the natives to arms. After successes marked 
 by terrible revenge inflicted on the Romans, they were defeated 
 near London, by Suetonius PauUinus. Boadicea destroyed her- 
 self, in 61 A. D. 
 
 BOAR, s. formerly spelt bore ; \har. Sax.] the male hog. 
 
 BO'AR-SPEAR, s. a spear used in hunting wild boars. 
 
 BOARD, s. \hrad, Sax.J a piece of timber sawn thin for the 
 use of building ; when thick it is called a plank ; a table ; a table 
 round which a council or committee sits : hence the council board; 
 the board of works : the deck or floor of a ship. Figuratively, en- 
 tertainment, diet, or food. Used with on, within the ship. 
 Joined to without, as without board, out of the ship : with over, 
 over the side of the ship, or out of the ship into the sea. Slipt by 
 the board, is to slip by the sides of a ship. To make a board, is to 
 turn the ship to the windward. To make a good board, is used of 
 a ship when advanced much to the windward at one tack. 
 
 To BOARD, V. a. to enter a ship by force ; to attack or make 
 the first attempt; from the French aborder qwlqu'un; to cover 
 with boards. To board it up to the wind, is to turn a ship to the 
 windward. 
 
 To BOARD, V. n. [burdd, Brit.] to live and diet at a house.— 
 V. a. to place a person as a boarder at a house. 
 
 BO' ARD- WAGES, s. money allowed servants to find them- 
 selves in victuals. 
 
 BO'ARDER, s. one who diets or eats at another's table, at a 
 settled rate; a scholar that lives in the master's house, and eats 
 at his table. 
 
 BO'ARDING-SCHOOL, s. a school where the scholars live 
 with, and are boarded by, the master. 
 
 BO'ARISH, a. {boar and isc. Sax.] of the nature of, or like a 
 boar. Figurativelv, fierce, cruel, savage, furious, and void of 
 every principle of humanity. 
 
 BO'ARISHNESS, s. the furious savage quality of a boar. 
 Figuratively, want of delicacy, kindness, pity, ana humanity. 
 
 To BOAST, V. a. [bust, Brit.] to display one's abilities in a proud, 
 assuming, and vain manner; to magnify, exalt, or be proud of. 
 — f. n. to brag ; to exalt oneself. 
 
 BOAST, s. the thing a person is proud of; the cause of a per- 
 son's pride ; a vain and conceited display. 
 
 BO'ASTER, s. one who makes a pompous display of his advan- 
 tages, whether they consist in power, wealth, learning, virtue, 
 or religion. 
 
 BO'ASTFUL, a. inclined or subject to brag ; ostentatious. 
 
 BO'ASTINGLY, ad. in such a manner as to brag of, or display 
 with vain conceit and pompous expressions. 
 
 BOAT, s. [bat. Sax.] a small open vessel, commonly wrought 
 or moved by oars, intended chiefly for rivers and lakes. Life-boat, 
 a vessel built so as to be incapable of sinking or turning over, or 
 being stoved by the sea, and used to rescue crews of shipwrecked 
 vessels. 
 
 BO'ATMAN, Bo'atsman, «. he that manages or works a boat. 
 
 BO'ATSWAIN, s. [boatswain, Sax.] an officer on board a ship, 
 who has charge of all her rigging, takes care of the long boat 
 and her furniture, steering her by himself; calls out the several 
 gangs and their companies to their watches, and other offices : 
 and punishes all offenders that are sentenced by the captain or a 
 court-martial. 
 
 To BOB, V. a. to catch eels with a line left to trail along the 
 bottom. 
 
 To BOB, V. n. applied to any body, which being hung or sus- 
 pended by a string:, plays backwards and forwards ; to play or 
 swing against a thing ; to give a person a hunch or push with 
 the elbow, by way ofsignal, or to make him take notice of any 
 particular. 
 
 BOB, s. a jewel or other ornament which hangs loose from the 
 ear ; the word or sentence repeated at the end of every verse or 
 stanza of a song ; a blow, hunch, or push with the elbow. Also 
 a short peruke. 
 
 BO'BAC, ». in Natural History, a species of marmot. 
 
 BOD 
 
 BO'BBIN, «. [bobine, Fr.] a small piece of wood, turned in the 
 form of a cylinder, with a little border jutting out at each end, 
 and bored through its length to screw a small iron spindle, and 
 to wind thread, worsted, silk, &c. upon ; the small reed put in 
 the hollow of a shuttle, round which the thread or silk is wound 
 to make the woof; a small neat, turned stick, round which the 
 thread is wound to make bone-lace with ; likewise a round 
 white tape, used by the ladies as a running string for their 
 aprons, caps, &c. 
 
 BO'BCHERRY, s. a game among children, wherein a cherry 
 is suspended by a string, which they strive to bite, or get into 
 their mouths. 
 
 BO'BTAIL, s. a dog which has his tail cut off entirely, or very 
 short ; hence the adjective Bobtailed. 
 
 BO'CASINE, s. a sort of linen cloth. 
 
 BOCCA'CCIO, GIOVANNI, one of the most celebrated Italian 
 writers. He lived in the 14th century, and wrote the first poeti- 
 cal romance of chivalry which appeared in Italy. The most 
 widely known of his writings is the Decameron, a collection of 
 tales, humorous and clever in their style, but full of gross licen- 
 tiousness. He lived to lament his profligacy, and to condemn 
 the character of his works. Petrarch was his intimate friend, 
 and thejf are held amongst the first scholars of Italy at the re- 
 vival of letters there, to which they greatly contributed. Boc- 
 caccio died in 1375, aged 62 years. 
 
 BOCHA'RT, SAMUEL, a French Protestant minister of great 
 learning in the 17th century. He was acquainted with the Ori- 
 ental languages, and could write in Greek as well as Latin with 
 great elegance. He studied at the most celebrated universities 
 of Europe, and so became acquainted with the most famous 
 scholars of his day. At Caen he undertook the ministry to a 
 congregation of Protestants. He visited Christina of Sweden, 
 and then returned to Caen. His great works were on the Geo- 
 graphy and Natural History of the Bible; but he wrote smaller 
 treatises respecting other subjects. He died in 1661, aged 62 years. 
 
 BO'CKELET, Bo'ckeret, s. in Natural History, a kind of 
 long-winged hawk. 
 
 BO'CKING, a very large village in Essex, adjoining to Brain- 
 tree, from which it is separated only by a small stream. It is 42 
 miles N. E. of London. Pop. 3128. 
 
 BO'C-LAND, s. in the Saxon time was what we call freehold 
 land, held by persons of rank by charter or deed in writing, by 
 which name it was distinguished from Folk-land, or copy-hold 
 land, held by the common people without writing. 
 
 To BODE, r. a. [bodian. Sax.] to convey the knowledge of 
 some future event, applied to an omen ; to portend, used both in 
 a good and bad sense. 
 
 BO'DEMENT, s. a sign or signs foreshowing some future event; 
 both of good and bad events. 
 
 BO'DICE, s. stays, or a kind of waistcoat laced before, made 
 of leather. 
 
 BODILESS, a. [body and lease. Sax.] that has no body; in- 
 corporeal ; immaterial. 
 
 BO'DILY, a. that consists of, or belongs to, matter ; that be- 
 longs to the body; real, opposed to chimerical. 
 
 BO'DILY, ad. in such a manner as to be united to the body, 
 or matter ; corporeally. 
 
 BO'DKIN, s. [bodkin, Brit.] an instrument with a small blade 
 and sharp point, to make holes with ; an instrument formed 
 like a needle with a long eye, used by females to run a ribbon or 
 string in an apron or other parts of their dress, and formerly used 
 in confining and tying up their hair. 
 
 BO'DLEY, SIR THOMAS, the son of one of the Protestant 
 families who retired to Geneva on the accession of Mary to the Eng- 
 lish throne, studied on his return at Oxford, and afterwards was 
 engaged in the service of Queen Elizabeth. After he had played 
 a distinguished part in the politics of the times, he retired from 
 these stirring engagements, and devoted himself to the construc- 
 tion of the noble library at Oxford, which still goes by his name, 
 .lames I. conferred knighthood on him, and he died in 1612, 
 aged 68 years. 
 
 BO'DMIN, Cornwall. It is seated in a bottom between two 
 high hills, which renders the air very unwholesome. It chiefly- 
 consists of one street, and the many decayed houses show it has 
 been a place of greater note ; it formerly had the privilege of the 
 coinage of tin. It is 334 miles from London. Market, Saturday. 
 Pop. 4643. 
 
BOG 
 
 BO'DY, ». iboflifl, Sax.] in Physics, a solid, extended, palpa- 
 ble substance, of itself merely passive, and indifferent either to 
 motion or rest, but capable of any sort of motion, or any kind of 
 forms ; composed of particles infinitely hard, so as never to wear 
 or break into pieces. In Anatomy, that part of an animal com- 
 posed of bones, muscles, nerves, &c. The real existence of a 
 thing, or its completion, in opposition to an image, shadow, re- 
 presentation, or type ; a collection of persons united by some 
 common tie, or charter; substance; the main or chief part of a 
 thing; a perfect system, or that which contains all the branches 
 of a science ; as, "a body of divinity ;" " a body of laws." Ap- 
 plied to dress, that part which covers the body ; the materials 
 which compose a stuff or other manufacture. Applied to liquors, 
 strength. 
 
 To BO'DY, V. a. to produce; to bring into being. 
 
 BO'DY-CLOTHES, s. the clothes which cover a horse's body, 
 when dieted, &c. 
 
 BCECKTIA, the name of one of the States of ancient Greece. 
 It lay between the Opuntian and Corinthian Gulfs, and was 
 bounded by Attica and Megaris on one side, and Phocis and the 
 Opuntian Locrians on the other. Its rivers were the Cephisus 
 and the Asopus, and the lake Copais lay in the centre of it. 
 Mount Helicon was in its S. part. It was a fertile country, and 
 its manufactures of linen and arms were much celebrated. The 
 inhabitants seem to have been contented with undistinguished 
 luxurj', and never aspired to any place or name in Greece save 
 under Epaminondas, for a few years. Oligarchy was the form 
 of government which chiefly was adopted. Thebes, Orchomenus, 
 Coroneia, Plataeae, &c. &c., were its chief towns. 
 
 BOE'RHAAVE, HERMANN, a famous physician of the 17th 
 and 18th centuries. He studied at Leyden, and intended to 
 undertake the ministry ; eventually he commenced the practice 
 of physic, and became a public professor at Leyden. He now rose 
 steadily in fame, and his published works crowned it. He was 
 at once professor of theoretical and practical inedicine, botany, 
 and chemistry, and rector of the university. He was distin- 
 guished for his eloquence as well as for his learning, and main- 
 tained an intercourse with learned men all over the world. He 
 died in 1738, aged 70 years. His works are very numerous, but 
 are little read now. 
 
 BOE'THIUS, ANNIUS MANLIUS T. S., a Roman writer and 
 philosopher, whose name concludes the list of Latin authors. 
 He studied at Athens, and soon after his return was raised to the 
 consulate. But though engaged constantly in public affairs, he 
 never ceased to study and to teach. The works of Aristotle and 
 Plato he translated and explained, and wrote many other com- 
 mentaries and original works. He displeased Theodoric by a 
 work against the Arians, and was banisned from Rome and im- 
 prisoned. Here he wrote his great work On the Consolation of 
 Philosophy. He was beheaded in 526, aged 71 years. 
 
 BOE'TIUS, HECTOR, an eminent Scottish author and scholar 
 of the 16th centurj'. He studied at Paris, and had the friendship 
 of Erasmus ; on his return to Scotland he became Principal of the 
 university of Aberdeen, which was then being remodelled. He 
 wrote, beside the History of Scotland, the Lives of the Bishops 
 of Aberdeen. He died in 1536, aged about 70 years. 
 
 BOG, s. [Irish,] a moist spot of earth , which sinks and gives way 
 to the weight of the body, formed of grass or plants putrefied by 
 some spring ; a marsh or morass. 
 
 To BO'GGLE, v. n. [bogil, Belg.} to start, run, or fly back at 
 the sight of a terrifying object ; to dissemble ; to be guilty of 
 prevarication ; or to play fast and loose ; used with the particle 
 with. Used with the particle at, to hesitate ; to doubt. 
 
 BO'GGLER, s. a person full of doubts ; a fearful or timorous 
 person. 
 
 BO'GGY, a. abounding in bogs ; partaking of the nature or 
 qualitvof a bog. 
 
 BOGLIPO'RE, a modern town of Hindustan, seated on the 
 Ganges, the capital of a district of the same name, in the pro- 
 vince of Bahar. There is a good public school here, and a Mo- 
 hammedan college. The population is about 30,000. Lat. 25. 
 13. N. Long. 86. 58. E. 
 
 BO'GMOSS, s. in Botany, a sort of moss generally found in 
 bogs, whose botanical generic name is sphagnum. 
 
 BOGO'TA, the capital of New Grenada, in S. America. It is 
 situated near the mountains called Guadaloupe and Montserrat, 
 and not far from the river Bogota. It is handsomely built, and 
 
 BOl 
 
 from its altitude enjoys a pleasant and salubrious climate. Like 
 all other towns in that region, it is frequently visited by earth- 
 quakes. It has a fine cathedral, three colleges, an hospital, the 
 necessary buildings for the seat of government, and a fine public 
 walk at one entrance. Its population is about 40,000. Lat. 4. 
 30. N. Long. 74. 10. W. 
 
 BO'G-TROTTER, s. one who lives in a boggy country. 
 
 BOHE'A,s. [Chin.] one of the coarsest teas which comes from 
 China, and is the second gathering. After it is gathered, it is 
 dried in pans over a fire, and rolled up in the form we have it, 
 by a person employed for that purpose. 
 
 BOHE'MIA, a kingdom of Europe, now forming part of the 
 Austrian empire. It is bounded on all sides by mountain ranges, 
 and on the parts opposite to Austria adjoins Bavaria, Saxony, and 
 Prussia. The mountains attain in many cases to a great height, 
 some being near 5000 feet high ; and they abound in metals, 
 minerals, and building stone. Its rivers are the Elbe, and the 
 Moldau which flows into it. The country is fertile, yielding all 
 kinds of corn, flax, hops, nuts, &c. &c. It does not rear much 
 stock. The population is about 4,000,000, most of whom are 
 Romanists. The people are much occupied in manufactures. Its 
 glass has always been famous. Prague, Toplitz, Rosenberg, and 
 Carlsbad, are its chief towns. 
 
 BOHEMIAN BRETHREN, the ancient Protestants of Bo- 
 hemia, including the Hussites, Taborites, &c. 
 
 BO'HEMOND, one of the military leaders of the first crusade, 
 was the son of the famous Norman conqueror of Italy, Robert 
 Guiscard ; and was himself Prince of Tarentum. He distinguish- 
 ed himself both by bravery and craftiness during the crusade, at 
 Doryteum, and Antioch, which place was ceded to him as a 
 principality. He was taken prisoner once, but regained his 
 freedom, and had his title acknowledged by the emperor of Con- 
 stantinople. He died in 1111. 
 
 BOIA'RDO, MATTEO MARIA, one of the classical Italian 
 poets of the 15th century. He belonged to the nobility of Italy, 
 and was lord of Scandiano. He was also at different times go- 
 vernor of Reggio and Modena. His great work is his Orlando 
 Innamorato, but he wrote several other works, both sonnets and 
 poems, and a history of the German empire during the earlier part 
 of the middle ages. He died in 1494, aged CO years. 
 
 To BOIL, V. n. [bouillir, Fr.] to be violently agitated with heat ; 
 to have its particles set into a violent motion by fire ; and so to 
 be able to scald any thing immersed into it, applied to water. Fi- 
 guratively, to be hot ; to move with a violent motion, like that of 
 boiling water ; to be placed in boiling water. To boil over, ap- 
 plied to water or other fluids, to have its contents so rarefied by 
 heat, as to take up a larger dimension than before, and to run 
 over the sides of a vessel. — v. a. to heat, by putting into boiling 
 water ; to seethe ; to dress victuals by boiling. 
 
 BOIL, s. a species of abscess. 
 
 BOPLEAU, NICHOLAS DESPREAUX, a French poet of 
 the 17th centurj'. He wrote satires, complimentary verses to 
 royalty, &c. &c., some of which entitle him to be regarded as a 
 poet ; but all of which show him to be a man of purest morals, 
 though living and writing in an age in whicli licence was 
 esteemed modesty. He died in 1711, aged 74 years. 
 
 BOI'LER, s. one who boils any thing; a domestic utensil, 
 commonly made of metal, used in cookeiy ; that part of a steam- 
 engine in which water is subjected to the action of fire, for the 
 generation of steam. 
 
 BOI'LING, part, of preceding v. the state of fluids subjected to 
 the influence of heat enough to cause ebullition. Boiling 2'oint, 
 that degree of the thermometer at which ebullition commences. 
 See Ebullition. 
 
 BOI'OBl, s. in Natural History, a South American serpent, 
 which is very poisonous, but does not bite unless when attacked. 
 
 BOIS-LE-DUC, a very strong city in N. Brabant, Holland. 
 It is seated among morasses, between the rivers Dommel and 
 Aa, 45 miles from Antwerp, and 42 miles from Amsterdam. It 
 has a fine town hall, and some handsome churches, and is built 
 in the usual style of Dutch towns, with canals in the streets. It 
 has some manufactures, and by means of a canal to Maestricht, 
 some trade. Its population is about 20,000. 
 
 BOPSTEROUS, a. violent, furious, vehement, stormy, roar- 
 ing, applied to wind. Figuratively, furious, warm, hot, outrage- 
 ous, violent, applied to persons. 
 
 BOPSTEROUSLY, ad. in a violent manner; furiously. 
 p 105 
 
BOL 
 
 BOrSTEROUSNESS, s. the state or quality of being furious, 
 tumultuous, turbulent, and stormy. 
 
 BOKHA'RA, or Bucharia, or Usbekistan, a country of Asia 
 lying between Persia, Affghanistan, Thibet, Tatary, and the 
 Caspian Sea. It is frequently spoken of as if divided into two 
 parts. Great and Little Bucharia. Some parts of the country are 
 mountaiaous, but the greater part is a fine open plain, intersect- 
 ed by the rivers Amou or Oxus, Kurshee, and Kohik or Sogd. 
 In the vicinity of these streams agriculture is practised with some 
 care ; and com, and grain of other kinds, with fruits of all kinds, 
 are plentiful, as are cotton and other vegetable substances. Its 
 pastures feed abundance of goats and sheep ; and silk is plenti- 
 fully produced. Its mineral wealth is not great, and it is not 
 much troubled with wild beasts. It is inhabited by many differ- 
 ent tribes, which appears to be the result of the many changes 
 in the sovereign power in the country. There are some relics of 
 the old Bactrians, Arabs, Turks, Tatars, and most numerously 
 Usbeks ; in all about 3,000,000. The government is vested in 
 a khan, advised by the learned and religious professions, as a 
 standing council of state. The chief cities are Bokhara, Samar- 
 cand, Balkh, Kurshee. Bokhara, the capital, stands on the river 
 Kohik, and is feebly fortified. It has a considerable trade, which 
 arises chiefly from its position. It has a great many mosques 
 and colleges, being a principal seat of Mohammedan learning. 
 Its population is about 100,000. Lat. 39. 48. N. Long. 64. 
 26. t. 
 
 BOLD, a. [bald. Sax.] not hindered from an undertaking, 
 either by the threats of others, or the difficulties attending it ; 
 daring, brave, courageous, fearless. Impudent, rude, applied to 
 the behaviour. Licentious, or too free, applied to words. Level, 
 smooth, even, applied by sailors to situation. To make hotel, to 
 take the liberty or freedom. 
 
 To BO'LDEN, v. a. to grow bold, to make bold ; to dispel a 
 person's fears or doubts. 
 
 BO'LDFACED, a. impudent ; not showing any signs of shame 
 by the countenance. 
 
 BO'LDLY, ad. confidently ; with assurance ; impudently. 
 
 BOLDNESS, s. courage, intrepidity, undauntedness ; the 
 power to speak or do what we intend before others without fear 
 or disorder. In a bad sense, a resolution to do or speak any thing 
 before others, though conscious of its being wrong or indecent. 
 
 BOLE, s. [bolus, Lat.] a particular sort of earth used by paint- 
 ers, moderately coherent, ponderous, soft, and in some degree 
 ductile while moist, easily diffused in water, and freely subsiding 
 from it. There are several sorts of boles, as the white, yellow, 
 red, brown, and grey ; which were prescribed in various dis- 
 tempers, but are now quite disused. Also the body or trunk of 
 a tree. Likewise a measure of corn, containing six bushels. 
 
 BOLE'TUS, s. in Botany, a kind of fungus, distinguished from 
 the mushroom class, by having pores underneath, instead of 
 gills. Some species yield a particular kind of acid ; many are 
 useful as styptics ; and one is converted into the tinder called 
 amadou. 
 
 BO'LEYN, ANNE, the second wife of Henry VIII., and mother 
 to Queen Elizabeth. She was in the train of Queen Katharine, 
 and having attracted the regard of the king, which led to the 
 controversy respecting his existing marriage, and so brought 
 about the separation of England from the Popedom, she was 
 eventually married to him. Henry, after a while, disappointed 
 in his hopes of a son, and having been captivated by one of 
 Anne's maids of honour, got up a charge of adultery and incest 
 against her, and had her beheaded, in 1536, aged 29 years. She 
 always favoured the Reformation, and has left a name that 
 would have been remembered, had it not held so conspicuous a 
 place in one of the most momentous movements recorded in 
 English history. 
 
 BO'LINGBROKE, or Bu'llingbroke, Lincolnshire. It is seat- 
 ed at the spring-head of a river, which falls into the Witham on 
 a low ground, and is a very ancient town, though now but a 
 mean place. King Henry iV. was born here. It is 128 miles 
 from London. Market, Tuesday. Pop. 919. 
 
 BO'LINGBROKE, HENRY ST. JO&N, VISCOUNT, an Eng- 
 lish statesman and author of the 18th century. He played a 
 prominent part in the intrigues of Queen Anne's reign, and on 
 the accession of George I., left England and joined the party 
 and court of the Pretender. He was attainted, for non-appear- 
 ance on his impeachment for high-treason; but at length, 
 106 
 
 BOL 
 
 through the influence of his wife, and his money, he got his 
 sentence reversed, except so far as the exclusion from the House 
 of Lords. In the pamphleteering war during Walpole's reign, he 
 actively engaged, and after an unsettled life, owing to his politi- 
 cal character, he died in 1751, aged 73 vears. His works are 
 voluminous, and are excellent as a model of style ; but as fur- 
 nishing facts for the history of his times, or as containing any 
 feasible schemeof philosophy, in his attack on Christianity, they 
 are utterly worthless. 
 
 BOLIVAR, SIMON, the celebrated liberator of the Spanish 
 dominions on the W. side of S. America. He was by birth one of 
 the nobles of Venezuela, and received his education at Madrid. 
 The political principles which the Independence of the United 
 States and the French Revolution first proclaimed to the world, 
 found their way into countries guarded as jealously and as dili- 
 gently oppressed as these Spanish colonies were. The upshot 
 was a revolutionary war involving the whole country in its hor- 
 rors, and which lasted from 1810 to 1825, during which Bolivar, 
 as one of the most skilful and determined leaders of the patriot 
 party, was foremost in all dangers, and was now enjoying all the 
 raptures of triumph, and now fleeing to other countries as an 
 exile. Their liberation being effected, Bolivar drew up a code, 
 and was put at the head of one of the states. But he was Harassed 
 with revolts and commotions till he died, in 1831, aged 48 years. 
 
 BOLI'VIA, the name assumed by one of the republics formed 
 out of the states liberated by Bolivar from the Spanish yoke. It 
 extends from the Pacific to the river Paraguay, and from the 
 river Madera in the N. to the parallel of 25. S. ; being bounded 
 by Peru, Brazil, Paraguay, La Plata, and Chili. The Andes 
 run through it from N. to S., one of the highest peaks of which 
 is about 22,000 feet high, and which contain the treasures of 
 Potosi and Porco. Its rivers are the Mamora, the Madera, the 
 Paraguay, &c. Lake Titicaca forms one of its natural features. 
 The vegetation of the country and its wild beasts are those 
 which are common to the continent. The population is about 
 1,000,000, the greater number of which are natives of the soil. 
 Chuquisaca, La Plata, Potosi, La Paz, Cobija, are its principal 
 places. Its trade is not considerable, but it has good manufac- 
 tures of various kinds. 
 
 BOLL, s. in Botany, a round stalk or stem ; as a boll of flax. 
 
 To BOLL, V. n. to rise in a stalk ; " The flax was boiled," Exod. 
 ix. 31. 
 
 BOLO'GNA, an ancient, large, rich, and very handsome town 
 of the Papal States, Italy, an archbishop's see, and a univer- 
 sity. It contains about 70,000 inhabitants, and has very many 
 churches. It is a place of great trade, which is in some measure 
 owing to a canal that runs from this city into the river Po. The 
 Reno, which runs near Bologna, turns the mills, which are em- 
 ployed in the silk works ; besides, they deal in wax, soap, hams, 
 sausages, and even lap-dogs, which are greatly esteemed. The 
 university is very celebrated, and there are libraries, academies, 
 and other fine public institutions. It is seated at the foot of the 
 Modena, 180 miles from Rome. Lat. 44. 30. N. Long. 14. 30. E. 
 
 BO'LSOVER, Derbyshire, seated on an eminence, and over- 
 looked by an old castle. It is an agricultural place, and was once 
 a market town. Pop. 1512. 
 
 BOLSTER, 8. [bolstre, Sax.] a long ticking sack filled with 
 feathers, flocks, &c., made use of to support or raise a person's 
 head in bed. Applied to dress, a pad made use of to hide some 
 deformity. In Surgery, a compress, or piece of linen doubled, 
 laid or bound upon a wound. 
 
 To BO'LSTER, v. a. to support, or raise a person's head with 
 a bolster. In Surgery, to force or keep the lips of a wound close 
 by means of a compress. Figuratively, to support or maintain. 
 
 BOLT, s. [boult, Belg.] a dart shot from a cross-bow ; light- 
 ning; a thunderbolt; a short piece of iron made to fasten doors; 
 an iron pin made to secure the shutters of windows, and to fasten 
 the planks of ships ; a spot ; obstacle, impediment. Bolt upright 
 means upright as an arrow. 
 
 To BOLT, f . a. to fasten with a bolt ; to fling out. Figura- 
 tively, to fasten. [From blutir, Fr.] to separate the fine from 
 the coarse parts of a thing with a sieve ; to separate truth from 
 falsehood by rigorous examination.— r. n. to spring out with sud- 
 denness ; to start out with the quickness of an arrow ; to come 
 in a huriy, or without due consideration. Used with the word out. 
 
 BO'LTER, s. a sieve to separate finer from coarser, parts, par- 
 ticularly applied to that made use of to separate flour from bran. 
 
BOJS 
 
 BCyLTHEAD, s. in Chemistry, a long straight-necked glass 
 vessel used in distillations. See Matrass. 
 
 BOATING-HOUSE, s. a place where meal is sifted, or separ- 
 ated from the bran. 
 
 BO'LTON, or Bolton-le-moor, Lancashire, noted for its 
 manufacture of fustians and cotton goods of all kinds. Here are 
 navigable canals, which conduct from this town to Manchester 
 and VVigan. It lies in the midst of the coal district, which con- 
 tributes not a little to its prosperity ; its foundries and the ma- 
 chinery in its bleaching works and manufactories requiring so 
 much fuel. It has some excellent public institutions and cha- 
 rities. It is 199 miles from London. Market, Monday. Pop. 
 73,905. 
 
 BO'LT-ROPE, 8. the rope on which the sail of a ship is fast- 
 ened. 
 
 BO'LUS, s. [Lat.] in Pharmacy, a medicine made into a soft 
 mass, about the size of a nutmeg, to be taken at once. 
 
 BOMB, s. [bombm, Lat.] formerly a loud noise. A hollow iron 
 ball, filled with gunpowder, and furnished with a vent for a 
 fusee, or wooden tube filled with combustible matter, which being 
 set on fire, burns slowly till it reaches the gunpowder, which 
 goes off at once, bursting the shell to pieces with incredible vio- 
 lence. They are discharged from a mortar, and used in besieging 
 towns. The largest ever used were 24 inches in diameter. They 
 are now called shells. 
 
 To BOMB, V. a. to attack with, or shoot bombs against. 
 
 To BOMBARD, v. a. to fling bombs into a town ; to attack 
 with bombs. 
 
 BOMBARDIE'R, s. the engineer who fires or directs the 
 throwing of bombs out of the mortars. 
 
 BOMBA'RDMENT, s. an attack made upon a city, &.c. by 
 throwing bombs into it. 
 
 BOMBA'ST, s. in Literature, high, pompous, swelling ex- 
 pressions, above the subject to which they are applied. 
 
 BOMBA'ST, a. pompous ; of big sound. 
 
 BOMBA'Y, an miportant town of British India, standing on 
 an island of the same name, on the W. coast of Hindustan. The 
 fortifications are very strong towards the sea, but the town is 
 slightly built, excepting in the quarter occupied by Europeans. 
 Its position, and its admirable harbour, have made it a place of 
 great value, and of considerable trade. Ship-building in particu- 
 lar is carried on very extensively here. Its population is about 
 250,000, the greater number of which are natives. On the same 
 island are some other forts and villages. Bombay gives name to 
 one of the Presidencies, into which the British empire in India 
 is divided. It extends along the coast, from the Malabar coast 
 to theGulf of Cambay, including a population of six millions and 
 a half. Lat. 18. 56. N. Long. 72. 57, E. 
 
 BOMBAZI'NE, [bombasin, Fr. from bombycinus, Lat.] a slight 
 manufacture of silk and worsted, which is now made only in 
 black, for mourning. 
 
 BO'MB-CHEST, s. a chest filled with gunpowder and bombs, 
 and placed under ground in order to blow it up, together with 
 those that are upon it. 
 
 BO'MB-KETCH, Bomb-vessel, ». a small vessel, strongly 
 built, and strengthened with large beams, to bear the shock 
 of a mortar at sea, when bombs are to be thrown from it into a 
 town. 
 
 BO'NA, a town and harbour on the N. coast of Africa, above 
 200 miles from Algiers, but within the borders of the regency of 
 that name. It occupies the site of the ancient Hippo Regius. 
 Its harbour is now spoiled, and the town has few inhabitants 
 beside the French garrison. 
 
 BO'NA Fl'DE, s. [Lat.] among lawyers, signifies that such a 
 thing was really done without fraud or deceit. 
 
 BONA'SSUS, s. [Lat.] in Natural History, a name of the buffalo, 
 or bison. 
 
 BONCHRETIEN, s. [Fr.] a pear, so called perhaps from the 
 name of some gardener. 
 
 BOND, «. {bond, Sax.] any thing which confines a person's arms 
 so that he has not the free use of them ; cords or chains ; that 
 which holds the parts of a thing together ; union, joining, or 
 connexion. Figuratively, captivity, imprisonment, loss of li- 
 berty ; obligation. A tie, applied to alliance. In Law, a deed 
 by which a person obliges himself to perform certain acts, under 
 ii penalty specified therein. 
 
 liOND, a. [gebonden. Sax.] not free ; in a state of slavery. 
 
 BON 
 
 BONDAGE, ». slavery ; a state wherein a person is deprived 
 of liberty. 
 
 BO'NDMAID, «. a woman or female slave. 
 
 BO'NDMAN, s. a man slave. 
 
 BO'NDSERVANT, s. a person who is under bond to serve his 
 master, and is not at liberty to quit him. 
 
 BO'NDSERVICE, s. the condition of a slave; slavery. 
 
 BO'NDSLAVE, s. a person in inextricable slavery. 
 
 BO'NDSMAN, s. a slave ; a person who has given his bond as 
 a security for another. 
 
 BO'NDSWOMAN, s. a woman slave ; or one who has given her 
 bond for security. 
 
 BONE, «. [bati, Sax.] in Anatomy, a white, hard, brittle, in- 
 sensible substance, forming the support and strength of the body; 
 defending some of the more essential parts, as the brain ; giving 
 shape to the whole frame, and assisting it in its motion. It is 
 composed of either the carbonate or the phosphate of lime, and is 
 compacted with membranous substance. The hollow interior 
 is usually filled up with marrow. Bones are used simply ground 
 or crushed, or with the addition of an acid, as a manure. To 
 make no bones, is to make no scruple, alluding to the readiness 
 with which a dog devours a bone. To give a person a bone to pick, 
 a low phrase for laying an obstacle in a person's way, or suggest- 
 ing something which may perplex him. A bone of contention, a 
 cause of strife. 
 
 To BONE, V. a. to take the bones out of the flesh. 
 
 BO'NELACE, s. a cheap sort of flaxen lace, wove by bobbins 
 made out of bones. 
 
 BO'NELESS, a. that has no bones. Applied to the gums, with- 
 out teeth. 
 
 BO'NFIRE, s. [bon, Fr. and_/?re] a public fire, made by the po- 
 forehead-cloth, generally 
 
 pujace on rejoicing days. 
 
 BO'NGRACE, «. {bonne grace. Ft. 
 worn by infants. 
 
 BO'NIFACE, the name assumed by nine popes of Rome, on 
 their exaltation to the chair of St. Peter. The 8th of the name, 
 who reigned at the close of the 13th century, was a deter- 
 mined combatant for the supremacy of his see, and was engaged 
 in a long quarrel with Philip the Fair of France in maintain- 
 ing it. 
 
 BO'NIFACE, ST., an English monk, who, in the 8th century, 
 devoted himself to preaching to the barbarous tribes that occu- 
 pied Germany. He fell a martyr to his zeal, for he was killed 
 whilst confirming some of his disciples in Holland or Frisia, in 
 755, aged 77 years. 
 
 BO'NITO, s. a large and very beautiful sea-fish, of the tunny 
 kind, very common in the Indian seas. 
 
 BONN, a city of Cologne, situated on the W. side of the Rhine, 
 belonging to Prussia. The streets are wide and beautiful, and 
 the fortifications are in good repair. It is most famous for its 
 university, in which both Protestants and Romanists unite. It 
 has a population of about 15,000. Lat. 50. 44. N. Long. 9.44. E. 
 It is 14 miles S. S. E. of Cologne. 
 
 BO'NNER, EDMUND, the bishop whose deeds in the reign of 
 Mary have gained him a name as a cruel religious persecutor. 
 He was in the reign of Henry VIII. attached to the Reformers, 
 but afterwards he returned to his first faith, and was deprived of 
 his bishopric and imprisoned for it. After his happily brief 
 power during Mary's reign, he was again deprived and impri- 
 soned by Elizabeth ; and he died in prison in 1569, aged about 
 75years. 
 
 BO'NNET, s. [Fr. ] a covering for the head ; a cap, or outward 
 covering, made of silk, worn instead of a hat by the ladies. In 
 Fortification, a small work, or little ravelin, without a ditch, 
 having a parapet of earth from 3 to 12 feet high, and from 30 to 
 36 feet thick. Bonnet dpretre, or a priest's cap, an out-work with 
 three salient angles, and two inwards. Bonnets, among sailors, 
 are small sails set on the courses, or fastened to the bottom of 
 the mizzen, main-sail, or fore-sail of a ship, when they are too 
 narrow to clothe the mast, or in order to make more way in light 
 winds or calm weather. 
 
 BO'NNILY, ad. in a gay manner ; handsomely. 
 
 BO'NNINESS, s. the quality of appearing gay, handsome, or 
 plump. 
 
 BO'NNY, s. in Mineralogy, a name given by miners to a bed of 
 ore which is unconnected with any vein. 
 
 BO'NNY, a. \bon, Fr.] gay, cheerful, handsome, youni 
 
 p2 
 
 h 
 
BO'NNYCASTLE, JOHN, the writer of many school books on 
 Mathematics, which are yet in use, was Mathematical Professor 
 at themilitaiy colle<'e, Woolwich, and died in 1821. 
 
 BO'NNY-CLABBER, «. an Irish word for sour buttermilk. 
 
 BONO'NIAN STONE, a grey, soft, glossy, fibrous, sulphureous 
 stone, about the bigness of a large walnut, found in the neigh- 
 bourhood of Bologna, containing a kind of spar, and making 
 when duly prepared a species of phosphorus. 
 
 BO'NUM-MAGNUM, s. [Lat.] in Gardening, a species of 
 plum. 
 
 BO'NY, a. having the properties or consisting of bone ; abound- 
 ing in bones. 
 
 BCNZES, s. priests of the religion of Boodh in Japan ; whose 
 systems greatly resemble those of the priests of Romanism. 
 
 BOO'BY, s. in Natural History, the name of a water-fowl, 
 common in the West Indies, which does not seem capable of any 
 exertion to preserve its life, suffering itself to be knocked down, 
 even after others near it have been served so. A dull, heavy, 
 stupid, or contemptible fellow. 
 
 BOOK, s. [hoc. Sax.] a written or printed composition of a 
 length sufficient to make a volume ; a collection of papers sewed 
 or bound, intended to be written on ; the division of an author's 
 subject. The most ancient materials for books appears to have 
 been the leaves of the palm-tree, and the papyrus, then leather, 
 and afterwards parchment. They anciently consisted of rolls, 
 the several sheets being joined together at the ends. Used with 
 the particle in, and personal pronouns his or my, to be much 
 esteemed or valued 1^ a person. "I was so much in his books, 
 that," kc, Addison. Without book, applied to the public delivery of 
 a preacher, by the mere strength of memory. 
 
 To BOOK, V. a. to enter or write any thing in a book. 
 
 BOO'KBINDER, s. one who sews the sheets of a book to- 
 gether, and fixes them to the boards, which he covers with lea- 
 ther, cloth, &c. 
 
 BOO'KFUL, a. full of opinions gleaned from books, without 
 having either digested what he has read, or been able to produce 
 any thing of his own. 
 
 BOO'KISH, a. very fond of books, study, or reading ; pedan- 
 tic. Sometimes used in a bad sense, and as a term of contempt. 
 
 BOO'KISHNESS, s. a great fondness for books ; too intense 
 an application to study. Used sometimes as a reproach, or term 
 of contempt. 
 
 BOO'K-KEEPER, s. a clerk employed in a counting-house 
 to register the transactions daily carried on, and able to metho- 
 dize them so, that the true state of affairs may at any time be 
 known. 
 
 BOO'K-KEEPING, s. the art of keeping accounts, or register- 
 ing mercantile transactions. Book-keeping is said to be by sinr/le 
 entry, when each transaction of business is posted once in the 
 ledger ; but by double entry, when each transaction is posted twice, 
 so as to appear on both sides of the balance sheet, tnus present- 
 ing at any moment a complete statement of the condition of the 
 parties' affairs. This last method of book-keeping is also called 
 the Italian method. 
 
 BOO'K-LEARNED, a. conversant in books, but not in men ; 
 applied also to one that reads much, but is a person of no parts 
 or invention. 
 
 BOO'K-LEARNING,s. improvement or learning to be acquired 
 from books, opposed to that which maybe obtained by the exer- 
 cise of a man's own faculties. 
 
 BOO'KSELLER, s. he whose profession it is to sell books. 
 
 BOO'KWORM, s. in Natural History, a mite or worm which 
 preys upon books. Figuratively, a person immoderately fond of ana d 
 reading; one who applies himself too intensely to study. ing in 
 
 BOOM, s. [beam. Sax.] among mariners, a long pole used to BO 
 spread out the clue of a sail ; a pole, with bushes, or baskets, set name 
 as a mark to show the sailors how to steer in a channel, when 
 the countrj' is overflowed ; a cable or cables stretched across the 
 mouth of a river or harbour, to prevent an enemy's entering. 
 
 BOON, s. [bene. Sax.] a gift, or present, obtained by having 
 requested or sued for it. 
 
 BOON, a. [6o»,Fr.] merry; gay. Generally used with the word 
 ccnipanion. 
 
 BOOR, ». [beer, Belg.] a rude, unpolished countryman ; a 
 clown. 
 
 BOO'RISH, a. without any breeding or politeness ; rude, 
 clownish. 
 108 
 
 BOR 
 
 BOO'RISHLY, arf. in an unpolite, rude, and clownish manner. 
 
 BOO'RISHNESS, s. clownishness, rudeness of behaviour. 
 
 BOOSE, s. [hosig. Sax.] a stall for a cow or an ox. 
 
 To BOOT, V. a. to be of service or advantage ; to profit ; to 
 enrich, serve, or accumulate. 
 
 BOOT, s. [bote. Sax.] gain, profit, or advantage. To boot, is 
 an adverbial expression, implying besides ; over and above. 
 
 BOOT, s. [botte, Ft.] a leather covering worn over the legs and 
 feet ; a receptacle under a coach-box, used for carrying boxes or 
 other parcels. A kind of torture formerly used in ^Scotland. 
 
 To BOOT, t". a. to put on boots. 
 
 BOOTA'N, a country of India, situated between Bengal and 
 Thibet, and surrounded on all sides by very high mountains. It 
 is bounded by Thibet, Bengal, Bahar, and Sikkim. It includes 
 that part of the Himmaleh Mountains which rises to the height 
 of 25,000 feet. It exhibits the peculiar productions of all cli- 
 mates from the tropics to the arctic regions. The rivers which 
 rise in this region join the great streams of China. The people 
 are worshippers of Boodh. The sovereign is looked on as an in- 
 carnation of the Deity, and the affairs of the countiy are managed 
 by his subordinates. Tassasudon is his palace, and the capital 
 of the countiy. 
 
 BOO'TCATCHER, s. the person who pulls off' boots at an inn. 
 
 BOO'TED, part, with boots on the legs ; in boots. 
 
 BOO'TES, {bodies) s. [Lat.] in Astronomy, the name of a north- 
 ern constellation, one of whose stars, called Arcturus, is of the 
 first magnitude. 
 
 BOOTH, s. [btcth, Brit.] a house built of boards, or boughs, to 
 be used for a short time. 
 
 BOO'THIA FELIX, a country Ij-ing W. of Baffin's Bay, dis- 
 covered in Ross's attempt to find the N. W. passage to the East 
 Indies, and named after Sir Felix Booth of London. It is almost ' 
 perjietually covered with ice and snow, but is inhabited by a race 
 of Esquimaux, who are remarkable for their gross barbarism. 
 
 BOOT-HOSE, s. a stocking worn instead of boots ; spatter- 
 dashes, or Welch boots. 
 
 BOO'TLESS, a. that will not produce any advantage or profit ; 
 unavailing ; unsuccessful. 
 
 BOOT-TREE, ». an instrument consisting of two parts when 
 joined in the shape of a leg, with a groove cut in the middle to re- 
 ceive a quoin or wedge, which is driven in by main force, in or- 
 der to stretch or widen a boot. 
 
 BOO'TY, s. [huyt, Belg.] that which is gained from an enemy 
 in war ; plunder ; pillage ; spoil ; things acquired by robbery, fu 
 play booti/, is to play or act unfairly. 
 
 BOPEE'P, s. the act of thrusting the head in sight of a per- 
 son, and drawing it back again immediately ; sometimes used 
 as a token of fear, and at others as a sign of pleasantry. 
 
 BO'RA, KATHARINE VON, Luther's heroic wife. She was 
 highly connected, and had taken the veil, but during the first 
 stir of the Reformation, fled from the convent with some of her 
 companions, and was hospitably entertained by Luther, who 
 eventually married her. After the death of Luther, she was in- 
 volved in the deepest distress, owing to the total neglect of her 
 on the part of the Protestant princes. After wandering about 
 and begging her bread for some years, she died in 1552, aged 
 53 years. 
 
 BO'RABLE, a. that may be bored. 
 
 BORA'CHIO, s. [borracho. Span.] a drunkard. 
 
 BORA'CIC, a. in Chemistry, an acid formed from boron and 
 oxygen. 
 
 BORAGE, s. in Botany, a plant with rough egg-shaped leaves, 
 and blue blossoms, found on walls, and amongst rubbish, flower- 
 in the summer months. 
 'RAMEZ, s. the Scythian lamb, generally known by the 
 name of Agnus Scythicus. 
 
 BO'RATES, s. in Chemistry, salts formed by the combination 
 of any base with boracic acid. 
 
 BO'RAX, s. [Lat.] a salt known in Chemistry as the biborate 
 of soda, which occurs native in some of the lakes of Thibet and 
 Persia, and is extracted by evaporation. It is imported from 
 India in a crude state, under the name of Tincal. Its chief use 
 is as a flux for metals. It is used by dyers, and is an ingredient 
 of Glauber's salts. 
 
 BO'RDA, JEAN CHARLES, an eminent French natural 
 philosopher, whose investigations respecting the penijulum, &c., 
 laid the foundation for some of the greatest modern improve- 
 
BOR 
 
 ments. He was a distinguished mathematician, and has left 
 some useful works on the subject. During the late war he was 
 taken prisoner by the English fleet in a French frigate. He died 
 in 1799, aged 66 years. 
 
 BORDEAU'X, a large and important city in the department 
 of the Gironde, France. It stands on the Garonne, about 50 
 miles from its mouth ; but as it, a little below the city, assumes 
 the appearance of an arm of the sea, Bordeaux is a first-rate 
 port. It is a nobly built place, and has many magnificent pub- 
 lic buildings, such as the custom-house, the exchange, the town- 
 ball, the courts of justice, &c. The river is crossed by a bridge 
 of about 500 feet in length, composed of 17 arches. The cathe- 
 dral is very fine, as also some other religious edifices. There are 
 also colleges, hospitals, a museum, and a library. Bordeaux has 
 a great trade, being the port nearest the Atlantic, and lying in 
 the centre of a fine wine country. It receives goods from all 
 parts, and exports chiefly claret. A good deal of ship-building 
 IS carried on here. The population is about 100,000. It is 371 
 miles from Paris. Lat. 44. 50. N. Long. 0. 34. W. 
 
 BO'RDER, s. [bord, Teut.] the extremities or edge of any 
 thing ; the extremities or confines of a country ; the outer and 
 extreme parts of a garment or head-dress ; a narrow slip of flow- 
 ers at the extremity of a flower-bed, &c. in a garden. 
 
 To BO'RDER, v. n. to live near to the extremities or confines 
 of a country ; to be situated near. Figuratively, to approach. — 
 V. a. to sew a narrow ornament at the extremities of a thing ; to 
 lie upon or near. 
 
 BO'RDERER, s. one who dwells near a place, or on the con- 
 fines and extremity of a country. 
 
 BO'RDURE, s. in Heraldry, a cutting off" from within the 
 escutcheon all round it about one-fifth of the field, serving as a 
 difference in a coat of arms, to distinguish families of the same 
 name, or persons bearing the same coat. If the line constitut- 
 ing the bordure be straight, and the bordure be plain, then in 
 blazoning you must only name the colour of the bordure. 
 
 To BORE, V. a. [borian, Sax.] to wear into a hole ; to make a 
 hole by any sharp-pointed instrument ; to push forwards with 
 violence ; to make one's way, alluding to the strength required 
 to make a hole with. 
 
 BORE, s. the hole made by boring; the instrument used in 
 boring a hole ; the dimensions of the cavity of a cannon, or other 
 piece of artillen-. Also a pecuhar tidal phenomenon, which oc- 
 curs in many English rivers, as well as in the great rivers of 
 India and America, the flow being like a bank of water rushing 
 up the stream with great violence and rapidity. In the Trent it 
 is called the Eager. 
 
 BORE, the preter. of To Bear. 
 
 BO'REAL, a. [borealis, Lat.] northern. 
 
 BO'REAS, s. [Lat.] the north wind. 
 
 BO'RER, s. an instrument made use of to bore holes with ; 
 the person who bores holes. 
 
 BO'RGIA, the name of a family notorious for monstrous crime. 
 The father was Pope Alexander VI., who, contrary to his vows, 
 had by a mistress five children. One of these, Cesar, he intro- 
 duced iiito the church and made a cardinal of, but being unable 
 to gratify all his ambition and lust, he renounced his orders, and 
 became as famous for his desperate daring, as he was before for 
 his duplicity. Lucretia, the daughter, was married to an Italian 
 noble, then divorced by her father and married to the son of the 
 king of Naples, who was murdered, when she married the duke 
 of Ferrara. She was believed to have lived incestuously with 
 both her father and her brother. The eldest son was duke of 
 Gandia, and was murdered, according to all appearance, by 
 Cesar, who was the reputed assassin of his sisters second hus- 
 band. The crimes of the father were cut short by his uninten- 
 tionally partaking of some poisoned wine which he had prepared 
 for one of his cardinals. Cesar narrowly escaped ; but fell in bat- 
 tle four years afterwards, in 1507. 
 
 BO'RLASE, DR. WILLIAM, a clergyman of Cornwall, who, 
 during the last century, devoted himself to the study of the 
 natural history and antiquities of that county, and became well 
 known through the works which he pubhshed concerning them. 
 He was the correspondent and friend of the most distinguished 
 men of his age ; and died in 1772, aged 77 years. 
 
 To be BORN, v. n. pass, [from bear,] to come into the world; 
 used with the particles to, for, and of. " He was born to empire." 
 Prov. He that is born to be hanged shall never be drowned. — He 
 
 BOR 
 
 that was born under a three-half-jienny planet shall never be worth 
 two-pence. 
 
 HOm^E, part. pass, of To Bear. 
 
 BO'RNEO, a very large island of Asia, in the East Indies, 
 about 800 leagues in circumference, and almost of a round form. 
 The inland country is verj- mountainous ; but towards the sea, 
 low and marshy, occasioned by the great rains that fall eight 
 months in the year. It produces oranges, lemons, mangoes, 
 pines, palms, bread-fruit, &c. in great abundance, excellent 
 mastic, and other gums, wax, rice, cassia, cotton, camphire, 
 frankincense, and all kinds of spices ; diamonds and gola dust 
 are found in their rivers. Their animals are elephants, buffaloes, 
 oxen, horses, tigers, leopards, bears, monkeys, deer, wild boars, 
 goats, parrots, parroquets, together with a great variety of other 
 beautiful birds. The people, in general, are very swarthy, but 
 not quite black, and they go almost naked. Many Malays and 
 Chinese have settled on the island. There are Mahometans on 
 the sea-coast ; but all the rest are Pagans. The inhabitants of 
 some parts of the country are very piratical. The English and 
 the Dutch have trading settlements, but the chief trade is with 
 China. The sea-coast is usually overflowed half of the year ; 
 and when the waters go off, the earth is covered with ooze and 
 mud; for which reason some of the houses are built on floats, 
 and others on high pillars, or posts. The capital town is of the 
 same name, and large and populous, with a good harbour, and 
 seated on the north side of the island. Lat. 4. 55. N. Long. 
 111. 27. E. 
 
 BO'RNHOLM, an island of Denmark, in the Baltic, about 20 
 miles in circumference, nearly surrounded with rocks. The soil 
 is stony, but fertile, and affording good grazing ground. There 
 are coal mines and excellent stone quarries. Its capital is Ronne. 
 Lat. 55. 10. Long. 15. 0. E. 
 
 BORNO'U, an extensive country in the verv interior of Africa, 
 bounded bv the Great Desert, Fezzan, Dongola, Howssa, Darfur, 
 lake Tchad, and the river Tchary. It is a flat country, except- 
 ing near the Mandara mountains, and is watered by several 
 rivers, which overflow during the rainy season, and inundate 
 the country. Lions, panthers, giraffes, antelopes, hyaenas, jack- 
 als, monkeys, &c. abound, with elephants, hippopotami, and 
 crocodiles. The ostriches, pelicans, cranes, &c. are also numer- 
 ous. The climate is like that of the other lands of N. Africa. It 
 has two seasons, separated by three or four months of almost con- 
 tinued rain. This kingdom is inhabited by a variety of tribes, 
 and the natives are of the negro variety. AH profess Islamism ; 
 and most live by agriculture. The government is despotic, but 
 the power of the sultan is nominal. Kouka, Angornou, and 
 Bornou, are the chief towns. 
 
 BO'RON, s. in Chemistry, an earth which is the base of boracic 
 acid, borax, &c. It is of an olive green colour, and was dis- 
 covered by Sir Humphrey Davy. 
 
 BO'ROIJGH, (burro) s. [borhoe. Sax.] a town with a corporation. 
 The word originally signified a town having a wall or some kind 
 of defence about it. Some are called /ree boroughs, and the trades- 
 men in them free burgesses, from a freedom they had granted 
 them originally, to buy and sell without interruption, and ex- 
 empt from toll, Borough is now particularly appropriated to 
 sucn towns as send burgesses or representatives to parliament, 
 whether they be incorporated or not. Mogul boroughs are cor- 
 porations in Scotland, made for the advantage of trade, having 
 commissioners to represent them in parliament. Headborough, 
 the president or chairman of a hundred, chosen to speak or 
 transact affairs in their name. In parishes, a subordinate con- 
 stable. 
 
 BO'ROUGHBRIDGE, Yorkshire, W. R. It is situated on the 
 river Ure, (over which there is a fine bridge of stone, with very 
 wide, high arches, and high stone footways at each end to keep 
 out the water,) 218 miles from London. Market, Saturday. 
 Pop. 1024. 
 
 BO'ROUGH-ENGLISH, s. the customary descent of lands or 
 tenements, in certain places, to the youngest instead of the eld- 
 est son ; or, if the owner have no issue, to the younger instead 
 of the elder brother. This custom is not frustrated by the devise 
 of a will, or a feoffment at common law to the contrary. The 
 reason of this custom, according to Littleton, is, because the 
 youngest is presumed, in law, to be the least able to provide for 
 himself. It obtains only in some ancient boroughs, and copy- 
 hold manors. 
 
 109 
 
BOS 
 
 BCRRELISTS, a sect in Holland, who allow no use of sa- 
 craments, public prayers, or external worship, nor of any human 
 explication of Scripture, but profess to adhere to the faith and 
 manners of the New Testament times in all their simplicity. 
 
 BORROME'O, ST. CHARLES, a cardinal and prelate of the 
 Roman Church in the 16th century, who by his whole life won 
 that esteem which led to his canonization. He was zealous to 
 promote learning amongst the priests, and wrote the celebrated 
 Catechism of the Council of Trent. He exerted himself con- 
 tinually to preserve his clergy in the diligent discharge of their 
 duties, and himself showed the way. His conduct during the 
 plague of Milan, was worthy of all admiration and praise. He 
 died in 1594, aged 56 years, and was canonized by Paul V. 
 
 To BO'RRO W, {bdrro) v. a. \borgian. Sax.] the taking money or 
 other things of another, on condition of returning it again. Fi- 
 guratively, to take something which belongs to another ; to as- 
 sume a property which belongs to something else. Prov. He that 
 goes a borrowing, goes a sorrowing. 
 
 BO'RROWDALE, a romantic valley among Derwent-water 
 fells, in the S. E. part of Cumberland, bordering on Westmore- 
 land. The soil is very fertile, and the hills yield the best quality 
 of plumbago, which the people call wad. The Bowder stone, 
 which is an immense block of transported trap-rock, and the 
 four yew trees, are also famed curiosities of the valley. It is wa- 
 tered by the clearest brooks, which, precipitated from the hills, 
 and forming many beautiful waterfalls, meet together in the 
 dale, and, forming one large stream, pass out of the dale under 
 the name of Borrowdale Beck, whence its waters spread out into 
 an extensive lake, containing several beautiful islands, called 
 Derwent-water, or Keswick Lake. Borrowdale is 4 miles from 
 Keswick. Pop. 369. 
 
 BO'RRO WER, s. a person who takes money, &c., of another, 
 on condition of returning it again ; he that uses what is an- 
 other's as if it were his own. Figuratively, he that adopts the 
 sentiments of another, without acknowledging that they are 
 so, applied to writings. 
 
 BOS, LAMBERT, a very distinguished Greek scholar and 
 professor of the Netherlands, at the commencement of the 
 18th century. He wrote many works, distinguished by their 
 great erudition, respecting the Greek language, Grecian anti- 
 quities, the Greek Testament, &c. ; and of these the treatise on 
 tne EUipaes commonly used in that language is the most gener- 
 ally known. He died in 1717, aged 47 years. 
 
 BO'SBOCK, s. in Natural History, a kind of antelope, found 
 in the interior of Africa. 
 
 BOSCA'GE, (bockdzhe) s. [Fr.] a place set with trees ; a grove 
 or thicket ; woods or woodland. In Painting, a picture or land- 
 scape, representing woods. 
 
 BOSCA'WEN, ADMIRAL EDWARD, a distinguished Eng- 
 lish naval commander. He was engaged in many actions during 
 the French war in Europe, India, and N. America, and gainea 
 great renown by bis intrepidity and skill. One of his most bril- 
 Rant achievements was effected when he had the command of the 
 Dreadnought, now so much more honourably employed as a float- 
 ing sailors' hospital in the Thames. He died in 1761, aged 50 years. 
 
 BO'SCOVICW, ROGER JOSEPH, a celebrated professor of 
 natural philosophy, in Italy, in the 18th century. He was a 
 Jesuit, but after the suppression of the order he continued to 
 teach and to practise his favourite studies. He had considerable 
 mathematical skill, but apparently lacked what Newton, whose 
 doctrines he taught at Rome in spite of interdicts, said alone 
 distinguished him— persistent attention ; for though he did maiw 
 good things, he did not eifect one great one. He died in 1787, 
 aged 76 years. 
 
 BO'SKY, a. Ibosqw, Fr.] abounding with wood ; woody. 
 ^ BO'SNIA, a province of European Turkey, divided by the 
 Saave from Sclavonia, and bounded on the other sides by Croatia, 
 Dalmatia, Albania, and Servia. The most easterly members of 
 the Alps run beside and through this province, and in some parts 
 the peaks are 6000 feet high. The Saave, the Unna, and the 
 Bosna, are its chief rivers, and they are tributaries of the Danube. 
 Excepting in some parts, pastures and forests occupy the soil ; 
 the parts that are cultivated are productive in corn, various 
 grains, and fruits. There are mines of the precious metals, as well 
 as iron, &c., here, and good quarries for marble and building stone, 
 with coal and salt mines. These are the various sources of the 
 exports of the country. The population is about 1 ,000,000 ; and 
 
 BOS 
 
 the chief places are Bosna-Serai, Travnick, Mostar, Novi, and 
 Yaicza. 
 
 BO'SOM, {boz'm) s. Ibosme, bosom. Sax.] the breast ; that part 
 of the body containing the heart. Figuratively, the embrace of 
 the arms holding any thing to the breast ; the middle or inner- 
 most part of any enclosure. In Composition, it implies favourite ; 
 any thing near or dear to a person, or that of which he is pecu- 
 liarly fond ; thus bosom-interest, bosom-friend, bosom-secret. 
 
 To BO'SOM, (boz'm) V. a. to enclose in the bosom. Figura- 
 tively, to keep secret ; to surround. 
 
 BO'SPORUS, s. [bous and poros, Gr.] in Geography, a narrow 
 strait or arm of the sea, which it might be supposed an ox could 
 swim over ; at present confined to that of Thrace, called the 
 Straits of Constantinople ; and the Cimmerian, or Scythian Bos- 
 porus, called the Straits of Kapha, or Kiderleri. 
 
 BO'SQUETS, s. [boschetto, Ital.] in Gardening, small groves, 
 or compartments, formed of trees, shrubs, or tall-growing plants, 
 planted in quarters, either disposed in regular rows, or in a wild 
 and accidental manner. 
 
 BOSS, s. [bosse, Fr.] a stud or ornament, raised above the rest 
 of the work ; a shining prominence ; the prominent part, or that 
 which sticks out of the middle of a thing, or shield. 
 
 BO'SSAGE, s. in Architecture, a projecting stone laid rough 
 in a building, to be afterwards carved into mouldings, arms, &c. 
 
 BO'SSINEY, or Boss-Castle, and Trevena, Cornwall. It is 
 seated on the sea-coast, and near it are the ruins of Tintagel's 
 Castle. It is 233 miles from London. Market, Thursday. Pop. 
 (of Tintagel, which is the parish to which Bossiney and Trevena 
 belong,) 1185. 
 
 BO'SSUET, JACQUES BENIGNE, the celebrated French 
 prelate and sacred orator of the 17th century. He was indebted 
 to his eloquence in the pulpit for the eminent stations he was 
 called to fill. He was tutor to the Dauphin, and finally bishop 
 of Meaux. The writings best known are his Funeral Orations, 
 which are universally deemed master-pieces of eloquence. His 
 work on Universal History is not less admired by those who have 
 read it. His controversial works, which he published against the 
 Huguenots, are taken as clear and satisfactory statements of the 
 Romanist faith, both in France and in this country. He was 
 also engaged in the Jansenist controversy, but not at all to his 
 fame or honour. He died in 1704, aged 76 years. 
 
 BO'STON, Lincolnshire. It is commodiously seated on both 
 sides of the river Witham, over which it has a handsome high 
 cast-iron bridge ; by means of which river, assisted by navigable 
 canals, it carries on a considerable inland trade. It also trades 
 with London and the Baltic. It is a large, handsome town, with 
 a spacious market-place ; and a fine church, whose tower, 300 
 feet high, serves as a land-mark for sailors. It is 116 miles from 
 London. Markets, Wednesday and Saturday. Pop. 12,942. 
 
 BO'STON, the capital of Massachusetts in the United States, 
 seated on a peninsula, at the bottom of a fine bay. It lies in the 
 form of a crescent about the harbour ; and the country within, 
 rising gradually, has a very fine and striking appearance. There 
 is onlv one safe channel to the harbour, and that so narrow that 
 two ships can scarcely sail abreast ; but within the harbour there 
 is room for 500 sail to anchor, where they are covered bv the guns 
 of a very strong fortress. There are many wharfs, to which ships 
 of the greatest burthen mav come close ; that called Long Wharf 
 is above 1600 feet in length. The streets are generally spacious 
 and well built, particularly the principal one, extending from the 
 pier to the town-house. The state-house, custom-house, mar- 
 ket, hospital, court-houses. Trinity church, St. Paul's church, 
 and Park Street church, are fine buildings. There is also a medi- 
 cal school, and some grand literary institutions. It is 440 miles 
 from Washington. Pop. 93,383. Lat. 42. 25. N. Long. 70. 
 33. W. There are seven other places of this name ia the United 
 
 BO'S WORTH, or Market-Bosworth, Leicestershire. It is 
 seated on a hill, and is surrounded by a good agricultural district. 
 Near it was fought the battle which ended the wars of the Roses, 
 terminating the power of the feudal aristocracy, and introducing 
 an almost arbitrary monarchy. It is 107 miles from London. 
 Market, Wednesday. Pop. 2531. 
 
 BO'SWORTH, JAMES, a Scottish laird, who was educated 
 as a barrister, but was diverted from his profession by a passion 
 for celebrity, which he effected by the use of celebrated names. 
 In the earlier part of his career, after his tour on the continent. 
 
BOT 
 
 through his over-zealous admiration of General Paoli, he was 
 gratified by being known as Corsica Boswell. Afterwards he 
 was engaged inore profitably for the world in minuting all the 
 sayings and doings of Dr. Samuel Johnson, which he published 
 after the Doctor's death. It is on this work that his fame rests, 
 imperishable as Johnson's own. He died in 1795, aged 55 years. 
 
 BOT, s. [bitan. Sax.] the larva of the gadfly, of which there are 
 several species, some feeding on the stomach and intestines of 
 the horse, another in the nostril of the sheep, and a third under 
 the skin of the ox. 
 
 BOTA'NIC, Bota'nical, a. [botane, Gr.] that relates to herbs ; 
 skilled in herbs. 
 
 BO'TANISTjS. one who is skilled in the nature of plants, and 
 their culture ; one who applies himself peculiarly to the study of 
 vegetables. 
 
 BOTANO'LOGY, «. [botane and logos, Gr.] a discourse on 
 plants. 
 
 BCnrANY, s. [botane, Gr.] the science of herbs and plants. 
 This science consisted till very lately of a mere classification of 
 known plants, according to one or another principle of arrange- 
 ment ; but the study of vegetable physiology, aided by the use 
 of the microscope, and the chemistry of the present day, and 
 particularly the extraordinary theory of Goethe respecting the 
 metamorphoses of plants, have cast altogether a new li^ht on the 
 pursuit, and rendered it one of the profoundest as well as most 
 interesting sciences. 
 
 BO'TANY BAY, a bay on the E. coast of New Holland, so 
 called by Captain Cook, from the great quantity of herbs found 
 there. Port Jackson, 15 miles farther to the N. is the penal set- 
 tlement of Great Britain. Lat. 34. 6. S. Long. 151. 22. E. 
 
 BOTA'RGO, s. [botarga, Span.] a relishing sort of food, made 
 of the roes of the mullet fish ; much used on the coasts of the 
 Mediterranean as an incentive to drink. 
 
 BOTCH, s. Ibozza, Ital.] a swelling which afterwards encrusts, 
 discolours the skin, and causes a disagreeable idea. Figur- 
 atively, the part of any work clumsily or ill finished, so as to dis- 
 grace the rest ; something added or joined to a thing in a clumsy 
 manner. 
 
 To BOTCH, V. a. \hoetsun, Belg.] to mend or patch old clothes 
 in a clumsy manner ; to mark with blotches. Figuratively, to 
 mend any thing in an awkward manner; to join things together 
 which do not suit, or agree with one another. 
 
 BO'TCHER, s. one who mends, or sews patches on old clothes, 
 in a clumsy manner ; and is in the same respect to a tailor, as a 
 cobbler to a shoemaker. Figuratively, a person who performs any 
 thing in a clumsy and bunghng manner. 
 
 BOO-CHY, a. marked with blotches. 
 
 BO'TESDALE, Suffolk. This town is but a hamlet of Red- 
 grave, and the market town is in part Rickinghall. It is 89 
 miles from London. Market, Wednesday. Pop. 1065. 
 
 BOTH, a. \batu, batra. Sax.] when applied to two persons, or 
 other things as concerned together, it unites them into one col- 
 jectiye idea, which implies the two. When followed by and, it 
 implies one as well as the other. " Both morning and afternoon." 
 Sidney. 
 
 BO'THNIA, a province of Sweden, lying N. and W. of the 
 Gulf of the same name, and E. of the range of mountains divid- 
 ing Norway from Sweden. It is intersected by numerous streams, 
 which rise in the mountainous regions, and rundown to the sea, 
 spreading into large lakes frequently in their course. TheTornea, 
 the Calix, the Lulea, and the Skelleftea, are the chief of them. 
 Very few parts are cultivated ; pine forests, and forests of birch, 
 alder, &c. cover most of it. There are some pastures near the 
 rivers, on which are reared cattle, which are the chief articles of 
 trade, after the fir timber, and the products of the fir; and the 
 skins of wild animals. The mountains also yield iron abund- 
 antly. The climate is very severe, as part of it lies within the 
 arctic circle, and no eflicient cultivation of the soil has been at- 
 tempted. Gulf of Bothnia, the name given to the most northerly 
 part of the Baltic, from the island of Aland to Tomea. 
 
 BOO-HWELL, JAMES, EARL OF, one of the Scottish nobles 
 who took a very considerable part in the troubled afl^airs of Queen 
 Mary's reign. He bore the character of one addicted to all crime, 
 and of a most determined will. He opposed the murder of Rizzio, 
 and is believed to have effected Darnley's. His crowning crime 
 was the seizure of Mary's person, and marrying her, with or 
 without her consent, for which he was, however, pardoned by 
 
 BOU 
 
 the queen. The people, however, rose upon him, and he fled to 
 Denmark, and died in 1576, aged 51 years. 
 
 BOTRYOID, a. [botrm and eichs, Gr.] in shape like a bunch 
 of grapes. 
 
 BO'TTA, CARLO GUISEPPE, an Italian historian of the 
 present century. He was a medical practitioner at Turin, and 
 embraced warmly the hopes awakened by the outbreak of the 
 French Revolution, for which he was imprisoned. He was after- 
 wards engaged in the French army of Italy, and a member of the 
 provisional govtrnment of Piedmont. In France he was subse- 
 quently in the chamber of representatives under Napoleon. 
 After 1814 Botta led a various life, subsisting chiefly by his 
 writings. He has left us a history of the affairs of Italy during 
 his life-time, and a continuation of an older history, so as to 
 make Italian history so far complete : also a history of the war 
 of independence in America, and some other works of less note. 
 He died in 1837, aged 71 years. 
 
 BOTTLE, s. [bouteille, Fr.] a vessel with a narrow mouth to 
 contain liquor. When made of leather, called a leathern bottle ; 
 when of glass, a glass bottle. Figuratively, a quart, bottles 
 generally holding that quantity. When compounded with other 
 words, it signifies drinking ; as, a bottle companion. A bundle 
 of grass or hay, derived from the French boteau, a bundle. 
 
 To BO'TTLE, V. a. to put liquor in bottles. Used with the 
 particle of, to draw out of another vessel into a bottle. 
 
 BO'TTLEMOSS, s. in Botany, the English generic name for 
 all those mosses called by Linnaeus splachnum. 
 
 BOTTLE-NOSED, a. having a large nose, very big towards 
 the end. 
 
 BO'TTLESCREW, s. a spiral wire, made use of to pull a cork 
 out of a bottle. 
 
 BOTTOM, s. [botm. Sax.] the lowest part of a thing. Applied 
 to a river, the bed of earth or gravel, over which the water glides ; 
 a valley, dale, or lower ground. Figuratively, foundation ; hence, 
 to the bottom, sometimes implies thoroughly. To be at the bottom, 
 to be concerned in, to have a part or share. A ship or vessel ; 
 hence, to embark on the same bottom, is to venture in one bottom, to 
 run a risk together in the same thing. The bottom of a lane is 
 the lowest part. The bottom of beer, the dregs. Applied to 
 thread, a small ball, from boteau, Fr. a heap or little bunale. 
 
 To BOTTOM, V. a. to build upon as a foundation, principle, 
 or support ; to wind thread into a ball. — v. n. to be built on ; to be 
 supported by. 
 
 BO'TTOMED, a, having a bottom ; usually compounded with 
 some other word, Asjlat-bottomed boats. 
 
 BOTTOMLESS, a. without a bottom ; prodigiously deep ; that 
 cannot be fathomed. Figuratively, boundless, insatiable. 
 
 BO'TTOMRY, s. in trade, the borrowing money upon the keel 
 or bottom of a ship, whereby, if the money be not repaid at the 
 day appointed, the ship becomes the property of the creditor : 
 likewise, the lending money, to be repaid at the return of the 
 ship; in consideration of which, though the interest demanded 
 be 20, 30, 40 per cent, and upwards, it is not esteemed usury, be- 
 cause if the snip perishes, the creditor loses his money. 
 
 BOUCHES DU RHONE, a department of France, lying on the 
 Mediterranean, and bounded by the departments of the Var, of 
 Vaucluse, of the Basses Alpes, and of Gard. It is a tolerably 
 level district, and includes the delta of the Rhone. There are 
 some mines of lead, iron, and coal, and some stone quarries. 
 But the wealth of the department lies in its pastures, its fruits, 
 and its wine ; but little grain being raised. There are also ma- 
 nufactures of cotton, woollens, leatner, glass, &c. &c. Marseilles 
 is its chief town. The population is about 400,000. 
 
 BOUCHET, s. [Fr.] a sort of pear. 
 
 BOUGA'INVILLE, LOUIS ANTOINE DE, the French cir- 
 cumnavigator of the last century. He had been a mathematical 
 writer, afterwards in the army, then in an embassy to England, 
 subsequently in the army again during the war with England 
 about Canada. After his return from his long voyage, he com- 
 manded a frigate in the war of independence of the United 
 States. He died in 1811, aged 82 years. 
 
 To BOUGE, V. n. [bouger, Fr.] to swell out. 
 
 BOUGH, (bou) s. \bog. Sax.] an arm or large shoot of a tree, 
 bigger than a branch, yet not always distinguished from it. 
 
 BOUGHT, preter. ot To Buy, and pron. baut. 
 
 BOUGIE', s. [Fr.] an instrument employed by surgeons in the 
 cure of strictures of the urethra. 
 
 Ill 
 
BOUILLE'E, Boui'llon, s. {bouillon, Fr.] in Cookery, any 
 thing made of boiled meat ; broth or soup. In Farriery, a lump 
 of flesh near the frog of a horse's foot, which makes him halt. 
 
 BOUILLON, GODFREY DE, the commander-in-chief of the 
 army of the first crusaders. He had greatly distinguished him- 
 self by his courage before, and his conduct during the crusades 
 did not lessen his fame ; at Nice, Dorylaeum, Antioch, and Jeru- 
 salem he was foremost in danger and victory. He was chosen 
 first king of Jerusalem. He died in 1100, aged about 40 years. 
 
 BOU'LEVARDS, s. the space vacant of houses occupied by 
 public walks, round towns in France, on which walls or ramparts 
 could be erected. 
 
 BOULO'GNE, a large and handsome sea-port in the depart- 
 ment of the Pas de Calais. It is divided into tlie higher and lower 
 town. The harbour has a mole for the safety of ships, which pre- 
 vents it from being choked up with sand. It is seated at the 
 mouth of the river Lianne, and has some fine buildings, as the 
 town-hall, law courts, prison, and some churches. It is a fashion- 
 able watering-place, and has also some trade. The population 
 is about 100,000. It is 130 miles N. of Paris. Lat. 50. 44. N. 
 Long. 1. 35. E. 
 
 BO'ULTON, MATTHEW, the partner of Watt in some patents 
 respecting the steam-engine. He was a man of considerable 
 wealth, but his practical turn of mind, and generosity of spirit, 
 enabled him to do more than his property. He put his property 
 almost freely into Watt's hands, that he might not be checked 
 in his attempts to perfect his invention. He died in 1809, aged 
 81 vears. 
 
 lo BOUNCE, V. n. to strike against a thing with such force 
 as to redound back, making a noise at the same time ; to spring 
 with force, applied to the spurting beer out of a bottle. In fa- 
 miliar language, to make a noise, bully, or hector ; to be strong- 
 made and active. 
 
 BOUNCE, «. a smart, violent, and sudden stroke ; a sudden 
 
 crack or noise, applied to the explosion of a gun, or the burst- 
 "ag of a bladder, &c. In low language, a threat, or boast. 
 BOU'NCER, s. one who is noisy in his own praise, or in his 
 
 appii 
 ing of a bladder, &c. In low language, a threat, or boast. 
 
 BOU'NCER, s. one who is noisy in his o^ ^ -• - 
 threats against another; a bully; a boaster. 
 
 BOUND, s. [bondir, Fr.] a restraint; a leap, jump, or spring; 
 the flying back of a thing which is struck against another with 
 great force. 
 
 To BOUND, f. «. [bondir, Fr.] to jump, spring, or move on 
 forwards by leaps ; to fly back again when struck against a thing 
 with violence. — v. a. to make a tning leap, or mount by fits from 
 the earth, in its motion. 
 
 BOVSD, part. pass, of To Bind. 
 
 BOUND, a. [bindan. Sax.] destined, intended, or on one's way 
 to a certain place. Used with/or, and peculiar to seamen. 
 
 BOU'NDARY, s. the extremities or utmost limits of a thing 
 or country. 
 
 BOWfiVEH, part. pass, of To Bind. 
 
 BOU'NDING-STONE, s. a stone played with, and made to 
 bound from the earth, when flung from the hand. 
 
 BOU'NDLESS, a. that is restrained by no limits, confined by 
 nopower, or satisfied by no enjoyment. 
 
 BOU'NDLESSNESS, s. the quality of being without any re- 
 straint ; insatiableness ; infinity. 
 
 BOU'NTEOUS, a. liberal, or conferring benefits largely, and 
 from a goodness and kindness of nature. 
 
 BOU'NTEOUSLY, ad. in a liberal manner ; conferring benefits 
 generously, and from a principle of good nature. 
 
 BOU'NTEOUSNESS, s. the quality of conferring benefits or 
 favours from a principle of kindness, including the idea of supe- 
 riority. 
 
 BOU'NTIFUL, a. conferring favours without restraint, and 
 from an internal principle of kindness. Applied to things, very 
 much abounding in valuable products. 
 
 BOU'NTIFULLY, ad. in such a manner as to confer favours 
 or benefits with generosity, and from an inward principle of 
 kindness. Applied to things, plentifully producing what is of 
 service or use. 
 
 BOU'NTIFULNESS, s. a great propensity to bestowing fa- 
 vours, or conferring benefits ; generosity, munificence. 
 
 BOU'NTY, «. [bonte, Fr.] the conferring benefits on others, 
 distinguished from charity, because exercised towards objects 
 that are not highly necessitous ; and including the idea of a 
 gift bestowed by a superior. In Commerce, a premium paid by 
 
 BOU 
 
 government to those who rear, prepare, or export certain com- 
 modities. Qiteen Anne's bounty, is the produce of the first-fruits 
 and tenths, set apart for augmenting poor livings. 
 
 BOURBO'N, an island of Africa, in the Indian Ocean, belong- 
 ing to France, producing plentifully, with little culture, wheat, 
 oats, and other European grains, rice, Indian corn, sugar-canes, 
 ebony, excellent tobacco, cinnamon, and most kinds of greens, 
 roots, and pulse ; as also gum, resin, benzoin, &.C., the soil yield- 
 ing two crops a year. The country is every where well watered, 
 and well stocked with horned cattle, hogs, goats, &c. ; but the 
 chief production of the island is coffee. One of the mountain- 
 peaks of the island is above 9500 feet high. It is 400 miles E. 
 of Madagascar. The capital is St. Denis. Lat. 20. 52. S. Long. 
 55. 20. E. 
 
 BOU'RBON, the name of the last dynasty of France, the first 
 member of which ascended the throne in 1589, and whose repre- 
 sentative still holds the chief power. See Louis, Charles, &:c. 
 
 BOU'RBON, CHARLES DE, a celebrated French warrior and 
 general of the 15th century. Francis I. made him his constable, 
 and the skill and discipline he introduced into the army contri- 
 buted not a little to the French monarch's fame. But afterwards 
 falling into disgrace with the king, and receiving many affronts 
 from him, he joined the Emperor Charles V. As his general, the 
 constable won the famous battle of Pavia, in which Francis was 
 taken prisoner. But treated with coldness and suspicion by 
 Charles, having to occupy and reward the army of lansquenets he 
 had raised, he determined on attacking Rome. He was the first 
 man to ascend the walls, and he fell instantly. His army after- 
 wards sacked the citj'. He died in 1527, aged 38 years. He 
 was a noble exception to the licentiousness of the nobility in 
 his times, and was destroyed by the duplicity of the sovereigns 
 he served. 
 
 Bou'rbon Vendue, the capital of dept. Vendee, France, which 
 was reared on an insignificant village, in execution of one of 
 Napoleon's deep-laid schemes of policy. It was named by him- 
 self Napoleon Vendee, which was changed to its present name 
 on his fall. It has a little trade, and a population of about 4000. 
 It is 250 miles from Paris. Lat. 46. 41. N. Long. 1. 29. W. 
 
 BOURDALOU'E, LOUIS, a celebrated orator of the Society of 
 Jesuits, whose sermons are still read and admired for their pure 
 style and rich thought. He was a man of considerable learning, 
 and was in the early part of his life a professor of philosophy, 
 &c., in connexion with his order. He died in 1704, aged 72 years. 
 
 BOURDO'N, SEBASTIAN, a famous French painter of the 
 17th century, one of the eminent men whom Christina of Sweden 
 gathered round her. He assisted, on his return to France, in 
 the establishment of the Royal Academy there. Neither fame 
 nor wealth had great attractions for him, and his great readiness 
 in composition and execution, and skill in imitating, prevented 
 his pictures having any marked style. He died in 1071, aged 
 55years. 
 
 BOURG, the capital of the dept. Ain, France, stands on the 
 Reysousse, in a pleasant situation, and is handsomely built, and 
 adorned with some fine public buildings. It has some manufac- 
 turing trade, and some trade in agricultural produce and cattle. 
 Its population is about 8000. It is 250 miles from Paris. Lat. 
 46. 13. N. Long. 5. 12. E. 
 
 BOURGEOI'S, SIR FRANCIS, an English painter of no great 
 celebrity in his art, although he was regarded by royalty in his 
 day as worthy of patronage. He was the donor, by bequest, of 
 the pictures m the gallery of Dulwich College, which had been 
 left him by a friend. He died in 1810, aged 66 years. 
 
 To BOU'RGEON, {boorjon) v. n. [bourgeonner, Fr.] to sprout ; 
 to shoot into branches ; to produce buds. 
 
 BOU'RGES, the capital of the dept. of Cher, France. They 
 have manufactures of cloth, woollen, stuff's, and stockings, and 
 the trade of the town consists of these, and the produce of the 
 vicinity. It is seated on the rivers Auron and Lvre, 155 miles 
 from Paris. The population is about 18,000. Lat. 47. 5. N. 
 Long. 2. 23. E. 
 
 BOURN, Lincolnshire. It is seated near a spring called Burn- 
 well-head, from which proceeds a river that runs through the 
 town. It is a pretty large place, and has a good market for 
 corn and provisions. It is 95 miles from London. Market, 
 Saturday. Pop. 3361. 
 
 BOURN, (boorn) s. [borne, Fr.] the extremities, bounds, or 
 limits of a country, or piece of land. 
 
BOW 
 
 BOURN, {burn) s. [burn. Sax.] a brook or torrent ; when added 
 to the names of places, it implies, that they are situated near or 
 upon brooks. 
 
 BOURNE, VINCENT, the author of some elegant Latin 
 poems, and Latin translations of popular English ballads. He 
 studied at Cambridge, and was an usher at Westminster School. 
 Cowper translated many of them into his own easy and graceful 
 verse, which, together with his affectionate mention of his old 
 tutor, has helped to preserve this writer from undeserved neglect. 
 He died in 1747, aged 52 years. 
 
 To BOU'SE, {booze) V. n. [buy sen, Belg.] to drink immoderately ; 
 to tope. 
 
 BOU'SY, {bodzi/) a. intoxicated with drink. 
 
 BOUT, s. [botta, Ital.] a turn ; implying as much of an action as 
 is performed without intermission ; at once, a part of any action 
 which is carried on by successive intervals. 
 
 BOU'TERWEK, FRIEDRICH, a German writer on litera- 
 ture, &c., of some eminence. He was a Professor in the uni- 
 versity of Gottingen. His principal work, on Modern Poesy and 
 Eloquence, is well known in this country and on the continent. 
 He died in 1828, aged 62 years, 
 
 BOW, {Bo) Devonshire, 188 miles from London. 
 
 To BOW, {ow pron. like that in now or hotc,) v. a. [bugen. Sax.] 
 to bend the body in token of respect ; to listen to, joined with 
 ear and the particle doivn. " Bow down thine ear to the poor," 
 JScclus. iv. 8. To depress, or crush.— r. n. To bend, or be bent ; to 
 make a bow; to stoop; or incline the body towards the earth. 
 Figuratively, to be overpowered, or to stoop under the pressure 
 of affliction. 
 
 BOW, (the ore pron. like that in how or now,) s. a stooping of 
 the head and inclination of the body, by way of compliment. 
 
 BOW, (pron. bo, as if the !» was dropped,) s. [bwa, Brit.] an in- 
 strument, made of yew or some other tough wood, the extremi- 
 ties of which are tied by a string, which being drawn towards 
 the body of a person, bends the wood ; and by its elasticity 
 throws an arrow placed on the string to a great distance, used 
 in war and hunting anciently; a bending piece of wood fur- 
 nished with hair, and used on stringed instruments ; the loop of 
 a string tied in a knot ; a yoke or bending piece of wood. Cross- 
 bmo, the name of a bow fastened at the end of a grooved stock, 
 which was discharged by a trigger. Applied to a ship, that part 
 which begins at the loof, and compassnig ends of the stern, and 
 ends at the sternmost part of the forecastle. In Building, bow is 
 a beam of wood or brass, with three long screws, which directs a 
 lath of wood or steel to any arch, used commonly in drawing 
 draughts of ships, projections of the sphere, or long arches. 
 Prov. a bow long bent at last waxeth tceak. This proverb may be 
 applied both to the body and mind : too much labour and study 
 weaken and impair both the one and the other. 
 
 BOW-BE'ARER, s. an under-officer of the forest. 
 
 BOW-BENT, {bo-bent) a. bent like a bow, or in the form of a 
 bow ; crooked ; stooping. 
 
 BO'WDICH, TH6mAS EDWARD, an English merchant, 
 who being employed on a mission to the Ashantees in W. Africa, 
 published the discoveries which he made respecting that ill- 
 understood country. He died in 1824, when he had set out for 
 the purpose of further researches, aged 34 years. 
 
 BO'VVDITCH, DR. NATHANIEL, the American translator 
 and commentator on Laplace's Mecanique Celeste. He was born 
 iti humble circumstances, and was almost self-taught. He stu- 
 died more than 20 different languages, and engaging in maritime 
 life, obtained a good acquaintance with mathematics. Being 
 afterwards occupied in connexion with insurance companies, he 
 effected the great work named above. He"died in 1838, aged 
 65 years. 
 
 To BO'WEL, (the ow is pron. as in now,) v. a. to pierce the 
 bowels ; to penetrate deep, or to the bottom of a thing. 
 
 BO'WELS, {bouelz) s. \boyatix, Fr.] the intestine vessels, or 
 organs within the body. Figuratively, the inner part of any 
 thing ; tenderness, pity, or compassion. 
 
 BO'WER, {boiler) s. an arbour, or place formed of the branches 
 
 ; arched at the top; the anchor of a ship, so 
 shii 
 
 of green trees, bent i ^., „„ 
 
 cafled from its being in the bow of a ship, and then pronounced 
 bo-er. 
 
 To BO'WER, {bolter) v. a. to make a bower ; to include in a 
 bower. Figuratively, to enclose. 
 
 BO' WERY , a. full of bowers ; shady and enclosed like a bower. 
 
 BOY 
 
 BOWL, {bole) s. [buelin, Brit.] a drinking vessel, rather wide 
 than deep ; the hollow roundish part of any thing which can hold 
 liquor. 
 
 BOWL, s. Iboiile, Fr.] a nearly spherical piece of wood, used in 
 playing a game, in which they are rolled on the ground at a ball, 
 used as a mark. 
 
 To BOWL, i: a. to roll or bowl along the ground ; to roll a bowl 
 at any mark. 
 
 BOW-LEGGED, {bolegged) a. having crooked legs, or such as 
 resemble a bow when bent. 
 
 BO'WLER, (the ow pron. as in now,) s. he that rolls a bowl ; 
 one that plays with or at bowls. 
 
 BO'WLING-GREEN, s. a piece of grass-plot of a true level or 
 horizontal surface, kept close cut, and frequently rolled, for play- 
 ing at bowls. 
 
 BO'WLINE, {bo-line) s. a rope fastened to t^e middle part of 
 the outside of a sail. 
 
 BO'WMAN, {bd-inan) s. one who shoots with a bow. 
 
 BO'WSHOT, {bo-shot) s. the distance to which an arrow can 
 fly when shot from a bow. 
 
 BO'WSPRIT, {bo-sprit) s. a kind of mast at the prow of a ves- 
 sel, resting slopeways on the head of the main stem, fastened by 
 the fore-stay and to the partners of the foremast, serving to carry 
 the sprit, and sprit-topsail and jackstaff. Its length should be 
 two-thirds of the mainmast, and its thickness equal to the 
 mizzen. 
 
 BOWSTRING, {bo-string) s. the string by which a bow is bent. 
 
 BO'WYER, {boyer) s. one who shoots with a bow ; an archer; 
 a person who makes bows. 
 
 BO'WYER, WILLIAM, a famous and learned printer of Lon- 
 don in the last century. He studied at Cambridge, and devoted 
 himself not merely to carrying on his father's business, but to the 
 study of antiquities, and to the elucidation of the Greek Testa- 
 ment. He numbered amongst his personal friends all the great- 
 est scholars, &c. of his day ; and died in 1777, aged 78 years. 
 
 BOX, s. [Sax.] in Botany, a well-known shrub, with small, 
 smooth, oval leaves, which grows on chalky hills, such as Box- 
 hill, Surrey, in this country. Its flowers are not conspicuous. Its 
 wood is the valuable close-grained, hard wood used lor woodcuts, 
 mathematical rules, scales, &c. The kind of box used for the 
 borders of garden beds is a dwarf variety of this. Also a case 
 made of wood, or other substance, to hold any thing ; the case 
 of a mariner's or sea compass ; the inner case of a watch ; a chest 
 in which money is put ; hence a Christmas box, which signifies 
 both the chest into which the money is put, and the money then 
 collected : a compartment of the first tier of seats in a play-house ; 
 a compartment in a coffee-house, or restaurateur's ; a small cot- 
 tage residence in the countrj-, used by sportsmen in the sport- 
 ing season. 
 
 BOX, s. [bock, Brit.] a blow on the face with the hand. 
 
 To BOX, r. a. to fight with the fists ; to strike on the head or 
 face with the hand. 
 
 BO'XEN, a. made of box. Applied to colour, of a box colour. 
 
 BO'XER, s. one who is skilled in fighting with the fists ; one 
 who fights with his fists. 
 
 BOY, s. [the etymology uncertain,] a name applied to persons 
 of the male sex till they are fifteen years old. Used figuratively 
 for a person who wants the sedateness and discretion of man- 
 hood, and is then a term of reproach. 
 
 BOYCE, DR. WILLIAM, an eminent English composer, 
 whose genius is highly esteemed. He was in the service of 
 George II., and wJis organist at the chapels-royal. His most ad- 
 mired works are anthems, and other sacred pieces. He died in 
 1779, aged 69 years. 
 
 BOY'DELL, ALDERMAN JOHN, the well-known illustrator 
 of Shakspeare, was an engraver and printseller at London, and 
 devoted himself to the encouragement of English artists. His 
 exertions helped greatly to revive the national taste ; but his en- 
 gravings, though very splendid, do not accord with the purer 
 taste which has arisen in this country since that time. He died 
 in 1804, aged 85 years. 
 
 BOY'HOOD, s. the state wherein a person is styled a boy, 
 extending from infancy to youth, or till a person is fifteen 
 years old. 
 
 BOY'ISH, a. like a boy with respect to inexperience, want of 
 sedateness and discretion ; childish ; trifling ; puerile. 
 
 BOY'ISH, ad. in a childish, wanton, trifling manner. 
 
 Q 113 
 
BRA 
 
 BOYISHNESS, s. that quality which is predominant in boys; 
 want of thought, sedateness, or discretion ; childishness ; trifling. 
 
 BOYLE, an Irish noble family, which has been distinguished 
 by many illustrious members. The founder, Richard Boyle, in 
 the latter part of the 16th century, had studied at the Temple, 
 and got employment as a clerk in Dublin. He afterwards ac- 
 quired a little property, and being successful in defending him- 
 self in the presence of Queen Elizabeth, against a conspiracy to 
 crush him, he entered on the road to greatness. Wealth and 
 honours steadily flowed in upon him, and he died in 1644, the 
 Earl of Cork, aged 78 years. Roger Boyle, one of his sons, was 
 the famous Lord Broghill of the Commonwealth and Protectorate. 
 He was a royalist, but was won by Cromwell's address, and took 
 part in his Irish campaigns, and afterwards was one of his coun- 
 cil. He lent his help to effect the Restoration, and was made 
 Earl of Orrery. He aied in 1679, aged -59 years. Robert Boyle, 
 brother to the last named, was a distinguished natural philoso- 
 pher, and founder of the lectures against the various forms of 
 unbelief and misbelief. His experiments and his works, both 
 scientific and theological, have given him a truly honourable 
 position amongst the celebrated men of this country. He died 
 m 1691, aged 65 years. Charles Boyle, grandson to Lord Brog- 
 hill, has gained an unenviable fame, through the part he took in 
 a quarrel with Bentley about the Letters oi Phalaris, and a more 
 pleasing one as a soldier under Marlborough, a diplomatist, and 
 patron of the inventor of the astronomical instrument named, 
 after him, an Orrery. He died in 1731, aged 56 years. John Boyle, 
 his son, also gained a modest renown by his literary labours. 
 He too was Earl of Orrery, and died in 1762, aged 56 years. 
 
 BOYNE, a river of Ireland, which rises in the county of Kil- 
 dare, crosses that of Meath, and falls into the Irish Channel, 4 
 miles below Drogheda. It is celebrated for the victory obtained 
 by William III. over James II. in 1690. 
 
 BP, an abbreviation for bishop. 
 
 BRABA'NT, NORTH, a province of Holland, lying on the 
 Belgian and Prussian frontiers, and adjoining to the provinces 
 of Guelderland and Zeeland. The Maas, the Dommel, the Merk, 
 and the Scheldt, are its rivers. It is not naturally a very pro- 
 ductive country, but is well cultivated. Its population is under 
 400,000. Its chief places are Bois-le-duc and Breda, 
 
 BRABA'NT, SOUTH, a province of Belgium, lies between 
 the provinces of Antwerp, Liege, Limburg, Hainault, Namur, 
 and Flanders. The Dyle and the Dender are its rivers. Brus- 
 sels, Louvain, and Nivelles are its chief towns. Its population 
 is nearly 600,000. The soil is somewhat rich, and is weU culti- 
 vated. 
 
 BRA'BBLE, s. [brahbelin, Belg.] a quarrel ; a clamorous, noisy 
 contest. 
 
 To BRA'BBLE, v. n. to contest a thing with great clamour; 
 to quarrel ; to clamour. 
 
 BRA'BBLER, «. a clamorous, quarrelsome, turbulent, or noisy 
 fellow. 
 
 BRACCIOLITVI, POGGIO, one of the scholars of the 15th 
 century, to whose labours we are indebted for the revival of 
 learning and literature. He was instructed by the best teachers 
 of the day, and became one of the pope's secretaries. In this 
 capacity he was present at the Council of Constance, and was a 
 witness to the perfidy and barbarity of Rome. He travelled after 
 this to England, and thence returned to his secretaryship. At 
 length he was m^de chancellor of Florence. He dieil in 1459, 
 aged 79 years. He used all his travels as means of increasing 
 his acquaintance with languages and books. His translations 
 and other works are very numerous. 
 
 To BRACE,)), a. [embrasser, Fr.] to tie or wind bandages tight 
 round any thing ; to strain or stretch. To brace the yards, in sea 
 language, is to bring the yard to either side, so as to make it 
 stand square, or even across the ship. 
 
 BRACE, ». a bandage ; that which keeps the parts of a thing 
 close together ; that which is used to keep a thing stretched. In 
 Printing, a crooked line, denoting that the members of a sen- 
 tence ought to be joined together, but not taken separately, 
 marked thus > and used by poetical writers at the end of a trip- 
 let, or three lines which rhyme to each other. In Architecture, 
 a piece of timber formed with bevel joints, and used to keep a 
 buildini^ steady. In the plural, those ropes fastened to the yard- 
 arms of a ship, used to square the yards, and bring them to any 
 114 
 
 BRA 
 
 position. Applied to a coach, the thick thongs of leather on 
 which the body hangs. Also, those slips of cloth or leather, 
 which, passing over the shoulders, and buttoning to the breeches, 
 serve to hold them up. 
 
 BRACE, s. [never used with an s at the end for the plural, 
 and is a collective noun, which seems to have only the singular,] 
 in Hunting, two, or a pair ; perhaps so called from their being 
 tied together. 
 
 BRA'CED, a. in Heraldry, the intermingling chevrons at the 
 base of an escutcheon. 
 
 BRA'CELET, s. [bracelet, Fr.] an ornament worn round the 
 wrist ; a piece of defensive armour for the arm. 
 
 BRA'CER, s. that which braces, or keeps a thing tight. In 
 Surgery, a bandage. 
 
 BRA'CHIAL, (brdkial) a. [brachium, Lat.] that belongs to, or 
 is situated in, the arm. 
 
 BRACHY'GRAPHY, (brahygrafy) s. \brachus and grapho, Gr.] 
 the art of short-hand, or writing by characters in a shorter time 
 and compass than by the letters of the common alphabet. 
 
 BRA'CKET, s. {braccietta, Ital.] a piece of wood, carved or 
 plain, fixed against a wall, to support something. 
 
 BRA'CKISH, a. [brack, Belg.] salt ; that is somewhat salt; of 
 the taste of sea-water. 
 
 BRA'CKISHNESS, s. saltness in a small degree, applied to 
 sea-water. 
 
 BRA'CKLAW, a city of Podolia, on the river Bog. Lat. 48. 
 49. N. Long. 29. 30. E. 
 
 BRA'CKLEY, Northamptonshire. It is seated on a branch of 
 the river Ouse, and contains two churches. It had formerly a 
 college, now turned into a free-school. It is 64 miles from Lon- 
 don. Market, Wednesday. Pop. 2121. 
 
 BRA'CTON, one of the oldest writers on English' law. He 
 lived in the 13th century. 
 
 BRAD, a. [Sax.] when added to the names of places, signifies 
 broad ; thus Bradford signifies a broad ford. 
 
 BRAD, s. a kind of nails used in building, without a shoulder 
 over their shank, or a spreading head like other nails, but are 
 pretty thick towards the upper end, that the top may be driven 
 into, and buried in, the board they fasten. 
 
 BRA'DFIELD (MAGNA), Essex, 38 miles from London. 
 Market, Thursday. Pop. 995. 
 
 BR A'DFORD,' Wilts. It is famed for the manufacture of su- 
 perfine cloths, which it shares with the surrounding towns. It is 
 seated on the Avon, 102 miles from London. Market, Monday. 
 Pop. 10,563. 
 
 BRA'DFORD, Yorkshire, W. R., a town seated between Leeds 
 and Halifax, on the branch of the Aire, from which a canal has been 
 made to join the grand canal from Leeds to Liverpool. It has a 
 considerable trade in shalloons, everlastings, ancl other worsted 
 stuffs, which are made in the neighbourhood. There are also 
 some iron founderies. It is 193 miles from London, Market, 
 Thursday. Pop. 105,257. 
 
 BRA'DLEY, JAMES, an eminent English astronomer, who 
 discovered the aberration of the fixed stars, or the apparent 
 change in their position at difi'erent times of the year, owing to 
 the motion of light, and the motion of the earth in its orbit; and 
 the nutation of the earth's axis, occasioned by the attraction of 
 the moon. He was a very careful and accurate observer, and 
 was finally appointed astronomer royal. His tables have been 
 used by all succeeding astronomers, and have established his 
 claim to the high place assigned him by Sir Isaac Newton. He 
 died in 1757, aged 64 years. 
 
 BRA'DNINCH, Devonshire, 185 miles from London. Mar- 
 ket, Saturday. Pop. 1714. 
 
 BRA'DSHAW, JOHN, a most distinguished pariiamentary 
 leader during the commotions of the 17th century. The greatest 
 act of his life was his presiding at the trial of Charles I., in which 
 position he conducted himself with all the dignity that became 
 the representative of the victorious cause, on such an occasion. 
 He was rewarded by the gibbeting of his remains at Tyburn at 
 the Restoration. He opposed Cromwell's protectorate, but had 
 to yield to his superior power. He died in 1659, aged 66 years. 
 
 To BRAG, V. n. [braggeren, Belg.] to display an advantage 
 with great pomp and vanity ; to boast. 
 
 BRAG, s. a pompous or proud display of any advantage a per- 
 son possesses. Figuratively, the thing itself which causes pride 
 or boasting ; glory. Prov. Brag 's a good dog, but that he has 
 
BRA 
 
 lost his tail. — Brag 's a good doff if he be loell set on, but he dare not 
 bite. 
 
 BRA'GA, a city, the capital of Entre-Douro-e-Minho, seated 
 on the Cavedo, 180 miles N. of Lisbon, has a fine cathedral, and 
 many Roman ruins. Its population is about 20,000. Lat. 41. 
 42. N. Long. 8. 29. W. 
 
 BRAGA'NZA, a city in the province of Tras los Montes, in 
 PortUMl. It is seated on the river Fervanca, and carries on a 
 manufacture of silk, stuffs, velvets, and grogram. Population 
 about 4000. Lat. 41. 40. N. Long. 5. 30. W. 
 
 BRAGGADO'CHIO, s. a person who vainly sets forth his own 
 good qualities, or displays them more than they deserve. 
 
 BRA'GGART, s. \braggeret, Teut.] a person who boasts of his 
 own abilities too much. 
 
 BRA'GGART, a. proud, conceited, vain. 
 
 BRA'GGER, s. one who displays his pretended abilities in all 
 the pomp of vain and ostentatious language. 
 
 BRA'GLESS, a. without a boast ; without being boasted of. 
 
 BRAHE', TYCHO, the famous Danish astronomer of the 16th 
 century. His life was very unsettled, and his principal observ- 
 ations were made on the island of Huene, tin which the Danish 
 king had erected for him a noble observatorj', called Uraniberg. 
 He greatly advanced the science to which he had devoted him- 
 self, by his diligent observations and accurate tables, which, till 
 Bradley's time, were the best constructed, and which were the 
 groundwork of Kepler's great discoveries. He did not serve it 
 so well by the solar system which he promulgated in opposition 
 to the Copernican, making the sun, round which the planets 
 revolved, revolve round the earth as its remote and more im- 
 portant satellite. He died at Prague in 1(501, aged 65 years. 
 it was during his life-time that the temporary star in Cassiopeia 
 appeared. 
 
 BRA'HMA, the principal deity in the Hindu mythology. He 
 is represented as the creator, whilst Vishnu is the preserver, and 
 Siva the destroyer. He has many distinguishing names and 
 representations, but not many exclusive worshippers. 
 
 BRA'HMANS, the highest caste amongst the Hindus. In the 
 ancient fable they are represented as proceeding from the mouth 
 of Brahma, the creator. They were the priestly order, and the 
 only educated class. They alone might teach the Vedas (the 
 sacred books of their mythology). They were regarded as pos- 
 sessing something of the nature of divinities, and were therefore 
 treated with the supremest respect, and sometimes even wor- 
 shipped, whilst their curse was regarded as superlatively dread- 
 ful. Their outward badge of distinction was a peculiar thread 
 worn round the neck. They expected to be supported by the 
 gifts of the other castes ; but they might, and often did, work 
 for their bread. They had at Benares, in N. Hindustan, their 
 university, where they were initiated into all the mj'steries of 
 their religion. In different parts of the country they have adopted 
 different practices, most remarkably resembling those of the 
 Roman Catholic clergy and religious orders. 
 
 BRAHMAPOO'TRA, one of the largest rivers of Asia, which 
 has its rise in the unexplored recesses of the Himmaleh moun- 
 tains, and flowing on the N. side of the principal range, winds at 
 length round the E. extremiU', and after a course of nearly 1000 
 miles, empties itself into the Bay of Bengal at the Gangetic delta. 
 Some of its tributaries fall but little short of its own magnitude, 
 and the volume of water it discharges into the ocean consider- 
 ably exceeds that discharged by the Ganges. 
 
 To BRAID, V. a. {brmdan, Sax.] to weave together ; to plait. 
 
 BRAID, s. a lock of hair, or any thing collected by weaving or 
 plaiting ; a small narrow kind of lace, used for ornamenting 
 women's shoes, bed curtains, &c. 
 
 BRATDWOOD, THOMAS, a successful teacher of the deaf 
 and dumb at Edinburgh, and Londpn, in the last century. He 
 died in 1806, aged about 60 years. 
 
 BRAILS, s. small ropes used in furling the sails across. To 
 hale up the hails, or brail up the sail, implies that the sail is to be 
 haled up, in order to be furled, or bound close to the yard. 
 
 BRAIN, s. [breegen. Sax.] in Anatomy, the large, soft, whitish 
 substance, filling the inside of the cranium, or skull, wherein all 
 the organs of sense terminate. It is divided into the cerebrum, 
 cerebellum, and medulla oblongata, or medulla spinalis. The brain 
 is much larger in men than in any other animals, and is gener- 
 ally biggest in such other animals as show the greatest degree 
 of sagacity. 
 
 BRA 
 
 To BRAIN, V. a. to dash the brains out ; to kill by dashing the 
 brains out. 
 
 BRAI'NLESS, a. without brains. Figuratively, silly, foolish, 
 thoughtless. 
 
 BRAI'NPAN, s. the skull, so called from its containing the 
 brains. 
 
 BRAI'NSICK, a. disordered in the brain. Figuratively, giddy, 
 thoughtless, foolish, mad. 
 
 BRAI'NTREE, Essex. This town carries on a considerable 
 manufactory of baize. It is 41 miles from London. Market, 
 Wednesday'. Pop. 3670. 
 
 BRAKE, s. [of^uncertain etymology,] a thicket of brambles or 
 thorns. 
 
 BRAKE, s. [bracan, Sax.] a wooden mallet, used in beating 
 or dressing hemp ; the handle of a ship's pump ; a baker's knead- 
 ing trough ; a sfiaip bit or snaffle for horses. 
 
 BRA'KY, a. abounding in brakes, or thickets of thorns. 
 
 BRAMA'NTE, D'URBINO, an eminent Italian architect of 
 the r5th centurv. His greatest work was the commencement of 
 St. Peter's at Rome. But so many variations were introduced 
 by other architects, that his original design is undiscoverable. 
 He was engaged in many other public buildings, and died in 
 1514, aged 70 years. 
 
 BRA'MAH, JOSEPH, a very ingenious mechanical inventor 
 of the end of the last century. His lock, which defies all at- 
 tempts at picking; the beer-pumps now universally used in 
 tavern bars; the machine for printing the numbers on Bank of 
 England notes ; and above all, the hydraulic press, remain the 
 best proofs of his skill ; and these are but a few of his inventions. 
 He died in 1814, aged 66 years. 
 
 BRA'MBER, Sussex, a town formerly of some account, but 
 now having neither market nor fair. It is 49 miles from Lon- 
 don. Pop. 138. 
 
 BRAMBLE, s. in Botany, a wild prickly shrub; a black- 
 berry, dewberry, and raspberry bush. 
 
 BRA'MBLING, s. in Natural History, a bird, the same with 
 the mountain chaffinch. 
 
 BRA'MHAJ.L, ARCHBISHOP JOHN, one of the coadjutors 
 of Laud, and the high-church party of the 17th century, in aim- 
 ing to increase the consideration and power of the clergy. He was 
 imprisoned as one of Strafford's party, but afterwards released. 
 He subsequently left the country, and at the Restoration was 
 made Primate of Ireland. His testimony to the high-church 
 system, and his controversy on the freedom of the will, with 
 Hobbes, have preserved his name from being more profitably 
 forgotten. He died in 1663, aged 70 years. 
 
 BRA'MPTON, Cumberland. It is seated on the river Itshin, 
 not far from the Picts' wall. It is at present but a small place ; 
 and near it, on the top of a high hill, is a fortified trench, called 
 the Mote. It is 311 miles from London. Market, Tuesday. 
 Pop. 3304. 
 
 BRAN, s. \brann, Brit, brenna, Ital.] the husk of com, separated 
 after grinding from the flour. 
 
 BRANCH, s. [branche, Fr.] in Botany, the arm, or part of a 
 tree which sprouts from the trunk. Figuratively, any detached 
 part from the whole ; a section or subdivision, applied to writings ; 
 any part which is joined to another, like a branch to a tree ; a 
 part of a pedigree or family. In Hunting, the antlers or shoots of 
 a stag's norns. The branches of a bridle, in Farriery, are two 
 pieces of bended iron, that bear the bit-mouth, the chains, and 
 the curb, in the interval between the one and the other. 
 
 To BRANCH, v. a. to divide into separate divisions like 
 branches. Figuratively, to adorn with needle-work representing 
 branches. — v. n. to spread in branches ; to separate or divide a 
 subject into several parts, used with the particle out; to speak 
 diffusely, to expatiate ; to have horns shooting out into antlers. 
 
 BRA'NCHEk, s. one that shoots out into branches. In Fal- 
 coniy, a young hawk, [from branchier, Fr.] 
 
 BllA'NCHLESS, a. without branches ; without honour, al- 
 luding to the branches of a pedigree. 
 
 BRA'NCHY, a. full of branches ; spreading. 
 
 BRAND, s. [Sax.] a stick lighted, or fit to be set on fire at 
 one end. Figuratively, a thunderbolt ; a mark made on the flesh 
 of a criminal by a burning iron ; a species of mildew which at- 
 tacks ears of corn. Anciently, a sword, [from brando, Ital.] 
 
 To BRAND, V. a. [branden, Belg.] to mark with a brand, or burn- 
 ing iron. Figuratively, to reproach as infamous ; to stigmatize. 
 (J 2 115 
 
BRA 
 
 BRA'NDENBURG, a province of Prussia, bounded by Meek- 
 lenburg, Pomerania, W. Prussia, Posen, Silesia, Saxony, An- 
 halt, and Hanover. It is a level country, and is watered by the 
 Elbe and the Oder, with their tributaries. Corn, flax, tobacco, 
 and the usual agricultural produce, timber, wine, coals, lime, &c. 
 &c., are its natural wealth. It has also good manufactories of 
 woollens, silks, cottons, tobacco, and iron-ware of all descrip- 
 tions. The population is about 2,000,000, of whom the greater 
 part are Lutnerans, but there are also Romanists. The chief 
 town is Berlin: Konigsbcrg, Friedeberg, Potsdam, Frankfort on 
 the Oder, &c., are also in this province. This was formerly an 
 Electorate, but by Frederick III. this title was laid aside, and 
 Brandenburg and the rest of his dominions formed into the king- 
 dom of Prussia. 
 
 BRANDENBURG, a city of Prussia, standing on the Havel, 
 v.hVh runs through it. It has a cathedral, a castle, and a col- 
 logi . and is a prosperous manufacturing and trading place. It 
 is 31 miles from Berlin, and its population is about 15,000. Lat. 
 52. 30. N. Long. 12. 32. E. 
 
 HHA'NDGOOSE, s. in Natural History, a kind of wild fowl, 
 less than a common goose, having its breast and wings of a dark 
 colour. 
 
 To BRA'NDISH, v. a. [from brand] to wave, shake, or flourish 
 a weapon. Figuratively, to make a parade, or flourish with. 
 
 BKA'NDLING, s. a sort of worm. 
 
 BRA'NDON, Suffolk. It is seated on the Lesser Ouse, over 
 which it has a bridge ; and, at a small distance, a ferry. It is 78 
 miles from London. 
 
 BRA'NDY, s. [brandevin, Fr.] in Distillation, a proof spirit, 
 obtained from real wines, or fermented juices of grapes. 
 
 BRA'NGLE, s. squabble ; wrangle. 
 
 To BRA'NGLE, v. n. to wrangle ; to squabble. 
 
 BRANK, s. tbs same with buckwheat, French wheat, or crap. 
 
 BRA'NLIN, s. a species of fish, of the salmon kind, which 
 never grow to any great size. 
 
 BRA'NNY, a. having the appearance of bran. 
 
 BRANxdME, an old French writer. He was noble by birth, and 
 travelled through Europe. His works are chiefly biographical ; 
 and they give a mournful picture of the morals of the courts of 
 those day. He died in 1614, aged 87 years. 
 
 BRA'.'^EN-NOSE COLLEGE, Oxford, was founded in the 
 commencement of the 16th century, by Bishop Smyth and Sir R. 
 Sutton. The buildings are very fine ; the library was designed 
 by Sir Christopher Wren. 
 
 BRA'SIDAS, a famous Lacedaemonian leader during the Pelo- 
 ponnesian war, in which he played a prominent part. He fell, 
 at length, in a battle before Amphipolis, in which he defeated 
 the Athenians under Cleon, who were laying siege to the place. 
 This was in 422 b. c. 
 
 BRASS, s. {brass. Sax.] a factitious yellow metal, made of cop- 
 per melted with lapis calaminaris. In order to make brass, the 
 calamine is previously roasted ; it is then mixed with charcoal 
 and grain copper, and put into large crucibles, which are kept 
 for a considerable time in a heat that will not melt the copper ; 
 after a time, the heat is raised so as to fuse it, and the compound 
 metal is then run into ingots. Corinthian brass was a very valu- 
 able mixed metal, said to have been accidentally formed by the 
 melting of statues and vessels of diffierent descriptions, when 
 Corinth was burned by the Romans, 146 b. c. Brass is used fi- 
 gurativehf for impudence. 
 
 BRA'SSY, a. partaking of brass ; hard as brass. Impudent. 
 
 BRAT, [Sax.] a child ; used to express contempt. Figura- 
 tively, products or effects. 
 
 BRAV A'DO, 8. [bravada, Span.] a proud boast : haughty defi- 
 ance or challenge. 
 
 BRAVE, a. [Fr.] not daunted or terrified with dangers and 
 difliculties ; ready to attempt any dangerous enterprise ; grand 
 or noble. Sometimes apnhed, in an indeterminate manner, to 
 express good or great in tne positive degree. 
 
 Brave, s. [Ft.] a person who is daring beyond the rules of 
 discretion, or bold to excess ; a bold defiance or challenge. 
 
 To BRAVE, V. a. to undertake a thing notwithstanding the 
 dangers with which it is attended ; to defy contemptuously ; to 
 provoke a person to resentment ; to bid defiance to ; applied, in 
 this last sense, to inanimate things with great beauty. 
 
 BRAVELY, ad. in such a manner as not to be terrified by diffi- 
 culties, or daunted by dangers ; intrepidly ; courageously. 
 
 BRA 
 
 BRA'VERY, s. the performance of any great and noble ac- 
 tions, notwithstanding the dangers which attend them ; a dis- 
 position of mind, which enables a person to accomplish his de- 
 signs, notwithstanding any obstacles or difficulties which oppose 
 it. Applied to the appearance of things, finery, splendour. Also, 
 false courage, boasting, or boldness. 
 
 BRA'VO,*. [Ital.] a man who murders or assassinates another 
 for hire. 
 
 BRAVU'RA, s. in Music, a rapid and long passage, requiring 
 to be uttered in a single breath, for its full effect. 
 
 To BRAWL, V. n. [brouiUer, or braider, Fr.] to quarrel about 
 trifles in a noisy manner ; to report in a loud manner ; to make 
 a noise; beautifully applied to inanimate things. 
 
 BRAWL, s. a noisy quarrel ; scurrility. 
 
 BRA'WLER, s. one who is quarrelsome and noisy at the same 
 time ; a word of reproach. 
 
 BRAWN, s. [of uncertain etymology,] the flesh or muscular 
 parts of the body ; the arm; the flesh of a boar soused or pickled; 
 a boar. Figuratively, vigour or strength. 
 
 BRA'WNY, a. strong ; robust; sinewy; fleshy; of great mus- 
 cles and strength. 
 
 To BRAY, V. a. [bracan. Sax.] to beat into pieces, or powder in 
 a mortar by means of a pestle. 
 
 To BRAY, V. n. [broire, Fr.] to make a noise like an ass. Fi- 
 guratively, to make a disagreeable noise like that of brass. 
 
 BRAY, s. the noise of brass ; a terrible or disagreeable sound. 
 
 BRAY, Berkshire, famous for its changeable vicar, who having 
 been twice a Papist and twice a Protestant in the reigns of Hen- 
 ry VIII. , Edward VI., Mary, and Elizabeth, was accused of being 
 a lurn-coat ; but he replied, that he always stuck fast to his prin- 
 ciples, which was, to live and die vicar of Bray ! Pop. 3480. 
 
 To BRAZE, V. a. the soldering or joining of two pieces of 
 metal together. Figuratively, to be inured or hardened in im- 
 pudence. 
 
 BRA'ZEN, a. made of brass. Figuratively, caused by brazen 
 instruments; impudent. 
 
 To BRA'ZEN, v.n. to deny with great impudence ; to behave 
 without concern ; to bully. Used with the word out. "He would 
 brazen it oit^as if he had done nothing," Arbuth. 
 
 BRA'ZENFACE, s. a person who has no sense of shame ; an 
 impudent fellow. 
 
 BRA'ZENFACED, a. void of shame, impudent. 
 
 BRA'ZENNESS, ». appearance like brass. Figuratively, un- 
 daunted impudence. 
 
 BRA'ZIER, s. one who makes or sells brass ware. 
 
 BRAZI'L, the largest state of South America, occupj-ing the 
 E. coast from Guiana to Banda Oriental, and bounded inland by 
 La Plata, Paraguay, Bolivia, Peru, and Columbia. Its principal 
 natural features are its rivers, amongst which are the Amazon, 
 the largest in the world ; the Branco, the Yapura, and the Ma- 
 dera, its principal tributaries ; the Topayos, the Araguay, the S. 
 Francisco, the Parana, and the Paraguay. It is crossed by many 
 considerable chains of mountains, some dividing the basin of the 
 Amazon from that of the Parana, and others lying between the 
 rivers that run northward into the Amazon, or the Atlantic. The 
 loftiest, rising above 8000 feet, are near St. Paulo, not far from 
 the sea coast. The lakes of Patos and Mirim, and those through 
 which the Paraguay flows, are included wholly or partly in Brazil. 
 The climate of this country is in the main temperate and healthy, 
 though it must vary much through so large a tract, diversified 
 with such rivers ana mountains, and lying partly in the tropics. 
 The soil of Brazil, though generally rich, has been left to itself, 
 and its spontaneous productions, mostly. In the region about 
 the higher parts of the Amazon is a forest country ten times the 
 extent of the surface of Great Britain, which is impassable ex- 
 cept with great labour by the various streams and river-beds ; it 
 is called the Selva. More to the south are wide pastures resem- 
 bling in their physical features the pampas of the regions still 
 more southerly. Alligators, jaguars, pumas, tapirs, horses, wild 
 cattle, monkeys, and serpents abound ; the butterflies are very 
 splendid ; emus, toucans, humming-birds, parrots, &c. &c. are 
 most common ; and whales and turtles are plentiful in the adjii- 
 cent sea. Gold is its chief mineral production ; iron also is found ; 
 and in one extensive tract the soil is thoroughly impregnated 
 with salt. Besides the natural resources of wealth, maize, banana, 
 coft'ee, tobacco, cotton, sugar, &c. &c. are cultivated. These, 
 with the timber, fruits, and other vegetable products, are the staple 
 
BRE 
 
 of its extensive commerce. Although Brazil has been for so long 
 a time receiving settlers from Europe, tlie effects of European 
 civilization are but partially discernible, and in the interior are 
 native tribes living in all the degradation of the lowest cannibal- 
 ism. It has been colonized chiefly by the Portuguese, and the 
 slaves which they have brought from Africa, liie population 
 consists of about 2,000,000 whites and as many slaves. The 
 numbers of the aborigines cannot be ascertained. The chief 
 places are Rio Janeiro, Bahia, Pernambuco, Maranhao, &c. 
 
 BHA'ZING, s. the act of soldering or ioining two pieces of iron 
 together. Sometimes the word is applied to the joining pieces 
 of iron together by beating them red hot upon one another ; but 
 this is more properly called welding. 
 
 BREACH, s. [breche, Fr.] the dividing or destroying the union 
 between the parts of a thing before joined together. In Forti- 
 fication, a hole or gap made in any part of the works of a town 
 either by cannon or mines. Figuratively, a defect ; the acting 
 contrary to any law ; the violating any obligation ; quarrel ; dis- 
 cord ; want of unity. 
 
 BREAD, (bred) s. [hreod. Sax.] a baked mass of dough formed 
 from the flour of some grain, and a constant part of food. Figu- 
 ratively, every kind of necessary for the support of life. To eat 
 a person's bread, is sometimes used to imply, that he has been ad- 
 mitted to the most intimate friendship, and supported by his 
 bounty. 
 
 BRE' AD-CHIPPER, s. one that chips bread ; a baker's serv- 
 ant, an under butler. 
 
 BRE'AD-CORN, s. corn or grain of which bread is made. 
 
 BRE'AD-FRUIT, s. in Botany, a genus of trees common in the 
 islands of the Pacific Ocean, and in some of the East Indian 
 isles, the pulp of whose fruit resembles new white bread. It is 
 sometimes roasted or baked before being used ; at other times 
 it is beaten into a thick paste with water or cocoa-nut milk. It 
 has been transplanted into the West Indies. 
 
 BRE'AD-ROOM, s. [a sea term] a place in a ship's stern, to 
 keep bread or biscuit. 
 
 BREADTH, {bredth) s. [from brak. Sax.] the measure of a 
 plain superficies from side to side. In Commerce, the measure of 
 any cloth, or other manufacture, between the two selvages or 
 lists. Within a hair's breadth, denotes extreme nearness, applied 
 to situation ; and a very narrow escape, applied to danger. 
 
 To BREAK, V. a. [breccan. Sax.] to separate the parts of a thing 
 by force ; to burst bv violence. Used with the word down, to de- 
 stroy or demolish. To pierce or penetrate, applied to light. "A 
 dim winking lamp, which feebly brolce the gloomy vapours." To 
 diminish or weaken. " Have not some of his vices weakened his 
 body, and broke his health ?" Tillots. In horsemanship, to tame 
 or render manageable. " To break the stubborn colt," JDri/d. 
 Applied figuratively to the human species. " To break our fierce 
 barbarians into men," Addis. To render a person unable to carry 
 on trade; to make a bankrupt. "Impoverishes the nch, breaks 
 the merchant," South. To wound so as to make the blood appear. 
 "She '11 sooner JreaA; your head," JDri/d. Applied to promises, oaths, 
 or duty, to act counter to, to violate or clisregard. " I nevermore 
 will break an oath," Shak. "To break the pious laws of nature," 
 Dryd. To intercept, prevent, or hinder the eflTect of. " To break 
 his dreadful fall," Dri/d. To interrupt. " His voice broke with 
 sighs," Spect. No. 104. To separate, joined to company. " They 
 were forced to break company," Atter. Used with off, to dissolve ; 
 likewise to stop, hinder, or prevent. " To break off so noble a re- 
 lation," Collier. " To break offaW its commerce with the tongue," 
 Addis. With o/", to master or lay aside an ill habit. "The French 
 were not quite broken of it," (hew. Used with mind, to discover 
 our sentiments. " Fearful how to break my mind," Bryd. Used 
 with back, to strain or put the back-bone out of joint. In Hus- 
 bandry, to plough. " The husbandman must first break the land," 
 JDavies. To disband, applied to an army. " Solyman, returning 
 to Constantinople, broke up his army," Knollis. To break on the 
 uhrel, is to break the bones of a criminal fastened on a wheel. 
 
 To BREAK, t'. n. to burst. " Whispers the o'er-fraught heart, 
 and bids it break," Shak. To open so as to discharge matter, ap- 
 plied to a tumour. To dispel clarkness, to dawn, applied to the 
 first appearance of light in a morning. "As soon as the day 
 breaks, Spect. No. 4(k). " See how the day begins to break, 
 Swiji .To decay in health and strength. To burst, to pronounce, 
 or utter, used with from, and the words lips, mouth, or breast, 
 " Whilst /row his breast the dreadful accents broke," Bryd. To 
 
 BRE 
 
 force a passage, used with the particles through, into, and forth, 
 " To break through with his whole body of horse," (Jtarciid. To 
 intervene without notice or regard to the ceremonies of polite be- 
 haviour. " With a magisterial air breaks in upon conversation," 
 Addis, Discarded or deprived of an employ. " When I see a 
 great otficer broke," Swift. Joined with loose, to disengage from 
 any obstacle, tie, or other confinement or restraint. " Break hose 
 from all our engagements," Tillots. To desist from an under- 
 taking ; to quit a habit ; to desist suddenly, with the particle off. 
 " Do not peremptorily break off in any business," Bacon. When 
 used with off and/ro»j, to separate from with some effort or vio- 
 lence. " I must from this enchanting queen break off," Shak. To 
 burst through and discover itself notwithstanding any impedi- 
 ment. " There being so many ways by which a smothered truth 
 is apt to blaze and break out. South. To rage, or appear, applied 
 to a distemper. " A violent fever broke out in the place," Spect. 
 No. 104. In all the various meanings of this verb, the idea of 
 separation, or the effect of sudden force, is always included. 
 
 BREAK, s. applied to the first appearance of light in the morn- 
 ing, when the rays of light break the gloom of darkness, it im- 
 plies the dawn. A pause or interruption, applied to a discourse. 
 
 BREA'KER, s. he who forces a thing asunder ; he who divides 
 a thing by force ; a wave broken by rocks or sand-bauks. 
 
 To BRE'AKFAST, (hrekfast) v. n. to eat after having fasted 
 some time ; applied to the first meal a person makes in the day. 
 
 BRE'AKFAST, s. that which a person eats at his first meal 
 in the day. In a general sense, any thing to eat after a long 
 want of food. 
 
 BREA'KNECK, (brake-neck) s. a precipice or fall, from whence 
 a person would break his neck. 
 
 cREA'KSTONE, s. in Botany, a common British plant, of 
 which there are several species, the best known covering our 
 hedge-banks in spring with its elegant white flowers. 
 
 BRE' AM, s. [brame, Fr.] in Natural History, a large fish, de- 
 lighting in rivers or ponds, very broad, with a forked tail, and 
 scales of a golden colour, set with great elegance. 
 
 BREAST , (pronounced and formerly written brest,) s. Ibreost, 
 Sax.] In Anatomy, that part of an animal body which contains 
 the heart and lungs. Breasts, the organs of the human frame 
 which secrete milk for the sustenance of the infant. In beasts, 
 the word is applied to that part which extends from the neck to 
 the fore-legs. Figuratively, the heart ; bosom ; conscience ; 
 or soul, which was, by the ancients, supposed to reside in this 
 part. 
 
 To BREAST, v. a. to oppose with the breast ; to meet ; to 
 struggle against. 
 
 BRE'ASTBONE, s, in Anatomy, the bone of the breast ; the 
 sternum. 
 
 BRE'ASTHIGH, n. as high as the breast. 
 
 BRE'ASTHOOKS, s. among ship-carpenters, tH% compassing 
 timbers before, that help to strengthen the stem, and all the fore 
 part of a ship. 
 
 BRE'ASTkNOT, s. a bunch or knot of ribands worn by fe- 
 males on or near their breasts. 
 
 BRE'ASTPLATE, s. armour worn by way of defence on the 
 breast. 
 
 BRE'ASTROPES, s. in a ship, those ropes which fasten the 
 yards to the parrels, and, with the parrels, hold the yards fast 
 to the mast. 
 
 BRE'ASTWORK, s. works thrown up as high as the breasts 
 of the defendants in a fortified place, or field ; the same with 
 parapet. 
 
 BREATH, (breth) s. [brathe, Sax.] the air which proceeds from 
 the mouth, either in the actions of respiration or inspiration : a 
 breeze of wind, or gentle current of air. " Not a breath of wind 
 flies o'er its surface," Addis. Figuratively, life. Used with fake, 
 to recover lost breath from too great a fatigue ; to cease from la- 
 bour or hurry; a respite or pause. The same instant, used with 
 in. " You menace and court me in a breath," Bryd. 
 
 BRE'ATHABLE, a. that may be breathed ; or that is fit to be 
 breathed. 
 
 To BREATHE, v. n. to draw in and force out the air at the 
 mouth by the action of the lungs. Figuratively, to live. "Let him 
 breathe a private man in Athens," STiak. To take breath, to recover 
 a damage by means of a respite ; to rest. " He followed the 
 victory so hot upon the Scots, he suffered them not to breathe," 
 Spen. Used with in, to enter by the action of breathing or respira- 
 
 117 
 
BKE 
 
 tion. " To whose foul niOuth no wholesome air breathes in" Shak. 
 — V. a, it implies to fill with, and discharge the lungs of air, by the 
 actions of inspiration and respiration. Used with into, to act upon 
 by breathing; toanimate. " He ircatterfmto lis the breath of lite," 
 JJecay of Piety. To force out of the mouth, with the particle out. 
 " Who breathed out nothing but flame," Spect.^o. 223. To make 
 long-winded by exercise. " The greyhounds are as swift as breathed 
 stags," Shak. To sound by the breath, applied to wind instru- 
 ments. " To breathe the flute," Prior. To send up in vapours 
 appearing like the breath in frosty weather. " His altar breathed 
 ambrosial odours," Par. Lost. To sigh, or offer up, without being 
 heard. " I have toward heaven breathed a secret vow," Shak. In 
 Surgery, to open by a lancet. " To breathe a vein," Dryd. 
 
 BRE'ATHER, s. one who enjoys life ; one who is alive ; he 
 that causes or animates by his breath, alluding to God's breathing 
 into man the breath of life, as the Scripture expresses it. 
 
 BRE'ATHING, s. the act of fetching breath. Figuratively, a 
 sigh of devotion ; secret prayer conceived in the mind, but not 
 uttered in words ; an aspiration. Breathing-places, vents, or chinks, 
 that let in fresh air. 
 
 BRE'ATHLESS, (brSthless) a. out of breath, or scarce able to 
 breathe from fatigue or hurry. Figuratively, dead. 
 
 BRE'CHIN, Forfarshire, Scotland. An ancient town, contain- 
 ing several interesting antiquarian relics. The town-hall and 
 church are fine buildings. The people are chiefly sujiported by 
 manufactures. It is 45 miles from Edinburgh. Fop. /5G0. 
 
 BRE'CKNOCK, or Bre'con, Brecknockshire, Wales. It is call- 
 ed by the Welch, Aber-Honddu, and it is situated at the con- 
 fluence of the rivers Honddu and Usk. It is an ancient place, 
 as appears by the Roman coins that have often been dug up here. 
 It is a large town, containing three churches, one of which is 
 collegiate, and stands at the west end. The houses are well 
 built, and it formerly had a wall, with three gates, and a stately 
 castle. The assizes are kept here, and it has a good trade in 
 clothing. It is 162 miles from London. Markets, Wednesday 
 and Saturday. Pop. 5701. 
 
 BRE'CKNOCKSHIRE, a county of S. Wales, bounded on the 
 E. by Hereford and Monmouth, on the S. by Glamorgan, on the 
 W. by Caermarthen and Cardigan, and on the N. by Radnor. It 
 IS 35 miles in length, and 30 in breadth. It is full of mountains, 
 some of which are exceeding high, particularly Monuchdeny-hill, 
 not far from Brecknock, which is nearly 3000 feet high. It has 
 little or no mineral wealth. However, there are large fertile plains 
 and valleys, which yield plenty of corn, and feed great numbers 
 of cattle. It has 67 parishes, and 4 market towns, and there 
 were formerly 9 castles. Its population is 55,603. It returns 
 two members to parliament. 
 
 BRE'DA, a large, strong, and beautiful city of N. Brabant, 
 containing s^eral public buildings, 4 spacious market-places, 
 which are plentifully supplied with fresh and salt water fish, and 
 a fine castle. It is seated on the rivers Aa and Merch, 48 miles 
 from Amsterdam. Pop. about 14,000. Lat. 51. 35. N. Long. 
 4. 47. E. 
 
 BREDE, s. [see Braid,] a border wrought with the needle in 
 different colours resembling flowers, &c. 
 
 BREECH, s. [brcecan. Sax.] the back and lower part of the 
 body. Applied to a piece of cannon, the hinder part, or that part 
 behind the touch-hole. 
 
 BREE'CHES, {britehes) s. [brae. Sax.] it has no singular ; that 
 part of a man's dress that covers his thighs and breech. Breeches 
 formed no part of the ancient Grecian or Roman dress, but were 
 derived to us from our ancestors, the northern barbarians of Bri- 
 tain and Germany. To wear the breeches, is a phrase implying, 
 that a woman usurps more authority over her husband than be- 
 comes her sex. 
 
 To BREED, V. a. [brcsdan, Sax.] to produce, bring forth, to ge- 
 nerate; to educate, nourish, or bring up; to keep animals for 
 multiplying their species. Sometimes used with the particles to 
 and up to. Figuratively, to occasion or cause. Applied to place, 
 to give birth to. To cut, applied to the teeth. 
 
 To BREED, V. n. to be big with child, to be pregnant ; to pro- 
 pagate, or increase by propagation ; to raise or increase a breed. 
 
 BREED, s. a species of animals; a cast or kind ; that which 
 is produced at one hatching ; offspring, applied to mankind. 
 
 BREET)ER, s. that which produces or is the cause of any 
 thing; that which educates or brings up; a person who is not 
 barren ; one who raises a breed ; a whitlow, 
 118 
 
 BREE'DING, s. education, instruction. Figurativelv, genteel 
 and polite behaviour; the method taken in rearing a cnild. 
 
 BREESE, s. [briosa. Sax.] in Natural History, a stinging fly, 
 called also the gad-fly. 
 
 BREEZE, s. Ibrezza, Ital.] a gentle, cooling, pleasant breath 
 of wind. In Navigation, a shifting wind blowing from the sea 
 and land alternately at certain hours, and sensible only near the 
 
 BREE'ZY, a. refreshed by breezes. 
 
 BRE'HONS, the provincial judges among the ancient Irish, by 
 whom justice was administered, and controversies were decided. 
 They were a distinct family, who derived their support from cer- 
 tain lands, appropriated for that purpose, and from the eleventh 
 part of all the fines in criminal causes. The laws observea by 
 them were called Brehon laws. 
 
 BRE'MEN, a free state of Germany, the whole a vast plain, 
 almost surrounded by the Weser and the Elbe, with Oldenburg 
 and the German Ocean on the W. It contains 111 Lutheran 
 churches, and 137 pastors, under a general superintendent. The 
 air is cold, but the country is well peopled, and fertile in grain, 
 fruits, flax, &c., and produces large breeds of cattle. They have 
 manufactures of cordage, linen, and woollen stuffs. In the win- 
 ter it is subject to inundations. Its population is about 60,000. 
 The capital is Bremen, a large, populous, and imperial city, seat- 
 ed on the Weser. The cathedral, and some of the churches, the 
 town-hall, and bishop's palace, &c., are fine buildings. There 
 are some great curiosities here ; wines of incredible age stored 
 in the old town-hall ; and the observatory whence Olbers dis- 
 covered two of the asteroids. The town has some small manu- 
 factures. Its population is about 45,000. Lat. 53. 4. N. Long. 
 8. 48. E. . 
 
 BRE'MEN, a duchy of Hanover, adjoining the free state of the 
 same name, and bounded by the German Ocean, and Oldenburg, 
 Holstein, Liineburg, and Brunswick. The Elbe and the Weser 
 are its rivers. It is a low and in some parts most desolate tract, 
 but is being brought under the plough. It pastures a consider- 
 able stock of cattle ; and has a little fishing trade. It has a 
 population of about 190,000. Stade and Verden are its chief 
 places. 
 
 BRE'NNUS, the name of a Gaulish chief, who, according to a 
 lay of ancient Rome, entered Italy, and took Rome, all but the 
 Capitol. The heroism of one man saved that. The Romans at 
 length were buying Brennus off' from their ruined city, when one 
 of the most famous generals of Rome, who had been banished, 
 returned with an army and utterly destroyed the invaders. This 
 was about 380 b. c. 
 
 BRENT, a. burnt. Obsolete. 
 
 BRENT, Devonshire. It is 200 miles from London. Market, 
 Saturday. Pop. 1237. 
 
 BRENTFORD, Middlesex, seated on the river Thames, into 
 which at the W. end of the town flows a rivulet called the Brent. 
 It is 7 miles from London. Market, Saturday. Pop. 2174. 
 
 BRE'NTWOOD, Essex, situated on a fine eminence, 18 miles 
 from London. Market, Wednesday. Pop. 2362. 
 
 BRE'SCIA, or Brescia'no, a province of Lombardy, in Italy, 
 bounded on the N. by the Tyrol, on the N. and W. by Bergamo, 
 on the W. and S. by Cremona, and on the E. by Mantua and Ve- 
 rona. It is a mountainous district, and is watered by the Oglio, 
 the Mella, and the Chiesa. It abounds in wine, oil, wheat, and 
 other grain ; it also contains mines of iron, copper, 8cc., marble 
 of different kinds, silk, &c. The population is about 325,000. 
 Besides the capital, there are Chiari, Lonato, Pontevico, and nu- 
 merous other towns and villages. Brescia, the capital, stands 
 near the Mella, and is a handsome town, with some trade arising 
 from its manufactures of cloths, &c., and the character of the 
 surrounding countrj-. It has a fine cathedral, several splendid 
 palaces, a good library, and many hundreds of fountains. It is 
 about 100 miles from Venice. Population about 35,000. Lat. 
 45. 31. N. Long. 10. 13. E. 
 
 BRE'SLAW, or Wra'tislaw, a large city of Germany, capital 
 of Silesia, with a university. It is seated at the confluence of 
 the rivers Oder and Ohlau, which last runs through several of the 
 streets. It has several large squares, and the pubhc buildings 
 are verv stately ; the streets are straight and wide, and the houses 
 generally well built. Its manufactures are various and extensive, 
 and its trade considerable. Its population is nearly 100,000. It 
 is 113 miles from Prague. Lat. 51. 6. N. Long. 17. 2. E. 
 
BRI 
 
 BREST, a strong town in the dent, of Finisterre, France, seat- 
 ed on the N^. side of a large commodious harbour, or bay, opening 
 to the Atlantic, which has, however, a narrow and difficult en- 
 trance. The town stands upon a declivity, and the streets are nar- 
 row and crooked ; but the quay is above a mile in length, and here 
 is everj- accommodation for the shipping and marine service. It is 
 127 miles from Paris. Population about 30,000. Lat. 48. 23. 
 N. Long. 4. 28. W. 
 
 BREST, s. in Architecture, the member of a column, named 
 likewise torus, or tore. 
 
 BRET, s. in Natural Historj', a round flat fish of the turbot 
 kind ; called likewise hurt or brut. 
 
 BRETA'GNE, a ci-devant province on the E. of France, now 
 formed into 5 departments, viz. Cotes du Nord, Finisterre, Ille et 
 Vilain, Loire Inferieure, and Morbihan. Its original population 
 were akin to the ancient Britons, the Welch, and other Celtic 
 races, and the ancient language is still much used. 
 
 BRETHREN, s. the plural of brother, which see, 
 
 BRETON, CAPE, an island near the E. coast of North 
 America, between 45 and 47 degrees of N. latitude. It is sepa- 
 rated from Nova Scotia by a narrow strait called Canso, and is 
 about 140 miles in length, and 50 in breadth. It is a barren 
 country, producing little corn or grass, and in winter is excessively 
 cold. It is of very small importance to England, but it commands 
 the navigation of the river St. Lawrence. There is an excellent 
 fishery on this coast. 
 
 BREVE, s. in Music, a long note, formerly pricked in the form 
 of a square without any tail, equivalent to two measures, minims, 
 semibreves, or bars, and is now wrote thus,Ij$SJI. In Law, any 
 writ directed to the chancellor, judges, sheriffs, or other officers, 
 whereby a person is summonect, or attached, to answer in the 
 king's court, &c. 
 
 BRE'VET, s. aimong the French, denoted a ^rant of some fa- 
 vour or donation from the king ; not much unlike a warrant, or 
 the king's letters-patent, with us. 
 
 BRE'VIARY, (breviarmm, Lat.] an abridgment or compen- 
 dium. Also, a daily office, or book of divine service, in the 
 Romish church. 
 
 BREVIE'R, (bre-i-eer) s. a small printing letter. 
 
 BRE'VITY, s. [brei-itas, Lat.] applied to writings, the express- 
 ing a sentiment in very few words ; conciseness ; shortness. 
 
 To BREW, V. a. [brouwen, Belg.] to make beer or ale, by mix- 
 ing malt and hops with boiling water, and fermenting it after- 
 wards with yeast. Figuratively, to make any drink by boiling 
 different ingredients ; to contrive ; to plot. — v. n. to perform the 
 office of a brewer ; to make ale or beer. 
 
 BREWER, s. one who makes malt liquor, and sells it. 
 
 BREW'HOUSE, s. a place or house wherein beer or ale is made. 
 
 BREWING, s. the process or method of making ale or beer ; 
 the quantity of liquor produced by brewing. 
 
 BREWIS, «. a piece of bread boiled in a pot, together with 
 meat. It seems anciently to have meant broth. " What an 
 ocean of bretois shall I swim in." 
 
 BRE'WOOD, Staffijrdshire, 10 miles S. by W. of Stafford. 
 Market, Tuesday. Pon. 3()4I. 
 
 BRIAN -BOROl'MHE, {Brian-borit,) one of the ancient kings of 
 Munster, Ireland, who obtained at last the sovereignty of the 
 whole island. He is still celebrated in the national songs for his 
 victories over the Danes, and for his heroic death at Clontarf, in 
 1014. 
 
 BRI'AR, s. \brcRr, Sax.] in Botany, the wild species of rose- 
 tree. Also, generally, any thorny wild shrub. Sweet-briar, a 
 wild species of rose, whose leaves are very fragrant. 
 
 BRI'AR Y, a. full of briars, or thorny plants. 
 
 BRIBE, s. a gift or reward given to a person to engage him to 
 determine contrary to the merits of a cause ; something given to 
 a person to stifle evidence ; something given to an elector, to en- 
 gage him to vote for a particular candidate. 
 
 BRITJER, s. one that pays for corrupt practices. 
 
 BRI'BERY, s. the act of giving a person money to engage 
 him to any particular side or undertaking. 
 
 BRICK, «, \brick, Belg.] a flat lump of reddish or white earth, 
 formed in wooden moulds of various sizes ; first dried in the air, 
 and afterwards burned in a kiln or clamp. The invention of bricks 
 must have been very ancient, as we find they were employed in 
 erecting the tower of Babel. The Romans did not burn their 
 bricks, but dried them in the air four or five years. 
 
 BRI 
 
 To BRICK, V. a. to lay or build with bricks. 
 
 BRICKBAT, s. a piece or fragment of a brick. 
 
 BRI'CKDUST, s. the dust of bricks ; or the powder of bricks 
 made by rubbling them on each other, or pounding them. 
 
 BRFCKING, s. among builders, the counterfeiting of a brick 
 wall on plaster, which is done by smearing it over with red ochre, 
 and making the joints with an edged tool ; these last are after- 
 wards filled with a fine plaster. 
 
 BRFCK-KILN, s. a place where bricks are burnt. 
 
 BRI'CKLAYER, s. one whoso business it is to lay and cement 
 bricks in a wall or building. Tilers and bricklayers were incor- 
 porated 10 Eliz., under the name of Master and Wardens of the 
 Society of Freemen of the Mystery and Art of Tilers and Brick- 
 layers. 
 
 BRI'CKMAKER, «. one who makes bricks. 
 
 BRI'DAL, a. that belongs to a wedding. 
 
 BRIDE, s. [bryd. Sax.] a name given to a woman the day of 
 her marriage, and sometimes after the wedding day is over. 
 
 BRFDEBED, s. the bed on which a new-married couple lie. 
 
 BRI'DECAKE, s. the cake with which the guests are enter- 
 tained at a wedding. 
 
 BRI'DEGROOM,«. a new-married man. 
 
 BRPDEMAIDS and BRPDEMEN, s. tne attendants on the 
 bride and bridegroom at a wedding. 
 
 BRI'DEWELL,s. a house of correction near Fleet-ditch, Lon- 
 don, built by Henry VIII. as a royal palace for the reception of 
 the emperor Charles V. It is an institution of a mixed nature, 
 partaking of the hospital, the prison, and the workhouse. Houses 
 of correction are generally called so, from this one, which was 
 the first in England. 
 
 BRIDGE, s. [brie. Sax.] a building of stone or timber, consist- 
 ing of one or more arches, intended for the passage of men or 
 carriages from one side of the river to another. Figuratively, the 
 iipper part of the nose ; in violins, &c. a piece of wood, which 
 stands upright on the belly of the instrument, and supports the 
 strings. Suspension bridges are those which are sustained by chains 
 fastened securely at the extremities. A draw bridge is made fast 
 only at one end with hinges, so that the other may be lifted by 
 chains fixed to it. A swin// bridge is made to turn round on a pivot 
 at one end so as to be removable to allow vessels to pass by. A 
 "yinff bridge is made of pontoons, leather-boats, casks, &c., cover- 
 d with planks for the passage of an army. A bridge of boats is 
 made of copper or wooden boats, fastened with stakes or anchors, 
 and covered with planks. Prov. Let every man praise the bridge 
 he goes over, i. e. Speak not ill of him who hath done you courtesy, 
 or whom you have made use of to your benefit, or do commonly 
 make use of 
 
 BRI'DGEND, Glamorganshire, Wales. It is seated on the river 
 Ogmore, which'divides it into two parts, but they are joined toge- 
 ther by a stone bridge. The market is considerable for corn, 
 cattle, and provisions. It is 177 miles from London. Market, 
 Saturday. Pop. 1764. 
 
 BRFDGENORTH, Shropshire, a town seated on the Severn, 
 which divides it into two parts, joined by a stone bridge. The 
 streets are broad and paved, and its situation is commodious for 
 trade. Its fairs are much resorted to for cattle, sheep, butter, 
 cheese, bacon, linen cloth, hops, and other merchandise, and it 
 has some manufactures. It is 139 miles from London. Market, 
 Saturday. Pop. 5770. 
 
 BRFDGETOWN, the capital of Barbadoes, situated in the S. 
 W. part of the island, on Carlisle Bay, which is capable of con- 
 taining 500 ships. The town hf;s at the entrance of^ St. George's 
 Valley, which runs several miles into the country. Here is a free- 
 school, an hospital, and a college, and recently a fine cathedral. 
 The streets are broad, and the wharfs and quays commodious and 
 well fortified. Lat. 13. 10. N. Long. 58. 38. W. 
 
 BRI'DGEWATER, Somersetshire. The streets are wide and 
 well paved. It stands on the Parret, about 10 miles from the 
 British Channel, and ships of 200 tons burthen come up to the 
 town. They import the manufactures of Manchester, Liverpool, 
 Birmingham, &c., which are conveyed from hence to the internal 
 parts of Devonshire and Cornwall. The Parret is subject to the 
 peculiar and dangerous rise of the spring tides, called the Bore. 
 It is 137 miles from London. Markets, Thursday and Saturday, 
 for corn, cattle, &c,, and particularly for cheese. Pop, 10,449, 
 
 BRI'DGEWATER, FRANCIS, DUKE OF, commonly called 
 the father of our inland navigation, from the fact of his having 
 
 119 
 
 5 
 
BHI 
 
 projected, and, by the aid of Brindley's skill, carried out the first 
 extensive modern canal in England, which conduced greatly to 
 the prosperity of Manchester. He ultimately gained great wealth 
 by his projects, and died in 1803, aged 07 years. 
 - BRia>LE, s. [bridel. Sax.] the bit, headstall, fillet, throatband, 
 reins, and noseband, which are fastened on a horse's head to 
 manage and govern him. Figuratively, a restraint, curb, check. 
 
 To BRI'DLE, V. a. [bi-idlian. Sax.] to manage a horse by means 
 of a bridle. Figuratively, to check ; or restrain ; or keep within 
 bounds. — f . n. to hold up the head in an affected manner, applied 
 to the attitudes of a woman. 
 
 BRI'DLINGTON, or Bu'rlington, Yorkshire, E. R. A sea-port 
 seated on a pretty large bay, near Flamborough Head. It has a 
 commodious quay for ships, and is a place of good trade, and re- 
 cently has been much used as a watering-place. It is 208 miles 
 from London. Market, Saturday. Pop. 6070. 
 
 BRI'DPORT, Dorsetshire. It has a safe port for about 40 ves- 
 sels, and stands on a little hill near the English Channel. The 
 market is remarkable for hemp, and it furnishes lines, twines, 
 nets, sail-cloth. Sec. to the Newfoundland fishery. It is 135 miles 
 from London. Market, Saturday. Pop. 4787. 
 
 BRIEF, {breef) a. [bref, Fr.] appropriated to language, short, 
 concise,^ opposed to diffusive or verbose. 
 
 BRIEF, s. [Belg.] a short and expressive account or descrip- 
 tion. In Law, a writ whereby a person is summoned to answer 
 to any action; an abridgment of a client's case, containing in a 
 concise manner the proofs and objections that may b^ made by 
 the contrary party, with answers to them, wrote out for the in- 
 struction ot a counsel on a trial. In Canon Law, letters-patent, 
 generally read in churches, giving a licence for making a collec- 
 tion all over the kingdom ; also a statement of a case of distress, 
 used by persons soliciting pecuniary aid from their neighbours. 
 
 BRIE'FLY, ad. in few words; concisely. 
 
 BRIE'FNESS, s. the quality of expressing a thing in a few 
 words ; conciseness ; shortness. 
 
 BRIEU'X, ST. the capital of dept. C6tes du Nord, France. It 
 stands on a small bay of the English Channel, at the mouth of 
 the river Gouet, over which it has a bridge. It has an old Gothic 
 cathedral, a good library, a college, &c., and an hospital. It has 
 some small manufactures, and a good shipping trade. Its popu- 
 lation is about 11,000. It is 279 miles from Paris. 
 
 BRIGA'DE, s. [brit/ade, Fr.] in the military art, a part or divi- 
 sion of an array, whether horse or foot, under the command of a 
 l)rigadier-general. A brigade of an army, is a body of horse of 
 two or three regiments, or from two to six battalions of foot. A 
 brigade of a troop, is a third part of it, when consisting of fifty 
 soldiers ; but only a sixth, when it consists of one hundred : that 
 is, a troop divided into three brigades in the former case, and into 
 six in the latter. 
 
 BRIGA'DE-MAJOR, s. an officer appointed by the brigadier- 
 general, to assist him in the management and ordering of his 
 brigade ; and he there acts as a major does in any army. 
 
 BRl'GADIER-GENERAL, s. an officer commanding a bri- 
 gade of horse or foot, and ranking next below a major-general. 
 
 BRI'GANDINE, s. [brigand, Fr.] a kind of ancient defen- 
 sive armour, consisting of thin pliable plates, like scales ; a coat 
 of mail. 
 
 BRPGANTINE, s. {brigantin, Fr.] a small, light, flat, open 
 vessel, with twelve or fifteen benches on each side for rowers, 
 going both with sails and oars, fit for boarding, or giving chace, 
 and chiefly used by corsairs. 
 
 BRIGG, Lincolnshire, with a good market for cattle and pro- 
 visions. It is seated on the river Ankara. Some call it Glaraford- 
 bridges. It is 1-53 miles frora London. Pop. 1822. 
 
 BRIGGS, an eminent mathematician of the 16th century, who 
 was Gresham Professor in London, and Savilian Professor at 
 Oxford. He completed the invention of logarithms, which had 
 been made by Napier. He died in 16-30, aged about 75 years. 
 
 BRIGHT, a. [beort. Sax.] shining, splendid; glittering with 
 light. Figuratively, strong, clear ; or that which introduces more 
 light into the mind. Noble, shining, illustrious, or that which 
 sets a person in a conspicuous point of view, applied to action. 
 Applied to sagacity, quick, penetrating. 
 
 To BRPGHTEN, v. a. to make a thing shine which was dull, 
 or covered either with rust or dust. Figuratively, to disperse. 
 To raake famous ; to repder conspicuous ; to heighten, applied to 
 character.— 1>. n. to shine again after being obscured. 
 120 
 
 BRI 
 
 BRPGHTLY, arf. with splendour; with lustre. Figuratively, 
 in such a manner as will raise an advantageous idea ofourselves. 
 
 BRPGHTNESS, s. the lustre which appears on the si^ht of 
 burnished metals, or cut diamonds ; splendour. Figuratively, 
 goodness ; sagacit:? ; perfections that make a person conspicuous. 
 " The brightness of his parts," Prior. 
 
 BRI'GHTON, or Brighthe'lmstone, Sussex, This large town 
 is beautifully situated on the S. coast of England, and is a place of 
 great resort in the bathing season, and during the latter part of 
 autumn. It is of very recent growth, having been little beyond 
 a fishing village till it was selected as a marine residence by 
 George IV. It is a finely built place, especially towards the sea ; 
 and the royal palace, called the Pavilion, attracts attention liy its 
 grotesque style. It has a very fine chain pier, which is used as ; 
 promenade and landir 
 don. Markets, Tuesda 
 
 promenade and landing-place. It is about 50 miles from Lon- 
 )n. Markets, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday. Pop. 46,661. 
 BRFLLIANCY, s. [brillant, Fr.] greatness of lustre, or splen- 
 
 dour which dazzles the eyes. 
 
 BRI'LLIANT, a. {brillant, Fr.] sparkling, or reflecting the rays 
 of light with great lustre. 
 
 BRI'LLIANT, s. [briller, Fr.] a diamond quite flat underneath, 
 and cut on its upper part in triangular faces, the uppermost 
 endinof in a point. 
 
 BRIM, s. [brymtne. Sax.] the edge or extremity of a thing, as 
 a vessel containing any liquor or fluid, a river, a hat, &c. 
 
 To BRIM, V. a. to till full ; to fill up to the brim.— ». n. to be 
 full to the top. 
 
 BRI'MFUL, a. full to the top. Figuratively, ready to run over 
 by being charged too full. 
 
 BRI'MMER, s. a vessel or bowl filled up to the brim. 
 
 BRI'MMING, a. filled to the top. 
 
 BRI'MSTONE, s. See Sulphur. 
 
 BRFNDED, i)art. [brin, Fr.] streaked ; marked with streaks 
 or branches ; tabby. 
 
 BRFNDISI, the ancient Bhundusium, a decayed city of Na- 
 ples, 35 miles N. W. of Otranto. Pop. about 6000. 
 
 BRI'NDLE.s. applied to the streaks upon the skin of a beast, 
 of a diflTerent or darker colour than the other parts. 
 
 BRI'NDLED, part, marked with streaks of a diff'erent or dark- 
 er colour, applied to the skin of a beast. 
 
 BRI'NDLEY, JAMES, the famous canal engineer of the last 
 century. He commenced life as an agricultural labourer, and was 
 afterwards a millwright, in which business he was often employed 
 in making and repairing machinery of a more complicated charac- 
 ter, and gained a name for original skill. After being employed 
 by the Duke of Bridgewater to construct his projected canal from 
 his mines to Manchester, and having succeeded, his principal 
 employment afterwards lay in planning and executing navigable 
 canals. His name stands amongst the first in his line in this 
 country. He died in 1772, aged 56 years. 
 
 BRINE, s. [brine. Sax,] any salt liquor; sea-water; the liquor 
 or pickle which proceeds from salted meat. Figuratively, the 
 sea ; tears. 
 
 To BRING, V. a. pret. / hrotight, part. pass, brought ; [bringati, 
 Sax.] to cause a person to come, or to fetch a thing to another, 
 distinguished frora carry, because it may then be done by another; 
 but the word bring implies that a thing is done by oneself. Fi- 
 guratively, to procure ; to produce. Used with the particle in, 
 to introduce. Used with back, to make a person or thing return ; 
 to recover; to recall. Used with to, to lead, or conduct; to in- 
 duce, to prevail upon. Used with about, to accomplish. Used 
 with off, to clear frora any charge ; to free frora danger. Used 
 with over, to prevail on, or induce a person ,to alter his senti- 
 ments ; to convert or seduce. Used with out, to discover a thing 
 which is concealed. Used with under, to subdue, vanquish, or 
 tyrannize over. Used with up, to instruct ; educate ; to teach ; to 
 introduce a fashion; to advance, or come forward with, applied 
 to an army. '^ Bring up yom rM:i\," Shah. Synon. To 6(J«i' im- 
 plies conveying a thing ourselves from one place to another, in 
 opnosition to the word send. To fetch, implies going to a place in 
 oraer to bring. 
 
 BRI'NISH, a. [brine and isc. Sax.] like brine; saltish. 
 
 BRINK, s. [brink, Dan.] the extreme edge of a river, preci-- 
 pice, &c. Figuratively, the highest degree of danger. 
 
 BRPNY, a. tasting saltish, or like brine, or any other liquor 
 that resembles it. 
 
 BRFONY, s. See Bryony. 
 
BUI 
 
 BRISK, a. [brusque, Fr.] lively, gay, airy; full of vivacity and 
 spirits, applied to the disposition. Vigorous, full of activity and 
 
 Sower, applied to action. Sparkling, mantling, applied to liquors. 
 Iright, glaring, and strongly affecting the signt, applied to 
 colours. 
 
 To BRISK UP, r. n. to advance in a sprightly, lively, and nim- 
 ble manner. 
 
 BRI'SKET, a. [hriclmt, Fr.] the breast of an animal, particu- 
 larly that part which lies next to the ribs. 
 
 BRI'SKLY, ad. in a brisk, lively, active, and spirited manner. 
 
 BRISKNESS, s. a light, airy, and cheerful disposition ; vivaci- 
 ty, or liveliness ; activity, gaiety. 
 
 BRISSO'T, JACQUES PIERRE, one of the Girondin party, 
 during the French Revolution, who being born iu humble cir- 
 cumstances, devoted himself to literary and philosophical studies, 
 and gained some applause by his writings : he entered warmly 
 into theviewsof the Americans during the war of Independence, 
 and into the Revolution in France. He was a man of some ac- 
 count in the legislative assembly, and stood up earnestl}^ for the 
 freedom of the negroes. He was involved in the fall of his party, 
 and guillotined in 1793, aged 39 years. 
 
 BRI'STLE, s. [bristl. Sax.] the strong hair which grows and 
 stands upright on the back of a boar, &c. 
 
 To BRI'STLE, r. a. to erect the bristles upright when enraged, 
 applied to a hog. Figuratively, to grow angry ; to advance to 
 an enemy in order to attack him, or revenge an affront, used 
 with the particle up. — v. n. to stand erect like the bristles of a 
 hog. 
 
 BRI'STLY, a. in Botany, encompassed with a substance re- 
 sembling hairs. Thick set with hairs or bristles. 
 
 BRI'STOL, Gloucestershire and Somersetshire. This sea-port 
 stands at the confluence of the Avon and the Frome, about 9 
 miles from where the Av(m discharges itself into the Bristol 
 Channel. It occupies a noble position, rising range above ran^e 
 of houses to the top of a hill ; but the old part is narrow and ill 
 built, whilst the new parts are magnificent, the houses being 
 made of stone, and much in the same style as Bath. The docks 
 and harbours are extensive, as are the quays, to which the 
 largest ships have access. The public buildings are numerous ; 
 amongst the finest of them may be mentioned the churches, the 
 exchange, the railway buildings, the scientific and literary insti- 
 tutions, &.C. Bristol manufactures sugar, glass, floor-cloth, brass, 
 iron, &c. &c. It imports goods from all quarters of the world, 
 but from Ireland most abundantlj\ But the trade has not lately 
 been so great as it was. There are several colleges and high 
 schools in this town. The neighbourhood is most beautiful and 
 healthy, abounding in objects of curiosity, especially to the bo- 
 tanist and geologist. It is 110 miles from London. Markets, 
 Wednesday, Friday, and Saturday. Pop. 140,158. 
 
 BRI'STOL, a port of Rhode Island, United States, seated on 
 Narragansett Bay, with a good harbour. It is extensively en- 
 gaged both in the coasting trade and fisheries. The view from the 
 summit of Mount Hope is most beautiful. It is 418 miles from 
 Washington. Pop. 349<). 
 
 BRI'STOL CHANNEL, that arm of the Atlantic, lying be- 
 tween Cornwall, and Somersetshire, and Wales, into which the 
 river Severn discharges itself. More correctly, it is the mouth of 
 the Severn. 
 
 BRI'STOL-STONE, s. a kind of soft diamond found in Vin- 
 cent's Rock, near Bristol. 
 
 BRITAIN, (Great) the title given to the whole i-sland, includ- 
 ing England, Wales, and Scotland, since the union of the two 
 kingdoms. Pop. 18,520,925. 
 
 BRl'TAIN, (New) an island in the most easterly part of the 
 Indian Ocean, near New Guinea, nearly equal to Ireland in size. 
 It has been but little explored, but it is, in the interior, mountain- 
 ous and well wooded, and has very fertile plains near the shore. 
 The palms and other fruit trees are numerous. Pigs, dogs, &c., 
 are tne only animals; and the people are of that kind of negro 
 appearance, which is often met with in the South Seas. They 
 are very^ barbarous and fierce. 
 
 BRITA'NNIA, the Roman name of Great Britain. Its origin 
 is not known. Very little is kriown respecting the inhabitants, 
 save that they were of Celtic origin, and that the tribes inhabit- 
 ing the shores nearest to the continent, had migrated thither for 
 the purpose of such trade as was carried on amongst barbarians. 
 It appears that they resembled in their customs the native tribes 
 
 BRO 
 
 of N. America ; but in the cruelty of their religious rites they 
 surpassed most other heathen. The first civilized visitor was 
 Julius Caesar, who in 55 b. c. invaded the island, and in the fol- 
 lowing year gained a permanent lodgement for the Romans. In 
 the early times of the empire it was thoroughly subdued, and 
 made a Roman province. During the later and weaker times of 
 the empire it proved a fruitful source of trouble to the Romans : 
 being remote from the seat of authority, barbarians both native 
 and visitant assailed it ; whilst the soldiers were engaged in coti- 
 tinual revolts, and showed their power by elevating one after 
 another of their favourite commanders to the purple. At length, 
 by about 426 a. d., the last sign of Roman sway was removed, 
 and the small, scattered, degenerate relics of the ancient Britons 
 were left to themselves ; the last days of the empire being im- 
 pending. 
 
 BRITISH, a. belonging to Britain. 
 
 BRI'TISH AMERICA, that part of the N. American conti- 
 nent which belongs to Great Britain, the boundary of which 
 from the United States passes from the W. side of New Bruns- 
 wick to Montreal, and follows the course of the St. Lawrence and 
 the lakes to the W. side of Lake Superior, whence it crosses di- 
 rectly to the Rocky Mountains, and thence to the Pacific on the 
 49th parallel, including, however, Vancouver's Island. It is di- 
 
 by a nil 
 140 W. 
 
 Arctic Ocean to Mount St. Elias, in 140 W. Long., and thence, 
 bordering on the Pacific, to 55 N. Lat. See Canada, Hudson's 
 Bay, &e. &c. 
 
 BRITISH INDIA, that part of Hindustan in Asia, which is 
 under the control of the British government, and is included in 
 the presidencies of Bengal, Bombay, and Madras. Which names 
 see. See also. East India Company, Hindustan, &c. &c. 
 
 BRI'TISH MUSEUM, a prodigious collection of antiquities of 
 all nations, and modern curiosities, specimens in every depart- 
 ment of natural history and geology, books, manuscripts, prints, 
 &c. &c., made under the direction of government, and preserved 
 in a large building, formerly Montague House, near Russell Square, 
 London. It is open to the public for three days in every week, 
 excepting at certain times ; and to artists, two other days weekly. 
 There are attached to the library two spacious reading rooms, to 
 which admission is granted by the principal librarian, and which 
 are open every day, except at certain times of the year. 
 
 BRI'TTLE, a. \brittan. Sax.] that breaks or crumbles to pieces 
 with the least force or violence. 
 
 BRI'TTLENESS, «. that quality which renders a thing easy to 
 break. 
 
 BRI'TTON, the name of an ancient writer on law, of whom 
 nothing is known save his work, which has always been held in 
 the highest repute. 
 
 BRPXHAM, Devonshire. A sea-port on the S. side of Torbay, 
 with a good harbour, and a considerable shipping trade and fish- 
 ery. The lower part of the town is badly built and kept, but the 
 newer part is very good. It is 160 miles from London. Market, 
 Tuesday. Pop. 5084. 
 
 BRIZE, s. the same with the gad-fly. 
 
 BROACH, «. ^broche, Fr.] an instrument or stake forced 
 through a joint of meat, by means of which it is turned round, 
 and its parts are successively exposed to the action of the fire, in 
 roasting ; an ornamental part of dress, fashioned to hold the two 
 extremities of a scarf or cravat together, by a pin which moves 
 on a hinge, like the tongue of a buckle, passes through both the 
 parts, and is caught in a loop. 
 
 To BROACH, V. a. to spit ; to pierce with a spit. Figuratively, 
 to force a spicket or cock into a vessel in order to draw the liquor ; 
 to tap ; to open ; to wound, so as to let out blood. To be the au- 
 thor of, applied to doctrine or opinion. 
 
 BRO'ACHER, s. a spit or stake to roast meat on. Figurative- 
 ly, the first inventor, author, or founder of any opinion or doc- 
 trine. 
 
 BROAD, {brod or brawd) a. [brad. Sax.] wide, or the extent be- 
 tween the sides of a thing; distinguished from length, which is 
 the extent or space between the two ends. Figuratively, large or 
 great. " A broad mixture of folly," Locke. Diffusive, clear, and 
 bright. " Appears in the broadest light," Decay of Piety. Coarse, 
 gross, obscene, applied to language. " In some places he is broad 
 and fulsome," Bnjd. With the eyes wide open. " He was 
 broad awake." Bold, not delicate ; not reserved. Broad as long, 
 implies equal on the whole. Synon. By broad is understood ejt- 
 R 121 
 
BRO 
 
 tended each way; as, broad cloth; a broad brimmed hat. By 
 wide is meant broad to a certain degree; as, three inches icide; 
 four feet wide. 
 
 BROA'D-CAST, s. denotes the method of sowing corn, tur- 
 nips, pulse, grasses, &c., by scattering the seed with the hand. 
 This IS called the old Husbandry, to distinguish it from the 
 
 gractice of drilling, or dropping seeds, which are called the new 
 [usbandiy. 
 
 BROA'D-CLOTH, s. manufacture made of sheep's wool of our 
 own growth, mixed with that of Segovia in Spain, so called from 
 its breadth. 
 
 BROA'D-EYED, a. that can see to a great distance round ; 
 or has a very large prospect in sight. "In spite of broad-eyed, 
 watchful day," Shak. This conveys a noble image to the mind, 
 and is an elegant use of the term. 
 
 BROA'D-LEAVED, a. that has broad leaves. 
 
 BROA'DLY, ad. in a broad manner. 
 
 BROA'DNESS, s. breadth ; the extent between the selvages 
 or list of cloth ; the space between the sides of a thing. Figura- 
 tively, obsceneness, immodesty. 
 
 BROA'D-SHOULDERED, a. measuring much, or of great 
 width, between the shoulders. 
 
 BROA'DSIDE, s. the firing all the guns on one side of a ship 
 into an enemy's vessel. Figuratively, an attack ; or a positive 
 and unexpected charge of something criminal, by way ot accus- 
 ation or reply. 
 
 BROA'DSWORD, s. a sharp-edged cutting sword, with a 
 broad blade. 
 
 • BRO A'D WATER, Sussex. It is 63 miles from London. Pop. 
 5345. 
 
 BROA'DWISE, ad. according to the direction of the breadth. 
 
 BROCA'DE, «. Un-ocado, Span.] a stuff of gold, silver, or silk, 
 raised and embellished with flowers, foliages, or other or- 
 naments. 
 
 BROCA'DED, a. woven with flowers, or ornaments of various 
 colours. Figuratively, drest in brocade. 
 
 BRO'CCtfl, GIOVANNI BATTISTA, an eminent Italian mi- 
 neralogist and geologist, to whom science is indebted for most 
 acute investigations mto the character of the sub-apennine beds 
 of his native country, which established a criterion of the age of 
 strata by the proportion of fossils with recent analogues in them. 
 He died in a scientific expedition in Egj-pt in I82G, aged 54 years. 
 
 BRO'CCOLI, s. [Ital.] in Botany, a species of cabbage. 
 
 BROCK, s. [broc. Sax.] a badger; also, a hart of the third 
 year ; also, a hind of the same year, a brock's sister. 
 
 BRO'CKEN, the name of the loftiest point of the Harz Moun- 
 tains in Germany, .3658 feet high. This mountain has always 
 been associated with tales of witchcraft, &c. The spectre of the 
 Brocken is the shadow of any one standing on the summit of 
 this mountain, at sunrise, projected on the mist on the other side 
 of the hill from the sun. It was for a long time regarded as 
 quite unaccountable. 
 
 BRO'CKET, s. a red deer of two years old. 
 
 BROGUE, {brdp) s. [broff, Ir.] a. wooden shoe ; a corrupt or 
 vicious manner of speaking or pronouncing. 
 
 To BROFDER, v. a. \brodir, Fr.] to adorn with figures of nee- 
 dlework. 
 
 BROIL, s. \brouilhr, Fr.] a quarrel, contest, tumult, or war. 
 
 To BROIL, V. a. [bruter, Fr.] to dress meat either by placing 
 it immediately on the coals, or on a gridiron over a fire. Neu- 
 terly, to overheat by immoderate exercise. Used improperly for 
 to burn. 
 
 BRO'KENHEARTED, a. in a condition which admits of no 
 comfort ; dejected ; in despair ; disconsolate. 
 
 BRO'KENLY, a(/, in an unconnected manner; without any 
 connexion ; by loose sentences. 
 
 BRO'KEN-MEAT, «. fragments, or pieces of meat taken from 
 a table. 
 
 BRO'KEN WINDED, a. a term applied to a horse sufl^ring from 
 the rupture of some of the cells of the lungs, occasioned by in- 
 flammation, or violent exercise at a time when the lungs could 
 not bear it, and observed most frequently in horses kept low by 
 poor and coarse food. 
 
 BRO'KER, s. one who buys or sells, or transacts business for 
 another, charging a commission. By abuse, the word is applied 
 to those who deal in second-hand goods. Exchange-broker, is 
 one who concludes bargains for others, relating to the remitting 
 
 of money, or bills of exchange. Stock-brokers, are those who buy 
 or sell, for others, parts or shares in the joint stock of any public 
 company, as the Bank, India, &c. Pawn-brokers, are those who 
 lend money to the necessitous, upon a pledge of goods given as 
 security. Ship-brokers, persons who arrange all matters needful 
 in shipping trade for the owners, freighting it, insuring it, and 
 collecting the freight of a returned cargo, &c. 
 
 BRO'KERAGE, s. the fee or pay given to a broker for nego- 
 ciating business. 
 
 BRO'MINE, s. Ibromos, Gr.] in Chemistry, an elementary 
 body discovered in sea-water, in the Dead Sea, in various 
 salt-springs in Germany, and England. It has been found also 
 in the ashes of sea-weeds, and of some molluscous marine ani- 
 mals. It is a liquid at common temperature, and of a red colour, 
 with a disagreeable odour, and powerful taste. It possesses 
 many peculiar and remarkable properties, in some resembling 
 chlorine, and it is fatal to animal lite. 
 
 BRO'MLEY, Kent. It is on the road to Tunbridge, and is 
 vfery delightfully situated. It is 10 miles from London. Market, 
 Thursday. Pop. 4325. 
 
 BRO'MLEY, Staffordshire. See Abbots-Bromley. Pop. 
 1508. 
 
 BRO'MSGROVE, Worcestershire. It has considerable manu- 
 factures of worsted, linsey, linen cloths, fish-hooks, needles, and 
 nails. It is situated near the rise of the river Salwarp, 115 
 miles from London. Market, Tuesday, for corn, cattle, and pro- 
 visions. Pop. 9671. 
 
 BRO'MYARD, Herefordshire. It is situated in a country full 
 of orchards. It is 125 miles from London. Market, Monday. 
 Pop. 2927. 
 
 BRO'NCHIA, (brdnkia) s. [Gr.] in Anatomy, the ramifications 
 of the trachea; or certain branches or hollow tubes belonging to 
 the windpipe, that are dispersed through the lungs. 
 
 BRO'NCHIAL, (bronkial) a. belonging to the throat. 
 
 BRONCHI'TIS, s. in Surgery, the inflammation of the bron- 
 chial tube, usually occasioned by exposure to moisture and cold. 
 A species of this disease is very dangerous to horses and cattle. 
 
 BRO'NCHOCELE, (brdnlcosele) s. [bronchos and kele, Gr.] in 
 Surgery, a tumour in the anterior part of the neck, very general 
 in Switzerland, and called goitre; an almost infallible remedy for 
 which has recently been discovered in the use of iodine. 
 
 BRONCHO'TOMY, (bronkdtomy) s. [bronchos and temno, Gr.] 
 the operation of opening the windpipe by incision, in such cases 
 as a violent quinsy, to prevent suffocation from the great swell- 
 ing of the parts. 
 
 Bronsted, Peter Oi^tVE, a late eminent antiquary of Den- 
 mark, to whom we are indebted for many interesting and 
 valuable discoveries respecting Grecian antiquities. He had at 
 various times the posts of Greek Professor and Rector at Copen- 
 hagen, and was employed by the court on several embassies. He 
 died in 1842, aged 61 years. 
 
 BRONTO'LOGY, s. [bronte and logos, Gr.] a discourse on 
 thunder. 
 
 BRONZE, s. [bronze, Fr.] a metal compounded of copper, tin, 
 and zinc, which is employed for various uses, as making bells, 
 cannons, and statues ; the proportions of the component me- 
 tals being varied to suit the purposes to which the bronze is ap- 
 plied. Also a kind of colouring prepared by colourmen in imi- 
 tation of bronze. There are two sorts of it, the red, made of 
 copper dust and red ochre, and the yellow, which is made of the 
 finest copper dust alone. 
 
 BROOCH, s. [ftroAe, Belg.] a jewel; an ornament of jewels. 
 Figuratively, an ornament ; glory. 
 
 To BROOD, V. n. [brcedan. Sax.] to hatch, or sit upon in order 
 to hatch; tosit like a hen hatching her eggs; beautifully applied 
 in the following sentence: "Where brooding darkness spreads 
 its jealous wings," Milt. To sit near, and watch with great anx- 
 iety. — V. a. to hatch. Figuratively, to cherish or keep alive by 
 incessant anxiety. 
 
 BROOD, s. [brod. Sax.] the youn^ of fowls, fishes, or small 
 land animals ; a parcel of chickens hatched by one hen at one 
 time. Figuratively, offspring, children; productions. 
 
 BROO'DY, a. inclining to hatch, or to sit on eggs to hatch 
 them. 
 
 BROOK, s. [broc. Sax.] a small and shallow running water. 
 Synon. Rivulets and brooks are certain species of stireams which 
 are running waters, with this difference, that a rivulet runs be- 
 
BRO 
 
 tween banks, whereas a hrook winds its way through the mea- 
 dows, or by a hedge-side. A rivulet is a much larger stream than 
 a brook. 
 
 To BROOK, V. a. [l>rucan. Sax.] to bear without resentment 
 or complaint; to put up with. Applied to misfortunes, or af- 
 fronts, to endure. 
 
 BROO'KLIME, s. in Botany, a sort of water speedwell, veiy 
 common in ditches, throughout Europe. 
 
 BROOKLYN, a city of New York, United States, situated 
 on Long Island, opposite the lower part of the city of N. York. 
 It is regularly laid out, the streets being, in every case but one, 
 straight, and crossing each other at right angles. The situation 
 is very beautiful, and the irregularity of the ground it occupies 
 has proved too great for all the efforts made to overcome it, so 
 that this beauty remains to a considerable extent unimpaired. 
 It has some fine public buildings and some good literary and 
 scientific institutions. The United States navy yard here covers 
 40 acres of ground, and has a dock, and an hospital, with 
 library and museum connected with it. Brooklyn has a consi- 
 derable trade, and some manufactures also. A basin also is con- 
 structing because of the crowded state of the docks at New 
 York. Over the East River, which is only three quarters of a 
 mile wide, are four steam ferries continually plying between this 
 city and N. York. It is 226 miles from Washington. Pop. 
 36,233. Lat. 40. 42. N. Long. 74. 0. W. There are eight other 
 places in the U. States of this name. 
 
 BROOM, s. [brom. Sax.] in Botany, the genista, Lat. genet, 
 Fr. Likewise a utensil made with the twigs of the above-men- 
 tioned plant, or birch, or heather, and used in sweeping houses 
 or streets. 
 
 BROO'MGRASS, s. in Botany, a genus of the grasses called 
 by Linnaeus broinus. The English species are numerous. 
 
 BROO'MING, or Breaming, s. the burning the filth a ship 
 has contracted, with straw, reeds, broom, &c., when she is on 
 the careen . 
 
 BROO'MRAPE, s. in Botany, a curious genus of parasitical 
 plants, having no leaves, and delicate purplish flowers, growing 
 on the roots of clover, broom, &c. &c. 
 
 BROO'MSTAFF, s. the staff to which the twigs of a broom 
 are bound, to make a besom ; the handle of a broom ; named 
 more generally in London a broomstick. 
 
 BROO'MY, a. full of, or abounding in, broom. 
 
 BRO'SELEY, Shropshire. This town stands on the Severn 
 in the midst of a coal and iron district, which gives employment 
 to most of the population. Petroleum springs have existed in 
 the neighbourhood. It is 130 miles from London. Market, 
 Wednesday. Pop. 4849. 
 
 BROTH, s. [broth, Sax.] a kind of soup, made by boiling meat 
 down in a small quantity of water. 
 
 BROTHER, s. brethren and brothers in the plural, the former 
 of which seems confined to the Scriptures ; [Sax.] the relation 
 which a male child holds to the other children sprung from the 
 same father or mother, or both. Among the ancients, this term 
 was used with greater latitude than at present, and signified 
 even first cousins ; in this sense it is used in Scripture, when 
 mention is made of our Lord's brethren. Figuratively, a person 
 united by the most ardent affections of friendship ; one of the 
 same trade; a person resembling another in qualities or conduct. 
 Among divines, taken for man in general, alluding to our being 
 all descended from one common parent. 
 
 BROTHERHOOD, s. the state or condition of a brother ; the 
 relation in which one brother stands with respect to another. 
 Figuratively, men living together in the same house, and pro- 
 fessing the same principles, applied to monks or friars; men 
 incorjjorated together by the same charter ; men of the same 
 trade. 
 
 BROTHERLY, a. that suits or belongs to a brother. 
 
 BROTHERLY, ad. after the manner of a brother. Figura- 
 tively, in a very affectionate manner. 
 
 BROTHERS, RICHARD, one of those maniacs who, by their 
 general rationality, and bv the peculiar vein of their madness, 
 attract large attention, ana who are most frequently heard of in 
 troublous times. He lived and wrote in the height of the fever 
 produced by the French Revolution, and for his prophecies was, 
 once at least, imprisoned, being much too near treason. He 
 gained many followers, and some amongst the educated classes 
 even, and his announcement of the establishment of a sort of 
 
 BRO 
 
 millennial kingdom, himself being the king, was veiy greedily 
 believed. This was to have happened in 1798. 
 
 BROUGH, or Burga upon SrANMoau, Westmoreland. It is 
 270 miles from London. Market, Thursday. Pop. 1694. 
 
 BROW, (the 010 is pron. like ow in now, how,) s. [brora. Sax.] 
 the arched collection of hairs over the eye in human creatures. 
 Figuratively, the looks, air, or appearance of the countenance. 
 Applied to a hill, the verge, or extremity of its surface. 
 
 To BROWBEAT, v. a. to endeavour to awe a person by stern 
 and haughty looks or words. 
 
 BROWN, (the ow is pron. as in coic,) a. [brim. Sax.] sunburnt, 
 of a colour which may be made of a mixture of black with ano- 
 ther colour. Figuratively, dark, gloomy. Used as a substan- 
 tive, dark, or dusty colour. 
 
 BROWN, DR. JOHN, a Scotch physician, who was the author 
 of a System of Medicine, which made some noise on the conti- 
 nent, under the title Brunonian, during the last century. He 
 aimed at simplicity, Jind failed by the excess of it. He was not 
 lacking in intellectual ability, but in other respects he did not 
 shine. He died in 1788, aged 53 years. 
 
 BROWN, LANCELOT, the famous landscape gardener, so 
 well known as "Capability Brown" during the last century. 
 His taste is not so much admired now ; but the houses that he 
 built as country seats for many of the nobility, &c. are regarded 
 yet as patterns of completeness. He gained both wealth and 
 honours, as well as fame, by his art, and died in 1773, aged 58 
 years. 
 
 BROWN, DR. THOMAS, the last distinguished and popular 
 teacher of Scotch metaphysics. He studied at Edinburgh, and 
 \yas early imbued with the love of metaphysical speculation and 
 literary pursuits. He was one of the brilliant circle at the 
 Northern Athens who started the Edinburgh Review. Medicine 
 was his profession, but he was introduced by Stewart into his 
 favourite field, and succeeded him in the chair of Moral Philo- 
 
 sophy ; whence he delivered those lectures, whose ornate and 
 popular style won him more followers than even his talent did. 
 
 le died in 1820, aged 42 years. His poems and lighter works, 
 are yet praised. His metaphysical system has all the advan- 
 tages and all the disadvantages which determined generalization 
 always entails. His treatise on Cause and Effect is his great 
 production. 
 
 BROWNE, SIR THOMAS, the celebrated physician of the 
 17th century, author of Religio Medici, and other works relating 
 
 to antiquities, &c. He lived at Norwich excepting during his 
 early and college years, and his continental tour, and he enjoyec" 
 great esteem there for his curious and varied learning. Hi: 
 
 speculations respecting the quincunx are the finest specimen of 
 air-castle, perhaps, in the language. He died in 1682, aged 77 
 years. 
 
 BROWNE, WILLIAM GEORGE, a veiy enterprising tra- 
 veller, who was the first Englishman that explored the country 
 of Darfoor in Africa. He made several journeys through the 
 countries bordering on the Mediterranean, accounts of which 
 were published on his return. He fell at length in Persia, 
 whilst prosecuting an attempt to reach Samarcand, in 1812, 
 aged 44years. 
 
 BRO W'NISH, a. somewhat brown; inclining to brown; of a 
 faint brown. 
 
 BROW'NISTS, in Church History, a religious sect, which 
 sprung up in England towards the end of the 16th century. 
 Their leader was one Robert Brown, a native of Northampton. 
 They separated from the Established Church ; and were equally 
 averse to Episcopacy and Presbyterianism. They rejected all 
 forms of prayers, and held that every society of Cfhristians was 
 complete in itself for all purposes of ecclesiastical order and 
 discipline. Ministers they did not esteem as priests, and they 
 were chosen by the votes of their churches, which were demo- 
 cratical. They were persecuted with great severity by Queen 
 Elizabetl). They were afterwards called Independents. 
 
 BROW'NNESS, s. that idea or sensation which is excited in 
 the mind on seeing a brown colour. 
 
 BROW'NSTUDY, s. gloomy meditations. 
 
 To BROWSE, (brouze) v. a. [brouse}-, Fr.] to feed on herbs, 
 leaves, or grass. To crop or eat, applied to cattle.— «. n. to feed 
 or eat, used with on or upon. 
 
 BROWSE, (brouze) s. pasture ; properly leaves or shrubs fit for 
 goats and other animals to eat. 
 
 R 2 123 
 
BRD 
 
 BROW-SICK, a. dejected; hanging the head. 
 
 BRUCE, JAMES, the famous Abyssinian traveller, after va- 
 rious mercantile and other engagements in England in the be- 
 ginning of his life, was appointed consul at Algiers, and tra- 
 velled through the northern part of Africa, visiting the ruins of 
 the ancient cities. He afterwards visited Syria, and thence 
 went to Egjpt. From Egypt he ascended to Abyssinia, and re- 
 mained there for a considerable time, being held in great esteem 
 by the most powerful men of the country, and helped by them 
 in visiting the fountains of the principal branch of the Nile. His 
 tales on his return to England were received with general mis- 
 trust ; and he did not write and publish his narrative till long 
 afterwards, which was not more favourably read. It is admitted 
 that he did, from vanity and indolence, make some considerable 
 exaggerations in his statements, but his accounts were in the 
 main correct. He died from a fall in 1794, aged 64 years. 
 
 BRUCE, MICHAEL, a poet of Scotland, not so well known 
 as his writings deserve. He was born in humble life, and de- 
 voted by his parents to the ministry. During his studies he 
 contended against all sorts of hinderances ; and after a while he 
 sank under bodily disease, which his natural constitution, and 
 his slender means, were not fitted to contend with. He died in 
 1767, aged 21 years. 
 
 BRUCE, ROBERT, one of the most chivalric of the kings of 
 Scotland. He was the grandson of the Bruce who disputed the 
 inheritance of the crown with Baliol. During the long and 
 varied struggle for liberty maintained by Wallace, Bruce was 
 sometimes with him, but more frequently in allegiance with 
 Edward, the English king. Having resolved at length to un- 
 dertake the deliverance of his country, and having with difficulty 
 escaped from the English court, he was crowned at Scone, and 
 acknowledged by almost all Scotland. His career was one of 
 defeats, escapes, and deeds of personal prowess, till at Loudon 
 Hill he defeated the English utterly. Oq the accession of Ed- 
 ward II. Bruce commenced a system of invasions on England, 
 and gained the victory at Bannockburn. After this Scotland 
 had peace. He died in 1329, aged bb years. 
 
 BRU'CKER, JAMES, the laborious author of a repertory of 
 information respecting philosophy and philosophers, misnamed 
 a Critical Historj- of Philosophy. He published some other 
 works, and had the reputation of extensive, if not of profound 
 or accurate scholarship. He died in 1770, aged 74 years. 
 
 BRUEY'S, the name of the commander of the French fleet at 
 the battle of the Nile, who perished in the blowing up of his ves- 
 sel, L'Orient, in 1798. 
 
 BRU'GES, a city of Belgium, capital of the province of W. 
 Flanders. It is a fine place, built in the usual style of Dutch cities, 
 with canals running through the great streets. It is connected 
 with the sea by means of a canal from Ostend, and it has the 
 usual accommodations of sea-ports, such as docks and ware- 
 houses. It was formerly famous for its manufactures of tapestry, 
 for which England used to supply the wool. It now manufac- 
 tures woollen, linen, and cotton goods, lace, &c. &c. The town- 
 hall and the churches are fine specimens of architecture. There 
 are also institutions for the promotion of science and literature. 
 It is CO miles from Brussels. Population about 50,000. Lat. 51. 
 12. N. Long. 3. 15. E. 
 
 To BRUISE, (bruze) v. a. [hriser, Fr.] to crush or hurt by any 
 thing blunt, which does not cut the skin, or let the blood out ; 
 to crush by any weight ; to beat in a mortar, so as only to crush 
 or destro;j' the form of a thing, without reducing it to powder. 
 
 BRUISE, {bnize) s. a hurt whereby the skin is not broke. 
 
 BRU'ISEWORT, s. in Botany, an herb, the same with 
 comfrey. 
 
 BRUIT, (brut) s. [Fr.] a report, rumour, or noise; something 
 which is the common topic of conversation. 
 
 To BRUIT, (brut) v. a. to spread abroad; to divulge; to ru- 
 mour. Both the verb and the noun are seldom used. 
 
 BRU'MAL, a. [brumalis, Lat.] belonging to the winter. 
 
 BRUMOY', PIERRE, a learned and literary Jesuit of the last 
 century. His works are numerous, and of them the most im- 
 portant is his History of the Church in England. He died in 
 1762, aged 53 years. 
 
 BRUNCK, RICttlARD FRANCIS PHILIPPE, an eminent 
 editor of classical authors during the last centurj'. Some of them 
 are well known, through reprints in this country, but his cri- 
 tical canons left too much to the fancy of the cntic to give his 
 124 ^ 
 
 BR U 
 
 recensions a very high value. During the Revolution, he en- 
 gaged on the popular side, and was imprisoned by Robespierre. 
 He died at his native town, Strasburg, in 1803, aged 74 years. 
 
 BRUNE, MARSHAL, one of the military commanders called 
 forth by the French Revolution. He signalized himself in Italy, 
 Holland, and the N. of Germany. He was ambassador at Con- 
 stantinople. Offending Napoleon by neglect of some formality, 
 he retired from the army. During the rapid changes of 1814 
 and 1815, he changed with circumstances, and was shot by a 
 mob at Avignon, in 1815, aged 52 years. 
 
 BRUNELLE'SCHI, FILIPPO, an architect of Florence, who 
 in the 15th century built the dome of the church of Santa Maria 
 in that city. He erected both in this and other cities of Italy 
 other churches and palaces, and died in 1444, aged 70 years. 
 
 BRUNE'TTE, s. the plural brunettes, According to Addison; 
 [Fr.] a person of a brown complexion ; generally applied to the 
 female sex. 
 
 BRU'NI, LEONARDO, one of the illustrious scholars and au- 
 thors of the period of the revival of learning in Europe, He 
 was secretary of the Roman Chancery under several popes, and 
 was at the Council of Constance. Afterwards he was chancellor 
 of Florence. His great work was a History of Florence. Most of 
 his other writings are unknown, or have never been printed. He 
 died in 1444, aged 75 years. 
 
 BRU'NION, s. [brugnon, Fr.] a sort of fruit between a plum 
 and a peach. 
 
 Brxjnn, the capital of Moravia, in Austria. It stands in the 
 midst of a good country, near the junction of two rivers. It is 
 fortified and regularly built, though the streets are narrow. 
 There are some fine squares, and many fountains. Some of the 
 churches and public buildings are handsome structures. It has 
 extensive woollen manufactures, and some others of less import- 
 ance. It is 73 miles from Vienna. Population about 40,000. 
 Lat. 49. 12. N. Long. 16. 36. E. 
 
 BRUNO, GIORDANO, a philosopher and scholar, who was 
 burnt at Rome during the last year of the 16th century, for his 
 speculations, and opposition to the determinations of the 
 Church. He visited various countries, and at Geneva, Paris, 
 Marburg, Helmstadt, Frankfort, and especially in England, 
 maintained his character for learning with various skill and suc- 
 cess. Some of his writings are merely satirical, others are a de- 
 velopment of a Pantheistic system of theologj', &r. He re- 
 turned unadvisedly to Italy, and was arrested by the Inquisition : 
 after some years' imprisonment, he was burnt in 1600, aged 
 about .50 vears. 
 
 BRU'NSWICK, one of the German states, in rank a duchy, 
 lying in several detached portions between Hanover, Prussia, 
 and Prussian Saxony and Anhalt. It is watered by the Weser, 
 the Alier, the Ocker, the Leine, and the streams tributary to 
 them. In the S. part are the Harz mountains, the highest peak 
 of which is nearly 3000 feet high. This part produces some 
 timber, and here are mines of various metals, and coal, and 
 salt, and quarries of building stone and marble, which are verj' 
 valuable. The proportion of arable land is considerable, and it 
 is very productive. Swineare the principal stock reared. There 
 are manufactories of linen, woollen clotn, oil, paper, china, kc. 
 The trade of the duchy is mostly internal, but one town having 
 a water communication with the sea. The population is nearly 
 300,000. From the dukes of Brunswick the sovereign now on 
 the British throne is descended; George I., son of tne Elector 
 Ernest Augustus, and descended on his mother's side from James 
 I., having been called to the throne in 1714, by virtue of the 
 Act of Settlement, passed in 1701. 
 
 BRU'NSWICK, capital of the duchy of the same name, lies 
 on the Ocker. It was one of the Hanse towns, and is now a 
 place of some consideration. It has beside the palace, some 
 fine buildings ; and it abounds in establishments for the aid of 
 the sick and the poor. It has about 40,000 inhabitants. Lat. 
 52. 15. N. Long. iO. 32. E. 
 
 BRU'NSWICK, a town of Maine, United States. It is situated 
 on the S. side of the Androscoggin river, at the Lower Falls, 
 where there is a considerable water-power, used for working 
 some saw-mills, and a cotton factory. Bowdoin College, a well 
 endowed and flourishing institution, is located here ; a prosr 
 perous medical institution is attached to it ; and it has a good 
 museum and library. It is 570 miles from Washington, l^op. 
 4259. There are five other places in the States of the same name, 
 
BRU 
 
 BRlfNSWICK, NEW, a province of British N. America. See 
 New Brunswick. 
 
 BRUNSWICK, NEW, a town of New Jersey, U. S. See New 
 Brunswick. 
 
 BRUNT, s. Ibrunst, Belg.] the onset, attack, or shock of an 
 enemy ; the force, violence, and stroke of a cannon. Generally 
 used with the verb bear. To hear tlie brunt, is to sustain the at- 
 tack of an enemy. Figuratively, any difficulty, or cross and 
 unexpected accident. 
 
 BRUSH, s. \hrosse, Fr.] an instrument made of bristles or hair 
 fastened to wood, used for sweeping rooms, cleaning clothes, or 
 painting. Figuratively, a slight attack or skirmish in war. 
 
 To BRUSH,!', a. to clear a thing of dust by means of a brush ; 
 to touch in one's passage. Used with up, to paint, to make a 
 thing look well by a brush. Used neuterly, to pass ^uick and 
 close to a person, joined with the particle hy. " Brush d regard- 
 less by," Dryd. 1 o skim upon the surface ; to pass along so as 
 just to touch the surface in the passage, used with over. 
 
 BRU'SHER, s. a person who makes use of a brush ; one who 
 cleans with a brush ; one who rouses game at a battue. 
 BRU'SHWOOD, s. rough, woody thickets. 
 BRU'SHY, a. rough or shaggy like a brush. 
 BRU'SSELS, the capital city of the kingdom of Belgium, 
 stands on the Senne, and is connected by a canal with the Ru- 
 pel at Willebrock. It is a fine place, and has some noble streets 
 and squares, and is ornamentea by many fountains. It is rich in 
 public buildings, having beside the churches, some of which con- 
 tain masterpieces of sculpture and painting, a town-hall, royal 
 palace, palace of the fine arts, &c. It is walled, and has eight 
 gates, whence high roads diverge to all parts of Belgium. The 
 Park is a pleasant promenade under well-kept avenues of trees. 
 The city has manufactures of lace, camlets, &c. &c. The popu- 
 . lation is above 100,000. Lat. 50. 50. N. Long. 4. 22. E. 
 
 To BRU'STLE, v. a. [brusthan. Sax.] to crackle; to make a 
 noise like the rustling of armour, or that of rich silks. Figura- 
 tively, to swagger, hector, or approach a person in a threatening 
 manner. 
 
 BRUTTAL, a. [brutal, Fr.] that belongs to a beast, opposed to 
 rational. Figuratively, inhuman, cruel, savage; without, or 
 contrary to, reason and the principles of humanity. 
 
 BRUTA'LITY, s. Ibrutabte, Fr.] a disposition or behaviour 
 contrary to the laws of reason and dictates of politeness and hu- 
 manity; churlishness, savageness. 
 
 To BRUTALIZE, v. n. [brutaliser, Fr.] to grow morose, sa- 
 vage, inhuman, and like a brute. Actively, to make brutal. 
 BRU'TALLY, ad. inhumanly; churlishly. 
 BRUTE, a. [JnrfMs, Lat.] senseless; savage; inhuman; void 
 of all the tender and social affections; not having the use of 
 reason; rough, uncivilized. 
 
 BRUTE, s. an animal without the principle of reason ; a beast. 
 Figuratively, applied to men as a term ot the most mortifying 
 reproach, and implying a person void of humanity, and an ene- 
 my to reason. 
 
 BRU'TISH, a. resembling a beast, either in form or qualities. 
 Figuratively, rude ; inhuman; senseless; stupidly ignorant ; re- 
 gardless of reason, or contrary to its dictates. 
 
 BRU'TON, Somersetshire. It is seated on the river Brew, 
 and is a well-built town, with a handsome church, a free-school, 
 and a stately alms-house, and has a manufacture of serges and 
 stockings. It is 109 miles from London. Market, Saturday. 
 Pop. 2(»74. 
 
 BRU'TUS, a cognomen used by some members of the clan or 
 family of Junius in ancient Rome, which is -said to have arisen 
 from the device resorted to by Lucius Junius, nephew of Tar- 
 quinius Superbus, to avoid being destroyed by him. He lived 
 in the royal house as a jester or fool, but being present at the 
 suicide of Lucretia, he threw oif his pretended idiocy, and vowed 
 the race of Tarquinius and the royal rank to destruction. He 
 was one of the first consuls, (two chief magistrates elected an- 
 nually,) and condemned his own sons to death for conspiring 
 against Rome. He fell in battle, when the Tarquinii attempted 
 by the aid of Lars Porsena to regain their kingdom. This was 
 about 507 b. c. The most famous was Marcjis Juniur,, who was 
 the leading patriot of the band that slew Julius Caesar the dic- 
 tator, when he was threatening the liberties of Rome. He was 
 the friend and son-in-law of Cato, and had learnt his severe and 
 grand philosophy. During the struggle between Caesar and 
 
 BUC 
 
 Pompeius, he fought in the armies of the latter. He was after- 
 wards distinguished by repeated acts of confidence and affection 
 from Caesar. After the death of Caesar he went to Athens, and 
 being defeated at Philippi by the forces raised by those who 
 hoped to gain the power of Caesar, and losing his friend Cassius, 
 he killed himself, in 42 b. c, aged 44 years. 
 
 BRUYE'RE, JEAN LA, a French moralist of the 17th cen- 
 tury. His life was varied by few incidents, and his books, and 
 studies, and his friends, were his chief enjoyments. His princi- 
 pal work is written after the model of Theophrastus, and is still 
 read for its graphic and delicate skill in delineating character. 
 He died in l(59(j, aged 52 years. 
 
 BR Y' ANT, JACOB, a learned scholar, but fanciful speculator, 
 of the last century. He enjoyed the patronage of the Duke of 
 Marlborough. Most of his speculations, &c. related to the facts 
 of Scripture History, or to the origin of heathen religions ; ex- 
 cept that of the non-existence of Troy. He died from a casual 
 fall in 1804, aged 89 years. 
 
 BRY'ONY, s. \bryonia, Lat.] in Botany, the white bryony is a 
 plant with hand-shaped leaves, rough with callous points on 
 both surfaces, found in hedges; the black bryony has heart- 
 shaped, undivided leaves, and is the same with ladyseal. 
 
 BUB, s. a cant word for strong malt liquor. 
 
 BU'BBLE, s. [bobbel, Belg.] a small bladder of water; a little 
 round drop of any fluid filled and expanded with air, and de- 
 stroyed by the least touch. Figuratively, something easily de- 
 stroyed; a cheat, or the person cheated. 
 
 To BU'BBLE, v. n. to rise in bubbles; to make a gentle noise 
 as it runs, applied to water issuing from some narrow place, or 
 its fountain head. Actively, to cheat, or defraud by projects of 
 imaginary advantages. 
 
 BU'BBLER, s. one who cheats by projects, promising great 
 advantages for the loan of money. 
 
 BU'BO, s. [bonbon, Gr.] a tumour or swelling, attended with 
 an inflammation in the groin, &c. In Natural Historj', the 
 name of a genus of owls, distinguished by tufts of feathers over 
 the ears. 
 
 BUBONOCE'LE, commonly called a RUPruRE, s. [boubon and 
 kele, Gr.] in Surgery, a tumour in the. groin, formed by the pro- 
 lapsus, or falling aown of .the intestines, hmentum, or both, 
 through the processes of the peritonaeum, and rings of the abdo- 
 minal muscles. 
 
 BUCCANEE'RS, or Buccanie'rs, s. a name given to the 
 privateers and pirates of the Spanish Main, in former days, from 
 the manner in which they were accustomed to prepare their 
 meat, by hanging it in the smoke, which they called buccaning 
 it. They were principally English and French, and they arose 
 from the absurd and selfish policy of the Spaniards, who at- 
 tempted to keep all those newly-discovered countries for them- 
 selves. Piracy was not unfrequently connected with this armed 
 free trade. The most celebrated of them was Sir Henry Morgan, 
 in the 17th century. 
 
 BU'CER, MARTIN, one of the Reformers of the IGth cen- 
 tury, who being originally a Dominican monk, was won from 
 Romanism by means of the writings of Luther. He afterwards 
 affected more the opinions of the Swiss Reformers, and being 
 unable to continue with safety at Strasburg, where he had ex- 
 posed Charles V. respecting the Interim, he went to England, 
 and received from Cranmer an appointment at Cambridge. In 
 the progress of English ecclesiastical changes he took great in- 
 terest, and exerted some influence. He died in 1550, aged .59 
 years. Mary had his remains exhumed and burnt. His writ- 
 ings are very voluminous. 
 
 BUCE'ROS, s. in Natural History, a species of raven found in 
 the East Indies, China, and Tatary, distinguished by the pecu- 
 liar form of their bills, which are long and serrated, and have an 
 extraordinary enlargement on the base of the upper mandible, 
 which gives them a very formidable appearance. 
 
 BU'GHAN, a district of Aberdeenshire, in Scotland. 
 
 BUCHA'NAN, GEORGE, the tutor of Mary Queen of Scots, 
 and author of a Version of the Psalms in Latin verse, and other 
 Latin poems. He was born in humble circumstances, and stu- 
 died amidst interruptions from sickness and poverty, at Paris, 
 and at St. Andrew s, Scotland. Provoking Cardinal Beaton's 
 hostility by some satirical poems on the clergy, he fled to 
 France, and at Bourdeaux, Paris, and Coimbra, gained occu- 
 pation as Latin Professor, &c. At the latter place he was im- 
 
 125 
 
BUG 
 
 prisoned by the Inouisition. On his liberation he was engaged 
 again in France and in Scotland as a College Professor, and was 
 tutor to Queen Mary and her son, our James I. He held a high 
 place under the government, at length, and aided in the con- 
 solidation of the Scotch Reformation. He died in 1580, aged 
 
 /uCHVnAN, dr. CLAUDIUS, author of Christian Re- 
 searches in India, was a chaplain in the service of the E. India 
 Company, who hf his efforts, and preaching, and writing, aided 
 greatly in obtaining for Hindustan the attention and the laboiirs 
 of the evangelical missionaries of various denominations. He 
 died in 1815, aged 49 years. 
 
 BUCHA'RIA, GREAT and LITTLE. See Bokhara. 
 
 BUCHARE'ST, the capital of Wallachia, in European Turkey, 
 standing on a small stream, a tributary of the Danube. It occu- 
 pies a pleasant situation, but is a poor place. It has a palace and 
 above GO churches, a kind of college, and in the centre of the 
 town is a lofty watch-tower. It has a considerable trade. Its 
 population is about 60,000. Lat. 44. 2G. N. Long. 26. 9. £. 
 
 BUCK, s, \bwch, Brit.] the male of the fallow deer, rabbits, 
 hares, goats, &c. Among deer it is as corpulent, and has horns 
 like a nart, different only in size, and growing out of the head 
 like fingers in the hand. Likewise a cant name of a club or so- 
 ciety, so called from their use of these hunting terms, calling 
 their president tlie grand hide, S,-c. 
 
 BUCK, s. [bauclte, Teut.] ley make of ashes for washing linen. 
 Figuratively, linen. 
 
 To BUCK, V. a. when from hucJc, signifying a deer, it denotes 
 to copulate ; and when from buck, signifying ley, it implies to 
 wash clothes in ley. 
 
 BU'CKBEAN, s. in Botany, the fringed water-lily, a sort of 
 trefoil, frequent in ponds and pits. 
 
 BU'CKENHAM, Norfolk. It is 96 miles from London. Mar- 
 ket, Saturday. Pop. 1255. 
 
 BU'CKET, s. [baquet, Fr.] a wooden vessel resembling one 
 half of a barrel or pipe, fitted with a handle formed like a semi- 
 circle, and used to draw water out of a well ; likewise a leathern 
 vessel of the same form, used in fires to serve the engines with 
 water. See Pail. 
 
 BU'CKINGHAM,. Buckinghamshire. It is situated on a low 
 ground, on the river Ouse, by which it is almost surrounded, and 
 over it are three handsome stone bridges. There was formerly a 
 strong castle in the middle of the town. There is a county iail, 
 and a town-hall. It has but one church. It is 57 miles irom 
 London. Market, Saturday. Pop. 4034. 
 
 BU'CKINGHAMSHIRE, a county of England, bounded on 
 the N. by Northamptonshire, on the E. by Bedfordshire, Hert- 
 fordshire, and Middlesex, on the W. by Oxfords-hire, and on the 
 S. by Berkshire, from which it is separated by the river Thames. 
 It is about 50 miles in length, and 18 in breadth. The great 
 range of chalk hills, called the Chilterns,runs through the county, 
 and attains an elevation of more than 900 feet above the level of 
 the sea. On one side of this range flow the Thames, the Thame, 
 and the Colne ; and on the other the Ouse. The soil is variable, 
 but in some parts it is very rich. The air is mild, and the county 
 reckoned in general healthy. By means of canals and railroad 
 it has every facility for trade. But its productions are almost 
 wholly pastoral and agricultural. It returns 1 1 members to par- 
 liament. Pop. 155,983. 
 
 BU'CKLE, s. [bwcel, Brit.] an instrument made of a link of 
 metal with a tongue and catch, used to fasten the straps of shoes, 
 the harness of horses, &c. 
 
 To BU'CKLE, V. a. to fasten with a buckle. Figuratively, to 
 marry, or join. To confine, used with the particle in. To apply 
 to, used with to. 
 
 To BU'CKLE, V. n. [buchen, Teut.] to bend or bow under a 
 weight, used with under. Figuratively, to bend one's inclina- 
 tions, to apply, or attend to. 
 
 BU'CKLER, s. Ibuctdarium, barbarous Lat.] a shield. 
 
 BU'CKMAST, s. the fruit or mast of the beech tree. 
 
 BU'CKRAM, s. fbougran, Fr.] a thick sort of linen or hempen 
 cloth, stiffened with gum, chiefly used in the linings of clothes, 
 to sustain and make them keep their form. 
 
 BU'CKTHORN, s. in Botany, a tree that bears a purging berry. 
 
 BU'CKWHEAT, s. in Agriculture, a plant, otherwise called 
 French wheat, used occasionally in the rotation of crops, instead 
 of barley. Game are fond of it. 
 126 
 
 BUE 
 
 BUCO'LIC, s. Iboukolikos, Gr.] pastoral poetry. 
 
 BUD, s. [bouton, Fr.] in Botany, the small swellings or pro- 
 minences on the bark of a tree, which turn to shoots, &c. Among 
 gardeners, it denotes the first tops of sallad plants; and in Hus- 
 bandry, a weaned calf of the first year, being so named from the 
 budding of its horns. Figuratively, the beginning, first appear- 
 ance, tender and immature state of a thing. 
 
 To BUD, V. n. to swell with gems or little prominences. Ap- 
 plied to vegetables, to put forth shoots. Figuratively, to be m 
 the bloom of youth. — v. a. in Gardening, to inoculate by in- 
 serting a bud into a tree. 
 
 BU'DA, or Offen, a strongly fortified city of Austria, situated 
 on the side of a hill, on the W. bank of the Danube, over which 
 it has a fine bridge, opposite Pesth, with which it is the ca- 
 pital of Hungary, formerly the residence of its kings. The 
 public buildings are elegant, its warm bath? very magnificent, 
 and in the adjacent country are vineyards, producing a red vrine 
 in great estimation. It has a little trade, arising from a few 
 manufactures and this wine. It is 125 miles from Vienna. 
 Population, about 30,000. Lat. 47. 29. N. Long. 18. 2. E. 
 
 BUDiE'US, GULIELMUS, an eminent Greek and Latin 
 scholar of the 16th century, a friend of Erasmus, who was en- 
 gaged in some embassies and public offices, under Louis XII. 
 and Francis I. His fondness for study was most passionate, and 
 is recorded, in some well-known and laughable anecdotes. His 
 works are very voluminous, and not all of worth now. He died 
 in 1 540, a^d 73 years. 
 
 BU'DDHA, or Boodh, perhaps a mythic personage, but the 
 reputed founder of the religion called after him Buddhism ; 
 whose life, according to tradition, was one of tranquil medi- 
 tation and study, and distinguished purity and benevolence; 
 but whose sera, scholars cannot determine. His religion num- 
 bers amongst its followers a third part of the human race, ex- 
 tending from Ceylon, through Hindustan, Thibet, Burmah, 
 Siam, &c., Tatary, China. The basis of this scheme is Pan- 
 theism, and the practical part of it greatly resembles the Neo- 
 Platonism of Alexandria after the Christian sera. The perfect 
 state for the soul seems to be, according to this scheme, a sort 
 of nothingness ; and the gradual purification of the soul and 
 elevation to this sublimityisefftjctett through a process of metem- 
 psychosis. The ecclesiastical part of this religion so much re- 
 sembles Romanism, that the Propagandist missionaries suspect- 
 ed infernal treachery when they first penetrated into Thibet to 
 preach their faith, and seemed to have been anticipated by a 
 deceitful caricature of their forms and ceremonies and religious 
 orders. 
 
 BU'DDING, s. in Horticulture, an operation by which a bud 
 of some particular species or variety of shrub or tree is inserted 
 in a slit made in the stock of another species or variety, with the 
 like effect that follows from ingrafting. 
 
 BU'DDLE, s. a place where miners wash their ore to tit it for 
 the furnace. 
 
 BUDE LIGHT, so called from the place in Cornwall at which 
 the inventor lives, is a most intense and brilliant light, produced 
 for lighting large buildings, squares and streets, lighthouses, 
 &c., by the addition of a central jet of oxygen gas, to the com- 
 mon argand gas-burner. Atmospheric air is more commonly 
 used, and the use of several concentric burners has been found 
 
 ery greatly to increase the volume of light. 
 
 [bouffer, Fr.] to stir ; to move. 
 
 BUDGE, s. the fur of lambs. 
 
 BUDGE, o. stiff ; surly; formal. 
 
 BU'DGET, «. [bouffette, Fr.] a small bag ; that which is con- 
 tained in a budget ; a store or stock. 
 
 BU'DLEY, Devonshire, a town situated on the river Otter, 
 near its mouth. It is 194 miles from London. Market, Monday. 
 Pop. 2319. 
 
 BUE'NOS AYRES, one of the most considerable sea-ports of 
 South America, and capital of the republic of La Plata. Its 
 situation is on the south side of the river La Plata, 50 leagues 
 within its mouth, (where the river is seven leagues broad,) in a 
 most beautiful country. Tlie streets are straight and broad, and 
 the buildings tolerably regular. It has several churches, and a 
 university, which is in a flourishing condition. The produc- 
 tions of the country, such as tobacco, wool, cotton, skins, dried 
 meats, saffron, cochineal, hemp, hair, drugs, gold, silver, and 
 precious stones, besides tallow and hides, are the staple of 
 
,;.- .> > ^.-..^ i, ■> ^, , 
 
 y 
 

BUL 
 
 Its trade. Its population is about 60,000. Lat. 34. 35. S. Long. 
 57. 24. W. 
 
 BUFF, s. [bufalo, Fr.] a sort of leather prepared from the 
 skin of the buffalo ; used for waist-belts, pouches, and military 
 accoutrements. 
 
 BU'FFALO, «. [Ital.] in Natural History, a wild animal of the 
 ox kind, with large crooked horns ; equal in size to our largest 
 oxen, with an aspect fierce and terrible. It is a native of the 
 East, but brought into Italy, and other parts of Europe, where 
 it is used as a beast of burthen and draught. See Bison. 
 
 BU'FFALO, a city and port of New York, United States, si- 
 tuated on Lake Erie, on the head of Niagara river, and the ter- 
 mination of the Erie canal, and having a good harbour, called 
 Buffalo Creek. It has broad and regular streets, and is adorned 
 with fine buildings both public and private. It has 17 churches, 
 and some of its hotels are the finest in the country. It has a 
 good library, and some public schools. Buffalo stands as a great 
 gate between the E. and^the W., through which much of theco.'i- 
 merce must pass ; and it is a great depot for the W. country. A 
 noble pier, with a lighthouse at the end, has been built to secure 
 the harbour. It is 381 miles from Washington. Population, 
 18,213. There are 14 other places in the States with this name. 
 
 BU'FFET, s. \huffeto, Ital.] a blow on one side of the head 
 given with the fist. Figuratively, indignity, persecution, or 
 hardship. 
 
 BUFFET, s. \bufet, Fr.] a kind of cupboard or closet, formed 
 with an arch at the top, and furnished with shelves, used to 
 place china and plate in for show and ornament. 
 
 To BU'FFET, v. a. [huffetcr, Fr.] to strike on the head with 
 the hand ; to box. Figuratively, to strike any thing forcibly 
 with the hand.— f. n. with the particle /or, to box, or fight witti 
 the fists. 
 
 BU'FFETER, s. one who fights with his fists; a boxer. 
 
 BU'FFLEHEADED, a. that has a head like a hiiffalo. Figu- 
 ratively, dull, stupid. 
 
 BUFFO'N, GEORGE LOUIS, COUNT DE, a distinguished 
 French naturalist of the last century. He was possessed of a 
 handsome estate, and was carefully trained in the college at 
 Dijon. His early passion for mathematics has led some to sup- 
 pose him a second Newton. He was fond of experimenting, and 
 proved conclusively the power of the burning mirrors which 
 Archimedes is alleged to have used in defence of Syracuse. His 
 Natural History is his great work, and amongst his speculations 
 the nebular hypothesis found its origin. He died in 1788, aged 
 80 years. 
 
 BUFFOO'N, s. [buffun, Fr.] one who endeavours to excite 
 laughter by lowjests and antic postures; a merry-andrew, a jack- 
 pudding. 
 
 BUFFOO'NERY, ». the using low jests, ridiculous pranks, or 
 scurrilous mirth, to extort a laugh from the company. 
 
 BUFONI'T^, «. in Natural History, a kind of extraneous 
 fossils, called lycodontes, or wolfs teeth. 
 
 BUG, s. \biuj, Brit.] in Natural History, the name of a genus 
 of insects, with flattish bodies, and wings half protected by 
 sheaths ; one species of which is too well known. Likewise a 
 fiyinar insect formed like a beetle, named a May buff, or Mayfly. 
 
 BUG, Bu'gbear, s. {bug, Brit.] an object which raises ter- 
 ror; a walking spectre; a ghost; generally applied to the 
 imaginary terror used to frighten children. 
 
 BU'GGY, «. a hooded one-horse chaise. 
 
 BU'GLE, Bu'gle-horn, s. a small bending horn ; a hunting 
 horn. 
 
 BU'GLE, s. a shining bead, of a cylindrical form, and made 
 of glass. Also, in Botany, a plant growing in moist places. 
 
 To BUILD, (KW) t). a. preter. 1 built, or have bxM; \bilden, 
 Belg.] to make or raise houses, &c. Figuratively, to raise on 
 any thing as a support or foundation. 
 
 BUFLDER, s. one who constructs or raises houses, &c. 
 
 BUI'LDING, ». a fabric or place erected for shelter from the 
 weather for dwelling, or for the purposes of religion, security, or 
 magnificence. BuUding is used, in its primary sense, for the art 
 and act of raising edifices. 
 
 BUILTH, Brecknockshire, a town pleasantly situated on the 
 river Wye, over which it has a bridge into Radnorshire. It has 
 a trade iiK-stockings and flannels. It is 171 miles from London. 
 Markets, Monday and Saturday. Pop. 1203. 
 
 BU'LAM, a fertile island of Africa, about 8 leagues long and 
 
 BUL 
 
 3 broad, at the mouth of the Rio Grande. An attempt has 
 been lately made to colonize it by free negroes, under the direc- 
 tion of the Bulain Association in England ; as also to establish 
 a friendly intercourse with the natives, and a trade unpolluted 
 by slavery ; but the settlement was destroyed by Africans froiii 
 the continent. 
 
 BULB, ». [biUbus, Lat.] in Botany, a thick root, nearly round ; 
 of which there are two species, 'l. The tunicated, or coated, 
 like the onion. 2. The squamous, or scaly, like the lily. 
 
 BULBA'CEOUS, a. \buWaceus, Lat.] the same as bulbous, but 
 not so proper. 
 
 BU'LBOUS, a. [bulbosus, Lat.] that resembles or contains a 
 bulb ; that has a round root. 
 
 BU'LFINCH, s. in Natural History, a well-known song-bird, 
 so called from its thick neck, noted for imitating tunes, played 
 to it on the flageolet or bird-organ. , 
 
 BULGA'RIA, a province of Turkey in Europe, bounded on 
 the N. by Wallachia, on the E. by the Black Sea, on the S. by 
 Romania and Macedonia, and on the W. by Servia. See Rou- 
 
 MELIA. 
 
 To BULGE, V. n. [originally written bilye, which signified the 
 lower part of a ship,] to spring a leak by striking the bottom on 
 some rock or place which makes a hole, or forces off some of the 
 timber; applied to a ship, to founder. To stick or jut out, used 
 with the particle />-om. 
 
 BU'LIMY, s. [botis and limos, Gr.] in Medicine, an enormous 
 appetite, attended with faintings, and coldness at the extreme 
 parts. 
 
 BULK, s. [bulcke, Belg.] size, dimensions. Used with the 
 word people, &c., the greatest part, and sometimes the vulgar. 
 Applied to a ship, the whole space in the bow for the stowage 
 of goods i likewise the cargo. To break bulk, is to open or unload 
 any part of the cargo. 
 
 liULK, . , . „. . . 
 
 m the window, like a table, and used either for pia 
 commodities on, by way of show, or for porters to pitch their 
 
 jecting from 
 
 s. [bielcke, Dan.] in Building, a part of a building pro- 
 [n the window, like a table, and used either for placing 
 
 burthens. 
 
 BU'LKINESS, s. the largeness of a thing; the greatness ot 
 size or dimensions. 
 
 BU'LKY, a. of great size or stature. 
 
 BULL, s. {bttlle, Belg.] the male of black cattle, kept gener- 
 ally for propagating the species; any thing made in the form of 
 a bull. In Astronomy, one of the twelve signs of the zodiac, 
 into which the sun enters in April. A blunder or contradic- 
 tion. In Ecclesiastic History, an instrument made out of the 
 Roman or pope's chancery, sealed with lead, and of the same 
 nature with the edicts of secular princes. The seal presents on 
 one side the heads of St. Peter and St. Paul, and on the other, 
 the name of the pope, and theyear of his pontificate : its original 
 name was bulla, whence the instrument took its name. 
 
 BULL, in composition sometimes denotes largeness, as bulU 
 head, and in such cases it is not to be looked on as derived from 
 the English noun, but from the Greek particle. 
 
 BULL, GEORGE, Bishop of S,t. David's, one of the chief 
 writers in behalf of Trinitarian doctrines. He was trained 
 amidst the tumults of the civil war in the 17th century, and took 
 his side with sufficient boldness, refusing, whilst at Oxford, to 
 take the oath of obedience to the commonwealth, and obtaining 
 ordination from an Anglican bishop, during the protectorate. 
 He was not made a bishop till shortly before the close of his 
 life. He died in 1709, aged 75 years. His writings embrace a 
 wide range, but his Defence of the Nicene Creed is tnat by which 
 he is most generally known. 
 
 BU'LLACE, s. a wild sour plum. 
 
 BU'LL-BAITING, s. \bul and baian. Sax.] the worrying or 
 teasing a bull, by setting dogs on him. 
 
 BU'LL-DOG, 8. a species of dogs of a strong make, round 
 head, and great courage and ferocity, formerly used in baiting 
 bulls, whicJi they seized by the nose, and pinned to the ground. 
 
 BU'LLET, s. [boulet, Fr.] an iron or leaden ball or shot used 
 to load guns with. Red-}u>t bullets are heated in a forge, and 
 used to set a place on fire, containing combustibles. Chain 
 bullets are two bullets joined by a chain three or four feet long. 
 Branch bullets, two balls joined by a bar of iron five or six inches 
 apart; and two-headed bullets, named likewise angles, are the 
 two halves of a bullet joined by a bar or chain ; they are chiefly 
 used in sea-fights, to cut the rigging, masts, &c. 
 
 127 
 
BUN 
 
 BULLETI'N, ». [Fr.] an official announcement of some event, 
 such as the result of a battle, or the health of a sovereign, con- 
 cerning to the public. 
 
 BU'LL-FIGHT, s. an amusement of a very cruel and danger- 
 ous character, which Spain has preserved as a testimony ot its 
 
 slow 
 
 progr 
 
 in civilization. There are three or four different 
 
 classes of combatants; the picadores fight on horseback with a 
 lance, the banderilleros on foot with little darts with pennons 
 attached to them, their helpers, who have only a scarlet cloak to 
 throw over the bull's head, and the matadore, who has a cloak 
 and a sharp sword, and comes in only to finish the scene. 
 
 BU'LL-FROG, s. in Natural History, a very large species of 
 frog or toad, which is found in America. 
 
 BU'LL-HEAD, s. figuratively, a stupid person. In Natural 
 History, a fish, called likewise the miller's thumb: its head is 
 broad and flat, disproportionate to its body. 
 
 BULLIA'LDUS, ISMAEL, an astronomer of the 17th cen- 
 tury, who was the first to introduce into a systematic treatise 
 the elliptical orbits of the planets. Yet he differed from Kepler 
 respectmg his other laws, and has lessened the reputation he 
 might have enjoyed by it. He was one of those who, before 
 Newton, hit conjecturally on the universal law of gravitation, 
 but it was useless, whilst no demonstration could be given, nor 
 any consequences deduced. He died in 1694, aged 89 years. 
 
 BU'LLION, s. [billon, Fr.] gold and silver in the mass, nei- 
 ther wrought nor ct)ined; so named either when they are first 
 melted from the ore, or after they are refined and cast into in- 
 gots or bars. 
 
 BU'LLOCK, s. the same with the ox, or gelded bull. 
 
 BU'LLY, s. a person who makes use of threatening expres- 
 sions and insolent behaviour, with great show of courage, but 
 possessed of great cowardice. 
 
 To BU'LLY, V. a. to behave with noisy insolence and person- 
 ated courage, in order to frighten a person into any measure or 
 compliance. 
 
 BU'LRUSH, s. in Botany, a name applied to two or three 
 kinds of large rush, growing in rivers and in moist places. 
 
 BULWARK, s. [bolwercke, Belg.] a fortification or bastion. 
 Figuratively, a security or protection. 
 
 BUMBA'ILIFF, s. a person employed to execute a writ, or ar- 
 rest a person; a bailiflPof the meanest sort. 
 
 BUMP, s. a swelling occasioned by a blow. 
 
 To BUMP, V. a. to kick a person, or strike him with the knee 
 in the breech. To make a loud noise, applied to that made by 
 the bittern. 
 
 BU'MPER, s. [perhaps a corruption from 6o» pere, it being 
 customarj- in Italy to drink the pope's health in full glasses,] a 
 cup or glass filled up to the brim, or as full as it can hold. 
 
 BU'MPKIN,s. \boomhen, Belg.] a person who has not had the 
 benefit of a polite education, but is gross in his conceptions, 
 rude or unpolished in his behaviour, and void of experience with 
 respect to the world ; a rustic, or clown. 
 
 BUNCH, s. [buncker, Dan.] any prominence, hard knob, or 
 swelling, rising above the surface of a thing; many things of 
 the same kind growing together ; a cluster, applied to vegeta- 
 bles; several things collected, or tied together at one of their 
 extremities. 
 
 To BUNCH, t>. n. to grow in knobs or protuberances. To swell, 
 used with out. 
 
 BUNCHBA'CKED, a. having bunches on the back; hump- 
 backed ; crooked, owing to the dislocation of the back or shoul- 
 der-bones. 
 
 BU'NCHINESS, s. the quality of being uneven with respect to 
 surfece ; growing in knobs or clusters, opposed to smoothness. 
 
 BU'NDELCUND, a district of Allahabad, Hindustan, lying be- 
 tween Baghulcund and Scindiah on the E. and W., and the 
 river Jumnah and Malva on the N. and S. It is traversed by the 
 Vindhyan, the Panha, and the Bandhair ranges of mountains, 
 and its rivers are the Betwa, the Cane, and the Dessan. The 
 valleys are fertile, and produce abundance of rice and other 
 grain. It yields also iron and catechu. The capital is Banda, 
 and there are other towns of strength and importance. Cotton, 
 carpets, &c. &c. are manufactured in some of them. The popu- 
 lation is above 2 millions and a half. 
 
 BU'NDLE, s. \byndle. Sax.] a parcel of goods, or collection of 
 things wrapped or tied together, including the secondary idea of 
 being easily portable. 
 128 
 
 BUO 
 
 To BU'NDLE, v. a, to tie or wrap several things together. 
 Figuratively, to be included or collected together ; to be com- 
 prehended or connected. 
 
 BUNG, s. {ping, Brit.] a stopple of wood, cork, &c. for the 
 bung-hole of a cask. 
 
 To BUNG, V. a. to stop a barrel close at its largest vent or 
 hole. 
 
 BU'NGAY, Suffolk. It is seated on the rivei- Waveney, which 
 separates it from Norfolk. It has two parish churches, one of 
 which has a very handsome tower ; and in the town are the 
 ruins of a nunnery, and of the castle of the Bigod family. It is 
 a good trading town, and the market is considerable for corn. 
 It is 107 miles from London. Market, Thursday. Pop. 4109. 
 
 BU'NGHOLE, s. a large round hole in a barrel, by which it is 
 filled. 
 
 To BU'NGLE, v. n. to perform any thing in a clumsy, awk- 
 ward manner. — v. a. to botch. Figuratively, to palliate grossly, 
 joined with the particle up. 
 
 BU'NGLE, s. a botch ; an awkward and clumsy performance. 
 
 BU'NGLER, «. a bad workman ; one who does a thing in an 
 ignorant, awkward, or clumsy manner. 
 
 BU'NGLINGLY, ad. in a bad, clumsy, ignorant, or awkward 
 manner. 
 
 BUNN, s. [bunelo. Span.] in pastry, a cake composed of yeast, 
 flour, and carawaj' seeds, or currants. 
 
 BUNT, s. [corrupted according to Skinner from bent,] the mid- 
 dle part of a sail formed into a bag or pouch, that it may con- 
 tain more wind. Hunt-lines are small lines fastened to the foot, 
 and reeved through little blocks, seized to the yard, serving to 
 hoist up the bunt of the sail, that it may be furled with greater 
 ease. 
 
 To BUNT, V. n. to swell, used with the particle out. 
 
 BU'NTER, s. [a cant word,] a woman who picks up rags in 
 the street. Used figuratively, as a term of reproach, to convey 
 the idea of a dirty and low-lived creature. 
 
 BU'NTING, s. the stuff of which a ship's colours are made. 
 In Natural History, a bird of the lark kind. 
 
 BU'NTINGFORD, Hertfordshire. It is a large thoroughfare 
 on the N. road, 31 miles from London. Market, Monday. 
 Pop. 581. 
 
 BU'NYAN, JOHN, the writer of the Pilgrim's Progress, was 
 a tinker, born at Elstow near Bedford, served in the Parliament's 
 army during the civil war, and after a youth of blackguardism, 
 and a spiritual history replete with intense interest, became a 
 preacher amongst the Baptists at Bedford. He was imprisoned 
 for 12 years at Bedford, under Charles II., and there wrote his 
 immortal work. As a preacher he manifested great powers, and 
 as a writer of allegories, and delineator of the movements of the 
 affections, is unsurpassed. His writings are numerous, and all of 
 a practical character. He died in 1088, aged 60 years. 
 
 BUONAPA'RTE, NAPOLEON. The father of this consum- 
 mate warrior and statesman, Charles Buonaparte, was a Corsican 
 who joined General Paoli in his vain struggle for independence, 
 and died in 1785. His mother, Letitia Ramolino, shared all her 
 husband's dangers, all her son's glory, and survived his fall, 
 dying in 1836, aged 86 years. Napoleon, the second son, was 
 educated at the military school at Brienne till the age of 15, and 
 afterwards studied at raris for a year, when he obtained a sub- 
 lieutenancy in the artillery regiment of La Fere. At the out- 
 break of the Revolution he espoused the popular side, and 
 obtained a captaincy in another artillery regiment. He witness- 
 ed the attacks on the Tuilleries, on the 20th of June and 10th of 
 August, which destroyed the shadow of monarchy; and made 
 his first appearance on the stage of world-historv in devising 
 and executing a plan of attack on Toulon, which snatched it 
 from the grasp of tne English. After some unimportant services 
 and changes, m which he bore the rank of brigadier-general, he 
 next appears as intrusted by the Convention with the sup- 
 pression of the insurrection of the 13th Vindemiaire, which he 
 effected with his usual stern promptitude. He now married Jo- 
 sephine Beauharnois, and at the same time obtained the com- 
 mand of the army in Italy. From the time of his entrance on 
 this scene of action to the end of the following year, was one 
 series of victories, gained by courage and rapidity of movement, 
 such as only the most brilliant skill can inspire. Three armies 
 -of veteran Austrians were de.stroyed, and a fourth dpiven out of 
 the country; battles such as those of Arcole and Lodi were 
 
BUO 
 
 gained in the face of seemingly insuperable difficulties; every 
 power, excepting perhaps Naples, was shaken ; a republic was 
 tornied in tne stead of the numerous states of the N. part of 
 Italy;— and as the reverse of all this, Venice was shamefully 
 deceived and sold to Austria ; and the \yhole country ravaged in 
 a way that was not exceeded in rapacity and brutality by the 
 fierce races that overwhelmed the empire of Rome. Jealousy 
 had already sprung up between Buonaparte and the Director?', 
 but they were too well matched for either to attempt the other's 
 verthrow. An attack on England was planned, but relinquish- 
 
 ed ; it was therefore determined to force a passage b^ Egypt and 
 Syria to the East Indian empire. On his way to Egypt, Malta 
 fell before Napoleon by treachery ; and on his arrival, the coun- 
 
 try being unprepared, and the Mamlouks having courage only, 
 without military skill, all was soon in his hands ; but his victo- 
 ries, even that of the Pyramids, were fearfully balanced by the 
 loss of the battle of Aboukir Bay, which destroyed his fleet, 
 his defeat before Acre in Syria, and the reputation which his 
 contempt of human life gained for him. At length information 
 from France determined him to relinquish the dream of an em- 
 pire for the prospect of a reality, and relinquishing his command, 
 he secretly returned to Europe. The result of this was the 
 overthrow of- the Directory, and the establishment of the Con- 
 sulate, Napoleon being of course First Consul. He wisely used 
 his power to recruit and reanimate the spirit of the country, and 
 having arranged home affairs, once more turned to attack Aus- 
 tria. Crossing the Alps, where it was thought impossible, he 
 descended on the plains of Lombardy, and the victory of Ma- 
 rengo was his first blow. The victory of Hohenlinden followed, 
 and, after much diplomacy, the treaty of Amiens. Buonaparte was 
 now appointed President of the Italian Republic, and Mediator 
 of the Helvetic League, and devoted himself to the completion of 
 his internal measures, and his reforms in law, which resulted in 
 the formation of his celebrated Codes, which are fair rivals with 
 the Pandects of Justinian. The annexation of parts of Italy to 
 France, the execution of the Duke d'Enghien, the supjpression of 
 conspiracies, and the elevation of himself to the titleof Emperor, 
 were his next steps ; followed by further changes in Italy, and 
 the appointing of members of his own family to Kingdoms estab- 
 lished on the ruins of republics. From another attempt on 
 England he was diverted by a new continental war, the issue of 
 which was the victory at Austerlitz. England gained the battle 
 of Trafalgar ; and Prussia lost Jena and Auerstadt. Russia 
 next was driven back by the loss of the battle of Friedland, and 
 signed the treaty of Tilsit. So that England was the only power 
 left in opposition untouched. The last vestige of popiilarity 
 was destroyed by the suppression of the Lower House in France, 
 leaving the emperor, in all but the name, an autocrat. Spain 
 was now visited with the protracted horrors of the Peninsular 
 war, the results of which to France, the Peninsula, and to Eng- 
 land, which was the only acting power against Napoleon and his 
 king of Spain, were, for all the glory of the victories gained by 
 the last nation, most fearful. Meanwhile the emperor was en- 
 gaged in fresh wars, and the victory of Wagram led to the di- 
 vorce of Josephine and the marriage of Napoleon with Maria 
 Louisa of Austria. This was the loftiest point to which Napo- 
 leon's ambition and power carried him. England alone, of all 
 the powers of Europe, was free. The alliance of Sweden with 
 Russia, led to the gigantic expedition against the latter power. 
 He conquered at Borodino, he reached Moskow, but the resolute 
 devotion of their towns to the flames, the savage and restless 
 attacks of their Cossacks, the character of their country and 
 climate, effected for the Russians what their military skill failed 
 to achieve. Napoleon retreated alone from the snare he had laid 
 for himself; his army, diminished by above 400,000 killed and 
 taken prisoners, followed him as it could. Prussia joined with 
 the other allies, and, after various indecisive victories on both 
 sides, the battle of Leipsic sent the emperor again in disastrous 
 defeat to France. At the end of 1813, Buonaparte found that 
 the French nation would no longer willingly give up to him 
 blood and treasure to be so wastofully squandered. Yet he still 
 fought against the allies, till in March, 1814, the whole conti- 
 nent had peace suddenly restored, by the taking of Paris, and the 
 abdication of the emperor for the sovereignty of the petty island 
 of Elba. Here he stayed nearly a year, when, in the midst of the 
 sessions of the congress at Vienna, he returned to France. In 
 one month all the work of the allies was overturned. Napoleon 
 
 ventured not to assume the sole authority he had held before, 
 but making such provision as he could, advanced to meet the 
 armies that were approaching his frontiers. At Ligny and 
 Quatre Bras he gained some considerable advantage ; two days 
 after, at Waterloo, he was utterlv routed ; in four days more he 
 abdicated the throne he had hela for just 100 days, surrendered 
 himself to the captain of an English vessel, and was by the 
 English government despatched at once to the island of St. He- 
 lena, where he lived as a prisoner of war from Oct., 1815, to the 
 5th of May, 1821, when he died, aged 52 years. In Dec, 1840, 
 his remains were transferred from the island to Paris. Respect- 
 ing the character of Napoleon, his deeds are the only witnesses 
 to be believed, and they show that personal ambition, enhancing 
 the evils of birth and training, could render nugatory in great 
 part, and at last destroy, as mighty and as clear a mind as the 
 world has ever known. And history must record, that as the 
 armed opposition of the civilized world against him was not 
 conducted for the general good, so his overthrow advanced not, 
 but rather vastly retarded, the progress of popular and national 
 liberty. Joseph Buonaparte, the elder brother, after holding some 
 official stations under the Directory, on the rise of Napoleon, 
 was advanced to the highest posts of honour. He was made 
 king of Naples and Sicily first, in which station he introduced 
 many benencial though sweeping reforms. Afterwards he was 
 appointed king of Spain and the Indies, during the Peninsular 
 war, and had, both from the English armies and the plans of his 
 brother, no enviable throne. He shared the fortunes of Napo- 
 leon, and in 1815 settled in the United States. He died at Flo- 
 rence in 1844, aged 76 years. Lucien Buonaparte took some 
 part in the affairs of the Revolution before the rise of Napoleon. 
 He aided in the overthrow of the Directory, but he refused to 
 hold a crown as a vassal of the emperor of France. He was once 
 a prisoner in England. At length , on Napoleon's fall, he retired to 
 Italy, and spent in peaceful and scientific pursuits the remainder 
 of his life. He died in 1840, aged 65 years. Jerome Buonaparte 
 was made by his brother king of Westphalia, and was partner in 
 his fall at Leipsic. Louis Buonaparte, Napoleon made king of 
 Holland, but he soon found the yoke too heavy. He had been 
 espoused to Josephine's daughter. Being deposed, he betook 
 himself to Austria. He died m 1846. Napoleon Francois Buona- 
 parte, son of the emperor and Maria Louisa, bore the title of 
 King of Rome, during the empire. After 1814 he lived in Aus- 
 tria, and was made Duke of Reichstadt. He died in 1832, aged 
 21 years. 
 
 BUOY, (boy) 8. \boue, or hoye, Fr.] a piece of wood or cork, and 
 sometimes an empty barrel, well closed, floating in the water, 
 tied to a cable fastened to the bottom of the sea, in order to in- 
 form pilots and mariners where anchors are dropped in the har- 
 bours, where the wrecks of ships are sunk, together with shallow 
 places, sand-banks, and other impediments. The rrtast buoy is 
 made of a piece of a mast or other piece of wood, which stands 
 out of the water. Buoy is sometimes used for a sea-mark, which 
 shows the dangers of difficult passages. Life-buoy is a buoy made 
 to help shipwrecked seamen to keep above water till rescue can 
 arrive. 
 
 To BUOY, (hoy) v. a. to raise above the surface of the water; 
 to keep afloat. Figuratively, to keep any principle or thing 
 from subsiding, or sinking under oppression ; to cause a thing 
 to ascend by its specific lightness.— f. n. to float. Figuratively, 
 to surmount or get the better of all difficulties or impediments. 
 
 BUOY'ANCY, (boyancy) s. the quality of floating; or that 
 quality which prevents a thing from subsiding, sinking, or de- 
 scending. The degree of buoyancy depends on the lightness of a 
 substance compared with that of the medium in which it floats ; 
 thus cork will swim in water, and vapour will ascend in air, be- 
 cause the specific gravity of cork is less than that of water, and 
 the specific gravity of vapour less than that of common air. 
 
 BUOY'ANT, (bnyant) a. floating; light; that will not sink. 
 Figuratively, animated, or that keeps from dejection. 
 
 BU'RBOT, s. a river fish full of prickles. 
 
 BU'RCKHARDT, JOHN LEWIS, a distinguished traveller, 
 who being engaged to explore the interior of Africa, bent his 
 course to Syria, where he studied the language and the manners 
 of the Arab tribes, and discovered the remains of the Idumean 
 capital, Petra. He then attempted to cross the continent of 
 Africa from the upper part of the Valley of the Nile. He then 
 went to Mecca that he might pass as a Hadgi, and was about to 
 S 129 
 
BUR 
 
 set out from Cairo, with a caravan of W. Africans, when he died 
 in 1817, aged 33 years. 
 
 BU'RDEN, s. frequently spelt burthen; [byrtJien, Sax.] a load, 
 supposed to be as much as a man or a horse can carry. Figurative- 
 ly, a difficulty, oppression, affliction, or any thine that affects a 
 person with weariness, or becomes irksome; the number of tons 
 or weight a ship can carry. In trade, applied to steel, 180ft. 
 in Music, the drone or bass of an organ, ciagpipe, &c., and the 
 pipe or string which sounds it ; hence the words which are re- 
 peated at the end of every stanza, are called the burthen of a 
 song. Synon. By the word burthen we understand a weight 
 possible to be borne ; by had, a weight more than we are able to 
 Dear. A light burthen is no inelegant expression; but a light 
 load certainly is. 
 
 To BU'RDEN, v. a. to load; to encumber, or put a person to 
 g^eat expense. 
 
 BU'RDENER, ». one who loads. Figuratively, an oppressor. 
 
 BU'RDENOUS, a. that makes a load heavy. Figuratively, 
 grievous, oppressive, irksome ; putting a person to great ex- 
 pense, without being of any service to him. 
 
 BU'RDENSOME, a. applied to a very pressing load on the 
 body. Figuratively, appried to afflictions, or the trouble one 
 person gives another, afflicting the mind with great anxiety and 
 distress. 
 
 BU'RDENSOMENESS, s. applied to loads, weight or hea- 
 viness. Figuratively, applied to calamities and inconveniences. 
 
 BURDE'TT, SIR FRANCIS, a politician for many years a 
 popular idol, as is ever the case with aristocrats who profess 
 ultra-liberal opinions. His contests for Westminster, his duel, 
 his imprisonment in the Tower, and a consistent course of ad- 
 vocacy of reform, &c. from 1796 to 183-5, with his change of 
 political action and profession then, are the whole of his life. 
 He died in 1844, aged 74 years. 
 
 BU'ROOCK, s. in Botany, a very common plant, with heart- 
 shaped leaves and purple blossoms, and hooked sepals. 
 
 BUREAU', (buro) s. [Fr.] a chest of drawers, with the top 
 sloping, and furnished with pigeon-holes to keep writings in. 
 
 BU'RFORD, Oxfordshire. It has manufactories of duffels, 
 rugs, and saddles ; and is seated on the river Windrush, 71 miles 
 from London. Market, Saturday. Pop. 18G2. 
 
 BU'RGAGE, s. in Law, a tenure proper to cities and borough 
 towns, whereby lands are held of the king, or other lords, at a 
 certain yearly rent. 
 
 BURGAMO'T, «. [bergamoUe, Fr.] a species of mellow juicy 
 pear ; a kind of perfume. 
 
 BURGEOI'S, (boorjois) s. [bourgeois, Fr.] a small type used by 
 printers; a citizen, a burgess. 
 
 BtJ'RGER, Gottfried August, a German poet, some of whose 
 works are known to us by translations, and who stands very 
 high in the estimation of critics. He lived in great poverty, and 
 died in 1794, aged 46 years. 
 
 BU'RGESS, s. \bourgeois, Fr.] an inhabitant of a borough or 
 city ; or a representative of a borough town in parliament. 
 
 BURGH, s. a corporate town or borough. 
 
 BURGH, Lincolnshire, 133 miles from London. Market, 
 Thursday. Pop. 1095. 
 
 BU'RGHER, s. [burg and war. Sax.] one who has the right of 
 a citizen, or a vote for a parliament-man. 
 
 BU'RGHERSHIP, s. [burgher and scyp. Sax.] the dignity, 
 privilege, or office of burgher. 
 
 BU'RGLARY, s. in Law, a felonious breaking and entering a 
 person's house in the night-time, with an intent to commit 
 some felony, whether it be executed or not. If the offence hap- 
 pen in the day time, it is then called housebreaking, by way of 
 distinction. A reward of 40/. is given for apprehending persons 
 guilty of this crime, by 5 Ann. c. 51. 
 
 BU'RGOMASTER, s. most properly spelt burghermaster ; 
 [burgher and master, Belg.] the chief magistrate of the towns of 
 Holland, Flanders, and Germany, and answers to an alderman 
 and sheriff of London. 
 
 BU'RGOS, an ancient city of Spain, capital of Old Castile, 
 seated partly on a mountain, and extending to the river Arlan- 
 zon. The squares, public buildings, and fountains are magnifi- 
 cent, and the walks agreeable. Many manufactories are carried 
 on here. Its population is about 12,000. It is 117 miles from 
 Madrid. Lat. 42. 20. N. Long. 3. 30. W. 
 
 BU'RGUNDY, a former province of France, comprising the 
 
 BUR 
 
 departments of Aube, C6te d'Or, Saone and Loire, and Yonne. 
 It reached from Champagne to Switzerland and Dauphin^, and 
 lay between FrancheComteand the provinces named Orleannois, 
 Bourbonnois, and Nivernois. This district is watered by the 
 Rhone, the Seine, and the Loire, and their tributaries, and is 
 one of the most fertile parts of all France, producing corn, fruits, 
 and abundance of wine, excellent timber, and sheep. Auxerre 
 and Dijon were the chief places, the latter being the capital. 
 From tne 12th to the end of the 15th century, the dukes of 
 Burgundy figure most conspicuously in the history of France. 
 
 BU'RIAL, s. the interring or placing a dead body in the 
 ground. Figuratively, the placing any thin^ in the earth, or 
 under the water. The burial serviee is an office of the church, 
 performed at the grave and interment of one of its members. 
 
 BU'RIATS, a race of Siberian Tatars, living on the shores of 
 the Lena in Asiatic Russia. They occupy a position midway 
 between the nomade pastoral and the settled commercial states 
 of life. In the most southerly part Buddhism prevails, but in 
 the northerly part the religion called Shamanism. Their prayer- 
 mills, prayers written on a wheel to be turned by hand, or by 
 sails like a mill, will show what advance they have actually 
 made from barbarism. The whole nation does not number 
 500,000 souls. 
 
 BU'RIER,«. he that places or inters a corpse in the grave. 
 Figuratively, that which removes any corpse or other things out 
 of si"ht. Seldom used. 
 
 BU'RINE, s. [Fr.] a tool used by engravers to make their 
 marks, or etch on metal. 
 
 BURKE, EDMUND, one of England's greatest and most phi- 
 losophical statesmen and orators, studied at Dublin, and was 
 intended for the bar, but relinquished it for the more attractive 
 pursuit of literature. He entered the political field as secretary 
 to Lord Halifax, in the lord-lieutenancy of Ireland, and a few 
 years afterwards appeared in the House of Commons, being also 
 secretary to Lord Rockingham the prime minister. He distin- 
 guished himself in the debates from the first day of his entrance 
 to the House, and produced pamphlet after pamphlet on subjects 
 of the deepest interest to tne nation. He held a subordinate 
 place in the Rockingham ministry of 1782, and evinced the 
 earnestness of his desire for economical reforms, by beginning 
 with the emoluments of his own post. In the trial of Warren 
 Hastings, Burke took the leadership in the case against him. 
 His views of the French Revolution led to a separation from 
 Fox, and finally from the Whig party. Till 1794 he continued 
 this life of literary and political activity, and then retired. He 
 died in 1797, aged 67 years. His writings and speeches are 
 not mere literary or party productions, they form a part of the 
 history of his country, and abound with suggestions which the 
 men of his day could make no use of. It is remarkable that in 
 his latest efforts he used the most richly ornate style, while his 
 earliest works exhibit the very opposite style. 
 
 To BURL, V. a. to dress clothes as fullers do. 
 
 BURLE'SQUE, (hurUsk) s. [Fr.] a droll, ludicrous kind of 
 poetry, wherein both persons and things are represented in such 
 a ridiculous light as to excite laughter. 
 
 To BURLE'SQUE, (burlesk) v. a. to turn to ridicule; to 
 represent a person or thing in a ludicrous and ridiculous 
 manner. 
 
 BU'RLINGTON, a town of Vermont, United States. It is si- 
 tuated on a bay on the E. side of Lake Champlain, on regu- 
 larly rising ground, and is laid out so that the streets intersect 
 at right angles. It contains many elegant houses, and is the 
 largest and most commercial place in the State. There are 
 three good wharfs, and 4 miles from the shore is a lighthouse. 
 The buildings of Vermont university are near this town, which 
 is a flourishing institution, with a medical school attached to it, 
 and a good library. It has a few manufactories. It is 513 
 miles from Washington. Pop. 4271. There are 16 other places 
 of this name in the States, one of which, in New Jersey, is of 
 some importance. 
 
 BU'RLY, a. tall, or overgrown, applied to stature. Of large 
 dimensions, or very wide, applied to breadth. High-sounding, 
 swelling, or pompous, appliecf to style. 
 
 To BURN, V. a. preter. I burnt, or have burnt; [bernan. Sax.] 
 to consume or destroy by fire; to occasion a wound by fire, or 
 any hot solid body. — v. n. to be on fire; to kindle. Figuratively, 
 to shine as if in flame ; to be violently agitated or infiamed by 
 
BUR 
 
 passion ; to make the cheeks glow with heat, or consume like 
 latent fire. 
 
 BURN, s. a wound or hurt received from fire. 
 
 BU'RNET, s. in Botany, a plant, the same with piuipinella. 
 
 BU'RNET, GILBERT, Bishop of Salisbury, at the end of the 
 17th century, and a most voluminous writer on history, theo- 
 logy, &c. He studied at Aberdeen, and entered the Church of 
 Scotland as it was organized at the Restoration. He early at- 
 tracted attention by his semi-political writings, and in time re- 
 moved to London, where he was soon conspicuous as an opponent 
 of the court party. His reproof of the monarch's vices, and his 
 carelessness of his favour, were singularities in that age of fana- 
 tical licentiousness and servility. He was presented to the see 
 of Salisbury by William HL, and continued through all oppo- 
 sition and controversy firm to his political party till his death, in 
 1715, aged 72 years. His History of the Reformation and of his 
 own Times, and his Exposition of the Thirty-nine Articles, are his 
 principal works. 
 
 BU'RNET, DR. THOMAS, one of the most famous of the 
 cosmogonists of comparatively modern times. He spent his life 
 as college fellow, private tutor, and master of the Charter- 
 house ; and published his philosophical romancings respecting 
 the changes past and future of the world, respecting the early 
 history of our race, and the state of the dead, with one or two 
 more practical tracts, at different intervals of his long life. He 
 died in 1715, aged 80 years. 
 
 BU'RNEY, DR. CHARLES, an eminent English composer, 
 and author of a History of Music, during the last century. He at- 
 tracted the attention of some of the nobility by his first compo- 
 sitions, and after his marriage resided in London, then at Lynn, 
 and afterwards in town again. In professional pursuits, and 
 authorship, and travels for the sake of materials for his History, 
 he spent his active life, and died in 1814, aged 88 years. He 
 received the highest literary honours during his life, and his 
 work is reckoned a standarcf one. 
 
 BU'RNHAM, Norfolk. It is seated near the sea, with a good 
 harbour, and a considerable trade in corn, 126 miles from Lon- 
 don. Market, Saturday. Pop. 1120. 
 
 BU'RNHAM, Essex, a fishin» town at the mouth of the river 
 Crouch, which is here called Burnham Water. The Walfleet 
 and Burnham oysters are the product of the creek and pits of 
 this river. It is 40 miles from London. Pop. 1735. 
 
 BU'RNING, s. the action of fire on any substance. Figura- 
 tively, flame or fire. See Combustion. 
 
 BU'RNING-GLASS, s. a convex glass which collects the rays 
 of the sun into a point, where wood or other combustible matter 
 being placed, is set on fire. The burning-glasses made of mirrors 
 are much more powerful than those made by lenses, or glasses 
 that transmit the rays of light through them. 
 
 To BU'RNISH, V. a. \burnir, Fr.] to polish any substance so as 
 to make it shine.— d. n. to grow bright or glossy ; to shine with 
 splendour. 
 
 BURNISHER, s. one who burnishes or polishes; an instru- 
 ment used by polishers. 
 
 BU'RNISHING, «. the polishing metals to make them glossy 
 or shining. 
 
 BU'RNLEY, Lancashire ; here are large woollen and cotton 
 manufactures, metal foundries, printing houses, dyeing houses, 
 mills, &cc. It is seated in a very healthy situation, near the 
 Leeds and Liverpool canal, 208 miles from London. Market, 
 Monday. Pop. 10,699. 
 
 BURNS, ROBERT, was the son of a hard-toiling but high- 
 hearted peasant of Ayrshire, Scotland, who had a scanty educa- 
 tion given him, and was a laborious and laughter-loving youth. 
 He had pleased "himself and his friends with his verses for some 
 years, when driven to great distress by criminal imprudence, 
 and about to leave the country, he published a volume of poems. 
 The effect of this volume was to prevent his voyage, and to 
 throw open to him, as a new-found poet of first rank, the world 
 of letters and of fashion. He undertook a farm, and obtained the 
 post of excise-officer. His farming business did not prosper, and 
 he waited in Dumfries for advancement in his other occupation. 
 Here he wrote some of his sweetest songs, and here he was 
 worn out of life by pecuniary want. He died in 1790, aged 37 
 years. Of unavailing posthumous honours few have had a like 
 share, but few have so greatly earned them. The admiring world 
 starved him, and' now, penitent, has celebrated his memory by 
 
 BUR 
 
 a national festival, and called his country, after him, the Land 
 of Burns. 
 
 BURNT,^ar<.;)ass. of ToBuRN. i?Mm<-ea)-, a species of disease 
 in ears of corn, produced by a peculiar kind of fungus which 
 converts it wholly into black dust. 
 
 BU'RNTISLAND, Fifeshire, a town with a good, deep, and 
 large harbour. It is seated on a stupendous rock, on the Frith 
 of Forth, 10 miles from Edinburgh. 
 
 BURR, s. the lope or lap of the ear ; likewise a sweetbread of 
 meat, especially that of veal. 
 
 BU'RR-REED, s. in Botany, a kind of plant found in wet 
 ditches, and on banks of rivers. 
 
 BU'RREL, s. \heurre, Fr.] in Gardening, a species of pear, 
 called likewise the red butter pear. 
 
 BU'RREL-FLY, s. in Natural History, a winged insect very 
 troublesome to cattle, called likewise the ox Jig, gad-bee, or 
 breese. 
 
 BU'RREL-SHOT, s. a sort of case shot, or small bullets, nails, 
 stones, pieces of old iron, &c., put into cases, to be discharged 
 from a piece of ordnance. 
 
 BURROW, BERG, BURG, BOROUGH, BURGH, s. [burg. 
 Sax.] a corporate town which sends members to parliament, and 
 formerly applied only to fortified places ; the holes made in the 
 ground by rabbits. 
 
 To BU'RROW, V. a. to make holes in the ground like 
 rabbits. 
 
 BU'RSA, anciently Brusa, one of the largest and most beau- 
 tiful cities of Asia Minor, and anciently the capital of Bithynia. 
 It stands at the foot of Mount Ohmpus, on the edge of a fine 
 plain, covered with fruit trees. The mosques and caravanseras 
 are elegant, and every house has its fountain. The bezestine is 
 a large structure, full of warehouses and shops, for the sale of 
 their own manufactures of silk, &c., and all the commodities of 
 the East. The population is under 40,000, and the Turks, 
 Armenians, Jews, and Greeks occupy different quarters of the 
 town. Lat. 32. 22. N. Long. 29. 5.E. 
 
 BU'RSAR, s. [bursarius, Lat.] an officer in a college, who re- 
 ceives its monies, and keeps its accounts; a treasurer. 
 
 BURSE, s. [bourse, Fr.] an exchange, or place where merchants 
 assemble to transact business. 
 
 BU'RSLEM, Staffordshire. This town lies in the Potteries, 
 and its almost sole manufacture is earthenware. It is 143 miles 
 from London. Markets, Monday and Saturday. Pop. 16,091. 
 
 BURST, s. a separation of the parts of a thing with violence, 
 and attended witn noise ; an explosion ; a sudden and violent 
 action of any kind. 
 
 To BURST, V. n. preter. I burst, have burst, or bursten; [hurstan. 
 Sax.] to separate or fly asunder with violence ; to quit or break 
 away, with the particle //-om. Used with into, to come in sud- 
 denly, " She Jursimto the room." To break, separate, and disunite 
 with suddenness and violence. 
 
 BURST, Bu'rsten, part, of To Burst; in Surgery, applied to 
 one who has a rupture. 
 
 To BU'RTHEN, v. a. > ^^^ r„„„^„ 
 
 BU'RTHEN, s. \ ^^ Burden. 
 
 BU'RTON, Westmoreland. It communicates with all the in- 
 land navigations. It is 247 miles from London. Market, Tues- 
 day. Pop. 2387. 
 
 BU'RTON STRATHER, Lincolnshire. It is seated on a hill, 
 near the Trent, on which it has several mills. It is 164 miles 
 from London. Market, Monday. Pop. 799. 
 
 BU'RTON UPON TRENT, Staffordshire. It is situated on 
 the river Trent, over which it has a bridge of freestone a quar- 
 ter of a mile in length. It consists chiefly of one long street, 
 and has long been noted for its excellent malt and ale. It has 
 also manufactures in woollen and cotton, of hats, spades, and 
 other articles, besides forges for forming iron bars. It is 134 
 miles from London. Market, Thursday. Pop. 8136. 
 
 BU'RTON, ROBERT, author of the famous Anatomy of Me- 
 la?icftoly, a quaint, humorous, extravagantly odd character, who, 
 but for his book, would have been worthily forgotten. He died 
 in 1640, aged 74 years. 
 
 BU'RY, (common pron. berry, in this and the four next words,) 
 «. [burg. Sax.] a dwelling-place or house. Added to the Saxon 
 names, implies that the person or companj' resided or lived there ; 
 thus Aldermanbury seems to intimate that the aldermen resided 
 formerly in that place. 
 
 g2 131 
 
BUS 
 
 To BU'RY, V. a. to inter a corpse in a grave ; to inter with 
 funeral rites ; to cover with earth. Figuratively, to conceal or 
 hide. 
 
 BU'RYING-PLACE, s. a place set apart for interring bodies; 
 a churchyard. 
 
 BU'RY, Lancashire, a town noted for its manufacture of fus- 
 tians, half thicks, kerseys, calicoes, &c. Bury is seated on the 
 Irwell, near a canal which goes to Manchester. It is 190 miles 
 from London. Market, Thursday. Pop. 20,710. 
 
 BURY ST. EDMUND'S, Suffolk. It owes its name to a cele- 
 brated abbey, one of the largest and richest in the kingdom, 
 founded in honour of Edmund, king of the East Angles, who 
 was slain by the Danes and buried here. It has two fine 
 churches, and is situated in a healthy, delightful spot, affording 
 beautiful prospects. It is 72 miles from London. Markets, 
 Wednesday and Saturday. Pop. 12,538. 
 
 BU'SBY, DR. RICHARD, the noted head-master of West- 
 minster School during all the troubles of the 17th century. 
 Nothing beyond anecdotes of his ways of preserving his authority 
 amongst his scholars is recorded of him. He was a church dig- 
 nitary after the Restoration, and died in 1695, aged 89 years. 
 
 BUSH, s. [bois, Fr.] a thick shrub. 
 
 To BUSH, V. n. to grow thick ; to grow in a great number 
 close together. 
 
 BU'SHEL, «. [haissecm, Fr.] a measure of capacity for dry 
 goods, as corn, salt, fruit, coals, &c., containing eight gallons, 
 or four pecks, or the eighth part of a quarter of corn, &c. 
 
 BU'SHMEN, the name given by the Dutch to those members 
 of the Hottentot or Caffre race, who live a wild life on the borders 
 of Cape Colony. They subsist chiefly bv hunting and robbery, 
 and have not yielded to the efforts which have been made to ci- 
 vilize or Christianize them. 
 
 BU'SHY, a. full of branches. Figuratively, short, but grow- 
 ing in great numbers. 
 
 BU'SILESS, (Uziless) a. without employ; at leisure. Figura- 
 tively, without the fatigue which attends business, 
 
 BU'SILY, (hizily) ad. in an officious, inquisitive manner ; with 
 an air of seeming hurry from the multiplicity of business. 
 
 BU'SINESS, {bisness, or bizness) s, employment; a man's pecu- 
 liar trade or profession; ati^airs or concerns. After do, properly, 
 service, advantage, or a means of attaining an end. " A perpe- 
 tual spring will not do their business," Bent.] To do a man's 
 business, is a low and familiar phrase for killing, destroying, or 
 ruining him. Synon. Business implies an object of industry-; 
 affairs, an object of concern. The first implies the hands; the 
 second, the mind. The word business, by its having no plural 
 number, intimates a particular employ. By the singular of 
 affairs being seldom in use in the sense before us, that word is 
 understood to mean a variety of transactions. 
 
 BUSK, s. [busque, Fr.] a piece of steel or whalebone, worn at 
 the stomacher of a woman's staj's, in order to keep them in the 
 proper form, and strengthen them. 
 
 BU'SKIN, s. [broseken, Belg.] a kind of short boot worn by 
 the ancients, covering the loot and leg as far as the middle, 
 laced or fastened before; was worn by the dramatic performers 
 in tragedy, and distinguished from the sock worn in comedy, 
 which was of a thinner sole, and consequently lower. Figura- 
 tively, tragedy. 
 
 BU'SKINED, a. dressed in buskins. 
 
 BUSS, s. [bus, Ir.] a salute given by the lips; distinguished 
 from a kiss, which is given with a greater show of distance or 
 ceremonious kindness. Also, from busse. Tout, a small vessel 
 from 48 to CO tons burthen, used in the herring fisherj-. 
 
 To BUSS, v. a. to salute a person with the lips. Figuratively, 
 to touch. 
 
 BUST, «. Ibusto, Ital.] in Sculpture, the figure of a person in 
 relievo, containing only head, shoulders, and stomach, usually 
 placed on a pedestal or console. The Italians use the term for 
 the trunk of the human body, from the neck to the hips. 
 
 BU'STARD, s. Ibistarde, tr.] in Natural History, a large wild 
 fowl, which runs very swiftly, and does not readily take to flight, 
 found on open downs and heaths, in the W. of Norfolk, and a few 
 other parts of England. 
 
 To BU'STLE, V. n. to set about a thing with activity; to 
 make a great noise or stir about any thing. 
 
 BU'STLE, s. a hurry of business ; a noise or tumult. 
 
 BU'STLER, s. an active, industrious, stirring man. 
 
 BUT 
 
 BU'SY, (Kzy, or himy) a. [busgian, Sax.] engaged in any em- 
 ployment ; active, diligent, officious. 
 
 To BU'SY, (bizy) V. a. to keep a person employed ; to employ. 
 
 BU'SYBODY, {bizy body) s. an officious person, meddling with 
 the concerns of other people, offering assistance, and giving ad- 
 vice, without being asKed. 
 
 BUT, conj. \bute, bufan. Sax.] when it diverts or breaks off the 
 thread of a discourse, so as to pursue a different topic, it intimates 
 a stop of the mind, and signifies howbeit. " But to say no more." 
 When applied to limit or restrain the sense to what is expressed, 
 exclusive of all others, it signifies onh/. " I saw 6m< two planets." 
 When used to imply a thing to be otherwise than it should be, 
 it signifies yet, or nevertheless. " You pray, but it is not that God 
 would bring you to the true religion." Joined with did or had it 
 denotes ow/y. " D'lA but mea consiAex," Tillots. After a compa- 
 rative noun it has the force oithan. " No sooner up, but he pri- 
 vately opened the gate," Chmrd. No. 167. After the auxiliaiy 
 verb be, preceded by a negative, it implies otherwise than. " It 
 cannot be but nature has some director," Hooker. Joined with 
 for, it implies without, or had it not been for. " And but for mis- 
 chief, you had died for spite," Dryd. After a negative, or ques- 
 tion implying a negative, it denotes an exception, except. 
 " Who can it be, ye gods, but perjured Lycon.?" Smith's Ph<sd. 
 
 BUT, «. \bout, Fr.] a limit or boundary. In sea language, the 
 end of any plank which joins to another on the outside of a ship 
 under water. 
 
 BU'T-END, s. the broad or blunt end of a thing, or the end 
 on which it rests. 
 
 BU'TCHER, s. \boucher, Fr.] one who kills, cuts up, and sells 
 the flesh of cattle in a market or his own house. Figuratively, 
 one who is of a barbarous disposition, delights in murder, or the 
 slaughter of mankind. 
 
 To BUTCHER, v. a. to slay or kill a beast. Figuratively, to 
 murder one of the human species in a barbarous and cruel 
 manner. 
 
 BU'TCHER-BIRD, s. in Natural History, a small bird of prey ; 
 the shrike, also called the nine-killer. 
 
 BUTCHERLY, ad. in a cruel, barbarous, or bloody manner. 
 
 BUTCHER'S BROOM, s. in Botany, a common shrub, with 
 hard, pointed leaves, and which flowers in a ver>- peculiar way. 
 
 BU'TCHERY, s. the trade of a butcher. Figuratively, the 
 commission of murder, attended with excessive cruelty; cruelty; 
 barbarity. 
 
 BUTE, JOHN, EARL OF, prime minister in the early part of 
 the reign of George III., which post he held rather by virtue of 
 being a royal favourite than a distinguished political leader. 
 He effected a peace with France, but nothing else, and held his 
 office but a snort time. He was naturally addicted to contem- 
 
 Elative and scientific pursuits, rather than those amongst which 
 is name came to be known. He died in 1796, aged 83 
 years. 
 
 BUTESHIRE, a county on the W. of Scotland, consisting of 
 the islands of Arran, Bute, Great and Little Cumbray, and Inch- 
 marnoc, all lying in the Frith of Clyde. The three large islands 
 grow corn, and have good pastures ; and all of them are no- 
 torious for their fisheries. Bute is about 5 miles in breadth, and 
 17 or 18 long, and has a very varied soil and surface. The 
 highest hill is called Kilchattan. Rothsay, the county town, is 
 on this island. Population of Bute island, 7313; of the county, 
 15,740. It returns one member to parliament. 
 
 BU'TLER, s. formeriy spelt bottiler, that is, one who fills bot- 
 tles, {houteiller, Fr.] a servant who has the care of the wine and 
 other liquors used in a family. 
 
 BU'TLER, JOSEPH, Bishop of Bristol, and afterwards of 
 Durham, author of the Analogy of Natural and Revealed Reli- 
 gion, and some valuable essays on the principles of morality, 
 misnamed Sermons. He was by birth a Presbyterian, and pur- 
 posed for their ministry. He then displayed the strength of^ his 
 mind by corresponding with Dr. Clarke. He afterwards entered 
 the Established Church, and studied at Oxford, where, attract- 
 ing attention by his singular powers, he obtained patronage, and 
 so gradually reached the highest dignities of the Church. Some 
 persons attempted to fix the charge of secret Romanism on him, 
 but it was triumphantly refuted. His works are not popular, 
 from the cumbrous style, and the purpose of the writer to 
 awaken thought in his readers by not furnishing all the conclu- 
 sions that follow from his various arguments ; but both as exer- 
 
B UT 
 
 cises in mental discipline, and as defences of the truth, they are 
 invaluable. He died in 1752, aged 60 years. 
 
 BU'TLER, SAMUEL, the witty author of Hudibras, had a 
 liberal education, and lived as private secretary to various per- 
 sons of distinction, both during and after the troubles of the 
 17th century. The court of Charles II. applauded his biting 
 satire on their fallen foes, and left the satirist to starve. He died 
 in 1680, aged 68 years. 
 
 BUTLERAGE, s. the duty upon wines imported, claimed by 
 the king's butler. 
 
 BUTLERSHIP, s. the office of a butler. 
 
 BU'TMENT, s. [abmUement, Fr.] in Architecture, supporters, 
 on or against which the feet of an arch rest ; likewise the Httle 
 
 E laces taken out of the yard or ground-plot of a house for a 
 utteryor scullery. 
 
 BUTT, s. \hutt. Sax.] a vessel or barrel containing 126 gallons 
 of wine, 108 of beer, and from 15 to 22 cwt. of currants. 
 
 BUTT, s. \hut, Fr.] the place or mark which a person is to hit 
 in shooting. Figuratively, the point or object to which any per- 
 son's measures are made by a push in fencing; a person who is 
 the object of ridicule to a whole company. 
 
 To BUTT, t>. a. to strike or give a blow with the head, applied 
 to the method of attack used by a ram. 
 
 BU'TTER, «. [buttere. Sax.] a fat and unctuous substance, ob- 
 tained from cream of cows' milk by churning. Butter of anti- 
 mony, of bismuth, &c. are chemical preparations of those sub- 
 stances, so called on account of their consistence resembling 
 that of butter. 
 
 To BU'TTER, t: a. to spread or pour butter upon any thing. 
 
 BU'TTERBUMP, s. a fowl ; the same with bittern. 
 
 BUTTERBUR, s. [petasites, Lat.] in Botany, a plant which 
 grows wild in great plenty by the sides of ditches, and has 
 hooks to the seed vessel, by which they get carried away and 
 dispersed. 
 
 BU'TTERCUP, s. in Botany, a yellow flower, a species of 
 ranunculus, with which the fields abound in the month of May. 
 
 BU'TTERFLY, s. {butterflege. Sax.] in Natural History, the 
 name given to the full-developed insects of one great division of 
 the order Lepidoptera. They have four wings, covered with 
 scales or plumes of various colours; and some of our native 
 species are very beautiful. The butterflies of Brazil are ex- 
 ceedingly splendid. See Caterpillar, Chrysalis, Moth, &c. 
 
 BU'lTERJAGS, s. in Botany, a plant, the same with the yel- 
 low medick, or snailshell. 
 
 BUTTERIS, s. in Farriery, an instrument of steel set in a 
 wooden handle, used in paring the .foot or cutting the hoof of 
 a horse. 
 
 BU'lTERMERE WATER, a lake of Cumberland, near the 
 source of the Cocker. The lakes of Buttermere and Lowswater 
 are not so extensive as those of the Derwent or Keswick, but 
 quite as beautiful, and the country about them is as mountain- 
 ous and romantic as Borrowdale. 
 
 BU'TTERMILK, s. the whey separated from the cream in 
 making butter. 
 
 BUTTERPRINT, s. a piece of carved wood used to mark 
 butter. 
 
 BU'TTERWORT, s. in Botany, the pinguicula, a somewhat 
 rare bog-plant. 
 
 BU'TTER Y, a. having the appearance or qualities of butter. 
 
 BU'TTERY, «. the room where provisions are laid up. 
 
 BUTTMANN, PHILIP CHARLES, a well-known Greek 
 scholar of Berlin. He studied at Gottingen, and was engaged 
 afterwards in various grades in the king of. Prussia's library. 
 His Grammars are the best known of his productions. He died 
 in 1829, aged 04 years. 
 
 BU'TTOCK, s. the broad, thick, fleshy part of a man or beast, 
 joining to the hip. The buttock of a ship is her full breadth 
 right astern. 
 
 BU'TTON, s. [bottwn, Brit.] a small flattish round ball made 
 of metal, or wood covered with silk or hair, sewed to the clothes 
 to fasten any part of dress together. Figuratively, a knob or 
 ball. In Botany, the round head of a plant ; a bud. In Car- 
 pentry, a small bar revolving upon a nail or screw, used to keep 
 a door close. In Smithery, a brass knob of a lock, serving to 
 open or shut a door. In Chemistry, the small round piece of 
 metal, which is found at the bottom of a crucible, after a metal- 
 lic ore or an oxyde of metal has been reduced. In Confectionery, 
 
 BY 
 
 a small sweet cake. In Natural History, the sea-urchin, a kind 
 of crab-fish, with prickles instead of feet. 
 
 To BU'TTON, V. a. to sew buttons on a garment; to close or 
 fasten the parts of a garment together with buttons. Figuratively, 
 to enclose. 
 
 BU'TTONHOLE, s. the hole made in a garment to receive and 
 fasten the button in. 
 
 BUTTRESS, s. [aboutir, Fr.] in Architecture, a kind of hut- 
 ment serving to prop or support the side of a building or wall. 
 Figuratively, a prop or support of any opinion or cause. 
 
 To BU'TTRESS, v. a. to prop, support, or secure from falling. 
 
 BU'TWINK, s. a bird. 
 
 BUTYRA'CEOUS, Buty'rous, a. [butyrum, Lat.] having the 
 properties or qualities of butter. 
 
 BU'TYRIC ACID, a volatile acid which occurs in butter : its 
 smell is that of rancid butter. 
 
 BU'XOM, a. [bucsum. Sax.] obedient; tractable; gay, lively, 
 brisk, wanton, jolly. Figuratively, void of resistance ; yielding, 
 or giving way, 
 
 BU'XOMLY, ad. in a wanton, lively, gay, or amorous manner. 
 
 BU'XOMNESS, s. wantonness, gaiety. 
 
 BU'XSTEAD, or Buckstead, Sussex. 
 
 BU'XTON, Derbyshire. This town is famous for its hot 
 springs, which have rendered it a place of resort for persons 
 troubled with some complaints, from the earliest times. The 
 recent part of the town has some very elegant buildings, of 
 which tne Crescent is the largest and handsomest. Buxton has 
 a manufacture of cotton, and is situated in an open, healthy 
 country, with a variety of fine views. There are in the neigh- 
 bourhood many natural curiosities, which afford great attraction 
 to the visitors. It is 159 miles from London. Market, Satur- 
 day. Pop. 1569. 
 
 BU'XTON, JEDIDIAH, the famous calculator of the last cen- 
 tury; an ignorant man, in humble circumstances, distinguished 
 by nothing whatever save his skill in computation, which made 
 him a wonder in his day. He died about 1775, aged about 70 
 years. 
 
 BU'XTON, SIR THOMAS FOWELL, one of the philanthro- 
 pic politicians who laboured for the. overthrow of W. Indian 
 slavery, and for the reform of prison discipline. He was connect- 
 ed by marriage with Mrs. Fry, and laboured with her in the latter 
 object. He died in 1845, aged 59 years. 
 
 BU'XTORF, the family name of three eminent Hebrew scho- 
 lars of Basle, Switzerland, at the end of the 16th and the 17th 
 centuries. The eldest, John, was the author of an edition of the 
 Hebrew Bible, and a Grammar, Lexicon, and Concordance to it, 
 beside other works. His son and grandsons re-edited his works, 
 and published various treatises of their own. The first died in 
 1629, the last in 1732. 
 
 To BUY, (by) V. a. [biegean. Sax.] to purchase a thing by 
 money, or the exchange of any other commodity. Figuratively, 
 to exchange one thing for another; to bribe, or corrupt by 
 bribery. 
 
 BUY'ER, (byer) s. he that purchases a thing with money, &c. 
 
 To BUZZ, V. n. [bizzen, Teut.] to hum, or make a noise like 
 bees, flies, or wasps. 
 
 To ^VTJL, V. a. to whisper. Used with abroad, to divulge, 
 publish, or spread a report or rumour. 
 
 BUZZ, s. the humming sound of bees; a whisper, or talk. 
 
 BU'ZZARD, s. [busard, Fr.] in Natural History, a kind of 
 hawk. Figuratively, a person of mean parts; a blockhead or 
 dunce. 
 
 BU'ZZER, s. a secret whisperer, or one who endeavours, by 
 false rumours, to alienate the affections of another. 
 
 hY,prep. [bi, big. Sax.] after words signifying action, it im- 
 plies the agent, cause, means, manner; and is used after verbs 
 neuter for the instrument. After quantity it expresses the pro- 
 portion. At the end of a sentence, it implies imitation or con- 
 formity. " A model to build others by," Arbuth. After an ad- 
 jective of the comparative degree, it denotes the difference. 
 " Shorter bi/ the head." Applied to place or situation, it denotes 
 nearness, joined to the pronouns himself, herself, &c., it signifies 
 the exclusion or absence of all others. After keep, it signifies, 
 possession, or ready for use. " He kept some of the spirit by him," 
 Boyle. In forms of swearing, it signifies a particularizing, or 
 specifying the object. Used adverbially, it signifies near, or at 
 a small distance, applied to place. Passing, applied to motion ; 
 
 133 
 
CAB 
 
 and presence, when used with be. " I will not he by," Shak, 
 By and by, signifies a short time, or shortly. Used substantively, 
 for something which is not the direct or immediate object of a 
 person's regard ; generally used with the preposition hy. " By 
 the by," Bryd. This word is commonly written bye, and as it 
 distinguishes it from the preposition, should be generally adopt- 
 ed for the sake of perspicuity. 
 
 BY, Bye, in composition, implies something out of the 
 direct way, as by-road,- something irregular, private, or selfish, 
 as by-end; something private, opposed to that which is by public 
 authoritv, as a by-law. 
 
 BY-END, s. private or self-interest, opposed to public spirit, 
 and conveying an idea of reproach. 
 
 BY-GONE, a. past : peculiar to the Scotch. 
 
 BY-LAW, s. a law made by corporations, or court-leets, and 
 societies, for the better management of affairs, &c., in cases 
 which are not provided for by the public laws, but no ways op- 
 posite or contrary to them. 
 
 BY-MATTER, s. something which is accidental, and has no 
 connexion with the main subject. 
 
 BY-NAME, «. a nickname, name of reproach, or accidental 
 appellation. 
 
 BY-PAST, a. past: peculiar to the Scotch. 
 
 BY-PATH, s. a private path, opposed to a public path. 
 
 BY-ROAD, s. an unfrequented road. 
 
 BY'RON, GEORGE GORDON NOEL, LORD, the lately ce- 
 lebrated poet, whose noble verses and profligate life have gain- 
 ed him an unenviable fame, was miserably brought up by a 
 foolish mother, and succeeding suddenly to the title and estates 
 in his boyhood, had his worst passions most fatally strengthened. 
 He early turned author, and was indebted to the slashing cri- 
 ticism of the Northern Review, for the stimulus to the care he 
 afterwards bestowed on the finish of his writings. He travelled 
 several times through the continent, resided for a time in Italy, 
 and was engaged in aiding the revolutionists of Greece at his 
 death. His marriage was as bad as his training. His poems 
 display the worst affectation, the affectation of badness and 
 misanthropy ; but genius and passion sufficient to keep them 
 from being forgotten. He died in 1824, aged 36 years. 
 
 BY'RON, ADMIRAL JOHN, one of our English nautical dis- 
 coverers, who passed more than a year on an uninhabited island 
 off the W. coast of S. America ; and served with distinction in 
 the war with France. He died in 1786, aged 63 years. 
 
 BY-WAY, s. a private and obscure way. 
 
 BY- WORD, s. [bi-tcord. Sax.] a saying, proverb, or term of 
 reproach. 
 
 BYZANTINE HISTORIANS, the general designation of a 
 series of Greek authors, extending from the 6th century to the 
 15th, who wrote the History of the Eastern Empire, or who wrote 
 under the patronage of the Eastern emperors. Constantinople, 
 or Byzantium, being the capital of that empire, they have gain- 
 ed this name. 
 
 r^ THE third letter in the English alphabet, is sounded by 
 ^^> pressing the breath between the tongue, raised to the roof 
 of the mouth near the palate, and the lips open. Before the 
 vowels, a, o, u, and all consonants, it is pronounced hard, like k, 
 as in cage, cat, cut ; but before i, e, and y, it has a sound like the 
 «, but somewhat more sharp, as in citjcell, cyder: with an 7i, it 
 has a peculiar sound, between the hardness of the k, and the 
 softness of the s, as in chain, cheese; but in words derived from 
 the French, it is sounded like an s before h, as in chaise, chicane, 
 which are pronounced shaize, shicane. Writers sometimes add a 
 k to it, when it comes at the end of words, as in logick. Used as 
 a figure, it stands for 100, and when double, CC, 200, &c. When 
 
 S laced before a Latin name, it signifies Caius, Casar, &c. With 
 Loman lawyers, it signified to condemn, from condemno. See A. 
 When doubled, it signifies consuls. In Commerce, it is used by 
 merchants to mark their books. In Music, it is the name of the 
 note occupying the 3rd space in the staff of the G clef, and 
 2nd in the staff of the F clef. 
 
 CAB, s. [Heb.] a Hebrew measure, containing about three 
 pints English, or the eighteenth part of an ephah. Also, com- 
 monly, an abbreviation for cabriolet. 
 CABA'L, ». [cabale, Fr.] a body of men united in some design 
 134 
 
 CAC 
 
 to disturb or change the administration of a state, distinguished 
 from i>arty, in the same degree as few from many. Figuratively, 
 an intrigue of plot to introduce a change in an administration. 
 The Cabal was one of the ministries of Charles II., viz. Lords 
 Clifford, Ashley, Buckingham, Arlington, and Lauderdale. 
 
 To CABA'L, V. n. [cabaler, Fr.] to form plots. 
 
 CA'BALA, s. [Chald.] properly signifies tradition, and is the 
 name of a mysterious kind of^ science, thought to have been de- 
 livered by revelation to the ancient Jews, and transmitted by 
 oral tradition to those of our times ; serving for interpretation to 
 the books both of nature and Scripture. It consisted principally 
 in the combination of particular words, letters, and numbers, by 
 means whereof the rabbins pretended to discover things future, 
 and to see clearly into the sense of many diflScult passages of 
 Scripture. 
 
 CA'BALISTS, s. a sect among the Jews who interpret Scrip- 
 ture. 
 
 CABALFSTIC, Cabali'stical, a. relating to the cabalists; 
 mystical. 
 
 CABA'LLER, s. one who enters into plots and intrigues to dis- 
 turb and change the administration of any government. 
 
 CABA'NIS, PIERRE JEAN GEORGE, a physician of the 
 latter part of last century, who bore his part in the French Re- 
 volution. He was ardently attached to literary studies, and was 
 intimate with all the leading characters of the age preceding the 
 Revolution, as well as those of that period itself. In philoso- 
 phical studies he was also versed. He died in 1808, aged 51 
 years. 
 
 CA'BARET, s. [Fr.] in France, is a tavern. 
 CA'BBAGE, s. in Bot; ■ •■ 
 
 tany, the brasaica, a kitchen plant with 
 large, fleshy, and glaucous-coloured leaves ; and its species are 
 ei^nt : the varieties of the first being eleven, and those of the 
 third sort two. 
 
 To CA'BBAGE, v. a. applied to tailors, to defraud a person of 
 part of his cloth. — v. n. to form a head; as, the plants begin to 
 
 CA'BIN, s. [chabin, Brit.] a little hut or cottage. On board a 
 ship, small apartments, of different dimensions, for the officers 
 to lie in. 
 
 To CA'BIN, V, n. to live in a cabin. Figuratively, to live or 
 lie in any narrow or small place. 
 
 CA'BINED, a. belonging to a cabin. Figuratively, narrow, or 
 belonging to a bed-chamber. 
 
 CA'BINET, s. [cabinet, Fr.] among joiners, a kind of press or 
 chest, with several doors and drawers for preserving curiosities, 
 or keeping clothes. Figuratively, a room in which private con- 
 sultations are held. Hence a cabinet council is that wbich is held 
 with great privacy, and wherein the most important articles 
 which concern a state are determined. 
 
 CA'BINET-MAKER, s. one who makes cabinets, chests of 
 drawers, and other wooden furniture for chambers or dining- 
 rooms. 
 
 CA'BLE, s. [cabl, Brit.] a thick, large, strong, three-strand 
 rope, from three to twenty inches in diameter, fastened to an 
 anchor to hold the ship when she rides. When two pieces of 
 cable are spliced together, it is called a shot of the cable. Cables 
 are often made of chain now. 
 
 CA'BLED, a. belonging to or resembling cables. Cabled flutes, 
 in Architecture, are those which are filled up with pieces in the 
 form of a cable. In Heraldry, a cabled cross is that which is 
 formed of the two ends of a ship's cable. 
 
 CABO'CHED, a. in Heraldry, applied to the head of a beast 
 cut off' behind the ears by a section parallel to the face. 
 
 CABRE'RA, asmall island near Majorca in the Mediterranean, 
 completely uninhabited and barren. 
 
 C A'BURE, in Natural History, a small beautiful Brazilian bird, 
 of the owl kind. 
 
 CA'BURNS, s. small ropes used in a ship. 
 
 CA'CHALOT, in Natural History, a genus of animals of the 
 cetaceous kind, one of which yields the spermaceti, and is com- 
 monly called the spermaceti whale. 
 
 CACHE'XY, (kakeksy) s. [kakos a.ndexia, Gr.] a habit of body that 
 hinders nutrition, and weakens the vital and animal functions. ' 
 
 CACHE'CTIC, Cache'ctical, (kakectic, kakektical) a. having 
 an ill habit of body. 
 
 CACHINNA'TION, {kakinndshon) s. \cachinnati>, I^it.] a loud 
 laughter, or what we call a horse laugh. 
 
CAD 
 
 CACl'QUE, s. [Mex.] the name given to the kings or chiefs of 
 the Mexican tribes. 
 
 CA'CKLE, s. the noise made by a goose or fowl. 
 
 To CA'CKLE, ti. n. {kauckelen, Brit.] to make a noise like a 
 goose; applied likewise to that of a hen. Figuratively, to laugh 
 heartily. 
 
 CA'CKLER, ». a fovel that cackles. Figuratively, a person 
 who divulges a secret ; a tell-tale ; a tattler, 
 
 CACOCHY'MY, {kakokymy) s. [kakos and chumos, Gr.] in Me- 
 dicine, a corrupt state of the vital humours. 
 
 CADODE'MON, s. [kakos and daimon, Gr.] an evil spirit, or 
 ghost; any imaginary frightful monster, created in the minds of 
 tearful and superstitious people. With astrologers, it is the 
 twelfth house m a scheme of the heavens, so called from the 
 pretended terror of its prognostication. 
 
 CACOE'THES, s. [kakos and ethos, Gr.] in Medicine, an epi- 
 thet applied by Hippocrates to malignant and difficult disteniT 
 pers. In Surgery, it is an inveterate disease, breaking out in 
 Iwils or blains, hardly curable. 
 
 CACCyPHONY, (kakdfony) s. [kakos and phove, Gr.] in Gram- 
 mar and Rhetoric, the meeting together of letters, syllables, or 
 words, which form a harsh and disagreeable sound. 
 
 CA'CTUS, s. in Botany, the general name of a family of suc- 
 culent plants, with very thorny jointed stems, no leaves, small 
 and delicate flowers set immediately on the stem, and (in their 
 native climate) fruit not greatly dissimilar to the gooseberry. 
 They are found in the tropical regions of the W. hemisphere al- 
 most solely. 
 
 To CACU'MINATE, v. a. [cacumino, Lat.] to sharpen. 
 
 CADA'VEROUS, a. [cadaverosus, Lat.] having the appearance 
 or qualities of a dead body. 
 
 CA'DDIS, s. a kind of tape or ribbon. In Natural History, 
 the grub of the Phryganea, which spins itself a movable case, 
 inserting pieces of stone, sand, straw, shells, and any things it 
 finds at the bottom of the shallow waters it inhabits. 
 
 CADE, a. soft, tender, tame, delicate. In Husbandry, a cade 
 lamb, is one that is bred in a house; a house lamb. Hence, to 
 cade, the verb, to bring up tenderly. 
 
 CADE, «. [cadus, Lat.] a cag, cask, or barrel. A cade of her- 
 rings is a vessel containing 5(K), and a cade of sprats, 1000, 
 
 CA'DENCE, s. [cadence, Fr.] a fall, decline, or descent. In 
 Music, cadence is a certain rest either at the end of a song, or of 
 some of its parts into which it is divided, as into members or 
 periods. Cadence, in dancing, is when the several steps and 
 motions follow or answer to the different notes or measure of the 
 music. 
 
 CADET, «. [cadet, Fr,] the younger son of a family, is a word 
 naturalized in our language from the French, Among the mili- 
 tary men, it denotes a young gentleman, who serves in a march- 
 ing regiment, as a private man, at his own expense, with a view 
 to acquire knowledge in the art of war, and to obtain a commis- 
 sion in the army. 
 
 CA'DEW, Ca'deworm, s. in Natural History, a kind of worms 
 which in time change into butterflies. 
 
 CA'DI, «. a magistrate among the Turks. 
 
 CADl'LLACK, s. a sort of pear. 
 
 CA'DIZ, a large, rich, and ancient city of Andalusia, in Spain, 
 seated on an island, from which it has a communication with the 
 continent by a bridge. The bay formed by it is 12 miles in 
 length and 6 in breadth. It is the emporium of the Spanish 
 foreign trade. It has a noble lighthouse, and is strongly forti- 
 fied, and well built. The docks are extensive, and the city has, 
 besides its trade, some small manufactures. The population is 
 about 50,000. Lat. 36. 32. N. Long. 6. 17. W. 
 
 CA'DMIUM, s. in Chemistry, a metal discovered in association 
 with zinc by Stromeyer. In colour and lustre it much resembles 
 tin, but is somewhat harder and more tenacious. 
 
 CA'DMUS, one of the fabled founders of the Grecian states. 
 He is said to have come from Phoenicia, and it is singular that 
 the name is the Semitic word for the East, with a Greek ending. 
 He is also said to have introduced letters to Greece, and in con- 
 firmation of their Phoenician origin, it is noticeable that the 
 names of the old Greek alphabet are nothing more than the 
 Chaldaic or Hebrew names, with the demonstrative pronoun 
 affixed, according to the Chaldaic idiom. He founded Thebes, 
 according to the legend, after having destroyed a dragon that 
 haunted the place, and sown its teeth in the ground, which pro- 
 
 CAE 
 
 duced a crop of ready-armed men, who on springing up fought 
 with each other till all but seven were destroyed. These men 
 peopled Boeotia. Other legends are related of him. The found- 
 ing of Thebes is fixed in 1045, or 1594 b. c, by Newton and 
 Barthelemy. 
 
 CA'DMUS OF MILETUS, was the first Grecian historian ; he 
 wrote Annals of the History of Ionia. He lived about 600 b. c. 
 
 CADU'CE, Cadu'ceus, s. [Lat.] among the Romans, was a 
 white staff or wand, carried by those officers who went to pro- 
 claim peace with any people with whom they had been at vari- 
 ance. Also, a rod entwisted by two serpents, borne by Mercury, 
 as the ensign of his quality and office, given him, according to 
 the fable, for his seven-stringed harp. The poets ascribe to 
 this rod the properties of laying men asleep, raising the dead, &c, 
 
 CjE'CUM, s. [Lat.] in Anatomy, one of^ the three portions of 
 the larger intestines. 
 
 C^'DMON, was herdman to the monastery at Whitby, in the 
 days of holy St. Hilda ; and was not able to take his part at feasts 
 when each guest in turn extemporized to the harp. But having 
 left a feast for shame once, as he slept one asked of him a song, 
 and he, being persuaded to attempt, poured forth a hymn to 
 God ; which he repeated on waking, and is preserved to this 
 day. Afterwards he did several parts of Scripture into Anglo- 
 Saxon verse ; and thus was not only the first poetic writer, but 
 the first Bible translator in England. He lived about 670 a. d. 
 
 CA'EN, a city, capital of the department of Calvados, France. 
 It is situated on the rivers Orne and Odon, the former of which 
 runs through the town, the tide brinpng up large vessels. It 
 has some manufactures, principally of lace. It has a fine uni- 
 versity, and some well-conducted charitable institutions. Ro- 
 man relics and early Norman remains are abundant in it. It is 
 129 miles from Paris. Its population is about 40,000. Lat. 
 49. 10. N. Long. 0. 25. W. 
 
 CAERLE'ON, Monmouthshire, once the metropolis of all 
 Wales, and the see of an archbishop. It is situated on the river 
 Usk, and has some small metal works. It is 148 miles from 
 London. Market, Thursday. Pop. 1174. 
 
 CA'ERWYS, Flintshire, N. Wales. It is seated on an ascent; 
 and though it is but a small place, the market is very good for 
 corn and provisions. It is 203 miles from London, Market, 
 Tuesday. Pop. 987. 
 
 CiE'SAR, CAIUS JULIUS, was descended from one of the 
 oldest and noblest families of Rome, and was coming into no- 
 toriety for his character and military skill during the troubled 
 days of Sylla. He used all his art and wealth to gain popularity 
 in the stations he successively filled in the state. He opposed 
 the severe measures determined in the senate against Catiline 
 and his fellow-conspirators. His first great step was the com- 
 promise seemingly eftected by him with his two great rivals, 
 Pompey and Crassus. But his fame and place in the world's 
 history opened with his wars in Gaul, which was assigned him 
 as his province after his consulship. The history of the wars 
 he has recorded in his beautifully written Commentaries ; and 
 by them he pushed the Roman command to the Atlantic, and 
 laid the foundation for the subjugation of Britain. He next ap- 
 pears in arms against Pompey, in Spain first, and afterwards in 
 Greece, where at Pharsalia he overthrew his riva!, and was the 
 undisputed master of the Roman world. Wars in Egypt, and 
 in Asia Minor, against the son of Mithridates, the former Icing of 
 Pontus, next engaged him. And as the partisans of Pompey 
 (though their chief was dead) had rallied, and threatened to dis- 
 turb his power, he attacked and defeated them, first in Africa, 
 and afterwards, a second time, in Spain. The history of these 
 wars was in part written by Csesar, and bears the same charac- 
 ter for simplicity and clearness as the other history does. Caesar 
 never bore any higher title than that of Consul and Dictator. 
 Imperator, or Emperor, was purely a title of honour then, con- 
 ferred by acclamation of the soldiers on their favourite general. 
 Settled in power, Caesar consulted for the good of Rome. One of 
 his reforms, that of the Calendar, with one correction, through 
 the nations that formed part of the Roman empire, all the 
 civilized world feels the benefit of to this day. Bj^ a conspiracy 
 headed by some of his most intimate friends, he fell at length, 
 being assassinated in 44 b. c, aged 56 years. 
 
 CJi'STUS, s. [Lat.] a large gauntlet made of raw hides, used 
 in combats with the ancients; they were studded with nails, 
 or strengthened with lead or plates of iron, and surrounded 
 
 135 
 
CAH 
 
 the hands, wrist, and aim, to guard them from blows, and pre- 
 vent their being broken or dislocated. 
 
 C^SU'RA, s. [Lat.] a figure in poetry, by which a short syl- 
 lable after a complete foot is made long. 
 
 CA'FFA, the largest town in the Crimea ; it is the Theodosia 
 of the ancients, a name which has been restored to it by the 
 Russians. From 1226 to 1474, it was in the hands of the Ge- 
 noese, when its commerce was at such a height, that it exceed- 
 ed even Constantinople itself in this particular. It is seated on 
 the Black Sea, 150 miles N. E. of Constantinople. Lat. 45. 8. 
 N. Long. 35. 45. E. 
 
 CA'FFEINE, s. in Chemistry, an essential principle, or base, 
 discovered in coffee, tea, and some other vegetables. There is 
 reason to believe that it may assist in the production of bile, and 
 thus facilitate the process of respiration. 
 
 CAFFRA'RIA, an extensive country of Africa, having an ir- 
 regular surface of hill and valley, abounding in lions and other 
 wild beasts, bordering on Cape Colony and the Indian Ocean ; its 
 northern boundaries are uncertain. The Caff'res are tall, active, 
 and robust, and evince a very warlike disposition. Their com- 
 plexions are black, and their hair woolly : considerable differ- 
 ences exist amongst the different tribes. The men employ much 
 of their time in bunting, the women in cultivating the land; 
 they also make earthenware and curious baskets. The country 
 is fertile, and they grow grain and vegetables, and thev have 
 large herds of cattle. Some of the tribes have adopted the pa- 
 triarchal, and some the regal form of government. Amongst 
 their religious practices, which are singular and simple, it is re- 
 markable that all the tribes use circumcision. Their language 
 is very peculiar, from the use of a sound totally unknown to us, 
 resembfing a sharp click. The Zoolahs are the finest tribe in all 
 respects. 
 
 CAFFRISTA'N, a district of Asia, lying between Affghanis- 
 tan and Siberia, which affords good pastures, and, in the valleys, 
 fertile soil for grain of various kinds. The mountain range call- 
 ed the Hindu Coosh, a part of the Himmaleh chain, runs through 
 it, some peaks of which are upwards of 20,000 feet high. The 
 inhabitants are a warlike, half-nomadic people; they are a 
 branch of the Hindu race, speaking a dialect of the Sanscrit. 
 They worship one God, and know nothing of the Hindu gods 
 and religious customs. They are of exquisite beauty, having 
 fair complexions, and sometimes Grecian features. They are 
 called Caff'res by their neighbours ; they call themselves Siah- 
 Posh : their country is called also Cohistan. 
 
 CA'FTAN, s. [Pers.] a Persian or Turkish vest or garment. 
 
 CAG, s. a barrel or wooden vessel, containing four or five gal- 
 lons. Sometimes written keg. 
 
 CAGE, s. [cage, Fr.] an enclosure of twigs or wire, in which 
 birds are kept ; a place for wild beasts, enclosed with pallisadoes ; 
 a prison for people guilty of petty crimes. 
 
 To CAGE, V. a. to enclose or confine in a cage. 
 
 CAGLIA'RI, the capital of Sardinia, in the Mediterranean. It 
 stands on the shore of a bay, and extends up a hill overlooking 
 the sea. It has a good harbour, and a considerable trade. There 
 is a finely adorned cathedral, a castle, and a palace. It has also 
 a university with an excellent library, &c. There are some ma- 
 nufactures carried on, and in the neighbourhood good wine is 
 produced. Its population is about 30,000. Lat. 39. 13. N. 
 Long. 9. 6. E. 
 
 CAGLIO'STRO, ALESSANDRO, COUNT Dl, alias Beppo 
 Balsamo, the prince of modern quacks, was a native of Sicily, 
 and began by living on acts of petty knavery, till a bolder 
 stroke of villany made it unsafe to remain. At Rome, London, 
 Strasburg, Warsaw, and other places, in company with an artful 
 but good-looking woman, whom he married at Rome, he now 
 appears under various characters of house-painter, fortune-teller, 
 Egyptian mason, physician to cure old age, &c. &c., and found 
 his way into various gaols also. At Paris he got entangled in 
 the business of Cardinal de Rohan, and the diamond necklace, 
 and was lodged in the Bastile. At length the Inquisition laid 
 bold of him in Rome, and in 1795 he died in prison, aged 52 
 years. 
 
 CAHO'RS, capital of the department of Lot, in France, stands 
 on the river whence the department is named, over which it has 
 three bridges, two of which are of great antiquity. It has some 
 manufactures, and the produce of^the neighbourhood in corn, 
 wine, &c., with them, are the staple of its trade. It is a bishop's 
 136 
 
 CAL 
 
 see, and the cathedral and other buildings are interesting as 
 ancient relics. It is 370 miles from Pans. Its population is 
 above 18,000. Lat. 44. 25. N. Long. 1. 28. £. 
 
 CAI'MAN, s. the American name of a crocodile. 
 
 CAJO'LE, V. a. [cajoler, Fr.] to flatter, soothe, or coax, in- 
 cluding the idea of dissimulation. 
 
 CAJO'LER, s. a flatterer, or wheedler. 
 
 CAIRN, s. [Celt.] a monumental heap of stones, over the 
 burial-place or body of a chief, amongst the Celtic nations. 
 
 CAIRN-GO'RM, s. part of the Highlands of Scotland, sur- 
 rounding Loch Avon, so called. Also, a particular kind of peb- 
 bles, which, when cut and polished, are worn as jewels in 
 brooches and bracelets. 
 
 CAI'RO, Grand Cairo, or El Kahera, the capital of Egypt, 
 is about a mile from the river Nile, and is 7 miles in circum- 
 ference. It has three or four grand gates, but the streets are 
 narrow, and the best houses are generally built round a court, 
 having their windows within the enclosed court, and presenting 
 only a dead wall to the street. A canal conveys the waters of 
 the Nile into the city, which is about 20 feet broad, and has 
 houses built on each side of it. The public baths and caravan- 
 saries are very numerous, and there are about 300 mosques, the 
 lofty minarets of which present a very picturesque appearance. 
 The old town of Cairo, or Mesra, and Bulac, are its ports or har- 
 bours. Cairo has silk manufactories. There is here also a 
 highly-esteemed college of Mussulman learning, and some good 
 scientific and military schools. Its population is about a quar- 
 ter of a million. The English and French have many establish- 
 ments here. Lat. 30, 2. N. Long. 31. 19. E. 
 
 CAISSON, s. [Fr.] a chest of bombs, or powder, laid in the 
 enemy's ways, to be fired on his approach. Also a wooden 
 frame, or chest, used in laying the foundations of the piers of a 
 bridge. 
 
 CAITHNE'SS, the most northerly county of Scotland, bound- 
 ed on the W. by Sutherlandshire ; on the N. by the Pentland 
 Frith, which divides it from the Orkney Islands ; and on the S. 
 E. by the German Ocean. Its peatest extent is 35 miles from 
 N. to S. and 20 from E. to W. The S. W. part is mountainous, 
 and the abode of wild roes and other animals ; the rocky sum- 
 mits shelter eagles and other birds of prey, and the lakes are 
 resorted to by swans and various water-fowl. There are many 
 extensive moors, fit only for scanty pasture ground, and there 
 are some parts where agriculture is successfully practised. Wick 
 is the chief town. This county sends two representatives to par- 
 liament. Pop. 36,34^. 
 
 CAI'TIFF, s. [cattivo, Ital.] a criminal who is guilty of mean- 
 ness ; a despicable, contemptible villain. 
 
 CAI'US COLLEGE, (pronounced Key's College,) one of the 
 institutions at Cambridge, first established by Edmund Gonvile, 
 in the 14th century, and in the reign of Mary greatly enlarged 
 by Dr. Caius, who was a learned court physician, and President 
 of the College of Physicians in London. By the rules of the 
 house great favour is shown to Norfolk men. Dr. Caius being a 
 native of Norwich. 
 
 CAKE, s. [caccen, Brit.] a rich kind of baked bread, generally 
 thin and round. Figuratively, any thing composed of flour and 
 baked, made in a thin and flattish form ; applied also to any one 
 who manifests silliness of disposition. 
 
 To CAKE, I', n. to harden like dough in the oven. 
 
 CALABA'R, a country on the Gulf of Guinea, with a town 
 and river of the same name. The commerce is conducted by 
 barter, and the exports are chiefly slaves, gold, oil, ivory, &cc 
 Lat. IG.N. Lon^IO. E. 
 
 CALABA'SH-TREE, s. in Botany, a large tree growing from 
 twenty-three to thirty feet high. The shells of the fruit are 
 used by the negroes for cups ; as also for instruments of music, 
 by making a hole in the shell, and putting in small stones, with 
 which they make a sort of rattle. 
 
 CALA'BRIA, a country of the kingdom of Naples, divided in- 
 to Ultra and Citra ; bounded by the province named Basilicata, 
 and the Mediterranean Sea. It is rich in vegetable and mineral 
 productions, but liable to earthquakes. There are a few moun- 
 tains, but only one exceeds 5000 feet in height ; and they fur- 
 nish good pastures. Wine, fruits, and oil are abundantly pro- 
 duced. In all respects the country is improving now. The 
 population is about 800,000. Reggio and Cosenza are its chief 
 places. 
 
C AL 
 
 CA'LAIS, a strong town of France, in the Pas de Calais, with 
 a citadel, and a fortified harbour. It is built in the form of a 
 triangle, one side of which is towards the sea. The citadel is as 
 large as the town, and has but one entrance. It is a trading 
 place, with handsome streets, and several churches and monas- 
 teries. The fortifications are good ; but its greatest strength is 
 its situation among the marshes, which may be overflowed at 
 the approach of an enemy. The harbour is not so good as for- 
 merly, nor will it admit vessels of any great burthen. It is al- 
 ways a place of resort for Englishmen, being only 18 miles from 
 Dover. It is 152 miles from Paris. Population about 12,000. 
 Lat. 48. N. Long. 2. 1. E. 
 
 CALAMA'NCO, s. a kind of woollen stufl", with a glossy 
 surface. 
 
 CALA'MBA, s. in Commerce, a kind of wood brought from 
 China, usually sold under the denomination of lignum aloes. 
 
 CA'LAMINE, s. llapis calaminaris, Lat.] the ore of zinc, which 
 is a hard, heavy, mineral substance, appearing of a stony na- 
 ture, but a lax and cavernous structure, generally found in loose 
 masses, from the size of a walnut to those of three pounds and 
 upwards. 
 
 CA'LAMINT, s. \calamintha, Lat.] in Botany, a species of the 
 melissa or baum, which grows naturally in the mountains of Tus- 
 cany. It has forked fruitstalks, growing at the base of the 
 leaves, and bluish white blossoms. It is found by road sides and 
 in corn fields, and flowers in August. 
 
 CALA'MITOUS, a. [calamitosus, Lat.] involved in misfor- 
 tunes; wretched; unfortunate; unhappy, oppressed with miserj-, 
 applied to persons. Fatal, noxious, unwholesome, or productive 
 01 misery or distress, applied to things. 
 
 CALA'MITY, s. misfortune, affliction, distress, the cause of 
 misery. Synon. Each of these words denotes a sad event ; but 
 that of misfortune is applied to casualties and outward circum- 
 
 stances, things detached from us. Disaster respects properly 
 personal accidents. Calamity implies something more general. 
 
 ('A'LAMUS, s. [Lat.] in Botany, a reed, or sweet-scented 
 wood. See SpiCEWOiiT. See also Dragon's Blood. 
 
 CA'LAMY, DR. EDMUND, who wrote the Lives of the Non- 
 conformist Ministers of 1662, was grandson of an eminent Pres- 
 byterian divine, who though not a thorough nonconformist, had 
 to share their sufferings. He had dissented from the movements 
 of the party of the army and the Independents, and been favoured 
 by Charles II. on his restoration. He died in 1666, aged 66 
 years. Dr. Calamy was a stanch nonconformist. His brother, 
 having adopted the opposite views, provoked a Mr. De Laune to 
 
 Eublisn his Plea for Nonconformity, and instead of replying, had 
 im imprisoned, where he died. 
 
 CALA'SH, s. [calcche, Fr.] a light four-wheeled, uncovered 
 carriage, driven by the traveller himself, now not in fashion. 
 
 CA'LCEATED, a. [calceatm, Lat.] shod; fitted with shoes. 
 
 CALCA'REOUS, a. [cakarius, Lat.] that partakes of the na- 
 ture and qualities of caLc or lime. 
 
 CALCEDO'NIUS, s. [Lat.] a precious stone of the agate kind. 
 
 CALCINA'TION, s. [Fr.] the act of reducing any matter into 
 a subtile white powder, by means of fire. 
 
 CALCINA'TORY, s. a vessel used in calcining. 
 
 To CALCl'NE, V. a. [calx, Lat.] to make a thing easily pow- 
 dered by means of fire; to burn in the fire to a substance which 
 a small force will crumble; to reduce to ashes; to burn to a 
 cinder. Figuratively, to consume or destroy. 
 
 CA'LCIUM, s. in Chemistry, a metal which is the base of 
 lime. All that is known of it is, that it is of a white colour, ex- 
 ceedingly inflammable, and becomes lime by being oxidized. 
 
 CALCfO'GRAPHY, s. Ichalkos and grapho, Gr.] the art of en- 
 graving on brass or copper plates. 
 
 To CA'LCULATE, v. a. [calculer, Fr.] to find out the value or 
 amount of any thing by arithmetic; to compute or find the si- 
 tuation of the planets ; to contrive or adapt to a certain end. — 
 t;. n. to make a computation. Calculating machines have been 
 made, by which computations in figures, exceeding human skill, 
 are effected rapidly, and with unerring correctness ; and by an 
 additional mecnanism, printed off on copper plates. 
 
 CALCULA'TION, s. an operation in Arithmetic. Figuratively, 
 a deduction of reason ; the result of an arithmetical operation. 
 
 CA'LCULATOR, «. one who computes or calculates. 
 
 CALCULA'TORY, c, belonging to calculation or computa- 
 tion. 
 
 C AL 
 
 CA'LCULOSE, Ca'lcuixjus, a. [calculus, Lat.] stony, gritty; 
 having the stone or gravel. 
 
 CA'LCULUS, s. [Lat.] a little stone, anciently used in calcu- 
 lations. In Medicine, a stone in the kidney, ureters, or bladder. 
 In Mathematics, the higher developments of Algebraic science. 
 
 CALCU'TTA, or Fort William, the emporium of Bengal, and 
 seat of the governor-general of India, is seated on the W. side of 
 Hoogly River, at about 100 miles from its mouth, which is navi- 
 
 §able up to the town for large ships. There is a fine quay, nearly 
 miles long, beside the river ; but the situation is not happily 
 chosen, for it has a vast jungle, with low muddy lakes in it, 
 called the Sunderbunds, near, which makes it unwholesome. 
 The houses variously built, many with the appearance of palaces 
 or temples, some of brick, others with mud^ and a greater num- 
 ber with bamboos and mats, make a motley appearance ; and 
 the mixture of European and Asiatic manners observed in Cal- 
 cutta is wonderful. It is now a bishop's see. Here the governor- 
 general and council of Bengal reside, who have a control over 
 the presidencies of Madras, Bengal, and Bencoolen. Here are 
 four judges, who dispense justice according to the laws of Eng- 
 land. Calcutta is 1030 miles N. E. by N. of Madras. Thepo- 
 pulation is about 1,000,000. Lat. 22. 23. N. Long. 88. 28. E. 
 
 CA'LDERON DE LA BARCA, DON PEDRO, the famed 
 writer of dramatic poetry in Spain, in the 17th century. He 
 studied at Salamanca, and ended his days as a cleric. He died 
 in 1681 , aged 80 years. His works are very numerous, and by 
 competent critics highly admired. 
 
 CA'LDRON, Cau'ldron, s. [chaudron, Fr.] a large vessel to 
 heat water or dress victuals in ; a pot. 
 
 CALEDO'NIA, the ancient name of Scotland. 
 
 CALEDO'NIA, NEW, a large island in the S. Pacific Ocean, 
 midway between New Guinea and New Zealand, to the E. of 
 New Holland, It is about 400 miles in length, and about 50 
 miles broad in the middle. It is surrounded by coral reefs, and 
 is mountainous, and not very fertile. Plantains and sugar canes 
 are not plentiful ; bread-fruit is very scarce, and the cocoa-nut 
 trees are but thinly planted ; but the yams and taras are in great 
 abundance. The inhabitants are strong and active ; their cloth- 
 ing is a wrapper made of the bark of a tree, or of leaves. They 
 subsist chiefly on roots, and cultivate' the soil with some art and 
 industry. 
 
 CALEDCNIANS, the ancient inhabitants of the north of 
 Scotland. 
 
 CALEFA'CTION, s. [calefacio, Lat.] the act of heating any 
 thing; the state of being heated. 
 
 CALEFA'CTIVE, Calefa'ctory, a. that heats, or has the 
 power of heating. 
 
 To CA'LEFY, v. n. [calejio, Lat.] to grow hot; to be heated.— 
 V. a. to make hot. 
 
 CA'LENDAR, s. [calendurium, Lat.] a table containing the 
 days, months, festivals, &c. happening in the year. The Roman 
 calendar, from which ours is borrowed, is attributed to Romulus, 
 and Numa Pompilius, who made it consist of 12 lunar months, of 
 30 and 29 days alternately, which made 354 days ; but added 
 one day more, which made it 355 davs; and that the civil year 
 might equal the sun's motion, he added a month every second 
 year. Julius Caesar in his dictatorship reformed the calendar, 
 and made the year consist of 365 days, and left the six hours to 
 form a day at the end of every fourth year, which was added to 
 the month of February. This calendar was called the Julian, 
 and was used to the time of Gregory XIII. , who finding the 
 Julian year gone too forward, cut off" ten days from the calen- 
 dar; and to remedy this defect for the future, left out one bissex- 
 tile day every 100 years, making every fourth hundred a leap 
 year. By act of parliament, to remedy the inconveniences arising 
 from the differences of style, this kingdom adopted the Gregorian 
 or new style, by leaving out eleven days of the month of Septem- 
 ber in the year 1752. Many nations however still use old 
 style ; and in the country the quarters of the year are still so 
 reckoned. Calendar of prisoners, is a list of all their names, with 
 their separate judgments in the margin, which the judge signs, 
 and the execution of which is committed to the respective sheriff'. 
 Ecclesiastical Calendar, is the yearly list of saints' days, feasts, 
 fasts, festivals, vigils, &c. observed by the Church of"^ Rome or 
 England. Most of these observances are kept on fixed days, 
 but some of the greatest in dignity are movable, and determined 
 by the day appointed to be observed as Easter day, except Ad- 
 T 137 
 
CAL 
 
 vent Sunday, which is always the nearest Sunday to St. An- 
 drew's day, which is the 30tli November. Rules and Tables for 
 finding Easter day — lacking however the needful explanation, 
 that it is not by the actiud moon, but by an ecclesiastical moon, 
 invented by Cluvius, that the day is regulated — are f^iven at the 
 beginning of the Book of Common Prayer. French lievolutionary 
 Calendar, was used for a time by the French Directory and Na- 
 poleon. The year was presumed to begin at midnight on Sep- 
 tember 22. It was divided into 12 months of 30 days each , and 
 the additional days were celebrated as Sans-culottide feasts, the 
 intercalary day being dedicated to Reason. The names of the 
 months were, Vindemiaire, Brumaire, Frimaire ; Nivose, Plii- 
 viose, Ventose ; Germinal, Floreal, Prairial; Messidor, Thermi- 
 dor, Fructidor. Each month was divided into three decades of 
 days, and the 10th day was a holiday instead of the 7th day. 
 Napoleon altered this; and, in 1805, laid the whole calendar 
 aside, which had lived then just 13 years. Roman Calendar. The 
 peculiarity of this was the nomenclature of the days in the 
 months. The first day of every month was called the calends of 
 the month ; the 13th of all but March, May, July, October, and 
 of these the 15th day, was called the ides of the month ; the 
 9th day preceding the ides of each month was called the nones ; 
 and the intermediate days were reckoned as so many days before 
 the calends, nones, ides, next ensuing. 
 
 CA'LENDER, s. a hot press, made use of to press, smooth, or 
 water manufactures of silk, woollen, or linen. It consists of two 
 large iron rollers, round which the pieces of stufFare wound ; these 
 are put between two large, close, polished planks of wood, the 
 lower serving as a fixed base, and the upper movable by means 
 of a wheel, like that of a crane, with a rope fastened to a spindle, 
 which makes its axis ; this upper part is of prodigious weight, 
 which, together with its alternate motion, gives the polish, 
 and makes the waves on the stuifs, by causing the cylinders on 
 which they are put to roll with great force over the lowest board. 
 The rollers are taken off' and put on again by inclining the ma- 
 chine. In Natural History, the word is applied to an insect, 
 which preys on corn, leaving nothing but the husks, and giving 
 the flour of it a very bad taste. 
 
 To CA'LENDER, 1-. a. [calendrer, Fr.] to smooth, water, or 
 dress any manufacture in a hot press or calender. 
 
 CA'LENDERED, a. applied to corn, devoured by the calender, 
 an insect. 
 
 CA'LENDERER, s. one who presses, smooths, or waters 
 manufactures in a hot press or calender. 
 
 CA'LENDS, «. it has no singular, [calendm, Lat.] the first day 
 of the month among the Romans. 
 
 CA'LENTURE, s. [cako, Lat.] in Medicine, an inflammatory 
 fever, frequent at sea. 
 
 CALF, s. plural calves, [cealf. Sax.] the young of a cow ; the 
 swelling, fleshy part of a man's leg; a dolt or stupid wretch, by 
 way of contempt. 
 
 CA'LIBRE, s. [Fr.] the extent or diameter of any round thing ; 
 an instrument used by carpenters. Among the gunsmiths, 
 wooden calibres are models by which they cut the stocks whereon 
 thev mount their guns, pistols, &c. Steel calibres are instruments 
 with which they turn and file their screws. In Gunnery, the 
 diameter of the mouth or bore of a piece of cannon, or of the 
 ball it carries. Calibre or calliper compasses, a pair of compasses, 
 with the legs bent inwards, furnished with a tongue, which 
 moves on a rivet on one of its legs, and is used to take the di- 
 mensions of the bore of a cannon, together with the size and 
 weight of the ball it can carry. 
 
 CA'LICE, Cha'lice, s. [ealix, Lat.] a cup, appropriated to the 
 cups or vessels which the communicants drink out of at the 
 Lord's supper. 
 
 CA'LICO, s. [from Calicut, in India,] a kind of cotton manufac- 
 ture formerly imported by the East India Company, now one of 
 the chief products of British home labour. 
 
 CA'LICUT, a town and sea-port of Malabar, Hindustan, 
 noted in old time for its cotton manufactures, thence called 
 calico. It is of no great consequence or extent now. Lat. 11. 
 14. N. Long. 76. 0. E. 
 
 CA'LID, a. [calidus, Lat.] hot, burning, fervent. 
 
 CALI'DITY, s. [caliditas, Lat.] heat. 
 
 CA'LIF, Ca'uph, s. [klialifa, Arab.] a title given to the suc- 
 cessors of Mahomet among the Saracens, by whom it is account- 
 ed the supreme ecclesiastical dignity ; or, among the Mahomet- 
 
 CAL 
 
 ans, a sovereign dignity, vested with absolute authority in all 
 matters relative both to religion and polity. 
 
 CALIFO'RNIA, a territory of N. America, lying on the Pa- 
 cific Ocean, extending from the plain watered by the Columbia 
 river to the long, narrow peninsula running S. of the Colorado 
 river. This peninsula is between 000 and 700 miles in length, 
 and is very rocky and barren, producing a most inconsiderable 
 quantity of grain, wine, horses, cattle, &c. in proportion to its 
 extent. It has also a gold mine or two. N. of^ the peninsula is 
 a territory upwards of 700 miles in width, and somewhat more 
 in length, lying between the Rocky Mountains and the W. 
 Ocean. It has some very productive land amongst its rocks, 
 and grows corn, wine, fruits, &c. &c., and furnishes excellent 
 pasture. Gold and silver have been found, but in small quanti- 
 ties. The climate of the peninsula is intenselv hot ; that of the 
 upper region is temperate, or perhaps cold. The population is 
 small. Loretto, La Paz, St. Diego, and St. Francisco, are its 
 chief towns. It has lately been seized by the United States. 
 The Gulfif California is the narrow arm of the sea that runs be- 
 tween the peninsula and Mexico. 
 
 CALIGATION, s. [caligo, Lat.] darkness, cloudiness, dimness 
 of sight. 
 
 CALPGINOUS, a. [caliginosus, Lat.] dark, dim, cloudy, 
 obscure. 
 
 CALI'GINOUSNESS, s. darkness; obscurity. 
 
 CALFGRAPHY, s. \kalos and grapho, Gr.] a neat and hand- 
 some hand, applied to writing; beautiful writing. 
 
 CALFGULA, CAIUS CAESAR, the fourth emperor of Rome, 
 who, after a few months of prudent government, apparently be- 
 came insane, for the absurdities and intolerable cruelties he was 
 guilty of admit of no other supposition. After enduring this 
 change for two years, some of his officers assassinated him. He 
 reigned near three years, and fell in 41 a. d., aged 30 years. 
 
 CA'LIVER, s. a hand-gun, harquebuse; a small gun used 
 at sea. 
 
 CALFXTINES, s. in Church History, a section of the Hussites 
 of Bohemia, which was opposed to the Taborites during the wars 
 of Ziska. They held by a few simple practical requisitions, 
 amongst which was communion in both kinds. They were 
 reconciled to Rome, on the cup being granted to all at the eu- 
 charist. It was also a name given to tnose among the Luther- 
 ans, who followed the sentiments of George Calixtus, a celebrated 
 divine, who opposed the opinion of St. Augustine on predestina- 
 tion, grace, and free-will. 
 
 CALI'XTUS, the name assumed by three popes, and one anti- 
 pope ; none of which did any thing worthy of especial notice. 
 
 To CALK, (caulk) V. a. [calar/e, Fr.] to stop the seams or other 
 leaks of a ship with oakum or tow, to keep the water out. 
 
 CA'LKER, {caulker) s. the person who stops the leaks of a 
 ship. 
 
 CA'LKING, (caidking) s. stopping the leaks or seams of a ship 
 with oakum or tow, which is afterwards covered with a mixture 
 of tallow, pitch, and tar, as low as it draws water. 
 
 To CALL, (caul) V. a. [kaleo, Gr.] to name. Used with ore and 
 upon, to visit or go to a person's house. In Divinity, to receive 
 a mission from God ; and used with upon, to implore ; to pray to 
 in distress, with confidence of assistance. To call back, to re- 
 voke. To call over, to read aloud a list or muster roll. To call 
 names, to abuse a person by some reproachful term or word. To 
 call in, applied to money, to collect or demand a sura lent. 
 Joined with out, to challenge, provoke, or excite to combat or 
 danger. 
 
 CALL, (caul) s. an address by word of mouth. Figuratively, 
 a mission from God. In Law, a nomination or admission. Used 
 with ujwn, a claim or demand. Within call, not far off'; within 
 hearing. An instrument imitating the notes of birds, and used 
 by bird-catchers to bring them into their trans. The English 
 name for the mineral called tungsten or wolfram by the Ger- 
 mans. 
 
 CALLA'O, a city, the port of Lima, in Peru, with a liirge, 
 beautiful, and safe harbour. The town is built at a little dis- 
 tance from the sea, and all the houses are low and slightly built, 
 because of the frequency of earthquakes. It is fortified, and has 
 now a good trade. It is 7 miles from Lima. Lat. 12. 2. S. Long. 
 77. 4. W. 
 
 CA'LLCOTT, DR. JOHN, a distinguished English composer, 
 who has left us some of the most beautiful and mofet popular 
 
CAL 
 
 glees, &c. At the latter part of his life he lost his mental power 
 and vigrour, and was released from his mournful state in 1821, 
 aged 55 years. 
 
 CA'LLCOTT, SIR AUGUSTUS, brother to the composer, was 
 a greatly admired landscape painter. His pictures are numerous 
 and well known. He died in 1844, aged Cfe years. 
 
 CALLl'MACHUS, a Greek poet, who was born in Cjrene, and 
 kept a school at Alexandria. His hymns are veiy beautiful, but 
 some other productions are too pedantical. He flourished about 
 260 B.C. 
 
 CA'LLING, {caulling) s. the business or trade a person pro- 
 fesses ; station, employment, or profession; divine vocation; 
 invitation to the true religion. 
 
 CA'LLINGTON, or Ke'llington, Cornwall. It has a woollen 
 manufactory, and is seated on the Tamar. It is not inferior to 
 half of the Cornish boroughs for wealth and buildings, having 
 one ven^ good broad street, a market-house, and neat church. 
 It is 217 miles from London. Market, Wednesday. Pop. 1G85. 
 
 CALLI'OPE, [Gr.] the muse who presides over rhetoric and 
 heroic verse. 
 
 CA'LLIPERS, s. See Calibre, of which this is a corruption. 
 
 CALLO'SITY, s. [callosite, Fr.] in Anatomy, a hardness of the 
 skin, owing to hard labour, or frequent rubbings, whereby it 
 becomes insensible. 
 
 CA'LLOUS, a. [caWiw, Lat.] indurated; hardened; having the 
 pores shut up. Applied to the mind or conscience, not to be 
 moved by threats or promises. 
 
 CA'LLOUSNESS, s. insensibility of the body, wherein the 
 skin grows into knobs, and loses all sensation; the hardness of 
 the juices which knit together the extremities of a broken bone. 
 Figuratively, insensibility, applied to the mind. 
 
 CA'LLO^V, a. unfledged ; without feathers. 
 
 CA'LLUS, s. [Lat.] See Callosity. 
 
 CALM, a. [calm, Belg.] undisturbed by tempests or violent 
 winds, applied to the sea and elements. Undisturbed by bois- 
 terous passions, applied to the mind. — s. a freedom from tem- 
 pests or winds at sea; or from passion, as to the mind. 
 
 To CALM, V. a. to put an end to a tempest. Figuratively, to 
 soothe or pacify ; to appease. 
 
 CA'LMER, s. the person or thing which reduces from a state 
 of turbulence or violence to one of quietness, rest, and serenity. 
 
 CALME'T, AUGUSTINE, a learned theologian of the Bene- 
 dictine order at the beginning of last century. He wrote a great 
 number of works ; and of them his Dictionary of the Bible is most 
 widely known. He died in 1757, aged 85 years. 
 
 CA'LMLY, ad. free from violence, furiousness, or tempestuous 
 commotion. Figuratively, in a serene, cool manner. 
 
 CA'LMNESS, s. a state of quiet free from the disturbance of 
 violent winds. Figuratively, a state of cool and sedate tran- 
 quillity ; mildness. 
 
 CA'LMUCKS, a branch of the Mongolian race, inhabiting the 
 plains near the Caspian Sea, in Asiatic Russia ; and spread 
 thence in wandering parties over almost all Siberia and Tatary. 
 They belong to the great Buddhist sect of Asiatic religionists, 
 and in physical conformation are the type of one of the great va- 
 rieties of the human race. 
 
 CALNE, Wilts. It has a manufactory of cloth, and is situated 
 on a river of the same name. It has a fine church, some good 
 public buildings, and is, in general, well built. It is 88 miles 
 from London. Market, Tuesday. Pop. 5128. 
 
 CA'LOMEL, «. \Jialus and melas, Gr.] in Chemistry, the com- 
 mon name of the protochloride of mercury, used in medicine very 
 much as an alterative. 
 
 CA'LORIC, s. in Chemistry, the name given to the principle 
 of heat. 
 
 CALORI'FIC, a. [calorificm, Lat.] that has the power of 
 heating. 
 
 CA'LORIMETER, s. in Chemistry, an instrument for ascer- 
 taining the quantity of caloric disengaged from any substance 
 that may be the object of experiment. 
 
 CALO'lTE, s. [Fr.] a cap or coif of hair, worn first by Cardi- 
 nal Richelieu. A red calotte is become the badge of a cardinal. 
 In Architecture, a red cavity or depressure in form of a cap 
 or cup, lathed and plastered, used to diminish the rise or ele- 
 vation of a chapel, cabinet, alcove, &c. 
 
 CALO'YERS, ». [_kalos and geras, Gr.] monks of the Greek 
 church, who live a very retired and austere life, eat no flesh. 
 
 CAM 
 
 keep four lents, and never break their fasts till they have earned 
 that meal by their labour. 
 
 CA'LTROPS, s. [coltrtsppe. Sax.] an instrument with four iron 
 spikes, disposed in such a manner that one of them will always 
 be upright, and three of them in the ground. They are used to 
 annoy, embarrass, and wound the horses' feet of the cavalry. In 
 Botany, a plant so called from its resembling the instrument 
 just described, and being very troublesome to cattle by pricking 
 their feet. 
 
 CALVADO'S, a department of France, lying on the English 
 Channel, and bounded inland by the departments of Manche, 
 Orne, and Eure. The Vire, the Orne, the Dives, and the 
 Toucques are its chief rivers. The land on the S. border is rather 
 high, but there are no hills worthy of special mention. It is a 
 thoroughly agricultural district, its soil fertile, its pastures good, 
 its products in grain, vegetables, fruits, &c. &c., and in cattle, 
 horses, &c., abundant. It also produces a little coal, and some 
 slate and iron. Its population is about 500,000. Caen, Lisieux, 
 Falaise, &c., are its towns. 
 
 To CALVE, «. n. to bring forth a calf 
 
 CALVES-SNOUT, s. in Botany, a plant, called also snapdragon. 
 
 CA'LVILLE, s. [Fr.] a sort of apple. 
 
 CA'LVIN, JOHN, the Swiss Reformer, was born in France, of 
 poor parents, but brought up to the church, and in orders, when 
 he turned his attention to law. The study of the Scriptures, 
 especially the Greek Testament, led him to forsake the cnurch, 
 and after many changes, he settled at Geneva, as teacher of 
 theology. He was banished from this place for a short time, and 
 went to Strasburg ; but returned to Geneva, where he died in 
 1564, aged 55 years. His works are numerous, and expressed 
 his peculiar views in relation to doctrines, and rites, and disci- 
 pline, in which he opposed the Lutherans particularly. His con- 
 sent to the burning of Servetus, shows no more than that he had 
 not in all things renounced the doctrines of Rome, or else that 
 he had fallen into the opposite error, the Erastianism of Protest- 
 antism. 
 
 CA'LVINISTS, s. in Church History, are those who follow the 
 opinions of John Calvin, either in respect of his doctrines, which 
 are Augustinian, and affirm all that is usually associated with 
 unconditioned personal election, such as the Calvinists of Eng- 
 land ; or in respect of both doctrines and discipline, as is yet the 
 case both at Geneva and in Scotland. Modern Calvinists, or 
 moderate Calvinists, is a name assumed by those whose feelings 
 have interfered with their logic, and led them to the views of 
 Baxter and Fuller. 
 
 CA'LUMET, s. a symbol of peace among the Indians of North 
 America. It is made of a red stone, like our marble ; the head 
 resembles that of a tobacco-pipe, but larger, and is fixed in a 
 hollow reed, to hold it for smoking. They adorn it with fine 
 wings of various colours, and is the calumet of the sun, to whom 
 they present it, especially if they want fair weather or rain. 
 This pipe is a pass or safe-conduct amongst all the allies of the 
 nation that has it given. In all embassies the ambassador 
 carries it as an emblem of peace, and is always received with a 
 profound regard ; the savages being persuaded that a violation 
 of the calumet would be attended with some dire misfortune. 
 
 To CALU'MNIATE, v. n. [calumnior, Lat.] to accuse falsely ; 
 to charge without just ground. — v. a. to slander. 
 
 CALUMNIA'TION, s. a false representation of a person's 
 words and actions, in order to render his character suspected. 
 
 CALU'MNIATOR, s. [Lat.] one who slanders another to ruin 
 his reputation. 
 
 CALU'MNIOUS, a. slanderous ; falsely accusing. 
 
 CA'LUMNY, s. [calmnnia, Lat.] the falsely accusing of a per- 
 son with crimes, or misrepresenting his words and actions, in 
 order to make his character suspicious. 
 
 CALX, s. [Lat.] lime; an old term made use of to describe a 
 metallic oxide. 
 
 CA'L YCLE, s. [calycidus, Lat.] in Botany, a small bud of a plant. 
 
 CA'LYX, s. [Lat.] in Botany, the external protecting leaves 
 and cover of the petals, stamina, and pistils of flowers. 
 
 CAMAPEU, s. \camachuia, Ital.] See Cameo. 
 
 CA'MBAY, a city of Guzerat in Hindustan, situated on a 
 gulf of the same name, which is full of rocks, covered at low 
 water. The country abounds in corn, cattle, silk, &c., and cor- 
 nelian and agate stones are found in the rivers. The inhabitants 
 are noted for embroidery. They trade in spices and grain with 
 
CAM 
 
 Bombay, &c. It is 57 miles nearly S. of Amedabad, of which it 
 is the nort. Lat. 22. 23. N. Long. 72. 45. E. 
 
 CA'MBER, s, a piece of timber cut arching. 
 
 t!.4MB0'DIA, or Cambo'ya, formerly a kingdom of Asia, 
 lyin^ between Siam and Cochin China. Its principal river, and 
 chief city, bore the same name. It is now shared by its neigh- 
 boui-s. Lat. 13. 10. N. Long. 105. 5. E. 
 
 CAMBRA'Y, a large city in the department of Nord, France. 
 It has a considerable manufactory of lace, linen, leather, soap, 
 and cambrics, which took their name from this city. It is seated 
 on the Scheldt, which divides it into two, and has a good cathe- 
 dral, being the see of an archbishop. It is 102 miles from Paris. 
 Population about 15,000. 
 
 CA'MBRIC, s. [toile de Cambray, Fr.] a species of linen, made 
 of flax, very fine and white, at first manufactured at Cambray. 
 "the cambrics now allowed in this country are manufactured m 
 Scotland and Ireland. 
 
 CA'MBRIDGE, Cambridgeshire. It is the county town and 
 seat of a celebrated university, and is seated on the river Cam, 
 which divides it into two unequal parts. The university contains 
 13 colleges and 4 halls. Its buildings are elegant, and its libra- 
 ries and cabinets valuable and extensive. The Fitzwilliam Mu- 
 seum, Senate House, Observatory, &c., are connected with it. 
 The town-hall and county-hall are the only buildings of note 
 that do not appertain to the university. The streets are narrow, 
 but well paved, and the houses are old ; the market-place is 
 spacious, and in it is a handsome stone conduit, to which water 
 is conveyed by an aqueduct. It communicates with London and 
 the north by railway. It is 51 miles from London. Markets 
 every day in the week, Sunday and Monday excepted. Pop. 
 
 CAM'BRIDGE, a town of Massachusetts, United States, the 
 seat of Harvard University, which is the most richly endowed 
 institution in the States. The buildings are extensive and com- 
 modious, but not built with any regard to the impression of the 
 whole. It has a good museum and library, ana other needful 
 appurtenances to such a place ; and it has a medical school at- 
 tached. There is a large glass manufactory in the town. It 
 lies in Massachusetts Bay, and is connected with Boston and 
 Charlestown by bridges. It is 4-37 miles from Washington. 
 Pop. 8409. There are eight places beside which bear this name 
 in the States. 
 
 CA^MBRIDGESHIRE, a county of England, bounded by the 
 counties of Bedford, Huntingdon, Northampton, Lincolnshire, 
 Norfolk, Suffolk, Essex, and Herts. It is 50 miles in length 
 from N. to S., and 25 broad from E. to W. The air and soil vary ; 
 the S. and E. parts are pleasant and healthy, but the N. or fenny 
 country is low and watery. The Nen and Ouse, the Cam, and the 
 Larke, are its rivers ; and the only hills of any note are the 
 trifling elevations called the Gogmagog Hills. It is an agricul- 
 tural county, and not unproductive. See Level (Bedford). 
 Pop. 164,4.59. It returns seven members to parliament. 
 
 CA'MDEN, the learned and famous antiquary, author of 
 Britannia, and other works greatly esteemed by the curious in 
 such inquiries. He had the head-mastership of Westminster 
 School ; and was, moreover, Clarencieux king at arms : and he 
 died in 1623, aged 72 years ; and has his tomb in Westminster 
 Abbey. 
 
 CA'MDEN, CHARLES PRATT, EARL OF, a distinguished 
 statesman of the reign of George HI. He was early called to the 
 bar, and by the personal favour of Pitt, as early introduced into 
 the path of advancement. He was made lord chancellor in the 
 Duke of Grafton's ministry, and afterwards, by Lord Rockingham 
 and Pitt, president of the council. He opposed the American 
 war ; and took a part in reference to the law of libel that ren- 
 dered him highly popular. He died in 1794, aged 80 years. 
 
 CAME, the preter. of the verb To Come. 
 
 CA'MEL, s. [gamel, Heb.] a large and very useful animal, an 
 inhabitant of Arabia and the adjacent countries, and of all the 
 N. of Africa, It is particularly valuable on account of the heavy 
 weights it can earn-, and the long journeys it can perform with- 
 out eating or drinking. It is only by means of the camel that 
 the deserts of Arabia and the N. of Africa are at all habitable. 
 The Bactrian camel has two bunches on its back, and the drome- 
 daiy has one. 
 
 CAME'LEON, s. in Natural History, a little animal of the lizard 
 kind. Its tongue is half as long as itself, and is used by it in 
 140 
 
 CAM 
 
 catching flies, on which it subsists. It was fabled of this creature 
 that it could change its colour at pleasure. 
 
 CA'MELFORD, Cornwall. A great quantity of yarn is spun 
 in this place and neighbourhood. It is seated near the river 
 Camel, or Alan. It is 229 miles from London. Market, Friday. 
 Pop. 705. 
 
 CAMELE'OPARD, s. [camelus and parchis, Lat.] See Giraffe. 
 
 CA'MELOT, Ca'mblet, Ca'mlet, s. [cameM, Fr.] a stuff made 
 of goats' hair, with wool or silk, or both. The true oriental 
 camblet is made of the hair of a kind of goat, frequent about An- 
 gora in Syria ; but no European camblets are macfe of goats' hair 
 alone. The camblets of Brussels are considered as of the first- 
 rate excellency, and those of England claim the second. 
 
 CA'MERA LUCIDA, s. [Lat.] in Optics, an instrument con- 
 sisting of a small quadrangular glass prism, havin"; one angle of 
 135°, fixed so that rays of light may be admitted on one side 
 directly to the object, and that the eye may be able to look down 
 perpendicularly upon another side, through which those rays, by 
 means of that obtuse angle, pass at right angles to their ori- 
 ginal direction. Looking at the object thus with one eye, with 
 the other looking in the same line at a sheet of paper placed on 
 the table to which the instrument is fixed, a drawing may be 
 made in excellent perspective of a building, landscape, &c. &c. 
 
 CA'MERA OBSCURA, «. [Lat.] in Optics, an instrument 
 whereby, as by the eye, the images of external things are ex- 
 hibited in their true proportions, colours, &c. It is either made 
 by fixing a tube with two convex lenses in a shutter opposite to 
 a white wall, or screen ; or by fixing one convex glass in the end 
 of an oblong box, and in its focus a plane mirror inclined at an 
 angle of 45°, to reflect the image to a plate of ground glass, which 
 is to form the top of the box towards the beholder. 
 
 CA'MERATED, a. [cameratus, Lat.] arched or vaulted. 
 
 CAMERA'TION, «. [cameratio, Lat.] a vaulting or arching. 
 
 CAMERO'NIANS, a sect or party in Scotland, who separated 
 from the Presbyterians in 1666, and continued to hold their re- 
 ligious assemblies in the fields. The Cameronians took their de- 
 nomination from Richard Cameron, a famous field preacher, who, 
 refusing to accept the indulgence to tender consciences granted 
 by King Charles II., as such an acceptance seemed an acknow- 
 ledgment of the king's supremacy, and that he had before a 
 right to silence them, made a defection from his brethren, and 
 even headed a rebellion in which he was killed. This sect exists 
 in Scotland and some of the colonies, under the title of Old Pres- 
 byterian Dissenters. 
 
 CAMI'LLUS, MARCUS FURIUS, one of the last of the early 
 Roman heroes, whose history is so intermingled with fable, that 
 the facts are difficult of discovery. He was a successful general 
 against many of the surrounding towns, and was banished once 
 on a false charge of embezzlement of spoils. He delivered the 
 city from the Gauls, and died about 400 b. c. 
 
 CAMISA'DO, s. [camisa, Ital.] a military term, denoting an 
 attack by surprise in the night, in which the assailants wear 
 their shirts outward, as a distinction to know their own men 
 from the enemy. 
 
 CA'MLET,*. &eCAMELOT. 
 
 CA'MLINE, s. in Botany, a species of mj'agrum, found in 
 fields amongst flax, and also called gold of pleasure; it flowers 
 in June. 
 
 CA'MOENS, LOUIS DE, the great poet of Portugal, was well 
 trained for the course that promised distinction in his age, by his 
 mother's care. His ambitious love procured his exile, and through 
 the course of his long life he had but his gift of song to give 
 unity to his varied course, and cheer him uncler his extraordinary 
 vicissitudes. He lost an eye in a sea-fight with the Moors ; he 
 failed again of obtaining favour at court ; he hardly reached In- 
 dia, whither he sailed, for storms ; he gained fame for his bravery 
 in many parts of the East ; he was banished, shipwrecked, again 
 banished, and then returned to Lisbon to starve, and end his 
 days in an hospital, in 1579, aged about 60 years. His " Lu- 
 siad," which is his great epic, celebrates the famous deeds of 
 heroes of Portugal, and ranKS amongst the books that are for 
 the world. 
 
 CA'MOMILE, s. See Chamomile. 
 
 CAMP, s. [camp, Fr.] the order of tents pitched by an army 
 when they keep the field; the place where an army rests, or 
 dwells in tents or barracks. K Jlying camp, is a strong body of 
 horse which always keep the field, and are continually in mo- 
 
m-TiDHiros 
 
 
 Chcrurtan 
 RaJfletd 
 
 J.omtu.r 
 
 /Tl^t;.;,-,/-?- 3 1 
 
 / £Urfn^ 
 
 ^ :.z\ 
 
 
 >0< 
 
 (Xauibri(^iV^Hl)i 
 
 xt 
 
 D 
 
Hon, either to cover any place, or 
 enemy, and cause a diversion. 
 
 To CAMP, r. a. to fix tents, and remain in a field, applied to 
 an enemy. 
 
 CAMPA'GNA OF ROME, that district of the Papal States of 
 Italy, which lies between the Tiber, the Arno, the Apennines, 
 the kingdom of Naples, and the Mediterranean Sea. The up- 
 lands are healthy and fertile, but the region nearer the Tiber is 
 in the summer most unwholesome. All kinds of grain are grown, 
 excellent wine is produced, and the pastures feed abundance of 
 sheep and cattle. There is a considerable tract of marshy land, 
 parts of which are used for pasture, but the greater part is quite 
 useless. Its towns are Frosinone, Alatic, Anagni, Tivoli, Velli- 
 tri, &c. &c. The population is about 300,000. 
 
 CAMPAIGN, {ca7nj>dm) s. [campasne, Fr.] that space of time 
 during which an army keeps the field, without going into winter 
 quarters. 
 
 CAMPANE'LLA, THOMAS, an Italian philosopher of the 
 16th century, was a Dominican, and experienced some of the 
 persecution which always has followed the exercise of freedom of 
 thought. After living awhile in Tuscany and at Padua, he re- 
 turned to his native town in Calabria, and there on pretext of 
 conspiracy was tortured and imprisoned for nearly 30 years. A 
 gleam of gourt favour then fell on him, but new troubles having 
 arisen, he was conveyed from Rome to Paris, where he died in 
 1639, aged 81 years. His voluminous writings treat of philoso- 
 phy, theology, and politics. He was opposed to the philosophy 
 of the schoolmen. His political works caused some stir in Eng- 
 land in the 17th century. 
 
 CAMPANI'LE, s. [Ital.] in Architecture, the name given to 
 a tower built for the purpose or appearance of hanging bells in. 
 
 CAMPA'NULA, «. in Botany, the bell-flower, of which there 
 are several kinds. 
 
 C'A'MPBELL, DR. GEORGE, an eminent Scotch theologian 
 and author. He was Principal of Marischal College, Aberdeen. 
 His reply to Hume's Argument on Miracles, and his work on the 
 Gospels, are of great value. His Ecclesiastical History and Sys- 
 tematic Theology are of less worth ; and his Philosophy of Rhe- 
 
 surprise, or to fatigue an lute verb, but more frequently joined with another verb, as a 
 sign of the potential mood. Its present is declined thus, lean. 
 
 toric is qiiite superseded. He died in 1796, aged 85 years. 
 
 ^^'MPBELL, THOMAS, the poet, who wrote the Pleasures 
 
 CA': 
 
 of Hope, and some lyric pieces, which breathe a noble spirit of 
 independence and patriotism. He wrote many other works and 
 poems, was for several years Lord Rector of Glasgow, helped in 
 the formation of London University, and died in 1844, aged 67 
 years. 
 
 CA'MPBELL, the family name of the Lords of Argyle, Scot- 
 ind, the most famous of whom was Archibald the eighth earl with 
 this title, who took part in the troubles of the 17th century. 
 
 He aided the Scots in the part they took against Charles I., an^ 
 against Cromwell and the Independents afterwards. But when 
 Cromwell was undisputed master of England, Argjle took part 
 under his government. At the Restoration he was convicted of 
 high treason for this, and was beheaded in 1661, aged 63 years. 
 
 CA'MPBELTOWN, Argyleshire, Scotland. It is situated on a 
 bay, towards the southern extremity of the peninsula of Cantyre. 
 It has a considerable trade in coal and spirits, and is the gener- 
 al rendezvous of the fishing vessels that annually visit tne W. 
 coast. The bay is beautiful, capacious, and safe, being 2 miles 
 in length, half a mile in width, and having from 5 to 9 fathom 
 water, with a stiff clay bottom ; it is also sheltered on every side. 
 Lat. 55. 29. N. Long. 5. 42. W. Pop. 9()34. 
 
 CA'MPDEN, Gloucestershire. It is large, but a poor town, 
 and gives title to a viscount. It is 86 miles from London. Mar- 
 ket, Wednesday. Pop. 2087. 
 
 CA'MPHOR, (kdmfor) s. [camphora, Lat.] in Pharmacy, a white 
 crystalline substance, of a very strong taste and agreeable smell, 
 obtained from many trees and plants in the East. It is very in- 
 flammable. It is a very powerful stimulant. 
 
 CA'MPKORATE, Ca'mphorated, {kdmforated) a. that has 
 camphor mixed with it. 
 
 CAMPHO'RIC, a. belonging to camphor. 
 
 CA'MPION, s. in Botany, a common plant, of which there are 
 several species. 
 
 CAN,*, [canne, Sax.] a drinking vessel, or cup, made of wood 
 in the form of a cask or barrel. Figuratively, any drinking 
 vessel not made of earth. 
 
 CAN, V. n. [Icmmcn, Belg.] It is sometimes used as an abso- 
 
 tJiou canst, he can, we can, &c.; and its preter., I could, thou couldst, 
 he. To be able ; to have power sufficient to do an action. Though 
 taken as a sign of the. potential mood, yet it differs very much 
 from may ; may denoting right, lawfulness, or a permission to do 
 a thing; but can, the power or strength of the doer or agent, 
 and with the verb active is applied to persons ; as, I can do it ; 
 but with the passive, relates to things ; as, it can be done. 
 
 CA'NADA, the most easterly of the British possessions in N. 
 America, lying immediately N. of the United States ; bounded on 
 the E. by New Brunswick and the Atlantic Ocean ; and on the 
 N. and W. extending so as to include the countries watered by 
 the Ottawa and its tributaries, and by the streams falling into 
 Lakes Tomiscaming, Huron, and Superior, from the N. and N. 
 W. It was divided into Upper and Lower Canada, but they are 
 united now under one government. It presents every variety of 
 physical feature. A branch of the Alleghanies reaches to the 
 sideof the St. Lawrence opposite Quebec; and the Rocky Moun- 
 tains are touched by its vV. border. Wide expanses of prairie 
 and hunting ground, of marsh and swamp, occupy some parts. 
 Trackless forests cover others. Those parts which are laid out 
 in townships are beginning to present a peaceful and agricul- 
 tural appearance. Amidst the country flows the St. Lawrence, 
 one of the largest and most beautiful rivers in the world, wind- 
 ing its way through some of the most extensive lakes, or inland 
 seas rather, in the W. world; and diversified by frightful 
 rapids, and the magnificent cataract of Niagara. Canada is 
 rich in iron, silver, lead ; tin and copper also of good qualities, 
 and in some abundance, have been found ; with many other 
 minerals, the worth of which is acknowledged in commerce. 
 Fruits and all the most useful grain are produced, and other 
 vegetables. The fisheries are valuable, and the W. districts 
 yield good furs. The capital is Quebec ; the other chief places 
 are Montreal, Three Rivers, Toronto, Kingston, &c. &c. The 
 population is 1,133,891. 
 
 CANA'ILLE, s. [Fr.] the lowest rank of people; the vulgar. 
 A word used in contempt. 
 
 CANA'L, s. [canalis, Lat.] an artificial river, formed either for 
 the purpose of conveying the water to places where it is needed, 
 or to supply water-carriage for heavy goods. In Anatomy, a 
 duct or passage through which any of the juices flow. 
 
 CANA'LS. The first canals in Europe were constructed in Italy, 
 and to a far greater extent in Holland. England had no canal 
 till 1760, when the enterprising Duke of Bridgewater succeeded 
 in an undertaking which was at the time considered an act of 
 consummate indiscretion. The first canal, in the United States 
 was completed in 1804. There are now 120 canals in Great 
 Britain and Ireland, many of them with branches, the total 
 length of which is about 2700 miles. The most remarkable are 
 thefoUowing: The Dukeof Bridgewater'scanal,from Manchester 
 to Runcorn, in length about 40 miles, having 10 locks. The 
 Grand Junction, from the Oxford canal at Braunston to Brent- 
 ford, 90 miles in length, having 98 locks. The Leeds and 
 Liverpool canal, from the Aire and Calder navigation at the former 
 place to Liverpool, nearly 130 miles long, with 56 locks. The 
 Staffordshire and Worcestershire canal, from the Severn to the 
 Grand Trunk canal, nearly 50 miles long, with 44 locks, secur- 
 ing one line of inland navigation completely intersecting the 
 country. The Thames and Severn canal, from Stroud to Lech- 
 dale, with 42 locks ; and the Wiltshire and Berkshire canal, 52 
 miles long, with 42 locks ; by each of which a line of inland 
 navigation is carried quite through the country. The Grand 
 Trunk canal, from the junction of the Derwent and Trent to the 
 Duke of Bridgewater's canal at Preston Brook, 93 miles in length, 
 having 91 locks. In Scotland ; the Caledonian canal, from Loch 
 Eil to Murray Frith, along a chain of lakes, 60 miles long, with 
 28 locks ; and the Forth and Clyde canal, 35 miles long, with 39 
 locks; each of which communicates both with the Irish and the 
 North Seas. In Ireland, the Grand canal, from Dublin to Bal- 
 linasloe, nearly 90 miles long, with 44 locks ; and the Royal 
 canal, from Dublin to the Shannon, nearly as long, with 42 
 locks ; each opening a communication across the island. In the 
 United States there are about 70 trunk canals, which with their 
 branches extend above 4000 miles. The most remarkable of 
 these are, the Erie canal, which is 364 miles long, reaching from 
 Albany, on the Hudson, to Buffalo, on Lake Erie. The Penn- 
 
 141 
 
CAN 
 
 sylvania canal, with all its branches, is about 500 miles long[ ; it 
 joins the Delaware with the Ohio. The Illinois and Michigan 
 canal is 100 miles in length, and connects the lakes with the 
 Gulf of Mexico, by the Mississippi. The Ohio and Erie canal, 
 from Portsmouth to Cleveland, 307 miles in length, also connects 
 the lakes with the Gulf of Mexico. And the Chesapeake and 
 Ohio,from George Town to Pittsburg, 300 miles, connecting the 
 Ohio with the Atlantic. 
 
 CANALE'TTO, ANTONIO, a well-known Venetian painter. 
 He has transferred to his canvass most successfully the impres- 
 sion of transparency which so remarkably characterizes the land- 
 scapes of Italy. He died in 1768, aged 70 years. 
 
 CANALI'CULATED, a. [canalkulatus, Lat.] made like a pipe 
 or gutter; channelled. 
 
 CANA'RA, a province of Hindustan, lying on the Indian 
 Ocean, immediately N. of Malabar; bounded by Mysore on the 
 E., and on the N. by the Portuguese possessions and Bejapore. 
 It is about 200 miles long, and 50 in breadth. The mountainous 
 region and the coast are alike not verjr productive, but there are 
 good rice grounds in the valleys. The province also produces 
 pepper, turmeric, betel, &c. &c. The only rivers are mere 
 mountain torrents. Both Mohammedans and Hindus occupy it. 
 The population is about 600,000. Mangalore, Batticolla, and 
 Barkalore, are the chief places. 
 
 CANA'RY, s. a sort of wine brought from the Canaries, called 
 also sack. Also a sort of grass, so called on account of its seeds 
 being found to be the best food for the Canary-bird. Also an old 
 dance. 
 
 CANA'RY-BIRD, s. a singing bird, formerly peculiar to the 
 Canaries, of the linnet kind, of a yellow, or yellowish green 
 colour, a very loud note, and of great boldness. 
 
 CANA'RY ISLANDS, a group in the Atlantic Ocean, near the 
 continent of Africa, 7 in number. Grand Canary and Teneriffe 
 are plainly volcanic. The height of the peaks in the former is 
 above 6000 feet. They are subject to the Spaniards, and pro- 
 duce wheat, sugar canes, wine, and excellent fruits. The popula- 
 tion is about 250,000. Lat. from 27. 39. to 29. 26. N. Long, 
 from 13. 20. to 18. 10. VV. 
 
 To CA'NCEL, V. a. [canceller, Fr.] to cross a writing, and 
 thereby render it of no effect. Figuratively, to destroy a deed by 
 tearing off the seal or name ; to efface or obliterate. 
 
 CANCELLATION, s. an expunging or annulling the power of 
 an instrument. 
 
 CA'NCER, s. [Lat.] in Astronomy, a sign of the Zodiac, into 
 which the sun enters on the 21st of June, and represented on 
 globes by the figure of a crab. The tropic of Cancer is a less 
 circle of the sphere, parallel to the equator, and passing through 
 the beginning of the sign Cancer. The inhabitants in the space 
 between the tropics have the sun perpendicular or vertical twice 
 a year, and are situated in the Torrid Zone. In Surgery, a 
 roundish, hard, ragged, immovable swelling, of an ash or bluish 
 colour, encompassed round with branched turgid veins. There 
 is another kind, which has an ulcerated appearance. The only 
 way of removing these dreadful diseases is by a surgical operation. 
 
 To CA'NCERATE, k. n. to grow cancerous ; to turn to acancer. 
 
 CA'NCEROUS, a. having the virulence of a cancer. 
 
 CANDA'HAR, a kingdom of Asia, between Persia and the 
 river Indus. Its capital is Candahar, a rich trading town situated 
 on the river Hermend. The country is part of Affghanistan, 
 which see. Lat. 33. 0. N. Long. 65. 30. E. 
 
 CA'NDENT, a. [candens, Lat.] hot ; in the highest degree of 
 heat next fusion. 
 
 CA'NDIA, an island in the Mediterranean, formerly Crete, S. 
 of the Archipelago, about 150 miles in length, and from 15 to 35 
 in breadth. It produces corn, wine, oil, wool, silk, and excel- 
 lent honey, and is chiefly inhabited by Greeks. Mount Ida, in 
 the mountain range running through the middle of the island, is 
 a huge, barren, sharp-pointed eminence, nearly 8000 feet high. 
 Its capital, Candia, tnough formerly populous, is now in a man- 
 ner deserted, and the harbour is only fit for boats. Lat. 35. 16. 
 N. Long. 25. 4. E. The population of the island is about 250,000. 
 
 CA'NDID, a. [candidus, Lat.] white. Figuratively, impartial ; 
 mild ; uninfluenced by sinister motives, malice, or prejudice. 
 
 CATNDIDATE, s. [candidus, Lat. because candidates for offices 
 among the Romans used to appear in white robes,] one who so- 
 licits the votes of others, in order to attain any place or office 
 conferred by a majority ; one who opposes another ; a competitor. 
 142 
 
 CAN 
 
 CA'NDIDLY, ad. in an impartial manner, without prejudice, 
 malice, or envy; fairly. 
 
 CA'NDLE, s. [candela, Lat.] a wick of cotton dipped in and 
 coated with wax, spermaceti, or tallow, of a cylindrical form, 
 burnt to supply light at night. Sale by the candle, or inch of candle, 
 is an auction which lasts only while a piece of candle lighted for 
 that purpose continues burning, the last bidder before it is ex- 
 tinct being adjudged the purchaser. 
 
 CA'NDLEBERR.Y-TREE, s. in Botany, a species of sweet 
 willow. 
 
 CA'NDLELIGHT, s. the light afforded by a candle. 
 
 CA'NDLEMAS, s. a festival observed on the .second of Febru- 
 ary, in honour of the purification of the blessed Virgin Mary, by 
 the Churches of Rome and England. It was celebrated by the 
 ancient Christians: who, on that day, used abundance of lights 
 in their churches, and procession, in memory, as is supposed, of 
 our Saviour's being on that day declared to be a light to lighten 
 the Gentiles. In imitation of which, the Roman Catholics, on 
 this day, consecrate ail their tapers and candles which they use 
 in their churches during the whole year. 
 
 CA'NDLESTICK, s. a household utensil contrived to hold one 
 or more lighted candles. 
 
 CA'NDOCK, s. a weed that grows in rivers. 
 
 CA'NDOUIl, s. [candor, Lat.] a temper of mind unsoured by 
 envy, unruffled by malice, and unseduced by prejudice ; sweet 
 without weakness, and impartial without rigour. 
 
 CA'NDY, a kingdom of Ceylon, containing about a quarter of 
 the island. It is mountainous, and abounds with rivulets, which 
 the inhabitants are dexterous in turning to water their land, 
 which is fruitful in rice, pulse, and hemp. The capital is of the 
 same name, and is meanly built on the side of a hill, and meanly 
 fortified. The palace is the chief building in it. Population 
 about 5000. Lat. 7.23. N. Long. SO. 47. E. 
 
 To CA'NDY, V. a, to preserve by boiling; in sugar ; to melt and 
 crystallize sugar several times, to render it hard and transparent. 
 Figuratively, to freeze, to be covered with a hard substance, or 
 flakes ; to flatter, or make use of soothing and insinuating ex- 
 pressions. — V. n. to grow hard ; to grow thick, or be covered with 
 flakes. 
 
 CA'NDY, s. a preparation of sugar, made by melting and crys- 
 tallizing it six or seven times over to make it hard and trans- 
 parent. 
 
 CANE, s. [canna, Lat.] in Botany, a kind of reed growing in 
 several joints, and of different dimensions. The bamboo, which 
 grows in the Indies, especially at Bengal, to a prodigious size, is 
 wrought into bowls, or other household utensils, by the inhabit- 
 ants ; the smaller sort is made into fishing rods. The walking 
 cane is that which grows in the East Indies ; those which are 
 without joints are by far the best, and more elastic. Hence the 
 word signifies, figuratively, a walking-staff. 
 
 To CANE, V. a. to beat a person with a cane, or a walking- 
 staff. 
 
 CANES VENATICI, in Astronomy, the Grey-hounds, two 
 constellations in the northern hemisphere. 
 
 CANI'CULA, s. [Lat.] in Astronomy, the name of one of the 
 stars in the constellation of Canis Major, called the Dog-star, or 
 Sirius ; from whose heliacal rising the ancients reckoned their 
 dog-days, and the Egyptians and Ethiopians began their year. 
 
 CANPCULAR, a. [canicularis, Lat.] of or belonging to the dog- 
 days. The canicular days are a certain number of days preced- 
 ing or ensuing the heliacal rising of the Canictila, or Dog-star. 
 
 CA'NINE, a. [caninus, Lat.] having the properties of, or re- 
 sembling, a dog. Canine hunger, in Medicine, is an appetite 
 which cannot be satisfied. 
 
 CA'NINE-TEETH, s. [denies canini, Lat.] in Anatomy, two 
 sharp-pointed teeth in each jaw, between the incisors and mo- 
 lares, so called from their resembling the correspondent teeth in 
 a dog. 
 
 CA'NIS MAJOR, s. [Lat. the great Dog,] in Astronomy, a 
 constellation in the southern hemisphere, of which Sirius is the 
 principal star. 
 
 CA^IS MINOR, s. [Lat. the lesser Dog,] a constellation in 
 the southern hemisphere, of which Procyon is the principal star. 
 
 CA'NISTER, s. [canistrum, Lat.] in its primary sense, which 
 is now obsolete, a basket. In its secondary, a small box or 
 receptacle made of tin, or other metal, or porcelain, to hold tea, 
 sugar, &c. 
 
CAN 
 
 CA^NKER, s. [cancer, Lat.] in Natural History, a small worm 
 which preys upon fruit, joined with the word worm. A disease 
 incident to trees, which makes the bark rot and fall off. In Ve- 
 terinarj' Surgery, a fungous disease in the horse's foot. Also an 
 ulcer o"f a particular kind in a dog's ear. Figuratively, that 
 which gradually and inevitably destroys. Applied to brass, a 
 kind of rust or verdigrease, which covers its surface with a green 
 colour. 
 
 To CA'NKER, v. n. to rust, or grow green, applied to brass or 
 other metals ; to be corroded, or grow foul or corrupt.— 1>. a. to 
 corrode; to pollute; to eat or gnaw; to infect: including the 
 idea of acrimony. 
 
 CA'NNABINt, a. Icannabmus, Lat.] hempen. 
 
 CA'NNEL-COAL, s. a substance which is often confounded 
 with jet. It is dug up in manyparts of England in great abund- 
 ance, particularly in Lancashire, where it is burnt as common 
 fuel. It is worked into toys and utensils of various kinds under 
 the name of jet. 
 
 CA'NNES, a town on the sea-coast of the department of Var, 
 France. It is principally a fishing town, its bay being a shelter 
 for boats, but not admitting vessels of any size to come in. 
 Round the town, the vine, lemon, olive, and other fruits grow 
 plentifully. It stands on a hill and is slenderly fortified. It is 
 440 miles from Paris. Population about 4000. 
 
 CA'NNIBAL, s. one who lives upon human flesh. 
 
 CA'NNIBALLY, ad. after the manner or practice of can- 
 nibals. 
 
 CA'NNING, GEORGE, a statesman of the last generation, 
 who reached the highest point of political ambition just before 
 his death. Educated at Eton and Oxford, he had devoted him- 
 self to the law, but was persuaded to turn his attention to poli- 
 tics. At this time he renounced his youthful popular views and 
 followed Pitt. He was 34 years in parliament, and for 30 years, 
 with few intervals, was connected with the government. Ca- 
 tholic emancipation and slave-trade abolition were the two mea- 
 sures, especially the first, which owed much to his eloquence for 
 their success. He opposed other similar measures, which were 
 successful soon after his death. He died in 1827, aged 57 years. 
 
 CA'NNON, s. [canon, Fr.] a gun, to throw balls of many pounds' 
 weight. Cannons were first used in England in the 14th cen- 
 tury. They are now cast solid in iron, or bronze, and afterwards 
 bored in a lathe by drills. 
 
 CA'NNON-BALL, Ca'nnon-bullet, Ca'vngn-shot, s. the 
 ball or bullet with which a cannon is charged. 
 
 To CANNONA'DE, v. a. to attack with or fire cannon against. 
 — V. n. to batter or attack with great guns. 
 
 CANNONIE'R, {cannoneer) s. the person who discharges or 
 fires a cannon. 
 
 CA'NNONSBURG, a town of Pennsylvania, United States, 
 supported chiefly by Jefferson College, located here. This in- 
 stitution has a good library, and medical and theological schools 
 connected with it. It is 243 miles from Washington. Pop. 687. 
 
 CA'NNOT, not able, not having power enough for the perform- 
 ance of a thing. Joined with but, it implies necessity, and 
 signifies must. " I cannot but believe," Locke. 
 
 CANO'E, {ean6o) s. a vessel or boat, made of the hollowed 
 trunk of a tree, pieces of bark sewed together, or of the small 
 sticks of a pliant wood covered with seal Ains, used by rude 
 nations to this day. 
 
 CA'NON, s. [kanon, Gr.] in Ecclesiastical History, a law or 
 rule relating either to the doctrine or discipline of a church, en- 
 acted by a general council, and confirmed by the principal ma- 
 gistrate. A person who possesses a prebend or revenue, allotted 
 for the performance of Divine service in a cathedral or collegiate 
 church. Applied to Scripture, such books as are received as 
 really inspired. A law, or rule, or collection of formulae, in any 
 science. In Surgery, an instrument used in sewing up wounds. 
 In Geometry and Algebra, a general rule for the solution of all 
 questions of the same nature. In Music, a composition in two 
 or more parts, so constructed that each voice sings the same 
 part, but at different intervals from each other, and not all be- 
 ginning at the same time. Catwn Law, is the body of rules, pre- 
 scriptions, &c., compiled during ages, by which the Church of 
 Rome is regulated. 
 
 CA'NONESS, s. in the Romish Church, a woman who enjoys 
 a prebend, and lives after the manner of secular canons, without 
 being obliged to renounce the world, or make any vuws. 
 
 CAN 
 
 CANO'NICAL, a. [canonicus, Lat.] applied to ceremonies and 
 discipline, those which are established by the laws of the 
 church. Applied to books, those which are generally allowed to 
 be Divinely inspired. Applied to time, or hours, those which 
 are prescribed or limited by the church, for the performance of, 
 or celebrating of, any ceremony or act of religion. 
 
 CANO'NICALLY, ad. in a manner agreeably to the prescrip- 
 tions and laws of the church. 
 
 CA'NONIST, s. one who makes the canons his peculiar study; 
 a professor of the canon law. 
 
 CANONIZATION, s. in the Roman Church, a declaration of 
 the pope's, whereby, after some solemnity, a person who has 
 been eminent for an exemplary life, and a supposed power of 
 working miracles, is entered in the list of the saints. 
 
 To CA'NONIZE, v. a. to enter a person's name in the list of 
 saints ; to make a saint. 
 
 CA'NONRY, Ca'nonship, s. an ecclesiastical benefice in some 
 cathedral or collegiate church, which has a prebend, or stated 
 allowance out of the revenues of such church, commonly annexed 
 to it. 
 
 CA'NOPIED, a. covered above with a canopy ; spread above, 
 or over the head. 
 
 CA'NOPY, s. [canopeum, Lat.] any thing which is extended 
 over the head. 
 
 To CA'NOPY, V. a. to form a canopy over a person's head ; to 
 cover with a canopy. 
 
 CANO'ROUS, a. [canorus, Lat.] given to singing; musical; 
 tuneful. 
 
 CANO'VA, ANTONIO, a very celebrated modern sculntor of 
 Italy. He studied at Venice, and afterwards settled at Rome, 
 where, in addition to monuments to some of the popes, he pro- 
 duced those groups and figures, plates and models of which are 
 familiar to all, the Graces, Venus, Cupid and Psyche, &c. &c. 
 He was as fine a character in other respects as he was in art. 
 He died in 1822, aged 65 years. 
 
 CANT, s. [cantiis, Lat.] applied to language, a dialect made 
 use of by beggars and vagabonds, to conceal their meaning from 
 others; a winning tone of voice; a particular form of speaking 
 peculiar to any body of men ; a whining, formal pretension to 
 goodness, generally attended with hypocrisy; pretence in 
 general. 
 
 To CANT, V. n. to make use of the dialect, absurd jargon, or 
 private gibberish, of vagabonds and thieves; to speak or read 
 in a whining tone ; to endeavour to impose upon a person by a 
 formal pretence of uncommon piety; to flatter. 
 
 CAN TA'L, an inland department of France, surrounded by 
 Puy-de-d6me, Corrize, Lot, Aveyron, Lozere, and Haute Loire. 
 It is very mountainous, comprising the southern part of that 
 singular district of recent, but extinct volcanoes, which is usually 
 called by the old name Auvergne. The height of the mountain 
 which gives name to the department is nearly 7000 feet. It 
 has excellent pastures, and fattens great herds of cattle, iS:c. for 
 purposes of commerce. Coarse grain and fruits are also pro- 
 duced. In some parts are manufactories of lace and linen. The 
 population is about 300,000. Aurillac and St. Flour are its 
 chief places. 
 
 CANTATA, s. [Ital.] in Music, a song composed of recita- 
 tive airs, and a variety of motions, generally for a single voice, 
 with a thorough bass ; sometimes for two, three, or m.ore voices, 
 with different instruments. 
 
 CANTA'TION, s. [cantatio, Lat.] the act of singing, 
 
 CA'NTER, s. one who endeavours to pass himself upon the 
 world as a religious person, by a fair outside, and formal appear- 
 ance of religion, without obeying it in his heart. 
 
 CA'NTERBURY, Kent. This ancient city is the see of the 
 archbishop, primate of all England. The cathedral is a large 
 superb structure, and was once very fixmous for the shrine of 
 Thomas Becket. There are the ruins of a castle near. It was 
 once famous for silk manufactures, but the progress of ma- 
 chinery in the N. has destroyed them. It is also noted for its 
 fine brawn, and the adjacent country produces abundance of 
 hops. It is situated on the river Stour, 56 miles from London. 
 Markets, Wednesday and Saturday. Pop. 15,435. 
 
 CA'NTERBURY-BELLS, s. in Botany, a species of bell-flower, 
 frequent in gardens. 
 
 CANTHA'RIDES, s. fplural oicantharis, Lat.] in Natural His- 
 tory and Pharmacy, called Spanish flies, but properly a beetle of 
 
CAN 
 
 a brilliant green colour, which in Spain, France, and Russia, is 
 found on ash trees. The grubs live in the ground. The beetles 
 that feed on the rose petals, though of a different form, being of 
 a similar hue, are often put amongst cantharides in adulteration. 
 It is needless to mention their service in blisters, or the danger 
 of too free a use of them, since experience has confirmed the 
 former, and given us too many dreadful examples of the latter. 
 
 CA'NTHlfS, s. [Lat.] the corner of the eye, formed by the 
 meeting of the eyelids. 
 
 CA'NTICLE, s. Icanto, Lat.] a song; applied to some hymn in 
 Scripture, and used in the plural to signify Solomon's Song. 
 
 CANTI'LIVERS, s. in building, pieces of wood framed into 
 the front or sides of a house, to sustain the mouldings or eaves 
 over it. 
 
 CA'NTING, s. a sea-phrase, which denotes the act of turning 
 any thing about, or over. Canting-arms, in Heraldry, are those 
 which express their owner's surname. 
 
 CA'NTLE, s. [kaiit, Belg.] a piece with comers. 
 
 CA'NTLET, s. a piece ; a fragment. 
 
 CA'NTO, s. [Ital.] a division, section, or book of a poem. In 
 Music, a song, or the treble part of it. 
 
 CA'NTON, or Quang Tcheou Fou, a lar^e, populous, and 
 wealthy city of China, seated on one of the finest rivers in the 
 empire. It is the capital of the province of Quantong, and the 
 centre of the European trade in that country. It consists of 
 three parts, divided by high walls. Temples, magnificent 
 palaces, and courts are numerous. The streets are long and 
 straight, paved with flag-stones, and adorned with lofty arches. 
 The nouses are remarkably neat, but consist of only one story, 
 and they have no windows to the streets. The covered market- 
 places are full of shops. They have manufactures of their own, 
 especially of silk stuffs. A large portion of the inhabitants re- 
 side in boats on the river. Canton is one of the 5 ports opened 
 to English trade, by the treaty of Nankin. The population is 
 not 1,000,000. Lat. 23. 7. N. Long. 113. 14. E. 
 
 CA'NTON, s. [canton, Y X.I a small part of a city detached from 
 the rest ; a parcel or division of land; a district or part of a 
 country governed by its own chief or magistrates ; a small com- 
 munity or clan. In Heraldry, a square portion of an escutcheon 
 separated from the rest, when on the left side, called sinister ; 
 and like the space between the cross or saltier. 
 
 To CA'NTON, V. a. to divide into small parts, parcels, or dis- 
 tricts, used with the particle into, and sometimes both with out 
 and into. 
 
 To CA'NTONIZE, v. n. to parcel out ; to allot in small divi- 
 sions, used with among. 
 
 CA'NTRED, Ca'ntref, s. a British word, which signifies a 
 hundred villages. 
 
 CA'NTYRE, a peninsula of Argyleshire, 50 miles long from 
 N. to S., and from 5 to 8 broad. 
 
 CA'NVASS, s. [canevas, Fr.] very clear unbleached cloth of 
 hemp or flax, wove in little squares, used for working tapestry 
 by the needle ; for blinds of windows, towels, and to cover stays, 
 &c. ; likewise a coarse cloth of hemp, of which sails are made. 
 Canvass, also, is the cloth on which painters usually draw their 
 pictures. 
 
 To CA'NVASS, V. a. [canvasser, Fr.] to search a truth to its 
 first principles ; to inquire into ; to examine ; to debate, or dis- 
 pute ; to controvert. — v. n. to solicit ; to ask people for their votes 
 or interest at an election. 
 
 CA'NUTE, or K'nute, the son of Sweyne of Denmark, one of 
 the Northmen Vikingr, who had shared the kingdom of England 
 with Edmund Ironside, and became, on Edmund's death, or 
 murder, sovereign of the whole. He was a monarch of consider- 
 able skill and power, and shows by much of his conduct that he 
 had felt the humanizing influence of Christianity, as it was 
 taught at the time. He had not been very scrupulous as to the 
 means by which he gained the supreme power. He discharged 
 the duties of royalty with wisdom and firmness ; and by a pil- 
 grimage to Rome endeavoured to show his compunction and 
 remorse. The tales of his silencing the flattery of his courtiers, 
 and of his renouncing the use of his crown, are well known. 
 He patronized the bards and learned men of his day, and built 
 the abbeys at Bury St. Edmund's, and at Hulme in Norfolk, 
 which last is the only abbacy now in England, and is held by 
 the Bishop of Norwich. He died in 1035, having reigned for 
 18 years alone, and in peace. 
 144 
 
 CAP 
 
 CA'NY, a. abounding in canes ; consisting of canes. 
 
 CA'NZONET, s. [canzonetta, Ital.] a little song. 
 
 CAOU'TCHOUC, s. in Natural History, an elastic gum ob- 
 tained from several trees both in Asia and America, by making 
 an incision and letting the juice flow out and harden. When 
 pure it is transparent and colourless, but it is dried in smoke, 
 which gives it its usual black colour. Its elasticity and imper- 
 meability by water, together with the discovery of means of dis- 
 solving It without destroying its adhesive powers, have intro- 
 duced the use of it very extensively into our manufactures, 
 both for elastic bands and webbing, and for waterproof and air- 
 tight cloth. 
 
 CAP, s. [cap, Brit.] a part of dress made to cover the head ; 
 the ensign of a cardinalate. When the Romans gave a slave the 
 cap, it entitled him to liberty. Students at law, physic, &c., as 
 well as graduates in most universities, wear caps of a particular 
 shape. Doctors are distinguished by peculiar caps, given them 
 in assuming the doctorate. In Italy, tne cap is used as a mark 
 of infamy. At Lucca, the Jews are distinguished by a yellow 
 cap, or an orange colour. It also signifies a square piece of 
 timber, put over the head of a mast, to keep it steady. In Gun- 
 nery, a piece of lead laid over the touch-hole to preserve the 
 prime. Percussion-cap, a little cap of copper with a small portion 
 of explosive preparation inside, used now to fire guns with, the 
 lock being made with a perforated nipple to put the cap on, and 
 a hammer to explode it. Cap of maintenance, one of the regalia 
 carried before the king at a coronation. In Botany, the mem- 
 branaceous empalement of funguses surrounding the pillar. 
 
 To CAP, V. a. to cover the top of a thing ; to pull off a cap in 
 
 play. 
 
 CA] 
 
 ;AP-A-PIE', Cap-a-pe', [cap-d-pie, Fr.] from head to foot, all 
 over, used with the verb arm. 
 
 CA'P-PAPER, s. a sort of coarse, thick, brownish paper. 
 
 CAPABFLITY, s. the quality of being able to undertake or 
 perform a thing. 
 
 CA'PABLE, a. [capable, Fr.] endued with power or under- 
 standing equal to an undertaking; susceptible; fitted for, or 
 adapted to. 
 
 CAPA'CIOUS, a. [capax, Lat.] applied to bodies of large di- 
 mensions, or of a large cavity, able to contain much. Applied 
 to the mind, extensive, or containing a great stock of knowledge. 
 
 CAPA'CIOUSNESS, s. the quality of containing or receiving 
 a great number of things or large bodies. 
 
 To CAPA'CITATE, ej. a. to render a person fit by instruction, 
 discipline, study, or exercise ; to quality a person for an under- 
 taking. 
 
 CAPA'CITY, s. [capacite, Fr.] the dimensions of other bodies. 
 Applied to the mind, understanding ; a power of receiving in- 
 struction ; a state, condition, or character. 
 
 CAPA'RISON, s. [caparazon. Span.] the clothing or covering 
 spread over any horse of state, or sumpter-horse. 
 
 To CAPA'RISON, v. a. to dress a horse in its housings for 
 show and ostentation. Figuratively, to adorn a person with 
 pompous and splendid dress. 
 
 CAPE, s. [cape, Fr.] in Geography, a piece of land running or 
 projecting into the sea ; a head-land, or promontory ; the neck 
 piece of a coat. 
 
 CAPE BRETON, an island of British N. America, between 
 Nova Scotia and Newfoundland, being divided from the former 
 by St. George's Bay and the Strait of Canseau, and from the lat- 
 ter by the S. entrance to the Gulf of St. Lawrence. It is about 
 100 miles in length, and in breadth about 75 ; and the E. side 
 is deeply indented by a vast inlet, named Bras d' Or, which, en- 
 tering by two narrow passages, and afterwards spreading into 
 numerous bays and arms, nearly divides the island in two. The 
 N. coasts present an almost unbroken face of perpendicular rock 
 to the sea. It is romantic and mountainous in its aspect, but 
 woods, with the exception of small patches cleared for cultiva- 
 tion, and spots where rocks occupy the surface, cover the whole 
 island. Coal, iron, copper, and otner ores have been found, with 
 various excellent building stones. Timber, grain, and cattle, 
 with tiie products of its fisheries, are its exports. Its population 
 is about 30,000. Its capital is Sydney. 
 
 CAPE CA'PRICORN, in New South Wales ; it is exactly un- 
 der the line which bounds the Tropic of Capricorn. 
 
 CAPE COAST CASTLE, a fortress belonginj- to the English, 
 on the coast of Guinea, in Africa. Lat. 5. 18. N. Long. 22. W. 
 
I 
 
 CAP 
 
 CAPE DESEA'DO, a head-land of Terra del Fuego, in the 
 most southern part of America. Lat. 55. 48. S. Long. 74. 
 18. W. 
 
 CAPE DOU'GLAS, a very loftj^ promontory in the N. W. part 
 of America, on the North Pacihc Ocean, discovered by Capt. 
 Cook. Lat. 48. 15. N. Long. 153. 50. W. 
 
 CAPE FLATTERY, a cape on the N. W. coast of America. 
 Lat. 48. 15. N. Long. 124. 22. W. 
 
 CAPE FINISTE'RRE, a head-land of Galicia.inSpain. Lat. 
 42. 56. N. Long. 9. 13. W. 
 
 CAPE FRA'NCOIS, a cape of the island of St. Domingo, in 
 the West Indies. Lat. 19. 46. N. Long. 72. 16. W. 
 
 CAPE OF GOOD HOPE, one of the most southerly points 
 of the African continent, projecting at the head of a small penin- 
 sula into the Atlantic Ocean. Lat. 34. 22. S. Long. 18. 23. E. 
 Cape Colony is one of the most important British settlements, 
 and is bounded by the Great Key river on the E. ; on the N. it 
 reaches nearly to the parallel of 30°, whence, to the S. Ocean, the 
 boundary passes with an irregular curve. The country is not 
 generally mountainous, but consists of ranges of table land at 
 different elevations, not unlike the steppes of Russia. There are 
 mountains near Algoa Bay: Table Mountain is well known. 
 Another mountain range lies between Algoa Bay and Cape Town. 
 The upland steppes are very barren, furnishing at best a poor 
 pasture ground for cattle and sheep. More southerly, the soil is 
 good, and grows corn and fruits, while the mountain sides yield 
 excellent wines. In the remoter parts, lions, leopards, rhi- 
 noceroses, hyenas, &c., are occasionally seen ; and quaggas and 
 giraffes ; there are also various species of antelopes. Ostriches, 
 eagles, and condors, also occur. The Great Fisti river, Sunday 
 river, and Oliphant's river, are the principal streams. The cli- 
 mate is healthy, though by no means cold. The population is 
 about 200,000 ; of whom a large proportion are coloured, and 
 most living in the interior are of Dutch extraction. Cape Toion 
 is the capital, and stands on Table Bay, about 30 miles from the 
 Cape. It is well built, and strongly fortified. Here are com- 
 modious churches belonging to various communions, the govern- 
 ment buildings, and an observatory. Table Bay is a good har- 
 bour, but not always calm, being open to the W. and the Atlantic. 
 Table Mountain, which overlooks the town, is 3500 feet in 
 height, and commands a noble and beautiful prospect. Pop. 
 about 20,000. Lat. 34. 0. S. Long. 18. 25. E. Graaf Ileynet, 
 Graham's Town, Uitenhage,&c.&c.,are its other towns. 
 
 CAPE HORN, the southern extremity of Terra del Fuego. 
 Lat. 55. 58. S. Long. 67. 46. W. 
 
 CAPE NORTH, the most northern promontory in Europe, in 
 the island of Maggero, on the coast of Norway. Lat. 71. 11. N. 
 Long. 25. E. 
 
 CAPE PA'LMAS, a promontory on the Guinea coast, Africa. 
 Lat. 4. 10. N. Long. 9. 10. W. 
 
 CAPE DE VERD, a cape on the western coast of Africa. 
 Lat. 14. 45. N. Long. 17. 28. W. 
 
 CAPE DE VERD ISLANDS, so called from their being situ- 
 ated to the westward of the above cape, about 80 miles. They 
 lie between 23 and 26 degrees of W. Long., and between 15 and 
 18 degrees of N. Lat. Many of these islands are little more than 
 barren rocks. They were discovered by Antonio Noel, a Ge- 
 noese, in the service of Portugal, in 1460. The natives are of a 
 middle stature, ugly, and almost perfectly black ; their hair is 
 woolly and frizzled, and their lips thick. A company of mer- 
 chants, belonging to Lisbon, have the exclusive right of trading 
 to these islands ; and they keep an agent here for that purpose, 
 who perfectly tyrannizes over the inhabitants, and sells the 
 wretched commodities carried from Portugal at exorbitant prices. 
 
 CAPE'LLA, a very bright star in the constellation Auriga, in 
 the N. hemisphere. 
 
 CA'PER, s. [caper, Lat. a goat,] in Dancing, a spring or leap 
 in which the feet are moved across each other several times be- 
 fore a person reaches the ground again. 
 
 CA'PER, «. \_capparis, Lat.] the flower-bud of the caper-bush, 
 a well-known pickle brought from the neighbourhood of Toulon 
 in France. 
 
 To CA'PER, V. n. to cross the feet several times in the air in a 
 leap, applied to dancing; to skip for joy; to dance with great 
 activity. 
 
 CA'PERCAILZIE, s. in Natural History, a kind of grouse, 
 called also the coek of the woods, once very abundant in the N. 
 
 of Britain, but now extinct. It is still found on the continent, 
 especially in the N. parts. 
 
 CA'PERER, s. one who cuts capers in dancing. 
 
 CAPE'RNAUM, a city of Galilee in the time of our Lord, 
 overlooking the Lake of Gennesaret. It is now a place of little 
 note, and is called Tel-Houni. 
 
 CA'PET, the name of a dynasty of kings of France, which 
 has held the throne, with thebrief interruption of the republic and 
 the empire, from about the year 1000. Hugh Capet, the founder, 
 died in 996. 
 
 CA'PIAS, s. [Lat.] in Law, a writ of two sorts, one before 
 judgment, called capias ad respondendum; the other is a writ or 
 execution after judgment. 
 
 CAPILLA'CEOlTS, a. See Capillary. 
 
 CAPFLLAMENT, s. [cainUus, Lat.] in Botany, the small 
 threads or hairs which grow in the middle of a flower, adorned 
 with little knobs at the top ; the strings or threads about the 
 roots of plants. 
 
 CAPI'LLARY, a. resembling hairs. In Botany, applied to 
 such plants as have no main stem, their leaves arising from the 
 roots, and producing their seeds in little tufts or protuberances 
 on the back of their leaves ; as the fern maiden-hair, of which 
 the syrup of capillaire is made. In Anatomy, applied to the 
 minute arteries, which in the brain are not equal to one hair, 
 and the smallest lymphatic vessels, which are a hundred times 
 smaller than the smallest arteries. In Physic, capillary tubes are 
 those whose diameter is one half, one third, or one fourth of a 
 line, or the least that can be made. 
 
 CAPILLA'TION, s. a dividing into branches as small as hairs ; 
 a small ramification. 
 
 CA'PITAL, a. [capitalis, Lat.] in its primary sense, that be- 
 longs or relates to the head. Applied to crimes, that affects a 
 person's life; criminal in the highest degree; chief or principal. 
 Capital stock, the fund of a trading company. 
 
 CA'PITAL, s. in Political Economy, that accumulation of the 
 profits of labour, or trade, &c., our own, or inherited by us, or 
 borrowed, which is devoted in trade to the production of'^further 
 profit. It is this which makes the diflierence between a dealer 
 and a trader or inerchant, as is particularly seen in transactions 
 with uncivilized nations. In Geography, the chief city of a 
 kingdom, or residence of its monarcn. Applied to letters, 
 large; such as are written at the beginnings or heads of books. 
 In Architecture, the topmost member of a column. 
 
 CA'PITALLY, ad. in such a manner as affects a person's life. 
 Capitally convicted, is applied to a person who is cast for his life, or 
 condemned to die. Applied to productions of art, in a perfect, 
 high finished, or excellent manner. 
 
 CAPITA'TION, s. [caput, Lat.] a numbering by the heads ; a 
 certain sura of money imposed at so much per head in exigences 
 of .state. 
 
 CA'PITOL, one of the seven hills on which Rome stood; per- 
 haps the first rude fortress of the villages over whom Romulus 
 is said to have been first king. In the days of the glory of the 
 eternal city, it was covered with temples, (that of Jupiter Capi- 
 tolinus being the most magnificent,) and public buildings. In 
 earlier days it was the citadel, whither, on the sack of the city 
 by the Gauls, the survivors retired and maintained their ground 
 till succour arrived. At one end the hill was very precipitous, 
 and down it state criminals were cast headlong. This was 
 called the Tarpeian rock, in memory of a legend of treason in 
 early days. 
 
 CAPI'TULAR, s. [capitulum, Lat.] a book divided into chap- 
 ters ; also a collection of civil and canonical laws. 
 
 To CAPl'TULATE, v. n. \ca2ntulum, Lat.] to draw articles ; to 
 set down the heads of a remonstrance ; to make head. Mostly 
 used by moderns for surrendering a place upon certain con- 
 ditions. 
 
 CAPITULA'TION, s. the surrender of a place upon certain 
 conditions. 
 
 CA'PON, s. [capo, Lat.] a castrated cock. 
 
 CAPONNIE'RE, s. a work sunk on the glacis of a place about 
 four or five feet deep, to afford a passage from one work to 
 another; the earth dug out serves for a parapet, and is made 
 with loop-holes and embrasures, covered with strong planks, on 
 which are clays, or hurdles, that support the earth which covers 
 all. It holds 15 or 20 men, who fire through these embrasures. 
 
 CAPOT, s. [Fr.] at piquet, when one party wins all the tricks. 
 u 145 
 
CAP 
 
 To CAPOT, V. a. to win all the tricks at the game of piquet. 
 
 CAPO'UCH, s. [eapuce, Fr.] a monk's hood. 
 
 CAPPADO'CIA, a country of ancient Asia Minor, lying on 
 the Euphrates, and bordered by Pontus, Galatia, Phrygia, and 
 Cilicia. It was intersected by various mountain chains, the 
 Taurus, Anti-Taurus, Paryadres, and Scydisses ; and was watered 
 bjf the Halys, and some tributaries of the Euphrates. Comana, 
 Tyana, Caesarea, and Melitene, were its principal places. 
 
 CAPRE'OLATE, a. [capreolus, Lat.] in Botany, applied to 
 those plants which turn, wind, and creep along the ground, by 
 means of their tendrils, as gourds, melons, cucumbers, &c. 
 
 CA'PRI, a small rocky island of the Mediterranean, close to 
 the coast of Italy, on the S. side of the Bay of Naples. Two 
 towns stand on the summits of the two precipitous rocks which 
 are nearly the whole island, Capri the lowermost, and the capital, 
 and Anacapri the loftiest. Besides these, huts and small villages 
 are scattered amongst the vineyards, which are famous for the 
 wine they yield. 1 he population is under 4000. 
 
 CAPRPCE, {capreess) {caprice, Fr.] Capri'chio, s. [Span.] 
 sudden change of sentiment, not founded on reason; awhimsy, 
 freak, or fantastic humour. 
 
 CAPRFCIOUS, a. [capricieux, Fr.] applied to a variable and 
 inconstant behaviour, founded on mere whim and fancy ; applied 
 also to a sudden and frequent change of opinion or sentiment, 
 inconsistent with reason. 
 
 CAPRI'CIOUSLY, ad. in a whimsical, humoursome, fanciful 
 manner. 
 
 CAPRI'CIOUSNESS, «. the quality of changing or command- 
 ing, according to the starts of fancy, without any regard to 
 reason or propriety. 
 
 CA'PRiCORN, s. [capricornus, Lat.] in Astronomy, the tenth 
 sign of the zodiac, represented on ancient medals in the form of 
 a goat with the hinder parts of a fish. The sun enters this sign at 
 the winter solstice, or 21st of December. Tropic of Capricorn, 
 that circle on the globe, parallel to the equator, beyond which 
 the sun never passes southerly. See Cancer, Tropics, Torrid 
 Zone. 
 
 CAPRIFICA'TION, s. in Horticulture, the fertilizing of some 
 particular plants, by the artificial application of pollen to the 
 female flowers ; the forcing the ripening of figs by puncturing 
 them. 
 
 CAPRIO'LES, s. [Fr.] are leaps that a horse makes in the 
 same place, without advancing. 
 
 CA'PSICUM, s. in Botany, a plant allied to the potato, whose 
 seed vessel when ripe is of a brilliant scarlet, ana is extremely 
 hot to the palate. It is used as a pickle. 
 
 CA'PSTAN, s. corruptly spelt capstern ; {cabestan, Fr.] a large 
 cylinder, placed perpendicularly on the deck of a ship, and turned 
 by levers or bars, which cross it, serving, by means of a cable 
 which winds round it, to draw up heavy burthens. It is likewise 
 used to tow a ship, and to weigh the anchors. 
 
 CA'PSULAR, a. [capsula, Lat.] hollow, like a chest or pouch. 
 
 CA'PSULATE, a. [capsula, Lat.] enclosed as in a box. Cap- 
 sulated plants, in Botany, are such as produce their seeds in short 
 dry pods or husks. 
 
 CA'PSULE, s. [capsula, Lat.] in Botany, a dry hollow seed- 
 vessel that opens naturally in some determinate manner ; as at 
 the side by a small hole, in orchis and campanula; horizontally, 
 in pimpernel ; longways, in convolvulus ; at the bottom, in arrow- 
 grass ; or at the top, as in most plants. Generally, a small 
 vesicle containing a fluid ; or a covering so closely fitting to a 
 bottle oHar as to exclude the air entirely. 
 
 CA'PTAIN, s. [captaine, Fr.] a militarj- officer, whereof there 
 are various kinds ; as a captain of a troop or company, one who 
 commands a troop of horse, and the other a company of foot, 
 under a colonel. Captain-General is he who commands an army 
 in chief. Captain-Lieutenant is one who commands a troop or 
 company, in the room of another whose absence is dispensed 
 with. Captain of a ship of war is the commanding officer. Cap- 
 tain of a merchant ship, more properly the master, is he who has 
 the direction of the ship, crew, and cargo. 
 
 CA'PTAINRY, Ca'pfainship, s. the power over a certain dis- 
 trict ; the chieftainship ; the rank or post of a captain. 
 
 CA'PTlON.i^kdpshon) s. [capio, Lat.] in Law, the act of taking 
 a person by a judicial process. 
 
 CA'PTIOUS, {kdpshious) a. [captiosus, Lat.] given to cavils, or 
 forming objections ; insnaring ; insidious. 
 146 
 
 CAR 
 
 CA'PTIOUSLY, (kdpsJiiousltj) ad. in such a manner as shows a 
 great inclination to raise objections ; in a sly, insidious manner. 
 
 CA'PTIOUSNESS, (kdpshious7iess) s. the quality of forming 
 cavils, or unnecessary objections; peevishness. 
 
 To CA'PTIVATE, r. a. [captivo, Lat.] to take prisoner. Figur- 
 atively, to charm or subdue bj' the power of superior excellence. 
 To enslave ; with to. 
 
 CAPTIVA'TION, s. the act of taking a person prisoner ; the 
 state of a person taken prisoner. 
 
 CA'PTIVE, s. [captivus, Lat.] one taken prisoner in war. 
 Figuratively, one charmed or subdued by the beauty or excellence 
 of another. 
 
 CA'PTIVE, a. [cajifivus, Lat.] taken prisoner in war ; in con- 
 finement ; imprisoned. Figurativelj', subdued, or kept under 
 great restraints. 
 
 To CA'PTIVE, V. a. to take or make a person prisoner. 
 
 CAPTI'VITY, s. [captiviU, Fr.] a state of servitude, owing to 
 a person's being taken prisoner in war. 
 
 CA'PTOR, s. [cajno, Lat.] the person who takes a prisoner or 
 prize. 
 
 CA'PTURE, s. [captura, Lat.] the taking of any prey; the 
 thing taken. In Law, the seizing a person for debt, or the 
 apprehending a criminal. 
 
 CA'PUA, a city of Lavora, in the kingdom of Naples, on the 
 Volturno. Here anciently was a noble and very large city, a 
 rival of Rome in the earlier days of its history, which fell before 
 it in the Punic wars, having sided with Hannibal. Relics both 
 of Roman and Etruscan art abound here. It is about 15 miles 
 from Naples. Its population is about 10,000. 
 
 CAPUCHI'NS, (capucheens) [eapuce or eapuchon, a stuff cap or 
 cowl wherewith they cover their heads, Fr.] monks of the order 
 of St. Francis, founded by Matthew Baschi. See Fiianciscans. 
 
 CA'PUT MORTUUM, s. [Lat.] a term signifying dead-heads, 
 being that which remains in a retort after distillation or dryness. 
 The modern term is Residuum. 
 
 CAPYBA'RA, s. a kind of cavy which resides much in the 
 water, and is eaten by the Indians in South America. 
 
 CAR, s. [car, Brit.] a small carriage with one or two horses. 
 Figuratively, used by the poets for a chariot, or genteel vehicle, 
 in which a person is drawn. 
 
 CA'RABlNE, Ca'rbine, s. [carabine, Fr.] a small kind of fusee, 
 or fire-arm, about two feet long in the barrel. 
 
 CARABINI'ER, (carabineer) s. a sort of light horse, carrying 
 longer carabines than the rest, used sometimes on foot. 
 
 CARACA'LLA, M.A.ANTONINUS BASSIANUS, one of the 
 later emperors of Rome, son of Septimius Severus, and successor 
 to him. He began his reign by murdering his brother who was 
 associated with nini in the empire. His career was one of cruelty 
 and folly. At length he was assassinated, in 217, having reigned 
 somewhat more than 6 years. 
 
 CARA'CCAS, or St. Juan de Leon, a town of Colombia, S. 
 .America, near the Caribbean Sea. It stands on a small stream 
 at the foot of the mountains. It is regularly built, and has some 
 good public buildings. It is about 20 miles from La Guayra, 
 which serves as its port, by which it has the means of carrying on 
 a considerable trade. Its population is about 40,000. It is 
 nearly 700 miles from Santa Fe de Bogota. 
 
 CARA'CCI, the name of three celebrated Italian painters of the 
 IGth century ; Ludovico, and his cousins Agostino and Annibale. 
 Ludovico imitated the antique, and studied Corregio : he taught 
 his cousins. Agostino was also an engraver. Annibale painted 
 the Farnese Palace at Rome, and was the greatest painter of the 
 three. They founded that school of artists, known as the Bo- 
 lognese School, which retains its character still for the purity of 
 taste and style which characterized it, and the names which 
 adorn it. Ludovico died in 1619, aged 64 years ; Agostino in 
 1602, aged 45 years ; and Annibale in 1609, aged 49 years. 
 
 CA'RACK, s. [caraca. Span.] a large ship of burthen ; a 
 galleon. 
 
 CARA'CTACUS, the Latinized form of the name of an ancient 
 British chieftain, who for some time withstood the encroach- 
 ments of the Romans in the reign of Claudius, and being at last 
 defeated by Ostorius Scapula, in 51 a. d., and sent prisoner to 
 Rome, was released by the emperor, because of the magnanimity 
 he displayed. 
 
 CARA'NNA, s. a hard, brittle resin, though some call it a gum. 
 It is brought principally from New Spain, is of a dark" colour, and 
 
CAR 
 
 bitterish taste. A fine odoriferous oil is distilled from it, esteem- 
 ed a very powerful external remedy in cases of pain, tumours, 
 and wounds. 
 
 CA'RAT, s. [carai, Fr.] a term used to express the fineness of 
 gold : thus, every mass of alloyed gold is supposed to be di- 
 vided into 24 equal parts ; then, if, as in gold coin, 2 parts are 
 alloy, it is 22 carats fine ; if, as in rings, &c., 6 parts are alloy, it 
 is 18 carats fine : this last is the new standard. Carat is weight 
 used by jewellers, equal to 3.1 grains. 
 
 CARAVA'GGIO, the name by which two distinguished paint- 
 ers of the Lombard or Bolognese School are known. Polidoro 
 Caldari was a pupil of Raftiiele, and effected his greatest works 
 in conjunction with Maturino ; he died in 1543, aged 48 years. 
 Michael Angela Amerigi, was a bold and successful imitator of 
 rude and low models. He was an outre colourist, but produced 
 great effect, and he never idealized a subject. He died in 1609, 
 aged 40 years. 
 
 CARAVA'N, s. [caravanne, Fr.] a body or comjpany of mer- 
 chants or traders travelling together in great numbers, through 
 deserts, or other dangerous places, in the East, for their mutual 
 safety and defence. Their beasts are horses, but most commonly 
 camels, and they are escorted by a chief or aga, with a body of 
 janizaries. 
 
 CARAVA'NSARIES, «. a sort of public inns built on great 
 roads in the East, for the accommodation of caravans ; there 
 being no inns for passengers, as in Europe. Some of these are 
 very magnificent ; and there are people who attend, to accom- 
 modate travellers ; there is, however, no furniture, and in some 
 places no other provisions but what the caravans bring with 
 them. There are many of these in the great towns of Asia and 
 Africa, especially in the Turkish and Persian dominions. They 
 are generally built in the form of a square, and round a qua- 
 drangle, like a college. 
 
 CA'RAVEL, Ca'rvai-, s. [caravela. Span.] a round, light, old- 
 fashioned ship. 
 
 CA'RAWAY, s. [ca>-uOT,"Lat.] in Botany, an umbelliferous 
 plant, the seed of which is stomachic and carminative, and is 
 used by confectioners and brewers. 
 
 CA'kBON, s. in Chemistry, an elementary substance, which 
 occurs under some most remarkable forms, and is one of the 
 most important, in respect of the vegetable and mineral king- 
 doms. Its purest form is the diamond : it is the base of black 
 lead, anthracite, and all the varieties of charcoal. 
 
 CARBONA'DO, s. [Span.] meat cut across, or in squares, 
 with a knife, to be broiled. 
 
 To CARBONA'DO, v. a. to cut across, in Cookery. Figura- 
 tively, to cut or hack. 
 
 CA'RBOiNATES, s. in Chemistry, salts formed by the com- 
 bination of any base with carbonic acid. 
 
 CA'RBONATED, o. in Chemistry, impregnated with carbon. 
 
 CA'RBONDALE, a village of Pennsylvania, United States, 
 situated on Lackawana Creek. This flourishing village owes its 
 existence to the Lackawana coal mine, which is a very productive 
 one, and by means of the Honesdale canal, the Delaware, and 
 the Delaware and Hudson canal, sends a prodigious quantity of 
 coal into the most profitable market. It is 264 miles from Wash- 
 ington. Pop. 2398. 
 
 CARBO'NIC, a. in Chemistry, belonging to carbon. Carbonic 
 acid and carbonic oxide gas, are the two most important com- 
 pounds of carbon and oxygen. Carbonic acid gas enters into 
 the composition of the atmosphere : it is fatal to animal life ; but 
 necessary to vegetable ; and is the peculiar principle that makes 
 spring water, bottled beers, and champagne so agreeable. 
 
 CA'RBONOUS, a. in Chemistry, belonging to carbon. 
 
 CA'RBUNCLE, s. a very elegant stone, of a deep red colour, 
 with a mixture of scarlet, known among the ancients by the 
 name of Anthi-ax. 
 
 CA'RBUNCLED, a. set with carbuncles. 
 
 CARBU'NCULAR, a. resembling, or partaking of the qualities 
 of a carbuncle. 
 
 CARBUNCULATION, s. [carbunculatio, Lat.] the blasting of 
 the young buds of trees or plants, either by excessive heat or 
 cold. 
 
 CA'RBURETS, s. in Chemistry, compound substances, of 
 which carbon forms one of the constituent parts. Thus, plum- 
 bago, which is composed of carbon and iron, is called carburet 
 of iron. 
 
 CAR 
 
 CA'RBURETTED,;)ar!!^ormed into a carburet. 
 
 CA'RCANET, s. [carcaw.lRr.] a chain or collar of jewels. 
 
 CA^RCASE, Ca'iicass, s. {carqttasse, Fr.] a dead body. Fi- 
 guratively, a body or person, in a reproachful sense; the de- 
 cayed parts, ruins, or remains of a thing. In Gunneiy, a kind 
 of bomb of an oblong form, filled with combustibles, and thrown 
 from a mortar. 
 
 CARCASSOTVNE, capital of the department of Aude, France. 
 It stands on both sides the Aude, and has a bridge over it. The 
 old town has some interesting ruins, but is ill built ; the newer 
 part has some good buildings. It has a great help to trade in 
 the Languedocian canal ; and it does not lack literary and sci- 
 entific institutions. It manufactures woollen cloth ; and the 
 neighbourhood produces fruit, wine, and spirits. It is a bishop's 
 see. It is 450 miles from Paris, and its population is 15,000. 
 
 CA'RCELACE, s. {career, Lat.] fees paid by prisoners before 
 they can be discharged. 
 
 CARCINO'MA, s. [karkinos and nemo, Gr.] a cancer. 
 
 CARD, s. [kaarde, Belg.] an instrument or comb composed of 
 several small pieces of iron wire, hooked in the middle, fastened 
 by the feet in rows ; they are generally used in pairs, placed 
 with their points opposite to each other, having the materials 
 between them, and serve to comb, disentangle, and range wool 
 *or flax, in a proper order for spinning. 
 
 To CARD, v.a. [kaerden, Belg.] to comb wool, &c., or make it 
 fit for spinning, by drawing it tlirough the card or comb. Neu- 
 terly, to game ; or play inordinately at cards. 
 
 CARDS, s. [carte, Fr. charta, Lat.] in Gaming, pieces of thin 
 pasteboard, cut in oblong squares, on which are painted four 
 kinds of marks and figures, and used in several games. Court 
 cards are those which, in addition to one of these four marks, hav^ 
 either a king, or queen, or servant, (knave,) painted on them. 
 In Navigation, the upper part of the mariner's compass, on which 
 the names of the different quarters of the horizon are marked. 
 
 CA'RDAMOM, s. [cardamomum, Lat.] a medicinal seed, that 
 assists digestion, strengthens the head and stomach, and is 
 diuretic. 
 
 CARDA'N, JEROME, a very celebrated physician, metaphy- 
 sician, mathematician, and enthusiast, of the 16th century. 
 His permanent fame rests upon his eccentricities and follies, 
 which cannot be forgotten, and on his mathematical discoveries, 
 which helped forward the study of Algebraic science, and pre- 
 pared it for the more effectual labours of Viita. The number of 
 his works is very great, their real worth not so. He starved 
 himself to death in 1576, to fulfil one of his own prophecies, aged 
 75 years. 
 
 CA'RDER, s. one who combs or prepares wool by passing it 
 through a card. 
 
 CA'RDIAC, a. [kardia, Gr.] an appellation given to cordial 
 medicines that strengthen and invigorate the heart, whereby a 
 brisker and freer circulation is occasioned. 
 
 CARDIA'LGIA, or Heart-burn, s. (kardia and algos, Gr.] a dis- 
 order of the- stomach, occasioned by the acidifying of some food 
 or drink. 
 
 CA'RDIFF, Glamorganshire. It is the county town, seated 
 on the river TafiF, or Tave, with very extensive and considerable 
 old walls, and a harbour three miles down the river ; but vessels 
 of 200 tons burthen can come up to the town. This town has a 
 considerable trade with Bristol and other places ; and near it 
 are works of cast and wrought iron. A ship canal and a railroad 
 have greatly increased its prosperity. It is 164 miles from Lon- 
 don, Markets, Wednesday and Saturday. Pop. 10,077. 
 
 CA'RDIGAN, Cardiganshire, a large, populous, and pleasantly 
 seated town on the river Tivey, over which there is a handsome 
 bridge. In its neighbourhood are iron and tin works. It is a 
 sea-port, and has a harbour, which is not always safe for vessels 
 of burthen. The old castle still stands near the town. It is the 
 county town. It is 225 miles from London. Market, Saturday. 
 Pop. 2925. 
 
 CA'RDIGANSHIRE, a county of South Wales, is bounded on 
 the W. by Cardigan Bay, in the Irish Channel ; on the N. and 
 N. E. by Merioneth and Montgomery ; on the E. and S. E. by 
 Radnor and Brecknock ; and on the S. by Carmarthen. It ex- 
 tends 42 miles in length, and 20 in breadth, and contains 66 
 parishes. To the S. and W. are plains fruitful in corn ; but the 
 N. and E. parts are a continued ridge of bleak mountains, yet 
 there are pastures well stocked with sheep and cattle. It is well 
 u 2 147 
 
CAR 
 
 supplied with fish from the sea, and from its own lakes and 
 rivers, in which beavers lived within the period of true British 
 history. The mountains abound with lead and silver ore. The 
 principal rivers are the Tivey, Rydal, and the Istwith. Cardigan 
 Bay lies on the coast. Pop. 68,706. It returns two members 
 to parliament. 
 
 CA'RDINAL, a. [cardinalis, Lat.] principal, chief, supreme. 
 The cardinal points of the compass, are the north, south, east, and 
 west, and the winds that blow from those points are called the 
 cardinal winds. Cardinal siffns in the Zodiac are Aries, Libra, 
 Cancer, and Capricorn. In Arithmetic, cardinal numbers are 
 such as express positively how many things there are, as 1, 2, 
 3, not their order, as, 1st, 2nd, 3rd. In schemes of morality, the 
 cardinal virtues are, justice, prudence, temperance, and fortitude. 
 
 CA'RDINAL, s. the title of the highest dignitaries of the Ro- 
 man Church next to the Pope. The number is 70, and they are 
 called the Sacred College. Their title is Eminence; and thev 
 wear as their special distinction, a red cap, or hat, or a hat with 
 red edges. On the death of the pope, on the college devolves 
 the election of a successor. These dignitaries have risen step 
 bv step from the rank of parish priests of Rome, and other large 
 places ; and are to this day named from some one or other of the 
 churches of the Papal city. Also, a particular kind of ladies' 
 cloak. Also, a beautiful American bird, so denominated from 
 its shining red plumage. 
 
 CA'RDINAL-FLOWER, s. in Botany, a plant with strap- 
 shaped leaves, almost naked stem, and pale purple blossoms : 
 found in lakes, in hilly countries, and flowering in July and 
 August. 
 
 CA'RDINALATE, Ca'rdinalship, s. thq office and rank of a 
 cardinal. 
 
 CARDITIS, «. in Medicine, inflammation of the heart ; a 
 disease in most cases fatal, because its presence is not detected 
 till it is beyond remedial treatment. 
 
 CA'RDUUS, s. [Lat.] See Thistle. 
 
 CARE, s. [care. Sax.] attention to a particular subject; con- 
 cern or anxiety of mind, arising from the uncertainty of some- 
 thing future, or the oppression of the present calamity ; a too 
 great anxiety for the events of this world ; an affectionate regard 
 for a person. Caution, protection, regard, and support, when 
 followed with the particle of. Synon. Prudence signifies wis- 
 dom applied to practice ; discretion is the effect of prudence, and 
 means a knowledge to govern or direct oneself; by care we 
 understand heed in order to preservation ; caution implies a greater 
 degree of wariness. 
 
 To CARE, V. n. to be anxious, solicitous, or concerned about 
 any thing; to be disposed, or inclined; with for before nouns, 
 and to before verbs. 
 
 To CAREE'N, v. a. [carSner, Fr.] to lay a vessel upon one side 
 in order to calk, stop the leaks, trim, or repair the other side. 
 — V. n. to be in a state of careening. 
 
 CAREE'R, s, {carriere, Fr.] a course or race ; the ground on 
 which a race is run ; full speed; very swift motion. 
 
 CA'REFUL, a. abounding or perplexed with great solicitude, 
 apprehensions, or anxiety. 
 
 CA'REFULLY,a(;. in an attentive, cautious, circumspect, and 
 diligent manner. 
 
 CA'REFULNESS, s. cautious, diligent, and constant applica- 
 tion ; heedfnlness ; vigilance. 
 
 CA'RELESS, a. without due attention, labour, application, 
 caution, or concern ; without thought, or premeditation. 
 
 CA'RELESSLY, ad, without anxiety ; without care ; with 
 negligence ; in a manner void of care. 
 
 CA'RELESSNESS, s. heedlessness ; inattention ; negligence ; 
 absence of care ; manner void of care. 
 
 To CARE'SS, v. a. [caresser, Fr.] to embrace with great affec- 
 tion ; to treat a person with great civility and endearment. 
 
 CARE'SS, s. an embrace of great affection ; an endearing 
 profusion of civilities and kind actions. 
 
 CAJRET, s. [Lat.] in writing, a mark implying that something 
 is omitted, which ought to come in where this sign (a) stands 
 under the line. 
 
 CA'RGO, s. [charge, Fr.] the lading of a ship ; all the mer- 
 chandises and wares on board a ship. 
 
 CARPBBEE ISLANDS. See Indies, West. 
 
 CARIBE'S, Cara'ibs, an aboriginal race of the W. hemisphere, 
 which was found in the 16th century, spread over all the shores 
 148 
 
 CAR 
 
 and islands from the mouth of the Amazon to the Orinoco, and 
 the neighbourhood of Porto Rico, also over the lesser Antilles. 
 Included under the same generic designation are the Tamanacs 
 of the Orinoco, theArawals of Surinam and Berbice, the Guarau- 
 nas of the delta of the Orinoco, who live in trees, the Cumanagotos, 
 and the Chayma, who live in Cumana, &c. The race is almost 
 extinct on the islands ; but some of this, and other kindred races, 
 live still on the continent. 
 
 CA'RICATURE, s. in Painting, is the concealment of real 
 beauties, and the exaggeration of blemishes, but still so as to 
 preserve a resemblance of the object. 
 
 CA'RIES, «. [Lat.] in Medicine, the solution of continuity in 
 a bone, attended with a waste of its substance, occasioned by 
 the corrosion of some acrimonious matter. 
 
 CARI'NTHIA, part of the Austrian empire, with the title of 
 a duchy, bounded by Styria, Salzburg, the Tyrol, Venice, and 
 Carniola. It is a very mountainous district, being traversed by 
 the Noric Alps^of which the Gross-Glockner and the Fuschberg 
 attain an elevation of above 12,000 feet. Between the branches 
 of this chain the Drave runs ; and there are other streams which 
 flow into the Drave ; and some large lakes. There is not much 
 arable land in proportion to its extent, but it has excellent pas- 
 tures. Grain, but not in large quantities, cattle, swine, &c., are 
 produced here. Iron, copper, lead, zinc, quicksilver, and anti- 
 mony are abundant. The mountains also furnish quarries for 
 marble and building stone. The iron manufactories are the 
 principal source of employment and wealth ; in this department 
 there are also some small manufactures of silk, woollen goods, &c. 
 The population is about 300,000. Klagenfurt and Villach are 
 its chief towns. 
 
 CARIO'SITY, s. that quality of a bone which putrefies and 
 wastes its substance. 
 
 CA'RIOUS, a. [cariosus, Lat.] rotten, generally applied to 
 bones. 
 
 CARK, s. [cearc. Sax.] care ; anxiety. Obsolete. 
 
 To CARK, V. n. [cearcan. Sax.] to be solicitous, careful, anxious. 
 
 CARLE, s. [ceorl. Sax.] a rude, brutish fellow; a churl; also 
 an old man. 
 
 CA'RLINE THISTLE, s. [carlina, Lat.] in Botany, a biennial 
 plant found in drv pastures. 
 
 CA'RLINGS, Ca'rlines, s. in a ship, two pieces of timber 
 lying fore and aft, along from beam to beam, whereon the ledges 
 rest on which the planks of the ship are fastened. 
 
 CARLl'SLE, (Karlile) Cumberland. It is pleasantly situated 
 on a rising ground, in a fertile country, near the confluence of 3 
 fine rivers, the Eden, the Peterell, and the Cauda, or Caude, all 
 abounding with fish, and by which it is nearly surrounded. It 
 has long been noted for making whips and fish-hooks ; there are 
 also considerable quantities of printed linens, checks, cottons, 
 fustians, hats, tanned leather, nails, coarse knives, stockings, 
 &c., manufactured here. It is 301 miles from London. Markets, 
 Wednesday and Saturday. Pop. 23,012. 
 
 CARLl'SLE, a town of Pennsylvania, United States. It is 
 regularly laid out and neatly built. The Cumberland Valley 
 railroad passes through it. There are barracks sufficient for 
 2000 men here. Dickinson College is located here. It was 
 founded by the Presbyterians, but is now in the hands of the 
 Methodists. The buildings are elegant, and there is a good 
 library. It is 103 miles from Washington. Pop. 4351. There 
 are 6 other places in the States bearing this name. 
 
 CA'RLISLE, SIR ANTONY, an eminent surgeon of London. 
 He studied under the Hunters and their coadjutors, and held as 
 his first appointment the surgeoncy of Westminster Hospital : he 
 rose to be President of the College of Surgeons, and Anatomical 
 Professor to the Royal Academy. He published many papers 
 and works, relating to his profession, and to scientific matters 
 generally. But they do not procure him a very high place 
 amongst medical writers. He died in 1840, aged 72 years. 
 
 CA'RLOW, or Catherlough, a county of Leinster, Ireland, 23 
 miles in length, and 26 at its greatest breadth. It is bounded 
 on the W. by Queen's county ; on the N. and N. E. by Kildare 
 and Wicklow ; on the E. by Wicklow and Wexford ; and on the, 
 S. S. E. and S. W. by Wexford and Kilkenny;! and contains 50 
 parishes. It is for the most part level, and adapted to agricul- 
 ture, which is more flourishing here than in Ireland generally. 
 It has coal in one part, and a continuation of the E, hills gives 
 it some most useful granite. Its chief stream is the Barrow. 
 
¥ 
 
 CAR 
 
 Its wealth and productions are almost wholly agricultural. Pop. 
 86,228. It sends three members to parliament. Its chief town is 
 Carlow, a neat place, seated on the E. side of the river Barrow, 
 by which it communicates with Waterford river and the Grand 
 canal. It has some handsome public buildings, and is the 
 locality of a good college belonging to the Roman Catholics. It 
 is 50 miles from Dublin. Pop. 10,409. 
 
 CA'RLSBAD, a town of Bohemia, Austria, famous for its hot 
 springs. It stands on the Tepl, in a valley, or rather in several 
 ravines that join there, under mountain heights whence there 
 are noble prospects. Beside the trade occasioned by the influx 
 of visitors at the bathing season, it has some small manufactures. 
 The population is under 5000. 
 
 CARLSCRONA, or Carlscroon, a town of Blekinge, in Swe- 
 den, with a harbour large and commodious, but of difficult 
 entrance, on account of the shoals and rocky sands at its mouth. 
 The town mostly stands upon a small rocky island, which rises 
 gently in a bay of the Baltic ; the suburbs extend over another 
 small rock, and along the mole, close to the bason, where the 
 fleet is moored. The way into the town from the main land, is 
 carried over a dyke to an island, and thence along two long 
 wooden bridges, joined by a rock. The town is spacious, and 
 some of the buildino^s are of brick, but generally they are of 
 wood. Here is a dock hollowed out of the solid rock, capable of 
 receiving the largest vessels, and a covered one, whose bottom 
 and sides are of hewn granite ; rows of granite pillars support the 
 roof, and bear rather the appearance of a colonnade to a temple, 
 than of a receptacle for ships. It is 220 miles from Stockholm. 
 Population about 15,000. Lat. 56. 20. N. Long. 15. 25. E. 
 
 CARLSRU'HE, the capital of Baden, in Germany. It is a 
 very regularly built town, all the streets radiating from the 
 palace of the Grand Duke ; and there are many public squares, 
 one of which is used as the market-place. The houses are built 
 well, and the churches, the palaces, the town-hall, museum, 
 academy, government buildings, &c. &c., make it a very fine 
 place. There is an excellent public library in the Duke's palace. 
 The population is under 30,000. Lat. 49. 0. N. Long. 8. 25. E. 
 
 CA'RMAN, s. one who drives a cart, or keeps a cart for hire. 
 
 CARMA'RTHEN, Carmarthenshire, S. Wales. It is a well- 
 built town, pleasantly situated in a fertile country, on the river 
 Towy, (near its conflux with the Gwilly,) over which it has a 
 stone bridge, with a very commodious quay, to which vessels of 
 200 tons burthen may come up. It is 212 miles from London. 
 Markets, Wednesday and Saturday. Pop. 9526. 
 
 CARMA'RTHENSHIRE, a county of S. Wales, lying on the 
 Bristol Channel, 45 miles in length, and 20 at its greatest 
 breadth, bounded by Pembrokeshire, Cardiganshire, Brecknock- 
 shire, and Glamorganshire. It contains 87 parishes. It is 
 hilly, one point, the Beacon, being above 2-500 feet high. The 
 Towy is its principal stream. It produces coal and iron, and, in 
 the cultivated districts, good corn. It has some fisheries also. 
 Pop. 106,326. It returns three members to parliament. 
 
 CA'RMEL, MOUNT, a mountain famed in sacred story, 
 standing on the S. of what is now the Bay of St. Jean d'Acre. 
 It is a promontory, and the end of a range of hills, running from 
 the S. E., and forms the most remarkable headland of all the Sy- 
 rian coast. It is reckoned to be 1500 feet high, and is a very 
 beautiful mountain, from the rich woods that cover it, and its 
 profuse vegetation. There are many caverns in it, one of which 
 IS called Elijah's, and another the Monks'. The plain at its 
 base, and the brook once called Kishon, still continue to testify 
 of the wonderful and sublime trial which ended with the discom- 
 fiture and destruction of the priests of Baal. A Carmelite monas- 
 tery stands on the mountain now. 
 
 CA'RMELITE, s. [Fr.] a sort of pear. 
 
 CA'RMELITES, the friars of our Lady of Mount Carmel, 
 making one of the four Mendicant orders. They pretend to de- 
 rive their original from the prophets Elijah and Elisha. See 
 White Friars. 
 
 CARMI'NATIVES, s. medicines prescribed for the colic dis- 
 order, to dispel the wind. 
 
 CA'RMINE, s. a powder of a very beautiful red colour, bor- 
 dering upon purple,'and used by painters in miniature, though 
 rarely, on account of its great price. 
 
 CARNA'C, a village in the department of Morbihan, France, 
 near Auray, where is a very remarkable Celtic relic, being a 
 number of rows uf' huge stones, more numerous, but not so art- 
 
 CAR 
 
 fully disposed as those of Stonehenge. The nature of this monu- 
 ment has quite escaped the ingenuity of antiquaries. 
 
 CARNA'K, a town of Egypt, where are some very remarkable 
 ruins ; anciently named Thebes, which see. 
 
 CA'RNAGE, s. [carnage, Fr.] slaughter, havoc, or heaps of 
 bodies slain in battle. 
 
 CA'RNAL, a. [carnal, Fr.] proceeding from, or belonging to, 
 the fleshy part of a man, opposed to spiritual. Figuratively, sen- 
 sual, lustful, lecherous, voluptuous. 
 
 CARNA'LITY, s. lust, wantonness, propensity to lust ; un- 
 chaste pleasure. Figuratively, immersed in sensuality. 
 
 CA'RNALLY, ad. in a gross, sensual manner, opposed to 
 spiritual. 
 
 CARNA'RVON, Carnarvonshire, N. Wales. It is a well-built 
 and walled town, with a celebrated castle, in which Edward the 
 II. was born : it is surrounded on all sides except the E. by the 
 Menai Strait, and the river Seiont. The harbour is tolerably 
 good, with 9 feet at low water. Carnarvon has no manufactures, 
 but carries on a considerable trade with Ireland, Liverpool, Bris- 
 tol, and London. It is 251 miles from London. Market, Satur- 
 day. Pop. 7972. 
 
 CARNA'RVONSHIRE, a county of North Wales, about 45 
 miles in length, and 13 in breadth, forming the promontory at 
 the N. E. corner of Wales, bounded by Denbighshire and Me- 
 rionethshire, and separated by the Menai Straits from the Isle 
 of Anglesey. It has 68 parishes. It is the most mountainous 
 district in N. Wales, its central part being entirely occupied by 
 Snowdon, and the several craggy summits, deep dells, moors, 
 chasms, and lakes, which constitute its dreary region. It is 
 3557 feet in height. Several copper mines have been worked in 
 various parts, and there are some of these at present about Llan- 
 berris. Other places afford lead ; and slates, with quantities of 
 stone, excellent for hones, are dug near Snowdon. It furnishes 
 some pastures for goats, sheep, and cattle. Pop. 81,093. It re- 
 turns two representatives to parliament. 
 
 CARNA'TIC, THE, a rich country of Hindustan, extending 
 along the coast of Coromandel to Cape Comorin, being 570 
 miles long from N. to S., and from 120 to 75 wide. A range of 
 mountains called the Eastern Ghauts runs through it. The Pa- 
 laur and the Penaur are its principal rivers. Its chief produce is 
 rice, the cultivation of which is very assiduously attended to ; 
 millet, sugar, indigo, &c. are also produced. Madras, Pondi- 
 cherry, Tanjore, Arcot, Tinnevelly, &c. &c. are its towns. 
 
 CARNA'TION, s. [cam, Lat.] in Botany, a species of the clove 
 gillyflower. In Painting, a lively red colour. 
 
 CARNE'ADES, a Greek philosopher, regarded as the founder 
 of that sect of Platonists called the New Academy. He was a 
 pupil of Diogenes the Stoic, and afterwards of Hegesinus the 
 Academician. He also studied the writings of Chrysippus with 
 great diligence, for the exercise of his dialectical skill. He was 
 sent as an ambassador to Rome, and being too fond in showing 
 his argumentative subtilty, was soon dismissed from the stern 
 republic. He was in his doctrines a sceptic, that is, he affirmed 
 that there was no criterion to determine the truth of our im- 
 pressions and thoughts, and that, therefore, we could never re- 
 gard them as more than probably to be relied on. He was a 
 little too prone to forget the requisitions of cleanliness, &c. in his 
 studies and polemics. He flourished about 160 b. c, and lived 
 to the age of^90 years. 
 
 CARNE'LION, s. [improperly spelt cornelian,'] in Natural His- 
 tory, a species of agate, of a flesh colour, not uncommon. 
 
 CA'RNIVAL, «. [carnaval, Fr.] the season of mirth and luxury 
 celebrated by the Italians, and especially at Venice, lasting from 
 Twelfth-day to Lent, and attended with balls, feasts, operas, 
 concerts, and every thing which pomp, ostentation, or festivity 
 can furnish. 
 
 CARNPVOROUS, a. [caro and tJoro, Lat.] eating flesh; that 
 lives on flesh. 
 
 CARNO'SITY, s. [carnosite, Fr.] in Surgery, a fleshy excres- 
 cence ; a fungus, or proud flesh. 
 
 CARNO'T, LAZARE NICHOLAS, a distinguished actor in 
 the French Revolution. He was originally a soldier, and be- 
 came a member of the legislative assembly, and afterwards of 
 the Committee of Public Safety, attending almost exclusively to 
 the war department, in which he was held unrivalled. Under 
 Napoleon, both as consul and emperor, he served in the same 
 province. He also took part in active service, and received due 
 
CAR 
 
 praise. He died in exile in 1823, aged 70 years. His writings 
 respecting mathematical science are reckoned valuable. 
 
 CA'RNEOUS, Ca'bnous, a. [carneus, Lat.] fleshy, applied to 
 animals. In Botany, of a soft substance, similar to that of flesh 
 in animals. 
 
 CA'ROL, s. [carola, Ital.] a song of joy, exultation, or festivity, 
 applied to the rustic anthems of country singers at Christmas ; 
 anv kind of song. 
 
 To CA'ROL, V. n. [carolare, Ital.] to sing with great joy and 
 festivity. — v. a, to praise in anthems or songs. 
 
 CAROLPNA, the name of two of the United States of N. 
 America. NoHh Carolina lies on the Atlantic, and is bounded 
 by Virginia, Tennessee, and S. Carolina. It is 430 miles long, 
 and 180 broad, and is divided into 68 counties. Along the 
 whole coast is a ridge of sand, separated from the main land by 
 bays and sounds of various widtn ; and having only one inlet 
 through which vessels pass. Capes Hatteras and Lookout are 
 projecting points of this belt, and Cape Fear is on an island. 
 For 60 or 80 miles inland the country is a dead flat ; to this suc- 
 ceeds a belt of about 40 miles wide, fertile, though uneven ; and 
 beyond this are the mountains and high table-land. This 
 high land is 1800 feet above the sea level, and among the peaks 
 are. Black Mountain, 6476 feet high, the highest land of the 
 States E. of the Rocky Mountains; Roan Mountain, 6038 feet ; 
 and Grandfather Mountain, 5556 feet high. In the N. part of 
 the State is the Dismal Swamp, 30 miles long and 10 broad, 
 which is thickly wooded, and it drained would afford fine arable 
 land. Cape Fear river, the Chowan, the Yadkin, and the Ca- 
 tawba, are its chief rivers. Gold, lead, and iron are found in the 
 mountains. Corn of all kinds, and fruits, tobacco, cotton, hemp, 
 silk, and sugar, are produced in the cultivated part ; and the 
 pastures abound with cattle of all kinds. Its manufactures are 
 not very extensive; those of iron, cotton, and gold are the most 
 important. Not having any good sea-norts, it has not a great 
 foreign trade. It has six backs. There are two colleges, 
 one designated a university. The capital is Raleigh. Pop. 
 753,419, of which 245,817 are slaves. South Carolina also lies 
 on the Atlantic, and is bounded by N. Carolina and Georgia. 
 It is 200 miles long and 125 broad, and is divided into 29 dis- 
 tricts. The sea-coast is bordered with a fine chain of islands, 
 between which and the shore there is a very convenient naviga- 
 tion. The countrj' to 80 or 100 miles inland is low and swampy, 
 and covered with forests of pitch-pine, having, however, tracts 
 of rich soil. Above the Ridge is an open and diversified table- 
 land, about 800 feet above the sea, very productive. In the W. 
 is the Alleghany range, one peak of which. Table Mountain, is 
 4000 feet high. The Savannah, the Pedee, the Congaree, 
 and a few other rivers of note water this State. The mineral 
 productions of this state resemble those of N. Carolina, as do the 
 agricultural productions. Its manufactories are chiefly those of 
 the metals, and cotton. It has some ^ood sea-ports, and a good 
 foreign trade. There are 14 banks. 1 his State nas a university ; 
 there is also another college. Columbia and Charleston are its 
 principal places, the first being the seat of government. Pop. 
 594,398, including 327,038 slaves. These are amongst the 
 slave-holding States, and the laws respecting the slaves are 
 cruelly unjust: their children must not be taught to read ; nor 
 have their free descendants, till the fifth generation, the right 
 of suffrage in N. Carolina. 
 
 CA'ROLINE ISLANDS, in the North Pacific Ocean, between 
 New Guinea and the Ladrone Islands : the largest is named 
 Yap, but they are little known. Lat. 6. to 10. N. Long. 136. 
 to 156 E. 
 
 CARO'TID, a. [carotides, Lat.] applied to those two arteries 
 which arise out of the ascending trunk of the aorta, near where 
 the subclavian arteries arise. 
 
 CAROU'SAL, {carouml) s, a festival or holiday, celebrated with 
 mirth, pomp, and festivity. 
 
 To CAROU'SE, {carouze) v. n. [carousser, Fr.] to drink freely. 
 — V. a. to drink up lavishly ; to drink a health. 
 
 CAROU'SE, (carouze) s. a drinking match ; a large draught. 
 
 CAROU'SER, {caroiizer) s. one who drinks freely ; a toper. 
 
 CARP, ». [carpe, Fr.] in Natural History, a large fresh-water 
 fish, remarkable for its being able to live a long time out of water. 
 This fish, which is reckoned the most valuable of all for the 
 stocking of ponds, was introduced into this country by Leonard 
 Maschal, about the year 1514. 
 150 
 
 CAR 
 
 To CARP, V. n. [carpo, Lat.] to censure, find fault with, or 
 blame, including the idea of forwardness and reproach. 
 CARPATHIAN MOUNTAINS, a range, forming part of the 
 
 Ct Alpine sj^stem, occupying the centre and the E. part of 
 )pe, which lies round Hungary, being separated from the 
 Balkan by the Danube at Orsova. Their length is about 900 
 miles, and their greatest breadth 300. The Theiss, the Vistula, 
 the Dniester, and the Pruth, the Sereth, the Aluta, and the 
 Maros, which flow into the Danube, have their rise in these 
 mountains. Gold, silver, copper, lead, iron, quicksilver, &c. are 
 found in greater or less abundance. There is also connected 
 with them a very extensive bed of rock salt. The highest peaks 
 are the Ruska-Poyana, 9912 feet high ; the Buthest, 8698 feet 
 high ; and that point of Mount Tatra, called Eisthalerspitze, 
 which is 8-524 feet high. 
 
 CA'RPENTER, s. \charpentier, Fr.] one who performs the se- 
 veral offices of cutting, joining, flooring, or other wood-work, 
 relative to houses, buildings, or ships. 
 
 CA'RPENTER, DR. LANT, an eminent minister of the Uni- 
 tarian denomination at Bristol.. He held the situation of libra- 
 rian to the Athenaeum at Liverpool, on his leaving Glasgow, and 
 afterwards settled at Exeter. At Bristol he resided nearly 20 
 years ; and at length, whilst travelling for his health, was acci- 
 dentally drowned, in 1840, aged 60 years. His numerous writ- 
 ings are chiefly theological and moral. 
 
 CARPENTR A'S, a town in the department of Vaucluse, France, 
 situated on the Auzon, a tributary of the Rhone. It was once 
 the capital of the papal province round Avignon. It is pleasant- 
 ly situated, and is adorned with many fine buildings, and relics 
 of its former importance. It has a good trade, the country 
 round cultivating grapes and olives extensively. ■ It is nearly 
 400 miles from Paris. Population about 8000. Lat. 44. 0. N. 
 Long. 5. 3. E. 
 
 CA'RPENTRY, s. the art of building either houses or ships 
 with wood. 
 
 CA'RPER, s. a person fond of raising objections ; a caviller, 
 or censorious person. 
 
 CA'RPET, s. [karpet, Belg.] a covering of stuff or other ma- 
 terial, commonly spread over tables, or laid on floors. The phrase 
 of a thing's heins on the carpet, is to express its being in hand, in 
 debate, or the object of consideration. 
 
 To CA'RPET, f. o. to spread with a carpet. Figuratively, 
 applied with great elegance to the earth, to embellish or adorn 
 with flowers and herbs. 
 
 CA'RPET-KNIGHT, a denomination given to men of peace- 
 able professions, who are raised to the dignity of knighthood.. 
 They take the appellation carpet, because they usually receive 
 their honours from the king's hands in the court, kneeling on a 
 carpet. By this they are distinguished from knights created in 
 the camp or field of battle on account of their military prowess. 
 
 CA'RPING, part, fond of cavilling, raising objections, or 
 finding fault ; censorious ; captious. 
 
 CA'RPINGLY, ad. in a captious and censorious manner. 
 
 CA'RPUS, s. [Lat.] in Anatomy, the wrist, a congeries of 
 eight small bones, grouped together into a veiy narrow space, 
 and tied together very firmly by cross ligaments, making a sort 
 of solid foundation for the hand. 
 
 CA'RRACK, s. a Portuguese vessel, trading to the East and 
 West Indies, which is very large, round built, and fitted for fight 
 as well as burthen. 
 
 CARRA'RA, a principality of Italy, taking its title from a 
 town and its territory, which lies on the Mediterranean, and is 
 bounded by the Sardinian states, Fivizzano, and Massa. The 
 town stands about 4 miles from the sea, on a small river, named 
 the Carrone. It is handsomely adorned, has an academy of 
 sculpture, and a trade arising from the products of the district. 
 The chief of these are marble, which is of various qualities, and 
 is-most abundant in the mountains which form the inland bar- 
 rier of Carrara. Wine and oil are grown in the lower parts. 
 The population of the principality is under 15,000. 
 
 CA'RRIAGE, (in pron. the rand tare dropped,)?, [eariage, Ft."] 
 a vehicle used to convey persons or goods from one place to an- 
 other ; the act of conveying things from one place to another ; 
 the price paid for the conveying of goods. Figuratively, personal 
 address and behaviour ; conduct, or practices ; proceeaings, or 
 the manner of transacting any affair. The carriage of a cannon 
 is, the frame of timber on which it is mounted. 
 
CAR 
 
 CARRICKFE'RGUS, Antrim, in Ulster, Ireland. It is seated 
 on a safe and spacious bay of the same name, called also Belfast 
 Lough , with an excellent harbour. The town is mostly well built ; 
 it has some good public buildings. The ancient castle is a curious 
 relic of former times. The fisheries of the bay furnish the prin- 
 cipal trade to the town. It is 88 miles from Dublin. Pop. 3885. 
 
 CA'RRIER, «. one who conveys or moves a thing from one 
 place to another ; one who conveys goods from one town or place 
 to another. In Natural History, a species of pigeons, so called 
 from their carrying letters, &c. tied to their necks, to the place 
 where they were bred, be it ever so remote. 
 
 CA'RRION, s. [charogne, Fr.] the flesh of a dead carcass ; and 
 putrefied flesh, not fit for food. Figuratively, a coarse, gross, 
 disagreeable person ; a term of reproach. 
 
 CA'RRION, a. relating to a dead or putrefied carcass ; feeding 
 on dead carcasses. 
 
 CA'RRON, Stirlingshire, Scotland. It stands on a stream 
 which flows into the Frith of Forth, below Falkirk. Here are 
 the celebrated Carron works, founded in 1761, which were once 
 the largest iron foundery in Europe, but are now superseded in 
 all but the name. It is 40 miles from Edinburgh. Pop. 838. 
 
 CARRONA'DE, s. a short kind of ordnance, capable of carry- 
 ing a large ball, and useful in close engagements at sea. It 
 takes its name from the above-mentioned place, Carron, in Scot- 
 land, where it was first made. 
 
 CA'RROT, s. [carote, Fr.] a garden root ; of which there are 
 two sorts, the yellow and the orange ;• the last of which is reck- 
 oned by much the better. 
 
 CA'RROTY, a. red ; applied to red-haired people, from the 
 resemblance of the colour of their hair to that of a carrot. 
 
 To CA'RRY, «. a. [charter, Fr.] to remove a thing from one 
 place to another ; to convey, transport, bear ; to gain in compe- 
 tition, or rather resistance ; to behave, conduct, obtain, import, 
 support, sustain. Used with off, to kill or put an end to a per- 
 son s life. To carry on, to prosecute, continue, or persevere in 
 an undertaking, notwithstanding all oppositions. Joined with 
 through, to support, or enable a person to sustain and surmount. 
 
 CA'RSTAIRS, WILLIAM, a Scottish minister well known in 
 English history, for the part that he took in the intrigues of 
 William III. during the reigns of Charles II. and James II., 
 and after the Revolution. He was a man of great shrewdness 
 and power; and had an intimate knowledge of the state of 
 parties, which enabled him to serve his patron with great suc- 
 cess. He was once put to the torture on suspicion of being con- 
 cerned in the unhappy attempt of the Duke of Monmouth, but 
 he confessed nothing. He died in 171-5, having held for some 
 years the Presidency of Edinburgh University, aged 66 years. 
 
 CART, s. [crat, Brit.] a land carriage with two wheels, drawn 
 by horses. Figuratively, any vehicle or carriage. 
 
 CARTE BLANCHE, s. [Fr.] a blank paper ; a paper or instru- 
 ment to be filled up with such terras and conditions as the 
 person to whom it is sent thinks fit. 
 
 CA'RTEL, s. [cartel, Fr.] certain terms or stipulations settled 
 between persons at variance. In War, applied to the conditions 
 made by enemies for the mutual exchange of prisoners. 
 
 CA'RTER, s. one who drives, and gets his living by driving 
 a cart. 
 
 CARTE'SIANS, s. a sect of philosophers, who adhere to the 
 opinions advanced by Des Cartes, which see. 
 
 CARTHAGE'NA, a town of Murcia, Spain, seated on a bay of 
 the same name. Here is a very large arsenal, with every requi- 
 site for building and fitting out ships of the line. The harbour 
 is spacious and deep, being a bason hollowed by nature, and 
 sheltered from the winds by several hills, placed round it at equal 
 distances. Its trade is considerable ; and its exports are wine, 
 oil, &c., with metals from the neighbouring mountains. Its 
 population is about 30,000. It is 27 miles nearly S. of Murcia. 
 Lat. 37. 38. N. Long. 0. 36. W. 
 
 CARTHAGE'N A, a large and rich sea-port of New Grenada, S. 
 America. It has one of the best harbours in S. America ; the 
 entrance however is so narrow, that only one vessel can enter at 
 a time. This town is fortified and well built, although the streets 
 are narrow. Its trade is not very great now. Its population is 
 about 20,000. Lat. 10. 27. N. Long. 75. 22. W. 
 
 CA'RTHAGE, once a celebrated city of Africa, and rival of 
 Rome, but now in ruins. It is 10 miles E. of Tunis, near the 
 promontory called Cape Carthage. It was originally a Phoenician 
 
 CAR 
 
 colony, and grew to be a great mercantile and commercial state. 
 The country belonging to the city was laboriously cultivated, 
 and being exceeaingly fertile, the state was not dependent on 
 foreign supplies of grain, &c., as Rome was, which gave it for a 
 time no small advantage. The government was an oligarchy ; 
 and the character of tlie religion may be known from the fact 
 that Moloch was the chief object of worship. See Hannib.4l, and 
 SciPio. 
 
 CA'RT-HORSE, s. an unwieldy horse, fit only for the cart. 
 
 CARTHU'SIANS, a religious order founded by one Bruno, in 
 the year 1080. They were a branch of the Benedictines, re- 
 markable for the austerity of their rule, which obliged them to a 
 total abstinence from flesh, even at the peril of their lives, and 
 to feed on bread, water, and salt one day in every week. The 
 peculiar dress of the order, was a white gown, and over it a 
 black cloak with a cowl. They also wore hair-cloth under 
 garments. 
 
 CA'RTILAGE, «. [cartilago, Lat.] in Anatomy, a smooth, solid, 
 uniform, elastic substance, softer than bone, but more solid than 
 any other part, without cavities for marrow, or any nerves or 
 membranes for sensation. 
 
 CARTILA'GINOUS, a. consisting of cartilages. 
 
 CA'RTMELL, Lancashire, a town seated among the hills, 
 called Cartmell Fells, near the river Ken and the Ken Sands, a 
 sandy shore, which requires guides to direct strangers on their 
 way. It has a harbour for boats, and a market for corn, sheep, 
 and fish. It is 260 miles from London. Markets, Tuesday and 
 Saturday. Pop. 4927. 
 
 CARTOO'N, s. [eartone, Ital.] in Painting, a drawing or sketch 
 upon strong paper, made before commencing a painting on can- 
 vass, or in fresco ; or to guide embroiderers in working tapestry, 
 as the cartoons of Raphael now at Hampton Court were in- 
 tended. 
 
 CARTOU'CH, {cartdoch) s. [cartouche, Fr.] a case of wood three 
 inches thick at the bottom, girt round with marlin, containing 
 48 musket balls, and six or eight balls of iron of a pound weight ; 
 being fired out of a hobit, or small mortar, for the defence of a 
 pass ; likewise used for a cartridge. 
 
 CA'RTRAGE, Ca'rtridge, s. [cartouche, Fr.] a charge of 
 powder wrapped up in thick paper, pasteboard, or parchment, 
 used for charging fire-arms; or in flannel, for great guns. 
 
 CA'RT-ROPE, s. a strong cord used to fasten the load on 
 carts; proverbially, any thick cord. 
 
 CA'RTULARY, s. [charta, Lat.] a place where papers or re- 
 cords are kept. 
 
 CA'RTWRIGHT, s. a maker of carts. 
 
 CA'RTWRIGHT, DR. EDMUND, the inventor of power- 
 looms, and other machines. He was an English clergyman, and 
 had addicted himself in his younger days to literary pursuits, and 
 had acquired some little name for authorship. He died in 1823, 
 aged 80 years. 
 
 CA'RTWRIGHT, MAJOR JOHN, the father of Radicalism in 
 England. He had a commission in the navy throughout his life, 
 but derived the title of major from a post in the Militia of his na- 
 tive county, to which he was chosen during the American war. 
 The part that he took in endeavouring to diffuse his principles, 
 made him an ohject of suspicion and of prosecution by the various 
 governments of the country, but be continued to the end of his 
 long life to aim steadily at the object he had set before him from the 
 first. His character stood so high that not his warmest oppo- 
 nents could attempt to sully it. His writings contain abundant 
 material for the use of those who would study politics ethically, 
 and see what is to be advanced against the theories of the 
 school of Bentham. He died in 1824, aged 84 years. 
 
 To CARVE, V. a. [ceor/an, vSax.] to cut or divide into several 
 parts ; to dissect or cut up a fowl or joint of meat at a table ; to 
 cut flowers, knots, figures, or other devices, in wood or stone. — 
 V. n. to exercise the trade of a sculptor ; to perform at table the 
 office of supplying the company from the dishes. 
 
 CA'RVER, s. one who forms statues, or other likenesses, in 
 wood, stone, or marble. In Cookery, one who cuts the meat. 
 
 CA'RVING, s. the art of cutting images, or other likenesses, 
 in wood, stone, or marble. 
 
 CARU'NCLE, s. [carunada, Lat.] in Anatomy, a little piece 
 of flesh. The carunculee lachrymales are two small eminences in 
 the inner corners of the eyes. 
 
 CA'RUS, s. in Medicine, is a species of the apoplexy, being a 
 
 151 
 
deprivation of sense and motion, affecting the whole body ; yet 
 the faculty of respiration is still left; in short, the carus differs 
 little from a lethargy. 
 
 CA'RY, HENRY FRANCIS, the well-known translator of 
 Dante's Commedia. He had a small benefice in the English 
 Church, and was the author of many poems and poetical trans- 
 lations, and the editor of some of the classic poets of England. 
 He died in 1844, aged 72 years. 
 
 CARYATIDES, s. in Architecture, a kind or order of columns 
 or pilasters, used by the ancients, made in the form or figure of 
 a woman, dressed in long robes, and serving to support the en- 
 
 tablement. It is said that the Greeks, having taken the city of 
 Carya, led away their women captives, and to perpetuate their 
 servitude, represented them in their buildings as charged with 
 
 burthens such as those sumorted by columns. 
 
 CA'SAL, a town in the Kingdom of Sardinia, in a province of 
 the same name, lying on the river Po, near Turin. The province 
 has good pastures, and produces wine and silk. The town is 
 rich in noble buildings, in paintings, and other memorials of its 
 former splendour. It has a population of about 18,000. It is 34 
 miles from Turin. 
 
 CA'SAS, BARTHOLOMEW DE LAS, a Dominican friar, and 
 bishop of part of Mexico, when first overrun by the Spaniards, 
 who devoted himself throughout his life to the protection of the 
 aborigines of those early colonies. But whose zeal for the pre- 
 vention of wrongs which so wounded his benevolent disposition, 
 which he witnessed, led him to be, ignorantly, the inventor of 
 the most monstrous wrong ever perpetrated — negro slavery. He 
 died in 1566, aged 92 years. 
 
 CASAU'BON, ISAAC, a divine of the latter part of the I6th 
 century, a native of Geneva, but born of Huguenot parents ; was 
 early noted for his learning, and was distinguished bv Henry 
 IV. of France, in consequence ; emigrated to England at that 
 monarch's death, and was patronized by James I. In addition 
 to editions of Classics, he wrote on polemical subjects. His name 
 is regarded as an authority in his own department of learning. 
 He died in 1614, aged 55 years. 
 
 CASCA'DE,«. [Fr.] a fall ofwater from a higher to a lower place. 
 
 CASCARI'LLA, s. in Medicine, the bark of a plant of the 
 species that yields the Croton oil, growing in the W. Indies, va- 
 luable for its tonic properties. It has also an agreeable odour 
 when burnt. 
 
 CASE, s. [caisse, Fr.] something made to cover or contain a 
 thing ; a covering, sheath, or box. 
 
 CASE, s. [casus, Lat.] the outward or external condition, cir- 
 cumstance, or state of a person ; the state of a thing. In Physic, 
 the state of the body ; used with the particle tti, and the word 
 good, fat and plump ; and with the word bad, lean or emaciated. 
 In Law, the representation of any fact, question, or the whole 
 arguings of counsel on a particular point or circumstance of a 
 trial. In Grammar, the changes made in nouns, pronouns, par- 
 ticiples, and adjectives, either by inflexion, or by the affixing 
 of prepositions, to indicate the relation of the thoughts ex- 
 pressed by them to other thoughts in the same or another 
 sentence. Iti case implies, if it should happen. 
 
 To CASE, V. a. to put in a case or cover. Figuratively, to 
 surround or enclose, like a case. In Building, to cover with ma- 
 terials different from those in the inside. — v. n. to represent an 
 affair in all the various lights it will bear; to put cases. 
 
 To CASE-HA'RDEN, v. a. to prepare iron, so as to render its 
 outward surface hard, and capable of resisting the file, or any 
 edg'ed tool, to turn the surface of the iron into steel. 
 
 CASE'INE, s. in Chemistry, a modification of proteine found 
 in milk, coagulable by acids only. Cheese is almost pure ca- 
 seine. It is found in the seeds of leguminous plants, and in 
 other vegetables. 
 
 CA'SEMATE, s. in Fortification, a certain retired platform in 
 the flank of a bastion, for the defence of the moat or face of the 
 opposite bastion; a kind of vault or arch of stone-work. 
 
 CA'SEMENT, «. [casamento, Ital.] a window opening upon 
 hinges. 
 
 CA'SEOUS, a. [caseus, Lat.] resembling cheese ; cheesy. 
 
 CA'SERN, s. [caserne, Fr.] a little room or lodgment erected 
 between the rampart and the houses, in a fortified town, for the 
 ease of the garrison. 
 
 CASH, s. [caisse, Fr.] in Commerce, the ready money a person 
 is possessed of. 
 152 
 
 CAS 
 
 CA'SHEL, Tipperary, in Munster, Ireland. This ancient city 
 stands not far from the river Suir, and is not in a very flourishing 
 condition. The most remarkable feature is a rock which stands 
 in a singularly solitary position, all round being rather flat. On 
 it are relics of ancient fortifications, the old cathedral, and other 
 ecclesiastical buildings. The town has one good street, and is 
 adorned with a fine new cathedral, and the episcopal palace. It 
 was an archbishopric till 1839, and then was reduced to a 
 bishopric, by the Church Temporalities Bill of 1833. It is 108 
 miles from Dublin. Pop. 70315. 
 
 CA'SHEW-NUT, s. the nut of the cashew tree, which grows 
 in the West Indies. The nut is small, the kernel sweet and 
 pleasant, but between the layers of the shell is a caustic inflam- 
 mable oil, which will blister the lips and tongue the moment it 
 touches them. 
 
 CASHIE'R, (casMer) s. a person who keeps the money at a 
 banker's, or any public office. 
 
 To CASHIE'R, (casheer) v. a. [casser, Fr.] to discard ; to de- 
 prive a person of his place or post for some mal-practice. 
 
 CASHME'RE, or Kashmir, a district lying N. of the Punjaub, 
 in the kingdom of Runjeet Singh, the celebrated Sikh monarch. 
 It is embosomed in the Himalayan range, and is watered by one 
 of the large tributaries of the Indus, which receives the waters 
 of countless mountain streams. It is more than 5000 feet above 
 the level of the sea, but the height of the surrounding mountains 
 is not known. It enjoys a temperate climate, and produces, un- 
 der the cultivation it has- from the natives, all kinds or grain, 
 and the fruits, &c. of more northerly latitudes. For honey, and 
 saffron, it is noted ; and was so for silk. It feeds cattle and 
 sheep in abundance. Its manufactures also are known through 
 the world, though in good part superseded by the products of tne 
 power-looms in Europe and the United States. The people are 
 a branch of the great Indian family. Their numbers are about 
 three-quarters of a million. Siranagur is the principal place. 
 
 CA'SHMERE, s. in textile manufactures, the name of a par- 
 ticular kind of twilled cloth, originally manufactured in Cash- 
 mere from a special kind of Thibetian wool, and used for shawls. 
 It has been successfully imitated in Europe. Many common 
 kinds of twilled woollen cloth are called by this name. 
 
 CASK, s. [casque, Fr.] a round hollow cycloidal vessel, used 
 for keeping liquors, provisions, or dried goods ; a helmet, from 
 cassis, Lat. 
 
 CA'SKET, s. a small box for jewels, or things of small dimen- 
 sions, but great value. Figuratively, any thing which contains 
 something of great value. 
 
 CA'SPIAN SEA, a great lake or sea of Asia, bounded by the 
 country of the Calmuc Tatars on the N., by Bucharia and part 
 of Persia on the E., by another part of Persia on the S., and by 
 another part of Persia and Circassia on the W., being about 646 
 miles in length from N. to S., and 265 in breadth from E. to W. 
 It receives the waters of the Volga, the Oural, the Kur, and of a 
 multitude of small streams. It presents some very extraordinary 
 peculiarities, most of which are traceable to the fact that its 
 level is above 100 feet lower than that of the average sea level. 
 The evaporation is so great as to keep it at an average level in 
 spite of the enormous quantities of water continually poured into 
 it. It has a decidedly salt flavour, and, indeed, abounds with 
 marine animals and plants, identical with those found on the 
 Mediterranean and Black Sea. From the strata found in its 
 margin, it is believed to have been of much greater extent, till a 
 late period. The Russians and Persians have vessels of small 
 burthen on it. And there are fisheries which support many 
 tribes and towns on its borders. It has several islands, which 
 partake of the mineralogical character of its shores. 
 
 CASSA'NDER, one of the successors of Alexander the Great. 
 He obtained Macedonia as his quarter of the empire. His reign 
 was one of constant war and intrigue, and his maintenance of 
 his throne to the last seems to have been due rather to the trou- 
 bles of his opponents, than to his own success. He died in 
 296B.C. 
 
 CASSA'TION, s. [cassatio, Lat.] in Civil Law, the annulling or 
 abrogating any proceeding. 
 
 CA'SSAVA, s. a S. American root, of which the natives make 
 a kind of bread, said to be a wholesome and nourishing food: 
 when raw it is a deadly poison. 
 
 CA'SSEL, capital of Hesse Cassel. It is divided, into the Old 
 and New Towns, the latter of which is well built and spacious ; 
 
I 
 
 CAS 
 
 It has also extensive suburbs. The castle or palace commands 
 a delightful prospect, and has fine gardens and a curious cabinet. 
 It has some fine public buildings, and some very excellent 
 literary, and philosophical, and charitable institutions. It is 
 seated on the river Fulda, 40 miles S. of Paderborn. Pop. about 
 30,000. Lat. 51. 19. N. Long. 9. 44. E. 
 
 CA'SSIA, s. in Botany, a genus of plants belonging to the 
 tropics and countries bordering on them, in the E. hemisphere, 
 which yield the excellent and simple purgative commonly known 
 by the name of senna. In the Bible, it is the translation of the 
 namp of a costly sweet-scented drug, apparently a kind of bark. 
 The cassia of Cookery is an E. Indian species of laurel. 
 
 CASSIME'RE, s. See Cashmere. 
 
 CASSI'NI, the name of a family of eminent astronomers, at 
 Paris, four of whom, in succession, held the Observatory at Paris 
 from 1071 to 1793. Giovanni Dominic Cassini, the first of this 
 illustrious line, and the most famous, was of Italian origin, and 
 was induced by the celebrated Colbert to settle in France. He 
 was one of the greatest observers Europe has produced. He dis- 
 covered the times of rotation of Jupiter, Venus, and Mars; the 
 division of the ring of Saturn, and tour of his moons ; the pecu- 
 liar form of Jupiter's disc. In addition to which, he observed 
 and tabulated the fact of the revolutions and eclipses of Jupiter's 
 satellites, and constructed more accurate tables of refraction ;— he 
 completed the theory of the moon's libration, and determined the 
 value of the sun's parallax ;— and lastly, was the first speculating 
 observer of the zodiacal light. He died in 1712, aged 87 years ; 
 having always estimated his discoveries at a higher rate than 
 even the scientific world did. Jacques Cassini, his son, Cassini de 
 Thxiry, his grandson, and Count Cassini, his great-grandson, suc- 
 ceeded him. The last was in some respects superior to the other 
 two ; but a less distinguished post would have sufficed for all 
 they have done, and a less extensive fame had been an ample 
 reward. Count Cassini died in 1845, aged 90 years. 
 
 CASSIOPE'A, in Astronomy, a constellation in the northern 
 hemisphere. 
 
 CA'SSIUS, C. LONGINUS, one of the leaders of the conspiracy 
 which overthrew Julius Caesar. He was a partisan of Pompey, 
 and joined Caesar during the campaign in Spain, after the death 
 of Pompey. He was defeated by Octavianus (afterwards Au- 
 gustus Caesar) and Marcus Antonius, near Philippi,aiid destroy- 
 ed himself, in 42 b. c. 
 
 CA'SSOCK, 8. [casque, Fr.] a close, long garment, worn by 
 clergymen, when in their robes, under their gown. 
 
 CA'SSONADE, s. in Commerce, cask sugar, or sugar put into 
 casks or chests, after the first purification, but which has not 
 been refined. 
 
 CA'SSOWARY, s. in Natural History, a very large bird, which 
 much resembles the ostrich, and is a native of Africa. 
 
 CA'SSWEED, 8. in Botany, a very common plant, the same 
 with the shepherd's pouch. 
 
 To CAST, V. a. preter. and part, passive cast, \kaster, Dan.] to 
 throw with the hand ; to throw a net ; to throw dice, or lots ; to 
 throw in wrestling ; to let fall ; to expose ; to shed, to moult ; to 
 condemn in a trial or law-suit ; to lay aside, as unfit for wear ; 
 to have an abortion, as a cow, when she slinks her calf; to com- 
 pute, reckon, calculate ; to contrive or plan out ; to form or model 
 a thing in a mould with melted metals. To cast aside, to lay by 
 as useless. Used with down, to fling or throw from a high place. 
 To cast an eye, to glance, or look at. To cast a light, to reflect, or 
 impart. Joined with away, to wreck or shipwreck, applied to 
 sea-affairs. To be cast down, to be disconsolate, low-spinted, or 
 dejected on account of some misfortune. Used with otrf, to speak, 
 give vent to, or utter with rashness and vehemence. Used'with 
 upon, to be driven by violence of the wind, or stress of weather. 
 Used with off, to discard; to disburthen oneself of; to leave 
 behind. — v. n. it implies, to contrive; to turn the thoughts; to 
 admit of a form, by casting or melting; to warp. 
 
 CAST, s. the act of throwing a thing at a distance by the 
 hands; a specimen, or stroke ; a particular motion of the eye ; a 
 throw, or chance of a throw, at dice ; a mould, a form ; exterior 
 appearance; manner; air; mien. In Painting, a shade or tend- 
 ency to any colour. 
 
 CASTA'LIO, SEBASTIAN, one of the learned men of the 
 time of the Reformation, who being unhappily in advance of his 
 age in his opinions, was left to starve by it. He has left many 
 works ; one, a Litin translation of the whole Bible, respecting 
 
 CAS 
 
 which he had a life-long controversy with the Genevese Reform 
 ers, who at first had been his warm friends. He died of want at 
 B^sle, in 1-563, aged about 50 years. 
 
 CA'STANET, s. [castaneta. Span.] a musical instrument, made 
 of two little round pieces of wood or ivory, hollowed like a spoon, 
 fastened to the thumb, and beat with the middle finger, serving 
 to direct the time and measure of the dances. 
 
 CA'ST-AWAY, s. a person that is involved in a multiplicity of 
 misfortunes, and seemingly abandoned by Providence. 
 
 CASTE, s. a class or order of society separated from other 
 classes, by rank, privileges, occupation, &c., and with whom no 
 intercourse is permitted. This social system is seen most in- 
 juriously carried out in Hindustan ; but it prevails amongst other 
 Asiatic nations ; and existed in ancient Egypt. The state of so- 
 ciety called feudalism in many respects resembled it ; and many 
 of our modern conventionalities partake of the same character. 
 
 CA'STELLAIN, s. [castellatw. Span.'] the constable of a castle. 
 
 CA'STELLANY,s. the manor or lordship belonging to a castle, 
 or the territory of a city or town. 
 
 CA'STELLATED, a. enclosed within a building or fortified 
 place. 
 
 CA'STER, s. one who flings or throws. In Arithmetic, one 
 who calculates. 
 
 CASTIGA'TION, s. [castigatio, Lat.] punishment inflicted on a 
 person in order to make him amend his faults ; penance, or cor- 
 rection. 
 
 CA'STIGATORY, a. punishing to make a person amend. 
 
 CASTI'LE, NEW, or Toledo, a province of S>ain, 200 miles 
 in length, and 184 in breadth ; bounded on the W. by Estrema- 
 dura and part of Leon ; on the N. by Old Castile ; ou the E. and 
 S. E. by Arragon, Valencia, and Murcia ; and on the S. by 
 Murcia and Andalusia. There are two ranges of mountains run- 
 ning through it ; and it is watered by the fagus, the Guadiana, 
 and the Xucar. It produces in the N. fruits and wine, and in the 
 S. good pastures and fine wool. It has mines of iron and quick- 
 silver, and some of its manufactories, that at Toledo for sword 
 cutlery, for instance, are celebrated. Its population is about 
 2,000,000. Madrid is the capital. 
 
 CASTI'LE, OLD, a province of Spain, about 2.50 miles in 
 length, and 80 in average breadth ; bounded on the W. by Leon ; 
 on the N. by Biscay, Asturia, and Navarre ; on the E. by Navarre 
 and Arragon ; and on the S. by New Castile. It is separated 
 from its neighbouring provinces, both N. and S.,by mountains; 
 and another range crosses it almost from N. to S. The Douro is 
 its chief stream. It produces excellent wine ; its plains are 
 covered with herds of large and small cattle, particularly sheep, 
 which yield the finest wool in Spain. It has also a few manu- 
 factories, and some foreign trade by means of St. Ander, a sea- 
 port and district belonging to this province on the Bay of Biscay. 
 The population is less than 2,000,000. Burgos is the capital. 
 
 CA'STING, «. the running of metal, plaster, &c., into a mould 
 prepared for that purpose. 
 
 CA'STING-NET, s. a net which is spread by throwing it in 
 the water, used in fishing. 
 
 CA'STLE, s. [castellum, Lat.] a fortified building erected either 
 as a strong-hold, or as a defence to a city. Castles in the air, 
 imply some chimerical project. 
 
 CASTLEBA'R, Mayo, in Connaught, Ireland. It stands on the 
 Clydagh, over which are three bridges, and it is the assize town 
 for the county. It has some small linen manufactories. It is 
 114 miles from Dublin. Pop. 5137. 
 
 CA'STLE-CARY, Somersetshire. It is 117 miles from London. 
 Market, Tuesday. Pop. 1942. 
 
 CA'STLE-COMB, Wiltshire, so called from its old castle. It 
 is 112 miles from London. Pop. 600. 
 
 CASTLE-RI'SING, Norfolk. The castle, whence it has its 
 name, is still standing ; and here is an alms-house for 24 poor 
 widows. It is 103 miles from London. Pop. 358. 
 
 CA'STLETOWN, or Castle-Rushin, the principal place of the 
 Isle of Man, with a strong, beautiful castle, of free-stone, still 
 entire-. At the entrance is a great stone chair for the governor, 
 and two smaller ones for the deemsters ; and beyond this court 
 is a room where the keys sit. On the other siae are seen the 
 governor's house, the chancery offices, and good barracks. It is 
 situated on the S. E. point of the island, with a shallow, rocky 
 harbour. Pop. 2283. Lat. 54. 2. N. Long. 4. 35. W. 
 
 CA'STLE-SOAP, «. a corruption of Castile Soap. . 
 
CAT 
 
 CA'STLING, s. the young of a brute animal, which is cast be- 
 fore its time. 
 
 CA'STON, or Ca'wston, Norfolk, a town seated on the Bure, 
 over which it has a bridge. It is 120 miles from London. 
 Market, Tuesday. Pop. 1130. 
 
 CA'STOR, called by the Saxons Thuang; Caston, i. e. Thonc/ 
 Castle, Lincolnshire, a town said to be built by Hengist, on a 
 tract of ground which he encompassed with an ox's hide, cut into 
 thongs, pursuant to a grant of Vortigern. It is 140 miles from 
 London. Market, Monday. Pop. 1988. 
 
 CA'STOR, s. in Natural History, the generic name of the 
 beaver, an amphibious animal, the feet of which have five toes, 
 and the hinder ones formed for swimming, with a black, flat, and 
 oval tail. 
 
 CA'STOR and PO'LLUX, s. in Meteorology, the name by 
 which the balls of electric fire, which during a storm are often 
 seen in S. latitudes on the masts and other prominences of ships, 
 were known, when they were regarded as omens rather than as 
 natural phenomena. In Astronomy, the two principal stars in 
 the constellation of Gemini. 
 
 CASTORI'NE, s. in Chemistry, the essential oil of the sub- 
 stance called castor, or castoreum, found in glands near the 
 anus of the beaver. It has a strong and peculiar scent, and was 
 formerly more used in medicine than now. 
 
 CA'STOR OIL, s. in Medicine, a pale, viscid oil, nearly taste- 
 less and scentless when pure, extracted from the seeds of rici- 
 nus communis ; in general use as a gentle purgative. 
 
 CASTRAMETA'TION, s. [castrametatio, Lat.] the art of en- 
 camping. 
 
 To CASTRATE, v. a. [castro, Lat.] to geld. Figuratively, to 
 cut sentences out of any book. 
 
 CASTRA'TION, s. the act of gelding. 
 
 CA'STRES, a considerable town of the department of Tame, 
 France. It is seated on the river Agout, over which are two 
 bridges. It has some good manufactures. It is 350 miles from 
 Paris. Its population is about 13,000. Lat. 43. 30. N. Long. 
 2. 20. E. 
 
 CA'SUAL, {hdsual) a. [casual, Fr.] accidental; arising from 
 chance ; done without design ; happening contrary to the com- 
 mon laws of nature. 
 
 CA'SUALLY, (kdzually) ad. in an accidental manner; without 
 design ; by chance. 
 
 CA'SUALTY, (kdzualty) s. an event that is not foreseen or 
 intended. Figuratively, any accident which puts an end to a 
 person's life. 
 
 CA'SUIST, (hdzuist) s. [casuiste, Fr.] one who studies and re- 
 solves nice points in cases of conscience. 
 
 CASUFSTlCAL, (kazrdstical) a. belonging to cases of consci- 
 ence, or practical parts of ethics. 
 
 CA'SUISTRY, {kdzuistry) s. the pretended science of cases of 
 conscience, or nice points in practical morality. 
 
 CAT, [chat, Fr.] in Natural History, the common domestic 
 animal, whose appearance, &c. are too familiar to need descrip- 
 tion. It is of the same genus as the lion, the tiger, &c. 
 
 CA'TACHRESIS, (katakresis) s. [kataehraomai, Gr.] in Rhe- 
 toric, is when a word whose natural meaning is good and inno- 
 cent, is used abusively; as, you are a pretty fellow indeed, meaning, 
 you are a sad wretch. 
 
 CATACHRE'STICAL, a. applied to language, improper ; far- 
 fetched ; forced. 
 
 CA'TACOMBS, s. [kata and kumbos, Gr.] grottoes or subter- 
 raneous cavities for the burial of the dead. 
 
 CATACOU'STICS, «. [kata and akom, Gr.] the science of re- 
 flected sounds or echoes. 
 
 CATALE'PSIS, s. [katalambano, Gr.] a disease by which a 
 person is rendered in an instant motionless and senseless, and 
 continues in the same posture that he was in when the fit seized 
 him, with his eyes open, but without sight or understanding. 
 The effects of a certain kind of religious excitement, that used 
 to be regarded as a peculiarly supernatural manifestation by the 
 Revivalists of a century ago ; and those of the modern Mes- 
 merists may be classed under the general head of catalepsy. 
 
 CA'TALOGUE, {cdtahg) s. [katahgos, Gr.] a list or particular 
 enumeration of things in some order, wherein they are mentioned 
 in separate lines or articles. 
 
 CATALO'NIA, a province of Spain, bounded on the W. by 
 Arragon and a part of Valencia; on the N. by the Pyrenees; 
 
 and on the E. and S. W the Mediterranean and Valencia. Its 
 greatest extent from E. to W. is 112 miles, and from N. to S. 
 148. It is watered by the Ebro, the Segra, and the Lobregal. 
 Its mountains, which are numerous, and, in the instance of some 
 of the Pyrenees, above 10,000 feet high, are covered with forest 
 and fruit trees, and yield coal, marble, lead, &c. It abounds in 
 wine, corn, and pulse. It exports timber, especially the cork tree. 
 There are good manufactories in many of its towns. It has a 
 population of about 2,000,000. Barcelona is the capital. 
 
 CATA'MARAN, a rude kind of raft used by the fishermen 
 both on the coasts of Hindustan and in S. America. 
 
 CATA'NIA, an ancient rich and celebrated city of Val di 
 Noto, in Sicily. The city stands on the east coast, on a gulf of 
 the same name, near Mount Etna, and has often suffered by 
 earthquakes and volcanic eruptions. It is a handsome and regu- 
 larly built town, has several fine edifices, and is the seat of a 
 university of some note. The land about it is fertile in corn, 
 wine, fruits, &c., but the port is too small for much trade. It is 
 47 miles S. S. W. of Messina. Its population is about 50,000. 
 Lat. 37. 30. N. Long. 15. 6. E. 
 
 CA'TAPLASM, s. [kataplasso, Gr.] a poultice, or plaster. 
 
 CA'TAPULT, Ca'tapulta, [Lat.] an ancient military engine, 
 for throwing stones, and sometimes huge darts or javelins, of 10 
 or 12 feet in length. It consisted of two large timbers, like 
 masts of ships, placed against each other, and bent by an en- 
 gine for the purpose ; these being suddenly unbent again by a 
 stroke of a hammer, threw the javelins with incredible force. 
 The invention of gunpowder made it useless. 
 
 CATARACT, s. [katarrassn, Gr.] in Natural History and Cos- 
 mography, a precipice in the course of a river, over which the 
 water falls witn great violence and noise. In Surgery, a disease 
 of the eye, in which by a peculiar affection of the crystalline hu- 
 mour, or the vesicle in which it lies, a greater or less obscur- 
 ation of sight ensues. It is often completely cured by the oper- 
 ation called couching. 
 
 CATARRH, (kattdr) s. [katerreo, Gr.] in Medicine, an inflam- 
 mation of the mucous membrane in the nostrils, which occasions 
 the secretion of great quantities of fluid, partly of a very acrid 
 character, causing a great soreness to the mouth, throat, &c. 
 Its common name is a cold; and it is commonly treated with too 
 little care. 
 
 CATA'RRHAL, Cata'rrhous, a. proceeding from a catarrh. 
 
 CATASTROPHE, (katdstrofy) s. [katastrepho, Gr.] in Poetry, 
 the change or revolution in the last act of a play, or the turn 
 which unravels the intrigue, and concludes the piece. Figur- 
 atively, a dreadful event or accident, which terminates in a per- 
 son's ruin, misery, or death. 
 
 CA'TCAL, (kdtcaut) s. a shrill whistle, used by the gallery cri- 
 tics of the theatre, to show their dislike of a piece, or a performer. 
 Any disturbance produced by such means. 
 
 To CATCH, V. a. preter. I catched, or caught, I have catched, or 
 have caught; [ketsen, Belg.] to seize or lay hold on suddenly with 
 the hand ; to pursue or take any thing that is running from one ; 
 to receive any falling body, or prevent it from reaching the 
 ground ; to receive a disease by infection ; to contract ; to seize 
 suddenly; to captivate, charm, or seize the affections, alluding 
 to their taking prey in toils. Figuratively, to apprehend the 
 meaning of any word,&c., which was not seen at first. — v. n. to 
 be infectious ; to spread by contagion. Figuratively, to spread 
 or increase from one to another, applied to bodies or things which 
 lie near one another. 
 
 CATCH, s. the act of seizing any thing which flies or hides ; 
 the posture proper for seizing ; an advantage taken ; hold laid on 
 the thing caught ; profit ; a short interval of action ; a taint ; 
 any thing which fastens by a sudden spring, or entering into a 
 loop or cavity. In Music, a short song, in which the singers 
 all sing the same part, but begin at different intervals. 
 
 CATCHER, «. one who catches, or that in which any thing is 
 caught. 
 
 CA'TCHFLY, s. in Botany, a common genus of plants, nearly 
 allied to the campion. 
 
 CA'TCH-POLL, s. at present a word of reproach and con- 
 tempt for a bailiff and his followers ; formerly used without re- 
 proach for a sergeant-at-mace, or any other, who used to arrest 
 men upon any just cause. 
 
 CATECHE'TICAL, (kateketikal) a. [katechizo, from katecheo, 
 Gr.] consisting of questions and answers. 
 
CAT 
 
 CATECHE'TICALLY, ad. by way of question and answer. 
 
 To CA'TECHISE, (kdtckize) v. a. [Gr.] to ask a person ques- 
 tions in order to discover secrets ; to examine, to interrogate. 
 
 CA'TECHISER, {kdtekizer) s. one who teaches a person, or 
 tries whether he can say his catechism ; one who questions, ex- 
 amines, or endeavours to make discoveries by questions. 
 
 CA'TECHISM, {kdtekism) s. a system of instruction by ques- 
 tion and answer. According to the liturgy of the Church of 
 England, an institution to be learned by every person before he 
 is brought to be confirmed by the bishop. There are many of 
 these compositions that have gained great notoriety, but "few 
 greater than the Longer and Shorter Catechisms of the famed 
 Assembly of Divines at Westminster, which the Scotch Kirk, 
 and many bodies of English Dissenters, have adopted as their 
 symbol or creed. 
 
 CA'TECHIST, (kdtekist) s. one who teaches or instructs per- 
 sons in the first principles by way of question and answer. 
 
 CA'TECHU, s. in Pharmacy, the extract of a species of acacia, 
 growing in Hindustan, used as an astringent. 
 
 CATECHU'MEN, (katekumen) s. in the primitive church, a 
 candidate for baptism ; one engaged in the preliminary study, 
 with a view to entering the church. 
 
 CATECHUME'NICAL, (katekmnenical) a. belonging to a cate- 
 chumen. 
 
 CATEGO'RICAL,a. positive; absolute; affirmative; adequate. 
 
 CATEGO'RICALLY, ad. in a positive, express, absolute 
 manner. 
 
 CATEGORY, s. [kategoreo, Gr.] in Logic, the name given to 
 those general classes, under one or more of which, what may be 
 affirmed or denied of any subject may be arranged. The par- 
 ticular good to be derived from such arrangements has not been 
 made clear to all minds ; and almost all logicians are at odds 
 respecting the number of them. 
 
 CA'TENARY, a. [catena, Lat.] relating to a chain ; resembling 
 a chain. In Mathematics, the catenary curve is formed by a 
 rope or chain hanging freely between two points whereon its 
 extremities are fastened. 
 
 CATENATION, s. the act of linking together, or connecting 
 like a chain. 
 
 To CA'TER, V. a. to provide food ; to buy in victuals. 
 
 CATERER, s. a man employed to provide and buy in victuals 
 for a family. 
 
 CATERESS, s. a woman who buys in provision for a family. 
 
 CATERPILLAR, s. in Natural History, the larva, or first stage 
 in the development of insects of the Lepidopterous kind. They 
 have long soft bodies, of various colours, and various coverings and 
 forms ; tney walk by means of numerous feet ranged in pairs from 
 the tail towards the head, and have also six legs, more like insects, 
 which they do not much use, save for feeling, at the head ; and 
 when full-grown, they adopt various plans for securing their safety 
 in the second or chrysalis state, some spinning a cocoon of silk, 
 some rolling up leaves together round them, others tying them- 
 selves by a band, and others suspending themselves by one end 
 beneath some shelter; and others, again, burying themselves in 
 the earth. See Chrysalis. 
 
 GATES, «. [katter, Belg.] nice and elegant food ; cakes ; or 
 rich dishes. 
 
 CATFISH, s. in Natural History, the name of a sea-fish in 
 the West Indies ; so called from its round head and large glaring 
 eyes, W which it is discovered in hollow rocks. 
 
 CA'TGUT, s. a kind of cord made from the intestines of sheep, 
 used in the stringing of musical instruments, suspending of 
 clock weights, manufacture of fishing-lines^&c. &c. 
 
 CAT-HARPINGS, s. small ropes in a ship, running on little 
 blocks, from one side of the shrouds to the other, near the deck. 
 CATHARINE, the name of two empresses of Russia; the 
 first being the wife and successor of Peter the Great ; the second, 
 the notorious woman, wJio with transcendent intellectual abili- 
 ties united a heart that seemed utterly void of good. The great 
 crime of her reign, and perpetrated chiefly through her influence, 
 was the partition of Poland amongst the three neighbouring 
 states, by which it was utterly destroyed as a kingdom. In the 
 administration of her empire, and in the promotion of its solid 
 advancement as an empire, she was unrivalled. She died in 
 1796, aged 6.5 years. 
 
 CATHARmEDE MEDICI, the queenof Henry II. of France, 
 who, during the reigns of her three sons who were the immedi- 
 
 CAT 
 
 ate successors of Henry II., had actually the sovereign power. 
 She was involved in an unbroken course of intrigues for the 
 
 f ratification of her ambition. Her name is everlastingly con- 
 emned by the memory of the massacre of the Huguenots on St. 
 Bartholomew's day in 1572. She died in 1589, aged 70 years. 
 
 CATHERINE HALL, a college of Cambridge, foundecl in the 
 15th century. It is neither a very rich foundation, nor a very 
 imposing building ; but it has produced some famous scholars 
 and divines. 
 
 CATHARINE OF ARRAGON, and CATHARINE PARR, 
 the first and last wives of Henry VIII. The first was divorced 
 on the plea that she had been married to his brother ; the latter 
 survived him. See Henry VIII. 
 
 CATHA'RTIC, Catha'rtical, a. [kathario, Gr.] cleansing. 
 Applied in Medicine to purgative medicines ; and in a more ex- 
 tensive sense, to all kinds of medicine which cleanse the body. 
 
 CATHA'RTICALNESS, s. the quality of cleansing or purging. 
 
 CATHEAD, s. the vulgar name for the casts of separate 
 chambers of a shell called Ammonites, which is known only in 
 the fossil state, and greatly resembled the Nautilus. On board a 
 ship, a piece of timber, with two shivers at one end, having a 
 rope and block. 
 
 CATHE'DRAL, a. episcopal, or containing the see or seat of 
 a bishop ; belonging to a cathedral. 
 
 CATHE'DRAL, s. [kathedra, Gr.] the chief church of a diocese, 
 where the bishop's chair is placed. 
 
 CATHETER, s. {kathemi, Gr.] in Surgery, a hollow tube or 
 instrument, usually of silver, and crooked, generally used to 
 assist the discharge of urine, when the passage is stopped by any 
 disorder. 
 
 CATHOLIC, a. [kata and ohs, Gr.] universal. TJie Church 
 Catholic, is by its users meant for theirs, or the true church, in 
 opposition to heretical or schismatical churches, and is a title 
 which the papists arrogate to themselves. Jtoman Catholic, and 
 Anglo Catholic, are terms, not wholly correct, but sufficiently so 
 to describe the two great branches of the self-named true church : 
 which branches, however, most generally repudiate each other. 
 Catholic Kino, or Majesty, is the title of the king of Spain. 
 
 CATHO'LICISM,s. universality ; something common to all of 
 the same kind. 
 
 CATHO'LICON, s. [katholikos, Gr.] in Medicine, a remedy 
 which cures all disorders. Figuratively, that which is a univer- 
 salpreservative. 
 
 (jATILINE, or Catili'na, L. Sergius, a Roman patrician 
 who has obtained an infamous notoriety for his conspiracy 
 against his country, in which he fell. That he was as bad as the 
 young nobility of his time usually were as to his private charac- 
 ter, is quite evident ; whether his scheme, abating its failure 
 and its appeal to arms, was wholly bad, may be cjuestioned. He 
 had been a partisan of Sylla, which would sufficiently account 
 for some of his plans. He was foiled through the treason of one 
 of his party, and the eloquence of Cicero ; and he fell in a 
 desperate engagement, by which the whole affair was defeated, 
 in 63 B. c, aged about 45 years. 
 
 CATKINS, s. in Botany, the long branches of flowers of some 
 trees, as the willow, hazel, pine, &c., which contain only the 
 stamens. 
 
 CATLING, s. [kats leins, Teut.] in Surgery, a dismembering 
 knife, used for cutting off' any corrupted part of the body. In 
 Botany, the down or moss growing about walnut trees, resem- 
 bling the hair of a cat. 
 
 CATO, the surname of two celebrated Romans : the first, M. 
 Porcius Priseus, lived about two centuries B. c, and was dis- 
 tinguished for the stern simplicity of his principles and manners, 
 for his oratory, for his military skill, and for his statesmanship. 
 He fought in Spain and in Greece, and had a triumph for the 
 victories gained in the former. He was an author, and a patron 
 and encourager of poets and literature. The name by which he 
 is commonly known — the Censor — is taken from the last public 
 office he filled. He died in 149 b. c, aged above 80 years. M. 
 Porcius Cato, his great-grandson, lived in more troubled times. 
 His character resembled his great ancestor's, and he added all the 
 gloomy grandeur which the Stoical philosophy threw round its 
 earnest votaries. He opposed Catiline, and embarked on Pom- 
 pey's side, in the struggle for the world. In the ruin of the 
 cause he retired to Utica, and unconquerable, even in defeat, 
 Blew himself. This was in 47 b. c. 
 
 X 2 155 
 
CAV 
 
 CATCPTRICAL, a. relating to catoptrics, or vision by re- 
 flection. 
 
 CATO'PTRICS, s. [katoptron, Gr.l the doctrine of reflex vision, 
 or that part of optics which treats of light reflected from polished 
 surfaces. 
 
 CATS-EYE, s, among jewellers, a stone of the opal kind, but 
 far inferior to it in beauty. 
 
 CA'TSILVER, s. in Natural History, a fossil composed of 
 plain, parallel, flexible, elastic plates, and of a yellow or golden, 
 white, silveiy, or black colour. 
 
 CA'TSKILL MOUNTAINS, a range of mountains in New 
 York, United States, the principal branch of the Alleghany 
 chain in that state. Round Top, the highest peak, is 3804 feet 
 high. In them the bear, wolf, wild cat, and wild deer are still 
 found. 
 
 CA'TSKILL, a town of New York, situated on the Catskifl 
 river, near its junction with the Hudson ; the boundary of the 
 land belonging to it extends on the W. to the mountains, and 
 on the E. to the Hudson, over which is a ferry. Pine Orchard, 
 a favourite summer resort, is situated here on the brow of the 
 Catskill mountains, where is an hotel commanding a wide and 
 most beautiful prospect ; there are two flne waterfalls near it, 
 and it stands 2212 feet above the Hudson. The town is 33(5 
 miles from Washington. Pop. 5339. 
 
 CA'TS-TAIL, s. in Botany, the name of a common kind of 
 grass. 
 
 CA'TSUP, s. a kind of Indian pickle ; the spiced juice of 
 mushrooms. 
 
 CA'TTEGAT, the strait lying between Denmark, Sweden, 
 and Norway, by which the Baltic communicates with the North- 
 ern Ocean. It contains several islands. 
 
 CA'TTERICK, Yorkshire. It has a bridge over the river 
 Swale, and a sort of cataract near it. It appears to have been a 
 great city in the time of the Romans. It is 220 miles from 
 London. Pop. 2965. 
 
 CA'TTLE, s. a collective name for such animals as are useful 
 either for tilling the ground, or for food for mankind, as horses, 
 oxen, sheep, goats, &c. They are distinguished into great cattle, 
 comprehending horses and oxen, and small cattle, such as sheep 
 and goats. Black, or neat cattle, are collective names for all 
 animals of the ox kind. Figuratively, persons ; a word of re- 
 proach and contempt, as it places the human species on a level 
 with brutes. 
 
 CATU'LLUS, C. VALERIUS, a Roman poet who wrote im- 
 mediately before the Christian sera. He was by improvidence 
 and prodigality during the greater of his life sufficientiv poor for 
 a poet ; but he enjoyed both the patronage and friendship of the 
 great men of Rome. His poetry is graceful, harmonious, and at 
 times lofty ; but it is disfigured with obscenities. He died about 
 40 B. c, aged about 45 years. 
 
 CAVALCA'DE, s. [Fr.] a pompous procession on horseback, 
 or in coaches. 
 
 CAVALIE'R, (cavaleer) s. [Fr.] a knight, gentleman, or sol- 
 dier, who rides on horseback ; a horseman. Also, in the 17th 
 century, the name assumed by the partisans of Charles I. 
 
 CAvALIE'R, a. gay, sprightly, warlike, brave, generous, 
 polite. Sometimes in a quite contrary sense, i. e. proud, naughty, 
 disdainful. 
 
 CAVALIE'RI, BUONA VENTURA, a learned Jesuit, the 
 friend and disciple of Galileo, but much more profound in ma- 
 thematics. He invented a method which he called that of Indi- 
 visible, which was in substance that of limits. He assumed every 
 solid to be made up of an infinite number of planes ; every sur- 
 face, of an infinite number of lines ; and every line, of points. He 
 obtained some usefal results, and paved the way for the disco- 
 veries of the greater mathematicians who followed. He died a 
 professor in the Bolognian University, in 1647, aged 49 years. 
 
 CAVALIE'RLY, a(/. in a brave or polite manner; also in a 
 disdainful, haughty, and arrogant manner. 
 
 CAVA'LLO, TIBERIUS, an indefatigable experimenter in 
 electricity during the latter part of the last century. The use of 
 two pith balls on very slender silver wire for an electrometer, 
 and the instrument which he called the multiplier, are his only 
 original suggestions. He died in 1809, aged 60 years. 
 
 CA'VALRY, s. \cavakrie, Fr.] soldiers who fight and march on 
 horseback, divided into horse and dragoons. The horse never 
 serve but on horseback, being named likewise troopers or heavy 
 
 CAV 
 
 cavalry. The dragoons fight either on horseback or on foot, as 
 occasion requires, and are named light-horse. When an army 
 is drawn up in battle-array, the cavalry are posted in the wings ; 
 and bodies of cavalry ranged in order of battle are termed' 
 squadrons. 
 
 CA'VAN, a county of Ulster, Ireland, bounded on the W. and 
 S. W. by Leitrim and Longford ; on the N. W. and N. by Fer- 
 managh and Monaghan ; on the N. E. by Monaghan ; and on 
 the E. and S. by E. and W. Meath. It is about 40 miles long 
 and 28 broad, and contains 33 parishes. In many parts it is 
 open, bleak, and dreary, but from Cavan to Lough Earne it is 
 fertile, well wooded, and extremely picturesque. It is a hilly 
 county, and in the N. W. part mountainous ; and at the foot of 
 the hills are many beautiful lakes, mostly small, but some of a 
 larger size. In the hills are mines of several metals and coal, 
 besides quarries of various kinds of stone and earth. The Earne 
 is the chief river. The linen manufacture is carried on in it pretty 
 extensively, but neither agriculture nor grazing are in a very 
 flourishing state. Pop. 243,158. It returns two members to 
 parliament. Cavan, its county town, is in the heart of the 
 county, on a stream flowing into the Earne. It has the county 
 courts, and a good barracks. It is 54 miles from Dublin. Pop. 
 3749. 
 
 To CA'VATE, V. a. [cava, Lat.] to scoop, bore, or dig any solid 
 matter into a hollow ; to make hollow. 
 
 CAUCA'SIAN, the name by which that variety of the human 
 race is known which exhibits the highest degree of intellectual 
 development. It comprehends the nations extending in the E. 
 hemisphere from Hindustan to the N. Atlantic ; the Semitic tribes 
 seem also to belong to it. 
 
 CAU'CASUS, a chain of mountains in Asia, which extend 
 from the Black to the Caspian Sea, in length about 700 miles, 
 some of whose peaks rise 16,000 feet in height, and are perpe- 
 tually covered with snow. There is iron in these mountains 
 which has long been worked ; gold and copper are found in 
 the rivers which flow from them. The Kur, the Pamara, the 
 Kuma, and the Kalum, have their origin in this range. The 
 lower parts abound in honey, corn, wine, fruits, gom, a species 
 of grain resembling millet, but cultivated like rice ; hogs, and 
 horned cattle. The vines hereabouts grow winding round the 
 high trees. The northern parts are mostly subject to Russia, 
 and the southern to Turkey. The inhabitants are amongst the 
 most beautiful in the world. There are many different tribes of 
 them, no fewer than seven distinct languages exist amongst 
 them. Some of them are very warlike in their habits, and are 
 with difficulty kept in subjection by the Russians. 
 
 CAU'CUS, s. a refinement of spelling on Caulkers, from whose 
 meetings at Boston, U. S., to concert plans for their protection, 
 this party epithet, applied specially to political party meetings, 
 was derived. 
 
 CAU'DLE, s. Icaudeau, Fr.] a liquor made with water, oatmeal, 
 spices, and wine, used by women m their lying-in. 
 
 To CAU'DLE, V. a. to make caudle ; to mix as caudle. 
 
 CAVE, s. [cave, Fr.] a hollow place made in a rock or under 
 ground, which runs in a horizontal direction. Figuratively, a 
 hollow thing. Synon. Cave is a habitation under ground, made 
 either by art or nature. Cell is some little dwelling raised above 
 the ground. We dig a cave; we build a cell. 
 
 To CAVJ3 V. n. to dwell in a cave, or subterraneous place. 
 
 CAVE, WILLIAM, author of Primitive Ciiristianity , and other 
 works of that kind, was an English clergyman in the latter part 
 of the 17th century. He wrote his books, and enjoyed his pre- 
 ferments, and died in 1713, aged 76 years. 
 
 CAVE, EDWARD, the printer who patronized Dr. Johnson 
 in his days of need, and sent forth the Gentleman's Magazine, &s a 
 monument for himself, from St. John's Gate, Clerkenwell. He 
 died in 1754, aged 63 years. 
 
 CA'VEAT, s. [Lat.] in Law, a kind of process in the spiritual 
 court to stop the probate of a will, the granting letters of admin- 
 istration, or the institution of a clerk to a benefice, &c. 
 
 CA'VENDISH, SIR THOMAS, a privateer or buccaneer of 
 the time of Elizabeth, who entered into that line as a profitable, 
 speculation, which it proved to him, and who circumnavigated 
 the globe, adding not a little to the geographical knowledge of the 
 times. He attempted another cruise, but failed, and died in 
 1593, aged about 30 years. 
 
 CAVENDISH, HENRY, a natural philosopher of the last 
 
CAU 
 
 century, belonging to a noble family, who is known as the first 
 accurate experimental observer in chemistry, and the discoverer 
 of many facts relating to gases. In electricity he was equally 
 illustrious, introducing there the accurate quantitative observ- 
 ation which, as much as recent discoveries, has contributed to 
 the advance of the science. He also invented a beautiful experi- 
 ment for determining the density of the earth. He died in lolO, 
 aged 79 years. 
 
 CA'VLRN, s. [caverna, Lat.] a hollow place under ground. 
 
 CA'VERNED, rt. full of caverns; hollow; undermined. Fi- 
 guratively, dwelling in a cavern. 
 
 CA'VERNOUS, a. full of caverns or hollow places under 
 ground. 
 
 CAVETTO, s. ^[Ital.] a hollow member or round concave 
 moulding, containing a quadrant or quarter of a circle. 
 
 CA'VEZON, Cave'sson, s. [cavesson, Fr.] a sort of nose-band 
 of iron, leather, or wood, clapped on the nose of a horse to wring 
 it, in order to supple and break him in. 
 
 CAUGHT, (kaut) participle preter. of Catch. 
 
 CAVIA'RI, s. [Ital.] the hard roes of a sturgeon salted, made 
 into small cakes, and dried in the sun. 
 
 To CA'VIL, V. a. [caviller, Fr.] to raise frivolous objections. — 
 f. n. to receive or treat with objections. 
 
 CA'VIL, s. a groundless or trivolous objection. 
 
 CAVILLATION, Ca'vili.ing, s. a disposition, inclination, or 
 quality of raising groundless objections, or finding fault with 
 things without reason. 
 
 CA'VILLER, «. [cavillator, Lat.] one who makes groundless, 
 frivolous, or impertinent objections. 
 
 CA'VILLINGLY, ad. objecting in a groundless or frivolous 
 manner. 
 
 CA'VILLOUS, a. fond of objecting, or making groundless ob- 
 jections. 
 
 CA'VIN, s. [Fr.] a natural hollow, fit to cover a body of troops, 
 and favour their approaches. 
 
 CATITY, s. [cavitas, Lat.] hollowness ; a hollow ; a hollow 
 place. 
 
 CAUK, s. in Natural History, a coarse talky spar. 
 
 CAU'KY, a. resembling cauk ; of the qualities of cauk. 
 
 CAUL, s. [Brit.] a kind of netting or hair cap, used by women 
 to enclose their hair in ; the hinder part of a woman's cap; the 
 silk netting in the inside of a wig, on which the rows of curls 
 are sewed. Figjuratively, a kind of net. In Anatomy, the 
 omentum, or reticulum, a membrane in the abdomen. Like- 
 wise a membrane found on the heads of some children at their 
 birth. 
 
 CAULI'FEROUS, a. [caulis and/ero, Lat.] in Botany, applied 
 to such plants as have a true stalk. 
 
 CAU'LlFLOWER, (generally pronounced caiifloiver,) s. [catills, 
 Lat.] in Botany, a species of cabbage, the peculiarity of which 
 consists in its being principally a cluster of undeveloped flower- 
 stems. 
 
 CAU'SABLE, a. Icama, Lat.] that may be produced or ef- 
 fected. 
 
 CAU'SAL, n. relating to causes. 
 
 CAUSATION, s. the action of a cause. 
 
 CAU'SATIVE, a. that expresses a cause or reason. 
 
 CAUSA'TOR, s. a causer; an author. 
 
 CAUSE, (the s in this word and its derivatives is usually pro- 
 nounced like z,) «.' [caMsa, Lat.] that which makes a thing begin 
 to be; that which produces any thing. A ^rst cause, is that 
 which operates of itself, and from its own proper power or virtue. 
 A secondary cause, is that which derives its pQwer irom some other. 
 Final cause, in Natural Theology, is the purpose for which any 
 thing in nature exists, or takes place. Figuratively, the reason 
 or motive for any undertaking. In Law, the matter in dispute, 
 or subject of a law-suit. 
 
 To CAUSE, V. a. to produce any effect ; to effect. 
 
 CAU'SELESS, a. derived from no cause ; without just grounds, 
 reasons, or motives. 
 
 CAU'SELESSLY, ad. in a groundless manner ; without found- 
 ation; without reason ; unjustly. 
 
 CAU'SER, s. he that produces, or the agent by which any 
 thing is effected or produced. 
 
 CAU'SEWAY, s. a solid raised path, beside a carriage-road, 
 for foot passengers; or across a marsh, or place not adapted for 
 pedestrians. 
 
 CAU'STIC, Cau'stical, a. {kaio, Gr.] in Medicine, that which 
 consumes or destroys organic matter. Caustic curve, in Optics, 
 the curve of brilliant illumination formed by rays reflected 
 from the concave of a cylindrical mirror, on a surface at right 
 angles with it. 
 
 CAU'STIC, LUNAR, s. in Medicine, a name by which the 
 nitrate of oxide of silver is known ; called so from its effects 
 when applied to animal textures. 
 
 CAUSTFCITY, s. the quality of burning. 
 
 CAU'TELOUS, a. [eattteleux, Fr.] wary, cautious, circumspect. 
 Sometimes used in a bad sense for wily, cunning, treacherous. 
 
 CAUTERIZATION, s. [cauteriser, Fr.] the act of consuming 
 flesh by burning-hot irons or caustic medicines. 
 
 To CAUTERIZE, v. a. in Surgery, to eat or consume a part 
 by the application of a cauterj-. 
 
 CAUTERY, «. &e Caustic. 
 
 CAUTION, {kdushon) s, [cautio, Lat.] a prudent manner of 
 acting ; wariness ; foresight ; warning. 
 
 To CAUTION, V. a. to warn ; to give notice of a danger. 
 
 CAU'TIONARY, {hdushonary) a. ^iven as a pledge or security. 
 
 CAUTIOUS, (kdushous) a. [cautus, Lat.] guarded against any 
 suspected trick ; wary ; watchful. 
 
 CAUTIOUSLY, ijidtishously) ad. in a wary manner, opposed 
 to rashness. 
 
 CAUTIOUSNESS, {kdushousness) s. the quality of taking such 
 measures as may prevent any misfortune ; a prudent, wary con- 
 duct. 
 
 CA'VY, s. in Natural History, a genus of small S. American 
 animals, of which the best known is the restless cavy, or Gui- 
 nea pig. 
 
 To CAW, V. n. [formed from the sound,] to make a noise like 
 a crow, raven, or rook. 
 
 CAW'NPOOR, a town and military station on the Ganges, in 
 the province of Allahabad, and capital of a district of the same 
 name. It is a well-built town, but subject to all the incon- 
 veniences of the climate, on account of its position. Lat. 26. 
 30. N. Long. 80. 13. E. 
 
 CA'WOOD, Yorkshire. It is 186 miles from London. Mar- 
 ket, Wednesday. Pop. 1108. 
 
 CA'XTON, Cambridgeshire. It is but small, though a post- 
 town, and a good thoroughfare. It is 49 miles from London. 
 Market, Tuesday. Pop. 558. 
 
 CA'XTON, WILLIAM, the first printer in England. He was 
 a man of some learning, and not ill-to-do in the world, having 
 travelled on the continent, and had dealings with governments 
 respecting commercial treaties. He printed his first book in 
 England between 1470 and 1480. He died in 1492, aged about 
 80years. 
 
 CAYE'NNE,a town and island of Guiana, S. America, tcAjcA see. 
 
 To CEASE, V. n. [cesso, Lat.] to forbear or discontinue an 
 action or custom a person is engaged in. To rest, used with 
 from.—v. a. to put a stop or end to. Synon. We finish by putting 
 the last hand to a work. We cease in quitting it entirely. We 
 leave off in discontinuing. 
 
 CEASE, s. death or extinction, perhaps for decease. 
 
 CE'ASELESS, a. without stop, intermission, pause, respite, or 
 discontinuation ; without end. 
 
 CE'BES, a moralist of Thebes, who learnt of Socrates, arid 
 wrote an allegory called the Picture, which is often read in 
 schools. He lived about 400 b. c. 
 
 CE'CIL, the name of two distinguished statesmen of the 16th 
 century. The first, William, Lord Burleigh, was Elizabeth's prime 
 minister, and had been in the service of Henry VIII. and Edward 
 VI. He appears to have been a man of high principle and sound 
 judgment, united with consummate skill in business ; and to him 
 IS attributed most of the peculiar glorj' that distinguishes the 
 reign of the hero-queen. He died in 1598, aged 77 years. The 
 second, was his son, Rohert, Earl of Salisbury, who was in the 
 service of Elizabeth and James L, and with great ability resisted 
 
 the fondness for arbitrary power displayed by the latter. Yet by 
 all historians his conduct respecting Raleigh is allowed to have 
 been foully treacherous. Nor was the part he took in respect ot 
 
 Essex's fall, and in having secret correspondence with James 
 whilst ostensibly the servant of Elizabeth, much better. He died 
 in 1612, aged about 60 years. 
 
 CECUTTENCY, s. [cacus, Lat.] a tendency to blindness ; a 
 dimness of sight. 
 
 157 
 
CEL 
 
 CE'DAR, s. [cedrus, Lat.] in Botany, a species of pine, which 
 grows to a very great size, and is exceedingly long-lived. The 
 Foliage of this tree is peculiarly arranged, being in thin flat 
 
 masses, and the wood is very durable, and has an 
 aromatic scent. Mount Lebanon, in Palestine, is famed for 
 cedars, many of which bear marks of great antiquity. In the 
 Psalms and prophetic writings of the Old Testament, the cedars 
 of Lebanon are often alluded to. As an ornamental tree it is 
 much cultivated. The timber is used where lightness and free- 
 dom from destroying insects are desired. Some other and com- 
 moner species of pine are possessed of similar qualities, and are 
 enjployed under its name. 
 
 CE'DARN, Ce'drine, a. [cedrinus, Lat.] of or belonging to a 
 cedar tree. 
 
 To CEIL, (seel) V. a. [ceh, Lat.] to overlay or cover the inner 
 roof of a building. 
 
 CEI'LING, (seeling) s. the upper part or roof of a room. 
 
 CE'LANDINE, s. [chelidomum, Lat.] in Botany, a genus of 
 plants nearly allied to the poppy, differing therefrom in its seed- 
 vessel being a pod. There are three British species. 
 
 CE'LEBES, an island of Asia, in the Indian Ocean, called 
 also Macassar, S. of the Philippines, E. of Borneo, andW. of the 
 Moluccas. It is divided into four long and narrow portions by 
 the Bays of Serva, Tolo, and Tomini. It has mountains and 
 some large rivers. Mines of gold and other metals are known to 
 exist; but are not much worked. Agriculture flourishes rather 
 by the excellence of the soil, than by the skill and industry of 
 the natives. Rice and some other grains, tobacco, and cotton 
 are its chief products, and are not great. Wild animals of a 
 dangerous kind, such as boars, elks, monkeys, and serpents, 
 abound. The natives are allied to the Malays, and are divided 
 into many small and independent tribes, who use different 
 languages. Macassar is the largest place, and there the Dutch 
 have a fort and establishment. 
 
 To CE'LEBRATE, v. a. [celebro, Lat.] to make honourable 
 mention of ; to make a thing famous. Figuratively, to praise or 
 commend ; to enumerate the blessings received from the Divine 
 Being, with a heart full of gratitude ; to perform the solemn rites 
 appropriated to any particular day or festival. Synon. Famous, 
 celebrated, and renowned, are equally applied to persons or things ; 
 but illustrious to persons only, at least when we would be nice in 
 our choice of words. 
 
 CELEBRA'TION, s. \celchratio, Lat.] the performance of any 
 rite appropriated to some festival or solemnity. Figuratively, 
 praise, fame, renown, memorial, or honourable mention. 
 
 CELE'BRIOUS, a. [celeber, Lat.] famous ; renowned. 
 
 CELE'BRIOUSLY, ad. in a famous manner ; in such a manner 
 as to communicate fame. 
 
 CELE'BRIOUSNESS, Cele'brity, s. [celebritas, Lat.] renown, 
 fame, or qualities which are the objects of esteem and approba- 
 tion. 
 
 CELE'RITY, s. [celeritas, Lat.] swiftness of motion ; velocity; 
 rapidity. 
 
 CE'LERY, s. in Botany, a species of umbelliferous plant, a 
 native of this country, but grown in gardens with great care, so 
 as to lengthen and blanch the stem, and used uncooked as a 
 vegetable, or to flavour soups. 
 
 CELE'STIAL, a. [ccelestis, Lat.] in the heavenly regions ; be- 
 longing to heaven, or angelical. Used substantively for an in- 
 habitant of heaven. 
 
 CELE'STIALLY, ad. in a heavenly manner, opposed to earthly. 
 
 To CELE'STIFY, v. a. [ccelestis, Lat.] to communicate or 
 endue with the properties of heaven. 
 
 CELE'STINES, in Church History, a religious order of Chris- 
 tians, reformed from the Bernardins by Pope Celestine. Their 
 rules are divided into three parts ; the first, of the provincial 
 chapters, and the elections of superiors ; the second contains the 
 regular observances ; and the third, the visitation and correction 
 of the monks. They rise two hours after midnight to say matins. 
 They eat no flesh unless they are sick ; they fast very rigorously. 
 
 C^'LIAC, s. [koilia, Gr.] relating to the lower belly. Cceliac 
 passim, is a sort of diarrhoea, in which the aliment is passed 
 through the bowels before any of it has been assimilated. 
 
 CETjIBACY, s. [Calebs, Lat.] the unmarried or single state, 
 opposed to marriage. 
 
 CE'LIBATE, s. [ctelibaius, Lat.l a single life; the same as 
 Celibaq/. 
 
 CEN 
 
 CELL, s. [cella, Lat.] a hollow place ; a little house, apart- 
 ment, or chamber, wherein the ancient monks used to dwell in 
 their retirement ; a small or close apartment in a prison ; the in- 
 nermost part of the ancient temples. In Anatomy, little bags, 
 bladders, or cavities, wherein fluids or other humours are lodged. 
 In Botany, a vacuity in a capsule for lodging the seed. It also 
 signifies the vacuity in the anthers that contains the pollen. In 
 Natural History, the little divisions of the combs of bees, in which" 
 the honey is stored. 
 
 CE'LLAR, s. [cella, Lat.] in Building, a place under ground 
 for keepingslores, or the lowest room of a house. 
 
 CE'LLARAGE, s. the part of a building appropriated to cel- 
 lars ; cellar-room. 
 
 CE'LLARIST, s. [cellarius, Lat.] the butler of a monastery. 
 
 CELLA'RIUS, CHRISTOPHER, the writer on the geography 
 of the ancients, who was, till lately, the standard authority on 
 that subject. He held several professorships successively in dif- 
 ferent universities of Germany, and published various works on 
 Antiquities and History ; and died in 1707, aged 69 years. 
 
 CELLI1VI, BENVENUTO, the celebrated sculptor and de- 
 corator of goldsmiths' work, &c. He was engaged at various 
 times as engraver to the mint at Rome and Florence, and was 
 honourably entertained at the courts of most of the potentates 
 of the Italian states, and of Francis I. of France. He had great 
 taste and ability as an artist, great vanity and irascibility as a 
 man. He led a life of continual troubles and wandering, from 
 his practice of appealing to his fatal skill with the sword. His 
 autobiography exnibits not only himself, with all his worth and 
 all his lolly, but his times also ; and as they were the most mo- 
 mentous of all modern history, it is well worthy of study. He 
 died in 1570, aged 70 years. 
 
 CE'LLULAR, a. [celtula, Lat.] consisting of, or abounding in, 
 little cells or cavities. Cellular tissue, one of the simplest and 
 most general of the elementary substances, which enter into the 
 structure of all organized matter. It is the basis of both vegetable 
 and animal bodies. 
 
 CE'LSITUDE, s. [celsitudo, Lat.] height, tallness, stature. 
 Also, a note of dignity, by which some persons in high offices 
 are distinguished. 
 
 CE'LSUS, AURELIUS CORNELIUS, the well-known Latin 
 writer on Medicine, whose work continues to be used in medical 
 colleges to this day. He wrote also works on other practical 
 sciences, which are unfortunately lost. He flourished at some 
 time during the 1st century a. c. 
 
 CE'LSUS, an Epicurean philosopher, who flourished toward the 
 close of the '2nd century, and wrote a work against Christianity, 
 called the True Word, which is known only by the passages tran- 
 scribed in the work of Origen in reply to it. 
 
 CELTS, or Kelts, the name of one of the great races that 
 peopled W. Europe when it first appears in History. The va- 
 rious tribes of Gaul, and some of the tribes of Spain, formed 
 one subdivision of this race, and the different British and Erse 
 tribes another. Also, a name given to rude axe-heads of stone, 
 and others more finished of bronze, found in various parts of 
 Britain, and presumed to be of Celtic origin. 
 
 CE'MENT, s. [camentum, Lat.] any glutinous substance, used 
 to stick two bodies together. Figuratively, that which unites, 
 or forms a union between things. 
 
 To CEME'NT, v. a. to unite by some glutinous substance such 
 as mortar, &c. Figuratively, to unite different people in the 
 bonds of friendship, or by some common tie of interest, &c. 
 
 To CEME'NT, v. n. to join together, so as not to be easily di- 
 vided. In Surgery, applied to the healing of broken bones. 
 
 CEMENTA'TION, s. the act of joining bodies together by 
 cement. 
 
 CE'METERY, s. [koimao, Gr.] a place wherein the bodies of 
 the dead are buried, a church-yard, or burying-ground. 
 
 CE'NATORY, a. [cmna, Lat.] relating to supper. 
 
 CENOBI'TICAL, a. [koinos and bios, Gr.] living in community. 
 
 CE'NOTAPH, s. [kenos and taphos, Gr.] an honorary monument 
 erected for a person whose remains are buried in another place ; 
 such are most of the monuments in Westminster Abbey. 
 
 To CENSE, V. a. [encenser, Fr.] to perfume with incense. 
 Used only in poetry. 
 
 CE'NSER, s. [encensoir, Fr.] the pan or vessel in which in- 
 cense is burnt. 
 
 CE'NSOR, s. [Lat.] a Roman magistrate employed to survey 
 
CEN 
 
 and rate the people, and to inspect and correct their manners. 
 Used by moaerns to signify a person given to find fault with 
 and censure the conduct, actions, or productions of others. 
 
 CENSO'RIAN, a. relating to a censor. 
 
 CENSO'RIOUS, a. morosely animadverting on the faults of 
 others. Used with of or upon, before the object of censure. 
 
 CENSO'RIOUSLY, ad. in a severe manner ; in such a man- 
 ner as to condemn the foibles of others with the greatest rigour. 
 
 CENSORIOUSNESS, s. a disposition of finding fault with 
 the actions of others. 
 
 CE'NSORSHIP, s. the office of a censor ; or the time during 
 which he continued in his office. Censorship of the press, the 
 office exercised by persons appointed by government to inspect 
 every printed work, and to prevent any that they please from 
 being published. It was once exercised in England, and is still 
 throughout Europe. 
 
 CE'NSURABLE, a. liable to be found fault with ; worthy of 
 censure; blamable. 
 
 CE'NSURABLENESS, «. the quality which makes a thing the 
 object of blame or censure. 
 
 CE'NSURE, s. Icettsura, Lat.] the act of blaming, or noting 
 the defects which make any thing blamable; a reproof or repri- 
 mand given by a person in authority. In Ecclesiastic discipline, 
 a punishment inflicted on a person for any misdemeanor. 
 
 To CE'NSURE, V. a, Icenstirer, Fr.] to reprove a person pub- 
 licly for some misdemeanor, applied to the reproofs of a superior; 
 to reprimand, blame, or find fault with. 
 
 CE'NSURER, s. a person who is fond of taking notice of the 
 faults of others; one who is addicted to reproving others for 
 their defects. 
 
 CE'NSUS, «. [Lat.] an enumeration of the inhabitants of any 
 country. In this country and the United States there is a census 
 every ten years. The last in Great Britain was in 1841, and was 
 made with great care, the ages, occupation, and county of birth, 
 of each individual being ascertained. The last in the United 
 States was in 1840. The population of the towns, &c. in these 
 two countries are given in this work from these returns. A 
 quinquennial census is taken in France, but the returns are not 
 so specific nor so interesting as those published in this country. 
 
 CENT, s. [an abbreviation of centum, Lat.] in Commerce, used 
 in stating the profit or loss arising from the sale of any commo- 
 dity, the rate of commission, exchange, or the interest of money, 
 &c., and signifies the proportion or sum gained, &c. in every 
 100; thus 10 per cent, gain implies that the seller has gained 10 
 pounds on every 100 pounds of the price for which he bought 
 the commodity. 
 
 CE'NTAUR, «. [centaurus, Lat.] an imaginary being, repre- 
 sented by ancient poets as composed of the body and upper part 
 of a man attached to the body and legs of a horse. In Astrono- 
 my, a constellation in the southern hemisphere, joined with the 
 Wolf. The Centaurs were probably an ancient nation of Greeks, 
 who early acquired the art of riding horses. 
 
 CE'NTAURY, s. in Botany, a plant, some species of which 
 are wild in England, which was once esteemed for its supposed 
 medical properties. 
 
 CE'NTENARY, s. [centenarius, Lat.] the number of a hundred. 
 
 CENTE'SIMAL, s. \centesimus, Lat.] hundredth. 
 
 CENTIFO'LIOUS, a. [centum a.nA folium, Lat.] having a hun- 
 dred leaves. 
 
 CE'NTIGRADE, a. [centum and gradus, Lat.] applied to the 
 scale of a thermometer, divided into 100 degrees. 
 
 CE'NTIPEDE, s. [centum and pes, Lat.] in Natural History, a 
 poisonous insect in the West Indies, commonly called by the 
 English forty-legs. 
 
 CE'NTO, s. [Lat.] in Poetry, a piece wholly composed of 
 verses from other authors, wherein sometimes whole lines, and 
 at others half verses, are borrowed, but set down in a new order, 
 and applied to a subject different from that in which they were 
 originally introduced. 
 
 CE'NTRAL, a. relating to the centre, or placed in the centre. 
 Central forces are those by which a body tends to, or removes 
 from, the centre. 
 
 CE'NTRALLY, ad. entirely; perpendicularly; in a manner 
 relating to the centre of gravity. 
 
 CE'NTRE, Ce'nter, s. [centrum, Lat.] in its primary sense, a 
 point equally remote from either of the extremities of a line, 
 figure, or body ; oi' the point or middle of a line or plane, which 
 
 divides it into two equal parts. The centre of a circle, is a point 
 within it, from whence all lines drawn to the circumference are 
 equal. Centre of gravity, is that point about which all the parts 
 of a body, in any situation, balance each other. Centre of oscilla- 
 tion, is that point in which, if the whole gravity of the pendulum 
 were collected, the time of its vibration would receive no altera- 
 tion. Centre of percussion, is that point in which the force of a 
 stroke is the greatest possible. Centre of pressure, is that point 
 on which if tne pressure exerted on the whole surface be col- 
 lected, the result would be the same. Centre is used figuratively 
 for the earth, in the Ptolemaic system placed in the centre. 
 
 To CE'NTRE, v. a. to fix on, or as a centre ; to tend to, or be 
 collected together, as in a centre. — v. n. to meet, like rays in a 
 centre ; to be placed in the centre of the mundane system. 
 
 CENTRI'FUGAL,a. [centrum aind/iigio, Lat.] that endeavours 
 to fly or recede from its centre or fixed place. Centrifugal force, 
 is that force which impels a body moving in a curvilinear orbit, 
 instead of continuing its orbit, to go on in the direction in which 
 it may at any instant be moving, that is, in a tangent to the 
 curve it was describing. A familiar example of this is the hurl- 
 ing of a stone from a sling. 
 
 CENTRI'PETAL, a. [centrum and peto, Lat.] tending towards 
 the centre. Centripetal force, is that by which a body tends, acts, 
 or is impelled towards the centre. 
 
 CE'NTRY, s. See Sentry, or Sentinel. 
 
 CE'NTUPLE, a. [centuplex, Lat.] a hundred-fold. 
 
 To CENTU'RIATE, v. a. [centurio, Lat.] to divide into hun- 
 dreds. 
 
 CENTURIATOR, s. an historian who divides time into centu- 
 ries, or spaces consisting of a hundred years. 
 
 CENTU'RION, ». [centurio, Lat.] a military officer among the 
 Romans who commanded a hundred men. 
 
 CE'NTURY, s. [centuria, Lat.] in Chronology, is a period of 
 one hundred years. In Church History, the method of^ comput- 
 ing by centuries is generally observed, commencing from the 
 time of our Saviour's incarnation ; in which sense we say, the 
 first, second, thkd century, &c. 
 
 CE'PHALALGY, {sephalalgy) s. [kephale and algos, Gr,] the 
 head-ache. 
 
 CEPHA'LIC, (sephdlik) a. [kephale, Gr.] in Medicine, applied 
 to remedies for disorders in the head. 
 
 CEPHALO'NIA, a large island to the W. of Greece, and one 
 of the republic of the Ionian Islands. It is about 30 miles long, 
 and has an average breadth of about 15 miles. A mountain 
 ridge crosses it lengthwise, the highest point of which is about 
 4000 feet. It grows cotton, fruits, oil, and wine ; grazes abund- 
 ance of cattle ; manufactures carpets and cotton goods ; and has 
 a good and spacious bay for the advantage of its trade. It has a 
 population of about 60,000. Its capital is Argostoli, and it has 
 also some other towns. Lat. 38. 22. N. Long. 20. 40. E. 
 
 CE'PHEUS, in Astronomy, a constellation in the northern 
 hemisphere. 
 
 CE'RAM, the largest island but one of the Moluccas, in the 
 Sea of Banda, lying midway between New Guinea and Timor 
 and Celebes. It has been little explored, the Dutch having been 
 contented with seizing its vegetable riches, and vilifying the 
 character of its barbarous inhabitants. At its E. extremity, and 
 nearer to New Guinea, lie the Ceramlaut islands, which produce 
 spices, and are claimed by the Dutch. But the people seem to 
 be more advanced in civilization, through the influence of com- 
 
 CERA'STES, s. [keras, Gr.] in Natural History, a venomous 
 serpent having two protuberances resembling horns. 
 
 CE'RATE, s. [cera, Lat.] in Medicine, a kind of stiff ointment, 
 made of oil, wax, and other ingredients. 
 
 CE'RATED, a. covered with wax or cerate. 
 
 CETIBERUS, in Mythology, a name given to a dog with three 
 heads, which was the fabled guardian of the passage to the 
 shades below. 
 
 To CERE, V. a. [cera, Lat.] to rub upon or cover with wax. 
 
 CE'REBEL, s. [cerebellum, Lat.] the hinder part of the brain. 
 
 CE'REBRUM, s. [Lat.j the brain properly so called. See Brain. 
 
 CE'RECLOTH, s. a cloth covered or spread with cerate or 
 other ointment. 
 
 CE'REMENTS, «. [cera, Lat.] cloths dipped in melted wax or 
 
 fum, in which dead bodies were formerly wrapped when em- 
 almed. 
 
 159 
 
CER 
 
 CEREMONIAL, a. that relates to a ceremony or external 
 rite. Figuratively, consisting in mere external show, formal. 
 Substantively, an external rite, or book containing the cere- 
 monies to be observed in religious worship. 
 
 CEREMO'NIALNESS, s. the quality of abounding in external 
 rites and modes of worship; the mere external show of devo- 
 tion, pietr, or virtue. 
 
 CEREMOTVIOUS, a. consisting in external or outward rites ; 
 superstitious, or fond of ceremonies ; formal ; too much given to 
 the practice of external acts of civility and polite address. Fi- 
 gurativelv, awful. 
 
 CEREMO'NIOUSLY, ad. in a polite and civil manner. 
 
 CE'REMONY, s. an outward rite, and external form in re- 
 ligion ; polite address. Master of the ceremonies, is an officer, 
 instituted by King James I., for the more honourable reception 
 of ambassadors and strangers of quality. He wears about his 
 neck a chain of gold, with a medal under the crown of Great 
 Britain, having on one side an emblem of peace, with this 
 motto, heati pacifici, (blessed are the peacemakers,) and on the 
 other, an emblem of war, with Dieu et mon droit (God and my 
 right). 
 
 CE'RES, in the Heathen Mytholo^, the goddess who taught 
 mankind the use of corn, and presided over harvests. See Eleu- 
 siNtAN Mysteries. In Astronorav, one of the five small planets 
 between Mars and Jupiter, called asteroids. 
 
 CE'RIGO, an island off the E. of the two promontories on the 
 S. of the Morea, in Greece ; one of the republic of the Ionian 
 Islands. It is about 20 miles long, by 12 broad. Although 
 on the whole mountainous, there is good soil in many parts, 
 which yields fruits, wine, grain, and cotton, and furnishes, more- 
 over, excellent pastures. Its population is about 1000. Its 
 capital is Capsali. 
 
 CERFNTHIANS, in Church History, the followers of Ce- 
 rinthus. 
 
 CERI'NTHUS, one of the earliest speculators about Chris- 
 tianity who have received from ecclesiastical historians the ge- 
 neral title of Heretics. It is about him that the worse than 
 apocryphal story is related of John the evangelist leaving the 
 bath. The only opinions that are authentically ascribed to him, 
 are manifestly attempts to elucidate the facts of Christianity by 
 the help of the philosophy of Alexandria ; and, as this was little 
 better than a dream of fancy, it made the facts of the Gospel no 
 better. It is possible that John's Gospel was written on oc- 
 casion of the spread of this scheme, though it seems more pro- 
 bably intended to give the higher aspect of the character of our 
 Lord, which in the simpler narrations of the other evangelists is 
 
 not so clear. 
 
 CE'RIUM, s. in Chemistry, a metal discovered in two rare 
 minerals, cerite and allanite. But as it has been confounded 
 \vith another metal, now termed lantanium, but little is posi- 
 tively known respecting it. 
 
 CERNE ABBAS, Dorsetshire, stands on the river Cerne, in a 
 pleasant vale, surrounded with steep hills, on one of which, 
 Trendle Hill, a little to the N. is a gigantic figure, cut in the 
 chalk, which covers nearly an acre. It is 130 miles from Lon- 
 don. Market, Wednesday. Pop. 1342. 
 
 CE'RTAIN, a. [certus, Lat.] that cannot be denied without 
 obstinacy ; resolved or determined ; sure, so as to admit of no 
 doubt. 
 
 CERTAINLY, ad. without doubt, question, scruple, or fail. 
 
 CE'RTAINTY, s. the state of a person's mind which has full 
 and complete conviction respecting any thing, generally imply- 
 ing the existence of sufficient ground for this conviction. Thence 
 transferred to truths or events respecting which this conviction 
 is rationally entertained. A physical certainty, is that which de- 
 pends on the evidence of the senses. A mathematical certainty, 
 IS that which depends on necessary principles, and can in no- 
 wise be doubted. A moral certainty, is that which depends on 
 a due connexion of circumstances, and clearness of testimony. 
 Figuratively, an event which must necessarily and unavoidably 
 happen. 
 
 CERTIFICATE, «. [certijko, law Lat.] a testimony given in 
 writing, to certify or make known any truth. Figuratively, any 
 testimony. 
 
 To CE'RTIFY, v. a, [certifier, Fr.] to give certain notice of a 
 thing. 
 
 CERTIORA'RI, ». [Lat.] a writ issued out of the Chancery, 
 160 
 
 CEV 
 
 or court of King's Bench, directed to an inferior court, to call up 
 the records of a cause there depending. 
 
 CE'RTITUDE, «. [ceHitudo, Lat.] an act of the judgment, 
 importing the adhesion of the mind to the proposition it affirms, 
 or the strength of evidence which occasions that adhesion; free 
 from doubt. See Certainty. 
 
 CERVA'NTES, MIGUEL DE, (Saatodra,) the renowned 
 author of Don Quixote. He was born of nobly connected pa- 
 rents, in Castile, Spain. He was a scholar and a soldier, and 
 fought under Don John of Austria, at Lepanto, where he lost an 
 arm. Afterwards, as he was proceeding to the Netherlands, 
 with a regiment he had, he was captured by an Algerine pirate, 
 and endured slavery not only with fortitude but with mirth, so 
 as to have overmastered his owner by it. Ransomed at last, he 
 returned to his militant career, and finally to the humiliating 
 career of literature. He was imprisoned once, and was always 
 poor. But his works have achieved a fame for him that is their 
 richest reward. Don Quixote is his greatest production, but his 
 others, which are numerous, are stamped with the same genius. 
 He died in 1616, aged 69 years. 
 
 CE'RVICAL, a. [cervix, Lat.] belonging to or situated in the 
 neck. The cervical nerves and vessels in Anatomy, are so called 
 from their being situated in the neck. 
 
 CE'RVIX, s. [Lat.] in Anatoiny, the hind part of the neck, op- 
 posed to the jusulum, throat, or fore part. 
 
 CERU'LEAN, Ceru'leous, a. [ccerukus, Lat.] blue, or sky- 
 blue. 
 
 CERU'MEN, s. [Lat.] ear-wax. 
 
 CE'RUSE, s. [cerussa, Lat.] white lead reduced to a powder, 
 diluted with water on porphyrj', and formed into a paste. 
 
 CESARE'AN, a. [from Ccesar,'] in Anatomy, is the cutting of a 
 child from its mother's womb, either dead or alive, when it can- 
 not be otherwise extracted ; which circumstance, it is said, first 
 gave the name of Ctesar to the Roman family so called. 
 
 CESS, s. a tax; the act of levying rates, or taxing. 
 
 CESSATION, s. [cessatio, Lat.] a pause, rest, stop, or vacation, 
 including the idea of a change from a state of activity or motion 
 to its contrary, that of rest. Figuratively, a truce, or forbear- 
 ance of hostile acts between two armies, without a peace. 
 
 CESSA'VIT, s. [Lat.] in Law, a writ, which lies against a 
 person who has not paid his rent or performed his due service 
 tor the space of two years, and has not sufficient goods and 
 chattels to make an equivalent distress. 
 
 CESSIBI'LITY, s. [cessum, Lat.] the quality of receding or 
 giving way. 
 
 CE'SSIBLE, a. [cessum, Lat.] easy to give way. 
 
 CE'SSIO BONO'RUM, in the Bankrupt laws of Scotland, is 
 the giving up of the property of a person to his creditors, and 
 operates much in the same way as the Insolvent laws of England 
 do, in releasing a debtor from liability to be imprisoned. 
 
 CE'SSION, (seshon) s. [cession, Fr.] the act of yielding or giving 
 way to a stroke or force without resistance. In Common Law, 
 an act whereby a person transfers his right to another. 
 
 CE'SSIONARY, (seshionary) a. implying a resignation. 
 
 CE'SSOR, s. [cesso, Lat.] in Law, a person who ceaseth or 
 neglecteth to pay rent, or perform duty, so long, that a writ of 
 cessavit may be taken out against him. 
 
 CE'STUS, s. [Lat.] a girdle which the poets ascribe to Venus, 
 and pretend that it adorns the person who wears it with irresist- 
 ible charms. 
 
 CETA'CEOUS, a. [cete, Lat.] resembling a whale; of the 
 whale kind. 
 
 CETTE, a town in the department of Herault, France. It 
 stands on the entrance of the canal of Languedoc into the Me- 
 diterranean, partly on a strip of land running between a sheet 
 of water communicating with the sea, and the sea. It has a good 
 bridge, and is a very pretty place. It has a superior trade, from 
 its commanding situation ; and good fisheries. It has also some 
 sugar manufactories, &c. It is above 400 miles from Paris. 
 Thepopulation is about 11,000. -Lat. 43. 25. N. Long. 3. 42. E. 
 
 CE'TUS, in Astronomy, the Whale, a constellation in the 
 southern hemisphere. 
 
 CEVE'NNES, a mountain chain belonging to the great Alpihe 
 system, running through the S. part of France, formerly the 
 province of Languedoc. It is about 300 miles long. Its E. de- 
 clivity is more sudden than the W. From its N. gmd W. sides, 
 the Loire, the AUier, the Cher, the Indre, the Creuse, &c. run 
 
I 
 
 CHA 
 
 into the Atlantic ; and from its E. and S. part, the Ardeche, the 
 Gard, the Herault, &c. into the Mediterranean. The loftiest 
 points are the Puy de Cacadogne, which is 5929 feet high, and 
 the Puy de Gros, which is 5925 feet high : there are several 
 others above 5000 feet in elevation. Slate and granite abound, 
 and in the streams is found gold dust. 
 
 CEU'TA, a town of Africa, in the territory of Fez, opposite to 
 Gibraltar, strongly fortified by land and by sea. It has a har- 
 bour, but of no value. Its population is about 11,000. 
 
 CE'YLON, or, in Arabic, Serendib, a large and mountainous 
 island of Asia, in the Indian Ocean, S. E. of Cape Comorin, on 
 the coast of Coromandel, about 300 miles in length, and 140 in 
 breadth. Many of its heights exceed 7000 feet. Its rivers are 
 numerous. In some places (liere are mines, whence are got ru- 
 bies, sapphires, topazes, and other stones of less value. It 
 abounds in elephants, bulf'aloes, goats, hogs, deer, hares, dogs, 
 jackals, monkeys, tigers, and bears. It produces corn, rice, in- 
 digo, cinnamon, and pepper, various kinds of palm, and a great 
 variety of wood ; the most remarkable tree in the island is the 
 tallipot. The natives on the north belong to theTamulian race ; 
 and on the south to the Cinghalese, who are divided into several 
 tribes, some of which live almost in a savage state. The reli- 
 gion is for the most part Boodhism, but Hinduism also prevails. 
 The institution of caste was found here, as amongst other na- 
 tions of these races. Other races, and religions, and customs 
 have been introduced by immigration. It belongs to the Eng- 
 lish, and has a considerable trade. The population is about 
 2,000,000. 
 
 CHA'BLIS, a kind of wine, grown at a place of the same 
 name, in the department of Yonne, France. 
 
 CHACE, s. See Chase. 
 
 CHAD, (shad) s. in Natural History, a round kind offish. 
 
 CHAETO'DON, s. in Natural History, a genus of fishes with 
 teeth divided into fine thin filaments resembling bristles. One 
 species is remarkable for its method of procuring flies, on which 
 it feeds, shooting them with a drop of water propelled through 
 its singularly formed snout. 
 
 To CHAFE, V. a. [echauffer, Fr.] to warm by rubbing. Figur- 
 atively, to make sore by friction and heat ; to make a person 
 grow warm with anger.— ». n. to grow angry, or fret at any op- 
 position or disappointment ; beautifully applied to inanimate 
 things. 
 
 CHAFE, s. anger, or peevish warmthjT owing to opposition, 
 slight, contempt, or disappointment. 
 
 CHA'FER, s. in Natural History, a kind of beetle, with comb- 
 like antennae, appearing generally in the month of May, whence 
 they are called May-bugs. 
 
 CHA'FERY, s. in the iron works, the name of one of the two 
 
 Erincipal forges. The other is called (he finery. When the iron 
 as been wrought at the finery into what is called an ancony or 
 square mass hammered into a bar in its middle, but with its ends 
 rough, the business to be done at the chafery is the reducing the 
 whole to the same shape by hammering down these rough ends 
 to the shape of the middle part. 
 
 CHA'FEWAX, s. an officer belonging to the lord chancellor, 
 who fits the wax for the sealing of writs. 
 
 CHAFF, s. [ceaf. Sax.] the husks or outward skins of corn, 
 which are separated from the flour by thrashing and winnowing. 
 Figuratively, any thing of small value ; any thing worthless. 
 
 To CHA'FFEK, v. n. \kauffen, Teut.] to treat about or make a 
 bargain ; to haggle, to beat down a person in his demands or 
 price.— f. a. to buy ; to truck or exchange one commodity for 
 another. 
 
 CHA'FFERER, s. one who buys bargains", or endeavours to 
 purchase a thing at less than the market-price ; a haggler. 
 
 CHA'FFERY; «. the art of buying or selling ; traffic. 
 
 CHA'FFINCH, «. in Natural History, a common English bird, 
 whose short and peculiar song is greatly admired by some bird- 
 fanciers. It is one of our prettiest birds, and builds an ex- 
 quisitely neat nest. 
 
 CHA'FFLESS, a. without defect or levity. 
 
 CHA'FFWEED, s. in Botany, a plant with small white blos- 
 soms at the base of the leaves; found in moist sandy ground, 
 and flowering in June. It is also called bastard pimpernel. 
 
 CHA'FFY, o. full of chaff"; like chaff'. Figuratively, light. 
 
 CHA'FING-DISH, s. an utensil made use of to contain coals 
 for keeping any thing warm, or warming it when cold. 
 
 CHA 
 
 CHAGRI'N, (ihagre^rC) t. [Fr.] unevenness of temper ; ill 
 humour, displeasure, or peevishness, arising from any thing done 
 to vex, or in opposition to a person's inclinations. 
 
 To CHAGRI'N, (shagreen) v. a. to tease ; to make uneasy. 
 
 CHAIN, s. Ichaine, Fr.} a collection of rings, or pieces of metal 
 linked to each other, of divers lengths and thickness; an orna- 
 ment used by several magistrates, and borrowed from the Goths. 
 In Surveying, a series of iron links, distinguished into 100 equal 
 parts, used for measuring land. Figuratively, a state of slavery 
 or confinement ; a series of things linked to and dependent on 
 one another. 
 
 To CHAIN, V. a. to fasten, secure, or confine with a chain. 
 Figuratively, to enslave, or bring into a state of slavery ; to be 
 defended by a chain ; to unite in firm and indissoluble friendship. 
 
 CHA'IN-CABLE, s. cables for ships made of chain, which are 
 now used for all large vessels, and frequently for those of less 
 tonnage, from their superior strength, in proportion to their 
 bulk, &c. 
 
 CHA'INPUMP, s. a double pump used in large ships. 
 
 CHA'INSHOT, s. two balls fastened together by a chain, used 
 in an engagement at sea. 
 
 CHA'INWORK, s. work with open spaces, or interstices, re- 
 presenting the links of a chain. 
 
 CHAIR, s. [chair, Fr.] a movable seat for a single person, with 
 a back to it. Figuratively, the place or post of a great officer. 
 Above the chair, in London, is apphed to those aldermen who 
 have borne the office of lord mayor ; below the chair, to those that 
 have not yet enjoyed that dignity. The seat of justice or au- 
 thority ; a coveretl carriage in which persons are conveyed from 
 one place to another, borne by two men ; a sedan. I'o take the 
 chair, or be in the chair, implies that a person is president, and 
 presides at an assembly. 
 
 CHA'IRMAN, s. one who sits in a higher chair than the rest 
 of the members, and presides at an assembly or club ; one who 
 carries a chair or sedan. 
 
 CHAISE, (shaize) s. [Fr.] a high open carriage, running on 
 two or more wheels, and drawn by one, two, or more horses, 
 
 CHA'LCEDONY, s. a kind of agate, of various colours, &c. 
 In some places, fossil oyster shells are found converted into 
 chalcedony. 
 
 CHA'LCITIS, (kdlcitis) s. a caustic vitriolic mineral, imported 
 from Germany, which is used in the composition of Venice treacle. 
 
 CHALCO'GRAPHY, {kalkdgraphy) s. [chalkos and grapho, Gr.] 
 the art of engraving upon copper. 
 
 CHALDiE'A, the name that strictly appertained to a portion of 
 the Babylonian empire, but is generally applied to the whole. 
 The province called by this name lay between the Euphrates and 
 Arabia. The people gave their name not only to the whole 
 country, but to the language and to the inhabitants of the 
 empire. They were famed as the first astronomical observers. 
 Various strange sciences and arts were reputed to be their in- 
 vention and study. They often appear in the Scripture history, 
 as opposing and invading the land of Israel, and at last as carry- 
 ing away part of the nation into captivity. 
 
 CHALDA'IC LANGUAGE, a branch of the Semitic family of 
 languages, spoken throughout Chaldaea. Some parts of Scripture, 
 in the books of Ezra and Daniel, are written in this tongue. 
 
 CHA'LDRON, s. a measure formerly used for coals, containing 
 12 sacks, or 30 bushels heaped measure. 
 
 CHA'LICE, 8. [calic. Sax.] formerly used for a cup or drinking 
 vessel, with a foot to it. At present appropriated to the vases or 
 vessels used at the celebration of the eucharist, or Lord's supper. 
 
 CHALK, (chauk) s. [cealc. Sax.] an exceedingly well-known, 
 soft, white earth, used extensively as a manure. In Geology, it 
 is the name given to the highest formation of the series of rocks 
 commonly called secondary. It immediately underlies the beds 
 of sand, gravel, and clay, which are found universally in the W. 
 of Europe. The character of this formation varies very greatly ; 
 in the highest beds it is almost pure carbonate of lime, and is a 
 soft, friable stratum, having strata of ffint running through its 
 mass, at regular intervals, abounding in fossils ; in the lower 
 beds, flint nodules are occasionally met with, but the mass is of 
 a very close texture, and may be used even for building purposes 
 and statuary ; fossils are not so abundant. It varies in its charac- 
 ters in different countries, but can alwavs be identified by its 
 position, general structure, and fossils. It is every where burnt 
 tor lime. In England it forms the range of low, round-browed 
 V 161 
 
CHA 
 
 hills running; S. from Flamborougb Head, and those running 
 from Cambridgeshire diagonally across England to Wiltshire, 
 and thence in a double range across Surrey and Kent to the N. 
 Foreland, and across Sussex to Brighton ; all of which afford ex- 
 cellent sheep walks. In Drawing, it signifies that material pre- 
 pared usually in white, red, or black colours, for drawing on 
 roughish paper in a bold, effective style. See Crayon. 
 
 To CHALK, (chauk) v. a. to rub with chalk ; to manure with 
 chalk ; used with out, to mark or describe with chalk. Figur- 
 atively, to direct, point out, or discover. 
 
 CHA'LKY, (chauky) a. consisting of chalk ; white with chalk. 
 Applied to fluids, such as have chalk steeped in them, and are 
 impregnated with it. 
 
 To CHALLENGE, v. a. [chalenger, Fr.] to call, dare, or pro- 
 voke a person to fight, either by speaking or writing. Figura- 
 tively, to dare or defy a person to enter into a literary contest 
 on any subject ; to lay claim to as a right. 
 
 CHA'LLENGE, s. provocation or summons to engage in a 
 duel or combat, either uttered or written ; a claim of a tning as 
 a due or right, used with of. In Law, an exception against 
 either persons or things. 
 
 CHA'LLENGER, «. one who defies, provokes, or summons 
 another to fight him ; one who claims a superiority ; one who 
 claims a thing as his due ; claimant. 
 
 CHA'LMERS, ALEXANDER, part-author and editor of the 
 well-known Biographical Dictionary, was an indefatigable litte- 
 rateur of the beginning of this century. His Shakspeare, and 
 British Poets and Essayists, are also widely known. He died in 
 1834, aged 75 years. 
 
 Chalons-sur-Marne, the capital of the department Mame, 
 France, standing on the river wnence it is named. It is a good- 
 looking town, with some handsome public buildings. It is a 
 bishop s see, and has a considerable trade, being well situated 
 for that purpose, but little manufacturing importance. Here 
 also is an excellent library, and a good government commercial 
 school. It is 100 miles from Paris, and has a population of 
 about 15,000. Lat. 49. 0. N. Long. 4. 25. E. 
 
 Chalons-sur-Sa6ne, in the department Sa6ne et Loire, France, 
 stands on the former river, whence the department is named, and 
 has a stone bridge over it. It has a good trade, and some good 
 manufactures. It is 200 miles from Paris. Its population is 
 about 15,000. Lat. 47. 0. N. Long. 5. 0. E. 
 
 CHALY'BEATE, (kab/beate) a. [chahjbs, Lat.] partaking of the 
 qualities, or impregnated with steel. 
 
 CHAM, (kam) s. the title given to the sovereign princes in 
 Tatary. 
 
 CHAMA'DE, (shamdde) s. [Fr.] a certain beat of a drum or 
 sound of a trumpet, whereby notice is given to the enemy of 
 some propositions to be made to them, to surrender, have leave 
 to buiy the dead, make a truce, &c. 
 
 CHA'MBER, s. [chambre, Fr.] in Building, any room situated 
 between the ground floor and the garrets of a house. Figura- 
 tively, a retired room in a house ; an apartment occupied as a 
 public oflice, or court of justice ; also the members of such oflice 
 or court ; any cavity or hollow ; that part of a gun or mortar, 
 wherein the charge is lodged. 
 
 CHAMBER OF DEPUTIES, the name of the assembly of 
 the representatives of the Commons of France. 
 
 CH A'MBERLAIN, s. an officer who has the care of a chamber. 
 The lard great chamberlain is the sixth great officer of the crown. 
 Lord chamberlain of the household has the oversight of all the 
 officers belonging to the king's chambers, except the precinct of 
 the bed-chamber. In great towns, a receiver of their rents and 
 revenues; and in London, the chamberlain has likewise the cog- 
 nizance of all disputes between masters and apprentices, the 
 power of imprisoning the latter for misdemeanors, and makes 
 freemen, &c. 
 
 CHA'MBERLAINSHIP, s. the office of a chamberlain. 
 
 CHA'MBERMAID, s. a maid-servant who takes care of the 
 chambers, the lady's dressing-room, and assists the lady's woman 
 in dressing her. 
 
 CHA'MBERRI, the capital of Savoy. It is well built, and 
 watered by many streams, which run through several of the 
 streets ; there are piazzas under most of the houses. It has 
 large and handsome suburbs, and is situated on an eminence, 
 surrounded by mountains. It is 85 miles from Turin. Popu- 
 lation, about 12,000. Lat. 45. 35. N. Long. 6. 4. E. 
 
 CHA 
 
 To CHA'MBLET, v. n. to be variegated ; to appear like cloth 
 or silk watered by the calenderer. 
 
 CHA'MBREL,"s. in Farriery, the joint or bending of the upper 
 part of the hinder leg of a horse. 
 
 CHAME'LEON, (kamSlem) s. [Gr.] See Cameleon. This is 
 the proper spelling. 
 
 To CHA'MFER, v. a. [chamfrer, Fr.] to furrow ; to make chan- 
 nels or hollow places in a column. 
 
 CHA'MLET, s. See Camelot. 
 
 CHA'MOIS, s. [chamois, Fr.] in Natural History, an animal of 
 the goat kind, inhabiting the Alps, whose skin is made into soft 
 leather, called among us shammy. The hunting of this animal 
 furnishes subsistence to most of the mountaineers. 
 
 CHA'MOMILE,Ca'momile, (Aa)nomi/«) s. [cAamai and mefo»,Gr.] 
 in Botany, a plant so called from its trailing along the ground. 
 It has an aromatic smell, especially when bruised, and is much 
 used in medicine. 
 
 CHAMOU'NI, the name of a beautiful valley on the N. side of 
 Mont Blanc, in the Alps, through which the Arve runs. It has 
 several villages in it, the chief of which is Le Prieure. Its in- 
 habitants, about 3000 in number, graze a good many cattle, and 
 cultivate a little grain, but are chiefly supported now by the 
 visitors to the Alps, who purchase herbals, minerals, &c. &c., 
 which they collect in the mountains, and who employ them as 
 guides. The vallej is about 3000 feet above the sea-level. It 
 IS about 35 miles from Geneva. 
 
 To CHAMP, V. a. [champayer, Fr.] to bite with a frequent and 
 forcible action of the teeth ; to ^rind any hard and solid body 
 with the teeth, so as to render it fit to swallow. Used with up.— 
 V. n. to close and open the jaws together, or perform the action 
 of biting often. 
 
 CHA'MPAGNE, a ci-devant province in the N. E. of France; 
 bounded by the Netherlands, Picardie, Isle of France, Orlean- 
 nois. Burgundy, Franche Comte, and Lorraine. It is a level 
 country, watered by the Seine and its tributaries, and is fertile 
 in grain, pasturage, &c.,and produces the celebrated wine called 
 after its name. Troyes was the capital. It now forms the de- 
 partments of Ardennes, Aube, Maine, Haute Marne, Aisne, and 
 Yonne. 
 
 CHA'MPAIGN, {shdmpain) s. ichampagne, Fr.] a flat, open, or 
 level countiT. 
 
 CHA'MPERTORSj^. in Law, such as move suits, or cause 
 them to be moved, emier by their own or others' procurement, 
 and pursue, at their proper costs, to have part of the gains. 
 
 CHAMPI'GNON, (shampinion) s. [Fr.] in Botany, a plant of 
 the mushroom kind. 
 
 CHA'MPION, s. [Fr.] one who undertakes a combat in behalf 
 of another. The royal champion was an officer, who, while the 
 sovereign was at dinner on his coronation-day, challenged any 
 to contest the king's right with him in combat ; after which the 
 king drank to him, and sent him a gilt cup and cover full of 
 wine, which he kept as a fee. Figuratively, any one who un- 
 dertakes the defence of any sentiment or topic in literature and 
 religion. 
 
 CHAMPLA'IN, a lake on the frontiers of the United States 
 and Canada, lying between New York and Vermont, in length 
 about 120 miles, and varying in width from half a mile to 10 
 miles. The scenery along its shores is highly picturesque, lofty 
 mountains being but a little way from both shores, it has a 
 great many islands, and receives the waters of many rivers, and 
 communicates with the St. Lawrence by the Richelieu river. 
 It is navigable by vessels of about 100 tons burthen. It abounds 
 in fresh-water fish, and in the winter is frozen over. 
 
 CHAMPO'LLION, JEAN FRANCOIS, (the younger,) a dis- 
 tinguished student of Egyjitian antiquities of this century. He 
 began his career at Grenoble, where he held an historical pro- 
 fessorship; and early directed his attention to the hieroglyphics 
 of Egypt. He adopted and improved on the discovery of Dr. 
 Young respecting tliem, and applied it with considerable suc- 
 cess ; but estimated his own scheme in a higher degree than 
 other scholars have. He was engaged with Rosellini in the ex- 
 ploring expedition to Egypt which was sent out by the French 
 and Tuscan governments in 1828. He died in 1832, aged 
 42 years. His works on this subject in his last years are highly 
 valuable. 
 
 CHANCE, s. [Fr.J a term we apply to events, to denote that 
 they happen without any ascertained cause. It is "also used to 
 
I 
 
 CHA 
 
 denote the bare possibility of an event when nothing is known 
 either to produce or hinder it. Synon. Chance forms neither 
 order nor design ; we neither attribute to it knowledge nor will, 
 and its events are always very uncertain. Fortune lays plans 
 and designs, but without choice; we attribute to it a will with- 
 out discernment, and say that it acts blindly. 
 
 To CHANCE, V. n. to fall out unexpectedly, or contrary to 
 the necessary laws of motion or nature; to proceed from some 
 unknown cause, or without any design of the agent. 
 
 CHANCE-ME'DLEY, s. the killing of a person without de- 
 sign, but not without some fault ; as when a person, in lopping a 
 tree, should kill a passenger by means of a bough he flings down ; 
 for though it may happen without design, yet, as he ought to 
 have given notice, it is not without fault. 
 
 CHA'NCEL, s. [cancelH, Lat.] the eastern part of a church. 
 
 CHA'NCELLOR, s. [cancellarius, Lat.] a very ancient and hon- 
 ourable officer, who was formerly the king's or emperor's notary or 
 scribe, and presided over the secretaries, for the writing of trea- 
 ties and other public business, and, afterwards, over the court of 
 equity. At first the chancellor, as a judge, heard and determined 
 petitions to the king, which were preferred to him; and in the 
 end, as business increased, the people addressed their suit to 
 the chancellor, and not to the king; and thus the chancellor's 
 equitable power commenced. The lord high clumceUor, is the chief 
 administrator of justice next the king, and occupies the high- 
 est station in the department of law in the kingdom ; enters into 
 his office by taking an oath, and having the great seal committed 
 to him by the king ; has the disposition of all ecclesiastical bene- 
 fices in the gift of the crown under 20/. per annum ; summons 
 parliaments; appoints magistrates ; peruses all patents before they 
 are signed ; and takes place of all the nobility, excepting those 
 of the royal family, and the archbishop of Canterbury. He is the 
 guardian of all infants, idiots, and lunatics, and superintendent 
 of all charitable institutions. He has twelve assistants, called 
 Masters in Chancery, the first of whom is the master of the rolls. 
 Chancellor in an ecclesiastical court, is a doctor of civil law, ap- 
 pointed by a bishop to direct them in their legal business, and hold 
 their legal courts. Chancellor of the Exchequer, is an officer who 
 used to preside in that court, and take care of the interest of the 
 crown. He now has the entire control and management of all 
 matters relating to the receipt and expenditure of public money, 
 arising from all sources; conducts the financial business of the 
 government ; and decides all questions arising between the sove- 
 reign and the subject, respecting these matters. Chancellor of 
 an University, \s the chief magistrate, who seals diplomas, letters lucid 
 of degrees, and defends the rights and privileges of the place : in 
 Oxford this place is enjoyed for life ; but at Cambridge only for 
 the space of three years. Chancellor of the order of the Garter, is 
 the person who seals the commissions and mandates of the chap- 
 ter ; keeps the register, and delivers transcripts of it under the 
 seal of tneir order. Chancellor of the diichy of Lancaster, is an 
 officer appointed to determine controversies between the kin" 
 and his tenants of land belonging to the duchy, being assisted 
 in difficult points by two judges of the common law. 
 
 CHA'NCELLORSHIP, s. the office of a chancellor. 
 
 CHA'NCERY, s. the court of the lord high chancellor, and 
 is the grand court of equity in the country. All the business of 
 the chancellorship is transacted here. Beside which, all frauds 
 and deceits, for which there is no redress at common law ; all 
 breaches of trust, confidences, and accidents, as to relieve ob- 
 ligors, mortgagers, &c., against penalties and forfeitures, where 
 the intention was honest, are here relieved ; but in no case where 
 the plaintiff can have his remedy at comiijon law. Here all 
 patents, most sorts of commissions, deeds between parties tou^ch- 
 ing lands and estates, treaties of foreign princes, &c., are sealed 
 and enrolled. It also serves as a court of appeal to moderate the 
 rigour of other courts, which are obliged to act according to strict 
 legal maxims, and may therefore decide wrongly. The appeal 
 from the Chancery court is to the House of Lords. From hence 
 are issued writs to convene the parliament and convocation, pro- 
 clamations, charters, &c. 
 
 CHANDELIE'R, (shandeUer) s. [Fr.] a branch for holding 
 candles. In Fortification, a wooden frame on which fascines or 
 faggots are laid for covering the workmen, instead of a parapet. 
 
 CHA'NDLER, «. [chandelier, Fr.] a seller of divers sorts of 
 wares. 
 
 To CHLANGE, v: a. [changer, Fr.] to give or take one thing for sive 
 
 CHA 
 
 another. To resign or quit one thing for the sake of another, 
 used with for. " Cannot change that for another," South. To 
 give a person the value of money in coin of a different metal ; to 
 alter.— f. 7i. to undergo change, to suffer alteration ; to change, 
 as the moon ; to begin a new monthly revolution. Synon. We 
 vary in our sentiments, when we give them up, and embrace 
 them again. We change our opinions, when we reject one in 
 order to embrace another. He who has no certain principles is 
 liable to vary. He who is more attached to fortune than truth, 
 will find no difficulty in changing his doctrine. 
 CHANGE,*, the alteration of a person's circumstances; the 
 ling for 
 
 act of taking or giving any thing for another; a succession of 
 things in the place of one another. In Astronomy, the time in 
 which the moon begins a new revolution. Figuratively, novelty. 
 In Ringing, the alteration of the order in which any set of bells 
 are rung. Money of a different metal, in trading transactions. 
 
 CHA'NGEABLE, a. that may be altered ; that does not al- 
 ways remain in the same situation or circumstances ; inconstant ; 
 
 CHA'NGEABLENESS, s. applied to the mind, want of con- 
 stancy ; fickleness. Applied to laws or qualities, liable to al- 
 teration. 
 
 CHA'NGEABLY, ad. in a manner subject to alteration ; in- 
 constantly. 
 
 CHA'NGEFUL, a. altering ven? often, and upon slight 
 grounds ; fickle, inconstant ; full of^ change : used as a word of 
 reproach. 
 
 CHA'NGELING, s. a child left or taken in room of another; a 
 person who does not enjoy a proper use of his understanding ; a 
 fool, natural, or idiot; one apt to alter his sentiments often; a 
 fickle person. 
 
 CHA'NGER, s. one that is employed in changing or discount- 
 ing money ; money-changer. 
 
 CHATVNEL, s. [canal, Fr.] in Cosmography, the hollow or 
 cavity in which running waters flow ; the arm of a sea or a 
 narrow river, between two adjacent islands or continents. 
 Generally, any narrow passage for running water. 
 
 To CHA'NNEL, v. a. to cut any thing m narrow cavities, for 
 containing water, or for the sake of ornament; applied to 
 buildings. 
 
 CHAINING, DR. WILLIAM ELLERY, an eminent divine 
 of the Unitarian communion at Boston, United States. His 
 works, which consist almost wholly of Sermons, Lectures, and 
 Essays, are characterized by clear thought, high principle, and 
 'id expression. His reputation as an orator depended chiefly 
 his mode of delivery. His zeal in the cause of slavery abolition 
 will ever be his noblest characteristic. He died in 1842, aged 
 62years. 
 
 To CHANT, V. a. [chanter, Fr.] to sing ; to celebrate in songs ; 
 to perform divine service by singing, as in cathedrals.— e. n. to 
 harmonize and sound a chord with the voice to any musical in- 
 strument, used with the particle to. 
 
 CHANT, 8. a song ; a particular tune ; the particular tune 
 used in a cathedral. 
 
 CHA'NTER, Cha'ntor, s. one who sings in a cathedral ; a 
 singer ; a songster. 
 
 CHA'NTICLEER, s. the cock, so called from his clear, shrill 
 voice. 
 
 CHA'NTRESS, s. a female who sings. 
 
 CHA'NTREY, SIR FRANCIS, an eminent sculptor of busts, 
 &c., was a farmer's son by birth, and being brought under the 
 notice of NoUekens by one of his first attempts at this style of 
 portraiture, was helped by him, so that he rapidly rose to the 
 very summit of his reputation. Portraits were his forte ; no one 
 has ever admired him as a genuine artist, for he was notoriously 
 deficient in the power of idealizing his subject. Few parts of 
 this kingdom are without some specimens of'^his skill. He died 
 in 1841, aged 59 years. 
 
 CHA'NTRY, s. a church or chapel endowed for one or more 
 priests to say mass daily. 
 
 CHA'OS, (hdos) s. [Gr.] the original confused mass of matter 
 out of which it was believed all visible things were made. Figur- 
 atively, any confused, irregular mixture ; any thing whose parts 
 are not easily distinguished. 
 
 CHAO'TIC, {kadtik) a. resembling or like a chaos. 
 
 To CHAP, V. a. [keppen, Belg.] to break into chinks by exces- 
 
 ?e heat ; applied to the effects of cold on the hands. 
 
 v2 163 
 
CHA 
 
 CHAP, s. an opening, cleft, or chink in the ground, owing to 
 excessive drought or heat. 
 
 CHAP, s. the upper or under part of a beast's mouth. 
 
 CHAPE, ». [chappe, Fr.] the catch of any thing by which it is 
 held in its place; the hook by which a sword is fastened in its 
 scabbard ; the steel ring with two points by which a buckle is 
 held to the back strap ; a piece of brass or silver which covers 
 the end of the scabbard of a sword. 
 
 CHA'PEL, s. Icajiella, Lat.] a building which is sometimes 
 part of a church or adjoining to it ; or separate, and called a 
 chapel of ease, where a parish is large, as a relief to the distant 
 parishioners. There are also free chapels, endowed with revenues 
 for maintaining a curate without any expense to the rector or 
 inhabitants. 
 
 CHA'PEL-EN-LE-FRITH, Derbyshire. It is seated on the 
 utmost confines of the Peak, near Cheshire, and has some small 
 manufactures. It is 165 miles from London. Market, Thurs- 
 day. Pop. 3199. 
 
 CHA'PEL-HILL, a town of N. Carolina, United States. Its 
 situation is elevated and healthy, and it is surrounded by a very 
 fertile country. It derives its importance from its being the seat 
 of the university of the State ; which is a respectable institu- 
 tion, with a fine library. It is 286 miles from Washington. 
 Pop. about 400. There is another Chapel-Hill, in Tennessee. 
 
 CHA'PELRY, s. the jurisdiction or bounds of a chapel. 
 
 CHA'PERON, (shdperon) s. [Fr.] a kind of hood or cap worn 
 by knights of the Garter when dressed in their robes. 
 
 CHA'PFALN, (ehdpfauln) a. having the mouth shrunk, or the 
 projecting part fallen down, applied to a helmet. 
 
 CHA'PITER, s. [chapiteau, Fr.] in Architecture, the upper 
 part or capital of a pillar. 
 
 CHATLAIN, s. \capellatms, Lat.] a person who performs di- 
 vine service in a chapel ; or is retained in the service of some 
 family to perform divine service. 
 
 CHA'PLAINSHIP, s. the office, possession, or revenue of a 
 chaplain. 
 
 CHA'PLET, s. [chaplet, Fr.] a garland or wreath of flowers to 
 be worn round the head. In the Romish Church, a string of 
 beads. In Architecture, a little moulding carved into round 
 beads, pearls, or olives. In Farriery, a couple of stirrup-leathers, 
 mounted each of them with a stirrup, and joining at top in a 
 sort of leather buckle, which is callea the head of the chaplet, by 
 which they are fastened to the pommel of a saddle, after they 
 have been fastened to the length and bearing of the rider. 
 
 CHA'PMAN, s. [ceapman. Sax.] one that cheapens or buys 
 goods ; a buyer and seller. 
 
 CHA'PMAN, GEORGE, a dramatic writer and translator of 
 the beginning of the 17th century, whose translation of Homer 
 is the best known of his works, and most commonly associated 
 with his name. He died in 1634, aged 77 years. 
 
 CHAPPE, CLAUDE, the inventor of the telegraph, or sema- 
 phore, first used by the French .during the first Revolutionary 
 war. He died in 1805, aged 42 years. 
 
 CHAPTA'L, JEAN ANTOINE, an eminent chemist of France, 
 who first came into notice during the unparalleled activity of 
 Paris in the first Revolutionary war. He afterwards held several 
 offices of the state under Napoleon, and exerted himself inde- 
 fatigably in behalf of the manufactures of France. He was the 
 author of many works on Practical Chemistry, &c., and died in 
 1832, aged 75 years. 
 
 CHA'PTER, «. [chapitre, Fr.] the division of a book. In 
 Canon Law, a congregation of clergymen under the dean, in a 
 cathedral church ; an assembly held both by religious and mili- 
 tary orders for deliberating their affairs, and regulating their 
 discipline ; the places in which assemblies of the clergy are held. 
 
 CHAR, s. in Natural History, a fish ; a kind of golden alpine 
 trout. 
 To CHAR, t: a. to burn wood to a black cinder. 
 CH AR, s. work done by the day by a woman ; a single job or task. 
 To CHAR, {chair) V. n. to do the house-work of a family occa- 
 sionally, opposed to regular service. 
 
 CHA'RACTER, (kdrakter) s. [Gr.] a figure or mark drawn 
 upon paper, or other substance, to convey .some idea to the 
 mind; a letter of the alphabet; an assemblage of virtues or 
 vices, whereby one person is distinguished from another ; or that 
 which a person has peculiar in his manners, which makes him 
 differ from others; office, dignity, or authority. 
 164 
 
 CHA 
 
 To CHA'RACTER, (kdrakter) v. a. used with in or upon, to 
 engrave. 
 
 To CHA'RACTERIZE, {kdrakterize) v. a. to describe a person 
 or thing by the properties which distinguish it from others; to 
 impress a thing in lasting characters on the mind ; to mark with 
 a peculiar staqip or form. 
 
 CHARACTERPSTIC, Characteri'stical, {karacteristik) a. 
 that distinguishes a person or thing from others of the same 
 species. 
 
 CHARACTERPSTIC, (karaktenstic) s. a peculiar mark, or as- 
 semblage of qualities, which distinguish a person or thing from 
 others of the same kind. Characteristic of a Logarithm, is the 
 same with the index or exponent. 
 
 CHA'RACTERLESS, (kdrakterless) a. without any mark to 
 distinguish a thing. 
 
 CHA'RACTERY, (kdraktery) s. a mark which distinguishes a 
 thing from others of the same kind. 
 
 CHARA'DE, s. the name of a sort of riddle, in which the syl- 
 lables of a word, and the whole word, are concealed in enig- 
 matical descriptions, which should have some association with 
 each other. 
 
 CHA'RCOAL, (chdrkol) s. the cinder that remains when wood 
 or any vegetable substance is burnt without free access of air. 
 It is almost entirely carbon, and is used as a fuel, but needs great 
 care, since by burning it in confined rooms death has often been 
 occasioned by the carbonic acid gas evolved. 
 
 CHARD, Somersetshire. It consists chiefly of' four streets, 
 which terminate near the market. It has several streams run- 
 ning through it. Here is a small woollen manufacture. It is 
 141 miles ftom London. Market, Monday. Pop. 5788. 
 
 CHARDI'N, SIR JOHN, a distinguished French traveller, of 
 the 17th century. He spent very much of his time in Persia, 
 and his observations made during his journeys in that country 
 have been employed in illustration of the manners and customs 
 described or alluded to in the Scriptures. He resided latterly in 
 England, where he died in 1713, aged 70 years. 
 
 CHARE'NTE, the name of two departments of France, named 
 from a river, which rises in the hills dividing the W. part of the 
 basins of the Loire and the Garonne, and after a circuitous 
 course of nearly 200 miles, enters the Bay of Biscay, opposite the 
 Isle of Oleron, some few miles north of the mouth of the Ga- 
 ronne. Charente is bounded by Deux Sevres, Vienne and Haute 
 Vienne, Dordogne, and Charente Inferieure. It is about 70 
 miles in length, and 50 in breadth. The bills from which the 
 Charente rises run through it, and it is watered by that river 
 and by the Vienne, which flows into the Loire. The soil is good, 
 and amongst its productions brandy ranks first in quality and 
 importance ; Cognac, the name given commonly to the superior 
 kinds, being here. It has some manufactures, those of linen be- 
 ing the first in importance. Its population is about 400,000. 
 Its capital is Angoulfime. Charente Inferieure lies on the Bay of 
 Biscay, and is bounded by Vendee, Deux Sevres, Charente, and 
 Gironde. It is 100 miles in length, and its breadth is 50 miles : 
 the islands of Oleron and Rhe are included in it. It is low and 
 marshy, and the Charente, and several other small streams, 
 some running into it, and others directly into the sea, water it. 
 Brandy and salt are its principal products ; some corn is grown ; 
 it has good fisheries ; and manufactures of earthenware, &c. Its 
 population is about 500,000. Its capital is Rochelle. 
 
 To CHARGE, v. a. [charger, Fr.] to intrust, or commit to a 
 person's care ; to make a person debtor ; to adjure ; to command. 
 Figuratively, to impute or ascribe ; to impose as a task ; to ac- 
 cuse, applied to crimes, sometimes having the particle with. To 
 attack, applied to a battle. To load a person, applied to bur- 
 thens. Applied to fire-arms, to load with powder and shot. — v. n. 
 to make an onset. 
 
 CHARGE, s. in Gunnery, is the quantity of powder and shot 
 with which a gun is loaded for execution. In Electricity, the 
 accumulation of electric fluid on one surface of an electric, as a 
 pane of glass, Leyden phial, &c., whilst an equal quantity passes 
 off from the opposite surface ; the equilibrium is restored by a 
 communication by means of conducting substances between the 
 two opposite surfaces. Generally, care, trust, custody ; precept, 
 mandate, commission, accusation, imputation ; the thing in- 
 trusted ; expense ; attack ; the signal for battle. In Heraldry, 
 it is applied to the figures represented on the escjitcheon, by 
 which the bearers are distinguished firom one another ; and it 
 
i 
 
CHA 
 
 is to be observed, that many charges are not so honourable as 
 fewer. 
 
 CHA'RGEABLE, a. expensive; costly; liable to be blamed or 
 accused. 
 
 CHA'RGEABLENESS, s. expensiveness ; costliness. 
 
 CHA'RGEABLY, ad. in a costly, expensive manner ; at a great 
 expense. 
 
 Charge d'affaires, s. [Fr.] a subordinate kind of ambassador, 
 sent to states of inferior importance, or left in charge of the 
 business of the embassy during the absence of the higher officer. 
 Such ambassadors are sent now to the new republics of America, 
 and to the Hanse towns of Germany. And from the same states 
 the chief ambassador to this country bears the same title, whilst 
 in one or two other cases a Charg6 d'AfFaires is on the staff of 
 the envoy extraordinary. 
 
 CHA'ftGER, s. a verv large dish. 
 
 CHA'RILY, ad. in a deliberate, circumspect, cautious manner. 
 
 CHA'RINESS, s. a nicety, or delicacy, whereby a person is 
 offended at any thing which is inconsistent with the highest 
 degree or idea of justice ; scrupulousness. 
 
 CHA'RIOT, 8. [charrette, Fr.] a covered four-wheeled carriage, 
 suspended on leather or springs, drawn by two or more horses, 
 and having only back seats. War chariots, used by our ancestors, 
 were open vehicles drawn by two or more horses, with scythes at 
 the wheels, and spears at the pole. Cliariot race, a public game 
 among the Romans, &c., wherein chariots were driven for a 
 prize. 
 
 To CHA'RIOT, V. a. figuratively, to convey as in a chariot. 
 
 CHARIOTE'ER, s. one who drives a chariot. 
 
 CHA'RITABLE, a. [Fr.] having a benevolent and humane 
 disposition, inclining a person to assist the afflicted. 
 
 CHA'RITABLY, ad. m a kind, benevolent, tender, affection- 
 ate manner. 
 
 CHA'RITY,s. [charitas, Lat.] a benevolent principle, exerting 
 itself in acts of kindness and affection to all persons, without re- 
 spect to party or nation ; alms given to the poor ; used for the 
 widest exercise of love, in the sacred Scriptures. 
 
 To CHARL, V. a. to burn to a black cinder, as wood is burnt 
 to make charcoal. 
 
 CHA'RLATAN, s. [Fr.] a person who pretends to a knowledge 
 of physic ; a quack ; a mountebank. 
 
 CHARL ATA'NICAL, a. vainly pretending to a knowledge of 
 
 ph^. 
 
 ; quackish. 
 HA'RLATANRY, s. the practice of a quack. 
 
 CHA'RLEBURY, Oxfordshire. Distant from London 68 miles. 
 Market, Friday. Pop. 2982. 
 
 CHARLES I., king of England from March 27, 1625, to Jan. 
 30, 1649. He was badly taught in the duties of his station, by 
 his father, James I., with his boasted kingcraft, and by the Duke 
 of Buckingham, who was his leader and companion. This man 
 retained his influence over Charles when he ascended the throne, 
 and with him his fatal mistakes began. His marriage with the 
 Princess Henrietta Maria of France, a zealous Romanist, owing 
 to the feeling of the times, produced by the late escape of the 
 nation from the Romanism of Philip II. of Spain, and the preva- 
 lence of doctrines and practices amongst the English clergy 
 which differed from Romanism in name only, would alone have 
 been enough to inflame against him the passions of a class of 
 men, who, by acquaintance with the realities and glories of gos- 
 pel truth, had come to the knowledge of their prerogatives as 
 citizens and men. During the first four years of his reign, he 
 summoned three parliaments, and with each he found the same 
 difficulties, but increasing in their measure, and the spirit dis- 
 played respecting them. He could not obtain supplies for his 
 injudicious schemes, without declarations of rights and impeach- 
 ments of his favourite and minister. These last were silenced 
 by the assassination of Buckingham, on the ground of some pri- 
 ▼ate enmity. The former, Charles attempted to silence by col- 
 lecting monies by virtue of his royal edict. Buckingham's place 
 was filled by one who had been a leader against Charles, Went- 
 worth. Earl of Strafford, aided by Laud, who had risen to the 
 highest dignity of the church, and held and acted on the highest 
 church doctrines, and the queen, who was fast gaining that 
 ascendency over her husband which she used so cruelly for her 
 own purposes and his ruin. One man resisted the royal edict of 
 taxation, John Hampden, and contested it in law courts, and 
 was of course cast in his suit. But the nation learned why the 
 
 CHA 
 
 king of England should dare to exercise arbitrary power. At 
 this same time Charles took another step in his infatuated course. 
 He determined on carrying out one of his father's darling schemes, 
 the converting of the Scotch Kirk to Episcopacy. A woman, 
 here, led the opposition. Old Jenny Geddes, who sat under the 
 pulpit on the stool she had brought with her, flung it at the head 
 of tne innovator ; and Scotland not only could not be converted, 
 but was roused to rebellion by the attempt. Another parliament 
 was called, but it was just as the others had been, and was hur- 
 ried out of existence as they had been. And now the struggle 
 began in earnest. An army of Scots marched into England that 
 same year, 1640, as resolutely bent on converting England to 
 Presbyterianism, as Charles had been on forcing Prelacy on 
 them." Another parliament was summoned, Charles's last, 
 the famed Long Parliament. The steps they took were of the 
 most determined kind. They set themselves to work on purify- 
 ing the state of traitors and the church of hypocrites ; and with 
 a high hand procured the committal of both Strafford and Laud 
 to the Tower. Strafford's execution soon followed ; and then 
 came Charles's visit to Scotland with all its plots, and the Irish 
 massacre. Some of the king's movements alarmed the leaders of 
 the parliament, and the Remonstrance, and the king's futile at- 
 tempt on the five members, was the result. Next came the 
 king's refusal to suffer the power of summoning the Militia to go 
 out of his hands, and then the wai. The parliament seized 
 Hull, and the schemes of the king and his party were frustrated 
 at all points. Most of the Lords were with the Commons in the 
 struggle, and the Earl of Essex was appointed general for the 
 parliament. At Edgehill the parliament gained their first vic- 
 tory, on October 23, 1643. Attempts at a treaty ensued, which 
 failed ; and then again, war. The king now gained some advan- 
 tages, and the parhament lost some of its leaders ; he called his 
 Oxford anti-parliament, therefore, which answered no purpose, 
 for the Scots had joined the parliament, and the Solemn League 
 and Covenant was adopted, and on July 2, 1643, Charles suf- 
 fered a most disastrous defeat at Marston Moor. A few successes 
 followed, but they were useless. Laud was now executed, and 
 the Assembly of Divines held, at which appeared a new phase of 
 this nation's controversy. A party, small m number, but strong 
 in their position and character, amongst them Oliver Cromwell, 
 maintained religious liberty, and opposed Romanism only be- 
 cause it owned a foreign lord paramount. This party, under 
 this man, now came rapidly to the foremost place. The self- 
 denying ordinance cashiered the nobles ; Cromwell's regiments 
 of religious men, from the middle class, gave a new tone to the 
 army; and on the 14th of June, 1645, at the battle of Naseby, 
 Charles lost all, and fled. After a year spent in fruitless in- 
 trigues, he surrendered himself to the Scottish army ; who, in the 
 beginning of 1647, made him over to the parliamentary army. 
 Charles was now the centre of endless plots and intrigues, and, 
 unwarned by all that had happened, his natural love for that 
 plan of action induced him to the madness of attempting to play 
 off the two parties of the parliament against each other, till he 
 could get his own again. But both parties discovered him ; the 
 strongest party proved to be the Independents, with whom 
 monarchy itself was growing into disrepute; his attempts to 
 escape only hastened the end ; and on Jan. 30, 1649, aged 49 
 
 years, after having been tried by a high court of justice specially 
 appointed by the parliament, he was beheaded in front of VVhite- 
 hall. His character has never yet had justice done it, because 
 the church and state doctrines, which brought him to the scaffold, 
 are not yet extinct ; and because the pity naturally escited by 
 his misfortunes and death, the attribution to him of an exalted 
 strain of piety, and the maligning of the characters of his op- 
 ponents by the court wits and historians of the next generation, 
 have called the attention of men away from the facts of his ca- 
 reer. He had most of the private virtues, was kind-hearted and 
 compassionate, and his domestic character was unsullied. He 
 had every vice that can make a monarch, whether in prosperity 
 or adversity, suspected, hated, scorned. His own personal power 
 was his idol, and no hypocrisy nor falsehood was too mean or too 
 wicked to be adopted in the attempt to secure it in its place. 
 Yet after all he fell a victim rather to the fouler duplicity and 
 treason of his queen, to whom he deferred with most mad fond- 
 ness, than to the power or malice of his enemies. 
 
 CHARLES II., king of England, according to le^al fiction, 
 from the 30th of January, 1649, but in fact, from the 29th of 
 
 165 
 
CHA 
 
 May, 1660, to the 6th of February, 1685. He took part in the 
 war, and shared in the overthrow of Naseby. At Paris, the 
 Hague, and Jersey, he spent his time, till, on the beheading of 
 his father, the Scotch made overtures to him, conditioned only 
 by the adoption of the Solemn League and Covenant. This, 
 which his father bad refused, and so was sold by the Scots, he 
 took, and was crowned at Scone, on the first day of 1651. He 
 at once invaded England, and on the 3rd of September was ut- 
 terly unkinged and routed by Cromwell, at Worcester. After 
 wanderings romantic enough in themselves, and made miracles 
 of by the royalists of the day, he escaped to France, and being 
 ioined by all who were attached to himself or his station, or who 
 iioped to gain any thing by plots against the peace of England, 
 he passed his time in France first, and afterwards in the Nether- 
 lands, having the shadow of royal state and attendance, but 
 destitute of any thing like royalty, save the profligacy, which to 
 him was' all its value. On Cromwell's death, there was no one 
 with sufficient power to carry on his rule, nor any with enough 
 vigilaiice to detect plots. Charles began to entertain hopes of 
 regaining England. On the abdication of Richard Cromwell, he 
 prepared for his return. An agent fitted to his hand was found 
 in General Monk, and on May 29, 1660, Charles entered Lon- 
 don. The nation was beside itself with joy, save the men who 
 had been the pillars on which Cromwell's rule was built. At one 
 step every thing that had been purchased at so fearful a cost was 
 renounced, and the gibbeted remains of the chief regicides gave 
 fitting augurv of the coming age. Episcopacy was set up in 
 Scotland, and the Covenant was publicly burnt. The Test Act 
 and Act of Uniformity redeemed Charles's engagements when in 
 exile ; and 2000 of the best ministers in England were ejected 
 on the 24th of Aug., 1()02, to be hunted by act after act, from 
 hiding-place to hiding-place, till they rested from their labours, 
 through starvation in dungeons, or met the harder doom of the 
 rack and the scaffold. Scotland fared worse. The numbers who 
 perished in Great Britain, solely for their religious opinions, ex- 
 ceed belief; whilst a greater number by far suffered by fines 
 and punishments short of death. The court was a scene of un- 
 blushing crime. The king's mistresses were its most conspicuous 
 ornaments, and the queen, whom Charles espoused from Por- 
 tugal, was compelled to admit them to all the honours of her 
 court. The money needful for all this extravagance was gather- 
 ed together from all and any quarters ; the sale of Dunkirk was 
 the first public infamy of the kind. A disgraceful war with 
 France and Holland was followed by a more disCTaceful peace ; 
 and the English court became the hireling of the king of France. 
 Clarendon had till now been the king's adviser; he was now dis- 
 missed and banished, and the famous Cabal ministry followed. 
 The great plague, and the fire of London ; a war with Holland ; 
 political intrigues ; new acts against Nonconformity, in which 
 Shaftesbury played a most prominent part, in endeavouring to set 
 aside the Duke of York from his heirship to the crown, and after- 
 wards in leading the opposition against Lord Danby his suc- 
 cessor, fill up the interval to the famous Popish Plot. This 
 wretched affair assumed an importance it would never else have 
 gained, from the murder of Sir Edmundsbury Godfrey. It brought 
 some of the most wretched villains into the pages of history, 
 branded with the rankest perjuries that ever swore away human 
 lives ; and answered no assignable end, unless it prepared men's 
 minds for the change of governors, which not many years after 
 took place. Episcopacy was not, after all, suited for Scotland, 
 and the assassination of an archbishop, and the general rising of 
 the Covenanters, to be defeated at Bothwell-brigg, and perse- 
 cuted by novelties of horrible cruelty, showed it. New plots 
 were now hatched by every one that had an itching for no- 
 toriety, and some were formed by men who groaned for their 
 nation's .freedom : there was a Meal-tub plot, Fitzharris's plot, 
 the Ryehouse plot, the Assassination plot; and Lords Stafford 
 and Russell, and Algernon Sidney, died on the scaffold ; whilst 
 one of the most savage desperadoes was advanced to honour as 
 Lord Chief Justice Jeffreys. The regiainder of Charles's reign 
 was characterized by the same determined absolutism on his 
 part, conjoined with the mean dependence on secret money from 
 France ; by the same ceaseless intrigues in his court ; and by 
 like restlessness amongst the people. This bad] man and mon- 
 arch died on the 6th of February, 1085, aged 55' years, avowing 
 himself a Romanist. It were idle to linger over such a reign. 
 The abolition of military tenures, and the Habeas Corpus Act, 
 
 CHA 
 
 were almost the only benefits which parliaments were able to 
 confer on the nation throughout it. 
 
 CHARLES I. of France and Germany, commonly called 
 Charlemagne, was joint successor with his brother Carloman, 
 to Pepin, and by his death was sole king of the Franks. All the 
 early part of his reign was taken up in war. He first subdued 
 the Aquitanians, who, in his own kingdom, had rebelled. Next 
 he turned his arms against the Saxons, and from them was called 
 into Italy against the Longobards, and where his conquests were 
 
 Eroductive of more important events than in any other part, as 
 e assumed the crown of Lombardy, and established the right 
 of controlling the election of the popes. After some years spent 
 thus, he entered Spain, and drove back the Moors beyond the 
 Ebro; and returning, lost his rearguard, with some of his 
 bravest captains, at Roncesvaux. He then completed the sub- 
 jugation of the Saxons, which was testified by their submission 
 to baptism and the form of Christianity ; he also overran Bavaria. 
 After this, he restored Pope Leo HI. to his throne, from which 
 he had been driven by a formidable conspiracy, and received 
 from his hands the crown of the Western empire. The protec- 
 tion of the N. coasts of his wide dominions from the incursions 
 of the Danes, or Northmen, as they were called, was all the 
 military service he afterwards knew. Charlemagne was a man 
 of extraordinary mind and powers. As a general and conqueror 
 he was then unequalled, and also as a legislator and statesman. 
 He was a diligent student, and a patron of letters. Offa of 
 Mercia, and Egbert of Wesscx, two Saxon Bretwaldas, or chief 
 kings of Saxon Britain, and the famous Caliph Haroun Alras- 
 chid, were his friends and allies. Of his own personal character 
 it can only be said, that he stood many ages in advance of his 
 own day, although not free from stain. He died in 814, after a 
 reign of 47 years, and aged 72. 
 
 CHARLES V. of Germany, filled the throne at the time of the 
 Reformation, and is known from the part he took in relation to 
 it, and the singular conclusion of his reign. He was the grand- 
 son of the emperor Maximilian I., and when he was but six years 
 old inherited^ Austria and the Low Countries from his father. 
 Ten years afterwards the united kingdoms of Castile and Arra- 
 gon, and all their vast dependencies, became his, through his 
 mother. And three years later, he was chosen, in opposition to 
 Francis I. of France, emperor of Germany. He had been notori- 
 ous for his arbitrary disposition, which the proud independence 
 of the Spanish nobility could hardly keep in check. He was met 
 at the outset of his imperial career by a more determined oppo- 
 nent, one whom he could not subdue. Luther in that very year 
 held his solemn public controversy with Eck, at Leipsic ; and in 
 the next year he dared the papal authority to the utmost by 
 burning the bull of excommunication against him. Some steps 
 must be taken to put down this man, but Charles was not to be 
 cajoled or terrified into staining his new dignity with such blood. 
 He summoned Luther to the diet of Worms, and gave him assur- 
 ance of safety, and kept his word, but placed him under the ban 
 of the empire. An insurrection in Spain now diverted Charles's 
 attention, but it was quelled before he reached that country. 
 War with Francis, his rival candidate for the empire, followed, 
 in which his forces took his foe prisoner. In this war he was 
 embroiled with the pope, and Rome was taken and sacked by 
 his troops. The issue of this war was his obtaining the crown of 
 Lombardy. In Germany, shortly after this, he attempted to re- 
 concile the Lutherans and Romanists at the diet of Augsburg, 
 rendered memorable by the presentation of the great Confession 
 of the Lutheran Faith there. For twenty years after this Charles 
 was engaged in various wars, with France, with the Lutherans 
 of the League of Schmalcald, with the Turks, and with Tunis 
 and Algiers. In 1552, the treaty of Passau put an end to the 
 religious wars of Germany. The war with France Charles left to 
 his successor. It was three years after this peace that Charles 
 abdicated, leaving the empire to his brother Ferdinand, and his 
 hereditary dominions to his son, the too well-known Philip II., 
 and retired to a monastery near Placentia, in Spain ; where, till 
 1558, he lived in complete seclusion from all the business and 
 toils he had borne so long. He died at the age of 58. During 
 the latter years of his life the Council of Trent was sitting. 
 Charles was not naturally a bigot ; and his wars against the 
 Lutherans rose more from his perceiving the elements of hos- 
 tility to his power in their principles, than from fanatical zeal 
 against their doctrines. His administration in G^ermany was 
 
CHA 
 
 productive of many and lasting political advantages to that 
 country. Seven emperors of Germany have borne this title, of 
 whom these are the most famous. There were three other kings 
 of Spain, after the Emperor Charles, of this name. In France, 
 after Charlemagne there have been nine kings of this name, the 
 most noted of whom are : — 
 
 CHARLES v., surnaraed the Wise, who was possessed of con- 
 siderable learning for his age, and promoted literature by all 
 means that he could. In his reign the revolt of the peasantry, 
 commonly called the Jacquerie, occurred ; and the wars with 
 England, at first so disastrous, from the courage and conduct of 
 Edward III. and the Black Prince, and afterwards so success- 
 ful. He reigned from 13G4 to 1380. 
 
 CHARLES yil., who retrieved the fortunes of the French 
 monarchy, which had trembled on the verge of ruin from the 
 successes of Henry V. of England ; and, in great part through the 
 enthusiasm kindled by Joan of Arc, recovered all but Calais. 
 He reigned from 1423 to 1461. 
 
 CHARLES IX. has the infamy of the Huguenot massacr. of 
 St. Bartholomew, in 1572, attached to his name. 
 
 CHARLES X., the last king of France, by his policy, provoked 
 the Revolution of 1830, when, in three days, the ascendency of 
 the Bourbons, so laboriously restored by the allied powers of 
 Europe, and twenty years of war, was completely overthrown. 
 He died in exile in 1&J6, aged 79 years. 
 
 CHARLES MARTEL, the grandfather of Charlemagne, held 
 an office called the Mayoralty of the Palace, under Chilperic II. 
 and Thierry, the last of the dynasty called Merovingian. He 
 was a successful warrior against the Moors in Spain and the 
 Saxons of Germany, and against the Prisons, Bavarians, and 
 Swabians, who sought independence from the Prankish sway. 
 He saved Europe by the checli he imposed on the Mohammedans 
 of Spain ; and he was the founder of the German empire, and 
 the new dynasty of Prank monarchs, though he never wore a 
 crown himself. He died in 741, having been absolute master of 
 the empire for 22 years. 
 
 CHARLES XII. of Sweden, with Charles XIV., (see Berna- 
 DOTTE,) the most famous monarchs of that kingdom of this name. 
 Charles XII. has gained his by military madness, and the genius 
 of his historian, Voltaire. He began his career when in his 19th 
 year, by coping single-handed with Russia, Poland, Saxony, 
 and Denmark. By victory after victory, he compelled the latter 
 power to peace, dethroned Augustus of Poland, and advanced so 
 far into Russia as to lose all. After staying for five years under 
 the protection of the Sultan, he returned to Sweden, and again 
 found himself opposed to a league of the neighbouring powers. 
 He was not so successful in this war. Afterwards he obtained 
 the alliance of Russia ; and in seeking the subjugation of Nor- 
 way, the world was happily rid of him, by a shot before Frederics- 
 hall, in 1718, aged 3(5 years. 
 
 CHARLEROP, a town of Belgium, seated on the Sambre, 
 which has lately act^uired considerable importance from its coal 
 and iron mines, and its iron works. It has other manufactories ; 
 and by canal, and by railroads, has great facilities for trade. 
 It is about 30 miles from Brussels. Its population is about 10,000. 
 Lat. 50. 24. N. Long. 4. 25. E. 
 
 CHA'RLESTON, a city and sea-port of S. Carolina, United 
 States, situated on a tongue of land formed by the junction of the 
 Ashley and Cooper rivers. There is a bay formed by their junction 
 2 miles wide, and extending 7 miles to the Atlantic. A bar 
 with four entrances protects the harbour's mouth ; there are 
 also three forts. The city is regularly built, and abounds with 
 elegant houses and gardens. It has also somevfine public build- 
 ings, an orphan asylum, and an excellent museum and library. 
 There is a college here with a small library. The commerce of 
 Charleston comprises nearly all that belongs to the State. 
 Packets ply continually hence to New York. A canal 22 miles 
 long connects the harbour with the Santee river ; and there is ? 
 railway to Hamburg on the Savannah. It is 540 miles from 
 Washington. Pop. 29,261, of whom 14,673 were slaves. This 
 is 1028 less than it was in 1830. There are ten other places of 
 this name in the States. 
 
 CHA'RLESTOWN, a town and port of Massachusetts, United 
 States, situated on a peninsula lying between the Charles and 
 Mystic rivers, and connected with Boston by Charles and Warren 
 bridges. The streets are wide and ornamented with trees. The 
 public buildings are, a model prison, a lunatic asylum, &c. &c. 
 
 CHA 
 
 There is also an extensive navy yard, with a dry dock built of 
 granite. An obelisk on Bunker's Hill in the rear of this place, 
 commemorates the famous battle there during the war of Inde- 
 pendence. It is 441 miles from Washington. Pop. 11,484. 
 There are six other places so called in the United States. 
 
 CHA'RLES'S-WAIN, in Astronomy, seven remarkable stars 
 in the constellation of TJrsa Major. 
 
 CHA'RLOCK, s. in Botany, a weed growing among the corn, 
 with a yellow flower. It is a species of mustard. 
 
 CHA'RLOTTE'S ARCHIPELAGO, a group of islands in the 
 S. Sea, almost due N. of the New Hebrides, and almost due E. of 
 Soloman's Archipelago. 
 
 CHA'RLOrrESVlLLE, a town of Virginia, United States, 
 deriving its chief importance from its being the seat of the uni- 
 versity of Virginia. This institution has some fine buildings, 
 with a good library and museum. It does not include theology 
 in its curriculum. The town is 121 miles from Washington. 
 Pop. about 1500. Two other towns in the States bear this 
 name. 
 
 CHARM, s. Icharme, Fr.] a kind of spell, supposed to have an 
 irresistible influence, by means of the concurrence of some in- 
 fernal power, both on the mind, lives, and properties of those 
 whom It has for its subject. Figuratively, any excellence which 
 engages and conquers the aflfections. Synon. The word charm 
 carries an idea of force, which puts a stop to ordinary effects and 
 natural causes. The word enchantment is used properly for that 
 which regards the illusion of the senses. The word spell bears 
 particularly an idea of something which disturbs the reason. 
 
 To CHARM, D. a. to fortify or secure against evil by some 
 spell ; to influence or subdue the mind by some excellence or 
 pleasure. 
 
 CHA'RMER, s. one who deals in spells or magic ; one whose 
 personal perfection irresistibly attracts admiration and love, 
 Synon. Tne body seems to be more susceptible of graces ; the 
 mind, of charms. We say of a lady that she walks, dances, and 
 sings with i/race ; and that her conversation is full of charms. 
 
 CHA'RMlNG,^«!r«. possessed of such perfections as work ir- 
 resistibly on the mind, and fill it with pleasure. 
 
 CHA'RMINGLY, ad. in such a manner as to convey inex- 
 pressible pleasure. 
 
 CHA'RMINGNESS, s. that quality which renders a thing 
 capable of working on the affections, and filling the mind with 
 pleasure. 
 
 CHA'RNEL-HOUSE, s. [chamier, Fr.] a place in or near a 
 church, where the bones of the dead are deposited. 
 
 CHA'RON, in Classic Mythology, the ferryman who carried 
 the souls of the dead over the river Styx, to the abodes of the 
 shades. 
 
 CHART, (kart) s. [charta, Lat.] an hydrographies i map, or 
 projection of some part of the earth's superficies, for the use of 
 navigation. 
 
 CHARTE, s. [Fr.] that instrument determining the form of 
 the French constitution, which was first drawn up on the re- 
 storation of the Bourbons, in 1814; the violation of which pro- 
 duced the three days of July in 1830 ; and which, slightly alter- 
 ed in a few points, forms the basis of the present monarchy, &c. 
 
 CHA'RTER, s. [chartre, Fr.] in Law, a written evidence or 
 instrument of things done between two parties. The hin^^s 
 charter, is where he makes a grant to any person or body politic ; 
 such as charter of exemption, &c. Charters of private persons, 
 are deeds and instruments. Figuratively, the act of bestowing 
 any privilege or right, exemption or claim. 
 
 CHA'RTERED, a. invested with privileges by charter, beauti- 
 fully applied in the following sentence : " The air, a chartered 
 libertine, is still," Shak. 
 
 CHA'RTER-HOUSE, a public school in London, situated 
 where there was a Carthusian priory, established in the reign of 
 James I. 
 
 CHA'RTER-LAND, s. land which is held- by charter, or evi- 
 dence in writing. 
 
 CHA'RTER-PARTY, s. [chaHre paHie, Fr.] a deed or writing 
 indented, made between merchants and seafaring men concern- 
 ing their merchandise. 
 
 CHA'RTISM, a name given in England to that set of political 
 tenets embodied in what is called the People's Charter. This 
 document is drawn up in the style of an act of parliament, and 
 promulgates a representative system based on universal suffrage, 
 
 107 
 
CH A 
 
 electoral districts, vote hy ballot, annual parliaments, no pro- 
 perty qualification, and paid representatives. It has been asso- 
 ciated with lawless violence and ochlocracy, partly through the 
 panic terrors of such as see revolution in every reform, and 
 partly through the conduct of some who hold these opinions. 
 These are now very much divided respecting the method of 
 realizing them. 
 
 CHA'RTRES, the capital of the department of Eure et Loire, 
 France. It is a very ancient city, and stands on a hill near the 
 Eure, over which is a bridge, built by Vauban. Here are a good 
 library, a museum, and some manufactures. But its principal 
 trade consists in corn. Its cathedral, which was built during 
 the 13th century, is esteemed one of the most beautiful in 
 France, not only for its architectural proportions, &c., but for its 
 ornaments and works of art. It is 45 miles from Paris. Popu- 
 lation, about 1.5,000. Lat. 48. 25, N. Long. 1. 29. E. 
 
 CHA'RY, a. cautious, scrupulous, careful of giving any cause 
 for suspicion or censure. 
 
 CHARY'BDIS, a whirlpool formerly in the Strait of Messina, 
 between Calabria and Sicily, much celebrated by the old poets. 
 
 To CHASE, V. a. [chasser, Fr.] to follow after a beast, &c., for 
 pleasure ; to hunt ; to pursue as an enemy ; also to engrave gold 
 or silver for the purpose of ornament. 
 
 CHA.se, s. the pursuit or following of game ; hunting ; that 
 which is the proper object of hunting ; the pursuit of an enemy, 
 or of some desirable object. Figuratively, pursuit ; the object of 
 pursuit, in naval matters. In Law, a large extent of woody 
 ground, privileged for the reception of deer and game. 
 
 CHA'SER, s. one who pursues ; also the name of guns carried 
 fore and aft, to be used in the chase, in naval affairs. 
 
 CHASM, (kazm) s. [chasme, Gr.] a breach or hollow space se- 
 parating the parts of any body ; a vacant space. 
 
 CHASTE, a. [chaste, Fr.] free from any breach of modesty. 
 Applied to expressions, free from any obscenity or immodest 
 words. In Grammar, free from any foreign mixture. 
 
 To CHA'STEN, v. a. [chastier, Fr.] to correct or punish a child, 
 in order to deter him from faults. 
 
 CHA'STELY, ad, without the least incontinence, or any in- 
 clination to lust. 
 
 CHA'STENESS, 8. freedom from incontinence, or any breach 
 of modesty. 
 
 To CHASTPSE, (chastize) v. a. formerly accented on the first 
 syllable ; [chestier, Fr.] to punish or afflict for faults. Synon. 
 We chastise him who has committed a fault, to prevent his doing 
 the saine again. We punish the person guilty of a crime, by way 
 of expiation, and as an example to others. To correct, signifies 
 to amend by means of chastiseinent. To discipline, means to re- 
 gulate and instruct. 
 
 CHA'STISEMENT, s. correction or punishment, generally 
 applied to the discipline of parents and tutors. 
 
 CHASTPSER, s. the person that chastises. 
 
 CHA'STITY, s. [castitas, Lat.] an entire freedom from any im- 
 putation of lust, either in thought or deed. In expressions, free 
 from immodest words. 
 
 To CHAT, V. n. [a contraction of the verb chatter^ to talk on 
 difierent subjects, or without any deep thought or profound at- 
 tention. — V. a. to talk of. 
 
 CHAT, s. trifling and miscellaneous discourse, made use of to 
 pass time away. 
 
 CHATELLANY, (shdtellany) s. [chattelanio, Fr.] the district 
 belonging to any castle. 
 
 CHA'THAM, Kent, a town adjoining Rochester, and seated 
 on the Medway. It is chiefly celebrated for being the principal 
 station of the army and navy ; as likewise for its dock-yard ; and 
 it is thought that there is not a more complete arsenal in the 
 world. There are warehouses here for naval stores, ordnance, 
 &c., of which there are whole streets, and rope-houses and smiths' 
 forges proportionably extensive. There are also wet docks, in 
 which vessels of the largest size can float ; barracks for the ar- 
 tillery and other troops stationed here, &c. &c. It is 30 miles 
 from London. Market, Saturday. Pop. 21,341. 
 
 CHA'THAM ISLAND, an island lying in the S. Pacific Ocean, 
 ■ due W. of the southmost island of New Zealand. The surface is 
 very varied, being hilly in some parts, and boggy in others ; but 
 it has a good proportion of fertile soil. It now belongs to the 
 British in New Zealand. The group of small islands round this 
 IS sometimes known by the general name of Chatham Islands. 
 
 CHE 
 
 CHATOYANT, in Chemistry, a term introduced by the French 
 chemists, to describe a property in some metallic and other 
 substances, of var^'ing their colours according to the way in 
 which they are held ; as is the case with the feathers of some 
 birds, which appear very different when seen in different posi- 
 tions. 
 
 CHA'TTELS, «. in Law, possessions movable or immovable, 
 which are strictly personal, and cannot, for what they are, be 
 entailed. 
 
 To CHA'TTER, v. a. [cagueter, Fr.] to make a noise like a pie. 
 Figuratively, to talk very much. 
 
 CHA'TTER, s. a noise like that of a pie, or monkey when 
 angry : " The mimic ape began his chatter," Swift. Figuratively, 
 impertinent talk. 
 
 CHA'TTERER, s. one who spends his time in idle or unim- 
 proving talk. 
 
 CHA'TTERTON, THOMAS, a youth of Bristol, who, in the 
 last century, excited some controversy in the literary world by 
 an alleged discovery of many ancient documents relating to 
 Bristol, and particularly of some poems professedly written by 
 one Rowley in the 15th century. These were discovered to be 
 forgeries, but the poetic powers displayed in them were even 
 greater than those displayed in his acknowledged productions. 
 He was ever of a restless humour, and at last, being sunk in des- 
 titution in London, after having indulged the most ambitious 
 hopes, he poisoned himself, in 1770, aged nearly 18 years. 
 
 CH A'TWOOD, s. little sticks ; fuel. 
 
 CHAU'CER, GEOFFREY, the father of English poetry, lived 
 in the 14th century. The facts that are preserved respecting 
 him, represent him as a law student, a courtier, and statesman, 
 a soldier in the French wars of Edward III., and a prisoner in 
 France. But he lives as the poet; for though the English lan- 
 guage was then so unsettled, and all things so rude and im- 
 mature, he has gained an imperishable fame by his verses, in 
 which not the men and manners of his own age appear, so much 
 as what all times and nations have shown of common humanity. 
 The association of this genius, as to his age, with the political 
 stir of the commons, known as Wat Tyler's insurrection, and 
 with the religious stir begun by Wiclifte, ought to be remem- 
 bered by such as would watch the course of the history of man. 
 He died in 1400, aged 72 years. 
 
 CHAUMO'NT, the capital of the department of Haute Marne, 
 France, standing at the entrance of the Suze into the Marne. 
 It is well placed, and has some manufactures, and a good trade. 
 It is 145 miles from Paris. Population, about 7000. 
 
 CHAW'DRON, s. the entrails or maw of a beast. 
 
 CHAW'LEY, Devonshire. It is 190 miles from London. 
 Pop. 850. 
 
 CHE'ADLE, Staffordshire. It is seated in a country abound- 
 ing with coals, near the source of the Dove, and in the neigh- 
 bourhood are very extensive copper and brass works. It is 156 
 miles from London. Market, Saturday. Pop. 4339. 
 
 CHEAP, (cheep) a. [ceapan, Sax.] to be purchased with little 
 money; of small value. 
 
 To CHE'APEN, v. a. to bargain for or ask the price of a com- 
 modity ; to endeavour to purchase a thing at a less price than 
 the seller first asks for it. 
 
 CHE'APLY, ad. at a very low price or rate; with very little 
 money. 
 
 CHE'APNESS, s. lowness of price. 
 
 To CHEAT, (cheet) v. a. to deceive or impose upon ; to defraud 
 a person by some artifice or low cunning. 
 
 CHEAT, s. a fraud, or imposture, whereby a person is deceived 
 and imposed upon ; a person who imposes on others. 
 
 CHE'ATER, «. one who practises fraud, in order to deprive 
 people of their property. 
 
 To CHECK, V. n. to restrain the cravings of any appetite ; to 
 stop a thing in motion ; to chide or reprove a person. 
 
 CHECK, s. a restraint, disappointment, repulse, curb, reproof. 
 Figuratively, a counter-cipher of a bank bill ; an account kept 
 privately to examine that which is kept with a banker, or public 
 office; a person who examines any account ; a kindof linanwith 
 blue stripes crossing each other, used bv sailors for shirts, &c. 
 Clerk of the check, in the king's household, has the controlment 
 of the yeomen of the guard, and all the ushers belonging to the 
 royal family, allowing their absence or defaults in attendance, or 
 mulcting their wages for the same, &c. He, or his deputy, takes 
 
CHE 
 
 cognizance of those who are to watch in the court, and sets the 
 watch, &c. 
 
 CHECK, s. [echcc, Fr.] that position of the king of either side, 
 in the game of chess, which would expose him to being taken by 
 the opposite player, if he were any other piece. 
 
 To CHE'CKER, Che'quer, v. a. [cchecs, Fr.] to vary with 
 different colours like a chess-board; to variegate. Figuratively', 
 to diversify with different states of prosperous and unsuccessful 
 circumstances. 
 
 CHE'CKER, Che'cker-work, s. any thing painted in squares, 
 with different colours, like a chess-board. 
 
 CHE'CKMATE, s. [echec et mat, Fr.] that position of the men 
 on one side of a chess-board, which puts the king of the opposite 
 side into check, and makes it impossible for him by any means 
 to get out of check ; which wins the game. 
 
 CHE'CK-ROLL, s. a book or roll containing the names of the 
 king's household servants. 
 
 CHE'DDAR, Somersetshire. A village on the Mendip Hills, 
 famous for its cheeses. The scenery near it is very romantic. 
 It is 130 miles from London. Pop. 232.5. 
 
 CHEEK, s. the fleshy part of the side of the face below the 
 eye. Among mechanics, cheeks are a general name for almost 
 all those pieces of machines and instruments that are double and 
 perfectly alike. The cheeks of a grate, are flat plates of iron, stand- 
 ing perpendicular, and serving to confine the dimensions of a 
 fire. Tlie cheeks of a mortar, are two strong planks of wood, 
 bound with thick iron plates, which are fixed on each side of 
 the mortar to keep it in the elevation that is given it. 
 
 CHEE'KBONE, s. the jaw. 
 
 CHEER, s. [cAere, Fr.] provisions for an entertainment, gaiety, 
 or fulness of spirits. 
 
 To CHEER, V. a. to inspire with courage; to animate, or in- 
 cite ; to make joyful. 
 
 CHE'ERER, s. the person or thing which communicates joy, 
 or comforts in distress. 
 
 CHE'ERFUL, a. that abounds in gaiety, life, and spirits, op- 
 posed to dejection. 
 
 CHE'ERFULLY, ad. without dejection, willingly. 
 
 CHEERFULNESS, s. a disposition of mind unclouded by 
 despair; alacrity; vigour. 
 
 CHE'ERLESS, a. sad, dejected, comfortless. 
 
 CHE'ERLY, ad. in a gay, cheerful, joyous manner. 
 
 CHE'ERY, a. gay, joyful, or communicating pleasure and 
 gaiety. 
 
 CHEESE, (cheeze) s. [cyze. Sax.] a food made of milk, curdled 
 bv means of rennet, squeezed dry in a press, or suffered to drain 
 till free from whey, and hardened by time. Those called cream 
 cheeses are very soft and rich, and soon spoil. Gloucester, 
 Derby, and the common cheese made in most dairies, are in the 
 greatest demand. Cheshire, Cheddar, and Stilton, are most 
 costly. Of foreign cheese, the Dutch is most used, and the Ame- 
 rican. Parmesan, Pergolesi, Gouyere, are richer and rarer kinds. 
 
 CHE'ESECAKE, s. in pastry, is made of soft curds, butter, 
 and sugar, baked. 
 
 CHEESEMONGER, s. one who deals in cheese. 
 
 CHE'ESEPRESS, «. a press, wherein the curds of which the 
 cheese is made are pressed dry from the whey. 
 
 CHEE'SEVAT, s. the wooden case in which the curds are 
 confined, when pressed for cheese. 
 
 CHE'ESY, (cheezy) a. having the qualities of cheese, 
 
 CHEKE, SIR JOHN, a name that frequently occurs in the 
 history of the mid-part of the English (so-called) Reformation, 
 His learning was such as to obtain him the tutorship of Edward 
 VI, ; and the satisfaction he gave, and his zeal for the new forms, 
 raised him very high in the favour of the court during Edward's 
 reign. Being an adherent of the Lady Jane Grey, he was soon 
 marked for Mary's vengeance, and after imprisonment and par- 
 don, followed by voluntary exile, he was seized in the Nether- 
 lands, and brought back to England, where he unworthily 
 recanted his faith, and, harassed by his conscience and his con- 
 verters, soon after died, in 1547, aged 43 years. His writings are 
 numerous, and are valuable in all respects, 
 
 CHE'LMSFORD, Essex, It is pleasantly situated in a valley, 
 at the confluence of the Chelmer and the Cam, the gardens of 
 the inhabitants on each side of the town extending to those 
 rivers. Here are some good public buildings, and a fountain, or 
 conduit, of excellent water ; and the assizes and quarter sessions 
 
 CHE 
 
 for the county are held here. The great eastern road from Lon- 
 don formerly passed through it, and the railroad now going by 
 it at a short distance, has nearly doubled the size of the town. 
 It is 29 miles from London. Market for corn, cattle, and pro- 
 visions, Friday. Pop. G789. 
 
 CHE'LSEA, Middlesex. It stands on the banks of the Thames, 
 and is now a suburb of London, being about 4 miles from the 
 city boundaries. Here is an extensive and well-stocked botani- 
 cal garden, belonging to the company of apothecaries in London, 
 and a bridge over the river to Battersea ; nere also is a magnifi- 
 cent hospital erected for the disabled and superannuated soldiers 
 of the English army. Pop. 40,179. 
 
 CHE'LTENHAM, Gloucestershire, It is noted for its mineral 
 waters, and extensive prospects from its adjoining hills. It is 
 much improved of late years, with a new market-house, and 
 many handsome public buildings. It used to have a little trade 
 from the neighbouring manufacturing towns ; but now derives 
 all its subsistence from its spa. It is 95 miles from London. 
 Market, Thursday. Pop. 31,411. 
 
 CHE'LY, s, [chela, Lat,] the claw of the shell-fish. 
 
 CHEMFSE, (shamees) s. [Fr.] in Fortification, a wall lining a 
 bastion or ditch, in order to strengthen and support it. Also 
 the French name for a shirt, or linen under-dress. 
 
 CHE'MISTRY, s, Ichemaia, Gr.] the science which investi- 
 gates the intimate structure of bodies, aims at the discovery of 
 their elementary substances, the nature of the various com- 
 pounds producible from these, and the laws of their produc- 
 tion. This study has not long existed in the form of a science. 
 Whatever facts were ascertained were the isolated results of 
 accident, or of such attempts as the alchemists'. Its laws were 
 mere empirical rules. But the theory of Lavoisier, and the 
 discoveries of Davy, Berzelius, Faraday, and Liebig, have set it 
 in such a position that every year changes its whole aspect, and 
 every new acquisition promises a wider field and clearer know- 
 ledge respecting its old and weH-established possessions. Or- 
 ganic chemistry, is that branch of the science which specially re- 
 lates to organized bodies, 
 
 CHE'MNITZ, MARTIN, a distinguished Lutheran theologian, 
 who was the associate of Melancthon, and by his writings 
 against Romanist doctrine, and in exposition of Lutheran, 
 abundantly supported the great Reformation, He died in 1580, 
 aged 64 years. Some of his works are yet of great worth, 
 
 CHE'PSTOW, Monmouthshire, a flourishing town, seated on 
 the river Wye, near its confluence with the Severn, It is the 
 port for all the towns that stand on the Wye and Lug. Ships of 
 6 or 700 tons burthen are built here, or come up to the town. 
 The merchants import wine from Oporto, and flax, deal, pitch, 
 &c., from Norway and Russia. The tide is said to rise higher 
 here than in any other part of Europe, the spring tides rising 
 fifty or sixty feet perpendicular. It is 127 miles from London. 
 Market, Saturday. Pop. 33G6. 
 
 CHEQUE, s. [Fr.] a draft on a banker, made on unstamped 
 paper, and under certain restrictions, preventing it from being 
 negociable as bills are; one characteristic mark of which is, its 
 being payable to the bearer, 
 
 CHER, a department of France, named after the principal 
 stream it contains, bounded by the departments of Loiret, Loire 
 et Cher, Indre, AUier, and Nievre. It is watered by the Loire, 
 the Auron, and some other rivers, beside the Cher. It is quite 
 an agricultural district, from the nature of the soil, which affords 
 excellent pastures, and is abundantly productive of grain, &c. 
 The wine called Chablis is produced in this department. It has 
 also much mineral wealth, and iron is the most valuable of its 
 productions of this kind. Manufactures of woollen goods and of 
 iron, and of some articles of less importance, are here. Its ex- 
 tensive forests supply plenty of timber for trade, even. The 
 population is about 300,000. Bourges is its capital. 
 
 CHE'RBURG, a maritime town in the department of La 
 Manche, France. The docks and the breakwater are very great 
 works. The harbour will admit vessels of 900 tons at high 
 water, and of 250 at low. Woollen stuffs are manufactured 
 here, and the inhabitants build small vessels, Cherburg is 200 
 miles from Paris, Population, under 20,000, Lat, 49, 38, N, 
 Long. 1, .33, W. 
 
 To CHE'RISH, V. a. [cherir, Fr,] to nourish or promote the 
 growth of a thing ; to help; to encourage; to protect, shelter, 
 and nourish. 
 
 z ' 169 
 
CHE 
 
 CHE'RISHER, s. one who protects and contributes to the 
 growth of a thiriff. 
 
 CHEROKE'ES, the name of one of the aboriginal tribes of N. 
 America, whose territory was to the N. and S. of the Appalachian 
 Mountains. They were a branch of the Iroquois. They have 
 now settlements on the Arkansas river in Louisiana, and are 
 
 firogressina; in civilization, under written laws, and possessed of 
 ana and the skill to cultivate it ; their language being reduced 
 to writing, and schools and churches established amongst them. 
 Thev are in number about 15,000. 
 
 CHE'RRY, s. in Gardening, a fruit tree, with shining leaves ; 
 its fruit is juicy and pulpy, grows on long stems, and is roundish 
 or heart-shaped. Though included by Linnaeus under the genus 
 of primus, or plum, yet they cannot be ingrafted on each other. 
 
 CHE'RRY, a. resembling a cherry in colour ; red. 
 
 CHE'RSON, a town of Russia, on the banks of the river Dnie- 
 per, not verj- far from its mouth. It is not very large, but the 
 nouses are of stone, and neatly executed. It has a dock for the 
 construction of large vessels, and an arsenal for the S. part of 
 the empire and the Black Sea. The public works are executed 
 by criminals, who amount to some hundreds. In this city the 
 humane Howard ended his days ; he was to the last engaged in 
 the merciful employment of visiting those who were sick and in 
 
 Srison. It is above 900 miles from St. Petersbui^. Lat. 46. 
 . N. Long. 32. 26. E. 
 
 CHERSONE'SE, Chersone'sus, {kersoneez) s. [chersos and 
 Tiesos, Gr.] in Geography, amongst the Greeks, a peninsula. 
 
 CHERT, s. [Germ.] a species of silicious stone which is coarser 
 and softer than the common silex. It is often found in large 
 masses or quarries of limestone. 
 
 CHE'RTSEY, Surrey. It stands in a low situation near the 
 Thames, over which there is a handsome bridge of seven arches. 
 It was formerly the residence of some of the Saxon kings. It 
 has a trade in malt, which it conveys in barges to London. It 
 is 20 miles from London. Market, Wednesday. Pop. 5347. 
 
 CHE'RUB, s. [Heb.] a celestial being, in Scripture variously 
 described under the shapes of men, eagles, oxen, lions, &c. 
 
 CHERU'BIC, a. angelic, or partaking of the nature of a 
 cherub. 
 
 CHE'RUBIM, s. the plural of cherub. 
 
 CHERUBIM, MARIA LUIGI SALVADOR, an eminent 
 composer of the end of the last and the commencement of the 
 present century. He studied at Florence and Bologna, and at 
 the former place, and in London, gained deserved renown before 
 he settled at Paris, where he spent the greater part of his life. 
 His chief fame rests on his sacred music, though his operas, and 
 other compositions of a secular character, are esteemed very 
 highly. He died in 1842, aged 82 years. 
 
 CHE'RVIL, s. in Botany, a very common weed in many places 
 of Britain. There are several species of it. Garden chervil is 
 otherwise called sweet fern. 
 
 CHE'SAPEAK, the largest bay of the United States, 200 miles 
 long, and from 7 to 20 broad, and generally 9 fathoms deep. Its 
 entrance is wholly in the State of Virginia, but the greater part 
 is in Maryland, which it divides into two parts, called the E. and 
 W. shore. It has many tine harbours ; and receives the waters 
 of the Susquehanna, the Potomac, the James, and other rivers, 
 draining a surface of 70,000 square miles, 
 
 CHE^ELDEN, WILLIAM, an eminent lithotomist and sur- 
 gical operator of the beginning of the last century. His success 
 m his own department was most distinguished ; as an anatomist 
 he was scarcely less eminent ; his works were long used as class- 
 books. He died in 1752, aged 64 years. 
 
 CHE'SHAM, Buckinghamshire. It is seated on the borders 
 of Hertfordshire, and trades in laces, shoes, and wooden ware. 
 It is 29 miles from London. Market, Wednesday. Pop. 5593. 
 
 CHE'SHIRE, a county Palatine of England, lying on the Irish 
 Sea, and bounded by Lancashire, Yorkshire, Derbyshire, Staf- 
 fordshire, Shropshire, and Wales. It is about 00 miles in length, 
 and 30 in breadth. The surface is generally even, but it has 
 some hills. It is watered by the Mersey, the Dee, and the Wea- 
 ver, with theirtesser tributary streams. It has also some great 
 canals, and railroads, as means of communication. Coal and 
 rock-salt, with some useful kinds of sandstone, are found here ; 
 and the salt is ayery prominent feature in the wealth of the county. 
 Dairy-farming is extensively pursued, and much cheese produced. 
 There are some manufactures in this county, principally on the 
 
 CHE 
 
 borders ot Lancashire, of cotton, silk, woollens, &c. &c. And 
 these, with its salt and its cheese, are its exports, not only to 
 other parts of the kingdom, but all over the world. It has 101 
 parishes. Besides its rivers, there are many good-sized lakes in 
 this county. It is also famed for its forests and plantations. 
 Its population is 395,660. Chester is the county town ; Altring- 
 ham, Congleton, Macclesfield, Stockport, &c, &c., are places 
 of note. 
 
 CHE'SHUNT, Hertfordshire, a village where is one of the 
 colleges or academies founded by the Countess of Huntingdon. 
 It is 10 miles from London. Pop. 5042. 
 
 CHE'SNUT, Che'snut-tree, s. the timber of it, next to the 
 oak, is the fittest for building, being very durable. As to the 
 nut or fruit of this tree, the biggest are accounted the best. 
 
 CHESS, s. [echecs, Fr,] a game played on a board divided into 
 24 squares, of alternate colours, each side having 16 pieces, hav- 
 ing various moves and powers. The object of the game is to 
 surround the principal piece of your adversary, so that it would 
 be in danger of being taken, were it another piece, and cannot 
 be moved or protected from this danger, 
 
 CHE'SS- APPLE, s. a species of wild service. 
 
 CHE'SS-MAN, s. the name of the pieces used in the game of 
 chess. 
 
 CHE'SS-PLAYER, s. a gamester at chess. 
 
 CHE'SSOM, s. in Gardening, a mellow earth, between the 
 two extremities of clay and sand. 
 
 CHEST, s. Icyst, Sax.] a large, strong wooden box, greater 
 than a trunk, used for keeping clothes, linen, &c. Figuratively, 
 the cavity of the human body from the neck to the belly, called 
 the breast or stomach, A chest of drawers, is a wooden frame 
 which contains several drawers placed above each other. 
 
 CHE'STER, Cheshire, a large and ancient city, seated on the 
 Dee, over which there is a noble bridge, by which vessels come 
 from the sea to the quay ; and having, by a canal, communica- 
 tion with most of the inland navigations. The main streets are 
 hollowed out in the rock to a considerable depth, and the houses 
 have, elevated in front, covered porticoes, which are called rows, 
 and afford a sheltered way for foot passengers. The city has 
 four gates and three posterns, and is 2 miles in compass. It con- 
 sists chiefly of four large streets, which are pretty even and spa- 
 cious, and as they cross one another in straight lines, meeting 
 in the centre, they make an exact cross, with the town-house or 
 exchange, a neat structiire, near the middle. In the old castle, 
 where the Earls of Chester formerly held their parliaments, was a 
 stately hall, somewhat like that at Westminster, where the Pa- 
 latine courts and assizes were held, before the erection of the new 
 prison. It has nine well-built churches, and a cathedral, dedi- 
 cated to St. VVerburgh, which is very ancient. Chester has a 
 manufactory of gloves and tobacco-pipes, and a considerable 
 traffic of shop goods into North Wales. It has also a constant 
 communication with Ireland. It is 181 miles from London. Mar- 
 kets, Wednesday and Saturday. Pop. 23,115. 
 
 CHE'STERFIELD, Derbyshire. It is seated on a gentle rise, 
 between two small rivers, and is, next to Derby, the' most consi- 
 derable town in the county. It has one of the largest free-schools 
 in the north of England. Here is a manufactory of worsted and 
 cotton stockings, and of carpets; also silk mills, and potteries 
 for brown ware ; and near the town are large iron founderies, 
 which are supplied with ore and coal dug in the vicinity. The 
 country round Chesterfield produces great quantities of camo- 
 mile. The church is a fine building, but the spire, which is 
 very lofty, is considerably awry. It is 149 miles from London. 
 Market, Saturday. Pop. 11,2^1. 
 
 CHESTERFIELD, PHILIP DORMER STANHOPE, EARL 
 OF, the well-known authority on matters of worldly wisdom and 
 politeness. He enjoyed some reputation as a parliamentary 
 speaker, especially in the Upper House. He was engaged more 
 than once in an embassy to Holland, and was at last made chief- 
 secretary of state. He rendered some service to the country in 
 his different stations, and amongst other things, he contributed 
 materially to the correction of the Calendar, which had got 12 
 days apart from the true reckoning. He was a witty, slight man, 
 and appears to the new tastes of the present day, in his writings, 
 by no means as he showed to his own age. He died in 1773, 
 aged 79 years. 
 
 CHEST-FOU'NDERING, s. in Farriery, a disease in horses 
 which resembles a pleurisy or peripneumony in men. 
 
ON(VI..S(TY 
 
CHI 
 
 CHESVA-TV, s. [Heb.] the name of one of the Jewish months, 
 corresponding with parts of our October and November. 
 
 CHEVALIE'R, (shevalleir) s. [chevnl, Fr.] a knight. In He- 
 raldrj-, a horseman armed at all points, or in complete armour. 
 
 CHEVAU'X DE FRISE, (shevd dejreeze) s. [Fr.] in Fortifica- 
 tion, pieces of timber traversed with wooden spikes, five or six 
 feet long, pointed with iron, used for stopping up breaches, or 
 securing any avenue from the enemy's cavalry. 
 
 CHE'VERIL, {sheveril) s. [chevereux, Fr.] a kid. Figuratively, 
 kid leather. 
 
 CHE'VIOT, a mountainous district, separating the N. W. part 
 of Northumberland from Scotland. The hilly country is called 
 the Cheviot Hills, as the adjoining fenny grounds are called the 
 Cheviot Moors. The cattle and wool are excellent. The high- 
 est point is more than 2500 feet in height. 
 
 CHE'VRON, (shendtiff) s. [Fr.] in Heraldry, one of the honorary 
 ordinaries, representing two rafters of a house joined together, 
 so as to form an angle, and is the symbol of protection. Parti/ 
 per chevron, is when the field is divided only by two single lines, 
 rising from the two base points, and meeting in a point above, 
 like the chevron. 
 
 To CHEW, V. a. [ceoicyan. Sax.] to bite or grind meat into 
 small pieces between the teeth, proper for swallowing. — v. n. to 
 revolve often in the thoughts ; to ruminate or meditate upon. 
 Used with on, or upon. 
 
 CHFAN EARTH, {Man erth) s. in Pharmacy, is a dense and 
 compact earth, sent hither in small flat pieces from the island 
 whose name it bears ; it is recommended as an astringent, and as 
 the greatest of all cosmetics. 
 
 CHIAROSCU'RO, s. [Ital.] the judicious and effective arrange- 
 ment of light and shade, and opposed tints of deep and light 
 kinds, in painting. The paintings of Rembrandt are the most 
 striking illustration of this branch of art. 
 
 CHICA'GO, a town of Illinois, United States. It is beautifully 
 situated on a level ground on both sides of the river of the same 
 name, not far from its entrance to Lake Michigan. An artificial 
 harbour has been made, extending for some way into the lake. 
 It has constant communication by steam-boats with Buffalo, and 
 other places on the lakes. It contains the county buildings, and 
 has a good trade, which will be increased by the canal to the 
 Illinois river. It is 717 miles from Washington. Pop. 4470. 
 
 CHICA'NE, (sheekdne) s. [Fr.] in Law, an abuse of judiciary 
 proceeding tending to delay the cause, and deceive or impose on 
 the jutlge or the parties. In the schools, vain sophistry, tending 
 to perpetuate disputes, and obscure the truth. 
 
 To CHICA'NE, V. n. [chicamr, Fr.] to prolong a contest by 
 artifice and subtilties. 
 
 CHICA'NER, s. [chicaneur, Fr.] one who makes use of quirks, 
 subtilties, or other artifice, to obscure the truth. 
 
 CHICA'NERY, «. [chicanerie, Fr.] an artful prolonging any 
 dispute by frivolous objections or subtilties. 
 
 CHI'CHESTER, Sussex. It is a neat and handsome city, 
 seated in a plain, by the river Lavant, by which it is encompassed 
 on every side except the N. The market-place is in the centre 
 of the town, from which the four principal streets are directed to 
 the cardinal points of the compass, and bear the names of E. W. 
 N. and S. Street. Its market is well supplied with provisions ; it 
 exp<>rts corn, malt, &c., has some foreigri commerce, a manufac- 
 tory uf needles, and of baize, blankets, and coarse cloths. The 
 haven, formed by a canal, cut from the city down into the bay, 
 affords excellent lobsters. It is 61 miles from London. Markets, 
 Wednesday, Friday, and Saturday. Pop. 8512. 
 
 CHICK, Chi^cken, «. [cicen. Sax.] the young of a fowl, or hen. 
 Chick is used figuratively for a word of tenderness. Sometimes 
 it is used for a person not arrived to the years of maturity, and 
 void of experience. 
 
 CHL'CKEN-HEARTED, a. timorous ; cowardly. 
 
 CHI'CKEN-POX, «. in Medicine, a species of the small-pox, 
 but the pustules are not so large. 
 
 CHI'CKLING, s. a small or young chicken. 
 
 CHFCKPEA, s. a kind of degenerate pea. 
 
 CHFCKWEED, s. in Botany, a species of star-wort, with di- 
 vided petals, leaves between egg and heart-shaped, and upright 
 white blossoms, which open from nine in the morning till noon, 
 except in rainy weather, when they do not onen at all. It is 
 very common in rich cultivated ground,. and nowers from April 
 to October. 
 
 CHI 
 
 CHI'CORY, So'ccoRY, s. [ckhnrimn, Lat.] in Botany, a com- 
 mon plant with straggling bare stems, and large blue composite 
 flowers, found much in corn-fields and road-sides, flowering all 
 harvest-time. The root is largelv used to mix with common 
 coffees, and it imparts to them a flavour by no metins disagree- 
 able. 
 
 To CHIDE, V. a. preter. chid, particip. pass, chid, or chidden ; 
 [chidan. Sax.] to reprove with some degree of warmth and anger 
 lor faults. To blame or find fault with, beautifully applied to 
 inanimate things. '• Fountains, o'er the pebbles, chid your stay," 
 Dryd. — r. n. to scold or reprove severely. To make a noise as in 
 a passion, elegantly applied to inanimate things. "As doth a 
 rock against the chiding flood," Shak. 
 
 CHl'DER, s. one that is addicted to reproof, or fond of blaming. 
 
 CHIEF, {chee_f) a. [chef, Fr.] the major part, or greatest num- 
 ber ; principal, including the idea of superior rank and activity. 
 
 CHIEF, «. a commander, applied to one who commands an 
 army. In Heraldry, the upper part of an escutcheon, running 
 across from side to side. 
 
 CHIE'FLESS, a. without chief or commander. 
 
 CHIE'FLY, ad. generally ; for the most or greatest part ; prin- 
 cipally. 
 
 CHIE'FRIE, (cheefry) s. an acknowledgment paid to the lord 
 paramount. 
 
 CHIE'FTAIN, (cheejiain) s. one who commands an army ; the 
 head of a clan. 
 
 CHI'LBLAIN, s. a very troublesome kind of cutaneous inflam- 
 mation, which affects the feet and hands, and other exposed 
 parts of the body, during winter, when they are subject to fre- 
 quent and sudden alternations of heat and cold. In the worst 
 form they become imperfectly suppurating sores, and require 
 great attention. Friction ancl stimulating lotions are the best 
 cure. But by proper care they may be avoided. 
 
 CHILD, «. plural children,- [cild. Sax.] an infant or person in 
 its tenderest years ; the offspring'of a person. 
 
 To CHILD, V. n, to bring forth or bear children. Figuratively, 
 to be prolific or fruitful, opposed to barren. 
 
 CHl'LDBEARING, s. the act of bearing children ; pregnancy. 
 
 CHFLDBED, s. a lying-in ; or the state of a woman just after 
 her delivery. 
 
 CHI'LDBIRTH,*. labour; travail; delivery. 
 
 CHI'LDERMAS-DAY, s. the 28th of December ; on which 
 day Herod's massacre of the children at Jerusalem, on account of 
 Christ's birth, is commemorated. 
 
 CHPLDHOOD, s. the state of a child ; the interval between 
 infancy and youth. 
 
 CHFLDISH, a. resembling a child in ignorance, simplicity, 
 and trifling. 
 
 CHI'LDISHLY, ad. in such a manner as only becomes a child ; 
 in a trifling manner. 
 
 CHI'LDlSHNESS, s. want of discretion, knowledge, experi- 
 ence, and gravity. 
 
 CHFLDLESS, a. without children. 
 
 CHI'LDLIKE, a. that resembles the actions and sentiments of 
 a child. 
 
 CHI'LI, a republic of S. America, lying between the Andes 
 and the Pacific ; bounded by Bolivia on the N., by La Plata on 
 the E., and reaching, according to its own claims, to the Straits 
 of Magellan. Some parts of the Andes are computed to exceed 
 16,000 feet in height. From these mountains flow many moun- 
 tain torrents, but there are no rivers in Chili. In the neighbourhood 
 of these streams occur portions of fertile ground. But the wealth 
 of the country lies in its metallic treasures, with wh ich the Andes 
 abound; gold, silver, copper, &c. &c., with coal, being plentiful. 
 The climate of different parts of Chili differs very much ; but the 
 whole length of it is subject to earthquakes. Olives and other 
 fruits, capsicum, kc, are produced abundantly, and some good 
 wine and spirits. Cattle, &c., which were introduced from Eu- 
 rope, are reared plentifully. It exports, in addition to what has 
 been enumeratecf, cotton and wool. There are no manufactures 
 worth naming. The population is about 1,500,000. Santiago 
 is its capital ; Valparaiso, Valdivia, San Fernando, San Felipe, &c. 
 are also places of importance. 
 
 CHI'LIAD, (kiliad) ». [chilias, Gr.] a thousand, or a collection 
 of things or years amounting to a thousand. 
 
 CHILIAF/DRON, s. [chilias, Gr.] a figure of a thousand sides. 
 
 CHILIHU'QUE, «. a kind of American camel-sheep, serving 
 z 2 171 
 
CHI 
 
 the ancient inhabitants of Chili as a beast of burthen and of 
 draup;ht, and producing them a kind of wool. 
 
 CHILL, s. [cele. Sax.] cold, or that which stops the circulation 
 of any fluid by its coldness. Figuratively, shivering with, or 
 having the sensation of cold ; depressed, dejected ; discouraged, 
 or rendered inactive by some disappointment or terrible object. 
 
 To CHILL, f. a. to reduce from a state of warmth to that of 
 coldness. Figuratively, to stop or repress any motion ; to dis- 
 courage and deject ; to blast or destroy by cold. 
 
 CHI'LLINESS, s. cold; a sensation which produces shiv- 
 ering. 
 
 CHI'LLINGWORTH, WILLIAM, an eminent Protestant con- 
 troversialist of the I7th century. He studied at Oxford, dialec- 
 tics principally, was reasoned into Romanism by Fisher, and out 
 of it again by Laud. He then wrote his great work on the 
 Eelipon of Protestants. After having given unanswerable reasons 
 against entering the English church, he was argued out of them 
 and into it by Laud and Sheldon. In the civil wars, he was of 
 course in the royalist party, and being taken prisoner at Arundel 
 Castle, shortly after died in 1644, aged 41 years. He is esteemed 
 very highly for his work on Protestantism, and was the author 
 of that party saying, " The Bible, and the Bible only, is the re- 
 ligion of Protestants." 
 
 CHI'LLY, a. that proceeds from chilliness or cold. 
 
 CHI'LMINAR, s. a beautiful piece of ancient architecture, 
 being the ruins of the famous palace of Persepolis, which was 
 burned by Alexander the Great. 
 
 CHI'LNESS, s. the sensation of cold productive of shivering ; 
 the quality of producing the sensation of cold. 
 
 CHILO'E, an island of Chili on the W. coast of S. America. 
 It is above 100 miles long, and about 50 broad. It is verv rocky, 
 but grows good wood, and excellent grain, and furnishes fine 
 pastures. These form its trade. S. Carlos is its chief town. 
 Its population is about 50,000, including the small islands which 
 are clustered round it. 
 
 CHI'LTERN, a chain of chalky hills, separating the counties 
 of Bedford and Herts, and running through the middle of Bucks, 
 from Tring, Herts, to Henley upon Thames, Oxfordshire. They 
 are covered, in various parts, with woods, and some of the 
 eminences are of considerable height, and afford rich prospects. 
 To these hills is annexed the nominal office of steward under the 
 crown, the acceptance of which, of consequence, enables a 
 member of the British parliament to vacate his seat. 
 
 CHIMB, s. [kime, Belg.] the end of a barrel or tub. 
 
 CHIMBORA'CO, the name of one of the loftiest mountains in 
 the range of the Andes. It is in Colombia, between Quito and 
 Guyaquil. Its height is about 21,600 feet above the sea. 
 
 CHIME, s. in Music, formerly used for a concord, or the 
 sounding of the same note on several instruments at once. In 
 Ringing, the sounding all the bells of a steeple after one another, 
 with all the variations in their order that can produce music, or 
 an agreeable harmony. Applied to clocks, a kind of periodical 
 music produced bj- a particular apparatus, wherein hammers of 
 different sizes are put in motion, and play some tune on bells. 
 Figuratively, harmony of tempers, proportion, or other relations. 
 In Poetry, the syllable at the end of a verse, which has the 
 same sound as that of the preceding one. 
 
 To CHIME, V. n. to sound a concord ; to agree in sound. 
 Figuratively, to be musical. To answer each other, applied to 
 relative terms ; to acquiesce in ; to agree with. Apj)lied to 
 poetry, to make the concluding syllables of two verses end with 
 the same letters or sound. — v. a, to cause to sound harmonically ; 
 to strike a bell with a hammer. 
 
 CHIME'RA, (kimeera) s. [Gr.] a poetical monster, composed of 
 parts of a lion, a goat, and a serpent. Figuratively, a ground- 
 less or vain imagination, which has no foundation in reason or 
 nature. 
 
 CHIME'RICAL, {kimerical) a. that is the mere product of 
 fancy or imagination ; imaginary; fantastic. 
 
 CHIME'RICALLY, {kimerically) ad. in a wild, fantastic, vain 
 manner ; without any reality. 
 
 CHFMINAGE, s. {chimin, or chemin, Fr.] a toll for passage 
 through a forest. 
 
 CHI'MLEIGH, Devonshire. It is 193 miles from London. 
 Market, Wednesday. 
 
 CHI'MNEY, s. [cheminee, Fr.] in Architecture, the passage or 
 funnel through which the smoke ascendii in a building. Cliim- 
 
 CHI 
 
 ney-piece, the ornamental piece of wood or stone that is set round 
 the fire-place. 
 
 CHI'MNEY-SWEEPER, s. one whose trade it is to clean foul 
 chimneys of soot. 
 
 CHIMPANZE'E, s. in Natural History, a species of ape which 
 approaches in physical characters nearest of all animals to man. 
 It IS found in Africa, principally on the W. coast. It is distin- 
 guished by many very marked characteristics from the human 
 species ; and so as to deprive those speculators of any show of 
 reason, who pretend that man is but the highest development 
 of the lower genera of animals. 
 
 CHIN, s. [cinne. Sax.] the lower part of the face from the 
 under lip. 
 
 CHI'NA, a very large country in the farthest E. of Asia, lying 
 on that part of the Indian Ocean that flows between Japan and 
 the Indian Archipelago, and bounded by Tatary, great part of 
 which is subject to itself, the Burraan Empire, Siam, and Cochin 
 China. It is about 1200 miles in each direction ; and it has cout 
 nected with it two islands of some extent, Formosa and Hainan. 
 Its N. E. boundary is a large gulf called the Yellow Sea. The 
 surface rises generally in terraces from the sea to the W., and 
 there are two principal mountain-chains, but neither attain any 
 considerable elevation. The greatest rivers are the Yangtse- 
 kiang, and the Yellow River, which in length are secondary 
 only to the Amazon and Mississippi. The most N. part of its 
 coast is rocky, but it abounds with commodious harbours. Gold, 
 silver, copper, &c. &c. have been obtained abundantly ; coal also 
 occurs, and there are marble (quarries, and quarries of felspathic 
 rocks, whence the porcelain is made : the mineral called jade is 
 very abundant. The soil is in general good, and it is irrigated 
 with great care. There are many large forests. The wild ani- 
 mals are not of a very dangerous "kind ; but China is rich in pe- 
 culiar species both in the animal and vegetable worlds. It has a 
 singular variety of dog (used by the people for food) ; three beau- 
 tiful kinds of pheasants, the gold and silver species, and another 
 whose tail feathers are often above five feet long; the gold and 
 silver fish ; the fishing cormorant, and some species of swim- 
 mers. The tea plant, the camellia, the deep-coloured rose, the 
 rice-paper plant, &c. &c., are its native plants. The tea, rice, 
 millet, and many other grains are largely cultivated. In manu- 
 factures it is very rich ; silks, porcelain, paper, &c. &c., and all 
 productsof the imitative arts, are furnished by industry and skill 
 that is most wonderful. Its chief export is tea, with which it 
 furnishes nearly all the world ; it also exports its silk and porce- 
 lain, and, in small quantities, most of its peculiar manufactures. 
 The people of China are allied to the Tatars, and the reigning 
 dynasty are actually a Tatar race, called the Mandtcheou, who 
 obtained the sovereigntj^ of the countrj; about 200 years ago. 
 The government is a rigid despotism, being a sorrowful applica- 
 tion of parental rule ; but it appears that as far as their means 
 will allow, educated capability is recognised as the qualification 
 marking out the officers of state. The people are quick-witted 
 and ingenious, as is proved by their having discovered the arts 
 of paper-making and printing, gunpowder and the mariner's 
 compass, before they were known in Europe ; but they are the 
 most prodigious realization of conservatism the world ever 'saw, 
 and are ages behind the least advanced nations of the West. The 
 great wall of China, and the Imperial canal, are specimene of 
 what thev have been able to do, in the shape of works on a very 
 large scale. The jealousy with which they regard foreigners, is 
 but partly broken down by their late disastrous war with Eng- 
 land. The religion of Fo is the most popular ; and that of 
 Buddha next. Their earliest writer, and greatest authority, is 
 Confucius, who lived about the fifth century b. c. The population 
 of China is reckoned to exceed 300,000,000, but this statement 
 can neither be proved nor refuted. Nanking is the residence of 
 the government ; Peking is the old capital ; Canton the chief 
 port ; this with Amoy, Mngpo, Foochoo, and Shanghai, by the 
 late treaty with England, are opened to the commerce of the 
 world. 
 
 CHINE'SE LANGUAGE : the spoken language differs in almost 
 every province, but the written language, which consists ttf sym- 
 bols for thoughts and things, can be read all over that vast em- 
 pire, and most of the adjoining kingdoms. In its characteristics 
 It differs from most of the other languages of the world, and is 
 the t^-pe of a peculiar class, called by philologists, monosyllabic. 
 
 Clll'NA, s. a species of earthenware, very fine and translucent. 
 
CHI 
 
 made originally in China; generally known by the name of 
 porcelain. 
 
 CHI'NA-ORANGE, «. the sweet orange brought originally 
 from China. 
 
 CHI'NA-ROOT, s. a medicinal root brought originally from 
 China, esteemed as a sudorific. 
 
 CHINCHI'LLA, s. in Natural History, a genus of animals al- 
 lied to the hare and the mouse, found in S. America, whose skin 
 is very valuable, and is made into boas and mufl^s for ladies. 
 
 CHI'N-COUGH, (chin-coff) s. in Medicine, a violent, dry cough, 
 affecting children, even to a danger of suffocation. 
 
 CHINE, s. [eschine, Fr.] the part of the back containing the 
 spine or back-bone. 
 
 To CHINE, V. a. to cut into chines; to split along the back- 
 bone. 
 
 CHINK, s. [cinan, Sax.] a narrow gap, or opening length- 
 wise. 
 
 To CHINK, V. a. to make money or pieces of any metal sound 
 by shaking them together. — v. n. to sound by striking each other ; 
 to break in clefts or gaps, applied to ground. 
 
 CHI'NKY, a. full of narrow holes, gaps, or clefts. 
 
 CHINTZ, s. a fine cloth manufactured of cotton in the East 
 ladies, and generally printed with lively and durable colours. 
 
 CHFOPPINE, s. Ichapin, Span.] a high shoe formerly worn by 
 ladies. 
 
 CHI'OS, an island of the jEgean Sea, near the coast of Asia 
 Minor, opposite Smyrna. It is about 30 miles long, and 10 
 broad ; is mountainous towards the north part, but has good 
 and fertile soil more to the south. It is frequently mentioned in 
 ancient Grecian history. It was famous for its wines and fruits. 
 It still produces them, with silk and cotton. There is good 
 marble also still found here. It is now in a very degraded state, 
 owing to the cruel massacre of almost all the people during the 
 war in 1822. 
 
 To CHIP, r. a. to cut wood into small pieces. To cut off the 
 crust of a loaf, applied to bread. 
 
 CHIP, s. [ct/p, Sax.] a small piece of wood separated from a 
 larger by a bill or cutting tool ; any small piece cut off from a 
 larger. 
 
 CHI'PPENHAM, Wilts. It was the seat of Alfred, and 
 other West-Saxon kings, and is seated on the Avon, over which 
 is a stone bridge of 16 arches. It has a considerable manufac- 
 ture of woollen cloth. It is 94 miles from London. Market, 
 Thursday. Pop. 5438. 
 
 CHI'PPEWAYS. See Ogibbeways. 
 
 CHI'PPING, s. the action of cutting off small pieces from 
 timber or other matters. 
 
 CHIPPING-NO'RTON, Oxfordshire. It has a dry situation 
 on the side of a hill, and near a small rivulet, and is a straggling 
 town, except about the market-place. It is a corporate town ; 
 and the market is good for corn, cattle, and provisions. It is 74 
 miles from London. Market, Wednesday. Pop. 3031. 
 
 CHIPPING-O'NGAR, Essex, 20 miles from London. Market, 
 Saturday. Pop. 870. 
 
 CHIP"PING-SO'DBURY, Gloucestershire. It is seated in a 
 bottom, near the Downs, on the road from Bristol to Cirencester, 
 and has a great market for corn and cheese. It is 111 miles 
 from London. Market, Thursday. Pop. 1273. 
 
 CHIPPING-WY'COMB, or High WycOmb, Buckinghamshire. 
 It is seated on the river Wyck, on which, as well as on the 
 Loddon, are many corn and paper mills. It is 31 miles from 
 London. Market for corn, Friday. Pop. 6480. 
 
 CHI'RAGRA, (Jiiragra) s. [Lat.] in Medicine, the gout in the 
 hand. 
 
 CHIRA'GRICAL, {kirigrical) a. being subject to the gout in 
 the hands. 
 
 CHIRO'GRAPHY, (kirdgraphy) s. [cheir and grapho, Gr.] a 
 person's own hand-writing. 
 
 CHI'ROMANCER, {kiromanser) s, one who pretends to foretell 
 future events by inspecting the hand. 
 
 CHI'ROMANCY, [kiromamy) s. [cheir a.ndmanteia,Gr.'\ the pre- 
 tended art of, foretelling what shall happen to a person, by in- 
 specting the lines of his hand. 
 
 To CHIRP, V. n. [formed from the sound,] to make a noise 
 like a sparrow, or birds which call to one another. 
 
 CHI'RPER, 8, a bird that makes a noise like a sparrow, or 
 calls to another ; a person that is gay, cheerful, or merry. 
 
 CHO 
 
 To CHI'RRUP, f. n. to make a noise by drawing in the air 
 through the lips, after they are drawn into a kind of circle, in 
 
 order to encourage any beast, or to set a song-bird a singin: 
 
 ' " . '. „ 'Pi' 
 
 surgeon, s. [cheir and ergon, Gr.] one who cures such disorders. 
 
 CHIRU'RGEON, (kirurjun) now disused, being supplanti 
 
 ed by 
 
 hurts, or ailments, as require external applications, or the oper- 
 ations of the hand. 
 
 CHIRU'RGERY, s. the art of curing wounds and diseases, by 
 external applications, or operations of the hand. 
 
 CHIRU'RGIC, Chiru'rgical, (kirHrjik, kinlrjikal) a. having 
 qualities fit for external or outward application ; belonging to 
 external or manual operation. •' 
 
 CHI'SEL, {chizel) s. [ciseau, Fr.] a tool made of iron, pretty 
 long, thin, and sometimes ground to an edge, used in carpentry, 
 joining, masonry, sculpture, &c. 
 
 To CHI'SEL, V. a. to cutwith a chisel. 
 
 CHIT, «. [cito, Ital.] a young little child; a mere baby; a 
 word used in anger, and expressive of contempt. 
 
 CHIT-CHAT, s. [a cant word formed from the reduplication 
 or repetition and corruption of the word chat,} idle and unim- 
 proving discourse. 
 
 CHI'TTAGONG, a province of Hindustan, lying on the Bay 
 of Bengal, N. of Arracan, in length about 120 miles, and in 
 breadth about 30. The greater part of the country is hilly, and it 
 is watered by the Chittagong river, the Nauf, and some tributa- 
 ries of the Irrawaddy. The soil by the rivers is fertile, and pro- 
 duces the commodities usually grown in these countries. Its 
 inhabitants are principally Mohammedans. It now belongs to the 
 East India Company. Population, about 1,000,000. 
 
 CHI'TTERLINGS, s. not used in the singular ; [sckyterlingh, 
 Belg.] the guts or bowels, generally applied to those of beasts fit 
 for food ; likewise the frill or border sewed on the bosom of a 
 man's shirt. 
 
 CHI'VALROUS, a. of or belonging to chivalry. 
 
 CHI'VALRY, s. [checdlerie, Fr.] knighthood, or military dig- 
 nity. The objects of this institution were, to check the insolence 
 of overgrown oppressors, to vindicate the helpless, especially 
 females, and to redress grievances. Knighthood was esteemed 
 more honourable than royalty itself, and monarchs were found 
 to receive it from the hands of private gentlemen. As valour, 
 gallantry, and religion equally entered into the character of a 
 true knight, it is believed that the spirit of chivalry had a great 
 share in refining the manners of the European nations, during 
 the twelfth and three following centuries, 
 
 CHIVES, s. [cive, Fr.] in Botany, those threads or filaments 
 in flowers, bearing the antherae or tips on their extremities. 
 They are the male organization of plants ; and called by Lin- 
 naeus, stamina. Also a small kind of onion. 
 
 CHLORINE, s. [chhros, Gr.] in Chemistry, a simple or ele- 
 mentary gas, discovered by Sir Humphrey Davy, of a yellowish- 
 green colour, an astringent taste, and a disagreeable odour. 
 Under great pressure it assumes first a liquid, and afterwards 
 a solid form. It is very inflammable, and some metals take fire 
 if exposed to it. Its most important property is its bleaching 
 power. Its compounds are very numerous, and some of them 
 are exceedingly valuable. Chloride of lime exercises a most pow- 
 erful influence in disinfecting unwholesome atmospheres, and in 
 purifying them from unpleasant odours. Chlorine has also been 
 applied in cases of consumption ; but it is a powerful poison, 
 
 CHLORO'SIS, (klorusis) s. [chloros, Gr.] in Medicine, the green 
 sickness. 
 
 CHO'COLATE, s. [Mexican,] a composition of cocoa, sugar, 
 and vanilla. Chocolate-house, is a place where only chocolate is 
 sold ready made, and resembling a coffee-house, 
 
 CHO'CfTAWS, and CHI'CKASAHS, which means "Flat- 
 heads," formerly inhabited most of the country on the Missis- 
 sippi, as far up as the Ohio; but now occupy only portions of 
 the State of Mississippi, United States, They have partially re- 
 nounced their wandering manner of life, and are reckoned to be 
 in number about 24,000. 
 
 CHOICE, s. [choix, Fr.] a faculty of preferring one thing to 
 another, including that it is in our power to have determined 
 otherwise. Figuratively, the deferring or determining in behalf 
 of a thing on reasonable motives ; the thing chosen ; that which 
 merits a preference, or ought to be preferred ; a variety of things 
 offered to the mind or judgment, that it may select from thence 
 those which are best. To make choice of, is to prefer or select one 
 
 173 
 
CHO 
 
 or more things from several which are proposed to the judgment 
 or will. 
 
 CHOICE, a. comparative choicer, superlative choicest, [choisi, 
 Fr.] of superior excellence; most valuable, or best; careful, 
 frugal, opposed to prodigal or profuse. 
 
 CHOI'CELESS, a. without the power of choosing. 
 
 CHOI'CELY, ad. with all the qualifications which should de- 
 termine the will to give a preference. 
 
 CHOPCENESS, s. that quality which determines the will to 
 give it a preference ; value, or superior excellence which claims 
 a preference. 
 
 CHOIR, (koir) s. [chonis, Lat.] a band or company of singers ; 
 that part of the church where the choristers and clergy are 
 placed. 
 
 To CHOKE, V. a. [aceocan. Sax.] to stop up the passage of the 
 throat so that a person cannot breathe ; to kill by stopping a 
 person's breath ; to stop up any passage ; to intercept or obstruct 
 the motion of any thing. Synon. Death brought on by a stop- 
 ping of breath is the general idea of the words suffocated, smother- 
 ed, choked; but that oi suffocated implies an extinction of life, oc- 
 casioned by being in a place where we cannot breathe ; that of 
 smothered, by being in a place where we are not suffered to 
 breathe ; that oi choked, by having the wind-pipe closed. 
 
 CHOKE, s. in Botany, the filamentous or capillary part of an 
 artichoke, immediately covering the fleshy part of the bottom. 
 
 CHOKE-DAMP, the name given by miners to carbonic acid 
 gas, which collects at the bottom of mines, and often occasions 
 death by suffocating those who are not aware of its presence. 
 
 CHOKE-PEAR, s. in Gardening, a rough, harsh, unpalatable 
 pear. Figuratively, any sarcasm that stops the mouth. 
 
 CHO'KY, a. that cannot easily be swallowed, but is apt to 
 stick in the passage, and stop the breath. 
 
 CHO'LAGOGUES, (kdlagogs) s. [chole and ago, Gr.] medicines 
 which have the power of purging the bile. 
 
 CHO'LER, (kdler) s. [cotera, Lat.] in Anatomy, the bile ; which 
 abounding very much in angry persons, is used figuratively for 
 anger. 
 
 CHO'LERA, s. [chole and reo, Gr.] a somewhat dangerous dis- 
 ease, whose seat is the liver, and which arises in most cases 
 from the temperature of the atmosphere, aided by the diffusion 
 of the odours, &c. of decaying vegetable substances, as is usu- 
 ally the case in autumn. Where there has been insufficient or 
 improper food, there it is so much the more dangerous. It con- 
 sists in an excessive and diseased secretion of bile, and is accom- 
 panied by violent pain and spasms, with sickness and diarrhoea. 
 It is common in this counti-y, but is rarely fatal. Cholera Mor- 
 bus, or pestilent cholera, is a disease of a very different kind 
 from the English cholera, being a very fatal species of epidemic. 
 Its origin appears to be Hindustan, and in its ravages it has pro- 
 ceeded chiefly in a westerly direction. It is attended by pain, 
 cold, and cramp, vomiting and diarrhoea, and the blood seems 
 to lose its serum and approach congestion ; this is the fatal part 
 of the disease. It is followed by a sort of recoil into high febrile 
 action, which also is very frequently mortal. The quickening of 
 the circulation, and prevention of the cold, is the best course to 
 take. But no course has proved certainly successful. 
 
 CHO'LERIC, {Mlerik) a. abounding with choler. Figuratively, 
 an^ry ; easily provoked ; passionate. 
 
 CHOLU'LA, a town in Mexico, near which is one of the 
 largest of the Mexican pyramids, built of bricks, and having a 
 flat summit. Cholula has some manufactures, and a population 
 of about 20,000. Lat. 19. 3. N. Long. 98. 20. W. 
 
 To CHOOSE, (c/ioore) i;. a, preter. / chose, I have chosen or 
 chose : [ceosan. Sax.] to prefer or take from several things offer- 
 ed; to give the preference to; to will; to elect, or pick out of a 
 number. Synon. When we would take a thing, we determine 
 upon one, because we cannot have all. We choose by comparing 
 things, because we would have the best. We do not always 
 choose what vis prefer ; but we ever prefer that which we clioose. 
 
 CHOO'SER, (choozer) s. one who has the power of choosing ; 
 one who has a right to vote for a person who is candidate tor 
 any post ; an elector. 
 
 To CHOP, t;. a. preter. chopt, or I hare chopt; [kappen, Belg.] 
 to cut with a cleaver, axe, or chopping-knife, by a quick or sud- 
 den stroke; to devour or eat quickly, used with up.— v. n. to 
 change with a quick and unexpected motion ; to appear as if 
 cut, applied to the effects of cold or hard weather on the hands. 
 
 CHO 
 
 To CHOP, V. a. [ceapan. Sax.] to purchase by exchanging one 
 thing for another; to take a thing back again which had been 
 given in exchange; to be fickle in one's choice. 
 
 CHOP, s. a piece cut off' by a sudden blow ; a piece of meal 
 cut off from a joint, generally applied to mutton ; a chink, cleft, 
 hole, or vacuity made by the warping of wood. Clwp-house, a 
 kind of cook's shop, where meat is ready dressed, so called from 
 their dealing mostly in mutton chops. 
 
 CHO'PPING, a. large or lusty, applied to infants. Chopping- 
 block, a long thick block of wood, used by butchers to cleave or 
 chop their meat upon. Choppimj-knife, a large sort of knife, used 
 for chopping or mincing meat. 
 
 CHO'PPY, a. full of holes or clefts; appearing as if cut or 
 chopt, owing to the effects of cold, applied to the hands, &c. 
 
 CHOPS, s. no singular, [a corruption of chaps,] the mouth of 
 a beast. Figuratively, used in contempt for the mouth of a man. 
 
 CHO'RAL, (kdral) a. [chorus, Lat.] belonging to or composing 
 a choir or chorus. 
 
 CHORD, (pronounced hard, kord, as if the h was dropped. 
 When it implies a string made of hemp or silk, it is spelt cord ; 
 but when it retains its primitive sense, the h is retained ;) s. [chorde, 
 Gr.] the string of a musical instrument, by the vibration of 
 which all sounds are excited, as by its divisions the several de- 
 grees of time are determined. Also, the combination of certain 
 sounds in such a way as that their conjoined effect shall be in 
 the highest degree harmonious, arising from commensurability 
 of the rates of their vibrations. In Geometry, a right line, ter- 
 minated at each end of its extremities in the circumference of a 
 circle, but not passing through its centre. Line of chords, is one 
 of the lines of the sector or plain scale ; used in the measuring 
 of an arch of any circle of which it is the radius. In Anatomy, 
 a little nerve extending over the drum of the ear, supposed by 
 some to varj' and modify sounds that beat on the tympanum, in 
 the same manner as the braces or strings stretched over the 
 war-drum. 
 
 CHORDE'E, {kordSe) s. is a violent pain or contraction of the 
 frenum. 
 
 CHO'REA, s. [Gr.] in Medicine, the disease commonly known 
 as St. Vitus's dance. Its symptoms are the loss of power of con- 
 trolling the muscles of the limbs, &c., accompanied by general 
 debility, and producing very serious effects on the mind. It is 
 peculiarly a disease of youth, and more especially of females. 
 Various causes have been known to give rise to it, and occasion- 
 ally it has proved fatal. 
 
 CHO'RION, {korion) s. [cAoreo, Gr.] in Anatomy, a thick, strong, 
 whitish membrane, covered with a great number of branches 
 of veins and arteries, which is the outward membrane which 
 wraps the foetus. 
 
 CHO'RISTER, {kSrieter) a. one who sings in a choir, generally 
 applied to signify a singing boy. Figuratively, one who sings 
 or makes part of a chorus. Beautifully applied to birds. 
 
 CHO'RlEY , Lancashire. It has large manufactures of cottons, 
 fustians, calicoes, and muslins. The environs abound in mines 
 of coal, lead, and alum, and with quarries of flag, slate, ashjer, 
 and mill-stone. It is seated on the rivulet Chor, near the river 
 Yarrow. It is 203 miles from London. Markets, Tuesday and 
 Saturday. Pop. 13,139. 
 
 CHORO'GRAPHER, {korografer) s. [choros and graplm. Or,] 
 he that describes particular regions or countries. 
 
 CHOROGRA'PHICAL, a. descriptive of particular regions or 
 countries; laying down the boundaries of countries. 
 
 CHORO'GRAPHY, (korografy) s. the art of describing par- 
 ticular regions and countries, either in words or in maps. 
 
 CHO'RUS, (kdrus) s. [Lat.] a number of singers joining in the 
 same piece or tune. Figuratively, that part of a song in which 
 a whole company join. In the ancient Greek drama, a group of 
 persons present during a dramatic performance, supposed some- 
 times as by-standers, at others serving to introduce or prepare 
 the audience for the introduction of any particular incident ; and 
 originally the only performers on the stage. They sang their 
 part, and accompanied it with a kind of dance, whence thpir part 
 of the theatre was called the orchestra. 
 
 CHOUGH, (chuff) s. [ceo. Sax. choucas, Fr.] in Natural History, 
 a bird like a jackdaw, but somewhat bigger, which frequents 
 rocks by the sea-side. 
 
 CHOULE, (commonly pronounced and written Jowl,) s. [gula, 
 Lat.] the crop of a bird, "adhering to the lower side of the bill, and 
 
CHR 
 
 descending by its throat, somewhat resembling a bag or satchel, 
 and serving as a kind of first stomach, to prepare its food for 
 digestion. 
 
 To CHOUSE, r. a. to deprive a person of any thing by plausi- 
 ble stories or false pretences. 
 
 CHOUSE, s. one who is a proper object for fraud ; a bubble or 
 tool ; a trick or sham. 
 
 CHRISM (krism) s. [chrio, Gr.] the act of anointing; applied 
 
 fenerally to anointing as the initiation into some office, or ren- 
 ering a person qualified for some profession in a scriptural 
 sense. 
 
 CHRIST, {h-ist) s. one of the appellations given to our Lord 
 and Saviour Jesus, signifying the same as Messiah, used by the 
 Jews, and both importing the validity of his claim to the high 
 character he assumed, as coming from God to accomplish the 
 great work of man's redemption. 
 
 CHRI'STCHURCH, Hants. A town trading in knit silk stock- 
 ings, gloves, and watch-chains. Here is a good salmon fishery. 
 It is seated at the confluence of the rivers Avon and Stour, with 
 a small, barred, tide haven. It is 98 miles from London. Market, 
 Monday. Pop. 5944. 
 
 CHRl'ST CHURCH, one of the colleges of Oxford university, 
 founded by Cardinal Wolsey in 1524, and remodelled by Henry 
 VIII. after the Cardinal's fall. It is a very noble institution, and 
 is immediately connected with the bishopric of Oxford ; its chapel 
 being the cathedral church, and the dean and chapter having 
 the sole management of all its affairs. It has a good library. Its 
 buildings are on a ven' fine scale, and in the gate-way hangs the 
 bell, famed as Great Tom of Oxford. 
 
 CHRIST'S CO'LLEGE, one of the colleges of the university 
 of Cambridge, which was founded by the Countess of Richmond 
 in 1505, and is not meanly endowed. The edifices are not of a 
 veiy imposing character. Some writers of distinction have been 
 trained here, foremost amongst whom stands John Milton. 
 
 To CHRI'STEN, (knsten) v. a. [christnian. Sax.] to initiate or 
 enter into the church of Christ by the sacrament of baptism. 
 Figuratively, to give a thing a name, alluding to the practice of 
 naming persons at this ceremony. 
 
 CHRrSTENDOM, {hrUtendom) a. [christendome. Sax.] the col- 
 lective body of Christians ; those parts wherein Christianity is 
 
 CHRI'STENING, {kristening) s. the ceremony of baptism. 
 
 CHRIST'S HO'SPITAL, an educational institution of the city 
 of London, founded by Edward VI., and enriched by subsequent 
 bequests, so as to be one of the wealthiest of the public free- 
 schools of England. It is under the government of the corpora- 
 tion of the city of London, who present to it annually as vacancies 
 occur. The whole of the buildings which are on the N. side of 
 Newgate Street, have been within the last 20 years rebuilt on a 
 very noble scale. Connected with this school is an establishment 
 for such as are too young to enter it, at Hertford. 
 
 CHR.rSTIAN, {kiistian) s. [Christos, Gr.] a person who believes 
 in Christ, and the principles of his religion. They who pro- 
 fessed the religion of Jesus were at first termed Disciples ; but 
 the title of Christians was first given to those of Antioch, as ap- 
 pears from the Acts of the Apostles. 
 
 CHRI'STIAN, (kiistian) a, [christianus, Lat.] professing the 
 Christian religion. The most Christian King was a title assumed 
 by the kings of France ; supposed by French antiquaries to have 
 been given originally by Gregory the Great to Charles Martel. 
 Christian name is that name wnich is given a person at his bap- 
 tism. Christian cera, the point of time from which Christianized 
 nations reckon, and whicn is believed to be fixed four years be- 
 fore the actual birth of Christ. 
 
 CHRISTIA'NIA, the capital city of Norway, seated pleasant- 
 ly on the shore of the N. extremity of the Gulf of Christiania. 
 The streets are projected in straight lines, and at right angles to 
 each other, and are uniformly 40 feet broad. It has an excellent 
 harbour, and carries on a considerable trade. Its principal ex- 
 ports are tar, iron, copper, planks, deals, and alum. The saw- 
 mills here are numerous ; and it has a few manufactures. There 
 is an excellent university here, with a good library. Lat. 59. 55. 
 N. Long. 10. 48. E. 
 
 CHRISTIA'NITY, {kristidnity) s. [chretiente, Fr.] the religion 
 inculcated by Christ and his apostles, and professed by 
 Cliristians. 
 
 To CHRI'STIANIZE, (kristianize) v. a. to convert a per- 
 
 CHR 
 
 son ; to convince him of the truth of Christianity ; to make 
 Christian. 
 
 CHRI'STIANLY, ad. like a Christian. 
 
 CHRI'STIANSAND, a town in theS. of Norway, standing on 
 a bay in the N. part of the Skagerack. It has a good harbour, 
 and IS built with great regularity. Fishing, ship-building, and the 
 export trade of fir-wood, are the chief occupations of the people. 
 Its population is about 10,000. Lat. 58. 9. N. Long. 8. 19. E. 
 
 CHRISTI'NA, one of the most celebrated Swedish monarchs, 
 daughter and successor of Gustavus Adolphus, who fell in the 
 battle of Liitzen, in 1632. Being then a mere child, she was 
 trained as her father had directed, under the superintendence of 
 the Chancellor Oxenstiern. This education was such as would 
 have made a noble public man ; but it was unfitted to produce a 
 
 ?[ueen. Having arranged with considerable tact the affairs she 
 bund unsettled on attaining her majority, she devoted herself to 
 art and learning, and had a court adorned with some of the 
 greatest men, and rendered motley by the mixture of some of the 
 least men of the day. She abdicated the throne in 1054, having 
 been an unfettered sovereign for 10 years ; and turned Ro- 
 manist. The remainder of her life she spent at Rome and Paris, 
 engaged in broils with Mazarine and the pope, and signalizing 
 herself by putting one of her attendants to death, at Fontaine- 
 bleau, in virtue of her sovereign power, which she declared that 
 she retained. She died in 1089, aged 62 years. A most fa- 
 vourable account of her is given by the Commonwealth's ambas- 
 sador, Whitelocke, who visited her court in 1653 and 1654. 
 
 CHRFSTMAS, (kristmas) s. the day on which the nativity of 
 Christ is celebrated by most of the old churches. Christmas-box, 
 a box in which money collected as gifts by servants at Christmas 
 is kept. Figuratively, the collections made at Christmas. 
 
 CHRI'STMAS-FLOWER, s. in Botany, the same with the 
 black hellebore. 
 
 CHRI'STMAS-ISLAND, nearly in the centre of the Pacific 
 Ocean, is 60 miles in circumference, bounded by a reef of coral 
 rocks, on the W. side of which is a bank of fine sand, extending 
 a mile into the sea, and affording good anchorage. The soil is 
 light and black, composed of decayed vegetables, the dung of 
 birds, and sand. Here are a few cocoa-nut and other trees, 
 shrubs, and plants, some birds, and plenty of fish and turtles. 
 Lat. 1. 59. N. Long. 157. 32. W. 
 
 CHRISTO'PHE, HENRI, the friend and coadjutor of Tous- 
 saint L'Ouverture in the liberation of St. Domingo, and after- 
 wards king of part of the island. He was a cook at Cape Town, 
 and by his intelligence and skill did good service to the new 
 cause of freedom. On the treacherous seizure of Toussaint by 
 Napoleon's orders, against whom the climate had waged a dead- 
 ly warfare in his attempt to recover the island and re-enslave 
 the blacks, Christophe joined Dessalines; afterwards he con- 
 spired against him, and became the president of the Haitian 
 republic. Being opposed, however, by one of his fellow-con- 
 spirators, he assumed the title of king, but could not dispossess 
 his opponent of his territory and title. He ruled very arbitrarily, 
 and being deserted at last by his own court, shot himself in 
 1820, aged about 50 years. 
 
 CHRI'STOPHER, s. in Botany, an herb with flowers in egg- 
 shaped bunches, a slender, jointed, scored stem, white blossoms, 
 and black berries, called also baneberries. It is found in woods 
 and hedges, and flowers in May and June. 
 
 CHRFSTOPHER'S, ST., or St. Kit's, one of the Caribbee 
 and Leeward Islands in the West Indies, about 18 leagues 
 N. W. of Antigua. It is 15 miles in length, and 4 in breadth, 
 and has high mountains in the middle, whence rivulets flow, 
 which are of great use to the inhabitants. Between the moun- 
 tains are rocks, precipices, and thick woods ; and in the S. 
 W. parts, hot, sulphureous springs at the bottom of them. The 
 air IS good, and the soil is light, sandy, and fruitful : they are, 
 however, subject to hurricanes. The produce is chiefly sugar, 
 cotton, ginger, indigo, and the tropical fruits. It belongs to the 
 English, and is under the government of Antigua. Its popula- 
 tion is about 30,000, both white and coloured. Basseterre is its 
 chief town, and is in Lat. 17. 15. N. Long. 63. 14. W. 
 
 CHRIST'S THORN,*', in Botany, a large thorny shrub, a na- 
 tive of Africa, and introduced into this country in the end of the 
 16th century. 
 
 CHROMA'TES, s. in Chemistry, salts formed by the combina- 
 tion of any base with chromic acid. 
 
 175 
 
CHR 
 
 CHROMATIC, (kromdtic) a. [chroma, Gr.] in Painting, relat- 
 ing to colour. In Music, the chromatic scale, is the scale of semi- 
 tones. 
 
 CHROMATICS, s. that part of the science of Optics by which 
 the several properties of the colours of light and of natural bodies 
 are illustrated and explained. 
 
 CHROME, Chro'mium, s. in Chemistry, a metal, which, in a 
 pure state, is of a yellowish white colour, and a distinct metallic 
 lustre. It was discovered in red lead ; and has since been found 
 in composition with other metals, to which it imparts various 
 colours. Many very useful colours for dyeing, painting on glass 
 and porcelain, &c., &c., are formed with this base. 
 
 CHRO'MIC, a. in Chemistry, belonging to chromium, 
 
 CHRO'MULE, s. in Organic Chemistry, and Botany, the co- 
 loured grains which give the green tinge to the leaves of plants. 
 
 CHRO'NIC, Chro'nical, {krdnich, krdntkal) a. [chronos, Gr.] that 
 endures or lasts a long time. In Medicine, applied to those dis- 
 eases which are opposed to the acute, or such as soon come to 
 a crisis. 
 
 CHRO'NICLE, (krSnUde) s. [cronique, Fr.] a regular account of 
 transactions in the order they happen ; a history. 
 
 To CHRO'NICLE, {krdnikle) v. a. to insert in a history ; to be 
 recorded ; to be made famous, or handed down to the memory of 
 posterity. 
 
 CHRO'NICLER, {krdnikler) s. one who writes a regular ac- 
 count of transactions, according to the order in which they were 
 performed ; an historian. 
 
 CHRO'NICLES, «. two books of the Old Testament, which 
 contain an abridgment of sacred history, to the return of the 
 Jews from the Babylonish captivity. The first book traces the 
 genealogies of the Israelites from Adam, relates the death of 
 Saul, and gives a brief account of the reign of David. The 
 second traces the progress of the kingdom of Judah, its various 
 revohitions, its period under Zedekiah , and the restoration of the 
 Jews by Cyrus. These books are ascribed with some show of 
 probability to Ezra ; but it must be observed that there are many 
 discrepancies between the narrative contained in thein, and that 
 of the Books of Kings ; some, as the numbers of armies, are the 
 mistakes of copyists ; but others arise from the prevalence of 
 various reports of the same event, which the different recorders 
 of the events have used in the two books. 
 
 CHRO'NOGRAM, {kr^mogram) s. [chronos and grapho, Gr.] an 
 inscription whose numeral letters compose some particular date. 
 
 CHRONOGRA'MMATIST, s. a writer of chronograms. 
 
 CHRONO'LOGER, Chrono'logist, (krondhjer, kronihjist) s. 
 [chronos and logos, Gr.] one who makes the settling the dates of 
 former transactions his particular study. 
 
 CHRONOLO'GICAL, (kronoldjical) a. relating to chronology, 
 or the period in which any transactions happened. 
 
 CHRONOLO'GICALLY, (kronoVrjically) ad. in such a manner 
 as is consistent with the rules of chronology. 
 
 CHRONO'LOGY, (kronihiy) s. the record of events simply with 
 regard to the order of time in which they occurred. 
 
 CHRONO'METER, (kronSmeter) s. [chronos and metreo, Gr.] 
 an instrument used for the measuring of time, chiefly at sea. 
 They are larger than a common watch, but made almost in the 
 same manner, except that they have a detached escapement, and 
 that the balance-wheel is composed of two different metals, 
 which are affected by temperature in different degrees, and 
 therefore it vibrates more equably. They are made with such 
 accuracy as not to vary half a second in twelve months. 
 
 CHRY'SALIS, (kry'salis-) s. [chrysos, Gr.] in Natural History, 
 the second state into which insects of the Lepidopterous class 
 pass in the course of their development. In it they continue 
 for various lengths of time, and during this time they have but 
 little power of motion, and take no food. They are enveloped in 
 a case, on the outside of which the outline of*^ folded wings are 
 seen, but no organs of locomotion or feeding ; and within this 
 they change gradually to their perfect state, when they burst 
 this case, expand their wings, and perform the functions of their 
 position in the animal kingdom. 
 
 CHRYSA'NTHEMUM, «. in Botany, the name of two tribes 
 of flowers introduced from America and the Cape of Good Hope. 
 
 CHRY'SOLITE, (kry'solite) s. [chrysos and Mhos, Gr.] a general 
 term given by the ancients to all precious stones that had a cast 
 of gold or yellow in their composition. Among moderns, a 
 precious stone of a dusky green colour, with a cast of yellow. 
 176 
 
 CHU 
 
 CHRYSO'PRASUS, ». [chrysos, Gr. and prasinus, Lat.] a pre- 
 cious stone mentioned in Scripture, of a yellow colour, approach- 
 ing to green. 
 
 CHRY'SOSTOM, JOHN, one of the most distinguished Greek 
 Fathers for the eloquence of his discourses and his writings. He 
 studied law and philosophy at Antioch and Athens, but became 
 
 an anchorite at an early age, and afterwards gained great re- 
 nown at the former place for his preaching. He was afterwards 
 made Archbishop of Constantinople, and devoted himself so 
 earnestly to the realization of his notions of Christian perfection, 
 that he gave great offence to the highest authorities, and was 
 twice exiled from the city. He died in exile in 407, aged about 
 60 years. His writings are very voluminous, and of these his 
 homilies are most admired ; but his excellence as an expositor of 
 Scripture, and expounder of Christian truth, are not very great. 
 
 CHUB, s. in Natural History, a non-spinous fish, or that which 
 has no prickly fins, and only one on its back. 
 
 CHUBB, THOMAS, an English writerof the beginning of the 
 last century, who has gained a place amongst the list of infidels. 
 He seems to have been a self-taught man, of a very inquisitive 
 disposition, andof Arian sentiments as it regards theology ; and 
 he wrote on some of the profoundest spiritual parts of the Chris- 
 tian scheme, with insufficient knowledge of the original records of 
 Christianity, and without being aware that accurate logic is less 
 required for right understanding of it, than a spiritual mind. So 
 greatly have things changed since his time, that some of the 
 points he contended for are maintained by writers of unques- 
 tioned piety now. He died in 1746, aged 68 years. 
 
 CHU'BBED, a. Figuratively, having a large head, alluding to 
 that of a chub. 
 
 To CHUCK, V. a. to make a noise like a partridge, or a hen 
 calling her chickens. 
 
 To CHUCK, V. a. [choc, Fr.] to give a person a gentle chuck 
 under the chin ; to throw any thing with a peculiar jerk. 
 
 CHUCK, s. the noise of a hen ; an expression of endearment ; 
 a cast, by which a person throwsany thing from him in a peculiar 
 way. 
 
 To CHU'CKLE, v. n. [schaeclmn, Bel^.] to laugh vehemently, 
 so as to be out of breath.— u. a. to call like a hen. Figuratively, 
 to fondle or chuck under the chin. 
 
 CHU'DLEIGH, Devonshire. It is seated near the river Thames, 
 and the market is good for corn and provisions. Chudleigh liock, in 
 the neighbourhood, is a bold perpendicular rock, having on one 
 side a cleft, whence a stream of water rushes very impetuously. 
 It is 183 miles from London. Market, Saturday. Pop. 2415. 
 
 CHUFF, s. a coarse, heavy, surly, and passionate clown. 
 
 CHU'FFY, a. surly; morose. 
 
 CHU'FFILY, ad. surlily ; stomachfully. 
 
 CHU'LM LEIGH, Devonshire. It is seated on the river Dart, 
 which, fetching a compass like a bow, surrounds three sides of 
 it. It is but a small place, and the market is inconsiderable. It 
 is 193 miles from London. Market, Wednesday. Pop. 1647. 
 
 CHUM, s. [chrmi, Armorick,] a chamber-fellow ; a term used 
 in the universities. 
 
 CHUMP, s. a thick, heavy piece of wood, less than a block. 
 
 CHUQUISA'CA, one of the names by which the capital of 
 Bolivia, S. America, is known. See La Plata. 
 
 CHURCH, s. [kuriakos, Gr. circe, A. Sax.] a word used in 
 many different significations, the confounding of which has 
 caused many grievous practical errors amongst men. 1. It 
 means the collective body of all that are or will be saved, viewed 
 as a unity, as God only can regard them. This is the church of 
 God in Christ. 2. It is used for the aggregate of such as truly 
 believe in Christ, of whatever communion they may be, at any 
 time on the earth. 3. It signifies any particular congregation, 
 or association of Christians, who unite together for worship and 
 edification, the observance of the Lord's supper, and vital and 
 practical .testimony of the truth of Christ to other men ; presided ' 
 over by ministers of its own choosing, and maintaining itself 
 and its discipline according to the spirit and example of the New 
 Testament. 4. It is applied to incorporations of congregations into 
 distinct parties, or bodies of professed Christians, as tMi Church 
 of Rome, the Lutheran Church, ice. 5. It is used to mean all who, 
 in some particular way, or who in any way, openly profess them- 
 selves disciples of Christ. This is usually called the visible or 
 Catholic Church. In this sense also it includes all who have 
 openly belonged to any particular communion, according to some 
 
CHU 
 
 writers. 6. In some countries it signifies that denomination 
 which is established by law, in opposition to other denomina- 
 tions which are simply tolerated, as the Church in England, the 
 Kirk in Scotland. 7. It is employed as a designation of the 
 ministers of all gjades, as an ecclesiastical class, or clergy, in 
 opposition to thdi. laity, the non-ecclesiastical class, in some 
 communions. 8. It means a certain kind of building specially 
 and solely set apart for the celebration of divine service, in some 
 denominations, and distinguished from chapels, and into several 
 orders according to the form, use, &c. &c. Church militant, and 
 Church triumphant, are titles of distinction made by some between 
 the faithful on earth and those in heaven ; to which the Ro- 
 manists add, the Church patient, or the faithful in purgatory. 
 Church and state, is a phrase employed to designate the two great 
 institutions which, according to some, are essential parts of any 
 perfect constitution. It is used, however, chiefly by such as seek 
 the sanction of sacred pretences for secular ends ; and as the 
 watch-word of a party, rather than as the expression of any 
 clearly apprehended idea. An established Church, is any commu- 
 nion whicn is specially protected, patronized, supported, or main- 
 tained by the law of any land, whether its forms and formularies 
 be under the same supervision and sanction or not. 
 
 To CHURCH, V. a. to read the peculiar service of returning 
 thanks to God for a happy delivery, with the person who is re- 
 covered from child -bed. 
 
 CHU'RCHILL, CHARLES, one of the poets of England, who 
 lived during the last century ; and beginning his mature life as a 
 clergyman, ended it as a debauchee. His writings are mostly 
 satirical, and do not lack fire of imagination, nor force of expres- 
 sion, whilst there is a generosity of sentiment about them that 
 has been mistaken by manj^ for the genuine poetic spirit. He 
 died in 1765, aged 34 years. 
 
 CHU'RCHMAN, s. one who professes the religion or mode of 
 worship by law established ; one of the clergy. 
 
 CHU'RCH-RATES, s. taxes levied by the vote of a vestn'- 
 meeting on the parishioners, according to an assessment, for 
 the prospective expenses of maintaining the celebration of service 
 in the churches of the English Establishment, and for the repair, 
 &c., of the building, Ike, except the chancel. 
 
 CHURCH-STRE'TTON, Shropshire. It is seated between 
 two hills, and is but a small place, though the market is good for 
 corn. It is 153 miles from London. Market, Thursday. Pop. 
 1604. 
 
 CHURCH-WA'RDEN, s. an oflicer elected yearly, in Easter 
 week, by the minister and parishioners of every parish, to look 
 after the church, church-yard, and the things belonging to 
 them ; and also to observe the morals, and attendance at church, 
 of the parishioners. 
 
 CHURCH- YARD,?, the ground adjoining to a church, where- 
 in the dead are buried. 
 
 CHURL, s. [ceorl, Sax.] a clown, or unpolished countryman. 
 Figuratively, a morose, surly, or ill-bred person ; a niggard, or 
 a miser. 
 
 CHU'RLISH, a. brutal, rude, ignorant, ill-bred, uncivil, sour, 
 selfish, avaricious. 
 
 CHU'RLISHLY, ad. in a rude, uncivil, unkind, or brutal 
 manner. 
 
 CHU'RLISHNESS, s. rude, obstinate, ajid surly behaviour. 
 
 CHURN, s. [kern, Belg.] a vessel in which cream, by Violent 
 or long agitation, is turned into butter. 
 
 To CHURN, V. a. [kernen, Belg.] to make butter by frequent 
 and continual motion. 
 
 CHU'RN-OWL, s. in Natural History, the common name of 
 the bird called the Goat-sucker. 
 
 CHU'RNSTAFF, s. in Botany, a species of spurge, called also 
 wartwort, with wedge-shaped leaves, and yellowish green blos- 
 soms, found in cultivated places and gardens, and flowers in 
 July. 
 
 CHU'RRWORM, s. in Natural History, an insect that turns 
 about nimbly, called also a fan-cricket. 
 
 CHU'SAN, the name of an island on the E. coast» of China, 
 about 30 miles in length, and 6 in width, with a good harbour, 
 and a most delightful climate. It is about 50 miles from Niiigpo, 
 and was formerly the centre of European traffic, till the jealousy 
 of the government removed it to Canton, as farther from Peking. 
 Some smaller islands around this are called by the general name 
 of Chusan. The capital is Tinghae. 
 
 CIC 
 
 To CHUSE. -See Choose. 
 
 CHYLA'CEOUS, {kyldceous) a. consisting of chyle ; partaking 
 of the qualities of chyle; resembling chyle. 
 
 CHY'LE, (h/le) s. [chylos, Gr.] in Physiology, a milky insipid 
 liquor, consisting of nutritive particles, extracted from dissolved 
 aliments of every kind, and by a si)ecial set of vessels added to 
 the blood. 
 
 CHYLIFA'CTION, {kylifdktion) s. the act of converting the 
 nutritive parts of aliments into chyle. 
 
 CHYLIFA'CTIVE, Chylopoe'tic, {kylifdctive, kyhpoHik) a. 
 [chylos, Gr. and facio, Lat. and poieo, Gr.'] having the power of 
 making chyle ; endued with the quality of converting aliment 
 into chyle. 
 
 CHY'LOUS, (ky'lous)a. consisting of chyle, resembling or par- 
 taking of the qualities of chyle. 
 
 CHYME, s. {chumos, Gr.] the product of the action of the gas- 
 tric juice on the various aliments in the stomach. 
 
 CIBA'RIOUS, a. [eibus, Lat.] proper for food ; partaking of 
 the qualities of food. 
 
 CPBBER, COLLEY, one of the English poet laureates, and a 
 dramatist and actor in the last century. He occupied a conspi- 
 cuous place in the fashionable world of his day, and has a small 
 renown in second-rate characters, which he usually took on the 
 stage. His dramas are ranked after the second-rate authors of 
 that class, and his poems are almost wholly unknown. He died ' 
 in 1757, aged 86 years. 
 
 CI'BOL, s. [cibimle, Fr.] a small sort of onion used in salads. 
 
 CrCATRICE, Ci'cATRix, s. [Lat.] a little seam or elevation of 
 callous flesh, rising and remaining on the skin after the healing 
 of a wound ; a scar. 
 
 CICATRl'SANT, Cicatri'sive, a. in Medicine, applied to such 
 applications as are desiccative, aid nature to repair the skin of a 
 wound, and form a scar. 
 
 CICATRIZA'TION, s. in Surgery, the act of healing a wound ; 
 the state of being healed or skinned over. 
 
 To CI'CATRIZE, r. a. to apply such medicines to wounds as 
 heal and skin them over ; to heal and skin a wound over. 
 
 CPCELY, s. in Botany, a sort of herb, called also fool's pars- 
 ley, or lesser hemlock. 
 
 CrCERO, MARCUS TULLIUS, one of the most eminent 
 statesmen and philosophers of Rome, and her noblest orator, 
 lived just at the culminating period of the true greatness of the 
 city, and saw the beginning of her decline. In his j'ounger 
 days he enjoyed the assistance of the best teachers of rhetoric 
 and philosophy of the times, which completed the advantages of 
 an excellent home education. His first essays were in poetry, a 
 walk in which he failed so signally, as to be the butt of the 
 satirists for attempting it. He no sooner, however, commenced 
 the work of advocacy, than he rose to the highest rank. Haying 
 set out on his polifical career, he received a severe lesson in find- 
 ing that his absence from Rome in his province, Sicily, where he 
 had most diligently bought up corn for the city, had rendered 
 him almost forgotten. From the que^torship be advanced to 
 the aediieship without difliculty, and in his 42nd year he was 
 chosen consul. Not being of patrician blood, he had sided with 
 the commonalty to this time, and had had to contend against 
 the reproach of being a new man. He now veered round to the 
 aristocratic party, and was marked for the hostility of his former 
 friends. He distinguished his consulship by the prominent part 
 he took in the suppression of Catiline's conspiracy. The next 
 event of his life was his exile, which he chose in preference to 
 exposing himself to the open attacks of one of his hottest oppo- 
 nents. From this he returned after a year, and was receiyed 
 with almost the honours of a triumph. He never gave up his 
 forensic engagements, and at this time produced some of his 
 finest speeches. In the struggle between Julius Caesar and 
 Pompey, Cicero sided with the latter ; and after his cheaply 
 purchased distinctions in his new province, Cilicia, gained an 
 eminence that made it difficult for him to temporize without de- 
 tection and danger; but the victory of Caesar, and his own over- 
 tures made to the orator, restored him to his composure for a 
 time. Domestic griefs and authorship filled up his time to the 
 assassination of Caesar, in which he was implicated by Brutus's 
 appeal to him at the time. To the party of Octavianus, after- 
 wards Augustus Caesar, he gave his help, and uttered his famed 
 Philippics against Antony ; but his hopes proved futile, the rivals 
 effected a compromise, and Cicero's head was, part of the pur- 
 2 A 177 
 
chase-money his friend Octavianus paid. He was taken in an 
 attempt at flight, and killed, in 43 b. c, aged 63 years. The 
 character of this great man has Httle in it worthy of admiration ; 
 he was profoundly selfish and covetous, and a vain-glorious 
 coward. But his writings are invaluable. His letters record the 
 events of the most perplexed part of Roman history with the 
 particularity and regularity of a newspaper. His Orations are 
 beyond praise. His philosophical writings, though containing 
 nothing new, are most beautiful developments of the metaphy- 
 sics and ethics of the Academy. His political works are not 
 without their use, even to such as may reasonably withhold their 
 trust from his principles. His poetry he had better not have 
 written. Yet he has not lacked panegyrists and imitators, even 
 of the most lamentable features of his conduct. 
 
 CICHORA'CEOUS, (sikordceous) a. [clchdreum, Lat.] having 
 the qualities of succory. 
 
 CICU'TA, s. [Lat.] in Botany, hemlock, a poisonous water- 
 plant, but not so fatal as the true hemlock. 
 
 CID, the name of the hero of a famous old Spanish epic, given 
 him by the Moors of Spain, against whom he waged a ceaseless 
 war. His name was really, Rodrigo Diaz de Bivar, and his ad- 
 ventures have been magnified and multiplied in the poem as 
 much as is customaij in such compositions. He lived in the 
 11th century; the epic was written in the course of the next. 
 
 CI'DER, s, [cidre, Fr.] a brisk cool liquor, prepared from the 
 juice of apples, made vinous by fermentation. 
 
 CI'DEkKIN, s. the liquor made of the murk or gross matter 
 of the apples, after the cider is pressed out, by the addition of 
 boiling water, which is suffered to infuse for 48 hours. 
 
 CI'DEVANT, 06?. [Fr.] heretofore, before, formerly. A word 
 not much used. 
 
 CIGA'R, s. a small roll of leaf tobacco, twisted tightly at one 
 end, used for smoking. It was in this form that Columbus first 
 observed the use of this narcotic sedative amongst the aborigines 
 of the W. Indian island which he first discovered. Cheroot, is 
 a small roll of leaf tobacco, open at each end, used for smoking. 
 Cheroots are chiefly made in the E. Indies, cigars in the W. 
 Indies. 
 
 CIGARE'TTO, s. a small roll of fragments of tobacco leaf, in 
 thin paper, or thin vegetable tissue, used for smoking in Spain, 
 Mexico, and S. America. 
 
 CI'LIA, s. [Lat.] in Anatomy, the stiff hairs wherewith the 
 eyes are guarded; the eye-lashes. In Physiology, the name 
 given to the minute, hair-like processes, capable of motion, 
 which are discovered on many animal bodies, especially of the 
 Infusorial order, which seem to have a conspicuous part assigned 
 them in the economy of their life. 
 
 Cl'LIARY, a. [cilium, Lat.] in Anatomy, belonging to the 
 eyelids. 
 
 CILl'CIA, a district of Asia Minor, lying* on the Mediter- 
 ranean, opposite Cyprus, and bounded by Pamphylia, Lycaonia, 
 Cappadocia, and Syria. It consisted of the plain between Mount 
 Taurus and the sea, and was a fertile and productive region. 
 The rivers Pyramus, Cydnus, Sarus, and Calycadnus, watered 
 it. Its chief towns were Tai-sus, of no mean note, Issus, SoH, 
 Seleucia, Selinus, &c. 
 
 CILI'CIOUS, a. {cilicium, Lat.] made of hair. 
 
 CIMABU'E, GIOVANNI, a pupil of the Greek painters at 
 Florence, an artist of little ability, but regarded as the father of 
 painting amongst the moderns : he died in 1300, aged about 
 ()0 vcars. 
 
 ClMARO'SA, DOMENICO, a celebrated Italian composer of 
 the last century, who produced operas at Naples, Petersburg, 
 and Venice, and is now known by his H Matrimonio Segreto. 
 He died in 1801, aged 47 years. 
 
 CI'METER, s. Icimitatra, Span.] a sort of sword, used by the 
 Turks, short, heavy, flat, with but one edge, and curved towards 
 the point. Sometimes spelt scymeter, or scimetar. 
 
 CIMME'RIAN, a. [(nmmerii, Lat.] dark, dismal, gloomy, a 
 term derived from the Scythians, whose country was presumed 
 to be full of woods, and covered with continual clouds, that but 
 ver^ little sun was seen among them. 
 
 Ll'MON, the son of the famous Athenian general Miltiades, 
 and rival of his father's fame, as to his public deeds, not as to 
 his private character. He took Eion from the Persians, and 
 gained the victory of the Eurymedon over them. He was banished 
 by the citizens because he seemed to be too friendly with Sparta. 
 178 
 
 CIR 
 
 He was recalled, effected a truce with Sparta, and went out in aid 
 of the king of Egypt with the Athenian fleet. Before Citium in 
 Cyprus he died, in 449 b. c, aged about 50 years. He was a 
 thorough aristocrat in sentiment, and did much to produce dis- 
 sension and after-trouble in his native city, by raising up a party 
 of nobles, who, by their wealth and their vices, obstructed the 
 course of Athenian glory. He spent much of his wealth in 
 adorning the city, which, together with his military success, 
 gained him a popularity that overlooked his bad politics and 
 his worse character. 
 
 CINCHO'NA, s. in Botany, the generic name for the plants, 
 one of which yields the Peruvian bark. 
 
 CINCINNA'TI, the largest city of Ohio, United States. It 
 stands on the river Ohio, and has, in addition to the river, the 
 Miami canal, which communicates with Lake Erie, to give it im- 
 portance as a port. It is pleasantly situated in a valley skirted 
 by hills, and is regularly laid out, the streets and lanes crossing 
 each other at right angles. It is generally well built, and has 
 some fine public edifices, as the churches, the court-house, the 
 bank, &c. There is a college here, having academical, medical, 
 and law departments ; and also a Medical College, and College 
 of Professional Teachers. In addition to these is the Athenseum, 
 a Romanist institution ; Lane Seminary, which has an excellent 
 library; and the Mechanics' Institute and Lyceum, two institu- 
 tions for the benefit of the citizens. It is the emporium of the 
 W., and continually rising in extent and importance. It is 492 
 miles from Washington. Pop. 46,338. 
 
 CPNCTURE, s. [cinffo, Lat.] a girdle or clothing worn round 
 the body. Figuratively, an enclosure. 
 
 CINDER, s. [ceindre, Fr.] coals burnt till most of their sul- 
 phur is consumed, reduced to a porous cake, and quenched be- 
 fore they turn to ashes; a red-hot coal that has ceased to flame. 
 
 CINERA'TION, s. [cineres, Lat.] in Chemistry, the act of re- 
 ducing a body to ashes. 
 
 CINERFTIOUS, (sinerishious) a. [cinericius, Lat.] having the 
 form of, or resembling ashes. 
 
 CI'NGLE, s. [a'n^o, Lat.] a girth for a horse. 
 
 CI'NNABAR, s. [cinnabaris, Lat.] is an ore of quicksilver, 
 moderately compact, heavy, and of an elegant, striated, red 
 colour. In this ore the quicksilver is blended with sulphur, 
 which is commonly no more than one part in six, in proportion to 
 the mercury. It is found lodged in a bluish indurated clay, 
 though sometimes in a greenish talcy stone. 
 
 CI'NNAMON, s. [cinnamomum, Lat.] the bark of an aromatic 
 tree allied to the laurels, growing in Ceylon and other parts of 
 Asia. Cinnamon water, is made by distilling the bark, first in- 
 fused in barley-water, in spirit of wine, or white wine. 
 
 CINQUE, {sink) s. [Fr.] in Gaming, a five on dice, &c. 
 
 Cl'NQUEFOIL, {sinkfoit) s. [cinguefeuille, Fr.] a kind of five- 
 leaved clover. 
 
 CI'NQUE-PORTS, [Fr.] five havens that lie on the east part of 
 England towards France, thus called by way of eminence, on 
 account of their superior importance, as having been thought, 
 by our kings, to merit a particular regard for their preservation 
 against invasions. They have a particular policy, and are 
 governed by a keeper, with the title of lord-warden of the 
 Cinque-ports. They are Hastings, Dover, Hithe, Romney, and 
 Sandwich, to which Winchelsea and Rye have since been 
 added. 
 
 CI'PHER, (sifer) s. [~ifra, Ital.] an arithmetical character or 
 number marked thus (0); though of no value itself, in integers it 
 increases the value of figures, when set on the right hand, and 
 decreases them in the same proportion, when set before tbeni, 
 in decimal fractions ; a collection or assemblage of letters con- 
 sisting of the initials of a person's name, interwoven together, 
 a:id engraved on plate, or painted, instead of escutcheons, on 
 coaches ; certain cliaracters made use of by persons to conceal 
 the subject they write about from others ; the key to explain any ' 
 private characters. A mere cipher, a person of no importance or 
 interest. 
 
 To CITHER, {sifer) v. n. to perform the operations of arith- 
 metic. 
 
 CI'RCARS, THE N., a province of British India, lying on the 
 Bay of Bengal, and bounded by the Carnatic, and Cuttack, on 
 S. and N.; and separated by a chain of mountains on the VV. 
 from Orissa, the dominions of the Nizam, &c. It is nearly 500 
 miles in length, and not quite 100 in width. It has a few small 
 
streams, and the Godavery and Kistna. The country is fertile 
 where it has been cultivated, but forests and jungle are still 
 abundant; the usual products of agriculture are obtained here, 
 and good timber. The inhabitants are wholly Hindu, and are 
 in number about 4,000,000. The chief places are Vizagapatam, 
 Chicacole, Ellore, &c. &c. 
 
 CIRCA'SSIA, a territory on the N. side of Mount Caucasus, 
 extending from the Black Sea to the Caspian, and bounded on 
 the N. by the Terec and the Kuban rivers. This country is very 
 mountainous, having fertile strips of ground along the valleys, 
 on which the inhabitants rear grain, and pasture their horses and 
 cattle. The people are nominally subject to Russia, but have 
 never been subdued, and maintain a constant war of out-posts 
 against them. They are Mohammedans, and suthciently desti- 
 tute of the habits of civilized life. The beauty of the women has 
 lon^ been proverbial. There are no towns, the people living in 
 serai-nomade style. 
 
 CFRCLE, s. [cirmlus, Lat.] in Geometry, a plane figure, 
 formed by one line, and having all lines drawn to it from a point 
 in the middle e^ual. Figuratively, a curve line, which bein^ 
 continued, ends in the point from whence it begun, having all 
 its parts equidistant from a point in the middle called the centre ; 
 but this is properly the periphery or circumference of a circle. 
 Circles are regarded as cfivisible into 360 degrees for purposes of 
 measurement. A Great Circle of the sphere is that whose plane 
 passes through its centre, and whose centre is the same with 
 that of the sphere, dividing the globe into two equal parts. A 
 Lesser Circle is that which divides the globe into two unequal 
 parts, as the tropics, parallels of latitude, &c. A Primitive Circle 
 IS that described on tlhe plane of the projection. A Right Circle 
 is that whose plane stands at right angles with the plane of the 
 projection, and is a diameter of the primitive. An Oblique Circle 
 IS that whose plane inclines to the plane of the projection, 
 or makes oblique angles therewith. Parallel Circles are those 
 lesser circles of the sphere, whose planes are parallel to the 
 planes of any great circles ; thus the circles of latitude on the 
 globe are called the parallels of latitude, because parallel to the 
 plane of the equator. An Astronomical Circle is an instrument to 
 measure the distance of a heavenly body, either from the horizon, 
 or the zenith. The circumference or extremities of any round 
 
 6i1i 
 
 CIRCULATION, s. the act of moving in a circle ; a motion 
 whereby a body returns in a curved line to the point from which 
 it set out; a series or succession, in which things preserve the 
 same order, and return to the same state. The circulation of the 
 blood, is the motion of the blood as propelled from the heart 
 through the arteries to every part of the frame, charged with the 
 materials for restoring the waste of the system, and returning 
 through the veins, to be propelled from the other side of the 
 heart, round a shorter course, in which it receives the chyle, 
 and passing through the lungs, is aerated, and on its return to 
 the heart is sent forth again on the first-named circuit. See 
 Harvey. Circulation of the sap in vegetables, the motion of the 
 fluids imbibed by the roots, by a force named by naturalists, en- 
 dosmose, through the interior structure of the plant, to the leaves, 
 &c., and back to the root, by the bark. In Chemistry, it is an 
 operation whereby the same vapour, raised by fire, falls back, 
 by which means it is distilled several times, and reduced to its 
 most subtile parts. 
 
 CIRCULA'TORY, s. in Chemistry, a glass vessel, consisting 
 of two parts, luted on each other, wherein the finest parts mount 
 to the top, and finding no passage, fall down again. 
 
 CIRCtJMA'MBIENCY, s. [circwn and ambio, Lat.] the act of 
 encompassing or surrounding. 
 
 CIRCUMA'MBIENT, jiart. [cireumamhiens, Lat.] compassing 
 a thing round; encircling; enclosing; surrounding; encom- 
 
 n. \_circum and ambulo, Lat.] to walk 
 0, Lat.] 
 
 body ; an assembly of people forming a ring ; a company ; a 
 series of things following one another alternately. Circles are 
 the names of the political divisions of some of the states of 
 Central Europe. 
 
 To CI'RCLE, V. a. to move round any thing; to surround, 
 encompass, or enclose ; to confine or keep together. 
 
 CI'RCLED, part, having the form of a circle. 
 
 CI'RCLET, Si [diminutive oi' circle,} a circle; an orb. 
 
 CI'RCLING, «. surrounding or encompassing like a circle. 
 
 CI'RCUIT, {sirkit) s. [circudus, from circumeo, Lat.] the mov- 
 ing round any thing; the motion or revolution of a planet round 
 its orbit ; a space enclosed within a circle ; the circumference of 
 any thing; the space which any thing measures in going round 
 it ; a ring, a crown, or that which encircles any thing. Also the 
 progress which the judges take twice every year through the 
 several counties of England and Wales, to hold courts, and round any thin 
 
 To CIRCUMA'MBULE, 
 round about. 
 
 To CI'RCUMCISE, (sirhmsize) v. a. [circum and 
 to cut off the prepuce or foreskin. 
 
 CIRCUMCI'SION, s. the ceremony of religious initiation 
 amongst the Jews, enjoined on them in the law, after the ex- 
 ample of Abraham. It was observed on the 8th day, with great 
 form. It is still practised by them, and by the Monammedans, 
 and a few other sects. 
 
 CIRCU'MFERENCE, s. Icircmn and fero, Lat.] the periphery 
 of a circle; the line including and surrounding any thing; the 
 space enclosed in a circle ; the extremities of a round body. 
 Figuratively, any thing of a round form. 
 
 To CIRCU'MFERENCE, v. a. to include in a circle ; to cir- 
 cumscribe, or confine. 
 
 CIRCUMFERE'NTOR, s. an instrument used by surveyors in 
 taking angles, consisting of a brass index with sights, and a 
 compass, and mounted on a stand with a ball and socket. 
 
 CI'RCUMFLEX, s. Icircumflecto, Lat. alluding to the shape of 
 the accent,] an accent marked (') to represent the union of the 
 acute and grave accents on the same syllable. 
 
 CIRCU'MFLUENCE, s. [circumjluo, Lat.] an enclosure made 
 by water flowing round any thing. 
 
 CIRCU'MFLUENT,;;art. flowing round any thing, or enclos- 
 ing any thing with water. 
 
 CIRCU'MFLUOUS, a. environing with water. 
 
 To CIRCUMFU'SE, v. a. [circumfundo, Lat.] to pour round ; to 
 diffuse, or spread every way. 
 CIRCUMFU'SILE, a. that may be poured, diffused, or spread 
 
 administer justice. Hence England is divided into six cir- 
 cuits, viz. the Home circuit, Norfolk, Midland, Oxford, Western, 
 and Northern circuit. 
 
 To CI'RCUIT, V. n. to move round, or in a circle. 
 
 CIRCUITEE'R, Ci'rcuiter, s. one that travels in a circuit ; 
 that which moves in an orbit. 
 
 CIRClJFTION,«. [circumeo, hai.'] the act of going round about. 
 Figuratively, circumlocution ; comprehension of argument. 
 
 CFRCULAR, a. [circularis, Lat.] round, in the form of a circle. 
 Figuratively, succession, in which that which proceeds first re- 
 turns again. Circular letter, a letter addressed to several persons 
 who have the same interest in some common affair, called usu- 
 ally, by abbreviation, simply a circular. Circular lines, such 
 straight lines as are dividecl by the divisions made iu the arch of 
 a circle. Circular sailing, that which is performed in the arch of 
 a great circle. 
 
 CFRCULARLY, ad. in the form of a circle; with a circular 
 motion. 
 
 To CI'RCULATE, v. h. [circulus, Lat.] to move in a circle ; to 
 be in use, so as to be constantly changing its owner ; to be dis- 
 persed, — t!. a, to put about. 
 
 CIRCllMFU'SION, s. the act of spreading round. 
 
 To CIRCUMGY'RATE, v. a. icircum and gyro, Lat.] to roll 
 round. 
 
 CIRCUMJA'CENT, part, [circum and Jaceo, Lat.] lying round 
 anything; bordering on any side ; contiguous. 
 
 CIRCUMLOCU'TION,«. [circum aadloquor,LsLf] the express- 
 ing a sentiment in a number of words ; a paraphrasis ; an indi- 
 rect way of expressing a person's sentiments. 
 
 CIRCUMMU'RED, a. [circum and murus, Lat.] encompassed 
 or surrounded with a wall. 
 
 CIRCUMNA'VIGABLE, a. [circumnavigabilis, Lat.] that may 
 be sailed round. 
 
 To CIRCUMNA'VIGATE, v. a. [circum and navigo, Lat.] to 
 sail round. 
 
 CIRCUMNAVIGA'TION, s. the sailing round any tract of 
 land. 
 
 CIRCUMNAVIGATOR, s. one that sails round. 
 
 CIRCUMPO'LAR, a. [circum and polus, Lat.] in Astronomy, 
 applied to such stars near the north pole, which move round it 
 without setting, as viewed from any particular place north of the 
 equator ; and vice versa. ' 
 
 2 A 2 179 
 
CIRCUMPOSI'TION, s. Icircum and posUio, Lat,] the act of 
 setting or placing' any thing in a ring or circle. 
 
 CIRCUMROTA'TlON, s. Icircum and roto, Lat.] the act of 
 whirling a thing round with a motion like that of a wheel ; the 
 state of a thing whirled round. 
 
 To CIRCUMSCRrBE, v. a. Icircum and scribo, Lat.] to enclose 
 in certain lines or limits. 
 
 CIRCUMSCRIPTION, s. the determination to a particular 
 figure ; limitation, restraint, confinement, boundary. 
 
 (aRCUMSCRI'PTIVE, a. that determines the shape or figure 
 of a body. 
 
 CIRCUMSPE'CT, a. [circmn and spicio, Lat.] cautious; a per- 
 son attentive to the effects of his actions, and who weighs the 
 dangers and difficulties with which they are attended. 
 
 CIRCUMSPE'CTION, Circumspe'ctness, s. looking round 
 about one ; a cautious or wary conduct, wherein a person weighs 
 the dangers and difficulties with which his actions arc attended, 
 and endeavours to guard against them. Synon. To be well 
 with the world requires circumspection, when we are speaking be- 
 fore those with wnom we are not acquainted ; consideration for 
 people of rank and quality ; and regard toward those with whom 
 we are interested. 
 
 CIRCUMSPE'CTIVE, a. looking round about; taking all the 
 measures which may prevent a disappointment, or secure a per- 
 son from any maliciousness of an enemy. 
 
 CIRCUMSPE/CTLY, ad. in a cautious, discreet, and prudent 
 manner ; guarding against accidents, and precluding any dis- 
 appointments. 
 
 CI'RCUMSTANCE, s. [circonstance, Fr.] an event. Used in the 
 plural for the sum of the things which make up the state or con- 
 dition of a person ; had circumstances, signifying distress or poverty, 
 and ^oo<; circumstances, riches or affluence. 
 
 To CI'RCUMSTANCE, v. n. to be placed in a particular light ; 
 to be attended with peculiar incidents. 
 
 CI'RCUMSTANT, part, [circum and sto, Lat.] standing round, 
 surrounding. 
 
 CIRCUMSTATyTIAL, {sirhumstdnshial) a. accidental, opposite 
 to essential ; minute, particular, wherein all the diflferent relations 
 and attendant reasons of an action are enumerated. 
 
 CIRCUMSTANTIA'LITY, (sirkmnstantidlity) s. the state of a 
 thing, with all the peculiarities attending it. 
 
 CIRCUMSTA'NTIALLY, a(/. according to circumstance; mi- 
 nutely, exactly. 
 
 To CIRCUMSTA'NTIATE, (sirhumstdntiate) v. a. to place a 
 thing or action in a particular situation or relation, with respect 
 to the accidents which attend or determine its quality. 
 
 To CIRCUMVA'LLATE, v. a. [circum and vallo, Lat.] to en- 
 close or surround with trenches and fortifications. 
 
 CIRCUMVALLA'TION,s. the art of entrenching or fortifying 
 a camp or place with works. In Fortification, a fine or trench 
 with a parapet thrown up by the besiegers, encompassing all 
 their camp, to defend it against any force that may attempt to 
 relieve the place. 
 
 To CIRCUMVE'NT, v. a. [circum and venio, Lat.] to overreach 
 a person by superior craft ; to deceive or impose irion by specious 
 pretences and secret artifices. 
 
 CIRCUMVE'NTION, s. [circumventio, Lat.] the imposing upon 
 or overreaching a person by secret artifices and subtlety. 
 
 To CIRCUMVE'ST, v. a. [circum and restio, Lat.] to clothe 
 all over with a garment ; to clothe, or surround with a garment. 
 
 To CIRCUMVO'LVE, v. a. [circum and volvo, Lat.] to roll 
 round ; to roll any body in an orbit or circle. 
 
 CIRCUMVOLU'TION, s. Icircumvolutus, Lat.] the act of 
 rolling round ; the state of bemg round ; the thing rolled round. 
 
 CI'RCUS, s. [Lat.] in Antiquity, a spacious building of an 
 oblong or oval figure, erected to exhibit shows and games to the 
 people. The Roman Circus had a low wall or fence running 
 part of the way along the centre, and adorned with obelisks, 
 statues, &c. 
 
 CI'RENCESTER, usually called Ci'cester, Gloucestershire. 
 A town formerly surrounded by walls, of which some vestiges are 
 yet visible. It has manufactures of cutlery ware, carpeting, 
 wool-combing, wool-stapling, and yarn-making, and a commu- 
 nication with Stroudwater, from which it derives great advan- 
 tage. It is seated on the river Bhurn, and near it is the Royal 
 Agricultural College. It is 89 miles from London. Markets, 
 Monday and Friday. Pop. 0014. 
 
 CIT 
 
 CI'RRUS, s. in Natural Historj', a sort of beard which grows 
 on the under jaw of certain fishes. Also the name given to that 
 peculiar form of cloud commonly called the curl-cloud. The com- 
 bination of this with the huge piles of mountainous-looking 
 clouds is called cirrocumulus ; and with the long horizontal 
 clouds, cirrostratus. 
 
 CIST, «. [cista, Lat.] a case ; a covering. In Medicine, the 
 coat or enclosure of a tumour. 
 
 (!;I'STED, a. enclosed in a bag or membrane. 
 
 CISTE'RCIANS, in Church History, a religious order founded 
 in the eleventh century, by St. Robert, a Benedictine, at Citeaux, 
 France. They became so powerful, that they governed almost 
 all Europe, both in spirituals and temporals. Their observances 
 were characterized by great austerity in diet ; they lay upon 
 straw beds, in their tunics and cowls ; they rose at midnight to 
 prayer ; they spent the day in labour, readmg, and praj-er ; and 
 in all their exercises observed a continual silence. The habit of 
 their order is a white cassock and gown, with a black scapularj' 
 and hood, and girt with a woollen girdle. The nuns wear a 
 white tunic, and a black scapulary and girdle. See Ber- 
 
 NARDINES. 
 
 CrSTERN, a. [cistema, Lat.] a receptaCie for water or rain, 
 placed in j-ards or kitchens for family use ; a large reservoir of 
 water, or enclosed fountain. 
 
 Cl'STUS, s. in Botany, a genus of plants, of which species 
 five are natives of England, viz. the lioary, annual, narrow- 
 leaved, sunflower, and dwarf cistus. All these species flower in 
 June or July. 
 
 CIT, s, [a contraction oi citizen,'] one who lives in the city, op- 
 posed to one at the court. A word of contempt. 
 
 Cl'TADEL, s. [citadelle, Fr.] a fort, or place fortified with four, 
 five, or six bastions, built sometimes in the most eminent part 
 of a city, and sometimes only near a citj, in order to defend the 
 city against enemies, and to keep the inhabitants in their obe- 
 dience. 
 
 CI'TAL, s. a reproof, or impeachment ; a summons, or a call 
 to appear in a court. 
 
 CITA'TION, s. [afafe'o, Lat.] in Law, a summons to appear 
 before any ecclesiastical judge, on some cause relating to the 
 church ; quoting or mentioning an author's name ; the passage 
 quoted from an author; a mention, detail, enumeration. 
 
 CI'TATORY, o. having the power of a summons, or used as a 
 summons. 
 
 To CITE, V. a. [cito, Lat.] to summons or call a person to ap- 
 pear in a court of justice ; to enjoin, or call on a person with 
 authority ; to quote. 
 
 CI'TLR, s. one who summons a person to appear in a court ; 
 one who quotes a passage from an author. 
 
 CITE'SS, s. a city woman. 
 
 CI'THARA, Ci'thern, s. [cithara, Lat.] a kind of harp, a 
 musical instrument used by the ancients, the precise form or 
 structure of which is not known : at first it had only 3 strings, 
 but the number was increased afterwards to 8, 9, and lastly 
 to 24; it was played upon with a plectrum or quill, like the 
 lyre. 
 
 CI'TIZEN, s. [citoyen, Fr.] a person who is free of a city, one 
 who carries on a trade in a city, opposed to a gentleman or 
 soldier. Politically, a member of'^a state who has a voice in its 
 affairs ; more accurately, a member of a republic or democracy. 
 
 CITRATES, «. in Chemistry, salts formed by the combination 
 of any base with the citric acid. 
 
 CFrRIC, a. in Chemistry, belonging to lemons and other 
 similar fruits. 
 
 CFTRINE, a. [citrus, Lat.] lemon-coloured ; of a dark yellow. 
 
 CFTRINE, s. [citrinus, Lat.] a species of crystal of an ex- 
 tremely beautiful yellow. It is generally clear, fine, and free 
 from flaws ; it is very plentiful in the West Indies, oftentimes set 
 in rings by our jewellers, and may be mistaken for a topaz. 
 
 CI'TRON, s. [citrus, Lat.] a fruit which comes from a hot 
 countrj', and is in smell, taste, and shape somewhat like a 
 lemon. Citron-water, or Aqua-vita, is distilled with the rind of 
 citrons. 
 
 CI'TY, s. [cite, Fr.] a large town enclosed with a wall ; strictly, 
 and in Law, a town corporate, that hath a bishop and a cathedral 
 church ; the inhabitants of a city. In London, it applies to that 
 part which is properly London, in distinction from the adjoining 
 parishes and suburbs. 
 
CLA 
 
 CLA 
 
 irativeiy, civilized; 
 beautifully applied 
 
 city ; like a citizen ; with vain parade or CLAI'MABLE, a. that may be demanded as due, or as belong- 
 ing to a person. 
 
 CLAl'MANT, s. he that pretends a right to any thing in the 
 possession of another, and demands it as his property. 
 
 CLAI'MER, s. one who demands a thing as his property. 
 
 CLAIRAUT, ALEXIS CLAUDE, a very eminent french 
 mathematician of the last century. He was one of the successors 
 of Newton, in the development of his stupendous and beautiful 
 theorj' of gravitation, and aided in raising it to the rank of a 
 law. He first investigated the problem of the three bodies, and 
 applied it successfully to the furtherance of that branch of 
 physical astronomy called the Lunar Theory. He also calculated 
 the return of Halley's comet, in conjunction with Lalande, and 
 a lady named Lepaute, and the result was an error of a month 
 only, which they had stated was possible. His fame also rests 
 on what is called his Theorem, which he published in connexion 
 with his investigation of the figure of the earth, in which he 
 shows that the gravity varies with the elliptical form of the 
 globe, and that its amount on any spot may be discovered by 
 this means. He died in 1765, aged 52 years, 
 
 CLAIR-OBSCU'RE. See Chiarosouro. 
 
 To CLA'MBER, v. n. [perhaps corrupted from climb,} to ascend 
 or go up a steep place with difficulty, so as to be forced to use 
 both knees and hands. 
 
 To CLAMM, V. a. [cleemian. Sax.] to clog with any gluish or 
 viscous matter. 
 
 CLA'MMINESS, s. the quality by which any substance sticks 
 to any thing that touches it ; viscidity; ropiness. 
 
 CLA'MMY, a. viscous, ropy, glutinous, or adhering to any 
 thing which touches it. 
 
 CLA'MOROUS, a. making a noise with the voice ; speaking 
 loud and turbulent. 
 
 CLA'MOUR, s. [clamor, Lat.] a noise, or outcry ; an exalta- 
 tion of the voice in anger. Applied with elegance to inanimate 
 things. 
 
 To CLA'MOUR, 1!. n. to make a noise ; or speak in a loud, 
 passionate, and turbulent manner. 
 
 CLAMP, s. [klampc, Belg.] a piece of wood added to another 
 to strengthen it, and prevent its bursting ; a little piece of wood 
 in the form of a wheel, used in a mortise, instead of a pulley ; a 
 quantity or collection of bricks. Clamp-nails are such as are 
 used to fasten on clamps in the building or repairing of ships. 
 
 To CLAMP, V. a. in Joining, to fit a board with the grain 
 to another piece across the grain ; this is of use to prevent 
 warping. 
 
 CLAN, s. [Celtic,] a family, race, or tribe ; a body of persons. 
 This form of society prevailed in Ireland and Scotland, and is not 
 yet wholly superseded. 
 
 CLA'NCULAR, a. [clancularius, from clam, Lat.] secret, clan- 
 destine. 
 
 CLANDE'STINE, a. [clandestinns, Lat.] underhand ; secret ; 
 in order to evade any law ; private : always used in a bad sense. 
 
 CLANDE'STINELY, ad. in a secret or private manner, in- 
 cluding some illegal or bad practice. 
 
 To CLANG, V. n. [clam/o, Lat.] to make a loud shrill noise 
 with a brazen sound like that of a trumpet; or to make a noise 
 like that of armour when struck with a solid body, or like swords 
 when beat together. — v. a. to strike together, so as to make a 
 noise. 
 
 CLA'NGOUR, s. [clangor, Lat.] a loud shrill sound. 
 
 CLA'NGOUS, a. making a loud and shrill noise. 
 
 CLANK, s. [onomatopoetic,] a loud, shrill, or harsh noise, 
 made by hard metallic bodies when clashed together. 
 
 To CLAP, V. a. [clappan. Sax.] to strike together with a quick 
 motion, so as to make a noise ; to put one thing upon another 
 with a hasty, sudden, and unexpected motion ; to perform any 
 action in a quick and unexpected manner ; to applaud or praise 
 a person by striking the hands together ; to snut up with a 
 quick or sudden motion. To clap up implies to complete sud- 
 denly, without much precaution.— 7;. n. to move nimbly with a 
 noise ; to enter with alacrity upon any thing. 
 
 CLAP, s. a loud noise made by the striking of two solid 
 bodies together, or by explosion, when applied to thunder; 
 applause or approbation, testified by striking the hands together. 
 
 CLA'PPER, «. one who strikes his hands together by way of 
 applause ; the tongue, or piece of iron which hangs in the in- 
 side of a bell, and makes it sound ; a piece of wood in a mill for 
 
 m 
 
 CITY, a. living in ; 
 ostentatious aflluence. 
 
 CIUDA'D RODRI'GO, a fortified town of Spain, on the Por- 
 tuguese frontier. It has a good cathedral, antl an ecclesiastical 
 college. Its population is above 5000. Lat. 40. 50. N. Long. 6. 
 
 CrVET, s. [civette, Fr.] in Natural History, an animal of the 
 weasel kind, which inhabits several parts of Africa and India, 
 and produces the drug called civet. 
 
 Cl'VIC, a. [civis, Lat.] that relates to civil matters, opposed to 
 military. A civic crown, among the Romans, was made of oaken 
 leaves, and given to those that had saved the life of a citizen. 
 
 CrVIL, a. [civilis, from cinis, Lat.] that belongs to a city, or 
 the government thereof. Civil architecture, in tnat science, is 
 that department which takes cognizance of public and private 
 buildings, not of the ecclesiastical and military kind. Civil war 
 is that which citizens or people of the same nation wage with 
 one another. Civil death is that which is inflicted by the laws, 
 in opposition to natural. Joined with power or magistrate, that 
 which is exercised on the principles of government, opposite to 
 militarj'. Civil law is that which is opposed to the common, and 
 implies the Roman law, contained in the institutes, digests, and 
 code. Civil year, that which is established by law in any country, 
 and is so called to distinguish it from the natural year, which is 
 determined by the revolution of the heavenly bodies. Civil 
 List, the account of hereditary revenues of the crown of Great 
 Britain, derived from various sources, out of which the ex- 
 penses of the royal household, &c. were defrayed ; now changed to 
 a charge on the Consolidated Fund. F' 
 humane ; well-bred ; complaisant ; gentl 
 to inanimate things. 
 
 CIVI'LIAN, s. [civilis, Lat.] one who professes and makes the 
 civil law his pecuhar study. 
 
 CIVILIZA'TION, s. a law which renders a criminal process 
 civil, by turning an information into an inquest, &c. That state 
 of mankind, which is the highest to which it can be raised by 
 commerce and education. It is opposed to barbarism. Also, the 
 influence exerted on men by commerce and education ; and in 
 this sense is opposed to evangelization, which is the influence of 
 the Christian religion. 
 
 CIVILITY, s. politeness; a polite address attended with hu- 
 mane and benevolent actions ; a kindness bestowed in a polite 
 manner. 
 
 To CrVILIZE, f. a. to instruct in such sciences as tend to 
 render men humane. 
 
 CIVILI'ZER, s. one that reforms the savage manners of bar- 
 barians, and renders them both humane and polile. 
 
 CI'VILLY, ad. in a manner agreeable to the principles of go- 
 vernment and the rules of society; in a kind, condescending, 
 good-natured, and genteel manner. 
 
 CI'VITA VE'CCFlIA, a sea-port in the Campagna di Roma, 
 belonging to the Papal States. It has a tolerably good harbour, 
 with a lighthouse, and has a considerable trade. It is defended 
 by a citadel, which is the residence of a military governor. It is 
 3» miles from Rome. Population about 10,000. 
 
 CI'VITA VE'CCHIA, or Mei.ita, a town in Malta, situated on 
 a hill in the centre of the island, and strongly fortified. It is the 
 see of a bishop. From this town may be-seen the whol^ island, 
 and sometimes the coasts of Africa and Sicily. 
 
 CLACK, s. [klack, Belg.] any thing which makes a continued 
 and lasting noise, applied to that of a mill. Figuratively, inces- 
 sant and importunate tattle ; the tongue. 
 
 To CLACK, V. n. [klatschen, Teut.] to make a noise like that 
 which is heard in a mill when going; to let the tongue run, or 
 to talk much. 
 
 CLACKMANNAN, a small county of Scotland, bounded on 
 the E. by Fifeshire, on the N. and W. by Perthshire, and on the 
 S. by Stirlingshire. It is but 8 miles in length, and 6 in breadth. 
 It produces good corn and pastures, and plenty of coals and salt. 
 This shire, together with Kinross, sends one member to parlia- 
 ment. Pop. 19,155. Its capital, Clackmannan, stands on the 
 Forth, and has a small harbour. It is 25 miles from Edinburgh. 
 Pop. 5145. 
 
 CLAD, part, prefer, from To Clothe. 
 
 To CLAIM, V. a. [clamer, Fr.] to demand as a right or due ; to 
 require authoritatively. 
 
 CLAIM, s. a demand, or right of demanding a thing as due. 
 
CLA 
 
 shaking the hopper. Figuratively, the tongue of a person that 
 is very talkative ; a word of reproach. 
 
 To CLAPPERCLA'W, v. a. to scold. 
 
 CLA'PPERTON, HUGH, one of the series of adventurous 
 travellers in the region of the Quorra, in \V. Africa. He made 
 two journeys thither; the first from Tripoli, in conjunction with 
 Major Denham, in which they succeeded in ascertaining much 
 new and interesting information respecting the topography and 
 customs of the nations of the interior, and the neighbourhood of 
 Lake Tchad ; the second from the Bight of Benin, accompanied 
 by Lander, (who afterwards succeeded in the great object, for 
 which so many brave lives had been sacrificed — the discovery 
 of the source of the Niger, or Quorra,) and on this he died, in 
 1827, aged 39 years. 
 
 CLARE, a county of Munster, Ireland, 47 miles long, and 32 
 broad ; bounded on the W. by the Atlantic ; on the N. by Gal- 
 way ; and on the E. and S. by the Shannon, which separates it 
 from Tipperary; Limerick, and Kerry. It is very hilly, some 
 heights exceeding 2000 feet, and produces iron, coal, slate, 
 marble, &c. &c. It has also very rich pastures. It is watered 
 by the Shannon and its tributary streams, and has some lakes. 
 There is also by the mouth of the Shannon a very wide tract of 
 bog. It contains 79 parishes, and breeds more horses than any 
 other county in Ireland, as also a great number of cattle and 
 sheep. The county town is Ennis. Pop. 286,394. It returns 
 three members to parliament. 
 
 CLARE, Suffolk. It is seated on a creek of the river Stour; 
 the ruins of a castle, and a collegiate church, are still visible. 
 They have a manufacture of baize. In this town is a very 
 large church, and several dissenting meeting-houses. It is 56 
 miles from London. Market, Monday. Pop. 1700. 
 
 CLARE HALL, a college at Cambridge, built in the 14th 
 century, where University Hall formerly stood. The present edi- 
 fice was erected in the 17th century, and is a good-looking 
 building, with a very fine situation near the river Cam. It has 
 two good libraries, and a noble chapel. There is in connexion 
 with this college an annual prize for an essaj^ on the character 
 of William III. ; a singular case of hero-worship, and care for the 
 preservation of constitutional Protestantism, by its founder. 
 
 CLARE, ST., the name of an order of nuns, founded in the 
 13th century, by a devotee of this name. They conformed to 
 the Franciscan rule. The Minories, London, are named from 
 their convent, for they were also called Minoresses. See Fr.*n- 
 
 CISCANS. 
 
 CLARENCEU'X, Clarenci'eux, [Fr.] the second king at 
 arms, so called from the Duke of Clarence, son of Edward III., 
 who first bore this oftice. He marshals and disposes of the fune- 
 rals of all the lower nobility on the south side of the Trent, and 
 is therefore called Surrey, z. e. South-roy, or South-king. 
 
 CLA'RENDON, EDWARD HYDE, EARL OF, one of the 
 statesmen of the time of the civil wars of the 17th century, and 
 subsequently lord chancellor to Charles II. He studied for the 
 legal profession, and practised as a barrister, though not on any 
 of the circuits. He sat in the parliament of 1640, and the Long 
 Parliament, and at first, though with moderation, took part 
 with the opponents of Charles ; but on the parliament assuming 
 an independence of the crown he sided with the royalists, and 
 soon became one of the most confidential advisers of the king. 
 Oil the open rupture between Charles and the Commons he was 
 raised to a high dignity by the king, and remained with him. 
 Being despatched by the king along with his son, on the disas- 
 trous campaign of 1645, into the W. of England, he was com- 
 pelled to flee from England, and at length joined the exiled 
 court at the Hague. He was one of the ambassadors sent by 
 Charles II. to Spain, and was rewarded by the name of Lord 
 Chancellor, and the confidence of the prince. On the Restor- 
 ation he entered on the full honours and emoluments of his 
 title, and carried out the schemes of the needy and unprincipled 
 king, for obtaining money. But he was not a sufticiently easy 
 tool for Charles's purpose, and other influences than wisdom and 
 experience held sway at court. He was first made the standing 
 jest of the courtiers, and at last, by the means of Lady Castle- 
 maine, dismissed from his post. He was impeached by the Peers, 
 and the people, identifying him more completely than he merited 
 with Charles s profligacy, were equally incensed against him. 
 In 1667 he again fled from England, and died in exile in 1674, 
 aged 65 years. One of his daughters was married to the Duke 
 
 CLA 
 
 of York, afterwards James II., whilst abroad. Clarendon has 
 deserved well of after-times by his historical writings, mostly 
 written when he was in degradation and exile ; he would have 
 deserved better had they been more accurate, and had he not, by 
 misrepresentation, omission, and other serious faults, made them 
 mere diatribes of party and personal gall. As lord chancellor, 
 he took a discreditable part in the worst acts of the beginning 
 of Charles II.'s reign, both as to the unblushing licentiousness 
 of the court, the equally unblushing money-hunting, and the re- 
 ligious persecutions. And yet he seems to have brought about 
 his own fall, by conscientiously acting the very opposite part in 
 respect of all these matters. His oratory was very much ad- 
 mired, both in his earlier days, and in his later exaltation. Per- 
 sonal pride and ostentation of splendour marked him, and con- 
 tributed perhaps to his downfal. 
 
 CLA'RENDON, CONSTITUTIONS OF, the name given in 
 history to 16 Ordinances, passed at a great assembly of the barons 
 and bishops, in the reign of Henrj' II., at Clarendon, Wilts, the 
 object of which was to keep the clergy, and particularly the 
 pope, in check. 
 
 CLA'RET, «. {clairet, Fr.] French wine, of a clear, pale red 
 colour. 
 
 CLA'RICORD, Cla'richord, s. [clarus and clwrda, Lat.] the 
 name of a musical instrument in form of a spinnet, now disused. 
 
 CLARIFICA'TION, s. [clarus and >, Lat.] the clearing any 
 thing from impurities ; the fining liquors. 
 
 To CLA'RIFY, V. a. [clarifier,VT.'] to fine or make any liquor 
 clear. — v. n. to clear up ; to brighten. 
 
 CLA'RINET, s. in Music, a wind instrument made of wood, 
 and sounding by means of a reed fixed at its upper end. It has 
 a bold sound, fitting it for military bands ; but it is made in three 
 different keys, as one instrument will not give all the tones, &c. 
 of its full scale. 
 
 CLA'RION, s. [clarin. Span.] a trumpet with a narrower tube 
 and shriller sound than the common sort. 
 
 CLARITY, s. [clarte, Fr.] brightness; splendour. 
 
 CLARK, s. See Clerk. 
 
 CLARKE, DR. ADAM, the most eminent name for scholar- 
 ship amongst the Wesleyan Methodists. He was intended for 
 a trade, and was mostly self-taught. Having come under the 
 notice of John Wesley, he was encouraged by him, and admit- 
 ted to the ministry of his people. Arrangements were made, 
 when his fame was great, for his being most frequently in the 
 neighbourhood of London, by which means he was spared much 
 of tlie desultoriness that marks the life of an itinerant preacher. 
 He died in 1832, aged 70 years. His chief work is his Com- 
 mentary on the Scriptures, and next to that is his Bibliographi- 
 cal Dictionary. He was employed by the Record Commission to 
 edit Rymer's Fsedera. His scholarship was rather extensive 
 than profound, and he was, from the lack of early and severe 
 mental training, often led astray both by etymological and doc- 
 trinal whimsies, which considerably impair the value of his work. 
 It is worthy of notice, that the Cfommentary, the only work of 
 that kind of erudition amongst them, is not published by the 
 Wesleyan Society, as their accredited works are. 
 
 CLARKE, DR. EDWARD, a traveller of some name, in the 
 beginning of the present century. After some tours and jour- 
 neys of less importance, he travelled through the N. of Europe 
 and Asia, and returned by Syria, Egypt, Turkey, and Germany. 
 His record of this long wandering is full of interest. And the 
 stores of specimens botn in natural history and antiquities which 
 he brought back, were exceedingly valuable. The so-called 
 tomb of Alexander the Great, in the British Museum, was amongst 
 them. He died in 1822, aged 53 years. 
 
 CLARKE, DR. SAMUEL, one of the most famous metaphy- 
 sicians of England, who lived in the end of the 17th and begin- 
 ning of the 18th century. The events of his life were his books 
 and his controversies. His Boyle Lectures, in which he attempted 
 the impossibiUty of a logical d priori proof of the existence of 
 God; hisethical speculationsof the fitnesses of things; his vindi- 
 cation of liberty ; and his Arianism ;— by which he drew 'on him 
 the attacks of rope, Butler, Leibnitz, and the bench of bishops; 
 in which Hoadley, More, Whiston, Newton, and others, defenaed 
 him; and for which he is still occasionally solemnly arraigned, 
 or apologized for, or gloried in ; — are the things by whicn his 
 name lives. His misfortune appears to be, that he lived before 
 the psychological method of metaphysical inquiry was promul- 
 
gated ; his fault, that he mistook the capabilities of school logic, 
 through his consummate skill in its use, to which may be added, 
 perhaps, a sort of vindictive hostility to Descartes and Spinoza. 
 He died in 1729, aged 54 years. He was a good scholar, and 
 some of his editions of the classics are in vogue to the present day. 
 
 CLA'RKSON, THOMAS, one of a series of men, who, by prac- 
 tical goodness, have adorned our country during the last hun- 
 dred years. He competed for a prize given for an Essay on 
 Slavexy, when at Cambridge, in his24th year, and from that time 
 to his death never ceased to labour in the cause of Abolition. 
 GranviileSharp had obtained the decision, that there could be no 
 slaves in England ; Clarkson, aided by Wilberforce, Macaulay, 
 and others, achieved the Abolition of the Slave Trade. Nor ceas- 
 ing then, by public meetings, writings, unwearied iourneyings, 
 and a most extensive correspondence, at the head of an associa- 
 tion numbering some of the first men of the day, he largely 
 contributed to the final overthrow of slavery in the British domi- 
 nions. In all subsequent matters connected with the great work 
 he had devoted himself to, and with similar philanthropic en- 
 deavours, he was always amongst the first with his pen and his 
 influence to aid. He died in 184t>, aged 80 years. He was a 
 clergyman of the English Church, but he never engaged in any 
 regular ministry, nor advanced beyond deacon's orders. 
 
 CLA'RY, s. m Botany, a genus of plants, called by Linnaeus, 
 salvia. There are two British species, viz. the meadow and 
 wild ; the former with oblong, heart-shaped, scolloped leaves, 
 and bluish purple blossoms, flowers in July ; the latter with in- 
 dented, serrated, smoothish leaves, and blue blossoms, is com- 
 
 CLA 
 
 CLAU'DIAN, one of the later Roman poets, patronized by 
 Stilicho, the guardian of Arcadins and Honorius. He had to 
 contend with all the difficulties of using an acquired tongue, for 
 Greek was his native language, and he was thoroughly success- 
 ful. His poems are numerous, and if not equal to those of the 
 Augustan writers, they are inferior only to them ; if somewhat 
 too confined to the praises of his patron, they are varied in their 
 style, and tell most graphically the historj- of his regency. He 
 died in about 410, aged about 45 years. 
 
 CLAU'DIUS, surnamed Nero, the successor of Caligula, and 
 fourth emperor of Rome, He was raised to the purple by the 
 
 Eraetorian guards, who found him concealed in the palace after 
 : 1 ^„-i„ J — Tu„ x_ -a* ,1 
 
 his predecessor's murder. The senate were projecting the re- 
 storation of the republican form, but were compelled to submit. 
 His cowardly disposition made him the tool of the wickedness of 
 
 mon in meadows and pastures, flowering from May to September. 
 
 To CLASH, V. n. [kletsen, Belg.] to make a noise, applied to 
 two bodies struck together ; to act with opposite views ; to con- 
 tradict, oppose, or disagree.^!), a. to strike one thing against 
 another, so as to produce a noise. 
 
 CLASH, s. a noise made by the striking two bodies together; 
 opposition of sentiments, opinions, or interests. 
 
 CLA'SHING, s. See Clash. 
 
 CLASP, s. [ckspe, Belg.] a thin piece of metal curved at the 
 extremities, which enters into a hole made in another place, and 
 is used to fasten two things together, such as the two covers of 
 a book, or the two foreparts of a garment, &c. Figuratively, an 
 embrace, wherein the arms are thrown round the body of a person. 
 
 To CLASP, V. a. to shut or fasten by a clasp ; to hold within 
 the hands ; to make the fingers meet round the circumference of 
 any thing held in the hand; to enclose. 
 
 CLA'SP-KNIFE, s. a knife which is furnished with a spring, 
 and whose blade folds into the handle. 
 
 CLASS, s. [classis, Lat.] a collection of things ranged accord- 
 ing to their different natures and value ; a rank or order. In 
 schools, a number of boys placed according to their attainments, 
 and the authors they read. 
 
 To CLASS, V. a. to range according to some stated method of 
 distribution ; to range according to dift'erent ranks. 
 
 CLA'SSIC, Cla'ssical, a. Idassis, Lat.] a term chiefly applied 
 to authors who are read in the classes at schools. Virgil, Cicero, 
 Homer, and all the other Greek and Latin writers who flourished 
 at a time when their language subsisted in tolerable purity, are 
 included under the term classical. 
 
 CLA'SSIC, s. an author of the first rank for abilities, and 
 esteemed a standard for style, &c. 
 
 To CLATTER, v. a. [clatrunge,Sa.\.'i to make a noise by being 
 often struck together, applied to sonorous or metalline bodies ; 
 to make a noise by talking loud, fast, and little to the purpose : 
 a low word. 
 
 CLA'TTER, s. a rattling noise made by the frequent striking 
 of hard bodies together; a confused and tumultuous noise. 
 
 CLA'VATED, a. [chvatus, Lat.] knobbed ; or abounding with 
 knobs. 
 
 CLAUDE OF Lorraine, one of the most distinguished land- 
 scape painters of the Roman school, who lived at the beginning 
 of the 17th century. He went to Rome as a pastry cook, and 
 studied under Agostino Tassi, and afterwards under Paul Brils. 
 He died in 1682, aged 82 years, having gained wealth, and more 
 lasting renown, by the most unwearied perseverance in studying 
 the objects he depicted, and acquiring skill in the use of his 
 colours. His pictures are all of graceful and beautiful scenery, 
 and this he has not merely faithfully drawn, but most marvel- 
 lou.<<ly idealized. The figures he introduced are complete failures. 
 
 his courtiers and his wives, so that his reign is marked with 
 crime and blood. He ordered some public works for the im- 
 provement and adornment of the city; and visited our island, 
 the greater part of which was subdued beneath the Roman em- 
 pire during his reign. He was poisoned by his second wife in 
 54, aged 03 years, and having reigned nearly 14 years. 
 
 CLAU'DIUS, M. A., the successor to Gallienus in the empire 
 of Rome ; he had been one of the rivals of his power, commonly 
 called the Thirty Tyrants. He delivered Italy from the Goths, 
 by a victory which was most terribly complete. He died in 270, 
 aged 56 years, and having reigned well for 2 years. 
 
 CLAVE, the preter. of To Cleave. 
 
 CLA-'VELLATED, jiart. [claveltatus, low Lat.] in Chemistiy, 
 made with burnt tartar. 
 
 CLA'VICLE, s. Iclacicuh, Lat.] in Anatomy, the collar-bone, 
 of which there are two, situated between the scapula and ster- 
 num, each of them resembling an Italic -S", but in women more 
 straight than in men. 
 
 CLA'VIUS, CHRISTOPHERUS, a learned and mathematical 
 Jesuit of the 10th century, who is the author of the Ecclesiasti- 
 cal Calendar in use in the Churches of Rome and England. He 
 wrote an immense book about this, with tables innumerable, 
 and rules and formulae for enabling all future generations to 
 compute the days for the orthodox observance of the movable 
 fasts and feasts ; his other books are quite superseded. He died 
 in 1612, aged 75 years. 
 
 CLAUSE, (klauze) s. [clausula, from claudo, Lat.] a sentence ; 
 a single article ; so much of a sentence as will make sense. 
 
 CLAU'SENBURG, a free city of Transylvania, Hungary, in a 
 county of the same name. It stands on the Zamos, which is a 
 remote tributary of the Danube, in a beautiful valley or moun- 
 tain-pass. It is fortified and well built, and has many relics of 
 Roman origin. It has a handsome cathedral, and several aca- 
 demical institutions. It has a population of about 25,000. Lat. 
 47. O.N. Long. 23.45. E. 
 
 CLAU'STRAL, a. [claustrum, Lat.] belonging to a cloister, or 
 religious house. 
 
 CLAU'SURE, s. [clattsura, from c/a«(^o, Lat.] confinement; 
 the state of a person shut up or confined in a monastery. 
 
 CLAW, s. [clawan. Sax.] the foot of a bird or beast, armed 
 with a sharp-pointed horny substance. 
 
 To CLAW, V. a. [clawan. Sax.] to scratch or tear with the 
 nails. 
 
 CLA'WED, T^arf. furnished or armed with claws. 
 
 CLAY, s. [clai, Brit.] a compact, weighty, stiff, viscid, and 
 ductile earth, when moist ; smooth to the touch, easily dis- 
 solved in water, and when mixed with it, not quickly subsid- 
 ing. Pipe-clay, a grayish earth found in Dorsetshire and Nor- 
 folk, which burns into a pure dead white. Its soapy feel, and 
 adherency to the lips and tongue, are its distinctions, burnt and 
 unburnt. London clay, the name of the lowest formation of the 
 Tertiary series in England. Its lower beds were formerly classed 
 separately as Plastic Clay. 
 
 CLAY, or Cley, Norfolk. A town with a small harbour, and 
 large salt-works in the neighbourhood, from whence salt is sent 
 all over the country, and sometimes exported to Holland, the 
 Baltic, &c. It is seated on an arm of the sea, between two 
 rivers. It is 130 miles from London. Market, Saturday. Pop. 
 828. 
 
 To CLAY, V. a. to cover with clay. In Agriculture, to manure 
 with clay. 
 
 CLA'Y-COLD, a. as cold as clay. Figuratively, lifeless. 
 
 183 
 
CLAYES, s. [claye, Fr.] in Fortification, wattles made with 
 stakes interwoven with osiers, to cover lodgments. 
 
 CLA'YEY, a. consisting of, or abounding in clay. 
 
 CLA'YISH, a. of the nature of clay ; like clay. 
 
 CLA'Y-MARL, s. a whitish, smooth kind of chalky earth, re- 
 sembling clay, sometimes mixed with chalk-stones. 
 
 CLA'Y-PIT, s. a pit where clay is dug. 
 
 CLEAN, (JiUen) a. [cUene, Sax.] free from dirt, or soil. Figur- 
 atively, free from any moral stain, wickedness, or impurity.-— arf. 
 entirely, perfectly, fullj', or completely. 
 
 To CLEAN, V. a. to free from dirt or filth. 
 
 CLE'ANLY, a. free from dirt or filth, free from moral impu- 
 rity ; innocent ; chaste. 
 
 CLE'ANLY, ad. in a clean, neat manner, free frota dirt or 
 filth. 
 
 CLE'ANNESS, Cle'anliness, s. neatness ; freeness from dirt or 
 filth ; elegance ; exactness ; freedom from any moral impurity. 
 
 To CLEANSE, (klenze) v. a. \cl(Bnsian, Sax.] to free from dirt 
 or filth by washing or rubbing. In Medicine, to purge ; to re- 
 move from wounds what hinders a cure. 
 
 CLE'ANSER, {klenzer) s. [clansere. Sax.] in Medicine, a pur- 
 gative ; a detergent. 
 
 CLEAR, (kleer) a. [clarus, Lat.] bright, transparent, pellucid, 
 transpicuous; free from blame, innocent, without blemish ; evi- 
 dent, indisputable, undeniable ; free from distress, prosecution, 
 or imputecf guilt ; vacant, out of debt, unentangled; out of 
 danger. 
 
 To CLEAR, V. a. to brighten ; to vindicate one's character ; 
 to prove a man's innocence ; to free from obscurity ; to dis- 
 charge a debt ; to clarify liquors ; to gain without any deduc- 
 tion for loss or charges. To clear a ship, is to obtain leave for 
 sailing, or selling the cargo, by paying the customs. 
 
 CLE'ARANCE, s. a certificate that the ship has been cleared 
 by the custom-house, by paying the duties. 
 
 CLEAR, CAPE, a promontory on a little island on the S. 
 coast oflreland, Lat. 51. 19. N.Long. 9.24. W. There is also 
 another island, called Cape Clear Island, at a small distance 
 from Baltimore Haven ; they are both inhabited. 
 
 CLE'ARER, s. the person or thing that removes any filth or 
 obstruction ; that which communicates light to the mind, or 
 removes any difficulty or prejudices which may obscure the 
 judgment. 
 
 CLE'ARING-HOUSE, an office at which clerks from the va- 
 rious banking-houses in London meet, and by a simple arrange- 
 ment exchange the notes, &c. they have belonging to other 
 houses, for notes, &c. belonging to their own, or a money pay- 
 ment. The amount of these transactions is frequently above 
 £5,000,000 in a day. 
 
 CLE'ARLY, ad. free from darkness, obscurity, ambiguity ; 
 plainly ; without any undue influence or prejudice ; without eva- 
 sion or reserve. Without deduction or diminution, applied to 
 gains. 
 
 CLE'ARNESS, s. transparency, which renders a thing easy to 
 be seen through, applied to glass. Freedom from dregs or filth, 
 applied to liquors. Distinctness, plainness, freedom from ob- 
 scurity and ambiguity, applied to ideas. 
 
 CLEAR-SI'GHTED, a. able to discern and distinguish things ; 
 judicious; seeing into the consequences of things. 
 
 To CLE'ARSTARCH, v. a. to starch in such a manner, that 
 linen may appear transparent, and clearer than in common 
 washing. 
 
 ^ To CLEAVE, (kleeve) v. n. preter. I clove, part, cloven; [eleofan. 
 Sax.] to stick ; to adhere to ; to unite oneself to a person. 
 
 To CLEAVE, (kleeve) v. a. preter. I clave, clove, or clefi, parti- 
 cip. cloven, or cleft; [ckofan. Sax.] to divide a thing with a chop- 
 per and with violence ; to divide by a swift or rapid motion ; to 
 divide or separate ; to part asunder. 
 
 CLE' AVER, (Ajfeecer) s. a large flat instrument made of metal, 
 with a handle, of a long square form, used by butchers to sepa- 
 rate the joints of mtat from their carcasses ; one who chops any 
 thing. In Botany, a weed, named likewise Goose-grass, and 
 Tongue-weed. 
 
 CLEF, «. Iclef, Fr.] in Music, a mark placed at the beginning 
 of the lines of a piece of music, which determines the name of 
 each line, according to the scale. The three clefs are, the treble, 
 or G clef; the C clef, which is alto, or tenor, according to its po- 
 sition on the staff"; and the bass, or F clef. 
 184 
 
 CLE 
 
 CLEFT, participle passive, from To Cj.eave. 
 
 CLEFT, s. a space made by the separation of the parts of any 
 body ; a crack. In Farrierj', a disease in horses, which appears 
 on the hough of the pasterns. 
 
 To CLE'FTGR AF f, v. a. in Gardening, to ingraft by cleaving 
 the stock of a tree, and inserting a branch into it. 
 
 CLE'MATIS, s. in Botany, the name of a genus of climbing 
 plants, one of which, called Traveller's Joy, is very common in 
 the S. E. quarter of Britain. 
 
 CLE'MENCY, s. [dementia, Lat.] unwillingness to punish, and 
 tenderness in inflicting punishment. 
 
 CLE'MENS ALEXA'NDRINUS, a Father of the Church, who 
 flourished about the end of the 2nd century. He was carefully 
 taught in the philosophy of the day, and at length learned the 
 truths of Christianity, as they were taught then. He became 
 a teacher of them himself, and entered the clerical order, but 
 never became more than a presbyter. Of his works, the Stroma- 
 tis is the most famous. He has left us in them a treasure of va- 
 ried information respecting the times he lived in, far more valu- 
 able than his theology. He died in 220, aged about 70 years. 
 
 CLE'MENT, a. [clemens, Lat.] unwilling to punish, ana tender 
 in executing or limiting punishment. 
 
 CLE'MENT, the name borne by fourteen occupants of the 
 Roman see: the most noticeable of which are, Cletnent I., or 
 Clemens Romanus, the third pastor of Rome, wlK) had been a com- 
 panion of the apostles, and has left us an excellent letter to the 
 Corinthians, and a fragment of another. He was put to death 
 about 100 A. D. Clement VII. was the title assumed by an an- 
 tipope, deposed by the Council of Constance ; the true pope of 
 this name was the one who refused to sanction Henry VlII.'s 
 divorce, and thus gave the character to the Reformation in 
 England. Clement XL was engaged in broils during nearly his 
 whole papacy. The first was with France and Austria, about 
 the investiture of Philip V. of Spain, and the occupation of a 
 town belonging to the Papal States. Then with France, by his 
 Unigenitus Bull, against an Augustinian book. Afterwards with 
 the Propagandist missionaries in China ; about the old Pre- 
 tender's attempt on England ; and at last with the Turks, about 
 Corfu. He died in 1721. Clement XIV., who suppressed the 
 order of Jesuits, and died in 1774. 
 
 CLEME'NTI, a celebrated composer, and performer on the 
 piano-forte. He showed early signs of eminence, and was warmly 
 encouraged by Mr. Beckfora. He visited the continent several 
 times after he settled in England. His music commenced an 
 aera in the use of the piano-forte, and is unsurpassed in its style 
 and adaptation to that instrument. He died in 1832, aged 80 
 years. 
 
 CLE'OBURY, called also North Cleobury, and Cleobuky 
 Mortimer, Shropshire. A town situated on the N. side of the 
 river Tend. It is 150 miles from London. Market, Thursday, 
 Pop. 190(j. 
 
 CLE'ON, one of the demagogues of Athens, who has been 
 immortalized by the satire of Aristonhanes. He fell in runnihg 
 away from the Lacedemonians unaer Brasidas, whom he had 
 besieged in Amphipolis, in 422 b. c. 
 
 CLEOPA'TRA, the noted queen of Egypt, daughter of the 
 Ptolemies, who insnared both Julius Caesar and Mark Antony 
 by her voluptuousness, and robbed the latter of his hope of the 
 empire. She destroyed herself in 30 b. c, to avoid appearing as 
 a prisoner in the triumph of Augustus. 
 
 To CLEPE, V. a. [cleapan. Sax.] to call. Obsolete. 
 
 CLEPSY'DRA, «. [Jclepto and udor, Gr.] a water-clock, or an 
 instrument to measure time by the falling of a certain quantity 
 of water, used by the ancients before the invention of clocks and 
 hour-glasses, both by sea and land. There were many kinds of 
 clepsydrm among the ancients, but had all of them this in com- 
 mon, that the water ran generally through a narrow passage, 
 from one vessel into another, and in the lower was a piece of ' 
 cork, which, as the vessel filled, rose up by degrees, and showed 
 the hour. 
 
 CLERC, JEAN LE, a Genevese writer on theological sub- 
 jects, whose skill in biblical criticism was admirable" for the 
 means he possessed, but whose theology lacks careful thought 
 and profound examination of the subject. He was a Socinian in 
 sentiment. He published many works on various subjects, and 
 died in 1736, aged 79 years. 
 
 CLE'RGY, s. [clerge, Fr. klerikos, Eccles. Gr.] the 
 
CLE 
 
 title of the class of men devoted to ecclesiastical or spiritual en- 
 gagements and occupations, as teachers and rulers, in oppo- 
 sition to those not so engaged — called the laity, in those churches 
 and communions in which these functionaries are incorporated 
 as a class. In this country it pertains exclusively to the minis- 
 ters of the Established Church, and they are divided into the 
 superior clergy, as bishops, deans, prebendaries, &c., and the in- 
 ferior clergy, as rectors, vicars, ana curates. In Romanist coun- 
 tries, the clergy are divided into secular, or the bishops, priests, 
 and deacons, who minister in dioceses and parishes, and regular, 
 or the abbots, priors, and brothers, who live under conventual 
 rule. In countries in which the state assumes the protection, 
 &c. of any communion or church, this distinction of clergy and 
 laity is more civil than ecclesiastical. This title is often vainly 
 assumed by the ministers of communions amongst which no 
 spiritual class, as such, can exist : and in some communions in 
 which it can and does, this distinction, as a religious one, is 
 questioned and rejected. See Church, Bishop, Priest, &c. &c.. 
 Laity, Benefit of Clergy. 
 
 CLE'RGYMAN, a. a person dedicated by ordination to the 
 service of the church ; a person in holy orders. 
 
 CLE'RICAL, a. [clericus, Eccles. Lat.] belonging to the clergy. 
 
 CLERK, s. [kleros, Gr. because the clergy were supposed to 
 be the peculiar heritage or property of God,] a word originally 
 used to denote a learned man, or man of letters ; but now is the 
 common appellation by which clergymen distinguish themselves 
 in signing any deed, instrument, &c. Also the person who reads 
 the responses of the congregation in the church to direct the 
 rest. It is likewise a common name for writers or book-keepers, 
 in public offices, or private counting-houses. In our courts of 
 record, there is a great number of officers who go under this 
 name. 
 
 CLE'RKSHIP, s. the office or employ of a clerk. 
 
 CLERjyiO'NT, the capital of the department of Puy-de-D6me, 
 France, situated near the mountain whence the department is 
 named, and distinguished from other towns in France of the 
 same name by the appellation Ferrand. The town stands finely 
 in the midst of the hills of Auvergne, near a small mountain- 
 stream, that runs to the AUier. It is well built, but not so regu- 
 larly as to sustain the picturesque impression produced by its 
 more distant view. It has some fine buildings, the cathedral, 
 and some market halls, &c. It is an ancient place, and has 
 borne a part in the history of Europe. It has now a good trade, 
 chiefly in the productions of the vicinity. It is 225 miles from 
 Paris. Its population is about 30,000. Lat. 45. 40. N. Long. 
 3. 0. E. ^ 
 
 CLEVE, CuF, Clive, in the name of a place, denotes it to 
 be situate on the side of a rock or hill; as Cleveland, Clifton, 
 Stanclif. 
 
 CLEVELAND, a city and port of entry of Ohio, United 
 States. It occupies a commanding situation on Lake Erie, at 
 the mouth of the Cuyahoga river, and the N. termination of the 
 Erie canal, and is second in importance in the state to Cincin- 
 nati alone. It is nobly built, with very wide streets, and a great 
 square shaded with trees in the centre. Its harbour is one of 
 the best on the lake, and has a pier and a lighthouse. It is 
 connected by a small bridge and a floating bridge with Ohio 
 city on the other side of the river. It is.359 miles from Wash- 
 ington. Pop. 6071 , and of Ohio city 1577. There are six other 
 places named Cleveland, and seven named Ohio, in the States. 
 
 CLE'VER, a. dexterous, quick, or skilful in the performance 
 of any thing; well pleasing, convenient; well made, handsome. 
 
 CLE'VERLY, ad. in a dexterous, ingenious, skilful, and pro- 
 per manner. 
 
 CLE'VERNESS, s. a proper, skilful, and dexterous perform- 
 ance ; a quality which conveys the idea of fitness, ingenuity, 
 and perfection, and thereby excites satisfaction in the mind. 
 
 CLEVES, a circle of DiisseldorflF, Prussia, bordering on Hol- 
 land. It lies on the Rhine, and is a very flat and well-cultivated 
 district. It has also some textile and other manufactures. Its 
 population is about 50,000. Cleves, its capital, is a handsome 
 town, seated on a hill, three miles from the Rhine, with a ca- 
 thedral and other public buildings, some manufactures, and a 
 mineral spring, which makes it a place of resort in the season. 
 It has a population of about 8000. Lat. 51. 50. N. Long. 23. 
 45. E. ^ 
 
 CLEW, «. Ikloutoen, Belg.] any thing in a globular form ; a 
 
 CLI 
 
 ball of thread. Figuratively, any guide or direction, by means 
 of which a person may surmount any difiiculty, alluding to a 
 ball of thread made use of by persons to find their way back 
 again from a labyrinth. The clew of a sail is the lower corner, 
 reaching down to that earing where the tackle and sheets are 
 fastened. 
 
 To CLEW, t). a. among sailors, joined with the word sail, 
 signifies to raise them in order to be furled by means of a rope 
 fastened to the clew, called the clew-yamet. 
 
 To CLICK, V. n. [cUken, Belg.] to make a small, sharp, and 
 successive noise, like that of the beats of a watch. 
 
 CLI'CKER, s. a tradesman's servant, who stands at the shop- 
 door to invite customers to buy his wares; commonly called^a 
 barker. 
 
 CLI'ENT, s. [diem, Lat.] in Law, one who employs a lawyer 
 for advice or defence. Among the Romans, one who was de- 
 pendent on some great personage, who undertook to defend him 
 from oppression. 
 
 CLIENTELE, Cli'entship, «. [clientela, Lat.] the office or 
 condition of a client. 
 
 CLIFF, s. [clif. Sax.] a steep or craggy rock, generally applied 
 to one on the sea-coast. 
 
 CLIFFE, KING'S, Northamptonshire, 88 miles from London. 
 Market, Tuesday. Pop. 1278. 
 
 CLIFTON, Gloucestershire, a suburb of Bristol. Pop. 14,177. 
 See Bristol. 
 
 CLIMA'CTERIC, Climacte'rical, a. [klimax, Gr.] among the 
 old physicians and astrologers, is a name given to certain periods 
 in a man's life, which they supposed to be very critical, and to 
 denote some extraordinary change. According to some, every 
 seventh year is climacteric ; but others allow only those years 
 
 Eroduced by 7 multiplied by the odd numbers 3, 5, 7, and 9, to 
 e climactertcal. These years, they say, bring with them some re- 
 markable change with respect to life, health, or fortune. The 
 Grand Climacteric is the 63rd year ; but some making two, add to 
 this the 81st. The other Climacterics are the 7th, 21st, 35th, 
 49th, and 56th. 
 
 CLI'MATE, s. [klima, Gr.] a word formerly employed to de- 
 signate imaginary zones, drawn parallel to the equator, in which 
 the diurnal and annual astronomical phenomena varied by only 
 a small and popularly inappreciable degree. It now is used to 
 signify all the thermometrical and hygrometrical conditions of 
 animal and vegetable life in different parts of the globe. The 
 temperature and moisture of any place depend generally on its 
 latitude, but more particularly on its elevation above or beneath 
 the sea-level, its geographical position, its topography, and the 
 degree to which the conversion of bog and wood into arable and 
 ptisture land is carried. And these again are modified by elec- 
 trical agencies, winds, and clouds. Some of the most interesting 
 and remarkable phenomena that come under the head of climate^ 
 are,— the greater heat of countries under the tropics, than of the 
 equatorial regions; the existence of zones, in which the seasons 
 are alternately dry and rainy, in which it seldom or never rains, 
 and in which there is no regularity in the rain ; the equality, or 
 nearly such, of the degree of highest temperature in all countries 
 lying beyond 30 degrees from the poles; the difference of climate in 
 places of the same latitude in Europe, and in Asia and America, 
 associated with the expanse of land within the tropics in the lon- 
 gitude of Europe, and its comparative rareness both for Asia and 
 America, togetlier with the almost entire absence of land within 
 the N. polar circle in the Old Continent, and the existence of 
 much in the New ; and the diflference between the climate of the 
 same degrees of latitude in the N. and in the S. hemisphere, 
 associated with the fact, that in the N. the land is accumulated, 
 especially towards the pole, whilst in the S. the greater expanse 
 is sea, especially near the pole. 
 
 CLI'MAX, s. [klimax, Gr.] in Rhetoric, a figure, wherein the 
 sense of a period ascends or increases every sentence till it con- 
 cludes ; as in the following : " Whether Paul, or ApoUos, or Ce- 
 phas, or the world, or life, or death, or things present, or things 
 to come; all are yours; and ye are Christ's ; and Christ is God's," 
 1 Cor. iii. 22, 23. 
 
 To CLIMB, V. n. preter. and participle passive, climbed, (some- 
 times pronounced clime,) [climan. Sax.] to ascend; to ascend by 
 their specific levity, &c., applied to vapours; to mount or go 
 upwards. 
 
 CLI'MBER, s. one who mounts, ascends, or scales any high 
 2 B l^ 
 
CLO 
 
 or steep place. In Botany, a plant so called from its creeping up 
 on other supports, as the ivy, honeysuckle, &c. 
 
 CLIME, s. the same as climate ; generally used in poetry. 
 
 To CLINCH, V. a. to hold a thing in the hand with the fingers 
 and thumb meeting over it; to shut the hand so as the fingers 
 and thumb may reach over each other; to bend the point of a 
 nail, when driven through any thing; to confirm, establish, or 
 push home, applied to an argument. 
 
 CLINCH, s. a word which has a double meaning; a pun; a 
 word made use of to conclude several lines in the different parts 
 of a poem, and to rhyme to as many different words. In Navi- 
 gation, that part of a cable which is fastened to the ring of an 
 anchor. 
 
 CLI'NCHER, s. a cramp or holdfast, made of a piece of iron 
 bent, or making an angle at the top, and used to fasten planks. 
 
 To CLING, V. n. prefer. I clung, or have clung ; part, clang ; 
 [klunger, Dan.] to stick close to, or hang upon, by twisting 
 round a thing. 
 
 CLI'NIC, s. [klines, Gr.] a term applied bv the ancient church 
 bishops to those who received baptism on their death-bed. 
 
 CLl'NICAL, a. in Medicine, a term particularly used to sig- 
 nify the treating sick persons in bed, for the more exact dis- 
 covery of all the symptoms of their diseases. A clinical lecture is 
 a lecture deliverecf by the bed-side of the patient, and in which 
 the lecturer refers his pupil to the actual situation of the patient. 
 
 To CLINK, V. a. to strike metals together so as to make them 
 sound. — V. n. to make a noise, applied to the sound made by two 
 pieces of metal struck together. 
 
 CLINK, s. a noise made by the striking of two pieces of metal, 
 whether iron or steel, on each other. 
 
 CLI'NQUANT, a. [Fr.] dressed in embroidery, in spangles ; 
 false glittering; tinsel finery. 
 
 CLI'NTON, a town of New York, United States, having se- 
 veral important manufacturing establishments, and a promising 
 educational institution, named Hamilton College, whose build- 
 ings occupy a noble site. It is 380 miles from Washington. Pop. 
 about 800. Thirty-one other places have the same name. 
 
 CLI'O, [Lat.] one of the Nine Muses, the patroness of history ; 
 and is generally represented crowned with laurel, holding a trum- 
 pet in her right hand, and a book in her left. 
 
 To CLIP, V. a. [clippan. Sax.] to embrace by folding the arms 
 closely round ; to enfold in the arms ; to hug. — [klipper, Dan. or 
 klippen, Belg.] to cut with shears. Figuratively, to diminish, 
 applied to coin. To cut short, not to pronounce fully, applied to 
 language. 
 
 CLI'PPER, s. one that debases the coin, by cutting, filing, or 
 otherwise diminishing its size and weight. 
 
 CLIPPING, s. the part cut or clipped off. 
 
 CLI'THEROE, Lancashire. This town has manufactures of 
 cotton, a medicinal spring, and a communication with the in- 
 land navigations, and stands, with its ruinous castle, built by the 
 Lacys, on the river Kibble, at the bottom of Pendle Hill. It is 
 217 miles from London. Market, Saturday. Pop. 6765. 
 
 CLIVE, ROBERT, LORD, the founder of the present British 
 empire in India. He was a poor lad sent out as a writer to Ma- 
 dras, and who entered the military service of the E. India Com- 
 pany when war with the French began. His first renown arose 
 from his taking Arcot ; and for it he was honourably entertain- 
 ed in England, and sent out again with a commission from the 
 crown, and a governorship. During the next campaign he 
 avenged the horrors of the " Black Hole" of Calcutta, and gain- 
 ed the battle of Plassy, for which he was made governor of Cal- 
 cutta. He was niggardly repaid with a peerage ; but was sent 
 out again, when he fairly established the British j)ower, and re- 
 turned to languish in sickness, and be chargea with abuse of 
 power. He destroyed himself in 1774, aged 49 years. 
 
 CLOAK, (klok) s. a loose garment without sleeves, worn over 
 the rest of a person's clothes, either to defend them from cold or 
 rain. Figuratively, a' pretext, or pretence, in order to conceal 
 any design. 
 
 To CLOAK, (klok) v. a. to cover with a cloak. Figuratively, 
 to conceal any design by some specious pretext or artifice. 
 
 CLO'AKBAG, s. a bag in which clothes are carried. 
 
 CLOCK, «. [clocc, Bnt.] a machine moved by weights or a 
 
 spring, and regulated by a pendulum, serving to measure time, 
 
 and show the hour by striking on a bell. Twelve o'clock, ^c. is 
 
 an abbreviation for 12 of the clock, or the 12th hour. Applied 
 
 186 
 
 CLO 
 
 to stockings, clock signifies the work with which the ankles are 
 adorned. In Natural History, a sort of beetle. 
 
 CLO'CKMAKER, s. an artificer whose profession is to make 
 clocks. 
 
 CLO'CKWORK, s. any movements which go by means of 
 springs, wheels, and a pendulum, and in that respect resemble 
 the movements of a clock. 
 
 CLOD, «. [clud. Sax.] a small mass of moist earth ; a lump of 
 earth or clay. Figuratively, a turf ; the ground; any thing vile, 
 base, and earthly ; a dull, gross, stupid person. 
 
 To CLOD, V. n. to unite into a mass, on account of its mois- 
 ture or viscidity ; to curdle, used instead of clot,— v. a. to pelt with 
 clods. 
 
 CLO'DDY, a. consisting of little heaps, small masses, or clods 
 of earth. 
 
 CLO'DIUS, P., a dissolute patrician of Rome, whose hostility 
 to Cicero has conferred an immortality of infamy on him. He 
 engaged in an intrigue with Julius Ceesar's wife, and violated 
 the rites of the Bona Dea, which she was celebrating ; to re- 
 venge himself on Cicero, who spoke against him on his trial, he 
 procured adoption by a plebeian, and was elected tribune; he 
 opposed Cicero's recall from exile, and the restoration of his pro- 
 perty ; and at last, becoming embroiled with Milo, and keeping 
 a company of armed ruffians round him, he was killed in a brawl 
 between them and Milo's company, in 52 b. c. 
 
 CLO'DPATE, s. a stupid fellow ; one who cannot easily ap- 
 prehend the meaning of another. Hence clodpiated, an adjective, 
 implying dull of apprehension, or stupid. 
 
 To CLOG, V. a. to load with something that may hinder mo- 
 tion ; to burthen ; to embarrass. — v. n. to be obstructed by the 
 sticking of something to a thing. 
 
 CLOG, s. any weight or thing which impedes or hinders the 
 motion of a thing; a restraint; an encumbrance, hinderance, 
 obstruction, or impediment ; a sole fastened by straps, worn by 
 women over the shoes, to keep their feet clean or dry. 
 
 CLO'GGINESS, s. the state of being hindered from motion ; 
 obstruction. 
 
 CLO'GGY, a. that, by adhering to any instrument, stops up 
 the passages, or otherwise hinders its motion. 
 
 CLO'GHER, Tyrone, in Ulster, Ireland. It is the see of a 
 bishop, and stands on the Launy, which flows into the Black- 
 water. The cathedral and the palace are handsome buildings of 
 their respective classes. It is 70 miles from Dublin. Pop. 705. 
 
 CLOI'STER, s. [clauster. Sax.] a habitation surrounded with 
 walls, and dwelt in by monks or religious ; a monastery for the 
 religious of either sex. In a more strict sense, a square built on 
 each of its sides, with a peristyle or piazza, in which the monks 
 used to take exercise, &c. 
 
 To CLOPSTER, t'. a. to shut up in a monastery ; to confine 
 in a religious house. 
 
 CLOI'STERAL, a. shut up in a monastery or nunnery; soli- 
 ta^ ; retired ; recluse. 
 
 CLOPSTERED, part, sohtary ; inhabiting a cloister ; con- 
 fined in a monastery, or religious house. In Architecture, built 
 round, or surrounded with a piazza or peristyle. 
 
 CLONFE'RT, Galwav, in Connaught, Ireland. This place 
 stands in the midst of the bogs of the Shannon. The cathedral 
 is in ruins. The see is now combined with those of Killaloe, 
 Kilfenora, and Kihnacduagh. It is 70 miles from Dublin. 
 Pop. 397. 
 
 CLO'NMEL, Tipperary, in Munster, Ireland. It is pleasantly 
 situated on the Suir, over which are three bridges. It is a very 
 neat and improving town, with a considerable export trade. It is 
 85 miles from Dublin. Pop. 13,505. 
 
 To CLOOM, V. a. [ckemian, Sax.] to cover or stop up with clay, 
 mortar, or any glutinous matter. • 
 
 To CLOSE, (kloze) V. a. [clauaus, Lat.] to shut any thing that 
 is open ; to conclude, finish, or perfect ; to confine ; to join any 
 thing broken. To heal, applied to wounds ; to join two parts to- 
 gether, after being separated. To close with, or in with, to come 
 to an agreement with. 
 
 CLOSE, s. any thing shut, without passage or outlet; "a small 
 field surrounded with a hedge or rails. Applied to time, the end 
 of any particular period or portion. The end of a sentence ; a 
 conclusion. 
 
 CLOSE, a. and ad. used with the verbs tie, shut, or fasten, shut 
 so as nothing can come out, or any air make Us entrance. " A 
 
elose box." " A close room." Without vent or inlet ; without 
 motion ; stagnating ; sultry, or not easily breathed in, applied 
 to the air. Having very few pores, applied to metals. "That 
 very close metal," Locke. Dense ; concise ; short ; without any 
 redundance; or thick, applied to the manner of expression. 
 "Your thoughts lie so close together." Applied to situation, 
 touching, or without any distance between the things mentioned. 
 Applied to designs, secret or without discovery ; having the ap- 
 pearance of reserve and secrecy ; without wandering. " To keep 
 our thoughts close to their business," Locke, Home ; to the point ; 
 retired ; without going abroad. " He keeps very close." Under 
 great restraint. " A c/ose prisoner." Narrow, dark, cloudy, misty, 
 and sult^, applied to the sky or weather. 
 
 CLOSE-BODIED, a. that comes tight round the body, opposed 
 to that which hangs loose. 
 
 CLOSE-HANDED, a. covetous; illiberal; void of generosity. 
 
 CLOSE-LEAGUED, a. ranged near one another ; in a thick 
 and impenetrable body ; secretly leagued, or privately conspiring 
 against. 
 
 CLO'SELY, ad. applied to shutting any vessel, &c. without 
 vent or passage for the internal or external air ; very near ; 
 not deviating from, applied to the translation of authors. " 1 
 have translated closely." 
 
 CLO'SENESS, s. the state of having no passage for the air; 
 narrowness; want of air; denseness; compactness; recluseness; 
 solitude ; reserve ; secrecy ; avarice ; connexion. 
 
 CLOSE-PENT, a. shut close ; without vent. 
 
 CLO'SER, (klozer) s. a finisher or concluder. 
 
 CLO'SET, (kluset) s. a small room for privacy and retirement ; 
 a shallow place furnished with shelves, and with a door, serving 
 as a repository for curiosities, or family utensils. 
 
 To CLO'SET, (kldzet) v. a. to shut up or conceal in a closet ; 
 to make into a closet for the sake of privacy. 
 
 CLOSH, s. a distemper in the feet of cattle, called likewise 
 the founder. 
 
 CLO'SURE, (klSzure) s. the act of shutting or stopping up any 
 aperture or cleft ; .confinement ; conclusion; end. 
 
 CLOT, ». [klot, Belg.] a mass formed by thickening of any 
 fluid body. 
 
 To CLOT, V, n. [klotteren, Belg.] to grow into small masses, 
 applied to any fluid substance. To gather into clods, applied to 
 moist or clayey earth. 
 
 CLOTA'IRE, the name of two of the Merovingian monarchs 
 of France, each of whom being left by his father ruler of one- 
 fourth part of the Prankish empire, Soissons or Neustria, by con- 
 quest and violence gained the whole. Clotaire L was son of 
 Clovis, and died in 5G2. Clotaire H. was his great-grandson, 
 and died in 628. 
 
 CLO'TBAR, s. in Botany, a provincial term for the common 
 burdock. 
 
 CLOTH,*, plural cloths, or clothes; [ctoA, Sax.] in a general 
 sense, any thing woven, either from animal or vegetable sub- 
 stances, for garments ; the linen wherewith a table is covered 
 at any meal ; the canvass on which pictures are painted ; the se- 
 veral coverings which are laid on a bed. 
 
 To CLOTHE, V, a. preter. / clothed; part. I have clothed, or 
 clad ; to invest with garments ; to cover or adorn with dress. 
 Synon. Clothes express simply that which covers t]\e body. 
 Dress has a less confined meaning ; besides that of a bare cover- 
 ing, it includes in its idea a relation to form and fashion, as well 
 to the ornaments as the necessaries ; thus we say, a Spanish 
 dress ; a rich dress. 
 
 CLO'THIER, s. one who carries on the manufactory of wool- 
 len cloth. 
 
 CLO'THING, s. dress ; vesture ; garments. 
 
 CLO'THO, in Greek Mythology, that one of the three Fates 
 or Parcae, who was represented as spinning the thread of each 
 man's life. 
 
 CLO'THSHEARER, «. one who shears the nap of woollen 
 cloth, after it has been raised by carders or teazers. 
 
 CLO'TPOLL, s. a word of contempt and reproach, implying a 
 stupid person ; a blockhead, or thick-skull. 
 
 To CLO'TTER, v. n. See To Clot. 
 
 CLOTTY, a. full of clots or lumps. 
 
 CLOUD, s. a collection of condensed vapours suspended in the 
 atmosphere. They consist of very small drops of water, detach- 
 ed by heat, and elevated above the surface of the earth. The 
 
 CEO 
 
 laws of their formation, movement, precipitation as rain, &c. are 
 very imperfectly understood. Meteorologists have classified and 
 named them according to their appearance, as cirrus, or curl- 
 cloud ; cumulus, or stacken-cloud ; stratus, or fall-cloud ; nimbus, 
 or rain-cloud ; and cirro-cumulus, or fleece-cloud ; cirro-stratus, or 
 wane-cloud; cumulo-stratus, or twain-cloud. Thunder-clovd, is 
 one charged with electricity, which it rids itself of by lightning 
 and thunder. Figuratively, the veins or dusky marks in agates 
 or stones ; any thing which obscures ; a state of darkness ; a 
 crowd or great number. 
 
 To CLOUD, V. a. to darken ; to make the countenance appear 
 lowering ; to render a truth obscure, or difticult to be under- 
 stood ; variegated or diversified with dark veins, applied to wood 
 and stones.— iJ. n. to grow cloudy, dark, or overcast, applied to 
 the sky or weather. 
 
 CLOU'D-BERRY, s. in Botany, a plant of the bramble kind, 
 also called knot-berry. 
 
 CLOUD, ST., a small town of the department of Seine et Oise, 
 France, lying on the Seine, where is a royal palace and park, of 
 great beauty as to situation, and graceful style as to the charac- 
 ter of the building. There is a tower there built by Napoleon 
 Buonaparte, which commands a very extensive and beautiful 
 prospect. It is 15 miles from Paris. Population, about 2500. 
 
 CLOU'D-CAPT, o. covered, topped by, or touching the clouds. 
 "The cloud-capt towers," Shak. 
 
 CLOU'DILY, ad. in a cloudy or dark manner. 
 
 CLOU'DINESS, s. a state wherein clouds produce darkness 
 and obscurity ; want of brightness or lustre ; foulness, applied 
 to precious stones. 
 
 CLOU'DLESS, a. without clouds ; clear, applied to the wea- 
 ther. Without spot or foulness, applied to jewels. 
 
 CLOU'DY, a. formed of clouds ; dark, obscure, or overcast 
 with clouds. Figuratively, obscure ; dark ; imperfect ; sullen ; 
 dejected. 
 
 CLOVE, the preter. of To Cleave. 
 
 CLOVE, s. Iclou, Fr.] a spice brought from the East Indies, 
 which is the flower-bud of a tree whose leaves resemble those of 
 the bay-tree. 
 
 CLdVE-Gl'LLIFLOWER, s. a flower so called from its smell- 
 ing like cloves. 
 
 CLOVE-PINK, «. a kind of dark-coloured pink, so named 
 from its scent. 
 
 CLO'VEN, participle of To Cleave. 
 
 CLO'VEN-FOOTED, Clo'ven-hoofed, a. having the foot or 
 hoof divided into two parts. 
 
 CLO'VER, Clo'ver-grass, s. in Botany, a species of trefoil, 
 several kinds of which are cultivated for fodder for cattle. To 
 live in clover, is a phrase for living luxuriously, because clover is 
 reckoned delicious food for cattle. 
 
 CLOUGH, s. [clough. Sax.] the cleft of a hill ; a cliff"; also an 
 allowance in weight. 
 
 CLO'VIS, the founder of the Prankish empire, and the first who 
 professed Christianity. His profession was of great advantage 
 
 to him in a temporal point of view, for the Romanist clergy lent, 
 
 ' ispired sanction to all his schemes 
 
 of conquest, whether directed against his pagan or heretical 
 
 what to him was, a heaven-inspired sanction to all hii 
 
 neighbours. He died in 511, having divided his dominions 
 amongst his four sons. 
 
 CLOUT, s. [clut. Sax.] a square piece of cloth made double, 
 serving, among other uses, to keep infants clean ; a patch on a 
 shoe or garment. 
 
 To CLOUT, V. a. to patch or mend in a coarse or clumsy man- 
 ner ; to cover with a thick cloth ; to join awkwardly or clumsily 
 together. 
 
 CLOU'TED, paii. patched or mended; joined in a clumsy 
 manner. 
 
 CLOU'TERLY, a. clumsy; awkward. 
 
 CLOWN, s. a rustic, or country fellow ; one whose behaviour 
 is rude, and manners are unpolished. 
 
 CLOWNISH, a. in a manner agreeable to clowns ; rude, awk- 
 ward, ill-bred, and coarse, like a clown. 
 
 CLOVV'NISHLY, ad. in a clumsy, coarse, rude, and ill-bred 
 manner. 
 
 CLOW'NISHNESS, s. unpolished rudeness ; rustic simplicity, 
 
 or awkward address ; broadness and coarseness of expression. 
 
 Synon. Unpoliteness is a want of good manners ; it does not 
 
 please. Clownishness is a mixture of ill manners, it displeases. 
 
 2 B 2 187 
 
CLU 
 
 Clownishness proceeds from an entire want of education ; unpo- 
 liteneas from a bad one. 
 
 To CLOY, V. a. [enclouer, Fr.] to fill so with food as to leave 
 no appetite for any more ; to surfeit almost to loathing. 
 
 CLOYNE, Cork, in Munster, Ireland. It is a small town con- 
 sisting of but one street, lying E. of Cork harbour ; and having a 
 cathedral and a palace, of no pretensions as to appearance. It 
 is a bishop's see in connexion with Cork and Ross. It is 100 
 miles from Dublin. Pop. 2200. 
 
 CLUB, s. Iclwppa, Brit.] a heavy and strong stick, used as an 
 offensive weapon. An association formed for the benefit or en- 
 joyment of the parties forming it ; a political association for the 
 maintenance and extension of certain views by meetings, &c. ; 
 also, an association of individuals simply for the purpose of keeping 
 up an establishment of convenient resort for refreshment, read- 
 ing, &c. In Gaming, the name of one of the suits of cards, called 
 in French trejle, from its resembling the trefoil leaf, or that of 
 clover-grass. 
 
 To CLUB, V. n. to contribute one's proportion to a public ex- 
 pense ; to join and unite in one common design ; to carry on 
 some common design which requires the assistance of many. 
 
 CLU'BHEADED, a. having a round or thick head. 
 
 CLUB-HOUSE, ■«. the name given to the convenient and ele- 
 gant establishments in London, &c., where refreshments are pro- 
 vided for the subscribers, libraries and reading rooms maintained ; 
 constant intercourse for the members of political parties, or lite- 
 rary and social cliques provided, &c. In London they form very 
 conspicuous objects in the vicinity of St. James's. 
 
 CLU'BLA W, s. the compelling the assent of a person by ex- 
 ternal force or violence. 
 
 CLU'BMOSS, s. in Botany, a genus of mosses, called by bota- 
 nists Lycopodium. 
 
 CLU'BROOM, s. the room in which a club or company as- 
 sembles. 
 
 CLU'BRUSH, s. in Botany, a species of bulrush, called also 
 cat's-tail, or reed-mace. 
 
 CLU'BTOP, s. in Botany, a genus of the funguses, called by 
 botanists Clavaria. 
 
 To CLUCK, V. n. [eloccan. Sax.] to make a noise like a hen 
 when calling her chickens. 
 
 CLUMP, s. [klumpe, Teut.] a shapeless thick piece of wood, 
 nearly as broad as long. 
 
 CLU'MSILY, {kliimsily) ad. in an uncouth, awkward, graceless, 
 and unpleasing manner. 
 
 CLU'MSINLSS, (kliimziness) s. want of ingenuity, skill, dex- 
 terity, or readiness in performing any thing; awkwardness. 
 
 CLU'MSY, (Idumzy) a. [lompsch, Belg.] awkward, artless, un- 
 handy, and without grace in the performance of any thing ; 
 heavy, thick, and coarse, with respect to weight and shape. 
 
 CLIJNG, the preter. and part, of To Cling. 
 
 To CLUNG, V. n. [clingan. Sax.] to dry or waste like wood 
 after it is cut. 
 
 CLUNG, part, wasted away, by a consumption or other dis- 
 orders ; shrunk up with cold. 
 
 CLU'NY, a town of the department of Saone et Loire, France. 
 It is seated on a stream named Grone, (which flows into the 
 Sa6ne,) over which it has a stone bridge, in a valley on the E. 
 declivity of the Vosges. It has a few small manufactures ; its 
 importance arising from its being the seat of a reformed branch 
 of the Benedictines, called from it the Monks of Cluny. It is 
 22.3 miles from Paris. Population, about 4000. Lat. 46. 25. N. 
 Long. 4. 40. E. 
 
 CLU'NY, MONKS OF, an order of monks who were part of 
 the Benedictines, but reformed in the 10th century by the ab- 
 bot of Cluny. They gained such reputation for their austerity 
 and monastic excellence, that they grew to be a most important 
 establishment in France, and had very many offsets in England. 
 
 CLU'STER, s. [clyster. Sax.] a bunch, or several things of the 
 same sort growing close together, and on one common stalk. 
 Figuratively, a number of insects crowding together ; a body of, 
 or several, people collected together. 
 
 To CLU'STER, v. n. to grow in bunches close together, and 
 on one stalk, applied to vegetables. To gather close together 
 in bodies, applied to bees. Generally, to gather into bunches. 
 
 CLU'STER-GRAPE, s. in Botany, the small black grape, 
 generally the forwardest of any. 
 
 CLU'STERY, a. growing close together on one common stalk. 
 
 COA 
 
 To CLUTCH, V. a. to hold in the hand with the fingers and 
 thumb closed together ; to gripe, or grasp ; to shut tne hand 
 close, so as to seize and hold a thing fast. 
 
 CLUTCH, s. a gripe, grasp, or seizure with the hand shut 
 very fast and close. Figuratively, in the plural clutches, the 
 claws or talons of a bird or wild beast. 
 
 CLU'TTER, s, [see Clatter,] a noise made by a person's 
 being in a hurry about some trifling affair; a hurry or clamour; 
 a low word. 
 
 CLWYD, a beautiful vale of Flint and Denbigh, N. Wales, 
 enclosed by high and barren mountains, extending from the sea 
 inland above 20 miles ; a river of the same name runs through 
 it. Its breadth is from 3 to 8 miles, and is covered with towns, 
 villages, and gentlemen's seats. 
 
 CLYDE, a river of Scotland, which rises in Annandale, and 
 running N. W. through Clydesdale, passes by Lanark, Hamilton, 
 and Glasgow, and falls, after a course of about 100 miles, into the 
 Frith of Clyde. It affords many romantic views, running for se- 
 veral miles between lofty eminences covered with wood, and ex- 
 hibiting in its course many stupendous cataracts. 
 
 CLY'DESDALE, a wild district in the S. part of Lanarkshire, 
 in Scotland, where are extensive lead mines. 
 
 CLY'STER, s. [klyzo, Gr.] in Medicine, an aperient or sedative 
 preparation injected into the rectum by means of a syringe. 
 
 CNFDOS, a city of Caria, in Asia Minor, opposite the island 
 of Cos, celebrated for its temple and statue of Venus. Its ruins 
 are very extensive and interesting. 
 
 To COACE'RVATE, v. n. [coacervo, Lat.] to heap together. 
 
 COACERVA'TION, s. the act of heaping, or the state of 
 things heaped together. 
 
 COACH, (koche) s. [cache, Fr.] a kind of carriage hung upon 
 straps or springs, running on four wheels, having back and 
 front seats ; and distinguished from a chariot, because it has two 
 seats fronting each other; and from a vis-a-vis, because more 
 than one person can sit opposite to one another. It is applied 
 most frequently to the public vehicles, which carried passengers 
 both outside and inside, and by means of goQd horses and ex- 
 cellent arrangements, had made travelling both rapid, and safe, 
 and agreeable ; and have now been generally superseded by the 
 railway system, which alone could successfully compete with 
 them. 
 
 To COACH, V. a. to carry or convey in a coach. 
 
 COACH-BOX, s. the seat on which the driver of the coach 
 sits. 
 
 COACH-HIRE, s. money paid for the use of a hired coach. 
 
 COACH-HOUSE, s. the house in which the coach is kept. 
 
 COACH-MAKER, s. the artificer whose trade it is to make 
 coaches. 
 
 CO'ACHMAN, 8. the driver of a coach. 
 
 COA'CTION, {kodkshon) s. [cogo, Lat.] the obliging to do, or 
 to refrain from doing, any action ; force ; compulsion. 
 
 COA'CTIVE, a. having the force of restraining from, or com- 
 pelling to, any action ; acting in concert with. 
 
 COADJU'TANT,^ari;. [cum and acljuvo, Lat.] helping, assist- 
 ing, or taking part with any person in any action ; co-operating. 
 
 COADJU'TOR, s. [cum and adjutor, Lat.] one engaged in 
 assisting another ; an assistant, associate, or partner in any un- 
 dertaking. In the Canon Law, one appointed and empowered 
 to perform the duties of another. 
 
 COADJU'VANCY, s. [cum and adjuvans, Lat.] help ; concur- 
 rence in any process or operation ; a contributing to eflfect any 
 particular design. 
 
 COADUNI'TION, s. [cum, ad, and unitio, Lat.] the uniting of 
 several things or particles, so as to form one common mass. 
 
 To COAGME'NT, v. a. [coagmento, Lat.] to join, glue, or heap 
 together, so as to form one mass. 
 
 COAGMENTA'TION,s. [coagmentatio, Lat.] a joining, uniting, 
 gluing, or otherwise heaping several particles or substances 
 together, so as to form one common mass. The joining several 
 syllables or words together, so as to form one word or sentence, 
 applied to style or grammar. 
 
 COA'GULABLE, a. [coagulo, Lat.] that may thicken, grow 
 dense, or concrete. 
 
 To COA'GULATE, v. a. [coagulo, Lat.] to make a thing curdle, 
 to turn into clots, applied to the turning of milk into curds by 
 means of rennet. — v. n. to curdle ; to form concretions ; to 
 congeal. 
 
COA 
 
 COAGULA'TION, s. [coagutatio, Lat.] the act of turning into 
 curds. Concretion ; congelation ; or growing thick and tangible, 
 applied to fluids. Also, the state of a thing congealed, curdled, 
 or condensed ; the substance or body formwi by congelation or 
 concretion. 
 
 COA'GULATIVE, a. [coaguh, Lat.] that has the power of 
 causing coagulations, concretions, curdling, or depriving a body 
 of its fluidity. 
 
 COAGULA'TOR, s. that which causes condensations or con- 
 cretions. 
 
 COAL, (kol) s. [col. Sax.] a species of rock occurring in great 
 abundance in a particular part of the series of formations, and 
 consisting wholly of fossilized vegetable remains, which, having 
 undergone a peculiar process whereby bitumen and charcoal are 
 the chief ingredients, can now be used for domestic and other 
 fires, and have almost wholly superseded the use of wood for 
 that purpose. It is of a deep black colour, evidently stratified, 
 splitting in a different direction to the lines of stratification 
 usually, with a bright, lustrous fracture. But there are differ- 
 ent kinds, coming from different localities, and from different 
 parts of the series of rocks. Wood-coal, or lignite, is little more 
 than fossil charcoal, and seldom occurs in sufficient quantities 
 to make it worth working, considering its inferior quality. 
 Cannel-coal, is a brilliant burning coal, containing more charcoal 
 and less bitumen in its composition, in proportion to the quanti- 
 ties in other kinds. The coal of the midland districts burns 
 with a bright flame, and leaves a white ash ; the best coal of 
 the N. coal-field gives few ashes, but leaves a good cinder. 
 
 COAL-BLACK, a. of the colour of coal ; the deepest black. 
 
 COAL-BOX, Coal-scuttle, Coal-shoot, s. a box to carry 
 coal to the fire. 
 
 COAL-FISH, s. in Natural History, a species of beardless gadus. 
 
 To COALE'SCE, (koalSss) v, n. Icitm and alesco, Lat.] to unite 
 together. 
 
 COALE'SCENCE, {hoalSscence) s. [ccaUsco, Lat.] the act of 
 coalescing or uniting several particles, whereby they adhere to- 
 gether and form one body or common mass. 
 
 COAL-FIELDS, s. in Commerce, the name of the districts in 
 which coal-mines abound. There are in England about 16 dif- 
 ferent coal-fields. 
 
 COAL-FORMATION, s. in Geology, the name given to the 
 group of rocks abounding in remains of plants, and amongst 
 which are the coal strata. 
 
 COALITION, s. [coalitio, Lat.] the uniting or joining of dif- 
 ferent particles, so as to compose one common mass. In Politics, 
 the junction of different parties to carry some measure. 
 
 COAL-MEASURES, s. in Geology, the rocks in which coal 
 is found; consisting of alternating layers of sandstone and grit, 
 shale or slate, and coal. The layers of coal vary from a few 
 inches to some feet in thickness. These rocks evince most 
 numerous evidences of great and ancient convulsions in the 
 earth, they are split and twisted, and inclined in every direction, 
 and traversed occasionally with walls of very hard rock, plainl}-^ 
 of igneous origin. The cracks and dislocations are caWeA faults ; 
 the walls are named dykes. The inclinations and bendings of 
 the strata are on the grandest scale, extending for many miles. 
 In England these beds occur in a certain region where the out- 
 crop, as the miners term it, of the strata "called new red sand- 
 stone ends ; or else immediately under this, as in the great coal- 
 fields of the centre of the country. In Scotland and Ireland they 
 occur also. In most of the countries of Europe they have been 
 discovered and worked. In the states of Asia bordering on the 
 Indian Ocean, and in Australia, they are known. In the United 
 States and British N. America also. Thus almost every land 
 has been supplied with this production, which has proved the 
 greatest aid to commercial and manufacturing enterprise of any 
 on the earth ; without which, indeed, both manufactures and 
 commerce never could have risen higher than they existed in 
 the end of the middle ages. Many vain and losing attempts 
 have been made to find coal, where any acquaintance with 
 Geology would have forbidden the hope. It is only in one par- 
 ticular part of the series that the true coal strata occur, in these 
 latitudes at least. As to the often-agitated question of the ex- 
 haustion of the coal of the British islands, it may be said 
 goneraUy, that if no more fields were found, the day must be 
 very remote when no further supplies could be found. But 
 there are many districts in these islands in which coal may yet 
 
 COA 
 
 be found and worked, especially as advancing science shall have 
 increased the facilities, and mechanical and other appliances. 
 The fossil remains of these beds are, as might be expected, of a 
 peculiar character. Some remains of most remarkable fishes, 
 sharing the character of the saurian tribes, exist ; corals and 
 shells of marine origin ; some species of fresh-water shells, which 
 are found in the coal itself; and above all, the plants, which are 
 chiefly of the orders of ferns, equiseta, and club-mosses, and of 
 coniferous and cactus-like plants, with some others undeter- 
 mined. Of these vegetable remains, stems, sometimes 50 feet 
 long, roots, leaves, and seed vessels abound, crushed and flat- 
 tened in some cases, but preserving, in most instances, all the 
 most delicate parts uninjured, though completely carbonized. It 
 has been shown by recent experiments, that the plants of the 
 orders found in the Coal-measures will endure unharmed macera- 
 tion in water for periods of time which utterly destroy other 
 orders. The evidence collected from various sources tends tc 
 show that the plants have not been drifted far, but are preserved 
 near the spots on which they grew; that the climate of these N. 
 regions was then nearly tropical ; that there were great rivers with 
 wide deltas, and archipelagos of islands, in which were de- 
 posited, with great tranquillity, the relics of these vast and 
 strange forests, intercalated with sand and debris borne from the 
 ocean ; that since the deposition of these beds and their solidifi-- 
 cation, and in some cases before the deposition of the imme- 
 diately succeeding formation, a long succession of years elapsed, 
 marked by mighty convulsions, which upheaved, and broke, and 
 contorted these strata as we see them ; and lastly, that had it 
 not been for these convulsions, the coal would not have been 
 within the reach of man, nor the mines have been capable of 
 being worked as they now are, so as to diffuse their benefits to 
 all classes of society. 
 
 COAL-MINE, Coal-work, ». a mine in which coal is dug ; a 
 coal-pit. 
 
 COAL-TRADE. The capital embarked both in the mines and 
 the transport of coals to market has been such as to bring the 
 whole subject before parliament ; and this term is applied to all 
 that relates to the procuring and selling of coals, to tneir export- 
 ation, he. &c. 
 
 COA'LY, (holy) a. abounding in coal. 
 
 COAPTA'TION, s. [cum and apto, Lat.] the fitting or artful dis- 
 position or arrangement of the parts of a thing, or of the words 
 of a sentence. 
 
 COARSE, {liorse) a. mixed with dross, not refined, applied to 
 metals ; mean, vile, rough , and of no value. Rough , and consist- 
 ing of large threads, applied to cloth or silk manufectures. Rude, 
 uncivil, indelicate, ill-bred, applied to behaviour or manners. 
 Unpolished, and not elegant, applied to language. 
 
 CO'ARSE, s. in Natural History, a kind of American weasel, 
 which emits an exceedingly offensive vapour. 
 
 COARSELY, ad. in a rude, rough, inelegant manner; free 
 from any graces, or appearance of politeness. 
 
 CO'ARSENESS, s. want of purity ; abounding in dross ; want 
 of elegance or delicacy ; clownishness, rudeness, or rusticity ; a 
 comnosition of mean and cheap materials. 
 
 COAST, (kost) s. [coste, Fr.] a shore or land, which lies near 
 and is washed by the sea. Used by Sir Isaac Newton, in the 
 sense of the original French and Latin, for a side or part. The 
 coast is clear, a phrase implying that any danger is over, and that 
 there are no obstacles in a person's way. 
 
 To COAST, V. n. to sail near a coast, or keep within sight of 
 land. — V. a. to sail by ; to sail near to. 
 
 CO'ASTER, s. one who makes a voyage from port to port on 
 the same coast, keeping at the same time within sight of the 
 shore ; one who sails near the shore. 
 
 COAT, {kof) s. [cotte, Fr.] the outward garment of a man. Fi- 
 guratively, any covering or tegument. The fur of a beast. In 
 Heraldry, the "escutcheon, field, or habit, on which a person's 
 arms are portrayed. 
 
 To COAT, V. a. to cover or spread over. 
 
 CO'ATING, s. in Electricity, denotes a covering of sheet lead, 
 tin-foil, or any other conducting substance, applied to the Lev- 
 den phial, or to any electric body, and serving to accumulate the 
 electricity, to increase the force of the charge, and to facilitate 
 the operation of discharging. 
 
 To COAX, V. a. to endeavour to persuade a person by flatter}', 
 or insinuating address. A low word. 
 
 189 
 
COB 
 
 person by 
 
 CX)A'XER, s. one who endeavours to persuade 
 flatte^, or artful and insinuating^ behaviour. 
 
 COB, 3. a sort of sea-fowl, called also sea-cob. 
 
 CO'BALT, s. [from cobbold, the name of a race of evil spirits, 
 living in mines, according to the old Grecian Mythology,] a 
 brittle metal, of a reddish grey colour, and weak metallic lustre. 
 It is met with chiefly in combination with arsenic, and is a con- 
 stant ingredient of meteoric iron. It was formerly imported from 
 Saxony, but it is now found abundantly in the Mendip Hills, in 
 Somersetshire, and in a mine near Penzance, in Cornwall. It 
 chiefly used for making the diiferent kinds of smalts for paint- 
 ing and enamelling. It is extremely valuable to the manufac- 
 turers of porcelain, for it not only produces a beautiful colour, 
 but endures the intense heat of their furnaces without any de- 
 terioration. 
 
 CO'BBETT, WILLIAM, the well-known political writer and 
 lecturer, at the end of the last century and beginning of the pre- 
 sent. His career, as narrated by himself, was altogether a re- 
 markable one, and shows most convincingly what can be done 
 by vigorous and unaided perseverance, and what are the dangers 
 and failings such a system of training from the beginning ex- 
 poses a man to. He was the son of a httle farmer of Surrey, and 
 after various attempts at employment, enlisted in a foot regi- 
 ment, in which during eight years, at home and in British Ame- 
 rica, he gained the esteem of all by his conduct and intelligence, 
 and was promoted to a serjeant-majorship, and then was dis- 
 charged honourably at his own request. He left England to 
 avoid the consequences of a charge brought against some of the 
 officers of this regiment, and began in the United States his 
 
 ftolitical writings in a high Anti-Jacobin tone. Prosecutions for 
 ibel drove him home again, and for more than thirty years his 
 life was one constant round of literary labour, varied by another 
 journey to the United States, prosecutions for libel, fines, and 
 imprisonment. He did not long maintain his tory politics, and 
 ended in being as violent in opposition to them. His last step 
 was the obtaining a seat in the parliament of 1832. He died in 
 1835, aged 73 years. His writings are his Weekly Register, and 
 Twopenny Trash, in which are embodied all his various political 
 and politico-economical opinions ; works relating to his own 
 life and adventures ; books addressed to Young People, and to 
 the Poor; his Grammars; the History of the Reformation in 
 England, &c. &c. And all are characterized by the coarsest, 
 sternest common sense, and written with a complete mastery of 
 the popular or Saxon element of our language. 
 
 To CO'BBLE, V. a. Ikobler, Dan.] to mend any thing in a 
 clumsy manner, generally applied to shoes ; to do or make any 
 thing in a coarse, unhandy, or awkward manner. 
 
 CO'BBLER, s. a mender of old shoes. Figuratively, a bad 
 workman, who cannot perform any thing with elegance. 
 
 CO'BHAM, Surrey, a village washed by the Mole, made here 
 four or five times broader thanit is naturally, where are several fine 
 gentlemen's seats. It is 19 miles from London. Pop. 1617. 
 
 CO'BIRONS, s. irons with a knob at the upper end, used in 
 tire-places where wood is burned. 
 
 COBI'SHOP, s. a coadjutant bishop. 
 
 CO'BLENTZ, a fine and strongly fortified city, situated at the 
 confluence of the Rhine and the Moselle, capital of the circle of 
 the same name, in one of the Rhenish provinces of Prussia. It is 
 not a handsome town, but it has some fine buildings, palaces, 
 churches, and castles. It has bridges over both its rivers, that 
 over the Rhine being of boats. It has also some good schools 
 and libraries. A few manufactures are carried on, and there is a 
 brisk trade. Near it is the valley of Ehrenbreitstein. Its popu- 
 lation is about 20,000. Lat, 50. 24. N. Long. 7. 27. E. 
 
 CO'BNUT, s. a boy's game ; the conquering nut. 
 
 CO'BRA-DE-CAPELLO, s. in Natural History, a general 
 name by which a genus of snakes is known, which lives in the 
 tropical regions of the old world, and has a singular enlarge- 
 ment of the body immediately behind the head. They are all 
 very venomous. 
 
 CO'BSWAN, s. the head or leading swan in a swannery. 
 ^ CO'BURG, a principality of Germany, part of the duchy of 
 Saxe-Coburg-Gotha. It adjoins to Bavaria, and is bounded 
 northerly by the mountains of the Thuringerwald, some parts of 
 which are about 3000 feet high. Its rivers fall into the Neckar. 
 Some metals, coal, and buildmg-stone are procured here. Good 
 grain is grown, and plentiful pastures found; and the products 
 
 coc 
 
 of these sources of wealth, and its linen and other manufactures, 
 form its trade. Its population is about 40,000. Its capital, of 
 the same name, stands on the Itz, in a pleasant situation, and has 
 some fine buildings, being the residence of the duke and the 
 seat of government. It has also some fine public institutions, 
 and manufactories. The fortress which gives name to the town 
 stands yet near it. Its population is about 10,000. Lat. 50. 20. 
 N. Long. 10. 45. E. 
 
 CO'BWEB, s. [kopweb, Belg.] the web or net of a spider. 
 Figuratively, any snare or trap. Sometimes used for a restraint 
 which may easily be broken through. 
 
 COCCFFERO'US, {koksiferus) a. [kokkos, Gr. and fero, Lat.] 
 in Botany, a term applied to all plants having berries. 
 
 CO'CCfULUS INDICUS, s. a poisonous berry, the fruit of an 
 E. Indian plant, having a fine bitter taste, often mixed with malt 
 liquors to make them intoxicating, though expressly forbidden 
 by act of parliament. 
 
 "CO'CHIN, a sea-port of Hindustan, on the coast of Malabar. 
 It has a fine position for commerce, being at the only opening 
 into the Back-water which is accessible to ships. Its trade 
 consists chiefly in spices, but it is not so good as it was. It is 
 86 miles from Calicut. Lat. 10. 0. N. Long. 76. 8. E. 
 
 CO'CHIN-CHINA, a country of Asia, lying on the Indian 
 Ocean, and bounded by China, Laos, and Siam. It is about 900 
 miles in length, and 200 in breadth ; and has mountain ranges, 
 which yield gold, iron, &c. ; wide plains, on which various kinds 
 of grain, drugs, spices, timber trees, &c. are grown ; and in which 
 elephants and other animals are found. It is watered by se- 
 veral large rivers, which might serve admirably for purposes of 
 trade, ft has also many good harbours. The inhabitants in 
 language, appearance, &c. resemble the Chinese, and are in most 
 things subject to them. Very few particulars are known re- 
 specting the population, &c. 
 
 CO'CHINEAL, s. [cochinilla. Span.] an insect found upon the 
 cactus opuntia, &c., affording a beautiful scarlet colour, made 
 use of by dyers, and forming a considerable article of trade be- 
 tween this country, and the W. Indies and America, as an im- 
 port, and most of the countries of Europe and Asia, as an export. 
 
 CO'CHLEARY, {li6kkary) a. [cochlea, Lat.] made in the form 
 of a screw. 
 
 CO'CHLEATED, {Ukkated) a. twisted in the form of a screw. 
 Turbinated, applied to shells. 
 
 COCK, s. [cocc. Sax.] the male of the species of domestic fowls, 
 famous for its courage, pride, and gallantry ; the male of any 
 birds or fowls ; an instrument turning with a screw, made of 
 bell metal, and used in drawing liquors from casks; the notch 
 of an arrow ; that part of the lock of a gun which holds the flint. 
 Weatlier-cock, an instrument turning round a pivot, used to show 
 the point from which the wind blows. Cock-a-hoop, or Cock on the 
 fwop, a phrase implying triumphant exultation, or elation on 
 some success. 
 
 COCK OF THE MOUNTAIN, s. in Natural History, a bir4 of 
 the grouse kind. 
 
 To COCK, V. a. to erect or set upright ; to wear the hat with 
 an air of petulance and smartness ; to fix the cock of a gun ready 
 for discharging ; to lay hay in small heaps. — v. n. to strut, hold 
 up the head, or look big on account of any little success. 
 
 COCKA'DE, s. a riband tied in a bow, or formed in the shape 
 of a rose, worn in a man's hat. 
 
 COCKATOO', s. in Natural History, a species of parrot, found 
 in New Holland, whose feathers are white, with a little yellow in 
 the wings and tail, and also crested, very common in this country, 
 but not possessed of the half-intelligent power of mimicry 
 evinced by the grey and other parrots. 
 
 CO'CKATRICE, s. [cock and atter. Sax.] a fabulous reptile, 
 supposed to be formed from a cock's egg hatched by a serpent ; 
 called also basilisk. Figuratively, a person of an insidious, ve- , 
 nomous, and treacherous disposition. 
 
 CO'CK-BOAT, s. a small boat belonging to a ship. 
 
 CO'CK-CROWING, s. the time at which cocks crow. Figura- 
 tively, the morning. 
 
 To CO'CKER, V. a. [coqueliner, Fr.] to indulge too much ; to 
 fondle, or treat with too much fondness. 
 
 CO'CKER, s. one who keeps cocks for fighting. 
 
 CO'CKER, EDWARD, according to his own description, 
 practitioner in the arts of Writing, Arithmetic, and Engraving, 
 m the 17th century. His book on the second of his professions 
 
COD 
 
 may be regarded as the natural progenitor of most of the popular 
 uchool books on that subject; and the posthumous fame it se- 
 cured for the writer, has been condensed into a proverb. He 
 died about 1075, aged about 45 years. 
 
 CO'CKEREL, s. a young cock. 
 
 CCyCKERMOUTH, Cumberland, a town situated at the con- 
 fluence of the rivers Cocker and Derwent. The market-place 
 and upper part of the town are between two hills, on one of 
 which stands the castle, an extensive ruin, with five lofty 
 towers, the walls between which are kept up ; on the other 
 stands the church, and the Kirkgate, an irregular but spacious 
 part of the town. The lower part of the town is on a plain, con- 
 sisting of a spacious street, with cross lanes. The upper and 
 lower parts of the town are separated by the Cocker, but united 
 by a bridge of one arch. It has manufactures of shalloons, serges, 
 stockings, coarse linens, hats, and leather, with considerable 
 tanneries. It is 305 miles from London. Markets, Monday and 
 Saturday. Pop. 4940. 
 
 CCCkET, s. a seal belonging to the custom-house ; an instru- 
 ment drawn on parchment, signed, sealed, and delivered to mer- 
 chants, as a certificate that they have paid the customs for their 
 goods. 
 
 CO'CK-FIGHT, s. a battle or match of cocks, 
 
 CO'CKHORSE, a. triumphant; exulting: a kind of low word. 
 
 CO'CKLE, s. [coqttille, Fr.] a small and common shell-fish. In 
 Botany, the agrostemma, which grows in corn-fields, is an an- 
 nual plant, and flowers in June. 
 
 To CO'CKLE, V. a. to contract any stuff into wrinkles by wet 
 or rain. 
 
 CO'CKLED, jmrt. shelled ; wrinkled by wet. 
 
 CO'CKLEWORT, s. in Botany, the astragalus. There are 
 two British species, the wild licorice vetch, and purple moun- 
 tain milkwort. 
 
 CO'CKLOFT, s. the room over the garret, in which fowls are 
 supposed to roost. 
 
 CO'CKNEY, s. a person born in London : a word of contempt. 
 Figuratively, any effeminate, luxurious, ignorant, or inexperi- 
 enced person, dwelling in a city. 
 
 CO'CKPIT, s. a place wherein cocks generally tight. In a 
 ship, a place on the lower deck of a man of war, in which are 
 divisions for the purser, the surgeon, and his mates. 
 
 CO'CKROACH, s. in Natural History, the common name of 
 an insect very troublesome in kitchens, bakehouses, &c., called 
 the blatta. 
 
 CO'CKSCOMB, s. in Botany, a plant, the same with the yel- 
 low rattle, or pennygrass. 
 
 COCKSFOOT, s. in Botany, a kind of grass. 
 
 CO'CKSHEAD, s. in Botany, a plant called likewise sainfoin, 
 and esteemed one of the best sorts of fodder for cattle. 
 
 CO'CKSPUR, s. in Botany, Virginian hawthorn ; a species of 
 medlar. 
 
 CO'CKSURE, a. confident ; certain. 
 
 CO'CKSVVAIN, s. [c(x/(/swatne. Sax.] an officer on board a man 
 of war who has the command of a boat. 
 
 CO'CKWEED, «. in Botany, a plant called; also dittander and 
 pepperwort. 
 
 Ct>'COA, (koko) s. See Chocolate. 
 
 CO'COA-NUT, s. in Botany, the fruit of a" kind of palm abund- 
 ant in tropical regions, and the neighbourhood of the sea. Next 
 to the bamboo, this palm furnishes the most in number and va- 
 riety of useful things to man. In this country the oil of the nut 
 is converted into soap and candles, and the fibres of the bark in- 
 to cordage, matting, brooms, &c. 
 
 CO'CTILE, a. [coctilis, Lat.] made by baking. 
 
 CO'CTION, (kdkskon) s. [cogito, Lat.] the act of boiling. In 
 Surgery, a digestion of matter. 
 
 COD, Co'dfish, s. in Natural History, a sea-fish, caught on 
 the banks of Newfoundland, and many other parts. 
 
 COD, s. [codde. Sax.] in Botany, any case, or husk, in which 
 seeds are lodged. 
 
 To COD, V. n. to enclose in a nusk, case, or cod. 
 
 CODE, s. [codex, Lat.] a book ; a book of civil laws, appro- 
 priated by way of eminence to the collection made by Justinian. 
 
 CO'DICIL, s. [codidllus, Lat.] a writing made by way of sup- 
 plement to a will, in order to supply something omitted, or alter 
 and explain something containetf in the testament. 
 
 CODI'LLE, «. [codule Fr.] in Gaming, a term at ombre, im- 
 
 COF 
 
 plying that the game is won against the player ; this is termed 
 basted, in quadrille. 
 
 To CO'DLE, V. a. [coctido, Lat.] to parboil ; to soften by the 
 heat of water. 
 
 CO'DLING, 8. an early kind of apple, so called from its being 
 generally boiled for eating. 
 
 COE'FFICACY, ». [cum and efficio, Lat.] the united power of 
 several things acting together to produce an effect. 
 
 COEFFPCIENCY, s. [cum and efficio, Lat.] the acting toge- 
 ther, or joint power of several things to produce an effect. 
 
 COEF'FPCIENT, s. that which acts jointly with another. 
 Coefficients, in Algebra, any factor of a product relatively to the 
 other factors, whether it be a figure or a letter. 
 
 CGE'NOBITES, {Cenobites) [koinos and hioo, Gr.] in Church 
 History, the name given to those orders of monks who lived in 
 societies and had all things in common, as opposed to such as 
 lived solitary and retired lives, called hermits and anchorites. 
 Several associations of a similar character have been attempted 
 lately, some based on the expediency of such a plan for the ad- 
 vantage of all ; and others on the statements in the Acts of the 
 Apostles, of the social constitution of the church at Jerusalem. 
 
 COE'QUAL, a. being in the same state, condition, and cir- 
 cumstances as another. 
 
 COEQUA'LITY, s. the state of two persons or things which 
 are equal to each other. 
 
 To COE'RCE, V. a. [coereeo, Lat.] to restrain by force, or 
 punishment, from the committing any crime, or performing any 
 action. 
 
 COE'RCIBLE, a. that may or ought to be restrained. 
 
 COE'RCION, {koershon') s. [coereeo, Lat.] a check, or restraint. 
 A restraining from the violation of any law, by means of pun- 
 ishment. 
 
 COE'RCIVE, a. that has the power of restraining ; that has 
 the authority of restraining by means of punishment, 
 
 C0ESSE'5fTlAL, {koessenshiat) a. [con and essentio, Lat.] par- 
 taking of the same essence. 
 
 COESSENTIA'LITY, {koessenshidlity) a. the quality of partak- 
 ing of the same essence. 
 
 COETE'RNAL, a. [cum and aternus, Lat.] existing eternally 
 with another ; equally eternal with another, 
 
 COETE'RNALLY, 
 other. 
 
 manner equally eternal with an- 
 
 COETE'RNITY, s. [cum and aternitas, Lat.] having an eter- 
 nity of existence together with, or equal to, the eternity of an- 
 other. 
 
 COE'VAL, a. [cum and cevum, Lat.] born or produced at the 
 same time ; of the same age with another. 
 
 COE'VOUS, a. of the same age ; living at the same time. 
 
 To COEXrST, V. n. [cum undexisto, Lat.] to exist, or be at the 
 same time, or in the same place. 
 
 COEXI'STENCE, s. the having existence at the same time or 
 place with another. 
 
 COEXI'STENT, a. having existence at the same time with 
 another. 
 
 To COEXTE'ND,!;.a. [cuma,nAextendo, Lat.] to extend to the 
 same space, period, or duration with another ; followed by with, 
 before the object with which the coextension is formed. 
 
 COEXTE'NSION, s. the act or state of extending to the same 
 space or duration with another. 
 
 CO'FFEE, s. [Arab.] the berry of a shrub indigenous to 
 Arabia and Abyssinia, dried or roasted with care, and much 
 esteemed for the agreeable and aromatic flavour, and the stimu- 
 lating properties of the decoction made from it. It is largely 
 cultivated in the E. and \V. Indies, but the product of these 
 parts is not regarded as equal in quality to the Arabian or Mocha 
 cofiee. The essential principle of coffee, named in Organic 
 Chemistry, Caffeine, has been shown to be identical with Theine, 
 the essential principle of tea ; but the effects of the two are de- 
 cidedly different in many respects, which arises from other ele- 
 ments which enter into the decoctions or infusions made from 
 these substances. 
 
 CO'FFEE-HOUSE, s. a place where coffee is sold, persons 
 generally meet, (if near 'Change,) transact business, and the 
 newspapers are taken in for the accommodation of customers. 
 
 CO'FFEE-POT, s. the covered pot in which coffee is boiled, 
 
 CO'FFEE-MAN, s, one that keeps a cottee-house, 
 
 CO'FFER, s. [cofre. Sax,] a chest for keeping nionev. Figura- 
 
 191 
 
€06 
 
 lively, treasure. In Fortification, a hollow lodgment across a 
 dry moat, the upper part of which is raised with pieces of timber 
 above the moat's level, is covered with hurdles laden with earth, 
 and serves as a parapet with embrasures. It is generally used 
 by the besieged to distress the enemy when they endeavour to 
 pass the ditch. 
 
 To CO'FFER, V. a. to put into chests or coffers, followed by ttp. 
 
 CO'FFER-DAM, s. a dam formed in a river, of two or more 
 rows of piles, driven very close to each other, the space between 
 being rammed full of earth and stones, so as to be impervious to 
 the stream. It is usually in the form of a circle, or semi-circle, 
 and is employed to enable workmen to repair the foundations of 
 wharfs and bridges, since by pumping the water out from the 
 space enclosed by the dam, access can be had to the very bottom 
 of the river without difficulty. 
 
 CO'FFERER, of the king's household, s. a principal officer at 
 court, in the counting-house, or elsewhere, next to the comp- 
 troller, who inspects over the behaviour and conduct of the other 
 officers of the household, and pays them their respective salaries. 
 
 CO'FFIN, s. [cqfin, Fr.] the receptacle wherein a dead body is 
 placed for its interment. In pastry, a mould of paste for a pie. 
 A paper case in form of a cone or pyramid ; a round piece of 
 paper with the edges bent up perpendicularly, used by the apo- 
 thecaries to drop their boluses in, to keep the outward part clean. 
 
 To CO'FFIN, 1). a. to place, to enclose in a coffin. 
 
 To COG, V. a. to persuade, wheedle, or gain a person over by 
 flattery, or an insinuating address; to falsify, or corrupt a manu- 
 script, by inserting some word or sentence ; to obtrude false- 
 hoods, or endeavour to make them pass current. To cog a die, is 
 to secure it so as to direct it in its tall. — v. n. to lie ; to wheedle. 
 
 COG, s. the tooth of a wheel, by which it acts upon another 
 wheel. 
 
 To COG, V. a. to fix cogs in a wheel. 
 
 CO'GENCY, s. [cogo, Lat.] the power of compelling ; the power 
 of extorting assent or obedience. 
 
 CO'GEN r, part, [cor/ens, Lat.] able to compel to action ; power- 
 ful ; resistless. 
 
 CO'GENTLY, ad. in a forcible manner. Extorting conviction 
 and assent, applied to arguments. 
 
 CO'GGER, s. a flatterer ; a wheedler. 
 
 CO'GGESHALL, Essex. It is seated on the river Black water, 
 or Pant, over which there is a bridge. It has one large church, 
 and three meeting-houses. The town consists of several narrow 
 streets badly paved, and there is here a manufactory of baize. 
 It is 44 miles from London. Market, Saturday. Pop. 3851. 
 
 CO'GGLESTONE, s. [ciwgolo, Ital.] a small pebble ; a little 
 stone. 
 
 CO'GITABLE, (cdjitaUe) a. Icogito, Lat.] that may be thought 
 on, or may be the subject of thought. 
 
 COGITATION, s. the act of thinking. Figuratively, thought, 
 purpose, intention, or design ; meditation. 
 
 CfO'GITATIVE, a. having the power of thought ; given to 
 thought, study, or reflection. 
 
 CO^GNAC, a town of the department of Charente, France, 
 noted for its wines and brandy. Set Charente. 
 
 COGNATION, s. [_cum and rmscor, Lat.] in Civil Law, the re- 
 lation between both males and females descending from the 
 same stock ; relation, partaking of the same nature. 
 
 COGNISE'E, {konisee) s. in Law, the person to whom a fine in 
 lands or tenements :s acknowledged. 
 
 CO'GNISOR, {kSnisor) s. in Law, one that passes or acknow- 
 ledges a fine in lands or tenements to another. 
 
 COGNITION, s. [co^mfio, Lat.] knowledge; complete convic- 
 tion. 
 
 CO'GNITIVE, a. [cognitus, Lat.] that has the power of know- 
 ing or apprehending. 
 
 CO'GNlZABLE, (by some pron. hdnizahle) a. [connoissable, Fr.] 
 proper for the consideration or inspection of a person ; subject 
 to judicial examination and notice. 
 
 CO'GNIZANCE, (by some pron. kdnizance) s, [connojssance, Fr.] 
 in Law, an acknowledgment of a fine, or confession of some- 
 thing done ; the hearing of a matter judicially; the particular 
 jurisdiction of a magistrate, or an object which more particu- 
 larly falls under his inspection or notice ; a badge by which any 
 person may be known or distinguished. Generally, consider- 
 ation, attention, notice. 
 
 CO'GNOMEN, s. [Lat.] a surname, or appellation by which 
 
 CO I 
 
 any person is known. Amongst the Romans it was the name 
 borne in addition to the family name, bv any individual person. 
 
 COGNO'MINAL, a. [cognomen, Lat.] having the same name. 
 
 COGNOMINA'TION, s. a surname, the name of a family, of 
 name added from any accident or quality. 
 
 COGNO'SCENCE, s, [cognosco, Lat.] knowledge. 
 
 COGNO'SCIBLE, a. that may be known; possible to be 
 known ; being the object of knowledge. 
 
 To COHA'BIT, V. n. {cum and habito, Lat.] to dwell in the 
 same place with another ; to live together as man and wife. 
 
 COHA'BITANT, s. one who dwells in the same place with 
 another. 
 
 COHABITATION, s. the act of dwelling with another in the 
 same place; the living together as man and wife. 
 
 COHEFR, s. [cohceres, Lat.] a man who enjoys an inheritance 
 together with another. 
 
 COHEFRESS, s. a female who enjoys an inheritance with 
 another. 
 
 To COHE'RE, V. n. [cohxreo, Lat.] to stick together ; to hold 
 fast to one another as a part of the same body ; to suit, fit, or be 
 fitted to ; to agree. To be well connected ; to depend on what 
 has preceded, and connect with what follows, applied to literary 
 compositions. 
 
 COHE'RENCE, Cohe'rency, s. [cohcerentia, Lat.] in Physics, 
 that state of bodies in which their parts are joined together so 
 as to resist separation. Generally, relation ; dependency ; con- 
 sistency, so as one part of a discourse does not contradict an- 
 other. 
 
 COHE'RENT, part, [coluerens, Lat.] sticking together so as to 
 resist a separation ; suitable, adapted to one another ; consistent, 
 or not contradictory. 
 
 COHE'SION, s. [cum and hmreo, Lat.] the force whereby the 
 primary atoms of matter are connected together so as to form 
 sensible masses. Figuratively, cohesion signifies the state of 
 union or inseparability both of the particles of matter and other 
 things ; connexion. 
 
 COHE'SIVE, a. that has the power of sticking fast, so as to 
 resist separation. 
 
 COHE'SIVENESS, s. the quality of uniting so as to resist any 
 attempt to separate them, applied to the particles of matter. 
 
 To COHO'BATE, v. a. to pour any distilled liquor upon its 
 residuum, or remaining matter, and distil it again. 
 
 COHOBATION, «. the returning any liquor distilled upon that 
 which remains after the distillation, and then distilling it again. 
 
 CO'HORT, s. [cohors, Lat.] in the Roman army, the tenth 
 part of a legion, consisting of 6 centuries. The praetorian co- 
 hort, which was the body-guard of the commander, grew in the 
 later days of the Roman state to be the only power. In Poetry 
 used for any company of soldiers or warriors. 
 
 COIF, s. [coeffe, Fr.] a head-dress ; a lady's cap ; a sergeant- 
 at-law's cap. 
 
 COI'FED, a. wearing a coif. 
 
 COI'FFURE, s. [coefure, Fr.] a head-dress. 
 
 To COIL, V. a. [cueiUir, Fr.] to reduce into a narrow compass. 
 To coil a rope, is to wind it in a ring. 
 
 COIL, s. [kolleren, Teut.] a tumult, noise, confusion, or bustle, 
 occasioned by some quarrel ; a rope wound into a ring. 
 
 COIMBATOO'R, a mountainous province in the S. of Hindu- 
 stan, bounded by Malabar, Mysore, Trichinopoly, and Dindhi- 
 gul. Some peaks of the mountains rise above 6000 feet in 
 height. It is not very large, being between 40 and 50 miles in 
 each direction. On the whole, owing perhaps to its elevation, 
 it is healthy. It produces grain of various kinds, and native 
 manufactures. Its chief town, of the same name, is, for the 
 country, a fine, though not large place, and is about 300 miles 
 from Madras. 
 
 COI'MBRA, a city and university of Beira, in Portugal, situ- 
 ated on a mountain, near the river Mondego. It has a fine- 
 cathedral, and the buildings of the university are noble. Con- 
 nected with it is a good library. It has about 20,000 inhabit- 
 ants, and under 2000 students. It is 100 miles from Lisbon. 
 Lat. 41. O.N. Long. 8.21. W. 
 
 COIN, s. [coigne, Fr.] a corner ; anv thing standing with a 
 corner outward ; a brick cut diagonally, pronounced quoin or 
 quine. 
 
 COIN, s. metallic money ; payment of any kind ; compensa- 
 tion. -See Numismatics. 
 
COI 
 
 As it is needful to know the values of different coins used by 
 various nations, in order to understand works of History and 
 Travels, and also for commercial purposes, some tables are sub- 
 joined. 
 
 Hebrew Coins. 
 
 £ ». d. /. 
 Gerah, equal in value to about ... 12 
 
 Bekah 13 
 
 Shekel, or stater, or shekel of the sanctuary . 2 60 
 
 Maneh, or mina 6 5 
 
 Talent . . . . . . . . 375 
 
 Drachma of gold, or daric . . . 1 1 10 
 
 Shekel of gold 1 16 5 
 
 Talent of gold 5464 5 80 
 
 The talent and mina, however, were the names of sums of 
 money, and not of coins. After the subjugation of Judea by the 
 Roman power, Roman coins were used as well as the native 
 coinage, and those of Assyria and Greece. 
 
 Greek Coins. 
 
 £ ». d. f. 
 Chalcus, equal in value to about . . . 0.75 
 
 Obolus 11 
 
 Drachma 7 3 
 
 Stater (of silver) 2 70 
 
 Stater (of gold) 16 4 
 
 Stater, Atticus (of gold) .... 1090 
 
 Mina . ... . . . . 3470 
 
 Talent 193 15 
 
 The talent and mina here, too, are sums of money. The value 
 of these coins fluctuated very much during the different periods 
 of Grecian history. Also, it should be observed, that different 
 states had different coins, and that this table contains only the 
 principal coins, of the most prominent and commercial state, 
 Athens, which had a wider circulation than Attica merely. In 
 early times, in Sparta, Lycurgus, the mythic legislator, to check 
 the mercantile enterprise of the people, and make each man 
 as far as possible the consumer of his own produce, issued and 
 enforced an iron coinage ; but the dampness even of the Grecian 
 atmosphere overthrew the idle scheme. 
 
 Boman Coins. 
 
 £ s. d.f. 
 As, equal in value to about .... 3 
 
 Sestertius 13 
 
 Denarius 7 3 
 
 Denarius aureus 16 2 
 
 Aureus 1433 
 
 Sestertium 8 15 2 
 
 Talent 193 15 
 
 The sestertium and the talent were sums of money, and not 
 coins ; the former, which must be distinguished from the ses- 
 tertius, was the name given to the value of 1000 sestertii. 
 Divisions of the as and of the denarius were also in use, but 
 their names will indicate their value. The actual value of these 
 coins, and the size and weight, varied at different periods of 
 Roman history: the table contains the values that most fre- 
 quently prevailed ; reckoning by which, no great mistake can be 
 made. 
 
 Homan Coins mentioned in the New Testament. 
 
 £ s. d. f. 
 Assarium, or lepton (mite), equals about . . 0.75 
 
 Quadrans (farthing) 1.5 
 
 Denarius (penny) 7 3 
 
 Mina (pound) . . . . . .. 3260 
 
 For tne value of the coins of other nations of antiquity, great 
 numbers of which are preserved in our museums, and described 
 in works on Numismatics, reference must be made to these 
 works, and to dictionaries and treatises of the antiquities of 
 the several people by whom they were used. 
 
 English Coins. 
 Pennies, halfpennies, and farthings, in silver and brass, coin- 
 ed by the Anglo-Saxon and Anglo-Danish kings, are very nu- 
 merously preserved. Similar coins struck by the Norman and 
 early Plantagenet kings, and by the nobles, bishops, and other 
 
 COI 
 
 authorities, also exist. In the reigns of the later Plantagenets, 
 groats and half-groats were coined ; and gold coins, in value 
 equal to 18 groats, called florins, with half and quarter florins. 
 Before this time, gold had been but little used for Enghsh coin, 
 and had borne no distinct name. The noble (whose value is yet 
 preserved in the well-known legal fee 6s. 8rf.) supplanted the 
 florin ; and was displaced in the time of the Yorkists, by the 
 angels, equal to it in value, the half-angels, and the rials, equal 
 in value to 30 groats. The accession of the Tudors introduced 
 new coins; in silver, came the crown, half-crown, shilling, six- 
 pence, and its half, quarter, and eighth parts ; in gold, the 
 sovereign, and double sovereign, crown, half-crown, and noble, 
 the values of all which are known. With the Stuarts were in- 
 troduced guineas, half-guineas, and two and five guinea pieces 
 in gold ; with halfpence and farthings in tin and copper. Quar- 
 ter guineas in gold were struck in the earlier reigns of the pre- 
 sent house. Copper pence and two-penny pieces, and seven-shil- 
 ling gold pieces, were issued by George III. At the end of the 
 war our present coinage was introduced, excepting four-penny 
 pieces, wnich were struck by William IV., in silver ; and three- 
 penny pieces, in silver, and parts of the farthing, in copper, by 
 our present monarch. Double-sovereign and five-sovereign 
 pieces are struck in gold, but are not in general circulation ; and 
 two-penny, penny-halfpenny, and penny pieces in silver, also, 
 whicn are usually called Maunday-pence, from an ancient cus- 
 tom of giving these and other small silver coin, as alms, on 
 Maunday Thursday, at the royal palace. 
 
 £ s. d. 
 
 5 sovereign piece (gold) 5 
 
 Double sovereign 2 
 
 Sovereign 10 
 
 Half-sovereign 10 
 
 Crown (silver) 5 
 
 Half-crown ■ . . . 2 6 
 
 Shilling 10 
 
 Sixpence 6 
 
 Groat . ••• * 
 
 Three-penny piece 3 
 
 Pieces of the several values of a penny, halfpenny, farthing, 
 and half and quarter farthings, in copper. 
 
 It must not be supposed that the actual value of these coins 
 continued the same, as the sameness of the name would seem to 
 imply. The worth of metallic money always depends upon cir- 
 cumstances which no legislature can control ; and as it can al- 
 ways be converted into bullion, no laws can keep it at a fictitious 
 value. 
 
 French Coins. 
 
 £ s. d.f. 
 40 franc piece (gold) equals about . . . 1 11 8 2 
 
 20 ..: 15 10 2 
 
 5 ... (silver) 4 
 
 2 17 
 
 1 9 2 
 
 i ... ... (50 centimes) ... 43 
 
 i (25 ...).. . 2 1 
 
 10 centime piece (billon) ... 3 
 
 10 ... (copper) (2 sous) ... 3 
 
 5 ... ... (1 sou) ... 2 
 
 1 ... ... ...... 0.4 
 
 In addition to these coins, Louis d'ors and Napoleons yet cir- 
 culate of the old gold coinage ; and of the old silver coinage, ecus 
 and half-ecus, and pieces of the value of 30, 24, 15, 12, and 6 
 sous. 
 
 Spanish Coins, 
 
 £ s. d.f. 
 Doubloon of eight crowns (gold) equals about 3 4 8 
 Doubloon of four ... ... . . . 1 12 4 
 
 Doubloon of two ... ... (pistole) 16 2 
 
 Crown (half-pistole) 8 1 
 
 Piaster (silver) 4 3 3 
 
 Peseta 10 2 
 
 Half-peseta ... 5 1 
 
 Realillo ... 2 2 
 
 There are also in copper, maravedis, and quartas of 4 and 8 
 maravedis, or octavos. 
 
 2 c ,193 
 
Portuguese Coins. 
 
 £ s. d. f. 
 Moidore, or Lisbonine, or Pistole (gold) equals al)out 1 6 11 1 
 
 Half-moidore 13 5 2 
 
 Quarter-moidore ... ... . . 683 
 
 Moiadobra, or Portuguese 1 15 11 
 
 Half-moiadobra 17 10 2 
 
 16 teston piece 8 111 
 
 12 teston piece ... ... . . 641 
 
 8 teston piece 4 5 3 
 
 Cruzada 2 7 1 
 
 New cruzada . ... (silver) . . . 4 11 
 
 Vintera 2 3 
 
 Rei . . (copper) . . „ . . 0.6 
 
 Beside these, ducats in gold, and pieces of eight in silver, are 
 occasionally used. 
 
 Dutch Coins. 
 
 1 1.5 
 5 2 
 1 1 
 
 5 1.5 
 50 
 4 
 8 2 
 
 6 
 
 s. d. 
 
 17 9 
 
 18 10 
 18 10 
 
 9 5 
 
 3 7 
 1 9 
 1 2 
 
 value. 
 
 20 florin piece (gold) equals about . 
 10 florin piece ... .... 
 
 10 Williams 
 
 Ryder ... .... 
 
 Ducat 
 
 Ducatoon . . (silver or billon) 
 Rix-doUar, or patagon 
 Guilder, or florin 
 
 SchelHng 
 
 The florin is divided into 20 sous, and the sou into 5 cents. 
 
 Sxjoiss Coins, 
 
 32 franken piece (gold) equals about 
 
 16 franken piece 
 
 Pistole (Berne) 
 
 Ducat (Zurich) 
 
 Ducat (Berne) ... ... 
 
 Crown (Basle) (40 batz) (silver) . 
 Crown (Basle) (30 batz) ... 
 Florin, or half-crown 
 Franken . . 
 
 The batz, which are copper, are about l^d. in 
 
 Banish Coins. 
 
 £ 
 Christian (gold) equals about 
 
 Ducat f specie) 
 
 Ducat (current) ... ... 
 
 Rix-doUar (silver) .... 
 
 Mark 
 
 Hamburg Coins. 
 Ducat (imperial) (gold) equals about . 
 
 Ducat (town) 
 
 Rix-dollar (silver) . 
 
 16 schilling piece ... ... 
 
 Prussian Coins. 
 Frederick (gold) equals about 
 
 Half-Frederick 
 
 Ducat 
 
 Thaler, or rix-dollar (silver) 
 
 Groschen 
 
 Saxon Coins. 
 Double Augustus (gold) equals about 
 
 Augustus 
 
 Half-Augustus 
 
 Ducat 
 
 d.f. 
 
 7 
 4 3 
 6 
 4 6 
 
 72 
 
 4 3 
 40 
 
 7 
 2 2 
 
 Rix-dollar (silver) .... 
 Florin ... ... 
 
 Groschen 
 
 The Saxon thaler is a sum of money about 
 
 Bavarian Coins. 
 Carolin (gold) equals about 
 
 Maximilian 
 
 Crown (silver) .... 
 
 Rix-dollar ... 
 
 Teston ... .... 
 
 194 
 
 16 6 
 
 8 30 
 
 9 4 
 2 11 1 
 
 1 
 13 
 4 
 4 
 
 11 
 5 2 
 2 3 
 40 
 
 02 
 1 2 
 1 
 
 COI 
 
 Coins of Baden. 
 »■ d.f. 
 2 florin piece (gold) 16 8 1 (silver) . 
 Florin ... 8 4 0.5 .... 
 
 Swedish Coins. 
 Ducat (gold) equals about .... 
 Rix-dollar (silver) 
 
 Austrian Coins. 
 Half-sovereign (gold) equals about 
 Quarter-sovereign ... .... 
 
 Ducat 
 
 Crown, or rix-dollar (silver) 
 
 Florin ... .... 
 
 Kreutzer (copper) 
 
 In Lombaroy the sovereign circulates, a gold coin ii 
 about £1 7s. Id. ; and the livre, a silver coin, about S\d. 
 
 Venetian Coins. 
 
 3 3 
 
 in value 
 value. 
 
 Ozella (gold) equals about . 
 Pistola ... .... 
 
 Zecchino .... .... 
 
 Ducat ... 
 
 Ducat (silver) .... 
 
 Crown 
 
 Ducatoon 
 
 Tuscan Coins, 
 Ruspone (gold) equals about . 
 
 Rosina 
 
 Zecchino 
 
 Crown, or 10 paoli piece (silver) . 
 
 Paolo 
 
 Coins of the Papal States. 
 Pistole (gold) equals about 
 
 Zecchino 
 
 Crown, or 10 paoli piece (silver) 
 
 Paolo 
 
 Baioccho (copper) .... 
 
 Neapolitan Coins. 
 Ounce, or 3 ducats (gold) equals about 
 
 Ducat (silver) 
 
 Carlino 
 
 Sardinian Coins. 
 Carlin (gold) equals about 
 
 Pistola 
 
 Crown (silver) 
 
 Coins of Savoy. 
 Carlino (gold) equals about . 
 
 Double pistola 
 Pistola 
 
 Zecchino 
 
 Crown (silver) 
 
 Russian Coins. 
 Imperial (gold) equals about . . . . 1 12 9 
 
 Ducat 9 2 1 
 
 Rouble (silver) 3 2 
 
 Copeck (copper) 1.5 
 
 Turkish Coins. 
 
 Zecchin (gold) 5 9 2 
 
 Piastre (silver) 17 
 
 Rouble 4 2 
 
 Paca (copper) 1.333 
 
 The aspres, of which there are 120 in the piastre, are very small 
 and thin pieces of copper. 
 
 Persian Coins. 
 
 £ .. rf. / 
 Rupee (gold) equals about , . . .19 13 
 
 Rupee (silver) 1 11 2 
 
 Abassi 9 
 
 Mamoudi 4 2 
 
 £ J. d.f. 
 1 17 4 
 15 11 1.333 
 
 9 6 
 
 5 11 1 
 
 3 4 
 5 3 3 
 
 4 80 
 
 8 70 
 17 1 
 
 9 6 1.333 
 4 5 1 
 
 5 
 
 13 11 1 
 
 9 42 
 
 4 3 1 
 
 5 1 
 
 2 
 
 53 
 4 1 
 4 
 
 1 2 
 6 3 
 83 
 
 5 19 
 
 13 92 
 
 15 10 
 
 9 5 3 
 
 3 11 2 
 
COK 
 
 Indian Coins. 
 £ s. d. 
 (gold) equals 1 13 8, or 
 
 £ s. 
 1 10 
 1 9 
 7 
 1 
 
 Mohur 
 
 Rupee ... 1 9 2, or 
 
 Star pagoda ... .... 
 
 Sicca rupee (silver) varies frona 2s. to . 
 Chinese Coins. 
 
 Tale (silver) equals 6 8 
 
 Mace 8 
 
 These with candareens are properly v^eights ; the cash, which 
 are cast copper coins with a square hole io the middle, by which 
 they are tied up in 10s., are the only proper coins of China, and 
 1000 of them equal a tale of fine silver. 
 
 Coins of the United States. 
 
 Eagle (gold), ten dollars, equals 
 Half-eagle (gold), five dollars 
 
 s. d.f. 
 
 Dollar (silver) 
 
 Cent (copper) 2 
 
 To make these tables less in extent, in most of them, the va- 
 lues of half and quarter pieces, &c. are omitted ; and none but 
 the most commonly used coin named. 
 
 To COIN, V. a. to mint, or stamp metals for money ; to make 
 or forge any thing, used in an ill sense. 
 
 COrNAGE, Coi'ning, s. the stamping metals, or making 
 money. Figuratively, coin or metallic money ; the charges or 
 expense of coining. Forgery, or invention, used in a bad sense. 
 See Mint. 
 
 To COINCFDE, v. n. [coincido, Lat.] to fall upon, or meet in 
 the same point ; to be consistent with, to concur. 
 
 COFNCIDENCE, s. the state of several bodies or lines falling 
 upon the same point ; concurrence ; consistency, or uniting to 
 effect the same end, or establish the same point. 
 
 COI'NCIDENT, a. [coiiicidens, Lat.] falling upon the same 
 point, applied to bodies or lines. Concurring; consisting; 
 agreeing ; mutually tending to the support of any particular 
 point. 
 
 COINDICA'TION, s. [cum and indico, Lat.] the concurrence of 
 many symptoms bespeaking or betokening the same cause. 
 
 COI'NER, s. one that makes money. Figuratively, a maker of 
 counterfeit money ; an inventor. 
 
 To COJOl'N, f. n. [conjunffo, Lat.] to join with another in the 
 same office. 
 
 COIT, s. [kote, Belg.] a thing thrown at a mark. See Quoit. 
 
 COITION, s. [coitio, Lat.] the act by which two bodies come 
 together. 
 
 COKE, «. the cinder which results from burning coal in a close 
 furnace, or in a heap covered with clay, so as to prevent access 
 of atmospheric air. It is very useful, burning as charcoal does, 
 without Its deadly fumes. 
 
 COKE, SIR EDWARD, the famous lawyer of the beginning 
 of the 17th century. He studied at Cambridge, and became a 
 member of the Inner Temple at the outset of life, where he 
 gained such fame as brought him solid reward in the form of in- 
 cessa.nt engagements at the bar ; and higher honours in being 
 appointed successively solicitor-general and attorney-general to 
 Queen Elizabeth. At the accession of James I. Coke did not 
 lose his office, but was more famous than ever, in consequence 
 of the intrigues and plots against the great professor of king- 
 craft, and the Anglican Church, as represented by him. He was 
 soon advanced to the chief-justiceship of the Common Pleas and 
 of the King's Bench ; and in these offices showed that James 
 had mistaken his character, for he steadily opposed his arbitrary 
 exercise of authority. He was accordingly removed, and though 
 he was for a time restored to the royal favour, he was imprisoned 
 afterwards in the Tower, and otherwise made to feel the wrath 
 of the king, for his attachment to the growing patriot cause in 
 the House of Commons. The reign of Charles I. gave him scope 
 to show himself, and we find him accordingly, after seeming to 
 fall behind in ardour, the first who dared to lift up his voice 
 against the worthless favourite Buckingham. In 16J3 he died, 
 aged 81 years. He was not free from the faults of his times, yet 
 in comparison with his greater rival Bacon, he is worthy of all 
 praise. His dedication of the matured wisdom of his last days to 
 the nurturing and defending the growing liberties of England, 
 will always be the most glorious trait of his life. Whilst in his 
 
 own profession, till happier days come. Coke upon Littleton must 
 be one of the most autnoritative works on Common Law. 
 
 COL, one of the western islands of Scotland, 11 miles N.W. of 
 the Isle of Mull. It is 13 miles long and 3 broad ; contains a 
 few horses, sheep, and goats ; and has many lochs, which abound 
 in fish. The inhabitants are about 800. 
 
 CO'LANDER, (cullender) s. [colo, Lat.] a sieve, either of hair, 
 twigs, or metal, through which any mixture is strained, and 
 leaves the grosser parts behind it. 
 
 COLATION, s. the act of filtering, straining, or separating 
 any fluid from its dregs or impurities. 
 
 COLA'TURE, s. the art of separating the dregs of any fluid 
 by straining it through a sieve, or filtrating it through paper ; 
 the matter strained or filtrated. 
 
 CO'LBERG, a sea-port of Prussian Pomerania, and once a 
 Hanse-town of Germany, remarkable for its salt-works. It is 
 situated at the mouth of the Persante, and has a good harbour. 
 It is well built, and has some noble institutions for charitable 
 purposes. Its fisheries are valuable. It is nearly 200 miles 
 from Berlin. Population, about 7000. Lat. 54. 22. N. Long. 
 15. 39. E. 
 
 COLBE'RT, JEAN BAPTISTE, the great minister of Louis 
 XIV. of France, was born in humble circumstances, and entered 
 the service of Cardinal Mazarin, by whom he was introduced to 
 the king. He held various offices under the king for more than 
 20 years, during which he freed France from debt, and raised 
 the net income of the state to three times its former amount, 
 but it was by such oppressive taxes as enraged the people in the 
 highest degree against him ; and even so he had not enough to 
 satisfy his luxurious and prodigal master. The commercial in- 
 dustry of the country may be regarded as his creation, but it was 
 by self-destructive means that he raised it. Him, also, France 
 long thanked for her first fleet. Learning, literature, and the 
 fine arts, found in him a munificent patron ; the royal library 
 in particular remains a monument of this spirit ; and some of the 
 finest buildings in Paris attest his taste. He died in 1683, aged 64 
 years. He is a surprising instance of what native force of mind 
 can effiict ; but he shows also how vain is that notion of govern- 
 ment which makes the governing power the thing for which all 
 other things exist, instead of making them that are governed the 
 end for which governments themselves are called into being. 
 
 CO'LBERTINE, s. a kind of fine lace worn by women. 
 
 CO'LCHESTER, Essex. It is situated on a fine eminence 
 near the Coin, which is navigable within three miles of the town 
 for ships of large burthen, and for hoys and small barks to a 
 place called the Hythe, where is a quay close to the houses. 
 Here is a manufactory of baize and seys ; and it is noted for 
 oysters called natives. It has an ancient castle, and some other 
 fine buildings both ancient and modern. It is a principal sta- 
 tion on the E. Counties Railway. It is 51 miles from London. 
 Markets, Wednesday and Saturday. Pop. 17,790. 
 
 COLD, a. [cold. Sax.] without warmth, or warming; haying a 
 sensation of cold, or shivering ; that which is not volatile, or 
 easily put in motion by heat. Figuratively, unaffected; not 
 easily excited to action ; indifferent ; not able to move the pas- 
 sions ; reserved, or void of the warmth of friendship and affec- 
 tion ; chaste, temperate, not easily provoked to anger ; not 
 meeting with a warm or affectionate reception ; deliberate ; calm. 
 
 COLD, s. something void of heat or motion; that which pro- 
 duces the sensation of cold ; a disease affecting the mucous 
 membrane, that lines all the passages in the body, very common 
 in changeable weather. 
 
 CO'LDLY, ad. without warmth or heat ; with great indiffer- 
 ence or unconcern. 
 
 CO'LDNESS, s. opposite to heat ; that quality which causes a 
 sensation of cold, and deprives a person of his natural warmth 
 and heat. Figuratively, want of kindness, love, esteem, or 
 affection ; coyness, chastity. 
 
 CO'LDSTREAM, Berwickshire, Scotland. A town situated 
 on the N. side of the Tweed, with a fine bridge over that river. 
 One of the regiments of the foot-guards takes its name from this 
 town. It is 00 miles from Edinburgh. Pop. 1913. 
 
 COLE, s. {catct. Sax.] a general name for all sorts of cab- 
 bage. 
 
 CO'LEBROOK-DALE, on the banks of the Severn, in Shrop- 
 shire, is a winding glen between two hills, where are consider- 
 able iron works and coal mines, and a large and elegant bridge. 
 
 2 c 2 
 
 195 
 
COL 
 
 of cast iron, of one arch. There is also in the Dale a spring of 
 fossil tar, or petroleum, together with a spring of brine. 
 
 COLERA'INE, Londonderry, in Ulster, Ireland. It has a 
 valuable salmon fishery, and is situated 4 miles from the sea, &c., 
 on the Bann, which being rapid, it is difficult for vessels to 
 come up to the town. It is 114 miles from Dublin. Pop. 6255. 
 CO'LERIDGE, SAMUEL TAYLOR, one of our greatest re- 
 cent poets, theologians, and philosophers. He was the son of 
 an eccentric clergyman of Devonshire, and was left fatherless at 
 an early age. In Christ's Hospital, under Dr. Bowyer, he had 
 his first training, and displayecf even then the strong bent of his 
 mind towards poetry, and the deepest problems of metaphysical 
 science. At Cambridge he studied subsequently, but did not 
 complete his course. We find him next, ill-disguised by the 
 designation Comberback, in the 15th dragoons ; whence, how- 
 ever, he was soon released. Bristol was the next field of labour 
 and thought, and there with Southey, Wordsworth, and a few 
 more, be started his golden dream of a Pantisocracy to be found- 
 ed by them some where in the New World ; there, too, and at 
 Nether Stowey near it, he edited 10 numbers of his Watch- 
 man, preached as a Unitarian minister, and wrote some of his 
 sweetest and finest poems. His peculiarities too became more 
 marked, — intense Jipphcation to metaphysics, and a sad neglect 
 of trade excellencies. He next went on to the continent, and 
 studied under some of the great scholars in all sciences Ger- 
 many then rejoiced in, visited other parts, and had to be smug- 
 gled from Italy, where he was regarded, and would have been 
 treated, as a spy. Returning, he joined the Lake poets for two 
 years, lectured at the Royal Institution, wrote in the Morning 
 Post and Courier, and showed that in politics and religion his 
 mind had undergone a total change. His Friend was first pub- 
 lished at this time also. He removed to London next, and spent 
 the remainder of his days at a friend's at Highgate, in planning, 
 or rather dreaming, great works, and in executing fragments 
 which make the lack of the unrealized dreams a loss not to be 
 repaired ; in talking, when he had gathered round fit and few 
 audience, such discourse as the old man eloquent might have 
 held ; and in growing to a maturity in spiritual life, that makes 
 his recorded thoughts more precious. He died in 1834, aged 
 02 years. Amongst politicians of a certain party it has long 
 been the fashion to decry S. T. Coleridge, and to blacken his 
 name and fame by any means that would serve. It is beginning 
 to be felt that he was a great man, of clear spiritual vision, whose 
 principles are so stated in his works as to enable any thinking 
 reader to judge for himself respecting his conclusions and prac- 
 tical positions. In America he is better known than here. But 
 his day is opening even here. His Aids to Reflection in particu- 
 lar is beginning to tell upon that class for whom it was written, 
 and to whom it is beautifully adapted,— young men learning 
 to think and judge of things. In Poesy his rank amongst the 
 first has long been assigned him. 
 
 CO'LESEED, s. in Botany, the seed of the rape, a species of 
 cabbage, from whence rape-seed oil is drawn, cultivated for 
 iieeding cattle. 
 
 CO'LESHILL, Warwickshire. It is seated on the ascent of a 
 hill, near the Coin. It is 102 miles from London. Market, 
 Wednesday. Pop. 2172. 
 
 CO'LET, DEAN, one of the distinguished divines in England 
 just before the Reformation. He held various dignities and ap- 
 pointments, and at last was made Dean of St. Paul's, London. 
 In the discharge of his duties he was most exemplary, and in 
 some of his opinions gave augury of the coming change. He 
 founded St. Paul's School, and died in 1519, aged 53 years. He 
 has left a few works, of little moment. 
 
 CO'LEWORT, s. in Botany, a species of the cabbage. 
 
 CO'LFOllD, Co'leford, or Co'verd, Gloucestershire, a town 
 near which are considerable iron works. It is 124 miles from 
 London. Market, Tuesday. Pop. 2208. 
 
 CO'LIC, s. [colicus, Lat.] in Medicine, a severe pain in the 
 lower venter, and so called because it was formerly thought to 
 be seated in the colon. 
 
 CO'LIC, a. affecting the bowels. " Intestine stone and ulcer, 
 oo/ic pangs," Milt. 
 
 COLPGNY, ADMIRAL DE, the most distinguished victim in 
 
 the massacre of St. Bartholomew's day, in 1572, in France. He 
 
 had been in the earlier part of his life a brave and able soldier 
 
 and commander, and in the struggles during the reigns preced- 
 
 196 
 
 COL 
 
 ing Henry IV., had taken part with the Huguenots and done 
 them great service. A treacherous peace having been got up 
 by Catherine in the name of Charles IX., Coligny came to Paris. 
 He was killed by the Duke de Guise, who entertained special 
 enmity against him : aged 56 years. 
 
 To COLLA'PSE, v. n. \collapius, Lat.] to fall together ; to 
 close together so as one side shall touch another. 
 
 COLL A'PSION, s. the state of vessels closing of themselves ; 
 the act of closing together. 
 
 CO'LLAR, s. [collum, Lat.] that part of the dress of both sexes 
 which surrounds the neck ; also part of the harness put round 
 the neck of horses, &c. when used for draught, to which the 
 draughts are fastened. An ornament of metal, worn by knights 
 of several miUtary orders, hanging over the shoulders on the 
 mantle, and generally consisting of a gold chain, enamelled 
 with ciphers and other devices, and having the badge of the 
 order suspended at the bottom. That of the order of the Garter 
 consists of 26 pieces, of gold, with roses enamelled red, within a 
 garter enamelled blue, and a George at the bottom. That of the 
 order of the Bath, is of gold, formed of knots alternating with 
 the three national flowers, enamelled proper, and imperial 
 crowns. That of the Thistle, is of thistles and sprigs of rue, 
 of gold, enamelled. That of St. Patrick, has six harjjs and five 
 roses alternating with twelve knots, in the centre a crown, all of 
 pure gold. To slip the collar, is a phrase for getting free, escaping 
 or extricating oneself from any difficult engagement. A collar 
 of brawn, is a quantity of brawn rolled and bound up in a roundish 
 parcel. 
 
 To CO'LLAR, v. a. to seize by the collar. Joined with brazen, 
 to roll up and bind with a string, in order to make retain a round 
 form. 
 
 CO'LLAR-BONE, s. the clavicle. 
 
 To COLLA'TE, v. a. [collatum, Lat.] to compare one thing 
 with another of the same kind. Applied to books, to compare 
 and examine them, in order to find whether any thing be defici- 
 ent, corrupted, or interpolated. Used with to, to place in an 
 ecclesiastical benefice. 
 
 COLLATERAL, a. [cum and latus, Lat.] side to side ; run- 
 ning parallel ; mutual, or such as becomes near relations, applied 
 to affection. In Geography, situated by the side of another. 
 Concurrent, applied to proofs. In Cosmography, intermediate, 
 or lying between the cardinal points. In Genealogy, applied 
 tn relations of the same stock, but not in the same line of as- . 
 cendants and descendants ; such are uncles, aunts, nephews, 
 cousins. Collateral descent, in Law, is that which passes to bro- 
 thers' children. Collateral assurance, is a bond made over and 
 above the deed itself for the performance of a covenant. Colla- 
 teral security, is a deed made of other lands, besides those 
 granted by the deed of mortgage, on their not being a sufficient 
 security. 
 
 COLLA'TERALLY, ad. side by side, applied to position or si- 
 tuation. Not in the same line of descendants, though from the 
 same stock, applied to genealogy. 
 
 COLLA'TION, s. [cotlatio, Lat.] the act of bestowing or con- 
 ferring, applied to gifts or favours ; the comparing one copy or 
 thing of tne same kind with another. In Canon Law, the be- 
 stowing of a benefice by a bishop, who has right of patronage. 
 Also an elegant public entertainment or feast. 
 
 COLLATI'TIOUS, a. [collatitius, Lat.] done by the contribu- 
 tion of money, 
 
 COLLA'TOR, s. one who examines copies or manuscripts, by 
 comparing them with some other writing. In Law, one who 
 presents to an ecclesiastical living or benefice, generally applied 
 to the presentation of a bishop. 
 
 To COLLAU'D, v. a. [colkmdo, Lat.] to join in praising. 
 
 CO'LLEAGUE, {killeeg) s. [colleffa, Lat.] a partner or associate 
 in the same office. 
 
 To COLLE'AGUE, (Mleeg) v. a. to unite or join with. 
 
 To COLLE'CT, v. a. [collectum, Lat.] to gather together ; to 
 bring several things together, or into the same place ; to add into 
 a sum ; to infer, draw, or deduce from arguments. Followed 
 by the reciprocal pronouns himself, &c., to recover from a kervice ; 
 to reassemble one's scattered ideas. 
 
 CO'LLECT, s. [collecta, Lat.] a short comprehensive prayer, 
 used in the service of some churches. 
 
 COLLECT A'NEOUS, a. [collecianeus, Lat.] gathered together, 
 collected. 
 
( OL 
 
 COLLE'CTEDLY, ad. gathered in one view at once. 
 
 COLLE'CTIBLE, a. that may be gathered, or deduced from 
 any premises. 
 
 COLLE'CTION, s. [collectio, Lat.] the act of gathering several 
 pieces together; an assemblage of things in the same place. 
 Also, the gathering of money at a meeting, or otherwise, for any 
 specified purpose. 
 
 COLLE'CTIVE, a. [collectivus, Lat.] gathered together, con- 
 sisting of several members or parts, forming a whole, or one com- 
 mon mass. In Logic, a collective idea, is that which unites several 
 things of the same kind. In Grammar, a collective noun, is a noun 
 which expresses a multitude, or several of the same sort, though 
 used in the singular number; as, a company ; an army; Ajleet. 
 
 COLLE'CTIVELY, ad. in a body, taken together, opposed to 
 siiigly or separately. In general ; generally ; in one mass or heap. 
 
 COLLE'CTOR, s. [collector, Lat.] one who gathers scattered 
 things together ; a compiler ; a tax-gatherer. 
 
 COLLE'GATARY, s. [con and le^atum, Lat.] in the Civil Law, 
 a person to whom is left a legacy in common with one or more 
 other persons. 
 
 CO'LLEGE, s. [collepium, Lat.] a community, or society of 
 men set apart for learning or religion. The word colleye bears a 
 different sense in different countries. In Germany there was the 
 college of electors, who assembled in the diet of Ratisbon. At 
 Rome there is the college of cardinals, a body composed of three 
 distinct orders of them. The universities have their several col- 
 leges, in which learning is taught. Among the Jews were 
 several colleges, consisting generally of the tribe of Levi. Samuel 
 is said to have founded the college or school of the prophets. 
 Among the Greeks the Lyceutn and Academy may be regarded 
 as colleges. Colleges have been generally in the hands of 
 those devoted to religion. Thus the Magi in Persia, the Gym- 
 nosophists in the Indies, the Druids in Gaul and Britain, had 
 the care of instructing youth in the sciences. After the estab- 
 lishment of Christianity there were almost as many colleges 
 as monasteries, particularly in the reign of Charlemagne, who 
 enjoined the monks to instruct youth in music, grammar, and 
 arithmetic. In London there is the College of Civilians, com- 
 monly called Doctors Commons, founded hj Dr. Harvey, dean 
 of the Arches, for the professors of the civil law residing in Lon- 
 don. Also, the College of Physicians, a corporation of physicians ; 
 and the Royal College of Surgeons, a like corporation of surgeons. 
 Sion College, or college of the London clergy, who were incorpo- 
 rated in 1631, at the request of Dr. White, under the name of 
 the president and fellows of Sion College ; it is likewise an hos- 
 pital for ten poor men. Gresham College, or College of Philosophy, 
 founded by Sir William Gresham, who built the Royal Ex- 
 change. The subjects of the lectures (now read in the Royal 
 Exchange) are divinity, astronomy, music, geometry, rhetoric, 
 civil law, and physic. College of Heralds, commonly called the 
 IleraUTs Office, a corporation founded by Kin^ Richard III., who 
 granted tnem several privileges, as to be free from subsidies, 
 tolls, offices, &c. Colleges of Common Law, see Inns of Court. 
 
 COLLE'GIAL, a. relating to a college, or possessed by a 
 college. 
 
 COLLE'GIAN, s. an inhabitant or member of a college. 
 
 COLLE'GIATE, a. consisting of colleges ; instituted or regu- 
 lated after the manner of a college. Collegiate church, is that 
 which is endowed for a society or body corporate, consisting of a 
 dean and secular priests, without a bishop; of this kind are 
 Westminster Abbey, Windsor, &c. 
 
 COLLE'GIATE, s. a member of a college, or one bred at a 
 university. 
 
 CCLLET, s. [collum, Lat.] formerly any thing that was worn 
 about the neck. Figuratively, the neck. Among jewellers, 
 that part of a ring in which the stone is set. 
 
 To COLLI'DE, V. a. [collido, Lat.] to strike, beat, or dash two 
 things together, or against each other. 
 
 CO'LLIER, JEREMY, one of the nonjurors, or clergy at the 
 Revolution in 1G88, who refused to acknowledge William III., 
 and in consequence, a great authority with the highest church 
 party. He suffered for his zeal through prosecutions, fines, im- 
 prisonments, outlawry, &c., but he never cooled. His writings 
 were very numerous, and almost all of a controversial character. 
 His Ecclesiastical History of Great Britain has a considerable re- 
 putation amongst the partisans of his views. He died in 1720, 
 aged 75 years. 
 
 COL 
 
 CCLLIER, s. one who digs for coals in a mine ; one who 
 sells or deals in coals ; a vessel made use of to convey coals by 
 water. 
 
 CO'LLIERY, s. a coal-work. 
 
 COLLIGA'TION, s. [cum and ligo, Lat.] the binding things 
 close, or together. 
 
 CO'LLIMATOR, s. [con and lineo, Lat.] in Optics and Prac- 
 tical Astronomy, an instrument by which observers are enabled 
 to detect any error in the direction of the line of sight in tele- 
 scopes used in quadrants, sextants, &c. ; which would make the 
 observation incorrect. 
 
 CO'LLINGWOOD, ADMIRAL LORD CUTHBERT, a dis- 
 tinguished naval commander during the last war. He took part 
 in the victories of Lord Howe, St. Vincent, and Trafalgar; and 
 was engaged after the last battle in arranging the political affairs 
 it opened the way to. He was the fast friend of^ Lord Nelson, 
 whom he followed step by step through the usual degrees of 
 promotion. His character as a commander, and in private, has 
 always been highly esteemed, especially in the fleet. He died 
 in 1810, aged GO vears. 
 
 CO'LLINS, ANTHONY, one of the most notorious of the 
 Freethinkers (as they styled themselves) of the beginning of the 
 last century. He was professionally attached to the law, but 
 his numerous works on theological and moral subjects have been 
 the preservers of his memory. He exerted himself, under the' 
 guise of great concern for Christianity, to bring it into contempt, 
 and spared no sophistry in the attempt. Dr. Bentley's famous 
 work, under the name of Phileleutherus Lipsiensis, is almost the 
 only one of the countless replies to Collins's various treatises 
 that has lived beyond its own age, or has deserved to do so. His 
 character was estimable both in public and private ; but it did 
 not correct the natural tendency of his flippant and insincere 
 writings. He died in 1729, aged .53 years. 
 
 CO'LLINS, WILLIAM, one of our most eminent lyric poets. 
 He received a good education at' Oxford, and commenced his 
 literary career early in life. But indolence and mental dissipa- 
 tion hindered the realization of his manifold schemes for achiev- 
 ing renown. The last years of his life were spent, with few lucid 
 intervals, in the horrors of madness. His poems are few in num- 
 ber, but of a high order, and have had amongst the best critics 
 passionate admirers. He died in 17.56, aged 35 years. 
 
 CO'LLIQUABLE, a. easily dissolved ; liable to be melted. 
 
 COLLFQUAMENT, s. the substance any thing is reduced to 
 by being dissolved or melted. 
 
 CO'LLIQUANT, part. a. [colliquans, Lat.] that has the power 
 of dissolving, melting, or wasting. 
 
 To CO'LLIQUATE, v. a. [colllqueo, Lat.] to melt, dissolve, or 
 turn a solid into fluid by heat, &c. — v. n. to melt ; to be dis- 
 solved. 
 
 COLLIQUA'TION, s. [coUiquatio, Lat.] the melting of any 
 thing by heat. 
 
 COLLFQUATl'V'E, a. melting or dissolvent. A colliquative 
 fever is that which is attended with a diarrhoea, or profuse 
 sweats. 
 
 COLLIQUEFA'CTION, s. [colliquef actio, Lat.] the reducing 
 different metals to one mass, by melting them on a fire. 
 
 COLLFSION , s. [coUisio, Lat.] the act of striking two bodies 
 together. 
 
 To CO'LLOCATE, v. a. [colloco, Lat.] to place ; to station. 
 
 COLLOCA'TION, «. [collocatio, Lat.] the act of placing; dis- 
 position. 
 
 CO'LLOP, 8. a thin slice of meat, or steak ; a piece or slice of 
 any animal. 
 
 CO'LLOQUY, s. [cum and loguor, Lat.] a conference or con- 
 versation ; a discourse in writing, wherein two or more persons 
 are represented as speaking or talking together on any topic. • 
 
 CO'LLOW, s. [supposed by Johnson rather to be colly, from 
 coal,] the black grime of burnt coals or wood. 
 
 COLLUCTA'TION, s. [cum and luctor, Lat.] the mutual 
 struggle or commotion of the particles of any fluid between 
 themselves ; opposition ; fermentation. Figuratively, contest ; 
 spite ; mutual opposition. 
 
 To COLLU'DE, v. n. [cum and btdo, Lat.] to join in a fraud; 
 to conspire in imposing on a person. 
 
 COLLU'MPTON, Devonshire. It is a handsome town, seated 
 on the river Columb, 150 miles from London. Market, Saturday. 
 Pop. 3,909. 
 
 197 
 
COL 
 
 COLLU'SION, s. Icum and ludo, Lat.] in Law, a deceitful 
 contract or agreement between two or more persons, for the one 
 to bring an action against the other, in order to defraud a third 
 person of his right. 
 
 COLLU'SIVE, a. fraudulently concerted or agreed upon be- 
 tween two persons, in order to cheat a third. 
 
 COLLU'SIVELY, ad. concerted or contrived in a fraudulent 
 manner, with a fraudulent design. 
 
 COLLU'SORY, ». carrying on a fraud by secret concert. 
 
 COLLY'RIUM, s. [Lat.] in Medicine, an external remedy for 
 disorders in the eyes. 
 
 CO'LMAN, GEORGE, the younger and elder, two play-writers 
 and humourists of the end of the last century and beginning of 
 the present. The father died in 1794, the son in 1830. 
 
 CO'LMAR, s. [Fr.] a sort of pear. 
 
 COLMA'R, capital of the department of Haut Rhin, France. 
 It stands below the hUls called the Vosges, on the river Lauch. 
 There is a brisk trade carried on in it ; and it has some import- 
 ance as a trading place given it by a canal communicating with 
 the river Fecht. A few manufactures are carried on. And there 
 is a college here, with an admirable library. It is about 260 
 miles from Paris, and has a population of about 20,000. Lat. 48. 
 4. N. Long. 7. 25. E. 
 
 CO'LNBROOK, Bucks and Middlesex. It is situated on four 
 channels of the river Coin, over each of which it has a bridge. 
 It is 17 miles from London. Market, Wednesday. Pop. 1050. 
 
 COLNE, Lancashire, a town near Pendle Hill. It is 218 miles 
 from London. )Iarket, Wednesday. Pop. 8015. 
 
 COLO'GNE, (kotone) a circle of Prussia, lying on the Rhine, 
 about 40 miles in length, and bounded by Arnsburg, Coblentz, 
 Aix-la-Chapelle, and Diisseldorf. It has mountains in its east 
 part, which afford mines of coal, and some metals, but generally 
 It is plain and fertile, abounding in cattle and sheep. Bonn, 
 the celebrated university, is in this circle. The population is 
 about 420,000. Cologne, the capital of this circle, stands on the 
 Rhine, and is an ancient and noble city, strongly fortified, and 
 adorned with many magnificent buildings, of which the cathedral, 
 famous amongst Romanists for its relics, is the most splendid. 
 There are some good libraries and educational institutions at 
 Cologne. The produce of the vicinity, and manufactures, (espe- 
 cially of wine and spirits,) furnish it with a good trade ; though 
 as a trading place it has greatly fallen, it having been one of the 
 imperial towns in ancient times. It has a population of above 
 65,000. Lat. 50. 55. N. Long. 6. 56. E. 
 
 COLO'GN EARTH, s. a deep brown ochre, which contains 
 more vegetable than mineral matter, and owes its origin to the 
 remains of wood long buried in the earth. 
 
 COLO'MBIA, the general name by which the republics of 
 Grenada, Ecuador, and Venezuela, in S. America, are known. 
 See these names. 
 
 CO'LON, s. [Gr.] in Grammar, a point or stop marked thus ( : ), 
 used to mark a pause greater than that of the semi-colon, and 
 less than that ot a period, employed where a close dependence 
 as to sense exists between two sentences, but none as to syntax. 
 In Anatomy, the greatest and widest of all the intestines, adjoin- 
 ing immediately to the rectum. 
 
 CO'LONEL, (kernel) s. [Fr.] an officer in the army who has the 
 command in chief of a regiment. Colonel- Lieutenant is one who 
 commands a regiment of the guards, whereof the king, or other 
 great personage, is colonel. Lieutenant~Colonel is the second officer 
 of a regiment at the head of the captains, and commands in the 
 colonel's absence. 
 
 CO'LONELSHIP, {kernelship) s. the office of a colonel. 
 
 COLONIZATION, s. the act or process of colonizing. 
 
 To CO'LONIZE, (Ulonize) V. a. to plant with inhabitants; to 
 settle with people brought from some other place ; to plant with 
 colonies. 
 
 COLONNA'DE, «. [cohnna, Ital.] a peristyle of a circular form ; 
 or a series of pillars placed in a circle, and insulated withinside. 
 Figuratively, any series or range of pillars, 
 
 CO'LONY, s. [cohnia, Lat.] a body of people sent from the 
 mother country to cultivate and settle some other place. The 
 colonies of the W. part of S. America were chiefly for the pur- 
 pose of working the mines there. England has had in New 
 Holland colonies formed almost wholly of convicted criminals, 
 which have proved to be what prudence and common sense 
 might have foreseen, and are accordingly to be discontinued. 
 
 COL 
 
 Figuratively, the country settled by a body of people both in and 
 coining from some other place. 
 
 CO'LOPHONY, ikdhfony) s. [Colophon, a city, whence it is 
 imported,] a resinous substance prepared of turpentine boiled in 
 water, and afterwards dried ; or from a slow evaporation of a 
 fourth or fifth part of its substance by fire. 
 
 COLOQUI'NTEDA, s. [koilia and kineo, Gr.] in Botany, the 
 fruit of a plant of the same name brought from the Levant, often 
 called bitter-apple. 
 
 COLORA'DO, a river of N. America, emptying itself into the 
 Gulf of California, after a long course from the Rocky Moun- 
 tains. It is very imperfectly known. 
 
 CO'LORATE, a. [coloratus, Lat.] coloured; dyed; marked or 
 stained with any colour. 
 
 COLORAfTION, s. [coloro, Lat.] the art or practice of colour- 
 ing or painting; the state of a thing coloured. 
 
 COLORI'FIC, a. [color and /ac/o, Lat.] that has the power of 
 producing colours, or of colouring any body. 
 
 COLO'SSjE, a city of Phrygia Pacatiana in Asia Minor, 
 seated on the Lycus, at which one of the earliest apostolical 
 churches was formed. 
 
 COLO'SSIANS, PAUL'S EPISTLE TO THE, written during 
 Paul's first imprisonment at Rome, about 00 — 64 a. d. Con- 
 siderable light will be thrown on it by the comparison of it with 
 the same writer's Epistle to the Ephesians, which was written a 
 very short time before. It consists of a very highly finished re- 
 presentation of the truth the Colossians had received', as a spi- 
 ritual principle— a partaking of the life of Christ, and not as a 
 merely intellectual doctrine, or outward ceremonial ; and a 
 series of practical exhortations founded on this representation, 
 in which he draws a bold and masterly sketch of what must and 
 ought to be the character of one who has participated in that 
 new life-principle. 
 
 COLO'SSUS, s. [Lat.] a statue of enormous size : that of 
 Apollo at Rhodes, made by Chares, was so high that the ships 
 of those days could pass at full sail between its legs ; its height 
 was 126 feet ; it was overthrown by an earthquake after standing 
 1300 years ; and was sold to a Jew, who loaded 900 camels with 
 the brass of it. 
 
 CO'LOUR, (kuller) s. [coloj; Lat.] the sensation produced by 
 the refraction and reflexion of the rays of light from the surface 
 of any substance, or through any transparent medium, to our 
 eyes. See Optics. In a popular sense, the hue in which any body 
 appears to the eye. Figuratively, the rosy hue of the cheeks ; the 
 tint or hue produced by covering any surface with paint. Under 
 colour, appearance or pretence. 
 
 To CO'LOUR, [kiiller) r. a. [coloro, Lat.] to mark or dye with 
 some hue or tint. Figuratively, to palliate, or excuse ; to as- 
 sign some plausible or specious reason for an undertaking ; to 
 blush. 
 
 CO'LOURABLE, {kiillerable) a. specious; plausible. 
 
 CO'LOURABLY, (kuUerahly) ad. plausibly ; speciously. 
 
 CO'LOURED, {kullerd) part, streaked; diversified with differ- 
 ent hues. 
 
 CO'LOURING, (kullering) s. that branch of Painting which 
 teaches the proper distribution of lights and shades, and laying 
 the colours with propriety and beauty. 
 
 CO'LOURIST, (kullerist) s. a painter excellent in the tints he 
 gives his pieces, and the manner in which he disposes his lights 
 and shades. 
 
 CO'LOURLESS, a. without colour; white; transparent. 
 
 COLT, s. [colt. Sax.] a young horse that has never been rid- 
 den or broke. Figuratively, a raw, ignorant person. 
 
 CO'LTER, s. [culter, Lat.] the sharp iron of a plough, which 
 cuts up the ground perpendicularly to the ploughsnare. 
 
 CO'LTIE, s. a term used by timber-merchants for a defect or 
 blemish in some of the annual circles of a tree, whereby its value 
 is much diminished. 
 
 CO'LTISH, o. resembling a colt; wanton. 
 
 CO'LTSFOOT, s. in Botany, a species of tussilago, or butter- 
 bur, with yellow compound blossoms, and large angular-toothed 
 leaves, somewhat heart-shaped, appearing after the flower. A 
 decoction of it is often used in coughs. It is found on moist, 
 stifl' lands, flowering in March. 
 
 COLT'S-TOOTH, s. an imperfect or superfluous tooth in the 
 mouth of a young horse. Figuratively, an inclination to youth- 
 ful pleasures, wantonness, or gaiety. 
 
COL 
 
 COLU'MBA NCACHI, in Astronomy, a constellation of the 
 S. hemisphere, recently made of some stars lying near Canis 
 Major. 
 
 OOLU'MBA, ST. the traditional apostle from Ireland who 
 taught the Gaels in Scotland Christianity. He lived in the 6th 
 century, and founded the establishment on the island of lona. 
 The common narratives of his life are almost wholly legendary. 
 
 CO'LUMBARY, s. [columba, Lat.] a place where doves or 
 pigeons are kept ; a dove-cot ; a pigeon-liouse. Amongst the 
 Romans, it also meant the places where the urns containing the 
 
 ashes of the dead were placed. 
 
 CO'LUMBATES, s. m Chemistry, salts formed by the com- 
 bination of any base with the columbic acid. 
 
 COLU'MBIA, District of. United States, a tract of country 
 10 miles square, ceded by Virginia and Maryland, lying on 
 both sides the Potomac, having a plain but sterile surface, little 
 fitted for agriculture. It is the centre of a considerable and 
 active commerce, having three ports and one navy-yard on the 
 river. It was ceded, however, for the purpose of becoming the 
 seat of government, and Washington was built on it. It is not 
 represented in Congress. It has two colleges. Population, 43,712, 
 of whom 4094 are slaves. 
 
 COLU'MBIA, capital of S. Carolina, United States, stands on 
 the Congaree river, on a plain elevated above the surrounding 
 country. It is regularly laid out, and though built mostly of 
 wood, IS a handsome place. The state house, and buildings con- 
 nected with the government, and the buildings of S. Carolina 
 college, are good. The college is a fine institution, with a good 
 library. It is 506 miles from Washington. Pop. 3500. There 
 are in the States 27 other places bearing this name. 
 
 COLU'MBIA, the name of a large nver flowing W. from the 
 Rocky Mountains into the N. Pacific Ocean, in 47! N. Lat., wa- 
 tering the whole of the Oregon territory. Its course is very 
 circuitous, and it receives the waters of many tributaries in its 
 course. The navigation of the part next the ocean, though it 
 admits vessels drawing 12 feet of water, is rendered very diffi- 
 cult by shoals and quicksands ; and the mouth has a dangerous 
 bar. Its whole course is above 700 miles in length. 
 
 CO'LUMBIC, a. in Chemistry, belonging to columbium. 
 
 CO'LUMBINE, s. [columba, Lat.] in Dyeing, a pale violet, or 
 changeable dove-colour. Likewise the heroine or chief female 
 character in pantomime entertainments. In Botany, a plant, 
 with leaves like the meadow-rue. 
 
 CO'LUMBIUM, s. in Chemistry, a metal of an iron grey co- 
 lour, known also by the name tantalum, 
 
 CO'LUMB MAGNA, or St. Co'lumb, Cornwall, a small town 
 with a large parish, seated on a hill, at the bottom of which is a 
 river which runs into the sea at a small distance. It is 249 
 miles from London. Markets, Monday and Thursday. Pop. 3140. 
 
 COLU'MBO, a town on the W. side of the island of Ceylon, 
 formerly subject to the Dutch, but now in the hands of the Eng- 
 lish. It is the seat of their government, and is well fortified. 
 It has a harbour, but not very serviceable. It is well built, and 
 has some handsome edifices belonging to the government. Its 
 trade is good, being the chief emporium for the productions of 
 the island. Pop. about 40,000. Lat. 7. 4. N. Long. 79. 50. E. 
 
 COLU'MBUS', (or COLON,) CHRISTOVAL, the navigator 
 who in the 15th century discovered the continent of America. 
 He was ever of an adventurous disposition, and meeting in Henry, 
 the navigator of Portugal, a prince who sympathized with the 
 discoveries of travellers, hoped to enlist the Portuguese court in 
 his behalf. At length»h« obtained from Ferdinand and Isabella 
 of Spain what he desired, and set forth on his novel voyage. 
 After many discouragements he reached the Bahamas, and hav- 
 ing discovered Cuba, St. Domingo, and other neighbouring 
 islands, returned to Spain. In three subsequent expeditions he 
 discovered others of tne W. Indian islands, and parts of the N. 
 and S. American continents. He was also doomed to experience 
 the customary meed the world bestows on its greatest men. He 
 was deprived of all solid recompence for his toil, and worn out 
 with petty vexations. He died in 1506, aged about 60 years. 
 It is exceedingly doubtful whether he were absolutely the first 
 to discover the rfew World ; but it was by his discovery that it 
 first became a reality for Europe, and from its date may be reck- 
 oned a new sera in the history of commerce and civilization. 
 
 COLU'MBUS, capital of Ohio, United States, stands on the 
 Scioto river. It is regularly and handsomely built, and has some 
 
 COM 
 
 fine churches and public buildings for government purposes. 
 There is also an asylum for the deaf and dumb, and a lunatic 
 asylum, with some other public institutions, that are great or- 
 naments to this city. A bridge over the Scioto connects this 
 place with Franklinton. It is 393 miles from Washington. 
 Pop. 0048. There are 12 other places named thus in the States, 
 of which one in Georgia, on the Chattahoochee river, a place of 
 some importance as a centre of steam-navigation, having a po- 
 pulation of 3114, deserves notice. 
 
 CO'LUMN, {kollwn) s. [co^umnn, Lat.] in Architecture, a round 
 pillar, tapering, but not regularly from the base upwards ; and 
 used either singly as a monument, or to support or adorn build- 
 ings. The forms of the columns of nations which have attained 
 any refinement of art, vary much. The Grecian form is that 
 which satisfies most completely the demands of taste. There are 
 three varieties of this, the Corinthian, the Ionic, and the Doric; 
 the last severely simile, the first admitting of profuse and ela- 
 borate ornament. To these varieties the Roman architects 
 added the Tuscan and the Composite ; the first, in some respects, 
 plainer than the Doric; the latter more ornamented than the 
 Corinthian. Beside these differences, there were regular pro- 
 portions allotted to each variety ; and peculiar forms and details 
 both in the capitals and bases. In Military Art, a body of men 
 drawn up in such order as to present but a narrow front, and at. 
 the same time to move with the greatest force upon the enemy. 
 Columns are usually divided into portions to prevent the dis- 
 order which would otherwise arise at the least check. With 
 printers, when pages are divided lengthwise, each part is called 
 a column. 
 
 COLU'MNAR, Column a'rian, a. formed in the shape of a 
 column. 
 
 COLU'RES, {holeurz) s. [coluri, Lat.] in Geography and Astro- 
 nomy, two great circles imagined to intersect each other at right 
 angles, in the poles of the world ; .one of which passes through 
 the equinoctial points, Aries and Libra ; the other through the 
 solstitial points. Cancer and Capricorn. 
 
 CO'MA, s. [Gr.] in Physic, a lethargic sleep. 
 
 CO'MA BERENPCES, in Astronomy, a constellation lying 
 behind the Lion, in the N. hemisphere. 
 
 COMATO'SE, a. [kotna, Gr.] lethargic ; sleepy ; or affected with 
 a coma. 
 
 COMB, {kom) s. [eamb. Sax.] a toothed instrument made of 
 horn, tortoise-shell, &c., used to adjust, &c., the hair; likewise 
 an instrument made of iron or steel wires fixed upright on a piece 
 of wood, through which flax, wool, or hemp, is passed to pre- 
 pare it for spinning; the crest of a cock, so called from its re- 
 sembling the teeth of a comb. Also, the receptacles or hollow 
 places in a bee-hive, wherein the honey is stored. 
 
 To COMB, (kom) V. a. [camben. Sax.] to clean or smooth the 
 hair by passing a comb through it ; to make wool or flax fit for 
 spinning, by passing it through a comb. 
 
 To CO'MBAT, t'. n. Icumbattre, Fr.] to fight, generally applied 
 to a duel, or a fight where the persons engage hand to hand. — v. a. 
 to fight. Figuratively, to engage. 
 
 CO'MBAT, s. {combat, Fr.] a contest, generally applied to an 
 engagement between two persons ; a duel. Figuratively, oppo- 
 sition or struggle, 
 
 CO'MBATANT, s, leombattant, Fr.] he that fights. Figura- 
 tively, a champion or stickler for any opinion. 
 
 CO'MB-BRUSH, s. a brush to clean combs. 
 
 CO'MBER, {komer) s. one who passes wool through the comb, 
 and prepares it for the spinner, 
 
 COMBINA'TION, s. a union of private persons for some par- 
 ticular purpose. Figuratively, union of qualities or bodies ; mix- 
 ture. In Chemistry, a term expressive of the chemical union of 
 two or more substances, in opposition to mere mechanical mix- 
 ture. Association, applied to ideas. In Mathematics, combina- 
 tions are the different parcels of any number of things that can 
 be taken, each consisting of a certain number of the things, 
 without regard to the order in which they stand in the parcels. 
 In Politics, and Political Economy, the association and union of 
 persons having a common interest, to secure that interest by 
 means of the power obtained by combining ; as of employers 
 against their men, and workmen against their masters, in respect 
 of hours of work, and wages ; and of tradesmen against pur- 
 chasers, &c. 
 
 'I'o COMBI'NE, V. a. to join together. Figuratively, to link 
 
COM 
 
 together in unity, affection, or concord.— -t-. », to join together, 
 applied to things. Figuratively, to unite in one body. To unite 
 in friendship, applied to persons. 
 
 CO'MBLESS, {komless) a. wanting a comb, without a comb, 
 applied to a cock. 
 
 CO'MB-MAKER, s. one whose trade is to make combs. 
 
 COMB-MA'RTIN, Devonshire, a town seated on an inlet of 
 the Bristol Channel, with a cove for the landing of boats. It is 
 181 miles from London. Market, Saturday. Pop. 1399. 
 
 COMBIJ'ST, a. [comburo, Lat.] burnt. 
 
 COMBU'STIBLE, a. that may be burnt, or that easily catches 
 fire. 
 
 COMBU'STIBLES, substances which readily take fire. In 
 Chemistry, certain substances which are capable of combining 
 more or less rapidlv with oxygen. 
 
 COMBU'STIBLENESS, Gjmbustibi'lity, s. the quality of 
 catching fire easily. 
 
 COMBU'STION, (Jiomhust-yun) s. [Fr.] the burning of several 
 things together; conflagration; consumption by fire. Figura- 
 tively, confusion, noise, hurry, commotion, produced by restless 
 minds, either in moral or political affairs. In Chemistry, it is 
 regarded as the combination of oxygen with any combustible 
 body, accompanied by the emission of light and heat. Spontane- 
 ous Comhnstion, is combustion that takes place without any me- 
 chanical cause, and without the contact or approach of any sub- 
 stance in a state of combustion. Many cases of the combustion 
 of the human body, without a sufficient immediate cause, are on 
 record ; they are nearly all of immoderate spirit-drinkers, but 
 the cause is quite uncertain. 
 
 To COME, V. n. preter. I came, or have come; participle, come ; 
 [coman. Sax.] to move from a distant to a nearer situation, either 
 to a thing or person ; to approach, draw near to, or advance to- 
 wards ; to proceed ; to issue ; to become ; to become present, 
 and no longer absent ; to happen ; to fall out. To come about, to 
 come to pass, to fall out ; to change ; to come round. To come 
 after, to follow. To come in, to enter; to comply; to yield; to 
 hold out no longer ; to arrive at a port, or place, or rendezvous ; 
 to become modish, or brought into use ; to be an ingredient ; to 
 make part of a composition. To come into, to join with, to bring 
 help; to comply with ; to agree to. To come over, to repeat an 
 act ; to revolt; to rise in distillation. To come out, to be made 
 public ; to be discovered. To come out with, to give a vent to ; to 
 let fly. To -come abroad, to be publicly known or published. To 
 come to, to arrive at or attain ; to follow as a consequence ; to 
 happen. To come again, to come a second time; to return. To 
 come at, to reach. To come by, to obtain, gain, or acquire. To 
 come in for, to be early enough to obtain a share of any thing, 
 alluding to the custom of hunting, where those dogs that are 
 slow come in for no share of the game. 2'o come near, to approach ; 
 to assemble. To come off, to escape ; to quit or fall from, or leave. 
 To come on, to thrive, or grow ; to advance to combat. To come 
 to, to agree or consent ; to amount to, applied to arithmetic. To 
 come to himself, &c., to recover from a fright or a fit. To come up 
 tcith, to overtake. To come upon, to invade, attack, or seize un- 
 expectedly. 
 
 COME, interjection, implying an exhortation to attention, de- 
 spatch, and courage, when used singly; but when repeated, 
 it implies a grant, permission, supposition, or a transition from 
 the topic which preceded, to avoid giving ofifence. 
 
 COME, ad. means when it shall come. To come, in futurity ; 
 not present. 
 
 COME'DIAN, s. [comSdien, Fr.] one who acts on the stage. In 
 a restrained sense, applied only to one who appears in a comedy ; 
 but in a more loose sense, any actor. 
 
 CO'MEDY, «. Ikome and ode, Gr.] a dramatic piece, represent- 
 ing some diverting transaction, being an exact picture of com- 
 mon life, exposing the faults of private persons, in order to render 
 them ridiculous and universally avoided. 
 
 CO'MELINESS, «. grace ; handsomeness united with an ap- 
 pearance of dignity. 
 
 CO'MELY, a. handsome, graceful, applied to that appearance 
 which excites reverence rather than love. Applied to things, 
 that which is suitable to a person's age and condition, consistent 
 with virtue, or agreeable to the rules of right reason. 
 
 CO'MELY, ad. in a graceful, becoming, and pleasing manner. 
 
 CO'MER, s. that which soon grows, or rises above ground, ap- 
 plied to plants. A visitor, a person who enters or settles in a 
 
 COM 
 
 place. To yive up oneself to the first coiner, is to embrace any doc- 
 trine implicitly, and without examination. 
 
 CO'MET, s. [kometes, Gr.] in Astronomy, a name given to a 
 large class of bodies revolving round our sun in highly elliptical 
 orbits, which present the appearance of a nucleus of luminous 
 matter, surrounded by light luminous vapour, which streams oiF 
 from the nucleus on the side away from the sun. As they are 
 very unsubstantial, the disturbing forces they are exposed to in 
 their orbits act on them with excessive violence. The resist- 
 ance of the ether filling the planetary spaces has shortened the 
 orbit of one, Encke's comet, bv some days, since it was first dis- 
 covered. And the failure in the predicted return of some, which 
 had been observed but once, and then indicated a very short 
 period, may be accounted for by the perturbations which some 
 of the larger planets occasioned them, having changed the cha- 
 racter of their path during the time of the observation. There 
 are three comets, the times of whose revolutions are ascertained 
 and verified by their returns. The first, called Halley's, has ape- 
 riod of 76 years, and was seen last in the autumn of 1835. The 
 second, Encke's, has a period little exceeding 3 years ; and the 
 third, Biela's, has a period of nearly 7 years ; but both these are 
 telescopic. Beside these, there are some hundreds of all degrees 
 of brilliancy, but mostly telescopic, of which nothing more is 
 known than the results of isolated observations. The only theory 
 respecting their nature, which has any claims to attention, is that 
 which regards them as gaseous in their nature ; the fact of one of 
 thein having gone between the moons of Jupiter without occa- 
 sioning any derangement of that complex and beautiful system, 
 and another having twice crossed the earth's orbit, when she 
 was at 110 great distance, without any acceleration or retarda- 
 tion having been detected, assures us that the matter composing 
 them must be in a state of extreme tenuity. Beside which, stars 
 of no great magnitude and brilliancy have been seen by constant 
 observers, even through the nucleus itself. These bodies were, 
 until late years, regarded as the causes of war, famine, pestilence, 
 drought, &c. 
 
 COMETA'RIUM, s. [Lat.] a mathematical machine, repre- 
 senting the method of a comet's revolution. 
 
 CO'METARY, Come'tic, a. that belongs or relates to a comet. 
 
 CO'MFIT, s. [konft, Belg.] a dry sweet-meat ; any vegetable 
 preserved by boiling it in sugar, and drying it afterwards. 
 
 To CO'MPORT, V, a. [comforto, low Lat.] to strengthen, excite, 
 invigorate, enliven, or make a person undertake a thing boldly 
 by persuasions ; to make a person grow cheerful that is in sorrow, 
 by advice and arguments. 
 
 CO'MFORT, s. support, assistance, or countenance ; consola- 
 tion, or support under calamity and danger. 
 
 CO'MFORTABLE, a. receiving relief or support in distress ; 
 affording consolation ; having the power of lessening distress. 
 
 CO'MFORTABLY, ad. in a cheerful manner ; in a manner 
 free from dejection or despair. 
 
 CO'M PORTER, «. one that diminishes or lessens the degree 
 of a person's sorrow under misfortunes ; one who strengthens 
 and supports the mind in misery or danger. A title given both to 
 Jesus Christ, and to the Spirit of Truth, in the New Testament. 
 
 CO'MFORTLESS, a. without comfort, without any thing to 
 lighten the burthen or allay the sensation of misfortunes; ap- 
 plied both to persons and things. 
 
 CO'MFREY, s. in Botany, a species of the Symphytum of 
 Linnaeus, with leaves betwixt egg and spear shaped, running 
 along the stem, and yellowish white or purple blossoms. It is 
 found on the banks of rivers and wet ditches, flowering in Ma^. 
 
 CO'MIC, Co'mical, a. [comique, Fr.] relating to or fit for 
 comedy; ridiculous or causing mirth, either from an unusual 
 assemblage of ideas, seemingly inconsistent, or antic gestures 
 and polite raillery. 
 
 CO'MICALLY, ad, in such a manner as to raise mirth, either 
 by an association or assemblage of ideas seemingly inconsist-- 
 ent, by polite or good-natured raillery, or by some odd or antic 
 gestures. 
 
 CO'MICALNESS, s. that quality by which a thing appears 
 odd or ridiculous, and raises mirth in the mind. 
 
 COMI'NES, PHILIP DE, a French nobleman, and the histo- 
 rian of the events of the latter half of the 15th century. The be- 
 ginning of his life he spent in the service of Charles the Bold, 
 of Burgundy ; afterwards he entered the service of Louis XI. 
 Charles VIII., after an interval of disfavour, continued this royal 
 
COM 
 
 patrona^; and the events of which he was an eye-witness and 
 a participant, he has recorded in a clear, straightforward way. 
 He died in 1d09, aged about 63 years. 
 
 COAMING, s. the act of moving towards a person or place; 
 approach ; presence, or arrival ; the presence of a thing which 
 was absent some time before. Coming-in, the product of a per- 
 son's estate, pension, salary, or business. 
 
 CCVMING, part, applied to the inclination, propensity, or affec- 
 tion, fond ; forward ; easily complying. Applied to time, some- 
 thing not present ; something future. 
 
 COMi'TIAL, {komishal) a. [comitia, Lat.] relating to an as- 
 sembly, applied particularly to that of the Romans. 
 
 C0''MMA, s. [Gr.] in Grammar, a pause or stop marked 
 thus (,) used to distinguish those parts of a sentence which 
 serve as expletives to the chief factors or components thereof, 
 but are not so distinct from it in syntax or sense as most subor- 
 dinated accessory sentences are. In Music, the smallest of all 
 the sensible intervals of tone, seldom used but in theorj', to 
 show the justness of the concords, and is about the ninth part of 
 a tone, or interval, whereby a perfect semitone, or tone, surpasses 
 an imperfect one. In Natural Histoiy, a very beautiful moth, so 
 called from its having a white mark on one of its wings, in the 
 form of this point. 
 
 To COMMA'ND, v. a. [commander, Fr.] to order, including the 
 idea of authority ; to keep in subjection ; to oblige a person to 
 perform any thing. Figuratively, to arrogate or claim by mere 
 force ; to overlook ; to be situated above any place, so as to be 
 able to look into or annoy it. 
 
 COMMA'ND, s. authority or power. Figuratively, the exer- 
 cise of authority, or enforcing obedience. In a military sense, 
 the power of overlooking and taking or annoying any place. 
 
 COMMA'NDER, s. he that has the direction of or authority 
 over others. In a military sense, a leader, chief, or officer. 
 Alsp, a paving-beetle, or rammer. In Surgery, an instrument, 
 called likewise a glossocoraium, used in most tough, strong bo- 
 dies, where the luxation has been of long continuance. 
 
 COMMA'NDERY, s. the exercise of a command, or the office 
 of a commander. In History, applied to a benefice or fixed re- 
 venue belonging to a militarj- order, and conferred on ancient 
 knights, who had done some considerable service to the order. 
 
 COMMA'NDMENT,s. Icmnmandement, Ft.} an express order 
 to do or abstain from any thing. When it orders any thing to 
 be done, it is named a positive command; but when it forbids the 
 doing a thing, it is then termed a negative command. 
 
 COMMA'NDRESS, s. a woman vested with supreme authority. 
 
 COMM ATE'RIAL, a. [con, or cum, and materia, Lat.] consist- 
 ing of the same matter with another thing. 
 
 COMMATERIA'LITY, «. of the same matter or substance 
 with another; resemblance to something in its matter or sub- 
 stance. 
 
 COMME'MORABLE, a. [am and memorabilis, Lat.] deserving 
 to be mentioned with honour and reverence, worthy to be cele- 
 brated and kept in remembrance. 
 
 To COMME'MORATE, v. a. to preserve the memory by some 
 public act ; to celebrate solemnly. 
 
 CX)MMEMORA'TION, s. the doing something in order to pre- 
 serve the remembrance of any person or thing. 
 
 COMME'MORATIVE, o. tending to preserve the remem- 
 brance of anv person or thing. 
 
 To COMM'E'NCE, v. n. [commencer, Fr.] to begin ; to take its 
 beginning; to assume a new character which it never did be- 
 fore, applied to persons and things. 
 
 COMME'NCEMENT, s. beginning ; date. 
 
 To COMME'IND, ». a. [con and mando, Lat.] to represent a per- 
 son as possessed of those virtues that demand notice, approba- 
 tion, and esteem ; to praise ; to deliver, or intrust, with confi- 
 dence, and full assurance of protection ; to desire to be mentioned 
 in a kind and respectful manner. 
 
 COMME'NDABLE, a. worthy of praise. 
 
 COMME'NDABLY, ad. laudably; in a manner worthy of 
 commendation. 
 
 COMME'NDAM, s. [commenda, low Lat] in Canons, a vacant 
 benefice which is given to a person to supply till some other 
 person is presented or named to it. 
 
 COMME'NDATARY, «. one who holds a living on com- 
 mendam. 
 
 COMMENDATION, «. a favourable representation of a per- 
 
 COM 
 
 son's good qualities ; praise ; recommendation ; a message of 
 kindness. 
 
 COMME'NDATORY, a. that commands or engages notice, 
 esteem, and approbation, from a favourable display ot good qua- 
 lities; containing praises. 
 
 COMME'NDER, s. one who praises or displays the virtues of 
 another, in order to render him esteemed and beloved. 
 
 COMMENSA'LITY, s. [con and mensa, Lat.] the act of eating, 
 or sitting to eat, at the same table with another. 
 
 COMMENSURABI'LITY, Comme'nsurableness, s. [con and 
 mensura, Lat.] the capacity of being measured by some common 
 measure or standard. 
 
 COMME'NSURABLE, a. in Geometry, having some common 
 aliquot part, or which may be measured by some common mea- 
 sure, so as to leave no remainder. Thus an inch and a yard are 
 commensurable, because an inch taken 3(5 times is a yard. 
 
 To COMME'NSURATE, v. a. to reduce to one common mea- 
 sure ; to extend as far as. 
 
 COMME'NSURATE, a. reducible to one common measure; 
 equal ; proportionate. 
 
 COMME'NSURATELY, ad. a capacity of measuring or being 
 measured by another, equally extensive. 
 
 COMMENSURA'TION, s. the reduction of, or measuring a 
 thing, by some common measure ; proportion. 
 
 To CO'MMENT, v. n. [commentor, Lat.] to write notes ; to ex- 
 plain, interpret, or expound. 
 
 CO'MMEN T, s. notes or annotations, in order to explain an 
 author ; exposition ; explanation ; remark. 
 
 CO'MMENTARY, s. [cmnmentarius, Lat.] a continued and cri- 
 tical explanation of the sense of an author. 
 
 CO'MMENTATOR, s. one who writes remarks, notes, or ex- 
 planations of an author. 
 
 COMMENTFTIOUS, (kommentishioas) a. [commentator, Lat.] in- 
 vented; forged; fictitious; without any existence but in the brain. 
 
 CO'MMERCE, s. [cum and merces, Lat.] the exchange of com- 
 modities, or the buying and selling merchandise both at home 
 and abroad, in order to gain profit, and increase the conveni- 
 ences of life. Commerce, that is, the intercourse of nations for 
 the exchange of their several productions, has been one of the 
 main agents in promoting civiUzation. By extending the sphere 
 of human knowledge, — by accustoming men to wide differences 
 of language, customs, and modes of thinking, — by unfolding to 
 view interests which, relating to humanity at lar^e, dwarf all the 
 greatest interests of any particular section of mankind,— by 
 making men feel the superiority of actual manly worth and 
 power over the factitious dignity of birth and station, — it has 
 operated thus. Not that it is able to carry men beyond a certain 
 stage in the progress of the race, far short of the goal ; for it 
 tends in turn to produce feelings and institutions as injmical to 
 the greatest interests of man as feudalism itself. An aristocracy 
 of capitalists, and the spirit of trade developed to gigantic pro- 
 portions, are the evils to be watched for and prevented. But 
 wherever nations have given it free scope, it has brought good 
 to them ; where they have hindered, discouraged, or prevented 
 it, they have damaged themselves ; and where they have sought 
 to quicken its growth and force its development by legislative 
 stimuli, they have damaged themselves in another way. The his- 
 tory of the great trading nations of old. Tyre, Babylon, Egypt, 
 Carthage, Israel under Solomon, exhibit different aspects of the 
 influence of commerce. Athens and Sparta afford a most in- 
 structive contrast of the two opposite classes of evils which in- 
 terference with commerce entails. Rome developed the result of 
 every influence commerce can exert, in her long career. In the 
 middle ages we have, in Persia and Arabia under the successors 
 of the warlike Caliphs, in the republics of Italy, and in the impe- 
 rial or Hanse towns of Germany, some fine and most instructive 
 examples. Spain and Portugal on one side, and Holland on the 
 other, repeat these lessons in the next period. And now we 
 have in China on one side, and Great Britain and the United 
 States on the other, the story without an end. The tendency 
 of the legislation of the present age is, undoubtedlj', to set free 
 commerce from all restrictions, and to withhold from it all ad- 
 ventitious supports. This is what should be promoted by every 
 effort every man can make : and meanwhile it should be remem- 
 bered, that education can carry mankind on to leng:ths which 
 commerce could never reach ; and that religion can raise men to 
 heights which education alone could never^ attain. Synon. 
 2 D 201 
 
COM 
 
 Commerce is used figuratively, for intercourse of any kind. Traffic, 
 relates more to the exchanging of merchandise ; trade and com- 
 merce, to that of buying and selling; with this difference, that 
 trade seems to imply the manufacturing and vending of merchan- 
 dise within ourselves; commerce, negociatin^ with other countries. 
 
 COMME'RCIAL, a. belonging or relating to trade or com- 
 merce. 
 
 To CO'MMIGRATE, v. n. [con and migro, Lat.] to move in a 
 body, or with one common consent, from one country to another. 
 
 COMMIGRA'TION, s. the removal of a large number of per- 
 sons or animals from one country to another. 
 
 COMMINA'TION, s. [cum and minor, Lat.] a threat, a declar- 
 ation or denunciation of punishment or vengeance for any crime ; 
 an office of the Church of England, containing threatenings de- 
 nounced against certain crimes, and recited on Ash-Wednesday. 
 
 COMMI'NATORY, a. applied to a clause in any law or edict, 
 importing a punishment for the breach or violation of it. 
 
 COMMINU'IBLE, a. [comminm, Lat.] that may be broken, 
 powdered, or reduced into small parts. 
 
 To COMMINU'TE, v. a. to pulverize ; to grind ; to break into 
 small parts. 
 
 COMMINU'TION, s. the act of reducing into small particles, 
 by grinding, powdering, breaking, or chewing. 
 
 COMMl'SERABLE, a. [con and misereor, Lat.] that deserves, 
 or is the object of, pity and relief; showing pity and compassion 
 to persons in distress. 
 
 To COMMI'SERATE, v. a. to pity ; to compassionate. Sy- 
 NON. We naturally commiserate the sorrows of one we love. VVe 
 may pity, and yet not have compassion. We may have both pity 
 and compassion, yet not commiserate. 
 
 COMMISERA'TION, s. [commiseratio, Lat.] a tender, sympa- 
 thizing, and affectionate regard for those in distress. 
 
 CO'MMISSARY, «. [commmanus, low Lat.] an officer commis- 
 sioned occasionally for a certain purpose ; a delegate or deputy. 
 In church government, one who exercises ecclesiastical jurisdic- 
 tion in such places as are at a considerable distance from the 
 bishop's see. In the army, a commissary-general of the musters, 
 is one who takes a view of the numbers or strength of every re- 
 giment, sees that the horse are well mounted, and that the men 
 be well clothed and accoutred. Commissary-general of provisions 
 furnishes the army with every necessary for its food. 
 
 COMMISSION, s. [committo, Lat.] the act of intrusting any 
 thing ; a trust ; a warrant by which any trust is held. In Com- 
 mon Law, the warrants or letters patent, which all persons, ex- 
 ercising jurisdiction, have to empower them to hear and deter- 
 mine any cause or suit, as Commission of the judges, &c. There 
 are a great variety of Commissions issued from the crown. In Trade, 
 it sometimes means the power of acting for another, and some- 
 times the premium or reward a person receives for so doing, which 
 is I, 1, 2, 3, or more per cent., according to the nature or circum- 
 stances of the affair. 
 
 To COMMI'SSION, f. a. to authorize, empower, appoint, or 
 give a person authority to discharge an office. 
 
 COMMI'SSIONER, s. one whose name is inserted in any war- 
 rant for the discharge of a public office ; one empowered to act 
 in a particular quality by patent or warrant. 
 
 COMMI'SSURE, s. [commissura, Lat.] a joint ; or a place 
 where two bodies, or the parts of an animal body, are joined 
 together. 
 
 To COMMI'T, V. a. [committo, Lat.] to intrust ; or trust a per- 
 son ; to send a person to prison ; to perform, act, or perpetrate 
 some crime or f^iult. 
 
 COMMITMENT, s. the act of sending a person to prison ; 
 imprisonment. 
 
 COMMI'TTEE, s. a number of persons to whom the consider- 
 ation, examination, or execution of any affair is referred. 
 
 COMMITTER, s. a perjjetrator ; he that commits. 
 
 C031MITTIBLE, a. liable to be committed ; worthy of im- 
 prisonment. 
 
 To COMML'X, V. a. [con and misceo, Lat.] to mix, blend, or join 
 several things together, or into one mass. 
 
 COMMI'XION, CoMMi'XTioN, s. mixture ; incorporation. 
 
 COMMl'XTURE, s. the act of mingling; the state of being 
 mingled ; incorporation. 
 
 COMMO'DE, s. [Fr.] the head-dress of a woman. 
 
 COMMO'DIOUS, a. [commodus, Lat.] suitable to any particular 
 purpose ; free from any hinderance or obstruction ; convenient ; 
 202 
 
 COM 
 
 seasonable, or suitable; spacious, well contrived, applied to 
 building. 
 
 COMMO'DIOUSLY, ad. in a convenient manner, applied to 
 situation. Enjoying the necessaries and comforts of life, applied 
 to condition. Fitted or suited to any particular end or view. 
 
 COMMO'DIOUSNESS, s. the fitness or suitableness of a thing 
 to any end ; advantage. 
 
 COMMO'DITY, s. [commoditas, Lat.] conveniency, profit, in- 
 terest, or advantage. In Commerce, wares, goods, merchandise, 
 or that which is the object of trade. 
 
 CO'MMODORE, s. in the navy, an under admiral, or per- 
 son commissioned to command a squadron of ships. When three 
 or more sail of ships are in company, the eldest captain assumes 
 this post, and has this title. The commodore's snip is distin- 
 guished by a broad red pendant, tapering towards the outer end, 
 and sometimes forked. 
 
 COMMODUS, L. ^LIUS AURELIUS, the emperor of Rome 
 who succeeded Marcus Aurelius. The outset of his public life 
 inspired great hope, but he soon gave himself up to the practice 
 of everj' private and public evil that his station gave him the op- 
 portunity of doing. He sacrificed, without compunction, all who 
 thwarted his will in any way; and after having been repeatedly 
 
 E lotted against without success, he was poisoned by his concu- 
 ine. He was killed in 193, having reigned 13 years. 
 
 CO'MMON, a, [communis, Lat.] that is enjoyed by different 
 species of animals ; belonging equally^ to more than one ; the 
 property of no person ; without a proprietor or possessor; vulvar ; 
 mean ; trifling ; frequently seen ; usual ; easy to be had ; of lit- 
 tle value; general; public; intended for the use of every body. 
 In Grammar, applied to such verbs as signify both action and 
 passion. Applied to nouns, such as signify both sexes under one 
 term, as parent signifies both father and mother. 
 
 CO'MMON, «. an open field, free for any inhabitant of the 
 lordship wherein the common lies to graze his cattle in. 
 
 To CfO'MMON, V. n. to enjoy a right of pasture in an open neld 
 in conjunction with others. 
 
 CO'MMONABLE, a. that may become open or free, applied to 
 ground. 
 
 CO'MMONAGE, s. in Law, the right of pasture in a common ; 
 or fishing in another person's water; or of digging turf in the 
 ground of another ; the joint right of using any thing equally 
 and together with others. 
 
 CO'MMONALTY, s. [comnmnaute, Fr.] the people of the lower 
 rank ; the common people. Figuratively, the major part or 
 bulk of mankind. 
 
 CO'MMONER, s. one of the common people ; one of low rank ; 
 a person who bears no title ; one who has a seat in the House of 
 Commons. In Law, one who has a joint right to pasture, &c. 
 in an open field. In the university, one who wears a square cap 
 with a tassel when under-graduate, is of rank between a battler 
 and gentleman commoner, and eats at the common table. 
 
 COMMONITION, s. [con and mcmeo, Lat.] advice, warning. 
 
 CO'MMON LAW, s. customs, which by long prescription 
 have obtained the force of law, and were received as laws in 
 England, before any statute was enacted in parliament to alter 
 the same; and are now distinguished from the statute law. 
 
 CO'MMON LY, arf. generally ; frequently; usually. 
 
 COMMON-ME'ASURE, s. in Aritnmetic, any number which 
 divides any other two or more numbers without any remainder. 
 Greatest common-measure, is the highest in amount in cases where 
 two or more numbers will serve as common-measures. 
 
 CO'MMONNESS, s. frequency, or repetition; participation 
 among, or application to several. 
 
 To COMMONPLA'CE, v. a. to reduce to and transcribe 
 under general heads. 
 
 COMMONPLACE-BOOK, s. a book wherein things or ex- 
 tracts are recorded alphabetically, or reduced to general heads, 
 in order to assist a person's memory, or enable him to supply 
 himself with any curious observations on any topic he wants. 
 
 CO'MMON-PLEAS, s. the queen's court, now held at West- 
 minster, but formerly movable ; it was erected at the time that 
 Henry III. granted the great charter. In personal and 'mixed 
 actions, it has a concurrent jurisdiction with the Queen's Bench, 
 but has no cognizance of the pleas of the crown ; the actions 
 come hither by originals ; the chief judge is called Lord Chief 
 Justice of the Common Pleas, who is assisted by three other judges, 
 all of them created by letters patent. 
 
CO'MMON-PRAYER, s. the liturgy, or forms of service, used 
 by the Church of England. 
 
 CO'MMONS, s. the vulgar; the lower sort of people; the 
 Lower House of parliament, consisting of members chosen by 
 the various cities, towns, and counties of England, according to 
 the law and customs of the land. A portion of food or victuals 
 usually eaten at one meal, so called at the universities. 
 
 COMMON WE'AL, Commonwe'ai.th, (kommontoeel, hommm- 
 toelth) s. in its primary sense, used in Law, the common good ; a 
 regular form of government or polity, established by common 
 consent ; a form of government in which the supreme power is 
 lodged in the people; a republic ; a democracy. 
 
 CO'MMORANCE, Co'MMOR.tNCY, s. dwelling; habitation; 
 abode ; residence. 
 
 CO'MMORANT, a. [commoror, Lat.] resident ; dwelling ; tar- 
 rying; sojourning. 
 
 COMMOTION, s. {comrnoveo, Lat.] tumult, disturbance, sedi- 
 tion, disorder, or confusion, arising from the turbulent dispo- 
 sitions of its members, applied to a state. Figuratively, inward 
 confusion or violence ; disorder of mind ; perturbation ; a vio- 
 lent motion or agitation. 
 
 To COMMUTVE, v. n. [eommunieo, Lat.] to converse ; to talk 
 together ; to impart sentiments mutually. 
 
 COMMUNICABI'LITY, s. an open or generous disposition, 
 whereby a person is willing to impart his sentiments to another ; 
 the possibility or power of being imparted or communicated to 
 another. 
 
 COMMU'NICABLE, a. [Fr.] that may become the property 
 of, or be related or imparted to, another ; used with to. 
 
 COMMU'NICANT, s. one who partakes of the Lord's supper. 
 
 To COMMU'NICATE, v. n. [communico, Lat.] to impart to an- 
 other ; to make another a joint partaker with ourselves ; to con- 
 fer or bestow a possession ; to discover one's sentiments or 
 knowledge to another. — v. n. to partake of the Lord's supper ; 
 to be connected or joined ; to have something common with an- 
 other. 
 
 COMMUNICA'TION, s. [communication, Fr.] applied to science, 
 the act of imparting, discovering, or revealing. A common in- 
 let or passage, leading from one place to another; the mutual 
 inteUigence kept up between persons or places ; a conversation, 
 conference, or imparting a person's sentiments in mutual dis- 
 course. 
 
 COMMU'NICATIVE, a. inclined to make advantages com- 
 mon ; liberal of benefits or knowledge ; not close ; not selfish. 
 
 COMMUNICATIVENESS, s. readiness of imparting benefits 
 or knowledge to others. 
 
 COMMU'NION, s. [communis, Lat.] intercourse ; fellowship ; 
 common possession ; a partaking of the same thing. Also, the 
 celebration of the Lord's supper. 
 
 COMMU'NITY, s. [cotnmunitas, from communis, Lat.] a govern- 
 ment ; a body of people united together in the same form of 
 government ; common participation, possession, or enjoyment, 
 opposed to approbation. 
 
 COMMUTABFLITY, s. the quality of being the proper object 
 of interchange, or of being capable of exchange. 
 
 COMMUTABLE, a. that may be ransomed or redeemed. 
 
 COMMUTATION, s. [eommuto, Lat.] change, alteration, bar- 
 tering; the exchanging a corporeal for a pecuniary punishment. 
 Tithe Commutation Act, a statute changing the levying of a tenth 
 on all the produce of land into an annual rent-charge, deter- 
 mined in its amount by the average price of corn for seven pre- 
 ceding years. 
 
 COMMUTA'TIVE, a. relating to exchange. Commutative 
 justice, that which is exercised in trade, and is opposed to fraud 
 or extortion in buying and selling. 
 
 To COMMUTE, v. a. to exchange; to put one thing in the 
 place of another ; to buy off, or ransom.— ». n. to atone ; to bar- 
 gain for exemption. 
 
 COMMUTUAL, «. mutual ; reciprocal. Used only in poetry. 
 " Commutual zeal," Pope. 
 
 CO''MO, a town, lake, and district of that part of the Austrian 
 empire which lies S. of the Alps, and was once Lombardy. The 
 lake is about 5 miles in breadth, and 88 in circumference, and 
 is surrounded by most enchanting scenery. The town is situ- 
 ated on the S. extremity of the lake. The inhabitants have 
 established several manufactories of cotton and silk, and trade 
 with the Grisons. It is 20 miles N. W. of Milan. Its population 
 
 COM 
 
 is under 20,000. Lat. 4.5. 44. N. Long. 9. 7. E. The district lies 
 between Bergamo and the lake Maggiore, and is bounded on the 
 N. by the Grisons, and on the S. by Milan. It is a hilly region, 
 abounding with fertile spots, yielding excellent wine and fruits. 
 On account of its climate and rich scenery it has always been 
 the resort of the rich, whose villas are very numerous. There 
 are about 400,000 inhabitants. 
 
 CO'MORIN, CAPE, the southernmost point of Hindustan. 
 Lat. 8. 0. N. Long. 77. 35. E. 
 
 CO'MORO ISLANDS, a cluster of islands in the Indian 
 Ocean, lying opposite to the coast of Zangiiebar, in Africa, N. 
 W. of Madagascar. They are four in number, Johanna or 
 Anjoin, Mayotta, Mohilla, and Comoro or Angazija. Comoro, 
 which gives name to the rest, is the largest, but Anjoin is the 
 chief in importance. The mountains are lofty, and richly clothed 
 with wood, chiefly fruit-trees ; fine streams are numerous, and 
 the grass and trees are green throughout the year. They pro- 
 duce rice, yams, all kinds of tropical fruits, and honey. At 
 Anjoin the sultan resides. The natives are more numerous than 
 their Mohammedan masters, but cannot get rid of them. The 
 East India Company's ships often touch here for refreshments. 
 The people on the coast speak English intelligibly. They pre- 
 serve the language and manners of Arabia, and are not of so 
 dark a complexion as the original natives. The entire popula-" 
 tion is about 12,000. 
 
 CO'MPACT, s. [compactitm, Lat.] a bargain or agreement en- 
 tered into by two or more parties ; a contract. 
 
 To COMPA'CT, V. a. to unite or join together closely; to con- 
 solidate, or render solid by pressing the particles of a body close 
 together; to league, or enter into a bargain. 
 
 COMPA'CT, a. close, dense, and heavy ; having few pores, and 
 those very small. Applied to style, concise, or containing much 
 matter in few words. 
 
 COMPA'CTLY, ad. in a close, neat manner. 
 
 COMPA'CTNESS, s. firmness, hardness, density. 
 
 COMPA'CTURE, s. the manner in which any thing is joined ; 
 a joint or joining. 
 
 COMPA'GES, s. [Lat.] a composition or system wherein se- 
 veral things are joined or united. 
 
 COMPAGINATION, s. [compago, Lat.] union, or joining se- 
 veral parts together. 
 
 COMPA'NION, s. [compasnon, Fr.] one with whom a person 
 frequently converses, or with whom he is generally seen. 
 
 COMPA'NION ABLE, a. fit for the company of others ; agree- 
 able ; sociable. 
 
 COMPA'NIONSHIP, «. a body of men forming one company ; 
 fellowship or association. 
 
 CO'MPANY, s. [compagnie, Fr.] several persons assembled in 
 the same room, either for conversation or mutual entertainment; 
 several persons united together to carry on one general and 
 common design ; a number of persons united or incorporated by 
 some charter ; a body corporate ; a corporation. The several 
 professions and bodies exercised in the city of London, are in- 
 corporated into distinct fraternities, called guilds, governed by 
 their particular laws. There were formerly various trading com- 
 panies, some of which have become extinct. By far the most im- 
 portant of any now existing, is the East India Company. Joint- 
 stock Companies are combinations for trading with capital raised 
 by shares, the profits of which are divided amongst the share- 
 holders in proportion to their shares. It is usually restricted to 
 Banking Companies. In Military Affairs, Company means a small 
 body of infantry, under one captain. In the Marine, a number 
 of merchant ships going the same voyage, and mutually bound 
 by charter party, to stand by and defend each other. To bear or 
 keep company, is to go with a person, or to visit him often. 
 
 To CO'MPANY, V. a. to be often in a person's presence ; to go 
 or walk with a person ; to attend ; to associate with. 
 
 CO'MPARABLE, a. worthy to be compared; equal to, or re- 
 sembling. 
 
 COMPARABLY, ad. in such a manner as is worthy of com- 
 parison ; in a comparative manner. 
 
 CO'MPARATES, s. in Logic, the two things compared to one 
 another. 
 
 COMPA'RATIVE, a. [compare, Lat.] that results merely from 
 
 a comparison with another ; that has the power of forming a 
 
 comparison, or comparing two things or ideas t<^gether, in order 
 
 to find out their resemblance or difference. In Grammar, the 
 
 2 D 2 203 
 
COM 
 
 comparative degree is the form into which an adjective or 
 adverb is put, either by inflexion, or the use of other adverbs, 
 to express the relation of the subject, or of the verb, to some 
 other like thing, or action, in reference to the intensity of its 
 manifestation of the attribute expressed by such words. 
 
 COMPA'RATIVELY, ad. in a comparative manner ; accord- 
 ing to the distance or likeness found from comparing. 
 
 To COMPA'RE, V. a. to bring two or more things together, 
 in order, by an inspection of them, to find in what they agree or 
 differ; to apply one thing as the measure of another; to liken. 
 When the comparison intends only an illustration of a thing by 
 its likeness, then to or iinto is used before the thing brought by 
 way of illustration. But when persons or things are compared 
 together, to discover in what they agree or disagree, or their re- 
 lative proportions, then icith is used. 
 
 COMPA'RE, s. the state of being compared; likeness; estimate 
 or judgment formed on comparison. 
 
 COMPA'RISON, s. [comparaison, Fr.] judging of the difference 
 of two things, by examining, or comparing them together ; the 
 state of a thing compared. In Grammar, the formation of an 
 adjective through the various degrees in which the signification 
 is heightened or diminished, as soft, softer, softest. 
 
 To COMPA'RT, V. a. [compartir, Fr.] to divide or lay down a 
 
 feneral design or plan, in all its different parts, divisions, or sub- 
 ivisions. 
 
 COMPARTI'TION, s. the act of comparting or laying down 
 the several parts or divisions of any plan or design. Figuratively, 
 the part of any plan. In Architecture, the useful and graceful 
 distribution of the whole ground-plot of an edifice into rooms of 
 oflice, of reception, and entertainment. 
 
 COMPA'RTMENT, s. [compartiment, Fr.] a design composed 
 of different figures, disposed with symmetrj-, as ornaments of a 
 parterre, ceiling, or picture : a division of a picture, or design. 
 
 To CO'MPASS, V. a. [compasser, Fr.] to surround; to enclose; 
 to stand round in a ring ; to besiege or block up ; to grasp or en- 
 close in the arms; to obtain, attain, secure, or have. 
 
 CO'MPASS, s. orbit ; revolution ; extent or limit ; enclosure. 
 In Music, the power of the voice, or of an instrument, to sound 
 any particular note. In Navigation, an instrument consisting of 
 a box, in which a magnetical needle is suspended so as to play 
 freely, and thus point out the magnetic N., and enable pilots to 
 steer their vessels with assurance of safety at all times. Com- 
 passes, a mathematical instrument, consisting of two branches, 
 fastened together at the top by a pivot, about which they move 
 as on a centre, and are used in taking distances, drawing circles, 
 and in working problems in the mathematics. 
 
 COMPA'SSION, s. [compassion, Fr.] a disposition of mind 
 which inclines us to feel the miseries of others with the same 
 pain and sorrow as if they were our own. 
 
 COMPA'SSIONATE, a. easily affected with sorrow or pain, 
 on viewing the calamities and distresses of others. 
 
 To COMPA'SSIONATE, r. a. to pity, and be moved with 
 sorrow at the sufferings of others. 
 
 COMPA'SSIONATELY, ad. in a pitying, tender, sympa- 
 thizing manner. 
 
 COMPATE'RNITY, «. [con and paternitas, Lat.] the relation 
 of a Godfather to the person for whom he answers. 
 
 COMPATIBI'LITY, s. consistency ; the power or possibility of 
 coexisting in the same subject, or at the same time ; agreement. 
 
 COMPA'TIBLE, a. [cojnpeto, Lat.] consistent with ; fit for ; 
 suitable to ; becomirig or agreeable to. 
 
 COMPA'TIBLENESS, s. the quality of agreeing with. 
 
 COMPA'TIBLY, ad. fitly; suitably, so as to be applicable to 
 the same subject, and coexist in it at the same time. 
 
 COMPA'TRIOT, s. Icon and patria, Lat.] one of the same 
 country. 
 
 COMPE'ER, s. [cotnpere, Fr.] an equal in rank; an associate 
 or companion. 
 
 To COMPE'ER, V. a. to be equal with in quality ; to match. 
 
 To COMPE'L, V. a. [compello, Lat.] to make a person do or 
 refrain from some act by force ; to extort by force ; used with 
 from, before the person suffering the violence. 
 
 COMPE'LLABLE, a. that may be forced. 
 
 COMPE'LLER, s. he that makes a person do or refrain from 
 an action bv force. 
 
 CO'MPEND, s. [compendium, Lat.] in Literature, signifies 
 abridgment, epitome, extract, or summary. 
 204 
 
 COM 
 
 COMPE'NDIOUS, a. concise; brief, or containing much in 
 few words, applied to style. Near, or short, applied to travelling. 
 
 COMPENDIOUSLY, ad. in a short or concise manner. 
 
 COMPE'NDIOUSNESS,*. brevity, or shortness; the quality 
 of containing much in a short space, or performing much in a 
 short time. 
 
 COMPE'NDIUM, s. [Lat.] an abridgment of discourse; a 
 short or concise method of writing on any subject. 
 
 COMPE'NSABLE, a. [compenso, Lat.] that may be recom- 
 pensed. 
 
 To COMPE'NSATE, v. a. to make amends for ; to countervail ; 
 to counterbalance. 
 
 COMPENSA'TION, s. amends ; recompence; a thing of equal 
 value to another; an equivalent. 
 
 COMPE'NSATIVE, a. that compensates, or countervails. 
 
 CO'MPETENCE, Co'mpetency, s. [compete, Lat.] such a 
 quantity as is just sufficient, without superfluities; such a for- 
 tune as is sufficient to supply the necessaries of life, and is be- 
 tween poverty on one side, and affluence on the other. In Law, 
 the right or authority of a judge, whereby he takes cognizance 
 of any thing. 
 
 CO'MPETENT, a. suitable; proportionable; sufliicient in 
 numbers, quantity, or power, to any undertaking; moderate; 
 qualified or fit for ; consistent with ; applicable to. 
 
 CO'MPETENTLY, ad. properly ; sufficiently ; without excess 
 or defect. 
 
 COMPETI'TION, s. [con and peto, Lat.] the endeavouring to 
 gain something in opposition to another ; rivalry; contest; op- 
 position. 
 
 COMPE'TITOR, s. [Lat.] one who claims or endeavours to 
 gain something in opposition to another ; a rival. 
 
 COMPIE'GNE, a town in the department of Oise, France. It 
 stands on a sloping ground near the river whence the department 
 is named, and is not remarkable in appearance. It has a bridge 
 over the river. Several branches of manufacture are carried on 
 here, and it has some trade, chieffy in agricultural produce. Its 
 history, and the royal park adjoining, have made it known. It is 
 4.5 miles from Paris. Population, about 10,000. Lat. 49. 26. N. 
 Long. 3. 0. E. 
 
 COMPILA'TION, s. [compilo, Lat.] a collection from various 
 authors ; an assemblage or mass of things heaped together. 
 
 To COMPI'LE, V. a. to form or collect from various authors. 
 Figuratively, to write ; compose ; to form from an assemblage of 
 various circumstances or incidents. 
 
 COMPI'LEMENT, «. the act of piling together; the act of 
 heaping up. 
 
 CO>rPrLER, ». a collector; one who composes a work from 
 various authors. 
 
 COMPLA'CENCE, Compla'cency, «. [complacentia, Lat.] a 
 satisfaction arising in the mind on viewing some action which 
 is worthy of its approbation, or in contemplating something 
 which, on account of its amiableness, produces joy ; the cause of 
 joy, of rational pleasure and satisfaction ; a genteel address, 
 which bespeaks approbation, and causes pleasure; civility, com- 
 plaisance, politeness, applied to behaviour. 
 
 COMPLA'CENT, a. affable; kind; civil; poHte. 
 
 To COMPLA'IN, V. n. [complaindre, Fr.] to find fault with ; to 
 charge a person with having been guilty of some crime. — v. a. to 
 weep, lament, or bewail. 
 
 COMPLAINANT, s. one who urges a suit, or commences a 
 prosecution against another. 
 
 COMPLA'INER, s. one who complains ; a murmurer ; a la- 
 mented 
 
 COMPLA'INT, «. [complainte, Fr.] a mournful representation of 
 injuries or pain ; grief; the act of finding fault with any thing. 
 Figuratively, the cause of dissatisfaction, or complaining. 
 
 COMPLAISA'NCE, s. [complaisance, Fr.] a civil behaviour, 
 whereby a person complies with the inclinations of another, in 
 order to insinuate himself into his esteem and favour. Svnon. 
 Complaisance is the characteristic of the lover ; politeness, of the 
 courtier ; but to be well-bred denotes the gentleman. 
 
 COMPLAISA'NT, a. [complaisant, Fr.] civil ; polite ; endea- 
 vouring to please. 
 
 COMPLAISA'NTLY, ad. in a civil, kind, condescending, and 
 polite manner. 
 
 To COMPLA'NATE, Compla'ne, v. a. [complano, Lat.] to level, 
 to make smooth and flat. 
 
COM 
 
 CO'MPLEMENT, «. [compleo, Lat.] that which perfects or com- 
 pletes any thing; a full, complete, or requisite quantity or num- 
 ber. In Geometrj', applied to the arc of a circle, what it wants 
 of 90 degrees ; applied to parallelograms, are the parallelograms, 
 which, when lines parallel to the sides are drawn, cutting each 
 other in the diagonal, thus dividing the whole into certain num- 
 bers of similar hgures, touch the point of intersection. In Na- 
 vigation, applied to a course, what it wants of 90 degrees, 8 
 points, or a quarter of a circle. In Astronomy, the distance of a 
 star from the zenith. Complement of the curtain, in Fortification, 
 is that part in the interior side of it which makes the demi-gorge. 
 Arithmetical compleDient, is what any number lacks to make it 
 even with the unit of the next higher denomination. Comple- 
 ment of a logarithm, is what a logarithm wants of 10. 
 
 COMPLE'TE, a. [computus, Lat.] finished ; perfect ; wanting 
 nothing ; without defects ; ended ; concluded. Synon. We may 
 easily make a thing complete, and, with much T^sans, finish it; 
 after all, it may not be perfect. 
 
 To COMPLE'TE, v. a. to perfect ; to finish ; to answer per- 
 fectly. 
 
 COMPLE'TELY, ad. perfectly; fully; in a perfect manner. 
 
 COMPLETENESS, s. perfection; a quality which implies a 
 thing to be finished without defect. 
 
 COMPLE'TION, s. the existence of some circumstance pre- 
 dicted, whereby every part of a prophecy is fulfilled ; accomplish- 
 ment ; the greatest height, or perfect state. 
 
 CO'MPLEX, s. [complector, Lat.] a collection, summary, or the 
 whole of a thing, consisting of several parts. 
 
 CO'MPLEX, Comple'xed, a. compounded ; consisting of se- 
 veral parts; including several particulars. 
 
 COMPLE'XEDNESS, s. composition ; containing a variety of 
 circumstances or particulars. 
 
 COMPLE'XION, s. the enclosure or involution of one thing in 
 another ; the colour of the outward part of the body, particularly 
 that of the countenance. In Physic, the temperature, habit, or 
 disposition of the body. A sanguine complexion, is that of hot or 
 warm persons, and is so called from the blood being thought to 
 be more predominant in such. 
 
 COMPLE'XIONAL, a. depending merely on the habit or tem- 
 perature of the body. 
 
 COMPLE'XIONALLY, ad. by complexion, or by the habit of 
 the body, or predominancy of some ot the fluids. 
 
 COMPLE'XLY, ad. in a compound manner ; consisting of se- 
 veral particulars, opposed to simply. 
 
 COMPLE/XNESS, s. the state or quality of being composed of 
 several particulars different from each other. 
 
 COMPLE'XURE, s. the compounding or uniting of one thing 
 with others. 
 
 COMPLI'ANCE, s. the yielding consent to a thing proposed ; 
 the ready performance of a thing requested ; condescending so 
 far to the humours of a person, as to do every thing he can de- 
 sire or expect ; condescension. 
 
 COMPLI'ANT,^a)<. yielding to the touch ; bending with any 
 force ; yielding, condescending. 
 
 To CO'MPLICATE, v. a. [complieo, Lat.] to join or add one 
 thing or action to another; to compose or make a whole, by the 
 uniting of several things different from each other. 
 
 CO'MPLICATE, a. compounded of a variety of parts. 
 
 COMPLICA'TION, s. [complieo, Lat.] the joining, mixing, 
 blending, or involving several things in one another ; a whole 
 consisting of several things. 
 
 COMPLI'ER, s. a man of an easy temper ; a man of ready 
 compliance. 
 
 CO'MPLIMENT, s. [compliment, Fr.] a profession of great 
 esteem, or an expression of approbation or praise, merely from 
 ceremony and politeness ; a mere ceremonious expression. 
 
 To CO'MPLIMENT, v. a. to make use of expressions of re- 
 spect, from a bare principle of good behaviour and ceremony ; to 
 speak in praise of a thing or person, contrary to one's real sen- 
 timents and opinion.— f. n. to use ceremonious or adulatory lan- 
 guage. 
 
 COMPLIME'NTAL, a. expressive of respect and civility. 
 
 COMPLIME'NTALLY, ud. in a mere ceremonious manner. 
 
 COMPLIME'NTER, s. a person abounding in compliments. 
 
 CO'MPLINE, s. [compline, Fr.] the last of the canonical hours 
 in the Romish daily service. 
 
 COMPLO'T, s. [Fr.] a plot, or ill design, concerted and 
 
 conspiracy or con- 
 
 carried on by two or more persons : 
 federacy. 
 
 To COMPLOT, V. a. [complotter, Fr.] to join in a design ; to 
 bring about an ill design. 
 
 COMPLO'TTER, s. one who joins in a plot ; a conspirator. 
 
 To COMPLY', V. n. [compiler, Fr.] to consent to any request ; 
 to suit oneself to a person's humours ; to yield to. 
 
 COMPO'NENT, a. [componens, Lat.] that composes or contri- 
 butes to the forming of a compound body. 
 
 To COMPO'RT, V. n. [comporter, Fr.] to suit, to agree with ; to 
 act agreeably or suitably to. 
 
 COMPO'RT, s. behaviour ; manner of looking and acting ; 
 conduct. 
 
 COMPO'RTABLE, a. consistent, opposed to contradictory. 
 
 COMPO'RTMENT, s. behaviour or conduct. 
 
 To COMPO'SE, (kompdtu!. The s in this word and its deriva- 
 tives is sounded like z,) v. a. [composer, Fr. compono, Lat.] to 
 form a mass, consisting of several things joined together ; to 
 form or consist of; to place in a proper form; to join words to- 
 gether in a discourse with art and care ; to reduce to a state of 
 calmness, rest, and quiet ; to reconcile. With printers, to put 
 the letters in order in the composing stick. In Music, to set 
 any thing to tune; to form a proper collection, order, or disposi- 
 tion of the notes. 
 
 COMPO'SED, part, calm, serious, sedate, undisturbed. 
 
 COMPO'SEDLY, ad. in a calm, serious, serene, or sedate 
 manner; free from any perturbation or confusion. 
 
 COMPO'SEDNESS, s. sedateness ; calmness ; tranquillity of 
 mind; a freedom from any disturbance or disorder, applied to 
 the mind. 
 
 COMPO'SER, s. an author or writer on any subject; one that 
 adapts or sets words to music, or forms a tune from a peculiar 
 assemblage of the notes of music. 
 
 COMPO'SITE, a. [compono, Lat.] in Architecture, one of the 
 five orders of columns, termed likewise the Italian or Roman 
 order ; its capital is formed from the Ionic and Corinthian order. 
 Composite numbers, are those that can be measured by some other 
 number above unity, as 12 by 2, 3, 4, 6. 
 
 COMPOSI'TION, s. [compositio, Lat.] the act of forming a 
 whole from parts different from each other ; the act of combining 
 simple thoughts together, in order to form a complex one ; the 
 distribution or orderly placing of the several parts of a plan, de- 
 sign, or picture ; the work or production of an author ; an agree- 
 ment; contract; a reconciliation, or terms in which differences 
 or quarrels are settled. In Commerce, a contract, whereby a 
 creditor accepts part of his debt in compensation for the whole. 
 In Grammar, the formation of sentences, or prefixing a particle 
 or other word to any word, to increase, diminish, or alter its sig- 
 nification. In Music, the art of disposing notes, so as to form 
 tunes or airs. Composition of forces, velocities, ^c, in Mechanics, 
 is the discovery of the direction, amount, &c. of the forces, &c., 
 which combined produce a result, the direction, amount, &c. of 
 which is known. See Resolution. 
 
 COMPO'SITOR, s. [compositeur, Fr.] in Printing, the person 
 who works at the case, sets up the forms, and prepares the types, 
 by arranging them properly therein for printing. 
 
 CO'MPOST, s. [Fr. from compono, Lat.] a mixture of different 
 soils together, in order to make a manure for assisting the natural 
 soil, so as to amend, improve, and render it more fruitful. 
 
 To CO'MPOST, V. a. to manure ; to enrich, or improve ground 
 by mixture of different soils. 
 
 CO'MPOSTELLA, St. Jago de, a city, the capital of Galicia, 
 in Spain, seated on a peninsula formed by the rivers Sar and 
 Sarela. It contains many religious houses, 12 churches, and a 
 university, which, with the public squares, are very magnificent. 
 In former days it was one of the holy places to which great num- 
 bers of pilgrims continually journeyed, under the belief incul- 
 cated by the Romish Church, that it was an act of great merit, 
 and power for the remission of sins. It is 205 miles from Ma- 
 drid. It has a population of about 30,000. Lat. 43. 0. N. 
 Long. 8. 25. W. 
 
 COMPO'SURE, {homp6zure) s. the writing or inditing a work ; 
 composition or production, applied to books. Arrangement, 
 mixture, or order ; frame ; make ; temperament ; sedateness. 
 Adjustment, or reconciliation, applied to difference or quarrels. 
 
 COMPOTA'TION, s. [con and poto, Lat.] the act of drinking 
 or tippling together. ^ 
 
COM 
 
 To COMPOU'ND, V. a. [con and pono, Lat.] to mingle several 
 ingredients together; to form by unity several things together; 
 to place together in different lights, attitudes, or positions; to 
 produce by being united ; to reconcile, or put an end to a differ- 
 ence or quarrel, by concessions or compliance with the demands 
 of an adversary ; to pay a part of a debt, for want of a capacity 
 to discharge the whole, and to be cleared for that reason from 
 any farther demand ; to agree on certain terms ; to contract. 
 
 CO'M POUND, a. formed or produced by several ingredients, 
 opposed to simple. In Grammar, formed by joining two or more 
 words. The primary rules of Arithmetic are called so, when ap- 
 plied to quantities of more than one denomination in value, as 
 pounds, shillings, and pence ; or cwts., lbs., ozs. Compound In- 
 terest, is the interest paid after a lapse of years, on the amount 
 of the principal and the annual interest added annually to it, 
 and is therefore a higher rate than simple interest ; e. g. any 
 sum of money at 5 per cent, per ann., compound interest, is 
 doubled in about 14 years ; the same sum at the same rate, 
 simple interest, would not be doubled till the end of 20 years. 
 Compound FracMre, in Surgery, is when any bone is broken in 
 more nlaces than one at the same time. 
 
 COMPOUND, s. the mass formed by the union of two or more 
 ingredients. 
 
 COMPOU'NDABLE, a. that may be united together so as to 
 form one mass ; capable of being united. 
 
 COMPOU'NDEK, s. one who endeavours to bring adverse 
 parties to an agreement ; a reconciler. In the University, a per- 
 son of superior rank or fortune, who is allowed to commute for 
 residence, by paying extraordinary tines. 
 
 To COMPREHE'ND, v. a. [con and prehendo, Lat.] to comprise, 
 include, contain, or imply ; to have an adequate, clear, and deter- 
 mined idea of any doctrine or proposition. Synon. We compre- 
 hetid ifi\\a.t is reducible to the forms of the understanding, e. g. 
 the laws of nature ; we apprehend what we know, yet cannot re- 
 duce to those forms, e. g. the Creator and Sustainer of the 
 works of nature. 
 
 COMPREHE'NSIBLE, a. [comprehensible, Fr.] capable of being 
 perfectly and clearlv known. 
 
 COMPREHE'NS'IBLY, ad. in a large extent, applied to the 
 acceptation of words. 
 
 COMPREHE'NSION, s. [con and prehendo, Lat.] the act or 
 quality of comprising or containing; a summary compendium 
 or abstract ; capacity, or the power of the mind to admit several 
 ideas at once. Comprehension, in English Church History, de- 
 notes a scheme for relaxing the terms of conformity, in behalf 
 of Protestant Dissenters, and admitting them into the communion 
 of the Church. It was attempted in 1667-8, and 1674, and 
 again immediately after the Revolution, but always failed. It 
 has been proposecf since, by various members of the Church of 
 England. The union of Dissenters and Churchmen in any ec- 
 clesiastical organization is an utter impossibility. See Dissent. 
 
 COMPREHE'NSIVE, a. able to understand many things at 
 once ; comprising much in a narrow compass ; extensive. 
 
 COMPREHE'NSIVELY, ad. in a compendious or concise 
 manner. 
 
 COMPREHE'NSIVENESS, s. the quality of including much 
 in a narrow compass. 
 
 To COMPRE'SS, I', a. [comprimo, Lat.] to reduce in a narrow 
 compass by force ; to squeeze closer together. 
 
 COMPRE'SS, s. in Surgery, a bolster formed of linen cloth, 
 folded into several doubles, laid under a bandage, to prevent a 
 wound from bleeding or swelling, or to retain the remedies ap- 
 
 COMPRESSIBI'LITY, s. the quality of being reduced by force 
 into a narrower compass. 
 
 COMPRE'SSIBLE, a. capable of being reduced by force into a 
 narrower conipass. 
 
 COMPRE'SSION, s. [Lat.] the action of bringing the particles 
 of a body nearer together by external force, and thereby decreas- 
 ing its bulk or dimension ; the act of pressing together. 
 
 COMPRE'SSURE, s. the act or force of a body pressing upon 
 another. 
 
 To COMPRI'SE, {komprize) v. a. [compris, Fr.] to contain ; to 
 include ; to comprehend. 
 
 COMPROBA'TION, s. [con and probo, Lat.] confirming by a 
 joint testimony of two or more persons. 
 
 CO'MPROMISE, {k6m]>r<miize) s. [con and promitto, Lat.] a 
 
 CON 
 
 mutual promise of one or more parties to refer the determination 
 of a dispute or controversy to tne arbitration or decision of one 
 or more persons ; a compact or bargain, in which some conces- 
 sions or compliances are made on each side. 
 
 To CO'MPROMISE, {Umpromize) v. a. to settle or put an end 
 to a dispute or claim by mutual concessions. 
 
 To COMPT, (kount) V. a. [compter, Fr.] to make an estimate ; 
 to add up, or find the amount of a row of figures in arithmetic. 
 
 COMPTRO'LLER, s. See Controller. 
 
 COMPU'LSATORY, a. [compeUo, Lat.] having the power of 
 forcing a person against his will. 
 
 COMPtJ'LSION, s. [cotnpulsus, Lat.] the act of forcing a free 
 agent to do or abstain from an action, contrary to the preference 
 of his mind ; a violence or force ; the state of being compelled. 
 
 COMPU'LSIVE, a. having the power to force a person to per- 
 form or abstain from an action ; forcible. 
 
 COMPU'LSIVELY, ad. in a forcible manner ; by compulsion ; 
 by force. 
 
 COMPU'LSIVENESS, s. the quality of obliging a person to 
 perform or abstain from any act contrary to his inclination. 
 
 COMPU'LSORILY, ad. in a forcible manner; by force. 
 
 COMPU'LSORY, a. [compulsoire, Fr.] having the power of 
 commanding or forcing obedience. 
 
 COMPU'NCTION, s. [pmgo, Lat.] the act of causing a pain 
 resembling that of pricking; irritation. In Divinity, an inward 
 grief, caused by the consciousness of having offended. God ; sor- 
 row; anxiety; contrition, or repentance ; remorse. 
 
 COMPU'NCTIOUS, a. repentant ; sorrowful ; tender. 
 
 COMPU'NCTIVE, a. causing remorse ; causing a sorrow from 
 a consciousness of guilt. 
 
 COMPURGA'TION, s. [con and purgo, Lat.] the clearing and 
 justifying one man's innocence or veracity by the oath of another. 
 
 COMPURGA'TOR, s. [Lat.] in ancient Law, a person who, by 
 oath, clears and justifies another's innocence. 
 
 COMPU'TABLE, a. capable of being numbered or estimated. 
 
 COMPUTA'TION, s. the act of estimating or counting the 
 value of things ; a calculation ; a sum or number found by cal- 
 culation, or an arithmetical process. 
 
 To COMPU'TE, V. a. to find by an arithmetical operation ; to 
 estimate ; to reckon ; to count. 
 
 COMPU'TE, s. a reckoning ; calculation ; the amount or sum 
 total. 
 
 COMPUTER, s. one who makes calculations ; an accountant. 
 
 COMPU'TIST, «. [computiste, Fr.] one skilled in numbers or 
 calculations. 
 
 CO'MRADE, s. [camerade, Fr.] one who lives in the same 
 house; a person who is jointly concerned with another in an 
 undertaking. 
 
 CON, [cu7n, Lat.] always joined or fixed to words, signifying 
 together, a.s connect; sometimes against, as contend; and sometimes 
 something t/reat or immense, as in conflagration. Before a vowel or 
 an A, it drops the n,as in coeternal, cohabit ; and before the labials 
 b and p, it is changed into an m, as in combustion, compare ; 4nd 
 before I and m, it assumes the same letter, as in col-lect, com-mute. 
 
 CON, [an abbreviation of contra, Lat.] is used to imply an op- 
 position to any motion ; or that a person is on the negative side 
 of a question. Nam. con. for nemine contradicente, Lat., is used to 
 signify that a motion is passed without any opposition. 
 
 To CON, V. n. [connan. Sax.] to know ; to learn perfectly. 
 
 CONCA'MERATE, ?). a. [concamero,irom camera, Lat.] to arch 
 over ; to vault ; to lay concave over. 
 
 CONCAMERA'TION, s. an arch or vault, or any thing formed 
 like an arch. 
 
 To CONCATENATE, v. a. [catena, Lat.] to link together ; to 
 join or connect the parts of any thing, that they shall have mu- 
 tual dependence on each other, like the links of a chain. 
 
 CONCATENATION, s. a series of links. In Philosophy, a 
 connexion of things, which mutually depend on each other, like 
 the links of a chain. 
 
 CONCAVATION, s. the act of scooping a thing, or making it 
 of a hollow or concave form. 
 
 CO'NCAVE, a. [concatus, Lat.] hollow, applied to the inner 
 surface of a circular body, such as that of an egg-shell, of an arch, 
 or a ball, opposed to convex. Empty, without any thing to fill 
 the cavity. Concave Lenses and Mirrors, in Optics, are those whose 
 surfaces are hollowed, producing in the mirrors a magnifying, 
 and in the lenses a diminishing, power. See Optics. 
 
CONCA'VITY, s, the inner surface of a circular body. 
 
 CONCA'VO-CO'NCAVE, a. hollow or concave on both sides. 
 
 CONCA'VO-CO'NVEX, a. hollow or concave on one side, but 
 convex or protuberant on the other. 
 
 CONCA'VOUS, a. \concavus, Lat.] hollow, without angles, ap- 
 plied to the inward surface of a round body. 
 
 CONCA'VOUSLY, ad. resembling the hollow of the inner sur- 
 face of a round body. 
 
 To CONCE'AL, {kons^el) V. a. [con and ceh, Lat.] to hide or 
 keep any thing from the sight or knowledge of others ; to cover ; 
 to keep secret. Synon. It requires care and attention to con- 
 ceal ; art and cleverness to dissemble ; labour and cunning to dis- 
 guise. 
 
 CONCE'ALABLE, a. capable of being kept from the sight or 
 knowledge of others ; possible to be kept secret. 
 
 CONCE'ALEDNESS, s. the state of being hid or kept from 
 the eight or knowledge of others. 
 
 CONCE'ALER, s. he that conceals any thing. 
 
 CONCE'ALMENT, s. the act of hiding from the knowledge or 
 sight of others ; the state of being hid or kept secret ; a place of 
 retirement from the sight of others. 
 
 To CONCE'DE, ». a. [ccmcedo, Lat.] to grant or admit a prin- 
 ciple or opinion as true; to let a point pass without any dispute. 
 
 CONCE'lT, {konseet) s. [concipm, Lat.] a conception, thought, 
 or idea; apprehension; understanding; strength of imagin- 
 ation I mere fancy, a pleasant thought or shining sentiment ; 
 an opinionative persuasion, or a high opinion of a person's judg- 
 ment, which exposes him to ridicule ; a word of reproach. Out 
 of conceit with, a phrase of a person's being tired, or no longer 
 being fond of a thing. 
 
 To CONCE'lT, c. a. to fancy ; to imagine; to think, generally 
 implying an opinion that has not the sanction of reason. 
 
 CONCE'ITED, part, of a strong imagination ; proud, or enter- 
 taining too high an opinion of one's abilities. 
 
 CONCE'ITEDLY, ad, in a scornful or whimsical manner ; in a 
 manner which discovers too high an opinion, or too great a fond- 
 ness in a person of his own parts. 
 
 CONCE'ITEDNESS, s. opinionativeness. 
 
 CONCEIVABLE, {komeevabk) a. that may be imagined or 
 thought ; that may be understood or believed. 
 
 CONCETVABLENESS, s. the quality of being apprehended 
 by the mind. 
 
 CONCE'IVABLY, ad. in an intelligible manner ; in such a 
 manner as to be apprehended by the mind. 
 
 To CONCE'IVE, (konseeve) v. a. [coiicevoir, Fr.] to form in the 
 mind; to imagine; to form an idea of; to comprehend; to 
 think. — V. n. to become pregnant. 
 
 CONCE'lVER, s. one that understands, or comprehends. 
 
 CONCEIXT, s. [con and cano, Lat.] concert of voices, harmony, 
 concord; consistency. 
 
 To CONCE'NTRATE, v. a. [con and cenfrwn, Lat.] to drive 
 inwards, or towards the centre ; to drive into a narrow compass ; 
 to condense. 
 
 CONCENTRA'TION, s. forcing into a narrow compass, or driv- 
 ing towards the centre; the highest degree of mixture, whereby 
 two or more particles touch by a reception, or forcing one within 
 the other. 
 
 To CONCE'NTRE, (konsenter) v. n. \conientrer, Fr.] to tend 
 towards the game, or towards one common centre. — v. a. to di- 
 rect or contract towards one centre. 
 
 CONCE'NTRIC, Conce'ntrical, a. [con and centrum, Lat.] 
 having one common centre, applied to circles and spheres. 
 
 CONCE'PTACLE, «. [conceptaculum, Lat.] that in which any 
 thing is contained ; a reservoir. 
 
 CONCE'PTIBLE, a. [concipio, Lat.] that may be apprehended 
 or understood ; intelligible. 
 
 CONCEPTION, s. [conceptio, Lat.] the act of conceiving or 
 becoming pregnant ; notion; apprehension; idea. Sentiments; 
 purpose. 
 
 CfONCE'PTION, a town and port of Chili, S. America, built a 
 few miles from the sea, in the angle formed with it by one of the 
 Chilian mountain .torrents. If has few good buildings, owing to 
 the frequent earthquakes. It lies about 250 miles from Val- 
 paraiso. Its population is about 10,000. Lat. 36. 45. S. Long. 
 
 rs. 0. W. 
 
 CONCE'PTIOL'S, {konsSpshious) a. apt to conceive, or become 
 pregnant; fruitful. 
 
 CON 
 
 CONCE'PTIVE, a. capable to conceive. 
 
 To CONCE'RN, v. a. [concemer, Fr.] to relate, or belong to ; to 
 affect with some passion; to make uneasy or sorrowful; to be 
 of importance to ; to be intrusted or commissioned to act for a 
 person, used with for. Synon. Many people make themselves 
 uneasy at that which does not in the least regard them ; meddle 
 with what no way concerns them ; and at the same time are in- 
 different to those things which touch them nearly. 
 
 CONCE'RN, s. business ; circumstances ; engagement ; in- 
 terest ; importance. 
 
 CONCE'RNEDLY, ad. with affection ; with interest. 
 
 CONCE'RNING, prep, [originally a participle, has the force 
 of a preposition before a noun,] about ; of; relating to ; with re- 
 lation to. 
 
 CONCE'RNMENT, s. the thing in which a person is interest- 
 ed ; an affair ; business; influence; relation; importance; the 
 engaging or taking part in an affair ; emotion of mind. 
 
 To CONCE'RT, r. a. [concerter, Fr.] to take measures with 
 another to bring a design to pass ; to contrive. 
 
 CO'NCERT, s. a communication of designs, an establishment 
 of measures to be pursued by persons engaged in one design. 
 In Music, a number of musicians and singers performing the 
 same piece. Concert-pitch, is the standard of the musical scale 
 adopted by the profession, but often changed. 
 
 CONCERT ATION, s. [con and certo, Lat.] strife, contest, or 
 contention. 
 
 CONCE'RTATIVE, a. [concertatims, Lat.] quarrelsome; con- 
 tentious ; recriminating. 
 
 CONCERTI'NA, s. in Music, an instrument consisting of a 
 bellows having metallic tongues, like tho.se of the accordion, fit- 
 ted into each end. In shape it is hexagonal, and is played with 
 both hands, whilst having a complete scale, it is more useful and 
 agreeable than the accordion. 
 
 CONCE'SSION, s. [concessio, Lat.] an act of granting or yield- 
 ing ; the thing granted or yielded. 
 
 CONCE'SSIONARY, a. given by indulgence or allowance, or 
 purely to terminate a dispute. 
 
 CONCE'SSIVELY, ad. by way of concession. 
 
 CONCH, «. [concha, Lat.] a shell ; a sea-shell. 
 
 CO'NCHA, (kunka) s. [Lat.] in Anatomy, the second or inward 
 cavity of the auricle or external ear. 
 
 CO'NCHOID, (kinkmd) s. in Geometry, a curve line always 
 approaching nearer a straight line, to which it is inclined, but 
 never meets it. 
 
 CONCHO'LOGY, s. [conche and hgos, Gr.] one of the sciences 
 of classification, a branch of zoology, and natural history, which 
 treats of that class of animals called molluscous, and testaceous, 
 as the character of their bodies, or their shelly coverings, are re- 
 garded. Since physiological science has received the impetus 
 given by Cuvier and his successors, it has been customary to re- 
 gard these shells simply as parts of the molluscous animal, and 
 therefore Conehology does not now stand as a science teaching the 
 classification of shells simply, but is regarded as synonymous 
 with Malacoloey ; which see. 
 
 CONCI'LIAR, a. [concilium, Lat.] relating to a council. 
 
 To CONCI'LIATE, v. a. [concilia, Lat.] to gain or procure af- 
 fection ; to reconcile. 
 
 CONCILIATION, s. the act of procuring esteem, or recon- 
 ciling. 
 
 CONCI'LIATOR, s. one who makes peace between parties at 
 variance ; a reconciler. 
 
 CONCILIATORY, a. relating to reconciliation. 
 
 CONCI'NNITY, s. [concinnitas, Lat.] decency ; fitness. 
 
 CONCI'NNOUS, a. [concinnus, Lat.] comely; becoming; plea- 
 sant ; agreeable. 
 
 CONCFSE, a. [condsus, Lat.] short ; brief. 
 
 CONCI'SELY, ad. in a briefer short manner; in few words. 
 
 CONCISENESS, s. brevity ; shortness. 
 
 CONCFSION, s. cutting off; total destruction. 
 
 CONCITATION, s. [concito, Lat.] the act of exciting; agita- 
 tion ; or setting into a ferment or commotion. 
 
 CONCLAMA'TION, s. [conclamo, Lat.] an outcry. Also a 
 custom among the Romans, of calling the dead party by his 
 name for eight days successively : on the ninth, concluding he 
 was past recovery, they carried him forth and buried him. 
 
 CO'NCLAVE, s. [Lat.] a private or inner apartment ; the 
 place wherein the election is held for a pope ; a meeting or as- 
 
 207 
 
sembly of all the cardinals that are at Rome, for the election of 
 a pope ; a close or private assembly. 
 
 To CONCLU'DE, v. a. [concludo, Lat.] to draw as a conclusion 
 or inference from certain premises ; to infer; to judg;e or deter- 
 mine ; to end ; to finish ; to complete a period, applied to time ; 
 to acknowledge as truth. 
 
 CONCLU'DENT, part, decisive; following by direct conse- 
 quence ; consequential. 
 
 CONCLU'SIBLE, a. [conclmus, Lat.] following as a conse- 
 quence from certain principles ; to be inferred. 
 
 CONCLU'SION, s. \conclusio, Lat.] determination or putting 
 an end to an affair or transaction ; an opinion formed from ex- 
 perience or from a collection of propositions ; the event of experi- 
 ments. Synon. The sei/Mc/ in part forms the story; ihe conclusion 
 puts the finishing stroke to it. 
 
 CONCLU'SIVE, a. decisive, or that puts an end to any contest. 
 
 CONCLU'SIVELY, ad. in a determinate, positive, peremptory 
 manner. 
 
 CONCLU'SIVENESS,s. the power of gaining assent, or forcing 
 conviction ; regular consequence, or WUowing from any pre- 
 mises, according to the rules of logic. 
 
 To CONGO A^GU LATE, r. a. to curdle or congeal one thing 
 with another. 
 
 CONCOAGULATION, s. [con and coagulatio, hut.) a coagula- 
 tion or curdling, by which several bodies are joined in one mass. 
 
 To CONCO'CT, V. a. [concoquo, Lat.] in Medicine, to digest in 
 the stomach, so as to form into chyle; to purify; to heighten 
 the quality of a thing by heat. 
 
 CONCO'CTION, s. [concoctio, Lat.] in Medicine, the change 
 which the food undergoes in the stomach ere it be converted into 
 chyle; maturation, or heightening the powers or qualities of a 
 thing by heat. 
 
 CONCO'MITANCE, Conco'mitancy, s. [con and comes, Lat.] 
 united to ; attending; inseparable from ; accompanying. 
 
 CONCO'MITANT, s. a companion ; an attendant. 
 
 CONCO'MITANTLY, ad. accompanying ; in the manner of an 
 attendant. 
 
 To CONCO'MITATE, v. a. [concomitor, Lat.] to attend ; to be 
 joined inseparably with another. 
 
 CO'NCORD, s. [concordia, Lat.] agreement between persons 
 and things; the suitableness of one thing to another; peace, 
 union, mutual kindness. In Grammar, that part wherein words 
 are made to a^ree in number, person, and gender, &c. In Music, 
 the relation of two sounds, that are always agreeable to the ear, 
 whether applied in succession or consonance. 
 
 CO'NCORD, capital of New Hampshire, United States, lying 
 on the Merrimac river, over which it has two bridges. A vast 
 water-power has been created by the falls of this river, and the 
 locks made when it was rendered navigable for boats. There 
 are some noble public buildings connected with the government, 
 &c. It is 481 miles from Washington. Pop. 4897. There are 
 26 other places so named in the States, at one of which, in 
 Massachusetts, commenced the war of the Revolution, which 
 led to the independence of the United States. 
 
 CONCO'RDANCE, s. [concordo, Lat.] an agreement. An in- 
 dex to the Holy Scriptures, wherein all the words are ranged 
 alphabetically, and the various places where they occur referred 
 to. The best for the English Bible is that of Alexander Cruden. 
 
 CONCO'RDANT, ^ari. [concordans, Lat.] agreeing with ; con- 
 sistent with ; correspondent. In Music, consisting of concords 
 or harmonies. 
 
 CONCO'RDAT, s. a treaty between the Pope and any govern- 
 ment respecting the affairs of the Roman Church, temporal or 
 spiritual, within its doininions. 
 
 CONCO'RDATE, s. [concordat, Fr.] a compact ; convention ; 
 or a society held together by a common discipline, or statutes. 
 
 CONCO'RPORAL, a. [con and corpus, Lat.] of the same body. 
 
 To CONCO'RPORATE, v. a. to unite, blend, or mix several 
 things together, so as to form one mass, system, &c. 
 
 CO'NCOURSE, (Mnhorse) s. [concursus, Lat.] a crowd, or several 
 persons assembled together in one place ; the point wherein two 
 bodies meet together ; the force or action with which two or more 
 bodies meet together. 
 
 CO'NCREMENT, s. [concresco, Lat.] a mass formed by con- 
 cretion. 
 
 CONCRE'SCENCE, s. the act or quality of growing by the 
 union of separate particles. 
 
 CON 
 
 To CONCRETE, v. a. [con and cresco, Lat.] to form from a 
 union of several particles or bodies ; to unite several masses or 
 particles in one body. — v. n. to coalesce, cohere, or join together, 
 so as to form one mass. 
 
 CO'NCRETE, a. formed by the union or cohesion of several 
 particles or substances. In Logic, a concrete term is that which, 
 while it expresses the quality, expresses, implies, or refers to 
 some subject or substance in which it inheres, and is generally 
 the same as an adjective in Grammar. 
 
 CO'NCRETE, s. an assemblage or mixture; a body or mass 
 composed of several particles or principles. 
 
 CONCRE'TELY, ad. in such a manner as to include the sub- 
 stance with the quality. 
 
 CONCRE'TEI>iESS, 8. curdling; coagulation; or the gather- 
 ing several fluids into a solid mass. 
 
 CONCRE'TION, s. the act whereby a soft body becomes hard, 
 or the particles of a fluid become fixed, so as not to yield to*the 
 touch ; the coalition or uniting of several particles so as to form 
 one mass. 
 
 CONCRE'TIVE, a. that has the power of uniting several par- 
 ticles together, so as to form one mass ; that has the power of 
 turning; a fluid into a solid ; that has the power of producing co- 
 agulation, or the curdling of a fluid body. 
 
 CONCRE'TURE, s. a mass formed by the cohesion of several 
 particles. 
 
 CONCU'BINAGE, s. [Fr.] the act of living or cohabiting with 
 a woman, as a wife, without being married. 
 
 CO'NCUBINE, s. [eon and cubo, Lat.] a woman who is kept by 
 a man, and lives with him, though not married to him; a kept 
 mistress. 
 
 To CONCU'LCATE, v. a. [conculco, Lat.] to tread upon, or 
 trample under foot. 
 
 CONCULCA'TION, «. [con and calco, Lat.] trampling with the 
 feet. 
 
 CONCU'PISCENCE, s. [concupiscentia, Lat.] an inordinate 
 desire of women ; lust. 
 
 CONCU'PISCENT, iwi. [concupisco, Lat.] lustful ; having an 
 irregular appetite after carnal things. 
 
 CONCUPISCE'NTIAL, {konkupissential) a. relating to con- 
 cupiscence, or having an irregular desire after women. 
 
 CONCUPI'SCIBLE, a. that may be desired ; that raises, ex- 
 cites, or exerts desire. 
 
 To CONCU'R, V. n. [con and curro, Lat.] to meet together ; to 
 join in one action or design, applied to several persons ; to unite 
 with ; to be conjoined with ; to contribute to the effecting one 
 common event or design. 
 
 CONCU'RRENCE, Concu'rrency, s. assistance ; union ; con- 
 junction; united efforts to promote any design ; agreement in 
 any opinion or sentiment. 
 
 CONCU'RRENT, part, acting in conjunction, or together; 
 promoting the same design. 
 
 CONCU'RRENT, s. that which contributes to the performance 
 of a design. 
 
 CONCtl'SSION, «. [concutio, Lat.] the act of putting a thing 
 into a violent motion ; shaking ; agitation. 
 
 CONCU'SSIVE, a. that has the power or quality of shaking. 
 
 To COND, Con, or Conn, v. a. in sea language, signifies to 
 guide or conduct a ship in her right course. 
 
 CONDE', LOUIS DE BOURBON, THE GREAT, a cele- 
 brated French general of the 17th century. He commenced his 
 career early, and in the 30 years' war fought against the em- 
 peror of Germany, with various success. The wars of Fronde, at 
 home, followed, and here he pursued such a course as led to his 
 being imprisoned by Mazarin, whom he afterwards drove from 
 the position of supreme power which he had assumed. In the 
 Spanish service, he subsequently was often engaged with the 
 equally celebrated Turenne. Being restored to his native coun- 
 try by Louis XIV., we find him fighting beside Turenne, against 
 William of Orange, and the great general Montecuculi. He end- 
 ed his life in peaceful retirement ; but the soldier never was 
 wholly lost in the admirer of letters. He died in 1686, aged 65 
 years. 
 
 To CONDE'MN, (^oWf'm) v. a. [condemno, 'La.t.'] to pass sen- 
 tence against a person, whereby he is subject to punishment ; to 
 censure, to blame, or find fault with. 
 
 CONDE'MNABLE, a. that may be blamed, found fault with, 
 or is subject to the sentence of a judge. 
 
CON 
 
 CONDEMNATION, s. [conJemnatio, Lat.] passing or pro- 
 nouncing sentence against a person, whereby he is subject to 
 punishment or penalty, either in respect to person, fortune, or 
 life. Figuratively, the state of a person on whom sentence has 
 been passed. 
 
 CONDE'MNATORY, a. having the force of condemning or 
 subjecting a person to punishment. 
 
 CONDE'MNER, s. the person who condemns, censures, 
 blames, or finds fault with. 
 
 CONDE'NSABLE, a. that is capable of being made more solid, 
 or forced into a smaller compass. 
 
 To CONDE'NSATE, v. a. [condenso, Lat.] to make more solid 
 or thick by compression or force, applied to fluids. 
 
 CONDE'NSATE, a. made thicker or more solid by compression 
 or external force. 
 
 CONDENSATION, s. the act of bringing the parts of a body 
 closer to each other, and increasing their contact, whereby the 
 body is rendered more dense, compact, and heavy ; opposite to 
 rarefaction. 
 
 To CONDE'NSE, v. a. {condenso, Lat.] to make any body more 
 thick, compact, or weighty, by increasing the contact of its 
 particles; applied by some only to the effect of cold, but by 
 others used for compression, or the effects of external force, 
 which diminishes the size of the pores of a bodj-, and renders it, 
 consequently, more solid. — e. n. to grow thick, applied to the 
 effects of cold on fluids ; to become solid and weighty, by shrink- 
 ing to a narrower compass. 
 
 CONDE'NSE, a. thickened ; close ; compact ; become more 
 solid by the effect of cold, or compression. 
 
 CONDE'NSER, s. a pneumatic engine, by means of which an 
 unusual quantity of air may be forced into a small space, or by 
 which three, four, or five atmospheres may be injectea more than 
 a thing would contain naturally. In the steam engine, it is a 
 small chamber kept cool by a jet of water, into which the steam 
 passes when forced out of the cylinder, and being there recon- 
 verted into water, is carried off to the cistern which supplies the 
 boiler. Electrical Condenser, an instrument invented by Wilke 
 and vEpinus, and improved by Cavallo and Volta, for the purpose 
 of examining the phenomena connected with very small charges 
 of electricity. &e Electricity. 
 
 CONDE'NSITY, s. the state of a fluid, whose parts are fixed 
 so as not to give way to the touch, by cold, coagulation, or com- 
 pression. Thickness, applied to consistence. 
 
 To CONDESCE'ND, v. n. [con and desce)ido, Lat.] to lay aside 
 the dignity of rank, in order to make oneself agreeable to, or 
 on a level with, inferiors ; to behave with familiarity to inferiors ; 
 to stoop ; to submit. 
 
 CONDESCE'NDENCE, s. [condescendance, Fr.] an act where- 
 by a person in authority lays aside the difference of rank in or- 
 der to converse freely with his inferiors ; a granting some favour 
 to a person, or consenting to yield him some advantage which 
 he could not demand. 
 
 CONDESCE'NDINGLY, ad. in such a manner as to lay aside 
 the claims of authority and dignity ; or to yield up a right, or 
 consent to a request, from a principle of good nature andgene- 
 rosity. 
 
 CONDESCE'NSION, s. the behaviour of a superior, whereby 
 he treats one of lower rank as his equal, and grants him favours 
 he cannot demand. 
 
 CONDESCE'NSIVE, a. courteous; treating inferiors without 
 distance ; affable, and ready to serve or grant any favour, or 
 forego a right to serve or oblige another. 
 
 CONDI'GN, (hondm) a. [condignus, Lat.] worthy; suitable to; 
 merited ; deserved, or proportionable to ; generally applied to 
 the punishment due to a person for his crimes. 
 
 CONDFGNLY, {hondlnly) ad. in a manner suitable to a per- 
 son's crimes ; deservedly. 
 
 CONDI'GNNESS, {kondln-nesa) s. proportion suitable to a per- 
 son's crimes. 
 
 CONDILLA'C, ETIENNE DE, a French metaphysician of 
 the 18th century, who may be regarded as the immediate author 
 of that shallow materialism, which was regarded as philosophy, 
 immediately before the French Revolution, and which produced 
 the atheism which characterized the greater number of tne actors 
 in that terrible drama. His works are professedly explanations of 
 Locke's system, but they omit one part of it, and are constructed 
 on a different method altogether. lie developed his views in 
 
 CON 
 
 their relation to various subjects with great ability and clear- 
 ness, and to this, as well as the character of them, may be at- 
 tributed their rapid adoption. There are a few who profess still 
 to hold similar opinions. He died in 1780, aged 65 years. 
 
 CO'NDIMENT, s. [conditnentum, Lat.] seasoning, sauce, that 
 which excites the appetite by a sharp taste. 
 
 To CONDl'TE, v. a. [condio, Lat.] to preserve or pickle. 
 
 CONDITION, s. [conditio, and condictio, Lat.] state, or the cir- 
 cumstance of a person or fortune ; rank ; the terms of any con- 
 tract, bargain, or agreement. A quality or property which de- 
 termines the nature of a thing; an attribute or accident, in a 
 logical sense. Figuratively, a writing containing the terms of 
 an agreement. 
 
 To CONDI'TION, v. n. to stipulate; to make terms. 
 
 CONDI'TIONAL, a. to be performed on certain terms ; not 
 absolute, but subject to certain limitations. 
 
 CONDITIONALLY, ad. on certain terms or limitations. 
 
 CONDI'TIONARY, a. stipulated; bargained ; to be done as a 
 means of acquiring anj' thing. 
 
 To CONDITIONATE, v. a. to make conditions for ; to regu- 
 late by, or perform on, certain conditions. 
 
 CONDITIONATE, a. established and grounded on certain 
 terms and conditions. 
 
 CONDI'TIONED, part, having qualities either good or bad. 
 
 To CONDO'LE, v. n. [con and doleo, Lat.] to lament with those ' 
 who grieve for any misery, misfortune, or calamity. — v. a, to be- 
 wail a misfortune with another. 
 
 CONDO'LEMENT, s. grief; sorrow ; mourning for any loss 
 or misfortune. 
 
 CONDO'LENCE, s. [condohnee, Fr.] a sympathizing grief 
 arising from the misfortunes of another, which expresses itself 
 by lamenting with the person in distress. 
 
 CONDO'LER, s. one who expresses a complimental concern 
 for the sorrow of another, and the cause which occasions it. 
 
 CONDO'R,a species of vulture which inhabits tropical America, 
 the feathers of wnich are principally black, with white round the 
 neck and in the tail and wings. Its claws are not hooked as the 
 hawk tribes' usually are, its neck and head are bare, and its bill 
 very formidable. It has its dwelling without a nest on ledges of 
 lofty mountains, and from them it descends to the plains, where 
 it kills even large animals for food. 
 
 CONDORCET, M. JEAN A. NICOLAS CARITAT, MAR- 
 QUIS, a mathematician, philosopher, and politician, of the 
 period before the French Revolution, and the greater part of the 
 Revolution itself. His scientific attainments, which were con- 
 siderable, would have entitled him to a celebrity, without his 
 philosophic and political dreams, or his tragic end. He was the 
 author of much of the sentimentalism which was displayed in 
 the schemes framed by those who conducted'the most frightful 
 scenes in that period. His republicanism was built on no sounder 
 foundation than such philosophic sentimentality. He finally 
 attached himself to that part in the Convention, called Girondins, 
 who had some scruples about the length to which changes 
 should be carried, and he shared their fall. He poisoned him- 
 self in prison, into which he was thrown, on being discovered as 
 he attempted concealment, in 1794, aged 51 years. 
 
 To CONDU'CE, V. n. [con and duco, Lat.] to promote an end 
 by acting conjointly. 
 
 CONDU'CIBLE, a. having a power of conducing to, or pro- 
 moting a design. Used for two or more causes operating to 
 one end. 
 
 CONDU'CIVE, a. that has a tendency, power, or quality, to 
 promote or produce any end. 
 
 CONDU'CIVENESS, s. the quality of promoting or con- 
 tributing to the production of some end. 
 
 CO'NDUCT, s. [conduit, Fr.] management, or tenor of actions ; 
 the act of commanding an army; convoy, or escorting with a 
 
 fuard ; the guard convoying, securing, or escorting ; a warrant 
 y which a convoy is appointed ; behaviour ; or a series of ac- 
 tions regulated by some standard. 
 
 To CONDU'CT, f. a. [conduire, Fr.] to accompany a person in 
 order to show him his way to any place ; to direct, lead, or guide ; 
 to usher ; to introduce ; to manage ; to head an army, or com- 
 mand a body of troops. Synon. vVe conduct andguide those who 
 know not the way; we lead those who cannot or care not to go 
 by themselves. Reconduct an affair; y/e guide a traveller; we 
 lead an infant. 
 
 2 E 209 
 
CON 
 
 CONDU'GTOR, s. a guide, or one who shows another the way; 
 a leader or commander; one who transacts an affair. In Sur- 
 gery, an instrument which serves to conduct the knife in the 
 operation of cutting for the stone, and in laying open sinuses and 
 fistulas. It is also called a gorget. Conductors, in Electricity, 
 are those bodies that transmit electricity ; other bodies are called 
 non-conductors, 
 
 CONDU'CTRESS, s. a woman who directs or leads a person, 
 or carries on any undertaking. 
 
 CO'NDUIT, {ki'tndit) s. [Fr.] a canal, or pipes made use of for 
 the conveyance of water at a distance from the reservoir or spring 
 head ; an aqueduct ; a place furnished with a cock, whence peo- 
 ple are publicly supplied with water. 
 
 CONDUPLICA'TION, s. \condupUeatio, Lat.] a doubling; a 
 duplicate. 
 
 CONE, s. [konos, Gr.] in Geometry, a solid body whose base 
 is a circle, its uppermost part ending in a point ; it resembles a 
 sugar loaf, and may be conceived as formed by the revolution of 
 a triangle on one of its sides as on an axis. 
 
 To CONFA'BULATE, v. n. [cmifahulo, Lat.] to talk easily and 
 with carelessness together; to chat with a person. 
 
 CONFABULA'TION, s. easy, familiar, careless, cheerful talk 
 with a person. 
 
 CONFA'BULATORY, a. belonging to entertaining and care- 
 .ess conversation. 
 
 To CONFE'CT, v. a. [conficio, Lat.] to preserve fruit, &c. with 
 sugar. 
 
 COTyFECT, s. a sweetmeat. 
 
 CONFE'CTION, s. [confectio, Lat.] the preserving fruit or ve- 
 getables by means of clarified sugar. In Pharmacy, any thing 
 prepared with sugar ; a liquid or soft electuary ; the assembling 
 or union of different ingredients. 
 
 CONFE'CTIONARY, s. a place where elegant food from dif- 
 ferent ingredients is made, or fruits are preserved. 
 
 CONFE'CTIONER, s. one who makes and sells sweetmeats. 
 
 CONFE'DERACY, s. [con and >(/««, Lat.] a league, contract, 
 or agreement, entered into by several states and bodies of men 
 for their mutual advantage and defence. 
 
 To CONFE'DERATE, v. a, to unite in a league, or agree with, 
 in order to accomplish some design. 
 
 CONFE'DERATE, a. leagued, or united by some contract to 
 accomplish some design. 
 
 CONFE'DERATE, s. one who enters into an engagement with 
 another, whereby they are obliged mutually to assist and defend 
 each other ; an ally. 
 
 CONFEDERA'TION, s. [confederation, Fr.] a league ; an act 
 whereby two or more persons oblige themselves to assist each 
 other; an alliance.- 
 
 To CONFE'R, V. n. [confero, Lat.] to discourse with a person 
 on some important, grave, and stated subject ; to talk with a 
 person on any subject, in order to come to a determination.— d. a. 
 to compare the sentiments of one person or author with those of 
 another; to give a thing which could not be claimed ; to bestow 
 a favour ; to contribute or conduce. 
 
 CO'NFERENCE, s. [conference, Fr.] the act of discoursing with 
 another, in order to settle some point in dispute, or treat upon 
 any subject in a public character ; a meeting appointed for the 
 discoursing of some point in debate ; comparison, or examination 
 of things by comparing them together. 
 
 CONFE'RRER, s. he that discourses with another on some 
 stated point; he that bestows a favour on another. 
 
 To CfONFE'SS, V. a. [coiifesser, Fr.] to acknowledge the having 
 done something amiss. To disclose a person's sins to a priest, 
 in order to obtain absolution. To own. To avow ; to profess. 
 To grant. Not to dispute. To show; to approve; to attest. 
 
 CONFE'SSEDLY, ad. in such a manner as must extort uni- 
 versal consent ; generally owned ; avowedly; indisputably. 
 
 CONFE'SSION, s. profession ; avowal ; the acknowledgment 
 or owning a crime. In the Romish Church, an acknowledgment 
 of sins in private to a priest, in order to obtain absolution. 
 
 CONFESSIONAL, s. [Fr.] in the Romish Church, a little box 
 or desk, wherein the priest takes the confession of a penitent. 
 
 CONFE'SSIONARt, s. [confessionaire, Fr.] the confession 
 chair or seat, wherein the priest sits to receive the confession of 
 a penitent. 
 
 CONFE'SSOR, 8. [confesseur, Fr.] one who professes a religious 
 sentiment or opinion in the face of danger, and amidst the most 
 
 CON 
 
 cruel tortures. In the Romish Church, a priest, who is authorized 
 to receive the confessions of penitents, and grant them absolution. 
 CONFE'ST, a. [the proper way of spelling confessed,'] open ; 
 generally known ; acknowledged, in a good sense. Notorious, 
 in a bad sense. 
 
 CONFE'STLY, ad. indisputably; evidently; without doubt 
 or concealment. 
 
 CONFrCIENT, (kotifishient) part, [con and facio, Lat.] causing 
 or producing in company with some other person or thing. 
 
 CONFIDA'NT, s. [confidant, Fr.] a person intrusted with the 
 secrets of another, most commonly applied to those who are in- 
 trusted with affairs of lovers. 
 
 To CONFI'DE, V. n. [confldo, Lat.] to trust in, implying a 
 strong persuasion or assurance of a person's abilities to assist 
 another, or his fidelity in keeping a secret. 
 
 CO'NFIDENCE, s. [confidentia, Lat.] a strong assurance of the 
 fidelity and ability of another. When joined to the reciprocal 
 pronouns, himself, &c., a strong assurance of the efficacy of a 
 person's own abilities : a vicious and assuming boldness. 
 
 CO'NFIDENT, par<. assured of a truth beyond any possibility 
 of doubt; positive; secure of success ; without fear of^a miscar- 
 riage ; without suspicion ; bold, to a vice. 
 
 CO'NFIDENTLY, ad. in such a manner as to discover no fear 
 of a miscarriage; securely. 
 
 CO'NFIDENTNESS, s. a favourable opinion of one's own 
 judgment ; assurance. 
 
 CONFIGURATION, s. [configuration, Fr.] the order in which 
 the particles of bodies are united together; the form of a body 
 made by the order in which its particles are united together. 
 
 To CONFFGURE, v. n. [con and figura, Lat.] to dispose or 
 form by uniting in a particular manner. 
 
 CO'NFINE, s. [eonfinis, Lat.] a limit, border, edge, or utmost 
 verge of a thing or place. 
 
 CO'NFINE, a. bordering upon, applied to places; it implies 
 that the one begins where the other ends. Touching, adjoin- 
 ing, or contiguous. 
 
 To CONFl'NE, V. n. to border upon ; to touch ; to be conti- 
 guous to. — V. a. to bound ; to limit ; to enclose ; to shut up ; to 
 restrain ; to imprison ; to immure ; to keep at home ; not to 
 quit or neglect. 
 CONFI'NELESS, a. boundless ; without limits, end, or pause. 
 CONFFNEMENT, «. the act of restraining a person from go- 
 ing abroad ; the act of enclosing a person in prison ; the state of 
 a person in prison, or kept at home without liberty of going 
 abroad ; restraint. 
 
 CONFI'NER, s. a person who lives at the extremity, or on the 
 borders of a country ; one who deprives another of the liberty of 
 walking abroad, or shuts him up in a prison, 
 
 CONFFNITY, s. [confinitas, Lat.] nearness ; neighbourhood ; 
 likeness. 
 
 To CONFFRM, v. a. [confirmo, Lat.] to put beyond doubt, by 
 additional proofs ; to settle a person in an office ; to fix; to com- 
 plete; to render perfect ; to admit to the full privileges of a Chris- 
 tian by imposition of the hands of a bishop. 
 CONFFRMABLE, a. that is capable of incontestable evidence, 
 CONFIRMATION, s. the act of establishing any person or 
 thing in a place or office; an additional or new proof to evince 
 the truth of a thing or opinion beyond doubt or contradiction ; a 
 proof which brings conviction. In the Churches of Rome and 
 England, an ecclesiastic rite, whereby a person, arrived to years 
 of discretion, undertakes the performance of every part of the 
 baptismal vow, made for him by his godfathers and godmothers, 
 and receives the imposition of hands from the bishop. In the 
 Romish Church it is regarded as a sacrament. 
 
 CONFIRMA'TOR, s, [Lat.] one who proves a thing beyond 
 doubt. 
 
 CONFFRMATORY, a. establishing, or giving such additional 
 proof as may increase the certainty or probability of any fact or 
 action. 
 
 CONFFRMEDNESS, s. a quality implying certainty, when 
 applied to evidence ; an inveteracy or strength, not easily to be 
 surmounted, when used of habits. 
 
 CONFFRMER, s. one who establishes an opinion or fact by 
 new evidence or proofs ; one who establishes or secures a person 
 in the possession of any dignity. 
 
 CONFI'SCABLE, a. [confisco, Lat.] liable to be seized on as a 
 fine or punishment for some crime. 
 
To CONFISCATE, v. a. to seize on private property, and con- 
 vert it to the use either of the chief magistrate, or the public, by 
 way of punishment. 
 
 CONFISCA'TION, s. the seizing of private property on account 
 ' ., it to the " " ■ ■" 
 
 trate or of the public. 
 
 of some crime, and converting i 
 
 use of the chief magis- 
 
 CO'NFITENT, s. [confiteor, Lat.] one confessing ; one who 
 confesses his faults. 
 
 CO'NFITURE, «. [Fr.] a sweetmeat ; a confection ; a comfit. 
 
 To CONFI'X, r. a. [configo, Lat.] to fix down ; to fasten. 
 " Or else for ever be confixed here," Shak. 
 
 CONFLA'GRANT, part, [con and flagro, Lat.] burning to- 
 gether; involving in the same fire. 
 
 CONFLAGRA'TION, s. a general fire spreading over a large 
 space, and involving several things in its names. 
 
 CONFLATION, s. [con and >, Lat.] the act of blowing 
 several wind instruments at the same time; the casting and 
 melting of metal. 
 
 To CONFLFCT, v. a. [con a.m\fligo, Lat.] to strive or struggle 
 in order to get victory, applied to persons and things. 
 
 CO'NFLICT, 8. a combat, or fight between two, seldom used 
 of a general battle; a contest or strife; a struggle between op- 
 posite qualities ; an agony or pang, wherein nature seems to 
 struggle hard against suflfering and pain. 
 
 CO'NFLUENCE, «. [conjiuo, Lat.] a uniting of two or more 
 streams or rivers ; the act of crowding or coming in great num- 
 bers to one place; a concourse or a multitude gathered into one 
 place. 
 
 CO'NFLUENT, part, running one into another ; meeting or 
 mixing together. 
 
 CO'NFLUX, s. the uniting or union of several streams or 
 rivers. Figuratively, a crowd, a great number of persons col- 
 lected together. 
 
 CONFO'RM, a. [con and /oraza, Lat.] assuming the same form 
 or quality as another; like. 
 
 To CONFO'RM, v. a. to bring into the same shape, or into 
 agreement with. — v. n. to comply or agree with. 
 
 CONFO'RMABLE, a. having the same form ; agreeable, suit- 
 able, consistent ; compliant, or submissive to authority. 
 
 CONFO'RMABLY, ad. agreeably; suitably; with compliance. 
 
 CONFORMATION, s. [conformatio, Lat.] the particular union 
 or order of the parts of a body, and their disposition to make a 
 whole ; the act of producing suitableness, or conformity to any 
 thing. 
 
 CONFO'RMIST, s. in English Church History, one who com- 
 plies with the mode of worship used by the Church of England. 
 
 CONFOR'MITY, s. likeness ; resemblance ; the act of regu- 
 lating one's actions to some law; consistency. In English 
 Church History, compliance with the worship of the Established 
 Church. 
 
 CONFORTATION, s. [conforto, a low Latin word,] collation of 
 strength ; corroboration. 
 
 To CONFOU'ND, v. a. [confundo, Lat.] to mingle or mix things 
 so that their forms or natures cannot be distinguished ; to sub- 
 stitute or make use of one word for another, which conveys dif- 
 ferent ideas ; to puzzle or perplex the mind by indistinct ideas, 
 or words used in an indeterminate manner; to amaze, astonish, 
 and render unable to repiv ; to destroy. 
 
 CONFOU'NDED, por<. hateful ; prodigious : a low word, to ex- 
 press any thing in the superlative degree. 
 
 CONPOU'NDEDLY, ad. shamefully; hatefully: a low word. 
 
 CONFOU'NDER, s. one who perplexes, astonishes, or destroys. 
 
 CONFRATE'RNITY, s. [con amd fratemitas, LaQ a brother- 
 hood, or body of men united for some religious purpose. 
 
 CONFRICATION, «. [con and/nco, Lat.] theact of rubbing. 
 
 To CONFRO'NT, v. a. [confronter, Fr.] to stand directly oppo- 
 site to ; to stand face to face ; to oppose ; to set in opposition ; 
 to contrast ; to compare one thing with another. 
 
 CONFRONTATION, s. [Fr.] the act of opposing one evi- 
 dence to another. 
 
 CONFU'CIUS, or Tchuno-fut-zee, the great philosopher, 
 priest, and legislator of China, who lived about 500 b. c. Much 
 that is excellent is found amongst his moral precepts ; but much 
 has been added to them of later date. The narratives of his life 
 are almost wholly legendary, nothing more is certainly known 
 than that he met with no very general favour when he began his 
 work, and experienced such reverses as such teachers have usu- 
 
 CON 
 
 ally endured. He is the founder of the empire and manners of 
 China, and is worshipped as a god. His political system is only 
 an amplification of the forms and relations of the family, and to 
 this may be traced the peculiar features of the nation he formed. 
 
 To CONFU'SE, {honfuze; the « in this word and its derivatives 
 sounding like 2,) v. a. [confirms, Lat.] to put in disorder ; to make 
 irregular ; to perplex by indistinct ideas, or by using words with- 
 out any determinate signification. 
 
 CONFU'SEDLY, ad. in an indistinct manner ; mixed, opposed 
 to separate ; perplexed, or not clear ; without any order ; in ob- 
 scure, indistinct, or unintelligible terms. 
 
 CONFU'SEDNESS, s. want of distinctness or clearness ; want 
 of order or regularity. 
 
 CONFU'SION, s. an irregular, careless, or disorderly mixture ; 
 tumult; the using words without any precise meaning; over- 
 throw; destruction; astonishment; distraction of mind. 
 
 CONFUTABLE, a. that may be shown to be false or ground- 
 less. 
 
 CONFUTATION, s. [confuto, Lat.] the act of destroying the 
 arguments of another, by showing them to be false, inconclusive, 
 or groundless. 
 
 To CONFUTE, v. a, to destroy the force of an argument ; to 
 show the proofs of an adversary to be groundless, inconclusive, 
 sophistical, or false. 
 
 CONGE', (Jionjee) s. [Fr.] an action showing respect, compli- 
 ment, or submission, consisting in bowing the body, in men ; 
 and in women, in sinking with the knee bent, or making a cour- 
 tesy ; leave, or the action of taking leave. CongS d'elire, Fr. i. e. 
 leave of election, in Canon Law, is the king's permission to a dean 
 and chapter to choose a bishop when the see is vacant. In Ar- 
 chitecture, a moulding in form of a quarter round, or a cavetto, 
 which serves to separate two members from one another; such 
 is that which joins the shaft of the column to the cincture. 
 
 To CONGE'AL, {konjeel) v. a.[congeb, Lat.] to change or 
 thicken any fluid by cold. Figuratively, to thicken any fluid, ap- 
 plied generally to the blood. — v. n. to grow thick. 
 
 CONGE'ALABLE, a. that may grow thick by cold. 
 
 CONGE'ALMENT, s. the clot or thick mass formed by cold ; 
 concretion. 
 
 CONGELA'TION, s. the act of freezing, or producing such 
 a change in a fluid body, that it grows thick, or its particles be- 
 come fixed like those of a solid body. 
 
 CO'NGENER, s. [con and genus, Lat.] a thing of the same kind 
 or nature. 
 
 CONGE'NEROUS, a. of the same genus or species ; arising 
 from the same principle ; proceeding from the same cause. Used 
 only by scientific writers. 
 
 CONGE'NIAL, a. [con and c/enius, Lat.] partaking of the same 
 genus ; of the same nature, disposition, or kind. 
 
 CONGENIA'LITY, s. a partalting of the same genus, nature, 
 or disposition. 
 
 CONfJE'NIALNESS, s. a sameness of disposition. 
 
 CO'NGER, (in this word the g has a hard sound before e,) s. 
 [congrus, Lat.] a large eel, frequenting salt waters. 
 
 CO'NGERBEKRY, a village in Somersetshire. 
 
 CONGE'RIES, s. [Lat.] a mass consisting of smaller bodies 
 
 heaped together. 
 
 a. [congero, Lat.] to heap up ; to gather to- 
 
 To CONGE'ST, 
 
 gether. 
 
 CONGE'STION, {konjed-yun) s, in Surgery, blood gathered to- 
 gether in the capillary vessels. 
 
 CO'NGIARY, s. [confficfrium, Lat.] a gift distributed by the 
 Roman emperors, consisting of corn and oil. 
 
 To CONGLA'CIATE, v. n. [comjlacio, Lat.] to turn to ice. 
 
 CONGLACIA'TION, s. the changing into ice ; the state of a 
 thing changed into ice ; vitrifying, or turning into glass. 
 
 CO'NGLETON, Cheshire, a town seated on the river Dane. 
 It has manufactories of leather gloves, cotton, and silk. It is 
 164 miles from London. Market, Saturday. Pop. 9222. 
 
 To CO'NGLOBATE, v. a. [conghho, Lat.] to unite in the form 
 of a globe or ball. 
 
 CO'NGLOBATE, part, moulded into a ball. 
 
 CO'NGLOBATEL Y, ad. in a globular, round, or spherical form. 
 
 To CONGLO'BE, v. n. to gather into a firm round ball; to 
 gather into a round mass. 
 
 To CONGLO'MERATE, v. a. [conglomero, Lat.] to gather 
 several things into a round mass. 
 
 2 E 2 211 
 
CON 
 
 CONGLOMERATE, ^ar*. pthered into a round hall or mass, 
 so that the compounding bodies appear distinct. Figuratively, 
 twisted or collected together. 
 
 CONGLO'MERATE, s. in Geology, a concretion of pebbles, 
 sand, &c. with clay, afterwards hardened into a mass. Some 
 conglomerates are very ancient, others are found in the process 
 of formation. They are called also Breccia, and Pudding-stone. 
 
 CONGLOMERA'TION, s. a collection of matter into a loose 
 round ball ; intertexture ; mixture. 
 
 To CONGLU'TINATE, v. a. [eonglutmo, Lat.] to glue, ce- 
 ment, or join fast together by any viscous, sticking, or glutinous 
 substance.— u. n. to stick or cohere together. 
 
 CONGLUTINATION, s. the act of sticking together ; the act 
 of uniting and fastening the lips of a wound together. 
 
 CONGLUTINATIVE, a. having the power of sticking to- 
 gether, or uniting the lips of a wound. 
 
 CONGLUTINA'TOR, «. that which has the power of making 
 things cohere, or stick together. 
 
 CO'NGO, a tract of country lying on the W. coast of Africa, 
 and bounded by Angola and Loango on the N. and S. Towards 
 the interior the boundaries are not ascertained, nor, perhaps, de- 
 fined. It has several large rivers, of which the Congo or Zaire, 
 and the Dando, are the most considerable. It is fertile, and pro- 
 duces many useful fruits, grains, and vegetables, both indigenous, 
 and imported by the early Portuguese settlers, abundantlj'. Palm- 
 wine is also produced for consumption and exportation. It has 
 all the wild animals of tropical Africa, elephants, leopards, buf- 
 faloes, monkeys, serpents, poisonous insects, <fcc. &c. ; and skins 
 and ivory, as well as fruits, spices, &c., are their staple arti- 
 cles of commerce. The African Slave-trade of modern history 
 had its birth here, and is still carried on, when the European 
 cruisers can be evaded. The climate is not very healthy for Eu- 
 ropeans, the rainy season being particularly hurtful. The people 
 are but partially reclaimed from mere barbarism and Fetichism, 
 although they have a regular government, an old established 
 commerce, and missions from the Jesuits ever since the discovery 
 of the country. San Salvador is the Portuguese name of the 
 principal place. The number of the population is altogether un- 
 known. 
 
 CONGRATULATE, part [eongratvlor, Lat.] rejoicing with 
 another ; expressing one's rejoicing with another. 
 
 To CONGRA'TULATE, v. a. to express joy on the good suc- 
 cess or advantage of another. 
 
 CONGRATULATION, s.the act of expressing joy on account 
 of the success or happiness of another. 
 
 CONGRATULATORY, a. expressing joy for the good fortune 
 of another. 
 
 To CONGREET, v. n. to salute together, implying the making 
 and returning of a compliment. Not in use. 
 
 To CO'NGREGATE, v. a. [congrcgo, Lat.] to collect several 
 things into the same mass, or several persons into the same 
 place. — V. n. to assemble, meet, or come together. 
 
 CO'NGREGATE, a. collected close together; forming one 
 mass or body. 
 
 CONGREGATION, «. an assembly of people met together for 
 religious worship. In Church History, an assembly of several 
 ecclesiastics, constituting and forming a body. 
 
 CONGREGATIONAL, a. belonging to an assembly or congre- 
 gation ; also belonging to Congregationalism. 
 
 CONGREGATIONALISM, s. in Church History, the system 
 of ecclesiastical order and discipline based on the principle, that 
 each congregation or church, voluntarily formed of believers in 
 Jesus Christ, is sufficient of itself to perform all the work and 
 bear all the characteristics of a church according to the New Tes- 
 tament, in complete independence of any other church, or sy- 
 nod, assembly, bishop, or any other visible authority whatever. 
 It is also designated Independency. 
 
 CO'NGRESS, s. [congresstis, Lat.] a shock, or conflict ; an ap- 
 pointed meeting for settling of affairs between different nations. 
 Congress, is the assembly of delegates from the United States 
 held at Washington. See United States. 
 
 CONGRE'SSIVE, a. meeting together; encountering. 
 
 CO'NGREVE, WILLIAM, a dramatic writer of the close of 
 the 17th and beginning of the 18th century. He was one of the 
 first of the playwrights in England, for though not lacking ori- 
 ginality, his productions are destitute of all indications of ge- 
 nius ; and even without this defect, are, by their revolting coarse- 
 212 
 
 CON 
 
 ness, rendered unfit for the tastes of the present age. He died in 
 1729, aged 58 years. 
 
 To CONGRl)'E, V. n. Icongruo, Lat.] to agree; to suit; to im- 
 port ; to become. 
 
 CO'NGRUENCE, s. [congruentia, Lat.] agreement ; the suit- 
 ableness or consistency of one thing to anotner; consistency. 
 
 CONGRU'ITY, s. fitness ; suitableness of one thing to an- 
 other; consistency. In Geometry, applied to figures or lines, 
 which meet or correspond exactly when applied to, or laid over, 
 each other. 
 
 CO'NGRUOUS, a. [congruus, Lat.] agreeable to ; consistent 
 with ; suited or proportionate. 
 
 CO'NGRUOUSLY, ad. in such a manner as to agree or be 
 consistent with, applied to sentiments; suitably. 
 
 CO'NIC, Co'nical, o. [conicus, Lat.] having the form of a cone, 
 sugar-loaf, or round pyramid. Conies, or conic sections,^ that part 
 of Geometry which treats of cones, and the curves arising from 
 the section of a cone by a plane, which are the ellipse, the para- 
 bola, and the hyperbola. 
 
 CO'NICALLi, acl. in form of a cone, or sugar-loaf. 
 
 COTVICALNESS, s. the state or quality which partakes of the 
 properties of a cone. 
 
 To CONJE'CT, V. a. [con ^.nAjacio, Lat.] to guess at a thing. 
 
 CONJE'CTOR, s. a guesser ; a conjecturer. 
 
 CONJE'CTURABLE, a. being the object of conjecture; that 
 may be guessed. 
 
 CONJE'CTURAL, a. depending on, or determined from, un- 
 certain nrinciples by mere guess. 
 
 CON.JECTURA'LITY, s. that which is inferrible only from 
 guess. 
 
 CONJE'CTURALLY, ad. by guess ; by conjecture. 
 
 CONJE'CTURE, s. a guess ; a surmise. 
 
 To CONJE'CTURE, v. a. to guess. 
 
 CONJE'CTURER, s. a guesser ; one who forms opinion with- 
 out proof. 
 
 CONFFEROUS, a. \conus and /ero, Lat.] in Botany, bearing a 
 fruit resembling a cone. 
 
 To CONJOI'N, V. a. [conjoindre, Fr.] to join together; to unite 
 together in friendship ; to knit or join together in marriage. 
 — V. n. to take part with another in any action. 
 
 CON J 01 'N 1, ^ari. [conjoint, Vr."] united; connected; associ- 
 ate. In Music, applied to two or more sounds heard at the same 
 time. 
 
 CONJOl'NTLY, ad, together ; in union, opposed to apart or 
 separate. 
 
 COTVJUGAL, a. [con andjugum, Lat.] belonging to marriage. 
 
 CO'NJUGALLY, ad. consistently with married people. 
 
 To CO'NJUGATE, v. a. to unite; to join. In Grammjfr, to 
 enumerate all the forms of a verb, produced either by inflexion 
 or the use of auxiliaries. 
 
 CO'NJUGATE, s. in Conies, applied to the shortest of the two 
 diameters bisecting the other, or a right line bisecting the trans- 
 verse diameter of an ellipsis. 
 
 CONJUGATION, s. a couple, pair, or two things of the same 
 sort joined together ; the act of uniting or joining to°;ether ; 
 union. In Grammar, the modification of a verbal root by pre- 
 fixes, changes of vowels, strengthening consonants, endings, 
 and the use of auxiliaries, for the purpose of expressing the va- 
 rious modifications of action or passion, mood, tense, number, 
 and person, whereof the verbal notion is susceptible. 
 
 CONJU'NCT, ^m;-<. [con and Jungo, Lat.] joined with another ; 
 concurring ; united. 
 
 CONJU'NCTION, s. the uniting two things together. Figura- 
 tively, a league or confederacy. In Astronomy, the meeting of 
 the stars or planets in the same degree, minute, and second of 
 the zodiac. In Grammar, a word used to connect the clauses of 
 a period or sentence and parts of sentences together. 
 
 CONJU'NCTIVE, a. closely united. In Grammar, the mood 
 of a verb, used in subordinate accessory sentences, and where 
 contingency or conditionality is implied. See Subjunctive. 
 
 CONJU'NCTIVELY, ad. in union ; operating together, op- 
 posed to apart or separate. 
 
 CONJU'NCTIVENESS, s. the quality of uniting or joining 
 two or more things together. 
 
 CONJU'NCTLY, arf. jointly ; together, opposed to apart. 
 
 CONJU'NCTURE, s. [conjoncfure, Fr.] a union or meeting of 
 several circumstances or causes ; a critical or particular period of 
 
CON 
 
 time; connexionofseveral things forming a whole; consistency, 
 or a union of qualities which can exist at the same time in the 
 same or different subjects. Synon. We know people on par- 
 ticular occasions. We should demean ourselves according to the 
 occurrence of the times. It is commonly the conjuncture that de- 
 termines us which side to take. 
 
 CONJURATION, «. the form of obliging a person to give his 
 evidence. See Adjuration. Magic words, characters, ceremo- 
 nies, charms, which are said to have the power of raising the 
 dead, and devils. A plot ; a conspiracy. 
 
 To CONJU'RE, f. a. [con and juro, Lat.] to entreat a person 
 with the greatest earnestness, and by the respect he has to some 
 dear person, or sacred being. 
 
 To CO'NJURE, V. a. to influence by magic or enchantments; 
 to charm.— y. n. to practise enchantments. 
 
 CONJU'REMENT, s. serious injunction; solemn demand. 
 
 CO'NJURER, s. an enchanter, or a person who makes use of 
 magical charms; an impostor, who pretends to have commerce 
 with the world of spirits, and by that means to be able to fore- 
 tell the future events of a person's life, to discover thieves, &c. 
 
 To CONN, V. a. [connan. Sax.] to learn or get without book. 
 To give. See To Con. 
 
 CONNA'TE, a. [con and nafus, Lat.] born with ; innate ; born 
 at the same time with another. 
 
 CONNATURAL, a. [con and natiira, Lat.] consistent with, or 
 flowing from nature ; of the same original or nature. 
 
 CONN ATURA'LITY', s. resemblance of nature ; or an essential 
 resemblance and connexion. 
 
 CONNA'TURALLY,a(/. in such a manner as to be born with, 
 or innate. 
 
 CONNA'TURALNESS, s. the quality of being born with, of 
 being innate or interwoven in our nature. 
 
 CO'NNAUGHT, the most westerly province in Ireland, con- 
 taining the counties of Leitrim, Sligo, Mayo, Roscommon, and 
 Galway. It is bounded on the W. and N. W. by the ocean, on 
 the N. by Ulster, and on the E. and S. by Leinster and Munster. 
 It is 130 miles in length, and 84 in breadth. It has some ranges 
 of lofty hills, and a considerable portion of its surface is occu- 
 pied with bog. It has no considerable rivers, besides the Shan- 
 non ; but has several convenient bays and creeks. It is fertile 
 in many places, and grazes many black cattle. Irish linen ma- 
 nufactures are also springing up. Pop. 1 ,418,859. 
 
 To CONNE'CT, r. a. [con and necto, Lat.] to join together by 
 some intermediate means, alluding to the union formed by 
 cement ; to join together the members of a period, or the argu- 
 ments of a discourse, in such a manner as they shall have a 
 mutual dependence on each other, like the links of a chain. 
 
 CONNE'CTICUT, one of the United States, N. America, 
 bounded by Massachusetts, Rhode Island, and New York, and 
 lying on Long Island Sound. It contains 4074 square miles, 
 and is divided into 8 counties. It is in general a hilly country, 
 but the hills are of no great elevation. The soil is generally 
 good, but better adapted to grazing than tillage. The shore is 
 indented with numerous creeks and bays, which furnish many 
 harbours. The chief river is the Connecticut, whence the State 
 is named, which rises on the N. border of New Hampshire, forms 
 the boundary line between Canada and the States, flows through 
 parts of New Hampshire, Vermont, and Massachusetts, and 
 crossing the midst of this State, after a course of 410 miles, en- 
 ters the Atlantic. It is navigable for sloops for 50 miles. The 
 Housatonic and the Thames are also considerable streams. Iron 
 is its only metal. Marble and freestone are quarried to some 
 extent, its climate is healthy, but variable. The exports of 
 this State consist of the meat and cattle grown on its pastures, 
 the products of its fisheries, and some kinds of grain. It has 
 several woollen and cotton factories, with others of common and 
 necessary articles to a less considerable extent. There are thirty- 
 three banking establishments. This State has three colleges, 
 one of which is that called Yale College at New Haven. Hartford 
 and New Haven are its capitals ; and this latter place, with New 
 London and Bridgeport, are its chief sea-ports. Its population is 
 300,015, of whom 8193 are free coloured people. 
 
 CONNE'CTIVE, a. having the power of joining diflterent 
 things together, so as they may have a mutual dependence on 
 each other. 
 
 CONNE'CTIVELY,a<?. jointly; in union; having mutual de- 
 pendence on each other, arising from union. 
 
 CON 
 
 To CONNE'X, V. a. to join, link, or fasten several things to 
 each other. 
 
 CONNE'XION, s. a relation whereby one thing adheres to 
 and depends on another ; the act of fastening things together in 
 such a manner, that they may stick as if joined by cement, and 
 depend on each other like the links of a chain ; dependence ; 
 commerce ; union formed by interest. 
 
 CONNE'XIVE, a. that has the force of joining or uniting to- 
 gether. 
 
 CONNI'VANCE, s. the beholding or seeing any fault without 
 taking notice of it, or punishing the committer. 
 
 To CONNFVE, v. n. [con and nkeo, Lat.] to wink; to pass by 
 a fault without taking notice of it, or punishing the committer. 
 
 CONNOISSEU'R, s. [Fr.] one who is perfectly acquainted with 
 any object of knowledge or taste; aperfectjudgeorcritic. Some- 
 times used of a pretended critic. 
 
 CO'NNOR, Antrim, in Ulster, Ireland. This village stands on 
 the Glenwhirry river, which flows into Lough Neagh ; and is of 
 no note save as giving name to an Irish see, now held in con- 
 nexion with those of Down and Dromore. It is about 110 miles 
 from Dublin. Pop. 265 ; and of the parish, 8272. 
 
 To CONNOTE, v. a. [con and nota, Lat.] to imply, to signify 
 by implication. 
 
 CONNU'BIAL, a. [connttbialia, Lat.] relating to marriage; con- 
 jugal. 
 
 CO'NOID, s. [konoeides, Gr.] in Geometry, a solid body resem- 
 bling a cone, excepting that it has an ellipsis instead of a perfect 
 circle for its base. 
 
 CONOI'DICAL, a. approaching to a conic form. 
 
 CO'NON, the Athenian general who commanded at the vic- 
 tory of Arginussae, and was afterwards defeated at ^gospotami 
 ana exiled himself. He subsequently, with the aid of^ Pharna- 
 bazus, a Persian, completely defeated, and for a time overthrew, 
 the Spartan power, and returned to Athens in triumph. He died 
 in Cyprus about 3i)0 b. c. 
 
 To CONQUA'SSATE, r. a. [con and qxmsso, Lat.] to shake or 
 agitate with violence. Used only by technical writers. 
 
 CONQUASSATION, s. violent motion ; agitation. 
 
 To CO'NQUER, v. a. [conquerir, Fr.] to subdue, overcome, or 
 over-run by force of arms; to surmount; to get the better of 
 any difRcultv.— ti. n. to obtain the victory. Synon. It requires 
 courage ancl valour to conquer ; endeavour and resolution to sub- 
 due ; patience and perseverance to overcome. 
 
 CO'TVQUERABLE, a. possible to be overcome. Figuratively, 
 easily surmounted. 
 
 CO'NQUEROR, s. one who surmounts any difficulty ; one who 
 subdues by force of arms. 
 
 CO'NQUEST, s. [conqueste, Fr.] the act of subduing by force 
 of arms; the thing gained by victory; victory or success in arms. 
 
 CONSANGUFNEOUS, a. [con and sanguis, Lat.] near akin ; of 
 the same blood ; related by birth. 
 
 CONSANGUFNITY, s. relation by blood ; relation or descent 
 from one father. 
 
 CO'NSCIENCE, (kdnshience) s. [conscio, Lat.] the faculty or act 
 of judging of the nature of our actions, whether they be good or 
 evd, implying a comparison of them with some standard of mo- 
 ral action ; the determination of the mind with respect to the 
 quality of any action, after its commission ; the knowledge of 
 our own thoughts, or consciousness ; real sentiments, private 
 thoughts, used with in. Scruple or consciousness, usea with 
 make. 
 
 CONSCIETSTIOUS, {konsi^nshious) a. [conscientia, Lat.] scru- 
 pulous ; examining every thing according to the dictates of con- 
 science, and acting conformably; exactly just. 
 
 CONSCIE'NTIOUSLY, ad. according to the direction of con- 
 science. 
 
 CONSCIE'NTIOUSNESS, (konsienshiousness) s. exactness or 
 tenderness of conscience ; an excess of scrupulousness. 
 
 CO'NSCIONABLE, (kdnshionable) a. agreeable to the dictates 
 of conscience ; just. 
 
 CO'NSCION ABLENESS, (A:<;n«Aio»a5&«ess)s. equity; reason- 
 ableness; agreeableness to, or consistency with, tne "dictates of 
 conscience. 
 
 CO'NSCIONABLY, {kdnshionaUy) ad. in a manner agreeable 
 to the dictates of conscience ; justly ; reasonably. 
 
 CO'NSCIOUS, (konshious) a. [conscio, Lat.] inwardly sensible 
 of a thing, whereof it is possible to have a distinct idea. Know- 
 
 213 
 
e0»N* 
 
 ing from recollection or memory ; knowing or understanding ; 
 bearing witness of, or sensible of, from the instigations of con- 
 science. 
 
 CONSCIOUSLY, (Mmhiously) ad. sensibly; or having the 
 sensation of the operation of some faculty of the mind. 
 
 CO'NSCIOUSNESS, (Mnshhusmas) s. the perception or sensa- 
 tion of what passes in a man's own mind ; an internal acknow- 
 ledgment or sense of guilt, or of having performed any particular 
 action. 
 
 CO'NSCRIPT, part, [conscribo, Lat.] written or registered. 
 Applied to the Roman fathers or senators, whose names were 
 registered in the list of the senate. A conscript, among the 
 French, is a modern term for a new-raised soldier or recruit. 
 
 CONSCRI'PTION, s. an enrolling or registering. 
 
 To CO'NSECRATE, v. a. [consecro, Lat.]. to dedicate or set 
 apart to Divine uses ; to sanctify or appropriate, as pleasing to 
 the Deity. 
 
 CO'NSECRATE,;>a)-<. [consecratus, Lat.] set apart for Divine 
 uses ; dedicated to the service of God ; sacred. 
 
 CONSECRA'TION, s. the act of appropriating, dedicating, or 
 setting apart any common or profane thing to religious uses, by 
 means of certain ceremonies or rites ; the benediction of the 
 bread and wine in the sacrament of the eucharist, amongst the 
 Romanists. 
 
 CONSECRA'TOR, s. the person who performs the rites by 
 which a thing is appropriated to Divine uses. 
 
 CONSE'CTARY, a. \consectariii8, Lat.] following as a conse- 
 quence. 
 
 CONSE'CTARY, s. a proposition which follows from some pre- 
 ceding definition, lemma, axiom, or the like. 
 
 CONSECU'TION, s. [consecutio, Lat.] a chain of consequences; 
 succession. In Astronomy, the motith of consecution, is the space 
 between one conjunction of the moon with the sun to another. 
 
 CONSE'CUTI VE, a. \comeeuUf, Fr.] following in an uninter- 
 rupted succession ; following ; immediately succeeding. 
 
 CONSE'CUTIVELY, ad. after or following as an effect. 
 
 CONSE'NSION, s. [con and sentio, Lat.] agreement ; accord. 
 
 CONSE'NT, s. the act of yielding, or compliance with a re- 
 quest ; agreement ; unity of sentiment ; harmony, or agreement 
 of parts. Synon. We consent to the will of others by permitting ; 
 we acquiesce in what is proposed by conforming ; we agree to what 
 is said by approving. Prov. They agree like cats and dogs. They 
 agree like bells, they want nothing but hanging. 
 
 To CONSE'NT, v. n. to agree to ; to promote the same end ; to 
 yield or comply with a request ; to admit. 
 
 CONSENTA'NEOUS, o. [consentaneus, Lat.] agreeable or suit- 
 able to ; consistent with. 
 
 CONSENTA'NEOUSLY, ad. in a manner agreeable to; con- 
 sistent with, or suitable to. 
 
 CONSENTA'NEOUSNESS, s. consistence ; agreeableness. 
 
 CONSE'NTIENT, (komSnshient) part, unanimous ; agreeing, or 
 united in opinion. 
 
 C(yNSEQUENCE, «. [conseqmr, Lat.] the relation or connexion 
 between two propositions, whereof one follows or is deduced 
 from the other; that which follows from, or is produced by, any 
 cause or principle; event, effect; importance, moment, or 
 concern. 
 
 CO'NSEQUENT, part, following from some premises, applied 
 to argument. Following as an effect. 
 
 CO'NSEQUENT, s. the last proposition of an argument, de- 
 duced from or included in some preceding proposition ; an effect, 
 or that which proceeds from the operation of any cause. Conse- 
 quent of a ratio, in Arithmetic, is the latter of the two terms, or 
 that to which an antecedent is referred; thus in a: 6, or the 
 proportion of a to b, b is the consequent, and a the antecedent. 
 
 CONSEQUE'NTIAL, (konsequenshial) a. produced by a neces- 
 sary chain of causes and effects ; deduced according to the rules 
 of reason or logic. 
 
 CONSEQUE'NTIALLY, (hmsequemJiially) ad. deducing con- 
 sequences, or making inferences; according to the rules of rea- 
 son or logic ; hj consequence ; eventually ; in a regular series. 
 
 CO'NSEQUENTLY, ad. by consequence ; necessarily ; inevi- 
 tably, from a necessary connexion of effects to their causes ; in 
 consequence. 
 
 CONSE'RVABLE, a. [conservo, Lat.] capable of being pre- 
 served or kept. 
 
 CONSE'RVANCY, s. applied to the courts held by the lord 
 
 CON 
 
 mayor for the preservation of the fisheiy on the river Thames, 
 which are styled courts of conservancy. 
 
 CONSERVA'TION, s. the act of preserving bodies or system* 
 from corruption or decay. 
 
 CONSE'RVATIVE, a. having the power of keeping from cor- 
 ruption or decay. The title assumed by a political party, to indi- 
 cate their opposition to radical reforms in the state. 
 
 CONSERVA'TOR, s. [Lat.] one who preserves from corruption 
 or decay; an officer established for the preservation of the privi- 
 leges granted some cities ; or a person who is authorized to de- 
 termine differences arising between the citizens. 
 
 CONSE^RVATORY, s. a place wherein a thing is kept in a 
 manner suitable to its nature; specially applied to hot-houses 
 and buildings for the growth and culture of exotic plants. 
 
 CONSE'RVATORY, a. having the power of preserving a thing 
 from corruption or decay. 
 
 CO'NSERVE, s. a sweetmeat made by boiUng fruit in clarified 
 sugar. In Pharmacy, a medicine in the form of an electuary, 
 made of the leaves of flowers, beat with sugar in a mortar. 
 
 To C'ONSE'RVE, v. a. to preserve without loss or detriment 
 
 CONSE'RVER, s. a layer up ; a repositor ; one that preserves 
 any thing from loss or diminution. 
 
 CONSE'SSION, s. Icon and sedeo, Lat.] a sitting together. 
 
 CONSE'SSOR, s. [Lat.] one who sits with another. 
 
 To CONSI'DER, v. a. [considero, Lat.] to think much on a 
 thing ; to revolve often in the mind ; to meditate on ; to view 
 with attention ; to determine or resolve after weighing the con- 
 sequences of an action ; to remark ; to call to mind ; to observe ; 
 to respect ; not to despise ; to requite ; to reward for his trouble. 
 — v. n. to think maturely ; to deliberate ; to doubt ; to hesitate. 
 
 CONSI'DERABLE, a. that is worthy of notice, regard, or at- 
 tention ; important ; valuable ; respectable ; large, or convey- 
 ing a sense between little and great. 
 
 CONSFDERABLENESS, s. importance; value; dignity; a 
 quality which claims our notice. 
 
 CONSI'DERABLY, ad. in a degree deserving some, though 
 not the highest, notice ; in a great degree. 
 
 CONSI'DER ATE, a. serious ; given to consideration or thought ; 
 pitying ; prudent, or moderate. 
 
 CONSFDERATELY, Of/, calmly; coolly; prudently. 
 
 CONSIDERA'TION, s. the act of thinking on ; mature thought 
 or deliberation ; meditation ; importance ; worthiness of regard ; 
 motive of action; influence; reason. In Law, the actual ground 
 for enforcing the fulfilment of a contract, or the transfer of pro- 
 perty, apart from bequest ; an equivalent. 
 
 CONSI'DERER, s. one who employs his thoughts on any 
 subject. 
 
 To CONSFGN, (konsin) v. a. [consigno, Lat.] to transfer one's 
 property to another. In Commerce, to send goods, or direct 
 them to another. Figuratively, to commit or intrust, used with 
 to. — V. n. to vield, submit, or resign ; to consent or submit. 
 
 CONSIGN A'TION, s. [consignation, Fr.] the act of transferring 
 property to another. In Commerce, the transmitting or sending 
 goods to another. 
 
 CONSIGNMENT, {konslnnwnt) s. the act of transferring the 
 writing by which property is transferred, or goods sent to an- 
 other to be sold. 
 
 To CONSl'ST, V. n. [con and sisto, Lat.] to subsist, or be pre- 
 served in existence ; to continue in the same state ; to be com- 
 prised or contained ; to be composed ; to agree or exist in the 
 subject ; to subsist, or have being. 
 
 CONSI'STENCE, Consi'stency, s. the natural state of bodies ; 
 the degree of thickness or thinness, applied to fluids ; sub- 
 stance, form, make; uniformity of appearance, action, or quali- 
 ties; freedom from contradiction, or variety. 
 
 CONSFSTENT, part, [comistens, Lat.] not contradictory ; not 
 opposite ; reconcilable ; agreeing ; firm ; or solid. 
 
 CONSFSTENTLY, ad. m such a manner as to imply no con- 
 tradiction ; agreeably ; uniformly. 
 
 CONSISTO'RIAL, a. relating to some court where an ecclesi- 
 astic is judge. 
 
 CONSFSTORY, s. [consistorium, low Lat.] a court consisting 
 of ecclesiastics ; the place where an ecclesiastical court is held ; 
 a court held at Rome, consisting of cardinals, at which the pope 
 is president. Figuratively, any solemn assembly. 
 
 CONSO'CIATE, {komoshiate) s. [con and socitis, Lat.] one who 
 joins with another in an undertaking ; an accomphce. 
 
CON 
 
 To CONSCCIATE, {konsoshiate) v. a. [consocio, Lat.] to unite or 
 join two things together; to cement, or hold together. — v. n. to 
 uniteor join with. 
 
 CONSOCIA'TION, (konsosidshion) s. an alliance, or connexion ; 
 intimacy, or union. 
 
 CONSO'LABLE, a. that admits comfort. 
 
 To CO'NSOLATE, v. a. [consolor, Lat.] to allay the sense of 
 misery ; to assuage sorrow ; to impart comfort. 
 
 CONSOLA'TION, s. [consolath, Lat.] that which diminishes 
 grief, and alleviates misery ; comfort. 
 
 CONSOLATOR, s. [Lat.] a comforter. 
 
 CONSO'LATORY, «. that affords comfort. 
 
 To CONSCKLE, V. a. to cheer ; to comfort ; to lessen the sense 
 of misery ; to diminish a person's grief. 
 
 CONSO'LE, s. [Fr.] in Architecture, an ornament cut upon 
 the key of an arch, which has the projecture, and occasionally 
 serves to support little cornices, figures, beasts, or vases. 
 
 CONSO'LLR, s. the person or thing which administers comfort. 
 
 CONSO'LIDAMT, part, in Surgery, having the property of 
 closing or uniting wounds. 
 
 To CONSO'LIDATE, v. a. [con and solidus, Lat.] to form into 
 a compact or hard body; to harden. — v. n. to grow firm, hard, 
 or solid. 
 
 CONSOLIDA'TION, s. the act of uniting into one mass ; the 
 act of uniting two parliamentaiy bills together. 
 
 CONSO'LS, [technical contraction of ConsoUdated Annuities,'] 
 the popular or market name of certain Stock in the Funds, which 
 was made by bringing under one head in the public accounts 
 several different kinds of annuities, bearing interest of 3 per cent. 
 The largest financial operations of government, and the greatest 
 public traffic, being in this stock, it is usually quoted as the sign 
 of the state of the money market. See Funds. 
 
 CO'NSONANCE, Co'nsonancy, {_con and sono, Lat.] in Music, 
 the sounding of two notes together ; and the union and agree- 
 ment of two sounds. Figuratively, consistence or agreement of 
 opinions or sentiments. 
 
 CO'NSONANT, a. agreeable ; consistent ; according ; recon- 
 cilable. 
 
 CO'NSONANT, s. in the alphabet, the name of those letters 
 which represent the various modifications to which the vocal 
 sounds, represented by the vowels, are subjected in the formation 
 of words. 
 
 CCyNSONANTLY, ad. in a consistent manner; suitably; 
 agreeably. 
 
 CO'NSlONANTNESS, s. the quality of agreeing with ; con- 
 sistency. 
 
 CO'JNSONOUS, a. agreeing in sound, harmonious. 
 
 CONSOPI A'TION, a. [consopio, Lat.] the act of laying to sleep. 
 Little used. 
 
 CCNSORT, s. [cansors, Lat.] a companion, generally applied 
 to signify one who shares the lot assigned by Providence to an- 
 other, and appropriated to a person joined in marriage to another; 
 an assembly ; consultation ; concurrence ; union. 
 
 To CONSO'RT, f. n. to unite, join, or associate, followed by 
 with.—v. a. to join, or to marry ; to mix ; to accompany. 
 
 CONSPICUTTY, s. brightness ; easiness to be seen even at a 
 distance; the plainness of any truth or proposition. 
 
 CONSPI'CUOUS, a. [conspicun, Lat.] easj' to be seen ; to be 
 seen at a distance. Figuratively, eminent, famous, distinguish- 
 ed ; easily discovered, manifest. 
 
 CONSPI'CUOUSLY, ad. easily to be seen, or discerned by the 
 sight ; remarkable for some excellence ; eminently ; famously ; 
 remarkiibly. 
 
 COiNSPl'CUOUSNESS, s, exposure to the view ; the being 
 visible at a distance ; eminence. 
 
 CONSPI'RACY, «. [ccmspiro, Lat.] a private agreement be- 
 tween two or more persons to commit some crime ; a plot. In 
 Law, it signifies an agreement between two or more to injure, 
 or procure to be injured, an innocent person. A conspiracy to 
 maintain suits and quarrels ; of victuallers, to sell their victuals 
 at a certain price ; and of labourers and artificers, to raise their 
 wages, is also punishable by law. 
 
 CONSPFRANT , part, joining with another in a plot, or other 
 bad design. 
 
 CONSPIRA'TION, s. .See Conspiracy. 
 
 CONSPFRATOR, «. [Lat.] one who has secretly engaged to 
 carry on a plot, or some bad design, with another. 
 
 To CONSPFRE, v. n. to enter into an agreement with others 
 to carry on a plot or other bad design. To agree together. 
 
 CONSPI'RER, s. a conspirator; a plotter. 
 
 CONSPFRING, part, tending mutually to produce one design. 
 In Mechanics, conspiring ponders are such as do not act in direc- 
 tions opposite to each other. 
 
 CO'NSTABLE, JOHN, an English artist, who gained and pre- 
 serves no small celebrity, as a landscape painter. Accurate ob- 
 servation, and accurate representation of what he observed, 
 freedom from the pedantic rules popular with dilettanti critics, 
 and at the same tune no very vivid apprehension of any ideal of 
 art, are his chief characteristics. He died in 1837, aged 61 years. 
 
 CO'NSTABLE, «. [connetable, Fr.] an officer in various man- 
 ners. Lord High Constable was anciently an officer of the crown, 
 both of England and France, whose authority was so very ex- 
 tensive, that the office has long since been laid aside in both 
 kingdoms, except on particular occasions, as the king's corona- 
 tion. The function of the Constable of England consisted in the 
 care of the common peace of the land, in deeds of arms, and in 
 matters of war. The first constable was created by the Con- 
 queror ; the office continued hereditary till the 13th of Henry 
 VIII., when it was laid aside, as being so powerful as to become 
 troublesome to the king. From the Lord High Constable are de- 
 rived those inferior ones, since called the Constables oX hundreds 
 and franchises, ordained in the 13th of Edward I. by the statute 
 of Winchester, for the conservation of the peace, and view of 
 armour, which appointed that two constables should be chosen 
 in every hundred. These are what we now call High Constables: 
 and under these it was found necessary to appoint others in 
 every town, called Petty Constables, who act as servants to magis- 
 trates in the execution of their warrants, and as protectors of the 
 Eublic peace, by taking into custody such as disturb it. We 
 ave also constables denominated from particular places ; as 
 Constable of the Tower, of Dover Castle, of Windsor Castle, of 
 the castle of Caernarvon, and many other castles in Wales, 
 whose office is the same with that of the Castellans, or governors 
 of castles. 
 
 CO'NSTABLESHIP, ». the office of a constable. 
 
 CO'NSTANCE, the name of two lakes that separate Switzer- 
 land from Germany. The IJpper Lake, or the Boden See, is 45 
 miles long, and 12 broad. Through this lake the Rhine flows, 
 and then enters the Lower Lake, or Zeller Zee, which is IK 
 miles long, and 10 in its greatest breadth. There is a great deal 
 of trading carried on between the various towns on its banks by 
 its means ; and the sceneiy of its neighbourhood is very fine. 
 
 CO'NSTANCE, a city of Baden, Germany, pleasantly seated 
 on the Rhine, between two lakes of the same name. It has 
 magnificent public buildings, and once flourished in commerce ; 
 but is now much reduced. It has some inconsiderable manufac- 
 tures, but depends chiefly on the trade of its surrounding coun- 
 try. Its population is about 6000. Lat. 47. 35. N. Long. 9. 6. 
 E. Council of Constance, was an oecumenical assembly of the 
 Roman Church held in the 15th centurj', which terminated a 
 disgraceful rivalry between three pretended popes, denied the 
 cup to the laity in the eucharist, martyred John Huss and Je- 
 rome of Prague, and ordered the dust of John Wicliffe to be 
 dug from its grave and cast into the river. 
 
 CO'NSTANCY, s. [constantia, Lat.] a slate which admits of no 
 change or alteration, opposed to mutability; consistency; reso- 
 lution ; steadiness to any principle in spite of threats, dangers, 
 promises, or rewards ; a firm ana inviolable attachment to a per- 
 son, including an unalterable afl^ection ; veracity, or the consist- 
 ency of a narrative with the nature of things. 
 
 CO'NSTANS, one of the three sons of Constantine the Great, 
 who was left as his share of the empire, Italy, Illyria, and Africa. 
 Constantine II., attempting to deprive him of Italy, lost his life 
 in a battle near Aquilegia, and thus Constans acquired his por-» 
 tion. He professed and patronized the orthodox Creed of Nice, 
 but his life was a shame to humanity. Magnentius conspired 
 against him, and he was slain in a wood at the foot of the Pyre- 
 nees, in 3-50, after a reign of 13 years. 
 
 CO'NSTANT, a. [constans, Lat.] firm ; strongly and immovably 
 attached to any principle or person ; assiduous, or without inter- 
 mission. In Mathematics, applied to those quantities in any 
 problems which do not vary, and therefore afford a sure basis for 
 calculations. 
 
 CONSTANTINOPLE, called by the ancients Byzantium, and 
 
 215 
 
CON 
 
 by the present inhabitants Stamboul, one of the largest and 
 most celebrated cities of Europe, capital of the Ottoman Empire. 
 It is pleasantly seated between the Black Sea and the Sea of 
 Marmora, on a neck of land separated from Natolia by a strait a 
 mile in breadth. The Grand Seignior's palace, called the se- 
 raglio, is on the sea-side, surrounded by walls flanked with 
 towers, and is 7 miles in circumference, including the gardens. 
 Its principal entrance is of marble, and called the Porte, (in 
 Turkish, Capi,) whence the denomination of the Ottoman Porte is 
 given to the Turkish empire. Fronting the great gate of the 
 seraglio, is the celebrated mosque of St. Sophia, built for a 
 Christian church by the emperor Justinian. In the castle of the 
 seven towers, to which an eighth has been added, situated near 
 the Sea of Marmora, state prisoners are confined. The bazaars, 
 or markets, are square buildings, covered with domes, and sup- 
 ported by arcades. The houses in general are crowded with in- 
 habitants, yet they have a mean appearance on the outside, 
 where there are few or no windows, and the streets are narrow ; 
 even the palaces of the grandees have nothing remarkable on the 
 outside, but within they are decorated with splendid and costly 
 ornaments. The great square, near the mosque of the sultan 
 Bajazet, is the place for public diversions. The street called 
 Acfrianople, is the longest and broadest in the city. The cir- 
 cumference of the city with the suburbs, is about 34 miles. 
 The suburb called Pera is delightfully situated, and is the place 
 where the European ambassadors reside. Constantinople is 
 built in form of a triangle, and, as the ground rises gradually, 
 there is a view of the whole town from the sea, in which the 
 palaces, mosques, bagnios, and caravansaries, rising above the 
 other houses, have a grand effect. The harbour is spacious and 
 convenient, and is called the Golden Horn. A considerable trade 
 is carried on here, although the Turks have little beyond raw 
 produce to export. The population is about 800,000, of which 
 about half are Turks, and the rest Greeks, Armenians, Euro- 
 peans of different nations, and, to the amount of about a third, 
 Jews. Lat. 41. N. Long. 25. 56. E. 
 
 CONSTANTINOPLE, THE STRAIT OF, anciently the 
 Thracian Bosphorus, forms the communication between the 
 Euxine or Black Sea, and the Propontis or Sea of Marmora. It 
 is the boundary between Europe and Asia in this part, and is 
 20 miles long, and, where narrowest, a mile and a quarter broad. 
 The adjacent country is remarkably beautiful. On one side of 
 the strait is situated Constantinople, and on the other Scutari, 
 which is considered as a suburb to the city. 
 
 CONSTANTI'NUS MAGNUS, the first Roman emperor who 
 professed Christianity, and under whom all the corruptions, which 
 had long been kept down only by the hard regimen of persecution, 
 came forth to sudden and fatal perfection. He was of imperial 
 birth, and his father held the rank of Caesar in the western part of 
 the empire. On his death, the soldiers proclaimed Constantinus 
 emperor, but he assumed at first only the title of Caesar. Soon 
 he was able, by his popularity in the army and his military skill, 
 to claim a partnership with Galerius and Maxentius in the em- 
 pire. On the death of Galerius, Constantinus attacked Maxen- 
 tius and defeated him ; on which occasion, it is said, he saw in 
 the heavens a peculiarly formed cross, with a Greek inscription, 
 signifying, " by this conquer," which led to his becoming the 
 patron of Christianity, assigning the old heathen temples for the 
 use of the Christians, with their incomes also, and bestowing on 
 Christian professors both civil and military offices in preference to 
 such as were not Christian professors. He had associated Licinius 
 with him in the empire, but he soon was at war with him, and, 
 being conqueror, was sole emperor till his death. He forbade by 
 edict all the most objectionable features of paganism ; he held the 
 Council of Nice, which condemned Arianism, but he afterwards 
 befriended Arius, and was baptized by an Arian bishop ; he built 
 Constantinople, on the site of the ancient Byzantium ; he was 
 not wholly free from the cruelty which so many emperors in the 
 decline of the empire displayed ; but the greatest injuries he in- 
 flicted on Christianity are to be ascribed to his ecclesiastical ad- 
 visers rather than to him. He died in 337, aged 64, and having 
 reigned 31 years. 
 
 CONSTA'NTIUS, the name of two joint emperors of Rome: 
 the first, the father of Constantine the Great, surnamed Chlorus, 
 reduced a rebellion which had broken out in Britain, and was a 
 good ruler as times were, especially towards the Christians; he 
 died in 306, having reigned 15 years;— the second, in the di- 
 
 CON 
 
 vision of the empire by his father, Constantine the Great, re- 
 ceived the East for his share, but after the fall of Constantine II. 
 and murder of Constans by Magnentius, he attacked the latter, 
 and, overcoming him, became sole emperor. He had not the 
 wisdom of his father, for, professing Arian Christianity, he per- 
 secuted both the adherents of paganism and the orthodox Chris- 
 tians ; and by his proceedings, nurtured a new enemy to himself 
 and to Christianity, in the person of Julian, surnamed the Apos- 
 tate. Julian being proclaimed emperor by the army, Constan- 
 tius with indignation and shame sickened and died, in 361, 
 having reigned 24 years. 
 
 CO'NSTANTLY, ad. in an invariable, consistent, or unalter- 
 able manner ; without ceasing ; perpetually. 
 
 To CONSTE'LLATE, v. n. fcow and stella, Lat.] to shine with 
 a collected lustre, or general light.— u. a. to unite several shining 
 bodies in one splendour. 
 
 CONSTELLA'TION, s. in Astronomy, a system of several stars 
 that are seen in the heavens, near to one another. Astronomers, 
 for the better distinguishing and observing the stars, have 
 adopted the classification of the stars made by the poets of 
 Greece and Rome, who grouped them most fancifully, and gave 
 these groups the names of animals, and men, and various things 
 connected with their poems and national legends ; which ar- 
 rangement is certainly one of the most inconvenient that can be 
 conceived, but in all probability will never be disused. 
 
 CONSTERNA'TION, s. [consternatio, from consterno, Lat.] 
 amazement, or wonder, occasioned by some unexpected, great, 
 and terrible object. 
 
 To CO'NSTIPATE, v. n. Icon and «<«>, Lat.] to crowd to- 
 gether, or reduce into a narrow compass; to thicken any fluid 
 body; to stuff up, or stop any passage. In Physic, to bind, or 
 render costive. 
 
 CONSTIPA'TION, s. the act of crowding into a narrow com- 
 pass ; the forcing the particles of a body closer than they were 
 before; the act of thickening, applied to fluids; stoppage or ob- 
 struction caused by fulness ; costiveness. 
 
 CONSTFTUENT, a. [constitiw, Lat.] that makes any thing 
 what it is; elemental; essential; original; necessary to exist- 
 ence; that of which any thing consists. 
 
 CONSTFTUENT, s. the person or thing which constitutes 
 the formationof a thing; one who authorizes or deputes another 
 to act for him ; that which is necessary or essential to the being 
 or subsistence of a thing. 
 
 To CO'NSTITUTE, v. a. [con and statuo, Lat.] to give exist- 
 ence to a thing ; to give a thing its particular nature and proper- 
 ties ; to make a thing to be what it is. Applied to law, to enact, 
 pass, or establish. 
 
 CO'NSTITUTER, s.the person who appoints another to act 
 for him. 
 
 CONSTITUTION,*, the act of establishing; disposing; pro- 
 ducing the particular texture of the parts of a body; the habit 
 or temperament of a body, arising from a peculiar disposition 
 and quality of its parts ; temper of mind ; an established form of 
 government ; particular law ; established usage ; institution. 
 Apostolic Constitutions, are canons prescribing with great particu- 
 larity the constitution, organization, discipline, and worship of 
 the church, professedly the work of the apostles, or of Clemens 
 Romanus; but actually of a much later date, about the 4th or 
 5th century, being one of the many forgeries by which the Epis- 
 copacy of the middle ages was established. Constitutions and 
 Canons Ecclesiastical, are the prescriptions on which the disci- 
 pline and organization of the Church of England, as far as it is 
 an ecclesiastical body, rest. Many are now fallen into desuetude, 
 and by the changes in the Church regarded as a political body, 
 have been repealed, yet none have been altered since the days of 
 James I., and all are subscribed to, and enjoined, as if no 
 changes had taken place. 
 
 CONSTITU'TIONAL, a. flowing from the particular tempera- 
 ment or habit of a person's body, or from the peculiar temper 
 and disposition of his mind ; implanted in the very nature of a 
 thing; consistent with the form of government ; legal. 
 
 CONSTITUTIVE, a. that constitutes anything what it is; 
 elemental; essential; productive. 
 
 To CONSTRAFN, v. a. [constraindre, Fr.] to force a person to 
 perform or refrain from some action ; to violate ; to ravish ; to 
 confine; including the idea of force or pressure. 
 
 CONSTRAl'NABLE, a. liable to force or compulsion. 
 
CON 
 
 CONSTRAI'NEDLY, ad. by constraint ; by compulsion. 
 
 CONSTRAI'NER, «. the person that forces or compels. 
 
 CONSTRAI'NT, «. [constrainte, Fr.] the act of overruling the 
 will or desire ; compulsion or force ; confinement. Figuratively, 
 reserve. 
 
 To CONSTRI'CT, v. a. [constHngo, Lat.] to contract or bind 
 close ; to draw the parts of any thing closer to each other ; to 
 cramp. 
 
 CONSTRI'CTION, s. [consirictio, Lat.] the drawing the parts 
 into a narrow compass, or close together ; contraction. Synon. 
 Compression is from an outward force, constriction from some 
 quality ; as the throat is compressed by a bandage, and eonstringed 
 by a cold. 
 
 CONSTRI'CTOR, s. [Lat.] that which contracts. In Ana- 
 tomy, applied to those muscles which shut up or close some of 
 the canals or tubes of the body. 
 
 To CONSTRFNGE, v. a. to bind, or force the parts of a body 
 closer together ; to compress. 
 
 CONSTRFNGENT, part, having the quality of binding, or 
 making the parts of a body approach nearer to each other. 
 
 To CONSTRU'CT, v. a. [con and strno, Lat.] to form from 
 different materials ; to build; to compile, or constitute. 
 
 CONSTRU'CTION, s. [constructio, Lat.] the act of forming 
 from an assemblage of different things, joined together with art 
 and regularity; the form of a building; structure; the manner 
 in which things are laid together. Figuratively, the sense, 
 meaning, or interpretation of a word ; judgment ; mental repre- 
 sentation. In Grammar, the arrangement of the parts of each 
 sentence, and of the sentences, so as to convey the meaning in- 
 tended, fully and clearly, and without violation of the powers of 
 the words employed. Construction, in Geometry, the drawing of 
 such lines ana figures as are required for the demonstration of a 
 theorem, or the solution of a problem. 
 
 CONSTRU'CTURE,s. an edifice; a building; a pile or frames 
 composed of several things placed together with regularity 
 and art. 
 
 To CO'NSTRUE, v. a. to place words in a grammatical order, 
 and explain their meaning. 
 
 CONSUBSTA'NTIAL, {konsubstdnshial) a. [con and suhsto, Lat.] 
 having the same substance or essence; of the same kind or na- 
 ture, applied to material bodies. In Creeds, this word is regard- 
 ed as the test of orthodoxy respecting the Trinity. 
 
 CONSIJBSTANTIA'LITY, (konsi&tanshidlity) s. the existence 
 of more than one in the same essence. 
 
 To CONSUBSTA'NTIATE, (konsubstdnshiate) v. a. to unite in 
 one common substance or nature. 
 
 CONSUBSTANTIA'TION, [konsuhstamhidsMon) s. the real 
 presence of the body and blood of Christ in the bread and wine 
 after consecration, in the sacrament of the eucharist, accordinsj 
 to the Lutherans. Something like this is held by the Church of 
 England. 
 
 CO'NSUL, s. [Lat.] the title of the two chief magistrates at 
 Rome, which were created on the expulsion of the kings ; they 
 ruled one year, were presidents in the senate, commanded the 
 armies of tne republic, and decided the differences between the 
 citizens. A person commissioned to judge between merchants 
 in foreign parts, take care of their interests, and protect their 
 commerce. 
 
 CO'NSULAR, a. [con«Mfen«, Lat] relating or belonging to a 
 consul. 
 
 CCyNSULATE, «. [consulatus, Lat.] the office of a consul ; the 
 time during which a person exercises the office of a consul. 
 
 CONSULSHIP, «. the office of a consul. 
 
 To CONSU'LT, V. n. [conmlto, Lat.] to deliberate together. — 
 V. a. to apply to for advice ; to act with regard or respect to ; to 
 act so as to promote some end. Figuratively, to plan or contrive ; 
 to examine into the sentiments of an author. 
 
 CONSULTA'TION, «. [consultatio, Lat.] the act of taking the 
 advice of one or more persons ; an assembly of several persons 
 meeting together to give their opinions on any subject. 
 
 CONStI'LTER, s. one who applies to another for counsel, ad- 
 vice, or intelligence. 
 
 CONSU'MABLE, a. that may be diminished, altered, wasted, 
 or destroyed. 
 
 To CONSU'ME, V. a. [consumo, Lat.] to waste by separating 
 the particles of a body ; to diminish ; to lessen a person's fortune 
 or money by expenses ; to destroy. 
 
 CON 
 
 CONSU'MER, s. one who spends, wastes, or destroys. 
 
 To CONSU'MMATE, v. a. [consommer, Fr.] to perfect or finish , 
 to complete, or render complete ; to end. 
 
 CONSU'MMATE, o. [consummo, Lat.] perfect; complete; fin- 
 ished ; without defect of any circumstance or particular required 
 for its completion or perfection. 
 
 CONSUMMATION, s. the completion or conclusion of any 
 action or undertaking; the final termination of all things. 
 
 CONSU'MPTION, s. [consumo, Lat.] the act of consuming, 
 wasting, or destroying; the state of wasting, decaying, or per- 
 ishing; the use of^ goods and wares produced by nature, or by 
 the industry and skill of men. In Medicine, a disease, the dis- 
 tinguishing feature of which, is the gradual and rapid wasting 
 away of the fleshy parts of the frame, and the seat of which is 
 the lungs. 
 
 CONSU'MPTIVE, a. having the quality of wasting, consuming, 
 or destroying ; diseased or affected with a consumption. 
 
 To CONTA'BULATE, v. a. [con and tabula, Lat.] to floor with 
 boards. 
 
 CONTABULATION, s. a joining of boards or planks together. 
 
 CO'NTACT, s. [contactus, from contingo, Lat.] touch ; close 
 union. In Astronomy, a planet and star, or any two planets, 
 are said to be in contact, when they are in or so near the same 
 longitude and latitude of the zodiac, that the nearer body hides,- 
 either wholly or in part, the other from our view ; also applied to 
 the first or last impression of the moon, or inferior planet, on the 
 sun's disk. In Mathematics, it is when one line, plane, or body, 
 : J ._ . -1 .1 _ , . . . . enter into it. 
 
 ade to touch another, but not to cut ( 
 
 CONTA'CTION, s. the act of joining or touching. 
 CONTA'GION, s. [contasio, from contingo, Lat.] the communi- 
 
 which affects a person 
 
 le Doay 
 with ais 
 
 iseases by unwholesome effluvia. 
 
 Figuratively, the propagation of vice, or the power which vice 
 has to propagate itself. 
 
 CON FA'GIOUS, a. infectious ; to be communicated from one 
 to another, applied to the manner in which pestilential diseases 
 or vices are propagated. 
 
 CONTA'GIOUSNESS, s. the quality of propagating a disorder 
 or vice from one person to another. 
 
 To CONTAI'N,!'. a. [contineo, Lat.] to include any fluid within 
 its sides, applied to a vessel ; to comprise, applied to writings. 
 Figuratively, to restrain or keep within bounds. 
 
 CONTAI'NABLE, a. possible to be included within certain 
 bounds ; possible to be included within a vessel. 
 
 To CONTA'MINATE, v. a. [contamino, Lat.] to defile ; to pol- 
 lute by base mixture. 
 
 CONTA'MINATE, part, defiled ; polluted. 
 
 CONTAMINATION, s. the act of pollution; the state of a 
 thing defiled or polluted. 
 
 To CONTE'MN, (contem) v. a. [contemno, Lat.] to despise ; to 
 disregard ; to slight, neglect, or defy. 
 
 CONTE'MNER, s. one who despises, scorns, or has a mean 
 opinion of a thing; one who hears the threats of another without 
 being concerned ; a despiser ; a scorner. 
 
 To CONTE'MPER, r. a. [contempero, Lat.] to moderate, or 
 allay, by the mixture of some opposite quality. 
 
 CONTE'MPERAMENT, s. temperature or quality resembling 
 another. 
 
 To CONTE'MPERATE, ®. a. to diminish any quality by the 
 addition of its opposite. 
 
 CONTEMPERA'TION, s. the act of lessening any quality by 
 the mixture of a contrary one ; the act of tempering, or moderat- 
 ing; the act of blending opposite humours. 
 
 To CONTE'MPLATE, v. a. [contemplor, Lat.] to consider with 
 continued attention and application. — v. n. to muse; to think 
 with great attention. 
 
 CONTEMPLATION, s. [contemplatio, Lat.] studious or intense 
 thought on any subject; the act of keeping any idea brought 
 into the mind for some time actually in view; the employment 
 of the thoughts about Divine things ; study or speculation. 
 
 CONTEMPLATIVE, a. given to thought; studious; em- 
 ployed in study. 
 
 CONTE'MPLATIVELY,arf. thoughtfully; attentively; with 
 deep attention. 
 
 CfONTEMPLATOR, ». [Lat.] one employed in study; a 
 student. 
 
 CONTE'MPORARY, (usually pron, kotemporctry) a. \contempo- 
 
rain, Fr] living in the same age ; born at the sarae time ; exist- 
 ing at the same point of time. 
 
 CONTE'MPORARY, s. one who lives at the same time with 
 another. 
 
 To CONTE'MPORIZE, v. a. [con and Umpua, Lat.] to make 
 coutemporaiy ; to place in the same age. 
 
 CO^TWmVT ,s.-[cmtemptus, ixomcontemno, Lat.] the act of look- 
 ing on a thing as an object worthy of scorn ; and , on account of its 
 meanness, unfit for approbation ; the state of being despised. 
 In Law, refusal to obey any orders given by competent authority. 
 
 CONTE'MPTIBLE, a. worthy of scorn on account of its vile- 
 ness or insignificancy ; despised, or thought unworthy of notice. 
 
 CONTE'MPTIBLfeNESS, s. that quality which renders a 
 thing the object of scorn and contempt. 
 
 CONTE'MPTIBLY, ad. meanly ; in a manner deserving con- 
 tempt. 
 
 CONTE'MPTUOUS, a. using an insolent expression of scorn 
 and disdain, on account of the meanness of a thing, whether it 
 be real or imaginary. 
 
 CONTE'MPTUOUSLY, ad. in a manner which expresses a 
 mean and disdainful idea either of a person or thing. 
 
 CONTE'MPTUOUSNESS, s. the quality expressive of an in- 
 solent disdain of a thing, on account of^ its real or supposed 
 meanness. 
 
 To CONTE'ND, v. n. [contendo, Lat.] to strive or struggle in 
 opposition to another; to vie with ; to debate with warmth. 
 
 UONTE'NDER, s. one who opposes the opinions of another; 
 an opponent. 
 
 CONTE'NT, a. [contentm, Lat.] satisfied with one's present 
 lot, though not pleased with it ; submitting without opposition. 
 
 To COiNTE'NT, v. a. to satisfy so as to stop complaint ; to 
 confine one's desires to that which is in our possession ; to re- 
 strain our actions within certain limits ; to give a person his de- 
 mands, so as to hinder him from making any more ; to please ; 
 to gratify. 
 
 CONTE'NT, s. a disposition of mind whereby a person con- 
 fines his desires to what he enjoys, without murmuring at his 
 lot, or wishing ardently for more. In the plural, that which is 
 contained or included in any vessel or receptacle ; the capacity of 
 containing; thepurport of any writing ; the chief things treated 
 of by an author. Synon. No restless or turbulent man can ever 
 enjoy true content. Satisfaction hardly ever accompanies immo- 
 derate ambition. 
 
 CONTENTA'TION, s. satisfaction or content. Out of use. 
 
 CONTE'NTED, part, resigned to the dispensations of Provi- 
 dence ; satisfied with one's present lot, without murmuring at its 
 defectiveness, or desiring more. 
 
 CONTE'NTION, s. Icontentio, from contendo, Lat.] an oppo- 
 sition of sentiments or opinion ; a warm espousal of any doctrine 
 or interest in opposition to others ; eagerness to bring about a 
 design ; emulation. 
 
 CONTE'NTIOUS, (kontemhious) a. inclined to oppose the sen- 
 timents of another; quarrelsome; litigious. Contentious Juris- 
 diction, in Law, is a court which has a power to judge and 
 determine differences between contending parties. The lord 
 chief justices and judges have a contentiom jurisdiction ; but the 
 lords of the treasury, and the commissioners of the customs, 
 have none, being merely judges of accounts and transactions. 
 
 CONTE'NTIOL'SLY, (konUmhiously) ad. out of a fondness for 
 opposition or contradiction. 
 
 CONTE'NTIOUSNESS, (kontenshiousness) s. proneness to op- 
 pose, contend, or quarrel with. 
 
 CONTE^NTLESS, a. dissatisfied with one's present condition ; 
 void of resignation to the dispensations of Providence. 
 . CONTE'NTMENT, s. [contenitnent, Fr.] full satisfaction in 
 present enjoyment, without a wish for more ; pleasure ; gratifi- 
 cation ; or delight. 
 
 CONTE'RMINOUS, a. [con and terminus, Lat.] bordering up- 
 on ; touching at the boundaries. 
 
 To CONTE'ST, t). a. [contester, Fr.] to dispute, to oppose an 
 opinion ; to call in question ; to contend with a person for any 
 right, property, or other subject.— «. n. to strive, contend, vie, 
 or emulate. 
 
 CO'NTEST, «. a dispute, or opposition of opinions ; a differ- 
 ence ; a controversy. 
 
 CONTE'STABLE, a. that may be disputed, opposed, or con- 
 troverted. 
 •218 
 
 GON 
 
 CONTE'STABLENESS, «. possibility of being disputed or 
 controverted. 
 
 CONTESTATION, s. the act of opposing the sentiments of 
 another ; strife ; contradiction. 
 
 To CO'NTEX, V. a. [con and texo, Lat.] to weave together; to 
 unite by interposition of parts. 
 
 CO'NTEXT, s. [contextus, Lat.] the general tenor and series 
 of a discourse ; the parts which precede or follow a sentence 
 quoted. 
 
 CONTE'XT, a. woven close together ; interwoven. 
 
 CONTE'XTURE, s. the peculiar arrangement, order, or dis- 
 position of the parts of a body ; the composition which is formed 
 from a union of various and previously separate parts; consti- 
 tution ; the manner in which any thing is woven or formed. 
 
 CONTIGNA'TION, s, [con and tignum, Lat.] a frame of beams 
 or boards joined together ; the act of framing or joining the parts 
 of a building together. 
 
 CONTIGUTTY, s. actual touching ; a situation in which two 
 
 things touch each other. 
 CONTPGUOUS, a. [c. 
 
 i and teM^o, Lat.] meetiiig so as to touch ; 
 bordering, applied to countries or places which join. 
 
 CONTl'GUOUSLY, ad. in such a manner as to touch or join. 
 
 CONTl'GUOUSNESS, s. touching ; nearness, so as to touch. 
 
 CO'NTINENCE, Co'ntinency, s. [cmtineo, Lat.] restraint, or 
 command over our thoughts and passions ; continuance or unin- 
 terrupted series ; chastity. 
 
 CO'NTINENT, ;)arf. chaste; restrained from an immoderate 
 use even of lawful pleasure ; contiguous or joined to. 
 
 CO'NTINENT, s. a main land, not intersected by the sea, con- 
 taining many various countries. The continents which best 
 deserve the name, are two, the ancient continent, which com- 
 prehends Europe, Asia, and Africa, and the new continent, 
 which is caliedT America. Australasia or New Holland is an 
 island, yet from its extent may be considered a continent. 
 Popularly amongst us, Europe is termed the Continent. 
 
 To CONTPNGE, v. n. [con and tango, Lat.] to touch ; to reach ; 
 to happen. 
 
 COJNTPNGENCE, Conti'ngency, s. the quality of being free 
 to exist or not to exist ; applied to future events, and opposed to 
 those which must necessarily happen. 
 
 CONTINGENT, a. not necessarily happening; casual. 
 
 CONTPNGENT, s. something casual, or uncertain ; a future 
 event which may or may not happen, according as things shall 
 be circumstanced. In Law, it is a use Hmited in a conveyance 
 which may or may not happen, according to the contingency 
 mentioned in the limitation of use. And a contingent remainder 
 is when an estate is limited to take place at a time to come, on 
 an uncertain event. 
 
 CONTl'IsGENTLY, ad. in a contingent, uncertain, casual 
 manner. 
 
 CONTI'NGENTNESS, s. the quality which denominates an 
 action or future event to be uncertain with regard to its ex- 
 istence. 
 
 CONTPNUAL, a. [contineo, Lat.] incessant ; without inter- 
 ruption; succeeding without any respite or intermission. 
 
 CONTI'NUALLY, ad. without any pause or respite; without 
 ceasing. 
 
 CONTI'NUANCE, s. an uninterrupted succession, habit, or 
 repeated act of the same kind ; abode or dwelling for some time 
 in the same place; duration; perseverance. 
 
 CONTPNUATE, a. intimately or closely connected ; uninter- 
 rupted ; unbroken, or incessant. 
 
 CONTPN UATELY, a<i. with continuity; without interruption. 
 
 CONTINUATION, s. an uninterrupted succession. 
 
 CONTPNUATIVE, «. an expression which denotes continua- 
 tion, permanency, or duration. 
 
 CONTINUATOR, s. he that keeps a succession without in- 
 terruption ; one who goes on with the work which another has 
 left iinperfect, or carries it on. 
 
 To CONTPNUE, r. n. to remain with a person ; to last ; to en- 
 dure ; to unite without any intervening substance ; to proceed 
 in an action without interruption. 
 
 CONTI'NUEDLY, ad. in a manner free from any intermission, 
 respite, pause, or cessation ; without ceasing. 
 
 CONTI'NUER, «. one who perseveres in any action without 
 interruption or ceasing. 
 
 CONTINU'ITY, 8. close union without interruption or ceasing. 
 
CON 
 
 Law of Continuiiy, is the term by which is expressed the fact, that 
 throughout the universe, both in matter and mind, all changes 
 and processes are effected without breaks and interruptions, in 
 a gradual and unbroken progress. 
 
 CONTI'NUOUS, a. joined together without any chasm or in- 
 tervening space. 
 
 To CONTO'RT, v. a. [con and torqueo, Lat.] to wrest, twist, or 
 writhe. 
 
 CONTO'RTION, s. the action of twisting; the twisting or 
 wresting of a member of the body out of its place. 
 
 CONTCUR, (contoor) s. in Designing and Painting, an outline 
 which limits or determines any figure. 
 
 CO'NTRA,/>re/j. [Lat.] used in Commerce, to signify the side 
 of an account contrary to the debt ; t. e. the credit side. In Com- 
 position, it signifies contrary, or against. Contra-alto, Contra- 
 tenor, names of species of the alto voice for singing, or of the 
 alto key in written music. 
 
 CfyNTRABAND, a. [contrahando, Ital.] that is prohibited by 
 the laws of nations ; illegal ; applied chiefly to the carrying on 
 of trade with nations, or in articles, or in a manner, contrary to 
 the law of the land. 
 
 To CONTRABAND, v. a. to import goods prohibited. 
 
 To CONTRA'CT, v. a. {con and tralw, Lat.] to draw together ; 
 to draw into one mass ; to comprise ; to make a bargain ; to be- 
 troth, applied to a compact between a man and woman ; to 
 acquire ; to reduce to a narrow compass. — v. n. to shrink, or 
 grow short. 
 
 CONTRACT, «. an agreement entered into by two parties ; a 
 compact ; the act of betrothing ; a writing which contains the 
 terms or conditions of a bargain or agreement. 
 
 CONTRA'CTEDNESS, s. the quality which denotes a thing 
 to be reduced into a narrower compass ; narrowness or smallness 
 of extent. 
 
 CONTRA CTIBFLITY, s. the possibility of being reduced to a 
 less coinpass by shrinking. 
 
 CONTRA'CTIBLE, a. capable of being reduced to a narrower 
 compass. 
 
 CONTRA'CTIBLENESS, s. the quality of bein» reduced io a 
 less compass by shrinking, or of suffering contraction. 
 
 CONTRA'CTILE, a, having the power of contracting or 
 shortening itself. 
 
 CONTRA'CTION, s. [contractio, from con and traho, Lat.] the act 
 of shortening a writing, or reducing the substance of it to less 
 compass ; the act of shrinking or decreasing in magnitude or 
 dimensions ; the state of a thing shrunk, shrivelled, or drawn 
 into a narrow compass. In Anatomy, it means the shrinking 
 up of a fibre, or an assemblage of fibres, when extended. As 
 paralytic disorders generally proceed from a too great relaxation 
 of the fibres in the part afliBcted ; so, on the other hand, con- 
 vulsions and spasms proceed from a preternatural contraction of 
 the muscles of^the nart affected. In Grammar, the reduction of 
 two vowels or syllames into one. 
 
 CONTRA'C'IOR, s. one of the parties to a contract or bar- 
 gain. 
 
 To CONTRADT'CT, v. a. {contra and dico, Lat.] to oppose ; 
 to assert a thing quite opposite or contrary to another ; to deny 
 the assertion of another ; to oppose ; to be opposite, or irrecon- 
 cilable with. 
 
 CONTRADI'CTER, s. one who opposes the sentiments of 
 another; an opponent. 
 
 CONTRADICTION, s. the asserting bywords that the opi- 
 nion of another is false ; opposition ; inconsistency ; contrariety ; 
 a species of direct opposition. 
 
 CONTRADI'CTIOUS, (kontradikshious) a. inconsistent, or op- 
 posite ; inclined to oppose, cavil at, or contradict another. 
 
 CONTRADFCTIOLISNESS, {hontradikshioimiess) s. inconsist- 
 ency, opposition, or contrariety. 
 
 CONTRADI'CTORILY, ad. inconsistently ; in such a manner 
 as to be guilty of inconsistencies or contradictions. 
 
 CONTRADI'CTORINESS, s. the highest degree of opposition, 
 applied to truth or opinions. 
 
 CONTRADI'CTORY, a. opposite to, or inconsistent with. 
 In Logic, applied to propositions, of which one must be true and 
 the other false. 
 
 CONTRADISTi'NCTION, ». the explanation or determining 
 the sense of a word, by producing one that has an opposite 
 signification. 
 
 CON 
 
 To CONTRADISTI'NGUISH, v. a. to distinguish or explain 
 by contrast, or producing a contrary quality. 
 
 CONTRAFI'SSURE, s. [contra and ^ndo, Lat.] in Surgery, a 
 crack or fissure in the skull, in the part opposite to that wherein 
 the blow was received. 
 
 To CONTRAI'NDICATE, v. a. [contra and indico, Lat.] to 
 point out a method contrary to the general tenor of a disease ; as 
 when a vomit might seem advisable, the patient's being subject 
 to vomiting shows that it ought by no means to be prescribed. 
 
 CONTRAINDICATION, ». in Physic, a symptom which for- 
 bids that to be done which the main scope of a disease at first 
 thought seems to point out. 
 
 CONTRAMU'RE, s. [contrcmur, Fr.] in Fortification, an out- 
 wall about, or opposite to, the main wall of a city. 
 
 CONTRANFTENCY, s. [contra and nitor, Lat.] a contrary re- 
 sistance, reaction, or a resistance to any force. 
 
 CONTRAPOSITION, s. [contra and positio, Lat.] the placing 
 opposite, or over against. 
 
 CONTRAREGULA'RITY, s. contrariety to rule. 
 
 CONTRA'RIANT, a. [Fr.] contradictory ; opposite and irre- 
 concilable in sense. 
 
 CONTRARI'ETY, s. [contrarietas, from contra, Lat.] opposition ; 
 inconsistency ; a quality or position opposite to, or destructive of, 
 another. 
 
 CONTRA'RILY, ad. in a manner opposite to, inconsistent, or 
 irreconcilable with ; differently ; in opposite directions. 
 
 CONTRA'RINESS, s. the quality of^ being opposed to, or in- 
 consistent with. 
 
 CONTRA'RIOUS,a. opposite ; different in the highest degree. 
 
 CONTRA'RIOUSLY, ad. oppositely ; in contrary or opposite 
 directions ; in a manner inconsistent. 
 
 CONTRA'RIWISE, ad. on the contrary ; in a contrary manner. 
 
 CONTRARY, a. inconsistent ; disagreeing ; in an opposite 
 direction, or unfavourable, applied to the wind. In Logic, ap- 
 plied to propositions, both of which cannot be true, yet both 
 may be lalse. On the contrary, borrowed from the commercial 
 phrase per contra, signifies on the opposite side, or in opposition 
 to something which has been alleged or offered. To the contrary, 
 to an intention or purpose quite contrary; against; or in op- 
 position to any thing. 
 
 To CO'NTRARY, v. a. [contrarier, Fr.] to oppose; to thwart; 
 to contradict. 
 
 CO'NTRAST, s. [contraste, Fr.] in Painting and Sculpture, an 
 opposition or difference between the position, attitude, &c., of 
 any two figures, or the lines which form objects by means 
 whereof they cause a variety, and tend to set off each other. In 
 Architecture, the avoiding of the repetition of the same thing, 
 in order to please by variety ; as in the gallery of the Louvre, 
 the pediments are alternately arched and angular. 
 
 To CONTRA'ST, v. a. in Painting, to place in a contrary atti- 
 tude, &c., in order to set off one figure by another. Figuratively, 
 to set in contrary positions ; to set one thing off by coupling it 
 with another. 
 
 CONTRAVALLATION, s. [contra and valto, Lat.] in Fortifica- 
 tion, the means used by an army to defend themselves from the 
 sallies of a town they besiege, consisting of a trench guarded by 
 a parapet, without musket-shot of the town, and drawn between 
 the besiegers and the town. 
 
 To CONTRAVE'NE, r. a. [contra and venin, Lat.] to oppose ; 
 to obstruct the performance of a thing ; to act contrary to a bar- 
 gain, contract, or agreement. 
 
 CONTRAVE'NER, s. he who opposes another. 
 
 CONTRAVE'NTION, s. [Fr.] an opposition to any law; a 
 violation of, or acting contrary to, a law. 
 
 CONTRECTATION,s. [contrecto, Lat.] a touching or handhng. 
 
 CONTRI'BUTARY, a. paying a tribute to the same person ; 
 concurring to promote a design. 
 
 To CONTRI'BUTE, v. a. [contribuo, Lat.] to give or pay a por- 
 tion of money towards carrying on some common design. — v. n. 
 to promote, or bear a part or share in the promoting any design. 
 
 CONTRIBUTION, s. the act of paying a share of the ex- 
 penses required to carry on any design; a sum paid by a town 
 taken, or in danger of being taken, by an enemy, to prevent its 
 being plundered ; a sum of money collected from several persons. 
 
 CONTRFBUTIVE, a. that promotes any design in conjunc- 
 tion with other things or persons. 
 
 CONTRFBUTOR, s. one who bears a part in the measures 
 2 F 2 219 
 
CON 
 
 taken to accomplish any design; one who pays his share towards 
 raisinpr a sum of money, 
 
 CONTRI'BUTORY, a. promoting the same end ; paying a 
 share towards raising a common fund, or certain sum. 
 
 To CONTRI'STATE, v. a. Icontrisio, from Mstis, Lat.] to sad- 
 den ; to make sorrowful. 
 
 CONTRISTATION,*. the act of making sad; sorrow; heavi- 
 ness of heart ; sadness ; gloominess ; grief ; discontent ; melan- 
 . cholv moan ; trouble. 
 
 CO'NTRITE, a. [contritus, from contero, Lat.] in its primary 
 signification, bruised, or much worn. In Divinity, sorrowful for 
 sin from a love of God. 
 
 CONTRI'TENESS, s. contrition ; repentance. 
 
 CONTRI'TION, s. in its primary sense, the act of rubbing two 
 bodies against each other so as to wear off some parts of the sur- 
 faces. In Divinity, that penitence or sorrow for sin which arises 
 from the love of God. In the Church of Rome, certain distinc- 
 tions are made between the merits of different kinds of penitence, 
 the most meritorious being called Attrition, the less. Contrition. 
 
 CONTRI'VABLE, o. possible to be discovered, or planned by 
 the mind. 
 
 CONTRI'VANCE, s. the projecting or planning the most pos- 
 sible methods to accomplish any design, or attain any end. Fi- 
 guratively, a plan ; a scheme ; a plot ; an artifice. 
 
 To CONTRI'VE, v. a. to invent, plan, or project the means of 
 attaining any end, or accomplishing any design. — v, n. to form, 
 design, or lay a plot. 
 
 CONTRI'VEMENT, s. invention. 
 
 CONTRI'YER, s. an inventor; a projector; one who forms 
 projects for the attaining an end, or accomplishing some design. 
 
 CONTRO'L, (the o in this word and its derivatives is pron. 
 long, kontrol,) s. [cnntrok, Fr.] the account kept by a person as a 
 check upon another. Figuratively, restraint, a check ; power ; 
 authority; dominion. 
 
 To CONTRO'L, i\ a. to examine the accounts of another by a 
 check kept against him. Figuratively, to restrain ; to keep un- 
 der restraint ; to govern ; to overpower ; to confute. 
 
 CONTRO'LLABLE, a. liable to be controlled, overruled, or 
 restrained ; subject to restraint. 
 
 CONTRO'LLER, s. a person who examines public accounts by 
 a check ; one who has the power of overruling, restraining, or 
 governing the actions of another. 
 
 CONTRO'LLERSHIP, s. the office or compliment of a con- 
 troller. 
 
 CONTRO'LMENT, s. the power of restraining the actions or 
 active powers of another; opposition; resistance. 
 
 CONTROVE'RSIAL, {controvershial) a. relating to dispute, or 
 opposition of sentiments ; that may be disputed. 
 
 CO'NTROVERSY, s. {controversia, from contra and rerto, 
 Lat.] an opposition of opinions or sentiments, generally applied 
 to disputes carried on with some warmth, in writing or print; a 
 suit at law about the property of a thing ; opposition, or strug- 
 gling against the force of a thing. 
 
 To CONTROVE'RT, v. a. to oppose the sentiments of another 
 in writing. 
 
 CONTROVE'RTIBLE, a. that may give occasion to dispute ; 
 that may be opposed. 
 
 CONTROVE'RTIST, s. a disputant ; a person versed or en- 
 gaged in literary wars or disputations. 
 
 CONTUMA'CIOUS, (kontumdshious) a. [contumax, Lat.] inso- 
 lently obstinate, implying a contempt of lawful authority, and 
 acting against it from a spirit of insolent opposition. 
 
 CONTUMA'CIOUSLY, (kontumdshiously) ad. in such a manner 
 as shows an insolent obstinacy, or disobedience of lawful au- 
 thority. 
 
 CO'NTUMACY, Contuma'ciousness, s. disobedience to law- 
 ful authority, including insolence, perverseness, and the highest 
 degree of impudence. 
 
 CONTUME'LIOUS, a. [contumeliosus, from contumeo, Lat.] re- 
 proachful ; rude ; sarcastic ; contemptuous ; inclined to utter 
 reproach, or practise insults; brutal; productive of reproach; 
 shameful; ignominious. 
 
 CONTUME'LIOUSLY, ad. in a rude, reproachful, contemp- 
 tuous, or abusive manner. 
 
 CONTUME'LIOUSNESS, s. that quality which arises from, 
 or denominates any expressions to be rudely reproachful, and 
 abounding with bitterness. 
 
 CON 
 
 CONTU'MELY, ». [conlumelia, Lat.] language abounding 
 with the bitterest expressions, intended to subject a person to 
 the reproach of others, and to render him uneasy. Figuratively, 
 infamy, which subjects a person to the reproaches of others. 
 
 To CONTU'SE, ilcontiise) v. a. [con and ttmdo, Lat.] in its 
 
 Erimary signification, to beat together, to bruise. In Surgery, to 
 urt by a blow, or some blunt body, so as to discolour the skin 
 by an extravasation of the blood, &c., without breaking it, or 
 destroying its continuity. 
 
 CONTU'SION, s. the act of beating or bruising. Figuratively, 
 the effect of beating or bruising. In Medicine, a hurt occasioned 
 by a fall, or blow from any blunt weapon, which discolours the 
 skin without cuttino; it, or destroying its continuity. 
 
 CONVALE'SCENCE, Convale'scency, «. [con and valeseo, 
 Lat.] a recovery of health. 
 
 CONVALE'SCENT, a. recovering; or returning from a dis- 
 order to a state of health. 
 
 CONVE'NABLE, a. [eonvenaUe, Fr.] consistent with ; agree- 
 able to ; accordant to. 
 
 To CONVE'NE, v. a. [con and tenia, Lat.] to call together by 
 summons ; to assemble a number of persons into the same place ; 
 to summons, to appeal, in a law sense. — r. n. to come or assemble 
 together. 
 
 CONVE'NIENCE, Conve'niency, s. [con and venio, Lat.] the 
 suitableness or fitness of a thing to promote any end ; advan- 
 tage; profit; ease; or freedom from any obstruction, difficulty, 
 or embarrassment. 
 
 CONVE'NIENT, a. fit, suitable to effect an end, proper or 
 necessary; free from obstructions. Applied to situation, com- 
 modious, seasonable. 
 
 CONVE'NIENTLY, ad. suitably with a person's ease, interest, 
 or advantage ; commodiously ; properly. 
 
 CO'NVENT, s. [con and venio, Lat.] an assembly of persons 
 dedicating themselves entirely to the service of religion, and 
 without any commerce with the world. A place inhabited by 
 monks or nuns. 
 
 CONVE'NTICLE, s. [a diminutive of coni-eni!,] an assembly. Fi- 
 guratively, a meeting for worship, generally applied to the meet- 
 ings and meeting-houses of Nonconformists, by way of reproach ; 
 a secret assembly for the contrivance of some plot or crime. 
 
 CONVE'NTICLER, s. one who frequents private and unlawful 
 assemblies, particularly those held for worship. 
 
 CONVE'NTION, s. a treaty, contract, or agreement between 
 two or more parties; also an assembly, union, coalition, [t is 
 also a name given to an extraordinary assembly of parliament, 
 or the states of the realm held without the king's writ ; as was 
 the convention of the estates, who, upon the retreat of King 
 James II., came to a conclusion, that he had abdicated the throne, 
 and the right of succession devolved to King William and Queen 
 Mary ; whereupon the assembly expired as a convention, and 
 was converted into a parliament. Also, in later history, the 
 name of the assembly held during the French Revolution,,when 
 there was no regularly constituted authority in the land. 
 
 CONVE'NTIONAL, {konvSnshional) a. stipulated ; or agreed to 
 by bargain or contract. Applied to actions, it means such as 
 are sanctioned by custom or law, but have no moral or religious 
 sanction. 
 
 CONVE'NTIONARY, (konvemhionary) a. acting according to 
 the articles of some agreement or contract. 
 
 CONVE'NTUAL, a. [conventuel, Fr.] belonging to a convent. 
 — s. a monk ; or one who lives in a convent. 
 
 To CONVE'RGE, v.n. [con and vergo, Lat.] to meet in a point ; 
 to approach nearer to each other till they join in a point, applied 
 to the rays of light, or lines drawn from different surfaces. 
 
 CONVE'RGENT, Conve'rging, ;ja»-<. [con and verc/o, Lat.] is- 
 suing from divers points, and approaching nearer to each other 
 till tliey meet in a point. 
 
 CONVE'RSABLE, a. written sometimes conversihle, but im- 
 properly ; [Fr.] qualified or fit for conversation ; fit for company ; 
 affable; inclined to communicate knowledge or sentiments to 
 another. 
 
 CONVE'RSABLENESS, s. the quality flowing from affability 
 and good nature, which renders conversation agreeable. 
 
 CONVE'RSABLY, ad. in such a manner as to engage the 
 conversation of others, and entertain them agreeably with dis- 
 course. 
 
 CONVE'RSANT, a. [Fr.] used or habituated to; familiarly 
 
CON 
 
 acquainted with ; intimate ; having intercourse with. Used with 
 about, it implies employed ; engaged ; relating to ; having for its 
 object ; or concerning. 
 
 CONVERSA'TION, s. [converso, Lat.] easy discourse with an- 
 other; a familiar discourse; intercourse ; commerce ; behaviour; 
 life ; or moral conduct. 
 
 CONVE'RSATIVE, a. fit for conversation, or intercourse with 
 men, opposed to contemplative. 
 
 To CONVE'RSE, v. n. [eon and versor, Lat.] in its primary 
 signification, to live with ; to keep company with. Figuratively, 
 to hold intercourse with ; to be acquainted with by study ; to be 
 used to ; to discourse. 
 
 CO'NVERSE, s. conversation, or the sentiments of a person 
 communicated in familiar discourse. Figuratively, familiar ac- 
 quaintance. In Logic, the proposition formed by the change of 
 the position of the subject and the predicate of any simple 
 sentence. 
 
 CONVfi'RSELY, ad. with change of order; in a contrary or- 
 der ; reciprocally. 
 
 CONVE'KSION, s. [con and verto, Lat.] the change from one 
 state to another. In Divinity, a change from wickedness to 
 piety, or from a false religion to a true one. In Logic, the change 
 effected in a sentence by making the subject the predicate, and 
 vice versa. In Algebra, the reducing any quantities that are in 
 various denominations, to one common denomination, for the 
 sake of simplifying the process. 
 
 CONVE'RSIVE, a. fit for conversation or discourse ; inclined 
 to communicate sentiments by discourse. 
 
 To CONVE'RT, r. a. to change into another substance; to 
 change from one religion to another, generally used for a change 
 from a false to a true one ; to change the terms of a proposi- 
 tion ; to undergo or suffer a change. 
 
 CO'NVERT, ». one prevailed on to change his religion. 
 CONVERTER, s. a person who persuades 
 his religic 
 
 CONVERTER, s. a person who persuades another to change 
 
 CONVERTIBI'LITY, s. the quality of being an object of con- 
 version ; possibility of conversion. 
 
 CONVE'RTIBLE, a. that may be changed ; that may be al- 
 tered with respect to its qualities ; that may be transmuted ; 
 that may be interchanged, or used instead of another. 
 
 CONVE'RTIBLY, ad. in such a manner as to be interchanged 
 or used one for the other. 
 
 CO'NVEX, a. [convexm, Lat.] swelling to the view ; protu- 
 berant, applied to the external surface of a globe or circular 
 body. 
 
 CO'NVEX, s. a convex body ; a body swelling externally into 
 a circular form. 
 
 CONVE'XED, part, bending outwardly, applied to the out- 
 ward surface of any round body. 
 
 CONVE'XEDLY, arf. protuberant; in a convex form ; or like 
 the outward surface of a globe. 
 
 CONVE'XITY, s. protuberance in a circular form. 
 
 CONVE'XLY, ad. in a convex form. 
 
 CONVE'XNESS, «. spheroidical protuberance ; convexity. 
 
 CONVE'XO-CONCAVE, a. hollow on one side, and convex on 
 the other. 
 
 To CONVEY', f. a. [conveho, Lat.] to move from one place to 
 another ; to transport ; to transmit ; to transfer a right or pro- 
 perty to another ; to impart ; to introduce. " 
 
 CONVEY''ANCE, s. the act of moving a thing from one place 
 to another ; a method of sending goods from one place to an- 
 other. Figuratively, the means or instruments by which any 
 thing is introduced from one place to another. In Law, the trans- 
 ferring of property from one to the other ; a writing or instru- 
 ment by which property is transferred. 
 
 CON VEY'ANCER, s. a lawyer conversant in drawing writings 
 whereby property is transferred from one person to another. 
 
 CONVEY-'ANCING, s. the business of a conveyancer; a par- 
 ticular branch of legal practice, relating to the tenure and trans- 
 fer of real property. 
 
 CONVEV'LR, s. a person who carries or removes goods from 
 one place to another ; one who is engaged in conducting waters 
 from one place to another by means of pipes, channels, &c. 
 
 To CON VI'CT, V. a. {con and vinco, Lat.] to prove guilty of 
 some crime. 
 
 CONVrCT, a. convicted ; detected in guilt. 
 
 CO'NVICT, «. a person proved to be guilty of a crime. 
 
 CON 
 
 CONVrCTlON, Convi'ncement, s. the proof of guilt, either 
 by being outlawed, by appearing and confessing, or by in- 
 quest ; the act of proving a crime ; confutation ; consciousness 
 of guilt. 
 
 CONVI'CTIVE, a. having the power of convincing. 
 
 To CONVFNCE, v. a. to prove any proposition so as to make 
 a person acknowledge its truth ; to evince, manifest, or vindi- 
 cate. 
 
 CONVI'NCIBLE, a. capable of acknowledging the strength of a 
 proof or evidence ; capable of being convicted or proved guilty ; 
 liable to be confuted. 
 
 CONVINCINGLY, ad. in such a manner as to make a person 
 see and acknowledge the truth of any proposition or reality of 
 any fact. 
 
 Convincingness, «. the power of convincing. 
 
 CONVI'VIAL, a. [convivialis, from con and vivo, Lat.] relating 
 to an entertainment of several persons. 
 
 CONU'NDIIUM, s. [a cant word,] a low jest or quibble, drawn 
 from the double signification of words, or distant resemblance of 
 things. 
 
 To CO'NVOCATE, v. a. [con and voco, Lat.] to call several per- 
 sons together; to summons several persons to meet, or come to 
 an assembly. 
 
 CONVOCA'TION, «. [convocatio, Lat.] the act of calling se- 
 veral persons to an assembly ; an assembly. An assembly of the 
 clergy of England, by their representatives, to consult upon 
 matters ecclesiastical. It is held during the sessions of parlia- 
 ment, and consists of an upper and lower House. In the upper 
 sit the bishops, and in the lower the inferior clergy, who are re- 
 presented by their proctors, consisting of all the deans or arch- 
 deacons, of one proctor for every chapter, and two for the clergy 
 of each diocese, in all 143 divines, viz. 22 deans, 53 archdea- 
 cons, 24 prebendaries, and 44 proctors of the diocesan clergy. 
 The lower House chooses its prolocutor, whose business it is to 
 take care that the members attend, to collect their debates and 
 votes, and to carry their resolutions to the upper House. The 
 Convocation is summoned by the king's writ, directed to the arch- 
 bishop of each province, requiring him to summons all bishops, 
 deans, archdeacons, &c. But since the year 1665, when the 
 clergy gave up the privilege of taxing themselves to the House 
 of Commons, they seldom have been allowed to do any business ; 
 and are generally prorogued from time to time till dissolved, a 
 new one being generally called along with a new parliament. 
 The only equivalent for giving up the privilege of taxing them- 
 selves, was their being allowed to vote at elections for members 
 to the House of Commons, which they had not before. Likewise 
 an assembly at Oxford, consisting of the vice-chancellor, doc- 
 tors and masters of arts, wherein the conferring of degrees, ex- 
 pulsion of delinquent members, and other affairs relating to the 
 university, considered as a body corporate, are transacted. 
 
 To CONVO'KE, V, a. [con and voco, Lat.] to call together 
 several persons ; to summons to an assembly. 
 
 To CON VO'LVE, v. a. [con and volvo, Lat.] to roll together ; or 
 roll one part over another. 
 
 CO'NVOLUTED, part, twisted, writhed, or rolled up, so that 
 one part laps over another. 
 
 CONVOLU'TION, s. the act of rolling the parts of a thing over 
 one another ; the state of a thing rolled up, so as its parts close 
 over each other. 
 
 To CONVOY', V. a, [convoyer, Fr.] to guard or protect ships 
 by sea, or provisions by land, from falling into the hands of an 
 enemy. 
 
 CO'NVOY, s. in Maritime affairs, one or more ships of war, 
 employed to accompany and protect merchant ships against 
 pirates and other enemies. In Military matters, it is a body of 
 soldiers appointed to guard any supply of men, money, ammuni- 
 tion, or provisions, conveyed by land into a town, army, or the 
 like, in time of war. 
 
 CO'N USANCE, s. [connoiasanee, Fr.] notice; knowledge; or 
 authority of inquiring into an affair. A law term. 
 
 To CONVU'LSE, v. a. [con and velh, Lat.] in Medicine, to give 
 involuntary motion or contraction to any parts of the body. 
 
 CONVU'LSION, s. in Medicine, a preternatural and violent 
 contraction of the muscular system, or any part of it. Also any 
 violent eruption, earthquake, or subterraneous disorder; any 
 sudden commotion or rebellion in a state. 
 
 CONVU'LSIVE, a. [conrulsif, Fr.] that gives an involuntary 
 
 221 
 
coo 
 
 motion, twitches, or spasms. In Medicine, applied to those mo- 
 tions which should naturally depend on the will, but by some 
 disorder are caused involuntarily. 
 
 CO'NWAY, Caernarvonshire, N. Wales. It is seated at the 
 mouth of the river Conway, and is a large walled town, with a 
 castle, and the houses are well built. Near this town, corn, 
 timber, and oak-bark are in great plenty. Copperas is manu- 
 factured from a rock found on the bank of the river. Formerly 
 it was famous for pearl-fishing, and there is still plenty of pearl 
 muscles, but thej^ are now neglected. It is 2.35 miles from Lon- 
 don. Market, Tuesday. Pop, 1,358. 
 
 CO'NY, s. [cuniculus, Lat.J in Natural History, a creature 
 which burrows and breeds in warrens; a rabbit. 
 
 To COO, V. n. [formed from the sound,] to make a mournful 
 noise like a dove. 
 
 COOK, s. Icoquus, from eoqm, Lat.] a person who professes to 
 dress victuals for the table. A cook-maid is a female employed in 
 dressing victuals. 
 
 To COOK, V. a. to prepare victuals. Figuratively, to prepare 
 any thing for a particular design. 
 
 COOK, JAMES, known as Captain Cook, the famous circum- 
 navigator and discoverer in the Pacific Ocean. He rose by 
 energy and perseverance from a very humble origin, to the well- 
 earned celebrity he enjoys. It was under Admiral Sir Hugh 
 Palliser, during the Canadian war, that he first obtained any no- 
 tice, and by the reputation he acquired as a seaman, and as an 
 hydrographer, gained the command of an expedition which was 
 sent out to observe a transit of Venus, and seek for the sup- 
 posed southern continent. During this and two subsequent 
 voyages, he rediscovered New Zealand, visited the E. coast of 
 New Holland, explored many of the Polynesian groups, verified 
 and extended our knowledge of the N. W. part of the American 
 continent, disproved the existence of any such S. continent as 
 was imagined, and brought home specimens of plants and ani- 
 mals before unknown. His treatment of the aborigines of the 
 countries he visited, and his discipline and treatment of his 
 sailors, show that he was a right-hearted man. He was killed in 
 an unpremeditated rising of the natives of Hawaii, or Owhyhee, 
 in the Sandwich Islands, which he had shortly before discover- 
 ed, in 1779, aged 51 years. 
 
 COOKE, DR. BENJAMIN, an eminent organist and com- 
 poser of the last century. He was organist of Westminster Ab- 
 bey and St. 3Iartin's in the Fields ; and his glees continue to be 
 as great favourites as they were when first composed. Some of 
 his sacred music is very fine. He died in 1793, aged 67 years. 
 
 COO'KERY, s. the act of dressing victuals. 
 
 COOK-ROOM, s. a room in which provisions are prepared for 
 the ship's crew ; the kitchen of a ship. 
 
 COOK'S INLET, a considerable arm of the sea entering in a 
 N. E. direction the Russian territory of N. America ; on the E. of 
 the Ion" promontory of Aliaska. 
 
 COOL, a. [koelen, Belg.] a lesser degree of coldness, approach- 
 ing to, or somewhat cold. Figuratively, free from anger or any 
 violent passion ; not over-fond ; indifferent. 
 
 To COOL, V. a. to lessen heat. — v. n. to lose heat ; to become 
 less hot. Figuratively, to become less eager by the impulse of 
 passion or inclination. 
 
 COO'LER, s. that which has the power of diminishing or less- 
 ening the degree of heat in any body ; a vessel made use of by 
 brewers to cool their sweet wort in. 
 
 COO'LLY, ad. in such a manner as to be between hot and 
 cold. Figuratively, without heat or passion. 
 
 COO'LNESS, s. a middle state between excessive heat and 
 excessive cold. Figuratively, applied to the passions, freedom 
 from any violent affection ; want of cordial love or affectionate 
 regard ; indifference. 
 
 COOM, s. [ecume, Fr.] the soot that gathers over an oven's 
 mouth ; the matter which works out of carriage wheels. 
 
 COOMB, Comb, s. a dry measure containing four bushels. 
 In connexion with names of places, it signifies a hollow, narrow 
 vallev. 
 
 COOP, s. [kuype, Belg.] a vessel for keeping liquor ; a pen or 
 enclosure to confine poultry in 
 
 To COOP, V. a. to confine, shut up, or enclose in a narrow 
 compass. 
 
 COOPE'E, s. Icoupe, Fr.] the name of a particular step or 
 motion in dancing. 
 222 
 
 COO'PER, ». one who makes casks, or any vessel whose parts 
 are held together by hoops. 
 
 COO'PER, SIR ASTLEY, a very distinguished surgeon of the 
 beginning of the present centuiy. He studied under Cline and 
 Hunter, and was remarkable for the ceaseless diligence with 
 which he prosecuted his anatomical researches. His example, 
 his lectures, and his writings maj^ have contributed largely to 
 that change in the nature of surgical practice, which has taken 
 place recently. He was officially connected with St. Thomas's 
 Hospital, Guy's, Surgeons' Hall, and the College of Surgeons, of 
 which last institution he was twice president. He died in 1841, 
 aged 73 years. 
 
 COO'PER, SAMUEL, a painter of miniature likenesses, who, 
 under the government of Cromwell, and his predecessor and suc- 
 cessor, in this country and in France, enjoyed a first-rate reput- 
 ation amongst the highest classes. He painted portraits of some 
 of the most distinguished persons of his age, amongst whom 
 were Oliver Cromwell, Charles IL, and some of the ladies of his 
 court, which have well maintained his celebrity. He died in 
 1672, aged 63 years. 
 
 COO'PERAGE, s. the price paid for coopers' work ; a place 
 where coopers work. 
 
 To CO-O'PERATE, v. n. [con and operor, Lat.] to labour with 
 another, in order to perfect or finish any work ; to concur in pro- 
 ducing the same effect. 
 
 CO-OPERA'TION, s. the act by which two or more persons 
 or things contribute to promote the same end. 
 
 CO-0'PERATIVE, a, concurring to promote the same design 
 or produce the same eff'ect. 
 
 CO-OPERA'TOR, s. he that endeavours to promote the same 
 end as others. 
 
 CO-0'RDINATE, a. [con and ordo, Lat.] of equal rank, order, 
 or degree with another ; not being subordinate. In analytical 
 Geometry, this term is applied to the portions of two lines inter- 
 secting each other at a known angle, by which the position of a 
 point or a right line, curve, &c. &c., maj' be determined, and be- 
 come the subject of mathematical investigation. 
 
 CO-0'RDINATELY, ad. in the same order or rank with an- 
 other. 
 
 CO-0'RDINATENESS, s. the state of a thing of a degree or 
 rank equal with another. 
 
 CO-ORDINA'TION, s. the state of holding the same rank or 
 degree. 
 
 COOT, CooTE, s. in Natural History, a name of the water-hen. 
 
 COP, s. [Sax.] the top ; the top or head of any thing ; or any 
 thing rising to a head or point. 
 
 CO'PAL, s. [Span.] a resinous substance, pure, transparent, 
 of a watery colour, and little smell. It flows out of the trunk of 
 a tree by incision, is inflammable, dissoluble in oil, and used in 
 some medicines, but chiefly as a varnish. 
 
 COPA'RCENERS, s. [con and partkeps, Lat.] such as have 
 equal portions in the inheritance of their ancestors. Thus, the 
 female issue, in default of male, come equally to the lands of 
 their ancestors ; and by the custom of gavel-kind in Kent, the 
 father's lands, at his death, are equally divided among all 
 his sons. 
 
 COPA'RCENY, s. an equal share of coparceners. 
 
 COPA'RTNER, s. one who has a share in some common stock 
 or affair; one who carries on business in conjunction with an- 
 
 other; one equally concerned and involved in the same calamity, 
 or enjoying the sann 
 COPA'RTNERSHIP, s. a state wherein a person has an equal 
 
 I same advantage, with another. 
 
 share of the profits or loss of trade, or is engaged in the same 
 common design with another. 
 
 COPA'YVA, s. [it is sometimes written capivi, copivi, cupaiba, 
 capayva, cupai/va,] in Medicine, a gum which distils from a tree 
 in the Brazils, and is made use of in disorders of the urinary 
 passages. 
 
 COPE, 8. [see Cop,] any thing with which the head is covered; 
 an ornament worn by priests, reaching from the shoulders to the 
 feet ; any thing spread over the head. 
 
 To COPE, V. a. to cover or arch over. To reward ; to give in 
 return. To cope with, to contend with ; to fight or combat ; to 
 oppose. 
 
 COPENHA'GEN, the capital of Denmark. It is seated on 
 the E. shore of Zeeland, and the N. shore of Amak, islands of 
 the Sound, and is the most uniform and best built city in the 
 
COP 
 
 north. It contains four royal palaces, one university consisting 
 of four colleges, and nineteen churches. The streets are almost 
 all broad, and in a straight line, well paved, with a foot-way on 
 each side, but too narrow for general use. It is the see of a bishop. 
 The haven is generally crowded with ships ; and the streets are 
 intersected by broad canals, which bring the merchandise close 
 to the warehouses on the quays. It is divided into the New Town 
 and Old Town ; and has some important manufactories. Popu- 
 lation about 120,000. Lat. 55. 41. N. Long. 12. 35. E. 
 
 COPE'RNICUS, NICOLAS, the reviver of the ancient Pytha- 
 gorean theory of the solar system, and establisher of it by 
 observation and calculation. He studied in Prussia first, and 
 afterwards in Italy. At Rome he acquired great renown as a 
 professor, and entered the church. Returning to his own coun- 
 try, he devoted himself to his studies, and at length produced, 
 warily, and under the sanction of Rome, the then startling an- 
 nouncement, that the sun was the centre of this system, and 
 that the planets revolved round it, the moon being a second- 
 ary planet and revolving round our earth, as it does about the 
 sun ; yet hampered and encumbered with many of the specula- 
 tions which required all the force of Kepler and Newton to sweep 
 away. He was ridiculed and disbelieved even by philosophers 
 like Bacon, but his system, purified from absurdities by bolder 
 and clearer speculators, and corrected and amplified by observers 
 possessed of greater powers and means than nis, has lived. He 
 died in 1-54.3, aged about 70 years. 
 
 CO'PIER, s. one who transcribes a writing, or imitates any 
 coin, or other original. 
 
 CO'PING, s. [eoppe. Sax.] in Architecture, the upper tire of 
 masonry, which covers a wall. 
 
 CO'PIOUS, a. [copiosus, Lat.] plentiful; abundant; in great 
 quantities; abounding in words and images ; not confined. 
 
 CO'PIOUSLY, arf. plentifully; in great quantities; large; in 
 a diffusive manner, applied to stj'le or descriptions. 
 
 C'O'PIOUSNESS, s. plenty; abundance; great quantities of 
 anything; diffusiveness; exuberance. 
 
 CO'PIST, s. in diplomatic science, signifies a transcriber or 
 copier of deeds, books, &c. 
 
 CO'PLAND, 8. a piece of ground which terminates with an 
 acute angle. 
 
 CO PLEY, JOHN S., an American painter of the last a^e, of 
 some celebrity. He visited Europe, and finally settled in England. 
 His great painting of the Death of Cliatham is known by all. He 
 died in 1815, aged 78 years. 
 
 CO'PPED, a. rising or terminating in a point at top. 
 
 CO'PPEL, s. spelt Ukewise copel, cupel, cuple, cuppel; [cuppe. 
 Sax.] a vessel used by assayers and refiners to try and refine 
 their metals in. 
 
 CO'PPER, s. [koper, Belg.] one of the most abundant of the 
 metals, which was well known to the ancients. Native copper 
 IS by no means uncommon, but it is extracted chiefly from the 
 native sulphuret, especially from copper pyrites. It is of a red 
 colour, ana receives a considerable lustre by polishing. It is both 
 ductile and malleable, and in tenacity is inferior only to iron. 
 It is hard and elastic, and consequently sonorous : less fusible 
 than silver, but more so than gold. It rusts in a short time from 
 exposure to air and moisture, being converted into a green sub- 
 stance, carbonate of the black oxide of copper. It is one of the 
 most widely applied of the metals to the service of man. It is 
 manufactured into various culinary utensils ; it is coined and 
 made into buttons by dies; rolled into platea, it is employed to 
 sheathe the bottoms of ships, and sometimes as a light and cfurable 
 roofing for houses. In composition, it is employed as an alloy 
 for both silver and gold ; in making brass and bronze ; and for 
 bell-metal. The recent advances of electrical science have dis- 
 covered a field for its employment by means of the galvanic bat- 
 tery, of surpassing interest and utility. Copper also signifies a 
 large vessel or boiler fixed in brickwork. Copper-work is a place 
 where copper is worked or manufactured. 
 
 CO'PPLRAS, s. [kopperoose, Belg.] a name given to the sul- 
 phate of the protoxide of copper, commonly called blue vitriol, 
 used as an astringent in surgery, and in galvanic batteries;— 
 to the sulphate of the protoxide of iron, commonly called green 
 vitriol; and to the sulphate of the oxide of zinc, commonly called 
 white vitriol. All are made usually by the applicjition of dilute 
 sulphuric acid to the several metals; and the last two are em- 
 ployed in dyeing, and making of colours and inks. 
 
 COR 
 
 CO'PPER-PLATE, s, a thin plate of copper, upon which, by 
 means of graving-tools, and acia, a copy of a drawing or paint- 
 ing is made, from which copies may be taken by rubbing printer's 
 ink into all the lines, &c. cut in the metal, and passing the plate 
 with the paper through a rolling press. 
 
 CO'PPER-SMITH, s. a person who makes vessels formed of 
 copper. 
 
 CO'PPER Y, a. containing copper ; made of copper ; coloured 
 like copper. 
 
 CO'PPICE, (it is often written and pron. copse,) s. [coupeaux, 
 Fr.] a low wood cut at stated times for fuel ; a small wood, con- 
 sisting of under-wood, or brush-wood. 
 
 COTPLE-STONES, «. lumps or fragments of stone, broken 
 from the adjacent cliffs, and rounded by being bowled and tum- 
 bled to and fro by the action of water. 
 
 CO'PROSE, s. a provincial term for the corn poppy. 
 
 COPSE, s. &e Coppice. 
 
 To COPSE, V. a. to preserve under-woods. 
 
 CO'PTIC, the name of a branch of the great Semitic family of 
 languages, spoken by the Copts, in which exist translations of 
 the Scriptures, and of ecclesiastical and devotional works, which 
 are of some value in Biblical literature. The language is of 
 some interest and value in the study of comparative grammar, 
 for illustrating some peculiarities of the family it belongs to. 
 
 COPTS, or CoPHTs, the name of a people dwelling in Upper 
 Egypt and Abyssinia, principally, who are distinguished from the 
 other races of the N. E. quarter of Africa, by their profession of 
 a very debased form of Christian faith. Their church retains 
 most of the characteristics of the so-called Universal Church of 
 the middle ages. They are much diminished in numbers now, 
 and are losing their distinctive peculiarities. 
 
 CO'PULA, s. [Lat.] in Logic and Grammar, that member of a 
 simple sentence which connects the subject, or thing spoken of, 
 with the predicate, or thing said of it ; as, the tree falls, he runs 
 away, where the terminal s of the verbs serves as copula ; or, the 
 tree is falling, he is running away, where is serves as copula. In 
 Logic no other word or inflexion is regarded as copula than is 
 or are. 
 
 CO'PULATIVE,a. [cop«/are, Lat.] having the power of uniting. 
 Applied in Grammar to a class of conjunctions which are em- 
 ployed to unite co-ordinative words and sentences. 
 
 CO'PY, s. [copia, low Lat.] a writing which consists of the sub- 
 stance of some other, and is written, word for word, from some 
 original; an individual book, or manuscript, of an author; an 
 instrument by which any thing is conveyed, in Law ; a picture 
 drawn from an original piece ; a line or piece of writing for 
 scholars to go by. 
 
 To CO'PY, V. a. to transcribe a writing or book word for word ; 
 to imitate a design or picture. — v. n. with from, and sometimes 
 with after, before the object of imitation. 
 
 CO'PY-BOOK, s. a book in which copies are written for 
 learners to imitate. 
 
 CO'PYHOLD, s. in Law, a tenure by which the tenant hath 
 nothing to show but the copy of the rolls made by the steward 
 of the lord's court. This tenure the tenant holds in some sort at 
 the will of the lord, though not simply so, but according to the 
 custom of the manor. 
 
 CO'PYHOLDER, s. a person admitted a tenant of any lands 
 or tenements in a manor, which have, time out of mind, been 
 devisable to such as will take the same by copy of court roii, ac- 
 cording to the custom of the said manor. 
 
 To COQUE'T, V. a. [coqueter, Fr.] to treat with an appearance 
 of love, without any real affection. — v. n. to pretend the lover. 
 
 COQUE'TRY,s. [coqueterie, Fr.] a desire of attracting the no- 
 tice of the other sex ; an affectation of love expressed in ad- 
 vances, without being affected with that passion. 
 
 COQUE'TTE, s. [Fr.] a gay girl, who endeavours to attract 
 the notice of the other sex, and by an affectation of tenderness 
 to engage a number of suitors, merely from vanity. 
 
 CO'RACLE, s. [cwrwgle, Brit.] a boat used by the Welch fish- 
 ers, made of a frame of wicker-work covered with leather. 
 
 CO'RAL, s. [corallium, Lat.] the calcareous matter forming 
 the internal framework, or the cells of certain marine zoophytes. 
 It is commonly applied to one particular kind, which is of a beau- 
 tiful red colour, and is found in the Mediterranean Sea. There 
 is also a black kind common. 
 
 CO'RALLINE, a. [coralUnus, Lat.] consisting of coral ; re- 
 
COR 
 
 sembling coral.— s. a class of organized existences which are 
 found in the seas of all climates, and in fresh water, the true 
 place of which in the kingdom of nature is unknown, some 
 naturalists calling them plants, and some animals. 
 
 CO'RALLOID, Co'ralloidal, a. [korallion and eidos, Gr.] re- 
 sembling coral. 
 
 CO'RAL-RAG, s. in Geology, one member of the Oolitic series 
 of formations, distinguished hj the great abundance of corals in 
 it. It is best developed in Wiltshire, but corresponding and si- 
 milar beds occur quite across the kingdom to the Yorkshire 
 coast. 
 
 CO'RALWORT, s. in Botany, a species of the dentaria, 
 found in shady places. 
 
 CO'RANICH, Co'ronach, ». among the Scotch and Irish, the 
 custom of singing at funerals, anciently prevalent in those coun- 
 tries, and still practised in several parts. 
 
 CO'RBAN, s. [Heb.] a word which signifies a gift, offering, 
 or present, made to God or his temple. When, among the .Tews, 
 a man had thus devoted all his fortune, he was forbidden to 
 make use of it, even for the purposes of common justice or 
 mercy. 
 
 CORBE, (korh) a. [courbe, Fr.] crooked. 
 
 CO'RBEILS, «. [corbeille, Fr.] in Fortification, little baskets 
 filled with earth, and used to shelter the men when firing at the 
 besiegers. 
 
 CO'RBEL, Co'rbil, s. in Architecture, the representation of a 
 basket. Also, a short piece of timber or stone placed in a wall, 
 with its end projecting so as to furnish a support for a beam, &c. 
 
 CO'RBY, Lincolnshire, a small country town, supplying the 
 villages round with a market for their commodities alone. Mar- 
 ket, Wednesday. Pop. 714. 
 
 CORCY'RA, the ancient name of the island of Corfu, on the 
 coast of Greece. This island is of some note in the history of 
 Greece, as the celebrated and disastrous Peloponnesian war 
 arose out of a quarrel between its citizens and the inhabitants 
 of Epidamnus, a city which had sprung from an offshoot of 
 themselves. 
 
 CORD, s, [port, Brit.] a string made of hemp twisted, gener- 
 ally applied to that which is composed of several strands. In 
 Scripture, " The cords of the wicked," are the snares with which 
 they entangle the weak and innocent. " The cords of sin," are 
 the consequences of crimes and bad habits, which are as it were 
 bands, which it is almost impossible to break. " Let us cast 
 away their cords from us," is to cast oflP subjection, which, like 
 cords, binds and restrains. " To draw iniquity with cords of 
 vanity," are worldly profits, or pleasurable allurements, which 
 attract as strongly as cords. " The cords of a man," are such 
 motives as are suited to a man as a rational agent, and consist 
 in reasons and exhortations. A cord of wood, is a quantity con- 
 sisting of a pile of eight feet long, fourhigh, and four broad, be- 
 ing supposed originally to be measured by a cord. 
 
 To CORD, V. a. to bind or fasten several things together with 
 a cord. 
 
 CO'RDAGE, s. a quantity of cords ; the ropes of a ship. 
 
 CO'RDATEI), part, [cor, Lat.] resembling a heart. 
 
 CORDA'Y, CHARLOTTE, a young girl of Caen in Normandy, 
 who, during the French Revolution, feeling deeply the miseries 
 and bloodshed which were threatened to and inflicted on France 
 by the writings and speeches of the Jacobin leaders, and being 
 inflamed by the attempt made by the Girondin leaders, to secure 
 the ascendancy for their party by means of civil war, to be com- 
 menced in Calvados, took a journey to Paris, under colour of 
 some business for a friend, attended the Convention, selected 
 Marat as the most ferocious of his party, assassinated him at his 
 own dwelling, and was guillotined in 1793, aged 25 years. 
 
 CO'RDED, part, made of ropes, or cords. A corded silk is that 
 whose surface is not level, but rises in weals of the size of a small 
 string or cord. 
 
 CORDELIE'RS, {Cordeliers) s. [Fr.] in Ecclesiastical History, 
 a branch of the Franciscans, or religious order of St. Francis ; 
 they wore a coarse grey cloth with a little cowl, or cloak of the 
 same cloth, and a rope girdle with three knots, from whence 
 they take their name. Thev were in all things guided by the 
 rule of St. Francis, which they observed with great rigour. In 
 the French Revolution, this name was assumed by a club of the 
 Revolutionists, who spht off" from the Jacobins during the early 
 part of their career, as too moderate for them, and held their 
 224 
 
 COR 
 
 meetings in the Cordeliers' convent. They afterwards rejoined 
 their mother society. 
 
 CO'RDIAL, s. [cor, Lat.] in Medicine, a stimulating draught. 
 Also, a species of liqueur. Figuratively, any thing which occa- 
 sions joy, gladness, or revives the spirits. 
 
 CO'RDIAL, a. reviving; strengthening. Applied to the af- 
 fections, sincere ; hearty ; without hypocrisy. 
 
 CORDIA'LITY, s. sincere aflfection ; freedom from hypocrisy. 
 
 CO'RDIALLY, ad. in a manner free from hypocrisy ; in a 
 sincere and affectionate manner. 
 
 CO'RD-MAKER, s. a rope-maker. 
 
 CO'RDON, s. [Fr.] the ribbon worn by a member of any or- 
 der of knighthood. In Fortification, a row of stones jutting out 
 before the rampart and the basis of the parapet; also, a chain of 
 military posts. 
 
 CORDO'VA, anciently Corduba, a large city of Andalusia, 
 Spain, It is seated on the Guadalquiver, over which is a stone 
 bridge of 16 arches built by the Moors. Here are 16 parish 
 churches, besides the cathedral, 36 convents, 16 hospitals, 2 
 colleges, and an ancient palace of the Moorish kings, lately con- 
 verted into stables for Andalusian horses. The cathedral, which 
 was formerly a mosque, till retains the name of Mezquita, In 
 the square, called the Plaza Major, are splendid buildings, un- 
 der wnich are piazzas. There are many orchards and gardens 
 within the walls of the city, and in the neighbouring mountains 
 there are groves of citron, orange, fig, and olive trees. The 
 trade consists of wine, fruits, silk, and Cordovan leather, and the 
 best horses of Spain are had from it. It is 1-35 miles from Ma- 
 drid. Population, about 50,000. Lat. 38. 0. N. Long. 4. 40. W. 
 
 CO'RDWAIN, s. a kind of leather from Cordova in Spain. 
 
 CORDWAI'NER, s. [cordonnier, Fr.] a person who makes and 
 sells shoes. 
 
 CORE, «. [cor, Lat.] the heart ; the inner part of any thing. 
 
 CORE'A, a peninsula, lying to the N. E. of China, bounded 
 on the S. W. by the Yellow Sea, which parts it from China; on 
 the N. by Chinese Tatary ; and on the S. by a narrow sea, which 
 parts it from the Japanese Islands. It extends from N. to S. 
 about 500 miles, and about 200 from E. to W. Corea is moun- 
 tainous, and of a very inclement climate ; and it has some large 
 rivers. Corn and rice are grown abundantly, and of these, with 
 some metals, as gold and silver, some minerals, the skins of some 
 of its native animals, a small breed of horses, the native manufac- 
 tures, spices, and ginseng, their trade consists. The inhabitants 
 greatly resemble the Chinese in manners, language, religion, 
 &c., and are possessed of some degree of civilization. The king 
 lives at a town on the river Hanching, called King-foo, and is a 
 tributary of the emperor of China. 
 
 CORE'LLI, an Italian composer of the latter part of the 17th 
 century, who at Paris, Municn, Rome, and other places gained 
 great celebrity by his sonatas and concertos, which he retains 
 undiminished to the present day. He was equally celebrated 
 for his skill in performing on the violin. He died in 1713, aged 
 60 years. 
 
 CORFE CASTLE, Dorsetshire, a town with some trade in 
 stone, and knit stockings. It is seated on a peninsula, called 
 Purbeck Isle, between two hills, on one of which stands the 
 castle, said to have been built by King Edgar, now in ruins. It 
 is 120 miles from London. Market, Thursday. Pop. 1946. 
 
 CO'RFU, anciently known by the name of Scheria, PtiiEAtiA, 
 CoRCYRA, and Drepano, ari island of the Mediterranean, near 
 the coast of Albania, is the chief of the Ionian Islands' republic. 
 The islanders make great quantities of salt ; and the country 
 abounds with vineyards, oranges, lemons, citrons, olive trees, 
 grapes, honey, wax, and oil. The capital is Corfu, on the E. 
 coast of the island. Lat. 39. 40. N. Long. 20. 17. E. The po- 
 pulation of the island is about 70,000. 
 
 CORIA'CEOUS, {lioridshiotis) a. [cerium, Lat.] consisting of, 
 or resembling leather. 
 
 CORIA'NDER, s. [coriandrum, Lat.] in Botany, a plant with a 
 fibrous annual root ; it has an umbellated flower ; is found by 
 road-sides, and flowers in June. The leaves have a strong dis- 
 agreeable smell, but the seeds are tolerably grateful when dry. 
 The seed vessels are used in medicine as a carminative, and to 
 flavour confections and cordials. 
 
 CORFNNA, a Grecian poetess, a few fragments only of whose 
 writings remain. She was a native of Boeotia, and is said to have 
 been the preceptress of Pindar. Her fame during her life, and 
 
COR 
 
 subsequently in her own country, was very great ; whence arises 
 no slight regret at the almost total loss of her poems. She 
 flourisned about 500 b. c. 
 
 CO'RINTH, s. [from Corinth in Greece,] a small fruit, com- 
 monly called a currant. 
 
 CCKRINTH, or Coranto, an ancient and celebrated city, situ- 
 ated on the isthmus which joins the Morea to Greece. It was 
 the capital of one of the small but wonderful states of ancient 
 Greece, and was bounded by the territories belonging severally 
 to Argos, Sicyon, and Megara. It had ports on the Saronic and 
 Corinthian Gulfs, and was the emporium of the trade of the Pe- 
 loponnesus. It hence acquired great wealth, and with it a taste 
 for the refinements of philosophy, and of profligacy, and it was 
 famed for both. It was a close oligarchj^ ; and in the subjuga- 
 tion of Greece by Rome, it first cheerfully assumed the yoke. 
 It is now decayed, the houses being intermixed with fields, 
 orange groves, and gardens, like a village ; there still remain, 
 however, ruins of temples, and other marks of its former magni- 
 ficence. The adjacent country abounds with corn, wine, and 
 oil ; and from the castle, seated on the top of an almost inac- 
 cessible rock, there is one of the finest prospects of land and 
 water in the world. Its present population is under 2000. Lat. 
 37. 58. N. Long. 23, 28. E. 
 
 CORFNTHIAN, a. belonging to Corinth. Corinthian brass, 
 was the name of the finest quality of that metal, said to have 
 been first formed by the acciclental fusion of bronze statues, and 
 parts of other metals, at the conflagration which destroyed Co- 
 rinth. Corinthian Order, in Architecture, is that kind of column 
 which was the most richly ornamented amongst the Greeks, 
 though less so than the Composite Order of the Romans. It was 
 always fluted, and sometimes the lower part was reeded also. 
 The capital was formed of the foliage of the acanthus, and had a 
 peculiarly beautiful effect. 
 
 CORI'NTHIANS, The two Epistles of Paul to the, the title of 
 two books of the New Testament, of peculiar interest and value. 
 They are of a particularly practical character, and are the dis- 
 cussion of certain matters wherein the apostle perceived that the 
 recently made converts to Christianity in Corinth required to 
 be reproved, instructed, or exhorted to act as they knew. The 
 first was written while Paul was staying at Ephesus, and treats 
 of the following subjects in turn ;— the parties which had already 
 sprung up in the Corinthian church ; the laxity of their disci- 
 pline ; their litigious spirit; marriage; idol-oflierings ; conduct 
 of public worship and teaching; the resurrection and future life; 
 and the collections for the aid of the Christians at Jerusalem. 
 The Second Epistle was written during the apostle's journey 
 through Macedonia, after he had left Ephesus because of the 
 tumult occasioned by the makers of silver models of the temple 
 of Artemis or Diana. The former part powerfully treats of his 
 relation to them as their teacher in the knowledge of Christianity; 
 he then proceeds in the same noble strain to exhibit the practice 
 and principle of Christian liberality ; and in the last part defends 
 himself against the open and the covert attacks made upon him 
 amongst them, with a most affecting manifestation of generosity 
 and self-sacrifice. 
 
 CORIOLA'NUS, CN^US M., one of the heroes of Rome's 
 mj-thic age, whose valour and proud spirit were the theme of some 
 of her most popular lays. He was of noble- birth ; almost single- 
 handed he retrieved an impending defeat of the army, and took 
 Corioli, a Volscian town, whence his name. Unpopular, not- 
 withstanding, and not choosing to court the people's favour, he 
 was at length banished, and found a home amongst his former 
 foes. He now planned revenge, and advanced against his terror- 
 stricken native city. Deaf to all embassies, he waited the ac- 
 ceptance of the humiliating terms he proposed, or their refusal, 
 as a signal to lay siege to it at once, when his aged mother, and 
 wife and children, came forth, pleaded, and were successful; 
 they saved Rome, but lost Coriolanus. This is said to have 
 happened about 490 b. c. 
 
 CORK, a county of Munster, Ireland, 84 miles in length, and 
 62 in breadth, being the largest in the kingdom. It is bounded 
 on the W. and S.^VV. by Kerrj' and the sea; on the N. by Limerick ; 
 on the E. by Waterford and a part of Tipperary ; and« on the S. 
 by the ocean; and contains 209 parishes. It abounds with excel- 
 lent harbours, and has many fine rivers, as the Blackwater, Lee, 
 Bandon, Hen, &c. There are several ranges of hills, some of 
 which are above 2000 feet high, and isolated points, like one 
 
 COR 
 
 called the Sugar-loaf hill, occur. Coal, and some other minerals, 
 and several metals, are found; building-stone, also, and slate. 
 The soil varies ; in many parts it is fertile, but some parts are 
 wholly uncultivated. Population, 773,398. It returns 8 mem- 
 bers to parliament. 
 
 CORK, capital of the county of the same name. It is a well- 
 built city, and has been much improved in late years. It is 
 seated on the river Lee, by which it is nearly surrounded, and 
 by means of the different channels, vessels come up into the 
 different parts of the town. Its principal export is salt pro- 
 visions. Their other exports consist of pork, tallow, hides raw 
 and tanned, butter, candles, calves', lambs', and rabbits' skins, 
 wool, linen and woollen yarn, and worsted and linen cloth. 
 The country adjacent to Cork is hilly and beautiful, affording 
 extensive and diversified prospects. It is 124 miles from Dub- 
 lin. Pop. 80,720. The bishopric named from this place is now 
 held along with those of Cloyne and Ross. Cork Harbour, or the 
 Cove of Cork, one of the best in the world, is about 9 miles below 
 the town, and so spacious and deep, as tobe capable of contain- 
 ing the largest vessels, and the most extensive fleets. The en- 
 trance is easy, and it is secure from currents and storms. One 
 side of Cork Harbour is formed by Great Island, which is 4 miles 
 long and 2 broad, and very fertile. 
 
 CORK, s. \korch, Belg.] in Botany, a species of oak, which is • 
 stripped of its bark every eight or ten years. Of the bark, 
 which is very light and elastic, are formed bungs for barrels, 
 and stopples for bottles, which likewise go by the name of the 
 tree, and are called corks. These trees are very common in 
 France, Spain, and Italy. 
 
 CO'RKING-PIN, «. a pin of a large size. 
 
 CO'RKY, a. consisting of, or resembling cork. 
 
 CO'RMORANT, s. [Fr.] in Natural History, a sea-bird that 
 preys upon fish. Figuratively, a glutton. 
 
 CORN, a. [Sax. korn, Teut.] the grain or seed of certain 
 gramineous plants, sepai-ated from the spica, or ear; one species 
 of which is made into bread. There are several species of corn, 
 such as wheat, rye, and barley, millet, and rice, oats, maize, and 
 lentils, pease, and a number of other kinds, capable of being 
 used as food for man. A single particle of gunpowder or salt. 
 Also, [from cornu, Lat.] a horny excrescence, or great thickening 
 and induration of the skin on the toes. 
 
 To CORN, V. a. to form gunpowder into grains, or small par- 
 ticles ; to salt, or sprinkle meat with salt ; so used by the old 
 
 CO'RNAGE, s. a tenure which obliges the landholder to give 
 notice of an invasion by blowing a horn. 
 
 CO'RNBRASH,s. in Geology, the uppermost member of the 
 great Oolitic formation ; a bed rich in fossils, and particularly 
 well developed in the W. of England. 
 
 CORNEFLLE, PIERRE, the great French dramatist of the 
 17th century. His success and his fame is of a veiy mingled 
 character, some of his pieces, as The Cid, Horatius, llie Liar, (a 
 comedy,) and Cinna, being excellent productions, and exhibit- 
 ing great power both of thought and of expression ; others being 
 condemned when represented, and only preserved from being 
 forgotten by the misfortune of having his name to them. Napo- 
 leon used to wish that Corneille was living that^he might have 
 made him his minister. He died in 1084, aged 78 years. 
 
 CO'RNEL, s. in Botany, the dogberry, which is common in 
 woods and hedges, and flowers in June. 
 
 CORNELIAN, ». See Carnelion. 
 
 CO'RNEMUSE, s. [Fr.] a kind of rustic horn. 
 
 CO'RNEOUS, a. [cornu, Lat.] hornv, or resembling horn. 
 
 CO'RNER, s. [cornel, Brit.] an angle, or space formed by the 
 meeting of two walls. Figuratively, a secret or private place ; 
 the extremities. Corner-stone, is the stone that unites the two 
 walls at the corner ; the principal stone. In the New Testament 
 this name is applied to Christ, Acts iv. 11, and elsewhere. 
 
 CO'RNERWlSE, ad. from one corner to another ; diagonally ; 
 with the corner in front. 
 
 CO'RNET, s. [cornette, Fr.] a horn or musical wind instrument 
 used by the ancients in war ; a company or troop, perhaps as 
 many as had one cornet. An officer in the cavalry, who bears 
 the ensign or colours in the troop ; he is the third oflicer in the 
 company, and commands in the absence of the captain and 
 lieutenant. Cornet, in Farriery, is the lowest part of the pastern 
 of a horse. 
 
 2o S^ 
 
COR 
 
 CORNET-A-PISTON, a recently invented musical instru- 
 ment of the cornet kind ; there are three pistons in some instru- 
 ments, and two, or one, in others, by pressing which with the 
 finders to different depths in the tubes in which they play, the 
 various notes are produced. They are made in different cleis, and 
 have great power and effect. 
 
 CO'RN-FLAG, s. in Botany, a common genus of plants, of 
 which there are manj' species, some with red, and some with 
 white flowers. 
 
 CO'RNICE, s. [corniche, Fr.] in Architecture, the iippermost 
 member of the entablature of a column, or that which crowns 
 the order; likewise all little projectures of masonry, or joinery, 
 where there are no columns, as the cornice of a chimney, of a 
 beaufet, &c. Cornice ring, in Gunnery, the next ring from the 
 muzzle-ring backwards. 
 
 CORNI'CULATE, a. [cornu, Lat.] in Botany, applied to such 
 plants as, after each flower, produce many horned pods, called 
 sUiquose plants. Cornicutated Jlowers, are such hollow flowers as 
 have a kind of spur or little horn on their upper part. 
 
 CORNFFIC, a. [cornu and f ado, Lat.] productive of or making 
 horns. 
 
 CORNFOEROUS, a. [cornu and gero, Lat.] horned ; bearing 
 or having horns. 
 
 CO'RN-LAVVS,s. statutes imposing duties on all corn import- 
 ed into England from other countries, the amount of duty being 
 in the last alterations graduated according to the average price 
 of corn in England. Their effects being proved to be the en- 
 hancement of the price of corn, and therefore the price of bread, 
 the restriction of tne field of manufacturing and commercial in- 
 dustry, and the artificial raising of rents and tithes, they have 
 been virtually repealed, and in a few years will be out of the sta- 
 tute book. 
 
 CO'RN-RENT, s. payment for the hire of land graduated ac- 
 cording to the average price of corn. 
 
 CORNUCO'PIA, s. [Lat.] in ancient Mythology, the horn of 
 the goat Amalthsea, which suckled Jupiter. It is generally the 
 characteristic of the goddess of plenty, and described in the form 
 of a large horn, adorned with flowers, and filled with fruits. 
 
 To CORNU'TE, v. a. to confer or bestow horns. 
 
 CORNU'TED, part, grafted with horns ; horned. 
 
 CORNWALL, a county of England, which forms the S. W. 
 extremity of Great Britain. It is bounded on the E. by Devon- 
 shire ; its other parts are washed by the sea. Its length from E. 
 to W. is 74 miles, and its greatest breadth about 43 ; on the 
 S. W. it terminates in two promontories, the Lizard Point 
 and the Land's End. It contains 9 hundreds, and 2(K3 parishes. 
 The central part, which is the highest, is mostly covered with 
 barren moors, but there are fertile tracts beside the rivers which 
 flow to the N. and S. of it. The Tamar, the Camel, the Fowey, 
 the Fal, &c., are its chief streams. Its being surrounded on 
 three sides by the sea, keeps its temperature very even, there 
 being seldom any severe frosts, or great heats, and spring being 
 earlier here than in the rest of England ; but it is exposed to 
 storms, and has abundance of rainy and foggy weather. Its 
 chief importance arises from its mineral riches. It has valuable 
 copper mines, in which gold and silver are sometimes met with 
 in small quantities. Its tin mines are most extensive, and cele- 
 brated in remotest antiquity. Lead, iron, zinc, arsenic, &c., also 
 occur. There are very many kinds of rock quarried here, for 
 building, as granite and freestone, slates for roofing, grit for 
 making millstones, &c. A species of very clear crystal is com- 
 mon, which is known to jewellers as the Cornish diamond. The 
 growth of corn is not considerable for its extent, nor the numbers 
 of cattle. It was one of the retreats of the ancient Britons 
 when the Saxons seized the E. parts of the island, and it is but 
 lately that the last remnant of the old Celtic dialect of this is- 
 land has become extinct. It gives a ducal title to the eldest 
 son of the sovereign ; and as revenue, he has the proceeds of a 
 <luty charged on all the tin raised. Launceston and Bodmin are 
 its two chief towns. Pop. 341,279. It returns 14 members to 
 parliament. 
 
 CORNVVA'LLIS, CHARLES, MARQUIS OF, the English 
 commander whose loss of \ ork Town, and surrender as a prisoner 
 of war to the forces of the United States, in 1781, put an end 
 to all hope of success in the war, and insured the independence 
 of the Americans. He had been successful in the earlier part of 
 the war, and in India, and Ireland, both as a general and as 
 
 COR 
 
 viceroy, he obtained and maintained considerable credit. He 
 died in 1805, aged 63 years. 
 
 CO'RNY, a. horny, strong, or hard like a horn ; producing 
 grain or corn. 
 
 CORO'LLA, s. [Lat.] in Botany, the name of that part of a 
 plant which immediately surrounds the organs of fructification, 
 and is commonly called the flower. It is in most instances the 
 most beautiful part of the plant, and appears in different species 
 in every variety of form and arrangement, and every variety of 
 colour. 
 
 CORGTiLARY, s. [corollarium, Lat.] a necessary consequence 
 drawn from some proposition which has been proved or demon- 
 strated. 
 
 COROMA'NDEL, the coast of, is the eastern coast of the 
 peninsula of Hindustan, extending from Cape Calymere, in lat. 
 10. 20., to the mouth of the Kistnah, in lat. near 16. 0. N. On 
 this coast lie Madras, Pondicheriy, Tranquebar, and other Eu- 
 ropean factories, from which chintz, calicoes, and muslins, with 
 some diamonds, are imported into Europe. There is not a port 
 for large vessels on the whole coast, which is an even, low, and 
 sandy country ; and about Madras, the land rises so little, that 
 it is difficult from the sea to mark the distinction between land 
 and water, unless by the different objects that are on the 
 shore. * 
 
 CORO'NA, s. [Lat.] in Architecture, a large, flat, strong mem- 
 ber of a cornice, so called from its crowning not only the cornice, 
 but likewise the whole order. In Optics, the halo, a luminous 
 circle surrounding the sun, the moon, and the brighter planets 
 and stars, when there is a haze in the atmosphere. 
 
 CORONA BOREALIS, in Astronomy, the Northern Crown, 
 a constellation of the northern hemisphere. 
 
 CO'RONAL, s. [corona, Lat.] a crown, a garland.— a. that be- 
 longs to the crown or top of the head. The coronal suture, in 
 Anatomy, is the first of the cranium, which reaches across from 
 one temple to the other. 
 
 CO'RONARY, a. relating to or seated on the crown of the 
 head. In Anatomy, applied to those arteries which furnish the 
 substance of the heart with blood. 
 
 CORONA'TION, s. the act or solemnity of crowning a king. 
 
 CO'RONER, s. an ancient officer of this kingdom, so called 
 because he is wholly employed for the king and crown. Coro- 
 ners are conservators of the peace in the county where they are 
 elected, being two or more for each county. Their authority is 
 iudicial and ministerial: judicial where a person comes to a vio- 
 lent death, to take and enter up appeals of murder, pronounce 
 judgment on outlawries, &c. The ministerial power is, when 
 the coroner executes the king's writ, on exception taken to the 
 sheriff. He is elected for life, and thus his authority does not 
 terminate on the demise of the king, hke that of such officers as 
 act by the king's commission. On default of sheriffs, coroners are 
 to impannel juries, and to return issue on juries not appearing. 
 
 CO'RONET, s, [coronetta, Ital.] an inferior crown worii by the 
 nobility; that of a duke is adorned with four strawberry leaves; 
 that of a marquis, with four pearls placed interchangeably with 
 four strawberry leaves; that of an earl, with the pearls raised 
 above the leaves ; that of a viscount, sixteen pearls ; and that of 
 a baron has only four pearls. 
 
 CO'RPORAL, s. [caporal, Fr.] in the army, the lowest non- 
 commissioned officer in foot regiments, who commands one of 
 the divisions, places and relieves sentinels, keeps good order, 
 and receives the word of the inferiors that pass by his corps. On 
 board ship, an officer who has the charge of setting the watch 
 and sentries, and relieving them ; he sees that all the soldiers 
 and sailors keep their arms neat and clean, teaches them how to 
 use them, and has a mate under him. Latice-corporal, is an 
 honorary corporal, his pay being merely sentinel's pay. 
 
 CO'RPORAL, a. [cm-pwd, Fr.] relating to the body, in Di-, 
 yinity and Philosophy. When used in opposition to spirit, or 
 its affection, it is styled and spelt corporeal, and then signifies 
 material. 
 
 CORPORA'LITY, s. the quality of consisting of .body or 
 matter. 
 
 CO'RP^RALLY, ad. in a sensible or material manner ; bodily. 
 
 CO'RPORATE, a. [corpus, Lat.] united into a body or com- 
 munity. 
 
 CO'RPORATENESS, s. the state of a body corporate or com- 
 munity. 
 
MOT 
 

COR 
 
 CORPORA'TION, s. a body politic, authorized by prescrip- 
 tion, patent, charter, or by act of parliament, to have a common 
 seal, one head officer or more, able, by their common consent, 
 to grant or receive in law any thing within the compass of their 
 charters, and to sue and be sued even as one man. Corporations 
 are either spiritual or temporal : spiritual, as bishops, deans, 
 archdeacons, parsons, vicars, &c. Temporal, as mayor, com- 
 monalty, bailiff, burgesses, &c. ; also called Municipal. And 
 some are of a mixed nature, and composed of temporal and 
 spiritual persons, such as heads of colleges and hospitals. 
 
 CO'RPORATURE, s. the state of being embodied. 
 
 CORPCyREAL, a. consisting of matter or body, opposed to 
 sptritnnl. 
 
 CORPORE'ITY, s. the quality of a thing which has a body; 
 an embodied state. 
 
 CORPORIFICA'TION, s. [corpus and facia, Lat.] the act of 
 giving a body to a thing, or rendering it the object of the touch 
 or other senses. 
 
 To CORPO'RIFY, v. a. to thicken or gather into a bod;^. 
 
 CORPS, (usually pron. Aw) s. [Fr.] a bodj' or collection of 
 soldiers. In Architecture, that part which projects or stands out 
 frojn a wall, and serves as a ground for some decoration or or- 
 nament. 
 
 CORPSE, «. the body, used in contempt ; a dead body ; a 
 carcass. 
 
 CO'RPULENCE, Co'rpulency, s. [corpulentia, Lat.] bulki- 
 ness of body ; fatness ; grossness. 
 
 CO'RPULENT, a. [corpulentm, Lat.] fleshy ; abounding in 
 fat and flesh. 
 
 CO'RPUS-CHRISTI, s. a festival kept the next Thursday 
 after Trinity-Sunday, instituted in honour of the eucharist. 
 The name of two colleges at Oxford and Cambridge. That at 
 Oxford was founded in the 16th century, by Fox, Bishop of 
 Winchester. It has received additions since that time from va- 
 rious benefactors ; and has a good library, and a fine altar-piece 
 in the chapel, by Rubens. That at Cambridge dates from the 
 14th century, but its buildings have been recently restored. It 
 is enriched with a library of MSS. formerly belonging to Arch- 
 bishop Parker, who left other property to it also. 
 
 CORPU'SCLE, s. Icorpusculum, Lat.] in Physics, a minute 
 particle, or physical atom, of which a natural body is composed 
 or made up. 
 
 CORPU'SCULAR, Corpuscula'rian, a. belonging to atoms, 
 or the same particles of bodies. The corpuscular phihsophi/, is that 
 which endeavours to explain the phenomena of nature by the 
 motion, rest, or position of the corpuscles, or minute particles, of 
 which bodies consist. 
 
 To CORRA'DE, v. a. [con-ado, Lat.] to rub off; to wear away, 
 by rubbing two bodies together. 
 
 CORRADIA'TION, s. [con and radius, Lat.] the conjunction of 
 raj's in one point. 
 
 To CORRE'CT, v. a. [corrigo, Lat.] to punish a person for a 
 fault in order to make him amend; to give a person notice of his 
 faults. In Medicine, to counteract, or lessen the force or ill 
 qualities of one ingredient by another. 
 
 CORRE'CT, a. [correctus, Lat.] that is perfect; freed from 
 enors or mistakes. 
 
 CORRE'CTING-PLATE, s. in Magnetism and Navigation, 
 a most valuable invention of Professor Barlow's, for neutralizing 
 the disturbing influence exercised on the compass, by the iron- 
 work in various parts of a ship. It consists of a double circular 
 plate of iron, and is fixed, by a hole in the centre, in that direc- 
 tion in reference to the compass, which is ascertained, by various 
 experiments, most completely to check the disturbing action. 
 For other influences, such as change of climate, &c., which the 
 great improvements in navigation render of consequence, no 
 corrector has, as yet, been invented. 
 
 CORRE'CTION, s. [correctio, Lat.] punishment for faults in 
 order to produce amendment ; an amendment ; reprehension ; 
 censure ; or notice of a fault. House of correction, is a prison 
 where criminals undergo the punishments inflicted for minor of- 
 fences against the laws. In Medicine, the lessening any quality 
 of an ingredient by joining it with one of opposite qualities. 
 
 CORRE'CTIVE, a. having the power of counteracting any 
 bad qualities. 
 
 CORRE'CTIVE, «. that which has the power of altering or 
 counteracting any bad quality ; limitatrion; restriction. 
 
 COR 
 
 CORRE'CTLY, ad. in such a manner as to be free from faults ; 
 exactly. 
 
 CORRE'CTNESS, s. perfection, arising from frequent and ac- 
 curate alterations. 
 
 CORRE'CTOR, s. [Lat.] he who amends a person by means 
 of punishment. In Medicine, an ingredient in composition which 
 guards against, or abates, the force of another. Corrector of the 
 press, one who amends the errors committed in printing. 
 
 CORRE'GIDOR, s. a chief magistrate in Spam. 
 
 CORRE'GIO, ANTONIO ALLEGRI, IL, a great Italian 
 painter of the beginning of the 16th century, a pupil of Frari 
 and Mantegna. He established himself in his native district, 
 near Modena, and though wholly unacquainted with the models 
 of antiquity, gave to his figures, the surpassing grace which ge- 
 nius alone can ; whilst in colouring, and in the more difficult 
 chiaro-oscuro, he manifested the hand of a master. His 3/a^- 
 (l(den is well known by the numerous copies and engravings. 
 He died in 1534, aged 40 years. 
 
 To CO'RRELATE, v. n. [con and relatus, Lat.] to have a mu- 
 tual or reciprocal relation to one another, as father and son. 
 
 CO'RRELATE, s. one that stands in an opposite relation, as 
 father and son. 
 
 CORRE'LATIVE, a. having a reciprocal relation, so that the . 
 existence of the one depends on the existence of the other. 
 
 CORRE'PTION, s. [con and ripio, Lat.] reproof, chiding, re- 
 prehension, or objurgation. 
 
 To CORRESPO'ND, v. n. [con and respondeo, Lat.] to answer ; 
 to match ; to suit ; to be proportionate, or adequate to another ; 
 to keep up an acquaintance with another by sending and receiv- 
 ing letters. 
 
 CORRESPO'NDENCE, Correspo'ndency, s. an agreement ; 
 the matching and fitting of two things together; an intercourse 
 kept up by letters ; friendship ; intercourse ; a commerce. 
 
 CORRESPO'NDENT, s. a person with whom commerce 
 is carried on, or intelligence kept by mutual messages or let- 
 ters. 
 
 CORRESPO'NDENT, Correspo'nsive, a. suiting; fitting; 
 agreeing; answering. 
 
 CORRE'ZE, a department of France, surrounded by the de- 
 partments of Lot, Dordogne, Cantal, Haute-Vienne, Puy-de- 
 dome, and Creuse. The Corrfeze, the Vezere, and the Dordogne 
 are its chief rivers ; and the country is not very hilly, but bar- 
 ren, and affording scanty pasture land, with fertile "and toler- 
 ably well cultivated tracts in some parts. Tulle is its chief town. 
 Its population is about 320,000. 
 
 CO'RRIDOR, s. [Fr.] in Fortification, a road or way, about 
 twenty yards broad, along the edge of a ditch withoutside, en- 
 compassing the whole fortification, called likewise ihe covert way . 
 In Architecture, a gallery, or long aisle, round a building, lead- 
 ing to several chambers at a distance from each other. 
 
 CO'RRIGIBLE, a. [corrigo, Lat.] that may be altered for the 
 better; that is a proper object for punishment; corrective; or 
 having the power of amending any error, fault, or bad quality. 
 
 CORRI'VALRY, s. competition; opposition. 
 
 CORRO'BORANT,;w«. [cwroloro, Lat.] having the power of 
 strengthening or giving strength. 
 
 To CORRO'BORATE, v. a. [corroboro, Lat.] to confirm an as- 
 sertion ; to strengthen, or make strong. 
 
 CORROBORA'TION, s. the act ot strengthening ; the con- 
 firmation or establishing a truth by some additional proof; ad- 
 dition of strength. 
 
 CORIWEORATIVE, a. having the power of increasing 
 strength, or of service in particular bodily weaknesses. 
 
 To CORRO'DE, v. a. [corrodo, Lat.] to eat away by degrees, 
 applied to the action of a liquid on some solid body ; to prey 
 upon ; to consume or wear away by degrees. 
 
 CORRO'DENT, a. [corrodens, Lat.] having the power of se- 
 parating the particles of a body, applied to the effect of some 
 menstruum or fluid on solid bodies. 
 
 CORRO'DIBLE, a. [con and rodo, Lat.] possible to be con- 
 sumed or corroded. 
 
 CORROSIBI'LITY, s. the quality of being corrosible ; the 
 possibility of having its particles divided by some menstruum. 
 
 CORRO'SIBLE, a. that may have its particles consumed or 
 separated by some menstruum. 
 
 CORRO'SIBLENESS, s. the quality of being- liable to have 
 its particles separated by a menstruum. 
 
COR 
 
 CORRO'SION, s. the dissolution or separation of the particles 
 of a body by an acid or saline liquor or menstruum. 
 
 CORAO'SIVE, a. having the power of insinuating itself be- 
 tween, and separating the particles of, a body; having the 
 power of vexing, or of making a person uneasy or angry. 
 
 CORRO'SIVE, s. that which has the power of consuming, 
 eating, or wasting away ; that which has the power of fretting, 
 giving pain, or rendering a person uneasy. 
 
 CORRO'SIVELY, ad. in the manner of or like a corrosive ; 
 having the quality of a corrosive. 
 
 CORRO'SIVENESS, s. the quality whereby a fluid insinuates 
 itself between the pores of a solid body, separates them, or 
 wastes away. 
 
 CCRRUGANT, a. Icorrugans, from rvt/a, Lat.] having the 
 power of wrinkling, or 'contracting into wrinkles. 
 
 To CO'RRUGATE, v. a. to wrinkle, or purse up. 
 
 CORRUGA'TION, s. [corrugatio, Lat.] the act of drawing or 
 contracting into wrinkles. 
 
 To CORRU'PT, V. a. [con and rumpo, Lat.] to turn from a 
 sound to a putrescent state ; to infect. Figuratively, to engage 
 a person to do something contrary to his inclination or consci- 
 ence, by bribes or money ; to spoil ; to vitiate, or render bad. 
 
 To CORRU'PT, V. n. to become putrid ; to grow rotten ; to 
 putrefy ; to lose purity. 
 
 CORRU'PT, a. [corruptus, Lat.] vicious ; void of moral good- 
 ness ; lost to piety ; biassed by bribes. Tainted ; rotten, applied 
 to things. 
 
 CORRU'PTER, s. that which putrefies or taints ; one who, 
 by ill example, or base motives, seduces a person to vice. 
 
 'CORRUPTIBI'LITY, s. the possibility of being corrupted, 
 putrefied, or rendered worse. 
 
 CORRUPTIBLE, a. that may be putrefied, or grow rotten ; 
 that may be destroyed, or rendered vicious. 
 
 CORRU'PTION, s. putrescence; rottenness. In Politics, a 
 state wherein persons act only from lucrative motives ; the means 
 by which any person may be rendered vicious ; or a thing may 
 be made rotten. In Surgery, the matter contained in any ulcer 
 or wound, called ;)us, by practitioners. In Law, the taint which 
 grows to a person or his heirs, on account of his having been 
 guilty of felony or treason. 
 
 CORRU'PTIVE, s. having the power or quality of rendering 
 tainted or rotten. 
 
 CORRU'PTLESS, a. that cannot be corrupted. 
 
 CORRU'PTLY, ad. with corruption ; with taint ; with vice ; 
 without integrity. 
 
 CORRU'PTNESS, s. the quality or state of a corrupted body ; 
 vice. 
 
 CO'RSAIR, s. [Fr.] an armed vessel which plunders merchant 
 vessels ; a pirate. 
 
 CORSE, s. [corps, Fr.] a poetical word for a carcass or dead 
 body. 
 
 CO'RSELET, s. [Fr.] armour for the breast. Also the cover- 
 ing of part of the bodies of insects, in Entomology. 
 
 CO'RSET, s. an article of female dress, sometimes used to 
 give support to the back and chest, by feeble individuals, but 
 more frequently, by foolish ones, to secure a slenderness of ap- 
 pearance, unnatural, inelegant, and most destructive to health, 
 and even life, at times. 
 
 CO'RSHAM, or Cosham, Wilts, a town noted for its manufac- 
 ture of woollens. It is 120 miles from London. Market, 
 Wednesday. Pop. 3842. 
 
 CO'RSiCA, a large island in the Mediterranean Sea, lying to 
 the W. of Italy, and immediately to the N. of Sardinia. It is 
 about 100 miles in length, and half as much in breadth. A 
 ridge of mountains runs from N. to S. through the centre of the 
 island, some of whose peaks are about 9000 feet in height. 
 There are many rivers, or streams, none of any length or size to 
 render them worthy of notice. The wealth of the island lies in 
 its mines of iron and other metals ; its marble and building-stone 
 quarries ; and in its wide and ancient forests, which furnish ad- 
 mirable timber trees, for strength and ornamental purposes, and 
 many valuable fruit trees also. Its climate is not very much 
 praised, and its corn-growing and grazing is at a low ebb. It has 
 a few, but poor manufactures, so that its exports are chiefly the 
 raw materials supplied by nature to the country. The people 
 are not much advanced in civilization, nor has their incorporation 
 with France done much for them yet. One native has obtained an 
 228 
 
 COS 
 
 undying celebrity — Napoleon Buonaparte. Bastia and Ajacciu 
 are the capitals ; Porto Vecchio, Bonifacio, St. Florent, &c. are 
 its ports and harbours. It is included amongst the departments 
 of France. Its population is about 230,000. 
 
 CORTE'S, s. [Sp.] the name given to the parliaments of Spain 
 and Portugal. They have not much freedom, nor power, having 
 been retrograding in those respects whilst the parliaments of 
 other nations advanced. 
 
 CO'RTEZ, HERNAN, the conqueror of Mexico in the IGth 
 century, and thus the founder of the greatness of the Spanish 
 empire during its brief period of supremacy in Europe. He ex- 
 perienced in this task all the difliculties which a scanty arma- 
 ment, a numerous and irritated enemy, and hostile fellow-coun- 
 trymen could invent, yet by courage and address he mastered 
 them all, and effected the purpose for which he was sent thither. 
 He afterwards engaged in voyages of discovery, and ended his 
 adventurous life, as so many then and always have done, under 
 the frowns of those who reaped all the fruit of his labours. He 
 died in 1547, aged 62 years, 
 
 CO'RTICAL, a. [cortex, ha.t.'] barky; belonging to the out- 
 ward part of any thing. In Anatomy, the cortical substance of 
 the brain is its exterior part. 
 
 CO'RTICATED, a. resembling the bark of a tree. 
 
 CO'RTICOSE, a. full of bark. 
 
 CORTO'NA, a city of Tuscany, Italy. It has a noble cathe- 
 dral, and several fine churches, most of which are adoi-ned with- 
 in with chefs-d'oiuvres of Italian art. It has some trade in the 
 produce of the vicinity, wine, fruits, corn, &c. Its population is 
 about 6000. It is 60 miles from Florence. 
 
 CORUNDUM, s. [Hind.] a stone found in India and China, 
 which, when crystallized, has usually the form of a six-sided 
 prism. The amethyst, ruby, sapphire, and topaz, are considered 
 as varieties of this-spar, differing chiefly in colour. It is com- 
 monly called adamantine spar. Einery is by some reckoned to be 
 a species of corundum. 
 
 CO'RVO, the smallest and most westerly of the Azores, 
 about 24 miles in circumference, with a small port. It contains 
 about 800 souls, who cultivate wheat and feed hogs. 
 
 CORU'SCANT, a. [corusco, Lat.] glittering by flashes; 
 flashing. 
 
 CORUSCATION, s. a quick, sudden, and short darting of 
 splendour; a flash; a glittering light. 
 
 CO'RVUS, in Astronomy, the Raven, a constellation in the 
 southern hemisphere. 
 
 CORY'MBIATED, a. [corymhus, Lat.] in Botany, abounding 
 or garnished with bunches of berries. 
 
 CORYMBI'FEROUS, a. [corymbus and/e/-o, Lat.] bearing fruit 
 or berries in bunches. 
 
 CORY'MBUS, Co'rymb, «. [Lat.] in Botany, that species of 
 inflorescence, in which the main axis of the bunch soon termin- 
 ates, and the secondary, tertiar}', &c. buds form peduncles of 
 such lengths, that the flowers are nearly on the same level. 
 The peduncles near the base are much longer of course than the 
 others. Yarrow or milfoil is a familiar instance of this kind. 
 
 CORYVRE'KAN, a dangerous whirlpool, on the W. coast of 
 Scotland, between the isle of Scarbia and the N. point of Jura. 
 
 COSCFNOMANCY, s. [koskinon and manteia, Gr.] the art of 
 divination by a sieve. 
 
 COSE'CANT, s. in Geometry, the secant of an arch, which is 
 the complement to another arch to 90 degrees. 
 
 CO'SIER, s. [couser, old Fr.] a botcher ; a low-lived person. A 
 word of contempt. 
 
 CO'SINE, s. in Geometry, the part of the diameter intercepted 
 between the centre and the right sine, and always equal to the 
 sine of the complement of the arch. 
 
 COSMETIC, a. [kosmetikos, from -kosmeo, Gr.] having the 
 power of improving the personal charms; beautifying or height- - 
 ening beauty. 
 
 CO'SMICAL, a. [kosmos, Gr.] relating to the world. In Astro- 
 nomy, rising together, or in the same degree of the ecliptic, with 
 the sun. 
 
 CO'SMICALLY, ad. at the same time with the sun. 
 
 COSMO'GONY, s. [kosmos and gone, Gr.] the rise, origin, or 
 creation of the world. 
 
 COSJIO'GRAPHER, s. [kosmos and grapho, Gr.] one who com- 
 poses a description of the relation, fitness, figure, and disposi- 
 tion of all the parts of the world. 
 
''li 
 
 COT 
 
 COSMOGRA'PHICAL, a. relating to the general description 
 of the world. 
 
 COSMOGRA'PHICALLY, ad. in a manner relating to the 
 science by which the world is described. 
 
 COSMO'GIIAPHY, s. a description of the several parts of the 
 world ; or the art of delineating its several bodies according to 
 their magnitudes, motions, relations, &c. It consists of geogra- 
 
 y and astronomy. 
 
 JOSMO'POLITE, CosMOPo'nTAN, s. [kosmos and pohtes, Gr.] 
 a citizen of the world ; one who is at home in all companies, 
 and in all countries. 
 
 CCSSACKS, a people inhabiting originally the confines of 
 Poland, Russia, Tatary, and Turkey, between the Jaik and the 
 Dneister. They are divided into several branches, the Kosakki 
 sa Porovi, or Cossacks on the Borj'sthenes ; the Kosakki Donski, 
 or Cossacks on the Don; and the Kosakki Jaiki, which are the 
 wildest of them all, dwelling in large villages along the banks of 
 the river Ural, or Jaik, and the N. coast of the Caspian Sea. 
 They are now entirely subject to Russia ; and the Ukraine, or 
 country of the Cossacks of Borysthenes, is become a government 
 under the name of Ekaterinoslav. The Cossacks are large and 
 robust, have blue eyes, brown hair, and aquiline noses. Their 
 towns are built of wood, like those of the Russians. Their num- 
 bers are upwards of 1,000,000, but are not certainly known. 
 
 CO'SSET, s. among farmers, a colt, calf, or lamb, brought up 
 by the hand without the dam. 
 
 COST, s. [kost, Belg.] the price or money given for the pur- 
 chase of a thing; charge; expense. Figuratively, sumptuous- 
 ness; luxury; loss; detriment. In Law, the best thing for the 
 lawyer, and the worst for his client. 
 
 To COST, V. n. preter. and participle preter. cost; [cousfer, Fr.] 
 to be purchased or bought at a particular sum. 
 
 CO'STAL, a. [coita. Eat.] belonging to the ribs. 
 
 COSTA'NTINAH, a large city of N. Africa, in the former state 
 of Algiers. It is, as its name implies, of Roman origin, and there 
 are relics of their architecture, &c. existing to this day. It has 
 a strong situation, being almost surrounded by the river Roomelh. 
 It lies above 200 miles from Algiers. But little is known of it, 
 beyond its being independent, having successfully resisted the 
 French invasion. 
 
 CO'STARD, s. the head or skull. In Gardening, a round 
 bulky apple, somewhat resembling the head. 
 
 CO'STER, LAWRENCE, according to some, the inventor of 
 the art of printing, by cutting letters in the bark of the beech, 
 and making impressions of them with ink, on paper. From this 
 he proceeded to use various metals ; and succeeded even in 
 printing a book. But there are many rivals to the citizen of 
 Haarlem; and the Romans themselves, who used to stamp their 
 Amphorae with the names of the consuls in the year of the vin- 
 tage, and employed a stamp, much like Coster's stereotype plates, 
 might dispute his claim. He lived about 1430. 
 
 CO'STIVE, a. [constipatus, Lat.] bound in the body ; close ; 
 unpermeable. 
 
 CO'STIVENESS, s. in Medicine, a preternatural detention of 
 the faeces. 
 
 CO'STLINESS, s. sumptuoiisness ; expensiveness ; the great 
 value, or sum, required for the purchase of a thing. 
 
 CO'STLY, «. requirit^ a large sum, or much money, for its 
 purchase ; expensive. Figuratively, rare ; valuable. 
 
 CO'STMARY, s. [ctistm and Maria, Lat.] an herb, called also 
 alcost and balsam herb. 
 
 CO'STREL, «. a bottle. 
 
 CO'STUME, s. dress ; style of dress. 
 
 COT, Cote, or Coat, at the end of the names of places, come 
 generally from the Saxon cot, a cottage. 
 
 COT, «. [Sax.] a hut; a cottage. 
 
 COTA'NGENT, s. in Geometry, the tangent of an arch which 
 is the complement of another to'OO degrees. 
 
 C6te-d'or, a department of France, surrounded by those of 
 the Sa6ne-et-Loire, Jura, Haute Sa6ne, Haute Marne, Aube, 
 Yonne, and Nievre. It is about 75 miles in each direction. A 
 range of hills connected with the Cevennes gives name to the 
 department. It is watered bv the Seine and many of its tri- 
 butaries, which rise here, or hard by ; and by the Sa6ne, and 
 others which flow into the Rhone. It is well cultivated, and 
 grows good corn. It is the chief district for ihat kind of wine 
 called Burgundy, which constitutes the greater part of its trade. 
 
 cou 
 
 It has a few manufactures. Dijon is the chief town. Population, 
 about 400,000. 
 
 COTE'iVlPORARY, a. [con and tempus, Lat.] living at the 
 same time with another. 
 
 CO'T-LAND, s. land belonging to a cottage. 
 
 CO'TQUEAN, s. a person who ofliciously concerns himself 
 with women's affairs. 
 
 Cotes du Nord, a department of France, lying on the Eng- 
 lish Channel, and surrounded by the departments of Finisterre, 
 Morbihan, and Ile-et-Vilaine. It is about 80 miles in length, 
 and 50 broad. There is a chain of granite hills running E. and 
 W. through it, from which spring many streams that water it, 
 of which the Ranee is the chief. The coast is pointed with 
 many capes, and almost defended by islets and insulated rocks, 
 which make the navigation very dangerous. It has fine pas- 
 tures, and good arable land, producing corn, wine, and brandy. 
 It exports these, and the produce of its mines and quarries, 
 iron, building-stone, coal, &c. It has some manufactures, par- 
 ticularly of linen cloth. The inhabitants of the coast are en- 
 gaged m fishing. St. Brieux is its capital. Population, above 
 000,000. 
 
 COTES, ROGER, an eminent mathematician, who held the 
 Plumian professorship of that science at Cambridge. He edited . 
 Newton's Principia, and was the author of many valuable papers 
 relating to this subject, some of which were collected and pub- 
 lished after his death, which happened in 171G, when his age 
 was but 34 years. 
 
 COTESWOLD, s. a hilly plain, with several sheep-cotes, and 
 sheep feeding. It comes from the Saxon cote, a cottage, and 
 wold, a place where there is no wood. 
 
 CO'TESWOLD HILLS, a long tract of high ground in the E. 
 part of Gloucestershire, noted for large flocks of sheep with 
 fleeces of fine white wool ; a great part of it, however, is now 
 devoted to the growth of corn. 
 
 COTI'LLION, s. the name of a once fashionable dance, now 
 forgotten. 
 
 CO'TTAGE,s. &eCor. 
 
 CO'TTAGER, s. one who dwells in a hut or cottage. In Law, 
 one who lives on a common, without paying rent, and without 
 any lands of his own. 
 
 COTTl'N, SOPHIE, MADAME, author of the well-known 
 tale oi Elizabeth, or the Exiles of Siberia, and of some other works 
 not so well known, nor so deserving to be. Her husband was a 
 banker at Paris, who left her a widow in the midst of the 
 French Revolution, whereupon she left the city, and led a se- 
 cluded literary and beneficent life, till 1807, when she died, 
 aged 34 years. 
 
 CO'TTON, SIR ROBERT, the founder of the famous library 
 of MSS. now in the British Museum. It was once in danger of 
 being destroyed by fire ; 200 were destroyed or damaged at the 
 time. He was a man of great learning and renown in his day, 
 being acquainted with most of the scholars and antiquaries of 
 the times. He died in lC31,as he said, of grief at being shutout 
 from his library by the arbitrary government, aged 01 years. 
 
 COTTON, s. [coton, Fr.] the down of the fruit of the cotton tree. 
 Cotton likewise signifies a kind of cloth made of its threads 
 when spun, (xun cotton, is a highly explosive substance, made by 
 soaking thoroughly but rapidly vegetable fibre, such as cotton 
 or linen, in a mixture of sulphuric and nitric acids, washing all 
 but what is actually absorbed away, and drying it. It is too 
 explosive for any purpose at present known save blasting. 
 
 CO'TTONGRASS, s. in Botany, a genus of plants whose seeds 
 are abundantly covered with a soft cottony down. There are 
 two British species, viz. the common, and hare's-tail. Poor peo- 
 ple stuflf" their pillows with the down, and make wicks for can- 
 dles with it. 
 
 To COUCH, V. n. [coucher, Fr.] to lie down on a bed ; to lie 
 down on the knees bent under, applied to beasts ; to lie in wait, 
 or ambush ; to lie under as a stratum ; to stoop or sink down, 
 through pressure of a heavy burthen, or through pain, fear, or 
 respect ; to include ; to comprise ; to urge by way of implication ; 
 to include by way of analogy or indirectly ; to incline a spear to 
 a proper posture for attack. In Surgery, to take off a film, which 
 obstructs the sight, called improperly, couching the ei/e, or couch- 
 ing a patient, instead of couching a cataract. 
 
 COUCH, «. a long seat furnished with a matto-ess, on which 
 people lie down for repose or ease ; a lay or stratum. 
 
cov 
 
 COU'CHANT, (kodshoiiff) a. [Fr.] lying down ; squatting. In 
 Heraldrj', applied to the posture of a beast lying with his belly 
 on the ground, his legs bent under him, and his head looking 
 foi wards. 
 
 COU'CHEE, (kodshee) s. [Fr.] the time of going to bed, op- 
 posed to levee. The name applied to assemblies that used to be 
 held in the French and other courts, corresponding with those 
 still in vogue called levees. 
 
 COU'CHER, s. one who couches persons for cataracts, an 
 oculist. 
 
 COU'CHGRASS, s. in Botany, one of the most troublesome 
 grasses to cultivators, having a creeping root which enables it to 
 spread rapidly, and to destroy all other plants, or mar their 
 growth. 
 
 COVE, s. Icouvrir, Fr.] a small creek or bay; a shelter, a 
 cover. 
 
 CO'VENANT, s. Iconvenant, Fr.] an agreement between two 
 persons. ITie Solemn League and Covenant, was an agreement pro- 
 posed by certain committees appointed by the Presbyterians in 
 ^!lCotlana, to watch over the encroachments on theu' liberties 
 and consciences, made in Charles I.'s reign, by the attempt to 
 estabhsh Episcopacy there, binding all who signed it to resist to 
 the death every attempt made to disparage or harm what they 
 regarded as the true religion, viz. Presbyterianism and Calvinism. 
 
 To CO'VENANT, v. a. to bargain ; to agree or stipulate ; to 
 agree with a person on certain conditions. 
 
 COVENANTE'E, *. in Law, one who is a party to an agree- 
 ment or covenant. 
 
 CO'VENANTER, s. one who makes an agreement with ano- 
 ther. In History, one who signed the Solemn League and 
 Covenant. 
 
 CO'VENOUS, a. in Law, fraudulent ; with an intention to de- 
 ceive or cheat. 
 
 CO'VENTRY, Warwickshire, a large city, noted for its manu- 
 factures of silks, cloths, stuffs, thread, gauzes, camlets, &c. It 
 has communication, by canals, with Oxford, Lichfield, many 
 other inland navigations, and with the Thames. There are 
 several fine churches, and a noble town hall. The story of Leo- 
 fric. Earl of Mercia, heavily taxing the citizens, and relieving 
 thera only on condition of the Lady Godiva, his wife, riding naked 
 through the citv, with the tradition of Peeping Tom, who was 
 thereupon struck blind, are well known, and are commemorated 
 by the exhibition of a mock procession annually. Coventry is 
 91 miles from London. Market, Friday. Fairs on May 2nd, 
 Friday in Trinity Week, and November 1st. Pop. 30,743. 
 
 To CO'VER, ti. a. [couvrir, Fr.] to spread, or overspread with 
 something ; to conceal under something ; to hide by false ap- 
 pearances or specious pretexts ; to overwhelm or bury ; to con- 
 ceal, as in a wrapper, from human sight ; to incubate ; to brood on. 
 
 CO'VER, s. that which is spread over another. Figuratively, 
 concealment ; a specious pretence to conceal or hide a person's 
 designs, used withyor. Also, shelter ; a place free from danger, 
 used with under. 
 
 CO'VERDALE, MILES, one of our English Reformers, the 
 famous Bible translator, who was in the reign of Edward VI. 
 made Bishop of Exeter, was persecuted and expatriated by Mary, 
 narrowly escaping the stake, and under Elizabeth was one of the 
 Puritan leaders or fathers in London, receiving a grudged and 
 scanty portion of royal favour in the shape of a living in town. 
 He was concerned in Tyndale's translation of the New Testa- 
 ment, his own translation, Cranmer's Bible, and the Geneva 
 Version. He also promoted by various writings the cause he had 
 espoused. He died in 1568, aged 80 years. 
 
 CO'VERING, s. dress ; any thing spread over another. 
 
 CO'VERLET, s. [couverlit, Fr.] the uppermost part of the bed- 
 clothes; or an ornamental covering thrown over the rest of the 
 bed-clothes. 
 
 CO'VERT, s. {convert, Fr.] a shelter; a place of defence from 
 danger ; a thicket or hiding-place. 
 
 CO'VERT, a. [convert, Fr.] sheltered ; not open or exposed. 
 Figuratively, secret ; private ; concealed by some fair pretext, 
 or specious appearance. In Law, under protection or shelter ; 
 hence femme couverte is used for a married woman. Covert way, 
 in Fortification, a space of ground level with the field on the 
 edge of the ditch, three or four fathom broad, ranging round the 
 half moons, or other works. 
 
 CO'VERTLY, ad. in a secret, private, or indirect manner. 
 
 cou 
 
 CO'VERTNESS, ». the quality of being hidden, unperceived, 
 indirect, or insidious. 
 
 CO'VERTURE, s. shelter ; defence against any danger or in- 
 convenience. Figuratively, a specious pretext or appearance to 
 conceal a bad design. In Law, the state or condition of a mar- 
 ried woman. 
 
 To CO'VET, V. a. [convoiter, Fr.] to desire vehemently what a 
 person is not possessed of; to prosecute ; or endeavour to ac- 
 quire with great eagerness.— d. n. to have a strong and violent 
 desire. 
 
 CO'VETABLE, a. that is proper, or fit, or worthy to be de- 
 sired or wished for. 
 
 CO'VETOUS, a. [convoiteaux, Fr.] excessively desirous of; 
 inordinately eager after the acquiring and preserving of money ; 
 avaricious, in a bad sense. Desirous, fond, or eager to possess, 
 used in a good sense. 
 
 CO'VETOUSLY, ad. in a greedy, avaricious manner. 
 
 CO'VETOUSNESS, s. the quality of being inordinately fond of 
 money, or eager after gain. 
 
 CO'VEY, s, [couvee, Fr.] applied to Game, a hatch, or an old 
 bird with her young ; a number or collection of birds near one 
 another. 
 
 COUGH, {hoff) s. [kuch, Belg.] in Medicine, a convulsive mo- 
 tion of the diaphragm, the muscles of the larynx, thorax, and 
 abdomen, violently shaking and expelling the air drawn into the 
 lungs bv respiration. 
 
 To COUGH, V. n. to have the diaphragm or lungs convulsed 
 by the irritation of the mucous membrane, and thence to expel 
 the air from the lungs with a sort of explosive sound ; to make a 
 noise by endeavouring to discharge the trachea or lungs of the 
 lymph with which it is overcharged.— t). a. to eject by coughing, 
 used with up. 
 
 CO'UGHER, (kdffer) s. a person affected with a cough. 
 
 CO'VIN, Co'viNE, s. [convenir, Fr.] an agreement between two 
 or more, in order to cheat a person. 
 
 CO'VING, s. [couvrir, Fr.] in Building, applied to houses pro- 
 jecting over the ground-plot, or the turned projecture, arched 
 with timber, lathed and plastered. 
 
 COULD, [the preteriinperfect of Can,] was able to; had 
 power to. 
 
 COULO'MB, CHARLES DE, an eminent French electrician 
 and natural philosopher of the period of the Revolution and the 
 empire. His researches in mechanical science were of extreme 
 value, but his labours in electrical science made electro-statics a 
 branch of mathematical physics. His balance of torsion, an in- 
 strument made to show the presence and amount of the least 
 imaginable portion of electrical force; the simple means by 
 which he showed that this electricity varied in its depth on dif- 
 ferent bodies and on different parts of the same body ; his great 
 discovery that the law of electrical forces was identical with the 
 law of gravitation ; his constant habit of fixing on'those cases 
 which admitted of mathematical measurement or computation, 
 the instantia: radii of Lord Bacon ; and the skill with which by his 
 instruments he made almost all cases become such ; — these nave 
 made his name most illustrious amongst the many who occupy 
 foremost places in this and the last age. He died in 1806, aged 
 70 years. 
 
 COU'LTER, s. [culter, Lat.] the sharp iron which cuts the 
 earth perpendicularly before the ploughshare. 
 
 COU'NCIL, «. [concilium, Lat.] an assembly met together to 
 consider, examine, or deliberate on any subject. Common-council, 
 is a court wherein are made all by-laws that bind the citizens. 
 It consists of two parts, the upper and the lower ; the upper is 
 composed of the lord mayor and aldermen, and the lower of a 
 number of common-council men chosen by the several wards, as 
 representatives of the bodj' of citizens. Privy-council of this king- 
 dom, consists of the great officers of state, with such others as 
 the sovereign is pleased to summon with them, who are bound 
 by oath to advise the monarch to the best of their judgment, 
 with all the fidelity and secrecy that becomes their station. 
 Cabinet-council, a select number chosen out of the privy-eouncil, 
 with whom the sovereign determines such matters as are most 
 important, and require the utmost secrecy. Council ofivar, is an 
 assembly of the principal officers of an army or fleet, convened 
 by the general or admiral to concert measures for their conduct 
 in their respective operations. (Ecumenical or general council, in 
 Ecclesiastical History, is an assembly of representatives from the 
 
cou 
 
 whole body calling itself the universal church. The most im- 
 portant of these councils are; the Council of Nice, held in the 
 4th century, for the condemnation of Arianism, which originated 
 the Nicene Creed ; the Council of Constance, held in the 15th 
 century, which denied the cup in the eucharist to the laity, con- 
 demned Wicliffe, Huss, and Jerome of Prague, for heresy, and 
 ordered the ashes of the first to be dug from his grave and cast 
 into the river, and the other two to be burnt alive ; and the 
 Council of Trent, held in the Kith century, which fixed the 
 Romanist Church as it is now. Provincial council, an assembly 
 of the prelates of a province under their metropolitan. National 
 council, is the assembly of all the prelates in a nation under their 
 prelate or metropolitan. 
 
 COU'NCIL-BOARD, s. a table at which matters of state are 
 taken into consideration. 
 
 COU'NSEL, s. [concilium, Lat.] advice; direction ; deliberation ; 
 prudence; secrecy; scheme; design. In Law, a person who 
 pleads at the bar, an abbreviation of counsellor. 
 
 To COU'NSEL, V. a. [concilior, Lat.] to give advice, or inform 
 a person of the most advantageous way of regulating any point 
 in his conduct, or ordering any particular measure; to advise 
 any particular measure. 
 
 COU'NSELLABLE, a. ready to follow the advice or persuasion 
 of others. 
 
 COU'NSELLOR, s. one who gives advice to, or endeavours 
 to persuade, another ; a confidant. Figuratively, one whose pro- 
 vince it is to advise in matters of state. In Law, a person who 
 is consulted on any difficulty arising in any writing, who pleads 
 at the bar, and has been admitted as a barrister. 
 
 COU'NSELLORSHIP, s. the office or post of counsellor. 
 
 To COUNT, V. a. [compter, Fr.] to number, or tell ; to reckon ; 
 to esteem ; to account, or look upon in any particular light ; to 
 impute or charge ; used with to. — v. n. to draw as a consequence 
 from ; to found or build a scheme or argument upon. 
 
 COUNT, s. [compte, Fr.] See CoMPT. 
 
 COUNT, s. [comte, Fr.] in several states of the continent, a 
 nobleman who possesses a domain erected in a county, in rank 
 between a duke and baron, and bears on his arms a coronet, 
 adorned with three precious stones, and surmounted with three 
 large leaves, whereof those in the middle and extremities advance 
 above the rest. In England the title of earl is equivalent to that 
 of count in foreign countries. In Law, one division of an indict- 
 ment in a criminal court. 
 
 COU'NTABLE, a. that may be numbered. 
 
 COU'NTENANCE, s. [contenance, Fr.] the form of the face, or 
 particular cast of the features ; air, or look; confidence of mien; 
 show ; resemblance. To keep countenance, a composure of the 
 features and complexion wherein they undergo no change. Fi- 
 guratively, protection, patronage. 
 
 To COU'NTENANCE, v. a. to support, favour, or protect. Fi- 
 guratively, to act suitably to ; to keen up the appearance of a 
 thing; to encourage; to appear in defence of. 
 
 CO U'NTEN ANGER, s. one who appears in behalf of, or en- 
 courages a person or design. 
 
 COU'NTER, s. [contoir, Fr.] a small piece of money used as a 
 means of reckoning. The table or board on which goods are 
 shown, or money told in a shop. In Farriery, that part of a 
 horse's forehand that lies between the shoulder and under the 
 neck. 
 
 COU'NTER, ad. [contre, Fr.] in opposition to ; contrary to. 
 This word is often used in composition, and may be placed be- 
 fore any word used in a sense of opposition. 
 
 To COUNTERA'CT, v. a, to destroy the power of any cause, 
 by acting contrary to it. 
 
 To COUNTERBA'LANCE, r. a. to weigh one thing against 
 another. Figuratively, to act against with an opposite effect. 
 
 To COUNTERBU'FF, v. a. to beat back a thing in motion, 
 iu a direction contrary to that in which it moved at first. 
 
 COU'NTERCHANGE, «. exchange; reciprocation. 
 
 To COUNTERCHA'NGE, t. a. to give and receive ; to change 
 one thing for another. 
 
 To COUNTERCHA'RM, i;. a. to destroy the eflfect of a charm 
 by counteracting it. 
 
 To COUNTERCHE'CK, v. a. to stop by a sudden obstruction 
 or opposition. 
 
 To COUNTERDRAW, v. a. to copy a design by means of 
 some linen cloth, oiled paper, or some transparent substance, 
 
 COU 
 
 whereon the strokes appearing, are followed or traced with a 
 pencil. 
 
 COUNTERE'VIDENCE, s. testimony by which the deposi- 
 tion of some former witness is opposed. 
 
 To COU'NTERFEIT, v. a. [contre /aire, Fr.] to copy or imi- 
 tate with an intention to make the thing pass for an original ; to 
 imitate ; to resemble. Figuratively, to put on the appearance 
 of something really excellent. 
 
 COU'NTERFEIT, a. made or copied from another, with an 
 intention to pass for an original ; forged ; fictitious. Figura- 
 tively, deceitf\il ; hypocritical. 
 
 COU'NTERFEIT, s. one who personates another ; an impos- 
 tor ; something made in imitation of another, intended to pass 
 for that which it resembles ; a forgery. 
 
 COU'NTERFEITER, «. a forger; one who imitates a thing 
 with an intention to pass the resemblance as an original. 
 
 COU'NTERFEITLY, ad. with forgery; fictitiously; with 
 dissimulation. 
 
 COU'NTERGAGE, s. in Carpentry, a method used in mea- 
 suring the joints, by transferring the breadth of a mortise to the 
 place in the timber where the tenon is to be, in order to make 
 them fit each other. 
 
 COU'NTERGUARD, s. a small rampart, with a parapet and 
 ditch, to cover some part of the body of the place. 
 
 COU'NTERLIGHT, s. in Painting, a window or light opposite 
 any thing, which makes it appear to a disadvantage. 
 
 To COUNTERMA'ND, v. a. [contremander, Fr.] to order some- 
 thing contrary to what has been commanded ; to contradict or 
 repeal an order. Figuratively, to oppose ; to set oneself in op- 
 position to the commands of another. 
 
 To COUNTERMA'RCH, v. n. to march in a direction opposite 
 to that in which an army began ; to march back. 
 
 COU'NTERMARCH, s. in War, a change of the wings and 
 front of a battalion, whereby the men in front come to be in the 
 rear. Figuratively, a change or alteration of measures or con- 
 duct, opposite to those which preceded. 
 
 COUNTERMARK, s. a second or third mark put on a bale of 
 goods belonging to several persons, that it may not be opened 
 but in the presence of them all. 
 
 COU'NTERMINE, s. in War, a subterraneous passage made 
 by the besieged in search of the enemy's mine, to take out the 
 powder, give air to it, or any other way to frustrate its effects. 
 
 To COUNTERMI'NE, v. a. to dig a passage into an enemy's 
 mine, by which the powder may be taken out, air given to it, or 
 means used to frustrate its intention. Figuratively, to frustrate 
 a design ; to counterwork or defeat by secret measures. 
 
 COO'NTERMOTION, s. a motion opposite or contrary to an- 
 other. 
 
 COU'NTERMURE, s. [contremur, Fr.] a little wall built close 
 to another to strengthen and secure it. 
 
 COUNTERNA'TURAL, a. contrary to nature. 
 
 COU'NTERNOISE, s. a sound or noise made in opposition to 
 another in order to drown it, and hinder its being heard. 
 
 COU'NTEROPENING, s. an opening, vent, or aperture, op- 
 posite to another. 
 
 COU'NTERPANE, s. [cordrepoint, Fr.] a cloth or ornamental 
 covering laid over a bed. 
 
 COU'NTERPART, «. a part opposite to, or which answers, 
 another. In Law, the half or part of any document kept by one 
 party to an agreement, as a check on the other party. 
 
 COU'NTERPLEA, s. the plea of a respondent to that of an- 
 other; a reply in order to oppose the plea of another. 
 
 To COUNtERPLO'T, v. a. to lay one plot against another ; 
 to endeavour to hinder the effects of, by forming and carrying 
 on one of contrary tendency. 
 
 COU'NTERPLOT, s. a stratagem or artifice opposed to an- 
 other. 
 
 COU'NTER-POINT, s. [contre-point, Fr.] in Music, the art of 
 composing the harmony to a melody or air; this is single counter- 
 point. In double counter-point the air is so harmonized, that some- 
 times one and sometimes another part sustains it, without injury 
 to the effect. 
 
 To COUNTER POI'SE, {kounterpoize) v. a. [contre and jmids, Fr.] 
 to place one weight against another ; to act against with equal 
 weight. Figuratively, to produce a contrary action by an equal 
 weight; to act with equal power against any person or cause. 
 
 COU'NTERPOISE, (kointerpoize) s. a weight which is heavy 
 
 231 
 
cou 
 
 enough to counterbalance another.' Figuratirely, an equivalent, 
 or thing of equal worth with another. 
 
 COU'NTEKPOISON, s. antidote; medicines by which the ef- 
 fects of poison are obviated. 
 
 COCNTERPRESSURE, s. an opposite force or measure, by 
 which that which presses the contrary way is counterpoised or 
 destroyed. 
 
 COU'NTERPROJECT, s. correspondent part of a scheme. 
 
 COU'NTERSCARP, s. [confresenrpe, Fr.] in Fortification, that 
 part of the ditch which is next the camp, or the acclivity or 
 exterior part of the ditch next the country, or field ; sometimes 
 it is taken for the whole covert-way, or glacis. 
 
 To COUNTERSI'GN, (kountersw) v. a. to sign an order or in- 
 strument signed before by a king or person of high rank ; thus 
 when a charter is signecl by the king, and afterwards by the 
 secretary, the latter is said to countersign it. 
 
 COUNTER-TE'NOR, s. one of the mean or middle parts of 
 music, so called because opposite to the tenor. 
 
 COU'NTERTIDE, s. contrary tide ; fluctuations of the water. 
 
 COU'NTERTURN, s. in Dramatic Poetry, the catastasis, or 
 full growth of a play, which destroys the expectation, embroils 
 the action in new difficulties, and leaves a person distant from 
 that hope in which it found him. 
 
 To COUNTERVA'IL, v. a. lco?itfa and valeo, Lat.] to act with 
 a force opposite to another ; to be of equal force with another. 
 Figuratively, to be equal to; to compensate for; to counter- 
 balance. 
 
 COU'NTERVAIL, s. equal weight or force ; power or value 
 sufficient to oppose or hinder any contrary effect, or objection. 
 Figuratively, a compensation, or that which is of equal force 
 with something else. 
 
 COU'NTERVIEW, s. opposition, or a situation in which two 
 persons view each other. Figuratively, opposition, or a design 
 which is contrary to that of another. In Painting, a contrast, 
 or situation in which two things illustrate or set off each other. 
 
 To COUNTERWORK, v. a. to endeavour to hinder any other 
 effect by acting against it ; to counteract. 
 
 COU'NTESS, s. [comtesse, Fr.] the wife of a count or earl. 
 
 COU'NTING-HOUSE, s. a place or room where traders post 
 and settle their books, or keep their accounts. 
 
 COU'NTLESS, a. innumerable ; without number ; not to be 
 reckoned. 
 
 COU'NTRY, (Mntry) s. [contree, Fr.] a tract of land under one 
 governor. Figuratively, agricultural districts, in opposition to 
 townships and cities and suburban districts; the place of any 
 person's birth or dwelling. 
 
 COU'NTRY, {kuntnj) a. rude ; unpolished ; uncultivated ; 
 rustic ; at a distance in situation, or opposite in principles, to 
 the court. Figuratively, rude ; untaught ; ignorant. 
 
 COU'NTRY-DANCE, s. [contredanse, Fr.] a kind of dance 
 formerly very fashionable, in which the dancers stood opposite to 
 each other, the ladies in one line, and the gentlemen in another. 
 There were verv many varieties of it. 
 
 COU'NTRYSIAN, (kmitnjman) s. one born in the same king- 
 dom or shire with another. Figuratively, a person bred at a dis- 
 tance from cities or courts. A farmer; a husbandman. 
 
 COU'NTY, s. Icomte, Fr.] originally signified the estate of a 
 count, or so far as he had any jurisdiction ; at present it is used 
 in the same sense with a shire, both containing a compass or 
 portion of the realm, into the which all the land is divided for 
 the better government thereof; so that there is no portion of 
 land that is not contained within some county. There are 40 
 counties in England, and 12 in Wales. Counties or shires are 
 subdivided into rapes, laths, wapentakes, and hundreds, and 
 these into tithings, &c. In all the counties, except Durham, 
 Cumberland, and Westmoreland, officers are appointed every 
 Michaelmas term under the denomination of sheriffs, for the ex- 
 ecuting justice; other officers of the counties are lord lieute- 
 nants, who command the militia, cwstorfes roiuforum, justices of 
 the peace, bailiffs, high constables, and coroners. Three of the 
 counties are called palatine, viz. Lancaster, Chester, and Dur- 
 ham : EI3', which is in Cambridgeshire, was once a county pala- 
 tine. They formerly had very great privileges, that are now very 
 much abridged. 
 
 COUPEE', (koojyee) s. [Fr.] in Dancing, a motion made with 
 the leg forwards, while the other is bent and suspended from the 
 ground. Also, the front division of a stage-coach in France, 
 
 COU 
 
 and of a first-class railway carriage in England, being like a 
 post-chaise, open in the front, and having seats only at the back. 
 
 COU'PLE, (hlple) s. [couple, Fr.] a chain or band which 
 holds dogs together ; two ; a pair. Figuratively, a male and fe- 
 male joined in marriage. 
 
 To COU'PLE, {ki'cpk) V. a. [copula, Lat.] to chain or fasten 
 two or more dogs together. Figuratively, to join two or more 
 things of the same kind together; to join two persons together 
 in marriage. 
 
 COU'PLET, (huplet) s. [Fr.] two verses rhyming together. 
 Figuratively, a pair. 
 
 COU'RAGE, ikuraje) s. a manly braveness of mind, which 
 enables a person to run any risks, undergo any difficulties, and 
 confront any dangers, arising from a sense of duty, and a fear of 
 offending Him that made us. 
 
 COURA'GEOUS, (Jiiirdjeous) a. [courageiix, Fr.] resolutely 
 bold, and undertaking any enterprise, though attended with 
 dangers, and surrounded with difficulties. 
 
 COURA'GEOUSLY, (Mrdjeously) ad. in a manner free from 
 fear, and resolutely opposing difficulties and dangers. 
 
 COURA'GEOUSNESS.s. bravery; boldness; spirit; courage. 
 
 COURA'NT, (koordnt) s. [courante, Fr.] any thing which is 
 spread or published quickly ; hence courant has been used for 
 the title of^ a newspaper. Also, a kind of dance, formerly very 
 fashionable. 
 
 COU'RIER, s. [courier, Fr.] a messenger sent in haste with 
 despatches relating to the state; an express. Also used as the 
 title of a newspaper. 
 
 COU'RLAND, (duchy of) a province of Russia, bounded on 
 the N. by the Gulf of Riga and part of Livonia ; on the W. by 
 the Baltic ; on the E. by Minsk and Vitepsk ; and on the S. bv 
 Wilna and part of Prussia. It is 250 miles long and 120 broad. 
 The country swells into gentle hills, and is fertile in corn, hemp, 
 and flax. It is mostly open ; but in some parts covered with 
 forests of pine and fir, and groves of oak, with much under-wood. 
 The woods abound with bears, wolves, and elks. The villages 
 are neat, and the habits of the people simple. It exports timber, 
 corn, skins, and other produce of the land. The religion is 
 chiefly Lutheran. Mittau is the capital. The population is 
 about 500,000. 
 
 COURSE, (iiorsc) s. [cursus, from curro, to run, Lat.] a race. 
 Figuratively, the place where races are run ; passage from place 
 to place; progress; a tilt; act of running in the lists; the 
 track in which a ship sails ; a turn in order of succession, used 
 with in, " Every one in his course ;" a methodical procedure, 
 or regular series of instruction, as, a course of philosophy, che- 
 mistry, &c. In Cookery, a number of dishes set at one time on 
 the table. O/'course.by consequence, by settled rule. In Archi- 
 tecture, a continued range of stones, level, or of the same height 
 throughout the whole length of a building, without any inter- 
 ruption or aperture. Courses, the mainsails and foresails of a 
 ship. 
 
 To COURSE, (horse) v. a. to hunt ; to pursue game ; to pur- 
 sue with dogs that hunt in view ; to exercise in running or 
 galloping.— D. n. to run ; to pass ; or make itself a passage ; to 
 rove. 
 
 CO'URSER, (Jcorser) s. a swift horse ; a war horse. 
 
 COURT, (kort) s. [cour, Fr.] the place where a prince re- 
 sides ; an open space before a house ; a small place enclosed with 
 buildings, excepting an avenue which leads to it, and having no 
 other passage at the other end. Likewise, a large hall or room 
 where justice is publicly administered. Courts are of various 
 kinds ; and are either held in the king's name, as all the ordinary 
 courts ; or where the precepts are issued in the name of the 
 judge, as the admiral's court. The superior courts are those of 
 the King's Bench, the Common Pleas, the Exchequer, and the 
 Court of Chancery. (See them under their respective heads.) A 
 court of record has power to hold plea, of real, personal, and' 
 mixed actions, where the debt is 40s. or above ; as the court of 
 King's Bench, &c. A base court, or court not of record, is, 
 where it cannot hold plea of debt or damage, amou nting to 40s. , or 
 where proceedings are not according to the course of the' common 
 law ; such as the county court, court of hundreds, court baron, 
 &c. Court Baron is a court held by every lord of a manor within 
 his own precincts, by common law and custom ; the former is 
 where the barons or freeholders, being suitors, are the judges; 
 the other is that where the lord, or his steward, is the judge. 
 
cou 
 
 Court of Chivalry, or the Marshal's Court, of which the lord high 
 constable and the earl marshal of England were judges. This 
 court is the fountain of martial law, and the earl marshal is not 
 only one of the judges, but is to see execution done. Court of 
 Conscience, a court in the cities of London and Westminster, and 
 some other places, where all causes where the debt and damages 
 come under 40s. are determined. Court of Delegates, where dele- 
 gates are appointed by the king's commission, under the great 
 seal, upon an appeal to him; and is granted in three cases: 1. 
 When a sentence is given in an ecclesiastical cause by the arch- 
 bishop, or his official ; 2. When a sentence is given in an eccle- 
 siastical cause in places exempt ; and, 3. When sentence is given 
 in the court of admiralty, in suits civil or marine, by order of the 
 civil law. Court of Hmtings, is a court of record, held at Guild- 
 hall, for the city of London, before the lord mayor and aldermen, 
 sheriff's and recorder, where all pleas, real, personal, and mixt, 
 are determined ; where all lands, tenements,&c. within the said 
 city, or its bounds, are pleadable, in two Hustings ; the one called 
 the Hustings of the pleas of lands, and the other the Hustings of 
 the common pleas. This is the highest court within the city, in 
 which writs of exigent may be taken out, and outlawries award- 
 ed, wherein judgment is given by the recorder. Court-Leet, is a 
 court held by the lord of a manor wherein all offences, except 
 high treason, are inquired into, and punished. Court-3tartial, is 
 appointed for inquiring into and punishing offences in officers, 
 soldiers, and s&ilors, in a manner agreeable to the regulations of 
 the mutiny bill. Court of Requests, was anciently a court of equity, 
 of the same nature with the chancery, but inferior to it ; and has 
 been long since abolished. Figuratively, the retinue or persons 
 which attend on aprince in his palace ; any jurisdiction, military, 
 civil, or ecclesiastical; the art of pleasing or insinuation. 
 
 To COURT, {kort) v. a. to woo ; to endeavour to engage the 
 affections of a woman with a view of marriage. Figuratively, to 
 solicit ; to seek after with eagerness ; to flatter ; to endeavour to 
 please, or to insinuate oneself into the good graces of another. 
 
 CO'URT-DAY, s. the day on which justice is solemnly ad- 
 ministered. 
 
 CCVURTEOUS, {koHeous, or kurteous) a. [courtois, Fr.] affable ; 
 polite ; full of respect and civility. 
 
 CO'URTEOUSLY, (korteously, or kurteously) ad. in a respectful, 
 civil, complaisant manner. 
 
 CCyURTEOUSNESS, (korteousness, or kurteoicsness) s. civil, af- 
 fable, and complaisant behaviour, tending to gain the affection of 
 another. 
 
 CO'URTESY, {kortesy, or kurtesy) s. [courtoisie, Fr.] an aflTable 
 and polite address ; an act of kindness, civility, or respect. Fi- 
 guratively, the method in which women show their respect of 
 
 ceremony, i. e. by bending the knees and sinking the bodv. In 
 Law, a tenure, not of right, but purely by the favour anci good 
 nature of others. Courtesy of England, is applied to a right which 
 
 a person has to an inheritance who marries an heiress, that has 
 a child by hini, after both she and the child are dead. Prov. 
 Full of courtesy, full of craft. 
 
 To COU'RTESY, (pron. kicrUey) v. n. to sink the body by bend- 
 ing the knees, applied to the method used by women to show 
 their respect. 
 
 CO'U RT-H AND, (kdrt-hand) s. a large square character abound- 
 ing in abbreviations, in which records and Jaw proceedings were 
 formerly written. 
 
 CCL RTIER, {kortier) s. one who frequents the court of princes ; 
 one who espouses the measures of the court, in opposition to those 
 of the country ; one who solicits and endeavours to engage the 
 affections or esteem of another. 
 
 CCyURTLIKE, {kortlike) a. elegant ; polite ; resembling the 
 court. 
 
 CO'URTLINESS, (kortliness) s. elegance of manners, civility 
 of behaviour, and politeness of address. 
 
 CO'URTLY, (kortly) a. relating to, favouring, or flattering the 
 court.— ad. in the manner of courtiers, elegantly. 
 
 COURTRA'I, a town of Belgium, seated on the Lys. It is 
 famous for its linen manufactures. It has also other textile 
 manufactures. It has amongst its public buildings some very 
 noble structures,' especially some churches. It is about 25 miles 
 from Brussels. Its population is about 20,(XK). Lat. 51. 0, N. 
 Long. 3. 20. E. 
 
 CCKURTSHIP, {kortship) s. the act of endeavouring to gain 
 the favour of a superior, or the affections of a woman. 
 
 COW 
 
 COU'SIN, gcHzin) s. [Fr.] a title of relation, applied to those 
 who are born of two sisters or two brothers. Figuratively, a title 
 given by the king to a nobleman, especially to such as form the 
 privy -council. 
 
 COW, «. in the plural anciently kine or keen, but now cows ; 
 [cu. Sax.] the female of the ox tribe ; its young are called calces ; 
 the male, a bull; and its flesh, when killed, beef. 
 
 To COW, V. a. [by a contraction from coward,'] to depress, to 
 keep in great subjection, so as to render a person unable to un- 
 dertake any bold and generous action. 
 
 CO'WARD, s. \couard, Fr.] a person who is viciously timorous, 
 or afraid of opposing danger ; a word of reproach. Synon. The 
 coward will fire up upon the least offence, but proceed no further. 
 The poltroon is so meanly spirited as through want of courage to 
 take every insult calmly. The coward draws back; the poltroon 
 dares not advance. 
 
 CO'WARDICE, s. an excessive timorousness, which renders 
 a person the contempt of his adversaries, and the scorn of his 
 friends. 
 
 COWARDLINESS, s. the quality of acting like a coward. 
 
 CO'WARDLY, a. fearful ; timorous ; pusillanimous. 
 
 CO'WARDLY, ad. in the manner of a person who is afraid to 
 show resentment, or oppose an enemy. 
 
 CO'WBRIDGE, Glamorganshire, in South Wales. It is called 
 by the Welch Pont-Van, from the stone bridge over the river, 
 which soon after falls into the sea. It is seated in a low bottom, 
 and in a fertile soil. The streets are broad and paved. The 
 market is well supplied with corn, cattle, sheep, and provisions. 
 It is 176 miles from London. Market, Tuesday. Pop. 1080. 
 
 CO'WBANE, s. in Botany, the long-leaved water hemlock. 
 
 To CO'WER, V. n. \cwrrain, Brit.] to stoop by bending the 
 knees, applied to beasts. Figuratively, to stoop or hang over a 
 thing, applied to the attitude of a human creature. 
 
 CO WES, EAST and WEST, a sea-port on the N. coast of the 
 Isle of Wight, divided by the river Meden, or Medina. It is a 
 place of good trade, resorted to by merchant-ships waiting for 
 convoy, passage-boats to and from Portsmouth, Southampton, 
 &c.,and the station of the packet, with the mail from the island 
 to London. Pop. 4987. 
 
 CO'WISH, a. timorous ; fearful to a vice. 
 
 CO'W KEEPER, s. one whose business is to keep cows. 
 
 COWL, s. [cugle. Sax.] a kind of covering for the head worn 
 by monks ; a vessel in which water is carried on a pole between 
 two persons. 
 
 CO'W-LEECH, s. one who professes to cure distempered 
 cows. 
 
 CO'WLEY, ABRAHAM, one of those poets whose lot has 
 been extravagant but short-lived fame. His prose is better than 
 his poetry; and he is the author of many of the metaphysical 
 phrases of a Platonic cast, current in English schools of philo- 
 sophy and divinity. He was a learned man. Living in the 
 troubled times of England, he adhered to the royalist cause, and 
 experienced the customary ingratitude of Charles II. He died 
 in 1667, aged 48 years. 
 
 CO'WPER, WILLIAM, an English poet, whose influence has 
 been of the happiest kind, and whose name has come to be a 
 household word amongst us. Never perplexing by remote allu- 
 sions, and illustrations from fields trodden only by the learned, 
 nor by metaphysical subtleties and speculations ; rarely tedious ; 
 always chaste and elegant, yet most simple and natural in style ; 
 always displaying a heart alive to all that is beautiful, and true, 
 and holy; dealing with familiar things, and making all dealt 
 with familiar ; manly and vigorous in opposition to wrong; filled 
 with tender, yet not weak sympathy, for all suflfering ; amusing 
 with frequent sallies of humour ; unstained by a thought that 
 could pain the purest feelings ; his poems are read and loved by 
 all, and will be read and loved so long as there remains an Eng- 
 lish home. His retired life presents nothing of great moment to 
 record beyond his friendship for Newton of Olney, the unwearied 
 and almost maternal love of Mrs. Unwin, and the melancholy 
 periods of his nervous prostration, which his too susceptible spirit 
 mistook for exclusion from all hope of Divine mercy. He died 
 in 1800, aged 69 years. 
 
 CO'W-POX, S. See VACCINATION. 
 
 CO'WQUAKES, s. in Botany, a provincial term for the quake- 
 grass or ladies-hair. 
 CO'WSLIP, 5. [cuslippe, Sax.] in Botany, a common spring 
 2h 233 
 
plant, with a cluster of sweet-scented, yellow, cinq-spotted, 
 drooping: flowers, a species of the primrose. 
 
 COWS-LU'NGWORT, s. in Botany, a species of mullein, call- 
 ed also hightaper, conimon on dry ditch banks. 
 
 CO'WWEED, s. in Botany, the common wild chervil. 
 
 CO'WWHEAT, s. in Botany, a common meadow plant, of 
 which there are two species, viz. the crested and purple. 
 
 CO'XCOMB, (liuxcom) s. an ignorant pretender to knowledge 
 and polite accomplishments. 
 
 CO'XWOLD, Yorkshire, N. R. It is 214 miles from London. 
 Pop. 1076. 
 
 COY, a. [co8, Fr.] modest; reserved ; not submitting to the fa- 
 miliarities of a lover, or testifying any approbation of his advances. 
 
 To COY, V. n. to behave with reserve and disapprobation of 
 the familiarities of a lover; to condescend with reluctance. 
 
 COY'LY, ad. with reserve ; with unwillingness to admit any 
 advances of a lover. 
 
 COY'NESS, s. reserve ; unwillingness to admit the advances 
 or familiarities of a lover. 
 
 COY'STREL, s. a degenerate kind of hawk. 
 
 To CO'ZEN, (kuzn) V. a. to impose on by feigned appearances; 
 to cheat, trick, or defraud. 
 
 CO'ZENAGE, {kiiznaje) s. imposing upon a person by false ap- 
 pearances, in order to deprive him of his property ; a fraud. 
 
 CO'ZENER, (Mzner) s. one who defrauds another by means of 
 specious pretences, or false appearances. 
 
 CRAB, s. [crabba. Sax.] in Natural History, a genus of crusta- 
 ceous animals, almost all of which reside in the sea, hiding them- 
 selves in holes in rocks, and under stones, or in piers ; or else 
 burrowing in the sand. Our common crab, which sometimes 
 attains to a prodigious size, is well known, and is esteemed a 
 great dehcacy. Another species common on our coasts, is the 
 Hermit crab, or Soldier crab, which, having no shelly covering for 
 its body, appropriates to its use for the purpose of defence, the 
 shells of the periwinkle, whelk, &c. according to its size. It is 
 verj' pugnacious in its habits, especially against its own kind. 
 The crabs of the tropical seas are very singular in the form of 
 their shells, and some are thickly covered with sharp points. In 
 Botany, a wild sour apple, or the tree that bears it. Figuratively, 
 a sour, cross, morose person ; a wooden engine with three claws, 
 used in launching ships, or heaving them into the docks. In 
 Astronomy, one of the signs of the Zodiac. See Cancer. 
 
 CRAB, a. It is used by way of contempt for any sour or de- 
 generate fruit ; as, a crab cherry, a crab plum. 
 
 CRABBE, GEORGE, an English poet, who has excelled in 
 faithful representations of characters and scenes he was familiar 
 with. After trying various modes of living, he was, by the gene- 
 rosity of Edmund Burke, introduced to the literary world, and at 
 last into the Church of England. He spent his days in his dif- 
 ferent parishes, diversifying his duties with literary and scientific 
 pursuits, and with the intercourse of the distinguished circle 
 which his first patron had introduced him to. He died in 1832, 
 aged 78 years. 
 
 CRA'BBED, a. applied to the temper and behaviour of a per- 
 son, sour, morose, void of affability. Figuratively, disagreeable 
 or unpleasing. Applied to writings, not easy to be understood, 
 difficult or perplexing. 
 
 CRA'BBEDLY', ad. in a peevish, morose, sour, and unsociable 
 manner. 
 
 CRA'BBEDNESS, s. applied to the taste, sour, or resembling 
 that of a crab ; applied to the looks, crossness ; applied to be- 
 haviour, moroseness ; and applied to writings, difficulty or hard- 
 ness to be understood. 
 
 CRACK, s. [kraeck, Belg.] a sudden bursting, by which the 
 parts of a body are separated from each other. Figuratively, the 
 chink or chasm made by the separation of the parts of a body ; 
 the sound made by any body m bursting or falling; a sound 
 made by a sudden and quick blow ; a flaw ; also craziness of 
 intellect ; a boast. 
 
 To CRACK, V. a. [kraecken, Belg.] to break into chinks ; to 
 break or split ; to destroy by breaking ; to make a flaw in a thing; 
 to craze. — c. n. to burst ; to split ; to open in chinks ; to fall or 
 run to ruin ; to make a loud noise by bursting, or from a sudden 
 blow ; to boast, used with of. 
 
 CRA'CK-BRAINED, a. crazy ; without right reason. 
 
 CRA'CKER, s. a noisy boas'ting fellow; a quantity of gun- 
 powder confined so as to burst with a noise. 
 234 
 
 CRA 
 
 To CRA'CKLE, v. n. to make a loud and frequent noise, re- 
 sembling that of a bay leaf when burnt. 
 
 CRA'CKNEL, s. a hard little cake. 
 
 CRA'COW, formerly the capital of Poland, and lately the ca- 
 pital of a republic named from it, is situated on the Vistula, 
 which is here broad and shallow. The city and suburbs occupy a 
 vast tract of ground. The great square is spacious and well 
 built ; the houses were once richly furnished and well inhabited, 
 but are now either untenanted, or in a state of decay. Many of 
 the streets are spacious and handsome ; but almost every build- 
 ing bears striking marks of ruined grandeur. The regalia were 
 preserved here, and in the cathedral most of the sovereigns of 
 Poland have been interred. They were also crowned here for 
 nearly five centuries. It has a university, now much decayed. 
 It is 128 miles from Warsaw. Population, about 20,000. Lat. 
 50. 3. N. Long. 19. 57. E. The republic of Cracow was estab- 
 lished through the mutual jealousy of the three sovereigns who 
 had partitioned Poland, at the congress of Vienna, under the 
 pledge of their protection. It has now been seized upon by Rus- 
 sia, and is incorporated with its territory. 
 
 CRA'DLE, s. [cradel. Sax.] a small wicker bedstead for chil- 
 dren, set on rockers. Figuratively, infancy. In Surgery, a kind 
 of case resembling a cradle, in which a limb is laid that has been 
 lately set. In Ship Building, a frame of timber raised along the 
 outside of a ship, by the bulge, serving to launch her with greater 
 ease and security. In Masonry, a sort of cage, in which work- 
 men are suspended on the side of any high building Which they 
 are repairing. 
 
 To CRA'DLE, v. a. to lay or rock in a cradle. Figuratively, 
 to lay or compose. 
 
 CRAFT, s. [cr(gft. Sax.] a trade or mechanical employment ; 
 cunning ; small sailing vessels. 
 
 CRA'FTILY, ad. in a cunning manner ; in a manner which 
 includes in it more art than honesty. 
 
 CRA'FTINESS, s. cunning. 
 
 CRA'FTSMAN, «. an artificer, tradesman, manufacturer, or 
 mechanic. 
 
 CRA'FTSMASTER, s. a man skilled in his trade. 
 
 CRA'FTY, a. cunning, full of art, whereby a person over- 
 reaches another, or carries on a design against him without his 
 discovery ; it includes the idea of selfishness, and sometimes 
 dishonesty. 
 
 CRAG, s. \craeghe, Belg.] a neck, or the small end of the neck, 
 applied to a joint of butcher's meat. 
 
 CRAG, s. [craig, Brit.] a rough steep rock ; the rugged parts 
 of a rock. 
 
 CR A'GGED, a. full of ruggedness, or uneven parts. 
 
 CRA'GGEDNESS, s. fulness of crags, or prominent rocks. 
 
 CRA'GGINESS,s. the state of being craggy. 
 
 CRA'GGY, a. uneven ; broken ; rugged. 
 
 CRAIL, Fifeshire, Scotland. A town seated on the mouth of 
 the Frith of Forth. Pop. 1737. 
 
 CRA'KENEEDLE, s. in Botany, the common venus-comb, or 
 shepherds-needle. 
 
 To CRAM, i\ a. [cramman. Sax.] to stuff by force, or to force 
 more into a thing than it can conveniently contain ; to fill with 
 more food than a person can conveniently eat ; to thrust down 
 by force, applied to the method used to feed and cram turkeys. 
 — !!. n. to eat more than a person can well bear. 
 
 CRA'MBO, s. a play in which one person is obliged to find a 
 rhyme to a word given W another. 
 
 CRAMP, s. [cramjie, Fr.] in Medicine, a convulsive or invo- 
 luntary contraction of the muscular part of the body, attended 
 with great pain. Figuratively, any restraint which hinders a 
 person from exerting either the faculties of his mind, or the 
 strength of his body. Also, a piece of iron beat at each end, by 
 which two bodies are held together. 
 
 CRAMP, a. attended with difficulties ; not easy to be under- - 
 stood. 
 
 To CRAMP, V. a. to contract the muscular parts, and thereby 
 to occasion great pain. Figuratively, to restrain, confine, ob- 
 struct, or hinder ; to fasten together with cramping irons. 
 
 CRA'MPFISH, in Natural History, the torpedo, a fish which 
 has the remarkable power of giving to any one touching it, or 
 coming within a short distance of it, a smart electrical shock. 
 It kills its prey by this means. 
 
 CRANA'CH, LUCAS, a famous painter of Germany, in the 
 
CRA 
 
 16th centurj'. He chiefly employed himself qn portraits ; and he 
 has left us fine likenesses of most of the eminent men of his age 
 and nation. His name is most widely known associated with 
 Luther's; of whom he was a most intimate friend. He died in 
 1553, aged 81 years. 
 
 CRA'NBERRIES, s. in Botany, the same with moss-berries 
 or moor-berries ; a species of whortle. 
 
 CRA'NBOURN, Dorsetshire, a town well watered with streams. 
 it is 94 miles from London. Market, Thursday. Pop. 2551. 
 
 CRA'NBROOK, Kent. It is a large and well-frequented place, 
 and the market is the best in these parts. It is 49 miles from 
 London. Market, Saturday. Pop. 3996. 
 
 CRANE, s. [eran. Sax.] in Natural History, a bird with a long 
 bill, neck, and legs. Also a machine used in building and com- 
 merce, for raising large stones and other weights ; a long piece 
 of iron put in a chimney, to hang pots upon ; a syphon, or crooked 
 I)ipe, for drawing liquors out of a bottle or cask. 
 
 CRA'NEAGE, s. the liberty of using a crane at a wharf; also, 
 the money paid for drawing up wares out of a ship, &c. with a 
 crane. 
 
 CRA'NESBILL, s. in Botany, a genus of plants, of which six- 
 teen species are natives of England. A pair of pincers terminat- 
 ing id a point, used by surgeons. 
 
 CRA'NIUM, s. [Lat.] in Anatomy, an assemblage of bones 
 which include the brain, commonly called the skull. 
 
 CRANK, s. [krank, Belg.] the end of an iron axis turned square 
 down, and turned again square to the first turning down ; also, 
 a contrivance, by means of a square bend in an axis or spindle, to 
 convert the rotatory motion of the axis into a vertical motion, such 
 as is required for working the piston of a pump ; and vice versa. 
 Figuratively, any pleasing conceit or pun termed by wresting a 
 word from its' original signification. 
 
 CRANK, a. in sea language, is applied to a ship, which is said 
 to be crank-sided, when she cannot bear her sails, or but small sail, 
 without danger of oversetting ; and to be crank by the ground, 
 when her floor or bottom is so narrow that she cannot be brought 
 on ground without danger. Healthy ; sprightly. 
 
 'loCRA'NKLE, v.n. to run in and out; to run in mazes, 
 meanders, or windings. — v. a. to break into windings. 
 
 CR-A'NKLES, s. an unequal surface ; angles formed by the 
 windings of the stream. 
 
 CRA'NMER, ARCHBISHOP THOMAS, one of the most dis- 
 tinguished agents in bringing about the English Reformation. 
 He had obtained some notonety for learning, before his name 
 became world-famous by his opposing the pope's decree respect- 
 ing Henry VIII. 's marriage. For this good service done to the 
 king's conscience, royal favour was showered down on him 
 abundantly, till a new lust made Cranmer's presence unpleasant 
 to the king ; he did not however seek to plant any thorns in the 
 royal breast, and so did not lose his position of favour. The se- 
 paration from Rome was meanwhile effected, and Cranmer and 
 others, who had imbibed some of the notions of Luther, sought 
 to guide the course of events into a similar channel to that 
 they had flowed in on the continent. But the king was too 
 strong, and the spirit of the age too servile, so that a secular pa- 
 pacy was the only result of the English Reformation at first. 
 During Edward VI.'s reign he had greater influence, and exert- 
 ed it in endeavouring to bring about a harmony and union of all 
 the communities which had broken with Rome. In this he fail- 
 ed, but the incongruities of the Book of Common Prayer are the 
 monuments of his efforts to this day. Espousing the cause of the 
 Lady Jane Grey, he was doubly hateful to Mary, who having 
 imprisoned him, terrified him into a recantation of Protestantism. 
 But he speedily retracted, and was burned in 1555, aged 66 
 years. He was a man of considerable learning and piety; yet 
 ne was not much in advance of his first royal patron in matters 
 of faith and discipline, and was the slave of a cowardice which 
 at times jeopardized his character. His end was a calm and 
 complete triumph. 
 
 CRA'NNIED, a. full of holes or chinks. 
 
 CRA'NNY, s. \crena, Lat.] a chink, cleft, or a narrow hole 
 made in a rock, or solid body. 
 
 CRAPE, s. [crepa, low Lat.] a light transparent manufacture 
 resembling gauze, made of raw silk gummed and twisted in the 
 mill, wove without crossing, and much used in mourning. 
 
 CRA'PULENCE, s. [crajntia, Lat.] drunkenness ; or the dis- 
 order of the head occasioned by excessive drinking. 
 
 CRE 
 
 CRA'PULOUS, a. drunk ; sick or disordered in the head by 
 excessive drinking. 
 
 To CRASH, t>. n. to make a loud noise ; applied to that which 
 is occasioned by the fall of several things at once. — v. a. to break 
 or bruise by means of force. Figuratively, to drink, applied to 
 liquor. 
 
 CRASH, s. a loud, sudden, mixed sound, occasioned by se- 
 veral things falling, or being dashed together. Figuratively, a 
 sudden and astonishing commercial failure; the unexpected 
 failure of any high hopes. 
 
 CRA'SH AW, RICHARD, one of our sacred poets of the 17th 
 century. He was a divine of the Church of England of Laud's 
 school, was ejected for contumacy by the Presbyterian parlia- 
 mentary commissioners, and eventually became a member of the 
 Roman Church, and died in Italy, in 1650, aged about 45 years. 
 His poems are of the class that Herbert is the familiar type of, 
 and are much admired by such as can look beyond the mere dress 
 of a thought. 
 
 CRA'SIS, s. [krasis, Fr.] constitution, or the habit of body ; 
 health. ' 
 
 CRASS, a. [crassus, Lat.] thick ; gross ; not easily running, 
 applied to fluids. 
 
 CRA'SSITUDE, s. that state of a fluid which enables it to 
 support solid bodies without sinking ; grossness. 
 
 CfRA'SSUS, M. LICINIUS, the partner with Julius Csesar and 
 Pompey, in the arrangement made against the liberties of Rome. 
 The Eastern provinces were assigned to him. He was a brave 
 soldier, and most enormously wealthy, to which latter gift it is 
 presumable that he owed the power he had put into his hands. 
 He was defeated by the Parthians in 53 b. c, and put to death 
 by having molten gold poured down his throat. 
 
 CRASTINA'TION, s. [eras, Lat.] the delaying a thing, which 
 ought to be done immediately, to another time. 
 
 CRATCH, s. [creche, Fr.] the pallisaded frame in which the 
 hay is put ; a manger. 
 
 CRA'TER, in Astronomy, the Cup, a constellation in the 
 southern hemisphere. 
 
 CRATI'NUS, a comic writer of Athens, a contemporary and 
 rival of Aristophanes. He was once the successful competitor 
 for the prize with him. We have only the names of a few of bis 
 plays. He flourished about 400 b. c. 
 
 CRAVA'T, s. a cloth worn round the neck ; a neckcloth. 
 
 To CRAVE, V. n. [crafian. Sax.] to ask with earnestness and 
 submission. Figuratively, to ask insatiably, or wish for without 
 being satisfied ; to require as necessary; to call for as a claim, 
 applied to things. 
 
 CRA'VEN, s. a cock that is conquered, and void of courage. 
 Figuratively, a coward, or one afraid to encounter any danger. 
 
 To CRA'V EN, V. a. to render inactive by fear ; to render a 
 person a coward, or affect with cowardice. 
 
 CRA'VER, s. an insatiable asker. , 
 
 To CRAU'NCH, v. a. [sehrantsen, Belg. whence it is more pro- 
 per to say scraunch,] to crush with the teeth. 
 
 CRAW, s. [kroe, Dan.] the crop or first stomach in birds. 
 
 CRAWFISH, s. sometimes written cranfish ; [ecrevisse, Fr.] in 
 Natural History, a fresh-water species of lobster. 
 
 To CRAWL, V. a. [krielen, Belg.] to move with a slow motion 
 along the ground, like a worm. Figuratively, to move slowly ; 
 to move in an abject posture, despised by all. 
 
 CRAWLER, s. an animal which moves with its belly on the 
 ground ; any animal moving with a slow and creeping motion. 
 
 CRA'YFISH, s. the same with the Crawfish, which see. 
 
 CRA'YON, s. [Fr.] any colour formed into a roll or pencil, 
 with which pictures or portraits are drawn or coloured. Figura- 
 tively, any design or portrait formed with crayons. 
 
 To CRAZE, V. a. [eeraser, Fr.] to break. Figuratively, to crush 
 or weaken a claim, or arguments: to powder; to disorder the 
 senses or brain of a person ; to make a person mad. 
 
 CRA'ZEDNESS, s. the state of a thing broken ; weakness ; 
 madness, applied to the understanding. 
 
 CRA'ZINESS, s. the state of being mad ; weakness. 
 
 CRA'ZY, a. [Scrase, Fr.] broken. Figuratively, weak with 
 age; decrepit; feeble; disordered in the mind; lunatic, or mad. 
 
 To CREAK, {kreek) v. n. [an onoraatopee,] to make a harsh, 
 shrill, and disagreeable noise, like that of a rusty hinge, applied 
 both to things and animals. 
 
 CREAM, {kreem) s. [cremor, Lat.] the thick, rich, unctuous 
 2 u 2 235 
 
CRE 
 
 substance which rises on the surface of milk when it has stood 
 for some time, used in making butter. Figuratively, the best, 
 essential, or most valuable part of any thing; as, the cream of the 
 jest. Cream-faced, implies pale with fear. 
 
 To CREAM, (Icreem) v. n. to rise in cream ; to look pale like 
 cream.— u. a. to skim off the cream of milk. Figuratively, to take 
 or collect the flower, best part, or quintessence of any thing. 
 
 CRE'AMY, {kreemy) a. abounding with, or of the nature of, 
 cream, 
 
 CRE'ANCE, s. [Fr.] in Falconrj-, a fine small line, fastened to 
 a hawk's leash when she is first lured. 
 
 CREASE, {kreese) s, a mark made in a thing by folding or 
 doubling it. 
 
 To CREASE, {kreese) v. a, to make a mark in any thing by 
 folding or doubling it. 
 
 To CREA'TE, v. a. [creo, Lat.] to form out of nothing. Figu- 
 ratively, to cause or produce ; to occasion ; to confer an honour 
 or dignity. In Law, to give a thing new qualities, or put it into 
 a new state. 
 
 CREA'TION, s. [creatio, Lat.] the act of forming or giving ex- 
 istence. In its strict sense, it implies the giving existence to a 
 thing which had no pre-existent matter. Figuratively, the act 
 of conferring titles and dignity ; also, the things created ; the 
 universe. 
 
 CREA'TIVE, a. having the power to form out of nothing ; ex- 
 erting the act or power of creation. 
 
 CREA'TOR, s. the Being that bestows existence on all things. 
 
 CRE'ATURE, (kreeture) s. a being which owes its existence 
 to something else ; any thing created; an animal not human ; a 
 general term for man ; a word of contempt for a human being ; a 
 word of petty tenderness. Figuratively, used for one who owes 
 his fortune to, and is slavishly at the service of, another. 
 
 CRE'ATURELY, {kreeturely) ad. having the qualities of a cre- 
 ated thing. 
 
 CRE'BRITUDE, s. [creh-itudo, Lat.] frequentness, or the 
 quality of repeating the same thing often. 
 
 CRE'BROUS, a. [creher, Lat.] frequent. 
 
 CRE'DENCE, s. [emfo, Lat.] belief; credit; the act of the 
 mind whereby it assents to the truth of a person's pretensions, 
 and places confidence in his claim to assent. Figuratively, 
 that which gives a person a right to belief or credit. 
 
 CREDE'NDA, *. [Lat.] things or articles which it is neces- 
 sary to believe ; those propositions or articles which are merely 
 the objects of faith, opposed to agenda, or practical duties. 
 
 CRE'DENT, a. believing ; easy of belief. 
 
 CREDE'NTIAL, {liredhishial) s. that which gives a right to 
 belief and credit ; that which warrants assuming any authority, 
 and claims the respect due to one of that character. 
 
 CREDIBI'LITY, s. the claim which a thing may have to be 
 assented to or believed; the quality or evidence which renders a 
 thing fit to be assented to ; probability. 
 
 CRE'DIBLE, a. worthy of credit, assent, or belief. 
 
 CRE'DIBLENESS, s. the quality which renders a thing wor- 
 thy of credit, assent, or belief. 
 
 CRE'DIBLY, ad. in such a manner as may be assented to ; in 
 such a manner as to claim belief. 
 
 CRE'DIT, s. {credit, Fr.] belief of a statement as true. Figur- 
 atively, honour, esteem, testimony, or reputation for honesty; 
 the lending and expectation of money lent within some limited 
 time ; the faith reposed in the government Ly lending money at 
 interest, which may be transferred, though not redeemable, or is 
 promised to be repaid at a certain time. In Commerce, it signi- 
 fies something sold on trust ; and the credit of a person's account 
 is that on which his payments, whether in cash or other commo- 
 dities, are registered. 
 
 To CRE'DIT, V. a. [credo, Lat.] to believe or assent to what a 
 person says as true. Figuratively, to reflect honour on a person 
 or thing; to trust or confide in one; to let a person have goods 
 on trust. In Commerce, to discharge a debt, by entering an 
 article on the credit side of an account. 
 
 CRE'DITABLE, a. that may engage confidence or esteem. 
 In Commerce, that may procure trust; honourable; estimable. 
 
 CRE'DIT ABLENESS, s. reputation; the being generally 
 praised and esteemed. 
 
 CRE'DITABLY, ad. in such a manner as to keep one's re- 
 putation, or avoid disgrace. 
 
 CRE'DITON, or Ki'rton, Devonshire. It has a considerable 
 236 
 
 CRE 
 
 manufacture of serges ; and was formerly the see of a bishop, re- 
 moved to Exeter in 1050 ; the cathedral, a magnificent struc- 
 ture, 200 feet in length, is still standing. It is seated between 
 two hills, on the river Creddy, 181 miles from London. Market, 
 Saturday. Pop. 5947. 
 
 CRE'DITOR, s. [credo, Lat.] one who lets another have any 
 thing on trust ; one to whom a debt is owing. In Book-keeping, 
 that side of an account wherein all things which are delivered 
 are entered ; in the cash book, contains a person's payment. 
 
 CREDU'LITY, s. belief without examining into the truth of 
 the thin<? assented to ; too great easiness in believing. 
 
 CRE'DULOUS, a. assenting to any thing proposed as an ob- 
 ject of belief, without examining into its truth. 
 
 CRE'DULOUSNESS, s. the quality of believing without ex- 
 amining. 
 
 CREED, s. is a brief summary of the articles of a Christian's 
 belief. There are several ancient forms and scattered remains 
 of creeds to be met with in the records of the primitive church ; 
 but the most universal creeds, and those which are allowed by 
 the canons of the church, are the Apostolical, the Athanasian, and 
 Nicene creeds. Any solemn profession of principles and opinion. 
 " There's my creed," Shak. 
 
 CREEK, s. [creeca. Sax.] in Geography, a part of the sea 
 which runs into the land ; a port or bay. The designation of a 
 confederacy of Indian tribes living in the S. part of the United 
 States' territory, comprising the Cherokees, the Chocktaws, the 
 Chickasaws, &c., who are now brought in some degree under the 
 influence of civilization. 
 
 CRE'EKY, a. full of creeks and windings. 
 
 To CREEP, I', a. preler. and part, crept ; [erypan. Sax.] to move 
 with the belly on the ground, applied to reptiles or animals 
 which have no legs, such as worms and serpents. Figuratively, 
 to grow on the ground, or upon supporters, applied to veget- 
 ables ; to move slowly ; to move unperceived into any place ; to 
 come unexpectedly, or steal out of a place unperceived and un- 
 heard ; to behave with abjectness, or meanness of spirit. 
 
 CRE'EPER, s. in Botany, a plant which runs along the 
 ground, or supports itself by means of some stronger body. In 
 Natural History, a kind of small bird, whose manners resemble 
 those of the woodpecker. An iron used to slide along the grate 
 in kitchens ; a grappling iron emploj'ed in bringing up drowned 
 persons, or other objects, from the bottom of the water. 
 
 CRE'EPHOLE, s. a hole or cavity into which an animal may 
 retire to escape danger. Fio:uratively, an excuse; means de- 
 vised to escape shame, or elude the force of law. 
 
 CRE'EPINGLY, ad. in a slow motion ; after the manner of a 
 reptile. 
 
 CREES, one of the most numerous of the N. tribes of Ameri- 
 can Indians ; and reach from Hudson's Bay to the Rocky Moun- 
 tains. They are a branch of the great Algonquin-Lenape race. 
 
 CREMA'TION, s. [crematio, from cremo, Lat.] a burning. 
 
 CREMO'NA, the capital of a province of the same name, in 
 the kingdom composed of the ancient Loinbardy, Italy. It is 
 seated on the Po, and communicates with the Ogiio, by a canal. 
 The principal streets are broad and straight, and there are some 
 squares. It has also a few noble public buildings. It has some 
 fine educational institutions. The country round is fertile, pro- 
 ducing wine, oil, fruits, honey, &c. &c., in which articles the 
 trade of Cremona chiefly consists. It once was famous as a 
 place where the best violins were made. It is 46 miles from 
 Milan. Its population is about 30,000. Lat. 45. 10. N. Long. 
 10. 12. E. 
 
 CRE'MOR, s. [Lat.] a milky substance ; a soft liquor, re- 
 sembling cream. 
 
 CRE'NATED, a. [crena, Lat.] in Botany, notched or jagged on 
 the edges. 
 
 CRE'OLES, a name given to the families descended from 
 Spaniards, but born in the Spanish colonies of America. These are 
 much more numerous than the Spaniards properly so called, and 
 the Mulattoes, which two other classes o<^ inhabitants they dis- 
 tinguish ; and are excluded from all considerable employments. 
 
 CRE'PANE, s. in Farrierj', an ulcer in the midst of the fore 
 part of the foot, caused by a bilious, sharp, and biting humour, 
 that frets the skin, or by a hurt given by striking the hinder 
 feet. 
 
 To CRE'PITATE, v. n. [crepito, Lat.] to make a small crack- 
 ling noise. 
 
CREPITATION, s. a small crackling noise, like that produced 
 by the burning of thorns, parching of peas, &c. 
 
 CREPT, the participle of creep. 
 
 — -jL" 
 
 twilight 
 
 CREPU'SCULE, «. [creiiusculum, Lat.] in Astronomy, the 
 
 CREPU'SCULOUS, a. glimmering ; in a state between light 
 and darkness. 
 
 CRE'SCENT, a. {crescens, from cresco, Lat.] growing ; increas- 
 ing ; in a state of increase. 
 
 CRE'SCENT, s. the moon in her state of increase. In He- 
 raldry, it is a bearing in form of a new moon ; and is used 
 either as an honourable bearing, or as a distinction between 
 elder and younger families, being generally assigned to the se- 
 cond son and his descendants. 
 
 CRESS, s. plural cresses, [perhaps from cresco, Lat.] the name 
 given to some herbs used for salad, or eaten raw ; the garden 
 cress and the water cress are the most known. 
 
 CRE'SSET, s. [croisette, Fr.] a great light set on a light-house 
 or watch-tower; a beacon. 
 
 CREST, s. [crista, Lat.] in Armoury, the top part of the armour 
 for the head, mounting over the helmet in manner of a comb or 
 tuft of a cock, deriving its name from crista, a cock's comb, and 
 was for the most part made of feathers, or the hair of horses' 
 tails. In Heraldry, the uppermost part of an armoury, or that 
 part of the casque or helmet next to the mantle. The crest is 
 deemed a greater mark of nobility than the armoury ; being borne 
 at tournaments, to which none were admitted till they had given 
 good proof of their nobility. Figuratively, pride, spirit, or courage. 
 
 CRE'STED, a. adorned with a plume or crest ; having a tuft 
 or comb on the head. In Botany, flowers furnished with a tuft 
 or crest, as in the common milk-wort. 
 
 CRE'ST-FALLEN, a. dispirited; cowed; in a state of de- 
 jection. 
 
 CRE'STLESS,a. in Heraldry, not honoured with coat-armoury, 
 or of a noble or honoured family. 
 
 CRETA'CEOUS, {kretdsJieous) a. [a-efo,Lat.] chalky; abound- 
 ing with, or having the qualities of chalk. Cretaceous furmation, 
 in Geology, a name given to a group of strata, including the 
 chalk, chalk marl, green sand, and gault, occurring at the top 
 of the series of secondary formations. 
 
 CRE'VICE, ». [crever, Fr.] a narrow opening made in a thing 
 by its cracking, generally applied to walls or wainscots. 
 
 CREUSE, a department of France, bounded by the depart- 
 ments of Correze, Puy-de-D6me, AUier, Indre, Cher, and Haute 
 Vienne. It is about 70 miles in length, and 50 in breadth. It 
 has two ranges of high ground running through it, and its rivers 
 are the Creuse, whence it is named, the Cher, the Ardour, &c. 
 This department is not highly cultivated, and so does not produce 
 much corn, &c., nor are its mineral treasures of any great worth. 
 It has a few manufactures, yet none of much account, unless it be 
 that in carpets. Its chief town is Gueret. Population, about 
 300,000. 
 
 CREW, s. [probably from crud. Sax.] formerly a company met 
 together for any purpose. At present applied to a ship's com- 
 pany ; or used to signify a company of contemptible persons, or 
 such as herd together with some bad design. 
 
 CREWEL, s. [klewel, Belg.] fine worsted or yarn twisted and 
 made up in a knot or ball. 
 
 CREW'KERNE, Somersetshire. Here are some manufactures 
 of dowlas, sail-cloth, and stockings. It is seated on a branch of 
 the Parret, on the confines of Dorsetshire, 132 miles from Lon- 
 don. Market, Saturday. Pop. 4414. 
 
 CRIB, s. [cryhbe. Sax.] the rack in a stable. Figuratively, the 
 stall of an ox ; a small habitation or hut. The cards which each 
 party lay out of their hands, and are reckoned for the benefit of 
 the dealer at the game of cribbage. 
 
 CRI'BBAGE, s. a game at cards, wherein the players endea- 
 vour to make pairs, sequents, pairs royal, and one and thirty at 
 playing, and to hold in their hands as many fifteens, pairs, and 
 sequents, as they can. 
 
 CRI'BBLE, s. [cribriim, Lat.] a corn-sieve. 
 
 CRl'CHTON, THE ADMIRABLE, JAMES, a prodigy of 
 learning and address, who astonished VV. Europe in the latter 
 part of the 16th century. Issuing from Scotland, where he stu- 
 died at St. Andrews, he acquired at Paris, Rome, Venice, &c. a 
 reputation amongst all clas.ses, grave doctors of law and divinity, 
 gay ladies, the poor as well as the rich, for unimagined skill in 
 
 CRI 
 
 disputations on theology, philosophy, and every known science, 
 which he conducted in any one of some dozen of languages, for 
 equal skill in fencing, and every other accomplishment in vogue. 
 At Mantua he stayed his wanderings, becoming tutor de omnibus 
 rebus cum quibusdam aliis to the duke's son ; but he taught him 
 not respect nor gratitude, for being outdone by the incompar- 
 aUe tutor in a love affair, he assassinated him, in 1584, ageQ-23 
 years. 
 
 CRI'CKEITH, Caernarvonshire. It is 236 miles from London. 
 Market, Wednesday. Pop. 811. 
 
 CRICK, s, [cryce. Sax.] a painful stiffness in the neck. 
 
 CRI'CKET, s. in Natural History, an insect which frequents 
 fire-places or ovens, and is remarkable for a continual chirping 
 or creaking noise. A game which is played with a bat and ball. 
 
 CRICKHO'WEL, Brecknockshire, a town much resorted to 
 by invalids for the purpose of drinking goats' milk and whey. 
 Here are the ruins of a castle, which appears to have been for- 
 merly a place of considerable strength. It is seated on the river 
 Usk, 185 miles from London. Market, Thursday. Pop. 1257. 
 
 CRI'CKLADE, Wilts. It is seated on the Thames, 84 miles 
 from London. Market, Saturday. Pop. 2128. 
 
 CRl'ER, s. a person authorized to proclaim things that are lost, 
 or those which are to be sold. 
 
 CRIME'A, a peninsula of Asia, bounded on the N. by part of 
 the district of Taurida, (a division of the Russian government of 
 Ekaterinoslav,) and on the other parts by the Black Sea and the 
 Sea of Asov. It is divided into two parts by mountains which 
 run E. and W. The N. division is fit for pasturage only ; in the 
 S. part the valleys are remarkably fertile, and the climate ex- 
 tremely mild. The lower hills, extending from Theodosia to the 
 E. extremity of the country, are principally used in gardening, 
 and produce excellent fruit. The export trade consists of the 
 produce of these gardens and pastures. Manufactures, worth 
 calling such, there are none. Achmetsted was made the capital 
 in 1785. Besides the ports of Kerth and Jenikale, the road of 
 Caffa, and the harbour of Baluclava, there is, near Sebastapol, 
 one of the most capacious and secure harbours in the world. 
 Population, about 3(J0,000. This country was the ancient Taurica 
 Chersonesus. 
 
 CRIME, s. [crimen, Lat.] a voluntary breach of any known 
 law ; an offence. Synon. Vice is the violation of our duty to 
 ourselves ; crime is an offence against society ; sin is the trans- 
 gression of God's law. 
 
 CRI'MINAL, a. [ci-iminalis, from crimen, Lat.] cotitrary to any 
 known law. Figuratively, faulty; worthy of blame; guilty; 
 subject to some punishment on account of the violation of a law. 
 In Law, that which is opposed to civil. 
 
 CRI'MINAL, s. a person who is accused of a voluntary breach 
 of a known law ; a person who has knowingly and wilfully acted 
 contrary to any law. 
 
 CRFMINALLY, ad, in a manner inconsistent with innocence ; 
 in a manner which implies guilt, or the wilful breach of some 
 law ; in a manner which deserves blame or punishment. 
 
 CRIMINATION, s. [criminatio, Lat.] the act of accusing a 
 person of the breach of some law. 
 
 CRI'MINOUS, a, enormously guilty ; iniquitous. 
 
 CRIMP, a. [from crimble or crumble,'] easily broken ; crumbling 
 with drj'ness ; easily reduced to powder. Figuratively, not con- 
 sistent ; not of any force. 
 
 To CRI'MPLE, V. a. [from rumple, crumple, or crimple,'] to draw 
 together in wrinkles. 
 
 CRPMSON, s. [crimosino, Ital.] a deep red colour, mixed with 
 an appearance of blue. Figuratively, in poetical language, used 
 for a dark, or any degree of a red colour. 
 
 To CRI'iVISON, V. a. to dye or colour with red or crimson. 
 
 CRINGE, s. a low bow, carrying with it the idea of fawning 
 and mean servility. 
 
 To CRINGE, V. a. [kriecken. Tent.] to form into wrinkles, or 
 uncouth appearances.— ». n. to behave in a mean, servile, com- 
 plaisant manner, in order to gain a person's favour, or avert his 
 anger; to fawn. 
 
 CRINl'GEROUS, a. [crinis and gero, Lat.] hairy; overgrown 
 with hair. ' 
 
 To CRI'NKLE, v. n. [krinckelen, Belg.] to go in and out ; to 
 wrinkle. — v. a. to draw a thing into wrinkles ; to make the sur- 
 face of a thing uneven. ^ 
 
 CRI'NKLE, s. a wrinkle. 
 
CRO 
 
 CRI'NOSE, a. [erims, Lat.] hairy. 
 
 CRINO'SITY, s. the quality of abounding in hair; hairiness. 
 
 CRI'PPLE, s. [cnjpel. Sax.] a person who has not the use of 
 his limbs, especially his legs. 
 
 To CRI'PPLE, V. a. to make lame, or deprive a person of the 
 use of his limbs. 
 
 CRI'SIS, s. Ikrisis, Gr.] in Medicine, that point in a disorder, 
 which either determines a patient's death or recovery. Figura- 
 tively, in Politics, a period of time wherein an undertaking is 
 arrived at its greatest height ; any particular period of time. 
 
 CRISP, a. [erispus, L-dt] curled, indented, winding ; dry, brit- 
 tle, or easily liroken. 
 
 To CRISP, V. a. [crispo, Lat.] to curl, or form a thing into a 
 ring ; to twist. — v. n. to run in and out, to make a thing easy to 
 be broken by drying it. 
 
 CRI'SPING-PIN, s. a curling-iron. 
 
 CRI'SPNESS, s. the quality of a thing curled ; easiness to be 
 broken, owing to dryness. In Cookery, the brittleness of a 
 thing, owing to the hard incrustation formed by a brisk fire. 
 
 CRI'SPY, a. curled. In Cookery, brown and brittle. 
 
 CRITE'RION, s. [Gr.] a standard by which the goodness or 
 badness of a thing may be measured or judged. 
 
 CRITIC, s. [kritikos, Gr.] a person formed by nature, and qua- 
 lified by art, to point out the perfection and imperfection of any 
 of the productions in the arts or sciences ; one who is employed 
 in distinguishing the beauties or defects of an author. Figura- 
 tively, a censurer, or a person apt to find fault either with the 
 writings or actions of another. 
 
 CRITIC, a. belonging to criticism, or the art of judging of 
 the performances of an author. 
 
 CRFTIC, (by some spelt critique, and then pron. kreeUek) s. 
 [critique, Fr.] an examination or comment on tne works of an 
 author, wherein both taste and learning are used as guides ; a 
 criticism; the art of criticism. 
 
 CRITICAL, a. able to distinguish the beauties and defects of 
 any production; nice, exact, accurate; with all the judgment 
 and care of a critic ; after the manner of a critic ; according to 
 the rules of criticism ; captious; inclined to find fault; cen- 
 sorious. In Medicine and Politics, that in which some crisis or 
 important change happens. Critical philosophy, is that school of 
 Metaphysics founded by Kant, the fundamental principle of 
 which is the determination of the bounds of human knowledge; 
 and the method, that introduced by John Locke, the methoof of 
 Psychology. 
 
 CRITICALLY, ad. in a critical manner ; in such a manner as 
 to discover beauties or defects ; exactly; curiously. 
 
 CRITICALNESS, s. exactness, nicety, accuracy; the act of 
 exercising the judgment, in order to discern the faults or perfec- 
 tions of any production. 
 
 To CRITICISE, {kriticize) v. n. to write remarks, or point out 
 the beauties and defects of any production. Figuratively, to find 
 fault with. — V. a. to censure, blame, or find fault with. 
 
 CRITICISM, s. the art or standard of judging well of the 
 merits or demerits of any production. Figuratively, remark or 
 observation made by a critic. 
 
 To CROAK, {krok) v. n. [cracezzan, S.ix.] to make a hoarse 
 noise, applied to that made by a frog or raven. Figuratively, to 
 caw, to cry, or make a disagreeable murmur. 
 
 CROAK, {krok) s. the noise made by a frog, raven, or crow. 
 
 CROATIA, a country of Europe, boundecl on the N. by Hun- 
 gary; on the E. and S. E. by Hungary and Sclavonia ; on the S. 
 by Dalmatia and Turkey ; on the W. by Illyria. The Austrian 
 Cfroatia is about 130 miles in length, and from 40 to GO in breadth. 
 The Turkish Croatia is about 40 miles long and 20 wide. In the 
 middle ages they had kings of their own, but in the Ilth century 
 devolved to the king of Hungary. It is a mountainous region, 
 being traversed by tne chains of mountains which are connected 
 with the E. Alps ; some of the points are about 5000 feet high. 
 The rivers are the Drave and Save and their tributaries, and a 
 few of less note on the W. side of the mountains. Iron, cop- 
 per, lead, silver, and gold are found ; and there are mines of 
 coal, and quarries of ma/ble, and various kinds of building-stone ; 
 beside other minerals. The other sources of wealth are its forests 
 and pastures ; it produces also some grain, fruits, and wine. The 
 people are much advanced in civilization. Population of Aus- 
 trian Croatia, about 1,500,000. Agram is its capital. Popula- 
 tion of Turkish Croatia, about 800,000 ; capital, Bihacz. 
 
 CRO 
 
 CRO'CEOUS, a. [crocus, Lat.] consisting of, or resembling 
 saffron ; yellow, or of a saffron colour. 
 
 CRO'CHES, s. little buds upon the top of a deer's horn. 
 
 CROCK, s. [kruick, Belg.] a cup or earthen vessel ; a pot to 
 boil victuals in. Figuratively, the smut occasioned by rubbing 
 the outside of a pot against any thing. 
 
 CRO'CKERY, s. earthenware. 
 
 CRO'CODILE, s. [krokodeilos, Gr.] in Natural History, the ge- 
 neral name of a class of reptiles, at present inhabitants of the 
 tropical and warm climates alone. The common crocodile is 
 found in most parts of Africa, and in Asia. Its body is armed 
 with hard rough plates, which are an effectual defence against 
 musket shot. It is of a dark greenish-brown colour, and is dis- 
 tinguished from the alligator, by the shape of the muzzle, the 
 shortness and almost inflexibility of the neck, the smaller pro- 
 portion of the fringe on the tail, and the web between the toes 
 of its feet. Its eggs, for it is oviparous as most reptiles are, re- 
 semble those of geese in size, and are hatched by the heat of the 
 sun, but not deserted by the female. Its habits of ferocity and 
 voracity are well known. It was worshipped by some tribes of 
 the ancient Egyptians; and the bodies of the sacred reptiles 
 were embalmed, and many of them may be seen as mummies in 
 our museums. 
 
 CRO'CODILINE,a. [crdcddilinus, Lat.] resembhng a crocodile. 
 
 CRO'CUS, s. in Botany, a plant, of which there are two kinds, 
 the vernal and autumnal ; the summits of the pointiti of the lat- 
 ter species, with narrow leaves rolled back at the edges, are the 
 safl^ron of the shops. In Chemistry, it denotes any metal cal- 
 cined fo a red or deep yellow colour. 
 
 CRQil'SUS, the last king of Lydia, famous for his wealth. It 
 was he who asked Solon the legislator of Athens, when he visited 
 his court, if he were not happy, and received as his reply, that 
 no one should be pronounced happy before his death. He had, 
 as he thought, tested the credit of the celebrated oracles of 
 the time, and decided in favour of that of Delphi. Learning on 
 a subsequent consultation, that if he crossed the river Halys he 
 should destroy a great kingdom, he adventured an expedition 
 ap^ainst Cyrus and destroyed theLydian monarchy by his failure. 
 He was condemned by the conqueror to be burnt, but being heard 
 calling on the name of Solon, he was released, told the tale of 
 his interview with the sage, and was pardoned. His kingdom 
 fell in .546 b. c. 
 
 CROFT, s. [croft. Sax.] a little close joining to a house, used 
 either for corn or pasture. 
 
 CROFT, DR. WILLIAM, a celebrated English composer of 
 sacred music, and organist at the chapel-royal and Westmin- 
 ster Abbev. His anthems and psalm tunes are as much admired 
 in these days as they were when first published. He died in 
 1727, aged -50 years. 
 
 CRO'MACK WATER, a romantic lake of Cumberland, on 
 the Cocker, between Buttermere and Lowes Water." It is 4 miles 
 in length, nearly half a mile in breadth, in some places very 
 deep, and contains three little islands, one of which is a rock. 
 
 CfRO'MARTY. See Ross and Cromarty. 
 
 CRO'MER, Norfolk. It is seated near the sea, and was for- 
 merly larger than it is at present ; for it had two churches, one of 
 which, with a considerable part of the town, has been at various 
 periods swallowed by the sea. It has been of late much resort- 
 ed to as a watering-place. It is 127 miles from London. Market 
 Saturday. Pop. 1240. 
 
 CRO'MWELL, THOMAS, LORD, the celebrated Mauler of 
 Monasteries, in Henry VIII. 's reign. He rose by his own exer- 
 tions, from a comparatively humble station, to belong to the 
 household of Cardinal Wolsejr. Thence the ascent was easy to 
 the notice of the king, who finding him sufficiently pliable for 
 his purpose, constituted him, in addition to various other offices, 
 vicar-general of the newly-erected Church of England, and 
 visitor of the monasteries. His proceedings in these characters 
 have won him his not wholly enviable notoriety. He acted most 
 unscrupulously on John Knox's principle of*^ pulling the trees 
 down in order to drive the rooks away; and harried the con- 
 vents so, that his name became a horror to both monks and 
 nuns. In other respects he did good service to the Reformation, 
 and laid a broad foundation for the Puritanism of after-days, by 
 the removal of the specimens of mediaeval art and superstition. 
 He was not, however, altogether so supple as the king thought, 
 and having taken some share in the marriage of the head of the 
 
CRO 
 
 Church with Anne of Cleves, he had to take some share in 
 her unmerited disgrace. He never lacked foes, and now they 
 spoke against him. The result of which was, that he was be- 
 headed in 1540, aged about 50 years. 
 
 CRO'MWELL, OLIVER, the great leader of the English Pu- 
 ritan revolution of the 17th century. He was born of no mean 
 family, who resided at Huntingdon, and in the neighbourhood of 
 the Fen country. After the usual studies at Cambridge, and a 
 short sojourn at London, for acquaintance with law, he married 
 and settled on his family estate, and afterwards at St. Ives, and 
 subsequently at Ely, as a sober-minded grazing farmer ; and 
 gained some" name in those parts as a promoter of gospel preach- 
 ing in opposition to the semi-Romish mummeries of the High- 
 church party, and as a strenuous upholder of the rights of the 
 middle classes in opposition to royal and other exactions. And 
 thus he fared for the first forty years of his life. But the times 
 were out of joint. The royal will was no longer the instrument 
 of Tudor monarchs, nor was it exercised over a nation of shop- 
 keepers. The preaching of God's truth throughout the people 
 had given them a freedom, that could not brook impositions on 
 their consciences and estates founded on nothing more substan- 
 tial than the word of a bishop or a king. Cromwell had already 
 been in parliament. He was a second time returned, but for 
 Cambridge. And now came the Long Parliament, and Cam- 
 bridge was once more represented by Cromwell. At first, when 
 priestcraft and kingcraft were assailed by mere speech, he took 
 no very prominent part. He spoke to the purpose, but that was 
 not his province. As the parliament rose from speaking to act- 
 ing, Cromwell rose in the consideration of the patriot party in 
 the House, and of the country. The triumph gained in the im- 
 peachment and execution of Strafford, seemed but to hasten the 
 crisis, which came in the attempt on the five members, which 
 failed, — in the attempt on Hull, which failed, — and in the hang- 
 ing forth amidst storm and rain the royal standard at Notting- 
 ham, which led to consequences. The king had declared war 
 on the nation's parliament. The first parliamentary leader in the 
 field was Cromwell, doing good service in his own district : the 
 Eastern Counties' Association rose from it. As captain of a 
 troop he had raised, he fought at Edgehill, under the Earl of Es- 
 sex. The organization of the Association, and putting down 
 of royalism and priestism by the sword, when the word would 
 not suffice, occupied him afterwards; and in the capacity of 
 colonel, he has been recorded as the victor at Winceby. Mean- 
 while negociation with Charles having failed, another campaign 
 ensued, and at Marston Moor General Cromwell and his redoubted 
 Ironsides played no mean part. The nobility who had taken 
 part hitherto in the parliament's cause, were now found a griev- 
 ous hinderance. Their cause was, at bottom, the same as the 
 king's, and they dreaded beating him too completely. The fa- 
 mous Self-denying Ordinance was passed, shutting members of 
 parliament out of the practical conduct of the war ; but Crom- 
 well, so had he risen in the estimation of men, was expressly 
 exempted from its operation. He now introduced his own plan 
 in modelling the parliament's army, and instead of mercenaries, 
 mere food for powder, formed regiments of men who knew what 
 the war was for, and who, with the deadliest hatred of all op- 
 pression, temporal and spiritual, in their hearts, were resolved to 
 conduct it to the right issue. The battle of INfaseby soon showed 
 the consequences of the change ; it broke the king's cause. A 
 few fights, and the storming of Bristol, and of Basing House, 
 overthrew it. Negociations were again resumed, and never came 
 to any conclusion. Cromwell and the army now appear in a new 
 light. Charles would never give up his claim to be the sole 
 sovereign and church's head. The Scotch, who had taken part 
 in the war, and not returned to Scotland, would consent to be 
 under Charies's sceptre, but wished to keep, under the Presby- 
 terian cloak, the prelatical crosier for their own use. The army 
 would endure neither sceptre nor crosier. Yet Cromwell actually 
 entertained high hopes of binding Charles to be a constitutional 
 monarch, and leave men's consciences free. After much toil and 
 many manoeuvres Charles was the prisoner of the army, and the 
 Scotch royalists were marching to compel his restoration : Wales 
 too was rising. General Cromwell silences both, the battle of 
 Preston being enough for the Duke of Hamilton. This brought 
 the army and its general to the height of power; and Charles 
 was doomed and beheaded, Cromwell signing his warrant, and 
 abiding by his deed. The next field found for Cromwell's deeds 
 
 C RO 
 
 was Ireland; — that unhappy country was then, as it is now, the 
 " chief difficulty" with English statesmen. It had never had a 
 ruler, perhaps has never had one. Cromwell, with the rank of 
 lord-lieutenant of the country, went, offered terms to garrison 
 after garrison, never failed on their refusal to put his terrible 
 threat of extermination into effect, showed the astonished peo- 
 ple that he could rule, but was recalled by the parliament before 
 the work was wholly accomplished. He was recalled, for the 
 late king's son, afterwards Charies II., had made common cause 
 with the Scots, and a third civil war was impending. As lord- 
 general, Cromwell was sent, and after a space lost in fruitless 
 attempts to get a fair field, being penned up in Dunbar, against 
 most fearful odds, victory again decided for him. Edinburgh 
 Castle shortly after surrendered. Charles hereupon march- 
 ed into England, followed by Cromwell, halted at VVorcester, 
 where, on the anniversary of Dunbar fight, befell that " crown- 
 ing mercy," the utter overthrow of the Stuarts' and the Scots' 
 hopes— for a season. For well-nigh two years now we find 
 Cromwell busied in securing, as far as might be, the fruits of the 
 hard-won battle, in wars with Holland, in striving especially 
 that the men, whose stern principle had overwhelmed the com- 
 mon adversary, should not be tricked out of their reward by the 
 craft of the remnant of the Long Parliament. But all efforts 
 proving vain, the lord-general, with the plain assent of both 
 army and nation, dissolved the parliament. He attempted to 
 convene in its stead an assembly of godly men, to aid the coun- 
 cil of state and himself in governing the nation. All but two 
 came, but though men of fortune, and rank, and knowledge too 
 were amongst them, it was a failure ; the lawyers amongst them 
 knew not the need of the times, and they gave back to Crom- 
 well the commission they had received. The army hereupon, 
 with the nation assenting, solemnly installed Cromwell as Lord 
 Protector of the Commonwealth of England, and drew up an in- 
 strument, or charter, defining his duties and prerogatives. A 
 parliament was summoned according to this charter, but the 
 lawyers again frustrated the attempt ; and Cromwell dismissed 
 it as the others had been dismissed. After a vain attempt to 
 govern by means of the officers of the army,— foreign affairs 
 wearing all this time the most marvellously triumphant as- 
 pect, England being feared by all Europe, and royalist plots 
 being ever and anon broken up before they ripened, the plotters 
 knew not how,— another parliament was called. This parlia- 
 ment in its first session entered upon a matter of great per- 
 Slexity,— the investing of Cromwell with the style and titfe of 
 jng; but this the Lord Protector, after many conferences, and 
 hearing all that could be advanced in favour of it, rejected. In 
 its second session, it got aground on the legal formalities of 
 the Constitution, erected an Other House, as a sort of sub- 
 stitute for the House of Lords, which in the course of the 
 struggle had been extinguished, and were dismissed by Crom- 
 well, just in time to save England from another civil war. 
 Seven months after, during which affairs had worn their usual 
 aspects, Cromwell lay down to die. It was on the anniversary 
 of his two great victories, September 3rd, 1058, that he ended 
 his battles here, aged 59 years. Two years from that time the 
 Stuart family was restored, and the bones of the Puritan hero, 
 with those of two of his fellow soldiers and workers for what 
 they felt was God's truth, were hung on Tyburn gallows. By de- 
 grees men have learned to estimate aright the tales told of*^ this 
 man by his first biographers. As for the Puritan revolution, he 
 was the soul of it ; it fell with him, and men hastily sought to 
 efface all trace of it. It had one most marked feature, much ri- 
 diculed now, as it was by the court of Charles II. ; it was begun, 
 and carried on, and maintained in its brief season of triumph, by 
 men who prayed to God without ceasing, and who acted as they 
 prayed. It failed, however, perhaps from this cause, amongst 
 others, that the movement was confined to the middle classes. 
 The people who were patient under Charles, were unstirred under 
 the Commonwealth, and under Charles II. manifested no sign of 
 having passed through a political change. Nor can we wonder at 
 this, seeing that England at this hour is hardly at the mark which 
 she had reached then. The reign of Cromwell was illustrated 
 not merely by the splendour of its foreign relations, but also by 
 the then unheard-of freedom of thought in religious matters. 
 This had been aimed at throughout by him in opposition to Pre- 
 lacy on one hand, and Presbyterianism on the other ; and during 
 his life it was secure. The exception of Romanists from this 
 
CRO 
 
 freedom, like some other oft-named invasions of personal liberty 
 then, arose from the fact of its being then actually political sub- 
 jection to an extra-national potentate, and treason against the 
 ruler of Great Britain. The lessons of political wisdom to be ga- 
 thered from the history of this period, compared and contrasted 
 with the Revolution in France m the following century, are in- 
 numerable, and call, in these days, for the special heed of all 
 concerned to see true freedom prevailing in this and every 
 land. 
 
 CRO'MWELL, RICHARD, the eldest son of Oliver Cromwell, 
 who survived him, and who was stated, on very questionable 
 grounds, to have been appointed by his father as his successor. 
 Without energy, or grasp of mind, he had always with good- 
 natured indolence disappointed his father's hopes and efforts. 
 His protectorship was ot brief duration. The army, which had 
 been, during the latter years of Oliver Cromwell's life, the strong- 
 hold of mere fanatical or formal republicanism, and had been 
 kept in check only by his mighty will, now openly opposed the 
 protectorate, obtained the dismissal of a parliament, which did 
 support Richard Cromwell's title, and so overthrew the only 
 shadow of bulwark that remained against the return of the Stuart. 
 Richard Cromwell abdicated in 1659 ; and lived partly on the 
 continent, and partly in strict privacy at Cheshunt, afterwards, 
 till 1712; when he died, aged 85 years. 
 
 CRO'MWELL, HENRY, the only other son of the Lord Pro- 
 tector who obtained any name, the eldest of all, Oliver, having 
 fallen in battle in the early part of the war. Henry first came 
 into notice during the Irish campaign, and was appointed lord 
 deputy there, by his father, when he became Protector. On the 
 Restoration he was of course dismissed, and spent the remainder 
 of his life at Soham. He was a brave man and true, able, if any 
 were, to have carried on the plans of his father. He died in 1074, 
 aged 56 years. 
 
 CRO'NBORG, a fortress of Zealand, Denmark, situated on a 
 point of land, on the W. coast of the Sound, a little E. of Elsi- 
 nore, and opposite to Helsingborg in Sweden. 
 
 CRONE, s. [kronie, Belg.] an old ewe. Figuratively, an old 
 woman. 
 
 CRO'NET, s. in Farriery, the hair which grows over the top of 
 a horse's hoof. 
 
 CRO'NSTADT, a town and fortress of Russia, situated on the 
 island of Retusari, on the E. of the Gulf of Finland. Its harbour 
 is the station of tlie Russian fleet, having great magazines of 
 naval stores, and numerous docks and yards for building and 
 careening ships of the line. It was founded by Peter I., im- 
 proved by his daughter Elizabeth, and completed by the late 
 empress. It is 22 miles from St. Petersburg. The population is 
 about 40,000. Lat. 59. 59. N. Long. 29. 49. E. 
 
 CRO'NSTADT, or Kro'nstadt, a town of Transylvania, Aus- 
 tria. It stands amidst the mountains that form the boundary be- 
 tween Hungary and Turkey. It has some fine public buildings, 
 and is a place of considerable traffic. Its population is about 
 40,000. Lat. 35. 25. N. Long. 25. 36. E. 
 
 CRO'NY, s. an old and very intimate acquaintance or con- 
 fidant. 
 
 CROOK, s. [croc, Fr.] any thing bent ; a sheephook ; a mean- 
 der or winding. 
 
 To CROOK, V. a. [orocher, Fr.] to bend, to turn any thing so 
 as to resemble a hook. 
 
 CROO'KBACK, s. a terra of reproach for a man that is de- 
 formed, or has round shoulders. 
 
 CROO'KED, a. [crocM, Fr.] bent, opposed to straight ; form- 
 ed into an angle or hook ; winding. Figuratively, perverse or 
 bad. 
 
 CROO'KEDLY, orf. not straight; in an untoward, perverse, 
 or uncompl#ing manner. 
 
 CROO'KEDNESS, s. the bending of a body. Figuratively, a 
 deformity of the body, arising from any of its limbs being dis- 
 torted or out of shape. Applied to the mind or temper, perver- 
 sity, or a disposition which is not easily pleased. 
 
 CROO'KHDRN. See Crewkerne. 
 
 CROP, «. [crop. Sax.] the craw, or first stomach of birds, 
 wherein their food is prepared for digestion. 
 
 CROP, s. [croppa. Sax.] the highest part, end, or top of a 
 thing. Figuratively, corn collected in a harvest; the product of 
 a field ; any thing cut off. 
 
 To CROP, V. a. to cut off the tops or ends of any thing ; to 
 
 CRO 
 
 mow, reap, or lop. Figuratively, to shorten or consume in 
 eating. — r. n. to yield a harvest. 
 
 CRO'PFUL, a. filled; satiated with food. 
 
 CRO'PPER, s. in Natural History, a kind of pigeon, remark- 
 able for swelling its crop. 
 
 CRO'PSICK, a. sick or disordered by intemperate eating or 
 drinking. 
 
 CRO'SCOMB, Somersetshire. Some cloth is made here ; but 
 the chief manufacture is that of stockings. It is 120 miles from 
 London. Market, Tuesday. Pop. 804. 
 
 CRO'SIER, {krdzier) s. [croiser, Fr.] the pastoral staff of a 
 bishop, made in the form of a shepherd's crook, but profusely 
 ornamented. 
 
 CRO'SLET, s. [croisselet, Fr.] a small cross. 
 
 CROSS, s. [croix, Fr.] an instrument made of two pieces of 
 wood, cutting or crossing each other at right angles, on which 
 the lowest malefactors and slaves were executed among the Ro- 
 mans. A building, or column, having a cross on its summit, 
 used in the middle ages as a place for preaching or praying in 
 the open air. The sign made by the priest on the forehead of a 
 person when baptized, by drawing two marks, which cross each 
 other, with his fingers dipped in water; one line drawn athwart 
 another. Figuratively, any thing which is contrary to a person's 
 wishes, and is a trial of his patience. 
 
 CROSS, a. that falls athwart. Figuratively, opposite to a per- 
 son's wishes and expectations ; perverse ; not complying ; peev- 
 ish ; displeased with trifles ; not easily persuaded ; reciprocal on 
 each side ; interchanging. 
 
 CROSS, prep, athwart, so as to intersect from one side to an- 
 other. 
 
 To CROSS, V. a. to lay one line so as to form angles with an- 
 other ; to sign with a cross ; to mark or conceal ; to go over a 
 river. Figuratively, to oppose the designs of another, and 
 thereby render him peevish ; to contradict ; to debar ; to pre- 
 clude. 
 
 CROSS-BAR-SHOT, s. a round shot or bullet with a bar put 
 
 through it. 
 
 lO'SSbibL, s. in utiancery, is an original DUi, oy ^ 
 defendant prays relief against the plaintiff'. In Natural His- 
 
 CRO'SSBILL, 
 
 1 Chancery, is an original bill, bj which the 
 :ural 
 Mil 
 
 tory, a bird of the finch tribe, the mandibles of who 
 each other at the end. 
 
 CRO'SSBITE, s. a cheat which frustrates a person's designs ; 
 a deception. 
 
 CRO'SSBOW, s. an engine or instrument made of a bow fixed 
 across a piece of wood, used in shooting deer, pigeons, &c. It 
 will carry a bullet a considerable distance, and do execution. 
 Before the invention of gunpowder, it was used in battle. 
 
 To CROSS-EXA'MiNE, v. a. to try the faith of evidence by 
 captious questions of the contrary party. 
 
 CRO'SSGRAINED, a. in Joinery, applied to wood, from whence 
 a bough or branch has shot out, the grain of the branch shooting 
 forward, and crossing that of the trunk. Figuratively, hard to 
 please ; peevish ; perverse ; troublesome ; vexatious. 
 
 CRO'SSLY, ad. athwart, so as to intersect or form angles. 
 Figuratively, opposite, contrary, untowardly. 
 
 CRO'SSNESS, s. transverseness ; intersection ; perverseness ; 
 peevishness. 
 
 CRO'SSROW, s. the alphabet ; so named from a cross being 
 placed at the beginning of it. 
 
 CRO'SS-STAFF, s. an instrument used to determine the po- 
 sition of lines and objects, which are at right angles with each 
 other, or with the observer. 
 
 CRO'SSWIND, s. a wind blowing either from the right or left 
 across a ship's way. 
 
 CRO'SSWAY, s. a small path intersecting a main road. 
 
 CRO'SS-WORT, s. in Botany, a plant called also mugweed, 
 found on ditch banks, and flowers in May and June. 
 
 CROTCH, s. [croc, Fr.] a hook or fork. 
 
 CRO'TCHET, [crochet, Fr.] in Music, one of the notes and 
 marks of time, so called from its resembling a hook, thus ^; it 
 is equal to half a minim or double quaver. In Printing, two op- 
 
 rite lines, serving to include any sentence or word which may 
 left out without spoiling the sense of a period, marked [thus.] 
 In Building, a support, or piece of wood fitted into another to 
 sustain it. Figuratively, a fancy, odd conceit, or device. 
 
 CRO'TON OIL, s. in Medicine, the oil obtained from the seeds 
 of a plant growing in the E. Indies, which is a very acrid purgative. 
 
CRO 
 
 To CROUCH, f. n. [crocher, Fr.] to stoop low, applied to the 
 posture of beasts, when they bend their legs, and approach with 
 their bellies towards the ground in testimony of obedience and 
 submission. Figuratively, to bend or stoop to a person in a 
 fawning and servile manner. 
 
 CROUP, {Mtp) s. {croupe, Fr.] the rump of a fowl ; the buttocks 
 of a horse. Also, a disease of the throat, affecting children and 
 young persons, in which a film is formed inside the windpipe, and 
 frequentlj' causes suffocation. 
 
 CRO'L FADES, s. in Farriery, higher leaps than those of 
 corvets, that keep the fore -and "hind quarters of a horse in an 
 equal height, so that he trusses his legs under his belly without 
 yerking. 
 
 CROUTE, s. [hraut. Germ.] a preparation of cabbage much 
 used on ship-board, and esteemed a preservative against the sea- 
 scurvy. 
 
 CROW, (kro) s. [craice. Sax.] in Natural History, a black bird 
 of the carnivorous kind, or feeding on carrion. To pluck a crow, 
 is to contend with a person. Sometimes it is used for a conten- 
 tion about some worthless thing, or trifling subject. In Me- 
 chanics, a strong iron bar, used as a lever to lift up the ends of 
 great heavy timber, force open doors, &c. The noise made by a 
 cock. Prov. The crow thinks her own young ones the fairest. 
 Every one is partial to, and well conceited of, his own art, his 
 own compositions, his own children, his own country, &c. 
 
 To CROW, (kro) V. n. preter. crew or crowed, [crawan, Sax.] to 
 make a loud shrill noise, applied to that made by a cock. Figu- 
 ratively, to boast, bully, or assume a superiority over another. 
 
 CRO'WBERRY, s. in Botany, a small drooping shrub with 
 trailing stems and black berries, called also crakeberries. It is 
 found on boggy heaths and mountains, and flowers in April 
 and May. The berries when boiled with alum afford a dark 
 purple dve. 
 
 CROWD, s. [cruth. Sax.] a great number of people squeezed 
 or close together ; a great number of any thing of the same sort 
 adjacent to each other. Figuratively, the vulgar or lower sort 
 of people. 
 
 To CROWD, V. a. to fill a place with a great and confused 
 multitude of people ; to force a great many things in a confused 
 manner into the same place; to press close together ; to encum- 
 ber, or oppress by multitudes, in the Marine, to croicd sail, is to 
 spread all the sails wide upon the yard for the sake of expedi- 
 tion, or quickening the motion of a ship.— r. n. to go in great 
 multitudes; to thrust among a multitude of others, 
 CROW'DER, s. a fiddler. 
 
 CRO'WFOOT, s. in Botany, the butter-cup, of which there are 
 twelve species found native in England. In war, a caltrop, a 
 piece of iron, with four points, two, three, or four inches long, 
 used for incommoding the cavalry. 
 
 CRO'WLAND, formerly Croyland, Lincolnshire. A town 
 standing in the midst of the fens, having watercourses in its 
 streets. Its trade consists of fish and wild-fowl. It was for- 
 merly celebrated for a monastery, part of which is now used as 
 the parish church. It is 86 miles from London. Market, Satur- 
 day. Pop. 2973. 
 
 CROWjV, s. [corona, Lat] an ornament worn on the head by 
 kings, princes, and noblemen, as a mark of their dignity. It was 
 at first only a fillet tied round the head, but was afterwards made 
 of leaves and flowers and rich stuffs, and sometimes ornamented 
 with jewels of great value. The Jewish high priest wore a 
 crown, which was girt about his mitre, on the lower part of his 
 bonnet. The Romans had various kinds of crowns, which they 
 bestowed as rewards of military merit : as, I. The ota^ crown, be- 
 stowed on generals who were entitled to the honours of the 
 lesser triumph, called ovation. 2. The naval or rostral crown, 
 composed of a circle of gold, with ornamentSj representing beaks 
 of ships, and given to the captain who first grappled, or the sol- 
 diers who first boarded, an enemy's ship. 3. The corona villaris, 
 or castrensis, was a circle of gold raised with jewels or pallisades ; 
 the reward of him who first entered the enemy's intrenchments. 
 4. The mural crown, a circle of gold indented and embattled; 
 given to him who first mounted the wall of a besieged place, and 
 there planted a standard. 5, The civic crown, made of the 
 branch of a green oak, and given to him who had saved the life 
 of a citizen. 6. The triumphal crown, consisting at first of the 
 leaves of laurel, but afterwards made of gold, for those generals 
 who had the honour of a triumph. 7. The crown called oJsm/jo- 
 
 CRO 
 
 nalis, or graminea, made of grass growing on the place ; the re- 
 ward of a general who had delivered a Roman army from a siege. 
 The crown of laurel, given by the Greeks to their athletae, and 
 by the Romans to those who had negociated or concluded a 
 peace with an enemy. They had likewise other crowns for those 
 who excelled as poets, orators, &c. The crowns were marks of 
 nobility to the wearers ; and, upon competitions for ranks and 
 dignity, often determined the preference in their favour. The 
 Roman emperors had four kinds of crowns, still seen on medals, 
 viz. a crown of laurel, a radiating crown, a crown adorned with 
 pearls and precious stones ; and the fourth a kind of bonnet or 
 cap, something like the mortier. The papal crown is composed 
 of a cap or tiara, enclosed by three marquises' coronets, having 
 two pendants, like the bishops' mitres ; and on its top a mound 
 of gold; these three crowns represent the pretended triple ca- 
 pacity of the pope, viz. as high priest, supreme judge, and sole 
 legislator of the Christians. The imperial crown is a bonnet or 
 tiara, voided at the top like a crescent, wit'h a circle of gold 
 adorned with precious stones and pearls, heightened with fleurs- 
 de-lis, supporting a globe with a cross at the top. The English 
 crown is adorned with four crosses, in the manner of those of 
 Malta; between which are fleurs-de-lis. It is covered with 
 four diadems, which meet at a little globe supporting a cross. 
 The French crown is a circle, enamelled, of eight fleurs-de- 
 lis, encompassed with eight arched diadems ; bearing a-top a 
 double fleur-de-lis, which is the crest of France. The Spanish 
 crown is adorned with large indented leaves, covered with dia- 
 dems ; bordering on a globe, surmounted with a cross. Those of 
 Portugal, Poland, Denmark, and Sweden, are of the same form. The 
 crowns of most other kings are circles of gold, adorned with pre- 
 cious stones, and heightened up with large trefoils, and closed bv 
 four, six, or eight diadems, supporting a mound, surmounted with 
 a cross. The Great Turk bears over his arms a turban, enriched 
 with pearls and diadems under two coronets, the first of which is 
 made of pyramidal points, heightened up with large pearls, and the 
 uppermost is surrounded with crescents. The croum of the Prince 
 ot Wales consists of one arch adoraed with pearls ; in the middle 
 of which is a ball and cross, and bordered with ermine, as in the 
 royal diadem. Besides this, the Prince of Wales has another 
 distinguishing mark of honour, viz. a plume of three ostrich 
 feathers, with an ancient coronet of a prince of Wales, with this 
 motto, Ich dien, i. e. I serve. This device was at first taken by 
 Edward, Prince of Wales, commonly called the Black Prince, 
 after the battle of Cressy, where, having killed John, king of 
 Bohemia, he took from his head such a plume, and put it on his 
 own. That of the younger sons and brothers of the king, consists 
 likewise of a circle of gold, bordered with ermine, and heighten- 
 ed with four crosses and fleurs-de-lis alternately, but without 
 any arch, or being surmounted with a globe and cross on the top. 
 That of the other princes of the blood, consists alternately of 
 crosses and leaves, like those in the coronets of dukes, &c. Those 
 of the princesses have the addition of strawberry-leaves. See 
 Coronet. Figuratively, a garland of flowers, &c. worn on the 
 head as a mark of mirth or merit ; a reward for some meritorious 
 deed; royalty; a monarchy; the top of any thing, but of the 
 head particularly ; that part of a hat or cap which covers the 
 head ; a piece of money, valued at five shillings in England ; 
 honour; ornament; completion, or accomplishment. The sove- 
 reign of England wears tne crown on all stale occasions, such as 
 
 he^ opening of parliament, &c. 
 
 iWN, V. a. to pla 
 
 surround the head as with a crown. Figuratively, to dignify or 
 
 To CRO\ 
 
 to place a crown on a person's head ; to 
 
 adorn; to perfect; to complete ; to finish. 
 
 '!il£M, part, in Botany, 
 which the cup of the flower adheres, as in teasel ; a seed fur- 
 
 CRO'WNED, i)arf. in Botany, applied to the seeds, that to 
 
 uished with a feather, as in dandelion. 
 
 CRO'WN-GLASS, s. the finest sort of window glass. 
 
 CRO'WN-IMPE'RIAL, s. in Botany, a plant common in gar- 
 dens, having a circle of large, hanging, yellow flowers; and the 
 nectaries of which contain a drop of clear honey. 
 
 CRO'WN-OFFICE, s. a court or office under the Queen's 
 Bench, so called because the crown is immediately concerned in 
 what is transacted therein. 
 
 CRO'WNPOST, s. in Building, a post which in some buildings 
 stands upright in the middle between two rafters. In Architec- 
 ture, the uppermost member of the cornice, called also corma 
 and larmier. 
 
CRU 
 
 CROWN-THISTLE, s. in Botany, a species of thistle found on 
 hilly pastures, with purple or white flowers. 
 
 CROWN-WHEEL, s. the wheel of a watch next to the escape- 
 ment ; so called, because the cogs are set upright on it, parallel 
 to the axle. 
 
 CROWN-WORKS, s. in Fortification, an out-work running 
 into the field, in order to gain some hill, and cover the other 
 works of a place, &c. 
 
 CROY'DON, Surrey, the manor of which has belonged, ever 
 since the Conquest, to the archbishops of Canterbury, who had a 
 venerable palace here, now, or lately, employed for a cotton ma- 
 nufactory. The new palace is at a little distance from the town. 
 It ha? a very noble church. It is situated near the source of the 
 Wandel. Its second fair is much frequented by persons from 
 London, for walnuts. Market, Saturday. Pop. 16,712. There 
 is another small place of this name in Cambridgeshire. Pop. 441. 
 
 CRO'YLSTONE, s. in Natural History, crystallized caulk, in 
 which the ciystals are small. 
 
 CRU'CIAL, (krushial) a. [crux, Lat.] in form of a cross. Cru- 
 cial incision, in Anatomy, an incision or cut in any fleshy part, in 
 form of a cross. 
 
 CRU'CIBLE, s. [crucibuhim, low Lat.] a little vessel made 
 either of earth, iron, or platinum, without a handle, used by re- 
 finers, chemists, and others, to melt metals, &c. in. It derives 
 its name from its being formerly marked with a cross. 
 
 CRUCPFEROUS, a. {crux and/ero, Lat.] bearing the cross. 
 
 CRU'CIFIX, 8. [crux unAJigo, Lat.] a cross whereon the cruci- 
 fixion of Christ is represented. 
 
 CRUCIFPXION, «. the act of nailing to a cross. 
 
 To CRU'CIFY, V. a. to fasten a person by nailing his hands 
 and feet on a cross. 
 
 CRUDE, a. [crudus, Lat.] raw, applied to flesh not dressed; 
 unchanged or unaltered by any process or preparation. Figura- 
 tively, unfinished ; immature ; not brought to perfection ; not 
 reduced to order, or properly examined or modified by the mind ; 
 imperfect, unpolished, inadequate, and unrefined, applied to 
 ideas. 
 
 CRU'DELY, o(/. without any preparation ; without examina- 
 tion or consideration ; gross, applied to ideas. 
 
 CRU'DENESS, «. unripeness ; imperfection ; indigestion. 
 
 CRU'DITY, s. rawness; indigestion; or any thing in its in- 
 digested state ; the state of a disease, wherein the morbific mat- 
 ter is not yet come to a head, but increases the disorder. 
 
 CRU'EL, a, [crudelia, Lat.] void of compassion, mercy, or pity, 
 and delighting in the miseries and increasing the sufferings "of 
 others. Figuratively, implacable, inveterate, and causing the 
 greatest degree of torture. 
 
 CRU'ELLY, ad. in an inhuman, barbarous, and savage man- 
 ner, wherein the sufferings and tortures of others are beheld 
 with delight, and increased with joy. 
 
 CRU'ELTY, s. a savage disposition delighting in the misfor- 
 tunes and sufferings of another, and in increasing them. 
 
 CRU'ENTATE, a, [crucntatus, from cruor, Lat.] smeared with 
 blood. 
 
 CRU'ET, s. [kruicke, Bolg.] a phial for vinegar or oil. 
 
 CRUISE,*, [kruicke, Belg.] a small cup. 
 
 CRUISE, (kruze) s. [croise, Fr.] a voyage made by a ship up 
 and down a coast, in order to guard it from any attack, or to in- 
 tercept such of the enemy's ships as are near it. 
 
 To CRUISE, (kruze) v. n. to rove about at sea, in search of an 
 enemy's vessel ; to sail to and fro, without any certain course or 
 destination. 
 
 CRU'ISER, (kruzer) s, a vessel that sails to and fro, in quest 
 of an enemy's ship. 
 
 CRUMB, «. [crnma. Sax.] the soft part of bread. Figuratively, 
 a small particle, or bit. 
 
 To CRU'MBLE, v. a. [from the noun,] to break into small par- 
 ticles or pieces.— 1-. n. to fall into small pieces. 
 
 CRU'J^ENAL, s. [crumena, Lat.] a purse. 
 
 CRU'MMY, a. resembling the crumb of bread ; soft. Figura- 
 tively, plump, or fleshy. 
 
 CRUMP, a. [Sax.] crooked or deformed. 
 
 To CRU'MPLE, V. a. [rompeleji, Belg.] to contract ; to draw 
 into wrinkles; to squeeze together in order to discover the 
 wrinkles. 
 
 CRU'MPLING, s. a small degenerate apple. 
 
 To CRUNK, Cru'nkle, f. n. to cry like a crane. 
 242 
 
 CRY 
 
 CRU'PPER, s. [croupe, Fr.] that part of a horse-furniture 
 which reaches from the saddle to the tail. 
 
 CRU'RAL, a. [cruratis, from crus, Lat.] belonging to or situated 
 in the leg. 
 
 CRUSA'DERS, s. [from Crusade, see below,] the name given 
 to those who went on any of those expeditions called Crusades. 
 
 CliUSA'DES, s. [croisade, Fr.] warlike expeditions which were 
 undertaken in the middle ages, for the purpose of recovering the 
 Holy Land, and Jerusalem especially, from the hands of the Mo- 
 hammedans. Also, expeditions undertaken in the same spirit 
 against the Moors of Spain, and against the Albigenses and Wal- 
 denses, who were pronounced heretics by the Church of Rome, and 
 against any parties that were unkindly regarded by that Church. 
 The first crusade was made in the latter part of the 11th century. 
 Peter the Hermit preached throughout Europe against the abo- 
 mination of desolation that held the holy places. Pope Urban II. 
 attached plenary indulgence to taking the sword in this cause, 
 and the people, gentle and simple, set out with the war-cry, Goa 
 wills it! Peter led a deluded rabble as far as Nice, in Asia Mi- 
 nor, and there they were almost all slaughtered. The combined 
 armies of the European princes set out under Godfrey de Bouillon, 
 and after labours and battles, perils, quarrels, and adventures 
 most romantic, they took the sacred city, and established the 
 kingdom of Jerusalem, giving the crown to Godfrey. The se- 
 cond crusade was preached by St. Bernard of Clairvaulx, when 
 Noureddin threatened the newly-formed kingdom, about 50 years 
 after the first. It was a most disastrous failure. The thira was 
 undertaken after the fall of Jerusalem, when Saladin had ob- 
 literated this strange Christian kingdom. Richard the Lion- 
 hearted and Philip Augustus were the leaders of this expe- 
 dition. Another part of the army, under the famous Frederic 
 Barbarossa, had set out before, and Frederic had lost his life by 
 imprudently bathing in the Cydnus, in Asia Minor. The main 
 host went by sea. The quarrels of the leaders made this also 
 a failure ; but the romance of its details was never equalled. 
 Several miserably abortive schemes followed. The two last cru- 
 sades alone deserve to be mentioned. The earlier of these was 
 conducted by Louis IX. of France, and failed, by a most un- 
 happy defeat, which made the army prisoners of war. The last 
 was the scheme of Edward I. of England, and likewise failed. 
 The cost in blood and treasure in these expeditions was enormous. 
 The benefits accruing from them were, the check given to the 
 tide of Mohammedan conquest in the direction of Europe, and the 
 introduction to Europe of the arts, literature, civilization, and 
 commerce of the East. 
 
 CRU'SET, s. a goldsmith's melting-pot. 
 
 To CRUSH, V. a. [eeniser, Fr.] to break to pieces, or to make 
 the two opposite sides of a vessel meet by external violence ; to 
 overwhelm ; to beat down ; to depress, subdue, or destroy by 
 force. 
 
 CRUSH, s. collision ; destruction. 
 
 CRUST, s. [crusta, Lat.] the hard external surface or coat of a 
 thing; a collection of matter grown hard ; the case which con- 
 tains the fruit or meat of a pie or pudding ; the outer hard part 
 of bread ; a waste piece of bread. 
 
 To CRUST, ». a. to cover with a hard case; to foul with soil 
 or dirt. — v. n, to have its external surface hardened. 
 
 CRUSTA'CEOUS, (krustdshious) a. covered with shell, applied 
 to fish. 
 
 CRU'STILY, ad. in a morose, surly, or peevish manner. 
 
 CRU'STINESS, s. the hardness of the outside of bread. Fi- 
 guratively, peevishness, moroseness. 
 
 CRU'SfY, o. covered with a hard surface or coat. Figura- 
 tively, not easily prevailed on ; morose ; peevish. 
 
 CRUTCH, s. [crucke, Teut.] a support, composed of a round 
 piece of wood, in which a long staff is fixed, placed under the 
 arm-pits, and used by cripples or lame persons to walk with. 
 
 To CRUTCH, V. a. to support as with crutches. 
 
 To CRY, V. n. [crier, Fr.] to speak with vehemence and loud- 
 ness ; to speak to with great importunity and sorrow ; to pro- 
 claim, to publish ; to exclaim ; to speak with a mournful tone ot 
 voice, attended with tears ; to make a noise or squalling like an 
 infant; to weep or shed tears. In Hunting, to yelp, applied to 
 the noise made by a hound in full scent. 2'o ay out, to scream, 
 or make a shriek when in danger ; to complain loudly ; to blame 
 or censure ; to be in labour.— v. a. to proclaim any thing that is 
 lost, or to be sold. To cry down, to depreciate or under-value ; to 
 
CUB 
 
 blame, or detract from ; to forbid ; to overbear. To cry up, to 
 praise, or increase the value of a thing by applause. 
 
 CRY, ». [ct-!, Fr.] lamentation ; a mourntui shriek or scream ; 
 clamour or outcry; an exclamation of triumph and wonder ; a 
 proclamation ; the hawkers' proclamation of wares to be sold in 
 the streets ; acclamation ; popular favour ; importunate call ; the 
 method of utterance made use of by different animals to express 
 their wants, &c. In Hunting, the yelping of dogs. Figuratively^ 
 a pack of hounds ; a confused inarticulate noise. 
 
 CRY'AL, «. a name of the heron. 
 
 CRY'ER, ». in Natural Historj', a kind of hawk, called the fal- 
 con-gentle. 
 
 CRYPT, s, [knipto, Gr.] a vault under a church or religious 
 edifice, used in the mediaeval system for various purposes, pen- 
 ance, punishment, meditation, wine-storing, &c. 
 
 CRY'PTIC, Cry'ptical, a. dark ; abstruse ; secret ; occult ; 
 hidden ; not made public. 
 
 CRYPTO'GRAPHY, s. \_krupto and grapho, Or.] the art of 
 writing in secret characters. 
 
 CR\PTO'LOGY, s. \_kmpto and hgos, Gr.] enigmatical lan- 
 guage. 
 
 CRY'STAL, s. {krmtalhs, Gr.] in Mineralogy and Chemistry, 
 the geometrical figure regularly assumed by any substance. 
 Commonly, a kind of stone, very hard, and transparent as glass. 
 
 CRY'STAL, a. consisting or made of crystal. Figuratively, 
 bright, clear, transparent. 
 
 CRY'STALLINE, a. [crystallinus, Lat.] consisting of crystal. 
 Figuratively, bright, clear, transparent. Crystalline humour, in 
 Anatomy, the second humour of the eye, lying immediately next 
 the aqueous, beyond the uvea. 
 
 CRYSTALLIZA'TION, s. in Chemistry, an operation of na- 
 ture, in which various earths, salts, and metallic substances pass 
 from a fluid to a solid state, assuming certain determinate geo- 
 metrical figures. 
 
 To CRY'STALLIZE, v. a. to form into a mass resembling that 
 of crystals. — v. n. to coagulate, or shoot into angular shapes, re- 
 sembling a crystal. 
 
 CRYSTALLOGRAPHY, s. \_krustallos and graplio, Gr.] the 
 science which describes and classifies crj-stals ; and, m con- 
 nexion with mineralogy and chemistry, investigates their com- 
 position, structure, &c. 
 
 CTE'SIAS, a Greek writer of history, who held the office of 
 medical adviser to Artaxerxes Mnemon. His works were nu- 
 merous, but we have but a few fragments, quoted by other 
 writers. He wrote about 400 u. c. 
 
 CUB, e. [etymology uncertain,] the young of a bear or fox ; 
 sometimes applied to that of a whale. Figuratively, the offspring 
 of a human creature, by way of reproach. 
 
 To CUB, V. a. to bring forth, applied to a fox or bear. 
 
 CU'BA, a West India island, near the entrance of the Gulf of 
 Mexico, about 700 miles in length, and 70 in its mean breadth. 
 The hills run through the island from E. to VV., but are nearly 
 7000 feet high at the E., and from these many rivulets run on 
 both sides to the sea. The land is generally level near the coast. 
 Here are large forests abounding with game, and extensive pas- 
 tures, which feed large flocks and herds of horned cattle, sheep, 
 and hogs, originally brought from Europe, and which now run 
 wild. The produce is sugar, ginger, long "pepper, cassia, wild 
 cinnamon, tobacco, cigars, aloes, mastic, cassia" fistula, manioc, 
 maize, cocoa, &c. &c. These, with gold, copper, &c, found in 
 the mountains, and the cedar, mahogany, ebony, &c. &c. of its 
 forests, are its exports. There are convenient harbours at dif- 
 ferent parts of the coast. It is yet under the dominion of 
 Spain. Its population is about 900,000, of whom 300,000 are 
 slaves. 
 
 CUBA'TION, s. [cubo, Lat.] the act of lying down. 
 
 CU'BATORY, a. recumbent. 
 
 CU'BATURE, s. the finding the solid contents of a body. 
 
 CUBE, s. [kubos, Gr.] in Geometry, a solid body, consisting of 
 six equal square sides. In Arithmetic, a number arising from 
 the multiplication of a number by itself twice. 
 
 CU'BEB, «. in Medicine, the small dried fruit of a species of 
 pepper, much resembling it, but having an awn or spine. 
 
 CU'BIC, Cu'bical, a. belonging to, or having the properties 
 of, a cube. 
 
 CU'BICALNESS, «. the state or quality of being cubical. 
 
 CU'BIFORM, a. in the shape or form of a cube. 
 
 CUF 
 
 CU'BIT, s. [cuhitus, Lat.] a measure in use among the ancients, 
 which was the distance from the elbow bending inward to the 
 extremity of the middle finger, fixed by some to I foot 9 inches 
 English measure ; by others, to 1 foot 1.6 inches : the reason of 
 this variety is, that in Scripture there were two kinds of cubits, 
 one measuring according to the first computation, and the other 
 according to the latter. 
 
 CU'BI TAL, a. containing the length or measure of a cubit. 
 
 CU'CKFIELD, Sussex. It is 40 miles from London. Market, 
 Friday. Pop. 34^14. 
 
 CU'CKINGSTOOL, s. a chair in which women were formerly 
 plunged into the water, as a punishment for scolding. 
 
 CU'CKOO, Cu'cKow, s. {acccw, Brit.] in Natural History, a 
 common English summer bird, whose familiar note is one of the 
 first ipdications of settled spring. It builds no nest, but deposits 
 its eggs in the nests of other birds, chiefly the hedge-sparrow. 
 It is seldom heard beyond June ; and is one of our first migra- 
 tory birds to dej)art. 
 
 CU'CKOO-FLOWER, s. in Botany, a species of the cardamine, 
 commonly called lady's smock. 
 
 CU'CKOO-SPITTLE, «. a froth seen during the spring and 
 early summer, at the joints and on the stems of many herbace- 
 ous plants, which is raised as a defence and congenial element 
 by the larva of the common cicada, or tree-hojjper. 
 
 CU'CULLATE, Cu'cullated, a. [cucuUaUis, from cucullus, Lat.] 
 hooded ; covered as with a hood or cowl ; having the resemblance 
 or shape of a hood. 
 
 CU'CUMBER, s. [cttcumis, Lat.] in Botany, a well-known fruit, 
 used as a salad, and for pickling. 
 
 CUCURBITA'CEOUS*, {kukurUtdsMous) a. [cucurhita, Lat.] in 
 Botany, applied to those plants which resemble a gourd; such 
 as the pompion and melon. 
 
 CU'CURiJITE, s. a chemical vessel or glass made in the shape 
 of a gourd, and commonly called a body. 
 
 CUD, s. [Sax.] the inside of the throat; the food kept by a 
 cow in the first stomach, which it chews a second time. 
 
 CUDDAPA'H, a town of the Presidency of Madras, Hindus- 
 tan. It stands on a river of the same name, and is not better as 
 to its style of building than the towns of the interior usually are. 
 It is the capital of a district, and is famous for the diamond mines 
 in its vicinity. It is about 160 miles from Madras. Population, 
 about 20,000. Lat. 14. 25. N. Long. 79. 0. E. 
 
 CU'DGEL, s. [kudse, Belg.] a stick made use of to strike with, 
 lighter than a club, and shorter than a pole. 
 
 To CU'DGEL, v. a. to beat with a stick. 
 
 CU'DWEED, s. in Botany, a plant, called also chafeweed, 
 found in barren pastures and road-sides, with brownish flowers. 
 
 CU'DWORT, s. in Botany, a plant, called also sea cudweed ; 
 a species of athanasia. 
 
 CU'DWORTH, DR. RALPH, one of the famous latitude-men 
 at Cambridge, in the latter part of the 17th century. He re- 
 ceived his education during the times of the civil war, and on 
 the restoration of the Stuart familj' was not removed from his 
 living, but rose to be a dignitary of the church. He was a man 
 of prodigious erudition, and one of the most learned expounders 
 of the Platonic philosophy of his age. His great work, whereof 
 but one part ever appeared, is entitled the True Intellectual System 
 of the Universe. Several of his works are lying yet in MS. in the 
 British Museum. He died in 1688, aged 71 years. In his writ- 
 ings and life we notice some of the characteristic features of the 
 change that followed the great Puritan uprising in England. 
 Puritanism had been so intimately associated with a special sys- 
 tem of theologj', that the necessary antiquation of that system, 
 by the progress of men's minds, led to a habit of speculating and 
 philosophizing, which could never be the source of such entnusi- 
 astic piety as the Puritans showed, nor of such stern resolution 
 in the discharge of duty. It might have been only the season of 
 transition from Puritanism to a still loftier exhibition of spiritual 
 life. Other influences prevented its rising, and it was the first 
 step into a cheerless denial or doubt of all spirituality, which 
 England is but now recovering from. 
 
 CUE, s. [queue, Fr.] the tail or end of any thing ; the last words 
 of a speech, which a player looks upon as a sign for him to begin 
 to speak ; a hint ; the part which a person is to play in his 
 turn. 
 
 CUE'RPO, s. [Span.] without the upper coat or ^loak. 
 
 CLIFF, s. izujj'a, Ital.] a box given on the ear, or the head, 
 2 I 2 243 
 
CLL 
 
 with the fist. To strike with the talons or wings, applied to 
 birds. 
 
 To CUFF, V. n. to fight ; to scuffle.— ». a. to strike with the 
 fist or talons. 
 
 CUFF, s. [coeffe, Fr.] that part of the sleeve which is turned 
 back again from the wrist towards the shoulder. 
 
 CUl'NAGE, s. the making up twine in peculiar form for car- 
 riage. 
 
 CUIRA'SS, (kiterdsse) s. Icuirasse, Fr.] a part of defensive ar- 
 mour, made of iron well hammered, covering the body from the 
 neck to the girdle. 
 
 CUIRASSIE'R, {htterasseer) s. a soldier who wears a cuirass. 
 
 CUISH, s. [cuisse, Fr.] the armour which was used formerly to 
 cover the thighs. 
 
 CU'LDEES, s. [colidei, Lat.] in Church History, an order of 
 Coenobites, formerly inhabiting Scotland and Ireland. They dif- 
 fered on many important points from the Romish Church; but 
 little is known of them beyond this. Their most famous locality, 
 and the last which existecl, was at lona. 
 
 CU'LINARY, a. [culina, Lat.] belonging to the kitchen ; or 
 used in cookery. 
 
 To CULL, V. a. \cueillir, Fr.] to pick or choose from a number. 
 
 CU'LLEN, Banffshire, Scotland. It is seated on the sea- 
 coast. It is about 120 miles from Edinburgh. Pop. 1-5G4. 
 
 CU'LLEN, DR. WILLIAM, an eminent Scotch physician of 
 the end of the last century. He rose by his own energy and ap- 
 
 Elication, and afterwards,' by the patronage of an intelligent no- 
 lenian of Scotland, obtained a chair in Glasgow University, 
 and thence proceeded to Edinburgh, where he occupied suc- 
 cessively several professorships, with constantly growing cele- 
 brity. He was the author of several works on his science, some 
 of which have enjoyed great popularity. He died in 1790, aged 
 78 years. 
 
 CU'LLER, s. one who chooses a thing from a great many 
 others. 
 
 CU'LLUMBINE, or more properly Columbine, s. The flowers 
 of this plant are beautifully variegated with blue, purple, red, 
 and white. 
 
 To CU'LLY, V. a. to make a fool of a person ; to deceive or im- 
 pose upon. 
 
 CULMI'FEROUS.a. [cu/mus and/fro, Lat.] in Botany, apnlied 
 to such plants as have a smooth jointed stalk, usually hollow; 
 are wrapped about at each joint with single, narrow, sharp- 
 pointed leaves, and have their seed contained in chaffy husks ; 
 such as wheat, barley, &c. 
 
 To CU'LMINATE, v. n. [culmen, Lat.] in Astronomy, to be at 
 its greatest altitude ; to be vertical, or in its meridian. 
 
 CULMINATION^ s. in Astronomy, the transit or passage of a 
 star over the meridian, or that point of its orbit wherein it is at 
 its greatest altitude. 
 
 CULPABI'LITY, s. the quality which subjects a thing to 
 blame, or renders it an object of blame. 
 
 CU'LPABLE, a. [culpabilis, from culpa, Lat.] worthy of or de- 
 serving blame, including the idea of some voluntary fault of a 
 slight kind. 
 
 CU'LPABLENESS, s. the quality which renders a person an 
 object of blame. 
 
 tU'LPABLY, ad. in such a manner as to deserve blame; 
 criminally. 
 
 CU'LPRIT, s. a malefactor, or criminal ; a guilty person. 
 
 CULRO'SS, Perthshire, Scotland. It is seated on the river 
 Forth. It is 33 miles from Edinburgh. Pop. 1099. 
 
 To CU'LTIVATE, f. a. [cMftwr, Fr.] to heighten the fruit- 
 fulness of the earth by manuring it, or by other methods of hus- 
 bandry. Figuratively, to improve the understanding by educa- 
 tion and study. 
 
 CULTIVA'TION, s. the act of improving soils by husbandry. 
 Figuratively, the improvement of the understanding by educa- 
 tion and study ; improvement in any science. 
 
 CU'LTIVATOR, s. one who improves, promotes, or endeavours 
 to forward any vegetable product, or any thing else capable of 
 improvement. 
 
 CU'LTURE, «. [coh, Lat.] the act of cultivating or tilling the 
 ground. Figuratively, the improvement of the mind by educa- 
 tion and studv, improvement in any branch of learning. 
 
 To CU'LTURE, v. n. to cultivate ; to manure, till, or improve 
 soil by labour, and other methods of husbandry. 
 
 CU'LVER, s. [ctilfrc. Sax.] a pigeon. An old word. 
 
 CU'I>VERIN, s. [covdouvrine, Fr.] a slender piece of ordnance-, 
 or artillery, from 5 one-half to 5 inches bore, from 12 to 13 feet 
 long, and carrying a shot from 5 one-fourth to 3 three-fourth 
 inches diameter. 
 
 CU'MiE, a town of ancient Italy, in the district named Cam- 
 pania, not far from Naples, celebrated as the home of one of the 
 sibyls, or female prophetesses, who in the legends of Rome was 
 said to have offered the writings containing her predictions re- 
 specting the city, contained in nine volumes, to King Tarquinius 
 Superbus, for a price, which was refused, on which she burnt 
 three volumes, and demanded the same price for the remainder ; 
 and being again refused, burnt three more, and still demanded 
 the same price, which so struck the king, that he purchased the 
 three remaining volumes, and they were depositecl in the Capi- 
 tol, and consulted on great occasions; but neither Rome nor, 
 most certainly, Tarquin was a whit the wiser for her vaticin- 
 ations. 
 
 To CU'MBER, f. a. [komheren, Belg.] to hinder a person from 
 
 acting by its weight; to put a person to difficulty in managing 
 a thing, by its weight or length. Figuratively, to load with 
 something useless ; to disturb, distress, or involve in difficulties ; 
 
 to distract or perplex with varietv of employments. 
 
 CU'MBER, s. [komber, Belg.] hinderance ; unmanageableness 
 caused by bulk. 
 
 CU'MdERLAND, a maritime county of England, bounded on 
 the W. by the Irish Sea and Solway Frith ; on the N. by Scot- 
 land ; on the E. by Northumberland, Durham, and Westmore- 
 land; and on the S. W. and S. by the sea and Lancashire. It is 
 58 miles in length, and its greatest breadth is about 45 miles. 
 All but the N. part of this county is very hilly, or even moun- 
 tainous, Helvellyn, Skiddaw, Cross-Fell, and some other heights 
 exceeding 3000 feet. Amidst these mountains and hills are 
 lakes, of no great extent, but of most romantic beauty. Its 
 streams are the Eden, the Derwent, the Esk, &c., some of which 
 have in their course several noble waterfalls. There are mines 
 of lead, copper, iron, and even of silver ; but those of black- 
 lead, or plumbago, are the most peculiar. Coal, slate, lime- 
 stone, granite, and various building-stones, also occur in various 
 degrees of abundance. There is good pasturage even among the 
 hills, and the arable land is fertile. It contains 1 city, 2 bo- 
 roughs, 17 market towns. Carlisle is the county town. Pop. 
 178,038. It returns 9 representatives to parliament. 
 
 CU'MBERLAND, RICHARD, Bishop of Peterborough, at the 
 beginning of the last century. He was a learned and a good 
 man, but is known best, perhaps, by a work on ethical science, 
 in which he combated Hobbes' Philosophy, without, however, 
 substituting a better in its room. He died in 1718, aged 8tj 
 
 and poets of the 18th century, some of whose pieces occasion 
 ally find their way before the public even now. He died in 1811 
 aged 79 years. 
 
 CU'MBERSOME, a. occasioning great trouble and vexation. 
 Figuratively, burthensome ; occasioning perplexity; unwieldy 
 or not easily managed, on account of its length or weight. 
 
 CU'MBERSOMELY, ad. in a troublesome manner; in a man 
 ner that produces hinderance and vexation. 
 
 CU'MBERSOMENESS, s. encumbrance; hinderance; ob 
 struction. 
 
 CU'MBRANCE, s. burthen ; hinderance ; impediment. 
 
 CU'MBROUS, a. troublesome ; vexatious ; causing uneasiness. 
 
 CU'MFREY, Co'mfrey,s. in Botany, a medicinal umbelliferous 
 plant. 
 
 CU'MMIN, s. [cuminum, Lat.] in Botany, fl common plant in 
 W. Asia, used for the aromatic and carminative properties bf its 
 seeds. 
 
 To CU'MULATE, v. a. [eumuh, Lat.] to lay one thing upon 
 another ; to heap together. 
 
 CUNCTATION, s. [cunctaOo, Lat.] the act of deferring the 
 doing of a thing to another time,which ought to be dgne imme- 
 diately. 
 
 CU'NEAL, a. [curuius, Lat.] relating to, or having the shape 
 of, a wedge. 
 
 CU'NEATED, ;jar<. made in the form of a wedge. 
 
 CUNETFORM, a. [cuneus aadforma, Lat.] having the form 
 of a wedge. In Anatomy, applied to the fourth, fifth, and sixth 
 
ri->i'i-iiU'''-niir\j}-o, 
 
CUR 
 
 bones of the foot, from their wedge-like shape, being large above 
 and narrow below. 
 
 CU'NNING, a. [connan. Sax.] learned, knowing, or of an ex- 
 tensive knowledge ; performed with art or skill ; curious. Figu- 
 ratively, sly; designing; crafty; over-reaching another by su- 
 perior wit and understanding. 
 
 CU'NNING, s. [cM««i«^e, Sax.] artifice; deceit; superior talents 
 employed in deceiving others ; art ; skill ; knowledge. 
 
 CU'NNINGHAM, ALLAN, a recent writer, whose Scotch songs 
 have gained him a well-deserved name, but whose books, made 
 for publishers, are not of a corresponding class. His Lives of 
 Painters, and several other of his works, are, meanwhile, of a 
 useful kind, and display his skill in writing, if not his real genius. 
 He died in 1842, aged 57 years. 
 
 CU'NNINGLY, ad. in a sly, crafty manner. 
 
 CCNNINGMAN, «. a man who pretends to tell fortunes, or 
 teach how to recover stolen goods. 
 
 CU'NNINGNESS, s. craftiness ; slyness. 
 
 CUP, ». [cup, Sax.] a small vessel, with a foot, to drink in. 
 Figuratively, the liquor contained in a cup. In the plural, a 
 merry bout or entertainment of drinking. Any thing hollow 
 like a cup, as the husk of an acorn, the bell of a flower. 
 
 To CUP, f. n. in Surgery, to bleed a person after having fixed 
 
 a cupping-glass to the part. 
 CUPAR, tl 
 
 . the name of three towns in Scotland, one of which 
 is in Fifeshire, the other two in Perthshire. Cupar Fife, the most 
 important, is chief town of the county, and is beautifully situated 
 on the river Eden. Though not a large town, it is well built, 
 and has several important institutions. It was also in olden time 
 a place of great distinction as the seat of the court of the Thanes 
 of Fife. It fS about 30 miles from Edinburgh. Pop. 0758. 
 
 CU'PBEAREIl, s. an officer of the king s household ; an at- 
 tendant to give wine at a feast. 
 
 CU'PBOARD, s. [cup and lord, Sax.] a case or receptacle ; a 
 place fitted with shelves and a door, in which victuals or earthen- 
 ware are placed, distinguished from a closet, which is consider- 
 ably longer. 
 
 lo CU'PBOARD, V. a. to put into a cupboard. Figuratively, 
 to board. 
 
 CU'PEL, s. in Metallurgy, a vessel made of calcined bones, 
 mixed with a small proportion of clay and water. It is used 
 whenever gold and silver are refined by melting them with lead. 
 The process is called cupellation. 
 
 CU'PID, in Heathen Mythology, amongst the Romans, the 
 
 fod who presided over love, and was represented as the son of 
 enus and Mercury. He was painted as a winged boy, bearing 
 a bow and arrows, and sometimes blindfolded. Amongst the 
 Greeks he was called Eros. 
 
 CUPI'DITY, «. [cupiditas, from eupio, Lat.] concupiscence ; un- 
 lawful or unreasonable longing. 
 
 CU'POLA, s. [Ital.] In Arcnitecture, a spherical vault, or the 
 round of the top of the dome of a church, which resembles a cup 
 inverted ; called by some a lanthorn. 
 
 CU'PPER, s. one who applies a cupping-glass, and scarifies a 
 person. 
 
 CU'PPING, «. in Surgery, the applying a cupping-glass for 
 the discharge of blood, and other humours, by the skin. 
 
 CU'PPING-GLASS, s. a glass vessel, which having its air 
 rarefied, gives room for that contained in the part to which it is 
 applied to expand itself, and bring with it such humours as it is 
 involved in, which are afterwards discharged by a scarifier, or 
 instrument fitted with the points of several lancets, which by 
 means of a spring enter the skin at the same time. 
 
 CU'PREOUS, a. [cu/jrcMs, Lat. jcoppery, or consisting of copper. 
 
 CUR, s. [korre, Belg.] a degenerate, worthless dog. Figur- 
 atively, used as a term of reproach for a man. 
 
 CU'RABLE, a. [euro, Lat.] that may be healed. 
 
 CU'RABLENESS, «. the possibility of being healed. 
 
 CURACCKA, (^Curasoa,) a West India island, subject to the 
 Dutch, 35 miles long and 8 broad. The island is barren, and 
 dependent on the rains for water ; and it has some hills of con- 
 siaerable height. St. Barbara has a harbour which, though not 
 naturally good, has been artificially made very secure. Cura^oa, 
 the capital, has a verj' good harbour. There are also some others. 
 Its value is not very great except as an emporium for the W. In- 
 dia trade of Holland. Its population is inconsiderable. Lat. 12. 
 6. N. Long. 09. 2. W. 
 
 CUR 
 
 CU'RACY, ». in the Church of England, the employment of a 
 clergyman, who does the duty of the person who has the bene- 
 fice, lor a certain salary. 
 
 CU'RATE, s. in the Church of England, a clergyman who 
 performs the duties of another: a parish priest. 
 
 CU'RATIVE, a. relating to the cure of a disease ; recovering, 
 or able to recover, from a disorder. 
 
 CU'RATOR, s. [Lat.J one who has the cure and superintend- 
 ence of a thing, place, or person. 
 
 CURB, s. [courber, Fr.] in Farriery, an iron chain fastened to 
 the upper part of the branches of a bridle, in a hole called the 
 eye, and running over the beard of a horse, used to manage a 
 hard-mouthed horse. Figuratively, a restraint put on the in- 
 clinations of a person. It is also a large swelling that runs along 
 the inside of a horse's hoof, in the great sinews behind, above 
 the top of the horn, which makes him go lame after he has been 
 heated. 
 
 To CURB, V. a. to manage or guide a horse by means of a 
 curb. Figuratively, to check or restrain the passions or inclin- 
 ations. 
 
 CURD, s. [kruyden, Belg.] the thickening or clotting of any 
 liquor, generally applied to that of milk, which is occasioned by 
 mixing runnet with it. 
 
 To CU'RDLE, V. n. to grow into clots ; to grow thick, like 
 milk mixed with runnet. — v. a. to make a thing grow thick, 
 clot, or coagulate, by mixing some acid with it. 
 
 CU'RDY, a. coagulated ; clotted. 
 
 CURE, s. \cura, Lat.] a remedy ; the healing of a wound, or 
 recovering from a disease ; the benefice or employment of a cler- 
 gyman or curate in the Church of England. Synon. Cure seems 
 to have no other object than stubborn disorders, and those which 
 proceed from constitution; whereas remedy has a view to slight 
 complaints, and such as are of short duration. 
 
 To CURE, V. a. [ctiro, Lat.] to heal a wound ; to restore to 
 health ; to recover from a disease. In Cookery, to preserve from 
 stinking, or corrupting ; to salt. 
 
 CU'RELESS, a. without cure or remedy ; not to be cured. 
 
 CU'RER, 8. a healer or physician. 
 
 CU'RFEVV, s. [couvre feu, Fr.] an evening bell, on the sound 
 of which every man was obliged to put out his fire, and extin- 
 guish his candle, in the time of William the Conqueror. Figu- 
 ratively, any bell which tolls regularly about night time ; a cover 
 for a fire or a tire-place. 
 
 CURIA'LITY, s. [curialis, Lat.'] the privileges, prerogatives, or 
 retinue of a court. 
 
 CURIO'SITY, s. a propensity or disposition of the soul, which 
 inclines it to inquire after new objects, and to delight in viewing 
 them ; a nice experiment ; an object of curiosity, or a rarity. 
 
 CU'RIOUS, a. [curiosus, Lat.] inquisitive, or disposed to in- 
 quire into novelties, whether they respect truths or objects of 
 sight; attentive to, or diligent; accurate, or careful to avoid an 
 impropriety or mistake ; exact ; nice ; artful ; elegant ; neat ; 
 rigid ; severe. 
 
 CU'RIOUSLY, ad. in an inquisitive, exact, accurate, elegant, 
 laboured, or high-finished manner; captiously. 
 
 CURL, «. a single lock of hair. Figuratively, a wave ; undu- 
 lation ; or waving line. 
 
 To CURL, V. a. [cyrran. Sax.] to make the hair twist in circles 
 or ringlets ; to writhe or twist round ; to dress with curls ; to 
 raise in waves, or in a spiral form.— t. n. to form itself into ring- 
 lets; to form circular lines ; to twist itself. 
 
 CU'RLEW, s. [courlieu, Fr.] in Natural History, a genus of 
 long-billed birds allied to the woodcock and snipe, which fre- 
 quents marshy places, and wades in the shallow water at dusk, 
 feeding on what it can gather from the ooze of the bogs. The 
 stone curlew is a name given to another bird of the same class, 
 called the thick-knee. The corn crake is sometimes called a 
 curlew. 
 
 CURMU'DGEON, «. [a corrupt pronunciation and spelling of 
 coeur mechant, Fr.] one who is void of generosity ; a niggardly or 
 avaricious person ; a miser. 
 
 CU'RRAGH, an extensive common, of fine land, in Kildare, 
 Leinster, about 30 miles from Dublin, celebrated for horse-races. 
 
 CU'RRANT, ». in Botany, the tree so called, and the berry of 
 it ; likewise a small dried grape ; properly written cnrinth. 
 
 CU'RRENCY, s. [curro, Lat.] circulation ; passing from hand 
 to band, and acknowledged as local, applied to money, whether 
 
 245 
 
CUR 
 
 in metal or paper. General reception ; fluency ; readiness of 
 utterance; constant flow; uninterrupted course; 'general esteem 
 and repute. 
 
 CU'KRENT, a. passing from hand to hand ; established or 
 legal, applied to money. Generally received ; not contradicted, 
 applied to opinions. Popular, or established by a majority; 
 fashionable ; passable, or to be admitted ; what is now passing. 
 In Commerce, account current, is that which is opened by two 
 persons that have dealings with each other, wherein the dinerent 
 credits and debts of each are registered on opposite sides, in order 
 to form a balance between them. 
 
 CU'RRENT, s. in Hydrography, a running stream. In Navi- 
 gation, a progressive motion of the water of the sea, by which a 
 ship may be retarded in her course, or carried more swiftly, when 
 moving in the same direction as the current. The great gulf 
 stream, which flows from the Gulf of Mexico, and is felt in the 
 most northerly latitudes, is a good example of an ocean current. 
 Synon. a stream issues from a head, and moves forward ^yith a 
 continuity of parts. A current is a certain progressive motion of 
 some fluid bo(fy. These words in the literal sense are applied to 
 water. Thus we say, the stream of a river, the current of the sea. 
 
 CtfRRENTLY, ad. in a constant motion ; without opposition ; 
 without ceasing. 
 
 CU'RRENTNESS, s. circulation ; general reception ; easiness 
 of pronunciation. 
 
 CU'RRIER, s. {corium, Lat.] one who dresses leather. 
 
 CU'RRISH, a. like a cur ; 'snappish ; quarrelsome. 
 
 To CU'RRY, V. a. [corium, Lat.] to dress leather with oil, tal- 
 low, &c. To rub a horse with a sharp-pointed instrument or 
 comb, in order to smooth his hide, promote circulation, and in- 
 crease his flesh. Figuratively, to tickle ; to flatter. To curry 
 favour with, is to endeavour to gain the esteem or friendship of 
 another by trivial ofiices and small compliances. 
 
 CU'RRYCOMB, s. an iron instrument set with iron teeth or 
 wires, used to dress a horse. 
 
 To CURSE, V. a. [cursian. Sax.] to wish a person ill ; to devote 
 to destruction. Figuratively, to afilict or torment. 
 
 CURSE, s. the action of wishing any tremendous evil to ano- 
 ther ; the act of devoting to temporal or eternal torments ; afllic- 
 tion; torment or misery. 
 
 CU'RSED, part, under a curse. Figuratively, hateful; un- 
 holy; vexatious. 
 
 CU'RSEDLY, ad. miserably; shamefully: a low cant word. 
 
 CU'RSEDNESS, s. the state of being under a curse. 
 
 CU'RSITOR, s. [Lat.] an oflicer, or clerk, belonging to chan- 
 cery, who makes out original writs. There are 24, having each 
 particular shires allotted them, for which they make such original 
 writs as are required, and are called clerks of course in the oath 
 of the clerks of chancery. 
 
 CU'RSORILY, ad. in a hasty manner ; without care or at- 
 tention. 
 
 CU'RSORINESS, s. haste ; slightness of attention. 
 
 CU'RSORY, a. [cursorius, from curro, Lat.] hasty ; quick ; 
 careless; transient. 
 
 CURST, a, [korsel, Belg.] froward ; snarling ; peevish ; de- 
 lighting in mischief. 
 
 CU'RSTNESS, s. peevishness ; f.owardness ; malignity. 
 
 CURT, a. [curtus, Lat.] short. 
 
 To CURTAIL, V. a. [curtus, Lat.] to cut oflT; to shorten by cut- 
 ting. Figuratively, to retrench, applied to expenses. 
 
 CU'RTAIL DOG, s. a dog whose tail is cut of}', and is thence 
 rendered unfit for coursing; perhaps the original from whence 
 cur is formed by contraction. 
 
 CU'RTAIL-DOUBLE, s. a musical wind instrument like the 
 bassoon, which plays the bass to the hautboy. 
 
 CU'RTAIN, s. [cortina, Lat.] a cloth hung before a window, 
 and running on a string or iron rod, by which means it is spread 
 or contracted, made use of to exclude the light, air, or to hide 
 any thing. In Fortification, that part of a wall or rampart which 
 lies between two bastions. 
 
 To CU'RTAIN, v. a. to furnish or hang with curtains. 
 
 CURTA'NA, X. a sword which has no point, and which is car- 
 ried before the sovereigns of England at their coronation, and is 
 supposed to typify the quality of mercy, which must be admitted 
 to modify the sternness of rigid justice in a sovereign's dealings 
 with a people. 
 
 CU.'RTATE DISTANCE, s. in Astronomy, the distance of 
 246 
 
 . CUS 
 
 the sun's place, and that of the moon or a planet, reduced to the 
 ecliptic. 
 
 CURTATION, s. [acrto, Lat.] in Astronomy, a little part cut 
 off from the line of a planet's interval or distance from the sun. 
 
 CU'RTELASSE, Cu'rtei.ax, s. See Cutlass. 
 
 CU'RTSY, s. See Courtesy. 
 
 CUHVATED, a. [curvatus, Lat.] bent. 
 
 CURVA'TION, s. [curvo, Lat.] the act of bending or crooking. 
 
 CU'RVATURE, s. crookedness ; inflection; manner of bend- 
 ing. 
 
 CURVE, a. [curvus, Lat.] crooked, bent, formed or forced from 
 a perpendicular or stra^ht surface to an angular one. 
 
 CLlRVE, s. any thing bent ; a bending. In Geometry, a line 
 whose points are placed and extended different ways, running 
 on continually in all directions, and may be cut by a right line 
 in more points than one. 
 
 To CURVE, V. a. [curvo, Lat.] to bend ; to crook ; to bend 
 back, or fold. 
 
 To CURVE'T, V. a. [corvettare, Ital.] to bound or leap ; to 
 frisk ; to grow wanton, or licentious. 
 
 CURVE'T, s. in the menage, a leap or bound. Figuratively, 
 a frolic or prank. 
 
 CURVILI'NEAR, a. [curvus and linea, Lat.] consisting of, or 
 composed of, one or more crooked lines. 
 
 CU'RVITY, s. [eurvitas, Lat.] crookedness. 
 
 CU'SCO, a large city of Peru, S. America, formerly the resi- 
 dence of the Incas. It is built in a square form, and in its centre 
 is the best market in all Spanish America. Four large streets, 
 perfectly straight, meet in the square, and streams of water run 
 through the town. Several branches of manufacturing industry 
 are carried on here. It is 290 miles from Lima. ' Population, 
 about .50,000. Lat. 13. 9. S. Long. 71. 0. W. 
 
 CU'SHION, s. [kussen, Belg.] a case of silk, velvet, or worsted, 
 stuffed wdth wool, feathers, or horse-hair, placed on the seat of a 
 chair, to render the sitting easy. 
 
 CU'SHIONED, a. supported by cushions ; seated on a cushion. 
 
 CUSP, s. [cuspis, Lat.] in Astronomy, the horns of the moon 
 or any other planet. Generally, any acute point formed by curved 
 lines. 
 
 CU'SPATED, Cu'spiDATED, a. in Botany, applied to the leaves 
 or petals of a flower, which end in a point, called spear-shaped 
 by Miller. 
 
 CU'STARD, s. [cwstard, Brit.] a kind of pastry made with 
 milk, eggs, and sugar, which are thickened into a mass, either 
 by baking in an oven, or boiling over a fire. 
 
 CU'STODY, s. [custodia, from cwtos, Lat.] confinement in pri- 
 son ; restraint of liberty. Figuratively, the charge or keeping of 
 a person ; defence ; preservation ; security. 
 
 CU'STOM, s. [coutume, Fr.] repeated and habitual practice of 
 any action ; fashion, or method adopted by the majority ; an 
 established manner ; a good run of trade ; a tribute or tax paid 
 to the government on goods imported or exported. Custom-house 
 is the place where those taxes are paid. Among lawyers, it is a 
 law or right not written, established by long usage and the 
 consent of our ancestors, has been, and daily is practised. 
 Synon. Fashion, introduces itself, and extends daily. Custom 
 establishes itself, and gains authority. The first forms a mode ; 
 the second a usage. Each is a kind of law independent of rea- 
 son, with respect to that which relates to our outward actions. 
 Customs relate to the general practice of a people ; irmnners, to 
 their way of life ; auA fashions, to their dress. 
 
 CU'STOMABLE, a. that is frequently or commonly practised. 
 
 CU'STOMABLENESS, s. frequency, habit; conformity to 
 custom. 
 
 CU'STOMABLY, ad. according to custom. 
 
 CU'STOMARILY, a(^. commonly; generally. 
 
 CU'STOMARINESS, s. frequency of repetition, or practice. 
 
 CU'STOMARY, a. habitual; usual. 
 
 CU'STOMED, a. usual; common; generally practised. 
 
 CU'STOMER,s. one who purchases anything of a tradesman. 
 
 CU'STOS, s. [Lat.] a keeper, or person who has the charge of 
 any thing. Custos Brevium is a clerk belonging to the'Common 
 Pleas, who has the charge of writs and records of Nisi Prius ; 
 there is also one in the court of Queen's Bench, who files such 
 writs as are to be filed, and all warrants of attorney, and tran- 
 scribes or makes out records of Nisi Prius. Custos Rotulorum, one 
 who has the custody of rolls or records of the sessions of peace ; 
 
CUT 
 
 he is also a justice of the peace, and of the quorum in the county 
 where he has his office. Custos Spiritualium, one who acts as an 
 ecclesiastical judge during the vacancy of a see. Custos Tempo- 
 ralium, one appointed by the king to take care of the rents and 
 profits of a vacant see. 
 
 CU'STREL, s. a huckler-bearer ; a vessel for holding wine. 
 
 To CUT, V. a. preter. and past part, cut ; [couteau, Fr.] to pene- 
 trate, or divide with a sharp-edged instrument ; to hew ; to carve ; 
 to wound or pierce with any uneasy or poignant sensation ; to 
 intersect ; to cross. In Gaming, to separate a pack of cards, by 
 taking off some of them from the others. Fiffurativeiy, to excel, 
 or surpass. To cut off, to destroy ; to rescind ; to intercept ; to 
 obviate; to withhold; to preclude; to interrupt ; to abbreviate. 
 To cut out, to shape ; to form ; to contrive ; to fit ; to debar ; to 
 excel. To cut up, to carve, or divide a joint or fowl properly. 
 
 CUT, /)ar<. prepared, or fit for use, alluding to hewn timber. 
 
 CUT, s. the action or effect of a sharp or edged instrument ; a 
 channel made by art ; a small piece, or shred, separated by an 
 edge-tool from a larger substance ; a lot ; a short way, by which 
 some winding is avoided ; a picture taken from a block of en- 
 graved wood. Also fashion ; form ; shape. 
 
 CUTA'NEOUS, «. [cutis, Lat.] relating to the skin. 
 
 CUTCH, a district of Hindustan, lying on the Indian Ocean, 
 between Sindh and Guzerat, and stretching back to the desert 
 in the interior. It is not a very promising region, the soil bein^ 
 sandy and the hills barren, and much of its area being occupied 
 with a salt marsh. It has coal and iron, but not many mines. 
 Its pastures feed horses, sheep, &c. &c. Cotton is its principal 
 growth, and with the produce of its pastures, and some native 
 fruits, form its chief export. Two large rivers water it, as well 
 as one branch of the delta of the Indus. Boogebooge is its ca- 
 pital. Its population may be about 500,000. Both Moham- 
 inedisra and Hinduism prevail amongst the inhabitants, but 
 both systems are mixed with other foreign superstitions. 
 
 CUTICLE, [s. cuticula, Lat.] in Human Physiology, the first 
 and outermost covering of the bodv, commonly called the scarf- 
 skin. This is that soft skin which rises in a blister upon any 
 burning, or the application of a blistering-plaster. It adheres to 
 the true skin, to which it is also attached by the microscopic 
 vessels which nourish it. When examined with a microscope, it 
 appears to be made up of several layers of exceedingly small 
 scales. In Vegetable Physiology, it is the outer and delicate 
 skin of plants. Figuratively, a thin skin formed on the surface 
 of any liquor. 
 
 CLTI'CULAR, a. belonging to the cuticle, or skin. 
 
 CU'TLASS, s. [coutetas, Fr.] a broad cutting sword, slightly 
 curved, used in the navy. 
 
 CU'TLER, s. [coutelier, Fr.] one who makes and sells 
 knives, &c. 
 
 CU'T-PURSE, s. one who robs a person of his money by cut- 
 ting his purse ; a common practice before the invention of 
 breeches, when men wore their purses at their girdles ; a thief; 
 a robber. 
 
 CUTTA'CK, or Catta'ck, a district of Hindustan, lying on 
 the Bay of Bengal, between Bengal and the Circars, forming 
 the maritime part of Orissa {ichich see). Ciittack, or Cattach, is its 
 principal place, and stands at the head of the delta of the Maha- 
 nudi river. It is not badly built in comparison with the towns 
 of Hindustan generally, and has some trade. It is about 250 
 miles from Calcutta. Its population is about 50,000. Lat. 20. 
 30. N. Long. 86. 15. E. 
 
 CUTTER, s. a person or instrument which cuts any thing; a 
 small nimble-sailing vessel ; one of the fore-teeth. 
 
 CUT-THROAT, s. a murderer.— a. cruel; inhuman; bar- 
 barous. 
 
 CU'TTING, s. a shred, or piece separated by means of a knife 
 or sharp instrument. In the Menage, it is when the feet of a horse 
 interfere, or when with the shoe of one foot he beats off the skin 
 from the pastern joint of another hoof. In Painting, it is the lay- 
 ing one strong lively colour over another, without any shade or 
 softening. In Horticulture, it is a slipcut from a plant, for the pur- 
 pose of planting. In Engineering, It is a wide trench cut through 
 a hill for a rail-road to run in, that the level may be preserved. 
 
 CUTTLE-FISH, s. [cutUewhisch, Belg.] in Natural History, a 
 marine animal, allied to the family of the nautilus, but having a 
 sort of internal shell, or bone, instead of an external unattached 
 one. It has many arms with which it takes its prey, and a bony 
 
 CYC 
 
 mouth. It is furnished with a bag containing a thick black 
 fluid, which it emits when alarmed, and darkens the water. 
 Fossil cuttle-fishes have been found, with the ink-bag entire. 
 The beleumite or thunder-bolt of the chalk and oolitic beds, is the 
 bone of a species of cuttle-fish. The pounce used in lawyers' of- 
 fices for smoothing parchment after an erasure, is the softer part 
 of the bone of the cuttle-fish, powdered. 
 
 CU'VIER, BARON G., the distinguished French comparative 
 anatomist and naturalist, of the beginning of this century. He 
 early rose into notice through his diligence and acute observations 
 macle in some departments of natural history, and received an 
 appointment at Paris from the Directory. By Napoleon he was 
 much employed, both as a professed teacher at Paris, and in the 
 organization of colleges in various parts of Europe which had 
 been conquered by France ; he even called him to his state coun- 
 cil. Similar honours and duties were heaped on him by the re- 
 stored Bourbons. His great systematic work on natural history 
 is entitled The Animal Kingdom, and is an entirely new classifi- 
 cation of every department of the subject ; in some branches of 
 which he was aided by his scientific friends and coadjutors. He 
 constructed a geological theory, but, as so few facts in compari- 
 son with the magnitude of the subject had been discovered, it is 
 not surprising that it should not be accepted. His most Hercu- 
 lean labours lay amidst fossil remains, amongst which, aided by 
 a scientific insight almost miraculous, he discovered and recon- 
 structed veiy many entirely new genera and species of quadru- 
 peds, &c. His restoration of the Iguanodon {which see) from a 
 fragment of bone found in a quarry in Sussex, is one of the most 
 remarkable triumphs of inductive science; it having been com- 
 pletely verified by subsequent discoveries. He wrote many other 
 works, and many addresses on the death of scientific men before 
 the National Institute of France are published. After the Re- 
 volution of 1830, he was ennobled. But he never recovered from 
 the shock which he received on the death of his solitary living 
 child, a most amiable, accomplished, and pious giri, who died in 
 1827, and he died in 1832, aged 03 years. 
 
 CUXHA'VEN, a sea-port and harbour of Hamburg, situated 
 on the German Ocean, between the mouths of the Elbe and the 
 Weser, in the province of Bremen. Its population is under 
 1000. Lat. 53. .50. N. Long. 8. 45. E. 
 
 CUYP, ALBERT, a Dutch painter of the 17th century, much 
 admired in England for his quiet landscapes with animals, which 
 are distinguished for their colouring. Dort was the scene of his 
 labours, and furnished the material for his sketches. No parti- 
 culars of his personal history are known. 
 
 CY'A'NOGEN, s. [kuanos and gignomai, Gr.] in Chemistry, a 
 gas composed of 2 parts of carbon and 1 of nitrogen, capable of 
 uniting with oxygen, hydrogen, and most other non-metallic ele- 
 ments, and also with the metals. Combined with hydrogen, it 
 forms one of the most deadly poisons, Prussic acid. It is also an 
 ingredient in that well-known and useful colour, Prussian blue. 
 
 CY'BELE, in Ancient Mythology, a goddess represented as 
 crowned with towers, and drawn in a car by lions. She belonged 
 to the prse-Jovian race of gods, but was worshipped by those 
 who worshipped Jupiter. 
 
 CY'CLADES, in Ancient Geography, the name of a small 
 group of islands in the iEgean Archipelago. 
 
 CV'CLE, s. [kuklos, Gr.] in Chronolop^, it is a certain period or 
 series of years, during which a series of events takes place, which 
 at the end of the cycle begin again, and go through the same 
 order of succession ; and so on perpetually. T/ie cycle of the sun 
 consists of 28 years ; the metonic, or that of the moon, is a period 
 of 19 years. 27ie ci/cle of the Soman indiction, is completed in 15 
 years. 
 
 CY'CLOID, s. [kuklos and eidos, Gr.] a geometrical curve, form- 
 ed by the line which a nail, in the circumference of a wheel, 
 makes in the air, while the wheel rolls on in a right line. 
 
 CYCLOI'DAL, a. relating to a cycloid. The cycloidal space, is 
 that contained between a cycloid and its substance. 
 
 CYCLOPiE'Dl A, s. [kuklos and paideia, Gr.] a circle of know- 
 ledge ; a course of sciences. Applied most frequently to books 
 which embrace, either methodically or alphabetically, every de- 
 partment of human knowledge. 
 
 CY'CLOPS, [kuklos and qy«, Gr.] in Ancient Mythology, the 
 name given to the workmen of Vulcan who helped him to forge 
 the thunderbolts for Jupiter ; they were represented as one-eyed. 
 It was also given to a race of giants who were said to inhabit 
 
 247 
 
CYP 
 
 Sicily, and to occupy themselves in pastoral work ; but who 
 were cannibals. Pojj'phemus, one of these giants, was outwit- 
 ted, blinded, and in the end killed, by Ulysses. -See Polyphe- 
 mus, Ulysses. 
 
 CYCLO'PEAN, a. in Architecture, the name given to certain 
 ruins occurring in Italy and Greece, in which huge masses of 
 stone, oftentimes not even squared, were piled into walls, towers, 
 &c. without any mortar, being held together by their own 
 weight. They are attributed to the Pelasgi, which see. 
 
 CY'DER, s. &e Cider. 
 
 CY'GNET, s. [cygnus, Lat.] a young swan. 
 
 CY'GNUS, the Swan, in Astronomy, a constellation in the 
 northern hemisphere. 
 
 CY'LINDER, s. [kulindros, from kulio, Gr.] in Geometry, a 
 round solid, having its base circular, equal and parallel, in the 
 form of a garden-roller. 
 
 CYLrNDRIC, Cyli'ndrical, a. partaking of the nature or in 
 the form of a cyHnder. 
 
 CY'MA'R, s. [properly written simar,] a slight loose covering 
 or scarf. 
 
 CYMATIUM, s. [himation, from kumo, Gr.] in Architecture, a 
 member or moulding of the cornice, the profile of which is 
 waved, or concave at top and convex at bottom. 
 
 CY'MBAL, s. [cymbalum, Lat.] a musical instrument made of 
 brass, consisting of two thin brass plates, tuned to accord, hol- 
 lowed in the middle, and held in the two hands. When used 
 they are struck together, and produce a clanging sound, fitting 
 for a military band. 
 
 CYNA'NTHROPY, s. [hton and anthropos, Gr.] a species of 
 madness, in which persons resemble a dog ; the species of mad- 
 ness contracted by the bite of a mad dog. 
 
 CYNARCTO'MACHY, s. {kmn, arktos, and mache, Gr.] a word 
 coined by Butler, to denote bear-baiting with a dog. " In bloody 
 cynarctomachy" Hudibras. 
 
 CYNEGE'TICS, s. [kunegetikos, from kuon and ago, Gr.] the 
 art of hunting ; the art of training dogs for hunting. 
 
 CY'NIC, Cy'nical, a. [kunikos, from ktion, Gr.] snarling; 
 brutal, or partaking of the qualities of a cynic philosopher, who 
 was remarkable for his contempt of riches, and rigorous repre- 
 hension of vice. 
 
 CY'NICS, s. a sect of so-called philosophers in Greece, founded 
 by Antisthenes, who was a pupil of Socrates. But he took away 
 from the school of the sage only the rudest and barest form of 
 truth. Despising the conventionalisms which imposed on most, 
 and confounded right and wrong amongst men, they denuded 
 human nature till nought was left but a snarling, savage, self- 
 satisfied, all-defying animal. It afforded one of the first and 
 most singular illustrations of the folly of attempting to abdicate 
 one's humanity, and of the fact that in striving to be by mere 
 dogged will more than man, it is impossible to escape becoming 
 less than man. The spirit of Cynicism may be discovered in the 
 ascetics of the middle ages, and in some o^ the most fanatical of 
 the sects which sprang up during the 17th century, and have 
 subsisted to this day. See Diogenes. 
 
 CY'NOSURE, s. \kuon and oura, Gr.] in Astronomy, the name 
 given by the Greeks to Ursa Minor, or the Little Bear ; the polar 
 star, by which sailors steer. Figuratively, an object of universal 
 attention, such as one possessed of great beauty is. 
 
 CY'PHEL, 8. in Botany, a provincial term for the common 
 houseleek. 
 
 CY'PRESS TREE, s. [cypressus, Lat.] in Botany, a tree of the 
 pine kind ; its leaves are small and dark, it is an evergreen, and 
 was used to plant about tombs. The wood of it never rots, or 
 is worm-eaten. 
 
 CY'PRIAN, ST. a Latin father of the African Church, of the 
 3rd century. He was converted by one Caecilius, and he named 
 himself after him. He rose to be bishop of Carthage, was ban- 
 ished under the emperor Valerian, recalled, and beheaded in 258, 
 aged about 58 years. He was an orator, and a man of business, 
 and attended much more to the practical and ecclesiastical aspects 
 of Christianity, than to the doctrinal. Tertullian's writings 
 were the source of most of his notions not springing from the 
 rigid character of his own mind. He helped largely to exalt 
 episcopal power. His writings are numerous, and are ardent 
 and animated in style, but the Latinity is not very pure. Epis- 
 copalians both of Rome and England are much taken with bis 
 character and works. 
 248 
 
 CZE 
 
 CY'PRUS, s. [so called from the place where it was made,] a 
 thin transparent stufl^, used for sieves, &c. 
 
 CY'PRUS, an island in the Mediterranean, between the coast 
 of Syria and that of Asia Minor, subject to the Turks. It is 
 about 150 miles in length, and 40 in breadth. A range of 
 mountains runs through it, some heights of which are said to ex- 
 ceed 6000 feet. The soil is fertile, but subject to long droughts, 
 and there are numerous springs, but no rivers. It abounds with 
 game ; and great numbers of ortolans, boiled and pickled in 
 vinegar, are annually exported. The chief produce is cotton, 
 silk, and wines. The other exports are wool, nutmegs, turpen- 
 tine, madder, kermes, opium, coloquinteda, salt, umber, green 
 earth, and a small quantity of cochineal. Nicotia is the metro- 
 polis of the island. Population, about 15,000. 
 
 CYRENA'ICS, a sect of Greek philosophers, which originated 
 with Aristippus, a pupil of Socrates. The chief feature of their 
 doctrine was, that pleasure and pain are the criteria of the cha- 
 racter of actions ; but they also taught that it was not imme- 
 diate pain or immediate gratification that were to be regarded in 
 forming the estimate. -See Aristippus. 
 
 CY'RIL, ST., (of Jerusalem,) a Greek father who was bishop 
 of that city in the 4th century. He shared in the vicissitudes 
 which the Arian controversy gave rise to, and was thrice deposed 
 or expelled from his see ; "but he was ultimately restored, and 
 died in 386, aged about 70 years. His writings are valuable as 
 containing an accurate and clear account of the doctrines and 
 rites of his times, and are chiefly plain didactic lectures intend- 
 ed for catechumens. In them the sophistication of the simple, 
 practical principles of the New Testament seems nearly com- 
 pleted. 
 
 CY'RIL, ST., (of Alexandria,) a testy, headstrong father of 
 the Greek branch of the church, who occupied the see of Alex- 
 andria, and quarrelled with almost every body, about every 
 thing, except the bishop of Rome and church doctrines. Arian- 
 ism and Nestorianism were his mortal aversion. He was once 
 deposed, but soon restored. He died in 444. Most of his writ- 
 ings are expository ; but the rest are polemical. The worship of 
 the Virgin as the mother of God, was his great subject for dis- 
 coursing and persecuting also. He has incurred everlasting 
 shame respecting the cruel murder of a Grecian lady who taught 
 Platonism at Alexandria ; and whose death was owing to his 
 tirades against her, and effected by his followers. 
 
 CY'RUS THE GREAT, the overthrower of the Assyrian and 
 founder of the Medo-Persian empire. He took Babylon by lay- 
 ing the river-bed dry. The Jews, whom he found captives there, 
 he sent back to Judea, and protected them whilst they re-estab- 
 lished their kingdom with diminished splendour at Jerusalem. 
 By some writers he is said to have fallen on an expedition against 
 a Scythian tribe, in 531 b. c. The whole of the Assyrian em- 
 
 Eire, from the Indus to the Mediterranean and the iEgean, owned 
 is power. 
 
 CY'RUS, son of Darius and Parysatis, formed a plot against his 
 brother Artaxerxes, who had succeeded Darius, and fell in battle, 
 it is presumed by his brother's hand, in 401 b. c. This event led 
 to the wonderful expedition called in historj', the Retreat of the 
 10,000 Greeks ; which is recorded by Xenophon, who conducted 
 it. -See Xenophon. 
 
 CYST, Cystis, s. Ikmtis, Gr.] in Surgery, a bag containing 
 some morbid matter. 
 
 CY'STIC, a. in Surgery, contained in a bag. 
 
 CYSTO'TOMY, s. [kustis and temno, Gr.] the act of opening 
 encysted tumors, or cutting the bag in which any morbid matter 
 is contained. 
 
 CZAR, (zar) s. [Sclav.] written more properly tzar, the title 
 of the emperor of Russia. 
 
 CZARI'NA, {zareena) s. the title of the empress of Russia. 
 
 CZA'SLAU, a town and circle of Bohemia, Austria. In the 
 church of the former is the tomb of Zisca, the celebrated general 
 of the Hussites. It is 42 miles E. S. E. of Prague. Population, 
 about 4000. 
 
 CZE'RNICK, or Czi'rnitz, a town of Carinthia, Austria. 
 Here is a remarkable tract of land, 15 miles in length 'and 5 in 
 breadth, which in summer produces excellent grass and corn, 
 but in winter is overflowed, yields fish, and is called the Czir- 
 nitzer Sea. It is 28 miles S. E. of Laybach. Population, about 
 1500. 
 
T\ THE fourth letter of the alphabet, is a consonant, differing 
 -'-^> in sound from T by the addition of the effect produced by 
 the compression of the larynx in uttering it. The sound of D 
 in the English is uniform, and is never mute, except in the words 
 Wediiesday and handkerchief. The form of the letter is derived 
 from the Greek letter delta, in the cursive character, through the 
 Romans. D, as a numeral, denotes 500 ; and with a dash over 
 it, thus, D, 5000. In abbreviations, it has various significations ; 
 thus D. stands for doctor, as M. D. for doctcrr of medicine ; D. D. doc- 
 tor of divinity ; L. L.D. doctor of laws ; Mus. D. doctor of music. 
 
 To DAB, V. a. [dauber, Fr.] to touch gently with something 
 soft or moist. 
 
 DAB, s. a small lump generally, applied to something moist ; 
 a blow with something moist or soft. In low language, a person 
 expert in any thing. In Natural History, a small flat fish. 
 
 To DA'BBLE, v. a. [dabbelen, Belg.] to smear, moisten, or daub 
 with something wet ; to play in the water ; to do any thing in a 
 slight or superficial manner. 
 
 DA'BBLER, s. one that plays in water. Figuratively, one 
 who performs a thing superficially; one who never makes him- 
 self a complete master of any subject, or branch of science. 
 
 DA'B-CHICK, s. in Natural History, the common water-hen, 
 called likewise dobchick, didapper, and dipchick. 
 
 DA CAPO, s. an Italian term in music, meaning that the first 
 part of the tune should be repeated at the conclusion. 
 
 DA'CCA, a city of Bengal, once the capital, situated in a dis- 
 trict of the same name, of which it is the capital, on a branch of 
 the Ganges, which has a ready communication with all the other 
 channels of that river and the Burrampooter. It is the third 
 city of Bengal in extent and population. It has large manufac- 
 tories of the finest mushns and silks, and cotton is produced 
 within the province. The country round Dacca lying low, is 
 covered with perpetual verdure during the dry months, and is 
 not subject to violent heats, as Moorshedabad, Patna, and other 
 places. It is 120 miles from Calcutta. Its population is about 
 •250,000. Lat. 23. 43. N. Long. 90. 17. E. 
 
 DACE, s. [derceau, Fr.] in Natural History, a small river-fish 
 resembling a roach, but something less. 
 
 DA'CIA, in Ancient Geography, the name of a country lying 
 on the Black Sea, and occupying the tract at present known as 
 Bannat, Transylvania, in Hungary, Moldavia, Wallakia, in 
 Turkey, and Bessarabia, in Russia. The gladiators and slaves 
 of Rome in the period of the empire were brought from this coun- 
 try', as well as from Sclavonia. 
 
 DA'CIER, MADAME ANNA, an eminent translator and editor 
 of Greek and Latin classics, in the beginning of the last century. 
 Her editions are still much esteemed. Her private character was 
 as much respected for its worth as her pubhc character was for 
 its learning. Her husband shared her literary labours and re- 
 nown. She died in 1720, aged C9 years. 
 
 DA'CTYL, Da'ctyle, s. \daktulos, Gr.] a foot, in Latin or 
 Greek poetry, consisting of one long and two short syllables. 
 
 DAD, Daddy, s. [tad, Brit.] a child's way of expressing 
 father. 
 
 DiE'DAL, a. [dcedalus, Lat.] various ; variegated ; skilful. 
 
 DiE'MON,s. &e Demon. 
 
 DA'FFODIL, Daffodi'lly, or Daffodo'wndilly, in Botany, 
 the common garden narcissus, or pseudo-narcissus. 
 
 To DAFT, V. a. to toss aside ; to throw away slightly. 
 
 DAG, s. [dague, Fr.] a dagger; a hand-gun. 
 
 To DAG, V. a. [Sax.] to dirt or bemire the lower parts of a 
 garment. 
 
 DA'GGER, «. [dague, Fr.] a short sword. In fencing schools, 
 a blunt blade of iron with a basket hilt, used for defence. In 
 Printing, the obelisk, used as a mark of reference, and of this 
 form m. 
 
 DA'GGER'S-DRAWING, s, the act of drawing a dagger. 
 
 juratively, quarrelsomeness, or readiness to fight. 
 
 I'o DA'G'GLE, f. a. &e Draggle. 
 
 DAGUE'RREO r\PE. See Photography. 
 
 DA'HLIA, ». in Botany, a common autumn-flowering garden 
 plant, of great variety and beauty. It is a Mexican plant, and 
 was introduced into England in the latter part of the last 
 century. 
 
 ^VT 
 
 DAL 
 
 DA'HOMY, a country of Guinea, Africa, E. of the Slave Coast, 
 and about 70 miles from the sea, called also Fouin, and supposed 
 to reach from the sea-coast 150 or 200 miles inland. The go- 
 vernment is perfect despotism; yet, in the country, strangers 
 are the least exposed to insults, and reside there in security and 
 tranquillity. The king of Dahomy maintains a considerable 
 standing army, among whom are several hundreds of women, 
 immured within his palace, that are trained to the use of arms, 
 under a female general. It is a flat country, presenting no ex- 
 ception as to climate, productions, wild beasts, &c. to the general 
 character of tropical Africa. Its population is estimated at 
 about 1,000,000. The capital is Abomey, in Lat. 9. 50. N. and 
 Long. 3. 30. E. 
 
 DA'ILY, a. [daglic. Sax.] happening, done, or repeated every 
 day. Figuratively, constantly or frequently ; used adverbially, 
 every day, frequently. 
 
 DA'INTILY, ad. in a curious, elegant, or delicate manner ; 
 deliciously; pleasantly. 
 
 DA'INTINESS, s. delicacy ; softness ; elegance ; nicety ; 
 squeamishness, or the not being easily pleased, either with food, 
 or the productions of art. 
 
 DA'INTY, a. pleasing to the taste, and purchased with great 
 cost. Figuratively, of delicate or exquisite sensibility ; squeam- 
 ish ; not easily pleased with food ; scrupulous ; elegant ; well or 
 nicely formed ; nice, or affected. 
 
 DA'INTY, s. some rare food of exquisite taste. A word of 
 fondness. 
 
 DA'IRY, s. [perhaps from dey,\n old word for milk,] the place 
 where milk is kept, and butter or cheese made. 
 
 DA'IRY-FARM, s. a farm almost wholly laid down in grass, 
 for the purpose of keeping cows, and making cheese and butter. 
 
 DA'IKY-MAID, s. a woman-servant who has the care of the 
 dairy, and makes butter or cheese. 
 
 DA'IRY-WORK, Da'irying, s. the employment on a dairy- 
 farm, or in a dairy. 
 
 DAIS, s. [Fr.] the raised part at the upper end of great dining- 
 halls, along which the table was placed at which the principal 
 parties sat. 
 
 DA'ISY, (ddzy) s. [abbreviated from day's-eye, according to 
 some,] in Botany, a common and pretty English flower, most 
 plentiful in spring. 
 
 Da'lai-Lama, [Tatar,] the name given to the supreme priest 
 amongst the Boodhists, who is sovereign of good part of Thibet. 
 It is pretended that he is a sort of incarnation of Boodh, the di- 
 vinity; and that on the death of anyone, the indwelling god 
 removes to another priest, whom they take great pains to dis- 
 cover. In this respect, as well as in others before mentioned, 
 Boodhism much resembles Romanism. 
 
 DALE, s. a low or hollow place between hills ; a vale or 
 valley. 
 
 DALECA'RLIA, a province of Sweden, near Norway, and sur- 
 rounded by Helsingland, Gestricia, Westmanland, and Werme- 
 land. It is mountainous, and intersected with numerous rivers 
 and lakes, yet has fertile pastures, and abounds in mines of 
 copper, iron, and silver, some of which are of a prodigious depth. 
 The principal productions are corn, wood, and hemp. The in- 
 habitants are a plain, hardy, warlike race. Its population is 
 about 1-50,000. Fahlun is its capital. 
 
 DA'LKEITH, Edinburgh, Scotland, seated on the Esk, 6 
 miles from Edinburgh. Dalkeith House is the principal seat of 
 the Duke of Buccleugh. The present magnificent palace was 
 built about the beginning of the 18th century, on the spot 
 formerly occupied by Dalkeith Castle, built on a perpendicular 
 rock of great neight, and inaccessible on all sides except the E., 
 where it was defended by a fosse. Pop. 5830. 
 
 DA'LLIANCE, s. acts of fondness between lovers. Figura- 
 tively, delay, or deferring a thing. 
 
 DA'LLIER, s. a trifler ; a person who practises acts of fond- 
 ness. 
 
 To DA'LLY, V. n. [dollen, Belg.] to trifle ; to play the fool ; to 
 amuse oneself, and lose time in idle play ; to exchange caresses 
 of fondness ; to sport ; to frolic ; to delay. 
 
 DALMA'TIA, a province of Austria, lyin^ on the Gulf of 
 Venice, and bounded by Turkey and part of Hungary. It is 
 about 280 miles in length, and about 20 in breadth. But it is 
 very irregular and disjoined, some considerable part^of it being 
 the islands, which are numerous on the E. shore of the gulf. It 
 2 k 249 
 
DAM 
 
 is very mountainous, being bordered by the chain called the Di- 
 naric Alps, some heights of which exceed 6000 feet. Its streams 
 are almost all mere mountain-torrents. Coal and building-stone 
 abound. It produces good timber also. But its agricultural 
 produce is small, and its pasturage not very extensive. It does 
 not export much, nor are there any manufactures worthy of 
 mention amongst the inhabitants. Its population is about 
 400,000. Ragusa and Zara are its chief places. It is styled a 
 kingdom, under the emperor of Austria. 
 
 DALRY'MPLE, JAMES, VISCOUNT STAIR, an eminent 
 Scottish jurist of the 17th century. He was brought into public 
 notice by General Monk, whom Cromwell had left in charge of 
 Scotland ; and on the Restoration was favoured by many marks 
 of Charles II.'s good will, being ultimately ennobled by him. 
 His great work on Scottish law continues to be highly esteemed 
 to this day. He was the author of some other pieces. He died 
 in 1695, aged 74 years. 
 
 DALRY'MPLE, DAVID, LORD HAILES, the distinguished 
 Scottish judge, and man of letters, in the last century. History, 
 both civil and ecclesiastical, law, classics, exjjository and prac- 
 tical divinity, all received some contributions from his pen. He 
 died in 1792, aged 65 years. 
 
 DA'LTON, Lancashire, It is seated on the spring-head of a 
 river, in a champaign country, not far from the sea; and the 
 ancient castle is made use of to keep the records and prisoners 
 for debt in the liberty of Furness. It is 273 miles from London. 
 Market, Saturday. Pop. 3231. 
 
 DA'LTON, DR. JOHN, the chemist to whose origination of 
 the Atomic theory modern chemistry owes the sure basis of its 
 astonishing progress. He was introduced to the sphere of labour 
 at Manchester, by the philosophic friend who had first initiated 
 him into the love and study of phj'sical science. It was in the 
 college at Manchester that he was enabled to elaborate his fa- 
 mous discovery. He published it at first in lectures at various 
 places ; and afterwards more fully in his work of chemical phi- 
 losophy. He was the author of other productions relating to 
 different branches of science. He received during his life many 
 honourable proofs of the value set on his theory by scientific 
 men of various countries. And he died in 1844, aged 78 years. 
 
 DAM, s. [dame, which, according to Chaucer, formerly signi- 
 fied a mother,] the mother, applied most commonly to beasts; 
 but figuratively, and by way of reproach, applied to persons. 
 
 DAM, s. Iclam, Belg.] a mole, bank, or any other obstruction 
 to confine water. 
 
 To DAM, V. a. [demman, Sax.] to confine water by moles or 
 other obstructions. Figuratively, to damp; to extinguish, ob- 
 struct, or intercept. 
 
 DA'MAGE, s. [domage, Fr.] mischief; hurt; detriment; loss. 
 In Common Law, it is what the jurors, upon a trial, allow the 
 party who appears to have suffered wrong. 
 
 To DA'MAGE, v. a. to spoil, hurt, or impair any thing; to 
 affect a person with loss, or hinder him in the prosecution of 
 his business. — v. n. to impair ; to lose of its worth by time. 
 
 DA'M AGEABLE, a. that may be impaired or spoiled by time ; 
 mischievous or hurtful. 
 
 DA'MASCENE, Da'mson, s. \dammcenus, Lat.] in Gardening, 
 a small round black plum, of a rough and astringent taste. 
 
 DAMASCE'NUS, JOHN, a church writer of the 8th century, 
 who acquired no small renown for his eloquence, philosophy, and 
 orthodoxy. He was in the service of the Saracen khalif, and 
 being falsely accused to him, had his right hand cut off, which 
 by the Virgin Mary's intercession was restored. He was a stout 
 opponent of the Iconoclasts, and perhaps aided much in estab- 
 lishing the image-worship of Rome. He wrote a treatise on the 
 Faith, which was long an authority. He died about 750. 
 
 DAMA'SCUS, now called Sham, a very ancient city of Syria, 
 and the capital of a pachalic, is built in the form of an oblong 
 square. Streams of clear water run across the plain of Damas- 
 cus, which fertilize the gardens, supply the public fountains, and 
 run into every house. The caravansaries have long galleries, 
 supported by marble pillars, surrounding a large court. The 
 private houses, which are built of wood, have their fronts in- 
 wards, enclosing a court, and presenting a dead wall to the streets, 
 although often richly adorned within. The castle is like a little 
 town, having its own streets and houses. The mosques are su- 
 perb and numerous. The straight street, which runs across the 
 city and suburbs in a direct line, has shops on each side, where 
 
 DAM 
 
 all sorts of merchandise are sold. The gardens and orchards 
 extend several miles round, and are embellished with summer- 
 houses, turrets, fountains, cascades, and streams of water. A 
 manufactory of cutlery is carried on here. Damascus stands on 
 the river Barida, in a very fertile plain, not far from the mountain 
 range of Antilibanus. Its population is about 200,000, of whom 
 20,000 are Christians. It is 136 miles from Jerusalem. Lat. 
 38. 30. N. Long. 36. 30. E. 
 
 DA'MASK, s. [from Damascus, the place where it was invented,] 
 a manufacture of linen or silk woven with raised flowers ; like- 
 wise a very fine steel, at Damascus in Syria, used for swords and 
 cutlass blades, and of a very fine temper. Figuratively, a red 
 colour, alluding to that of the damask rose. 
 
 To DA'MASK, v. a. to weave linen or silk in raised figures; 
 to variegate, diversify, or embellish ; to adorn steel work with 
 figures. 
 
 DA'MASK-ROSE, s. in Floriculture, a rose of a very rich crim- 
 son colour, brought originally from Damascus. 
 
 DA'MASKENING, s. the art of adorning iron and steel, by 
 cutting and carving holes in them, and filling them up with gold 
 or silver wire ; used in enriching the blades of swords and locks 
 of pistols. 
 
 DA'MASUS, the title borne by two popes of Rome, the first 
 of whom, in the 4th century, has ever borne a high character for 
 learning. St. Jerome was one of his correspondents and friends. 
 He died in 384, after having been supreme pontiff fo,r 18 years. 
 
 DA'MBEA, an extensive lake of Abyssinia, containing many 
 fertile islands, and abounding in fish. Hippopotami are also 
 very numerous. It is not far from the city of Gondar. 
 
 DAME, s. [dame, Fr.] originally applied to a person who was 
 mistress of a family, and of noble birth, as it is at present used 
 in law ; but now commonly used for a farmer's wife, or one of 
 the lower sort. Figuratively, women in general. 
 
 DAMIE'TTA, a sea-port town of Egypt, situated on the east- 
 ern branch of the Nile, about 7^ miles from its mouth, in the 
 most fruitful part of Egypt. There are manufactures here of fine 
 linen of all colours, napkins fringed with silk, &c. &c. Multi- 
 tudes of boats and small vessels fill the port or road, which, how- 
 ever, is very defective and disadvantageous to trade, being every 
 where totaiW exposed. It is a place of great trade, and is 84 
 miles from Cfairo. Its population is about 15,000. Lat. 31. 30. N. 
 Long. 31. 40. E. 
 
 To DAMN, (dam) v. a. [damno, Lat.] to doom, devote, or 
 curse to eternal torments ; to condemn ; to render any perform- 
 ance unpopular, by hissing or criticising. 
 
 DA'MNABLE, a. deserving, or justly condemned to, eternal 
 punishment. 
 
 DA'MNABLY, ad. in such a manner as to incur eternal pun- 
 ishment. 
 
 DAMNATION, s. exclusion from Divine mercy ; the state of 
 a person who is sentenced to eternal punishment. 
 
 DA'MNATORY, a. containing the sentence to eternal punish- 
 ment. 
 
 DA'MNED, part, hateful ; detestable ; abominable ; doomed 
 to everlasting punishment. 
 
 DAMNI'FIC, a. procuring loss; mischievous. 
 
 To DA'MNIFY, v. a. [damnum and facio, Lat.] to cause loss ; to 
 spoil, hurt, or impair. 
 
 DA'MNINGNLSS, s. tendency to procure damnation. 
 
 DAMP, a. [damps, Belg.] moist ; inclining to wet ; moistened 
 by the air or vapours. Figuratively, dejected, full of sorrow, on 
 account of some sudden disappointment or unexpected calamity. 
 
 DAMP, s. in the language of miners, applied to two species of 
 gases which occur in mines, and are often fatal to life. The choice- 
 damp is carbonic acid gas, which, being heavier than atmospheric 
 air, lies at the bottom of old mines, and wells, and cannot be in- 
 haled with safety. The fire-damp is carburetted hydrogen gas, 
 which, being lighter than the atmosphere, ri.ses to the higher 
 parts of the mines. But as it often happens that the roof is low, 
 and that blasts of this gas proceed from the rifts in the coal, a 
 safety lamp is used; for a lighted candle would ignite the gas, 
 and cause a most tremendous explosion. Carelessness is con- 
 tinually occasioning such explosions. See Safety Lamp. Figu- 
 ratively, dejection or sorrow, arising from some sudden calamity. 
 
 To DAMP, V. a. to wet or moisten; to chill, or diminish heat 
 by water. Figuratively, to lessen any quality ; to smother, 
 check, or depress any ardour or passion; to weaken; to abandon. 
 
DATVIPIER, CAPTAIN WILLIAM, an English circumnavi- 
 gator of the 17th century. He was one of the buccaniers, and 
 afterwards, attracting attention by the intelligent and scientific 
 account he gave of his voyage, was employed in some exploring 
 expedition by the British government. He died about 1710, 
 aged about 60 years. 
 
 DA'MPISHIS'ESS, s. tendency to wetness, or moisture, arising 
 from fogs, vapours, &c. 
 
 DA'MPNESS, s. cold, moisture, or fogginess. 
 
 DA'MPY, a. moist or wet. 
 
 DA'MSEL, s. [detnoiselle, Fr.] originally used for a young gen- 
 tlewoman or lady of distinction, an attendant of the higher 
 rank, but at present for a young country lass. 
 
 DA'MSON, s. See Damascene. 
 
 DAN, s. [dominus, Lat.] a title of dignity or honour, formerly 
 used for master, 
 
 DA'NBURY, Essex, on a hill, 5 miles E. of Chelmsford ; its 
 spire serves as a sea mark. 
 
 DANCE, GEORGE, the architect who built Newgate, St. 
 Luke's, the Compter in Giltspur Street, and some other public 
 buildings in London. He died in 1825. 
 
 To DANCE, V. n. Idanser, Fr.] to move in a graceful attitude, 
 with measured steps, and in particular figures, according to an 
 air sung or played. — v. a. to make a person dance or skip. To 
 dauce attendance, is to wait in a humble and suppliant manner 
 on a person. 
 
 DANCE, s. {danse, Fr.] an agreeable motion of the body and 
 feet, adjusted by art to the measure or tune of a musical instru- 
 ment or the voice. 
 
 DA'NCER, «. one who practises dancing. 
 
 DA'NCING-MASTER, s. one who teaches the art of dancing. 
 
 DA'NCING-SCHOOL, s. the school where the art of dancing 
 is taught. 
 
 DANDELI'ON, «. [dent de lion, Fr. lion's tooth,] in Botany, a 
 common English plant, the roots of which are often boiled for 
 use in cases of sore throat. 
 
 DA'NDIPRAT, s. [_dandin, Fr.] a little fellow, used some- 
 times as a word of fondness, and sometimes as a word of re- 
 proach. 
 
 To DA'NDLE, «. a. [dandelen, Belg.] to keep a child in motion, 
 either on the knee or otherwise, to quiet it. Figuratively, to 
 treat with too much fondness; to use like a child. 
 
 DA'NDLER, s. a person that fondles a child. 
 
 DA'NDOLO, HENRY, the brave old Doge of Venice, who 
 was engaged in the capture of Constantinople from the brother 
 of the emperor (who had dethroned him) during the 4th cru- 
 sade. This happened when he was 89 years old, and could 
 barely see, yet ne led the storming party, and planted the lion 
 of Venice on the walls with his own hand. He died two years 
 afterwards, in 1205. 
 
 DA'NDRUFF, s. the scurf of the head. 
 
 DA'NEGELT, s. a tax, or tribute on every hide of land, im- 
 posed in the time of the Saxons, to procure the withdrawal of 
 the Danes on any invasion. After their expulsion it was im- 
 posed hj Ethelred as a standing yearly tax, to be employed for 
 the fitting out such a fleet as should be sutficient to protect the 
 country from the Danes. It was continued for other purposes 
 under the Norman kings, and appears to have been last levied 
 by King Henry II. 
 
 DA'NEVVOKT, s. in Botany, a species of elder, likewise called 
 the dwarf-elder, or wall-wort. 
 
 DA'NGER, s. {danger, Fr.] hazard ; risk ; or a condition which 
 is liable to mischief or calamity. 
 
 To DA'NGER, v. a. to expose to loss, calamity, or misery. 
 
 DA'NGERLESS, a. out of a possibility of meeting with any 
 calamity or accident. 
 
 DA'NGEROUS, a. exposed to accidents, loss, harm, or mis- 
 chief. 
 
 DA'NGEROUSLY, ad hazardously; perilously; full of danger. 
 
 DA'NGEROUSNESS, «. a condition which exposes to acci- 
 dents, calamity, or death. 
 
 To DA'NGLE, r^ n. to hang loose, so as to be put in motion 
 by the wind, breath, or a shake. Figuratively, to hang as a de- 
 pendant upon a person. 
 
 DA'NGLER, s. a person who frequents the company of women 
 merely to pass or kill time. 
 
 DA'NIEL, a Jewish prophet during the captivity, who has 
 
 DAN 
 
 ever held a high place amongst the Jews, because of the learning 
 and shrewdness with which he is represented as endowed, and 
 because of the devoted piety which he manifested. He inter- 
 preted the dreams of the kings in whose court he was detained, 
 and read the hand-writing on the wall which announced the de- 
 struction of the Assyrian monarchy. He was thrown into a den 
 of lions for persisting in the Jewish custom of prayer, and was 
 miraculously preserved from injury. His writings have been the 
 occasion of a great discussion amongst both Je%vish and Chris- 
 tian commentators ; the great distinctness with which the com- 
 ing events are described, giving them more the aspect of fantas- 
 tically written history than of prophecy. They are, however, 
 generally received as containing inspired prophecy. The most 
 striking part refers to the kingdom of Christ, which is represented 
 in great contrast with the four great world-empires, the Assyrian, 
 the Persian, the Macedonian, and the Roman. And one part, 
 in which a number of days is stated as marking the term of 
 the present order of things, has been the favourite theme for 
 the expatiation of such as have aspired to be prophets them- 
 selves, rather than to use the Scriptures for instruction in right- 
 eousness. 
 
 DA'NIEL, SAMUEL, a poet of some worth in the IGth centu- 
 ry, whose verse for depth of philosophy, and practical bearing 
 on human affairs, knows few rivals. He died in 1619, aged 57 
 years. 
 
 DA'NIELL, DR. JOHN F., a distinguished chemist of the 
 present age, who held for some years the chemical chair in King's 
 College, London. He wiis a most diligent experimental chemist 
 and observer of facts in meteorology ; and several valuable instru- 
 ments were the result of his studies. He died in 1845, aged 55 
 years. 
 
 DANK, a. [tuncken, Teut.] moist ; wettish. 
 
 DA'NKISH, a. somewhat moist or wet. 
 
 DA'NNECKER, JOHANN H., a distinguished German sculp- 
 tor, some of whose works are characterized by high artistic power. 
 He died in 1841, aged 83 years. 
 
 DA'NTE, ALIGHIERI, the great poet of the middle ages. 
 He was a native of Florence, and nobly connected, and received 
 such education as could be g^ven then. He rose in time to fill 
 the post of one of the chief magistrates of Florence, but during 
 some one of the many disturbances which occurred in that re- 
 public, Dante and his party were worsted and banished. He 
 wandered from place to place and court to court afterwards, 
 wrote his poem, and died in 1321, aged 50 years. Of the Di- 
 vina Commedia, not much can be said, beyond that it purports 
 to be a relation of a visit to the world of souls paid by the poet, 
 and is divided into three books, describing respectively. Hell, 
 Purgatoiy, and Paradise. The general conception is grand and 
 terrific, but the individual pictures add unspeakable terror or 
 unspeakable beauty to the whole. The poem, too, abounds with 
 lines containing worlds of truth, a life-long experience con- 
 densed into a few syllables. The most charming feature of the 
 whole is, perhaps, the introduction of Beatrice, the object of love 
 which ended for him so unhappily, for the world so well, seeing 
 that we have this great work as one of the fruits of his sorrow. 
 
 DA'NTON, GEORGE JAMES, a name tolerably known in 
 the French Revolution. He was an advocate by profession, and 
 was the first to adopt the extreme political opinions which after- 
 wards made the name of Jacobin so terrible. In the course of 
 those eventful years he appeared as the mover of some of the most 
 daring and most questionable affairs. He petitioned for the de- 
 cree of forfeiture against Louis after the flight to Varennes ; he 
 was the soul of the insurrection of Aug. 10 ; he was more than 
 suspected of being connected with the Septemberers ; he was 
 the proposer of the Committee of Public Safety; he was in the 
 van in the struggle against the Girondins. His private charac- 
 ter was none of the best, and yet his name stands out as one of 
 the two or three truly great ones of the Revolution. Robespierre 
 sacrificed him to his jealousy of the power he had, and the cha- 
 racter he bore. He was guillotined in 1794, aged 35 years. He 
 has been called the Mirabeau of the people. 
 
 DA'NTZICK, capital of a circle of the same name in Prussia, 
 one of the largest, richest, and strongest towns of Europe, with 
 a famous harbour, a bishop's see, and a university. It is en- 
 compassed with a wall ana fortifications of great extent. The 
 houses are well built of stone or brick, six or seven glories high ; 
 and the granaries, containing vast quantities of grain and naval 
 
DAK 
 
 stores, are still higher, to which the ships lie close when they 
 take in their lading. The arsenal is well provided, and the ex- 
 change is a handsome structure. It carries on a great trade, 
 particularly in corn, timber, and naval stores, which are chiefly 
 purchased by the Dutch. It was once a free Hanseatic town, 
 under the protection of Poland ; but was seized by Prussia, at 
 the second partition of Poland, and was for a time the capital. 
 It is seated on the western banks of the river Weissel, or Vistula, 
 near the Gulf of Angil, in the Baltic Sea ; 140 miles from Berlin. 
 Its population is about 80,000. Lat. 54. 22. N. Long. 19. 
 
 DA'NUBE, the first river of Europe, called by the ancients 
 Ister. It rises in Suabia, bv the Black Forest, runs through Ba- 
 varia, Austria, Hungary, Turkey, and, after a course of near 
 2000 miles, enters the Black Sea, in the Russian province of 
 Bessarabia. It reckons amongst its tributaries the Iser, the Inn, 
 the Morava, the Drave, and the Theiss. Seated on it are Ulm, 
 Ratisbon, Linz, Vienna, Presburg, Buda, Belgrade, Widin, Is- 
 mael, and Galacz. The navigation is interrupted by many falls 
 and rapids, yet between the falls steam vessels now regularly 
 ply, and there is a considerable trade carried on between the dil- 
 lerent great towns on its banks. 
 
 To DAP, V. a. [from dip,] in angling, to let fall, or put gently 
 into the water. 
 
 DA'PIFER, s. the dignity or office of grand master of a prince's 
 household. In Germany, the elector of Bavaria assumed the 
 title of Archdapifer of the empire, whose office was, at the coron- 
 ation of the emperor, to carry the first dish of meat to table on 
 horseback. 
 
 DA^PPER, a. [dapper, Belg.] small of stature, and full of spirit 
 and vivacity. It is usually spoken in contempt. 
 
 DA'PPERLING, s. a person of low stature ; a dwarf. 
 
 DA'PPLE, a. niarkecf, variegated, or clouded with different 
 colours. 
 
 To DA'PPLE, V. a. to streak or diversify with a different 
 colour. 
 
 DAR, Dart, s. in Natural History, a fish found in the Severn. 
 
 DARA'BGERD, a townof Farsistan, Persia, wiih a consider- 
 able manufacture of glass. Near it is found salt of various 
 colours, red, white, black, and green. It is 116 miles from 
 Schiras. Its population is about 20,000. Lat. 25. 4(5. N. Long. 
 55. 0. E. 
 
 D'ARBLA'Y, MADAME FRANCES, a daughter of Dr. Bur- 
 ney, who early attracted the attention of the literary world 
 of the latter part of the last century, by a gossipy tale called 
 Evelina, unreadable now. She afterwards received some appoint- 
 ment about the person of the queen ; and was married to a 
 French emigrant. After residing some time in France, she re- 
 turned to England, where she died in 1840, aged 88 years. 
 Her other writings, which are voluminous, are less endurable 
 than Evelina. But her Diary and Correspondence give the most 
 faithful picture of the highest ranks of society in England before 
 the war, and afford a means of estimating the progress of civil- 
 ization and common sense amongst them. 
 
 DARDANE'LLES, two castles, built by Mahomet IV., (in 
 1658,) one on each side of the Strait of Gallipoli, anciently the 
 Hellespont, between the Archipelago and the Sea of Marmora. 
 The strait is 33 miles long ; in the broadest part it is a mile and 
 a half across, and in the narrowest half a mile. At the entrance, 
 where guarded by the castles, it is about two miles over. 
 
 To DARE, ». n. prefer, durst, past part, dared; [dearran. Sax.] 
 to undertake a thing without being discouraged by the dangers 
 which attend it. — v. a. to challenge, or provoke a person to 
 fight. To dare larks, is to catch them by means of a looking- 
 glass, or by keeping a bird of prey hovering aloft, which keeps 
 them in amaze till caught. 
 
 DARE, s. a provocation, or calling on a person to fight; a 
 challenge; defiance. 
 
 DA'REFUL, a. full of defiance ; without fear. 
 
 DA'RFUR, a country in tropical Africa, having the Moun- 
 tains of the Moon on the S., and bounded by Bournou, Dongola, 
 Sennaar, and Abyssinia. It lies in the midst of the Desert, and 
 is subject to all the peculiarities of climate which such a situation 
 usually is exposed to. It differs not from the general character 
 of this continent in respect of native productions and wild beasts. 
 It carries on a trade with Arabia and E^ypt. Agriculture can 
 be practised only on the most limited scale, yet enough grain is 
 
 DAR 
 
 grown for the subsistence of the people. The population is about 
 200,000. Cobbe is the chief place. 
 
 DA'RGLE, a romantic vale or glen, in the county of Wicklow, 
 about 10 miles from Dublin. The lofty mountains on each side 
 are clothed with trees down to the edge of the river, which falls 
 from rock to rock in the bottom, forming many cascades. The 
 views from the eminences are grand and beautiful. 
 
 DA'RIEN, an isthmus, or narrow country, which joins N. 
 and S. America, having the Atlantic on the N. E. and the Pacific 
 on the.S. W. It extends about 360 miles in length, and from 
 48 to 135 in breadth. See Panama. 
 
 DA'RIEN, GULF OF, part of the Caribbean Sea, washing 
 the N. E. shore of the isthmus. It has some good and spacious 
 harbours in it. 
 
 DA'RING, a. bold ; adventurous ; courageously undertaking 
 an affair notwithstanding the dangers attending it. 
 
 DA'RINGLY, ad. in a bold, courageous, outrageous, or impu- 
 dent manner. 
 
 DA'RINGNESS, s. boldness. 
 
 DARI'US, the name borne by three kings of Persia. The first 
 planned the attempt on the liberty of Greece, which Athens 
 almost single-handed defeated at Marathon. He was more suc- 
 cessful in other military expeditions, and died in 485 b. c. The 
 third was king when Alexander the Great set out on his great 
 expedition ; he lost three great battles, that on the Granicus, and 
 those of Issus and Arbeia; and with the last, kingdom, trea- 
 sures, and life too, being assassinated by one of his own officers, 
 in 330 B. c. 
 
 DARK, a. [</eo7c, Sax.] without light; not bright; dull, ap- 
 
 filied to colours. Opaque, not to be seen through ; not having 
 ight in itself. Figuratively, not easy to be understood ; ob- 
 scure ; ignorant; not enlightened with knowledge or revelation. 
 Gloomy ; not cheerful, applied to the temper. 
 
 DARK, 5. want of light, by which all objects become visible. 
 Figuratively, obscurity ; the condition of a person not known or 
 famous; want of knowledge; ignorance. 
 
 To DA'RKEN, v. a. [adeorcian. Sax.] to deprive of or shut out 
 the light ; to cloud, perplex ; to render the mind unable to dis- 
 tinguish the qualities of objects.— f. n. to grow towards night ; 
 to grow dark or gloomy. 
 
 DA'RKLING, jaari. hid in the dark ; concealed from sight. 
 
 DA'RKLY, ad. in a situation void of light; obscurely. 
 
 DA'RKNESS, s. a state wherein light is absent, and objects 
 which are discovered by sight become invisible ; opaqueness. 
 Obscurity, or difficulty to be understood, applied to books. 
 
 DA'RKSOME, a. gloomy ; obscure. 
 
 DA'RLING, s. [deorliny, Sax.] a person more beloved than any 
 other ; a favourite. 
 
 DA'RLINGTON, Durham. It is noted for its manufacture of 
 huckabacks, diapers, stuffs, &c. ; some fine linens are also made 
 here. ' It has a spacious market-place, and handsome church. 
 Darlington is seated on the river Skerne, which falls into the 
 Tees, 3 or 4 miles below the town. It is 236 miles from London. 
 Market, Monday. Pop. 11,877. 
 
 DA'RMSTADT, . the capital of the grand duchy of Hesse 
 Darmstadt. It has a consistory, a criminal court, a college with 
 a good library, and other institutions befitting the ducal resi- 
 dence. It is seated on a river of the same name. Its population 
 is about 30,000. Lat. 49. 50. N. Long. 8. 36. E. 
 
 To DARN, V. a. to mend holes by stitches, in imitation of the 
 fabric of the stuff. 
 
 DA'RNEL, s. in Botany, a grass too common in corn-fields, of 
 which there are two kinds, the red and the white ; called also 
 rye grass, or ray grass. 
 
 To DA'RRAIN, v. a. to prepare for battle ; to range troops for 
 battle. 
 
 DART, s. \dart, Fr.] a small lance or weapon thrown by the 
 hand. 
 
 To DART, V. a. to cast or throw a dart ; to wound at a dis- 
 tance ; to emit, or cast. — v. n. to fly as a dart. 
 
 DA'RTFORD, Kent, a town seated on the river Dai;ent, near 
 its influx into the Thames, which is a harbour for barges. It is 
 15 miles from London. Market, chiefly for corn, Saturday. 
 Pop. 5619. 
 
 DA'RTMOUTH, Devonshire. It is seated at the mouth of 
 the Dart, which river rises at the foot of Dartmoor Hills, (an ex- 
 tensive moorish tract, feeding great numbers of black cattle,) 
 
DAU 
 
 and after passing Totness, where it is navigable for small vessels, 
 is joined bj- the Hareborn, 7 miles above its fall into Dartmouth 
 haven, which is spacious and secure. The town, which is about 
 a mile long, stands on the side of a craggy hill, with streets very 
 irregular, sometimes two or three one above another ; yet the 
 houses are generally very high. The harbour is defended by 
 three castles, besides forts and blockhouses ; and here is a large 
 quay with a spacious street before it, inhabited by some consider- 
 able merchants. Dartmouth has a considerable trade to Italy, 
 Spain, Portugal, &c., and to Newfoundland, as well as a share 
 in the coasting traffic. Its pilchard and foreign fisheries employ 
 nearly 3000 men. It is 204 miles from London. Markets, Friday 
 for corn and provisions, and almost every day for fish. Pop. 
 4595. 
 
 DA'RWIN, DR. ERASMUS, chiefly known now by his poetry, 
 but esteemed during the last century as a naturalist and physi- 
 cian. His Botanic Oarden'xs full of quirks and conceits, as in- 
 sufferable as those of Fletcher's Purple Island. In some other 
 verses he spoils all the effect, by describing with all the minute- 
 ness of an anatomical demonstrator what should be left to the 
 imagination of the reader. In science he was not particularly 
 original, his fancy led him astray. He died in 1802, aged 71 
 years. 
 
 To DASH, V. a, [onomatopoetic,] to throw one thing with 
 violence and suddenness against another ; to break by throwing 
 with violence ; to besprinkle ; to wet by beating the water with a 
 stick,orby flinging a stone or other thing into it; to mingle or mix 
 with another liquor; to obliterate or cancel a writing, by draw- 
 ing a careless stroke over it with a pen ; to make a person 
 ashamed ; to confound. — c. n. to fly in waves or sparkles over 
 the surface or brim of a vessel or bank ; to fly in 
 sheets, attended with a loud noise, applied to water. 
 
 DASH, s. the stroke occasioned by flinging one body forcibly 
 against another ; a stroke made with a pen ; a blow ; a mixture 
 of another liquor. 
 
 DASH, ad. an expression of the sound of water dashed. 
 
 DA'SSEN EYLAND, or Deer Island, one of the three small 
 islands lying between the Cape of Good Hope and Saldanha 
 Bay. Lat. 33. 25. S. Long. 17. 5G. E. 
 
 DA'STARD, s. [adastriga. Sax.] a coward ; a person infam- 
 ously fearful. 
 
 To DA'STARD, v. a. to terrify ; to affect with fear. 
 
 To DA'STARDIZE, v. a. to intimidate ; to render cowardly 
 with fear. 
 
 DA'STARDLY, a. cowardly; mean ; timorous. 
 
 DA'STARDY, s. cowardliness ; timorousness. 
 
 DA'TARY, «. [datarius, from do, Lat.] an officer of the chan- 
 cery of Rome, through whose hands benefices pass. 
 
 DATE, s. [</a<M?», Lat.] the time or day in which a writing 
 is signed or written, or an event happens; the time appointed 
 for a thing to be done; continuance. Also, [from dactylus, ■h^t.'] 
 the fruit of a kind of palm-tree. 
 
 To DATE, V. a. to set down the time in which a thing is done 
 or a writing performed. 
 
 DA'TELESS, a. without any fixed term or period. 
 
 DA'TIVE, a. that form of a substantive which signifies the 
 person to whom anything is given or done. Also, the form 
 "ying in some languages the means or instrument employ- 
 or the place where a thing is done. As \ye have no in- 
 flexions in English, this relation is generally expressed by pre- 
 fixing fo, &c. before the noun, but after verbs of giving the 
 particle is omitted. In Law, such executors as are appointed 
 by a judge's decree. 
 
 To DAUB, r. a. [dauber, Fr.] to smear with something stick- 
 ing; to soil, or make dirty. Figuratively, to paint coarsely ; to 
 cover with something that disguises ; to cover with something 
 gaudy ; to flatter grossly. 
 
 DAUBENTO'N, LOUIS, a distinguished French naturalist of 
 the last century. He was the coadjutor of Buffon in his labours 
 and writings, and afterwards occupied one of the professional 
 chairs at the Natural Historj- Museum, Paris. He was an ac- 
 curate and careful observer, and a man of singular modesty. He 
 received many proofs of esteem from the government of the day, 
 and died with tne century, aged 83 years. 
 
 DAU'BER, 8. one who soils or smears a thing ; a coarse, low 
 painter. 
 
 DAU'BY, o. viscous; adhesive; glutinous. 
 
 DA V 
 
 DA'VENANT, SIR WILLIAM, one of the verse-makers and 
 play-wrights, who in former days almost monopolized the office 
 of poet-laureate. His name is yet remembered, more from his 
 connexion with the royalists of the 17th century, than for his 
 writings, which are happily almost unknown. He died in 1668, 
 a^ed 63 years. His son, Charles Davenant, has left a multitude 
 of books of various branches of political science, of no great 
 worth in any point of view. 
 
 DA'VENTRY, Northamptonshire. It is seated on the side of 
 a hill, and is a pretty handsome town, on the great road to 
 Chester and Carlisle; and the market is well supplied with 
 horses, cattle, sheep, corn, and provisions. Its principal trade 
 is making whips. It is 72 miles frem London. Market, Wed- 
 nesday. Pop. 4565. 
 
 DA'VID, ST., anciently called Menew, or Menevia, Pem- 
 brokeshire, Wales, formerly the see of an archbishop, and me- 
 tropolis of the British church. It is an episcopal town, and the 
 catnedral is a pretty good structure. It is seated on a barren 
 soil, on the river Hen, 225 miles from London. Market, Wed- 
 nesday. Pop. 2445. 
 
 DA'VID, the second king of Israel. He was the son of Jesse, 
 a man living at Bethlehem, and being the youngest of a large 
 family of sons, was employed as a shepherd, when the others fol- 
 lowed King Saul to war. He signalized himself early by slaying, 
 in single combat, a Philistine of gigantic stature, who had not 
 met with one who'had dared to meet him before; and this made 
 him an object of jealousy to the king. Other circumstances in- 
 flamed this jealousy, and we find David driven at last to live as 
 an outlaw, in the retired part of the country, along with a band 
 of men in bad circumstances, with whom he made, his name a 
 terror to the land. He had already been designated by the pro- 
 phet Samuel as the successor to Saul, and had in his marriage 
 with one of Saul's daughters, and his friendship with Jonathan, 
 one of his sons, a prominent place-in the nation. On Saul's 
 death he ascended the throne, and reigned long and, on the 
 whole, usefully to his country. His reign was however a che- 
 quered one ; his son Absalom rebelled against him, and was near 
 dethroning him ; he brought evil on his people by the entertain- 
 ment of some ambitious object, perhaps foreign conquest ; he found 
 himself little able to cope with the family of h Is general, Joab, who, 
 though he at times oflered most sound, counsel, had too much of 
 the soldier to be always helpful; and by his complicated and ag- 
 gravated treachery against Uriah, he brought a stain on his name 
 which no penitence has served to efface from his historj'. A 
 large proportion of the Psalms are understood to have been writ- 
 ten by him, and we shall be little able to estimate his character 
 until we have pondered deeply, and learned to love as deeply, 
 these most exquisite and spiritual poems. The finish of these 
 hymns has made them the admiration of critics; the sincerity of 
 their expressions of penitence, the bursts of triumph, the pro- 
 fessions of gratitude, the strong confidence they show in God, 
 the frequency with which they quote God's very promises, have 
 made ttiem the vehicle for uttering the deepest emotions the 
 heart of man is capable of They are in truth a compendium of 
 genuine religious experience ; and spring from such depths of 
 human nature, that in every clime and every age they will find a 
 response in living and true hearts. David died about 1010 b. c, 
 aged 70 vears, and having reigned 40. 
 
 DA'Vit), JAMES LOUIS, the painter of the French Revolu- 
 tion, known best by the great models for statuary which he con- 
 tributed to illustrate and adorn the semi-pagan festivals of 
 Reason, and Robespierre's patent theistic ffites. He also after 
 Robespierre's fall helped in the extravagances of the would-be 
 Athenian and Roman dames, teaching them, as well as he could, 
 the genuine classic dress, &c. His style in painting is perfectly 
 unideal ; the spiritual element of art never seems to nave in- 
 spired him. He was banished at the restoration of the Bour- 
 bons, and died in 1825, aged 75 years. 
 
 DA'VID, the name of two Scottish kings, the first of whom 
 was a model of kingly valour and virtue, and is mixed with Eng- 
 lish history by the part he took in the struggles of Matilda against 
 Stephen. The second was son of Robert Bruce, and was taken 
 prisoner by Queen Philippa, at the battle of Neville's Cross, 
 in 1346. 
 
 DAU'GHTER, {dawter) s. [dohter. Sax. and Teut.] female ofl[- 
 spring ; a daughter-in-law ; a woman. 
 
 DA'VILA, HENRICO C, an Italian historic writferofthe 16lh 
 
 253 
 
DAY 
 
 and 17th centuries. He was engaged in military service to 
 France, and thus had the opportunity of observing what he has 
 described in his Civil Wars of France. He was killed in 1631, 
 aged 60 years. 
 
 DA'VIS'S STRAITS, an arm of the sea, separating Greenland 
 from Labrador and other parts of North America, and furnish- 
 ing access to Baffin's Bay. It was discovered by Captain John 
 Davis, one of our famous old voyagers, in 1585. 
 
 To DAUNT, V. a. [domito, Lat.] to discourage; to damp a 
 person's courage. 
 
 DAU'NTLESS, a. without fear or discouragement. 
 
 DAU'NTLESSNESS, s. a condition void of fear. 
 
 DAU'PHIN, s. a title formerly given to the eldest son of the 
 king of France, on account of the province of Dauphiny, which, 
 in 1343, was given to Philip of Valois, on this condition, by Hu- 
 bert, dauphin of Viennois. 
 
 DAU'PHINY, a ci-devant province of France, now forming 
 the departments of Drome, Isere, and Hautes Alpes. 
 
 DA'VY, SIR HUMPHREY, the famous English chemist of 
 the beginning of the present century. He was brought into 
 public notice by Dr. Beddoes of Bristol, and was afterwards ap- 
 pointed chemist to the Royal Institution in London. He was 
 for some time president of the Royal Society, one of the highest 
 honours for a scientific man. His discoveries included in their 
 range the whole circle of chemical science. He attempted the 
 dangerous experiment of breathing some gases, never before so 
 tried, and though he nearly lost his life, he was rewarded by 
 some most singular discoveries, amongst which was that of the 
 laughing gas. By exposing some hitherto undecomposed sub- 
 stances to the action of the galvanic battery, he discovered se- 
 veral new metals. He first applied chemical science, methodi- 
 cally, to agriculture. And first amongst practical inventions 
 must be ranked the safety lamp, for the use of mines subject to 
 the fire-damp. He was much akin to Kepler in the daring of his 
 experiments. Induction was to him rather an instinct than a 
 power acquired by study. He died in 1829, aged 51 years. 
 
 DAW, s. in Natural History, a bird. 
 
 To DAWN, i: n. [daman. Sax.] to grow light ; to advance to- 
 wards day. Figuratively, to glimmer, or afford an obscure light 
 to the understanding ; to give some indication of greater and ap- 
 proaching splendour. 
 
 DAWN, «. the first appearance of day or light. Figuratively, 
 a beginning. 
 
 DAY, s. [dag. Sax.] that space of time wherein it is light ; but 
 a natural or civil day is that space of time wherein the earth per- 
 forms one rotation on its axis, so as its different parts shall suc- 
 cessively enjoy the light of the sun ; this consists of a period of 
 24 hours at a mean rate. Figuratively, light; sunshine. Any 
 time specified and distinguished from other time; an age; the 
 time; also, life: in these senses it is commonly plural ; as, " He 
 never in his days broke his word." To day, on this day. Days 
 of grace, in Commerce, are certain days allowed by custom for 
 the payment of a bill of exchange, &c. after it is become due. 
 Three days of grace are allowed in England ; ten in France and 
 Dantzic; eight at Naples; sixat Venice, Amsterdam, Rotterdam, 
 andAntwerp; four at Frankfort ; five at Leipsic; twelve at Ham- 
 burg; six in Portugal ; fourteen in Spain ; thirty in Genoa, &c. 
 
 DAY, THOMAS, the writer of Sandford and 3Ierton, and LiUle 
 Jack, two lasting favourites amongst young folks. He was a 
 great oddity, and his notions of female education were exempli- 
 fied by him in a most ridiculous way. He died in 1789, aged 41 
 years. 
 
 DA'YBOOK, s. a book wherein tradesmen enter all the occur- 
 rences of the day in the order they happen. 
 
 DA'Y BREAK, s. the dawn; the first appearance of light. 
 
 DAYLA'BOUR, s. a portion of labour exacted of a person 
 every day, and implies the idea of hardship and fatigue. 
 
 DAYLA'BOURER, s. a person who is hired to work by the 
 day ; a hard-working and slaving person. 
 
 DA'YLIGHT, s. the light of the day, as opposed to that of the 
 moon or a candle. 
 
 DA'YLILY , s. in Botany, a plant, called also asphodel, which 
 flowers in August. 
 
 DA'YSMAN, s. a person chosen to determine or decide a dis- 
 pute between others ; an intercessor. 
 
 DA'YSPRING, s. the first appearance of light in the morning ; 
 the dawn ; the daybreak. 
 254 
 
 Figuratively, the light shed 
 1 which is spread by Christ, 
 
 DEA 
 
 DATSTAR, s. the morning star, 
 by the daystar; the light of the gospel i 
 the daystar of righteousness. 
 
 DA'YTIME, s. in the day, opposed to night. 
 
 DA'YWORK, s. work imposed by the day ; daylabour. 
 
 To DAZE, v. a. [dwees. Sax.] to overpower with light. 
 
 DA'ZIED, a. adorned or overgrown with daisies. ^ 
 
 To DA'ZZLE, V. a. [see Daze,] to overpower the eyes, and in- 
 jure the sight, with too great a degree of light or splendour. 
 — v. n. to be overpowered, or lose the use of sight for a time, by 
 too much light, or too great an application to rfeading. 
 
 DE'ACON, {deekon) s. [diakonos, Gr.] in the Churches of Rome 
 and England, a lower degree of clergy, rather a noviciate, or 
 state of probation for one year, after which a person is admitted 
 into full orders, or ordained a priest. In Scotland, an overseer 
 of the poor. In the New Testament, and Dissenting congrega- 
 tions, an officer chosen to superintend their temporal concerns. 
 
 DE'ACONESS, {deekoness) s. in the Ancient Church, a female 
 who administered such offices to those of her own sex which it 
 was not decent for the men to do, such as the baptism of adult 
 women, &c. 
 
 DE'ACONRY, De'aconship, s. the office or dignity of a deacon. 
 
 DEAD, {ded) a. [dead, Belg.] without or deprived of life. Fi- 
 guratively, without signs of life ; without sense or motion ; hence 
 a deep sleep, which imitates the want of sense and motion in a 
 dead body, is called a dead sleep ; useless ; unaffecting ; void of 
 ardour or warmth ; gloomy ; still ; obscure ; obtuse. Inactive, 
 
 dull, applied to colours. Tasteless or vapid, applied to liquors. 
 harefoot. 
 
 Prov. He that waits for dead men's shoes may go long enough 
 remarkable stillness 
 
 DEAD, {ded) s. time in which there 
 or gloom ; as midnight. 
 
 To DEAD, De'aden, (ded, deden) v. a. to deprive a thing of any 
 quality or sensation. Figuratively, to make liquors vapid, taste- 
 less, or spiritless. 
 
 DE'AD-LIFT, {ded-lift) s. an effort made under a pressing ne- 
 cessity or exigence ; a last resort. 
 
 DE'AD-LIGHTS, s. wooden ports, which are made to fasten 
 into the cabin windows, to prevent the waves from gushing into 
 the ship during a storm ; the glass lights are then taken out. 
 
 DE'ADLY, {dedly) a. that kills ; murderous ; mortal ; inve- 
 terate. 
 
 DE'ADLY, (dedly) ad. in a manner resembling the dead. 
 " hookeA deadly ^a\e," Shak. Implacably ; irreconcilably. Some- 
 times used in famihar discourse, only to enforce the signification 
 of a word, implying very much; prodigiously; exceedingly. 
 " Though deadly weary," Orrery. 
 
 DE'ADNESS, (dedness) s. want of warmth and ardour. Figur- 
 atively, languor or faintness. Vapidness ; loss of spirit, applied 
 to liquors. 
 
 DE'ADNETTLE, or Archa'ngel, s. in Botany, a plant, of 
 which there are three kinds, the red, the white, and the hen- 
 bit ; theyflower inMayand June. The young leaves of the two 
 first species may be eaten with other potherbs. 
 
 DEAD-RE'dKONING, s. [a sea term,] that estimation or 
 conjecture which the seamen make of the place where a ship is, 
 by keeping an account of her way by the log, by knowing the 
 course they have steered by the compass, and by rectifying all 
 with allowance for drift or lee-way; so that this reckoning is 
 without any observation of the sun, moon, and stars, and is said 
 to be rectified as often as any good observation can be had. 
 
 DEAD SEA, or Lake Aspha'ltites, in Palestine, about CO 
 miles long and 20 broad, abounding in bitumen : it contains no 
 verdure on the banks, nor fish in its waters. The cause which 
 deprives it of vegetable and animal life, is the extreme saltness 
 and the asphaltic impregnation of its waters. Fragments of sul- 
 phur and oitumen, and mines of fossil salt, are found in the 
 mountains, which extend along the shore. The Jordan runs' 
 into it, but it has no visible discharge for its waters. 
 
 DE'ADTONGUE, s. in Botany, a species of the dropwort or 
 oenanthe, having leaves with numerous blunt and nearly equal 
 clefts, a yellowish red stem, angular scored fruitstalks, and white 
 blossoms, found on banks of rivers, and flowering in June. I'he 
 whole of this plant is poisonous. 
 
 DEAF, (def) a. [deaf. Sax.] wanting the sense of hearing, or 
 having it greatly impaired. Figurativel}', regardless, inattentive. 
 
 To DEAF, De'afen, {def, defen) v. a. to deprive of hearing. 
 
DEA 
 
 DE'AFLY, (<fe/y) ad. [deaflic. Sax.] without any sense of 
 sounds, imperfectly heard. 
 
 DE'AFNESS, (defness) s. the state of a person who has entirely 
 lost the sense of hearing, or has it greatly impaired. Figur- 
 atively, inattention, or entire disregard. 
 
 DEAL, Kent. It is seated near the sea, and is a member of 
 Sandwich, governed by a mayor and jurats. It has a church 
 and chapel, and three long but narrow streets. No manufacture 
 is carried on here ; the tradespeople chiefly depend on the sea- 
 faring men who resort hither. This place is defended by a cas- 
 tle built by Henry VIII., and near it are two others. Between 
 this and Goodwin Sands are the Downs, where ships usually 
 ride at going out or coming home. It is 72 miles from London. 
 Market , Th ursday. Pop. 6688. 
 
 DEAL, ((fee/) s. [rfee/, Belg.] a part or portion. It is a general 
 word for expressing much, joined with (/reat. The office or prac- 
 tice of distributing cards to those who are engaged in any game. 
 Also, [from dej/l, Belg.] fir or pine wood. 
 
 To DEAL, (deel) v. a. [deelen, Belg.] to distribute or dispose of 
 to different persons ; to scatter promiscuously ; to give to several 
 persons in order, one after another. — v. n. to transact business ; 
 to trade; to act; to sell ; to be conversant in; to practise; to be- 
 have towards ; to treat ; sometimes to contend with or approve. 
 
 DEALBA'TION, s. [dealbatio, from albus, Lat.] the act of 
 bleaching or whitening. 
 
 DE'ALER, (deeler) s. one who trades in any particular com- 
 modity ; one who has to do with or practises any thing ; one 
 who distributes cards. 
 
 DE'ALING, (dcelinff) s. practice; action; behaviour; treat- 
 ment; business; or trade. 
 
 DEAMBULA'TION, s. [deambulatio, from ambulo, Lat.] the 
 act of walking abroad. 
 
 DEAN, Gloucestershire. It stands in the Forest of Dean, 
 which comprehends that part of the county which lies between 
 the Severn and the shires of Monmouth and Hereford. It con- 
 tains 4 market towns and 23 parishes, is fertile in pasture and 
 tillage, produces fine oaks, abounds in orchards, and has rich 
 mines of iron and coal. It is 112 miles from London. Market, 
 Monday. Pop. of Forest Dean, 10,692 ; of Little Dean, 828 ; of 
 Michel Dean, 665. 
 
 DEAN, (deen) «. [deka, Gr. or decern, Lat.] a person in colle- 
 
 fiate churches or chapels, who is president of the chapter. 
 his title is also given to an officer, spiritual or secular, who has 
 the presidency over a body resembling a chapter; thus we have 
 the Dean of St. George's Chapel, Windsor ; and the Dean of 
 the Faculty, at colleges. Rural deans were clerical officers in the 
 Church of England, placed under archdeacons, to help them in 
 carrying out their duties. 
 
 DE'ANERY, {deenery) s. the government, authority, revenue, 
 or residence of a dean. 
 
 DE'ANSHIP, «. the office of a dean. 
 
 DEAR, {deer) a. [dear. Sax.] applied to an object of great love 
 and of warm affection ; beloved. Figuratively, valuable ; of high 
 price ; costly ; scarce ; not plentiful. 
 
 DEAR, {deer) s. a word of endearment ; darling. 
 
 DE'AR-BOUGHT, a. purchased at a high rate ; bought at too 
 high a price. 
 
 DE'ARLING, Da'rling, s. [deorling. Sax.] a person caressed 
 with great affection. 
 
 DE'ARLY, {deerhj) ad. with great affection. Used with pay 
 or huy, at a high price ; at too great a price. 
 
 DE'ARNESS, (deemess) s. fondness ; a warm or great degree 
 of affection ; scarcity ; costliness ; a high, or too high a price. 
 
 DEARTH, {derth) s. [from dear,} scarcity; want; need; fa- 
 mine ; barrenness. 
 
 T9 DEARTI'CULATE, t>, a. \de and articulus, Lat.] to disjoin ; 
 to dismember. 
 
 DEATH, {deth) s. [death. Sax.] the departure of the soul from 
 the body ; loss of sensibility, motion, and all the functions of 
 animal life. Figuratively, mortality ; destruction ; the manner 
 of dying ; the image of mortality represented by a skeleton ; the 
 state of the dead; murder, or depriving a person of life by 
 violence and unlawful means; the cause of death. In Law, 
 there is a natural and civil death ; natural, where nature itself 
 expires ; civil, where a person is not naturally dead, but ad- 
 judged so by law. Thus, if a person for whose life an estate is 
 granted remains beyond sea, or is otherwise absent, for seven 
 
 DEB 
 
 years, and no proof made of his being living, he shall be account- 
 ed naturally dead. Synon. Departure, is still more defined, and 
 carries with it an idea of the passage from one life to another. 
 Death, more common, and signifies precisely extinction of life. 
 Decease, more studied, is a term somewhat bordering upon the 
 law, and implies the refuge of mortality. The second of these 
 words is made use of with respect to all sorts of animals ; the 
 other two to man only. 
 
 DEATHBED, {defhbed} s. the bed on which a person dies. 
 
 DE'ATH-DOING, De'athful, {dethful) a. pregnant with death ; 
 mortal ; fatal ; destructive. 
 
 DE'ATHLESS, {dethless) a. not subject to death ; immortal ; 
 everlasting. 
 
 DE'ATHLIKE, {dethUke) a. [deathlic. Sax.] resembling death, 
 either in its horrors, or in its insensibility or motionless state. 
 
 DE'ATHS-MAN, {deths-man) s. an executioner. 
 
 DEATH-WATCH, {deth-watch) s. the sound produced by some 
 small species of insects, which live in old wood, when they strike 
 their horny heads against the wood, by way of calling their com- 
 panions. 
 
 To DEAU'RATE, v. a. [deauro, from aurum, Lat.] to gild, or 
 cover with gold. 
 
 DEAURA'TION, s. the gilding or covering any thing with 
 gold or silver. 
 
 DEBACCH ATION, s. [debacchatio, Lat. from Bacchus,} a raging ; 
 a madness. 
 
 To DEBA'R, V. a. to hinder or restrain a person from the en- 
 joyment of a thing. 
 
 To DEBA'RB, v. a. [rfe and barba, Lat.] to deprive of the beard. 
 
 To DEBA'RK, v. a. [debarquer, Fr.] to come out of a ship upon 
 shore. 
 
 To DEBA'SE, v. a. to reduce from a higher to a lower value ; 
 to adulterate metal or liquor by the addition of something less 
 valuable ; to spoil or render less perfect by mean and unworthy 
 additions. 
 
 DEBA^SEMENT, s. the act of debasing or degrading a thing 
 by the mixture of something mean or worthless. 
 
 DEBA'SER, s. the person who lessens the value of a thing by 
 some mixture ; one who adulterates metals or liquors. 
 
 DEBATABLE, a. that may be disputed, or give occasion for 
 controversy. 
 
 DEBA'TE, s. [debat, Fr.] a dispute concerning the meaning of 
 the truth of any proposition ; a quarrel or contest. 
 
 To DEBA'TE, v. a. [debaUre, Fr.] to controvert or dispute ; to 
 produce the arguments which may be brought to support any side 
 of a question. — v. n, to deliberate. 
 
 DETBA'TEFUL, a. fond of dispute or contradiction. Quarrel- 
 some or contentious, when applied to persons. Contested, or 
 occasioning disputes, when applied to things. 
 
 DEBA'TEMENT, s. controversy ; deliberation. 
 
 DEBA'TER, s. a disputant, or one fond of dispute. 
 
 To DEBAU'CH, v. a. [debaucher, Fr.] to seduce a person, or 
 prevail on him to do something amiss; to corrupt a person's mo- 
 rals ; to corrupt by intemperance in meat or drink, but especially 
 the latter. 
 
 DEBAU'CH, s. a fit of intemperance ; luxury; excess; lewd- 
 ness. 
 
 DEBAUC'HE'E, *. [debauche, Fr.] a person given to intemper- 
 ance in drink, or lewdness. 
 
 DEBAU'CHER, s. one who seduces others to intemperance ; 
 a corrupter. 
 
 DEBAU'CHERY, s. the practice of excess ; intemperance ; 
 lewdness. 
 
 DEBAU'CHMENT, s. the act of corrupting the morals of a 
 person, whether it respects temperance or chastity. 
 
 To DEBE'L, Debe'llate, v. a. [debello, from bellum, Lat.] to 
 conquer, or overcome, in war. 
 
 DE'BENHAM, Suffolk, seated near the head of the river 
 Deben, on the side of a hill. It is 84 miles from London. Mar- 
 ket, Friday. Pop. 1667. 
 
 DEBE'NTURE, s. [debeo, Lat.] is a term used in the custom- 
 house, for a kind of certificate which is signed by the officers 
 of the customs, and entitles a merchant exporting goods to the 
 receipt of a bounty or drawback ; which debentures for foreign 
 goods are to be paid within one month after demand. 
 
 DE'BILE, a. [debilis, Lat.] weak ; feeble ; languid ; faint ; 
 impotent. 
 
DEC 
 
 To DEBFLITATE, v. a. to deprive of strength ; to weaken, or 
 render weak. 
 
 DEBILITATION, s. the act of depriving a person of strength, 
 or rendering him weak. 
 
 DEBI'LITY, s. loss of strength ; weakness; want of strength 
 to bear any weight, or to accomplish an undertaking. 
 
 DEBONA'IR, a. {_dehonnaire, Fr.] lively; affable; genteel; 
 civil ; well bred ; elegant. 
 
 DEBONA'IRLY, ad. with an elegant or genteel air; civUly; 
 sprightly. 
 
 DEBT, (det) s. [debitum, from f&6eo, Lat.] that which one per- 
 son owes to another. That which any man is obliged to do or 
 suffer. National debt, is the enormous sum of monej', about 
 £800,000,000, borrowed of the nation by the government at 
 various times, for the purpose of carrying on wars, &c. &c., for 
 which purposes they coulcl not tax the people ; but the whole of 
 which, with the interest upon it, remains as a burden to after 
 generations. It is a tax levied on posterity, which governments 
 dared not levy on their contemporaries. The yearly interest is 
 nearly £30,000,000. 
 
 DE'BTOR, {dettor) s. [debitor, Lat.] he that owes another 
 money; one who has taken goods of another on trust ; that side 
 of an account which contains the articles whicl^ a person has 
 had on trust. 
 
 DEBULLI'TION, s. [debuUitio, from ebullio, Lat.] the bubbling 
 of water over the side of the vessel which contains it. 
 
 DECACU'MINATED, a. [decacuminatus, from cacutnen, Lat.] 
 having the top or point cut oft'. 
 
 DECA'DE, s. {deka, Gr.] a number amounting to or consist- 
 ing of ten. 
 
 DECA'DENCY, s. [decadence, Fr.] decay. 
 
 DE'CAGON, s. [deka and gonia, Gr.] in Geometry, a figure 
 having ten equal sides and angles. 
 
 DE'CALOGUE, (dekaldg) s. [deka and logos, Gr.] the ten com- 
 mandments given by God to Moses. 
 
 DECA'MERON, s. [deka and meros, Gr.] a book, discourse, or 
 other matter, divided into ten distinct parts. 
 
 To DECA'MP, V. a. [decamper, Fr.] to shift a camp ; to re- 
 move from a place. 
 
 DECA'MPMENT, s. the act of moving from a place. 
 
 DECA'NDOLLE, AUGUSThX P., an eminent French bo- 
 tanist of the present centurj*. He held a professorship at Geneva 
 during the latter part of his life. He carried out to their highest 
 developement the principles of the natural systems of plants, 
 bringing in to his aid all the most recent discoveries respecting 
 vegetable physiology. He published many works respecting his 
 favourite study, but he accomplished only an outHne of the great 
 work on all known plants, which he had projected. He died in 
 1841, aged 03 years. 
 
 To DECA'NT, v. a. [decanter, Fr.] to pour liquor off gently. 
 
 DECANTA'TION, s. [decantation , Fr.] the act of pouring liquor 
 off the lees. 
 
 DECA'NTER, s. a bottle of white glass, used to contain 
 liquors. 
 
 To DECA'PITATE, f. a. [decapito, from caput, Lat.] to be- 
 head. 
 
 To DECA'Y, V. n. [de and cadere, Lat.] to lose of its value, 
 substance, strength, or perfection ; to be gradually impaired. 
 — V. a. to impair, to consume gradually, or waste the substance 
 of a thing. 
 
 DECA'Y, s. a gradual loss of substance, qualities, value, or 
 perfection ; the eftects or marks of consumption or decline, 
 
 DECA'YER, s. that which causes decay. 
 
 DE'CCAN, THE, an extensive tract of country in Hindustan, 
 including Candeish, Dowlatabad, Orissa, Derar, Golconda, and 
 the Circars. It is under the sway of the British. Its population 
 is above 2,500,000. See the respective provinces composing it. 
 
 DECEASE, {deseese) s. [decessus, from decedo, Lat.] death ; 
 departure from life. 
 
 To DECE'ASE, v. n. to die. 
 
 DECE'IT, (deseet) 8. [deceptio, Lat.] a means by which a thing 
 is passed upon a person for what it is not, as when falsehood is 
 made to pass for truth ; a fraud ; cheat ; artifice. 
 
 DECETTFUL, (deseetfut) a. full of fraud or artifice ; meaning 
 different from what a person expresses ; not to be confided in. 
 
 DECETTFULLY, (descetfully) ad. in a fraudulent, insincere 
 manner. 
 
 256 
 
 DECE'ITFULNESS, {deseetfidness) s. the quality of imposing 
 on a person to his hurt. 
 
 DECE'lVABLE, (deseevable) a. subject or exposed to fraud or 
 imposture ; subject to, or capable of, leading a person into an 
 error. 
 
 DECETVABLENESS, s. the possibility of being imposed upon 
 by false pretences. 
 
 To DECE'IVE, {deseeve) v. a. [decipio, Lat.] to make a person 
 believe something false, or intended to his damage or hurt ; to 
 impose on a person's credulity by false appearances ; to lead into 
 an error or mistake. Figuratively, to disappoint. 
 
 DECEIVER, (deseever) s. one who leads another into a mis- 
 take ; one who imposes on the credulity of another. 
 
 DECEMBER, s. [Lat.] because the tenth month in ancient 
 reckoning, the year then beginning in March ; the last or 
 twelfth month of the year, according to the modern computation 
 of time. 
 
 DECE'MPEDAL, a. [decern and^jes, Lat.] measuring ten feet. 
 
 DECE'MVIRATE, s. [decern and vir, Lat.] the dignity and 
 office of the ten governors of Rome, who were appointed to rule 
 the commonwealth of consuls ; their authority subsisted only 
 two years. Any body of ten men. 
 
 DE'CENCE, De'cency, s. [decentia, Lat.] a method of address 
 or action proper and becoming a person's sex, character, or rank. 
 Figuratively, modesty. 
 
 DECE'NNIAL, a. [decern and annm, Lat.] containipg the space 
 of ten years. 
 
 DECENNO'VAL, Decenno'vary, a. [decern and novem, Lat,] 
 relating to the number nineteen. 
 
 DE'CENT, a. [decens, Lat.] becoming; fit or suitable; neat; 
 grave; not^audy; not immodest. 
 
 DE'CENILY, ad. in a proper manner; consistent with cha- 
 racter, rank, or the rules of good breeding. Figuratively, mo- 
 destly. 
 
 DECEPTIBFLITY, s. [deceptio, Lat.] liableness to be led into 
 an error or mistake ; liableness to be imposed on. 
 
 DECE'PTIBLE, a. liable to be deceived, imposed on, or led 
 into an error. 
 
 DECE'PTION, s. [deceptio, Lat.] the act or means of imposing 
 on a person, or leading him into an error; the state of a person 
 imposed on, or in a mistake ; a cheat, fraud, or fallacy, by which 
 a person takes a thing to be what it is not. 
 
 DECE'PTIOUS, a. apt to impose upon, or lead a person into 
 an error. 
 
 DECE'PTIVE, a. having the power of deceiving. . 
 
 DECE'PTORY, a. containing the means of imposing on the 
 credulity of a person, or of leading him into a mistake. 
 
 DECE'RPT, a. [decerpo, Lat.] cropped; taken off. 
 
 DECE'RPTIBLE, a. that may be taken off. 
 
 DECE'RPTION, s. the act of lessening, taking off, parting, 
 or dividing any thing. 
 
 DECERTA'TION, s. [decertatio, Lat.] contention, strife, or 
 dispute. 
 
 DECE'SSION, s. [decessio, from decedo, Lat.] a departure ; a 
 going away. 
 
 To DECHA'RM, v. a. [declianner, Fr.] to counteract a charm. 
 
 To DECFDE, v. a. [decido, Lat.] to put an end to or determine 
 a dispute or event. 
 
 DECFDER, s. one who determines a quarrel or cause. 
 
 DECFDUOUS, a. [deciduus, Lat.] falling oft: In Botany, ap- 
 plied to the leaves, those which fall off at the approach of winter; 
 to the cup or impalement, falling off before the blossom, as in the 
 cabbage, and cuckoo flower ; and to the seed-vessel, falling off 
 before it opens, as in the sea-rocket and woad. 
 
 DECI'DUOUSNESS, «. aptness to fall. In Botany, the quality 
 of fading or withering every year. 
 
 DE'CIMAL, a. [decern, Lat.] numbered, multiplied, or increas- 
 ing by tens. Decimal arithmetic is that which computes by deci- 
 mal numbers. A decimal fraction is that whose denominator is 
 always one, with one or more ciphers; thus a unit may be ima- 
 gined to be equally divided into ten parts, and each of these into 
 ten more ; so that by a continual decimal subdivision, the unit 
 may be supposed to be divided into 10, 100, 1000, &c. equal 
 parts. But denominators of this sort of fractions are always 
 known ; they are seldom expressed in writing ; but the fraction 
 is distinguished by a point placed before it thus, '6, '46, *869, for 
 6-lOths, 46-lOOths, 869-IOOOths. The same 'is observed in 
 
DEC 
 
 mixed numbers, as 678-9 for 678 and O-lOths, 67-89 for 67 and 
 89-lOOths, 6-789 for 6 and 789-lOOOths, &c. And as ciphers 
 placed after integers increase their vahie decimally, so being 
 placed before a decimal they decrease their value decimally; but 
 Deing placed before integers and after fractions, neither of them 
 is increased or diminished. Decimal notation, is the system of 
 notation practised by ourselves and most nations, supposed to 
 have origmated in the habit of calculating by means of the 
 figures, in which but 10 symbols are used, and a higher denomi- 
 nation is entered on at every tenth figure. 
 
 To DECIMATE, v. a. [decimo, Lat.] to tithe ; to take the 
 tenth. 
 
 DECIMA'TION, s. [decimatio, Lat.] the act of tithing, or tak- 
 ig the tenth, whether by lot or otherwise ; a selection of every 
 
 tenth soldier by lot, for punishment in a general mutiny. 
 
 To DECI'PHER, (deslfer) v. a. [dechiffrer, Fr,~ 
 thing written in ciphers. Figurativefy, to describe, or give a 
 
 characteristicalrepresentationof a thing ; to unfold; to unravel. 
 
 DECl'PHERER, (desiferer) s. one who explains any thing 
 written in ciphers. 
 
 DECrSION, s. [decisio, Lat.] the determination of a dispute or 
 difference ; the result of an event. In Scotland, it is used for a 
 narrative, or report, of the proceedings of the court of session 
 there. 
 
 DECl'SIVE, a. having the power of determining a difference, 
 or settling the result of an event, that is uncertain. 
 
 DECrSIVELY, ad. in a conclusive manner, so as to put an 
 end to a dispute, or to determine the fate of an undertaking. 
 
 DECI'SIVENESS, s. the power of determining any difference, 
 or settling any event. 
 
 DECT'SORY, a. liable to determine or put beyond dispute. 
 
 To DECK, V. a. [decken, Belg.] to cover by way of ornament. 
 To adorn with dress ; to embellish. 
 
 DECK, s. Idecken, Belg.] is the planked floor of a ship from 
 stem to stern, whereon the guns are laid, and the men walk to 
 and fro. Great ships have three decks, 1st, 2d, and 3d, counting 
 from the lowermost. Half-deck reaches from the main-mast to 
 the stern of a ship. Quarter-deck is that aloft the steerage, 
 reaching to the round-house. Fhish-deck is that which lies even 
 in a right line fore and aft, from stem to stern. A rope-deck is 
 that made of cordage interwoven and stretched over a vessel, 
 through which they may annoy an enemy that boards them. It 
 is only used in small vessels that have no deck. 
 
 DE'CKER, s. a dresser ; one who adorns ; one who covers a 
 table or lays a cloth. In ships, it is used with a number to ex- 
 press the size of the vessel, as, a three-decker, means a ship 
 with three decks. 
 
 ■ To DECLA'IM, v. a. [declamo, Lat.] to speak in a florid man- 
 ner, like an orator or rhetorician ; to speak much against a 
 thing ; to run a thing down, used with ar/ainst, 
 
 DECLA'IMER, s. one who makes a florid speech in order to 
 fire the imagination or move the passions ; an orator. 
 
 DECLAiVlA'TION, s. a florid or rhetorical discourse addressed 
 to the passions. Figuratively, an ostentatious display of rhetoric 
 or oratory. 
 
 DECLAMATOR, s. [Lat.] one who speaks against a thing, 
 person, or opinion ; an orator ; a rhetorician. Seldom used. 
 
 DECLA'MATORY, a. relating to the practice of declaiming ; 
 treated in the man ner of a rhetorician ; appealing to the passions ; 
 merely rhetorical flourish. 
 
 DECLA'RABLE, a. that may be declared ; capable of proof, 
 
 DECLARATION, s. [Fr.] the discovery of a thing by words ; 
 explanation ; affirmation. In Law, the showing forth or laying 
 out an action personal in any suit ; sometimes used both for per- 
 sonal and real actions. The declaration of fidelity is used for a 
 profession which is made by the people called Quakers, in lieu of 
 the oath of allegiance. 
 
 DECLA'RAl IVE, a. explaining ; making proclamation; ex- 
 press ; explanatory. 
 
 DECL A'RATORILY, ad. in the form of a declaration ; not in 
 a decretory form. 
 
 DECLA'RATORY, a. expressive ; affirmative. 
 
 To DECLA'RE, v. a. [declaro, Lat.] to explain, or free from 
 obscurity; to make known; to manifest; to publish or proclaim. 
 
 DECLA'REMENT, s. discovery ; declaration ; testimony. 
 
 DECLA'RER, s, one who makes any thing known. 
 
 DECLE'NSION, s. {decline, Lat.] a gradual decay, or decrease 
 
 DEC 
 
 froni a greater degree of strength or power to a less ; descent ; 
 declination or declivity. In Grammar, the series of terminations, 
 which, affixed to the root of a substantive, express the various 
 relations in which the notion represented by it may stand to the 
 other notions in a sentence. 
 
 DECLFNABLE, a. having a variety of endings, according to 
 the different relations it stands for. 
 
 DECLINATION, s. {declinatio, Lat.] descent; a change from 
 a more to a less perfect state ; decay ; the act of bending down. 
 A variation from a perpendicular or right line ; an oblique direc- 
 tion ; variation from a fixed point, such as that of the needle from 
 the north. In Astronomy, tne distance of the sun, moon, planet, 
 or star, from the equator, either north or south. Declination of a 
 plane, in Dialing, is an arch of the horizon, comprehended either 
 between the plane and the prime vertical circle, if counted from 
 east to west, or between the meridian and plane, if reckoned 
 from north to south. 
 
 DECLINATOR, Decli'natory, s. an instrument used in dial- 
 ing, to determine the declination, reclination, and inclination of 
 planes. 
 
 To DECLFNE, v. n. [declino, Lat.] to bend or lean downwards. 
 Figuratively, to go astray; to shun, or avoid to do a thing; to 
 sink; to be impaired; to decay. In Grammar, to affix to the 
 root of a substantive, in order, the various endings appropriated 
 to it, which express the various modifications of its radical mean- 
 ing, as to number and case. — v. a. to bend downwards ; to shun ; 
 to elude the force of an argument ; to mention all the different 
 terminations of a declinable word. 
 
 DECLI'NE, s. decay, owing either to age, time, disease, or 
 other causes. 
 
 DECLFNING, part, bending or leaning downwards. In 
 Botany, bent like a bow with the arch downwards, as the seed- 
 vessel of the water-cress. 
 
 DECLI'VITY, s. [declicitas, Lat.] gradual descent of a hill or 
 other eminence. 
 
 DECLFVOUS, a. [declivis, Lat.] gradually descending. 
 
 To DECO'CT, V. a. [deeoctum, Lat.] to prepare for use by boil- 
 ing. In Pharmacy, to boil in water, so as to draw out the strength 
 or virtue of a thing; to boil till it grows thick. 
 
 DECO'CTIBLE, a, that may be boiled, or may be prepared 
 by boiling. 
 
 DECO'CTION, s. \decoctio, Lat.] the act of boiling any thing 
 to extract its virtues. Figuratively, the strained liquor of a plant, 
 or other ingredient boiled in water. 
 
 DECO'CTURE, s. a preparation or substance formed from 
 boiling ingredients in water. 
 
 DECOLLATION, s. [decoUatio, Lat.] the act of beheading. 
 
 DECOMBU'STION, s. in Chemistry, the depriving a body of 
 oxygen so as to render it incapable of burning. 
 
 DECOMPp'SITE, a. [deconipositus, low Lat.] separated into 
 parts after being previously compounded. 
 
 DECOMPOSITION, s. the separating the particles of a com- 
 pound body. 
 
 To DECOMPOU'ND, v. a. [decompono, low Lat.] to separate 
 the particles of a compound body. 
 
 DECOMPOU'ND, a. separated into parts after being previously 
 compounded. 
 
 DE'CORAMENT, s. ornament ; embellishment. 
 
 To DE'CORATE, i-. a. [decoro, Lat.] to set off or adorn with 
 ornaments. 
 
 DECORATION, s. an ornament, or thing which, by being 
 added, gives both grace and beauty to another. 
 
 DE'CORATOR, s. one who adorns or embellishes. 
 
 DECCROUS, a. [decortis, Lat.] suitable or agreeable to the 
 character, dignity, or perfections of a person or thing ; becoming. 
 
 To DECO'RTICATE, v. a. [decortico, Lat.] to strip off the 
 bark or husk ; to peel. 
 
 DECORTICATION, «. the act of stripping a thing of its bark 
 or husk. 
 
 DECO'RUM, s. [Lat.] a behaviour proper or suitable to the 
 character and abilities of a person, consisting likewise of a due 
 observance of the established rules of politeness. 
 
 To DECOY', V. a. [koei/, Belg.] to lure or entice into a cage ; 
 to draw into a snare. Figuratively, to seduce a person by al- 
 lurements. 
 
 DECOY', s. a place adapted for drawing wild fowl into snares. 
 The decoy consists of several pipes, as they are 'called, which 
 2 L 257 
 
DBD 
 
 lead up a narrow ditch that closes at last with a funnel net. Into 
 this the wild ducks are enticed by means of hemp seed, which is 
 thrown into the water, and by the example of the decoy-ducks, 
 which are trained for the purpose of leading their companions 
 into the snare. 
 
 To DECRE'ASE, {dekrehe') v. n. [de and cresco, Lat.] to become 
 less either in length, weight, force, or bulk ; to diminish. — v. a. 
 to make less. 
 
 DECRE'ASE, (dekre^ce) s. the state of growing less ; decay. 
 In Astronomy, the wane; the change made in the face of the 
 moon from its full till it returns to full again. 
 
 To DECRE'E, v. n. [decretum, Lat.] to establish by law ; to re- 
 solve.— f. a. to assign, or dispose of a thing by law. 
 
 DECRE'E, s. {decretum, Lat.] a law, an established rule ; the 
 determination of a suit. In Canon Law, an ordinance which is 
 enacted by the pope himself, by and with the advice of his car- 
 dinals in council assembled, without being consulted with any 
 one thereon. 
 
 DE'CREMENT, s. \_de and cresco, Lat.] the state of becoming 
 less; the quantity lost by decay. In the higher Mathematics, 
 the amount by which the terms of series regularly diminish. 
 
 DECRE'PIT, a. [decrepitus, Lat.] wasted, worn out, and en- 
 
 by age. 
 
 To DECRE'PITATE, v. a. [de and crepo, Lat.] to calcine salts 
 on the fire till they cease to crackle, or make a noise. 
 
 DECREPITA'TION, s. the crackling noise made by salt when 
 put over the fire in a crucible, or cast into a clear fire. 
 
 DECRE'PITNESS, Decre'pitude, s. the weakness attending 
 old age ; the last stage of decay. 
 
 DECRE'SCENT,/>art. [de and cresco, Lat.] becoming less ; in 
 a state of decay. 
 
 DE'CRETAL, a. [decretum, Lat.] appertaining, belonging, or 
 relating to a decree. A decretal epistle, is that which the pope 
 decrees, either by himself or by the advice of cardinals, on his 
 being consulted thereon by some particular person. 
 
 DE'CRETAL, s. a letter or rescript of the pope, by which some 
 point in the ecclesiastical law is solved or determined ; a book of 
 decrees or laws. 
 
 DE'CRETIST, s. one who studies or professes the knowledge of 
 decretals. 
 
 DECRETORY, a. judicial; final; decisive; critical; in 
 which there is some definitive event. 
 
 DECRI'AL, s. the endeavouring to lessen any thing in the 
 esteem of the public; censure; condemnation. 
 
 To DECRY', f. a. [decrier, Fr.] to censure, blame, or inveigh 
 against a thing ; to endeavour to lessen the esteem the public 
 has for a thing. 
 
 DECU'MBENCE, Decu'mbency, «. [decumho, Lat.] the act or 
 posture of Iving down. 
 
 DECL MrilTURE, s. the time at which a person takes his 
 bed in a disease. In Astrology, a scheme of the heavens erected 
 for that time, by which the prognostics of recovery or death are 
 discovered. 
 
 DE'CUPLE, a. [decuplm, Lat.] tenfold ; the same number re- 
 peated ten times. 
 
 DECU'RION, s. [decurio, Lat.] an officer who had the com- 
 mand of ten persons. 
 
 DECU'RSION, «. [_de and curro, Lat.] the act of running or 
 flowing down. 
 
 DECURTA'TION, s. [decurtutio, Lat.] the act of cutting short, 
 or shortening. 
 
 To DECU'SSATE, v. a. [decusso, from decussi's, a Roman coin 
 marked with an X, Lat.] to intersect, or cross at right angles. 
 
 DECUSSA'TION, s. the act of crossing, or the state of being 
 crossed at right angles ; the point at which two lines cross each 
 other. 
 
 DE'DDINGTON, Oxfordshire. It is seated on a rising ground, 
 in a fertile soil, 69 miles from London. Market, Tuesday. Pop. 
 2025. 
 
 To DEDE'CORATE, v. a. [dedecus, Lat.] to disgrace ; to bring 
 a reproach upon. 
 
 DEDECORA'TION, s. the act of disgracing ; disgrace. 
 
 DEDE'COROUS, a. disgraceful ; reproachful. 
 
 DEDENTl'TION, s. [de and de 
 the teeth, 
 
 DE'DHAM, Essex. It has one old large church, which has a 
 remarkably fine steeple, of the Gothic order, and a great deal of 
 
 and dens, Lat.] loss or shedding of 
 
 DEE 
 
 carved work about it, much injured by time. The streets, though 
 not paved, are very clean, occasioned by their lying pretty high. 
 It is situated on the river Stour, which separates it from Sufiblk, 
 58 miles from London. Market, Tuesday. Pop. 1787. 
 
 To DE'DICATE, r. a. [dedico, Lat.] to devote, appropriate, or 
 set aside a thing for Divine uses. Figuratively, to appropriate 
 peculiarly to a design or purpose; to inscribe to a patron. 
 
 DE'DICATED, /)arf. or a. [dedicatus, Lat.] appropriated, or de- 
 voted to a particular use. 
 
 DEDICA'TION, s. [dedicatio, Lat.] the act of consecrating or 
 appropriating some place or thing solely to Divine uses ; the ad- 
 dress of an author to his patron. 
 
 DEDICA'TOR, s. one who ascribes a work to a patron. 
 
 DE'DICATORY, a. composing, belonging to, or in the style 
 of a dedication. 
 
 DEDI'TION, s. [dedo, Lat.] the act of surrendering to an 
 enemy. 
 
 To DEDU'CE, V. a. [deduce, Lat.] to describe in a continual 
 series, so that one thing shall introduce another ; to infer by 
 rea.son from certain propositions which are premised. 
 
 DEDU'CEMENT, s. that which is collected or inferred from 
 any |iremises. 
 
 DEDU'CIBLE, a. to be inferred or discovered from principles 
 laid down. 
 
 DEDU'CIVE, a. performing the act of deduction; infer- 
 ring or collecting from principles or propositions already laid 
 down. 
 
 To DEDU'CT, V. a. [deduco, Lat.] to subtract, or take away. 
 
 DEDU'CTION, s. [deductio, Lat.] a consequence or inference 
 drawn by reason from some principle laid down ; that which is 
 subtracted or taken away from any sum, number, &c. 
 
 DEDU'CTIVE, a. that may be deduced or inferred from any 
 proposition laid down or premised. 
 
 DEDUCTIVELY, ad. by way of inference, or collecting one 
 truth from another. 
 
 DEE, a river of N. Wales and Cheshire, which rises near 
 Pimble Meer, in Merionethshire, crosses the county of Denbigh, 
 separating it from Cheshire, and runs into the Irish Channel, 
 about 15 miles N. VV. of Chester, and to which city it is navi- 
 gable from near Ellesmere in Shropshire. At Chester the con- 
 tinuity of the navigation is broken by a ledge of rocks, which 
 run across the bed of the river, and cause a kind of cascade; 
 from hence it flows to the sea, a broad sandy estuary, dividing 
 Cheshire from Flintshire. By embankments, however, much 
 land has been gained from the tide, and a narrower, but deeper 
 channel, fitted for navigation, has been formed from Chester, 
 half way to the sea. 
 
 DEE, JOHN, an English mathematician and professor of ju- 
 dicial astrology, in the IGlh century. He was a man of consi- 
 derable attainments in genuine science, having studied both 
 here and on the continent in some of the best schools. He was 
 the first translator of Euclid into English, and accomplished the 
 task well. It was a fault of his times, added, perhaps, to some 
 disposition to play the quack, that be pretended to have inter- 
 course with spirits of nut particularly good characters, and was 
 consulted by great and royal personages on the strength of his 
 pretensions. These unworthy pursuits seem to have drawn him 
 aside from the path he was so well fitted to pursue with profit 
 and renown. He died in 1G08, aged 81 years. 
 
 DEED, s. [dad. Sax.] an action, or thing done; an exploit; 
 written evidence of any legal act ; fact ; reality. 
 
 DEE'DLESS, a. inactive ; without doing any thing. 
 
 To DEEM, V. n, part, deemed, formerly dempt ; [demon. Sax.] 
 to judge ; to think ; to determine on due consideration. 
 
 DEE'MSTER, «. [from deem,] a judge; a word still used in 
 Guernsey and Jersey. 
 
 DEEP, a. [deep. Sax.] that has length measured downward 
 from its surface. Applied to situation, low ; below the surface, 
 or measured from the surface downwards. Figuratively, piercing 
 far ; far from the entrance. " Deep ambush'd in her silent 
 den," Drijd. Not to be discovered at first sight ; no^ obvious. 
 " The sense lies deep," Locke. Sagacious, penetrating, profound, 
 learned. " He meditating with two deep divines," i'An/i. Artful, 
 grave. Dark, applied to colours. 
 
 DEEP, s. [diepte, Belg.] the sea. Joined to night, the most 
 advanced and stillest part thereof; midnight. 
 
 To DEE'PEN, V. a. to sink far below the surface. Applied to 
 
DEF 
 
 colours, lo darken ; to cloud ; to make a shade darker ; to in- 
 crease the dolefulness of a sound. 
 
 DEE'PING, Lincolnshire. It is seated on the river Weland, 
 in a fennv ground, 90 miles from London. Market, Thursday. 
 Pop. 1219. 
 
 DEE'PLY, ad. to a great distance below the surface ; with 
 great study, application, and penetration, opposed to super- 
 ^dally. Sorrowfully; profoundly; with a great degree of sorrow, 
 melancholy, or sadness, when used with words expressing grief. 
 In a high degree ; excessively ; vastly. 
 
 DEE'P-MOUTHED, a. having a hoarse, loud voice, or utter- 
 ing a hollow, loud sound. 
 
 DEEP-MU'SING, a. contemplative; lost in thought. 
 
 DEE'PNESS, s. distance or space measured from the surface 
 downwards. 
 
 DEER, s. [denr. Sax.] in Natural History, a class of animals, 
 the males of which have their heads adorned with branching 
 horns, which they shed every year. Some of them are kept in 
 parks for hunting, and others rove at large in the wild regions of 
 North Britain. Their flesh is called venison, and reckoned very 
 delicious. The species of the deer are very various, and will be 
 found noticed under their several names. 
 
 To DEFA'CE, v. a. [defaire, Fr.J to destroy ; lo ruin ; to dis- 
 figure. 
 
 DEFA'CEMENT, s. the act of disfiguring. 
 
 DEFA'CER, s. one who destroys or disfigures any thing. 
 
 DE FA'CTO, s. something actual and in fact, or reallv exist- 
 ing, in contradistinction to de jure, where a thing is only so in 
 justice, but not in fact. 
 
 DEFAI'LANCE, s. [defmllance,Fr.'\ failure; miscarriage; dis- 
 appointment. 
 
 To DEFA'LCATE, v. a. [defalquer, Fr.] to cut or lop off; to 
 take away or abridge part of a person's pension or salary. Most 
 commonly applied to money affairs. 
 
 DEFALCA'TION, ». diminution ; abridgment of any custom- 
 ary allowance. 
 
 To DEFA'LK, v. a. to lop or cut off; to abridge. 
 
 DEFAMA'TION, s. [de and /ama, Lat.] the speaking slander- 
 ous words of another, for which the slander is punishable accord- 
 ing to the nature of the offence, either by action at common law, 
 or in the ecclesiastical court. 
 
 DEFA'MATORY, a. tending to lessen the character, or ruin 
 the reputation, of another. 
 
 To DEFA'ME, v. a. to utter words against a person or thing, 
 with an intent to lessen his reputation, or render it infamous. 
 
 DEFA'MER, s. one who asserts things injurious to the reputa- 
 tion of another, with an intention to render him infamous. 
 
 To DEFA'TIGATE, v. a. [defatigo, Lat.] to weary ; to tire. 
 
 DEFATIGA'TION, s. [defatigatio, Lat.] weariness ; fatigue. 
 
 DEFAU'LT, s. [defaut, Fr.] omission of what ought to be done ; 
 neglect; fault. In Law, it is a non-appearance in a court at a 
 day assigned. If a plaintiff fails to appear at his trial he is non- 
 suited ; if a defendant makes £?«/»!//<, judgment will go against 
 him by default. Jurors making default in their appearance, are 
 to lose and forfeit issue. 
 
 To DEFAU'LT, v. a. to fail ; or not to perform something pro- 
 mised or contracted. 
 
 DEFAU'LTER, s. one that makes a default. 
 
 DEFE'ASANCE, (defeezance) s. [defaisance, Fr.] the act of an- 
 nulling, or rendering a contract void. 
 
 DEFE'ASIBLE, (defeezibk) a. [defaire, Fr.] that may be an- 
 nulled, abrogated, set aside, or made void. 
 
 DEFE'AT, (defeet) s. [defaire, Fr.] the overthrow of an army ; 
 an act of destruction ; deprivation. 
 
 To DEFE'AT, {defeet) v. a. to beat or overthrow an army. 
 Figurativelv, to frustrate ; to disappoint. 
 
 To DE'FtCATE, i: a. [flefceco, from f^es, Lat.] to purge or 
 dear liquors from dregs or sourness. Figuratively, to clear truth 
 from any thing which renders it obscure; to purify from any 
 gross mixture ; to brighten. 
 
 DE'FECATE, a. cleared or purified from lees or foulnesses. 
 
 DEFECA'TION, s. [defaxatw, Lat.] the act of clearing or puri- 
 fying from foulness. 
 
 DEFE'CT, «. [dejicio, Lat.] the absence of something which a 
 thing ought to have ; failing ; want ; a mistake or error, applied 
 to the constitution. A fault, applied to moral conduct. In 
 Astronomy, applied to the eclipsed part of the sua or moon. 
 
 DEF 
 
 Synon. FavU includes relation to the maker; so that while it 
 implies some real want in the finishing of the work, it denotes 
 also that it is owing to the workman. Defect expresses some- 
 thing imperfect in the thing without any relation to the maker 
 of it. 
 
 To DEFE'CT, r. n. [defectum, Lat.] to be deficient. 
 
 DEFECTIBI'LITY, s. a state of failing ; deficiency ; imper- 
 fection. 
 
 DEFE'CTIBLE, a. imperfect ; deficient ; wanting in some- 
 thing which a thing ought to have. 
 
 DEFE'CTION,s. failure; apostacy; rebellion. 
 
 DEFE'CTIVE, a. not having all the qualities or powers which 
 are requisite; faulty; blamable. Defectice nouns, or verbs, in 
 Grammar, are such as are known never to have had some cases, 
 numbers, persons, tenses, or moods, in use. 
 
 DEFE'CSTIVENESS, s. wanting something which a person or 
 thing ought to have; a state of imperfection. 
 
 DEFE'NCE, s. [defensio, Lat.] the method used to secure a 
 person against the attack of an enemy; guard; protection; se- 
 curity; vindication; justification; or the reply made by a per- 
 son in order to clear himself from a crime laid to his charge. 
 
 DEFE'NCELESS, a. destitute of the means of repulsing; un- 
 able to resist. 
 
 To DEFE'ND, v. a. [defendo, Lat.] to protect ; to support ; to 
 secure ; to forbid ; to vindicate or justify ; to maintain a place or 
 cause against those that attack it. 
 
 DEFE'NDABLE, a. that may be maintained or secured 
 against the attacks of an enemy; that may be vindicated or 
 justified. 
 
 DEFE'NDANT, s. he that endeavours to beat off an enemy, 
 or to hinder a place from falling into his hands. In Law, the 
 person who is prosecuted or sued. 
 
 DEFE'NDER, s. one who protects a place or person against an 
 enemy ; one who endeavours to answer the objections raised 
 against any truth or doctrine. Defender of the Faith, a title still 
 retained by the sovereign of Great Britain, though given by Pope 
 Leo X. to Henry VIII. for writing against Luther. 
 
 DEFE'NSATIVE, s. that which is made use of to secure a 
 person or place against the attack of an enemy; defence; guard. 
 In Surgery, a bandage, plaister, or the like, used to secure a 
 wound from outward violence. 
 
 DEFE'NSIBLE, a. capable of resisting an enemy; vindicating 
 from any crime or aspersion. 
 
 DEFE'NSIVE, a. [defensif, Fr.] only proper for defence. 
 
 DEFE'NSIVE, s. safeguard ; state of defence. 
 
 DEFE'NSIVELY, ad. in such a manner as to guard against the 
 designs or attacks of an enemy. 
 
 To DEFE'R, V. n. [differo, Lat.] to put off to another time ; to 
 delay. — [defero, Lat.] to refer to another's judgmert. 
 
 DE'FERENCE, s. [deference, Fr.] regard or respect paid to 
 rank, age, or superior talents ; complaisance ; submission. 
 
 DE'FEREN r, a. [deferens, Lat.] that carries or convevs. In 
 Anatomy, the term is applied to certain vessels in the body, that 
 serve for the conveyance of humours from one part to another. 
 
 DE'FERENT, s. that which carries; that which conveys. In 
 Astronomy, according to the old Ptolemaic system, the great 
 circles which were supposed to carry in their revolution epicycles, 
 round which each of the planets, and the sun and moon, re- 
 spectively, passed. This scheme was invented because the hy- 
 pothesis of a circular orbit, revolving centrically, or excentrically, 
 did not explain the facts. 
 
 DEFI'ANCE, s. [deji, Fr.] a challenge or call upon a person to 
 make eood an accusation ; a contemptuous disregard. 
 
 DEFI'{^IENCE, Defi'ciency, (defishience, defishiency) s. [de- 
 fkio, Lat.] the want of something which a person or thing should 
 have; an imperfection, or defect. 
 
 DEFPCIENT, (defishient) a. imperfect. Deficient Numbers, in 
 Arithmetic, are those numbers, whose parts, added together, 
 make less than the integer whose parts they are. 
 
 DEFI'ER, s. a challenger; a contester; one who dares a per- 
 son to make good a charge. 
 
 To DEFI'LE, V. a. [qfilan. Sax.] to render a thing foul, un- 
 clean, or impure; to pollute. 
 
 To DEFI'LE, V. n. [defUer, Fr.] to march or separate in files, 
 applied to an army. 
 
 DEFILE, s. [defile, Fr.] a narrow pass, where few men can 
 march abreast. 
 
 2 L 2 259 
 
nEV 
 
 DEFI'LEMENT, s. that which renders a thing foul or nasty; 
 that which pollutes or corrupts the virtue of a person. 
 
 DEFI'LER, s. one who pollutes the chastity of a person. 
 
 DEFI'NABLE, a. that may be defined ; that may be ascer- 
 tained. 
 
 To DEFI'NE, V. a. [definio, from Jmis, Lat.] to explain a thing 
 or word by the enumeration of its properties or qualities, so as 
 to distinguish it from every thing ofthe same kind. 
 
 DEFI'NER, s. a person who explains the nature of a thing or 
 word bj' enumerating all its properties. 
 
 DE'FINITE, a. exact, certain, limited, bounded. In Gram- 
 mar, it is an article that has a precise determined signification ; 
 such as the article the in the English, /e and la in French, &c., 
 which fix and ascertain the noun they belong to, to some parti- 
 cular, as the king, le roi; whereas in (quality, of kins, de roi, the 
 articles of and de mark nothing precise, and are tiierefore in- 
 definite. 
 
 DEFINI'TION, s. [definitio, Lat.] in Logic and Rhetoric, an 
 enumeration of all that enters into the meaning of a word ; a de- 
 scription of what a word is used to signify ; the process of fixing 
 the meaning in which any word is to be used. 
 
 DEFFNITIVE, a. \definitivus, Lat.] express; positive; deci- 
 sive ; free from ambiguity, doubt, or uncertainty. 
 
 DEFFNITIVELY, ad. in a positive, express, or decisive 
 manner. 
 
 DEFFNITIVENESS, s. decisiveness ; or a state free from am- 
 biguity or doubt. 
 
 DEFLAGRABI'LITY, s. [deflagro, Lat.] the quality of taking 
 fire and burning entirely away. 
 
 DEFLA'GRABLE, a. having the quality of wasting away 
 wholly in fire. 
 
 DEFLAGRATION, s. in Chemistry, the act of setting fire to 
 a thing which will burn till it is entirely consumed. 
 
 To DEFLE'CT, v. n. [de amdjiecto, Lat.] to turn aside from its 
 due direction ; to bend. 
 
 DEFLE'CTION, s. the act of deviating or turning aside from 
 its proper course, point, or direction. 
 
 DEFLE'XURE, s. a bending downwards ; the act or state of a 
 thing turned aside. 
 
 DEFLORATION, s. [dejloratus, Lat.] the act of violating the 
 chastity of a virgin. 
 
 To DEFLOU'R, v. a. [deflorer, Fr.] to violate a virgin. Figu- 
 ratively, to take away the beauty or grace of a thing. 
 
 DEFLOU'RER, s. a ravisher. 
 
 DEFLU'OUS, a. {_defiuo, Lat.] that flows down ; that falls off. 
 
 DEFLU'X, Deflu'xion, «. the act of flowing down. 
 
 DEFO'E, DANIEL, one of the most popular of English 
 writers of works of fiction ; and a man who, in the 17th century 
 and beginning of the 18th, passed through a life chequered with 
 the strangest vicissitudes, chiefly because of his maintaining 
 principles which it was the fashion to disavow and to persecute. 
 He was favoured more than once with the notice of royalty ; and 
 he was once, by the resolute effort of his numerous enemies, 
 pilloried and imprisoned. His writings, which are very numerous, 
 embrace a great variety of subjects. His political and polemical 
 works are undeservedly unknown. Every one has read his Jfc- 
 hinson Crusoe. His History of the Plague, and narratives of the 
 adventures of characters of no great beauty or morality, are also 
 well known, and are wonderful for the verisimilitude which every 
 where characterizes them. He died in 1731, aged 70 years. 
 
 DEFOEDA'TION, s. Idefoedus, low Lat.] the act of rendering 
 foul and filthy. 
 
 DEFO'RCEMENT, s. in Law, the act of withholding land or 
 tenements from the right owner. 
 
 To DEFCRM, v. a. [de and forma, Lat.] to disfigure, or spoil 
 the beauty or shape of any thing ; to make disagreeable to the 
 sight. 
 
 DEFORMATION, s. [deformatw, Lat.] the act of spoiling 
 the shape or beauty of a thing, or making it disagreeable to ths 
 sight. 
 
 DEFO'RMED, a. void of symmetry of parts, straightness of 
 shape, or pleasantness of appearance; disfigured; crooked. 
 
 DEFO'RMEDLY, ad. in an ugly manner. 
 
 DEFO'RiMITY, «. [deformitas, Lat.] the appearance of any 
 thing which has lost its beauty, gracefulness, or regularity; 
 ridiculousness. Figuratively, deviation from the standard of 
 moral perfection and obedience. 
 260 
 
 DEJ 
 
 DEFO'RSOR, s. [farceur, Fr.] in Law, one that overcomes and 
 casts out by force. 
 
 To DEFRAU'D, v. a. [defraudo, from fraus, Lat.] to deprive a 
 person of his property by some false appearance, fraud, or trick. 
 
 DEFRAUDATION, s. privation by fraud. 
 
 DEFRAU'DER, s. a person who deprives another of what be- 
 longs to him, by some trick, or false appearance. 
 
 To DEFRA'V, V. a. [defrayer, Fr.] to pay or discharge expenses. 
 
 DEFRA'YER, s. one that discharges expenses. 
 
 DEFRA'YMENT, s. the payment of expenses. 
 
 DEFT, n. [rf<y/if. Sax.] neat; handsome; spruce; proper; 
 dexterous ; sprightly ; nimble ; active. 
 
 DE'FTLY, ad. in a skilful manner. Obsolete. 
 
 DEFU'NCT, a. [defungo, Lat.] dead ; expired. 
 
 DEFU'NCT, s. one who is dead. 
 
 To DEFY', V. a. [defwr, Fr.] to challenge to fight; to treat 
 with contempt. 
 
 DEFY'ER, s. a challenger; one who invites to fight; more 
 properly defter. 
 
 DEGE'NERACY, s. [de&nAflenm, Lat.] the acting unworthily 
 of one's ancestors. Figuratively, the leaving of a moral conduct 
 for an immoral one ; meanness. 
 
 To DEGE'NERATE, v. n. to fall from the reputation or vir- 
 tues of one's ancestors ; to sink from a noble to a base state. To 
 grow wild or base, applied to vegetables. 
 
 DEGE'NERATE, a, unlike one's ancestors in virtues ; unwor- 
 thy ; corrupted : having lost its value. 
 
 DEGE'NERATENESS, s. corruption ; depravity. 
 
 DEGENERATION, s. a deviation from the virtues of one's 
 ancestors ; a sinking from a state of excellence to one of less 
 worth. 
 
 DEGE'NEROUSLY, ad. basely; meanly. 
 
 To DEGLUTINATE, v. a. [degluer, Fr.] to unglue or soften. 
 
 DEGLUTINATION, s. the act of ungluing or softening. 
 
 DEGLUTITION, s. [deglutio, Lat.] the act or power of swal- 
 lowing. 
 
 DEGRADATION, s. [Fr.] the act of depriving a man of any 
 
 lice, employ, or dignity. Figuratively, deprivation, or a change 
 
 from a more perfect and honourable to a low and mean state. In 
 
 Painting, the lessening and confusing the figures in a picture or 
 landscape, as they would appear to the eye at a supposed dis- 
 tance. 
 
 To DEGRA'DE, v. a. [degrader, Fr.] to deprive a person of any 
 office or dignity ; to lessen the value of a thing. 
 
 DEGRAVATION, s. [degravatus, Lat.] the act of making 
 heavy. 
 
 DEGRE'E, s. [deere, Fr.] quality, rank, condition, or dignity; 
 state or condition of a thing, which may be either heightened or 
 lowered, increased or diminished ; measure ; proportion ; or 
 quantity. In Arithmetic, a degree consists of three places of 
 figures, comprehending units, tens, and hundreds ; so 365 is a 
 degree. In Geometry, the 360th part of the circumference of a 
 circle. In Chemistry, a greater or less intenseness of heat. la 
 Canon Law, an interval of kinship, from whence nearness or re- 
 moteness of blood are computed. In Music, the little intervals 
 which compose the concords. In the university, a dignity or 
 title conferred on persons who are of a certain standing, and 
 have performed the exercises required by the statutes, which en- 
 titles them to certain privileges, precedence, &c. 
 
 BY DEGRE'ES, ad. gradually ; by little and little. 
 
 DEGUSTATION,s. [degustatio, Lat.] a tasting. 
 
 To DEHO'RT, v. a. [de and ?torto, Lat.] to dissuade ; to advise 
 to the contrary. 
 
 DEHORTATION, s. a dissuasion; arguments used to keep 
 a person from assenting to any doctrine, or committing any 
 action. 
 
 DEHO'RTER, s. a dissnader. 
 
 DE'ICIDE, s. [deus and ciedo, Lat.] the crime of murdering 'a 
 deity or god, applied only to the death of our blessed Saviour. 
 
 To DLJE'CT, V. a. [dejicio, Lat.] to cast down, or render sor- 
 rowful or melancholy. 
 
 DEJE'CTED, iJori. or a. cast down; afflicted with 'some dis- 
 appointment ; mournful ; melancholy. 
 
 DEJE'CTEDLY, ad. in a dull, sorrowful, or mournful manner. 
 
 DEJE'CTEDNESS, s. the state of a person who is grieved 
 and cast down on account of some great loss or disappoint- 
 ment. 
 
DEL 
 
 DEJE'CTION ». a lowness of spirits ; affliction; loss, or an 
 impaired state. Synon. Dyection is commonly caused by great 
 affliction, and is too often a state of despair. Melancholy is ge- 
 nerally the effect of constitution, its cloudy ideas overpower and 
 banish all that are cheerful. Loic-spiritedness is involuntary, and 
 often proceeds from a weakness of nerves ; excess of joy, fatigue, 
 bad digestion, will occasion it. Dulness, on the contrary, is vo- 
 luntary, it arises frequently from discontent, disappointment, and 
 from am' other circumstance that may displease the mind. 
 
 DEIFICA'TION, s. [Fr.] the act of ascribing divine honours 
 to a person, and worshipping him as a god. 
 
 DE'IFORM, a. Ideas andybraia, Lat.] of a godlike form. 
 
 To DE'IFY, V. a. [deifier, Fr.] to make a god ; to adore as a 
 god ; to rank among the deities. Figuratively, to praisj too 
 much ; to extol a person unbecoming a mortal. 
 
 To DEIGN, idem) V. n. [dau/ner, Fr.] to condescend ; to vouch- 
 safe.— t). a. to grant a favour ; to permit. 
 
 DEI'GNING, (deining) s. a condescension ; permission ; grant- 
 ing a favour. 
 
 To DEFNTEGRATE, v. a. \_de and integer, Lat.] to take from 
 the whole ; to spoil ; to diminish. 
 
 DE'ISM, s. [deisme, Fr.] the doctrine or opinion of those who 
 profess to believe the existence of a God, but deny his having 
 ever given, or the probability of his ever giving, a revelation. 
 
 DE'IST, s. [deiste, Fr.] a person who believes the existence of 
 a God, but denies all revelation in general. 
 
 DEI'STICAL, a. belonging to the opinions of deists. 
 
 DE'ITY, s. [deltas, Lat.] Divinity; the nature and essencs of 
 God ; an idol or supposed divinity; a heathen god. 
 
 DELACERA'TION, s. [delacero, Lat.] a tearing in pieces. 
 
 DELACHRYMA'TION, s. [_delachrymatio, Lat.] a falling down 
 of the humours; the waterishness of the eye; or a weeping 
 much. 
 
 DELACTA'TION, ». \de and lac, Lat.] a weaning from the 
 breast. 
 
 DELA'MBRE, JEAN BAPTISTE JOSEPH, an eminent 
 French astronomer and mathematician, of the last and present 
 centuries. Although living during the most disastrous and trou- 
 bled period of the history of his country, he pursued without in- 
 terruption his scientific labours. He measured the arc from 
 Dunkirk to Barcelona, for the purpose of obtaining a standard 
 measure of length ; made tables of the superior planets, which 
 were used in correcting the Nautical Almanack ; and contri- 
 buted many other papers and works to the science of Astronomy, 
 particularly a History of Astronomy, which is very highly esteem- 
 ed. He died in 1822, aged 73 years. 
 
 DELA'PSED, part, [delabor, Lat.] in Physic, bearing or fall- 
 in" down. 
 
 DELA'TION, «. the act of carrying or conveying. An accus- 
 ation, charge, impeachment, or information. 
 
 DELATOR, s. [Lat.] an accuser or informer. 
 
 DE'LAWARE, the name of a river and of a bay in the United 
 States, N. America. The river rises in the Catskill Mountains, 
 in the State of New York, serves for some miles as the boundary 
 between that State and Pennsylvania, and afterwards between 
 the States of New Jersey and Delaware, flowing after a course 
 of above 300 miles into Delaware Bay. It is navigable, but not 
 for large vessels through the whole distance, to Trenton Falls, 
 about /O miles from its mouth. The bay is 65 miles long, 18 
 miles broad at its mouth, and 30 miles in the middle. For 70 
 miles it has no safe natural harbour, and therefore a magnificent 
 work, called the Delaware Breakwater, has been erected by the 
 government of the States. 
 
 DE'LAWARE, one of the United States, N. America, named 
 after the river, on the W. bank of which it lies, is bounded by 
 Pennsylvania on the N. and by Maryland on the S. and W. ; 
 whilst the river and bay of the same name divide it from New 
 Jersey. It is 92 miles long, and 23 broad, and is divided into 
 3 counties. In the N. part it is moderately hilly. It is watered 
 by very small streams, of which Brandy-wine Creek is the most 
 considerable. Wheat and other grain is grown plentifully for 
 export trade. Its pastures also are good, and it exports various 
 fruits, silk, timber, &c. Wilmington is its largest place of 
 trade. It has one college only, and four banks. Dover is the 
 seat of government. Its population is 78,085, of which 2G05 
 are slaves. 
 
 To DELA'Y, V. a. [delayer, Fr.] to defer or put off the doing 
 
 DEL 
 
 of a thing till another time ; to hinder; to frustrate.— r. n. to 
 stop ; to cease from action. 
 
 DELA'Y, «. the act of deferring or putting oflf the perform- 
 ance of an act to some other time. Figuratively, a stay ; a stop. 
 
 DELA'YER, s. one who defers the doing a thing ; a putter off. 
 
 DELE'CTABLE, a. [delecto, Lat.] affording pleasure or de- 
 light to the senses. 
 
 DELE'CTABLENESS, s. pleasantness. 
 
 DELE'CTABLY, ad. in such a manner as to afford pleasure ; 
 delightfully. 
 
 DELECT A'TION, s. pleasure; delight. 
 
 To DE'LEGATE, v. a. [de and kgo, Lat.] to send away ; to 
 intrust ; to communicate authority. In Law, to appoint judges 
 to determine a particular cause. 
 
 DE'LEGATE, s. any person authorized to act for another. In 
 Law, applied to persons appointed by the king's commission to 
 sit on an appeal to him in the court of Chancery. 
 
 DE'LEGATE, a. deputed or authorized to judge or transact 
 business for another. 
 
 DELEGA'TION, s. the act of appointing ; the assignment of 
 a debt to another. In Law, a commission to a judge to deter- 
 mine some cause, which would not otherwise be brought before 
 him. 
 
 DELENI'FICAL, a. [delenificus, Lat.] having virtue to assuage 
 or ease pain. 
 
 To DELETE, v. a. [deleo, Lat.] to blot out. 
 
 DELETE'RIOUS, a. [deleterius, L&t.'] noxious; deadly; fatal; 
 applied, by naturalists, to such things as are of a pernicious 
 nature. 
 
 DELE'TERY, a. destructive ; deadly; poisonous. 
 
 DELE'TION, «. the act of rasing or blotting out ; a de- 
 struction. 
 
 DELF, Delfe, s. [delwan. Sax.] a mine ; a quarry ; or large 
 cavity formed by digging. Glazed earthenware, so called from 
 the place where it is made. 
 
 DELFT, a town of Holland, seated on a canal called theSchie. 
 It was formerly celebrated for the manufacture of a fine kind of 
 earthenware, called from it. Delft-ware. It has still some wool- 
 len and other manufactures. It is 30 miles from Amsterdam. 
 Its population is about 20,000. Lat. 52. 0. N. Long. 4. 22. E. 
 
 DE'LHI, a province in the north of Hindustan, lying immedi- 
 atelj' against the Himmaleh Mountains, and bounded by the Pun- 
 jaub, Lahore, Ajimere, Agra, and Oude. It is about 1G5 miles 
 in length, and 140 in breadth. There are other hills within its 
 boundaries beside those of the Himmaleh chain. The Ganges, 
 the Jumna, and other rivers of note flow through it. The val- 
 leys and lowlands are fertile, and produce all manner of grain, 
 with sugar. The climate of this province is very mild and agree- 
 able ; but the devastating wars to which it has so long been 
 subject, have effectually prevented the advantages which nature 
 had offered. Delhi, its capital, was formerly the chief city of the 
 Mogul empire, and is seated on the Jumna. It was once exceed- 
 ingly rich, extensive, and populous, but has lost most of its 
 splendour. The former residence of the Moguls yet remains, a 
 sumptuous building; other relics of its former glory abound. 
 The city has yet some trade, being situated so as to be the em- 
 porium for the traffic between the northerly provinces and the 
 south. It is about 1000 miles from Calcutta. Its population is 
 about a quarter of a million yet. Lat. 28. 43. N. Long. 77. 49. E. 
 The population of the province is estimated at about 3,000,000. 
 
 DELIBA'TION, s. [delihatio, from libo, Lat.] an essay ; a taste. 
 
 To DELI'BERATE, v. n. [delibero, Lat.] to weigh in the mind; 
 to ponder upon. Figuratively, to hesitate. 
 
 DELI'BERATE, a. circumspect; discreet; wary; consider- 
 ing the nature of a thing before the making a choice. Figura- 
 tively, slow ; tedious. 
 
 DELI'BERATELY, ad. in a circumspect, wary, or discreet 
 manner. 
 
 DELI'BERATENESS, s. circumspection ; coolness ; caution. 
 
 DELIBERA'TION, s. the act of considering things before an 
 undertaking or making choice. 
 
 DELIBERATIVE, a. relating to consideration, or premedi- 
 tation ; with thought or caution. 
 
 DE'LICACY, s. [delicatesse, Fr.] daintiness, or taste shown in 
 eating ; any thing which affects the senses with great pleasure ; 
 elegant softness of form ; nicety, or minute accm;acy ; genteel 
 neatness in dress ; politeness of behaviour ; indulgence, which 
 
 261 
 
DEL 
 
 produces weakness ; tenderness ; weakness of constitution ; a 
 disposition which is shocked with any excess. 
 
 DE'LICATE, a. [Micat, Ft.} fine, or consisting of minute 
 parts ; beautiful, or pleasing to tlie eye ; nice, or pleasing to the 
 taste ; dainty, or nice in the choice of food ; choice ; select ; po- 
 lite, or rigorously observant of the maxims of good breeding ; 
 soft, effeminate, or unable to bear hardships ; pure ; free from 
 foulness; clear. 
 
 DE'LICATELY, ad. in a beautiful manner ; finely, opposed 
 to coarsely; daintily; luxuriously; choicely; politely; effemi- 
 nately. 
 
 D£'LICATENESS, s. softness ; effeminacy ; too great an af- 
 fectation of elegance. 
 
 DE'LICATES, s. niceties, rarities, applied to food. 
 
 DELI'CIOUS, (delishious) a. [delicieux, Fr.] giving exquisite 
 pleasure to the senses, or to the mind. 
 
 DELI'CIOUSLY, (delishiously) ad. in an elegant or luxurious 
 manner, applied to food or dress : in such a manner as to convey 
 a rapturous pleasure. 
 
 DELl'CIOUSNESS, (delishiousness) s. the quality of affording 
 exquisite pleasure to the senses or to the mind. 
 
 DELIGATION, s. [deligatio, Lat.] the confining the parts of 
 a thing together by binding. 
 
 DELI'GHT, {detlt) s. [delecfor, Lat.] that which affords an agree- 
 able pleasure or satisfaction to the mind or the senses. 
 
 To DELI'GHT, {delU) v. a. [delcctor, Lat.] to take pleasure in 
 the frequent repetition or enjoyment of a thing ; to satisfy. — v. n. 
 to be pleased, satisfied, or contented. 
 
 DELIGHTFUL, (delUful) a. that affords great pleasure to the 
 mind. 
 
 DELI'GHTFULLY, {delUfully) ad. in such a manner as to 
 charm, to afford pleasure, satisfaction, and content. 
 
 DELI'GHTFULNESS, (delUJulness) s. pleasure, satisfaction, 
 gratification, arising from the frequent repetition, sight, or en- 
 joyment of a thing. 
 
 DELl'GHTSOME, (delUsome) a. affording great pleasure. 
 
 DELI'GHTSOMELY, ad. pleasantly. 
 
 DELI'GHTSOMENESS, (delUsomness) s. the quality of affect- 
 ing with great pleasure. 
 
 To DELrNEATE, v. a. [clelineo, Lat.] to draw the first sketch ; 
 to design ; to paint a resemblance. Figuratively, to describe in 
 a lively and accurate manner. 
 
 DELINEA'TION, s. [delineatio, Lat.] the first draught of a 
 thing. Figuratively, a description. 
 
 DELl'NIMENT, s. [delinio, Lat.] a mitigating or assuaging. 
 
 DELI'NQUENCY, s. [delinqm, Lat.] a failure, or the omission 
 of a duty; a thing done wilfully against any known law. 
 
 DELl'NQUENT, s. one who has committed some crime or 
 fault , an offender. 
 
 To DELI'QU ATE, v. n. [deliqueo, Lat.] to melt ; to be dissolved. 
 
 DELIQUATION, s. ideliquatio, Lat.] the act of melting or dis- 
 .solving ; a solution, or the state of a thing melted. 
 
 DELIQUE'SCENCE, s. in Chemistry, is a term used to signi- 
 fy the melting of salts by means of the water which they absorb 
 from the atmosphere. 
 
 DEH'QUIUM, s. [Lat.] in Chemistry, the state of any salt 
 when it has become liquid by absorbing moisture from the 
 atmosphere. 
 
 DELI'RAMENT, s. [deliro, Lat.] a doting or foolish fancy. 
 
 DELIRA'TION, s. a dotage ; folly; madness. 
 
 DELI'RIOUS, a. lightheaded ; raving from the violence of 
 some disorder. Figuratively, doting. 
 
 DELl'RIUM, s. [Lat.] in Physic, a kind of madness occurring 
 generally in fevers. Delirium tremens, is a kind of delirium ac- 
 companied by a sort of universal palsy, usually brought on by ex- 
 cessive drlnkirig, and often fatal. 
 
 DELITIGATION, s. [delitigo, Lat.] a striving ; a contending; 
 a chiding. 
 
 To DELI'VER, v. n. [delivrer, Fr.] to give a person a thing 
 which was given for that purpose by another. Joined with into, 
 to surrender or give up. Joined to/rom, to free from any danger 
 or calamity. To pronounce, to relate, applied to discourse or 
 reading. To bring into the world, used with of. — r. a. to sur- 
 render, to put into a person's hands, or leave to his discretion. 
 To deliver down, or over, to transmit or convey any transaction 
 by means of writing. To deliver up, to surrender ; to give up, or 
 expose. 
 
 DEM 
 
 DELI'VERANCE, s. [delivrance, Fr.] the act of giving or sur- 
 rendering a thing to another; the act of freeing a person from 
 captivity, imprisonment, danger, or distress : the act or manner 
 of pronouncing or speaking; the act of bringing children into 
 the world. 
 
 DELI'VERER, s. one who gives a thing into the hands of 
 another, or conveys it to the place ordered; one who frees an- 
 other from danger, distress, captivity, or imprisonment ; one who 
 pronounces a set speech. 
 
 DELFVERY, s. the act of giving or surrendering a thing to 
 another ; a release from danger, bondage, imprisonment, or dis- 
 tress; the bringing forth a child; pronunciation, or manner of 
 speaking. 
 
 DELL, s. [del, Belg.] a valley. 
 
 DE'LOS, the ancient name of an island in the jEgean Sea, 
 consecrated to Apollo, who was said to have been born there. 
 The temple on it was used as the treasury of the Grecian confe- 
 deration against the Persians. 
 
 DE'LPHI, in ancient Greece, a town within the borders o1 
 Phocis, but having peculiar privileges of its own, as being sacred 
 to Apollo. Here was the oracle that enjoyed such celebrity 
 amongst all the Grecian states and their neighbours. 
 
 DELPHI'NUS, the Boljihin, in Astronomy, a constellation in 
 the northern hemisphere. 
 
 DE'LTA, in Physical Geography, the name given to the tract 
 of alluvium occurring at the mouths of large rivers, which is 
 usually of a triangular form, like the Greek letter A. In Ancient 
 Geography it is the name of this tract at the mouth of the Nile 
 in Egj'pt. 
 
 DE'LTOIDE, a. [delta and eidos, Gr.] in Anatomy, applied to 
 a particular bone, and a muscle, which are of a triangular form. 
 
 DELU'C, JOHN ANDREW, a French geologist of the last 
 centurj'. He was a man of great information, and of a philo- 
 sophic spirit, but there were but few facts of geology accurately 
 known when he speculated and wrote, and the idea of the 
 science had not been even approximately stated. He wrote on 
 many other subjects besides geology, and died in 1817, aged 90 
 years. 
 
 DELU'DABLE, a. liable to be deceived, imposed on, or drawn 
 aside. 
 
 To DELU'DE, v. a. [deludo, Lat.] to beguile ; to deceive or 
 seduce by false pretences. Figuratively, to disappoint. 
 
 DELLKDER, s. one who deceives, imposes on, beguiles, or 
 seduces another by. false appearances or pretences. 
 
 Tfi DELVE, r,. a. [del/an. Sax.] to dig, or open the ground 
 with a spade. Figuratively, to sound one's opinion ; to fathom ; 
 to get to the bottom of an affair. 
 
 DELVE, s. a ditch ; a pit ; a pitfal ; a den ; a cave. " Shady 
 delve," Spencer. 
 
 DE'LVER, s. a digger, or one who opens the ground with a 
 spade, or pick-axe, &c. 
 
 DE'LUGE, s. [deluge, Fr.] a flood or inundation of water. 
 Particularly applied to that inundation described In the Book of 
 Genesis, as happening in the early age of the world, and which 
 overwhelmed tlie world that then was ; from which Noah and his 
 family alone, by attending to the directions of God, were pre- 
 served. It was formerly believed that this flood extended over 
 the whole surface of the earth ; but this is not only a physical 
 impossibility, but is not stated in the sacred narrative. This 
 flood used, also, to be referred to by all geological speculators, as 
 the cause of all the phenomena which are disclosed in the vari- 
 ous strata composing the crust of the earth : advancing science 
 has demonstrated, tnat even if this inundation could have been 
 universal, it could not have been the cause of these varied and 
 wonderful phenomena. Figuratively, any sudden and irresist- 
 ible calamity; any corruption, or deprivation, which spreads far 
 and quickly. 
 
 To DE'LUGE, v. a. to drown or lay entirely nnder water ; to 
 overflow with water. Figuratively, to overwhelm with any great 
 and increasing calamity. 
 
 DELU'SION, s. [deludo, Lat.] the act of imposing on .a person 
 by some false appearance. Figuratively, a false appearance or 
 illusipn, which leads a person into an error or mistake. 
 
 DELUSIVE, a. capable of deceiving or imposing upon. 
 
 DELUSORY, a. apt to deceive. 
 
 DE'iMAGOGUE, (demagog) s. [demos and ago, Gr.] the ring- 
 leader or head of a faction, or tumult of the common people. 
 
DEMA'ND, «. [demande, Fr.] the asking of a thing with au- 
 
 ■ ; claim; inquiry after, in order to buy. In Law, the ask- 
 
 khat is due. Demand and suppb/, the title given by politi- 
 
 tboritjr ; claim ; inquiry after, in order to buy. In Law, the ask- 
 ing of w" ' ' 
 cal economists to that law which obtains in all trading and 
 
 commercial affairs, regulating the direction taken by labour, the 
 particular employment of capital, and the particular things 
 brought into ine market. Yet this law, that the demand creates 
 the supply, is not absolute, the very reverse happening in many 
 well-known instances; as for example, the reduction of the post- 
 age, and of travelling fares, which have multiplied incredibly the 
 numbers of letters and of travellers. 
 
 To DEMA'ND, v. a. \demander, Fr.] to claim ; to ask for with 
 authority ; to ask or question. In Law, to prosecute in a real 
 action. 
 
 DEMA'NDABLE, a. that may be claimed as a due, or asked 
 for with authority. 
 
 DEMA'NDANT, s. in Law, the plaintiff in a real action. 
 
 DEMA'NDER, s. one who claims a thing ; one who asks with 
 authority ; one who asks for a thing in order to purchase it ; 
 one who asks for a debt. 
 
 To DEME'AN, (demeeti) v. a. [demener, Fr.] to behave. Figu- 
 ratively, to lessen, debase, or undervalue ; to do any thing below 
 one's character or rank. 
 
 DEME'ANOUR; (demeenour) s. [demener, Fr.] behaviour ; car- 
 riage ; the manner of acting. 
 
 DEMENTA'TION, s. [dementation, Fr.] madness, or losing 
 one's reason. 
 
 DEMEKA'RA, one of the divisions of the colony of British 
 Guiana in S. America (which see). It is united in government 
 with Essequibo. Sugar, rum, cotton, and coffee are its chief 
 products. Population, about 100,000. 
 
 DEME'RIT, s. [demerife, Fr.] the want of merit ; behaviour 
 deserving blame or punishment. Anciently the same as merit. 
 
 To DEME'RIT, v. a. [demeriter, Fr.] to art contrary to one's 
 duty, and thereby deserve both blame and disgrace. 
 
 DEME'RSED, a. [demergo, Lat.] plunged; drowned. 
 
 DEME'RSION, s. the act of plunging under the water, or 
 drowning. In Chemistry, the putting any thing into a dissolv- 
 iu";^water or menstruum. 
 
 DEME'SNE, s. land adjoining to a mansion, kept in the lord's 
 own hand ; an estate in land. 
 
 DEMETER, in Grecian Mythology, the goddess usually 
 known bv the name of Ceres. 
 
 DEME'TRIUS, the name of several parties who are prominent 
 in Grecian history after the conquests of Alexander of Macedon. 
 The most eminent, named Poliorcefes, seized on the throne of 
 Macedon, expelling the family of Cassander. He was engaged 
 in a continual series of battles, in some of which, as that at 
 Ipsus, he was on the defeated side. He died In 28{ b. c. A 
 grandson of Pollorcetes, simply named Demetrius 11., ruled over 
 Macedon afterwards, and died in 232 b. c. Two of the suc- 
 cessors of Seleucus, the Macedonian monarch of Syria, bore in 
 addition to this name, the epithets Soter and Nicator, respective- 
 ly. The former died In 1.50 b. c, the latter in 127 b. c. During 
 the march of Pollorcetes from conquest to conquest, another 
 Demetrius, surnamed Phalarem, held the supreme power in 
 Athens, as the representative of Cassander, the Macedonian 
 king. He was driven from his post by tJie conqueror, and 
 Athens was for a short time again an independent state. He 
 died in the same year as the victor did, 28^3 b. c. 
 
 DE'MI, [Fr.] an Inseparable particle; half; one part of a thing 
 which is divided equally in two. 
 
 DEMI-BASTION, «, in Fortification, that which has only one 
 face and one flank. 
 
 DEMI-CA'NNON, ». in Gunnery, a cannon which carries a 
 ball of thirty pounds weight ; the diameter of its bore is 6 
 inches 2-8ths. 
 
 DEMI-CU'LVERIN, «. in Gunnery, is a lesser sort of culverin 
 than the common, of which there are three kinds; that of the 
 lowest size is a gun 4i inches diameter, in the bore, and 10 feet 
 long, carrying a ball 4 inches diameter and 9 pounds weight ; 
 the ordinary one is a gun 4i inches diameter In the bore, and 10 
 feet long, carrying a ball 4J inches diameter, and 10 pounds 11 
 ounces weight ; and that of the elder sort, 4| inches diameter in 
 the bore, and 40j feet in length, carrying a ball 44 inches dia- 
 meter, and 12 pounds 11 ounces in weight. 
 
 DE'MI-GOD, s. among the ancient pagans, was one who was 
 
 DEM 
 
 not a god by birth, but who, by his heroic exploits, was rai.sed 
 to that dignity. 
 
 DEMI'SE, '{demize) s. [Fr.] death ; decease. 
 
 To DEMI'SE, (demize) v. a. [cleniettre, Fr.] to leave, bequeath, 
 or dispose of by will. 
 
 DEMI'SSION, s. [demitlo, Lat.] degradation; diminution of 
 dignity; lessening the value of a thing by some mean action. 
 
 To t)EMI'T, i: a. Idemitto, Lat.] to depress ; to let fall. 
 
 DE'MI-WOLF, s. a mongrel dog between a dog and a wolf. 
 
 DEMO'CRACY, s. [demos and kratos, Gr.] a form of govern- 
 ment wherein the supreme power is lodged in the people. A 
 pure democracy has hardly yet been seen in the world. In most 
 of the states so called, there have been large classes of men either 
 actually slaves, or else not politically free. 
 
 DEMOCRA'TICAL, a. belonging to that sort of government 
 wherein the siipreme power Is lodged In the people. 
 
 DEMO'CRITUS, a philosopher of ancient Greece, commonly 
 known as the laughing phllo.sopher ; but this satirical reputation 
 rests solely on tradition. Abdera in Thrace was his birthplace, 
 and he travelled far, and studied men and things in various 
 lands. On his return he unfolded his views by teaching and by 
 writing. He was a thorough materialist and necessitarian, and 
 in consequence, in philosophy at least, an atheist. His theory of 
 the atomic construction of all things, is a most wonderful in- 
 stance of a merely metaphysical theory approximating to an 
 established physical theory introduced above 2000 years after 
 it. His astronomical speculations respecting the shadows on the 
 moon's disc, the milky way, and tne force of gravity, were 
 most wonderfully correct. He died in about 360 b. c, aged about 
 100 years. 
 
 DEMOI'VRE, ABRAHAM, a mathematician of the earlier 
 half of the last century, who though by birth a Frenchman, re- 
 sided in this country. The calculation of probal)ilitles was the 
 branch of mathematical science he especially cultivated, and 
 that particularly in its practical bearing on annuities. He died 
 in 1754, aged 87 years. 
 
 To DEMO'LISH, v. a. [demoUor, Lat.] to pull down, raze, or 
 destroy. 
 
 DEMO'LISHER, s. one who destroys or pulls down. 
 
 DEMOLITION, s. the act of pulling down or destroying; de- 
 struction. 
 
 DE'MON, s. [dremon, Lat. daimnn, Gr.] a name the ancients 
 gave to certain spirits, who, they imagined, had the power of 
 doing good or evil to mankind ; they likewise called them Ge- 
 nii (which see). 
 
 DEMO'NIAC, Demoni'ac.il, a. belonging to, or possessed by, 
 a demon. 
 
 DEMO'NIAC, s. according to a Jewish belief, acquired during 
 the captivity at Babylon, which continued, in form, for many 
 ages in the Christian church, a person possessed by a demon. 
 Demoniacs were either lunatics, or persons subject to epilepsy, 
 or, generally, persons suffering either In body or mind from causes 
 not understood at the time. Latterly, they were almost all im- 
 postors, who were kept to play the part of demoniacs, in order 
 to give the ecclesiastics the opportunity of securing influence 
 amongst the people, by pretending to work miracles. 
 
 DEMO'NIAN, a. thoroughly evil ; of the nature of demons. 
 
 DEMONO'CRACY, s. [daimon and kratos, Gr.] the power of 
 demons. 
 
 DEMONO'LATRY, s. [daimon and latreia, Gr.] the worship of 
 demons. 
 
 DEMONO'LOGY, s. [daimon and logos, Gr.] a discourse on the 
 nature and practices of evil spirits. 
 
 DEMO'NSTRABLE, a. [demonstro, Lat.] that may admit of 
 demonstration, or be proved beyond a contradiction. 
 
 DEMO'NSTRABLY, ad. evidently ; beyond possibility of con- 
 tradiction. 
 
 To DEMONSTRATE, v. a. to prove so as to convince the 
 most prejudiced, and render in the nighest manner certain. 
 
 DEMONSTRA'TION,s. theproof of the truth of a proposition, 
 founded on self-evident principles. In Politics, the display of 
 the numerical strength of a party, for the purpose of awing an 
 opposing party, or securing the adoption of certain measures. 
 
 DEMO'NSTRATIVE, a. convincing; undeniable; self-evident. 
 
 DEMO'NSTRATIVELY, ad. in such a clear and evident man- 
 ner as to demand assent. 
 
 DEMONSTRA'TOR, s. one who proves a thing bV demonstra- 
 
 203 
 
DEN 
 
 tion ; one who explains, teaches, or renders a thing plain to the 
 meanest capacity ; a lecturer. 
 
 DEMONSTRA'TORY, a. having the power of demonstration. 
 
 DEMO'STHENES, the orator of Athens. He lived at that 
 age of his country's history, when he was able but to delay her 
 fall. He had early devoted himself to the study of rhetoric and 
 elocution. Against physical impediments he laboured triumph- 
 antly. He wielded at will the most critical auditory ever ad- 
 dressed, and roused them to action for their country's salvation. 
 His life is comprised in his speeches. The public situations he 
 filled, were given him because of his resistless eloquence. One 
 slur on his character is recorded, his flight from the defeat of 
 Chseronea without his shield. His first greatest eflt'urt of oratory 
 was the Speech on the Crown, in which he utterly defeated his great 
 rival jEschines. Subsequently, a higher mark was set before him, 
 and he delivered speech after speech against Philip of Macedon, 
 unmasking his designs and calling on his countrymen to rise and 
 save Greece. Once and again, after that Philip was assassinated, 
 and when Alexander was dead, he sought to organize a force 
 that should restore Freedom to her native land, and to infuse 
 energy and fire into the band he had collected by his mighty 
 words. All was vain, and fleeing his own city, he took refuge 
 in a temple on the island of Calauria, where he poisoned himself, 
 in 322 B. c. Many of his orations are preserved— all his greatest ; 
 — a study for such as would guide men ;— elaborate, clear, man- 
 ful, utterly devoid of all tinsel ornament, and all empty declama- 
 tion. They are not only an ever-enduring monument of the 
 greatness, almost superhuman, of the orator, but also of the ha- 
 bits and tastes of that strange people he so deeply understood, 
 and so powerfully affected. 
 
 DEMU'LCENT, o. Idemulceo, Lat.] in Physic, softening, 
 mollifying. 
 
 To DEMU'R, v. n. [demorer, Lat.] to delay a process in law by 
 doubts and objections ; to pause through uncertainty ; to hesi- 
 tate ; to doubt ; to deliberate ; to suspend one's assent, choice, 
 or judgment. — v. a. to doubt, or question the truth of a proposi- 
 tion or assertion. 
 
 DEMU'R, s. doubt, arising from uncertainty, or want of 
 sufficient proof; hesitation; suspense of judgment, choice, or 
 opinion. 
 
 DEMU'RE, a. [rfe m«ar«, Fr.] behaving in a precise, grave, 
 or affected manner. 
 
 To DEMU'RE, v. n. to look precisely ; to behave with affect- 
 ed modesty. 
 
 DEMU'RELY, ad. in an affected, grave, and modest manner; 
 solemnly. " Hark, how the drums demurely wake the sleepers," 
 Shak. 
 
 DEMU'RENESS, s. aff'ected modesty or gravity ; preciseness. 
 
 DEMURRAGE, s. [demeurer, Fr.] in Commerce, an allow- 
 ance made to masters of ships, for their stay in a port beyond 
 the time appointed. 
 
 DEMU'RRER, s. in Law, a kind of pause made in an action, 
 for a court to take time to consider of some point of difficulty. 
 
 DEMY', «. Idemi, Fr.] the title of a person on the foundation 
 of Magdalen College, Oxford, who does not enjoy either the pri- 
 vileges or the salary of a fellow, and is of the same import as a 
 scholar at colleges. Applied likewise to signify a large-sized 
 paper. 
 
 DEN, a. [Sax.'] a cavern, or hollow place under ground ; the 
 cave of a wild beast. 
 
 DENA'RIUS, [Lat.] a silver coin of Rome, commonly called a 
 penny, which varied in its value from six-pence to eight-pence 
 halfpenny. In the time of the New Testament, it was worth 
 about seven-pence halfpenny. 
 
 DENA'Y, s. denial ; refusal. 
 
 DE'NBIGH, (Denhj) Denbighshire. It is well built and popu- 
 lous, situated on the summit of a rock, sloping on every side 
 but one, on a branch of the river Clwydd. It has a considerable 
 manufacture of gloves and shoes, which are sent to London for 
 exportation. It is 218 miles from London. Market, Wednes- 
 day. Pop. 340.5. 
 
 DE'NBIGHSHIRE, a county of N. Wales, lying on the Irish 
 Sea, and bounded by Flintshire, Cheshire, Shropshire, Me- 
 rionethshire, Montgomeryshire, and Caernarvonshire. It is 39 
 miles in length, and about 20 miles in breadth, and is divided 
 into 12 hundreds. In some parts it is very hilly, some elevations 
 exceeding 1000 feet, and a few even 1500. Its rivers are the 
 264 
 
 DEN 
 
 Clwydd, Elway, Dee, and Conway. Its chief mineral wealth 
 consists of its coal beds, which are abundant and productive. 
 Lead is found in some parts. Limestone, millstone-grit, and 
 slate also occur, and are quarried. The soil is various, and the 
 Vale of Clwydd is remarkably pleasant and fertile. It produces 
 corn, cheese, and cattle. There are many relics of antiquity, 
 both British and Saxon, as well as Roman. Denbigh is its chief 
 town. Pop. 88,866. It returns three members to parliament. 
 
 DE'NDERA, a town of Egypt, where were discovered many 
 interesting antiquities, and in particular some paintings, whicn 
 the French savans pronounced to be astronomical paintings, and 
 to indicate actual observations of the heavens many thousands 
 of years anterior to the period usually referred to as that of the 
 introduction of the human race to this world. The discovery of 
 the alphabet of the hieroglyphics dissipated all those agreeable 
 triumphs of infidelity. The (late of these zodiacs is known, and 
 it is known that they are mere astrological schemes, and not 
 astronomical records at all. 
 
 DENDRO'LOGY, s. [dendron and logos, Gr.] a discourse, or 
 natural history of trees. 
 
 DENDRO'METER, s. [dendron and metreo, Gr.] the name of 
 an instrument for measuring trees. 
 
 DE'NHAM, DIXON, best known as Major Denham, the com- 
 panion of Captain Clapperton in the exploring expedition to the 
 interior of Africa. He visited Bournou, and the country round 
 Lake Tchad, alone, and brought home some interesting and 
 novel facts respecting those barbarous nations. He was pro- 
 moted for his services, and received an appointment at Sierra 
 Leone, where he died in 1828, aged 42 years. 
 
 DENl'ABLE, a. that may be refused to be granted when 
 asked, or to be believed when proposed. 
 
 DENI'AL, «. the refusing to give or believe ; the persisting in 
 one's innocence, opposed to the confession of guilt ; abjuration, 
 or renouncing. 
 
 DENI'ER, ». one who refuses to grant a thing requested, or 
 to assent to a truth proposed for his assent ; one who will not 
 acknowledge or own. 
 
 DENIE'R, {deneer) s. a French coin, the twelfth part of a 
 sous. 
 
 To DE'NIGRATE, v. a. [denigro, Lat.] to make black, or to 
 blacken. 
 
 DE'NIGRATION, s. the act of making a thing black. 
 
 DE'NIS, ST., a town of the department of Seine, France. It 
 is named after a famous saint and martyr of the early French 
 Christians, and is famous as the burial-place of many monarchs 
 and great men of France. The Abbey church is a fine building, 
 though much less splendid than it was before the Revolution. 
 The town has now the more valuable name of a good manufac- 
 turing and trading place. It is 5 miles from Paris. Population, 
 above 10,000. 
 
 DENIZA'TION, «. the act of enfranchising a foreigner, by 
 which means he enjoys many of the privileges of a natural subject. 
 
 DE'NIZEN, De'nison, s. [dinasadyn, Brit.] in Law, an alien 
 enfranchised by the king's letters patent ; which enables him in 
 several respects to act as a subject, viz. to purchase and possess 
 lands, and enjoy any office or dignity ; yet not so fully as by na- 
 turalization, which enables a man to inherit by descent, which 
 a denizen cannot do. If a denizen purchase lands, his issue 
 born afterwards may inherit them, but those he had before shall 
 not. Also, the son of a free citizen of any of the parliamentary 
 towns, before the passing of the Reform Bill. 
 
 To DE'NIZEN, v. a. to enfranchise ; to make free. Figura- 
 tively, to protect, or encourage. 
 
 DE'NMARK, a kingdom of Europe, bounded on the W. by 
 the ocean, on the N. and E. by the Baltic Sea, and on the S. by 
 Germany and the Baltic. Denmark, properly so called, consists 
 of Jutland and the island of Zealand and Funen, with the little 
 isles about them ; but the king of Denmark's dominions contarin 
 the kingdom of Norway, and the duchies of Holstein, Lauen- 
 burgh,and Sleswick in Germany, besides Iceland, and the other 
 Danish settlements abroad. The country is generally flat, but 
 there is a range of high land running along the pehinsula, in 
 which coals and some kinds of building-stone are found. There 
 is no large river in Denmark, but numerous lakes and channels 
 of the sea, by which it is intersected. In the summer the heat 
 is great, and the days are long ; but the winter continues se- 
 ven or eight months. The corainodities are corn, pulse, horses. 
 
and largre beeves, together with the produce of their manufac- 
 tures and fisheries. The religion of the state is Lutheran, but 
 others are tolerated. Its government is absolute monarchy. 
 Its population is under 3,00^0,000. Copenhagen is the capital. 
 
 DE'NNIS, JOHN, an English dramatic writer of what is call- 
 ed the Augustan age of the literature of this country. He very 
 appropriately for his disposition wrote critical essays also, and 
 contrived by various means to quarrel with every one. In literary 
 history he has ever ranked as one of the chief wranglers. He 
 died in very needy circumstances, in 1734, aged 77 years. 
 
 DENO'MINABLE, a. [denomino, Lat.] that may be named or 
 denoted. 
 
 To DENO'MINATE, v. a. to name ; to give a name to. 
 
 DENOMINA'TION, s. a name given to a thing, pointing out 
 some peculiar qualities belonging to it. 
 
 DENO'MINATIVE, a. that gives a name ; that confers a dis- 
 tinct appellation. 
 
 DENOMINA'TOR, s. the person or thing which aflfixes a 
 particular appellation to a thing. In Fractions, the number 
 usually written below the line, showing the number of parts 
 which any integer is supposed to be divided into ; thus, in i, 8, 
 the denominator, shows, that the integer is divided into 8 parts ; 
 and 6, the numerator, that you take 6 of those eight parts. 
 
 DENO'N, DOMINIQUE V., a French savant who accom- 
 panied the French army to Egypt, and has become identified 
 with that wonderful branch of antiquarian study, which the re- 
 searches into the temples and tombs of that country have estab- 
 lished. He had held office in the old regime, but he was much 
 honoured by Napoleon, whose cause he thoroughly espoused. 
 He died in 1825, aged 78 years. 
 
 DENOTATION, «. [denotatio, Lat.] the act of ascertaining 
 that a particular thing is to be signified or understood by a cer- 
 tain sign, or that a thing belongs to a particular person. 
 
 To DENO'TE, v. a. (denote, Lat.] to mark ; to be a sign of; to 
 imply, signify, or betoken ; to show by signs ; as a quick pulse 
 denotes a fever. 
 
 To DENOU'NCE, v. a. [denoncer, Fr.] to threaten by proclam- 
 ation, or some external sign. Figuratively, in Law, to inform, 
 to give information against. 
 
 DENOU'NCEMENT, s. the act of proclaiming any threat, or 
 future and impending evil. 
 
 DENOU'NCER, s. one who declares some menace, or impend- 
 ing calamity or punishment. 
 
 DENSE, a. [densus, Lat.] close ; compact ; thick ; having few 
 or very small pores between its particles. 
 
 DE'NSITY, s. [densitas, Lat.] thickness ; solidity ; compact- 
 ness; the closeness, near approach, or adhesion of the parts of a 
 body. 
 
 DENT, s. [dent, Fr.] a mark made in the surface of a thing by 
 thrusting the parts inwards. 
 
 DE'NTAL, a. [dens, Lat.] belonging or relating to the teeth. 
 In Grammar, applied to those letters which are pronounced 
 principally by means of the teeth. In Natural History, a small 
 shell-fish. 
 
 DE'NTELLATED, a. in Botany, notched, jagged, formed 
 like the teeth of a saw on the edges. 
 
 DENTE'LLI, s. [Ital.] in Architecture, the same as modillons. 
 
 DENTrCULATED,/)art. [dens, Lat.] set with small teeth. 
 
 DENTICULA'TION, s. in Natural History, being set with 
 small teeth ; notched or jagged. 
 
 DE'NTIFRICE, s. [cfe«s and/nco, Lat.] in Medicine, a powder 
 to cleanse or fasten the teeth. 
 
 DENTI'TION, s. in Physiology, the process of the develope- 
 nient of the teeth. 
 
 To DENU'DATE, Denu'de, v. a. [denudo, Lat.] to strip or 
 make naked. Figuratively, to divest. 
 
 DENUDA'TION, s. the act of stripping or making naked. 
 
 DEN UNCI A'TION, s. [denunciatio, Lat.] the act of publishing 
 any menace, or threatening any calamity or punishment. 
 
 DEN UNCI A'TOR, s. {denuncio, Lat.] the person who pro- 
 claims any threat. In Law, one who lodges an information 
 against another. 
 
 To DENY', V. a. [denier, Fr.] to contradict an accusation ; to 
 refuse to grant a thing requested ; to disown ; to renounce. 
 
 To DEOBSTRU'CT, v. a. [de and obstruo, Lat.] to clear from 
 impediments ; to free a passage from such things as stop it up. 
 
 DEO'BSTRUENT, s. in Pharmacy, a medicine which, by its 
 
 DEP 
 
 dissolving viscidities, opens the pores or passages of the human 
 body. 
 
 DE'ODAND, s. [Deo and dandum, Lat.] a thing given or for- 
 feited to God, in case any man comes to a violent death without 
 the fault of a reasonable creature ; as if a horse should strike his 
 keeper, and so kill him, the horse is to be sold, and the price 
 distributed to the poor. The deodand is now set by the jury at 
 the coroner's inquest, and the sum goes to the sovereign. 
 
 To DEO'PPILATE, v. a. [de and ojipilo, Lat.] to clear a pass- 
 age from any obstructions. 
 
 DEOPPILA'TION, s. the act of opening the passages, or clear- 
 ing them from obstructions. 
 
 DEO'PPILATIVE, a. having the power to clear the passages 
 from obstructions. 
 
 DEOSCULA'TION, s. [deosculatio, Lat.] the act of kissing. 
 
 DEOXIDIZA'TION, s. in Cbemistrj', the operation by which 
 one substance deprives another substance of its oxygen. It is 
 called unbecoming a body, by the French chemists. 
 
 To DEO'XIDIZE, v. a. in Chemistry, to deprive a body of oxy- 
 gen, so as to render it incapable of burning. 
 
 To DEPA'INT, V. a. [depeindre, Fr.] to form the resemblance of 
 a thing bv colours or painting ; to describe. 
 
 To DEPA'RT, V. n. [departir, Fr.] to go away from a place ; 
 to revolt ; to quit ; to leave, or apostatize ; to d!e. 
 
 DEPA'RT, s. [depart, Fr.] the act of going away, by quitting 
 a place or person. Figuratively, death. Among refiners, a me- 
 thod of separating metals blended together in one mass. 
 
 DEPA'KTER, s. a refiner; one who purifies metals. 
 
 DEPA'llTMENT, s. [departement, Fr.] a peculiar province or 
 employment allotted to a particular person. The name given to 
 the parts into which France was divided in the early part of the 
 Revolution, and which has remained in force through all subse- 
 quent changes. 
 
 DEPA'IirURE, «. the act of going away from a person or 
 place. In Navigation, the number of miles by which a ship is E. 
 or W. of the point whence she set out at the end of one of her 
 traverses. Figuratively, death ; theact of forsaking, or quitting, 
 used with from. 
 
 DEPA'SCENT, a. [depascens, Lat.] feeding. 
 
 To DEPA'STURE, v. a. [depascor, Lat.] to graze ; to eat up 
 and consume by feeding. 
 
 To DEPAU'f^ERATE, v. a. [depaupero, Lat.] to make poor; to 
 render ground barren. 
 
 DEPE'CTIBLE, a. [depecto, Lat.] tough; clammy; viscid; 
 thick, or tenacious. 
 
 To DEPE'ND, V. n. [dependeo, Lat.] to proceed from ; to be in 
 a state of subjection ; to be supported or maintained by another ; 
 to be yet undetermined ; to confide in or rely on. 
 
 DEPE'NDENCE, s. [dependance, Fr.] the state of a thing 
 hanging from a supporter; connexion; the state of being subject 
 to, or at the disposal of, another. Figuratively, reliance ; trust ; 
 confidence; accident. 
 
 DEPE'NDENT, a. [dependant, Fr.] subject to, or in the power 
 and disposal of, another. 
 
 DEPE'NDENT, s. one who is sybject to, at the disposal of, or 
 maintained by, another. 
 
 DEPE'NDER, s. one who confides in another. 
 
 DEPERDITION, s. [deperdo, Lat.] loss ; entire destruction. 
 
 To DEPHLE'GM, Dephle'gmate, (deflem, deflegmaU) v. a. 
 [di'phkf/ino, low Lat.] to clear a fluid from its phlegm or water, 
 
 DEPHLEGMA'TION, (dejlegmdshon) s. in Chemistry, the act 
 of separating the waters from chemical liquors. 
 
 To DEPI'CT, t: a. [depingo, Lat.] to paint, or represent the 
 likeness of a thing in colours; to describe in words. 
 
 DEPI'LATORY, «. [de &ndpilus, Lat.] in Medicine, a plaster, 
 or other application made use of to take away hair. 
 
 DE'PILOUS, a. without hair. 
 
 DEPLANTA'TION, s. [de and planta, Lat.] the act of taking 
 plants up from the bed. 
 
 DEPLETION, s. [depleo, Lat.] in Physic, the act of emptying. 
 
 DEPLO'RABLE, a. [dephro, Lat.] lamentable ; dismal ; cala- 
 mitous ; hopeless ; contemptible. 
 
 DEPLO'RABLENESS, s. the state of being an object of 
 grief; misery, wretchedness. 
 
 DEPLO'RABLY,a(i. lamentably; miserably; in such a man- 
 ner as to occasion or demand sorrow. 
 
 DEPLORA'TION, s. the act of lamenting. 
 
DEP 
 
 To DEPLO'RE, v. a. [deploro, Lat.] to lament, mourn, or ex- 
 press sorrow for any calamity, loss, or misfortune. 
 
 DEPLO'RER, s. one who laments or grieves for a loss or ca- 
 lamity. 
 
 DEPLUMATION, s. [de and pluma, Lat.] the act of plucking 
 off feathers. In Surgery, the swelling of the eyelids, attended 
 with a falling off of the hairs from the eyebrows. 
 
 To DEPLU'ME, v. a. to strip of its feathers. 
 
 DEPCNENT, s. [dejjonens, Lat.] in Law, one who gives his 
 testimony in a court of justice; an evidence or witness. In 
 Latin and Greek Grammar, such verbs as have an active signifi- 
 cation, but have no forms save those of the passive and reflexive 
 voices. 
 
 To DEPO'PULATE, r. a. [depopuhr, Lat.] to unpeople ; to lay 
 waste a country. 
 
 DEPOPULA'TION, s. the act of unpeopling, or rendering a 
 country waste by destroying the inhabitants. 
 
 DEPOPULA'TOR, s, one who kills or destroys the inhabitants 
 of a country. 
 
 To DEPO'RT, v. a. [deporter, Fr,] to carry away ; to behave 
 or demean oneself. 
 
 DEPO'RT, s. demeanour ; behaviour ; carriage. 
 
 DEPORT A'TION, s. \d«porto, Lat.] transportation, whereby a 
 person has some remote place assigned for his residence, with a 
 prohibition of stirring from it on pain of death. 
 
 DEPO'RTMENT, s. [deportement, Fr.] conduct ; demeanour. 
 
 To DEPO'SE, {depize) v. a. \depono, Lat.] to lay down ; to de- 
 prive a person of a post or dignity. — v. n. to give testimony in a 
 court of justice. 
 
 To DEPO'SIT, {depdxit) V. a. [depositum, Lat.] to lay up or 
 lodge in any place ; to give as a pledge or security ; to place at 
 interest. 
 
 DEPO'SITARY, (depdzitary) s. [depono, Lat.] one who is in- 
 trusted with the charge or keeping of a thing. 
 
 DEPO'SITE, {depuzit) s. any thing committed to the care, 
 charge, or trust of another ; a pledge ; a pawn, or security given 
 (or the performance of any contract. 
 
 DEPOSITION, (depozislmn) s. the act of giving testimony on 
 oath; theact of dethroning a prince. In Canon Law, the solemn 
 
 depriving a clergyman of his orders for some crime. 
 
 DEPO'SITORY, (depozitory) s. the place where any thing is 
 lodged. Depositary is properly used of persons, and depository of 
 
 things. 
 
 DE'POT, s. a temporary magazine. 
 
 DEPRAVATION, s. [depraco, Lat.] the act of spoiling, cor- 
 rupting, or rendering a thing less perfect or valuable. 
 
 To DEPRA'VE, v. a. [depraco, Lat.] to corrupt ; to spoil ; to 
 rob a thing of its perfections; to seduce from goodness. 
 
 DEPRA'VEDNESS, s. loss of purity, goodness, or perfection. 
 
 DEPRA'VEMENT, s. a vitiated state ; corruption. 
 
 DEPRA'VER, s. a corrupter, or one who makes either a per- 
 son or thing bad. 
 
 DEPRA'VITY, s. corruption ; a change from perfection to im- 
 perfection, or from virtue to vice. 
 
 To DE'PRECATE, v. n. [deprecor, Lat.] to pray earnestly for 
 the averting some imminent punishment; to ask pardon tor a 
 crime; to request or petition with importunity and humility. 
 
 DEPRECATION, s. [deprecatio, Lat.] the act of petitioning; 
 a begging pardon; prayer; prayer against any evil, or for avert- 
 ing any punishment. 
 
 DE'PRECATIVE, Depreca'torv, a. that is used as an apolo- 
 gy or excuse. 
 
 DEPRECATOR, s. [Lat.] one who sues for another; an in- 
 tercessor ; one who apologizes for the faults of another, in order 
 to free him from the punishment due to him. 
 
 To DEPRE'CIATE, (deprhUale) v. a. [depretio, Lat.] to speak 
 meanly of a thing, in order to lessen its esteem or value. 
 
 To DE'PREDATE, v. a. [depradator, Lat.] to rob, plunder, or 
 pillage; to seize as prey or booty; to consume, devour, or de- 
 stroy. 
 
 DEPREDATION, s. [depr<Bdatio, Lat.] the act of spoiling, 
 robbing, or seizing on as prey or plunder ; waste ; consumption. 
 
 DEPREDATOR, s. [Lat.] a robber ; a spoiler Figuratively, 
 a devourer; a consumer. 
 
 To DEPREHE'ND, v. a. [deprehendo, Lat.] to detect ; to catch 
 unawares ; to take in the fact. Figuratively to discover or find 
 out something diflicult, or not obvious. 
 266 
 
 DER 
 
 DEPREHE'NSIBLE, a. that may be detected ; that may be 
 discovered, perceived, or understood. 
 
 DEPREHE'NSIBLENESS, s. possibility of being detected, 
 discovered, or understood. 
 
 DEPREHE'NSION, s. detection ; the act of taking in the 
 fact, or taking unawares ; a discovery. 
 
 To DEPRE'SS, V. a. [de and primo, Lat.] to press down ; to 
 let downwards. Figuratively, to humble, to deject, applied to 
 the mind. 
 
 DEPRE'SSION, s. the act of pressing down; the sinking or 
 falling in of a furnace. Figuratively, degrading ; abasement ; 
 or humbling. Depression, in Algebra, applied to equations, is 
 the bringing them to the lower and more simple terms by divi- 
 sion. In Astronomy, the distance of a star from the horizon 
 downward; which is measured by the arch of the vertical circle 
 or azimuth, passing through the star, intercepted between the 
 star and the horizon. 
 
 DEPRE'SSOR, s. one that keeps or presses down ; an op- 
 pressor. In Anatomjr, applied to such muscles as bring or press 
 down those parts which they are fastened to. 
 
 DE'PRIMENT, a. an epithet applied to one of the straight 
 muscles that move the globe or ball of the eye, its use being to 
 pull it downwards. 
 
 DEPRIVATION, s. [de and privo, Lat.] the act of taking away 
 the quality or existence of a thing. 
 
 To DEPRI'VE, V. a. to take away that which is enjoyed by 
 another ; to release ; to free from. In Law, to turn a cfergyraan 
 out of a benefice for some crime. 
 
 DE'PTFORD, Kent. A town anciently called West Green- 
 wich, divided into Upper and Lower Deptford. It is chiefly re- 
 markable for its noble dock-yard, which includes a wet dock of 
 two acres, and another of an acre and a half, with extensive 
 store-houses, and immense stores for the use of the navy. It is 
 seated on the Thames, 4 miles from London. Pop. 23,165. 
 
 DEPTH, s. [diep, Belg.] the space measured from the surface 
 of a thing downwards; quantity of water, opposed to a shoal: 
 the sea ; the abvss. Depth of a squadron or battalion, the num- 
 ber of men in the file. Figuratively, the height or middle of a 
 season, or night. Profoundness, difficulty, obscurity, applied to 
 learning. 
 
 DEPU'LSION, s. [de and pello, Lat.] the act of beating or 
 driving awav- 
 
 DEPU'LSORY, a. thrusting away. 
 
 To DE'PURATE, v. a. [depurer, Fr.] to purify ; to cleanse 
 from any impurities. 
 
 DE'PiJRATE, a. cleansed or freed from dregs or foulness. Fi- 
 guratively, pure, not tainted or corrupted. 
 
 DEPURATION, s. [depuratio, Lat.] the act of separating the 
 impure parts of any thing from the pure ones. In Surgery, the 
 cleansing a wound from its foulness. 
 
 To DEPU'RE, V. a. [depurer, Fr.] to cleanse from dregs or 
 foulness; to purge a thing from any noxious qualities. 
 
 DEPUTATION, s. [deputation, Fr.] the sending some select 
 persons out of a body to a prince or solemn assembly, to treat of 
 matters in their behalf or name ; the commission of treating in 
 behalf of others. 
 
 To DEPUTE, V. a. [deputcr, Fr.] to send with a special com- 
 mission ; to appoint persons to negociate a public or private af- 
 fair with a prince, state, or person. 
 
 DE'PUTY, ». [depute, Fr.J one that is commissioned to trans- 
 act an afl'air for, or discharge the duties of, another ; a lieute- 
 nant; a viceroy. In Law, a person who exercises an office in 
 the right of another, who is accountable for his mistakes or be- 
 haviour. 
 
 To DEQUA'NTITATE, v. a. [de and quantitas, Lat.] to lessen 
 the quantity of a thing. 
 
 DER, a term used in the beginning of the names of places. 
 It is generally to be derived from the Saxon word deor, a wild' 
 beast, unless the place stands upon a river, when it may be rather 
 fetched from the British dur, water. 
 
 To DERA'CINATE, v. a. [deraciner, Fr.] to pluck o^ tear up 
 by the roots. 
 
 To DERATGN, Dera'in, (derain) v. a. [deranger, Fr.] in Law, 
 to prove. In its primarj' signification, to disorder, or confuse. 
 
 DERA'IGNMENT, Dera'inment, s. the act of deraigning or 
 proving ; a disordering or turning out of course ; a discharge of 
 profession ; a departure out of religion. 
 
^lVh 
 
 S"^^^ 
 
 
 ^.^^ 
 
 
 ■Siry 
 
 *''*^^^^^ilNi^.^ 
 
\ LO K r\ 
 
DER 
 
 DERA'Y, s. [desrayer, Fr.] tumult ; confusion. Merriment ; 
 jollity. 
 
 DE'RBENT, a city of Georgia, Russia in Asia. It is situated 
 on the Caspian Sea, and has a poor harbour. It is strongly for- 
 tified, and has some trade. Its population is about 8000. Lat. 
 42. 8. N. Long. 43. 25. E. 
 
 DE'RBY, Derbyshire. It is a large and well-built town, with 
 a spacious market-place and handsome town-house. Here are 
 manufactories of silk, cotton, and worsted stockings, and of ele- 
 gant porcelain, which last is in high estimation. Derbyshire 
 and foreign marbles are wrought here in vases, urns, columns, 
 and other ornamental articles, and the lapidary and jewellery 
 branches are executed with great neatness. Malting and earthen- 
 ware-making are also carried on here. It is seated on the river 
 Derwent, which is navigable to the Trent. It is 120 miles from 
 London. Markets, Wednesday and Friday. Pop. 32,741. 
 
 DE'RBYSHIRE, a county of England, bounded by Cheshire, 
 Staffordshire, Yorkshire, Nottinghamshire, Leicestershire, and 
 Warwickshire. It extends nearly 56 miles in length from N. to 
 S., and 34 from E. to W. where broadest ; but in the S. part it is 
 not above six. It is divided into six hundreds. The N. and W. 
 parts are mountainous, some heights being nearly 2000 feet above 
 the sea. The S. and E. parts are fertile, producing most kinds 
 of grain, particularly barley. The mountains abound in the best 
 lead, with marble, alabaster, mill-stones, iron, coal, and a coarse 
 sort of crj-stal. There is good pasture in the valleys. Some im- 
 portant manufactures are carried on in this county. The prin- 
 cipal rivers are the Derwent, Dove, Erwash, and Trent. It re- 
 turns six members to parliament. Pop. 272,217. 
 
 DE'REHAM, EAST, or MARKET, Norfolk. It is a neatly- 
 built town, with a fine church, near which is a spring celebrated 
 in old legends as St. Withburga's well. The poet Cowper is 
 buried here. It is 16 miles from Norwich. Market, Friday. 
 Pop. 3834. 
 
 DERELI'CTION, s. [derelinqm, Lat.] the utter forsaking or 
 abandoning a person. 
 
 DE'RELICIS, s. in Law, such goods as are wilfully thrown 
 
 awar, and disowned by a person. 
 
 WILl 
 
 and divine of the end of the l7th and beginning of the I8th 
 
 DERHAM, DR. WILLIAM, a learned natural 
 
 philosop 
 )f the 1! 
 
 her 
 
 century. He is most familiarly known by his Phtjsico-Theologij , 
 a work to which Paley was not a little indebted in the construc- 
 tion of his more popular and widely-known Natural Theology. 
 He published many other treatises on philosophical and other 
 subjects. He was a chaplain to George I. and canon of Wind- 
 sor, and died in 1735, aged 78 years. 
 
 To DERl'DE, V. a. [derideo, Lat.] to laugh at, mock, or turn 
 to scorn with great contempt. 
 
 DERI'DER, s. a person who mocks or ridicules a thing with 
 great contempt. 
 
 DERI'SION, s. the act of ridiculing, mocking, or laughing at 
 with great contempt. 
 
 DERI'SIVE, a. ridiculing ; mocking. 
 
 DERI'SORY, a. mocking; ridiculing. 
 
 DERI'VABLE, a. that may be obtained by descent, or com- 
 municated from one to another. 
 
 DERIVA'TION, s. [derivo, Lat.] the draining water from its 
 course or channel. In Grammar, the origin of any word. 
 
 DERI'VATIVE, a. derived or taken from'another. 
 
 DERI'VATIVE, s. the thing or word which is derived from 
 another. 
 
 DERFVATIVELY, ad. after a derivative manner ; not ori- 
 ginally. 
 
 To DERI'VE, V. a. [de and rivm, Lat.] to drain ; to let out 
 water, or turn its course. Figuratively, to deduce, or trace from 
 its orijjinal or soUrce ; to communicate as the source of a river to 
 one of its branches, or a cause to its effect ; to descend to a per- 
 son, or to communicate by a descent of blood. In Grammar, to 
 trace a word from its origin. — v. n. to proceed, come, or descend 
 from. 
 
 DERI'VER, s. one who partakes by descent, pedigree, or 
 communication. 
 
 DERNIE'R, {demeer) a. [Fr.] last : used with resort. 
 
 To DE'ROGATE, v. a. [derogo, Lat.] to lessen the value of a 
 family or profession; to degenerate; to undervalue the esteem 
 or worth of a thing. 
 
 DEROGA'TION, s. an act done contrary to, or inconsistent 
 
 DES 
 
 with, any law, by wliich means its force and value are lessened ; 
 the act of disparaging or lessening the value of a thing. 
 
 DEROGATIVE, a. lessening the value of a thing, or the 
 esteem and reputation of a person. 
 
 DERO'GAIORILY, ad. m such a manner as to lessen the 
 value of a thing, or the esteem and reputation of a person. 
 
 DERO'GATORINESS, s. the quality of lessening the value ot 
 a thing. 
 
 DERO'GATORY, a. that lessens or takes away from the value 
 of a person or thing. 
 
 DE'RRY. See Londonderry. 
 
 DE'RRY, an Irish see, now held in conjunction with that of 
 Raphoe. 
 
 DE'RVIS, De'rvise, s. [dervis, Fr.] the name of certain re- 
 ligionists among the Turks, who profess extreme poverty, and 
 lead a very austere life. 
 
 DE'RWENT, a river of Derbyshire, which rises in the High 
 Peak, and passing through the county, falls into the Trent, 8 
 miles from Derby. Also, a river of Yorkshire, which rises in the 
 North Riding, and running S. falls into the Ouse, 5 miles S. E. 
 of Selby. Also, a river of Durham, flowing through a romantic 
 tract of country, and falling into the Tyne, a little above New- 
 castle, near which, on its banks, are some capital iron works. 
 Also, a river of Cumberland, which rises in Borrowdale, and 
 flowing through Derwent-Water and Bassingthwaite-Water, 
 passes by Cockermouth, and tails into the Irisn Sea at Work- 
 ington. 
 
 DE'R WENT- WATER, the name of one of the most beautiful 
 lakes of Cumberland, 3 miles in length, and about a mile and a 
 half in breadth. In this lake is seen the floating island, of 
 which so many different accounts have been given by natural 
 philosophers. It abounds with fish, and there are fine salmon in 
 the season. 
 
 DESAGU'LIERS, DR. JOHN T., a distinguished natural 
 philosopher of the early part of the last century. He was the 
 author of some popular works on his favourite studies ; and at 
 Oxford and London he delivered public lectures on them. He 
 died in 1749, aged 66 years. 
 
 DE'SART, s. See Desert. 
 
 DE 'SCANT, s. [discanto, Ital.] a comment on any subject ; 
 disputation ; a disquisition branched out into several heads. 
 
 To DESCA'NT, v. n. to sing in parts. Figurativelj', to dis- 
 course at large ; or to criticise minutely on the actions of another ; 
 to point out faults with great minuteness; to censure. 
 
 Desca'rtes, Rene, the famous philosopher of the 17th century, 
 who was the founder of a method of philosophy usually repre- 
 sented as the opposite of the Baconian or inductive method, and 
 therefore condemned ; but which is the complement of this me- 
 thod, as it is now developed from the unfinished writings of its 
 great author, by minds deeply imbued with his spirit. Descartes 
 was trained by the Jesuits in the scholasticism of his age and 
 nation ; but he counteracted the influence of such unwholesome 
 mental nurture by the vigorous independence with which he 
 chose his own path, and in camps and travels, amongst men 
 and in deep retirement, struck out for men a road over which he 
 travelled himself, not wholly fruitlessly. His philosophical ques- 
 tions stirred up the thinkers of Europe, and alarmed the church. 
 He was offered an asylum by Christina of Sweden, but he lived 
 only a year at her court, dying in 1650, aged 64 years. In ma- 
 thematics he excelled, advancing this key to the physical sciences 
 over some of the greatest difliculties, and preparmg it for Newton 
 and Leibnitz. In physics, although where mathematics could 
 aid be did good service, too rigid an adherence to the form of 
 his own method led him astray, as was the case of his great com- 
 petitor. Bacon. As a philosopher, properiy so called, the vast im- 
 petus he gave to all branches of science would be enough to en- 
 title him to rank high ; but his greatest honours are delayed until 
 the vulgar and low view of the inductive philosophy is supplanted 
 by the true one, and that is shown to be in complete harmony 
 with his now ridiculed deductive method. 
 
 To DESCE'ND, v. n, [descendo, Lat.] to come or go from a 
 higher to a lower place ; to go gradually downwards, or below 
 the surface of a thing ; to sink ; to invade an enemy's country ; . 
 to proceed as from a successor, or as a cause does from an effect. 
 — V. a. to walk or roll downwards from a higher place or situ- 
 ation. 
 
 DESCE'NDANT, Desce'ndent, «. [descendo, Lat.] one who be- 
 2 M 2 267 
 
longs to another as a relation ; the offspring or posterity of a 
 person. 
 
 DESCE'NDENT, a. [descendo, Lat.] coming or moving from a 
 higher to a lower situation ; sinking ; proceeding from another 
 as an ancestor or original. 
 
 DESCE'NDIBLE, a. such as may be descended ; transmissi- 
 ble by inheritance. 
 
 DESCE'NSION, «. [descendo, Lat.] a sinking from a higher to 
 a lower situation. 
 
 DESCE'NSIONAL, a. relating to descent. In Astronomy, de- 
 scensional difference is the difference between the oblique and right 
 descension of a star. 
 
 DESCE'NT, s. the act of passing from a higher to a lower 
 place, or towards the centre of the earth ; a slope, or sloping 
 situation ; invasion, or attack on an enemy's country or coasts ; 
 birth ; extraction. Lineal descent, is that which is conveyed 
 down in a right line, from the grandfather to the father, from the 
 father to the son, &c. Collateral descent, is that which springs out 
 of the side of the line of blood, as from a man to his brother, 
 nephew, &c. Figuratively, one step or generation in the line of 
 a family. 
 
 To rJESCRI'BE, t). a. [deseribo, Lat.] to mark out any thing 
 by the mention of its properties. In Painting, to form the re- 
 semblance of a thing. In Logic, to convey the notion of a thing 
 in a loose manner, without enumerating all its properties. In 
 Geometry, to draw or make a figure. Figuratively, to convey 
 some notion of a thing by words. 
 
 DESCRI'BER, s. one who relates a matter of fact ; the man- 
 ner of performing an action, a battle, &c. 
 
 DESCRI'ER, s. one who discovers or descries a thing at a 
 distance. 
 
 DESCRFPTION, s. [desc-ibo, Lat.] the act of conveying the 
 idea of a person or thing by mentioning some of their properties. 
 In Logic, a collection of the most remarkable properties of a 
 thing, without including the essential difference, and the gene- 
 ral nature or genius ; the sentence or passage in which a thing 
 is described ; the qualities expressed in representing a thing. 
 
 To DESCRY', V. a. [descrier, Fr.] to reconnoitre ; to examine 
 or view at a distance ; to discover or discern by the sight a thing 
 hidden or concealed. 
 
 DESCRY', s. discovery, or the thing discovered. 
 
 DESEA'DA, or Cape Desire, on the S. W. coast of Patagonia, 
 at the entrance of the Straits of Magellan from the Pacific 
 Ocean. Lat. 52. 52. S. Long. 76. 4-5. W. 
 
 DESEA'DA, or Desidera'da, one of the Caribbee Islands, 
 about 10 miles long and 4 broad, about 20 miles from Guada- 
 loupe. It is subject to the French. Lat. 16. 38. N. Long. 61. 
 15. W. 
 
 To DE'SECRATE, v. a. [de and sacer, Lat.] to convert a 
 thing to a use different from that to which it was originally con- 
 secrated. 
 
 DESECRA'TION, s. the converting of a thing consecrated to 
 some common use. 
 
 DE'SERT, (d^zeH) s. [desero, Lat.] a place not inhabited or 
 built ; a waste place ; a solitude. In Physical Geography, ap- 
 plied to those tracts of various extent in Asia and Africa, which 
 are almost wholly covered with sand, with most scanty vegeta- 
 tion, and rare springs of water. 
 
 DE'SERT, {dizert) a. wild; waste; uncultivated; uninha- 
 bited. 
 
 To DESE'RT, {dezert) v. a. Idesero, Lat.] to quit ; to forsake ; 
 to abandon a person who has a reliance on one, used as a word 
 of reproach ; to leave a station or place ; to run away from an 
 army or company, applied to soldiers. 
 
 DESE'RT. &e Dessert. 
 
 DESE'RT, {dezM) s. the behaviour, conduct, or actions of a 
 person, considered with respect to rewards or punishments; a 
 claim to praise or rewards. Figuratively, excellence, or virtue ; 
 degree of merit. 
 
 DESE'RTER, (dezSrter) s. one who leaves or abandons a per- 
 son who can claim his assistance; one who abandons, quits, or 
 leaves his post, or the army to which he belongs. 
 
 DESE'RTION, (dezershoh) s. the act of abandoning or forsak- 
 ing a person, cause, post, or place in an army. 
 
 DESE'RTLESS, (dezertless) a. without merit. 
 
 To DESE'RVE, {dezerve) v. n. [deserrir, Fr.] to be an object of 
 approbation or disapprobation, reward or punishment, on ac- 
 
 DES 
 
 count of one's actions or behaviour ; to be worthy, or a proper 
 object of reward. 
 
 pESE'RVEDLY, {dezervedly) ad. not without reason or found- 
 ation ; according to a person's behaviour, whether good or ill. 
 
 DESE'RVER, (dezSrver) s. a man who is a proper object of 
 approbation and reward. 
 
 DESI'CCANT, (desikant) part, [desiccans, Lat.] in 3Iedicine, a 
 drying nature or quality. Used substantively, for those appli- 
 cations which dry up the flow of sores. 
 
 To DESI'CCATE, (desikaU) v. a. to dry up moisture. 
 
 DESICCA'TION, {desikdshon) s. the act of drying up moisture. 
 
 DESI'CCATIVE, {deslkative) a. that has the power of drying. 
 
 To DESI'DERATE, v. n. [desidero, Lat.] to want ; to miss. A 
 word scarcely used. 
 
 DESIDERATUM, «. [Lat.] somewhat which inquiry has not 
 yet settled or discovered. 
 
 DESI'DIOSE, a. [desidiosus, Lat.] idle ; lazy ; heavy. 
 
 To DESI'GN, {desin) v. a, [designo, Lat.] to purpose or intend ; 
 to form or order for a particular purpose ; to plan, project, con- 
 trive, or form an idea in the mind. 
 
 DESI'GN, (desin) s. an intention or purpose ; a plan of action ; 
 a scheme or contrivance ; the plan or representation of the order, 
 general distribution, and construction of^a painting, poem, books, 
 building, &c. Schools of design, are institutions where instructions 
 are given in the art of design to such as can avail themselves of 
 such cultivation in their various crafts. 
 
 DESI'GN ABLE, (desinable) a. that can be ascertained, de- 
 scribed, or expressed. 
 
 DESIGNA'TION, s. the describing a person or thing by some 
 remote sign ; appointment or direction ; import or signification ; 
 intention. 
 
 DESI'GNEDLY, {deslnedhj) ad. purposely; in a manner agree- 
 able to the intention or previous purpose of a person, opposed to 
 accidentally. 
 
 DESI'GNER, (deslner) s. a person who premeditates, or con- 
 trives something ill ; a person who invents a draught, or original, 
 for some artist to copy by. 
 
 DESI'GNING, {desinintj) part, contriving, meditating, or in- 
 tending something amiss, or prejudicial to the interests of an- 
 other. 
 
 DESI'GNLESS, (desinless) a. without design ; without any bad 
 intention. 
 
 DESI'GNLESSLY, ad without intention; ignorantly; inad- 
 vertently. 
 
 DESI'GNMENT, (deslnment) s. an intended expedition against 
 
 an enemy; a plot ; the idea or sketch of a work 
 
 DESl'RABLE, (desirable) a. worthy of desire or longing. 
 
 DESI'RE, s. [desir, Fr.] wish ; eagerness to obtain or enjoy. 
 
 To DESI'RE, (deztre) v. a. [desirer, Fr.] to wish, or covet some 
 absent good; to appear to long for a thing ; to ask; to entreat. 
 
 DESFRER, (dedrer) s. one who covets an absent good. 
 
 DESI'ROUS, {dezirous) a. full of longing; earnestly wishing. 
 
 To DESI'ST, V. n. [desisto, Lat.] to cease from doing a thing 
 which is begun ; to stop. 
 
 DESrSTANCE, s. the act of stopping or ceasing from some 
 action b^un. 
 
 DESI'TIVE, a. [desino, Lat.] ending ; concluding. A desitiw 
 proposition is that which implies the ending or conclusion of 
 something. 
 
 DESK, s. \disch, Belg.] an inclining or sloping board or table. 
 
 DESMOULFNS, CAMILLE, one of the most prominent cha- 
 racters in the French Revolution ; a man of clear head, and no 
 mean parts as a writer. He was the first who called the people 
 of Pans to arms, which led to the taking of the Bastile. Through- 
 out the subsequent progress of events he was the coadjutor of 
 Danton, in the Ultra-jacobin party, supporting by his pen the 
 measures and the deeds of his practical ally. He endeavoured 
 vainly with him to check the ferocity of the leaders of the Con- 
 vention, and satirized unsparingly both them and their san- 
 guinary edicts. He was sacrificed with his friend by Robespierre, 
 who found them likely to throw him into the shade, and was 
 guillotined in 1794, aged 33 years. Few things were fever pub- 
 lished more exquisite, or more affecting, than his letters to his 
 wife when he was in prison. He was one of the few, during that 
 period, that had a heart. 
 
 DE'SOLATE, a. [desolatus, Lat.] without inhabitants; laid 
 waste ; solitary, or unfrequented. 
 
DES 
 
 To DE'SOLATE, r. a. to deprive of inhabitants; to lay waste. 
 
 DE'SOLATELY, ad. in an uiiiVequented manner; in a deso- 
 late manner. 
 
 DESOLA'TION, s. the act of destroying or removing the in- 
 habitants from a place ; the act of laying a place waste ; a place 
 wasted and forsaken ; gloominess ; sadness. 
 
 DESPA'IR, s. [desespoir, Fr.] an utter abandoning of the 
 hopes of any future good ; loss of hope; that which deprives a 
 person of hope ; a passion excited by imagining that the object 
 or subject of desire is not to be attained, or that a thing to be 
 undertaken is beyond our abilities to perform. 
 
 To DESPA'IR, f. n. [despero, Lat.] to abandon, relinquish, or 
 give a thine over as unattainable ; to cease to hope. 
 
 DESPA'IRER, s. one who looks on a thing as unattainable ; 
 one who is without hope. 
 
 DESPA'IRINGLY, ad. in such a manner as to discover no 
 hope. 
 
 To DESPATCH, v. a. See To Dispatch. 
 
 DE'SPERATE, a. without hope, or looking on a thing as im- 
 possible or unattainable ; without any regard to safety, arising 
 from despair. Figuratively, not to be retrieved or surmounted, 
 
 applied to things ; mad, furious with despair, applied to persons. 
 Violent, applied to things. 
 DE'SPERATELY, ad. in the manner of a person growing 
 
 furious by despair. 
 
 DE'SPERATENESS, s. madness; fury; acting without any 
 regard to safety or security. 
 
 DESPERA'tlON, s. a state void of all hope. 
 
 DE'SPICABLE, a. [despicabilis, Lat.] deserving contempt on 
 account of something sordid, mean, base, and vile. 
 
 DE'SPICABLENESS, s. the quality which renders a person or 
 thing the object of contempt. 
 
 DE'SPICABLY, ad. in a mean, sordid, vile, or contemptible 
 manner. 
 
 DESPI'SABLE, a. contemptible ; despicable : a low word. 
 
 To DESPI'SE, (desjnze) v. a. [rfe and sjiecin, Lat.] to scorn or 
 contemn with pride and disdain ; to slight ; to disregard. 
 
 DESPI'SER, {despizer) s. one who looks on a person or thing 
 with scorn or contempt. 
 
 DESPI'TE, s. [cUpit, Fr.] malice ; anger on account of some 
 real or supposed injury ; hatred ; defiance. An act of malice or 
 resentment; something done in order to counteract the designs 
 of another, through malice, revenge, or resentment. 
 
 To DESPI'TE, V. a. to counteract the designs of another 
 through a principle of malice and resentment. 
 
 DESPI'TEFUL, a. full of malice or spleen ; acting contrary to 
 the designs of another, purely to make him uneasy or unhappy. 
 
 DESPIT'EFULLY, ad. maliciously ; malignantly. 
 
 DESPITEFULNESS, s. malice, or an endeavour to render a 
 person extremely miserable through malice and resentment. 
 
 To DESPOl'L, V. a. [despolio, Lat.] to rob ; to deprive a per- 
 son of what he is possessed of by some act of violence. Figur- 
 atively, to deprive a person of some post of honour. 
 
 DESPOLIA'TION, s. the act of tiepriving a person of some- 
 thing in his possession. 
 
 To DESPCyND, V. n. [de and spondeo, Lat.] to become melan- 
 choly, through a persuasion that something desired is unattain- 
 able, or that something to be done is impossible. 
 
 DESPO'NDENCY, s. the state of a person who imagines a 
 thing desired cannot be obtained, or a thing to be done is im- 
 
 DESPO'NDENT, a. without any hope of succeeding in what 
 one undertakes, or of attaining what is ardently desired. 
 
 To DESPfyNSATE, v. a. [desponso, Lat.] to betroth ; to unite 
 by reciprocal promises of marriage. 
 
 DESPONSATION, s. the act of betrothing persons to each 
 other. 
 
 DE'SPOT, s. [Fr.] an uncontrollable prince. 
 
 DESPO'TIC, Despo'tical, a. [despotique, Fr.] absolute ; arbi- 
 trary; supreme; of unlimited or absolute power. 
 
 DESPOTICALNESS, s. absolute authority. 
 
 DE'SPOTISM, ». \_despotwne, Fr.] absolute power, applied to 
 such governments yvherein the power of the prince is arbitrary, 
 all law depending on his will alone. 
 
 To DESPli'MATE, v. a. [despumo, Lat.] to skim the froth off. 
 
 DESPUMA'TION, s. in Pharmacy, the act of clearing any 
 liquor by skimming oft' the froth or foam. 
 
 DES 
 
 DESQUAMAITON, s. [de and sgtumui, Lat.] in Surgery, the 
 act of scaling carious bones. 
 
 DESSA'IX, LOUIS CHARLES A. DE VOIGOUX, one of 
 Napoleon's generals, who was trained under General Custine. In 
 most of Nanoleon's campaigns he played a distinguished part, 
 and fell at Marengo, after his skill and bravery had helped to 
 gain the victory, in 1800, aged 32 years. 
 
 DESSALI'NES, JEAN JACQUfiS, the lieutenant of the fa- 
 mous and hard-fated Toussaint L'Ouverture, during the libera- 
 tion of St. Domingo, after whose capture he rose on the French, 
 defeated them, and spared none. He was then chosen first em- 
 peror of the island, but after two years he provoked a conspiracy 
 against him, and was slain in 1806. 
 
 DESSAU', or An'halt -Dessau', a duchy of Germany, bounded 
 by Prussia, Anhalt-Cothen, and Anhalt-Bernburg. It is made 
 up of several distinct tracts, lying on the Elbe and three of its 
 tributaries. It is quite agricultural and pastoral, the soil being 
 admirably adapted to these purposes, and the cattle which are 
 grazed being the staple of their trade with other states. The 
 population is about Ga,000. Dessau, its capital, lies on the Mul- 
 dau, near its union with the Elbe, is fortified and well-built. Its 
 population is about 15,000. Lat. 51. 47. N. Long. 12. 18. E. 
 
 DESSE'RT, «. [dessert, Fr.] the last course at an entertainment ; 
 the fruit or sweetmeats set on the table after the meat. This is 
 the proper spelling, and not desert. 
 
 De St liiL-HoLSTEiN, Madame, the celebrated French authoress, 
 daughter of Necker, the popular minister of Louis XVI. at the 
 outbreak of the Revolution. She was resident at Paris during 
 some of the most remarkable scenes of that eventful period, and 
 has described them in her work relating to it with great graphic 
 skill. Her writings obtained her eariy notoriety, in addition to 
 such as could not be escaped on account of her father's fame ; and 
 the character of the age she lived in, and her being married to 
 an ambassador, favoured her taking a prominent part in public 
 events. She was pre-eminently a celebrated woman, and in that 
 lay all that was good and all that was displeasing in her character. 
 She lived unmolested in Paris during most of the reign of Terror, 
 but she was exiled by Buonaparte, nor did she establish herself 
 in France again till his final overthrow. She died in 1817, aged 
 51 years. Her writings comprise essays on literary subjects, 
 dramas, tales, of which Corinne is well known of all, and narra- 
 tives of her life and the events of her times. 
 
 To DE'STINATE, v. a. [destino, Lat.] to design or form for 
 any particular purpose or end. 
 
 DESTINATION, s. the purpose or ultimate end for which any 
 thing is designed. 
 
 To DE'STINE, v. a. [destino, Lat.] to doom ; to appoint to any 
 state or condition without alteration, or by an absolute neces- 
 sity; to order to any end or purpose; to devote to punishment 
 or misery; to fix an event unalterably. 
 
 DE'STINY, s. [destinee, Fr.] in Mythology, the power who de- 
 termines the lot of mortals ; fate fixed by some unalterable de- 
 cree ; doom ; fortune. 
 
 DE'STITUTE, a. [destitutus, Lat.] deprived of; in want of; 
 abandoned by. 
 
 DESTITU'TION, s. want ; defect ; or a state wherein some- 
 thing is deficient or wanting. 
 
 To DESTROY', v. a. [destruo, Lat.] to demolish, or reduce to 
 ruin ; to kill ; to lay waste, or make desolate ; to deprive a thing 
 of its present qualities or properties. 
 
 DESTROY'ER, s. one who lays a town waste; one who de- 
 prives animals of life; one who defaces a thing by some act of 
 violence. 
 
 DESTRU'CTIBLE, a. [destruo, Lat.] liable to be destroyed, 
 defaced, or demolished. 
 
 DESTRUCTIBI'LITY, s. possibility or liableness to be de- 
 stroyed. 
 
 DESTRU'CTION, s. the act of ruining, destroying, demolish- 
 ing, or laying waste ; murder; the state of a thing ruined, de- 
 molished, or destroyed ; the cause of destruction. In Theology, 
 eternal death. 
 
 DESTRU'CTIVE, a. that demolishes, or reduces to ruin. 
 
 DESTRU'CTIVELY, mL in such a manner as to destroy, de- 
 molish, or ruin. 
 
 DESTRU'CTIVENESS.s. the quality which destroys, ruins, 
 or lays waste. 
 
 DESTRU'CTOR, s. a destroyer, a consumer. 
 
DET 
 
 DESUDATION, s. [desudatio, Lat.] a profuse or inordinate 
 sweating. 
 
 DE'SDETUDE, s. [desnetudo, Lat.] cessation from being ac- 
 customed ; discontinuance of practice or habit. 
 
 DE'SULTORY, Desulto'rious, a. [desultonus, Lat.] unfixed ; 
 unsettled ; removed from one thing or idea to another. 
 
 To DESU'ME, V. a. [desumo, Lat.] to take from any thing ; to 
 borrow. 
 
 To DETA'CH, v. a. [detacher, Fr.] to separate or part some- 
 thing which was joined before ; to send out or draw off a part of 
 a greater body of forces. 
 
 DETA'CHED,;jar<. drawn off; separated from ; disengaged. 
 
 DETA'CHMENT, s. a body of troops separated and sent from 
 the main army. 
 
 To DETA'IL, V. a. [detailkr, Fr.] to relate a fact with its mi- 
 nute and particular circumstances. 
 
 DETA'lL, s. [detail, Fr.] an account containing all the minute 
 circumstances of an action or subject. 
 
 To DETA'IN, V. a. [detineo, Lat.] to keep that which is due to 
 another ; to keep a person, or hinder him from departing or going 
 farther ; to keep a person in custody. 
 
 DETA'INDER, s. in Law, a writ for holding or keeping a 
 person in custodj'. 
 
 DETA'INER, s. he that does not pay a thing due, or with- 
 holds another person's right ; he that hinders the departure or 
 progress of a person or thing. 
 
 To DETE'CT, v. a. [defectum, Lat.] to discover, or find out any 
 secret crime or artifice ; to find out or surprise a person in the 
 commission, or after the commission, of a crime ; to lay open the 
 artifices of a person, or sophistry of an argument. 
 
 DETE'CTER, s. a discoverer of some criminal ; one who lays 
 open the sophistry or subterf||fes of an author. 
 
 DETE'CTION, s. the discovery of a criminal, crime, or fault. 
 
 DETE'NTION, s. the keeping or withholding what is due, or 
 belonging to another. Figuratively, confinement, or restraint. 
 
 To DETE'R, V. a. [deterreo, Lat.] to discourage, or keep a per- 
 son from doing a thing, either by frightening him by menaces, 
 or by laying its consequences before him. 
 
 To DETE'RGE, v. a. [detergo, Lat.] to cleanse a sore from its 
 pus, matter, or foulness ; to cleanse the body by purges. 
 
 DETE'RGENT, a. [detergem, Lat.] in Medicine, having the 
 power of cleansing. 
 
 DETERIORA'TION, s. [deterior, Lat.] the impairing or ren- 
 dering any thing worse. 
 
 DETE'RMENT, s, that which discourages a person from doing 
 or undertaking a thing ; the cause or obstacle which hinders a 
 person from undertaking a thing. 
 
 DETE'RMINABLE, a. that may be ascertained or decided. 
 
 To DETERMINATE, v. a. [determino, Lat.] to limit ; to settle; 
 to fix; to determine. 
 
 DETE'RMINATE, o. limited; fixed; settled; decisive; re- 
 solved. 
 
 DETE'RMINATELY, ad. resolutely fixed ; firmly resolved. 
 
 DETERMINA'TION, s. absolute direction to a certain end. 
 Figuratively, a resolution formed after mature deliberation ; the 
 decision of some contested point or dispute. 
 
 DETE'RMINATIVE, a. having the power to direct to a cer- 
 tain end ; that restratlis the signification of a word. 
 
 DETERMINATOR, s. one who determines, ascertains, or de- 
 cides a controversy. 
 
 To DETE'RMINE, v. a. to fix or settle a thing, or point, in 
 debate or dispute ; to conclude ; to bound ; to confine ; to de- 
 cide ; to confine or restrain within limits; to ascertain the sense 
 of an expression ; to influence the choice ; to resolve ; to put an 
 end to; to destroy. — v. n. to conclude ; to end ; to come to a de- 
 cision ; to resolve or come to a resolution. 
 
 DETE'RSION, s. [deteryo, Lat.] in Surgery, the act of cleans- 
 ing a wound. 
 
 DETE'RSIVE, a. [detersif, Fr.] having the power to cleanse. 
 
 DETE'RSIVE, a. in Medicine, that which cleanses a wound, 
 or frees the body from humours by purging. 
 
 To DETE'ST, v. a. [detestor, Lat.] to hate a thing with some 
 vehemence, on account of its evil and pernicious qualities. 
 
 DETE'STABLE, a. that is hated with great vehemence, on 
 account of its vileness or perniciousness. 
 
 DETE'STABLY, ad. in such a manner as shows or deserves 
 the greatest loathing, abhorrence, aversion, or hatred. 
 270 
 
 DEV 
 
 DETESTATION, s. [detestation, Fr.] the act of abhorring, 
 disliking, or hating a thing, on account of its evil. 
 
 DETE'STER, s. one who has a very great hatred, aversion, or 
 loathing. 
 
 To DETHRO'NE, v. a. [de and thronus, Lat.] to depose a 
 king; to deprive him of royalty. 
 
 DEn'NUE, s. [detenue,'Fr.^ a writ laying against a person, 
 who refuses to deliver up a thing which was given him to keep 
 for another. 
 
 DETONATION, s. [detono, Lat.] in Chemistry, the loud noise 
 made bv some bodies when exposed to heat. 
 
 To DETONIZE, v. a. in Chemistry, to calcine with deton- 
 ation. 
 
 To DETO'RT, v. a. [detoHum, Lat.] to wrest a word or expres- 
 sion from its original meaning or design. 
 
 To DETRA'CT, v. a. [de and traho, Lat.] to lessen the reputa- 
 tion of another by calumny, or speaking ill of him. 
 
 DETRA'CTER, s. one who lessens the reputation of an- 
 other. 
 
 DETRA'CTION, s. [detractio, Lat.] the impairing or lessening 
 the reputation or esteem of another, by speaking ill of him. 
 
 DETRA'CTORY, a. lessening the value of a thing, or re- 
 putation of a person. 
 
 DETRA'CTRESS, s. a woman who lessens the reputation of 
 others. 
 
 DETRIMENT, s. [detrimentum, Lat.] that which affects a 
 thing or person with loss or damage. 
 
 DETRIME'NTAL, a. causing harm, mischief, loss, or damage. 
 
 DETRITION, s. [detero, Lat.] the act of wearing away. 
 
 DETROIT, capital of Michigan, United States. It stands on 
 a river or strait of the same name, and occupies a fine situation, 
 on which it is very regularly built. The state house and the 
 city hall are fine buildings, as are some of the churches, the 
 bank, &c. It is admirably situated for trade, having the navi- 
 gation of Lake Erie, &c. open to it, and a railroad communi- 
 cation with the interior. It is 524 miles from Washington. 
 Pop. 9102. 
 
 To DETRU'DE, v. a. [detrudo, Lat.] to thrust down ; to force 
 into a lower nlace. 
 
 To DETRU'NCATE, v. a. [detrunco, Lat.] to lop ; to shorten by 
 deprivation of parts. 
 
 DETRUNCATION, s. the act of lopping or cutting. 
 
 DETRU'SION, s. [dctrusio, Lat.] the act of forcing a thing 
 downwards. 
 
 DEVASTATION, s. [devasto, Lat.] the act of laying waste ; 
 demolishing buildings ; or unpeopling towns. 
 
 DEUCA'LION, a mythical person in early Greek history. He 
 is represented as saved with his wife, Pyrrha,on Parnassus from 
 a flood which overwhelmed the rest of the country, and as re- 
 peopling it, by casting behind them the stones they picked up, 
 unaer the direction of the Delphic oracle. The date assigned to 
 this flood is about 1550 b. c. 
 
 DEUCE, s. [deux, Fr.] in Gaming, a card with two marks, or 
 a die with two snots. 
 
 To DEVE'LOPE, v. a. [developer, Fr.] to take off any covering 
 which conceals a thing; to lay open any stratagem or artifice. 
 
 DEVE'LOPMENT, s. the act or result of developing. 
 
 DEVE'X, a. [devexus, Lat.] bending down ; declivous ; incur- 
 vated downwards. 
 
 DEVE'XITY, s. incurvation downwards ; declivity. 
 
 To DE'VIATE, v. n. [de and via, Lat.] to leave the right or 
 common way. Figuratively, to err ; to go astray. 
 
 DEVIATION, s. the act of quitting the right way. Figur- 
 atively, the acting contrary to some established rule ; sin ; of- 
 fence ; a wandering. 
 
 DEVI'CE, s. [devise, Fr.] a contrivance or stratagem ; a pro- 
 ject ; a scheme or plan ; invention ; genius. In Heraldry, an 
 emblem which has some resemblance to a person's name ; the 
 representation of some natural body, with a motto or sentence. 
 
 DE'VIL, s. [dioful. Sax.] in its primarj' signification, a calum- 
 niator, or false accuser ; but peculiarly applied to the personified 
 or impersonate spirit of evil. Figuratively, a wicked person. In 
 
 Scripture, an idol; an emissary; or one of the wicked spirits 
 subiect to Satan. Prov. He that hath shipped the devil must make 
 the best of him. — IVTmI is gotten over the deviUs bach is spent under his 
 beUy; i. e. what is got by oppression or extortion, is many times 
 spent in riot and luxury. 
 
DE'VIL, SEA, s. in Natural History, an odd-shaped fish of 
 the ray kind. 
 
 DE'VILISH, a. partaking of the malicious, mischievous, or 
 other wicked qualities of the devil. 
 
 DE'VILISHLY, ad. in an entirely wicked or mischievous 
 manner ; in a manner suitable to the wickedness of the devil ; 
 diabolically. 
 
 DE'VILKIN, s. a little devil. 
 
 DE'VIL'S-BIT, s. in Botany, a name given to a species of 
 scabious, growing in marshes, because of the peculiar form of 
 the root. 
 
 DE'VIOUS, a. [de and via, Lat.] out of the common track ; 
 wandering; rambling; roving; erring. 
 
 To DEVI'SE, (derke) v. a. [deviser, Fr.] to invent or contrive, 
 implying a great deal of art.— t'. n. to plan, contrive, or form 
 schemes. In Law, to bequeath, or leave by will. 
 
 DEVI'SE, {devize) s. [devise, Fr.] in Law, the act of giving or 
 bequeathing by will ; contrivance. 
 
 DEVISE'E, s. he to whom something is bequeathed by will. 
 
 DEVI'SER, {devizcr) s. one who projects, or contrives ; one 
 who leaves or bequeaths by will. 
 
 DEVIZES, Wiltshire. It is a large town, with very consider- 
 able manufactures, particularly of serges, kerseymeres, druggets, 
 and broad cloth ; the malting and brewing business is carried 
 on extensively; and the market is abundantly supplied with 
 corn, wool, horses, and all sorts of cattle. It is seated on a 
 rivulet, which rises near the castle, (once one of the strongest in 
 England,) and runs into the Avon near Bromham. It is 89 
 miles from London. Markets, Monday and Thursday. Pop. 
 4631. 
 
 DEVOITD, a. [roide, Fr.] empty ; vacant. Figuratively, desti- 
 tute, or free from any quality either good or bad. 
 
 DEVO'lR, s. [Fr.] in its primary sense, a duty, or act of ser- 
 vice, but now obsolete. 
 
 To DEVO'LVE, v. a. [de and volvo, Lat.] to roll from a high to 
 a lower place ; to remove from one person to another. — v. n. to 
 fall or descend to, in order of succession. 
 
 DEVOLUTION, s. the rolling of a thing from a higher to a 
 lower place ; removal, or succession, from one person or order to 
 another. 
 
 DETONPORT, Devonshire. It stands at the mouth of the 
 Tamar, and is well fortitied. Here is a noble dockyard, and 
 arsenal for the navy. It is a handsome town, and one of grow- 
 ing consequence. Its old name was Plymouth Dock. It is 210 
 miles from London. Markets, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday. 
 Pop. 33,820. 
 
 DE'VOiXSHIRE, a county of England, reaching from the 
 Bristol to the English Channel, and bounded by Cornwall, and 
 Somersetshire, and Dorsetshire. It is 69 miles in length, and 
 60 in breadth, and is divided into 31 hundreds. It is very hilly, 
 and abounds in huge granite rocks, some of whose peaks are 
 above Io<X) feet in height. The highland is covered with wide 
 moors, of which Dartmoor is the most extensive. But in the val- 
 leys and lower ground the soil is fejtile. Its rivers are the Exe, 
 the Culm, the Dart, the Tamar, the Otter, &c. Some parts of 
 its coasts are composed of lofty cliffs, but at others there is a 
 beautiful sandy shore. The air and climate are so mild and salu- 
 brious that invalids often retire to its sea-ports for the winter. 
 Limestone, granite, some building-stone, and a sppcies of wood- 
 coal are fonnd here, as well as some kinds of variegated marble. 
 It produces corn, &c. and fruit trees, especially apples, whence 
 much cider is made. Its fisheries also arc of value. Exeter is 
 its chief city. Pop. 533,400. It sends 22 members to par- 
 liament. 
 
 DEVORATION, s. [dei-oratio, Lat.] the act of devouring. 
 
 To DEVO'TE, V. a. [deroiwn, Lat.] to dedicate or set apart to a 
 religious or any other particular purpose; to abandon to evils; 
 to doom to destruction. 
 
 DEVO TEDNESS, ». the state of a thing devoted, dedicated, 
 set apart, or destined to a particular end or purpose. 
 
 DEVOTEE', «. [derot, Fr.] one extravagantly or erroneously 
 reli^ous ; a bigot. 
 
 DEVO'TION, s. [devoveo, Lat.] the state of a thing conse- 
 crated or dedicated ; a religious and fervent exercise of some 
 public act of religion ; or a temper or disposition of the mind 
 rightly affected with such exercises. Figuratively, prayer; a 
 strong and fervent affection for a person ; an act of reverence, 
 
 DEW 
 
 respect, or ceremony ; disposal ; power ; state of dependence on 
 any one. 
 
 Devotional, a. relating to religious worship ; pious ; 
 zealous. 
 
 DEVO'TIONALIST, s. a person who is snperstitiously reli- 
 gious. 
 
 To DEVOU'R, V. a. [devoro, Lat.] to eat up ravenously. Figu- 
 ratively, to destroy with rapidity or quickness; to swallow up, or 
 reduce to nothing. 
 
 DEVOU'RER, s. one who consumes or eats up ravenously. 
 
 DEVOUT, a. [devoveo, Lat.] pious; religious ; fervent in per- 
 forming acts of worship ; filled with pious thoughts ; full of zeal, 
 or expressive of ardent piety, 
 
 DEVOUTLY, arf. in a pious manner ; with fervent zeal and 
 piety. 
 
 DEUSE, s. [derived by Junius from Busiiis, the name of a 
 species of evil spirits,] the devil, used in ludicrous language. 
 
 DEUTERO'GAMY, s. [deuteros and gamos, Gr.] a second mar- 
 riage. 
 
 DEUTERO'NOMY, [deuteros and nomos. Or.] the last book of 
 the Pentateuch, or Five Books of Moses, comprising ihe Law, in 
 the Old Testament. It consists of a rapid review of the history 
 of the Israelites and their wanderings in the desert, with a clear 
 statement of the moral purpose of the various proceedings of 
 God towards them, and a recapitulation of the injunctions and 
 precepts of the Law, with many expansions and additions, parti- 
 cularly respecting the sanctions of the dispensation under which 
 the nation had been placed by God's favour. It purports to be 
 uttered by Moses when the end of his mission approached, and 
 to contain thus his last bequest to the people whom he had 
 freed, and so signally served ; and it concludes with a noble 
 hymn of praise by the great leader and lawgiver, worthy of 
 being the death-song of such a man. The chapter which re- 
 cords his death, is necessarily a later addition, and is by some 
 critics assigned to the Book of Joshua. 
 
 DEUX PONTS, or Zweybrucken, called also Bipontium, a 
 town and district of Bavaria, Germany. The district lies be- 
 tween France and Prussia, and the rest of the Bavarian pro- 
 vince on the Rhine ; and produces corn and other agricultural 
 wealth, timber, iron, and building-stone. It is watered by some 
 of the tributaries of the Rhine, on one of which, the Erlbach, 
 the town stands. It is quite agricultural, and most pleasantly 
 situated. It is 46 miles from Manheim. Its population is about 
 10,000; that of the district being about 150,000. Lat. 49. 25. 
 N. Long. 7. 1.5. E. 
 
 DEW , s. [deaw. Sax.] in Meteorology, moisture condensed on 
 the surface of the ground, trees, &c. &c., whenever they fall in 
 temperature so as to takt away heat suddenly from the surround- 
 ing atmosphere. It happens most frequently between sun-set 
 and sun-rise. The laws of the deposition of dew, though but 
 imperfectly verified, are exceedingly curious, and the investiga- 
 tions of Dr. Wells respecting themare highly interesting. The 
 common phenomena, and the frozen dew, or rime (hoar-frost), are 
 too familiar to need description. 
 
 To DEW, I), a. to wet «r moisten with dew. 
 
 DEWBERRY, «. in Botany, a species of bramble, common in 
 England, flowering in June and July. It is a smaller plant than 
 the common bramble, and the fruit, which is larger and more 
 agreeable in flavour, has a beautiful bloom on it. 
 
 DEWBESPRE'NT, part, sprinkled with dew. 
 
 DE'WDROP, s. a drop of dew that sparkles in the sun. 
 
 DE WITT, JOHN, the grand pensionary of Holland in the 
 17th century, who maintained nobly his country's freedom and 
 fame. He was the stanch opponent of the power and claims of 
 the house of Orange, deeming them inimical to the interests of 
 the republic. He formed the alliance with Cromwell, and after- 
 wards allied the Provinces to France, in order to frustrate the 
 schemes of William III. But the insatiable thirst for conquest 
 on the part of Louis XIV. of France, made it impossible for him 
 to avoid the dangers he foresaw. Holland was invaded ; his op- 
 ponent was appointed to the command of both army and navy ; 
 and De Witt with his brother were assassinated by the mob. 
 He fell in 1672, aged 47 years. 
 
 DEWLAP, s. [so called from its lapping or brushing off the 
 dew,] the flesh which hangs down from the throat of cows, bulls, 
 or oxen. 
 
 DEW'SBURY, Yorkshire. W. R. It stands on tlie Caulder, 
 
 271 
 
DIA 
 
 and has extensive manufactories of woollen goods. It is well 
 built, and bids fair to outshine, with its recently-acquired im- 
 portance, the fame which it has borne from the early days of 
 Saxon history, as the seat of the labours of the first Christian 
 missionary to the kingdom of Northumbria ; and afterwards, as 
 the last resting-place of the famed outlaw named Robin Hood. 
 It is 190 miles from London. Market, Wednesday. Population, 
 23,806. 
 
 DEW-WORM, s. in Natural History, a small worm usually 
 found in the early morning, much in request with anglers. 
 
 DEW'Y, a. resembling or partaking of the nature of dew; 
 moist with dew. 
 
 DE'XTER, a. [Lat.] in Heraldry, the right side. 
 
 DEXTE'RITY,s. [(iea:fert'fa«,Lat.] readiness; activity; quick- 
 ness of contrivance. 
 
 DE'XTEROUS, a. [dexter, Lat.] expert; active, or quick; 
 subtle ; full of expedients ; skilful in management ; fertile in 
 invention. 
 
 DE'XTEROUSLY.od. expertly; readily; quickly; skilfully. 
 
 DE'XTRAL, a. [dexter, Lat.] on the right side. 
 
 DEXTRA'LITY, s. the state of being on the right side. 
 
 DEY, s. spelt also Bey ; the name of the chiefs of the various 
 states of northern Africa, who hold their station under the Turk- 
 ish emperor. 
 
 DIABE'TES, s. [Gr.] in Physic, a disease in which the urine is 
 changed both in its quantity and quality. It is attended with 
 incessant thirst, and the frame gradually wastes, and loses its 
 powers. But little that is satisfactory is known respecting either 
 the causes or the treatment of this disease. 
 
 DIABO'LIC, Diabolical, a. [diabolus, Lat.] partaking of the 
 qualities of the devil ; extremely impious and wicked. 
 
 DIACO'DIUM, «. [Aa and fejffeo, Gr.] in Pharmacy, a syrup 
 prepared from the heads of white poppies dried without their 
 
 DIACOU'STICS, s. [dia and ahouo, Gr.] in Philosophy, the 
 consideration or doctrine of refracted sounds as they pass through 
 the different mediums, i. e. either through a dense into a rare, or 
 through a rare into a dense one. 
 
 DPADEM, s. [diadema, Gr.] formerly a bandage of silk encom- 
 passing the heads of kings, and tied behind, ft was sometimes 
 enriched with pearls, and sometimes with the leaves of some 
 evergreens. In Heraldry, certain circles or rims, binding or en- 
 closing the crowns of princes, and to bear the globes, crosses, or 
 flower-de-luces for their crests. 
 
 DI'ADEMED, part, adorned with a diadem ; wearing a crown, 
 crowned. 
 
 DPADROM, s. [diadromeo, Gr.] the time in which any motion 
 is performed ; the time in which a pendulum forms a single 
 vibration. 
 
 DliE'RESIS, «. [Gr.] in Grammar, the division of a diphthong, 
 or one syllable into two ; as aer. 
 
 DIAGNO'STIC, s. [dia and ginosko, Gr.] in Medicine, a sign by 
 which a disease may be discovered, or distinguished from another. 
 
 DIA'GONAL, a. [dia and gonia, Gr.] drawn across a figure, 
 from one corner or angle to another. 
 
 DIA'GONAL, s. a right line drawn across a parallelogram, or 
 other figure, from one angle or corner to another, so as to divide 
 it into equal parts. 
 
 DIA'GONALLY, ad. in a cross direction, and reaching from 
 one corner to another. 
 
 DI'AGRAM, s. [diagrapho, Gr.] in Geometry, a scheme drawn 
 explaining any figure or its properties. Also, a drawing to illus- 
 trate a subject that is under discussion. 
 
 DIAGRY'DIATES, s. [diagrydium, Lat.] strong purgatives 
 made with diagrydium. 
 
 Dl'AL, s. [dies, Lat.] a plate marked with two sets of figures, 
 beginning at one, and ending with twelve ; used to show the 
 time of the day by clocks, or by the shadow of the sun. 
 
 DI'ALECT, s. [dialektos, Gr.] the subdivision of a language ; 
 the style or manner of expression used in a province, as it differs 
 from that of the whole kingdom. Figuratively, style; manner 
 of expression ; language or speech. 
 
 DIALE'CTIC, s. [dialektikos, Gr.] the art of reasoning, or logic. 
 
 DIALE'CTICAL, a. belonging to logic. 
 
 DPALING, s. the art or science of drawing and constructing 
 all manner of sun-dials. 
 
 DI'ALIST, s. one who constructs or makes dials. 
 272 
 
 DIA 
 
 DIA'LOGIST, ». one who composes, or one who is introduced 
 as a speaker in a dialogue. 
 
 DI'ALOGUE, {dialdg) s. [dialogos, Gr.] a conference or debate 
 on any subject whether real or feigned. 
 
 To DI'ALOGUE, (dialGg) v, a. to hold conversation or converse 
 with ; to discourse. 
 
 DIA'LYSIS, s. [dialysis, Gr.] in Grammar, the parting or 
 separating two vowels, which would otherwise make a diphthong. 
 
 DIA'METER, s. [dia and metron, Gr.] the line which passes 
 through the centre of a circle or other figure, and divides it into 
 two equal parts. 
 
 DIA'METRAL, a. describing, or relating to, a diameter. 
 
 DIA'METRALLY, ad. according to the direction of a diameter. 
 
 DIAMETRICAL, a. DIAMETRICALLY, ad. now used in- 
 stead of Diametral, Diauetrally , which see. 
 
 Di'AMOND, (generally pron. dimond,) s. [diamant, Fr.] in 
 Mineralogy, a species of gem or precious stone, which is very 
 brilliant and clear, and is the hardest of all this class of sub- 
 stances. Hindustan is the country whence most are brought ; 
 but some are found in the E. part of S. America also. It is 
 wrought artificially into the variety of forms in which it is most 
 usually seen ; being ground down by the use of diamond dust, 
 no other substance being able to touch it. It was asserted by 
 Sir Isaac Newton, that it was of an inflammable nature, from 
 some curious and delicate investigation of its refractive power; 
 and it has since been proved, by chemical analysis, to be highly 
 purified and concentrated carbon, or charcoal. Corhish diamonat 
 are clear, brilliant crystals found in Cornwall. 
 
 DI'AMOND, s. a pencil pointed with a diamond, so fixed as to 
 present the proper angle for cutting, used by glaziers and others 
 in dividing glass. 
 
 DIA'NA, in the Heathen Mythology, was the goddess of hunt- 
 ing, daughter of Jupiter and Latoua, and sister to Phoebus or 
 the sun; in hell she was called Hecate; on earth, Diana; and 
 Phoebe, or the moon, in heaven. 
 
 DI'APASE, Diapa'son, s. [dia and pas, Gr.] in Music, an in- 
 terval including an octave. Among musical instrument makers, 
 it signifies a rule or scale, whereby they adjust their pipes of the 
 organs, and cut the holes of their flutes, &cc. One stop in organs 
 
 DI'APER, s. [diapre, Fr.] a kind of linen cloth, woven in 
 figures ; a napkin ; a towel. 
 
 To DI'APER, V. a, to variegate, diversify, or flower ; to draw 
 flowers on cloths. 
 
 DIAPHANE'lTY, (diafaneity) s. [dia and phaino, Gr.] trans- 
 parency, or the quality of transmitting light. 
 
 DIA'PHANOUS, {didfanoxis) a. transparent ; giving passage to 
 the rays of light ; that may be seen through. 
 
 DIAPHORE'SIS, {diaforesis) s. [diaphero, Gr.] in Medicine, a 
 discharge made through the skin, whether sensible or insensible. 
 
 DIAPHORE'TIC, {diaforetik) a. [diapJwretikos, Gr.] in Medi- 
 cine, that causes a discharge through the skin, or a sweat. 
 
 DI'APHRAGM, {diafiam) s. [diaphragma, Gr.] in Anatomj, a 
 nervous muscle, vulgarly called the midriff, and by anatomists, 
 septum transversale, or cross wall, from its dividing the breast 
 or thorax from the abdomen. 
 
 DIA'RBEKIR, a large town on the W. bank of the Tigris, in 
 Algeciras. Here is a considerable manufacture of red Turkey 
 leather, and of linen and red cotton cloths. It is 150 miles N. E. 
 of Aleppo. Pop. about 25,000. Lat. 37. 55. N. Long. 39. 52. E. 
 
 DIARRHOE'A, {diarea) s. [dia and rheo, Gr.] in Medicine, a 
 profuse evacuation of liquid excrements by stool. 
 
 DIARRHOE'TIC, (diaretik) a. in Medicine, promoting purging. 
 
 Dl'ARY, s. [diarium, Lat.] an account of the transactions of a 
 person every day ; a journal. 
 
 DIA'STOLE, s. [Gr.] in Anatomy, the motion of the heart, or 
 arteries, whereby those parts dilate or distend themselves. In 
 Grammar, Aastote signifies the lengthening a syllable which. is 
 naturally short. 
 
 DIA'STYLE, s. [dia and stylos, Gr.] in ancient Architecture, an 
 edifice whose columns stand at such a distance from each other, 
 that four diameters are allowed for the intercolumniation. 
 
 DIATE'SSERON, s. [dia and tessara, Gr.] In Music, an interval 
 composed of one greater tone, one lesser tone, and one greater 
 semi-tone, called by moderns a perfect fourth. Also, a name 
 given to a Harmony of the Four Gospels, in Greek. 
 
 DIATO'NIC, 8. [dia and tonos, Gr.] the ordinary species of 
 
music, which proceeds by different tones, either in ascending or 
 descendinsr, and contains only the greater and less tones, to- 
 gether witli the greater semi-tone. 
 
 DI'AZ, BARTHOLOMEW, a Portuguese navigator, who, near 
 the end of the 15th century, discovered the Cape of Good Hope, 
 and by it opened the way to India for commerce. It was one of 
 the moments that produced the rapid progress of intelligence, 
 &c. in Europe, distinguishing modern society from that of the 
 middle ages. He was lost in a storm at the Cape in 1500. 
 
 DI'BBLE, «. an instrument like a pointed stake, used by gar- 
 deners and farmers for making holes in the ground in planting. 
 
 DI'BDIN, CHARLES, one of our most successful writers and 
 composers of songs. He produced a few dramas also, and other 
 works, but his name is associated with his songs, his sea-songs 
 especially, some of which are unequalled in that class of composi- 
 tions. He was well known in his day by a kind of mono-drama, 
 or farce, with which, at various places in London, he entertained 
 crowded audiences. He died in 1813, aged (58 years. The 
 spirit of his songs is most excellent ; it can but be regretted that 
 their influence on our seamen should have been so slight. 
 
 DICA'CITY, s. [dicacitas, Lat.] pertness, sauciness, loquacity. 
 
 DICE, s. the plural of Die ; which see. 
 
 To DICE, V. a. to game with dice. 
 
 DICE-BOX, s. the box from which the dice are thrown. 
 
 Dl'CER, «. one who plavs at dice. 
 
 DICHOTOMY, {dikotomy) s. [dis and temno, Gr.] in Logic, the 
 distribution or division of ideas into pairs. In Vegetable Physi- 
 ology, a particular mode of growth in certain plants, by dividing 
 into two stems repeatedly. 
 
 To DPCTATE, v. a. {dicto, Lat.] to deliver a command to an- 
 other ; to speak with authority ; to deliver a speech in words 
 which is to be taken down in writing. 
 
 DI'CTATE, s. \dicU), Lat.] a rule or mandate delivered by 
 some person of autnority. 
 
 DICTATION, s. the act or practice of prescribing, giving 
 orders, or laying down rules of conduct. 
 
 DICTATOR, s. [Lat.] a Roman magistrate, invested with 
 supreme authority, having the power of life and death, to pro- 
 claim war, raise or discharge forces without consent of the se- 
 nate. This office was at first used as a last resort in cases of 
 extreme danger; and was to be held but for six months. In 
 the fall of the commonwealth, it was made perpetual. Figura- 
 tively, one who by his credit and authority directs and regulates 
 the conduct of others. 
 
 DICTATO'RIAL, a. after the manner of a dictator; imperious. 
 
 DICTATORSHIP, s. the office of a dictator. Figuratively, 
 imperiousness, or authority carried too high. 
 
 DI'CTION, s. [diclio, Lat.] the peculiar manner which an au- 
 thor has of expressing himself, whether it respect the arrange- 
 ment of his words, or the use of rhetorical figures. 
 
 DICTIONARY, (dikshonanj) s. [dictionarium, Lat.] a book 
 containing the words of any language in their alphabetical order, 
 with explanations of their meaning, or definition; a lexicon ; a 
 vocabulary. 
 
 DID, [Sax.] the preterite of rfo; the sign of the preter-imper- 
 fect or perfect tense. 
 
 DIDA'CTIC, Dida'ctical, a. [didaktikos, Gr.] containing pre- 
 cepts or rules. 
 
 DIDA'PPER, 8. [duyck-dapper, Belg.] in Natural History, a 
 name of the common water-hen. 
 
 DIDA'SCALIC, a. [didaskalos, Gr.] preceptive ; didactic ; 
 giving precepts to some art. 
 
 DI'DEROT, DENIS, one of the leaders of the philosophers of 
 France in the last century. He began his career by mere literary 
 drudgery ; was introduced to the world of letters by his Philoso- 
 phic Thowjhts; soon numbered amongst his friends all who were 
 carried away by the sensualized representation of Locke's Phi- 
 losophy, then expounded by Condillac ; unfolded and taught 
 these opinions in ms Encyclop(edia,yi\\\ch gave the name of ^ncy- 
 elop<edists to this school ; taught atheism to such as ranked them- 
 selves under him as disciples ; and at last sunk under the weight 
 of the imperial fayour of Katharine of Russia, dying in 1784, 
 aged 71 years. He wrote many books, and was a great authority 
 for a while. But such shallow sophisms could never have passed 
 current amongst men had not the whole framework of society 
 been overgrown with rankest corruptions, and every thing por- 
 tended a revolution. 
 
 DI'DIUS, JULIANUS, one of the later emperors of Rome. 
 He bought the purple when it was put up to auction by the prae- 
 torian cohorts on the assassination of Pertinax. He was assas- 
 sinated in his turn, other parts of the army refusing to ratify the 
 purchase. He reigned for a few days over two months, and was 
 killed in 193, aged about 00 j-ears. 
 
 DI'DO, the founder of Carthage, was the daughter of a Phoe- 
 nician king. Most of the tales respecting her, and Virgil's in 
 particular, are purely fabulous. She flourished about 900 b. c. 
 
 DIDU'CT10>f, s. [diductio, Lat.] separation by withdrawing 
 one part from the other. 
 
 To DIE, V. n. [deadian. Sax.] to lose life ; to expire ; to lose all 
 the animal functions, and have the soul separated from the body. 
 It has by before an instrumental death ; of before a disease ; for 
 commonly before a privative, and of before a positive cause. Fi- 
 guratively, to be lost, perish, or be entirely laid aside. To sink, 
 faint, or lose its vital functions; to languish, or be overcome 
 with pleasure and tenderness; to vanish or disappear. To 
 wither, applied to vegetables. To grow spiritless, tasteless, or 
 vapid, applied to liquors. 
 
 DIE, s. plural dice ; {dis, Brit.] a small cube marked on each 
 of its sides with specks or dots, from one to six, which is used 
 by gamesters to play with. Figuratively, hazard, or chance ; 
 any cubic body. 
 
 DIE, s. plural dies ; the stamp used in coining, or the mould in 
 which medals are cast. 
 
 DIE'PPE, a town of the department of Bas Seine, France. It 
 stands on the English Channel, and has a tolerable harbour, 
 formed by the mouth of the river Bethune. It is built and 
 adorned in the style common to watering-places. The principal 
 trade consists in fish, ivory, toys, &c. It is 132 miles from 
 Paris. Population, about 20,000. Lat. 49.55. N. Long.l.y. E. 
 
 DI'ET, s. [diaita, Gr.] food; provision for satisfying hunger; a 
 regular course of food ordered and directed in order to cure some 
 chronical distemper. 
 
 To DI'ET, f. a. to feed or eat according to the rules and pre- 
 scriptions of medical writers. 
 
 DI'ET, s. [Tent.] the name of the assembly of the states of the 
 late German empire, meeting to deliberate on some public affair. 
 
 DI'ETARY, a. belonging to the rules of medical diet. 
 
 Dl'ET-DRINK, s. a drink brewed with medicinal ingredients. 
 
 DI'ETER, s. one who prescribes rules for eating. 
 
 DIETETIC, Diete'tical, a. [diaita, Gr.] belonging to food ; 
 or relating to medical cautions about the use of food. 
 
 DIEU ET MON DROIT, [Fr.] i. e. God and my right, the 
 motto of the royal arms of England, first assumed by Richard I., 
 to insinuate that he did not hold his empire in vassalage of any 
 mortal. 
 
 To DI'FFER, V. n. [differo, Lat.] to have properties or qualities 
 which are not the same as those of another person or thing ; to 
 opposea person in opinion ; to be of another opinion ; to contend. 
 
 DI'FFERENCE, s. the state of being distinct from some other 
 thing; a dispute; debate; controversy, or opposition of senti- 
 ments ; the property which distinguishes one thing from another. 
 In Arithmetic, the remainder after one quantity is taken from 
 another. In Heraldry, something added to or altered in a 
 coat, whereby the younger families are distinguished from the 
 elder, or to show how far they are removed from the principal 
 house. 
 
 To DI'FFERENCE, v. a. to make one thing not the same as 
 another; to distinguish one thing from another. 
 
 DI'FFERENT, a. distinct; of contrary qualities; unlike. 
 
 DIFFERE'NTIAL, {differenshial) a. in Geometry, applied to 
 an infinitely small quantity, so small as to be less than any as- 
 signable one. Differential calcidus, in Mathematics, is a method 
 ot investigation, or of solving problems, in which though some 
 quantities retain the same value throughout the whole process, 
 others vary, increasing or diminishing continually by quantities 
 which can be taken as less than any quantity that can be re- 
 presented. 
 
 Dl'FFERENTLY, ad. in a different manner. 
 
 DFFFERINGLY, ad. in a difterent manner. 
 
 DI'FFICULT, a. [difficilis, Lat.] hard to be done, understood, 
 or pleased. 
 
 DI'FFICULTLY, ad. hardly; not easily. 
 
 DIFFICULTY, s. [difficultas, Lat.] that which r<^quires pains, 
 care, and attention. Figuratively, distress ; opposition ; per- 
 2 N 273 
 
DIG 
 
 plexity; or uneasiness with respect to circumstances. Objec- 
 tions or points not easily answered or understood. 
 
 To DIFFI'DjE, V. a. [dis and Jides, Lat.] to distrust, or repose 
 no confidence in. 
 
 DI'FFIDENCE, s. want of trust, confidence, or courage. 
 
 Dl'FFIDENT, part, or a. [diffidens, Lat.] wanting in confidence ; 
 suspicious; timorous. 
 
 DIFFl'SION, s. [diffisio, Lat.] the act of cleaving or splitting. 
 
 DIFFLATION, s. [difflo, Lat.] the act of scattering with a 
 blast of wind. 
 
 DI'FFLUENCE, Di'ffluency, s. [difflm, Lat.] the quality of 
 falling away on all sides, opposed to consistencj' or solidity. 
 
 DrFFLUENT, a. flowing away. 
 
 DIFFO'RM, a. [dis and fonna, Lat.] contrary to uniform ; ir- 
 regular. 
 
 DIFFO'RMITY, s. diversity of form ; irregularity. 
 
 DI'FFRACTION, s. [dis and fra?igo, Lat.] in Optics, the term 
 applied to the change from the straight direction, which rays of 
 light undergo in passing the edge of any screen or similar body, 
 giving rise to stripes of light and shade, and to coloured fringes, 
 appearing added to such an edge, as most persons have witnessed. 
 See Optics. 
 
 DIFFRA'NCHISEMENT, s. [franchise, Fr.] the act of taking 
 away the privileges or charter of a city. 
 
 To DIFFU'SE, {diffuze) v. a. [diffundo, Lat.] to pour a liquid 
 on a plain surface, so as it may spread itself every way. Figu- 
 ratively, to spread ; scatter ; disperse. 
 
 DIFFU'SE, a. [diffusus, Lat.] scattered or spread widely. Ap- 
 plied to style, or the manner of a composition, copious, opposed 
 to concise. 
 
 DIFFU'SEDLY, ad. in a copious, liberal, and extensive man- 
 ner ; spread every way. 
 
 DIFFU'SEDNESS, s. the state of being spread abroad ; copi- 
 ousness of style. 
 
 DIFFU'SELY, ad. widely, extensively. Applied to style, co- 
 piously. 
 
 DIFFU'SION, s. the state of being spread abroad. Copious- 
 ness or exuberance, applied to style. 
 
 DIFFU'SIVE, a. having the quality of spreading abroad ; 
 scattered or spread abroad. 
 
 DIFFU'SIVELY, ad. widely, extensively. 
 
 DIFFU'SIVENESS, s. extension ; dispersion ; the power or 
 quality of being spread abroad. Applied to style, want of con- 
 ciseness. 
 
 To DIG, V. a. pret. and part. pass, dug or digged ; [die. Sax.] to 
 open, or make a hole in the earth with a spade. Figuratively, to 
 pierce with a pointed instrument, &c. To dig up, to throw up or 
 uncover that which is buried under the earth. 
 
 Dl'GAMY, «. [dis and gamos, Gr.] marriage to a second wife 
 after the death of the first. 
 
 Dl'GBY, SIR KENELM, a writer of some power and great 
 singularities, during the first half of the 17th century. He was 
 son to one of the mistaken conspirators in the Gunpowder Plot, 
 and embraced his father's faith when he had arrived almost at 
 middle age. He was imprisoned, and afterwards banished, by 
 the Long Parliament ; but by Cromwell was treated with great 
 courtesy. He died in 1665, aged 62 years. His works were on 
 such different subjects as Natural Philosophy and Neo-Platonism. 
 He also replied to Sir Thomas Browne's Religio Medici. 
 
 DIGE'RENT, a. [digerens, Lat.] that has the power of digest- 
 
 ing, or causing digestion. 
 
 DI'GEST, s. [digesta, Lat.] a collection of the civil law, ranged 
 under proper titles, by the order of the emperor Justinian. 
 
 To DIGE'ST, V. n. [digestum, Lat.] to distribute or range me- 
 thodically into different classes ; to concoct or dissolve food in the 
 stomach ; to reduce to any plan or scheme ; to receive a thing 
 favourably, without loathing or reluctance ; to receive and enjoy. 
 In Chemistry, to soften by heat, boiling, or by putting a thing 
 into a dunghill. In Surgery, to ripen a humour. 
 
 DIGE'STER, Dige'stor, s. one whose food easily turns into 
 chyle. Papin's digester, is an apparatus, consisting of a very 
 strongly made boiler with lid to screw exactly on, for reducing 
 animal or vegetable substances to a pulp or jelly expeditiously. 
 
 DIGE'STIBLE, a. capable of being digested or concocted. 
 
 DIGE'STION, «. in Medicine, that change which the food under- 
 goes in the stomach, in order to render it fit to supply the con- 
 tinual loss sustained by perspiration, the animal functions, or 
 274, J V- v ^ , 
 
 DIL 
 
 exercise. In Chemistry, the effect produced by the continued 
 soaking of a solid substance in a liquid, with' the application 
 of heat. 
 
 DIGE'STIVE, a. having the power to dissolve, alter, change, 
 or turn the food into chyle ; capable of dissolving by its heat. 
 
 DIGE'STIVE, «. in Surgery, an application which ripens and 
 prepares the matter of wounds for suppuration. 
 
 DI'GGER, s. one who opens the ground with a spade. 
 
 To DIGHT, t). a. [dihtan. Sax.] to dress, embellish, or adorn. 
 
 DFGIT, s. [digitus, Lat.] three-fourths of an inch in long 
 measure. In Astronomy, the twelfth part of the diameter of the 
 sun or moon. In Arithmetic, any of the numbers expressed by 
 single figures. 
 
 DFGIT ATED, a. [digitatus, Lat.] branched out into divisions 
 resembling fingers. In Botany, a digitated leaf, is one which 
 consists of several simple leaves growing on one footstalk, as the 
 cinquefoil; or that which has many deep gashes, cuts, or seg- 
 ments, as the hop. 
 
 DIGLADIA'TlON, s. [digladiatio, Lat.] a combat with swords ; 
 anv quarrel or contest. 
 
 biGNIFICA'TION, «. the act of conferring honour; the pre- 
 ferring to some honourable rank. 
 
 DI'GNIFIED, a. enjoying some honourable post, rank, or pre- 
 ferment, applied peculiarly to the clergy. 
 
 To DFGNIFY, r. a. [dignus And facio, Lat.] to advance, prefer, 
 or exalt to some place which demands honour and reverence ; to 
 honour ; to adorn ; to render respectable. 
 
 DI'GNITARY, s. in the Canon Law, is a clergyman advanced 
 to some rank above a parochial priest or canon ; such is a bishop, 
 dean, archdeacon, &c. 
 
 DI'GNITY, s. [dignitas, Lat.] rank, preferment, or post; gran- 
 deur, or a majestic appearance. Among the clergy, a promotion 
 or preferment to which any jurisdiction is annexed. 
 
 DIGNO'TION, s. [dignosco, Lat.] distinction; distinguishing 
 mark. 
 
 To DIGRE'SS, ». n. [digressus, Lat.] to depart from the main 
 scope of a discourse, or intention of an argument ; to wander ; 
 to go out of the right way or common track ; to err. 
 
 DIGRE'SSION, s. [di/jredior, Lat.] a passage which has no con- 
 nexion with the main scope of a discourse; deviation ; or quit- 
 ting the true path. 
 
 DI'JON, a large city in the department of Cote d'Or, France. 
 The streets are broad, well-paved, and straight, and the squares 
 and public structures elegant. It is seated in a delightful plain, 
 which produces excellent wine, and has a good trade, and some 
 important manufactures. It is 138 miles from Paris. Popula- 
 tion, about 30,000. Lat. 47. 20. N. Long. 5. 0. E. 
 
 DI.JUDICATION, s. [dijudico, Lat.] judicial distinction. 
 
 DIKE, s. [die. Sax.] a channel made to receive water ; a mound 
 to hinder inundations, or to keep water from overflowing. 
 
 To DILA'CERATE, v. a. [dilacero, Lat.] to tear ; to force in 
 twain ; to rend. 
 
 DILACERATION, s. [dilaceratio, Lat.] the act of forcing, 
 tearing, or rending. 
 
 To DILA'NIATE, v. a. [dilanio, Lat.] to tear ; to rend in pieces 
 in a butcherly and savage manner. 
 
 To DILA'PIDATE, v. n. [dilajndo, Lat.] to go to ruin ; to fall 
 by decay. 
 
 DILAPIDATION,*, [dilapidatio, \.Ai.-\ in Law, is where an 
 incumbent on a church benefice suffers the parsonage-house, or 
 the out-house, to fall down, or be in decay, for want of necessary 
 reparation ; for which the bishop may sequester the profits of 
 such benefice for that purpose. 
 
 DILATABFLITY, s. the quality of admitting or suffering ex- 
 tension. 
 
 DILA'TABLE, a. that may be stretched or extended. 
 
 DILATATION, s. [dilatatio, Lat.] the act of extending or 
 stretching into a greater space. 
 
 To DILATE, V. a. [ditato, Lat.] to extend, spread out, en- 
 large, or stretch. Figuratively, to relate a thing with all its mi- 
 nute circumstances. — v. n. to grow wider ; to widen. _ 
 
 DILATOR, s. that which widens or extends any passage. 
 
 DI'LATORINESS, s. the quality of deferring a thing from one 
 time to another through sloth. 
 
 DI'LATORY, a. [diUUorius, Lat.] putting off the doing of a 
 thing from time to time through sloth. 
 
 DILE'CTION, s. [dileclio, Lat.] the act of loving ; kindness. 
 
DILE'MMA, s. [dis and lemna, Gr.] in Logic, an argument 
 consisting of two or more propositions, so disposed, that grant 
 which you will, you will be pressed by the conclusion. Figura- 
 tively, a difficult choice, or troublesome alternative. 
 
 Dl'LIGENCE, s. \diligentia, Lat.] constant endeavour ; unre- 
 mitted labour or practice. 
 
 DILIGENT, a. [diligens, Lat.] assiduous ; persevering ; con- 
 stant. 
 
 DI'LIGENTLY, ad. with constant labour, caution, and care. 
 
 DILL, 8. in Botany, a species ofanethum, not growing in this 
 country, but much used for its aromatic and carminative pro- 
 perties. 
 
 DILLE'NIUS, JOHN JAMES, a distinguished German botan- 
 ist, a friend of Dr.Sherard,by whom he was brought to England, 
 and introduced to the botanical chair at Oxford. He wrote and 
 edited several works on the study of plants ; and died in 1747, 
 aged 60 years. 
 
 DILU'CID, a. [dilucidus, Lat.] clear, plain, pure, and trans- 
 parent; obvious. 
 
 To DILU'CIDATE, v. n. [dihicido, Lat.] to make a proposi- 
 tion clear and easy to be understood ; to explain ; to free from 
 obscurity. 
 
 DILUCIDA'TION, s. [(Uhwidatw, Lat.] the making a sentence 
 clear and easy to be understood ; an explanation. 
 
 DI'LUENT* , a. [diluens, Lat.] having the power to make thin, 
 or attenuate. 
 
 DI'LUENT, s. that which makes thin or fluid. 
 
 To DILUTE, V. a. [diluo, Lat.] to make a liquor thin by the 
 mixture of some other. 
 
 DILUTE, a. thin ; attenuated. " If the red and blue colours 
 were more dilute and weak," Newton. 
 
 DILUTER, s. that which renders a body liquid ; or, if it were 
 so before, that which renders it thinner, or more liquid. 
 
 DILUTION, s. the act of rendering a liquid more thin or weak 
 by the addition of some other. 
 
 DILU'VLAN, a. [diluvium, Lat.] relating to or resembling the 
 deluge. 
 
 DIM, a. \dimme. Sax.] having something which obstructs the 
 sight, and hinders it from seeing clearly. Figuratively, deprived 
 of its splendour or brightness ; grown dark. 
 
 To DIM, V. a. to darken, or obstruct the sight, so as to hinder 
 it from seeing objects in their full splendour. Figuratively, to 
 make less bright ; to render darkish. 
 
 DIME'NSION, s. [dimensio, Lat.] the extension of a body con- 
 sidered as measured ; size ; space contained in any body. The 
 three dimensions are length, breadth, and thickness or depth. 
 In Algebra, the powers of the roots, or the values of the un- 
 known quantities of equations. 
 
 DIME'NSIONLESS, a. without any dimensions ; of no certain 
 bulk. 
 
 DIME'NSIVE, a. [dimctior, Lat.] that marks the boundaries 
 or outlines ; that describes the measure or space occupied by a 
 body. 
 
 To DIMI'NISH, V. a. [diminuo, Lat.] to make a thing less by 
 cutting off or destroying some of its parts. Figuratively, to im- 
 pair ; lessen ; to degrade, or render less honourable.— «. n. to 
 grow less, or be impaired. 
 
 DIMI'NISHINGLY, ad. in such a manner- as to detract from 
 or lessen the character and reputation of another. 
 
 DIMINUTION, s. the act of rendering a thing less by cutting 
 off or destroying some of its parts ; the state of growing less 
 either in bulk or weight. Figuratively, loss, or causing loss of 
 reputation or dignity to another; discredit. In Architecture, the 
 contraction of a column, as it ascends, whereby its upper part is 
 made smaller than the lower. 
 
 DIMFNUTIVE, a. small of size, bulk, or dimensions. 
 
 DIMI'NUTIVE, s. in Grammar, a word used to express small- 
 ness, or littleness; as, lapillus, in Latin, a little stone; maison- 
 ette, in French, a little house ; paidion, in Greek, a little child ; 
 rivulet, in English, a little river. 
 
 DIMI'NUTIVELY, ad. in a diminutive or small manner. 
 
 DIMI'NUTIVENESS, s. smallness, applied to size. 
 
 DIMrSSORY,a. [dimissorius, low Lat.] that by which a person 
 is dismissed to the jurisdiction of another. 
 
 DI'MITY, Dl'MlTTY, s. [ikmittes, Fr.] a sort of cotton stuff 
 very like fustian. They came originally from Smyrna. 
 
 DI'MLY, ad. [dimlic. Sax.] in a dull, obscure, dark manner; 
 
 DIO 
 
 without a clear perception, applied to the sight or understanding ; 
 deprived of its light, brightness, or splendour. 
 
 DI'MNESS, s. [dimnes. Sax.] dulness of sight. Want of ap- 
 prehension, applied to the mind. 
 
 DI'MPLE, «. [Sax.] a small hollow, or sinking of the surface 
 of the cheek or chin. In Botany, a little hollow dot, as in the 
 seed of the barberry. 
 
 To DFMPLE, V. n. to appear with little hollows or inequalities 
 of surface. 
 
 DI'M PLED, ^arf. or a. having dimples in the cheek or chin. 
 
 DFMPLY, a. full of dimples, little dents, or inequalities of 
 surface. 
 
 DIN, s. [_dijn. Sax.] a large noise ; a violent and continued 
 sound ; an uproar, or shout. 
 
 To DIN, V. a. \dynan. Sax.] to stun, or deafen with frequent 
 noise and clamour. 
 
 To DINE, V. n. [diner, Fr.] to eat one's chief or second meal, 
 about the middle of the day. — v, a. to give a dinner to. 
 
 DINETICAL, a. [dineo, Gr.] whirling round; vertiginous. 
 
 To DING, V. a. preter. dung ; [Sax.] to dash with force or vio- 
 lence. — V. n. to bluster, bounce, huff, or become insolent and im- 
 perious. Colloquial and provincial. 
 
 DING-DONG, s. a word by which the sound of bells is mimicked. 
 
 DI'NGLE, s. [a diminutive from den, or din. Sax.] a hollow ; 
 a hollow between hills ; a dale or vale. 
 
 DFNGLE, Kerry, in Munster, Ireland. Several of the houses 
 are built in the Spanish fashion, with ranges of stone balcony 
 windows, this place having been formerly frequented by mer- 
 chants of that nation, who came to fish on the coast, and traded 
 with the inhabitants. It is situated on a bay of the same name, 
 in which it has a tolerable harbour. It is 1(56 miles from Dublin. 
 Pop. 3.380. 
 
 DFNGWALL, Ross-shire, Scotland. It is seated on the Frith 
 of Cromarty, and some linen is manufactured here. It is 120 
 miles from Edinburgh. Pop. 2100. 
 
 DI'NINGROOM, s. the principal apartment of a house, where- 
 in entertainments are made. 
 
 DI'NNER, s. [diner, Fr.] the chief meal, or that which is eaten 
 about the middle of the day. 
 
 DINT, s. [Sax.] a blow or stroke ; the mark made by a blow ; 
 the cavity remaining after a violent pressure ; violence ; force ; 
 power. 
 
 DINUMERATION, s. [dinumerafio, Lat.] the act of number- 
 ing out singly. 
 
 DIOCE'SA'N, s. a bishop considered in the relation he stands 
 in to his inferior clergy.— a. pertaining to a diocese. 
 
 DI'OCESE, Di'ocESS, ». [dioikesis, Gr.] in Ecclesiastical mat- 
 ters, the circuit of every bishop's jurisdiction. England is di- 
 vided into two provinces, viz. Canterbury and York ; and each 
 province into subordinate dioceses, of which there are now 31 in 
 England and Wales, including Sodor and Man. 
 
 DIOCLETIAN, C. VALERIUS, one of the Roman emperors, 
 whose name is associated with the persecution of the Christians. 
 He rose through the favour of the army from being in the ranks 
 to be general, and finally emperor, on the assassination of Nu- 
 merianus. He chose to share his dignity Maximianus, and 
 by his wise regulations greatly tranquillized and strengthened 
 the empire. After reigning for 2<) years he abdicated the 
 throne, and lived in retirement in Dalraatia. He died in 313, 
 aged about 65 years. 
 
 DIODATI, JOHN, a learned divine of Geneva in the com- 
 mencement of the 17th century. He was Hebrew professor at 
 that seat of learning, and was much esteemed amongst all the 
 communions where the Reformed religion, and not Lutheranism 
 or Anglicanism, obtained. The best version of the Bible into 
 Italian, is by him ; he is the author of a volume of Annotations on 
 the Bible, known in this country. He died in 1649, aged 73 years. 
 
 DIODO'RUS SICULUS, a Greek writer of universal history, 
 of whose great work we have fifteen books, and fragments from 
 above twenty others, remaining. They are of considerable value, 
 as often furnishing a clue to the correction of the errors of other 
 historians. He lived and wrote immediately before the Chris- 
 tian sera. 
 
 DIO'GENES, the famous cynic, one of the most earnest and 
 consistent of Antisthenes' disciples. He carried out to the ut- 
 most extent the views of his master respecting tl^e practice of 
 virtue, and cast off every thing that could by any perversion of 
 2 N 2 275 
 
DIP 
 
 mind be regarded as superfluous both in food, dress, lodging, 
 and manners. Very many anecdotes arc preserved of this strange 
 and repulsive student of virtue ; his conflicts with Plato, his in- 
 terview with Alexander the Great, his kenneling in a tub at 
 Corinth, are well known. If the title of this sect be derived 
 from the Greek word for chg, one can but think that in Dio- 
 genes the dogs have been grossly insulted. He died in 323, 
 aged about 90 years. See Cynics. Another Greek philosopher 
 bore the name of Binf/enes, but he was of Apollonia, and belong- 
 ed to the school which speculated on the origin of things, being 
 a follower of Anaximenes. The great step that he made was in 
 the introduction of intelligence as a necessary quality of his 
 source of all. He was a contemporary of Anaxagoras, and so 
 flourished during the 5th century B. c. Another Diogenes, sur- 
 named Laertius, was a biographical writer, and author of a work 
 on the Lives of the early Grecian Philosophers. He lived about 
 200 A. D. 
 
 Dl'ON CASSIUS, a Roman historian, and a man of consular 
 dignity at Rome. His work is in Greek, and, though we have 
 only portions of it, contains valuable information concerning 
 some perplexed parts of the story of Rome. He wrote about 
 200 A. D. 
 
 DIONY'SIUS, the name of two of the monarchs of Syracuse in 
 Sicily, called, according to the practice of those times, as persons 
 who had obtained supreme power unconstitutionally, tyrants. 
 The Elder v/ns a successful general, a somewhat bitter humourist 
 both against gods and men, an admirer and patron of litera- 
 ture, and not an unjust ruler; he died in 307 b. c, aged about 
 60 years. The Yoimger, son of the former, was a man of no 
 power of mind or character, and must be presumed mad. He 
 was driven from his throne by Dion, and after 10 years' exile re- 
 gained it, but he had grown more incapable during this time. 
 His savage debauchery provoked another attempt, and by the 
 Corinthians he was again dethroned, and spent the rest of his 
 life in mere vulgar brutality at Corinth. He died about 320 b. c, 
 having helped to give the modern signification to the title, 
 tyrant. Another Bionysius, designated of Halicarnassus, was a 
 Greek writer of history, and critical essayist. His work on 
 Rome is of no great value, but his other works are highly 
 esteemed. He wrote just before the Christian aera. Another 
 Dionysius, surnamed the Areopagite, was a convert of the apostle 
 
 DIS 
 
 DIPLO'MACY, s. [d{plo,m, Lat.] the knowledge of interna- 
 tional relations and law, and the practice of carrying on nego- 
 ciations by which such relations are affected. Generally, the art 
 of conducting oneself so as to secure the confidence of per- 
 sons nearly related, but differing from each other, and to 
 effect harmony. 
 
 DIPLOMA'TIC, a. applied to ambassadors, envoys, &c., who 
 have to conduct diplomacy, and to their knowledge of public do- 
 cuments, such as treaties, &c. 
 
 Dl'PPER, s. one who dips in the water. Figuratively, one 
 who takes a slight or superficial view of an author. 
 
 DrPPING-NEEDLE, s. a magnetic needle so hung as to show 
 by the amount of its depression below the horizontal line the 
 force of terrestrial magnetism at any particular place. 
 
 DPPSAS, s. [Lat.] a serpent, whose bite produces the sensa- 
 tion of unquenchable thirst. 
 
 DI'PTOTE, s. [rfis and pipto, Gr.] in Grammar, applied to such 
 nouns as have only two cases. 
 
 DI'PTYCH, {diptyk) s. [dipticha, Lat.] a register of bishops and 
 martyrs. 
 
 DIRE, a. \dirus, Lat.] dreadful, or affecting a beholder with 
 horror. 
 
 DIRE'CT, a. [directus, Lat.] straight. In Astronomy, appear- 
 ing to the eye to move progressively through the zodiac, opposed 
 to retrograde. In Genealogy, from grandfather to grandson, &c., 
 opposed to collateral. 
 
 To DIRE'CT, V. a. [directum, Lat.] to go in a straight line ; to 
 aim or point against as a mark; to regulate, or adjust; to pre- 
 cribe measures or a certain course ; to order. 
 
 DIRE'CTION, s. [directio, Lat.] tendency or aim at a certain 
 point; motion expressed by a certain impulse; orders; com- 
 mand ; the superscription of a letter or parcel. 
 
 DIRE'CTIVE, a. having the power of directing, informing, or 
 
 or matters associated with it, but they are palpable forgeries. 
 DIO'PTRIC, Dio'PTRiCAL, a. [dioptomai, Gr.] affordi 
 
 Paul's at Athens ; some writings exist respecting Christianity, 
 ■ ■ " rger' 
 
 ing a me- 
 dium for the sight, or assisting the sight in the view of distant 
 objects. 
 
 DIO'PTRICS, s. the science of refractive vision, or that part of 
 optics which considers the different refractions of light in its 
 passage through different mediums, as air, water, glass, &c. 
 
 DIORA'MA, s. [dia and orama, Gr.] a name given to a particu- 
 lar method of painting, and exhibiting views of landscapes and 
 interiors of great buildings, by which an extraordinary effect is 
 secured. The picture is so placed that the sides are not visible, 
 and all the light admitted falls directly on it. By other con- 
 trivances, sucn as shadows, transparencies, &c., the illusion is 
 made almost complete. 
 
 DIORTHO'SIS, s. [diorthoo, Gr.] a surgical operation, by which 
 crooked or disturbed members are made straight, or reduced to 
 their proper shape. 
 
 DIOSCO'RIDES, a Greek physician and botanist of Asia Minor, 
 who wrote a work on Materia 3fedica, which was regarded for a 
 long time as a supreme authority respecting vegetable medicine. 
 He was a learned man and a traveller, one who had carefully ob- 
 served and correctly described, but without a particle of method. 
 He lived about 50 a. d. 
 
 To DIP, V. a. particip. dipped or dipt ; [dippan. Sax.] to put into 
 any liquor so as to cover it therewith ; to moisten, or wet ; to 
 mortgage, or engage as a pledge or security.— d. n. to sink ; to 
 immerge, or plunge into any liquor ; to take a cursory or slight 
 view ; to read a page or two in a book. 
 
 DIPE'TALOUS, a. Idis and petalon, Gr.] in Botany, applied to 
 such flowers as have two leaves. 
 
 DFPHTHONG, {diftlwng, or dipthong) s. [dis and phthonge, Gr.] 
 two vowelyoined so as to form one sound ; as, vain, Casar. 
 
 DI'PLOE, s. in Anatomy, the inner plate or lamina of the skull. 
 
 DIPLO'MA, 8. [Lat.] a letter or writing conferring some privi- 
 lege or title. 
 
 showing the way. 
 
 DIRE'CTLY, ad, in a straight line; without going about; 
 immediately; presently; soon. Without delay, applied to time. 
 Without circumlocution or evasion, applied to language or ar- 
 gument. 
 
 DIRE'CTNESS, s. the quality of proceeding in, or not deviat- 
 ing from, a straight line ; the nearest way. 
 
 DIRE'CTOR, s. [Lat.] one who presides in an assembly or 
 public company ; one who is intrusted with the guidance, super- 
 intendence, or management of any design or work. Figura- 
 tively, a person who regulates the conduct of another; an 
 instructor, one who is consulted in cases of conscience. In 
 Surgery, an instrument used to guide the hand in some opera- 
 tion. 
 
 DIRE'CTORY, s. that which directs ; a book published by 
 the nonconformists, in the 17th century, to regulate the conduct 
 of public worship ; also the name given to the executive govern- 
 ment in France, which consisted of five directors, as established 
 in the year 1766. 
 
 DI'REFUL, a. full of terror ; very terrible ; dismal. 
 
 DI'REFULNESS, s. the quality which affects the mind with 
 dread on the sight of some ghastly or terrible object. 
 
 DIRGE, s. [dyrke, Teut.] a mournful song sung at the funerals 
 of persons. 
 
 DFRIGENT, o. [AV^o, Lat.] The dirigent \iue, in Geometry, 
 is that along which the line describent is carried, in the genera- 
 tion of any figure. 
 
 DIRK, s. [Erse,] a kind of dagger used in the Highlands of 
 Scotland. 
 
 DIRT, s. [dyrt, Belg.] mud; or the filth which is found in 
 streets or highways; any thing which soils. Figuratively, 
 meanness. 
 
 DFRTILY, ad. in such a manner as to daub or soil. Figura- 
 tively, dishonestly ; meanly ; shamefully. 
 
 Dl'RTINESS, s. filthiness; foulness. Figuratively, dis- 
 honesty ; meanness ; baseness. 
 
 Dl'RTY, a. foul ; daubed ; or made nasty with dirt. Figura- 
 tively, dishonest ; mean. 
 
 To Dl'RTY, V. a. to soil ; to smear or daub with dirt. Figura- 
 tively, to scandalize, or disgrace. 
 
 DIRUP'TION, s. [diruptto, Lat.] the act of bursting or break- 
 ing asunder. 
 
 DIS, an inseparable particle, used in composition, and im- 
 plying a negation or privation, as dis-oblige, dis-obey, &c. ; or to 
 
bis 
 
 signify a separation, detachment, &c., as dis-uniting, dia-arm, 
 dis-tnbuting, &c. 
 
 DISABl'LITY, s. the want of sufficient power to accomplish 
 any design ; or want of sufficient abilities to understand any 
 proposition or doctrine; want of proper qualifications; weak- 
 ness ; impotence. 
 
 To DISA'BLE, y. a. to deprive of natural force or power ; to 
 weaken. Figuratively, to impair or diminish ; to render inactive 
 or unfit for action ; to rob of power, influence, efficacy, useful- 
 ness, or pleasure. 
 
 To DISABU'SE, {disabuze) v. a. to free a person from some mis- 
 take or error. 
 
 DISACCOMMODATION, s. the act of being unfit or un- 
 prepared. 
 
 To DISACCO'RD, v. a. to disagree. 
 
 To DISACCU'STOM, v. a. to destroy the force of habit by dis- 
 use or contrary practice. 
 
 To DISACKNO'WLEDGE, v. a. not to acknowledge. 
 
 DISACQUA'INTANCE, s. disuse of familiarity. 
 
 DISADVA'NTAGE, s. the want.of fame, credit, honour, or 
 any thing necessary to give a person pre-eminence ; loss, injury ; 
 a state unprepared for defence. 
 
 DISADVANTA'GEOUS, a. contrary to interest or profit ; con- 
 trary to convenience. 
 
 DISADVANTA'GEOUSLY, ad. in such a manner as is incon- 
 sistent with interest or profit ; in a manner not favourable or 
 suitable to any useful end. 
 
 DISADVANTA'GEOUSNESS, s. opposition or contrariety to 
 profit, convenience, or interest. 
 
 To DISAFFE'CT, v. a. to alienate, turn aside, or weaken the 
 affections of a person. 
 
 DISAFFE'CTED,;)ari!. or a. alienated; having lost all affiic- 
 tion or zeal for a person or interest. Generally applied to those 
 who are enemies to an establishment or government. 
 
 DISAFFE'CTEDLY, ad. in a disloyal manner. 
 
 DISAFFE'CTEDNESS, s. the quality of being no friend or 
 well-wisher to an establishment or government. 
 
 DISAFFE'CTION, s. want of zeal for the government, or ar- 
 dour for a reigning prince. 
 
 DISAFFI'RMANCE, s. a confutation, or the denial of some- 
 thing affirmed. 
 
 To DISAFFO'REST, v. a. to throw open to common use ; to re- 
 duce from the privileges of a forest to that of common ground. 
 
 To DISAGREE', v.n. to differ with respect to qualities; to 
 differ with respect to opinion ; to be in a state of opposition. 
 
 DISAGREE' ABLE, a. contrary to, or inconsistent with ; un- 
 pleasing to the taste, sight, or other senses. 
 
 DISAGREE'ABLENESS, «. unsuitableness ; unpleasantness; 
 offensiveness. 
 
 DISAGREE'MENT, s. difference of qualities ; contrariety of 
 sentiment ; contention or strife. 
 
 To DISALLOW, (the ow is pron. as in how,) v. a. to deny the 
 authority of a person or thing ; to consider as unlawful ; to re- 
 fuse countenancing an action. — v. n. to refuse permission ; to 
 deny ; not to grant. 
 
 DISALLOW'ABLE, a. that is not suflfered, permitted, owned, 
 or countenanced. 
 
 DISALLOWANCE, s. the refusal of permission or counte- 
 nance ; the looking on a thing as unlawful. 
 
 To DISA'NCHOR, (disdnkor) v. a. to drive a ship from its 
 anchor. 
 
 To DISA'NIMATE, v. a. to kill or deprive of life. Figura- 
 tively, to discourage ; to dishearten. 
 
 DISANIMA'TION, s, the loss of life; death. 
 
 To DISANNU'L, v. a. to deprive of authority ; to abolish ; to 
 disallow. 
 
 To DISAPPE'AR, {disappeSr) v. n. to be lost to view, or to 
 vanish out of sight. 
 
 To DISAPPOl'NT, V. a. to hinder a person from enjoying or 
 receiving what he expected ; to frustrate an expectation. 
 
 DISAPPOI'NTMENT, s. the not receiving a thing expected. 
 
 DISAPPROBA'TION, s. an act of dislike, arising from some- 
 thing disagreeable to a person's taste, or not consistent with his 
 choice or judgment. 
 
 To DISAPPRO'VE, v. a. [desapprouver, Fr.] to dislike ; to 
 show that a thing wants merit to engage our love, or secure 
 esteem. 
 
 DIS 
 
 To DISATIM, V. a. IdSsartner, Fr.] to take away arms from a 
 person. 
 
 To DISARRAT, v. a. to undress ; or pull off a person's 
 clothes. 
 
 DISARRA'Y", ». disorder; confusion; loss of order in battle; 
 undress. 
 
 DISA'STER, s. [desastre, Fr.] misfortune ; an incident occa- 
 sioning grief, by its being unexpected and undeserved. 
 
 piSA'STROUS, a. unlucky; unfortunate; calamitous; or 
 afflicted by the happening of some sudden and unexpected mis- 
 fortune. 
 
 DIS A'STROUSL Y, ad. in an unlucky, unfortunate, or afflicting 
 manner. 
 
 DISA'STROUSNESS, s. unlnckiness ; unfortunateness. 
 
 To DISAVOU'CH, v. n. to refuse ; to deny, or disown. 
 
 To DISAVOW, (the mo is pron. as in note,) v. a. to disown ; to 
 deny the knowledge of a person or thing ; to refuse concurring 
 in a design or undertaking; to lay aside; decline. 
 
 DISAVOWAL, s. denial ; disowning ; abhorrence. 
 
 DISAVOWMENT, s. denial. 
 
 To DISAUTHORIZE, i: a. to lessen the credit of a thing, or 
 render it suspicious. 
 
 To DISBA'ND, v. a. to dismiss from an army; to disband 
 soldiers. Figuratively, to discharge from service, or annihilate. — 
 V. n. to quit the service of the army; to break up or separate. 
 
 To DISBA'RK, v. a.ldebarquer, Fr.] to bring to land from a 
 ship ; to put on shore from some vessel. 
 
 DISBELIE'F, (disbeleef) s. refusal of giving assent to a thing 
 which is proposed to be believed. 
 
 To DISBELIE'VE, (disbeleeve) v. a. to withhold or refuse as- 
 sent to a thing proposed as true ; to deny the truth of a doc- 
 trine or proposition. 
 
 DISBELlE'VER, (disbeleh-er) s. one who refuses to assent to a 
 thing proposed to him as true ; one who refuses to believe a truth 
 or doctrine ; an infidel. 
 
 To DISBRA'NCH, v. a. to separate or cut off a branch from a 
 tree. Figuratively, to disjoin, or separate. 
 
 To DISBU'D, V. a. in Gardening, to take away such branches 
 or twi^s as are newly put forth and ill-placed. 
 
 To DISBU'RDEN, v. a. to free from any pressing and trouble- 
 some weight or load ; to clear from any impediment ; to commu- 
 nicate one's afflictions to another, and thereby lessen their pres- 
 sure. -». n. to ease the mind of some pressing affliction. 
 
 To DISBU'RSE, V. a. [debourser, Fr.] to spend or lay out money. 
 
 DISBURSEMENT, s. [deboursement, Fr.] the spending or lay- 
 ing out money. 
 
 DISBU'RSER, s. one that lays out money, or defrays the ex- 
 penses of an undertaking. 
 
 DISC, «. [discus, Lat.] in Astronomy, the apparent surface of 
 the sun, moon, or other heavenly body. Also, a circular piece of 
 thin metal, paper, &c. 
 
 DISCA'LCEATED, a. [dis and calceus, Lat.] without shoes ; 
 with naked feet. 
 
 DISCALCEA'TION, s. the act of pulling off the shoes. 
 
 To DISCA'NDY, v. n. to dissolve or melt. 
 
 To DISCA'RD, V. a. to discharge from any service or employ- 
 ment. 
 
 DISCA'RNATE, a. stripped of flesh. 
 
 To DISCA'SE, V. a. to pull ofl" one's clothes; to strip. 
 
 To DISCE'RN, V. a. [discerno, Lat.] to descry, discover, or per- 
 ceive by the sight ; to distinguish ; to make a difference between. 
 
 DISCE'RNER, s. a discoverer, or one who descries; a judge; 
 one capable of distinguishing the difference of things. 
 
 DISCE'RNIBLE, a. that maybe seen or discovered by the eye 
 or judgment; distinguishing; apparent. 
 
 DISCE'RNIBLENESS, s. the possibility of being discovered 
 by the sight, or perceived by the mind. 
 
 DISCE'RNIBLY, ad. in such a manner as may be distinguish- 
 ed or perceived. 
 
 DISCE'RNING, part, or a. having the power of making a dis- 
 tinction between things, or perceiving those qualities or proper- 
 ties in which they differ; judicious. 
 
 DISCE'RNINGLY, ad. with discretion or prudence, arising 
 from a knowledge of the qualities in which things or persons 
 differ from each other. 
 
 DISCE'RNMENT, s. judgment ; or the power of distinguish- 
 ing the qualities in which things or persons differ from each other. 
 
D18 
 
 To DISCE'RP, V. a. [dis and carpo, Lat.] to tear in pieces. 
 
 DISCERPTIBI'LITY,*. liableness to be destroyed by disunion 
 of parts. 
 
 DISCE'RPTIBLE, a. frangible; separable; liable to be de- 
 stroyed by the disunion of its parts. 
 
 DISCE'RPTION, s. the act of pulling to pieces. 
 
 To DISCHA'RGE, v. a. [decharger, Fr.] to free from any load 
 or employment ; to turn away from a service, or out of a post. 
 Figuratively^, to fire a gun; to clear, or pay a debt; to free 
 from an obligation; to clear from an accusation; to perform or 
 execute an office ; to disband an army, or dismiss from attend- 
 ance ; to obliterate, or destroy. 
 
 DISCHA'RGE, s. vent ; explosion ; the matter vented ; the 
 disappearance, vanishing, or destroying of a colour; dismission 
 from an office or employment; the payment of a debt; perform- 
 ance of a duty ; exemption, or acquittance. 
 
 DISCHA'RGER, s. one who performs a duty ; makes a pay- 
 ment ; dismisses a servant; frees from attendance or captivity. 
 
 To DISCI'ND, ti. a. \dis and scindo, Lat.] to divide ; to cut in 
 pieces. " We could easily discind them," Boyle. 
 
 DISCI'PLE, s. [discipulus, Lat.] a scholar, or one who attends 
 the lectures, and professes the tenets, of another. In the New 
 Testament, the followers of Jesus Christ, in general, were called 
 Disciples ; but in a more restrained sense, the Disciples were those 
 alone who were his immediate followers, and attendants on his 
 person. 
 
 DISCI'PLESHIP, s. the state or condition of a scholar, or one 
 who follows the principles of any particular teacher. 
 
 DISCI'PLINABLE, a. [disciplinabilis, Lat.] capable of instruc- 
 tion or improvement ; fit to be punished for not attending to the 
 instructions of a master. 
 
 DISCIPLINA'RIAN, a. belonging to discipline. 
 
 DISCIPLINA'RIAN, s. [disciplitm, Lat.] one who rules or 
 teaches with great strictness or rigour; one who will not permit 
 a person to deviate from his doctrine. 
 
 Dl'SCIPLINARY, o. belonging to discipline, or a regular 
 course of instruction or education. 
 
 DI'SGIPLINE, «. instruction, education, or the method taken 
 to adorn the mind, and infuse virtuous habits. Figuratively, 
 rule, or government ; military order, government, maxims, or re- 
 gulations; astateof subjection or obedience; any thing taught ; 
 a doctrine, art, or science ; punishment, correction, or chastise- 
 ment for transgressing the rules of conduct, or neglecting to 
 make a proper use of instruction. 
 
 To DI'SGIPLINE, v. a. to communicate the rudiments of 
 learning ; to instruct or educate ; to regulate or keep in order ; 
 to punish, correct, or chastise for breach of command or neglect 
 of instruction ; to reform. 
 
 To DISCLA'IM, V. a. to disown ; to deny having any know- 
 ledge of, or acquaintance with ; to withdraw a claim. 
 
 DISCLA'IMER, s. one who disowns or renounces. In Law, a 
 plea containing an express denial or refusal. 
 
 To DISCLO'SE, (diskUze) v. a. [diichuh, Lat.] to uncover, or 
 discover a thing which has been hid; to reveal what should be 
 or is hid or secret. 
 
 DISCLO'SER, {disWzer) s. one who discovers something hid- 
 den, or reveals some secret. 
 
 DISCLO'SURE, {disklrkure) s. the making a thing seen which 
 was hidden from sight ; the revealing a secret. 
 
 DISCLU'SION, s. [disclusus, Lat.] emission. 
 
 DISCOLORATION, (diskuUerdshon) s. a stain, or change of 
 colour for the worse. 
 
 To DISCO'LOUR, {diskidler) v. a. [discoloro, Lat.] to spoil the 
 colour of a thing ; to stain, or daub. 
 
 To DISCOMFIT, v. a. \_deconfire, Fr.] to overcome, beat, or 
 rout an enemy in battle. 
 
 DISCOMFIT, s. a defeat ; a rout, or overthrow of an enemy. 
 
 DISCO'MFITURE, s. overthrow ; defeat ; rout ; ruin. 
 
 DISCO'MFORT, «. a great degree of uneasiness ; melancholy ; 
 despair. 
 
 To DISCO'MFORT, v. a. to make a person uneasy ; to grieve, 
 afflict, sadden, or deprive of comfort. 
 
 DISCO'MFORTABLE, a. refusing comfort, or rejecting con- 
 solation ; occasioning sadness or melancholy. 
 
 To DISCOMME'ND, v. a, to blame ; to disapprove, or censure. 
 
 DISCOMME'NDABLE, a. deserving blame or censure. 
 
 DISCOMMENDA'TION, s. blame ; censure ; reproach. 
 
 DIS 
 
 DISCOMMETVOER, s. one who blames, or censures. 
 
 To DISCOMMO'DE, v. a. to put to an inconvenience ; to rum- 
 ple or disorder dress. 
 
 DISCOMMO'DIOUS, a. inconvenient ; attended with trouble ; 
 displeasing. 
 
 DISC'OMMO'DITY, s. inconvenience; disadvantage; hurt', 
 or mischief. 
 
 To DISCOMPO'SE, {discomp6ze) v. a. [dis and compono, Lat.] 
 to put into confusion or disorder; to ruffle, applied to the 
 temper or mind ; to rumple clothes ; to vex. 
 
 DISCOMPO'SURE, (discompozure) s. disorder; perturbation; 
 or disquiet of mind, arising from some disagreeable circum- 
 stance. 
 
 To DISCONCE'RT, v. a. to unsettle, disorder, or discompose 
 the mind ; to frustrate, or defeat an undertaking or design. 
 
 DISCONFO'RMITY, s. want of agreement; inconsistency; 
 or opposition of sentiments. 
 
 DISCONGRU'ITY, s. disagreement ; difference ; inconsist- 
 ency. 
 
 D'lSCO'NSOLATE, a. wiihout comfort; without hope; me- 
 lancholy, or grieved on account of some affliction ; refusing 
 comfort. 
 
 DISCO'NSOLATELY, ad. in a comfortless manner. 
 
 DISCO'NSOLATENESS, s. the state of a person under afflic- 
 tion refusing comfort. 
 
 DISCONTE'NT, «. want of content; being unsatisfied with 
 one's present condition. 
 
 DISCONTE'NTED, a. uneasy ; unsatisfied with one's present 
 condition ; malevolent. 
 
 DISCONTE'NTEDNESS, «. uneasiness; the not being pleased 
 or satisfied with one's present condition ; the not receiving a 
 full satisfaction at the sight of an object. 
 
 DISCONTE'NTMENT, s. the state of being dissatisfied or 
 uneasy. 
 
 DlSCONTI'NUANCE, s. want of union or adhesion ; the se- 
 paration of the parts of any body. Cessation; intermission; or 
 stop, applied to action, in Law, an interruption, or breaking 
 off; as discontinuance of possession, or discontinuance of process. 
 The effect of discontinuance of possession is, that a man may not 
 enter upon his own land or tenement alienated, whatsoever his 
 right be unto it, or by his own authority; but must seek to re- 
 cover possession by law. The effect of discontinuance of plea is, 
 that the instance may not be taken up again, but by a new writ 
 to begin the suit afresh. 
 
 DISCONTINUATION,*, the breaking the continuity; breach 
 of union, or separation of the parts of a thing. 
 
 To DlSCON'l'I'NUE, v. n. [discontimier, Fr.] to break ofl"; to 
 separate; to lose an established privilege or custom. — v. a. to 
 leave off; to cease from any action which is begun. 
 
 DISCONTINUITY, s. want of cohesion ; breaking off union. 
 
 DISCONVE'NIENCE, s. incongruity; disagreement; opposi- 
 tion of nature. 
 
 DI'SCORD, ». [discordia, Lat.] a state wherein persons mu- 
 tually endeavour to hurt each other, and are lost to all the ten- 
 der sentiments of humanity and benevolence; disagreement. 
 Figuratively, difference, contrariety, or opposition of qualities. 
 In Music, sounds not of themselves pleasing, yet able to please 
 when judiciously introduced into a composition. 
 
 To DISCO'RD, V. n. to disagree ; to produce a disagreeable 
 and unpleasant sound when joined together. 
 
 DISCO'RDANCE, Disco'rdancy.s. disagreement ; opposition ; 
 inconsistency. 
 
 DISCO'RD ANT, a. inconsistent; disagreeing, or at variance 
 with itself; opposite, or contrary. 
 
 DISCO'RDANTLY, ad. in such a manner as to be at variance, 
 or inconsistent with itself. Not harmonizing or agreeing with 
 each other, applied to sounds. Peevishly ; in a contradictioujs 
 manner. 
 
 To DISCO'VER, V. a. [dhouvrir, Fr.] to make a thing seen by 
 removing the covering which concealed it from sight ; to make 
 known; to find out something unknown; to disclose, or bring to 
 light something which is secret, and endeavoured to be kept so. 
 
 DISCO'VERABLE, a. that may be found out either by appli- 
 cation of the mind, or some of the external senses; apparent; 
 obvious. 
 
 DISCO'VERER, s. one who finds out a thing, place, or position 
 not known before. 
 
DISCCVERY, ». the act of finding out any thing hidden ; 
 showing any thing concealed or covered. 
 
 To DISCOU'NSEL, f. a. to dissuade; to turn aside from any 
 vice, undertaking, or persuasion. 
 
 DISCOUNT, s. a sum allowed a person for payment before 
 the bill or debt becomes due, which is generally as much as the 
 interest would amount to for the space the bill "has to run from 
 the time of payment, or of making that allowance. Also, an 
 abatement from the stated price of anj' article made in consider- 
 ation of cash payment, &c. 
 
 To DISCOU'NT, V. a. to give a person ready money for a bill 
 before due, allowing interest for the time which it has to run ; to 
 allow or abate a person a certain sum for prompt payment, on 
 the purchase of any commodity. 
 
 To DISCOU'NTfeNANCE, v. a. to discourage by cold treat- 
 ment or indifference ; to show one's disapprobation of any 
 measure, by coldness of behaviour, or by taking such methods as 
 may defeat it. Figuratively, to abash, or put to shame. 
 
 Discountenance, «. coldness, or indifference of treat- 
 ment and behaviour ; unfriendly aspect or regard. 
 
 DISCOU'NTENANCER, s. one who discourages by cold treat- 
 ment, by an unfavourable aspect, or by want of warm and cordial 
 affection. 
 
 To DISCOU'RAGE, {diskvraje) v. a. to dishearten ; to deprive 
 of courage or vigour; to deter from any attempt; used with 
 frotn, and improperly with to. 
 
 DISCOU'RAGER, (diskarajer) s. one who damps or checks the 
 courage or vigour of a person ; one who deters, or frightens a 
 person from an attempt. 
 
 DISCOU'RAGEMENT, (disk&rajement) s. the act of frightening 
 or deterring a person from any attempt, by representing the 
 dangers attending it, or by involving him in difficulties ; any 
 impediment or difficulty which renders a person unwilling to 
 undertake a design. 
 
 DISCOU'RSE, (diskorse) s. Idiscours, Fr.] in Logic, an act or 
 operation of the mind, whereby it proceeds from a thing known 
 to one unknown, or from premises to consequences. Conversa- 
 tion or talk, wherein persons mutually convey their ideas and 
 sentiments to each other ; speech ; a treatise or dissertation 
 written or uttered. 
 
 To DISCOU'RSE, (diskorse) v. a. to converse, or talk with 
 another ; to treat a subject in a solemn or set manner; to reason, 
 or proceed from propositions to their consequences. 
 
 DISCOU'RSER, (diskorser) s. a speaker or writer on any 
 subject. 
 
 lilSCOU'RSIVE, (diskorsive) a. passing or advancing from a 
 known thing to an unknown, or from premises to consequences ; 
 partaking of the nature of dialogue or conversation. 
 
 DISCOU'RTEOUS, (diskorteom, or diskurteous) a. void of civil- 
 ity or complaisance. 
 
 DISCOU'RTESY, (diskortesy, or diskurtesy) «. an act of rude- 
 ness, disrespect, or incivility. 
 
 DISCOU'RTEOUSLY, (disMrUously, or diskurteoushj) ad. in an 
 uncivil, rude manner. 
 
 DI'SCOUS, a. in Botany, applied to such flowers as consist of 
 many flowerets, forming a broad, plain, or flat surface, such as 
 the sunflower. 
 
 DISCRE'DIT, «. [dis and credit, Fr.] disgrace ; ignominy ; in- 
 famy, or that which involves a person in shame or infamy; the 
 imputation of a fault, which lessens the fame of a person, and 
 deprives him of the esteem he enjoyed before. 
 
 To DISCRE'DIT, v. a. [decrediter, Fr.] to destroy the reputa- 
 tion of a person or thing ; to render a thing suspicious which is 
 believed to be true ; to hinder a rumour from spreading, by show- 
 ing it 10 be false. 
 
 DISCREET, a. [ducrel, Fr.] able to distinguish, and taking 
 time to distinguish between things and their consequences ; 
 acting with prudence and caution ; modest, not forward. 
 
 DISCREE'TLY, ad. prudently; cautiously; in such a manner 
 as shows deliberation and regard for the differences of things 
 and their consequences. 
 
 DISCREE'TNESS, s. the quality of acting agreeably to the 
 differences or nature of things ; a conduct guided by deliberation 
 and prudence. 
 
 DISCRE'TE,a. {ducretus,iroai dkcerno, Lat.] applied to quan- 
 tity, that which is not continued or joined together ; separate ; 
 distinct. Applied to propositions, such as contain truths or 
 
 DIS 
 
 sentiments set in contrast to each other, and joined by a dis- 
 cretive conjunction : as, " / resign my life, but not my honour," is 
 a discrete proposition. Biscrete proportion, is when the ratio be- 
 tween two pairs of numbers or quantities is the same, but the 
 proportion between all the four numbers is not the same. Thus 
 (i : 8 :: 3 : 4, the ratio between 6 and 8 is the same as that be- 
 tween 3 and 4, but (j is not to 8 as 3 is to 4, and therefore the 
 proportion is not continued between all the four numbers as the 
 continued proportionals, 3 : 6 : : 12 : 24. 
 
 DISCRE'TION, s. [discretio, Lat.] prudent behaviour, arising 
 from a knowledge of, and acting agreeably to, the difference of 
 things. Figuratively, an uncontrolled power, or one which is to 
 be limited to no conditions. 
 
 DiSCRE'TIONARY, (diskreshionary) a. left to act without 
 any other restraint or guide than a person's own prudence and 
 discretion. 
 
 DISCRE'TIVE PROPOSITIONS, s. in Logic, are those where 
 various judgments are denoted by the particles but, notwithstand- 
 ing, kc, either expressed or understood ; as, travellers may change 
 their climatt§, but not their temper. In Grammar, discretive conjunc- 
 tions are such as imply opposition ; as, not a man, but a least. 
 
 DISCRFMINABLE, a. distinguishable by some outward marks. 
 
 To DISCRI'MINATE, v. a. [discrimiiw, Lat.] to distinguish, 
 or mark with some note, which shows a difference ; to separate, 
 or select. 
 
 DISCRI'MINATENESS, s. distinction ; or obvious difference, 
 which renders a separation and distinction easy. 
 
 DISCRIMINATION, s. [discriminatio, Lat.] the state of a thing 
 separated from others, and distinguished for peculiar uses ; dis- 
 tinction, or the method of testifying the consciousness a person 
 has of the dift'erence between certain things. 
 
 piSCRFMINATIVE, a. that constitutes, or has regard to, the 
 difference between things. 
 
 DISCRI'MINOUS, a. [discrimen, Lat.] full of danger; ha- 
 zardous. 
 
 DISCU'BITORY, a. [discuhitorius, Lat.] fitted to the posture 
 of leaning. 
 
 DISCU'MBENCY, s. [discumhn, Lat.] the posture of reclining 
 at meals, after the Roman manner. 
 
 To DISCU'MBER, v. a. to disengage, or free from any thing 
 which is a load, or hinders a person from a free use of his limbs. 
 
 DISCU'RSIVE, a. [discursif, Fr.] in perpetual motion or agi- 
 tation. In Logic, proceeding from things known to things un- 
 known ; or from generals to particulars, and vice versd. 
 
 DISCU'RSIVELY, ad. in such a manner as to deduce one 
 thing from another, or a thing unknown from one that is known. 
 
 DISCU'RSORY, a. [discurro, Lat.] deducing things unknown 
 from those which are known ; argumentative. 
 
 DI'SCUS, s. [Lat.] in Antiquity, a round shield consecrated to 
 tho memory of some hero, and hung up in temples in commemor- 
 ation of some great exploit. Likewise a kind of quoit used by 
 the Romans in their games. 
 
 To DISCU'SS, c. a. Idisciitio, Lat.'] to examine; to get over; 
 to explain a difficulty by meditation or debate. In Surgery, to 
 disperse any swelling. 
 
 DISCU'SSER, s. one who determines a point, or explains a' 
 difficulty. 
 
 DISCU'SSION, «. the explaining a difliculty; the examining 
 into some knotty point or sentiment. In Surgery, the removing 
 or dispersion of any swelling, by insensible perspiration. 
 
 DISCU'SSIVE, a. having the power to discuss any humour. 
 
 DISCU'TIENT, {diskushient) s. in Physic, a medicine which 
 opens the pores, attenuates the fluids, and disperses humours by 
 insensible perspiration, or otherwise. 
 
 To DISDA'IN, V. a. [dcdaiyner, Fr.] to reject with scorn ; to 
 refuse, or decline with abhorrence, as unworthy one's character. 
 
 DISDA'IN, s. [sdegno, Ital.] contempt, as unworthy of one's 
 choice ; abhorrence ; or contemptuous anger and indignation. 
 
 DISDATNFUL, a. abounding with indignation ; haughty ; 
 scornful. 
 
 DISDA'INFULLY, ad. in a contemptuous manner ; with 
 proud or haughty scorn. 
 
 DISDA'INFULNESS, s. contempt proceeding from a mean 
 opinion of a person or thing, including naughtiness and pride. 
 
 DISE'ASE, {dizeSse) s. the state of a living body, wherein it is 
 prevented from the exercise of any of its functiqns, whether 
 vital, natural, or animal, attended with a sensation of uneasi- 
 
 279 
 
ness. In Botany, the state of a plant, wherein it is rendered 
 incapable of answering the several purposes for which it was 
 formed. 
 
 To DISE'ASE, {dizeeze) r. a. to affect the body so as to render 
 the exercise of any of its functions uneasy, or impracticable. 
 
 DISE'ASEDNESS, (dizeezedness) s. a state wherein an animal 
 is rendered incapable of performing such functions as are neces- 
 sary to health and life, and for which their frame seems to have 
 been intended. 
 
 To DISEMBA'RK, v. a. to carry from a ship or other vessel to 
 land. — V. n. to go on shore from a ship. 
 
 DISEMBO'DIED, a. stripped or divested of body. 
 
 To DISEMBO'GUE, {dimnhog) v. a. to discharge at its mouth 
 into the sea, anplied to rivers. — v. n. to flow. 
 
 DISEMBOWELLED, part, taken from the bowels. 
 
 To DISEMBROI'L, v. n. [dehrouiller , Fr.] to free from confu- 
 sion, disorder, perplexity, or from quarrels which occasion public 
 commotions. 
 
 To DISENA'BLE, v. a. to deprive of power; to weaken, or 
 render a person unable to perform an undertaking. Sfe Disable. 
 
 To DISENCHA'NT, v. a. to free from the power of any spell, 
 charm, or enchantment. 
 
 To DISENCU'MBER, v. a. to free from any thing which hin- 
 ders a person from exercising the powers of his understanding or 
 body, and oppresses him with a sensation of burthensomeness or 
 uneasiness ; to free from any hinderance or obstruction. 
 
 DISENCU'MBRANCE, s. freedom from hinderance, per- 
 plexity, or uneasiness, owing to any thing which prevents a 
 person from exercising his strength, or the faculty of his mind, 
 freely. 
 
 To DISENGA'GE, v. a. to separate from any thing which is 
 joined to a thing; to separate from any thing which is an en- 
 cumbrance ; to clear from impediments or obstructions ; to with- 
 draw, to divert the mind from any thing which powerfully at- 
 tracts its attention or affection. — v. n. to set ourselves free 
 from. 
 
 DISENGA'GED, a. at leisure ; not fixed to any particular ob- 
 ject, or obliged to attend any particular person. 
 
 DISENGA'GEDNESS, s. the quality of being disengaged; 
 freedom from any oppressing business. 
 
 DISENGA'GEMENT, s. release or freedom from any obliga- 
 tion, attendance, or affection, which influences the mind. 
 
 To DISENTA'NGLE, v. a. to set free from an obstacle or im- 
 pediment which hinders the mind or body from a proper use of 
 their respective powers and abilities. Figuratively, to free from 
 perplexity. 
 
 To DISENTE'RRE, v. a. [dis and enterrer, Fr.] to unbury ; to 
 take out of the grave. 
 
 To DISENTHRA'L, r. a. to set free; to rescue from slavery. 
 
 To DISENTHRO'NE, v. a. to depose, or drive from the throne. 
 
 To DISENTRA'NCE, v. a. to free from a trance ; to raise from 
 a swoon. 
 
 To DISESPOU'SE, {disespoiize) v. a. to break a marriage con- 
 tract. 
 
 DISESTEE'M, *. want of esteem ; a slight ; loss of credit or 
 esteem ; something less than contempt. 
 
 To DISESTEE'M, v. a. to regard slightingly; to consider in a 
 light which lessens esteem or approbation, but does not rise to 
 contempt. 
 
 DISFA'VOUR, s. a circumstance which impedes or hinders an 
 undertaking ; want of countenance, or such a concurrence as 
 may render a design successful ; a state wherein a person meets 
 with no encouragement or assistance from another. 
 
 To DISFA'VOUR, r. a. to discountenance, or hinder a design 
 from taking effect for want of assistance or encouragement. 
 
 DISFIGURATION, s. the act of spoiling the form of a tl.i:ig 
 or person, or rendering them ugly or disagreeable; the state of 
 a thing whose natural form and beauty is spoiled. Figuratively, 
 deformity. 
 
 To DISFFGURE, v, a. to change any thing to a worse form ; 
 to render a thing less beautiful, or less agreeable. 
 
 DISFI'GUREMENT, s. change from beauty to ugliness, or 
 from a pleasing form to one whicn is less so. 
 
 To DISFRANCHISE, v. a. to deprive a place of its charter, 
 privileges, or immunities ; or a person of his freedom as a citizen. 
 
 DISFRA'NCHISEMENT, «. the act of depriving a person or 
 place of privileges or immunities. 
 
 DIS 
 
 To DISFU'RNISH, t\ a. to deprive ; to unfumish ; to strip. 
 " If you should here disfurnish me," Shak. 
 
 To DISGLO'RIFY, v. a. to deprive of glory ; to treat with in- 
 dignity. " And God compared with idols disglorified, blas- 
 phemed," Milt. 
 
 To DISGO'RGE, v. a. [degorger, Fr.] to vomit, or discharge by 
 the mouth. Figuratively, to discharge or pour out with violence. 
 
 DISGRA-'CE, s. [disgrace, Fr.] shame; infamy; a state where- 
 in a person or thing has lost its honour, esteem, and those quali- 
 ties which rendered it worthy of respect ; the state of a person 
 who is out of favour. 
 
 To DISGRA'CE, v. a. to deprive of honour, esteem, or high 
 employment. 
 
 DISGRA'CEFUL, a. full of dishonour, or those circumstances 
 and qualities which make a person an object of reproach. 
 
 DISGRA'CEFULLY, ad. m such a manner as must subject a 
 person to dishonour, shame, or reproach. 
 
 DISGRA'CEFULNESS, s. shamefulness. 
 
 DISGRA'CER, s. one who deprives another of some honour- 
 able employment ; one who exposes another to shame and dis- 
 honour. 
 
 DISGRA'CIOUS, a. unkind ; unfavourable ; unpleasing. 
 
 To DISGUI'SE, {disguize) v. a. [deguiser, Fr.] to conceal a per- 
 son by means of some strange dress. Figuratively, to dissemble, 
 or conceal by a false appearance ; to disfigure or change the form 
 of a thing; to intoxicate and render unseemly by drinking. 
 
 DISGUI'SE, {disgttlze) s. a dress made use of to elude the notice 
 of those we are acquainted with, or to conceal a person; a false 
 appearance made use of to cover or conceal some design. Synon. 
 In order to mask it is necessary to cover the face with a false 
 visage ; but to disguise, it is sufficient to change the common ap- 
 pearance. 
 
 DISGUI'SEMENT, «. dress of concealment. "Under this 
 disguisement," Sgd. 
 
 DISGUI'SER, {disgiiizer) s. one who alters the natural appear- 
 ance of a person ; one who masks or conceals his real designs un- 
 der some false and specious appearance. 
 
 DISGU'ST, ». [degoilt, Fr.] an aversion arising from the dis- 
 agreeableness of a thing to the palate ; distaste ; displeasure, 
 arising from some disagreeable action or behaviour. 
 
 To DISGU'ST, V. a. [degoilter, Fr.] to raise an aversion or 
 nauseousness in the stomach by a disagreeable taste ; to raise an 
 aversion or dislike by some disagreeable or offen.sive action. 
 
 DISGU'STFUL, a. abounding with such qualities as produce 
 aversion or dislike. 
 
 DISH, s. [disc. Sax.] a broad shallow vessel with a rim, either 
 of silver, pewter, gold, china, or earthenware, used for holding 
 and carrying joints or other victuals to table, and differing from 
 a plate in size. 
 
 To DISH, i: a. to serve meat up elegantly, or place it in a dish. 
 
 DISHABI'LLE, s. [deshahitle, Fr.] an undress ; a loose and 
 negligent dress. 
 
 DISHABI'LLE, a. loosely and negligently dressed. 
 
 To DISHA'BIT, V. a. to throw out of place. 
 
 DISHA'RMONY, s. contrariety of harmony. 
 
 DISH-CLOUT, 6. the cloth with which the maids rub their 
 dishes. 
 
 To DISHEA'RTEN, (dishdrten) V. a. to deprive a person of 
 courage and alacrity; to terrify; to make a person imagine a 
 thing to be impracticable, or that some approaching evil is un- 
 avoidable. 
 
 DISHE'RISON, s. the act of debarring a person from an in- 
 heritance. 
 
 To DISHE'RIT, v. a. to debar a person from succeeding to an 
 inheritance; to cut off from an inheritance. 
 
 To DISHE'VEL, v. a. [decheveler, Fr.] to spread hair in a loose, 
 negligent, and disorderly manner. 
 
 DI'SHING, a. concave : a technical term among artificers. 
 
 DISHO'NEST, a. void of honesty ; fraudulent ; or inconsist- 
 ent with justice. Figuratively, reproachful, or shameful. 
 
 DISHO'NESTLY, ad. in such a manner as is inconsistent with 
 honour and honesty. 
 
 DISHO'NESTY, s. want of probity; the act of doing any 
 thing to cheat or defraud another of his property ; unchaste- 
 ness. 
 
 DISHO'NOUR, s. that which affects a person with disgrace. 
 Figuratively, reproach, which deprives a person of reputation. 
 
BIS 
 
 To DISHONOUR, p. a. to bring to shame; to disgrace; to 
 blast the character of a person ; to treat with indignity. 
 
 DlSHO'jN'OURABLE, a. void of respect, reverence, or esteem ; 
 shameful ; reproachful. 
 
 DISHONOURER, s. one who treats a person with indignity. 
 
 To DISHORN, f. a. to strip of horns. "We'll dishorn the 
 spirit," Shak. 
 
 DISH WASHER, s. in Natural History, the name of a bird 
 commonly called the wagtail. 
 
 DISIM'PRO'VEMENT, s. reduction from a better to a woise 
 state ; the contrary to melioration or improvement. 
 
 DISINCLINA'TION, ». want of affection ; want of propensity. 
 
 To DISINCLI'NE, v. a. to lessen one's affections for a thing or 
 person. 
 
 DISINGENUTTY, s. unfairness ; low and mean artifice. 
 
 DISINGE'NUOUS, a. not of an open or frank disposition ; 
 mean ; sly ; cunning or subtle. 
 
 DISINGE'NUOUSLY, ad. in an unfair, sly, or crafty manner. 
 
 DISINGE'NUOUSNESS, s. a behaviour wherein a person 
 endeavours to secure his ends by concealing his designs, and 
 using low craft and mean subterfuges in order to accomplish 
 them. 
 
 DISINHERISON, s. See Disherison. 
 
 To DISINHE'RIT, v. a. to cut off from a right to, or deprive 
 of, an inheritance. 
 
 To DISINTE'R, v. a. to take a body out of a grave. 
 
 DISI'NTEREST, s. that which is contrary to a person's suc- 
 cess or prosperity ; a disadvantage or loss ; indifference to, or 
 disregard of, profit or private advantage. 
 
 DISI'NTERESTED, a. not influenced by any views of private 
 lucre or advantage; superior to any selfish motives. 
 
 DISrNTERESTEDLY, ad. in a disinterested manner. 
 
 DISINTERESTEDNESS, s. contempt of private interest; 
 neglect of personal profit. 
 
 To DISJOI'N, V. a. [dejoindre, Fr.] to separate or divide things 
 united ; to part. 
 
 To DISJOI'NT, V. a. to put out of joint ; to separate things at 
 the place where they are cemented or joined together ; to carve 
 or cut in pieces, by separating the joints from each other; to 
 make incoherent ; to destroy the connexion of words or sentences. 
 —r. n. to fall asunder, or in pieces. 
 
 DISJUDICA'TION, s. [judico, Lat.] judgment; determina- 
 tion : more properly dijtidication. 
 
 DISJU'NCT, a. (disjungo, Lat.] disjoined; separate. 
 
 DISJU'NCTION, s. separation ; or the act of^ dividing things 
 orpersons. 
 
 DISJU'NCTIVE, a. disuniting; not proper for union. In 
 Grammar, applied to such particles as denote a separation or con- 
 trast ; " I love him, or I fear him ;" the word or is a disjunctive 
 conjunction. In Logic, applied to such propositions whose parts 
 are opposed to each other by disjunctive particles, thus : " Quan- 
 tity is either length, breadth, or depth.' 
 
 DISJU'NCTIVELY, ad. distinctly; separately. 
 
 DISK, s. [discus, Lat.] in Optics, the magnitude of the glass 
 of a telescope, or the width of its aperture. In Botany, the 
 central or middle part of composite flowers, as in the daisy ; also, 
 that portion of the flower between the calyx and the pistil, either 
 within or without the corolla, when it assumes a glandular, 
 swollen, or fleshy appearance, which proceeds from the abor- 
 tion of some of the petals or stamens. 
 
 DISKI'NDNESS, «. a want of kindness, affection, or benevo- 
 lence, an act whereby a thing or person receives damage or de- 
 triment, and is supposed to be derived from ill-will, or alienated 
 affection. 
 
 DISLI'KE, s. want of approbation or esteem, showed by a per- 
 son's behaviour and actions. 
 
 To DISLI'KE, V. tt. to disapprove ; to look on as improper or 
 faulty ; to show disgust or disesteem ; to change the appearance 
 of a thing, or make it look different from what it was before. 
 
 DISLI'KENESS, ». the quality which makes a thing appear 
 different to what it was before; the quality which makes a dif- 
 ference between things. 
 
 DISLI'KER, s. one who disapproves a person or thing. 
 
 To DISLI'MN, I', a. to unpaint ; to strike out of a picture. 
 
 To DISLOCATE, v. a. [disloco, Lat.] to put out of its proper 
 place ; to disjoint. 
 
 niSLOCA'TlON, s. the act of putting things out of their 
 
 DIS 
 
 proper places. In Surgery, a joint put out, or the forcing a bone 
 from the socket; a luxation. 
 
 To DISLO'DGE, v. a. to remove from a place or settlement by 
 force ; to drive an enemv from a post ; to remove an army to 
 other quarters.—^', n. to decamp, or go away to another place. 
 
 DISLOY'AL, a. [dfloyal, Fr.] false or disobedient to a sove- 
 reign. 
 
 DISLOY'ALLY, ad. in a faithless, disobedient, or rebellions 
 manner. 
 
 DISLOY'ALTY, s. want of fidelity to the sovereign. 
 
 DFSMAL, (dizmal) a. [dies malus, Lat.] that affects the mind 
 with horror; melancholy; gloomy; sorrowful. 
 
 Dl'SMAL SWAMP, a marshy tract in Virginia and N. Caro- 
 lina, United States, 30 miles long and 10 broad. It is mostly 
 covered with trees, and the underwood is so thick as to be im- 
 pervious. Lake Drummond lies in the centre. 
 
 DI'SMALLY, (dizmalli/) ad. in such a manner as to excite hor- 
 ror, sorrow, or melancholy. 
 
 Dl'SMALNESS, (dizmalness) s. the quality which excites hor- 
 ror, melancholy, or sorrow. 
 
 To DISMA'NTLE, v. a. to strip a person of any dress which 
 served him as an ornament or defence ; to smooth ; to unfold ; 
 to destroy; to destroy the outworks or defences of a place; to 
 break down or destroy any thing external. 
 
 To DISMA'SK, V. a. to pull off a mask ; to uncover. 
 
 To DISMAY', V. a. [desmayer, Span.] to discourage or dis- 
 hearten with fear. 
 
 DISMAY', s. loss of courage, occasioned by some frightful ob- 
 ject of apprehension. 
 
 DISMA Y'EDNESS, s. the state of mind arising from the sight 
 of some frightful object, or the apprehension of some danger. 
 
 DISME, s. [Fr.] a tenth ; the tenth part ; the tithe. 
 
 To DISME'MBER, v. a. to divide one member from another; 
 to cut or tear to pieces. 
 
 To DISMI'SS, V. a. [dis and mitto, Lat.] to send away; to dis- 
 charge from attendance ; to give leave to depart ; to discharge 
 from service, or from an employment. 
 
 DISMl'SSION, s. the act of sending away ; an honourable 
 discharge from an office; deprivation; or the being turned out 
 of any post or office. 
 
 To DISMO'RTGAGE, v. a. to redeem from or clear a mortgage 
 by paying the money lent on any lands or estate. 
 
 To DISMOU'NT, i: a. [demonter, Fr.] to unhorse; to lose any 
 preferment, or post of honour ; to dislodge or force cannon from 
 their carriage. — v. n. to alight from a horse; to descend from an 
 eminence or high place. 
 
 To DISNAa'URALlZE, v. a. to alienate ; to deprive of the 
 privilege of birth. 
 
 DISOBE'DIENCE, s. a wilful acting contrary to the commands 
 or prohibitions of a superior. 
 
 DISOBE'DIENT, pnrt or a. guilty of acting contrary to the 
 laws, or the commands of a superior. 
 
 To DISOBEY', V. a. to act contrary to the will or commands of 
 a superior; to break the laws, by doing something which is 
 forbidden, or refusing to do something that is commanded. 
 
 DISOBLIGATION, s. an act which alienates the attections of 
 a person, or changes a friend into an enemy; an act which oc- 
 casions disgust or dislike. 
 
 To DISOBLIGE, (pron. disobleeje) v. a. to do something which 
 offends another ; to tfisplease. 
 
 DISOBLI'GING, part, or a. unpleasing ; void of those qualities 
 which attract friendship; offensive. 
 
 DISOBLIGINGLY, ad. in such a manner as to displease. 
 
 DISOBLI'GINGNESS, s. readiness to displease. 
 
 DISO'RBED, ;>a)<. cast from its proper orbit or path, within 
 which it performs its revolutions. "Or like a star disorb'd," 
 Shak. 
 
 DISO'RDER, s. [desordre, Fr.] want of method, or regular dis- 
 tribution ; tumult, or confusion; breach or violation of laws; 
 disease, generally used for some slight disease. 
 
 To DISO'RDER, v. a. to throw into confusion ; to destroy the 
 regular distribution of a thing; to ruffle or confuse; to make 
 sick, or affect with some slight disease ; to discompose. 
 
 DISO'RDERED, ;wrf. not oomplying with law or order, ap- 
 plied to morals. Indisposed, or affected with a slight disease, 
 applied to the body. Confused, tumultuous, or rebellious, ap- 
 plied to states. Rumpled, applied to dress. 
 
 2 o 281 
 
DIS 
 
 DISO'RDEREDNESS, ». irregularity ; want of order ; con- 
 fusion. 
 
 DISO'RDERLY, ad. in a manner inconsistent with law or 
 virtue, applied to morals. In an irregular or tumultuous man- 
 ner, applied to the motion of the animal spirits or fluids. In a 
 manner wanting method, applied to the placing of things, to the 
 distribution of ideas, or to the arrangement of arguments in 
 learned productions. 
 
 DISO'RDERLY, a. acting inconsistent with law or virtue; 
 confused, or not regularly placed; tumultuous. 
 
 DISO'RDINATE, a. not living by the rules of virtue. 
 
 DISO'RDINATELY, ad. in such a manner as to exceed the 
 bounds of temperance, or to transgress the rules of morality. 
 
 To DISO'WN, V. a. to renounce ; to deny. 
 
 To DISPA'ND, V. a. [dispando, Lat.] to display ; to spread 
 abroad. 
 
 DISPA'NSION, s. the act of displaying; the act of spreading; 
 diffusion ; dilatation. 
 
 To DISPA'RAGE, r. a. [dispar, Lat.] to match with a person 
 or thing which is not equal ; to disgrace by joining a thing of 
 superior excellence with one below it ; to disgrace or injure by 
 comparison with something of less value ; to treat with contempt 
 and dishonour ; to expose; to blame, censure, or reproach. 
 
 DISPA'RAGEMENT, s. disgrace or dishonour done to a per- 
 son or thing by comparing them with something of inferior ex- 
 cellence and dignity ; disgrace, or reproach, 
 
 DISPA'RAGER, s. one who treats a person or thing with in- 
 dignity, and endeavours to lessen their value by comparing or 
 uniting them with something of less value, or below them. 
 
 DISPARATES, s. [dispar, Lat.] in Logic, things so unlike, 
 that they cannot be compared together. 
 
 DISPA'RITY, s. opposition or difference of qualities ; differ- 
 ence in degree, whether it respects rank or excellence ; unlike- 
 ness; dissimilitude. 
 
 To DISPA'RK, ('. a. to throw open a park. " Dispark'd my 
 parks," <SAaA. To set at large ; to release from enclosure. "And 
 did at once dispark them all," Waller. 
 
 To DISPA'RT, V. a. [dispartio, Lat.] to divide in two ; to sepa- 
 rate ; to break. 
 
 DISPA'SSION, s. freedom from the passions or affections of 
 the mind. 
 
 DiSPA'SSIONATE, a. free from the turbulence of anger, or 
 other passions; calm, cool, and temperate. 
 
 To DISPA'TCH, V. a. [dipecher, Fr.] to send a person or thing 
 away hastily. Figuratively, to send out of the world by a violent 
 death ; to murder; to perform business quickly or expeditiously. 
 
 DISPA'TCH, s. quickness or expedition in performing. Figu- 
 ratively, conduct ; management ; an express. 
 
 DISPA'TCHFUL, a. full of haste, expedition, or quickness in 
 the performance of business. 
 
 To DISPE'L, V. a. [diapello, Lat.] to disperse, to clear away any 
 obstruction by scattering or dissipating it. 
 
 DISPE'NSARY, s. the place where medicines are sold, and 
 physicians' bills are made up at a low price for the benefit of the 
 poor; a book containing forms or receipts for making medicines. 
 
 DISPENSA'TION, s. [dispensatio, Lat.] the act of distributing 
 to several things or parts; a permission to do something con- 
 trary to the laws ; or a relaxation and suspension of their force 
 for a certain time, or on a peculiar occasion. In Theology, the 
 name given to the variously developed revelations made by God 
 to man, of his character and of his will respecting them. 
 
 DISPENSA'TOR, s. [Lat.] one employed in distributing. 
 
 DISPE'NSATORY, s. Sec Dispen.sary. 
 
 To DISPE'NSE, V. a. [dispenser, Fr.] to distribute, or give 
 among several persons ; to excuse from a duty. 
 
 DISPE'NSER, s. one who dispenses or distributes. 
 
 To DISPE'OPLE, (dispeeple) v. a. to deprive a country of its 
 inhabitants. 
 
 DISPE'OPLER, (dispeepler) s. one who deprives a country of 
 its inhabitants. 
 
 To DISPE'RGE, v. a. [disperf/o, Lat.] to sprinkle ; to scatter. 
 
 To DISPE'RSE, r. a. [dispergo, Lat.] to scatter; to drive to 
 different parts ; to separate a body of men or multitude. Synon. 
 To disperse is always voluntary ; to scatter is usually involuntary. 
 
 DISPE'RSEDLY, ad. in a separate manner; separately. 
 
 DISPE'RSEDNESS, s. the state of things or persons which 
 are divided or separated. 
 
 DIS 
 
 DISPE'RSENESS, s. thinness ; scatteredness. 
 
 DISPE'RSER, s. one who spreads abroad or makes public, by 
 communicating to many. 
 
 DISPE'RSION, s. the act of scattering or spreading. In Sur- 
 gery, it is the removing an inflammation, and not allowing it to 
 advance to an abscess. 
 
 To DISPI'RIT, i\ a. to strike with fear, or to repress the 
 courage of a person by some menace or ill treatment ; to ex- 
 haust the spirit.s, or deprive a person of his natural alacrity and 
 vigour. 
 
 DISPI'RITEDNESS, s. want of alacrity, vigour, or vivacity. 
 
 To DISPLA'CE, V. a. to put out of a place ; to remove from 
 one place to another ; to supersede. 
 
 DISPLA'CENCY, s, [displicio, Lat.] actions or behaviour which 
 occasion displeasure ; disgust; any thing displeasing. 
 
 To DISPLA'N T, f. a. to remove a plant to some other place. 
 Figuratively, to drive a people away from a settlement. 
 
 DISPLANTA'TION, s. [dis and plaiito, Lat.] the removal of a 
 plant ; the ejection of a people. 
 
 To DISPLA'Y, V. a. [deployer, Fr.] to spread abroad or wide ; 
 to show to the sight, or to the understanding; to explain a 
 thing minutely ; to set ostentatiously in view. 
 
 DISPLA'Y, -s. the act of exhibiting a thing to view, in order 
 to discover its beauties and excellences. 
 
 DISPLA'YED, ;jari. in Heraldry, applied to a bird in an erect 
 posture, with its wings expanded or stretched out. 
 
 DISPLE'ASANT, {displezant) a. disagreeable or offensive to the 
 senses. 
 
 To DISPLE'ASE, (displeeze) v. a. to offend, or make angrj'; 
 to do a thing which will raise the ill-will of a person, or for- 
 feit his esteem. To disgust, or raise an aversion, applied to the 
 senses. 
 
 piSPLE'ASINGNESS, {displeezingness) s. the quality of cre- 
 ating dislike, or being disagreeable either to the sense or judg- 
 ment. 
 
 DISPLE'ASURE, (displeazurc) s. a disagreeable sensation; 
 that which will offend a person ; anger proceeding from some 
 offence given, or from something which was disagreeable ; a state 
 of disgrace, wherein a person has lost the favour of another. 
 
 To DISPLO'DE, V. a. [displodo, Lat.] to vent or discharge with 
 a loud noise. 
 
 DISPLO'SION, s. [displodo, Lat.] the act of disploding ; a sud- 
 den burst or dispersion with noise and violence. 
 
 DISPO'RT, «. play ; sport ; pastime ; diversion 
 
 To D 
 
 wanton, 
 
 To DISPCyR' 
 
 . niay; s) 
 T, V. a. 
 
 to divert.- 
 
 to play; to toy; to 
 
 DISPO'SAL, (dispozal) s. the act of regulating any thing; 
 distribution; dispensation; the right of bestowing. 
 
 To DISPO'SE, (^dispize) v. a. [disposer, Fr.] to employ, or apply 
 to any use ; to bestow or give ; to spend or lay out money ; to 
 turn to any particular end ; to adopt, fit, or form for any pur- 
 pose ; to influence the mind; to regulate or adjust ; to place in 
 any condition ; to sell ; to get rid of 
 
 DISPO'SER (dispozei-) s. a person who has the management of 
 any affair of money ; he that gives, bestows, or regulates ; a di- 
 rector ; one who distributes without control, and in an arbitrary 
 manner. 
 
 DISPOSI'TION, (disposishon) s. [dispositio, Lat.] a regular ar- 
 rangement, distribution, or order of the parts of a thing, or 
 system, which discovers art, method, and prudence; natural 
 fitness or tendency ; propensity, bent, or temper of the mind ; 
 affections of kindness or ill-will. Applied to the mind, when the 
 power and ability of any thing is forward and ready on every 
 occasion to break into action. 
 
 To DISPOSSE'SS, (dispozSss) v. a. to turn a person out of a 
 place of which he is master. 
 
 DISPRAI'SE, {disprdize) s. blame, or the act of finding fault ; 
 censure ; reproach. 
 
 To DISPRAI'SE, {disprdize) v. a. to blame ; to find fault with ; 
 to censure. 
 
 DISPRAI'SER, (disprdizer) s. one who blames, or fii^ds fault, 
 
 DISPRAI'SINGLY, {disprdizingly) ad. with blame or censure. 
 
 To DISPRE'AD, {dispred) v. a. to spread abroad ; to spread 
 different ways. 
 
 DISPROFIT, s. loss ; damage ; that by which a thing is ren- 
 dered less valuable, or a person receives loss. 
 
 DISPROO'F, s. confutation, or proving a thing to be false. 
 
DIS 
 
 DISPROPORTION, s. the disagreement between the quality 
 or quantity of different things, or the parts of the same thing. 
 
 To DISPROPORTION, v. a. to join things which do not suit, 
 or disagree with each other in quantity or quality. 
 
 DISPROPO'RTIONABLE, a. disagreeing in quantity ; not 
 well suited or proportioned to something else. 
 
 DISPROPO'RTIONABLENESS, s. the want of agreement, 
 with respect to quantity, size, or symmetry. 
 
 DISPROPO'RTIONABLY, ad. unsuitably, not symmetrically. 
 
 DISPROPO'RTIONAL, a. unsuitable, or "disagreeing in quan- 
 tity, quality, or value, with something else. 
 
 DISPROPO'RTIONALJLY, ad. unsuitably with respect to 
 quantity or yalue. 
 
 piSPROPO'RTIONATE, a. disagreeing in quality or value 
 with something else; wanting symmetry. 
 
 DISPROPO'RTIONATELY, ad. wanting symmetry. 
 
 DISPROPO'RTIONATENESS, s. unsuitableness in bulk, 
 form, or value. 
 
 To DISPRO'VE, (disproove) v. a. to confute an assertion ; to 
 show a thing or practice to be inconsistent with truth, law, or 
 morality. 
 
 DISPRO'VER, {dispro6ter) s. one who confutes or proves a 
 thing or argument to be false or erroneous. 
 
 DISPU'MSHABLE, a. in Law, without some penal clause or 
 article subjecting a person to make good any loss or damage. 
 
 DISPU'TABLE, a. that may admit of arguments both for and 
 against it ; liable to dispute ; controvertible ; lawful to be con- 
 tested. 
 
 DI'SPUTANT, s. [disputo, Lat.] one who argues against or op- 
 poses the opinions of another. 
 
 DISPUTANT, a. disputing ; engaged in controversy. Obso- 
 lete. " Disputant on points and questions," 3IiU. 
 
 DISPUTA'TION, s. {disputatio, Lat.] the art of opposing the 
 sentiments of others; controversy or arguments produced either 
 in favour of one's own sentiments or in opposition to those of 
 another. 
 
 piSPUTA'TIOUS, (disputdshious) a. fond of opposing the 
 opinions of others; given to debate, or cavilling. 
 
 DISPU'TATIVE, a. disposed to oppose the opinions of others; 
 fond of controversy. 
 
 To DISPUTE, V. n. [disputo, Lat.] to oppose the sentiments or 
 opinions of another ; to deny and argue against any received 
 opinion. — v. a. to contend for a thing either by words or actions ; 
 to oppose or question ; to discuss a question ; to think on. 
 
 DISPUTE, s. the act of opposing, or bringing arguments 
 against the opinion of another ; controversy. 
 
 DISPUTER, a. one engaged in, or fond of, controversy. 
 
 DISQUALIFICATION, «. that which renders a person unfit 
 for employ. 
 
 To DISQUA'LIFY, v. a. to make unfit ; to disable by some 
 natural or legal impediment; to exempt or disable from any 
 right, claim, or practice, by law. 
 
 To piSQUA'l<ITITY, v. a. to lessen 
 " To disquantity your train," Shak. 
 
 piSQUI'ET, s. uneasiness; restlessness; want of ease of 
 mind ; anxiety. 
 
 DISQUI'ET, a. uneasy or disturbed in mind. 
 
 To DISQUI'ET, V. a. to disturb the mind of a person by some 
 disagreeable and calamitous object ; to vex; to make uneasy. 
 
 DISQUI'ETER, s. a disturber; or one who renders another 
 uneasy in mind. 
 
 DISQUI'ETLY, arf. anxiously; in such a manner as to dis- 
 turb or make uneasy. 
 
 piSQUI'ETNESS, s. the state of a person who is displeased 
 with his present condition, involved in troubles and dangers, or 
 affrighted by some impending evil. 
 
 piSQUI'ETUDE, 8. uneasiness, or disturbance of mind; 
 anxiety ; want of tranquilHty. 
 
 DISQUISITION, {dtsquizishon) s. [disquisitio, Lat.] an act of 
 the mind, whereby it examines into a subject in order to under- 
 stand its importance, to foresee its consequences, and to find 
 out what may be urged either for or against it ; a strict examin- 
 ation of a thing or matter. 
 
 DISREGA'RD, ». a slight notice; contempt; neglect; dis- 
 esteem. 
 
 To DISREGA'RD, v. a. to take notice; to slight ; to neglect ; 
 to contemn. 
 
 I diminish. Not used. 
 
 DIS 
 
 DISREGA'RDFUL, a. negligent ; contemptuous ; or making 
 a small account of either persons or things. 
 
 piSREGA'RDFULLY, ad. in a negligent, contemptuous, or 
 slighting manner. 
 
 PiSRE'LISH, 5. a bad taste ; disgust, or dislike, applied to 
 the taste. 
 
 To DISRE'LISH, t!. a. to make a thing nauseous; to affect 
 the taste with a disagreeable sensation. Figuratively, to dis- 
 like ; to want a taste for. 
 
 DISREPUTATION, s. disgrace ; or that which will lessen a 
 person's character or fame. 
 
 DISREPUTE, «. an ill character ; loss of reputation or esteem ; 
 reproach. 
 
 piSRESPE'CT, s. incivility ; want of esteem ; a behaviour 
 which approaches to rudeness. 
 
 DISRLSPE'CTFUL, a. uncivil; without esteem; unman- 
 nerly. 
 
 DISRESPE'CTFULLY, ad. in an uncivil, irreverent, or un- 
 mannerly manner. 
 
 To DISRO'BE, 1). a. to undress or strip a person of clothes. 
 Figuratively, to lay aside ; to divest, applied to the mind. 
 
 DISRU'PTION, 8. [disrumpo, Lat.] the act of breaking or 
 bursting asunder ; a breach or rent. 
 
 DISS, Norfolk. It is a xieat, flourishing town, and at the west 
 end of it is a large mere, or lake. Here are manufactories of 
 yarn, sail-cloth, and linen cloth, and a brewery. It stands on 
 the river Waveney. It is 92 miles from London. Market, Fri- 
 day. Pop. 3205. 
 
 DISSATISFA'CTION, s. the state of a person who is not con- 
 tented with his present condition, but wants something to com- 
 plete his wish or happiness ; discontent. 
 
 DISSATISFA'CTORINESS, s. inabiUty or want of power to 
 give content. 
 
 DISSATISFA'CTORY, a. that is not able to produce content. 
 
 To DISSATISFY, v. a. to discontent ; to displease ; to want 
 some quality requisite to please or content. 
 
 To DISSE'CT, V. a. [dis and seco, Lat.] in Anatom}', to divide 
 the parts of an animal body with a knife, in order to consider 
 each of them apart. Figuratively, to divide and examine a sub- 
 ject minutely. 
 
 DISSE'CT ION, s. in Anatomy, the act of cutting or dividing 
 the several parts of an animal body asunder, in order to examine 
 into their nature and several uses ; to divide the several parts of 
 a plant, leaf, or any piece of work, in order to examine into the 
 mutual connexion of their several parts, compositions, and work- 
 manship. 
 
 DISSE'ISIN, (disseezin) s. in Law, is an unlawful dispossessing 
 a person of his lands, tenement, or other immovable or incorpo- 
 real right. 
 
 To DISSE'IZE, (disscKe) v. a. to eject, dispossess, or unjustly 
 deprive a man of his estate. 
 
 DISSE'IZOR, (disseizor) s, one who deprives or dispossesses 
 another of his right. 
 
 To DISSE'MBLE, v. a. [dissimulo, Lat.] to hide or conceal 
 under a false appearance; to pretend that to be which is not.— 
 V. n. to play the hypocrite. 
 
 DISSE'MBLER, s. one who conceals his real designs, tem- 
 
 Eer, and disposition, under a false and specious appearance; a 
 j-pocrite. 
 
 DISSE'MBLINGLY, ad. in a hypocritical manner; in such a 
 manner as to conceal one's real sentiments under a false and 
 
 [dis and semen, Lat,] to scatter 
 seed ; to sow. Figuratively, to spread abroad, or propagate a 
 report. 
 
 PiSSEMINATION, s. the act of sowing ; the act of spread- 
 ing abroad, or propagating a report. 
 
 DISSEMINATOR, s. [Lat.] he that sows. Figuratively, one 
 who propagates a doctrine. 
 
 DISSE'NSION, 8. [dissensio, Lat.] difference, or disagreement 
 in opinion or politics ; contention, or warm opposition. 
 
 DISSE'NSIOUS, (dissenshioua) a. disposed to strife ; quarrel- 
 some ; factious. 
 
 ToDISSE'NT, V. n. [disa.nA sentio, Lat.] to disagree in opinion ; 
 to think differently; to be of a contrary nature ; to differ. 
 
 DISSENT, s. disagreement ; difference of opinion ; avowal or 
 declaration of difference of opinion. * 
 
 2 o 2 283 
 
DI8 
 
 DISSENTA'NEOUS, a. disagreeable ; inconsistent. 
 
 DISSE'NTER, s. the name given generally to any one who 
 from any reason refuses to comply with the forms, &c. of the 
 Church of England, except Romanists and Jews. Properly, it 
 signifies one who refuses to acknowledge any authority of man 
 or society over his faith, and over his conduct as springing from 
 it. The opposition to the interference of the state in this mat- 
 ter is in this country the most conspicuous expression of dissent, 
 and therefore has been mistaken for the only one. 
 
 DISSERTATION, s. [dlssertatio, Lat.] a set discourse or trea- 
 tise on any particular subject. 
 
 To DISSE'RVE, v. a. to do injury to ; to damage ; to hurt ; 
 to harm. 
 
 DISSE'RVICE, s. harm; hurt; a prejudice or ill turn done to 
 a person or thing. 
 
 DISSE'RVICEABLE, a. that will hinder the advantage of a 
 person or thing; injurious; hurtful. 
 
 piSSE'RVICEABLENESS, s. that which hinders the accom- 
 plishing some end; hurt; mischief; damage; injury; harm. 
 
 To DISSE'VER, v. a. [the particle dis added to sever, an im- 
 propriety observed in some other words of our language, viz. 
 disannul, &c.] to break or part in two ; to separate; to divide. 
 
 DI'SSIDENTS, s. a denomination applied in Poland to per- 
 sons of the Lutheran, Calvinistic, or Greek profession. They 
 have been generally tolerated. 
 
 DISSILITION, s. [dissilio, Lat.] the act of bursting in two ; 
 the act of starting different ways. 
 
 DISSPMILAR, a. [f/i'ssiVrtiYJs, Lat.] differing in quality or shape 
 from the thing which it is compared with ; unlike ; of a differ- 
 ent kind or nature. 
 
 DISSIMILARITY, s. unlikeness in quality, temper, or dis- 
 position. 
 
 DISSIMI'LITUDE, «. difference of form or quality ; want of 
 resemblance with a thing compared. 
 
 DISSIMULA'TION, s. [dissimidatio, Lat.] the act of conceal- 
 ing one's intention or disposition. Synon. Dissimulation is the 
 pretending not to be what we are, nor to purpose what we are 
 actually intending. Simulation is the pretending to be what we 
 are not, or to purpose what we do not. 
 
 DI'SSIPABLE, a. easily separated and scattered. 
 
 To DPSSIPATE, V. a. \dissipo, Lat.] to separate any collection, 
 and disperse the parts at a distance ; to divide the attention 
 between a diversity of objects, and therefore render it impossi- 
 ble to fix to any with intenseness ; to squander wealth ; to spend 
 a fortune. 
 
 DISSIPA'TION, s. the act of separating the parts which 
 form any collection, mass, or body ; the state of the parts of a 
 body separated, and at a distance from each other. Figuratively, 
 inattention. 
 
 To DISSO'CIATE, (dissdshiate) v. a. [dis and socio, Lat.] to se- 
 parate things or persons which are united. 
 
 DISSO'LVABLE, (dizdlvable) a. [dissolvo, Lat.] that is capable 
 of having its parts separated by moisture or the action of some 
 fluid. Dissoluble is more generally used. 
 
 DI'SSOLUBLE, a. capable of having its parts separated. 
 
 DISSOLUBI'LITY, s. the possibility of having its parts separ- 
 ated or liquefied by moisture or heat. 
 
 To DISSO'LVE, (dUlve) v. a. [dis and soko, Lat.] to destroy 
 the form of a thing by separating its parts with moisture or heat ; 
 to melt, or liquefy; to destroy; to separate ; to break the ties of 
 any thing ; to part persons who are united by any bonds ; to 
 clear up a doubt or difficulty; to break up or discharge an as- 
 sembly.— u. n. to be melted ; to fall to nothing ; to melt away in 
 pleasures. 
 
 DISSO'LVENT, {dizdlvent) a. having the power of separating, 
 or breaking the union of the particles of a body. 
 
 DISSO'LVENT, {dkdlvent) s. that which separates the parts of 
 any thing. 
 
 DISSO'LVER, (dizilver) s. that which has the power of melting, 
 liquefying, or breaking the union of the particles of any thing. 
 
 DISSO'LVIBLE, a. (commonly, but less properly, written dis- 
 tolvable,) liable to perish by dissolution. 
 
 DI'SSOLUTE, a. [diasolutus, Lat.] dissolved in, or abandoned 
 to, pleasure; loose; wanton; or* unrestrained by the rules of 
 morality, the oi;der8 of government, or the laws of religion. 
 
 DI'SSOLUTELY, ad. in such a manner as is inconsistent with 
 virtue, government, or religion. 
 
 DIS 
 
 DI'SSOLUTENESS, s. looseness of manners ; a conduct sub- 
 jected to no restraint ; wantonness ; wickedness. 
 
 DISSOLU'TION, s. [dissolutio, Lat.] the act of separating the 
 particles of a body, or liquefying and melting by heat and mois- 
 ture; the destruction of any thing by the separation of its parts; 
 the substance or body formed by melting a thing ; death, or the 
 separation of the body and soiil ; the act of breaking up, dis- 
 missing, or putting an end to an assembly. 
 
 DI'SSONANCE, s. [dissonans, Lat.] a mixture of harsh and un- 
 harmonious sounds ; discord. 
 
 DI'SSONANT, a. sounding harsh and disagreeable to the ear. 
 Figuratively, inconsistent, disagreeing ; used with from, but 
 most properly with to. 
 
 To DISSUA'DE, (disswdde) v. a. [dis and suadeo, Lat.] to make 
 use of arguments to hinder a person from doing something 
 which he intends ; to represent a thing as improper or disad- 
 vantageous. 
 
 DISSUA'DER, (dtsswdder) s. one who endeavours by argument 
 to divert a person from a design or undertaking. 
 
 DISSUA'SION, (dissujdzhion) s. an argument or motive made 
 use of to divert or hinder a person from closing with any design, 
 or engaging in any undertaking. 
 
 DISSUA'SIVE, (disswdzive) a. tending to divert from any pur- 
 pose or design. 
 
 DISSUA'SIVE, (disswdzive) s. a motive or argument made use 
 of to prevail on a person to decline a design or pursuit. 
 
 DISSY'LLABLE, s. [dis and si/Uabos, Gr.] in Grammar, a word 
 of two syllables. 
 
 DI'S'TAFF, s. [distaef. Sax.] the staff, or stick, on the extremity 
 of which the tow or hemp is fastened for spinning. 
 
 DI'STAFF-THISTLE, s. in Botany, a species of thistle. 
 
 To DISTA'IN, v. a. to mark a thing with a different colour ; to 
 spoil the colour of a thing. Figuratively, to blot ; to mark with 
 infamy; to pollute or defile. 
 
 DI'STANCE, [dis and sto, Lat.] the space or length of ground 
 between any two objects, applied to place or situation ; a space 
 marked in a course wherein race-horses run. The space between 
 a thing present and one past or future, applied to time. Dis- 
 tinction, applied to ideas. Figuratively, a modest and respect- 
 ful behaviour, opposed to familiarity; a withdrawing of affec- 
 tion ; reserve ; coolness. 
 
 To DI'STANCE, v. a. to remove from the view ; to place far- 
 ther from a person ; to leave behind at a race the length of a 
 distance post. Figuratively, to surpass a person in the abilities 
 of the mind. 
 
 DISTANT, a. far from, applied to place. Apart, separate, 
 asunder, applied to situation, or the space between two or more 
 bodies. Removed from the present instant, applied to time past 
 or future. 
 
 To DISTA'STE, v. a. to occasion a disagreeable or nauseous 
 taste ; to affect the taste with a disagreeable sensation ; to dislike. 
 
 DISTA'STE, s. aversion of the palate ; dislike; anger; alien- 
 ation of affection. 
 
 DISTA'STEFUL, a. affecting the palate, or organ of taste, 
 with a nauseous or disagreeable sensation ; that gives offence, 
 or is unpleasing ; showing ill-will or disgust. 
 
 DISTE'MPER, s. a disproportionate mixture of ingredients. 
 In Painting, a term used for the working up of colours with size, 
 or any such proper glutinous kind of matter, and whitening, or 
 water, and not with oil. It is employed only in the coarsest kind 
 of painting, and in colouring walls, "&c. In Medicine, some dis- 
 order of the bodily frame ; a disorder of the mind, arising from 
 the predominance of any passion or appetite ; want of due ba- 
 lance between contraries; ill humour. Tumultuous disorder or 
 confusion, applied to states. 
 
 To DISTE'MPER, v. a. to weaken health ; to aflPect with some 
 disease; to disorder ; to fill the mind with perturbation or con- 
 fusion. To render rebellious, or disaffected, applied to slates. 
 
 DISTE'MPERATE, a. immoderate. 
 
 DISTE'MPERATURE, s. excess of heat, cold, or other quali- 
 ties. Violent commotions, applied to government. Figuratively, 
 perturbation of mind; confusion; mixture of contrary qualities 
 or extremes. 
 
 To DISTE'ND, v. a. [dis and tendo, Lat.] to stretch by filling ; 
 to stretch out in breadth. 
 
 DISTE'NT, s. the space through which any thing is spread or 
 stretched; breadth. 
 
UlSTE'NTION, «. the act of stretching ; breadth, or the space 
 which is occupied by a thing distended; the act of separating 
 one thing from another. 
 
 DI'STICH, {distik) s. [distichon, Gr.] in Poetry, a couplet ; a 
 couple of lines; a poem consisting only of two verses ; a theme 
 or subject treated of and comprised in two lines. 
 
 To blSTI'L, r. n. [distillo, Lat.] to drop, or fall by drops. To 
 drop or fall gently, applied to fluids ; to extract the virtues of in- 
 gredients by means ot a still. 
 
 DISTILLA'TION, s. [distilh, Lat.] the act of falling in drops; 
 also, the process of obtaining the spirituous and other vaporizable 
 ingredients in any fluid or substance, by exposing it to heat in a 
 closed vessel in such a way, that the vapour arising is condensed 
 and falls drop by drop as a liquid. Ardent spirits are obtained 
 by this process. 
 
 DISTI'LLATORY, a. belonging to or used in distilling. 
 
 DISTI'LLER, s. one who makes and sells distilled liquors. 
 
 DISTI'LLERY, «. the business, trade, or employment of a 
 distiller. 
 
 DlSTl'NCT, a. [rf(s<inc<Ms, Lat.] different both in number and 
 kind; separate; set apart; asunder; cleared and uuconfused ; 
 marked out, so as to be distinguished from any other. 
 
 DISTI'NCTION, s. [rfis^mciw, Lat.] a note which shows the 
 diflference between two or more objects ; a mark of superiority ; 
 that by which one thing or person differs from another ; differ- 
 ences made between persons of various ages, sexes, or ranks ; di- 
 vision into different parts ; discernment ; judgment ; high rank, 
 or set above others by honour or title. 
 
 DlSTl'NCTIVE, a. that manifests or marks the difference be- 
 tween persons or things; having the power to distinguish or 
 perceive the difference between things; judicious. 
 
 DISTI'NCTIVELY, ad. in right order; without confusion. 
 
 DISTI'NCTLY, ad. without confusing one part with another; 
 plainh^; clearly. 
 
 DISTINCTNESS, s. a nice or accurate observation of the dif- 
 ference between things ; a separation of things either externally 
 or in the mind, which renders their difference from each other 
 easily perceived. 
 
 To DlSTrNGUISH, (the ui in the last sellable of this word 
 and its derivatives has the sound oi wi, — distwgicish,) v. a. [disttn- 
 guo, Lat.] to note the difference between things ; to separate 
 Trom others by some mark of honour; to divide by notes, show- 
 ing the difference between things in other respects like each 
 other; to perceive; to discern critically; to constitute a differ- 
 ence ; to specificate. 
 
 DISTI'NGUISHABLE, a. that may be separated or easily 
 known, on account of its diff'erence from another; worthy of 
 note or regard. 
 
 DlSTl'NGUISHED, a. eminent or extraordinary; easily to be 
 seen from others on account of some remarkable diflference or 
 excellence. 
 
 DISTI'NGUISHER, s. one who sees and notes the difference 
 of things with accuracy; a judicious observer. 
 
 DISTl'NGUISHLNGLY, ad. with some mark which renders a 
 difference remarkable. 
 
 DISTI'NGUISHMENT, «. the observation of the difference 
 between things. 
 
 To DISTO'RT, i: a. [distorqueo, Lat.] to twist ; to deform by 
 uncouth or irregular motions ; to put out of its natural state and 
 condition. To wrest an expression from its true meaning. 
 
 DISTO'RTION, s. in Medicine, a contraction of one side of 
 the person, or face, arising from the paralysis of the counter- 
 acting muscles of the other side; an irregular motion, by which 
 any of the paris of animal bodies are rendered deformed. 
 
 To DISTRA'CT, f. a. part. pass, formerly distraught ; [dis and 
 tralu), Lat.] to pull a thing different ways at the same time ; to 
 separate ; to part. Figuratively, to draw or turn to different 
 points ; to fill and attract the mind with different views or con- 
 siderations ; to make a person mad. 
 
 DISTRA'CTEDLY, ad. after the manner of a madman. 
 
 DISTRA'CTEDNESS, s. the state of a person who is mad 
 from too great a variety of pursuits. 
 
 DISTRA'CTION,'*. separation ; division. Confusion, applied 
 to politics. That state of mind in which the attention is called 
 to different, and sometimes contrary, objects ; perturbation of 
 mind ; madness. 
 
 DISTRA'CTIVE, a. causing perplexity. 
 
 DIT 
 
 To DISTRATN, v. a. [dis and stringo, Lat.] in Law, to seize the 
 property of another for debt. — v. n. to make a seizure. 
 
 DIStRA'INER, s. he that seizes for debt. 
 
 DISTRATN T, s. in Law, the act of seizing or that which is 
 seized for debt. 
 
 DISTRE'SS, s. [detresse, Fr.] in Law, any thing seized or dis- 
 trained for rent unpaid, or duty unperformed; the act of making 
 a seizure. Figuratively, any calamity or loss which reduces a 
 person to great inconvenience or misery ; the state or condition 
 of a person who has not the necessaries to supply the calls of 
 nature. 
 
 To DISTRE'SS, V. a. in Law, to seize for rent unpaid ; to 
 harass ; to make miserable; to crush with calamity. 
 
 DISTRE'SSFUL, a. miserable ; wretched ; involved in calami- 
 ties which deprive a person of the comforts and conveniences 
 of life. 
 
 To DISTRl'BDTE, v. a. [dis and tribuo, Lat.] to divide amongst 
 different or several persons; to dispose or set in order. 
 
 DISTRI'BUTER, s. one who bestows or distributes. 
 
 DISTRIBU'TION, s. the sharing or dividing amongst many ; 
 the act of giving charity; the thing given in alms. In Logic, 
 the distinction of a universal whole into several kinds or species. 
 
 DISTRI'BUTIVE, a. that is employed in assigning portions 
 to others; that distinguishes a general term into its various 
 species. 
 
 DISTRI'BUTIVELY, ad. singly ; particularly. In Logic, in a 
 manner which expresses singly all the particulars included in a 
 general term. 
 
 DI'STRICT, s. [districtus, law Lat.] in Law, circuit, or terri- 
 tory, in which a person may be compelled to appearance ; the 
 circuit or territory within which a person's jurisdiction or au- 
 thority is confined ; a region or country. 
 
 To biSTRU'ST, V. a. to suspect ; to look on a person as one 
 who ought not to be confided m; to be diffident. 
 
 DISTRU'ST, s. loss of credit; want of confidence in another; 
 suspicion of a person's fidelity or ability; diffidence. 
 
 DISTRU'STFUL, a. suspicious ; diffident of the fidelity or 
 ability of another. 
 
 DISTRU'STFULLY, ad. in a manner which 1 a as suspicion 
 or diffidence. 
 
 DISTRU'STFULNESS, s. the state of being suspicious of the 
 fidelity or ability of another ; want of confidence. 
 
 To DISTU'RB, V. a. [dis and turbo, Lat.] to perplex, disquiet, 
 make uneasy, or deprive of tranquillity ; to confound ; to inter- 
 rupt or hinder the continuation of any action. 
 
 DISTU'RBANCE, s. interruption, or that which causes any 
 stop, or hinders the continuation of an action ; confusion or dis- 
 order of mind. Tumult, uproar, or violation of the peace, ap- 
 plied to government. 
 
 DISTD'RBER, s. one who breaks the peace, causes tumults 
 or public disorders, or afl^ects the mind of^ another with confu- 
 sion, trouble, anxiety, and uneasiness. 
 
 DISVALUA'TION, s. disgrace ; diminution of reputation. 
 
 To DISVA'LUE, v. a. to undervalue ; to set a low price upon. 
 
 To DISVE'LOP, V. a. [developer, Fr.] to uncover. 
 
 DISU'NION, s. separation or disjunction. Figuratively, breach 
 of concord, or disagreement between friends, whereby they se- 
 parate or withdraw from each other. 
 
 To DISUNITE, V. a. to part or divide that which was united 
 before ; to separate or part friends or allies.— d. «. to fall asun- 
 der ; to becoti>e separate. 
 
 DISU'NITY, s. the state of actual separation. 
 
 To DISVOU'CH, V. a. to destroy the credit of; to contradict. 
 
 DISU'SAGE, {disHzage) s. the leaving off a practice or custom 
 by degrees. 
 
 DISU'SE, s. want of custom or practice ; the discontinuing a 
 custom or practice. 
 
 To DISU'SE, (disuze) V. a. to cease to make use of or practise; 
 to lav aside or quit a custom or practice. 
 
 DfTA'TION, s. [d'tatus, Lat.] the act of enriching. 
 
 DITCH, s. [die. Sax.] a trench made to separate and defend 
 grounds; any long narrow cavity, formed in the ground for 
 holding water. In Fortification, a trench formed by digging 
 between the scarp and counterscarp of a fort, and is either dry 
 or filled with water. 
 
 To DI'I'CH, V. n. to make a ditch. 
 
 DFTCHBUR, s. in Botany, a plant, the lesser burdock. 
 
DIV 
 
 DITHYRA'MBIC, s. [Dithyramhos, Gr.] a species of poetrj', 
 full of transport and poetical rage, so named from the Ditnyram- 
 bos, or ode, formerly sung in honour of Bacchus, and partaking 
 of all the warmth of ebrietv. 
 
 DITHYRA'MBIC, a. wild; enthusiastic. 
 
 DITTANDER, s. in Botany, a genus of plants, of which there 
 are three British species, viz. the mountain, pepper, and narrow- 
 leaved : the first species is found on St. Vincent's rock near 
 Bristol, flowering in April and May; the second, with numerous 
 terminating white blossoms, and ovate serrated leaves, is found 
 in most pastures, flowering in June and July, called also 
 pepperwort and poor-man's pepper; the last, called also nar- 
 row-leaved wild cress, is found on the sea-coast, flowering in 
 June. 
 
 DI'TTANY, «. in Botany, a medicinal plant, allied to the mar- 
 joram, generally brought over dry from the Levant. 
 
 DI'TTON, HUMPHREY, a learned mathematician of the 
 beginning of the last century. He was a dissenting minister at 
 first, but afterwards devoted himself to his favourite study, and 
 had the friendship of Newton, Leibnitz, and most of the great 
 mathematicians of his time. His writings contain some matters 
 of considerable value. He died in 1715, aged 40 years. 
 
 DI'TfY, «. [dicht, Belg.] a poem set to music ; a song. 
 
 DIVA'N, s. [Arab.] a council-chamber, wherein justice is 
 administered among the eastern nations ; a council of eastern 
 princes. 
 
 To DIVA'RICATE, v. a. [dis and varico, Lat.] to part in two. 
 — V. n. to become parted, or to divide into two. 
 
 DIVARICA'TION, s. a partition of a thing into two. Figura- 
 tively, division or difference of opinions. 
 
 To DIVE, v. n. [dippan. Sax.] to go voluntarily under water; 
 to go under water, and remain there some time, in quest of some- 
 thing lost. Figuratively, to make strict inquiry or examination ; 
 to go to the bottom of any question, science, or doctrine. 
 
 DI'VER, s. one who professes to go under water in quest of 
 things lost by shipwreck, &c. A genus of birds, which bears 
 some resemblance to the ducks. Figuratively, one who makes 
 himself master of any branch of science ; one who goes to the 
 bottom of an affair. 
 
 To DIVE'RGE, v. n. [dis and vergo, Lat.] to recede farther from 
 each other, applied to the rays of Tight which proceed from one 
 point. 
 
 DIVE'RGENT, part, or a. in Geometry, applied to those lines 
 which constantly recede from each other. 
 
 Dl'VERS, a. [diversus, Lat.] sundry ; several ; more than one. 
 It is now out of use. 
 
 DIVE'RSE, a, different in form or nature ; various ; in differ- 
 ent directions, or contrary ways. 
 
 DIVE'RSELY, ad. in different waj-s, methods, or manners ; 
 in different directions, or towards different points. 
 
 DIVERSIFICA'TION, s. the act of changing forms or quali- 
 ties; variation; a mixture of different colours; alteration. 
 
 To DIVE'RSIFY, v. a. [diversifier, Fr.] to make different from 
 another, or from itself; to vary; to mark with various colours. 
 
 DIVE'RSION, s. the act of turning a thing aside from its 
 course; something which unbends the mind, by taking it off 
 from intense application or care ; something lighter than amuse- 
 ment, and less forcible than pleasure ; sport ; the public exhibi- 
 tion of shows, plays, operas, &c., which unbend the mind. In 
 War, the act of^ drawing off an enemy from some design, by an 
 attack made at some other place. 
 
 piVE'RSITY, s. [diversite, Fr.] difference which distinguishes 
 things from each other ; variety ; variegation, or a composition 
 of different colours. Synon. Diversity supposes a change which 
 taste is always in search of, in order to discover some novelty 
 that may enliven and delight it ; variety supposes a plurality of 
 things differing from each other in likeness, which cheers the 
 imagination, apt to be clogged with too great a uniformity. 
 
 To DIVE'RT, V. a, [dis and rerto, Lat.] to turn aside from any 
 direction or course ; to seduce or turn aside from a rule of con- 
 duct ; to please, or unbend the mind by public sports, or other 
 things which afford pleasure. In War, to draw forces to a dif- 
 ferent part. Used by Shakspeare in the sense of, to subvert ; to 
 destroy. Synon. We are gay by disposition, merry through turn 
 of mind, diverting by our way of.acting. 
 
 DIVE'RTER, s. any thing that unbends the mind, and alle- 
 viates its fatigue. 
 286 
 
 DIV 
 
 DIVE'RTISEMENT,«. [divertissement, Fr.] diversion ; delight; 
 pleasure. A word now not much in use. 
 
 DIVE'RTIVE, a. having the power to unbend and recreate 
 the mind. 
 
 To DIVE'ST, V. a. [dis and vestio, Lat.] to strip or deprive of. 
 
 DIVE'STURE, s. the act of putting off-. 
 
 To DIVI'DE, V. a. [divido, Lat.] to separate a thing or whole 
 into several parts; to stand between things as a partition, to 
 hinder them from joining or meeting ; to part one person from 
 another ; to separate friends by discord ; to give or distribute 
 among several persons. 
 
 DI'VIDEND, s. [divido, Lat.] in Arithmetic, the number pro- 
 posed to be divided. In Stocks and Companies it is a share or 
 proportion of the interests of stocks or public funds. In the 
 University, it is that part or share which the fellows equally di- 
 vide among themselves of their yearly stipend. In Trade, it is 
 when a man's effects are taken "by statute, inventoried and va- 
 lued, and after all charges are deducted, the remainder is di- 
 vided among the several creditors in proportion to their debt.s. 
 
 DIVFDER, s. that which separates any thing into parts ; one 
 who distributes to others ; the person who separates friends by 
 promoting discord between them. 
 
 DIVI'DUAL, a. divided ; shared or participated in common 
 with others. 
 
 DIVINATION, s. [divinatio, I,at.] the act of foretelling future 
 events which are of a secret and hidden nature, and cannot be 
 known by the bare exercise of reason. Synon. Divination re- 
 lates to the bringing of hidden things to light ; prediction foretells 
 what will come to pass. The first regards things present and 
 past; the objects of the second are things to come. 
 
 DIVI'NE, a. [divinrn, Lat.] partaking of the nature of, or pro- 
 ceeding from, God. Figuratively, excellent; extraordinary; 
 seeming beyond the nature of mankind. 
 
 DIVI'NE, s. a minister of the gospel ; a clergyman, or one who 
 is peculiarly dedicated to the service of the church, and perform- 
 ance of the rites in public worship. 
 
 To DIVI'NE, V. a. to foretell some future event by means of 
 omens, &c. ; to foresee, foreknow, or presage. — v. n. to utter a 
 prediction ; to conjecture or guess. 
 
 DIVI'NELY, ad. in a divine or heavenly manner; by the 
 operation of God ; excellently ; in a supreme or superlative 
 decree. 
 
 DIVl'NER, s. one who professes to foretell or discover future 
 events by means of external signs or supernatural influence. 
 
 DIVI'NERESS, s. a woman professing divination. 
 
 DFVING, s. the art or act of descending under wafer to con- 
 siderable depths, and abiding there a competent time. Diving 
 is used in the fishing for pearls, corals, spunges, &c., and ma- 
 chines have been invented for the purpose, as the diving-bell, &c. 
 
 DI'VING-BELL, s. a strongly built vessel in the form of a 
 bell, capable of containing several persons, which being suf- 
 ficiently weighted, can be let down into the sea over wrecks, &c. 
 to enable persons to descend to examine them, and recover valua- 
 bles from them, or to recover the vessels themselves. It is open at 
 the bottom, and is supplied with fresh air continually by means 
 of air-tight hose from an air-pump, the air which has been used 
 escaping as the unused air is introduced. Sometimes strong 
 glass is let into the sides, and then there is sufficient light in the 
 bell to read, in clear weather. 
 
 DIVI'NING-ROD, s. a forked branch of hazel, which being 
 held in a particular manner in the two hands, is said to be affected 
 ver}' peculiarly when it is borne over a vein of gold or silver. It 
 has been accounted for by electricity by some, but has few be- 
 lievers now. 
 
 DIVI'NITY, s, [diviiiitas, Lat.] a partaking of the nature and 
 excellence of God ; Godhead. Figuratively, God, the Supreme 
 Being, the Creator and Preserver of all things ; a false deity, or 
 idol; any thing supernatural; the science conversant about 
 God, heavenly things, and the duties we more immediately owe 
 to him. 
 
 piVISIBI'LITY, s. [dwisihilite, Fr.] the quality of admitting 
 division, either mentally or actually. 
 
 DIVFSIBLE, (dimziUe) a. [ditisibilis, Lat.] capable of being 
 actually or mentally divided into parts. 
 
 DIVl'SIBLENESS, s. the quality of being divided. 
 
 DIVI'SION, s. [divisio, Lat.] is the art of dividing any thing 
 into parts, also the parts themselves into which any thing is 
 
DNI 
 
 divided. In Arithmetic, it is one of the four fundamental rules, 
 and teaches us how often a less number, called the divisor, is con- 
 tained in a greater, called the dividend, the number of times 
 which the divisor is contained in the dividend being termed the 
 quotient. In Music, it is the dividing the interval of an octave 
 into a number of less intervals. In Rhetoric, it is the arrange- 
 ment of a discourse into several heads. In War, the divisions of 
 a battalion Are the several parts into which it is divided in march- 
 ing. At sea, it is the third part of a fleet of men of war, and 
 sometimes the ninth, which last case happens when a fleet 
 is divided into three squadrons, for then each squadron is dis- 
 tributed into three divisions. In an engagement, the order of 
 battle is to place all the squadrons and all the divisions on each 
 side in one line ; and this order is kept as long as the wind and 
 other circumstances will permit. 
 
 DIVISOR, (divizor) s. [Lat.] in Arithmetic, the dividing num- 
 ber, or that by which the dividend is divided, and which shows 
 how many parts it is to be divided into. 
 
 DIVORCE, s. {divortium, Lat.] a breach or dissolution of the 
 bond of marriage, or the legal separation of man and wife. The 
 usual divorces among us are of two kinds, viz. a mensd et thoro, 
 from bed and board ; and, n vinculo matrimonii, from the bond or 
 tie of marriage. The first does not dissolve the marriage, since 
 the cause thereof is subsequent to it: and at the same time 
 supposes the marriage to be lawful. This divorce may be on ac- 
 count of adultery in either of the parties, for the cruelty of the 
 husband, &c. As this divorce dissolves not the marriage, so it 
 does not debar the woman of her dower, nor bastardize her is- 
 sue, or make void any estate for the life of the husband and 
 wife. A divorce a vinculo matrimonii, entirelj' dissolves the mar- 
 riage, as the cause is a pre-contract with some other person, 
 consanguinity, or afnnity within the Levitical degrees, impo- 
 tency, impuberty, &c. In this case, the dower is gone, and the 
 children begotten between the parties divorced are bastards. On 
 this divorce, the parties are at liberty to marry again ; and in 
 divorces for adultery, several acts of parliament have allowed the 
 innocent party marriage with another person. Divorces are only 
 to be had by consent of parliament. 
 
 To DIVO'RCE, V. a. to separate a husband and wife from each 
 other; to abolish and annul the marriage contract. Figiuative- 
 ly, to force asunder, or to separate by violence ; to take away by 
 force. 
 
 DIVO'RCEMENT, s. the abrogating, annulling, or setting 
 aside the marriage contract, and separating a man and wife from 
 each other. 
 
 DIVO'RCER, ». the person who causes the legal separation of 
 a man and his wife. 
 
 DIURE'TIC, a. [diouresis, Gr.] having the power to provoke 
 urine. 
 
 DIU'RNAL, a. [diurnus, Lat.] relating to the day; constituting 
 the day; performed in the space of a day; daily. 
 
 DIIP'RNAL, s. [Fr.] a. journal or day-book. 
 
 DIU'RNALLY, ad. daily, or every day. 
 
 DIUTU'RNITY, s. [diuturnitas, Lat.] the length of duration, 
 or long continuance of any being. 
 
 To DIVU'LGE, V. a. \divulgo, Lat.] to publish ; to make known 
 or publish ; to proclaim or manifest. 
 
 DIVU'LGER, s. a publisher ; one who exposes to public view ; 
 one that reveals a secret. 
 
 DIVU'LSION, s. [dicello, Lat.] the act of pulling away, pluck- 
 ing, or rending one thing from another. 
 
 To DI'ZEN, V. a. [a corruption probably from To Dight,] to 
 dress, deck, or spruce up. A low word. 
 
 DI'ZZARD, 8. a blockhead ; a fool. 
 
 DI'ZZINESS, s, giddiness, or a swimming in the head. 
 
 DI'ZZY, a. [disiff, Sax.] giddy, having a swimming in the 
 head, or a sensation of turning round. Figuratively, giddy, 
 thoughtless. 
 
 To DI'ZZY, V. a. to make giddy; to whirl round. 
 
 DNIE'FER, anciently Boristhenes, a lar»e river of Europe, 
 rising in the government of Smolensk, and falling into the Black 
 Sea by the harbourK)f Cherson. It flows entirely through the 
 Russian dominions, through its whole course of about 1000 
 miles ; during which its navigation is only once interrupted by a 
 series of cataracts, which begin below the mouth of the Samara, 
 and continue for 40 miles. They are passed, however, in spring 
 without much hazard, even by loaded barks. 
 
 DOD 
 
 DNIE'STER, a fine river of Europe, which rises in the Carpa- 
 thian Mountains, and passing by Choczim, Bender, &c., after a 
 course of about 500 miles, falls into the Black Sea at Akerman, 
 between the mouths of the Danube and Dnieper. 
 
 To DO, V. a. preter. did, past part, done ; [don, Sax.] to per- 
 form, act, or practise; to execute or discharge, applied to a 
 message ; to cause; to transact ; to have recourse to, used as a 
 sudden and passionate question ; to perform ; to exert ; to deal ; 
 to gain a point ; to put ; to finish ; to conclude ; to settle. What 
 to do with, signifies to bestow, to employ, to dispose of, or what 
 use to make of. " He knows not tchatto do with his money." — 
 V. n. to cease to be concerned with. " I have done with him." 
 To fare ; to be conditioned with respect to health or sickness. 
 To be able to succeed, or perfect a design. " We shall do with- 
 out him," Addison. Sometimes however it is used to save the 
 repetition of another verb. " I shall come, but if I do not, go 
 away ;" i. e. if I come not. Sometimes it is used as a word of 
 peremptoiy and positive command ; as, " Help me, do." It is 
 also used as an auxiliary verb, to express the meaning of the 
 verb very emphatically. " But I do love her," Shak. 
 
 DOB-CHICK, s. in Zoology, the common English name of the 
 water-hen. 
 
 DO'CIBLE, a. [doceo, Lat.] submitting to instruction ; easy to 
 
 be taught ; tractable. 
 DO'CI 
 
 ILE, a. teachable ; easily taught ; tractable. 
 
 DOCI'LITY, s. aptness to receive instruction; readiness to be 
 taught. 
 
 pOCIMA'STIC, a. [dokimazo, Gr.] belonging to trials or ex- 
 periments. The docimastic art, is the art of assaying metals. 
 
 DOCK,s. in Law, an expedient for cutting off an estate-tail in 
 lands or tenements, that the owner may be enabled to sell, give, 
 or bequeath the same. In maritime affairs, it is a pit, great pond, 
 or creek, by the side of a harbour, made convenient either for 
 the building or repairing of ships ; and is of two sorts ; the dry- 
 dock, where the water is kept out by great flood-gates ; and the 
 wet-dock, a place where a ship may be hauled into out of the 
 tide's way. Among sportsmen, it is the fleshy part of a beast's 
 chine, between the middle and the buttocks. Also the stump 
 of a horse's tail that remains after docking. In Botany, a plant 
 too familiar to farmers, having a tapering root and most astonish- 
 ing vitality, producing also seeds most abundantly. 
 
 To DOCK, V. a. to cut a tail off, or short; to cut any thing 
 short ; to lay a ship in a dock. In Law, to cut off an entail ; to 
 lessen the charge of a bill. 
 
 DO'CKET, s. a direction tied or fastened to goods ; a summary 
 or abridgment of a larger writing. 
 
 DO'CTOR, s. [Lat.] one so well versed in any science as to be 
 able to teach it ; a person who has taken the highest degree of 
 music, law, physic, or divinity. 
 
 DO'CTORAL, a. [doctor, Lat.] belonging to a doctor's degree. 
 
 DO'CTOR ALLY, ad. after the manner of a doctor or physician. 
 
 DO'CTORSHIP, s. the oflice or rank of a doctor. 
 
 DO'CTRINAL, (sometimes accented on the second syllable,) 
 a. [doctrina, Lat.] belonging to or containing doctrine or instruc- 
 tion formerly taught. 
 
 DO'CTRIN ALLY, ad. positively ; in the form of precepts or 
 instruction. * 
 
 DO'CTRINE, s. [doctrina, Lat.] the principles or positions of 
 any sect or master ; the thesis or maxims delivered in a discourse ; 
 any thing taught; the act of teaching. 
 
 DO'CUMENT, «. [documentiim, Lat.] an instruction, admoni- 
 tion, precept, or direction ; a precept of some dogmatical or posi- 
 tive person, or master; vouchers, or original writings, produced 
 in support of any charge or accusation. 
 
 DO'DBROOK, Devonshire. It is 219 miles from London. 
 Market, Wednesday. Pop. 1229. 
 
 DODD, DR. WILLIAM, an English clergyman, whose me- 
 lancholy end has made his name and his writings most widely 
 known. He was a careless and extravagant young man, but 
 having some reputation as a preacher, which obtained him a 
 royal chaplaincy, which he lost through an attempt at simony. 
 He forged the signature of Lord Chesterfield, who had been his 
 pupil, to a bond, for the purpose of gaining time to clear himself 
 of debt ; but it was discovered, and in spite of every effort made 
 to save him, he was publicly executed in 1777, aged 48 years. 
 
 DO'DDER, «. [Tent.] in Botany, is the name of a vfery singular 
 plant : when it first shoots from the seed it has little roots, which 
 
 287 
 
DOG 
 
 pierce the earth near the roots of other plants ; but when the 
 stem has twined about these plants the roots wither away. It 
 sustains itself by rootlets which it inserts into the stems of the 
 plant it twines about, and soon destroys \i. It has no leaves, 
 but has little bunches of white flowers. There are two English 
 species. 
 
 DO'DDERED, a. overgrown with dodder; wasted or decayed. 
 " Dixlcler\l with age," Drj/d. 
 
 DCDDRIDGE, DR. PHILIP, an eminent divine of the In- 
 dependent denomination, of the last century. He was not merely 
 a faithful teacher to his own congregation; but the principal of 
 an academy, or high school, for the preparation of fitting young 
 men for the ministrj' ; a diligent student, and a voluminous 
 writer. In character, he combined great earnestness with great 
 liberality, and a most fascinating playfulness ; and at a time when 
 indifference or infidelity marked most who occupied the like 
 place, he remained true to the truth. Of his works, the Famibj 
 Expositor, and the Rise and Progress of Reliyiim in the Soul, and his 
 Hymns, 'dxe best known and most valued. He died in 1751, aged 
 49 years. 
 
 DODE'CAGON, *. [dodeka and gonia. Or.] a figure having 
 twelve sides. 
 
 DODECATEMO'RION, s. [dodeka and meros, Gr.] the twelfth 
 part. 
 
 To DODGE, V. a. [probably corrupted from dng,] to use craft, 
 evasions, or low shifts ; to shift place as another approaches. 
 Figuratively, to play fast and loose ; to raise high expectations 
 and baffle them ; to shuffle, or baffle. 
 
 DO'DMAN, s. in Natural Historj-, the common name of the 
 large brown snail. 
 
 DO'DO, s. in Zoology, a large bird, bearing a very slight re- 
 semblance to the ostrich, but, being much thicker, incapable of 
 flight, which the early navigators saw in New Holland and other 
 islands of the Indian Ocean, and of which only a few parts, some 
 exaggerated drawings, and fossilized remains are known. 
 
 DO'DSLEY, ROBERT, a writer, and a famous bookseller, of 
 the last century. He was rescued from livery by a trifling play 
 which he wrote ; in the character of bibliopole, which he as- 
 sumed at once, he lived on terms with all the great writers of 
 the day. He produced several dramas with various success. 
 His Annual Register is continued to this day. He died in 17(j4, 
 aged 61 years. 
 
 DO'DWELL, HENRY, a learned champion of High-church- 
 ism, and non-juring clergyman. His writings- are numerous, 
 full of scholarship, not valuable for much beside. The most 
 curious is that in which he thinks he has proved immortality to 
 be conferred on the soul as part of the grace of true Episcopal 
 baptism. He died in 1094, aged 52 years. 
 
 DOE, (do) s. [da, Sax.] a she-deer, the female of a buck. A 
 feat ; what one can perform. 
 
 DO'ER, (da'er) s. [from to do,} one who performs any thing, 
 whether good or bad ; a performer ; one who practises. 
 
 To DOFF, V. a. [from do off,'] to strip ; to put off' dress ; to put 
 away or get rid of; to delay or shift off. This word is obsolete 
 in all its senses, and seldom used but by rustics. 
 
 DOG, s. [dogghe, Belg.] a domestic animal, the varieties of 
 which are remarkably*numerous, comprising the mastiff', spaniel, 
 T)ull-dog, hound, greyhound, terrier, &c., all of them being re- 
 markable for their great intelligence and docibility. In Astro- 
 nomy, the name of two constellations, one called the Greater, 
 and the other called the Lesser Dog, the former belonging to 
 the southern, and the latter to the northern hemisphere. Fi- 
 guratively, used as a term of reproach to a man. When added 
 to the names of other animals, it signifies a male of the species, 
 as a dog-fox, a dog-otter. Used as a particle, and prefixed to an- 
 other word, it signifies something worthless, as a dog-rose. To 
 go to the dags, is a phrase implying to be ruined. 
 
 To DOG, V. a. to hunt, or pursue like a hound. 
 
 DO'G-BANE, s. in Botany, a plant common in England. 
 
 DO'GBERRY-TREE, s.in Botany, a species of cornel, called 
 also gatter-tree. 
 
 DO'GBOLT, a. wretched ; miserable. 
 
 DO'G-BRIER, s. in Botany, a name of the wild rose tree. 
 
 DO'G-CHEAP, a. extremely cheap, as cheap as dog's meat. 
 
 DO'G-DAYS, the days in which the dog-star rises and sets 
 with the sun; which, on account of their great heat, are sup- 
 posed to be very unwholesome or unhealthy. 
 
 DOL 
 
 DOGE, s. idoge, Ital.] the title of the supreme magistrate of 
 the republics of Venice and Genoa, whilst they were republics. 
 
 DO'G-FISH, s. in Natural History, the name of a fish frequent- 
 ing our coasts, very destructive in the herring-fishery, by eating 
 the fish that are caught and breaking the nets. 
 
 DO'G-FLY, s. in >iatural History, a very troublesome biting fly. 
 
 DO'GGED, (dug-ed) a. sullen ; sour ; morose, or ill-humoured. 
 
 DO'GGEDLY, (dag-edly) ad. in a sour, morose, or ill-humour- 
 ed manner. 
 
 DO'GGEDNESS, (ddg-edmss) s. a disposition of mind wherein 
 a person is not moved to pleasantrv by any objects of mirth, 
 or pleased by offices of kindness and civility; sullenness ; mo- 
 roseness. 
 
 DO'GGER, (ddg-er) s. a small ship, or fishing-vessel, built 
 after the Dutch fashion, with a narrow stern, commonly but one 
 mast, and a well in the middle for keeping fish alive ; princi- 
 pally used in the cod-fishery on the Dogger Bank in the German 
 Ocean, from whence it derives its name. 
 
 DO'GGEREL, s. in Poetry, applied to such compositions as 
 have neither accuracy with respect to their rhymes, harmony 
 with regard to their metre, dignity of expression, fertility of in- 
 vention, nor elevation of sentiment. 
 
 DO'GGEREL, a. loosed from the measures or rules of regular 
 poetry; vile; despicable; mean: used of verses. ^'Doggerel 
 rhymes," Dryd. 
 
 DOGGISH, a. churlish ; brutish. 
 
 DO'GMA, s. [Lat.] a principle stated in a positive and au- 
 thoritative form ; a doctrine ; an axiom ; a maxim. 
 
 DOGMATIC, Dogma'tical, a. positive ; strongly attached to 
 any particular notion or opinion ; authoritative, or imperious in 
 forcing one's opinions as indubitable truths on others. 
 
 DOGMA'TICALLY, ad. in a positive, imperious, or peremp- 
 tory manner. 
 
 DOGMA'TICALNESS, s. the quality of being positive of the 
 truth of one's own opinions, and endeavouring to force them ma- 
 gisterially or iniperiously on others. 
 
 DOGMATIST, s. [dogmatists, Fr.] one who advances his opin- 
 ions as infallible, supports them with great obstinacy, and ma- 
 gisterially demands the assent of others to them. 
 
 To DO'GMATIZE, v. n. to advance any opinion positively, 
 and endeavour to propagate it imperiously. 
 
 DOGMATFZER, s. one who advances opinions with an air of 
 insolent confidence. 
 
 DO'G-ROSE, s. the flower of the wild brier. 
 
 DO'G-SLEEP, s. a pretended or dissembled sleep. 
 
 DO'G'S-MEAT, s. carrion, or horse-flesh, sold for the food 
 of dogs. 
 
 DO'G-STAR, s. the star which rises and sets with the sun 
 during the dog-days. 
 
 DO'G'S-TAIL, s. in Botany, a kind of grass. 
 
 DO'G'S-TOOTH, s. in Botany, a plant not very common in 
 England, but rather pretty. 
 
 DO'G-TEETH, s. in Anatomy, the four teeth, two in each jaw, 
 which are situated between the incisores and the grinders; they 
 are by some called the eye-teeth. 
 
 DO'G-TRICK, s. an ill turn; surly and brutal treatment. 
 
 DO'G-TROT, «. a gentle trot, resembling that of a dog. 
 
 DO'G-WOOD, s. in Botany, a species of cornelian cherry. 
 
 DOI'LY, s. a coarse woollen stuff, supposed to be so called from 
 the name of the inventor. 
 
 DO'INGS, s. plural, and seldom used in the singular, [from do, 
 the verb,] any thing performed, whether good or bad ; perform- 
 ances ; exploits; behaviour; conduct; bustle; tumult; merri- 
 ment. Seldom used but in a ludicrous sense. 
 
 DOIT, s. [duyt, Belg. doyght, Erse,] a small piece of money 
 current in Holland. Also, a half-farthing in England. 
 
 DO'LCI, CARLO, an Italian painter of great celebrity, whose 
 subjects were almost all taken from sacred story or saintly legend ; 
 but whose great excellence lay in the care and delicacy with 
 which he elaborated his paintings. The heads of his Madonnas 
 are most beautiful. His natural disposition unfittejl him for 
 grander works. He died in 1086, aged 70 years. 
 
 To DOLE, V. a. [dcelan. Sax.] to divide in portions or shares ; 
 to deal out, or distribute. 
 
 DOLE, s. [deal. Sax.] the act of dividing into shares or por- 
 tions. In Law, a portion or share. Portion, or condition, ap- 
 plied to the circumstances or incidents happening to a person. 
 
DOM 
 
 — [from doleo, Lat.] grief, sorrow, misery. " In equal scale 
 weighing delight and dole," Shak. 
 
 DOLE, s. in Husbandry, a void space left in tilling. See 
 Dale. 
 
 DO'LEFUL, a. dismal ; sorrowful ; having the external ap- 
 pearance of sorrow ; melancholy. 
 
 DO'LEFULLY, ad. in such a manner as to show or cause 
 sorrow. 
 
 DO'LEFULNESS, s. the quality which shows or expresses 
 grief, or causes it in others. 
 
 DOLEGE'LLY, Merionethshire, Wales. It is seated in a vale, 
 on the river Avon, at the foot of the great mountain Cader Idris. 
 It has a manufacture of cottons, and coarse undyed woollen 
 cloths, for exportation. It is 205 miles from London. Markets, 
 Tuesday and Saturday. Pop. 3695. 
 
 DO'LESOME, a. ftill of grief; extremely sorrowful, applied 
 to persons. Gloomy, dull, or affecting a person with melancholy. 
 
 D(yLESOMELY, ad. in such a manner as to affect a person 
 with deep sorrow. 
 
 DO'LESOMENESS, s. the quality of affecting a person with 
 extreme sorrow, 
 
 DOLL, s. a contraction of Dorothy ; and applied to a wooden 
 image, clothed either with the dress of a female or male, used by 
 children as a plaything. 
 
 DO'LLAR, s. [dahr, Belg.] a silver coin current in several 
 parts of Germany and Holland, of the value of 4s. (id. sterling. 
 There are various species of them ; as the rix-dollar, semi-dollar, 
 quarter-dollar, &c. 
 
 DO'LLOND, JOHN, a famous practical optician, and inventor 
 of the achromatic object-glass, and the micrometer for micro- 
 scopes. He was well informed on general sciences, though 
 brought up with all disadvantages in circumstances ; and his ac- 
 quaintance with the branch of his own science which he de- 
 voted himself to, was most intimate. He enjoyed the friendship 
 of most of the astronomers and optical students of his day, and 
 died in 17G1, aged 55 rears. 
 
 DOLOMIEU', DEODATUS, a French mineralogist of the last 
 century. He had travelled much, and on the formation of the 
 National Institute devoted himself to its cause. He accom- 
 panied the French army to Egypt, but was captured by the Nea- 
 politan government and imprisoned on his return. Being set 
 at liberty through Sir Joseph Banks's interposition, he returned 
 to his favourite study, and travelled over the Alps to prosecute it. 
 He died in 1801, aged 52 years. 
 
 DOLORI'FIC, a. [dolor and facio, Lat.] that causes grief or 
 pain. 
 
 IXyLOROUS, a. [dolor, Lat.] mournful or sorrowful, applied 
 to persons. Affecting with grief or pain, applied to things. 
 
 DO'LOUR, s. [douleur, Fr.] grief or sorrow, pain or pang. 
 
 DO'LPHIN, (dolfin) s. [delphinus, Lat.] in Natural History, a 
 large sea-fish, belonging to the whale tribe, remarkable for the 
 docility it displays; of which some wonderful ancedotes are 
 recorded. In Astronomy, a constellation of the northern he- 
 misphere. 
 
 DOLT, s. [dol. Taut] a fool, or person of dull apprehension; a 
 blockhead. 
 
 DO'LTISH, a. stupid ; like a fool or blockhead. 
 
 LKVMABLE, a. [domo, Lat.] tamable. 
 
 DOMAIN, s. [fiomaiVie, Fr.] land possessed by one as a pro- 
 prietor, heir, or governor. 
 
 DOME, «. [donm$, Lat.] a house or building, generally applied 
 to a stately building, or to one set apart for divine service. In 
 Architecture, a roof of a spherical form, resembling the bell of a 
 great clock, raised over the middle of a building, called also a 
 cupola. 
 
 DOMENICHI'NO, a celebrated painter of Bologna, Italy, in 
 the beginning of the 17th century. His great excellence lay in 
 design. He was a singular instance of the combination of the 
 most plodding patience with thorough enthusiasm. He had 
 some reputation as an architect also. He died in 1641, aged 60 
 years. 
 
 DOME'STIC, DJome'stical, a. [do,nus, Lat.] belonging to a 
 house, or the management of a family ; fit to inhabit a house, 
 applied to animals. Private, not open. Applied to wars, in- 
 testine or civil ; opposed to those carried on in a foreign 
 country. 
 
 DOiME'STlC, 8. a servant who lives in the same house with 
 
 the servants of persons of dis- 
 to withdraw 
 
 DO 
 
 his master ; generally applied 
 tinction. 
 
 To DOME'STICATE, v. a. to make domestic ; 
 from the public. 
 
 To DO'MIFY, f . a. to tame. 
 
 DO'MINANT, a. [Fr.] predominant; presiding; ascendant. 
 In Music, the name given to the fifth in the common chord. 
 
 D0M1NA'TI0N,«. [rfommMs, Lat.] power ; dominion; tyranny; 
 one highly exalted in power, used of angelic beings. 
 
 To DOMINATE, v. a. to prevail over others. 
 
 DO'MINATIVE, a. imperious ; insolent. 
 
 DOMINA'TOR, s. [Lat.] the presiding, ruling, or governing 
 power. 
 
 To DOMINEE'R, r. n. to exert authority or power in an inso- 
 lent, arbitrary, or tyrannical manner. 
 
 DOMI'NGO, ST. See Hayti. 
 
 DO'MINIC, ST., or Domingo de Gusman, of Spain, the most 
 celebrated saint of the 12th century, who founded the Preaching 
 Friars, called also Black Friars and Dominicans ; and who find- 
 ing that by his preaching and example of mortification he could 
 not win back to the bosom of the church the Albigenses, who 
 in the deep and almost inaccessible valleys of the \V. Alps had 
 retained a simple form of Christianity, and were untainted with 
 the later corruptions of Rome, preached a crusade against them, 
 and chastised them for their heresy by the sword of Simon de 
 Montford, and the arm of the Inquisition, which, if not his in- 
 vention, was monopolized by him and his friars. Many miracles 
 and visions were reported and believed, as divine attestations of 
 the zeal he manifested. He died in 1221, aged about 50 years, 
 and was afterwards canonized. It would have been a happy 
 thing if his spirit had not lived on in the world after his death. 
 
 DOMFNICA, a West-India island, lyin§ between Guadaloupe 
 and Martinico, about 29 miles in length and 10 in breadth. It 
 is very hilly, one height exceeds 5000 feel. It is well supplied 
 with rivulets of water, and there is one extensive lake. There 
 is no considerable bay or harbour, but the anchorage round the 
 coast is commodious and safe, and ships find shelter under its 
 capes. It yields coffee, indigo, ginger, and other articles of 
 West-Indian produce; but the soil, being thin, is more adapted to 
 the rearing of cotton than sugar. In the woods are innumerable 
 swarms ol bees, which produce great quantities of wax and 
 honey. This island belongs to the English. Rousseau and 
 Portsmouth are its chief towns. Pop. about 20,000. Lat. 15. 32. 
 N. Long. 61. 23. W. 
 
 DOMI'NICAL, a. noting the Lord's day or Sunday. The 
 dominical letter in the ecdesiastical calendar denotes the Sunday. 
 In this calendar the first seven letters of the alphabet are used 
 to denote the seven days of the week beginning with the first 
 day of the year, the letter, therefore, which is assigned to the 
 first Sunday, will be the dominical or Sunday letter throughout 
 the year ; and as in leap-years there is an intercalary day, there 
 are then two, the first of which denotes every Sunday till the 
 intercalary day, and the second all the Sundays which follow 
 after it. 'The" great use of this dominical letter is unknown ex- 
 cept in those cnurches in which the great festival of Easter is 
 celebrated according to the rules of Clavius, the inventor of the 
 present ecclesiastical calendar of the Churches of Rome and 
 England. The tables at the beginning of the Book of Common 
 Prayer wilt fully explain it to those whom it concerns. 
 
 DOMFNICANS, an order of monks, called in France Jacobins, 
 and in England Black Friars, or Preaching Friars. This order, 
 founded by St. Dominic, a native of Spain, was approved of by 
 Innocent III. in 1215, and confirmed jt)y a bull of Honorius III. 
 in 1216, under St. Austin's rules, and the founder's particular 
 constitutions. 
 
 DOMFNION, s. [dominus, Lat.] the exercise of power and 
 authority; predominancy; preference. The space of^ ground or 
 terfitory subjected to a person, applied to place. 
 
 DO'MINO, s. a hood worn by a canon of a cathedral. Also a 
 dress in form of a gown worn at masquerades. 
 
 DOMITIA'NUS, TITUS FLAVHJS, one of the worst em- 
 perors of Rome, successor and brother to Titus the conqueror of 
 Jerusalem. The record of his crimes is too horrible to be attempt- 
 ed. He had all but absolute power, and he scrupled not to era- 
 ploy it as he listed. His reign was however distinguished by 
 the real conquest of Britain by Agricola, whose earl^^ death there 
 was too much reason to charge to the emperor, who was jealous 
 
DON 
 
 of his virtue. He was assassinated in 96 A. d., after a tyranny of 
 15 years. 
 
 DON, one of the principal rivers of Europe, which in part of 
 its course separates it from Asia. It rises in the government of 
 Toola, in Russia, and receiving many streams almost equal to 
 itself, it approaches the Vol^a, just where this river ceases to be 
 the boundary of Europe and Asia, and turns aside to the Cas- 
 pian Sea. It has many windings, and the navigation is impeded 
 by shoals and sand-banks. After a course of above 800 miles 
 it enters the Sea of Azov, at its N. E. angle. The Don-Cossacks 
 are so named from their territory lying on the lower part of this 
 river. 
 
 DON, s. [dominus, Lat.] the Spanish title of a gentleman, as 
 Don Quixote. It is used with us ludicrously. 
 
 To DON, V. a. to put on ; to invest one with. Obsolete. 
 
 DONAGHADEE', Down, in Ulster, Ireland. It is the nearest 
 port or harbour to Scotland, and receives chief of the direct traf- 
 fic between the two countries. It is 94 miles from Dublin. 
 Pop. 3157. 
 
 DOTVARY, s. \dono, Lat.] a thing given for sacred uses. 
 
 DONATE'LLO, or Dona'to, an eminent Florentine sculptor 
 of the 15th century. His works have always commandeil the 
 admiration of such as could appreciate high art. He died in 
 1466, aged 83 years. 
 
 DONA'TION, s. the act of giving any thing voluntarily or un- 
 asked, the grant by which any thing is given. 
 
 DO'NATISTS, in Ecclesiastical History, a sect of schismatics 
 in Africa, who took their name from their leader Donaft/s, in the 4th 
 century. It sprang from a dispute about the election of a bishop, 
 but Donatus proceeded to teach that baptism administered by he- 
 retics was null ; that every church but the African was become 
 prostituted, &c. It gradually died out. 
 
 DO'NATIVE, s. [donaiif, Fr.] a gift, largess, or some consider- 
 able present. In the Canon Law, it is a benefice given by the 
 patron to a priest without presentation to the ordinary, and with- 
 out institution or induction. The king may found a church or 
 chapel, and exempt it from the jurisdiction of the ordinary; or 
 by letters patent he may license a common person to found such 
 a church, and ordain it to be made a donative. There can be no 
 lapse of such a benefice, though the bishop may compel such 
 person to nominate a clerk by ecclesiastical censures, and the 
 clerk must be qualified as other clerks of churches are. 
 
 DO'NCASTER, Yorkshire, W. R. It is seated on the river Don, 
 and is a considerable wool-market. Here are manufactures of 
 stockings, petticoats, knit waistcoats, gloves, and leather caps. 
 It is perhaps better known for its rac^. It is 160 miles from 
 London. Market, Saturday. Pop. 11,245. 
 
 DONE, past part, of To Do. Used also as a technical interjec- 
 tion in accepting a wager or bet. 
 
 DO'NEGAL, a county of Ulster, Ireland, bounded on the W. 
 and N. by the ocean-; on the E. by the counties of Londonderry 
 and Tyrone ; and on the S. by Fermanagh and the Bay of Done- 
 gal. It is 60 miles in length, and about 36 in breadth, and 
 contains 42 parishes. The country is hilly and rocky, producing 
 rare minerals, such as are peculiar to volcanic districts. The 
 coast is very rocky and precipitous, but there are several excel- 
 lent harbours. Besides small streams, it has the river Fin, 
 which runs into Loch Foyle. In the valleys are extensive bogs, 
 and also tracts of very fertile land. Agriculture does not much 
 flourish. The fisheries are valuable. The linen trade carried on 
 here is pretty extensive. Pop. 296,448. Its capital, Donegal, 
 is situated on a bay of the same name, at the mouth of the 
 river Esk. It is 111 miles from Dublin. Pop. 1366. 
 
 DONGO'LA, a province of Nubia, Africa, on the banks of the 
 Nile, lying between 15 and 20 de^. N. lat. It is bounded by 
 the Desert on the W. and the district occupied by Arabs on the 
 E., and comprehends the alluvial tract on both sides of the 
 river. Old Dongola and New Dongola are its principal toxins, 
 whence also the province takes its name. It is little known, not 
 having been mucn visited by European travellers. 
 
 DO'NJON, s. in Fortification, signifies the strong tower of a 
 fortress. 
 
 DONNE, DR. JOHN, a learned and witty divine and poet of 
 the beginning of the 17th century. He was brought up a Ro- 
 manist, and was engaged in the study of the law, and after- 
 wards as secretary to Lord Chancellor Ellesmere. Subsequently 
 he entered the church, having abjured Poperj-, and obtained 
 
 DOR 
 
 valuable preferments. As a preacher he does not always exhibit 
 a superiority to the spirit of his age, and as a poet his fancy led 
 him often to such subjects and to such expressions as almost 
 smothered the genuine flame within. Wonder-exciting vigour, 
 intenseness and peculiarity of thought, usin^ at will the almost 
 boundless stores of a capacious memory, and exercised on sub- 
 jects where we have no right to expect it, such has the wit of 
 Donne been described, and it pervades both his poems and his 
 sermons. He died in 1631, aged 58 years. 
 
 DO'NNINGTON, Lincolnshire. It is 110 miles from London. 
 Market, Saturday. Pop. 2026, 
 
 DO'NOR, s. [dona, Lat.] one who gives a thing to another. 
 
 DOO'DLE, s. [a cant word, perhaps corrupted from do little,'] a 
 trifler ; an idler. 
 
 To DOOM, V. a. [demon. Sax.] to judge; to pass sentence 
 against; to condemn; to destine ; to command judicially, or by 
 uncontrollable authority. 
 
 DOOM, s. [doni. Sax.] the sentence or condemnation of a 
 judge; the great judgment at the last day; the state to which a 
 person is destined; fate, or destruction; sentence, or the last 
 determination of the judgment with respect to the condition of 
 a person. 
 
 DOO'MSDAY, s. [domedaeg. Sax.] the last day, when judg- 
 ment is to be passed upon all mankind; the day of judgment ; 
 the day in which a person is condemned, or is to be executed. 
 Doomsday, or Doomsday Book, denominated Liber Judiciariiis, vel 
 Censualis Anglice ; that is, the judicial book, or book of the sur- 
 vey of England, composed in the time of William the Conqueror, 
 from a survey of the several counties, hundreds, tithings, &c. 
 The intent or design of this book was, to be a register, by which 
 sentence may be given in the tenures of estates, and from which 
 that noted question, whether lands be ancient demesne or not, 
 is still decided. The book is still remaining in the exchequer, fair 
 and legible, consisting of two volumes, a greater and lesser ; the 
 greater comprehends all the counties of England, except JVb>'- 
 thumherland, Cumberland, TVestmoreland, Durham, a.Tid 'part of Lan- 
 cashire, which were never surveyed, and except Essex, Suffolk, 
 and Norfolk, which are contained in the lesser volume. 
 
 DOOR, s. [dor, or dure. Sax,] a vacant place left as an entrance 
 to a building or apartment. Also, and more generally, the 
 wooden enclosure for such an entrance. This is generally ap- 
 plied to private houses ; but the entrance into cities, palaces, or 
 the mansions of the nobility, is called a gate. Out of doors, 
 means not within a house, and is sometimes used for a thing 
 abolished, laid aside, quite gone, vanished, exploded, or sent 
 away. At the door, implies something near, impendent, or immi- 
 nent ; " Death is at the door." At tlie door of a person, signifies 
 something that may be charged or imputed to a person ; " The 
 fault lies wholly at my door," Dryd. Next door to, implies ap- 
 proaching to, bordering on. 
 
 DO'ORCASE, s. the frame in which doors are hung. 
 
 DO'ORKEEPER, s. porter ; one that keeps the entrance of a 
 house. 
 
 DO'ORWAY, s. the entrance to a building or to an apartment. 
 
 DO'QUET, s. a paper containing a warrant. 
 
 DOR, s. the English name for the beetle that flies about 
 hedges in the evening. See Dorr. 
 
 DORA'DO, s. in Ichthyology, the name of a large Brazilian 
 sea-fish. In Astronomy, a constellation of the southern hemi- 
 sphere, called Xiphias. 
 
 DO'RCHESTER, Dorsetshire. It is a town of great antiquity, 
 and stands by the river Frome. The houses are well built, and 
 it has three handsome streets. It is a corporate and assize town. 
 It has but little trade. It is 120 miles from London. Markets, 
 Wednesday and Saturday. Pop. 3249. 
 
 DO'RCHESTER, Oxfordshire. It was formerly of much greater 
 account than it is at present ; it has now some good buildings, 
 and the church is a large handsome structure. It was formerly 
 a bishop's see. It is 49 miles from London. Pop. 1089. 
 
 DORDO'GNE, a department of France, named from a con- 
 siderable river flowing through it into the Garonne. It is bounded 
 by the departments Gironde, Charente Inferieure, Chareiite, Haute 
 Vienne, Corrcze, Lot, and Lot et Garonne. It is about 80 miles 
 in length, and 70 in breadth ; and beside the Dordogne, has the 
 rivers Vezfere, Drome, &c. flowing through it. It has mines of 
 coal and iron, and other valuable sources of mineral wealth ; good 
 pasturage for swine, abundance of winged game, and most ad- 
 
DOR 
 
 mirable vineyards, which supply its export trade. Perigueux is 
 its capital. Population, about 500,000. 
 
 DO'REE, .loHN Dory, s. in Ichthyology, the vulgar name of 
 a fish, which is very broad and flat, and of a yellow colour. It 
 is found on the coasts of Cornwall. 
 
 DO'RIA, ANDREAS, a famous admiral of Genoa in the 16th 
 century ; who, after many brilliant services, demanded as his re- 
 ward the liberty of the republic. Aided by Charles V., he drove 
 the French from the town, and established what was called a 
 republic, but with a narrow aristocracy for its government. After 
 a while a conspiracy was formed against it and him, but it was 
 but partially successful. He died in 1560, aged 94 years. 
 
 DO'RIANS, the name of one tribe of the Hellenes, whence 
 sprang the Spartans and other nations of the Peloponnesus, and 
 some small nations on the main-land, and whose colonies spread 
 to Asia Minor, Crete, Rhodes, Cjprus, &c. The prevailing cha- 
 racteristic of this race was its unyielding conservatism, and rigid 
 military aristocracy. See Sparta. 
 
 DO'RIC, a. belonging to the Dorians. Doric dialect, in the 
 Greek language, was that variety spoken at Sparta, and the Do- 
 rian settlements in and about Greece. It was comparatively rude 
 and unpolished, yet it has been used by some of the Greek writers, 
 especially for lyric poetry. Boric order, in Architecture, was 
 that kind of column without any ornament either at its base or 
 capital, or with a very simple capital in Roman buildings. It is 
 fluted, and its proportions also distinguish it from the Tuscan 
 order, which it otherwise resembles. 
 
 DO'RISLAUS, DR. ISAAC, one of the distinguished men of 
 the English revolution in the 17th century. He was a native of 
 Holland, and accomplished as a jurist. Receiving an appoint- 
 ment at Cambridge, he spoke too freely for the authorities, and 
 was silenced. Subsequently he was engaged by Charles during 
 the war, but he left him for the Independents, and aided in the 
 impeachment of the monarch. Having been sent as ambassador 
 to the Hague, he was murdered by some of the exiles, in 1649, 
 aged about 50 years. His body, which was buried in the Abbey, 
 was exhumed at the Restoration. 
 
 DO'RKING, Surrey. A town standing beside the river Mole, 
 on the high ridge of chalk hills overlooking the Wealden valley. 
 It is famed for a peculiar breed of fowls. Box-hill, known of 
 Londoners, is near at hand. It is 23 miles from London. Mar- 
 ket, Saturday. It has a May fair for lambs. Pop. 5638. 
 
 DO'RMANT, a. [Fr.] sleeping; in a sleeping posture. Secret, 
 or private, opposed to public. 
 
 DO'RMITORY, s. Idormitoriu7n, Lat.] a place furnished for 
 sleeping in, with a great many beds. In old records, a burial- 
 place. 
 
 DO'RMOUSE, s. {dormio, Lat. and mouse,'] in Natural History, 
 a mouse which passes a great part of the winter in sleep. 
 
 DORN, s. {dorn, Teut.] in Natural History, a fish, perhaps the 
 same as the thornback. 
 
 DO'RNICK, s. a species of linen cloth used in Scotland for the 
 table, so called because first made in Deornick in Flanders. 
 
 DO'RNOCK, Sutherland, Scotland. It is situated at the en- 
 trance of a fine frith of the same name. It is a small place, mostly 
 in ruins, but is the county town. About 9 miles above Dornock 
 ferry is a water-fall, and salmon-leap, where the fishes that fail 
 in their leap are caught in baskets on their fall. Dornock is 
 about 140 miles from Edinburgh. Pop. 458. 
 
 DO'RPAT, a town of Livonia, Russia. It stands on the river 
 Embach,and is a handsomely built place, having a fine and com- 
 manding situation on the side of a hill. It has a university with 
 an extensive library. Population, about 12,000. Lat. 58. 25. N. 
 Long. 26. 41. W. 
 
 DORR, s. {tor, Teut.] in Natural Hi.story, an insect, probably 
 so called from its sound, and named likewise the hedge-chafer. 
 
 IXKRSEL, Do'rser, s. [dorsum, Lat.] a pannier or bag hung 
 on each side of a horse, for holding things of small bulk. 
 
 DO'RSETSHIRE, a county of England, lying on the English 
 Channel, bounded by Devonshire, Somersetshire, Wiltshire, and 
 Hampshire. It is about 52 miles in length, and 36 in breadth, 
 and contains 248 parishes. The range of hills belonging to tiie 
 chalk formation crosses the county, some of which are above 500 
 feet in height. It is watered by the Stour, the Frome, the Ivel, 
 &c. Some part of the coast is precipitous, and there are some 
 good harbours. Portland Point is at low water connected with 
 the main-land by a long narrow spit of sand. Very good build- 
 
 DOU 
 
 ing-stone is obtained here. The greater part of the county is 
 laid down in pasture, the Chalk Downs affording excellent sheep- 
 walks. The fisheries are also valuable. It has both linen and 
 woollen manufactures. Dorchester is its county town. Pop. 
 17.5,043. It returns 14 members to parliament. 
 
 DORSFFEROUS, Dorsi'parous, a. [dorsum and/ero, or pario, 
 Lat.] bearing or bringing forth on the back. In Botany, ap- 
 plied to plants of the capillary kind, without stalk, which bear 
 their seed on the back-side of their leaves ; such as the fern. Sec. 
 In Natural History, applied to the American frog, which brings 
 forth her young at her back. 
 
 DORT, a town and port of Holland, having a good trade, but 
 chiefly famous for a synod of Protestant theologians, held there 
 in the beginning of the 17th century, by which Arminianism, as 
 taught by Episcopius, was condemned as heresy, and a persecu- 
 tion of those that held it ordained ; also a translation of the 
 Bible into Dutch was determined on. Divines from the Church 
 of England, and from the Presbyterians of Scotland, attended. 
 It showed, as all such assemblages have always showed, that the 
 truth of Scripture cannot be determined by such means. The 
 influence of James I. of England was the chief cause of the de- 
 cision against the Arminians ; but he shortly after, through the 
 influence of Laud and the High-church party, adopted the very 
 doctrines he had had condemned. 
 
 DO'RTURE, s. [dortoir, Fr.] a place to sleep in; a bed- 
 chamber. 
 
 DOSE, s. [dosis, Gr.] in Physic, as much of any medicine as is 
 proper for a person to take at one time. As much of any liquor 
 as a person can bear : sometimes used for that quantity which 
 intoxicates a person. 
 
 To DOSE, V, a. to proportion a medicine properly to the pa- 
 tient or disease ; to give physic or any thing nauseous to any 
 man, in a ludicrous sense. 
 
 DO'SSIL, s. a pledget ; or a small lump or quantity of lint to 
 be laid on a sore. 
 
 DOST, the second person of the verb To Do. 
 
 DOT, «. a small point or spot made to mark any thing, by 
 pressing the tip of a pen on the paper in writing, and resembling 
 the mark at the end of the sentence [.]. In Music, a dot after a 
 note indicates that it is to be sustained half as long again as its 
 proper length. 
 
 loDOT,f. a. to mark with specks.— ». n. to make dots or 
 spots. 
 
 DO'TAGE, s. want or weakness of understanding; excessive 
 fondness for any person or thing ; generally applied to persons 
 in years. 
 
 DO'TAL, a. [dotalis, Lat.] relating to the portion of a woman ; 
 constituting her dowry. 
 
 DO'TARD, s. a person whose understanding is impaired 
 by age. 
 
 DOTA'TION, s. [dotatio, Lat.] the act of giving a dowry or 
 portion. 
 
 To DOTE, DoAT, V. n. [doten, Belg.] to have one's understaiid- , 
 ing impaired by age or passion. — v. a. to regard with excessive 
 fondness. 
 
 DO'TER, s. one whose understanding is impaired by years; 
 one who loves a person or thing with excessive fondness. 
 
 DO'TINGLY, ad. with an excessive love or fondness. 
 
 DO'TTARD, s. in Gardening, a tree kept from growing to its 
 full height by cutting. 
 
 DOITEREL, s. in Natural History, the name of a bird of the 
 plover kind. 
 
 DOU'AY, a considerable city in the department of Nord, 
 France, long celebrated for its' English college, to which the 
 Roman Catholics of our nation were generally sent for education. 
 Its principal trade consists in making and vending worsted cam- 
 lets. It IS seated on the river Scarpe. It is about 120 miles 
 from Paris. Population, about 20,000. Here was made a trans- 
 lation of the Old Testament, from the Latin Vulgate into Eng- 
 lish, by the Romanists, in the beginning of the 17th century, 
 by which it was hoped to check the influence of translations of 
 the Scripture ; but it was, as might be expected, of no avail. 
 
 DOU'BLE, {duhhle) a. [Fr.] two things of the same sort, joined 
 in pairs, and answering each other. Twice as much, applied to 
 quantity; the same number repeated. Having twice the effect 
 or influence, applied to power. Figuratively, deceitful, acting 
 two parts, one openly, and a diflferent one in private. It is used 
 2 p 2 291 
 
in composition for two ways, as double-edged, having an edge on 
 each side ; or for twice the number or quantity ; double-dyed, i. e, 
 twice dyed. 
 
 To DOU'BLE, {dubble) v. n. to increase to twice the quantity, 
 number, value, or strength ; to turn back, or wind, in running; 
 to play tricks ; to use sleights. — v. a. among sailors, to pass round 
 a cape or promontory; to fold; to repeat the same word; to in- 
 crease by addition. 
 
 DOU'BLE, (dubble) s. twice the quantity, number, value, or 
 quality ; strong beer, so called from its being twice as strong as 
 the common sort ; a trick ; a shift ; an artifice. In Hunting, a 
 turning back or winding made by game. 
 DOU'BLE, ad. twice over. " I was double their age," Swift. 
 DOU'BLE-BASS, s. the largest kind of violin, having but three 
 strings, but of great value in a full orchestra. 
 
 DOUBLE-DE'ALER, (dubble-deeler) s. one who is deceitful, 
 by acting two parts at the same time, one to a person's face, and 
 the other behind his back. 
 
 POUBLE-DE'ALING, {dubbU-deeling)-s. an artifice; dissimu- 
 lation; the acting two different parts, by pretending friendship 
 to a person's face, at the same time being intimate with his 
 enemy; low, insidious, and fraudulent; cunning. 
 
 DOUBLE-HE'ADED, a. in Botany, having the flowers grow- 
 ing one to another. 
 
 DOUBLE-MFNDED, {dubble-imnded) a. deceitful; acting two 
 contrary parts; prosecuting' contrary designs. 
 
 pOU'BLENESS, (dubbleness) s. the state of a thing repeated 
 twice; the state of a thing folded, or made twice its natural 
 size. 
 
 DOU'BLER, (dubler) s. one who is^guilty of deceit or dissimu- 
 lation ; one who increases any thing" by repetition, addition, or 
 folding. 
 
 DOU'BLET, {dUblet) s. an under or inner garment, so called 
 from its affording double the warmth of another. 
 
 DOUBLE-TO'NGUED, (,dubble-tt'mg'd) a. giving contrary ac- 
 . counts of the same thing; deceitful. 
 
 DOU'BLETOOTH, s. in Botany, a plant, the same with the 
 water hemp-agrimony. 
 
 DOUBLO'N, (dublo6n) s. [Fr.] amongst Spanish coins, the 
 name of the pieces worth 2, 4, and 8 crowns. That of 4 crowns 
 is the most usually so designated, equal in value to about 
 £1 12s. 4d. English money. 
 
 DOU'BLY, (dublt/) ad. in a twofold manner; in twice the 
 quantity; to twice the degree. 
 
 DOUBS, a department of France, bordering on Switzerland, 
 and bounded by the departments Jura, Haute Sa6ne, and Haute 
 Rhin. It is about 70 miles in length and 40 in breadth. The 
 mountains of Jura cross its Swiss edge, the highest of which 
 here exceeds 2000 feet. The Doubs, (whence this department 
 is named,) and the Oignon, with the streams tributary to them, 
 water it. Building-stone, &c. are obtained here. Thepastures 
 are good, but corn, though grown, is not abundant. There are 
 many iron-works, and other manufactories. Besan9on is its 
 chief town. Population, about 300,000. 
 
 To DOUBT, (dout) V. n. [doubter, Fr.] to be unable to deter- 
 mine the reality, truth, or possibility of a thing, on account of 
 the equality of the arguments on each side ; to fear; to suspect ; 
 to hesitate ; to desist or keep from action through suspense.— 
 V. a. to fear ; to suspect ; to distrust. 
 
 DOUBT, (rfoM<) s. uncertainty ; suspense ; a state of the mind 
 wherein it remains undetermined. Figuratively, a question or 
 some point undetermined and unsettled ; a scruple ; perplexity ; 
 suspicion ; a difficulty proposed to the understanding. Synon. 
 We are in uncertainty with respect to the success of our proceed- 
 ings ; in dovht what step to take ; in suspense when we are held 
 from acting by a delay of certainty. Uncertainty requires cau- 
 tion ; doubt, consideration ; suspense, patience. 
 
 DOU'BTER, (douter) s. one who is not able to determine the 
 truth or probability of a thing; one who is in an uncertain state 
 of mind. 
 
 . pOU'BTFUL, (do&tful) a. full of uncertainty ; not settled in 
 opinion ; not determined in the mind on account of the quality 
 of the proofs /or and af/awsi!,- not secure ; suspicious; timorous; 
 ambiguous, or not clear, applied to the meaning of words. 
 
 DOU'BTFULLY, (doutfuUy) ad. with uncertainty and irreso- 
 lution ; with ambiguity, or want of clearness. 
 DOU'BTFULNESS, {doutfulness) s. a state of the mind where- 
 
 DOU 
 
 in it is unable to determine certainty, reality, or truth, for want 
 of preponderating proofs ; uncertainty. That which may admit 
 of various and contrary senses, applied to words. 
 
 DOU'BTINGLY, (doHtingly) ad. in such a manner as to be un- 
 certain with respect to the reality or truth of a thing ; in such a 
 manner as to be fearful of some future ill. 
 
 DOU'BTLESS, (doutless) a. without any fear or apprehension 
 of danger or ill ; without doubt; certainly.— arff. without doubt, 
 question, or uncertainty. 
 
 DOU'CKER, s. in Zoology, a bird that dips in the water. 
 
 DOVE, s. [duvo, old Teut.] in Zoology, a pigeon. 
 
 DO'VECOT, s. a small building in which pigeons are kept ; a 
 pigeon-house. 
 
 DO'VOR, Kent. It is a sea-port of some consequence, being 
 but 21 miles from Calais in France. It is one of the Cinque 
 Ports, and has a corporation. Its castle stands on a high hill, 
 and is very strong, containing barracks for 3000 men, and com- 
 manding a view of the French coast. The inhabitants are chiefly 
 supported by the shipping, and by ship-building, rope-making, 
 &c. It is 72 miles from London. Markets, Wednesday and 
 Saturday. Pop. 13,872. 
 
 DO'VETAIL, s. in Carpentry, a form or manner of joining 
 boards, or timber, by letting one piece into another, in the form 
 of a wedge reversed, or a dove's tail. This is one of the strongest 
 kinds of joinings. 
 
 DOUGH, (do) s. [dah. Sax.] the paste made for bread or pies 
 before it is baked. 
 
 DOUGHBA'KED, a. unfinished ; not hardened to perfection. 
 
 DOU'GHTY, (douty) a. [dohtitj. Sax.] brave, noble, illustrious, 
 in ancient authors. Obstinately brave ; stiff. Used by moderns to 
 convey some ludicrous or ironical idea of strength and courage. 
 
 DO'UGHY, (doey) a. not baked; not baked enough. Figur- 
 atively, soft ; not confirmed by years or education in the love of 
 virtue. 
 
 DOU'GLAS, the name of a noble family, which has figured 
 largely in Scottish history, being associated with that fierce and 
 ceaseless struggle the Scotch nation maintained against England, 
 till the union of the crowns by James I. The most eminent were. 
 Sir William Doiujlas, who was the companion of Sir William Wal- 
 lace in his patriotic efforts for Scotland in 1297 : — Sir James Dou- 
 glas, the companion of Robert Bruce in his successful conflicts 
 against the English, who was also intrusted with the Bruce's 
 heart, in 1329, to carry to the Holy Sepulchre:— J(imes, Earl of 
 Douglas, whose death at the hands of Hotspur, in 1388, is cele- 
 brated in the ballad of Chevy-chase ■.— William, Earl of Douglas, 
 under whose command the power of his house rose to be a rival 
 to the king's, and who was tyrannically cruel, and was killed by 
 his own king, James II., who had invited him to Stirling Castle, 
 to court, in 14.52 : — Archibald, Earl of Angus, called Bell-the-cat, 
 from some word of his when a royal favourite was plotted against ; 
 he gave wise counsel to his king, and was insulted, whence, 
 perchance, he fell not at Flodden; he died in 1514: — his son, 
 Gawain Douglas, was bishop of Dunkeld, and the only one of the 
 house whom the Muses loved ; his translation of Virgil is his 
 chief work, but his other poems have not been without admirers ; 
 he died in 1522, an exile from Scotland, at London :— and lastly, 
 Oeorge and William Douglas, a brother and a kinsman of Sir Wil- 
 liam Douglas, Lord of Lochleven, at whose island fortress the 
 beautiful and unhappy Mary, Queen of Scots, was imprisoned 
 by the lords who confederated against her and Bothwell; these 
 two young men planned and executed her escape from the castle 
 with most chivalrous devotion to her; George is said to have 
 fallen at Langside ; the escape was eft'ected in 1568. 
 
 DOU'GLAS, DR. JOHN, an eminent divine and bishop of the , 
 
 Church of England. He was on intimate terms with the literary ; 
 
 men of his time, and he contributed a work on miracles, called \ 
 the Criterion, to the defence of Christianity. He died in 1807, j 
 
 aged 86 years. - j 
 
 DOU'RO, a river of Spain and Portugal, which rises in Old 1 
 Castile, and receiving the waters of many tributaries, flows ! 
 
 through Leon, to the borders of Portugal, serving for awhile as \ 
 
 i\^ boundary between the countries, and then crossing Portugal, ( 
 
 it enters the Atlantic at Oporto, after a course of near 500 miles. j 
 
 To DOUSE, V. a. [onomatopoetic,] to plunge suddenly over 
 head in the water; to give a person a box on the ear. — v. n. to '. 
 
 fall suddenly into the water. , 
 
 DOUSE, s. a box on the ear : a low and cant word. 
 
DOW 
 
 JDOUW, GERARD, a painter of the Dutch school, a pupil of 
 Rembrandt, whose productions are celebrated above all things 
 for the elaborate antl exquisite care bestowed on their finishing. 
 He died in 1680, aged 67 ^ears. 
 
 DOWAGER, s. \doitairiere, Fr.] a widow who has a jointure ; 
 a title given to the widows of kin^s, or other nobilit5f. 
 
 DOW'DY, s. an awkward, ill-dressed, and clownish woman. 
 — a. awkward, inelegant. 
 
 DO'WER, s. that portion which the law allows a widow out of 
 the estates of her husband, after his decease. 
 
 DO'WERED, part, portioned ; supplied with a portion. 
 
 DO'WERLESS, a. without a portion. 
 
 DOWLAS, s. a coarse kind of linen. 
 
 DOWN, s. formerly spelt doun ; [dunn, Dan.] soft feathers, 
 generally those which grow on the breasts of birds or fowls. 
 Figuratively, that which softens or alleviates any uneasy sensa- 
 tion ; soft wool, or tender hair. 
 
 DOWN, s. [dun, Sax.] a large open plain or valley. In the 
 plural, used for a road near the coast of Deal in Kent, which is 
 passed by shipping homeward and outward bound, and is a ge- 
 neral place for men of war to rendezvous. 
 
 DOWN, a county of Ulster in Ireland, lying on the Irish Sea, 
 and bounded by Antrim and Armagh. It is about 40 miles long 
 and 27 broad ; containing 72 parishes. It is very hilly, many 
 points exceeding 2000, and some even 2500 feet in height. The 
 Upper Bann, the Lagan, the Newry, and other rivers water it; 
 it touches Loch Neagh, and Loch Strangford is wholly included 
 in it. It has some good harbours, but the navigation is danger- 
 ous, owing to the rocky character of the coast. Some metals 
 and valuable building-stones are obtained. It is a fertile country, 
 though partly encumbered by bogs, and carries on a large linen 
 manufacture. The habitations are neat, with an orchard to al- 
 most every cottage. Its chief town is Downpatrick, a small 
 town, 74 miles from DubUn. Pop. 4051. Near it are the re- 
 mains of an old cathedral, remarkable for the tomb of St. Patrick, 
 the founder. Pop. 301,440. It sends 4 members to parliament. 
 Down, in conjunction with Connor and Dromore, is an Irish 
 bishopric. 
 
 DOWN , prep, [aduna. Sax.] from a higher to a lower situation ; 
 along a descent, from a rising ground to the plain on which it 
 stands. Towards the mouth, applied to a river. 
 
 DOWN, ad. on the ground ; from a higher to a lower situation ; 
 tending to the ground, or towards the centre. Out of sight, or 
 below the horizon, applied to the situation of the sun, moon, &c. 
 " The moon is down, Shak. To boil down, is to exhaust all its 
 strength, or so as to macerate or boil to pieces. Up and down, 
 every where, or without any confinement to place. 
 
 DOWNCAST, a. bent down ; directed to the ground. 
 
 DOWNFALL, (dounfaul) s. ruin, applied to buildings. Cala- 
 mity, disgrace, or change from a state of dignity, affluence, and 
 power, to one of indigence, misery, and disgrace. 
 
 DOWNHAM, MARKET, Norfolk, a town noted for the great 
 quantities of butter that are sent thence to London, and gener- 
 ally known there by the name of Cambridge butter. It is seated 
 on the Ouse. It is 86 miles froui London. Market, Saturday. 
 Pop. 2953. 
 
 DOWNHILL, s. declivity; descent. — a. declivous, descending. 
 
 DOWNING COLLEGE, one of the colleges of Cambridge Uni- 
 versity, recently founded out of the estates of Sir George Down- 
 ing, after much litigation and difficulty ; and not yet in full 
 operation. 
 
 DOWNTON, Wiltshire. It has a trade in malting, paper- 
 making, tanning, and lace-making. It is seated on the river 
 Avon. It is 84 miles from London. Market, Friday. Pop. 3648. 
 
 DOW'NLOOKED, a. with the eyes cast down or looking to- 
 wards the ground, the natural expression of sorrow. 
 
 DOWNLY'ING, a. about to be in travail of childbirth. 
 
 DOWNRl'GHT, (chunrlt) ad. straight down ; in a straight or 
 perpendicular line; in plain terms; completely; without any 
 dissimulation, flattery, or ceremony. 
 
 DOWNRIGHT, (dounrit) a. plain ; open ; professed ; with- 
 out disguise or dissimulation ; directly tending to the point ; 
 without circumlocution ; artless ; without ceremony ; honestly 
 surly. 
 
 DOWNSITTING, s. the act of going to rest, alluding to the 
 eastern custom of lying on the ground ; rest, repose. 
 
 DOWNWARD, Dow'nwards, ad. {duneweard. Sax.] towards 
 
 DRA 
 
 the centre, or towards the ground ; from a higher to a lower 
 situation. In a course of succession from father to son, &c., ap- 
 plied to descent or genealogy. 
 
 DOWNWARD, a. moving from a higher to a lower situation ; 
 declining ; bending, or sloping towards the ground. 
 
 DOWNY, a. covered with soft and short feathers, or with a 
 nap; made of soft feathers or down ; soft; tender; soothing. 
 
 DOWRY, s. is properly the money or fortune which a wife 
 brings to her husband in marriage ; and differs from dower. 
 
 DOXO'LOGY, s. [doxa and logos, Gr.] a short verse or sen- 
 tence including praise and thanksgiving to God ; such as " Glory 
 he to the Father, and to the Son, and to the Holy Ghost." 
 
 To DOZE, V. n. [dwces. Sax.] to slumber; to be half asleep; 
 to be in a state of sleepiness.— r. a. to stupify or make dull. 
 
 DO'ZEN, {duze)i) s. [douzaine, Fr.] a collection of twelve things 
 or persons. 
 
 DO'ZINESS, «. sleepiness, drowsiness ; a strong inclination or 
 propensity to sleep. 
 
 DOZY, a. inclined to sleep, drowsy, sleepy. 
 
 DRAB, s. [drabbe. Sax.] a thick cloth made of wool. 
 
 DRACHM, {dram) s. [drachma, Lat.] an ancient silver coin 
 worth about seven-pence three farthings sterling; the 16th 
 part of an ounce Avoirdupoise weight. Among apothecaries, 
 the 8th part of an ounce, weighing either 3 scruples or 60 
 grains. An ancient Jewish coin, having on one side a harp, and 
 on the reverse a bunch of grapes, called by the Jews naif a 
 shekel, but by the Greeks a drachm. 
 
 DRA'CO, the dragon ; in Astronomy, a constellation of the 
 northern hemisphere. 
 
 DRA'CO, a famous legislator of Athens, whose laws awarded 
 death for almost every crime they specified. They were super- 
 seded by the laws of Solon. He flourished about 620 b. c. 
 
 DRAFF, s. [draf, Belg.] refuse ; lees ; dregs ; properly some- 
 thing fluid. • 
 
 DIlA'FFY, a. abounding in dregs or sediments. Figuratively, 
 worthless, or only fit to be fliing away. 
 
 DRAFT, s. See Draught. 
 
 DRAFT, a. a corruption of Draught. 
 
 To DRAG, V. a. [draf/an. Sax.] to pull along the ground by 
 main force ; to draw along contemptuously, and as unworthy 
 any notice ; to pull along with violence. — v. n. to hang so low as 
 to trail upon the ground. 
 
 DRAG, s. [drag, Sax.] an instrument with hooks, used to 
 catch hold of things under water. 
 
 To DRA'GGLE, v. a. to make dirty by trailing along the 
 ground. — v. n. to grow or become dirty by drawing along the 
 ground. 
 
 DRA'GNET, s. a net which is drawn along the bottom of the 
 water. 
 
 DRA'GOMAN, «. [Turk.] the name given to the interpreters 
 engaged bv European travellers, &c. in Turkey. 
 
 DRA'GON, s. [dragon, Fr.] the name of a fabulous monster, 
 represented in the form of a huge serpent, with crocodile's jaws 
 and feet, and enormous wings. Figuratively, one of a fierce 
 and violent teniper. 
 
 DRA'GONET, s. [diminutive (ii dragon, -\ a little dragon. 
 
 DRA'GON'S-BLOOD, s. a moderately heavy resin, of which 
 there are two kinds ; the one firm and compact, brought to us 
 in small leaves, wrapped up in long and narrow leaves, and are 
 called the Drops or Tears of Dragon's Blood. The other is 
 brought in larger masses or cakes of an irregular figure ; this is 
 less compact, less pure, and of much less value than the other. 
 The genuine dragons-blood is the fruit of a tall tree of the palm 
 kind, common in the island of Java, and some other parts of the 
 East Indies. 
 
 DRA'GONFLY, s. in Natural History, a genus of beautiful 
 four-winged flies, which prey on smaller flies and are quite 
 harmless. 
 
 DRA'GONTREE, s. in Botany, a species of palm. 
 
 DRAGOO'N, s. [dragen. Tout.] a soldier who serves both on 
 foot and horseback. 
 
 To DRAIN, V. a. [trainer, Fr.] to draw off' water or other fluids 
 gradually ; to empty a vessel by gradually drawing off" what it 
 contains; to dry by setting in such a posture or position as the 
 fluid must naturally run out ; to open a channel under the soil, 
 so as to improve the fertility of it, by carrjnng oflT the standing 
 , water. 
 
 293 
 
DRA 
 
 DRAIN, s. a channel through which waters are gradually ex- 
 hausted or drawn ; a water-course ; a sluice. 
 
 DRAKE, s. Idreck, Belg.] in Natural History, the male of a 
 duck. A small piece of cannon, from draco, Lat. 
 
 DRAKE, SIR FRANCIS, the famous buccaneer, circumnavi- 
 gator, and naval commanded in the days of Queen Elizabeth. 
 He entered the sea-service whilst young, and was patronized by 
 Sir John Hawkins. He first rose into notice by his privateering 
 exploits against the Spaniards of S. America. He was honour- 
 ed by various commissions under the queen ; and was the first 
 English captain who crossed the Pacific, after which exploit he 
 was knighted. His crowning service against Spain was the 
 part he took in the destruction of the celebrated Armada. He 
 died in 1596, aged 51 years. 
 
 DRAKE, DR. NATHAN, a country physician, whose critical 
 and miscellaneous essays and writings are a valuable addition 
 to our domestic literature. His History of Shakspeare and his 
 Times, and his works relating to the seasons, are particularly in- 
 teresting. He died in 1836, aged 70 years. 
 
 DRAM, s. in Weight, the eighth part of an ounce. Such a 
 quantity of spirituous liquors as is usually drank at once. 
 
 DRA'MA, s. [drama, Gr.] a poem accommodated to action ; in 
 which the action is not related, but represented; and in which 
 therefore such rules are to be observed as make the represent- 
 ation probable. It should be observed, however, that some of the 
 finest dramas are altogether unfitted for being brought on the 
 stage. The principal species of drama are two, comedy and 
 tragedy. Some others there are of less note ; as pastoral, satire, 
 tragi-comedy, opera, &c. 
 
 DRAMA'TIC, Drama'tical, a. represented by action, or on 
 the stage. 
 
 DRAMA'TICALLY, ad. after the manner of a poem acted on 
 the stage. 
 
 DRA'MATIST, s. the author or composer of a dramatic piece 
 acted on the stage. 
 
 DRANK, the preterite of To Drink. 
 
 To DRAPE, V. a, [drop, Fr.] to make cloth. Figuratively, to 
 jeer, to satirize. 
 
 DRA'PER, s. one who sells either linen or woollen cloth. 
 
 DRA'PERY, s. [drapiierie, Fr.] the trade or art of making 
 cloth ; cloth made either of linen or woollen. In Painting and 
 Sculpture, the representation of the garments or clothing of any 
 figure. 
 
 DRA'STIC, a. [drastikos, Gr.] powerful, vigorous, efficacious. 
 In Medicine, a remedy which works soon or with speed. 
 
 DRAUGH, (rfro/0 s. refuse ; swill; a scum of a pot; pot-liquor, 
 or the liquor given to hogs. 
 
 DRAUGHT, {draft) s. [draght, Belg.] the act of drinking; a 
 quantity of liquor drank at once ; the action of moving or drag- 
 ging carriages; the quality of being drawn or moved by pulling; 
 the representation of a person or thing by painting ; a sketch or 
 plan of some building or picture ; a picture ; a sharp current of 
 air in a room; the depth which a ship sinks into the water. In 
 Fishing, the act of catching fish by a drag-net. In War, forces 
 drawn off from the main army. In Commerce, a bill drawn by one 
 person on another for money. In the plural, a game played on a 
 chequered table, with round pieces of box and ebony. 
 
 DRAVE, the preterite of To Drive. Drove is more used. 
 
 DRAVE, a river of Europe, springing in the Tyrol, and falling, 
 after a course of above 250 miles, into the Danube, near Essek : 
 this town and Klagenfurth are the chief seated on its banks. 
 
 To DRAW, V. a. preter. dreio ; past particip. draivn ; [dragan. 
 Sax.] to pull along upon the ground from one place to another ; 
 to pull up, or raise from a deep place ; to suck ; to attract ; to 
 draw towards itself; to inhale, applied to air; to take from a 
 cask or vessel ; to pull a sword out of the scabbard ; to unsheath ; 
 to take bread out of an oven ; to unclose curtains, if close before, 
 but to close together, if open ; to let out any liquid ; to extract ; to 
 convey secretly ; to protract or lengthen; to derive; to deduce 
 as from postulates ; to imply, infer, or introduce a consequence ; 
 to induce or persuade ; to win ; to gain ; to receive ; to take up ; 
 to extort ; to force ; to wrest ; to distort ; to entice ; to seduce ; 
 to inveigle ; to prevail on by fondness, used with in. In Com- 
 merce, to address a bill for a sum of money to a person. In Mi- 
 litary affairs, to detach or separate from the main body ; to pre- 
 pare for action ; to range in battle-array. In Painting, to sketch 
 the outline of a picture; or generally, to represent any thing 
 294 
 
 DRE 
 
 with chalk, or pencil, &c. In Pharmacy, applied to the action 
 of some plaisters and unguents. To draw up, to form in writing ; 
 to compose. To draw back, to retreat or retire ; to retract a de- 
 sign, or decline an undertaking. To draw off, to extract by dis- 
 tillation ; to drain out by vent ; to decline an engagement or 
 make a retreat. In Cookery, to disembowel ; to take out the 
 entrails of poultry. 
 
 DRAW, s. the act of drawing ; the lot or chance taken or 
 drawn. 
 
 DRAWBACK, s. money paid back or abated for ready pay- 
 ment. Figuratively, a deduction, or diminution of the value or 
 qualities of a thing. In Commerce, certain duties either of the 
 customs or excise, allowed upon the exportation of some of our 
 own manufactures, or on foreign merchandises that have paid a 
 duty on importation. 
 
 DRAWBRIDGE, s. a bridge moving on hinges, and by means 
 of chains lifted up or let down at pleasure, in order'to preserve 
 or destroy the communication between two places, or a country 
 and some fort. 
 
 DRAW'Elt, s. applied to persons, one employed in fetching 
 water from a well or cock ; in public-houses, one who draws 
 liquors from casks ; one who forms the resemblance of a person 
 on paper or canvass, with a pen, pencil, or brush. Applied to 
 things, that which has the power of attracting towards itself; 
 also, a box which slides in a groove or case. In Surgery, that 
 which brings a tumour or gathering to maturity. 
 
 DRAWLING, s. the act of taking or forming the likeness of a 
 thing or person with a pen or pencil ; a picture drawn with a 
 pen or pencil. 
 
 DRAW'INGROOM, s. a room to which company retire after 
 an entertainment ; a room set apart for the reception of company 
 at court. Figuratively, the person or company assembled in a 
 drawins-room. 
 
 To DRAWL, V. n. to pronounce one's words with a slow, dis- 
 agreeable whine. 
 
 DRAW'WELL, s. a well out of which water is raised by means 
 of a bucket and rope. 
 
 DRAY, Dra'y-Cart, s. [drag. Sax.] a low cart, used by brew- 
 ers to convey their beer. 
 
 DRA'YHORSE, s. a horse which draws a dray. 
 
 DRA'YMAN, s. one who drives a dray. 
 
 DRA'YPLOUGH, (drdyjjhw) s. a plough resembling a dray. 
 
 DRA'YTON, Shropshire. It is 154 miles from London. Mar- 
 ket, Wednesday. Pop. 4680. 
 
 DRA'YTON, MICHAEL, a poet of the EJIizabethan age in 
 England, whose merits are almost forgotten in the glare of the 
 other poets of that age ; and are of themselves so clouded by a 
 peculiar and, to us moderns, wearisome phraseology, that they 
 are little known. His Polyolhion is about the most famous of his 
 writings. He was made poet-laureate in 1626, and died in 1631, 
 aged 68 years. 
 
 DREAD, (dred) s, [dreed. Sax.] terror, or fear ; the sensation 
 occasioned by the sight of some terrible or dangerous object. — a. 
 awful or venerable in the highest degree. 
 
 To DREAD, (dred) v. a. [dreedan. Sax.] to fear to an excessive 
 degree. 
 
 DRE'ADER, (dreder) s. one who lives in continual fear or ap- 
 prehension of some danger. 
 
 DRE'ADFUL, (dredful) a. causing excessive fear ; frightful ; 
 formidable. 
 
 DRE'ADFULLY, {dredfuUy) ad. in such a manner as to cause 
 fear or terror. 
 
 DRE'ADFULNESS, s. that quality which causes excessive 
 fear or terror. 
 
 DRE'ADLESS, (drSdless) a. void of fear; undaunted. 
 
 DRE'ADLESSNESS, (drSdlessness) s. a disposition of mind 
 that is void of fear ; intrepidity ; undauntedness. 
 
 DREAM, (dreem) s. [droom, Belg.] the images which appear to 
 the mind during sleep. Figuratively, a chimera ; a groundless 
 fancy, or conceit, which has no existence but in the imagin- 
 ation. 
 
 To DREAM, {dreem) v. n. to have pictures before the mind, 
 while the outward senses are stopped during sleep, which are 
 not always suggested by any external object or known occasion, 
 nor are under the control of the dreamer ; to think, to imagine, 
 to fancy, without reason. 
 
 DRE'AMER, {dreSmer) s. one who perceives things during 
 
DRl 
 
 sleep, without the suggestion of external objects ; a person fond 
 of conceits; a fanciful man. 
 
 DRE'AMLESS, (dreemless) a. without dreams. 
 
 DREAR, (dreer) a. [dreorig. Sax.] affecting with melancholy ; 
 mournful. 
 
 DRE'ARY, {dreSry) a. [dreorig. Sax.] full of sorrow, or mourn- 
 ful, applied to persons. Gloomy, dismal, or affecting with me- 
 lancholy, amilied to places. 
 
 DREDGE, s. a thick, strong net, fastened to three spills of 
 iron, and drawn at a boat's stern, gathering whatever it meets 
 with at the bottom of the water, used for catching oysters, and 
 is a species of the drag-net. 
 
 To DREDGE, v. a. to fish with a dredge. In Cookery, to 
 strew flour over meat while roasting. 
 
 DRE'DGER, s. one who fishes with a dredge ; a box with 
 small holes at the top, used for strewing flour on meat when 
 roasting. 
 
 DRE'GGINESS, (dreg-iness) s. fulness of lees or dregs. Foul- 
 ness, applied to liquors abounding with a ropy sediment. 
 
 DRE'GGISH, (dreg-ish) a. abounding with lees or sediment ; 
 feculent. 
 
 DRE'GGY, {dreg-y) a. muddy, foul, full of sediment. 
 
 DREGS, s. it has no singular ; [dregten. Sax.] the bottom, lees, 
 or foul part of any liquor. Figuratively, the refuse, sweepings, 
 or worthless part of any thing ; the dross or, meanest part of a 
 people. 
 
 To DRENCH, v. a. [drencan. Sax.] to soak or bathe ; to plunge 
 all over in some liquor ; to wash ; to steep ; to moisten, or make 
 very wet ; to administer physic by violence. 
 
 DRENCH, s. a draugh or swill, used by way of contempt ; a 
 potion or drink, prepared of several physical ingredients, for a 
 sick horse ; physic which must be given by force. 
 
 DRE'NCHER, s. one who dips or soaks any thing ; one who 
 administers physic by force. 
 
 DRE'SDEN, the capital of Saxony, Germany. It stands on 
 the Elbe, and by it is divided into the'New Town and Old Town, 
 which are joined by a stone bridge supported by 19 piers. Both 
 towns are surrounded with strong fortifications. The palace is 
 in the Old Town, which is a noble building, richly and curiously 
 ornamented. There are also other royal residences, and public 
 buildings devoted to the arts. The churches are very fine. In 
 the New Town, also, there are some noble buildings for libraries, 
 picture-galleries, museums, &c., and some good educational and 
 charitable institutions. The streets are regularly built, and 
 some of them are very imposing in their style of architecture, 
 &c. Its trade arises from its fiiirs, and the concourse of the peo- 
 ple of the neighbourhood. Lat. 51. 2. N. Long. 13. 43. E. 
 
 To DRESS, V. a. [dresser, Fr.] to put on clothes ; to adorn, 
 deck, or set out with clothes. Figuratively, to clothe, or repre- 
 sent in a favourable light. In Surgery, to apply a plaster or 
 other remedy to a wound. To curry, or rub, applied to horses. 
 To make straight, applied to a line of soldiers. To trim, applied 
 to lamps. To prepare victuals fit for eating, applied to cookery. 
 To curl, to comb out, applied to hair. 
 
 DRESS, s. that which a person wears to cover his body from 
 the inclemency of the weather; clothes or splendid attire ; the 
 skill or taste in choosing or wearing clothes. 
 
 DRE'SSER, s. one employed in putting on a person's clothes ; 
 one who acts under a surgeon at an hospital ; a broad and long 
 kind of table or shelf, in a kitchen, used to prepare victuals. 
 
 DRE'SSING, s. in Surgery, the plaster or other remedy ap- 
 plied to a sore. 
 
 DREW, SAMUEL, an eminent metaphysician of the society 
 of Wesleyans, and one of their most original writers and think- 
 ers. He was of very humble origin, and not indebted to the 
 schools for his acuteness of mind. His Essay on the Soul, and 
 that on the Being of God, are his chief productions. He was 
 editor of the Imperial Magazine also ; and died in 1833, aged 08 
 years. 
 
 To DRI'BBLE, v. n. [drip, Sax.] to fall in drops ; to let the 
 spittle fall from one's mouth ; to slaver like an infant or an 
 idiot.— K. a. to throw'down, or scatter in drops. 
 
 DRI'BLET, s. a small sum of money. 
 
 DRI'ER, s. in Medicine, that which has the quality of absorb- 
 ing moisture. 
 
 DRIFT, s, the force which impels or drives a person or thing; 
 violence; course ; a raft, or any thing driven at random, or in a 
 
 DRO 
 
 body ; a stratum, or layer of any matter blown together by the 
 wind, or heaped together by a current of water ; the tendency 
 or particular design of an action ; the scope or tenor of a dis- 
 course. 
 
 To DRIFT, V. a. to drive or force along ; to throw together on 
 heaps ; to amass. 
 
 To DRILL, i: a. [driUen, Belg.] to make a hole with an auger, 
 gimlet, or drill ; to bore; to drain, or make its passage through 
 small holes or interstices.— [from drills, Fr.] to exercise soldiers. 
 
 DRILL, s. an instrument used to bore holes in wood, iron, or 
 brass ; also a machine used in agriculture, which when the soil 
 is well prepared draws regular furrows, and sets the seed in 
 equal proportions in them. 
 
 DRI'LL-SOWING, s, a method of sowing grain or seed of any 
 kind by a drill. 
 
 To DRINK, f. n. prefer, drank or drunk, past participle drutik 
 or drunken; [drincan. Sax.] to swallow liquors. Figuratively, to 
 swallow an immoderate quantity of liquor. To drink to, to salute 
 in drinking ; to wish well in drinking. Figuratively, to suck up, 
 or absorb ; to hear ; to see. 
 
 DRINK, s. liquor to be swallowed, opposed to meat, or solid 
 food ; any particular kind of liquor. 
 
 DRFNKABLE, a. that may be drank. 
 
 DRI'NKER, s. one who is fond of swallowing quantities of 
 intoxicating liquors. 
 
 DRI'NK-MONEY, s. money given to buy liquor. 
 
 To DRIP, V. n. [drippen, Belg.] to fall in drops.— «. a. to let fall 
 in drops, to drop as fat in roasting. 
 
 DRIP, s. that which falls in drops. 
 
 DRI'PPING, s, the fat which drops from meat while roasting, 
 called also kitchen-stuft'. 
 
 DRFPPING-PAN, s. the pan in which the fat of roast meat is 
 caught. 
 
 To DRIVE, V. a. prefer, drove, past particip. driven or drove ; 
 [drifan. Sax.] to make a person or thing move by violence ; to 
 send to any place by force ; to convey animals, or make them 
 walk from one place to another ; to compel ; to enforce or push 
 home a proof or argument ; to distress; to straiten ; to conduct 
 a carriage; to purify by motion. To drive trade, to carry it on. 
 To let drive at, to intend ; to mean ; to endeavour to accomplish ; 
 to aim or strike at with fury. 
 
 To DRI'VEL, V. n. [a corruption from dribble,] to let the spittle 
 fall out of one's mouth like an infant or idiot. 
 
 DRFVEL, s. slaver, spittle, or moisture dropped from the 
 mouth. 
 
 DRFVELLER, s. a. fool or idiot, so called from their letting 
 the slaver drop from their mouths. 
 
 DRI'VELLING, ;jarf. doting ; weak in the understanding ; 
 foolish. 
 
 DRI'VER, s. the person or thing which communicates motion 
 by force ; one who guides and conveys beasts from one place to 
 another ; one who manages and guides the cattle which draw any 
 carriage. 
 
 To DRI'ZZLE, V. a. [driselen, Teut.] to shed in small drops, or 
 wet mist, like dew. — v. n. to let fall in small slow drops. 
 
 DRFZZLY, a. descending in small slow drops ; descending in 
 a mist ; resembling a mist, or moist vapour. 
 
 DRO'GHEDA, (drohhda,) a town reckoned to be a county by 
 itself, in Leinster, Ireland. It is a sea-port on the Boyne, lying 
 between the counties of East Meath and Louth, into which last 
 county part of the parliamentary borough of Drogheda extends. 
 It is not badly built in the principal parts. Its harbour is good, 
 and it has a considerable trade in corn, coals, &c. It has also 
 some good linen manufactures. It is 30 miles from Dublin. 
 Pop. 17,300. 
 
 DROIL, «. a drone; a sluggard. 
 
 DROFTWICH, Worcestershire. It is seated on the Salwarp, 
 and is of great note for its salt-pits, from which they obtain many 
 thousands of bushels of salt annually. It is 118 miles from Lon- 
 don. Market, Friday. Pop. 2832. 
 
 DROLL, a. [drole, Fr.] comical ; exciting laughter. 
 
 DROLL, «. [droler, Fr.] a person whose business and employ it 
 is to raise mirth by antic gestures or comical jests ; a merry- 
 andrew or jack-pudding; a farce composed to excite laughter. 
 
 To DROLL, V. n. to play the buffoon. 
 
 DRO'LLERY, «. jest ; ridicule ; or an endeavour' to make a 
 thing the object of mirth, ridicule, or laughter. 
 
 295 
 
DRO 
 
 DROME, a department of France lying on the Rhone, and 
 bounded by the departments Ardfeche, Vaucluse, Basses Alpes, 
 Halites Alpes, and Isere. It is about 85 miles long and 50 broad. 
 The Alps extend into this department, some elevations exceed- 
 ing 5000 feet. The Rhone, the Isfere, and Drome (whence it is 
 named) are its chief rivers. Iron, copper, coal, &c. &c. are ob- 
 tained here in plenty : these, with fruits, and wines, (amongst 
 which are some of the most famous French wines,) form its wealth. 
 Valence is its capital. Population, about 310,000. 
 
 DRO'MEDARY , s. [dromedare, Ital.] in Natural History, a sort 
 of camel, smaller, slenderer, and nimbler than the common ca- 
 mel, having two protuberances on its back. Its hair is soft and 
 short; it has no fangs or fore-teeth, nor horn on its feet, which 
 are covered with a fleshy skin : it is about seven feet and a half 
 high, from the ground to the top of its head. Like the camel, it 
 is capable of sustaining great iatigue, and is said to travel 100 
 miles a day. 
 
 DRO'MORE, with Down and Connor, an Irish bishopric in 
 the province of Armagh. See those names. 
 
 DRONE, s. [droen, Sax.] in Natural History, the male hive-bee, 
 which makes no honey, has no sting, and is driven from the 
 hive and killed when the bees begin to lay up their winter stores, 
 and all the swarming is over. Also, a kind of two-winged fly 
 somewhat resembling a bee in colour and shape. Figuratively, 
 an inactive, useless, or sluggish person. 
 
 To DRONE, V. n. to live an inactive, useless, and dull life, like 
 that of a drone. 
 
 DRO'NFIELD, Derbyshire. It is situated in a valley among 
 the mountains at the edge of the Peak, in a fine healthy air. It 
 is 153 miles from London. Market, Thursday. Pop. 4583. 
 
 DRO'NISH, a. like a drone ; useless ; sluggish and inactive. 
 
 DRO'NTHEIM, a sea-port of Norway, and chief town of a pro- 
 vince of the same name. It is well built, but mostly of wood. 
 Its cathedral is a fine structure. The trade is considerable, and 
 it exports timber, fish, copper, &c. &c. Some good institutions 
 both for charitable and educational purposes are here. Pop. 
 about 13,000. Lat. 63. 30. N. Long. 11. 5. E. 
 
 To DROOP, V. n. [droef, Belg.] to languish with sorrow ; to 
 hang down the head with sorrow. Figuratively, to grow faint, 
 weak, or dispirited; to sink; to lean downwards; to decline, 
 beautifully applied by Milton. 
 
 DROP, s. {droppa. Sax.] a small portion or particle of water, 
 or other fluid, in a spherical form ; as much liquor as falls at once 
 when there is not a continual stream ; a diamond hanging loose 
 from the ear, so called from its resembling the form of a drop of 
 any fluid in its descent. Drops, the plural, in Architecture, are 
 ornaments, in the Doric entablature, representing drops, or little 
 bells, immediately under the triglyphs. In Physic, any spiritu- 
 ous medicine to be taken in drops. 
 
 To DROP, V, a. [droppan, Sax.] to pour in small round parti- 
 cles ; to let go ; to let a thing fall from the hand ; to utter slight- 
 ly, or without caution ; to insert or introduce by way of digres- 
 sion ; to intermit, cease, or decline; to lose in its progress; to 
 bedrop, or speckle.— ». n. to fall in separate particles of a round- 
 ish form; to let drops fall; to consume in drops; to fall, or 
 come from a higher to a lower situation ; to fall without violence ; 
 to die suddenly. 2'o drop in, to come unexpectedly by. 
 
 DRO'PPING, s. any liquor which has fallen in drops. 
 
 DROP SERE'NE, «. [^utta and serena, Lat.] in Physic, a 
 disease of the eye, consisting of an entire loss of sight, without 
 any apparent fault or disorder of the part. 
 
 DRO'PSICAL, a. diseased with a dropsy; hydropical ; tend- 
 ing to a dropsy. 
 
 DRO'PSIED, part, affected with a dropsy. 
 
 DRO'PSTONE, s. a spar formed into the shape of a drop. 
 
 DRO'PSY, s. anciently written hydropisy, whence dropisy, or 
 dropsy ; [hydrops, Lat.] in Physic, a preternatural collection or 
 extravasation of aqueous serum, or water, in any part of the 
 body, which greatly distends the vessels, is attended with weak- 
 ness of digestion, and a continual thirst. 
 
 WIO'PWORT, s. in Botany, a genus of plants, of which there 
 are three British species, viz. the water, hemlock or deadtongue, 
 and pimpernel dropwort ; the first and last species are found in 
 ponds and ditches, and the second on the banks of rivers. 
 
 DROSS, s. [dros. Sax.] the scum, sediment, or gross parts of 
 any metal ; the crust or rust of a metal. Figuratively, the re- 
 fuse or most worthless part of any thing. 
 
 DRU 
 
 DRO'SSINESS, s. the impurity of metals ; foulness ; rust. 
 
 DRO^SSY', a. full of impurities, foulness, or impure particles. 
 Figuratively,as worthless as dross. 
 
 DROVE, s. a number of cattle under the guidance of one or 
 more persons; any collection of animals. Figuratively, a great 
 crowd or multitude. 
 
 DRO'VER, s. one who drives cattle to market for sale. 
 
 DROUGHT, {drout) s. [drugode. Sax.] applied to the weather, 
 dry weather, want of rain ; thirst, or great want or desire of 
 drink. 
 
 DROU'GHTINESS, (droHtmess) s. the state of a soil which 
 wants rain ; the state of a person affected with thirst. 
 
 DROU'GHTY, (drouty) a. wanting rain ; parched with heat ; 
 thirsty, or wanting drink. 
 
 To DROWN, V. a. [druncnian, Sax.] to plunge and suffocate 
 under water ; to plunge or overwhelm in water ; to overflow, or 
 cover with water. Figuratively, to immerge, plunge in, or over- 
 whelm with any thing ; to die, or be suffbcated under water. 
 
 DROWNING, s. the state of being suffbcated by immersion 
 in water. Recovery from drowning should be attempted as soon 
 as possible after the rescue of the body, by the application of 
 warm flannel, &c. to the body and soles of the feet, for the re- 
 storation of animal warmth, and by bringing the lungs into play 
 by inflating them through the nostril, and gentle pressure on the 
 chest, to imitate respiration. A medical man should be instantly 
 sent for, and not one of the old customs on such occasions ob- 
 served, as they are sure to kill, if the water has not. 
 
 To Drowse, {drow^x) v. a, Idroosen, Belg.] to make heavy 
 with, or strongly inclined to, sleep. — v. n. to sleep. 
 
 DROWSILY, ad. sleepily ; heavily ; sluggishly ; idly ; sloth- 
 fully; lazily. 
 
 DROWSINESS, (driwziness) s. a strong propensity and in- 
 clination to sleep. Figuratively, slothfulness, or inactivity. 
 
 DROWSY, (drdwzy)a. strongly inclined to sleep; heavy with 
 sleep. Figuratively, causing sleep ; dull, or stupid. 
 
 To DRUB, V. a. [druber, Dan.] to beat soundly with a stick ; 
 to thresh, thump, or cudgel. 
 
 DRUB, s. a thump, knock, or blow ; a sound beating. 
 
 To DRUDGE, v. n. [drashen, Belg.] to work hard at mean and 
 servile eniployments ; to slave. 
 
 DRUDGE, s. one employed in mean, hard, and fatiguing la- 
 bour ; a mere slave. 
 
 DRU'DGERY, «. low, mean, servile, hard, and fatiguing 
 labour. 
 
 DRU'DGINGLY, ad. in a laborious, fatiguing, and toilsoine 
 manner. 
 
 DRUG, «. [drogue, Fr.] an ingredient used in physic or dying. 
 Figuratively, any thing of small or no value. 
 
 To DRUG, V. a. to mix with physical ingredients ; to taint 
 with something disagreeable. 
 
 DRU'GGET, s. in Commerce, a sort of thin stuff", sometimes 
 all wool; sometimes half wool, half thread; and sometimes 
 corded, but usually plain, and wove on a worsted chain. 
 
 DRU'GGIST, s. one whose business it is to sell drugs. 
 
 DRU'ID, s. [Celt.] the priests and ministers of religion amongst 
 the Britons, Celtic Gauls, and Germans. They were in Britain 
 the first and most distinguished order in the island, chosen out 
 of the best families ; and the honours of their birth, added to 
 those of their function, procured them the highest veneration. 
 They were versed in such science as the times had developed ; had 
 the administration of all sacred things; were the interpreters of 
 the gods, and supreme judges in all causes, whether ecclesiasti- 
 cal or civil. From their determination was no appeal ; and 
 whoever refused to acquiesce in their decisions, was reckoned 
 impious, and excommunicated. They were generally governed 
 by a single person, called an Archdruid, who presided in all 
 their assemblies. Once a year they used to retire, or rather as- 
 semble in a wood in the centre of the island, at which time they 
 used to receive applications from all parts, and hear causes. 
 They held the immortality of the soul, and -its transmigration; 
 that there was one supreme Deity, who presided over 4II others ; 
 human sacrifices were offered to propitiate Divine wrath ; certain 
 plants, such as vervain and misseltoe, were sacred, &c. &c. Their 
 instructions were communicated in rude verse. 
 
 DRUM, s. [drumrne, Erse,] a musical instrument made of thin 
 pieces of oak, bent in a cylindrical form, covered at each end 
 with vellum, or parchment, which stretches by means of braces 
 
DRY 
 
 running from one extremity to the other; and made to sound by 
 beating one of the ends with sticks generally made of Brazil 
 wood. Kettle-drum, is that whose body is made of brass or cop- 
 per, in the form of a kettle, and covered at the top with parch- 
 ment like the common one. The drum of the ear, is a small mem- 
 brane in the inner part of that organ, which is so stretched as to 
 convey the sensation of sound, by the vibration which sounding 
 bodies cause upon it. 
 
 To DRUM, V. a. to beat a march, &c. on a drum with a stick. 
 To beat, or vibrate, applied to the motion of the heart. 
 
 DRUMMA'JOR, s. the chief drummer of a regiment. Every 
 regiment has a drummajor, who has the command over the other 
 drums. They are distinguished from the soldiers by clothes of a 
 different fashion ; when the battalion is drawn up, their post is 
 on the flanks ; and on a march, between the divisions. 
 
 DRU'MMER, s. he that beats the drum ; every company of 
 foot has one, and sometimes two. 
 
 DRU'MMOND, WILLIAM, the first poet of Scotland who 
 wrote in good English, and one of our sweetest British bards. 
 His life was one romance. Renouncing law, he retired to his 
 patrimony in classic Hawthornden, and dreamed of all bliss. But 
 on the very day of his purposed marriage, a fever carried off his 
 bride, and the poet wandered forth to assuage his grief by travel. 
 After some years he married a lady whose resemblance to his 
 lost love won his heart, and once more hoped for peace and 
 home ; but the great civil war came, and the poet's neart had 
 ever been most true to the Stuart kings. He felt most keenly 
 all the losses of his master, and died in 1649, aged (j4 years, 
 from grief, it is believed, at his execution. His poems are too 
 little known for their beauty. 
 
 DRUNK, a. [from drink,'] intoxicated, or deprived of the use 
 of the understanding, by immoderate drinking. Figuratively, 
 soaked ; beautifully applied to inanimate things. 
 
 DRU'NKARD, s. one given to the excessive use of strong 
 liquors. 
 
 DRU'NKEN, part, [from drink,'] intoxicated with liquor ; given 
 to habitual drunkenness ; frequently intoxicated with liquor. 
 
 DRU'NKENLY, ad. after the manner of one intoxicated with 
 strong liquors. 
 
 DRTJ'NKENNESS, s. intoxication, or ebriety; the habit of 
 getting drunk. Figuratively, an intoxication or disorder of the 
 mind. Prov. What soberness conceals, drunkenness reveals. — He that 
 kills a man when he is drunk, must be hanged when he is sober. 
 
 DRU'SES, a people of Syria, on the mountains Libanus and 
 Antilibanus, governed by particular princes, called Emirs. They 
 are very friendly to Europeans ; worship the images of the saints, 
 like the Roman Catholics, yet observe the fast of Rammedan ; and 
 offer their devotions both in Mahometan mosques and Christian 
 churches. Someof them admit circumcision, but others reject it. 
 They are a strong and robust people, of an active and enter- 
 prising character, and accustomed from their infancy to fatigues 
 and hardships. Their language is pure Arabic. See Maronites. 
 
 DRY, a. [drig. Sax.] without wet or moisture. Without rain, 
 applied to the seasons. Figuratively, barren ; plain ; hard ; acrid ; 
 severe; thirsty. 
 
 To DRY, D. a. to free from, or exhale moisture or wet ; to wipe 
 away moisture, used with up ; to drain; to drink up. — v. n. to 
 grow dry. 
 
 DRY'ADES, in the Heathen Mythology, were a sort of deities 
 or nymphs, which the ancients thought inhabited groves or woods. 
 They diflFered from the Hamadryades ; these last being attached 
 to some particular tree, wherewith they were born, and with 
 which they died; whereas the Dryades were the goddesses of 
 trees and woods in general. 
 
 DRY'DEN, JOHN, one of our great English poets. He stu- 
 died at Cambridge, and was employed under Cromwell during 
 his protectorate. He wrote a poem on his death, but soon turn- 
 ed his lamentation into rejoicing at the golden age which Charles 
 II. was to bring. He then entered on his literary career, which 
 soon obtained him the situation of poet-laureate, and wrote the 
 principal part of his plays, which are not very noticeable either 
 for their dramatic or poetic character. Absalom atid Achitophel, 
 and some others of his pieces, were written now. After the ac- 
 cession of James II. he abjured Protestantism, and avowed 
 himself a Romanist, and The Hind and the Panther was written to 
 justify and commend his conversion. Translations from Virgil, 
 Ovid, Persius, &c. &c., some sad modernizations of Chaucer, liis 
 
 DUB 
 
 magnificent Odes for St. Cecilia's Day, some more plays, and 
 minor pieces, were produced after this. He died in 1700, aged 
 69 years. His private character before his profession of Ro- 
 manism was not of the best kind ; and the various changes he 
 avowed impel the contrast with another poet living then, in ob- 
 scurity ana blindness, whose stedfast and pure soul, undazzled 
 by the honours so attractive to Dryden, and untainted by such 
 principles and courses as he pursued, could be content to abide 
 by the overthrow of his hopes, and wait for his immortal fame. 
 It is surprising that a poet who could write as Dryden has in his 
 noblest works, should be capable of such sorry stuflF as much of 
 his writings is, should be capable of perpetrating such travesties 
 as his alterations of Shakspeare and Chaucer, and his dramatiz- 
 ing of the Paradise Lost, are. It ought to be observed, that Drj-- 
 den's poems are hardly fit for general perusal now, through the 
 happily purified taste of the literary and the reading worlds. 
 
 DRY'ER, s. that which has the quality of absorbing moisture. 
 
 DRY'-EYED, a. without tears; without having the eyes 
 moistened with tears. 
 
 DRY'LY, ad. without moisture. Figuratively, in a cold or 
 indifferent manner. With great reserve, applied to treatment 
 or behaviour ; in a sarcastical or ironical manner. Without any 
 embellishment, applied to style. 
 
 DRY'NESS, s. want of moisture ; want of rain; want of juice. 
 Figuratively, want of embellishment, applied to style, or set 
 discourses. 
 
 DRY'NURSE, s. one who brings up an infant without 
 sucking. 
 
 To DRY'NURSE, v. a. to bring up an infant without sucking. 
 
 DRY'-ROT, s. a species of fungus which insinuates its fibres 
 into the substance of timber, and destroys it ; against which 
 no effectual remedy, save that of destroying the seed of the fun- 
 gi, has been discovered. 
 
 DRY'SHOD, a. without wetting the feet ; without treading 
 in the water above the shoes. 
 
 DU'AL, a. [dxio, Lat.] expressing or including only two. In 
 the Hebrew or Greek language, a set of case-endings to sub- 
 stantives, expressing simply two, in distinction from both the 
 singular and the plural set of terminations. 
 
 To DUB, V. a. [Teut.] to create or make a man a knight ; to 
 confer any title or dignity. 
 
 DUB, s. a blow or knock. 
 
 DU'BIOUS, a. [dubius, Lat.] not settled in an opinion, applied 
 to persons. Not fully proved, or that which has equal probabi- 
 lity on either side, applied to opinions. Not plain ; not clear, 
 
 DU'BIOUSLY, ad. in such a manner as will admit of different 
 senses. 
 
 DU'BIOUSNESS, s. uncertainty. 
 
 DU'BITABLE, a. that may be questioned or doubted ; that a 
 person may decline assenting to. 
 
 DUBITA'TION, s. [duhitatio, Lat] the act of doubting, or 
 questioning the truth of a thing. 
 
 DU'BLIN, a county of Leinster, Ireland, lying on the Irish 
 Channel, and bounded by Meath, Kildare, and Wicklow. It is 
 about 30 miles in length and 15 in breadth, and has 87 parishes. 
 There are some considerable hills in this county, producing 
 lead, limestone, granite, &c. &c. They are in some parts about 
 1000 feet high. The coast is bold, ancf has some good harbours. 
 The LiflTey is the chief river. The soil of the greater part of the 
 county, though not deep, is rich and fertile in corn and pasture. 
 It exports much of its produce. Pop. (exclusive of the city of 
 Dublin,) 140,047, 
 
 DU'BLIN, the capital of this county and of Ireland, stands on 
 the Liffev's mouth, at the head of Dublin Bay. It is a large 
 and hanclsome city, and its appearance from the sea is highly 
 imposing. The streets are broad, and the houses well built, and 
 many of the squares may vie with those of London, The public 
 buildings are very noble, both churches, the castle, government 
 buildings, prisons, charitable institutions, public monuments, 
 docks. See. &c. Quays extend along each side of the river, and 
 there are five bridges over it. There are wharfs towards the 
 bay, and for the improvement of the harbour, a lighthouse at 
 the end of a strongly-built stone pier. Towards the land a circu- 
 lar road about 10 or 11 miles in extent encompasses the city, and 
 the country round is very pleasant. The trade of Dublin is not 
 
 freat, nor are there any very extensive manufactories here, 
 'rinity College is the principal Protestant University of Ireland, 
 2 « 297 
 
DUE 
 
 Pop. 232,726. It gives name to one of the archiepiscopal pro- 
 vinces of Ireland, and is also a bishop's see. 
 
 DU'CAL, a. belonging to a duke. 
 
 DU'CAT, s. [so called because struck in the dominions of a 
 duke,] a foreign coin, current on the continent; when of silver, 
 valued at four shillings and sixpence, but when of gold, at nine 
 shillings and sixpence. 
 
 DUCATOON, s. a foreign coin, struck chiefly in Italy ; when 
 of silver, valued at four shillings and eight-pence sterling; and 
 in gold, which is current in Holland, is worth about one pound 
 nineteen shillings and two-pence. 
 
 DUCK, s. ITeut.] in Natural History, a water-fowl, both wild 
 and tame, tiguratively, used as a word of great fondness and 
 endearment, "My dainty duck," Shak. ; a siidden bending down, 
 or declining of the head. 
 
 To DUCK, V. n. to plunge one's head or dive under water; to 
 drop down one's head ; to bow low ; to cringe; to make obeisance. 
 — i: a. to plunge a person under water. 
 
 DUCKING, s. the plunging or dipping a person in water. 
 
 DU'CKLEGGED, a. having legs like a duck ; having short 
 
 ^1)U'CKLING, s. a young duck. 
 
 DU'CKMEAT, s. m Botany, a genus of plants, of which there 
 are three British species, viz. the ivy-leaved, least, and greater. 
 They flower in June and July, and are very acceptable food for 
 ducks. 
 
 DUCT, s. \duco, Lat.] guidance or direction. In Anatomy, 
 any canal or tube in any animal body, through which the humours 
 or fluids are conveyed. 
 
 DU'CTILE, a. [duco, Lat.] easy to be bent; easy to be drawn 
 out in length. Tractable, complying, or yielding, applied to the 
 mind. 
 
 DU'CTILENESS, s. the cjuality of being drawn out in length. 
 
 DUCTl'LITY", s. in Physic, a property of certain bodies, where- 
 by they become capable of being pressed, beaten, stretched, or 
 drawn out to a great length without breaking. Tractableness, 
 compliance, applied to the mind, or to persons. 
 
 DU'DGEON, s. [dolch, Teut.] a small dagger. " On the blade 
 of thy dudgeon," Shak. Also, quarrel, ill-will, malice, jars, or 
 commotions. 
 
 DU'DLEY, Worcestershire (but insulated in Staflx)rdshire). 
 It is the great place for the manufacture of nails and other iron 
 wares. It is 120 miles from London. Market, Saturday. Pop. 
 31,232, of whom 17,077 occupy the town itself. 
 
 DU'DLEY, the name of a noble English family, some mem- 
 bers of which appear in the pages of the History of England. 
 John, Duke of Northumherland, was one of the advisers of Edward 
 VI., who, after he had compassed the overthrow of his rival, the 
 Protector Somerset, plotted to secure the crown in his own family. 
 He married his son. Lord Guildford Dudley, to the beautiful and 
 accomplished Lady Jane Grey, and persuaded the king to nomi- 
 nate her as his successor, to the exclusion of his sisters Mary 
 and Elizabeth. On Edward's death. Lady Jane was proclaimed 
 queen, but her party soon fell before the power of Mary, and she, 
 with her husband and his father, were beheaded, in 1553. Bo- 
 bert, Earl of Leicester, son of the preceding, occupied the danger- 
 ous and insnaring post of royal favourite to Elizabeth. He was 
 offered as husband to Mary, Queen of Scots, but rejected. His 
 military fame was not equal to his court-favour. He was married 
 privately twice ; and is more than suspected of having caused 
 nis wives to be put to death, in the insane hope of becoming the 
 queen's consort. He died in 1588, aged 50 years. 
 
 DUE, a. [Fr.] that which a person has a right to demand as a 
 debt, as stipulated in a compact or otherwise ; that which a 
 person ought to pay, or which a thing might lay claim to. 
 
 DUE, ad. among sailors, directly, exactly. " Due east." 
 
 DUE, s. that which belongs to, or may be claimed by, a 
 person; right; just title to a thing. In the plural, custom, or 
 taxes. 
 
 DU'EL, s. [duellum, low Lat. from duo and helium, Lat.] is a 
 single combat at a time and place appointed, in consequence of 
 a challenge ; it must be premeditated, otherwise it is called a 
 rencounter. If a person be killed in a duel, both the principal 
 and seconds are guilty of murder, whether the seconds engage 
 or not. 
 
 To DU'EL, V. n. to fight in single combat.— d. a. to attack or 
 fight with singly. 
 
 DUM 
 
 DU'ELLER, Du'ellist, s. one who engages another in single 
 combat; a coward who is none the braver for exposing himself 
 to the chance of being killed. 
 
 DUE'NNA, s. [Span.] an old woman kept as a domestic in 
 Spain, in order to take care of a young lady. 
 
 DUE'T, s. a term in music for a song or air composed for two 
 voices or instruments. 
 
 DUG, s. [deggia, Ital.] a pap, nipple, or teat, applied to that 
 of a beast. 
 
 DU'GDALE, SIR WILLIAM, the eminent antiquary, Chester 
 Herald to Charles I., and Norroy King at Arms to his son. He 
 attended Charles I. during the war. He wrote several large 
 works of reference, on the monasteries, and the nobility of Eng- 
 land, &c. He died in 1686, aged 81 years. 
 
 DUKE, s. [duco, Lat.] is either the title of a sovereign prince, 
 as the duke of Savoy, Parma, &c., or it is the title of honour and 
 nobility next below princes. The commanders of armies in time 
 of war, the governors of provinces, and wardens of marches in 
 time of peace, were called Duces, under the late emperors. At 
 present, duke is a mere title of dignity, without giving any 
 domain or territory, or conferring jurisdiction over the place 
 from whence the title is taken. A duke is created by patent, 
 cincture of sword, mantle of state, imposition of a cap, and co- 
 ronet of gold on his head, and a virge of gold put into his hand. 
 His title is Grace; and in the style of the heralds, most high, 
 potent, high-born, and noble prince. Their eldest sons are, by 
 the courtesy of England, styled marquises, and their youngest^ 
 lords, with the addition of their Christian names, as Lord George, 
 Lord Robert, &c., and to take place of viscounts, though not so 
 privileged by the laws of the land. 
 
 DU'KEDOM, s. the dominion of a duke. 
 
 DU'LBRAINED, a. slow of apprehension ; stupid ; wanting 
 sagacity. 
 
 DU'LCET, a. [dulcis, Lat.] sweet to the taste ; agreeable to 
 the ear. 
 
 DULCIFICATION, s. [dulcis and facto, Lat.] in Pharmacy, 
 the sweetening or rendering insipid any matter impregnated 
 with salt, by washing it often in water ; the act of rendering 
 any thing which is acid, sweet, by mixing it with sugar; the 
 combination of mineral acids with alcohol, thus we have dulci- 
 fied spirit of nitre, dulcified spirit of vitriol, &c. 
 
 To DU'LCIFY, V. a, [dalcifier, Fr.] to sweeten ; to free from 
 salts, foulness, or acrimony of any sort. 
 
 DU'LCIMER, s. [dolcimdlo, Ital.] a musical instrument, strung 
 with wires, resembling a harpsichord, and played on with iron 
 or brass pins. 
 
 To DU'LCORATE, v. a. [dulcis, Lat.] to sweeten ; to render 
 less acrimonious. 
 
 DULCORA'TION, s. the act of sweetening. 
 
 DULL, a. [dwl, Brit.] slow of apprehension, applied to the un- 
 derstanding. Blunt, applied to the edge of any instrument. Not 
 quick, or not easily perceiving objects, applied to the senses. 
 Slow, applied to motion. Not bright, or wanting vigour ; drow- 
 sy, sleepv, or melancholy. 
 
 To DULL, V. a. to blunt the edge of an instrument ; to sully 
 the brightness of some shining body; to make a person sad or 
 melancnoly ; to damp vigour ; to stop or retard motion. 
 
 DU'LLARD, s. a person slow of apprehension ; a blockhead. 
 
 DU'LLY, ad. in a stupid or foolish manner; in a slow, sluggish, 
 or melancholy manner. 
 
 DU'LNESS, s. weakness of understanding; slowness of ap- 
 prehension ; drowsiness, or strong propensity to sleep. Dim- 
 ness, or want of lustre, applied to the change made on a shining 
 body. Bluntness, or want of edge, applied to instruments. 
 
 DU'LVERTON, Somersetshire. It nas a manufacture of coarse 
 woollen cloth and blankets. It is seated on the Dunsbrook, near 
 its fall into the Exe. It is 164 miles /rom London. Market, 
 Saturday. Pop. 1422. 
 
 DU'LWICH COLLEGE. See Alleyn. 
 
 DU'LY, ad. in such a manner as a thing or person might claim ; 
 properly ; fitly ; regularly ; punctually. 
 
 DUMB, {dum) a. [dunibe, Sax.] mute; not able to spfeak ; de- 
 prived of speech ; not using words ; refusing to speak. 
 
 DUMBA'RTONSHIRE, ancientlv Lennox, a county of Scot- 
 land, bounded by Argyleshire, Perthshire, Stirlingshire, Lanark, 
 and Renfrew. Its greatest length is 45 miles, its breadth from 
 6 to 15. It has some lofty mountains, Ben Voiilich, which is 
 
above 3000 feet in height, and others. It has the Clyde and the 
 Leven as its rivers. Loch Lomond and Loch Long are partly 
 within its borders. The W. part of this county abounds with 
 morasses ; in other parts it is fertile in corn and pastures ; but the 
 principal riches arise from the fisheries in the lochs in and about 
 Its coasts. Pop. 44,290. It returns 1 member to parliament. 
 
 DUMBA'RTON, the capital of the county, is a large, ancient 
 town. Its principal manufacture is crown and bottle glass, but 
 many of the young women are employed in the neighbouring 
 print fields, on the banks of the Leven. Close to the river is a 
 castle, built on a vast rock, formerly deemed impregnable. It 
 has a harbour for large brigs, secure in all weathers. It is situ- 
 ated at the confluence of the rivers Leven and Clyde. It is 46 
 miles from Edinburgh. Pop. 3828. 
 
 DU'MBLY, (dumly) ad. mutely; silently; without speaking. 
 
 DU'MBNESS, [dumness) s. incapacity of speaking ; forbear- 
 ance ; silence. 
 
 DUMFE'RMLINE, Fifeshire, Scotland. It was remarkable 
 for its magnificent abbey, and a roj'al palace, in which King 
 Charles I. was born. The ruins of the abbey are yet to be seen. 
 It is 15 miles from Edinburgh. Pop. 7865. 
 
 To DU'MFOUND, {dmnfound) v. a. to confuse a person so as 
 to render him unable to speak. A low word. 
 
 DUMFRIE'SSHIRE, a county of Scotland, lying on the Sol- 
 way Frith, and bordering on England. It is bounded by the 
 shires of Roxburgh, Selkirk, Peebles, Lanark, Ayr, and Kircud- 
 bright. It is about 50 miles in length and 20 broad. It is very 
 mountainous, and many of its heights exceed 2000 feet. It has 
 the Annan, the Esk, and the Nith as its chief rivers ; and the 
 valleys through which they flow are extremely beautiful, and 
 famed in the old tales of the borders. There are a few small 
 lochs also. Coal is found here, and lead, abundantly. Silver and 
 even gold are occasionally found. Building and lime stones 
 abound. Farming is carried on with vigour and enterprise, and 
 with some degree of success. Its fisheries are good also. Pop. 
 72,830. It returns 2 members to parliament. 
 
 DUMFRIE'S, the capital of the county, is a well-built town, 
 surrounded on all sides, at the distance of a few miles, by a con- 
 tinued chain of hills, forming altogether one of the grandest 
 natural amphitheatres in Britain. It has a brisk trade both 
 coasting and foreign ; and some few and trifling manufactures. 
 It is seated on the river Nith. It is 71 miles from Edinburgh. 
 Pop. 11,409. 
 
 DUMO'NT, ETIENNE, a French writer on legislation, since 
 the Revolution. He has translated and commented on some of 
 Bentham's works. He was intimate with Mirabeau, and em- 
 ployed by him during the early stages of the Revolution. After 
 wandering and staying long in France and England, he re- 
 turned to his native place, Geneva. He died in 1829, aged 79 
 years. 
 
 DUMOU'RIEZ, CHARLES F., the first famous French mili- 
 tary commander produced by the Revolution. He had been 
 employed in various ways by the government under the old re- 
 gime; and during the Revolution formed part of the short- 
 lived Girondin ministry. On the invasion of France by the duke 
 of Brunswick he seized the passes of Argonne wood, and delayed 
 the invader's march till by fresh forces and the inclement sea- 
 son he was driven back, and France saved. -As the Jacobins 
 grew in power Dumouriez was suspected, being a constitutional 
 monarchist, of plotting against the republic, and summoned to 
 account for his doings before the Convention. Committing him- 
 self by seizing the deputies, and being deserted by his troops, 
 he fled, and after many wanderings died in England in 1823, 
 aged 84 years. The present king of the French, Louis Philippe, 
 was an officer under him during his command. 
 
 DUMP, s. [dmn, Belg.] sullen and silent sorrow ; melancholy ; 
 absence of mind; a piece of leaden coin or medal, with which 
 children amuse themselves. 
 
 DU'MPISH, a. sad; silently and sullenly sorrowful; melan- 
 choly, 
 
 DiJ'MPLING, s. a kind of small and coarse pudding. 
 
 DUN, s. [dun. Sax.] a colour partaking of a mixture of brown 
 and black ; dark ; gloomy. 
 
 To DUN, c. o. [dunan. Sax.] to demand a debt with vehe- 
 mence and frequent importunity. 
 
 DUN, s. one who asks a person for a debt with clamour and 
 incessant importunity. 
 
 DUN 
 
 DU'NA, a river of Russia in Europe, rising in the government 
 of Smolensk, and forming for some way the boundary of Russia, 
 before the partition of Poland. After a course of about 300 miles 
 it falls into the Gulf of Riga, by Riga. 
 
 DUNBA'R, Haddingtonshire, Scotland. It has a good har- 
 bour, and a coasting and foreign trade, besides fisheries. This 
 town trades largely in malt and grain. Under the rock, on 
 which are the ruins of a castle, are two natural arches, through 
 which the tide flows ; and here are vast basaltic columns of red 
 grit stones. It is 27 miles from Edinburgh. Pop. 3013. 
 
 DUNBA'R, WILLIAM, an early Scottish poet. He was a 
 Franciscan friar, and employed in various ways by the court. 
 His best piece was written on the occasion of the marriage of his 
 king with the English king's daughter, and is entitled The 
 Thistle and the Base. His works exhibit great poetical power, 
 with considerable skill in versification; although the dialect is 
 sufficiently rude. He is supposed to have died about 1535, aged 
 about 60 years. 
 
 DU'NCAN, ADAM, LORD, the English naval commander 
 who conquered the Dutch at Caraperdown. He died in 1804, 
 aged 73 years. 
 
 DUNCE, s. [perhaps from dom, Belg.] one who has not a ca- 
 pacity for receiving instruction. 
 
 DUNDA'LK, Louth, in Leinster, Ireland. It consists of a 
 wide street nearly a mile long, and some cross lanes ; has a trood 
 market-house, and carries on a manufacture of muslins, ll..ens, 
 and cambrics. It is most advantageously situated for an ex- 
 tensive inland trade, and the port is very safe for shipping. 
 The bay also has 'good moorings, and abounds with fish. It is 
 an assize town. It is 40 miles from Dublin. Pop. 10,782. 
 
 DUNDEE', Forfarshire, Scotland. It has manufactures of 
 glass, coarse linen, sail-cloth, cordage, coloured and white 
 thread, buckram, tanned leather, shoes, and hats ; and here is 
 also a sugar-house. The houses are built of stone, generally 
 three or four stories high, and the principal streets, with a num- 
 ber of lesser ones, are all paved in the best manner. Trading 
 vessels of the largest burthen can get into the harbour, which is 
 safe, commodious, and of easy access, with broad extensive piers, 
 well adapted for the purposes of loading and discharging vessels ; 
 and there is good room on the quay for ship-building, which is 
 carried on here to a large extent. It is situated on the Frith of 
 Tay. It is 40 miles from Edinburgh. Pop. 60,553. 
 
 DUNG, s. \_dine(j. Sax.] the excrement of animals used iu 
 manure. 
 
 To DUNG, V. a. to manure with dung. 
 
 DU'NGEON, s. [donjon, Fr.] a close prison, generally applied 
 to a dark or subterraneous one. 
 
 DU'NG-FORK, s. a fork to toss out dung from stables. 
 
 DU'NGHILL, s, a heap of dung. Figuratively, any mean or 
 vile abode ; a situation of meanness ; a man descending from 
 mean parentage ; a cock of a spurious and degenerate kind, not 
 fit for fighting. 
 
 DU'NGHILL, a. sprung from the dunghill. Figuratively, 
 mean ; base, or worthless. 
 
 DU'NGY, a. abounding in dung, resembling dung. 
 
 DUNKE'LD, Perthshire, Scotland. It is situated amid ro- 
 mantic rocks and woods, under which rolls the majestic Tay. It 
 is much resorted to in the summer months, for the benefit of 
 goats' whey. It is the market town of the Highlands on that 
 side, and carries on a manufacture of linen. The Duke of Athol 
 has a beautiful modern seat here. It is 45 miles from Edin- 
 burgh. Pop. 2612. 
 
 DU'NKIRK, a considerable and important maritime town of 
 the department of Nord, France. It is a well-built place, and 
 strongly fortified. It once was close to the sea, but the tide has 
 washed up so much soil that it is now at some distance from it. 
 By means of a sluice, 42 feet wide, the bason within the town 
 will hold 40 ships of the line always floating. It has a consider- 
 able trade, and some manufactures. It is 100 miles from Paris. 
 Population, about 30,000. Lat. 51. 2. N. Long. 2. 28. E. 
 
 DU'NNER, Dun, s. a person employed in collecting petty debts, 
 and making use of vehement importunity for that nurpose. 
 
 DU'NMOW, GRF;AT, Essex. In the reign of Henry HI. the 
 Lord Fitzwalter instituted a custom here, which is still the tenure 
 of the manor, that whatever married couple did not repent of 
 their marriage, or quarrel, in a year and a day afterwajds, should 
 go to the pnory, and receive from the lord a gammon or flitch of 
 2 Q 2 299 
 
DUP 
 
 bacon, provided they swore to the truth of it. Several persons 
 have claimed and received this reward ; and it has been received 
 so lately as since the year 1750, by a weaver and his wife of 
 Coggeshali. It has been demanded more recently, but the de- 
 mand is now evaded, from the ceremony being attended with 
 considerable expense to the lord of the manor. It is situated on 
 the Chelmer, and has a manufacture of baize. It is 37 miles 
 from London. Market, Saturday. Pop. 2792. 
 
 DUNS SCOTUS, JOHN, one of the schoolmen of the 13th 
 century, an Irishman by birth, trained at Oxford, who by his 
 skill in the theological disputations of the age, at Oxford and at 
 Paris, acquired the title of the Subtle Doctor. He afterwards 
 removed to Cologne, and died in 1309, aged about 70 years. 
 He contributed not a little to the triumph of Realism, against 
 William Ockam. And on many theological questions he stands 
 opposed to the great St. Thomas Aquinas. His writings are 
 almost endless, and purely unreadable. 
 
 DUNSE, Berwickshire, Scotland. It has a good market, and 
 four considerable fairs for horses, sheep, and black' cattle, in 
 March, June, August, and November. It is situated between 
 the forks of the rivers Blackadder and Whiteadder. It is 25 
 miles from Edinburgh. Pop. 1939. 
 
 DU'NSTABLE, Bedfordshire. It is noted for elegant bas- 
 kets, hats, &c. made of straw, which are considerable, and even 
 articles of exportation. The larks taken hereabouts are said to 
 be the largest and best in the kingdom. It is seated on a dry 
 chalky eminence, near the Chiltern Hills. It is 34 miles from 
 London. Market, Wednesday. Pop. 2-582. 
 
 DU'NSTAN, ST., of Glastonbury, archbishop of Canterbury 
 in the 10th century. A most redoubted churchman, and mira- 
 cle-working saint, in the Anglo-Saxon church. He maintained 
 the contest of the spiritual against the secular power, which in 
 this countrj' has filled so large a portion of history, and been 
 productive of such innumerable evils, and, incidentally, of so 
 much good. His mode of warfare was however somewhat un- 
 scrupulous, and his conduct often far from saintly. His deeds of 
 valour in conflict with the prince of darkness have a smack of 
 the ludicrous in them, but they raised his power in those days. 
 He died in 988, aged 63 years. 
 
 DU'NSTER, Somersetshire. It has a manufacture of kerseys. 
 It stands on a low ground. It is 1.58 miles from London. Mar- 
 ket, Friday. Pop. 1078. 
 
 DU'NWICH, Suffolk. It was once a large and populous city, 
 being an episcopal see ; but it is now only a village, the greater 
 part naving been swallowed up by the sea. Some fishing is car- 
 ried on. It is 99 miles from London. Pop. 237. 
 
 DUODE'CIMAL, o. a branch of the art of computation used 
 •in calculating sums relating to superficial measurement. 
 
 DUODE'CIMO, s. [duodecim, Lat.] a thing divided into twelve 
 parts ; hence a book is said to be in duodeamo, when twelve of 
 Its leaves make just a sheet of paper. 
 
 DUODE'CUPLE, a. [_duo and decicplus, Lat.] consisting of 
 
 DUODE'NUM, s. [Lat.] in Anatomy, the name of that intes- 
 tine which is immediately connected with the stomach, and into 
 which the pancreas and the liver discharge their secretions. It 
 is usually about a foot in length, whence its name. 
 
 DUPE, s. [duppe, Fr.] a credulous person, or one who is im- 
 posed on and deceived on account of his credulity. 
 
 To DUPE, i;. a. to trick or cheat a person ot too great cre- 
 dulity. 
 
 DU'PIN, LOUIS ELLIS, a French ecclesiastical historian of 
 the 17th century. He was not of the bigoted school of the day, 
 for which he had to suffer much opposition. But his works are 
 on that account the more valued. He died in 1719, aged 82 
 years. 
 
 DU'PLE, a. [duplus, Lat.] double, the same thing ornumber 
 repeated. 
 
 DUPLE'IX, JOSEPH, the man whose skill and courage raised 
 the French possessions in Hindustan to their highest pitch of pros- 
 perity. He successfully resisted the attacks of the English on 
 Pondicherrj-. But the superior genius and power of Clive, the 
 founder of British India, triumphed. Dupleix received honours 
 and titles, till the reverse came, and then was superseded, and 
 died of grief at the treatment he received at home, in 1763, aged 
 about 50 years. 
 
 To DU'PLICATE, v. a. [_duplico, Lat.] to double ; to increase 
 300 
 
 DUR 
 
 or enlarge by the repetition of the same number; to fold to- 
 gether. 
 
 DU'PLICATE, a. in Arithmetic, applied to proportion, the 
 ratio or proportion of squares. 
 
 DU'PLICATE, s. the exact copy or counterpart of a letter, 
 book, or deed ; a thing of the same kind as another. 
 
 DUPLICA'TION, s. the act of doubling ; the act of folding 
 together ; a fold or doubling. 
 
 DU'PLICATURE, s. a fold ; any thing doubled. 
 
 DUPLI'CITY, s. [duplicitas, Lat.] doubleness ; the division of 
 things or ideas into pairs ; the quality of being twice as much as 
 another; deceit or double-dealing, opposed to simplicity. 
 
 DUPUTS, CHARLES FRANCIS, a French savan of the last 
 century, who having left the paths of philosophy to join in the 
 revolutionary movement, was driven back by the terrible ex- 
 cesses which attended it and he could not prevent. He was the 
 first to assign the origin of the zodiacal constellations to Egypt, 
 having accompanied Napoleon thither, and engaged most ar- 
 dently in the investigations opened by the discovery of the zo- 
 diacs of Dendera and Esne. He did not agree with his learned 
 companions respecting these, although he was not less anxious 
 than they were to lay hold on any thing to discredit the Bible. 
 He was one of the first members of the National Institute, and 
 of the Legion of Honour. He died in 1809, aged 67 years. 
 
 DURABPLITY, s. [duro, Lat.] the power of bearing the in- 
 juries of time and weather, without being destroyed; the pro- 
 perty of lasting or containing a long while. 
 
 DU'RABLE, a. not easily destroyed by length of time or 
 violence of weather ; lasting ; permanent. 
 
 DU'RABLENESS, s. the property of continuing or lasting long. 
 
 DU'RABLY, ad. in a lasting manner. 
 
 DU'RA MATER, s. [Lat.] in Anatomy, the laminated mem- 
 brane of considerable thickness covering the brain; being the 
 outermost of the several tunics by which this most delicate and 
 important organ is preserved from injury by too close contact 
 with the bones of the skull. It is covered with blood-vessels, but 
 is quite devoid of feeling. 
 
 DU'RANCE, s. [duresse, low Fr.] the state of a person con- 
 fined in a prison; confinement; imprisonment; duration, or 
 the length of time which any thing continues. 
 
 DURA'TION, s. [duro, Lat.] distance or length, applied to 
 time. 
 
 DiJRER, Albert, the celebrated German painter and engraver 
 of the beginning of the 16th century. He was brought up to his 
 father's trade, but goldsmiths' work was not then merely me- 
 chanical as it is now. He practised and taught geometrical per- 
 spective, and was accomplished in other arts beside those already 
 named. He died in 1.528, aged 57 years. He received honours 
 from the emperors of his times ; but not such as are now shown 
 him by the revival of his stj'le of high art. The correctness of 
 his designs, and the glowing fancy he displays, are sufficient to 
 compensate for all that he seems to lack in mere execution, when 
 compared with the showy painters of more recent days, or the 
 elaborate realities of the Dutch school. 
 
 DURE'SSE, s. [Fr.] hardship ; imprisonment. In Law, a plea 
 used by way of exception to a bond sealed to a person by one cast 
 in prison at his suit, or otherwise hardly used. 
 
 DU'RHAM, a county of England, lying on the German Ocean, 
 and bounded by Northumberland, Cumberland, Westmoreland, 
 and Yorkshire. It is about 40 miles in length and 30 in breadth, 
 and contains 1 city, 8 market towns, and 113 parishes. It is 
 hilly, and some points are nearly 2000 feet high. There are 
 wide moors amongst the hills, and other tracts conipletely un- 
 cultivated. There are some islands on the coast. Holy Island 
 being the largest. The coast is cliffy in some parts; other parts 
 are shelving sands. The principal rivers are the Wear, the Tees, 
 he Tyne, and the Derwent. Coal, iron, lead, mill-stone grit, 
 lime-stone, &c.,are found here abundantly. The east and south 
 parts of the county are fruitful in corn and pasture, and have a 
 milder air than the other parts. It sends to other parts of the 
 United Kingdom , and to foreign countries, both its native produc- 
 tions, and the goods it manufactures, such as coarse woollen 
 goods, sail-cloth, steel, glass, iron, &c. &c. This cdunty was 
 formerly under the special jurisdiction of the bishop of Durham 
 as a Prince Palatine, but in 1836the palatinate was vested in the 
 crown. Pop. 324,284. It returns 10 members to parliament. 
 
 DU'RHAM, the capital of the county, is an ancient city, situ- 
 
^ or T»^t _ 
 
DUT 
 
 ated on seven hills, and surrounded by others more lofty, in a 
 beautiful winding of the river Wear, along the banks of which 
 are pleasant walks, covered with woods, and edged with lofty 
 crags. Here are woollen manufactories, and iron-works. The 
 cathedral is a fine building, and the castle is a curious relic of 
 antiquity. A university was established here by Oliver Crom- 
 well, which, under the control of the Church of England, is now 
 a flourishing institution for arts and learning. It is a bishop's see. 
 It is 257 miles from London. Market, Saturday. Pop. 14,151. 
 
 DU'RHAM, JOHN GEORGE LAMBTON, EARL OF, one 
 of the leaders in the late Parliamentary Reform. A stanch 
 aristocrat, but who was amongst the most advanced of the 
 statesmen who guided that popular movement. He was sent as 
 governor-general, with extraordinary powers, to Canada, at the 
 last rebellion there; but he returned before his mission was ac- 
 complished, because he did not find adequate support for his 
 measures in the cabinet at home. He died in 1»40, aged 48 
 years. 
 
 DU'RING, part, [from dure,'] for the time any thing lasts ; while 
 any thing continues unaltered. 
 
 DURI'ON, s. in Natural History, the name of a fruit common 
 in China and the East Indies, which is esteemed by the natives 
 the finest of all fruits, but is disliked by the Eurcmeans on ac- 
 count of its disagreeable smell. It is of the size of^ an ordinary 
 melon, is enclosed in a prickly husk, has a delicious taste, and 
 intoxicates those who eat it plentifully. 
 
 DU'RITY, s. [durete, Fr.] hardness ; firmness. 
 
 DU'RSLEY, Gloucestershire. It has a manufacture of broad 
 cloth. The manufacture of cards for clothiers has been long 
 settled here. It is seated on a branch of the Severn. It is 107 
 miles from London. Market, Thursday. Pop. 2931. 
 
 DURST, the preter. of To Dare. 
 
 DUSK, a. [duyster, Teut.] want of day-light ; approaching to 
 darkness ; blackish ; or of a dark colour. 
 
 DU'SKISH, a. inclining to darkness; tending to blackness ; 
 dark-coloured. 
 
 DU'SKISHLY, ad. darkly ; in such a manner as to afford but 
 little light. 
 
 DU'SKY, a. [duyster, Teut.] tending to darkness. Tending to 
 blackness, applied to colour. Figuratively, gloomy, sad, melan- 
 choly, applied to the mind. 
 
 DU'SSELDORF, a city of Rhenish Prussia, and capital of a 
 county of the same name. It is situated on the river Dussel, at 
 its confluence with the Rhine, and is a regular and handsome 
 place. It has some fine public buildings, and a good library. 
 There are some manufactories of importance here ; and by means 
 of its harbour it commands a good trade. The population is 
 about 25,000. Lat. 50. 16. N. Long. G. 45. E. 
 
 DUST, s. [dust. Sax.] earth, or other matter reduced to small 
 particles. Figuratively, the state of dissolution to which bodies 
 are reduced after being long buried; a mean, low, and dejected 
 state, alluding to the custom of the Jews, who, in the time of 
 affliction, sat in the dust, and covered their heads with it like- 
 wise. 
 
 DU'STY, a. filled, coloured, covered, or spread with dust. 
 
 DUTCHESS, Du'cHESS, «. \_duchesse, Fr.] the lady of a duke. 
 
 DUI'CHY, Du'cHY, «. [duche, Fr.] a territory which gives title 
 to, or has a duke for, its sovereign, liuehy court is that wherein 
 all matters pertaining to the duchy of Lancaster are decided by 
 the decree of the chancellor. 
 
 DU'TEOUS, a. obedient ; or performing those offices which 
 parents or superiors can claim ; obsequious, or complying ; en- 
 joined by, or arising from, those relations a person stands in 
 with respect to others. 
 
 DUTIFUL, a. obedient; submissive to, or performing the 
 offices due to parents or superiors; respectful; reverential. 
 
 DUTIFULLY, ad. in an obedient, submissive, or respectful 
 manner. 
 
 DUTIFULNESS, s. obedience ; submission to just authority; 
 the act of performing the offices which flow from our relations 
 as children or subjects ; reverence ; respect. 
 
 DUTY, s. any actions, or course of actions, which flow from 
 the relations we stand in to God or man ; that which a man is 
 bound to perform by any natural or legal obligation. In Com- 
 merce, a tax or custom paid for any commodity, and levied by 
 the government. Synon. Duty means something conscientious, 
 and springs from law ; obligalion, something absolute in prac- 
 
 D YS 
 
 tice, and springs from custom. We are said to fail in our duty, 
 and to dispense with an obligation. 
 
 DUVA'L, VALENTINE, the great French geographer in the 
 last century. He was of humble origin, and owed to charity his 
 earliest instruction and sustenance. His taste for geography 
 being discovered, he was introduced to the Due de Lorraine, and 
 by him introduced to the emperor, who made him librarian at 
 Vienna. His maps, published under the auspices of the king of 
 France, were long the great authorities in Europe. He died in 
 1775, aged 80 years. 
 
 DWARF, s. [dweorg. Sax.] a man below the common size or 
 stature. In Gardening, a low fruit-tree, kept short by pruning. 
 
 To DWARF, V. a. in Botany, to hinder from growing to its 
 natural size, by pruning ; to lessen ; to make little ; to shorten. 
 
 DWA'RFISH, a. below the natural size ; small ; very short. 
 
 DVVA'RFISHLY, ad. like a dwarf. 
 
 DWA'RFISHNESS, s. shortness of stature ; extreme littleness. 
 
 To DWELL, V. n. preter. dwelt or dwelled; [dualla, old Teut.] 
 to inhabit or live in a place or house. Figuratively, to continue 
 in a state or condition ; to fix the eyes immovably on an object ; 
 to treat of in a copious manner ; to continue long in speaking. 
 Synon. To live relates to the particular place where we inhabit ; 
 dwell, to the building in whicn we reside. We live in London, 
 in Middlesex, in the country ; we dwell in a large house, a cot- 
 tage, or a furnished lodging. 
 
 DWE'LLER, s. a person who resides constantly in a place ; 
 an inhabitant. 
 
 DWE'LLING, s. the place of a person's habitation, residence, 
 or abode. 
 
 DWE'LLING-PLACE, s. the place of residence. 
 
 DWIGHT, DR. TIMOTHY, a New Englatid theologian of 
 great repute amongst the orthodox denominations in his own 
 and this country. He was many years President of Yale College, 
 Newhaven, Mass. U. S. ; and though afflicted with blindness, not 
 only continued to discharge his duties as lecturer on theology, 
 but composed and published his work on that subject, which has 
 gained him his well-deserved name, both as a clivine and as a 
 writer. He is pre-eminently a popular writer, and was not ac- 
 quainted with the methods of science and of criticism which have 
 given such an impulse to this study in the few last years. He 
 died in 1817, aged 05 years. 
 
 DWI'NA, a river of Russia in Europe, which rises in the go- 
 vernment of Vologda, and after a course of above 200 miles, falls 
 into the White Sea, by Archangel. 
 
 To DVVI'NDLE, v. a. [dwinan. Sax.] to decrease, consume, or 
 grow less by degrees. 
 
 DYE, s. a colour given to a thing ; a stain. 
 
 To DY'E, V. a. [deagan. Sax.] to tinge or colour a thing. 
 
 DY'ER, s. one who follows the trade of colouring silks, stuffs, &c. 
 
 DY'ER, JOHN, an English poet, whose Grongar Hill every one 
 knows and admires, and whose Fkece every one names and knows 
 nothing of. He nevertheless, on the ground of this quasi-pastoral 
 poem, is ranked with our classics. He died in 1758, aged 58 
 years. 
 
 DY'ING, part, [of Ae,] expiring; giving up the ghost; giving 
 a new colour. 
 
 DYKE, s. [Teut.] an embankment of earth, such as has al- 
 ways been used in the construction of long lines of defence round 
 camps, or across passes. In Geology and Mining, a wall of trap 
 or volcanic rock running through and displacing regular strata, 
 occasioned by the fused matter filling up a fissure in the earth, 
 such as is often caused in earthquakes. In coal-mines, the oc- 
 currence of a dyke is often a serious loss to the proprietors of the 
 pit, as it effectually prevents the extension of tne works in that 
 direction. There is one basaltic dyke running from Teesdale to 
 Robin Hood's Bay in Yorkshire, a distance of 70 miles, in almost 
 a straight direction. 
 
 DYNA'MICS, s. [Amamnj, Gr.] in Natural Philosophy, a branch 
 of the science of mechanics, which treats of the various forces 
 producing motion. See Mechanics, Statics, Kinematics. 
 
 DY'NASTY, s. [clunasteuo,Gx.'] in History, a race or succession 
 of kings in the same line ; government ; sovereignty. 
 
 DY'SART, Fifeshire, Scotland. It has a very ancient church, 
 said to have been built by the Picts. It is situated on the North 
 coast of Forth, 11 miles from Edinburgh. Pop. 1885. 
 
 DY'SCRASY, s. [dus and krasis, Gr.] an ill temperament, habit, 
 mixture of the blood, or other fluids, in an animal body. 
 
 > 301 
 
DYSE'NTERY, s. [dm and enteron, Gr.] in Medicine, a disease 
 affecting the whole of the intestines, chiefly occasioned by ex- 
 posure to weather, often fatal, characterized by the great dis- 
 charge of blood from the bowels. 
 
 DYSPE'PSY, s. [dus and pepto, Gr.] a bad digestion. 
 
 DY'SPHONY, s. Idus a.rxd phone, Gt.'\ a difficulty in speaking. 
 
 DYSPNOE'A, «. [_dus andj5neo,Gr.] a difficulty of breathing. 
 
 DY'SURY, s. [dus and oureo, Gr.] difficulty in making water. 
 
 "P THE fifth letter of the alphabet, and the second vowel, has 
 -'-'> different pronunciations in most languages. In English it 
 has two sounds; long, as scene, and short, as mew; it is used at 
 the end of words for the purpose of lengthening the foregoing 
 vowel, as can, cdne,- man, mane ; g&p,gupe; glad, glade, ^c. Some- 
 times, however, the foregoing vowel is not lengthened, as gdne, 
 give. Anciently, almost every word ended with e ; as, for can, 
 canne ; for year, yeare ; for great, greate ; for need, neede ; for Jlock, 
 jloclie. Ea has the sound of e long ; the e is commonly length- 
 ened by the addition of a; as, inhn, mean; sell, seat; met, meat; 
 net, neat. As a numeral, -B stands for 250. In Music, it is the 
 name of the note standing in the top space in the treble clef, 
 and in the top but one in the bass clef. On the Mariners' com- 
 pass, it signifies East. Among writers, e. g. exempli gratia, or 
 for example. 
 
 EACH, {eecK) pron. [elc, Sax.] either of two ; every one of any 
 number. To each the correspondent word is other, whether it be 
 used of two, or a greater number. 
 
 EAD, Ed, [Sax.] in compound words, and eadig in the simple, 
 denote happiness or blessedness. Thus Eadward, Edward, is a 
 happy preserver ; Eadgar, happy power. 
 
 EA'DMER, an ecclesiastical writer of the 12th century. He 
 was a Benedictine and the abbot of St. Albans. Anselm, arch- 
 bishop of Canterbury, sought to raise him to the archiepiscopal 
 see of St. Andrews in Scotland, but without success. He died 
 in 1124 ; but nothing is known of his age. 
 
 EAGER, (ee^er) a. [eagor. Sax.] earnest, ardent, longing; 
 impetuous; hot, or vehement of disposition; quick, busy. 
 Keen ; severe ; biting, applied to the air. Brittle ; inflexible, 
 not ductile, when used by artists. Sharp, or sour, applied to 
 the taste. 
 
 EA'GERLY, (eegerly) ad. with great ardour of desire ; impati- 
 ently ; sharply ; quickly. 
 
 EA'GERNESS, (eegerness) s. warmth of desire ; impetuosity ; 
 quickness ; an extreme longing, or impatience for the enjoy- 
 ment of something. 
 
 EA'GLE, (eegle) s. [aigle, Fr.] in Natural History, a genus of 
 birds of the hawk kind, remarkable for their strength of wing 
 and fierceness : — the golden eagle is a native of this island, it 
 affects the solitude of the Scotch and Welch mountains, and 
 makes itself a pest to the surrounding country by carrying off' 
 lambs, &c., for food, to its eyrie ; it has been kno^vn to carry in- 
 fants off; a larger species has been discovered in the United 
 States, and is called the Bird of Washington : — the habits of 
 some species and individuals of this race are sadly in contrast 
 with the common tales of its dignified and courageous demean- 
 our. In Mythology, this bird figures as the minister of Jove, 
 and the bearer of his thunderbolt. It is used in Heraldry, spread, 
 to represent a prince of the Roman Empire. The standard of 
 the ancient Romans ; and of the French armies under Napoleon. 
 In Money, the name of a gold coin in the United States, equal 
 in value to five dollars : there are also half-eagles and double- 
 eagles. 
 
 EA'GLE-EYED, a. sharp-sighted as an eagle. 
 
 EA'GLE-STONE, s. a round stone which rattles, and was 
 thought to be a defence against lightning, and to be used by 
 eagles as such, till prying science cracked one and found it to be 
 a fossilized sponge, whose interior had become detached from 
 the flinty covering. 
 
 EA'GLET, (eeglet) s. [a diminutive of eagle,'] a young ea^le 
 
 """"" r. , , . . „ . , ime of a tribe ol 
 
 ;d to the tidal 
 
 , , _ jarrow and or 
 
 mouths. See Bristol, Bore, Severn, &c 
 
 EA'LDERMAN, (elderman) s. [Sax.] the name of a Saxon 
 magistrate, the same as our alderman ; which see, 
 302 
 
 EA'GRE, Ea'ger, s. [aigir. Sax.] the name of a tribe of river 
 spirits in Teutonic Mythology, now applied to the tidal wave in 
 the Severn, Trent, and other rivers witn narrow and precipitous 
 
 EAR 
 
 EAR, (eer) s. [eare. Sax.] the organ of hearing, or that part 
 where animals receive the impression of sounds. In Music, 
 that peculiar quickness in the power of hearing, either natural or 
 acquired by training, which enables a person readily to judge of 
 the pitch and harmony of musical sounds. Used with about, it 
 signifies the whole head or person. "The city beaten down 
 about their ears," Knolles. Joined to up, all over, or entirely. 
 " Up to the ears in love," V Estrange. To lend an ear, to listen 
 to with attention ; to regard or favour. In Botany, a long string 
 or cluster of flowers or seeds produced by certain plants. " An 
 ear of corn." To fall together by the ears, to scViW.e,io tight. To 
 set together by the ears, to promote strife or quarrels. 
 
 To EAR, (eer) ?'. a, [erian. Sax.] to plough or manure ground. 
 — V. n. to shoot into ears. 
 
 EA'RED, {eered) part, having ears, or handles ; having ears, 
 or ripe corn. 
 
 EARL, (erO s. [eorl. Sax.] a title of the third rank among the 
 nobility, though anciently the highest in the nation. Earl 
 marshal of England is a great officer, who anciently had several 
 courts under his jurisdiction, as the court of chivaliy, and the 
 court of honour. Under him also is the herald's office, or col- 
 lege of arms. He has some pre-eminence in the court of Mar- 
 shalsea, where he may sit in judgment against those who offend 
 within the verge of the king's court. This office has for several 
 ages been hereditary in the family of Howard. 
 
 EA'RLDOM, {erldom) s. the jurisdiction of an earl, or county 
 from whence an earl receives his title. 
 
 EA'RLINESS, {irliness) s. the being soon ; or the priority or 
 equality of any action compared to something else, opposed to 
 lateness. 
 
 EA'RLESSj (eerless) a. without ears. 
 
 EA'RLY, (erly) a. [eer. Sax.] soon, in comparison with some- 
 thing else; as, in the morning, with respect to the sun rising ; 
 in time, with respect to creation, a period appointed, or the 
 space of continuance ; in the season, in comparison with other 
 products. 
 
 EA'RLY, {erly) ad. soon, betimes. In youth, or infancy, ap- 
 plied to age. 
 
 To EARN, (em) v. a. [earnian. Sax.] to gain as the reward 
 of wages or labour, or other performances ; to deserve ; to ob- 
 tain. 
 
 EA'RNEST, (ernest) a. [earnest. Sax.] ardent ; warm, or im- 
 portunate in any application ; intent ; fixed ; eager ; serious ; 
 important. 
 
 EA'RNEST, (Smest) s. [earnest. Sax.] seriousness ; a serious 
 affair, opposed to a jest ; a reality, opposed to a fiction ; also, a 
 pledge; liandsel; something given by way of security and obli- 
 gation ; a token or specimen of something future ; money given 
 in order to confirm or bind a bargain. 
 
 EA'RNESTLY, (emestly) ad. with great importunity ; warmly ; 
 affectionately ; zealously ; eagerly. 
 
 EA'RNESTNESS, (ernestness) s. eagerness; vehemence; 
 warmth ; solicitude ; care. 
 
 EA'R-RING, {eer-ring) s. jewels worn in the ear ; a ring worn 
 in the ear. 
 
 EA'R-SHOT, (eer-shot) s. that space or distance within which 
 any thing may be heard. 
 
 EARTH, (erth) s. [earth. Sax.] in Astronomy, the third planet 
 from the sun, on which we live. In Theology, the present state 
 of existence, as distinguished from the eternal states of the dead , 
 and especially from neaven. In common conversation, mould 
 or dust, that unorganized matter which generally appears in a 
 solid form, but is not stone. In old Philosophies, one of the 
 four imaginary elements. In Chemistry, a substance compound- 
 ed of oxygen and some one of the metallic bases. Figuratively, 
 the inhabitants of the earth. 
 
 To EARTH, {erth) v. a. [eardian. Sax.] to hide under ground ; 
 to cover with earth.— w. n. to go or hide itself under ground. 
 
 EA'RTH-BORN, (Mh-born) a. sprung from the earth. Figti- 
 ratively, descended from mean parents. 
 
 EA'RTH-BOUND, a. fastened by the pressure of the earth. 
 
 EARTHEN, (erthen) a. made of earth or clay. 
 
 EA'RTHENWARE, s. the name by which certaili kinds of 
 pottery are distinguished from china and porcelain on the one 
 hand, and from coarser and heavier kinds of pottery on the 
 other. 
 
 EA'RTHFLAX, ». a kind of fibrous fossil. 
 
EAS 
 
 EA'RTHLING, (Srthling) s. an inhabitant of the earth ; a poor 
 frail creature. 
 
 EA'RTHLY, (erthhj) a. belonging to the earth, or to this present 
 state of existence; gross, opposed to spiritual ; corporeal, opposed 
 to mental. 
 
 EA'RTHNUT, s. in Botany, the same with the pignut. 
 
 EA'RTHQUAKE, (erthquahe) s. a tremor or shaking of the 
 earth, accompanied, when violent, by changes in the level of the 
 surface, and great destruction to life and property; also, by many 
 phenomena akin to those observed in volcanic eruptions, whence 
 It is concluded to be caused by the expansion of perfectly fused 
 matter under the surface of the earth. Earthquakes are of very 
 common occurrence in some countries, as on the W. coast of S. 
 America, which has been discovered to be undergoing a gradual 
 elevation throughout its whole length ; in Italy, which is a mani- 
 festly volcanic district ; and in Scotland, though the shocks are 
 comparatively feeble. The earthquake of Lisbon, in 1775, was 
 the most violent which has ever been felt in this quarter of the 
 globe. 
 
 EA'RTHWORM, s. in Natural History, a worm that lives in 
 the ground. Figuratively, a mean, sordid wretch. 
 
 EA'RTHY, (irthy) a. consisting, composed of, or inhabiting 
 the earth ; gross, opposed to spiritual. 
 
 EA'R-WAX, (eir-wax) s. tlie viscous substance with which 
 the ear is lined. 
 
 EA'R-WIG, {eSr-wiff) s. [ear and wiga. Sax.] in Natural His- 
 tory, a common insect, very destructive to delicate flowers and 
 to fruits, whose colour and armed tail have procured it a bad cha- 
 racter amongst the imaginative and timid. Its wings, which it 
 uses rarelv except at night, are folded under small covers on its 
 back, and are very beautiful. 
 
 EASE, {eeze) s. laise, Fr.] freedom from care or disturbance, 
 applied to the mind. Freedom from pain, applied to the body. 
 Rest, or cessation from labour, in orcfer to recover from fatigue. 
 Absence of the appearance of effort or elaboration, applied to 
 literaiy compositions. 
 
 To EASE, (eeze) v. a. to free from pain ; to release from labour; 
 to free from any thing which causes a disagreeable sensation 
 either in the body or mind. 
 
 EA'SEFUL, {eezeful) a. affording relaxation from toil or fatigue ; 
 alleviating, diminishing, or removing pain ; fit for rest. 
 
 EA'SEL, (eezel) s. an instrument used by painters to set their 
 pictures on for the more ready performance of their work. 
 
 EA'SEMENT, s. in Law, a service that one neighbour has of 
 another by charter or prescription, without profit, as a way through 
 his ground, a sink, or such like. 
 
 EA'SILY, {eezily) ad. without difficulty, labour, impediment, 
 or pain. 
 
 EA'SINESS, (eeziness) s, a relative term, implying that a per- 
 son's abilities are sufficient, or more than sufficient, to accomplish 
 any undertaking, to solve any point in learning, or to prosecute 
 anjr design proposed ; freedom from difficulty ; the quality of 
 being soon persuaded to do or believe ; compliance without op- 
 position ; credulity without suspicion or examination ; freedom 
 from disturbance, or from any painful sensation. 
 
 EA'SINGVVOLD, Yorkshire, a town trading in bacon and 
 butter. It is 210 miles from London. Pop. 2719. 
 
 EAST, (eest) s. [east. Sax.] the quarter from whence the sun 
 rises. In popular geographical language, the regions in the 
 eastern parts of the world. 
 
 EA'STBOURN, Sussex. It is near Beachy Head, and is much 
 frequented for sea-bathing. It is 65 miles from London. Pop. 
 3015. 
 
 EA'STER, (eestre) s. [Sax. or from Ashtaroth, a Syrian god- 
 dess,] the day on which some churches celebrate the resurrec- 
 tion of Christ. It is a moveable feast, that is, is fixed by the 
 occurrence of a certain full moon, as the Jewish passover was. 
 But it is not the full moon of the heavens, but that of a certain 
 calendar invented by one Clavius, to the confusion of heretics, 
 (and sometimes of the orthodox too,) in which calculations are 
 made according to certain rules which forever prevent the actual 
 full moon from regulating the feast. Full tables, but unhappily 
 without explanation, are given at the beginning of the Book of 
 Common Prayer. 
 
 EA'STER ISLAND, a solitary island of the S. Pacific Ocean, 
 in Lat. 27. 30. S. and Long. 110. 0. W. It is of volcanic origin, 
 and about 12 miles across. Some part is very lofty. Captain 
 
 EBE 
 
 Cook found some huge but ver^' rude images here carved in 
 stone. Its population is about lOOO. 
 
 EA'STERN, (eestern) a. situated, looking, or tending towards 
 the east, or that point of the compass in which the sun rises. 
 
 EAST-GRI'NSTEAD, Sussex. It is a borough, and has a 
 handsome church. The assizes for the county are sometimes 
 held here. It is 29 miles from London. Market, Thursday. 
 Pop. 3586. 
 
 EAST-HA'RLING, Norfolk. It is 88 miles from London. 
 Market, Tuesday. Pop. 1062. 
 
 EAST-I'LSLEY, Berkshire. It is seated between two hills, 
 among fruitful corn-fields and excellent downs for feeding sheep. 
 It is 53 miles from London. Market, Wednesday. Pop. 733. 
 
 EAST INDIA COMPANY. See Hindustan, India. 
 
 EAST-LOO'E, Cornwall. It is seated pretty commodiously on 
 a creek of the sea, over which there is a large stone bridge, 
 supported by many arches, which leads to West-Looe, standing 
 between two hills. The chief benefit which the inhabitants 
 have is in their fishery. It is 232 miles from London. Market, 
 Saturday. Pop. 926 : and of VV. Looe, 616. 
 
 EA'STON, a town of Pennsylania, United States. It stands 
 on the Delaware river, at the junction of the Lehigh river. The 
 streets arc very regularly planned. There is a fine bridge, 
 570 feet long, over the Delaware, a chain bridge over the Le- 
 high, and two bridges over Bushkill creek, which with the two 
 rivers includes the town. Lafayette College, where manual la- 
 bour is connected with study, a rising institution, is here. It is 
 199 miles from Washington. Pop. 4865. There are three other 
 places of this name. 
 
 EA'STWARD, (eestward) a. [eastweard. Sax.] towards the east, 
 or that point of the compass where the sun rises when in the 
 equinoctial points. 
 
 EAST WI'NDSOR, a town of Connecticut, United States. It 
 stands a mile from the Connecticut river, and consists of one 
 long street running parallel to it. Here is the Theological In- 
 stitute of Connecticut, a college of the Congregationalists, where 
 manual labour is practised in addition to the general and pecu- 
 liar studies of the place. It has a good library. It is 343 miles 
 from Washington. Pop. 3600. One other place in the States 
 bears this name besides. 
 
 EA'SY, (eesy) a. to be performed without fatigue, encum- 
 brance, or difficulty ; free from disturbance or anxiety ; believ- 
 ing without inquiry or opposition; credulous; complying; free 
 from bodily pain; without formality; elegantly negligent. 
 
 To EAT, (eet) V. a. preter. ate or eat, participle eat or eaten ; 
 [etan. Sax.] to devour or consume bv the mouth. Figuratively, 
 to corrode or destroy, applied to the action of some corrosive 
 substance ; to consume prodigally; to retract or unsay a thing, 
 when joined to word. — v. n. to go to meals ; to feed; to take 
 food ; to consume by corroding. 
 
 EA'TABLE, (eetable) a. fit for food, or capable of being chew- 
 ed and swallowed. 
 
 EA'TER, {eeter) s. a person who chews and swallows any 
 food ; that which corrodes. 
 
 EA'TINGHOUSE, s. a house where provisions are sold ready 
 dressed. 
 
 EAVES, {eeves) s. [efese. Sax.] the edges of a roof which hang 
 over a house. 
 
 To EA'VESDROP, (eeves-drop) v. a. to catch what drops from 
 the eaves of a house. Figuratively, to listen under the windows 
 of a person's house, in order to discover secrets. 
 
 EA'VESDROPPER, (eeves-dropper) s. one who listens under a 
 person's windows, in order to discover the secrets of a family. 
 
 EBB, s. [ebba. Sax.] the flowing back or retreat of water 
 towards the sea; a shrinking of water in a river, by the turn 
 of its tide. Figuratively, decay; decline; waste; a low con- 
 dition. 
 
 To EBB, V. n. to flow back towards the sea. Figuratively, to 
 decline ; to decay ; to waste. 
 
 E'BIONITES, s. in Ecclesiastical History, a sect which arose 
 very early, which, to the belief in Christianity, added the practice 
 of the Jewish ceremonies. Two divisions are said to have ex- 
 isted ; but the accounts of the Fathers must be received with 
 caution, as they had branded these men as heretics, and so were 
 interested in proving them such. 
 
 E'BEN, E'BON, E'bony, s. [e6entjs,Lat.] in Commerce, a kind 
 of wood, brought from the Indies, of a black colour, exceedingly 
 
 303 
 
ECL 
 
 hard and heavy, susceptible of a very fine polish, and on that 
 account used in Mosaic and inlaid works. 
 
 EBO'E, the name of a comparatively peaceful and inoffensive 
 race of Africans, whose native country lies to the N. E. of the 
 Gulf of Guinea, and extends inland towards Bournou. 
 
 EBRI'ETY, 8. [ebrius, Lat.] intoxication occasioned by strong 
 liquors ; drunkenness. 
 
 EBRI'LLADE, s. [Fr.] a check of the bridle which a horseman 
 gives a horse, by a jerk of one rein, when he refuses to turn. 
 
 EBRIO'SITY, s. [ebrius, Lat.] habitual drunkenness. 
 
 E'BRO, a river of Spain, having its source in Old Castile, and 
 after a course of about 400 miles, during which it receives the 
 waters of many tributaries, and passes by Saragossa and Tortoga, 
 it enters the Mediterranean, making a small delta, in which, to- 
 wards the sea, is the Cape de los Alfaques. 
 
 EBULLFTION, s. [Lat.] the act of boiling with heat. Figur- 
 atively, an intestine motion of the particles of the body ; the 
 commotion, struggle, fermentation, or effervescence occasioned 
 by the mingling together any alkaline and acid liquor. 
 
 ECCE'NTRIC, Ecce'ntrical, (eksmtrick, eksentrical) a. {ex 
 and centrum, Lat.] departing or deviating from a centre; not 
 having the same centre. Figuratively, not answering the same 
 design ; not answering the end intended ; irregular ; not con- 
 sistent with any rule or established custom. 
 
 ECCENTRICITY, (ekscntncity) s. the departing from, or the 
 state of a thing with, a different centre from another ; excursion 
 from an employment, or proper sphere of action; an improper 
 situation. In Astronomy, applied to a planet, the distance be- 
 tween the focus and the centre of its elliptic orbit. 
 
 ECCHY'MOSIS, {eky'mosis) s. [ekchuo, Gr.] in Surgeiy, ex- 
 travasation of blood from a vein in the arm, betwixt the flesh 
 and skin. 
 
 E'CCLESHALL, Staffordshire. It is noted for trading in 
 pedlars' wares. It is situated on a branch of the river Sow, and 
 IS 143 miles from London. Market, Friday. Pop. 4730. 
 
 ECCLESIA'STES, [ekklesiastes, Gr.] a book of the Old Testa- 
 ment, attributed to Solomon, but regarded by critics as the pro- 
 duction of a later writer. Some of it appears to be written in the 
 form of objections and replies, and the scope and purport of it is, 
 that the great thing for man is to fear God and keep his com- 
 mandments. 
 
 ECCLESIA'STIC, Ecclesia'stical, a. [ekkhsiastikos, Gr. ecclesi- 
 astieus, Lat.] relating to the ritual, order, &c. of a church. 
 
 ECCLESIA'STIC, s. a person devoted to ecclesiastical service; 
 a clergyman. 
 
 ECCLESIA'STICUS, s. otherwise called The Wisdom of Jesus 
 the Son of Sirach, a book placed with the Apocrypha at the end 
 of the Old Testament, as not received by the Jews amongst their 
 Scriptures. It is a collection of maxims, aphorisms, proverbs, 
 arguments, &c., containing much most excellent wisdom, and 
 cannot be carefully studied without profit. 
 
 ECCOPRO'TICS, (ekopr6tiks) s. \ek and /.;opros, Gr.] in Physic, 
 medicines which purge gently. 
 
 E'CHINATE, E'CHINATED, {ekinate, ekinated) part, or a. [echinus, 
 Lat.] bristled like a hedgehog; set with prickles. 
 
 ECHFNUS, {ekinus) s. [Lat.] in Natural History, a hedge-hog ; 
 the name of a genus of marine animals, which are covered with 
 a shell armed with very thick-set spines. In Botany, the prickly 
 head or cover of the seed or top of any plant. In Architecture, 
 a member or ornament near the bottom of the Ionic and other 
 capitals, next to the abacus ; taking its name from the rough- 
 ness of its carving, resembling the prickly rind of a chesnut, or 
 the prickly coat of a hedge-hog ; it is called ovolo by the Italians, 
 and eggs and anchors by English workmen, because carved with 
 anchors, darts, and ovals, or eggs. 
 
 E'CHO, (eko) s. [Gr.] a sound reverberated, or reflected to the 
 ear from some surface. In Music, it is the repeating some parts 
 of the strain in a very low or soft tone. By the poets, £cho is 
 supposed to be a nymph, who pined into a sound. 
 
 To E'CHO, {eko) V. n. to resound ; to be sounded back a second 
 time. — V. a. to multiply a sound. 
 
 ECLAIRCrSSEMENT, (eklairseezmdng) s. [Fr.] the act of 
 clearing up, or explaining any affair by word of mouth. 
 
 ECLAT, (eH^io) s. [Fr.] splendour ; lustre, orglorj'. 
 
 ECLE'CTIC, a. [eklego, Gr.] selecting, or having the power of 
 choosing or preferring. 
 
 ECLE'CTIC, the aesignation assumed by a school of philoso- 
 304 
 
 phers commenced by Victor Cousin at Paris, and now one of the 
 fashionable philosophies of France. It is decidedly Platonic in 
 its principles, and proceeding on the psychological method, first 
 introduced by Locke, gathers from all systems such as har- 
 monizes with its leading thought. The name is not quite new, 
 having been employed by some of the philosophers of Alexan- 
 dria, who sought to establish their school by a league with 
 Christianity. 
 
 ECLE'GMA, s. \ek and leicho, Gr.] a form or medicine made 
 by the incorporation of oils with syrups, and which is to be taken 
 upon a licorice stick. 
 
 ECLFPSE, s. [ekkipo, Gr.] in Astronomy, an eclipse of the 
 sun is the concealment of that luminary, wholly or in part, by 
 the moon's intervening between the earth and the sun : an 
 eclipse of the moon, is when the earth being between the sun 
 and moon, the light of the sun is prevented from falling upon 
 her; if the light of the sun is kept off from the whole body of 
 the moon, it is a total eclipse ; if irom a part only, it is a partial 
 one. An annular eclipse takes place when the sun is so distant from 
 the earth, that the moon only partially covers it, a ring of light 
 appearing round the opaque circle at the height of the eclipse. 
 Eclipses of the sun can take place only at the period of the new 
 moon ; and eclipses of the moon only when it is at the full. 
 The eclipses of the satellites of Jupiter are now the means by 
 which longitude is calculated at sea, the difference between the 
 time of the eclipse noted in the Nautical Almanack, and the time 
 when it is observed, affording the means of computing it. A 
 state of darkness, or want of knowledge, applied td the mind. 
 
 To ECLFPSE, V. a. to darken any luminary. Figuratively, to 
 destroy any light; to drown a lesser light by superior splen- 
 dour ; to cloud ; to obscure ; to disgrace. 
 
 ECLFPTIC, s. [ekleipsis, Gr.] in Astronomy, is a great circle 
 of the sphere, supposed to be drawn through the middle of the 
 zodiac, making an angle with the equinoctial, in the points of 
 Aries and Libra, of about 23° 28', which is the sun's greatest 
 declination ; or, more strictly speaking, it is the path or way, 
 among the fixed stars, that the earth appears to describe to an 
 eye placed in the sun. Some call it the way of the sun, because 
 the sun, in his apparent annual motion, never deviates from it. 
 In Geography, it is a great circle on the terrestrial globe, not 
 only answering to, but falling within the plane of the celestial 
 ecliptic. 
 
 E'CLOGUE, (eklog) s. [ekhge, Gr.] a pastoral poem, whose 
 scenes are confined to rural life, and whose personages are 
 shepherds. 
 
 ECO'NOMY, s. See CEcoNOMY. 
 
 ECO'NOMY, a town of Pennsylvania, United States. It 
 stands on the Ohio, and is regularly laid out in streets parallel 
 to the river, and others at right angles with them. It is a set- 
 tlement of the Rappites, and was founded by Rapp himself, and 
 consists wholly of^ Germans from Suabia. There are some good 
 public buildings, but all the property is held in common. It is 
 243 miles from Washington. Pop. 1283. 
 
 ECPHRA'CTICS, {ekfrdctiks) s. [ek and phratto, Gr.] such me- 
 dicines as open the vessels through which the humours are to 
 pass, or which promote their discharge. 
 
 E'CSTASY, s. [existemi, Gr.] any sudden passion of the mind, 
 by which the thoughts are for a time absorbed ; excessive joy or 
 rapture; enthusiasm. 
 
 E'CSTASIED, a. enraptured ; elevated ; or absorbed. 
 
 ECSTA'TIC, Ecsta'tic.aL, a. enraptured, or elevated to an 
 ecstasy ; tending to external objects. 
 
 E'CTYPE, s. [ek and tupos, Gr.] a copy. 
 
 ECUA'DOR, a republic of S. America, lying on the Pacific, 
 just under the line, whence its name, and bounded by Vene- 
 zuela, Brazil, and Peru. It is about 700 miles in length and 
 500 in breadth. It is crossed by the Andes ; Chimborago and 
 some other of the distinct mountain masses being about 20,000 
 feet high. The chain is traversed longitudinally by several val- 
 leys, and there are elevated table-lands amongst and approach- 
 ing the mountains, about 10,000 feet above the sea. The 
 Amazon and its tributaries water the E. part of the state ; but 
 there are no great streams running into the Pacific. Its seasons 
 are tropical, and it is very subject to earthquakes. Mines of 
 lead, and, less numerously, of gold, silver, and quicksilver occur. 
 The climate and the soil in the higher regions are both favour- 
 able to pasturage and agriculture, and corn, fruits, sheep, horses. 
 
EDG 
 
 timber, &c. &c., with the metajs, and cochineal, are amongst its 
 exports. Its disturbed condition from the time when the first 
 revolt from Spain tooic place, has prevented the rapid develop- 
 ment of its resources. Quito is its capital ; Guyaquil, Cuen(ja, 
 Riobamba, &c. are also places of importance. Its population is 
 about 1,000,000. 
 
 ECURIE', {eciii-ee) s. [Fr.] a covered place wherein horses are 
 housed. 
 
 E'DDA, ». [Scandinav.] the name given to two collections of 
 poems, containing the old mythic traditions and legends of the 
 Scandinavian or Northman people. The author of the first or 
 elder Edda, was Sseraund ; Snorro Sturleson compiled the 
 younger Edda, which has only fragments of poetry in it. The 
 divinities whose greatness and deeds are celebrated, are either 
 deified men, such as Odin, or deified powers and objects in na- 
 ture, as Thor and Baldur. There is an air of wild sublimity and 
 of genuine pathos about these legends, which lie as a substra- 
 tum, or foundation, to most of the peculiarities of language, cus- 
 tom, and feeling of the Northmen races. 
 
 To E'DDER, V. a. to bind or interweave a fence. 
 
 E'DDER, s. such fence wood as is commonly put upon the top 
 of fences, and binds or interweaves each other. 
 
 E'DDY, s. [Sax.] water which is beat and returns back again 
 to the place from whence it flowed. Figuratively, a whirlpool ; 
 a circular motion ; a whirlwind. 
 
 E'DDY, a. whirling, moving in a circular manner. £ddi/ water, 
 among mariners, implies dead water. 
 
 E'DDYSTONE, a group of rocks on the S. coast of England, 
 14 miles from Plymouth Sound, which were very dangerous to 
 vessels in the Channel. At the end of the 17th century a light- 
 house was built on the chief rock, by a Mr. Winstanley, which, 
 3 years after its completion, was utterly destroyed by a storm, 
 and with it was carried away its hapless builder. Some few 
 years afterwards, a new one, constructed altogether of wood, 
 from the basement, was built by a Mr. Rudyard, which lasted 
 for 50 years, and then was consumed by fire. In the following 
 year Smeaton built the present pharos, of stone throughout ; in 
 form he copied the bole of a tree, which combines firmness with 
 the advantage of presenting a curve both to the sweep of the 
 wave and the violence of the wind ; and by dovetails ana cramps 
 fixed the whole mass securely together, and to the rock. The 
 lantern is 80 feet from the base, and often during the prevalence 
 of the W. winds, which bring in the long swell from the Atlantic, 
 the waves wash completely over it, and fly many yards above 
 the lantern itself. It has now stood for 90 years, and has passed 
 through most violent storms without any injury. 
 
 EDE'MATOSE, a. [oidemu, Gr.] swelling; full of humours. 
 See (Edematous. 
 
 EDE'NTATED, a. [e(fenfa<«s, Lat.] deprived of teeth. 
 
 E'DFOU, a town of Egypt, remarkable for the beauty of the 
 ruins near it. The temple at Edfou is especially famous. 
 
 E'DGAR, one of the Saxon monarchs of England, the suc- 
 cessor of Edwy ; who having the wisdom to gain the priests and 
 monks by adopting their cause in the person of St. Dunstan, has 
 been represented to us as one of the greatest and best kings of 
 the early period of this monarchy. He had been by this party 
 made king or sub-king of Northumbria and Mercia, before the 
 death of his brother ; and the able administration of the am- 
 bitious and grasping Dunstan gave a real vjgour to his govern- 
 ment, apart from the empty laudations of his shaven followers. 
 He was called the Pacijk, there being but one slight skirmish 
 with the Britons during his reign, and yet he had a wider and 
 more unquestioned power than any of his predecessors. In one 
 of his royal progresses, he assembled his royal vassals at Chester, 
 and was by eight of them rowed to the monastery of St. John's 
 on the Dee, a dignity no other king ever enjoyed in this land. 
 He exacted from Wales a tribute of wolves' heads j-early, which 
 rid that part of the island of these- unlovely natives. He en- 
 couraged the settlement of foreigners in England, much to the 
 chagrin of the English priests ; but he suffered the rigorous en- 
 forcers of clerical celibacy to havetlieir wayon the married priests, 
 whom they soon harried out of the land, or out of matrimony. 
 He himself was not veiy scrupulous on this point ; and only once, 
 when thesufterei^by his lust was the inmate of a nunnery, did his 
 good friends interfere, and by a seven years' penance, and fast 
 twice a week, seek to impress on him, that the daughters of the 
 cloister must not be deemed subject to his will. The tale of his 
 
 EDi 
 
 marriage with Elfrida the Fair, after the treachery and murder of 
 Ethelwold, one of his earls, who had been sent to see if she cor- 
 responded with the description he had received of her, and had 
 married her himself, is an old and familiar story. He died in 
 975, aged 32 years, in the 16th year of his reign. 
 
 EDGE, s. [eoge. Sax.] the sharp side of any cutting instru- 
 ment ; a narrow part arising from one which is broader ; the ex- 
 tremity, border, or outside of a thing; intenseness of desire; 
 keenness ; acrimony of temper. To set the teeth on edge, means 
 to cause a tingling pain in the teeth, by any shrill and rasping 
 noise. 
 
 To EDGE, V. a. to sharpen or make an instrument cut better ; 
 to border, or put something round the extremities of a thing; 
 to exasperate ; to excite ; to put in such a position as to make 
 way or give room ; to advance beyond a line, or situation. — v. n, 
 to advance, or move forward against any obstacle, or body 
 moving in an opposite direction ; to go close upon a wind, and 
 sail slow. 
 
 E'DGED, part, sharp, opposed to blunt. 
 
 E'DGELESS, o. not fit to cut with ; unable to cut; blunt. 
 
 E'DGETOOL, s. a tool made sharp to cut. 
 
 E'DGEWARE, Middlesex, 8 miles from London. Market, 
 Thursday. Pop. 659. 
 
 E'DGEVVISE.rtrf. with the edge placed in a particular direction. 
 
 E'DGEWORTH, RICHARD LOVELL, the father of Maria 
 Edgeworth, well known for his mechanical ingenuity, and for 
 the zeal with which he studied the principles of education. He 
 was joint writer of several works with his daughter, and he died 
 in 1817, aged 73 years. 
 
 E'DGING, ». something added by way of ornament ; a narrow 
 lace. In Gardening, rows of shrubs or plants, placed round the 
 extremities of a bed instead of borders. 
 
 E'DIBLE, a. [edo, Lat.] fit to be eaten ; fit for food. 
 
 E'DICT, s. [edico, Lat.] in matters of civil policy, is an order 
 or instrument, signed and sealed by a prince, to serve as a law 
 to his subjects. 
 
 EDIFICA'TION, s. [«ffes and /«ew, Lat.] Figuratively, im- 
 provement ; the act of advancing in religion. 
 
 E'DIFICE, s. [ffitfes and facio, Lat.] a building, or house, ge- 
 nerally applied to signify some large or pompous building. 
 
 E'DIFIER, s. one who improves another by instruction. 
 
 To E'DIFY, V. a. to build ; to improve by instruction ; to in- 
 struct or teach. 
 
 E'DILE, s. [mdes, Lat.] the title of an officer among the Ro- 
 mans, who combined the duties of our modern -surveyor and 
 churchwarden. 
 
 E'DINBURGH, the capital city of Scotland, situated in the 
 county to which it gives name, on three hills. It may properly 
 be divided into the Old and New Towns. The situation of the 
 Old Town is singular and striking : it stands on the middle 
 ridge, or hill, which is narrow and steep, and terminated abrupt- 
 ly on the W. by the castle, a very ancient building, accessible 
 only by a drawbridge, and erected on a lofty precipitous rock. 
 The High Street, a mile in length, and generally 90 feet broad, 
 extends from the castle to Holyrood House. On each side of this 
 steep hill the houses form narrow lanes, which are called closes, 
 and extend N. and S. Many of them are lofty ; but so piled, as 
 it were, upon each other, that they are neither commodious nor 
 elegant. The New Town is situated on the N. side of the Old, 
 on an elevated plain, from which the ground descends to the S. 
 and N. with a gentle declivity. It forms an assemblage of uni- 
 form streets and squares, including several public buildings, the 
 whole built entirely of stone, with considerable taste and 
 elegance. The buildings on the S. side of the Old Town, though 
 inferior to those on the N., are extensive and stately. The prin- 
 cipal public buildings are the palace of Holyrood House, the Royal 
 Exchange, built in 1753, the Register Office, the Physicians' 
 Hall, Heriot's Hospita"!, founded in 1628, Watson's Hospital, an 
 hospital for orphans, and a Royal Infirmary. There is a flourish- 
 ing university here, with a fine library, and all other accessaries 
 needful for a seat of learning. It has some, but not very con- 
 siderable, manufactories. In its population is included that of 
 Leith, its port; which see. It is 396 miles from London. Lat. 
 55. 58. N. Long. 3. 12. W. Pop. 166,450. 
 
 E'DINBURGHSHIRE, or Mid-Lothian, a county of Scotland. 
 It is bounded on the N. by the Frith of Forth, which separates it 
 from Fifeshire; and by the shires of Haddington, Berwick, Sel- 
 2 R > 305 
 
kirk, Peebles, Lanark, and Linlithgow. It is about 25 miles in 
 length and 10 in breadth. It has hills of above 1000 feet in 
 height, but in general it is a good agricultural district. It fur- 
 nishes coal and excellent building-stone. Pop. 225,623. 
 
 EDFTION, s. [edo, Lat.] the publication or impression of a 
 book. 
 
 E'DITOR, s. one who prepares a manuscript for the press, 
 and corrects the errors of the proof sheet while it is printing. 
 
 E'DMUND, the name of two of our Saxon kings. The Jirst of 
 this name was the immediate successor of the great Athelstane. 
 At the very beginning of his reign he had to engage in a contest 
 with the former kingdom of Northumbria, which rose in revolt, at 
 the head of which was Olave, a king of the Eastmen, or Danes, 
 which ended in a partition of the country, with the reversion of 
 either part to the survivor. Olave died in the following year, 
 and Edmund, seizing the opportunity, regained the whole. He 
 also expelled Donald from Cfumbria, and installed the king of the 
 Scots, as earl, on condition of his being his vassal for it. His 
 fame was great, for he received the title of Magnificent. His end 
 was unworthy of him, for he perished in a brawl at a feast, by 
 the hand of one Leof, a man whom he had outlawed, in 946, 
 aged 23 years, in the 6th of his reign. The second, who was sur- 
 named Ironside, was a great warrior, whose whole public career 
 was a struggle against foes, in the person of Canute with the 
 Danes, or traitors, such as Edric Streone. By the abduction of 
 the widow of Sigferth, one of the thanes of the Danish boroughs, 
 he acquired a claim to their territory, which he soon successfully 
 enforced. This put him into a position to cope with Edric. But 
 Edric deserted to Canute, who was harassing the kingdom with 
 numerous forces, whose movements he conducted with great 
 skill. On Ethelred's death, Edmund was proclaimed king, but 
 Canute was prepared to contest the possession of the throne with 
 him, by law as well as by arms. Edric, who was Edmund's evil 
 genius, rejoined the Saxon cause, and did his best to destroy it by 
 his treachery. At length a partition of the kingdom was effected 
 between the rival claimants, Edmund retaining the S. of the 
 island, and the nominal supremacy. Soon afterwards he died, 
 and Edric Streone was believed to have killed him. He died in 
 1016, aged but 27 years, and before he had reigned one year. 
 
 E'lMUND, ST., a king of the East Angles, under Ethelred I., 
 who was Bretwalda, or king paramount, of the southern part of 
 
 the island. He was a ruler of great valour and piety ,^and de- 
 served and received theconfidenceof his people. Tl 
 revenge the death_of their famous chiet^ Ragnar Lodbrok, had 
 
 descended oiuthe E. coasts, and sailing up the Holland, now the 
 Bedford Level, attacked his kingdom. He met them in battle, 
 but was defeated. Crouched beneath Hoxne bridge, he was dis- 
 covered by his pursuers ; who, to convert him to their rude hea- 
 thenism, made him a mark for their arrows, till wearied by his 
 constancy, Hingwar, their leader, beheaded him. This was in 
 870. Bury St. Edmund's is the existing monument of his spot- 
 less fame; his body, preserved in a monastery there, built by 
 Canute, himself a Dane, in after years, gathered together that 
 town. 
 
 E'DOM, [Heb.] the name given in the Holy Scriptures to Esau, 
 the eldest son of the patriarch Jacob, because of the colour of his 
 hair; and afterwards to the country which he occupied, called 
 in classic times, Idurnea, which see. 
 
 E'DRED, a Saxon king of England, successor to Edmund I. 
 An insurrection in Northumbria was the first event of his reign, 
 for there was an intriguing churchman, Archbishop Wulstan, 
 desirous of gaining more power than could be gained in a vas- 
 sal's court. Edred, though enfeebled by disease, hastily attacked 
 and put down this revolt, and a second attempt, under Eric, his 
 vassal, his mere threat destroyed. He imprisoned his priestly 
 opponent, afterwards, and degraded him ; the other was assas- 
 sinated. Dunstan, the famous saint, and an earl of Danish ex- 
 traction, Turketel, were his chief counsellors. He died in 955, 
 aged about 40 years, and in the 9th of his reign. 
 
 EDRI'SSI, ABU ABDALLAH MOHAMMED, a learned 
 Moorish geographer of the 11th century. His work, which was 
 dedicated, (with a silver globe representing the earth, which 
 has Jong beeii lost,) is yet extant ; and though of no great in- 
 trinsic value, is a document of great interest from its connexion 
 with the history of a most valuable science. 
 
 To E'DUCATE, v. a. {educo, Lat.] to bring up a person ; to 
 give instruction to a child or young person. 
 
 EDW 
 
 EDUCATION, s. actually, the training of a child or young 
 person for manhood, by whatever means accomplished ; as ge- 
 nerally understood, the training in learning such as the spirit of 
 the age requires for its youth ; or, considered as a branch of 
 mental culture, the calling into play of the various intellectual 
 faculties by appropriate and gradual exercise. The objects of 
 education ought to be the cultivation of each individual mind so 
 as to develope its peculiar ability, and teach it, first, self-help 
 and self-reliance ; in order, secondly, to the well-being and pro- 
 gress of society. No system can be a good one, or right, which 
 overlooks or supplants this. 
 
 To EDU'CE, V. a. {e and duco, Lat.] to bring out ; to extract ; 
 to bring to light ; or to bring from a state of concealment. 
 
 EDl/CTION, s. the act of bringing any thing into view. 
 
 To EDUTXORATE, v. a. [dulcis, Lat.] to sweeten. 
 
 EDULCORA'TION, s. in Pharmacy, the sweetening of a 
 thing by means of honey, sugar, or syrup. In Chemistry, the 
 act of freshening or cleansing a thing from its salts by frequent 
 washing in water. 
 
 E'DWARD, the name of nine of our English kings, three 
 before the Norman Conquest, and six since. Edward, surnamed 
 the Elder, a Saxon monarch, was son of Alfred the Great. But 
 he ha{l only the nominal supremacy of England. Ethelwald, 
 his cousin, contested his right, and with some success, till he fell 
 in a battle, in which his army was victorious. The Danes were 
 his next foes, but them he routed. The most remarkable person 
 of his reign was his sister Ethelfleda, who, as widow of the alder- 
 man of Mercia, continued to administer that kingdom, with 
 great vigour and success. Her kingdom afterwards fell to Ed- 
 ward, who became at last lord paramount of the whole island. 
 He died in 925, after a reign of 24 years. Edicard the Martyr 
 was another Saxon king, and successor to Edgar. He was sup- 
 ported by St. Dunstan and the ecclesiastics, and violently op- 
 posed by some of the great earls, and the fair Elfrida, who wished 
 to secure the crown for her own child. He was assassinated by 
 order of the queen-mother, on whom he had called in a hunting 
 party, and was exalted to the title of Martyr by the monks, who 
 ruled by him. He died in 978, having reigned three years. 
 The third Saxon king of this name was surnamed the Confessor, 
 and he succeeded Hardicanute. He was a younger son of Ethel- 
 red II., his brother Alfred having been murdered, as was be- 
 lieved, by Earl Godwin, who was now the most powerful man in 
 the kingdom ; and Edward, son of Edmund Ironside, being ab- 
 sent as an outlaw, though the lawful heir to the throne. He had 
 been brought up at the Norman court, whither he had fled from 
 the Danes ; and this was the occasion of sore trouble to him. 
 Godwin soon gained complete supremacy over the weak, well- 
 meaning monarch, married him to his own daughter, and estab- 
 lished himself and his sons in the great earldoms of the country. 
 In Edward's court were some Norman nobles, who seemed yet 
 to divide the king's heart with Godwin and his sons ; these 
 therefore sought to make it a national quarrel, but some of the 
 earl's Saxon opponents sided with the Normans, and thus began 
 the discord. At last Count Eustace of Boulogne, (a man of 
 great note in those days, from this cause amongst others, that 
 he would wear moustaches, contrary to the Norman custom,) the 
 king's brother-in-law, coming through Dover got into a street- 
 riot, and the two parties of the kingdom flamed up thereupon 
 into civil war; ending without bloodshed in a truce and a meet- 
 ing of the Witan, and the exile of Godwin and his sons. Ed- 
 ward, like a feeble-minded creature, even included his wife, 
 Editha the fair, in the proscription, and immured her in an 
 abbey. William, the Norman duke, now came over to England, 
 and after his visit Norman influence waxed yet greater. A 
 change came now ; Earl Godwin and his sons, partly by force, 
 and partly by a vote of the Witan, were reinstated in England, 
 and then shortly after the earl died. But Harold could well 
 carry on their game, and civil war and broils were ceaseless. 
 Edward about this time recalled his nephew the outlaw, and 
 announced him to be his heir; but he fell soon after, it was be- 
 lieved, by Harold's hand : on this, the old king gave the suc- 
 cession to his cousin, William of Normandy; and wearied out 
 with his task, died in 1066, aged about 60, after a reign of 23 
 years. He abolished an odious tax called the Dane-gelt ; and 
 introduced Norman law customs into English law courts, which 
 have never left them. The laws of the Coiifessor were after- 
 wards regarded by the subject Saxon population as the bulwark 
 


 >l J 
 
 ■ayf/MMm bajAc- . 
 

 m^^<^ 
 
 
EDW 
 
 of the little liberty that remained to them under the sway of the 
 Normans. Edward L, king of England, succeeded his father 
 Henry III., returning hastily from an unfinished crusade he had 
 set out on, to assume the throne. He found the kingdom ha- 
 rassed by the anarchical schemes of the De Montforts, and 
 threatened by both Wales and Scotland. He first advanced 
 against the Welch, and completely reduced them, yet suffered 
 Llewellyn to reign, till his son Edward of Caernarvon should be 
 fit to govern. Scotland was in a state of great confusion through 
 the contests of Bruce and Baliol for the throne; Edward claimed 
 it, and made Baliol his deputy. But the Scots could not endure 
 this, and they drove their poor deputy to a revolt, disastrous for 
 him, for he was overthrown and consigned to the Tower. All 
 Scotland was subdued save Bruce, who was in arms again, and 
 Edward, hastening against him, died in 1307, aged 68 years, 
 after a reign of 35. Edward II., his son, succeededf him, a feeble 
 king, who was driven from Scotland by Bruce, endangered his 
 power in Ireland, and by his silly favouritism gained universal 
 contempt. The nobles rose against him, he was dethroned, and, 
 by order of the queen's paramour, murdered at Berkeley Castle, 
 in 1327, aged 43, after a reign of 20 years. Edward III., his son, 
 was a minor, and did not acquire his rights when of age without 
 a struggle ; he was however victorious, and the murder of his father 
 was avenged. Edward's first attempts were made on Scotland, and 
 he must have succeeded in destroying that monarchy, had not he 
 been lured from it by a nobler quarry. The throne of France was 
 vacant, Edward was grandson to the last monarch, his oppo- 
 nent was nephew. Females could not inherit in France, but 
 could the descendants of females ? Edward invaded the country, 
 and aided by the astonishing valour of his son, the Black Prince, 
 and the indomitable courage of his troops, he won two great 
 pitched battles, at Cregy and Poictiers, against all the chivalry 
 of France. The only real gain was Calais, which with Dovor 
 commanded the narrow seas ; and after a few years this alone 
 remained of all the territory that English blood and treasure had 
 been so prodigally expended to win. Edward had at his court, 
 as prisoners, the kings of France and Scotland, but such glory 
 was most empty. After the return of the king to England, he 
 found a new trouble : the representatives of the burgesses and 
 knights of the shires had, during the three preceding reigns, 
 been growing in influence in the nation ; and before the French 
 expedition, Edward had conceded points to them, which he 
 thought he could easily recover ; but now the parliament was 
 in open opposition to him, headed by his own son at first, and 
 after his death in name by his son who was next heir to the 
 crown. At length he died, in 1377, aged 64 years, having 
 reigned 51. During this reign, not only did constitutional li- 
 berty first get an established footing in England, but poetry, and 
 religion too, for Chaucer and Wiclitfe began their works in Eng- 
 land now. Edward IV. succeeded Henry VI., having waged 
 against him, under the banner of his father first, and afterwards 
 in his own name, a civil war for six years. This was the war of 
 the Roses, as the struggle of the two branches of the royal family, 
 York and Lancaster, was called; andwhich,after Edward's acces- 
 sion, was maintained for ten years with alternate success, Ed- 
 ward being once compelled to flee the kingdom. But he was 
 ultimately victorious. In character and proceedings he was 
 much like Charles II., but the people had no voices then to 
 speak, and the wars had almost exterminated the nobility. It 
 was by this fearful slaughter that the way fSr the tyranny of the 
 Tudors was prepared, and so for all that it led to. Printing was 
 introduced into England, by Caxton, in this reign. Edward 
 died in 1483, aged 42 years, after a reign of 22. Edward V., his 
 son, was but an infant, and merely proclaimed king. His uncle, 
 the Duke of Gloucester, who was his guardian, was believed to 
 have murdered him, with his brother, in the Tower. This tale 
 is not credited now ; but the prince was removed, having been 
 nominally king but a few months. Edward VI., son and suc- 
 cessor of Henry VIII., was but 9 years old on his accession. 
 His mother, Jane Seymour, had been interested in the Reforma- 
 tion, and Edward had been brought up most carefully according 
 to its principles. The Duke of Somerset was Lord Protector of 
 the king by his father's will, and the great work was carried on 
 in a purer spirit, und with an aim more nearly agreeing with the 
 aim of the continental reformers, than it had been before. The 
 .spirit of the Protector was ambitious, he sacrificed his own bro- 
 ther, provoked a popular revolt by encouraging popular violence, 
 
 EEL 
 
 and at last fell on the scaffold, through the arts of a mightier 
 schemer, the Duke of Northumberland. In spite of these things 
 matters were advancing so as to favour Puritanism, when the king 
 died, in 1553, aged but 1(5 years, and in the 7th year of his reign. 
 
 EDWARD, THE BLACK PRINCE, was the son of Edward 
 III., who distinguished himself by his cool valour and chivalrous 
 courtesy at the battles of Cregy and Poictiers, which he won. 
 But humanity and filial reverence were not amongst his qualifi- 
 cations. He died in 1376, aged 45 years. 
 
 E'DWARDS, DR. JONATHAN, (commonly named President 
 Edwards,) one of the most eminent divines of America, whose 
 works, especially the Treatise on the Will, have produced, both in 
 his own country and in this, a most profound impression. He 
 was first the minister of the Presbyterian church, and soon was 
 made a tutor at Yale College. He afterwards removed to North- 
 ampton, as assistant to his grandfather in the oversight of a con- 
 gregation. Here he was involved in a long and painful controversy 
 with the congregation, and other ministers, owing to his earnest 
 endeavours to preserve the purity and Christian character of his 
 charge, which ended in his dismission. We next find him work- 
 ing with all his zeal and love as a missionary to the native In- 
 dians ; and finally he accented the presidency of the college at 
 Princeton, New Jersey. His writings were very numerous, and 
 though many were highly metaphysical, have enjoyed great 
 popularity. He has done more to inflict a logical Calvinism on 
 Christians as the only true theology, than any other writer ; 
 and it is only now beginning to be renounced. His character 
 was of the noblest and purest order. One word of his — a reso- 
 lution formed in his youth — might serve to make young men a 
 different race from what they are, — " Resolved, to live with all 
 mv might, whilst I do live." He died in 17.58, aged 55 years. 
 
 "E'DWARDS, WILLIAM, the builder of the famous one- 
 arched bridge over the Taaf, in Wales. He was a self-taught 
 architect, and by the force of his native genius acquired a re- 
 putation for skill in this department, which his works still main- 
 tain. He died in 1789, aged 70 years. 
 
 E'DWARDS, THOMAS, one of the famous divines of the 
 Puritans' revolt in the 17th century. He was a rigid Presby- 
 terian, and hated the toleration which Independency offered to 
 opposing opinions. His book named Oangrcena was written 
 against this hateful liberality. He fled from England on the 
 rise of Cromwell, and died in 1647, aged 38 years. 
 
 E'DWARDS, BRYAN, a writer and actor in the cause of 
 humanity towards slaves. His residence in the W. Indies en- 
 abled him to judge fairly respecting this matter, and his works, 
 both in the colonial legislature and British parliament, and as 
 an historian of those islands, approve his judgment and his truth. 
 He died in 1800, aged 55 years. 
 
 E'DWIN, the Saxon king of Northumbria, and Bretwalda or 
 supreme king of England, in the 7th century, under whose pro- 
 tection Paulinus preached Christianity and overthrew Paganism 
 in the N. of the island. It was at the discussion of the question 
 amongst his nobles, that the beautiful address was given by one, 
 which Wordsworth has immortalized in one of his sonnets. He 
 fell in battle against the Welch in 633, having reigned about 40 
 years. 
 
 E'DWY, an Anglo-Saxon king of England, successor to Edred, 
 surnamed the Fair, a mere boy on his accession, and, unhappily 
 for him and his reputation, no admirer of St. Dunstan. The 
 monks have given him as bad a character, both personally and 
 royally, as can be imagined. Dunstan grossly insulted him at 
 his coronation feast, and was banished in consequence; but his 
 party was powerful, and had a leader equal to the occasion. 
 Odo raised a revolt and deprived Edwy of almost all his king- 
 dom, robbed him of his wife, (the occasion of the quarrel,) cru- 
 elly spoiled her beauty, and afterwards more cruelly destroyed 
 her. Edgar his brother had been the tool of the priests, in this 
 opposition to Edwv, and the brokenhearted king either died or 
 was murdered in &58, not 20 years old, and having reigned but 
 3 years. 
 
 "E'DYSTONE. See E'ddystone. 
 
 EEL, s. [eel. Sax.] in Ichthyology, a genus of fishes whose ge- 
 neral appearance has some resemblance to that of serpents. 
 They are very tenacious of life ; and their habits are very re- 
 markable, th'eir migrations over land, to surmount waterfalls, or 
 to gain better feeding places, are well attested, although at first 
 so seemingly impossible. 
 
 2 R 2 .307 
 
EFF 
 
 EFF. See Eft. 
 
 To EFFA'CE, v. a. [effacer, Fr.] to destroy any painting ; to 
 spoil the form of any piece of carving; to blot out; to destroy 
 all marks or traces of a thing from the mind. 
 
 EFFE'CT, s. [effkio, Lat.] that which is produced by an oper- 
 ative cause ; a consequence ; advantage ; profit or service. In 
 the plural, goods, furniture, or movables. 
 
 To EFFE'CT, v. a. to bring to pass ; to attempt with success ; 
 to produce as a cause, or by the application of power. 
 
 EFFE'CTIBLE, a. that may be produced, done, or performed. 
 
 EFFE'CTIVE, a. having the power to produce an effect ; pro- 
 per for action. 
 
 EFFE'CTIVELY, ad. with power ; powerfully ; really ; en- 
 tirely. 
 
 EFFE'CTLESS, a. without effect; without causing any 
 change or alteration by the application of power ; without pro- 
 ducing any effect. 
 
 EFFE'CTOR, s. [Lat] one who produces any effect ; one who 
 is the cause of a thing. 
 
 EFFE'CTUAL, a. [effectuel, Fr.] producing the object, end, or 
 design, for which it is intended. Synon. With respect to these 
 two words, that of efficacious seems not so powerful as that of 
 effectual. The first gets the better of most obstacles ; the last, 
 of all. By an efficacious remedy we put an effectual stop. 
 
 EFFE'CTUALLY, ad. in such a manner as to produce the 
 end for which it is applied. 
 
 To EFFE'CTUATE, v. a. [effectuer, Fr.] to bring to pass ; to 
 accomplish. 
 
 EFFE'MINACY, s. the acting like a woman ; softness, or 
 want of those qualities which distinguish and become a man. 
 
 EFFE'MINATE, a. [effeminafus, from fimina, Lat.] void of the 
 qualities which distinguish and adorn the male sex ; acting or 
 behaving like a woman; voluptuous, or luxurious. 
 
 To EFFE'MINATE, v. a. to make womanish. 
 
 EFFEMINA'TION, s. the quality or cause of rendering a per- 
 son womanish. 
 
 To EFFERVE'SCE, (effervess) v. a. [effervesco, Lat.] to grow 
 warm, to produce heat by fermentation, or the motion of the par- 
 ticles of a body among themselves. 
 
 EFFERVE'SCENCE, s. the production of heat by internal 
 motion. Among chemists, it is the rapid evolution of^a gas, ex- 
 cited in fluids, either by the mixture of fluids of a different na- 
 ture, or by the mixture of certain compound substances, as a 
 carbonate and an acid, in fluids. 
 
 EFFE'TE, a. [effcetus, Lat.] barren ; worn out with age. 
 
 EFFICA'CIOUS, {effikdshious) a. [efficax, Lat.] producing the 
 effect or end intended. 
 
 EFFICA'CIOUSLY, (effikdsMously) ad. in such a manner as to 
 produce the effect or end intended. 
 
 E'FFICACY, (efficacy) s. the power of producing the end or 
 effect intended. Applied to speech, persuasion. 
 
 EFFFCIENCE, Effi'ciency, {effishience, effishiency) s. [effi. 
 do, Lat.] the act of producing effects or changes in things or 
 persons; agency. 
 
 EFFFCIENT, (effishient) s. a cause ; one that makes or causes 
 things to be what they are. 
 
 EFFI'CIENT, (effishient) a. having the power to produce or 
 cause alteration or change in things, either by altering the qua- 
 lities or introducing new ones. 
 
 E'FFIGY, s. [effigies, Lat.] the resemblance or representation 
 of any thing drawn, painted, or carved ; also, the mental image 
 of anj' thing. 
 
 EFFLORE'SCENCE, Efflore'scency, s. [effioresco, Lat.] in 
 Botany, a production of flowers. In Natural History, an excres- 
 cence in form of flowers. In Medicine, a breaking out of some 
 humours, &c. in the skin. 
 
 EFFLORE'SCENT, a. shooting out in the shape of flowers. 
 In Medicine, appearing in pimples, or other eruptions on the skin. 
 
 E'FFLUENCE, s. [effiuo, Lat.] that which flows from some 
 other principle. 
 
 EFFLU'VIA, Efflu'vium, s. [effiuo, Lat.] the small particles 
 continually emitted by, or flowing from, a body, which, though 
 they do not sensibly decrease the body from whence they pro- 
 ceed, have perceptible effects on the senses. 
 
 E'FFLUX, s. [effiuxus, Lat.] the act of flowing out ; effusion ; 
 spreading; or the visible effect of some cause; that which flows 
 from something else ; an emanation. 
 308 
 
 EGO 
 
 To EFFLU'X, V. a. to flow from ; to move in succession. 
 
 EFFLU'XION, s. [effiuxio, Lat.] that which flows out; the ac- 
 tion of flowing out. 
 
 To EFFO'RCE, v. a. [efforcer, Fr.] to force ; to break through 
 by violence. 
 
 EFFORMA'TION, s. [efformo, Lat.] the act of giving form to» 
 or making. 
 
 E'FFORT, s. [effort, Fr.] a struggle ; a laborious or vehement 
 exertion of power. 
 
 EFFO'SSION, s. [effodio, Lat.] the act of digging from the 
 ground. 
 
 EFFRO'NTERY, s. [effronterie, Fr.] an unbecoming and un- 
 daunted boldness, by which a person is capable of undertaking 
 any action, including the idea of impudence and daring. 
 
 To EFFU'LGE, i;. n. [effulgeo, Lat.] to send forth lustre or 
 effulgence. 
 
 EFFU'LGENCE, s. splendour, or a glorious degree of light. 
 
 EFFU'LGENT, a. shining with a superlative degree of light or 
 splendour. 
 
 EFFUMABI'LITY, s. [fumus, Lat.] the quality of flying away 
 or vapouring in fumes. 
 
 To EFFIPSE, (effuze) V. a. [effusus, Lat.] to pour out ; to spoil. 
 
 EFFU'SION, s. [effusio, Lat.] the act of pouring out ; shed- 
 ding ; the act of uttering or pronouncing with fluency ; pro- 
 fusion, or generous giving. Figuratively, the thing poured out. 
 
 EFFU'SIVE, (effuzive) a. poured out. 
 
 EFT, s. [efeta. Sax.] in Natural History, a genus of water 
 lizard, very common in ponds and ditches ; called also a newt. 
 
 EFTSOO'NS, ad. [eft and soon, Sax.] soon afterward ; in a 
 Obs(' 
 
 short time ; again. 
 
 E'GBERT, a Saxon king of Wessex, usually regarded as the 
 first supreme monarch of the various kingdoms of Saxon Eng- 
 land, really only one of a succession of Bretwaldas; the first 
 really sole monarch of England being Athelstane. He first turn- 
 ed his arms against the Britons, and became master of Wales ; 
 the rest of the island fell part by part, in like manner ; each 
 kingdom being under a king who swore fealty to Egbert. In 
 his reign the Danes made their first serious attack on England, 
 but were defeated. He died in 835, aged about 60 years, and 
 having reigned 35. 
 
 EGE'DE, the name of a father and son, who were the first 
 Christian missionaries to the desolate Greenland. Their labours 
 were very successful : the son, Paul, formed the language, and 
 translated part of the Bible. Hans, the father, left his native 
 country, Denmark, in 1721, and died in 1758; his son, who 
 accompanied him, died in 1789. 
 
 EGG, s. [ceg. Sax.] in Animal Physiology, the cell in which 
 the embryo is formed. In birds, reptiles, and the lower 
 orders of animals, these cells are extruded, and the develop- 
 ment of the embryo is effected either by incubation or by atmo- 
 spheric warmth. The eggs of birds are oval in form, and are 
 covered with a thin shell consisting chiefly of phosphate of 
 lime ; externally they are of various colours, and some are very 
 beautifully marked. The eggs of reptiles are defended by a 
 tough gelatinous integument. The eggs of insects are very 
 beautiful microscopic objects. 
 
 To EGG, V. a. [eggian. Sax.] to incite ; to instigate ; to induce 
 a person to prosecute an action with vigour. 
 
 E'GINHARD, the secretary and historian of Charlemagne ; 
 and, according to general repute, his son-in-law. He served 
 his successor also, and finally, retiring from the world, be- 
 came abbot of Seligenstadt. He died about 850, aged about 
 50 years. 
 
 E'GLANTINE,s. [eglantieT,Yr.'\ in Botany, the sweet-brier rose. 
 
 E'GMONT, LAMORAL, COUNT OF, a Flemish nobleman, 
 who served in the wars of Charles V. and Philip II. with great 
 distinction. He was in the best sense of the word a nobleman, 
 and so was not a fitting instrument for the policy of the latter 
 king, as carried on by the ferocious Alva. He was seized by 
 this monster, most treacherously, in company with his friend 
 Count Horn, declared a traitor, and beheaded in 1568, aged 46 
 years. His name and that of his friend and companion in death, 
 are rightly regarded as those of martyrs to the cause of their 
 country's freedom. 
 
 E'GOTISM, E'goism, [ego, Lat.] too frequent mention of a per- 
 son's self in writing or conversation ; too great self-esteem, or 
 selfishness. 
 
EGY 
 
 E'GOTIST, s. one who often repeats the word I ; a person who 
 mentions himself too frequently, and with ostentation ; one who 
 cares too much abo-ut himself. 
 
 To E'GOTIZE, V. n. to mention oneself too frequently and too 
 ostentatiously. 
 
 EGRE'GlOUS, a. \egregius, Lat.] somewhat above the common 
 or ordinary run ; remarkable; worthy of notice, or extraordinary, 
 either in a good or bad sense, but generally in a bad one. 
 
 EGRE'GIOUSLY, ad. better or worse than ordinary ; uncom- 
 monly better or worse ; prodigiously ; extremely. 
 
 E'GREMONT, Cumberland. It is seated not far from the sea, 
 on the banks of a river, over which there are two bridges ; and 
 on the top of a peaked hill a strong castle. It is 299 miles from 
 London. Market, Saturday. Pop. 1750. 
 
 E'GRESS, s. {egressus, Lat.] passage out of a place ; liberty 
 to go out. 
 
 EGRE'SSION, s. [egressio, Lat.] the act of coming out. 
 
 E'GRET, s. in Natural Historj-, a fowl of the heron kind, with 
 red legs. 
 
 EGRETTE, s. [Fr.] an ornament of ribbons, worn by ladies 
 on the front part of their hair. 
 
 E'GYPT, a large country of N. Africa, adjoining to Asia, 
 bounded by the Mediterranean and Red Seas, by Nubia and the 
 Desert. It is above 500 miles in length, and about 150 in breadth. 
 Most of the area is desert, and mostly uninhabited ; but the val- 
 ley of the great river Nile, which is from 5 to 10 miles wide, is 
 richly fertile, and thickly studded with towns and villages. Be- 
 tween the Nile and the Red Sea, the country is partly rocky and 
 partly desert, but there are numerous fertile spots, which are 
 chiefly occupied by branches of the great Arab race. The Nile, 
 which is very broad in general, divides into several branches 
 when approaching the sea, or rather the wide, open embouchure 
 of the river has gradually been tilled up, so as to produce this 
 appearance; and this triangular district, the sides of which are 
 about 80 miles in length, is the famous Delta. The most extra- 
 ordinary phenomenon of the country is the periodical overflow of 
 this river, occasioned by the copious summer rains which prevail 
 in the regions whence it flows, and which, commencing at the 
 summer solstice, increases during the next three months, and 
 covers either directly, or by means of canals cut for the purpose 
 of irrigation, the whole valley, leaving in its rapid fall a copious 
 deposit of new soil. The climate is very healthy, except during 
 the fall of the water, and the southerly winds of the early part of 
 the year, and except that the simoom occasionally visits this 
 country during the spring and summer. Rain is a very rare oc- 
 currence. Amongst the ranges of low mountains are quarries of 
 various kinds of building-stone, and on the E. of the Nile, in 
 addition, of granite of different kinds, of some marbles, &c. In 
 the valley, and in the green spots which occur round the few 
 springs found in the desert, palm trees abound, and all kinds of 
 grain, rice in particular, many fruits, &c. &c., are cultivated. 
 The wild animals of the country are such as are common to 
 Africa, excepting that those which retire from the occupations 
 of man are not often met with, and some few more common in 
 Asia. The river especially abounds in crocodiles, and a kind of 
 horned snake is found. The present state of Egypt is highly 
 encouraging. Under the shrewd and vigorous sway of Mehemet 
 Ali, the foundation has been laid for the advance of the people 
 in all the improvements of European civilization. Absolute 
 power may, perhaps, thus working, in conjunction with the in- 
 fluences of commerce, on the deep-seated religious instincts of 
 its (mainly) Arab population, produce results, which will restore 
 to this land a glory more excellent than pertained to it in the 
 days when those stupendous monuments of the wealth and the 
 might of its sovereigns, which are scattered throughout its whole 
 length, and rival in their durability the everlasting hills, were set 
 up. The commerce of the country is carried on chiefly with 
 Great Britain and France, and the produce and the wealth of 
 the interior of Africa, brought to Egypt by caravans, is exchanged 
 for our manufactures and other wares. "The population is about 
 2,000,000; seven-eighths of whom are of true Egyptian blood, 
 the greater part of the remainder Copts and Turks, and the rest 
 Jews, and emigrants or temporary residents of various nations. 
 Cairo is the capital. Beside the ports on Mediterranean, there 
 are some small ports, and Suez, on the Red Sea. Of the pyra- 
 mids, tombs, temples, and marvellous relics of antiquity in Egypt, 
 by which the whole life and doing of its inhabitants, from the 
 
 EJU 
 
 magnificent despot to the meanest slave, thousands of 3'ears ago, 
 has been revealed to us, see under the various articles. 
 
 To EJA'CUL ATE, v. a. [ejacuhr, Lat.] to dart out ; to shoot. 
 — V. n. to breathe a short occasional prayer. 
 
 EJACULATION, s. in its primary sense, the act of throwing 
 or darting out. Figuratively, an occasional, extemporary, short 
 praj-er; an interiectional, or sudden, short speech. 
 
 EJA'CULATORY, a. suddenly darted out ; expressed in short, 
 abrupt, or unconnected sentences. 
 
 EFCHHORN, JOHN GEORGE, an eminently learned theo- 
 logian and Biblical critic of Germany, whose labours tended 
 greatly to the advanced state of Biblical science in that country, 
 as much as those of any of her scholars. He held the professor- 
 ship of the Oriental languages at Jena, first ; and displayed such 
 stores of learning in this department as placed hira at once 
 amongst the foremost of his day. He afterwards occupied a si- 
 milar post at Gottingen, and with it other offices both at that 
 university and in the state. The list of his works is too long 
 for insertion. His principles were not by any means those of the 
 Evangelical school, and those allied to it ; and as far as vital re- 
 ligion is concerned, were not such as one would on any account 
 receive. The service that he did was to break down, with relent- 
 less logic and scholarship, the dogmas of the preceding gener- 
 ation, which had encased the mind of man, and prevented im- 
 mediate access to the fountain of truth. If he drank not thereat, 
 we, thankful for his labours, and helped thereby, will not fail. 
 He died in 1827, aged 75 years. 
 
 To EJE'CT, V. a. \e and jacio, Lat.] to throw, cast, or dart out 
 with force. 
 
 EJE'CTION, s. the act of expelling or driving from a place of 
 possession. 
 
 EJE'CTMENT, «. in Law, a writ by which any inhabitant of 
 a house, or tenant of an estate, is commanded to depart. 
 
 EFDER-DOWN, s. the down of the eider duck, which is re- 
 markably fine, and in such high esteem for its warmth when used 
 in the lining of certain apparel, as to be sold at a very high price. 
 
 EIGH, interjection, a sudden expression of delight. 
 
 EIGHT, a. this word and its compounds is pronounced like 
 ait ; [eahta, Sax.] a number consisting of twice four. 
 
 EIGHTEE'N, a. a number consisting of ten and eight units 
 added together. 
 
 EIGHTEE'NTH, s. the order of a thing either in place or 
 succession, which is removed the distance of seventeen from the 
 first ; or twice as much or as far as nine. 
 
 EI'GHTFOLD, a. eight times the number or quantity. 
 
 EIGHTH, a. a word expressing the order in which a thing 
 stands from the first, and is next beyond the seventh. In Music, 
 see Octave. 
 
 EFGHTHLY, ad. in the eighth place. 
 
 EFGHTIETH, a. an ordinal, implying that a thing or suc- 
 cession is removed eighty times including the first. 
 
 EI'GHTSCORE, s. eight times twenty, or 160. 
 
 EI'GHTY, s. a number consisting of eight times ten added 
 together. 
 
 EIGNE, (aine) a. Iais7ie, Fr.] in Law, the elder, or firstborn ; 
 not alienable ; entailed. 
 
 EFSEL, s. leosil, Sax.] vinegar; verjuice; any acid. An old 
 word. 
 
 EFSENACH, a town of Germany, capital of a principality of 
 the same name. It stands at the junction of the rivers Nessel 
 and Hursel, and is a neat and pleasing place. Beside the palace, 
 it has some handsome public buildings, such as churches and 
 colleges, &c. Here is a good library also. Its manufactures are 
 inconsiderable. Population, about 10,000. Lat. 51.0. N. Long. 
 10. 20. E. Near to this town is the fortress called the Wartburg, 
 where Luther was concealed as Ritter George, after the Diet 
 of Worms, and where he translated great part of the sacred 
 Scriptures. 
 
 ElSLE'BEN, a town of Prussia, near the Biise, well built and 
 fortified. It has some good public buildings, and some manu- 
 factures and trade. Population, about 10,000. Lat. 51. 30. N. 
 Long. 11. 29. E. Here was born, and here too died Luther. 
 
 EPTHER, 2'ron. lagther. Sax.] one or other of two persons in- 
 differently ; both, or each.— adv. and in distribution, to distin- 
 guish between two or more things. 
 
 EJULA'TION, s. iyulatio, Lat.] an outcry of affecting or 
 penetrating grief. 
 
 . 309 
 
ELD 
 
 EKE, ad. [eac. Sax.] likewise ; also ; besides. Obsolete, un- 
 less in poetry. 
 
 To EKE, V. a. [eacan. Sax.] to make bigger by the addition 
 of another piece ; to supply any deficiency, sometimes including 
 the idea of bungling, or botching ; used with the particle out. 
 
 To ELA'BORATE, v. a. [elahoro, Lat.] to procluce with diffi- 
 culty and labour ; to exalt or improve the nature of a thing by 
 successive changes or improvements. 
 
 ELA'BORATE, a. finished with great labour ; performed with 
 patience and diligence. 
 
 ELA'BORATELY, ad. in such a manner as to bespeak ele- 
 gance, owing to pains and diligence. 
 
 ELABORA'TION, s. the improving or exalting the nature of 
 a thing by successive changes and alterations ; the producing 
 with great care and industry. 
 
 To ELA'NCE, v. a. [elancer, Fr.] to dart ; to throw out. 
 
 To ELA'PSE, V. n. [e and labor, Lat.] to pass without notice or 
 improvement, applied to time. 
 
 ELA'STIC, Ela'stical, a. [elao, Gr.] having the property of 
 returning to its own form or shape, after having lost it by some 
 external force ; springy. 
 
 ELASTI'CITY, s. a property in bodies, by which they return 
 forciblv, and of their own accord, to the same dimensions or 
 form they were of before compression, or before their having lost 
 it by that force. 
 
 ELA'TE, a. [elatus, Lat.] flushed, puffed up, or haughty, on 
 account of success. 
 
 To ELA'TE, V. a. to puff up, or make one proud with praise, 
 prosperity, or success; to exalt or heighten. 
 
 ELATE'RIUM, s. [Lat.] in Pharmacy, imports any purging 
 medicine, but particularly applicable to those which operate by 
 violence. 
 
 ELA'TION, s. haughtiness, or pride, occasioned by success. 
 
 E'LBA, a small island of the IVlediterranean Sea, off the coast 
 of Tuscany, about 20 miles long and 10 broad, having mountains 
 in the interior of above 3000 feet high, and a fertile region be- 
 tween them and the shore. It has abundance of iron, and other 
 sources of mineral wealth. And it produces corn, wine, oil, fruits, 
 cattle, &c. &c., and has excellent fisheries. Its population is about 
 15,000. Porto Ferrayo is its capital. Besides its famed iron ore, 
 it has had in later times a place in history, as the spot to which 
 the sovereigns of Europe hoped, for the sake of their own crowns 
 and the safety of the old course of things, in 1814, to confine the 
 spirit of Napoleon Buonaparte. It had been happier for him had 
 tfae^ prospered in their design. 
 
 ELBE, a large river of Germany, which rises in Silesia, runs 
 through Bohemia, Saxony, and Brandenburg, passing by Pirna, 
 Dresden, Magdeburg, &c., divides Lunenburg from Mecklen- 
 burg, and Bremen from Holstein, then passes on to Hamburg 
 and Gluckstadt, and falls into the German Ocean, after a course 
 of about 700 miles, by Cuxhaven. Nearly 500 miles of its course 
 are open for boats and vessels of some draught, and at its mouth 
 it is quite an estuary. 
 
 E'LBERFELD, a town of Prussia, standing on the Weipper, 
 a tributary of the Rhine. It is celebrated as a place of trade, 
 and has some first-rate manufactures. Its public institutions, 
 which are numerous, are carried on in the same spirit. It has a 
 neat appearance, and boasts some good-looking edifices. Its 
 population is about 40,000. Lat. 51 . 10. N. Long. 7. 10. E. 
 
 E'LBING, or E'lblang, a sea-port town of Prussia. It is a 
 place of considerable trade, and is situated on a river of the same 
 name, near the Frische Haffe. Its manufactories are of some im- 
 portance. It is adorned with some useful institutions and noble 
 buildings. Population, about 20,000. Lat. 54. 9. N. Long. 19. 
 35. E. 
 
 E'LBOW, {MS) s. [elboga. Sax.] the joint or bending of the arm 
 next below the shoulder. Figuratively, any bending or angle. 
 
 To E'LBOW, {elM) V. a. to push with the elbow. Figurative- 
 ly, to struggle for room ; to encroach upon.— w. n. to jut out in 
 angles. 
 
 E'LBOWCHAIR, ». a chair with arms to support the elbows. 
 
 E'LBOWROOM, {Slhb-room) s. room to stretch out the elbows 
 on each side. Figuratively, freedom from restraint or confine- 
 ment. 
 
 ELD, s. \eald. Sax.] old age ; decrepitude. 
 
 E'LDER, a. [the comparative of eW,] surpassing another in 
 years. — s. one who is born before, or one who survives another. 
 310 
 
 ELE 
 
 E'LDER, s. in Botany, the name of a tree, or rather arbores- 
 cent shrub, with fragile wood, producing flat clusters of flowers, 
 which are used in making cosmetics, and berries which produce 
 the best of home-made or British wines. 
 
 E'LDERLY, a. bearing the marks of old age ; advanced in 
 years. 
 
 E'LDERS, s. (plural,) persons whose age gives them a claim 
 to honour and respect ; those who are born before others ; an- 
 cestors. Among the Jews, the rulers of the people ; answering 
 to the word senator among the Romans. In the New Testa- 
 ment, it is a designation of those persons who were intrusted 
 with the oversight, or pastoral and ministerial care, of a church. 
 See Presbyter, &c. 
 
 E'LDERSHIP, s. a claim founded on being born before an- 
 other; seniority. 
 
 E'LDEST, a. [the superlative of eW,] exceeding others in 
 years ; born before others. 
 
 ELDORA'DO, s. [Span.] the name given by early European 
 geographers and adventurers to a country paved with gold, 
 which they hoped to discover some where in the interior of the 
 New World, wnen that was first revealed to them by Columbus 
 and others. 
 
 ELEA'TICS, a sect of Greek philosophers, which sprung up 
 in the Greek city of Elea, in Italy, and of which Xenophanes 
 was the founder, Parmenides and Zeno of Elea being his two 
 most distinguished followers. Their speculations were chiefly 
 directed to the origin of all things ; human affairs were regarded 
 only as affected by consequences from their first principles. 
 They dared to affirm some of the most loftily spiritual truths 
 that man's heart knows ; but having no better method than a 
 very lame and imperfect logic, they drove themselves almost as 
 wrecks on the barren rocks of scepticism. The oneness of the 
 Godhead was their prime assertion. That truth was for all men, 
 and was the sublime end whereto philosophy should lead men, 
 was another. But, to solve the great problem of God's universe, 
 and of man, greater than the universe, they skilled not. They 
 put these questions however into the very shape in which we 
 find them now proposed by the greatest spirits of these times. 
 From Parmenides, Plato himself borrowed much, and to good 
 purpose. 
 
 FILECAMPA'NE, s. in Botany, a plant belonging to the class 
 of the star-worts. It is used in pharmacy, and especially com- 
 mended by the old herbalists, for very many superlative qualities. 
 
 To ELE'CT, V. a. [e and lego, Lat.] to choose a person for the 
 discharge of some post or office ; to take in preference of others. 
 
 ELE'CT, a. chosen ; taken by preference from other things ; 
 proposed as objects of choice; chosen to supply an office or 
 place, but not yet in possession. In some theological schemes, 
 the objects of Divine favour, exercised in choosing them to eter- 
 nal life. 
 
 ELE'CTION, s. the act of choosing a person from other com- 
 petitors, to discharge any office or employ; choice. Figurative- 
 ly, the power of choosing ; the privilege of electing a person to 
 discharge an employ ; the ceremony of a public choosing of a 
 representative for parliament, or of a person to discharge an 
 employ. In Theology, a doctrine based on certain logical deduc- 
 tions from the admitted fact of the power of God, and on some 
 phrases and passages of the New Testament, to the effect that 
 certain human beings have been eternally, and immutably, and 
 irrespectively of all circumstances, chosen by God to the re- 
 demption of Jesus Christ. This is held rigidly with all conse- 
 quences by true Calvinists, utterly rejected by Rationalists, 
 misinterpreted by Arminians, and paltered with by a large class 
 calling themselves Modern Calvinists. Rid of all deductions, it 
 is one aspect of a great truth, which is revealed in conscience 
 and in Scripture, that men may find and keep the very way of life, 
 and not for them to argue about, and turn into a mere dogma, or 
 use as a weapon of ecclesiastical warfare. 
 
 ELE'CTIVE, a. exerting the power of choice ; regularly he- 
 stowed, or conferred by free choice, or votes. Elective affinities, 
 in Chemistry, a technicality based on a theory, now exploded, 
 but which presumed that there were in cases of decomposition 
 and recombination a stronger attraction observed towards one 
 substance than another. 
 
 ELE'CTIVELY, ad, by choice ; with preference of one to an- 
 other. 
 
 ELE'CTOR, s. one who has a vole in the choice of an 
 
ELE 
 
 officer ; a prince who had a vote in the choice of the emperor of 
 Germany. 
 
 ELE'CTORAL, a. having the title, dignity, and privilege of 
 an elector. 
 
 ELE'CTORATE, s. the territory, dominion, or government of 
 an elector. 
 
 ELE'CTRIC, s. a substance that is capable of producing elec- 
 trical phenomena by friction, as glass, sealing-wax, brown 
 paper, &c.— a. the same as electrical. See Telegraph. 
 
 ELE'CTRICAL, a. belonging to electricity. Electrical ma- 
 chine, an instrument made for the purpose of accumulating elec- 
 tricity, in order to perform experiments exhibiting its nature and 
 laws. There are two kinds of machines ; in each of them by 
 rapid friction on a glass surface with a rubber connected with 
 the earth the electricity is accumulated, and by means of a se- 
 ries of pointed wires placed nearly in contact with the glass, it 
 is transferred to a globe or cylinder with rounded ends, mount- 
 ed on a glass pillar so as to be, electrically, out of connexion 
 with the earth ; where it can be employed in charging jars, and 
 any other way. One kind is called a cylinder machine, because 
 the glass surface used is a cylinder of glass, which is turned on 
 its axis by means of a winch ; the other is called the plate ma- 
 chine, because in it a circular plate of glass, revolving round its 
 centre, by means of a winch as before, is used. Electrictil jar, is 
 a vessel of glass coated for about two-thirds of the way up the 
 sides with tinfoil or steel filings, within which electricity may 
 be accumulated so much in excess, that the release of it by con- 
 necting the inner coated surface with the outer is accompanied 
 by phenomena and effects resembling, on a small scale, those 
 of the thunder-storm. A battery is a collection of such jars, so 
 arranged that the effects shall be increased in intensity in pro- 
 portion to the number of them. 
 
 ELECTRI'CITY, s. [electron, Gr.] in Natural Philosophy, the 
 most subtle and potent agent in the universe ; represented by 
 earlier writers as two distinct kinds of fluid, named according as 
 they were accumulated by the friction of glass, or of wax and 
 similar substances, vitreous and resinous electricity, which were 
 mutually repellent, &c. ; afterwards, as a fluid existing every where 
 in a normal state, but v?hich could be accumulated in one place, 
 then said to be ^osiViWy electrified, and lessened in another, then 
 said to be negatively electrified, and substances in the same con- 
 dition of positive or negative electricity repelled each other, 
 whilst substances would mutually attract each other if one was 
 negative and the other positive ; this second hypothesis was best 
 able to explain the wide range of varied but common phenomena. 
 In the progress of experiment, however, the identity of electricity 
 with the so-called galvanic fluid, and afterwards with the mag- 
 netic influence, was proved beyond a doubt, all the phenomena 
 of each being exhibited by the others, a wider and more philo- 
 sophical theory was required, one which would bring it under 
 the grasp of mathematics ; and it is now stated to be a force ever 
 tending to equilibrium, and recent experiments and calculations 
 have almost identified this force with that which, called gravita- 
 tion, is the bond whereby this universe is kept together. Since 
 the discovery of the identity of these three wondrous agents, 
 magnetism, galvanism, and electricity, most experiments are con- 
 ducted by those machines or batteries which will be described 
 under Galvanism, as being more portable and more powerful. 
 The commonest phenomena of electricity are those of attraction 
 and repulsion, and the discharge in the form of.aspark.ora brush 
 of flame, varying as it takes place from a rounded surface, or from 
 a point. These may be varied in many, and some very beautiful, 
 ways. By means of the jars, combustibles are fired, metals 
 melted or deflagrated, a smart shock given to the nervous sys- 
 tem, and small animals blinded and even killed. Other pheno- 
 mena will be described under Galvanism. Thunder-storms, the 
 aurora borealis, the balls of fire seen on the mast-heads of ves- 
 sels, and many other natural phenomena, have been explained 
 by electrical experiments. Electricity is also the name given to 
 that branch of natural philosophy which investigates the nature 
 and laws of this force. 
 
 To ELE'CTRIFV, v. a. to communicate an excess of electricity 
 to a body. Figuratively, to startle by some confounding piece of 
 intelligence. 
 
 ELE'CTRO-CHE'MISTRY, s. that branch of electrical science 
 which treats of the chemical effects of electricity. 
 ELE'CTRODE, ». [electron and trodos, Gr.] the pole or end of 
 
 ELE 
 
 a galvanic circle, being a way through which electrical power is 
 exerted. 
 
 ELE'CTRO-DYNA'MICS, s. [electron and dunamai, Gr.] in 
 Natural Philosophy, that department of the science of electricity 
 which investigates the laws of electricity as displayed in mag- 
 netic currents and other similar phenomena. 
 
 ELE'CTROLYTE, s. [electron and luo, Gr.] in Electricity, a 
 body decomposable by electric action. 
 
 ELE'CTRO-MA'GNETISM, s. that branch of electricity which 
 treats of the phenomena common to it and to magnetism. 
 
 ELE'CTRO-META'LLURGY, s. [electron, metallon, and ergon, 
 Gr.] in Electricity, the science and practice of decomposing and 
 of recompounding metals by electric action. One of the most 
 useful applications of modern electrical science, by which me- 
 tallic moulds are made, copies of seals, medals, engravings, &c., 
 plating in silver and gold effected, &c. &c. 
 
 ELECTRO'METER, s. [electron and metreo, Gr.] in Electri- 
 city, an instrument to measure the amount of electric force ac- 
 cumulated on any surface or body. There are various forms, the 
 simplest being a pith ball at the end of a light slip of wood, 
 placed so as to move on the other end in a semicircle, which 
 shows the amount by the number of degrees it moves over. 
 Coulomb's torsion electrometer is the most beautiful and exact, 
 but is too delicate for common use. Others are made so as to 
 show the amount of electricity accumulated in a jar or battery, 
 and to discharge them when it arrives at a fixed quantity. 
 
 ELE'CTRO-MOTIVE, a. set in motion by electric action. 
 Such are certain clocks which have been made lately, and which 
 as the rate of electric motion is such that it would travel round 
 our globe in one-tenth of a second, can all be kept, however dis- 
 tant, if connected by wires as in the electric telegraph, so nearly 
 alike that the difference would be inappreciable. Electro-motive 
 engines for railways have been proposed. 
 
 ELE'CTRO-PLA'TING, s. &e Electro-metallurgy. 
 
 ELECTRO'PHORUS, s. [electron and phero, Gr.] in Electri- 
 city, an instrument consisting of a flat cake of resin, and a me- 
 tallic disc with a glass handle, by means of which free electricity 
 is produced in unlimited quantity, by the agency of a small 
 charge communicated to it by friction, or from a machine. 
 
 ELE'CTROSCOPE, s. [electron and skopeo, Gr.] in Electricity, 
 an instrument whereby the excess or defect of electricity on any 
 surface is signified to the experimenter. 
 
 ELE'CTRO-STA'TICS, s. [electron and Mdemi, Gr.] that de- 
 partment of electrical science which investigates the laws of elec- 
 trical equilibrium. 
 
 ELE'CTRO-TINT, s. a process by which from a design con- 
 structed on a metallic plate, with pigments of various qualities 
 and textures, a plate is cast by the electro-metallurgic plan, 
 whence impressions can be taken as from a wood-cut or copper- 
 plate. 
 
 ELE'CTRO-TYPE, s. [electron and tupos, Gr.] See Electro- 
 metallurgy. 
 
 ELE'CTUARY, s. [electuarium, Lat.] a medical composition 
 made to the consistence of a conserve. 
 
 ELEEMO'SYNARY, a. [eleemosune, Gr.] living upon alms; 
 given in charity. 
 
 E'LEGANCE, E'legancy, s. [elegantia, Lat.] beauty rather 
 soothing than striking ; beauty without grandeur ; the beauty of 
 propriety, not of greatness. 
 
 E'LEGANT, a. pleasing, or causing pleasure by meaner beau- 
 ties ; neat ; nice. Synon. Genteel implies something aspiring to 
 be above the common run ; elegant means actually so. By a 
 house genteelly furnished, is understood one containing furniture 
 which seems to be fitted for one belonging to a wealthier and 
 more tasteful person than the occupier; by e%a»% furnished, is 
 meant one furnished with good taste. 
 
 E'LEGANTLY, ad. in such a manner as to please by the 
 taste exhibited. 
 
 ELE'GIAC, a. [elegeia, Gr.] used in elegies ; mournful ; sor- 
 rowful. 
 
 E'LEGY, s. a poem written on some mournful subject ; a poem 
 on any subject written in a simple plaintive style, without any 
 points or turns; a funeral song. It was not such in classic 
 times. 
 
 E'LEMENT, s. [ekmentum, Lat.] the first or constituent 
 principle to which any thing is resolved, and which will not ad- 
 rait of any further resolution. Anciently, fire, air, earth, and 
 
 311 
 
ELE 
 
 water were called elements. Figuratively, the letters of any lan- 
 guage; the lowest or first rudiments or grounds of any art or 
 science. In Ecclesiastical matters, the bread and wine used in 
 the eucharist. 
 
 To E'LEMENT, v. a. to compound of elements. 
 
 ELEME'NTAL, a. composed of, or produced by, some of the 
 elements ; arising from some first principle. 
 
 ELEMENTA'RITY, s. the simplicity of nature, or absence of 
 composition ; the state of being uncompounded. 
 
 ELEME'NTARY, o. uncompounded; simple; without mix- 
 ture ; having only one principle or element for its essence. 
 
 E'LEMI, s. a drug, improperly called gum Elemi, being a resin. 
 The genuine Elemi is brought from ^Ethiopia. The American 
 Elemi, almost the only kind known, proceeds from a tall tree. 
 
 ELE'NCH, s. [elenchus, Lat.] an argument in opposition to 
 another ; a sophism. 
 
 E'LEPHANT, s. [elephas, Lat.] in Natural History, the name 
 of a genus of quadrupeds, of which two species alone are now 
 living, the Asiatic and the African. Their peculiar form is well 
 known, as is their astonishing sagacity and intelligence. The 
 relic of some fossil species have been found, and one in Siberia, 
 in an ice-field, whose flesh and hairy and woolly coverings were 
 preserved. 
 
 ELEPHA'NTA, or Gali Poum, a small island on the W. coast 
 of Hindustan, about five miles from Bombay, which contains 
 one of the most astonishing antiquities in the world. The 
 figure of an elephant, of the natural size, cut coarsely in black 
 stone, appears in an open plain, near the landing-place, from 
 which an easy slope leads to a stupendous subterranean temple, 
 hewn out of the solid rock, 80 or 90 feet long, and 40 broad. 
 The roof, which is cut flat, is supported by regular rows of pillars 
 about 10 feet high, with capitals resembling round cushions, 
 and at the farther end of it are three gigantic figures, mutilated 
 by the absurd zeal of the Portuguese, when this island was in 
 their possession. The style of this temple-cavern very much re- 
 sembles that of the oldest Egyptian temples. 
 
 ELEPHANTI'ASIS, s. [Lat.] in Medicine, a species of leprosy, 
 so called from covering the skin with incrustations, like those 
 on the hide of an elephant. 
 
 ELEPHA'NTINE, a. [elephantinus, Lat.] appertaining or be- 
 longing to an elephant ; partaking of the qualities of an elephant ; 
 likewise a title given to certain books among the Romans, which 
 contained an account of the actions of emperors, and the laws 
 made by the senate ; supposed to be so called either from their 
 vast size, or their being composed of ivory. 
 
 To E'LEVATE, v. a. [_elevo, Lat.] to raise aloft, on high, or at 
 a distance from the ground ; to exalt or dignify ; to raise the 
 mind with great and sublime ideas ; to elate. 
 
 E'LEVATED, part, or a. raised or situated on high. 
 
 ELEVA'TION, s. the act of raising on high. Exaltation, ap- 
 plied to dignity or preferment. In Astronomy and Geography, 
 the height of any object above the horizon. In Architecture, a 
 draught of the principal side or face of a building, called its 
 upright. In Perspective, a draught or representation of the whole 
 body of a building. In Gunnery, the angle which the chase of 
 a piece of ordnance, or the axis of its hollow cylinder, makes 
 with the plane of the horizon. 
 
 ELEVA'TOR, s. [Lat.] a raiser or lifter up. 
 
 ELE'VE, s. a term purely French, but naturalized in our lan- 
 guage, and signifies a disciple or scholar bred up under any 
 one. 
 
 ELE'VEN, a. [eendlefen. Sax.] one more than ten ; twice five 
 and one added. 
 
 ELE'VENTH, a. [cendlefta. Sax.] an ordinal, expressing the 
 next in order beyond the tenth. 
 
 ELEU'SIS, a town of Attica, in Ancient Greece, with a har- 
 bour on the Gulf of Salamis. It was celebrated for mysteries, or 
 a sacred society, formed here, and holding festivals in honour of 
 Demeter or Ceres. The initiation into this society was conduct- 
 ed at the time of the annual festival, with great pomp and so- 
 lemnity. The purport of the whole has been variously stated by 
 dift'erent writers ; the most feasible theory being that it was a 
 distinct declaration of some of the simpler principles of natural 
 religion ; the pomp and show being used to mislead idle curiosi- 
 ty, and to attract such as found in mere ceremonial Polytheism, 
 or in vague philosophy, no contentment for their souls. The 
 ecclesiastics of the (so-called) Catholic Church, borrowed largely 
 
 ELI 
 
 from the Eleusinian mysteries in their improvements on apostolic 
 Christianity. 
 
 ELF, s. plural elves; [Brit.] a wandering spirit, frequenting 
 solitary places; a fairy, an evil spirit or devil. 
 
 E'LFIN, a. relating to fairies; belonging to elves. "That 
 elfin knight," Sjjen. 
 
 E'LFLOCK, s. knots of hair twisted by elves. 
 
 E'LGIN, a shire of Scotland, known by the name oi Moray, or 
 Murray, also, lying on Murray Firth, and bounded by the shires 
 of Banff, Nairn, and Inverness, which last runs up so far in- 
 to Elgin as to divide it into two portions. It is altogether 
 about 30 miles in length and 10 in breadth ; but at the sea 
 it is considerably broader. The inland part is mountainous, 
 some points being about 4000 feet in height. The Spey is its 
 largest river, and forms its E. boundary; it has also the Find- 
 horn and the Lossie. There are some lakes, but not of any great 
 extent. Building-stone abounds, and some kinds of limestone. 
 This county is well wooded, and has some wide heaths or moors, 
 some of which supply plenty of peat for fuel. Nearer the sea, 
 where the surface is more level, some attention has been paid to 
 agriculture. Its fisheries of salmon, &c. in the rivers, and its 
 sea-fisheries, are valuable. It grazes some few sheep and cattle. 
 In addition to these productions raw spirits are a staple article of 
 trade. Population, 3.5,012. It joins Nairn in sending a repre- 
 sentative to parliament. Elgin, its county town, stands on the 
 Lossie, 5 miles from its mouth. It has many ruins of its former 
 grandeur, and it has also some handsome modern buildings. 
 During the last 50 years it has wonderfully increased in import- 
 ance. It is 120 miles from Edinburgh. Pop. 6083; It is asso- 
 ciated with some neighbouring towns in returning one represent- 
 ative to parliament. 
 
 E'LGIN SALOON, in the British Museum, is a large and 
 lofty apartment, in which is arranged a collection of Greek sculp- 
 tures, almost all of which were brought from Athens. The 
 greater part of the Panathenaic frieze, that ran round the Par- 
 thenon in the Acropolis, some of the metopes, some grand sta- 
 tues from the pediment, and many other marbles from other 
 sources, such as the stone containing the Boustrophedon in- 
 scription from Sigaeum, and the monumental inscription to the 
 Athenians who fell at Potidfea, are gathered together here, 
 forming a very valuable study for those interested in such relics, 
 or in the beautiful city whence they were taken. The Theseus, 
 and the head of one of the Horses of Night, are magnificent 
 works, worthy of Phidias, to whom they are attributed. 
 
 E'LHAM, Kent. It is situated on the lesser Stour, nearly 
 between Wye and Hythe. It is 67 miles from London. Market, 
 Monday. Pop. 1291. 
 
 To ELrCIT, V. a. [elicio, Lat.] to strike, find out, or discover 
 by dint of labour and art. 
 
 ELI'CIT, a. brought from a state of bare possibility to that of 
 real existence ; brought into act ; internally acted ; exerted by 
 the will. 
 
 To ELI'DE, V. a. [elido, Lat.] to cut in pieces. 
 
 ELIGIBI'LITY, s. worthiness of being chosen. 
 
 E'LIGIBLE, a. [eligo, Lat.] fit to be chosen ; worthy of 
 choice ; preferable ; possessing all those qualities and excel- 
 lences, which are sufhcient to set a thing above others, and re- 
 commend it. 
 
 E'LIGIBLENESS, «. worthiness to be chosen; preferable- 
 ness. 
 
 ELIMINA'TION, s. [a and limen, Lat.] banishment ; rejection. 
 
 E'LIOT, JOHN, best known as the apostle to the Indians, 
 was one of the noble band who sought freedom from restrictions 
 on conscience in the wilds of New England. After many years' 
 labours at Roxbury, he undertook to teach the Indians, and 
 successfully contended with the difficulties of the language, and 
 the greater difficulties he met with in the deeply-rooted habits 
 of savage life. He was a noble man, and has left us an example 
 both of personal character and of devoted work such as it were 
 well to give heed to. He died in 1690, aged 86 years. 
 
 E'LIOT, SIR JOHN, one of the patriot leaders in the early 
 parliamentary conflict of Charles I. He was appointed one to 
 conduct the impeachment of the Duke of Buckingham ; attack- 
 ed Laud, and opposed the proceedings of the king an'd his infa- 
 tuated advisers with all earnestness. At length Charles impri- 
 soned him, and had him heavily mulcted on his trial. He could 
 not pay; and after lingering three years in confinement, ex- 
 
ELL 
 
 periencing hard measure from the minions of the arbitrary mon- 
 arch, he died in 1()32, aged 48 years. 
 
 E'LIOTT, GENERAL GEORGE, afterwards Lord Heath- 
 field, the British commander wh.i defended Gibraltar against the 
 fleets of Spain and France, during the pre-revolutionary war in 
 Europe. He had distinguished himself in other services before 
 that time. He died in 1790, aged 72 years. 
 
 ELIQUATION, s. in Metallurgy, an operation whereby one 
 substance is separated from another by fusion. It consists in 
 giving the mass a degree of heat that will make the more fusi- 
 ble matter flow, and not the other. 
 
 E'LIS, a state of ancient Greece, in tbe Peloponnesus, lying 
 on the Ionian Sea, and bounded by Achaia, Arcadia, and Mes- 
 senia. Elis, its capital, was the place where the Olympic games 
 were held ; it stood beside the Peneus, and its outlines can be 
 traced still. The famous chryselephantine statue of Olympian 
 Jove, by Phidias, was here. See Games, Olympic. 
 
 ELI'SION, s. lelido, Lat.] in Grammar, the cutting off a vowel 
 or syllable in a word, as in " th' attempt," where e is cut off, be- 
 cause coming before a vowel. This is called synalsepha, fre- 
 quently practised in English poetry, and always observed in 
 Latin verse. A division, cutting, dividing, attenuation, or a 
 separation of parts. 
 
 ELIXA'TION, s. lelixo, Lat.] in Pharmacy, the extracting the 
 virtues of ingredients by boiling or stewing. 
 
 ELI'XIR, s. [Arab.] a Medicine made by strong infusion, 
 where the ingredients are almost dissolved in the menstruum, 
 and give it a thicker consistence than a tincture ; the extract or 
 quintessence of any thing ; any cordial or invigorating fluid or 
 substance. 
 
 ELPZABETH, queen of England, and successor to Mary L 
 She was daughter of Henry VIH. and Anna Boleyn, and was 
 brought up in the Protestant religion. Her accession was 
 hailed by the Protestants, and especially by the Puritan section, 
 with most unfeigned joy; and she countenanced them as much 
 from policy, for the security of her throne, as from the prefer- 
 ence she felt for their principles. The Church of England was 
 finally established in her reign, and laws against Romanists and 
 Dissidents severely enforced. She furthered the doctrines of 
 the Reformation ..n the Netherlands, where Philip H. was to 
 be opposed ; in France, where no very friendly feeling to her was 
 entertained by the government; and in Scotland, where the 
 queen, the beautiful and unfortunate Mary, was a dangerous 
 rival to her throne and person. Against Mary she at length 
 waged war, took her prisoner, and after a long and wearing 
 captivity, contrived her death. The king of Spain despatched 
 against her his famous Armada, which by storms, and by the 
 courage of the British admirals, was utterly dispersed. She ruled 
 with absolute sway, yet chose wise and grave counsellors. How- 
 beit, even in her reign, men began to feel here and there the 
 stirrings of a spirit not of submission to mere royalty. Elizabeth 
 never married, though she had many suitors; some from the 
 greatest thrones in Europe. She pleased herself with favourites ; 
 such as the Earl of Leicester, whose handsome person made her 
 forget the emptiness of his head and the blackness of his heart ; 
 and after his death, the Earl of Essex, whose generosity merited 
 abetter end than his own rashness and his false friends brought 
 him to. The persecutions of this reign, being directed against 
 Romanists, and apinst men who had no influence in the state, 
 have not been fairly recorded ; they were ifs numerous and as 
 bloody as those of the preceding reign. For all that, Elizabeth 
 realized more the idea of a hero, as king, than any other crown- 
 ed sovereign, before or since ; and the popular feeling has hand- 
 ed down a sort of proverbial tradition of those golden days ; for 
 her vigorous and prosperous government, by the spread of trade, 
 diffused plenty through the land, in spite of heavy monopolies 
 and most arbitrary rule. Nor was this reign less distinguished 
 for other great men. It was the aera of Shakspeare, Spencer, 
 and Sydney ; and Francis Bacon was fast rising to his immor- 
 tality : Raleigh also, and Ascham, and the judicious Hooker, 
 flourished now. Elizabeth died in 1G03, aged 70 years; having 
 reigned 45 years. 
 
 ELK, s. laic, Sax.] in Natural History, an animal of the deer 
 kind, with the horns palmated, and without a stem. It is a na- 
 tive of the northern parts of Europe; and is a large and strong 
 animal, being equal in size to a horse, but much less beautiful. 
 
 ELL, «. [ein, Sax.] a measure of length, varying in diflerent 
 
 ELU 
 
 countries; but those mostly used in England are the English 
 and Flemish ells ; the former of which is 3 feet 9 inches, or one 
 yard and a quarter ; the latter only 27 inches, or three quarters 
 of a yard ; in France, one yard and a half; and in Scotland, 37 
 two-tenths English inches. 
 
 E'LLESMERE, Shropshire. It is situated on a large mere, 
 famous for fish, in a small but fertile district of the same name. 
 It is 176 miles from London. Market, Tuesday. Pop. 7080. 
 
 ELLFPSIS, Ellei'psis, s. [elleipsis, Gr.] in Grammar, or .Rhe- 
 toric, a figure by which something left out in a sentence is to be 
 suppHed by the reader or hearer. In Geometry, a regular con- 
 tinued curve line, vulgarly called an oval. It is distinguished 
 by this peculiarity, that the sum of the two lines drawn from any 
 point of its periphery to the two foci is always the same. 
 
 ELLI'PTIC, Elli'ptical, a. having the form of an ellipsis; of 
 an oval form. 
 
 ELM, s. [elm. Sax.] in Botany, a well-known tree, a native of 
 this country, whose wood is much used for common furniture, 
 and posts and gates, or where it is not exposed to changes from 
 wet to dry, or dry to wet. 
 
 ELOCU'TION, s. [elocutio, Lat.] the power of expressing one's 
 ideas with fluency of speech ; eloquence ; the power of expres- 
 sion or diction; the choosing and adapting words and sentences 
 to the things or sentiments to be expressed. 
 
 ELOHI, ELOi,or Elohim, [Heb.] one of the names of God in , 
 Scripture ; but sometimes apulied to princes, angels, and even 
 false gods, and then used in the plural. 
 
 To ELO'NGATE, v. a. \longns, Lat.] to stretch ; to lengthen 
 or draw out, applied to the surface or dimensions of a thing.— 
 V. n. to go farther off from a thing or place. 
 
 ELONGA'TION, s. the act of stretching or lengthening; the 
 state of a thing stretched. In Astronomy, the digression or re- 
 cess of a planet from the sun, with respect to an eje placed on 
 the earth. Also, distance ; departure; removal. 
 
 To ELO'PE, V. a. [loopen, Belg.] to run away ; to break loose ; 
 to escape from law or restraint. In Law, to quit or leave a 
 husband. • 
 
 ELO'PEMENT, s. departure, or withdrawing from just re- 
 straint or lawful power. In Law, the voluntarj' departure of a 
 wife from a husband. 
 
 E'LOQUENCE, s. [eloqmr, Lat.] the art of speaking with 
 elegance, so as to move the affections; the power of speaking 
 with fluency; a figured and elegant style or diction, adapted to 
 warm the imagination and move the passions. 
 
 E'LOQUEN r, 0. having the power of speaking with elegance, 
 fluency, and in such a manner as to move the passions. 
 
 E'LPHINSTON, LORD BALMERINO, one of the Jacobite 
 lords executed after the battle of Culloden. He had been en- 
 gaged in the battle of Sherift-muir, and lived for a time in France. 
 He afterwards returned to Scotland, and was one of the first who 
 joined the Pretender's standard. He was beheaded in 174G, 
 aged 58 years. 
 
 ELSE, pron. [elles, ^ax.] other; one besides that which is 
 mentioned. 
 
 ELSE, ad. otherwise ; excepting the person or place mentioned. 
 
 E'LSEWHERE, ad. in some other place, in any other place. 
 
 E'LSINORE, a sea-port town of Denmark, seatecl on the Sound, 
 in the island of Zealand. Many foreign merchants, and the con- 
 suls of the principal nations which trade to the Baltic, reside 
 here. It has a considerable trade, and is a place of great import- 
 ance. Vessels passing through the Sound nay a toll to the king of 
 Denmark, which, with those of the two Belts, supply an annual 
 revenue of above £100,000; and, in return, he takes the charge 
 of constructing light-houses, and erecting signals, to mark the 
 shoals and rocks, from theCattegat to the entrance into the Bal- 
 tic. Population.under 20,000. Lat. 56. 2. N. Long. 12. 37. E. 
 
 E'LVAS, a city of Alentejo, Portugal ; containing, besides 
 the cathedral, three parish churches, two hospitals, and seven 
 convents, with an academy founded in 1733. Here is a cistern 
 so large, that it will hold water enough to supply the town for 
 six months. It is brought by an aqueduct three miles in length. 
 Elvas is seated near the river Guadiana, 112 miles from Lisbon. 
 Population, about 15,000. 
 
 To ELU'CIDATE, v. a. [elucido, Lat.] to cast light upon a 
 difficult or intricate subject ; to clear ; to make clear. 
 
 ELUCIDA'TION, s. the act of rendering difticult subjects 
 plain ; an explanation. 
 
 2 s ^ 313 
 
EMB 
 
 ELUCIDATOR, «. a person who explains difficulties ; a com- 
 mentator. 
 
 ToELU'DE, V. a. [ehido, Lat.] to escape by stratagem; to 
 avoid any mischief or danger by artifice ; to mock or disappoint 
 the expectation by any unforeseen escape. 
 
 ELU'DIBLE, a. possible to escape by artifice ; possible to be 
 defeated or disappointed. 
 
 ELU'SION, s. an artifice which is concealed from the know- 
 ledge of another; a fraud. 
 
 ELU'SIVE, a. using artifice to escape or avoid. 
 
 ELU'SORY, a. fraudulent. 
 
 To ELU'TE, V. a. [elm, Lat.] to wash off. 
 
 To ELU'TRIATE, v. a. [elutrio, Lat.] to strain off. 
 
 ELUTRIA'TION, s. in Chemistry, the operation of pulveriz- 
 ing metallic ores or other substances, and then mixing them with 
 water, so that the higher parts which are capable of suspension 
 may be poured off, and thus separated from the grosser particles. 
 Most of the metallic substances which are reduced to an impal- 
 pable powder are prepared by this process. 
 
 ELWES, JOHN, one of the miserable beings whose names are 
 preserved to us from the fact of their having been misers. Every 
 species of despicable, degrading meanness this man resorted to, 
 for the sake of saving money. He was rewarded by being elect- 
 ed member for Berkshire ; and by leaving behind him half a mil- 
 lion of pounds sterling, beside his estates. He died in 1789. 
 
 E'LY, Cambridgeshire. It has but one good street, well paved, 
 the rest being unpaved, and miserably dirty. The minster is a 
 fine building, and has a stately tower, which can be seen at a 
 great distance. The bishops have all the rights of Counts Pala- 
 tine, which also they had through the whole Isle of Ely, till the 
 reign of Henry VHI. Ely is completely subordinate to the bishop 
 in Its civil government, and is the only city in England unrepre- 
 sented in parliament. It has become a central railway station, 
 which may be expected to- rub off a little of its mediaeval rust 
 soon. It is seated on a rising ground, near the river Ouse and 
 other streams, the former of which is navigable to Lynn, and by 
 which it carries on a pretty good trade. It is CG "miles from 
 London. Market, Saturday. Pop. 6825. 
 
 ELY'SIAN, {ely'zhian) a. [elysium, Lat.] pertaining to elysium ; 
 pleasant ; deliciously soothing ; exceedingly delightful. 
 
 ELY'SIUM, (ely'sium) s. [Lat.] in the Ancient Mythology, a 
 place in the lower world, furnished with pleasant fields, and sup- 
 posed to be the receptacle for the happy souls of the departed. 
 
 E'LZEVIRS, the name of a family oi printers in various places 
 of Holland, whose typography and care in printing have given 
 them a name in the world. They flourished from 1590 to 1680. 
 Their edition of the Greek Testament, 1624, has been taken as 
 the Textus Receptus, to which all subsequent variations, &c. have 
 been adapted. 
 
 To EMA'CIATE, (cmdshiafe) v. a. [emacio, Lat.] to make a 
 thing waste, or grow lean. — v. n. to grow lean ; to waste away. 
 
 EMACIA'TION, s. the act of making lean ; the state of a per- 
 son growing lean, wasted away, or in a consumption. 
 
 EMACULA'TION, s. [emaculo, Lat.] the act of freeing any 
 thing from spots or foulness. 
 
 E'MANANT, a. [e and mano, Lat.] issuing or flowing from 
 something else. 
 
 To E'MANATE, v. n. to issue or flow from something else. 
 
 EMANATION, s. the act of proceeding or flowing from some- 
 thing else ; that which flows from any substance like effluvia. 
 
 E'MANATIVE, a. issuing or flowing from. 
 
 To EMA'NCIPATE, v. a. [e and mancipium, Lat.] to set free 
 from slavery of any sort ; to restore to liberty. 
 
 EMANCIPATION, s. the act of setting free, delivershice from 
 slaveiy. 
 
 To EMA'RGINATE, v. a. [margo, Lat.] to take away the 
 margin or edge of a thing. 
 
 To EMA'SCULATE, v. a. [e and tnas, Lat.] to render soft, 
 effeminate, or womanish. 
 
 EMASCULATION, s. effeminacy ; a soft and luxurious habit. 
 
 To EMBA'LM, v. a. [embaumer, Fr.] to impregnate a dead 
 body with gums and spices to prevent its putrefying. 
 
 EMBA'LMER, s. one who preserves the bodies of the dead in 
 such a manner as to prevent their putrefying. 
 
 EMBA'LMING, s. the preparing the bodies of the dead so as 
 to prevent theirputrefaction. 
 
 EMBA'NKMENT, «. a continuous mound so constructed, that 
 314 
 
 EMB 
 
 it shall not lose its form by the weight of its own materials, nor 
 there suffer displacement, if a road run along the top of it, or if 
 it be designed to keep the waters of a stream to a particular 
 course. The greater part of Holland depends for its existence on 
 the strength of its embankments; and many parts of this coun- 
 try near the coast, or near our great rivers, the same. 
 
 To EMBA'R, ti. a. to shut, enclose, stop, or block up. 
 
 EMBA'RGO, s. [Span.] a prohibition or restraint laid upon 
 vessels by a sovereign, whereby they are prevented from going 
 out of, or from entering into, a port, for a certain time. 
 
 To EMBA'RK, v. a. [embarquer, Fr.] to put on board or into a 
 ship. Figuratively, to engage another in any affair. — v. n, to go 
 on ship-board. Figuratively, to engage as a party in an affair. 
 
 EMBARKATION, s. the act of putting or going on board a 
 ship. 
 
 To EMBA'RRASS, v. a. [embarrasscr, Fr.] to perplex or con- 
 found a person with an affair of difficulty and trouble. 
 
 EMBA'RRASSMEN T, s. perplexity or confusion, arising from 
 some difficult affair, subject, or undertaking. 
 
 To EMBA'SE, v. a. to deprave, or lessen the worth or quality 
 of a thing; to degrade or viUfy. 
 
 E'MBASSAGE, E'mbassy, s. a mission of a person from one 
 prince to another, in order to treat of affairs relating to their re- 
 spective states. Figuratively, any solemn message; an errand 
 or message, in an ironical sense. 
 
 To EMBA'TTLE, v. a. to range in battle-array. 
 
 To EMBA'Y, V. a. [from bay,'\ to enclose in a bay or port ; to 
 bathe ; to wet. 
 
 E'MBDEN, a large, strong, commercial town of Hanover, with 
 a good harbour. It is divided into three parts, the Old and New 
 Town, and the two suburbs. Embden is seated near the mouth 
 of the river Embs, and carries on an astonishing trade by means 
 of its fisheries, and through its easy communication with the in- 
 terior of the country. Its cheese is celebrated. It has too some 
 considerable manufactures. Population, about 15,000. Lat. 53. 
 22. N. Long.7. 11. E. 
 
 To EMBE'LLISH, v. a. [embeUir, Fr.] to adorn ; to beautify ; 
 to grace or set out with ornaments. 
 
 EMBE'LLISHMENT, s. ornament ; any thing which gives a 
 grace to the person or mind. 
 
 E'MBERS, (emberz) s. plural ; not used in the singular; [<emy- 
 ria, Sax.] wood or coals half burnt, and not extinguished; ashes 
 which retain fire, though not visible on their surface. 
 
 E'MBER-WEEK, s. [probably from ym6re», Sax.] the time set 
 apart by the church for public ordinations, at the four seasons 
 of the year, wherein some emtcr-day falls, vk. the Wednesday, 
 Friday, and Saturday, after the first Sunday in Lent ; the feast 
 of Pentecost ; September 14th, and December 13th. The ember- 
 days were seasons of periodical fasting and prayer for the kindly 
 fruits of the earth, that in due time men might enjoy them. 
 
 To EMBE'ZZLE, ». a. [perhaps derived from a corrupt pro- 
 nunciation oiimbecil, Fr.] to turn to one's own use what belongs 
 to, and is intrusted by, another. Figuratively, to waste ; to 
 consume in riot ; to squander. 
 
 EMBE'ZZLEMENT, s. the act of making use of what be- 
 longs to, and is intrusted by, another. Figuratively, the thing 
 dishonestly made use of. 
 
 To EMBLA'ZE, v. n. [blasonner, Fr.] to adorn with glittering 
 ornaments. In Heraldry, to blazon or paint a coat of armour. 
 
 To EMBLA'ZON, v. a. [blasonner, Fr.] to adorn with bearings 
 in heraldry. Figuratively, to deck in gaudy colours ; to display 
 with pomp and ostentation. 
 
 EMBLA'ZONRY, s. pictures upon shields. 
 
 E'MBLEM, s. [emblema, Gr."] inlay; any thing inserted in an- 
 other; an hieroglyphical device or picture, representing some 
 history or moral instruction. 
 
 EMBLEMATIC, Emblema'tical, a. containing an emblem, 
 or conveying some truth under an hieroglyphical or pictural 
 description. 
 
 EMBLEMATICALLY, ad. after the form 9f an emblem, 
 riddle, or hieroglyphic ; in a figurative or allegorical manner. 
 
 EMBLE'MATIST, «. a writer or maker of emblems,. 
 
 E'MBOLISM, s. [embolismos, Gr.] in Chronology, the addition 
 of a certain number of days to make the lunar year, which is 
 but 354 days, equal to the solar, which is 365. 
 
 E'MBOLOS, s. [emballo, Gr.] the movable part of a pump or 
 syringe, named likewise the piston, and by the vulgar the sucker. 
 
EME 
 
 To EMBO'SS, V. a. [bnsse, Fr.] to form into knobs, protuber- 
 ances, or unevennesses of surface. Figuratively, to adorn with 
 embroidery or other raised work ; to enclose ; to cover. In 
 Carving, to form in relievo. In Hunting, to enclose in a thicket, 
 from emboscare, Ital. 
 
 EMBO'SSMENT, s. any thing jutting or standing out. In 
 Carving, relievo, or figures which stand out beyond the ground, 
 and swell to the sight. 
 
 To EMBO'TTLE, v. a. to enclose in a bottle ; to bottle. 
 
 To EMBOWEL, (the ow is pronounced as in noiv,) v. a. to take 
 out the bowels or entrails of any creature. 
 
 To EMBRA'CE, v. a. [embrasser, Fr.] to hold or clasp fondly 
 in the arms. Figuratively, to seize on eagerly ; to make use of, 
 and accept willingly. To admit ; to receive, or assent to, as 
 truth, applied to the mind. 
 
 EMBRA'CE, s. a fond clasp or hug. 
 
 EMBRA'CEMENT, «. the act of encircling and fondly press- 
 ing a person with one's arms. Figuratively, the state of a thing 
 contained or encompassed by another. 
 
 EMBRA'CER, s. the persoD who clasps another fondly within 
 his arms. 
 
 EMBRA'SURE, {embrdzure) s. [Fr.] in Fortification, the hole 
 or aperture through which cannon are pointed, either in case- 
 ments, batteries, or in the parapets of walls. In Architecture, the 
 enlargement made of the aperture of a door or window, on the 
 inside of the wall : its use being to give the greater play for the 
 opening of the door or casement, to admit the more light. 
 
 To EMBROCATE, v. a. {_embrecho, Gr.] to rub any diseased 
 part with medical liquors. 
 
 EMBROCATION, s. in Medicine, the act of rubbing any dis- 
 eased part with medical liquor ; the lotion with which any dis- 
 eased part is rubbed. 
 
 To EMBROl'DER, v. a. [broder, Fr.] to border with ornaments ; 
 to adorn silk, velvet, or other stuff with ornaments wrought 
 with a needle, either in gold, silver, silk, or thread of the same 
 colour. 
 
 EMBROI'DERER, s. one who works a thing with flowers, or 
 other ornaments of raised needle-work. 
 
 EMBROI'DERY, s. the enriching with figures wrought with 
 the needle ; figures raised or wrought on a ground with a needle. 
 Figuratively, the different figures which adorn the fields in 
 summer. 
 
 To EMBROFL, v. a. IbrouiUer, Fr.] to disturb ; to set persons 
 at variance ; to excite quarrels ; to involve in confusion and 
 trouble by civil discord and commotion. 
 
 E'MBRYO, E'mbryon, s. [e» and 6r«o, Gr.] the first rudiments 
 of an animal which is not come to its state of perfection. In 
 Botany, the grain or seed of a plant ; or the germ or first sprout 
 appearing out of the seed. Figuratively, the state of a thing 
 not finished or come to maturity. 
 
 EME'NDABLE, a. [emendo, Lat.] capable of being made bet- 
 ter by change or alteration. 
 
 EMENDA'TION, s. the act of making a thing better by alter- 
 ation, change, or correction ; an alteration made by the reading 
 of an author by a critic. 
 
 EMENDA'TOR, s. one who improves or renders a thing bet- 
 ter by alteration or correction ; a corrector. 
 
 E'MERALD, «. lemeraude, Fr.] in Mineralogy, a precious 
 stone, usually of a very bright and naturally polished surface, 
 always of a pure and beautiful green, without admixture of any 
 other colour, and of all the various shades, from the deepest to 
 the palest. It is composed of silicon, the base of flint ; alumi- 
 nium, the base of clay; and glucinium, a substance found only 
 in this mineral, and in the beryl, and in euclase. 
 
 To EME'RGE, v. n. [emerao, Lat.] to rise out of any thing 
 with which it is covered or depressed; to issue or proceed; to 
 rise from a state of obscurity, distress, or ignorance. 
 
 EME'RGENCE, Eme'rgency, s. the act of rising from any 
 thing which covers ; the act of rising from a state of obscurity 
 and distress ; any pressing necessity ; a sudden occasion ; an 
 unexpected incident. 
 
 KME'RGENT, part, rising from that which covers, conceals, 
 obscures, or depresses. Proceeding or issuing from, used with 
 from. Sudden, or pressing, joined to occasion. 
 
 E'MERODS, E'meroids, s. [corrupted from hemorrhoids,'] the 
 piles. 
 
 EME'RSION, «. [emersio, Lat.] in Physics, the rising of any 
 
 EMM 
 
 solid above the surface of a fluid, into which it is violently 
 thrust. In Astronomy, the reappearance of a star or planet from 
 behind the moon, after having been hid for some time. Applied 
 also to the moon or any satellite, when coming out of the shadow 
 of its primary. 
 
 E'MERSON, WILLIAM, an eminent English mathematician 
 of the last centuiy. He resided in a village of Durham, and at 
 first kept a school there. He was one of the numerous class of 
 men found in our country places, who have been led by some 
 circumstance to the cultivation of the sciences, for whom that 
 pursuit is every thing. Lacking the polish acquired by regular 
 learned culture, and not requiring in the circles they are known 
 in any thing beyond their undoubted skill and superiority to 
 others to commend them, and so, quaint and careless in dress 
 and manners, they rarely are known beyond their own narrow 
 district; and yet many have, by combined scientific acquire- 
 ment and inventive skill, powers that might fit them to advance 
 the empire of truest science, beyond what learned societies may 
 wot of. Emerson was known, by his valuable works on various 
 branches and applications of mathematical science, beyond his na- 
 tive village, and finds a place here specially because of the many 
 like him now living unknown. He died in 1782, aged 81 years. 
 
 E'MERY, s. [smyris, Lat. esmeril, Fr.] in Mineralogy, a species 
 of corundum, or adamantine spar, allied in its nature to the 
 amethyst and other precious stones, found in a granulated state, . 
 in various degrees of^ fineness. It occurs in large quantities in 
 the island of Jersey. It is employed by lapidaries, and by glass- 
 cutters, to cut glass, and to stopper bottles for chemical and 
 other purposes. It is also used for cleaning and polishing steel, 
 and for giving an edge to tools. See Corundum, &c. 
 
 EMETIC,*, [emeo, Gr.] a remedy which excites vomiting. 
 
 EME'TIC, Eme'tical, a. having the quality of provoking 
 vomits. 
 
 EMICATION, s. [emico, Lat.] sparkling; flying off in small 
 particles. 
 
 E'MIGRANT, s. [e and miirro, Lat.] a person who removes 
 from his own place or country into another. 
 
 To E'MIGRATE, v. n. to remove from one place to another. 
 
 EMIGRATION, Si the act of removing from one place or 
 country into another. 
 
 EMILIA'NUS, MARCUS JULIUS, one of the later Roman 
 emperors. He was by birth a Moor, and had entered the army 
 as a common soldier, but being a man of great personal courage, 
 rose rapidly in those troubled times. He was proclaimed after 
 the murder of Gallus, and after a reign of four months was him- 
 self murdered, in 2.53. 
 
 E'MINENCE, E'minency, «. [emineo, Lat.] loftiness; height 
 from the ground upwards ; the summit, or highest part of a thing. 
 Figuratively, exaltation ; preferment ; fame ; or the state of being 
 exposed to public view andnotice ; a supreme and superior degree. 
 
 E'MINENT, a. high, lofty, applied to situation. Figuratively, 
 exalted, preferred, or conspicuous on account of place, rank, or 
 merit. 
 
 E'MINENTLY, ad. conspicuously; in such a manner as to 
 attract notice; in a high degree. 
 
 E'MIR, Amee'r, s. [Arab.] a title of dignity or quality among 
 the Turks, attributed to such as are relations or descendants of 
 their great prophet Mahomet, and to such as sustain certain of- 
 fices. It is also given to the chiefs of some tribes and nations of 
 Arabic origin. 
 
 E'MISSARY, s. [e and mitto, Lat.] one sent out on private 
 messages ; a spy, or secret agent. In Anatomy, that which 
 emits or sends out ; the same as excretory. 
 
 EMI'SSION.s. the act of sending out; vent; the act of throw- 
 ing or drawing a thing, particularly a fluid, from within out- 
 wards ; the expulsion or ejection of the seed. 
 
 To EMIT, V. a. to drive outwards ; to dart; to send forth. In 
 Law, to issue out according to the form prescribed. 
 
 E'MLY, an Irish see, held in conjunction with those of Cashel, 
 Waterford, and Lismore. The town is in Tipperary, in Munster, 
 125 miles from Dublin. Pop. 650. 
 
 EMMA'NUEL COLLEGE, Cambridge, was founded during 
 Elizabeth's reign, by Sir VV. Mildmaj'. It is moderately wealthy 
 as regards endowments and livings, and has, turned out a few 
 men of note. The buildings were anciently a monastery. 
 
 EMME'NAGOGUES, {emenayogz) a. {emmena and ago, Gr.] me- 
 dicines to promote the menses. 
 
 2 s 2 315 
 
EMP 
 
 E'MMET, s. lamette. Sax.] See Ant. 
 
 E'MMETT, the name of two brothers, distinguished amongst 
 the men of '98 in Ireland. Tliomas, the elder, escaped to Ameri- 
 ca, and died in 1827. Robert, the other, was gifted with powers 
 which were worthy of a better conducted cause, and a nobler 
 termination. Being secretary to the United Irishmen, he was of 
 course seized when the treachery practised against them was 
 ripe; and he was executed in 1803, being considerably under 
 30 years of age. 
 
 E'MMETTSBURG, a town of Maryland, United States, near to 
 which is a Roman Catholic college, called Mount St. Mary's. It 
 has a good library. It is 65 miles from Washington. Population, 
 about 800. 
 
 EMO'LLIENT, part, or a. \emolliens, Lat.] softening, or render- 
 ingnliable. 
 
 EMO'LLIENTS, s. in Medicine, such medicines as are used to 
 allay irritation, whether internally, as sedatives, or externally, 
 as soothing cataplasms. 
 
 EftlO'LUMENT, s. [emolumentum, Lat.] profit arising from an 
 office or employ ; gain, or advantage. 
 
 EMOTION, s. [emotion, Fr.] a violent struggle or disturbance 
 in the mind ; a strong and vehement sensation, or passion, ex- 
 cited either by a pleasing or a painful object. 
 
 To EMPA'LE, r. a. [empaler, Fr.] to fence with pales; to 
 fortify, enclose, shut in ; to put to death by spitting on a stake 
 fixed upright. 
 
 EMPA'LEMENT, s. in Botany, the cup or outmost part of 
 a flower, which encompasses the petals, or the foliation of the 
 attire. 
 
 EMPA'NNEL, s. [panne, Fr.] the writing or entering the names 
 of a jury in a parchment by a sheriff. 
 
 To EMPA'NNEL, v. a. to summon a person to serve on a jury. 
 
 EMPA'RLANCE, s. [parler, Fr.] in Law, motion or desire for 
 a day of respite, to consider of the result of a cause ; the con- 
 ference of a .lury in a cause committed to them. 
 
 EMPA'SM, s. [empasso, Gr.] in Pharmacy, a powder sprinkled 
 on a body, to correct some ill smell. 
 
 To EMPA'SSION, v. a. to move with a strong affection or 
 passion ; to excite the passions vehemently. 
 
 EMPE'DOCLES, an ancient Greek philosopher, respecting 
 whose opinions, modern wise men have been greatly at a loss 
 what place in connexion with the great schools to assign to 
 them. Perhaps they do not need any place, but may stand as 
 this man's veritable thoughts expressed in his own way. He 
 travelled much, and gathered lore from all sources ; and was so 
 much famed in his native land, Sicily, that legends of all kinds 
 abound respecting him. He was a haughty man, but he did his 
 best to teach truly and act so too. His opinions were highly 
 spiritual, and amongst other things marking his truthfulness, 
 amongst his verses a distinct lamentation oyer the apostacy of 
 man from good and from God is found. His name for God the 
 Creator was Love. One must ever regret that he knew not 
 that which would have solved his difficult problems, and given 
 him peace. He lived in 450 b. c. 
 
 To EMPE'OPLE, v. a. to form into a people or community. 
 
 E'MPEROR, s. [empereur, Fr.] a title of^ honour among the 
 ancient Romans, conferred on a general who had been victorious, 
 and now made to signify a sovereign prince, or supreme ruler of 
 an empire. The title adds nothing to the rights of sovereignty ; 
 it only gives pre-eminence over all other sovereigns. Charle- 
 magne was the first emperor of Germany, crowned by Pope Leo 
 III. in 800. 
 
 E'MPERY, s. [imperium, Lat.] the command of an emperor ; 
 sovereign command ; empire. 
 
 E'MPHASIS, (Smfasis) s. [en. auA phaino,Gv.'\ in Rhetoric, a 
 force, stress, or energy in expression, action, or gesture. In 
 Grammar, a remarkable stress of the voice, placed on any word 
 or syllable. 
 
 EMPHA'TIC, Empha'tical, (emfdtik, emfdtikal) a. forcible, 
 strong, striking, or of great energy; striking the sight. 
 
 EMPHA'TICALLY, {emfdtikally) ad. strongly, forcibly, full of 
 energy , power, or significancy ; spoken with a great stress of voice. 
 
 EMPflYSE'MA, s. [eynphusao, Gr.] is a light puffy humour, 
 easily yielding to the pressure of the finger, arising again in the 
 instant you take it oflt. 
 
 EMPflYSE'MATOUS, (emfysematus) a. bloated; swelled; 
 puffed up. 
 316 
 
 E'MPIRE, s. [Fr.] the territory or extent of land under the 
 jurisdiction or command of an emperor; imperial power; sove- 
 reign authority or command ; command over any thing. 
 
 EMPFRIC, s. [empeirikos, Gr.] one whose skill depends purely 
 on practice and experiment, without any acquaintance with 
 scientific principles; a quack. It is usually bestowed on petty 
 dabblers in medical art, exclusively. 
 
 EMPI'RIC, Empi'rical, a. dealing or versed in experiments ; 
 belonging to or resembling a quack. This epithet, which is chal- 
 lenged as the peculiar and honourable distinction of Lord Bacon's 
 inductive philosophy, does not pertain to it strictly; nor can it 
 to any science, or philosophic method. 
 
 EMPI'RICALL I , ad. after the manner of a quack, or one not 
 scientifically grounded in the knowledge of principles, 
 
 EMPFRICTSM, s. quackery. 
 
 EMPLA'STER, s. (this word is now always pronounced and 
 generally written plaster,) [emplasso, Gr.] in Surgery, a medicine 
 of a stiff, glutinous consistence, composed of several ingredients, 
 spread on paper, linen, or leather, and applied externally. 
 
 To EMPLA'STER, v. a. to cover with a plaster. 
 
 EMPLA'STIC, a. [emplasso, Gr.] viscous; glutinous; fit to be 
 applied as a plaster. 
 
 To EMPLE'AD, (empleed) v. a, in Law, to indict, accuse, or 
 prefer a charge against. 
 
 To EMPLOY', V. a. [employer, Fr.] to set a person about a 
 thing; to keep at work or exercise ; to use as an instrument or 
 means, or materials ; to commission, or intrust with the manage- 
 ment of an affair; to fill up time with study or undertaking. 
 
 EMPLOY', s. the object which engages the mind, or is the 
 sulvject of action ; a person's trade ; business ; a public office. 
 
 EMPLOY' ABLE, a. capable of being used ; fit to be applied 
 or used. 
 
 EMPLOY'ER, s. a person who sets one about any undertaking; 
 one who uses, or causes a thing to be used. 
 
 EMPLOY'MENT, s, business ; the object of labour or indus- 
 try ; a person's trade, office, or post ; an affair intrusted to the 
 management of another. 
 
 To EMPOI'SON, (empoizon) v. a. [empoisonner, Fr.] to destroy 
 by poison, venom, or any deadly or mortal drug ; to taint with 
 poison. Figuratively, to deprave the ideas or principles of a 
 person by bad advice or seditious counsels. 
 
 EMPORETIC, a. [emporetikos, Gr.] that is sold at common 
 markets ; belonging to goods, commodities, or merchandise. 
 
 EMPO'RIUM, s. [emporion, Gr.] a place of merchandise; a 
 great city or market town which has communication with the 
 sea, and carries on foreign trade. 
 
 To EMPO'VERISH, v. a. [pamre, Fr.] to make poor. Figu- 
 ratively, to render a soil unfertile or barren. 
 
 EMPO'VERISHMENT, s. the act of exhausting money ; the 
 cause of poverty. The lessening fertility, when applied to ground 
 or vegetables. 
 
 To EMPO'WER, V. a. to give a person authority to transact 
 business, or carry on any undertaking. 
 
 E'MPRESS, s. the wife of an emperor ; a female who has the 
 sovereign command over an empire. 
 
 EMPRI'SE, s. [emprise, Fr.] an undertaking which is attend- 
 ed with hazard and danger, and shows boldness. 
 
 E'MPTIER, (emtier) s. one who makes any place or thing 
 void Iw taking out that which was in it. 
 
 E'MPTINESS, (emtiness) s. without having any thing in it, 
 applied to space or vessels. The state of a thing which has no- 
 thing in it. Figuratively, want of judgment or understanding; 
 incapacity to satisfy one s wishes. 
 
 E'MPTION, (emshon) s. [emjitio, Lat.] the act of buying; a 
 purchase. 
 
 E'MPTY, {emty) a. [cemtig. Sax.] having nothing in it ; not pos- 
 sessing, furnished witn, or using; devoid. Void of body, applied 
 
 to space, place, or any vessel. Figuratively, void of judgment 
 
 real 
 istence. 
 
 or understanding ; void of substance, solidity, or 
 
 To E'MPTY, {emty) v. a. to exhaust, drink up, take, or pour 
 out whatever is contained in a vessel or receptacle. 
 
 To EMPU'RPLE, i'. a. to make of a puiple colour. 
 
 To EMPU'ZZLE, V. a. to perplex and confound the mind with 
 a difficulty which it cannot solve or explain. 
 
 EMPYE'MA, s. [en sind piion, Gr.] in Medicine, a collection of 
 purulent matter in the cavity of the breast, which is discharged 
 
ENC 
 
 therein on the bursting of some abscess or ulcer in the lungs, or 
 membranes that enclose the breast. 
 
 EMPY'REAL, a. [empuros, Gr.] formed of ether, or pure and 
 celestial fire; belonging to the highest region of heaven. 
 
 EMPYRE'AN, «. the highest heaven; the scene of the bea- 
 tific vision, wherein the pure element of fire or ether is supposed 
 to exist. 
 
 EMPYRE'UM, Empyreu'ma, s. [en and pur, Gr.] in Chemistry, 
 used when in boiling or distilling any thing burns to the bottom 
 of the vessel or alembic ; a smell or taste of burning. In Medi- 
 cine, the heat remaining upon the declension of a fever. 
 
 EMPYRO'SIS, s. conflagration ; general fire. 
 
 EMS, a river of Europe, rising in Westphalia, near Paderborn, 
 crossing various states, &c., and after a course of about 200 miles 
 in the whole, nearly parallel to the boundary line of Holland, it 
 enters the German Ocean, near Embden, forming a spacious 
 bay. 
 
 E'MU, s. in Ornithology, the cassowary, a bird of the ostrich 
 kind. 
 
 To E'MULATE, v. a. [amulor, Lat.] to rival or propose as an 
 object for imitation ; to imitate with an endeavour to surpass. 
 Figuratively, to copy; to resemble; to rise to an equality with. 
 
 EMULA'TION, s. {<emulatio, Lat.] a noble jealousy between 
 persons, whereby they endeavour to surpass each other in virtue 
 and excellence. Synon. Emulation aims at equality with others, 
 by raising oneself to their level. Envy aims at the same, by de- 
 pressing them to one's own grade. 
 
 E'MULATIVE, a. inclined to contest superiority with another, 
 either from a love of excellence, or a principle of envy. 
 
 EMULATOR, s. [Lat.] one who endeavours to surpass another 
 in good qualities ; one who envies another's success or reputa- 
 tion ; a rival. 
 
 EMU'LGENT, part, or a. [emulgeo, Lat.] milking out.— s. in 
 Anatomy, applied to those arteries which bring the blood to the 
 kidneys, and to those veins which carry what is superfluous to 
 the vena cava. 
 
 E'MULOUS, a. [amulus, Lat.] rivalling; contending with an- 
 other for superiority in fame, riches, interest, or virtue. 
 
 E'MULOUSLY, arf. in the manner of a rival or competitor; 
 with a desire of surpassing another. 
 
 EMU'LSION, s. [emulgeo, Lat.] a soft liquid medicine, of the 
 colour and consistence of milk. 
 
 EMU'NCTORIES, ». [emungo, Lat.] in Medicine and Anatomy, 
 a part of the body wherein some fluid, which is useless or noxious, 
 is separated or collected in readiness for ejection or expulsion. 
 
 EIN, an inseparable particle at the beginning of words derived 
 from the French, who Dorrowed it of the Latin in ; hence words 
 are indifferently written with either, as they are supposed to be 
 derived from each of those languages. 
 
 To ENA'BLE, v. a. to make able or give power sufficient for 
 the performance of a thing. 
 
 To ENA'CT, V. a. to make a law ; to establish by law. 
 
 ENA'CTOR, s. one who forms decrees ; one who founds or 
 establishes laws. 
 
 ENA'LLAGE, s. [enallatto, Gr.] in Rhetoric, a figure wherein 
 the order of words in a sentence is inverted. In Grammar, a 
 figure whereby one part of speech, or accident of a word, is put 
 for another ; as when a pronoun possessive is put for a relative, 
 or one word or tense of a verb for another. 
 
 ENA'MEL, s. in the Arts, a kind of vitreous metalline colour, 
 by the Latins called encaustum. This composition is made by 
 calcining 10 parts of lead and 3 parts of tin in a furnace, and 
 then fluxing these oxides, with 10 parts of sand and 2 of pot- 
 ash ; to it every kind of colour may be given by metallic oxides. 
 Any thing painted with enamel. 
 
 To ENA'MEL, v. a. to paint or adorn a thing with amel, or 
 enamel. 
 
 ENA'MELLER, s. one who paints in enamel. 
 
 ENA'MELLING, s. the act of applying enamel of various 
 colours on metals, &c., either after the method of painting, or 
 by the lamp; called likewise the encaustic art, or encaustic 
 painting. 
 
 To ENA'MOUR, v. a. [amour, Fr.] to raise the affections or 
 love of a person ; to'niake a person fond. 
 
 ENARTHRO'SIS, s. [en and arthron, Gr.] the insertion of one 
 bone into another to form a joint. 
 
 To ENCA'GE, v. a. to shut up or confine in a cage. 
 
 ENC 
 
 To ENCA'MP, V. n. to pitch tents, or settle in a place for a 
 time, applied to an army. — v. a. to form a regular camp. 
 
 ENCA'MPMENT, s. the act of encamping or pitching tents ; 
 a camp, or tents pitched in proper order. 
 
 To ENCA'VE, V. a. to conceal, or hide as in a cave. 
 
 ENCAU'STIC, s. [en and kaio, Gr.] the same with enamelling, 
 which see. 
 
 ENCE'INTE, s. [Fr.] an enclosure, or ground enclosed with a 
 fortification. 
 
 To ENCHA'IN, v. a. [enchainer, Fr.] to fasten with a chain. 
 Figuratively, to confine, or keep id bondage or confinement. 
 
 To ENCHA'NT, v. a. [enchanter, Fr.] to subdue or influence by 
 magic or sorcery ; to delight irresistibly. 
 
 ENCHA'NTER, s. one who practises magic, or other spells ; 
 one who delights or pleases irresistibly. 
 
 ENCHA'NTINGLY, ad. in such a manner as to attract love 
 irresistibly. 
 
 ENCHA'NTMENT, s. magical charms or spells; that which 
 has an irresistible influence, or can impart an overpowering de- 
 light. 
 
 ENCHA'NTRESS, s. [enchantresse, Fr.] a woman who exercises 
 magic or spells. Figuratively, a woman whose beauty cannot 
 be resisted. 
 
 To ENCHA'SE,r. a. [enchasser, Fr.] to set jewels in gold, sil- 
 ver, &c. Figuratively, to adorn. 
 
 To ENCI'RCLE, v. a. to surround, encompass, or enclose in a 
 ring or circle. 
 
 ENCI'RCLET, s. a circle; a ring. " In whose encirclets if ye 
 gaze," Sidney. 
 
 ENCLITICS, s. [enklino, Gr.] in Greek and Latin Grammar, 
 certain particles or syllables joined to words which, when united, 
 seem to form but one word, and on that account remove or 
 throw back the accent upon the foregoing syllable. 
 
 To ENCLO'SE, (enkUze) v. a. [enctos, Fr.] to part or surround 
 common ground by a fence ; to surround or encompass on all 
 sides. 
 
 ENCLO'SER, (cnkluzer) s. one who encloses or parts off' any 
 parcel of common ground by pales or other fences ; any thing in 
 which another is enclosed. 
 
 ENCLO'SURE, (enkkkure) s. the act of encompassing common 
 ground with a fence ; the appropriation of things which have 
 been common ; the space contained within any fence or limits ; 
 ground enclosed. 
 
 ENCO'MIAST, s. [enkomiastes, Gr.] one who bestows praise on 
 another ; one who speaks in praise of another. 
 
 ENCOMIA'STIC, Encomia'stical, a. [enkomiastikos, Gr.] con- 
 taining or bestowing praise. 
 
 ENCO'MIUM, s. [enko7nion, Gr.] an advantageous representa- 
 tion of the virtues and excellences of another; praise; panegyric. 
 
 To ENCO'MPASS, v. a. to enclose ; to surround on all sides ; 
 to shut in. 
 
 ENCO'RE, {angkdre) ad. [Fr.] again; over again. A word 
 used at public shows to testify the highest approbation, and to 
 desire the person to repeat the part. 
 
 ENCOU'NTER, s. [encontre,'hr.'] in its primary sense, a combat 
 or fight between two persons only. Figuratively, a battle, or 
 attacK, wherein enemies rush with violence against each other. 
 
 To ENCOU'NTER, v. a. to go to meet ; to meet face to face ; 
 to attack an enemy ; to meet with proofs ; to oppose, or engage 
 with. 
 
 ENCOU'NTERER, s. an enemy, or antagonist in war. Figu- 
 ratively, an adversary, or opponent, with respect to opinions. 
 
 To ENCOU'RAGE, (enkuraje) v. a. [encourager, Fr.] to animate, 
 or reciprocally exhort to a practice; to animate, or support the 
 spirit and courage of a person to undertake and accomplish an 
 affair ; to countenance. 
 
 ENCOU'RAGEMENT, (enkurajement) s. an incitement to any 
 action or practice. Figuratively, favour ; countenance; support. 
 
 ENCOU'RAGER, (enkurajer) s. one who incites a person to do 
 a thing ; one who favours or gives countenance to a person or an 
 undertaking. 
 
 To ENCRO'ACH, (enkroch) v. n. to invade the right and pro- 
 perty of another ;' to advance gradually by stealth to that which 
 a person has no right to. 
 
 ENCRO'ACHER, (enkrdcher) s. one who gradually seizes upon 
 the possessions of another. 
 
 ENCRO'ACHMENT, (enhrochment) s. in Law, an unlawful 
 
 ^ 317 
 
END 
 
 trespass upon a man's grounds, or the act of enclosing the ground 
 of another to one's own use; extortion, or the insisting upon 
 payment of more than is due. 
 
 To ENCU'MBER, v. a. [encomhrer, Fr.] to load ; to hinder or 
 clog by any weight from action, or from the free use of one's 
 limbs. Figuratively, to embarrass and distract the mind by va- 
 riety of difficulties ; to load with or bring to great difficulties by 
 debts. 
 
 ENCU'MBRANCE, s. any thing which is troublesome by its 
 weight ; a useless addition and burden ; a burden upon an estate ; 
 that which abates from the profits of an estate, generally applied 
 to debts and mortgages. 
 
 ENCYCLICAL, o. \_en and kuklos, Gr.] circular ; sent round 
 through a large region. 
 
 ENCYCLOPE'DIA, s. [en, kukbs, and pauMa, Gr.] the circle 
 of the sciences ; applied by the Greeks to the seven liberal arts, 
 and all the sciences. In modern times, applied to works which 
 either in alphabetical arrangement, or in accordance with some 
 scientific method, undertake to treat of the whole circle of human 
 knowledge. 
 
 ENCY'STED, a. [kustis, Gr.] enclosed in a bag. Encysted tu- 
 mours, in Anatomy, borrow their name from a bag in which they 
 are confined. 
 
 END, s. [end. Sax.] the extremity of any thing which is ex- 
 tended in length ; the last period or moment of time ; a final de- 
 termination ; conclusion of a debate ; death ; abolition ; total 
 loss ; consequence ; the cause of a person's death ; a piece or 
 fragment ; design ; purijose ; intention ; or the object of a per- 
 son's designs and actions. The conclusion, or last part, applied 
 to action or writing. 
 
 To END, t\ a. to perfect or finish an undertaking ; to destroy, 
 or put to death. — v. n. to come to a conclusion ; to cease ; to con- 
 clude; to terminate. 
 
 To ENDA'MAGE, v. a. to prejudice; to lessen the value of a 
 thing; to affect with loss ; to spoil, mischief, or do hazard. 
 
 To ENDA'NGER, v. a. to expose to danger, risk, or hazard. 
 
 To ENDE'AR, (endeer) v. a. to make dear or beloved. 
 
 ENDE'ARMENT, iendeerment) s. any thing which causes 
 love ; the state of a person or thing which is beloved. 
 
 ENDE'AVOUR, (endevur) s. an attempt, trial, or exertion of 
 power to perform any thing. 
 
 To ENDE'AVOUR, {endevur) v. a. to exert power, in order to 
 gain some end ; to make an attempt ; to try. 
 
 ENDE'AVOURER, {endecurer) s. one who exerts power to at- 
 tain some end. 
 
 ENDE'CAGON, s. [endeka and gonia, Gr.] a figure having 
 eleven sides. 
 
 ENDE'MIAL, Ende'mic, Ende'mical, a. [en and demos, Gr.] 
 peculiar to a country ; applied particularly to some diseases. 
 
 To ENDI'TE, I', a. to draw up, compose, or relate, applied to 
 history. 
 
 E'NDIVE, s. [ertdive, Fr.] in Botany, a species of succory. 
 
 E'NDLESS, a. [endeleas. Sax.] without coming to a conclu- 
 sion. Without bounds, applied to extent or space. Without 
 ceasing, applied to action. Continual, or eternal, applied to time. 
 
 E'NDLESSLY, ad. without ceasing ; without limit. 
 
 E'NDLESSNESS, s. want of bounds or limits, applied to time 
 or space. 
 
 ENDLONG, a. with the end or point foremost ; in a straight 
 line. 
 
 E'NDMOST, a. farthest off; at the farthest end. 
 
 To ENDO'RSE, v. a. [endosser, Fr.] in Commerce, to write 
 one's name on the back of a bill of exchange, or promissory note, 
 in order to pay it away, to negociate it, or to discharge the per- 
 son who pays it from any future claim on account of it. 
 
 ENDO'RSEMENT, s. in Commerce, the act of writing one's 
 name on the back of a bill of exchange, to signify that the con- 
 tents are received, or to direct it to be paid to a person men- 
 tioned. 
 
 To ENDOW', (the ow is pronounced as in cow,) v. a. [endou- 
 airer, Fr.] to give a portion to a person ; to assign or alienate 
 any estate or sum of money to the support or maintenance of any 
 charity, or any alms-house. 
 
 ENDOWMENT, s. wealth bestowed on a person, or devoted 
 to any particular use ; a sum of money secured for the perpe- 
 tual support of a school, church, alms-house, &c. ; the gifts of 
 nature. 
 
 318 
 
 ENF 
 
 To ENDU'E, V. a. [enduo, Gr.] to supply or furnish with in- 
 ternal gifts, virtues, or excellences ; to' give as a portion or dowry. 
 
 ENDU'RANCE, s. continuance ; lastingness ; the act of sup- 
 porting or bearing troubles without complaint or dejection. 
 
 To ENDU'RE, v. a. [duro, Lat.] to suffer, undergo, bear, or 
 support.— u. n. to last, remain, or continue ; to bear patiently, or 
 without resentment. 
 
 ENDU'RER, s. one that hath strength to support any fatigue 
 or hardship ; one who is unaffected with any hardship. 
 
 E'NDWISE, ad. on end ; upright, or perpendicular. 
 
 To E'NECATE, v. a. [eneco, Lat.] to kill ; to destroy. 
 
 E'NEMY, s. [ennemi, Fr.] one who is of an opposite side in 
 war ; one who opposes the interests or welfare of another ; one 
 who has a strong dislike to a person or thing. • 
 
 ENERGE'TIC, a. [energetikos, Gr.] acting so as to perform or 
 produce; active, operative, or working. 
 
 E'NERGY, s. [energeia, Gr.] power in the abstract, or consi- 
 dered without being exerted or brought into action ; vigour, 
 force, or efficacy. Strength, spirit, life, or force of expression, 
 apnlied to language. 
 
 To ENE'RVATE, v. a. [enervo, Lat.] to weaken ; to deprive of 
 strength ; to render effeminate. 
 
 ENERVATION, s. the act of weakening, or rendering ef- 
 feminate. 
 
 To ENE'RVE, v. a. to weaken ; to lessen force or strength ; 
 to render effeminate. 
 
 To ENFEE'BLE, v. a. to weaken or deprive of strength. 
 
 To ENFE'OFF, t;. a. [feoffamentum, low Lat.] in Law, to in- 
 vest with any title or possession. 
 
 ENFE'OFFMENT, s. in Law, the act whereby a person is in- 
 vested with any dignity or possession ; the instrument or deed 
 by which one is invested with possessions. 
 
 E'NFIELD, Middlesex, a town formerly noted for the tanning 
 of hides. Its once royal chace was disforested by an act of par- 
 liament in 1779. It is 10 miles from London, Market, Satur- 
 day. Pod. 9367. 
 
 E'NFIELD, a town of New Hampshire, United States. It 
 contains a considerable Shakers' settlement, with 1000 acres of 
 land attached to it. The people are distinguished for their neat- 
 ness, industry, and mechanical skill. It is 492 miles from Wash- 
 ington. Pop. 1514, Tbere are six other places of the same 
 name in the States, at one of which, in Connecticut, is another 
 Shakers' settlement, of the same extent as that above. 
 
 E'NFIELD, DR. WILLIAM, the well-known compiler of some 
 school books, just now beginning to lose ground, from the mul- 
 titude of newer, if not better, ones. He was a Unitarian minis- 
 ter at Warrington, in connexion with the academy there, and 
 afterwards at Norwich, His character was amiable, and his taste 
 correct, and that, with indefatigable diligence, and such earnest- 
 ness as was kindled by shocks given to those qualities, (unhap- 
 pily frequent in this world, and more unhappily for such as Dr. 
 Enfield, given by truth and goodness in mortal conflict with 
 falsehood and wickedness,) — that was the sum of the man. We 
 owe to him almost the only history of philosophy in the language. 
 He died in 1797, aged 56 years. 
 
 ENFILA'DE, s. [Fr.] a series or collection of things disposed 
 as it were in a straight line. In War, applied to those trenches. 
 Sec, which are ranged in a right line, and may be swept or 
 scoured by the cannon lengthwise, or in the direction of a line, 
 and rendered defenceless. 
 
 To ENFILA'DE, v. a. to pierce or sweep in a right line. 
 
 To ENFO'RCE, v. a. [enforcir, Fr.] to give strength to; to 
 strengthen; to sling with strength, violence, or force; to ani- 
 mate ; to incite to action ; to urge an argument strongly ; to 
 compel to do a thing against one's will ; to press with a charge 
 or accusation. — v. n. to prove ; to evince. 
 
 ENFO'RCEDLY, ad. by violence or compulsion, opposed to 
 voluntarily. 
 
 ENFO'RCEMENT, s. an act of violence ; force offered ; com- 
 pulsion ; a pressing occasion or exigence. A sanction, or that 
 which gives force, applied to laws. 
 
 ENFO'RCER, s. one who causes any thing by force, strength, 
 or violence. 
 
 ENFOU'LDRED, a. [fotidre, Fr.] mixed with lightning. 
 " With foul enfouldred smoke," Spenser. 
 
 To ENFRA'NCHISE, v. a. to incorporate a person into a body 
 politic ; to admit to the privileges of a freeman ; to free from 
 
h Err. *«fcr * cfr^unii,. 
 
ENG 
 
 slavery ; to free or release from custody ; to naturalize or atlopt 
 a foreign word. 
 
 ENFRA'NCHISEMENT, s. the act of incorporating a person 
 into any society or body politic ; a release from imprisonment or 
 slaveiT. 
 
 To ENGA'GE, v. a. [engager, Fr.] to give as a security for, or 
 be liable to make good, a debt ; to stake, or hazard ; to bind a 
 person by any obligation to espouse the cause of a party; to 
 Bring in to a party; to embark or take part in an affair ; to em- 
 ploy oneself in an attempt ; to unite bv some attraction or 
 amiable quality.— r. n. to encounter ; to fight. Synon. To oblige, 
 implies rather something of force; to engage, rather something 
 agreeable. Duty and necessity obliffe us; promises and good 
 manners engage us. 
 
 ENGA'GEMENT, s. the act of giving security, or making a 
 person liable to discharge a debt ; an obligation by promise, ap- 
 pointment, or contract; affection or adherence to any party; 
 employment of the attention ; fight, conflict, or battle; a strong 
 motive, argument, inducement, or obligation. 
 
 To ENGA'OL, v. a. to imprison ; to confine. " You have 
 engaoVd my tongue," Shahs. 
 
 To ENGA'RRISON, v. a. to protect or defend as by a garrison. 
 
 To ENGE'NDER, v. a. [engendrer,VT.'] to beget. Figuratively, 
 to form or produce ; to excite; to cause. — v. w. to be caused or 
 produced. 
 
 E'NGINE, s. [engin, Fr.] a compound instrument consisting 
 of a complication of mechanic powers, such as wheels, screws, 
 levers, &c., united, and conspiring together to effect the same 
 end ; a military machine ; an instrument for casting water to 
 great heights, in order to extinguish fires. 
 
 ENGINEE'R, s. [engenieur, Fr.] one who makes or works at 
 engines ; an officer in the army, whose employ is to inspect the 
 works, attacks, defences, &c., to point and discharge the great 
 artillery. Civil Engineer is one who projects and superintends the 
 execution of such works as canals, railroads, embankments, &c. 
 
 E'NGINERY, ». the art of managing artillery; artillery, or 
 ordnance. 
 
 To ENGI'RD, V, a. preter. and past part, engirt; to surround, 
 or encompass. 
 
 E'NGLAND, the S. and most considerable portion of the is- 
 land of Great Britain, so named after the most numerous of the 
 Saxon tribes who, in the 5th and 6th centuries, took possession 
 of it. It is surrounded on the E. S. and W. by the German 
 Ocean, the English Channel, and the Irish Sea ; to the N. of it lies 
 Scotland, and about the middle of the W. side, Wales. It is 
 about 3-50 miles in length, and 200 in breadth in the midland 
 district. Its geographical and other natural features will be 
 given under the word Great Britain. But as it is distinct in 
 many respects from the other parts of the kingdom, certain 
 statistical and historical facts had better be given here. It is 
 divided into 40 counties, or shires, of which Yorkshire is the 
 largest and Rutland the smallest ; and these are divided into 
 ridings, hundreds, rapes, wapentakes, and other smaller divi- 
 sions, for civil legislation. Ecclesiastically, it is divided into two 
 provinces, Canterbury and York ; and these are subdivided into 
 twenty-six bishoprics, under which are deaneries, archdeacon- 
 ries, and parishes. Under the present Poor Law, unions of the 
 larger divisions of the counties nave been formed. It alone, on 
 the principles of the existing representative system, is fairly re- 
 presented. Both Scotland and Ireland, though they have no 
 parliaments of their own, have in both houses a very inadequate 
 share. In this portion of the kingdom Episcopacy, as it was 
 framed durinof the period between Henry VIII. and Charles II., 
 is the Established Church. But the freedom of other com- 
 raunion.s has been secured by various measures from the time of 
 the Revolution of 1G88 ; and the number of Romanists and 
 members of various Dissident denominations is very consider- 
 able. The Jews alone are not yet put on a complete equality 
 with other religionists. At the time of the Roman invasion, 
 just before the Christian sera, two Celtic tribes possessed the 
 greater part of this country ; the inhabitants of the coasts being 
 a party who had established themselves there for purposes of 
 barbaric traffic with the other Celtic tribes of the neighbouring 
 countries, by driving the former possessors inland. All seem to 
 have united against the new invaders, but they were conquered, 
 and the greater portion of them, who survived, driven into 
 Cornwall, Wales, Cumberland, and North Britain. This land wus 
 
 ENG 
 
 divided into three provinces, (Wales and Scotland forming two 
 others,) when the Roman sway was completely established. 
 And under the powerful dominion of the early empire, all the 
 signs of Roman civilization rapidly began to spread. But in the 
 later empire its remoteness and insularity only made it a 
 nursery for would-be emperors, and after an occupation of about 
 400 years the troops were gradually withdrawn, leaving the 
 native nionarchs, who had enjoyed their titular dignities much 
 as those of British India in later years have done, with- 
 out troops, or arms, or money, effeminated by their subjec- 
 tion and the luxurious life they were constrained to, to resist as 
 they could the incursions of the hardy and unsubdued Celts of 
 North Britain, and the invasions of the Teutonic or Saxon tribes, 
 which had for many years assailed the eastern coast. During 
 this peried Christianity was first preached here; and a great 
 speculative theologian — one of those called heretics, because 
 found in the minority — Pelagius, a Briton by birth, went from 
 the borders of Wales to Rome to distract the powers there 
 with a controversy, then first put into a definite form, which is 
 not yet, nor likely to be soon, ended. The Saxons were soon 
 after invited by the unwarlike Britons, as being the least dan- 
 gerous, or rather the least known, to aid in keeping the North 
 Britons out of England, and tracts of land were settled on them 
 as pay. New tribes ever poured in, and in the course of about 
 150 years, the Britons, with their semi-Roman civilization and 
 their dim light of Christianity, were driven to Cornwall, Wales, 
 and Cumberland, and the remainder of the country occupied by 
 different Saxon tribes, under the title of the kingdoms of Kent, 
 Wessex, Essex, East Anglia, Mercia, Deira, and Bernicia, which 
 two last were subsequently united as Northumbria. And now a 
 scene of ceaseless petty intestine conflict opens, brightened by 
 such names as Offor of Mercia, Edwin of Northumbria, and Eg- 
 bert of Wessex ; brightened with the half-light of a re-proclam- 
 ation of Christianity, by missionaries sent forth by the Roman 
 pontiff, and the destruction of the savage but poetical mythology 
 of the North, or the conversion of it into a sort of half-heathen 
 Romanism. On the midst of all this confusion a new woe 
 broke. New Northmen tribes, animated by ferocious spirit 
 of adventure, mercenary desire to prove the fame of English 
 wealth, and bigoted abhorrence of the recreants from the faith 
 of Odin, — the sea-kings, Danes, year after year, ravaged first 
 the coasts and afterwards the inland region, unchecked till 
 Alfred the Great, and Athelstane the first sole monarch of Eng- 
 land, two of the wisest and best kings this land ever knew, by- 
 valour and discipline defeated their best troops, settled some 
 as tributary chiefs in the desolated parts of the land, and for a 
 while maintained peace. It was not, however, till long years af- 
 terwards that this fierce power was wholly ejected, and then not 
 till it had given four kings to England, Canute, worthy to rank 
 with Alfred, being one. During this time also, under a suc- 
 cession of not verj' competent kings, one phase of the struggle 
 awakened by the character of the Roman Church was manifest- 
 ed, and it ended in the victory of the strong, united, well-train- 
 ed, and well-led power of the Church, over both the state and 
 the irregular attempts at the embodiment of religious faith. We 
 approach now the time when this land was involved in the desti- 
 nies of European nations, by more intimate implication than 
 that of sharing with them sufterings from Danish invasions. 
 Edward the Confessor had been trained in the court of the newly- 
 set-up duchy of Normandy; and in his childless dotage gave 
 occasion for the said duke to claim this realm. Which cTaiin 
 was made, and solemnly and terribly made good at Hastings 
 and in other lesser fights, by the devastation of the country N. 
 of the Humber, and by the parcelling of the whole land out into 
 manors, and giving them as fiefs to the Conqueror's army, to the 
 almost utter disinheriting of the whole Saxon population, most 
 surely to the reduction of them, as a people, to the condition of 
 serfs and vassals to this newly-created and fierce nobility. It 
 will be needful to give merely a sketch of the great movements 
 from the Conquest till the present age, and after that a list of 
 the kings, an opportunity of doing which is afforded here. 
 The various elements of English society which have by their 
 conflicts and co-operation made the story of the English nation, 
 were, and are, the monarch, the nobility, the church, the 
 traders, and the workers. For the first few reigns the strife 
 lay between the two first together against the third, and 
 ended in the clear triumph of the latter. Next, between the 
 
 . 319 
 
ENG 
 
 two worsted classes rose a contest, and the monarch was com- 
 
 5elled to grant Magna Charta. Under the three reigns following 
 ohn's, we see the traders distinctly recognised as a class in the 
 nation, able to speak and act for themselves; which from Ed- 
 ward Ill.'s time, with more or less effect, and more or less truth, 
 they have done. At this point two movements were attempted 
 and failed. The first was that of the working clergy against the 
 hierarchy, in the Church, which, perhaps as being an intestine 
 strife, and as the hierarchy alone could be of any essential ser- 
 vice to the other powerful classes, was in the course of the three 
 succeeding reigns completely stopped. The other was the attempt 
 of the workers, oppressed by all manner of wrongs, to become a 
 recognised portion of the state, and not the mere sport of the frays 
 and tumults of the other classes. This movement was crushed at 
 the very outset ; but it expedited, what the Church had already be- 
 gun, their emancipation from mere villenage, or slavery. A con- 
 test between two great aristocratic families followed next, for 
 we must leave out of sight all attempts on other crowns, origin- 
 ating in the personal ambition of the English monarchs. It led 
 to the wars of the Roses, the most sanguinary this country ever 
 knew, which completely broke down the power of the nobility, 
 and left them at Bosworth Field in the hands of a king with as 
 good a determination to be unfettered in his sovereignty, and as 
 accomplished in a quiet way to efl'ect his purpose, as ever reigned. 
 The House of Tudor were, practically, a dynasty of absolute 
 monarchs. But the traders, during those wars, had been quietly 
 gaining wealth. Henry VH. was every inch a tradesman. The 
 great geographical discoveries made just about that time, gave a 
 new impulse to commerce of all kinds. Then rose up again the 
 flame which Wicliffe had first kindled, but this time not to be 
 put out. It had begun on the continent now, just as it did in 
 England before. In England, it was the revolt of the absolute 
 monarch from the only power that seemed able to cope with him. 
 But though thus of questionable truth in its new birth, it fell 
 amongst a people who needed only this, and who speedily gave 
 it its proper character and lustre. It gradually formed amongst 
 the trading classes, who now, by this religious revolution, were 
 joined by lawyers, medical men, and schoolmasters, (who were 
 separated from the clergy by the Reformation,) and with them 
 formed the middle class,— it formed amongst them gradually a 
 conviction which lay at the foundation of the Puritan revolution 
 of 1640 ; and with more clearness, and wider comprehension and 
 scope, must be the foundation of any movement that is truly an 
 advance of the nation. This was apparent under Elizabeth, 
 more so under James (under whom also Scotland, by mere course 
 of hereditary succession, came to be united to England under her 
 owii king, and as there was no nobility, nor Church, as powers, 
 to feel their pride wounded, it was most satisfactorily accom- 
 plished) ; and under Charles it broke out into actual war, and 
 overthrew both the monarchy and the Church, which, by the 
 weakness and superstition of these two kings, had ^rown to be 
 almost greater than they. During the latter part of the Tudor 
 dynasty, and more under the Stuarts, the recruiting of the no- 
 bility by drafts from the middle class began ; the increase of 
 which custom has helped not a little to form one remarkable 
 feature of the present times, we shall have to notice. Under the 
 commonwealth, a totally different order of tilings appeared, just 
 like a mass of rock thrust up from the nether fire-deeps of the 
 earth, bearing in its bosom all costliest treasures, such as time 
 would shortly have displayed, and turning up to light the relics 
 of foregone ages, making us able to see what genuine wealth and 
 worth was in them too. But just as often, on the opposite side 
 of such a rock, the strata are found lying straight and level as if 
 no such disturbance had taken place as the upheaving of a moun- 
 tain mass ; so it was on the Restoration. An age of unreality 
 begun. Two weak kings, and wicked withal, had raised the 
 Church higher in power yet, and the nobility, most of it new, 
 and dragging the upper portions of the middle class after it, 
 higher even than the Church. And the Revolution of 1688, mis- 
 named glorious, was the expression of the determination of the 
 nobility to have the game henceforth in their own hands. To this 
 day the nobility are the great and ruling class, under various 
 shapes of councils, and cabinets, and so forth. The Church has 
 followed obsequiously at their heels ; nor have the recent attempt 
 of the Oxford divines,— the fervours of the revived evangelical 
 preaching during the preceding century,— nor the various en- 
 croachments of the secular power, from the Toleration of Dissent 
 
 ENG 
 
 to the Emancipation of the Catholics and the repeal of Test Acts, 
 from the imprisonment and shame of the non-jurors to the aboli- 
 tion and creation of bishoprics at this very hour, — sufficed to rouse 
 in it any of its ancient spirit. Its very existence is threatened 
 now, and yet it follows the aristocracy. The middle class have 
 been growing in wealth and importance during all this period ;— , 
 extended commerce, springing from ever-growing empire and ever* 
 daring and doing science, the spread of learning and literature, 
 these, and an easy admission to the ranks of the nobility, have 
 advanced them in all but actual worth. Whilst the spirit of reli- 
 gion that once made them irresistible by kings, has declined into 
 mere speech about it, and show of it, and vast demonstratiqns of 
 the appearance of its power. Respectability, which is affectation 
 of the spirit and manners of the nobility, has as good as ousted 
 religion. The workers, though in many things their condition has 
 been prodigiously bettered by the slight share they have had in 
 all these advances of civilization, as to manhood, and perhaps, 
 too, as to religion, remain where they were when, in the first 
 years of the 15th century, they aspired after freedom, but pould 
 not obtain it. By no one government have they been thought 
 of, when the people, or the nation, was professedly cared for. 
 Legislation has contemplated them mainly as rebels, or as pau- 
 pers. The numberless party conflicts which have made the na- 
 tion ring again, have been never any thing more than the strife 
 of two sections of the nobility, emulous of influence and power, 
 and using the name of the public good for that ignoble end. 
 Such is the nation of to-day. The one surely cheering sign being, 
 that in all classes men are beginning, here one, and there ano- 
 ther, to see that these things are so, and to prepare themselves 
 for that breaking up of the powers that be, which alone can pave 
 the way for future progress. 
 
 SOVEREIGNS OF ENGLAND, FROM THE CONQUEST. 
 
 Names. Began to reign. 
 
 William 1 25 Dec. 1006 
 
 William II 26 Sept. 1087 
 
 Henry 1 5 Aug. 1100 
 
 Stephen 26 Dec. 1135 
 
 Henry II 19 Dec. 11-54 
 
 Richard 1 3 Sept. 1189 
 
 John 27 Mav, 1199 
 
 Henry III 28 Oct. 1216 
 
 Edward 1 20 Nov. 1272 
 
 Edward II 8 July, 1307 
 
 Edward HI 25 Jan. 1327 
 
 Richard II 22 June, 1377 
 
 Henry IV 30 Sept. 1399 
 
 Henry V 21 Mar. 1413 
 
 Henry VI 1 Sept. 1422 
 
 Edward IV 4 Mar. 1401 
 
 Edward V 9 April, 1483 
 
 Richard HI 26 June, 1483 
 
 Henry VH 22 Aug. 1485 
 
 Henry VIII 22 April, 1509 
 
 Edward VI 23 Jan. 1547 
 
 Jane 6 July, 1553 
 
 Mary I. 17 July, 1553 
 
 (Philip and Mary, from 25 July, 1554.) 
 
 Elizabeth 17 Nov. 1.558 
 
 James 1 24 Mar. 1603 
 
 Charles 1 27 Mar. 1625 
 
 Commonwealth 30 Jan. 1049 
 
 Oliver Cromwell, Protector ... 16 Dec. 1053 
 
 Richard Cromwell, Protector ... 3 Sept. 1658 
 
 Republic again 22 April, 1659 
 
 Charles II. 29 May, 1659 
 
 (usually dates from 30 Jan. 1649.) 
 
 James II. Feb. 1685 
 
 William HI. and Mary H. ... 13 Feb. 1688 
 
 (William alone, from 28 Dec. 1694.) 
 
 Anne 8 Mar. 1702 
 
 George 1 1 Aug. 1714 
 
 George H. II Jupe, 1727 
 
 George HI 25 Oct. 1760 
 
 George IV 29 Jan. 1820 
 
 William IV 26 June, 1830 
 
 Victoria 20 June, 1837 
 
^ 
 
 EN J 
 
 E'NGLAND, NEW, a district of the United States, North 
 America, contained six States, namely, New Hampshire, Mas- 
 sachusetts, Rhode Island, Connecticut, Maine, and Vermont. 
 See these names and United States. 
 
 E'NGLISH, (pron. Inglish) a. [Englise, Sax.] belonging to 
 England.— s. the language spoken by the people of England; 
 the natives of England. 
 To E'NGLISH, V. a. to translate into English. 
 ENGLISH CHANNEL, the narrow sea extending from the 
 Straits of Dovor to the Atlantic Ocean, dividing England from 
 France. It is called by the French, La Manche. Its average 
 breadth is about 90 miles. 
 
 To ENGLU'T, v. a. [engloutir, Fr.] to swallow up ; to glut ; to 
 pamper. 
 To ENGO'RGE, v. a. [gorge, Fr.] to swallow ; to devour. 
 To ENGRA'FT, v. a. [grafier, Fr.] In Gardening, to take a 
 shoot from one tree, and insert it into another, in such a manner 
 as both shall unite, and grow together. 
 
 ENGRA'FTING, s. in Gardening, the act of taking a shoot 
 from one tree, and inserting it into the stock of another, in such 
 a manner as both shall unite, grow together, and bear fruit. 
 
 To ENGRA'IL, v. a. [grele, Fr.] in Heraldry, to represent a 
 thing with its edges ragged or notched circularly, as if something 
 had fallen on and broken it ; it differs from indented, because the 
 edges are in that in a straight line, but in this semicircular. 
 To ENGRA'IN, v. a. to dj-e deep ; to dye in the grain. 
 To ENGRA'SP, r. a. to seize ; to hold fast in the hand ; to 
 gripe. 
 
 To ENGRA'VE, v. a. {engraver, Fr.] to cut copper, iron, or 
 other metals, or stone, so as to represent figures thereon. Figur- 
 atively to make a deep impression on the mind. 
 
 ENGRA'VER, s. one who cuts figures on metals, marble, or 
 stones. 
 
 ENGRAVING, s. the act or art of cutting metals and precious 
 stones with a graver, or other means, in order to represent figures, 
 &c. thereon. Also, the act of cutting, by graving tools or acids, 
 on plates of copper, steel, zinc, and even glass, or on blocks of 
 wood, designs, which can be copied by impressions with printer's 
 ink on paper. 
 
 To ENGRO'SS, r. a. [grossir, Fr.] to thicken or increase in 
 bulk ; to seize upon the whole of any thing; to purchase or buy 
 up any commodity, in order to sell it again at an advanced price. 
 In Law, to copy writings, in law text, on parchment. 
 
 ENGRO'SSER, s. he who purchases large quantities of any 
 commodity, in order to sell it at a high price ; one who seizes or 
 appropriates the whole of any thing to himself 
 
 ENGRO'SSMENT, s. an exorbitant acquisition ; the act of 
 encroaching or seizing upon the whole of any thing. 
 
 To ENHA'NCE, v. a. [enhausser, Fr.] to raise the value or price 
 of a thing ; to heighten the esteem or degree of any quality. 
 ENHA'NCEMENT, s. increase of esteem, of value, or of degree. 
 ENHARMO'NIC, a. [en and harmoneia, Gr.] in Music, a scale 
 in which the divisions of the tones are made mathematically ac- 
 curate, so that in everj' key a perfect chromatic scale is obtained. 
 An organ has been built lately on this plan, which dispenses 
 with what is called temperature, and admits of being tuned with 
 complete accuracy in every kej'. 
 
 ENI'GMA, 8. [ainiyma, Gr.] a proposition delivered in obscure, 
 remote, and ambiguous terms, in order to exercise the wit. 
 
 ENIGMATICAL, a. of the nature of an enigma ; obscurely, 
 darkly, or ambiguously expressed ; obscurely or" imperfectly re- 
 ceived or apprehended. 
 
 ENIGMATICALLY, ad. in a sense different from that which 
 the words in their peculiar acceptation imply. 
 ENI'GMATIST, s. a maker of riddle.s. 
 
 To ENJOI'N, V. a. [enjoindre, Fr.] to order. Synon. It im- 
 plies something more authoritative than direct, somewhat less 
 thaiii command, and includes the idea of superiority in the person 
 reqniring any thing to be done. 
 
 ENJOrNER, s. a person who gives directions, including the 
 idea of superior rank or authority. 
 
 ENJOI'NMENT, s. the order of a person of superior rank and 
 authority. 
 
 To ENJOY', r. a. [enjouir, Fr.] to feel a flow of joy m the 
 fruition of a thing; to obtain possession of it; to gladden, to 
 delight, used with the reciprocal pronoun himself, &c. — v, n. to be 
 in fruition or possession ; to live happily. 
 
 ENN 
 
 ENJOY'ER, *. one who has a thing in his possession ; one 
 who makes use of or receives satisfaction from the consciousness 
 of using or possessing a thing. 
 
 ENJOY'MENT, s. pleasure arising from possession or fruition ; 
 possession, use, or fruition. 
 
 To ENKFNDLE, v. a. to set on fire ; to inflame ; to rouse or 
 inflame the passions. 
 
 To ENLA'RGE, v. a. [enlargir, Fr.] to make greater in quan- 
 tity, dimensions, quality, or appearance. Figuratively, to make 
 a thing appear greater than it is by representation or discourse; 
 to magnify ; to extend the capacity of the mind ; to be very 
 minute in a description, or copious in speaking on a subject; to 
 free from confinement or constraint. — v. n. to expatiate or speak 
 much on any subject. Synon. The word enlarge is properly 
 used to signify an addition of extent. Increase is critically ap- 
 plicable only to number, height, and quantity. We enlarge a 
 town, a field, a garden. We increase the inhabitants of a town, 
 our expenses, our revenues. 
 
 ENLA'RGE.MENT, s. increase of dimensions, quality, or de- 
 gree ; release from confinement ; a representation of a thing be- 
 yond what it really is ; a minute, long, and copious discourse on 
 a subject. 
 
 ENLA'RGER, s. one who increases any thing; one who mag- 
 nifies a thing in discourse. 
 
 To ENLI'GHT, {enllt) v. a. to communicate Ught or know- 
 ledge. 
 
 To ENLFGHTEN, {enliten) v. a. to supply with light. Figur- 
 atively, to supply with knowledge not before acquired, and 
 sufficient to clear up some difficulty, which was previously 
 inexplicable ; to cheer, or gladden ; 'to supply with a greater 
 perfection of sight. 
 
 ENLI'GHTENER, {enlltener) s. one that gives light. Figur- 
 atively, an instructor. 
 
 To ENLI'NK, V. a. to join or connect in like manner as the 
 links of a chain are fastened to each other. 
 
 To ENLI'ST, V. a. to write in a list ; to engage any one, ac- 
 cording to certain appointed forms, to be a soldier in tne regular 
 army. 
 
 ENLI'STMENT, s. the engaging any one to be a soldier, in 
 legal form. 
 
 To ENLI'VEN, v. a. to make alive. Figuratively, to inspire 
 with new vigour; to animate; to make sprightly or gay; to 
 give a thing a gay and cheerful appearance. 
 
 ENLI'VENER, s. that which gives motion, or communicates 
 action, spirit, or vigour, to a person or thing. 
 
 To ENME'SH, v. a. to net ; to entangle; to entrap. 
 
 E'NMITY,*. [fromencmy,] a disposition of mind which excites 
 a person to contradict and oppose the interests, inclinations, 
 or sentiments of another ; a state of irreconcilable opposition ; 
 malice. 
 
 ENNE'AGON, s. [ennea and gonia, Gr.] a figure having nine 
 angles. 
 
 ENNEA'TIC.AL, a. [ennea, Gr.] in Medicine, enneatical days, 
 are every ninth day of a sickness ; and enneatical years, every 
 ninth year of a person's life. 
 
 E^NNIS, Clare, in Munster, Ireland. A village, called Clare, 
 is distant about two miles from Ennis, which is also sometimes 
 called Clare. It is the county town, and is situated on the Fer- 
 gus, which is navigable for large boats to the Shannon, and adds 
 greatly to the trade of the town. It is 112 miles from Dublin. 
 Pop. 9318. Clare, 879. 
 
 E'NNISKILLEN, Fermanagh, in Ulster, Ireland. It is seated 
 on an island in the narrow water that connects the two parts of 
 Loch Earne, over which are two bridges. It is a pretty town, 
 most pleasantly situated; and both by its position and trade, 
 and its being the county town, is of some importance. It is 8.5 
 miles from Dublin. Pop. 6086. 
 
 E'NNIUS, Q. a celebrated Roman poet, in the 3rd century b. c. 
 Being by birth a Greek, he was engaged as a teacher at Rome, 
 in that language, and in Greek learning. We have only a few 
 fragments of his epics. He died in 269 B. c. 
 
 To ENNO'BLE, t'. a. [ennoblir, Fr.] to raise a person to a higher 
 rank, or from being a commoner to be a peer. Figuratively, to 
 communicate worth ; to dignify ; to raise, exalt, or elevate. 
 
 ENNO'BLEMENT, s. the act of raising to the degree of a peer 
 or nobleman; a quality which dignifies and exalts our nature; 
 elevation, exaltation, aignity. 
 
 2 T ,321 
 
ENR 
 
 ENOCH, an ancient patriarch, of whom it is simply recorded 
 in the Book of Genesis, that he " walked with God, and was not, 
 for God took him." A mention of certain prophecies by him in 
 the Epistle of Jude, led to a search for them, and three copies in 
 the Ethiopia language were obtained by Bruce, in his travels 
 during the last century, in Abyssinia. The passage in Jude 
 occurs near the commencement of the book, which is made up 
 almost wholly of most preposterous figments, related as visions ; 
 intended, however, to convey some sort of notion of the conflict of 
 
 food and evil, and the ultimate victory of the good. It is evi- 
 ently not much older than the apostolic age, and its quotation 
 by the apostle Jude is no more testimony to its value, than the 
 quotations from Menander and Aratus, by Paul, are to theirs : 
 the passage answered the immediate purpose of the writer ; and 
 no more needs to be asked. 
 
 ENODA'TION, 8. [enodatio, Lat.] the act of untying a knot; 
 solution of a difficulty. 
 
 ENO'RMITY, s. departure from any rule or standard; an ir- 
 regularity; a corruption. In the plural, used for great crimes; 
 or such as show a great degree of villany and guilt. 
 
 ENO'RMOUS, a. \e and norma, Lat.] irregular ; not confined 
 to any stated rule ; without restraint. " Wild, above rule or art, 
 enormous bliss," Par. Lost. Exceedingly wicked. Exceeding 
 the common bulk, applied to size, including the ideas of dislike, 
 horror, or wonder. 
 
 ENO'RMOUSLY, ad. prodigiously ; beyond measure. 
 
 ENO'RMOUSNESS, s. excess of guilt or wickedness. 
 
 ENOU'GH, {emiff) a. [genoh. Sax.] sufficient ; that will answer 
 any purpose, wish, or design. It should be observed, that 
 though other adjectives are placed in English before their sub- 
 stantives, yet this always follows it. Synon. The object of the 
 words sufficient and enough is quantity; but with this difference, 
 that enough relates more to the quantity one desires to have, and 
 sufficient to that quantity one really wants to employ. Thus the 
 avaricious man never has enough; let him accumulate ever so 
 much, he still desires more ; and the prodigal never has suffiicient, 
 he is still wanting to expend more than he has. 
 
 ENOU'GH, {eni'iff) s. that which is sufficient to answer a per- 
 son's expectations or wishes; a quantity answerable to any de- 
 sign, or proportionable to a person's qualities and abilities. 
 
 ENOUG'H, (enuff) ad. in such a manner as to give content or 
 satisfaction. When repeated, it is used as an interjection, im- 
 
 plying that there is already more than a sufficiency, and that : 
 person is desired to desist. " Henceforth I'll bear affliction, till 
 It do cry itself — JEnough, enough!" 
 
 ENOW', (endw) a. [the plural of enough, according to Johnson,] 
 a sufficient number. In this number it is used before its sub- 
 stantive ; but in the singular after it. 
 
 EN PA'SSANT, (ang-pdssang) ad. [Fr.] by the way. 
 
 To ENRA'GE, v. a. [enrager, Fr.] to put a person in a violent 
 passion of anger. 
 
 To ENRA'NGE, v. a. to place regularly; to put in order. 
 
 To ENRA'NK, v. a. to place in order. 
 
 To ENRA'PT, V. a. to transport to a great degree of ecstasy or 
 enthusiasm. 
 
 To ENRA'PTURE, v. a. to transport and affect to the highest 
 degree of delight and pleasure. 
 
 To ENRA'VISH, v. a. to throw into an ecstasy ; or to affect 
 with the most exalted degree of joy. 
 
 ENRA^VISHMENT, s. ecstasy of delight. 
 
 To ENRHEU'M, v. n. \enrhumer, Fr.] to have rheum through 
 cold. 
 
 To ENRFCH, v. a. [enricher, Fr.] to give riches or money to a 
 person. Figuratively, to make fat or render fruitful, applied to 
 ground. To adorn or improve with new knowledge, applied to 
 the mind. 
 
 ENRl'CHMENT, s. an augmentation or increase of wealth. 
 Amplification or improvement, applied to soil, books, or to un- 
 derstanding. 
 
 To ENRI'DGE, v. a. to form with long eminences or ridges. 
 
 To ENRl'NG, V. a. to bind round ; to surround as with a ring. 
 
 To ENRI'PEN, V. a. to make ripe. 
 
 To ENRO'BE, v. a. to dress ; to clothe. 
 
 To ENRO'L, ». a. lenroller, Fr.] to enter in a list, or roll ; to 
 record or commit to writing; to involve ; to inwrap. 
 
 ENRO'LLER, s. a person who writes another s name in a 
 list. 
 
 ENT 
 
 ENRO'LMENT, s. a writing in which any thing is recorded ; j 
 the act of registering. 
 
 To ENROO'T, V. a. to fix by the root. Figuratively, to fasten 
 or implant deeply. 
 
 ENS, (enz) s. [Lat.] in Metaphysics,any thing which the mind 
 apprehends, and of which it affirms, denies, proves, or dis- 
 proves ; something that is, and exists, some way further than 
 barely in conception ; that to which there are real attributes be- 
 longing ; or that which has a reality, not only in the intellect, 
 but likewise in itself 
 
 ENS, The provinces of the Upper and Lower ; the design- 
 ation of Austria Proper; ivhich see. 
 
 ENSA'MPLE, s. [ensempio, Ital.] example; pattern; copy; 
 subject of imitation. 
 
 To ENSA'NGUINE, v. a. {sanguis, Lat.] to smear with gore ; 
 to suffuse with blood. 
 
 To ENSCHE'DULE, v. a. to insert in a writing or schedule. 
 
 To ENSCO'NCE, v. a. to cover as with a fort ; to secure. 
 
 To ENSE'AM, v. a. to sew up ; to enclose by a seam or junc- 
 ture of needlework. 
 
 To ENSHRI'NE, c a. to preserve in a sacred or hallowed 
 place. 
 
 E'NSIFORM, a. lensis and forma, Lat.] having the shape of a 
 sword. 
 
 E'NSIGN, {ensin) s. [enseigne, Fr.] the flag or standard of a 
 regiment ; a signal to assemble ; a mark or badge of distinc- 
 tion and authority ; the officer of a foot regiment who carries the 
 flag or ensign. 
 
 To ENSLA'VE, v. a. to deprive of liberty. Figuratively, to 
 betray to another as a slave. 
 
 ENSLA'VEMENT, s. the state of a slave. Figuratively, ^ 
 state of mean and sordid obedience to the violence of any 
 passion. 
 
 ENSLA'VER, s. one who deprives of liberty. 
 
 To ENSU'E, V. a. [ensuivre, Fr.] to follow ; to pursue ; to prac- 
 tise for a continuance. 
 
 ENTA'BLATURE, Enta'blement, s. [Fr.] in Architecture, 
 that part of a column which is over the capital, and comprehends 
 the architrave, frieze, and cornice. 
 
 ENTA'IL, s. [entaille, Fr.] in Law, a fee estate entailed, t. e. 
 abridged and limited to certain conditions, at the will of the 
 donor. 
 
 To ENTA'IL, V. a. [entailler, Fr.] in Law, to settle the descent 
 of an estate, so that it cannot be bequeathed at pleasure by the 
 person who succeeds to it. 
 
 To ENTA'ME, v. a. to tame ; to conquer, or subdue. 
 
 To ENTA'NGLE, v. a. to insnare, or involve in something 
 which is not easily got clear from, as briers ; and not easily ex- 
 tricated from, as a net; to twist or knot in such a perplexed 
 manner, as cannot be easily unravelled. Figuratively, to per- 
 plex or confuse with difficulties; to insnare by captious ques- 
 tions; to distract with a variety of affairs, which a person can- 
 not easily free himself from. 
 
 ENTA'NGLEMENT, s. that which involves a thing in intri- 
 cacies, or with such things as are not easily got rid of; the 
 confused state of thread, which requires great patience to un- 
 ravel and undo ; an obscurity, difficulty, or insnaring argument, 
 which involves the mind in confusion and perplexity. 
 
 ENTA'NGLER, s. one that insnares, or involves in perplexity. 
 
 To E'NTER, V. n. [entrcr, Fr.] to make one's appearance, or 
 go into any place ; to commence the discharge of the duties of 
 any office. In Commerce, to set down or write any article in a 
 book; to give notice to the Custom-house, and pay the duties 
 for the import or export of any commodity ; to begin or engage, 
 used with on or upon. 
 
 E'NTERING, s. an avenue by which a person may go into 
 a place ; the act or motion by which a person goes into a 
 place. 
 
 ENTERITIS, s. [Gr.] in Medicine, a disease in which the 
 outer coat of the intestines is inflamed, and is accompanied by 
 acute pain and sickness. It is very dangerous, and needs im- 
 mediate and speedy treatment. See CoLir. 
 
 To ENTERLA'CE, v. a. [entrelasser, Fr.] to interweave ; to 
 intermix.' 
 
 ENTERO'CELE, s. [enUron and kele, Gr.] in Medicine, a rup- 
 ture wherein the intestines, and particularly the ilium, fall into 
 the groin. 
 
ENT 
 
 ENTERCyLOGY, s. [enteron and logos, Gr.] a treatise on the 
 bowels, or an anatomical description of all the internal parts. 
 
 ENTERO'MPHALOS,*. [cntcron and om^^Aafos, Gr.] a disorder 
 wherein the intestines having fallen out of their place occasion a 
 tumour in the navel. 
 
 E'NTERFRISE, (enterprize) a. [enterprize, Fr.] an undertaking 
 attended with danger. 
 
 To E'NTERPRISE, {enterprize) v. a. to attempt ; to undertake; 
 or to try to perform. 
 
 E'NTERPRISER, {enterpriser) s. one who undertakes or en- 
 gages himself in important, dangerous, and hazardous designs. 
 
 To ENTERTA'IN, v. a. [entretenir, Fr.] to communicate im- 
 provement, or employ a person's time in agreeable discourse ; to 
 treat at table ; to receive hospitably ; to retain or keep a person 
 as a servant ; to please, amuse, or give pleasure. To reserve, or 
 conceive, applied to the mind. 
 
 ENTERTA'INER, s. one who keeps others as servants ; he 
 that treats others with food, or at his table ; he that amuses, di- 
 verts, and communicates pleasure. 
 
 ENTERTA'INMENT, s. a conversation, wherein time is spent 
 agreeably ; a feast ; hospitable reception ; amusement, or diver- 
 sion ; a farce ; a low species of comedy, or a pantomime. The 
 state of being hired or in pay, applied to soldiers and servants. 
 
 ENTERTl'SSUED, a. interwoven or intermixed with various 
 colours or substances. 
 
 To ENTHRO'NE, v. a. to place on a throne, or the seat of a 
 sovereign. Figuratively, to invest with the dignity or authority 
 
 ENTHU'SIASM, {enthUziasm) s. [en and Theos, Gr.] a transport 
 of the mind, whereby it is led to imagine things in a sublime, 
 surprising, yet probable manner. This is the enthusiasm felt in 
 poetry, oratory, music, painting, sculpture, &c. In a religious 
 sense, it implies a transport of the mind, wherein it believes itself 
 inspired with some revelation, impulse, &c. from .heaven. 
 
 ENTHU'SIAST, {enthuziast) s. in Divinity, one who believes he 
 is immediately inspired by God. One of warm imagination or 
 passions; also one of an elevated fancy, or exalted ideas. 
 
 ENTHUSIA'STIC, EnthUSIA'stical, {enthusiastik, enthusiasi- 
 ikal) a. strongly persuaded of receiving extraordinary communi- 
 cations from the Deity ; warmly earnest in any cause ; of ele- 
 vated fancy or exalted ideas. 
 
 E'NTHYMEME, s. [en and thumos, Gr.] in Logic, an argu- 
 ment consisting only of an antecedent and consequential pro- 
 position ; a syllogism, where the major proposition is suppressed, 
 and only the minor and consequence produced in words. 
 
 To ENTI'CE, V. a. to seduce, allure, or draw by blandish- 
 ments or hopes, to something bad. 
 
 ENTI'CEMENT, s. the act or practice of drawing or alluring 
 a person to do ill ; the alluring means by which a person is 
 drawn to commit something ill. 
 
 E'NTICER, s. one that allures to ill. 
 
 ENTl'CINGLY, ad. so as to charm or allure, 
 
 E'NTICK, DR. JOHN, author of a well-known, and now little 
 used, Latin and English Dictionary for schools ; and some other 
 works. He died in 1780. 
 
 ENTI'RE, a. [entier, Fr.] whole ; undivided ; unbroken ; com- 
 
 Elete ; having all its parts ; full ; firm ; fixed ; solid ; unmingled ; 
 onest ; faithful. 
 
 ENTI'RELY, ad. wholly; without exception, reserve, or 
 abatement. 
 
 ENTI'RENESS, s. the state of a thing which has all its parts. 
 
 To ENTITLE, v. a. [entittder, Fr.] to grace a person with a 
 title of honour ; to call by a particular name; to give a claim or 
 right ; to superscribe ; to make use of the name of a person or 
 thing as a sanction ; to grant as claimed by a title. 
 
 E'NTITY, s. [entitas, low Lat.] the being, or rather actual 
 existence, of any thinking thing ; a particular collection of qua- 
 lities which constitute the species or nature of a thing. 
 
 To ENTO'MB, {entodm) v. a. to shut up in a tomb. 
 
 ENTOMO'LOGY, «. ientoma and logos, Gr.] the Natural His- 
 tory of insects. 
 ^ To ENTRA'IL, v. a. [intrakiare, Ital] to mingle; to inter- 
 ■ weave ; to diversify. 
 
 E'NTRAILS, s. has no singular ; {entrailles, Fr.] the intestines 
 of an animal. 
 
 E'NTRANCE, s. [entrant, Fr.] the passage or avenue by which 
 a person may go into a place. Figuratively, the power, act, or 
 
 EPA 
 
 liberty of going in ; the beginning or first rudiments of a science 
 or art. 
 
 To ENTRA'NCE, v. n. [transco, Lat.] to reduce to such a state 
 that the soul seems to be absent from the body, while the latter 
 has no apparent signs of life ; to hurry away ; to exalt to such a 
 pitch of ecstasy as to be insensible to external objects. 
 
 To ENTRA'P, V. a. [entraper, Fr.] to catch in a trap or snare. 
 Figuratively, to betray, or subject insidiously to danger and dif- 
 ficulties ; to take advantage of. 
 
 To ENTRE'AT, {entreet) v. a. \traiter,Vr.-\ to ask with humili- 
 ty and earnestness ; to treat or use well or ill ; to make a peti- 
 tion or request for a person in a humble manner; to entertain, 
 or amuse. 
 
 ENTRE'ATY, {entreety) s. a request made for some favour in a 
 humble manner. 
 
 ENTRE DOURO E MINHO, a province of Portugal, lying 
 on the Atlantic, and bounded by the provinces of Beira, Tra los 
 Montes, and Spain. It is about 00 miles in length and 37 in 
 breadth. It is divided into 6 jurisdictions, which contain 963 
 parishes. It has some hills, but of no great height, and it is 
 watered by the Douro, the Minho, the Tamega, &c. The air is 
 pure and healthy, and the soil is fertile, producing corn, wine, 
 oil, and flax in abundance ; also feeding great numbers of sheep, 
 and there is plenty of fish and game. Braga is the capital. Po- 
 pulation, about 900,000. 
 
 E'NTRY, s. [entree, Fr.] the passage by which a person goes 
 into a house ; the act of going in. In Law, the taking posses- 
 sion of an estate. See Book-keeping. 
 
 To ENVE'LOP, V. a. [enveloper, Fr.] to inwrap ; to cover or 
 enclose in a covering. Figuratively, to surrouncl or hide from 
 the sight. 
 
 E'N VELOPE, s. [Fr.] a wrapper ; a cover ; an outward case of 
 a letter, &c. 
 
 To ENVE'NOM, V. a. to mix with poison ; to make poisonous. 
 
 E'NVIABLE, a. deserving envy ; that may excite envy. 
 
 E'NV1ER,«. one who is affected with grief at the prosperity of 
 another. 
 
 E'NVIOUS, a. affected with envy. 
 
 E'NViOUSLY, ad. in such a manner as to show displeasure 
 or ill-will, on account of the happiness or excellence of another. 
 
 To ENVl'RON, V. a. [envlronner, Fr.] to surround; to encom- 
 pass. Figuratively, to hem in, or surround in a hostile manner ; 
 to enclose ; to invest. 
 
 ENVI'RONS, s. [Fr.] the neighbourhood, or places situated 
 round about any town or city. 
 
 To ENU'MERATE, v. a. [enumero, Lat.] to reckon up, or 
 count over singly and distinctly ; to give a minute account of all 
 the circumstances of a thing. 
 
 ENUMERATION, s. the act of numbering or counting over 
 siiigly and distinctly; a minute detail. 
 
 To ENU'NCIATL, v. a. [enuncio, Lat.] to declare ; to proclaim ; 
 to express ; to relate. 
 
 ENUNCIATION, s. a simple expression, or declaration of a 
 thing, either in affirmative or negative words, without any ap- 
 plication ; a declaration, proclamation, or public attestation. 
 
 ENU'NCIATIVE, o. declarative ; expressing either alfirma- 
 tively or negativelj'. 
 
 ENU'NCIATIVELY, ad. declaratively. 
 
 E'NVOY, s. [envoye, Fr.] a person deputed to negociate an 
 affair with some foreign prince or state. Those sent from 
 Britain, France, Spain, &c. to any petty prince or state, go in 
 quality of envoys, not ambassadors, to whom they are inferior 
 in dignity, though they have the same right to protection, and 
 enjoy the same privileges with ambassadors, except in cere- 
 monies. 
 
 To E'NVY, V. n. [envier, Fr.] to grieve at the excellences, pros- 
 perity, or happiness of another ; to hate another for excellence, 
 prosperity, or happiness ; to grudge. 
 
 E'NVY, s. the feeling of pain at the happiness of another, 
 which leads to the wish to deprive him of it; the feeling which 
 makes one wish to rise by another's fall. 
 
 EO'LIPILE, s. l^olus and pila, Lat.] a hollow ball of metal 
 with a long pipe; which ball, filled with water, and exposed to 
 the fire, sends out, as the water heats, at intervals, blasts of cold 
 wind through the pipe. 
 
 E'PACT, s. [cpakte, Gr.] in the Ecclesiastical calendar, the day 
 of the calendar moon on which the 1st of January falls in each 
 2 T 2 > 323 
 
EPH 
 
 year ; which must not be confounded with the actual day of the 
 moon's apfe. 
 
 EPAMINO'NDAS, a young Theban general, under whom 
 Boeotia made the only effort it ever made to obtain the suprema- 
 cy of Greece. He was a soldier in the same cause that Athens had 
 fought and perished for. And Sparta was still the sullen oppo- 
 nent of democracy. Epaminondas overthrew the Spartan army 
 of invaders at Leuctra, and then marching into the Pelopon- 
 nesus, was joined by numbers from other states, who had felt 
 the weight of the hand of Sparta. He was victor in another 
 fight at Mantineia, but he fell in the conflict. With him de- 
 parted the glory of this dream of Thebes. He died in 302 b, c. 
 
 EPAU'LE, s. [Fr.] in Fortification, the shoulder of the bastion, 
 or the angle made bv the face and flank. 
 
 EPAU'LEMENT, Epau'lment, s. [Fr.] in Fortification, a side- 
 work of earth hastily thrown up, of bags filled with sand, or of 
 gabions, fascines, &c., with earth, to cover the men or cannon ; 
 likewise a demi-bastion, or little flank, placed at the point of a 
 horn or crownwork. 
 
 E'PAULEITES, s. [Fr.] a kind of shoulder-knot worn by of- 
 ficers^of the army. 
 
 Epee, C. Michael de l', one of those men who have devoted 
 themselves with true Christian zeal to devise means for cultivat- 
 ing the minds of the deaf and dumb. He followed Bonnet, and 
 was succeeded by Sicard. He died in 1789, aged 77 years. 
 
 EPE'NTHESIS, s. [Gr.] in Grammar, the interposition or in- 
 sertion of a letter or syllable in the middle of a word ; as Relligio 
 for Seliffio ; Induperator for Imperafor. 
 
 E'PHAH, (fifa) 8. a Hebrew measure containing fifteen solid 
 inches. 
 
 EPHE'MERA, (efnmera) s. [epi and e,nera, Gr.] a fever that 
 terminates in one day. , In Natural History, an insect which 
 lives only a single day. In Botany, such flowers as open and 
 expand at sun-rise, and shut and wither at sun-setting. 
 
 EPHE'MERIS, (efemeris) s. a journal, or account of daily 
 transactions. In Astronomy, a table, calculated to show the 
 present state of the heavens, or the places of the planets at noon. 
 
 EPHE'MERIST, (efemerist) s. one whose knowledge of the 
 
 g laces of the planets does not flow from his own observations, 
 ut is entirely taken from an ephemeris ; a word of reproach. 
 EPHE'SIANS, Epistle of Paul the Apostle to the ; it was 
 written at Rome, during the apostle's first imprisonment there. 
 It was written before those to Philemon and the Colossians, as 
 no mention is made in this of Timotheus, who had not yet re- 
 joined him. It seems to be most probable, that it was not 
 intended exclusively for the church at Ephesus, but also for 
 others within Proconsular Asia, which had arisen perhaps 
 through the labours of the Ephesian Christians. It would seem 
 also that this letter is alluded to in the end of that to the Colos- 
 sians, as to be forwarded from Laodicea for their perusal. In 
 general plan, and in similarity of scope and expression, it and 
 the letter to the Colossians are closely alike ; only this is more 
 uniform in tone, and is not broken by such lofty flights. The 
 first part relates to the knowledge which had been given to the 
 Ephesians by the gospel ; and which he shows to have consist- 
 ed in the discovery of themselves as sinners and of God as the 
 Saviour; and he ascribes all the praise of it to God, shows them 
 what favour is implied in it, and prays most fervently in their be- 
 half to God. The second part is practical, and evidently based 
 on the first, meant also rather as a sketch of the kind of life 
 and duty springing naturally from such knowledge. The closing 
 representation of a Christian, under the figure of a warrior fully 
 accoutred, and engaged with foes that need weapons and 
 armour of heavenly temper to withstand them, is very noble. 
 
 E'PHESUS, anciently a celebrated city of Ionia, in Asia 
 Minor, and the capital of the Roman province of Asia. Here 
 was the famous temple of Artemis, or Diana, which the ancient 
 Christians afterwards converted into a place of public worship ; 
 but it is now so entirely ruined, that it is difficult to find the 
 ground-plot ; however, there are some ruins of the walls, and five 
 or six marble columns, all of a piece, 40 feet in length, and 7 in 
 diameter. It is now called Ajasalouc, but only ruins remain of its 
 former splendour. The desolation is complete, the candlestick 
 is removed out of its place. It is seated at the mouth of the 
 Castrus, and has still a good harbour, 50 miles nearly S. of 
 Smyrna. Lat. 37. 50. N. Long. 27. 37. E. 
 E'PHOD, {efod) s. [Heb.] an ornament, a king of girdle, worn 
 324 
 
 EPI 
 
 by the Jewish priests when they attended at the temple; it 
 was brought from behind the neck over the two shoulders ; and 
 then hanging down before, was crossed over the stomach, and 
 thence carried round the waist twice, like a girdle, having its 
 two ends brought before, which hung down to the ground. 
 That of the high priest is embroidered with blue, purple, crim- 
 son, twisted cotton, and gold. Upon that part which came over 
 the two shoulders were two large precious stones, on each of 
 which were engraven the names of six tribes ; where it crossed 
 the priest's breast was a square ornament, called the breast- 
 plate, set with twelve precious stones, on each of which was en- 
 graven the name of a different tribe. That of the other priests 
 consisted of linen only. 
 
 E'PHORI, the name of the chief magistrates of Sparta, under 
 the kings, but j'et having a power which they could exert even 
 on them, if needful. They were five in number; and although 
 often rebelled and conspired against, they fell only when the 
 state itself fell under the mightier power of Rome. 
 
 E'PIC, a. [epos, Gr.] narintive, or consisting of relation, in 
 opposition to dramatic, or that which consists in action. An 
 epic poem is an heroic poem, or discourse delivered in verse, in- 
 vented with art to form the manners by instruction, disguised 
 under the allegory of an important action, in a probable, enter- 
 taining, and surprising manner. 
 
 t PliCE'DIUM, s. [epi and kedos, Gr.] among the Greeks and 
 Latins, a poem rehearsed during the funeralsolemnity of persons 
 of distinction. 
 
 EPICTE'TUS, one of the most distinguished teachers of the 
 Stoic philosophy. He was brought to Rome as a slave from 
 Phrygia,but afterwards obtained his freedom, on which he de- 
 voted himself to philosophy. But one treatise, or collection of 
 his various teachings on morality, remains, called the Manual, 
 and worthy of being made one. He lived during the latter part 
 of the 1st century a. d. 
 
 E'PICURE, s. [from Epicurus,'] a person abandoned or given 
 wholly to luxury. 
 
 EPICURE'AN, s. one who belonged to the school of Epicurus, 
 in ancient times ; more recently, one who practically followed out 
 the maxim. Eat and drink, for to-morrotc u.e die, 
 
 EPICURE'AN, a. luxurious in eating and drinking ; contri- 
 buting to luxury. 
 
 E'PICURISM, s. [see Epicurean,] the sentiments, doctrine, 
 or tenets of Epicurus. Figuratively, luxury of eating, voluptu- 
 ousness ; sensual enjoyments, or gross pleasures. 
 
 EPICU'RUS, an ancient Greek philosopher, whose character 
 and philosophy is not much understood now, because it has been 
 so incorrectly represented. He was the first expounder of the 
 scheme that made happiness the end of man, and pleasure (that 
 is, what is pleasure on the whole, not for a moment) the means 
 of reaching it. Temperance was one of his constant injunctions. 
 In metaphysics and physics, Epicurus advanced nothing new. 
 The pity ot the case is, that his ethical doctrines were very good 
 for such a one as himself; but no provision was made that would 
 convict one who professedly adopted them, but sought happiness 
 by sensual pleasures, that he was wrong. Schemes which do 
 not base themselves on the spiritual in man, and square with its 
 instinctive requisitions, have invariably failed most signally, 
 when adopted most completely. Others have had just the op- 
 posite lot. Epicurus flourished about 300 b. c. His place of 
 teaching at Athens was called the garden, which others have 
 since turned into the sty, 
 
 EPICY'CLE, s. [epi and kuklns, Gr.] in Astronomy, a little cir- 
 cle, whose centre is in the circumference of a greater, which 
 being carried along with it, is called its deferent. 
 
 EPICY'CLOID, s. [epi, kuklos, and eidos, Gr.] in Geometrjs a 
 curve generated by the revolution of a point of the circumference 
 of a circle moving at the same time, like a carriage wheel along 
 a road. 
 
 EPIDE'MIC, Epide'mical, a. [epi and demos, Gr.] in Medicine^ 
 a disease which affects a great number of people at the same 
 time, from a cause not belonging to a country. 
 
 EPIDE'RMIS, s. [epi and derma, Gr.] in Anatomy, the cuticle, 
 or scarf-skin. It receives its name from its covering tjie derma, 
 or true skin ; is insensible, and has neither veins, arteries, nor 
 nerves. 
 
 EPIGLOTTIS, s. [epi and glotta, Gr.] a small cartilage shaped 
 like a tongue, which covers the larynx of the throat. 
 
EFl 
 
 E'PIGRAM, «. [epigramma, Gr.] in Poetry, a short poem, sus- 
 sptible of all kinds of subjects, and ending with a lively, just. 
 
 and unexpected thought 
 EPIGRAMMATIC, 
 
 Epigram ma'tical, a. having the nature 
 
 GflA'MMATIST, s. one who writes epigrams. 
 
 EPl'GKAPHE, «. [epigrapfw, Gr.] an inscription on a statue. 
 
 E'PILEPSY, 5. [epihrnbano, Gr.] in Medicine, a convulsion 
 either of the whole body or some of its parts, attended with a loss 
 of sense and understanding, and returning from time to time in 
 fits and paroxysms. The English call it the falling-sickness, be- 
 cause persons generally fall down when afflicted with it. 
 
 EPILE'PTIC, a. affected with an epilepsy, or the falling-sick- 
 ness ; convulsed. 
 
 E'PILOGUE, (ejnldf/) s. [epihgos, Gr.] a poem, or speech, 
 pronounced after a play. 
 
 EPIME'NIDES, a celebrated Cretan, who was reported to 
 have slept from his early youth till he was above 50 years old, 
 and to have awaked with superhuman knowledge of all things. 
 He was held in the highest esteem durinjj his life, and his say- 
 ings and poems were treasured up as infallible truths after his 
 death. He lived about 600 a. c. 
 
 EPINY'CTIS, s. [epi and nyx, Gr.] in Surgery, a sore at the 
 corner of the eye, which commonly breaks out in the night. 
 
 EPIPHA'NIUS, ST., (of Salamina, Cyprus,) was of Jewish 
 origin, became a monk early in life, and after various aberrations 
 and returns, by degrees, was appointed bishop of Salamina. He 
 was an active and popular prelate, and looked upon as a worker 
 of miracles. Against all heresies, as the least exercise of free- 
 dom of thought was called, he was most bitter, and spared no 
 ill words nor ill wishes in their behalf. His great work relates 
 to the various heresies of his time, but no very trustworthy ac- 
 count is given of them. He was drowned on his return to Cy- 
 prus from a fruitless hunt after some followers of Origen, in 403, 
 aged above 90 years. 
 
 EPI'PHANY, {eplfany) s. [epiphaneia, Gr.] a festival celebrated 
 on the twelfth day after Christmas, in commemoration of our 
 Saviour's being manifested to the Gentile world, by the appear- 
 ance of a miraculous blazing star, or meteor, which directed the 
 Ma^i to the place where he was born. 
 
 EPIPHO^E'MA, (epifonfima)s. [Gr.] in Rhetoric, a sententions 
 exclamation, frequently added after a narrative or relation of any 
 thing remarkable, containing a useful and spirited reflection on 
 the subject to which it is subjoined. 
 
 EPl'PHORA, {epifora) s. {epiphero, Gr.] a preternatural de- 
 fluxion of the eyes. 
 
 EPIPHYLLOSPE'RMOUS,a. [epi,plMllm, and sperma, Gr.] in 
 Botany, applied to plants that bear their seed on the back part 
 of their leaves. 
 
 EPFPHYSIS, (epifysis) s. [epi and phuo, Gr.] in Anatomy, a 
 bony substance, or, as it were, a lesser bone, affixed to a larger 
 or principal bone, by the intervention of a cartilage. 
 
 EFI'PLOCE, s. [epi and pMce, Gr.] a figure of rhetoric, by 
 which one aggravation or striking circumstance is added in due 
 gradation to another ; as, he not only spared his enemies, but 
 continued them in employment; not only continued but ad- 
 vanced them. 
 
 EPI'RUS, a tract of ancient Greece, lying on the Adriatic Sea, 
 bounded by Illyria, Macedonia, Thessalia, and ^tolia ; some- 
 times however it was regarded as confined within narrower bor- 
 ders. Here was the famous oracle of Dodona. Over this coun- 
 try ruled Pyrrhus, famed for his wars with Rome. 
 
 EPl'SCOPACY, s. [episkopos, Gr.] the government of the 
 church by bishops. 
 
 EPI'SCOPAL, a. belonging to, or vested in, a bishop. 
 
 EPl'SCOPATE, ». the government or office of a bishop. 
 
 EPiSCO'PlUS, SIMON, a learned divine of Holland, who was 
 chosen to be professor of theology at Leyden, because of his 
 great skill in that science. He was an Arminian in doctrine, 
 indeed may be regarded as the father of the system now known 
 as Arminianism. And he was exposed to great difficulty through 
 the opposition of the Calvinistic majority at the Synod of Dort, 
 A which he attended ; and was banished. After a while, he re- 
 turned to Rotterdam, and died in 1643, aged 60 years. His 
 numerous works are valuable to such as leel interested in a 
 struggle which is of the unending kind, both sides being right 
 in what they affirm and wrong in what they deny. 
 
 EQU 
 
 E'PISODE, s. [epi and einodos, Gr.] a separate incident, story, 
 or action, which an historian or poet inserts and connects with 
 his principal action, to furnish the work with a greater variety 
 of events. 
 
 EPISO'DIC, Episo'dical, a. contained in, or partaking of, the 
 nature of an episode ; swelled with nnnecessary incidents, or 
 episodes, which are not connected with the main action. 
 
 EPISPA'STIC, s. [epi and spao, Gr.] in Medicine, a topical 
 remedy, which, being applied to the external parts of the body, 
 attracts the humours to that part. 
 
 EPI'STLE, s. [epistcllo, Gr.] a letter, applied generally to the 
 letters of the ancients, and particularly those of the inspired 
 writers. 
 
 EPISTOLARY, a. relating, suitable to, or transacted by, 
 letters. 
 
 E'PITAPH, (epitaf) s. [epi and taphos, Gr,] an inscription on 
 a tomb or grave-stone. 
 
 EPITHALA'MIUM, s. [e/wand thalamos, Gr.] a poem of com- 
 pliment written on the marriage of a person. 
 
 E'PITHEM, s. [epi and tithemi, Gr.] in Pharmacy, a kind of 
 fomentation or remedy, of a spirituous or aromatic kind, applied 
 externally to the regions of the heart,liver,&c., to strengthen and 
 comfort them, or to correct some intemperature in those parts. 
 
 E'PITHET, s. an adjective, denoting the quahty of the word 
 to which it is joined; a title or surname; a phrase or ex- 
 pression. 
 
 EPI'TOME, s. [epianA temno, Gr.] an abridgment, or reduction 
 of the substance of a book into fewer words and less compass. 
 
 To EPI'TOMIZE, V. a. to abridge ; to reduce the substance of 
 a book or writing ; to cut short or curtail. 
 . EPITOMIZE R, Epi'tomist, s. one who abridges a work : the 
 first word is the most proper. 
 
 E'POCH, ¥.Po'cHA, (epoch, ep6ka) s. [epecho, Gr.] in Chronology, 
 a fixed point or period of time, from whence the succeeding years 
 are numbered or counted. 
 
 EPODE, s. [epi and ode, Gr.] in Lyric Poetry, the third or last 
 part of the ode ; the ancient lyric poem being divided into strophe, 
 antistrophe, and epode. The latter was sung by the priests stand- 
 ing still before the altar. 
 
 EPOPE'E, s. [epos and poieo, Gr.] the history, action, or fable, 
 which makes the subject of an epic poem. 
 
 E'PPING, Essex. Great quantities of excellent butter are 
 made in its neighbourhood. Its forest, which is a royal chace, 
 and reaches from the town almost to London, was anciently 
 called the Forest of Essex, and afterwards of Waltham. It i.s 17 
 miles from London. Markets, Thursday for cattle, and Friday 
 for provisions. Pop. 2424. 
 
 E'PSOM, Surrey. It was once celebrated for its mineral waters, 
 of a purgative quality, and the salts produced from them, but 
 now for Its races. The orchards, gardens, &c. in and about it, 
 give it a charmingly rural appearance. It is 15 miles from Lon- 
 don. Market, Friday. Pop. 3533. 
 
 EPSOM SALTS, in Medicine, the common name for sulphate 
 of magnesia, and having its name from being found in the mine- 
 ral waters at Epsom. It is a useful medicine, and well known. 
 
 EPULATION, s. [ejmlor, Lat.] a feaSt or banquet. 
 
 EPULO'TIC, a. [epi and oule, Gr.] in Medicine, applied to dry- 
 ing, astringent remedies, proper to harden, cicatrize, and incar- 
 nate wounds. 
 
 EQUABI'LITY,s. equality to itself; evenness; uniformity. 
 
 E'QUABLE, a. [eequabiliSj'LsLW] even ; alike; consistent with 
 itself. 
 
 E'QUABLY, ad. uniformly ; in the same proportion. 
 
 E'QUAL, a. [aguatis, Lat.]" resembling or like another in bulk, 
 excellence, or any other quality which admits a comparison ; 
 even ; uniform ; in proportion ; impartial ; indifferent ; upon the 
 same terms. 
 
 E'QUAL, «. one neither inferior nor superior to another in any 
 circumstance, excellence, title, or other quality. 
 
 To E'QUAL, V. a. to make one thing or person like another. 
 — r. ». to resemble ; to be equal ; to answer ; to recompense. 
 
 To E'QUALISE, E'quat,ize, v. a. to make even ; to be equal 
 to, or in the same proportion. 
 
 E(iUA'LITY, «. likeness with respect to any quality; the 
 same degree of quality. 
 
 E'QUALLY, ad. in the same degree with any other person or 
 thing; alike; impartially. 
 
EQL 
 
 EQUA'NGULAR, Equia'ngular, a. [aquus and angulus, Lat.] 
 having equal angles. 
 
 EQUANI'MITY, s. [cequus and animus, Lat.] a state of mind 
 which is neither elated nor depressed ; evenness of mind. 
 
 EQUA'NIMOUS, a. even ; neither elated nor dejected. 
 
 EQUA'TION, «. ijxqva, Lat.] the act of making one thing equal 
 to another. In Algebra, an expression of the same quantity in 
 two dissimilar but equal terms, the value of any unknown terms 
 in which is ascertained by the application of rules, based on ge- 
 neral principles of mathematical science. In Astronomy, the 
 reducing the apparent unequal times or motion of the heavenly 
 bodies to equable or mean time. Equation of Time, the difference 
 between mean time as shown by a correct watch or clock, and 
 the apparent time, or that given by an accurately made sun-dial 
 or meridian line. Equation of Payments, in Commercial Arithme- 
 tic, a rule to fix the date for the payment of a sum of money, 
 which a debtor had agreed to pay by instalments. 
 
 EQUA'TOR, s. a great circle of the terrestrial sphere, whose 
 poles are the poles of the world. It divides the globe into two 
 equal parts, called the northern and southern hemispheres, passes 
 through the E. and W. points of the horizon, and at the meri- 
 dian is raised above the horizon as many degrees as the com- 
 plement of the latitude of any given place. When the sun 
 comes to this circle, the days and nights are equal all round 
 the globe. 
 
 EQUATO'RIAL INSTRU3IENT, s. a telescope mounted so as 
 to enable an observer to follow any star in its course by a single 
 motion, the axis of its revolution being parallel to the earth's 
 axis, and its plane of motion to the equator. By means of ac- 
 curately-marked hour-circles, &c., with this instrument a star 
 can be observed in the day-time, its place being easily known, 
 and this instrument as easily set so as to point to it. 
 
 EQUATO'RIAL, a. belonging to, taken at, or measured on 
 the equator. 
 
 E'QUERRY, s. [ecurie, Fr.] in the British court, is an officer of 
 state under the master of the horse. 
 
 EQUE'STRIAN, a. [equestris, Lat.] appearing on horseback ; 
 skilled in horsemanship. Belonging to the second rank of dig- 
 nity, or that of knights, in ancient Rome. 
 
 EQUICRU'RE, Eqdicru'ral, a. [cequus and crus, Lat.] 
 having legs of an equal length. 
 
 EQUIDI'STANT, a. [aquus and distans, Lat.] at the same or 
 an equal distance. 
 
 EQUIDI'STANTLy,a(/. at the same distance. 
 
 EQUIFO'RMITY, «. [cequus and forma, Lat.] equality or uni- 
 formity. 
 
 EQUILATERAL, a. [cequus and latus, Lat.] having its sides 
 equal. 
 
 To EQUILI'BRATE, v. a. to balance equally ; to keep even 
 with equal weights on each side. 
 
 EQUILIBRA'TION, s. equipoise ; the act of keeping a balance 
 even. 
 
 EQUILIBRIUM,*, [cequus and libra, La.t.'] equipoise; equality 
 of weight ; equality of evidence, motives, or powers of any sort. 
 
 EQUINO'CTIAL, (equinokshial) s. a greui circle on the celes- 
 tial globe, the same as tl»e equator on the terrestrial ; to which 
 when the sun comes, the days and nights are equal all round 
 the globe. 
 
 EQUINO'CTIAL, (equindkshial) a. [cequus and nox, Lat.] per- 
 taining to the equinox ; happening about the time of the equi- 
 noxes ; being near the equinoctial line, or subject to the incon- 
 veniences of those parts which lie near the equator. 
 
 EQULNO'CTIALLY, ad. in the direction of the equinox. 
 
 E'QUINOX, s. [Lat.] in Astronomy, the precise time when the 
 sun enters the equinoctial points Aries or Libra ; the former bf- 
 ing on the 21st of March, is called the vernal equinox ; ami Cie 
 latter on the 23rd of September, the autumnal equinox. 
 
 EQUINU'MERANT, a. [cequus and nmnerus, Lat.] having an 
 equal or the same number ; consisting of an equal number. 
 
 To EQUFP, V. a. [equipper, Fr.] to furnish a horseman with 
 furniture for riding. Figuratively, to furnish, accoutre, or dress 
 out. 
 
 E'QUIPAGE, s. [equipar/e, Fr.] furniture for a horse ; a car- 
 riage ; a China tea-service; attendants or retinue; furniture; 
 accoutrements. 
 
 EQUIPE'NDENCY, «. [cequus aad pendeo, Lat.] freedom from 
 any bias, applied to the will or mind. 
 
 ERA 
 
 EQUI'PMENT, s. the act of accoutring or dressing ; accoutre- 
 ment or equipage. 
 
 E'QUIPOISE, (equipoise) s. [cequus, Lat. and poids, Fr.] equality 
 or evenness of weight ; equality of force ; that state of a balance 
 wherein the weights on each side are so equal that neither scale 
 will descend. 
 
 EQUIPO'LLENCE, s. [ceqnus and pollentia, Lat.] equality of 
 force or power. 
 
 EQUIPO'LLENT, a. having equal power or force. Having 
 the same\signification, a|5plied to words, synonymous. 
 
 EQUIPO'NDERANCE, Equipo'nderancy, s. [cequus and /jon- 
 dus, Lat.] fequality of weight. 
 
 EQUIPO'NDERANT, a. being of equal or the same weight. 
 
 E'QUITABLE, a. [equitable, Fr.] just ; impartial ; mitigating 
 the rigour of a law, so as to be consistent with justice. 
 
 E'QUITABLY, ad. in a manner consistent with justice and 
 mercy. 
 
 E'QUITY, s. [(syuf'to, Lat.] justice; a correction or abatement 
 of the severity of some law ; a temperament which, without be- 
 ing unjust, abates the rigour of the law. Impartiality, applied 
 to opinions, or private determinations. In Law, it is the princi- 
 ples of natural right by which verdicts in the Court of Chancery 
 are presumed to be given ; but as chancellors vary, so also does 
 equity. 
 
 EQUFVALENCE, Equi'valency, s. [cequus and valeo, Lat.] 
 equality of power or worth. 
 
 EQUFVALENT, a. equal in value, force, power, importance, 
 weight, dignity, or value. 
 
 EQUFVALENT, s. a thing of the same weight, dignity, or va- 
 lue. In Chemistry, the combining proportion of any substance, 
 elementary or compound, with any other. 
 
 EQUFVOCAL, a. [cequus and vox, Lat.] of doubtful significa- 
 tion; having different senses or meanings; uncertain; doubtful; 
 happening different ways. 
 
 EQUFVOCAL, s. a word of doubtful meaning. 
 
 EQUFVOCALLY, ad. in a doubtful or double sense, applied 
 to words. Doubtfully ; uncertainly. 
 
 EQUFVOCALNESS, s. the ambiguity or double meaning of a 
 word. 
 
 To EQUITOCATE, v. n. [erjuivoqtter, Fr.] to use words of a 
 doubtful or double meaning, with an intention to deceive or 
 impose on another ; to quibble. 
 
 EQUIVOCA'TION, s. the using a term or word which has a 
 double signification, used generally in a bad sense. 
 
 EQUIVOCA'TOR, s. one who uses words in doubtful or 
 double meanings, in order to conceal the truth and impose on 
 another. 
 
 EQUU'LEUS, in Astronomy, the little horse, or rather horse's 
 head, a constellation of the northern hemisphere. 
 
 ER, in the middle or end of words, especially those which sig- 
 nify the names of places, comes from wer, or were, Sax. a man, 
 and signifies, when joined to common nouns, an agent, or, when 
 joined to appellatives, or the names of places, an inhabitant. 
 Thus singer, from sing and er, oficer. Sax. a man, denotes a sing- 
 ing man. Londoner, from London and er, odoer. Sax. a man, sig- 
 nifies a London man, or a native and inhabitant of London. 
 
 E'RA, s. [Lat.] an account of time reckoned from any particu- 
 lar period, or epoch. 
 
 ERADIA'TION, s. [e and radius, Lat.] emission of radiance. 
 
 To ERA'DICATE, v. a. [e and radix, Lat.] to pull or pluck up 
 by the roots. Figuratively, to extirpate, or destroy entirely. 
 
 ERADICATION, s. the act of pulling or plucking up by the 
 roots ; extirpation ; total destruction. 
 
 ERA'DICTATIVE, a. [e and radix, Lat.] in Medicine, that 
 expels a disease to the very root; that cures radically; that 
 drives entirely away. 
 
 To ERASE, V. a. [raser, Fr.] to scratch out any thing writ- 
 ten ; to expunge. 
 
 ERA'SEMENT, (erdzemenf) s. applied to buildings and cities, 
 entire destruction and demolition. Applied to writings, an entire 
 blotting and scratching out. 
 
 ERA'SMUS, DESIDERIUS, one of the great scholars of the 
 time of the Reformation ; a native of Holland, who studied in 
 France, and afterwards led a rambling life, appearing now in 
 England, where he had good friends, and was a professor at 
 Cambridge for a while ; now in Flanders, where he served the 
 Archduke Charles; again, in Italy, where he visited the chief 
 
schools, and availed himself of the aid of the learned men of the 
 country; and in Switzerland, where he resided long at Basle. 
 He wrote many books, and amongst them one on Free Will, in 
 which he attacked Luther's doctrine, and drew from him his 
 heroic but unsatisfactory work on the Enslaved Will. This attack 
 made Luther give up the hopes he entertained of having Eras- 
 mus on his side, seeing that he had written with such pungent 
 satire against the absurdities and monstrosities of Rome. His 
 edition of the Greek Testament was the work which cost him 
 most labour, although it is superseded now. We owe to him 
 and the deficient criticism of the age, that the perplexing inter- 
 polation of the verses about the three heavenly witnesses, in the 
 First Epistle of John, is in our Bibles. The actual service done 
 by his wit to the cause of the Reformation was very great. He 
 died in 1536, aged 69 years. 
 
 ERA'TO, s. in Greek Mythology, one of the nine Muses that 
 presides over love-poems ; she is generally represented like a 
 young maiden of a gay humour, crowned with myrtle and roses, 
 holding a harp in her right hand, and a bow in the other, with a 
 little winged Cupid placed by her, armed with his bows and 
 arrows. 
 
 ERATO'STHENES, a distinguished mathematician and as- 
 tronomer of Alexandria, who also had the charge of the famous 
 library there. The most celebrated of his achievements were 
 the measuring of the circumference of the earth, and the deter- 
 mining of the obliquity of the ecliptic. He flourished about 
 270 B. c. 
 
 E'REBUS, s. in Heathen Mythology, an infernal god, born of 
 Chaos and Tenebrae. It is likewise the name of one of the in- 
 fernal rivers. 
 
 ERE, ad. [acr. Sax.] before ; sooner than. 
 
 To ERE'CT, V. a. [c and rego, Lat.] to raise in a straight line ; 
 to place perpendicular to the horizon. In Geometry, to-erect a 
 perpendicular, is to raise a right line upon another, so as they 
 may form right angles. Figuratively, to build ; to exalt ; or as- 
 sume an office without being authorized, used with into. To 
 assume a principle, or found a doctrine; to raise from a state of 
 dejection. 
 
 ERE'CT, a, upright, opposed to leaning, or looking down- 
 wards ; lifted upright ; vigorous ; bold ; unshaken. 
 
 ERE'CTION, (erekshon) s. the act of raising, or the state of a 
 thing raised upwards ; the act of building or raising houses ; 
 establishment ; elevation. 
 
 ERE'CTNESS, s. uprightness of posture or form. 
 
 E'REMITE, s. lere,nos, Gr.] See Hermit. 
 
 ERIMFTICAL, a. leading the life of a hermit. 
 
 E'RFURT, a town of Prussia, formerly the capital of a princi- 
 pality of the same name. It stands on the Gera, and is tolerably 
 strongly fortified. It has some good public buildings, and some 
 which were once palaces. It has also a good library, and was 
 formerl;^ a good university. It has some manufactures, and is a 
 place of some trade. Population, about 2.5,000. Lat. 51. 0. N. 
 Long. 11. 6. E. 
 
 E'RGOT, s. in Farriery, a sort of stub, like a piece of soft horn, 
 placed behind and below the pastern joint. In Botany, and Me- 
 dicine, a species of disease to which wheats and grasses are sub- 
 ject, the grain being replaced by a peculiarly formed fungus. It 
 IS not extensively used in medicine, because of the violent effects 
 it produces. 
 
 ERI'DANUS, in Astronomy, the river Po, a constellation of 
 the southern hemisphere. 
 
 E'RIE, LAKE, in N. America, forming the boundary between 
 the United States and Canada. It is 240 miles long, and 60 
 wide in its broadest part. It receives the waters of Superior, 
 Huron, and Michigan Lakes, through Detroit river, and dis- 
 charges them over the precipice at Niagara into Lake Ontario. 
 The business done on this lake is immense, and is increasing. 
 
 ERFGENA, JOHN SCOTUS, a scholar, or schoolman, of the 
 9th century, who, though Irish by birth, lived in France, and 
 devoted himself to the cultivation of the liberal sciences as then 
 studied. He visited Alfred the Great, on occasion of his having 
 excited the pope's displeasure. His works are very curious. He 
 w died about 870. 
 
 E'RIVAN, a fortifi^ed city of Georgia, Russia. It is dirty and 
 ill built; the ramparts are of earth, and the churches of the 
 Christians are small, and half underground, resembling cata- 
 combs. Population, about 10,000. Lat. 40.20. N. Long. 44.10. E. 
 
 ERS 
 
 ERFNGO. -See Eryngo. 
 
 ERLA'NGEN, a town and university of Bavaria, Germany. 
 It stands near the Schwabach, and is strongly built, being di- 
 vided into the Old Town, and the New Town, or Christian's 
 Erlangen. There is a good library, and the university is flour- 
 ishing. In the town are manufactories, but of no great account. 
 Population, about 12,000. Lat. 49. 34. N. Long. 11. 7. E. 
 
 E'RMINE, s. [Armenius, Lat.] in Natural History, an animal 
 which nearly resembles the weasel, and inhabits various parts 
 of the world. In the north of Europe and Asia, they have, in 
 the winter, a rich white fur, having only the tip of the tail 
 black, whereas in the summer the body is of a lightish brown. 
 It is valuable only when in its winter dress. In Heraldry, a white 
 field, or fur, powdered or interspersed with black spots. 
 
 E'RMINED, a. clothed in ermine. 
 
 ERNE, at the end of words which signify a repository or re- 
 ceptacle, is derived from erne. Sax. a place. 
 
 ERNE, or Earne, a lake of Ireland, in the county of Fer- 
 managh, Ulster. It is 40 miles in length, and is divided by a 
 narrow strait into two parts. It affords capital fishing. Ennis- 
 killen, the capital of the county, is the only place of importance 
 lying on it. 
 
 ERNE'STI, the name of an uncle and two nephews, celebrated 
 for their learning and critical skill. The uncle, John Augustus, 
 is most eminent, as being professor of theology at Leipsic. He 
 died in 1781. His nephews died in 1801 and 1802. 
 
 To ERO'DE, V. a. [e and rodo, Lat.] to canker, eat away, or 
 corrode. 
 
 ERO'SION, «. the act of eating away ; the state of being eaten 
 away or corroded. 
 
 ERPE'NIUS, THOMAS, a famous Dutch scholar, who studied 
 the oriental languages by actual travel. He taught as professor 
 of those tongues at Leyden. Arabic was, however, his great 
 study. His grammar is still used. He died in 1624, aged 40 
 years. 
 
 To ERR, V. a. [erro, Lat.] to wander, or move without any 
 certain direction ; to stray, or miss the right way ; to commit an 
 error ; to mistake. 
 
 E'RRAND, s. [cEi-enth, Sax.] a message ; something to be done 
 or told by a person sent from one man to another. 
 
 E'RRANT, a. [erro, Lat.] wandering without any certain di- 
 rection; roving; rambling: applied to a particular order of 
 knights celebrated in romance, who went about in search of 
 adventures. Vile ; abandoned ; completely bad. See Arrant. 
 
 E'RRANTRY, s. the condition of a wanderer; the profession 
 of a knight-errant. 
 
 ERRA'TA, s. [Lat.] the faults of the printer inserted in the 
 beginning or end of a book. 
 
 ERRA'TIC, a. [erro, Lat.] keeping no certain order of motion ; 
 holding no established course; irregular; changeable. 
 
 ERRA'TICALLY, ad. without rules, or without any establish- 
 ed method or order. 
 
 ERRHI'NE, s. [errinon, Gr.] something snuffed up the nose, 
 causing sneezing. 
 
 ERRO'NEOUS, a. [erro, Lat.] wandering, or going without 
 any particular direction ; irregular, or leaving the right way or 
 road; mistaken, or mistaking. 
 
 ERRO'NEOUSLY, ad. in such a manner as to err or mistake. 
 
 ERRO'NEOUSNESS, s. mistake ; want of conformity to truth. 
 
 E'RROR, s. [Lat.] a mistake of the judgment in giving assent 
 to that which is not true; an act which implies the taking a 
 
 thing to be what it is not; a blunder; a roving excursion; a 
 wandering beyond bounds. In Common Law, a fault or over- 
 sight, either in pleading or in process. A writ of error is that 
 
 which is brought to remedy either of these faults, or to reverse a 
 false judgment. 
 
 EliS, s. in Botany, a plant, the same as the bitter vetch. 
 
 E'RSKINE, THOMAS LORD, for a short time chancellor of 
 Great Britain. He was nobly descended, and studied at Edin- 
 burgh and St. Andrew's. After trying the navy and the army, 
 he set to work on the law, and studying diligently, rose rapidly, 
 sitting in parliament for Portsmouth, till he became chancellor. 
 He espoused the popular view of many questions, at the risk of 
 losing his own ground ; but he seemed to recover all his losses, 
 and was finally placed at the head of the profession. He died in 
 1823, aged 73 years. His eloquence and wit will not soon be 
 forgotten. 
 
 .327 
 
 II « 
 
ESC 
 
 ERST, ad. [Teut.] at first ; formerly, till now. Used at pre- 
 sent only in poetry. 
 
 ERUBE'SCENCE, Erubi/scency, «. [erubescentia, Lat.] red- 
 ness ; blushing. 
 
 To ERU'CT, r. o, [e and ructo, Lat.] to belch, or break wind 
 upwards. 
 
 ERUCTATION, s. the act of breaking wind upwards ; the 
 wind broken from the stomach by the mouth ; any sudden burst 
 of wind or matter cast upwards. 
 
 ERUDI'TION,s. leruditio,LaLt.'] learning or knowledge acquired 
 from reading, especially that which is acquired from the study of 
 the ancients. Synon. Learning implies simply that knowledge 
 which we acquire by our common study at school ; Literature de- 
 notes polite learning, or an acquaintance with the Belles Let- 
 TRES, and is rather practical ; but Erudition signifies great depth of 
 knowledge, with a particular relation to that which is speculative. 
 
 ERU'GINOUS, a. [aruffo, Lat.] partaking of the substance or 
 qualities of copper. 
 
 ERU'PTION, (erupshon) s. [e and rumpo, Lat.] the act of break- 
 ing or bursting from any confinement ; the active state of a volca- 
 no; a burst of combustible matter orgunpowder; a breaking out of 
 pimples on the skin. A violent exclamation, applied to the voice. 
 
 EKU'PTIVE, a. bursting with force and violence from an en- 
 closure or confinement. 
 
 ERY'NGO, s. in Botany, a plant with prickly leaves, growing 
 on the sea-shore, called also sea hollj'. 
 
 ERYSI'PELAS, s. {eruthos and pelos, Gr.] in Medicine, an in- 
 flammatory disorder affecting the skin, generally called St. An- 
 thony's tire. In some cases blisters are formed beneath the skin, 
 which is thrown off on their suppuration. The extension of the 
 disease from the superficies to the internal parts of the body, is 
 usually fatal. 
 
 ERZE'RUM, a city of Turkey in Asia, built on a peninsula 
 formed by the sources of the river Euphrates. It lies in a fruitful 
 plain, and is a considerable thoroughfare for the caravans which 
 pass to the Indies. Their merchandise is Persian silks, cottons, 
 calicoes, furs, gall nuts, rhubarb, and madder. Population, about 
 20,000, most of whom are Turks. It is about 250 miles from 
 Aleppo. Lat. 39. 57. N. Long. 40. 57. E. 
 
 E'RZGEBIRGE, the name of one of the German mountain 
 chains. It forms part of what were anciently called the Hercy- 
 nian mountains, and lies between Bohemia and Saxony. Vari- 
 ous tributaries of the Elbe spring from both sides of this range. 
 It is covered in good part with valuable timber; but the abund- 
 ance of metallic and mineral wealth makes this one of the richest 
 tracts in Europe. One or two of the heights exceed 4000 feet, 
 the rest vary between about 2000 and 3000 feet. 
 
 ESCALADE, " 
 means > 
 on regular works' to secure the men. 
 
 ESCA'LOP, s. [escalope, Fr.] in Conchology, a fish whose shell 
 is somewhat of the cockle kind, but rather natter, and consider- 
 ably larger, and is irregularly indented. An inequality of mar- 
 gin ; indenture. 
 
 To ESCA'LOP, V. a. See Scallop, which is the most common 
 but the least proper way of spelling. 
 
 To ESCA'PE, V, a. [echapper, Fr.] to avoid any inconvenience 
 which surrounds a person ; to fly from ; to pass unobserved or 
 unnoticed. 
 
 ESCA'PE, s. an avoiding or flight from danger, pursuit, or con- 
 finement ; subterfuge, or evasion ; a sally, or irregular flight, or 
 start of passion or genius. In Law, a violent or private evasion 
 from some lawful restraint, confinement, or custody. 
 
 ESCA'PEMENT, s. that part of a watch by which the motion 
 is regulated as to rate and evenness ; namely, the balance, hair- 
 spring, and 'scapement-wheel or lever. 
 
 ESCHALOT, (pron. slialUt) s. [Fr.] in Botany, a plant having 
 a tunicated bulbous root, like that of an onion, which is increased 
 after the same manner as garlick, but set earlier, because it springs 
 sooner, and taken up as soon as the leaves begin to wither. They 
 give a fine relish to most sauces, and are strongly aromatic. 
 
 ESCHA'R, (pron. sliar) «, [eschara, Gr.] in Surgery, a hard 
 crust or scab formed on the surface of the flesh by means of a 
 burning-hot iron or caustic medicine. 
 
 ESCHARO'TIC, (eskardtik) a. [eschara, Gr.] having the power 
 to produce a scab by its caustic quality, applied to medicines ; 
 caustic. 
 
 328 
 
 !ALA'DE, s. [Fr.] a furious attack of a wall or fort, by 
 of scaling ladders, without breaking ground, or carrj-ing 
 
 ESP 
 
 ESCHE'AT, (eschcet) s. [escheoir, Fr.] in Law, any lands or 
 other profits that fall to a lord of the manor by forfeiture, or the 
 death of his tenant without heir general or especial; the place 
 in which the king, or other lord, has escheats of his tenants ; a 
 writ which lies, where the tenant dies as above, without heir 
 general or especial, against him that possesses the lands of the 
 deceased. 
 
 To ESCHE'AT, {escheet) v. a. in Law, to fall to the lord of the 
 manor by forfeiture, or for want of heirs. 
 
 ESCHE'ATOR, (escheetor) s. in Law, an officer that takes no- 
 tice of the escheats of the king in the county to which he be- 
 longs, and certifies them to the Exchequer. 
 
 To ESCHEW, r. a. [escheoir, old Fr.] to fly, avoid, shun, or 
 decline. A word almost obsolete. 
 
 ESCOBA'R, ANTHONY, a famous Jesuit preacher and writer 
 of Spain, during the 17th century, when he attained great 
 celebrity. Amongst his numerous works, none is so well known, 
 by name at least, as his Cases of Conscience. Pascal, in his Pro- 
 vincials, has unsparingly exposed its principles. He died in 1G69, 
 aged 80 years. 
 
 E'SCORT, s. [escorte, Fr.] a company of soldiers, or ships of 
 war, attending others, to keep them from falling into the hands 
 of an enemy. 
 
 To ESCO'RT, V. a. [escorter, Fr.] to guard or convoy by sea 
 or land with an armed force, to prevent a person or thing from 
 falling into the hands of an enemy. 
 
 ESCOT, s. [Fr.] a tax paid in boroughs and corporations to- 
 wards the support of the community, called vulgarly scot and lot. 
 
 To ESCO'T, V. a. to pay a man's reckoning ; to support. 
 
 ESCRITOTR, (commonly pronounced sci-utore) s. [Fr.] a kind 
 of bureau, or chest of drawers, the top of which is furnished with 
 conveniences for writing. 
 
 E'SCUAGE, s. [esctt, Fr.] in our old customs, a kind of knight's 
 service, called service of the shield, by which the tenant was 
 bound to follow his lord to the war at his own charge; also a 
 sum of money paid to the lord in lieu of such service. 
 
 ESCULA'PIL'S, in Mythology, the god of medicine, fabled to 
 be the son of Apollo, usually represented with a serpent twined 
 on a staff. 
 
 E'SCULENT, a. [escukntus, Lat.] eatable. 
 
 E'SCULENTS, s. such plants or roots as may be eaten ; such 
 as beets, carrots, artichokes, leeks, onions, parsnips, pota- 
 toes, &c. 
 
 ESCU'RIAL, a village of New Castile, celebrated for its palace 
 and convent, built by Philip II. of Spain, in 1503. It consists 
 of a royal mansion, a church built after the plan of St. Peter's at 
 Rome, cloisters, a college, a library, containing upwards of 
 20,000 volumes, shops of different artists, apartments for a 
 great number of families, an extensive park and fine gardens, 
 adorned with a great number of fountains. It stands in a dry, 
 barren country, surrounded by rugged mountains, and is built 
 of gray stones, found in the neighbourhood. It is built in the 
 form of a gridiron, because St. Lawrence, to whom it was dedi- 
 cated, was broiled on one. In the vaulted chapel there is a 
 magnificent mausoleum, called the pantheon, similar to that 
 at Rome. It is seated on the river Guadara, 20 miles N. W. of 
 Madrid. 
 
 ESCUTCHEON, {eskutchon) s. [scictum, Lat.] in Heraldry, the 
 shield whereon coats of arms are represented ; taken from a 
 custom of the ancients, who were wont to have their shields 
 painted with some particular device or fancy ; which was a token 
 of honour, some not being permitted to have them till they had 
 performed some honourable action. 
 
 E'SDRAS, s. See Ezra. 
 
 ESPA'LIER, s. [Fr.] in Gardening, rows of trees planted round 
 a garden, plantation, or in hedges, for the defence of tender 
 plants against violence and injury of wind and weather; com- 
 monly applied to hedges of fruit trees, which are trained up r 
 gularly to a lattice-work of wood, formed of ash-poles, or squa 
 long timbers of fir, &c. The trees chiefly planted for espaliers ; 
 apples, pears, and sometimes plums. 
 
 ESPA'RCET, s. in Agriculture, a kind of sainfoin. 
 
 ESPE'CIAL, (espeshial) a. [specialis, Lat.] principal; chief | 
 eminently serviceable in effecting any end. 
 
 ESPE'CIALLY, (espeshialli/) ad. pnncipaWy; chiefly. 
 
 ESPLANA'DE, s. [Fr.] iii Fortification, the empty space 
 tween the glacis of a citadel and the first houses of a town. 
 
-iSJ 
 
 1 1 |B| •; 
 
 1^^3 
 
 5f?/>? 
 
 ^ij 
 
 ii?i 
 
 ,1^ 
 
 »^ 
 
 \n 
 
 ^,y^¥^ 
 
 m 
 
 r^^ 
 
 m 
 
 ---'^■^5 
 
 ml 
 
 '«/ 
 
 Mf .^rj^ 
 
 1 
 
 !4-?^ 
 
ESS 
 
 ESPOU'SAL, {espouzal) a. used in, or belonging to, the cere- 
 mony of betrothing. 
 
 ESPOU'SALS, (espouzals) s. it has no singular, [sponsaUa, Lat. 
 epousaiUes, Fr.] the act of affiancing or contracting a man and 
 woman to each other. Figuratively, a wedding. 
 
 To ESPOU'SE, {espouze) v. a. \epomer, Fr.] to contract in mar- 
 riage, or to betroth to another ; to marry ; to adopt or engage in 
 a thing as a principal ; to defend or maintain an opinion, cause, 
 or party. 
 
 To ESPY', V. a. [epier, Fr.] to see a thing at a distance; to 
 discover a thing intended to be concealed; to see unexpectedly; 
 to discover, or make discoveries in the character of a spy. 
 
 E'SQUILINE, the name of one of the seven hills on which old 
 Rome was built. It is the edge of the ground overlooking the 
 valley of the Tiber, and is immediately opposite the Palatine 
 Hill. On it stood the house of Nero, and the baths of Titus. 
 
 E'SQUIMAUX, the name of a race inhabiting the most north- 
 erly parts of N. America, particularly the tract round Hudson's 
 Bay. They are much like the Mongol variety in some respects, 
 are very short in stature, and have very little intellectual de- 
 velopment. Their mode of life is degraded in the extreme ; and 
 the uncooked flesh of seals and bears constitutes their chief diet. 
 Rude and simple religious ideas were found amongst them by 
 the Moravian missionaries; some of whom have laboured amongst 
 them, not without success. They live in clans, and have no fixed 
 places of abode, as it costs them little to build their huts, and as 
 their residence depends on the supply of food in the locality. 
 
 ESQUl'RE, (pron. squire) s. [ecuyer, Fr.] the armour-bearer, or 
 attendant upon a knight. A title of dignity next to that of 
 knight. The title is now given to all the sons of noblemen and 
 their heirs male for ever; the four esquires of the king's body ; 
 the eldest sons of baronets, and of knights of the Bath, and 
 their heirs male in the right line ; to those that serve the king 
 in any worshipful employment, &c., and to such as his Majesty 
 gives arms, and creates esquires, with a collar of SS. of sdver, 
 who were formerly called white squires. The chief of some fami- 
 lies enjoy this title by prescription ; and those that bear any su- 
 perior office in the commonwealth, as high sheriflTof any county ; 
 and he who is justice of the peace; together with under-barris- 
 ters, and graduates of the university during their residence at 
 college. In Heraldry, the crest of an esquire is set upon a hel- 
 met looking sideways, with closed visor. The complimentary 
 use of this title has eflfectually destroyed the value of it as a class 
 designation. 
 
 To ESSA'Y, V. a. [essayer, Fr.] to attempt, try, or endeavour ; 
 to make an experiment ; to try the purity of metals. This latter 
 sense is now confined to, and spelt, assay. 
 
 E'SSAY, [the accent is used on either syllable,] s. an attempt, 
 endeavour, or trial ; a loose sally of the mind ; an irregular piece, 
 wherein the thoughts are set down as they occur to the mind, 
 without any regard to method. 
 
 E'SSAYIST, s. an author who writes essays. Addison, Steele, 
 Johnson, Moore, &c. &c., are our classic essayists. Those of the 
 present day have attempted something higher, through the wor- 
 thier scope of our great periodicals. 
 
 E'SSENCE, s. [essentia, Lat.] in Logic, the very nature of any 
 being, whether it be existing or no ; that which determines and 
 constitutes the nature of a thing, or which is absolutely necessary 
 to its being what it is. Figuratively, being, or a person which 
 has existence. In Medicine and Chemistry, the chief properties 
 or virtues extracted from any simple, reduced to a narrow com- 
 pass ; a perfume or odour. 
 
 To E'SSENCE, V. a. to scent with any perfume. 
 
 ESSE'NES, or Esse'nians, in Jewish Antiquity, one of the 
 three ancient sects among that people, who outdid the Pharisees 
 in their most rigorous observances. They allowed a future state, 
 but denied a resurrection from the dead. Their way of life was 
 very singular ; they did not marry, but adopted the children of 
 others, whom they bred up in the institutions of their sect ; they 
 despised riches, and had all things in common ; and neverchanged 
 their clothes till they were entirely worn out. 
 
 ESSE'NTIAL, (cssenshial) a. [essentialis, Lat.] necessary to the 
 constitution or existence of a thing; principal; important in the 
 highest degree ; pure; highly rectified. 
 
 ESSE'NTIAL, (esilnshial) s. being or existence; nature, or 
 constituent principles ; a chief or principal point. 
 
 ESSE'NTIALLY, {essenshially) ad. principally. 
 
 EST 
 
 ESSEQUIBO', a river of S. America, flowing into the Carib- 
 bean Sea, which formerly gave its name to a province of British 
 Guiana. 
 
 E'SSEX, a county in the E. of England, lying on the 
 German Ocean, bounded by Suffolk, Cambridge, Hertford- 
 shire, and Middlesex; and separated by the Thames from 
 Kent. It is about 54 miles long, and 48 broad, and is divided 
 into 18 hundreds. Its surface is level, yet sufficiently varied not 
 to be monotonous ; but, excepting at a few points, the coast is 
 flat and marshy. The rivers are the Thames, the Stour, the 
 Lea, the Chelmer, the Blackwater, the Coin, &c. The soil is 
 varied, but on the whole it is an admirable corn county. It has 
 also excellent pastures; and some woods of considerable extent, 
 as Epping Forest. It produces in addition to farm-produce, oys- 
 ters called natives, and some few textile manufactures. Chelms- 
 ford is its county town. Colchester is a place of some importance. 
 Population, 344,979. It returns 10 members to parliament. 
 
 E'SSEX, the title of two earis who have filled a considerable 
 space in English history. Ikihert Devereux, the first, rose into 
 
 Eublic notice through the favour showed him by Queen Eliza- 
 eth, after the death of the worthless Earl of Leicester. He was 
 young, handsome, accomplished, of a noble spirit, but un- 
 schooled by trouble, so that when it came it overthrew him. 
 The queen's arbitrary disposition put him often in such a posi- 
 tion, that, like an untamed boy, he burst out into extravagances 
 of passion. Her affection for him still restored him ; till he took 
 on one occasion such steps as easily bore the construction put on 
 them by the lawyers, who found him an impediment to their own 
 advancement, — and amongst (with deepest shame) we must rank 
 Lord Bacon, before that a personal friend, and one much favoured 
 by Essex ; — and he was accordingly found guilty of high treason, 
 and executed for it in 1601, aged 34 years. The other, Robert 
 Berereux, was known only by being unhappy as to domestic cir- 
 cumstances and much engaged in the continental wars, till 
 Charles I. began to teach these kingdoms those fearful lessons 
 which afterwards recoiled on his own head. He was one of the 
 king's commanders against the Scots, and afterwards a party at 
 the treaty of Ripon. But, on the outbreak of the civil war, he ac- 
 cepted the command of the Parliament's armies, fought at Edge- 
 hill, Reading, Newbury, and other places with success and credit, 
 but was disgracefully driven to capitulate in Cornwall. He was 
 the darling of the Presbyterian party, and, like them, he feared 
 to beat the king too well. The self-denying ordinance was levelled 
 most at him. He died in 1040, aged 54 years. 
 
 ESSO!lGN, Esso'iN, s. [Fr.] in Law, an excuse allowed for 
 the absence of a person who is summoned to appear in a court 
 of justice; the person who is excused for absence from a court 
 of justice. 
 
 To ESTABLISH, v. a. [etaUir, Fr.] to settle firmly ; to fix 
 unalterably ; to settle, fix, or confirm in any privilege ; to make 
 firm or ratify a law ; to found, build, or place in such a manner 
 as not to be subject to fixU or move. Synon. To institute, is to 
 create and form things, having some relation to the author, or 
 him who first contrived or laid down the plan. To found, is to 
 give birth to such plan. To establish, is to fix that plan upon a 
 lasting basis. To endow, is to provide the necessaries for its sub- 
 sistence. 
 
 ESTA'BLISHER, s. one who establishes. 
 
 ESTA'BLISHMENT, s. [etablissement, Fr.] a confirmation or 
 ratification of something already done ; a settled form of regula- 
 tion, or management ofa government or family ; a fundamental 
 principle, or settled law ; allowance, salary. In Ecclesiastical 
 affairs it is applied to a church that is taken into the pay and 
 under the special protection of the state. 
 
 ESTA'TL, «. [etat, Fr.] condition, circumstance, or rank of 
 life, with regard to prosperity, affluence, nobility, wealth, or 
 their contraries ; fortune, generally applied to a person's pos- 
 sessions in land, rank, or quality. 
 
 ESTE, one of the most ancient and illustrious families of 
 Italy, coming first to notice in Tuscany, bearing their share both 
 in good and evil, through the long contest for the mastery waged 
 amongst the various republics and states of the peninsula, and 
 against them all by the empire, and afterwards sending forth an 
 off-shoot to Germany, whence the house of Brunswick sprung. 
 
 To ESTEE'M, v. a. [astimo, Lat.] to set a value on a thing; 
 to compare, or fix the value of a thing by comparison ; to prize; 
 to value ; to regard as an object of worth and reverence ; to re- 
 2 u 329 
 
EST 
 
 spect, or account. Synon. When we entertain a good opinion 
 of a man, we are said to regard him ; when that regard increases, 
 we call it esteem ; we testify that esteem by veneration, and prove 
 it by submission through respect. 
 
 ESTEE'M, s. the act of respect paid to a person or thing on 
 account of real or supposed worth ; the value, respect, or reput- 
 ation of a person or thing. 
 
 ESTEE'MER, s. one who regards a person or thing as an 
 object of worth, and claiming respect. 
 
 E'STHER, one of the historical books of the Old Testament, 
 relating the romantic circumstances by which the Jewish people 
 who were residing in Persia were saved from total annihilation. 
 Considerable difference of opinion exists as to which Persian 
 king was intended by Ahasuerus ; one theory, as probable (or 
 more) as the rest, states it to be the same Xerxes who invaded 
 Greece, and was so shamefully defeated. But the existence of 
 an annual festival, called Purim, ever since this event, and the 
 high esteem in which this narrative of their deliverance has 
 ever been held by the Jews, is sufficient to establish the authen- 
 ticity of the record, and the facts also it narrates. 
 
 ESTHO'NIA, or Revel, a considerable government of Russia, 
 between the Baltic and the Gulf of Finland, bounded by the 
 governments of St. Petersburgh and Riga. It is a flat district, 
 and does not contain a lar^e proportion of land fitted for agricul- 
 ture ; but abounds in woods and bogs, and has many lakes. It 
 is not much advanced in civilization, and suffers sadly from ab- 
 senteeism on the part of the proprietors. The people are mostly 
 Lutherans. Population, under 250,000. Revel is the capital. 
 
 E'STHWAITE WATER, a lake in Lanca.shire between 
 Hawkshead and Windermere Water, about two miles and a half 
 in length, and half a mile in breadth ; the shores and vicinity 
 of which are exceedingly beautiful. 
 
 ESTIMABLE, a. [estimable, Fr.] valuable; worthy of honour, 
 respect, or esteem. 
 
 E'STIMABLENESS, s. that quality which renders a thing 
 worthy of regard and respect. 
 
 To E'STIMATE, v. a. [astinw, Lat.] to rate ; to fix the value 
 of a thing; to judge of a thing by comparing it with something 
 else ; to calculate or compute. 
 
 E'STIMATE, s. a calculation or computation ; value ; the act 
 of valuing, or valuation ; the assignment of proportion ; a judg- 
 ment formed from comparing one thing with another. 
 
 ESTIMA'TION, ». the assigning the proper portion or share of 
 a thing ; a calculation or computation regarding value or num- 
 ber ; judgment, or opinion formed on comparing ; that degree of 
 value or respect paid a person or thing, which arises from con- 
 sidering their merits. 
 
 E'STIMATIVE, a. having the power of making a comparison 
 or calculation, and thereby determining the surplus or preference 
 between two or more things. 
 
 ESTIMA'TOR, s. a person who, from considering the nature 
 of things, settles their respective importance, worth, preference, 
 or value. 
 
 E'STIVAL, a. [astivus, Lat.] belonging to the summer. 
 
 ESTO'PEL, s. in Law, such an act as bars any legal process. 
 
 ESTO'VERS, s. in Law, necessaries allowed by law. 
 
 ESTRA'DE, s. [Fr.] an alcove or bed-room ; an even or level 
 place ; a public road or highway. 
 
 ESTRAMADU'RA,a provinceof Spain, bordering on Portugal, 
 about 140 miles in length and 120 in breadth ; bounded by 
 Leon, Old Castile, New Castile, and Andalusia. It is moun- 
 tainous, and its rivers are the Guadiana and the Tagus. It has 
 mines of several metals, and abounds with corn, wine, and 
 fruits ; but the air is often hot and sultry. Badajoz is its capital. 
 Population, about 500,000. 
 
 ESTRAMADU'RA, a province of Portugal, on the Atlantic ; 
 bounded by Beira and Alentejo. It is about 140 miles in length 
 and 80 in its greatest breadth. A range of mountains crosses 
 the N. part, and the Tagus is its chief river. It produces wine, 
 oil, honey, salt, and oranges. Lisbon is its chiefplace. Popu- 
 lation, under 1,000,000. 
 
 To ESTR A'NGE, v. a. [etranger, Fr.] to keep at a distance ; 
 to withdraw ; to alienate or divert a thing from its original use ; 
 to withdraw, or withhold. To alienate, or change from kindness 
 to coolness and indifference, applied to the affections. 
 
 ESTRA'NGEMENT, s. disuse ; removal ; the act of consi- 
 dering a thing with indifference or coolness. 
 
 ESTRA'Y. See Stray. 
 
 ESTRE'ATE, {street) s. [extractum, Lat.] in Law, is a true 
 copy or duplicate of an original writing or record, esnecially 
 fines, amerciaments, penalties, &c., set down and iinposed in the 
 rolls of a court, to be levied by a bailiff, or other officer. 
 
 ESTRE'PEMENT, s. [estrepier, Fr.] in Law, any waste or spoil 
 made upon lands by a tenant for life, to the prejudice of a person 
 who has them in reversion. 
 
 E'STUARY, s. [astuo, Lat.] an arm of the sea; the mouth of 
 a lake or river, which communicates with the sea ; a frith. See 
 jEstuary. 
 
 ESTUA'TION, s. the state of boiling; agitation ; commotion. 
 
 ESU'RIENT, a. [esurio, Lat.] hungry ; voracious. 
 
 E'SURINE, a. corroding ; sharp; eating. 
 
 ETA'PE, .?. [Fr.J in War, the provisions and forage allowed an 
 army in their route through a country. 
 
 ETC., [a contraction of et cetera, Lat.] and so on ; and the like ; 
 and the rest ; and others of the same kind. 
 
 ETCH, s. in Husbandry, a first crop, or a crop taken off ground 
 which is fallow. 
 
 ETCHING, s. [etizen, Teut.] in Engraving, one of the various 
 ways of preparing a copper-plate for the purpose of multiplying 
 copies of^any design. A ground of wax is first laid on the plate, 
 on which the tracing of the design is made with a needle used for 
 the purpose, all the lines being cut through to the plate ; a rim 
 of wax IS then raised round it, and acid poured on, which in a 
 short time bites into the copper to a sufficient depth to allow of 
 the plate being used to give copies by means of ink and a roll- 
 ing-press. The advantages of this mode of engraving are, the 
 ease with which a plate may be prepared, the rapidity of exe- 
 cution, and its allowing freer scope to the peculiar skill of the 
 engraver. 
 
 ETE'RNAL, a. [aternus, i. e. csviternus, from cevutn, Lat.] applied 
 to the existence of the Deity, without beginning or end ; endless ; 
 immortal. F'iguratively, perpetual ; constant ; without inter- 
 mission ; that has been and always will be unchangeably the 
 same. 
 
 ETE'RNAL, s. [eternel, Fr.] one of the appellations of God, 
 iraplving his necessary existence, or his existence before all time. 
 
 ETE'RNALIST, s. [atermts, Lat.] one who holds that the world 
 was never created, but existed from eternity. 
 
 To ETE'RNALIZE, v. a. to make eternal, immortal, or to exist 
 without end. 
 
 ETERNALLY, ad. without beginning or end ; without change ; 
 from eternity to eternity; perpetually; constantly; or without 
 intermission. 
 
 ETE'RNITY, s. laiternitas, Lat.] duration without beginning 
 or end. 
 
 To ETE'RNIZE, v. a. [eterniser, Fr.] to render perpetual or 
 endless ; to render immortal ; to immortalize. 
 
 E'THELBALD, a king of Wessex, during the life of Ethel- 
 wolf his father; and, in name, his successor as Bretwalda. He 
 conspired against him during his absence from England ; and on 
 his death, married Judith, his second wife ; which incest caused 
 great scandal. He reigned about six years, and died in 800. 
 
 E'THELBERT, a king of Kent, and third Saxon Bretwalda. 
 He was a monarch of great power and ability, and raised Kent 
 to the greatest dignity it ever reached. During his reign hap- 
 pened the mission of Augustine from Rome, and the conversion 
 of the first Anglo-Saxons to the Roman faith ; an event of un- 
 speakable moment to England, and a blessing too, as the sub- 
 sequent history shows. His laws were highly esteemed, and 
 served as the basis for future codes. He died in 616. Augus- 
 tine's arrival happened in -598. 
 
 E'THELBERT, first, king of Kent during the lives of Ethel- 
 wolf his father, and Ethelbald his brother, and successor of the 
 latter to the title of Bretwalda. He was beset throughout his 
 reign by the Danes, and at one time bought them off, and ano- 
 ther, drove them away with arms, but always to return again. 
 He died in 866, having reigned six years. 
 
 E'THELRED I., king of Kent during his brother Ethelbert;s 
 reign, and successor to his titular sovereignty. During this 
 reign the sons of Ragnar Lodbrok, Halfdane, Hingwar, and 
 Hubba, ravaged the N. and E. parts of the country, killfed Edmund 
 of E. Anglia, and carried all before them. In one of the numerous 
 engagements with them, Ethelred was fatally wounded, and soon 
 after died, in 871, having enjoyed his title about five years. 
 
ETH 
 
 ETHELRED II., {the Unready,) son of the fair Elfrida, who 
 murdered Edward, his half-brother, to bring him to the throne. 
 Dunstan was the evil genius of the first part of his reign, and 
 the Danes of the last. And in conflicts with Danes and bishops, 
 and rebellions, the unhappy man's reign was spent. He im- 
 poverished his country to buy off the Danes, who kept no faith. 
 He had made a peace with the duke of Normandy, and married 
 his sister, whence rose the pretext for Norman invasion, and the 
 ultimate fall of the Saxon kingdom. The worst error of Ethel- 
 red was the massacre of the Danes on St. Brice's day, which 
 led to more sanguinary invasions, heavier taxes, ship-money, 
 bad government in all forms. Edric Streone rose in a bad emi- 
 nence. Sweyn became master of greater part of the north, and 
 had been crowned its king. Canute followed him, and was fast 
 conquering the remainder. Ethelred died in 1016, having occu- 
 pied the throne about 38 years. 
 
 E'THELWOLF, king of Kent during Egbert his father's life, 
 and successor to him as king of Wessex and Bretwalda. The 
 first serious Danish invasions happened during his rei^n. The 
 complete submission of England to Rome also, for Ethelwolf 
 journeyed to Rome for consecration at the pope's hands. He 
 divorced his first wife to marrj' Judith, daughter of the Prankish 
 monarch. On his return, he found his son Ethelbald in rebellion, 
 but he pardoned him, and gave him Wessex as an apanage, 
 taking Kent, Essex, and Sussex to himself. He died in 857, 
 having reigned about 20 years. 
 
 ETHER, s. [ather, Lat.] in Astronomy, a thin, subtile matter 
 or medium, much finer and rarer than air, which is thought to 
 commence from the limits of our atmosphere, and to possess the 
 whole heavenly space. In Chemistry, the oxide of ethuie, (which 
 however has not yet been obtained in a separate form,) which 
 possesses the properties of a base. It is a colourless, clear, and 
 very mobile liquid ; has a pleasant odour, and an aromatic taste. 
 It is highly inflammable, and the vapour arising during its very 
 rapid evaporation, mixed with atmospheric air, is a very dan- 
 gerous explosive compound. It is used in medicine, internally 
 as a stimulant; and externally to produce cold by its evapor- 
 ation, and for embrocations. Its vapour when inhaled produces 
 either a profound stupor, or else suspends the operation of the 
 nerves offeeling, and amputations and other painful operations 
 may be performed without the consciousness of the patient. The 
 application requires care ; but resuscitation can be effected by 
 the use of pure oxygen gas. Similar effects will be noticed 
 amongst the phenomena of Mesmerism. 
 
 ETHE'REAL, a. {ceOier, Lat.] formed of ether. Figuratively, 
 lieavenly. 
 
 E'THEREDGE, SIR GEORGE, a dramatist and wit of the 
 time of Charles II., much admired at court for his profligacy and 
 licentious productions. He was knighted by James if to help 
 him to a money-match, and employed by him on some embassy, 
 where he died worthily of his life, whilst intoxicated, in 1683, 
 aged about 47 years. His name cannot be excluded from the 
 list of English writers; but the true character o£ his works may 
 serve to make them estimated at their true worth. 
 
 ETHE'REOUS, a. formed of ether. Figuratively, heavenly. 
 
 E'THIC, E'thical, a. [ethos, Gr.] moral ; containing precepts 
 of morality. 
 
 ETHICALLY, ad. after the manner of ethics, or moral phi- 
 losophy. 
 
 E'THICS, s. [ethikos, Gr.] the science of morality ; or that part 
 of philosophy which treats of our duties as men, and, the ultimate 
 grounds on which they rest. 
 
 ETHIO'PIA, the name anciently given to the country occu- 
 pying the upper part of the valley of the Nile, or to those parts 
 of Africa S. of Egypt and Libya. Various writers use this name 
 so differently as to show that it was often employed without any 
 clear or distinct information. Meroe was believed to be the 
 capital ; and the kingdom was esteemed more ancient than that 
 of Egypt. Ammon (whom the Greeks represented as their Zeus 
 or Jupiter, with the horns of a ram) was the chief divinity; 
 another is identified with Osiris. A queen of the name of Can- 
 dace is mentioned in the Acts of the Apostles, and in general 
 history also. This country seems to have received Christianity 
 in the earliest ages, and the Coptic and Abyssinian churches are 
 the successors of those first followers of the Saviour. 
 
 ETHIO'PIC LANGUAGE, one of the Semitic family of 
 tongues, closely allied to the Arabic, and very valuable as throw- 
 
 EVA 
 
 ing light on the Hebrew. The system of writing is very pecu- 
 liar, and bears some resemblance to that of the Sanscrit families, 
 in the way of appending the vowels to the preceding consonants. 
 The Bible was translated into this language very early, some 
 parts of which have been reprinted lately, as it is yet understood 
 m Abyssinia. See Enoch. 
 
 ETHIOP'S MI'NERAL, s. in Pharmacy, a combination of 
 mercury with sulphur. 
 
 ETHNIC, a. [ethnos, Gr."] heathen; pagan; not enlightened 
 with the knowledge of the one and true God, opposed to Jewish 
 or Christian. 
 
 E'THNICS, s. heathens ; idolaters, opposed to Jews or Chris- 
 tians. 
 
 ETHOLO'GICAL, a. {ethos and hgos, Gr.] treating of morality. 
 
 ETIE'NNE, ST., a town of France, in the department of Loire. 
 It is a celebrated manufactory of cutlery, and iron-ware of all 
 descriptions ; and has moreover some silk factories. It is 260 
 miles from Paris. Population, about 60,000. Lat. 45. 20. N. 
 Long. 4. 26. E. 
 
 ETIO'LOG Y, s. [aitia and lor/os, Gr.] an account of the canses 
 of any thing, generally applied to distempers. 
 
 ETIQUETTE, s. a French word, primarily denoting a ticket 
 or title affixed to a bag or bundle of papers, expressing its con- 
 tents. At present it is used to denote tnose forms that regulate 
 the decorum of conduct towards persons of various ranks and 
 stations in life. 
 
 E'TNA. Sec jEtna. 
 
 ETON COLLEGE, Bucks, separated from Windsor bjan old 
 bridge over the Thames. It was founded by Henry VI. in 1440, 
 for the maintenance of a provost and 7 fellows, and the instruc- 
 tion of 70 scholars. It is the chief of the great grammar-schools 
 of England, at which the nobility are trained ; and there are 
 seldom less than 300 scholars here, besides those on the found- 
 ation. Pop. of town of Eton, 3609. 
 
 ETRU'RIA, the name of that part of ancient Italy now occu- 
 pied by Tuscany, and the small states immediately N. of it, and 
 that part of the States of the Church lying N. of the Tiber. The 
 people taking their name from this district, other where called 
 Etruscans, or Tuscans, or Tyrrhenians, were a very remarkable 
 race ; evidently of Greek origin, and having attained to a high 
 degree of civilization before Rome was built. They appear in 
 the history of Rome during the period of its kings and imme- 
 diately afterwards. They occupied cities in Etruria, and the 
 country round was parcelled out into cantons held by the abo- 
 rigines as serfs under them. They had similar possessions near 
 the Po, and in the Tyrol. The great works of Cyclopean archi- 
 tecture, the solid works draining the swamps in this tract and 
 some parts of the marshes of the Po, are attributed to them, and 
 show both their skill and power. Their taste is seen in the 
 beautiful pottery, of which so many thousands of specimens have 
 been discovered in various towns, and which are well known 
 through those in the British Museum, and the copies and imita- 
 tions of them now in frequent use. They also worked in bronze. 
 They wrote plays : our Roman numerals were invented by them. 
 In medicine and astronomy they evinced considerable skill. 
 Their chief families practised divination, and taught the practice 
 to Rome. The Tarquins, kings of Rome, were Etruscans ; and 
 after their expulsion, Porsena fought against that city; and was 
 defeated in the legendary battle of Lake Regillus. During the 
 wars of Rome with Carthage, the Etrurian state was absorbed into 
 the growing state of Rome; and nothing remains now but their 
 fame, and what their art has made immortal. 
 
 ETYMOLO'GICAL, a. relating to the derivation of words. 
 
 ETYMO'LOGIST, s. one who searches out the original, or 
 shows the derivation, of words. 
 
 ETYMO'LOGY, s. [etymos and logos, Gr.] that part of Gram- 
 mar which treats of the origin and derivation of words, and 
 thereby arrives at their primary or first signification ; the de- 
 rivation of a word, or the original word from whence another is 
 derived ; the analysis of compound words into primitives. 
 
 E'TYMON, s. letijmos, Gr.] the primitive or original word from 
 whence another is derived. 
 
 EVA'CUANT, s. [evacuo, Lat.] in Medicine, a remedy proper 
 to expel or carry off any ill, peccant, or redundant humours in 
 the animal body, by the proper outlets or emunctories. 
 
 To EVA'CUATE, t\ a. to empty or clear a thing of its con- 
 tents ; to throw out as noxious and offensive ; to void through 
 2 o 2 331 
 
EUC 
 
 any of the excretory passages ; to make void or annul ; to quit 
 or withdraw from a place. 
 
 EVACUA'TION, s. a withdrawing, emission, or discharge, 
 which renders a decrease of men sensible; abolition, or annulling; 
 the quitting of a country; a discharge procured by medicines. 
 
 To EVA'DE, V. a. [e and vado, Lat.] to escape, elude, or avoid 
 by artifice or stratagem ; to decline by subterfuge ; to escape or 
 elude by sophistry. 
 
 EVAGA'TION, s. [e and vaffor, Lat.] the leaving off, or wander- 
 ing from a direct course or line. 
 
 EVANE'SCENT, a. [evanesco, Lat.] vanishing; lessening be- 
 yond the jjerception of the senses. 
 
 EVANGE'LICAL, a. [euamjelion, Gr.] agreeable to the doc- 
 trines of Christianity, as contained in the gospel. This epithet 
 is commonly confined in its application to that system of doc- 
 trines held both by Calvinists and Arminians, but most stoutly 
 by the former, the chief of which is that named Justification by 
 Faith. 
 
 EVA^VGELISM, s. the act of preaching the gospel. 
 
 EVA'NGELIST, the name given to the four writers of the 
 history of the ministry and death of our Saviour Jesus Christ; 
 and also to those preachers of the gospel sent forth by the 
 apostles, without those extraordinary gifts and qualifications 
 possessed by themselves and some others with them. Gener- 
 ally applied now to any one who faithfully declares the gospel, 
 especially if not holding the relation of minister to any church. 
 
 To EV A'NGELIZE, v. a. to instruct in the doctrines of Chris- 
 tianity ; to convert to Christianity. 
 
 EVA'NID, a. [evaneo, Lat.] faint ; weak ; vanishing, or grow- 
 ing imperceptible to the sight. 
 
 EVA'PORABLE, a. [evaporo, Lat.] easily dispersed in fumes 
 or vapours. 
 
 To EVA'PORATE, v. a. to exhale, drive away, or dissipate 
 moisture into steam and vapours. Figuratively, to give vent to 
 a sudden sally of the mind. 
 
 EVAPORA'TION, s. the act of flying away in fumes and va- 
 pours. In Philosophy, the act of exhaling the moisture of a 
 body, or of dissipating it in fumes and vapours. It differs from 
 exhalation, because that is practised on dry, and this on moist 
 things. 
 
 EVAPORATOR, s. a contrivance calculated for expediting 
 the process of evaporation. 
 
 EVA'SION, s. [euasio, Lat.] a stratagem, artifice, or sophistry, 
 made use of as an excuse, or means of freeing a person from a 
 difficulty. 
 
 EVA'SIVE, {evdzive) a. practising artifices, sophistry, or strata- 
 gems, in order to extricate from a difficulty, or avoid coming to 
 the point. 
 
 EVA'SIVELY, {evdzivehj) ad. in such a manner as to be guilty 
 of sophistry, subterfuge, or artifice. 
 
 EtJBCE'A, an island of the ^gean Sea, now called Negropont, 
 often named in Grecian history, being subject to Athens, and of 
 great value for its agricultural and other produce to that city. 
 
 EU'CHARIST, {euliarist) s. [eu and charis, Gr.] the act of giving 
 thanks. In the Churches of Rome and England, a name given 
 to the observance of the Lord's supper, according to their rites. 
 
 EUCHARI'STICAL, (eukaristical) a. containing acts of thanks- 
 giving ; relating to the Lord's supper. 
 
 EU'CLID, the great geometrician of Alexandria, whose i?/e- 
 ments are yet the best and most popular text-book of that branch 
 of pure mathematics. This work consisted of 13 books in all ; 
 but only the first 6, with parts of the Ilth and 12th, are in use, 
 the others treating of arithmetic, or those parts of geometry now 
 brought under the algebraic method of investigation and proof. 
 The most admirable part of this work is the extreme logical pre- 
 cision which is evinced in the style of demonstration, so that the 
 definitions, postulates, and axioms being allowed, (according to 
 Euclid's evident meaning,) the rest of the book follows in a per- 
 fectly systematic chain of deductive argument. It is a remark- 
 able fact also, that notwithstanding the numerous attempts that 
 have been made to avoid some difficulties arising from the ar- 
 rangement, or from the statement of some one or two of the 
 fundamental propositions, Euclid's still appears to be the best. 
 This book, it is as well to observe also, is not one for mathemati- 
 cal students alone. It is a course of study just adapted for the 
 training of any mind in habits of exact thought, and for the 
 correction of that defect of intellectual discipline, which makes 
 
 EVE 
 
 Lord Bacon call a man Urd-witted. Euclid wrote on optics, music, 
 and other mathematical subjects, and flourished about 300 D. c. 
 
 EU'CLID, (of Megara,) a pupil of Socrates, and founder of 
 the Megaric school of Greek philosophy. He seems to have 
 grafted on to the Eleatic doctrine of the absolute One, the notion 
 derived from the Athenian sage, that God was the Good. He 
 introduced also a new method of attack in logic, directing his 
 efforts against his adversaries' conclusions. His followers im- 
 proved on this so much afterwards as to be known chiefly as 
 dialecticians. He lived in the 4th century b. c. 
 
 EU'CRASY, {eiihrasy) s. [eu and krasis, Gr.] an agreeable or 
 good mixture of qualities and fluids in a human body, which de- 
 nominates it healthy. 
 
 EUDIO'METER, s. [eudia and metreo, Gr.] in Pneumatics, an 
 instrument for determining thesalubrity of different kinds of air. 
 
 EUDO'CIA, a learned Athenian lady, who, after her conver- 
 sion to Christianity, was married to the emperor Theodosius IL 
 Being divorced from him, she retired to Jerusalem, and spent her 
 life in works of beneficence, and in composing poetic paraphrases 
 of the Bible, and other religious poems. She is charged with 
 Eutychianism. She died in 459, aged 58 years. 
 
 EVE, E'vEN, s. [cefen. Sax.] the latter part or close of the day; 
 the interval between broad light and darkness. In Ecclesiasti- 
 cal affairs, eve signifies the vigil, or fast, to be observed in the 
 church the day before a holiday. 
 
 EVE'CTION, s. [e and veho, Lat.] in Astronomy, the most re- 
 markable of the periodic inequalities of the moon, first observed 
 by Ptolemy, in 130 b. c, which makes the actual longitude of 
 the moon before or behind her calculated longitude; and which 
 is greatest when the moon is in the first or last quarter, and 
 least at new or full moon ; and depends on the irregularity of the 
 motion of that point of the moon s orbit called the perigee, oc- 
 casioned by the relative position of the sun ; and on the alternate 
 increase and diminution of the eccentricity of her orbit, arising 
 from the same cause. 
 
 E'VELYN, JOHN, a studious and learned man, who lived 
 through the troubled times of the 17th century. During the 
 civil war he was on the continent ; but he returned during the 
 Commonwealth, and at the Restoration received some slight 
 marks of royal favour. He was possessed of good property, 
 which he never lost through his great zeal for royalism. He 
 wrote several works and treatises on arts and practical science ; 
 but his fame rests on his Horticulture, which he may be said to 
 have been the first cultivator of in England. He died in 1706, 
 aged 86 years. 
 
 ETEN, a. [efen, Sax.] smooth ; level ; capable of being di- 
 vided into equal parts. Calm, applied to the passions. 
 
 To E'VEN, V. a. to make the height of two bodies, or the 
 quantity of two numbers, the same, or parallel ; to make level. 
 — V. n. to become even, or out of debt. 
 
 E'VEN, ad. contracted in common conversation and poetry to 
 ev^n, or e'en ; a word of strong assertion, implying that a thing is 
 true in a sense which is the most dubious ; verily. So much as, 
 when used as a diminutive. When used as an exaggeration or 
 heightening phrase, it implies a tacit comparison, which gives 
 great force to the words immediately following. In common 
 discourse, pronounced e'en, and used as a word of concession. 
 " I shall e'en let it pass," Collier. 
 
 EVENHA'NDED, a. impartial; unbiassed. " Evenhanded 
 justice," Shak. 
 
 E'VENING, s. the close of the day. 
 
 E'VENLY, ad. equally, uniformly; levelly ; in an impartial 
 manner; without elation or dejection. 
 
 E'VENNESS, s. applied to surface, the state of being free from 
 ruggedness; smoothness; levelness; the state of a thing when 
 it inclines not more on one side than another; impartiality, or 
 freedom from bias. Calmness, or freedom from any violent per- 
 turbation, applied to the mind. 
 
 E'VENSONG, s. a song sung at the close of day. 
 
 EVE'NT, s. [evenio, Lat.] an incident, or action, or any thing 
 which happens, either good or bad ; the result or consequence 
 of any action ; the conclusion or upshot. 
 
 EVE'NTFUL, a. full of incidents; abounding with a variety 
 of actions or incidents. 
 
 E'VENTIDE, s. the time of evening. 
 
 EVE'NTUAL, a. happening in consequence of any action ; 
 consequential. 
 
EVI 
 
 EVE'NTUALLY, ad. in the event, result, or consequence ; 
 conseouentially. 
 
 E'VER, ad. [<efre. Sax.] at any time, when preceded by if. 
 Always ; at all times past, and at all times to come ; to all eter- 
 nity; in any degree. Evergreen signifies always green, or green 
 throughout the year. 
 
 ETERGREEN, s. a plant which retains its leaves and green 
 colour through all the seasons. 
 
 EVERLA'STING, a. lasting and enduring for ever, or with- 
 out end ; immortal. Used to imply time past, as well as time to 
 come, but improperly. 
 
 EVERLA'STING, s. eternity; eternal duration, whether past 
 or future. In Botany, a plant, called also blite. 
 EVERLA'STINGLY, ad. eternally ; without end. 
 EVERLA'STINGNESS, s. eternity. 
 EVERLI'VING, a. immortal. 
 EVERMO'RE, ad. always ; incessantly ; eternally. 
 To EVE'RSE, V. a. [« and verto, Lat.] to overthrow, subvert, 
 or destroy. To confuse, or explode, applied to argument. 
 
 E'VERSHOT, Dorsetshire. It is situated on the borders of 
 Somersetshire, near the rise of the river Frome, which runs into 
 Purbeck Bay. It is 1'29 miles from London. Pop. 5C6. 
 To EVE'RT, r. a. to destroy; to overthrow. 
 E'VERY, a. [aferealc. Sax.] each individual or single person 
 composing any collection of men. Everywhere, in all places ; in 
 each place. 
 E'VES-DROPPER. See Eaves-dropper. 
 E'VESHAM, Worcestershire. It has a manufacture of wool- 
 len stockings. It is seated on a hill, rising with a gradual 
 ascent from the Avon, which almost surrounds it, forming here a 
 harbour for barges, and over which it has a stone bridge. It is 
 95 miles from London. Market, Monday. Pop, 4245. 
 
 EUGENE, FRANCIS, PRINCE, of Savoy, a celebrated mili- 
 tary commander at the end of the 17th and beginning of the 18th 
 century. Although boim in France, he fought in the cause of 
 Austria ; and during a long life, in wars against the Turks, in 
 which he frequently had the odds in numbers fearfully against 
 him ; and in. wars with his native country, in which he had to 
 cope with such generals as Vendome, and to fight beside such 
 as Marlborough, he gained his great renown. It was not in 
 council that he appeared to advantage; his wonderful power 
 seemed to be a flash of inspiration from some sudden turn or 
 change in circumstances. He died in 1730, aged 72 years. 
 
 EUGE'NIUS, the title assumed by four popes ; the pontificate 
 of the fourth of whom was a period of considerable trouble and 
 perplexity to Roman Christendom. The Council of Constance 
 n<id provided means for gradual reform in the Church ; but when 
 the agitation which called forth this plan had subsided, attempts 
 were made to avoid it ; and the Church had actually two rival 
 councils sitting at the same time, one at Basle, doing the work 
 of reformation, and setting up an anti-pope, Felix V., to Eu- 
 genius; another in Italy, pretending to heal the great schism 
 between the E. and W. Churches. Eugenius died in 1447, hav- 
 ing held the papal chair IC years. 
 EUGH. &eYEW. 
 
 To EVI'CT, V. a. [evincn, Lat.] in Law, to cast out of a posses- 
 sion, or to dispossess by due course of law. 
 
 EVI'CTION, s. dispossession by sentence at law ; proof, evi- 
 dence, or certain testimomy. 
 
 E'VIDENCE, s. [Fr.] the state of being clear with respect to 
 proof; undoubted certainty; testimony; proof's a person who 
 is summoned to prove any point or fact. Used sometimes in the 
 plural without the s final, and sometimes with. 
 
 To E'VIDENCE, v. a. to prove ; to discover, or show ; to make 
 discoveiy. 
 E'VIDENT, a. plain ; proved beyond doubt ; notorious. 
 E'VIDENTLY, ad. in such a manner as to appear plain and 
 indubitable. 
 
 E'VIL, a. [?//«<, Sax.] having bad qualities of any kind. Wicked, 
 malicious, applied to morals. Figuratively, calamitous, or miser- 
 able, applied to condition or circumstances. Mischievous, de- 
 structive, applied to animals. , 
 
 E'VIL, «. wickedness, a crime ; injury, danger, mischief ; ma- 
 lignity; corruption; misfortune, calamity. Evil-eye, a. malig- 
 nant power some nations still attribute to the glance of an en- 
 vious or hostile person. Kin^s evil, a scrofulous disease, which 
 was supposed to be curable by a touch of the king's hand. 
 
 prove ; make evident ; or 
 
 EUP 
 
 especially on his coronation day, and a piece of coin hung round 
 the neck ; which last many have found of more real worth than 
 the expected cure. 
 
 E'VIL, ad. not well in whatever respect ; not virtuously ; not 
 happily; injuriously; not kindly. 
 
 establish by arguments. 
 
 EVI'NCfBLE, a. capable of being proved or established by 
 arguments. 
 
 EVI'NCIBLY, ad. in such a manner as to force assent or con- 
 viction. 
 To EVI'RATE, v. a. [eviro, Lat.] to deprive of manhood. 
 To EVl'SCERATE, t>. a. [eviacero, Lat.] to embowel ; to draw 
 or take out the entrails. 
 
 E'VITABLE, a. [evito, Lat.] that may be surmounted or 
 avoided. 
 
 EU'LER, LEONARD, a famous mathematician, born in Swit- 
 zerland, but who passed the greater part of his life at St. Peters- 
 burg, or at the court of Frederic the Great. He was most inde- 
 fatigable in his labours, and has left memoirs on almost every 
 branch of mathematical science. Nor was he less attentive to 
 those practical questions on which this science throws light. 
 His private life and his religious character were not such as 
 might be expected from his being invited to Frederic's court. 
 He did not cease from his labours, although for many years be- 
 fore his death he had been totally blind. He died in"l783, aged 
 76 years. Three sons of his have obtained honourable mention, 
 as following In their father's steps. 
 
 EU'LOGY, s. [eu and logos, Gr.] a praise, commemoration, or 
 panegyric ; a display or discourse in praise of the virtues of a 
 person. 
 
 EU'MENES, secretary to Philip of Macedon and Alexander 
 the Great, under whom also he served as a military officer with 
 some distinction. A portion of the conquered territory was al- 
 lotted to him on Alexander's death ; during the contests which 
 ensued he continued stedfast to Perdiccas till his death, when he 
 entered on a contest with Antigonus to keep his province, and at 
 last fell before him, in 315 b. c. 
 
 EUME'NIDES, in Grecian Mythology, a name by which the 
 Furies were known, given them, apparently, for the sake of con- 
 ciliating them. 
 
 EUNO'MIANS, in the History of Christianity, a party in the 
 4th century, whose doctrines were the same with those of the 
 Arians. They followed one Eunomius of Cyzicum ; and altered 
 the fashion of baptizing to accord with his fantastic notions. 
 
 EU'NUCH, (eunuk) s. [eunouchos, Gr.] a person who has been 
 emasculated. Such persons are employed to guard the seraglios 
 in the East ; and as public singers in Italy, &c. 
 EVOCA'TION, s. [evoco, Lat.] the act of calling out. 
 To EVO'LVE, V. a. [c and volvo, Lat.] to enrol ; to unfold ; to 
 disentangle. 
 
 EVOLU'TION, s. the act of enrolling or unfolding. In Geo- 
 metry, the opening or unfolding of a curve or circle, whereby the 
 circumference gradually approaches to a right line. In Algebra, 
 the extraction of roots from any given quantity. In Tactics, the 
 divers figures, turns, and motions, made by a body of soldiers, 
 either in ranging themselves in form of battle, or in changing 
 their form, whether by way of exercise, or during an engagement. 
 E'VORA, or E'lvoiia, the capital of Alentejo, Portugal. It is 
 seated in a pleasant country, planted with large trees of divers 
 sorts, and has a good trade. It Is about 70 miles from Lisbon. 
 Population, about 15,000. 
 
 EUPHO'NICAL, (eufdnical) a. [eu and pho?ie, Gr.] sounding 
 agreeable ; giving pleasure by the sound. 
 
 EU'PHONY, (eufony) s. in Grammar, an easiness, smoothness, 
 and elegance of pronunciation ; an agreeable sound. 
 
 EUPHO'RBIUM, (evfdrbium) s. in Botany, the genus of plants 
 commonly called spurges. A gum drawn from the plant is im- 
 ported from the Canary Islands, and the remoter parts of Africa, 
 and is used in medicine in sinapisms. 
 
 EU'PHRASY, {eufrasy) s. [euphrasia, Lat.] in Botany, eye- 
 bright, a pretty little flower which grows upon heaths, and was 
 believed to be possessed of ophthalmic virtues. 
 
 EUPHRA'TES, a very famous river of Asia, rising in the N. 
 E. part of Asia Minor in the plain of Erzerum ; after serving as a 
 boundary to this part of Asiatic Turkey for some way, it enters 
 on that long and level plain, along which, almost parallel to 
 
the Tigris, it flows towards the Indian Ocean ; into which, 
 through the Persian Gulf, it discharges itself, near Bozrah, 
 after a course of about 1200 miles. The ruins of Babylon still 
 are traceable about 200 miles above the mouth of the river, near 
 Hiilah. 
 
 EU'POLIS, a comic writer of Athens during the time of Aris- 
 tophanes, and a rival to him. His skill in dramatic poetry can- 
 not be judged, because his works are lost with the exception of 
 some inconsiderable fragments. History is not agreed as to the 
 manner of his death, but thinks he fell in a sea-fight, about 
 
 EURE, a department of France, lying on the embouchure of 
 the Seine, and bounded by Calvados, Seine Inferieure, Oise, 
 Seine et Oise, Eure et Loir, and Orne. It is about 60 miles in 
 length and 50 in breadth. It is level and watered by the Seine, 
 the Eure, (whence its name,) the Calone, &c. It is decidedly an 
 agricultural district, and produces abundance of corn, fruits, 
 cattle, &c. &c. It has manufactures of some value beside. Its 
 population is about 430,000. Evreux is the capital. 
 
 EURE ET LOIR, a department of France, bounded by those 
 of Orne, Eure, Seine et Oise, Loiret, Loire et Cher, and Sarte. 
 It is about 60 miles in length and 50 in breadth. It is level, but 
 high land, and is watered by the Eure, the Loir, (a tributary of 
 the Loire,) by the Sarthe, &c. In produce it greatly resembles 
 the last-described department, but it has no such valuable manu- 
 factures. Chartres is its capital. Population, about 300,000. 
 
 E'VREMOND, ST. CHARLES DE ST. DENIS, a distinguish- 
 ed French wit of the 17th centurj', who obtained the friendship 
 and patronage of Conde, Louis XIV., and Mazarin, by his abili- 
 ties, and lost them by the injudicious exercise of his satiric skill. 
 He was at last, for some unlucky bon-mot, compelled to flj^ from 
 France, and found a shelter in the court of Charles II. This per- 
 haps may be a fair token of his character. He died in 1703, aged 
 90 years. 
 
 E'VREUX, a town of France, capital of the department of 
 Eure. Here is a manufactory of cotton velvets, and another of 
 ticken, which is not inferior to that of Brussels. These, with linen 
 and woollen cloth, lace,grain, wine, and cider, form the principal 
 articles of its trade. It is seated on the river Iton, and is 55 
 miles from Paris. Population, 10,000. Lat. 49. 10. N. Long. 1. 
 15. E. ^ 
 
 EURI'PIDES, a celebrated dramatist of Athens, whose life 
 seems to have been one of unintermitted literary labour, till he 
 was induced to seek a retirement in the court of Archelaus, king 
 of Macedonia. Of his many dramas, nineteen alone have been 
 preserved, and these, though wanting the sublimity of jEschylus, 
 and the dramatic skill of Sophocles, are singularly beautiful for 
 the delineations of purity and beauty in individual characters 
 they contain. One of these plays. The Cyclops, is the only satiric 
 drama extant. He died from hurts received from the king's 
 hounds, in 405 b. c, aged 74 years. 
 
 EURO'CLYDON, s. [euros and hludon, Gr.] the ancient name 
 of a wind which blows between the east and north in the Medi- 
 terranean, and is very dangerous. 
 
 EU'ROPE, the least of the six great divisions of the earth ; 
 lying to the W. of Asia, from which it is divided by the Ural 
 Mountains, the Volga, and the Black Sea; to the N. of Africa, 
 from which it is separated by the Mediterranean Sea; and the 
 Atlantic Ocean lies between it and the rest of the old continent, 
 and the Americas, or the new continent. To the N. of it is the 
 Arctic Ocean. It is very irregular in its outline, the N. part 
 being separated from the central part, and almost divided in two, 
 by the Baltic Sea. Norway and Sweden, which form the W. di- 
 vision of the N. part, are very mountainous, the chain of heights 
 reaching almost from the shores of the Baltic to the N. Cape, 
 which is the most northerly point of this continent. The rivers 
 are not large, and those that run into the Baltic often expand 
 into lakes, Russia, which forms the E. division of the N. part, 
 stretches in an almost unbroken plain from the Arctic Ocean to 
 the Black Sea. Its bays are the White Sea, on the N. ; the 
 Gulfs of Bothnia, (between it and Sweden,) Finland, and Riga, 
 connected with the Baltic ; the Sea of Azov, near which is the 
 Crimea, connected with the Black Sea. Near the N. part of the 
 Baltic are several lakes, those of Ladoga and Onega being the 
 largest. Its great rivers are the Volga, the Don, the Dniester, 
 the Dnieper, and their tributaries. The Uralian chain are its 
 chief inountaius. And to the N. of it are the two great islands. 
 
 EUR 
 
 named Nova Zembla, with some smaller ones near; and far 
 within the Arctic circle, the island called Spitzbergen. The 
 central part, including Prussia and the Austrian dominions, the 
 German States, Denmark, Holland, Belgium, Switzerland, and 
 France, reaches from Russia to the Atlantic, and is in general 
 a very mountainous and rugged tract ; but by cultivation made 
 much superior in every respect to the N. part. Denmark is a 
 peninsula stretching across the mouth of the Baltic, and almost 
 to the coast of Norway ; and near it in the Baltic are the islands 
 of Zealand, Funen, &c. The great rivers are the Danube, the 
 Vistula, the Oder, the Elbe, the Rhine, the Seine, the Loire, the 
 Garonne, and the Rhone. The chief mountain chains are the 
 Carpathian and Bohemian, that of the Hartz, and the Alps. 
 Amongst the latter, in Switzerland, are several very beautiful 
 lakes; those of Constance, Lucerne, and Geneva are the most 
 extensive. Holland is a low, flat, marshy land, preserved now, 
 and originally recovered from the sea, by solid embankments, 
 and most careful draining : here is the Zuyder Zee, a wide bay 
 connected with the German Ocean. To the N. W. of this part 
 the Britannic Isles are situated, resembling in most of their 
 physical features this central part in their S. division, and the 
 N. part of Europe in their N. division. The N. Sea, or German 
 Ocean, divides them from the main body of the continent, and 
 the English Channel from France. St. George's Channel and 
 the Irish Sea lie between the two main islands of this group. 
 Great Britain and Ireland. Still more northerly than these is a 
 little group of islands, called Faroe; and yet farther to the N. 
 W. the great island of Iceland, resembling the N. part of Eu- 
 rope in physical character, but belonging politically to Den- 
 mark. In Iceland is an active volcano, named Hecia ; other 
 evidences of volcanic agency also abound ; whilst both in Scot- 
 land, and Norway and Sweden, there are similar indications, 
 though in a less degree. In France, amongst its low mountain 
 chains, are many traces of volcanic action, such as craters and 
 lava streams; which cannot have long-(eomparafively) ceased. 
 The S. part of Europe consists chiefly of the three large penin- 
 sulas of Spain and Portugal, Italy, and Turkey and Greece. 
 Spain stretches so near to the African continent, that at Gibral- 
 tar only a narrow strait divides them : here were the anciently 
 famed but fabulous pillars of Hercules. Between it and France 
 is the stormy Bay of Biscay, and the Pyrenean mountain- 
 chain. Its capes are Finisterre and St. Vincent, stretching into 
 the Atlantic ; and Gibraltar and Cape di Gaeta, stretching into 
 the Mediterranean. Its great rivers are the Ebro, the Douro, 
 and the Tagus. Several low ranges of mountains run across it. 
 Between it and Italy lie the Balearic Isles, Corsica, Sardinia, and 
 Elba, partaking more or less of the general features of this part 
 of Europe. Italy, a long narrow peninsula of peculiar form, is 
 divided by the Alps from central Europe, and by the Gulf of 
 Venice from Turkey. The Apennines run with a wavy course 
 throughout its length ; the Gulf of Tarento divides its S. ex- 
 tremity into two parts, and the Straits of Messina divide from it 
 the island of Sicily. Mount Vesuvius, near the small but beau- 
 tiful Bay of Naples, Mount Etna, in Sicily, and Stromboli, in a 
 small group of islands near Sicily, are active volcanoes ; but the 
 whole tract of which thej; form almost the boundaries, continu- 
 ally gives evidence of active volcanic agency. The Po and Adige 
 in N. Italy, and the Tiber, are the chief fivers. A small but im- 
 portant island, Malta, lies farther S. than Sicily. Between the 
 Gulf of Venice, the Black Sea, the Sea of Marmora, and the 
 /Egean or Archipelago, lies the third peninsula, comprising 
 Turkey and Greece. The Danube and the Hungarian Moun- 
 tains divide it from central Europe. It is crossed by other 
 considerable mountain ranges. The Morea is a complete penin- 
 sula at the S. extremity of this tract. It is intersected by bays 
 and gulfs on all sides; and on all its shores, and especially in 
 the ^gean, abounds with islands, not very extensive, excepting 
 Candia ; but almost all rendered famous by ancient story. The 
 Hellespont and the Bosphorus, or Straits of Dardanelles and 
 Constantinople, are the two entrances to the Sea of Marmora 
 from the ^gean and the Black Sea. The island of Cyprus, lying 
 in the N. E. angle of the Mediterranean, is considered to belong 
 to Europe, and that part of this sea is called the Levant. The 
 climate of this continent varies from the Arctic tempeifature and 
 seasons of Lapland, Russia, and Iceland, to the very warmest 
 temperate climate of Spain, France, Italy, and Greece. In Ger- 
 many and Russia a few dangerous wild animals yet remain ; bul 
 
EUS 
 
 in other parts the clearing of the forests, and bringing of the 
 soil into cultivation, has extirpated all, except the lesser 
 kinds, and those which the waywardness of the aristocracies 
 has protected under the designation of game. The most valu- 
 able species of corn and fruit have been imported from other 
 countries, or carefully improved from useless wild plants. The 
 people, the majority of whom are branches of the Caucasian 
 race, with admixtures of the Mongol, in Russia and Germany, 
 are marked chiefly by their practical talent and power. Re- 
 ceiving their successive and varied religions, by different chan- 
 nels, from Asia, they have, in some ages, embodied them in 
 forms, and rites of poetic and dramatic beauty; in others, ex- 
 hibited them in the practical form of life. In Turkey alone Mo- 
 hammedism prevails. The Roman Church holds Italy, Spain 
 and Portugal, France, Austria, parts of the German states, and 
 a considerable portion of the English people. The Greek Church 
 holds Russia and Greece. Various forms which arose at, or sub- 
 sequently to, the Reformation, are found in France and Russia, 
 and predominating in the German states, Switzerland, Norway 
 and Sweden, and the British Isles. Of a like origin are the phi- 
 losophic systems that have from the earliest days prevailed in 
 Europe. But they have always been recast, and either rendered 
 beautiful, or sternly practical, by the master-minds that have 
 taught them here. (In Germany we find a seeming exception to 
 this representation of the European mind.) In physical science 
 and mechanical skill the genius of Europe is all its own. The 
 political condition of the different nations, Russia alone excepted, 
 IS one of constant but varied progress from the feudalism and 
 the monarchy which sprang^ up after the overthrow of the Roman 
 empire, towards complete freedom. But no nation of Europe has 
 yet, from the earliest ages, adopted a pure democracy. The ex- 
 tent of country held in other quarters of the world by European 
 powers far surpasses Europe in extent, even now that the greater 
 part of the two Americas, which once was occupied by such 
 colonies and pos.sessions, has thrown off this supremacy, and is 
 recognised as independent. These facts, and even the separa- 
 tion of these colonies from the parent states, all serve to illustrate 
 the peculiar character of the people of Europe. The greater part 
 of the languages of this continent belong to the great Indo-Ger- 
 manic family; and of them the Spanish, Portuguese, French, 
 and Italian, are descended through the Romance dialects from 
 the Latin; the various German dialects, the English, the Swedish, 
 and Danish, are the Teutonic branch of the same; the Irish, 
 Welch, Manx, and Gaelic, the Celtic branch ; the Romaic is de- 
 scended from the Greek ; the languages spoken in Russia, Lap- 
 land, and Hungary, are the Sclavonic and Lithuanian branches; 
 whilst the Basque in Spain, the Osmanli amongst the Turks, the 
 Rommany amongst the gypsies, and Hebrew amongst the Jews, 
 with other local and provincial dialects, are either of Semitic 
 origin, or else not yet sufficiently understood to be classed with 
 confidence under any of the great families of languages. The 
 population of this continent is not far short of 300,000,000. 
 
 EUROPE' AN, a. belonging to, or a native of, Europe. 
 
 EU'RUS, s. [Lat.] in ancient Greece, the name of the east 
 wind. 
 
 EU'RYTHMY, s. \eu and rythmos, Gr.] harmony of verse or 
 pronunciation. 
 
 EUSE'BIUS, (called Pamphili, from a very intimate friend,) 
 an ecclesiastical historian of the 4th century, a man of vast read- 
 ing and erudition, spent nearly all his life at Caesarea, leaving it 
 onlvwhen his friend was martyred, and then not for long. He 
 took a prominent part at the council of Nice, but had a decided 
 leaning to Arianism, if he was not an Arian. His writings are 
 very numerous and valuable ; the chief of them being his History ; 
 the others being vindications of Christianity, commentaries on 
 some books of Scripture, polemic and hermeneutical works, lives 
 of the prophets, of some martyrs, and of Constantine the Great. 
 He died in about 340, aged about 70 years. 
 
 EUSTA'CHIUS, BARTHOLOMEW, a very eminent Italian 
 physician of the 16th century, who greatly promoted the sciences 
 of anatomy and physiology by his indefatigable diligence in 
 studying them. He was a professor at the college at Rome, and 
 died in 1574, aged about 70 years. He left posterity the wel- 
 come task of rewarding his toils with well-earned fame, for he re- 
 ceived little encouragement from his contemporaries. The pas- 
 sage from the throat to the ear, and a thin and transparent valve, 
 situated just where the vena cava enters the auricle of the heart, 
 
 having been discovered by him, are named the Eustachian tube, 
 and Eustachian valve. 
 
 EUSTA'TIA, ST., one of the Leeward Islands, in the West 
 Indies, between St. Christopher's and St. Croix. It is a huge 
 pyramidical rock, whose top is hollow or concave, and serves as 
 a large den for wild animals. It is strong by situation, having 
 but one landing-place, which is difficult of access, and strongly 
 fortified. Tobacco, sugar, &c. are its chief productions. Hogs, 
 rabbits, poultrv, &c. are reared for exportation to the other 
 islands. Population, about 20,000. It belongs to the Dutch. 
 Lat. 17. 31. N. Long. 63. 5. W. 
 
 EUTE'RPE, s. in Heathen Mythology, one of the nine Muses, 
 to whom the invention of the mathematics, and playing upon the 
 pipe, is ascribed. 
 
 EUTHANA'SY, s. [eu and thanatos, Gr.] easy death. 
 
 EUTRO'PIUS, FLAVIUS, an historian of Rome, who was 
 secretary to Constantine the Great, and served under Julian in 
 Persia. His history is very brief, a mere epitome, yet it is the 
 only source of information respecting some periods. He lived 
 about 3G0. 
 
 EUTY'CHIANS, s. in Ecclesiastical History, the name given 
 to the followers of the monk Eutyches, maintaining that there 
 was only one nature in Jesus Christ. The Divine nature, ac- 
 cording to them, had so entirely swallowed up the human, that the 
 latter could not be distinguished ; insomuch that Jesus Christ 
 was merely God, and had nothing of humanity but the appear- 
 ance. Those who maintained this were also called Monophy- 
 sites. It appears that Eutyches fell upon this notion in contro- 
 verting Nestorianism ; and it is a striking instance of the pitiable 
 folly of opposing oneself to error, without acting in the spirit of 
 truth. It made much stir for a long time. Councils were held, 
 which approved or condemned it, according as they were packed 
 and managed. It is a matter of no moment, save for warning to 
 idle speculators, now. Eutyches originated this opinion in 448. 
 
 EWLSION, s. [evello, Lat.] the act of plucking^off. 
 
 EU'XINE, the name given anciently to the Black Sea, in 
 bitter jest, since the inhabitants on its shores offered up strangers 
 who sailed thither, to their gods. 
 
 E'WALD, JOHN, an eminent poet of Denmark, who spent the 
 early part of his life, contrary to the wishes of his friends, in the 
 ranks of the Prussian or Austrian army, whence he deserted ; 
 and returning home, gave himself up to literary pursuits, and 
 achieved a name by his poems. He died in 1781, aged 38 years. 
 
 EWE, s. [eawe. Sax.] a female sheep. 
 
 E'WEL, Surrey, having many fine streams of water, which 
 uniting, form a river sufficient to drive a mill in the town, and 
 which afterwards falls into the Thames at Kingston. It is 13 
 miles from London. Market, Thursday. Pop. 1867. 
 
 EW'ER, s. [eau, Fr.] a vessel in which water is brought for 
 washing the hands. 
 
 EW'RY, «. an office in the king's household, to which be- 
 longs the care of the table-linen, of laying the cloth, and serving 
 up water in silver ewers after dinner. 
 
 EX, a Latin preposition, often prefixed to compound words, 
 sometimes signifying, as in the original, out, as to exhaust, to 
 draw out ; sometimes it only enforces the meaning of the word to 
 which it is joined, and sometimes produces a small alteration in 
 the sense. 
 
 To EXACE'RBATE, v. a. [exacerbo, from acerbus, Lat.] to 
 make rough ; to exasperate ; to heighten any disagreeable quality. 
 
 EXACERBA'TION, s. increase of malignity, or any bad qua- 
 lity. In Medicine, the height of a disease ; a paroxysm. 
 
 EXACERVA'TION, s. {acervus, Lat.] the act of heaping up. 
 
 EXA'CT, (the ex in this word and its derivatives is by many 
 pronounced like egz ; as, egzdct, egzdkshion, &c.) a. [exactus, Lat.] 
 without the least deviation from any rule or standard ; accu- 
 Ttite ; honest ; punctual. 
 
 To EXA'CT, V. a. [exigo, from ex iand ago, Lat.] to require or 
 demand with rigour and authority ; to demand as due ; to enjoin 
 or insist upon. — v. n. to require more than is the worth of a thing 
 in sales ; to require more than is due in debts or contracts ; to be 
 guilty of extortion. 
 
 EXA'CTER, s. one who claims more than his due, or demands 
 his due with outrage and rigour. 
 
 EXA'CTION, s. the act of making a demand with authority; 
 the demanding more than is due, or more than a thing is 
 worth ; extortion ; a toll ; a heavy tax. 
 
 335 
 
EXC 
 
 EXA'Cn LY, ad. with accuracy ; perfectly ; with great nicety. 
 
 EXA'CTNESS, s. a strict conformity to a rule or standard ; a 
 conduct regulated with the greatest strictness according to some 
 rule. 
 
 To EXA'GGERATE, v. a. [exaggero, from agger, Lat.] to 
 heighten by description ; to represent the good or ill qualities of 
 a thing to be greater than they really are. 
 
 EX AGGER A'TION, s. the act of heaping together ; a repre- 
 sentation wherein the good or ill qualities of a thing or person 
 are described to be greater than they really are. 
 
 To EXA'GITATE, v. a. [ex and agito, Lat.] to put in motion. 
 
 To EXA'LT, (exault) v. a. [exalter,¥t.'] to raise on high. Figu- 
 ratively, to prefer, or raise to power, wealth, or dignity ; to elate 
 with joy or confidence ; to magnify with praise. To raise or 
 make louder, appHed to the voice. In Chemistry, to sublime, 
 refine, or heighten the qualities of a thing by fire. 
 
 EXALTA'TION, {exaukdshon) s. the act of raising on high ; 
 preferment or advancement ; a state of grandeur or dignity. 
 
 EXA'MEN, s. [Lat.] an exact and careful search or inquiry, 
 in order to discover the truth or falsehood of a thing. 
 
 EXA'MINATE, s. [examino, Lat.] an evidence, or person ex- 
 amined upon a trial. 
 
 EXAMINA'TION, s. a search into the truth of any fact, or 
 the veracity of any evidence, by question ; an accurate, nice, 
 and scrupulous inquiry after truth. 
 
 EXAMINA'TOR, s. [Lat.] an examiner. 
 
 To EXA'MINE, v. a. [examino, Lat.] to try a person suspect- 
 ed of any crime by questions ; to ask a witness questions on a 
 trial ; to make inquiry into ; to try by experiment, observation, 
 or the deductions of reason. 
 
 EXA'MINER, s. one who searches into the veracity of an 
 evidence, by proposing such questions as shall be suitable to 
 that purpose. 
 
 EXA'MPLE, s. [exemplum, Lat.] any thing proposed to be 
 copied or imitated ; a precedent, or something of the same kind 
 which has happened before ; a rule of conduct or action worthy 
 of the imitation of others ; a person fit to be proposed as a pat- 
 tern for others to imitate ; a person punished for the admonition 
 of others, or to deter them from being guilty of the same crimes ; 
 an instance, or something produced as an illustration or con- 
 firmation of what has been asserted, or wherein a rule is ex- 
 plained by an application. 
 
 EXA'NGUIOUS, a. [ex and sanguis, Lat.] having no blood; 
 
 having only animal juices, in opposition to sanguineous. 
 
 EXA'NIMATE, a. [ex and antma, Lat.] deprived of life. Figu- 
 ratively, spiritless ; dejected. 
 
 EXANIMA'TION, s. death, or deprivation of life. 
 
 EXA'NIMOUS, a. lifeless ; dead ; killed. 
 
 EXANTHE'MATA, s. [ek and anthos, Gr.] in Medicine, 
 efflorescences, or breakings out of the skin. 
 
 EXANTHE'MATOUS, a. in Medicine, pustulous ; eruptive ; 
 efflorescent ; discolouring, or forming pustules on the skin. 
 
 EXARA'TION, s. [exaro, Lat.] the manual act of writing ; 
 the manner of manual writing. 
 
 EXARTICULA'TION, s. [ex and articulus, Lat.] the dislo- 
 cating of a joint ; the putting a bone out of joint. 
 
 To EXA'SPERATE, v. a. [exaspero, from asper, Lat.] to pro- 
 voke a person to anger by some disagreeable or offensive action ; 
 to heighten or aggravate a difference ; to heighten or increase 
 the inflammation of a wound or disorder. 
 
 EXASPERA'TER, s. one who heightens or increases the 
 anger of a person. 
 
 EXASPERA'TION, s. a representation of a thing in such a 
 light as to occasion great offence and provocation. 
 
 To EXCA'RNATE, v. a. [ex and can, Lat.] to strip off flesh. 
 
 To E'XCAVATE, v. a. [excavo, from cavus, Lat.] to hollow. 
 
 EXCAVA'TION, s. the act of scooping out, or cutting any 
 surface into hollows ; a hollow or cavity. 
 
 To EXCEE'D, V. a. [ex and cedo, Lat.] to go beyond any limit, 
 measure, or standard ; to excel or surpass another in any quality. 
 — V. n. to go too far ; to be guilty of excess ; to go beyond the 
 bounds of fitness or duty ; to surpass in quality or quantity. 
 
 EXCEE'DING, part, or a. surpassing, or going beyond in di- 
 mensions, time, or any other quality. Sometimes used adverbially 
 for a great or remarkable degree. 
 
 EXCEE'DINGLY, ad. greatly; very much. 
 
 To EXCE'L, V. a. [ex and cello, Lat.] to surpass another. Sy- 
 
 EXC 
 
 NON. To excel, signifies a comparison ; its being superior to all of 
 the like kind, excludes equals, and is applied to all sorts of ob- 
 jects. To be excellent, is being in the highest degree without any 
 sort of comparison ; it admits of no equals, and agrees best with 
 things of taste. Thus we say that Titian excelled in colouring; 
 Michael Angelo in design ; and that Garrick was an excellent 
 actor. 
 
 E'XCELLENCE, E'xcellency, s. the possessing any good 
 quality to a greater degree than another on a comparison ; purity; 
 goodness ; a title of honour usually given to generals in an army, 
 ambassadors, and governors. 
 
 E'XCELLENT, a. possessed of great talents or virtues; emi- 
 nent, or superior to others in good qualities. 
 
 E'XCELLENTLY, ad. very well. To an eminent or remark- 
 able degree, applied to both good and bad qualities. 
 
 EXCE'NTRIC. &e Eccentric. 
 
 To EXCE'PT, r. a. [ex and ca^o, Lat.] to leave out ; to men- 
 tion as not included.— !-•. n. to object to. 
 
 EXCE'PT, prep, excluding; not including; unless. 
 
 EXCE'PTING, prep, not including or taking a thing into an 
 account. 
 
 EXCE'PTION, s. the exclusion from, or not including a per- 
 son or thing in, a precept, position, or general law; objection; 
 cavil ; a dislike, or offence. 
 
 EXCE'PTIONABLE, a. liable to objection. 
 
 EXCE'PTIOUS, {exsepshious) a. fond of making objections ; 
 peevish ; easily oft'ended. 
 
 EXCE'PTIVE, a. including an exception. 
 
 EXCE'PTLESS, a. without exception ; without raising any 
 objection ; general ; universal. 
 
 EXCE'PTOR, s. one who raises objections, or makes exceptions. 
 
 EXCE'RPTION, s. [ex and carpo, Lat.] the act of gleaning or 
 selecting; the thing selected or gleaned. 
 
 EXCE'SS, s. [excessTis, from excedo, Lat.] that which is beyond 
 the bounds of moderation, or those limits in which virtue con- 
 sists; a relative term, implying the quantity or degree which 
 one thing or quality has more than another. Applied to ; 
 
 height or violence beyond the bounds of reason. 
 
 EaCE'SSIVE, a. [excessif, Fr.] beyond any limit or common 
 standard, with respect to quantity, quality, or bulk ; vehement, 
 or beyond the just bounds prescribed by reason. 
 
 EaCE'SSIvELY, ad. in a great or immoderate degree. 
 
 To EXCHA'NGE, v. a. [exchanger, Fr.] to change or give 
 one thing for another ; to give and take reciprocally. In Com- 
 merce, to give money for a bill, or to settle the exchange with 
 different countries. 
 
 EXCHA'NGE, s. the act of giving or receiving one thing for 
 another. In Commerce, the place where merchants meet to 
 negociate their affairs. A hilt of exchange, is drawn by a per- 
 son in one kingdom on one residing in another, for such a sum 
 there as is equivalent to a sum paid or estimated here. The actual 
 value of these hills of exchange, as regulated by the fluctuating 
 prices of the commodities for which they are tendered in pay- 
 ment, and the varying quantities of the precious metals held by 
 the nation between whom the transactions take place, and 
 which are unhappily (as it appears) assumed as the standards of 
 value, — is also designated in the money market by the name 
 Exchange ; which, again, is (by a more unhappy oversight) 
 made to regulate the quantity of circulating meclium issued by 
 the Bank of England. The Hoyal Exchange at London was 
 originally built by Sir Thomas Gresham, and after being destroy- 
 ed by fire in the beginniiig of 1838, is now rebuilt on a much 
 more magnificent scale. There, all these transactions of a mo- 
 netary character take place. 
 
 EXCHA'NGER, s. a person who remits money to foreign parts, 
 or practises exchange. 
 
 EXCHE'QUER, (excheker) s. [exchequeir, Norman Fr.] in the 
 British jurisprudence, is an ancient court of record, in which 
 all causes concerning the revenues and rights of the crown are 
 heard and determined, and where the revenues are received. It 
 took its name from the colour of the cloth which covered the 
 tables of the court, which are party-coloured or chequered. 
 This court is said to have been erected by William the Con- 
 queror, its model being taken from a like court established in 
 Normandy long before that time. Anciently its aut,hority was 
 so great, that it was held in the king's palace, and the acts 
 thereof were not to be examined or controlled in any other of 
 
EXC 
 
 tho king's pourts ; but at present it is the last of the four courts 
 of Westminster. Exchequer bills, are bills issued by the authority 
 of parliament, made payable to the bearer, and so can pass like 
 bank notes from hand to hand, without the expense and for- 
 mality of such a transfer as is required forthestock of the funded 
 debt. They form the greater part of what is called the unfund- 
 ed or floatin" debt. Tliev bear interest, at present 2</. per cent, 
 per diem, and being issued for sums varying from £100 to £1000, 
 are exceedingly convenient to bankers and merchants, and per- 
 sons desirous of investing money for short periods, without risk 
 of such fluctuations as are always occurring in the funded stocks. 
 Exchequer tallies, were sticks ot wood, issued by our early kings 
 as symbols of real money to aid in the payment of taxes, on 
 which were cut notches of different breadths indicating the 
 amount it represented; which, being split in half, one part was 
 retained as a check against the other, at the time it was return- 
 ed to the Exchequer, or recalled. 
 
 EXCrSE, (exslse) s. [accijs, Belg.] a certain duty or impost 
 charged upon liquors, as beer, ale, cider, &c., also on several 
 other commodities, within the kingdom of Great Britain ; and 
 is one of the most considerable branches of the revenue. Many 
 articles, formerly excisable, are now exempted ; for such taxes 
 are not only difficult to collect, but are great provocatives to 
 fraud and crime, especially when the tax is very disproportionate 
 to the actual value ; and operate as a great check on manufac- 
 turing and mercantile skill and enterprise. 
 
 To EXCrSE, (exuze) v. a. to levy a tax on a person or thing. 
 
 EXCl'SEMAN, (exsizeman) s. an officer who is employed in 
 the inspection of goods which are excisable. 
 
 EXCrSION, «. \_excisio, from excido, Lat.] the act of cutting 
 off or entirely destroying a nation, or the inhabitants of some 
 place. 
 
 EXCITATION, s. [excito, Lat.] the act of putting into mo- 
 tion ; the act of rousing or awakening. 
 
 To EXCI'TE, V. a. [ex and cito, Lat.] to rouse from a state of 
 inactivity and indolence to one of action, or from a state of de- 
 jection and despair to one of courage and vigour; to put into 
 motion ; to awaken ; to rouse. 
 
 EXCI'TEMENT, s. the motion by which a person is roused 
 from a state of indolent inactivity to one of vigorous action. 
 
 EXCl'TER, s. one who stirs up to action ; the cause by which 
 any dormant virtue is put in action, or any thing is put into 
 motion. 
 
 To EXCLAI'M, V. a. [_ex and clamo, Lat.] to cry out with 
 vehemence and an exalted voice, sometimes occasioned by 
 sudden grief or excessive pain ; to speak against or decry. 
 
 EXCLAI'MER, «. one that makes use of frequent exclama- 
 tions ; one that runs down, raises objections, and rails against a 
 person or thing with vehemence and passion. 
 
 EXCLAMA'TION, s. a vehement outcry ; a railing, or out- 
 rageous reproach of a person or thing ; an emphatical utterance. 
 In Printing and Grammar, a point placed alter an exclamation, 
 and marked thus (!). 
 
 EXCLA'MATORY, a. practising or consisting of exclama- 
 tions. 
 
 To EXCLU'DE, v. a. [ex and claudo, Lat.] to shut out, or hin- 
 der from entrance ; to debar of any privilege, or hinder a per- 
 son from partaking with another ; to except to any doctrine. 
 
 EXCLU'SION, s. [exclmlo, Lat.] the act of shutting out, or 
 denying admission; rejection, or not admitting a principal; an 
 exception. 
 
 EXCLU'SIVE, (exklusive) a. having the power to deny or hin- 
 der the entrance or admission ; debarring trom the enjoyment of 
 a right, privilege, or grant; not taking into an account, com- 
 putation, or calculation. 
 
 EXCLU'SIVELY, ad. without admission of another to par- 
 ticipation ; without comprehension in an account or number ; 
 not inclusively. 
 
 To EXCO'CT, V. a. [ex and coqm, Lat.] to boil up ; to make 
 by boiling. 
 
 To EXCO'GITATE, v. a. [ex and conito, Lat.] to find out or 
 discover bv thought or intense thinking ; to invent. 
 
 EXCOMiMU'iNlCABLE, a. liable or deserving to be excom- 
 municated. 
 
 To EXCOMMU'NICATE, v. a. [excommunico, itom ex and eom- 
 munio, Lat.] to exclude a person church-communion or fellowship. 
 
 EXCOMMUNICA'TION, s. an ecclesiastical penalty, or cen- 
 
 EXG 
 
 sure, whereby persons are separated from the communion of the 
 church, and deprived of its privileges. In the ancient church, 
 the power of excommunication was lodged in the hands of the 
 clergy, who distinguished it into the greater and less. The less 
 consisted in excluding persons from the participation of the eu- 
 charist and prayers of the faithful ; but they were not expelled 
 the church. The greater excommunication consisted in absolute 
 and entire exclusion from the church, and the participation of 
 all its rites ; notice of which was given by circular letters to the 
 most eminent churches all over the world, that they might all 
 confirm this act of discipline, by refusing to admit the delinquent 
 to their communion. The consequences were, that the person 
 so excommunicated was avoided in all civil commerce and out- 
 ward conversation; no one was to receive him into his house, 
 nor eat at the same table with him ; and when dead, he was de- 
 nied the solemn rite of burial. The papal cxcommimications were 
 very frequent in the middle ages, ana were not without their 
 terrors. Excommunication in this country has come to be a mere 
 dead letter, as was natural, from the state having assumed su- 
 premacy over the church. According to the statements of the 
 expounders of ecclesiastical law, it disables a person from doing 
 any judicial act ; as suing in an action at law, being a witness, 
 &c. According to the same writers, all who separate from the 
 church established, are ipso facto under the greater excommuni- 
 cation. But the Act of Toleration has rendered this ridiculous, 
 although it is not repealed. 
 
 To EXCO'RIATE, v. a. [ex and corium, Lat,] to flay, or strip 
 ofl^ the skin. 
 
 EXCORIATION, s. loss of skin ; the act of flaying, or strip- 
 ping off the skin. 
 
 EXCORTICATION, s. [ex and corUx, Lat.] in Botany, the 
 pulling or peeling off' the bark of trees. 
 
 To EXCRE'ATE, v. a. [ex and crco, Lat.] to eject at the mouth 
 by a forced cough. 
 
 E'XCREMENT, s. [excrementum, Lat.] that which is discharged 
 at the natural passage of the body. 
 
 EXCREME'NTAL, a. that is of the nature of, or voided as, 
 excrement. 
 
 EXCREMENTITIOUS, {exhrementishioits) a. containing ex- 
 crement ; offensive or useless to the body. 
 
 EXCRE'SCENCE, Excre'scency, s. [etcresco, Lat.] a super- 
 fluous part growing out of another, contrary to the original form 
 of a thing, or the common production of nature. In Surgery, 
 superfluous and luxuriant flesh growing on the parts of bodies 
 or animals. 
 
 EXCRE'SCENT, a. superfluously or luxuriously growing out 
 of a thing. 
 
 EXCRETION, «. [eicretio, Lat.] in Medicine, the act of se- 
 parating excrements from the aliments or blood, and expelling 
 or ejecting them from the body. 
 
 EXCRETIVE, a. [ex and cerno, Lat.] having the power of 
 separating or ejecting excrements from the body. 
 
 EXCRETORY, a. in Anatomy, a term applied to certain 
 little ducts or vessels, destined for the reception of a fluid, se- 
 creted in certain glandules, and other viscera, for the excretion 
 of it in the appropriated place. 
 
 EXCRU'ClABLE, a. liable to torment. 
 
 To EXCRU'CIATE, (exknUhiate) v. a. [ex and crucio, from 
 crux, Lat.] to torture or torment. 
 
 To EXCU'LPATE, v. a. [ex and culpa, Lat.] to clear from any 
 accusation, or from a charge of a crime or fault. 
 
 EXCU'RSION, s. [exeursio, Lat.] an attempt to leave a set- 
 tled path ; a ramble ; an expedition into distant parts ; a pro- 
 gress beyond the common limits and boundaries. Applied to 
 the mind, a digression or departdre from the subject a person is 
 treating of. Synon. Excursion supposes a pleasurable expedition 
 to some distant place, determined on some time before. Ramble 
 implies an irregular roving in places unthoughtof till the time we 
 arrive there, ^yjamit is understood a walk or journey agree- 
 able to the person who takes it, but which may appear to others 
 undignified or trifling. 
 
 EXCU'RSIVE, a. rambling ; wandering or deviating. 
 
 EXCU'SABLE, (exkuzable) a. that for which any apology may 
 be made and admitted. 
 
 EXCU'SABLENESS, (exkuzahleness) s. the quality which ren- 
 ders a thing a fit object of being pardoned. 
 
 EXCU'SATORY, {exkuzatory) a. pleading in excuse ; assign- 
 2 X 337 
 
EXE 
 
 ing a motive which may remove blame, and vindicate a person's 
 conduct. 
 
 To EXCU'SE, {exkiize) v. a. [excuso, Lat.] to lessen guilt, by 
 assigning some circumstance which may vender the commission 
 of a fault less blamable ; to discharge a person from a duty or 
 obligation ; to pass by without blame ; to make an apology, 
 defence, or vindication, in order to wipe off any aspersion, or 
 clear from any imputation. Synon. We may excuse for an ap- 
 parent fault, or slight offence. We ask;Mrifon for a real fault, or 
 when the offence is greater. We implore /or^rjY'cness of our sins. 
 
 EXCU'SE, s. an apology or plea offered in a person's vindica- 
 tion ; a reason or motive assigned to justify from accusation or 
 guilt. 
 
 EXCU'SELESS, (exhUchss) a. without any motive or reason 
 to free from blame or punishment. 
 
 EXCU'SER, {exkuzer) s. one who pleads for, or one who for- 
 gives or passes by, the faults of another. 
 
 To EXCU'SS, V. a. [excutio, Lat.] in Law, to seize and detain 
 a person's property. 
 
 EXCU'SSION, s. seizure by law. 
 
 E'XECRABLE, a. [execror, Lat.] so detestable, abominable, 
 or wicked, as to deserve to be accursed. Figuratively, very bad. 
 
 E'XECRABLY, ad. in such a manner as to deserve to be ac- 
 cursed. Figuratively, abominably ; in a very bad manner. 
 
 To E'XECRATE, v. a. to curse as an object containing the 
 most abominable, detestable, and wicked qualities. Figur- 
 atively, to detest ; to abominate. 
 
 EXECRA'TION, s. a curse ; an imprecation, or wishing some 
 evil to a person or thing. 
 
 To E'aECUTE, t). a. [exeqiior, from ex and sequor, Lat.] to 
 discharge or perform a commission or duty ; to put a law or any 
 thing planned in practice; to put to death, according to the 
 sentence of the law. 
 
 E'XECUTER, «. he that performs any thing planned ; he that 
 executes a design ; a person who inflicts the punishment sen- 
 tenced by the law. 
 
 EXECUTION, s. the performance or practice of a thing ; ac- 
 tion. In Law, the last act in causes of debt, wherein power is 
 given to the plaintiff to seize the defendant's goods and body; 
 death inflicted according to law. Figuratively, death ; slaughter. 
 
 EXECU'TIONER, (exekashoner) s. he that puts in act ; he that 
 inflicts punishment on an offender ; he that kills according to law. 
 
 EXE'CUTIVE, a. having the quality of executing or perform- 
 ing. Active, or putting into execution, opposed to legislative, 
 in respect of national authorities, &c. 
 
 EXE'CUTOR, s. [exeqiior, Lat.] a person who is nominated by 
 a testator to perform the articles contained in his will. 
 
 EXE'CUTORSHIP, s. the office of a person appointed executor 
 by a testator. 
 
 EXE'CUTRIX, s. a woman intrusted with the performance of 
 the will of a testator. 
 
 EXEGE'SIS, s. [exegeoniai, Gr.] a word used as an explication 
 of another: thus, in the words "Abba, Father," used in Scrip- 
 ture, the -vioxA father is the exegesis, ov explanation, to the Syriac 
 word abba. Also, the application of the science of interpretation, 
 or hermeneutics, to the Sacred Scriptures. 
 
 EXEGETICAL, a. explaining ; by way of explanation. 
 
 EXE'MPLAR, s. [Lat.] a model, pattern, or original, to be 
 imitated. 
 
 EXE'MPL ARILY, ad. in such a manner as deserves imitation ; 
 in such a manner as may warn others. 
 
 EXE'MPLARINESS, s. the state of being proposed as a pat- 
 tern, and worthy of imitation. 
 
 EXE'MPLARY, a. worthy of being proposed as a pattern for 
 the imitation of others, applied to both persons and things. 
 Such as may deter and give warning to others, applied to punish- 
 ments. Remarkable. 
 
 EXEMPLIFICA'TION, s. a giving an example. In Law, the 
 giving a copy or draught of an original record. 
 
 To EXE'MPLIFY, v. a. [exemplum and >, Lat.] to illustrate 
 or enforce by an example or instance. In Law, to transcribe or 
 
 EXE'MPT, V. a. [eximo, Lat.] to free from any obligation 
 
 ''^l- 
 
 or duty; to privilege. 
 
 EXE'MPT, a. [exemptus, Lat.] freed from service, office, obli- 
 gation, duty, or tax, by privilege. 
 
 EXE'MPTION, s. [exemptio, Lat.] freedom from any service. 
 
 EXF 
 
 obligation, tax, burdensome employment, or law. Thus, barons 
 and peers of the realm are, on account of their dignity, exempted 
 from being sworn upon inquests ; and knights, clergymen, and 
 others, from appearing at the sheriff's court. Persons of seventy 
 years of age, apothecaries, &c. are also by law exempted from 
 serving on juries; and justices of the peace, attorneys, &c. from 
 parish offices. 
 
 To EXE'NTERATE, v. a. [ck and enteron, Gr.] to embowel ; to 
 deprive of the entrails. 
 
 EXENTERATION, s. the act of taking out the bowels ; em- 
 bowelling. 
 
 EXE'QUIAL, a. [exequia, Lat.] belonging to a funeral or 
 burial. 
 
 E'XEQUIES, s. it has no singular ; [exequitB, from exeqiior, Lat.] 
 funeral rites or ceremonies. 
 
 EXE'RCENT, a. [exerceo, Lat.] practising; following any trade, 
 employment, or vocation. 
 
 E'XERCISE, (exersize) s. a motion of the limbs, or action of the 
 body, considered as conducive and necessary to health ; some- 
 thing done by way of amusement ; an action by which the body 
 is formed to gracefulness and strength ; any practice by which a 
 person is rendered skilful in the performance of a duty or disci- 
 pline; use or actual application and practice of a thing; employ- 
 ment ; any thing required to be performed as a task ; an appli- 
 cation of the mind to study. 
 
 To E'XERCISE, (exersize) v. a. [exerceo, Lat.] to employ the 
 mind in considering an object ; to use such action of the body 
 as is necessary to keep the fluids in motion, and preserve health ; 
 to train or teach a person any discipline by frequent practice ; 
 to task, employ, or keep busy; to practise; to exert, or put in 
 practice. To practise the different evolutions of an army, in 
 order to obtain skill in military discipline. 
 
 E'XERCISER, {exersizer) s. one wno acts, performs, or prac- 
 tises. 
 
 EXERCITATION, «. exercise; practice; a frequent repeti- 
 tion of the same action. 
 
 EXE'RGUE, «. among antiquarians, a little space around or 
 without the figures of a medal, left for the inscription, cipher, 
 device, date, &c. 
 
 To EXE'RT, v. n. [exero, Lat.] to use with an application of 
 force, vehemence, or vigour ; to put forth or perform. To apply 
 strength, force, or vigour, used with a reciprocal pronoun. 
 
 EXE'RTION, s. the act of bringing into action, including the 
 idea of force, vehemence, strength, or vigour. 
 
 EXE'SION, s. [exesus, from ex and edo, Lat.] the act of eating 
 out, or eating a way through. " Theophrastus denied the ex- 
 esion of vipers through the belly of the dam," Brown. 
 
 EXES'l UATIOlNi, «. [ex and «stoo, Lat.] a fermentation or vio- 
 lent internal commotion of the particles of a body. 
 
 E'XETER, the Isca of Ptolemy and Antoninus, Devonshire. 
 The environs of the city are hillj', and afford a variety of delight- 
 ful prospects. Its port is properly at Topsham, 5 miles below, 
 but vessels of 150 tons come up to the quay here. Here Is a 
 noble cathedral, (for it is one of the sees of the bishops of the 
 Church of England,) court-houses, public institutions for cha- 
 rity and education, &c. It is the seat of an extensive foreign 
 and domestic commerce, and particularly it had a share in the 
 fisheries of Newfoundland and Greenland. Here are flourishing 
 manufactories of serges and other woollen goods. It is seated 
 on the river Exe, over which it has a long stone bridge. It is 
 173 miles from London. Markets, Wednesday and Fridav. 
 Pop. 31,312. 
 
 E'XETER, a town of New Hampshire, United States. It stands 
 on a river of the same name, the falls in which afford a great 
 water power. It is also navigable for vessels of 500 tons burden. 
 There is a well-endowed academy here. Round it the coun- 
 try is fertile and in excellent cultivation. It is 480 miles from 
 Washington. Pop. 2925. Seven other places in the States 
 bear this name. 
 
 E'XETER COLLEGE, one of the institutions at Oxford, 
 founded in the 14th century, by a bishop of Exeter, and well 
 endowed. Its buildings are good, and it has a good library. 
 This was the college at which the two Wesleys studied. 
 
 To EXFO'LIATE, v. a. [ex and folium, Lat.] in Surgery, to 
 scale a bone. 
 
 EXFOLIATION, s. the act of scaling a bone ; or the state of 
 a bone which breaks ofl'in scales. 
 
EXl 
 
 EXFOLIATIVE, a. that has the power of scaling a bone, or 
 of producing exfoliation. 
 
 EXHA'LABLE, a. that may be raised, consumed, or dispersed 
 in fimies or exhalations. 
 
 EXHALA'TION, s. [exhalatio, Lat.] a fume, oreffluvium, raised 
 by heat or some other cause, ascending by the laws of hydrosta- 
 tics, and mixing with the atmosphere; the act of exhaling, or 
 sending forth effluvia or exhalations. 
 
 To EXHA'LE, v. a. [exhalo, Lat.] to draw forth or emit effluvia 
 or exhalations. 
 
 EXHA'LEMENT, s. an effluvium ; a vapour ; an exhalation. 
 
 To EXHAU'ST, v. a. [ex and haurio, Lat.] to drain any fluid 
 or liquor; to draw out till nothing remains. In Pneumatics, by 
 means of the air-pump, to draw the air out of any vessel, for the 
 purpose of making experiments «V» vacuo. 
 
 EXHAU'STION, «. the act of draining or drawing dry. Fi- 
 guratively, an entire waste, or consumption. 
 
 EXHAU'STLESS, a. not to hd emptied, drained, drawn drj, 
 or totally consumed. 
 
 To EXHI'BIT, v. a. [exhibeo, Lat.] to offer to view or use ; to 
 propose in a full assembly or public manner. 
 
 EXHIBIT, «. [Lat.] in Law, is where a deed or other writing 
 being produced in a chancery suit, to be proved by witnesses, the 
 examiner, after examination, certifies on the back of the deed, 
 or writing, that the same was shown to the witness at the time 
 of his examination, and by him sworn. 
 
 EXHrBlTEK, s. he that offers any thing as a charge or ac- 
 cusation in a public manner ; he that exposes any curiosity, na- 
 tural or artificial, to public view. 
 
 EXHIBFiTON, s. [exhibitio, Lat.] the act of displaying, ex- 
 plaining, or rendering visible and sensible ; the act of exposing 
 to public view. In Law, the bringing a charge or accusation 
 against a person in a public or open court. A benefaction set- 
 tled for the maintenance of scholars in universities, who are 
 not upon the foundation. 
 
 EXHI'BITIVE, a. containing a representation or display. 
 
 To EXHILARATE, f. a. [exhilaro, Lat.] to cheer, comfort, 
 and inspire with gaiety. 
 
 EXHILARA'TION, s. the act of inspiring with cheerfulness or 
 joy; the state of a person inspired with joy or gaiety, applied to 
 sensation or pleasure which is less than joy, but of some affinity 
 with it. 
 
 To EXHO'RT, (commonly, with its derivatives, pronounced 
 egzort,) v. a. \ex and Iwrto, Lat.] to induce a person to the ner- 
 formance of a thing or duty, by laying the motive of it, and its 
 consequences, before a person ; to call upon a person to perform, 
 or remind him of liis duty. 
 
 EXHORTATION, s. the motive which can induce a person 
 to perform his duty; the act of laying such motives before a 
 person as may excite him to perform a duty. 
 
 EXHO'RTATORY, a. containing motives to incite a person 
 to perform a duty. 
 
 EXHO'RTER, s. one who endeavours to persuade or incite a 
 person to perform a duty. 
 
 EXHUMA'TION, s. [exhumatio, Lat.] the digging up of a body 
 that has been duly buried by the authority of a judge for some 
 particular reason. 
 
 E'XIGENCE, E'xiGENCY, *. [eririo, Lat.] a want, necessity, or 
 distress, which demands immediate assistance and relief; any 
 pressing want, or sudden occasion. 
 
 E'XIGENT, s. a pressing businoss; or an affair which re- 
 quires immediate assistance and relief. In "Law, it is a writ 
 which lies where a defendant in a personal action cannot be 
 found, nor any of his effects within the country, by which he 
 may be attached or distrained. 
 
 fi'XIGENTERS, s. four officers in the court of Common Pleas, 
 who make all exigents and proclamations in all actions where 
 process of outlawry lies. 
 
 EXIGU'ITY, s. [exiguitas, Lat.] smallness ; littleness ; slen- 
 derness. 
 
 EXi'GUOUS, a. [exiguus, Lat.] small, minute, applied to size. 
 Not in use. 
 
 E'XILE, a. \exilis, Lat.] small, thin, slender. Not in use, ex- 
 cept in philosophical writings. 
 
 E'XILE, s. [exilium, from exul, Lat.] the state of a person 
 who is driven from his country not to return ; also the person 
 banished. 
 
 EXO 
 
 To E'XILE, V. a. to expel or drive a person from a country, 
 with a strict prohibition not to return (Turing life, or within a 
 certain time. Figuratively, to expel or banish any bad or good 
 quality from the mind. 
 
 EXrLEMENT, s. the state of a person banished his 
 country. 
 
 EXILI'TION, s. [ex and salio, Lat.] the act of springing and 
 stretching out with vehemence and suddenness ; explosion. 
 
 EXFLITY, s. [exilis, Lat.] slenderness ; smallness. 
 
 EXI'MIOUS, a. [eximius, Lat.] famous, eminent, curious, rare. 
 
 EXINANI'TION, s. [exinamtio, Lat.] privation; loss. 
 
 To EXIST, r. n. [ex and sisto, Lat.] to be ; to have actual 
 being or existence. 
 
 EXrSTENCE, Exi'sTENCY, s. [existo, Lat.] that whereby any 
 thing has an actual essence, or is said to be. 
 
 EXrSTENT, a. in being ; in actual fruition of being. 
 
 EXISTIMA'TION, s. [existimo, Lat.] opinion, esteem, reputa- 
 tion, or the opinion the public has of a man's abilities and 
 virtues. 
 
 E'XIT, s. [Lat.] in theatrical writing, implies that a person is 
 gone out of sight, or off the stage. Figuratively, a departure 
 from life; death, or passage out of any place. 
 
 EXI'TIAL, Exi'tious, (exis/tat, exUhious) a. [exitixim, Lat.] de- 
 structive; fatal; mortal. 
 
 E'XMOUTH, Devonshire, a town enclosed and sheltered from 
 the N. E., between cliffs, on the E. side of the bay which forms 
 the mouth of the river Exe. It is a much frequented watering- 
 
 flace, and the walks around it are delightfully pleasant. It is 
 80 miles from London. Pop. 4356. 
 
 E'XMOUTH, EDWARD f ELLEW, LORD, a famous British 
 admiral, who served with great distinction throughout the Ameri- 
 can, and continental revolutionary wars ; and in 1816, bombarded 
 Algiers, and procured the abolition of Christian slavery, &c. He 
 was enthusiastically loved in the fleet ; and died in 1833, aged 
 76 years. 
 
 E'XODUS, [ex and nodos, Gr."] the name given in the Septua- 
 gint version of the Old Testament, to the 2nd Book of the Pen- 
 tateuch, or Law; and adopted in bur English Version. It 
 was written by Moses, the Jewish lawgiver, and contains an 
 account of the miserable state of bondage to which the chil- 
 dren of Israel were reduced by the cruel fears of the kings of 
 Egypt ; the birth and wonderful preservation and bringing up of 
 Moses; the steps he took under the direction of God for the de- 
 liverance of the Israelites, and the terrible inflictions on Egypt, 
 for refusing to let the people go ; their exode, or departure l^-om 
 that land of slavery, and deliverance from the king by the crown- 
 ing miracle at the Red Sea ; the marches, difficulties, and en- 
 counters of the people till they arrived at the plain before Mount 
 Sinai, in the peninsula lying between the branches of the Red 
 Sea ; and the solemn enunciation of God's law from that moun- 
 tain, when he assumed the immediate sovereignty over them, 
 and they agreed to be his people ; with the setting "up of the ta- 
 bernacle (representing the palace of their Great King) ; the idol- 
 atry of Aaron and the people, under the very mount, and in face 
 of all those terrible wonders ; and such general precepts as re- 
 lated to those points of the divinely appointed constitution and 
 government. It is worthy of close study, not only as containing 
 such singular instances of God's providential government of this 
 world, but also as displaying so much of the peculiar character- 
 istics of the law of Moses, without a knowledge of which the 
 subsequent history of the Israelites cannot be understood. 
 
 EXOLE'TE, a. [eiand soleo, Lat.] out of use ; obsolete. 
 
 EXO'MPHALOS, s. [ek and omphalos, Gr.] in Surgery, a rup- 
 ture in the navel. 
 
 To EXO'NERATE, y. a. [exoncro, Lat.] to disburden; to free 
 from anj' thing which is troublesome on account of its weight. 
 
 EXONERATION, s. the act of disburdening, or getting rid of 
 a thing which oppresses by its weight. 
 
 E'XORABLE, a. [ex and oro, Lat.] to be moved by prayer or 
 entreaty. 
 
 EXO'RBITANCE, Exo'rbitancy, «. [exorbitant, Fr.] the act 
 of going out of the common track or road ; a gross or enormous 
 deviation from the rules of virtue; boundless depravity. 
 
 EXO'RBITANT, a. leaving or quitting any rules prescribed, 
 but more especially those of virtue and morality; not compre- 
 hended in any law; enormous; immoderate; excessive; beyond 
 bounds. 
 
 2x2 339 
 
EXP 
 
 To EXO'RBITATE, r. n. [ex and orhita, Lat.] to deviate ; to 
 go out of the track or road prescribed. 
 
 To E'XORCISE, V. a. [exorkizo, Gr.] to adjure by some holy 
 name ; to drive away evil spirits by using some holy name. 
 
 E'XORCISER, E'xoRcisT, s. one who practises to drive away 
 evil spirits. 
 
 E'XORCISM, s. the form of adjuration, or religious ceremo- 
 nies, made use of to drive away evil spirits. 
 
 EXCRDIUM, s. [Lat.] in Rhetoric, the beginning or opening 
 of a speech, in which the audience is prepared to hear with at- 
 tention what follows. 
 
 EXO'SSEOUS, a. [ex and ossa, Lat.] wanting bones ; boneless ; 
 formed without bones. 
 
 EXOSTO'SIS, s. [ex and osteon, Gr.] the unnatural protuber- 
 ance of a bone. 
 
 EXO'TERIC, and ESO'TERIC, a. [exoterikos, and esoterikos, 
 Gr.] terms denoting external and internal, and applied to the 
 double doctrine of the ancient philosophers ; the one was pub- 
 lic or exoteric, the other secret or esoteric. 
 
 EXO'TIC, a. [exotikos, Gr.] foreign ; not produced in our own 
 country. 
 
 EXO'TIC, s. a foreign plant, or a plant growing or imported 
 from abroad. 
 
 To EXPA'ND, V. a. [ex and pando, Lat.] to spread or lay open 
 like a net or cloth ; to dilate. 
 
 EXPA'NSE, s. a body widely extended, and having no ine- 
 qualities on its surface ; a surface ; extent. 
 
 EXPANSIBI'LITY, s. capableness of being expanded or 
 stretched out to greater dimensions. 
 
 EXPA'NSIBLE, a. capable to be stretched to a large ex- 
 tent. 
 
 EXPA'NSION, s. in Metaphysics, distance or space abstract- 
 edly considered, and distinguished from extension, which implies, 
 according to Locke, " distance only when applied to the solid 
 parts of matter." In Physics, the act of dilating, stretching, or 
 spreading out a body, whereby its bulk and dimension is in- 
 creased, whether by heat, elasticity, or rarefaction. Figura- 
 tively, the state of a thing which takes up more space than it 
 used to do ; the act of spreading out a thing ; extent ; or space 
 to which any thing is spread or extended. 
 
 EXPA'NSIVE, a. having the power to spread or extend to a 
 large space. 
 
 To EXPA'TIATE, (expdshiate) v. n. [ex and spatior, Lat.] to 
 rove or range without confinement or regard to prescribed limits ; 
 to enlarge, or treat of in a copious manner. 
 
 To EXPE'CT, V. a. [ex and specto, Lat.] to look out after ; to 
 have an apprehension of future good or evil ; to wait for a per- 
 son's coming. 
 
 EXPE'CT ABLE, a. that may be imagined to be produced by, 
 or to come from. 
 
 EXPE'CTANCE, Expf/ctancy, «. [expectant, Fr.] the act or 
 state of a person who waits for the coming of another ; some- 
 thing waited for; hope; or that which people had formed vast 
 hopes from. 
 
 EXPE'CTANT, a. [exiwctant, Fr.] waiting in hopes of the 
 arrival of a person, time, or thing, or of succeeding another in 
 any office. 
 
 EXPE'CTANT, s. one who waits for the arrival of a period of 
 time, person, or thing, or the succession to any place; or is de- 
 pendent on the promises and favours of another. 
 
 EXPECT A'TION, s. the state of a person who waits for the 
 arrival of any person, period, or thing; dependence on the pro- 
 mises and favours of another for future good ; the object which 
 people form great hopes of. In Life Insurance, &c., the proba- 
 ble duration of life at any age. 
 
 EXPE'CTER, 8. one who waits for, or has hopes of, prefer- 
 ment in a state ; one who waits for the arrival of a person, thing, 
 or period. 
 
 EXPECTORANTS, s. in Medicine, preparations which aid 
 expectoration. 
 
 To EXPE'CTORATE, v. a. [ex and pectus, Lat.] to void 
 
 Ehlegm, or other matter which obstructs the vessels of the lungs, 
 y coughing, ike. 
 
 EXPECTORA'TION, s. the act of discharging phlegm, &c. 
 by coughing. 
 
 EXPE'CtORATIVE, a. having the quality to promote expec- 
 toration. 
 340 
 
 EXP 
 
 EXPE'DIENCE, Expe/diency, ». the fitness or propriety of a 
 means to the attainment of an end. Also, shiftiness, or the 
 habit of resorting to expedients in a course of action instead of 
 acting on principle, and from the idea of duty. 
 
 EXPE'DIENT, a. [expedient, Fr.] proper to attain any particu- 
 lar end. 
 
 EXPE'DIENT, s. a means proper to promote or forward an 
 end ; a shift, or means hit upon on a sudden to ward off any 
 calamity or distress, or elude any punishment. 
 
 EXPJii'DIENTLY, ad. in a manner proper to attain any end. 
 Not used. 
 
 EXPEDITA'TION, s. in the Forest Laws, signifies a cutting 
 out the balls of a dog's fore-feet, for the preservation of the 
 king's game. Every one that keeps any great dog, not expedi- 
 tated, forfeits 3s. Ad. to the king. 
 
 To E'XPEDITE, v. a. [expedio, Lat.] to free from any obstruc- 
 tion or impediment ; to hasten or quicken, to despatch or issue 
 from a public office. 
 
 E'XPEDITE, a. quick, performed soon ; nimble or active. 
 
 E'XPEDITELY, arf. with quickness, readiness, or haste. 
 
 EXPEDITION, s. quickness, applied to time or motion. A 
 march or voyage, with intent to attack an enemy. 
 
 EXPEDITIOUS, a. speedy, quick; nimble, swift; acting 
 with celerity. 
 
 EXPEDI'TIOUSLY, ad. speedily; nimbly. 
 
 To EXPE'L, i;. a. [ex and pello, Lat.] to drive out, or make a 
 person quit a place by force. To eject, to throw out, apphed to 
 the animal functions. 
 
 EXPE'LLER, s. one that expels or drives away. 
 
 EXPE'NCE, Expe'nse, s. [ex and jiendo, Lat.] cost ; charges ; 
 money laid out for any use. 
 
 To EXPE'ND, V. a. to lay out or spend money. 
 
 EXPE'NSELESS, a. without cost or charge; without spend- 
 ing money. 
 
 EXPENSIVE, a. given to spend money; prodigal; extra- 
 vagant, applied to a person. Costly ; requiring money, applied 
 to things. 
 
 EXPE'NSIVELY, ad. in such a manner as requires the spend- 
 ing much money. 
 
 EXPE'NSIVENESS, «. the act of profuseness, or spending 
 money immoderately ; dearness, or standing a person in a great 
 sum. 
 
 EXPE'RIENCE, s. [experior, Lat.] knowledge gained by 
 actual use, or practice, and not from books or hearsay. 
 
 To EXPE'RIENCE, v. a. to try or practise; to know by 
 practice. 
 
 EXPE'RIENCED, part, skilful or wise by frequent practice 
 or experience. 
 
 EXPE'RIENCER, s. one who makes frequent trials or ex- 
 periments. 
 
 EXPE'RIMENT, ». [experior, Lat.'] trial of any thing; the 
 trial made of the result of certain applications and motioris of 
 bodies, in order to discover their effects, their laws and relations, 
 or to be able to arrive at the true cause of the phenomena oc- 
 casioned thereby. 
 
 To EXPE'RIMENT, v. a. to try; to discover by trial. 
 
 EXPERIME'NTAL, a. pertaining to, or built upon, experi- 
 ments ; known by trial and experiment. Experimental philoso- 
 phy, is that which deduces the laws of nature, the properties and 
 powers of bodies, and their actions on each other, from experi- 
 ments and trials made with that view. 
 
 EXPERIME'NTALLY, arf. by experience; by trial ; by ex- 
 periments. 
 
 EXPE'RIMENTER, s. one who makes philosophical experi- 
 ments. 
 
 EXPE'RT, a. [expertus, Lat.] skilful, ready, or knowing, in any 
 particular office, art, or business; dexterous. 
 
 EXPE'RTLY, ad. in such a manner as discovers skill. 
 
 EXPE'RTNESS, s. skill, or knowledge, in any affair or un- 
 dertaking. 
 
 E'XPIABLE, a. capable of being atoned, rendered kind or 
 propitious, by suffering or punishment. 
 
 To E'XPIATE, V. a. [expio, Lat.] to make satisfaction or atone- 
 ment for sins, by suffering the punishments due to them, or by 
 substituting something equivalent to or instead of theip ; to avert 
 the threats of an omen or prodigy. 
 
 EXPIA'TION, «. any suffering endured, or equivalent made. 
 
EXP 
 
 or sacrifice offered, to avert the punishment due to sin, and ren- 
 der the Deity propitious to the offender. 
 
 E'XPIATORY, a. having the power to avert the Divine wrath 
 from punishinff sins. 
 
 EXPILA'TION, s. [expilo, Lat.] robbery. In Law, the act of 
 committing waste upon lands to the loss and prejudice of the 
 heir. 
 
 EXPIRA'TION, s. {ex and spiro, Lat.] in Medicine, the act by 
 which the breath is forced out of the lungs ; the last gasp of 
 breath; vapour, breath, or the matter expired; the cessation or 
 end of any period of time. 
 
 To EXPI'RE, V. a. to breathe out ; to send out fumes, vapours, 
 or exhalations; to close, conclude, or bring to an end ; to perish ; 
 to fly out with a blast — v. n. to conclude, finish, or terminate, ap- 
 plied to time or any period. 
 
 To EXPLA'IN, I), a. [explano, Lat.] to clear up any difficulty 
 in a book or expression ; to illustrate. 
 
 EXPLAINABLE, a. that may be rendered more easy or plain 
 to the understanding. 
 
 EXPLAINER, s. one who clears up any difficulty, or renders 
 a thing more easy to be understood. 
 
 EXPLANATION, x. an illustration or comment, whereby a 
 passage is rendered more easy to be understood. 
 
 EXPLA'NATORY, a. containing an illustration, or such re- 
 marks as render a thing easy to be understood. 
 
 E'XPLETIVE, s. [expleo, Lat.] a word which is used merely to 
 fill up a vacancy, or make up the number of feet in a verse. 
 
 E'XPLICABLE, a. [explicn, Lat.] that may be explained, un- 
 derstood, or rendered intelligible. 
 
 To E'XPLICATE, v. a. to unfold. Figuratively, to explain, 
 or render any difficulty more easy to be understood. 
 
 EXPLICA'TION, 8. the act of opening or unfolding. Figura- 
 tively, the act of explaining, or rendering any difficult passage 
 or doctrine plainer, or more easy to be understood ; the sense 
 given by an explainer; an intei-pretation. 
 
 E'XPLICATIVE, a. having a tendency to explain, tr render 
 a thing more easy to be understood. 
 
 EXPLICA'TOR, s. one who renders any difficulty more easy 
 to be understood. 
 
 EXPLI'CIT, a. unfolded. Figuratively, plain, easy, obvious, 
 expressed, opposed to obscure or implicit. 
 
 EXPLI'CITLY, ad. plainly ; directly ; without implication or 
 inference. 
 
 To EXPLO'DE, V. a. [ex and ptaudo, Lat.] to drive out with 
 contempt, clamour, and disgrace. Figuratively, to reject with 
 scorn. — V. n. to burst asunder, with a loud and sudden report. 
 
 EXPLO'DER, s. a person who rejects an opinion with detest- 
 ation or contempt. 
 
 EXPLOIT, s. [Fr.] a design accomplished ; a successful and 
 remarkable action in war. 
 
 EXPLORATION, s. [exzr\Aploro, Lat.] search ; disquisition; 
 examination. 
 
 EXPLO'RATORY, a. searching ; examining. 
 
 To EXPLO'RE, V. a. to make trial of; to search into, by 
 trials ; to discover by examination ; to try in order to make dis- 
 coveries. 
 
 EXPLO'SION, s. [ex and plaudo, Lat.] the act of driving out 
 any thing with noise and violence ; the noise made by the burst- 
 ing or firing of gunpowder, or any like substance. 
 
 EXPLO'SIVE, a. driving out with noise and violence. 
 
 EXPO'NENT, s. [ex and pono, Lat.] in Arithmetic, the num- 
 ber which expresses how often a given power is to be divided by 
 its root, before it be brought to unity. 
 
 EXPONE'NTIAL, (exponSnshal) a. in Geometry, applied to 
 curves which partake both of the nature of algebraic curves, and 
 of transcendental ones. 
 
 To EXPORT, V. a. [ex and porta, Lat.] to send goods to 
 foreign countries for sale. 
 
 E'XPORT, «. a commodity sent out of the kingdom to foreign 
 parts for sale. 
 
 EXPORTATION, s. the act or practice of sending goods to 
 foreign markets for sale. 
 
 EXPO'RTER, s. he that sends commodities to foreign coun- 
 tries. 
 
 To EXPO'SE, (expdze) v. a. [ex and pom, Lat.] to lay open, 
 subject, or make liable, applied to ridicule, censure, examina- 
 tion, punishment, calamity, or danger. 
 
 EXQ 
 
 EXPOSITION, (expozishm) s. the situation in which a thing 
 is placed with respect to the sun or air ; an interpretation, com- 
 ment, or treatise, to render the sense of a writer more plain and 
 intelligible. 
 
 EXPO'SITOR, s. an explainer ; an interpreter. 
 
 To EXPO'STULATE, v. n. [ex and postulo, Lat.] to debate, 
 reason, or argue with a person by way of complaint against 
 something. 
 
 EXPOSTULATION, s. the act of reasoning, or representing 
 a thing to another by way of complaint. 
 
 EXPOSTULATOR, s. a person who argues with, or brings a 
 complaint to, another. 
 
 EXPO'STULATORY, a. containing the representation of a 
 complaint. 
 
 EXPO'SURE, (expdsure) s. the act of laying open to public 
 view and observation ; the state of being subject or liable to 
 blame, punishment, ridicule, or danger; a situation in which a 
 thing lies open to the sun and air. 
 
 fo EXPOU'ND, V. a. [expono, Lat.] to interpret or explain any 
 d fficult passage. 
 
 EXPOU'NDER, s. one who explains. 
 
 To EXPRE'SS, f. a. [ex and immo, Lat.] to represent in 
 words, or by any of the imitative arts of poetry, sculpture, or 
 painting. To utter, applied solely to language. To declare one's 
 sentiments ; to squeeze out ; to force out by pressure. To extort 
 by violence ; a Latinism. 
 
 EXPRE'SS, a. copied, or bearing a near resemblance, applied 
 to the imitative arts of painting, drawing, sculpture, and poetry. 
 In direct terms, applied to language. Clear, or without any 
 ambiguity ; on purpose ; for a particular end. 
 
 EXPRE'SS, s. a messenger sent with expedition, on purpose 
 to deliver a particular message ; a message ; a declaration in 
 plain and direct terms. 
 
 EXPRE'SSIBLE, a. that may be uttered, or communicated 
 by words; that may be forced out by squeezing. 
 
 EXPRESSION, (expr^shon) s. the act of communicating an 
 idea by language ; the particular form, manner, or style, used in 
 communicating one's thoughts; a phrase; the squeezing or 
 forcing out any thing by pressure. 
 
 EXPRE'SSIVE, a. having the power of uttering or repre- 
 senting. 
 
 EXPRE'SSIVELY, ad. in a clear and direct manner, applied 
 to language. 
 
 EXPRE'SSI VENESS, s. the power of representing, or convey- 
 ing ideas to the mind. 
 
 EXPRE'SSLY, ad. in direct terms ; plainly ; positively. 
 
 EXPRE'SSURE, s. expre-ssion, or the conveying ideas by 
 language ; the form or likeness described. 
 
 To EXPRO'BRATE, v. a. [exprobro, Lat.] to charge with a 
 
 thing by way of reproach. 
 EXPkOBRA'TIO 
 
 [ON, s. a reproachful accusation. 
 
 To EXPRO'PRIATE, v. a. [ex and proprim, Lat.] to make a 
 thing no longer one's own. Not in use. 
 
 To EXPU'GN, {expun) V. a. [ex and /«/^«o, Lat.] to take by 
 assault. 
 
 EXPUGNATION, s. conquest ; the taking a town by as- 
 sault. 
 
 EXPU'LSION, s. [ex and pello, Lat.] the act of driving out ; 
 the state of a person driven from a place. 
 
 EXPU'LSIvE, a. having the power of driving out. 
 
 To EXPU'NGE, V. a. [ex and pungo, Lat.] to blot or rub out. 
 Figuratively, to efface or annihilate. 
 
 EXPURGATION, s. [ex and pxirgo, Lat.] the act of purging 
 or cleaning. Figuratively, purification from bad mixtures, or 
 from error and falsehood. 
 
 EXPU'RGATOR, ». one who corrects by expunging. 
 
 EXPU'RGATORY, a. employed in clearing away what is 
 noxious, erroneous, or amiss. 
 
 E'XQUISITE, a. [exqtdsitus, from ex and qtuero, Lat.] searched 
 out with care ; so excellent, perfect, or completely bad, as to 
 show great care in the search, or great exactness and labour in 
 the moduction. Also, consummately bad. 
 
 E'XQUISITELY, ad. perfectly; accurately; completely; in 
 such a manner as shows no small pains in the discovery or pro- 
 duction. 
 
 E'XQUISITENESS, s. nicety ; perfection ; owing to great care 
 and pains. 
 
 341 
 
E'XSCRIPT, s. [ex and scribo, Lat.] a writing copied from 
 some other. 
 
 EXSrCCANT, Exsi'ccATiVE, a. drying. 
 
 EXSICCA'TION, s. [ex and sicca, Lat.] the act of drying. 
 
 EXSI'CCATIVE, a. having the power of drying. 
 
 EXSU'CTION, s. [ex and sugo, Lat.] the act of draining or 
 drawing out by sucking. 
 
 EXSUDATION, s. [ex and sudo, Lat.] the act of discharging 
 by sweat. 
 
 To EXSU'DE, V. a. to discharge by sweat; to distil or exhale. 
 
 EXSUFFLATION, s. [ex and sujlo, Lat.] a blast working 
 underneath. 
 
 To EXSU'FFOLATE, v. a. [ex, Lat. and sufolar, Ital] to 
 whisper or buzz in the ear. This word is peculiar to Shak- 
 speare. 
 
 To EXSU'SCITATE, v. a. [ex and suscito, Lat.] to rouse or 
 stir up. 
 
 E'XTACY, s. See Ecstasy. 
 
 EXTA'NT, a. [_extans, Lat.] standing out, or above the other 
 parts of the surface. Public ; not suppressed ; still to be met 
 with, applied to books. 
 
 EXTA'TIC, Exta'tical, a. [ekstasis, Gr.] See Ecstatic. 
 
 EXTE'MPORAL, a. [ex and tempus, Lat.] sudden ; without 
 any premeditation. 
 
 EXTE'MPORALLY, ad. quickly; without any preceding 
 study or preparation. 
 
 EXTEMPORANEOUS, a. sudden ; not allowing or giving 
 any time for preparation or premeditation. 
 
 EXTE'MPORARY, a. sudden ; quick ; formed without study, 
 preparation, or premeditation. 
 
 EXTE'MPORE, ad. [Lat.] suddenly; without thought or 
 study. 
 
 To EXTE'MPORIZE, v. n. to speak without premeditation. 
 
 To EXTE'ND, v. a. [ex and tendo, Lat.] to stretch out towards 
 any part ; to spread ; to enlarge the surface of a thing. To in- 
 crease, applied to force, strength, or duration. To communicate 
 or impart, used with to. In Law, to seize. 
 
 EXTE'NDER, s. the person or means by which any thing is 
 stretched. 
 
 EXTE'NDIBLE, a. capable of being made wider or longer. 
 
 EXTE'NDLESSNESS, «. an unlimited or unbounded ex- 
 tension. 
 
 EXTENSIBI'LITY, s. the quality of being made wider or 
 longer. 
 
 EXTE'NSIBLE, a. capable of being stretched wider and 
 longer; capable of including or comprehending more ideas. 
 
 EXTE'NSIBLENESS, s. the quality of being stretched wider 
 or longer. 
 
 EXTE'NSION, s. the act of increasing the length or breadth 
 of a thing ; the state of a thing where length or breadth is in- 
 creased. In Physics, the distance between the extremes of a 
 solid body. In Metaphysics, space in concrcto. 
 
 EXTE'NSIONAL, a. long, drawn out ; having great extent. 
 
 EXTE'NSIVE, a. wide ; large. 
 
 EXTE'NSIVELY, ad. widely; largely. 
 
 EXTE 'NSIVEN ESS, s. largeness; wideness ; diffusiveness. 
 
 EXTE'NSOR, s. [Lat.J in Anatomy, a muscle by which any 
 limb is extended. 
 
 EXTE'NT, s. the distance between the extremities of a thing; 
 the space filled ; communication ; distribution. In Law, an 
 execution or seizure of a person's goods. 
 
 To EXTE'NUATE, v. a. [extenuo, from tenuis, Lat.] to make 
 small, narrow, or slender ; to make lean. Figuratively, to speak 
 of a fault so as to make a partial excuse for it. 
 
 EXTENUATION,*, the act of representing things If^': ill 
 than they are. Mitigation, or alleviation, applied to puiii.>i)- 
 ment. In Medicine, a loss of flesh, or decay of the body. 
 
 EXTE'RIOR, a. [Lat.] outward ; external ; not essential. 
 
 To EXTE'RMINATE, v. a. [ex and termino, Lat.] to root out ; 
 to destroy utterly. 
 
 EXTERMINATION, s. total destruction. 
 
 EXTERMINATOR, s. [Lat.] the instrument by which any 
 thing is destroyed. 
 
 To EXTE'RMINE, v. a. to destroy ; to put an end to. 
 
 EXTE'RNAL, a. [exfemus, Lat.] outward ; from without ; 
 outward appearance ; or that which appears to the sight. 
 
 EXTE'RNALLY, ad. outwardly. 
 342 
 
 EXT 
 
 EXTILLATION, s. [ex and siillo, Lat.] the act of falling in 
 drops. 
 
 To EXTI'MULATE, v. a. [ex and stimuto, Lat.] to prick or 
 incite. 
 
 EXTIMULATION, s. pungency ; or the power of exciting 
 motion, sensation, or action. 
 
 EXTI'NCT, a. [extinsuo, Lat.] quenched or put out, applied to 
 fire. At a stop, without any survivors, applied to succes- 
 sion. Abolished, or out of force, applied to law. Figuratively, 
 dead. 
 
 EXTI'NCTION, «. the act of quenching or putting out, ap- 
 plied to fire. The state of a thing quenched ; utter destruction ; 
 suppression. 
 
 To EXTI'NGUISH, v. a. [extinguo, Lat.] to put out or quench, 
 applied to fire. To suppress or destroy, applied to the passions. 
 To cloud or obscure by superior splendour. 
 
 EXTI'NGUISHABLE, a. that may be put out, quenched, 
 suppressed, or destroyed. 
 
 EXTI'NGUISHER, s. a hollow cone, which is put on a candle 
 to quench it. 
 
 EXTI'NGUISHMENT, s, the act of suppressing or putting an 
 end to a thing. Abolition, applied to laws. The act of taking 
 away all the descendants or survivors of a family. 
 
 To EXTI'RPATE, v. a. [extirjm, from stirps, Lat.] to root out ; 
 to destroy utterly. 
 
 EXTlkPATION, s. the act of rooting out, or utterly de- 
 stroying. 
 
 EXTIRPATOR, s. [Lat.] one who roots out ; a destroyer. 
 
 EXTISPFCIOUS, a. [extispicium, Lat.] augurial ; relating to 
 the inspection of entrails in order to prognostication. 
 
 To EXTO'L, V. a. [ex and toUo, Lat.] to praise ; to magnify 
 with praise. 
 
 EXTO'LLER, s. one who praises, or magnifies with praise. 
 
 EXTO'RSIVE, a. drawing by violence. 
 
 EXTO'RSIVELY, ad. by violence. 
 
 To EXTO'RT, K. a. [ex and torqueo, Lat.] to draw by force, to 
 wring from one ; to gain by violence or oppression. 
 
 EXTO'RTER, s. a person who makes use of oppression, or 
 violent or indirect means. 
 
 EXTO'RTION, s. the act or practice of gaining or acquiring 
 by force ; the force or violence made use of to gain a thing. 
 
 EXTO'RTIONER, {extorshoner) a. one who grows rich by 
 violence. 
 
 To EXTRA'CT, v. a. [ex and traho, Lat.] to draw any thing 
 out by any means. In Arithmetic, to find the root of any 
 number. To abridge or transcribe any passage from a book or 
 writing. 
 
 E'X TRACT, s. in Pharmacy, the purest and finest of any 
 substance; separated by the proper means, and afterwards made 
 into a thick consistence, by evaporation over fire. In Litera- 
 ture, an abridgment of a book, or a transcript of some passage. 
 
 EXTRA'CTION, s. [Lat.] in Chemistry and Pharmacy, an 
 operation whereby essences, tinctures, &c. are drawn from na- 
 tural bodies. In Surgery, an operation by which any foreign 
 matter lodged in the body is taken out. In Genealogy, the 
 stock or family from which a person is descended. In Arithme- 
 tic, extraction of root is the method of finding the roots of given 
 numbers or quantities. 
 
 EXTRA'CTOR, s. a person or instrument by which any thing 
 is taken out. 
 
 EXTRAJUDI'CIAL, {extrajudhhial) a. [extra and judicium, 
 Lat.] out of the regular course of proceeding in law. 
 
 EXTRAJUDFCIALLY, {extrajudishialhj) ad. in a manner dif- 
 ferent from the common or stated course of procedure at law. 
 
 EXTRAMI'SSION, s. [extra 3inAmitto,h-At.'\ the act of emit- 
 ting outward, opposite to intromission. 
 
 EXTRAMU'NDANE, a. [extra and mundanus, Lat.] beyond 
 the bounds of this material system. 
 
 EXTRA'NEOUS, a. [extra, Lat.] not intrinsic or essential to 
 a thing; foreign, or of a different substance. 
 
 EXTRAO'RDINARILY, ad. in a manner out of the common 
 method and order; uncommonly; eminently; remarkably. ' 
 
 EXTRAO'RDINARY, a. [extra and ordo, Lat.] different from, 
 or out of the common course or order. 
 
 EXTRAPARO'CHIAL, (extraparokiat) a. [extra and parochia. 
 Lat.J not included or comprehended in any parish. ' 
 
 EXTRAPROVI'NCIAL, {extraprovmshial) a. [extra and i>ro- 
 
EXU 
 
 vincia, Lat.] not within the same province ; or not within the 
 jurisdiction of the same person. 
 
 EXTRARE'GULAR, a. not comprehended within a rule. 
 EXTRA'VAGANCE, ExTR.i'VAGANCY, s. [extra and vayor, 
 Lat.] an excursion or sally beyond prescribed bounds ; irregu- 
 larity; wildness; bombast; waste, or superfluous expense. An 
 immoderate heat or violence, applied to the passions. 
 
 EXTRA'VAGANT, a. wandering out of, or beyond, the pre- 
 scribed bounds ; roving beyond any prescribed forms, or the 
 bounds of moderation; immoderate; irregular; not reduced to 
 rule ; prodigal ; or profusely expensive. 
 
 EXTRA'VAGANT, s. one who is included or comprehended 
 in no general rule or definition. 
 
 EXTRA'VAGANTLY, ad. contrary to all rule ; in an unrea- 
 sonable or immoderate degree ; profusely expensive. 
 
 To EXTRA'V AGATE, v. n. to wander up and down ; also to 
 talk idly and impertinently. 
 
 EXTRA'VASATED, a. [extra and vas, Lat.] forced out of the 
 vessels. 
 
 EXTRAVASATION, s. the act of forcing, or the state of 
 being forced, out of its proper vessels. 
 
 EXTRAVE'NATE, a. [extra and vena, Lat.] let out of the 
 veins. 
 
 EXTRAU'GHT, {extraiU) an obsolete participle of Extract. 
 
 EXTRE'ME, a. [extremiis, Lat.] greatest, applied to degree. 
 Utmost, or farthermost; last, or that has nothing beyond it; ap- 
 plied to situation or time. Pressing, applied to danger. 
 
 EXTRE'ME, s. the utmost point or highest degree of any 
 thing; points at the greatest distance from each other. 
 
 EXTKE'MELY, ad. in the utmost degree. Very much, or 
 greatly, in familiar language. 
 
 EXTREME UNCTION, one of the sacraments of the Romish 
 Church, the fifth in order, administered to people dangerously 
 sick, by anointing them with holy oils, and pronouncing several 
 prayers over them. 
 
 EXTRE'MITY, s. [extremitas, Lat.] the utmost parts, or those 
 farthest from the centre or middle ; those points which are most 
 opposite to each other; the remotest or farthest part of a coun- 
 try ; the utmost degree of violence, distress, or poverty. 
 
 To E'XTRICATE, v. a. [ex and trkce, Lat.] to free a person 
 from any difficulty or perplexity. 
 
 EXTRICA'TION, s. the act of freeing from perplexity, diffi- 
 cultv, or danger. 
 
 EXTRI'NSIC, a. [extrinsicus, Lat.] outward ; external ; not in 
 the substance or subject itself. 
 
 EXTRI'NSICAL, a. external ; outward ; from without. 
 
 To EXTRU'DE, ti. a. [ex and trudo, Lat.] to thrust out ; to 
 drive off or away by violence. 
 
 EXTRU'SION, s. the act of thrusting or driving out. 
 
 EXTU'BERANCE, s. [ex and tuber, Lat.] a Ttnob, or part 
 which rises above the rest of a surface. 
 
 EXU'BERANCE, s. [exubero, from ex and uher, Lat.] over- 
 growth ; superfluous shoots ; useless abundance ; luxuriance. 
 
 EXU'BERANT, a. growing with superfluous shoots, applied 
 to plants. Luxuriant; superfluously plentiful; abounding in 
 the utmost degree. 
 
 EXU'BERANTLY, ad. abundantly, even to the highest or 
 superfluous degree. 
 
 To EXU'BERATE, v. n. to abound in the highest degree. 
 
 EXU'CCUOUS, a. [ex sinA succus, Lat.] without juice; dry. 
 
 EXUDATION,*. See ExsuoATioN. 
 
 To EXU'LCERATE, v. a. [exukero, Lat.] to make sore with 
 an ulcer; to afflict with a running or corroding humour. Figura- 
 tively, to afflict, enrage, or corrode. 
 
 EaULCERATION, s. the beginning of an erosion which 
 wears away the substance, and forms an ulcer. The act of in- 
 flaming or enraging, applied to the mind. 
 
 EXU'LCERATORY, a. having a tendency to produce ulcers. 
 
 To EXU'LT, V. n. [exulto, Lat.] to oe affected with a high de- 
 gree of gladness or joy. 
 
 EXU'LT ANCE, s. a transport of joy or gladness. 
 
 EXULTATION, «. rapturous delight. 
 
 EXUNDATION, s. [exundo, Lat.] an overflowing. Figura- 
 
 iM 
 
 EXU'PERANCE^ s. [ex and supero, Lat.] a surplus, or greater 
 quantity. 
 EXU'STION, s. [exustio, Lat.j consumption by fire. 
 
 EYE 
 
 EXU'VIjE, s. [Lat.] the skins or shells which are cast by an 
 animal. 
 
 EY'AS, s. [niais, Fr.] in Falconry, or Natural History, a young 
 hawk just taken from the nest, not able to prey for itself. 
 
 EY'ASMUSKET, s. in Falconry, a young unfledged male 
 hawk of the musket kind. 
 
 EYCK, VAN, the name of two brothers who occupied a verj- 
 distinguished place in the Flemish school of painters. They 
 were the inventors of painting in oil, and were good colourists, 
 but not so able in design. Hubert, the elder, died in 1426, aged 
 60 years. John, sometimes called John of Bruges, the most 
 famous, died in 1441, aged 71 years. 
 
 EYE, Suffolk. It is surrounded with a brook, and is a mere 
 country market town, though it has a corporation, and returns 
 a member to parliament, and had once some interest in manu- 
 factures. It is 91 miles from London. Market, Tuesdar. Pop. 
 2493. 
 
 EYE, s. formerly eyne in the plural, at present eyes ; [eag. Sax. 
 ee, Scot, cen, plural ;] the organ of sight. The eye is globular in 
 figure, generally, and is lodged in a cavity in the skull, of the 
 same figure, to which are attached the muscles which move it, 
 and the eyelids, and through which are several small perforations 
 for the passage of the necessary nerves, the whole being Uned 
 with fat, so that the motions of the eye are effected without fric- 
 tion, and no injury results to it from pressure or contact with 
 the bony structure. The eye-ball consists of transparent fluids, 
 contained in membranous integuments, the outer of which is 
 called the sclerotica, and is tough and non-elastic ; it does not 
 invest the whole ball ; in front it makes way for the membrane 
 called the cornea, which is horny and transparent ; it also pro- 
 jects globularly beyond the outline of the globe of the eye itself; 
 this cornea, and the fore-part of the sclerotica, are invested with 
 a delicately sensitive membrane, evidently serving as guard or 
 watcher against injuries which might otherwise occur to the in- 
 sensitive eye-ball : — the second membrane is named the choroid, 
 which is of a loose structure, most abundantly supplied with 
 blood-vessels, and coloured either dark-brown or black ; in the 
 front of the eye, behind the cornea, it gives place to the iris, 
 which is perforated in the centre by the^^u^iV, and is so sensitive 
 and delicately muscular, that it contracts or expands this orifice 
 almost simultaneously with any change in the degree of light ; 
 between the iris, which is the coloured part of the eye-ball, and 
 the cornea, is the aqueous humour, which keeps the cornea in its 
 proper state of convexity, and fills up the spaces without im- 
 peding vision :— the interior of the ball is lined with a close and 
 most fine nervous net-work, called the retina, communicating 
 with the optic nerve, at the back of the eye-ball, upon which the 
 images of external objects are pictured as in a camera obscura ; 
 it is filled with a thickish fluid called the vitreous humour ; in 
 the fore-part of which, connected with the choroid membrane, is 
 the lens, called the crystalline humour, of a double convex form, 
 contained in a thin transparent case : — by means of the optic 
 nerve there is a direct communication with the brain, which is 
 the actual seer, the eye being but the instrument. The differ- 
 ence between the pupil in man and some animals, such as the 
 cat, is well known. Externally the ball is defended by the eyelids, 
 and the surface is lubricated by the secretions of the lachrymal 
 gland. In animals and birds that live in jungles and thickets, 
 or which need a defence to the eye that will not obstruct vision, 
 a third eyelid, called the nictitating membrane, is supplied, which 
 is capable of being drawn from the inner corner of the eye across 
 the cornea, like a curtain. The organs of vision in the inferior 
 animals are very wonderfully varied, and in every case exactly 
 adapted to the needs of each creature. They will abundantly re- 
 pay observation and study ; but can only be thus hinted at here. 
 Sight; the countenance; aspect; regard; notice; attention; 
 perception ; view ; a small catch into which a hook goes. In 
 Botany, the bud of a plant ; that part of the seed whence the 
 radicle proceeds ; that point in a tuber whence a new root grows. 
 
 To EYE, V. a. to watch ; to keep in view.— «. n. to appear, or 
 seem. 
 
 EY'EBALL, s. the apple of the eye. 
 
 EY'EBRIGHT, s. See Euphrasy. 
 
 EY'EBROVV, s. the hairy arch over the eye, which serves to 
 defend it from any moisture which would otherwise run into it 
 from the forehead. 
 
 EY'EDROP, s. a tear. 
 
 343 
 
EVEGLASS, s. spectacles ; glass to assist the sight. 
 
 EY'ELASHES, s. the row or fringe of hairs on the eyelids. 
 
 EY'ELESS, a. without eyes ; blind. 
 
 EVELET, s. [peillet, Fr.] a hole through which light may 
 enter; a small hole wrought in linen, usually termed by semp- 
 stresses an eyelet-hole. 
 
 EY'ELID, s. the membrane or skin which closes the eye. 
 
 EY'ESERVANT, s. one who works only while watched, or 
 while his master is present. 
 
 EY'ESERVICE, s. service performed only while the master is 
 present. 
 
 EY'ESHOT, s. glance ; sight; view. 
 
 EY'ESIGHT, s. the sight of the eye. 
 
 EY'ESORE, 8. something offensive to the sight. 
 
 EY'ESPOTfED, a. marked with spots like eyes. 
 
 EY'ESTRING, s. the tendon, or nerve, by which the eye is 
 held in its place. 
 
 EYE-SUCKER, s. a small worm found adhering to the eye of 
 a sprat. 
 
 EY'ETOOTH, «. the tooth on the upper jaw, on each side, 
 next to the grinders, called by anatomists, (%'s teeth, or denies 
 canini. 
 
 EY'EWINK, s. a quick shutting and opening of the eye, in- 
 tended as a sign or token. 
 
 EYEWrXNESS, s. one who gives testimony to facts which 
 he has seen. 
 
 EYRE, s. [eyre, Fr. iter, Lat.] in Law, the court of justices 
 itinerant. 
 
 EY'RY, s. [ey, Teut.] the place where birds of prey build their 
 nests, or hatch. 
 
 EZE'KIEL, a Hebrew prophet during the Babylonish cap- 
 tivity, for 20 years, and is said to have been put to death for his 
 zeal in denouncing idolatry. In his writings are found the most 
 solemn warnings against the irrehgion, hypocrisy, idolatry, and 
 practical sin of the Israelitish people, mingled with the most 
 terrible denouncements of deserved punishment. He distinctly 
 predicts many events relating to the Jewish nation, and also re- 
 lating to Tyfe, Egypt, and the other tribes of the immediate vi- 
 cinity of Canaan. There also are found, particularly amongst 
 the latter chapters, predictions calculated to raise the hope and 
 reanimate the faith and courage of those that did yet fear God. 
 The style of this writer is marked hy force, to which everything 
 else is subordinated: his imagery, his illustrations, his visions, 
 his threats, even his consolations, all bear this character; but 
 the purity and grandeur of his object are so manifest through- 
 out, that even the most revolting pictures lose their coarseness, 
 and seem to be the best suited to attain the purposed end. He 
 has been deservedly called the jEschylus of the Hebrews. Com- 
 mentators, intent on finding literal accomplishments to his 
 sublimely figurative predictions, both in old time, and in the 
 present days, have missed the prophet's meaning, and degrad- 
 ingly perplexed their theme. He might be studied with no small 
 advantage in these days. 
 
 E'ZRA, a Jewish high priest, who was amongst the first of 
 the captives that returned from Babylon t'. the Holy Citv, after 
 the edict of Cyrus. He was a man deeply versed in God's law, 
 and as profoundly a servant of God; and his constant care was, 
 in company with the prophets sent just at this time, to keep the 
 people well taught in their duty, and alive in their faith towards 
 their God. The book of the Old Testament bearing his name 
 contains an affecting narrative of those events in which he was 
 concerned. The compilation of the Books of Chronicles, and 
 the arranging and collecting of the books of the Old Testament, 
 is by tradition ascribed in good part to him. In the Greek Sep- 
 tuagint version he is called Esdras, and two books are ascribed 
 to him, one of which is only an interpolated and falsified i-i^^y 
 of the other. In the Latin version, the Book of Nehemiah is 
 also ascribed to Esdras, and a fourth book, palpably false, 
 beside. 
 
 TJ* THE sixth letter of the alphabet, and fourth consonant, is 
 •*■ 5 a mute, formed by a compression of the upper teeth against 
 the under lip ; it has much the same sound as the Greek ^, or ph, 
 which supplanted the digamma, a letter having the same place, 
 form, and power, as our F. As a numeral, F denotes 40, and 
 344 
 
 FAC 
 
 with a dash over it thus, f, 40,000. In Music, it represents the 
 note in the lowest space in the treble clef, and the top line but 
 one in the bass, whence this clef is commonly called the F clef; 
 and frequently for forte, as^does for fortissimo. In Medical pre- 
 scriptions, /. stands for fiat, let it be done ; thus, /. s. a. stand for 
 Jiat secundum artem, let it he done according to art. As an abbrevia- 
 tion, F. stands for Pe//o«;, as F. R. ^.ior Fellow of the Royal Society. 
 
 FA, in Music, the fourth note in the scale or gamut ; as ut, re, 
 mi, /a. 
 
 FABA'CEOUS, a. [/aba, Lat.] having the nature of a bean. 
 
 FA'BIUS, the name of one of the patrician families of ancient 
 Rome, which produced many men ot great eminence ; and par- 
 ticularly Quintus Fabius Maximus, who obtained some celebrity as 
 a general in the wars in Italy against Hannibal, whose move- 
 ments he impeded, and plans he confounded, by the almost sin- 
 gular scheme of hanging about his army, without ever giving 
 him an opportunity of engaging in a general battle ; and obtained 
 the epithet of Cunctator, or delayer. Another Fabius, surnamed 
 Pictor, was the first writer of Roman history, but his work is lost. 
 Fabius Maximus died in 203 b. c, and Fabius Pictor, in 223 b. c. 
 
 FA'BLE, s. [fabula, Lat.] a tale or fictitious story, intended 
 to enforce some moral precept ; a fiction ; a series of events which 
 compose a moral, epic, or dramatic poem. Fables are almost pe- 
 culiarly the literature of people scarcely removed from barbarism. 
 
 To EA'BLE, v. n. to feign, or write fiction ; to tell falsehoods, 
 with an intent to deceive ; to lie. — v. a. to feign ; to deliver in 
 fables and fictions. 
 
 FA'BLED, part, mentioned or celebrated in fables. 
 
 FA'BLER, s. a writer of feigned stories or fictions ; a softer or 
 more genteel word to express a person guilty of lying. 
 
 FA'BRIC, s. Ifaher, Lat.] a building ; a thing composed of dif- 
 ferent or dissimilar parts ; the texture of a silk or stuff. 
 
 To FA'BRIC, To Fa'bricate, v. a. to build, form, or construct. 
 
 FABRICA'TION, s. the act of building ; construction. Figu- 
 ratively, a statement or narrative invented for the purpose of 
 dect'pfion. 
 
 FABRFCIUS, C, a Roman general, one of the patterns of 
 stern virtue in the early days ot that state. He it was who re- 
 vealed to Pyrrhus, the Epirot king, against whom he was fight- 
 ing, the treacherous proposal of his physician to poison him. 
 He died in about 250 b. c. 
 
 FABRFCIUS, the Latinized name of several eminent scientific 
 men and writers of Europe. John Albert, v/as a theologian and 
 critic of Leipzic and Hamburg, and wrote many works relating 
 to ancient authors, &c. He died in 1736, aged G9 years. John 
 Christian, was a naturalist, and friend of Linnaeus, who travelled 
 in pursuit of his favourite study through many countries of Eu- 
 rope, and published works on entomology. He resided latterly 
 at Copenhagen, as a college professor, and royal counsellor; and 
 died in ISO/, aged 65 years. Jerome, was a physician of Padua, 
 whose anatomical stucfies were of great service in physiological 
 science. He died in 1619. William, was a surgeon of Berne, 
 Switzerland, whose recorded observations are still valuable. He 
 died in 1682. David and John, were astronomers ; the first, 
 somewhat speculative, attempted to harmonize Kepler's dis- 
 coveries with the old Ptolemaic system ; the other, his son, was 
 practical, and discovered the spots of the sun. David died in 
 1579; John, in 1624. 
 
 FABR(.>'NI, ANGELO, an Italian writer, whose biographies of 
 the literary men of Italy, of the Medici, and Leo X., are well 
 known through our English writers, who have abundantly used 
 them. He was connected with the university of Pisa, and died 
 in 1802, aged 70 years. 
 
 FA'BULIST, s. [fahuliste, Fr.] a writer or composer of fables. 
 
 FABULO'SITY,s. [fabula, Lat.] the quality of dealing in false- 
 hood, or telling lies. 
 
 FA'BIJLOUS, a. dealing in, or belonging to fables, fiction, or 
 falsehood. 
 
 FA'BULOUSLY, ad. in a feigned or fabulous manner. 
 
 FACCIOLA'TI, JAMES, the prince of Latin lexicographers, 
 who spent forty years, in conjunction with his pupil Forcellini, 
 in compiling a lexicon that embraces the whole range of Latin 
 literature. This has been methodized by Scheller, and is an in- 
 valuable work. He wrote some other works. Padua was the 
 scene of his patient labours ; and there he died in 1769, aged 
 87 years.. 
 
 I^ACE, «. [fades, Lat.] the visage ; the countenance, or fore- 
 
FAC 
 
 part of the head ; the surface of a thing; the front or fore-part 
 of a building or thing ; the state or appearance of an affair ; ap- 
 pearance, look, or countenance; presence, or sight ; confidence; 
 boldness. To make faces, means, to distort the face. 
 
 To FACE, V. n. to carry a false appearance, or play the hypo- 
 crite ; to come in front.— k. a. to inarch against or oppose an 
 enemy or danger with boldness and courage. Followed by down, 
 to denv or oppose, or put to silence by mere impudence. 
 
 FA'CE-PAINTING, s. the art of drawing portraits. 
 
 FA'CET, s. [facette, Fr.] a small surface ; a superficies cut into 
 several angles. 
 
 FACE'TIOUS, (faseshious) a. [facetus, Lat.] wittily gay; used 
 both of persons and things. 
 
 FA'CETIOUSLY, (faseshiously) ad. in a merry, witty, and jo- 
 cose manner. 
 
 FACE'TIOUSNESS, {fashhiousmss) s. the quality of divert- 
 ing by cheerful wit, or pleasant and jocose expressions or stories. 
 
 FA'CILE, a. [facilis, Lat.] to be attained or performed with 
 ease or little labour ; easily conquered or surmounted ; easy of 
 access or converse ; not haughty; pliant; flexible. 
 
 To FACI'LITATE, v. a. [facilis, Lat.] to make easy, or to 
 clear from difficulty or impediments. 
 
 FACI'LITY, s. easiness of performing, or to be performed ; 
 freedom from difficulty ; readiness in performing ; easiness to 
 be persuaded either to good or bad ; flexibility, or credulity ; 
 easiness of access; condescension, or compliance. 
 
 FACINE'RIOUS, a. [corrupted iromfacinorous,'] wicked. 
 
 FA'CING, ^ar<. opposite to. 
 
 FA'CING, s. an ornamental covering put upon the outside or 
 edge of any thing. 
 
 FACFNOROUS, fl. [/«««««, Lat.] wicked; bad. 
 
 FACI'NOROUSNESS, s. wickedness in a high degree. 
 
 FACT,*, [factum, Lat.] a thing done; an effect produced; 
 an actual event or thing, opposed to a mere supposition or specu- 
 lation ; an action. 
 
 FA'CTION, (fdkshm) s. [f actio, Lat.] a party in a state ; a 
 tumult, discord, or dissension. 
 
 FA'CTIOUS, (fdkshious) a. [factieux, Fr.] given to faction, or 
 public dissension ; loud and vehement in supporting any party; 
 proceeding from, or tending to, public discord. 
 
 FA'CTIOUSLY, (fdkshioushj) ad. in a manner criminally dis- 
 contented ; tumultuous ; or forming parties in a government. 
 
 FA'CTIOUSNESS, (fdkshiousmss) s. inclination to public dis- 
 sension ; violent clamorousness in support of a party. 
 
 FACTI'TIOUS, (faktishious) a. [factitius, Lat.] made by art, 
 opposed to what is produced by nature ; counterfeited. 
 
 FA'CTOR, s. [Lat.] an agent ; or one who transacts business 
 for another. In Arithmetic, and Algebra, either of the quanti- 
 ties by which the product of a process of multiplication is ob- 
 taineci. 
 
 FA'CTOR Y, s. a house or district inhabited by traders in a 
 foreign country; several traders associated or embodied in a 
 place. Also, in England, a large building where textile manu- 
 factory is carried on, on a large scale, by the help of steam 
 power and machinery, both in silk, worsted, and cotton, and in 
 all departments, from the spinning of the thread to the weaving 
 of the most costly fabrics. Factories are commonly called mills. 
 It is greatly to be regretted that in this country, owing in part 
 to the influence of laws of feudal spirit, and in part to the unbri- 
 dled lust of gain, the factory system is one of the sources of the 
 most prodigious evils, both to individuals, families, and towns, 
 that can be conceived. Women and children-are employed in- 
 stead of men, for such lengths of time together, that life is 
 shortened; at such insufficient remuneration, that prostitution 
 and crime are almost necessarily the consequence ; — whilst at 
 any change in the aspect of the markets, the hours of labour (and 
 the pay of course) are abridged,and often, part or all the hands 
 turned off. In America it has been proved by repeated experi- 
 ments, and these are confirmed by a few examples in England, 
 that there is no need for such a state of things. The legislature 
 is idly attempting to correct it now. But little hope of perma- 
 nent good can be entertained from any change not originating 
 with those whose very being is bound up in the system. When 
 capital recognises labour as its fellow-worker, instead of task- 
 ing it as its slave, then a new system will rise, and commerce 
 will be in these days, as she was of old, one of the grand agents 
 in the advancement of the race. 
 
 neni 
 witl 
 
 Lcapi 
 'wifl 
 iati 
 I 
 
 FAI 
 
 FACTO'TUM, s. [/acio and tntus, Lat.] ornamented great let- 
 ters, set at the beginning of a book, chapter, &c. Also one who 
 is employed alike in all kinds of business: a word of contempt. 
 
 FA'CDLTY, s. [facultas, Lat.] the power of doing anv thing ; 
 a bodily or mental power; authority; a disposition, either good 
 or bad; knack, skill, dexterity, gained by habit. In Physic, 
 a power or ability of performing any thing or action, whether 
 natural, vital, or animal. In Law, it is a privilege granted 
 to a person by favour and indulgence, of doing what by law 
 he ought not to do. For granting these privileges, there is 
 a court under the archbishop of Canterbury, called the Court of 
 Faculties; the chief officer is styled Master of the Faculties, who 
 has a power of granting dispensations in divers cases ; as, to 
 marry without the banns being first published; to ordain a 
 deacon under age; for a son to succeed his father in a benefice; 
 a clerk to hold two or more livings. Also, the masters and pro- 
 fessors of any science ; peculiarly applied to physicians, or other 
 practitioners in medicine. 
 
 FACU'ND, a. [facundus, Lat.] eloquent. 
 
 To FADE, V. n. [Fr.] to decline from a greater to a less vigour 
 or strength ; to grow weak, or languish ; to decay from a 
 stronger or brighter to a weaker or paler colour; to die away, 
 vanish, or wear out gradually. To wither, applied to plants or 
 other vegetables. 
 
 FjE'CES, s. [Lat. plural,] in Medicine, excrements, or the 
 dregs left after their distillation and infusion. 
 
 To FAG, V. n, [fatigo, Lat.] to make weary or tired ; to be 
 fatigued. — v. a. to beat. 
 
 FAG, s. a name given, in the great chartered grammar schools, 
 to those of the younger scholars who are employed by the 
 seniors as lackeys and slaves. The fagging s;/ste>n, as" it is called, 
 has called forth the indignant reprobation of many, and has had 
 resolute defenders ; but it is already much mitigated, and may 
 soon, it is hoped, be wholly abolished. 
 
 FA'G-END, s. [fegan. Sax.] the end of apiece of cloth, which 
 is made of coarser materials than the other part. Figuratively, 
 the refuse or meaner part of any thing. 
 
 FA'GOT, s. [Fr.] a bundle of sticks, or brushwood, bound 
 together for fuel, or any other purpose. 
 
 i'o FA'GOT, V. n. to tie up, or bundle together. 
 
 FA'HLUN, sometimes called Coppersberg, a town of Dale- 
 carlia, in Sweden. It contains two churches roofed with copper, 
 and the houses are generally of wood, two stories high. It is 
 situated in the midst of rocks and hills, between two large lakes, 
 near some celebrated copper mines. It is the capital of the pro- 
 vince, and is about 120 miles from Stockholm. Population, 
 about 6000. Lat. GG. 52. N. Long. 15. 32. E. 
 
 FAHRENHEIT, GABRIEL, an eminent natural philosopher, 
 of Dantzic, chiefly known to us by a scale of degrees for the 
 thermometer generally used now, and called by his name. He 
 died in 173G, aged 50 years. 
 
 To FAIL, V. n. [faillir, Fr.] to grow deficient from a former 
 plenty ; to become unequal to the demand or use ; to be extinct ; 
 to cease, or be lost ; to sink ; to languish through fatigue ; to 
 decay ; to miss producing its effect ; to disappoint a person's 
 expectations; to be deficient in keeping an assignation, or in 
 performing a duty. — v. a. to desert ; to omit the discharge of a 
 duty ; to be wanting to. 
 
 FAIL, s. a miscarriage, miss, or unsuccessful attempt ; omis- 
 sion, neglect, or non-performance of a promise or duty; defi- 
 ciency ; want ; death. 
 
 FAI'LING, «. a deficiency, imperfection, or slight fault, owing 
 to the infirmity of our natures. 
 
 FAI'LURE, s. deficiency, or cessation. An omission, or slip, 
 applied to duty ; a slight fault. 
 
 FAIN, a. [feagan. Sax.] glad; joyful; forced, compelled, or 
 obliged. Though this last sense is now the only one in use, as 
 Johnson observes, it seems to have arisen from a mistake of the 
 original signification, or some ambiguous expressions; as, "I 
 was/«w to do this ;" which would equally suit with the rest of 
 the sentence, whether it was supposed to mean, " I teas com- 
 pelled, or I was glad, to do this." 
 
 FAIN, arf. gladly ; very desirously ; willingly. 
 
 To FAINT, V. n. [faner, Fr.] to decay, fade, or waste away 
 quickly; to grow languid, or fall into a fit ; to sink down 
 through dejection. — v. a. to deject ; to depress ; to make a person 
 languid. 
 
 2 y 345 
 
FAl 
 
 FAINT, a. [fane, Fr.] void of strength, vigour, or spirit. 
 Pale, dead, or void of brightness, applied to colour. Slow ; not 
 loud, scarcely audible, applied to sound. 
 
 FAINTHEA'RTED, «. cowardly ; timorous ; dei'ected. 
 
 FAINTHEA'RTEDLY, ad. timorously ; cowardly. 
 
 FAINTHEA'RTEDiNESS, s. cowardice ; want of courage. 
 
 FA'INTING, s. a fit, a swoon, wherein a person is senseless 
 for a short time : in Medicine, called syncope. 
 
 FA'INTLY, ad. in a feeble or languid manner. Deadly, or 
 just visible, applied to colour. Without force, applied to descrip- 
 tion. Scarcely audible, applied to sound. Timorously, or with- 
 out courage, activity, or vigour, applied to the manner of action. 
 
 FATNTNESS, s. languor, or want of spirits or strength 
 through fatigue ; fear ; want of vigour ; want of force ; timor- 
 ousness; dejection. 
 
 FA'INTY, fl. weak ; languid; void of vigour or strength. 
 
 FAIR, o. [/<8^er. Sax.] beautiful; handsome; of a white com- 
 plexion, opposed to black or brown. Clear, pure, or without 
 any foulness, applied to water. Not cloudy, nor teinpestuous, 
 applied to the weather. Favourable, prosperous, applied to the 
 wind. Not effected by any unlawful methods, as a "fair death." 
 Equal, or just, applied to morals; not practising any unjust or 
 indirect methods ; open ; direct ; pleasing ; civil ; gentle ; mild ; 
 commodious; easy; or successful. 
 
 FAIR, ad. gently, without violence, joined to snfUy. In a civil 
 and complaisant manner, joined to spealc. Happily; successfully. 
 
 FAIR, s. a beauty ; the female sex generally. 
 
 FAIR, s. ifoire, Fr.] a public place where merchants or traders 
 resort, at stated times, to dispose of their goods, and enjoy some 
 diversions, which are usually exhibited at such times. They 
 arose at a time when there were few shops, and few regular 
 markets; and were suited to such a state of things exactly. 
 But in the present daj^, when every country village has a shop, 
 and market towns, with markets once or twice a week, are scat- 
 tered all over the country, they are not only not wanted for pur- 
 poses of trade, but are positively injurious. And the diversions 
 nave assumed so prominent a feature in them, that they are 
 often nothing more than seasons of the most brutal debaucherj-. 
 It is high time for them to be abolished. 
 
 FATRFAX, THOMAS, LORD, one of the most distinguished 
 leaders in the Puritan revolution of the 17th century. He re- 
 ceived the usual training in arms, learning, and religion of the 
 times; and sympathized most deeply with the patriots of the 
 Long Parliament. At the time of Charles I.'s attempt to raise 
 forces against the parliament, he, even at the peril of his life, 
 presented a petition to the monarch against them. Afterwards 
 he served under his father in the army of the north with distinc- 
 tion. He fought at Marston Moor ; and afterwards continued in 
 the north, doing needful service to the parliamentary cause. He 
 was appointed governor of Hull, on the discovery of Hotham's 
 treachery; and after the Self-denying Ordinance, was made lord- 
 general of all the parliament's forces. He won Naseby fight, took 
 Bristol, dispersed the royalists in Cornwall, and ended the war. 
 The part that he took in the movements of the army, after the 
 capture of the king, though not wholly decided, yet .secured the 
 triumph of the Independents, and the execution of Charles. He 
 was made constable of the Tower, and honoured as the general 
 who had not only beaten the chief malignant, but also crushed 
 two attempted risings in his favour, at Maidstone and Colches- 
 ter, and secured religious liberty to England, deserved. He did 
 not sit at the king's trial ; and the same influence which kept 
 him back, kept him in almost complete retirement during all 
 the splendid reign of his former lieutenant, Cromwell. He aided 
 in the Restoration of Charles II., and had his reward. He 
 died in 1671, aged 55 years. He was the Lafayette of the pe- 
 riod, but unhappily not so stedfast to his principles, though 
 equally so to his hereditary-monarchical formula, as Lafayette. 
 He was also somewhat unduly influenced by his wife, a vehe- 
 ment Presbyterian, and not subject to any doubts of the Divine 
 origin of her system, or any common womanly timidity. Ed- 
 ward Fairfax, a nearly related kinsman of the preceding, was 
 the first and best translator of Tasso's Jerusalem Delivered ; 
 and died in 1632, aged about 60 years. 
 
 FA'IRFORD, Gloucestershire. It is celebrated for the glass 
 
 windows, in its spacious and beautiful church, curiously painted 
 
 with Scripture history, done from the designs of Albert Durer. 
 
 The colours are so lively, especially in the drapery, and the 
 
 346 
 
 FAL 
 
 figures are in general so well drawn, that Vandyke affirmed, the 
 pencil could not exceed them. The glass was taken in a ship 
 going to Rome. It is situated on the Coin, a little above its 
 influx into the Thames, 80 miles from London. Market, Thurs- 
 day. Pop. 1672. 
 
 FA'IRING, s. something bought for a present at a fair. 
 
 FAIR ISLE, an island of the Northern Ocean, nearly midway 
 between Shetland and Orkney, from both which its towering 
 rocks are plainly discovered. On the E. side, the duke of Medina 
 Sidonia, admiral of the Spanish Armada, was wrecked in 1588. 
 
 FA'IRLY, ad. pleasantly, applied to situation. Honestly, or 
 without fraud, applied to the manner of action; ingenuously; 
 openly. Candidly, or without wresting the sense, applied to 
 criticism. Without blots, applied to writings. Completely ; 
 entirely ; perfectly. 
 
 FA'IRNESS, s. beauty ; elegance of form, applied to the make 
 of a person. Honesty, or freedom from fraud, applied to the 
 manner of a person's dealings. 
 
 FA'IRSPOKEN, a. using civil and complaisant expressions. 
 
 FA'IRY, s. [farhth. Sax.] in both Celtic and Teutonic Mytho- 
 logy, a kind of spirit, supposed to appear in a diminutive form, 
 dance in meadows, and to reward cleanliness, &c. An enchant- 
 ress. 
 
 FA'IRY, a. belonging to, or supposed to be given by, fairies. 
 
 FAIRY-RINGS, s. circles of rank grass in meadows and pas- 
 tures, attributed in olden time to the midnight, moonlight 
 dances of the fays ; now known to be caused by one or two spe- 
 cies of agaric or toad-stool, which growing first in a little clus- 
 ter, and exhausting the soil there ot all that they can assimilate, 
 shed their seed or sporules on the fresh ground outside them, 
 and thus, year after year, grow in a constantly expanding ring; 
 while the grass which grows where they have rotted, grows 
 rank and strong from the abundance of nutriment supplied by 
 them as manure to it. Fairy-stones, or fairy-loaves, the casts of 
 the interior of a fossil species of echinus or sea-urchin, found 
 originally in the chalk, but also abundantly in the wreck of the 
 chalk, which is discovered in gravel-beds. 
 
 FAITH, s. [fdes, Lat.] belief in a proposition ; trust or confi- 
 dence in a person, or a plan of working ; fidelity or stedfast ad- 
 herence to principles and promises ; sincerity. In Metaphysics, 
 it is used by some writers to express the exercise of the mind in 
 reference to spiritual, immaterial objects, as truths, ideas, &c., 
 just as perception does in reference to sensations. In Theology, 
 it means, belief of a dogma or creed ; trust in the Saviour; and 
 also that higher and spiritual life which by the Spirit of God is 
 led when we look not on things which are seen and temporal, 
 but on those which are unseen and eternal. In this last sense 
 it is opposed to sight. In the second sense it has become the 
 watchword of the evangelical school of divines and preachers, as 
 opposed to works, whether ritual or merely moral, in the first it 
 is employed by the shallow and sensuous schools, which are 
 only just beginning to lose ground amongst us. In the New 
 Testament, it often signifies only faithfulness. It was to fidelity 
 or honestj-, manful maintenance of one's ground, under the 
 name of Faith, or Fides, that temples were dedicated by the Ro- 
 mans. A worship this which, without the temples, would not 
 be the worst that could be adopted by some men now. 
 
 FA'ITHFUL, a. firm in adhering to truth, or principle, or reli- 
 gion ; hone.st or upright in the discharge of any duty. 
 
 FAITHFULLY, ad. with full confidence in the promises of 
 God ; with strict adherence to duty and loyalty. 
 
 FA'ITHFULNESS, s. any principle which a person may con- 
 fide in ; truth or veracity ; firm adherence to duty or principle. 
 
 FAITHLESS, a. without trust in God ; without confidence in 
 another; perfidious; not true to duty, promise, or truth. 
 
 FA'ITHLESSNESS, s. treachery ; perfidy. 
 
 FAKE, s. among seamen, a coil of rope. 
 
 FA'KENHAM, Norfolk. It is situated on a hill, and has a 
 fine church. The streets are irregular and ill paved. In is 110 
 miles from London. Market, Thursday. Pop. 2158. There is 
 another Fakenham, in Suffolk, not far from Thetford, where 
 Bloomfield's Fakenham ghost was heard and seen. Pop. 21-3. 
 
 FA'KIR, s. a kind of Indian monks, who even outdo the 
 mortifications and severities of the ancient Anchorets; some of 
 them mangle their bodies with scourges and knives; others 
 never lie down ; and others remain all their lives in one posture. 
 
 FA'LCATED, a. [falx, Lat.] hooked ; bent like a reaping- 
 
FAL 
 
 hook or scythe. Applied by astronomers to the appearance 
 which the moon makes while moving from the conjunction to the 
 opposition. 
 
 FALCATION, ». crookedness ; in a crooked form, resembling 
 that of a scythe or reaping-hook. 
 
 FA'LCHl'ON, (faiilshion) s. [fauchon, Fr.] a short crooked 
 sword or cimeter. 
 
 FA'LCON, (/o/ittun) s. {faticon, Fr.] in Natural History, a 
 
 genus of birds of prey, one or two species of which are highly 
 valued for their docility, and service in hawking. In ancient 
 Gunnery, a sort of cannon, whose diameter at the bore is five 
 
 inches and a quarter, weight seven hundred and fifty pounds, 
 length seven teet, load two pounds and a quarter, shot two 
 inches and a half diameter and two pounds and a half weight. 
 
 FA'LCONER, {fa'dkoner) s. {fauconnier , Fr.] a person who 
 breeds, brings up, tames, and tutors birds of prey, such as fal- 
 cons, hawks, &c. 
 
 FA'LCONER, WILLIAM, an English naval poet and writer. 
 His Shipwreck is not so vastly admired as it was ; but, as the 
 only poem of the kind, unless the grand passage in Byron's 
 Don Juan be esteemed one, is likely to continue to enjoy the 
 franchise of the library. It introduced the poet from the mer- 
 chant service to the navy; where another shipwreck ended his 
 life, in 1769, aged about 40 years. 
 
 FA'LCONET, (faidkomt) s. [fauconneau, Fr.] anciently a kind of 
 ordnance, whose diameter at the bore is four inches and a quar- 
 ter, weight four hundred pounds, length six feet, load one pound 
 and a quarter, shot something more than two inches diameter 
 and one pound and a quarter weight. 
 
 FA'LCONRY, (faidkonry) s. the art of taming and teaching 
 birds ofprey to pursue and take game. 
 
 FA'LDAGE, (faiildaje) s. [faldagium, barb. Lat.] a privilege, 
 which several lords anciently reserved to themselves of setting 
 
 folds for sheep in any field within their manors, and this not 
 nly for their own, but likewise for their tenants' sheep. 
 FA'LDFEE, (faiddfee) s. a composition paid anciently by te- 
 
 nants for the privilege of foldage 
 
 FA'LDING, (fmdding) s. a kind of coarse cloth. 
 
 FA'LDSTOOL, (fauUhtool) s. a kind of ^stool placed at the 
 altar in churches, for the priests to kneel on during the prayers 
 at the Communion Service. 
 
 FA'LKINGHAM, Lincolnshire. It is 110 miles from London. 
 Market, Thursday. Pop. 820. 
 
 FA'LKIRK, Stirlingshire, Scotland. It is a somewhat fine 
 town, and has a noble church. In its neighbourhood the great 
 markets for Highland cattle, called trysts, are held thrice a year ; 
 15,000 head of cattle are sometimes sold at one tryst ; which 
 are, for the most part, sent to England. It is 25 miles from 
 Edinburgh. Pop. 8209. 
 
 FA'LKLAND, Fifeshire, Scotland. It is situated at the foot 
 of one of the beautiful green hills called the Lomonds. The in- 
 habitants are mostly employed in agriculture. It is 18 miles 
 from Edinburgh. Pop. 1313. 
 
 FA'LKLAND ISLANDS, N. E. of the Straits of Magellan. 
 They consist of two large, with a number of smaller islands 
 surrounding them. The soil is said to be nothing but bogs and 
 barren mountains, beaten by storms almost perpetual. Some 
 settlements have been made on them by the English. Lat. from 
 51. 5. to 52. 46. S. Long, from 57. 40. to 01. 10. W. 
 
 To FALL, (faul) V. n. preter. I fell, or have fallen or fain; past 
 ■psivt. fallen ; [_/ea/to«, Sax.] to descend by accident from a higher 
 to a lower place; to drop ; to move down anj' descent; to die, 
 or come to a sudden end ; to be degraded from a high station to 
 a lower one ; to decrease or diminish in value, weight, or quality ; 
 to enter into any state of the body or mind. " Fall asleep, Shak. 
 " Fell into such a rage," Knolles. To sink below a thing in com- 
 parison, used with shoH. To happen ; to befall ; to light on ; to 
 come upon, as a punishment, lo be born, or yeaned, applied 
 to cattle, ro/ai^away, to languish, or grow faint ; to grow lean, 
 or decrease in bulk; to revolt; to apostatize; to perish, or be 
 lost. To fall back, to fail of a promise or resolution ; to recede or 
 give way. Used with down, to bow or bend as a suppliant; to 
 sink or tumble prostrate otr the ground. To fall from, to revolt. 
 To fall in, to coincide, or concur ; to comply. To fall off, to sepa- 
 rate ; to perish ; to forsake. To fall on, to begin to do a thing 
 eagerly; to assault,' or make an attack ; to handle, or treat of a 
 subject in discourse. To fall over, to revolt. To fall out, to quar- 
 
 rel ; to happen ; to drop. To fall to, to begin eagerly to eat ; to 
 apply himself to. To fall under, to be subject to; to be ranged 
 with. 
 
 FALL, [faul) s. the act of dropping from a higher place ; the 
 act of tumbling prostrate upon the ground ; the violence suffered 
 from dropping accidentally from a higher place ; death ; over- 
 throw ; ruin; loss of greatness; decrease in price or value. 
 Lessening of sound or cadence, applied to music. A cataract, 
 cascade, or descent of water from a high place ; the outlet of a 
 current into any other water; autumn, or the time when the 
 leaves drop or fall from the trees. In Evangelical Theology, the 
 fall, is the name given to that primal sin, which procured the 
 expulsion of Adam and Eve from the garden of Eden, to which 
 is attributed the sinfulness of the race. 
 
 FALLA'CIOUS, (faUdshious) a. [fallo, Lat.] producing mis- 
 takes; full of sophistry ; raising false expectations ; deceitful. 
 
 FALLA'CIOLSLY, {falldshiottsly) ad. in such a manner as to 
 deceive by false appearances; or tending to lead into mistakes 
 by sophistry. 
 
 FALLA'CIOUSNESS, s. tendency to deceive ; inconclusive- 
 ness. 
 
 FA'LLACY, s. [fallacia, Lat.] an argument made use of to 
 lead a person into an error; an argument seemingly correct in 
 form, but in reality not ; a sophism. 
 
 FALLIBFLITY, s. liableness or possibility of being deceived, 
 or of being in an error. 
 
 FA'LLIBLE, a, liable to error, or mistake. 
 
 FA'LLING, (fauling) s. an indenting, or hollow in a surface, 
 opposed to prominence. 
 
 FA'LLING-SICKNESS, (faCding-sickness) s. See Epilepsy. 
 
 FALLING-STARS, s. &e Meteors. 
 
 FA'LLOW, (faU6) a. [falewe, Sax.] a pale red, or yellow, ap- 
 plied to colour. In Husbandry, unsowed, or left to rest after 
 certain years of tillage ; ploughed, but not sowed or prepared for 
 a second ploughing. Figuratively, unploughed, uncultivated, 
 applied to ground. Unoccupied, or neglected. 
 
 FA'LLOW, {falld) s. [faleice, Sax.] ground ploughed in order 
 for a second ploughing; or land untilled, ancl suffered to rest, 
 after bearing a certain number of years. 
 
 To FA'LLOW, (falld) v. n. to plough in order to a second 
 ploughing, or an interval of rest before seed be sown a second 
 time. 
 
 FA'LLOWNESS, s. barrenness ; an exemption from bearing 
 fruit. 
 
 FA'LMOUTH, Cornwall. The harbour here is so very com- 
 modious, that ships of the greatest burden can come up to its 
 quay ; and it has, besides, so many deep and well-sheltered creeks 
 belonging to it, that the whole British navy may ride safe here 
 in any wind. It is defended by the castles of St. Mawes and 
 Pendennis,each on high rocks at the entrance. There are some 
 handsome buildings in the town, which is not a very large one, 
 though of some importance as a packet-station for the Peninsula, 
 the Mediterranean, and America. It is 208 miles from London. 
 Markets, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday. Pop. 709.5. 
 
 FALSE, (faulse) a, Ifalsus, Lat.] representing a thing to be 
 what it is not ; fictions, or counterfeit ; treacherous, or unjust ; 
 hypocritical, or feigned. 
 
 FALSEHEA'RTED, a. treacherous ; deceitful ; hollow. 
 
 FA'LSEHOOD, (fauUehood) s. [Sax.] a lie, or the saying or 
 doing a thing for the purpose of deceiving. 
 
 FA'LSELY, (faulsely) ad. contrary to truth; erroneously; 
 perfidiously. 
 
 FA'LSENESS, {faulseness) s. contrariety to truth, honesty, or 
 faithfulness. 
 
 FALSE'TTO, s. [Ital.] the voice in which adult males sing 
 the treble ; and which is to be distinguished from the natural 
 voice, which proceeds (apparently) from the chest ; this proceed- 
 ing only from the throat. 
 
 FALSIFICA'TION, (faulsifikashon) s. the act of altering the 
 words of a sentence so as to make it signify something contrary 
 to the opinion of the author ; contradiction, or confutation. 
 
 FA'LSIFIER, {faidsifier) s. one who alters the words or sen- 
 tences of an author, so as to make the sense contrary to what it 
 was originally; one who counterfeits, or makes a thing appear 
 to be what it is not ; a liar, or inventor of falsehoods. 
 
 To FA'LSIFY, (faiUsify) v. a. {falsifier, Fr.] to counterfeit, or 
 forge ; to alter the sense of a book. Figuratively, to confute, 
 2 Y 2 347 
 
FAN 
 
 or prove ftilse ; to violate by treachery. — v. n. to lie, or tell an 
 uutruth. 
 
 FA'LSITY, {fauhity) s. ifahitas, Lat.] the representing a 
 thing to be what it is not ; a falsehood, or lie. Figuratively, an 
 error. 
 
 To FA'LTER, (fa/Uter) v. n. [/altar. Span.] applied to pronun- 
 ciation, to hesitate or stammer in speaking. To fail in any act 
 of the body or mind. — v. a. to sift, or cleanse, 
 
 FA'LTERINGLY, (fai/lteringly) ad. with hesitation and stam- 
 mering, applied to utterance of words. With languor, feebleness, 
 or weakness, applied to any act of the body or mind. 
 
 FAME, s. Ifatna, Lat.] honourable report. Figuratively, ru- 
 mour, or report. 
 
 FA'MED, part, spoken of with honour and esteem. 
 
 FA'MELESS, a, inglorious ; not known for any production of 
 the understanding, invention, or action ; of no repute. 
 
 FAMFLIAR, a. [Jamiliaris, from familia, Lat.] belonging to a 
 family; affable, or easy in conversation; with freedom; accus- 
 tomed; common; frequent; easy; too free. 
 
 FAMI'LIAR, s. one long and intimately acquainted. In su- 
 perannuated superstitions, a demon, supposed to be at the de- 
 votion, or to attend the call, of any person. 
 
 FAMILIA'RITY, s. an easiness and freedom of access and 
 discourse, generally observed between persons long and inti- 
 mately acquainted, being free from constraint, formality, and 
 ceremony. Figuratively, habit. 
 
 To FAMI'LIARIZE, v. a. [familiariser, Fr.] to wear away the 
 impression of awe, or distant respect, occasioned by novelty ; to 
 bring down from a state of distant superiority to that of a person 
 long known and joined in the bands of friendship. 
 
 FAMI'LIARLY, arf. unceremoniously; commonly; easily. 
 
 FA'MILY, s. [familia, Lat.] those who live in the same house, 
 or descend from the same progenitor. 
 
 FA'MINE, .s. [Fr.] general want of necessary food in a country. 
 
 To FA'MISH, V. a. [Janvia, Lat.] to kill with hunger, or want 
 of food ; to kill with want of something necessary to support life. 
 
 FA'MOUS, a. [fama, Lat.] much talked of and praised for re- 
 markable virtue, great exploits, useful inventions, or ingenious 
 compositions. Sometimes applied to bad as well as good actions, 
 but with impropriety. 
 
 FA'MOUSLY, ad. spoken of with i 
 for something extraordinary. 
 
 FA'MOUSNESS, s. great renown or fame. 
 
 FAN, s. [mnnus, Lat.] an instrument formerly much used by 
 ladies to cool themselves with, by exciting a gentle motion in 
 the air. Figuratively, any thing spread out in a triangular form, 
 with a broad base, resembling a lady's fan ; any thing by which 
 the air is moved ; wings. — [van, Fr.] an instrument by which 
 chaff is cleaned or winnowed from the corn. 
 
 To FAN, V. a. to cool by the motion of a fan ; to put the air 
 into motion ; to raise a fire. To separate, or winnow. 
 
 FANA'TIC, a. [fanaticus, Lat.] entertaining wild, imaginary, 
 and enthusiastic notions in religion, combined with hatred 
 against such as do not hold them. 
 
 FANA'TIC, s. a person who has wild notions in religion ; a 
 malignant enthusiast. 
 
 FANA'TICISM, s, religious madness ; malignant enthusiasm. 
 
 FA'NCIFUL, a. entertaining odd and chimerical notions; 
 changing or taking up an opinion, without consulting reason. 
 
 FA'NCIFULLY, ad. whimsically. 
 
 FA'NCIFULNESS, s. the habit of following the wild notions 
 of the fancy or imagination, rather than those of reason. 
 
 FA'NCY, s. [contracted from fantasy, from phantasia, Gr,] a 
 power or faculty of the mind which combines conceptions, and 
 bv that means forms objects, persons, representations, and other 
 ideas which have no existence without us ; a mere image, or 
 conception of the mind ; a liking, inclination, or fondness ; mere 
 humour, whim, or caprice ; some thing or invention which pleases. 
 
 To FA'NCY, V. a. to conceive or form an idea of in the mind ; 
 to like or grow fond of. 
 
 FANDA'NGO, s. [Span.] the name of a favourite dance in 
 Spain. It is brisk, and very voluptuous. 
 
 FANE, s. [fanum, Lat.] a temple, or place devoted to religious 
 worship. 
 
 FA'NFARON, 8. [Fr.] a bully; a hector; one who makes a 
 great parade or ostentatious boast of his abilities, and promises 
 more than he can perform. 
 348 
 
 1 esteem, and generally known 
 
 FAR 
 
 FANFARONADE, s. [fanfaron, Fr.] a bluster ; an ostenta- 
 tious show or boast of a person's abilities and virtues. 
 
 To FANG, V. a. [fangan. Sax.] to seize ; to gripe. 
 
 FANG, s. the long tusk of a boar ; the nails or claws of a bird 
 or beast. In Botany, any shoot or tendril, by means of which 
 one plant takes hold of another. 
 
 FA'NGLE, s. [fengan. Sax.] a silly attempt ; frivolous or tri- 
 fling scheme. At present rarely used, unless joined with the 
 word netv ; as, new-fangled, new-fangledness. 
 
 FA'NGLED, part, or a. gaudy ; ridiculously or ostentatiously 
 showy and ornamented. 
 
 FA'NGLESS, a. without fangs or teeth. 
 
 FA'NGOT, s. a quantity of wares, as raw silk, &;c., containing 
 from one to two hundred weight three quarters. 
 
 FA'NIONS, s. in the military art, small flags carried along 
 with the baggage. 
 
 FA'NNEL, 8. [fanon, Fr.] an ornament like a scarf, worn by 
 a priest round his arm when he says mass. 
 
 FA'NNER, s. one who makes use of a fan. 
 
 FA'NSHAWE, SIR RICHARD, a stedfast royalist of the time 
 of the civil war in the 17th centurj', was a prisoner to the victo- 
 rious Commonwealth's army at Worcester, but was permitted to 
 ransom himself, and join Charles at lireda. After the Restora- 
 tion, he went as ambassador to Spain and Portugal. His com- 
 mon reputation rests on his translation of the Pastor Fido; which 
 is not wholly unsuccessful. He died in 1660, aged 58 years. 
 
 FA'NTASIEt^ipo)*. or a. troubled with odd imaginations or 
 fancies. ^^ 
 
 FANTA'STIC, Fanta'stical, a. [fantastique, Fr.] imaginary ; 
 irrational ; capricious ; governed by whim and fancy; conceited ; 
 affected. 
 
 FANTA'STICALLY, ad. in a manner which can only exist in 
 imagination ; capriciously ; with great unsteadiness. 
 
 FA NTA'STIC ALNESS, Fanta'sticness, s. whimsicalness ; 
 capriciousness. 
 
 FA'NTIN, formerly a populous kingdom on the Gold Coast of 
 Guinea, extending about 30 miles along the sea-shore. The 
 soil fertile, producing fruits, maize, and palm wine. The small 
 towns very numerous, and the capital, which is of the same 
 name, situated aboat four leagues up the country. It is now 
 under the power of the Ashantees, and is comprehended in their 
 district. 
 
 FAR, ad. [feor. Sax.] to a great distance, considered either in 
 length, or as extending on all sides; almost; in a great mea- 
 sure. " The day is/ar spent." This word is often used in com- 
 position ; as far-seeing, far-looking. 
 
 FAR, a. distant from any place mentioned or implied. Used 
 with o/', both as an adverb and as an adjective. From far is 
 used for a far or remote place. 
 
 FAR, s. [contracted from/an-oic,] the offspring of a sow. 
 
 To FARCE, V. a, [farcio, Lat.] to stuff with other ingredients. 
 
 FARCE, s. [farcer, Fr.] a dramatic entertainment of the comic 
 kind, never exceeding three acts, but confined to the establish- 
 ed laws of the drama ; sometimes applied to a piece stuffed with 
 wild and ludicrous conceits, capable of raising laughter. Figu- 
 ratively, any incident or circumstance which is rather diverting 
 than serious, and rather ridiculous than rational. 
 
 FA'RCICAL, a. belonging or suitable to a farce. 
 
 FA'RCY, s. [farcina, Ital.] in Veterinary Surgery, a disease 
 in horses or oxen, which vitiates all their blood. 
 
 FA'RDEL, 8. [fardello, Ital.] a bundle, burden, or little pack. 
 
 To FARE, V. n. [faran. Sax.] to go ; to walk or move from 
 one place to another. "So on he fares," Par, Lost. To be in 
 any state or condition, either good or bad. To live, applied to 
 the manner of eating. 
 
 FARE, s. the price paid by a person for his passage in any 
 carriage, whether by land or by water; food, or provision for 
 eating. 
 
 FA'REHAM, Hants. A considerable trade in coals, corn.&c, 
 and a manufacture of sacks and cordage, are carried on here. 
 Bricks and tiles also, of a superior excellence, are made here. 
 It is pleasantly situated at the N. W. nook of Portsmouth Har- 
 bour, with a quay, at which vessels gf 200 tons can unload. It 
 is 74 miles from Londnn, Market, Tuesday. Pop. 6108. 
 
 FA'REL, WILLIAM, one of Calvin's associates i;i the Ge- 
 nevan Reformation. He began his task at Paris with more 
 courage and zeal than prudence ; and fled to Germany, where 
 
FAR 
 
 his ability as a pulpit orator made him a man of some notoriety. 
 He died in 15(55, aged about 45 years. 
 
 FAREWE'LL, ad, a compliment used at parting, whereby we 
 wish the person well whom we take leave of. 
 
 FAREWE'LL, «. leave ; the act of parting. 
 
 FARFE'TCH, s. a stratagem or artifice. 
 
 FARFETCHED, a. brought from places at a great distance 
 oflP; sought with care and pains ; not naturally introduced. 
 
 FA'RIA-Y-SOUSA, MANUEL DE, a Portuguese author of 
 the 17th century, of the most prolific kind ; and whose life 
 seems to have been as extempore as his composition. He was 
 once secretary to the Spanish embassy at Rome, and for some 
 reason got imprisoned on his return. He died a prisoner on pa- 
 role at Sladria in 1649, aged about 55 years. 
 
 FARINA'CEOUS, a. [farina, Lat.] mealy; resembling meal. 
 
 FARINE'LLI, a famous singer of the last century ; who at 
 Naples, Rome, Vienna, and in this country, gained both praise 
 ana presents, and a name associated with Handel. He died iu 
 about 1746, aged about 45 years. 
 
 FARM, s. Ifeonn, Sax.] ground occupied in tillage, whether it 
 be a person's own, or hired; the state of lands let out at a cer- 
 tain annual sum ; a certain sum of money paid to government 
 for the right to its customs or taxes. 
 
 To FARM, f. a. to cultivate lands ; to rent the customs or 
 taxes of a state at a certain rate. 
 
 FARMER, s. one who cultivates land ; one who advances 
 money for, or rents the taxes of, a state. 
 
 FA'RMER, HUGH, a theological writer of the last century. 
 His works on the Miracles, Demoniacs, ^c. are worthy of atten- 
 tion. He was a preacher at Walthamstow, and was trained by 
 Dr. Doddridge. He died in 1787, aged 73 years. 
 
 FA'RMER, DR. RICHARD, a critic and divine of some 
 name. His preferments indicate the influence he possessed ; but 
 his JEssai/ on Shakspeare's Learning, has placed him high above 
 the routine expositors of the great dramatist. He died in 1797, 
 aged 62 years. 
 
 FA'RMING, s. the art of cultivating land or breeding cattle. 
 
 FARNE'SE, the family name of one of the great houses of 
 Italy, it has produced some names that figure in the history of 
 Europe ; but ttieir palace at Rome, with its paintings and sculp- 
 ture, has made their name more illustrious and wider known 
 than all their deeds. 
 
 FA'RNESS, s. distance ; remoteness. 
 
 FA'RNHAM, Surrey. It is seated on the river Wye, and is a 
 pretty good town, with a castle seated on an eminence, where 
 the bishops of Winchester usually reside; but it is now much 
 decayed. The houses are handsome ; and the market large for 
 wheat, oats, and barley. It is 38 miles from London. Market, 
 Thursday. Pop. 6615. 
 
 FARN ISLANDS, on the coast of Northumberland, 17 in 
 number; the principal, i^am /s/«nrf, is about a mile in circum- 
 ference, has a light-nouse on it, and contains six or seven acres 
 of rich pasture. 
 
 FAROE ISLES, a cluster lying between Great Britain and 
 Iceland ; which are very rocky, yet afford some pasture, and 
 even grow a little corn. Some veins of metal, and other sources 
 ofmineral wealth, includingcoal, are foundamongst them. They 
 have a good trade by means of their fisheries, Sec. There are 
 settlements on about fifteen of them. Thorshaven, on Stromoe, 
 is the chief place. Population, about 8000. They belong to 
 Denmark. 
 
 FA'RQUHAR, GEORGE, a comic writer of what is called the 
 Augustan age of English literature. There is more of real dra- 
 matic ability in his plays than in those of the writers who pre- 
 ceded him, but the grossness and licentiousness are not at all 
 less. He died in 1707, aged but 29 years. 
 
 FARRA'GINOUS, a. [farrago, Lat.] composed of different 
 things or persons ; huddled. 
 
 FARRA'GO, s. [Lat.] a mixed mass; a medley. 
 
 FA'RRANT, RICHARD, an English composer, and organist. 
 He held the Chapel Royal and St. George's Chapel, Windsor, 
 organs. His anthems are particularlj' esteemed ; and are un- 
 equalled in their kind. He died about 1580. 
 
 FA'RRIER, s. [farraritis, from ferrum, Lat.] one who makes 
 shoes for, and puts them on, horses ; one who professes to cure 
 the diseases incident^to horses. 
 
 To FA'RRIER, v, a. to practise physic and surgery on horses. 
 
 FAS 
 
 FA'RRIERY, s. the art of curing, palliating, or preventing 
 the diseases of horses, called of late years, and since the subject 
 has employed the attention of scientific persons. Veterinary 
 Surgert/. 
 
 FA'RRINGDON, Berks. It is situated on the side of a hill, 
 near the Thames. It is 68 miles from London. Market, Tues- 
 day. Pop. 3593. 
 
 To FA'RROW, (JarriS) v. a. to bring forth pigs, applied to 
 swine. 
 
 FA'RROW, (farrS) s. [/earth. Sax.] a little pig. 
 
 FARSI'STAN, or Fars, a fertile province of Persia, lying on 
 the Persian Gulf; and bounded by Laristan, Kirman, the 
 Desert, Irak, and Khusistan. Shiraz is the chief city. See 
 Persia. 
 
 FA'RTHER, a. [comp. of forth, but used as comp. of/ar,] at a 
 greater distance, applied to situation ; longer. — adv. at or to a 
 greater distance. Used as a connective particle in a discourse, 
 it implies moreover, again, besides. 
 
 FA'RTHEST, a. most distant. — adv. at or to the greatest 
 distance. 
 
 FA'RTHING, s. [feortha and ling, Sax.] an English coin, in 
 value the fourth part of a penny. 
 
 FA'RTHINGALE, s. [verdegarde, Belg.] in ancient costume, a 
 hoop, or petticoat, used to make the others stand out, by means 
 of circles of whalebone, or cane, which are sewed upon it. 
 
 FA'SCES, s. [Lat.] axes tied up in a bundle with rods or 
 staves, and borne before the Roman magistrates, as an ensign 
 or badge of authority. 
 
 FA'SCETS, s. in the art of making glass, are the irons thrust 
 into the mouths of bottles, in order to convey them to the an- 
 nealing tower. 
 
 FA'SCIA, s. [Lat.] in Architecture, a broad list, fillet, or band, 
 used in architraves and pedestals. In brick buildings, the jut- 
 ting out of the bricks over the windows. 
 
 To FA'SCINATE, v. a. [fascino, Lat.] to bewitch, or influence 
 by enchantment or witchcraft. 
 
 FASCINA'TION, «. [fasdnum, Lat.] the act of bewitching, 
 generally applied to that of the eye or tongue. 
 
 FA'SClNE, (fdsseen) s. [Fr.] in Fortification, faggots, or small 
 branches of trees, or bavins, bound up in bundles, which are 
 mixed with earth, and serve to fill the trenches, to screen the 
 men, make parapets of trenches, kc. 
 
 FA'SHION, (in this word and its derivatives the i is generally 
 omitted in pronunciation— /as7(o»,) s. [fa^on, Fr.] the form, make, 
 or cut of any thing; the manner in which any thing is perform- 
 ed ; custom, or the form which is most commonly made use of. 
 Men of fashion are such as either lead or most diligently follow 
 fashion ; sometimes the name is used politely for profligates. 
 PkOV. As good he out of the world as out of the fashion. 
 
 To FA'SHION, V. a. [fa^^onner, Fr.] to make in a particular 
 form or shape; to fit, to adapt; to make according to the ge- 
 neral taste. 
 
 FA'SHIONABLE, a. established by custom or mode ; made 
 according to the general taste or mode; observant of the mode; 
 of a rank or dignity superior to the vulgar. 
 
 FA'SHIONABLENESS, s. conformity to the reigning taste, 
 applied to building, plate, or any production either of the hand 
 or bead. 
 
 FA'SHIONABLY, ad. in a manner conformable to the reign- 
 ing taste or custom. 
 
 To FAST, V. n. [fastan. Sax.] to abstain from eating or drink- 
 ing; to mortify the body by abstaining from food, for a certain 
 time, on a religious account. 
 
 FAST, s. the taking of little or no food, from religious con- 
 siderations. 
 
 FAST, a. [fcFst, Sax.] firm ; fixed ; deep or sound, applied to 
 sleep; strong; impregnable; firm in adherence; closea, or shut 
 close ; with a c^uicK. motion. 
 
 FAST, ad. hrmiy; immovably; swiftly, applied to motion. 
 Frequently, applied to repetition. 
 
 To FA'STEN, v. a. to make firm or immovable ; to cement, tie, 
 or link together ; to aflix.— tJ. n. to stick or adhere. 
 
 FA'STENER, ». a person that makes firm, ties, or binds. 
 
 FA'STER, s. o^e who abstains from food. 
 
 FASTHA'NDED, a. covetous ; avaricious ; not given to ge- 
 nerosity. 
 
 FASTIDIO'SITY, «. disdainfulness; coutemptuousness. 
 
 349 
 
FAT 
 
 FASTl'DIOUS, a. [fastidiosus, Lat.] disdainful ; nice to a fault ; 
 squeamish. 
 
 FASTI'DIOUSLY, ad. in a contemptuous, disdainful, or 
 squeamish manner. 
 
 FA'STING, s. abstinence from food on religious grounds. This 
 has ever been much esteemed amongst those religionists who set 
 much store by outward forms and ceremonies ; and also by those 
 who are much tinged by enthusiasm. It doubtless has its worth ; 
 but if it be looked on as a substitute, or composition, for habitual 
 practical holiness, it is a sad delusion. National fasts are nothing 
 more now than national holidays. 
 
 FA'STNESS, s. l/eestnesse. Sax.] firmness, or firm adherence 
 to a cause or party; a strong hold ; a fortress. 
 
 FAT, a. [ftet. Sax.] full-fed ; fleshy ; plump ; or covered with 
 an oily or unctuous substance ; gross ; dull. Figuratively, 
 wealthy; rich. " A /a< benefice." 
 
 FAT, s. a concrete, oily, animal substance, composed of oil, 
 sebacic acid, and carbon. The fat is to be found immediately un- 
 der the skin, in most parts of the body. There are two sorts of 
 fat: one yellow, soft, and lax, easily melted; another firm, white, 
 brittle, and not so easily melted, containing much stearine. It 
 has many important uses in the animal frame. 
 
 FA'TAL, a. [fatalis, Lat.] causing inevitable death or destruc- 
 tion ; caused by fate, destiny, or necessity. 
 
 FATALISM, s. the doctrine of fate, or opinion that the occur- 
 rences of life and products of nature are established by an un- 
 alterable necessity. This is the rudest theory of the universe, 
 and is adopted by many uncultivated nations in the dreamy 
 climates of S. Asia, as well as by would-be philosophers of our 
 colder regions. 
 
 FATALIST, s. one who believes and maintains that all things 
 happen by invincible necessity. 
 
 FATA'LlTY, s. [fatalite, Fr.] a predetermined and invincibly 
 necessary order or series of things and events ; a decree of fate ; 
 an invincible influence or bias ; a tendency to danger, destruc- 
 tion, or death. 
 
 FATALLY, ad. mortally ; in such a manner as to occasion 
 death ; by the decree of fate, or by an inevitable and invincible 
 necessity. 
 
 FATA-MORGA'NA, an atmospherical phenomenon, of rare 
 occurrence in this country, but often seen in the countries 
 bordering on the Mediterranean, and in the Polar regions. In 
 it, by some unusual refractive power in the atmosphere, objects 
 completely below the horizon appear with great distinctness at 
 some elevation above it ; sometimes a double image, one reversed 
 above the other, appears. 
 
 FATE, s. [fatum, Lat.] an inevitable necessity, depending on 
 some fixed or superior cause. Figuratively, a necessary or pre- 
 determined event ; death ; destruction ; the cause of death. 
 
 FATED, a. decreed, or determined by fate ; invested with 
 
 any quality by fate. 
 FATHER, (the a is 
 
 pronounced broad, like the German, or 
 a in ah!) s. [fcether. Sax.] one who has begotten a son or a 
 daughter. Figuratively, the first ancestor; the title generally 
 given to a person in years, because old enough, and on account 
 of his age deserving, to be reverenced as one's father ; an inverit- 
 or ; the title of a popish confessor, particularly that of a Jesuit; 
 the title given to a senator in ancient Rome. 
 
 To FATHER, v. a. to adopt a person for one's son or daugh- 
 ter; to adopt, or pretend to be the author of, a composition ; to 
 ascribe to any one as his offspring, used with on. 
 
 FATHERHOOD, s. the state or condition of a parent or 
 father. 
 
 FATHER-IN-LAW, s. husband's or wife's father. 
 
 FATHERLESS, a. without a f.ither. 
 
 FATHERLY, a. like a father ; tender. 
 
 FATHERLY, ad. in the manner of a father. 
 
 FA THERS OF THE CHURCH, or The Fathers, the general 
 name given to the Christian writers from the times of the apos- 
 tles to the 5th or (>th century ; the latter boundary being va- 
 riously fixed by different authors. Their writings are very im- 
 portant, as the only genuine sources of the history of the Church 
 in all its branches ; but great care is needed in the use of them ; 
 for most of them had some peculiar notions of their own, in 
 which the rest of the Christians and theologians of the age did 
 not share. The opinion entertained of them in the Romanist 
 and Anglican Churches, which attributes to them the function 
 350 
 
 FA V 
 
 of interpreting Scripture authoritatively, either alone or co- 
 ordinately with the existing ecclesiastical authorities, is so ut- 
 terly unfounded, that it is needless to discuss it. Many of their 
 treatises are valuable contributions to theological science ; but 
 the means they had of forming correct notions of the meaning 
 of Scripture, were very few compared with those enjoyed at the 
 present day. 
 
 FATHOM, s. [/(Ethm, Sax.] a long measure containing six 
 feet, or two yards, being taken from the space a man can reach 
 with both his arms extended, and chiefly used at sea. Figura- 
 tively, reach ; penetration; depth of entrance. 
 
 To FATHOM, v. a. to encompass with the arms extended ; 
 to sound, or find the depth of water at sea. Figuratively, to 
 reach, or comprehend; to try the depth of a difficult subject; 
 to penetrate, sound, or go to the bottom of a design. 
 
 FATHOMLESS, a. that has no bottom, or is so deep as not 
 to be measured. Not to be comprehended, applied to mj'steries, 
 or difficulties in writings. 
 
 FATI'DICAL, a. \_fatum and dico, Lat.] prophetical. 
 
 FATI'GUE, (fateeii) s. [Fr.] languor, famtness, or weariness, 
 caused by labour. Figuratively, the cause of weariness. Synon. 
 It is the continuation of the same thing that either wearies or 
 tires; with this diflference, that weary implies a less degree, tired 
 a greater; but it is labour that fatigues. We are weary or tired 
 with standing; vi& Axe fatigued vi'xth work. 
 
 To FATI'GUE, (fateeg) v. a, to tire, exhaust, or make faint 
 and languid with labour. 
 
 FATIMITES, the caliphs of N. Africa, for about 260 years 
 after the usurpation of the supreme power in those parts, by 
 Obeidollah, in 910. They claimed to be descended from Mo- 
 hammed himself, through Fatima, the wifeof Ali ; and therefore 
 to be the lawful successors of the prophet. There were fourteen 
 caliphs of this dynasty, which always appears in history as the 
 rival of the Abassides, who were reigning in lawful and regular 
 succession in Syria and Arabia, at the same time. Of these, the 
 most celebrated was Moez. Mostali, another, had possession of 
 Jerusalem at the time of the first crusade. The dynasty was 
 overthrown, when weakened by internal division, by the famous 
 Nouredin and Saladin, in the days of our Richard I. 
 
 FATLING, s. a young animal fattened for slaughter. 
 
 FATNESS,s. the quality of being fleshy, plump, or fat; grease, 
 sliminess. Fertility, or fruitfulness, applied to ground. 
 
 To FATTEN, v. a. to make fat by feeding. To make fruitful, 
 applied to ground. 
 
 FATTY, fl. oily; greasy. 
 
 FATU'ITY, s. Ifatuite, Fr.] foolishness ; weakness of under- 
 standing; a low degree of madness or phrensy. 
 
 FATUOUS, a. [fatuus, Lat.] stupid ; foolish ; applied to the 
 understanding. Illusory; deceitful. 
 
 FATWnTED, a. heavy, dull, or stupid. 
 
 FAU'CET, ». [fausset, Fr.] a wooden pipe generally forced 
 into a barrel or cask to give passage to the liquor, and stopped 
 with a peg or spigot. 
 
 FAU'FEL, s. [Fr.] the fruit of a species of the palm-tree. 
 
 FAVl'LLOUS, a. [faviUa, Lat.] consisting of ashes. 
 
 FAULT, s. [faute, Fr.] a slight defect or crime, which sub- 
 jects a person to blame, but not to punishment; a deviation 
 from, or transgression of, a rule, in some trifling circum- 
 stances. 
 
 FAU'LTLESS, a. without any defect ; perfect ; blameless. 
 
 FAU'LTY, a. slightly transgressing any rule ; blaraable ; de- 
 fective, or not fit for the use it is intended for. 
 
 FAUNS, in Mythology, a species of demi-gods, supposed to 
 inhabit the forests. 
 
 To FA'VOUR, V. a. Ifaveo, Lat.] to support, encourage, pro- 
 mote, or advance an undertaking ; to assist, support, counte- 
 nance, or encourage a person. 
 
 FA'VOUR, (fdvur) s. [favor, Lat.] countenance, support, or 
 encouragement ; defence, or vindication ; a kindness granted ; 
 leave, permission, or pardon ; a riband formed into a rose, and 
 worn as a cockade. 
 
 FA'VOURABLE, a. kind; encouraging; affectionate; con- 
 ducive to; tender; averse from censure; convenient; suited or 
 adapted to a particular design. 
 
 FA'VOURABLENESS, s. a kindness showed inT^ardoning a 
 person's defects, in supporting his endeavours, and in encou- 
 raging his undertakings. 
 
FEA 
 
 FA'VOURABLY, ad. kindly ; with encouragement, tender- 
 ness, or affection. 
 
 FA'VOURED./jarf. looked upon or regarded witfi kindness. 
 
 FA'VOUREli, «. one who encourages or countenances any 
 person or thing. 
 
 FA'VOURITE, s. the most proper spelling seems to be/arorife, 
 [^favorite, Fr.] one regarded with particular kindness, and dis- 
 tinguished from others by the familiarities shown him either by a 
 private person or prince. Used very much as an adjective also. 
 
 FA 1 'SEN, «. a sort of large eel. 
 
 FAU'SSE-BRAY, {fise-hray) t. [Fr.] in Fortification, a small 
 mount of earth, four fathoms wide, erected on the level round 
 the foot of the rampart, to fire upon the enemy, when he is so 
 far advanced that you cannot force him back ; and also to re- 
 ceive the ruins which the cannons make in the body of the 
 place. 
 
 FAU'STUS, DR. JOHN, a famous astrologer, physician, &c. 
 of the 16th century ; whom the general ignorance converted in- 
 to a magician, who had sold himself to the prince of darkness. 
 There were many ballads, &c. composed respecting this affair. 
 But Goethe's poem has, like Aaron's rod, swallowed up all the 
 rods of the lesser wonder-workers. 
 
 FAU'TOR, s. [Lat.] a favourer, defender, or encourager. 
 
 FAU'TRESS, «. a woman that favours, or shows countenance. 
 
 FAU'VETTE, s. [Fr.] in Natural History, the name of several 
 of the common migratory warblers, as the blackcap, the white- 
 throats, &c. 
 
 FAWKES, GUY, one of the conspirators in the Gunpowder 
 Plot ; who having to play a minor, but unexpectedly prominent 
 part, has obtained a ludicrous immortality. See Gunpowder 
 Plot. 
 
 FAWN, s. \_faon, Fr.] in Natural History, a young deer. 
 
 To FAWN, V. a. [faonner, Fr.] in its primary signification, to 
 bring forth a fawn. To make use of insinuating and alluring 
 gestures, applied to a dog. Figuratively, to endeavour to gain a 
 person's favour by mean and servile compliances. 
 
 FAWNER, s. one who endeavours to gain favour by mean 
 and servile compliances. 
 
 FAW'NINGLY, ad. in a cringing, servile manner. 
 
 FAY, «. Ifee, Fr.] a fairy ; an elf! ' 
 
 FA'YAL, the name of one of the Azores. It is hilly, and 
 not much fit for cultivation, but yields good wine, and in abund- 
 ance. Its chief place is Horta, or Fayal. 
 
 To FE'AGUE, (feeg) v. a. [fegen, Teut.] to whip, chastise, to 
 beat. 
 
 FEAL, ». sod or turf. 
 
 FEALTY, s. [^feauUe, Fr.] duty due from a subject to a king, 
 or from any person to his superior. 
 
 FEAR, s. [fearan, Sax.] dread, or painful apprehension of 
 danger; or dejection of mind at the presence of any person; 
 anxiety or solicitude ; the object of fear. 
 
 To FEAR, V. a. [^fearan, Sax.] to apprehend evil, applied 
 both to persons and things. 
 
 FE'ARFUL, a. timorous, or easily affected with fear; afraid; 
 awful ; commanding reverence ; terrible ; frightful. 
 
 FE'ARFI'LLY, ad. in a manner which betrays or causes fear. 
 
 FE'ARFULNESS, ». an habitual dread or fear; timorousness. 
 
 FE'ARLESS, a. free from fear ; not regarding danger, either 
 present or future. 
 
 FE'ARLESSLY, ad. with exemption from fear. 
 
 FE'ASIBLE, (feSzMe) a. \Jaisuble, Fr.] practicable ; such as 
 may be done. 
 
 FE'ASIBLY, (feizibly) ad. in such a manner as to t)e practica- 
 ble, or possible to be done. 
 
 FEAST, (feest) s. \^festum, Lat.] a sumptuous entertainment ; 
 something nice or delicious to the palate. 
 
 To FEAST, {feesi) V. n. to eat sumptuously; to live on costly 
 and delicious eatables. 
 
 FE'ASTFUL, (feestfuT) a. festival or rejoicing. Luxurious ; 
 riotous. 
 
 FEAT, (feet) s. [fait, Fr.] a thing done ; an act, action, or ex- 
 ploit ; a trick ; an odd or extraordinary motion of the limbs. 
 
 FE'ATHER, (pron. fMer, with e short,) s. \Jeder, Teut.] the 
 covering of birds, and that by which they are enabled to fly. 
 The mechanism of feathers, especially of those of the wing, is one 
 of the most striking'and easily observed arguments of Natural 
 Theology. The simplicity of its structure, combining lightness 
 
 with rigidity, is admirable ; but most admirable is the contri- 
 vance tor making the vane part of it serve as a continuous 
 broad surface in flight; this is secured by each separate fila- 
 ment being fringed with minute hooks, which catching in one 
 another, hold so firmly, as to require some force to part them. 
 Figuratively, kind, nature, or species. " I am not of that 
 feather," Shak. An ornament ; a mere empty title ; a mere 
 plaything, or something only fit to divert or cause laughter. 
 " A wit 's a. feather," Pope. In Farriery, a turning or parting of 
 the hair on the forehead, resembling an ear of barley, or an eye- 
 let-hole. 
 
 To FEATHER, (fether) V. a. to dress in, or fit with feathers. 
 To feather one's nest, is to grow rich. To feather an oar, is to turn 
 it half round when it is raised out of the water, so that its fea- 
 ther-edge cuts the air in the movement necessary for another 
 stroke. 
 
 FEATHERED, (fethered) a. clothed, fitted with, or carrying 
 feathers. 
 
 FE'ATHERFOIL, s. in Botany, a plant growing in ditches in 
 some parts of England, called also the water-violet. The leaves 
 lie concealed under water, the spikes of flowers only appearing 
 above, which grow in whorls at the joints of the hollow stalks. 
 It flowers in June. 
 
 FE'ATHERGRASS, s. in Botany, a kind of grass with long 
 woolly awns, found on mountains. 
 
 FE'ATHERLESS, a. destitute of feathers. 
 
 FE'ATHERMOSS, s. in Botany, a kind of moss of which there 
 are forty-seven kinds found in England. 
 
 FE'ATLY, (feetly) ad. in a neat, skilful, or dexterous manner. 
 
 FE'ATURE, (feeture) s. [faiture, old Fr.] the cast or make of 
 the face, or any part or hneament of it. 
 
 To FEAZE, (feeze) v. a. to untwist the end of a rope, and re- 
 duce it again to flax. 
 
 FE'BRIFUGE, s. Ifebris and fugo, Lat.] in Medicine, a remedy 
 to drive away or cure a fever. 
 
 FE'BRIFUGE, a. having the power of driving away or curing 
 a fever. 
 
 FE'BRILE, a. [febris, Lat.] constituting or proceeding from a 
 fever. 
 
 FE'BRUARY, s. the name of the second month of the year. 
 In a common year it consists of only 28 days ; but in the bis- 
 sextile, or leap year, it has 29, on account of the intercalary day 
 added to that year. Its name is derived from the feast held 
 during this month in honour of the dead. 
 
 FE'CULENCE, Fe'culency, «. [faculentia, from faeces, Lat.] 
 foulness, arising from dregs or sediments, applied to liquors. 
 
 FE'CULENT, a. [fceculentus, Lat.] foul, not clear, applied to 
 liquors. 
 
 FE'CUND, a. [Jacundus, Lat.] fruitful ; abounding in children. 
 
 FECUNDA'TION, s. [facundo, Lat.] the act of making fruitful. 
 
 FECU'NDITY, s. the quality of producing or bringing forth 
 in great abundance. 
 
 FE'DERAL, a. [fcedus, Lat.] relating to, and having the na- 
 ture of, a contract. 
 
 FEDERATION, s. a union of independent states under one 
 common government, for mutual advantage, protection, &c., as 
 in the United States of N. America. 
 
 FEE, s. [feoh. Sax.] in Law, lands and tenements held in per- 
 petual right, on condition of an acknowledgment paid to the 
 lord of the manor ; a property ; a reward, or money given to a 
 physician or lawyer ; a perquisite due to a person in an office. 
 
 To FEE, V. a. "to pay a counsellor or physician ; to bribe ; to 
 keep in hire. 
 
 FEE'BLE, a. [foible, Fr.] wanting strength ; or weak in body 
 and mind. 
 
 FEE'BLEMINDED, a. weak, or wanting resolution ; timorous. 
 
 FEE'BLENESS, s. want of strength. 
 
 FEE'BLY, ad. in a weak manner ; without strength. 
 
 To FEED, V. a. pret. and past part./e<^; [fedan, Sax.] to sup- 
 with food. Figuratively, to supply; to nourish, cherish, or 
 eep alive ; to keep in hope or expectation ; to delight or enter- 
 tain.— «. n. to take food ; to prey ; to place cattle to feed. 
 
 FEE'DER, one who supplies with food ; one that eats. Fi- 
 guratively, a nourisher, supporter, or encourager. 
 
 FEE'FARM, ». in Law, lands holden by a man and his heirs 
 forever, under a yearly rent or acknowledgment paid to another. 
 
 To FEEL, V. n. pret. and past p-dxt. felt; [felan. Sax.] to per- 
 
 351 
 
 ply 
 kee 
 
FEL 
 
 ceive by the touch. Figurative!}', to have a quick sensibility of 
 good or evil which happens to others; to perceive by touching ; 
 to have the sense of pain or pleasure ; to be affected by. 
 
 FEEL, s. the sense of feeling; the touch. 
 
 FEE'LER, s. one who can distinguish by the touch. In Na- 
 tural History, the horns or antennae of insects, whereby they are 
 supposed to hear, and do assist their vision respecting obstacles 
 in their way. 
 
 FEE'LING, ^arf. of To Feel, that which expresses great sen- 
 sibility, or affects strongly. 
 
 FEE'LING, s. the sense whereby we perceive things to be 
 hard, soft, dry, wet, smooth, rough, hot, cold, &c. It is both 
 the grossest and most extensive of all the senses, if not that 
 which includes all the rest. Figuratively, sensibility ; tender- 
 ness. The feelings, in Metaphysics, are those mental faculties 
 which furnish motives for action, and are not dependent on the 
 existence of actually corresponding outward circumstances for 
 their activity. They are often called desires, affections, emotions, 
 and passions. 
 
 FEE'LINGLY,a(^. in such a manner as if sensible of or feeling 
 anv thing oneself; so as to affect others deeply. 
 
 fEE'SIMPLE, s. in Law, that whereof we are possessed and 
 our heirs for ever. 
 
 FEE'TAIL, s. in Law, is when lands are given to a man, anr! 
 the heirsof hisbody, so thatif he have children by a third venter, 
 and not of the first, they shall inherit. 
 
 FEET, s. the plural of Foot. 
 
 To FEIGN, {feyne) v. a. [feindre, Fr.] to invent; to assert a 
 thing which is not ; to counterfeit, or put on the appearance of 
 a thing. 
 
 FEl'GNEDLY, {fiynedly) ad. in a fictitious or fabulous man- 
 ner ; counterfeitly. 
 
 FEI'GNER, {feyner) s. an inventor ; the author of a fable or 
 fiction. 
 
 FEINT, part, [instead of feigned,'] invented ; not true or real. 
 " Any feint appearance," Locke. 
 
 FEINT, s. [Fr.] a mere show ; a false appearance or attempt ; 
 an offer at something not intended to be ; a disguise. 
 
 To FELI'CITATE, v. a. Ifelicito, from feliv, Lat.] to make 
 happv ; to congratulate ; to wish a person joy. 
 
 FELICITA'TION, s. [Fr.] the act of wishing joy, or rejoicing 
 with a person on account of some happy event. 
 
 FELI'dTY, s. Ifelicitas, Lat.] a state wherein a person has 
 no wants to satisfy, no wishes to fulfil, no evils to remove ; but 
 is easy without pain, and joyful without any dash or mixture of 
 sorrow. 
 
 FE'LINE, a. [felinus, from felis, Lat.] resembling a cat. 
 
 FE'LIX, the name assumed by five Roman pontiffs on their 
 elevation to the papal throne. The second and the fifth were 
 anti-popes, that is, elected in opposition to previously elected 
 popes, who still continued to hold their titles and dignities. 
 
 FELL, a. [/e/fe. Sax.] void of mercy or humanity; cruel ; bar- 
 barous ; savage. Seldom used. 
 
 FELL, s. Ifille, Sax.] the skin ; the hide. 
 
 To FELL, V. a. {felkn, Teut.] to knock down ; to make a 
 person tumble on the ground by the force of a blow ; to hew or 
 cut down. 
 
 FELL, preter. of To Fall. 
 
 FE'LLER, s. one who hews or cuts down. 
 
 FE'LLMONGER, s. [fel and monger, Sax.] one that deals in, 
 and sells, peltry or skins. 
 
 FE'LLOE, Fe'lly, s. [felge, Dan.] the pieces of wood which 
 miike the circumference of a wheel. 
 
 FE'LLOW, ifeUd) s. {fallow, Scot.] a companion, or one often 
 in one's company; one united in the same undertaking; an 
 equal ; one thing suited to another, or one of a pair ; one like to 
 or resembling another ; an appellation used in familiar discourse 
 for a man or person, sometimes with fondness, sometimes with 
 esteem, but generally with some degree of contempt, when it 
 implies a mean wretch, a sorry rascal ; also, a member of a so- 
 ciety ; a member of a college, who partakes in its government 
 and revenues. Fellow, in Composition, generally denotes commu- 
 nity or equality of nature, station, or employment. 
 
 To FE'LLOW, (fellS) v. a. to suit or match one thing with 
 another; to pair or produce one thing resembling another in 
 size, colour, &c. 
 
 FELLOW-CO'MMONER, s. one who has a right of common 
 352 
 
 FEN 
 
 with another. In Cambridge, a commoner of the higher order, 
 who sits at table, and eats his commons with the fellows of the 
 college. 
 
 FELLOW-CRE'ATURE, s. one that has the same creator, 
 generally applied to animals of the same species. 
 
 FELLOW-FEE'LING, s. sympathy; or the being as much 
 affected with the sufferings of another as if they were our own ; 
 a combination in order to defraud or cheat. 
 
 FELLOW-HEFR, s. one who has a right to the same inherit- 
 ance with another; a co-heir. 
 
 FELLOW-LA'BOURER, s. one who labours to promote the 
 same design. 
 
 FELLOW-SE'RVANT, s. one who has the same master. 
 
 FE'LLOWSHIP, (fellowship) s. company ; society ; the state of 
 
 Sersons who are frequently together and jointly take part in any 
 esign ; association ; a confederacy or union of several persons 
 by some contract, bond, or obligation ; a partnership or joint 
 interest ; equality ; fondness for feasting or entertainments of 
 drinking ; an establishment at a university, with a share in the 
 revenues of a college. In Arithmetic, a rule by which the stock 
 of any company is divided in proportion to the several sums each 
 partner brought in ; it is diviaed into single or double. 
 
 FE'LLTHAM, OWEN, the author of the Resolves, Bivine, Po- 
 litical, and Moral, a work of great excellence, and well known. 
 He held some station in the Earl of Thomond's family ; but his 
 book is the only clearly established fact of his life. He died 
 about IG80, aged about 40 years. 
 
 FE'LLY, ad. in such a manner as shows want of all the kind 
 and benevolent affections ; in a cruel, barbarous, and savage 
 manner. Seldom used. 
 
 FE'LO-DE-SE, s. [law Lat.] in Law, one who willingly and 
 deliberately kills himself. 
 
 FE'LON, s. [felo, law Lat.] a person who is guilty of some 
 crime, which will subject him to death by the law ; a whitlow, 
 or tumour, formed between the bone and its investing mem- 
 brane. 
 
 FE'LON, a. Ifelle, Sax.] cruel ; barbarous ; savage. 
 
 FELO'NIOUS, a. belonging to a felon; subject to death by 
 the law. Figuratively, wicked ; barbarous. 
 
 FELO'NIOUSLY, ad. after the manner of a felon ; or with an 
 intent to rob or murder. 
 
 FE'LONY, s. [felonia, law Lat.] any crime which subjects a 
 person to death by the law. 
 
 FE'LSPAR, FVldspar, s. [Germ.] in Mineralogy, a very 
 common mineral, best known as one of the components of 
 
 franite, to which it imparts the pink tinge of some varieties. 
 I is used in the manufacture of porcelain. 
 
 FELT, s. {felt. Sax.] a kind of stuff or cloth, made either of 
 wool alone, or of castor's, camel's, or cony's hair, and lamb's 
 wool ; neither spun, crossed, nor woven, but wrought and fulled 
 with leys and size, and afterwards shaped into the form of a 
 hat upon a block. — {{lom felle. Sax.] a hide or skin of animals. 
 
 To FELT, V. a. to make cloth or stuff only by fulling, and 
 working with leys and size, without weaving or crossing. 
 
 FELU'CCA, s. Ifeleu, Fr.] a light vessel with from 10 to 16 
 benches of oars, which is not covered over, and may have the 
 rudder applied either to head or stern. It is used in the Medi- 
 terranean as a passage boat, and by the natives of Barbary as a 
 cruiser. 
 
 FE'LWORT, s. in Botany, called also marsh gentian, a plant 
 found in Wales, with oval radical leaves ; flowers in August. 
 
 FE'MALE, s. Ifemelle, Fr.] that sex which bears or brings 
 forth young? 
 
 FE'MALE, a. belonging to the female sex. 
 
 FEME-CO'VERT, s. [Fr.] in Law, a married woman. 
 
 FEME-SO'LE, s. [Fr.] in law, an unmarried woman. 
 
 FE'MININE, a. Ifoemina, Lat.] of the female sex. Figura- 
 tively, soft, delicate ; like a woman, or wanting that naturul 
 hardiness which distinguishes the male sex. In Grammar, that 
 gender which denotes a word to belong to a female. 
 
 FE'MININE, s. a female. 
 
 FE'MORAL, a. ifemus, Lat.] belonging to the thigh. 
 
 FEN, s. [fenn. Sax.] a wet, moist, or boggy place on land, 
 overflowed with water. 
 
 FE'NBERRY, s. in Botany, a kind of blackberry. 
 
 FENCE, s. [a contraction of (?e/ence,] any thing or means made 
 use of to guard from danger ; an enclosure, hedge, or paling. 
 
FER 
 
 serving to keep persons from entering any spot of ground ; the 
 art of fencing. 
 
 To FENCE, V. a. to enclose or secure a place by a hedge or 
 paling ; to defend or guard, used with against. — v. n. to practise 
 the art of fencing, or that which teaches the use of the sword; 
 to guard against ; to use such methods as to hinder the progress 
 of any vice or evil, used with against. 
 
 FE'NCELESS, a. open, or without any enclosure. 
 
 FE'NCER, s. a person who makes use of the sword accord- 
 ing to the rules of fencing ; one who teaches the art of using the 
 sword. 
 
 FE'NCIBLE, a. capable of defence. 
 
 FE'NCING, s. the art of defence, or of using the sword. Fencing 
 likewise signifies the hedge or pales used to enclose ground. 
 
 FE'NCRICKET, s. in Natural History, an insect that digs 
 itself holes in the ground. 
 
 To FEND, v.a. [from Afend,-] to keep off.— v. n. to dispute ; to 
 shift off a charge. 
 
 FE'NDER, s. a plate of iron or brass laid before a fire, to 
 prevent the coals that fall from rolling upon, and injuring, the 
 floor. 
 
 FE'NELON, FRANCIS DE SALIGNAC, DE LA MOTTE, 
 the pious and learned Archbishop of Carabray, author of Tele- 
 machus, and other works read in schools. He was a friend of 
 the well-known Madame Guion, and adopted her mystic quiet- 
 ism. It was through this that he fell into disgrace at court, 
 and was subjected to a most injurious controversy with the 
 celebrated Bossuet, who had been his friend. His political 
 notions also had somewhat shaken him in the good opinions of 
 Louis XIV. The pope at last interfered, and Fenelon was de- 
 feated. He was a preacher of great power and eloquence ; and 
 in private life, adorned with all the most charming virtues. Yet, 
 it is strange, as an exemplification of the spirit of France at his 
 age, that he showed even in his mysticism unbounded devotion 
 to Madame de Maintenon. He died, through an overturn of 
 his carriage, in 1717, aged GG years. His works are very nu- 
 merous and interesting, but the rhetorician and the mystic 
 appear in every page. Profundity, or even originality, was 
 not amongst Fenelon's gifts. 
 
 FENEKA'TION, s. [fmiero, Lat.] usury; or an allowance 
 made or taken for the use of money. 
 
 FE'NNEC, s. in Natural History, a beautiful little animal re- 
 sembling the dog, which inhabits Africa ; otherwise called the 
 Zerda. 
 
 FE'NNEL, «. \_fenol. Sax.] in Botany, a plant whose leaves, 
 seeds, and roots, are used in medicine and cookery. 
 
 FE'NNY, a. soft by the settling of rain or overflowing of 
 waters, applied to ground. Marshy ; moorish ; dwelling in a 
 marsh. 
 
 FENNY-STRATFORD, Buckinghamshire. It is 45 miles 
 from London. Market, Monday. Pop. 1033. 
 
 FE'ODAL, {fecdal) a. [feodal, Fr.] held from another. 
 
 FE'ODARY, (feedary) a. [jfeodum, low Lat.] one who holds 
 his estate under the tenure of suit and service to a superior lord. 
 
 To FE'OFF, (feeff) V. a. [feoffare, law Lat.] to put in posses- 
 sion ; to give a right to a possession. 
 
 FEOFFEE', (feefee) 6. [feoffatus, law Lat.] one put in pos- 
 session. 
 
 FE'OFFER, {feeffer) s. one who gives possession ; distinguish- 
 ed in law from udonor, because the feoffer grants in feesimple, and 
 a donor in feetail, Zitt. lib. i. c. 6. 
 
 FE'OFFMENT, [Jeeffment) s. [feoffamentum, law Lat.] in Law, 
 a gift or grant of any manors, messuages, lands, or tenements, 
 to another in fee, i. e. to him and his heirs for ever, by the de- 
 livery of seisin, and possession of the estate granted. 
 
 FE'RAL, a. [feralis, Lat.] mournful; funeral. 
 
 FE'RDINAND, the name of three emperors of Germany. The 
 ^)-st was the successor of Charles V., and was esteemed an excel- 
 lent prince. He endeavoured to conipose the distractions which 
 the Reformation had originated in Germany ; but as he could 
 not enter into the spirit of the Reformers, nor yet acquiesce in 
 the views of the council of Trent, which concluded its sittings in 
 his reign, his efforts were ineffectual. He died in 1564. The 
 second, who was grandson to the former, and was the fourth after 
 him on the imperial throne, was a bigot of the highest class, and 
 plunged Europe into the horrors of the thirty years' war. His 
 troubles began with Bohemia, and were fermented by that in- 
 
 FER 
 
 capable, James I. of England. The elector-palatine, and Beth- 
 lem Gabor, were defeated by the Imperialists under Tilly, and 
 the Palatinate was ravaged, to the sorrow and indignation of all 
 Protestants. Tilly and Wallenstein speedily put down a league 
 to recover the Palatinate, at the head of which was Christian IV. 
 of Denmark. And now Ferdinand began his persecution of the 
 Protestants, and brought against him the famous Gustavus 
 Adolphus of Sweden, aided by France and England. This able 
 general fell, prematurely for the peace of Europe, at Liitzen ; 
 and victory, which had been always against the emperor, now 
 returned to his banner, although, on suspicion of treachery, he 
 had caused Wallenstein to be assassinated. At Nordlingen, the 
 Swedes were totally routed, but they soon gained, under Baner, 
 the battle of Wislock. Ferdinand died in 1037. The Mrd, his 
 son and successor, inherited his father's wars, and suffered de- 
 feat after defeat from the Swedish and French armies under Ba- 
 ner, Torstenson, Vrangel, Guebriant, Turenne, and many other 
 noted leaders, till at length Europe was exhausted, and the peace 
 of Westphalia was signed. This prince, in the subsequent part 
 of his reign, gained a happier fame, and died in 1657. 
 
 FE'RDINAND. One king of this name reigned in Arragon,and 
 four in Castile, before their union as the kingdom of Spain. The 
 Jirst, in Castile, was called The Great, from his victories over the 
 Moors. The second of this name, in Arragon, married Isabella of 
 Castile, and is known now as Ferdinand V. Their reign was 
 rendered illustrious, not only by this union, but by the expulsion 
 of the Moors, and conquest of Granada; the acquisition of Na- 
 ples, and Navarre ; which raised Ferdinand's name to the highest 
 pitch of renown, and the Spanish monarchy to the climax of its 
 splendour. For Columbus, under the patronage of this court, 
 discovered the Western World, and gave to this country what 
 riveted its chains, and ultimately brought it to its present miser- 
 able condition. Ferdinand has the infamous renown of establish- 
 ing the Inquisition, and using it against the hapless Jews, and 
 all whom he suspected of difference from Rome ; but he did not 
 so succumb to Rome as that there was not a lower step of de- 
 gradation of soul left for Philip II. to take. Ferdinand's bigotry, 
 and his crooked policy, prevented Spain from deriving all the 
 advantages it might have gained from the many movements 
 during his reign, and have tarnished his name, so that not even 
 his genuine greatness can outshine it. He died in 1516. Fer- 
 dinand VI. passed a quiet reign, and obtained a favourable re- 
 port from history. He died in 1759. Ferdinand VII. commenced 
 his reign on his father's abdication, at the advance of the French 
 army under Napoleon, and promised fairly to the people ; but he 
 was unable to cope with such an array of opposition as was pre- 
 sented in his father, Godoy, (both of whom had held secret con- 
 ferences with the French,) and Napoleon, whose army possessed 
 Madrid. At the outbreak of the war he was removed as a pri- 
 soner to France, and did not return for six years, when the de- 
 feat of Napoleon in Russia made him relinquish the hope of 
 recovering Spain. Ferdinand now appeared in his proper cha- 
 racter ; and in spite of attempts at revolution, aided by France 
 under the restored Bourbons, he ruled as absolute monarch, or 
 tyrant, aided by the re-established Inquisition. He died in 
 1834, bequeathing the horrors of civil war, and ceaseless in- 
 testine trouble, to his successors. 
 
 FE'RDINAND, the name of four monarchs of Naples and 
 Sicily, or, as that state is now entitled, the Two Sicilies. The 
 third, was Ferdinand V. of Spain. The fourth, after many years 
 of peace, was involved in the difficulties which arose in most of 
 the European states on the French Revolution ; and at last, on 
 the advance of Napoleon, retired to Sicily, leaving Naples in his 
 hands. On the final overthrow of Buonaparte, and the fall of 
 Murat, whom he had raised to the throne of Naples, Ferdi- 
 nand returned, and peace seemed restored. But soon after the 
 revolt of the Carbonari broke out, and jealousies between Sicily 
 and Naples, which were ended only by the establishment of ab- 
 solutism, by the Austrian army. Ferdinand died in 1825. 
 
 FE'RDINAND, the name of a feeble king of Portugal in the 
 14th century. 
 
 FERDU'Sl, the famous Persian poet, whose great work, called 
 Shah-Kameh, contains a rhapsodical history of the Persian kings, 
 and was rewarded by the gift of small silver coins to the number 
 of lines it contains, instead of gold ones, according to promise. 
 The indignant poet narrowly escaped a more summary reward 
 for his rash speeches and deeds when he received the money, 
 2 z 353 
 
FER 
 
 and led a wandering life ever after. He died about 1020, aged 
 about 90 years. 
 
 FE'RGUSON, JAMES, an eminent natural philosopher; one 
 of those self-taught men, whose attainments show what patience 
 can enable natural ability to acquire, in face of all difficulties 
 that can thwart it. He commenced his career as a farming boy, 
 and used all his leisure time in mechanical and astronomical ex- 
 periments and observations. Afterwards he gained a living as a 
 designer and draughtsman ; and finally, as a public lecturer at 
 Edinburgh and London, where he was introduced to the highest 
 scientific society, and received one of those annual doles by which 
 English royalty manifests its feeling for men of genius and ability. 
 As a popular lecturer and writer on science, he stands pre-emi- 
 nent, although later discoveries have thrown his works into the 
 shade. He died in 1776, aged 66 years. 
 
 FE'RGUSON, ADAM, a writer on morals and history of the 
 last century. He was successively professor of natural and mo- 
 ral philosophy at Edinburgh. He visited N. America, during the 
 struggle for independence by the United States, as secretary to 
 the English commission sent to attempt a reconciliation. His 
 philosophical works are not known much now; but his work on 
 Soman History is widely circulated. He died in 1816, aged 
 92 years. 
 
 FERIA'TION, s. iferia, Lat.] the act of celebrating or keep- 
 ing holiday by ceasing from labour ; a cessation from work. 
 
 FE'RINE, a. [fermws, from /era, Lat.] wild; untamed. 
 
 FERI'NENESS, s. wildness ; the quality of uncultivated and 
 untamed wildness. 
 
 FE'RITY, s. [ feritas, Lat.] barbarity ; cruelty ; wildness. 
 
 FERMANA'GH, a county of Ulster in Ireland, 43 miles in 
 length, and about 33 in breadth, containing 18 parishes. It 
 is bounded by Leitrim, Donegal, Tyrone, Monaghan, and Ca- 
 van. It is navigable throughout its whole length, by means 
 of the lakes of Lough Erne ; but travelling in it is difficult, 
 in many places, by reason of the hilly, rugged, and uneven sur- 
 face of the country, and the boggy grounds. Some of the hills 
 exceed 1200 feet in height. 'Ine Woodford and some smaller 
 streams water it. The linen manufacture, and raising cattle, 
 form the chief trade of this county. There is only one linen 
 market in it, but the country abounds with spinners and good 
 flax. Pop. 156,481. Enniskillen is the capital. It returns 3 
 members to parliament. 
 
 FERMA'T, PETER DE, an eminent French mathematician 
 of the 17th century. His diligence was great, but the branch of 
 the science he specially devoted himself to is rather curious than 
 productive. His name has lived by a particular theorem, still 
 found in mathematical works. In natural philosophy he did not 
 shine. His poetry is not much esteemed, being of a polyglott 
 rather than of an imaginative description. He enjoyed also a re- 
 putation as a scholar; and be thought better of himself than his 
 warmest admirers did. Yet he belongs to no mean rank in 
 science. He died in 1664, aged 69 years. 
 
 To FERME'NT, v. a. [fermento, Lat.] to cause to undergo the 
 process of fermentation. 
 
 FE'RMENT, s. [femwntum, Lat.] that which causes ferment- 
 ation. Also, yeast, which is a substance in a state of putrefac- 
 tion, or fermentation, the atoms of which are in continual mo- 
 tion. A commotion, or tumult, applied to government. 
 
 FERME'NTABLE, a. capable of being fermented. 
 
 FERMENTA'TION, s. [fermentatio, Lat.] in Chemistry, is a 
 peculiar kind of putrefaction, or the change by which the ele- 
 ments of a substance, containing no nitrogen, group themselves 
 so as to form more intimate and more stable compounds, accord- 
 ing to the special attractions of these elements. The presence 
 of a nitrogenized substance already in a state of fermentation is 
 necessary. But in nitrogenized substance, of a very complex 
 constitution, fermentation spontaneously commences when wa- 
 ter is present, and the temperature is sufficiently high. When 
 the juice of beet-root, carrots, onions, or other saccharine veget- 
 ables is exposed to a high temperature, the sugar gradually dis- 
 appears, and the chief part of the residuum is a substance which 
 is precipitated by alconol in the shape of a sjrupy mucillage; 
 whence this process is termed viscous ferinentation. When a sac- 
 charine solution is placed in contact with substances in a state 
 of putrefaction or fermentation, after a time, in a moderate tem- 
 perature, the taste of the sugar disappears, and the liquor has 
 acquired intoxicating properties. Alcohol may be obtained from 
 354 
 
 FER 
 
 it by distillatiop, and the process is termed vinous or alcoholic fer- 
 mentation. The acetous fermentation, is the term by which the 
 oxidation of the products of vinous fermentation was formerly 
 known. The saccharine fermentation, is the process by which 
 starch or woody fibre, by the action of diastase or sulphuric acid, 
 is converted into sugar. Panary fermentation, is that peculiar 
 form of vinous fermentation which takes place in common 
 bread-making. 
 
 FERME'N TATIVE, a. causing fermentation. 
 
 FERN, s. Ifearn, Sax.] in Botany, an order of cryptogamous 
 plants, or plants producing sporules, but not flowers and seeds, 
 containing many genera, the chief of which that are found in 
 this country will be described under their various common 
 names. 
 
 FERNA'NDO PO, a small island of the Bight of Benin, in the 
 Gulf of Guinea, Africa. 
 
 FERNS, Wexford, in Leinster, Ireland. It is a small place 
 now, and only of note as a bishop's see, held in conjunction 
 with Ossory and Leighlin. It is about 60 miles from Dublin. 
 Pop. 632. 
 
 FE'RNY, a. overgrown with fern. 
 
 FERO'CIOUS, (ferdshious) a. [feroce, Fr.] wild, untamed, sa- 
 vage ; resembling a savage. 
 
 FERO'CITY, s. Ifcrox, Lat.] fierceness of disposition or look. 
 
 FERRA'RA, the capital of a province of the same name in the 
 Papal States, Italy. It has a number of fine buildings, which 
 evince its former opulence ; the churches are very tine, and 
 adorned with many illustrious monuments. It stands on a 
 branch of the Po, and is fortified. It is a university and has a 
 
 food library. Population, about 35,000. Lat. 44. 49, N. Long. 
 1. 40. E. 
 
 FE'RRAR, NICHOLAS, a man of great note for a singular 
 rubrical devotion in the early part of the 17th centurj-; and 
 whose memory, by a certain party in the Church of England, 
 has been much lauded lately. Early in childhood his habits 
 won him the title of Saint Nicholas, and his subsequent life, 
 perhaps in no small degree owing to this epithet, confirmed it 
 to him. Indeed he may well be placed beside the most eminent 
 of those who by general repute have from ancient days been so 
 designated. He and his household, in number above fourscore 
 persons, formed a kind of Protestant monastery. They were 
 rigid celibates ; observed all feasts, fasts, vigils, &c. ordained 
 by the Anglican Church ; kept up night and day an unceasing 
 repetition of the Liturgy; maintained liberal almsgiving; and 
 filled up their spare time in making embroidery, &c. for church 
 ornaments. He was the friend of George Herbert ; and has been 
 embalmed in Izaak Walton's Life of the Poet. His scheme was 
 a poor one for those days, and though much praised, was never 
 imitated. Admiration of it now seems somewhat fatuous. He 
 died in 1639. 
 
 FE'RREOUS, a. [ferrens, Lat.] of the nature of iron. 
 
 FERRET, s. [fired, Brit.] in Natural History, an animal of 
 the weasel kind, with red eyes, employed in catching rabbits 
 and rats. It was originally introduced into Spain from Africa, 
 and probably from Spain through the medium of the Romans 
 into England. 
 
 To FE'RRET, v. a. to drive out of a lurking-place, alluding 
 to the manner in which ferrets drive rabbits out of their holes. 
 
 FE'RRETER, s. one who hunts another, and discovers him 
 in his hiding-places. 
 
 FE'RRIAGE, s. the sum paid for a passage at a ferry. 
 
 FE'RRO, or Hiero, the most westerly ofthe Canary Islands. 
 It is a small island, and though not very fertile, produces corn, 
 sugar, fruit, and legumes, and feeds a great number of cattle. 
 Population, about 5000. Lat. 27. 45. N. Long. 17. 46. W. 
 
 FE'RROL, a strong, fortified town of Galicia in Spain ; with 
 one of the best harbours in Spain, vessels lying secure here from 
 all winds. It is now a marine arsenal, and the principal sta- 
 tion for the Spanish navy. It is seated on a bay of the Atlantic 
 Ocean. Population, about 15,000. Lat.4.3.30.N\ Long.8. 11. W. 
 
 FERRU'GINOUS, a. [ferrttgineus, Lat.] partaking of the 
 particles or qualities of iron. 
 
 FE'RRULE, s. Ifemm, Lat.] an iron or brass cap or ring, 
 put round, or at the end of, a thing, to hinder it from splitting 
 or wearing. 
 
 To FE'RRY, V. a. [faran, Sax.] to row a boat or vessel across 
 a river ; to cross a river in a boat or vessel. 
 
FET 
 
 FE'RRY, Fe'rryboat, s. a vessel or boat in which persons 
 cross the water. Figuratively, the place where boats ply which 
 cross the water ; the common passage Cor a vessel or boat across 
 a river. 
 
 FE'RRYMAN, s. one who keeps a ferry, or rows a boat across 
 the water. 
 
 FERTH, Forth, s. common terminations, are the same as, in 
 English, an arm of the sea. 
 
 FE'RTILE, a. [fertilis, Lat.] producing a great quantity; 
 fruitful. 
 
 FE'RTILENESS, s. the quality of producing abandance ; 
 fruitfulness. 
 
 To FERTFLITATE, v. a. to make fruitful. 
 
 FERTI'LITY, s. [fertilitas, Lat.] the quality of producing 
 plenty or abundance. 
 
 To FE'RTILIZE, v. a. [fertiliser, Fr.] to make fruitful. 
 
 FE'RTILY, ad. in great quantities, or abundance. 
 
 FE'RVENCY, s. Iferveo, Lat.] eagerness ; warmth of applica- 
 tion. Applied to the mind, zeal, or warmth of devotion. 
 
 FE'RvENT, a. hot, opposed to cold. Vehement, or warm ; 
 zealous, or flaming with devotion. 
 
 FE'RVENTLY, ad. in an eager, vehement, earnest, ardent, 
 or zealous manner. 
 
 FE'RVID, a. hot. Figuratively, ardent, zealous, vehe- 
 ment. 
 
 FERVFDITY, s. heat, opposed to cold. Figuratively, warmth 
 of temper. 
 
 FE'RVIDNESS, s. the quality of being warm of temper, earn- 
 est in application, or zealous in devotion. 
 
 FE'RLLA, s. [Lat.] in Botany, the fennel giant. Also a flat 
 wooden instrument for chastising boys at school. 
 
 To FE'RULE, v. a. to chastise with the ferula. 
 
 FE'RVOUR.s. [ferveo, Lat.] heat or warmth, opposed to cold. 
 Eagerness, or earnestness of application ; warmth or heat of 
 temper ; ardour or zeal in devotion. 
 
 FE'SCUE, s. in Botany, a kind of grass, of which there are 
 found nine species in England, distinguished from all others by 
 having an oblong blossom, with two snarp-pointed valves. 
 
 FE'SELS, s. a kind of base grain. 
 
 FESSE, s. [fascia, Lat.] in Heraldry, is one of the nine hon- 
 ourable ordinaries, consisting of a band drawn directly across 
 the shield from side to side, and containing the third part of it, 
 between the honour-point and the nombril. It represents a 
 broad girdle or belt of honour, which knights at arms were an- 
 ciently girded with. 
 
 To FE'STER, v. n. [fesse. Bavarian,] to rankle ; to grow in- 
 flamed. 
 
 FE'STINATE, a. [festino, Lat.] hasty ; expeditious, opposed 
 to deW. Not much in use. 
 
 FE'STIVAL, a. [festum, Lat.] belonging to feasts or public 
 entertainments. 
 
 FE'STIVAL, s. a time of public feasting; a day of religious or 
 public joy. 
 
 FE'STIVE, a. gay ; joyous. 
 
 FESTIVITY, s. a feast, or the time of public rejoicing ; gaiety; 
 joyfulness. 
 
 FESTOO'N, s. [feston, Fr.] in Architecture, an ornament of 
 carved work, in the form of a wreath, or garland of flowers, or 
 leaves twisted together, thickest in the middle, and suspended 
 at the ends. 
 
 FESTU'CINE, o. [festuca, Lat.] straw-colour, between green 
 and yellow. 
 
 To FETCH, V. a. pieter. fetched ; [fecan, SaxI] to go in order 
 to bring something to a person ; to take or make an excursion ; 
 to equal in value ; to produce by some kind of force ; to reach ; 
 to arrive at. 
 
 FETCH, s. a stratagem in which a design is attained indi- 
 rectly, or in which one thing seems to be intended, and another 
 is done ; a trick, or artifice. 
 
 FE'TID, a. [fceteo, Lat.] stinking ; having an offensive smell. 
 
 FETIDNESS, s. the quality of having a strong and offensive 
 smell. 
 
 FE'TLOCK, s. in Farriery, a tuft of hair growing behind the 
 pastern joint of many horses ; horses of a low size have scarcely 
 any such tuft. 
 
 FE'TOR, 8. a stench. 
 
 FE'TTER, s. it iscommonly used in the plural, fetters ; [fet- 
 
 tere, Sax.] chains for the feet, put on prisoners to prevent their 
 escape. Figuratively, any restraint. 
 
 To FE'TTER, v. a. to put chains or shackles on the legs. Fi- 
 guratively, to enchain ; to bind ; to deprive of liberty. 
 
 To FE'TTLE, v. a. [an old word from feel,'] to bustle or make 
 an appearance of being busy; to do trifling business. 
 
 Ff^rUS, s. [fcetus, Lat.] the full-grown young while in the 
 womb. 
 
 FEUD, s. [feahd. Sax.] quarrel ; opposition ; war. 
 
 FEU'DAL, a. [feudalis, Lat.] pertaining to fees, feus, or te- 
 nures, by which lands are held of a superior lord. Feudal System, 
 or Feudalism, that state of society which arose in Europe on the 
 ruins of the Roman empire, and is existing now in most states, 
 only modified by that stage which may without hazard be pre- 
 dicted as its successor, Civism. It originated in certain customs 
 which prevailed before the extinction of the Western empire ; 
 and varied in its details in different countries, according to the 
 circumstances of its introduction. On the continent, generally, 
 its form was this: each prince, duke, or baron, granted lands to 
 his inferior lords and knights, on condition of homage and mi- 
 litary service, with occasional fines ; and in time the estates so 
 held came to be hereditary, except under certain conditions. The 
 sovereigns of states received the homage of these feudal lords, 
 and were aided by them, as they were by their vassals ; but only 
 in particular cases did these lords hold their lands from the king. 
 In England, some rude imitation of this arose in the reigns of 
 the later Saxon monarchs. But on the conquest of the country 
 by the duke of Normandy, all the property fell into the hands 
 of the crown, and all the lords of manors held their estates di- 
 rectly from the king, just as their vassals did theirs from them, 
 and on similar terms. Thus the king of England was lord 
 paramount, and truly monarch of England, whilst the kings of 
 many of the continental states were only chief peers. In Eng- 
 land, also, hereditary lordship formed an essential part of the 
 system. Commerce, which gave rise to the imperial free towns 
 of Germany, and to the corporate towns of England, began early 
 to sap the strength of feudalism. But the admirable prudence 
 of admitting commoners into the aristocracy, although such ww 
 men are despised by the old families as parvenus, has preserved it 
 in somewhat vigorous existence to this day. Many very slightly 
 altered relics of its most odious features yet remain. The Puri- 
 tan Revolution of England in the 17th century, and the French 
 Revolution of the last century, though they at first operated 
 against it, were brought round by constitutionalists and lawyers 
 to keep it alive, and the return to the old state of things, by the 
 restoration of the exiled royal families, in each case, brought 
 back all the elements of its power. 
 
 FEU'DATORY, s. [feudatoire, Fr.] one who holds by some 
 conditional tenure from a superior. 
 
 FEUDS, «. plural ; [feodu7n, low Lat.] in Law, lands that are 
 hereditary. 
 
 FE' VER, s. [febris, Lat.] in Medicine, a class of diseases arising 
 from the admission into the system of the subtle poison arising 
 from putrid vegetable or animal matter, (but chiefly the former,) 
 by the atmosphere. They are divided into mtermittent fevers, or 
 agues, which operate by fits or paroxysms at different but regular 
 intervals ; continued, or chronic fevers, which go on to a crisis, at 
 which the cause of the disease is spent, or the system is destroyed 
 by it ; and those in which the influence of the cause seems to 
 diminish gradually. The symptoms are too well known. 
 
 To FE'VER, V. a. to put into, or affect with, a fever. 
 
 FE'VERFEW, s. in Botany, a British herb with compound 
 flowers, of which there are four sorts. 
 
 FE'VERISH, a. troubled with, or tending to, a fever. 
 
 FE'VERISHNESS, s. a slight disorder or affection of a 
 fever. 
 
 FETEROUS, a. Ifievreux, Fr.] troubled with, or having the 
 nature of, a fever ; having a tendency to produce fevers. 
 
 FE'VERSHAM, Kent. It has a large manufacture of gun- 
 powder, and a considerable oyster fishery, employs a number of 
 vessels in the coasting trade, and even sends some to Prussia, 
 Norway, and Sweden, for fir, timber, and iron. It is seated on 
 a creek, which is navigable for vessels of 1-30 tons, and which 
 communicates with E. Swale. It is 48 miles from London. 
 Markets, Wednesday and Saturday. Pop. 4621. 
 
 FEU'lLLAGE, {fuillawje) s. [Fr.] a bunch, row, or circle of 
 leaves. 
 
 2 z2 355 
 
FIC 
 
 FEU'lLLEMORT, s. [Fr.] the colour of a faded leaf. Cor- 
 ruptJyj)ronounced, and sometimes written, philcmot. 
 
 FEIPTERER, s. a dog-keeper ; perhaps the cleaner of the 
 kennel. 
 
 FEW, a. [feo. Sax.] not many ; not great in number. 
 
 FJEW'EL, Fu'el, s. [feu, Fr.] materials for making and 
 keeping up a fire. 
 
 To FEW'EL, V. n. to keep up a fire by supplying it with fuel. 
 
 FEWNESS, s. smallness, applied to number. 
 
 To FEY, V. a. Iveffhen, Belg.] to cleanse a ditch of mud. 
 
 FEZ, a province of Morocco, in Africa, lying on the At- 
 lantic Ocean and the Mediterranean Sea ; and bounded on the 
 E. and S. by Algiers, and other provinces of Morocco. It is 
 near 400 miles in length, and about 100 in breadth. The air is 
 temperate and wholesome, and the country is mountainous, 
 particularly to the W. and S. near Mount Atlas. The forests 
 abound with wild beasts, and lions. The soil is fertile, producing 
 citrons, oranges, dates, almonds, olives, figs, raisins, sugar, 
 honey, and corn, in abundance. Here are fine breeds of camels, 
 beeves, sheep, and other cattle ; and the horses are the finest in 
 Barbary. It is watered by several rivers and streams, and the 
 chief town is Fez. 
 
 FEZZAN, a country of Africa, bounded on the north by 
 Tripoli ; on the E. and W. by the deserts of Sahara ; and on the 
 S. by the countries bordering on Lake Tchad. It is an exten- 
 sive plain, encompassed by mountains, except to the W. The 
 soil is not very productive. Among their tame animals are the 
 sheep, cow, goat, camel, and a species of the domestic fowl of 
 Europe. The wild animals are those common to tropical Africa. 
 The natives belong rather to the negro than the Arab race. 
 Agriculture and pasturage are their chief occupations. In reli- 
 gion they are strict but not intolerant Mahometans, and seem 
 tolerably comfortable under their government, which is mon- 
 archical. The sovereign, who is believed to be descended from 
 their prophet, is tributary to the bey of Tripoli. Gold dust con- 
 stitutes their chief medium of payment ; and value in that me- 
 dium is always expressed by weight. Along this country is the 
 great caravan route from the Barbary states to the coast of 
 Guinea. Mourzouk is the capital. Population, about 70,000. 
 
 FI'AT, s. [Lat.] in Law, a short order or warrant, signed by a 
 judge, for making out and allowing certain processes. Literally 
 it signifies let it he, from the Latin ^, and is applied to the com- 
 mands of supreme persons. 
 
 FIB, s. [a corruption of fabk,'] an untruth. 
 
 To FIB, V. n. to tell lies or falsehoods. 
 
 FI'BBER, s. a person that speaks falsehoods. 
 
 FI'BRE, s. \Jibra, Lat.] a small thread or string. In Animal 
 and Vegetable Physiology, it is the most simple and elementary 
 form of the various tissues which make up the frames of animals 
 and plants. In animals there is also what is distinctively called 
 the nbi-ous tissue ; and in vegetables, the tissue forming wood, 
 and the peculiar and useful stalks of the hemp plant, is, in like 
 manner, called woody fibre. 
 
 FI'BRIL, s. [fhrille, Fr.] a small fibre, which being joined to 
 others compose one of the larger. 
 
 FI'BRINE, 8. in Organic Chemistry, one of the modifications 
 of proteine, occurring both in the animal and vegetable frames. 
 In fresh-drawn blood, and vegetable juices, it occurs in its dis- 
 solved form. It coagulates in both if left undisturbed, and in 
 muscular fibre, and the gluten of the seeds of the cereal grasses. 
 It is, in both animal and vegetable, a most important element of 
 nutrition. 
 
 FI'BROUS, a. [Jhreux, Fr.] consisting of small threads or 
 fibres. 
 
 FI'BULA, s. [Lat.] in Anatomy, the outer and lesser bone of 
 the leg, much smaller than the tibia ; it lies on the outside of 
 the leg ; and its upper end, which is not so high as the knee, re- 
 ceives the lateral knob of the upper end of the tibia into a small 
 sinus, which it has in its inner side. Its lower end is received 
 into the small sinus of the tibia, and then it extends into a large 
 process, which forms the outer ankle. 
 
 FI'CHTE, JOHANN GOTTLIEB, a distinguished German 
 philosopher of the last generation. His life was a nobly-fought 
 battle. After a school time in which the elements of his cha- 
 racter had often shone forth, being disappointed in his hopes of 
 church patronage, he undertook a private tutorship, but he made 
 it too much a conscientious task, and failed. At Leipzic, he 
 
 FIE 
 
 next sought to gain bread by teaching, and fell in with Kant's 
 great work, which brought him a new life. We find him next 
 at Konigsberg, a pilgrim to the presence of his teacher. There 
 he wrote a work which introduced him at once to Kant and to the 
 literaiT world. After a sore trial from absolute want, he was in- 
 stalled as Philosophical Professor at .Jena. A malignant charge 
 of atheism, which he would not undertake to rebut, led to his 
 resignation ; but at Erlangen,and afterwards at Berlin, he found 
 new fields for the display of his lofty manliness, and for teaching 
 his spiritual philosophy, which was, in fact, nothing but the 
 theory of his own glorious life. His wife died from fever caught 
 in attending the military hospitals during the last German cam- 
 paign of Napoleon ; and Fichte, taking the disease from her in 
 nis constant watch beside her, died in 1814, aged 52 years. He 
 was the first and only one of Kant's pupils who differed from the 
 founder of the critical philosophy. Fichte's system has been 
 entitled that of Subjective Idealism ; a popular treatise on which, 
 from his numerous works, has at length been published in 
 English. Schelling, one of his pupils, has superseded him in 
 popularity. 
 
 FICI'NUS, MARSILIUS, a scholar and Platonist of the 15th 
 century ; one of the constellation that adorned Florence, under 
 the patronage of the Medici family. Being a theologian by pro- 
 fession, he bent all his endeavours to the interpretation of his 
 science by the aid of his favourite philosophy ; but his success 
 was not equal to his zeal, nor was his skill in the attempt. He 
 wrote many works, and died in 1499, aged 66 years. 
 
 FI'CKLE, a. ijicol. Sax.] not of the same sentiments or 
 opinions long; inconstant; not fixed. 
 
 FPCKLENESS, s. a disposition of mind liable to frequent 
 change ; a state of inconstancy. 
 
 FI'CKLY, ad. in a manner liable to change ; not settled or 
 fixed. 
 
 FI'CTILE, a. [Jingo, Lat.] moulded into form ; manufactured 
 by the potter. 
 
 FI'CtION, (fikshon) s. the act of forming a fable or story by 
 the help of the imagination; the thing feigned; a falsehood, 
 or lie. 
 
 FICTPTIOUS, (fctiskious) a. [Jtctitius, Lat.] counterfeit, op- 
 posite to genuine ; made in order to resemble or pass for some- 
 thing else ; imaginary, opposed to real. 
 
 FICTI'TIOUSLY, {JktUiously) ad. in a false, imaginary, or chi- 
 merical manner. 
 
 FID, s. [fitta, Ital.] a pointed iron with which seamen twist 
 their cords. 
 
 FI'DDLE, s. L/?(fe;, Teut.] in Music, the common name for the 
 violin. 
 
 To FI'DDLE, V. n. yidkn, Teut.] to plav on a violin, or fiddle. 
 Figuratively, to trifle ; to spend a great cleal of time in seeming 
 industrious, without doing any thing to the purpose. 
 
 FI'DDLE FADDLE, s. anci a. trifling ; making a bustle, or 
 giving trouble about nothing. 
 
 FI'DDLER, s. one who plays on the violin. 
 
 Fl'DDLESTICK, s. the bow furnished with hair, which the 
 musician draws over the strings of the fiddle. 
 
 FI'DDLESTRING, s. the string of a fiddle ; that which makes 
 the noise. 
 
 FIDE'LITY, s. [fidelitas, from fides, Lat.] honesty in dealing ; 
 veracity or truth in testimony ; firmness in adherence, or in 
 loyalty. 
 
 To FIDGE, Fi'dget, v. n. [a cant word,] to move restlessly and 
 nervously, or only for the sake of moving. 
 
 FIDU'CIAL, {fidushial) a. [fiducia, ixom fides, Lat.] confident ; 
 without any degree of doubt. 
 
 FIDU'CIARY, (Jdushiary) s. [fiduciarius, Lat.] one that has 
 any thing in trust. 
 
 FIDU'CIARY, (fidushiary) a. without any degree of doubt. 
 
 FIE. See Fy. 
 
 FIEF, {feef) s. [fief, Fr.] in Law, a fee, manor, or possession, 
 held by some tenant of a superior. 
 
 FIELD, (feeld) s. [feld. Sax. and Teut.] ground not inhabited ; 
 a space of ground which is cultivated. Figuratively, the ground 
 where a battle is fought ; a battle or campaign ; a wide extent 
 or expanse. In Painting, or Heraldry, the ground or surface on 
 which figures or bearings are drawn. 
 
 FIELD, DR. RICHARD, a learned divine of the English 
 Church, who enjoyed the favour of both the hero-queen, and 
 
FIF 
 
 hor successor James I. His chief work of the Church 
 of study in these days of ecclesiastical disputes. He died in 
 1616, aged 55 years. 
 FIE'LDED, (feelded) part being in field of battle. 
 FIE'LDFARE, (feeUtfare) s. ifeld and feran. Sax.] in Natural 
 History, a bird of passage, which comes to us from the northern 
 countries. 
 
 FIE'LDING, HENRY, one of the eminent early novelists of 
 England. He was a spendthrift, and in his first essays at author- 
 ship did not attain any marked success. Whilst studying for 
 the bar he left dramatic for narrative literature, and his success 
 was complete. Literary service done to the government during 
 the rebellion of 1745, procured him a place on the magistrates' 
 bench of Middlesex. He wrote on law questions, but also pro- 
 duced some of his happiest tales. He died at Lisbon, whilst 
 seeking the benefit of the warmer climate, in 1754, aged 47 years. 
 His writings are full of racy humour and manly feeling, but 
 have not escaped the coarseness of the day. Some of the cha- 
 racters are most graphically drawn. 
 
 FIE'LDMARSHAL, {feeldsmarshal) s, the commander of an 
 army in the field. 
 
 FIE'LDMOUSE, «. in Natural History, the vulgar name of 
 several species of mice which do not frequent houses. 
 
 FIE'LDOFFICER, {feeld-officer) s. an officer whose command, 
 in the field, extends to a whole regiment ; as the colonel, lieute- 
 nant-colonel, and major. 
 
 FIE'LDPIECE, (feeld-peece) s. in Gunnery, small cannon used 
 only in battles, not in sieges. 
 
 FIEND, (fiend) s. [Sax.] the devil ; any infernal being. 
 
 FIE'NNES, the name of a father and son who figure conspi- 
 cuously in the history of the English Revolution of 1649. The 
 father, who was Lord Say and Sek, after having occupied various 
 posts under Cromwell, concurred in the Restoration, and was 
 taken into favour. He died in 16G2, aged 80 years. The son, Na- 
 thaniel Fiennes, comes first into prominence as yielding Bristol to 
 Prince Rupert ; but afterwards he held the great seal under 
 Cromwell. He died in 1669, aged 61 years. 
 
 FIERCE, (fierce) a. [firox, Lat.] wild ; furious ; not easily 
 tamed; violent; passionate; strong; terrible, or causing terror. 
 
 FIE'RCELY, (fiercely, or firccly) ad. in a furious, wild, or 
 outrageous manner. 
 
 FIE'RCENESS, (fierceness, or firceness) s. wildness ; eager- 
 ness after slaughter ; quickness to attack ; outrageousness ; 
 violence, with respect to passion. 
 
 FIERI-FA'CIAS, (fien-fdshias) s. [Lat.] in Law, a writ that 
 lies where a person has recovered judgment for debts or dam- 
 ages, in the king's court, against any one, by which the sheriff 
 is commanded to levy the debt and damages on the defendant's 
 goods and chattels. 
 
 FI'ERINESS, s. hot qualities ; heat of temper. 
 
 FI'ERY, a. consisting of hot particles, or such as burn. Fi- 
 guratively, vehement; ardent; passionate; fierce; easily pro- 
 voked. 
 
 FIFE, s. Ififie, Fr.] a shrill pipe blown like a German flute, 
 used to accompany the drum in the army. 
 
 FI'FESHIRE, a county of Scotland, lying on the Frith of 
 Forth and the German Ocean, bounded by the river Tay, Perth- 
 shire, and the counties of Kinross and Clackmannan. It is 
 about 38 miles in length, and from 7 to 16 in breadth. This 
 county supplies coals, iron, lime, and freestone; it is highly 
 cultivated and productive, abundant in cattle, and has a number 
 of flourishing manufactures. The fisheries are valuable. The 
 Leven and the Eden are its principal rivers. Cupar, Dumferm- 
 line, and St. Andrews are its chief places. Pop. 140,310. It 
 sends three members to parliament. 
 
 FIFTEE'N, a. [fyftyne. Sax.] five and ten. 
 
 FIFTEE'NTH, a. [fyfteotha, Sax.] the fifth after the tenth. 
 
 FIFTH, a. \Jifia, Sax.] the ordinal of five. — s. in Music, an 
 interval equal to two-thirds ; with the third and octave it forms 
 the common chord. 
 
 FFFTHLY, ad. in the fifth place. 
 
 FIFTH -MO'NARCHISTS, s. in English History, a sect of 
 religious enthusiasts, who expected a very reign of Christ, as 
 the fifth and last great monarchy prefigured in Daniel, as the 
 result of the civil war in the I7th century. They gave great 
 trouble at one time to Cromwell, including (as they did) some of 
 his best and most tried soldiers. .After the Restoration they got 
 
 FIL 
 
 quite extinguished, there appearing no chance for a kingdom of 
 Christ under Charles II. 
 
 Fl'FTIETH, a. the ordinal of fifty. 
 
 Fl'FTY, a. Ufiig, Sax.] five tens. 
 
 FIG, s. \Jicus, Lat.^^o, Span.] in Botany, and Commerce, the 
 fruit of a tree growing in the countries bordering on the Mediter- 
 ranean, and often, but in less perfection, cultivated here. When 
 dried it is exported very abundantly to England, where it is an 
 old standard dessert dish in the early part of the year. 
 
 Fl'GAPPLE, s. in Horticulture, a species of apple that has no 
 core or kernel. 
 
 To FIGHT, (fit) v.a. pret. and past fart.fiught; [feohlan. 
 Sax.] to contend with another, either with arms, sticks, or the 
 fist ; to endeavour by blows, or other forcible means, to get the 
 better of, or to conquer, an enemy ; used both of war and single 
 combat. 
 
 FIGHT, (fit) s. Ifyght, Sax.] a violent attack or struggle 
 for conquest between enemies, applied both to armies and single 
 persons. 
 
 FI'GHTER, (flter) s. a person engaged in war, or single 
 combat ; a person fond of fighting. 
 
 FI'GHTING, (filing) part, qualified or fit for battle. 
 
 FIGMA'RIGOLD, s. in Botany, a plant resembling house- 
 leek. 
 
 FI'GMENT, s, \Jigmentum, Lat.] a fabulous story; a mere 
 fiction. 
 
 FI'GPECKER, s. in Natural History, the name of a common 
 Eriglish bird. 
 
 FI'GULATE, a. Ifigulus, Lat.] made of potter's clay. 
 
 FI'GURABLE, a. IJigiira, Lat.] capable of being moulded in 
 a certain form and retaining it. 
 
 FIGURABI'LITY, s. the quality of being capable of a certain 
 and permanent form. 
 
 FFGURAL, a. represented by delineation. Figural numbers 
 are such as may, or do, represent some geometrical figure, in 
 relation to which they are always considered. 
 
 FI'GURATE, a. of a certain and determinate form ; resem- 
 bling any thing of a determinate form. Figurate counterpoint, in 
 Music, is that wherein there is a mixture of discord with the con- 
 cords. Figurate descant, in Music, is that wherein discords arc 
 concerned as well, though not so much, as concords. See Descant. 
 
 FIGURA'TION, s. determination to a certain form ; the act 
 of giving a certain form. 
 
 FrGURATIVE, a. [fgaratif, Fr.] in Rhetoric, a style of dis- 
 course or writing abounding in figures of speech. 
 
 FPGURATIVELY, ad. by a figure ; in a sense different from 
 the literal meaning. 
 
 FI'GURE, s. [figura, Lat.] the form of any thing as termi- 
 nated by the outline ; shape, person, or external from ; distin- 
 guished appearance ; eminence ; a statue ; any thing represented 
 by drawing or painting ; arrangement; disposition; a character 
 denoting a number. In Logic, the figure of a syllogism, is the 
 class to which it belongs, according to the relation of the middle 
 term to the terms of the premises. In Rhetoric, any mode of 
 speaking, by which words are used in a sense different from their 
 primarj' and literal meaning. In Dancing, the steps of any par- 
 ticular dance. 
 
 To FI'GURE, V. a. to form or mould into any particular shape ; 
 to form a resemblance in painting, drawing, or statuary ; to 
 weave in flowers, or other resemblances of natural objects ; to 
 diversify ; to variegate ; to represent by types, or hieroglyphics; 
 to form a picture of any thing in the mmd; to foreshow by some 
 sign or token. 
 
 FI'GURED, a. in general, is something marked with figures ; 
 but is chiefly applied to stuflTs whereon the figures of flowers, 
 &c. are either wrought or stamped. 
 
 Fl'GWORT, s. in Botany, a British herb, of which there are 
 four species ; three of which blossom in August, and the fourth 
 (with yellow flowers) in April and May. This is also called the 
 little celandine. 
 
 FILA'CEOUS, a. [fUum, Lat.] consisting or composed of 
 threads. 
 
 FI'LACER, Fi'lazer, s. [filazaritts, law Lat.] an officer in the 
 Common Pleas, so called, because he files those writs whereon 
 he makes process. There are fourteen of them in their several 
 divisions and counties; they make out all original process, as 
 well real as personal and mixed. 
 
 357 
 
FIL 
 
 FI'LAMENT, s. ifilamentum, Lat.] a fine slender thread, where- 
 of natural bodies are composed. The same as Fibre. 
 
 FI'LBERT, s. [corrupted from full beard,'] in Botany, a species 
 of nut, the kernel of which is much finer than that of the hazel- 
 nut ; the shape and husk also are different. 
 
 To FILCH, V. n. [of uncertain etymology,] to take away the 
 property of another privately ; generally applied to stealing or 
 taking away trifles. 
 
 FFLCHER, s. one who privately defrauds another of some- 
 thing of small value. 
 
 FILE, s. \Jilum, Lat.] a thread, or series ; a line on which 
 papers are strung to keep them ; a roll, or catalogue ; a line of 
 soldiers ranged behind one another. — \_feol. Sax.] an instrument 
 of steel, used to wear protuberances, or smooth iron or steel by 
 rubbing. 
 
 To FILE, V. a. to string upon a thread, or hang upon a wire. 
 To cut or wear away any roughness with a file. — v. n. to march, 
 like soldiers, in a line, one after another. 
 
 FI'LECUTTER, s. one who makes files. 
 
 FI'LER, s. one who uses a file in smoothing or shaping metals. 
 1 Law, one who offers a bill to the notice of a judge. 
 FFLIAL, a. [Jilius, Lat.] with the affection ot a son ; bearing 
 
 the character, or standing in the relation of a son. 
 
 FILIATION, s. the relation of a son to a father. 
 
 FFLINGS, s. [without singular,] the particles worn off by the 
 rubbing of a file. 
 
 To FILL, V. a. ifyllan. Sax.] to pour or put in, till a thing or 
 vessel can contain no more ; to store abundantly, or plenteously ; 
 to glut, or surfeit; to satisfy or content the appetite, wish, or 
 desire. To JUl out, to pour liquor out of one vessel till it fills 
 another. To^^/^i^;), to make full ; to supply; to occupy by bulk ; 
 to engage or employ. 
 
 FILL,*, as much as a thing can contain; as much as may 
 satisfy or content. 
 
 FILLAGRE'E, Filigre'e, Filigra'ne, s. a kind of enrich- 
 ment on gold and silver, wrought delicately, in the manner of 
 little threads or grains, or both intermixed. The word is com- 
 pounded of ^/ or Jllum, thread, and yranum, grain. The best of 
 this work comes from Sumatra. The work usually executed by 
 young ladies in this country, under the title of Fillagree, and 
 of which tea-caddies, &c., are constructed, is formed of narrow 
 slips of coloured paper, gilt at the edges, and curiously rolled up 
 and glued in various fanciful forms, with the gilt edges out- 
 wards. 
 
 FI'LLER, s. any thing that fills up room without use ; one 
 who is employed to fill vessels or carriages. 
 
 FFLLET, s. \Jilum, Lat.] a band to tie round the head, or any 
 other part. The fleshy part of the thigh, applied to the joint of 
 veal cut from that part of a calf. In Cookery, any meat rolled 
 together, and tied round. In Architecture, a little member which 
 appears in ornaments and mouldings, called likewise a listel. 
 
 To FFLLET, v. a. to bind with a fillet or bandage. In Archi- 
 tecture, to adorn with an astragal or listel. 
 
 To FI'LLIP, V. a. [of uncertain etymology,] to strike with the 
 nail by a sudden jerk or motion of the finger. 
 
 FFLLIP, s. a jerk of the finger let go from the thumb ; a blow 
 given with the nail bj' a jerk of the finger. 
 
 FI'LLY, s. {Jlloy, Brit.] a young horse or mare. 
 
 FILM, s. [fylmewa. Sax.] a thin skin or membrane. 
 
 To FILM, V. a. to cover with a skin or pellicle. 
 
 FFLMER, ROBERT, KNT., a writer in favour of absolute 
 monarchy, who has been immortalized by being refuted by John 
 Locke in his Treatise of Governments. He died m 1747. 
 
 FFLMY, a. consisting of membranes, skins, or pellicles. 
 
 To FFLTER, v. a. [filtro, low Lat.] to clarify or purify liquors 
 by means of threads; to strain through paper, flannel, &c. 
 
 FI'LTER, s. [filtrum, low Lat.] a twist of thread, one end of 
 which is dipped in some fluid to be cleaned, and the other hangs 
 down on the outside of the vessel, the liquor by that means 
 dropping from it. Figuratively, a strainer, or vessel used to 
 clear liquors by percolation. 
 
 FILTH, s. [filth. Sax.] dirt, or any thing which fouls, or 
 makes a thing foul ; any thing which pollutes the soul. 
 
 FrLTHILY, ad. in such a manner as to render a thing nasty, 
 or to pollute the mind. 
 
 FFLTHINESS, s. dirtiness; any thing soiled or daubed; 
 corruption ; pollution. 
 358 
 
 FIN 
 
 FFLTHY, a. made foul, nasty, or dirty. Gross, or polluted, 
 applied to the mind. 
 
 To FFLTRATE, v. a. [See Filter,] to pass or strain liquor 
 through a cloth, linen bag, brown paper, &c. to clear it from 
 dregs. 
 
 FILTRA'TION, s. the art of making liquor fine and clear by 
 straining. 
 
 FFMBLE-HEMP, s. light summer hemp which bears no seed. 
 
 FFMBRIATED, a. in Heraldry, and Natural History, border- 
 ed with something of a different colour. 
 
 FIN, s. [Jin, Sax.] the wing or limb of a fish, by which he 
 balances his body ; it consists of a membrane supported by rays, 
 or little bony or cartilaginous ossicles. 
 
 FFNABLE, a. that admits a fine; that deserves a fine. 
 
 FI'NAL, a. [Jinis,La.t.'] last, or that has nothing beyond it ; 
 at the end ; conclusive ; decisive ; complete ; mortal ; destruc- 
 tive. Final cause, in Natural Theology, is the purpose answer- 
 ed by any construction, instinct, property, &c. 
 
 FFN ALLY, ad. lastly ; to conclude ; perfectly ; decisively ; or 
 without recovery. 
 
 FFNANCE, s. most frequently used in the plural, [Fr.] the 
 amount of the taxes of a government, or that of the profits or 
 income of a private person. 
 
 FINANCIE'R, s. [financier, Fr.] one who collects or forms the 
 taxes or public revenue. 
 
 FFNARY, s. in the iron works, the second forge at the iron 
 mills. 
 
 FINCH, s. [fine. Sax.] in Natural History, a small singing- 
 bird, of which we have three species, viz. the gold-finch, chaf- 
 finch, and bull-finch. 
 
 FINCH, HENEAGE, EARL OF NOTTINGHAM, one of 
 Charles II. 's lord chancellors. He was judicious, eloquent, in- 
 dustrious, a good lawyer, an able statesman for those times, 
 and, more surprising, one of veracity and integrity. He died in 
 1682, aged 61 years. 
 
 To FIND, f. a. prefer. I have found, ^ust X)diXt. found ; [findan. 
 Sax.] to discover any thing lost, mislaid, or out of sight before, 
 by means of searching; to meet with; to fall upon; to know 
 by experience ; to discover a thing by study ; to hit on by 
 chance ; to remark ; to observe ; to reach ; to attain ; to settle 
 or fix one's own opinion; to determine by judicial verdict; to 
 supply; to furnish. In Law, to approve; as, " to ^»d a bill." 
 'To find himself, means to fare with regard to ease or pain, health 
 or sickness. To find out, to solve a difficulty ; to invent ; to ob- 
 tain the knowledge of. 
 
 FI'NDER, s. a person who discovers something lost, mislaid, 
 or not in sight. 
 
 FFNDY, a. [fyndig. Sax.] weighty; plump; solid. 
 
 FINE, a. [7?rt, Fr.] thin; subtile; keen; tenuous; nice; ex- 
 quisite; delicate; artful; sly; fraudulent; made of very slender 
 threads, applied to linens or cloth, and opposed to coarse. Re- 
 fined, or pure from dross, applied to metals. Clear and free from 
 sediments or foulness, applied to liquors. Refined, too subtile, 
 or too high, applied to sentiments. Elegant, applied to style or 
 expression in composition. Handsome and majestic, applied to 
 personal charms. Accomplished ; elegant ; applied to manners. 
 Splendid, applied to dress. Ironically used as an expression 
 of something rather spurious than real, or rather deserving 
 contempt than approbation. "A fine exchange for liberty!" 
 Philips. 
 
 FINE, s. [ffin, Cimbr.] in Law, an agreement made before 
 justices, and entered upon record, for the settling or assuring of 
 lands or tenements, in order to cut off all controversies, to secure 
 the title a person has in his estate against all others, or to cut 
 off entails, so that lands may, with the greater certainty, be con- 
 veyed either in fee-tail for life, or years ; a sum of money paid 
 and advanced for the income of lands ; a certain sum paid to ex- 
 cuse a person from the discharge of an office; a sum of money, 
 or forfeit, paid as an amends, or by way of punishment, for au 
 offence committed. 
 
 In FINE, ad. [en fin, Fr.] to conclude ; in conclusion. 
 
 To FINE, V. a. to refine, to purify; to make a person pay mo- 
 ney as a punishment. — v. n. to pay a sum of money to be excused 
 from serving an office. 
 
 To FFNEDRAW, v. a. to sew up a rent, or one piece of 
 cloth to another, in such a manner as the seam shall not be 
 visible. 
 
FIR 
 
 FI'NEDRAWER, ». a person who professes to sew up the rents 
 of cloth. 
 
 Fl'NELY, ad. with elegance of thought and expression, ap- 
 plied to the style of an author. With a thin edge or point. 
 Splendidly, richly, applied to dress. In very small particles, ap- 
 plied to powder. Used ironically, it means wretchedly. 
 
 FI'NENESS, s. show, splendour, or gaiety, applied to dress. 
 Subtlety; ingenuity ; freedom from dross, or impure mixtures. 
 
 FI'NERY, s. gaiety of dress. In the iron works, one of the 
 two forges at which they hammer the sow or pig iron. 
 
 FINE'SSE, (Jiness) s. [Fr.] a sly, artful stratagem ; subtlety 
 and tact in the management of aft'airs, as opposed to the manful 
 conduct of them by constant reference to principles. 
 
 FI'NER, s. one that purifies metals. 
 
 FI'NER, a. the comparative degree oi fine, made by adding r 
 or er to the positive, after the manner of the Saxons. 
 
 Fl'NFISH, s. in Ichthyology, a slender kind of whale. 
 
 FI'NFOOTED, a. [from >» and /oo<,] palmipedous; having 
 feet with membranes between the toes. 
 
 FI'NGER, s. [fitiger. Sax.] one of the five members at the ex- 
 treme part of the hand, by which we catch and hold any thing ; 
 a small measure of extension. Figuratively, the hand ; manu- 
 facture; art. 
 
 To FL'NGER, v. a. to touch lightly, or toy with. Figuratively, 
 to take by stealth. In Music, to touch or sound an instrument. 
 
 FI'NICAL, o. [itom fine,'] nice; foppish; too much affecting 
 elegance of dress and behaviour. 
 
 FFNICALLY, ad. foppishly. 
 
 FI'NICALNESS, s. too great an affectation of niceness and 
 elegance. 
 
 To FI'NISH, V. a. [finio, Lat.] to cease from working; to ac- 
 complish, perfect, or complete an undertaking; to polish, or 
 bring to the utmost perfection ; to put an end to. 
 
 FFNISHER, 8. a performer ; an accomplisher ; one who puts 
 an end to, or completes, an undertaking. 
 
 FINISTE'RRE, a department of the N. W. of France, forming 
 the extremity of a considerable promontory jutting out into the 
 Atlantic Ocean. It is bounded by Cotes du Nord and Morbihan, 
 two departments which form the remainder of the same promon- 
 tory. It is mountainous, but the height of its loftiest hills is 
 under 1000 feet. The coast is rocky, and there are many islands 
 and insulated rocks lying near it; those named Isle de Bas, and 
 Lshant, are the most important. The rivers are small, but the 
 Aulne at its mouth forms the celebrated harbour of Brest. Agri- 
 culture is pursued only partially here. Coal, iron, lead, with 
 many kinds of building-stone, &c., are the natural wealth of the 
 department. It has also fisheries of some value, and some small 
 manufactures. It is also most favourably circumstanced for trade, 
 both home and foreign. Quimper is its chief town. Pop. about 
 550,000. 
 
 FFNITE, a. [finis, Lat.] that is limited witlf respect to bulk 
 or other qualities or perfections. 
 
 FFNITELESS, a. without bounds ; unlimited. 
 
 FI'NITELY, ad. within certain limits. 
 
 FIIMITENESS, s. limitation. 
 
 FITVITUDE, s. a confinement within certain limits and decrees. 
 
 FI'NLAND, a province of Russia, lying on the Gulfs of Fin- 
 land and Bothnia, and bounded by Lapland, and other govern- 
 ments of the empire, on the N and W. There are a great many 
 lakes and marshes, and yet it produces a good deal of corn, and 
 pastures which feed numbers of cattle. On the W. of it lie the 
 mountains named Olonetz. It has no considerable rivers. Its 
 inhabitants are of Tatar origin, in number about'1,250,000. Abo 
 is the chief town. The Gulf of Finland is an arm of the Baltic 
 Sea, running westerly. 
 
 FFNMARK, a province of Norway, comprising the most 
 northerly tract of Europe. It is a rocky, barren tract, and the 
 coast deeply indented and surrounded by islands, on one of 
 which is N. Cape. 
 
 FI'NNED, a, having fins ; having broad edges spreading out 
 on either side. 
 
 FI'NNY, o. furnished with, or having fins. 
 
 FI'NTOED, a. palmipedous ; having a membrane between the 
 toes. 
 
 FFPPLE, s. [fihda, Lat.] a stopple, or stopper. 
 
 FIR, 8. [Sax.] in Botany and Commerce, a genus of timber trees, 
 the commonest of which is the Scotch fir. See Larch, Pine, &c. 
 
 FIR 
 
 \_fyr, Sax.j in Natural Philosophy, heat in such 
 "dest 
 
 FIRE, 
 
 activity as to destroy any ordinarily combustible substances, by 
 combustion, or by ignition. Generally, it is a collection of com- 
 bustibles purposely ignited for culinary and similar ends ; or a 
 conflagration. Figuratively, heat of temper or passion ; liveli- 
 ness of imagination ; love ; any violent emotion. Fire was an- 
 ciently regarded as one of the four primary elements of all 
 things. 
 
 To FIRE, V. a. to burn, or destroy by fire. — v. n. to burn ; to 
 take fire. Figuratively, to be inflamed with passion. In War, 
 to discharge a^un, or any fire-arms. 
 
 FFREARMS, «. those which are charged with powder and 
 ball. 
 
 FFREARROW, s. a small iron dart furnished with springs, 
 bars, and a match impregnated with powder and sulphur; used 
 by privateers and pirates to fire the sails of the enemy. 
 
 FFREBALL, s. a ball tilled with combustibles, bursting 
 where it is thrown, and used in war; a grenado. 
 
 FI'REBRAND, s. a piece of wood kindled, or burning. Figu- 
 ratively, a public incendiary; or one who causes factions or 
 commotions in a state. 
 
 FI'RECOCK, 8. in the London water- works, a contrivance 
 for drawing water out of the pipe in any part of the city where a 
 fire may happen. 
 
 FI'RECROSS, 8. a signal used in Scotland for the nation to 
 take arms. 
 
 FIRE-ENGINE, s. a machine for extinguishing accidental 
 fires by means of a stream or jet of water. 
 
 FI'RE-ESCAPE, s. a contrivance for escaping from the upper 
 rooms of a burning house, in safety. 
 
 FI'REFLIES, 8. in Entomology, certain luminous flies which 
 are found in Guiana, and other tropical countries. 
 
 FI'RELOCKjS. that part of a gun which holds the prime, and 
 by means of a trigger sets fire to it. Figuratively, a gun. 
 FI'REMAN, s. one employed in extinguishing burning houses. 
 FI'RENEW, a. perfectly new, or never used, alluding to those 
 metals which are forged or melted by means of fire. 
 
 FI'REPAN, 8. a pan of metal used in holding fire ; a shovel ; 
 that part of a gun which holds the prime. 
 
 FI'REPLACE, 8. a contrivance for communicating heat to 
 rooms, and for answering various purposes of art and manu- 
 facture. 
 
 FI'RESHIP, 8. a ship or vessel filled with combustibles, and 
 let to drive in an engagement among the fleet of an enemy, to 
 set it on fire. 
 
 FI'RESHOVEL, s. an instrument with which coals are thrown 
 on fires. 
 
 FFRESIDE, s. the hearth, chimney, or place near a grate or 
 fire-stove. Figuratively, a family. 
 
 FFRESTONE, s. in Geology, one of the peculiarly intercalated 
 beds, or varied forms of beds, found immediately below the chalk 
 in the S. E. of England. It is known by the name of the upper 
 green sand. 
 
 FFREWOOD, 8. wood to burn ; fuel. 
 
 FI'REWORK, s. a preparation made of gunpowder, sulphur, 
 and other inflammable substances, used on public rejoicings, or 
 other occasions. 
 
 FI'RING, 8. combustibles made use of to kindle and supply 
 fires with ; the act of discharging fire-arms. 
 
 To FIRK, V. a. [ferio, Lat.] to whip; to beat; to chastise by 
 way of punishment. 
 
 FI'RKIN, s. [feather, Sax.] a measure containing the fourth 
 part of a barrel. The firkin of ale, soap, and butter, contains 
 eight gallons; and that of beer, nine. 
 
 FIRM, a. [firmus, Lat.] strong ; not easily pierced, shaken, or 
 moved ; stedf'ast, or fixed. 
 
 To FIRM, f. a. [firmo, Lat.] to fix; settle; establish; or 
 confirm. 
 
 FI'RMAMENT, s. [firmamentum, Lat.] the sky; the heavens. 
 FIRMAME'NTAL, a. celestial, or belonging to the sky. 
 FI'RMAN, 8. in Turkey, an edict, a passport, a permit, or any 
 state letter issued by the sultan himself. 
 
 FI'RMLY, ad. in such a manner as not to be moved, or pene- 
 trated easily ; steadily. 
 
 FI'RMNESS, 8. stability; compactness; solidity; durability; 
 certainty ; soundness ; constancy ; resolution. 
 FIRST, a. [Jirst, Sax.} the ordinal of one; that which is in 
 
 359 
 
 111 
 
order before any other; earliest in time, opposed to last; fore- 
 most in place; highest in dignity ; great, excellent. 
 
 FIRST, ad. in the first place. Following at, beginning of ex- 
 istence, action, &c. 
 
 FFRST-BORN, s. the first by the order of nativity. 
 
 FFRST-FRUITS, s. (not used in the singular,) that which is 
 first produced by any vegetable, or which is soonest ripe in the 
 season ; the first profits, or first year's income of a benefice ; the 
 earliest effect of any thing. In Ecclesiastical History, the in- 
 come of a benefice for a year, claimed by the pope, and after- 
 wards, at the English Reformation, by the king, of all clergymen 
 when presented to livings. 
 
 FrRSTLING, s. the first produce or offspring of animals. Fi- 
 guratively, the first thing done or performed. 
 
 FrSCAL,o. \Jiscus, Lat.] a public revenue; exchequer.— a. re- 
 lating to the revenue. 
 
 FISH, s. fishes, plural ; hnt fish is generally used in conversa- 
 tion ; [Jisc, Sax.] in Natural History, the name of one of the 
 great classes of the animal kingdom, consisting of creatures 
 having a vertebral column, but a single heart, breathing by 
 means of gills, and fitted by all contrivances for living in the 
 water, alone. 
 
 To FISH, V. n. to be employed in catching fish. Figuratively, 
 to endeavour to discover any secret by craft or subtlety. 
 
 FI'SHER, s. one employed in catching fish. 
 
 FI'SHER, DR. JOHN, a bishop of Rochester, who was one of 
 the first victims of Henry VIII. at his revolt from the pope. In 
 all the affairs of that trying time, he remained stedfast in standing 
 by his faith, whilst others sought to follow the varying humours 
 of the king. He opposed Henry's divorce, denied his supremacy, 
 did not impeach the poor silly imposture of the holy maid of 
 v„„t . „^(j ^^g beheaded in 1535, aged 76 years. 
 
 Kent; 
 
 FI'SHERMAN, s. one who gets his livelihood by catching fish. 
 
 FI'SHERY, s. the action of catching fish ; the place where 
 fish abound, and are generally sought for. 
 
 FI'SHHOOK, s. a hook to catch fishes. 
 
 To FI'SHIFY, V. a. to turn to fish. 
 
 FFSHING, s. conveniency of taking fish. 
 
 FI'SHKARD, Pembrokeshire. It carries on a considerable 
 trade in herrings, this town, with Newport, curing above 1000 
 barrels annually. It is situated on a steep cliff, at the influx of 
 the river Gwaine, which here forms a spacious bay, where ves- 
 sels may lie safely in 5 or 6 fathoms water, 242 miles from Lon- 
 don. B?Iarket, Friday. Pop. 2013. 
 
 FI'SHKETTLE, s. a caldron made long for the fish to be boil- 
 ed without bending. 
 
 FISHMONGER, s. a dealer in fish. 
 
 FI'SHPOND, s. a small pool for fish. 
 
 FFSHY, a. consisting or having the qualities of fish ; tasting 
 like fish. 
 
 FI'SSILE, a. Ifindo, Lat.] that may be cleft. 
 
 FISSI'LITY, s. the quality of being fit to be cloven. 
 
 Fl'SSURE, s. a cleft ; a narrow chasm. 
 
 To Fl'SSURE, V. a. to cleave ; to make a cleft. 
 
 FIST, s. Ifist, Sax.] the hand clenched with the thumb or 
 fingers doubled over each other, in order to give a blow, or hold 
 a thing fast. 
 
 To FIST, r. a. to strike with the fist. 
 
 FI'STICUFFS, s. (not used in the singular,) battle or blows 
 with the fist. Figuratively, the action of fighting. 
 
 FI'STULA, s. [Lat.] in Surgery, a deep, winding, callous, 
 cavernous ulcer, with a narrow entrance, opening into a spaci- 
 ous bottom, and generally secreting acrid pus. Fistula in ano, 
 is a fistula formed in the fundament. Fistula lachrymalis, a dis- 
 order of the canals leading from the eye to the nose. 
 
 FI'STULAR, a. [fistularis, Lat.] hollow like a pipe. 
 
 FI'STULOUS, a. having the nature of, or resembling, a 
 fistula. 
 
 FIT, s. [viit, Flera.] in Medicine, the paroxysm of a disorder; 
 any short return after cessation or intermission ; any violent 
 affection of the mind. Used vulgarly for the hysterics in wo- 
 men ; the convulsions in children ; the epilepsy in men, or that 
 state wherein all the animal functions seem on a sudden sus- 
 pended, and the person is for a short time like one who is dead. 
 
 FIT, a. \_fyht. Sax.] proper or suited to any purpose, with for 
 before a noun, and to before a verb. Right, or the duty of a 
 person. 
 
 FIX 
 
 To FIT, V. a. [vitten, Flem.] to make one thing suit another ; 
 to match ; to adapt ; to suit ; to equip ; to make proper for the 
 reception of a person. 
 
 FITCH, s. [a corruption of vetch,'] in Botany, a small kind of 
 wild pea, or pulse, cultivated as green food for cattle. 
 
 FI'TCHAT, Fi'tchew, s. l/isse, Belg.] in Natural History, a 
 stinking animal of a small size, which robs warrens or hen- 
 roosts ; a polecat. 
 
 FITCHE'E, a. Ifiche, Fr.] in Heraldry, sharp-pointed at the 
 bottom, generally applied to a cross. 
 
 FFTFUL, a, subject to fits, faintings, paroxysms, or intermis- 
 sions. 
 
 FFTLY, ad. in a proper manner ; reasonably ; commodiously. 
 
 FFTNESS, s. reasonableness; justness; suitableness. 
 
 FI'TTER, s, the person who renders a thing proper and suit- 
 able to any particular design or purpose ; a small piece, from 
 fetta, ItaLfetzen, Teut. as, " To cut intofitters." 
 
 FITZ, s. a French word for son ; as Fitzroy is the son of a 
 king. It is commonly used of illegitimate children of the 
 aristocracy. 
 
 FITZGE'RALD, LORD EDWARD, one of the association of 
 noble-minded, but misguided men, called United Irishmen, who 
 attempted, in the latter part of the last century, to deliver their 
 unhappy country from the miserable misgovernment under which 
 it has sunk to the lowest grade of national existence. He was 
 highly connected, and therefore selected for signal vengeance. 
 Being betrayed by a spy, he was shot in an attempt at caption, 
 in 1798, aged 35 years. He had married a few years before Ma- 
 dame Genlis's Pamela, about whom such absurd mystery hung. 
 This lady was brought up as if a child of the Due d'Orleans, and 
 after the assassination of Lord Edward, was married to an Ame- 
 rican merchant, from whom she was afterwards divorced. She 
 returned to Paris after the enthronement of the King of the 
 Barricades ; but he suffered his playmate and schoolfelkiw to die 
 in want, in 1831, aged about 56 years. 
 
 FITZSTE'PHEN, WILLIAM, a monastic friend of Thomas a 
 Becket, whose Life he wrote, and also, the earliest account of 
 the metropolis of England ever written. This last is a very va- 
 luable and curious document. He died in 1191. 
 
 FIVE, a. \_fif. Sax.] four and one. 
 
 FIVES, *. a kind of play, consisting of striking a ball, &c. a 
 particular height against a wall, the person who misses a stroke 
 losing one each time he misses. In Farriery, a disease in horses. 
 
 To FIX, V. a. [fixum, iromfigo, Lat.] to fasten a thing so as it 
 shall not be easily shaken or moved ; to establish without 
 changing; to direct without variation ; to make any thing of a 
 volatile nature capable of bearing fire without evaporating, or 
 the hammer without breaking or flying. — v. n. to settle the 
 opinion, or determine the resolution; to rest; to cease from 
 wandering. 
 
 FIXA'TION, s»[Fr.] a disposition of mind not given to change ; 
 residence in a certain place ; confinement. In Chemistry, the 
 act of reducing a volatile and fluid substance to a hard one. 
 
 ¥i'\EY),part. not moved. The fixed stars, in Astronomy, are 
 those which retain the same relative positions to the earth, and 
 to each other, and do not move as the planets do. They are be- 
 lieved to be suns to systems of planets, too distant to be visible, 
 even by the aid of the most powerful telescopes : the distance of 
 most of them is too great to be ascertained, but an attempt has 
 been made on some of them, and the nearest is reckoned to be 
 not less than 19 millions of millions of miles. Some of them ap- 
 pear double, and some triple, when examined by proper telescopes ; 
 some also vary in their brightness, appearing sometimes almost 
 as brilliant as the great stars, and sometimes so faint as hardly 
 to be seen. Some others have been ascertained, by long-con- 
 tinued observation, to have a proper motion, and to change their 
 position, but very slowly indeed. The whole of them are re- 
 garded as forming a cluster in infinite space, like some of those 
 which are described under Nebula ; and this, it has recently been 
 shown, moves on an axis, or common centre, just as the earth 
 does. Fixed air, in Chemistry, the old name for carbonic acid 
 gas. Fixed idea, in Metaphysics, an unrealizable fancy which 
 has fully taken possession of'^any one's mind. 
 
 FFXEDLY,a(i. certainly; firmly; invariably; unchangeably. 
 
 FFXEDNESS, s. stability, firmness, resolution, or a disposi- 
 tion of mind not given to change ; a power to remain in fire un- 
 consumed, or to bear the hammer witliout flying. 
 
FLA 
 
 Fl'XITY, s. [Jijcit-c, Fr.] a strong cohesion of parts, which 
 renders bodies capable of bearing a great heat, without being 
 volatilized. 
 
 FI'XTURE, s. [a corruption of ^ure,] things which are fixed 
 to the premises. 
 
 FI'XURE, s. a position ; a strong pressure ; firmness, or state 
 of fixedness. 
 
 FI'ZGIG, s. a kind of dart or harpoon used to strike fish with. 
 
 FLA'BBY, a. wanting firmness; easily shaking and yielding 
 to the touch. 
 
 FLA'CCID, (Jldxid) a. [Jlaccidus, Lat.] weak ; wanting stiff- 
 ness or tension. 
 
 FLACCI'DITY, (flaxiditu) s. want of stiffness. 
 
 FLA'DA, one of the Western Isles of Scotland, between Sky 
 and Lewis. It is about three miles in circumference, and re- 
 markable for its fishery. Pop. 53. 
 
 To FLAG, V. n. [^ggeren, Belg.] to hang down limber, or 
 without stiffness. Figuratively, to grow faint, spiritless, or de- 
 jected ; to lose vigour, or grow feeble. — v. a. to let fall, or suffer 
 to droop. Also, to lay with broad stone. 
 
 FLAG, s. in Botany, a water plant, with a broad-bladed leaf, 
 bearing yellow flowers, commonly called iris. In military and 
 naval affairs, a general name for colours, standards, banners, an- 
 cients, ensigns, &c., which are frequently confounded with each 
 other. Fiag is now particularly used at sea for the colours, an- 
 cients, standards, &c., borne on the top of the masts of vessels, 
 to notify the person who commands the ship, of what nation it 
 is, and whether it be equipped for war or trade. The principal 
 British flag is called the Union Jack. To loicer or strike theJUig, 
 is to pull it down upon the cap, or to take it in, out of respect or 
 submission to those that are their superiors. In an engagement, 
 it is a sign of yielding. To hang out the white flag, is to ask quar- 
 ter; the red flag is a sign of defiance and battle.— L^o/ie, old 
 Fr.] a species ofbroad stone used for pavements. 
 
 FLAGELLA'NTES, in Church History, certain enthusiasts in 
 the 13th century, who maintained that there was no remission 
 of sins without flagellation, or whipping. Accordingly, they 
 walked in procession, preceded by priests carrying the cross, 
 and publicly lashed themselves till the blood dropped from their 
 naked backs. 
 
 FLAGELLA'TION, s. [flageUatio, Lat.] the act of whipping 
 or striking with a scourge. 
 
 FLA'GEOLET, s. [Fr.] in Music, a small and feeble wind in- 
 strument, similar to the Enghsh flute and oboe. 
 
 FLA'GGINESS, s. the slate of a thing which hangs or droops 
 for want of stiffness. 
 
 FLA'GGY, a. weak; limber; drooping for want of stiffness; 
 insipid. 
 
 FL AGI'TIOUS, {flojishiotis) a. [flagitiosus, Lat.] committed with 
 deliberation and obstinate wickedness, applied to things. Ob- 
 stinately and excessively wicked and villanous,applied to persons. 
 
 FLAGITIOUSNESS, (flajishiousness) s. obstinate and wilful 
 villany or wickedness. 
 
 FLA'G-OFFICER, s. the commander of a squadron. 
 
 FLA'GON, s. [^fflacced, Brit.] a large drinking-pot with a nar- 
 row mouth. 
 
 FLA'GRANCY, s. Iflagro, Lat.] a burning, flaming, glitter- 
 ing, or heat ; ardour of affection ; notoriety of a crime. 
 
 FLA'GRANT, a. ardent ; hot, or vehement ; glowing ; flush- 
 ed ; red ; inflamed. Notorious, or universally known, applied 
 to crimes. 
 
 FLA'G-SHIP, s. a ship which carries the officer who commands 
 a fleet. 
 
 FLA'G-STAFF, .1. the staff on which the flag is fixed. 
 
 FLAIL, s. [flagellum, Lat.] an instrument with which corn is 
 beaten out of the ear. 
 
 FLAKE, s. l^floccus, Lat.] any thing which appears loosely 
 held together like a flock of wool ; any thing which breaks in 
 thin pieces or lamina ; a layer or stratum. 
 
 To FLAKE, V. a. to form in flakes, or thin pieces loosely join- 
 ed together. 
 
 FLA'KY, a. breaking in small pieces, like scales ; lying in 
 layers, or strata. 
 
 FLAM, s. [a cant word of uncertain etymology,] a lie, or false 
 report ; a mere deceit, or illusory pretext ; a sham. 
 
 To Flam, v. a. to deceive with a feigned story ; to put off 
 with an idle tale. 
 
 FLA 
 
 FLA'MBEAU, (fldmho) s. [Fr.] a kind of large taper, made of 
 hempen wicks, covered with bee's-wax, to give a large light in 
 the night. 
 
 FLA'MBOROUGH HEAD, a remarkable promontory of York- 
 shire, the white cliffs of which are seen at a considerable dis- 
 tance at sea, and serve for a direction to mariners. Great mul- 
 titudes of sea-fowls build their nests among the rocks. It is the 
 most northerly point at which the chalk appears in England. 
 Lat. 54. 9. N. Long. 0. 19. E. 
 
 FLAME, s. [flamma, Lat.] in Chemistry, gas heated to a 
 state of combustion. Figuratively, fire; brightness of imagina- 
 tion or fancy; the passion of love; the object of love. Flame 
 colour is a bright yellow colour. 
 
 To FLAME, V. n. to burn so as to emit a shining or bright 
 light ; to shine like flame ; to be in an excess of passion. 
 
 FLA'MEN, s. [ Lat.] a priest among the ancient Romans, 
 who officiated in their religious rites, and oflTered up sacri- 
 fices, &c. 
 
 FLAMI'NGO, in Ornithology, a very beautiful bird with scar- 
 let wings. There are several species, one of which belongs to 
 the American continent, the others to Africa. 
 
 FLAMMABI'LITY, s. {Jiamma, Lat.] quality of admitting to 
 be set on fire so as to blaze. 
 
 FLAMMA'TION, s. the act of setting on flame. 
 
 FLA'MMEOUS, a. consisting of, or resembling, flame. 
 
 FLA'MSTEED, JOHN, an eminent practical astronomer m 
 the end of the 17th and beginning of the following century. 
 He was the first astronomer royal, and obtained that post in 
 consequence of the notice he had attracted by treatises on the 
 Equation of Time, and the Lunar Theory, which he had pub- 
 lished at the time he was prosecuting his astronomical observa- 
 tion and studies in his country rectory. He filled that post for 
 many years with great credit, devoting himself to incessant 
 observations, and the most careful tabulation of all the results. 
 The Historia Coslestis Britannica contains the sum of his labours; 
 which however, owing to the imperfection of the instruments 
 then in use, is of little value now. His quarrel with Sir Isaac 
 Newton, who was as petulant as himself, was an unhappj- affair ; 
 and apparently arose from Flamsteed's excessive opinion of the 
 value of mere observations, compared with such labours as New- 
 ton was enjjaged on. Halley, who sided with Newton, added 
 fuel to the fire ; and a spice of political partisanship entering, 
 made the matter complete. Flamsteed died in 1719, aged 73 
 years. 
 
 FLA'MY, a. burning so as to emit flames or brightness ; in- 
 flamed. 
 
 FLA'NDERS, EAST and WEST, two provinces of Belgium, 
 adjoining each other; W. Flanders lying on the N. Sea, and the 
 two being bounded by France, the provinces of Hainault, S. 
 Brabant, Antwerp, and Zeeland. The land is flat, but has a 
 rich soil, and abounds in corn and all agricultural produce. 
 Peat, and clay both for bricks and pipes, are plentiful. The 
 manufactures are chiefly of linen, lace, tapestry, &c. It is a 
 very healthy district. The chief towns are, Ghent in E. Flan- 
 ders, and Bruges in W. Flanders ; and the population of the 
 two provinces is about 1,500,000. The name of Flanders for- 
 merly belonged to a much wider tract of country; and it was 
 from that part that the ingenious artisans and weavers came, 
 who first made England a manufacturing country. 
 
 FLANK, s. Iflanc, Fr.] that part of an animal below the 
 loins ; the side of an army or fleet opposed either to front or 
 rear. In Fortification, that part of a bastion which reaches from 
 the curtain to the face. 
 
 To FLANK, u. o. to attack the side of a battalion or fleet ; 
 to be placed so as to be opposite to the side of a bastion, fleet, 
 or place. 
 
 FLA'NKER, s. a fortification jutting out so as to command the 
 side of a body marching to an assault. 
 
 To FLA'NKER, v. a. [flanquer, Fr.] to defend by lateral for- 
 tifications. 
 
 FLA'NNEL, s. [giclanen, Brit.] a kind of slight, loose, wool- 
 len stuff, very warm. 
 
 FLAP, s. [Iceppe, Sax.] any thing which hangs down broad 
 and loose ; the motion of any thing broad and loose, or moving 
 on hinges ; a blow given by the palm of the hand, &c. In Far- 
 rieiy, a disease in horses, wherein the lips swell on both sides 
 their mouths, and are covered with blisters like the white of an 
 3 A 361 
 
egg. Fly flap, is a piece of leather fastened to the end of a stick, 
 used to kill flies with. 
 
 To FLAP, V. a. to beat with the palm of the hand, or some 
 broad thin substance which hangs loose ; to move with a noise 
 made by any thing broad ; to ply the wings up and down with 
 a noise. 
 
 FLA'PDRAGON, s. a play in which they catch raisins out of 
 burning brandy, and extinguishing them by closing the mouth, 
 eat them ; the thing eaten at flapdragon. 
 
 FLA'PEARED, a. having loose and broad ears. 
 
 To FLARE, V. n. [onomatopoetic,] to glitter; to flutter with 
 ostentatious and splendid show ; to glitter offensively ; to be 
 overpowered with, or be in too much light; to waste away 
 lavisnly, applied to the consuming of a candle or taper. 
 
 FLASH, s. [onomatopoetic,] a sudden, quick, transitory, or 
 short blaze, or burst of light ; a sudden blaze, or burst of wit ; a 
 short, transient state. 
 
 To FLASH, V. n. to glitter ; to shine with a quick and tran- 
 sient flame or light ; to burst out into any irregularity or violence; 
 to break out into wit, merriment, or bright thought. 
 
 FLA'SHER, s. a man of more appearance of wit than reality. 
 
 FLA'SHILY, ad. in an ostentatious or showy manner. 
 
 FLA'SHY, a. empty; vain; ostentatious; showj'; without 
 reality or sutjstance. 
 
 FLASK, s. \Jlasque, Fr.] a thin bottle with a long and narrow 
 neck, generally covered with wicker or withes ; a small horn 
 used to carry gunpowder in ; the bed in the carriage of a piece 
 of ordnance; a narrow and deep wicker basket. 
 
 FLA'SKET, s. [a diminutive of flash,'] a wicker basket in 
 which clothes are generally put by washerwomen after washing, 
 and applied to other uses. 
 
 FLAT, a. \^i)lat, Fr.] horizontal, or level; without any slope. 
 Smooth, applied to surface. Level with the ground ; lying 
 along, or prostrate; thin and broad, or more broad than thick. 
 In Painting, without relief, or swelling of the figures. Insipid, 
 or unsavoury, applied to taste. Dull ; without spirit ; frigid, 
 applied to writings. Figuratively, depressed ; dejected ; taste- 
 less, or affording no pleasure ; downright ; plain. 
 
 FLAT, s. an even, level, smooth, and extended plain ; a shal- 
 low ; the broad part or side of a weapon ; a surface without re- 
 lief, protuberances, or prominences. Depression; sinking, 
 applied to thought or language. In Music, a particular mark (b), 
 implying that the notes which it stands against are to be 
 played or sung half a note lower than they would be, if the 
 mark oi the flat were not there. 
 
 To FLAT, V. a. to make broad, smooth, and level. To make 
 tasteless, or vapid ; to make insipid, unpleasant, and disagree- 
 able, applied to liquor, &c. To deprive of its vigour, spirit, or 
 pleasure, applied to thought or language. — r. n. to grow smooth 
 or flat, opposed to swell. To obstruct; or deprive of ardour, 
 spirit, or zeal. 
 
 FLA'TLY, ad. horizontally, or without sloping, applied to 
 situation. Smoothly, or without prominences, applied to sur- 
 face. Without spirit ; dully; plainly; in a downright manner. 
 
 FLATNESS, s. evenness; without sloping, applied to situa- 
 tion. Smoothness; without prominences, applied to surface. 
 Deadness, or want of strength and taste, applied to liquors or 
 food. Dejection, or languor, applied to the mind. Want of 
 force, vigour, or spirit ; dulness ; frigidity, applied to sentiments 
 or writings. The contrary of shrillness, or acuteness, applied to 
 sound. 
 
 To FLATTEN, c. a. [flatir, Fr.] to beat down, or remove any 
 prominences or protuberances in a surface ; to make smooth ; to 
 beat level with the ground; to make tasteless, or spiritless; to 
 deject; to dispirit. 
 
 FLATTER, a. the comparative degree of^*, formed after the 
 manner of the Saxons, by adding er to the positive. 
 
 FLATTER, s. the person or instrument by which any un- 
 equal surface is made plain and level. 
 
 To FLATTER, v. a. [flatter, Fr.] to compliment with false 
 praises ; to please or soothe ; to excite or raise false hopes and 
 expectations. 
 
 FLATTERER, s. a person who endeavours to gain the favour 
 of another by praising him for virtues he has not, by applauding 
 his vices, and by servile and mean compliances with all his 
 humours. 
 
 FLATTERY, s. a servile and fawning behaviour, attended 
 362 
 
 FLE 
 
 with servile compliances and obsequiousness, in order to gain a 
 person's favour. 
 
 FLATTISH, a. somewhat level, smooth, or more broad than 
 thick. 
 
 FLATULENCE, Fla'tulency, s. windiness; fulness of wind ; 
 a swelling or uneasy sensation, occasioned by wind lodged in 
 the intestines. Figuratively, emptiness ; vanity; airiness ; want 
 of solidity, applied to sentiments. 
 
 FLATULENT, fl. [Jlatuk7itus, LaU] swelling with air; windy. 
 Flatulent tumoms, in Medicine, are such as easily yield to the 
 touch, and readily return, by elasticity, to their first form. Fi- 
 guratively, empty ; vain; tumid; or swelling without solidity or 
 substance. 
 
 FLATUO'SITY, s. [Jatus, Lat.] windiness ; a swelling occa- 
 sioned by an expansion of air included in any part of the body. 
 
 FLATUOUS, a. abounding with included air or wind ; windy. 
 
 FLATUS, «. [Lat.] in Medicine, wind gathered or included 
 in any part of the body, generally caused by indigestion, or the 
 rarefaction of the air included in the food we swallow. 
 
 FLATWISE, a. of a fiat shape ; with the broad or flat part 
 downwards. 
 
 FLA'VEL, JOHN, an eminent divine of the 17th century, who 
 was one of the ejected ministers on St. Bartholomew's day, 1662. 
 He returned to his flock at Dartmouth, on the declaration of 
 tolerance by James II., and died in 1691, aged about 65 years. 
 His works are yet much esteemed ; and are the source of many 
 popular illustrations and vindications of Calvinism. 
 
 To FLAUNT, v. n. to make an ostentatious, vain, or flutter- 
 ing show in dress. Figuratively, to behave with pride. 
 
 FLAUNT, s. any thing loose and airy. 
 
 FLA'VOUR, s. a relish, or a power of exciting an agreeable 
 sensation on the organs of taste. Figuratively, sweetness, or 
 agreeable and fragrant odour, applied to the smell. 
 
 FLA'VOROUS, a. agreeable to the taste; fragrant; odorous ; 
 or pleasing to the smell. 
 
 FLAW, s. [floh,SaLX.1 a crack, breach, fault, or defect, in any 
 thing. 
 
 To FLAW, V. a. to crack. Figuratively, to break, or violate. 
 
 FLA'WLESS, a. without crack or defect. 
 
 FLAWN, s. [^«na,Sax.] a sort of custard, a pie baked in a dish. 
 
 To FLAWTER, v. a. to scrape or pare a SKin. 
 
 FLA'WY, a. full of cracks, flaws, or defects. 
 
 FLAX, s. Ifleax, Sax.] in Botany, a plant bearing a somewhat 
 handsome blue flower; and having a very fibrous stem, which 
 yields, by maceration and other processes, the fine white threads 
 whence linen goods, lace, &c. are made. It is an important ar- 
 ticle in Russia, Holland, and Ireland ; and used to be more so 
 than it is now in England. Attempts are being made to intro- 
 duce its more general cultivation here. 
 
 FLA'XDRESSER, s. he that prepares flax for the spinner. 
 
 FLA'XEN, a. made of flax ; resembling flax in its colour and 
 fineness. 
 
 FLA'XMAN, JOHN, a very eminent modem sculptor, who 
 rose by the force of his surprising genius from a mere modeller 
 for the potteries, to be the regenerator of that branch of art in 
 England. His great works are to be found in Westminster Ab- 
 bey, and other mausoleums of the distinguished and wealthy 
 dead : but the productions most instinct with his own spirit, are 
 his outline illustrations to Homer, Dante, TEschylus, &c. ; the 
 Shield of Achilles, and some bas-reliefs, and statues, or groups, 
 now in private galleries. He has not lacked opponents and 
 satirists, who could see nothing but the severely simple style of 
 his compositions, and could not reach to the height of his con- 
 ceptions. His fame has not yet reached its zenith. He travel- 
 led in Italy, and received great honour from various academies ; 
 and was appointed professor of sculpture to the Royal Academy 
 in England. He died in 1826, aged 71 years. 
 
 To FLAY, V. a. [vlaen, Belg.] to strip off" the skin ; to take off' 
 the pellicle, membrane, or skin which covers any thing. 
 
 FLA'YER, 8. he that strips off" the skin. 
 
 FLEA, (_;?(;e) s. [Sax.]inEntomology,agenusor family of para- 
 sitical insects, one species of which is somewhat too well known. 
 
 To FLEA, (flee) V. a. to cleanse or free from fleas. 
 
 FLE'ABANE, s. in Botany, an herb with compound flowers, of 
 which one kind, common in marshy places, was formerly esteem- 
 ed as a medicine for dysentery, and is one of the most regularly 
 flowering plants at the beginning of autumn. 
 
FLE 
 
 FLE'ABITE, {Aemte) s. tlie red mark caused by a flea. Fi- 
 guratively, a small or trifling hurt. 
 
 FLE'ABITTEN, (Jleebitten) a. stung or bitten by fleas. 
 
 FLEAK, (Jieek) s. [Jloccus, Lat. see Flake,] a small thread, 
 lock, or twist. 
 
 FLEAM, s. a small instrument used in bleeding cattle, by 
 
 E lacing one of the lancets on the vein, and driving it in with a 
 low. 
 FLE'AWORT, s. in Botany, an herb, with compound flowers. 
 
 To FLECK, V. a. [Jleck, Teut.] to stop ; to mark with a differ- 
 ent colour. 
 
 To FLE'CKER, v. a. {see To Fleck,] to streak or mark with 
 different colours. 
 
 FLED, the preter. and participle of To Flee, to run away ; 
 not properly used for that of To Fly, to make use of wings. 
 
 To FLEOGE, v. a. [/e*ren, Belg.] to furnish with wings; to 
 cover with feathers. 
 
 FLE'DGED,;jart. or a. full feathered, able or qualified to fly. 
 
 To FLEE, pret. and part._/?e(/, v. n. to run away from danger ; 
 to endeavour to avoid danger by flight. This word is now al- 
 most universally written^!/; though, properly, to^i'is to move 
 with wings ; to /fee, to run away. 
 
 FLEECE, [Jtys, Sax.] the woolly covering shorn off' the bodies 
 of sheep; as much wool as is shorn oflT one sheep. 
 
 To FLEECE, v. a. to shear the wool off" a sheep. Figuratively, 
 to strip, plunder, to deprive of any thing valuable. 
 
 FLEE'CED,a. having orwearing fleeces; stripped or plundered. 
 
 FLEE'CY, a. woolly ; covered with wool. 
 
 To FLEER, V. n. [Jleardian, Sax.] to turn a thing to mockery 
 or ridicule ; to mock; to deride with insolence or impudence; 
 to leer; to address with a deceitful grin of civilitj'. 
 
 FLEER, s. mockery expressed either in word or look. 
 
 FLEE'RER, s. a mocker. 
 
 FLEET, Fleot, Flot, s. [Jleot, Sax.] in the names of places, 
 a bay or gulf, 
 
 FLEET, s. [Jlota, Sax.] denotes a company of ships of war 
 belonging to any prince or state, also any number of trading 
 ships sailing together, and destined to the same port or part 
 of the world. The Fleet was formerly a prison in London, which 
 is now disused. 
 
 FLEET, a. [fliotur, Isl.] swift, applied to pace or motion. 
 
 To FLEET, V. n. [flotan. Sax.] to fly swiftly ; to vanish ; to 
 be transitory, or of short duration. — v. a. to skim the water ; to 
 live merrily, or pass away with pleasure, applied to time. 
 " Fleet the time carelessly," Shahspeare. 
 
 FLEE'TINGDISH, s. a thin dish used in dairies, to skim or 
 take the cream oflTmilk. 
 
 FLEE'TLY, ad. swiftly; nimbly; with a quick motion. 
 
 FLEE'TNESS, s. swiftness of motion. 
 
 FLEE'TWOOD, CHARLES, one of the military leaders in 
 the Puritan Revolution of the 17th century ; who, sprung from 
 an old family, entered the ranks in the beginning of the Parlia- 
 mentary revolt, and rose to be lieutenant-general at the last 
 battle, that at Worcester. On Ireton's death, he married his 
 widow, and so became Cromwell's son-in-law, and shortly after 
 was sent as lord-deputy to Ireland, but recalled in the time 
 when more vigorous deiilin^ was needful than he seemed willing 
 to exercise, and made one of the chief among the major-generals. 
 During Richard Cromwell's feeble protectorate, Fleetwood, who 
 equallv with him needed a guide and counsellor, gave trouble 
 enough. He escaped at the Restoration, but died soon after, in 
 1601, aged about 45 years. 
 
 FLESH, s. [Jloec, Sax.] in Anatomy, the muscular part of an 
 animal body, opposed to the skin, bones, or other parts. Animal 
 food, opposed to that of Jishes. Animal nature, opposed to 
 spiritxml n?Llme. Mankind. 
 
 To FLESH, V. a. to initiate ; to establish in any practice ; to 
 glut ; to satiate. 
 
 FLE'SHHOOK, s. a hook or fork, used to take meat out of a 
 pot or caldron. 
 
 FLE'SHLESS, a. without flesh. 
 
 FLE'SHLINESS, s. carnal or sensual passions and appetites ; 
 carnality. 
 
 FLE'SHLY, a. corporeal ; human ; opposed to spiritual ; 
 carnal. 
 
 FLE'SHMEAT, «. animal food ; the flesh of animals prepared 
 for food. 
 
 FLl 
 
 FLE'SHMONGER, s. one who deals in flesh. 
 
 FLE'SHY, a. plump ; full of flesh ; fat. Pulpous and plump, 
 applied to fruits. 
 
 FLET, past part, of To Fleet. Skimmed. 
 
 FLE'TA, is the name by which, among lawyers, is known an 
 ancient work on English law, written in Latin, in about the be- 
 ginning of the 14th century. The name is not that of the writer, 
 who is unknown ; but is a latinization of the Fleet, in which he 
 was imprisoned when he wrote it. 
 
 FLE'TCHER, s. [Jleche, Fr.] a person who makes bows and 
 arrows. 
 
 FLE'TCHER, JOHN, the associate of Francis Beaumont in a 
 collection of dramatic writings. He died in 1625, aged 40 years. 
 Sec Beaumont. 
 
 FLE'TCHER, GILES and PHINEAS, two brothers, clergy- 
 men and poets of the first part of the 17th century. The farst 
 wrote Chrises Victory and Tritimph, in Heaven and Earth, over and 
 after Death, which if not a fine poem, contains many fine pas- 
 sages. The other wrote a most astounding metrical and rhymed 
 Allegory on Man, called the Purple Island: and some other 
 equally wonderful things ; which some persons have been known 
 to admire. Giles died in 1623, aged about 40 years ; and Phi- 
 neas in 1600, aged 78 years. 
 
 FLE'TCHER, ANDREW, of Saltoun, a political writer of 
 Scotland, of the later Stuart reigns. He was engaged in the re- 
 bellion of the Duke of Monmouth ; and afterwards fought in the 
 Turkish wars on the side of Austria. He returned to Scotland 
 in 1688, and wrote on that side of public questions which he had 
 learned of his tutor. Bishop Burnet. He died in 1716, aged 63 
 years. 
 
 FLEU'RY, CARDINAL, the celebrated prime minister of 
 France, under Louis XV. He obtained by his administration 
 an honourable fame ; and he left, in the royal library, a worthy 
 monument. He died in 1743, aged 90 years. 
 
 Fleu'ry, Abbe, a French historian and divine of the reign of 
 Louis XV. He commenced with the study of law, but after- 
 wards entered the church. He had such a reputation for learn- 
 ing that he was appointed a coadjutor of Fenelon in the task of 
 educating the young Dukes of Burgundy, Berri, and Anjou. Sub- 
 sequentlj' he became prior of Argenteuil, and royal confessor; 
 the latter being no enviable post. His greatest work is an 
 Ecclesiastical History , which is much esteemed. He died in 1723, 
 aged 83 years. 
 
 FLEW, the preter. of To Fly. 
 
 FLEW, s. the large chaps of a deep-mouthed hound. 
 
 FLEW'ED, a. chapped ; mouthed. 
 
 FLEXA'NIMOUS, a. [jlecto and animus, Lat.] having power 
 to change the disposition of the mind. 
 
 FLEXIBI'LITY, s. IflexibilitS, Fr.] the quality of admitting to 
 be bent ; easiness of being persuaded. 
 
 FLE'XIBLE, a. [Jlecto, Lat.] possible or easy to be bent; 
 pliant; obsequious; easily complying with ; ductile, or manage- 
 able ; to be formed by discipline and instruction. 
 
 FLE'XIBLENESS, s. possibility or easiness to be bent, op- 
 posed to brittleness or stijness ; compliance; tractableness ; easi- 
 ness to be moved by advice, persuasion, or instruction. 
 
 FLE'XILE, a. pliant ; easy to be bent, or turhed out of its 
 course. 
 
 FLE'XION, s. the act of bending, or changing from a 
 straight to a crooked line; a double ; a bending ; the state of a 
 thinw bent ; a turn or motion towards any quarter (^ direction. 
 
 FLE'XOR, s. [Lat.] in Anatomy, applied to the muscles which 
 contract or bend the joints. 
 
 FLE'XUOUS, a. winding; full of turnings and meanders: 
 bending; crooked ; variable ; unsteady. 
 
 FLEOCURE, s. the form or direction in which any thing is 
 bent ; the act of bending ; the part bent ; a joint ; obsequious 
 or servile cringing. 
 
 To FLI'CKER, V. a. [Jliccerian, Sax.] to flutter; to have a 
 fluttering motion ; to move the wings up and down with a quick 
 motion. 
 
 FLIE, s. See Fly. 
 
 FLI'ER, s. one who runs from danger ; that part of a machine 
 which, being put into a swifter motion than the other part, 
 equalizes, regulates, and continues the motion of the rest. 
 " The Jlier of a jack." 
 
 FLliKHT, {Mt) s. [fli/ffht, Sax.] the act of running away, in 
 3 A 2 363 
 
order to avoid danger ; the act of moving from one place to ano- 
 ther, to escape danger ; the act of moving bv means of wings ; a 
 flock of birds moving in the air together; the birds produced in 
 the same season ; a volley or shower of weapons discharged at 
 the same time. Figuratively, heat or soaring of imagination. 
 
 FLI'GHTY, (Jtity) a. fleeting; swift in motion; wild; or 
 fanciful. 
 
 FLFMSY, (^m;y) a. weak ; feeble; mean; spiritless. With- 
 out strength, body, or stiffness, applied to manufactures. 
 
 To FLINCH, V. n. to shrink from any sufl^ering, pain, or dan- 
 ger ; to withdraw from pain or danger. In Shakspeare it signifies 
 to fail. " If I break time, oxjlinch in property." 
 
 FLI'NCHER, s. he who shrinks or fails in any affair. 
 
 FLI'NDERS, MATTHEW, an eminent English navigator of 
 the last generation. His first attempts were made in New Hol- 
 land, where, with a companion of similar disposition, he dis- 
 covered Bass's Straits, and afterwards explored other unvisited 
 parts of that great island. He was in the navy, and was ap- 
 pointed the commander of a government exploring expedition, 
 with which he revisited those parts, and completed his survey. 
 His adventures on this voyage subsequently are most exciting 
 and romantic ; and they wore his life completely out. He was 
 wrecked, but effected the deliverance of his crew with admir- 
 able skill. Returning home, he was seized by the French go- 
 vernor of the Mauritius, and kept a prisoner by him for three 
 years. He died soon after his return, after having prepared a 
 narrative of his voyages and discoveries, in 1814, aged about 
 45 years. 
 
 To FLING, V. a. preter. and ^diXi. flung; to cast or throw from 
 the hand; to dart or throw with violence; to scatter; to move 
 forcibly ; to cast reproach ; to eject or cast away as useless or 
 hurtful. To fling down, to throw upon the ground with force; to 
 demolish or destroy. To fling off, to baffle in the chase; to de- 
 feat of a prey. — v. n. to flounce ; to wince. 
 
 FLING, «. the act of throwing or casting; the space or dis- 
 tance to which any thing is thrown or cast; a gibe; a con- 
 temptuous sneer or remark. 
 
 FLI'NGER, s. one who throws a thing ; one who casts a con- 
 temptuous sneer at a person or thing. 
 
 FLINT, s. [Sax.] in Geology, a kind of stone found in the 
 form of seams, nodules, and layers, in the chalk formation, the 
 layers being found at very regular intervals in the upper beds. 
 In its native state it is of a deep black colour, and consists chiefly 
 of silicon. It contains numerous fossils enclosed in it, and ex- 
 hibits distinct traces of spongious structure under a powerful 
 microscope ; whence modern geologists assign it a spongious 
 origin. Gravel-beds are chiefly composed of flint boulders, which 
 have been washed out of the chalk, as those forming the shingle- 
 beeches on some of our eastern coasts have been. A gun-flint, is 
 a small piece of this stone, broken in a flat square form, with 
 one bevelled edge, and fitted into the cock of a gun, for the pur- 
 pose of striking a spark into the pan from the steel flap covering 
 It. The use of these flints are superseded now by the percus- 
 sion caps. Figuratively, any thing remarkably hard, impenetra- 
 ble, or obdurate. 
 
 FLINT, Flintshire, the chief town of the county. It is seated 
 on the Dee, and is 193 miles from London. Pop. 2800. 
 
 FLI'NTSHIRE, a county of North Wales, lying on the Irish 
 Sea, and the large bay at the mouth of the river Dee, which 
 divides it from Cheshire; and bounded by Cheshire and Den- 
 bighshire. It is about 33 miles in length, and from 7 to 10 in 
 breadth. PJrt of Flintshire stretches E. of the Dee, a tract about 
 9 miles in length, and from 5 to 8 across, insulated by Cheshire, 
 Shropshire, and Denbighshire. It is divided into b hundreds. 
 The northern part produces wheat ; there is also much wood. 
 The cows, though small, yield a great quantity of milk, and are 
 excellent beef. They have also honey, of which they make 
 mead, a liquor much used in those parts. The principal rivers 
 are the Dee, Clwyd, Wheler, Sevion, Elwy, and Akin. The 
 valleys contain coal and freestone, and the hills lead and cala- 
 mine, with vast quantities of limestone, but no flint. The prin- 
 cipal trade is mining and smelting. The detached part is mostly 
 a level country. Pop. 66,919. Flint is its chief town. It re- 
 turns 2 members to parliament. 
 
 FLI'NTY, a. made of flint ; abounding in flints or stones. Fi- 
 guratively, strong ; hard of heart ; cruel ; not to be penetrated 
 or moved by entreaties, or the view of misery. 
 3G4 ' 
 
 FLIPP, s. [a cant word,] a drink used in ships, made of spirrts, 
 beer, and sugar. 
 
 FLI'PPANT, a. [from flap,'] nimble; moving quickly, ap- 
 plied to the tongue. Pert; talkative. 
 
 FLFPPANTLY, ad. in a pert, talkative, or fluent manner. 
 
 To FLIRT, r.«. to throw any thing with a jerk, or quick elastic 
 
 motion; to move with quickness v. n. to jeer or gibe atone; 
 
 to turn about perpetually; to be unsteady and fluttering. 
 
 FLIRT, s. a quick, sudden, elastic motion ; a sudden trick ; a 
 young, fluttering, gadding lass. 
 
 FLIRTA'TION, s. a quick, sprightly motion ; empty attention 
 to the female sex. 
 
 To FLIT, V. n. [flitter, Dan. see To Fleet,] to fly away ; to re- 
 move or migrate ; to flutter or rove on the wing ; to be transient, 
 flux, or unstable. 
 
 FLITCH, s. Iflgcke, Dan.] the side of a hog, without the 
 head, salted and cured. 
 
 FLI'TTERMOUSE, s. in Natural History, a bat, or fluttering 
 mouse. 
 
 FLI'TTING, s. l/lit. Sax.] a reproachful accusation; an 
 o!i'ence, or fault. 
 
 FLIX,s. [corrupted from^cr. Sax.] down ; fur; soft hair. 
 
 FLI'XWEED, s. in Botany, a kind of watercress. 
 
 To FLOAT, ijldt) v. n. [flatter, Fr.] to swim on the surface of 
 the water; to move easily in the air; to pass in a light and 
 swimming manner. 
 
 FLOAT, (flot) s. the act of flowing, opposed to the ebb or re- 
 flux of the tide. Any thing contrived so as to swim and sustain 
 a burden on the water ; the cork, or quill, by which the bite of 
 a fish is discovered. 
 
 FLO'ATY, a. buoyant and swimming on the surface. 
 
 FLOCK, s. [flocc. Sax.] a company of birds or sheep, distin- 
 guished from herds, which are of oxen. Figuratively, a multi- 
 tude of men. Also a luck of wool. 
 
 To FLOCK, r. n. to gather in crowds or great numbers. 
 
 To FLOG, V. a. yiagnim, Lat.] to whip with a rod. 
 
 FLOOD, (fliid) s. Iflod, Sax.] a body of water; a sea or 
 river; a deluge, inundation, or overflowing of water; a flow of 
 tide. 
 
 To FLOOD, {find) V. a. to cover with waters. 
 
 FLOO'DGATE, {fluilyate) s. a gate or shutter, by which any 
 water-course is stopped, or let loose again, at pleasure. 
 
 FLOOK, s. [pflug, Teut.] the broad or bearded part of an an- 
 chor, which takes hold of the ground. In Natural History, a 
 flounder ; a flat river fish. 
 
 FLOOR, s. [flor, Sax.] that part of a house on which a person 
 treads. 
 
 To FLOOR, V. a. to cover that part of a room a person walks 
 on with planks. 
 
 FLOO'RING, s. the matter with which that part of a room is 
 laid on which a person walks; the bottom. 
 
 To FLOP, V. a. [from flap,] to clap the wings with a noise ; to 
 play with a noisy motion of a broad body ; to let down the broad 
 parts or flap of a hat. 
 
 FLO'RAL, rt. [flos, Lat.] relating to Flora, or to flowers. 
 
 FLO'RENCE, the capital of Tuscany in Italy, is situated 
 in the middle of the valley of the Arno, which divides it into 
 two unequal parts, and over which it has four bridges. The 
 surrounding country forms an amphitheatre of fertile hills, 
 adorned with villages, country-houses, and gardens. It is hand- 
 somely built in general ; and the squares and public edifices are 
 particularly fine : amongst these may be specified, the cathedral ; 
 the palazzo Pitti, which was the residence of the Medici family, 
 and contains great numbers of magnificent works of art, and 
 curiosities, and other articles of vertu, and which is the grand- 
 ducal residence; the Ponte di Trinita, built of white marble, 
 and adorned with statues representing the four seasons; and 
 other churches, and official buildings. The whole city is adorn- 
 ed with fountains, statues, &c. It has numerous schools of art, 
 science, and literature. It is about 150 miles from Rome. Popu- 
 lation, about 50,000. Lat. 43. 40. N. Long. 11. 17. E. 
 
 FLO'RES, the name of one of the Azores. And also of a large 
 island of the Indian Ocean, lying immediately S. of Celebes, in 
 the chain of islands stretching from Sumatra towards the N. part 
 of New Holland. It is about 200 miles long, and 40 broad. A 
 range of mountains, with several volcanoes in it, passes through 
 the island. The Portuguese have a settlement on it. 
 
FLO 
 
 FLCRET, s. [a diminutive of Jlower,] one of the small flowers 
 composing a corupoiiiid or incorporated flower. 
 
 FLO'RIAN.JEAN PIERRE CLARIS DE, a French writer of 
 some notoriety, in the latter half of the last century. He was in 
 the army before the Revolution, and after some time spent in 
 exile, during the earlier stages, he returned and was imprisoned, 
 but soon set at liberty. He wrote some good fables, dramas. Sec, 
 but his Kama Pmnpilius, being used in schools, has given him 
 his name. He died in 1794, aged 39 years. 
 
 FLO'RID, a. l/ios, Lai.] productive of, or covered with, flowers. 
 Bright or lively, applied to colours. Flushed with red, applied 
 to the complexion. Embellished with rhetorical figures, applied 
 to style. 
 
 FLO'RIDA, one of the United States, N. America. It forms 
 that peculiar promontory at the S. of the States, which projects 
 towards Cuba, and closes in the Gulf of Mexico ; and it is bound- 
 ed by Alabama and Georgia. It is 380 miles in length, 250 miles 
 in width at the N. part, and 50 in the S. It is divided into 20 
 counties. The face of the country is uneven, but it has no moun- 
 tains. It has extensive pine forests, and barren tracts, but some 
 parts of the table lands have a verj- fertile soil. The chief river 
 IS St. John's. On the W. coast of the promontory are man j- good 
 harbours ; and along the shores are many islands, the chief group 
 being the Florida Keys. Timber, cotton, some corn, and fruits, 
 are its chief productions. It has but few manufactures, but there 
 are five banks. Talla-hassee is the seat of government. Pop. 
 54,477, of which 25,717 are slaves. This State was admitted 
 to the Union in 1845. 
 
 FLORI'DITY, s. freshness or redness of colour. 
 
 FLO'RIDiNESS, s. freshness of colour. A rhetorical embellish- 
 ment, applied to style. 
 
 FLORl'FEROUS, a. [Jlus and fero, Lat.] producing flowers. 
 
 FLO'RIN, s. [Fr.] a coin, so called because first struck by the 
 Florentines. That of Germany is valued at 2s. 4c?., that of Spain 
 at 2s. 4ld., that of Palermo and Sicily at 2s. 6d., and that of Hol- 
 land at 2s. 
 
 FLO'RIST, s. \Jkuriste, Fr.] a person curious and skilled in 
 the names, nature, and culture of flowers. 
 
 FLCRULENT, a. [Jhs, Lat.] flowery ; blos.soming. 
 
 FLO'RUS, L. ANNiEUS, a Roman historian, who lived in the 
 reigns of Trajan and Adrian. His work is a mere epitome, yet 
 has some value, as completing some portions of the history, 
 though in no very satislactory manner. He lived in the 2nd 
 century a. d. 
 
 FLO'SCULOUS, a. {Jhsculus, Lat.] composed, or having the 
 nature or form, of flowers. 
 
 To FLO TE, V. a. to skim. 
 
 FLO'TSON, s. in Law, goods that float, without an owner, on 
 the sea. 
 
 To FLOUNCE, v. n. [phnsen, Belg.] to move with violence in 
 water or mire ; to struggle or dash in the water. To move with 
 passion or anger, applied to persons. To adorn with flounces, 
 applied to dress. 
 
 FLOUNCE, «. any thing sewed to a garment by way of orna- 
 ment, and hanging loose so as to swell and shake. 
 
 FLOU'NDER, s. [Jltjnder, Dan.] in Natural History, a small 
 flat fish. 
 
 To FLOU'NDER, r. n. [from/ownce,] to struggle with violent 
 and irregular motions, like a horse that strives to disengage iiim- 
 self from mire. 
 
 FLOUR, s. the fine white powder of wheat, of which bread is 
 made. 
 
 To FLOU'RISH, (Jiirish) v. n. Ifloreo, Lat.] to bloom, or be 
 in blossom; to be in vigour; to be in a prosperous state; to 
 move in eddies, circles, or wanton and irregular motions. To 
 make use of rhetorical figures; to display with vanity or ostent- 
 ation, applied to language. In Music, to play an overture. In 
 Writing, to form the decorations or ornaments of penmanship. 
 In Fencing, to move a weapon in circles or quick vibrations. 
 
 FLOU'RISH, {fliirish) s. any embellishment. Figuratively, 
 beauty; an ostentatious display of wit or intellectual abilities. 
 In Penmanship, figures or ornaments formed by lines curiously 
 interwoven. 
 
 FLOU'RISHER, {Jlurisher) s. a mere boaster ; one who is in 
 the height of prosperity. 
 
 FLOU'RY, a. covered with the fine dust or meal of corn. 
 
 To FLOUT, V. a. [Jtwjten, Belg.] to mock, deride, or insult 
 
 FLU 
 
 with contemptuous mockery. — v. n. to behave with contempt ; 
 to sneer. 
 
 FLOUT, s. a mock ; a jeer; a contemptuous and insulting ex- 
 pression or action. 
 
 FLOU'TER, s. a person who derides, mocks, or jeers another. 
 
 To FLOW, Ijlo) V. a. [Jioivmi, Sax.] to run or spread, applied 
 to water. To move or be in motion, opposed to standing water. 
 To rise or swell, applied to the tide. To melt, applied to the 
 effect of heat on metals, wax, &c. To be full of liquor, applied 
 to drinking vessels. Figuratively, to proceed from as an effect; 
 to write smoothly, or speak eloquently. 
 
 FLOW, (Jio) s. the rise or swell of water ; a sudden plenty or 
 abundance. " A few of spirits," Pope. An uninterrupted 
 stream, or continuation of words. 
 
 FLO'WER, s. [fleitr, Fr.] in Botany, that part of plants con- 
 taining the organs by which the species is propagated. It con- 
 sists of an outward covering, which assumes very various forms, 
 and is known by the general name of calyx ; the many-formed 
 and many-hued corolla ; the nectaries ; the stamens, in which the 
 fertilizings powder, or pollen, is secreted ; the piatilla, which con- 
 vey the life to the seed-vessel and its contents. In some plants 
 the stamens are in one flower, and the pistilla and seed-vessel 
 in another ; and these flowers are sometimes, also, on separate 
 plants. Composite JUncers are groups of distinct florets, surround- 
 ed by a common involucre, or calyx. Figuratively, an ornament 
 or embellishment ; the prime or most beautiful part of life; the 
 most excellent part of any thing. In Chemistry, substances 
 sublimated to a dry powder. 
 
 To FLO'WER, V. n. \Jkurir, Fr.] to put forth flowers or blos- 
 soms ; to bloom, or be in blossom ; to nourish, or be in a pros- 
 perous state. To froth, ferment, or mantle, applied to liquor. . 
 
 FLO'WER DE LUCE, s. Qleurdelys, Fr.] in Heraldry, a bear- 
 ing representing the lily, called the queen of flowers, and the 
 true hieroglyphic of royal majesty ; but of late it has been borne 
 in several coats. In Botany, the flag, of which there are very 
 many species. 
 
 FLOAVERET, s. [fleuret, Fr.] a small or imperfect flower. 
 
 FLOWER-GARDEN, s. a garden in which flowers are prin- 
 cipally cultivated. 
 
 FLO'WERINESS, s. the state of abounding in flowers or or- 
 naments. 
 
 FLO'WERY, a. abounding with, adorned with, or full of, 
 flowers. 
 
 FLO'WINGLY, {floinsly) ad. with readiness, quickness, or 
 volubility of speech ; with abundance. 
 
 FLOWN, (Jlon) part, of To Flee or Fly; gone away; run 
 away; pufTedup, or elated. 
 
 FLUA'TES, s. in Chemistry, salts formed by the combination 
 of any base with fluoric acid. 
 
 FLU'CTUANT, part. [Jluctus, Lat.] wavering; uncertain; 
 doubting. 
 
 To FLU'CTUATE, v. n. to roll to and fro like waves ; to float 
 backwards and forwards ; to move with uncertain and hasty mo- 
 tion ; to hesitate ; to be irresolute, undetermined, or in doubt. 
 
 FLUCTUA'TION, s. the motion of waves and water back- 
 wards and forwards; a state of suspense, irresolution, or uncer- 
 tainty. 
 
 FLUE, s. a small pipe or chimney to convey air, heat, or 
 smoke ; soft down, or fur, easily wafted by the wind. 
 
 FLUE'LLIN, s. in Botany, an herb, with strap-shaped leaves 
 and white blossoms, found in high pastures. Also a sort of 
 speedwell. 
 
 FLL'ENCY, s. the quality of flowing, or continuing in motioi^ 
 without interruption or intermission ; smoothness of style or 
 numbers ; readiness, copiousness, or volubility of speech. 
 
 FLU'ENT, a. L!?Ho, Lat.] liquid ; flowing; in motion ; ready; 
 easy flowing ; copious, applied to speech. 
 
 FLU'ENT, s. a stream, torrent, or running water. 
 
 FLU'ENTLY, ad. readily ; without obstruction or difficulty. 
 
 FLUID, a. having the parts easily separable; flowing like 
 water. 
 
 FLUID, s. that form of matter whose parts yield to the small- 
 est force impressed, and, by yielding, are easily moved among 
 each other. 
 
 FLUI'DITY, s. \Jluidite, Fr.] a quality of a body, whereby the 
 parts are so disposed as to slide over each other all manner of 
 ways, and give way to the least pressure. 
 
 365 
 
FLY 
 
 FO 
 
 FLU'IDNESS, s. that quality in bodies opposed to firmness. Sax.] to move through the air by means of wings ; to ascend in 
 by which they change their form, or yield to the least pressure. 
 " " " " eno 
 
 FLUKE, «. that part of an anchor which fastens in the 
 gpround. 
 
 FLU'MMERY, s. a kind of food made of oatmeal and water, 
 boiled or evaporated to a consistence. Figuratively, mere pre- 
 tence; flattery. 
 
 FLUNG, particip. and preter. of To Fling ; thrown or cast, 
 followed by in, into, down, from, and to. 
 
 FLU'OR, s. [Lat.] In Mineralogy, a transparent spar, called 
 also fluate of lime. 
 
 FLUO'RIC, a. belonging to fluor. Fluoric acid, in Chemistry, 
 is an acid of a very peculiar nature, formed in the fluor spar. It 
 has a remarkable power of corroding glass. It is now known as 
 hydro-fluoric acid. 
 
 FLU'ORINE, s. in Chemistry, a substance evolved from fluor- 
 ides, and fluates, in the form of a gas, which is of a yellowish 
 brown colour, and in odour resembles chlorine and burnt sugar. 
 It bleaches. It does not act on glass, but combines directly 
 with gold. 
 
 FLU'RRY, s. a gust ; a hasty, sudden blast, or storm of 
 wind; hurry; a violent commotion or emotion of mind. 
 
 To FLUSH, V, n. [flm/sen, Belg.] to flow with violence; to 
 come in haste ; to produce a reddish colour in the face, by a sud- 
 den flow or flux of blood. — v. a. to elate, or elevate. 
 
 FLUSH, a. fresh ; full of vigour. 
 
 FLUSH, «. an efflux ;' a sudden impulse ; a violent flow. In 
 Gaming, a certain number of cards of the same sort. 
 
 FLU'SHER, s. in Ornithology, the butcher-bird, a small bird 
 of prey. 
 
 FLU'SHING, a fortified sea-port of Holland. It is situated on 
 the island of Walcheren, and has an admirable harbour, the en- 
 trance of which is protected by two moles. It has a good foreign 
 trade. Population, under 10,000. Lat. 51. 29. N. Long. 3. .35. E. 
 
 FLU'SHING, a town of New York, United States, standing 
 at the head of a bay of the same name, on Long Island. Here 
 is St. Paul's College, an episcopal seminary. It is '235 miles 
 from Washington. Pop. 4124. 
 
 To FLU'STER, v. a. [from To Flush,] to make hot and red 
 with drinking. 
 
 FLUTE, s. [Fr.] a wind instrument, divided into the common 
 and German. The common Jiute is played by putting one end 
 into the mouth, and breathing into it. The German Jliite, the 
 most melodious of the two, and most resembling the human 
 voice, is not put into the mouth, but sounded by a hole a little 
 distant from the upper end, the end itself being stopped with a 
 tompion or plug. In Architecture, perpendicular channels or 
 cavities cut along the shaft of a column or pilaster, and resem- 
 bling the inside of a flute when cut in half. 
 
 To FLUTE, v. a. to cut channels in columns or pilasters. 
 
 FLU'TED, a. having channels or hollows. 
 
 To FLU'TTER, t: n. [Jloteran, Sax.] to move the wings with 
 a quick and trembling motion ; to move about with great show 
 and bustle, but with no consequence; to be in agitation ; to be 
 in a state of uncertainty; to beat quick and irregularly. To 
 palpitate, applied to the heart. To hurry the mind, or put into 
 confusion, or a violent commotion. 
 
 FLU'TTER, s. vibration ; undulation, or a quick and irregular 
 motion : confusion ; an irregular or disordered position. 
 
 FLUVIA'TIC, o. \Jluviaticus, Lat.] belonging to, or inhabiting 
 rivers. 
 
 FLUX, s. [Fr.] the act of flowing; the state of passing away, 
 *nd giving place to others. In Medicine, an extraordinary issue 
 or evacuation ; one form is the dysentery. In Hydrography, a 
 regular periodical motion of the sea, happening twice in twenty- 
 four hours, whereby the water is raised, and driven violently 
 against the shores. Figuratively, a concourse or confluence ; 
 the state of being melted ; that which facilitates the melting of 
 a body when mixed with it. 
 
 FLUX, «. [Jluxus, Lat.] inconstant; not durable; flowing; 
 maintained by a constant succession of parts. 
 
 To FLUX, V. a. to melt. In Medicine, to salivate ; to evacu- 
 ate by spitting. 
 
 FLU'XION, s. [Jluxio, Lat.] the act of flowing ; the matter 
 that flows. Fluxions, in Arithmetic, is the name given by Sir 
 Isaac Newton to the differential calculus. 
 
 To FLY, V. n. -ptet.Jlew, orjied ; part.^rf, or Jlotcn; [Jieogan, 
 
 the air ; to pass or perform a journey with great expedition ; to 
 burst asunder; to break, or shiver; to attack or spring with 
 violence; to fall on suddenly. Tojlyin the/ace of a person, is to 
 insult him with opprobrious language, or any act of outrage ; to 
 act in defiance of. To fly out, to burst into passion ; to start 
 violently from any direction. To let fly, to discharge a gun or 
 other fire-arms. — r. a. to run away, or attempt to escape any 
 danger ; to avoid, to shun. 
 
 FLY, s. IJleoge, Sax.] in Natural History, a very numerous ge- 
 nus of small two-winged insects. In Mechanics, that part of a 
 machine which, when put into motion, continues it with great 
 swiftness, and thereby regulates and preserves the motion of the 
 other parts. In Magnetism, that part of a mariner's compass on 
 which the thirty-two winds are drawn, over which the needle is 
 placed, and fastened underneath. 
 
 To FLY'BLOW, v. a. to taint with flies ; to fill with maggots. 
 
 FLY'BOAT, s. a kind of nimble, light vessel for sailing. 
 
 FLY'ER, s. one that runs away from battle, or endeavours to 
 escape danger by flight ; any thing that cuts its passage through 
 the air by means of Vp-ings ; that part of a jack which moves 
 round on a pivot horizontally, and thereby keeps the other parts 
 in motion. 
 
 FLY'ING-FISH, s. in Ichthyology, a species offish, about the 
 size of a herring, with membranaceous wings, found between 
 the tropics. 
 
 FOAL, (^50 s. Ifola, Sax.] the offspring or young of a mare, 
 or other beast of burden. The word colt is now applied to a 
 young horse. 
 
 To FOAL, (Jol) V. a. to bring forth young, applied to a mare, 
 or other beast of burden. 
 
 FOAM, {Jom) s. [/am, Sax.] the white spittle which appears 
 in the mouth of a high-mettled horse. 
 
 To FOAM, (fom) V. n. to have the mouth covered with white 
 frothy spittle ; to froth ; to gather foam. To be in violent emo- 
 tions of passion, alluding to a high-mettled horse, who foams at 
 the mouth when checked, or under unwilling restraint. 
 
 FO'AiMY, (fomy) a. covered with froth, or white frothy spittle. 
 
 FOB, s. [/((/jpe, Teut.] a small pocket made in the inside of 
 the waistband of a pair of breeches, wherein the watch is usually 
 carried. 
 
 To FOB, V. a. [fiippen, Teut.] to cheat ; to trick ; to defraud 
 by some low stratagem ; to shift off. 
 
 FO'CAL, a. belonging to a focus. 
 
 FO'CIL, s. [facile, Fr.] the greater or less bone between the 
 knee and ankle, or elbow and wrist. 
 
 FO'CUS, s. in Geometry and conic sections, is applied to cer- 
 tain points in the parabola, ellipsis, and hyperbola, where the 
 rays reflected from all parts of these curves concur and meet. 
 In Optics, it is the point wherein rays are collected, after they 
 have undergone reflection or refraction. 
 
 FO'DDER, s. Ifothre, Sax.] dry food stored for cattle against 
 winter. 
 
 To FO'DDER, v. a. to feed or supply with dry food. 
 
 FO'DDERER, s. the person who supplies cattle with dry food. 
 
 FOE, s. \_fah. Sax. /ae,Scot.] an enemy or person who is bent 
 to hurt one, either in war or private life. An adversary ; an op- 
 ponent, applied to opinions. 
 
 FCE'TUS, (fetus) s. [Lat.] a child in the womb after it is 
 perfectly formed. 
 
 FOG, s. [Dan.] a thick cloud of watery vapour floating near 
 the surface of the earth. 
 
 FO'GGINESS, s. the state of being dark or misty by a low 
 cloud consisting of watery vapours, floating near the surface of 
 the earth or water. 
 
 FO'GGY, a. full of dark, cloudy, and moist vapours. 
 
 FOH, interject, an interjection used to express abhorrence, or 
 offence received by some object, meaning that it gives great of- 
 fence, and is excessively disagreeable. 
 
 FOH, in Chinese Theology, a name by which the supremest 
 deity is worshipped. In other parts of Asia, the name is Boodh, 
 or Buddha. See that name. 
 
 FOI'BLE, s. [Fr.] a weak or blind side; a natural infirmity or 
 failing. 
 
 To FOIL, V. a. [affoler, old Fr.] to defeat or get the better of 
 an enemy, but not a complete victory. 
 
 FOIL, s. a defeat or rniscarriage ; an advantage gained over 
 
FOL 
 
 an enemy, not amounting to a complete victory. Something of 
 another colour, used by jewellers to augment the lustre, or 
 heighten the colour, of a stone or diamond.— [/bm'/fcr, Fr.] a 
 blunt sword used in fencing. 
 
 FOl'LER, s. one who has gained an advantage over an enemy. 
 
 To FOIN, V. n. [foinclre, Fr.] to push or make a thrust with a 
 weapon. 
 
 FOIN, s. a thrust or push with a weapon. 
 
 FOI'NINGLV, ad. in a pushing manner. 
 
 To FOIST, v. a. [fausser, Fr.] to insert something not in an 
 original ; to interpolate. 
 
 FOrSTY, a. See FusTY. 
 
 FOIX, the capital of the depart, of Arriege, France ; situated 
 on a river of the same name, over which is a bridge, at the foot of 
 the Pyrenees. There are the ruins of the castle of the former 
 Counts of Foix. It is not a large nor handsome town, but it 
 cjirries on very useful manufactures in iron and woollen goods. 
 It is 450 miles from Paris. Population, about 4000. 
 
 FOIX, GASTON DE, the name of several celebrated persons 
 in French history. One, in the I4th century, is described as the 
 very mirror of knighthood, who fought against Edward 111. of 
 England when he invaded France, and aided subsequently to 
 suppress the revolt of the .lacquerie. Another, in the end of the 
 15th century, was a verj- famous general, who commanded for 
 Louis XII. in Italy, and fell at Ravenna, in 1512. 
 
 FO'KINGHAM, Lincolnshire. It stands on a rising ground, 
 in a wholesome air, with abundance of springs about it. It is 
 107 miles from London. Market, Thursday. Pop. 820. 
 
 FOLD, s. \J'ald, Sax.] the ground where sheep are confined. 
 Figuratively, a flock of sheep.— Q/5/rf, Sax.] a boundary or limit ; 
 a double ; one part turned over and lying upon another ; the 
 plait or doubling of a garment. Hence/oW, in composition, sig- 
 nifies the doubling the same number twice, or the same quantity 
 added; thus, ttco-fold is twice the quantity; twenty-fuld, twenty 
 times repeated. 
 
 To FOLD, V. a. [faldan. Sax.] to pen or enclose sheep in a 
 fold ; to double ; to plait or turn back a piece of cloth, so as to 
 double over and cover another part. Figuratively, to enclose, 
 to include, to shut ; to embrace with the arms clasped round a 
 person. 
 
 FOLIA'CEOUS, a. [folium, Lat.] consisting of thin pieces, 
 laminae, or leaves. 
 
 FO'LIAGE, s. [feuillage, Fr.] an assemblage of flowers, 
 branches, leaves, &c. In Architecture, the representation of 
 such flowers, branches, leaves, &c. as are used for embellish- 
 ments, on capitals, friezes, or pediments. 
 
 To FO'LIATE, v. a. to beat gold into thin plates, laminae, or 
 leaves. 
 
 F'O'LIATING, applied to looking-glasses, is the spreading a 
 composition that will firmly adhere to the back of the glass, and 
 reflect images. The composition is called /oj7, and made of 
 quicksilver, mixed with tin, and other ingredients. 
 
 FOLIA'TION, s. the act of beating into thin leaves. In 
 Botany, a collection of those transitory or fugacious coloured 
 leaves, called petals, which constitute the compass or body of a 
 flower, and sometimes guard the fruit which succeeds the folia- 
 tion, as in apples and pears, and sometimes stand within it, as 
 in cherries and apricots; for these being tender and puipous, 
 and coming forth in the spring, would be injured by the weather 
 if they were not lodged up within their flowers. 
 
 FO'LIO, s. [Lat.] a large book whose pages are formed by a 
 sheet once doubled. In Commerce, a page or leaf in an account 
 
 FO'LIOMORT, «. &e Feuillemort. 
 
 FOLK, s. [folc. Sax.] people, used only in familiar discourse; 
 mankind in general ; any kind of persons. 
 
 FO'LKMOTE, s. in ancient English History, a general assem- 
 bly of the people. 
 
 FO'LKSTONE, Kent. It staiids on hilly ground, and the 
 streets are narrow and incommodious. A multitude of fishing- 
 smacks belong to the harbour, and some vessels are built here. 
 It is 72 miles from London. Market, Thursday. Pop. 441-3. 
 
 FO'LLICLE, s. [foUieulus, Lat.] in Anatomy, a cavity, bag, 
 or vesicle in a body, with strong coats. In Botany, the seed- 
 vessel case, husk, or cover wherein several kinds of seeds are 
 enclosed. 
 
 To FO'LLOW, (f6Ud) r. a. [folgian. Sax.] to go after or be- 
 
 FOO 
 
 hind a person ; to pursue as an enemy ; to attend on as a serv- 
 ant ; to succeed or happen after in order of time ; to proceed 
 from, as a consequence or effect; to imitate, or copy; to ob- 
 serve, to assent, or give credit to ; to attend to ; to be busied 
 with ; to confirm by new endeavours. 
 
 FO'LLOWER, (fuUder) s. one who comes or goes after an- 
 other ; a dependant ; attendant ; associate ; companion ; a 
 scholar; imitator; or copier. 
 
 FOULLY, s. [folk, Fr.j the act of drawing false conclusions 
 from just principles ; a weakness or want of understanding ; an 
 act of negligence or passion, unbecoming thegravity of wisdom, 
 or the dictates of cool and unbiassed reflection. 
 
 To FOME'NT, v. a. [fomenlor, Lat.] to cherish with heat; to 
 bathe with warm lotions or liquors. Figuratively, to encourage ; 
 to support ; to cherish. 
 
 FOMENTATION, s. Ifomentation, Fr.] in Medicine, a partial 
 bathing, or applying hot flannels to any part dipped in medi- 
 cated decoctions ; the liquor of decoctions formed from boiling 
 medicinal ingredients, with which any part is to be fomented or 
 bathed. 
 
 FOME'NTER, s. an encourager or supporter. 
 
 FOND, o. [a word of uncertain etymology,] foolish ; silly ; in- 
 discreet; trifling; or valued by folly; foolishly tender and in- 
 dulgent; loving to an excess; taking too much delight in, and 
 
 o eagerly coveting, a thing. 
 To FOND, Fo'N 
 
 'ndle, v. a. to treat with great indalgence, or 
 with an indiscreet excess of love. 
 
 FO'NDLING, s. a person used with too much indulgence, and 
 beloved to an excess. 
 
 FONDLY, arf. foolishly, indiscreetly, injudiciously; with an 
 excess of tenderness, indulgence, or love. ^ 
 
 FO'NDNESS, s. foolishness; weakness; want of judgment; 
 an excess of love, indulgence, and tenderness. 
 
 FONT, s.lfons, Lat.] a stone or marble vessel, in which the 
 water used in baptism is contained in a church. 
 
 FONTAINBLEAU', a town in the department of Seine et 
 Marne, France. It is remarkable for its magnificent palace, 
 formerly a hunting seat of the kings of France. It stands in 
 the midst of a forest, 42 miles from Paris. Pop. 8500. 
 
 FONTA'INE, JOHN DE LA, the famous French fable-writer. 
 His life was passed in the families of a succession of wealthyladies 
 who admired his talents, and perhaps also his laziness. He had 
 the friendship of Racine, Boileau,Moliere, and the other emi- 
 nent men of his day. He wrote other poems and tales beside 
 his Fables : and died in 1695, aged 74 years. 
 
 FONTA'NA, the name of two brothers, architects, of the end 
 of the 16th century, in Italy. John was the eldest, but Dominic 
 by far the most celebrated. He was employed by some of the 
 popes and by the king of Naples. He built various parts of the 
 papal palaces, and erected the obelisk that stands in front of St. 
 Peter's at Rome. He died in 1607, aged 64 years. Several 
 other eminent men have borne this name, and amongst them, 
 the maker of the splendid anatomical models in wax at Florence. 
 
 FO'NTANEL, *. [fontanelle, Fr.] in Surgery, an issue, or arti- 
 ficial ulcer formed to discharge humours. 
 
 FONTENE'LLE, BERNARD LE BOVIER DE, a distin- 
 guished French writer of the 17th and 18th centuries. He held 
 the post of secretary to the Academy of Sciences for 42 years. 
 His works embrace a wide field ; but his philosophy and his 
 science was far from profound ; whilst his poems, and essays on 
 various subjects, display both reading and elegance of style. He 
 was essentially a popular writer, aiming to difiuse the know- 
 ledge which was the result of the efforts of greater and more 
 original minds. He died in 1757, aged nearly 100 years. 
 
 Food, «. l/wdan. Sax.] whatever can be used for the purpose 
 of supporting animal life, by undergoing the processes connect- 
 ed with digestion. Figuratively, any thing which cherishes 
 
 FOO'DFUL, a. fruitful; or plentifully producing things ] 
 per for the nourishment of animals. 
 
 FOO'DY, a. eatable; fit for food. "Into well-sew'd sacks 
 pour'd/oof/y meal," Chapman. 
 
 FOOL, s. [ffol, Brit, fol, Isl. and Fr.] one who has not the use 
 of reason or judgment. Figuratively, one who counterfeits 
 folly; a buffoon, or jester. In Scripture, an idolater; a wicked 
 person. In common conversation, used as a word of extreme 
 contempt and stinging reproach. To play the fool, is to trifle, 
 or play pranks, or act like one void of understanding. To 
 
 367 
 
 pro- 
 
FOR 
 
 make a fool, is to raise a person's expectations, and disappoint 
 them. 
 
 To FOOL, V. n. to trifle ; to toy ; to idle. — v. a. to deceive ; to 
 cheat, used with out of; to infatuate. 
 
 FOO'LERY, s. habitual folly ; an act of folly or indiscretion ; 
 an object of folly. 
 
 FOOLHA'RDINESS, «. indiscreet courage or boldness. 
 
 FOOLHA'RDY, a. daring, bold, or adventurous, without dis- 
 cretion or prudence. 
 
 FOO'LISH, a. void of understanding; indiscreet; ridiculous; 
 unreasonable. 
 
 FOO'LISHLY, ad. weakly; without understanding; indis- 
 creetly. 
 
 FOO'LISHNESS, s. folly; a foolish practice. 
 
 FOOT, (commonly, with its derivatives and compounds, pron. 
 f&t, futball, fjiUing, fiitman, kc.) s. plural /ee«; [/o<. Sax.] that 
 part of an animal whereon it stands or walks. In Anatomy, the 
 extremity of the leg. Figuratively, that part with which any 
 thing is supported, in the same manner as the foot supports the 
 body of an animal ; the lower part or base. The infantrj' of an 
 army, opposed to cavalry. In poetry, a certain number of long 
 and short syllables constituting a distinct part of a line. A mea- 
 sure consisting of 12 inches. On foot means walking, opposed 
 to travelling on horseback, or in a carriage. To set on foot is to 
 begin, to give rise to. 
 
 To FOOT, V. a. to spurn, kick, or strike with the foot ; to set- 
 tle ; to plan. In Dancing, to make a noise with the foot resem- 
 bling the tune played by the music ; to tread. 
 
 FOOTBALL, s. a ball made of leather, and filled with wind, 
 by means of a bladder included in the inside, and driven by the 
 M foot. 
 
 FOO'TBOY, s. an attendant in livery. 
 
 FOO'TCLOTH, s. a sumpter cloth. 
 
 FOOTE, SAMUEL, a comic writer and actor of the last cen- 
 tury, who gained great renown for his satiric wit. His celebrity 
 was of a very low order ; and his proceedings were far from being 
 marked by correct principle. Some of his bon-mots serve to pre- 
 serve his name from being forgotten. He died in 1777, aged 
 56 years. 
 
 FOO'TED, a. shaped in the foot. 
 
 FOO'THOLD, s. a space to hold the foot ; space on which one 
 may tread surely. 
 
 Footing, s. ground for the foot or any thing to rest on ; 
 foundation; basis; support; root; place; tread; walk; or the 
 sound ofa person's feet in walking; aparticular manner of moving 
 the feet in dancing, so as to echo the sound of the tune. 
 
 FOOTMAN, s. a soldier that marches and fights on ground, 
 opposed to a horseman. A menial servant in livery. 
 
 FOOTMANSHIP, s. the art or office ofa runner. 
 
 FOOTPACE, s. a slow manner of walking. 
 
 FOOTPAD, s. a highwayman that robs on foot. 
 
 FOOTPATH, s. a narrow way which will admit only foot- 
 passengers, not being wide enough for horses or carriages. 
 
 FOOTPOST, s. a post or messenger that travels on foot. 
 
 FOOTSTALL, (futstaul) s. a woman's stirrup. 
 
 FOOTSTEP, s. an impression left by the foot in treading. 
 Figuratively, any trace, mark, token, or sign. 
 
 FOOTSTOOL, s. a stool whereon a person places his feet. 
 
 FOP, s, [a word probably made by chance, and therefore with- 
 out etymology,] a person o'f weak understanding, and great pre- 
 tence to knowledge and wisdom ; or rather a person affecting 
 delicacy too much both in dress and behaviour, 
 
 FO'PDOODLE, s. a fool. 
 
 FO'PLING, s. a petty fop ; a coxcomb of the second order. 
 
 FO'PPERY, s. impertinence, or folly ; affectation of show in 
 dress, and importance without solidity ; foolery ; affectation ; or 
 affected trifling. 
 
 FO'PPISH, a. foolish ; idle; vain; vain in show; gaudy; at- 
 tended with too great an affectation of ceremony in behaviour. 
 
 FO'PPISHLY, ad. after the manner of a fop; vainly ; osten- 
 tatiously. 
 
 FO'PPISHNESS, s. showy, ostentatious, and affected vanity. 
 
 FOR, prep, {for. Sax.] because, or on account of. " That 
 which we,ybr our unworthiness,are unworthy to crave," J2boA:cr. 
 With respect or regard to; concerning. "For bulk, mere in- 
 sects," Tate. Used often with as before it in this sense ; instead 
 of; in the character or likeness of. " Embrace /or truth," Locke. 
 
 " Lay for dead," Dryd. " He refused not to die for tlioso who 
 killed him," Boyle. Conducive or tending to. " It is for the 
 general good," TiUots. Towards, or with intention of going to, 
 a certain place. '^' We sailed directly /oc Genoa," ^fWis. In 
 confirmation or establishment, applied to proofs. " There is a 
 natural, immutable, and eternal reason for that which we call 
 virtue," TiUots. Against, or as a remedy for. " Good for the 
 tooth-ache," <?orre<s. Ready, fit, prepared, or proper. "If you 
 be an undertaker, I am for you," Shak. In favour of; on the 
 side of. " Aristotle is for poetical justice," Dennis. Fit ; be- 
 coming. " Is it for you to ravage sea and land !" Dryd. Fol- 
 lowed hy all, it implies notiBithstanding ; considered; or in pro- 
 portion to. " He is not very tall, yet for his years he's tall," 
 Shak. 
 
 FOR, conjunction, used to introduce and give reasons for some- 
 thing advanced before ; because. Forasmuch as, implies since, or 
 because. Jor it-Ay, because ; for this reason that. 
 
 FO'RAGE, s. [fouraye, Fr. and Teut.] in War, provisions for 
 the horses and cattle. 
 
 To FO'RAGE, v. n. to go in search of forage. 
 
 FORA'MINOUS, a. [foramen, Lat.] full oflioles. 
 
 To FORBEA'R, (forbdre) v. n. pret. I forbore, part, forbon} ; 
 [^forbceran, Sax.] to cease from action ; to pause, or delay ; to de- 
 cline; to omit, or abstain from voluntarily ; to endure with pa- 
 tience. — V. a. to spare ; to treat with clemency ; to withhold. 
 
 FORBEA'RANCE, {forbdrance) s. the act of patiently endur- 
 ing provocation or offence ; command of temper; intermission; 
 suspension ; lenity ; delay of punishment. 
 
 FORBEA'RER, s. an intermitter ; an interceptorof any thing. 
 
 FORBES, DUNCAN, a Scottish judge of the last century, 
 who, having studied law at Edinburgh and on the continent, 
 became president of the Court of Session. When the rebellion 
 of 174.5 occurred, he exerted himself strenuously to keep all he 
 could from joining the Pretender; and received an ample return 
 of neglect from the government he had served. He wrote several 
 works of a religious character, which were highly esteemed ; and 
 died in 1747, aged 62 years. 
 
 To FORBI'D, V. a. pret. I forbade, yaxi. forbidden, ox forbid ; 
 [forbeodan. Sax.] to prohibit any thing; to command a person 
 not to perform a thing ; to oppose ; to hinder. 
 
 FORBI'DDANCE, s. a prohibition; or command to abstain 
 from any thing. 
 
 FORfii'DDENLY', ad. in such a manner as is prohibited; in 
 an unlawful manner. 
 
 FORBI'DDING, jiart. raising abhorrence, aversion, or awe; 
 obliging to keep a respectful distance. 
 
 FO'RBIN, CHEVALIER CLAUDE, an eminent French naval 
 commander, who was engaged in the Siamese service, during 
 the attempt made in the end of the 17th century to cultivate 
 amicable relations with that Eastern kingdom, by Louis XIV. 
 He was afterwards employed in services of distinction at home ; 
 and made the first effort to land the Pretender in this country. 
 He died in 1733, aged 77 years. 
 
 FORCE, s. [force, Fr.] power; vigour ; active power; strength 
 of body ; violence ; validity ; an armament ; or a company of 
 men or ships intended for war ; warlike preparations, used ge- 
 nerally in the plural; virtue, or efficacy; destiny; neces.sity; 
 stress or emphasis of a sentence. In Horticulture, to obtain by 
 the application of warmth, flowers, fruit, &c., before the natural 
 time, and ofa larger size. 
 
 To FORCE, V. a. [forcer, Fr.] to compel a person to do a thing 
 against his will ; to overpower by strength ; to drive by violence ; 
 to draw or push by main strength ; to get from by violence. 
 In War, to take or enter a city by violence ; to storm. In Na- 
 tural Philosophy, it is the name of whatever causes motion or 
 rest in bodies ; the amount of which can be measured and brought 
 within the compass of mathematics. Used with out, to extort a 
 thing which should be concealed. 
 
 FGRCED, part, obliged to do a thing involuntarily, and by 
 compulsion. Wrested ; unnatural, applied to the use of words. 
 
 FO'RCEDLY, ad. violently ; constrainedly ; unnaturally. 
 
 FO'RCEFUL, a, violent ; strong ; driven with great violence. 
 
 FO'RCEFULLY, ad. in a violent, impetuous, and rapid manner. 
 
 FO'RCELESS, a. without strength or force. 
 
 FO'RCEPS, s. [Lat.] in Surgery, an instrument opening like 
 a pair of tongs, used to extract any thing out of wounds. 
 
 FO'RCER, s. that which drives, compels, or constrains by 
 
FOR 
 
 strength, power, or violence. In Mechanics, the embolus or 
 piston of a pump working by pulsion or force, opposed to a 
 sucker, which works by attraction. 
 
 FO'RCIBLE, o. strong ; powerful; violent; or efficacious ; of 
 great influence or power ; caused by force, violence, or compul- 
 sion, opposed to voluntary: valid; binding in law or conscience; 
 obligatory. 
 
 FO'RC'IBLENESS, s. the quality of effecting any end by com- 
 pulsion, or violence. 
 
 FO'RCIBLY, ad. strongly ; powerfully ; so as to make some 
 impression, or produce some effect, by irresistible power or force. 
 
 FCKRCIPATED, a. Iforcejis, Lat.] formed like a pair of pincers, 
 so as to open and shut. 
 
 FORD, s. [Sax.] a shallow part of a river, where it may be 
 crossed on foot. 
 
 To FORD, V. a. to pass a river without swimming, or on foot. 
 
 FORD, JOHN, one of the earlier English dramatists. He was 
 a member of the Inner Temple, but his fame rests on his plays, 
 which, though thrown into the shade by the mightier masters 
 of the art, are yet worthy of being known. He died in 1640, 
 aged about 38 years. 
 
 FO'RDABLfi, fl. passable on foot. 
 
 FO'RDINGBRIDGE, Hampshire. It has a manufacture of 
 tickings, in which a great number of looms are employed. It 
 was former!;^ much larger than it is now, having often suffered 
 by fire. It is situated on the Avon, and is 87 miles from Lon- 
 don. Market, Saturday. Pop. 3073. 
 
 FO'RDUN, JOHN DE, the first writer of Scottish history, who 
 lived in the 14th century. His book is valuable, though need- 
 ing to be read with due regard to the easy belief in the marvel- 
 lous, especially when flattering to national vanity, which cha- 
 racterizes early days. 
 
 FO'RDWICH, Kent. It belongs to the town and port of Sand- 
 wich, but is situated on the river Stour, at 8 miles distance. It 
 has one small church, built with stone and brick. The streets 
 are narrow, dirty, and not paved. It is noted for its excellent 
 trouts. It is 60 miles from London. Pop. 231. 
 
 F'ORE, a. [Sax.] that part which conies first when a body 
 moves, opposed to hitid. 
 
 FORE, ad. the part which appears first to those who meet it, 
 opposed to aft. 
 
 FORE, [Sax.] in Composition, implies priority of time, or be- 
 fore any certain period. See Before. 
 
 To FOREADVI'SE, (foreadvize) v. n. to give counsel betimes ; 
 to advise before a thing happens. 
 
 To FOREA'RM, v. a. to provide for an attack before it 
 happens. 
 
 To FOREBO'DE, v. n. to predict or foretell; to presage, 
 generally applied to some future calamity. 
 
 F'OREBO'DER, s. a prognosticator ; soothsayer; fortune- 
 teller ; or foreknower. 
 
 To FORECA'ST, v. a. to plan, or prepare for execution; to 
 contrive, to foresee, or provide against. 
 
 FO'RECAST, s. contrivance beforehand ; a scheme ; a plan ; 
 provision against any future emergency ; foresight. 
 
 FORECA'STER, s. one who foresees and provides against any 
 future event. 
 
 FORECASTLE, s. in a ship, is that part where the foremast 
 stands, and is divided from the rest of the floor by a bulkhead ; 
 that part of the forecastle which is aloft, and not in the hold, is 
 called the prow. 
 
 FORECHO'SEN,;>«ri!. pre-elected. 
 
 FORECI'TED, part, quoted before, or in a preceding part of 
 a work. 
 
 To FORECLO'SE, {forekldze) v. a. ta shut up; to preclude; 
 to prevent ; to put a stop to. In Law, to foreclose a mortgage is 
 to cut off the power of redemption. 
 
 FO'REDECK, s. the deck of that part of a ship which is fore- 
 most when she sails. 
 
 To FOREDO', V. a. to undo, to ruin ; to weary, outdo, or al- 
 most kill. 
 
 To FOREDOO'M, v. a. to predestinate; to determine before- 
 hand by an inevitable necessity. 
 
 FORE-E'ND, s. the foremost part ; the first part, applied to 
 time. 
 
 FO'REFATHER, «. an ancestor; or one who is born before 
 another, and belongs to his family, or country. 
 
 FOR 
 
 To FOREFE'ND, v. a. to forbid ; to avert ; to provide for ; 
 to secure before-hand. 
 
 FOREFI'NGER, s. the finger next to the thumb. 
 
 FOREFOOT, s. plural forefeet; that foot of a beast which is 
 nearest the head. 
 
 To FOREGO', V. a. to quit, resign, give up, or let go ; to go 
 before ; to be past ; to outgo. 
 
 FOREGO'ER, s. an ancestor, progenitor, or predecessor. 
 
 FO'REGROUND, s. that part of the ground or surface of a 
 picture which seem to be before the figures. 
 
 FO'REHAND, s. that part of a horse which is before the 
 rider ; the chief or most excellent part. 
 
 FOREHA'NDED, a. early ; timely ; before an event comes to 
 pass. 
 
 FO'REHEAD, {forrtd) s. the part of the face from the eye- 
 brows to the hair. Figuratively, impudence ; assurance. 
 
 FOREHO'LDINGS, s. predictions; omens; forebodings; 
 silly and superstitious prognostications. 
 
 FO'REIGN, (f&n-U) a. [forain, Fr.] of another kingdom or 
 country; remote; not allied; opposite; inconsistent with ; irre- 
 concilable with ; excluded ; distant ; or not admitted to one's 
 acquaintance, or company. 
 
 FO'REIGNER, (furrhier) s. a man who is born in, and comes 
 from, another country ; the produce of another country ; exotic. 
 
 FO'REIGNNESS, (forhmcss) s. remoteness ; strangeness ; 
 want of relation to something. 
 
 To FOREIMA'GINE, v. a. to conceive or fancy before proof. 
 
 To FOREJU'DGE, v. a. to judge beforehand ; to judge with- 
 out proof; to be prepossessed or prejudiced against. 
 
 FOREJU'DGED the Court, in Law, is when an officer is ban- 
 ished or expelled a court for some offence, or for not appearing 
 to an action by bill tiled against him, in which case he cannot 
 officiate till he appear to the bill. 
 
 FOREJU'DGER, s. in Law, a judgment whereby a person is 
 deprived of, or put by, the thing in question. 
 
 To FOREKNO'VV, (foreno) v. a. to have knowledge of a thing 
 before it happens ; to foresee. 
 
 FOREKNO'WABLE, (forenoablo) a. possible to be known be- 
 fore it happens. 
 
 FOREKNO'WLEDGE, (forenoledge) s. knowledge of a thing 
 before it happens. In Theology, a word used to express one 
 aspect presented to us of God's omniscience; and which being 
 derived from mere human experience, has misled many polemi- 
 cal writers. In the New Testament it often means approval tes- 
 tified beforehand. 
 
 FO'RELAND, s. in Navigation, a point of land jutting out 
 into the sea, a promontory. 
 
 FO'RELAND, North, is the N. E. point of the island of 
 Thanet, in Kent. It is also the most southern part of the port 
 of London ; the Nase, in Essex, on the opposite side of what is 
 accounted the mouth of the Thames, is about 40 miles over. 
 Here is a round brick tower, near 80 feet high, erected as a sea 
 mark. 
 
 FO'RELAND, South, a headland on the E. coast of Kent, 
 between Dover and Deal. Between the two Forelands is the 
 noted road called the Downs, to which those promontories 
 afford a great security. 
 
 To FORELA'Y, v. a. to lay wait for; to take in a snare or 
 ambush. 
 
 FO'RELOCK, s. the hair which grows on the forepart of the 
 heafl. In a ship, a little flat wedge, like a piece of iron, used 
 at the ends of bolts, to keep them from starting, or flying out of 
 the holes. 
 
 FO'REMAN, s. the first or chief person in any assembly, or 
 among any workmen. 
 
 FO'REMAST, s. in a ship, the mast on which is borne the 
 foresail. 
 
 FOREME'NTIONED, Forena'med, part, or a. mentioned, 
 quoted, or cited before. 
 
 FO'REMOST, a. first, or before others in place or situation : 
 chief, or before others in dignity. 
 
 FO'RENOON, s. the first part of the day, measuring from 
 sunrising to the noon, or 12 o'clock. 
 
 FORENO'TICE, s. a token or information of a thing or event 
 before it happens. 
 
 FORE'NSiC, a. lforu7n, Lat.] belonging to a court of law or 
 judicature. 
 
 3 b 309 
 
FO k 
 
 To FOREORDA'IN, v, a. to determine or order an event be- 
 fore it happens. 
 
 FO'REPART, s. the first part or beginning, applied to time. 
 That part which is first when a thing or person moves. 
 
 FOREPA'STj^art. that which has happened or past before a 
 certain period. 
 
 FO'RERANK, s. first rank ; front. 
 
 To FORERU'N, v. a. to precede, or go before ; to introduce as 
 a messenger. 
 
 FORERU'NNER, s. a harbinger, or messenger sent before to 
 prepare the way, or give notice of the approacn of some person 
 who is to follow ; a sign or omen, foreshowing the approach of 
 some future event. 
 
 To FOKESA'Y, v. a. to predict, or give notice of some future 
 event. 
 
 To FORESE'E, v. a. pret. foresaw, particip, foreseen ; to see a 
 thing beforehand ; to have knowledge of something which is to 
 happen. 
 
 FO'RESHIP, s. the anterior part of the ship. 
 
 To FORESHO'RTEN, v. a. to draw figures, or parts of figures, 
 so as to exhibit them presented, as it were, endwise to the spec- 
 tator, and thus, of course, much shorter than they would be if 
 shown in any other direction. 
 
 FORESHO'RTENING, s. in Drawing and Painting, that 
 mode of exhibiting figures, or parts of them, by which they are 
 foreshortened. 
 
 To FORESHCW, {foreshd) v. a. to predict ; to prognosticate ; 
 to represent before it comes. 
 
 FO'RESIGHT, (fWeslt) s. the act of seeing or perceiving a 
 thing before it happens; the act of providing against any future 
 event. 
 
 FORESI'GHTFUL, (foresJtful) a. having the knowledge of, 
 and preparing against, any future event. 
 
 To FORESFGNIFY, v. a. to give notice or token of an event 
 before it happens. 
 
 FO'RESKIN, s. in Anatomy, the prepuce. The part which 
 was separated in the rite of circumcision. 
 
 FO'RESKIRT, s. the pendulous or loose part of the coat 
 before. 
 
 To FORESLA'CK, v. a. to neglect by idleness. 
 
 To FORESLO'W, (forests) V. a. to delay, impede, or obstruct ; 
 to loiter. 
 
 FO'REST, s. [forest, Brit.] a large uncultivated tract of ground 
 overgrown with trees. In Law, a certain territory of woods, 
 grounds, and fruitful pastures, privileged for wild beasts, fowls 
 of the forest, chase, and warren, to rest and abide in, in the safe 
 protection of the king, and for his pleasure. . 
 
 FORESTAFF, s. an instrument used at sea for taking the 
 altitudes of heavenly bodies. 
 
 To FORESTA'LL, {forestaM) v. a. [forestallan, Sax.] to an- 
 ticipate ; to prevent ; or to be troubled on account of some ca- 
 lamity before it happens ; to prevent a person from doing a thing 
 by doing it before him ; to buy commodities before another in 
 order to raise their price. 
 
 FORESTA'LLER, (forestaiiller) s. one who intercepts com- 
 modities as they go to market. 
 
 FO'RESTER, s. [forestier, Fr.] a person who has the charge 
 of a forest ; one who inhabits a forest. 
 
 To FORETA'STE, v. a. to have a strong idea and earnest of 
 a thing before it exists ; to anticipate ; to taste before another. 
 
 FO'RETASTE, s. anticipation of. * 
 
 To FORETE'LL, v. a. preter. and part./oretoW,- to prophesy; 
 to give notice of a thing or event before it happens. 
 
 FORETE'LLER, s. one who gives notice of things future be- 
 fore they happen. 
 
 To FORETHI'NK, v. a. preter. and p^rt. forethought ; to have 
 an idea or conception of a thing in the mind before it happens 
 or exists ; to plan or contrive beforehand. 
 
 FO'RETHOUGHT, {fjrethmtt) s. anticipation, or foresight; a 
 provident care against some future event. 
 
 FO'RETOOTH, s. a broad flat tooth in the front of a person's 
 mouth ; named the incisor. 
 
 FO'RETOP, s. that part of a Lead-dress, or of the hair, imme- 
 diately above the forehead. 
 
 FO'REVOUCHED, part, affirmed before ; formerly told. 
 
 FO'REVVAFID, s. the van and front of an army. 
 
 To FOREVVA'RN, (forewaum) v. a. to give a" person advice 
 370 
 
 FOR 
 
 beforehand; to caution a person from doing a thing before- 
 hand. 
 
 FO'RFAR, chief town of Forfarshire, Scotland. It stands on 
 a small stream, which runs into the sea near the mouth of the 
 Tay. It is in a flourishing condition as to manufactures and 
 general improvements. It is about 50 miles from Edinburgh. 
 Pop. 1258. 
 
 FO'RFARSHIRE, called also Angus, a county of Scotland, 
 lying on the German Ocean, and bounded by the shires of Fife, 
 Perth, Aberdeen, and Kincardine. It is about 40 miles long, 
 and 25 wide. It is very mountainous, being crossed by the 
 Grampian Hills, which rise to nearly 1500 feet in height ; and 
 having other hills beside. But next the sea it is more even. The 
 Isla, the N. and S. Esk, and the Tay, which is its S. boundary, 
 are its greatest rivers. The mountains yield iron, lead, and 
 other metals; granite, limestone, slate, and many very useful 
 building-stones. Coal and peat are found, but the former in no 
 great quantity. The pastures are very fine, and agriculture is 
 attended to on the more level part of the county with some suc- 
 cess. The coast is admirably adapted tofisheries. Pop. 170,520. 
 Forfar is its chief town. It sends 3 members to parliament. 
 
 FO'RFEIT, ifdrfit) s. Ifforfed, Brit.] something lost or paid by 
 way of punishment for a crime ; a person liable to punishment, 
 or one who is condemned to death for a crime. 
 
 To FO'RFEIT, (forfit) v. a. to lose a privilege enjoyed before, 
 or pay a sum of money as a punishment for some crime. 
 
 FO'RFEIT, (firfit) part, liable to be seized or lost, either as 
 to right or possession, on account of the commission of a crime, 
 or the breach of the conditions in a contract. 
 
 FO'RFEITABLE, (forfitabk) a. liable to be lost on non-per- 
 formance of certain conditions, or on being guilty of any particu- 
 lar action. 
 
 FO'RFEITURE, {fdrfiture) s. Iforfaiture, Fr.] in Law,, the act 
 of losing or paying on account of some omission or crime ; the 
 punishment suffered by loss of something in a person's posses- 
 sion ; the thing paid or lost as a punishment ; a fine. 
 
 FORGE, s. [forge, Fr.] the furnace where iron is properlj^ tem- 
 pered, or the place where it is beaten into any particular form. 
 
 To FORGE, V. a. [forger, old Fr.] to form by the hammer, or 
 beat into shape; to make by any means; to counterfeit or falsify. 
 
 FO'RGER, s. one who makes, or one who forms by beating ; 
 one who counterfeits a thing. 
 
 FO'RGERY, s. the crime of counterfeiting in order to defraud 
 or impose upon; the act of fabrication; smith's work made by 
 forging. 
 
 To FORGE'T, V. a. preter. forgot, part, forgot, or forgotten ; 
 [forggtan, Belg.] to lose the memory or remembrance of; to 
 neglect. 
 
 FORGE'TFUL, a. not retaining a thing in the memory ; caus- 
 ing oblivion or forgetfulness ; negligent; neglectful; careless. 
 
 FORGE'TFULNESS, s. the habit of losing the memory or re- 
 membrance of a thing; negligence, or neglect. 
 
 FORGE'TTER, s. one that forgets ; a careless person. 
 
 To FORGI'VE, V. a. met. forgave, partforgiven : [furgifan, Sax.] 
 to pass by a crime witnout punishment ; to pardon a crime or a 
 criminal ; to remit ; to forego; or not to insist upon a right. 
 
 FORGI'VENESS, s. [forgifennisse, Sax.] pardon of an oflTence 
 or an offender; willingness to pardon; remission of a fine; or 
 the forgiving a person a sum of money which he owes. 
 
 FORGI'VER, ». one who foregoes his right to a debt, or passes 
 by an offence without punishment or anger. 
 
 FORGO'T, Forgo'tten, ;)«rt. oi forget; not remembered. 
 
 FORK, s. [efforch, Brit.] an instrument made with two or more 
 prongs, sharp at the point, and used in eating; when it has a 
 very long handle, and three prongs, it is called a trident; the 
 point or forked part of an arrow. 
 
 To FORK, V. n. to shoot into blades, prongs, or divisions, like 
 those of corn when it appears above-ground, or the heads and 
 horns of cattle. 
 
 FO'RKED, a. formed with two or more parts, resembling the 
 prongs of a fork. 
 
 FO'RKEDLY, ad. in the form of a fork. 
 
 FO'RKEDNESS, s. the quality of opening into two parts, re- 
 sembling the prongs of a fork. 
 
 FO'RKHEAD, s. the point of an arrow. 
 
 FO'RKY, a. opening in two parts, and pointed like the prongs 
 of a fork, or the head of an arrow. 
 
FOR 
 
 FORLCRN, a. [forloren. Sax.] destitute ; forsaken ; wretch- 
 ed ; lost ; desperate. Forlorn hope, those soldiers who are sent 
 on any desperate enterprise,or make the first onset in the storm- 
 ing of a breach ; being, as the term imports, destitute of all hopes, 
 and, as it were, doomed to perish. 
 FORLO'RN, s. a lost, forsaken, friendless, or helpless person. 
 FORLO'RNNESS, s. a state wherein a person is void of hopes, 
 destitute of friends, and involved in sorrow or misery. 
 
 FORM, s. [forma, Lat.] the external appearance, shape, or 
 particular model of any thing; beauty, elegance of appearance ; 
 external appearance, or mere show, when opposed to substance ; 
 ceremony; external rites; any stated method, or established 
 practice ; method in discourse. Figuratively', a long seat or 
 bench ; whence, in Schools, a class or division of scholars. — 
 [fyrmtha. Sax.] in Hunting, the seat or bed of a hare. In Meta- 
 physics, that which is the very essence of a thing, and without 
 which it is not what it is. 
 
 To FORM, V. (J. [formo, Lat.] to make out of materials ; to model 
 to any particular shape; to modify; to scheme; to plan; to ar- 
 range in any particular manner; as, "Y\b formed his troops;" to 
 adjust ; to settle. 
 
 FO'RMA pauperis, s. [Lat.] in Law, is applied when a person 
 has cause of suit, but is so poor as not to be able to pay the 
 charges; in which case, he makes oath that he is not worth 
 five pounds, his debts being paid, and bringing a certificate 
 from some lawyer that his cause is a just one, the judge admits 
 him to sue \n forma pauj>eris, i, e, without paying fees to the coun- 
 sellor, attorney, clerk, or the stamp duty. This custom has its 
 beginning from stat. 11. Hen. VIL c. 12. 
 
 FO'RMAL, a. [/o;vKa, Lat.] ceremonious; solemn; precise; 
 exact to afliectation ; done according to certain rules or methods; 
 regular ; methodical ; merely external. 
 
 FO'RMALIST, s. [^formaliste, Fr.] one who practises external 
 rites and ceremonies with great strictness ; one who prefers ap- 
 pearance to reality, or affects to seem what he is not. 
 
 FORMA'LITY, s. ceremonious exactness to excess or to affect- 
 ation ; soletnn order, habit, or dress. In Law, the rules pre- 
 scribed or customs observed in carrying on any cause. 
 
 FO'RMALLY, ad. according to established rules, customs, 
 ceremonies, and rites; in a precise manner; with too great af- 
 fectation of ceremony ; externally, or openly. 
 
 FORMA'TION, s. [formo, Lat.] the act of forming, making, 
 or producing a thing ; the manner in which a thing is made. 
 FO'RMATIVE, a. having the power to make. 
 FO'RMER, s. one that gives form to a thing ; a maker. 
 FO'RMER, a. [forma. Sax. Hence former and formost, com- 
 monly written foremost. Foremost is generally' applied to place, 
 rank, or degree, SluA former only to time ;] before in time ; men- 
 tioned before another ; past. " Former times." 
 FO'RMERLY, ad. in times past. 
 
 FO'RMiC, a. [formica, Lat.] belonging to, or obtained from ants. 
 Formic acid, in Chemistry, is a peculiar acid obtained by distilla- 
 tion from bruised ants, and from all vegetable substances pro- 
 perly prepared. It is secreted in the abdomen of the ant, in 
 conjunction with another acid, and is ejected by them when 
 irritated. It produces considerable inflamuiation on the skin. 
 
 FO'RMIDABLE, a. [formido, Lat.] terrible; dreadful; occa- 
 sioning great fear, or apprehension of trouble and danger ; to be 
 feared. 
 
 FO'RMIDABLENESS, s. the qualitj; of exciting terror or the 
 apprehension of danger; the thing exciting the passion of fear. 
 FO'RMIDABLY, ad. in such a manner as to excite fear. 
 FO'RMLESS, a. shapeless, or without any regular form. 
 FORMO'SA, or Taiouan, an island off the coast of China, 
 separated from the mainland by a strait, about 00 miles over 
 where narrowest. It is about 240 miles In length, and 60 where 
 broadest, and is subject to the emperor of China, although the 
 eastern part is mostly held by the natives. The plains are fer- 
 tilized by numberless rivulets. A chain of mountains runs 
 nearly through its whole extent from N. to S. Its air is pure 
 and wholesome, and the land produces oranges, bananas, and 
 other Indian and European fruits. Tobacco, sugar, pepper, 
 camphire, and cinnamon, are also common here. 
 
 FORMO'SA, an island of the Atlantic, near the coast of 
 Africa, about (i miles long and 3 wide. The soil is fertile and 
 well covered with trees, but it wants springs of good water. 
 Lat. 11. 29. N. Long. 14. 20. W. 
 
 FOR 
 
 FORMO'SUS, a pope of Rome near the close of the 9th century. 
 He had sharp contests with the people of Rome; for he lived 
 during troublous times, and when the pontiffs were asserting 
 their supremacy over the emperors of Germany, and aiming at 
 the lordship of the wodd. After his death, in ^96, his successor 
 dug up his remains, and dishonoured them; but he has been 
 received as a legitimate occupier of the papal chair. 
 
 FO'RMULA, s. [Lat.] a set rule, or prescribed form or model. 
 
 FO'RMULARY, s. [form-ulaire, Fr.] a book containing the 
 prescribed rules or manner of performing any thing. 
 
 FORNICA'TION, s. [fornix, Lat.] the act of incontinence be- 
 tween unmarried persons. 
 
 FORNICATOR, s. [Lat.] a single man who is guilty of an act 
 of incontinence with an unmarried woman. 
 
 FORMCA'TRESS, s. a single woman guilty of the prime of 
 incontinence with an unmarried man. 
 
 FO'RRES, Elgin, Scotland. It contains some manufactures 
 of linen and sewing-thread. Near it is an ancient, remarkable 
 column, called King Sweno's Stone, or The Banish Pillar. It is 
 situated on an eminence near a small river, about 100 miles from 
 Edinburgh.^ Pop. 2844. 
 
 To FORSA'KE, v. a. preter. /orsooi ; past part. /orsoo/i;, or for- 
 saken ; [versaeken, Belg.] to leave in resentment, neglect, or dis- 
 like ; to break off friendship or commerce with ; to leave or go 
 away from ; to desert, or withdraw any kind offices or assistance 
 from a person. 
 
 FORSA'KER, s. one who quits or deserts in resentment, dis- 
 like, or neglect. 
 
 FORSOO'TH, ad. [forsothe, Sax.] in truth ; surely ; certainly. 
 It is almost always used in a contemptuous or ironical sense. 
 
 FO'RSTER, John REINHOLD, a distinguished Prussian 
 naturalist of the last century. He studied with great diligence 
 the various branches of practical and natural science, and accom- 
 panied Captain Cook on his second voyage. Having given offence 
 by violating an agreement with the English government, he re- 
 turned to the continent, and taught at Halle. He died in 1798, 
 aged 69 years. He was an accomplished linguist and geographer, 
 in addition to his rare proficiency as a naturalist. His son, /o/i« 
 George Adam Forster, accompanied his father on that circum- 
 navigation with Cook, and obtained a post at a continental uni- 
 versity afterwards. Having subsequently entered on the book 
 trade at Mentz, he was drawn into the vortex of the French Re- 
 volution. But losses occasioned by the re-capture of Mentz by 
 the Prussians, led him to plan an exploratory expedition to Cen- 
 tral Asia ; and the intense application with which he prepared 
 himself for this undertaking led to his death in 1794, aged 40 
 years. 
 
 To FORSWEA'R, (forswdre) v. a. prefer, forsworn, part, for- 
 stcom ; to renounce, quit, or deny upon oath. — v. n. to swear 
 falsely, to be guilty of perjury. 
 
 FORSWEA'R ER, (forswdrer) s, one who swears a thing to 
 be true, which he knows to be false. 
 
 FORT, s. [fort, Fr.] a little castle or fortress ; a place of small 
 extent, fortified by art and nature, or both ; or a work encom- 
 passed with a moat, rampart, or parapet, to secure some high 
 ground or passage. 
 
 FO'RTE, a. [Ital.] in Music, a term used to indicate passages 
 that are to be played or sung loudly, marked/. ,■ ff. signifies ybr- 
 tissimo, and directs very loud or energetic performance. 
 
 FO'RTEVENTURA, or Feurteventura, one of the Canary 
 Islands, about 50 miles in length, and from 8 to 24 in breadth, 
 consisting of two peninsulas, joined together by an isthmus, 
 about 12 miles long. The soil is fertile in wheat, barley, roots, 
 and fruits, and beautifully diversified with hills and valleys, well 
 watered, and supplied with a variety of timber. It also produces 
 mastic, orchel for dyeing, and goats'-milk cheese, &c. C&ttle are 
 abundant. There are three towns on the eastern coast, Longia, 
 Tarafato, and Pozzo Negro; and there is a good road for ship- 
 ping between this island and the island of Lobos. Lat. 28.4. N. 
 Long. 14. 32. W. 
 
 FORTH, a river of Scotland, formed by the junction of two 
 streams, flowing from the mountain district, at Aberfoil, whence 
 it proceeds in a generally easterly direction, dividing the shires 
 of Stirling and Linlithgow from those of Clackmannan and Fife, 
 and empties itself into the N. Sea through the Frith of Forth. 
 
 FORTH, at/, [forth. Sax. whence further, furthest,] forward; 
 onward, or in advance, applied to time. Before another ; or in 
 3 B 2 371 
 
FOR 
 
 advance, applied to place. Abroad, or out of doors, joined with 
 the verbs cmne or go. Out of, or beyond the boundaries of a 
 place; thoroughly, or from the beginning to the end ; to a cer- 
 tain degree; or to the end. 
 
 FORTHCO'MING, a. ready to appear ; not absconding ; not 
 lost. 
 
 FORTHI'SSUING, a. coming out ; coming forward from a 
 covert. 
 
 FORTHRI'GHT, ad. strai<rht forward. 
 
 FORTHWI'TH, arf. immediately; without delay. 
 
 FO'RTIETH, a. [geferteogotha. Sax.] the fourth tenth, or that 
 which is next in order after the thirty-ninth. 
 
 FORTIFI'ABLE, a. that may be rendered stronger by fortifi- 
 cations. 
 
 FORTIFICATION, s. \_fortificatim, Fr.] an art showing how 
 to render a place difficult to be taken by an enemy ; a place 
 strengthened with ramparts, &c., in order to defend it from the 
 attacks of an enemy. 
 
 FO'RTIFIER, s. one who erects works to strengthen or defend 
 a place; one who supports, countenances, secures, or upl)olds. 
 
 To FORTIFY, v. a. \JorUfier, Fr.] to strengthen a place 
 against attacks by walls or works ; to confirm, encourage, or 
 invigorate; to establish or confirm in a resolution. Synon. We 
 fortify a town in strengthening it against attacks, by walls or 
 works. We garrison it by placing soldiers in it to defend it. 
 
 FO'RTIN,s. [Fr.] a little fort raised to defend a camp. 
 
 FO'RTITUDE, s. [fortitudo, ixamfoHis, Lat.] the act of under- 
 taking dangerous enterprises with calmness and serenity, and 
 pursuing virtuous designs unshaken by menaces, or unmoved by 
 discouragements or temptations. 
 
 FO'RTNIGHT, s. [contracted itom fourteen nights,'] the space 
 of two weeks. 
 
 FO'RTRESS, s. \J<»-iresse, Fr.] a strong hold ; a general name 
 for all fortified places, whether made so by nature or art, 
 
 FORTU'ITOUS, a. [fortuitus, from /ors, Lat.] happening with- 
 out the guidance or production of any rational cause; acci- 
 dental ; casual, or happening by chance. 
 
 FORTU rrOUSLY , ad. by chance. 
 
 FORTUITOUSNESS, s. the quality of having no apparent 
 cause. 
 
 FO'RTUNATE, a. [fortunatus, Lat.] lucky ; happy ; successful. 
 
 FmiTUNATELY, ad. successfully. 
 
 FO'RTUNATENESS, s. the quality of gaining the end of our 
 wishes or actions. 
 
 FO'RTUNE, s. [fortuna, Lat.] in Roman Mythology, the god- 
 dess who presided over human affairs, and distributed wealth 
 and honour at her pleasure ; represented as a naked woman 
 standing on a globe, with a bandage on her eyes. Generally, 
 the good or ill which befalls a person ; estate or possessions ; 
 the money which a man or woman brings with them on mar- 
 riage. 
 
 FO'RTUNEBOOK, «. a book consulted to know fortune or 
 future events. 
 
 FO'RTUNED, a. happening successfully ; successful ; foretold. 
 
 FO'RTUNEHUNTER, s. a person who seeks after women 
 with great portions, in order to enrich himself by marrying one. 
 
 To FO'RTUNETELL, v. n. to reveal, or pretend to reveal, the 
 future events of a person's life. 
 
 FO'RTUNETELLER, s. one who professes to foretell the 
 events which shall happen to a person. 
 
 FO'RTY, a. Ifeowerttg, Sax.] four times ten. 
 
 FO'RUM, s. [Lat.] a public place in Roman cities, where 
 public business was transacted, and where lawj-ers and orators 
 made their speeches in matters of property or in criminal 
 causes. 
 
 FO'RWARD, Fo'rwards, ad. [forweard. Sax.] towards a 
 place ; straight before a person ; to a place which fronts a 
 person. 
 
 FO'RWARD, a. warm ; willing or ready to do a thing ; pre- 
 mature, or ripe too soon ; presutnptuous; confident; in the fore 
 part, opposed to behind. Quick ; hasty ; almost finished ; be- 
 gun and far advanced. 
 
 To FO'RWARD, v. a. to promote or quicken a design ; to 
 accelerate, hasten, or advance in growth or improvement; to 
 encourage or patronize an undertaking. 
 
 FO'RWARDER, s. he who quickens or promotes the perform- 
 ance of a thing. 
 372 ^ 
 
 FO U 
 
 FO'RWARDLY,«rf. eagerly; hastily; rashly; in a hurry. 
 
 FO'RWARDNESS, s. eagerness or readiness to act ; quick- 
 ness or readiness to learn; earliness, oi- early ripeness; confi- 
 dence, or less reserve and modesty than becomes a person's age 
 and dignity. 
 
 FO'SCOLO, UGO,an eminent Italian writer of the last gener- 
 ation, who was actively engaged during most of the struggle be- 
 tween France and Austria for the possession of N. Italy; and 
 who, though serving under Buonaparte, yet so consulted for his 
 country's freedom, as rendered him peculiarly obnoxious to the 
 French emperor, and obliged him at last to escape to England, 
 where he died in 1827, aged 51 years. His writings are numer- 
 ous and varied. His critical commentary on Dante ; his letters 
 and discourses delivered from the chair of eloquence at Pavia ; 
 his lyric poems, and some of his political treatises, are highly 
 esteemed for their power and beauty. He was not so successful 
 in all his literary attempts. 
 
 FOSSE, (foss) s. Ifos, Brit.] in Fortification, a ditch or moat. 
 
 FO'SSET, s. &e "Faucet. 
 
 FO'SSEWAY, s. a great Roman road running from Lincoln to 
 a port on the coast of Devonshire. 
 
 FO'SSIL, a. Ifossilis, ftomfodio, Lat.] dug out of the earth. 
 
 FO'SSIL, s. in Geology, a general name by which the remains 
 of organized beings, which are found in the various strata of the 
 crust of the earth, are known. It is also sometimes, but very 
 rarely now, extended so as to embrace minerals as well as organic 
 remains ; but this is plainly incorrect. It was formerly believed 
 that the fossils of different strata exhibited a progressive de- 
 velopment of the more complicated and more highly organized, 
 in the later strata, from the simpler and lower orders found in 
 the earlier beds. But this is a mere hypothesis, resting on most 
 insufficient data. The fossils of the ditf'erent beds agree in every 
 essential particular with the state of things indicated by the na- 
 ture of the beds themselves; and there is in each bed a uniformitj- 
 or individuality of character in its fossils, which often identifies 
 it, when other characteristics fail. 
 
 To FO'STER, V. a. [fostrian. Sax.] to nourish ; to feed or 
 cherish with food ; to nurse or bring up a young child ; to pam- 
 per, encourage, train up, or educate ; to cherish, or forward. 
 
 FO'STER, JOHN, a writer of religious essays of some notoriety, 
 of the last generation. He was of humble origin, and entered on 
 the profession of the ministry amongst the Baptists, with his early 
 manhood. He was distinguished for the simplicity and power 
 ui his preaching, and by these characters his essays are strongly 
 marked. They are also characterized by intense and minute 
 self-knowledge, and are valuable for their eminently practical 
 cast. As a man, John Foster was of a noble mould ; and though 
 fettered by all the difficulties of his early training, he always aim- 
 ed at what was most worthy of a man, and of a man of God. He 
 died in 1843, aged 73 years. 
 
 FO'STERAGE, s. the office or employ of nursing or bringing 
 up a young child. 
 
 FO'STERBROTHER, s. [Sax.] one bred up or nursed by the 
 same woman. 
 
 FO'STERCHILD, s. [Sax.] a child nursed by a person who is 
 not its parent. 
 
 FO'STERDAM, s. a female beast, who suckles and brings up 
 the young of another. 
 
 FO'STEREARTH, s. earth by which the plant is nourished, 
 though it did not grow at first in it. 
 
 FO'STERER, s. a nurse; one who gives food in the place of 
 a parent. 
 
 FO'STER FATHER, s. [foster-fader. Sax.] one who nurses or 
 gives a child food instead of its father; the husband of a child's 
 nurse. 
 
 FO'STERMOTHER, s. [foster-inoder. Sax.] a nurse or woman 
 who brings up the child of another. 
 
 FO'STERSON, s. a boy nursed by a person not his parent. 
 
 FoucHE, .Joseph, Duke of Otranto, one of the most remark- 
 able characters produced by the French Revolution. His first 
 
 appearance was as a member of the Convention, where he joined 
 the hottest party, in whose behalf also he plaj-ed the terror- 
 ist at Lyons. He was sufficiently eminent for the jealousy of 
 
 Robespierre. He was continually proving to Buonaparte that he 
 was most essential to his power, and as continually that he had 
 private ends which he meant to secure first of all. Ho was even 
 employed by the restored Bourbon king, and ended his public 
 
FO U 
 
 life only when those who had voted for the death of I-onis XVI. 
 were exiled. He died at Trieste in 1820, aged 57 years. 
 
 FOUGA'DE, s. [Fr.] in War, a little mine, in the manner of a 
 well, dug under some work or fortification, charged with barrels 
 or sacks of gunpowder, in order to blow it up, and covered with 
 earth. 
 FOUGHT, the preterite and participle of ^/A«. 
 
 FOUL, a. [ful. Sax.] dirty, filthy, or covered with mire, op- 
 posetl to fair, or clean. Impure, "polluted ; using indelicate, 
 obscene, or reproachful expressions ; unclean, wicked, or detest- 
 able; not lawful or honest; hateful, ugly, loathsome; disgrace- 
 ful, shameful. Not bright ; cloudy or tempestuous, applied to 
 weather. Muddy, thick, applied to liquors. Among seamen, 
 entangled ; as, " a rope is fotU of an anchor." 
 
 To FOUL, v. a. to daub ; to bemire. 
 
 FOU'LAHS, an African tribe of considerable numbers, living 
 in the region W. of that occupied by the Ashantees, who are in 
 many respects different from the negroes, and seem to have been 
 connected \vith an Arab stock. Foulahdoo is the district or town 
 in the interior where their king resides. They are divided into 
 several clans or branches. 
 
 FOU'LFACED, a. having an ugly or hateful visage. 
 
 FOU'LIS, the name of two brothers, eminent printers at 
 Glasgow, whose editions of the classics still command admira- 
 tion for their beauty and accuracy of execution. They failed in 
 an unadvised attempt to establish an academy for painting and 
 sculpture. Andrew died in 1774, and Robert in 1770. 
 
 FOU'LLY,a</. filthily; nastily. 
 
 FOU'LNESS, s. the quality which excites in the mind an idea 
 of dirtiness attended with loathing; pollution; hatefulness; or 
 atrociousness of a crime ; ugliness, or loathsome deformity ; dis- 
 honesty. 
 
 FOUND, the pret. and past part, of To Find. 
 
 To FOUND, V. a. Ifundo, Lat.] to lay the bottom or founda- 
 tion of any building; to establish or erect ; to give birth or origin 
 to. " He founded an art." To raise upon, as on a principle or 
 ground ; to fix firm. " Founded as the rock," Shah. In Law, to 
 set apart or give a sum of money for building or maintaining an 
 hospital, &c. In the Arts, to cast metals into any particular 
 form by melting and pouring them into moulds. 
 
 FOUNDA'TION, s. [fondatwn, Fr.] the lower parts, or those 
 which support the rest of a house or building; the act of laying 
 the basis or support of anything; the original, or rise; a re- 
 venue settled and established for any purpose, particularly applied 
 to charities. 
 
 FOU'NDER, s. a builder ; one who erects an edifice, or builds 
 a city ; one who endows or establishes a revenue for the support 
 and maintenance of any hospital, college, &c. ; one who gives 
 rise or origin to any art or manufacture ; one who forms figures 
 of metal by melting and pouring it into moulds. 
 
 To FOU'NDER, v. a. [fondre, Fr.] applied to horses, to make 
 their feet sore by hard riding or working.— r. n. among mariners, 
 to sink to the bottom. Figuratively, to miscarrj'. 
 
 FOU'NDERY, s. [fonderie, Fr.] a place where melted metal is 
 cast into various forms. 
 
 FOU'NDLING, s. a child exposed by its parents. 
 
 FOU'NDRESS, s. a woman who builds, endows, or begins a 
 thing. 
 
 FOUNT, Fou'ntain, s. [fons, Lat.] a place where the waters 
 of a river first break out of the earth ; a small basin of springing 
 water, a jet, or basin which has an artificial spout of water; an 
 original, first cause, or first principle. Fount, among printers, 
 is a set or quantity of characters or letters of each kind, cast by 
 a letter-founder, and sorted. 
 
 FOU'NTAINLESS, a. without a fountain or spring. 
 
 FOU'NTFUL, a. full of springs. 
 
 FOUR, (Jor) a. formerly spelt /ower; [feower. Sax.] two taken 
 twice, or twice two, marked 4 or IV. 
 
 FOURCRO'Y, ANTOINE FRANCOIS DE, an eminent 
 French chemist of the last century, who'greatly promoted the pro- 
 gress of his favourite science by his studies and by his writings. 
 He was engaged in the political contests of his day also, being a 
 memberof the National Convention, and ultimately of Napoleon's 
 council of state. He devoted his influence to the advancement 
 of education ; and died in 1809, aged 54 years. 
 
 FO'URFOLD, ijorfold) a. a thing repeated four times. 
 
 FO'URFOOTED, a. having four feet. 
 
 FOX 
 
 FOU'RIER, .lOSEPH, an eminent French mathematician, of 
 the latter part of the last century and the commencement of 
 the present. He was engaged in some of the provincial troubles 
 of the Revolution. Having occupied a professorship at the 
 Polytechnic school, he was chosen to accompany the Egyptian 
 expedition, and afterwards was made a departmental prefect. 
 After the restoration he held several distinguished scientific 
 positions. He invented a theorem in the hi^er mathematics, 
 still known by his name. He died in 1830, aged C'2 years. 
 
 FOU'RIER, CHARLES, a French social theorist, who arriv- 
 ing at manhood during the complete disorganization of the Revo- 
 lution, had his attention drawn most forcibly to the vital ques- 
 tion of the subsistence and stability of society. He endeavoured 
 vainly to attract the notice of the leading men of France to his 
 propositions during 30 years, and at last found a few disciples 
 amongst the St. Simonians. In England he also gained a few 
 adherents. But in the United States, where such facilities are 
 offered for social experimenters, and the anomalous constitu- 
 tion drives men of thought to endeavour its correction, he has 
 had, in common with other theorists, considerable attention. 
 He died in 1837, aged 65 years. His scheme is based on a 
 representation of human nature from a sort of mathematical or 
 mechanical point of view ; which, being bnt a figurative one, 
 and beinjj taken for a real one, constitutes his fundamental 
 fallacy. The practical part, which is in the main communitarian, 
 shares the imputation of impracticability common to all such 
 schemes ; demonstrative as they seem to be on paper, they can- 
 not be put into operation in vacuo, (as mechanicians say,') they 
 have to contend with passions and principles in practice which 
 are not taken into account, and cannot be, in such a represent- 
 ation of man' as they start from. 
 
 FOURSCO'RE, (/vrscdre) a. the number eighty. 
 
 FOURSQUA'RE, (forsqudre) a. square. An antiquated form. 
 
 FOURTEE'N, (fvrteen) a. four and ten. 
 
 FOUKTEE'NTH, iforteenth) a. [fecmerteot/m. Sax.] the fourth 
 in rank or order after the tenth. 
 
 FOURTH, (.forth) a. [feortha. Sax.] the first in order after the 
 third. In Music, the name of that interval which passes over 
 two notes, and thus varies in its actual amount with its position 
 in the scale. 
 
 FO'URTHLY, ifbrthly) ad. in the fourth place. 
 
 FO'WEY, or For, Cornwall. It is seated on an ascent, is 
 fortified, and its haven well secured with block-houses ; is at 
 present a good trading place, and its market well supplied with 
 corn. It is 240 miles from London. Market, Saturday. Pop. 
 164:3. 
 
 FOWL, (the ow in this word and its derivatives is pronounced 
 as in note,) s. [fuhl. Sax.] a winged animal ; a bird. 
 
 To FOWL, V. n. [fugelan. Sax.] to shoot birds for food or 
 game. 
 
 FOW'LER, s. Ifugelare, Sax.] a person who pursues or shoots 
 birds. 
 
 FOW'LINGPIECE, s. a light, small gun, used for shooting 
 birds. 
 
 FOX, s. [Sax.] in Natural History, a genus allied to that of 
 the dog ; the common species of which in England is distin- 
 guished by its long bushy tail and sharp ears, its great cunning, 
 and its predacious habits. The arctic fox changes the colour of 
 its coat with the seasons, becoming white in winter-time. It is 
 an animal of the chase ; its young are called cubs ; the female is 
 called a vixen. Figuratively, a sly, cunning, or artful person. 
 
 FOX, RICHARD, a distinguished ecclesiastic and statesman 
 at the beginning of the Tudor dynasty. He was created finally 
 bishop of Winchester, and was chief adviser of Henry VIII. till 
 the rise of Wolsey, whom he brought under the king's notice, 
 and by whom he was supplanted. He died in 1528. 
 ■ FOX, JOHN, the well-known celebrater of the Christian mar- 
 tyrs, early associated himself with the English Reformation, and 
 obtained patronage under Edward VI. He fled to Basle during 
 Mary's reign, but returned to his country and his friends, who were 
 amongst the highest nobility, under her successor. His Acts and 
 Monuments, or Book of Martyrs, is the solid foundation of his de- 
 served fame. He wrote other works, less known now, and died 
 in 1587, aged 69 years. 
 
 FOX, GEORGE, the founder of the Society of Friends, or 
 Quakers, was a shoemaker, who, during the profound religious 
 movements preceding the Puritan revolution, felt so deeply the 
 
 373 
 
power of those eternal thinjfs, which the parochial clerg;y Iiad all 
 but utterly forgotten, that he left his woric and his friends, and, 
 clad in a perennial suit of leather, wandered in solitude, studying 
 the Bible and himself, and seeking some sure light to guide him. 
 He soon after openly renounced all existing religious teaching, 
 and coniuienced his own public ministry, attracting the notice 
 of those who were like-minded with himself, and of some who 
 were mere crazed enthusiasts. His intercourse with the powers 
 that were, was instructive. Cromwell befriended him. Under 
 Charles H. he was at one time befriended, and at another per- 
 secuted ; but he kept on his own way stedfast to the end. He 
 once visited America in his itinerancy, and established his 
 doctrines and society there. He died in 1090, aged 06 years. 
 See Friends, Society of. 
 
 FOX, CHARLES JAMES, the great Whig leader and states- 
 man of the reign of George III. He very early entered parlia- 
 ment, and on his first takingpart in public matters, sided with the 
 ministry, and received an appointment under Lord North ; but 
 offending him by over-zeal, was soon dismissed, when he joined 
 the opposition, and continued through the whole American War 
 to annoy them, till they were overthrown. He next figured in 
 Lord Rockingham's ministry; but was in the opposition to the 
 succeeding cabinet. In the coalition ministry he held an emi- 
 nent place, which fell by the defeat of his India Bill, and was 
 succeeded by the Pitt administration, against which Fox ap- 
 peared a relentless opponent. During the time which elapsed 
 to his withdrawing from the discharge of his parliamentary du- 
 ties, he appeared as the leader or fervent supporter of all move- 
 ments which are commonly identified with liberalism ; — the 
 abolition of slavery; parliamentary reform ; repeal of the Test 
 and Corporation Acts; Catholic emancipation; opposition to the 
 war with France, &c. &c. On the fall of the Pitt ministry. Fox 
 appeared a supporter of Addington, at first, but afterwards he 
 opposed him. Pitt again took the helm, with a very feeble staff. 
 In Lord Grenville's cabinet. Fox was included, and he laboured 
 with zeal for his favourite measures, for the short time which 
 remained to him. Before a year's end he died ;— in 1800, aged 
 58 years. It is but quite recently that affairs have so changed 
 in England that Fox can be rightly estimated. The generation 
 whose opinions were formed when A'Wand Fox were the war cries 
 of the two great parties in the state, has but just passed away. 
 The most striking part of such a career as his was the changes 
 of companions in labour which ho passed through. We find him 
 now the co-operator, and now the fierce opponent of Pitt, North, 
 Addington, and— but this somewhat differed, inasmuch as pri- 
 vate esteem and friendship were sacrificed to political partisan- 
 ship—Burke. In all his measures, and in his much-admired 
 oratory, we look in vain for any thing which may bear a higher 
 stamp than that of mere party coin. Even where we should 
 think he could not fail of uttering principles as large as man- 
 kind's greatest needs, he has kept close to the bounds of con- 
 stitutional mediocrity. His speeches display eloquence enough, 
 as his measures do finesse. Vet, perhaps, we may owe to such 
 as Fox the advance made by numbers of nil parties in England 
 to a ground where only principles are allowed to stand; as well 
 as that general custom of keeping in practice far behind our 
 avowed principles— of utterly divorcing political action from 
 political speculation and stud^. 
 
 To FOX, V. a. to cheat or trick. In Brewing, to give liquor a 
 strong disagreeable taste, generally applied to the effects of hot 
 weather ; to make a person drunk or fuddled. 
 
 FO'XBRUSH, s. a fox's tail. 
 
 FO'XCASE, s. a fox's skin. 
 
 FO'XCHASE, s. the pursuit of a fox with hounds. 
 
 FO'XEVIL, s. a kind of disease in which the hair sheds. 
 
 FO'XGLOVE, «. in Botany, called also digitalis, with a purple 
 blossom, elegantly mottled on the inside, found in gravelly soil. 
 
 FO'XHOUND, s. in Hunting, a name for that variety of dog, 
 called also the harrier. 
 
 FO'XTAIL, s. in Botany, a kind of grass distinguished by the 
 shape of its ear. 
 
 FO'XTRAP, 8. a gin or snare to catch foxes. 
 
 FRA'CTION, (frdkshon) s. [fraiu/o, Lat.] the act of breaking 
 or violating any obligation or treaty ; a rent in a piece of cloth, 
 &c. In Arithmetic, a part of an integer or whole number. Vul- 
 gar fractions, are such as are formed when an integer is divided 
 into any number of parts, and any number whatever of them is 
 
 FRA 
 
 taken ; as,f, tVo. V> &c- Decimal fractions ate those in which the 
 integer is always supposed to be divided into parts equal to some 
 multiple of 10; which number being the base of our general 
 notation, these fractions are much more easy to manage in com- 
 putations. They are written thus, to the right of the integers, 
 •0478, which is equivalent to Z^, ji^, ,5'^j, tttuuo- 
 FRA'CTIONAL, a. belonging to a fraction or broken number. 
 FRA'CTIOUS, ( frdkshious) a. peevish ; quarrelsome. 
 FRA'CTIOUSNESS, (frdkshiousncss) s. peevishness, or a dis- 
 position of mind which renders a person uneasy at trifles. 
 
 FRA'CTURE, «. a dissolution or breaking of the parts of a 
 solid body from each other. In Surgery, the breaking or separa- 
 tion of a bone by some accidental violence. 
 To FRA'CTURE, v. a. to break a bone. 
 FRA DIA'VOLO, a famous bandit of the kingdom of Naples, 
 at the end of the last century. He was employed on more than 
 one occasion, just as the free companies were in the middle ages, 
 by the Bourbon party against Buonaparte, and his king; but 
 he was captured and executed in 1800, aged about 40 years. 
 All kinds of romantic tales are told respecting his generosity, 
 &c. &c., by those who by some strange inversion of taste, or 
 through mere morbid pruriency, take delight in idealizing ruf- 
 fians, and making heroes of pickpockets and highwaymen. 
 
 FRA''GILE, a. [fragilis, Lat.] brittle, or easily broken. Fi- 
 guratively, weak ; uncertain ; easily destroyed. 
 
 FRAGI'LITY, 8. easiness of being broken. Figuratively, 
 weakness, or the quality of being easily destroyed ; frailty. 
 FRA'GMENT, s. a broken or imperfect piece or part. 
 FRAGME'NTARY, a. composed of fragments or broken pieces. 
 Not elegant, nor much in use. 
 
 FRA'GRANCE, Fka'gbancy, s. [frar/ro, Lat.] sweetness of 
 smell ; an agreeable scent or pleasing odour. 
 FRA'GRANT, a. odorous ; smelling sweet. 
 FRA'GRANTLY, ad. with a sweet smell. 
 FRAIL, s. a basket made of rushes; a rush for making baskets. 
 FRAIL, a. [franyo, Lat.] weak ; easily decayed ; subject to 
 faults or foibles; easily destroyed ; liable to error, or to be se- 
 duced. 
 
 FRAI'LNESS, s. weakness, or liableness to decay, applied to 
 the texture of bodies. Liableness to error, applied to the mind. 
 FRAFLTY, s. frailties, plural; weakness of resolution; in- 
 firmity ; liableness to decay ; liableness to be deceived or to do 
 amiss ; a fault proceeding from the weakness and infirmity of 
 our reason, and the condition of our nature. 
 FRAI'SCHEUR, s. [Fr.] freshness ; refreshing coolness. 
 FRAISE, 8. [Fr.] a pancake intermixed with thin slices of 
 bacon. 
 
 To FRAME, V. a. [fremman. Sax.] to shape or form things so 
 that they may match each other, or be easily put together; to 
 regulate; to adjust; to form to any rule; to compose by means 
 of the imagination ; to plant; to invent. 
 
 FRAME, s. a fabric ; any thing formed of various parts or 
 members ; the supports of a chair ; any thing made so as to en- 
 close, admit, or hold together something else ; order ; regularity ; 
 methodical dispositi6n of parts ; shape ; projection ; scheme, or 
 plan. 
 
 FRA'MER, 8. a maker; a contriver; one who composes or 
 makes a thing consisting of various parts. 
 
 FRA'MLINGHAM, Suffolk. It is noted for a large, stately 
 church built all of black flint, and a castle of some extent, but 
 no great antiquity, as far as the present building is concerned ; 
 and is pleasantly situated in a fruitful soil and healthy air, near 
 the source of the river Ore, by some called Wincknill. It is 88 
 miles from London. Market, Saturday. Pop. 2523. 
 
 FRA'MPOLD, Fiu'mpul, s. [etymology unknown] peevish ; 
 cross-grained ; quarrelsome. 
 
 FRA'MPTON, Dorsetshire. It is seated on the river Frome, 
 which abounds with excellent trout. It is 120 miles from Lon- 
 don. Market, Thursday ; but almost disused. Pop. 391. 
 
 FRANC, 8. [Fr.] a French silver coin, equal in value to about 
 lOrf. of our money. Other silver coins circulate which are mul- 
 tiples of the franc, and are called the five-franc piece, &c. 
 
 FRANCE, a great kingdom of W. Europe, lyin^ immedi- 
 ately opposite to the S. coasts of England, and washed on its W. 
 shore by the Atlantic Ocean. It reaches to the Mediterranean ■ 
 Sea on the S., and is bounded by Spain, Belgium, Prussia, 
 Germany, Switzerland, and the kingdom of Sardinia. It is 
 
FR A 
 
 about GOO miles in length, and of an average breadth of about 
 500. It is a fine country, and is varied by many chains of moun- 
 tains. The Pyrenees lie between it and Spain, and some heights 
 exceed 10,000 feet. The Alps cross its s. E. corner, of which 
 one peak exceeds 13,000 feet in height. The mountains of Jura 
 form part of its E. boundarj', some of which are 5000 feet high. 
 And it is crossed by the chains of the Cevennes, amongst which 
 a few heights reach 6000 feet ; and by the Vosges, which are 
 almost a continuation of the Jurassic chiiin, the highest of which 
 is about 4000 feet. Other chains and ranges are mere hills. The 
 great rivers are the Loire, the Garonne, the Seine, and the 
 Rhone ; the Meuse, the Moselle, and the Rhine, also enter or 
 touch its borders. The coast is very much indented on the N., 
 and is sufficiently rocky, yet it has some good harbours ; the 
 same may be said of the upper half of that part washed by the 
 Bay of Biscay, but the lower half is a series of sand hills, which 
 quite at the S. part stretch inland and form the almost desert 
 grazing tract called the Landes. The S. coast is partly low and 
 flat, and partly rocky, but there are some excellent harbours 
 there. Several small islands on both coasts belong to France, 
 the chief of which are Belle-ile, He d' Yeu, Re, Oleron, and lies 
 d' Hieres. Corsica also belongs to this state. France is rich in 
 mineral wealth, which is very widely distributed by means of the 
 numerous chains of hills and mountains. Iron, copper, lead, &c. ; 
 silver and gold also, but in smaller quantities; coal, slates, 
 many and excellent varieties of building and limestone, &c., 
 abound. The climate is most favourable, as well as the soil, 
 for the growth of all kinds of corn, and the grazing of all kinds 
 of valuable cattle ; and added to these, many kinds of excel- 
 lent fruit are plentiful ; and many choice varieties of the grape 
 are cultivated, yielding excellent and admired wines. In the 
 forests, beside common timber trees, it has some rare and valu- 
 able kinds. Herealsoareyetfound the wolf and the boar; whilst 
 in the mountains near Spain bears occur; and in the Alps the 
 chamois abounds. On both coasts are valuable fisheries. And 
 the trade consists in wine and brandy, silk, fruits, seeds, 
 manufiictured silk, gloves, boots, hats, watches and jewellery, 
 china and glass in articles of use and ornament, &c., &c. The 
 whole country is divided into Sd departments, including Corsica. 
 The constitution, by the charter, is a monarchy with two 
 chambers of deputies. Up to the time of the Revolution it was 
 an absolute monarchy, for the pretendefl checks to despotism 
 had no practical influence. After passing through the unsettled 
 period when there was no recognised authority ; the reign of 
 terror ; the republic ; the empire ; it became by the charter, on 
 the restoration of the Bourbons, a limited monarchy, and such 
 it has continued since. Romanism is the recognised religion ; 
 but there is toleration for others. The franchise is absurdly 
 contracted; the popular discontent ceaseless; and the main- 
 tenance of the present order of things seems to depend solely on 
 the superior fqrce which the governments who established it 
 could bring against this nation. The capital is Paris. Pop. not 
 far short of 40 ,000 ,000. 
 FRANCE, ISLE OF. See Mauritius. 
 
 FRA'NCHISE, s. [franchise, Fr.] exemption or excuse from 
 any burdensome duty; a privilege or immunity; a district, or 
 the extent of jurisdiction. Elective franchise, or, popularly, the 
 franchise, is the right to vote at elections for members of parlia- 
 ment ; which is usually treated as a privilege and trust, instead 
 of a right. 
 To FRANCHI'SE, ( franchlze) v. a. to make or keep free. 
 FRA'NCIA, DR. JOSEPH G. RODRIGUEZ, the notorious 
 and slandered dictator of Paraguay, S. America. He was a bar- 
 rister, and considerably advanced beyond the prime of life, when 
 the political movements amoi.gst the Spanish colonies of that 
 quarter of the world began ; but he distinguished himself by his 
 ardour, and by the prudence of his proceedings ; and being placed 
 at the head of affairs, first as a consul along with General Yegras, 
 and afterwards as dictator, he made his name a terror to inter- 
 meddling visitors from other states, but a protection to his own 
 people. The common tales about him are ridiculously malignant. 
 He died in 1S40, aged 82 years. 
 
 FRA'NCIS, ST., (of Assisi,) a famous personage in the eccle- 
 siastical history of Europe, of the 13th century. He was induced 
 by a voice heard, or imagined, to attend to religion, according to 
 the notions of his times; and, after much opposition, he went 
 forth with the zeal and in the manner of the first preachers of 
 
 FRA 
 
 the gospel. At first despised, his perseverance gained him fol- 
 lowers, and he established a new order of monks, distinguished 
 from the other orders by their subsisting on alms. He never 
 ceased to extend his reform by itinerating; and even accompa- 
 nied the crusaders to Damietta, and made an attempt on the 
 sultan's faith. His fame for all monastic graces surpasses that 
 of most saints. He is the centre of a world of miracles, that of 
 the stii/mata, or impression of the likeness of the wounds of Christ 
 on his person, wholly through his ceaseless prayers, being about 
 the most astounding. He died in 122G, aged 42 years. 
 
 FRA'NCIS, the name of two kings of France, the first of whom 
 is celebrated for his chivalry and courage in war. After gaining 
 renown in Italy, he competed with Charles I. of Spain for the 
 imperial crown, and being defeated, made war on Charles im- 
 mediately; but almost immediately all things proved adverse, 
 allies turned against him, generals deserted him, fortune herself 
 forsook him, and he was defeated at Pavia, and carried a prisoner 
 to Madrid. After his release he began the war anew, and seemed 
 to gain some advantage by the troubled state of the empire in 
 consequence of the Reformation. Shortly after, the truce of Nice 
 brought on a show of friendship between these monarchs, which 
 was succeeded by war again, till the peace of Crespi gave Francis 
 a year or two of rest before his death. This is all that can be 
 said of his reign ; personally he had all that makes a perfect cha- 
 racter in chivalry, with all that points out a heart utterly care- 
 less of all that is good in man or monarch. He died in 1547, 
 aged 53 years, and in the 32nd year of his reign. The second 
 Francis is known chiefly as the first husband of the beautiful and 
 hapless Mary Queen of Scots. During his brief and nominal 
 reign, the train was preparing for the extinction of growing free- 
 dom of thought in France, by the destruction of those who em- 
 braced the doctrines of the Reformation. He died in 1500, aged 
 but 17 years, and having had the name of king for about a year 
 and a half. 
 
 FRA'NCIS, the name of two emperors of Germany, The first 
 was husband to Maria Theresa. His reign was one of troubles, 
 the most disastrous of which was the Seven Years' w*r. He 
 died in 1765, aged 57 years, having reigned 20. Francis II. has 
 gained a name through the part forced on him during the French 
 Revolution and the following changes. War with France was a 
 part of his inheritance, and he abode by it. His first war was 
 ended by Buonaparte's first Italian victories, and the peace of 
 Campo Formio. His second, by the defeats at Marengo and Ho- 
 henlinden, and the treaty of Luneville. His third, by Austerlitz, 
 and the peace of Presburg. Hisfourth,by Wagram,and thepeac-e 
 of Schonbrunn. His fifth, by the victory of the allies at Leipzic, 
 and their march to Paris, followed by the doubtful period ending 
 in VVaterloo. Napoleon had married the daughter of Francis, 
 Maria Louisa, before the last campaign. His subsequent govern- 
 ment was not distinguished by any thing better than that of an 
 absolute monarch, aided by ministers of more or less judgment. 
 Austria has advanced in many respects, but not in freedom. 
 He was the last emperor of Germany, that title and its elective 
 character having been superseded in him by the hereditary title 
 of Emperor of Austria. Hfe died in 1835, aged 67 years, having 
 reigned 43. 
 
 FRA'NCIS, DR. PHILIP, an Irish clergyman, and dramatic 
 writerof some notoriety in his own day, now known almost solely 
 by his translation of Horace. The preferments he held were all 
 in England. He died in 177.3, agea about GO years. 
 
 FRA'NCIS, SIR PHILIP, son of the preceding, a politician 
 of such note as to be one of the parties fixed upon as the author 
 of Junius' Letters. The offices he held were of a subordinate 
 character, but in India he gained the ill-will of Warren Hastings, 
 which he repaid by a duel, which gave him so little satisfaction, 
 that, gaining a seat in parliament, on his return home, he lent 
 all his aid to Hastings' impeachment. He was a stern adherent 
 of the Whig party, and advocated in parliament all their mea- 
 sures. He died in 1818, aged 78 years. 
 
 FRANCl'SCANS, in Ecclesiastical History, an order of 
 monks, called also Gray Friars, from the colour of their dress, 
 and Minors or Minorites, for no assignable cause; which was 
 founded by St. Francis of Assisi, and was the first mendicant 
 order established. They wore a gray gown, and a girdle of 
 knotted cord, but no sandals; were vowed to the usual ideal 
 of monkish excellence, and, beside that, to preach every where 
 and anywhere; and to subsist by alms not receiving bequests of 
 
F II A 
 
 land, &r. They were very numerous, and fiffnreoften and conspi- 
 cuously in the centuries immediately preceding the Reformation. 
 
 FIIA'NCKE, AUGUSTUS HERMANN, a distinguished di- 
 vine of Germany, more renowned for his practical piety. He 
 was a man of great learning, and at Halle held successively pro- 
 fessorships of Greek and Eastern languages, and of theology. 
 He laboured with ceaseless zeal amongst the population of a 
 poor village near Halle, as pastor, also. The great monument 
 of his goodness is, however, the Orphan House at Halle, which 
 he founded, a noble institution ; connected with which were 
 others, all having for their object the noblest good of men ; the 
 most remarkable of which is a printing establishment for Bibles. 
 He died in 1727, aged 65 years. His character for beauty and 
 consistency of piety, and fervour without pretence, has seldom 
 been equalled. 
 
 FRA'NCOIS DE SALES, ST., a zealous Romanist ecclesiastic, 
 who, because of his endeavours to proselyte the Savoyard Pro- 
 testants, was made bishop of Geneva ; and whose narrie, in con- 
 nexion with that of Madame de Chantal, has become so well 
 known. He was a pattern for directors, as they are called, whose 
 duty it is to guide the devotions of others. He died in 1622, 
 aged 57 years. 
 
 FRA'NCOIS, CAPE, the name of two capes in the island of 
 Hayti, or 'St. Domingo. 
 
 FRA'NGIBLE, a. [/rawo^o, Lat.] brittle; easily broken. 
 
 FRA'NION, s. a paramour; a boon companion. 
 
 FRANK, a. [franc, Fr.] liberal ; generous, opposed to nigyardb/. 
 Open and free, opposed to reserved. Without restraint or con- 
 ditions. 
 
 FRANK, s. a place to feed hogs in ; a sty, so called from a 
 profusion of food ; till the late postage reform, a case of a letter 
 signed by a member of parliament. Frank is also an appellation 
 given by the Turks, and other eastern nations, to any European 
 Christian. 
 
 To FRANK, V. a. to shut up in a sty. In Commerce, till lately, 
 to exempt letters from paying postage, a privilege given every 
 membet of parliament, who wrote the person's address to whom 
 it was sent with his own hand, and also the day of the month 
 for which the frank was intended. 
 
 FRA'NKALMOIGNE, s. the same which we in Latin call libera 
 eleemosyna, or free alms, in English ; whence that tenure is com- 
 monly known among our English lawyers by the name of a 
 tenure in frank aumone, or frankalmoigne, which, according to 
 Britton, is a tenure by divine service. 
 
 FRA'NKFORT ON THE MAINE, a city of Germany, which, 
 with the small district immediately around it, constitutes a re- 
 public, lying in the midst of the states of Hesse, on the Maine, 
 which runs through it, though the chief part of the town lies on 
 the N. bank of the river. It is fortified and regularly built, and 
 has some fine buildings, and a fine library. It is a place of great 
 trade, having two fairs yearly, famed throughout Europe ; it has 
 also some manufactures. Population, about 50,000. Lat. .50. 
 10. N. Long. 8. 37. E. This town was one of the most famous 
 of the imperial free cities. 
 
 FRA'NKFORT ON THE ODER, a town of Prussia, lying on 
 the W. bank of the Oder, is a fortified and well-built place, has 
 a university with a good library, some manufactures, three an- 
 nual fairs, and a fame rivalling'that of the precedi 
 is 48 miles from Berlin. 
 20. N. Long. 14. 32. E. 
 
 FRA'NKFORT, capital city of Kentucky, United States. It 
 stands on Kentucky river, over which it has a chain-bridge. 
 It is regularly built, and has a fine state-house, and other public 
 buildings. It has some trade by means of the river, sieam-boals 
 of 300 tons being able to come up to it at high water. It is 
 542 miles from Washington. Pop. 1917. Six other towns in 
 the States bear the same name. 
 
 FRA'NKINCENSE, s. a dry, resinous, inflammable substance, 
 in pieces or drops, of a pale yellowish or white colour, a strong, 
 but not offensive smell, and a bitter, acrid, and resinous taste : 
 it is used in medicine. There is another kind not genuine. 
 
 FRA'NKLIN, BENJAMIN, an American citizen celebrated for 
 his discoveries in electrical science, and still more for the part he 
 took in the American Revolution. He was born at Boston, and 
 learnt the art of printing from his brother, with whom it ap- 
 pears he found little sympathy. He attempted to set up a busi- 
 ness in England, but had to return to America poorer than he 
 37G ' 
 
 illing'that of the preceding town. It 
 Population, about 25,(X)0. Lat. 52. 
 
 PRE 
 
 left it. We find hira in Philadelphia next, printer and post- 
 master, newspaper editor, natural philosopher, representative, 
 and militia colonel ; and finally, agent in England. This second 
 visit introduced him to the great scientific characters; and hon- 
 ours were thickly and deservedly bestowed on him. His third 
 visit related to the Stamp Act, which first kindled the flame of 
 discontent in the colonies. At the outbreak of the war of in- 
 dependence, he went as ambassador to France. After his return, 
 he was engaged in the congress, and as president of the council 
 of Pennsylvania ; and appeared last before the public as an op- 
 ponent of slavery. He died in 1790, aged 84 years. His cha- 
 racter was one of remarkable simplicity and manfulness. In all 
 things the clear common-sense and sound feeling, which was his 
 great gift, appeared. The part he took in the liberation of his 
 country, has made his glory deathless there. And that, added 
 to the lustre of his scientific discoveries, has given him a place 
 in the records of the world's heroes, not far behind the very fore- 
 most rank. 
 
 FR A'NKLY, ad. generously ; freely ; without constraint or 
 reserve. 
 
 FRA'NKNESS, s. plainness; openness, or ingenuousness of 
 speech, opposed to reserve. Liberality, orbounleousness, applied 
 to giving. Synon. Sincerity meveats our speaking otherwise than 
 we think, and is a virtue. Frankness makes us speak as we think, 
 and is a natural effect. Plainness is speaking freely what we think, 
 and springs sometimes from want of reflection. Inr/eniwusness 
 makes us declare whatever we know, and is often a foUv. 
 
 FRA'NKPLEDGE, s. Ifrandplegium, low Lat.] a pledge or 
 surety for a freeman. 
 
 FRA'NKWORT, s. in Botany, a kind of heath. 
 
 FRA'NTIC, a. [corrupted from phrenetic, phrenetikns, Gr.] mad ; 
 deprived of the use of understanding by madness. Figuratively, 
 transported by an outrageous violence of passion. 
 
 FRA'NTICLY, Fii.i'NTiCKLY, ad. madly; like one who has lost 
 the use of his reason. 
 
 FRA'NTICNESS, Fra'ntickness, *. madness. Figuratively, 
 outrageousness of passion. 
 
 FRATE'RNAL, a, Ifrater, Lat.] brotherly ; pertaining to or 
 becoming brothers. 
 
 FRATE'RNALLY, ad. brotherly ; like brothers. 
 
 FRATETINITY, s. the state or quality of a brother ; a body of 
 men united or incorpotated. Men of the same class or character. 
 
 FRATRICIDE, s. [frater and cado, Lat.] the murder of a 
 brother. 
 
 FRAUD, s. Ifraus, Lat.] the practice of deceit, in order to de- 
 prive another of his property; the act of imposing on a person 
 by artful appearances; a stratagem, artifice, or trick. 
 
 FRAU'DFUL, a. treacherous; deceitful; trickish ; subtle. 
 
 FRAU'DULENCE, Frau'dulency, s. [fraus, Lat.] deceitful- 
 ness ; proneness to artifice and dishonest practices. 
 
 FRAU'DULENT, a. full of artifice; dishonest: indirect; im- 
 posing on by specious and false pretences ; treacherous. 
 
 FRAU'DULENTLY, ad. in a deceitful, trickish, and dishonest 
 manner. 
 
 FRAUGHT, (fraut) part, of Fraight, now written Freight ; 
 full ; loaded. 
 
 To FRAUGHT, (fraut) by corruption for Freight; v. a. to 
 freight, load, or crowd. 
 
 FRAU'NHOFER, JOSEPH, a celebrated optician of Ger- 
 many. He was of poor origin, and began life as a glass-cutter; 
 being buried by the fall of a house, his remarkable rescue brought 
 him under the notice of the king of Bavaria, which laid the 
 foundation of his subsequent fame. In the making of lenses his 
 practical acquaintance with the art was invaluable to him ; and 
 by patient and unremitting study he was able to acquire such 
 mathematical skill, as led him into most recondite researches 
 respecting the laws of optics. His discoveries relate principally 
 to the abstruse question of the diffraction of light. He died in 
 1826, aged 39 years. 
 
 FRAY, s. [effrayer, Fr.] a battle ; a broil ; a fight ; a duel. 
 
 To FRAY, V. a.'leffrayer, Fr.] to fright or tein(y.-[frayer, Fr.] 
 to rub or wear out by rubbing. 
 
 FREAK, (freek) s. [fr<sc. Sax.] a sudden and whimsical 
 change of place; a whim, or a capricious, trifling, and maxl 
 prank or action. 
 
 To FREAK, V. a. to variegate; to checker. " Freak' d with 
 many a mingled hue," Thotnson, 
 
FRE 
 
 FRE'AKISH, {freekish) a. wanton, humorous, capricious, or 
 whimsical. 
 
 FRE'AKISHLY, ad. capriciously, whimsically. 
 
 FRE'AKISHJiESS, {freekkhness) s. capriciousness, or a mad- 
 ness and boyish wantonness of behaviour. 
 
 FREAM, (freem) s. a name given by farmers to ploughed land 
 worn out of heart, and laid fallow till it recover. 
 
 To FREAM, (freem) v. a. [fremo, Lat.] to growl ; to make a 
 noise, as a boar at rutting time. 
 
 FRE'CKLE, s. [Jeck, Teut.] a spot raised in the skin by the 
 heat of the sun's rays; any small spot or discolouring. 
 
 FRE'CKLED, Fre'ckly, a. having spots on the skin occasion- 
 ed by the heat of the sun ; spotted. 
 
 FRED, ». the same with peace; upon which our forefathers 
 called their sanctuaries fredstole, i. e. the seats of peace. So 
 Frederick is powerful or wealthy in peace ; Win/red, victorious 
 peace ;^ Reinfred, sincere peace. ' 
 
 FRE'DERICK, thenameof three emperors of Germany. Frede- 
 rick I. ; see Barbarossa. Frederick II. has gained a name of ques- 
 tionable credit by his quarrels with the pope and other strange pro- 
 ceedings. He was excommunicated by Gregory for not fulfilling 
 his vow of going on a crusade for the recovery of Jerusalem. Af- 
 terwards he went unabsolved, and made a tiuce with the sultan 
 after a very ineffectual demonstration against him. On his re- 
 turn he engaged warmly against the pope, who was incessantly 
 plotting against him, and by the rapidity and decision of his 
 movements wearied him till he died. But Frederick never found 
 the church his friend. The interests of the empire and of the 
 church in Italy were irreconcilable. Frederick was at last ex- 
 communicated as a heretic and enemy of all religion. This 30 
 gears' struggle against the pope at last wore out his robust 
 frame, and hoping vainly for reconciliation with the pontiff, 
 through the kindly offices of St. Louis, he died in 1250, aged .50 
 years. It is to be regretted that this stout-hearted opponent of 
 the papacy was not worthy of admiration in his private life. 
 Frederick III. was an insignificant prince, but it was his lot to 
 reign for 53 years, during the most interesting part of the 15th 
 century; for during his reign Constantinople fell before the 
 Turkish power, and the modern history of mankind had com- 
 menced. He died in 1493, aged 78 years. 
 
 FRE'DERICK, the name of two kings of Prussia, \\\e. first of 
 whom changed the designation of that state from the electorate 
 of Brandenburgh to that of the kingdom of Prussia. Frederick 
 II. is commonly known as the Great Frederick. He was most 
 strangely treated in his youth by his almost maniac father; but 
 being banished from the court by one of his whims, he returned 
 a different character: he had acquired that resolution and self- 
 confidence which never deserted him, and raised him to his emi- 
 nence in history. Onascending the throne his first deed was the 
 annexation of Silesia, &c. to his patrimonial states. In the peace 
 that followed he devoted himself with great wisdom to the do- 
 mestic concerns of his kingdom. But this was broken up by the 
 Seven Years' war, which left him, though weakeied in re- 
 sources, unharmed in his possessions. And these were increased 
 shortly afterwards by a share of Poland. The remainder of his 
 life was spent in almost unbroken peace. Literature appeared 
 to be his business, royalty and government his relaxation. He 
 attracted to his court all the noted men of the time, especially 
 such as were of sceptical and infidel dispositions. His days were 
 passed with the most scrupulous regularity ; but with no more 
 state than the life of a private gentleman. His attention to his 
 country led to many great improvements in its productions, &c. 
 But he must be ranked amongst the absolute monarchs, to whom 
 national freedom seems a sheer absurdity. He died in 1780, aged 
 7b years. 
 
 FRE'DERICK WILLIAM, was elector'of Brandenburgh dur- 
 ing the later part of the Thirty Years' war, to whom the kingdom 
 of Prussia owed its preservation ; it being so reduced by the for- 
 tunes of that war when he succeeded to the government, and by 
 his wise and strong management its being raised to a much 
 higher rank amongst European states, besides having its injuries 
 repaired. He died in 1088, aged 05 years. It is also the name of 
 three kings of Prussia. The first was the famous military-drill 
 and tall-soldier maniac. He managed affairs of routine very well, 
 but his absolutism overthrew his reason. He died in 1740, aged 
 5'2 years. Tixesecond lived only to take part in the first wars of 
 the European aristocracies and monarchies against revolutionary 
 
 FRE 
 
 France, dying in 1797. The third was engaged in all the long 
 continental struggle against Napoleon, and cannot be separatetl 
 from the events which belong to European history. After the 
 peace in 1815, he retired to his own kingdom, and devoted him- 
 self to the advance of its welfare to the best of his power. 
 He has had the praise accorded him of having been one chief 
 reason for the long peace. He died in 1840, aged 70 years, and 
 having reigned 43. 
 
 FRE'DERICK, Maryland, United States. A town of consi- 
 derable importance to the trade of the State, being second only 
 to Baltimore. It is handsomely built, and has some elegant pub- 
 lic buildings. It is 43 miles from Washington. Pop. 5182. 
 
 FREE, a. [freah. Sax.] at liberty ; under no constraint, slavery, 
 imprisonment, or necessity; permitted; allowed ; licentious; un- 
 restrained ; open; ingenuous; expressing one's sentiments with- 
 out reserve; generous, or liberal; voluntary; guiltless; inno- 
 cent. Exempt, used with /rom or of. In Politics, invested with 
 privileges ; possessing any thing without vassalage ; admitted to 
 the privilege of a corporation. " A free-man." Without charge or 
 expense ; hence a. free-school. 
 
 To FREE, V. a. to set at liberty, or deliver from slavery ; to 
 exempt. 
 
 FREEBOO'TER, s. a robber, pillager, or plunderer. 
 
 FREEBOCyTING, «. a robbery; plundering; the act of pil- 
 
 laging. 
 FRE] 
 
 E'BORN, a. born under a free government, opposed to a 
 suite. 
 
 FREE-CHA'PEL, s. such chapels as are of the king's found- 
 ation, and by him exempted from the jurisdiction of the ordin- 
 ary. The king may also license a subject to found such a 
 chapel, and by his charter exempt it from the ordinary's vi- 
 sitation. 
 
 FREE CHURCH (or KIRK) OF SCOTLAND, a large and 
 compact body of Presbyterians in Scotland, who in 1843 separ- 
 ated themselves from the Established Church. Their organiz- 
 ation differs in no respect from that of other Presbyterian bodies; 
 nor does their creed differ from that of the rest of the Scottish 
 Presbyterians. They hold (as a body) the establishment princi- 
 ple ; but do not agree to the patronage and superiority claimed 
 by governments which undertake the protection or the use of 
 churches. 
 
 FREE'COST, s. freedom from expense. 
 
 FREE'DMAN, s. in ancient Rome, a slave manumitted. 
 
 FREE'DOM, s. exemption from slavery or restraint ; inde- 
 pendence ; a state wherein a person has the power of acting as 
 he pleases; the privileges of a corporation ; franchises. Ease or 
 facility, applied to action or speaking. 
 
 FREEHEA'RTED, a. liberal; generous. 
 
 FREE'HOLD, s. in Law, a free estate which a man holdeth in 
 fee, or feetail, or for a term of life. 
 
 FREE'HOLDER, s. one who has a freehold. 
 
 FREE'LY, ad. at liberty; without restraint, dependence, 
 reserve, scruple, compulsion, or necessity ; liberally; spontane- 
 ously. 
 
 FllEE'MAN, s. one who is neither a slave nor vassal to ano- 
 ther; a member of a community or corporation, entitled to and 
 enjoying its privileges. 
 
 FREE'NESS, s. absence of constraint or impediment ; open- 
 ness of behaviour ; generosity, or liberality. 
 
 FREE'SCHOOL, (freeskool) s. a school supported by endow- 
 ment or subscriptions, wherein children are taught without ex- 
 pense to their parents or relations. 
 
 FREESPO'KEN, a. accustomed to speak without reserve. 
 
 FREE'STONE, s. a kind of stone commonly used in building, 
 and so called because it may be wrought easily in any direction. 
 
 FREE'THINKER, s. a term commonly applied to those per- 
 sons who deny revelation, or the Christian religion. 
 
 FREETRA'DE, s. in Pohtical Economy, the principle of the 
 non-interference of governments with commerce, leaving trade 
 to its own laws, and not impeding the interchange of commodi- 
 ties between different people. Also, the principle opposed to 
 monopoly in trade, by which commodities are obtained better 
 in quahty and cheaper in price than when the sale is in the 
 hands of one man, or one party of men. 
 
 FREEWI'LL, s. the power of directing our own actions ; vo- 
 luntariness. In Theology, a technical but incorrect term used 
 by those who oppose the Necessitarian hypothesis, which, in 
 3 c -"^ ,377 
 
PRE 
 
 denying freedom to the will, denies the existence of the will 
 itself. 
 
 FREEWO'MAN, «. a woman not enslaved. 
 
 To FREEZE, v. n. pret. froze; Ivriesen, Belg.] to grow hard by 
 excess of cold; to be of that degree of cold by which water con- 
 geals.— «. a. the participle is frozen or froze ; to harden by cold ; 
 to chill by loss of power or motion. 
 
 FREIBURG, a town of Saxony, fortified, and once a very 
 populous and celebrated place. It is now chiefly known by its 
 mining school, which is greatly aided by its position. It stands 
 amidst the Erzgebirge mountains, at a considerable elevation. 
 Here are some small manufactories, chiefly in metal. Popula- 
 tion, under 15,000. Lat. 50. 56. N. Long. 13. 9. E. 
 
 To FREIGHT, (frait) v. a. ^retet. freighted, part./raw/zA*,- but 
 being used as an adjective, /j-ew/Wed is substituted for it ; \_fret- 
 ier, Fr.] to put goods or a cargo on board a ship, to load as the 
 burden or cargo within a vessel. 
 
 FREIGHT, {frait) s. any thing with which a ship is loaded; 
 the money paid for the carriage of goods in a ship or vessel. 
 
 FRE'JUS, a town in the department of Var. It was the Forum 
 Julii of the Romans ; and had then a sea-nort on the sea-coast, 
 which is now a mile and a half distant. Ihere still remains an 
 aqueduct, an amphitheatre, statues, inscriptions, &c. It is above 
 500 miles from Paris. Population, about 3000. Lat. 43. 26. N. 
 Long. 6. 50. E. 
 
 FRENCH, a. [franc, Fr.] belonging to France. Used ellipti- 
 cally for the language spoken by the inhabitants of France. 
 French chalk is of a smooth glossy surface, soft and unctuous to 
 the touch, of a grayish colour. 
 
 To FRE'NCHIFY, v. a. to infect with the pronunciation or 
 airs of a Frenchman ; generally used in a contemptuous sense, 
 and including the idea of affected ceremoniousnessand excess of 
 politeness. 
 
 FRE'NETIC, a. See Phrenetic. 
 
 FRE'NZY, s. [phrenitis, Gr.] madness; the loss of reason, at- 
 tended with raving ; any outrageous passion, bordering on and 
 resembling madness. 
 
 FRE'QUENCE, s. [frequens, Lat.] a concourse, crowd, or as- 
 sembly. Seldom used. 
 
 FRE'QUENCY, s. the condition of a thing often done or seen, 
 a crowded assembly. 
 
 FRE'QUENT, a. [frequens, Lat.] often done, seen, occurring, 
 or practising ; full of concourse. 
 
 To FREQUE'NT, v. a. to visit often ; to be often in any 
 place. 
 
 FREQUE'NTABLE, a. conversible ; accessible. Not used. 
 
 FREQUE-'NTATIVE, a. [frequentatif, Fr.] a grammatical 
 terra applied to verbs, signifying the frequent repetition of an 
 action. 
 
 FREQUE'NTER, s. one who resorts often to a place. 
 
 FRE'QUENTLY, ad. often; commonly. Synon. We often 
 disguise our thoughts ; by doing the same thing often, it becomes 
 habitual. We frequently meet with traitors ; we frequently do 
 those things which we repent of afterwards. 
 
 FRE'SCATI, a beautiful village in the pope's territories. This 
 place, with Tivoli and Albano, is the favourite abode of landscape 
 painters, who travel into Italy for improvement, since the scenery 
 IS, on all sides, so exquisite. Frescati is 12 miles from Rome. 
 Lat, 41. 48. N. Long. 12. 42. E. 
 
 FRE'SCO, [Ital.] s. coolness; shade; duskiness. In Paint- 
 ing, a picture painted with water colours on fresh plaster. 
 
 FRESH, a. [fraiche, Fr.] cool ; not stagnating ; lately or newly 
 produced or made; not salt; not faded; vigorous; ruddy of 
 countenance. Brisk, applied to a gale of wind. Not sour, nor 
 vapid, applied to liquors. Sweet, opposed to stinking. Synon. 
 That which has not been used is new; that which is not stale is 
 fresh; that which has just happened is recent. We say of clothes, 
 that they are n«!c ; of topics, that they are /resA ,• of actions, that 
 thw are recent. 
 
 FRESH, s. water that is without salt. 
 
 To FRE'SHEN, v. a, to recover a thing which is grown stale ; 
 to cherish or revive. — v. n. to blow strongly ; to free from its 
 salts. 
 
 FRE'SHET, s. a pool of fresh water. " All fish from sea or 
 shore, freshet, or purlin" brook," Milt. 
 
 FRE'SHLY, ad. coolly ; newly ; with a ruddy countenance. 
 
 FRE'SHNESS, s. newness; unabated vigour; freedom from 
 
 FRI 
 
 fatigue ; coolness ; ruddiness ; freedom from saltness. Spirit, or 
 briskness, applied to liquors. 
 
 FRE'SNEL, AUGUSITNE JOHN, an eminent optical philo- 
 sopher of France, whose experiments have done so much to de- 
 termine the iaws of reflexion and polarisation. He died in 1827, 
 aged 39 years. 
 
 FRET, s. [probably from frelum, Lat.] a frith or strait of the 
 sea ; any fermentation or agitation of liquors. In Music, a stop 
 to regulate the vibrations of the strings. Figuratively, anxiety 
 of mind; peevishness or commotion of the temper. In Archi- 
 tecture, work rising in protuberances or relief In Heraldry, a 
 bearing consisting of six bars, crossed and interlaced. 
 
 To FRET, V. a. to wear by rubbing against ; to move vio- 
 lently ; to corrode or eat away ; to form into raised work or re- 
 lievo ; to variegate or diversify ; to vex or make angry ; to be 
 grieved or uneasy ; to ferment. 
 
 FRE'TFUL, a. peevish ; angry. 
 
 FRE'TFULLY, ad. in a peevish manner. 
 
 FRE'TFULNESS, s. peevishness. 
 
 FRE'lTY, a. adorned with raised work. In Heraldry, where 
 divers bars are laid across each other. 
 
 FRIABI'LITY, s. capacity of being easily reduced to powder. 
 
 FRFABLE, a. [frio, Lat.] easily crumbled or reduced to 
 powder. 
 
 FRFAR, s. [a. corruption of frere, Fr.] a brother of a religious 
 order, in the Roman Catholic countries ; chiefly applied to the 
 Mendicant orders. 
 
 FRI'ARLY, a. like a friar. 
 
 FRFAR'S-CROWN, s. in Botany, the woolly-headed thistle. 
 
 FRPARY, s. a convent of friars. 
 
 FRI'BBLE, Fri'bbler, s. an effeminate coxcomb. 
 
 FRI'BOURG, a canton of Switzerland, bounded by the can- 
 tons of Berne and Vaud, and by the lake of Neufchatel. It is 
 about 45 miles in length and 22 in breadth. The Alps extend 
 into this canton, and some of the heights are 6000 and 7000 
 feet. It is chiefly an agricultural or pastoral district, jret the 
 existence of coal mines has introduced some manufactories. It 
 has a few small streams flowing into Lake Morat and Lake 
 Neufchatel. Pop. nearly 100,000. 
 
 FRI'BOURG, the capital of the foregoing canton of Switzer- 
 land, stands on the river Sane, on a hill side, so as to have a very 
 fine appearance, and to command a noble prospect. The streets 
 are wide ; the public buildings, especially the cathedral, are 
 very handsome ; it has several bridges over the river, and a 
 fine museum. Pop. about 10,000. Lat. 46. 50. N. Long. 75. E. 
 
 FRICASSEE', s. [Fr.] a dish consisting of meat cut into small 
 pieces and fried. 
 
 FRICA'TION, Fri'ction, (frikshm) s. [frico, Lat.] the act of 
 rubbing two things together; the resistance caused in machines 
 bj; the rubbing of one part against another. Friction rollers, or 
 friction wheels, are small rollers on wheels placed between sur- 
 faces of bodies being moved against or over each other to dimin- 
 ish the friction. 
 
 FRI'DAY, s. Ifriyedcsg, Sax.] is the sixth day of the week; 
 so named from Freya, a goddess worshipped by our Saxon an- 
 cestors. 
 
 FRIEND, (frend) s. [frcond. Sax.] one who is joined to an- 
 other in mutual benevolence and intimacy, opposed to an enemy. 
 One reconciled to another. 
 
 To FRIEND, (frend ) v. a. to show favour towards a person or 
 undertaking ; to countenance, encourage, or support 
 
 FRIE'NDLESS', (frendless) a. having no friends; without 
 hopes, assistance, or countenance. 
 
 FRIE'NDLINESS, (frendliness) s. a disposition towards friend- 
 shii) ; the exertion of benevolence, or performance of kind offices. 
 
 FRIE'NDLY, {frendly) a. kind ; disposed to do acts of kind- 
 ness and affection ; having the temper and disposition of a friend. 
 
 FRIE'NDLY, (frendly) ad. in a kind, affectionate, and bene- 
 volent manner. 
 
 FRIE'NDLY SOCIETIES, are institutions for the purpose of 
 affording to members who pay a certain sum weekly, or month- 
 ly, relief and assistance in cases of sickness, want of work, old 
 age, &c. 
 
 FRIE'NDLY ISLANDS, a cluster or clusters of islands in 
 the S. Pacififc Ocean, containing above 100 separate islands, dis- 
 tinguished for their delicious climate, and for the fertility of their 
 soil. The native trees of the greatest value, are the bread-fruit 
 
FRI 
 
 trees; the only quadrupeds known, were such as had escaped 
 from ships that had touched there. This name is sometimes 
 extended so as to include the Navigators' and the Fejee Islands. 
 Captain Cook named them Friendly from the manifestation of 
 kindliness to him on the part of the islanders. 
 
 FRIE'NDSHIP, (frendship) s. \yriendschap, Belg.] the state of 
 minds united together by mutual benevolence ; the highest de- 
 gree of intimacy ; favour or personal kindness. 
 
 FRIE'SLAND, a province of the kingdom of Holland, lying 
 betvFeen the German Ocean and the Zuyder Zee, and bounde( 
 
 by the provinces of Groningen, Drent, and Oberyssel. It is about 
 40 miles in each direction. The surface is flat and boggy, hav- 
 ing all the appearance of being hardly recovered from the sea. 
 
 Agriculture is carried on to some extent, and in the drier marshes 
 cattle are grazed. There are some manufactures, but the chief 
 trade is in seeds. The drainage is effected chiefly by canals, but 
 there are some rivers, and several lakes. Pop. about 230,000. 
 Leewaarden is its chief town. This was once called W. Fries- 
 land to distinguish it from another province, now belonging to 
 Hanover, which was E. Friesland. 
 
 FRIEZE, (freeze) s. [drap de /rise, Fr.] a coarse warm cloth, 
 made, perhaps, originally in Friesland. In Architecture, a 
 large flat member, which separates the architrave from the cor- 
 nice ; of which there are as many kinds as there are orders of 
 columns. 
 
 FRI'GATE, s. [frisate, Fr.] a small man of war. In Natural 
 History, a sea-bird ofprey, which resembles the albatross. 
 
 To FRIGHT, (frit) V. a. [friyhtan. Sax.] to disturb, shock, or 
 daunt with fear ; to raise apprehension of danger in a person. 
 
 FRIGHT, {fnt) s. a sudden emotion caused by an apprehen- 
 sion of danger. 
 
 To FRFGHTEN, {frlten) v. a. to shock or disturb with an 
 apprehension of danger. 
 
 FRFGHTFUL, {fntfid) a. causing fear; exciting terror. 
 
 FRI'GHTFULLY, (fntfulhj) ad. in such a manner as to dis- 
 turb with an apprehension of danger. 
 
 FRrQHTFULNESS, {fritfuhiess) s. the quality of daunting 
 with an apprehension of danger. 
 
 FRI'GID, a. [fi'igeo, Lat.] cold ; wanting zeal or warmth of 
 affection ; dull ; impotent. 
 
 FRIGI'DITY, s. coldness, or want of warmth ; dulness, or 
 want of the embellishments of rhetoric, or the warmth of ima- 
 gination. 
 
 FRI'GIDLY, ad. in a cold, dull, indifferent, or unafFecting 
 manner. 
 
 FRFGIDNESS, s. coldness ; dulness ; want of aflfection. 
 
 FRIGORFFIC, a. [frigus and facio, Lat.] causing cold. 
 
 To FRILL, V. n. Ifrilleux, Fr.] to quake or shiver with cold. 
 Used of a hawk ; as the havik frills. 
 
 FRILL, «. a narrow border of lace, cambric, or other linen, 
 sewed on the neck of a woman's shift, or on the bosom and slits 
 of the sleeves of a man's shirt. 
 
 FRINGE, s. [fratiffe, Fr.] an ornament consisting of threads, 
 which are fastened at one end by weaving, but hang down loose 
 at the other. 
 
 To FRINGE, f. a. to adorn with fringes; to unravel any 
 woollen stuff so as to resemble a fringe. 
 
 FRI'PPERER, s. lfrij)picr, Fr.] one who deals in old things 
 vamped up. 
 
 FRI'PPERY, s. [fripperie, Fr.] the place where old clothes or 
 other second-hand goods are sold ; old clothes ; cast dresses ; 
 tattered rags. 
 
 To FRISK, f. n. [frizzare, Ital.] to leap or skip about with 
 nimbleness; to dance in a wanton or gay manner. 
 
 FRISK, s. a frolic ; a fit of wanton gaiety. 
 
 FRFSKER, s. a wanton or frolicsome' person ; one too gay to 
 be constant or settled. 
 
 FRFSKINESS, s. gaiety; liveliness. 
 
 FRIT, s. among chemists, ashes or salt baked or fried together 
 with sand. 
 
 FRITH, s. [fretum, LatJ a strait of the sea ; a net. 
 
 FRITI'LLARY, s. in Botany, the common chequered daf- 
 fodil. 
 
 FRI'TINANCY, s. [fritinio, low Lat.] the scream or screak- 
 ing of an insect, applied to that of the cricket or grasshopper. 
 
 FRI'TTER, s. [friture, Fr.] a small pancake, or piece fried. 
 Figuratively, a fragment or small piece ; a cheesecake, or wig. 
 
 FRO 
 
 To FRI'TTER, i-. a. to cut meat into small pieces, to be fned ; 
 to break into small pieces or fragments. 
 
 FRI'VOLOUS, a. lfrivolus,La.t.] trifling; of no importance or 
 moment. 
 
 FRI'VOLOUSLY, ad. triflingly ; without weight. 
 
 FRI'VOLOUSNESS, s. want of weight or importance. 
 
 To FRI'ZZLE, V. a. [JHser, Fr.] to turn hair in short or small 
 rings Hke the wool on a lamb's head, or the nap of frieze. 
 
 FRI'ZZLER, s. one who dresses hair in short curls. 
 
 FRO, ad. [fra. Sax.] backward ; regressively. It is only used 
 in opposition to to; — To and fro, backward and forward. It is 
 also a contraction of from. 
 
 FROBE'NIUS, JOHN, a learned printer of the 16th century, 
 who lived at Basle, and introduced several improvements into 
 the art. He was the friend and printer of Erasmus, who lived 
 with him. He died in 1527, aged 67 years. 
 
 FRO'BISHER, SIR MARTIN, a gallant admiral of Queen 
 Elizabeth, whose early life was passed in fruitless endeavours to 
 discover the Eldorado in the W. continent, and who only brought 
 back maritime experience, and knowledge of new and fruitful 
 regions, which after all were the true Eldorado, had men but 
 known it. He commanded part of the fleet which attacked and 
 defeated the Spanish Armada ; and was honoured with other 
 commands afterwards. He was wounded off' Brest in 1594, and 
 died, aged about 60 years. 
 
 FROCK, s. Ifroe, Fr.] a close and untrimmed coat for men ; 
 a close gown worn by children. 
 
 FRO'DSHAM, Cheshire. A town situated on the river Weaver, 
 (over which it has a stone bridge,) near its conflux with the 
 Mersey, with a harbour for vessels of good burden, and com- 
 municating with all the late inland navigations. Cotton is ma- 
 nufactured, and salt refined here. It is 182 miles from London. 
 Market, Thursday. Pop. 5821. 
 
 FROG, s. Ifroffija, Sax.] in Natural History, the name of a ge- 
 nus of the order Reptiles, distinguished by their having smooth, 
 slimy skins, no tails, and being capable of leaping a considerable 
 distance by the structure of their hind legs. Tlie common frog is 
 usually variegated with brown or green. It is oviparous, and 
 its spawn consists of the thick, spotted, jelly-like substance seen 
 in ditches and ponds in the early spring. The bull-frog, which 
 is a very large American species, and makes a very loud noise in 
 its singing season ; the tree-frog, which lives in shrubs and trees 
 instead of marshes ; and the green-frog, are other singular foreign 
 species. In Farriery, it is the hollow part of a horse's hoof, or 
 the frush. 
 
 FRO'GBIT, s. in Botany, a water-plant, with thick, smooth, 
 brown-green, kidney-shaped leaves, and white blossoms. 
 
 FRO'GCHEESE, s. in Botany, a kind of fungus, found on rich 
 pastures and dunghills ; called also puff-ball. 
 
 FROISE, s. Ifroisser, Fr.] a pancake with bacon fried in it. 
 
 FROFSSART, JOHN, a French chronicler of the 14th centurj-. 
 He obtained a post in the service of Philippa, Edward III.'s 
 queen, and so visited England, and became acquainted with the 
 Scotch, and with the Black Prince. He afterwards travelled in 
 various parts of Europe, and was welcomed at the different courts, 
 as was due to a minstrel of such gifts as he. He entered for 
 short periods of time the service of different kings and nobles, and 
 found time to collect a number of songs and other pieces under 
 the guise of a romance, beside writing his Chronicle, which, as a 
 contemporary history, is of a great value. He died about 1400, 
 aged about 60 years. 
 
 FRO'LIC, a. \vrolijck, Belg.] joyful ; full of levity or wanton 
 pranks. 
 
 FRO'LIC, s. a sally of gaiety or levity. 
 
 To FRO'LIC, V. n. to divert oneself with sallies of gaiety ; to 
 play wild, wanton, and merry pranks. 
 
 FRO'LICSOME, a. full of wild gaiety. 
 
 FRO'LICSOMELY, ad. with wild gaiety. 
 
 FRO'LICSOMENESS, s. wildness of gaiety ; wanton gaiety ; 
 pranks. 
 
 VROM,prep. [fram. Sax.] away. Out of, noting place. Se- 
 paration, applied to absence, distance, or deliveraiice. Since, 
 applied to time. Contrary, or foreign, applied to relation. "From 
 the purpose," S!iak. Removal or motion. " Thrice from the 
 ground she leaped," Dnjd. It is frequently joined by an ellipsis 
 with adverbs, a.s,from above, i. e. from the part above ; from be- 
 low ; from beneath ; from behind ; from far ; from high ; from where ; 
 •^ 3 c 2 379 ' 
 
FRO 
 
 from teithout. When joined to thence or whence, it is superfluous. 
 And it is sometimes followed by the subsequent prepositions with 
 their proper cases, viz. from amidst, heyond, forth, off, out, out of, 
 under, and within. 
 
 FROME, or Frome Selwood, Somersetshire. It is noted for 
 its fine beer, and chiefly inhabited by clothiers. It is situated 
 on the river Frome, which abounds with trout, eels, &c., and 
 over which it has a stone bridge. It is 104 miles from London. 
 Market, Wednesday. Pop. 11,849. 
 
 FROND, s. in Descriptive Botany, a term used for such leaves 
 as those of the fern, in which the stem is inseparably connected 
 with the leaf or leaflets. 
 
 FRONDE, in French History, a party in the state who opposed 
 Cardinal Mazarin and the queen regent, in the early days of the 
 reign of Louis XIV. There was much bloodshed before this 
 party was finally put down, and the two greatest generals of the 
 day, Turenne and Conde, engaged in a street fight, which ended 
 in the discomfiture of the king and the cardinal. But Mazarin 
 had power to wait, and he finally triumphed. It was a miserable 
 aflPair when looked at from this distance of time, as all mere 
 party contests always are. 
 
 FRONDI'FEROUS, a. [frons and fero, Lat.] bearing leaves. 
 
 FRONT, s. [front, Fr.] the forepart of the face or forehead. 
 Figuratively, the face, countenance, or look, in a sense of cen- 
 sure or dislike ; the part or place opposite to the face ; the fore- 
 part ; the van of an army; tne most conspicuous part. 
 
 To FRONT, V. a. to oppose directly, or face to face ; to stand 
 opposite or over-against anyplace or thing; to cover the fore- 
 part of a building with anj' materials. — v. n. to stand foremost. 
 
 FRO'NTAL, s. [frontal, Fr.] an ornament worn on the fore- 
 head. In Architecture, a small pediment over a little door. 
 
 FRONTA'TED, a. \jrontatus, from frons, Lat.] in Botany, ap- 
 plied to the leaf of a flower which grows broader and narrower, 
 and at last, perhaps, terminates in a right line ; used in opposi- 
 tion to cuspated, which is, when the leaves of a flower end in a 
 point. 
 
 FRO'NTIER,* C/>-<5«i;eer) s. [frontiere, Fr.] the marches, ut- 
 most limits, or boundaries of a country, by which it is separated 
 from the next adjoining one. 
 
 FRO'NTIER, Xfrdnteer) a. bordering; adjacent. 
 
 FRO'NTISPIEiDE, (frdntispeece) s. [frontispice, Fr.] that part 
 of a building or other thing which directly meets the eye ; a cut 
 or picture fronting the title-page of a book. 
 
 FRO'NTLESS, a. without blushes, shame, or diffidence. 
 
 FRO'NTLET, s. [fronteau, Fr.] a bandage worn on the 
 forehead. 
 
 FROST, s. [frost. Sax.] an excessive cold state of the wea- 
 ther, whereby the motion and fluidity of liquors are suspended; 
 or that state of the air whereby fluids are converted into ice. 
 
 FRO'STBITTEN, a. nipped or withered by the frost. 
 
 FRO'STED, a. resembling the hoar-frost on plants, &c. 
 
 FRO'STILY, ad. after the manner of frost ; with excessive 
 cold. Figuratively, with indifference, or coldness of affection. 
 
 FRO'STINESS, s. the quality of appearing like frost; cold, or 
 freezing cold. 
 
 FRO'STNAIL, s. a nail with a prominent head driven into the 
 horse's shoes that it may pierce the ice. 
 
 FRO'STY, a, having the power of freezing; excessively cold. 
 Figuratively, indifferent, or without warmth of affection ; 
 hoary ; gray-headed ; resembling frost in colour. 
 
 FROTH, s. [froe, Dan. and Scot.] the white bubbles raised on 
 the top of fermenting liquor ; an empty or senseless display of 
 wit, wanting solidity. 
 
 To FROTH, t\ n. to be covered with light and whitish bub- 
 bles, applied to fermenting liquor; to make liquors appear with 
 a whitish head or surface. 
 
 FROTHILY, ad. having a white head or surface, applied to 
 liquors. Figuratively, in an empty, vain, and trifling manner. 
 
 FRO'THY, a. full of foam, or having its surface covered with 
 white bubbles ; soft. 
 
 To FROUNCE, v. a. to frizzle or curl the hair about the face. 
 
 FROU'ZY, a. dim ; musty ; of a nasty and disagreeable 
 scent. 
 
 FRO'WARD, a. [framiceard. Sax.] peevish ; fretful ; cross ; 
 ungovernable ; not easily pleased ; perverse. 
 
 FRO'WARDLY, ad. peevishly ; perversely. 
 
 FRO'WARDNESS, s. peevishness ; perverseness. 
 
 FRY 
 
 To FROWN, V. n. [fro^ner, old Fr.] to express displeasure by 
 contracting the forehead into wrinkles ; to look stern. 
 
 FROWN, s. a look wherein a person knits his eye-brows, and 
 contracts his forehead into wrinkles, in token of displeasure. 
 
 FRO'WNINGLY, ad. in a stern manner; with a look of dis- 
 
 Pl 
 
 FROZEN, part. pass, of To Freeze. Frozen Ocean, in Geogra- 
 phy, a name of the Arctic Ocean. 
 
 FRUCTIFICATION, s. the act of causing or of bearing 
 fruit ; the power of producing fruit. 
 
 To FRU'CTIFY, v. a. [fructus and facio, Lat.] to make fruit- 
 ful ; to cause or enable to produce fruit. — v. n. to bear fruit. 
 
 FRU'CTUOUS, a. [fructueux, Fr.] making fruitful ; enabling 
 to produce. 
 
 FRU'GAL, a. [frugalis, Lat.] thrifty ; sparing ; not spending 
 in a prodigal manner ; not lavish. 
 
 FRU'GALLY, ad. in a sparing or parsimonious manner. 
 
 FRUGA'LITY, s. [frugaiitas, Lat.] the virtue of keeping due 
 bounds in expenses; good husbandry; parsimony. Synon. 
 Frugality implies only discretion of expense; economy includes 
 in its idea some kind of management in order to eke matters out. 
 
 FRUGI'VOROUS, a. [frux and voro, Lat.] that lives upon 
 fruit. Applied chiefly to birds. 
 
 FRUIT, (the i in this word and its derivatives is dropped in 
 pronunciation, and the M sounded long; as f rut, frutage,frutf id, 
 &c.) s. [fructus, Lat. fruit, Fr.] the produce of a tree or plant 
 which includes the seed, or that part of either which is eaten fur 
 food. 
 
 FRU'ITAGE, s. [fruitage, Fr.] fruit, or various products of 
 different vegetables. 
 
 FRUITERER, s. [fruitier, Fr.] one who trades in fruit. 
 
 FRU'ITERY, s. [fruiterie, Fr.] a fruit-loft, or place where 
 fruit is kept. 
 
 FRUITFUL, a. fertile ; loaded with fruit ; productive ; plen- 
 teous. 
 
 FRUITFULLY, ad. in such a manner as to be prolific. 
 
 FRU'lTFULNESS, s. fertility ; the act or quality of producing 
 in abundance. 
 
 FRUITION, (fruishon) s. [fruor, Lat.] the act of enjoying or 
 possessing ; the pleasure given by actual possession and use. 
 
 FRUniVE, a. having the power of enjoyment. 
 
 FRU'ITLESS, (frutless) a. barren. Figuratively, vain ; pro- 
 ductive of no advantage. 
 
 FRUTTLESSLY, (frutkssly) ad. \n an unprofitable manner. 
 
 FRUME'NTIUS, ST., the apostle of Ethiopia, who in the 4th 
 century added Abyssinia to the church by his zeal and labours : 
 and was made bishop of Auxuma by St. Athanasius. He died 
 in the latter half of that century. 
 
 FRU'MENTY, «. [frmnentum, Lat.] a food or pottage made 
 of wheat boiled in milk. 
 
 To FRUMP, V. a. to mock ; to browbeat. 
 
 FRUSH, Frog, s. in Farriery, a sort of tender horn which 
 arises in the middle of a horse's sole, and divides it into two 
 branches, running towards the heel in the form of a fork. 
 
 FRUSTRA'NEOUS, a. [frustra, Lat.] vain ; useless ; unpro- 
 fitable ; without advantage. 
 
 To FRU'STRATE, v. a. to defeat ; disappoint ; to render an 
 undertaking or design of no effect ; to make null or void. 
 
 FRU'STRATE, 2'("'t- vain ; ineffectual ; unprofitable ; null ; 
 defeated ; void. 
 
 FRUSTRATION, s. disappointment ; the act of rendering an 
 undertaking of no effect ; defeat. 
 
 FRU'STUM, s. [Lat.] in Mathematics, a piece cut off from a 
 regular figure. Frustum of a pyramid, or cone, is a part cut off', 
 usually by a plane parallel to the base. 
 
 FRY, ELIZABETH, a member of the Society of Friends, and 
 sister of Joseph John Gurney, who has gained a name in all 
 the world by the patient earnestness with which she cared for the 
 prisoners. In this labour of love she visited almost daily, for many 
 years, Newgate prison , and being a preacher in her society, she ad- 
 dressed the female prisoners, and with the most marked success. 
 Throughout Great Britain and Ireland, in the United States, 
 and in various countries of Europe, either personally or by cor- 
 respondence, she introduced her humanizing and Christianizing 
 system ; and kings and queens have learned at her lips the 
 duties which they are bound to discharge towards such as the 
 arm of the law righteously falls on. In respect of hospitals and 
 
FUL 
 
 lunatic asylums, she was equally interested. No work of faith 
 ever lacked her calm but deep sympathy. She had the rare 
 power of carrj'ing into all she did, in the most public way, the 
 humble beauty of domestic — home-sprung piety. She died as 
 she had lived, in 1845, aged 60 years. 
 
 FRY, s. ifroe, Dan.] the young fish just produced. 
 
 To FRY, V. a. \Jrigo, Lat.] to dress meat in an iron or copper 
 pan over the fire. — v. n. to melt with excessive heat. 
 
 FRY, s. a dish of meat or fish fried or designed to be fried ; a 
 kind of sieve. 
 
 FRY'INGPAN, s, the vessel in which meat is roasted on the 
 fire. 
 
 To FUB, V. a. See To Fob. 
 
 FUB, s. a plump, chubby boy. 
 
 FU'CHSIA, in Horticulture, a genus of plants indigenous to 
 America, and now very common in our gardens, consisting of 
 several well-marked species and intermediate varieties, it is 
 named after a botanist of Germany who was of some renown in 
 the days of Charles V. 
 
 FU'CUS, s. [Lat.] in Botany, a large class of proper sea- 
 weeds, many various kinds of which are found on our shores. 
 
 FUDGE, s. a mere pretence, excuse, colour, or deception; a 
 fiction without truth or reality. 
 
 To FU'DDLE, v. a. to intoxicate with liquors; to make a 
 person drunk. 
 
 FUE'GO, FoGO, or St. Philip, one of the Cape de Verd Is- 
 lands, appearing at sea to be one single mountain, though on 
 the sides there are deep valleys. There is a volcano at the top 
 of it, which is in a state of almost uninterrupted eruption. The 
 island is without rivers, and almost without fresh water ; yet it 
 is fertile in mai2e, gourds, water-melons, wild figs, oranges, and 
 apples. A great number of goats run wild upon the mountains, 
 and the profit on their skins is a revenue of the crown. They 
 export also the skins of cattle, horses, asses, and hogs. The 
 island is nearly 5 leagues in length, and is about 330 miles W. 
 of Cape de Verd, and 90 W. of St. Jago. Lat. lb. 10. N. Long. 
 24. 20. W. 
 
 FUE'GO, TERRA DEL, an island at the southernmost ex- 
 tremity of the American continent, from which it is divided by 
 Magelhaen's Strait. It is surrounded by several smaller islands. 
 Cape Horn is on the largest island. 
 
 FU'EL, s. Ifeti, Fr.] any thing combustible, used for the pur- 
 pose of keeping a fire burning. Figuratively, any thing that 
 Keeps up a quarrel. 
 
 FtlGA'CIOUSNESS, s. [fugio, Lat.] volatility, or the quality 
 of evaporating and flying away. 
 
 FUG A'CITY, s. volatility ; the act or quality of evaporating, 
 flying awar^-, or fading; instability; uncertainty. 
 
 FU'CGER, the name of a German family famous for their 
 wealth. They sprung from a very low origin, but entered, in a 
 time when shrewd men must thrive, on the banking business, 
 and obtained by their immense riches great distinctions in the 
 days of Charles V. They have been equally celebrated for their 
 munificent liberality, and for their splendid patronage of the fine 
 arts and literature. 
 
 FU'GITIVE, a. not tenable ; unsteady, unstable, volatile, or 
 apt to fly away ; flying from danger or duty ; wandering ; vaga- 
 bond. 
 
 FU'GITIVE, s. one who runs from or deserts his station or 
 duU'; one who runs away from punishment, and shelters him- 
 self in another country. 
 
 FU'GITIVENESS, s. volatility ; the quality of evaporating ; 
 instability ; uncertainty. 
 
 FU'GUE, {fii/e, or fug) s. [fuga, Lat.] in Music, a flight, and 
 is when the different parts of composition follow each other, each 
 repeating what the first had performed. 
 
 FU'LCTMENT, s. Ifukio, Lat.] a prop ; a support ; that on 
 which a body rests. 
 
 FU'LDA, a city, province, and river, in Hesse Cassel in Ger- 
 many. The city stands on the river it takes its name from, and 
 is a handsome place, the cathedral being particularly admired. 
 It has a little trade. Population, about 10,000. Lat. 50. 34, N. 
 Long. 9. 40. 
 
 To FULFI'L, V. a. to accomplish, answer, or confirm any pro- 
 phecy, by performing what is foretold ; to answer any purpose 
 or design ; to perform exactly ; to answer or gratify any desire 
 by compliance. 
 
 Ifuligo, Lat.] sooty; smoky. 
 1 Natural History, a kind of s 
 
 FUL 
 
 FU'LGENCY, ». [fulgeo, Lat.] splendour ; lustre. 
 
 FU'LGENT, a. shining; dazzling; excessively bright. 
 
 FULGE^NTIUS, FAB. CLAUD. GORDIAN., bishop of Rusne, 
 in Africa, in the 6th century, was a valiant polemic against Pe* 
 lagianism and Arianism. He has left a host of books, and hap- 
 
 Sly a larger quantity is lost. He died in 533, aged 65 years, 
 is name is honoured by a better fame than that which usually 
 procured canonization. There were two others of this name of 
 some note in ecclesiastical history. 
 
 FU'LGID, a. shining ; glittering. 
 
 FU'LGOR, Fc'lgour, s. a dazzling brightness. 
 
 FULGURA'TION, s. the flashing of lightning. 
 
 FULGURI'TES, s. tubes of vitrified sand, found in the low 
 flat dunes or hills of sand at Drigg in Cumberland, and else- 
 where. They are with great probability ascribed to the action 
 of lightning. 
 
 FULIGINOUS, 
 
 FU'LIMART, s. in Natural History, a kind of stinking ferret. 
 
 FULL, a. [/idle, Sax.] without any void space; not capable of 
 containing more ; abounding in any quality, whether good or 
 bad ; saturated ; complete. Plump or fat, applied to size. Strong ; 
 not faint, applied to the voice. Having every part of its surface 
 illuminated, applied to the moon. 
 
 FULL, s. freedom from defect; the highest state or degree; 
 the state of being able to contain no more. The whole, used 
 with at. Applied to the moon, the time in which she makes a 
 perfect orb. 
 
 To FULL, V. a. Ifullo, Lat.] to cleanse cloth from its oil and 
 grease. 
 
 FULL, ad without abatement; exactly; directly. It is placed 
 above adverbs and adjectives to strengthen their signification. 
 Full is much used in composition, to intimate any thing arrived 
 at its highest or utmost degree. 
 
 FU'LLAGE, s. the money paid for fulling cloth. 
 
 FU'LLER, s. one who cleanses and dresses. 
 
 FU'LLER, DR. THOMAS, the witty and learned divine of 
 the 17th century, one of the really bright ornaments of the Eng- 
 lish church. He was a devoted royalist, but not sufficiently so 
 for Charles I., yet he became a chaplain in his army. After the 
 taking of Exeter he returned to London, and occupied himself 
 with his pen, till the agitation for restoring Charles II. He was re- 
 ceived with favour by this monarch, but enjoyed it for a short time 
 only, dyin^ in 1661, aged 53 years. His works are very numer- 
 ous, and of them, his Worthies, his History of the Church in Britain, 
 Good Thoughts in Bad Times, &c., are the most famous. He was 
 celebrated for his wit, of which many excellent specimens are 
 known to all. 
 
 FU'LLER, ANDREW, an eminent Baptist minister of the 
 last generation, who was at first a plain farmer's lad, but by di- 
 ligent study acquired a well-deserved reputation as a divine and 
 preacher, which his published works well maintain. Kettering 
 was the scene of his labours, and the Baptist Missionary Society 
 originated with him and Dr. Carey. His best known works are 
 against Socinianism. He died in 1815, aged 61 years. 
 
 FU'LLER'S EARTH, s. in Geology, a marl of a close texture, 
 extremely soft and unctuous to the touch, formerly used in the 
 woollen manufacture; when dry, it is of a grayish-brown colour 
 in all degrees, from very pale to almost black, and has generally 
 something of a greenish cast in it. A bed of it is formed pretty 
 continuously in the S. half of England, between the great oolite 
 and the inferior oolite beds. 
 
 FU'LLINGMILL, s. a mill wherein cloth is cleansed from its 
 grease and oil, when first taken from the loom. 
 
 FU'LLY, ad. without any empty space, defect, or lack ; com- 
 pletely. 
 
 FU'LMAR, in Natural History, a sea-fowl of the petrel kind, 
 that inhabits the island of St. Kilda. It is particularly valuable 
 to the natives of that island, as it supplies them with oil for 
 their lamps, down for their beds, a delicacy for their tables, and 
 medicine for their diseases. 
 
 FU'LMINANT, part, [fulmen, Lat.] thundering ; making a 
 noise like thunder. 
 
 To FU'LMINATE, v. n. to thunder ; to make a loud noise or 
 explosion like thunder. Figuratively, to denounce threatenings, 
 or issue out ecclesiastical censures. 
 
 FU'LMINATING POWDER, s. in Chemistry, preparations of 
 gold, silver, and mercury, copper, zinc, platinum, with nitric 
 
 381 
 
FUN 
 
 acid and alcohol, of a peculiar character, producing fulminic 
 acid. They are while, green, or yellow, and crystalline, and ex- 
 plode with great force and a very loud noise. Ammonia used 
 with the oxides of some of these metals, produces the same re- 
 sults. Fulminates of copper and zinc are usually prepared from 
 those of mercurv or silver. 
 
 FULMINATION, s. the act of thundering ; the act of de- 
 nouncing threats or censures. 
 
 FU'LMINATORY, a. thundering; denouncing threats and 
 censures. 
 
 FU'LNESS, s. the state of being incapable to contain more ; 
 the state of abounding in any quality ; completeness ; perfec- 
 tion ; freedom from defect ; repletion ; plenty, or a state of 
 affluence, largeness, or extent. Applied to sound, such as fills 
 the ear. 
 
 FU'LSOME, a. [/idle. Sax.] nauseous, offensive, applied to 
 the objects of sight, taste, or smell. Tending to obscenity ; 
 disgraceful ; odious. 
 
 FU'LSOMELY, ad. nauseously ; rankly ; obscenely. 
 
 FU'LSOMENESS, s. nauseousness ; obscenity. 
 
 FU'LTON, ROBERT, a celebrated engineer of the United 
 States, who introduced vessels propelled by steam on the Ame- 
 rican lakes and rivers. He studied painting in England under 
 Benjamin West, where he became acquainted with several 
 famous engineers and mechanicians. Afterwards, he carried on 
 his studies at Paris; and returning to his native country, for- 
 sook the fine arts, for projects of various kinds in the useful arts. 
 Amongst them steam-boats must ever rank the highest. His 
 right to be regarded the original inventor of this most valuable 
 application of steam was contested ; for people forgot that there 
 might be two independent inventors, as well as two independent 
 discoverers ; and he was involved in some law-suits, which oc- 
 casioned him such anxiety, that he died in 1815, aged 49 years. 
 
 To FU'MBLE, v. n. [fommelen, Belg.] to attempt any thing in 
 an awkward or clumsy manner. 
 
 FU'MBLER, s. one who does a thing awkwardly. 
 
 FU'MBLINGLY, ad. in an awkward manner. 
 
 FUME, s. [fumus, Lat.] smoke, vapour, or any volatile sub- 
 stance; an exhalation; any thing unsubstantial; rage; pas- 
 sion; an idle conceit ; a chimera; a vain imagination. 
 
 To FUME, V. n. [fumus, Lat.] to smoke ; to raise or pass over 
 in vapours. Figuratively, to be in a rage.— u. a. to smoke, or 
 dry in smoke, applied to curing of fish or flesh. To perfume or 
 scent by casting odours into the fire. 
 
 FU'MET, s. the dung of the deer. 
 
 FUME'TTE, [Fr.] in Cookery, the stink of meat. 
 
 FU'MID, a. Ifumiis, Lat.] smoky ; vaporous. 
 
 FUMI'DITY, s. smokiness; tendency to smoke. 
 
 To FU'MIGATE, v. a. to smoke, scent, or perfume by vapours ; 
 to cleanse from contagion by smoking. 
 
 FUMIGATION, s. scent raised by fire ; the act of smoking 
 any affected part in medicated fumes. 
 
 FU'MINGLY, ad. angrily ; in a rage. 
 
 FU'MITER, Fu'mitory, s. a plant. 
 
 FU'MOUS, Fu'my, a. Iftmeux, Fr.] producing fumes, smoke, 
 or vapours. 
 
 FUN, s. sport ; frolicsome mirth ; waggish merriment. 
 
 FU'NCTION, (fi'mkshon) s. [fuiu/or, Lat.] discharge, or per- 
 formance; an employment, office, or trade; a single act of any 
 office ; power ; faculty ; the office of any particular part of the 
 body. In Algebra, any quantity containing an unknown quan- 
 tity, the value of which cannot be ascertained till the value of 
 this unknown quantity is determined. 
 
 FUND, s. Ifunda, Lat.] stock, or capital ; that by which any 
 expense is supported ; a stock or bank of money. 2%e funds, are 
 the public securities given on the credit of the government to 
 those who lend money to the state ; which securities only mean 
 the right to demand certain moneys half-yearly at the Bank of 
 England, in proportion to the amount given or advanced. The 
 funding system, or the system of permanent loans, arose in Eng- 
 land soon after the Revolution of 1088, and it has now been 
 carried on to such an extent, that the overturn of it seems per- 
 fectly hoijeless. 
 
 FU'NDAMENT, s. [fundo, Lat.] that part of the body on 
 which a person sits. 
 
 FUNDAME'NTAL, a. serving for the foundation ; that on 
 which the rest is built ; essential ; important. 
 
 FOR 
 
 FUNDAME'NTAL, s. a leading, essential, or necessary pro- 
 position. 
 
 FUNDAME'NTALLY, ad. essentially; originally. 
 
 FU'NDY, BAY OF, a wide bay between Nova Scotia and New 
 Brunswick, N. America. 
 
 FU'NEN, an island of Denmark, near the entrance of the Bal- 
 tic Sea, about 35 miles in length, and 30 in breadth. It is se- 
 parated from Jutland by a strait, called the Less Belt, and from 
 the island of Zealand by another, called the Great Belt. It is 
 remarkably fertile in pasture and grain, and exports annually 
 great quantities of barley, oats, rye, pease, and honey. Most of 
 the Danish nobility have seats here. Population, about 150,000. 
 Odensee is the capital. 
 
 FUNERAL, s. [funus, Lat.] the procession made in carrying 
 a corpse to the grave ; the interment or putting a dead person 
 into the grave ; the ceremony used at putting a person into the 
 grave. 
 
 FU'NERAL, Fune'real, a. used at the burial of the dead ; 
 suiting a burial. Dark or dismal, applied to colour. 
 
 FUNGO'SITY, «. lfunffus,h-dt.] sponginess; porosity. 
 
 FU'NGOUS, a. excrescent; spongy; porous; wanting firm- 
 ness. 
 
 FU'NGUS, s. [Lat.] strictly, a mushroom. In Botany, ap- 
 plied generally to those substances that are either species of 
 mushroom, or resemble them with regard to their sponginess or 
 shape. In Surgery, an excrescence of flesh growing on the lips 
 of wounds. 
 
 FU'NICLE, s. [funis, Lat.] a small cord. 
 
 FU'NNEL, s. [infundibulum, from infundo, Lat.] an inverted 
 hollow cone with a pipe fastened to it, through which liquors 
 are poured into vessels with narrow mouths ; the shafts of a 
 chimney ; any pipe or passage of communication. 
 
 FU'NNELTOP, s. in Botany, a species of fungus, bell-shaped, 
 with round, convex, or flat seeds. The varieties are numerous. 
 
 FUR, s. [fourrure, Fr.] skin with soft hair; the soft hair of 
 beasts ; the sediments of liquors adhering to the vessels in which 
 they were contained. 
 
 To FUR, V. a. to line or cover with skins that have soft hair ; 
 to cover with sediments or deposit precipitated from any fluid. 
 
 FURA'CIOUS, (furdsMous) a. [fur, Lat.] thievish ; inclined 
 to steal. 
 
 FURA'CITY, s. an inclination or disposition to theft. 
 
 FU'RBELOW, ifurbeld) s. [/a»a/a, Fr.] an ornament of ruffled 
 or plaited silk, linen, stuffs, &c., sewed on women's garments. 
 
 To FU'RBELOW, (f&rbelQ) v. a. to adorn with stripes or bor- 
 ders of fur, silk, linen, &c., sewed on in plaits. 
 
 To FU'RBISH, V. a. [fourhir, Fr.] to burnish, polish, or make 
 any metal bright. 
 
 FU'RBISHER, s. [fourhisseur, Fr.] one who polishes or bur- 
 nishes any metal so as to make it bright. 
 
 FURCA'TION, s. [furca, Lat.] forkiness ; the shooting out 
 two ways like the prongs of a fork. 
 
 FU'RFUR, s. [Lat.] bran; husk; chaff; dandruff 
 
 FURFURA^CEOUS, a. [furfur, Lat.] husky, branny. 
 
 FU'RIES, in Ancient Mythology, the three daughters of 
 Night and Acheron, namely, Alecto, Megsera, and Tisiphone; 
 who had snakes instead of hair, and eyes like lightning, and 
 carried iron chains and whips in one hand, and in the other 
 flaming torches; to discover, and to punish, the guilty with. 
 In Greece they were called Eumenides. 
 
 FU'RIOUS, a. [furor, Lat.] mad, or deprived of the right use 
 of reason ; raging ; violently transported by passion. 
 
 FU'RIOUSLY, ad. madly ; violently ; with vehemence and 
 outrage. 
 
 FU'RIOUSNESS, s. fierceness of nature ; violence of attack ; 
 raging. 
 
 To FURL, V. a. [fresler, Fr.] to draw up and bind any sail 
 close to the yard. 
 
 FU'RLONG, s. [farlang. Sax.] a measure containing 220 
 yards, or one eighth of a mile. 
 
 FU'RLOUGH, ifurlO) s. [verloef, Belg.] a permission given by 
 a superior officer to an inferior, or a common soldier, to be absent 
 for a stated time. 
 
 FU'RMENTY, s. See Frumenty. 
 
 FU'RNACE, s. [fornax, Lat.] a place built like an oven, in ' 
 which coals and wood are burnt ; sometimes applied to the ves- 
 sel of iron or copper in which ores, metals, &c. are melted. 
 
FUS 
 
 To FU'RNISH, V. a. [foumir, Fr.] to supply with what is 
 wanting ; to give for use ; to fit up ; to adorn ; to embellish. 
 
 FU'RNISHER, s. one who supplies or fits out. 
 
 FU'RNITURE, s. [foumiture, Fr.] any goods, necessaries, or 
 materials, proper to render a house, place, or any thing con- 
 venient ; an appendage; equipage, embellishment, or ornament. 
 
 FU'RRIER, s. one who buys or sells furs. 
 
 FV'RROW, (furrd) s. [/u/A, Sax.] a small trench made by 
 the plough for the reception of seeds; a narrow channel made in 
 a field for conveying water to dry, or for the draining watery 
 land ; any long trench or hollow ; the marks or hollows made 
 in the face by age ; a wrinkle. 
 
 To FU'RROW, (/«n-d) V. a. [fi/rian. Sax.] to plough into 
 narrow channels or hollows; to move by cutting like a plough- 
 share. 
 
 FU'RRY, a. [from fur,) covered with or dressed in fur ; con- 
 sisting of fur; covered with the sediments of any liquor. 
 
 FU'RTHER, a. beyond, or greater than this. See Forth, 
 and Farther. 
 
 To FU'RTHER, v. a. [foHhrian, Sax.] to promote, counten- 
 ance, or encourage. 
 
 FU'RTHERANCE, s. the act of promoting, countenancing, 
 or advancing any undertaking or design. 
 
 FU'RTHERER, s. a promoter ; one who contributes to ad- 
 vance the progress of an undertaking. 
 
 FU'RTHERMORE, ad. moreover; more than what has been 
 said or alleged ; besides. 
 
 FU'RTIVE, a. Ifurtivus, from fur, Lat.] stolen ; gotten by 
 stealth. 
 
 FU'RY, s. [furor, Lat.] loss of reason ; madness ; phrensy. 
 
 FURZE, s. [Jirs, Sax.] in Botany, a plant which grows wild on 
 heath and upland commons, generally used for fuel, or making 
 hedges. It is likewise called gorze and whins. 
 
 FU'RZY, a. overgrown with fbrze or gorze. 
 
 To FUSE, (faze) v. a. [fusim, Lat.] to melt, to liquefy by heat. 
 
 FUSEE', ifuzSe) s. Ifuseau, Fr.] in Horology, the cone or 
 spindle round which the chain of a clock or watch is wound. In 
 a bomb, a wooden pipe or tap filled with wildfire, by which the 
 whole powder or composition in the shell takes fire. In Hunt- 
 ing, the track of a buck. A firelock, or small neat musket ; but 
 this is more properly written /ksjV. 
 
 FU'SELI, HENRY, a famous painter of the Royal Academy 
 of England, who was by birth a Swiss ; but being constrained 
 to leave his country, came hither and supported himself by his 
 pen for some time, till attracting the notice of Sir Joshua Rey- 
 nolds, he was determined to be a painter. He studied for a 
 while in Italy, and on returning to England projected the 
 Boydell Gallery for Shakspeare ; entered the Academy ; obtain- 
 ed one of their chairs ; and gained much celebrity by his works. 
 He died in 1825, aged 84 years. His style is so full of exagger- 
 ations that he has no such indiscriminate admiration as once was 
 accorded to him. 
 
 FU'SIBLE, (fi'izible) a. capable of being melted or liquefied by 
 fire. 
 
 FUSIBI'LITY, {fuzibUity) s. a capacity of being melted, or 
 becoming liquid by fire. 
 
 FU'SIL, (fuzee)s. [fusil, Fr.] See Fusee. 
 
 FUSJLIE'R, ifuzileer) a soldier armed with a small musket. 
 
 FU'SION, s. ifusum, Lat.] the act of melting; the state of 
 beln^ melted, or turned liquid, by heat. 
 
 FUSS, «. bustle; racket ; clamour; much ado about nothing. 
 
 FUST, s. ifuste, Fr.] the body, trunk, or shaft of a column. 
 
 ?ith 
 
 Also, a strong smell, as that of a mouldy barrel. 
 
 FUST, JOHN, one of the inventors of the art of printing 
 movable type ; whose beautiful productions caused such aston- 
 ishment that he was thought by his fellow-townsmen to have 
 accomplished them by forbidden arts. He printed the Bible both 
 in German and Latin, and many religious works and others of 
 value. He died about 1466. 
 
 FU'STIAN, s. ifutaine, Fr.] a kind of cloth made of cotton 
 stuff. In Criticism, a high, swelling, and turgid style; bom- 
 bast. 
 
 FU'STIAN, a. made of fustian. Applied to style, ridiculously 
 tumid, or pompous. 
 
 FU'STIC, s. a yellow wood used for dyeing. 
 
 FU'STINESS, 8. stink ; the scent of a mouldy cask. 
 
 FU'STY, a. stinking; mouldy; smelling like a mouldy cask. 
 
 GAD 
 
 FU'TILE, a. [/!(fe?j«, Lat.] talking much ; trifling; worthless; 
 of no weight or import. 
 
 FUTI'LITY, s. {futilite, Fr.] the fault of talking too much, 
 triflingness; want of weight ; want of solidity. 
 
 FU'TTOCKS, «. [corrupted from ./i-oi ;«)o/v ,-] in Shipbuilding, 
 the lower or upper timbers that give breadth or bearing to a ship, 
 and hold it together. 
 
 FUTURE, a. [futurus, Lat.] that shall be; that has never 
 existed, but is approaching. 
 
 FU'TURE, s. time to come ; that which may happen hereafter. 
 In Grammar, a tense by which we express an action yet to take 
 place. 
 
 FU'TURELY, ad. in time to come. 
 
 FUTU'RITY, s. time or events which may come after a certain 
 period of time ; the state of being to happen after a certain time. 
 
 To FUZZ, V. n. from the sound ; to fly out with a hissing noise 
 in small particles, like water from a cock half turned. 
 
 FU'ZZBALL, s. in Botany, a kind of fungus, which, when 
 touched or pressed, bursts, and scatters dust. 
 
 FY ! or Fie ! interject, a word used to express disapprobation 
 and loathing. 
 
 FY'AL, or Fa'yal, themost westerly of the Azores, or Western 
 Islands, about 27 miles in length, and 9 in breadth. The climate 
 is remarkably good, and the air always pure and mild. The 
 island produces plenty of pasture for cattle, and abundance of 
 fish are caught on the coast. The most considerable town is 
 Villa de Horta. Lat. 38. 32. N. Long. 28. 45. W. 
 
 FYZABA'D, a city of Hindustan, in the territory of Oude, of 
 which it was once the capital, and near the ancient city of Oude. 
 It is still populous, although the wealthier inhabitants have re- 
 tired since the removal of the Nabob to Lucknow. It is seated 
 on the river Gogra, 65 miles E. of Lucknow, and 80 nearly N. of 
 Allahabad. Lat. 26. 45. N. Long. 82. 10. E. 
 
 r^ IS the seventh letter and fifth consonant of the English 
 ^-* alphabet. It is a guttural mute, and has two sounds, one 
 of which is called hard, which it retains before a, o, u, I, r ; as 
 game, gore, gun, glass, grass. The other sound, which is termed 
 soft, resembles the sound of they; and is commonly found before 
 e or i, as in gem and gibbet ; though not without exception ; for 
 in the words get, giddy, gift, give, and many more the reader will 
 see pointed out in order, it retains the hard sound. It is often 
 silent, both in words of Latin origin, borrowed from the French, 
 in which case we seem to have taken their pronunciation too, as 
 condign ; and in words of Saxon origin, as might. Or both cases 
 may arise from the fact of g being in the Saxon the representa- 
 tive of the deep guttural sound, represented in Scottish by ch ; 
 and that it has preserved this force in a mitigated form. Gh at the 
 end of some words is equivalent to^, but in others to a mitigated 
 guttural ; as laxu/h, through. G, formerly, in Roman numerals, 
 denoted 4000; or thus, g, 40,000. In Music, it is the name of 
 the note immediately above the top line of the staff in the treble 
 clef, and immediately under it in the bass clef. 
 
 GABA'RDINE, s. {jgavardina, Ital.] a coarse frock. 
 
 To GA'BBLE, v. n. [^abbare, Ital.] to make an inarticulate 
 noise ; to prate loudly without sense or meaning. 
 
 GA'BBLE, s. an unintelligible noise ; loud talk, without sense 
 or meaning. 
 
 GA'BBLER, s. a prater or talkative person. 
 
 GA'BEL, s. [gabelle, Fr.] among the French, a duty or tax 
 upon salt ; any tax or excise. 
 
 GA'BION, s. [Fr.] a wicker basket filled with earth, serving 
 as a defence from the enemy's fire; used in batteries to screen 
 the engineers. 
 
 GA'BLE, s. [gaval, Brit, gable, Fr,] the sloping roof of a build- 
 ing. The gable-end, in Building, is the upright triangular end 
 of a house from the eaves to the top of the roof. 
 
 GA'BRIEL, the name given to an angel in the Book of 
 Daniel ; and to an archangel, by some writers. 
 
 GAD, s. [Sax.] a wedge or ingot of steel. 
 
 To GAD, V. n. [_gadaw, Bnt.l to ramble about without any set- 
 tled purpose, necessary call, or valuable business. 
 
 GA'DDER, s. [from gad,'\ one who rambles about, or goes 
 much abroad, without any call or business. 
 
GAL 
 
 GA'DDINGLY, ad. in a rambling or roving manner. 
 
 GA'DFLY, s. a troublesome, large, stinging fly ; called like- 
 wise a hreese, and gad-bee. 
 
 GA'DOLINITE, s. in Chemistry, a fossil discovered in Swe- 
 den by one Gadolin a chemist. 
 
 GAEL, the name of that branch of the Celtic race, which 
 settled in the Highlands of Scotland. 
 
 GA'ELIC LANGUAGE, the dialect of the Celtic spoken by 
 the Highlanders. 
 
 GAFF, s. a harpoon, or large hook. 
 
 GA'FFER, s. [gefere. Sax.] a word of respect formerly, but 
 now made use of only as a term of familiarity to an old country 
 fellow. 
 
 GA'FFLES, s. [gafelucas. Sax.] artificial spurs of steel, or 
 silver, put on a cock s legs, in the room of his natural ones, when 
 he is to fight. 
 
 To GAG, V. n. [gaghel, Belg.l to force something into the 
 mouth that may keep the jaws distended, and hinder a person 
 from speaking. 
 
 GAG, s. something put into the mouth, which hinders a i^er- 
 son from speaking. 
 
 GAGE,_s^ [Fr.] somethi_ng given as a security ; a pledge. 
 '__ _ _ I to wager ; to give or place in 
 as part of a wager ; to give as a pledge or security. 
 
 To GAGE, V. a. yager, Fr.] to wager ; to give or place in trust 
 
 GAGE, s. and v. See Gauge. ' 
 
 To GA'GGLE, v. n. Igagen, Belg.] to make a noise like a 
 goose, or like one who is gagged. 
 
 GA'IETY, s. [saiete, Fr.] a cheerful, sprightly, and joyous 
 disposition of mind. Pleasures which are proper for youth, used 
 in the plural. Synon. Joy is in the heart ; gaiety in the manners. 
 The one is a sentiment of the soul ; the other the expression of 
 the animal spirits. 
 
 GAIN, s. [Fr.] profit or advantage flowing as a consequence 
 from any undertaking ; interest, or lucre. 
 
 To GAIN, V. a. [gagner, Fr.] to obtain profit or advantage ; to 
 receive for a thing above what it costs ; to attain, obtain, or ac- 
 quire ; to win ; to draw over to an interest or party.— 1>. n. to en- 
 croach ; to advance or come forward by degrees. Figuratively, 
 used with on or ujmn, to obtain an advantage over ; to get 
 ground. 
 
 GAIN,o. an old word now out of use: handv; ready; dexterous. 
 
 GA'INER, s. one who receives profit or advantage. 
 
 GAINFUL, a. that by which a person may be enriched ; pro- 
 fitable ; advantageous ; lucrative ; productive of money. 
 
 GA'INFULLY, ad. in a profitable or advantageous manner. 
 
 GA'INLESS, a. unprofitable ; producing neither profit nor 
 advantage. 
 
 GA'INLY, orf. handily ; readily; dexterously. 
 
 To GAINSA'Y, v. a. [from gain for against, and say,'] to contra- 
 dict; to deny, or speak against a thing. 
 
 GAINSA'YER, s. an opponent ; an adversary. 
 
 GAINSBOROUGH, Lincolnshire. It is situated on the Trent, 
 over which is a handsome stone bridge. Though nearly 40 miles 
 from theHumber by water, it is accessible to vessels of consider- 
 able burden (trading to London, Hull, Newcastle, and other 
 places) with the tide, and serves as a place of export and import 
 to the W. and N. W. parts of the county. It is 151 miles from 
 London. Market, Tuesday. Pop. 7850. 
 
 GAINSBOROUGH, THOMAS, a celebrated English painter 
 of the 18th century. He began in very early life to show his taste 
 and genius in landscape painting; and it is in the paintings 
 which he executed in this way, that his great genius is to be 
 seen. The scenes and things amongst which his boyhood was 
 spent, are represented just as they appeared to the careless, but 
 inspired boy, or to the unfolded artist. He died in 1788, aged 
 61 years. 
 
 GA'IRISH, Ga'rish, a. [i/eanjan. Sax.] gaudy; showy; fine 
 or bright. Excessively gay, or flighty, applied to the mind. 
 
 GA'IRISHNESS, «. finery, or flaunting gaudiness, applied to 
 dress. ^ Flighty or extravagant joy or gaiety. 
 
 GAIT, s. Igat, Belg.] the manner or air of walking. 
 
 GALA'GE, s. a shepherd's clog. An old word. " My galage 
 grown fiist to my heel," Spenser. 
 
 GALA'NGAL, s. [galange, Fr.] the name of two roots brought 
 from the East Indies, used as Stim ulants in some common maladies. 
 
 GALAPA'GOS, a cluster of islands in the Pacific Ocean, lying 
 immediately under the equator, between 500 and 1000 miles 
 
 GAL 
 
 from tne continent. A settlement has been made on one or two 
 of them, which is in a flourishing state. 
 
 GALA'TIA, a country of ancient Asia Minor, bounded by 
 Bithynia, Phrygia, Cappadocia, and Pontus. It was peopled by 
 a tribe of Gauls, who, in about 250 b. c, found their way thither, 
 and settled on the land given them as military pay. There were 
 a few ranges of hills crossing it, which were connected with the 
 mountain-chains of that region. And it was watered by the 
 Halys and the Sangarius. Ancyra and Taviutn were its chief 
 towns. 
 
 GALATIANS, EPISTLE TO, written by the apostle Paul, 
 not very long after he had first preached amongst the towns of 
 Galatia ; but it is not agreed from what place ; Antioch appears 
 as probable as any of the conjectures. It is a somewhat irregular 
 argument, first to establish his independent testimony to, and 
 knowledge of, the gospel, and ultimately to prove the complete- 
 ness of tne revelations of God's relations to mankind contained 
 in it, so as to confute the arguments of the Judaist teachers 
 who had troubled the churches of Galatia; and to show that it 
 was both superfluous and pernicious to attempt to graft even the 
 Mosaic ceremonies on the Christian faith, seeing that the two 
 schemes were in essence inconsistent, the law being the school- 
 master to train men for Christ, and being harmful and not of use 
 after that training is accomplished. It may be advantageously 
 compared with the Epistle to the Romans, written in proof of 
 the same point some years afterwards. 
 
 GA'LAXY, s. [gala, Gr.] the Milky Way, an irregular belt of 
 misty light across the starry heavens, divided into two parts for 
 some way. Under powerful telescopes it presents the appearance 
 of being composed of myriads of stars, and it is thought to point 
 out the direction and the outline of the edge of the group or 
 system of stars in which our solar system has its place. 
 
 GA'LBA, SERVIUS SULPITIUS, a man of honourable birth 
 and advanced age, raised to the throne of the Roman empire, on 
 the suicide of Nero, by the army which he commanded in Spain. 
 He sought to curb the licence assumed by the Praetorian guards, 
 and paid for his boldness with his life, in a. d. 09, after a reign 
 of less than a year. He was not fitted by his age and qualities to 
 hold so great a trust, although no crimes are alleged against him. 
 
 GA'LBANUM, s. [Lat.] in Medicine, a gum-resin brought from 
 the W. countries of Asia, and used as a soothing kind of stimulant. 
 
 GALE, s. [gabling, Teut.] a current of air, or a gentle blast of 
 wind. In Botany, a plant, with spear-shaped leaves, called also 
 sweet willow, and Dutch myrtle. 
 
 GA'LEAS, Ga'lleass, s. [galeasse, Fr.] a large low-built ves- 
 sel, using both sails and oars, being the largest vessel which 
 is rowed. 
 
 GA'LEATED, a. [galeatu^ Lat.] covered with a helmet, or 
 with something resembling a helmet. 
 
 GA'LEN, CLAUDIUS, the celebrated physician of the 2nd 
 century. He studied in the most noted schools, and for a time 
 practised at Rome ; but being the object of the jealousy of the 
 old-established physicians, he retired to his native place, Perga- 
 mus, whence he was recalled by the emperoj to Rome again, 
 where he died in about 200, aged about 70 years. He was, for 
 his times, a very skilful and learned anatomist; and on this 
 knowledge all his sound and lasting fame rests ; but he did 
 not know enough to keep him from framing metaphysical theo- 
 ries of disease, &c. ; ancf as his followers received his dicta as 
 authoritative decisions, he prevented the progress in this most 
 important science, which otherwise he might have commenced. 
 
 GALE'NA, s. in Chemistry, the sulphuret of lead. 
 
 GALE'NIC, Gale'nical, a. a manner of treating diseases 
 founded on the principles of Galen, 
 
 GALE'RIUS, C. VALERIUS MAXIMIANUS, the Caesar 
 under Diocletian, and on his abdication, Augustus, or joint-em- 
 peror, in his stead, with Constantius Chlorus first, and after- 
 wards with Maxentius and Constantine. His sole qualification 
 was brute courage, and this was stained with great ferocity. 
 He died in 311, after a reign of years. 
 
 GALLVNI, FERDINAND, a Neapolitan abbe, of some fame 
 for his works on Political Economy, and for his wit. He was 
 well versed in many sciences, and held some important posts 
 under the eovernment. He died in 1787, aged 59 years. 
 
 GALI'CIA, a province of Austria, lying between Russia anj 
 Prussia, and bounded by Cracow, Moldavia, Transylvania, Hun- 
 gary, and Silesia. It is m part covered by the Carpathian raoun- 
 
GAL 
 
 tains, some of which are above 7000 feet high. Its rivers are 
 tributaries of the Dauube and the Vistula, &c. The mountain- 
 ous parts produce line pasture ; the plains are mostly sandy, but 
 abound in forests, and are fertile in corn. The principal articles 
 of traffic are cattle, hides, wax, and honey, copper, lead, iron, 
 and salt. Population, about 5,000,000. Lemburg or Leopold 
 is the capital. 
 
 GALI'CIA, a province of Spain, lying on the Atlantic and 
 the Bay of Biscay, N. of Portugal ; bounded by Asturia and 
 Leon. It is about 120 miles each way. It has more harbours 
 than any other province of Spain, and the forests yield wood for 
 ship-building. The principal produce is wine, flax, and citrons ; 
 and here are also good pastures. It is hilly, and the chief river 
 is the Minho. The mineral productions are copper and lead. 
 Population, about 1,500,000. Corunna and Ferrol are the 
 principal ports, and St. Jago di Compostella is the capital. 
 
 GALILE'O GALILE'I, one of the greatest experimental 
 philosophers that ever lived. His youth was given up to study, 
 and he was appointed Mathematical Professor at his native town, 
 Pisa. In after years he removed to Padua, and finally settled 
 at Florence. His discoveries take in a wide range, the pendulum, 
 the thermometer, specific gravity, the telescope ; and with this 
 instrument, the composition of the Milky Way, the moons of 
 Jupiter and Saturn, the phases of Venus, the spots on the sun, 
 &c. The great event of his life, however, was tne conflict over 
 his person between ecclesiastical tyranny and science. After 
 his discoveries, and with his mathematical skill, it is not sur- 
 prising that he should embrace the Copernican theory of the 
 solar system and reject the Ptolemaic. But it seems that he 
 imprudently provoked the anger of the church by covert ridi- 
 cule of the pope, and as he had before been a marked man by 
 his opposition to the scientific method in vogue, and by the 
 tenets which he avowed, he was brought before the Inquisitition, 
 perhaps tortured, compelled to sign a disavowal of some astro- 
 nomical facts he had maintained, (particularly the rotation of 
 the earth, and its revolution round the sun,) and to undergo 
 penance and imprisonment. This confinement, though not in 
 prison, together with the death of his daughter, broke down his 
 spirit, and he died in 1642, aged 78 years, one of the noblest 
 martyrs of science. 
 
 GA'LIOT, s. [gallotte, Fr.] a little galley or sort of brigantine, 
 built very slight, and fit for chase. It carries but one mast, and 
 two or three pattereroes. It can both sail and row, and has 
 sixteen or twenty seats for the rowers, with one man to each oar. 
 
 GALL, ST. a canton of Switzerland, lying between the lakes 
 of Constance, Zurich, and Walienstadt, and bounded by the 
 cantons of Thurgau, Zurich, Schweitz, Glarus, and the Grisons, 
 and by Austria. It is mountainous, though not traversed by 
 the principal chain of the Alps, and some of its heights are not 
 far short of 9000 feet. The Rhine and the Thur are its chief 
 rivers. The produce of the canton is iron, coal, corn, fruits, 
 wine, cattle, and some cotton and other manufactures. Popu- 
 lation, about 200,000. St. Gall is its capital, a town of some 
 fame in the middle ages, standing in a narrow barren valley, 
 between two mountains. The inhabitants are uncommonly in- 
 dustrious, and carry on an extensive commerce, arising from the 
 manufactures of linen, muslin, and embroidery. Here is a rich 
 and celebrated abbey, in the library belonginjj to which were 
 found the famous MSS. of Petronius Arbiter, Silius Italicus, Va- 
 lerius Flaccus, and Quintilian, in 1413. Population, about 
 10,000. Lat. 47. 26. N. Long. 9. 20. E. 
 
 GALL, DR. jFRANCIS JOSEPH, the celebrated father of 
 phrenological science, was a German physician, who from boy- 
 hood had marked the difference between the mental habitudes 
 and dispositions of those around him, and the form and shape of 
 their crania, and at length systematized" his observations; and 
 by a refined and skilful anatomy of the brain, secured a fair sup- 
 port for his system. He communicated his theory mostly by 
 lectures, which, after he had delivered them at Vienna, he deli- 
 vered in most of the cities, &c. of Germany, &c. He settled at 
 length at Paris, and continued his observations, studies, and 
 lectures, and died in 1828, aged 61 years. His books are of 
 considerable value independently of Phrenology, in which they 
 have been laid aside for the less substantial but more popular 
 works of his pupils and followers. 
 
 GALL, (yaull) s. [geala. Sax.] a yellow juice, secreted from the 
 blood in the glands of the liver, and lodged in a particular reser- 
 
 GAL 
 
 voir, called the gall Madder. Figuratively, any thing extremely 
 bitter. Rancour or malignity, applied to the temper of the mind. 
 Also a sore or hurt, occasioned by fretting or rubbing off the 
 skin. In Natural History, an excrescence on the stem or leaf of 
 plants and trees, caused by the puncture of an insect in depo- 
 siting its eggs. The larvae live and feed in the inside of the gall, 
 and when they have passed through the pupa state, eat their 
 way out. One species of gall, known in commerce as Aleppo 
 galls, is used in dyeing, inkmaking, &c. 
 
 To GALL, {()aull) V. a. [galer, Fr.j to hurt or make sore by 
 rubbing off the skin. Figuratively, to impair, or wear away ; to 
 vex ; to fret ; to tease ; to harass ; to disturb. Prov. Touch a 
 galld horse on the back, and he'll kick or wince. 
 
 GA'LLANT, a. [galant, Fr.] gay, showy, or magnificent, ap- 
 plied to dress. Brave, high-spirited, courageous, applied to the 
 mind ; also amorous, or inclined to courtship. 
 
 GA'LLANT, «. a gay, sprightly, airy, and courageous person ; 
 a person who courts a woman in order to make her his wife ; a 
 paramour. 
 
 GA'LLANTLY, ad. in a gay or sprightly manner. In a showy 
 or splendid manner, applied to cfress. In a brave, noble, or 
 courageous manner. 
 
 GA'LLANTR Y, «. [galanterie, Fr.] splendour ; grandeur ; 
 finery ; bravery ; nobleness ; courtship ; elegant and refined 
 address to women ; vicious love ; amorousness. 
 
 GA'LLATES, s. in Chemistry, salts formed by the combina- 
 tion of anj' base with gallic acid. 
 
 GALLEO'N, (galloun) s. Igalion, Fr.] a large ship, with four or 
 five decks. Now applied to those ships which the Spaniards 
 employ in the commerce they carry on between Mexico and Peru. 
 
 GA'LLERY, s. [(/alerie, Fr.] a little aisle or walk in a house 
 above-stairs, serving as a common passage to several rooms 
 placed in a line or row ; likewise a covered place in a house much 
 longer than broad, usually placed in the wings of a building, 
 sometimes embellished with pictures, and serving to walk in ; 
 the seats in the playhouse above the boxes. In Fortification, a 
 covered walk or passage made across the ditch of a town be- 
 sieged. In a ship, a balcony on the outside of the stern, to which 
 there is a passage from the great cabin. In a church, it is a kind 
 of balustrade built along the sides or lower end of the church. 
 
 GA'LLEY, s. [ffalea, Ital. galere, Fr.] a low-built vessel going 
 both with oars and sails, having two masts and two square sails. 
 Figuratively, used to imply a state of extreme misery, alluding to 
 the condition of the slaves by whom these vessels are navigated. 
 
 GA'LLEY-SLAVE, s. a person condemned to row in the 
 galleys. 
 
 GA'LLIA, in Ancient Geography, the name given to that part 
 of the continent of Europe now called France, and to the N. part 
 of Italy. This was called Gallia Citerior, and the former, Gallia 
 Ulterior. 
 
 GA'LLIC, a. in Chemistry, belonging to galls, applied princi- 
 pally to the acid which is found in galls, oak-bark, and some 
 other vegetables. 
 
 GA'LLICAN, a. [gallicus, Lat.] belonging to the French church 
 or nation. 
 
 GA'LLICISM, s. [gallicisme, Fr.] a manner of expression pe- 
 culiar to the French language. 
 
 GALLIE'NUS, P. LICINIUS, one of the later Roman emperors, 
 son of Valerian, at first his Caesar, and on his capture by Shah 
 Poor, his successor. He lived in Italy, and used his power only to 
 procure sensual indulgence. His reign is usually called, the time 
 of the 30 tyrants, because almost every province was made the 
 scene of the appointment of a rival to the emperor. In marching 
 against one of these who invaded Italy, he was murdered, in 268, 
 after a reign of 8 years. 
 
 GALLIGA'SKINS, s. large, open, or trunk hose; a pair of 
 breeches. 
 
 GALLIMA'TIA, (gallimdshia) s. [jgallimathias, Fr.] a dark, per- 
 plexed discourse; nonsense. 
 
 GALLIMAU'FRY, s. [jgalimafree, Fr.] a hotch-potch, hash, or 
 ragout of several sorts of broken meat ; any inconsistent and 
 ridiculous medley. 
 
 GA'LLIOT, s. See Galiot. 
 
 GALLl'POLI, a town of Turkey in Europe, seated on the 
 Hellespont, famous in commerce for the oil which is produced in 
 its vicinity, and used very abundantly in our machinery. Po- 
 pulation, about 25,000. Lat. 40. 21. N. Long. 26. 38. E. 
 3d 385 
 
GAL 
 
 GA'LLIPOT, s. a pot made of clay glazed, sometimes painted, 
 commonlr used to put medicines in. 
 
 GALLO'CHES, s. a sort of leathern clogs, that cover good part 
 of the shoe. 
 
 GA'LLON, s. [ffelo,]ow Lat.] a measure containing four quarts. 
 
 or nearly 277j cubic inches, used both for liquids and dry goods, 
 and, or lace 
 
 GALLOO'N, s. [ffalon, Fr.] a thick narrow kind of ferret, rib- 
 
 To GA'LLOP, V. n. [(/ahper, Fr.] to move forwards very quick ; 
 to move on horseback by reaches and leaps. 
 
 GA'LLOP, «. the motion of a horse when he runs at full speed ; 
 in which making a kind of leap forward, he lifts both his fore- 
 legs very near at the same time ; and while these are in the air, 
 and just upon the point of touching the ground, he lifts both his 
 hind-legs almost at once. 
 
 GA'LLOPER, s. a horse that gallops, or moves forward by 
 reaches and leaps ; a person who rides fast, or makes a horse 
 carry him on a gallop. 
 
 To GA'LLOW, (gdlld) v. a. [ag<Blwan, Sax.] to terrify ; to make 
 afraid. 
 
 GA'LLOW AY, s. a horse not more than 14 hands high, much 
 used in the North, and perhaps is so called because coming 
 originally from Galloway, a shire in Scotland. 
 
 GA'LLOWAY, or Ga'llway, is a district of Scotland, about 
 170 miles in length, and 100 in breadth. It lies on the sea, and 
 is bounded by Carrick and Kjie, and by Nithsdale. It contains 
 several rivers, and a great number of lakes from half a mile to 
 two miles in length. 
 
 GA'LLOWS, (gdllds) s. a frame of wood on which criminals 
 are hanged. 
 
 GA'LLOWSFREE, a. exempt by destiny from being banged. 
 " Let him be gatlowsfree, by my consent," Dryden. 
 
 GALT, JOHN, an English novelist, whose tales, most of which 
 relate to Scotland, are highly esteemed as correct pictures of 
 Scottish life. He wrote travels, tragedies, biographies, and mis- 
 cellaneous poems, but these are not much esteemed. He was 
 engaged on the Courier for some time, and his relinquishment of 
 the editorship reflected the greatest credit on his consistency. 
 He was engaged in several unpropitious commercial speculations, 
 and visited various countries, America in particular, in the course 
 of carrying them on. He died in 1839, after a long-continued 
 and severe paralysis, aged 60 years. 
 
 GALVA'NI, LOUIS, an Italian physician, who enjoyed con- 
 siderable reputation as a lecturer on anatomy, and accidentally 
 discovered that branch of electrical science, called after his 
 name. He devoted himself to the investigation of this new 
 science, and called universal attention to it by the success and 
 singularity of his experiments. Domestic afflictions, and the 
 troubled state of the country, preyed on his health, and he died 
 in 1798, aged 61 years. 
 
 GALVA'NIC, a. in Natural Philosophy, belonging to galvan- 
 ism. Galvanic Pile, a series of plates of copper or silver, zinc, 
 and cloth or bibulous paper, copiously wetted, capable of giving 
 a shock, in proportion to its extent. Galvanic Trough, or Battery, 
 a trough or vessel filled with diluted acid, and divided into com- 
 partments by plates of copper and zinc placed alternately, and 
 connected with copper wires ; wires are carried from the last 
 plate at each end, and galvanic experiments of various and in- 
 teresting kinds are performed by means of them. Batteries are 
 usually made now ot single jars, containing one plate of zinc and 
 one of silver or copper ; and any increase of power required is 
 obtained by the use of a number of them. There are great va- 
 rieties of galvanic batteries, and Dr. Wollaston's, in which the 
 copper plate is bent round the zinc plate, is judged to be the best. 
 
 GA'LVANISM, that great branch of electrical science in which 
 the phenomena are produced by chemical, instead of mechanical 
 means. The exciting cause is the simultaneous action of water 
 or diluted acid on two plates of zinc and copper, or zinc and 
 silver. And all the results that had been obtained by the elec- 
 trical machine, have been obtained, with many more of great 
 beauty and singularity. It is by means of galvanic electri- 
 city that this powerful agent has been applied to the investiga- 
 tion of chemical analysis, with fruits, under Sir Humphrey Davy, 
 Faraday, and others, equivalent to the discovery of a new science. 
 By this means, also, an explanation of magnetic phenomena has 
 been obtained. It has furnished a basis, also, for some of the 
 subliraest speculations that have ever been indulged respecting 
 
 GAM 
 
 the nature and the laws of matter, and promises yet to give to 
 man the key to all the laws of the material universe. Some of 
 the most surprising effects of galvanism are those which first at- 
 tracted the attention of its discoverer, those which it produces on 
 the animal frame. By communicating a current of galvanic 
 electricity to the spine of any dead animal, by means of the 
 wires of a battery, all the limbs are thrown into violent ac- 
 tion, and the phenomena of life frightfully simulated. If a 
 small current be passed through the eye, a brilliant flash of 
 light is observed; and if such a current is generated, as can be 
 by placing a piece of silver and a piece of zinc on different sides 
 of the tongue, with their edges in contact, a very astringent 
 flavour is perceived. This form of electricity has been applied 
 medically, but without any striking benefits at present. 
 
 GALVANOMETER, and GALVA'NOSCOPE, s. [Galvani, 
 and metreo, or scopeo, Gr.] in Galvanism, an instrument for de- 
 tecting the presence and measuring the force of feeble currents 
 of galvanic electricity, by means of their action on the magnetic 
 needle. 
 
 GA'LWAY, a county of Connaught, Ireland. It is about 75 
 miles long, and 46 broad ; lies on the Atlantic Ocean, and is bound- 
 ed by the counties of Mayo, Roscommon, King's County, Tippe- 
 rary, and Clare. It contains 116 parishes. A great part of it 
 is fertile, being a warm lime-stone soil, which rewards the in- 
 dustry of the husbandman .and shepherd; but is very coarse 
 towards the N. and W., and, in those parts, rather thinly inha- 
 bited. The western coast contains many welt-sheltered har- 
 bours, and is mostly bordered with green islands and rugged 
 rocks. Its lakes are Loughs Rea, Corrib, Mask, and Deirgeart ; 
 and its rivers, the Suck and the Shannon. Pop. 422,92-3. It 
 returns 4 members to parliament. Galway, its capital, is advan- 
 tageously situated for foreign trade on Galway Bay, in the Atlan- 
 tic ; and has some noble buildings, the church being particularly 
 fine. It has tolerably extensive docks. The salmon and her- 
 ring fisheries are carried on here with great spirit, and employ 
 several hundred boats ; the quantity of kelp manufactured and 
 exported is considerable, and the increase of the linen manufac- 
 ture, though of late introduction, is become veiy important. It 
 is 96 miles from Dublin. Pop. 17,27-5. 
 
 GA'MA, VASCO DE, an illustrious Portuguese navigator, 
 who contributed greatly to the sudden advance made by Europe 
 in civilization at the opening of the 16th century, by the disco- 
 very of the passage to the East Indies by the Cape of Good 
 Hope. He made three voyages to India, and established the 
 power of the Portuguese monarch there. He died there, after 
 his third voyage, wnen he had been appointed viceroy, in 1525, 
 aged about 60 years. 
 
 GAMBA'DE, Gamba'do, s. [gamba, Ital.] a sort of leather boot 
 fixed to a saddle, instead of stirrups, to put the legs in. 
 
 ugy, a bird resembling the red- 
 
 GA'MBETTA, s. in Ornitholog. 
 shank, which is common in Italy, and occasionally 
 England. 
 
 GA'MBIA, a large river of Africa, which falls into the Atlan- 
 tic Ocean. The source is not known, but it is navigable for 
 sloops about 600 miles up the country. At the mouth of the 
 river the land is low, but, higher up, the country is rocky and 
 mountainous, and covered with woods. Along its banks are 
 great numbers of towns, inhabited by various nations. The 
 Arabic language and Mohammedan religion generally prevail in 
 the country N. of this river; on the S. the inhabitants are 
 pagans. The Gambia annually overflows its banks, like the 
 Nile. The mouth is in Lat. 16. 28. N. and Long. 13. 20. W. 
 
 GA'MBIER, a town of Ohio, United States, which has risen 
 round Kenyon College, an Episcopalian institution of a promis- 
 ing character. The town is neat, and the collegiate buildings 
 are elegantly built of hewn stone. It is 371 miles from Wash- 
 ington. Pop. 300. 
 
 GA'MBIER, LORD JAMES, a distinguished British admiral, 
 who gained some celebrity during the American war, took part 
 in the victory of the 1st of June, and in the seizure of the Danish 
 fleet at Copenhagen. He underwent a court-martial about an 
 attack on the French fleet in the Channel, but was acquitted, 
 and rose to the highest naval position. He died in 1833, aged 
 77 years. 
 
 GA'MBLER,s. [from game,'] one addicted to games of chance, 
 or to deep and unfair play. 
 
 G A'MB LING, s. the practice of deep and unfair play. Gam- 
 
GAN 
 
 lins houses, commonly called hells, are now suppressed in 
 England. 
 
 GAMBO'GE, s. a vegetable resin of a deep yellow colour, 
 used as a paint, and in medicine as an evacuant. It comes from 
 Gambaja, in the East Indies. 
 
 To GA'MBOL, v. n. [gambiller, Fr.] to dance, skip, frisk, or 
 sportive tricks. 
 
 ^A 
 
 lA'MBOL, s. skip, hop, leap, or tumble for joy. Figuratively, 
 a frolic or wild prank. 
 
 GA'MBREL, «. [gamharella, Ital.] the leg of a horse. 
 
 GAME, s. [Sax.] sport of any kind ; a single match at play; 
 advantage in play; a kind of amusement, depending either on 
 skill and reflection, &c. alone, as chess, billiards, cricket, &c., or 
 on chance with these, as games played with cards and dice. To 
 make game, to ridicule. In Law, game is the name given to cer- 
 tain wild animak, which it is not lawful to shoot except at 
 fiarticular seasons, and which none may shoot without a yearly 
 icence. 
 
 To GAME, V. n. [gaman, Sax.] to play at any sport or diver- 
 sion ; to play extravagantly, or for great sums of money. 
 
 GA'MECOCK, s. a cock of a peculiar species bred for fighting. 
 
 GA'ME-EGG, s. an egg from which a fighting cock is bred. 
 
 GA'MEKEEPER, s. a person who looks after game. 
 
 GA'ME-LAWS, s. in English Law, certain statutes prescrib- 
 ing what wild animals shall be regarded as game, under what 
 conditions they shall be hunted or shot, &c. They are, with all 
 the changes lately introduced, one of the most barbarous relics 
 of the feudal system, and occasion to game-preservers, to tenants, 
 who submit to have their crops damaged by this kind of vermin, 
 and to working men, whom distress often tempts to poaching, a 
 greater amount of real evil than anj^ other set of laws in exist- 
 ence. The absurd and slavish admiration for the set of things 
 of which these game-laws are the type, on the part of those 
 whose corn is eaten by hares, &c., is the real secret of the 
 strength of these infamous statutes. 
 
 GA'MESOME, a. frolicsome; merry; gay. 
 
 GA'MESOMENESS, s. sportiveness; wantonness. 
 
 GA'MESOMELY, ad. in a pleasant, merry, sportive, or wan- 
 ton manner. 
 
 GAMESTER, s. one who is fond of play to excess, or one 
 who engages in play with a design to cheat ; one who is engaged 
 in play, or understands a game ; a merry, frolicsome person. 
 
 GA'MING, s. the act of gaming; an immoderate love of play. 
 
 GA'MMER, a. a familiar word for an old country-woman. 
 
 GA'MMON, s. [gamhone, Ital.] the buttock or thigh of a hog; 
 the lower end of a flitch of bacon. 
 
 GA'MUT, s. [gama, Ital.] in Music, the scale of musical notes, 
 as called by their common names in teaching music. 
 
 'GAN, for began, [from 'gin for begm.] " The noble knight 
 'gan feel his vital force to faint," Spenser. 
 
 To GANCH, V. a. [gancio, Ital.] to drop from a high place upon 
 hooks ; a punishment practised in Turkey. 
 
 GA'NDER, s. [gandra. Sax.] the male of the goose. 
 
 GANG, s. a company or crew going together on some exploit, 
 used of a ship's crew, or a company of robbers. 
 
 To GANG, V. n. Igangen, Belg. gangan. Sax.] to go ; to walk : 
 an old word, seldom used but in a ludicrous sense. 
 
 GA'NGES, or Gu'nga, one of the largest rivers in Asia, and 
 in the world. It rises in Thibet on the N. E. side of the Him- 
 maleh Mountains, and passing through a cleft in that mighty 
 wall, turns, and with a wide sweep enters at length the Bay 
 of Bengal. It is about 1400 miles in length, and receives the 
 waters of so many tributaries, that its different branches resemble 
 gulfs where it enters the ocean. The delta at its mouth is 
 nearly equal to the extent of Great Britain, and its waters carry 
 down so prodigious a quantity of earthy particles, &c., that 
 60 miles from the coast the water is rendered turbid by it; 
 wherever a sunken tree or rock checks its course, an island is 
 formed, and then again carried away, and the lateral channels 
 are continually being changed. In the season of its inundations 
 the whole country is covered, and looks like a sea thickly stud- 
 ded with islands. Delhi, Allahabad, Benares, Patna, Moorshe- 
 dabad, &c., stand on its banks. By the Hindus it is regarded 
 as divine, is an object of worship, and its waters are believed to 
 be capable of washing away sin. 
 
 GA'NGLION, s. [Gr.] in Surgery, a knot or complexus of 
 nervous substance. 
 
 GAR 
 
 GA'NGRENE, s. [gangrcena, low Lat.] in Surgery, a disorder 
 in any fleshy part of the body tending to a mortification, attend- 
 ed with some sensation of pain and share of natural heat, the 
 flesh it seizes turning black, and spreading itself to the adjacent 
 parts. 
 
 To GA'NGRENE, v. a. [gangrener, Fr.] to corrupt to mortifi- 
 cation. — t). n. to become mortified. 
 
 GA'NGRENOUS, a. of the nature of a gangrene. 
 
 GANGUE, s. in Chemistry, a term made use of to denote the 
 stony matter which fills the cavities, and accompanies the ores, 
 in veins of metal. 
 
 GA'NGWAY.s. in a ship, the several ways or passages from 
 one part of it to another. 
 
 GA'NGWEEK, s. Rogation week, when processions are made 
 to lustrate the bounds of parishes. 
 
 GA'NNET, s. in Natural History, a large kind of sea bird, 
 whose feet are wholly webbed, and whose beak is formed for 
 seizing on its prey, when it has darted down on it from a height. 
 
 GA'NTELOFE, Ga'ntlet, s. gantlet is only a corruption of 
 gantelope ; [gant and loopen, Belg.] a military punishment, wherein 
 the offender is stripped naked to the waist, and obliged to run 
 through a lane of soldiers with green switches in their hands, 
 when each gives him a blow as he passes. 
 
 GA'NYMEDE, in Heathen Mythology, a beautiful youth, who 
 was carried off' by Jupiter, and made cupbearer to the gods 
 on Olympus, after the disgrace of Hebe. 
 
 GAOL, s. [geol, Brit.] a place of confinement for debtors and 
 criminals. This word is always pronounced, and often written, 
 jail, and incorrectly goal. 
 
 To GAOL, V. a. to imprison ; to commit to gaol. 
 
 GA'OL-DELIVERY, (jail-delivery) s. a judicial process, which 
 eitber by punishment or pardon empties a prison. 
 
 GA'OLER, {jailer) s. [geolier, Fr.] a keeper of a prison. 
 
 GAP, s. an opening in a broken fence; a breach, passage, 
 avenue, open way, hole, interstice, or interval. 
 
 To GAPE, v. n. [geapan. Sax.] to open the mouth wide ; to 
 yawn. Figuratively, to covet, crave, or desire earnestly; used 
 with /or, after, and at. To open in holes or breaches ; to behold 
 with ignorant wonder, and with the mouth open. 
 
 GA'PER, s. one who opens his mouth ; one who stares with 
 his mouth open at another person or thing through ignorant 
 admiration. 
 
 GA'P-TOOTHED, a. having interstices between the teeth, 
 
 GAR, in Sax. signifies a weapon : thus £dgar is a happy 
 weapon ; Ethelgar, or ethel. Sax. noble, and ^or. Sax. a weapon, 
 implies a noble weapon. 
 
 GARB, s. {garbe, Fr.] dress ; a habit ; the fashion of a per- 
 son's clothes or dress ; external appearance. 
 
 GARBAGE, s. [jgarbear, Span.] the bowels, or that part of the 
 intestines which in beasts is separated and thrown away ; the 
 entrails. Figuratively, any kind of refuse. 
 
 To GA'RBLE, v. a. [garbellare, Ital.] to sift ; to separate the 
 good from the bad. 
 
 GA'RBLER, s. one who picks out the dirt, filth, or foreign 
 mixtures, from any commodity. 
 
 GA'RBOIL, s. Iqarboidlle, Fr.] tumult ; disorder. 
 
 GARCILA'SO, DE LA VEGA, a celebrated Spanish poet of 
 the ICth century. He introduced some kinds of verse new in 
 Spain. He was a soldier as well as a bard, and fell whilst fight- 
 ing under the imperial banner in 15.36, aged 33 years. Another 
 of the same name and century, is distinguished as the Inea, his 
 father having married a Peruvian princess. He died in Spain ; 
 and we are indebted to him for a history of his native land, and 
 one of the conquest of Florida. He died in 1616, aged about 
 80 years. 
 
 GARD, s. [garde, Fr.] wardship ; care ; custody ; the charge 
 of a person. Figuratively, an orphan, or person left to the care 
 of another. 
 
 GARD, a department of France, lying on the Mediterranean 
 Sea, and bounded by Herault, Aveyron, Lozere, Ardeche, Vau- 
 cluse, and Bouches du Rhone. It is about 70 miles in each di- 
 rection. It is in part hilly, and is traversed by several streams, 
 communicating with the Rh6ne, which forms its E. boundary, 
 or flowing into the sea hard by, amongst which is the Gardon, 
 whence it is named. It has mineral and metallic wealth ; and 
 produces corn, fruits, oil, wines, silk, &c. Nismes is its capital. 
 Population, about 375,000. 
 
 3 D 2 387 
 
GAR 
 
 GA'RDEN, s. [Jardin, Fr.] a piece of ground enclosed and cul- 
 tivated with care, planted with herbs, flowers, or fruits. 
 
 GA'RDENER, «. [jardinier, Fr.] one that takes care of a 
 garden. 
 
 GA'RDENING, s. the act of cultivating or taking care of a 
 garden. 
 
 GA'RDINER, STEPHEN, was an aspiring churchman, intro- 
 duced to Henry VHI.'s notice by Wolsey, whose secretary he 
 was. He aided in the divorce of Catharine of Arragon ; and for 
 this and other good service to the Defender of the Faith was 
 made bishop of Winchester. He fell into disgrace, through an 
 attempt to compass the destruction of the monarch's last queen, 
 Catharine Parr ; which she discovered, and with great adroitness 
 defeated. He was imprisoned for his opinions under Edward 
 VI., but reinstated and made chancellor by Queen Mary, under 
 whom he proved himself an accomplished persecutor, but hap- 
 pily died in 1555, aged 72 years. His maintenance of honour 
 throughout Henry VtH.'s reign is sufficient proof that the Re- 
 formation in England was not a similar movement to that on 
 the continent. 
 
 GA'RDINER, COLONEL JAMES, a brave and loyal officer 
 in the reign of George II., who served with distinction at 
 Ramilies, and fell at Preston Pans. His piety has been recorded 
 by the well-known and highly-esteemed Dr. Doddridge, whose 
 biography of his military friend is a remarkiible indication of 
 the way in which loyalty had taken place of principle in that 
 age. He fell in 1745, aged 57 years. 
 
 GARE, s. coarse wool growing on the legs of sheep. 
 
 GA'RGANEY, s. in Ornithology, a fresh-water fowl of the 
 duck kind, somewhat larger than the teal, but very like it in 
 shape. 
 
 GA'RGARISM, s. [sargarismos, Gr.] a liquid medicine, used 
 to wash the mouth with. 
 
 To GA'RGARIZE, v. a. [gargarizo, Gr.] to wash the mouth 
 with a liquid medicine. 
 
 GA'RGET, s. [garan, Sax.] a distemper which appears in the 
 head, maw, or hinder parts of cattle. 
 
 To GA'RGLE, v. a. [gargouiller, Fr.] to wash the throat with 
 some liquor, witiiout swallowing it. 
 
 GA'RGLE, s. a liquor with which the throat is washed with- 
 out swallowing it. 
 
 GA'RGLION, s. an exudation of nervous juice from a bruise, 
 or the like, which indurates into a hard immovable tumour. 
 
 GA'RLAND, s. [gaitande, Fr.] a sort of flowers, feathers, and 
 sometimes precious stones, worn on the head, in the manner of 
 a crown. It also denotes ornaments of fruits, flowers, and leaves 
 intermixed, anciently much used at the gates of temples, where 
 feasts and solemn rejoicings were held ; or at any other place 
 where marks of public joy or gaiety were required, as at triumphal 
 arches, tournaments, &c. 
 
 GA'RLIC, Ga'rlick, s. in Botany, an herb, with a bulbous 
 root, allied to the onion. 
 
 GA'RMENT, s. [guarniment, old Fr.] any thing which is worn 
 to cover the body ; clothes ; dress. 
 
 GA'RNER, s. [grenier, Fr.] a place wherein any sort of grain 
 is kept. 
 
 To GA'RNER, v. a. to store. Figuratively, to keep as in a 
 storehouse. " There, where I have garnered up my heart," Shah. 
 A beautiful metaphor. 
 
 GA'RNET, s. [(jranatua, low Lat. garnato, Ital.] a gem of a 
 middle degree of hardness between the sapphire and common 
 crystal ; the Bohemian is red, with a slight cast of flame colour, 
 and the Syrian red, with a slight cast of purple. 
 
 To GA'RNISH, v. a. [garmr,¥t.'] in Cookery, to embellish, set 
 off, or trim. 
 
 GA'RNISH, s. ornament; embellishment; things placed by 
 way of ornament on the brim of a dish ; a fee or treat made by 
 a prisoner on his first entrance into gaol. 
 
 GA'RNISHMENT, s. ornament ; embellishment. 
 
 GA'RNITURE, s. furniture ; or something added to a thing 
 to make it appear pleasing to the eye. 
 
 GARO'NNE, a river of the S. W. of France, rising in the Span- 
 ish part of the Pyrenees, and pursuing a circuitous course through 
 the wide and fruitful region adjoining to Spain, receiving very 
 many tributaries, till, after flowing about 300 miles, it enters the 
 Atlantic through the Gironde. 
 
 GARO'NNE, HAUTE, a department of France, bordering on 
 
 G A S 
 
 Spain, and bounded by Hautes Pyrenees, Gers, Tarn, Aude, and 
 Arriege. It is about 95 miles long, and 65 broad in some parts. 
 It includes some peaks of the Pyrenees which exceed 8000 or 
 9000 feet in height. The Garonne, and a few other streams 
 which afterwards join it, run through it. Metals and building- 
 stone, timber, wine, with some fruits, and corn, are its products. 
 Toulouse is its capital. Pop. under 500,000. 
 
 GA'ROUS, a. [garum, Lat.] resembling pickle made of fish. 
 
 GA'RRET, s. [t/arite, Fr.] a room on the highest floor of a 
 house. 
 
 GARRETEE'R, s. one who lives in garret. 
 
 GA'RRICK, DAVID, one of the most celebrated actors that 
 ever appeared on the British stage, who was, during a long pe- 
 riod, one of the patentees of Drury Lane theatre. He celebrated 
 a jubilee at Stratford on Avon in honour of Shakspeare, and did 
 more to familiarize his countrymen with his magnificent creations 
 than almost any other man. He died in 1779, and was buried 
 with great pomp in Westminster Abbey, aged 63 years. The 
 force of mind with which he seemed to grasp the conception of 
 the various characters he represented, and the skill with which 
 he embodied the conception in action, were consummate. The 
 honours showered upon him are to be ranked amongst the very 
 few that have been extorted from the English nation by dramatic 
 art. His wife, who was an eminent operatic performer, died in 
 1822, aged 98 years. 
 
 GA'RRISON, s. [garnison, Fr.] soldiers placed in a fortified 
 town or castle to defend it ; a fortified place stored with soldiers. 
 
 To GA'RRISON, v. a. to defend with soldiers ; to store a place 
 with soldiers for the defence of it. 
 
 GARRU'LITY, s. [jgarrio, Lat.] the vice of talking too much ; 
 inability of keeping a secret. 
 
 GA'RRULOUS, a. talkative ; prating ; fond of talking. 
 
 GA'RSTANG, Lancashire, built in a very irregular manner, 
 with dirty streets, and very indifferent houses. It is seated on 
 the river Wyre, (by which it communicates with all the late in- 
 land navigations,) on the road between Preston and Lancaster. 
 It is 228 miles from London. Market, Thursday. Pop. 6927. 
 
 GA'RTER, s. [gardus, Brit, jartier, Fr.] a string with which 
 the stockings are tied up. A military order of knighthood, the 
 most noble and ancient of any lay order in the world, instituted 
 by King Edward III. This order'consists of twenty-six knights- 
 companions, generally princes and peers, whereof the king of 
 England is sovereign or chief. Thejare a college or corporation, 
 having a great and little seal. Their oflicers are a prelate, chan- 
 cellor, register, king-at-arms, and usher of the black rod. They 
 have also a dean and twelve canons, petty canons, vergers, and 
 twenty-six pensioners or poor knights. The habit of the order 
 upon solemn days is the garter, mantles, surcoat, hood, collar, 
 great George, and cap ; upon the collar days, they are only obliged 
 to wear the garter, the collar of the order, and the great George; 
 at the middle of the collar hangs the picture of St. George on 
 horseback killing the dragon. The garter, which is blue, is 
 worn a little below the knee of the left leg, having this motto 
 wrought on it, Honi soil qui mal y pense. 
 
 GA'RTER KING-AT-ARMS, s. an ofliicer whose business it 
 is to attend the service of the Garter, for which he is allowed a 
 mantle and badge, a house in Windsor Castle, and pensions both 
 from the sovereigns and knights; also fees. He is the principal 
 officer of the college of arms, and chief herald. 
 
 To GA'RTER, v. a. to bind up the stocking with a band or 
 garter. 
 
 GAS, s. [geist, Germ.] in Chemistry, any kind of air. Oases 
 are commonly distinguished from vapours by the difficulty with 
 which they are condensed from their aeriibrin condition; but 
 vapours are in fact no more than finely separated particles of a 
 substance diff'used in air. For the various kinds of gases, see C'ar- 
 bottic acid Gas, Hydrogen, Nitrogen, Oxygen, &c. &c. In common 
 language, it is applied to carburetted hydrogen gas, which is used 
 as a light. 
 
 GA'S-BURNER, s. that part of a gas lamp from which the 
 jet of gas to be burnt proceeds. 
 
 GA'S-LAMP, Ga's-light, s. a lamp in which gas is burnt, in- 
 stead of oil, &c., to give light. 
 
 GA'S- WORKS, s. the buildings in which gas is extracted from 
 coals or oil, coll cted in reservoirs, to be diffused through pipes 
 to the places where it is required for burning. 
 
 GA'SCOIGNE, SIR WILLIAM, lord chief justice in the reign 
 
of Henry IV., notable in history as having- committed the young 
 and profligate Prince ofWales, afterwards Henry V., to prison, 
 for striking him as he was discharging his judicial office. He 
 died in 1413, aged about 60 years. 
 
 GA'SCOIGNE, GEORGE, an English poet of the 16th century, 
 whose life is comprised in the statement, that he spent his youth 
 at Cambridge, and his manhood in studying law, fighting in the 
 Netherlands, and attending on Elizabeth at court. His poems 
 have recently found admirers. He died in 1577, aged about 40 
 years. 
 
 GASCONA'DE, s. [from Gascony,'] a boast, or vaunt of some- 
 thing improbable. 
 
 To GASCONA'DE, v. n. to brag or boast. 
 
 GA'SEOUS, a. in Chemistry, having the nature and properties 
 
 ; deep, so as to cause a wide and gaping 
 
 of gas 
 To( 
 
 1 GASH, V. a. to cut 
 wound. 
 
 GASH, s. a deep and wide wound ; the mark or scar left by a 
 wound. 
 
 GASO'METER, *. in Chemistry, a name given to a variety of 
 utensils and apparatus contrived to measure, collect, preserve, or 
 mix the different gases. 
 
 To GASP, V. n. [Teut.] to open the mouth wide ; to catch or 
 draw breath ; to expire, or force out breath with difficulty. 
 
 GASP, s. the act of opening the mouth wide for want of breath ; 
 the convulsive struggle for breath in the agonies of death. 
 
 GASSE'NDl, PIERRE, a celebrated French mathematician 
 and philosopher of the 17th century. He gave early indications 
 of his ability, and occupied a chair of philosophy and theology 
 shortly after he was 20 years of age. As a scientific philosopher, 
 he appears as an opponent of the old Aristotelian organon, and 
 of Descartes' method also, holding by a half-experimental and 
 half-historical method himself. la astronomy and mathematics 
 he distinguished himself also, advocating the doctrines of Ga- 
 lileo and Copernicus, and prosecuting both experiments and ob- 
 servations in confirmation. He first observed the transit of a 
 planet over the sun's disc, verifying the calculation of Kepler. 
 He died in 1655, aged 63 years, leaving many works behind him 
 to sustain his /eputation. The impression he produced was, 
 however, soon lost in the depth and grandeur o( the scientific 
 discoveries of the age of Newton, which followed immediately. 
 
 GA'STON DE FOIX, the celebrated French military com- 
 mander of the beginning of the 16th century, who gained the 
 battle of Ravenna against the Imperial forces and Spain, in which 
 he fell, in 1512, aged 24 years. 
 
 GA'STRIC, a. Igaster, Gr.] belonging to, or situated in or on 
 
 the belly. Gastric juice, in Physiology, is a liquid secretion of 
 the stomach, which has power to dissolve animal and vegetable 
 substances^ when properly masticated, into a uniform pulp. 
 
 GASTRO'RAPHY, s. [gaster and rapto, Gr.] in Surgery, ap- 
 plied to signify that a wound of the belly is complicated with 
 another of the intestines. 
 
 GASTRO'TOM Y, s. [saster and temno, Gr.] the Cesarean oper- 
 ation, or act of cutting the belly open. 
 
 GAT, the preterite of To Get. 
 
 GATE, s. [geaf. Sax.] a large door of a city, castle, palace, &c. ; 
 a frame of timber on hinges, to stop up, or open, a passage into 
 enclosed grounds. Figuratively, a way, avenue, or intro- 
 duction. 
 
 GATES, GENERAL HORATIO, a distinguished American 
 officer during the war of independence, who compelled the 
 British army under Burgoyne to capitulate at Saratoga ; which 
 in effect secured the freedom of the States. He was not in 
 bis subsequent movements so successful. He died in 1806, 
 aged 77 years. 
 
 GA'TESHEAD, Durham. It is a suburb of Newcastle, being 
 united to it by a stone bridge over the Tyne. It is situated on 
 ground as uneven and steep as is that of Newcastle. In glass 
 and iron manufactures, ancl in commerce, it is as distinguished, 
 in proportion to its extent, as Newcastle. It is 280 miles from 
 London. Pop. 19,505. 
 
 GA'TEWAY, s. a way or passage through the gates of en- 
 closed ground. 
 
 To GA'THER, v. a. [gaderan. Sax.] to collect or bring many 
 things into one place ; to pick up ; to glean ; to crop or pluck a 
 vegetable from the tree or plant on which it grows ; to select 
 and take ; to assemble ; to heap up, or accumulate ; to collect 
 
 charitable contributions; to contract, or reduce to a narrower 
 compass. To gain, used with ground. In Needlework, to run 
 cloth into very small folds or plaits on a thread. In Rhetoric, to 
 deduce ; to collect logically, or by inference. — v. n. in Surgery, 
 to generate or breed matter, applied to wounds. 
 
 GA'THER, s. cloth drawn together in wrinkles. 
 
 GA'THERER, s. one who collects ; one who gets in a crop of 
 any vegetable produce or fruit. 
 
 GA'THERING, s. a collection of charitable contributions. 
 
 GA'ITER-TREE, s. a shrub, the same with the dog-berry 
 cornel. 
 
 GA'TTON, Surrey. It was formerly very large, but is now 
 reduced to a village, and has neither market nor fair. It is 19 
 miles from London. Pop. 219. 
 
 GAUDE, s. [gaudeo, Lat.] an ornament ; a trinket ; any thing 
 worn as a sign of joy. 
 
 GAU'DEN, JOHN, an English divine and bishop of the 17th 
 centurj', who during the troubles of the civil war trimmed his 
 course as carefully as he could, so as to avoid collision with the 
 victorious party, and yet deserve to be esteemed a royalist. He 
 was repaid with a bishopric by Charles II. ; but he did not get 
 all he expected. He enited the famous IHkon Basililie, which 
 has gained for Charles I. his religious reputation ; and he claimed 
 to be, and most likely was, the writer of it. He died in 1664, 
 aged 54 years. 
 
 GAU'DERY, s. finery; showy dress; ostentatious luxury of 
 dress. 
 
 GAU'DILY, ad. in a showy manner. 
 
 GAU'DINESS, s. an appearance of splendour without any real 
 value ; ostentatious showiness. 
 
 GAU'DY, a. striking the sight with some splendid appear- 
 ance and showy colour, including generally the idea of something 
 of small value. Gaudy days, an apjiellation given to particular 
 festivals observed by the students of courts and colleges. 
 
 GAVE, the preterite of To Give. 
 
 GA'VELKIND, s. \_gafol, or gavel. Sax.] in Law, a custom 
 whereby the lands of a father are at his death equally divided 
 among his sons, to the exclusion of the females; or those of a 
 brother are equally divided among brothers, if he dies without 
 issue. 
 
 To GAUGE, igaje) V. a. [Fr.] to find the contents of a vessel 
 by means of a measuring or gauging rod. Figuratively, to 
 measure or proportion the size of one thing to another. 
 
 GAUGE, (j/aje) s. a measure or standard by which any thing 
 is measured. 
 
 GA^UGER, igdjer) s. one who measures or finds how much is 
 contained in a cask or vessel. 
 
 GA'UGING, (gdjing) s. the art of measuring or computing 
 how much liquor is, or may be, contained in a cask, &c. 
 
 GAUL, s. See Gallia. 
 
 GAUNT, a. [perhaps from gewanian. Sax.] thin or meagre, 
 applied to the state or measure of the body. 
 
 GAU'NTLY, ad. in a slender, thin, or meagre manner. 
 
 GAU'NTLET, s. [gantelet, Fr.] an iron glove used for defence, 
 thrown down on the ground in challenges. Appropriated by 
 poets to the cestus or boxing-glove, used in the Circensian and 
 Olympic games. 
 
 GAVO'T, s. [gavette, Fr.] in Music, a short, brisk, lively air, 
 composed in common time, consisting of two parts or strains, 
 each of which is played over twice, the first strain consisting of 
 4 or 8 bars, and the last 8, 12, &c. 
 
 GAUZE, s. a kind of thin transparent silk or linen. 
 
 GAWK, s. [geac. Sax.] a cuckow ; a foolish fellow : used in 
 both senses in Scotland. 
 
 GAY, JOHN, an English poet of the beginning of the last 
 century. He enjoyed considerable popularity, and no small 
 share of court favour, during his life ; and is well know>j now by 
 his Fables, by a ballad or two, and by t?ie Beggars' Opera. He 
 died in 1732, aged 44 years ; and was interred in Westminster 
 Abbey. 
 
 GAY, a. Igai, Fr.] brisk, nimble, cheerful, or merry; fine or 
 showy in dress. 
 
 GA'YETY, s. See Gaiety. 
 
 G A'YL Y, ad. merrily ; cheerfully ; finely, or showily. 
 
 GA'ZA, THEODORE, one of the Greek scholars who figured 
 conspicuously in the revival of classic literature in Europe in the 
 15th century. He was a native Greek, and left his own country 
 
GEL 
 
 for Italy on the invasion of the Turks. He laboured at Rome, 
 Ferrara, &c., and died in 1478, aged 80 years. 
 
 To GAZE, V. n. Igesean, Sax.] to look at a thing with intent- 
 ness or earnestness, including sometimes the idea of novelty in 
 the object, or admiration in the person. 
 
 GAZE, s. a fixed and earnest look, including the idea of won- 
 der; the object of astonishment, admiration, or gazing. 
 
 GA'ZEHOUND, s. a hound that pursues not by the scent, but 
 by the eye. 
 
 GA'ZEL, s. in Zoology, an antelope. 
 
 GA'ZER, s. one who looks at a thing with great earnestness 
 and fixedness. 
 
 GAZE'TTE, s. [from (/azza, the name of a small Venetian coin,] 
 a paper of news, containing mostly foreign articles, and pub- 
 lished by authority. 
 
 GAZETTEE'R, s. a writer or publisher of news. Also, a geo- 
 graphical or topographical dictionary. 
 
 GA'ZINGSTOCK, s. an object of public notice, contempt, and 
 abhorrence. 
 
 GA'ZON, (the o pronounced like that in bone,) s. [Fr.] in For- 
 tification, pieces of fresh earth covered with grass, in the form of 
 a wedge, about a foot long, and half a foot thick, used to line 
 parapets, and the traverses of galleries. 
 
 GEAR, (the. 9 has the hard sound,) s. [gi/rian,Sax.'] accoutre- 
 ments, habit, furniture; the traces and harness of horses and 
 oxen. To throw into (or out of) gear, in the working of machi- 
 nery, to connect (or disconnect) any part with the moving power 
 or engine. 
 
 GECK, s. [geac, Teut.] a bubble ; one easily imposed on. 
 
 To GECK, V. a. to cheat ; to trick. 
 
 GE'CKO, s. [Ital.] in Natural History, a genus of lizards, 
 species of which occur in all the warmer parts of the world, and 
 especially in the tropical regions. 
 
 GEDDES, DR. ALEXANDER, a learned Roman Catholic of 
 Scotland ; chiefly known from a partially executed translation 
 of the sacred Scriptures, from the original sources, corrected by 
 the elaborate collections made by Kennicott, De Rossi, &c. He 
 was acquainted with most of the great biblical scholars of his 
 day ; but entertained such low views of religion and the Scrip- 
 tures, that he was not sympathized with by many. He died in 
 1802, aged 65 years. 
 
 GEE, {jee) interject, a word used by waggoners, or other 
 drivers, to make their horses go faster. 
 
 GEESE, s. the plural o( goose. 
 
 GE'LABLE, a. [gelu, Lat.] what may be thickened, or form- 
 ed into a jelly. 
 
 GE'LATINE, s. in Chemistry, the jelly of animal bodies, 
 which is chiefly found in the tendons and the skin. 
 
 GE'LATINE, Gela'tinous, a. formed into a jelly ; stiff or 
 viscous. 
 
 To GELD, (the g has the hard sound,) v. a. preter. and part, 
 pass, gelded or gelt ; to castrate, or deprive of the power of gener- 
 ation. Figuratively, to diminish, lessen, or deprive of any es- 
 sential part. 
 
 GELDER-RO'SE, s. in Botany, a plant with leaves resem- 
 bling the maple tree; the flowers are disposed in globular 
 clusters. 
 
 GE'LDING, (the g has the hard sound,) s. any animal that is 
 castrated, but more particularly applied to a horse in that con- 
 dition. 
 
 GE'LID, {g soft) a. [gelidus, Lat.] extremely cold. 
 
 GELI'DITY, Ge'lidness, s. extreme cold. 
 
 GELL, SIR WILLIAM, a distinguished classical antiquary, 
 whose works on Pompeii, Rome, Greece, &c. are standard 
 sources of information. He was chamberlain to the unfortu- 
 nate Queen Caroline, during her residence in Italy, and one of 
 the witnesses at her trial. He died in 1836, aged 59 years. 
 
 GE'LLERT, CHRISTIAN FURCHTEGOTT, a popular 
 writer of tales, fables, essays, &c. of Germany. He was edu- 
 cated at Leipsic, and afterwards held a chair, as Professor of 
 Philosophy or Rhetoric there. He died in 1769, aged 54 years. 
 
 GE'LLIUS, AULUS, a Roman lawyer, author of a work called 
 Noctes Attica, because he wrote it at Athens, of some value be- 
 cause of the curious information respecting the times to be found 
 in it. It is in form a sort of scrap-book, without any pretence 
 to a high literary character. He flourished between 150 and 
 200 A. D. 
 
 390 
 
 GEN 
 
 GE'LON, one of the tyrants, or unconstitutional monarchs, of 
 Syracuse. He obtained great fame by his military skill and 
 success, but all his expeditions and undertakings had the ad- 
 vancement and aggrandizement of himself as their supreme 
 object. His government was of the character that wise usurpers 
 have ever adopted, being free from all that could have roused 
 the indignation of the enslaved citizens against him ; whilst he 
 effectually conciliated them by the munificence and splendour 
 with which he secured the prosperity of their trade, and orna- 
 mented their city. He flourished about 480 b. c. 
 
 GEM, s. [gemma, Lat.] a jewel, or precious stone. There are 
 also artificial gems that are made of the paste of Tripoli. Many 
 of the ancient gems were very curiously engraved, and are pre- 
 served in the cabinets of antiquarians. 
 
 To GEM, V. a. to produce or put forth the first buds ; to adorn 
 as with jewels or buds. 
 
 GEME'LLIPAROUS, o. [gemelli and pario, Lat.] bearing 
 twins. 
 
 GEMINATION, s. [gemino, Lat.] a repetition or reduplication 
 of a word or sentence, in order to increase its force. 
 
 GE'MINI, s. [Lat.] in Astronomy, the Twins, the third con- 
 stellation or sign in the Zodiac. The ancient Egyptians mark- 
 ed this constellation by the hieroglyphic of two kids, because 
 
 when the sun is in this sign, the goats in Egypt generally bring 
 forth their young in pairs. The Greeks substituted the twin 
 brothers. Castor and Pollux. The sun enters this sign on 
 May '21st. 
 
 GEMINIA'NI, FRANCESCO, an eminent musical composer, 
 who studied under Corelli. Being introduced to George I., ne re- 
 ceived considerable notice from him ; but costly tastes, conscien- 
 tious Romanism, and other things, prevented him from realizing 
 the solid rewards his reputation deserved. His compositions 
 have sustained his fame ; and his Ouide to Harmony afut Modula- 
 tion is yet highly esteemed. He died in 1762, aged 82 years. 
 
 GE'MMEOUS, a. [gemma, Lat.] tending to, or having the na- 
 ture of, gems. 
 
 GE'NDER, s. [genus, Lat.] a sort ; a sex. In Grammar, the 
 distinction of sex by various modifications or changes of words. 
 In the English language, only substantives and pronouns are 
 susceptible of these changes, but in other languages numerals, 
 adjectives, participles, verbs, and articles, which are only nu- 
 merals or demonstrative pronouns, exhibit them as well. 
 
 To GE'NDER, v. a. [engendrer, Fr.] to beget ; to produce as a 
 cause. — V. n. to breed. 
 
 GENEALO'GICAL, a. [genea and logos, Gr.] pertaining to the 
 descent of families ; belonging to the history of the successors 
 in houses. 
 
 GENEA'LOGIST, s. he who traces descents. 
 
 GENEA'LOGY, s. a summary account of the several descend- 
 ants in a pedigree or family ; a series or succession of progenitors ; 
 a pedigree. Synon. Pedigree is our lineal descent from some 
 ancestor ages back pointed out. Geneahgrj is a history of such 
 pedigree. We trace our pedigree. We write our genealogy. 
 
 GE'NERABLE, a. [genero, Lat.] that may be produced or be- 
 gotten. 
 
 GE'NERAL, a. [Fr.] comprehending many species or indi- 
 viduals, opposed to special or particular. Not restrained in its 
 signification, applied to words. Extensive, or comprehending a 
 great many, but not universal ; common ; usual. Synon. Cre- 
 neral implies a great number of particulars; universal, every par- 
 ticular. The government of princes has no object in view but 
 the general good. The providence of God is universal. 
 
 GE'NERAL, s. the whole; the main, without insisting on 
 particulars ; one who commands an army ; a particular march or 
 beat of the drum. 
 
 GENERALI'SSIMO, s. [gineralissime, Fr.] a supreme com- 
 mander in the field. 
 
 GENERA'LITY, «. [gSniralite, Fr.] the quality of being ge- 
 neral, or including several species, opposed to particular. The 
 main body, bulk, or greater part of any number or body of men. 
 
 GE'NERALLY, ad. in such a manner as to include all of the 
 same species without exception. 
 
 GE'NERANT, a. [genero, Lat.] the power of causing, pK>- 
 ducing, or begetting. 
 
 To GE'NERATE, v. a. to beget or propagate; to cause or 
 produce. 
 
 GENERATION, «. [Fr.] the act of begetting or producing; a 
 
family, race, or offspring ; a single succession or gradation in 
 the scale of descent. Figuratively, an age. 
 GE'NERATIVE, a. [i/enfratif, Fr.] having the power of propa- 
 
 gating or producing ; prolific. 
 GENERATOR, s. the 
 
 [le power which begets or produces. 
 
 GE'NERIC, Gene'rical, a. [ffenericus, from genus, Lat.] that 
 comprehends the genus, or distinguishes one genus, but not one 
 species, from another. 
 
 GENE'RICALLY, ad. in a general manner ; with regard to 
 the genus. 
 
 GENERO'SITY, s. [j/enerositas, from generosus, Lat.] the qua- 
 lity of giving money freely, of overlooking faults without censure, 
 of pardoning crimes with good nature, and considering the dis- 
 agreement of others' opinions with charitable allowances. 
 
 GE'NEROUS, a. [generosus, Lat.] not of mean birth ; noble of 
 mind ; open of heart ; liberal ; strong. 
 
 GE'NEROUSLY, ad. not meanly with regard to birth ; nobly. 
 
 GE'NEROUSNESS, s. the quality of being generous. 
 
 GE'NESIS, [Gr.] the name of the first book of the Bible, in 
 the Greek (Septuagint) Translation, and in later translations, 
 given to it from the subject of the first chapter the produc- 
 tion of the universe; but named in the original Hebrew, from 
 the first word or two, " In the beginning," as we designate poems 
 that have ho distinctive title. It is the first of the five books, 
 called the Pentateuch, and, by the Hebrews, the Law, written 
 by Moses, with the manifest exception of a few passages relating 
 to subsequent times. It details with great simplicity, and yet 
 in a most poetic form, the origin of all things from God, and the 
 introduction of sin and spiritual evil into this world by the vo- 
 luntary transgression of man, God's loftiest work, in obedience 
 to mere sensual appetite. The history of the first inhabitants 
 of our earth is given, in general, concisely, but with occasional 
 enlargements respecting characters and incidents demanding 
 more particular mention, as the murder of Abel, the translation 
 of Enoch, the deluge, the dispersion of the children of Noah, &c. 
 This history becomes more minute when the choice of a par- 
 ticular family, that of Abraham, to be the depositaries of Divine 
 truth, is introduced; and most beautiful and dignified are the 
 narratives of the different occurrences in the lives of Abraham, 
 Isaac, Jacob and his sons, particularly Joseph. There has been 
 great controversy respecting its value as a history, and other 
 points, which needed not to be so warmly contested ; this book 
 differing so widely in its subjects, and scope, and origin, from 
 the works looked on usually as the models of history. Its evi- 
 dent relation to the spiritual history of mankind, and the un- 
 doubted authenticity of its records of the earliest revelations of 
 the will of God to man, with the manifold lessons contained in 
 its narratives, give it a worth which no chronological, nor phi- 
 lological difficulties can at all lessen. Whilst every year's re- 
 searches are removing these difficulties, and teaching all parties 
 the true point of view, whence this, one of the most ancient books 
 in the world, is to be regarded. 
 
 GE'NET, s. [Fr.] in Natural History, a small-sized, well-pro- 
 portioned, and swift Spanish horse. A kind of weasel. 
 
 GENETHLl'ACAL, a. [genethle, Gr.] in Astrology, belonging 
 to, or calculated from, a person's birth or nativity. 
 
 GENETHLI'ACS, s. the science of calculating nativities. 
 
 GENE'VA, the name of a lake, a canton, and an ancient 
 town of Switzerland. The lake, called from its old Roman 
 name, Lake Leman, is about 50 miles in length, and on the 
 average 6 miles in breadth. It lies in a curved form between 
 Savoy, Geneva, and the cantons of Vaud, Berne, and the Va- 
 lais. The river Rhone runs quite through it. It is surrounded 
 by the most gorgeous Alpine scenery, and its depth gives to its 
 waters a peculiar hue. But it is much subject to verr violent 
 storms, as most lakes hemmed in by high land are. *rhe can- 
 ton of Geneva borders on France and Savoy, being bounded by 
 the canton of Vaud and the lake. It stretches along the river 
 Rhone and the lake, which divide it into two parts. It is 
 much under 20 miles in length, and is very narrow. Although 
 it is very mountainous, some of its hills approaching 5000 feet in 
 altitude, it has sufficient arable and pasture land to yield a con- 
 siderable quantity of wine, corn, &c. &c. Its manufactures are 
 its chief source of wealth, watches and bijouterie being its 
 chief articles produced. Its population is about 00,000. The 
 totvn is seated at the S. W. extremity of the lake of the same 
 name, and is divided by the Rhone, over which is a noble sus- 
 
 GEN 
 
 pension-bridge, into two unequal parts. Lying partly in the 
 plain on the borders of the lake, and partly on a gentle ascent. 
 It is irregularly built ; but the houses are lofty, and the public 
 buildings are in many instances very fine. There is a noble 
 library in the college, and the university is one of long-standing 
 celebrity. Population, about 30,000. This town was the cradle 
 of the extra-Lutheran Reformation, and afforded shelter to those 
 who were driven from England by the Romanist and Anglican 
 persecutions. Lat. 46. 12. N. Long. G. 10. E. 
 
 GENE'VA, s. [geTievre, Fr.] a spirituous liquor produced from 
 juniper-berries. 
 
 GENE'VA, a town of New York, United States. It is beau- 
 tifully situated on the N. extremity of Seneca Lake, on a bank 
 of a considerable elevation, whence the ground slopes to the land- 
 ing-place. Here is a college, with two good libraries, and other 
 literary and scientific appliances ; and a medical college of good 
 standing. It is 179 miles from Washington. Pop. 3600. 
 
 GE'NGHIS-KHAN, the great Tatar conqueror of the 13th 
 century, was son of the chief of a small Mongol tribe, whose 
 first exploits were in petty warfare against other Tatar tribes, 
 who had attempted his destruction. He used the influence he 
 had gained to organize an expedition against China, which re- 
 sulted in his gaining some of its fairest provinces, having taken 
 its capital, and had the emperor in his power. Thence he di- 
 rected his arms westerly, and defeated the kings of the regions 
 N. of Hindustan, so as to have, in time, all central Asia, from 
 the borders of Europe and Arabia to the Great Pacific Ocean, 
 beneath his power. In the endeavour still further to extend his 
 reign, he died, in 1227, aged 64 years. His dominions were 
 divided amongst his four sons, and thus the empire he had raised 
 was dissolved. 
 
 GE'NIAL, a. [genialis, Lat.] that contributes to propagation ; 
 that cherishes, supports life, or causes cheerfulness ; natural, or 
 native. 
 
 GE'NIALLY, ad. naturally; cheerfully. 
 
 GENrCULATED, a. [geniculum, Lat.] in Botany, knotted or 
 jointed. 
 
 GENICULATION, s. knottiness; the quality in plants of 
 having knots or joints. 
 
 GE'NIO, s. [Ital.] a person of a particular turn of mind ; the 
 turn, disposition, or cast of the mind. 
 
 GE'NITALS, s. not used in the singular; Q/em'to/js, Lat.] the 
 parts contributing to generation. 
 
 GE'NITING, s. [janeton, Fr.] an early apple gathered in June. 
 
 GE'NJTIVE, a. [^enetk-us, from genero, Lat.] in Grammar, one 
 of the six cases, by which origin or possession is chiefly implied. 
 
 GE'NIUS, s. [Lat.] a supposed protecting or ruling power of 
 men, places, or things; a person endowed with faculties superior 
 to another; a perfection of understanding:; a disposition by 
 which a person is by nature qualified or inclined to any particu- 
 lar science or employment; nalure,or disposition. 
 
 GE'NLIS, Stephanie Felicite, Countess de, a popular 
 writer of France from the close of the last century. Her history 
 had much that is romantic, and much that is mysterious in it. 
 She was by birth well connected, and was married to the Count 
 de Genlis. She soon undertook the instruction of the children 
 of the famous Philippe, Duke of Orleans, afterwards, Philippe 
 Egalite; and was by all believed to be his mistress. Pamela, 
 who was subsequently married to Lord Edward Fitzgerald, and 
 whom she represented as an adopted child, was regarded as her 
 own. On Philippe's fall, she left France, and lived in Switzer- 
 land, Hamburg, and England, till Napoleon's consulship, when 
 she returned, and was treated with great honour. She received 
 like treatment from the Bourbons when they were restored ; 
 and she died soon after her former pupil Louis Philippe was 
 placed on the throne as the king of the French, in 1830, aged 84 
 years. Her works are very numerous, and some contain curious 
 historical information. 
 
 GE'NOA, a city of Italy, capital of a Duchy of the same 
 name, belonging to the kingdom of Sardinia. The city of Genoa 
 is about 10 miles in circumference, and built like an amphi- 
 theatre. The houses are well built, and the palaces and public 
 buildings are numerous. The harbour is large and good, and, 
 to preserve it, a mole, 560 paces long, 13 broad, and 15 feet 
 above the level of the water. It is one of the most commercial 
 places in Italy. Thev have manufactures in velvet, plush, 
 damask, and silk ; and the banking business is carried on ex- 
 
 391 
 
tensively. It was one of the most celebrated of the Italian 
 republics, in the middle ages, and the only one which could in 
 maritime affairs and commerce cope with Venice ; but its glory 
 is past. It is 224 miles from Rome. Population, about 100,000. 
 
 GENOVE'SI, ANTONIO, an Italian Philosopher of the last 
 century, who was Professor of Morals and Political Economy at 
 Naples, and author of some works of standard excellence ; 
 sucn as his Logic and Metaphysics. His liberality of thought was a 
 groat stumbling-block to many ; and his views of economics were 
 both orjginal and profound. He died in 1769, aged 57 years. 
 
 GENTEE'L, a. [c/entil, Fr.] polite or elegant in behaviour or 
 address; graceful or elegant in mien. 
 
 GENTEE'LLY, ad. according to the rules of polite breeding; 
 elegantly; gracefully; handsomely. 
 
 GENTEE'LNESS, s. elegance ; gracefulness ; politeness. 
 
 GE'NTIAN, s. in Botany, a genus of plants, having elegantly 
 shaped tubular flowers ; and yielding a bitter much used in 
 medicine. One kind is remarkable tor the intense blue of its 
 blossom. 
 
 GENTIANE'LLA, {senshianella) s. a kind of blue colour, 
 
 GE'NTILE, s. [gentiRs, Lat.] one who worships idols, or false 
 gods ; one who is not a Jew. 
 
 GENTILE'SSE, s. [Fr.] complaisance; the ceremony and ad- 
 dress of polite behaviour. 
 
 GE'NTILISM, «. Igentilisme, Fr.] the worship of the heathens; 
 idolatrj'. 
 
 GENTILI'TIOUS, (ffentilishious) a. [f/ens, Lat.] belonging to, 
 or characteristic of, a particular nation. Hereditary ; entailed 
 on a family. 
 
 GENTI'LITY, s. [gentilite, Fr.] good extraction ; dignity of 
 birth ; the class of those who are well born. 
 
 GE'NTLE, a. [pens, Lat.] of an ancient and good family ; 
 mild ; tame ; not easily provoked, applied to the temper ; sooth- 
 ing or pacifying. Synon. Gentle animals are naturally so ; tame 
 ones are so, partly by the art and industry of men. The dog, 
 the ox, and the horse are gentle animals; the bear and the lion 
 are sometimes tame. 
 
 GE'NTLE, s. a person of a good family; a gentleman. In 
 Natural History, a Kind of worm somewhat like a maggot, used 
 for a bait in fishing. 
 
 GE'NTLEFOLK, s. persons distinguished by their birth or 
 riches from the working-classes. 
 
 GE'NTLEMAN, s. [gentilhomme, Fr,] a person of a noble birth, 
 or descended of a family which has long borne arms. It has 
 departed in common usage far from its heraldic signification. 
 
 GE'NTLEMAN LIKE, Ge'ntlemanly, a. becoming a man of 
 birth. 
 
 GE'NTLENESS, s. softness ; mildness ; sweetness. 
 
 GE'NTLEWOMAN, s. a woman of birth, or one superior in 
 wealth or position, to women of the working-classes. 
 
 GE'NTLY, ad. softly; slowly; kindly. 
 
 GENTOO'S, s. the common name of those natives of Hindu- 
 stan, who profess Brahminism. 
 
 GE'NTRY, s. [from gentle,'] a rank of persons between the no- 
 bility and the people, having risen from these by the acquisition 
 of wealth, or fallen from those, through the loss of it. 
 
 GENUFLE'CTION, s. [genu and Jlecto, Lat.] the act of bend- 
 ing the knee; adoration expressed by bending the knee. 
 
 GE'NUINE, a. [genuiniis, Lat.] pure, or without any spurious 
 mixture ; natural ; true ; real. 
 
 GE'NUINELY, ad. without adulteration; naturally. 
 
 GE'NUINENESS, s. freedom from any thing counterfeit, or 
 from any adulteration. 
 
 GE'NUS, s. [Lat.] in Logic, a class of beings, or one common 
 nature agreeing to, and comprehending under it, many species, 
 or several other common natures ; thus mimal is a genus, because 
 it agrees to, and comprehends under it, the several species of 
 men, horses, whales, lions, &c. In the classificatory sciences, 
 a system or assemblage of several natural objects, agreeing in 
 some one or more common characters, in respect to certain parts, 
 whereby they are distinguished from all others. 
 
 GEOCE'NTRIC, a. [ffeocentrigue, Fr.] in Astronomy, having 
 the same centre with the earth. Geocentric longitude or latitude 
 of a planet is its place as seen from the earth. 
 
 GE'ODESY, s. [ge and daio, Gr."] that part of practical geome- 
 tiy which teaches to measure surfaces, and to find the contents 
 of all plane figures. 
 392 
 
 GEO 
 
 GEODE'TICAL, a. relating to the art of measuring surfaces; 
 comprehending or showing the art of measuring lands. 
 
 GE'OFFREY OF MONMOUTH, one of the early English 
 historians, who, being a churchman and brought up in a monas- 
 tery, and not of first-rate power, has gathered together far more 
 of fable than of fact ; yet, in the absence of other light, some- 
 times lends a ray to a dark part of the course of events in these 
 islands. He flourished about, or before, 1150. 
 
 GE'OGNOSY, s. [(/e and gnosis, Gr.] the old word for the science 
 of geology, used by Werner ; occasionally employed to designate 
 descriptive geology now. 
 
 GEO'GRAPHER, (jedgra/er) s. [ge and grapho, Gr.] one who 
 can describe the earth according to the position of its several 
 parts, and is skilled in making maps, the use of the globes, and 
 the situation and extent of the several divisions of the world. 
 
 GEOGRA'PHICAL, {jeogrdfikal) a. belonging to geography. 
 
 GEOGRA'PHICALLY, ad. in a geographical manner ; accord- 
 ing to the rules of geography. 
 
 GEO'GRAPHY, (jeografy) s. popularly, a topographical and 
 statistical account of the different nations of the earth ; but, 
 more accurately, a description of all the great natural features 
 and physical peculiarities of the earth, embracing not only moun- 
 tains, plains, lakes, rivers, seas, islands, &c., but climates, sea- 
 sons, and their effects on man, animals, and plants : this is 
 sometimes called Physical Geography. Mathematical Geography is 
 the art of constructing maps, charts, &c., representing, accord- 
 ing to certain scales, the great features of any part of the globe. 
 
 GEOLO'GICAL, a. relating to the science of geology, as, the 
 Geological Society, formed to advance the science ; Geological Maps, 
 which are constructed to show the various portions of the sur- 
 face of the globe, occupied by different formations. 
 
 GEO'LOGIST, s. one who studies the science of geology. 
 Two classes of geologists have been described ; — those who con- 
 sider it necessary to suppose that stupendous catastrophes, in 
 the shape of deluges, earthquakes, &c.,have taken place, in order 
 to account for the ancient phenomena of our world ; and those 
 who regard the forces still in operation as sufficient, time being 
 granted, to bring about all these results ; — they are called Catas- 
 trophists and Uniformitarians. 
 
 GEO'LOGY, s. [ge and logos, Gr.] the science which investi- 
 gates the nature and force of the various causes of change yet in 
 action on our earth, such as winds, frosts, tides, floods, currents, 
 earthquakes, &c. &c. ; and applies the results in explanation of 
 the phenomena of the strata of which the crust of the earth is 
 composed, both as to mineral composition, fossil contents, po- 
 sition in relation to other strata, and condition as seen now, 
 whether horizontal or inclined, entire or broken, &cc. It is of 
 recent birth as a science, dating from tfie researches of Werner, 
 Hutton, and Smith. Before that was mere cosmogonical specu- 
 lation, — dreams, parents of dreams. 
 
 GE'OMANCER, s. {<ge and manteia, Gr.] one who pretends to 
 tell future events. 
 
 GE'OMANCY, s. the art of casting figures ; the art of fore- 
 telling bv figures what shall happen. 
 
 GEOMA'NTIC, a. belonging to geomancy, or formed by a 
 geomancer. 
 
 GEO'METER, s. [ge and metreo,Gr.'] one skilled in the princi- 
 ples of geometry, 
 
 GEO'METRAL, a. pertaining or relating to geometry, 
 
 GEOMETRIC, Geome'trical, 
 
 rescribed, 
 geo- 
 
 a. belonging to, prescr 
 laid down by, or disposed according to, the principles of 
 metry. 
 
 GEOME'TRICALLY, ad. according to the rules of geometry. 
 
 GEOMETRI'CIAN, s. See Geometer. 
 
 To GEO'METRIZE, v. n. to perform or act according to the 
 principles of geometry. 
 
 GEO'METRY,*. the art of measuring the earth, or any dis- 
 tances thereon ; thescienceof the various properties and relations 
 of space, which are investigated as they are shown in lines, and 
 figures, both superficial and solid, plane and spherical. Analyti- 
 cal Geometry, is that part of the science by whicn these properties 
 are investigated, the higher mathematics being employed as the 
 more powerful instrument. Common works on Geometry are 
 synthetical or demonstrative. See Euclid, Mathematics, &c, 
 
 GEOPO'NICS, s. [ge and ponos, Gr.] the science of cultivating 
 the ground ; the doctrine of agriculture, 
 
 GEORGE, {Jorje) s. [Georgius, Lat,] the figure of St. George 
 
GEO 
 
 on horseback, worn by the knights of the Garter as an ensign of 
 their order. 
 
 GEORGE, ST., the patron saint of England, whose legendary 
 fame has made him the deliverer of the helpless in the matter of 
 slaying the dragon which required (like the monster of classic 
 fable) the yearly sacrifice of a young virgin ; and the defender 
 of the true faith, by representing the taking of Jerusalem by 
 the crusaders under Godfrey de Bouillon, as effected by his po- 
 tent aid ; is very little known in history, and has a very doubtful 
 report. April 23rd is dedicated to him. 
 
 GEORGE 1., king of Great Britain, &c., after the decease of 
 Anne, the last of the Stuarts, by virtue of his descent from 
 James I., through the queen of Bohemia, and Sophia duchess of 
 Brunswick, and of his profession of Protestantism. He was the 
 first wooer of his predecessor, but afterwards most unhappily 
 married the daughter of the duke of Zell. He had served with 
 distinction in the wars against the Turks, and in other cam- 
 paigns. His accession was of necessity the signal for the over- 
 throw of Tory supremacy, and the placing of the Whigs in the 
 seat of power, of which party Walpole was the head. An at- 
 tempt was made in behaRof the son of James H., called the Pre- 
 tender, in Scotland, in the year following George's accession, in 
 which some of the chiefs of'^the Tory party were implicated. It 
 was crushed in two fights, at Sherriff-Moor and Preston, in one 
 day, and the leaders were executed. Two other projects enter- 
 tained, by Charles XU. of Sweden and Peter of Russia, because 
 of some increase of the Hanoverian territory, and by Cardinal 
 Alberoni, the famous minister of Spain, were more easily dis- 
 posed of; the second being beaten at sea by Sir George Byng, 
 and finished in the pass of Glenshiel. Another attempt was 
 crushed in the bud, a bishop being one of the arrested con- 
 spirators. With Spain at various times war was carried on in 
 the Mediterranean and in the W. Indies, but the exploits of 
 Byng and the defence of Gibraltar were the only events of mo- 
 ment. The South Sea bubble may be regarded as one of the 
 greatest events of this reign. The extension of the duration of 
 parliament to seven years was the work of the Whigs at the 
 
 outset of this reign. Theirs too was the feeble attempt to miti- 
 gate clamour and opposition, by petty concessions to dissidents 
 from the Church of England. The king's cruel conduct to his 
 
 wife, and the open profligacy of his court, were themes of com- 
 ment in his day, and remain as signs of the times. He died in 
 1727, aged 67 years, having reigned 13. 
 
 GEORGE II., his only son, succeeded him. He had been 
 during his father's reign an object of great hatred to his father, 
 partly for his mother's sake, and partly because of his popularity. 
 Walpole had attached himself to the prince, and on the recon- 
 ciliation he, of course, was doubly strong, and continued so till 
 the death of the queen, and the opposition of Georgje's own son, 
 drove him from his post. Pulteney, Lord Grenville, Pelham, 
 the Duke of Newcastle, Fox, and Pitt, with some of less note, or 
 less ability, successively assumed the reigns of government ; and 
 most of the internal history is only the idle tale of the struggle of 
 these parties. In this reign a new attempt was made by the son 
 of the Pretender to gain the throne: at first every thing seemed to 
 
 Erosper, and the greatest alarm was felt in London, as Charles 
 ad driven back the king's troops, and marched into the heart 
 of England. But his cause was doomed; he retreated, was utter- 
 ly defeated by the Duke of Cumberland at Culloden, and after 
 wanderings and escapes more romantic than those of Charles II. 
 after Worcester fight, escaped, never to return. This changed 
 the whole aspect of the controversy between the Whigs and the 
 Tories, who have gradually, from that day, when the only real 
 point of difference was removed, grown to be completely alike in 
 every thing but name. On the continent^ there was a war with 
 Spain, which was, however, chiefly carried on in the W. Indies, 
 where Admiral Vernon gained Porto Bello ; and afterwards, a 
 war of succession against the Bavarians and the French, in which 
 George gained the battle of Dettingen, and the Duke of Cum- 
 berland lost so many that English fame had been quite tarnished, 
 if the successes of Hawke and Anson at sea had not cleared it. 
 The treaty of Aix-la-Chapelle concluded that war. Some years 
 afterwards another war broke out with France, which increased 
 the English territories in all quarters of the world; Clive raising 
 a new empire in the East ; VVolfe gaining Canada by his death ; 
 several parts of Africa being acquired ; and the continental pos- 
 sessions being assured to George by several victories, of which 
 
 GEO 
 
 Minden was the chief. The establishment of the House of Com- 
 mons as the representative of the landed interests merely to the 
 exclusion of commerce and labour, was effected by the property 
 qualification for members of parliament being insisted on. George 
 II. followed in the steps of his father to some extent, as far as re- 
 gards the keeping of mistresses, and rewarding them with titles 
 and honours ; but he was a better man than his father in other 
 respects; an unassuming, plain common-sense, and integrity in 
 general, marked him, which, if it diminished his splendour and 
 fame, kept him from hatred and infamy. He died in 1760, aged 
 77 years, having reigned 33 years. 
 
 GEORGE III. was grandson to his predecessor. His father, 
 the Prince of Wales, for some years was the animating spirit of 
 the opposition party. He was trained chiefly by his mother, and 
 saw little of society or the world, which yet more narrowed a 
 mind not very ample naturally. Lord Bute, Grenville, Pitt, 
 soon after created Lord Chatham, the younger and greater Pitt, 
 Rockingham, Lord North, Fox, Addington, afterwards created 
 Lord Sidmouth, the Duke of Portland, Percival, and Lord Liver- 
 pool, were the great leaders of the various ministries, through 
 this long reign ; the most brilliant period of all, being that when 
 William Pitt was at the bead of affairs, and Fox and Burke and 
 all their great compeers were in the senate. An end was soon 
 put to the continental war by the treaty of Paris ; but shortly 
 after the war of independence in America broke out, which ter- 
 minated in the loss of the United States. Hardly had the nation 
 recovered from this shock when the French Revolution occurred; 
 and after waiting for a pretext for war, England, in common 
 with other aristocratic governments, undertook to trample out 
 the threatening conflagration. The war beojan in 1793, and 
 lasted, with the brief intervals of the peace of Amiens, and the. 
 retirement of Napoleon to Elba, till the battle of Waterloo, in 
 1815. During good part of this protracted struggle, England 
 had to stand solitary, and against not France alone, for Spain 
 and other powers at times were leagued with France, and 
 America declared war in 1812. At the height of Napoleon's 
 power, all Europe was closed against England. The Duke of 
 York at first obtained a doubtful fame ; Lords Hood and Howe, 
 undoubted glory. Lord St. Vincent, Lord Duncan, and finally 
 Lord Nelson, followed in their train. The 1st of June, Cape St. 
 Vincent, Camperdown, Aboukir Bay, Copenhagen, Trafalgar, 
 and a host of minor victories, raised Great Britain to her loftiest 
 height of warlike fame. The fame of the Duke of Wellington 
 has dwarfed all other military commanders who took part in this 
 contest on land ; and the various victories in the Peninsula, and 
 the consummation at Waterloo, have been by all assigned to his 
 iron inflexibility and unparalleled skill. In the mean while, in 
 India, in Egypt, at the Cape of Good Hope, in the W. Indies, 
 and in several other parts, like struggles were proceeding; and 
 other heroes placed on the roll of history, with glory only second 
 to those before-named. The nation, throughout this fearful 
 struggle, blinded by the renown obtained, and thrown off its 
 guard by the complexion of circumstances, continued to consent 
 to burden on burden being laid on its own and its posterity's 
 shoulders, and to despatch army after army to achieve its own en- 
 thralment. Before the French Revolution, men had slept forth 
 in advance of the parties who engrossed most attention, and had 
 announced great principles of popular freedom. These and their 
 followers hailed with rapture the struggle in France, but the hor- 
 rors of the reign of the Convention, and the Committee of Safety, 
 and Robespierre, and the too palpable ambition of Buonaparte 
 to be lord of Europe ; — these perplexing their own minds and ter- 
 rifying their followers, and affording to their opponents such an 
 arsenal of weapons, threw back the mass of the English people 
 far behind the point they had reached before the war began. Yet 
 at the close of it, it was by military force alone that unpopular 
 measures were carried, and popular meetings dispersed. In the 
 latter years of the 18th century a noble but too wild attempt was 
 made by some ardent and patriotic Irishmen to shake off the 
 connexion with Great Britain, which had continued so long to 
 be nought but evil. Treachery, and superior force, brought 
 these men to the scaffold ; and Ireland was straightway bound 
 by closer bonds to England, but nothing save the seeds of future 
 evil sown. Amongst other measures of great moment, some 
 relating to the slave trade, which prepared the way for its final 
 abolition ; the famous Bank Restriction Act of Pitt, and the 
 Bank Cash Resumption Act of Peel ; with the attempt of Lord 
 3 E 393 
 
GEO 
 
 Sidinoutli on the liberties of Dissenters ; deserve to be mentioned. 
 George HI. was, not long after his accession, visited with an 
 attack of mental derangement, and more than once some years 
 afterwards ; and for the last ten years of his reign was com- 
 pletely insane. -It. was his lot to have his life attempted twice 
 at least by madmefi^^and once in a popular tumult, because of 
 the war, and the misery inflicted on the working classes through 
 high prices and intense^carcity. The diversion of the national 
 energy towards the arts of peace, at the close of this reign, made 
 a beginning of that astonisnhig career of practical and mechan- 
 ical invention and improvemetH, in the midst of which we live. 
 The character of this King has dually been the subject of great 
 
 E raise ; but iustice and truth dem\nd the assertion, that though 
 e displayed not the profligacy oPythe preceding and following 
 Georges, his own conduct in denyinV his first marriage, and ob- 
 taining the Royal Marriage Act to mal^ it ex post facto illegal, was 
 base in the extreme. His intellect neVer was of a comprehen- 
 sive order, and popular anecdotes display him in a most undig- 
 nified light. In money matters he was as careful as a shop- 
 keeper; in his prejudices, most immovable. He died in 1820, 
 aged 82, and having been king for GO years. 
 
 GEORGE IV., son of George HI., before his accession had ac- 
 quired considerable notoriety as a warm, but temporary political 
 partisan of the opposition to his father, and as a confirmed de- 
 oauchee ; he had also several times applied to parliament for 
 the payment of his debts; and, during the mental incapacity 
 of his lather, had been declared prince regent. The conduct he 
 had displayed in relation to his wife had been of the most heart- 
 less description. On his father's death he acquired only the 
 title of king in addition to the power he had held for about ten 
 years; and the policy he had observed during that time, in di- 
 rect contradiction to his assumed Whiggism, he continued to 
 maintain. During his reign. Lord Liverpool, Mr. Canning, 
 Viscount Goderich, the Duke of Wellington, Mr. (afterwards 
 Sir Robert) Peel, with Earl Grey, (who before the anti-Gallic 
 and anti-liberal frenzy, gradually excited by the long war against 
 France, had attempted a thorough reform of the representation 
 of England,) Lord Palmerston, Lord Glenelg, (then Mr. C. 
 Grant,) Lord Russell, Mr. O'Connell, and Mr. (now Lord) 
 Brougham, on the other side, were the chief of the royal ad- 
 visers. Almost immediately after the accession a desperate and 
 insane conspiracy was formed by a band of poor misguided men, 
 for the purpose of assassinating the ministers. Lord Castlereagh 
 especially, and effecting a revolution in the government. A 
 handful of police and soldiers extinguished it, and Thistlewood, 
 the leader, and some others were executed. Catholic Emanci- 
 pation, the repeal of the Test and Corporation Acts, the mitiga- 
 tion of the severity of some of the penal laws, and some im- 
 provements in minor yet important matters, were effected during 
 this reign. One of the chief events relating to the sovereign 
 himselt, was the queen's trial before the Lords, for the purpose of 
 obtaining a bill of divorce; which did not succeed, to the undis- 
 guised joy of the whole nation, as much from dislike to George, 
 as from conviction of her innocence. She died shortly after. 
 George IV. was the first English monarch who visited Ireland 
 with pacific intent; but royal progresses were not the remedy 
 for the ills of that enslaved country. The only wars in which 
 England was engaged were, that against the Birman empire, 
 that against the Turks for the liberation of Greece, an insignifi- 
 cant struggle in W. Africa, and an equally insignificant contest 
 between two factions in Portugal. George IV. died in 1830, 
 aged 68 years, and having reigned more than 10. There is but 
 one verdict respecting him now, and that relates wholly to his 
 personal character; the various contrivances of councils and 
 cabinets having made the sovereignty but a name ; — despite of 
 his well-cultivated mind, and good natural powers, which might 
 have given him a proud and noble place in England's history, he 
 
 preferred a course of baser and more infamous profligacy than 
 rer Charles II. ran ; and verily he has his reward. 
 GEO'RGETOWN, a city and port of Columbia, United States. 
 
 It stands on the Potomac, near Rock Creek, over which are two 
 bridges communicating with Washington. It contains many 
 elegant buildings and country-seats. Here are, also, a well con- 
 ducted and supported Roman Catholic college, containing an 
 excellent library ; and a nunnery, called the Convent of the Vi- 
 sitation. It is 2 miles from Washington. Pop. 7312. There 
 are in the States thirteen other places with this name. 
 394 
 
 GEO'RGIA, a province of Russia in Asia, called by the Rus- 
 sians Grusia, by the Persians Gurgistan, and by the Turks 
 Gurtshi. It is situated between the Black and Caspian Seas, 
 and comprehends the ancient Iberia and part of Colchis. The 
 hills are covered with forests of beech, oak, ash, chesnuts, wal- 
 nuts, and elms, encircled with vines, growing spontaneously, 
 and producing vast quantities of grapes. Cotton also grows 
 spontaneously, as well as the finest fruit trees. Rice, wheat, 
 millet, hemp, and flax, are raised on the plains, almost without 
 culture. The valleys aflTord fine pasturage, the rivers are full of 
 fish, the mountains abound with minerals, and the climate is 
 delicious. The rivers, however, being fed by mountain torrents, 
 are always too rapid or too shallow for the purposes of navigation. 
 The Georgians are skilled in the use of the bow, and are thought 
 to be the best soldiers in Asia. Their dress resembles that of the 
 Cossacks ; but those that are wealthy affect the habit of the Per- 
 sians. They usually dye their hair, beards, and nails red. The 
 women, who are celebrated for their beauty, stain the palms of 
 their hands of the same colour, and paint their eye-brows black, 
 in such a manner as to form one entire line, while the rest of the 
 face is coated with white and red. Being generally educated in 
 convents, they can read and write, qualifications uncommon 
 with the men, even of the highest rank. The inhabitants are 
 Christians, partly of the Greek, and partly of the Armenian, 
 church. Here are also Tatars, Ossi, Armenians, and a corisider- 
 able number of Jews. Teflis is the chief town, and the residence 
 of the governor-general. Population, about 250,000. 
 
 GE'ORGIA, one of the United States, N. America. It lies 
 on the Atlantic, and is bounded by Tennessee, N. and S. Caro- 
 lina, Florida, and Alabama. It is about 300 miles long and 240 
 broad, and is divided into 93 counties. Along the coast is a 
 belt of islands about seven miles in depth, consisting of salt 
 marsh, and a soil which produces sea-island cotton of. superior 
 quahty. The coast of the main land for about five miles resem- 
 bles these islands ; then for about 80 miles, a belt of pine bar- 
 rens and swamps. Beyond this, the country of sand-hills, in- 
 terspersed with fertile tracts, reaches to the lower falls ; above 
 which is the upper country, composed of varying but fertile soil ; 
 and on the N. the surface becomes mountainous. The rivers are 
 the Savannah, the Altamaha, the Ogeeche, &c. Timber trees, 
 corn of all kinds, fruits, wine, &c. are its chief products. Cop- 
 per, iron, and gold are its most valuable minerals. It has a good 
 export trade, and some considerable manufactories. Athens is 
 the seat of its university. It has nearly 40 banks. This is one 
 of the slave states, and no coloured man is entitled to the privi- 
 leges of active citizenship. The capital is Milledgeville, and Sa- 
 vannah is its principal seat of commerce. Pop. 091,392, of 
 which 280,944 are slaves. 
 
 GEO'RGIA, SOUTH, the principal of a cluster of islands in 
 the South Atlantic Ocean. It is 31 leagues long, and its greatest 
 breadth is about 10. It abounds in bays and harbours, which 
 the vast quantities of ice render inaccessible the greatest part of 
 the year. Not a stream of fresh water was to be seen on the 
 whole coast. The only birds are penguins, and a species of the 
 lark : no quadrupeds, except bears, are found. Moss and a small 
 plant or two are its only vegetation. These islands lie between 
 53. 57. and 54. 57. S. Lat., and between 35. 34. and 38. 13. 
 W. Long. 
 
 GEO'RGIC, ijirjik) s. [ffeorgikos, from (/e and ergon, Gt.'] the 
 science of husbandry put into poetry. Virgil's poem is the chief 
 of this class. 
 
 GEO'RGHJM SIDUS, a name of the most remote planet but 
 one of the solar system, called also Herschel, and Uranus. 
 
 GERA'NIUM, s. in Botany,a genus of plants of great variety, 
 beauty, and odour; the mos"t valuable species are brought from 
 Africa. 
 
 GE'RARDE, JOHN, the famous English herbalist, was a 
 surgeon at Nantwich, and afterwards was curator of Lord Burgh- 
 ley's botanical garden. His book, which is a curiosity now, was 
 for a long time the only English botanical work of any authority. 
 He died in 1007, aged 62 years. 
 
 GERFA'LCON, «. in Zoology, a bird of prey, in size between 
 a vulture and a hawk, and of the greatest strength next to the 
 eagle. 
 
 GERMAFN, ST., a town in the department Seine et Oise, 
 France, formerly of great consequence as containing royal cha- 
 teaus and residences, and still containing one of the royal parks. 
 
Wi 
 
 GER 
 
 It is of little importance now. It is 16 miles from Paris. Pop, 
 about 12,000. Lat. 48. 53. N. Long. 2. 4. £. 
 
 GE'RM AN, s. [ffermanus, from germen, Lat.] a brother ; one ap- 
 proaching to a brother in nearness of blood ; generally applied to 
 the children of brothers and sisters, who are called cottsins r/erman. 
 
 GE'RMAN, a, belonging to Germany. The German language 
 is called in Germany High-Dutch, and was formed by Luther and 
 his confederates out of the various provincial dialects. Loiv- 
 Duteh is the dialect of the northern states. 
 
 GERMA'NDER, «. [germandrie, Fr.] in Botany, a plant with 
 yellow blossoms, called also the ground-pine ; likewise a kind 
 of speedwell. 
 
 GERMA'NS, ST., Cornwall. It was once the largest town 
 in the county, but is at present a small place. It was formerly 
 a bishop's see, had a cathedral, and what is left of it is used as 
 the parish church, and near it is the priory yet standing. It is 
 224 miles from London. Market, Friday. Pop. 2843. 
 
 GERMA'NICUS, CiESAR, the brother of the Roman emperor 
 Claudius, who gained great renown for his victories over various 
 barbarous tribes inhabiting Germany; and for the skill with 
 which he controlled and subdued his mutinous army. He was, 
 as is usual in such cases, an object of great jealousy to Tiberius 
 the emperor, who removed him to Syria, where he was poisoned, 
 in 19 A. D., aged but 34 years. 
 
 GE'RMAN Y, the general name for the central part of Europe, 
 reaching from Denmark and the Baltic to Switzerland, and from 
 Prussia and Austria to Holland, Belgium, and France; occupied 
 part of the kingdom of Prussia, the kingdoms of Bavaria, 
 
 irtemburg, Hanover, and Saxony; the grand-duchies of Baden, 
 Hesse-Darmstadt, Hesse-Cassel,Mecklenburg-Sehwerin, Olden- 
 burg, Saxe-Weimar-Eisenach, and Mecklenburg-Strelitz ; the 
 ducnies of Nassau, Brunswick, Saxe-Meiningen, Saxe-Coburg- 
 Gotha, Saxe-Altenburg, Anhalt-Dessau, Anhalt-Bernburg, and 
 Anhalt-Konen ; the principalities of Lippe-Detmold, the two 
 branches of Reuss, Schwarzburg-Rudolstadt, Schwarzburg-Son- 
 dershausen, Waldeck, Hohenzollen-Sigmaringen, Hohenzollen- 
 Heckingen, Schaumberg-Lippe, Hesse-Homburg, and Lichten- 
 stein ; and the territories belonging to the free cities of Hamburg, 
 Bremen, and Lubeck;— which states, with Austria, Frankfort- 
 on-the-Maine, Hulstein, Lauenburg, and Luxemburg, form the 
 German Confederation. The mountains are the Erzgebirge, the 
 Bohmen-Wald, the Oden-Wald, the Fichtel-Gebirge, the Rhon- 
 Gebirge, the Schwarz-Wald, the Hartz, &c. The rivers are the 
 Danube, the Rhine, the Elbe, the Weser, the Maine, the Mo- 
 selle, and their tributaries, &c. The productions are treated of 
 under the separate states. All this region was under the sway 
 of the emperor of Germany till 1806, when that title was abolish- 
 ed ; and after various changes, by the Congress of Vienna, in 
 1815, each state was declared independent, but for all common 
 interests were united in the German Confederation. The part 
 taken by the people of this vast country in literature, philosophy, 
 and theology, is their chief distinction now. And on this part 
 their claim to renown in the history of mankind will rest. The 
 great movement begun by Luther in the 16th century, carrying 
 along with it other weaker or minor movements, after a period 
 ofstagnation, broke out again before the close of the last century; 
 it was increased by the agitation caused throughout all Europe 
 by the French Revolution; the wars of Napoleon, so disastrous 
 to Germany, aided it; and now, during tnis long interval of 
 peace, it has progressed with greater rapidity, and a smoother 
 course ; and though it is yet characterized by destruction to all 
 the worn-out systems of thought, and has not brought, except in 
 Prussia, any prospect or promise of political freedom, every day 
 developes features which justify the warmest hopes respecting its 
 ultimate results, which are brought so much the nearer through 
 the impartation of this movement to the more practical people of 
 England and the United States, and to the vivacious ancf less 
 dreamy people of France. Frankfort-on-the-Maine is the place 
 where the diet of the Confederation .sits ; and the population of 
 the states composing it is about 60,000,000. 
 
 GERM, Gehmen, s. [Lat.] a sprout or shoot ; that part which 
 grows and spreads. In Botany, that part of a flower or plant 
 which contains the seed. 
 
 To GE'RMINATE, v. n. [yermen, Lat.] to sprout, bud, shoot, 
 or grow. 
 
 GERMINA'TION, «. [Fr.] the act of shooting or sprouting; 
 growth. 
 
 GET 
 
 GERS, a department of France, bounded by the departments 
 of Landes, Basses and Hautes Pyrenees, Haute Garonne, Tarn 
 et Garonne, and Lot et Garonne. Its length is about 75 miles, 
 and its breadth about 50. It is mountainous, and its chief pro- 
 duce is brandy. The Adur is its chief stream; others are tri- 
 butaries to it and the Garonne. Auch is its capital. Pop. about 
 325,000. 
 
 GERSO'N, JOHN CHARLIER DE, an eminent French divine 
 of the 15th century. He occupied the post of chancellor of the 
 University of Paris, and was canon of Notre Dame. During his 
 time Catholic Europe was greatly disturbed by rival popes, three 
 of whom appeared at once. At the councils of Pisa and Con- 
 stance, he took a very distinguished part ; particularly at the 
 latter, where his influence had much to do with the condemna- 
 tion of John Huss and Jerome of Prague. During the latter 
 part of his life he was the object of such political persecution 
 that he expatriated himself, and lived for some time in Germany. 
 He died in 1429, aged 60 years. He wrote many valuable and 
 excellent works, and is by some reputed to be the writer of .4 
 Kempis's Imitation of Christ. This book is by others attributed to 
 a John Gerson of the 12th century. 
 
 GE'RUND, s. [gerunditim, Lat] in Grammar, the name as- 
 signed to participles when used adverbially. In Latin Grammar, 
 the name peculiarly assigned to that part of a verb which is a 
 declinable singular substantive, formed from the verbal root 
 by the addition of endo. It is an imperfect participle also, and 
 is declinable in all genders, numbers, and cases. 
 
 GESE'NIUS, FREDERIC HENRY WILLIAM, an eminent 
 oriental scholar of Germany, during the present century. He 
 was latterly theological professor at Halle ; but his fame rests 
 on his Hebrew Grammars and Lexicons, which are the most va- 
 luable works extant. He wrote other works, one on Isaiah, 
 which occasioned some controversy from the views he took of the 
 author and date of that book. He died in 1842, aged 50 years. 
 
 GE'SNER, CONRAD, a distinguished naturalist and physi- 
 cian of Switzerland, in the 10th century. He is one of the nu- 
 merous examples of successful pursuit'of knowledge under all 
 the difficulties which could damp the ardour and prevent the 
 success of such a pursuit. He not only wrote on Natural His- 
 tory, but compiled a catalogue of all the writers whose works 
 were known in Hebrew, Greek, and Latin ; and maintained a 
 correspondence with learned and scientific men in every country 
 of Europe. He was philosophical professor at Zurich, his na- 
 tive place; and subsequently Greek professor at Lausanne. He 
 died of the plague, leaving a name not only unspotted by any 
 reproach, but adorned with all private ancf social excellences, 
 in 1565, aged 48 years. 
 
 GE'SSNER, SOLOMON, a painter, poet, and tale-writer of 
 Zurich, during the last century. His Death of Abel has carried 
 his name to most countries of Europe, or had carried it, for the 
 book is all but forgotten now, and soon will be quite, not being 
 of the class called Immortals. Gessner had however his living 
 renown, and at Zurich some of the posthumous sort. He died in 
 1787, aged 57 years. 
 
 GESTA'TION, s. [gesto, Lat.] the act of bearing the young in 
 the womb. 
 
 To GESTI'CULATE, «. n. [gestus, Lat.] to make odd gestures; 
 to play antic tricks. 
 
 GESTICULATION, s. the throwing the arms or limbs about 
 in odd and antic postures; an odd posture. 
 
 GE'STURE, s. the postures or attitudes expressive of a per- 
 son's sentiments ; any movement or motion of the body. 
 
 To GE'STURE, v. a. to accompany one's delivery with action, 
 attitude, or motion of the body. 
 
 To GET, r. a. pret. / got, anciently gat ; part. pass, got or 
 
 fotten ; [gettin, gettan. Sax.] to procure, or acquire ; to obtain 
 y force or seizure ; to attain by success ; to win ; to possess ; 
 to beget ; to acquire ; to gain ; to earn by labour and pains ; to 
 learn. " Get by heart the more common and useful words," 
 Watts. To put into any state ; to prevail on ; to draw ; to be- 
 take ; to remove by force or art. — v. n. to arrive at any state or 
 posture by degrees with some kind of labour or difficulty ; to 
 fall ; to come by accident ; to find the way ; to move ; to re- 
 move ; to go or repair to. To get off, to sell or dispose of by 
 some artifice or expedient. To get in, to force or find a passage. 
 To get off, to escape danger. To get over, to surmount ; to con- 
 quer; to extricate oneself from any obstacle or impediment 
 3 E 2 S^5 
 
GIB 
 
 which hinders from action, or involves the mind in perplexity. 
 To get up, to rise from a seat or a bed. 
 
 GETA, SEPTIMIUS ANTONIUS, vounger son of the em- 
 peror Severus, and joint emperor after his death with Caracalla 
 his eldest son. He was a mild and estimable young man, and 
 was murdered by his brother, in his mother's arms, in 212, aged 
 about 21 years. 
 
 GE'TTER, s. one who procures or obtains ; one who begets. 
 
 GETTING, s. the act of obtaining. In Commerce, gain or 
 profit. 
 
 GEWGAW, s. [gegaf, Sax.] a showy, empty trifle ; a bauble, 
 or splendid plaything. 
 
 GEWGAW, a. splendidly trifling ; though showy and gaudy, 
 yet of no value. 
 
 GEY'SERS, intermittent hot springs in the island of Iceland, 
 the greatest of which rises out of a spacious basin at the sum- 
 mit of a circular mound, formed by the silicious incrustations 
 deposited by its waters. The water is thrown up to the lieight 
 of 200 feet, at times ; but the eruptions do not last very long, 
 and the intervals between them are very irregular. These 
 springs break out of the midst of a lava stream that has long ago 
 flowed from Hecla. The water in all of them deposits silex. 
 
 GHA'STFUL, {gdstful) a. l^ast and fulle. Sax.] dreary ; dismal ; 
 melancholy. 
 
 GHA'STLINESS, (gdstliness) s. horror appearing on the coun- 
 tenance ; dismal paleness, like a ghost. 
 
 GHA'STLY, (gdstly) a. like a ghost ; with horror and dread 
 painted on the countenance; dreadful; horrible; shocking. 
 
 GHENT, a considerable citv, the capital of East Flanders, 
 Belgium. The city is divided by canals into 26 islands, and 
 over the canals there are 300 bridges. The streets are large, 
 and the market-place is spacious. The cathedral, churches, 
 and other religious edifices are fine buildings. They have 
 flourishing manufactures of silk, woollen, linen, and a great 
 trade in corn. There is a large canal which passes from Ghent 
 to Bruges, and thence to Ostend; and another which passes to 
 Sas de Ghent. Ghent is seated on the confluence of the rivers 
 Scheldt, Lis, Moeze, and Lieve, 26 miles N. W. of Brussels. 
 Population, about 85,000. Lat. 51. 3. N. Long. 3. 43. E. 
 
 GHE'RKIN, (gerkin— the g pronounced hard,) s. [gurcke, Teut.] 
 a small pickled cucumber. 
 
 GHI'LAN. &e Persia. 
 
 GHOST, (gost) s. [gast. Sax.] the soul ; a spirit or spectre. 
 When joined with Holy, it implies the third Person of the Holy 
 Trinity, otherwise termed the Holy Spirit. To give up the ghost, 
 is to expire, to die. 
 
 GHO'STLINESS, (gdstliness) s. spiritualness ; the quality re- 
 lating to the soul. 
 
 GHOSTLY, (gostly) a. spiritual, or relating to the soul. 
 
 GIALALINA, s. [Ital.] earth of a bright gold colour, found in 
 the kingdom of Naples, very fine, and much valued by painters. 
 
 GIA'MBEAUX, (Jdmbose) s. [gambes, Fr.] armour for the legs; 
 greaves. 
 
 GI'ANT, s. [geant, Fr.] a person of uncommon height of stature. 
 
 GI'ANTESS, s. a woman of more than natural height; a wo- 
 man taller than the rest of the sex naturally are. 
 
 GI'ANTLIKE, Gi'antly, a. resembling a giant in tallness ; of 
 an enormous bulk, or exceeding great. 
 
 GFANT'S CAUSEWAY, a promontory of Antrim in Ireland, 
 composed of columnar basalt. See Basalt. 
 
 GI'ANTSHIP, s. the quality or character of a giant. 
 
 GIARO'LO, s. in Ornithology, a small bird of the snipe kind, 
 with a white tail, which is sold in the markets of Italy. 
 
 GIBBE, s. any old worn-out animal ; as a gibcat is an old cat. 
 
 To GFBBER, i-. n. [Teut.] to speak in an inarticulate or un- 
 intelligible manner. 
 
 GI'BBERISH, (the ,9 pronounced hard,) s. cant; the private 
 language of rogues, gypsies, &c. 
 
 GI'BBET, s. [gibet, Fr.] a gallows ; or a cross post whereon 
 malefactors are executed, or hung in chains. 
 
 To GI'BBET, V. n. to hang or expose on a gibbet ; to hang 
 upon a beam, which crosses another standing upright. 
 
 GI'BBON, EDWARD, the great historian of the Decline and 
 Fall of the Roman Empire, was born at Putney, and studied at 
 Oxford. A real or pretended conversion to Romanism made it 
 needful for him to leave Oxford, and he studied then at Lau- 
 sanne, where he unlearnt Romanism without learning any thing 
 
 else. During some subsequent travels, he meditated his great 
 work; and returning to England, commenced it. He entered par- 
 liament, and held some office under government for a short time. 
 He visited Lausanne again, but was compelled to return to Eng- 
 land by the Revolutionary wars. He died in 1794, aged 57 years. 
 His work is one of the classics of British literature, rather than a 
 standard work of history. Gibbon's pitiable advocacy and mis- 
 statements against Christianity, and a cool scientific obscenity, 
 are among the most palpable faults of his work, but are not the 
 only one.s. It will be read, however, as containing the views of 
 a scholar and a thinker, on one of the greatest series of pheno- 
 mena history presents for study, whilst the language is under- 
 stood in the world. 
 
 GI'BBONS, DR. ORLANDO, an eminent English musician 
 and composer of the 17th century. He was made organist of the 
 Chapel Royal at the early age of 21. His church music and 
 madrigals are greatly admired to this day. He died in 1625, 
 aged 42 years. 
 
 GFBBOSITY, s. Igibbosiffi, Fr.] the quality of rising in a hump, 
 or protuberance, above the rest of a surface ; a prominence ; 
 convexity. 
 
 GFBBOUS, a. [gibbosus, Lat.] swelling or rising above the 
 other part of the surface ; convex ; rising in knobs. 
 
 GFBBOUSNESS, s. convexity ; prominence. 
 
 GIBBS, JAMES, an architect of the beginning of the last 
 century, under whom were built St. Martin s and St. Mary le 
 Strand churches of London, and several of the university build- 
 ings at Oxford and Cambridge, &c. He was no great genius, 
 but a happy imitator of parts of beautiful structures. He died 
 in 1754, aged 71 years. 
 
 To GIBE, (g soft,) v. n. igaber, old Fr.] to sneer in a con- 
 temptuous manner; to deride; to mock; to treat with scorn; 
 to taunt. 
 
 GIBE, s. a taunt, sneer, or expression of ridicule, joined with 
 contempt. 
 
 GFBER, s. a sneerer ; one who ridicules or sneers at another ; 
 a scoffer. 
 
 GFBINGLY, ad. in a contemptuous, ridiculing, or sneering 
 manner. 
 
 GI'BLETS, s. [giblot, Sax.] certain parts of a duck or goose, 
 which are cut off before they are roasted, consisting of the head 
 or neck, parts of the wings, gizzard, heart, liver, and legs. 
 
 GIBRA'LTAR, a rock, a town, a bay, and a strait, at the S. ex- 
 tremity of Spain. The strait divides Europe from Africa, at this 
 near approach of the two continents, and is 15 miles broad. 
 The rock is one of the ancient pillars of Hercules, and stands 
 almost separated from the mainland, is 1400 feet in height, and 
 is accessible only on the W. side. It is pierced with galleries, 
 in which are all the necessaries for a long siege ; as well as 
 being defended by batteries at the base and on the side. It 
 has m addition to these artificial tunnels, many curious natu- 
 ral caverns. The town stands at the base of the rock, and its 
 chief buildings are those of the government and the garrison. 
 The bay has a good harbour, formed by two long moles. Its 
 population is about 20,000, and is of a very mixed character. 
 Gibraltar has long been in the possession of England, and is 
 of great value, commanding as it does the straits by which en- 
 trance is effected into the Mediterranean. Lat. 36. 6. N. Long. 
 5. 19. W. 
 
 GI'BSTAFF, s. a long staff to gauge water, or to shove forth 
 a vessel into the deep. 
 
 GFDDILY, (the ,9 pron. hard,) ad. the appearance of external 
 things turning round though at rest, with a swimming in the 
 head. Figuratively, without steadiness, or forethought ; heed- 
 lessly ; negligently. 
 
 GI'DDINESS, (the g pron. hard,) «. the state of being giddy ; 
 inability to keep its place. 
 
 GI'DDY, (the g pron. hard,) a. [gidig, Sas.] having a swimming 
 in the head, whereby external things, though at rest, seem to 
 turn round ; changeable ; inconstant ; unsteady ; heedless ; 
 elated too much with success or praise. 
 
 GI'DDYPACED, a. moving without regularity. 
 
 GFESSEN, a town of Hesse, with a university. It is an an- 
 cient place, but the academical buildings are good, and well 
 furnished, having, amongst other necessaries, a good library. 
 Its population is about 10,000. Lat. 50. .34. N. Long. 8. 34. E. 
 
 GFFFORD, WILLIAM, the founder of the Quarterly Re- 
 
GIL 
 
 view, an eminent critic and satirist ; who rose from obscurity 
 by the force of his intellectual ability, and the aid afforded by 
 some friends who were capable of discerning his worth. He 
 travelled as a private tutor to Lord Belgrave, and soon after his 
 return published his satires ou the rhyme and play writers of 
 the day — the Baviad and the Mseviad. He was afterwards 
 editor of the Anti-jacobin ; and of some translations of the clas- 
 sics, of some old dramatists of England. From its commencement 
 to his death he conducted the Quarterly Review ; and earned the 
 literary fame for himself and for this Journal, which is associated 
 with both to this day. He died in 1826, aged 89 years. 
 
 GIFT, (the g pron. hard,) s. [gift. Sax.] something bestowed 
 on another without price or exchange ; the act of giving ; an 
 offering or oblation. 
 
 GI'FTED, (the g pron. hard,) a. endowed with gifts ; possess- 
 ing intellectual abilities, or genius. 
 
 GIG, (the g pron. hard,) s. [etymology uncertain ;] a smajl top 
 made of horn, which is kept spinning by whipping it with a 
 
 thong; also a two-wheeled open carriage. 
 
 IGA'NTIC, (last g pron. hard,) a. [giga. 
 giant, of an enormous size. Figuratively, exceedingly wicked. 
 
 GK 
 
 'NTIC, (last g pron. hard,) a. [gigas, Lat.] resembling a 
 
 GIGG, Ji'ga, or Jig, «. See Jig. 
 
 To GI'GGLE, (the g pron. hard,) v. n. [giehelen, Fr.] to be in- 
 clined to laugh ; to laugh at trifles. 
 
 Gl'GGLER, (the g pron. hard,) s. one v/ho bursts into laughter 
 at the least trifle ; one very much inclined to laughter. 
 
 GI'GLET, (the f/ pron. hard,) s. [jjeagl, Sax.] a wanton girl. 
 
 GI'LBERT, DA VIES, an eminent scientific inquirer of the 
 beginning of the present century. He was a Cornish man, and 
 having ample means, devoted himself to the promotion of science, 
 by the encouragement and aid he could so well bestow on wor- 
 thy students. Sir Humphrey Davy was the most distinguished 
 of those he raised from obscurity to world-wide renown. He 
 held the chair of the Royal Society for some years, and was a 
 member of parliament for Bodmin for a quarter of a century. He 
 died in 1840, aged 73 years. 
 
 To GILD, (the^ pron. hard,) v. a. pret. gilded or gilt; [gildan. 
 Sax.] to wash over with liquid or cover with leaf gold ; to adorn 
 with lustre ; to illuminate or brighten. To gild over, to recom- 
 mend a thing, or hide its defects by some additional ornament. 
 
 GFLDAS (THE WISE), a British historian, was a monk at 
 Glastonbury during the latter paft of his days. He was one of 
 those who kept this flame of ancient British religion alive during 
 the devastation caused by the Saxon invasion and conquests. 
 Some doubts exist respecting the authenticity of the work pub- 
 lished under his name. He flourished about 550. 
 
 GI'LDER, (the g pron. hard,) s. one who covers the surface of 
 any body with gold. — [from geld, Teut. money,] a coin valued 
 from one shilling and sixpence to two shillings. 
 
 Gl'LDING, (the g pron. hard,) s. gold laid or stuck on any 
 surface by way of ornament ; the act of covering with gold. 
 
 GI'LFORD, (the g pron. hard,) a town of Down, in Ulster, 
 Ireland. It is seated on the river Ban, over which there is a 
 good stone bridge of 22 arches. The rising grounds surround- 
 ing it, adorned with wood, and the bleach-yards in the bottom, 
 afford altogether a prospect truly delightful. Here is a chalybeate 
 spa of good quality. It is 00 miles from Dublin. Pop. 643. 
 
 GILL, (with the .9 hard,)*. [^M^, Lat.] in Animal Physiology, 
 the apertures and fringed organs on each side of the head of a 
 fish, by which they extract oxygen from the water, as our lungs 
 do from the atmosphere, and for the same purpose. The red flap 
 under the beak of a fowl, or fleshy excrescence under the chin 
 of a man. — (with the g soft,) a liquid measure, containing the 
 fourth part of a pint ; in Scotland and some northern counties, 
 the fourth part of a quart, in Botany, the plant called ground- 
 ivy. Likewise ale, wherein ground-ivy has been steeped. 
 
 GILL, DR. JOHN, a Baptist minister of Kettering, well known 
 from his Exposition of the Bible, in which the rigid necessitarian 
 doctrines ascribed to Calvin are set forth, which has been the 
 chief cause of the prevalence of those views amongst the less en- 
 lightened portion of the ministers and congregations of that sect. 
 He died in 1771, aged 74 years. 
 
 GI'LLYFLOWER, s. [corrupted from Juhj-flower, so called 
 from the month it blows in,] in Botany, the dianthm, under which 
 genus are included pinks, carnations, and the sweet-william ; 
 applied also to the wall-flower, and various kinds of stocks. 
 
 Gl'LOLO, an island in the Archipelago of the Moluccas, Asia, 
 
 GIP 
 
 about 210 miles in length, and 750 in circumference. It pro- 
 duces neither cloves nor nutmegs, though it is included in the 
 Spice Islands, but is very fertile in rice and sago. The air is 
 said to be very hot and unwholesome. It has a town of the same 
 name. It is seated under the line in Long. 128. 22. E. 
 
 GI'LPIN, BERNARD, one of the English Reformers ; he 
 adopted the principles of the Reformation while at Oxford, and 
 being settled as a clergyman in the north of England, obtained 
 an unspotted renown by the fervency of his preaching and the 
 holiness of his life. He narrowly escaped the stake during 
 Mary's reign; and died in her successor's, in 1583, aged 66 
 years ; leaving behind him a memory more apostohcal for works 
 of faith and labours of love, than was enjoyed by any of his fel- 
 low-labourers. He was called the father of the poor, and the 
 apostle of the north. 
 
 GI'LPIN, WILLIAM, descended from the foregoing, and, like 
 him, a divine of the English Church, added to his reputation of 
 being a faithful parish priest, that of being a writer of some 
 worth. His works are numerous, chiefly biographical, Bernard 
 Gilpin, Huss, Wickliff, Latimer, and Cranmer, being the prin- 
 cipal Lives. Others were of an expository and practical charac- 
 ter. He died in 1804, aged 40 years. 
 
 GILT, (Iheg pron. hard,) s. gold laid on any surface. Figura- 
 tively, golden show or splendour. 
 
 Gl'LTHEAD, s. in Natural History, a sea-fish ; also a bird. 
 
 GI'LTTAIL, s. in Natural History, a worm, so called from its 
 yellow tail. 
 
 GIM, a. [gim, Sax.] neat ; spruce ; well dressed. 
 
 GI'MCRACK, s. a machine more curious than useful. 
 
 GI'MLET, (the g pron. hard,) s. a borer with a kind of worm 
 or screw at the end. 
 
 GI'MMAL, Gi'mmer, s. a movement; a part of a machine ; 
 machinery; a hinge. 
 
 GIMP, (the jr pron. hard,) s. a kind of silk-twist or lace. 
 
 GIN, s. [contracted from engine,] a trap or snare ; a machine 
 for raising great weights ; a pump worked by wheels ; a distilled 
 liquor drawn from barley and flavoured with juniper-berries, &c., 
 contracted from Geneva. 
 
 GI'NGER, s. [gingero, Ital.] in Botany, and Commerce, an 
 aromatic root, of a yellow colour, and very hot and pungent 
 taste, used in cookery as a spice ; by apothecaries as a me- 
 dicine. 
 
 GI'NGERBREAD, (fmjerbread) s. a kind of bread made of 
 flour sweetened with treacle, and mixed with ginger and aro- 
 matic seeds. 
 
 GI'NGERLY, ad. cautiously, nicely. 
 
 GI'NGERNESS, s. Igingre, Sax.] caution, tenderness, or 
 slightness in handling for fear of hurting or soihng ; niceness. 
 
 GI'NGIVAL, a. [gingiva, Lat.] belonging to the gums. 
 
 GI'NGLYMOID, a. [c/inglymos and eidos, Gr.] resembling a 
 ginglymus ; approaching to a ginglymus. 
 
 GI'NGLYMUS, s. [ginglymos, Gr.] in Anatomy, a kind of arti- 
 culation or joint, whose motion resembles that of^ a hinge. 
 
 GPNNET, s. [ffinmos, Gr.] a nag, or mule, or degenerated 
 breed. 
 
 GI'NSENG, s. a root of a very agreeable aromatic smell, 
 though not very strong. Its taste is acid and aromatic, and has 
 somewhat bitter in it. We have it from China ; and there is 
 some of it in the same latitude in America. Its alleged virtues 
 exceed belief. 
 
 GIO'TTO, a celebrated Florentine painter, who studied with 
 Cimabue, having been before only a shepherd's lad. He was a 
 friend of Dante and Petrarch, and is said to be the first who 
 produced life-like portraits. His mosaics are reckoned very 
 fine. He died in 1336, aged 60 years. 
 
 GFPSY, s. [corrupted from Egyptian,} the English name of a 
 peculiar race of people, who have lived a vagabond life in most 
 European countries for above 400 years now. They travel in 
 small companies, and are exceedingly jealous of the purity of 
 their blood, seldom intermarrying with other people. They 
 profess various trades, as tinkering, horsedealing, &c., and the 
 women are almost the only fortunetellers now found in England. 
 They are unscrupulous thieves, and indulge in most vagabond 
 vices. But their women are personally strictly chaste, though 
 they are frequently procuresses. Their rehgious notions are 
 very confused ; the fear of the evil eye is universal among them. 
 And they seem to look on all other people as the fair game for 
 
GIR 
 
 their cunning. Their language is Oriental, and presents analo- 
 gies to the Indo-European and Semitic families. Their origin is 
 quite unknown ; the names by which they pass in different 
 countries express only the popular belief about them ; their 
 own designation seems not to be derived from any country. 
 Figuratively, used to imply a person of a dark complexion, or a 
 woman of great craftiness ana cunning. 
 
 GI'RAFFE, «. in Zoology, a quadruped which inhabits the 
 interior of Africa. Its neck is very long, so that it often is above 
 16 feet from the ground to the end of Us very short horns. It is 
 of a reddish white, marked with numerous little rusty spots. It 
 is gentle and shy in its habits. 
 
 GFRALDUS CAMBRENSIS, (or Du Barri,) a Welsh ec- 
 clesiastic of the 12th century. His works relate to the topogra- 
 phy of Ireland and Wales, or are l)iographies of saints, &c. ; 
 and in them he shows himself one of the zealots for church 
 forms. He died in 1220, aged 74 years. 
 
 GFRASOLE, s. [girasol, Fr.] the sunflower; also the opal 
 stone. 
 
 To GIRD, (in this word and its derivates the ^ is pron. hard,) 
 V. a. preter. girded or girt; [girdan. Sax.] to bind round; to 
 fasten by binding round ; to invest ; to clothe ; to enclose ; to 
 encircle. 
 
 GIRD, s. a twitch, or pang, alluding to the pain or sensation 
 caused by a girdle drawn tight on a sudden. 
 
 GI'RDER, s. in Architecture, the largest piece of timber in a 
 floor; its ends are fastened into the summers or breast-sum- 
 mers, and support the joists, which are framed into it. 
 
 GI'RDLE, (the g is pron. hard in this word and its following 
 derivatives,) s. {gyrdel. Sax.] any thing or bandage drawn round 
 the waist, and tied or buckled ; an enclosure or circumference. 
 
 To GFRDLE, r. a. to encompass and surround as with a gir- 
 dle; to enclose, shut in, or environ. 
 
 GI'RDLEBELT, s. the belt that encircles the waist. 
 
 GI'RDLER, s. one who makes belts or girdles. 
 
 GIRL, (in this word and its subsequent derivatives the g is 
 pron. hard,) s. a young female or woman ; applied to one who is 
 playful, giddy, and thoughtless, not arrived to years of discre- 
 tion, or not acting with that reserve which a person of discre- 
 
 tion ought. 
 
 I'RLISH, a. like a girl, or one who is not arrived to years of 
 
 GI'l 
 
 discretion ; wanton, playful, or giddy. 
 
 GI'RLISHLY, ad. m a wanton, playful, giddy, or thoughtless 
 manner. 
 
 GIRO'NDE, a department of France lying on the Bay of Bis- 
 cay, and bounded by the departments of Landes, Lot et Garonne, 
 Dordogne, and Charente Inferieure. It is about 100 miles in 
 length, and 75 in breadth.. It has few hills, and the estuary 
 forming the embouchure of the Garonne and its associated sys- 
 tem of rivers, (called the Gironde,) is its chief physical feature. 
 Its products are wheat and other grain, sheep, fruits, and claret. 
 Bordeaux is its capital. Pop. about 000,000. 
 
 GIRO'NDISTS, the name of a party in the Legislative Assem- 
 bly during the French Revolution, who took their name from the 
 department whence the leaders were sent. They were mostly 
 young men, highly cultivated, fired with enthusiastic admiration 
 of the so-called republics of antiquity, rhetoricians, and believers 
 in the slim philosophy of the day. They were but moderate re- 
 volutionists, having firm faith in a constitution, such as they could 
 make and work. When pressed by the madness of the people, 
 they went beyond their intent, and sacrificed Louis XVI. At 
 the next step they were engaged in death-grips with the party of 
 the Mountain, headed by Robespierre, Dan ton, Marat ; and, after 
 a desperate contest, fell by an insurrection. They were mostly 
 guillotined, and some died wretched and starved outcasts. The 
 chief of them were Vergniaud, Brissot, Madame Roland and 
 her husband. General Dumouriez, Barbaroux, Petion, Guadet, 
 Gensonne, &c. 
 
 To GIRT, (the g pron. hard,) v. a. Johnson says it is an im- 
 proper word ; to gird ; to surround, encircle. 
 
 GIRT, (the g pron. hard,) s. a band which goes under or round 
 a horse's belly, and fastens to the saddle or burden on its back. 
 In Surgery, a circular bandage, with a bolster in the middle. 
 
 GIRTH, {g pron. hard,) s. the band by which the saddle is 
 fastened upon a horse ; the circumference or measure of a per- 
 son's waist. 
 
 To GIRTH, (jrpron. hard,) v. a. to put on, or bind with, a girth. 
 
 bLA 
 
 GI'SBOROUGH, or Gui'sborough, (Gisbdro ; g pron. hard,) 
 Yorkshire, N. Riding. It is pleasantly seated on a flat, 4 miles 
 from the mouth of the river Tees ; and is of note for being the 
 first place where alum was made, as it was formerly for its abbey. 
 It is 247 miles from London. Market, Monday. Pop. 1776. 
 
 To GIVE, (g pron. hard,) v. a. preter. gave, past part, given ; 
 lgifan,SAX.] to present or confer on another without receiving 
 anything in exchange; to transmit, communicate, or impart 
 from oneself to another by hand, speech, or writing ; to assign ; 
 to put into a person's possession ; to consign ; to pay as a price 
 or reward ; to expose ; to allow ; to grant ; to enable ; to exhibit 
 or express ; to expand or stretch ; to offer. To give back, to re- 
 store or return. To give the hand, to yield pre-eminence. To give 
 for, to exchange one thing for another. To give ear, to listen or 
 attend to what a person says. To give wag, to yield without re- 
 sistance or denial. Used with to, to addict, apply, or habituate. 
 Used with away, to make over, to transfer to another. Used 
 with out, to proclaim, publish, or utter; to spread a false report 
 or rumour ; also, to yield ; to expand. Used with up, to resign, 
 quit, yield, abandon, or deliver. Used with in, to retreat; to 
 give way ; to go back. Used with into, to comply with ; to as- 
 sent to ; to yield to. Used with off, to cease. Used with over, 
 to leave ; to quit ; to cease from an act ; to conclude lost. Used 
 with wag or ^j/ace, to yield without resistance ; to fall back or 
 make room. — v. n. to grow moist ; to melt ; to thaw. 
 
 GI'VER, (the g pron. hard,) s. one that lets another have a 
 thing without receiving any thing in return. 
 
 GIULIO ROMA'NO, a pupil of Raffaelle, and a celebrated 
 master of the Roman school. His paintings are distinguished 
 by an almost awful grandeur of conception. He died in 1.540, 
 aged 54 years. 
 
 GI'ZZARD, (the g pron. hard,) s. [gigeria, Lat. gesier, Fr.] a 
 strong musculous stomach in birds, wherein their meat; by means 
 of stones which they swallow, is ground in pieces, as in a mill. 
 
 GLA'CI AL, fl. [glades, Lat.] icy ; made of ice ; frozen. 
 
 GLACIA'TION, s. the act of turning into ice; ice. 
 
 GLA'CIERS, s. [Fr.] masses of ice occupying the valleys of 
 lofty mountain chains, reaching up to the region of perpetual 
 snow, and serving as the origin of the rivers which flow from 
 those heights. They have attracted great notice lately, from the 
 part they play in some of the. geological changes of the surface 
 of the earth. These masses resemble frozen torrents, and are 
 found to consist of very different kinds of ice in different parts, 
 being gradually more like mere snow as they lie higher on the 
 mountain. Partly because of their lying on sloping ground, and 
 partly because of the internal motion arising from the freezing 
 of water in their cracks and fissures, they are always slowly slid- 
 ing down the valleys they fill, carrying with them masses of 
 rock which fall from the cliffs and heights as they pass, and 
 grinding to powder and pebbles any that slip between them and 
 the sides of the valleys, grooving the rocks against which they 
 grind these pieces, and polishing the general surface over which 
 they glide. In the summer the heat melts the lower part, and 
 then their stony load is deposited in beds resembling our gravel, 
 called morraines. The streams which flow from the glaciers, 
 usually work for themselves a sort of tunnel for some way under 
 the icy mass, out of which they flow at last as from an arched 
 fountain. 
 
 GLA'CIS, 8. [Fr.] in Fortification, a sloping bank. It is more 
 especially taken for that which ranges from the parapet of the 
 covered way to the level on the side of the field. 
 
 GLAD, a. [glad. Sax.] cheerful; gay; rejoicing at some good 
 which has happened. Figuratively, used for any thing which 
 appears fertile, nright, or snowy. 
 
 To GLA'DDEN, v. a. to cheer; to affect with a sensation of 
 pleasure or delight. 
 
 GLADE, s. [glod, Dan.] a lawn or opening in a wood ; a pas- 
 sage through a wood made by lopping off' the branches of trees. 
 
 GLADIATOR, s. [Lat.] a person who used to fight with a 
 naked sword in the public shows in Rome. Figuratively, a prize- 
 fighter, or sword-player. 
 
 GLA'DIOLE, s. in Botany, an herb with long narrow radical 
 leaves, naked cylindrical stem, and purplish and white blossoms; 
 the same with the flowering rush, 
 
 GLA'DLY, ad. in a joyful manner. 
 
 GLA'DNESS, s. a sensation of joy or delight, arising at the 
 prospect of success, or the actual possession of good. 
 
GL A 
 
 GLA'DSOME, a. delighted ; pleased, 
 
 GLA'DSOMELY, ad. with some sensation of delight or 
 pleasure. 
 
 GLA'DSOMENESS, s. gaiety ; a slight sensation of joy or 
 delight. 
 
 GLA'DVVYN, s. a provincial term for the stinking flag. 
 
 GLAlRE.s. [^/fliVe, Fr.] thewhiteof anegg; a kind of halhert. 
 
 To GLAIRE, V. a. [(/lairer, Fr.] to varnish or smear with the 
 white of an egg, used by bookbinders. 
 
 GLAMORGANSHIRE, a county of S. Wales, lying on the 
 Bristol Channel, and bounded by Caermarthenshire, Brecknock- 
 shire, and Monmouthshire. It is in length 48 miles, and 26 
 in breadth ; and is divided into 10 hundreds, which contain 1 
 city, 8 market towns, and 118 parishes. On the N. side of this 
 county, where it is mountainous, the long continuance of the 
 snow renders the air sharp ; but the country being more level on 
 the S. side, it is there milder, more pleasant, more populous, and 
 bears large crops of corn, with remarkably sweet grass; whence 
 it has been called the Garden of Wales. Cattle abound in all 
 parts, there being fruitful valleys among the mountains, that 
 yield very good pasture. Here are also lead, coal, iron, and 
 limestone. Its principal rivers are the Rumney, which separates 
 it from Monmouthshire, the Taafe, Elwy, Neath, Ogmore, Avon, 
 Cledaugh, and Tawy. Cardiff is the principal town, and Swan- 
 sea the most commercial one; but the assizes for the county are 
 held at Cowbridge. Pop. 171,188. It sends 5 members to par- 
 liament. 
 
 GLANCE, s. Ifflantz, Teut.] a sudden shoot or beam of light or 
 splendour ; a stroke or dart of light. 
 
 To GLANCE, v. n. [f/lantzen, Teut.] to shoot a sudden ray of 
 light or splendour ; to fly off, or to strike in a sloping manner. 
 Used with at, to hint at, or censure a person's faults by some 
 oblique hints. Used with ei/e, to take a quick, slight, or transient 
 view ; to view obliquely. 
 
 GLA'NCINGLY, ad. in an oblique manner ; transiently. 
 
 GLAND, s. [(flans, Lat.] in Anatomy, the general name for a 
 class of small fleshy organs, performing very various functions 
 in the animal frame. 
 
 GLA'NDERS, s. in Farriery, a disease affecting the mucous 
 membrane of the horse's nose. 
 
 GLA'NDFORD BRIDGE, Lincolnshire. It has a large manu- 
 facture of skins, and a considerable trade in corn, coals, and 
 timber. It is seated on a river or navigable canal, called Anc- 
 holme, or Ancam. Is is 156 miles from London. Market, 
 Thursday. Pop. 1822. 
 
 GLANDI'FEROUS, a. [glans and fero, Lat.] bearing acorns, 
 mast, or fruit like acorns. 
 
 GLAN'DULE, s. [glandula, Lat.] in Anatomy, a small gland ; 
 sometimes applied, in the plural, to signify what are vulgarly 
 called the almonds of the ear. 
 
 GLANDULO'SITY, s. a collection of glands. 
 
 GLA'NDULOUS a. pertaining to, situate in, or having the 
 nature of, the glands. 
 
 GLA'NVILLE, RANULF DE, an eminent judicial writer of 
 England, and chief justice in the reign of Henry II. He fought 
 bravely against William the Lion of Scotland at Alnwick, and 
 went on the third crusade with Richard I., where he fell in 
 battle. The work that goes by his name, is not with any cer- 
 tainty ascribed to him. He died in 1190. 
 
 To GLARE, V. n. [(/laren, Belg.] to shine so bright as to daz- 
 zle the eyes. 
 
 GLARE, s. an overpowering or dazzling lustre ; a fierce, 
 piercing look. 
 
 GLA'REOUS, a. [glareosm, Lat.] consisting of a viscous and 
 transparent matter like the white of an egg. 
 
 GV.\'R\^G,2'art.oi glare; flagrant; enormous, applied to any 
 very great crime. 
 
 GLA'RIS, or Gla'rus, one of the thirteen cantons in Switzer- 
 land, entirely surrounded by the Alps, except towards the N. 
 It is bounded by the cantons of Schweits, Uri, St. Gall, and the 
 Grisons. It is a cold, mountainous country, some points being 
 above 9000 feet in elevation above the sea, yet affording cattle, 
 cheese, butter, and a prodigious variety of uncommon plants, 
 minerals, metals, crystals, medicinal springs, petrifactions, and 
 large slates. The capital, of the same name, stands on the 
 Linth, and is a bustling place. Its population is about 4500. 
 The population of the canton is about 33,000. 
 
 GLA 
 
 GLA'SGOW, Lanark, Scotland. A city which, from its ex- 
 tent, and from the beauty and regularity of its buildings, may 
 justly be esteemed the second city in the kingdom. The streets 
 are clean and well paved ; and the four principal streets divide 
 the city nearly into four equal parts ; and the diflTerent views of 
 them, from the cross, or centre of intersection, have an air of 
 magnificence. Here are a few magnificent public buildings, and 
 several charitable establishments, particularly the Merchants' 
 Hospital, and that of the town. Here is a celebrated university; 
 the single college belonging to which is an elegant and com- 
 modious building. Their cotton manufactures rival those of 
 Manchester in cheapness and elegance ; a pottery is likewise 
 carried on here, that emulates, in beauty and elegance, the Staf- 
 fordshire ware. Printing types are well executed here, and the 
 glass manufactory has been very successful. Here are also ma- 
 nufactures of coarse earthenware, hats, stockings, gloves, ropes, 
 cordage, &c. Glasgow has the advantage of two canals, besides 
 the great canal that joins the Clyde to the Forth. Its proper 
 river, the Clyde, has been made navigable for vessels drawing 7 
 feet 6 inches water. It has a considerable trade. It is seated 
 on the N. bank of the above river, over which it has two stone 
 bridges, one of them an elegant one of 7 arches, 500 feet long, 
 and 32 wide. It is 35 miles from Edinburgh. Pop. 274,533. 
 Lat. 55. 52. N. Long. 4. 2. W. 
 
 GLASS, s. [glees, Sax.] a substance made by fusing or melting 
 alkalies and silex together ; transparent to the sight, ductile 
 when hot, but not malleable. The manufacture of glass was 
 known very early, but its general use is comparatively of Tate date. 
 The various kinds are crown, plate, pressed, bottle, &c. A glass 
 vessel of any kind; hence, figuratively, it is used for that quan- 
 tity of liquor which such a vessel contains, as a glass of wine. 
 Also, a mirror ; a telescope, or microscope ; an hour-glass. 
 
 GLA'SSFURNACE, s. a furnace in which glass is made. 
 
 GLA'SSGRINDER, s. one whose trade is to grind and polish 
 glasses. 
 
 GLA'SSHOUSE, s. a house where glass is manufactured. 
 
 GLA'SSITES, the name of a sect of enthusiasts in Scotland, 
 formed during the last century, by one John Glass of Dundee. 
 They do their best to cultivate spiritual religion, and are not great 
 idolaters of Presbyterianism. 
 
 GLA'SSWORK, s. manufacture.in glass. 
 
 GL A'SSWORT, s. in Botany, a name of the saltwort and marsh 
 samphire. 
 
 GLA'SSY, a. resembling glass in smoothness, lustre, or 
 brightness. 
 
 GLA'STONBURY, Somersetshire. It principally consists of 
 two streets. Its abbey was formerly the most magnificent in 
 the world, the domains and revenue of which were immense. 
 It was anciently called the Isle of Avalon, into which no person, 
 not even a bishop or prince, was allowed to enter without leave 
 from the abbot, to whom this power was granted by Canute the 
 Dane. Extensive ruins of this immense range of buildings are 
 still remaining. The principal manufacture here is stockings. 
 Nearly adjoining, on a high steep hill, is placed the tower of a 
 church, called the Tor, which lifts its heacf into the clouds, and 
 is an object of admiration to travellers, and even serves as a land- 
 mark to seamen in the Bristol Channel. It is situated in a low, 
 marshy country, nearly encompassed with rivers, 129 miles from 
 London. Market, Tuesday. Pop. 3314. 
 
 GLAU'BER, JOHN RODOLPH, an eminent chemist of Ger- 
 many, in the 17th century, who made some most useful and re- 
 markable discoveries in the course of his ardent and ceaseless 
 experiments for the sake of discovering the universal solvent, 
 and the philosopher's stone. He discovered the salts which bear 
 his name, which are the sulphate of soda, by being led to ( 
 the residue of a process instituted for a widely diflTerent ] 
 He died in 1688, aged about 90 years. 
 
 GLAU'BER'S SALTS, Glau'berite, s. in Chemistry, the sul- 
 phate of soda, and the sulphates of soda and lime fused together 
 m the ratio of their equivalents. Both are found native also. 
 
 GLAUCO'MA, s. [glaukos, Gr.] in Medicine, a disorder of 
 the eye. 
 
 GLAVE, s. [glaive, Fr.] a broad sword, or kind of pole-axe. 
 
 To GLAZE, V. a. to furnish windows with glass ; to cover with 
 a substance resembling glass, like that with which potters cover 
 their earthenware porcelain, &c. ; to cover or overlay with some- 
 thing shining. 
 
 examine 
 purpose. 
 
GLI 
 
 GLA'ZIER, s. one whose trade is to make glass windows. 
 
 GLEADE, Glade, s. in Ornithology, a name of the kite. 
 
 GLEAM, (ffkem) s. a sudden and transient shoot or ray of 
 splendour ; lustre ; brightness. 
 
 To GLEAM, (gleem) v. n. to shine with sudden and transient 
 flashes; to shine. 
 
 GLE'AMY, (gliemy) a. flashing; darting sudden and transient 
 flashes of light. 
 
 To GLEAN, (gleen) v. a. [glaner, Fr.] to collect the leavings of 
 the reapers at harvest ; to gather things thinly scattered. 
 
 GLEAN, (gleen) s. a collection made by slow degrees and la- 
 borious application. 
 
 GLE'ANER, (gliener) s. one who gathers after the reapers; 
 one who gathers any thing slowly and laboriously. 
 
 GLE'ANING, (gleening) s. the act of gleaning, or things 
 gleaned. 
 
 GLEBE, s. [gieba, Lat.] a clod; turf; soil; land. In Natural 
 History, a clod or piece of stone or earth, frequently containing 
 some metal or mineral. In Law, church-land. 
 
 GLE'BOUS, Gle'by, a. abounding in clods. Figuratively, 
 fertile, or fruitful. 
 
 GLEE, s. [gligge. Sax.] joy or mirth. In Music, a particular 
 kind of composition, written for voices alone, in parts, and in 
 which one voice alone should sing each part. 
 
 GLEEK, s. [gligge. Sax.] music, or a musician. 
 
 To GLEEK, V. a. [gligman. Sax.] to sneer ; to mimic ; to droll 
 upon. 
 
 To GLEEN, V. n. perhaps a corruption of gleam ; to shine with 
 heat or polish. 
 
 GLEET, s. the flowing or dripping of a humour from any 
 wound. 
 
 To GLEET, V. n. to drop slowly, or ooze with a thin humour. 
 
 GLEE'TY, a. resembling a gleet. Thin and sanious, applied 
 to humours. 
 
 GLEIM, FREDERIC WILLIAM LOUIS, a famous German 
 lyric poet of the last century, called the Anacreon of Oermany. 
 He wrote patriotic songs during the war, for the Prussian sol- 
 diers. He died in 1803, aged 84 years. 
 
 GLEN, s. [gkan, Erse,] a valley ; a dale. 
 
 GLENDOW'ER, OWEN, a Welsh prince who opposed Henry 
 IV., and attempted to dethrone him. The best view of his in- 
 surrection is to be found in Shakspeare's drama of Henry IV. 
 He died in I41G, aged 66 years. 
 
 GLEW, s. [gluten, Lat.] a viscid, tenacious matter, used as a 
 cement to join divers things together. The common glew is 
 made of the skins or hides of beasts; fish glew is made of the 
 mucilaginous parts of a large fish, found chiefly in the Russian 
 seas, and is what we call isinglass. 
 
 GLIB, a. [glid,Ssix.'] smooth; slippery; without any inequali- 
 ties on the surface ; formed so as to be easily moved. Voluble, 
 
 applied to speech. 
 GLI'BLY, ad. 
 
 smoothly ; without any obstacle. 
 
 GLI'BNESS, s. smoothness ; slipperiness. Volubility, or easi- 
 ness of motion, applied to the tongue. 
 
 To GLIDE, V. n. [glidan. Sax.] to flow or pass gently, smoothly, 
 or without any tumult ; to move smoothly and swiftly along. 
 
 GLIDE, s. a lapse ; a sliding motion ; the act of passing 
 smoothly. 
 
 GLFDER, s. one that glides. 
 
 To GLI'MMER, v. n. [glimmer, Dan.] to shine faintly ; to af- 
 ford a faint light. 
 
 GLI'MMER, s. a faint splendour, or dim light. 
 
 GLI'MMERING, s. an imperfect view ; a faint resemblance ; 
 a trace. 
 
 GLIMPSE, s. [glimmen, Belg.] a weak, faint light; a sudden 
 or quick flashing light ; a transient lustre ; a short and transitory 
 view ; a faint resemblance or likeness. 
 
 GLI'SSON, FRANCIS, a celebrated anatomist and physiolo- 
 gist of the I7th century. In some of his discoveries and con- 
 jectures, he nearly anticipated some of the great steps of modern 
 science. He died in 1677, aged 81 years. 
 
 To GLI'STEN, v. n. [glittan, Teut.] to shine with lustre or 
 splendour. 
 
 To GLI'TTER, c n. [glitiman. Sax.] to shine with lustre or 
 polish; to gleam; to appear pompous, specious, or striking. 
 
 GLI'TTER, s. lustre; splendour; a shining or showy bright- 
 ness. • 
 400 
 
 GLITTERINGLY, ad. with a shining or sparkling lustre. 
 
 GLOAR, (glor) v. a. [gloeren, Belg.] to squint ; to look askew. 
 
 To GLOAT, (gtot) V. n. to look at a person as a lover looks. 
 Figuratively, to feel as a lover feels, only with the implication of 
 some grossness. 
 
 GLO'BATED, a. [ghbatus, Lat.] formed in the shape of a 
 globe. 
 
 GLOBE, s. [globus, Lat.] a round body, representing a sphere, 
 chiefly used to designate one on whose convex surface is drawn 
 a map, either of the earth or heavens. The globe which repre- 
 sents the earth, is called the terrestrial, and that which repre- 
 sents the heavens, the celestial; the former is very useful in 
 geography, the latter in astronomy. 
 
 GLO'BE-FISH, s. in Natural History, a kind of orbicularly 
 formed fish. 
 
 GLO'BE-FLOWER, s. in Botany, a kind of crowfoot. 
 
 GLOBO'SE, Glo'bous, Glo'bular, Glo'bulous, a. [globus, Lat.] 
 round or spherical. 
 
 GLOBOSITY, s. roundness. 
 
 GLOBULA'RIA, s. [Lat.] a flosculous flower, 
 
 GLO'BULE, s. [gbbus, Lat.] a small particle of matter, of a 
 round or spherical form, applied to red particles of the blood, &c. 
 
 To GLO'MERATE, v. a. [glomus, Lat.] to gather several parts 
 or bodies into a round body or sphere. 
 
 GLOMERA'TION, s. the act of forming several parts or bodies 
 into a round ball or sphere; a body formed into a ball. 
 
 GLO'MEROUS, a. gathered into a ball or sphere, as a ball of 
 thread. 
 
 GLOOM, s. {ghmang, Sax.] an imperfect, faint, or obscure 
 light. Figuratively, sullenness. 
 
 To GLOOM, V. n. to shine obscurely; to be darkish, like the 
 twilight. Figuratively, to be melancholy, dull, or sullen. 
 
 GLOO'MILY, ad. dimly, without perfect light. Figuratively, 
 sullenly. 
 
 GLOO'MINESS, s. want of light; duskiness; darkishness; 
 dismalness. Figuratively, sullenness ; sadness, or melancholy. 
 
 GLOO'MY, a. obscure ; imperfectly lightened ; having a faint 
 light; dark or blackish. Figurativelr, sullen ; melancholy ; sad. 
 
 GLO'RIED, a. illustrious; honourable. 
 
 GLORIFICATION, s. [Fr.] the act of giving glory, attribut- 
 ing honour, and rendering praise. 
 
 JTo GLO'RIFY, v. a. [gloria and facio, Lat.] to procure honour 
 or praise to a person or thing; to procure honour or praise in 
 worship ; to extol, honour, or praise ; to exalt to a state of splen- 
 dour, dignity, or glory. 
 
 GLO'RIOUS, a. [gloria, Lat.] in its primary sense, haughty ; 
 proud ; ostentatious ; or boasting in any advantage. Figura- 
 tively, adorned with glory ; exalted to a state of splendour and 
 dignity; noble; illustrious. 
 
 GLO'RIOUSLY, ad. illustriously; nobly. 
 
 GLO'RY, (used by the ancient poets as a word of one syllable, 
 and pronounced glore,) s. [gloria, Lat.] praise or honour attributed 
 in adoration to worship. In Scripture, a state of ineffable splen- 
 dour and felicity, prepared for tne righteous in heaven. Ge- 
 nerally, honour ; praise; fame; renown; a state of splendour, 
 dignity, and magnificence; lustre or brightness; a circle of rays 
 which surrounds the heads of saints in pictures ; pride ; arro- 
 gance ; boastfulness. 
 
 To GLO'RY, V. n. [glorior, Lat.] to boast in ; to be proud of, 
 used with in. 
 
 GLOSS, ». [glose, Fr.] a comment or explanation of the sense 
 of an author. Figuratively, a false interpretation, or specious 
 explanation of the words of an author, in order to serve a par- 
 ticular purpose; a superficial lustre or brightness, appearing on 
 the surface of silk, or any smooth or polished thing. 
 
 To GLOSS, V. n. [gloser, Fr.] to comment, or make remarks, 
 on the sense of an author ; to make a sly remark, or give a broad 
 hint ; to palliate, or make a thing appear right by some specious 
 reasoning or interpretation. To make the surface of a thing 
 shine; to embellish with superficial show, used with over. 
 
 GLO'SSARY, s. [glossarium, from glossa, Lat.] a dictionary, 
 explaining obscure and obsolete words. 
 
 GLOSSATOR, Glo'sser, s. a commentator or scholiast. 
 
 GLO'SSINESS, s. the shining lustre appearing on the surface 
 of silk, or any polished bodies. 
 
 GLOSSO'GRAPHER, {glossdgrafer) s. [glossa and grapho, Gr.] 
 a scholiast ; a commentator. 
 

D I I y^ I 
 
GL U 
 
 GLOSSO'GRAPHY, (ffloss6ffraj)h/) s. the writing commenta- 
 ries ; the expounding hard and difficult words and terms. 
 
 GLOSSY, a. having a shining and smoothly polished surface. 
 
 GLOTTIS, ». [Lat.] in Anatomy, the mouth or aperture of 
 the larynx, through which the air ascends and descends in re- 
 spiring, serving for the formation of the voice, and giving that 
 wonderful variety of notes of which the voice is capable in speak- 
 ing and sinking. 
 
 GLOU'CESTER, {Glister,) Gloucestershire. The chief city, 
 containing 5 parish churches, besides its ancient and magnifi- 
 cent cathedral. It is well built, and its four principal streets are 
 greatly admired for the regularity of their junction in the centre 
 of the town ; besides which there are several smaller ones, all well 
 paved. Here is a good stone bridge over the Severn, the lowest 
 down that river, with a quay, wharf, and custom-house. The 
 manufacture of pins, &c., is not so flourishing. It is seated on 
 the E. side of the Severn, where, by its two streams, it forms 
 the Isle of Alney. It is 106 miles from London. Market, 
 Wednesday. Fairs on April 5, July 5, Sept. 28, and Nov. 28, 
 the latter chiefly for fat hogs. Pop. 14,152. 
 
 GLOU'CESTER, ROBERT OF, an old English poet, about 
 whom nothing is known save that he wrote some time in the 
 reign of John, or his successors, and that he was a monk. His 
 Chronicle has some value. 
 
 GLOU'CESTERSHIRE, a county of England, bounded by 
 Monmouthshire, Herefordshire, Worcestershire, Warwickshire, 
 Oxfordshire, Wiltshire, and Somersetshire. It extends in length 
 more than 60 miles, but is not more than 26 in breadth. It is 
 divided into 13 hundreds, which contain one city, 27 market- 
 towns, 280 parishes, and 1229 villages. The soil and appear- 
 ance of this county varj' in different parts, but the air is healthy 
 throughout ; sharp on the E. or hilly part, which contains the 
 Coteswold Hills, but mild in the rich vale of Severn, which oc- 
 cupies the centre. The W. part, which is the smallest district, 
 is varied by hill and dale, and chiefly occupied by the Forest of 
 Dean, which was once full of oak trees, but now occupied by 
 coal-mines and iron-works. The staple commodities are cheese, 
 cyder, perry, bacon, grain, and fish, besides its manufactories of 
 woollen cloths, hats, leather, paper, bar-iron, edge tools, nails, 
 brass, &c. Its rivers are the Severn, the Warwickshire Avon, 
 the Lower Avon, the Wye, Thames, Coin, Lech, Windrush, 
 Evenlode, Churn, Leden, Swiliate, Caron, and Stour. Glouces- 
 ter is its chief place. Pop. 431,383. It sends 15 members to 
 parliament. 
 
 GLOVE, s. [glofe. Sax.] a covering worn upon the hands, 
 either for luxury, or to keep them from the inclemency of the 
 weather. 
 
 To GLOVE, V. a. to cover as with a glove. 
 
 GLO'VER, s. one who makes or sells gloves. 
 
 GLO'VER, RICHARD, a poet who wrote an epic, entitled 
 Leonidas, which no one reads, and the famous and spirit-stirring 
 ballad, called Admiral Hosier's Ghost, which excited the whole 
 nation against Spain. He left and published some other things, 
 and died in 1785, aged 73 years, with a better name as a man 
 than as an author. 
 
 To GLOUT, I', n. to pout ; to look sullen, or discover dislike 
 and discontent in the countenance. A low word. 
 
 To GLOW, (gto) v. n. [gloican, Sax.] to be heated so as to 
 shine without flame; to burn with vehement heat; to present 
 or exhibit a strong bright colour; to feel a heat in any part of 
 the body ; to feel a warmth of passion, or heat arising from the 
 eagerness or ardour of the mind. 
 
 GLOW, (glS) s. a shining heat. Vehemence or ardour, applied 
 to the passions. Brightness or ruddiness, applied to colour. 
 
 GLOW-WORM, (glo-worm) s. in Entomology, an insect which 
 appears luminous in the dark. The glow-w«rm is the wingless 
 female of a beetle insect. The male is of a dusky hue, without 
 much beauty or peculiarity of markings. The female is more 
 like the larva or grub of a beetle, than a perfect full-grown in- 
 sect. The light, which is of a beautiful greenish yellow colour, 
 proceeds from the three last rings of the body. 
 
 To GLOZE, V. n. {glesan. Sax.] to make use of soothing and 
 flattering words in order to persuade, coax, or wheedle a person. 
 To comment or interpret ; but in this sense it should be yloss. 
 
 GLOZE, s. flattery ; soothing words ; insinuations. 
 
 GLUCPNIUM, s. [fflukus, Gr.] in Chemistry, a metallic base, 
 discovered in the emerald, beryl, and euclase. Salts formed 
 
 GNO 
 
 with the oxide of glucinium, ox glucina, and acids, have a sweet- 
 ish taste. 
 
 GLUCK, CHRISTOPHER, one of the most eminent of mo- 
 dern musical composers. He was born in Bavaria, and appeared 
 first in London ; afterwards, in France, Germany, Italy, he ob- 
 tained unprecedented renown. In Paris, the controversy be- 
 tween him and Piccini made all other things forgotten for a 
 day. His Iphigenie en Aulide is one of his noblest pieces. He 
 died in 1787, aged 73 years. 
 
 GLUE, s. [glue, Fr.] a viscous substance used to join things 
 together. See Glew. 
 
 To GLUE, V. a. Isilmr, Fr.] to join together with a viscous 
 substance or cement ; to hold together. Figuratively, to join, 
 or make a thing ioin ; to unite as it were with glue. 
 
 GLU'EBOILEK, s. one whose trade is to make glue. 
 
 GLU'ER, s. one who cements with glue. 
 
 GLUM, a. [a low word, corrupted from gloom,'] sullen ; affect- 
 edly and obstinately grave. 
 
 To GLUT, V. a. [engloutir, Fr.] to swallow with little chewing ; 
 to devour ; to cloy ; to fill too full ; to sate, or disgust ; to feast 
 or delight to satiety ; to bring in large quantities ; to overfill, or 
 load ; to saturate, or supply with as much as it can dissolve, &c. 
 
 GLUT, s. that which is gorged or swallowed in a ravenous 
 manner; more than enough ; any thing which fills or stops up 
 a passage by its too great or excessive quantity. 
 
 GLU'TEN, s. in Chemistry, a vegetable substance, somewhat 
 similar to animal gelatine. It is the gluten in wheat-flour, which 
 gives it the property of making good bread, and adhesive paste. 
 Other grain contains a much less quantity of this nutritious sub- 
 
 GLUTINOUS, a. Iqlutineux, Fr.] viscous ; tenacious. 
 
 GLU'TINOUSNESS, s. the quality of being viscid. 
 
 GLU'TTON, s. [ghuton, Fr.] one who indulges himself too 
 much in eating; one who eats to excess. In Zoology, the com- 
 mon name for an animal of the colder temperate regions, called 
 also the wolverene. Figuratively, one eager of any thing to 
 
 To GLU'TTONIZE, v. n. to eat to excess ; to be luxurious. 
 
 GLU'TTONOUS, a. given to excess in eating. 
 
 GLU'TTONOUSLY, ad. after the manner of a glutton, or of 
 one that eats to excess. 
 
 GLU'TTONY, s. [gloutonnie, Fr.] excess in eating. 
 
 GLU'Y, (glu-ee) a. sticky; viscous; tenacious. 
 
 GLYN, 8. [Ir. and Erse,] a valley, or hollow between two 
 mountains. 
 
 GLYPHO'GRAPHY, s. [glupho ViuA grapho,Gt.'\ in Electro- 
 metallurgy, the art of producing metallic surfaces, which can be 
 used as wood-cuts are, by preparing a design on which a de- 
 posit of copper is laid by the common electro-type process. 
 
 GME'LW, the name of three celebrated botanists, of whom 
 John George and Samuel Theophilus, uncle and nephew, travelled 
 in the Russian empire, and greatly enlarged our knowledge of 
 the plants of that wide realm. The first died in 1755, the wtter 
 in 1774. John Frederick added chemistry to botany. He edited 
 part of Linnseus's work, wrote a History of Chemistry, and made 
 many very useful discoveries. He died in 1804. 
 
 To GNAR, Gnarl, (nar, narl) v. n. \jgnyrran. Sax.] to growl, 
 murmur, snarl, or grind the teeth. 
 
 GNA'RLED, {tidrled) a. knotty. 
 
 To GNASH, (nash) v. n. [knaschen, Belg.] to strike or clash 
 together, applied to the teeth, either on account of rage, or from 
 a sensation of excessive cold or agony. 
 
 GNAT, (not) s. [gnat, Sax.] in Entomology, the general name 
 of a very large class of small two-winged insects, which live by 
 blood-sucking. 
 
 To GNAW, (naw) V. a. [gnagan, Sax.] to bite and tear off by 
 means of the teeth ; to eat or chew by degrees ; to bite in agony 
 and rage ; to fret, waste, or corrode. 
 
 GNA'WER, {ndwer) s. one who bites or tears to pieces with 
 the teeth. 
 
 GNO'MES, (nOmes) s. in Teutonic Mythology, certain invisible 
 people who inhabit the inner parts of the earth. They are sup- 
 posed small in stature, and the guardians of quarries, mines, &c. 
 
 GNO'MON, (nomon) s. [Gr.] the hand, index, or pin of a dial 
 
 GNOMO'NICS, {nmn6niks)s. [gnomon, Gr.] dialing ; or a science 
 which teaches to find the just proportions of shadows for the 
 construction of all sorts of sun-dials. 
 
 3 F 401 
 
GOB 
 
 GNO'STICS, (Mstiks) ynostikol, Gr.] in Church History, a 
 name borne by a large class of ancient heretics, expressing that 
 new knowledge and extraordinary light to which they made 
 pretensions. Their distinguishing tenets were, that the Creator 
 of the world was not God, and that all matter was the antagonist 
 of spirit, and of good ; that Jesus was a mere man, in whom 
 Christ (an (Eon, or Divine being, proceeding from God) dwelt. 
 Their morals were very bad. 
 
 GNU, s. in Natural History, a very large species of antelope, 
 found in the south of Africa. 
 
 To GO, V. a. preter. / tcmt, I have gone, participle gone; [gan. 
 Sax.] to move step by step ; to walk ; to move slowly, opposed 
 to run?iing. To proceed from one to another; to depart from a 
 place ; to move, or pass in any manner, or to any end ; to intend 
 or be near undertaking a thing; to march in a hostile or warlike 
 manner ; to change state or opinion for better or worse ; to have 
 recourse to; to tend towards death or ruin. " He is far gone." 
 To tend to any act ; to be in a state of compact or partnership. 
 " Go your halves." To be regulated by any method ; to be preg- 
 nant. " Gone with young." To reach, or be extended to any 
 degree. " No man's knowledge can go beyond his experience." 
 To contribute; to conduce; to concur;, to fall out, or terminate; 
 to proceed in train or consequence ; to succeed. To go about, 
 to attempt, to endeavour. To go aside, to err, to deviate from 
 the right. To go between, to interpose. To go by, to pass un- 
 noticed ; to find, or get in the conclusion ; to observe as a rule. 
 To go down, to be swallowed ; to be received. To go in and out, to 
 do the business of life ; to be at liberty. To go off, to die ; to 
 depart from a post. To go on, to proceed. To go through, to ex- 
 ecute or perform thoroughly; to suffer or undergo. To go over, 
 to peruse, or read through ; to revolt. To ,170 after, to pursue. 
 To let go, to give a person his liberty. To go for, to pass, to be 
 received for. To move, or be in a state of motion, applied to 
 machines, &c. To go out, to be extinguished, applied to flame, 
 or fire. To go against the grain, is a proverbial exijression, to ex- 
 press something extremely repugnant, disagreeable, or disgustful. 
 
 GO TO, interject, come, come, take the right course. A scorn- 
 ful exhortation. 
 
 GO'A, a large and well-built city on the W. coast of Hindustan, 
 capital of the Portuguese settlements in India, and the seat of 
 the viceroy. It stands on an island of the same name, about 24 
 miles in circumference, separated from the continent by a fine 
 river called Mandova, capable of receiving ships of the greatest 
 burden, which lie within a mile of the town. Pop. about 20,000. 
 Lat. 15. 28. N. Long. 73. 4-5. E. 
 
 GOAD, {god) s. [gad, Sax.] a stick or pole armed with a sharp 
 point at the end, with which oxen, &c. are driven forward. 
 
 To GOAD, (j/od) V. a. to prick or drive with a goad. Figura- 
 
 tively, to incite, stimulate, or drive forward. 
 
 GOAL, (gol) s. Igaule, Fr.] a long pole s 
 bounds of a race ; a post set up to which race-horses are to 
 
 (gol) s. Igaule, Fr.] a long pole set up to determine the 
 
 a starting post. Figuratively, the design, final purpose, or end, 
 of any measure or undertaking. 
 
 GOAR, Gore, s. [goror, Brit.] an edging sewed on cloth to 
 strengthen it. — [gor, Brit.] the warm blood of any creature. 
 
 GOAT, (sot) s. [gat. Sax.] in Natural History, a well-known 
 species of horned ruminant animal. The goat of Angora has 
 hair soft and glossy like silk. 
 
 GO'ATBEARD, s. in Botany, a poisonous plant with com- 
 pound flowers, called by the country people, John-go-to-bed-at- 
 noon, on account of its shutting its flowers at noon. 
 
 GO'ATHERD, s. [gat and hyrd. Sax.] one who keeps goats. 
 
 GO'ATISH, (gotiih) a. resembling a goat. 
 
 GO'AT-SUCKER, s. in Natural History, the name of a bird 
 allied to the swallow tribe. 
 
 GO'BBET, s. [gobe, Fr.] a mouthful; as much as can be 
 swallowed at once. 
 
 To GO'BBET, v. a. to swallow at once. 
 
 To GO'BBLE, v. a. [gober, old Fr.] to swallow hastily, or in a 
 ravenous manner, attended with noise. 
 
 GO'BBLER, s. one who devours in a ravenous manner, with- 
 out chewing. 
 
 GO'BELINS, s. a species of French tapestry, so called from 
 the name of a celebrated French dyer. 
 
 GO'-BETWEEN, s. a mediator ; or one who carries on a de- 
 sign by being sent backwards and forwards with messages by 
 the two parties. 
 402 
 
 GOD 
 
 GO'BLET, «. [gohelet, Fr.] a bowl or cup that holds a large 
 draught. 
 
 GO'BLIN, *. [Fr.] a spirit ; an elf, or fairy. 
 
 GO'BY, in Ichthyology, the name of a genus of fishes with 
 prickly backs. 
 
 GO'-BY, s. a delusion, artifice, or stratagem. 
 
 GO'-CART, s. a machine going upon castors, in which chil- 
 dren used to be taught to walk. 
 
 GOD, s. [Sax.] the self-existent, infinitely perfect, and infi- 
 nitely good Being, who created and preserves all things that 
 have existence ; the object of adoration and worship; any per- 
 son or thing which is too much the object of a person's thoughts 
 and labours. 
 
 To GOD, V. a. to deify, or worship as a god. Figuratively, to 
 confer the greatest honours that can be imagined. 
 
 GODA'LMING, Surrey. It is noted for licorice, excellent 
 carrots, and peat that burns as well as pit-coal. Here is a 
 manufactory of stockings; as also of mixed kerseys, and blue 
 ones, that are not to be matched for colour. The country about 
 it is agreeably diversified with hills and gentle uplands. It is 
 seated on several streams of the river Wye, which abounds with 
 good fish, especially pike, and which drives one grist-mill, two 
 paper-mills, and three corn-mills. It is 34 miles from London. 
 Market, Wednesday. Pop. 4328. 
 
 GO'DCHILD, s. an infant or person for whom one is a spon- 
 sor in baptism. 
 
 GO'DDAUGHTER, (g6d-dauter) s. a female for whom a per- 
 son is sponsor in baptism. 
 
 GO'DDESS, s. a female deity or divinity. 
 
 GO'DFATHER, s. [godfader, Sax.] a man that is sponsor for 
 any person at baptism. 
 
 GO'DHEAD, (godhed) s. the state, condition, or nature of a 
 god. Figuratively, a deity. 
 
 GO'DLESS, a. without sense of a deity; atheistic; irreli- 
 
 GO'DLIKE, a. divine ; resembling God ; superlatively ex- 
 
 gious; impious, 
 
 cellent 
 
 GO'DLING, s. a divinity of small stature or dignity. 
 
 GO'DLINESS, s. duty or piety towards God ; a general ob- 
 servation of all the duties towards God. 
 
 GO'DLY, a. having a proper sense of our duty and obligations 
 to God. Figuratively, pious, righteous, or religious. 
 
 GO'DLY, ad. in a pious and religious manner. 
 
 GO'DMANCHESTER, Huntingdonshire. It is parted from 
 the town of Huntingdon by the river Ouse, but united to it by a 
 bridge and short causeway. It is chiefly inhabited by yeomen 
 and farmers, who were famous for their agricultural skill, in the 
 infancy of that science, in England. Pop. 2152. 
 
 GO'DMOTHER, s. a woman that is sponsor for a person in 
 baptism. 
 
 GODO'LPHIN, SIDNEY, EARL OF, a statesman of the 
 later Stuart reigns, who held various offices under Charles II., 
 James II., and Anne ; being made by the latter lord high 
 treasurer. He had the honours which the Garter and an earl- 
 dom could give, as a reward for his services : and died in 1712, 
 aged about 85 years. 
 
 GO'DSHIP, s. the office, rank, or character of a god. 
 
 GO'DSON, s. one whom a person has been sponsor to in 
 baptism. 
 
 GO'DWARD, a. towards, or with respect to God. 
 
 GO'DWIN, EARL, a powerful lord during the reign of Ed- 
 ward the Confessor, who gave great trouble to the king by his 
 ambition and unscrupulous conduct in compassing his ends. 
 He had acquired his celebrity during the Anglo-Danish reigns 
 preceding Edward's ; and seems to have been a devoted adher- 
 ent of the English interest, in opposition to the Norman, which 
 the king so warmly aided. He was Canute's son-in-law, Ed- 
 ward's father-in-law, and father to Edward's successor. He 
 gave the name to the dangerous sands off the S. coast of Kent, 
 which misdirected piety regarded as Godwin's ill-gotten estates 
 swallowed up by the sea. He died in 1053, as some said to 
 flatter the king, by a visible judgment for his crimes and 
 perjury. 
 
 GO'DWIN, WILLIAM, a distinguished political writer and 
 man of letters at the end of the last and the beginning of the 
 present century. He was first of all Dissenting minister, having 
 followed the wishes of his father, who was of that profession. 
 
GOG 
 
 His first work, from the period of its publication, as much as 
 from the sentiments it avows, raised him to the height of noto- 
 riety; but he was not made a martyr to political justice. He 
 was connected with Home Tooke and other radical politicians of 
 that age. His subsequent life was that of a book writer ; novels, 
 as Caleb WiUiams, &c. ; histories, as that of the Commonwealth ; 
 works on political economy, &c. &c., proceeded from his pen, 
 with considerable rapidity ; but he did not keep the place he 
 took by his first work, and is not much read now. His con- 
 nexion with the famous Mary Wollstonecraft, and their common 
 submission to the degradation, as they professed to regard it, 
 of marriage, is the chief event of his life, apart from his literary 
 productions. He died in 183(j, aged 80 years. He may be re- 
 garded as one of the pioneers of popular liberty; for although 
 he was behind his age when he died, he had helped in no des- 
 picable manner to advance it to that point, and had sacrificed 
 all that he most prized to effect it. Godwin Mary Wollstonecraft, 
 his first wife, was a very remarkable woman ; who being gifted 
 with a strong mind, and having little feminine feeling, under- 
 took to claim as the rights of women a full participation in all that 
 is commonly regarded as man's peculiar task and privilege. She 
 had been badly taught, and having had few friends beside her- 
 self, she looked at the world from a most unfavourable po- 
 sition. Her infidelity was the most revolting feature of her 
 character. She consented for her child's sake to be married to 
 Godwin, and died in giving her birth, in 1797, aged but 39 j-ears. 
 She has had a host of imitators, in this country and America ; 
 and many men have been overcome by the power of her writing. 
 But happily both for the worid and for women, imitation of 
 such a course does not lead to the realization of her speculations. 
 
 GO'DWIT, s. in Ornithology, a bird of the woodcock tribe, 
 which is esteemed a particular delicacy. 
 
 GO'DYELD, Go'dyield, ad. corrupted from God shield; a 
 term of thanks, wherein a person wishes another the protection 
 and providence of the Deity. Not in use at present. 
 
 GO'ER, s. one that moves from one place to another ; one 
 that runs ; one that has a good pace, applied to a horse. One 
 that is regular in its motions, applied to a watch or clock. 
 
 GOE'THE, JOHANN WOLFGANG VON, the greatest lite- 
 rary man of modern Germany ; and apparently even to his own 
 countrymen one of the greatest enigmas, as some almost deify 
 him, and others profess to ridicule him. He was well born, and 
 well taught at Leipsic, and Strasburg ; and devoted himself to 
 natural science most ardently. His first appearance before the 
 public attracted all eyes to him, and the Sorrows ofWerther and 
 Goetz of Berlichingen, though quite forgotten now, stirred all 
 Europe. He settled at Weimar, under the patronage of one of 
 those petty potentates of Germany, who, as a partial realization 
 of a government by the wisest, had Goethe, Schiller, Wieland, 
 and others yet, as ornaments of his court, and of his council- 
 chamber. The great events of his life were, his journey to 
 France, along with the coalized forces under the Duke of 
 Brunswick, which Argonne, and autumn, and Dumouriez so 
 disastrously repulsed ; and his journey to Italy, at an earlier 
 period. He wrote a work developing a new and baseless theory 
 of colours. He discovered the initiative idea of the science of 
 botany, since so successfully pursued in Germany and England, 
 under the designation Morphology. He wrote the first true 
 novel in Germany, called IFilhelm Meister. His poems are 
 numerous, and the grandest of all is his Faust. He was the 
 complete opposite of Schiller, and never submitted to the sway of 
 the critical philosophy; on which account he, at one time, 
 seriously differed from his great friend and rival. In Goethe 
 the admirable equipoise of mental and spiritual qualities is 
 most remarkable ; which makes him approach nearer to Shak- 
 speare than any other writer of any age. But living in an age 
 and amongst a people who had greater skill at hero-worship, 
 he scarcely livecl, in any respect, a private life. That with all 
 this he shows so great is a sign, not trivial, of his true grandeur. 
 He died in 1832, aged 83 years. 
 
 GO'GET, s. in Ichthyology, the sea-gudgeon, or rockfisb. 
 
 To GO'GGLE, v. a. [soelgcge. Sax.] to look asquint. 
 
 GO'GGLE-EYED, a. [soelgegen. Sax.] squint-eyed ; not 
 looking straight; or looking with the balls of the eyes turned 
 contrariwise. 
 
 GO'GGLES, s. in Surgery, instruments used for curing the 
 distortion of the eyes. 
 
 GOL 
 
 GO'ING, s. the act of walking or moving from one place to 
 another; departure. 
 
 GoixRE, s, [Fr.] in Surgery, a disease of the throat, very com- 
 mon in the Alps, in which the part affected is enlarged and 
 becomes pendulous like a dewlap. It arises from the ingredients 
 of the water used for culinary purposes ; and used to be regarded 
 as a beauty. Iodine seems to be a specific remedy for it. 
 
 GO'LA, s. the same with Cymatium. 
 
 GOLCO'NDA, a country of Hindustan, bounded by Berar, the 
 Circars, Mysore, the Carnatic, Dowlatabad, and Visiapour, sub- 
 ject to the Nizam of the Deccan. The great rains which fall in 
 June, part of July, August, September, and October, swell the 
 rivers here to a dangerous degree of depth and rapidity, but 
 render the land exceedingly fertile, especially in fruits. The 
 inhabitants make white wine of their grapes, and have yearly 
 two crops of rice and other grain. The diamond-mines here are 
 reckoned the most considerable in the world. They have also 
 mines of salt and fine iron ; and manufactures of curious calicoes 
 and chintzes. Hydrabad is the capital, but the citv and fortress 
 of Golconda was formeriy the residence of the kings of this 
 country. See Hindustan. 
 
 GOLD, s. [Sax.] one of the precious metals, used by the 
 ancients as well as by the moderns, for money and for costly 
 ornaments. It is of a yellow colour, is capable of receiving a 
 brilliant lustre, and exceeds all other metals in ductility and 
 malleability. It does not oxidize by exposure, and is not soluble 
 by many acids. Its only uses are for ornaments of bijouterie 
 and plate ; and for money, which has led to innumerable econo- 
 mical blunders, as its quantity is insufficient, and its value, 
 actually, fluctuating. South America is the chief source of the 
 gold now in use. But it is found in all parts of the world, in 
 grains in rivers, in masses, in veins, &c. in mines ; and pure, 
 and combined with iron and other metals, &c. A purple dye is 
 prepared from gold by the mixture of silver and tin, and a pecu- 
 liar mode of preparation. Figuratively, money or any thing 
 very valuable. " A heart of ff old." 
 
 GO'LDBEATEK, (guldbeeter) s. one who hammers gold into 
 thin leaves, which are used by gilders. Goldbeater's skin is the 
 intestinum rectum of an ox or bullock, well scoured and pre- 
 pared, which is laid by goldbeaters between the leaves of the 
 metal while they beat it, whereby the membrane is reduced 
 thin. It is used as a plaster for cuts or small fresh wounds. 
 
 GO'LDBOUND, a. encompassed with gold. 
 
 GOLD COAST OF GUINEA, a maritime country of W. 
 Africa, in which are more forts and factories of European na- 
 tions than in any other part of the coast of Africa. It reaches 
 from the river Suera da Costa on the W. to the river Volta on 
 the E., and includes several districts, in which are two or three 
 towns or villages, scattered along the sea-shore. The whole Gold 
 Coast is about 180 miles in length. Gold is the chief article of 
 commerce here. The tribes inhabiting this part are numerous. 
 
 GO'LDCREST, s. in Ornithology, a very small species of native 
 British birds, of a greenish yellow colour, with a brilliant yellow 
 crest. 
 
 GO'LDEN, a. made or consisting of gold ; gilt. Figuratively, 
 shining; bright; splendid; yellow, or of the colour of gold. 
 Goldennumber, in the Ecclesiastical Calendar, is that which shows 
 what year of the moon's cycle any particular year is. Goldett 
 Rule, in Arithmetic, an old name of the Rule of Tliree. 
 
 GO'LDENLY, ad. in a pompous or splendid manner. 
 
 GO'LDFINCH, s. in Ornitholon:y, a singing bird common in 
 England, one of our prettiest birds, and very docile. 
 
 GO'LDFINDER, s. one who finds gold. 
 
 GO'LDFISH, s. in Ichthyology, a kind of carp, of a beautiful 
 golden hue, a native of China, and often kept in glass vases for 
 ornament. 
 
 GO'LDHAMMER, s. in Ornithology, a kind of bird, called also 
 the yellow bunting. 
 
 GO'LDING, s. in Horticulture, a sort of apple. 
 
 GO'LDINS, s. in Botany, the chrysanthemum. 
 
 GO'LDNEY, s. in Ichthyology, a sort of fish, otherwise called 
 gilthead. 
 
 GOLDO'Nl, CHARLES, a celebrated Italian dramatist, who 
 endeavoured, and apparently in vain, to improve the Italian 
 comedy after the model of Molicre, and who at length took re- 
 fuge in France, where he had a pension till the Revolution. His 
 comedies are not first-rate. He died in 1793, aged 86 jears. 
 3 F 2 403 
 
GOO 
 
 GO'LDSIZE, s. a glue of a golden colour, with which painters 
 form their letters, and gilders lay those parts of their works 
 which are to be covered with gold. 
 
 GO'LDSMITH, s. a person who makes and sells golden 
 wares. 
 
 GO'LDSMITH, OLIVER, a celebrated English man of letters 
 during the last century. He was the associate of a circle of the 
 most famous writers of England, Johnson, Burke, &c. &c. He 
 was born in Ireland, and studied medicine ; but left Leyden on 
 a most vagrant ramble over good part of \V. Europe. Settling 
 in London eventually, he experienced all the vicissitudes which 
 a professional litterateur, aided by improvidence and gambling, 
 could. He wrote dramas; poems, amongst which the Deserted 
 Village stands highest ; histories, which have been no boon to 
 schools from their partisanship; the Vicar of Wakefield, which 
 every one reads, and every painter illustrates ; &c. &c. He was 
 a good-tempered, vain man, but had genius, and has left its 
 creations to us. He died in 1774, aged 43 years, and has a mo- 
 nument in our pantheon, Westminster Abbey. 
 
 GO'LDYLOCKS, «. in Botany, a plant, the same with the 
 sweet-wood crowfoot ; a kind of fern. 
 
 GOLF, s. a game of great antiquity, peculiar to the Scots. It 
 is played with a club and balls. 
 
 GOLT, Gault, s. in Geology, a bed near the lower part of 
 the chalk formation, and partaking the general features of that 
 group; best developed near Cambridge, and in Kent. 
 
 GO'MBROON, a town of Persia, on the Persian Gulf, once very 
 celebrated for its European trade, but now of little consequence. 
 
 GO'iMPHOSIS, (gomfosis) s. Iqomphos, Gr.] in Anatomy, a 
 species of articulation, whereby one bone is set into another, 
 like a nail or peg, as the teeth within the jaws. 
 
 GO'NDAR, the chief town of Abjssinia, Africa, situated on a 
 hill of considerable height. It has manufactories of arms, cotton 
 goods, &c. It is near 1000 miles from Grand Cairo. Pop. about 
 5000. Lat. 12. 34. N. Long. 37. 40. E. 
 
 GO'NDOLA, s. [gondoh, Fr.] a fiat boat, very long and veiy 
 narrow, used upon the canals at Venice. 
 
 GONDOLIE'R, (gondoleer) s, one who rows a gondola. 
 
 GONE, (,gon) preter. of <7o ; advanced; forward in progress; 
 lost, or undone. Gone hy, past, applied to motion or change of 
 place. Lost ; departed ; consumed ; at an end ; dead. 
 
 GO'NFALON, Go'nfanon, s. [Fr.] an ensign, or standard. 
 
 GONG, s. [onomatopoetic,] a kind of 1 '" 
 
 GOR 
 
 His Booh of Nature, is an interesting compendium of 
 science. His Study of Medicine, is not wholly useless ever 
 
 bell, consisting of a large 
 
 •s. [onomatopoetic,] 
 circular plate of metal suspended by one side, to be struck with 
 a hammer. It is of Asiatic origin. 
 
 GONIO'METER, s. [gonia and metreo, Gr.] in Mineralogy, an 
 instrument invented by Dr. Wollaston, by which the angle of 
 any crystal can be measured with the greatest accuracy ; which 
 has provided mineralogy with a distinct basis for classification. 
 
 GONORRH(E'A, (gonorrhea) s. l_gonos and rJieo, Gr.] in Medi- 
 cine, a kind of venereal disease. 
 
 GOOD, a. comparative better, superlative best ; [god, Sax. goed, 
 Belg.] having such perfections as are requisite, fit, and proper 
 for the end ; wholesome ; sound ; salutary ; complete ; full ; use- 
 ful ; vahiable ; legal ; confirmed ; valid ; established ; proved. 
 Cheerful ; gay ; not easily displeased, but inclined to acts of 
 benevolence and kindness, joined with any words expressing 
 the temper of the mind. Joined to breeding, elegant, decent, de- 
 licate, polite ; consistent with the character of a gentleman. 
 Virtuous, and endowed with all moral qualities or virtues ; kind, 
 or benevolent ; skilful; ready; dexterous; happy; prosperous; 
 considerable ; not small, though not very great. " A good while 
 ago." Real ; serious. " Good earnest." Rich ; of credit. " As 
 good as," has a kind of negative sense, implying, no better than. 
 ^Companionable; sociable. "A good fellow." "In good time," 
 not too fast. "In .9ood sooth," really ; seriously. To make good, 
 toperform what is promised or expected; to supply. GoodFriday, 
 the day observed in the Romish, English, and other churches, as 
 the anniversary of our Saviour's crucifixion. 
 
 GOOD, s. a blessing or advantage. Figuratively, pros- 
 perity. 
 
 GOOD, interject, well ! right ! sometimes used ironically. 
 
 GOOD, DR. JOHN MASON, an eminent physician, and 
 literary man, whose acquirements, of a most varied kind, were 
 mostly accomplished during his professional surgical walks, and 
 ivhose varied and multitudinous work was effected by the adop- 
 tion of an almost ideal regularity and punctuality in his labours. 
 
 atural 
 ven in the 
 late advances of that study. His translations of Lucretius, Solo- 
 mon's Song, &c., and his own poetical effusions, are interesting, 
 though not of the first rank. He died in 1827, aged 63 years. 
 
 GOOD-CONDFTIONED, a. without any ill qualities. Lusty, 
 or plump, applied to persons. 
 
 GOODLA'CK, interject. O strange! wonderful indeed! is it 
 possible ! say you so ! 
 
 GOO'DLINESS, s. beauty ; grace ; elegance, applied to exter- 
 nal appearance. 
 
 GOO'DLY, a. beautiful ; graceful, applied to persons. Fine, 
 or splendid, applied to things, and particularly to dress. Bulky ; 
 swelling; happy; desirable. 
 
 GOO'DMAN, s. a rustic term of compliment. 
 
 GOO'DNESS, s. the fitness of a thing to produce any particu- 
 lar end ; perfection ; kindness, or benevolence. 
 
 GOO'D-NOW, interject, in good time ; or prithee. Sometimes 
 used as a slight exclamation to express wonder. 
 
 GOODS, s. the moveables or furniture of a house ; wares sold 
 in trade. 
 
 GOO'DWILL, s. a friendly and benevolent disposition ; also, 
 a consideration for coming into a shop or business ready prepared. 
 
 GOOSE, s. plural geese; {gos, Sax.] in Ornithology, a kind 
 of large water-fowl. Figuratively, a foolish person. 
 
 GOO'SECAP, s. a silly person. 
 
 GOO'SEFOOT, s. in Botany, the wild orach. 
 
 GOO'SEBERRY, s. in Horticulture, a well-known fruit and 
 shrub. 
 
 GOO'SEGRASS, s. in Botany, a genus of plants, of which 
 there are many sorts found in England. That called clivers is 
 esteemed a good antiscorbutic. 
 
 GO'RBELLIED, a. lusty; fat; having a large, protuberant, 
 and swelling belly. 
 
 GO'R-COCK, s. in Ornithology, the red-grouse or moor-game. 
 
 GORD, s. [gourd, Fr.] an instrument of gaming. 
 
 GO'RDIAN-KNOT, s. in Antiquity, a knot made with the 
 harness of the chariot of Gordius, king of Phi-ygia, so very in- 
 tricate, that there was no finding where it began or ended. The 
 oracle declared, that he who could untie it should be master of 
 all Asia. Alexander the Great attempted, but not being able to 
 accomplish it, cut it asunder with his sword, and thus fulfilled or 
 eluded the oracle. 
 
 GORDIA'NUS, the name of three emperors of Rome, dur- 
 ing the early part of the fall of the empire. The first two, 
 father and son, were men of great private worth, whose valour 
 had been tested in many engagements. Scarcely had they re- 
 ceived from the senate their joint dignity than the son fell in 
 battle, and the father killed himself from grief; this was in 237. 
 The third Gordian was an amiable and virtuous youth, descend- 
 ed from the others, who acted under the advice of Misitheus, his 
 father-in-law, and engaged in a war with the Persians. His 
 captains of the guard assassinated him, and usurped the throne, 
 in 244, after about 6 years' reign. 
 
 GORDON, LORD GEORGE, the last incarnation of pure 
 anti-Romish bigotry, was an M. P., and on a proposal for Ca- 
 tholic Relief, organized a tremendous mob, amongst which the 
 'prentice knights figured conspicuously, which beat oft' the 
 troops, broke open the gaols, destroyed the Romanist chapels 
 and private houses, and were masters of London for some days. 
 He was impeached and imprisoned. He subsequently got again 
 into his libellous and treasonable courses, and died In Newgate 
 in 1793, aged 43 years. 
 
 GORE, a. [Sax. gor, Brit.] blood effused from the body ; clotted 
 or congealed blood. 
 
 To GORE, V. a. to stab or pierce, either with a weapon or the 
 horns of an animal, so as to make a wound. 
 
 GOREE', an island on the W. coast of Africa, about three 
 quarters of a mile in length, and a quarter of a mile in breadth, 
 subject to the French. Lat. 14. 40. N. Long. 17. 30. W. 
 
 GORGE, s. [(jorge, Fr.] the throat or swallow; that which is 
 gorged or swallowed. In Architecture, a sort of concave mould- 
 ing. In Fortification, the entrance of a bastion, ravelin, or other 
 outwork. 
 
 To GORGE, V. a. Iqorger, Fr.] to fill up to the throat ; to glut 
 or satiate ; to swallow. 
 
 GO'RGED, a. in Heraldry, the bearing of a crown, coronet, or 
 
GOT 
 
 the like, about the neck of a lion, swan, &c. Among farriers, it 
 signifies swelled. 
 
 GO'RGEOUS, a. [(jorgias, old Fr.] fine ; splendid ; glittering. 
 
 GCRGEOUSLY, ad, in a splendid, pompous, showy, or mag- 
 nificent manner. 
 
 GO'RGEOUSNESS, «. splendour; lustre; magnificence; 
 finery. 
 
 GO'RGET, s. the piece of armour which is worn round and 
 defends the throat. 
 
 GO'RGIAS, a Grecian orator and sophist of the 5th century 
 B. c. A Sicilian by birth, he acquired by his travels a fame in all 
 Greek lands. Plato seems to have looked on him as a type of 
 the sophist class, and designated one of his books by his name. 
 
 GORGONS, [Gr.] in Heathen Mythology, they were the three 
 daughters of Phorcus, viz. Medusa, Stene, and Eurydale ; so 
 called from their savageness, because they killed at the first 
 sight. The emblems of all sinful pleasures, which insnare and 
 destroy men at the first sight. 
 
 GO'RMAND, s. [ffounnatid, Fr.] a person who eats greedily, 
 and to excess. 
 
 To GO'RMANDIZE, v. n. to eat with greediness, and to excess. 
 
 GO'RMANDIZER, s. one who eats greedily. 
 
 GORSE, s. [gors. Sax.] in Botany, furze or whins ; a thick, 
 prickly shrub bearing yellow flowers. 
 
 GO'RY, a. covered with clotted or congealed blood ; bloody ; 
 murderous. 
 
 GO'SHAWK, s. {gos and hasoc, Sax.] in Ornithology, a large 
 kind of hawk. 
 
 GO'SLING, s. in Ornithology, a young goose, not full grown. 
 In Botany, a catkin on nut-trees and pines. 
 
 GO'SPJEL, s. \_gode spel, Sax.] the good n^ws brought by the 
 Saviour to mankind ; the system of truth centring in the Person 
 of Jesus Christ ; the narratives written by Matthew, Mark, Luke, 
 and John. See those names. 
 
 To GO'SPEL, t'. n. [godspellian. Sax.] to preach the gospel; to 
 instruct as a priest. 
 
 GO'SPELLER, s. [godspellere. Sax.] an evangelist or preacher. 
 
 GO'SPORT, Hampshire. It is situated in Alverstock parish, 
 on the W. side of Portsmouth Harbour, over which there is a 
 floating bridge. It is mostl}' inhabited by sailors and their 
 wives, and the warrant oflicers, every thing being much cheaper 
 and more commodious here than at Portsmouth. The mouth of 
 the harbour, which is not so broad here as the Thames is at 
 AVestminster, is secured on this side by four forts, and a plat- 
 form of above 20 guns, level with the water. Here are several 
 docks for repairing merchant ships, a naval hospital, and the 
 manufactory for biscuit for the navy. Market, Saturday. Pop. 
 8862. 
 
 GO'SSAMER, Go'ssAMoa, s. [gossipium, low Lat.] the down 
 of plants; the long white cobwebs which are perceived in the 
 air in calm sunny weather. 
 
 GO'SSIP, «. [f/od and st/p. Sax.] one who is a sponsor for a 
 child at baptism. A tattling woman. 
 
 To GO'SSIP, t). a. to chat; to prate; to spend time in fri- 
 volous and insignificant discourse. 
 
 GOT, the preterit, and past. part, of To Get. 
 
 GO'THE, a fine town, nobly situated, in the duchy of Saxe 
 Coburg, Germany. The palace of the duke contains some rich 
 treasures in books, &c. Beside the business of a court resi- 
 dence, the town has some manufactures, and a tolerable transit 
 trade. It is on the Lena. Population, about 15,0(K). Lat. 50. 
 58. N. Long. 10. 43. E. 
 
 GO'THEBORG, or Go'thenburg, a fortified and commercial 
 town of West Gothland, in Sweden, seated at the mouth of the 
 river Gotha, which forms an excellent harbour, about two fur- 
 longs wide, enclosed between two chains of rofcks, and near its 
 conflux with Moldal. It is the best situated for foreign trade 
 of any in the kingdom, as it lies without the Sound. A consi- 
 derable herring fishery is carried on here. It is 100 miles from 
 Stockholm. Pop. about 30,000. Lat. 57. 42. N. Long. 11. 57. E. 
 
 GO'THIC, a, in general, whatever relates to the Goths, as 
 Gothic customs, Gothic architecture; also used by some to ex- 
 press what is monstrous or disproportionate in matters of taste. 
 Gothic language, that dialect of the Teutonic branch of the great 
 Indo-European family, spoken by the Goths on the Danube ; 
 into which language the Gospels were translated by Ulphilas. 
 
 GO'THLAND, one of the five general divisions of the king- 
 
 GOW 
 
 dom of Sweden, containing the provinces of Ostrogothia, Sma- 
 land, Westrogothia, Warmland, the fief of Bahus, Dalia, Hal- 
 land, Blekinge, and the Isles of (iothland and Eland. It is a 
 pleasant and fertile countrj'. See Sweden. 
 
 GOTHS, a race of the Teutonic family, which, driven from 
 Asia by those movements which agitated the whole of that vast 
 continent, and eventually crumbled the mighty empire of 
 Rome to the dust, came and settled on the Danube, whence 
 they made incursions into the neighbouring part of the eastern 
 empire. Being pressed by the Huns, they left that spot, and in 
 the course of some ages had spread themselves over the whole 
 country from the Mediterranean to the North Sea. In Spain 
 and Sweden they obtained more lasting settlements. Rome 
 was more than once in their power, and some of their kings in 
 those days obtained and deserved a better repute for valour 
 and wisdom than was enjoyed by the nominal masters of the 
 world. 
 
 GO'TTINGEN, a town of Hanover. Here is a university, 
 which has acquired a verj' distinguished reputation. The library 
 called the Bulowcan, is justly reckoned one of the most capital 
 in Europe. Here is also a fine observatory, a physic garden, an 
 anatomical theatre, and a school for midwifery; together with a 
 royal society of sciences, and a royal German society, all part of 
 the university. The other public buildings are good. Pop. about 
 12,000. Lat. 51. 30. N. Long. 9. 56. E. 
 
 To GO'VERN, V. a. [gouvemer, Fr.] to rule over in the cha- 
 racter of a magistrate, parent, or other superior; to regulate; 
 to direct ; to manage or restrain. In Grammar, used to express 
 the constant association of a particular case with a verb. 
 
 GO'VERNABLE, a. subject and obedient to command, rule, 
 authority, or direction. 
 
 GO'VERNANCE, s. the act of exercising authority over others 
 that are bound to obey; government ; the management, control, 
 or authority of a guardian. 
 
 GO'VERNESS, Go'vernant, s. Igouvemesse, gouvernante, old 
 Fr.] a female invested with authority to influence or rule ; a 
 woman who has the care of instructing or regulating the con- 
 duct of ladies ; the teacher, instructress, or mistress of a lady's 
 boarding-school. 
 
 GO'VERNMENT, s. [gouvernemente, Fr.] the form in which 
 justice is administered in a nation; an establishment of legal 
 authority, or administration of public afliiirs ; regularity of be- 
 haviour ; the actual rulers of a nation, or chief advisers of the 
 crown; manageableness, obsequiousness. In Grammar, the par- 
 ticular forms or construction regularly employed to express par- 
 ticular thoughts, &c. 
 
 GO'VERNOR, s. [gouverncur, Fr.] one who is invested with 
 supreme authority in a state ; one who governs a place with de- 
 legated temporal authority ; a tutor ; pilot ; regulater ; manager. 
 Amongst the rising generation, a master; or one's father. 
 
 GOUGE, s. [ffouge, Fr.] a chisel having a round edge, for the 
 cutting of such wood as is to be rounded or hollowed. 
 
 GOUGH, RICHARD, an eminent antiquary. His great works 
 are on the Sepulchral Monuments of Great Britain, British Topogra- 
 phy, an edition of Camden's Britannia, &c. &c. His life was one 
 of quiet college research, and he died in 1809, aged 74 j'ears. 
 
 GOURD, s. \jgouhorde, Fr.] in Botany, a plant which creeps 
 along the earth like the cucumber, and produces a yellow fruit 
 of the size and colour of an orange. 
 
 GOU'RDINESS, s. in Farriery, a swelling in a horse's leg, so 
 called from its resembling a gourd. 
 
 GOUT, s. {(/outte, Fr.] in Medicine, an inflammatory and acute- 
 ly painful disease, arising usually from too high living, especially 
 from free use of wine. Excessive action through the stimulant, 
 and excessive supply of material for the frame, are apparently 
 the true features of the disease. 
 
 GOUT, (gno) s. [Fr.] a taste; relish ; or flavour. 
 
 GOU'TVVEED, s. in Botany, an umbelliferous plant, called 
 also ash-weed. 
 
 GOU'TY, a. afflicted with the gout, relating to or having the 
 gout. 
 
 GO'WER, JOHN, an early English poet, a friend of Chaucer, 
 who wrote, beside an English poem in Chaucer's manner, some 
 in the Norman-French of the court, and in Latin. He seems 
 not to have shared in his friend's genius. St. Saviour's, South- 
 wark, is his mausoleum. He died in 1402, aged about 80 years. 
 
 GOWN, «. [sonna, Ital.] a long loose upper garment worn by 
 
 405 
 
men as an undress ; a woman's upper garment ; the long loose 
 habit worn by ministers of the Established Church, &c.. 
 
 GO'WNMAN, s. a student at a university ; or one whose pro- 
 per habit is a gown. 
 
 To GRA'BBLE, v. n. [perhaps corrupted from grapple,'] to 
 grope ; to search or feel greedily with the hands. 
 
 GRA'CCHUS, TIBERIUS and CAIUS, two noble Romans of 
 the period of the republic, the sons of the celebrated Cornelia, the 
 daughter of Scipio of Africa, who have gained a name for them- 
 selves by their espousal of popular principles, and dying for them. 
 Tiberius fell in the attempt to pass an agrarian law, which 
 would have been of great benefit to the poor free citizens of 
 Rome. Caius attempted the same, but by insurrection, and so 
 fell less unjustly. Tiberius died in 133 b. c, and Caius in 121 
 B. c. ; both were young, and both, in their measures, and in 
 the plan they adopted to carry them, seem to show how hard 
 it is for men of such a class rightly to comprehend the wants of 
 the impoverished and disfranchised in a state. 
 
 GRACE, s. [ffratia, Lat.] favour or kindness ; pardon ; a kind- 
 ness ; a privilege or favour conferred ; elegant behaviour, or the 
 air and appearance wherewith any thing is done ; beauty, either 
 natural or heightened by art; an embellishment, ornament, 
 flower, or perfection ; a physical virtue or power. The title of a 
 duke, formerly given to a king, implying goodness or clemency. 
 In Theology, the favour showed to man in the redemption of 
 Jesus Christ ; also, that favour as enjoyed by any individual be- 
 liever in Jesus. A short prayer used at meals, expressive of 
 gratitude or thanks to the Divine Providence for supplying our 
 necessities. To be in a person's good graces, is to be favoured or 
 esteemed by him. Act of grace, an act of parliament for a general 
 and free pardon, and for setting at liberty insolvent debtors. 
 
 To GRACE, V. a. to adorn, beautify, embellish, dignify, set 
 off, or recommend ; to confer an honour on a person ; to dignify 
 or raise by an act of favour. 
 
 GRA'CED, a. beautiful ; graceful ; virtuous ; regular. 
 
 GRA'CEFUL, a. elegant; with pleasing dignity or majesty. 
 
 GRA'CEFULLY, ad. elegantly. 
 
 GRA'CEFULNESS, s. elegance and dignity of manners; dig- 
 nity joined with beauty. 
 
 GRA'CELESS, a. without any virtue, either religious or moral ; 
 wicked or impious. 
 
 GRA'CES, s. In the Heathen Mythology, they were three 
 
 foddesses, daughters of Jupiter, whose names were Aglaia, 
 halia, and Euphrosyne. They are sometimes represented 
 dressed, but more frequently naked; and presided over mutual 
 kindness and acknowledgments, bestowing liberahty, elo- 
 quence, and wisdom, together with a good grace, gaiety of dis- 
 position, and easiness of manners. See Provisions. 
 
 GRA'CIOUS, (grdshious) a. [gracieicx, Fr.] merciful ; benevo- 
 lent ; kind ; virtuous, or goocf; acceptable ; favoured ; excel- 
 lent ; graceful, or becoming. 
 
 GRA'CIOUSLY, (grdshiously) ad. with kind condescension ; 
 in a pleasing and favourable manner. 
 
 GRA'CIOUSNESS, (grdshiousness) s. kind condescension; a 
 pleasing manner. 
 
 GRADA'TION, s, [gradation, Fr.] a regular progress or ad- 
 vance from one degree to another ; order ; arrangement. 
 
 GRA'DIENT, a. [gradior, Lat.] walking or moving by steps. 
 See Engineering. 
 
 GRA'DUAL, a. [graduel, Fr.] proceeding or rising by degrees ; 
 advancing step by step. 
 
 GRA'DUAL, s. a flight of steps. In the Romish Church, a 
 part of the mass sung between the Epistles and Gospels. 
 
 GRADUA'LITY, s. a regular progression; advancing higher 
 by degrees. 
 
 GRA'DUALLY, ad. by degrees; in regular progression; by 
 steps, advancing from a lower to a higher degree. 
 
 To GRADUATE, v. a. [gradus, Lat.] to dignify with a degree 
 in a university; to mark with degrees in measuring; to height- 
 en or improve. 
 
 GRA'DUATE, s. a person who has taken a degree in a uni- 
 versity. 
 
 GRADUATION, s. the division of a scale or measure into 
 decimal or other regular narts. In Chemistry, a process by 
 evaporation, of bringing fluids to a certain degree of consist- 
 ence, in order to separate more easily the substances they hold 
 in solution. 
 406 
 
 GRA 
 
 GRjE'CIA, «. the ancient name of Greece. 
 
 GRAFF, Graft, s. [greffe, Fr.] in Gardening, the shoot of a 
 tree inserted in another tree, nourished by its sap, but bearing 
 its own fruit. 
 
 To GRAFF, Graft, v. a. {greffer, Fr.] to take a shoot from 
 one tree and insert it into another in such a manner that they 
 grow together ; to insert into a place, or body, to which it did 
 not originally belong. 
 
 GRA'FTER, s. one who propagates fruit by inserting the 
 branch of one tree into that of another. 
 
 GRA'FTON, GEORGE, an eminent maker of astronomical and 
 other instruments. He became a watchmaker in London, and 
 made the great mural arc at the Greenwich Observatory for Dr. 
 Bradley. He received great attention from the various scientific 
 societies, and was buried in Westminster Abbey. He died in 
 1751, aged 76 years. 
 
 GRA'HAME, JAMES, a modern Scottish poet, whose Sab- 
 hath and other pieces are greatly admired. He entered the 
 English Church, and died in 1811, aged 4G years. 
 
 GRAIL, s. [grele, Fr.] small particles of any kind. " Lying 
 down upon the sandy grails," Spenser, 
 
 GRAIN, s. [jgranum, Lat.] a single seed of corn or other fruit. 
 Figuratively, corn. Any minute particle, or small body. Grain 
 of allowance, some small indulgence, which implies a remission 
 of rigour or severity. A weight used in physic, twenty of which 
 make one scruple; but in troy weight, twenty-four make a 
 pennyweight. The direction in which the fibres of wood, 
 leather, &c. grow. In Dyeing, a method of communicating 
 colours, so as to make them more lasting than in the common 
 way. The form of the surface, with regard to smoothness, 
 roughness, or the size of the constituent fibres or particles of a 
 body. Figuratively, temper ; disposition ; humour or inclina- 
 tion. 
 
 GRAIN COAST, or Pepper Coast, or Malaguetta, a country 
 of Guinea, extending from Sierra Leone to the Ivory Coast, for 
 about 100 leagues along the Atlantic. The productions are peas, 
 beans, gourds, lemons, oranges, and a kind of nut, with an ex- 
 ceedingly thick shell, a most delicious fruit. The palm wine and 
 dates of this country are in great esteem. Cows, hogs, sheep, 
 and goats, are also in great plenty ; but what constitutes its chief 
 wealth, is the abundance of aromatic seeds, called grains of 
 parada, it produces. 
 
 GRAI'NED, a. rough ; appearing less smooth, or weather- 
 beaten. 
 
 GRAI'NGER, JAMES, a Scotch poet, whose poems are almost 
 forgotten now. His Sugar Cane, which is his principal produc- 
 tion, was written in the W. Indies, whither he went and prac- 
 tised as a surgeon. He died in 1767, aged 44 years. 
 
 GRAINS, s. without a singular; the husks of malt of which 
 beer has been made. Grains of Paradise are an African spice. 
 
 GRAI'NY, a. full of corn or seeds. 
 
 GRAME'RCY, interject, [contracted from God have mercy;] an 
 obsolete expression of surprise, " Grainercy, sir, said he," Spenser. 
 
 GRAMINl'VOROUS, a. [gramen and two, Lat.] eating or 
 living upon grass. 
 
 GRA'MMAR, s. [grainmaire, Ft.] the science which investigates 
 the laws of language, and gives the rules of correct usage in 
 speaking and writing. Figuratively, an expression or construc- 
 tion agreeable to the rules of grammar; a Ijook which treats of 
 the laws of language. 
 
 GRAMMA'RIAN, s. lgrammarien,¥T.] one who is skilful in, 
 or one who teaches the rules of, grammar. 
 
 GRAMMATICAL, a. [grammaticus, Lat.] belonging to, or 
 taught by, grammar. 
 
 GRAMMATICALLY, ad. according to the rules of grammar. 
 
 GRAMMATICA'STER, s. [Lat.] a mere verbal critic or low 
 grammarian. 
 
 GRA'MMONT, COUNT, a celebrated profligate and wit of 
 the court of Charles II. He was a Frenchman, and had served 
 in the wars of Louis XIV. with distinction, but was banished 
 for some offence against the Grand Monarque. His Memoirs pre- 
 sent a faithful and revolting picture of the manners and customs 
 of the most audacious debauchery of those times. He died in 
 1707, aged 84 years. 
 
 GRA'MPIAN-HILLS, a chain of high mountains in Scotland, 
 which run from east to west almost the whole breadth of the 
 kingdom. The highest points fall under 4000 feet in elevation. 
 
GRA 
 
 They take their name from a single hill, where Galgacus, the 
 Gaelic chief, was totally routed by Agricola. 
 
 GRA'MPLE, «. in Zoology, a kind of crab-fish. 
 
 GRA'MPOUND, Cornwall. It has a considerable manufacture 
 of gloves, and is seated on the river Fale, over which it has a 
 bridge. It is 244 miles from London. Market, Saturday. 
 Pop. 607. 
 
 GRA'MPUS, s. in Zoology, a cetaceous animal, which grows 
 to about 25 feet in length, and is said to be a very great enemy 
 to the whale. 
 
 GRA'NADA, a province of Spain, on the Mediterranean, 
 bounded by Andalusia and Murcia, about 175 miles in length, 
 and from 20 to 90 in breadth. It is rather a mountainous coun- 
 try ; but the soil is remarkably fertile, although not well culti- 
 vated, and the climate is healthy and temperate. It produces 
 corn, wine, oil, sugar, flax, hemp, excellent fruits, honey, wax, 
 grapes, and mulberry-trees, which feed a great number of silk- 
 worms. The forests abound with gall-nuts, palm-trees, and 
 oaks. Population, about 750,000. 
 
 GRA'NADA, a large city of Spain, capital of the province of 
 Granada, containing a university and several palaces, with 
 other splendid public buildings. It has manufactures of silk, 
 and is situated on two hills, near the confluence of the Oro, or 
 Darro, with the Xenil, and is 240 miles S. of Madrid. Pop. about 
 75,000. Lat. 37. 17. N. Long. 3. 34. W. 
 
 GRANA'DA, or Grenada, an island in the West Indies, 
 about 20 miles in length, and 10 in breadth. A chain of moun- 
 tains crosses it from N. to S., in the centre of which is a large 
 lake. Near the coast the soil is fertile, producing indigo, sugar, 
 coffee, cocoa, cotton, and tobacco. It is finely wooded, and 
 trees of all sorts, both fruit and timber, except the cocoa-tree, 
 thrive better here than those of the same species in the neigh- 
 bouring islands. It is watered with many rivers. The prin- 
 cipal harbours are Port Lewis, a very spacious one on the W. 
 side of the island, and St. George. It belongs to England. 
 Pop. about 30,000. 
 
 GRA'NADA, NEW, a S. American republic, at first part of 
 Colombia. It occupies the N. W. corner of that continent, and 
 is bounded by Guatimala, Ecuador, Brazil, and Venezuela. The 
 most striking physical features are the Andes, some peaks of which 
 in this state are above 15,000 feet in height; and the Llanos, 
 or forest deserts, which occupy the upper part of the reg^ion 
 drained by the Orinoco. Its rivers are the Orinoco, the Mag- 
 dalena, the Bogota, and the Cauca. The most precious metals 
 abound here, and constitute its chief wealth ; coal, &c. are found. 
 Timber trees, vegetable drugs, fruits, &c., wild cattle, &c., are 
 also amongst its exports. Bogota is its capital; and it has ports 
 on both oceans. Pop. about 1,500,000. 
 
 GRA'NARY, «. Qranum, Lat.] a storehouse for thrashed 
 corn. 
 
 GRA'NATE, s. {granum, Lat.] a precious stone, of a high red 
 colour, so called from the resemblance it bears to that of the 
 kernel of the pomegranate ; it is vulgarly named a garnet. The 
 oriental is the best. 
 
 GRA'NBY, JOHN MANNERS, MARQUIS OF, an exceed- 
 ingly popular English general, who served with great distinc- 
 tion during the seven years' war in Germany. He died in 177G, 
 aged 50 years. His celebrity is somewhat ludicrously preserved 
 by the very public exhibition of his portrait in almost all our 
 towns. 
 
 GRAND, a. [grandis, Lat.] great; illustrious; powerful; 
 splendid ; noble ; sublime ; lofty. 
 
 GRA'NDAM, Gra'ndame, s. a term of consanguinity, denot- 
 ing the father's or mother's mother. Figuratively, an old wither- 
 ered or decrepit woman. 
 
 GRA'NDCHILD, s. the son or daughter of a person's son or 
 daughter. 
 
 GRA'NDDAUGHTER, (grand-dauter) s. the daughter of a son 
 or daughter. 
 
 GRANDEE', s. [grandis, Lat.] a person of rank, dignity, or 
 power ; one of the nobility. 
 
 GRA'NDEUR, «. [grandeur, Fr.] splendour, pomp, or magni- 
 ficence, 
 
 GRA'NDFATHER, s. the father of a person's father or 
 mother. 
 
 GRANDI'FIC, a. [grandis and fado, Lat.] making great. 
 
 GRA'NDINOUS, a. (^rando, Lat.] full of hail. 
 
 GRA 
 
 GRA'NDITY, s. [grandis, Lat.] elevation of thought ; pomp 
 or magnificence of language. 
 
 GRA'NDMOTHER, s. the father's or mother's mother. 
 
 GRA'NDSIRE, s. a grandfather. In Poetry, any ancestor. 
 
 GRA'NDSON, s. the son of a person's son or daughter. 
 
 GRANGE, s. [Fr.] a farm ; a barn or thrashing-floor ; a farm- 
 house. 
 
 GRA'NITE, s. \_granum, Lat.] in Geology, a kind of granular 
 crystalline rock, of igneous origin, which occurs in all parts of 
 the world, especially in mountainous regions, where it forms the 
 loftiest peaks of rocks, upon which the regular strata of sedi- 
 mentary origin lie. It is found in circumstances which show 
 that it has been protruded at very different times in different 
 places ; in some it is seen penetrated in every direction by veins 
 of the same rock ; and in others it lies over and encloses quite 
 recent formations. Its general constituents are felspar, horn- 
 blende, mica, and quartz, in various proportions ; and accord- 
 ing to the abundance of one or the other, its colour, &c. vary. 
 It is used as a building-stone, and for colossal statuary, and is 
 the most durable rock known. 
 
 GRANI'VOROUS, a. {granum and voro, Lat.] eating or living 
 upon grain. 
 
 To GRANT, V. a. {jgarantir, Fr.] to admit a thing not proved ; 
 to allow or concede ; to bestow something which cannot be 
 claimed as a right. 
 
 GRANT, s. the act of giving or bestowing a thing which 
 cannot be claimed as a right ; the thing granted ; a concession. 
 In Law, a conveyance in writing of such a thing as cannot pass 
 or be conveyed by word only ; such as rents, reversions, ser- 
 vices, tithes, &c. 
 
 GRANT, MRS. (ANNE), of Laggan, a literary Scottish lady, 
 whose letters, written after she had accompanied her father 
 from America, where the war of Independence ruined him, are 
 much admired, and have often been reprinted. She died in 1838, 
 aged 83 years. 
 
 GRA'NTABLE, a. that may be given or yielded to another, 
 though he has no claim to it. 
 
 GRANTEE', s. in Law, the person to whom any grant is 
 made. 
 
 GRA'NTHAM, Lincolnshire. It is noted for the steeple of 
 its church, which terminates in a spire, near 300 feet high, and 
 which, by a deception of the sight, seems to lean on one side. 
 Here is a good free-school, where the celebrated Sir Isaac New- 
 ton received his first education. It is situated on the river Wit- 
 ham. It is 110 miles from London. Market, Saturday. Pop. 
 8G91. 
 
 GRA'NTOR, s. in Law, the person that yields or grants any 
 thing to another. 
 
 GRA'NULARY, a. small and compact, resembling a grain or 
 seed. 
 
 To GRA'NULATE, v. n. [</ranuler, Fr.] to be formed into small 
 particles or grains. — v. a. to break into small masses or grains. 
 
 GRANULA'TION,«. [Fr.] the act of forming into small masses 
 resembling grains. In Botany, the small berries which join to- 
 gether and compose a large one, as the blackberiy. 
 
 GRA'NULE, s. a small compact particle, resembling a seed or 
 grain of corn. 
 
 GRA'NULOUS, a. full of little grains. 
 
 GRAPE, s. [grappe, Fr.] a single berry of the vine, which grows 
 in clusters, the fermented juice of which is wine. 
 
 GRA'PESHOT, s. in Artillery, a number of small shot, put 
 into a thick canvass bag, and corded strongly together, so as to 
 form a kind of cylinder, whose diameter is equal to that of the 
 ball adapted to the cannon. 
 
 GRA'PESTONE, s. the stone or seed contained in the grape. 
 
 GRA'PHIC, (grdfic) a. [grapho, Gr.] appearing as if written, 
 well formed, described, or delineated. 
 
 GRAPHICALLY, (grajically) ad. well described; described 
 minutely, or in a picturescjue manner. 
 
 GRA'PHITE, s. in Mineralogy, the name of plumbago or 
 black lead. 
 
 GRA'PNEL, s. [grapin, Fr.] a small anchor belonging to a 
 little vessel ; a grappling-iron used in a sea-fight to fasten ships 
 
 °5\) GRA'PPLE, V. n. [srahhelen, Belg.] to lay fast hold on a 
 person; to combat or engage in close fight, — v. a. to fasten, 
 unite, or join inseparably. 
 
 407 
 
GRA 
 
 GRA'PPLE, s. a close combat, in which persons seize fast 
 hold on each other; an iron instrument, used to fasten one ship 
 to another. 
 
 To GRASP, r. a. [t/raspare, Ital.] to hold in the hand with the 
 fingers shut ; to seize, or catch at ; to struggle, strive, or grap- 
 ple ; to gripe ; to encroach ; to be insatiable in one's pursuit 
 after riches. 
 
 GRASP, s. the gripe or seizure of the hand ; the act of hold- 
 ing a thing in the hand with the fingers shut or doubled over 
 it ; possession or hold. 
 
 GRA'SPER, s. one who seizes, grasps, or catches at. 
 
 GRASS, s. [ffras, Sax.] in Botany, the general name of a large 
 class of plants having hollow stems, amongst which are ranked 
 some of the most useful plants that man knows; the best kind 
 of food, whether as pasture, or made into hay, for cattle; and 
 wheat, Indian corn, barley, sugar-cane, &c. The genera and 
 species are very numerous, the most common of which are de- 
 scribed under their trivial names. In Agriculture, this name is 
 given not only to true grasses, but to other plants, chiefly of the 
 trefoil kind, which are cultivated for hay and pasture. 
 
 To GRASS, r. n. to produce grass. 
 
 GRA'SSHOPPER, s. in Entomologj', a small insect found 
 among the summer grass, so named from its hopping, for which 
 it is remarkably formed. It is allied to the locust tribe. 
 
 GRA'SSINESS, s. the state of abounding in grass. 
 
 GRA'SS-LAND, s. in Farming, marshes, meadows, and any 
 land laid down for a season in grass. 
 
 GRASS-OF-PARNA'SSUS, «. in Botany, a beautiful English 
 marsh-plant, flowering in the autumn. Its blossom is of a de- 
 licate white colour, and its nectaries are green. 
 
 GRASS-PLOT, s. a small level piece of ground in a garden, 
 &c. covered with grass. 
 
 GRA'SSPOLY, s. in Botany, a genus of plants, the same with 
 the lythrum. There are two British species. 
 
 GRA'SSY, a. covered with, or abounding in, grass. 
 
 GRA'SSWRACK, s. in Botany, a species of seaweed. 
 
 GRATE, s. [crates, Lat.] a partition made with iron bars, or 
 wires crossing each other, placed at the windows or other 
 apertures of prisons, cloisters, or tradesmen's shops ; a receptacle 
 with iron bars, within which fires are made. 
 
 To GRATE, V. a. [grattcr, Fr.] to rub, or wear off the particles 
 from any thing by rubbing it ; to offend by any thing harsh or 
 vexatious ; to ofliend the ear by a harsh and disagreeable sound. 
 
 GRA'TEFUL, a. [gratus, Lat.] having a due sense of bene- 
 fits conferred ; pleasing ; agreeable ; delightful to the senses or 
 mind. 
 
 GRA'TEFULLY, ad. in a manner willing to acknowledge, 
 repay, and retain a proper sense of an obligation ; in a pleasing 
 or agreeable manner. 
 
 GRA'TEFULNESS, s. gratitude ; the quality of being agree- 
 able, acceptable, or affording delight. 
 
 GRATER, s. [ffratoir, Fr.] a kind of coarse file, or instru- 
 ment formed of tin or silver, punched in holes, with which soft 
 things are rubbed to powder. 
 
 GRATIAN, a Benedictine monk of the 12th century, who 
 abridged the Canon Law; which work is commonly called Gra- 
 tian's Decretal. 
 
 GRATIA'NUS, AUGUSTUS, a Roman emperor, who suc- 
 ceeded Valentinian in partnership with Valentinian II. his bro- 
 ther. He associated Theodosius with him in the empire, who 
 endeavoured to overthrow him. He was an able ana enlight- 
 ened prince ; but was disliked by the army, who set up Maxi- 
 mus against him, and murdered him in 383, after he had reigned 
 8 years. 
 
 GRATIFICA'TION, s. [gratus and facio, Lat.] the act of 
 pleasing ; the act of complying with, and answering the craving 
 of, the sensual appetites ; "pleasures ; delight ; a reward. 
 
 To GRA'TIFY, v. a. to indulge; to please by compliance ; to 
 do a thing in order to please or delight ; to requite, repay, or 
 reward. 
 
 GRATINGLY, ad. harshly ; offensively. 
 
 GRA'TIS, ad. [Lat.] for nothing ; without being paid, or re- 
 ceiving any thin^ in return. 
 
 GRA'TITUDE, s. [fjratitudo, Lat.] a virtue, consisting in a 
 due sense and outward acknowledgment of a benefit received, 
 together with a readiness to return the same, or the like. 
 
 GRA'TTAN, HENRY, an eminent Irish orator and politician, 
 408 
 
 GRA 
 
 who in the Irish parliament, and in the House of Commons, 
 distinguished himself by his resolute opposition to the Union, 
 and by his advocacy of Catholic Emancipation. He was greatly 
 admired for his eloquence, and for his private character; and 
 died in 1820, aged 70 years. 
 
 GRATU'ITOUS, a. [gratis, Lat.] voluntary; or granted 
 either without asking or merit ; asserted without proof. 
 
 GRATUITOUSLY, ad. without claim or merit; without 
 proof. 
 
 GRATU'ITY, s. [gratuite, Fr.] a free gift ; a present ; an ac- 
 knowledgment. 
 
 To GRATULATE, v. a. [gratulor, Lat.] to congratulate ; to 
 declare joy. 
 
 GRATULA'TION, s. salutations made by expressing joy. 
 
 GRATULA'TORY, o. expressing joy for the success, prefer- 
 ment, or good fortune of another; congratulatory. 
 
 GliATZ, the capital of Styria, Austria. It stands near the 
 Mur, over which are bridges. It is fortified and adorned with 
 many fine buildings. Here also is a university, of some note, 
 having a good library, and museum. The government buildings 
 are extensive. It has some manufactures, and an excellent 
 trade. Population, about 3-5,000. Lat. 47. 4. N. Long. 15. 27. E. 
 
 GRAUN, CHARLES HENRY, a distinguished German com- 
 poser of the last century. He was in the service of Frederic 
 the Great and his father, of Prussia. His works consist of 
 masses, oratories, &c. &c., and are very numerous. His fame in 
 this country does not equal his desert. He died in 1759, aged 
 58 years. 
 
 GRAUWA'CKE, in Geology, the old German name of some 
 of the oldest rocks which are now arranged under the Silurian 
 and Cambrian systems. 
 
 GRAVE, «. [grcef. Sax.] a hole dug in the ground, wherein a 
 dead body is, or is to be, buried. Grave, at the end of the 
 names of places, is from the Sax. gr^ef, a grove, or cave. 
 
 To GRAVE, V. a. preter. graved, past, particip. graren ; [graver, 
 Fr.] to cut figures or inscriptions with a sharp-pointed tool, on 
 any hard substance or metal ; to copy pictures or writings with 
 a sharp-pointed instrument, on wood, copper, or pewter, in order 
 to be printed on paper. 
 
 GRAVE, a. [Fr.] solemn ; serious ; of a modest colour, not 
 showy or tawdry. Not sharp or acute, applied to sound. 
 
 GRA'VE-CL'OTHES, s. the dress of a corpse. 
 
 GRA'VEL, s. [ffraveel, Belg.] in Geology, the name applied to 
 certain recent beds, chiefly composed of bouldered chalk flints 
 and sand, of a deep yellow or orange tint, and resembling the 
 morraines of glaciers or shingle beaches in appearance. In 
 some places it is obscurely stratified. It is used chiefly for form- 
 ing the walks in gardens, as it binds very firmly, and is a plea- 
 sant contrast to the beds and flowers. In Physic, a disease in 
 the kidneys or bladder, occasioned by a collection of gritty mat- 
 ter therein, whereby the due secretion and excretion of the urine 
 is impeded. When this substance strongly coheres, and forms a 
 hard mass, it is then called the stone. 
 
 To GRA'VEL, v. a. to pave or cover with gravel ; to puzzle, 
 annoy, or embarrass a person with some difficulty he cannot 
 solve. 
 
 GRA'VELESS, a. without a grave or tomb. 
 
 GRA'VELLY, (grd-ve-lce) a. consisting or abounding in graveL 
 
 GRA'VELY, (gravlee) ad. in a solemn or serious manner; 
 without gaudiness or show. 
 
 GRA'VENESS, s. seriousness; solemnity. 
 
 GRA'VEOLENT, a. [graveolens, Lat.] strongly scented. 
 
 GRA'VER, s. [graveur, Fr.] an engraver, or one who copies 
 designs with a sharp-pointed tool or style, on metals or wood, 
 to be printed on paper. The style, or sharp-pointed instrument, 
 used by an engraver. 
 
 GRA'VESEND, Kent. It is a place of considerable resort, 
 being a common landing-place for seamen and strangers in their 
 passage to London. It is commonly called the corporation of 
 Gravesend and Milton, these two places having been incorporated 
 by Queen Elizabeth. It is the most frequented watering-place 
 near London, being so easily accessible by steamers and by 
 railroad. The gardens round the town are so rich, that they not 
 only supply the shipping, and all the towns for several miles 
 round, with every article of that kind, but great quantities, and 
 particularly of asparagus, remarkably fine, are sent to London. 
 The chief employment of the labouring people is the spinning of 
 
GRE 
 
 hemp, to make nets for fishing, and ropes. It is situated on the 
 Thames, directly opposite to Tilbury Fort. It is 22 miles from 
 London. Markets, Wednesday and' Saturday. Pop. 15,670 (in- 
 cluding Milton). 
 
 GRA'VESTONE, s. the stone that is laid over the grave; the 
 monumental stone. 
 
 GRAVI'DITY, s. [c/ravidus, Lat.] the state of being with child. 
 
 GRA'VING, s. any piece engraved ; carved work. 
 
 To GRA'VITATE, v. n. [r/ravis, Lat.] to tend to the centre. 
 
 GRAVITATION, *. the act of tending to the centre. In 
 Astronomy, that force which operates throughout the whole 
 universe, thediscovery of the lawof which, by Sir Isaac Newton, 
 opened up this most stupendous science to researches which are 
 limited only by the means of calculation which mathematicians 
 possess. The general expression of this law is, that every atom 
 in the universe attracts every other with a force inverselj' pro- 
 portionate to the square of its distance. And from this has fol- 
 lowed in strictest development and demonstration all those grand 
 truths which compose the physical branch of astronomy. See 
 Attraction, Kepler, Newton, Astronomy, &c. 
 
 GRA'VITY, s. [gravite, Fr.] weight ; heaviness ; the power, or 
 virtue, by which bodies naturally tend towards each other. 
 Gravity, applied to the nature of actions, denotes their nature 
 or quality; but when applied to crimes, their atrociousness. 
 Applied to the countenance or behaviour, seriousness; solemnity; 
 majesty, or awfulness. Specific gravity, the comparative weight 
 of equal masses of different substances. Centre of gravity, that 
 point in any body on which it can be supported in any position. 
 
 GRA'VY, «. the juice which runs from meat when being 
 roasted. 
 
 GRAY, a. [gr<Bg, Sax. grau, Dan.] white, with a mixture of 
 black ; of the colour of unbleached cotton. White or hoary 
 with age, applied to the hair. 
 
 GRAY, s. a grav colour ; in Natural History, a badger. 
 
 GRAY, THOM'AS, one of the English classic poets, who, 
 having studied for the bar, and travelled with Horace Walpole, 
 spent some time in literary labours alone, and finally was made 
 Professor of Modern History at Cambridge. His poems are not 
 numerous, and his Bard, Elegy in a Country Churchyard, and Ode on 
 a Distant Prospect of Eton College, are the most known. His let- 
 ters exhibit him in a very different light from his poems, and 
 his natural qualities and varied acquirements are most agreeably 
 set off by their frankness and elegance. If the name poet were 
 used strictly, it might perhaps be withheld from Gray. But as 
 it includes musical or rhythmical compositions of a pleasing cha- 
 racter, as well as such as exhibit the vision and the faculty di- 
 vine, it must be accorded him. He died in 1771, aged 55 years. 
 
 GR A'YBEARD, s. figuratively, an old man ; used in con- 
 tempt. 
 
 GRA'YLING, s. in Ichthyology, the umber, a fish. 
 
 GRA'YMILL, s. in Botany, a name for the common gromwell. 
 
 GRA'YNESS, s. the quality of being gray, or being hoary 
 
 ^G^IaY'S THURROCK, Essex. It is seated on the Thames, 
 opposite Dartford in Kent. Market, Thursday. Pop. 1464. 
 
 To GRAZE, V. n. [ffrassian. Sax.] to eat or feed on grass ; to 
 produce grass. — t: a. to tend, to set cattle to feed on grass. — 
 [graser, Fr.] to brush in passing ; to touch lightly, generally ap- 
 plied to a bullet. 
 
 GRA'ZER, s. one that grazes or feeds on grass. 
 
 GRA'ZIER, s. one whose trade is to feed or breed cattle for 
 food. 
 
 GREASE, (greece) s. [graisse, Fr.] the soft part of the fat of 
 animals. In Farriery, a swelling and gourdiness of the heels, 
 occasioned by hard labour, cold, &c. 
 
 To GREASE, (greeze) v. a. to smear, anoint, or spot with 
 grease. 
 
 GRE'ASINESS, (greezinesi) s. oiliness or fatness. 
 
 GRE'ASY, ((/reezy) a. oily; fat; spotted or smeared with 
 grease. 
 
 GREAT, (the ea in this word and its derivatives has some- 
 thing, though not entirely, the sound of ai — grait, graitly, grait- 
 ness,) a. [great. Sax.] large in bulk, number, or quantity; having 
 any quality in a high degree. Long or considerable, applied to 
 time or duration. Important; weighty; chief, or principal. 
 " The i/reai seal," Shak. High in rank, or extensive in power; 
 illustrious, or eminent ; majestic, or grand in aspect and mien ; 
 
 GRE 
 
 haughty, swelling, or proud. To hegreatwith, to be familiar or in- 
 timately acquainted. In pedigree, it is added in every step of 
 ascending consanguinity beyond a father or grandfather, and in 
 every step of descending consanguinity beyond a grandson. Thus, 
 a great grandson is the son of a person's grandson ; a great grand- 
 father, the father of a person's grandfather, or the grandfather of 
 a person's father ; and great uncle is the uncle of a person's father. 
 
 GREATBELLIED, a. pregnant ; with child. 
 
 GREAT BRITAIN, the principal of the British Isles, and 
 the largest island of Europe. It lies to the N. W. of that con- 
 tinent, and is divided from it by the Endish Channel, the Straits 
 of Dover, the German Ocean, and the North Sea. It is about 
 600 miles in length, and from 100 to 300 miles in breadth. Its 
 chief capes are, Land's End and Lizard Point, Start Point, 
 Dungeness, N. Foreland, Spurn Head and Flamborough Head, 
 C. Wrath, the Mull of Cantire, the Mull of Galloway, St. David's 
 Head, and Hartland Point. The Wash, the Friths of Forth, 
 Moray, and Dornoch, those of Pentland, Clyde, and Solway, the 
 Minch, the N. Channel, the Irish Sea and St. George's Channel 
 between it and Ireland, Caernarvon and Cardigan Bays, the Bris- 
 tol Channel, Mount's Bay, and Torbay, are the chief gulfs and 
 bays around it. The N. and W. parts of the island (Scotland 
 and Wales) are mountainous, and there are rocky elevations in 
 Cumberland and Cornwall ; the rest of the surface is broken by 
 fine sweeping ranges of hills. The loftiest points in Scotland are 
 about 4000 feet high, those in Wales, about 3500, those in Cum- 
 berland are about the same height: the Derbyshire hills have 
 points nearly 2000 feet in height, and the Chalk Hills range 
 below 1000. The chief rivers are the Thames, the Severn, the 
 Ouse, the Trent, the Humber, the Forth, the Tay, and the Clyde.. 
 It possesses everv' variety of scenery, and abounds especially 
 in rich rural and woodland prospects. Its mineral wealth is 
 considerable: iron and tin, with other metals less abundant; 
 coal ; limestone, and all kinds of building-stone ; have made it 
 independent of other countries for those invaluable productions. 
 It has also salt-mines, and mineral springs. But its agricultural 
 advantages are equally great ; it has soils naturally adapted to 
 every variety of growth, and capable, with judicious and scientific 
 culture, of yielding most copiously ; and all kinds of pasture land, 
 from the high sheep-walks of the wolds, to the rich low meadows 
 suited for other cattle. Its manufactures embrace every kind of 
 necessary for man, and have long been looked at as the most 
 extensive and the best in the world. These have been the chief 
 stay of its commerce, which embraces every spot inhabited by 
 civilized man, and many of those tenanted by the rudest na- 
 tions of the globe. Its climate is proverbially fickle, and yet it 
 knows none of the severe atmospheric pests of other climes, and 
 its people are healthy and strong in spite of all disadvantages. 
 It has not a single noxious wild animal, and no poisonous reptile, 
 save the viper, which is by no means common. Such advan- 
 tages, rendered secure by its insular position, compensate for its 
 manifold wants, most of which commerce supplies, and make it 
 a spot which might be rendered one of the most favoured on the 
 earth. It has, besido small islands, the Isles of Wight and of 
 Man, Anglesea, Arran and Bute, Islay, &c., the Western Isles 
 and Skye, the Orkneys and the Shetland Isles, lying in va- 
 rious directions around it. Population, including these islands, 
 18,844,434. See England, Wales, Scotland, their several coun- 
 ties, ^c. ^c. 
 
 GREATHEARTED, a. high-spirited ; proud. 
 
 GREATLY, ad. very much ; in a great or high degree ; nobly ; 
 in an illustrious manner ; courageously; bravely. 
 
 GREATNESS, s. largeness, applied to quantity, size, or num- 
 ber. High place or dignity ; a consciousness of superior birth or 
 rank ; magnanimity, nobleness ; grandeur; state; magnificence. 
 
 GREAVES, (greeves) s. [greves, Fr.] armour for the Tegs. 
 
 GREBE, s. in Ornithology, a genus of water-fowls resembling 
 the divers. 
 
 GRE'CISM, s. [(/reecismus, Lat.] a construction, idiom, or ex- 
 pression, peculiar to the Greek language. 
 
 GREECE, a kingdom of Europe, recently erected out of some 
 of the S. provinces of European Turkey, formerly known by that 
 name. It is surrounded on all sides, save the Turkish frontier, 
 by the sea, and is about 200 miles in length, and 150 in breadth. 
 It has some mountains and rivers, more famous, however, for 
 their poetical and historical associations, than for their magni- 
 tude. Its chief wealth is its agricultural produce, consisting of 
 3o 409 
 
GRE 
 
 com, fruits, tobacco, wine, &c. &c. Athens is the capital. The 
 population is about 1,000,000. More cannot be said at present 
 respecting this very unsettled state. 
 
 GREECE, or Gr^'cia, was the name given to the whole re- 
 gion occupied by the various states of Macedonia, Epirus, Thes- 
 salia, Acarnania, jEtolia, Doris, Locris, Phocis, Boeotia, At- 
 tica, Megaris, Corinth, Argolis, and the others occupying the 
 Peloponnesus, with which was often included the country lying 
 between the Danube and the Black Sea, and the most northerly 
 of the above-named states. The islands inhabited by Greeks 
 were also included. These states differed much in their habits, 
 laws, &c. ; but were in time fused together so as to present a 
 generally uniform appearance ; being ardent patriots, having 
 highly imaginative dispositions, and looking on all other nations, 
 both those they gained their philosophy from, and those to whoa^ 
 strong hand they had to submit, as barbarians. 
 
 GREE'DILY, ad. in an eager, hasty, or ravenous manner, 
 with keen appetite. 
 
 GREE'DINESS, s. [gredir/ncsse. Sax.] ravenousness ; voracious 
 hunger; eagerness of appetite or desire. 
 
 GREE'DY , a. [ffrtediff, Sax.] ravenous; hungry; incited with 
 a violent desire of food ; eager ; vehemently desirous. 
 
 GREEK, Gre'cian, a. belonging to Greece. Greek Language, 
 the general name given to the various dialects known as the 
 Doric, Ionic, Attic, vEolic, Hellenic, and Alexandrine dialects ; 
 to which maybe added the Romaic, or modern Greek. Of these 
 the Attic is the most polished. In one or other of those ancient 
 dialects, are written the loftiest works in philosophy, history, 
 oratory, and poetry, that the human mind has produced. Its 
 general characteristics are copiousness, refinement, flexibility, 
 and facility in combination, which the German alone can rival. 
 Greek Church, in Ecclesiastical History, that communion which 
 arose in E. Europe and W. Asia, when the church catholic was 
 torn asunder in the 9th century. Its difference from the Rom- 
 ish Church consists in form alone, and in the inferior skill 
 and power of those who have conducted it. The Constantino- 
 politan patriarch is the actual chief, and next after him are the 
 patriarchs of Alexandria, Jerusalem, and Antioch ; under them 
 are the bishops, &c. It differs from the Romish Church in the 
 particulars, of the form of faith in respect of the Holy Spirit, 
 of clerical celibacy, of communion in two kinds, of purgatory, 
 of image-worship, &c. &c. Its strong hold is Russia, and its 
 condition may be divined from that fact. 
 
 GREEN, a. [f/ruin, Teut. groen, Belg.] having a colour like 
 that of grass; in compositions of dyeing and painting, made by 
 mixing blue or black and yellow together. Flourishing; fresh ; 
 undecayed ; new, or lately made. " A. i/ree» wound." Unripe; 
 immature ; young, alluding to fruits he\ng green before they are 
 ripe; not roasted; half raw; not dry; pale; sickly. 
 
 GREEN, s. the colour of grass, or that which resembles it. 
 In Optics, that colour in the solar spectrum which ranges between 
 the blue and the yellow spaces. Figuratively, a plain covered 
 with grass ; the leaves of trees and vegetables, opposed to their 
 flowers. In Cookery, used in the plural for those plants which 
 are of this colour, and eaten boiled. 
 
 GREENE, DR. MAURICE, held successively the situations 
 of organist at St. Paul's, and at the Chapel Royal, and Professor 
 of Music at Cambridge. He wrote much secular music; but 
 his anthems are the most famous of his works. He died in 1755, 
 aged about 60 years. 
 
 GREENE, ROBERT, one of our English ante-Shakspearian 
 dramatists. His life was a tissue of profligacy and misery. His 
 writings are chiefly of note as marking the gradual progress of 
 the art which reached its loftiest development in the bard of 
 Avon. He died in 1592, aged 42 years. 
 
 GREE'NCLOTH, s. a board or court of justice, held in the 
 counting-house of the king's household, for taking cognizance 
 of all matters of government and justice within the king's court 
 royal, and for correcting all the servants that offend. It takes 
 its name from a srccn cloth spread over the board where they 
 sit. None of the king's servants can be arrested for debt, with- 
 out a warrant first obtained from this board. 
 
 GREE'NEYED, «. having eyes coloured with green. 
 
 GREE'NFINCH, s.m Ornithology, a kind of bird. 
 
 GREE'NGAGE, s. in Horticulture, a delicious species of plum. 
 
 GREE'NHOUSE, s. a house or place in which exotics or 
 tender plants are kept from the inclemencies of our climate, and 
 410 
 
 GRE 
 
 furnished veith such a degree of heat as is proper to make them 
 grow. 
 
 GREE'NISH, fl. somewhat green ; tending to green. 
 
 GREE'NLAND, the name of a vast countrj-, occupying the 
 N. E. corner of the N. American continent, lying between Baf- 
 fin's Bay and Davis's Straits, and the N. Ocean. It is an al- 
 most uninterrupted region of rocks, and the shores, as is usual 
 in rocky countries, are full of deep and dangerous bays. It is 
 always covered with snows and frozen up in the higher parts, 
 and on the E. side ; while its N. boundary is lost in the ever- 
 lasting snows of the pole. A few shrubs are its largest plants; 
 mosses and similar plants are most numerous. Dogs, rein-deer, 
 bears, &c., wild-fowl, seals, whales, walruses, &c., are its native 
 inhabitants. It is frequented almost solely for its whale-fisheries. 
 The aborigines are a tribe of the Esquimaux ; the settlers are of 
 Danish or Icelandic origin. But the population is extremely 
 scanty. The Moravian Brethren maintain missions here. Cape 
 Farewell is the most southerly point. 
 
 GREE'NLY, arf. with a greenish colour; newly; freshly; im- 
 raaturely; wanly. 
 
 GREE'NNESS, s. the quality of being green; viridity; im- 
 maturity; unripeness; freshness; vigour; newness; also raw- 
 ness, unskilfulness, and imperfection in trade, art, science, &c. 
 
 GREE'NOCK, Renfrew, Scotland. A sea-port town situated 
 at the mouth of the Clyde. It has a considerable foreign trade, 
 and a share in the herring-fishery. It has some manufactories 
 also. It is about 60 miles from Edinburgh. Pop. 36,13.5. Lat. 
 55. 57. N. Long. 4. 29. W. 
 
 GREEN SAND, in Geology, the name of the lowest member 
 of the chalk formation. It varies much in its structure, &c. in 
 ditt'erent places, being in some of a hard chalky texture, thickly 
 interspersed with green spots of a kind of ^rit (this has originated 
 its name) ; in others, of alternate beds of a soft limestone, and 
 an almost impenetrable chert, or flint; and in others, again, of a 
 coarse-grained, dark-red sandstone. It has some very charac- 
 teristic fossils; and in some parts is quite non-fossiliferous. 
 
 GREE'NSICKNESS, s. in Medicine, a disease incident to 
 young females, called by physicians chlorosis. 
 
 GREE'NSTONE, s. in Geology, a kind of trap or basaltic 
 rock, of a very fine quality, and of a very deep rich green colour. 
 It occurs in Scotland, and is often turned in the lathe into orna- 
 ments of various kinds. 
 
 GREE'NSWARD, Gree'nswoed, s. the turf on which grass 
 grows ; a field. 
 
 GREE'NWEED, s. dyer's weed. 
 
 GREE'NWICH, Kent. It is situated on the Thames, and is 
 now almost one with London. It is notorious as a place of re- 
 sort for pleasure-seekers from the metropolis. Here is the Na- 
 tional Observatory, well furnished with all requisite astronomical 
 instruments; from the meridian of which the English reckon 
 their degrees of longitude. Here, too, is the grand Naval Hos- 
 pital, in which above 3000 disabled seamen from the fleet are 
 kept at the expense of the nation. Schools, &c. are connected 
 with it. It is 5 miles from London. Pop. 29,595. 
 
 GREE'NWOOD, ». Wood considered as it appears when its 
 leaves are out. In Botany, the name of a plant, with butterfly- 
 shaped yellow blossoms. 
 
 To GREET, V. a. [gretan. Sax.] to address at meeting ; to sa- 
 lute in kindness or respect ; to congratulate ; to wish health ; to 
 send or pay compliments at a distance. 
 
 GREE'TER, «. he that pays his compliments to another. 
 
 GREETING, s. salutation or compliment. 
 
 GREGA'RIOUS, a. [qrex, Lat.] assembling in flocks or herds. 
 
 GRE'GORY OF NAZIANZUS, ST., a distinguished father of 
 the church in the 4th century. He studied at the first schools of 
 the age, and he entered the church as presbyter under his father, 
 who was bishop of Nazianzus. After his death, he retired into 
 obscurity for a time, and then preached at Constantinople with 
 such success against the Arians, that he was appointed to the 
 patriarchate. But he never held this exalted post. For a short 
 time he was bishop of his native place, and afterwards lived in 
 complete retirement, and died in 390, aged about 05 j'ears. His 
 works consi.:t of eloquent but iramethodical orations, epistles, 
 and poems. 
 
 GRE'GORY OF NYSSA, ST., a father of the church during 
 the 4th century. He was made bishop of Nyssa, and was much 
 harassed by persecutions of the Arians; against whom, by 
 
GRE 
 
 preaching, counsel, and writing, he did good service. To him 
 IS attributed the Nicene Creed in its present form. He died about 
 395, aged about 6.5 years. 
 
 GRE'GORY OF JNEO-C^SAREA, surnamed Thaumaturgus, 
 a father of the church in the 3rd century. He was born of hea- 
 then parents, and was a law student, when meeting with Origen, 
 he embraced Christianity, and became bishop of his native place. 
 He was most devoted and successful in his evangelical labours. 
 His works are few, and of them, his Eulogy of Origen is most 
 remarkable. He died about 265, aged about 65 years. 
 
 GRE'GORY, Bishop of Tours, France, a celebrated French 
 ecclesiastic and historian. He was much engaged in councils 
 and disputes. His great work contains the general history of 
 the world till the establishment of the kingdom of the Franks, 
 and a particular history of that kingdom till near the 7th 
 century. He exculpates all orthodox kings, especially if they 
 endow churches, &c., from all faults and crimes ; but heterodoxy- 
 is in his eyes an unpardonable offence. He died in 595, aged 
 52years. 
 
 GRE'GORY, the name assumed with the pontificate by 16 
 popes, of whom the most famous are;— Grc^oj'y J., surnamed The 
 Great. He was a great defender and promoter of the purity of 
 the church, and a zealous propagator of the faith. The British 
 islands, which had almost lost the knowledge of Christianity, 
 through the bloody wars of the Saxons, received it anew from 
 him, and the influence of Rome in this country then began. He 
 was an eminently good man, and lived long before the papacy 
 was what we are most accustomed to regard it. He died in 604, 
 aged about 55 years, after a pontificate of 14 years. Gregory 
 VII., the celebrated Hildebrand, the most famous of all the suc- 
 cessors of St. Peter. He seems to have early mourned over the 
 evils of the times, and thedegeneracy of the church, of which he 
 perhaps first seized the idea. His power, arising solely from this, 
 was so great, that through the pontificates of 5 popes, his was 
 the real guiding and ruling mind of the church. On being 
 raised to the tiara, he instantly took the ground which was ex- 
 pected of him from his well-known views, and aimed at the com- 
 plete purification of the church from its numberless abuses, and 
 the exaltation of it from being the creature of the empire, to 
 being the chief power in the world, as it became the church to 
 be. His pontificate was consumed in a fierce and mortal strug- 
 gle with the emperor Henry IV., in the course of which Henry 
 was deposed by Gregory, and restored only on a most humiliating 
 
 Eenance; and Gregory was besieged in his own palace, defied 
 y the rival pope Henry set up, and at last driven out to die in 
 exile, in 1085, after a pontificate of 12 years. Gregory XIII. 
 was the reformer of the calendar, which he was enabled to effect 
 through the aid of the learned men and astronomers of his 
 states. He died in 1585, aged 83 years, having reigned 13. 
 
 GRE'GORY, JAMES, a distinguished mathematician, &c. of 
 the 17th century. He was successively professor at St. Andrews 
 and Edinburgh, and died a few days after he had suddenly lost 
 his sight, in 1675, aged 37 years. 
 
 GRE'GORY, DAVID, nephew to the forenamed, and similar- 
 ly distinguished. He held the professorship at Edinburgh first, 
 and afterwards was elected Savilian professor at Oxford. He 
 died in 1710, aged 49 years. 
 
 GRE'GORY, DR. JOHN, a medical practitioner and professor 
 at Aberdeen ; and a writer, whose "Father's Legacy to his Daugh- 
 ters," by some means got admission to the English classics. He 
 died in 1773, aged 49 years. 
 
 GRE'GORY, DR. OLINTHUS, late mathematical professor 
 in the military college, Woolwich. He rose to that distinction, 
 and to the eminent position he held amongst English mathema- 
 ticians, through his own almost unaided labours; and he main- 
 tained his reputation by his writings. He wrote also a work on 
 Christianity, embracing both a defence and exposition of it, 
 which has had a very large circulation, and is one of the best of 
 its kind. He also edited the works of Robert Hall of Bristol. 
 He died in 1841, aged 66 years. 
 
 GRENA'DE, Grena'i)0, s. [Fr.] a hollow ball of iron, &c. 
 filled with gunpowder, fired by a fusee. It is a small bomb- 
 shell thrown by the hand. 
 
 GRENADIE'R, {grenadeer) s. [grenadier, Fr.] a tall soldier, 
 formerly armed with grenadoes, from whence the name is de- 
 rived. Every battalion of foot has a company of grenadiers be- 
 longing to it. 
 
 6Rjg 
 
 GRE'NOBLE, a city in the department of Isere, France. It 
 is the see of a bishop. It has some noble buildings, and an ex- 
 cellent library. The leather and gloves made here are highly 
 esteemed. It is seated on the river Isere near its conflux with 
 the Drac. It is 285 miles from Paris. Pop. about 25,000. Lat. 
 45. 12. N. Long. 5. 49. E. 
 
 GRE'NVILLE, GEORGE, an English statesman during the 
 reigns of George II. and III. He was at length appointed prime 
 minister. His administration was not a very brilliant one. He 
 was esteemed an eloquent orator, and died in 1770, aged 65 years. 
 
 GRE'NVILLE, WILLIAM, LORD, son of the preceding, and 
 like him an eminent statesman. He was home secretarj' in 
 Pitt's ministry, and resigned when he expected a war with 
 France. After Pitt's death, he was appointed prime minister, 
 but did not hold the office long. He advocated Catholic Eman- 
 cipation, and distinguished himself in parliament as a powerful 
 orator. He was also chancellor of Oxford, and died in 1834, 
 aged 75 years. 
 
 GRE'SHAM, SIR THOMAS, a celebrated merchant of Lon- 
 don in the 16th century. He greatly increased a princely for- 
 tune, accumulated by his predecessors, and built the Royal Ex- 
 change, which was destroyed during the great fire of London, 
 on the site of the present magnificent pile. He also endowed 
 Gresham College, so that there should be lectures delivered gra- 
 tuitously on the principal sciences. He died in 1579, aged 60 
 
 GRETNA GREEN, Dumfriesshire, Scotland. A village near 
 the mouth of the river Esk. It was formerly noted for the num- 
 ber of private marriages performed here in evasion of the law. 
 
 GRETRY, ANDREW ERNEST, an eminent French com- 
 poser of the last century. His works are chiefly operas, somS 
 of which have been performed in England ; they are greatly ad- 
 mired by connoisseurs. He died in 1813, aged 69 years. 
 
 GREUT, s. a fossil body, consisting of a congeries of crystal, 
 or sparks of spar, of the size of bay salt, and of a brown shining 
 colour. 
 
 GREW, the preterite of To Grow. 
 
 GREY, a. See Gray, which is the correct spelling. 
 
 GREY, LADY JANE, an amiable and accomplished lady, 
 rendered illustrious in English history by her early and unde- 
 served death. She was remotely connected with the royal 
 family. Henry VIH. had specially disqualified his daughters 
 from sitting on the throne ; Lord Northumberland had, during 
 Edward VI. 's brief reign, married his son to her, with a view to 
 securing the succession. Lady Jane was proclaimed queen on 
 Edward's death, but Northumberland's unpopularity, and Mary's 
 energy, ruined her cause. And she, who acted only from a 
 mistaken view of filial duty, shared the punishment of his trea- 
 sonable ambition. Perhaps her Protestantism, and her success- 
 ful rival's Popery, have aided to the lustre of her renown. She 
 was beheaded in 1554, aged 17 years; having borne the title of 
 queen for 9 days. 
 
 GREY, CHARLES, EARL, (of Howick,) the chief of the 
 parliamentary reformers of 1830. He was one of the most in- 
 flexibly consistent of our late English statesmen ; having during 
 a long public life zealously aimed at bringing about a fuller 
 representation of the country, which he was at last able to ac- 
 complish. At his first entrance on the political stage, he joined 
 Mr. Fox, and during the stormy scenes which were the result of 
 the French Revolution, played a distinguished part. He then 
 advocated the measures which are always associated with his 
 name, and went even further in reform than did his colleagues 
 in achieving their success. He was more fearless than his leader 
 in his attachment to popular principles, and in opposing the 
 war with France. Abolition of Slavery and Catholic Emanci- 
 pation he always endeavoured to promote ; and equally firmly 
 opposed the unconstitutional proceedings against Hunt and 
 others during the regency, at the close of the war. On the 
 accession of William IV. he was made prime minister, and his 
 first measure was the Reform Bill. On the fall of his party, he 
 retired from public life, and died in 1845, aged 81 years. He was 
 an impressive and commanding speaker; and a fine specimen 
 of a genuine English nobleman. Although his views were 
 limited by his political maxims, he deserves the country's grati- 
 tude, as having worked most earnestly to accomplish all he saw 
 to be right, and having laid a foundation for future triumphs 
 of popular freedom. 
 
 3 o 2 411 
 
GREY'HOUND, ». [grighund. Sax.] in Natural History, a slen- 
 der fleet hound that hunts by sight. 
 
 GRICE, s. a little pig ; a young wild boar. A step. 
 
 To GRIDE, V. n. [gridare, Ital.] to cut; to make way by 
 cutting. 
 
 GRI'DELIN, s. a colour compounded of white and red. 
 
 GRl'DIRON, s. a movable frame of iron bars, which is used to 
 dress victuals over a tire. 
 
 GRIEF, {grecf) s. [griff, Brit.] sorrow for something which is 
 past; a grievance, oppression, or injury ; pain, or disease. 
 
 GRIESBACH, JOHN JAMES, a distinguished New Tes- 
 tament critic of Germany during the last century. His great 
 work was the recension of the Greek text, and he accomplished 
 it in a more satisfactory way than it had ever been performed in 
 before. But some of his theories of the text are worse than 
 groundless ; and some of his alterations are not justified by his 
 own principles of criticism. He held, as is common in the 
 German states, a privy councillorship under the Duke of Wei- 
 mar, and was rector of Jena university. He died in 1812, aged 
 67 years. 
 
 GRIE'VANCE, (greevance) s, that which makes a person 
 uneasy, generally applied to the actions or conduct of another. 
 
 To GRIEVE, {greece) v. a. [c/rever, Fr.] to afflict ; to hurt ; to 
 make a person uneasy by some unkind or offensive action. — v. 
 ». to be sorrowful. 
 
 GRIE'VINGLY, {areivingly) ad. with sorrow; sorrowfully. 
 
 GRIE'VOUS, (greevous) a. [i/ravis, Lat.] afflictive, or causing 
 pain not easily borne ; causing sorrow ; expressing great uneasi- 
 ness. Great, or atrocious, applied to crimes. 
 
 GRIE'VOUSLY, {greivously) ad. with great offence, discon- 
 tent, or ill-will ; painfully, or so as to occasion great uneasiness ; 
 miserably ; vexatiously. 
 
 GRIE'VOUSNESS, {greeiousness) s. sorrow ; pain ; a state 
 of calamity, oppression, or wretchedness. 
 
 GRI'FFIN, s. a fabled animal, having the head and paws of 
 the lion and the wings of the eagle. 
 
 GRIG, s. in its primary sense, signifies any thing below the 
 natural size. A species of eels. Figuratively, a merry, active, 
 and jocose person. In Botany, the common heath. 
 
 To GRILL, V. n. [(/riller, Fr.] to broil or dress meat on a grid- 
 iron. 
 
 GRl'LLADE, s. any thing broiled on the gridiron. 
 
 To GRl'LLY, V. a. to harass ; to roast or tease a man. 
 
 GRIM, a. [grimma, Sax.] having a fierce or awfully sullen 
 countenance; hideous; frightful; ugly; ill-looking. 
 
 GRIMA'CE, s. [(/rim ace, Fr.'] a distortion of the countenance 
 from habit, affectation, or insolence; vulgarly styled making 
 mouths. 
 
 GRIMA'LDI, a name borne by a very distinguished Italian 
 family during the middle ages, four having been celebrated 
 admirals of Genoa: — borne also by a painter and a mathemati- 
 cian of Bologna ; — and lastly, by one of the best cloicns that ever 
 appeared on the English stage. This last worthy was noted for 
 his intellectual drollery — displaying method in his folly. He 
 died in 1838, aged 58 years. 
 
 GRIMA'LKIN, s. [gris, Fr. and malkin,'] an appellation for an 
 old gray cat. 
 
 GRIME, s. dirt that is ingrained, or not easily washed off. 
 
 To GRIME-, f. n. to dirt so as it cannot be easily washed off. 
 
 GRI'MLY, ad. in a terrible, hideous, or horrible manner. In 
 a fierce, stern, or sullen manner, applied to the looks. 
 
 GRI'MNESS, s. a look which proceeds from the fierceness or 
 sullenness of a person's disposition. 
 
 GRI'MBSY, GREAT, Lincolnshire. It contains several 
 streets of pretty good houses, and a church that looks like a 
 cathedral. It is said to be the oldest corporation in England; 
 and had formerly a good harbour, which has been long choked 
 up with sand. It is situated on the river Humber, by which it 
 has a trade in coals and salt. It is 170 miles from London. 
 Markets, Wednesday and Saturday. Pop. 3700. 
 
 GRIMM, BARON, (FREDERIC,) one of the French Ency- 
 clopedistes of the ante-revolutionary aera, although a German by 
 birth. He was acquainted with that brilliant circle of shallow 
 infidels, and took part in their contests respecting music and 
 art, &c. &c. He was appointed ambassador to France from 
 Saxe-Gotha, but retired on the breaking out of the Revolution : 
 afterwards he was a minister plenipotentiary for Russia, in Sax- 
 
 GRl 
 
 ony. He died in 1807, aged 84 years. His writings are merely 
 his letters. 
 
 To GRIN, V. n. [grenian. Sax.] to set the teeth together, 
 and withdraw the lips, used both as a sign of mirth and anguish. 
 
 GRIN, s. the act of closing the teeth, and withdrawing the 
 lips from them, so as to expose them to view ; the act of show- 
 ing the teeth, used as an effect of mirth or anguish. 
 
 To GRIND, V. a. preter. and past paiit. ground ; Q/nWan, Sax.] 
 to reduce any thing to powder by attrition or rubbing; to sharp- 
 en or smooth by rubbing on something hard ; to rub one against 
 another; to harass or oppress by extortion. — v.n, to sharpen an 
 instrument by holding it on a round stone, which is turnea about 
 the while ; to move a mill ; to fix the teeth close, and move them, 
 so as to make a noise. 
 
 GRI'NDER, s. one who grinds or works in a mill; the instru- 
 ment of grinding. Also, the common name of the double teeth. 
 
 GRI'NDSTONE, s. the stone on which edge-tools are sharp- 
 ened. 
 
 GRI'NNER, s. one who grins and shuts his teeth, and opens 
 his lips, so as to expose them. 
 
 GRFNNINGLY, ad. with a grinning laugh ; in a grinning 
 manner. 
 
 GRFNSTEAD, EAST, Sussex. It is seated on a hill, near 
 the borders of Surrej'. It is 29 miles from London. Market, 
 Thursday; and a great fair, on Dec. II, for Welch runts, fat 
 hogs, and other cattle. Pop. 3586. 
 
 GRIP, s. a small ditch. 
 
 To GRIPE, V. a. [greipan, Goth.] to hold tight in the hand ; 
 to squeeze with the fingers closed over. Figuratively, to op- 
 press ; to pinch, press, or squeeze.— f. n. to pinch the belly ; to 
 give the colic, attended with a sharp pain in the bowels. 
 
 GRIPE, s. a grasp or seizure of the hand or paw ; a squeeze, 
 or pressure. Figuratively, oppression, extortion, or crushing 
 power; affliction; distress. In the plural, the belly-ache ; the 
 colic. 
 
 GRFPER, s. one who oppresses the poor ; a usurer ; an ex- 
 tortioner. 
 
 GRI'PINGLY, ad. attended with a pain in the belly. 
 
 GRI'SA3IBER, s. a corruption of ambergrise. 
 
 GRI'SKIN, s. [qrisgin, Ir.] the back-bone of a hog. 
 
 GRI'SLY, igrizly) a. [grislu. Sax.] dreadful; horrid. 
 
 GRFSONS, THE, a canton of Switzerland, lying next to 
 Austria, and bounded bj' the cantons of Glarus, Uri, Ticino, and 
 St. Gall. It is above 75 miles in length, and about 50 in breadth. 
 It is, like all Switzerland, very mountainous, having heights 
 exceeding 10,000 feet in elevation. The Rhine, the Inn, and 
 the Adda, take their rise amongst the glaciers in the valleys of 
 this canton. Although very irregular, it yet has some arable 
 land ; but its staple productions are cattle, goats, cheese, &c. 
 &c., from the excellent mountain pastures. This canton con- 
 sists of a confederation of smaller free states, compacted into 
 leagues, and these again constituting the canton. Coire is the 
 capital. Pop. about 100,000. The more usual name of this 
 canton, on the continent, is Graubiindten. 
 
 GRIST, s. [grist, Sax.} toll taken by the miller when he grinds 
 other people's corn ; corn to be ground. Figuratively, a supply of 
 provision. To bring grist to a mill, is a figurative and proverbial 
 expression for producing profit or gain. 
 
 GRl'STLE, s. [Sax.] in Anatomy, a cartilage or fleshy sub- 
 stance, very elastic, tough, and next in hardness to a bone. 
 
 GRI'STLY, a. cartilaginous; consisting of gristle; having 
 the properties of gristle. 
 
 GKIT, s. [grytta, great. Sax.] bran, or the coarse part of meal ; 
 oats husked, or coarsely ground; sand; a particle of sand; 
 rough, hard particles. In mines, any kind of hard, coarse 
 sandstone. 
 
 GRITTINESS, s. sandiness ; the quality of abounding in grit, 
 or little rough, hard, and sandy particles, 
 
 GRITSTONE, «. &e Grit. 
 
 GRFTTY, a. full of little rough, hard, and sandy particles. 
 
 GRFZELIN, s. See Gridelin. 
 
 GRI'ZZLE, s. [(/ris, Fr.] a colour made of a mixture of white 
 and black, most commonly applied to that of perukes, or the 
 hair; grs^. 
 
 GRI'ZZLED, a. interspersed with black and white hairs ; 
 gra^. 
 
 GRI'ZZLY, a. somewhat gray. 
 
GRO 
 
 To GROAN, (gron) v. n. [granan, Sax.] to breathe with a 
 hoarse noise, in pain or agony. 
 
 GROAN, (ffron) s. a deep sigh, attended with a hoarse noise, 
 made by persons in pain and agony. Figuratively, any hoarse, 
 dead sound. 
 
 GROAT, (graut) s. [groot, Belg.] a silver coin, value four- 
 pence; hence it is used for fourpence, though consisting of cop- 
 per coin. 
 
 GRO'CER, s. [i/ross, Eng.] one that buys and sells teas, sugar, 
 plums, &c. A green-grocer is one that buys and sells greens. 
 
 GRO'CERY, s. the wares sold by a grocer ; such as tea, sugar, 
 raisins, spice, &c. 
 
 GRO'DNO, a town of Russia, in the part wrested from Po- 
 land. It is a large, straggling place, containing a mixture of 
 houses little better than cottages, habitations in good repair, 
 and ruined palaces, with magnificent gateways, and other re- 
 mains of decayed splendour. A wing yet remains of the old 
 castle, in which the diets of Poland formerly assembled. Here is 
 a good scientific college; it has also manufactures of linen, 
 woollen, cotton, and silk. It is seated on the river Niemen. It 
 is about 650 miles from St. Petersburg. Pop. about 10,000. Lat. 
 53. 40. N. Long. 23. 49. E. 
 
 GRO'GERAM, Gro'gram, Gro'gran, s. a sort of stuff, all 
 silk, woven with a large woof, and a rough pile. 
 
 GROIN, s. in Anatomy, that part of the body which is between 
 the belly and the thigh. In Architecture, the rib of an arch 
 carried across a vaulted stone ceiling, intersected by other simi- 
 lar ribs. This word is used as a verb, and the participles gi-oin- 
 ing and groined are formed from it. 
 
 GRO'MWELL, s. in Botany, a plant, otherwise called gromill 
 or graymill. 
 
 Gro'ningen, a province of the kingdom of Holland, lying 
 on the German Ocean, and adjoining to Hanover, bounded by 
 the provinces Drenthe and Friesland. It is a mere marsh, kept 
 habitable by drains and canals. It feeds horses, cattle, and 
 sheep. It has also manufactures of woollen and linen. Its ca- 
 pital, GrSningen, stands at the junction of the two chief streams 
 of the province, the Aa, and the Huntze, and is a large and well- 
 fortified place. It has a good trade by means of its river. It is 
 85 miles from Amsterdam. Pop. about 30,000. Lat. 51. 37. N. 
 Long. b. bl. E. 
 
 GKONO'VIUS, the name of a German family which in the 
 17th century produced two or three classical scholars of great 
 erudition and celebrity. John Frederic died in 1671, aged 60 
 years ; and James, his son, died in 1712, aged 67 jears. 
 
 GROOM, s. [grom, Belg.] a boy, waiter, or servant ; one who 
 tends or looks after horses ; a man newly married. It is also 
 applied to the several superior officers of the king's household, 
 as groom of the chamber, groom of the stole, &c. 
 
 GROOVE, s. a deep cavern or hollow in a mine ; a channel 
 or hollow cut in wood. 
 
 To GROOVE, V. a. to cut hollow, or in channels. 
 
 To GROPE, V. n. [grapan. Sax.] to feel one's way out in case 
 of blindness or darkness ; to have an imperfect idea of a thing ; 
 to feel after a thing where a person cannot see. 
 
 GRO'PER, s. one who searches after, or endeavours to find, a 
 thing in the dark. 
 
 ^ GROSS, a. [(/ros, Fr.] large, thick, or bulky, applied to size. 
 Shameful; very erroneous, coarse, palpable, or unrefined, ap- 
 plied to sentiments. Clumsy or inelegant, applied to shape. 
 Thick, applied to the consistence of any fluid. Stupid or dull, 
 applied to the understanding. Coarse, thick, fat, or bulky, ap- 
 plied to the size of the body. Impure; foul; applied to the hu- 
 man constitution. 
 
 GROSS, s. the main body or main force- of an army. The 
 bulk ; the whole. The major part or body, applied to number, 
 or a collection of men. In Commerce, a number, consisting of 
 twelve dozen, or one hundred and forty-four. 
 
 GRO'SS-BEAK, s. in Ornithology, a bird allied to the bull- 
 finch, with a very large beak. 
 
 GRO'SSLY, ad. in large or coarse particles ; without any sub- 
 tilty, art, or delicacy ; flagrantly, or palpably. 
 
 GRO'SSNESS, s. coarseness ;" inelegant fatness ; want of re- 
 finement. 
 
 GROT, «. See Grotto. 
 
 GROTE'SQUE, (groteak) a. [Fr.] distorted in figure ; unnatu- 
 ral; wildly formed, without any regard to nature or propriety. 
 
 GRO 
 
 GROTIUS, HUGO, or De Groot, a famous Dutch statesman, 
 jurist, and theologian, at the beginning of the 17th century. 
 He rose by gradual steps to be pensioner of Rotterdam, and 
 being a friend of the famous and unfortunate Barneveldt, nar- 
 rowly escaped with his fife. He was sentenced to perpetual 
 imprisonment, but escaped, and took refuge in France. He 
 returned again, but was banished, and died in the service of Swe- 
 den, in 1645, aged 62 years. His works alone would be sufl^- 
 cient to hand down his name to posterity, without his states- 
 manship, or romantic life. He wrote works of history, antiquities, 
 laws, theology, classical scholarship, kc, and he was no mean 
 poet. He met with an antagonist of no common order in Selden, 
 when he wrote to claim for the Dutch the freedom of the seas 
 between Holland and England. His treatise on international 
 law is one of the standard works on that difficult subject. His 
 theology was Arminian, and he was the first who clearly stated 
 the forensic view of the doctrine of the atonement, which has 
 since been so widely received ; and his religious works generally 
 betray the juridical rather than the spiritual mind. 
 
 GROTTA DEL CANE, a cavern near the Lake d'Agnano, 
 in Naples. From the bottom of this little cave a vapour, or ine- 
 phitic air, rises, (about a foot in height,) which is destructive 
 of animal life. For the atnusement of travellers, persons attend 
 at the cave with dogs, on which they perform the cruel experi- 
 ment of holding their heads in the vapour ; after which they are 
 convulsed in a few minutes, and expire in tortures. 
 
 GRO'TTO, *. [grotte, Fr. grotta, Ital.] a cavern or cave made for 
 pleasure. Used sometimes, as by the Italians, from whom it is 
 derived, for a dark or horrid cavern. 
 
 GROVE, s. [>r«/;Sax.] a walk formed by trees whose branches 
 meet above. 
 
 To GRO'VEL, V. n. [grufde, Isl.] to lie prostrate, or with one's 
 belly on the ground ; to creep along with one's belly on the 
 ground ; to have low, mean, or abject thoug:hts. 
 
 GROUND, s. [grund. Sax.] the earth, considered as that which 
 supports us when walking, as opposed to air or water, or as situ- 
 atea low; land; country; region; territory; a farm, estate, or 
 possession ; the floor or level of a place. In the plural, the dregs, 
 lees, or that which settles at the bottom of liquors. In Paint- 
 ing, the first layer of colours, or that on which the images are 
 painted and described. The fundamental cause or substance ; 
 the original principle. The first principles, applied to know- 
 ledge or science. The space occupied by an army, as they fight, 
 advance, or retreat. 
 
 To GROUND, V. a. to fix or support upon the ground; to 
 build, found, or settle as upon a cause or first principle ; applied 
 to opinions. To settle in the first principles or rudiments of 
 knowledge, applied to instruction. 
 
 GROUND, the pret. and past part, of To Grind. 
 
 GROU'ND-BAIT,s. abait made of barley or malt boiled, &c., 
 which is thrown into the river where you intend to angle, and 
 sinking to the bottom, or ground, draws the fish after it. 
 
 GROU'ND-FLOOR, s. the lower story of a house, level with 
 the external ground. , 
 
 GROU^ND-FURZE, «. in Botany, a plant, otherwise called 
 petty whin, and cammock. 
 
 GROU'ND-IVY, s. in Botany, alehoof, or tunhoof. 
 
 GROU'NDLESS, a. without any foundation, reason, or justice. 
 
 GROU'NDLESSLY, ad. in an unjust manner ; without rea- 
 son, cause, or foundation. 
 
 GROU'NDLESSNESS, s. want of cause, foundation, or sup- 
 port. 
 
 GROU'NDLING, s. in Ichthyology, a fish that keeps at the 
 bottom of the water. Figuratively, a person of mean, grovelling, 
 or vulgar thoughts. 
 
 GROU'ND-PINE, s. in Botany, a plant with gaping blossoms, 
 the germander. 
 
 GROU'ND-PLATE, s. in Architecture, the outermost pieces 
 of timber lying on or near the ground, and framed into one 
 another with mortises and tenons._ In these also are mortises 
 made to receive the tenons of the joints, the summer and gird- 
 ers, and sometimes the trimmers for the stair-case and chimney, 
 and the binding joist. 
 
 GROU'ND-PLOT, «. the ground on which any building is 
 placed. 
 
 GROU'ND-RENT, s. rent paid for the ground on which a 
 house is built. 
 
 413 
 
6UA 
 
 GROU'NDSEL, s. the foot-post of a door, or the timber or 
 raised pavement of a house next the door; a threshold. In 
 Botany, the name of a plant with compound flowers, of which 
 there are several sorts. 
 
 GROU'NDWORK, s. in Painting, that colour or part on 
 which all the images are drawn. A foundation of a building. 
 Figuratively, the fundamentals, or first part of an undertaking; 
 the rudiments or first principles of a science. 
 
 GROUP, (groop) s. [grouppe, Fr.] in Painting and Sculpture, 
 an assemblage or knot of two or more figures of men, &c. 
 Figuratively, a crowd ; a cluster ; a huddle. 
 
 To GROUP, (groop) v. a. [groupper, Fr.] in Painting, to intro- 
 duce several figures into one piece. 
 
 GROUSE, 8. in Ornithology, a kind of fowl, named heath- 
 game. 
 
 GROUT, s, Iffrut, Sax.] coarse meal or pollard ; that which 
 purges off. 
 
 To GROW, (gro) v. n. preter. grew, past part, grown ; [jgrowan. 
 Sax.] to increase in length or extent, applied to the vegetation 
 of plants. To be produced by vegetation ; to increase in sta- 
 ture or bulk ; to proceed or arise, as from a cause ; to improve ; 
 to make progress. To accrue, or become due, applied to the 
 increase of interest due on money lent. Applied to the sea by 
 mariners, to swell or roll. 
 
 GRO'WER, (groer) s. that which vegetates or increases in 
 height or bulk. 
 
 To GROWL, (ow pronounced as in now,) v. n. [grollen, Flem.] 
 to snarl ; murmur ; or grumble. 
 
 GROWN, (gron) past part, of To Grow ; advanced in or in- 
 creased by growth ; covered or filled by the growth of any thing ; 
 arrived at full growth or stature. 
 
 GROWTH, (groth) s. vegetation ; vegetable life ; increase by 
 vegetation ; product, or the thing produced ; increase in num- 
 ber, bulk, frequency, stature, or improvement. 
 
 To GRUB, V. a. [grab, Goth.] to aestroy or extirpate by dig- 
 ging or throwing up the soil ; to pull up by the roots; to dirty 
 one's clothes or flesh. 
 
 GRUB, s. in Natural History, the common name given to the 
 larvae of insects ; especially if they feed on the inner substance 
 of plants, animals, &c., or live under-ground. 
 
 To GRU'BBLE, v. n. [grubelen, Teut.] to grope, or feel in the 
 dark. 
 
 To GRUDGE, V. a. to envy, or view the advantages of another 
 with discontent and uneasiness; to give or take unwillingly. — 
 V. n. to murmur or repine ; to be unwilling ; to wish in secret. 
 
 GRUDGE, s. an old quarrel. Figuratively, ill-will; anger; 
 resentment ; envy. 
 
 GRU'DGINGLY, ad. unwillingly; malignantly. 
 
 GRU'EL, s. [gruelh, Fr.] a kind of spoonmeat or broth, made 
 of oatmeal boiled in water; any kind of mixture or broth, made 
 by boihng ingredients in water. 
 
 GRUFF, a. [groff, Belg.] sour, surly, or morose, applied to the 
 aspect and behaviour. 
 
 GRU'FFLY, ad. in a sour, morose^ or surly manner. 
 
 GRU'FFNESS, s. harshness of voice, or surliness of look. 
 
 To GRU'MBLE, v. n. [grommelen, Belg.] to murmur with dis- 
 content ; to growl or snarl. To make a hoarse or rattling noise, 
 applied to thunder. 
 
 GRU'MBLER, s. one who murmurs with discontent; a dis- 
 contented person. 
 
 GRU'MBLING, s. a murmuring through discontent. 
 
 GRUME, s. [grtmus, Lat.] a thick viscid consistence of a fluid, 
 like that of the white of an egg, or like clotted blood. 
 
 GRU'MLY, ad. in a morose, sour, or surly manner. 
 
 GRU'MOUS, «. thick or clotted. 
 
 GRU'MOUSNESS, s. the thickness of any curdled or clotted 
 licmor. 
 
 To GRUNT, Gru'ntle, v. n. [grunio, Lat.] to make a hoarse, 
 discontented noise, applied to a liog. 
 
 GRUNT, 8. the noise made by a hog. 
 
 GRU'NTER, s. one that grunts. 
 
 GRU'NTLING, s. a young hog. 
 
 GRUS, in Astronomy, the crane, a constellation in the south- 
 ern hemisphere. 
 
 GRY, s. [Gr.] any thing of little value, as the paring of the 
 nails. 
 
 GUADALO'UPE, one of the Leeward Islands in the West 
 414 
 
 GUA ' 
 
 Indies, lying between Antigua and Dominica, and subject to 
 the French. It is about 250 miles in circumference, and is 
 divided into two parts by a channel, in one place four miles 
 over, and navigable only for canoes, called Riviere Sale. On 
 the top of a very lofty mountain, is a volcano, called La Souf- 
 friore, the two mouths of which open into a pit of sulphur. The 
 negroes get brimstone here, which they afterwards purify and 
 sell. The vegetables, fruits, and trees are much the same as in 
 the other islands, except the cinnamon-tree, balsam of thecapivi, 
 and the milk shrub, which j^ields a balsamic liquor like milk. 
 The honey produced in this island is very fine. It exports in- 
 digo, cotton, coffee, &c. &c. St. Louis is the capital. Pop. 
 about 130,000. 
 
 GUADALQUl'VIR, a large river of Spain, springing from the 
 mountains in the S. of New Castile, and flowing through the 
 whole length of Andalusia, into the Atlantic, to the N. of Cadiz. 
 It is about 200 miles in length, and the most celebrated cities on 
 its banks are Cordova and Seville. 
 
 GUADIA'NA, a lar^e river of the Spanish peninsula, rising 
 on the opposite side of the mountains to that whence the Gua- 
 dalquivir flows, in New Castile; and flowing through Estrema- 
 dura, the province of Alentejo in Portugal, and between the two 
 countries to the Atlantic Ocean. It is about 250 miles in length ; 
 and has seated on its banks, Ciudad Real, Orellana, Merida, and 
 Badajoz. 
 
 GI)AIA'CUM, 8. in Botany and Medicine, a West Indian tree, 
 the wood of which and resinous exudations are used in medicine 
 as stimulants. 
 
 GUA'NO, {hwuhno) 8. [Span.] in Commerce and Agriculture, a 
 very superior kind of manure, brought from Peru, in S.Ame- 
 rica ; where its excellence has been long proved. It is the dung 
 of sea-birds, accumulated through ages on the rocky islands, 
 &c. they haunt, on the Peruvian coast ; and has been found in 
 many other places where penguins and birds of similar habits 
 haunt : and the use of it has suggested the employment of simi- 
 lar excrementitious deposits. It should be observed, that exten- 
 sive frauds have been committed by the vending of a spurious 
 article, although artificial guano has been made little inferior 
 to the genuine; and that many who have tried it, have pre- 
 vented their success by improperly applying it to the seed in- 
 stead of to the soil. 
 
 GUANA'CO, 8. See Liama. 
 
 GUARANTEE', (garardee) 8. [ffuarant, Fr.] a power who un- 
 dertakes to see the conditions of any league, peace, or bargain 
 performed. 
 
 To GUA'RANTY, (gdrantee) v. a. to undertake to see the 
 articles of any treaty kept. 
 
 To GUARD, (the u in this word and its derivatives is usually 
 dropped in pronunciation, as gard, gardian, &c.) v. a. [garder, Fr.] 
 to watch, in order to .secure from or prevent a surprise or sudden 
 danger ; to protect or defend ; to anticipate or secure against 
 objections ; to adorn with lists, laces, or ornamental borders. 
 
 GUARD, 8. [garde, Fr.] a man or body of men employed to 
 watch, in order to defend from danger or prevent surprise. Used 
 with nn or off, a state of caution or vigilance. A limitation ; 
 anticipation of an objection ; an ornamental hem, lace, or bor- 
 der. In Fencing, an action or posture proper to defend the 
 body from the efforts of an enemy. Advanced guard, is a party 
 of horse or foot which marches before a corps to give notice of 
 approaching danger. Main guard, is that from which all the 
 other guards are detached. Piquet guard, is a number of horse 
 and foot always in readiness, in case of an alarm, the horses 
 being saddled and their riders booted. Guards, in the plural, is 
 particularly applied to those troops or companies which are kept 
 up to guard the king. 
 
 GUA'RDER, s. one who protects, defends, or watches. 
 
 GUA'RDIAN, s. Igardien, Fr.] one who has the care of an 
 orphan, or person whose parents are dead ; one to whom the 
 care or preservation of any thing is committed. Guardian of the 
 spiritualities, is he to whom the spiritual jurisdiction of any dio- 
 cese is committed, during the vacancy of the see. He may be 
 either guardian in law, or jure magistratus, as the archbishop is 
 of the diocese within his province; or guardian by delegation, 
 as he whom the archbishop or vicar-general doth for the timp 
 depute. 
 
 GUA'RDIAN, a. [j/ardien, Fr.] performing the oflice of a kind 
 protector and defender. 
 
GUE 
 
 GUA'RDIANSHIP, s. the office of a guardian. 
 
 GUA'RDLESS, a. without defence. 
 
 GUA'RDSHIP, s. care ; protection ; or the state of a person 
 under the disposal of guardians; a king's ship employed in 
 guarding the coast. 
 
 GUARI'NI, JOHN BAPTIST, an Italian poet of the end of 
 the 16th century. He lived at courts all his life long, being 
 secretary to Alphonso of Ferrara, Ferdinand di Medici of Tus- 
 cany, Francis of Urbino, and others. His chief work is a pas- 
 toral drama, called II Pastor Fido, which is greatly admired. He 
 died in 1612, aged 75 years. 
 
 GUATIMA'LA, a republic of N. America, bounded by Mexico 
 and New Granada, and washed by the Pacific Ocean and the Ca- 
 ribbean Sea. A range of mountains, which is a continuation of 
 the Rocky Mountains of the more northerly part of the continent, 
 passes along its W. side. The Lake of Nicarigua is its principal 
 fresh-water feature. It exports mahogany, cotton, &c. &c. Pop. 
 about 1,250,000. It is called also the United Provinces of Central 
 America, as it consists of a federal republic and several states. 
 Its chief city is Guatimala, and stands on the narrow plain be- 
 tween the mountains and the Pacific Ocean. It is a regularly 
 built town, and has some fine buildings, but the frequency of 
 earthquakes is a hinderance to architectural ornament. The po- 
 pulation is about 50,000. Old Guatimala stands at a distance of 
 some miles from the present city, and is yet inhabited, although 
 in so dangerous a vicinity for earthquakes, &c. New Guatimala, 
 Lat. 14. 36. N. Long. 90. 13. W. Old Guatimala, Lat. 14. 27. N. 
 Long. 90. 28. W. 
 
 GUAYAQUI'L, a town of Ecuador, S. America, standing at 
 the head of a gulf of the same name. It is most unhealthily 
 situated, and is in constant danger from earthquakes beside. 
 A considerable trade is carried on, and the products of the coun- 
 try round exported for Europe, &c. Its population is about 
 30,000. Lat. 2. 9. S. Long. 79. 56. W. 
 
 GUBERNA'TION, «. [ffuberno, Lat.] the exercise of authority 
 in protecting, preserving, and directing ; government or super- 
 intendencv. 
 
 GU'DGEON, s. [ffonjon, Fr.] in Natural History, a small fish 
 found in brooks or rivers, and easily caught. Figuratively, a 
 person easily cheated. 
 
 GUE'LDERLAND, a province of the kingdom of Holland, 
 lying on the Zuyder Zee, and adjoining to Prussia, bounded by 
 the provinces of'^Overyssel, Holland, Utrecht, Brabant, and Lim- 
 burg. It is, like all Holland, sufficiently level, and is watered 
 by the Rhine, the Meuse, the Waal, the Yssel, &c. Agriculture 
 is the principal occupation. Arnheim is its capital. Pop. about 
 300,000. 
 
 GUELFS and GHIBELINES, the names of the two great 
 parties in Italy, during the middle ages; the Guelfs being the 
 party favourable to the Papal aims, and the Ghibelines that fa- 
 vourable to the emperor of Germany's. The use of these terms 
 did not arise thus, but became appropriated in the course of 
 years in this manner. It cannot be asserted of either party, that 
 It upheld the principles of liberty which had been embodied in 
 so many places in Italy. It happened then, as it has happened 
 in England, each party adopted any opinions by which it could 
 gain power, which it used for its own ends ; and so both appear 
 on different occasions as the maintainers of popular rights and 
 liberties. 
 
 GUERCTOO, whose real name was John Francis Barhieri, an 
 eminent painter of the Bolognese school. He was remarkable 
 for his vigorous colouring, and was especially distinguished for 
 his fresco paintings. He died in 1666, aged 76 years. 
 
 GUERI'CKE, OTTO, a distinguished natural philosopher of 
 the 17th century, whose great discovery was the air-pump. He 
 studied at the best schools of Holland and Germany, and travel- 
 led in other countries to increase his learning. He settled at 
 Magdeburgh, and died in 1686, aged 84 years. He also made 
 the first electrical machine, with a globe of glass, where we use 
 a cylinder or plate. 
 
 GUE'RLINGUET, s. in Zoology, a kind of squirrel that is 
 found in Guiana. 
 
 GUE'RNSEY, an island in the English Channel, near the 
 coast of France, about 30 miles in circumference. It has been 
 held subject to England since the time of the Norman Conquest. 
 The natives speak French, this island having been formerly a 
 part of Normandy, and being still governed by the old Norman 
 
 GUI 
 
 laws. The air is healthy, and the soil more rich and fertile than 
 that of Jersey. Here is a very good harbour, and on the S. side 
 of the island a bay capable of receiving large vessels. They 
 are sufficiently supplied with corn and cattle for their own use 
 and that of the ships ; wines and cider are cheap and plentiful ; 
 there is plenty of game and fowl ; and they catch great quanti- 
 ties of sea-fish of various kinds. The inhabitants have a con- 
 siderable trade ; and the staple manufacture is knit stockings. 
 Port St. Pierre is the principal town. Pop. 26,705. Lat. 49. 
 33. N. Long. 2. 40. W. 
 
 GUE'SCLIN, BERTRAND DU, a renowned French warrior 
 and statesman, who was constable of France in the 14th cen- 
 tury. His life and actions may be regarded as embodying al- 
 most the ideal of a knight, according to the notion of the times. 
 To his valour is attributed the expulsion of the English from 
 Normandy, Guyenne, Poitou, &c. He died in 1380, aged 65 
 years. 
 
 To GUESS, (the u is usually dropped in the pronunciation of 
 this word and its derivatives, and the g before tne e pronounced 
 hard, as gess, &c.) v. a. [ghissen, Belg.] to conjecture ; to judge 
 without any fixed or certain principles. 
 
 GUESS, s. a conjecture. 
 
 GUE'SSER, s. a conjecturer ; one who judges without certain 
 knowledge. 
 
 GUE'SSINGLY, ad. forming a judgment in a casual manner ; 
 uncertainly. 
 
 GUEST, {gest, the g pronounced hard,) s. [gwest, Brit.] one 
 who is entertained in the house of another; a stranger. 
 
 GUE'STCHAMBER, s. chamber of entertainment. 
 
 To GU'GGLE, v. n. [gorgoliare, Ital.] to sound or make a noise 
 like water running out of a narrow-mouthed bottle or vessel. 
 
 GUIA'NA, a district of S. America, lying on the Caribbean 
 Sea, part of which is contained in Brazil, and part in Venezuela, 
 and the remainder is occupied by settlements of the British, 
 French, and Dutch. The British portion is divided into Berbice, 
 Demerara, and Essequibo ; which see. The French is called 
 Cayenne, from a river and a town of that name. The produce is 
 the same as that of British Guiana. Cayenne stands on an 
 island, and has a population of about 2500 ; the province having 
 a population of about 20,000. Lat. 4. 56. N. Long. 52. 20. W. 
 The Dutch is called Surinam ; which see. 
 
 GUICCIARDI'NI, FRANCIS, a celebrated Italian historian 
 of the 16th century. He began his career as professor of law 
 at Florence, and was afterwards employed on various embassies, 
 &c. by that republic ; which led to higher occupations still. In 
 the contests of those days he took part with Charles V. against 
 the French. His History he wrote in the leisure of his later life ; 
 and it is esteemed a valuable work, but tinctured with the si- 
 mulation of his age ; and not too favourable to the people, 
 against whom he had taken part with one of the Medici at 
 Florence. He died in 1540, aged 58 years. 
 
 GUI'DAGE, s. the reward or money given to a guide. 
 
 GUI'DANCE, s, direction ; government. 
 
 To GUIDE, (the u in this word and its derivatives is usually 
 dropt in pronunciation, and the g before i pron. hard, as glde, 
 glder. Sec.) v. a. [guider, Fr.] to direct or show a person a way ; 
 to govern, direct, instruct, regulate, or superintend by counsel, 
 or exertion of authority. 
 
 GUIDE, s. [Fr.] one who directs another in his way; a di- 
 rector. 
 
 GUPDELESS, a. without a guide. 
 
 GUI'DER, s. a director; a guide. 
 
 GUPDO RENI, a celebrated Italian painter of Bologna, in 
 the 17th century; who studied under Denys Calvart of Ant- 
 werp, and afterwards under the Caracci ; and to the skill in de- 
 sign which he acquired under them added graces equal to those 
 of Coreggio. He died in 1642, aged 67 years. 
 
 GUILD, (sometimes pronounced gild, and sometimes gild, 
 with the g hard,) s. [Sax.] a society, corporation, fraternity, or 
 company, united together by orders and laws made among them- 
 selves by their prince's licence. Hence Guildhall, a place or hall 
 belonging to a corporation, wherein affairs relating to the mem- 
 bers in their united capacity are transacted. 
 
 GUILE, (usually pronounced, as well as its derivatives, glle, 
 with the 17 hard,) s. [guille, old Fr.] low cunning or craft, whereby 
 a person tricks or cheats another ; deceit. 
 
 GUI'LEFUL, a. full of deceit ; wily ; fraudulent ; treacherous ; 
 
 415 
 
secretly mischievous ; imposing, or over-reaching a person in a 
 crafty or fraudulent manner. 
 
 GUI'LELESS, a. without any secret or concealed fraud ; 
 without any intention to deceive, cheat, or impose upon a per- 
 son by false appearance and concealed treachery. 
 
 GUrLDFORD, Surrey. It is seated on the declivity of a hill, 
 on the river Wye, which is navigable to the Thames, and by 
 which a great quantity of timber is carried to London, not only 
 from the neighbourhood, but from Sussex and Hampshire 
 woods. It is 30 miles from London. Market, (chiefly for corn,) 
 Saturday. Pop. 4074. 
 
 GUI'LLEMOT, in Ornithology, the name of some birds of 
 the diver kind, very common in N. Britain. 
 
 GUI'LLOTINE, s. [from Guillotin, the name of the introducer 
 into France,] an instrument for beheading, made of a heavy blade 
 sliding in a frame, and so operating swiftly and surely. A 
 similar machine once existed in England, andin Scotland, called 
 the Maiden. 
 
 GUILT, (pronounced, with its derivatives, (/tit, with the g 
 hard,) s. [gilt, Sax.] the state of a person justly charged with a 
 crime; a consciousness of having done amiss. Figuratively, a 
 crime or offence. 
 
 GUl'LTILY, ad. without innocence ; in such a manner as to 
 be conscious of having done a crime laid to one's charge. 
 
 GUl'LTINESS, s. the state of being guilty ; the conscious- 
 ness of having done a crime. 
 
 GUI'LTLESS, o. free from crime ; innocent ; free from sin or 
 punishment. 
 
 GUI'LTLESSLY, ad. without guilt ; innocently. 
 
 GUI'LTY, a. Igiltig, Sax.] chargeable with having committed 
 a crime ; wicked or corrupt. 
 
 GUFNEA, (pronounced ginny, with the^r hard,) s. a gold coin 
 formerly current in England; nominally at the value of 21 
 shillings. 
 
 GUFNEA, a country of Africa, of which little is known except 
 the coast, thence called the Coast of Guinea, it comprehends 
 Sierra Leone ; the Grain Coast, or Malaguetta ; the Tooth 
 Coast ; the Gold Coast ; the Slave Coast ; and Benin. It is un- 
 healthy for Europeans, though the natives live to a considerable 
 age. The latter in general go almost naked ; and are said to be 
 an innocent, inoffensive, and hospitable people, except such as 
 have been corrupted by the Europeans, who have factories on 
 the coast. The productions of this country are the variety of 
 rich tropical fruits, gums, hard woods, grain, gold, ivory, wax, 
 &c. See under the different names by which its districts are 
 called. 
 
 GUFNEA, NEW, a name of Papua, which see. 
 
 GUl'NEAHEN, s. in Ornithology, a fowl, supposed to be of 
 Guinea. 
 
 GUFNEAPEPPER, s. in Botany, the capsicum, a plant. 
 
 GUFNEAPIG, (ginny-pig, with the^ hard) ». in Natural His- 
 tory, a small variegated animal, allied to the rat, a native of 
 Brazil. 
 
 GUISE, (pron. gtze, with the g hard ; the same as wise, the w 
 being changed, as is common, into (/,) s. [Fr.] appearance; looks; 
 behaviour; manner, custom, or practice; external appearance; 
 dress or habit. 
 
 GUISE, the name of a very powerful noble family of France, 
 descended from the kings of Lorraine. Francis and his son 
 Henry, both surnamed Balafre, from scars in their faces, hold 
 the foremost place in the lost list of powerful and illustrious men 
 belonging to this family; their lives were marked by the same 
 personal courage, unscrupulous ambition, and ferocious bigotrj% 
 and both died by the hands of assassins. The son was one of 
 the contrivers of the infamous St. Bartholomew's massacre of 
 the Huguenots. He also in the day of Barricades conquered 
 his king. A Huguenot slew Francis, in 15()3, aged 44 years. 
 Henry III. had Henry assassinated in his own royal apartments, 
 in 1588, aged 38 years. 
 
 GUITA'R, (pronounced gitdr, with the g hard,) «. [jghitara, 
 Ital.] in Music, a stringed instrument with a neck like a violin, 
 an oval body, and played on in the same manner as the harp 
 with the fingers. 
 
 GULES, s. [gueules, Fr.] in Heraldry, red. In the arms of no- 
 blemen, it is called ruby; in those of sovereign princes, Mars ; 
 and, in engraving, is signified by drawing perpendicular or 
 straight strokes from the top of the escutcheon to the bottom. 
 416 
 
 GUN 
 
 GULF, GuLPH, s. [golfo, Ital.] an arm of the ocean running 
 into the land. Figuratively, an abyss, or immeasurable depth ; 
 a whirlpool, or sucking eddy; any thing insatiable. 
 
 GU'LF-STREAM, the name of a great ocean-current, which 
 is traced first crossing the Atlantic from the Gulf of Guinea; 
 and afterwards proceeding from the Gulf of Mexico in a northerly 
 direction, or almost parallel to the American coast. Its influ- 
 ence extends to the Icy Ocean itself. It is nearly 200 miles in 
 width, and its temperature is always higher than that of the 
 surrounding ocean. 
 
 GU'LFY, a. full of eddies, gulfs, or whirlpools. 
 
 To GULL, V. a. [ffuiller, Fr.] to trick ; to cheat ; to deceive or 
 defraud by artifice. 
 
 GULL, s. in Ornithology, a large genus of sea-birds, some 
 species of which are often seen with rooks following the plough 
 for the sake of the insects. A cheat, or trick ; a stupid animal ; 
 a person easily cheated. 
 
 GU'LLCAICHER, s. one who cheats; a bite; one who de- 
 ceives another by artifice. 
 
 GU'LLER, s. a cheat or impostor. 
 
 GU'LLERY, s. cheat ; imposture. 
 
 GU'LLET, s. [goulet, Fr.] the throat, passage, or pipe through 
 which the food passes, called by anatomists the mophagus. . 
 
 To GU'LLY, i: n. to run with a noise, applied to water. 
 
 GU'LLYHOLE, s. the hole where the gutters or kennels 
 empty themselves into the common sewer; so called from the 
 noise they make in their fall. 
 
 GULO'SITY, s. [gula, Lat.] greediness ; gluttony. 
 
 To GULP, r. M. [golpen, Belg.l to swallow eagerly; to drink 
 down without any intermission, or with one swallow. 
 
 GULP, s. as much as can be swallowed at once. 
 
 GUM, s. [gtimmi, Lat.] a vegetable juice exuding from certain 
 trees and plants, and there hardening into a tenaciou? substance, 
 soluble in water. In Gardening, a disease incident to fruit-trees 
 of the stone kind, indicated by the exudation of gum. In Ana- 
 tomy, the fleshy substance of the mouth in which the teeth 
 grow ; generally used in the plural. 
 
 GU'MMINESS, s. the state of a thing smeared or abounding 
 with gum. 
 
 GUMMO'SITY, s. [gummi, Lat.] the nature of gum ; viscidity; 
 gumminess. 
 
 GU'MMY, a. consisting of gum ; of the nature of gum ; over- 
 grown or smeared with gum ; sticky. 
 
 GUN, s. [<iyne. Old Eng. from engine,"] a fire-arm or weapon 
 which forcibly discharges a ball, shot, &c. through a cylindrical 
 barrel, by means of gunpowder. Great guns are generally called 
 cannon, and known likewise under the term of ordnance. Small 
 guns are such as are portable, and include muskets, musquetoons, 
 carbines, blunderbusses, fowling-pieces, &c. 
 
 GUNNEL, s. See Gu'nwale. 
 
 GU'NNER, s. a person who manages, and has the charge of, 
 the artillery of a ship, &c. Gunners, in the plural, are officers 
 employed in looking after and managing the ordnance mounted 
 on lines, batteries, or forts. 
 
 GU'NNERY, s. the science or art of using cannons and mor- 
 tars, in attacking and defending forts, ships, &c. 
 
 GU'NPOWDER, s. an explosive composition of saltpetre, sul- 
 phur, and charcoal, in certain proportions, formed into grains of 
 various degrees of fineness. It is fired by heat, or by a spark, 
 burns with intense rapidity, evolving a very great volume of va- 
 rious kinds of gas, whence arises its expansive force. 
 
 GU'NPOWDER PLOT, the name by which a scheme, formed 
 by some young and rash Romanist gentlemen, at the beginning 
 of the reign of James I. to blow up the king and both houses of 
 parliament by powder placed in the vaults beneath the house, 
 and which was betrayed and frustrated, is known. 
 
 GU'NSHOT, s. the' distance to which a ball can be shot out of 
 a gun. 
 
 GU'NSMITH, s. one who makes and sells guns. 
 
 GU'NSTOCK, s. the wood to which the barrel of a gun is fixed. 
 
 GU'NTER, EDMUND, a practical mathematician, whose in- 
 ventions have proved of great value in the arts, arising from the 
 application of mathematics. His scale, land-surveying chain, 
 &c. &c. are still in use. He discovered the variation of the mag- 
 netic needle. He was Gresham professor of astronomy, and died" 
 in 1626, aged 45 years. See Sliding Scale, &c. 
 
 GU'NWALE, or Gunnel of a Ship, s. that piece of timber 
 
GUT 
 
 which reaches on each side of the ship from the half deck to the 
 forecastle ; this is called the Gunwale, whether there be guns in 
 the ship or not. 
 
 GURGE, s. [gurges, Lat.] a whirlpool; a gulf. 
 
 GU'RGION, «. the coarser part of the meal sifted from the 
 bran. 
 
 To GU'RGLE, v. n. [gorgogliare, Ital.] to make a murmuring 
 sort of noise, like water poured out of a bottle, or a stream from 
 a fountain. 
 
 GU'RNARD, Gu'rnet, s. [gournal, Fr.] in Ichthyology, a kind 
 of sea-fish. 
 
 To GUSH, V. n. [gostelen, Belg.] to flow or rush out in a large 
 body ; to flow out in a large quantity, and with violence. 
 
 GUSH, s. a sudden, forcible, and large flowing of water, or 
 other fluid ; any thing poured out with a sudden and forcible 
 eruption. 
 
 GU'SSET, 5. [ffousset, Fr.] any thing sewed on cloth to strength- 
 en it; by sempstresses peculiarly applied to the triangular 
 pieces of cloth at the neck, under the arms, and at the openings 
 of the flaps of a shirt. 
 
 GUST, s. Igusto, Lat.] the sense of taste ; the height of sen- 
 sual enjoyment ; love, or liking ; turn of fancy ; peculiar taste 
 or genius; pleasure, caprice, or whim; a sudden violent blast 
 of wind ; a sudden burst of passion. 
 
 GU'STABLE, a. fit to be tasted ; the object of taste ; pleasant 
 to the taste. 
 
 GUSTATION, s. the act of tasting. 
 
 GUSTA'VUS, the name of four kings of Sweden. The Jirst, 
 commonly called Qustavus Vasa, delivered Sweden from the cruel 
 tyranny of the king of Denmark, after a period of toil and peril, 
 borne with rare courage, and enlivened by rarer romance in 
 his escapes. He was sprung from the ancient line of kings, and 
 was elected king by his grateful country. He died in 1560, aged 
 70 years, having reigned 33 years. The second, his grandson, 
 was the heroic Qustavus Adolphus. His first exploits were the 
 deliverance of Sweden from the king of Poland and the czar of 
 Russia, who had invaded it, and the addition of some valuable 
 territory to it. He then entered into the affairs of Europe, and 
 crossed the Baltic to join the Protestants in their thirty years' 
 struggle against Austria. He twice defeated Tilly, and in the 
 second battle that great general lost his life. Gustavus fell in 
 an attack on Wallenstein and the imperial forces, at Li'itzen, in 
 which the Swedish troops had the manifest advantage, in 1632, 
 aged 37 years, and having reigned 21. He was one of the true 
 kings, whose names render their age illustrious, and whose ap- 
 pearance and deeds mark the epochs in the history of mankind. 
 The third, was a good routine-monarch, who, to put down the 
 aristocracy, encouraged the people, and was too successful ; for 
 he provoked a conspiracy against him, and was assassinated in 
 1792, aged 46 years, having reigned 21. His son, the fourth, 
 was one of the weak obstinates, who are troublesome enough in 
 private life. He was seized with a fierce anti-Napoleon mania, 
 which rendered a revolution needful, and he, as Colonel Gustav- 
 son, and about £100 per annum, was sent out a wanderer in 
 Europe. He died in 1837, aged 59; and he reigned, from his 
 father's death till 1809, 17 years. 
 
 GU'STFUL, a. very agreeable or pleasant to the taste ; agree- 
 able to the mind. 
 
 GU'STO, s. [Ital.] the relish, flavour, or taste, which a thing 
 causes ; the power by which any thing excites a sensation in 
 the palate. Liking or prejudice, applied to the mind. 
 
 GU'STY, a. windy ; stormy. 
 
 To GUT, V. a, to take out the entrails of an animal. Figu- 
 ratively, to strip or plunder any thing completely. 
 
 GUTS, «. [kuttelu, Teut] the entrails. Figuratively, gluttony; 
 the inside of any thing, particularly the movements of a clock 
 or watch. 
 
 GU'TTA PE'RCHA, s. in the arts, a vegetable product import- 
 ed from Borneo, greatly resembling caoutchouc, but having no 
 essential oil in it. It is coloured and moulded (by being steeped 
 in hot water to soften it) into any shape, and so models, imi- 
 tations of carving, pannels for carriages, &c. &c. are made. Be- 
 side which it is made into driving-bands for machines, cables, 
 mats, nets, ropes, boots and shoes, &c. It is not acted on by 
 acids, fixed oils, grease, alkalies, nor water. And it never loses 
 its elasticity, but recovers its original form when reimmersed in 
 hot water. 
 
 GYP 
 
 GU'TTA SERE'NA, s. [Lat.] in Ophthalmic Surgery, a disease 
 of the nerves of the eye, producing total, and most usually in- 
 curable, blindness, without any defect being apparent. 
 
 GU'TTATED, a. [gutta, Lat.] besprinkled with drops; be- 
 dropped. 
 
 GU'TTENBERG, the inventor of movable types in printing, 
 was a partner of the famous Fust, at Mentz, and suffered great 
 injury at his hands and his fellow-townsmen's ; but he has had 
 awarded to him the praise and fame his great invention merits, 
 and so has gained a place amongst the highest of the benefac- 
 tors of mankind. He died in 1468, aged 68 years. 
 
 GU'TTER, s. Iguttur, Lat.] a passage for water, either on the 
 ground, or on the roofs of buildings. 
 
 To GU'TTER, v. a. to cut or wear into small channels or 
 hollows. 
 
 GU'TTULOUS, a. [guUula, Lat.] in the form of a small drop. 
 " In its guttulmis descent," Brown, 
 
 GUTTURAL, s. [guttur, Lat.] pronounced in the throat, 
 applied to some letters of the alphabet, as g, k, q. In Anatomy, 
 belonging to the throat. 
 
 GU'TTURALNESS,«. the quality of being sounded in, or be- 
 longing to, the throat. 
 
 GU'TTY, Gd'tte, a. [gutta, Lat.] in Heraldry, besprinkled 
 with drops. 
 
 GUY, s. in a ship, is a rope nsed for keeping off things from 
 bearing or falling against the ship's sides when they are 
 hoisted in. 
 
 GUY'ON, MADAME DE LA MOTHE, a celebrated French 
 quietist, or mystic religionist, whose life was a very disturbed 
 one ; being early widowed, she devoted herself to the practice 
 and preaching of her highly-strained piety, and was more than 
 once imprisoned by the royal order. Fenelon was her friend and 
 director. Some of her hymns have been beautifully rendered into 
 English by Cowper. She died in 1719, aged 71 years. 
 
 GUZERA'T, a province of Hindustan, lying on the Indian 
 Ocean, and bounded by Cutch, Agimere, Malwa, Candish, and 
 Dowlatabad. It consists of a wide plain, and a peninsula form- 
 ed by the Gulfs of Cambay and Cutch, and a marshy tract lying 
 between them inland. The peninsula is very hilly, but has some 
 highly cultivated parts, which, like the plain of Guzerat, have a 
 most fertile soil, are well watered, and yield abundantly all the 
 best grain, cotton, &c. &c. Ahmedabad is the capital ; Cambay 
 is a port ; and Diu, a Portuguese settlement. Ahmedabad 
 has a population of about 150,000. Cambay has about 50,000. 
 Other towns are similarly populated. 
 
 To GU'ZZLE, V. n. [from gust,'] to feed immoderately ; to swal- 
 low any liquor greedily. 
 
 GU'ZZLER, s. an immoderate eater or drinker. 
 
 GY'BING, s. the act of shifting any boom-sail from one side 
 of the mast to the other. 
 
 GYMNA'SIUM,s. yumnaston, Gr.'] in Grecian Antiquity, a 
 place fitted for performing exercises, both of the literal and ath- 
 letic kind ; a sort of school, wherein philosophers, rhetoricians, 
 and the professors of all other sciences, read their lectures ; and 
 wrestlers, fencers, dancers, &c. exercised their various talents, 
 for the diversion of the people. At the present time, the name 
 given to a sort of high school, in which youths are prepared for 
 universities. 
 
 GYMNA'STIC, a. [gumnastiJcos, Gr.] something relating or be- 
 longing to bodily exercise, such as wrestling, &c. 
 
 GYMNA'STICALLY, ad. athletically; fitly for strong ex- 
 ercise. 
 
 GY'MNIC, a. [yumnilms, Gr.] practising such exercises as re- 
 late to the body. 
 
 GYMNOSPE'RMOUS, a. [gumnossinA sperma, Gr.] having the 
 seeds naked. 
 
 GYMNO'TUS, s. in Natural History, the electrical eel, so called 
 from its similarity in form to an eel, and its singular power of 
 communicating at will a smart electrical shock to a short dis- 
 tance through the water: it stuns its prey so, and defends it- 
 self from attack. Professor Faraday has succeeded in obtaining 
 a spark from this fish, and otherwise demonstrating the com- 
 plete identity of its newer with electricity. 
 
 GYNECO'CRACY, s. Igune and kratos, Gr.] denotes the go- 
 vernment of women, or the state where women are capable of 
 the supreme command. 
 
 GY'PSIE, s. in Botany, a plant with indented serrated leaves, 
 3 H 417 
 
HAB 
 
 whitish blossoms, and a four-cornered stem ; called also water- 
 horchound. 
 
 GY'PSUM, in Mineralogy, the name for the common sulphate 
 of lime, or alabaster. Calcined, it is plaster of Paris, so much 
 used in the arts. It has recently been applied to some soils as a 
 manure, with great success. 
 
 GYRA'TION, s. Iffijro, Lat.] the act of turning any thing 
 about in a circle. 
 
 GYRE, s. a circle described by a thing going in an orbit. 
 
 To GYVE, V. a. to fetter or shackle ; to insnare. 
 
 GYVES, s. [gevyn, Brit.] fetters or chains consisting of two 
 links for the legs. 
 
 XT TpE eighth letter in our alphabet, is pronounced by a 
 •^-•-J strong expiration of the breath between the lips with the 
 tongue nearly approaching the palate, as appears in uttering the 
 words eat and heat, arm and haz-m, ear and hear, ell and hell. In 
 English, it is occasionally mute in the beginning of a word, as in 
 hour, heir; when it is followed by a consonant, it has no sound, as 
 in sight ; when it has c before it, it is sometimes dropped, the c being 
 pronounced hard, like a k, as in Christ, which the Saxons wrote 
 Crist, and in echo ; but this does not hold good always, for it is pro- 
 nounced in charity, church, &c. With w, it has different sounds, as 
 in who a.nA lohich. Whenever it follows p, it is sounded together 
 with it like an/, as Philip, &c. Among the ancients it was a nu- 
 meral letter, signifying 200 ; and wlien with a mark over it 
 thus H, 2000. 
 
 HA, interject. [Lat.] an instinctive expression of sudden wonder 
 or surprise. 
 
 HAA'RLEM, a city of Holland, standing on the Spaaren, and 
 strongly fortified. It has some fine old buildings, which altest 
 its former wealth and splendour ; and in the cathedral is the 
 organ, which, till late years, was the most gigantic and wonder- 
 ful instrument in the world. Its manufactures are yet of some 
 worth, but they show poorly in this age of manufacturing enter- 
 prise. Near it is a large shallow sheet of water, called the Lake 
 of Haarlem. It is about 10 miles from Amsterdam. Population, 
 about 2.5,000. Lat. 52. 23. N. Long. 4. 30. E. 
 
 HABA'KKUK, a Jewish prophet, who lived contemporane- 
 ously with Jeremiah, or perhaps with the earlier part of his pro- 
 phetic career. The book of Habakkuk's prophecies is very short, 
 but of a very simple and exquisite construction. The prophet 
 bewails the condition of the Jewish nation, and receives the as- 
 surance that deliverance shall be achieved at the fitting time. 
 After another prayer, follows a highly poetical description of the 
 appearance of God for the rescue of his people, concluding with 
 the expression of profound trust in God on the part of the pro- 
 phet. The story of Habakkuk's being carried to relieve Daniel 
 when in the lions' den, in Babylon, contained in that portion of 
 the Book of Daniel remanded to the Apocrj-pha, is completely 
 apocryphal, being self-confuted. 
 
 HA'BEAS CO'RPUS, s. [Lat.] in Law, a writ which a man 
 may have out of the Queen's Bench, to remove himself thither 
 at his own expense, to answer at the bar there, when indicted 
 or imprisoned for a crime before justices of the peace, or a fran- 
 chise court, after having offered sufficient bail, which is refused, 
 though the case be bailable. 
 
 HA'BERDASHER, s. one who sells small wares, such as 
 pins, needles, &c. 
 
 HA'BERDINE, s. a dried salt cod. 
 
 HABE'RGEON, {haUrjon) s. [haubergeon, Fr.] armour to 
 cover the neck and breast ; a breast-plate ; a neck-piece ; a coat 
 of mail. 
 
 HABPLIMENT, s. [habiliment, Fr.] dress; clothes. 
 
 HABILITA'TION, s. qualification. 
 
 HA'BIT, s. [habitus, Lat.] the state of any thing, as, " habit 
 of body ;" dress or clothes ; a power and ability of doing any 
 thing, acquired by frequent repetition of the same action ; cus- 
 tom ; inveterate use ; or a strong inclination to perform any par- 
 ticular action. 
 
 To HA'BIT, V. a. to dress or clothe. 
 
 HA'BITABLE, a. [habito, Lat.] that is or may be dwelt in. 
 
 HA'BITABLENESS, s. the quality which renders a place pro- 
 per for the residence of any animal. 
 418 
 
 HAD 
 
 HABITANT, s. a dweller in a place, 
 
 HABITATION, s. the act of dwelling in a place; a place 
 wherein a person resides. 
 
 HABITUAL, a, [Jiabituel, Fr.] customary; established by 
 frequent practice and repetition. 
 
 HABITUALLY, ad. by custom ; by habit or frequent practice. 
 
 To HABITUATE, v. a. [habituer, Fr.] to accustom ; to use 
 oneself by frequent repetition. 
 
 HA'BrrUDE, s. [habitudo, Lat.] relation or respect ; the state 
 of a thing with regard to something else. Familiarity, converse, 
 intimacy, followed hyrcith. Custom, habit, or the frequent and 
 uninterrupted practice of the same thing. 
 
 To HACK, V. a. [hacmi. Sax.] to cut or chop into small pieces 
 by frequent and unskilful blows. Figuratively, to speak or 
 pronounce improperly. 
 
 HA'CKER, FRANCIS, a distinguished officer in the parlia- 
 ment's army during the civil war of the 17th century, to whom 
 was committed the ordering and attending to the execution of 
 Charles I. During Cromwell's Scotch campaign he did good 
 service in putting down the Moss-troopers. He maintained his 
 republicanism through Cromwell's protectorate, attempted to 
 raise a regiment in its behalf in the last year of the common- 
 wealth, and fell in 1660, on the scaffold, as a regicide. Ho was 
 one of the sternly resolute religious men of that day, whose 
 doings are so strange in the eyes of most men now. A man of' 
 few words, and those not always pleasant; but of deeds not 
 to be misinterpreted by any that at all enter into the spirit 
 of his age. 
 
 HA'CKET, BISHOP, one of the English dignitaries during 
 the troubled period of the 17th century. He was a good scholar, 
 and a tolerably resolute churchman. During the common- 
 wealth he got imprisoned ; but was amply repaid by the see of 
 Lichfield after the Restoration. He repaired the cathedral at 
 his own expense, for it had been greatly damaged during the 
 siege of that city by the parliament; and for this his piety he 
 is, of some, had in everlasting remembrance. He died in 1670, 
 aged 78 years. 
 
 HA'CKLE, «. raw silk, or any filmy or fibrous substance 
 unspun. 
 
 To HA'CKLE, V. a. to dress flax. 
 
 HA'CKNEY, s. {hacknai, Brit.] a horse let out for hire; a two- 
 horsed carriage, let on hire in the streets. Figuratively, any 
 thing let for hire; one who writes for hire; anything that is 
 trite or used in common. 
 
 To HA'CKNEY, v. a. to use a thing very frequently ; to ac- 
 custom to the road. 
 
 HA'CKNEY, Middlesex. One of the suburbs of the metropo- 
 lis. Pop. 55,708. See London. 
 
 HAD, the preter. and past part, of To ILive. 
 
 HA'DDINGTON, Haddingtonshire, or East Lothian, Scot- 
 land. It consists of four streets, which inter.sect each other at 
 right angles. It is surrounded with the seats of the nobility and 
 gentry, and there are the ruins of a magnificent church. It is 
 seated on the river Tyne. It is 16 miles E. of Edinburgh. It is 
 the county town ; and here John Knox was born. Pop. 5452. 
 
 HA'DDINGTONSHIRE, or East Lothian, a county of Scot- 
 land, lying on the Frith of Forth and the German Ocean, and 
 bounded by the counties of Edinburgh and Berwick. It is 
 about 25 miles long, and 15 miles broad. The land is in many 
 places doubly productive, affording immense quantities of coal, 
 while rich crops of corn are raised on its surface. The southern 
 part of the county, comprehending the N. side of Lammermuir 
 Hills, is very hilly. These high grounds, however, feed vast 
 numbers of sheep. On the sea-coast are several harbours and 
 fishing towns ; salt is made in many places, and there are some 
 other smaller manufactures. The only river is the Tyne. Pop. 
 35,886. It returns two members to parliament. 
 
 HADDOCK, s. [hadot, Fr.] in Natural History, a sea-fish of 
 the cod kind, but smaller. 
 
 HA'DLEIGH, Suffolk. It is tolerably well built, and large 
 quantities of 3'arn are still spun here for the Norwich manufac- 
 ture ; formerly it had a considerable woollen manufacture. It 
 is seated on the river Preston. It is 64 miles from London. 
 Markets, Monday and Saturday for corn, provisions, &c. Pop. 
 
 HADRIA'NUS, ^LIUS, the successor of Trajan in the Ro-' 
 man empire. It was reported that he had been adopted by 
 
HAH 
 
 Trajan, and he proved himself a worthy follower of that great 
 priiiee. He withdrew from the conquered territories of the last 
 reign ; and kept the empire to its old limits, the Rhine, the Da- 
 nube, the Euphrates, &c. The Jewish insurrection under Bar- 
 chochebas happened in this reign; and in consequence of this 
 the name of Jerusalem was changed to ^lia Capitolina,and the 
 place thoroughly Romanized. Hadrian made a progress through 
 his dominions, and endeavoured to maintain order and justice. 
 He acted in most respects as well as he knew, and sought the 
 welfare of the empire. During the latter part of his reign, age 
 and illness made him cruel, but his adopted son mitigated this 
 as far as he could. He died in 138, aged G2 years, and having 
 reigned 21. 
 
 H^'MORRHAGE, s. [haima and rhen, Gr.] in Surgery and 
 Medicine, a violent discharge of blood, from a ruptured or wound- 
 ed vessel. 
 
 H^'JIORRHOIDS, s. in Surgery, veins turgid with blood, 
 forming tumours in the rectum, having ruptured its lining mem- 
 brane ; the piles or emerods. 
 
 H^IMORRHOI'DAL, a. belonging to the piles, or resembling 
 that disease. 
 
 HA'FIZ, MOHAMMED SCHEMSEDDIN, a celebrated Per- 
 sian poet of the 14th century-. His poems are lyrical, and in 
 praise of love and wine ; which being somewhat heterodox in 
 the apprehension of the true believers, are expounded figurative- 
 ly, or typically, to mean other things. The poet's life expounded 
 them literally enough. They have great poetic beauty and ani- 
 mation. He died in 1389. He may be tasted by means of Sir 
 William Jones's and other English versions of some of his songs. 
 
 HAFT, s. [haft. Sax. heft, Belg.] a handle ; that part of any 
 instrument by which it is held in the hand. 
 
 HAG, s. \hagn, Brit.] a fury, or spirit of a deformed or terrible 
 aspect ; a witch or enchantress ; an old ugly woman. 
 
 To HAG, V. a. to haunt; to torment; to possess or harass 
 with vain terror; to bewitch. 
 
 HAGGA'I, one of the later Jewish prophets, who fulfilled his 
 mission during the perplexed and discouraging events imme- 
 diately following the return from the Babylonish captivity. His 
 work was shared by Zechariah, and it seems they did not la- 
 bour in vain. The writings left by him are very brief, and con- 
 sist of an impressive remonstrance with the people for being 
 disheartened in their work of restoring the temple, and a glowing 
 promise of the superior glory that was preparing for that house, 
 above the one that had been destroyed. He flourished about 
 520 B. c. 
 
 HA'GGARD, a. [Fr.] wild or irreclaimable ; lean ; rugged ; 
 ugly; wildly disordered.— s. in Falconry, a species of hawk. 
 
 HA'GGARDLY, ad. deformedly ; ugly ; like a hag. 
 
 HA'GGISS, s. a mess of meat, chopped small, enclosed in a 
 membrane, and boiled. 
 
 HA'GGISH,«. likeahag; deformed; horrid. 
 
 To HA'GGLE, v. a. [corrupted from hack, or Juiclcle,'] to cut, 
 chop, or mangle.— f. n. to be tedious in a bargain, or long before 
 setting the price. 
 
 HA'GGLER, s. one that mangles in cutting; one that is slow 
 in bargaining. 
 
 HAGIO'GRAPHA, s. [agios and grapho, Gr.] a name given to 
 a part of the books of the Old Testament, (viz. Ruth, Chroni- 
 cjes, Ezra, Nehemiah, Esther, Job, Psalms, Proverbs, Eccle- 
 siastes. Canticles, the Lamentations, and Daniel,) by the Jew- 
 ish commentators. 
 
 HAGI0;GRAPHER, {hagidm-afer,) s. an inspired writer. 
 
 HAGUE, (Ifilg,) a town of Holland. It is not fortified, and is 
 called a village, and yet it may compare with the handsomest 
 towns or cities in Europe, with regard to its extent, the number 
 and beauty of its palaces, its streets, its agreeable walks, and 
 its great trade, especially in books. The greatest part of the 
 houses have the appearance of palaces. It is seated three miles 
 from the sea, and there is a pavement across the Downs, with 
 trees on each side. The stadtholder, or governor of the country, 
 generally resided here. It is the place where the states-general 
 assemble, and here the foreign ministers are admitted to audi- 
 ence ; and here also the supreme courts of justice are held. It is 
 30 miles from Amsterdam. Pop. about 00,000. Lat. 52. 4. N. 
 Long. 4. 10. E. 
 
 HA'HNEMANN, DR. SAMUEL, the originator of the homceo- 
 pathic school of medicine. He was well instructed in all the 
 
 customary elements of a liberal and medical education ; and 
 having completed his course of study, he practised in various 
 parts of Germany. Being of an inquiring disposition, the em- 
 pirical state of medical science coulcf not but distress him ; and 
 from a happy thought respecting the effect of bark on a healthy 
 subject, he gradually evolved his new system. He had to ex- 
 perience the usual fate of innovators and disturbers of vested 
 Ignorance, but he obtained in his native land, and in Paris, 
 where medicine has always been most assiduously cultivated, 
 many followers. Sober England, without knowing the princi- 
 ple of his scheme, has almost contemptuously rejected it, shock- 
 ed, it appears, by the small quantities of drugs, &c. administered, 
 according to its formulas. Hahnemann died in 1843, aged 88 
 years. See Hom(eopathy. 
 
 HAIL, s. [hagel. Sax.] drops of rain congealed into ice. These 
 icy fragments are sometimes very large and irregularly formed, 
 and sometimes they have a kernel of a different kind of ice. 
 They are one of the atmospheric phenomena dependent on pecu- 
 liar electrical action, by which the temperature of strata of air is 
 rendered very strongly different. 
 
 To HAIL, V. n. to pour down hail. 
 
 HAIL, interject, [hoel. Sax.] a term of salutation, wherein we 
 wish health to a person. It is used at present only in poetry. 
 
 To HAIL, V. a. [haletan. Sax.] to salute ; to call to, applied to 
 the manner in which ships address each other. 
 
 HAI'LSHAM, Sussex. It is 58 miles from London. Market, 
 Saturday. Pop. 1586. 
 
 HAPLSHOT, s. small shot scattered like hail. 
 
 HAI'LSTONE, s. a particle or single ball of hail. 
 
 HAPLSTORM, s. a sharp shower of hail, such as frequently 
 occurs in June and July, or during thunder-storms. 
 
 HAPLY, a. consisting of hail. 
 
 HAINA'N, an island lying on the S. of China, not 20 miles 
 distant from it, forming the E. side to the Gulf of Tonquin. It 
 is about 200 mileg long, and 120 or more in breadth. It has 
 lofty, forest-covered mountains in the central region, but nearer 
 the shores are fertile plains and valleys. The grain, fruits, and 
 other vegetable products of these parts are yielded copiously. 
 Population, about 1,000,000. Its capital is Kyung-tcheou-fou. 
 
 HAPNAULT, a province of Belgium, bounded by E. and W. 
 Flanders, S. Brabant, and Namur. It is about 55 miles in length, 
 and 48 in breadth. Its surface is tolerably level, and its chief 
 rivers are the Scheldt, the Sambre, the Haine, &c. It is quite 
 agricultural, and fairly productive. But it has manufactories also, 
 and is rich in coal, freestone, &c. Population, about 600,000. 
 Mons is the capital. 
 
 HAIR, s. [h(sr, Sax.] in Physiology, the fine filamentary pro- 
 cesses forming the external covering of almost all animals and 
 plants. In animals the hairs are bulbous, and receive their co- 
 lour from the oily fluid they draw from the skin. In plants, they 
 are intimately connected with the cuticle, and are called lym- 
 phatic, or glandular, according to their structure. Figurative- 
 ly, any space very small. 
 
 HAI'RBELL, Ha'rebell, s. in Botany, a species of the hya- 
 cinthus, or scilla, of Linnaeus, very common in the woods and 
 hedges of England, and flowers in May. 
 
 HAPRBREADTH, s. a very small breadth ; the width of a hair. 
 
 HAPRCLOTH, s. stuff woven of horse-hair. 
 
 HAPRGRASS, s. in Botany, a genus of grasses, of which 
 there are several species. They flower in July and August. 
 
 HAPRINESS, s. the state of being covered or overgrown 
 with hair. 
 
 HAPRLACE, s. a fillet or band with which women tie up 
 their hair. 
 
 HAPRLESS, a. without hair ; bald. 
 
 HAPRMOSS, s. in Botany, the polytrichium, of which three 
 are native in England. 
 
 HAI'RY, a. overgrown or covered with hair; consisting of or 
 resembling hair. 
 
 HA'LBERT, Ha'lberd, (haiilbeit) s. [halebarde.Fr.] a lon^ pole 
 armed at one end with a broad spearhead, carried by Serjeants 
 of foot. 
 
 HA'LCYON, {hdhyon) s. [Lat. from ah and htiarm, Gr.] in Old 
 Fable, the name of the kingfisher. 
 
 HA'LCYON, {hdkyon) a. peaceful; quiet ; undisturbed ; with- 
 out tumult or violence. "His halcyon days brought forth the 
 arts of peace," Denham. 
 
 3 H 2 419 
 
HAL 
 
 HALE, a. healthy, sound, or hearty; of a good or fresh com- 
 plexion. 
 
 To HALE, (haul) v. a. [halen, Belg. hahr, Fr.] to drag by 
 force ; to pull violently. 
 
 HALE, SIR MATTHEW, a very eminent English judge, of 
 the 17th century. He studied the law in the best schools, 
 and appears in the Assembly of Divines, whence it would seem 
 that he had gained some distinction. He endeavoured to steer 
 an even course through that difficult period, and acted as a 
 judge under Cromwell, resorting to Jesuitical subterfuge either 
 then or subsequently to justify it. He accepted office and 
 knighthood at the Restoration, and was finally chief justice of 
 the King's Bench. He died in 1676, aged 76 years. He has 
 always enjoyed a high reputation for his legal knowledge and 
 for piety. His writings bear out the former; but his time- 
 serving conduct, more than his superstition, casts a shade over 
 the latter. 
 
 HA'LER, (hauler) s. he who pulls or drags by force. 
 
 HA'LESWORTH, Suffolk. It is situated on a neck of land 
 
 between two branches of the river Blyth, which i 
 from hence to Southwold for barges, that pass thre,e or four 
 times a week with corn, &c. for the London markets. It is 101 
 miles from London. Market, Tuesday. Pop. 2662. 
 
 HALF, (the / is often not sounded,) s. plural halves; [healf. 
 Sax.] one of two parts into which a thing is equally divided. In 
 Composition, it signifies imperfection. 
 
 HALF, ad. in part, or equally. 
 
 HA'LF-BLOOD, s. one who has but one parent the same with 
 another person. 
 
 HA'LF-BLOODED, a. mean; cowardly; base-born. 
 
 HA'LF-MOON, s. the moon when at quadratures ; any thing 
 in the figure of a half-moon. 
 
 HA'LFORD, SIR HENRY, an eminent court physician to four 
 of our raonarchs. He owed his high standing as much to his pro- 
 fessional knowledge as to his wealth and connexions. His trac- 
 tates contain much that is valuable for medical students, and 
 evince both reading and observation. He died in 1844, aged 78 
 years. 
 
 HA'LFPENNY, (hdpenny ; plural halfpence, pronounced hd- 
 pence) s. a copper coin, of which two make a penny. 
 
 HA'LF-PIKE, s. the small pike carried by officers. 
 
 HA'LF-SIGHTED, a, seeing imperfectly ; having weak dis- 
 cernment. 
 
 HA'LF-SWORD, a. close fight ; within half the length of a 
 sword. 
 
 HA'LF-WAY, ad. in the middle. 
 
 HA'LF-WIT, s. a blockhead ; one who vainly affects to be 
 thought a wit ; a silly fellow. 
 
 HA'LF-WITTED, a. of dull or imperfect understanding. 
 
 HA'LIBUT, s. in Cookery, a delicious sort offish. 
 
 HA'LIFAX, Yorkshire, W. Riding. It is seated on a branch 
 of the river Calder, rendered navigable to the Air and Ouse. 
 The principal manufactures are shalloons, tammies, duroys, 
 kerseys, baizes, &c. The Piece Hall, or Market House, is a very 
 elegant new structure of stone, in the form of an oblong square. 
 The parish is very large, comprising several townships, having 
 a population of 130,743. It is 197 miles from London. Market, 
 Saturday. Pop. 19,881. 
 
 HA'LIFAX, the principal town and seat of government of 
 Nova Scotia, N. America. It is seated on the W. side of Che- 
 bucto Bay, in a healthful country, which is greatly improved of 
 late years, and has the appearance of fertility and cultivation, 
 but is subject to fogs. l( has a large, safe, and commodious 
 harbour, affording shelter to the largest fleets, and an excellent 
 naval yard for repairing ships of war. The town is defended by 
 an intrenchment and forts of timber. It is advantageously 
 situated for the fishery. Lat. 44. 44. N. Long. 63. 30. W. 
 
 HA'LIM ASS, s. the feast of All Souls. 
 
 HALI'TUOUS, a. [halitus, Lat.] vaporous ; fumous. 
 
 HALL, (hauU) s. [hal. Sax. halle, Belg.] a court of justice ; a 
 manor-house, so called, because formerly courts were held in it 
 for tenants ; the public room of a corporation ; the entrance 
 room of a house. 
 
 HALL, JOSEPH, bishop of Norwich in the beginning of the 
 17th century. He was an earnest-minded man and pious, but 
 not in harmony with the church of his time; wherefore it was 
 his lot to be suspected equally by Laud and by the anti-pre- 
 
 H AL 
 
 latists, who had too good reasons for distrusting bishops. He 
 was one of the insane redactors of the famous protest against 
 the validity of all measures passed in the compulsory absence of 
 the bishops from the House of Lords, which marked him as the 
 fair prize of the victorious party. He endured hard measure, as 
 he .said, at their hands. He died in 1656, aged 82 years. Se- 
 veral of his works have become very well known of late by cheap 
 reprints ; his Contemplations especially. 
 
 HALL, ROBERT, one of the most eloquent preachers Eng- 
 land ever produced. He was a Baptist minister, and the son of 
 a Baptist minister; and having studied at Bristol and Aberdeen, 
 he successively occupied the post of minister at Bristol, Cam- 
 bridge, Leicester, and Bristol again. He was a martyr to a most 
 extraordinary calculus during the latter years of his life ; and 
 earlier, he was twice incapacitated for his labours by attacks of 
 mental derangement. His scholarship was considerable; and 
 he had all he knew under control, so that he was never at a loss 
 for argument or illustration, either to confute or to vindicate, 
 either in preaching or conversation. His power of expression 
 was most complete, and a deep vein of humour might be dis- 
 cerned running through some of his most serious, as well as his 
 more trivial sayings. His works have been collected and pub- 
 lished in 6 vols, by Dr. Gregory. He died in 1831, aged 67 
 years. 
 
 HALL, CAPTAIN BASIL, a naval officer, who superadded 
 to a very respectable professional reputation, that of an in- 
 genious and acute observer, both in scientific subjects, and the 
 more universally interesting subjects of men and manners ; and 
 an agreeable writer. It was his lot to visit many parts of the 
 earth to which neither adventure nor commerce often take 
 men ; and what he saw, he has recorded in his various publica- 
 tions. He died in 1844, aged 56 years. 
 
 HA'LLE, a town of Prussia. It stands on the Saale. As a 
 trading place it is known chiefly for its salt works. In the lite- 
 rary world it stands reputably, because of its university, which 
 is subordinate to Wittemburg. And in the Christian world it 
 has a distinguished place, as the cradle of the second German 
 Reformation, and the seat of Francke's Orphan House. Its po- 
 pulation is about 20,000. Lat. 51. 28. N. Long. 11. 58. E. 
 
 HALLELU'JAH, (the/ is pron. like ani vowel, ory,) s. [Heb.] 
 a song of praise or thanksgiving; also, an exhortation signify- 
 ing. Praise ye the Lord. 
 
 HA'LLER, ALBERT VON, an eminent Swiss physician of 
 the last century. He was distinguished by extraordinary preco- . 
 city in learning the classical languages ; and studied medicine 
 at Tubingen, Leyden, and Paris. He was for about 17 years 
 professor of surgery, &c. at Gottingen, and afterwards returned 
 to his native place, Berne, where he received the highest 
 honour, and died in 1777, aged 09 years. The greatest service 
 which he rendered to his science was in the department of phy- 
 siology, which he first treated in the spirit of the Baconian phi- 
 losophy. His writings are numerous, and some of them are yet 
 of ^'alue. 
 
 HA'LLEY, EDMUND, a distinguished mathematician and 
 astronomer of England, in the time of Newton. His life was 
 most active and laborious, and his discoveries almost wholly 
 made by observation, although he was so skilful a mathema- 
 tician that he was intrusted by Newton with the publication of 
 his immortal work. He observed and catalogued the stars of 
 the S. hemisphere, at St. Helena; went as ambassador from the 
 Roj'al Society to Dantzig to meet Helvetius ; travelled through 
 Europe ; made a voyage as captain of a ship to observe the va- 
 riation of the compass ; surveyed the Dalmatic coast of the Gulf 
 of Venice, for the emperor of Germany ; and occupied suc- 
 cessively the Savilian professor's chair at Oxford, and the post of 
 astronomer royal. The discovery which made his name most 
 popular, was the period of the great comet, which was seen last 
 in 1835 : other astronomical discoveries he made, but they were 
 of a very refined and subtle kind, which were the first proofs of 
 the correctness of Newton's theory of gravitation, the law of 
 which Halley had guessed at before he knew the great astrono- 
 mer. Beside these his inquiries were directed to the variation 
 of the compass, the trade-winds, the barometer, the diving-bell, 
 &c. &c. His works are numerous, and valuable in the history of 
 astronomy. His character also deserved and received its share' 
 of praise. He died in 1742, aged 86 years. 
 
 HA'LLIARDS, s. a sea term for those ropes by which all the 
 
HAM 
 
 yards of a ^eat ship are hoisted up, except the crossjack and 
 the sprit-sail yard, which are always slung; but in small craft 
 the sprit-sail yard has Halliards. 
 
 HALLOO', interject, a word of encouragement or enticement 
 when dogs arc let loose at their game. 
 
 To HALLOO', V. n. [haler, Fr.] to make a cry or noise after a 
 person, alluding to that made after dogs ; to chase or persecute 
 with a noise ; to call or shout to. 
 
 To HA'LLOVV, {hallo) v. a. [halgian. Sax.] to consecrate, make 
 holy, or dedicate to some religious use ; to reverence and esteem 
 as holy. 
 
 HALLUCINATION, s. [hallucinor, Lat.] an error, blunder, or 
 mistake, owing to folly. 
 
 HALM, s. (hawm) straw ; or the stalks of beans and peas. 
 
 HA'LMOT, Ha'umot, (haulmute, haulimote) s. an old law- 
 term, signifying a court baron, or a meeting of the tenants of 
 the same manor, in which differences between them are deter- 
 mined ; it was likewise called Folkmote, or a meeting of the 
 citizens in their common hall. 
 
 HA'LO, s. [halos, Gr.] a meteor in the form of a luminous or 
 prismatic ring, appearing round the sun, moon, or stars ; occa- 
 sioned by the interposition of a light mist or cloud. 
 
 HA'LSTED, or Ha'lsteao, Essex. It has a considerable manu- 
 facture of bejs and seys. It is pleasantly situated on a rising 
 f round near the river Colne. It is 4G miles from London, 
 larket, Friday, noted for corn. Pop. 5710. 
 
 To HALT, (Jmult) V. n. [healtan. Sax,] to limp, or be lame ; 
 to stop in a march, applied to an army. To hesitate ; to be du- 
 bious which of two opinions to prefer. 
 
 HALT, (hault) a. l/iealte. Sax.] lame or crippled^ 
 
 HALT, (hault) s. the act of limping, or the manner in which a 
 person walks who is lame ; a stop in a march. 
 
 HA'LTER, (haiiUer) s, one who limps oris lame. 
 
 HA'LTER, {haHlter) s. \heaistre. Sax.] a rope, peculiarly ap- 
 plied to that which is put round a criminal's neck when he is to 
 be banged. 
 
 To HA'LTER, (haulter) v. a. to bind with a strong cord ; to 
 catch in a noose, alluding to that made in a rope with which 
 criminals are hanged. 
 
 HA'LTON, or Hau'lton, Cheshire. It is situated on a hill, near 
 a navigable canal, which communicates with the inland navi- 
 gations. It is 180 miles from London. Market, Saturday. Pop. 
 1397. 
 
 HA'LTWHISTLE, Northumberland. It stands in a lofty 
 situation, and has a small manufactory of baize. It is 315 miles 
 from London. Market, Thursday. Pop. 4G55. 
 
 To HALVE, V. a. [from half,] to divide into two equal parts. 
 
 HAM, s. [Sax.] the lowermost and hindermost part of the 
 thigh, adjoining to the knee, in a human creature. In Cookery, 
 the thigh of a hog or bear salted and dried. In the names of 
 places, the syllable ham, whether initial or final, is the same as 
 the Saxon hame, or home, a house, farm, or village. 
 
 HA'MADRYADS, in Heathen Mythology, rural deities, or 
 nymphs, who were supposed to be born and to die with particu- 
 lar trees, over whose growth, &c. they presided. 
 
 To HA'MBLE, v. a. to hamstring, or cut the sinews of the 
 thigh. 
 
 HA'MBURG, the largest of the free cities of Germany. It is 
 seated on the Elbe, ancT is strongly fortified. The chief part of 
 the town resembles the Dutch towns in its style of building, &c., 
 but the new part is laid out according to a more modern ta^te. 
 Theprincipal building is St, Michael's church, which is very fine. 
 It abounds in institutions for charitable and educational pur- 
 poses, and has a very superb library. Its trade is unlimited, 
 and is confined to no region in the world. Us territory stretches 
 from the Elbe to Denmark, and comprises some other spots de- 
 tached from it, amongst which, the most important is Cuxhaven 
 on the German Ocean. The harbour there and its own docks are 
 verj' extensive. Public walks are laid out on the ramparts, 
 which add much to the appearance of the city. Its constitution 
 resembles those of the Italian republics of the middle ages, where 
 there was a quasi-aristocracy, above the mass of the citizens. 
 The population of the town and territory is about 150,000, 
 Lat. 53, 32, N. Long. 9. 58. E. 
 
 HAME, «. [Aama, Sax.] the collar by which a horse draws in 
 a waggon. 
 
 HA'MILCAR, the greatest Carthaginian general before the 
 
 HAM 
 
 rise of Hannibal, his son. When the war first broke out, be was 
 enabled by his fleet to annoy the Romans by incessant incur- 
 sions on all parts of their territories, but the building of the first 
 Roman fleet put an end to that predatory kind of warfare, and a 
 great defeat brought that war to an end. Hamilcar afterwards 
 prosecuted the conquests of Carthage in Spain, and fell in bat- 
 tle there in 229 b. c, 
 
 HA'MILTON, Lanarkshire, Scotland. It is a very pretty, neat 
 town ; and near it the Duke of Hamilton has a very magnificent 
 palace and large park. It is seated on the river Clyde, and is 
 about 30 miles from Edinburgh. Pop. 10,862. 
 
 HA'MILTON, a town of New York, United States, seated on 
 the Chenango river, where is a flourishing Baptist college. It is 
 335 miles from Washington. Pop. 3738. There are 18 other 
 places in the States bearing this name. 
 
 HA'MILTON, GAVIN, a Scottish historical painter of the last 
 century. He painted a series of pictures illustrating the Iliad, 
 He made excavations, and discovered many lost works of Roman 
 and Grecian art in various parts of Italy, especially in the Tibur- 
 tine villa of Hadrian, Most of the best collections of ancient 
 sculptures, as the Museo-Pio-Clementano at Rome, the Townley 
 Gallery at the British Museum, and others in Russia, Germany, 
 &c., owe some of their best specimens to his indefatigable labours. 
 He died in 1797, from anxiety, when the French took possses- 
 sion of Rome. 
 
 HA'MILTON, SIR WILLIAM, a distinguished naturalist and 
 collector of Etruscan antiquities, owed his enjoyment of the fa- 
 vour of George HI., perhajps, to his mother's having been the 
 royal nurse. He was the English ambassador at Naples during 
 the latter part of the last century, where he had abundant op- 
 portunity of prosecuting his favourite studies. He published 
 his observations on that richly interesting and varied volcanic 
 region : the British' Museum contains his superb collection of 
 Etruscan vases, &c. Other works and papers written by him 
 evince considerable learning, taste, and observation. He died 
 in 1803, aged 73. His name has obtained a lamentable notoriety 
 by means of his second wife, the infamous Lady Hamilton, who 
 so nearly obscured the lustre of Nelson's memory; who in the 
 course of her life experienced every vicissitude which a beautiful 
 but abandoned woman could know. 
 
 HA'MILTON, PATRICK, the first Scotch reformer and mar- 
 tyr. He belonged to a noble family, and, attracted by some of 
 Luther's writings, sought instruction in the new way from Lu- 
 ther himself. On his return to Scotland, he was made abbot of 
 Feme, and taught the doctrines of the Reformation ; for which 
 he was seized by Cardinal Beaton, and burnt to death in 1527, 
 aged but 24 years. 
 
 HA'MILTON, JAMES, DUKE OF, a Scotch nobleman, who, 
 in the civil wars of the 17th century, played a distinguished part, 
 and lost his life. His first appearance in any prominence was as 
 attempting to prevent the junction of the Scotch and English 
 anti-roj'alists ; failing in which, he was imprisoned by Charles. 
 The parliament released him, and he raised an army to attempt 
 the rescue of the king from the Independents, but was utterly 
 defeated at Preston, taken, retaken, and finally beheaded in 
 1649, aged 43 years. His brother William, who succeeded to 
 his title, pursued a similar course, and fell at Worcester fight 
 in 1G51. 
 
 HA'MILTON, ELIZABETH, a literary English lady, author 
 of many works replete with good sense and information, whose 
 Cottagers of Glenburnie has made her name widely known. She 
 died in 1816, aged 58 years. 
 
 HA'MILTON, ALEXANDER, a distinguished soldier and 
 statesman of America during the war of Independence. He 
 fought during the whole war, and was greatly trusted, though 
 but a youth, by Washington. He afterwards practised as a bar- 
 rister, became a member of congress, edited a paper, and was 
 commander-in-chief on Washington's death. He fell in a duel 
 with Colonel Burr, in 1804, aged 47 years. 
 
 HAMILTO'NIAN SYSTEM, s. a scheme for teaching the lan- 
 guages, invented by one James Hamilton of Dublin, useful for 
 conversational and trivial purposes, but not further, there being 
 no royal road to learning now, any more than in Edward VI.'s 
 time. Interlinear translations are the chief part of the appa- 
 ratus employed. 
 
 HA'MLET, 8. [diminutive of hame, Sax.] a little village. 
 
 HA'MMER, s, [Sax.] an instrument consisting of an iron 
 
 421 
 
fiAM 
 
 head and long handle, by which metals are forged, nails, &c. 
 are driven. 
 
 To HA'MMER, v. a. to beat, forge, or drive with a hammer. 
 
 HA'MMERER, s. one who works with a hammer. 
 
 HA'MMERSMITH, Middlesex. It stands on the Thames, 
 over which it has a suspension bridge, and is pretty large, and 
 full of handsome houses. It is 5 miles from London. Popula- 
 tion, 17,018. 
 
 HA'MMOCK, s. [/mmaen, Sax.] a swinging bed, suspended by 
 cords fixed on hooks, used on board ship. 
 
 HA'MMOND, HENRY, styled by the Oxford divines. Pres- 
 byter and Confessor, and regarded by that school as one of the 
 firm maintainers of church principles in England. He obtained 
 preferment before the civil war, and fell into the hands of the par- 
 liament, who imprisoned him in the year before Charles's execu- 
 tion. Bein^ soon liberated, as not very dangerous, he spent the 
 rest of his life in theological and polemical authorship, and died 
 shortly before the Restoration, in 1660, aged 5-5 years. His 
 Commentaries are his chief work, and they show the elaborate 
 and learned jejuneness of one who placed all his confidence in 
 the forms of his faith and ecclesiastical regimen. 
 
 HA'MPDEN, JOHN, one of the greatest patriots of English 
 story, the cousin of Oliver Cromwell, the first open opponent of 
 Charles I.'s arbitrary rule, and the most illustrious martyr of the 
 war of liberty. He was a Buckinghamshire gentleman, well 
 educated, and sat in all Charles's parliaments. He sided ^vith 
 Pym and the patriot party ; and when ship-money was levied, 
 refused payment, for which he was tried, and though defeated, 
 the stir occasioned prevented the repetition of those unjust and 
 illegal imposts. He was once imprisoned by Charles, in breach 
 of his parliamentary privilege ; and was one of the five members, 
 to seize whom the infatuated king violated all parliamentary 
 privileges at once. He entered most heartily into the parlia- 
 ment's cause at the outbreak of the war, and concurred in Crom- 
 well's great plans respecting its conduct. But he lived not to 
 see the vision realized, being killed in a skirmish on Chalgrove 
 Field, near the spot where he set his banner of revolt against 
 the royal tyranny, in 1643, aged 49 years. His early removal 
 from the deadly strife has secured for him a fairer estimation at 
 the hands of those who have recorded the history of the struggle, 
 than they have received on whom rested the severer burden of 
 prosecuting to the consummation the objects which Hampden, 
 equally with them, devoted his life to. He was of a beautiful 
 and noble spirit, but his constitutional theories would have little 
 fitted him to share or sympathize with the original part his 
 great cousin had to play in the later period of the Puritan revo- 
 lution. 
 
 HA'MPER, s. a large covered wicker basket, used for carriage. 
 
 To HA'MPER, V. a. to entangle, or to embarrass, so as to hin- 
 I der from flight, or the use of one's limbs or faculties ; to insnare, 
 
 to inveigle ; to catch by means of some allurements; to perplex 
 or harass with a variety of accusations or law-suits. 
 
 HA'MPSHIRE, Hants, or Southa'mpton, a county of Eng- 
 land, lying on the English Channel, bounded by Dorsetshire, 
 Wilts, Berks, Surrey, and Sussex. It extends, exclusively of 
 the Isle of Wight, 42 miles in length, and 38 in breadth. It is 
 divided into 39 hundreds, which contain'l city, 20 market towns, 
 253 parishes, and 1062 villages. It is one "of the most fertile 
 counties in England. The range of Chalk downs runs through 
 the N. part of the county. Its products are the finest corn and 
 hops, very large flocks of cattle and sheep, with excellent wool, 
 bacon, honey, and timber. For the last it has been particularly 
 famous, on account of its great woods, of which the principal 
 ■ are the New Forest, and the Forest of East Bere. The principal 
 
 H. rivers are the Avon, the Test or Tese, the Itchen, and the Stour. 
 
 ^P*' The Isle of Wight is included in its boundaries (jcAtcA see). Op- 
 
 posite to the island are Portsmouth and Southampton harbours. 
 It has good fisheries, and some small manufactories. Winches- 
 ter is the county town. Pop. 355,004. It returns 19 members 
 to parliament. 
 
 HA'MPSTEAD, Middlesex. It is seated on the declivity of a 
 hill, on the top of which is a fine heath, reaching about a mile 
 every way, adorned with several pretty villas, and aflbrding an 
 extensive prospect of the metropolis, and the country all round 
 it, as far as Shooter's Hill, Banstead Downs, Windsor Castle, 
 &c. It is 4 miles from London. Pop. 10,093. 
 
 HA'MPTON-COURT, Middlesex. Here is a royal palace, built 
 
 HAN 
 
 by Cardinal Wolsey, who gave it to Henry VIII. It contains 
 many magnificent paintings, &c., and amongst them the famous 
 Cartoons of Raphael. The buildings, gardens, and parks are 
 about four miles in circumference, and watered on three sides 
 by the Thames, over which there is a bridge to Kingston. It is 
 seated on the N. side of the Thames, 13 rniles from London. 
 Pop. 4711. 
 
 HA'MSTER, s. in Zoology, a kind of rat, which is furnished 
 with remarkable pouches in its cheeks, and constructs a granary 
 in which it lays up its food, not for winter, but for the latter 
 part of autumn, and the beginning of spring. It is an inhabit- 
 ant of Germany. 
 
 HA'MSTRING, s. the tendon or sinew of the ham or thigh. 
 
 To HA'MSTRING, v. a. preter. and past part, hamstrung ; to 
 lame by cutting the tendon of the ham. 
 
 HA'NAPER, s. [hanaperium, low Lat.] a treasury ; the exche- 
 quer. The clerk of the hanaper receives the fees due to the king 
 for sealing the charters and patents. 
 
 HA'NCES, s. in a ship, the falls of the fife-rails, placed on 
 bannisters in the poop and quarter-deck, down to the gangway. 
 In Architecture, the end of elliptical arches, which are arches of 
 smaller circles than the scheme, or middle part of the arch. 
 
 HAND, s. [hand, hond, Sax. Belg. and Teut.] that part of the 
 arm from the wrist to the end of the fingers ; a measure of four 
 inches, used in measuring the height of horses ; part, quarter, 
 side ; rate, price ; care, necessity of managing ; method of go- 
 vernment, discipline, restraint ; an actor, workman, or soldier; 
 the index of a clock, or that which performs the ofliice of a hand 
 or figure in pointing to a particular thin^ Out of hand, quick, 
 sudden, or expeditious performance. Figuratively, power of 
 performing. Manner of acting or performing, particularly ap- 
 plied to music. To Aare a Aanrfui, tobe concerned in. At hand, 
 within reach ; ready prepared ; near. In Writing, a peculiar 
 cut or cast of the letters, which distinguishes one person's writ- 
 ing from another; a person's own writing, or singing. " Under 
 my hand and seal." In Gaming, cards held after a deal. From 
 hand to hand, from one to another successively. Hand over head, 
 negligently; rashly; without thought or caution. From hand to 
 month, without making any provision against a necessity. To 
 bear in hand, to keep in expectation. To be hand and glove, to be 
 very intimate and familiar. Hands off, is a phrase implying 
 forbear. 
 
 To HAND, V. a. to give or reach to another by the hand. 
 Figuratively, to guide ; to conduct or lead by the hand ; to 
 seize; to lay hands on; to manage with the hand; to deliver 
 from one to another; to transmit, or deliver down in succession. 
 
 HAND, is used in composition for that which is manageable 
 by the hand, as a hand-saw ; or borne in the hand, as a hand- 
 basket. 
 
 HA'NDBARROW, s. a frame on which any thing is carried 
 by the hands of two men without wheeling on the ground. 
 
 HA'NDBREADTH, {hdndbredth) s. a space equal to the breadth 
 of a hand. 
 
 HA'NDED, a. having the use of either the left or right hand ; 
 hand in hand ; with hands joined. 
 
 HA'NDEL, GEORGE FREDERIC, the great musical com- 
 poser of the former part of the last century. He was by birth a 
 German, and received his musical training at Halle, his native 
 place, and at Berlin. At Hamburg he made his debut, pro- 
 ducing his opera of Ahnira. Soon after this he visited Italy, 
 where he stayed for six years, producing from time to time, at 
 different places, operas, &c. &c. The elector of Hanover next 
 endeavoured to secure the services of this unparalleled genius, 
 but the attractions of England prevented it ; on his accession 
 to the English throne, however, as George I., he found Handel 
 amongst his new subjects, and received him to favour. He now 
 was engaged in some of his most brilliant pieces, when a strange 
 quarrel arose, in which he found that he had the English nobility 
 for his opponents, and mortifications and losses multiplied. He 
 visited Ireland, and on his return to England, set out at once on 
 the most triumphant part of his career. He had introduced a 
 new style of sacred music, called Oratorios, before his hejira to 
 Dublin, but it was not heeded ; now the people had recovered 
 themselves, and taking the matter out of the hands of the 
 aristocracy, they more than compensated for their coldness to 
 the mighty master. After some years of blindness, he died in 
 1759, aged 75 years. It is needless to characterize Handel's 
 
^ krifliteiiiiiJiii'i Mr, 
 
 \! 
 
 lftf^Si^?i^'yF^i/ 
 
or THE 
 
HAN 
 
 music, since now the world has consented to his being placed 
 highest on the lists of those inspired by genuine musical genius, 
 and few have failed to hear his Messiah, which as it is the 
 greatest of his works altogether, so it seems to exemplify all the 
 varied forms of his greatness and power. 
 
 HA'NDER, s. one who delivers down in a regular succession, 
 used with down. 
 
 HA'NDFUL, s. as much as the hand can grasp or hold; a 
 handbreadth, or four inches; a small number or quantity. 
 
 HA'ND-GALLOP, s. a slow easy gallop, in which the hand 
 presses the bridle, to prevent increase of speed. 
 
 HA'NDGLASS, s. in Gardening, a portable glass frame, used 
 in raising cuttings and striking new plants. 
 
 HA'i\D-GUiN,s. a gun wielded by the hand. 
 
 HA'NDICRAFT, s. work performed by the hand. 
 
 HANDICRAFTSMAN, s. one whose work or business is 
 performed by the hand. 
 
 HA'NDILY, ad. in a skilful, dexterous, or ready manner. 
 
 HA'NDINESS, s. the quality of doing any thing in a skilful 
 or dexterous manner. 
 
 HANDIWORK, s. work of the hand; product of labour. 
 
 HA'NDKERCHIEF, (pron. without the d,) s. a piece of silk 
 or linen, used for wiping the face or nose, or for covering the 
 neck. 
 
 To HA'NDLE, v. a. [handelen, Belg.] to touch, feel, or hold 
 in the hand ; to manage or use. Figuratively, to treat of, or en- 
 large upon, applied to discourse. To deal in, or practise; to deal 
 with. 
 
 HA'NDLE, s. [handle. Sax.] that part of a thing by which it 
 is held in the hand. Figuratively, any thing which may dis- 
 cover a person's weakness, and be made use of by an enemy 
 to his disadvantage. 
 
 HA'NDMAID, s. a maid who is in waiting, or within call ; a 
 waiting-maid. 
 
 HA'NDMILL, s. a mill moved by the hand. 
 
 HA'NDSAILS, s. sails managed by the hand. 
 
 HA'NDSAW, s. a saw manageable by the hand. 
 
 HANDSEL, s. [hansel, Belg.] the first act of using any thing ; 
 the first parcel which is sold of any commodity. 
 
 To HA'NDSEL, v. a. to use or do any thing for the first time. 
 
 HA'NDSOME, a. [handsaem, Belg.] beautiful with dignity; 
 graceful. Elegant, applied to a person's manners or behaviour. 
 Generous or noble, applied to the quality of action. Figuratively, 
 ready; convenient; ample; liberal. 
 
 HA'NDSOMELY, ad. conveniently, or dexterously ; in a beau- 
 tiful, neat, elegant, graceful, or generous manner. 
 
 HA'NDSOMENESS, s. beauty or pleasing majesty, applied 
 to the features. Grace, applied to the behaviour. Elegance 
 or neatness, applied to the manner in which any thing is 
 wrought. 
 
 HA'NDSPIKE, s. a sort of wooden lever, for moving heavy 
 bodies. 
 
 HA'NDVICE, s. a vice to hold small work in. 
 
 HA'NDWRITING, s. a cast or form of writing peculiar to 
 each hand. 
 
 HA'NDY, a. performing or giving with the hand; ready, 
 dexterous, or skilful; convenient for use. 
 
 To HANG, v. a. preter. and past part, hanged, or hung; [hangan, 
 Sax.] to suspend on high by something fastened to the upper 
 part ; to suspend or keep in the air without falling ; to suspend 
 by the neck in a rope so as to kill a person ; to let fall down- 
 wards from any eminence, or below its natural situation, some- 
 times used with down. " White lilies hang their heads," Dryd. 
 To adorn, by hanging any thing upon or over, followed by toith. 
 " Hung several parts of his house with trophies," Sped. — v. n. to 
 fall loosely ; to be suspended on high with the lower part loose ; 
 to dangle; to float ; to proceed from. " That gentle tongue — 
 where soft persuasion hung," Prior. To be supported by some- 
 thing raised above the ground; to lean upon. "Hung about 
 my neck," Shak. Used with over, to threaten ; to be very near, 
 applied to danger. " While the dread of Popery hung over us," 
 Atterb. To be burdensome or troublesome ; to oppress with 
 weight, used with upon. " In my Lucia's absence— life hangs 
 upon me," Addis. To be compacted ; to be united ; to be of the 
 same party ; to support one another mutually ; to be in suspense. 
 To be dependent on, used with on. "Hangs on princes' fa- 
 vours," Shak. 
 
 HAN 
 
 HA'NGER, s. that by which any thing is supported in the air, 
 or at a distance from the ground ; a kind of short sword with a 
 single edge. 
 
 HA'NGER-ON, s. one who is dependent on another; one who 
 lives at another person's charge. 
 
 HA'NGING, s. drapery, stuffs, or paper, hung or fastened upon 
 the walls of a house by way of ornament. 
 
 HA'NGING, s. the act or punishment of putting to death by a 
 halter. 
 
 HA'NGMAN, s. the person who puts criminals to death, by 
 hanging them on the gallows. 
 
 HANK, s. [Isl.] a skein of thread, &c. Figuratively, a tie, 
 check, or influence. 
 
 To HA'NKER, v. n. [hankeren, Belg.] to long impatiently for; 
 to have an incessant wish for. 
 
 HA'NNIBAL, the great Carthaginian general, one of the 
 greatest military commanders of ancient history. He was the 
 son of the defeated general in the first war of Carthage against 
 Rome, and was sworn in his boyhood to deadly hostility against 
 the rival city. He was in his father's army in Spain at the time 
 of his death, and after awhile rose to the supreme command. 
 When the renewal of the war was determined, Hannibal led his 
 army from Spain across the S. of Gaul and crossed the Alps, met 
 the Roman army in the plains around the Po, and defeated it in 
 two great battles. Marching southerly, he continued his victories, 
 and was only harassed by the tactics of Fabiusthe Lingerer; at 
 length, at Cannse, he totally routed the largest army Rome had 
 ever sent into the field, and with tremendous slaughter. Now 
 came the reverse ; gradually, step by step, he found that he had 
 not the prestige of victory with him ; he was suddenly recalled 
 to protect Carthage, whither, with consummate skill, Rome had 
 transferred the seat of war, — recalled, to be totally routed at 
 Zama. This ended the second war. Hannibal found a power- 
 ful party leagued against him in his own senate, and had his 
 plans for future operations against Rome betrayed by them, so 
 that he had to flee to the ally he had been endeavouring to gain, 
 Antiochus of Sj'ria. Losing this last hope, by the war with 
 Rome which followed, he found shelter at the court of the king 
 of Bithynia, who, at the demand of Rome, consented to sur- 
 render him, as if he were a prisoner. Hannibal, to escape igno- 
 miny, poisoned himself, in 183 B. c, aged 64 years. The examin- 
 ation of the plan of his campaigns, when the character of his 
 forces and the kind of weapons in use are taken into account, 
 will impress on the mind a conviction of the greatness of his 
 military genius, as deeply as the study of those campaigns of 
 Napoleon, in which he pursued the steps and fought in the 
 fields of Hannibal, does. He was worthy a different end. But 
 his very misfortunes seem to help the record of his genius and 
 valour from fading from the memory of man. 
 
 HA'NOVER, a kingdom of Germany, Europe, lying on the 
 German Ocean, bounded by Holland, Prussia, Lippe-Detmold, 
 Hesse-Cassel, Brunswick, Mecklenburg, Denmark, and Ham- 
 burg. The Hartz mountains are the loftiest range in Hanover, 
 some points being 3500 feet high. The N. parts of the state are 
 comparatively level. It has coal, iron, building-stones, &c. &c. 
 Timber is abundant. Agriculture and grazing are in a flourish- 
 ing condition. It exports both cattle and grain, and its linen 
 manufactures, though not in large quantities. Its rivers are the 
 Elbe, which forms its N. E. boundary, the Weser, the Ems, &c. 
 It was formerly connected with the English crown, but as it 
 could not receive a female sovereign, it was separated at the de- 
 mise of William IV. Its population is about 2,000,000. Han- 
 over, its capital, stands on the Leina, and in the newer parts is 
 a handsomely built town. It contains the palace and govern- 
 ment buildings, 3 hospitals, &c. &c. Here, too, is an excellent 
 library. It has some valuable manufactures of lace, stufl's, rib- 
 bons, &c., and some large tanneries and breweries. It has some 
 fine ornaments, and delightful pleasure-grounds. Pop. about 
 30,000. Lat. 52. 22. N. Long. 9. 42. £. 
 
 HANSE TOWNS, or Hanseatic League, a confederacy formed 
 during the middle ages, by about 80 cities, famous for their coiu- 
 raerce, in different countries of Europe. Lubeck was the place 
 where the meetings for arranging the business of the League 
 were held. The importance ot such a confederation cannot be 
 estimated, unless the state of society and the relations between 
 the dift'erent nations of Europe in those d<ays is considered. And 
 when it is perceived, the eflfect of the changes introduced into 
 
 423 
 
HAR 
 
 the commerce of Europe, by the discovery of America, and the 
 Cape of Good Hope, on the League, will not appear so strange. 
 At the beginning of the 17th century it had quite disappeared, 
 being no longer needed in the world. 
 
 HAP, s. [anhap, Brit.] chance ; fortune ; or that which comes 
 to pass without design or being foreseen. 
 
 To HAP, V, n. to fall out ; to come to pass without design or 
 foresight. 
 
 HAP-HA'ZARD, s. chance ; accident. 
 
 HA'PAEE. See Friendly Islands. 
 
 HA'PLESS, a. unhappy ; unlucky ; unfortunate. 
 
 HA'PLY, ad. perhaps ; peradventure ; it may be ; by chance, 
 or mere accident. 
 
 HA'PSBURG, HOUSE OF, the name of one of the imperial 
 dynasties of Germany, which held the throne from 1273 to 
 1437 ; and named from the first of the series, Rodolf of Hapsburg, 
 a prince whose possessions lay in Switzerland and on the Upper 
 Rhine, who was elected after the empire had been for 23 years 
 without a head. 
 
 To HA'PPEN, V. n. to fall out ; to come to pass without being 
 designed or foreseen ; to light upon or meet with by chance, or 
 mere accident, exclusive of any design. 
 
 HA'PPILY, ad. in a fortunate, happy, or lucky manner ; with 
 address, dexterity, or grace; without labour; in a state of hap- 
 piness. By chance; by accident ; used instead of ^o/)/?/. 
 
 HAPPINESS, s. a state wherein a person has all his wishes 
 satisfied, and is sensible of the highest pleasures ; good luck or 
 fortune. 
 
 HA'PPY, a. in a state where the desires and wishes are satis- 
 fied, and the greatest pleasures are enjoyed ; lucky ; successful ; 
 ready ; or disposed by nature, without art or study. 
 
 HA'QUETON, s. a coat of mail. 
 
 HARA'NGUE, (hardng) s. a speech ; a discourse or oration 
 delivered in public. 
 
 To HARA'NGUE, ^hardng) v. n. [haranffuer, Fr.] to make a 
 speech, or pronounce an oration. — v. a. to address by an ora- 
 tion, as, " he harangued the troops." 
 
 HARA'NGUER, (hardnger) s. an orator ; a person who pro- 
 nounces a set .speech ; a word conveying some idea of con- 
 tempt. 
 
 HA'RBINGER, s. [herhinger, Belg.] a person who prepares the 
 way, or gives notice of the coming of one that follows ; a pre- 
 cursor, or forerunner. Figuratively, a sign or omen of some- 
 thing to come. 
 
 HA'RBOROUGH, MARKET, Leicestershire. It has some 
 manufactures of tammies and lastings. It is 83 miles from Lon- 
 don. Market, Tuesday. Pop. 2433. 
 
 HA'RBOUR, V. a. [herberg, Belg.] a lodging or place of enter- 
 tainment and rest ; a port, or station wherein ships are sheltered 
 from storms. Figuratively, an asylum, or place of shelter and 
 security from danger. 
 
 To H A'RBOUR, v. a. to entertain or permit a person to reside. 
 Figuratively, to cherish, favour, or entertain an opinion ; to 
 shelter, rest, or secure from danger. 
 
 HA'RBOURER, s. one who entertains another. 
 
 HA'RBOURLESS, a. without harbour, lodging, entertain- 
 ment, or shelter. 
 
 HARD, a. [heard. Sax. hard, Belg.] firm, or not easily pene- 
 trated. Figuratively, difficult to be understood ; not easy to be 
 accomplished; painful, or dangerous. Rigorous, cruel, or op- 
 pressive, applied to the manner of treatment. Unfavourable ; 
 unkind; unhappy; vexatious; forced; powerful; harsh; stiff. 
 Hard words, sour; rough; reproachful. Insensible; untouched, 
 or n^t to be affected. " Know I am not so stupid, or so hard." 
 Very vehement, keen, and inclement, applied to the season. 
 Unreasonable and unjust. Dear, or in wnich a person cannot 
 easily acquire a competency, applied to the times. 
 
 HARD, ad. [hardo, old Teut.] close ; near ; diligently ; 
 laboriously; earnestly; uneasily; vexatiously. Fast or nimbly, 
 applied to motion; or with difficulty. Tempestuously; boister- 
 ously ; with force or violence, applied to the wind. 
 
 HA'RDBOUND, a. costive, applied to the habit of body. Un- 
 fertile or barren, applied to the invention. 
 
 To HA'RDEN, v. n. to grow hard or solid. — v. a. to make 
 hard ; to make impudent ; to make obdurate ; to make insen- 
 sible ; to make firm, or endure with constancy ; to make reso- 
 lute by the incessant practice of any particular action. 
 424 
 
 HAR 
 
 HA'RDENER, «. one that renders any thing hard, or not 
 easily penetrated. 
 
 HARDFA'VOURED, a. having a coarseness or harshness of 
 features. 
 
 HA'RDGRASS, «. in Botany, a kind of grass, found on the 
 sea-coast. 
 
 HA'RDHANDED, a, coarse ; mechanic ; that has hands 
 hard with labour. 
 
 HA'RDHEAD,s. clash of heads; manner of fighting in which 
 the combatants dash their heads together. 
 
 HARDHEA'RTED, (hard-hdrted) a. cruel; inexorable; mer- 
 ciless. 
 
 HARDHEA'RTEDNESS, s. the quality of being insensible to 
 the cries of misery, and unmoved at the sight of wretchedness. 
 
 HA'RDICANUTE, the third An^lo-Dauish monarch of Eng- 
 land, being son of Canute, and half brother of Harold Harefoot ; 
 with whom he disputed the possession of the crown for some 
 time, and whom he succeeded. The only things preserved re- 
 specting him are, that he taxed England, as if it were a con- 
 quered country ; and that he was such a glutton and drunkard, 
 that he (to his subjects' great joy) died of apoplexy, in 1042, 
 having reigned but 2 years. 
 
 HA'RDINESS, s. [hardiesse, Fr.] hardship, or fatigue ; courage, 
 or disposition of mind insensible to danger ; effrontery ; impudence. 
 
 HA'RDLY, ad. with difficulty and great labour; scarcely. 
 " There is hardly a gentleman," SiBifi. Used with think, in a 
 severe or unfavourable manner. " To think hardly of our laws," 
 Hooker. Applied to manner of treatment, with rigour, oppres- 
 sion, severity, or harshness. " Hardly lodged," Drtjd. 
 
 HA'RDMOUTHED, a. not easily governed by the rein, ap- 
 plied to horses. 
 
 H A'RDNESS, s. applied to matter, a firm cohesion of theparts, 
 so that the whole does not easily change its figure. Difficultv 
 to be understood. Difficulty to be performed or accomplished. 
 Scarcity or dearness, joined to times. Obduracy ; profligacy. 
 Harshness of look. Cruelty; inhumanity; want of compas- 
 sion. Keenness or sharpness, applied to weather or frost. 
 Stinginess, or want of profit, applied to the making of bargains. 
 In Painting and Sculpture, stiffness, or harshness, in design, or 
 workmanship. 
 
 HARDOUI'N JOHN, a French Jesuit, who has obtained an 
 imperishable renown by one of the most courageous and pre- 
 posterous follies which a man of any scholarship could commit. 
 He maintained in good earnest, that the classic authors were all 
 forgeries of the 13th century. An opinion not more baseless 
 than a similar one maintained respecting the Sacred Writings; 
 but which, appealing less to the passions of men, meets with its 
 doom of ridicule more speedily. He died in 1729, aged 82 years. 
 
 HARDS, «. [heordan, Sax.] the refuse or coarser parts of flax. 
 
 HA'RDSHIP, s. oppression ; injury ; inconvenience ; fatigue. 
 
 HA'RDWARE, s. manufactures or wares made of metal. 
 
 HA'RDVVAREMAN,s. a maker or seller of wares made of metal. 
 
 HA'RDVVICKE, PHILIP YORKE, EARL OF, the first of the 
 same name and title, was an eminent English lawyer, who was 
 successively solicitor-general, attorney-general, chief justice of 
 the King'sBench, and lord chancellor, which last office he held 
 for 20 years, and in which he gained his name. He died in 
 1764, aged 74 years. 
 
 HA'RDY, a. [Aarrfi, Fr.] bold ; brave; strong; daring; hard, 
 or firm. 
 
 HARE, s. [hara, Sax.] in Natural History, an animal of the 
 rodent class, a native of Britain, too well known to need de- 
 scription. It is one included in the term game, and is hunted 
 and coursed, as well as shot. A young hare is called a leveret. 
 
 To HARE, K. a. [harier, Fr.] to frighten; to perplex or throw 
 into confusion by hurrying or terrifying.. 
 
 HA'REBELL, s. See Hairbell. 
 
 HA'REBRAINED, fl. wild ; irregular; inconstant. 
 
 HA'RELIP, s. [because resembling the upper lip of a hare,] 
 a defect in the upper lip for want of flesh, which makes it appear 
 as if cut, and shows the teeth. 
 
 HA'RESBURY, in old records called Heytsbury, and now 
 written Hatchbury, Wilts. It has a large woollen manufacture. 
 It was once the residence of the Empress Maude, and is situated 
 on the Willey. It is 93 miles from London. Pop. 1311. 
 
 HA'RES'TRONG, s. in Botany, a plant, called also hog's fen- 
 nel and sulphur-wort. 
 
HAR 
 
 HAHIOT, ». See Heriot. 
 
 To HARK, V. n. to listen, or be attentive to what a person says. 
 
 HARK ! interject, list, or listen ; be attentive to hear ; used on 
 a sudden apprehension of danger, &c. 
 
 HARL, s. [heorda. Sax.] the filaments or threads of flax ; any 
 substance consisting of threads or filaments. 
 
 HA'RLECH, Merionethshire, Wales. It is naturally strong, 
 being seated on a rock, on the sea-shore. It is chiefly remark- 
 able for its castle, built by Edward I., which is still almost en- 
 tire. Near it is a cataract of the Rhais Du, which rushes down 
 a mountain, for above 100 yards, and then forms a cascade, part 
 of an elliptical curve, to a pool 40 feet below. It is 223 miles 
 from London. Market, Saturday. Pop. of Llandanwg, its 
 parish, 74G. • 
 
 HA'RLEQUIN, s. a person dressed in a motley-coloured 
 jacket and trowsers ; the hero in pantomime entertainments, 
 who diverts the populace by his activity, artifices to extricate 
 himself from danger, and his seeming power in enchantments 
 and metamorphoses. 
 
 HA'RLEY, ROBERT, EARL OF OXFORD, one of the states- 
 men of England of the beginningof the last century ; who, by aid 
 of the famous Mrs. Masham, mounted the topmost round of ambi- 
 tion's ladder, whence he fell, when the favourite directed her 
 royal mistress's regards to Bolingbroke, Harley's rival. On the 
 accession of George I. his coquetries with the exiled Stuarts 
 procured him an imprisonment and atrial; but he was acquitted. 
 He accumulated the valuable library and the MSS. which now 
 are deposited in the British Museum. He died in 1724, aged 
 63 years. 
 
 HA'RLING, EAST, Norfolk. It is seated on a rivulet be- 
 tween Thetford and Buckingham. It is 88 miles from London. 
 Market, Thursday, chiefly for linen yarn and linen cloth. Pop. 
 1062. 
 
 HA'RLOT, s. [herkdes, Brit.] a female that is unchaste. 
 
 HA'RLOTRY, s. an habitual practice of unchasteness, applied 
 to a woman. 
 
 HA'RLOW, Essex. It is chiefly noted for its annual fair, on 
 a common, about 2 miles from the town, much frequented for 
 horses, hogs, and cows, on Sept. 9. It is called Harlow Bush 
 fair. It has another fair on Nov. 8. Harlow is situated on the 
 W. side of the Rodings. It is 24 miles from London. Pop. 
 2315. 
 
 HARM, s. \hearm. Sax.] an action by which another person 
 may receive damage in his goods, or hurt in his person ; mis- 
 chief; hurt; or injury. Synon. Harm particularly relates to 
 any ill done a man's person or character, and is inferior in de- 
 gree to hurt, which includes a great degree of harm. Mischief 
 implies ill done either to person or property with an evil intent ; 
 injurxj, a degree of hurt without justice, and refers either to 
 character or property. Detriment includes an idea of loss, and is 
 seldom used but when speaking of property. 
 
 To HARM, V. a. to damage the goods or fortune of another, 
 or to hurt his person. 
 
 HARMATTAN, s. the name of a remarkable periodical wind, 
 which blows from the interior parts of Africa towards the At- 
 lantic ocean. It is attended with fog, extreme dryness, and 
 yet great salubrity. 
 
 HA'RMER, THOMAS, a laborious writer, on theological and 
 similar subjects, of the last century. He was the Independent 
 minister of Wattisfield, Suffolk ; and the principal work that he 
 printed was Illustrations of the Bible from relations of Oriental 
 travellers ; which is a book of some value yet. His most inter- 
 esting and singular collections are yet in MS. He died in 1788, 
 aged 73 years. 
 
 HA'RMFUL, a. hurtful; injurious; detrimental ; mischievous. 
 
 HA'RMFULLY, ad. in such a manner as to produce mischief, 
 hurt, or damage. 
 
 HA'RMFULNESS, s. the quality which renders a thing or 
 person detrimental to the interest, hurtful to the person, or in- 
 jurious to the character, of another. 
 
 HA'RMLESS, a. without hurt; without intending or causing 
 anv mischief ; without being damaged ; innocent. 
 
 HA'RMLESSLY, ad. innocently; without malice or crime. 
 
 HA'RMLESSNESS, s. the quality of a thing or person which 
 can affect another with no damage or hurt. 
 
 HARMO'NIC, Harmo'nical, a. [harmonikos,Gx.'] proportioned, 
 or adapted to each other; musical. Harmoniccd proportion, in 
 
 HAR 
 
 Arithmetic and Geometry, is when in any three numbers or lines, 
 the first is to the third, as the difference between the first and 
 second is to the difference between the second and third. 
 
 HA'RMONICA, s. a musical instrument formed of glasses, 
 filled with water according to the tone to be produced. 
 
 HARMO'NICS, s. the theory of musical sounds emitted by 
 stretched strings. Those notes which are produced by an un- 
 keyed instrument, by altering the force of the blast, and so the 
 rapidity of the vibrations ; all of which bear an harmonical rela- 
 tion to the simplest sound produced by it. 
 
 HARMO'NIOUS, a. [harmonieux, Fr.] adapted to, or having 
 the parts proportioned to, each other. In Music, having sounds 
 that are concords to each other ; musical, or affecting the ear 
 with an agreeable sensation. 
 
 HARMO'NIOUSLY, ad. with a just proportion of parts to 
 each other; in such a manner as to delight the ear. 
 
 HARMO'NIOUSNESS, s. that quality which renders sounds 
 agreeable and delightful ; proportion of parts. 
 
 To HA'RMONIZE, v. a. to agree with respect to proportion. 
 To make musical, or convey delight to the ear, applied to sound. 
 
 HA'RMONY, s. [harmonia, from harmozo, Gr.] in Music, is the 
 agreeable union of several musical sounds heard at one and the 
 same time. Also, that part of the score of a vocal piece which 
 does not contain the air, or melody. Figuratively, an agree- 
 ment, suitableness, union, conformity, &c. In Literature, it is 
 a certain agreement between the several parts of a discourse. 
 In Architecture, an agreeable relation between the parts of a 
 building. In Painting, in the composition of a picture, it signi- 
 fies the union or connexion between the figures, with respect to 
 the subject of the piece ; in the colours, it denotes the union or 
 agreeable mixture of different colours. 
 
 HA'RNESS, s. [harnois, Fr.] in its primary sense, armour for 
 a horse; the traces by which horses are fastened to carriages of 
 pleasure or state ; that of other horses is called year. 
 
 To HA'RNESS, v. a. to dress in armour; to fix horses in their 
 traces ; or to put traces on a horse. 
 
 HA'ROLD 1., {Harefoot,) the son and successor of Canute the 
 Great on the English throne. He seems to have been a mere 
 puppet in the hands of Earl Godwin, and so deserves neither the 
 praise nor the censure bestowed on him. He died in 1039, hav- 
 ing reigned thus above 3 years. 
 
 HA'ROLD II., the son of the famous Earl Godwin, and suc- 
 cessor of Edward the Confessor, who being the last of the Anglo- 
 Saxon monarchs of England, has had the benefit of all the 
 sorrow and regret of those who mourned the conquest of the 
 Normans. Harold shared his father's plans, and glory ; but after 
 his death, he seems to have been faithful to Edward, but with- 
 out compromising himself. Either by accident, or with a mes- 
 sage from Edward, he was once at the court of Duke William of 
 Normandy, and there (as William was next in hereditary suc- 
 cession) swore fealty to him. On Edward's death, Harold 
 ascended the throne, pleading the king's last wish. His first 
 opponent was his brotner Tostig, who came with Harold Har- 
 fager from Norway to get back his earldom of North umbria. 
 Him Harold utterly defeated, but was summoned from the field 
 of victory to oppose Duke William, who had landed at Hastings, 
 with every sign of the deadliest determination. As soon as ne 
 could march to the S., he, after fruitless embassages, joined 
 battle with him, and fell, with his brothers, and his kingdom, 
 in 1066, not having reigned a year. It was said, and by some 
 believed, that he escaped the slaughter, and that another was 
 buried by his name in Waltham Abbey, while he, a lone hermit, 
 lived to bewail his own sins and his kingdom's sorrow, till 
 Henry I.'s reign. 
 
 HAROU'N ALRASCHID, the famous caliph of Bagdad, who 
 figures as prominently in Eastern story as Arthur and Alfred do 
 in ours, and Charlemagne in Frankish legend. He was a very 
 powerful prince, and ruled from Egypt to Khorassan, and ex- 
 changed courtesies by ambassadors with Charlemagne, encour- 
 aging learning and the arts; but, as most monarchs of that class 
 are, was cruel and oppressive, where he had the whim to be so. 
 He died in 808, having reigned 22 years. 
 
 HARP, s. [hearp. Sax.] a musical instrument strung with wire 
 and struck with the finger. In Astronomy, the name of a con- 
 stellation in the N. hemisphere. 
 
 To HARP, f. n. [harper, Fr.] to play on the harp. Figura- 
 tively, to touch any particular passion ; to dwell on a subject. 
 3 I 4^ 
 
HAR 
 
 HA'RPER, ». a player on the harp. 
 
 HARPOO'N, s. [harpago, Lat.] a bearded dart, with a line 
 fastened to the handle, with which whales or other large fish 
 are caugfht. 
 
 HARPOONEE'R, s. [harponeur, Fr.] he that darts or throws 
 the harpoon in whale fishing. 
 
 HA'RPINGS, s. in a ship, properly denote the breadth at the 
 bow. Some also give the same name to the ends of the bends 
 that are fastened into the stern. 
 
 HA'RPSICHORD, s. a musical instrument of the stringed 
 kind, played by keys, after the manner of the pianoforte, which 
 has superseded it. 
 
 HA'RPY, s. plural harpies; [harpyia, Lat.] a poetical monster 
 of the bird kind, feigned to have had the face of a woman, the 
 claws, wings, &c. of a bird, remarkable for rapaciousness, and 
 on that account used to signify a ravenous or exceedingly covet- 
 ous person. 
 HA'RQUEBUSS, s. a hand-gun. See Arquebuse. 
 HARQUEBUSSIE'R, «. one armed with an arquebuse. 
 To HA'RRASS, v. a. more properly harass ; Hiaraser, Fr.] to 
 weary; to fatigue; to tire or make feeble with labour and un- 
 easiness ; to lay a country waste by continual inroads. 
 HA'RRASS, s. waste or disturbance. 
 
 HA'RRIER, s. a hound of excellent scent and courage, used 
 in hunting hares. 
 
 HA'RRINGTON, Cumberland, a sea-port between Work- 
 ington and Whitehaven. Its principal business arises from the 
 colliers and ship-building. It is about 300 miles from London. 
 Pop. 1934. 
 
 HA'RRINGTON, JAMES, a political writer of the 17th cen- 
 tury, appears first in connexion with the king's attempt at 
 escape from the Isle of Wight. He afterwards was somewhat 
 patronized by Cromwell. On the Restoration he got imprisoned 
 on some charge of a political nature ; and when released, soon 
 after died, in 1677, aged 66 years. He is known best by his 
 Oceana, a book describing an ideal republic ; and his Rota Club, 
 in which restless republicans had the comfort of debating about 
 democracy. 
 
 HA'RRIOT, THOMAS, an eminent English mathematician 
 and astronomer, went with Sir Walter Raleigh to Virginia, and 
 afterwards settled down to steady application to his sciences. 
 He greatly advanced Algebraic science, and either preceded or 
 immediately followed Galileo in some of his earliest telescopic 
 discoveries. He died in 1621, aged 61 years. 
 
 HA'RRIS, JAMES, one of the earliest speculators on the phi- 
 losophy of language in England, whose Hermes is a book of sur- 
 prising ingenuity, but whose meanings are frequently fathomless. 
 Home Tooke's Diversions of Purlev put it first into the shade ; 
 and both are now laid aside. He died in 1780, aged 71 years. 
 
 HA'RRISBURG, capital of Pennsylvanna, United States. 
 It stands on the Susquehanna, having two bridges over it, one 
 of which is 2876 feet long, 40 wide, 50 feet above the water, 
 and is covered. Its situation is commanding, and it is hand- 
 somely built; the state house, and county buildings, &c. being 
 very ftne. It is 110 miles from Washington. Pop. 5980. Five 
 other places in the States bear the same name. 
 
 HA'RRISON, JOHN, the inventor of the chronometer, was 
 almost a self-taught mechanist ; and by studious application to 
 the use of metals of different degrees of expansibility by heat, 
 gained the prize of £20,000, proffered by the Admiralty for a 
 correct time-keeper. He died in 1776, aged 83 years. 
 
 HA'RRISON, THOMAS, a distinguished soldier of the Puri- 
 tan revolution, was the son of a grazing farmer in Stafford- 
 shire, and one of the new-model army. He fought in the siege 
 of Basing-house, and at Preston, and subsequent fights, and 
 rose to be a judge at Charles's trial, one of Cfomwell s major- 
 generals, and in his council of state. Getting into Anabaptist 
 ways, he was unwise enough to take part in a revolt, and was 
 imprisoned for it. At the Restoration he was executed as a 
 regicide, in 1660. 
 
 HA'RROW, (hdrrd) s. [charroue, Fr.] a frame of timbers 
 crossing each other, set with teeth of iron, and drawn over 
 ploughed and sown land, to break the clods and cover the seeds 
 with earth. 
 
 To HA'RROW, {hdrrd) v. a. to draw a harrow over ground. 
 Figuratively, to tear or rip up ; to pillage, strip, or lay waste ; to 
 disturb or put into alarm or commotion. 
 426 
 
 HAR 
 
 HA'RROWER, ». he who harrows. In Falconry, a kind of 
 hawk. 
 
 HA'RROWGATE, Yorkshire, W. R. This is one of the fa- 
 mous and fashionable watering-places. The springs are mostly 
 used as baths. It is about 200 miles frOm London. Pop. 3372. 
 To HA'RRY, V. a. [harer, Fr.] to disturb ; to throw into com- 
 motion ; to alarm or confuse ; to ruffle. 
 
 HARSH, a. [Teut.] roughly sour, applied to taste. Rough or 
 disagreeable to the ear, applied to sound. Crabbed, morose, or 
 peevish, applied to the temper. Rough or rugged, applied to 
 the touch. Unpleasing, severe, or rigorous, applied to treatment. 
 HA'RSHLY, ad. sourly, or like unripe fruit, applied to taste. 
 In a violent, crabbed, sour, or morose manner ; severely, or rigor- 
 ously. Rough and displeasing to the»ear, applied to sound. 
 
 HA'RSHNESS, s. sourness ; roughness ; crabbedness ; mo- 
 roseness. 
 HART, s. [heart, Sax.] in Hunting, a male of the deer kind. 
 HA'RTCLOVER, s. in Agriculture, a kind of trefoil. 
 HA'RTFORD, semi-capital of Connecticut, United States. 
 It stands on the Connecticut river, and is intersected by Little 
 river, over which is a fine stone bridge, whilst a covered bridge, 
 1000 feet long, crosses the larger river. It is regularly and hand- 
 somely built, and the government and state buildings are fine. 
 Here, too, is Washington College, an Episcopalian institution, 
 with a good library, and an asylum for the deaf arid dumb, &c. 
 &c. It is finely situated for commerce ; and by steamboats and 
 railroad, as well as by the river upland, is connected with the 
 chief places in the N. States. It is 336 miles from Washington. 
 Pop. 9468. There are 14 other places so named in the States. 
 
 HA'RTLAND, Devonshire, a place of some importance in the 
 herring fishery on this coast. It is seated on the Bristol Chan- 
 nel, near a promontory called Hartland Point. It is 217 miles 
 from London. Market, Saturday. Pop. 2223. 
 
 HA'RTLEPOOL, Durham. It is seated on a promontory, 
 partly surrounded by rocks and hills, and partly by the sea. It 
 has a safe harbour, where the Newcastle and Sunderland colliers 
 generally take shelter in stress of weather. It has a consider- 
 able fishery on the coast, and they export a good deal of coals 
 and lime. It is 254 miles from London. Market, Saturday, 
 much decayed. Pop. 5326. 
 
 HA'RTLEY, Northumberland. It stands on the coast N. of 
 Tinmouth. Here are salt, copperas, and glass-works; and here 
 is a pretty haven, or harbour, to which a canal has been cut 
 through a solid rock, 52 feet deep, 30 broad, and 900 long. It 
 is 270 miles from London. Pop. 1911. 
 
 HA'RTLEY, DAVID, an English metaphysician of the last 
 century. He was a severely logical thinker, but attempted to 
 obtain a surer basis for his theory, by the hypothesis of an oscil- 
 lating nervous ether, by which all associations in thought were 
 originated. He lived a quiet and exemplary life, practising as a 
 physician in various places, and finally at Bath, and enjoying 
 the friendship of the literati of the age. In those times of indif- 
 ference to religion, on the part even of the clergy, he maintained 
 its influence both by his life and writings. He died in 1757, 
 aged 52 years. 
 
 HARTROY'AL, s. in Botany, a plant ; a species of buckthorn 
 plantain. 
 
 HA'RTSHORN, s. in Medicine, raspings or shavings of the 
 horn of the red deer, used for making jellies, which are very nu- 
 tritious. Also, a name by which the aqueous solution of ammo- 
 nia is commonly known. 
 
 HA'RTSTONGUE, s. in Botany, a kind of fern, whose fronds 
 are long and strap-shaped, being very rarely bifid, &c. It is very 
 common in ditches. 
 
 HA'RTWORT, s. in Botany, an umbelliferous plant, of which 
 there are two kinds, found in hedges and corn-fields. 
 
 HA'RVEST, s. [JuBrfest, Sax.] the season of reaping and ga- 
 thering in corn ; corn ripened, reaped, and gathered in. Figu- 
 ratively, the product or reward of a person's labour. 
 
 HA'R VEST-HOME, s. the song sung by reapers at the feast 
 made foi'having inned the harvest. 
 HA'RVEST-LORD, s. the head reaper at the harvest. 
 HA'RVESTMAN, s. one who labours at the harvest. 
 HA'RVEY, DR. WILLIAM, the celebrated English physi- 
 cian, who discovered the circulation of the blood. He was royal 
 physician in the first two Stuart reigns, and suffered from the 
 violence of the cavaliers during the civil war. He made some 
 
HAS 
 
 valuable bequests to the College of Physicians at London ; and 
 published many works which were of considerable use in pro- 
 moting the study of physiological science. He died in 1658, 
 aged 80 years. 
 
 HARU'SPEX, s. plural haruspices : [Lat.] a priest of ancient 
 Rome, who examined the entrails of the sacrificial victims, and 
 pretended from the appearance of them to predict future events. 
 
 HA'RWICH, Essex. It is seated on a tongue or point of land, 
 opposite to the united mouths of the Stour and Orwell. It is 
 not very large, but has a very safe, spacious, and convenient har- 
 bour, extending from the sea to within 2 miles of Ipswich ; here is 
 also a very good dock-yard for building ships. The washing 
 and undermining of the cliff have made the point a peninsula, 
 and perhaps may in time make it an island. It is a place of 
 considerable trade, and many vessels are employed in the North 
 Sea fishery. It is 72 miles from London. Markets, Tuesday and 
 Friday. Pop. 3829. 
 
 To HASH, V. n. [liacher, Fr.] to mince, or cut into small pieces. 
 To mingle, used with up. 
 
 HA'SLEMERE, Surrey. It is seated on the eflge of the 
 county next Hampshire, and has two paved streets. It is 42 
 miles from London. Market, Tuesday. Pop. 873. 
 
 HA'SLET, Ha'rslet, s. [hastier, Fr.] the entrails of a hog, 
 consisting of the heart, liver, &c., generally applied to them 
 when enclosed in a membrane, and roasted or baked. 
 
 HASP, s. [haspe. Sax.] a clasp folded over a staple, and fast- 
 ened with a padlock ; a small iron or brass fastening into a door ; 
 a kind of hank, going into an eye or loop, used for fastening 
 shoes, necklaces, &c. 
 
 To HASP, V. n. to shut with a hasp. 
 
 HA'SSELQUIST, FREDERIC, a celebrated naturalist of 
 Sweden, pupil of Linneus. His chief researches were made in 
 Syria, and the neighbouring countries; and the results have 
 been valuable as casting light on the Scriptures, as well as for 
 the addition made by them to natural science. He died in 1752, 
 aged 30 years. 
 
 HA'SSOCK, s. [haseck, Teut.] a round stuffed mat, on which 
 persons kneel at church. 
 
 HAST, the second person singular of To Have, declined thus, 
 / have, thou hast, he hath or has. 
 
 HASTE, s. {haste, Fr.] hurry ; speed ; the act of doing a thing 
 quickly for want of longer time; passion ; vehemence. 
 
 To HASTE, Ha'sten, v. n. [luister, Fr.] to move or walk with 
 swiftness ; to do a thing in a short time; to be in a hurry ; to 
 quicken a person's motion, or drive to a swifter pace. 
 
 HA'STENER, s. one that hastens or hurries. 
 
 HA'STILY, ad. in a short time ; without delay ; in a hurry, 
 or rashly; passionately. 
 
 HA'STINESS, s. speed or expedition ; a performance executed 
 in a hurrv ; anger ; testiness. 
 
 HA'STINGS, s. [corruptly from hastive, Fr.] early ; forward ; 
 applied to fruits and vegetables. 
 
 HA'STINGS, Sussex. It is seated between high cliffs or 
 hills, on a small stream called the Bourne, which divides it into 
 two different parishes. The chief employment of the people is 
 fishing. It is one of the cinque ports. Here William the Con- 
 queror landed ; and near it was fought the battle which ended 
 in the overthrow of the Saxon dominion in England, and the 
 establishment of the Norman dynasty. It is 64 miles from 
 London. Markets, Wednesday and Saturday. Pop. 11,607. 
 
 HA'STINGS, WARREN, the famous governor-general of 
 India, whose efforts greatly established the British empire there, 
 and for which he was tried on his return to England. He rose 
 from comparative obscurity by the force and perseverance of his 
 mind, but his trial was so much involved with the party contests 
 of his day, that a fair judgment on his public character is very 
 difficult. He seems, however, to have pursued the same line of 
 policy as most who have been concerned in the erection of the 
 empire in the East, which is condemned both by political pru- 
 dence and sound morality. He died in 1818, aged 85 vears. 
 
 HA'STINGS-SANDS, a group of strata forming part of the 
 great Wealden formation of the S. E. of England. It is chiefly 
 made up of sandstones and grits, and contains the remains of 
 gigantic animals of the lizard and crocodile kind, with shells 
 and plants, indicating its origin to be the deposits of a very 
 large river. 
 
 HA'STY, a. Ifiasti/, Fr.] moving with swiftness ; quick, or 
 
 HAV 
 
 speedy. Soon provoked, applied to thn temper or humour ; rash, 
 pVecipitate, or undertaking without thought. Early ripe, ap- 
 plied to fruit. Hasti/ jiudditiff, a pudding made of milk and flour, 
 or of oatmeal and water, boiled quick together. Synon. Hasty 
 relates more to action or blows : passionate goes seldom further 
 than words. 
 
 HAT, s. [hoi. Sax,] a covering for the head. 
 
 HA'TBAND, «. a string tied round a hat to keep the crown 
 from stretching, or if too large, to make it fit the head better ; a 
 piece of silk or crape worn round the crown of a hat in mourning. 
 
 HAT'CASE, s. a slight box for a hat. 
 
 To HATCH, V. a. [AecA;en, Teut.] to produce young from eggs; 
 to quicken an egg by sitting on it ; to produce" by any precedent 
 action. Figuratively, to contrive or project. 
 
 HATCH, s. a brood proceeding from eggs ; the act of exclud- 
 ing or producing young from the egg. Figuratively, disclosure 
 or discovery. A short or half door ; an opening over a door, 
 which is closed or shut by a board moving on hinges. In the 
 plural, the doors, or openings, in a ship, by which persons de- 
 scend from one deck to another. To be under hatches, means to 
 be in a state of ignominy, poverty, or depression. 
 
 To HA'TCHEL, v. a. [hachelen, Teut.] to beat flax, in order to 
 separate the fibrous from the brittle part. 
 
 HA'TCHEL, s. [hachel, Teut.] the instrument with which flax 
 is beaten. 
 
 HA'TCHELLER, s. a beater of flax. 
 
 HA'TCHET, s. [hachette, Fr.] a small axe. 
 
 HA'TCHET-FACE, s. an ugly face. 
 
 HATCHMENT, s. [corrupted from achievement,'] the arms of a 
 person who is dead, painted on a square board, and placed with 
 an angle downwards over the door where he lived, or fixed 
 against the wall of a church. 
 
 HA'TCHWAY, s. the way over or through the hatches of a 
 ship. 
 
 To HATE, V. a. [hatian, Sax.] lo regard as an object which 
 may affect us with pain ; or to detest on any account. Synon. 
 To hate implies an aversion actuated by revenge; to abfior, an 
 aversion to that for which we have a natural antipathy ; to loathe 
 is more applicable to food ; to detest implies aversion actuated by 
 disapprobation. 
 
 HATE, s. See Hatred. 
 
 HATEFUL, a. that causes abhorrence, aversion, or detesta- 
 tion ; detesting, hating, or malicious. 
 
 HATEFULLY, ad. in an odious or abominable manner ; in 
 such a manner as to cause aversion, detestation, or hatred. 
 
 HA'TEFULNESS, s. the quality which renders a person or 
 thing the object of hatred. 
 
 HA'TER, s. one who has a strong aversion or ill-will to a per- 
 son or thing. 
 
 HA'TFIELD, Hertfordshire. Here the Marquis of Salisbury 
 has a handsome palace, called Hatfield House. It is 19 miles 
 from London. Market, Thursday. Pop. 3646. 
 
 HATFIELD-BROAD-OAK, or Hatfield Regis, Essex. It is 
 situated on a branch of the river Lea, near a forest of the same 
 name. It is 30 miles from London. Market, Saturday. Popu- 
 lation, 1968. 
 
 HATH, the third person singular of To Have. Sath properly 
 belongs to the serious and solemn; has, to the familiar. The 
 same may be observed of doth and does. 
 
 HA'TRED, s. the aversion felt on the contemplation of a 
 person who has injured us, or who is suspected of desiring to do 
 so, or whose conduct and principles we strongly disapprove ; 
 very decided abhorrence of any course of conduct, or principles 
 of action. 
 
 To HA'TTER, v. a. to harass, weary, or wear out with fatigue. 
 
 HA'TTER, s. one who makes hats. 
 
 HA'TTOCK,s. [atloch, Erse,] a shock of corn. 
 
 HA'TTON, SIR CHRISTOPHER, lord chancellor. of England 
 during Elizabeth's reign. He was not a profound- lawyer ; but 
 he was a distinguished favourite of the queen ; and is said to 
 have died from some token of her royal displeasure, in 1591. 
 Hatton Garden derives its name from its vicinity to his resi- 
 dence in the city. 
 
 HAVA'NNAH, the capital of the island of Cuba, situated on 
 
 the N. W. part of it, opposite Florida. The harbour is capable of 
 
 containing commodiously 1000 vessels, without either cable or 
 
 anchor. The entrance to it is by a narrow channel, strongly for- 
 
 3 I 2 427 
 
HAU 
 
 tified. The houses are elegant, built of stone, and some of them 
 superbly finished ; and the churches and other public buildings 
 are rich and magnificent. But much of the town is very poor. 
 It is the chief port of Cuba. Pop. about 130,000; of whom 
 about 30,000 are slaves. Lat. 23. 12. N. Long. 82. 14. W. 
 
 HAVA'NT, Hants. It is situated between Fareham and 
 Chichester, 64 miles from London. Market, Saturday. Pop. 
 2101. 
 
 HAU'BERK, s. [hauherg, old Fr.] a coat of mail or breast- 
 plate. 
 
 To HAVE, F. a. preter. and past part, had ; [haban, Goth.] to 
 find, or not to be without ; to possess ; to wear ; to bear or carry. 
 It is used as an auxiliary verb in most European languages. 
 
 HA'VEN, s. [haven, Belg.] a port, harbour, or a part of the 
 sea running up into the land, where ships may ride safe from 
 storms. Figuratively, a place of shelter ; refuge from danger. 
 
 HA'VENER, «. an over.seer of a port. 
 
 HA'VER, s. one who possesses any thing. 
 
 HAVERFORDWEST, Pembrokeshire. It is seated on a 
 creek of Milford Haven, called the Dongledye, over which it has 
 a stone bridge. It is a large, well-built, handsome place, inha- 
 bited by many genteel families ; and has a considerable trade, 
 with several vessels belonging to it. Here is also a commodious 
 quay, for ships of burthen, and a custom-house. Here the 
 assizes are held, and the county jail is kept. It is 239 miles 
 from London. Markets, Tuesday and Saturday. Pop. 4601. 
 
 HA'VERHILL, Suffolk and Essex. It has a considerable ma- 
 nufacture in checks, cottons, and fustians. It is 59 miles from 
 London. Market, Wednesday. Pop. 2451. 
 
 HA'VERSACK, s. in military language, a kind of bag, made 
 of coarse gray linen, in which the soldiers carry their provisions 
 on a march. 
 
 HAUGH-HAUGH, Haw-Haw, s. [hoeh, Sax.] a dry ditch, in 
 which is a fence or palisade, so that it encloses ground without 
 hindering the prospect. 
 
 HAU'GHTILY, {hautihj) ad. proudly, or prizing too highly ; 
 in an insolent, arrogant, or very proud manner. 
 
 HAU'GHTINESS, (hautiness) s. the quality of being possessed 
 with too great a conceit of our own good qualities, and too mean 
 an opinion of those which belong to others. 
 
 HAU'GHTY, {hauty) a, \liautaine, Fr.] insolent, or behaving 
 contemptuously to others, from too high an opinion of ourselves. 
 
 HA'VING, s. possession ; estate or fortune ; the act or state of 
 possessing or enioying. Behaviour; regularity: still retained 
 in the Scotch dialect. 
 
 HA'VIOUR, s. See Behaviour. 
 
 To HAUL, V. a. See To Hale. 
 
 HAUM, s. [healm, Sax.] straw, or the stalks of beans or pease. 
 
 HAUNCH, s. [hanche, Fr.] the thigh ; the hindermost thigh of 
 venison or mutton ; the rear; the hind part. 
 
 To HAUNT, V. a. [hanter, Fr.] to frequent ; to be much about 
 anj^ place or person ; used sometimes of one who comes without 
 being welcome. It is specially applied to supposed apparitions 
 or ghosts. 
 
 HAUNT, «. a place frequented by any person ; frequency, or 
 the habit of being frequently in a certain place. 
 
 HAU'NTER, s. a frequenter; one that is often found in any 
 place. 
 
 HA'VOCK, s. [hafog, Brit.] the act of plundering a country or 
 killing its inhabitants ; devastation. 
 
 To HA'VOCK, V. a. to waste ; to destroy ; to lay waste. 
 
 HA'VRE DE GRACE, a large, populous, and commercial 
 town, in the department of Seine Inferieure. The harbour here 
 has particular advantages, and the basin is reserved for ships of 
 war, with room and depth of water for 30 vessels of 60 guns. 
 It is seated on the English Channel, at the mouth of the river 
 Seine. It is 112 miles from Paris. Pop. above 30,000. Lat. 
 49. 29. N. Long. 0. 6. E. 
 
 HAU'TBOY, {Uboy) s. [liaut and hois, Fr.] a musical instru- 
 ment of the wind kind, sounded by a reed, shaped like a flageolet, 
 but spreading wider towards the bottom. In Horticulture, a 
 large species of strawberries. 
 
 flA'iJY, Rene Just, a French abbe, who constructed a system 
 of classifying minerals, according to the laws of their crystalliza- 
 tion. He discovered the remarkable fact in connexion with mi- 
 nerals, that the most usual forms differed very much from the 
 first and simplest form, and he traced the laws of their structure. 
 
 HAZ 
 
 He was imprisoned as a non-juring priest at the Revolution, but 
 was released by Napoleon, who honoured him, not only as a man 
 of science, but of inflexible integrity also. He died in 1822, 
 aged 80 years. 
 
 HAW, s. \hag. Sax.] in Botany, the fruit of the hawthorn. 
 In Veterinary Surgery, an excrescence resembling a gristle, 
 growing under the nether eye-lid or eye of a horse. 
 
 To HAW, V. n. to speak slowly, with much hesitation and 
 frequent intermissions. 
 
 HAWK, s. [habeg, Brit.] in Natural History, a large genus of 
 birds of prey, formerly manned, reclaimed, bred, and made use 
 of to catch other birds. 
 
 To HAWK, V. n. to catch birds with a hawk.— [AocA;, Teut.] 
 to sell any thing by crying it in the streets. 
 
 HAWKED, a. crooked or formed like a hawk's bill. 
 
 HAW'KER, s. {hock, Teut.] one who sells wares by crying 
 them about streets, particularly applied to those who sell news- 
 papers. 
 
 HAWKINS, SIR JOHN, a distinguished English naval com- 
 mander in l,he reign of Elizabeth. He was one of those adven- 
 turers, trained in naval aft'airs by their participation of the com- 
 merce of Spain. He was one of the admirals of the fleet sent out 
 against the Armada ; and he was the first Englishman who en- 
 gaged in the African slave trade. He died in 1595, aged 74 
 years. 
 
 HAWKINS, SIR JOHN, a literary man of the last century, 
 who was the first writer of note on the history of music. His 
 life presented few incidents for notice ; being that of a gentle- 
 man of fortune, after his marriage ; whose friendship for Dr. 
 Johnson had inspired him with literary tastes. He died in 1789, 
 aged 70 years. 
 
 HAWKNUT, s. in Botany, a name of the pignut. 
 
 HAWKSEYE, s. in Botany, an herb with compound flowers, 
 distinguished from the hawkweed by its chaffy receptacle. 
 
 HAWKSHEAD, Lancashire. It is situated near the lake of 
 Winandermere, in a valley surrounded by a woody, hilly tract. 
 It is 273 miles from London. Market, Monday, for the sale of 
 wool, yarn, provisions, &c. Pop. 2323. 
 
 HAWKWEED, s. in Botany, a genus of compound flowers, 
 very common in England. 
 
 HAWKWOOD, SIR JOHN, a brave soldier in the wars of 
 Edward III., who was knighted by him, and subsequently took 
 up the profession of arms as a trade, and was one of the most 
 famous of the free lances, who figure so conspicuously in the 
 wars between the different republics of Italy. He died in 1-393. 
 
 HAWSER, s. in the sea language, is a large rope or kind of 
 small cable, serving for various uses aboard a ship; as, to fasten 
 the main and fore shrouds, to warp a ship as she lies at anchor, 
 and wind her up to it by a capstan. 
 
 HAWSERT, s. round holes in a ship, under her head, through 
 which the cables pass when she is at anchor. 
 
 HAWTHORN, s. {hcBgthorn, Sax.] in Botany, the thorn gene- 
 rally growing in hedges, and bearing haws. 
 
 HAY, s. {hieg. Sax.] grass mowed and dried to feed cattle 
 with. To dance the hay, is to dance round a couple of persons 
 who are dancing at the same time. 
 
 HAY, Brecknockshire, Wales. It is seated between the rivers 
 Wyall and Dalas, on the river Hay, over which it has a hand- 
 some stone bridge, of seven arches. It is 151 miles from Lon- 
 don. Market, Saturday. Pop. 1771. 
 
 HA'YDN, JOSEPH, a celebrated musical composer, born in 
 Austria, and first obtaining a narrow fame by his voice; and 
 afterwards, through the Prince Esterhazy, a wider renown, 
 which led to his removal to London ; where he received general 
 admiration and honour, and produced his great work, the Ora- 
 torio of The Creation. He returned to Vienna, and lived in re- 
 tirement, yet continuing his labours, till 1809, when he died, 
 aged 77 years. His numerous works embrace almost every kind 
 of composition, and place him amongst the foremost of those 
 who occupy the second rank in the realm of song. 
 
 HA'YMAKER,«. one employed in turning grass when cut for 
 hay. 
 
 HAYS, s. particular nets for taking rabbits, hares, &c. 
 
 HA'YSTACK, s. a large quantity of hay laid in a heap. 
 
 HA'ZARD, s. [hazard, Fr.] chance ; accident ; any thing that 
 happens without being foreseen or predetermined ; danger, or a 
 possibility of danger; a game played with dice. 
 
HEA 
 
 To HA'ZARD, v. a. [hazarder, Fr.] to expose to chance or a 
 possibility of danger ; to venture ; to run a risk. 
 HA'ZARDABLE, a. venturesome ; liable to chance. 
 HA'ZARDER, s. one who does a thing without any certain 
 knowledge or regard of its consequences. 
 
 HA'ZARDOL'S, a, [Jiazardeux, Fr.] dangerous ; exposed to a 
 possibility of danger; liable to chance. 
 
 HA'ZARDOUSLY, ad. in such a manner as to be exposed to 
 danger. 
 
 To HAZE, ». n. to be foggy, misty, or cloudy. 
 
 HAZE, ». a fog or mist. 
 
 HA'ZEL, s. [haisel. Sax.] in Botany, a tree bearing nuts. 
 
 HA'ZEL, a. consisting of, or made of, hazel. Of a light brown, 
 or the colour of hazel, applied to colour. 
 
 HAZELLY, a. of the colour of hazel, or light brown. 
 
 HA'ZLITT, WILLIAM, a distinguished literary man of the 
 last age; who after studying in a theological academy for awhile, 
 devoted himself to art and philosophy, and finally gave himself 
 up to literature ; in which he toiled a slave instead of a master, 
 through his imprudent habits. He was a brilliant and forcible 
 writer, but not a discoverer ; an essayist and lecturer, and as 
 such acquired his name. His faults have departed with him ; 
 his works remain to preserve his name alive. He died in 1830, 
 aged 52 years. 
 
 HA'ZY, a. dark ; foggy ; misty ; cloudy, applied to weather. 
 
 HE, pronoun, his, genit., hhn, accus. and dat. This word is 
 substituted for a person's name, in order to prevent its being too 
 often repeated in a discourse, and is only applied to males. 
 Sometimes it is used without any reference to any foregoing 
 word, and then signifies all mankind collectively, or any person 
 indefinitely. "lie is never poor that little hath, but he that 
 much desires." A man, or male being. Generally used in com- 
 position to express the male of any species. 
 
 HEAD, (the a in this word and all its compounds and deriva- 
 tives is dropped in pronunciation — as hed, hed-ake, heddy, &c.) s. 
 [heved, old Eng.] the uppermost part of an animal, which con- 
 tains the brains. Figuratively, a chief, principal, or leading 
 person, applied to societies or communities. The face, front, or 
 foremost part of an army ; resistance, as " to make head" spon- 
 taneous resolution ; individual ; the top of any thing, particu- 
 larly applied to such as are bigger than the other parts ; the 
 surface, or that which rises to the surface, of lic^uors; the upper 
 part of a bed ; the blade of an axe ; power ; force ; dominion. 
 Strength, applied to liquors. The principal topic of a discourse; 
 the source of a stream ; a crisis or pitch. In Anatomy, the ex- 
 tremity of a bone or a muscle. In Architecture, an ornament 
 of carved work serving for the key of an arch or plat band. In 
 Surgery, a state of maturity or ripeness. Head and ears, the whole 
 person. Head and shotdders, y'\o\eni\y ; unnaturally; forcedly. 
 
 To HEAD, V. a. to march before; to command or lead an army ; 
 to cut off a person's head; to fit any thing with a head ; to lop 
 the tops of trees. 
 
 HE'ADACHE, s. a pain in the head. 
 
 HE'ADBAND, s. a fillet or bandage tied round the head. In 
 Bookbinding, the head at each end of a book. 
 
 HE'ADBOROUGH, (hed-horo) s. primarily the chief of a frank- 
 pledge ; at present a petty constable. 
 
 HE'ADDRESS, s. the covering of a woman's head. 
 
 HE'ADER, «. one who heads, or puts heads to, pins or nails. 
 
 HE'ADINESS, «. hurry ; rashness ; or obstinate perseverance 
 in one's own opinion. 
 
 HE'ADLAND, «. a promontory or cape. 
 
 HE'ADLESS, a. without a head ; beheaded. Without chief 
 or ruler, applied to a society or community. 
 
 HE'ADLONG, a. with the head foremost in a fall ; rash ; 
 thoughtless; without meditation; sudden or precipitate. 
 
 HE'ADLONG, ad. with the head first or foremost ; rashly, or 
 without thought ; hastil}', or without delay. 
 
 HE'ADON, Yorkshire, E. Riding. It is situated on a river 
 that falls into the Humber about two miles below, and is plea- 
 sant and well built, though little ; and was formerly considerable 
 in merchants and shipping, but its harbour is now nearly choked 
 up. It is 182 miles from London. Market, Saturday. Fop. 998. 
 
 HE'ADMOULD-SHOT, s. in Medicine, the closing of the su- 
 tures of the skull over each other in infants. 
 
 HE'ADPIECE, (hedpeece) s. armour for the head ; a helmet. 
 Among sempstresses, that part of a cap or bonnet which goes 
 
 HEA 
 
 over the crown of the head. Figuratively, understanding, or 
 judgment. 
 
 HE'ADQUARTERS, s. the place of general rendezvous or 
 lodgment for soldiers. 
 
 HE'ADSHIP, s. dignity ; authority ; the condition or state of 
 a ruler or governor. 
 
 HE'ADSMAN, s. an executioner; or one who beheads male- 
 factors. 
 
 HE'ADSTALL, s. part of the bridle that covers the head. 
 
 HE'ADSTONE, s. the chief stone, or that which is placed first 
 in a corner, whether at the top, to adorn and strengthen, or at 
 the bottom, to secure and support it. A tombstone placed at 
 the head of a grave. 
 
 HE'ADSTRONG, a. obstinate ; unruly ; or not easily governed. 
 
 HE'ADY, a. rash, or without deliberation ; obstinate, or not 
 to be governed. Strong, or apt to affect the head, applied to 
 liquors. 
 
 To HEAL, (heel) v. a. [halen. Sax.] to cure a person who has 
 been wounded or sick. In Surgery, to unite or consolidate the 
 lips of a wound or ulcer. Figuratively, to reconcile. — v. n. to 
 grow well, applied to wounds or sores. 
 
 HE'ALER, {heeler) s. one who cures wounds, or removes dis- 
 
 HE'ALING, (heeling) part, mild ; gentle ; pacific, or easily re- 
 conciled, applied to the temper. Curing, applied to medicine. 
 
 HEALTH, (pron. helth ; the a in this word, and all its com- 
 pounds and derivatives,being dropped in pronunciation ;) s. [Sax.] 
 applied to the body, a proper disposition of the several parts to 
 perform their respective functions, without any impediment or 
 sensation of pain. Applied to the mind, a just disposition of 
 the mind and rational powers, to perform their respective offices, 
 without being impeded by passion, or biassed by any undue in- 
 fluence. A ceremony used in drinking, wherein a person wishes 
 another health. 
 
 HE'ALTHFUL, a. free from pain or sickness ; that may pro- 
 mote the dominion of reason, or advancement of virtue, by 
 stifling the violence of passion, and by lessening the force oi 
 vicious habits. 
 
 HE'ALTHFULLY, ad. in such a manner as to promote health. 
 
 HE'ALTHFULNESS, s. the state of being well, or enjoying 
 health ; the quality of promoting or preserving health. 
 
 HE'ALTHINESS.s. the state of enjoying health free from any 
 interval of sickness. 
 
 HE'ALTHLESS, a. weak ; sickly ; infirm. 
 
 HEALTHSOME, a. contributing to the preservation of health. 
 
 HE'ALTHY, a. in health ; free from sickness ; sound. 
 
 HEAP, {heep) s. [heap. Sax.] any collection of things thrown 
 upon each other; a crowd or multitude; a throng; a cluster or 
 number of persons assembled together. 
 
 To HEAP, {heep) v. a. [heapian. Sax.] to throw together, or 
 one upon another; to accumulate, pile up, or acquire abundant- 
 ly; to add to something else. 
 
 HE'APER, (heeper) s. one who piles, throws, or places 
 several things upon each other. 
 
 HE'APY, a. lying in heaps. 
 
 To HEAR, {heer) v. n. ihxjran. Sax.] to enjoy the faculty by 
 which sounds are distinguished; to perceive a sound ; to listen 
 or hearken to ; to be told of or informed of by words.— ». a. to 
 give audience ; to give a person permission to speak, and to at- 
 tend or listen to him when speaking; to try; to acknowledge. 
 Synon. To hear, implies having the ear struck with any sound ; 
 to hearken, means to lend an ear, in order to hear. 
 
 HE'ARER, (heerer) s. one who attends to any discourse spoken 
 by another ; one who perceives what another speaks; one who 
 is informed of something, by word, which he does not see. 
 
 HE'ARING, {hearing) s. the sense by which sounds are per- 
 ceived ; audience ; a judicial trial ; the reach of the ear, or the 
 distance within which sounds can be perceived. 
 
 To HEA'RKEN, (hdrken) v. n. [hearcnian. Sax.] to listen at- 
 tentively to what a person says. 
 
 HEA'RKENER, {hdrkener) s. a listener, or one who attends 
 and pays a regard to what is spoken by another. 
 
 HE'ARSAY, {heersay) s. that which a person does not know 
 for certain himself, but gathers from rumour or common fame. 
 
 HEARSE, (herse) s. a covered carriage, hung with black 
 cloth, &c., in which dead bodies are conveyed to the place of 
 interment. 
 
 429 
 
HEART, (the e in this word, as well as in all its compounds 
 and derivatives, is dropped in pronunciation ; as, hart, hdrt-ake, 
 hdrty, &c.) s. [heort, Sax.] in Animal Physiology, a muscular 
 organ, which is the centre of the circulating system, and propels 
 the blood, which, when properly formed, is conveyed to it through 
 the whole frame. It assumes very various forms in different 
 races of creatures, and in warm-blooded animals is most perfect; 
 —being double, one part serving to propel the blood for aeration 
 through the lungs, and the other serving for the general circu- 
 lation. See Arteries, Veins, &c. In popular language, it is the 
 seat of courage or affection. Figuratively, the chief or principal 
 part; the inner part of any thing; passions; anxiety; concern; 
 disposition of mind. The heart is considered as the seat of ten- 
 derness ; a hard heart, therefore, is cruelty. Courage or spirit, 
 opposed to despair or dejection. Used with get, deliver, or say, 
 strength of memory. The mind or conscience. Strength, or 
 power of producing, applied to soil. To lose one's heart, is to be 
 very much enamoured, or to fall so deeply in love, that reason 
 cannot control the affection. To take to heart, is to be zealous, 
 earnest, solicitous, or grieved about any thing. To find in the 
 heart, is not to be entirely or much averse to. 
 
 HEA'RT-ACHE, «. sorrow ; pang ; anguish of mind. 
 
 HEA'RT-BREAK, s. excessive sorrow. 
 
 HEA'RT-BREAKING, a. overpowering with sorrow. 
 
 HEA'RT-BREAKING, s. excessive or overpowering grief. 
 
 HEA'RT-BURN, s. in Medicine, a pain at the mouth of the 
 stomach, caused either by an alkali or acid prevailing in the 
 stomach. 
 
 HEA'RT-BURNED, o. uneasy or discontented. 
 
 HEA'RT-BURNING, s. -See Heart-Burn. Figuratively, 
 discontent ; grudge ; or secret enmity. 
 
 HEA'RT-DEAR, a. dear as one's life; sincerely and highly 
 beloved. 
 
 HEA'RT-EASE, s. tranquillity; quiet; a state of mind un- 
 disturbed by any passion. 
 
 HEA'RTED, a. disposed or inclined. It is only used in com- 
 position ; as, hard-hearted, inclined to cruelty ; not to be affect- 
 ed with distress, or prevailed on by entreaties. 
 
 To HEA'RTEN, v. a, to encourage, or animate a person to an 
 attempt ; to rouse from a state of dejection ; to comfort ; to im- 
 prove and preserve ground fertile by manure. 
 
 HEA'RT-FELT, a. that affects the mind ; that is sincere ; felt 
 in the conscience. 
 
 HEARTH, Qiarth) s, [Sax.] the ground of a chimney, or the 
 pavement in a chimney on which a fire is made, or a grate 
 stands. 
 
 HEA'RTILY, ad. sincerely ; diligently ; eagerly ; with a vehe- 
 ment desire ; largely. 
 
 HEA'RTINESS, s. warmth of affection ; freedom from hypo- 
 crisy ; vigour, diligence, or strength. 
 
 HEA'RTLESS, a. without courage or spirit ; without comfort. 
 
 HEA'RTLESSLY, ad. without courage or spirit ; faintly. 
 
 HEA'RTLESSNESS, s. want of courage or spirit ; a state of 
 dejection. 
 
 HEA'RT-PEAS, s. in Botany, a plant with round black 
 seeds like peas, having the figure of a white heart upon each. 
 
 HEA'RT-RENDING, a. rending the heart; killing with 
 anguish. 
 
 HEA'RTSEASE, s. in Botany, a common name of the pansy. 
 
 HEA'RT-SICK, a. under any pain, discontent, or anguish of 
 mind; mortally ill, proceeding from and discovering some dan- 
 gerous hurt. 
 
 HEA'RT-SORE, s. that which pains the mind. 
 
 HEA'RT-STRINGS, s. the tendons or nerves supposed to 
 brace the heart. Used mostly in poetry. 
 
 HEA'RT-STRUCK, a. driven to the heart, or fixed immov- 
 ably in the mind ; shocked with fear or dismay. 
 
 HEA'RT-SWELLING, a. rankling in the mind. " Meart- 
 swelling hate," Spejiser. 
 
 HEA'RT-WHOLE, a. without any bias on the affections ; in 
 good health ; without impairment of the constitution. 
 
 HEA'RTWOUNDING, a. affecting the mind with grief. 
 
 HEA'RTY, a. sincere ; undissembling ; warm or zealous ; in 
 full health ; vigorous ; strong ; merry. 
 
 HEAT, (heet) s. [Sax.] in Natural Philosophy, the common 
 name of that subtle agent, called in chemistry, caloric. Its es- 
 sence is unknown; but its laws have been accurately investi- 
 430 ' 
 
 HEA 
 
 gated. It is excited in various ways, beside the use of the sun's 
 rays, vegetable fermentation, &c. ; as by friction, by heavy and 
 repeated blows, &c., and by the use of Galvanism and chemical 
 combinations. It is transmitted at different rates of velocity 
 through the substance of bodies, which is called conduction; and 
 through the air surrounding a body, which is called radiation. 
 It expands the bulk of substances, and gradually transforms 
 solids to fluids and gases. In common language, it signifies the 
 sensation experienced in the transmission of caloric by any 
 means to the body. Latent heat, is that form of caloric which 
 does not manifest itself in the common way, by exciting the 
 sensation of heat, or raising the thermometer, &c., but by other 
 more subtle effects. See Thermometer, Pyrometer, &c. Hot 
 weather; the state of a body which is put into a fire ; a cours* 
 at a race, or the space of ground which a horse is to run without 
 resting; a slight eruption on the skin, arising from the warmth 
 of weather, &c. Figuratively, violence or vehemence of passion ; 
 the height or the most violent part of an action or battle ; faction, 
 contest, or the rage of party. Warmth, ardour, applied either 
 to the thoughts or elocution. 
 
 To HEAT, (heet) v. a. to make hot, or endue with a power of 
 burning; to grow warm by fermentation ; to ferment; to warm 
 with vehemence of passion or desire ; to produce a sensation of 
 warmth by violent exercise. 
 
 HE'ATER, (heeter) s. a piece of iron of a triangular form, 
 which, being made red-hot m the fire, is used in a box-iron, to 
 smooth linen with. 
 
 HEATH, (heeth) s. {hoeth. Sax.] in Botany, the name of a 
 hardy family of plants found in all climates ; some of which 
 have very beautiful flowers. Our British species grow in barren 
 and uncultivated soils. Figuratively, it signifies a place over- 
 
 frown with the above plant, or covered with shrubs of any 
 ind. 
 
 HE'ATH-COCK, s. in Natural History, a large fowl that fre- 
 quents heaths. 
 
 HE'ATHEN, (heethen) s. [heyden, Teut.] one who worships 
 false gods, and is not acquainted with the Bible; a Gentile; a 
 pagan. . 
 
 HE'ATHEN, (heethen) a. belonging to those nations that are 
 unacquainted with the Bible. 
 
 HE'ATHENISH, (heethenish) a. practising idolatry. Figura- 
 
 tively, wild ; savage ; rapacious ; cruel. 
 
 HE'AT"" 
 
 heathen. 
 
 HE'ATHENISI 
 
 age; rapac 
 HLY, (heei 
 
 ■thenishly) ad. after the manner of a 
 
 HE'ATHENISM, (heHhenism) s. the worship of idols ; or the 
 religion of those nations who were unacquainted with Scripture. 
 
 HE'ATHY, a. full of heath. 
 
 To HEAVE, (heeve) v. a. prefer, heaved, part, heaved ; [heafian. 
 Sax.] to lift up or raise from the ground ; to carry or fling ; to 
 make a thing rise or swell ; to elate or puff with success.— r. n. 
 to pant or breathe with pain and frequent rising or falling of the 
 breast; to rise with pain; to swell higher or larger; to be 
 squeamish, or find a tendency to vomit. 
 
 HEAVE, (heeve) s. a lift or effort made upwards ; a rising of 
 the breast ; a struggle to rise. Heave-offering, in the Old Testa- 
 ment, an offering that was held or lifted up in the sight of the 
 congregation. 
 
 HE'AVEN, (Uren) s. [heofon, Sax.] the regions above; the 
 
 sky ; the habitation of the blessed. Figuratively, the greatest 
 degree of height ; elevation. 
 
 HE'AVENLY, (hivenly) a. resembling heaven ; elevated be- 
 yond the common productions of mankind; perfect in the high- 
 est degree ; inhabiting heaven. 
 
 HE'AVENLY, (hevenly) ad. in a pious manner ; in a manner 
 resemblingthat of heaven; by the agency or influence of heaven. 
 
 HE'AVENWARD, ad. toward heaven. 
 
 HE'AVILY, (hevily) ad. with great weight. Figuratively, 
 grievously ; with great affliction, dejection, or sorrow. 
 
 HE'AVINESS, (heviness) s. weight ; or that quality in a body 
 which renders it difficult to be lifted. Applied to the mind, de- 
 jection; depression; languor; inaptitude to motion or thought ; 
 oppression. Synon. Ifeawmessis the quality spoken of generally; 
 weight is the measure or degree of that quality, which we ascer- 
 tain by comparison. 
 
 HE'AVY, (hevy) a. [Iwafig, Sax.] not easily lifted or thrown ; 
 of considerable weight ; sorrowful ; dejected ; grievous, or op- 
 pressive. Wanting briskness, or dull, applied to the eyes ; lazy ; 
 
HEC 
 
 drowsy; slow; sluggish; stupid; foolish. Wanting fire, spirit, 
 or the ornaments of composition, applied to style. Tedious, or 
 oppressing like a burden, applied to time. Not easily digested, 
 applied to food. In Agriculture, it is applied to stifl^ tenacious 
 soils, such as rest on a clayey subsoil. 
 
 HE'BDOMAD, s. [hehdomas, from hepta, Gr.] a week, or space 
 of time consisting of seven days. 
 
 HEBDO'MADAL, Hebdo'madary, a. weekly ; consisting of 
 seven days. 
 
 HE'BER, DR. REGINALD, the late English bishop of Cal- 
 cutta, an elegant scholar and poet. He travelled through Eastern 
 Europe soon after the termination of his university studies, and 
 afterwards became a parochial minister in England. On Dr. 
 Middleton's death he was appointed to the see of Calcutta ; and 
 he died of apoplexy in 1826, aged 43 years. He wrote, beside 
 sermons, poems and critical essays, and edited Jeremy Taylor's 
 works. His Journal in India has been published since his death. 
 
 To HE'BETATE, v. a. [hebes, Lat.] to dull; to blunt; to stu- 
 pify; to make dim. 
 
 HE'BETUDE, s. dulness; bluntness; obtuseness ; want of 
 discernment or sagacity. 
 
 HE'BRAISM, s. [hebraismus, Lat.] a method of expression 
 or a phrase borrowed from, or peculiar to, the Hebrew. 
 
 HE'BRAIST, or Hebri'cian, s. a person skilled in Hebrew. 
 
 HE'BREW LANGUAGE, s. the original language of the 
 Jews, in which the Old Testament was originally written. It is 
 the oldest of the Semitic family of languages, and casts great 
 light on the Arabic, and others of that race, because of its greater 
 rudeness and simplicity. There is no other book in pure He- 
 brew, as the writings of the Rabbins are debased with words 
 and idioms of foreign origin. A Hebrew signifies one of the de- 
 scendants of Terah, so called from a Hebrew word that signifies 
 to nass over, because they came from beyond the Euphrates. 
 
 HE'BREWS, EPISTLE TO THE, one of the books of the 
 New Testament, which not having the writer's name prefixed to 
 it, and being addressed to a particular class of Christians, did 
 not find universal acceptance for some centuries.* Most critics 
 ascribe it to the apostle Paul ; but there are sufficient grounds 
 for doubt on this point. It is a lengthened essay on the supe- 
 riority of the Christian scheme over the Jewish, and is argued 
 on grounds which apply chiefly to Jews. The purpose is evi- 
 dently to sustain the faith of the Hebrew converts ; and in the 
 appeal at the end of the argument is found a most eloquent re- 
 cital of the deeds of the worthies of the Old Testament history, 
 which displayed the power of faith. The truly epistolary part 
 is confined to the last chapter; and is of a stamp similar to the 
 acknowledged epistles of Paul. Some critics, following the 
 statements of a few of the Fathers of the church, have held that 
 this treatise was written originally in the Syriac language cus- 
 tomarily spoken amongst the Jews of Palestine, and afterwards 
 translated into Greek. But no substantial proof is adduced in 
 support of the hypothesis. 
 
 HE'BRIDES," or Western Islands of Scotland. These is- 
 lands lie on the W. coast of Scotland, and are supposed to be 
 about 300 in number. The principal of them are Skye, St. 
 Kilda, Lewis, and Harris, N. and S. Uist, Cannay, Stafll'a, 
 Mull, Jura, Islay, &c. See the principal names. 
 
 HE'BRIDES, NEW, a group of islands in the S. Pacific Ocean, 
 situated immediately W. of the Friendly Isles. The principal 
 islands are Tierra del Espirito, Santo, and Malicollo, besides 
 several others of less note, some of which are from 18 to 25 
 leagues in circumference. In general they are high and moun- 
 tainous, abounding with wood and water, and the usual produc- 
 tions of the tropical islands, bread-fruit, cocoa-nuts, plantains, 
 sugar-canes, and yams. The inhabitants are of the semi-negro 
 variety ; and are very rude, but not savage. 
 
 HE'CATE, in Greek Mythology, a name of the moon. 
 
 HE'CATOMB, (hecatom) s. [hekaton, Gr. hecatombe, Lat.] a 
 sacrifice of a hundred cattle. 
 
 HE'CLA, a large volcano of the island of Iceland. It is very 
 active, for during a period of above 600 years, at intervals rarely 
 exceeding 20 years, eruptions have taken place ; some of which 
 have continued for six years without ceasing. The country 
 being so constantly icebound, and so thinly inhabited, these 
 convulsions have not been so destructive as they are in other 
 countries. Its height is above 5000 feet. 
 
 HE'CTIC, He'ctical, a, [hektikos, Gr.] habitual; constitu- 
 
 HEG 
 
 tional. Hectic fever, a slow and continual one. Troubled with 
 a distempered heat. 
 
 HE'CTOR, s. [from Hector, the Trojan hero,] a bully; a blus- 
 tering, noi^, and turbulent person. 
 
 To HE'CTOR, f. n. to threaten; to treat with insolence; to 
 play the bully. 
 
 HEDERA'CEOUS, a. [hedaraceus, from hedera, Lat.] resem- 
 bling ivy. 
 
 HEDGE, s. {hec/ge. Sax.] a fence of bushes made round any 
 ground, to defend it from encroachments, or between the differ- 
 ent parts of a garden, &c. When prefixed to any word, hedge 
 denotes something mean, vile, and contemptible. A quickset 
 hedge, is that which is formed of growing hawthorn and similar 
 shrubs. 
 
 To HEDGE, V. a. to enclose with a fence of trees or bushes. 
 Used with up, to obstruct or stop up a passage. 
 
 HE'DGEHOG, «. in Natural History, a small animal, having 
 its back, sides, and flanks set with strong and sharp prickles, 
 which by the help of a muscle can contract itself into a globular 
 form, and withdraw its whole under part, head, belly, and legs, 
 within its thicket of prickles. In Ichthyology, the globe fish. 
 
 HE'DGE-NOTE, s. a word of contempt for low and mean 
 writing'. » 
 
 HE'DGEPIG, s. a young hedgehog. 
 
 HETiGER, s. one who makes or repairs hedges. 
 
 HE'DGEROW, s. bushes planted in a line for an enclosure. 
 
 HE'DGESPARROW, s. ni Natural History, the trivial name 
 of a species of warbler, very common in England. 
 
 HE'DGING-BILL, s. a kind of axe or hatchet, with which 
 hedges are cut. 
 
 To HEED, V. a, \hedan. Sax.] to mind ; to take notice of; to 
 view with care and attention. 
 
 HEED, s. [hede. Sax.] care ; earnest application of the mind ; 
 caution ; notice ; care to avoid ; regard or respectful notice ; 
 seriousness ; staidness. 
 
 HEE'DFUL, a. cautious, or careful of the immediate effects 
 or consequences of an action; attentive, or careful in taking 
 notice or observing. 
 
 HEE'DFULLY, ad. in an attentive or cautious manner. 
 
 HEE'DFULNESS, s. caution ; attentive notice. 
 
 HEEDLESS, a. negligent ; inattentive. 
 
 HEE'DLESSLY, ad. in an inattentive or careless manner. 
 
 HEE'DLESSNESS, s. carelessness ; negligence ; inattention. 
 
 HEEL, «. \hele. Sax.] the hinder part of the foot; any thing 
 which covers, or is shaped like, a heel ; hence it is applied in 
 the phrase. To be out of heel, i. e. to be very much impaired, or in 
 a declining condition. " A good man's fortune may grow out at 
 heels," Shak. To he at the heels, is to pursue closely. To lay by 
 the heels, is to fetter, shackle, or imprison. 
 
 To HEEL, V. n. to dance by beating the heels on the ground, 
 as in jigs. To lean on one side, applied to a ship. 
 
 HEE'LPIECE, {heelpeece) s. a piece of leather, &c. sewed on 
 the heel of a shoe, to repair what is worn away. 
 
 HEE'REN, ARNOLD HERMAN LOUIS, a distinguished 
 German historian. After studying at Gottingen, he travelled 
 in France and Italy, and eventually settled as a professor at his 
 alma mater. His historical works are numerous and of great 
 value, as he has in his compendiums departed from the usual 
 course, and details the great movements by which the progress 
 of nations and of the civilized world has been brought about, 
 rather than the intrigues and adventures of characters, which, 
 however famous in their day, are of no moment to the world. 
 His Manual of Ancient History, and his Manual of the History of 
 European State-systems and their Colonies, are well translated into 
 English, and are particularly excellent. He died in 1842, aged 
 81 years. 
 
 HE'GEL, GEORGE WILLIAM FREDERIC, one of the great 
 modern German philosophers, who have followed in the steps 
 of Kant. He was a fellow student of Schellin^, and at Jena 
 succeeded to the professorship he had vacated. But he differed 
 widely from all his teachers, and has established a name in the 
 philosophical world equal with the very highest of those who are 
 not actual discoverers. This he effected as professor at Berlin, 
 which he filled for some years after he had held similar posts at 
 Bamberg and Heidelberg. He died in 1831, aged 60 years. 
 His system has been named Absolute Idealism, to distinguish it 
 from the systems of Fichte and Schelling. He has taught it 
 
 431 
 
HEL 
 
 most succinctly and clearly in his Encychpcsdia of Phihsophy ; 
 and it is of so abstruse a character that it is' impossible to con- 
 vey any intelligible notion of it in a few words. His disciples 
 have applied it to every department of human knowledge, and 
 the latest prodigies of theology in Germany have sprung from 
 this root. 
 
 HE'GIRA, s. [Arab.] in Chronology, the sera whence the Ma- 
 hometans compute their time. It took its origin from Mahomet's 
 flight from Mecca, on the evening of the 15th or 16th of July, 
 A. D. 622, in the reign of the emperor Heraclius. As the years 
 of the Hegira consist of only 354 days, they are reduced to the 
 Julian calendar, by multiplying the year of the Hegira by -354, 
 dividing the product by 365, subtracting the intercalary days, 
 or as many times as there are four years in the quotient, and 
 adding 622 to the remainder. 
 
 HEI'DELBERG, a considerable and populous town of Baden, 
 Germany. It has a celebrated university, and is situated on the 
 S. side of the Neckar, over which there is a handsome bridge. 
 It suflered most seriously in the various continental wars, from 
 the time of the Reformation, but it is now in a prosperous state, 
 and its university is improving. Its library of MSS. is very rich. 
 Pop. about 15,000. Lat. 49. 24. N. Long. 8. 41. E. 
 
 HE'IFER, {heffer) s. ,\heafme. Sax.] in Farming affairs, a 
 young cow. 
 
 HEIGH HO, {hi ho) interject, a word used to express slight 
 languor and uneasiness ; sometimes applied to signify a joyful 
 exultation. 
 
 HEIGHT, Qnte) s. a distance or space above ground ; space 
 measured upwards. In Geography, the degree of latitude. A 
 summit, ascent, or eminence. Figuratively, elevation, rank, or 
 dignity above others ; the utmost degree, perfection, or ex- 
 ertion. 
 
 To HEI'GHTEN, {hlten) v. a. to raise above ground, or on 
 high ; to prefer, or raise to a higher post ; to improve, or raise to 
 a higher aegree of perfection ; to aggravate, or increase any bad 
 quality; to adorn or make more beautiful or splendid by orna- 
 ments. 
 
 HEI'NOUS, {hainous) a. \Jiaineux, Fr.] wicked in a high de- 
 gree ; atrocious ; shameful ; odious. 
 
 HEI'NOUSLY, ad. in a very wicked or atrocious manner. 
 
 HEl'NOUSNESS, s. the quality which makes an action ex- 
 ceedingly wicked. 
 
 HE'INSIUS, DANIEL, a very distinguished editor of the 
 classics, who was a professor at Leyden in its palmiest days. 
 He also wrote Latin verse. He died in 1006, aged 80 years. 
 
 HEIR, (the h in this word and its derivatives is silent ;— ore,) 
 s. [Jiceres, Lat.] in Civil Law, one who succeeds to the whole 
 estate of another, after his death, whether by right of blood or 
 testament. In Common Law, one who succeeds, by right of 
 blood, to any man's lands or tenements in fee. An heir ap- 
 parent is he on whom the succession is so settled, that it can- 
 not be altered without altering the laws of succession. Heir 
 presutnptive is the nearest relation to the present successor, who, 
 without the particular will of the testator, cannot be set aside. 
 
 To HEIR, K. a. to inherit, or possess by right of inheritance. 
 
 HEI'RESS, «. a female who succeeds to the estate of another 
 either by will or by blood. 
 
 HEFRLESS, a. without children to succeed to an inheritance. 
 
 HEFRLOOM, s. any thing which goes to the heir by custom, 
 and not by common law. They are never inventoried, after the 
 death of the owner, as chattels. 
 
 HELD, preter. and past part, of To Hold. 
 
 HELE'INTA, ST., an island in the S. Atlantic Ocean, almost 
 midway between Africa and S. America. Its circumference is 
 about 20 miles, and it has the appearance, at a distance, of a rock 
 rising out of the ocean. It is accessible at only one spot, where 
 the town is erected, in a valley at the bottom of a bay, between 
 two steep, dreary mountains. It is mountainous, some points 
 rising nearly 3000 feet above the sea ; and bears tokens of vol- 
 canic origin. The country, however, is far from being barran ; 
 the little hills are covered with rich verdure, and interspersed 
 with fertile valleys, which contain gardens, orchards, and va- 
 rious plantations. The valleys are watered by rivulets, and the 
 mountains, in the centre of the island, are covered with wood. 
 It rears fine cattle and sheep ; and produces good fruit of va- 
 rious kinds. It belongs to England ; and is remarkable as the 
 place where the British government confined Napoleon Buona- 
 
 HEL 
 
 parte, after his defeat at Waterloo. It is usually touched by ves- 
 sels trading with India. James Town is the name of its only 
 town. Pop. about 4000. Lat. 15. 55. S. Long. 5. 49. W. 
 
 HE'LENA, ST., a celebrated person in Ecclesiastical History, 
 being the wife of a Roman emperor, and mother of Constantine 
 the Great ; and according to famous tradition, the inventor of 
 the cross, on which our Saviour was crucified ; the discovery (or 
 invention, as it is in the Calendar) being made by means of a 
 dream. The Church of the Holy Sepulchre at Jerusalem is 
 ascribed to her. She died in 327. 
 
 HELFACAL, a. [helios, Gr.] hid by, or appearing by coming 
 out of, the lustre of the sun. Heliacal rising, in Astronomy, is 
 applied to a star, which after having been hid by the sun's rays, 
 rises before it, and by that means becomes visible. Heliacal set- 
 ting, is applied to a star which approaches so near to the sun, as 
 to be hid by its rays. 
 
 HELFACALLY, ad. in Astronomy, in such a manner as to 
 emerge from the sun's rays, and become visible ; or in such a 
 manner as to approach so near to the sun as to be hid by its 
 splendour. 
 
 HE'LICAL, a. [helix, Gr.] spiral ; or twisting like a cork- 
 screw. 
 
 HE'LICON, MOUNT, a hill in the ancient Boeotia, conse- 
 crated to Apollo and the Muses. 
 
 HE'LIER, ST., the capital of the island of Jersey, in the Eng- 
 lish Channel, on the coast of France. It is seated in St. Aubin's 
 Bay, where it has a harbour, and a stone pier; having the sea 
 on the S. W. and hills on the N. Another large hill projects, 
 in a manner, over the town, and has a pleasant walk, that af- 
 fords an extensive prospect. The little island, St. Helier, about 
 a mile in circuit, contains Elizabeth castle, which is wholly 
 occupied by the governor and garrison ; it is a peninsula from 
 half-flood to half-ebb, during which time there is a passage, 
 called the bridge, which is half a mile long, and formed of sand 
 and stones. It leads to the town, which is well paved, and has 
 wide streets. The inhabitants are computed to be 2000, and in 
 their place of^worship the French and English languages are 
 used alternately. Lat. 49. 1.3. N. Long. 2. 14. W. 
 
 HE'LIGOLAND, an island in the German Ocean lying about 
 25 miles oflTthe mouth of the Elbe. It is scarcely three miles in 
 circumference ; and was originally much more extensive. It is 
 partly a lofty rock, on which the little town is built ; and it has 
 
 food accommodation for the shipping which often put in there, 
 t is in the possession of the English, but inhabited by the 
 Dutch. Its population is about 3000. 
 
 HELIOCEyNTRIC, a. [helios and ketitron, Gr.] in Astronomy, 
 applied to the place of a planet, as it would appear to us from the 
 sun, if the eye were fixed in its centre. 
 
 IIELIOGA'BALUS, or Elaga'balus, one of the monsters who, 
 in the decline of the empire, was emperor of Rome. The prae- 
 torian guards raised him to that dignity when he was but 15 
 years of age; and during a reign of nearly four years, after a 
 fair beginning, he perpetrated almost every conceivable act of 
 infamy and madness, and was killed by those who exalted him. 
 He fell in 222 a. d. 
 
 HELIO'POLIS, the Grecian name of a city of Ancient Egypt, 
 of which nothing remains now, but the ruin of a very magnifi- 
 cent temple, some obelisks, &c. It was one of the chief cities, 
 and in the Book of Genesis is referred to by the designation On. 
 See also Baalbec. 
 
 HE'LIOSCOPE, s. [helios and shopeo, Gr.] a kind of telescope 
 fitted for looking at the body of the sun, without hurting the 
 eyes. 
 
 HE'LIOTROPE, s. [helios and trepho, Gr.] in Botany, the 
 name of several plants which were observed or supposed to turn 
 their flowers towards the sun, following it in its daily course 
 from E. to W. 
 
 HELISPHE'RICAL, a. [helix and sphere,'] in Navigation, ap- 
 plied to the rhumb line, because on the globe it winds spirally 
 round the pole, advancing continually nearer and nearer towards 
 without terminating in it. 
 
 HE'LIX, s. [Gr.] a spiral line, or that which resembles a cork- 
 screw. 
 
 HELL, s. [heUe, Sax.] the place wherein the devil and wicked 
 souls are confined ; the wicked spirits, or inhabitants of hell; 
 a place of inconceivable misery. Used in former times for the un- 
 seen world, or hades. " He descended into hell," Apostles' Creed. 
 
IlEL 
 
 HE'LLEBORE, s. [Jtelleborus, Lat.] in Botany, a plant, the 
 root of which was formerly used as a cathartic ; the Christmas- 
 flower. 
 
 HE'LL-HOUND, s. [helle hund. Sax.] the fabled dog which 
 guards the infernal regions. Figuratively, an agent or emissary 
 of the devil. 
 
 HELLE'NES, one of the ancient races of the S. E. of Europe, 
 contemporaries of the Pelasgians, and ancestors of the true 
 Greek population of Asia Minor, Greece, Italy, &c. They were 
 divided into numerous tribes, who took up their residence in 
 different parts, and originated the different states of Greece. 
 
 HE'LLENISM, s. [hellen, Gr.] an idiom, phrase, or manner of 
 expression, peculiar to the Greek. 
 
 HE'LLESPONT, s. a narrow arm of the sea, betwixt Europe 
 and Asia ; now called the Dardanelles or Straits of Gallipoli. 
 
 HE'LLISH, a. Ihellice, Sax.] having the qualities of hell, or 
 the devil ; excessively wicked or malicious ; sent from hell. 
 
 HE'LLISHLY, ad. in a very wicked and malicious manner; 
 wickedly ; or like the devil. 
 
 HE'LLISHNESS, s. wickedness in excess ; any quality in- 
 consistent with goodness, rendering us like the devil. 
 
 HE'LLWARD, ad. towards hell. 
 
 HELM, s. [helm. Sax.] a covering formerly worn in war to 
 
 Erotect and defend the head; that part of a coat of arms which 
 ears the crest. The upper part or head of a retort, in Chemis- 
 try.— [Ae/ma, Sax.] the rudder, or board, by which the course of 
 a vessel is directed or altered. Figuratively, a post in the ad- 
 ministration, or the station of those who conduct the affairs of a 
 government. 
 
 To HELM, V. a. to move the helm, in order to guide or alter 
 the course of a vessel. Figuratively, to guide or conduct. 
 
 HE'LMED, a. wearing a helmet or head-piece. 
 
 HE'LjMET, s. {elmetto, Ital.] a covering for the head, worn in 
 battle. In Botany, the upper part of a gaping blossom. 
 
 HELMI'NTHIC, a. [helmins, Gr.] relating to worms. 
 
 HE'LMONT, JOHN BAPTIST VAN, the founder of the sys- 
 tem of chemistry which superseded that of Paracelsus, and led 
 the way to the foundation of a true chemical science. He was a 
 wealthy gentleman of Brabant, and studied at Louvain. After 
 some strangely fantastic proceedings, he travelled in France and 
 Italy; and settling on one of his estates on his return, passed 
 the remainder of his days in peaceable pursuit of his favourite 
 science. He died in 1644, aged 67 years. His system was 
 purely a metaphysical one, and it was taught under the cus- 
 tomary veil of allegorical impersonations. It is curious that one 
 of these impersonations should keep its place in our present 
 chemical nomenclature: — gas,vi\\\ch in Dutch means spirit or 
 ghost, was introduced to scientific use by Van Helmont. 
 
 HE'LMSLEY-BLACKMORE, or Helmsley, Yorkshire, N. Rid- 
 ing. It is seated on the river Rye, and has a brook running through 
 it. It is composed of houses well built of stone, covered with 
 slate. It has a considerable manufacture of cottons and linens. 
 It is 222 miles from London. Market, Saturday. Pop. 3475. 
 
 HE'LOTS, the name of the aboriginal inhabitants of Laconia, 
 in ancient Greece, who were kept m a state of most degraded 
 and hopeless slaverj' by their Spartan conquerors. See Sparta. 
 
 To Help, pret. helped, part, helped or holpen,v. a. {helpan. Sax. 
 hilpan, Goth.] to assist a person in order to enable him to per- 
 form any thing. Figuratively, to free from pain or disease ; to 
 cure ; to heal ; to remedy ; to promote ; to forward. To help tip, 
 to enable a person to raise himself from the ground, who could 
 not rise without assistance. To forbear, avoid, to refrain from, 
 followed by a participle of the present tense. " I cannot help re- 
 marking^'' Pope. To carve, or hand meat to a person at table. 
 
 HELP, s. {hnJpe, Belg.] assistance or aid in weakness ; sup- 
 port in necessity ; relief in distress ; that which forwards or 
 promotes ; the person or thing which assists. A remedy, fol- 
 lowed by for. "There is no help for it," Holder. Synon. We 
 use the word help, in labour ; sicccour, in danger ; assist, in 
 want ; relieve, in distress. 
 
 HE'LPER, s. one who enables a person to perform any thing, 
 by lending his assistance ; a supernumerary servant, employed 
 only occasionally ; one who supplies with any thing wanted. 
 
 HE'LPFUL, a. useful ; that supplies any defect either in 
 bodily strength or understanding; wnolesome or salutary; pro- 
 moting or advancing any end. 
 
 HE'LPLESS, a. wanting power to succour oneself; want- 
 
 HEM 
 
 ing support or assistance ; not to be remedied or altered for the 
 better. 
 
 HE'LPLESSLY, ad, without succour or strength to support 
 oneself. 
 
 HE'LPLESSNESS, s. want of strength to succour oneself. 
 
 HE'LSTONE, Cornwall. It is one of the towns appointed for 
 the stamping of tin, and below the town is a tolerably good har- 
 bour, where several of the tin-ships take in their lading. It is 
 274 miles from London. Market, Saturday. Pop. 3584. 
 
 HE'LTER-SKELTER, ad. in a confused manner ; in a hurry ; 
 without any order or regularity. 
 
 HELVE,*, [helfe. Sax.] the handle of an axe. 
 
 HELVE'TIC, a. that which relates or belongs to the Swiss ; 
 whose ancient name was Helvetii. 
 
 HELVE'TIUS, CLAUDE ADRIAN, one of the materialist 
 metaphysicians of the beginning of the last century in France. 
 He was descended from an eminent Dutch physician of some 
 note in France, and his father was royal physician. He was at- 
 tached by some lucrative post to the court ; but he was a spe- 
 culator, and published the results of his cogitations in a work, 
 which was condemned by the authorities. He left France for 
 awhile, but returned and continued his speculations, and pub- 
 lished the application of his system to education, &c. His 
 scheme was the parent of others worse than it. Their entire in- 
 humanity has rendered them innocuous. 
 
 HE'LVOETSLUYS, a sea-port of Holland, on the S. side of 
 the island of Voorn, in one of the mouths of the Meuse, with 
 the best harbour on the coast. The principal part of the Dutch 
 navy is laid up here, in a spacious basin at the end of the har- 
 bour. It is about 50 miles from Amsterdam. Pop. about 9000. 
 Lat. 51. 45. N. Long. 4. 23. E. 
 
 HEM,s. [Jiem, Sax.] the edge of a garment doubled and sewed 
 to keep it from ravelling ; [hemmen, Belg.] the noise made by a 
 sudden effort or expulsion of the breath. 
 
 HEM, interject. [Lat.] a word used to express an indirect dis- 
 like or astonishment at something related. 
 
 To HEM, V. a. to close the edge of linen by turning it over, 
 and sewing it down, in order to keep it from ravelling. Figura- 
 tively, to sew any thing on the edges of cloth, &c. To hem in, 
 to enclose, confine, or surround on all sides. To make a noise by 
 a violent fetching or expulsion of breath. 
 
 HE'MANS, FELICIA, an eminent and greatly admired British 
 poetess. Her father was a Liverpool merchant, who being embar- 
 rassed in his circumstances, retired to a lonely dwelling in Wales, 
 where her romantic disposition found abundant food. She mar- 
 ried an officer in the English army, who eventually left her with 
 a large family, and her mother, to struggle on alone. Her circle 
 of distinguished literary acquaintance increased with her suc- 
 cessive publications, and her celebrity is now as a poet of the 
 affections established. Her works, which are chiefly lyrical, are 
 published now in six volumes. Her poetry is characterized by 
 melody of verse, and uninterrupted glow of language. 
 
 HE'MATITE, s. in Mineralogy, a kind of iron ore. 
 
 HE'MI, s. a word used in the composition of divers terms, 
 signifying the same with demi, or semi, viz. one half. 
 
 IIE'MICRANY, s. [hemi and kranion, Gr.] in Medicine, a pain 
 which affects one half of the head at a time. 
 
 HE'MICYCLE, s. [hemi and kukhs, Gr.] a half round. 
 
 HE'MINA, s. [hemi, Gr.] an ancient measure, now used in 
 medicine to signify about ten ounces in measure. 
 
 HE'MIPLEGY, s. [hemi and 2'^^^°, Gr.] in Medicine, a palsy, 
 or nervous disorder which seizes one side at a time. 
 
 HE'MISPHERE, (Mmisfere) s. [hemi and sphaira, Gr.] one half 
 of a globe when cut through the centre, in the plane of one of 
 its great circles. 
 
 HEMISPHE'RIC, Hemisphe'rical, {hemisfSrik, hemufSrikal) 
 a. half round ; containing half a globe. 
 
 HE'MISTICH, s. [hemi and sticltos, Gr.] half a verse. 
 
 HE'MLOCK, s. [Sax.] in Botany, a plant sometimes used in 
 Medicine, and in fattening hogs, but reckoned by the ancients a 
 deadly poison. 
 
 HEMP, s. [hcenep. Sax.] in Botany, a plant of which cordage 
 and cloth is made; and of the seed, an oil used in medi- 
 cine. Ifetnp agrimony, a plant found wild by ditches and sides 
 of rivers. 
 
 HE'MPEN, a. consisting or made of hemp. 
 
 HE'MPSTED, or Hemel Hempsted, Hertfordshire. It is 
 3 k 433 
 
HEN 
 
 seated araonj: hills, on a branch of the river Coin, called the 
 Gade. It is 23 miles from London. Market, Thursday. Pop. 
 7268. 
 
 HEN, s. [henne. Sax.] the female of the common house-cock ; 
 
 i'oined to words to express the female of such birds or fowls as 
 lave but one word for both sexes, as, Aen-sparrow. 
 
 HE'NBANE, s. in Botany, a very poisonous plant. 
 
 HE'NBIT, s. in Botany, an herb, the same with the hedge net- 
 tle ; the great henbit is a kind of archangel ; the lesser, the ivy- 
 leaved speedwell. 
 
 HENCE, ad. or interject, [heonan, Sax.] at a distance from any 
 spot, applied to place. From any particular instance or period, 
 applied to time. For this reason ; from this cause ; from this 
 source. " Hence may be deduced the force of exercise," Arhnth. 
 At the beginning of a sentence, it is used as an interjection, 
 expressing sudden passion and disdain, bidding a person quit 
 the place, or leave off an action. " Hence with your little 
 ones, Shak. From hence is a pleonastic phrase. 
 
 HENCEFO'RTH, ad. [henonforth. Sax.] from this time for- 
 ward. 
 
 HENCEFO'RWARD, ad. [heonan forweard. Sax.] from this 
 time ; to futurity. 
 
 HE'NCHMAN, s. \hync. Sax. and man,'] a page ; an attendant : 
 a designation chiefly used in Scotland. 
 
 To HEND, V. a. \hendan. Sax.] to seize or lay hold upon ; to 
 surround, or crowd. 
 
 HENDE'CAGON, s. [hendeka and gone, Gr.] in Geometry, a 
 figure that has eleven sides, and as many angles. 
 
 HE'NDRIVER, He'n-Harm, He'n-Haiirier, s. in Natural 
 History, a species of hawk. 
 
 HE'N-HEARTED, a. easily frightened ; timorous ; cowardly, 
 like a hen. 
 
 HE/NLEY UPON THAMES, Oxfordshire. It is seated on 
 the Thames, over which it has a large, elegant stone bridge, 
 and by which prodigious quantities of malt, corn, flour, and 
 wood are sent to London by barges. It is 35 miles from Lon- 
 don. Markets, Wednesday, Friday, and Saturday. Pop. 3622. 
 
 HE'NLEY IN ARDEN, Warwickshire. It is situated near 
 the river Arrow, 102 miles from London. Market, Tuesday. 
 Pop. 1223. 
 
 HE'NNA, s. [Arab.] a vegetable dye used by the ladies of the 
 East for staining their nails, and parts of their hands and feet, 
 according to their notions of beauty. 
 
 HE'N-PECKED, a. figuratively, subject to, or governed by, a 
 wife. 
 
 HE'N-ROOST, s. a place where poultry rest. 
 
 HENRY I., the third Norman king of England, and the young- 
 est son of William the Conqueror. He was surnamed Beauchrc, 
 or good scholar, from the character of his education. He was not 
 appointed by his father's will to any part of his dominions; 
 but he contrived to buy part of Normandy from his brother Ro- 
 bert, who was always glad to get money at any price. When 
 his brother William Rufus was shot in the New Forest, Henry 
 secured the royal treasure at Winchester, and thus succeeded to 
 the crown without opposition. He rendered himself popular 
 with all classes, at hrst, by profuse promises; and won the 
 hearts of the Saxons, by engaging to restore the laws of Edward 
 the Confessor, and by marrying Maud, the Scottish king's 
 daughter, who was descended from the Anglo-Saxon race. But 
 England reaped little good from all this. The poor were ground 
 down by his extortions ; and the rapacity of the nobles and the 
 clergy made their sufferings worse. Yet the royal power was 
 exercised in checking the power of these classes ; and though 
 in darkness, the foundation of future good was laid. Henry had 
 bought Normandy of Robert, when he joined the first cru- 
 sade ; and after his return, contrived to keep possession of it ; 
 Robert was defeated by his brother, and most barbarously im- 
 prisoned and blinded by his orders. Henry had one excellent 
 trait of character ; he was truly fond of his children, and no 
 grief so nearly touched his heart as the loss of his son by Maud, 
 and of one of his illegitimate daughters at sea. Henry was more 
 than once at war with the French king; but in the end gained 
 the advantage over him. He married a second wife on Maud's 
 death ; but he had no issue by her, and left his crown to his 
 daughter Maud; dying in 113.5, in consequence of a surfeit, 
 aged 66 years, and having reigned 34. 
 
 HENRY II. was grandson to Henry L, and succeeded Ste- 
 434 
 
 HEN 
 
 phen, according to a treaty made when his mother gave up the 
 contest with him for the crown. As soon as he was crowned he 
 began in good earnest the reformation of the countrj' ; and pro- 
 ceeded so rigorously that he speedily reduced the turljulent no- 
 bility to some degree of submission. At the great council of the 
 realm held at Clarendon, he procured the passing of laws or 
 Constitutions, which brought the clergy under his control also, 
 and deprived the pope of his chief advantage for troubling Eng- 
 land. But having associated with him in his reform of the no- 
 bility, the famous Thomas a Becket, and found his energy of 
 great service; he thought to be aided by him in his attempts on 
 the clergy, and to effect this made the favourite (against his 
 will) Archbishop of Canterbury. Becket at once sided against 
 his patron, and with his order; and a contest ensued, which 
 embroiled Henry with the king of France and the pope ; and 
 ended in Becket's murder, (or, as the churchmen called it, mar- 
 tyrdom,) and Henry's penance and flagellation at his tomb. 
 Various circumstances in Wales, France, and Ireland, gave 
 Henry the opportunity of extending his dominions, so that he 
 grew to be the most powerful monarch of Europe, after the em- 
 peror. But now he was doomed to domestic trials ; his sons re- 
 belled, and joined with the French king and his own discon- 
 tented nobility in taking up arms against him. His own queen, 
 who was not a whit more chaste than himself, aided and en- 
 couraged this unnatural revolt. Repeated treaties were made 
 and broken ; and at last the unhappy king saw his youngest 
 and favourite son, John, forsake him; and, broken-hearted, he 
 died in 1189, aged 57 years, having reigned 34. The people 
 during all these years fared as they could ; reaping scantily the 
 advantages of the more regular administration of the laws, and 
 silently and slowly advancing in strength. Ireland was par- 
 tially conquered, and dates from this reign its servitude, beg- 
 gary, and degradation. The romantic tale of Henry's favourite 
 mistress. Fair Rosamond, who, concealed in a labyrinth at 
 Woodstock, was discovered and poisoned by the queen, is fa- 
 miliar to all. 
 
 HE'NRY HI. was son and successor of John, and began his 
 long and turbulent reign when he was but 10 years old. The 
 majority of the nobility were at this time wreaking their venge- 
 ance on the crown by the aid of Louis, king of France ; but by 
 the skill and power of the regent, the Earl of Pembroke, were 
 soon reduced, and their foreign ally driven out of the kingdom. 
 On Pembroke's death, Hubert de Burgh succeeded to his post; 
 who speedily had the king declared of age, summoned a parlia- 
 ment, and by consenting to the ratification of Magna Charta, 
 obtained aid from the nobles, and the imposition of a tax, to 
 carry on a war against the F'rench king for the recovery of part 
 of the continental dominions. But De Burgh was no favourite 
 of the barons, and his character gradually made him lose the 
 king's grace ; after some pretences of legal proceedings against 
 him, he was left unmolested, and Peter de Roches, Bishop of 
 Winchester, who had at first shared De Burgh's regency, took 
 his place. De Burgh had awakened the jealousy of the nobles 
 by bis leaning to foreigners ; De Roches was more daring in the 
 display of his favour to them ; and having compassed the mar- 
 riage of Henry to Eleanor of Provence, he so surrounded the 
 court with them, that the barons openly declared their discon- 
 tent. The king, who could obtain supplies only by their votes, 
 promised each parliament to dismiss his courtiers; but having 
 obtained the money, did not fulfil his engagement ; and pro- 
 ceeded to violate the great charter in the most open manner. 
 Meanwhile his reverses in France did not serve to assuage the 
 animosity which was now fermenting against him. A new cha- 
 racter now appeared in the opposition, Simon de Montfort, a 
 foreign nobleman, but possessing an English earldom, and in 
 decided opposition to the king, who, at the celebrated parlia- 
 ment at Oxford in 1258, carried the appointment of a council of 
 state, half only to be nominated by the king. De Montfort, who 
 ruled in this council, compelled all its proceedings to take a di- 
 rection of complete hostility to the king ; for they had found 
 him to be utterlj' untrustworthy, having abused the advantage 
 he gained in consequence of some victories in Gascony, and the 
 alliance of his son Edward with the royal family of Castile, to 
 infringe all the provisions of the charter, and to violate his most 
 solemn oaths. After various attempts to reconcile the claims'of 
 the king and the nobility, civil war broke out, and various bat- 
 tles were fought. Prince Edward, who lost the battle of Lewes, 
 
HEN 
 
 and was taken pnsoner with his father, made reprisals by gain- 
 ing the victory at Evesham, when his great opponent was killed. 
 Thus fell the power of the nobility; and Henry passed the rest 
 of his reign undisturbed in his enjoyment of almost absolute 
 rule, except by an attempt made by DeMontfort's rival, the Earl 
 of Gloucester, to carry on the cause in which De Montfort fell, 
 which was sneedily put down by Prince Edward. Henry died 
 in 1272, agea 66 years, and having borne the title of king for 
 56. The political existence of the middle classes dates from 
 this reign ; the sheriff's of counties being required to send two 
 knights from each to the parliament ; and the municipal authori- 
 ties to send from cities and boroughs, two burgesses. This was 
 actually the admission of a wholly new element into the legisla- 
 ture. For the burgesses were not of the military, nor of the 
 clerical class, who alone were admitted to the councils of the 
 sovereign before. But it is singular in the extreme, that in 
 spite of all the advance made by the nation from that day to the 
 present, the wars that have been carried on, the statutory 
 changes that have been made, the ostensible increase of the po- 
 pular element in parliament, not a step has been taken which is 
 truly an advance on this summoning of the burgesses to parlia- 
 ment, in this particular direction. In the 19th century, the 
 conditions of citizenship are virtually the same as they were in 
 the 13th. All that are not possessed of real property are even 
 more completely disfranchised than they were then. 
 
 HE'NRY IV., son of John of Gaunt, Duke of Lancaster, and 
 deposer and successor of his cousin Richard II. He had incur- 
 red the ill-will of Richard by taking part in some armed at- 
 tempts of the nobility to check his tyranny; but was seemingly 
 admitted to favour again. Being banished the realm on occa- 
 sion of a solemn duel with the Duke of Norfolk, he found that 
 the king had seized his patrimonial estates on John of Gaunt's 
 death. He had long been a favourite of the people, and he re- 
 solved at once to make reprisals by depriving the tyrant and 
 traitor of his crown. Availing himself of Richard's absence in 
 Ireland, he descended on the Yorkshire coast, was joined by 
 Percy, Duke of Northumberland, and others, and with a formid- 
 able armv marched on London. Every thing fell before him ; 
 and Richard returning found all was lost, and himself a pri- 
 soner. He formally abdicated the throne, and the parliament 
 as formally installed Henry. Some beneficial measures charac- 
 terized his first parliaments; but attention was soon called to 
 other subjects. A plot was formed to deliver Richard, and to 
 assassinate Henry, but the jpopularity of the king prevented its 
 success. Richard shortly alter died, or was murdered, at Ponte- 
 fract Castle. There were rumours of a war with France; and 
 Scotland and Wales did actually make war on England. The Scots 
 were defeated by the famous Hotspur, the son of Henry's first 
 supporter. In Wales, however, Owen Glendower defeated all sent 
 against him, and took Percy's kinsman, Edmund Mortimer, pri- 
 soner. A new scene now opens ; Henry offended Percy, by re- 
 fusing to sanction Mortimer's release ; and a rebellion was or- 
 ganized, including the Scots, the Welsh, Percy, the warlike 
 Archbishop of York, and others, who were all totally routed at 
 Shrewsbury, in a great battle, in which the Prince of Wales 
 greatly distinguished himself for courage and military skill. 
 Glendower did not submit, and peace was made with him in the 
 following reign. On the Scots Henry took ample vengeance by 
 taking prisoner their kinjj's eldest son. For some years still 
 Henry had to meet and defeat such attempts as these ; till wea- 
 ried out in bodv and mind, he died in 1413, aged 46 years, and 
 having reigned above 13. This was the first scene of that 
 bloody tragedy which for so many years was being enacted in 
 England, the wars of the houses of York and Lancaster ; and 
 there can be no doubt that the concessions- made by Henry to 
 establish his popularity, and secure the revolution, tended to 
 advance popular liberty. But it should be remembered, that in 
 this reign was first put in force, against the followers of John 
 Wicliff'e, that most barbarous statute by which heretics were 
 burnt to death. 
 
 HE'NRY v., son and successor of the foregoing king, was 
 known as a brave and successful soldier, and as a careless rois- 
 terer, who would strike the judge on the bench if he oflfended 
 him. Henry soon determined on the course he should pursue ; 
 and rightly judging that he should not make his name dreaded 
 in France, if it were not loved in England, he at once recalled 
 the Percies, and restored them to all tbsir honours and dignities, 
 
 HEN 
 
 and set at liberty the Earl of March, whom his father had im- 
 prisoned as a dangerous rival to him respecting the crown. De- 
 layed for a brief time to crush a conspiracy got up against him 
 by the Earl of Cambridge, he speedily crossed the Channel, and 
 laid claim to Normandy. The victory of Agincourt, won against 
 superior numbers, brought all France to his feet, and the treaty 
 of Troyes settled that on the death of the king of France the 
 crown should devolve to Henry, who should administer the go- 
 vernment for his imbecile opponent, and marry Catharine of 
 Valois. But on Henry's return to England, the dauphin rallied 
 all who loved France round him, and, aided by a body of Scotch 
 adventurers, defeated the English forces, and slew the Duke of 
 Clarence. Henry hastened to Paris, but it was only to die. 
 He had but one son, not a year old, but he made the best arrange- 
 ments possible, and died in 1422, aged 33 years, and haying 
 reigned 10. This is the second scene of the rivalry of the Roses ; 
 as yet all seems fair, and under the influence of a military and 
 popular king, what was so threatening during the preceding 
 reign seems to have lost its terror. 
 
 HE'NRY VI., the son and successor of the foregoing, was not 
 more than three quarters of a year old when his father died, 
 leaving the war in France in a more entangled state than ever, 
 owing to the death of the French king, which very speedily fol- 
 lowed. At first the English army carried all before them ; but 
 very soon they began to meet with difficulties, which the appear- 
 ance of Joan of Arc, at the head of the French, greatly in- 
 creased. The subsequent capture of Joan, and the cruel execu- 
 tion of her as a witch, did not restore success. Reverse followed 
 reverse, with few checks, till nothing was left to England of all 
 her ancient possessions but the town of Calais alone. Henry 
 had married Margaret of Anjou, a fierce-tempered and powerful 
 woman, who exercised a most unhappy influence on the almost 
 childish king. The great statesmen of the former part of this 
 reign were the Duke of Gloucester and Cardinal Beaufort, who 
 had by their rivalry brought the kingdom to the verge of ruin. 
 Gloucester was put to death in prison, and the Cardinal was now 
 dead. The Duke of Suffolk succeeded them ; but the House of 
 Commons, who attributed to him the death of Gloucester, and 
 who, by the king's weakness, had acquired and exercised great 
 power, charged him with high treason ; and when the king had 
 interfered and released him, had him beheaded on the high seas. 
 At this time occurred those popular tumults, of which the in- 
 surrection of Jack Cade was the most daring ; which were not 
 easily nor cheaply suppressed. The king's idiocy now made a 
 regency needful ; and this introduced the actual wars of the 
 Roses. Richard, Duke of York, was descended from an elder 
 son of Edward III. than Henry, and on this fact rested his 
 claim to the crown. Henry's idiocy, the murder of Gloucester, 
 the character of the queen and of the Duke of Somerset, the 
 treasons of SuflFolk, all strengthened his cause amongst the peo- 
 ple. The Earl of Warwick, who was destined to be the most re- 
 markable actor in this war, was on the side of the Yorkists. 
 The first fight was at St. Alban's, where the royalists were dis- 
 persed, and the king fell into the hands of the victors. The 
 contest lasted for 30 years, and there were 12 pitched battles 
 fought. The Yorkists gained those at Biore Heath and North- 
 ampton; in the last of which the king was taken prisoner. But 
 the queen collected another army, and gained a battle at Wake- 
 field, in which the Duke of York was killed. She ordered his 
 head to be cut off" and fixed on the gates of York, and perpe- 
 trated some most horrid butcheries under the name of martial 
 law. Edward, the son of the Duke of York, took his title and 
 carried on the war. He won at Mortimer's Cross ; but lost the 
 day at a second battle at St. Alban's. He was victorious at 
 Towton, and then caused himself to be crowned as king; and 
 again, after Margaret had received help from France, at Hex- 
 ham. The unfortunate king was discovered in his lurking- 
 place, and thrown into the Tower. But a strange reverse now 
 happened. Warwick, offended to discover that Edward's hot 
 haste to wed Elizabeth Woodville had rendered nugatory all his 
 diplomacy on account of Bona of Savoy, changed sides, and 
 expelled Edward from England, restoring the miserable Henry. 
 But at a second engagement at Barnet, after Edward returned, 
 he was defeated and slain. Margaret, who with her son Ed- 
 ward landed that same day, heedless of the omen, advanced to 
 Tewkesbury, where she was totally overthrown, being taken 
 with the prince, who was murdered at Edward's suggestioit. 
 3 K 2 435 
 
HEN 
 
 This hapless king was, as is believed, shortly after murdered in 
 the Tower, in 1471, a^ed 50 years, during almost the whole of 
 which he had been a titular king. This reign, though not the 
 end of the tragedy, was the most bloody scene of alU The im- 
 mediate result of all this carnage was the establishment of the 
 absolutism of the Tudors ; for of the nobility, few families 
 escaped loss either by battle or proscription. But a great ad- 
 vance was given to popular power, though it did not unfold itself 
 so as to challenge the attention of the world for near 200 years. 
 Kings, can easily avail themselves of advantages for securing 
 their ends. A people moves slowly, except in times of revo- 
 lution. 
 
 HENRY VII., the first monarch of England of the Tudor dy- 
 nasty, the overthrower and successor of Richard III., was de- 
 scended from John of Gaunt on his mother's side, and from the 
 wi3owed queen of Henry V. on his father's ; and thus embodied 
 all the claims of the house of Lancaster. He was in exile in 
 Brittany, when the Duke of Buckingham, who had aided Richard 
 HI. in his usurpation, being discontented, invited him to join in 
 an insurrection against him. Buckingham, however, clid not 
 await his arrival, but rose and was taken and executed, thus 
 ridding the field of a formidable rival to Henry's claims. Henry 
 landed in Wales, and met Richard at Bosworth in Leicester- 
 shire, where he gained the victory, and his opponent fell. In 
 order to strengthen his title to the throne, he, after long delay, 
 married Elizabeth, the eldest daughter of Edward IV., thus 
 bringing to an end that disastrous rivalry which had brought 
 such severe sufferings on England. But he was not allowed to 
 retain his throne wholly in peace. After a feeble effort by an 
 English nobleman, the Duchess of Burgundy, sister of Edward 
 IV., obtained one Lambert Sininel, who undertook to personate 
 a brother of Richard III., (who was actually Henry's prisoner at 
 the time,) and was proclaimed king, being joined by the dis- 
 contented nobility. He was defeated in a decisive battle ; and 
 made a turnspit in the royal kitchen, by the king's clemency 
 and contempt. Six years afterwards appeared another claimant 
 of the throne, respecting whom historians are yet divided as to 
 whether he was an impostor or not. He claimed to be the 
 youi^ Duke of York, who was said to have been murdered in 
 the Tower along with Edward V. ; the king's party called him 
 Perkin Warbeck. He received support from all the Yorkists, 
 and from the Scottish king also, but he was as unsuccessful as 
 Simnel, being defeated and taken prisoner, and afterwards exe- 
 cuted, together with the Earl of Warwick, whom Simnel had 
 pretended to be. A pretended war with France, and the mar- 
 riage of the king's elcfest daughter to the Scottish king, whence 
 sprang the unhappy Stuarts, are the only other events of par- 
 ticular note. Some improvements in the laws of treason, a 
 treaty of commerce with Burgundy, and the establishment of 
 the Star Chamber, also occurred in this reign. Henry had two 
 objects which he steadily pursued ; to put down the nobility, 
 which he effected both by punishments and privileges; and to 
 accumulate money, and in this he was equally successful. Lord 
 Bacon, to gratify James I., wrote a fine history of this king, 
 making him a complete realization of James's great ideal. But 
 Henry was not such an adept in kingcraft as Bacon has said ; 
 nor was his rei^n so unmitigated ari evil as might be concluded 
 from his narrative. Commerce, which now stretched her arms 
 to the East and West Indies, through the great discoveries of 
 Columbus, Vasco de Gama, and others, was beginning to store 
 up power in the hands of the middle classes, against a day not 
 far distant ; and the king by his very avarice aided its work. 
 And the printing press was beginning to send abroad know- 
 ledge, which is power ; and to prepare men for the events of the 
 coming reign. 
 
 HENRY VIII., son and successor of Henry VII., began his 
 reign with fair promises for England. His first public act was 
 the attainder of Dudley and Empson, his father's instruments of 
 extortion, which gained him great popular favour. He next 
 joined in the league formed by the emperor against France, and 
 defeated the French at the battle of Spurs ; and on occasion of an 
 irruption of the Scotch, to co-operate with the French, he utterly 
 routed them at Flodden Field, where their king and most of the 
 nobles engaged were slain. We find him next an ally of Francis 
 I. of France at the splendid mummery of the Field of Cloth of 
 Gold; and then in league with the emperor, and afterwards 
 changing his side more than once. But events of a novel cha- 
 
 HEN 
 
 racter followea. Lutner was shaking the papacy, and Henry, 
 whose skill in theology was not remarkable, undertook to attack 
 him ; by which he earned from the pope the style of Defender of 
 the Faith, yet borne by the English sovereign. Henry had mar- 
 ried his elder brother's widow, Catharine of Arragon ; but now 
 smitten with the charms of one of the ladies of her court, Anna 
 Boleyn, he felt his conscience troubled, and troubled every theo- 
 logical faculty in Europe, to obtain an opinion that would enable 
 him to divorce Catharine. Cardinal Wolsey was Henry's minis- 
 ter, and he was opposed to Henry on this point. Anna Boleyn 
 had imbibed a species of friendly regard for the Reformation. 
 Wolsey fell, and Henry in overthrowing him felt that he could 
 easily do without the pope, nay, be pope himself. He was aided 
 in his determination by Cranmer, a priest who had drunk largely 
 at the fountain-head of the Reformation ; and he declared him- 
 self the Head of the Church, and married Anna Boleyn. Cran- 
 mer was rewarded with the see of Canterbury; and this singular 
 Reformation was aided by the ready hand of Thomas Cromwell, 
 who was made one of the chief officers of the crown. The next 
 steps of Henry were in blood ; the Holy Maid of Kent, a foolish 
 impostor, by which more foolish people hoped to combat Henry's 
 Reformation, Fisher of Rochester, and the good Sir Thomas 
 More, were executed. The queen had not the hap to bear 
 Henry a son ; and he was sated with possession. He had set his 
 affections on Jane Seymour, and Anna Boleyn, on the ground of 
 a most infamous trial, and more infamous judgment, was exe- 
 cuted. The king married his new idol the very same morning. 
 Cromwell was now appointed (layman as he was) vicar-general of 
 the Church, and was commissioned to suppress the religious 
 houses, and seize their estates ; which he did in spite of a re- 
 volt, much to his master's satisfaction. At the same time the 
 Bible was translated into English, and copies were placed in all 
 churches ; which was almost the only good thing of the English 
 Reformation. A creed was formally proclaimed ; a terrible af- 
 fair; for it differed scarce a whit from Romanism, and the 
 was death by burning. It was called, from its effects. 
 
 penalty ' 
 the Bloc 
 
 the Bloody Statute. The queen had died in giving birth to a 
 son ; and now a new wife was to be sought for Henry. Anne of 
 Cleves was fixed on ; but Holbein's pencil had been too flatter- 
 ing; and the poor lady was divorced with a handsome pension. 
 It was now that another influence came to light; Gardiner of 
 Winchester, and Bonner of London, bishops of Henry's church, 
 effected such a modification of this strange reformer's views, 
 that Cromwell, who had been made Earl of Essex, fell into dis- 
 grace, and after the formality of a trial was executed. The 
 Marquis of Exeter, and Margaret Pole, were also executed, on 
 pretext of a conspiracj; ; really, as being descended from the 
 house of York. Catharine Howard was Henry's next wife ; but 
 she was proved to have been a person of very irregular life, and 
 this was declared to be treason, wherefore she was executed ; 
 and the king soon after married a widow, Catharine Parr. She 
 was favourable to the Reformation, and narrowly escaped being 
 destroj'ed by Gardiner. A war with France and a skirmish 
 with Scotland diversified the concluding years of this reign ; and 
 executions for alleged heresy and for alleged treason proceeded 
 as before. Amongst others, the Earl of Surrey fell. His father, 
 the Duke of Norfolk, was sentenced, but death struck the exe- 
 cutioner, and he escaped. Henry died in 1547, aged 56 years, 
 and having reigned above 34. One of the most affecting com- 
 ments on this king is the fact, that at least 72,000 persons 
 perished by the hand of the executioner during his reign. His 
 absolutism was that of a tyrant. His reformation involved not 
 a single principle of truth for him. Yet it served to screen the 
 growth of genuine principle and truth in not a few hearts; and 
 the public reading of the Scriptures in English carried on in this 
 countiy, in secret, a work similar to that which appeared more 
 publicly in the German states and Switzerland. 
 
 HENRY, the name of four kings of France, the last of whom 
 was called Henry the Great. He was born at Pau, on the N. 
 slope of the Pyrenees, and was brought up a Huguenot, or 
 Protestant. In the troubled state of France at that period he 
 appeared, in consequence of his rank as king of Navarre, as 
 one of the leaders ; and in the civil wars both before and after 
 the Massacre of St. Bartholomew, he fought at the head of the 
 Huguenots. His character already showed itself; for he pro- 
 fessed Romanism to escape death, which, in spite of his marriage 
 with the king's sister, threatened him. On the death of Henry 
 

HEP 
 
 III. he succeeded to the throne, but not without opposition; 
 for the holy league proclaimed the Cardinal of Bourbon as 
 Charles X. But Henry's good fortune, after another war, pre- 
 vailed ; and under Turenne, and other famous generals, his 
 forces completely overthrew his rival. He had embraced the 
 Roman Catholic faith now again openly ; and so had concili- 
 ated all the most powerful leaders of the opposition, and was 
 thus at length seated at peace on the throne. During the rest 
 of his reign, aided by his wise and virtuous friend and minister, 
 Sully, he constantly endeavoured to restore peace and order to 
 his kingdom ; and by the Edict of Nantes he procured a partial 
 tranquillity for the Huguenots. He was at length just about to 
 attempt his long-cherished scheme for humbling Austria; when 
 he was assassinated by Ravaillac, in 1610, aged 57 years, having 
 reigned for 21. His memory was most popular amongst the 
 French people, in consequence of the statutes and edicts in 
 their favour which he passed, till the Revolution made the very 
 name of king hateful. 
 
 HE'NRY, the name of seven emperors of Germany, of whom 
 the jint^ surnamed the Fowler, was the most famous. His re- 
 nown is founded on the skill with which he consolidated the 
 empire, and provided for its internal peace and strength. He 
 died in 936, having reigned 16 years. 
 
 HE'NRY THE NAVIGATOR, was the fourth son of John, 
 king of Portugal, who, living in the age of the most remarkable 
 geographical discoveries of modern times, aided them by his 
 person, efforts, and patronage. He was a brave and skilful sol- 
 dier, and well versed in the science of the times. He applied 
 the magnetic needle to the purposes of navigation, and is the 
 reputed inventor of several astronomical instruments. He died 
 in 1463, aged 69 j'ears. 
 
 HE'NRY OF HUNTINGDON, an old English chronicler, 
 whose History of England reaches to 1154. He died in 1168. 
 
 HE'NRY, MATTHEW, the more celebrated son of the emi- 
 nentlj pious Philip Henry, and one of the most deservedly popu- 
 lar of English commentators on the Scriptures. His father was 
 one of the ejected ministers at the English St. Bartholomew in 
 1662 ; and he was engaged as a Dissenting minister at Chester, 
 and afterwards at Hackney, London. His piety was most dis- 
 tinguished, and it is this which gives the great charm to his 
 Exposition. But his learning was quite equal to that of the best 
 scholars of his day, especially in relation to the Bible. He died 
 in 1714, aged 52 years. 
 
 HE'NRY, DR. ROBERT, one of the many writers of English 
 history. He was a minister of the Scotch Church, and enjoyed 
 some eminence in it. His work, which he did not live to com- 
 plete, is constructed on a very ingenious and clear plan, by 
 which the advance of the nation in Taws, literature, science, &c. 
 is exhibited, as well as the customary biographies of the mon- 
 archs. He died in 1790, aged 72 years. 
 
 HE'NRY, DR. WILLIAM, an eminent chemist of the last 
 age, which was so distinguished for the progress of chemical 
 science. His experiments were directed chiefly to the discovery 
 of the properties of various gases. He wrote a small work on 
 chemistry, and died in 1836, aged 61. His son. Dr. Charles 
 Henrv, pursued his father's steps, but was more remarkable for 
 bis eloquence as a lecturer, and for his generosity in aiding 
 discoverers, than for any discoveries of his own. He committed 
 suicide in the same year that his father died. 
 HE'NSFEET, s. in Botany, the hedge fumitory. 
 HEPATIC, Hepa'tical, a. [hepaticus, Lat.] belonging to, or 
 situated in, the liver. 
 HEPS, Hips, s. in Botany, the berries of the dog-rose brier. 
 HEPTACA'PSULAR, a. \hepta, Gr. and capsa, Lat.] having 
 seven cavities or cells. 
 
 HE'PTAGON, 8. [hepta and gone, Gr.] a figure with seven 
 sides or angles. 
 HEPTA'GONAL, a. having seven angles or sides. 
 HE'PTARCHY, (heptarky) s. \hepta and arehe, Gr.] the name 
 commonly assigned to the earliest period of the established 
 Anglo-Saxon government in Englancf ; when there were seven 
 (or more correctly eight) different kingdoms, independent of 
 each other, except for mutual defence against foreign inva- 
 sion. One of the monarchs was usually elected as supreme 
 king, with the title Bretwalda. At length, after various 
 changes, it was all merged in the sovereignty of Athelstane, and 
 never revived. 
 
 HER 
 
 HE'PTATEUCH, a name given to the first seven books of the 
 Bible, Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, Deuteronomy, 
 Joshua, and Judges. 
 
 HER, the genitive and objective case of she. 
 HERACLI'DjE, the name of a branch of the Dorian race, in 
 ancient Greece, who were sprung from Hercules ; and who, after 
 a period of banishment from their native state, effected the 
 overthrow of their opponents, and established themselves as 
 masters of the greater part of the Peloponnesus. This event, 
 which is commonly called the return of the Ileraclidee, took place 
 in 1104 B. c. 
 
 HERACLI'TUS, an ancient Greek philosopher, who has been 
 handed down by tradition as the Weeping Philosopher. He was a 
 decided misanthrope, and justified his abhorrence of men by 
 their corrupt and dissolute manners. But he did little to make 
 them better, and his proud condemnation of them did harm 
 rather than good. He was called the Obscure, because of the 
 style of his teaching ; and his philosophy chiefly related to the 
 origin of things, and of our knowledge of them. He designated 
 the ultimate principle of things by the name Fire ; but it was 
 evidently but a figurative title. He held the source of true 
 knowledge to be the senses ; but many of his enigmatical say- 
 ings point to a far more spiritual belief. He flourished in about 
 4-50 B. c. 
 
 HE'RALD, s. [Teut.] an officer who registers genealogies, 
 determines armorial bearings, &c. ; an officer at arms, whose bu- 
 siness it is to declare war, to proclaim peace, to marshal all the 
 solemnity at a coronation, christening, marriage, and funeral 
 of princes, to emblazon and examine coats of arms, &c. Heralds 
 were formerly held in much greater esteem than at present, and 
 were created" with great solemnity by kings alone. Their per- 
 sons were esteemed sacred. The three chief -Hera/tfe in England 
 are called Kings at Arms, the principal of which is Garter ; the 
 next is called Clarencietuc; and the third Norroy , these two last 
 are called Provincial Heralds. Besides these, there are seven 
 others inferior Heralds, viz. Yorh, Lancaster, Somerset, Chester, 
 Richmond, Windsor, and Gloucester. From the reign of George I. 
 to that of William IV. there was an eighth, styled Hanover 
 Herald. Figuratively, a forerunner, omen, or token of some- 
 thing future. 
 
 To HE'RALD, v. a. to introduce as by a herald. 
 
 HE'RALDRY, s. [heraulderie, Fr.] the art of armoury and 
 blazoning, which comprehends the knowledge of what relates to 
 solemn cavalcades and ceremonies of coronations, instalments, 
 the creation of peers, nuptials, funerals, &c. Also, whatever 
 relates to the bearing of arms, assigning those that belong to 
 all persons, regulating their right and precedencies in point of 
 honour, and restraining those who have not a just claim from 
 bearing coats of arms that do not belong to them. See Bla- 
 zoning, Arms, Shield, Bearing, &c. 
 
 HERAU'LT, a department of France, lying on the Mediterra- 
 nean Sea, and bounded by the departments of Gard, Lozere, Avey- 
 ron. Tarn, and Aude. It is about 80 miles in length, and 40 in 
 breadth. The chain of the Cevennes passes through its inland 
 border ; and its rivers are the Herault, (whence its name,) the 
 Vidourle, the Salazon, &c., which form at their mouths large 
 sheets of water communicating with the sea, and extending 
 nearly all along its coast. It yields coal, some metals, and valu- 
 able kinds of stone; good corn, wine, fruits, timber, &c. It has 
 also extensive silk, cotton, and woollen manufactures. Mont- 
 pellier is its chief town. Pop. about 400,000. 
 
 HERB, s. (the A is mute in this word and its derivatives ; erh ;) 
 [herbe, Fr.] in Botany, a plant whose stalks are soft, and not 
 woody ; as grass or hemlock. In Cookerj', a plant whose leaves 
 are used in sauces, &.C., as sage or mint. 
 
 HERBA'CEOUS, a. [lierhaceus, Lat.] belonging to, or having 
 the properties of, herbs. Feeding on vegetables. 
 
 HE'RBAGE, s. [Fr.] a collective or general term applied to 
 several sorts of herbs ; grass, or pasture. In Law, the tithe and 
 right of pasture. 
 
 HE'RliAL, s. a book containing the names and descriptions 
 of plants. 
 
 HE'RBALIST, He'rbarist, s. a person skilled in plants. 
 
 HE'RBELET, s. diminutive of herb ; a small herb. 
 
 HERBELO-T, BARTHOLOMEW D', a learned Oriental 
 scholar of France in the 17th century. He travelled twice to 
 Italy to obtain manuscripts, and information from scholars and 
 
 437 
 
HER 
 
 travellers; and was appointed Syriac professor at Paris. He 
 died in 1695, aged 70 years. 
 
 HERBERT OF CHERBURY, LORD EDWARD, one of 
 those philosophers whose name has been always included in 
 the list of celebrated infidels ; but who was, in fact, one of those 
 whose writings have in a most remarkable manner anticipated 
 the highest flights of spiritual philosophy in the present day. 
 He studied at Oxford, and gained some military skill in the 
 continental wars. He was afterwards in favour at court ; but 
 during the civil war espoused at first the Parliament's cause, 
 and afterwards deserted it for the king's. He died in 1648, 
 aged 67 years. His philosophy is based on the doctrine of con- 
 natural (or innate) ideas ; and thus has met with little favour. 
 He bases religion on this spiritual faculty in man, instead of 
 making it a mere authoritatively bestowed revelation ; and so 
 has never had, till of late years, any in England who would, or 
 could consistently with their philosophies or theologies, admit 
 him to know any thing of it. Metaphysical students will find 
 many parts of his works very useful and curious ; but there was 
 a fitfulness, or love of paradox, about his mind, which at times 
 makes him seem very inconsistent. 
 
 HE'RBERT, GEORGE, brother of the preceding; one of the 
 most original and spiritual of the English sacred poets. He 
 was a devoted son of the Church of England according to the 
 theory of Laud, the non-jurors, and the recent Oxford school; 
 and traces of these views occur often in his poems. But few of 
 the productions of his age, of this kind, are so truly excellent, 
 or so truly poetical. His other works are, a beautiful and simple 
 sketch of the character of a country parson, a collection of 
 proverbs, some Latin poems, &c. He died in 1632, aged 39 
 years. 
 
 HERBE'SCENT, a. growing into herbs. 
 
 HE'RBID, He'rbous, He'rbulent, a. covered with, abounding 
 in, or containing herbs. 
 
 HE'RBWOMAN, s. a woman who sells herbs. 
 
 HE'RBY, a. partaking of the nature of herbs. 
 
 HERCULA'NEUM, an ancient city of Italy, near Naples ; 
 which was destroyed by the same eruption of Mount Vesuvius 
 which overwhelmed Pompeii. But it has been covered with 
 lava as well as ashes, and so cannot be explored as the other 
 city has been. Paintings, statues, furniture, domestic utensils, 
 &c. &c. have been recovered from the part that was excavated. 
 And along with these many rolls of papyrus, completely charred ; 
 which have however been unrolled with great ingenuity, and 
 the writing deciphered and copied. It has hardly rewarded the 
 patience of the investigators. The theatre of the city is the 
 only part that remains open now. 
 
 IIERCULE'AN, a. a term applied to that which requires much 
 strength, labour, and difficulty to perform. 
 
 HE'RCULES, a hero of ancient Greece; whose birth, deeds, 
 and death all show that he is a mythic person. He was the son 
 of Zeus (or Jupiter) and Alcmena ; was persecuted by the jealous 
 Hera in his cradle, but strangled the serpents she sent to destroy 
 him. He is famed for 12 prodigious exploits, called his labours, 
 which he performed at the command of the feeble and fearful 
 king of Mycenaj, Eurystheus. They were such deeds as the 
 slaying of a hydra, a boar, a lion, the harpies, &c. ; the cleans- 
 ing of the Augean stable, by turning a river through it, &c. &c. 
 He was enslaved by a passion for Omphale of Lydia, who made 
 him spin for her, and wear her clothes. The tales told of him 
 are very numerous. He died in consequence of putting on a 
 poisoned garment, given him as a love-charm by his wife, who 
 pad received it from the centaur Nessus. The Choice of Hercules 
 is a beautiful but more recent fable, in which the superiority of 
 manly virtue, with all its toils, over unmanly sloth and pleasure 
 is exhibited. 
 
 HE'RCULES, s. in Astronomy, a constellation of the north- 
 ern hemisphere. 
 
 HE'RCtJLES-PILLARS, in Ancient Geography, the two 
 mountains which form the Straits of Gibraltar; namely, Calpe 
 on the side of Europe, and Avila on the side of Africa. 
 
 HERD, s. [heard. Sax.] a number or multitude of beasts, ge- 
 nerally applied to cattle ; Jlocks being applied to sheep. Figura- 
 tively, or m contempt, a company of men. 
 
 To HElip, V. n. to gather together in multitudes or com- 
 panies, applied both to men and beasts ; to associate, or mix in 
 any company. 
 438 
 
 HER 
 
 HE'RDER, JOHN GODFREY VON, a great German poet, 
 philosopher, theologian, jurist, and historian, whose many writ- 
 ings are now placed amongst the classics of Germany. After 
 various minor engagements he settled as Professor of Theology 
 at Gcittingen ; and was attached to the court of the Duke of 
 Weimar, at the time it was adorned by Goethe and Wieland. 
 His character was most exemplarj', and he died in 1803, aged 
 57 years. 
 
 HE'RDGROOM, He'rdsman, s. a keeper of herds or cattle. 
 
 HERE, ad. \her, Sax. hier, Belg.] the place where a person is 
 present. This place, applied to situation. The present state, 
 opposed to a future one. Joined with there, it implies, in no 
 certain place. " 'Tis neither liere nor there," Shak. It is also 
 used in making an ofi'er or attempt. 
 
 HEREABOU'TS, ad. near this place. 
 
 HEREA'FTER, ad. after the present time. Used substan- 
 tively for a future state. " Points out an hereafter," Addison, 
 
 HfiREA'T, ad. at this. 
 
 HEREBY', ad. by this ; by this means. 
 
 HERE'DITABLE, a. [hares, Lat.] that may be enjoyed by 
 right of inheritance. 
 
 HERE'DITAMENT, s. in Law, an inheritance, or estate de- 
 scending by inheritance. 
 
 HERE'DITARILY, ad. by inheritance. 
 
 HERE'DITARY, a. possessed or claimed by right of inherit- 
 ance ; descending by inheritance. Hereditary diseases are such 
 as children derive from their parents. 
 
 HE'REFORD, Herefordshire. It is pleasantly and commo- 
 diously seated among delightful meadows and rich corn-fields, 
 and is almost encompassed by the Wye and two other rivers, 
 over which are two bridges. It is a large place, and had six 
 parish churches, but two of them were demolished in the civil 
 wars. It had also a castle, which has been long destroyed. It 
 is a bishop's see, and the cathedral is a handsome structure. 
 The chief manufacture is gloves, many of which are sent to 
 London. The streets are broad and paved. It is 136 miles from 
 London. Markets, Wednesday, Friday, and Saturday. Pop. 
 10,921. "^ ^ 
 
 HE'REFORDSHIRE, a county of England lying next Wales, 
 and bounded by Shropshire, Gloucestershire, Worcestershire, and 
 Monmouthshire. It extends about 38 miles from N. to S., and 
 33 from E. to W. It is divided into 11 hundreds, which con- 
 tain 1 city, 6 market towns, 176 parishes, and 391 villages. 
 The air is healthy, the climate niila, the soil generally fertile, 
 producing wheat, barley, oats, clover, turnips, &c., a principal 
 part of the land being employed in tillage; the face of the coun- 
 try is rich, beautiful, and picturesque; and it abounds with 
 wood. It produces excellent cider; and the pastures abound with 
 sheep, whose wool is of a very fine quality. The principal 
 rivers are the Wye, Munnow, Lug, and Frome, all of which 
 are well stored with fish and salmon in particular. Hereford 
 is its chief place. Pop. 113,878. It sends seven members to 
 parliament. 
 
 HEREI'N, ad. in this ; in this case, sense, or respect. 
 
 HEREFNTO, ad. into this. 
 
 HEREMI'TICAL, a. (more properly eremitical,) [eremos, Gr.J 
 solitary ; suitable to a hermit. 
 
 HEREO'F, ad. from hence ; from this ; of this. 
 
 HEREO'N, ad. upon this. 
 
 HERE'SI ARCH, (lierisiark) s. [hairesis and arche, Gr.] a leader, 
 inventor, chief, or head, of a heresy. 
 
 HE'RESY, s. [hairesis, Gr.] in the New Testament it signifies 
 a number of persons holding the same opinions, of the same 
 faith ; and, in a bad sense, persons guilty of a practical de- 
 parture from the gospel, or such as were accustomed to immoral 
 practices. In Ecclesiastical affairs, it signifies such as refuse to 
 take up the doctrines and opinions that are promulgated by au- 
 thority. As a term of reproach against such as thinli for them- 
 selves, it is still in use. 
 
 HE'RETIC, «. one who thinks for himself, or refuses submis- 
 sion to authority in matters of faith. 
 
 HERETICAL, a. containing heresy. 
 
 HERE'TICALLY, ad. after the manner of a heretic ; with 
 heresy ; contrary to ecclesiastical authority. 
 
 HERETO', ad. to this ; add to this. 
 
 HERETOFO'RE, ad. before the present time ; formerly. 
 
 HEREUNTO', ad. to this. 
 
HER 
 
 HEREWITH, ad. with this. 
 
 HE'RIOT, s. [heregild. Sax.] in Law, a fine paid to the lord at 
 the death of a landholder, generally the best thing in the pos- 
 session of the landholder. 
 
 HERITABLE, a. [fueres, Lat] in Law, that may be in- 
 herited. 
 
 HE'RITAGE, s. [Fr.] an inheritance ; an estate descending 
 by right of inheritance ; an estate. 
 
 HERMA'PHRODITE, {hermdfrodite) s. \_IIefmes and Aphro- 
 
 dite, Gr.] the name of the son of Hermes and Aphrodite, in Gre- 
 
 "^hysiology, partaking of t' 
 tics of both sexes. In Farming, a kind of cart, to which an 
 
 cian Mythology. In Physiology, partaking of the characteris- 
 
 additional pair of wheels can be fitted, so that it can be used as 
 a waggon. 
 
 HERMAPHRODI'TICAL, {hermafroditical) a. partaking of 
 both sexes. 
 
 HE'RMAS, in Ecclesiastical History, an early writer of the 
 Christian church, reckoned amongst the apostolical Fathers. 
 His work is called the Shepherd, and consists of tedious and ab- 
 surd visions and allegories. 
 
 HE'RMES, in ancient Greek Mythology, one of the gods, who 
 was employed as the messenger of the other gods, and was called 
 by the Latins Mercury. See Mercury. 
 
 HE'RMES TRISMEGISTUS, an Egyptian priest, and theo- 
 sopher. He is a mythic person, and had ascribed to him all the 
 symbolical and secret part of the national worship. 
 
 HERME'TIC, Herme'tical, a. [from Hermes,'] chemical. 
 
 HERME'TICALLY, ad. in a chemical manner. A term ap- 
 plied to the closing of any orifice so as to render it air-tight. 
 
 HE'RMIT, s. [eremos, Gr.] in Ecclesiastical affairs, a person 
 who lives in a desert, or at a distance from men, for the sake of 
 contemplation or devotion. 
 
 HERMITAGE, s. [Fr.] the cell or dwelling of a hermit. 
 That near Warkworth, in Northumberland, is well preserved. 
 It contains three apartments, hollowed in the solid rock, and 
 hanging over the river in the most picturesque manner, with a 
 covering of ancient hoary trees, reliques of the venerable woods 
 in whicn this fine solitude was embowered. 
 
 HERMITICAL, a. like a hermit ; suitable to a hermit. 
 
 HE'RMODACTYL, s. [Hermes and dactylos, Gr.] a medicinal 
 root of a determinate and regular figure, and representing the 
 common figure of a heart cut in two, from half an inch to an inch 
 in length. It comes from Egypt and Syria, and was formerly 
 used as a gentle cathartic. 
 
 HERN, s. See Heron. 
 
 HE'RNIA, s. [Lat.] in Medicine, any kind of rupture. 
 
 HE'RO, s. [lieroa, Gr.] a man eminent for bravery ; a person 
 of distinguished merit, abilities, or virtues ; the chief person 
 in an epic poem, or in a piece of historical painting. 
 
 HE'RO, a mathematician and natural philosopher of Alexan- 
 dria, who constructed various machines, and amongst the rest 
 one moved by steam. He lived about 100 B. c. Another of 
 tlie same name lived in the 7th century a. d. And the writings 
 of both of them were greatly prized. 
 
 HE'ROD, the family name of several princes, who were con- 
 spicuous in Jewish history about the time of the Christian sera. 
 Herod the Great, after being governor of various parts of Syria, 
 was appointed king of the Jews, and took part in the wars be- 
 tween Antony and Augustus. He rebuilt the temple and Jeru- 
 salem, and fortified many places in Palestine. His conduct 
 towards his beautiful wife Mariamne has been the theme ot 
 many tragedies. He died in 4 b. c, which was the very year 
 in which our Saviour was born. Herod Antipas, his son, put to 
 death John the Baptist, and married Herodias, his brother 
 Philip's wife; and it was by him that our Saviour was mocked on 
 occasion of his being brought before him by the Jews, before 
 his crucifixion. He was with his guilty wife afterwards ban- 
 ished, and they died at Lyon. Herod Agrippa, the grandson of 
 Herod the Great, persecuted the first Christians, and died of a 
 horrible disease at Caesarea. Herod Agrippa, son of the foregoing, 
 married his own sister Berenice. It was before him that the 
 apostle Paul was brought. He died at Rome. 
 
 HERO'DIANS, in the New Testament, a party attached to 
 Herod Antipas, who perhaps were, from compliment to him, 
 avowed Sadducees. But they were chiefly associated by politi- 
 cal considerations, in opposition to the Roman prefects. 
 
 HERO'DIAN, aGreek historian, of the 3rd century a. d., who 
 
 HER 
 
 held various offices at Rome, and wrote a history of the Empire 
 from the death of Marcus Aurelius to the accession of Gordian 
 the Second. 
 
 HERO'DOTUS, the Father of History, was born at Halicar- 
 nassus in Caria ; and travelled into various countries, investi- 
 gating their natural productions and geography, their manners 
 and customs, and history. The results of all his observations he 
 embodied in nine books, which are preserved, and which are an 
 invaluable treasury of all kinds of information relating to the 
 civilized or accessible world of his times. It is said that he 
 recited some part of his history at one of the Olympic festivals. 
 Recent travellers and well-skilled observers have confirmed some 
 of the most marvellous accounts given by this writer, which 
 were long treated with contempt, as fables. He died at Thu- 
 rium, a Greek colony in Italy, in about 405 b. c, aged about 80 
 years. 
 
 HERO'IC, Hero'ical, a. like a hero ; performed under great 
 disadvantages, and arguing remarkable courage and abilities. 
 Heroic verse, is that consisting of lines of twelve syllables each. 
 
 HERO'ICALLY, ad. like a hero. 
 
 HE'ROINE, s. [Fr.] a female hero. 
 
 HE'ROISM, s. [heroisme, Fr.] the qualities »f a hero. 
 
 HE'RON, s. [heron, Fr.] in Natural History, a bird with long 
 slender legs, that feeds on fish. It was formerly included 
 amongst game, and the penalty for breaking its eggs was death. 
 
 HE'RPES, s. [herpo, Gr.] in Medicine, a particular kind of 
 cutaneous disease, which spreads rapidly around the place in 
 which it first appears. 
 
 HE'RRICK, ROBERT, an English poet of the I7th century, 
 of some note, although his love poems are often very gross. lie 
 was an Anglican priest, and was deprived during the Protector- 
 ate, but was reinstated at the Restoration, and died shortly 
 afterwards, aged about 70 years. 
 
 HE'RRING, s. [hairing, Sax.] in Ichthyology, a common fish 
 inhabiting the British seas, which being caught when it ap- 
 proaches the shallow waters in the breeding season, is cured, 
 and forms a considerable article in commerce, as well as being 
 regarded as a great delicacy, and providing food for the poor 
 very cheaply. 
 
 HE'RRNHUTTERS. See Moravians. 
 
 HE'RSCHEL, SIR WILLIAM, one of our most eminent 
 practical astronomers, was a Hanoverian by birth ; and being 
 very fond of and skilled in music, entered a military band, and 
 afterwards, emigrating to England, was so connected with the 
 Durham militia. Subsequently he became an organist at Halifax 
 and at Bath. He here began to devote himself to mathematics 
 and astronomy; and having constnicted a large reflecting tele- 
 scope, was rewarded by the discovery of a new planet, now called 
 Uranus. He was thus introduced to the scientific world, and 
 was honoured with a place created for him by George III., and 
 a pension. At his residence near Windsor he now erected a gi- 
 gantic telescope, the mirror of which was 40 feet in focal length ; 
 and with this he commenced a course of brilliant discovery, the 
 results of which are chronicled in various papers communicated 
 to the Royal Society, and in his famous catalogue of the double 
 stars, nebulae, changeable stars, &c. This enlargement of the 
 boundaries of our astronomical knowledge has been in the high- 
 est degree fruitful, and has confirmed the Newtonian theory in 
 most beautiful and unexpected ways. He died in 1822, aged 
 84 years, leaving his son to prosecute his researches, and to gain 
 a greater name. 
 
 HERSE, «. [see Hearse,] in Fortification, a lattice or port- 
 cullis in form of a harrow, beset with iron spikes, usually hung 
 by a rope, to be cut down in case of a surprise, or when the first 
 gate is broken by a petard, that it may fall and stop up the 
 passage. 
 
 To HERSE, V. a. to put into a herse. 
 
 HERSE'LF, the female personal pronoun. 
 
 HE'RTFORD, Hertfordshire. It is seated on the Lea, and is 
 a neat place. The remains of an old castle have been converted 
 into a nigh school in connexion with the East India college. 
 The chief buildings are those belonging to the county. It is a 
 great place for malting. It is 20 miles from London. 31arket, 
 Saturday. Pop. 5450. 
 
 HE'RTFORD COLLEGE, Oxford, was founded in the last 
 century, on the basis of a hall which had existed from the 13tb, 
 by Dr. Richard Newton. 
 
 439 
 
HET 
 
 HE'RTFORDSHIRE, a county of England, bounded by Mid- 
 dlesex, Essex, Cambridgeshire, Bedfordshire, and Buckingham- 
 shire. It is about 35 miles long, and 25 broad. It is divided 
 into 8 hundreds, and contains 2 boroughs and 12 market towns. 
 The chalk hills are the only heights, and they are, in general, 
 not great, though one point is above 9()0 feet ; but they render 
 the surface undulating, and greatly enhance the beauty of the 
 rural scenes it abounds in. The Colne and the Lea are its chief 
 rivers. The New River, which supplies good part of London 
 with water, begins near Ware. It is yet well wooded ; but agri- 
 culture prospers, and corn, cattle, sheep, &c. &c. are plentifully 
 produced. There are also many gardens cultivated for the sup- 
 plj^ of the London market. Hertford is its chief place. Popu- 
 lation, 157,207. It sends 7 members to parliament. 
 
 HE'RVEY, JAMES, a clergyman of the English Church, who 
 lived at the time of the Wesleyan movement, and partook of its 
 influence, being personally acquainted with its leaders. He was 
 a man of piety unquestionable, and the books that he wrote 
 have undoubtedly conduced in their time to promote this spirit ; 
 but the metaphorical extravagancies they abound in have un- 
 fitted them for the taste of readers of the present day. He died 
 in 1758, aged 44 years. 
 
 HE'SIOD, one of the earliest Greek poets, who resided chiefly 
 at Orchoraenos. His poems consist of one devoted to the history 
 of the gods, another called Works and Days, partly agricultural 
 and partly religious in its object, and other minor ones. He 
 flourished not earlier than 800 B. c. 
 
 HE'SITANCY, s. [hasito, Lat.] a pause from speaking or act- 
 ing, arising from an impediment of speech ; doubt, or want of 
 resolution. 
 
 To HE'SITATE, v. n. to pause, or cease from acting or speak- 
 ing for want of resolution ; to delay ; to be in doubt ; to make a 
 difficulty. 
 
 HE'SITATION, s. a pause or delay arising from doubt or sus- 
 picion ; a scruple ; an intermission of speech, owing to some na- 
 tural impediment. 
 
 HE'SPER, s. [Hesperos, Gr. Hesperus, Lat.] in Astronomy, a 
 name of the planet Venus, when she is an evening star. 
 
 HESPE'RIDES, in Greek Mythology, the daughters of Hes- 
 perus brother of Atlas, who kept a garden full of golden apples, 
 guarded by a dragon; but Hercules, having laid the dragon 
 asleep, stole away the apples. 
 
 HE'SSE, a country of Germany, bounded by Prussia, Weimar, 
 Bavaria, Baden, the territory of Frankfort, Nassau, and Han- 
 over. It consists of 3 great portions; the N. of which is the 
 stale of Hesse Cassel, and the 2 others, Hesse Darmstadt; and 
 there are some smaller fragments detached on all sides. Hesse 
 is very mountainous; the Thiiringerwald, the Odenwald, the 
 Vogelsgebirge, &c. being the chief masses or chains of eleva- 
 tions. The Rhine, the Maine, the Weser, &c. are its rivers. 
 The mountains abound in metals, including silver; in coal, and 
 other valuable products. Timber, corn, fruits, tobacco, hemp, 
 &c., with cattle, horses, &c. &c., are also amongst its sources of 
 wealth. Cassel is the capital of Hesse Cassel ; whose population 
 is about 800,000. Darmstadt is the capital of Hesse Darmstadt ; 
 and its population is about 850,000. Neither of these states 
 have manufactures of any importance as yet. 
 
 HEST, s. l/usst. Sax.] the command, precept, law, or order of 
 a superior. Used only in poetry. 
 
 HE'TEROCLITE,s. [/teferosandcfe«o,Gr.] in Grammar, a noun 
 which varies from the common forms of declension, by redun- 
 dancy, defect, or otherwise. Figuratively, any person or thing 
 deviating from the common rule or standard. 
 
 HETEROCLl'TICAL, a. deviating from the common rule. 
 
 HE'TERODOX, a. [heteros and doxa, Gr.] in Theology, con- 
 trary to one's own, or the established opinion ; opposed to 
 orthodox. 
 
 HE'TERODOX, s. a peculiar opinion, an opinion differing 
 from the generality of mankind. 
 
 HETEROGE'NEAL, a. [heteros and gems, Gr.] of a different 
 nature, kind, or quality. 
 
 HETEROGENETTY, s. [heteroyeneil^ , Fr.] opposition of na- 
 ture; contrariety or diff'erence of qualities. 
 
 HETEROGE'NEOUS, (the a in this word and all its deriva- 
 tives is sounded soft,) a. of a different kind ; contrary, dissimilar, 
 or different in properties or nature. 
 
 HETERO'SCIANS, s. [heUros and skia, Gr.] in Geograpyh, 
 440 
 
 HIC 
 
 those whose shadows at noonday are always projected or direct- 
 ed the same way; such are those who live in the temperate 
 zones, the shadows of those of the northern tropic falling alwavs 
 north. In its primary sense, it denotes those inhabitants of tfie 
 earth who have their shadows projected different waj's from 
 each other; in this sense, we, who inhabit the north temperate 
 zone, are heteroscians to those who inhabit the south temperate 
 zone. 
 
 HEVE'LIUS, JOHN, a Prussian astronomer, whose observa- 
 tions made at Dantzic, at an observatory which he had built 
 himself, and with instruments of his own construction, gained 
 him great repute in the I7th century. He published several 
 works, in which he gave the result of his observations. He died 
 in 1687, aged 76 years. 
 
 To HEW, V. a. part, hewn or hewed ; [heawan. Sax.] to cut by 
 force with an edged instrument ; to hack ; to chop ; to fell, 
 form, or shape with an axe. 
 
 HEW'ER, s. one who cuts wood or stone. 
 
 HE'XAGON, s. [hex and gone, Gr.] a figure containing six 
 sides or angles. 
 
 HEXA'GONAL, a. consisting of or having six sides or corners. 
 
 HEXA'METER, s. [hex and vietron, Gr.] a verse containing 
 
 HEXA'NGULAR, a. \liex, Gr. and angalus, Lat.] having six 
 angles or corners. 
 
 HE'XAPOD, s. {hex diwdi pous, Gr.] an animal having six feet. 
 
 HEXA'STICK, s. [hex and stichos, Gr.] a poem consisting of 
 six lines or verses. 
 
 HE'XHAM, Northumberland. It has narrow streets and ill- 
 built houses. Its market-place, however, near the centre of 
 the town, is a spacious square, supplied hj a fountain with 
 water. Its present church, which contains many ancient 
 tombs, bears considerable marks of Saxon grandeur,, and it was 
 formerly famous for an abbey. On the screen, at the entrance 
 of the choir, are some strange monastic paintings, called the 
 Dance of Death. Hexham is now principally noted for its manu- 
 factorj' of tanned leather, shoes, and gloves ; and is situated on a 
 small stream called the Hextold, near the Tyne. It is 284 
 miles from London. Markets, Tuesday and Saturday. Pop. 
 5989. 
 
 HEY, interject, a word used to express sudden or mutual en- 
 couragement. 
 
 HEY'DAY, interj. an expression of frolic, joy, and sometimes 
 of surprise and wonder. 
 
 HEY'DEN, and Hey'den Brigg, Northumberiand. It has a 
 well-endowed grammar school, and a fine bridge of 6 arches 
 over the Tyne. It is 259 miles from London. Market, Tuesday. 
 Pop. 1908. 
 
 HEY'DON, Yorkshire, E. Riding. It is seated on a river 
 which soon falls into the Humber; and was formerly a consi- 
 derable town, but is now much decayed, on account of the 
 neighbourhood of Hull. It is 181 miles from London. Pop. 485, 
 
 HE'YNE, CHRISTIAN GOTTLOB, a distinguished editor 
 of the classics, who rose to his celebrity from complete obscurity 
 by his great patience in study, and perseverance through all 
 difficulties. He held a professorship at Gottingen ; and obtained 
 universal esteem by the amiability and excellence of his cha- 
 racter, as well as by his great learning. He died in 1812, aged 
 
 82 years. 
 HI 
 
 It is 93 miles from Loudon. 
 
 EY'TESBURY, Wiltshi 
 Pop. 1311. 
 
 HIA'TUS, s. [Lat.] an aperture or breach ; the opening of the 
 mouth by pronouncing one word ending and another beginning 
 with a vowel. In Grammar, a fault in composing, arising from 
 the use of two words together, the former of which ends, and 
 the latter begins, with a vowel. In manuscripts, a gap or de- 
 fect in the copy by time or accident. 
 
 HIBE'RNAL, a. [hibernus, Lat.] belonging or relating to the 
 winter. 
 
 HIBE'RNIAN, a. {Hibernia, Lat.] belonging to Ireland.—*, a 
 native or inhabitant of Ireland. 
 
 HI'CCOUGH, (commonly pron. Mckup,) s. \hoquet, Fr. hicken, 
 Dan.] a convulsive motion of the diaphragm, and parts adjacent, 
 made in the act of inspiration, which is accompanied with a 
 sonorous explosion of the air through the mouth. 
 
 To HI'CCOUGH, (likkup) V. n. to sob or make a noise from a 
 convulsive motion of the diaphragm. 
 
HIG 
 
 Hl'CKWALL, Hi'cKWAY, s. in Natural History, a name of the 
 woodpecker. 
 
 To HIDE, V. a. pret. hid, past part, hid or hidden ; {hidan, Sax.] 
 to conceal, or withdraw from a person's sight or knowledge. 
 
 HIDE, s. [havde, Belg.] the skin of any brute, either raw or 
 dressed ; the human skin, so called when coarse, or in contempt. 
 Hide of land, was such a quantity of land as might be ploughed 
 with one plough within the compass of a year, or so much as 
 would maintain a family; some call it GO, some 80, and some 
 100 acres. 
 
 HI'DEBOUND, a. in Farriery, applied to a horse when his 
 skin sticks so hard to his ribs and back, that it cannot be pulled 
 or loosened. In Botany, applied to trees, when the bark will 
 not give way to the growth. Figuratively, harsh ; reserved ; 
 untractable; niggardly; penurious; parsimonious. 
 
 HI'DEOUS, a. [AiVfeux, Fr.] affecting with fear, terror, or hor- 
 ror; shocking. 
 
 HI'DEOUSLY, ad. in such a manner as to frighten or shock. 
 
 HI'DEOUSNESS, s. that quality which renders a person or 
 thing an object of terror. 
 
 HI'DER, ». the person that conceals himself, or withdraws 
 from sight. 
 
 To HIE, V. a. {hieflan. Sax.] to hasten, or go in haste. 
 
 HI'ERARCH, (^hierark) s. (hieros and arche, Gr.] the chief of a 
 sacred order. 
 
 HIERA'RCHICAL, {hierdrkikal) a. belonging to the spiritual 
 order, or to ecclesiastical government. 
 
 HI'ERARCH Y, {hierarchy) s. sacred government, or the order 
 and subordination among the several ranks of an ecclesiastical 
 establishment. 
 
 HI'ERES, a cluster of small islands in the Mediterranean Sea, 
 on the coast of the department of Var, France. Three of them, 
 namely, Porquerolles, Porteros or Port Cross, and Bagueau, are 
 inhabited, and the isle of Titan, the largest of them, is capable 
 of cultivation. They abound with medicinal plants. Between 
 these islands and the continent is the Road or Gulf of Hieres, 
 an excellent and capacious pool or harbour. Hieres, a town in 
 thedepartmentof Var, seated in a pleasant and fruitful country, 
 in which are found the best fruits of France ; but its harbour 
 being choked up, it is now much decayed. Near the town are 
 large salt-works. It is situated on the side of a hill, and is 350 
 miles from Paris. Pop. about 1000. Lat. 43. 7. N. Long. 0. 8. E. 
 
 Hl'ERO, the name of two of the self-imposed kings of Syra- 
 cuse, in Sicily. The first was a tyrant, in the worst sense of the 
 word ; but the second was a wise and able prince, who consulted 
 for the good of.theSyracusans.and ruled successfully during the 
 wars between Rome and Carthage. He died in 210 u. c. 
 
 HIEROGLY'PH, Hierogi'.y'phic, [hieroglyf, hierogltifik) s. [hie- 
 ros and r/lupho, Gr.] an emblem, or picturesque representation of 
 something. This was the first method of writing, and was used 
 only in the early stages of civilization. 
 
 HIEROGLY'PHIC, Hierogly'phical, a. [hieroglyphique, Fr.] 
 emblematical ; expressive of some meaning beyond what imme- 
 diately appears. 
 
 UlEROGLY'PHICALLY, ad. emblematically. 
 
 HlERO'GRAPHY,(/«er<;^-a/y) s. [Aieros and §-ra;jAo,Gr.] holy 
 writihg. 
 
 HIE'ROPHANT, {hiirofant) s. [hieros and phaino, Gr.] one who 
 teaches the rules of any religion. 
 
 To HI'GGLE, V. n. [corrupted from haggle,'] to beat down the 
 price of a thing in a bargain ; to be long in agreeing on the price 
 of a commodity ; to sell provisions from door to door. 
 
 Hl'GGLEDY-PrGGLEDY, ad. in a confused or disorderly 
 manner. 
 
 HI'GGLER, s. one who sells provisions by retail from door to 
 door ; one who buys fowls, butter, eggs, &c. in the country, and 
 brings them to town to sell. 
 
 HIGH, (the ffh in this word and all its derivatives and com- 
 pounds is mute, and pronounced hi,) a. [AeaA,Sax.] far upwards; 
 elevated in place. Raised above the earth, applied to the mind. 
 Exalted, applied to rank, condition, or nature. Refined or sub- 
 lime, applied to thoughts or sentiments. High blood, noble; 
 above the vulgar. Violent, loud, oi' tempestuous, applied to wind. 
 Ungovernable, turbulent, applied to the passions. Joined with 
 time, complete, full, proper, or almost elapsed. Strong, hot, 
 warm with spices, applied to food. Receding from the equator, 
 or towards the pole, applied to latitude. Capital, opposed to 
 
 HIL 
 
 little or petty, applied to crime, as, " high treason." Dear, or 
 costing much, applied to price. High, when used in composi- 
 tion, has a great variety oi meanings, but generally includes the 
 idea of a great degree of any quality. From high, from above ; 
 from a superior region ; from heaven. On high, aloft ; above ; 
 into superior regions ; into heaven. 
 
 HIGHAM-FE'RRERS, Northamptonshire. Here is a castle 
 near the church, the ruins of which are still visible. It is plea- 
 santly seated on an ascent, near the river Nen. It is 69 miles 
 from London. Market, Saturday. Pop. 1030. 
 
 HIGH-BLOWN, a. much puffed up. 
 
 HFGH-BORN, a. of noble extraction, 
 
 HIGH-BUILT, a. of a lofty structure ; of great length up- 
 wards ; covered with lofty buildings. 
 
 HUGH-COLOURED, a. having a deep or glaring colour. 
 
 HUGH-FED, a. pampered, or living on luxurious diet. 
 
 HUGH-FLIER, s. one that carries his opinions to extrava- 
 gance. 
 
 HUGH-FLOWN, a. elevated; proud; turgid; extravagant. 
 
 HUGH-FLYING, /)art. extravagant in claims or opinions. 
 
 Hl'GHGATE, Middlesex, a hamlet of Hornsey and Pancras. 
 It has its name from its situation on the top of a hill, and a gate 
 erected there about 400 years ago, to receive toll for the bishop 
 of London. The custom of swearing certain ridiculous oaths on 
 the horns at the public-houses, formerly observed here, is well 
 known, but now, happily, little practised. It is 4 miles from 
 London. Pop. 4302. 
 
 HI'GHLAND, s. a place abounding in mountains. 
 
 HUGHLANDEBS, the inhabitants of the Highlands of Scot- 
 land. 
 
 HUGHLANDS, the name specially given to the mountainous 
 parts of Scotland, into which civilization has but recently pene- 
 trated. 
 
 HUGHLY, ad. loftily, applied to place or situation. In a 
 great degree; in a proud, arrogant, or ambitious manner, 
 
 HIGH-ME'TTLED, a. proud; not easily governed, or pro- 
 voked with restraint. 
 
 HUGH-MINDED, a. proud ; arrogant. 
 
 HUGHNESS, s. loftiness or distance from the surface of the 
 earth ; a title given to princes, formerly to kings. 
 
 HIGH-SPURITED, a. bold ; daring ; insolent. 
 
 HIGH-PRUNCIPLED, a. extravagant in notions of politics. 
 
 HUGH-RED, a. deeply red. 
 
 HIGH-STO'MACHED, (hl-stSmaked) a. obstinate ; easily pro- 
 voked ; proud. 
 
 HUGHWATER, s. the utmost flow, the greatest swell, or that 
 state of the tide when it ceases to flow up. 
 
 HIGHWA'Y, s. a free passage for the king's subjects, and 
 therefore called the King s highway, though the freehold of the 
 soil belongs to the lord of the manor, or the owner of the land. 
 Those ways that lead from one town to another, and such as are 
 drift or cartways, and are for all travellers in great roads, or that 
 communicate with them, are highways only ; and, as to their re- 
 paration, are under the care of surveyors. 
 
 HUGHWAYM AN, s. a robber that plunders on the public roads. 
 
 HUGHWORTH, Wiltshire. It is seated on the ton of a high 
 hill, which stands in a rich plain, near the Vale of Whitehorse. 
 It is 77 miles from London. Market, Wednesday. Pop. 3939. 
 
 HUGH-WROUGHT, {hl-rot) a. finished to great perfection, 
 with great pains and labour. 
 
 HILA'RION, in Ecclesiastical History, a disciple of Antony, 
 who established monasteries in Palestine and Syria, in the be- 
 ginning of the 4th century. 
 
 HILA'RITY, s. [hilaris, Lat.] gaiety; mirth. 
 
 HILA'RIUS, the name of four eminent men in Ecclesiastical 
 History, two of whom were canonized ; one of which was Bi- 
 shop of Aries in France, and gained a distinguished name by his 
 resistance of papal supremacy. He wrote severSfl works, of no 
 great value, and died in 449, aged 48 years. 
 
 HULARY, a. in Law, a term which begins in January, so 
 called from the feast of St. Hilarius, celebrated about that time. 
 
 HULDESHEIM, a city of Hanover, chiefly celebrated as the 
 see of a very wealthy bishopric, and as having a very superb 
 cathedral. Its population is about 15,000. Lat, 52. 10. N. 
 Long. 9. 5G. E. 
 
 HILL, s. [hit. Sax.] an eminence, or heap of earth less than a 
 mountain. 
 
 3 L 441 
 
HIJI 
 
 HILL, ROWLAND, an eminent preacher for nearly half a 
 centuiy, at one of the largest places of worship belonging to 
 Lady Huntingdon's connexion in London. He was a son of a 
 Shropshire baronet, and studied at Eton and Cambridge. 
 Having obtained ordination, he quickly adopted the plans of 
 the celebrated Whitefield; and with similar results. He was at 
 first the regular preacher at Kingswood Tabernacle, and at the 
 Tabernacle at London ; but afterwards Surrey Chapel was built 
 for him. He was an impressive preacher, but had contracted a 
 habit of indulging his natural taste for drollery, so that he not 
 unfrequently produced a feeling most opposite to decorum in 
 his hearers. Many tales of a humorous character are in cir- 
 culation respecting him, but many of them are forgeries. He 
 died in 1833, aged 88 years. He published several little books, 
 on religious subjects. 
 
 HILL MC'RI ON, Warwickshire. It is seated on a rivulet 
 that comes from Creek in Northamptonshire, and falls into the 
 Avon below Clifton, partly on a hill, partly on moorish ground, 
 from whence it has its name, near Rugby. It is 83 miles from 
 London. Market, Tuesday. Pop. 953. 
 
 HI'LLEL, a celebrated Jewish doctor or rabbin, who lived at 
 Babylon in the 1st century b. c. He was one of the authors of 
 the Talmud. Also, the name of another rabbin who lived in 
 the 3rd and 4th centuries of the Christian aera, and contributed 
 to the later portions of the Talmud. 
 
 HI'LLOCK, s. a little hill. 
 
 HI'LLY, a. full of hills ; unequal in the surface. 
 
 HILT, s. [hilt. Sax.] the handle of any instrument, but pecu- 
 liarly applied to that of a sword. 
 
 HIM, pron. the oblique case of ^e. 
 
 HI'MMALEH, or Himala'ya, the general name of the vast 
 range of mountains lying to the N. of Hindustan. It is nearly 
 2000 miles in length, and is above 100 miles in breadth. The 
 highest points are nearly 30,000 feet in elevation above the sur- 
 face of the ocean. The rivers Indus, Ganges, Burrampooter, and 
 their chief tributaries rise amongst them. See the different coun- 
 tries in which they lie, India, Thibet, &c. 
 
 HI'MSELF, pron. [hyssylfes. Sax.] of the same signification as 
 he, only more emphatical, and to distinguish the person it is ap- 
 plied to from any other. 
 
 HIN, s. [Heb.] a Hebrew measure, containing one gallon and 
 two pints. 
 
 HI'NCKLEY, Leicestershire. It was formerly much larger, 
 as the back lanes between the orchards appear to have been 
 once streets. It has a considerable manufactory of stockings, 
 and fine ale. It is 91 miles from London. Market, Monday, 
 and a very noted fair on August 28. Pop. 7291. 
 
 HIND, a. comparative hinder, superlative hindmost; [hyndan. 
 Sax.] that is behind another or backward, opposed to fore. 
 
 HIND, s. \hinde. Sax.] the female of a hart, stag, or red deer ; 
 the first year she is called a calf, the second a hearse, sometimes 
 a brocket's sister, and the third a hind. — \hine. Sax.] a servant. 
 — hinenian. Sax.] a peasant ; a boor. 
 
 HPNDBERRY, s. in Botany, the raspberry bramble. 
 
 To HPNDER, V. a. [hindrian. Sax.] to prevent ; to delay ; to 
 stop or impede. 
 
 HrNDLR, a. the comparative of hind; that is placed back- 
 wards, or in a position contrary to that of the face. 
 
 HI'NDERANCE, Hi'ndrance, s. an obstruction or impedi- 
 ment; any thing which prevents a person from proceeding in 
 what he has begun, or from accomplishing what he intends. 
 
 HI'NDERER, s. any person or thing that prevents or stops 
 anv undertaking, or retards it by difficulties. 
 
 HPNDERMOST, Hi'ndmost, a. the superlative of hind; hind- 
 most is the most proper; the last in order, or farthest oflT in situ- 
 ation. 
 
 HPNDUS, the people inhabiting Hindustan, called also 
 Gentoos. 
 
 HINDUSTAN. See India. 
 
 HINGE, s. a kind of joint made of iron or other metal, which 
 moves on a pivot, and fastens doors, lids, &c., so as to open and 
 shut. A governing rule or principle. To be put off the hinges, a 
 phrase signilj'ing to be in a state of irregularity or disorder. 
 
 To HINGE, V. a. to furnish with, or hang upon, hinges. Fi- 
 guratively, to bend like a hinge. 
 
 To HINT, V. a. [enter, Fr.] to bring to mind by slight mention ; 
 to mentmn imperfectly ; to drop a word, by which the hearer 
 442 
 
 HIS 
 
 may be enabled to trace out something which we do not men- 
 tion ; to allude to ; to touch slightly upon. 
 
 HINT, s. a faint notice given ; a remote allusion ; an insinu- 
 ation by which a hearer may come to the knowledge of a thing 
 not expressly mentioned ; a suggestion ; an intimation. 
 
 HIP, [hype. Sax.] in Anatomy, that part of the body to which 
 the thigh is articulated. — [heopa. Sax.] in Botany, the fruit of 
 the brier or dog-rose. In Medicine, a contraction of hypochondriac. 
 
 To HIP, V. a. to sprain or shoot the hip. 
 
 HIP, interj. a word used in calling to a person, in order to stop 
 him, or bring him towards one. 
 
 HIPPA'RCHUS, the most eminent of all the ancient Greek 
 astronomers. He studied at Alexandria, and amongst other 
 services to science, he discovered the precession of the equi- 
 noxes; calculated eclipses; determined the mean periods of the 
 planets' revolution; invented the stereographical method of 
 projection ; catalogued the fixed stars; and laid the foundation 
 for a true science of astronomy. He flourished in the 2nd cen- 
 tury B. c. 
 
 HIPPA'RCHUS and HI'PPIAS, two sons of Peisistratus, 
 who had acquired the tyranny of Athens ; which they retained. 
 After a conspiracy had been formed against them by which 
 Hipparchus was assassinated, Hippias.ruled with great cruelty, 
 and was at last driven from the city by a general revolt. He 
 fled to Persia, and was instrumental in that ill-fated expedition of 
 Darius against Greece. He died in the ranks of the Persians, at 
 the battle of Marathon, in 490 b. c. 
 
 HI'PPISH, Hi'ppED, a. a corruption of hypochondriac. 
 
 HIPPOCE'NTAUR, s. [hippos and kentauros, Gr.] a fabulous 
 monster, half a horse and half a man. 
 
 HPPPOCRAS, s. [Fr.] a medicated wine. 
 
 HIPPO'CRATES, the most eminent physician of antiquity, 
 who travelled through various countries ; and at length died at 
 Larissa, in Thessaly, in 361 b. c. His writings are numerous. 
 His observations on medical science were of the highest value 
 at the time. The appearance of the countenance immediately 
 before death he first described accurately ; and it is still de- 
 signated t?ie Hippocratic face. 
 
 HI'PPOGRIFF, s. [hippos and grups, Gr.] a winged horse. 
 
 HIPPOPO'TAMUS, s. [hippos and potamos, Gr.] in Zoology, a 
 large amphibious quadruped, which inhabits some of the African 
 rivers, and is exceedingly destructive and ferocious. It is al- 
 lied to the elephant. 
 
 HPPSHOT, a. having the hip sprained or out of joint. 
 
 To HIRE, 1!. a. [hyran. Sax.] to procure a thing for a certain 
 time, at a price agreed on ; to engage a person to work a certain 
 time, to do a particular service for a sum of money. Figuratively, 
 to bribe, or prevail on a person to do a thing for the sake of 
 money, which he would not otherwise. 
 
 HIRE, s. money paid for the use of a thing, or wages paid a 
 person for labour and attendance. 
 
 HPRELING, s. one who works for wages. 
 
 HPRELING, a. serving for hire, mercenary, or acting merely 
 for the sake of lucre. 
 
 HI'RER, s. one who pays money for the use of a thing, or 
 engages the service of another by promising him wages for his 
 labour. 
 
 HIRSUTE, a. [hirsute, Lat.] rough and rugged. 
 
 HIS, pron. poss. masc. [ys. Sax.] applied to any thing that be- 
 longs to the person mentioned before. 
 
 HISPANIO'LA, called also Sr. Domingo, and Hayti, a large 
 island of the W. Indies ; lying between Cuba and Jamaica, and 
 Porto Rico. It is about 300 miles in length and 140 in breadth ; 
 but its outline is irregular, and it has two long narrow promon- 
 tories, extending towards Jamaica and Cuba. Several ranges of 
 mountains, of about 5000 feet in height, cross it, but in the plains 
 between, and near the shore, the soil is very rich and fertile. It 
 has a few small streams; and its coast presents many most 
 excellent harbours. All the usual productions of the W. Indies 
 are produced in the greatest abundance here; and cofl«e, sugar, 
 fruits, timber, hides, &c. &c. are exported. Its population 
 amounts to about 1,500,000. This island was formerly held 
 jointly by the French and Spaniards, and was the scene of all 
 the abominations and cruelties of slavery. During the French 
 Revolution, the negroes, who had heard of the proclamation of 
 the rights of man, rose upon their owners, and with all the 
 horrors of a servile war drove them from the country. At first a 
 
republic was set up ; but this was put down ; and at length, 
 after various changes and wars, the whole island is an inde- 
 pendent country, under a native ruler ; and the government is 
 so ordered that whites are subjected to similar prejudices as to 
 their political grade, that the blacks are in other islands. 
 
 To HISS, V. n. [hissen, Beig.] to make a noise by shutting the 
 teeth, applying the tongue to them, and breathing through 
 them, resembling the noise of a serpent ; to use with the highest 
 degree of contempt; to condemn a performance. 
 
 HISS, s. a noise made by breathing through the teeth when 
 shut ; a noise made by a serpent and some other animals ; cen- 
 sure, or an expression of contempt and disapprobation, shown 
 by hissing. 
 
 HIST, intety. a word used to command silence. 
 ' HISTO'RIAN, s. [htstoria, Gr.] one who gives an account of 
 facts and events. 
 
 HISTO'RIC, Histo'rical, a, containing or giving an account 
 of facts and events. 
 
 HISTO'RICALLY, ad. in the manner of history ; by way of 
 narrative. 
 
 To HISTO'RIFY, v. a. to relate or record in history. 
 
 HISTORIO'GRAPHER, {historUgrafer) s. [Aistom and grapho, 
 Gr.] a professed historian, or writer of history. 
 
 HISTORIOGRAPHY, (historv'.grafy) s. the art or employ- 
 ment of an historian. 
 
 HI'STORY, s. Ihistoria, from histor, Gr.] a narration or de- 
 scription of the transactions, actions, or events of a state, king, 
 or private person, delivered in their proper order or relation ; a 
 narration or relation. Natural Histoi-y is a description of the 
 productions of nature, whether plants, animals, vegetables, 
 rivers, &c. 
 
 HISTRIO'NIC, Histrio'nical, a. {histrio, Lat.] befitting the 
 stage ; suitable to a player ; belonging to the theatre ; becom- 
 ing a buffoon. 
 
 HISTRIO'NICALLY, ad. after the manner of a player, mimic, 
 or buffoon. 
 
 To HIT, V. a. [hitte, Dan.] to strike with a blow ; to touch a 
 mark aimed at by a person at a distance ; to attain ; to reach a 
 point ; to strike a ruling passion ; to mention a person's pecu- 
 liar foible. Used with off, to determine precisely ; to pitch upon 
 with labour. — v. n. to clash, applied to two things which are 
 made to touch each other. To chance luckily ; to succeed ; to 
 light on. 
 
 HIT, s. a stroke ; a lucky chance ; success owing to mere 
 accident ; or a discoverj' made by chance. 
 
 To HITCH, V. n. [hiegan. Sax.] to be catched as upon a 
 hook ; to move by jerks ; to strike one ankle against another in 
 walking. 
 
 HI'TCHEL, s. [heckel, Teut.] the instrument with which flax 
 is beaten and combed. See Hatchel. 
 
 To HI'TCHEL, v. a. to beat or comb flax or hemp. 
 
 HI'TCHIN, formerly called Hitchend, Hertfordshire. It is 
 situated near a wood called Hitch, on the rivulet Hiz (which 
 drives two mills here, and runs to Ickleford). It is 34 miles from 
 London. Market, for wheat, malt, &c., Tuesday. Pop. 
 612.5. 
 
 HITHE, or Hythe, Kent, one of the Cinque Ports. It had 
 formerly four parishes ; but its harbour having been choked 
 up, it has now but one. It is 68 miles from London. Market, 
 Saturday. Pop. 2265. 
 
 HITHE, s. \hythe. Sax.] a small port, haven, or wharf, for 
 landing goods ; hence Queen-hithe, Lamh-hithe, now corrupted to 
 Lambeth. 
 
 HI'THER, a. nearer; towards this part. 
 
 HI'THER, ad. [hither. Sax.] to this place, including motion 
 from some other ; used in opposition to thither. Hither and thi- 
 Oier, from this place to that. To this end, design, or argument ; 
 in this sense. 
 
 HITHERMOST, a. superlative of W^Aer; nearest to us ; near- 
 est on this side. 
 
 HI'THERTO, ad. to this time ; yet ; not till this time ; at 
 every time till the present. 
 
 HI'THERWARD, Hi'therwards, ad. [hytherweard. Sax.] this 
 way ; towards this place. 
 
 HIVE, s. \hijfe. Sax.] a small convenient house or lodging for 
 bees, wherein they live and form their cells. Figuratively, the 
 bees which are contained in a hive ; a company. 
 
 HOB 
 
 To HIVE, V. a. to put into hives. Figuratively, to contain as 
 in a hive. 
 
 HI'VER, s. one who covers bees with hives. 
 
 HO, Ho'a, interj. \eho ! Lat.] a word used \to give notice of ap- 
 proach, or to fix the attention of a person at a distance. 
 
 HO'ACHE, a kind of earth used by the Chinese, in the manu- 
 facture of porcelain. 
 
 HO'ADLEY, BENJAMIN, a bishop of the English Church, 
 who, during the former part of the last century, occasioned a 
 considerable stir, by the avowal of opinions far more allied to 
 Unitarianism, than to the scheme laid down in the Creed and 
 Articles. This was the famous Bangorian controversy, which 
 ended rather in the change of the spirit of the times than in the 
 victory of either party. Hoadley was a strong-minded and 
 acute man ; but one who looked at theology as identical with 
 religion, and at logic as the true means of investigating and 
 establishing it. He died in 1761, aged 85 years. 
 
 HOAR, {hor) a. [har. Sax.] white ; white with frost or age. 
 
 HOARD, {hord) s. [hard. Sax.] money or any thing else laid 
 up in secret; a hidden heap or stock. 
 
 To HOARD, (hoi-cl) V. a. to lay up store ; to lay up money in 
 heaps and in secret.— u. n. to make hoards. 
 
 HO'ARDER, (harder) s, one that heaps up treasure, and 
 hides it. 
 
 HO'AR-FROST, s. congelations in frosty and foggy weather 
 on grass, &c. 
 
 HO'ARHOUND, s. in Botany, a plant with the leaves and 
 flower-cup covered very thick with a white hoariness. 
 
 HO'ARINESS, (horiness) s. the quality of appearing white ; 
 whiteness occasioned by age. Figuratively, old age. 
 
 HOARSE, (horse) a. [has. Sax. heersch, Belg.] having the voice 
 rough with a cold, having a rough sound. 
 
 HO'ARSELY, (Jm-sely) ad. speaking rough or harsh with a 
 cold ; with a rough, harsh voice or sound. 
 
 HO'ARSENESS, (horseness) s. [hamesse. Sax.] roughness of 
 voice, peculiarly applied to the harshness occasioned by a 
 cold. 
 
 HO'ARY, (hori/) a. [harund, Sax.] white, or whitish ; white or 
 gray with age or frost. 
 
 HOBBES, THOMAS, of Malmesbury, the celebrated English 
 philosopher. He studied at Oxford, and spent the active part of 
 his life as tutor to various noblemen, and to Charles II. when 
 Prince of Wales. During the early part of the sway of the Long 
 Parliament, he retired to Paris. He received many tokens of 
 favour from Charles II., and spent the last years of his life at 
 Chatsworth, the seat of the Duke of Devonshire. He died in 
 1679, aged 91 years. Hobbes enjoyed, during his life-time, a 
 European reputation, and received visits from all illustrious men 
 who travelled to England, and was the correspondent of others. 
 His fame was even then of a very mixed character, both as to his 
 philosophy, and his politics and theology, which sprang from it ; 
 and it has continued so to this day. But perhaps we are in a 
 better position to estimate him aright than any have been, since 
 speculations on the foundation of government are no longer re- 
 garded as signs of political partisanship, and branded as treason ; 
 nor speculations on theology regarded as signs of irreligion, and 
 branded as atheistical. Hobbes wrote many works, but his Le- 
 viathan was the chief. His metaphysical system was a sort of 
 anticipation of Locke's ; and his theological and political opi- 
 nions were logically deduced from it. In his aspect towards re- 
 ligion, he certainly shows no cordial friendliness, and what he 
 says has rather the air of compliment, and compromise with pre- 
 judiced ignorance in possession of power, than even of philoso- 
 phic dignity and clearness. Hobbes had purposed this book as 
 an offering to the Protector, but the Restoration followed soon, 
 and it was presented to Charles. He was afterwards aimed at 
 by several censures by parliament, and his equanimity was sorely 
 disturbed. These things have exposed him to the charge of 
 temporizing, and have made his favourable allusions to rehgion 
 suspicious. He had not, as Locke bad, a heart full of love for 
 liberty, and a deep conviction of the reality of revealed truth, to 
 correct, or rather to prevent, the conclusions of his logic. He 
 mav always be read with great pleasure for the clear, manful, 
 and vigorous English which he writes. Many of his sentences 
 have long been current as proverbs. 
 
 HO'BBIMA, MINDERHOUT, an eminent landscape painter 
 of the Dutch school, whose pieces are remarkable for their beauty 
 3 l2 443 
 
HOF 
 
 of execution, correct drawing, and excellent colouring. He 
 flourished about 1040. 
 
 To HO'BBLE, v. n. to hop, to hopple, to hobble ; [hubbelen or hob- 
 len, Belg.] to walk lamely or awkwardly, or with frequent hitches. 
 To move roughly, or unevenly, applied to verse. 
 
 HO'BBLE, s. a rough or lame motion in walking ; an awkward 
 gait. 
 
 HO'BBLINGLY, ad. after the manner of a person who is lame; 
 with a halting or awkward gait. 
 
 HO'BBY, s. [hohersaii, Fr. hoppe, Goth.] a species of hawk; a 
 pacing horse; a stick hung with bells, &c., on which children 
 get astride and ride. Figuratively, a stupid fellow. 
 
 HO'BGOBLIN, s. an elf, spirit, or chief among the goblins. 
 
 HO'BIT, s. a small mortar from six to eight inches diameter, 
 mounted on a carriage made gun-fashion, and used for annoying 
 an enemy at a distance with small bombs. 
 
 HO'BNAIL, s. a nail with a thick, strong head, so called be- 
 cause used in shoeing a hobby or little horse. 
 
 HOBNAILED, a. covered with hobnails. 
 
 HO'BNOB, ad. (more properly Hab-nab,) at random ; at the 
 mercy of chance; without any rule. — v. io drink with anyone 
 in the most friendly manner. 
 
 HOCHE, general LAZARE, one of those men, doomed 
 by their birth to obscurity, but brought to light and eminence 
 in seasons of revolution. He was first a stable-boy at Versailles, 
 and\having entered the army, rose to be Serjeant of the grena- 
 dier guards. He devoted his pay and his spare time to study, 
 and waited what years would b\in^. The taking of the Bastille 
 enfranchised him : he fought inider Dumouriez, and rose with 
 great rapidity to the generalshipX He subdued La Vendee; de- 
 feated theattempt at Quiberon ; plihjned and failed in an attack 
 on Ireland ; achieved a name at th^ .head of the army of tpe 
 Sambre and Meuse; and then, lost in'Hhe blaze of Napoleon's 
 rising glory, died in 1797, aged but 29 y^rs. 
 
 HOCK, s. the same with Iwugh ,- \hoh, SaiuJ the joint between 
 the knee and the fetlock ; the fore end or quarter of a flitch, or 
 the less and bony end of a gammon of bacon. Old strong beer, 
 wine, &c., particularly old strong Rlienish wine, so called from 
 Hockheim on the Maine. 
 
 HO'CK-DAY, Ho'cK-TuESDAY, in our ancient customs, the 
 second Tuesday after Easter-week, fornieily celebrated for many 
 ages in England, in memory of the great massacre of the Danes, 
 in the time of King Etheldred. 
 
 HO'CKHERB, s. in Botany, a plant, the same with the mal- 
 lows. 
 
 To HO'CKLE, V. a. to hamstring ; to cut the sinews near the 
 ham or hock. 
 
 HO'CUS-PO'CUS, s. legerdemain; juggle; cheat; sleight of 
 hand. It may be a corruption of the words Hoc est corpus. This 
 is the body, used by the Roman Catholics at the consecration of 
 the sacramental bread. 
 
 HOD, s. [hod, Sax.] a kind of trough in which labourers carry 
 mortar on their heads or shoulders to bricklayers or masons. 
 
 HODGE-PODGE, s. [hache-poche, Fr.] a medley, or odd mix- 
 ture of ingredients huddled or boiled together. 
 
 HODIE'RNAL, a. [_hodie, Lat.] of to-day. 
 
 HO'DMAN, s. a labourer, or one that carries mortar in a hod. 
 
 HOE, s. [Aouioe, Belg. AoMe, Fr.] an instrument used in cutting 
 or scraping up the earth, of which the blade is at right angles 
 with the handle. A horse-Iioe is an implement fashioned some- 
 what like a plough, but having a blade so fixed as to cut off all 
 the plants growing where it is drawn over, just below the surface 
 of the ground. 
 
 To HOE, V. a. [holier, Fr. houwen, Belg.] to cut earth with a hoe ; 
 to weed with a hoe ; to scrape earth over the roots of plants by 
 means of a hoe. 
 
 HO'FER, ANDREAS, the celebrated Tyrolese leader during 
 the continental wars, in the first ten years of the present cen- 
 tury. He was an innkeeper and farmer; possessed of great 
 bodily strength, and a clear and stedfast intellect ; and so was 
 appointed commander by the peasants who rose against the 
 Bavarians, and subsequently against the French. He was at 
 length betrayed into the hands of the French, and shot, in 1810, 
 aged 45 years. His countrymen revered him as a martyr. 
 
 HO'FFMANN, the name of several eminent medical men of 
 Germany ; the most distinguished of whom was Frederic Hoff- 
 mann, who was professor at Halle, and enjoyed a European 
 444 
 
 HOL 
 
 reputation. His theory greatly conduced to bring about the fun- 
 damental changes in medical science, which the last century 
 has witnessed. He died in 1742, aged 79 j'ears. 
 
 HO'FFMANN, ERNEST THEODORE WILLIAM, a legal 
 practitioner of Prussia, who attained considerable popularity as 
 a musician, poet, and tale writer. He led a most roving, un- 
 settled life, till near the close ; and he wasted the fine materials 
 of his mind in gross personal caricature, and the low excitement 
 of the tavern. His music is yet admired, and his tales have 
 obtained a place in German literature. He died in 1822, aged 
 46 years. 
 
 HO'FWYL, the seat of a celebrated educational institution, 
 established and conducted by De Fellenburg, near Berne, Swit- 
 zerland. It is arranged on the industrial scheme; and is self- 
 supporting. The plans developed here have been wholly, or in 
 part, adopted by many schemers for public education in England 
 and America ; but it seems that too rigid a utilitarianism has de- 
 prived them of the power of working out the good they might in 
 subordination to a nobler aim have accomplished. 
 
 HOG, s. {hicch, Brit.] a general name for a swine, or boar. 
 Figuratively, a brutish, selfish, or greedy person. To bring one^s 
 hogs to a fine market, implies to be disappointed, or to take a 
 great deal of pains for nothing. 
 
 HO'GARTH, WILLIAM, the celebrated caricaturist and 
 moralist in painting and engraving, who rose from being an en- 
 graver of ciphers on plate, to be serjeant-painter to the king. 
 His works produced a deep impression on the nation, and are 
 yet studies that would benefit not artists alone. He gained a 
 considerable reputation on the continent even ; but lacked that 
 kind of mental power which enabled him to make the best use 
 of his rare abilities. His series prints, such as Industry and Idle- 
 ness, the Rake's and Harlot's Progress, Marriage d-la-Mode, &c., 
 are the most generally known. They have been' frequently 
 copied since his time. He died in 1762, aged 64 years. 
 
 HOGG, JAMES, the Etfrick Shepherd, an eminent Scot- 
 tish poet of late years. He began life as a shepherd ; but re- 
 linquished this humble occupation for the cultivation of litera- 
 ture, became the friend and frequent companion of Sir Walter 
 Scott, and one of the circle of the contributors to Blackwood, 
 whose real and imaginary colloquies are recorded in the inimit- 
 able Noctes Ambrosiana. His published works are numerous, 
 and he died in 1835, aged 53 years. 
 
 HO'GGEREL, s. a two-year old ewe. 
 
 HO'GGET, s. a sheep of two years old. 
 
 HO'GGISH, a. having the qualities of a hog ; brutish ; 
 greedy ; selfish. 
 
 HO'GGISHNESS, s. the quality in which a person resembles 
 a hog ; selfishness ; greediness or brutishness. 
 
 HO'GHERD, s. a keeper of hogs. 
 
 HO'GSHEAD, {hogzed) s. [i. e. hoff's hide,} a measure of 
 liquids containing sixty-three gallons ; a vessel or cask contain- 
 ing sixty-three gallons ; any large cask. 
 
 HO'GSTY, s. the place in which swine are confined. 
 
 HOGUE, Cape la, the N. W. point of the department of 
 Manche, France ; lying E. of the isle of Alderney, and N. \V. 
 of Cherburg. Lat. 49. 45. N. Long. I. 57. W. 
 
 HO'GWASH, «. the draff which is given to, or is only fit for, 
 swine. 
 
 HO'HEN-ZOLLERN, a small German state, lying in the Sua- 
 bian Alps, and bounded by Baden and Wiirtemburg. Some 
 parts of the heights are nearly 3000 feet above the sea. It is 
 watered by the Neckar and the Danube. It is divided into two 
 principalities, now distinguished by the designations Sigma- 
 ringen and Heckingen, from their respective capitals. Both 
 of these states produce corn, timber, fruits, Xx., and iron, build- 
 ing and other stone are found. The population of the former 
 is about 50,000, and of the latter about 25,000. 
 
 HOI'DEN, «. [Iweden, Brit.] a romping, awkward, ignorant, 
 and wanton girl. 
 
 To HOI'DEN, V. n. to romp indecently ; to behave with levity 
 and wantonness. 
 
 To HOISE, Hoist, v. a. [hausser, Fr.] to lift or raise up on high. 
 
 HOLBEIN, HANS, an eminent painter of the 16th century, 
 chiefly celebrated for his portraits of royal and distinguishe4 
 persons, and for his Dance of Death. He was much patronized in 
 England by Henry VIII. and the leading men of his court at 
 various times. His historical paintings are somewhat numerous. 
 
HOL 
 
 and all are distinguished by their great general excellency. The 
 king's criticism on his too favourable portrait of Anne of Cleves, 
 the least evilly-intreated of his six wives, is well known. He 
 died in 1554, aged 50 years. 
 
 HO'LBERG, LOUIS, BARON OF, a popular Danish writer, 
 who travelled much in various European states, and gained 
 great fame by his numerous and varied writings. Peder Paara, 
 a satirical poem, was the first that raised him to celebrity. He 
 died in 1754, aged 70 years. 
 
 HO'LCROFT, THOMAS, an English writer of the latter part 
 of the last century, who began life very humbly, and rose by 
 degrees, as an actor, translator, play-wright, novelist, and poli- 
 tical writer, to some prominence. His name is associated with 
 Home Tooke's and Thelwall's, in the prosecutions for treason. 
 He died in 1809, aged (W years. 
 
 To HOLD, V, a. preter. held, past part, held or hoUlen ; [haldan, 
 Goth, and Sax.] to grasp in the hand; to gripe ; to retain ; to 
 keep. Figuratively, to maintain, support, or stick to, an^opin- 
 ion; to possess, or enjoy. To stop, restrain, or suspend, applied 
 either to the tongue or hand. To persevere or continue in a 
 design ; to solemnize or celebrate. " He held a feast," 1 Sam. 
 XXV. 36. To assemble or collect together. " The queen— holds her 
 parliament," Shak. To continue in any state ; to retain ; to 
 offer ; to propose ; to form ; to plan ; to manage. To hold forth, 
 in common and low discourse, to preach or deliver a discourse 
 in public; to exhibit or present to a person's view; to stretch 
 forth or from the body, applied to the arm, or any thing held in 
 the hand. To hold up, to raise aloft ; tp sustain, to support. 
 — V. n. to last, endure, or remain unbroken ; to stand ; to be 
 right; to stand up for; to adhere; to be dependent on; to 
 derive right. To hold up, applied to the weather, means, it is 
 fair. 
 
 HOLD, [imper. mood of the preceding, used as an interj.] for- 
 bear ; stop ; be still. 
 
 HOLD, s. the act of seizing or keeping a thing fast in the 
 hand ; a seizure or grasp ; something which may afford support, 
 when seized or held by the hand ; a catch ; or the power of 
 seizing or keeping; a prison, or place of custody. All that part 
 that is between the keelson and the lower deck, applied to a 
 ship. A lurking-place ; the lurking-place or den of a wild 
 beast ; a fortified place ; a fort. Figuratively, power ; influence. 
 
 HO'LDER, s. one who keeps any thing in his hand by shut- 
 ting it ; a tenant, or one who occupies lands or tenements of 
 another by lease. 
 
 HOLDERFO'RTH, s. an haranguer ; one who preaches or 
 speaks in jpublic : a word of contempt. 
 
 HO'LDERNESS, a division of the East Riding of Yorkshire, 
 remarkable for its large breed of horned cattle and horses. It 
 has the title of an earldom. 
 
 HO'LDFAST, s. any thing by which a door is fastened when 
 put close ; a catch ; a hook. 
 
 HO'LDING, s. a tenure ; a farm. 
 
 HOLE, «. [hole, Sax. hoi, Belg.] a cavity that is narrow and 
 long ; a den ; a cavity made with a borer ; a rent or cut in a 
 garment. Figuratively, a mean dwelling or house; a subter- 
 fuge ; a shift. * 
 
 HO'LIDAM, s. a word in ancient writers, signifying Blessed 
 Lady, that is, the Virgin Mary. 
 
 HO'LILY, ad. in a pious manner. 
 
 HO'LINESS, s. an absolute abhorrence to all kinds of sin, or 
 evil; a conformity to the nature and will of God; the state of 
 being hallowed, consecrated, or sanctified ; the title assumed by 
 the Pope. 
 
 HO'LLA, interj. [hola, Fr.] a word used in calling to a person 
 at a distance, or out of sight. 
 
 To HO'LLA, V. a. to cry out with a loud voice. Most usually 
 written hollo. 
 
 HO'LLAND, the name of a province of the kingdom of the 
 Netherlands, lying on the German Ocean and the Zuyder Zee, 
 and bounded by Zealand, Brabant, Guelderland, and Utrecht. 
 The face of the country is utterly destitute of any decided fea- 
 tures, being one unbroken level ; in fact, a mere marsh recovered 
 from the sea, and held by its possessors by means of drains and 
 dikes, and embankments ; in which last operation they are aided 
 by the sea, which has washed up dunes of sand, like those on 
 the coast of Norfolk. Some of it is lower in level than the sea, 
 as the reader of the. wars in the 16th century will remember. 
 
 HOL 
 
 Its rivers are artificial, excepting the embouchures of the Rhine 
 and its associated rivers: in the S. canals and lakes abound. 
 Its produce is therefore that of a grazing country, and is most 
 
 filentiful, and famed all over the world. Its manufactures, of 
 inen especially, are equally celebrated. It has great facilities 
 for commerce, which thrives accordingly. Amsterdam is itschief 
 place. Its population is about 550,000. This name is some- 
 times incorrectly, or popularly, given to the entire kingdom. 
 
 HO'LLAND, or more correctly, Hoi'land, the name of the 
 flat marshy district extending from the Wash into the heart of 
 England, which before the conquest was a tidal estuary, and 
 had been an arm of the sea. It is also called the Bedford Level. 
 
 HO'LLAND, NEW. See Australasia. 
 
 HO'LLAND, W. RICHARD VASSALL FOX, LORD, nephew 
 to the celebrated Charles James Fox, and one of his most de- 
 voted followers, was, perhaps, as perfect a type of the Whig of 
 that school as the times can furnisn. The death of his parents 
 took place in his infancy, so that he was educated in all the 
 style of a peer, at Eton and Oxford. He travelled ; and incurred 
 an action, which ended in heavy damages and his marriage to 
 a divorced wife, which no one regarded as a slur, and himself 
 so little, that he assumed her family name. He entered after 
 this on his public life, which was marked by the most undeviat- 
 ing adherence to the line of Whig policy to the day of his death. 
 He was a brief time in office under Lord Grenville once ; and on 
 the accession of William IV. he was again a cabinet minister. 
 Few men, unpossessed of brilliant parts as orators, were ever 
 more highly esteemed by their party than Lord Holland. He was 
 well informed, and always at his post, unflinching in his stand. 
 He took considerable interest in the affairs of Spain, and was 
 better informed respecting it than most of our statesmen. He 
 patronized literature and the arts, with something more than the 
 
 semi-official regard of a man of rank ; and enjoyed the highest 
 aged 67 years. 
 
 cciiji-v/iiii-iai ic'j^aiu ui a mail ui idijiv. , aiiu t;ujuvtru iiic iiiuill^bl 
 
 esteem for his great amenity in private life. He died in 1840, 
 
 HO'LLAND, s. in Commerce, a fine and close kind of linen, 
 so called from its being first manufactured in Holland. 
 
 HO'LLAR, WENCESLAS, a famous engraver of the 17th cen- 
 tury, born at Prague, who had gained some celebrity on the con- 
 tinent before being brought to England by the Earl of Arundel. 
 In this country he continued, enjoying the highest patronage, 
 till the outbreak of the Civil War, when he found his occupation 
 gone, and was himself taken prisoner at the storm of Basing- 
 house, but soon after released. After a short stay abroad, he 
 returned to his adopted country, which he never left again. He 
 had occupation enough, but hardly patronage. He died in em- 
 barrassetf circumstances in 1677, aged 70 years. His engravings 
 are very numerous and of various excellence. His plates illus- 
 trative of the female dress of the pre-revolutionary period are 
 the most famous. 
 
 HO'LLOW, (hullS) a. [from hole,"] having the inside or any 
 part scooped out ; having a void space within, opposed to solill. 
 Noisy, or like the sound made in some cavity. Figuratively, 
 hypocritical. 
 
 HO'LLOW, (MM) s. a cavity, or empty space ; a concavity ; 
 a cavern, or den ; a pit, passage, or empty space in the inside of 
 a thing. 
 
 To HO'LLOW, {hollo) V. a. to scoop furrows, channels, or cavi- 
 ties in a thing. See Holla. 
 
 HO'LLOWLY, (holldlij) ad. with empty spaces within ; with 
 channels or vacuities. Figuratively, with insincerity. 
 
 HO'LLOWNESS, (h4lUiness) s. cavity; the state of having 
 empty spaces ; want of sincerity ; deceit; treachery. 
 
 HO'LLY, s. in Botany, a tree with prickly leaves, small white 
 blossoms, and red berries, which grows naturally in woods and 
 forests in many parts of England. 
 
 HO'LLYHOCk, Ho'lyoak, s. [holihec. Sax.] in Botany, a plant 
 of the mallow kind, growing to a considerable height, but dying 
 down in the winter. 
 
 HOLME, s. in Botany, the ilex, or ever-green oak. 
 
 HOLME. &£ Abbey-Holme. 
 
 HO'LOCAUST, s. [holos and kaio, Gr.] a burnt sacrifice, the 
 whole of which was consumed on the altar. 
 
 HO'LOGRAPH, (h-dograf) s. [holos and grapho, Gr.] in the 
 Scottish law, applied to a deed written entirely by the granter's 
 hand. 
 
 HO'LPEN, the old past part, of To Help. 
 
 445 
 
HO'LSTEIN, a province of Denmark, extending from the 
 German Ocean to the Baltic, and bounded b;^' Sleswicii, Lii- 
 beck, Lauenberg, Hanover, and the territory of Hamburg. Its 
 surface is agreeably varied, but in some parts is mere heath ; and 
 is watered by the Elbe and some smaller rivers. It has also 
 several pretty lakes of small extent. Its products are almost 
 wholly of the agricultural and pastoral kinds. It has a good 
 trade by means of its ports, and a canal which makes a direct 
 communication between the two seas. Kiel is its chief place. 
 Its population is about 450,000. 
 
 HO'LSTER, s. [hulster, Teut.] a case for a horseman's pistol. 
 
 HOLT, either at the beginning or end of the name of a place, 
 from holt. Sax. a wood, signifies that it is, or has been, a wood ; 
 sometimes indeed it may come from hoi. Sax. hollow, especially 
 when the name ends in tun and dun. 
 
 HOLT, SIR JOHN, an eminent English judge, of the 17th 
 century. He was recorder of London ; a member of the par- 
 liament which effected the revolution of 1688. He was after- 
 wards appointed by William HI. lord chief justice of the King's 
 Bench; and he had the chancellorship offered him, but re- 
 fused it. He was distinguished for his legal knowledge, and 
 for the unbending firmness with which he discharged his official 
 duties, and abode by what he regarded as right. He died in 1709, 
 aged 67 years. 
 
 HO'LY, a. [Jialig, Sax.] performing every duty of religion ; 
 abstaining entirely from sin ; set apart, consecrated, or dedi- 
 cated to divine uses ; pure, or without spot ; sacred. 
 
 HO'LY GHOST, s. [halig and gast. Sax.] the Holy Spirit ; 
 the third Person in the adorable Trinity. 
 
 HO'LY-THURSDAY, s. the day on which the ascension of 
 our Saviour is commemorated by some churches. 
 
 HO'LY-WEEK, s. [halgan and tctica. Sax.] in some churches, 
 the week before Easter, so called because of the special services 
 held then. 
 
 HO'LYDAY, Ho'liday, s. [halgan and daff. Sax.] a day set 
 apart by some churches as a sacred anniversary ; a day wherein 
 people abstain from work, and entertain themselves with feasts, 
 &c. ; a day of gaiety and joy. 
 
 HO'LYHEAD, Isle ofAnglosea. It is noted for several re- 
 mains of old fortifications, and under the mountains that over- 
 hang the town, is a large cavern in the rock, supported by 
 natural pillars, and called the parliament-house ; it is accessi- 
 ble only by boats, and the tide runs into it. It has a good har- 
 bour, and is a great station for the Irish packets. It is chiefly 
 supported by its fisheries. It is situated near the extremity of 
 the island, joined to the N. W. part of it by a stone bridge, of 
 one arch ; and it takes its name from the cape it occupies. It 
 is 278 miles from London. Market, Saturday. Pop. 3869. 
 
 HO'LY-ISLAND, or Lindisfarne, Durham, a small island 
 on the coast of Northumberland, one mile and a half from the 
 nearest land. It is two miles and a quarter long, and one in 
 breadth, and consists of one continued plain. The soil is rocky ; 
 and it has but one small town, or village, standing on a rising 
 ground, consisting of a few scattered houses, chiefly inhabited 
 by fishermen, with a church. Under the castle, which stands 
 at the southern point, on almost a perpendicular rock, near 60 
 feet high, and is accessible only by a narrow and winding pass, 
 cut out of the rock, on its southern side, there is a commodious 
 bay, or harbour, defended by a blockhouse. The N. and N. E. 
 coasts of the island are formed of perpendicular rocks ; the other 
 sides sink, by gradual slopes, to tlie sand. It has plenty offish 
 and fowl; the W. part is left wholly to the rabbits; and there is 
 not a tree on the island. The monastery, which covered near 
 four acres, is entirely in ruins. It is a peninsula at ebb-tide. 
 It is 340 miles from London. Pop. 809. 
 
 HO'LYROOD HOUSE, the name of the ancient palace of the 
 Scottish kings at Edinburgh. 
 
 HO'LYWELL, Flintshire. It is, from its vicinity to the lead 
 mines, and its considerable manufactures, one of the most flour- 
 ishing towns in the county. It takes its name from the famous 
 well, called St. Winifred's, which is a copious stream of very 
 cold and pure water, bursting out of the ground, at the foot of a 
 hill, with great impetuosity, and is now applied to the purpose of 
 turning several mills for the working of copper, making brass- 
 wire, paper, and snufF, and spinning cotton. It is 212 miles 
 from London. Market, Friday. Pop. 10,834. 
 
 HO'MAGE, s. Ihommaffe, Fr.] the reverence, respect, submis- 
 446 
 
 HOM 
 
 sion, or fealty, professed and performed to a sovereign or supe- 
 rior; respect or submission shown by any external action. 
 
 HO'MAGER, s. [hommayer, Fr.] one who holds by homage ol 
 a superior lord. 
 
 HOME, s, [ham, Sax.] a person's own house. Figuratively, 
 the country in which a person lives, or place of his constant re- 
 sidence. Used in composition, for any thing produced in our 
 own country, or made within a person's own house. 
 
 HOME, ad. to the house wherein a person lives ; to one's own 
 country; fully; closely; to the utmost; to the purpose; to the 
 point designed. Joined to a substantive, it implies force, or 
 efficac}'. " The home thrust of a friendly sword," Dryd. 
 
 HOME, JOHN, a writer of Scotland, who fought on the royal 
 side in the war of 1745, and occasioned a great stir by writing a 
 tragedy afterwards, being a minister of the kirk. He is known 
 now solely by this tragedy, called Douglas, which is occasionally 
 acted, lie died in 1808, aged 85 years. 
 
 HOME, SIR EVERARb, Bart., an eminent surgeon and 
 anatomist of London, born in Scotland, who studied under 
 Hunter, and obtained such celebrity, that he enjoyed many lu- 
 crative and highly honourable appointments. His works are 
 valuable, and some of his treatises, as, for instance, that on the 
 egg, highly interesting to general readers. He died in 1832, 
 aged 76 years. 
 
 HO'MEBORN, a. natural ; domestic; or of one's own country. 
 
 HO'MEBRED, a. native; natural; bred in a person's own 
 breast. Figuratively, rude ; artless ; uncultivated ; or not pol- 
 ished by travel. 
 
 HO'MEFELT, a. internal ; felt within ; inward. 
 
 HO'MELILY, ad. in a rude, rough, or mean manner. 
 
 HO'MELINESS, s. plainness; rudeness; coarseness. 
 
 HO'MELY, a. plain ; coarse ; rude, or not polished by the as- 
 sistance or information of foreigners. 
 
 HO'MELY, ad. in a plain manner ; coarsely. 
 
 HO'ME-MADE, a. made in our own country, opposed to 
 foreign. 
 
 HO'MER, s. [Heb.] a measure of capacity among the Hebrews, 
 containing 72 gallons liquid, or 32 pecks dry measure. 
 
 HO'MER, the first epic poet of the worid, to whom are popu- 
 larly assigned the poems collected under the titles of the Iliad and 
 the Odyssey, relating some part of the siege of Troy, and the 
 wanderings of Odysseus, or Ulysses, on his return from Troy to 
 Ithaca. There is no doubt that there was such a bard as Homer, 
 but the place of his birth and the particulars of his life are all 
 disputecf. It is only agreed that he was a native of Ionia, in Asia 
 Minor, and that he was blind. The history of those two great 
 poems, the great diversities of style observable in various parts, 
 the frequent and wide divergence from the subject announced at 
 the opening of the Iliad in many books, and other particulars 
 brought to light by modern criticism, leave no doubt that others 
 were engaged in their composition, beside the poet whose im- 
 mortal name they bear. But universal tradition may not be so 
 far disregarded as has been proposed by some scholars, who 
 would give us a number of independent rhapsodists, but no Ho- 
 mer, as the author of the oldest and most renowned songs. 
 Homer and the Homerides (as the Associated authors are some- 
 times called) flourished in about the 9th centurj' b. c. There 
 are some beautiful hymns to Apollo, Aphrodite, and other gods, 
 attributed also to Homer. The epics have been paraphrased into 
 English by Pope, in a way that shows all the faults of the school 
 of poets of which he is the greatest; and translated by Chap- 
 man and Cowper, in versions which are too little known for 
 their general excellence. 
 
 HOMESPU'N, a. spun or wrought in a private house, not by 
 professed manufacturers. Made in one's own country, opposed 
 to foreign. Figuratively, coarse ; rude ; wanting perfection or 
 elegance. Used substantively for a coarse, rude, unpolished, or 
 ill-bred person. 
 
 HO'MESTALL, Ho'mestead, s. {ham and stede. Sax.] a house ; 
 the place where a house stood. 
 
 HO'MEWARD, Ho'mewards, ad. towards home; or towards 
 the house wherein a person constantly resides. 
 
 HOMICI'DAL, a. murderous; bloody. 
 
 HO'MICIDE, s. {jiomo and eceda, Lat.] murder. It is divided 
 into voluntary , 'Vi\\e,'a. committed with malice; or casual, when 
 done by accident. A murderer; a manslayer. 
 
 HOMILE'TICAL, a. [Iwmilos, Gr.] social^ conversable. 
 
HON 
 
 HO'MILY, s. a plain and popular discourse on some divine 
 subject ; applied to those which were composed at the English 
 Reformation to be read in churches. 
 
 HOMOEO'PATHY, s. [/wmoios and pathem, Gr.] in Medicine, 
 a system of medical treatment ; for which see Hahnemann. 
 
 HOMOGE'NEAL, Homoge'neous, (the g is pronounced soft,) 
 a, [homos a.nd genos, Gr.] having the same nature or principles; 
 of the same nature or kind. 
 
 HOMOGE'NEALNESS, Homogenj/ity, Homoge'neousness, 
 s, the quality of having the same nature or principles. 
 
 HO'MOGENY, «. likeness, or sameness of nature. 
 
 HOMOLOGA'TION, s. in the Civil Law, the act of confirm- 
 ing or rendering a thing more valid and solemn, by publication, 
 repetition, or recognition thereof 
 
 HOMCyLOGOUS, a. [homos, and hgos, Gr.] having the same 
 
 Eropbrtion. In Logic, applied to things which agree in name, 
 ut have a different nature. 
 
 HOMO'NYMOUS, a. [homos and onoma, Gr.] signifying several 
 things, applied to words which have several senses. 
 
 HOMO'NYMY, s. equivocation ; ambiguity. 
 
 HOMO'TONOUS, a. [homos and tonos, Gr.] having the same 
 sound. 
 
 HOMCrrONY, s. sameness of sound. 
 
 HONDU'RAS, a state of Central America, N. America; lying 
 on that part of the W. Indian Sea, which is called, after it, the 
 Gulf of Honduras ; bounded by the states of Guatemala, Salva- 
 dor, and Nicarigua. It is rather mountainous, and produces not 
 only mahogany in abundance, but the precious metals, and 
 valuable stone ; and cattle, which graze on the hills. Valladolid 
 is the capital, and Omoa its chief port. Population, about 
 250,000. For British Honduras, see Balize. 
 
 HONE, s. a whetstone, used for sharpening penknives and 
 razors. 
 
 HONE, WILLIAM, a well-known political satirist and popu- 
 lar writer of the beginning of the present century; a man of 
 undoubted genius and fearless honesty, but lacking that ballast 
 of common-place prudence, which is so essential to working 
 successfully in the every-day world. His career as a tradesman 
 was a succession of most unhappy and disastrous mistakes. 
 But in his authorship it was the very reverse. His political 
 pamphlets, which were published during the stormy season of 
 Tory misrule that followed the war, exposed with terrible effect 
 the evils of the plans and objects of the government, and lash- 
 ed the oppressors and their minions with a scourge of scorpions. 
 There can be no doubt that the popular feeling on behalf of the 
 hapless Caroline, during her persecution by George IV., origin- 
 ated, or took its form and energy, from these publications, which 
 were composed in good part of wood cuts, executed by (a then 
 unknown artist) George Cruickshank. The greatest achieve- 
 ment of his political life, was in connexion witn a trial for pub- 
 lishing parodies of parts of the English Prayer Book. He de- 
 fended himself, and was acquitted; though he had all the 
 fovernment influence and the best efforts of Lord Ellenborough 
 irected against him. He was possessed of an incredible store 
 of curious and legendary information, as his work on Ancient 
 Mysteries, his Ex)ery Day Book, Table Book, and Year Book, evince. 
 His skill in pathetic narrative, though seldom exhibited, was 
 equal to that of Charles Dickens. In the latter part of his 
 life he openly avowed his return to the religion in which he had 
 been too injudiciously brought up, and occasionally preached in 
 London. He died in 1842, aged 63 years. 
 
 HO'NEST, a. [honestm, from honor, Lat.] performing every act 
 of justice, or fulfilling every obligation and relation in which we 
 stand as members of society. 
 
 HO'NESTLY, ad. consistently with justice ; consistently with 
 our duty. 
 
 HO'NESTY, s. [honestas, Lat.] goodness, which makes a 
 person prefer his promise or duty to his passion or interest. 
 
 HO'NEVVORT, s. in Botany, an umbelliferous plant, with few 
 florets in the rundlets. 
 
 HO'NEY, s, [hunig. Sax. honig, Belg.] a viscous, semifluid 
 substance, of a whitish or yellowish colour, sweet to the taste, 
 soluble in water, of a fragrant smell, secreted by certain glands 
 in the corollas of flowers ; obtained for use from the nests and 
 comb of the hive-bees, who extract it from the flowers and 
 elaborate it. Figuratively, sweetness, or seducing allurements, 
 applied to words ; used as a term of tenderness and fondness. 
 
 HOO 
 
 To HO'NEY, f. n. to make use of endearing, sweet, or fond 
 expressions. 
 
 HO'NEY-BAG, s. the stomach of bees. 
 
 HO'NEYCOMB, s. [lionig camb. Sax.] the cells of wax, in 
 which the bee stores its honey. These cells have each of them 
 six sides, and are contiguous : they are arranged so that both 
 surfaces present series of cells ; and the bottoms are angular, 
 and are constructed with the greatest accuracy, so that no space 
 is lost. 
 
 HO'NEY-DEW, s. in Natural History, a glutinous deposit on 
 the leaves of trees and plants, which is almost pure sugar, and is 
 ascertained to be the excrement of aphides, insects which live 
 by sucking tWeir juices. 
 
 HO'NEY-FLOWER, s. in Botany, a plant with a perennial 
 root, and of the appearance of a shrub. It produces large spikes 
 of chocolate-coloured flowers in May, in each of which is con- 
 tained a large quantity of black sweet liquor, from whence it is 
 supposed to derive its name. 
 
 HO'NEY-MOON, s. the first month after marriage, so called 
 from the fondness and tenderness which appears then between 
 a married couple. 
 
 HO'NEYSLICKLE, s. [huni^-sucie, Sax.] in Botany, a plant so 
 called from the sweetness of Us odour; it is likewise named the 
 woodbine. 
 
 HO'NEYLESS, a. without honey, or robbed of their honey, 
 applied to bees. 
 
 HO'NIED, a. covered with honey. Sweet, flattering, or en- 
 ticing, applied to words. 
 
 HO'Nn ON, Devonshire. It has a large manufactory of broad- 
 lace, (formerly of serges,) and sends to London a great quantity 
 of butter weekly. It is pleasantly seated on the river Otter, over 
 which it has a bridge, in the best and pleasantest part of the 
 country, abounding with uncommonly beautiful landscapes. It 
 is 156 miles from London. Market, Saturday. Pop. 3895. 
 
 HO'NORARY, a. [honor, Lat.] done in order to confer honour, 
 or as a mark of esteem ; conferring honour, but not gain. 
 
 HONO'RIUS, son and successor (in the W. half of the empire) 
 ofTheodosius the Great. He was only 11 years old at his father's 
 death, and was under the guardianship of the famous Stilicho, a 
 Vandal by birth, who was by ability and influence the sole stay 
 of the Roman empire. See Stilicho. Honorius removed the 
 court to Ravenna, and there abode whilst the terrible Alaric 
 sacked Rome, and parcelled out the empire. He was just such 
 a weak and treacherous ruler as a declining state would pro- 
 duce, and as would accelerate its fall. He died in 423, having 
 reigned 28 years. 
 
 HONO'RIUS, four popes of Rome have borne this title, but 
 nothing particularly deserving of notice is associated with their 
 names. 
 
 HO'NOUR, (the u in this word, and all its derivatives and 
 compounds, is dropped in pronunciation; as, h6n6r, hinurabh, 
 &c.) s. dignity, or high rank ; reputation ; fame ; reverence ; 
 chastity ; dignity of mien ; glory ; boast. A testimony or token 
 of respect and esteem, used after c?o. The title of a person of rank ; 
 a subject of praise ; a regard to the censure and esteem of the 
 world. Nobleness or majesty, applied to persons. A place, 
 office, or title, which attracts esteem; ornament and respect. 
 " The honours of his head," Dryd. 
 
 To HO'NOUR, V. a. to esteem or respect ; to entertain an in- 
 ward esteem and reverence for any person superior to us in any 
 relation, and to show it by outward signs and actions. 
 
 HO'NOURABLE, a. [honorable, Fr.] worthy of respect, or re- 
 verence ; great, or suitable to a person's dignity; generous; 
 conferring or attracting respect and reverence ; without taint or 
 reproach ; honest ; equitable. 
 
 HO'NOURABLENESS, s. highness of post or dignity, which 
 attracts reverence and respect ; generosity, 
 
 HO'NOURABLY, ad. with tokens of honour; in such a man- 
 ner as to add dignity to a person's character ; generously. 
 
 HO'NOURER, s. one that entertains respect and esteem for 
 another in his mind, and shows it in his actions. 
 
 HOOD, s. [?iod, Sax.] denotes condition, quality, state, or cha- 
 racter, as in childhood. It is sometimes taken collectively ; and 
 then signifies several united together, as sisterhood, a company of 
 sisters ; brotherhood, a fraternity of several of the same profession 
 incorporated. 
 
 HOOD, s. [hod, Sax.] an upper covering worn by a woman 
 
 447 
 
HOO 
 
 over her cap ; any thing drawn upon the head, and covering it ; 
 a kind of ornament worn by a graduate of a university to show 
 his degree. 
 
 HOOD, ROBIN, a bold outlaw of the reigns of Richard I. and 
 his successors, who frequented Charnwood Forest, in Notting- 
 hamshire, chiefly, at the head of a band of men in like circum- 
 stances, with whom he made himself a terror to ail rangers, and 
 beloved as a champion of the down-trodden Saxons, tie is the 
 theme of numberless old English ballads and romances ; and al- 
 beit that he is reported by some to have been Earl of Huntingdon, 
 seems to have been a Saxon by birth, and a worthy successor of 
 those who, through all the times of Norman ascendency, protest- 
 ed, by armed opposition, against the wrongs done to their op- 
 pressed race. 
 
 HOOD, ADMIRAL LORD SAMUEL, a renowned naval 
 commander during the wars of the last century. His great 
 services were in the W. Indies, against the French fleet under 
 De Grasse, and at the siege of Toulon, which was taken by Na- 
 poleon Buonaparte. He died in 1816, aged 92 years. 
 
 HOOD, THOMAS, a man of letters, who is best known by 
 his comic productions. He entered on his literary career early, 
 and experienced the usual vicissitudes of professional author- 
 ship. He wrote poems chiefly, and quizzical essays, and ac- 
 companied them by wood-cuts whose wit equalled that of the 
 writings. But he not unfrequently wrote pieces of great pathos ; 
 and so he gained a name for himself amongst the public, and 
 love for himself in his own circle, which was more to hira than 
 wealth. He died poor, in 1845, aged 47 years. 
 
 HOO'DMAN'S-BLIND, s. a play now called bUndman's-buff. 
 
 To HOO'DWINK, v. a. to hinder a person from seeing by 
 binding something over his eyes. 
 
 HOOF, s. [hof. Sax. hnef, Belg.] the hard, horny substance 
 which covers the feet of horses, and other grazing animals. 
 
 HOO'FBOUND, a. in Veterinary Art, applied to a horse, when 
 his hoof shrinks in at the top and at the heel, and the skin by 
 that means starts above and grows over the hoof. 
 
 HOO'FED, a. having a hoof. 
 
 HOO'GLY, the name of that part of the Ganges on which 
 Calcutta stands; and also of a small town standing on it, not 
 far from Calcutta, once of some importance, but quite decay- 
 ed now. 
 
 HOOK, s. [hoce. Sax. hoeck, Belg.] any thing bent so as to 
 catch hold ; a wire crooked and barbed at the point, used in 
 fishing; a snare or trap; any bending instrument to cut or lop 
 with. " A reaping hook." That part of a hinge which is fixed 
 to the posts of a door ; hence, off the hooks, implies a state of 
 disorder or confusion. By hook or by crook, a phrase signify- 
 ing one way or another; by any means, whether direct or in- 
 direct. 
 
 To HOOK, V. a. in Fishing, to catch with a hook. Figura- 
 tively, to entrap or insnare ; to draw or fasten as with a hook. 
 
 HOOK, THEODORE, a recent English novelist and essay 
 writer, whose popularity was considerable, especially amongst 
 the readers of the John Bull newspaper, which he edited. He 
 was a reckless liver, and never seems to have possessed any 
 sounder ^uide than good temper ; whence it may be conceived 
 he went far enough away from right at times. His troubles con- 
 nected with defalcations in the treasury of the Mauritius, were 
 brought into an exaggerated importance by his political op- 
 ponents. He died in 1841, aged 52 years. 
 
 HOO'KAH, «. among the Arabs, and other nations of the 
 East, is a pipe of a singular and complicated construction, 
 through which tobacco is smoked. 
 
 HOOKE, DR. ROBERT, a distinguished natural philosopher 
 of the age of Newton, who came to be Gresham Professor of 
 Geometry, and secretary to the Royal Society. He was an in- 
 genious man, and of great invention ; and thus we find him in- 
 venting pendulums, and improving telescopes, and half disco- 
 vering gravitation, and quarrelling with those who went further, 
 or preceded him in these matters. He published many books 
 and treatises, and died in 1702, aged 07 years. 
 
 HOO'KED,o.bent; crooked. 
 
 HOO'KEDNESS, s. the state of being bent like a hook. 
 
 HOO'KER, RICHARD, sumamed of his admirers, the Judi- 
 cious, was a divine of the Anglican Church in Elizabeth's reign, 
 who left to his country a work of great power and value, al- 
 though intended as a defence of ecclesiastical establishments, 
 448 
 
 entitled The Laws of Ecclesiastical Polity. He became prebendary 
 of Salisburj', but attained no higher prize. He died in 16(K), 
 aged 40 years. He was one of England's most eminent Pla- 
 tonists ; and his works contain valuable passages in defence and 
 exposition of that philosophy. 
 
 HOOKNO'SED, a. having a crooked, aquiline nose. 
 
 HOOP, s. [hoep, Belg.] any thing bent in a circular manner 
 in order to bind or keep tight that which it surrounds, particu- 
 larly casks or barrels ; circles of whalebone formerly worn by 
 women to extend their petticoats ; any thing circular. 
 
 To HOOP, V. a. to put hoops on a cask or other vessel. Figu- 
 ratively, to clasp, encircle, or surround. 
 
 To liOOP, V. n. [houpper, Fr.] to shout, or make a noise by 
 way of call or pursuit ; to call to by a shout. 
 
 HOO'PER, s. a cooper; or one .that puts hoops on vessels. 
 
 HOO'PING-COUGH, Whoo'ping-cough, (Liping-koff) s. a 
 convulsive kind of cough, incident to children, so called from 
 the noise with which it is attended. 
 
 HOO'POE, in Ornithology, a bird resembling a pie, and orna- 
 mented with a crest, which occasionally visits our island. 
 
 To HOOT, V. n. \hwt, Brit.] to make a noise in contempt ; to 
 cry like an owl.— «. a. to drive with noise and shouts. 
 
 HOOT, s. [liuee, Fr.] a clamour, shout, or noise, made at a 
 person in contempt ; the noise made by an owl. 
 
 To HOP, V. n. [hoppan. Sax.] to jump or skip lightly ; to move 
 by leaps on one leg. Figuratively, to hop or walk lamely, by 
 laying all our stress on one leg ; to move ; to play. 
 
 HOP, s. a leap made with one leg ; a light or small jump, 
 generally applied to the motion of birds on the ground, or 
 the manner in which they move from one branch of a tree to 
 another, without extending their legs. In Botany, a plant 
 whose flower is used as a bitter in brewing, to keep beer from 
 turning sour. 
 
 To HOP, V, a. to impregnate with hops ; to make bitter with 
 hops. 
 
 HOPE, «. [o})a. Sax.] that pleasure which arises in the mind 
 on the thought of the enjoyment of some future good ; an ex- 
 pectation of some future good. Synon. -Hope has for its object, 
 success in itself, and denotes a trust borne up by some encour- 
 agement. Expectation regards particularly the happy moment of 
 event, and intimates a certainty of its arriving. Thus, we hope 
 to obtain things ; we expect their arriving. 
 
 To HOPE, V. n. to expect a future good. 
 
 HOPE, THOMAS, a wealthy English gentleman, eminent as 
 a patron of the arts, and cultivator of architecture, costume, and 
 furniture. He published works on these subjects. He also wrote 
 a novel called Anastatius, .ynhxch is greatly admired; and a 
 treatise on the Origin of Man, which was not of much account. 
 He died in 1831, aged 60 years. 
 
 HO'PEFUL, a. full of qualities which produce hope; pro- 
 mising ; full of hope or expectation of success. 
 
 HO'PEFULLY, ad. in such a manner as to raise hope, or en- 
 courage an expectation of some future good. 
 
 HO'PEFULNESS, s. the quality which encourages or occa- 
 sions a pleasing expectation of success, or of some future good. 
 
 HO'PELESS, a. without any expectation of future good. 
 Figuratively, desperately abandoned. 
 
 HO'PER, s. one that has pleasing expectations of some future 
 good. 
 
 HO'PINGLY, ad, with hope or confidence that nothing of evil 
 will happen. 
 
 HopiTAL, MiCHAEi, DE l', the eminent chancellor of France, 
 during the 16th century. He studied law with great assiduity, 
 and early obtained renown for his learning. He was royal am- 
 bassador at the council of Trent. He rose by degrees to his 
 highest honour, and observed the same scrupulous and fearless 
 conscientiousness in every station. He was averse from all re- 
 ligious persecution ; and so ofl'ended the court of Rome, and 
 lost his office. He lived in retirement, till the year of the St. 
 Bartholomew ; when he died, having been spared by the con- 
 trivers of that massacre, in 1073, aged 07 years. 
 HO'PPER, «. one who leaps or jumps on one leg. 
 HO'PPER, s. the box or open frame of wood in a mill, into 
 which the corn is put to be ground. 
 
 HO'RAL, Ho'rary, a. \hora, Lat.] relating, pointing to, or 
 containing an hour. The horary circle, on globes, is the bra^s 
 circle at the north pole, on which the hours are marked as on a 
 
HOR 
 
 clock. In Astronomy, horary motion of a planet, is the space it 
 moves in one hour of time. 
 
 HORATIUS FLACCUS.Q., commonly called Horace, an ele- 
 gant lyric poet and satirist of the reign of Augustus, at Rome, 
 who was one of the most distinguished of those who enjoyed the 
 patronage of the emperor, and of his minister Maecenas. His 
 poems consist of four books of Odes, and one of Epodes, a Car- 
 men Sseculare, or National Ode, two books of Satires, and two 
 of Epistles. Horace had seen something of life before he set- 
 tled down to literature, having been in the unsuccessful army at 
 the battle of Philippi. He died in 8 b. c, aged 58 years. 
 
 HORDE, s. [hiorde. Sax.] a flock, company, of regiment ; a 
 clan, or company of people generally changing their situation. 
 
 HOREB. 'sisiNAi.' ^ ^ S S 
 
 HORI'ZON, s. [Iwrizo, Gr.] the line which terminates or 
 bounds the sight. The sensible horizon, is the circular line which 
 limits the view ; the real, is that which divides the globe into 
 two equal parts. On globes, this is generally the upper part of 
 the frame on which the globe rests. 
 
 HORIZO'NTAL, a. [Ft.] near the horizon ; parallel to the ho- 
 rizon ; on a level. 
 
 HORIZO'NTALLY, ad. in a direction parallel to the horizon ; 
 on ajevel, or in a line equally distant in all its parts from the 
 ground, supposing the ground to be level. 
 
 HORN, s. [horn. Sax.] a hard, pointed, and callous substance, 
 which grows on the heads of some animals. Figuratively, an 
 instrument of wind music, formed of the horn of some animal. 
 The extremities of the waxing or waning moon, so called be- 
 cause representing the horns of a cow. The feelers of insects, or 
 antennae. To draw in one's horns, to bo terrified, or have one's 
 courage damped at the prospect of danger. A drinking-cup 
 made of horn. In Scripture, horn is used for power, pride, or 
 empire. 
 
 HORN, CAPE, the most southerly point of the American 
 continent, situated in the island of Magelhaen ; notorious for its 
 storms. Lat. 56. 0. S. Long. 67. 20. W. 
 
 HORNBEAM, s. in Botany, a tree, with leaves like the elm 
 or beech tree. 
 
 HO'RNBLEND, s. in Mineralogy, the common name of the 
 augite ; and a common constituent of granite. 
 
 HO'RNBOOK, s. a leaf with the alphabet and Lord's prayer 
 printed on it, stuck on apiece of board, and covered over with 
 horn to keep it from soihng, formerly used for teaching children 
 their letters. 
 
 HORNE, BISHOP GEORGE, of Norwich, a pious and excel- 
 lent prelate of the Anglican Church, and a most devoted Hutchin- 
 sonian in doctrine. He wrote some playful but earnest letters 
 against Hume's Essays on Miracles ; and few books have be- 
 come more popular than his Commentary on the Psalms. He died 
 in 1792, aged 62 years. 
 
 HO'RNED, a. having, or appearing as having, horns. 
 
 HO'RNEMANN, FRIEDRICH CONRAD, a young German, 
 employed by the African Association in an attempt to explore 
 the interior of Africa. Ho reached Fezzan, and crossed to Tri- 
 poli. Afterwards, returning to Fezzan, he died, in 1800, aged 
 28 years. 
 
 HO'RNER, FRANCIS, a statesman of the beginning of this 
 century, of the Whig school, hut prone to think for himself, 
 who studied law at Edinburgh, and soon coming under the no- 
 tice of the Whig leaders, was employed in various ways by them 
 during the great struggles of the parties. He did not always 
 follow the acknowledged leaders, and so was not so useful, 
 though he was more respected than he had been otherwise. 
 The Currency question was one of his favourite subjects. He 
 often wrote for the Edinburgh Review ; and died in 1817, aged 
 39 years. 
 
 HO'RNET, «. [lujrnettc, Fr.] in Entomology, one of the wasp 
 family, less frequent than the common wasp, and much resem- 
 bling it, but much larger and more formidable. 
 
 HO'RNFOOT, a. hoofed. 
 
 HO'RNOWL, s. in Natural History, an owl, so called from its 
 ear-coverings, which are like horns. 
 
 HO'RNPIPE, «. a jig, so called because formerly danced to a 
 horn, 
 
 HO'RNSEA, Yorkshire, E. Riding. It is almost surrounded 
 by a small arm of the ocean, which, by its continual encroach- 
 ments on the land, has washed away nearly a whole street; and 
 
 it is said, that a village, once standing on the N. side of the 
 town, was wholly swallowed up by it. It' '"" ■. .- ^ 
 don. Market, Monday. Pop. 1005. 
 
 iles from Lon- 
 
 HO'RNWORK, s. in Fortification, an out-work, advancing 
 towards the field, consisting of two demi-bastions, joined to a 
 curtain. 
 
 HO'RNY, a. made of, or resembling, horn ; hard as horn, or 
 callous. 
 
 HORO'GRAPHY, {horografy) s. [horographie, Fr,] an account 
 of the hours. 
 
 HO'ROLOGUE, s. [horologium, Lat.] an instrument that tells 
 the hour. 
 
 HORO'LOGY, s. the scientific description of the art of mak- 
 ing machines for measuring time by, as chronometers, clocks, 
 watches, &c. 
 
 HORO'METRY, s. [hora and metreo, Gr.] the art of measuring 
 the hours. • 
 
 HO'ROSCOPE, s. [hora and sheptomai, Gr.] in Astrology, the 
 configuration of the planets at the hour of a person's birth. 
 
 HO'RRENT, a. [horreo, Lat.] pointing outwards ; bristled with 
 points. " Horrent arms," Milt, 
 
 HO'RRIBLE, a. occasioning horror; hideous; odious. 
 
 HO'RRIBLENESS, s. that quality in a person or thing which 
 affects with horror, or a strong apprehension of instant danger, 
 &c. ; a deep impression of odiousness. 
 
 HO'RRIBLY, ad. in such a manner as to raise fear and 
 horror. 
 
 HO'RRID, a. hideous; shocking. 
 
 HO'RRIDNESS, s. that quality which renders a thing ex- 
 tremely odious, shocking, or dreaciful. 
 
 HORRFFIC, a. [horror 2inAfacio, Lat] causing horror. 
 
 HO'RROR, s. [Lat.] a passion excited by an object which 
 causes both a high degree of fear and detestation. Figuratively, 
 a gloom, or dreariness, which affects with horror, 
 
 HO'RROX, JEREMIAH, a working English astronomer of 
 the 17th century, who first observed a transit of Venus, and 
 suggested a reason for certain phenomena connected with the 
 moon, which Newton afterwards adopted and demonstrated. 
 He died in 1640, aged but 21 years, having given great promise 
 of future celebrity Tie was not to attain. 
 
 HORSE, s. [hors, Sax.] a domestic beast, used in war, draught, 
 and carriage. It is believed to have been originally a native of 
 the East, and the Arabian horses are more distinguished for 
 beauty and swiftness than any others in the world. Horse, in 
 War, the cavalrj', or those soldiers in an army that fight on 
 horseback. In Manufactories, any thing used as a support ; 
 hence a horse to dry linen on. An)ong mariners, a rope fastened 
 to the arms of each yard, to support the men when handling or 
 reefing the sails. In Astronomy, a constellation of the northern 
 
 hemisphere^jiiore properly called the Horse's Head. 
 I. a. [Aorsan, Sax.] to mount upon 
 carry a person, or to place a person, on one's back ; to set astride 
 
 To HORSE, 
 
 horse ; to 
 
 upon a thing. 
 
 HO'RSEBACK, ». the back of a horse ; the state of being 
 mounted on a horse. 
 
 HO'RSEBEAN, s. in Farming, a small bean usually given to 
 horses. 
 
 HO'RSEBLOCK, s. a block made use of to assist a person in 
 mounting a horse. 
 
 HO'RSEBOAT, s. a large boat used at ferries to cany horses 
 over the water. 
 
 HO'RSEBOY, s. a groom, or boy employed in dressing horses ; 
 a stable-boy. 
 
 HO'RSEBREAKER, ». one who tames horses, and fits them 
 either for riding or drawing. 
 
 HO'RSECHESNUT, Ho'rsechestnut, s. in Botanv, a common 
 and very handsome tree ; which has broad digitated leaves, and 
 larM upright branches of cream-coloured flowers. 
 
 flO'RSECOURSER, s. one that runs or keeps running- 
 horses ; a dealer in horses. 
 
 HO'RSEFLESH, s. the flesh of horses. Figuratively, horses 
 themselves. 
 
 HO'RSEFLY, s. in Natural History, a fly that breeds in 
 horses. 
 
 HO'RSELAUGH, {Urselaff) s. a loud, violent, and sometimes 
 affected laugh. 
 
 HO'RSELEECH, s. [horse and leeee. Sax.] in Natural History, 
 3 M 449 
 
HOS 
 
 a great leech, common in brooks and ponds; also, a farrier, a 
 horse doctor. 
 
 HO'RSELITTER, «. a carriage hung upon poles between two 
 horses, in which the person lies at full length. 
 
 HCVRSEMAN, s. a rider, or one mounted on horseback ; 
 one skilled in riding; one that fights on horseback, applied to 
 an army. 
 
 HO'RSEMANSHIP, s. the act of riding, breaking, or man- 
 aging a horse. 
 
 HO'KSEM ASTER, s. a keeper of horses. 
 
 HO'RSEMATCH, s. a race, wherein two or more horses con- 
 tend for superiority in swiftness. 
 
 HO'RSEMEAT, «. provender or food fit for horses. 
 
 HO'RSEMINT, «. in Botany, a large coarse kind of mint. 
 
 HO'RSEMUSCLE, s. in Natural History, a large muscle. 
 
 HO'RSEPLAY, s. coarse, rough, or violent play. 
 
 HO'RSEPOND, s. a pond for horses. 
 
 HO'RSERACE, s. a contest between horses for a prize. 
 
 HO'RSERADISH, s. in Botany, a well-known plant, the root 
 of which has a strong pungent taste, used in cookery. 
 
 HO'RSESHOE, s. a plate of iron nailed under the hoof of a 
 horse. In Botany, an herb, with butterfly-shaped blossoms, 
 found in chalky hills. 
 
 HO'RSETAIL, «. in Botany, a reed-like jointed plant, having 
 smaller branches arranged in whorls, and the seed contained 
 in very singular and beautiful spikes, which do not occur on 
 every stem. It is a troublesome weed to farmers on some soils. 
 
 HO'RSEWAY, s, a broad way or road by which horses may 
 travel. 
 
 HO'RSHAM, Sussex. It has a fine church, and a well-endow- 
 ed free-school. It supplies great store of fine poultry for the 
 London markets. It is 36 miles from London. Market, Satur- 
 day ; and a monthly market for cattle (for which it haS a patent) 
 on the last Tuesday. Pop. -576.5. 
 
 HO'RSLEY, SAMUEL, an English bishop who attained to 
 some eminence as a biblical scholar, and polemical writer against 
 the Socinians. He had some name also as an encourager of sci- 
 ence, and as a political partisan. He died in 1806, aged 73 
 years. 
 
 HCRTATIVE, a. [lioHor, Lat.] an argument by which a per- 
 son endeavours to excite another to practise any thing. 
 
 HO'RTATORY, a. encouraging, animating, or advising to 
 perform a thing. 
 
 HORTE'NSIUS, QUINTUS, a celebrated Roman orator, whose 
 works are unfortunately lost. Cicero, whose greater eloquence 
 eclipsed his fame, was one of his intimate friends. He died in 
 49 B. c. 
 
 HO'RTICULTURE, s. [hortus and cuUura, Lat.] the art of 
 cultivating gardens. 
 
 HO'RTIILAN, o. [hortus, Lat.] belonging to a garden. 
 
 HOSA'NNA, s. [Heb.] a form of blessing, or wishing a person 
 well, used by the Jews, meaning, "save us now!" or, "save, 
 we beseech thee ! " 
 
 HOSE'A, a prophet whose ministry was exercised amongst 
 the Jews of the kingdom of Israel, contemporaneously with the 
 ministry of Isaiah in the kingdom of Judah. His writings con- 
 sist of denunciations because of sin, sparingly tempered with 
 promises of future good, on condition of repentance. The great 
 conciseness of his style has rendered his meaning in many places 
 very obscure. He flourished about 760 b. c. 
 
 HOSE, {hoze) s. plur. hose7i ; [hosa. Sax.] a stocking, or cover- 
 ing for the legs. 
 
 rlO'SlER, {hoder) s. one who sells stockings. 
 
 HO'SIERY, s. stockings, and other like articles of dress, sold 
 by hosiers. 
 
 HO'SPITABLE, a. [fmspes, Lat.] giving entertainment to 
 strangers ; kind and affable to strangers. 
 
 HO'SPITABLY, ad. in such a manner as to show kindness 
 and give entertainment to strangers. 
 
 HO'SPITAL, s. a place built for the reception of the sick, or 
 the support of the poor. 
 
 HOSPITA'LITV , s. [?wsjntatite, Fr.] the virtue exercised in 
 the entertainment of strangers. 
 
 HO'SPITALLER, s. \JwspitaUier, Fr.] one residing in an hos- 
 pital to receive either the poor or strangers ; a poor person living 
 in, or supported at, an hospital. One of the names borne by the 
 order of military monks, known otherwise as knights of Malta, of 
 450 
 
 HOU 
 
 Rhodes, and of St. John of Jerusalem, because of the attention 
 to the sick and wounded in the crusades, to which they were 
 vowed. 
 
 HO'SPODAR, s. a title borne by the princes of Wallachia and 
 Moldavia, who received the investiture of their principalities 
 from the Grand Seignior, and were under his protection, and 
 obliged to serve him, and he even sometimes deposed them ; but 
 in other respects they were absolute sovereigns within their own 
 dominions. 
 
 HOST, {host) s. [hoste, Fr.] a person who keeps an 'mx\.—[}wstis, 
 Lat.] an army; any great number or multitude.— [/tosfe'a, Lat.] 
 the sacrifice of the mass, or the consecrated wafer, in the Romish 
 Church. 
 
 To HOST, V. n. to put up at an inn ; to go to a public-house 
 for entertainment. 
 
 HO'STAGE, s. [ostage, Fr.] a person given up as a pledge for 
 the security of the performance of certain conditions. 
 
 HO'STEL, Ho'STELRY, (Itotel, hotelry) s. [hostel, hostelerie, Fr.] 
 an inn, or house where a person may meet with entertainment or 
 lodging. 
 
 HO'STESS, s. [hostesse, Fr.] a woman who keeps a public- 
 house or inn. 
 
 HO'STILE, a. [hostis, Lat.] like an enemy ; adverse ; opposite. 
 
 HOSTI'LITY, s. [hostilite, Fr.] the practice of an open enemy; 
 open war ; violent and vehement opposition. 
 
 HO'STLER, s. one who has the care of horses at an inn. 
 
 HO'STRY, s. the stable or place where horses are kept at 
 an inn. 
 
 HOT, a. [hat, Sax. and Scot.] having the power to excite a 
 sensation of heat ; made warm by fire. Figuratively, lustful. 
 Strongly affected with any sensible quality, in allusion to hounds. 
 Violent; furious; ardent; precipitate; or furiously thoughtless: 
 applied to action. High seasoned, or affecting the palate very 
 strongly; in Cookery. 
 
 HO'TBED, s. in Gardening, a bed made warm for producing 
 of plants which would not thrive without that contrivance. 
 
 HO'TBRAINED, a. furious ; vehement ; passionate. 
 
 HO'TCOCKLES, s. a play in which one covers his eyes and 
 guesses who strikes him. 
 
 HO'TCH-POTCH, s. See Hodge-Podge. 
 
 HOTHE'ADED, a. vehement or violent in passion ; soon pro- 
 voked. 
 
 HOTHOUSE, «. in Horticulture, a house in which are hot- 
 beds to bring vegetables, &c. to perfection all the year round. 
 
 HO'TLY, ad. with heat ; with violence or vehemence ; with 
 lasciviousness. 
 
 HO'TMOUTHED, a. headstrong; ungovernable. 
 
 HO'TNESS, s. that quality or slate which excites a sensation 
 of heat ; violence or vehemence. Figuratively, wantonness. 
 
 HOTSPUR, s. a person of violent passions, easily provoked, 
 obstinate and ungovernable. In Botany, a pea of speedy 
 growth. 
 
 HO'TSPURRED, o. vehement; of violent passions; rash; 
 ungovernable. 
 
 HO'TTENTOTS, one of the aboriginal tribes of the S. part of 
 Africa. Their features and appearance have a general resem- 
 blance to the Negro race, but they are much more repulsive in 
 their appearance. In habits of filth they are unequalled ; and 
 beside smearing themselves with grease, they wear through 
 all seasons, as a cloak, a sheep-skin with the wool inward. 
 Their huts are scarcely more than gipsy-tents; and in their 
 native state they seldom occupy a place for a very great time. 
 In their mode of life they unite the hunter, the herdsman, and 
 the robber. Their forays usually had the plunder of the lowland 
 Dutch farmers for their object ; these settlers being naturally re- 
 garded with great animosity. They are divided into various clans ; 
 and some are reclaimed and even Christianized. It is impossible 
 to say what their numbers may be. The territory they occupy 
 borders on Cape Colony. 
 
 HO'TTINGER, JOHN HENRY, a learqed orientalist of Zu- 
 rich ; who travelled in England, Germany, &c. in quest of in- 
 formation on his favourite subject ; and became professor of 
 Ecclesiastical History at Zurich. He died in 1667, aged 47 
 y ars ; leaving behind him great stores of erudition in his vari- 
 ous publications. 
 
 HOU'BIGANT, CHARLES FRANCIS, a learned Frencli 
 priest, who held at different times various professorships, in 
 
HOU 
 
 connexion with his order. His great work was an edition of the 
 Hebrew Scriptures, accompanied by a Latin translation, and by 
 critical and illustrative notes. He "died in 1783, aged 98 years. 
 
 HOVE, the preter. of To Heave. 
 
 HCyVEDEN, ROGER DE, an old English historian, who 
 wrote Annals commencing where Bede ended his labours, and 
 carrying them down to John's reign. He is highly esteemed for 
 his fidelity. He lived about 1190. 
 
 HO'VEL, s. [diminutive of hofe. Sax.] a shed open at the 
 sides, covered over head ; a mean, low habitation or cottage. 
 
 To HO'VEL, V, a. to shelter in, or repair to, a hovel. 
 
 To HO'VER, v.n. [hovio, Brit.] to hang in the air over a person's 
 head, without flying off one way or another ; to wander about 
 one place. 
 
 HOUGH, {ho) s. [hog. Sax.] the lower part of the thigh of a 
 beast. 
 
 To HOUGH, (/jo) v. a. to hamstring ; to disable ; or hinder 
 from running, by cutting the sinew or tendon of the ham. 
 
 HOUND, 8. [hund. Sax.] a dog used in hunting. 
 
 To HOUND, V. a. to set on, or let loose to the chace ; to bunt 
 or pursue. 
 
 HOU'NDSTONGUE, s. in Botany, a plant with broad spear- 
 shaped leaves, purplish or white flowers, and seeds curiously 
 covered with hooks. 
 
 HOU'NSLOW, iMiddlesex. It stands on a branch of the Coin, 
 and belongs to two parishes, theN. side of the street to Heston, 
 and the S. to Istworth. On its heath, once noted for horse-races 
 and robberies, are some powder-mills. It is 9 miles from Lon- 
 don. Market, Thursday. Pop. 3097. 
 
 HOUR, s. [heiire, Fr. hora, Lat.] the twenty-fourth part of a 
 natural day, or a space of time consisting of sixty minutes ; the 
 time marked by a clock ; any particular time ; a proper season 
 for the performance of any thing. 
 
 HCUR-CIRCLES, «. on the globe, are meridian lines drawn 
 at the distance of 15 degrees one from the other, serving to de- 
 note the difference of the time of places on the earth. 
 
 HO'URGLASS, s. an instrument to measure time with, by 
 means of sand running through a small aperture out of one glass 
 vessel into another. 
 
 HO'URLY, a. and ad. happening or repeated every hour; 
 frequent. 
 
 HO'URPLATE, s. the plate on which the figures of the hours 
 are painted or described, whether for a clock or dial. 
 
 HOUSE, s. [hus. Sax. and Goth.] a building wherein a person 
 or human creature dwells. Figuratively, any place of abode ; 
 the manner of living < or eating ; a table, joined to keep. "He 
 kept a miserable house," Shak. The station of a planet, astrolo- 
 ffically considered ; family, race, descendants, or kindred ; one's 
 lamily affairs. " Set thine Ao«se in order," 2 -S/m^«xx. 1. A body 
 of men meeting for public concerns in any dwelling, applied to 
 the Lords or Commons collectively considered : when used with 
 ttyiper, it implies the Lords; and when joined with lower, the 
 Commons. Souse means a dwelling distinct by itself; tenement, 
 part of a house, divided off, for the use of another family. 
 
 To HOUSE, {houze) v. a. to harbour; to give lodgnig in a 
 house; to shelter or keep under a roof. — v. n. to take shelter ; 
 to reside or live in a building. To have a station in the heavens, 
 applied to Astrology. 
 
 HOU'SEBREARER, s. one who forces an entrance into an- 
 other person's house to steal. 
 
 HOU'SEBREAKING, s. the act of entering another person's 
 house by force, in order to steal ; called, in Law, a burglar;/. 
 
 HOU'SEDOG, s. a mastiff', or dog kept in a house to secure it 
 from thieves. 
 
 HOU'SEHOLD, «. a family living together in one dwelling- 
 place or house; the management, economy, or- government of 
 a family. Used in composition to imply domestic, or making 
 part of a family. 
 
 HOUSEHOLDER, s. the master of a family. 
 
 HOUSEHOLD-STUFF, s. furniture of a house, or utensils 
 fit or necessary for a family. 
 
 HOU'SEKEEPER, s. one who is master of a family, and rents 
 a whole house, opposed to a lodger; a woman-servant, who has 
 the management of a family. 
 
 HOU'SEKEEPING, a. domestic ; fit or necessary for a family. 
 
 HOU'SEKEEPING, s. hospitality; a liberal and plentiful 
 table ; the charge and expense attending the keeping a family. 
 
 HOW 
 
 HOU'SELEEK, ». in Botany, a succulent plant, so called from 
 growing on the walls or outside roofs of houses. 
 
 HOU'SELESS, a. without any abode or house to live in. 
 
 HOU'SEMAID, s. a female servant, employed in keeping a 
 bouse clean. 
 
 HOU'SEROOM, 8. shelter, place, or entertainment in a house. 
 
 HOU'SEWARMING, s. a feast or merry-making upon going 
 into a new house. 
 
 HO'USEWIFE, (pron. sometimes huzziff, or huzzy,) s. the mis- 
 tress of a family ; one skilled in the regulating of a family, and 
 practising frugality ; a kind of purse consisting of several pockets 
 above one another, and a book made of cloth, to carry thread, 
 silk, and needles in. 
 
 HOU'SEWIFELY, {Juizzifly) ad. after the manner of a person 
 who knows how to manage a family with order and frugality. 
 
 HOU'SEWIFELY, {hd-ifiy) a. skilled in the management of 
 a family. 
 
 HOU'SEWIFERY, (huzzifry) s. the business or management 
 of the mistress of a family; prudent and frugal management of 
 the affairs of a family. 
 
 HOU'SING, Qwuziny) s. [heuses, Fr.] cloth originally used to 
 keep off dirt, now added to saddles as ornamental. 
 
 HOU'SSA, a country of the interior of Africa, more frequently 
 called Soudan. It lies on the river Quorra or Niger; it is a 
 wealthy country, and sends caravans down to the coast of the 
 Gulf of Guinea, &c. periodically. Its chief commercial city is 
 Kano. Various chieftains or kings seem to exercise almost in- 
 dependent power in different towns of Houssa. The travellers 
 who have visited it hitherto, have been chiefly anxious to trace 
 the course of the Niger, or to learn the fate of Mungo Park, so 
 that much is not known of the country geographically or sta- ■ 
 tistically. 
 
 HOW, ad. \hu, Sax. lioe, Belg.] to what degree; in what de- 
 gree; in what manner; for what reason, or from what cause; 
 by what means. Used with imich, it implies proportion, relation, 
 and correspondence. 
 
 HO'WARD, the name of a family of the ancient nobility of 
 England, which has produced many distinguished men, amongst 
 whom the following may be specially noted. Henry, Earl of 
 Surrey, who was famed both for his bravery in war, and for his 
 literary accomplishments. His poetry was the first that reads 
 like modern English. On some charge of treason, he was seized 
 by Henry VIII., subjected to the idle formality of a trial, and 
 beheaded in 1547, aged 30 years. Charles, Earl of Nottingham, 
 was lord high admiral of England under Elizabeth ; and by his 
 gallantry, greatly contributed to the defeat of the Spanish Ar- 
 mada. He also served in the attempt on Cadiz. He died in 
 1G24, aged 88 years. Thomas, Earl of Arundel, a distinguished 
 patron of the arts in the reigns of James 1. and Charles 1., who 
 collected in Greece and Italy a great number of most valuable and 
 curious antiquities. Part of these are now the property of Ox- 
 ford university, and are called the Arundeliati Marbles. He died 
 in 1646. 
 
 HO'WARD, JOHN, the eminent philanthropist, whoso labours 
 have done much to awaken men's minds to care for prisoners 
 and captives, was left by his father in the enjoyment of a fine 
 fortune, and determined on making a voyage to see the effects 
 of the great earthquake of Lisbon, when his vessel was taken, 
 and he was carried a prisoner to France. This first excited his 
 compassion for that most neglected class of society. After his 
 release, when he was sheriff' for Bedfordshire, he had new op- 
 portunities of learning the condition of our English jails. This 
 led to a series of journeys throughout England and Wales, solely 
 for the purpose of visiting the prisons ; and the results of these 
 remarkable tours he reported to the House of Commons. En- 
 couraged by the attention given to the subject so near his heart, 
 he continued his labours, and extended them by degrees, till not 
 his own country alone, but all Europe had been visited in these 
 journeys of apostolic love. Nor did he cease here, but devoted 
 great attention to the plan for pi eventing the spread of pestilent 
 diseases, now universally adopted. At length, having taken 
 an infectious disease at the bed of one whom he visited in the 
 exercise of his great task, he died at Cherson in Russia, in 
 1790, aged 64 years. 
 
 HOWBE, Howbe'it, ad. [Iww, be, and it,'] nevertheless ; not- 
 withstanding ; yet ; however. 
 
 HO'WDEN, Yorkshire, E. Riding. It is noted for being the 
 3 M 2 451 
 
HUD 
 
 birth-place, or residence, of the historian Roger de Hoveden, or 
 Howden. It gives name to a small district, called Howdenshire, 
 and is seated on the N. side of the Ouse, not far from its conflu- 
 ence with the Derwent and other large rivers. It is 179 miles 
 from London. Market, Saturday. Fairs, on the second Tues- 
 day in January, the Tuesday before March 25, the second Tues- 
 day in July, and October 2. Pop. 4860. 
 
 HOWD'YE, [of hotc, do, and ye,] iu what state is your health .' 
 Used as a substantive for a mere compHment of civility, or an 
 inquiry into the state of a person's health. 
 
 HOWE, JOHN, one of the most eminent of the ministers 
 who, in his youth, in the Puritan revolution of the 17th century, 
 stood up for liberty of conscience, and afterwards testified by 
 the English St. Bartholomew of 1002, to their stedfastness. He 
 was no mean scholar and theologian, and his numerous works 
 are regarded as of great value. He was obliged to retire to the 
 continent during the persecutions of the restored Stuarts, and 
 returned when James 11. had proclaimed liberty of conscience. 
 He died in 1705, aged 7.5 years. 
 
 HOWE, ADMIRAL LORD RICHARD, the celebrated Eng- 
 lish commander, who, from the time of the young Pretender, 
 was distinguished for his bravery and skill : his greatest services 
 were the relief of Gibraltar, and the victory of the 1st June. 
 He died in 1799, aged 74 years. 
 
 HOWE'VER, ad, in whatsoever manner and degree ; at least ; 
 at all events ; let what will happen ; nevertheless ; notwith- 
 standing ; vet ; for all that. 
 
 HO'VVITZER, s. a kind of mortar mounted upon a field car- 
 riage, called a gun. In howitzers, the trunnions are in the 
 middle, and in mortars at the end. 
 
 To HOWL, (the ow is pron. as in hoio,) v. n. [hu^len, Belg.] to 
 cry, or make a noise, applied to a wolf or dog. Figuratively, to 
 utter a mournful sound or cry from deep distress ; to pronounce 
 in a tone like a beast. Poetically used for any noise that is loud 
 and horrid. 
 
 HOWL, s. the cry or noise of a wolf or dog; the cry of a hu- 
 man being oppressed with distress, and filled with horror. 
 
 HOWSOE'VER, ad. See HowEVER. 
 
 To HOX, V. a, [hog. Sax.] to hamstring ; to hough. 
 
 HOY, s. [Jwu, old Fr.] a small vessel, whose sails are neither 
 square nor cross, like other ships, but mizen, so that she can sail 
 nearer the wind than another vessel can. 
 
 HOY, one of the Orkney islands, situated between the Island 
 of Pomona and the N. coast of Caithness-shire. It is about 15 
 miles long, and more than 3 broad. On this island, besides 
 the great conic hill of Holyhead, which is a sea-mark, there is a 
 stupendous rock, called the Beary, where a bird, here named 
 the layer, a species of the penguin, nests. There is also a very 
 remarkable Gaehc or Runic relic here. Lat. 58. 56. N. Long. 
 3. 20. W. 
 
 To HOYSE, V. a. among mariners, to hale up any thing. See 
 Hoist. 
 
 HU'BER, the name of a Swiss family, which has produced 
 many distinguished authors, &c. Jbfo» James, an anatomist, 
 who died in 1778 : and Francis, the most acute observer of the 
 habits, &c. of bees; who became totally blind, but pursued his 
 observations by the aid of his wife ; and died in 1807. 
 
 HU'BBUB, s. a mixed or confused noise made by several peo- 
 ple talking at the same time ; a tumult, riot, or uproar. 
 
 HU'CKABACK, s. a kind of coarse linen with raised figures. 
 
 HU'CKLEBACKED, a. crooked in the shoulders; hunch or 
 hump backed. 
 
 HU'CKLEBONE, s. [kucken, Belg.] the hip-bone. 
 
 HU'CKSTER, Hu'cKSTERER, s. [hock, Teut.] a person who 
 sells goods or wares in small quantities; a pedlar. Figuratively, 
 a trickish, mean person. 
 
 To HU'CKSTER, v. n. to sell wares in small quantities. 
 
 HU'DDERSFIELD, Yorkshire, W. Riding. It is a mart 
 for narrow cloths fine and coarse, fine broad cloths, serges, 
 kerseymeres, &c. ; and is situated on the Calder, amid barren 
 moors. It is 189 miles from London. Market, Tuesday ; when 
 the cloth is exposed for sale in a large hall, and merchants and 
 wool-staplers attend from a considerable distance. Population, 
 25,068. 
 
 To HU'DDLE, «. o. to dress up close in order to disguise; to 
 dress in a hurry, or put one's clothes on carelessly and in haste. 
 Figuratively, to cover up in haste ; to perform in a hurry; to join 
 
 together in a confused and improper manner. — v. n. to come in 
 a crowd or hurry. 
 
 HU'DDLE, s. a confused crowd or mixture; a crowd assem- 
 bled together in a hurry ; a tumult. 
 
 HU'DSON, HENRY, one of the most distinguished of the 
 early navigators, who attempted the discovery of a N. W. pas- 
 sage to the Indies. He made several voyages with this intent ; 
 discovered the river in the United States called after his name, 
 and the bay which also bears his name: on the last voyage he 
 was put on shore by his mutinous crew, and perished, in lUlO. 
 
 HU'DSON'S BAY, an inland sea, in the N. E. part of the N. 
 American continent, joined to the Atlantic Ocean by Hudson's 
 Strait ; both named after their discoverer. It is more than 
 1000 miles long, and above 400 miles broad. Its shores vary 
 in their character ; some parts being very rocky and steep, and 
 others being low, or mere swamps. It receives the waters of 
 great numbers of rivers, but of no verj' considerable or cele- 
 brated ones ; and it has many rocky islands in it. The country 
 round, which forms part of British N. America, is most deso- 
 late ; having never been used except for hunting grounds by the 
 Indians, the Esquimaux, and traders, and the settlements being 
 mere forts. The Ilttdson's Bay Company, is an English company 
 who enjoy the monopoly of the fur trade in the region round the 
 Bay. 
 
 HU'DSON'S RIVER, one of the finest rivers in North Ame- 
 rica, rising in a mountainous country, in the N. E. part of the 
 state of New York, about half way between the lakes Ontario 
 and Champlain. It waters Albany and Hudson, and proceeds 
 in a southerly direction almost its whole course to the Atlantic 
 Ocean, which it enters at Y'ork Bay, 10 miles S. of New York, 
 after a course of 250 miles. The tide flows a few miles above 
 Albany, which is 160 miles from New York. It is navigable for 
 sloops of 70 or 80 tons to Albany, and for ships to Hudson. 
 
 HUE, s. [hietce. Sax.] colour. — [huee, Fr.] a clamour, or legal 
 pursuit after a robber, attended with noise. Jltte and ay, in Law, 
 IS the pursuit of a person who has committed felony on the 
 highway. 
 
 HU'EN, a fertile island of the Baltic, in the Sound, subject to 
 Sweden. It has only one village, containing about 50 houses. 
 This island was granted, by Frederick II. king of Denmark, to 
 Tycho Brahe, the celebrated astronomer, with a castle called 
 Uranienburg, erected for the purpose of making observations, in 
 which he resided upwards of 20 years. It is about 6 miles in 
 circumference, and lies 14 miles N. by E. of Copenhagen, 
 
 HU'ER, s. one whose business it is to call out to others. 
 
 HUE'RTA, VINCENT GARCIA DE, a Spanish poet and 
 critic, who took a prominent part in restoring the national 
 taste, and recovering it from the influence of French criticism. 
 Some of his dramas are accounted very fine. He died in 1797, 
 aged 68 years. 
 
 HUE'T, PIERRE DANIEL, the celebrated French scholar, 
 whose editions of the classics, got out whilst he was engaged as 
 tutor to the dauphin, and so called the Delphin Classics, for so 
 long a time held a prominent place with scholars. He was for a 
 time Bishop of Avrantes; and died in 1721, aged 91 years. 
 
 HUFF, s. Iheofan, Sax.] a swell of sudden anger or insolence ; 
 a severe and insolent reprimand ; one who is swelled and grown 
 insolent with a vain opinion of his own value. 
 
 To HUFF, r. a. to swell or puff; to hector, or treat with inso- 
 lence ; to chide or reprimand with insolence or severity. In 
 Gaming, to take a trick from a person who did not play to a 
 lead. 
 
 HU'FFER, s. a boaster or bully. 
 
 HU'FFISH, a. with arrogance, insolence, or bragging. 
 
 HU'FFISHLY, ad. with arrogant petulance. 
 
 HU'FFISHNESS, s. noisy bluster ; insolent pride. 
 
 To HUG, V. a. [hesian. Sax.] to press close in an embrace. 
 Figuratively, to fondle, or treat with tenderness ; to hold fast 
 with great affection. 
 
 HUG, s. an embrace wherein a person is held tight within the 
 arms. 
 
 HUGE, a. [hoogh, Belg.] large, applied to size, generally in- 
 cluding excess ; vast or immense. Synon. Huge implies great- 
 ness in bulk ; vast, greatness in extent; enormous, greatness in 
 size, even to deformity and dreadfulness ; immense, unlimited ex- 
 tent, even beyond expression. Thus we say, a huge giant; a 
 vast tract of land ; an enormous crime ; the immense expanse. 
 
H UM 
 
 HU'GELY, arf. in an extensive manner; immensely, or enor- 
 mously, applied to size. Greatly; very much; prodigiously; 
 applieii to degree. 
 
 HUGENESS, s. enormity, applied to bulk. Greatness or ex- 
 tensiveness, applied to quality or degree. 
 
 HU'GGER-MUGGER, (the g in both these words before e has 
 the hard sound,) s. secrecy; by-place. 
 
 HU'GUENOTS, a name given to the Protestants of France, 
 in the religious wars and persecutions that followed the Re- 
 formation. 
 
 HU'GY, a. vast ; great; large. 
 
 HUKE, s. [huque, Fr.] a cloak. 
 
 HULK, s. [hulc. Sax. hulcke, Belg.] the body of a ship. Figu- 
 ratively, any thing bulky and weighty. 
 
 To. HULK, 1-. a. to pull out the entrails of animals. 
 
 HULL, s. [helan. Sax.] the husk or outward covering of corn 
 or any other thing; also, the body of a ship. 
 
 To HULL, V. n. to float; to drive to and fro upon the water 
 without sails or rudder. " He looked, and saw the ark hull on 
 the flood," Par. Lost. 
 
 HULL, or Kingston upon Hull, Yorkshire, E. Riding. It is 
 seated on a river called the Hull, which rises not far from Drif- 
 field, and here enters the river Humber. Its situation is ex- 
 tremely advantageous ; for, besides its communication with the 
 Yorkshire rivers and canals, it has access also, by the Humber, 
 to the Trent, and all its branches and communications. Hence 
 it has the import and export trade of many of the northern and 
 midland counties. The foreign trade is chiefly to the Baltic ; 
 but it has also a regular traffic with the southern parts of Europe, 
 and with America. More ships are sent hence to Greenland, 
 than from any other port, that of London excepted. The coast- 
 ing trade, also, for coal, corn, wool, manufactured goods, &c. is 
 very extensive. The harbour is chiefly artificial, consisting of 
 a dock, the largest in the kingdom, with which the river com- 
 municates, and in which 800 ships may ride safely and conveni- 
 ently. Among the public buildings are the Trinity House, for 
 the relief of seamen and their widows; an exchange; and a 
 town hall. The grand stone bridge over the river to Holderness 
 consists of 14 arches. It is 17-3 miles from London. Markets, 
 Tuesday and Saturday. Pop. 41,629. 
 
 HU'LLY, a. husky, or abounding in husks. 
 
 HU'LVER, s. holly. 
 
 To HUM, V. a. {Iwmehn, Belg.] to make a noise, applied to 
 bees. To make an inarticulate noise, by forcing the breath 
 through the lips when shut; to pause in speaking, and fill up 
 the interval by making a sound with the breath forced through 
 the lips when shut ; to sing so low as scarcely to be heard. " To 
 hum a tune," Pope. To applaud. To hum a person, is to render 
 him ridiculous, by exercising some frolic upon him. 
 
 HUM, s. the hoarse buzzing noise made by bees. Figura- 
 tively, the confused noise made by a crowd of people engaged in 
 discourse ; any low, rough noise ; a pause filled up by a forcible 
 emission of the breath tnrough the lips when shut. 
 
 ^\iM,interj. an instinctive sofcntl, uttered to express doubt 
 and deliberation. 
 
 HU'MAN, a. [humanv^, Lat.] having the qualities of a reason- 
 able creature or man ; belonging to or like a man. 
 
 HUMA'NE, a. [humahie, Fr.] kind; civil; good-natured; 
 benouolent ; ready to do good offices, and embracing all oppor- 
 tunities to relieve and compassionate our fellow-creatures. 
 
 HUMA'NELY, orf. in a kind, civil, compassionate, or benevo- 
 lent manner. 
 
 HU'MANIST, «. [humaniste, Fr.] a person who teaches the ru- 
 diments or grammar of languages. 
 
 HUMA'NITY, s. \Jiumanitas, from homo,^ Lat.] the nature 
 of man; mankind, or the collective body of reasonable crea- 
 tures ; the exercise of all the social and benevolent virtues. 
 Humanities, in the plural, signifies grammar, rhetoric, and poe- 
 try, known by the name of literte humanitores, human learning ; 
 for teaching of which there are professors in the university of 
 Scotland, called. Humanists. Synon. Humanity denotes a fel- 
 fow-feeling for the distresses of a stranger ; tenderness is a sus- 
 ceptibility of impression more applicable to persons with whom 
 we are nearly connected. 
 
 To HU'MANIZE, v. a. [humaniser, Fr.] to soften, or render 
 susceptive of the impressions of tenderness or benevolence. 
 
 HIJ'MANKIND, s. the race of reasonable creatures, called men. 
 
 HUM 
 
 HU'MANLY, ad. after the manner, or according to the 
 power, of men. 
 
 HU'MBER, a river formed by the Trent, Ouse, Derwent, and 
 several other streams. It divides Yorkshire from Lincolnshire, 
 and falls into the German Ocean near Holderness. 
 
 HU'MBLE, a. [humble, Fr.] having a modest or low opinion of 
 one's own abilities ; behaving with modesty, submission, and 
 deference to others. Low, applied to situation or rank. 
 
 To HU'MBLE, r. o. to destroy or diminish a person's pride; 
 to make' less arrogant ; to make submissive ; to mortify ; to sub- 
 due; to diminish the height of a thing. 
 
 HU'MBLEBEE, s. in Natural History, a large wild bee, so 
 called from its buzzing. 
 
 HU'MBLEMOUTHED, a. mild or meek in speech. 
 
 HU'MBLENESS, s. a disposition of mind wherein a person 
 has a low opinion of his abilities, and is submissive to others. 
 
 HU'MBLER, s. one who subdues either his own pride, or 
 that of others. 
 
 HU'MBLY, ad. with a proper deference and submission to 
 others; without pride. Low, applied to situation or distance 
 from the earth. 
 
 HUMBOLDT, CHARLES WILLIAM, BARON VON, a late 
 celebrated philologist and grammarian of Germany. He first 
 studied law, and afterwards, perhaps through his friend.ship for 
 Schiller, devoted himself to literature. But he was soon called 
 to the duties of a statesman, and during some of the most per- 
 plexed passages of European history, in the first twenty years of 
 this century, took a very distinguished part. He was ambassa- 
 dor to the greatest courts of Europe from Prussia, and to the 
 most important congresses and meetings of potentates. He re- 
 tired at last, and followed uninterruptedly his own study; 
 making himself master of the most important and curious lan- 
 guages spoken in the world, for the purpose of tracing their con- 
 nexion, and investigating the remotest history of the nations 
 using them. His published works and treatises are numerous, 
 and of great value to philological students. He died in 1835, 
 aged 68 years. 
 
 HU'MDRUM, a. [hum and drone,'] dull ; stupid ; not answer- 
 ing or taking notice when spoken to, on account of stupidity. 
 
 HUME, DAVID, one of the most famous of Scottish literary 
 men and philosophers. The early part of his life he spent solely 
 as a student, ana travelled in France for retirement alone. He 
 afterwards accepted a post as companion and secretarj' to a no- 
 bleman, and then to a military statesman, with whom he visit- 
 ed other parts of the continent. After another period of literarj- 
 life and studentship, he attended the English ambassador to 
 Paris, acted as charge d'aflf'aires ; and returning, held an under- 
 secretariship of state. He then retired to Edinburgh, and in 
 1776 died, aged 66 years. Hume's great work is his History of 
 JEnffland, which will always remain a standard work; though 
 more patient and complete examination of original records, &c., 
 and a better understanding of the rationale of history, have 
 taken from it its value as a record of our national progress. 
 His philosophical works are, a Treatise on Human Nature, not 
 much valued ; and his Essays, some of which, especially on po- 
 litical subjects, are valuable. His philosophy was complete scep- 
 ticism. He pushed his conclusions to the uttermost point to 
 which logic would carry him, and having in his system denied 
 all that men believe, in his daily life ne denied his system. 
 Neither he nor his admiring disciples ever thought of doubting, 
 however, the propriety of such an employment of logic as this. 
 His essay on Miracles made the most stir, and is the mark against 
 which theologians discharge their sharpest arrows to this day. 
 Hume and his opponents have all argued as if miracles were 
 the sole evidence of revelation ; and have incorrectly defined 
 them as violations of the laws of nature ; whilst his rejection of 
 them is based on a most exaggerated view of the imperfection 
 of human testimony. The damage he did to the established 
 and authorized creeds was great ; but he has done none to truth. 
 
 His predilections for the martyr of Anglican Episcopacy, Charles 
 I., show very singularly beside his cold and sneering scepticism. 
 HUMECT ATION, s. [Fr.] the act of wetting or moistening. 
 
 HU'MERAL, a. [humerus, Lat.] belonging to the shoulder. 
 
 HU'MERUS, s. [Lat.] in Anatomy, is the shoulder, or upper 
 part of the arm, between the scapula and elbow. 
 
 HU'MID, «. [humidus, Lat.] moist ; or having the power to 
 wet; wet. 
 
 453 
 
HUM 
 
 HUMia)lTY, s. [humiditS, Fr.] moisture, or that quality which 
 a fluid has of entering the pores, or wetting other bodies. 
 
 HUMILIA'TION, s. [Fr.] an act whereby a person voluntarily 
 descends from a higher degree of dignity to a lower; mortifica- 
 tion, or a sense and expression of our defects and unworthiness ; 
 abiitement of pride. 
 
 HITMI'LITY, s. [humilite, Fr.] a disposition of mind wherein 
 a person has a low opinion of himself and his advantages, is 
 submissive to authority, and attentive to instruction. 
 
 HU'MMEL, JOHN NEPOMUK, a celebrated German com- 
 poser of the beginning of this century. He studied under Mo- 
 zart, and was first known for his exquisite performance on the 
 piano. He became chapel-master to the king of Wurtemburg, 
 and afterwards to the duke of Weimar ; but both before and 
 afterwards he travelled in England and W. Europe. His music 
 is very much admired. He died in 1837, aged 59 years. 
 
 HU'MMER, s. a person who tells a plausible story to another 
 in order to gain his credit, and induce him to believe a falsity; 
 one who tells a lie. 
 
 HU'MMING-BIRD, s. in Ornithology, the name of a numer- 
 ous family of very small and exceedingly beautiful birds, natives 
 of S. America, which often are seen there sipping with their 
 slender beaks the honey of flowers as they poise themselves on 
 the wing before them. Their nests are very exquisitely made. 
 They are too delicate to endure any attempts to bring them alive 
 to this country. 
 
 HU'MMOCH, an island in the Eastern Indian Ocean, about 
 6 miles in length. The natives resemble the Malays, both in 
 appearance and dis^josition, but speak the same language as the 
 inhabitants of Mindanao. This island is exceedingly fertile, and 
 produces most of the tropical fruits. But the principal articles 
 of trade with the Dutch are bees' wax and honey. It lies about 
 15 miles S. of the S. point of Mindanao. Lat. 5. 27. N. Long. 
 125. 12. E. 
 
 HU'MOR, Hu'mour, s. :[Lat.] moisture; any fluid body. In 
 Anatomy, the fluids in an animal body, or any corrupt matter 
 collected in a wound or abscess. Temper, disposition, or the 
 ruling passion, or present disposition, applied to the mind. 
 Petulance ; peevishness ; caprice ; whim ; any odd medley of 
 ideas which extort a smile, or raise a laugh ; pleasantry ; jocu- 
 larity; a trick, habit, or practice. Synon. ^«»ioMr is an element 
 of individual character, nearly allied to genius, expressing itself 
 by the reference, tacitly or implicitly made, of things that are 
 dealt with, to what is infinite and universal, so as to put all finite 
 things and temporary, great or small, on a common level of 
 littleness. Wit, which is akin to talent, is the bringing of dis- 
 similar images and thoughts into contrast by the aid of one 
 point of resemblance, so as to excite an agreeable surprise. 
 jyroUery is such association of dissimilar images and thoughts 
 without a point of resemblance being indicated or existing 
 at all. 
 
 HU'MORAL, a. relating to the humours of the body. Hu- 
 moral Pathology , a system or theory of the human frame, in which 
 various humours p'lay a conspicuous part, and their regular or 
 irregular motions, slow or rapid formation, passage and excre- 
 tion, account for all the varieties of health and disease. It is 
 almost wholly superseded now, but it contained some grains of 
 truth it had been as well not to have thrown away. 
 
 HU'MORIST, s. [Fr.] one who is greatly pleased or displeased 
 with little things, and conducts his actions, not by reason and 
 the nature of things, but by caprice, fancy, or some predominant 
 passion. 
 
 HU'MOROUS, a. full of odd or comical ideas and sentiments; 
 capricious ; without any rule but the present whim ; pleasant or 
 jocular. 
 
 HU'MOROUSLY, ad. in a jocose or pleasant manner, so as to 
 extort a smile or raise a laugh ; with caprice or whim. 
 
 HU'MOROUSNESS, s. fickleness of temper; a disposition 
 pleased or offended with trifles. 
 
 HU'MORSOME, a. easily pleased or displeased with trifles ; 
 peevish ; odd ; of a changeable disposition, or not pleased long 
 with any thing. 
 
 HU'MORSOMELY, ad. in a peevish manner ; in such a man- 
 ner as to be pleased or displeased with trifles, or not to be pleased 
 with any thing long. 
 
 To HU'MOUR, V. a. to please or soothe, hy complying with a 
 person's ruling passion or peculiar foible. Figuratively, to suit 
 
 HUN 
 
 any design in such a manner to an obstacle, as to make it rather 
 an ornament than an impediment ; to comply with. 
 
 HUMP, s. [corrupted, perhaps, from hump','] the swelling on a 
 crooked back. 
 
 HU'MPBACK, s. a crooked back, or a back which has a kind 
 of hump or knob swelling above the other parts of its surface. 
 
 To HUNCH, V. a. [husch, Teut.] to push, as with the elbow. 
 
 HU'NCHBACKED, a. having a hump or crooked back. 
 
 HUTVCHED, a. in Botany, swelled out, as the under part of 
 the blossoms of the foxglove, the blossom of the honeysuckle, 
 the cup of the fumitorj', &c. 
 
 HU'NDRED, a. [Sax.] a number consisting of ten times ten. 
 Substantively, it implies a division of a county, perhaps so called 
 from containing a hundred securities for the king's peace. 
 Likewise a measure or certain quantity of things. A hundred of 
 salt, at Amsterdam, is 14 tons. A Mindred of deal hoards consists 
 of six-score, i. e. 120, which is likewise called the long hundred. 
 
 HU'NDREDTH, a. [hundreonteogotha. Sax.] the ordinal of a 
 hundred, or that which has ninety-nine placed before it. 
 
 HU'NDREDWEIGHT, s. a measure of weight equal to 112 
 pounds Avoirdupoise. 
 
 HUNG, prefer, and past part, of To Hang. 
 
 HU'NGARY, a kingdom of Europe, belonging to the Austrian 
 empire, and which in its widest meaning included Transylvanis^ 
 Bannat, Sclavonia, Croatia, and Dalmatia, beside Hunganf itself. 
 Hungary Proper is bounded by Austria, Moravia, Gallicia, 
 Transylvania, Turkey, Sclavonia, Croatia, and Styria. Its 
 mountains are the Carpathian range, some heights in which are 
 9000 feet in altitude ; and its rivers are the Danube, the Drave, 
 the Theiss, the Marosch, and their tributaries. Amongst its nu- 
 merous lakes the chief are the Platten See, and the Neusidler 
 See. For its productions, &c., see Austria. Presburg is its 
 chief place. Its population is about 9,000,000. 
 
 HU'NGARY -WATER, s. a distilled water prepared from the 
 tops of flowers of rosemary, so denominated from a queen of 
 Hungary, for whose use it was first made. 
 
 HU'NGER, s. [Sax.] the pain felt on fasting long ; a desire 
 of food. Figuratively, any violent desire. 
 
 To HU'NGER, f. n. to feel pain on long fasting; to be desir- 
 ous of eating. Figuratively, to desire any thing with great 
 eagerness. 
 
 HU'NGERBIT, Hu'ngerbitten, a. pained or worn out for 
 want of food. 
 
 HU'NGERFORD, Berkshire. It is seated on the river Ken- 
 net, in a low and watery soil, and noted for the best trouts and 
 craw-fish in all England. It is 64 miles from London. Market, 
 Wednesday. Pop. 2724. 
 
 HU'NGERLY, a. hungry ; wanting food or nourishment. 
 
 HU'NGERLY, Hu'ngrily, ad. with a keen appetite, or like a 
 person that wants food. 
 
 HU'NGRED, a. pinched by want of food. 
 
 HU'NGRY', a. feeling pain for want of food ; wanting food; 
 lean for want of food. Figuratively, not fat, fruitful, or prolific. 
 
 HU'NGRY HILL, a lofty, steep, and rocky mountain, in Cork, 
 Munster, Ireland. It is above 2000 feet high, and near its sum- 
 mit is a large lake, which produces one of the finest cataracts in 
 the kingdom. 
 
 HUNKS, s. \hunskur, Isl.] a person who is covetous of money, 
 and spends very little ; a miser. 
 
 HUNS, a Scythian tribe, which emigrated to Europe in the 
 5th century, and took part in the overthrow of the Roman em- 
 pire. They came from the very borders of China, and were a 
 branch of the great Tatar family. Attila, the scourge of Ood, was 
 their most distinguished leader. The settlements they made 
 were principally in the frontier territories of the W. Empire. 
 
 To HUNT, 1-. a. [huntian. Sax.] to chase wild animals ; to pur- 
 sue with dogs. Figuratively, to pursue or follow close; to fol- 
 low after; to director manage hounds in the chase. 
 
 HUNT, s. a pack of hounds; a chase after wild animals; 
 pursuit. 
 
 HU'NTER, s. [hunta, Isl.] one who chases animals for pleasure 
 or exercise ; a dog that scents, or is used in pursuing, beasts of 
 prey ; a swift and strong horse, that is fit to follow the chase. 
 
 HU'NTER, the name of two celebrated anatomists and physi- 
 ologists of the last century. William, the elder, studied under 
 Dr. Cullen, and having settled in London, after a while obtained 
 the post of physician extraordinary to the queen. He received 
 
other honourable appointments, and collerted a noble museum, 
 now attached to Glasgow university. His chief attention was 
 given to midwifery, and his most valuable works were published 
 on subjects connected with it. He died in 1783, aged 65 years. 
 John, the younger and more famous, was attached to the study 
 by his brother's success, and under him commenced his career. 
 He entered Oxford, but left it for St. George's Hospital, London. 
 His first service was as army surgeon in Portugal, but on his re- 
 turn he took up his favourite pursuit, comparative anatomy. He 
 held, later in life, the post of king's surgeon and hospital in- 
 spector. His costly museum belongs now to the College of Sur- 
 geons. He died in 1793, aged 65 j'ears. His services to science 
 are inadequately represented by the works he published, invalu- 
 able as they were. His great work was his museum, and the 
 
 arrangement he adopted for it was almost the first truly scientific 
 
 ■ ' ■ ble inqi" 
 
 When it is remembered that he struck out his path almost 
 
 light thrown on this most interesting and valuable inquiry. 
 
 cholly for himself, the veneration with which his name is re- 
 garded will not appear to exceed his deserts. 
 
 HU'NTING, s, the exercise or diversion of pursuing four-footed 
 beasts of game. With us this is chiefly performed with dogs, 
 and the chases are the hart, buck, roe, hare, fox, badger, and 
 otter. 
 
 HU'NTINGDON, HENRY OF, an ancient English historian, 
 who wrote an abridgment of the history of this country from 
 the earliest times to the death of Stephen. He flourished in the 
 11th and 12th centuries. 
 
 HU'NTINGDON, SELINA, COUNTESS OF, a lady eminent 
 for her piety and zeal in the revival of gospel preaching, in the 
 last century. She was the generous patron of the celebrated 
 Whitefield, and the chapels and colleges which she built or en- 
 dowed are held bv a denomination called after her name. She 
 died in 1791, aged 84 years. 
 
 HU'NTINGDON, called by the Saxons Hunter's Down, Hunt- 
 ingdonshire. It has 2 churches, a handsome market-place, 
 and a good grammar-school. It was once very large, having 1-5 
 churches, which, in Camden's time, were reduced to 4, and now 
 to 2 ; and it is still a populous, trading place. It is seated on 
 the river Ouse, over which it has a handsome stone bridge, lead- 
 ing to Godmanchester. It is 6.5 miles from London. Markets, 
 Monday and Saturday. Pop. 3.507. 
 
 HU'NTINGDONSHIRE, a county of England, bounded by 
 Northamptonshire, Cambridgeshire, and Bedfordshire. It is 2z 
 miles long, and about 18 broad. The principal rivers are the 
 Ouse and Nen. It is divided into 4 hundreds, which contain 5 
 market towns, 78 parishes, and 279 villages. The borders of 
 the Ouse, which flows across the S. E. part, consist of fertile 
 and very beautiful meadows. The middle and western parts 
 are finely varied in their surface, fertile in corn, and sprinkled 
 with woods. The whole upland part was, in ancient times, a 
 forest, peculiarly adapted for hunting, whence the name of the 
 county took its rise. The N. E. part consists of fens, which join 
 those of Ely ; but they are drained, so as to afford rich pasturage 
 for cattle, and even large crops of corn ; and in the midst of them 
 are shallow pools, abounding with fish. The largest of these is 
 a lake of considerable size, called Whittlesea Mere. Its chief 
 commodities are corn, malt, and cheese; and they fatten abund- 
 ance of cattle. Huntingdon is its chief town. Pop. 58,549. 
 It sends 4 members to parliament. 
 
 HU'NTINGHORN, s. a bugle; a horn used to cheer the 
 hounds. 
 
 HU'NTRESS, s. a woman that follows the chase, or pursues 
 animals for sport. 
 
 HU'NTSMAN, «. one who diverts himself in chasing animals; 
 a person who has the direction of a chase. 
 
 HU'NTSMANSHIP, «. the qualifications of a hunter. 
 
 HURD, DR. RICHARD, a prelate and scholar of the English 
 Church, rose from a very humble condition, by his industry and 
 talent, and is chiefly celebrated for his friendship with the more 
 celebrated Bishop Warburton.and for his Dialogues. He died in 
 1808, aged 88 years. 
 
 HU'RDLE, 8. [hi/rdel, Sax.] in Husbandry, frames of split 
 timber, or hazel rods interwoven, or plaited together, to serve 
 for gates, sheep-folds, or to stop a gap in a hedge. In Fortifica- 
 tion, twigs of willows or osiers interwoven together, sustained 
 by strong stakes, sometimes covered with earth, and used for 
 strengthening batteries, or making a passage over muddy ditches, 
 
 HUS 
 
 for covering traverses and lodgments from the stones, shot, &c. 
 of the enemy. 
 
 KURDS, s. &eHoRDs. 
 
 To HURL, f. a. [huorlt, Isl.] to throw, cast, or drive any thing 
 with violence. To play at casting or hurling a ball, 
 
 HURL, s. tumult ; not; commotion. 
 
 HURL-BONE, s. in Farriery, a bone near the middle of the 
 buttock of a horse. 
 
 HU'RLER, s. one who plays at hurling a ball. This name is 
 given to seventeen large stones set in a kind of a square near 
 St. Clare, in Cornwall, from an old tradition that they are men 
 so changed for breaking the sabbath. They are of Druidical 
 origin. 
 
 HU'RLY, Hu'rly Burly, s. [hurhtbrelu, Fr.] a tumult, uproar, 
 or bustle. 
 
 HU'RON, LAKE, one of the largest in N. America, lies on 
 the boundary between the United States and Canada ; and is 
 about 220 miles long, and 180 broad. It receives the waters of 
 Lake Superior through St. Mary's Straits, and discharges its own 
 into Lake Erie through St. Clair river and lake, and river De- 
 troit. The Manitoulin islands stretch across its ^. part. It is 
 very deep, but generally shallow near the shores ; there are how- 
 ever some good harbours in various parts. A river of the same 
 name flows into it from the State of Ohio. 
 
 HU'RRICANE, Hurrica'no, s. [liuracan. Span.] a furious 
 storm, arising from an opposition of several winds. 
 
 HU'RRIER, s. one that hurries ; a disturber. 
 
 To HU'RRY, V. a. [hergian. Sax.] to drive fast ; to make a 
 person quicken his pace ; to do a thing in haste. 
 
 HU'RRY, «. a tumult ; a confusion attended with haste ; a 
 hasty or violent emotion of the mind. 
 
 HURST, «. \hyrst, Sax.] a grove or thicket of trees. 
 
 To HURT, V. a. preter. and past part, hurt ; \hyrt. Sax.] to 
 affect with pain ; to wound ; to impair or damage. 
 
 HURT, s. damage, mischief, or harm. A wound or bruise, 
 applied to the body. 
 
 HU'RTER, s. one that does harm. 
 
 HU'RTFUL, a. mischievous ; pernicious ; affecting a person 
 with loss, damage, or pain. 
 
 HU'RTFULLY, ad. in a mischievous or pernicious manner. 
 
 To HU'RTLE, i;. a. [heurter, Fr.] to strike or clash ; to meet 
 with a shock, and encounter. 
 
 HU'RTLESS, a. without injury or doing harm ; innocent ; 
 harmless. 
 
 HU'RTLESSLY, ad. without harm. 
 
 HU'SBAND, s. [A«s and bonda. Sax.] a man married to a wo- 
 man. Figuratively, an economist, or one who understands and 
 practises frugality ; a farmer, or tiller of ground. 
 
 To HU'SBAND, v. a. to marry, or supply with a husband ; 
 to manage with frugality ; to till or cultivate ground. 
 
 HU'SBANDLESS, a. without a husband. 
 
 HU'SBANDLY, ad. in a frugal or thrifty manner. 
 
 HU'SBANDMAN, s. one who works in tillage. 
 
 HU'SBANDRY, s. tillage, or the act of cultivating land; 
 parsimony, or a careful management of money or time; the 
 care of a family. 
 
 HUSH, interj. [formed from the sound,] be silent. 
 
 HUSH, a. silent, quiet, or still, generally used in a compara- 
 tive sense. " As hiish as death," Shak. 
 
 To HUSH, V. a. to still ; to silence ; to quiet ; to appease : used 
 with up. 
 
 HU'SHMONEY, s. money given to stifle evidence, or hinder 
 imformation. 
 
 HUSK,s. [huldsch, Belg.] in Botany, the outmost covering of 
 fruit and seeds. 
 
 To HUSK, V. a. to strip off the outward covering from corn or 
 fruit. 
 
 HU'SKED, a. bearing or covered with a husk or hull. 
 
 HU'SKISSON, WILLIAM, an English statesman, who first 
 appeared in the political world at the taking of the Bastile, hap- 
 pening to be at Paris at the time. He continued to take part m 
 club proceedings there till the onward march of the Revolution 
 developed other than constitutional principles ; and was at one 
 time secretary to the English ambassador. On his return to 
 England he entered, after a short interval, on his public career, 
 taking his seat in parliament, and occupying a subordinate 
 post in the government, during the ascendency of the Pitt party. 
 
 465 
 
HUT 
 
 He subsequently rose to the more important situations, with 
 few interruptions, till voting against the ministry during the Re- 
 form Bill achates, he resigned his post, and often appeared in 
 the opposition. He died in consequence of injuries received 
 from a locomotive engine at the opening of the Liverpool and 
 Manchester railway, in 1830, aged 60 years. Huskisson's name 
 is associated with the Corn Laws, and with measures relating to 
 the currency of the country; but he was far behind the views 
 which are now generally adopted, and even embodied in sta- 
 tutes, both by his colleagues and opponents, in respect of the du- 
 ties on corn ; though no advance in legislation has been made 
 on his principles relating to the currency. He was moderately 
 opposed to the Navigation Laws ; but all his free trade predilec- 
 tions, which became more conspicuous during the latter part of 
 his life, were marred by the condition of the reciprocity of the 
 nations^^in whose favour restrictions should be removed. 
 
 HU'SKY, a. abounding in, or consisting of, husks. 
 
 HUSS, JOHN, the Bohemian Reformer, and niartjT. He was 
 a priest, and whilst studying at Prague, learned from some of 
 the writings of Wicliffe doctrines diametrically opposed to Ro- 
 manism, which he warmly embraced. He was protected by the 
 court from his first opponents ; and in a contest respecting the 
 university of Prague, he was the victor, and was placed at its 
 head. He was more indefatigable in teaching Wicliffe's doc- 
 trines, for which he was suspended by the archbishop; and as 
 that failed to silence him, he was summoned before the pope, 
 and refusing to obey, was excommunicated. In Prague the 
 greatest and most unjustifiable kind of warmth was encouraged, 
 and street riots and bloodshed often took place. Huss continued 
 with the greatest earnestness to study and to preach against 
 Rome, whose repeated summons he defied. Being at length 
 summoned by the council at Constance, and furnished with a 
 safe-conduct by the emperor, he repaired thither; was seized, 
 underwent the formality of a trial, and was burnt, along with 
 his disciple Jerome, who had followed him to the council, in 
 1414, aged 44 years. Huss was one of those to whom we owe 
 our Christian liberty. He took up the defence where Wicliffe 
 left it ; and in spite of all the mistakes and all the fanaticism of 
 those whom he roused to stand up against the pope, and whom 
 his persecutions and martyrdom inflamed to the highest pitch of 
 martial fury, he was able to leave his record so that Luther 
 could take it from his hands, and gain the first true victory against 
 Rome. The ground he took up against the pope approached 
 more nearly to that taken up by Luther, his great successor, 
 than it did to that taken up by Wicliffe ; and yet he left much 
 for Luther to discover. 
 
 HUSSA'RS, {huzzdrs) s. a sort of troopers, that were first 
 common in Hungary, but are now introduced into most Euro- 
 pean armies. I'Tiey are light horse, and they usually do a great 
 deal of service. 
 
 HU'SSY, (huzzy) s. [a corruption of huswife, used in an ill 
 sense,] a bad manager ; a bad woman. 
 
 HU'STINGS, a. [husting. Sax.] a court of Common Pleas held 
 before the lord mayor and aldermen, at Guildhall, London. It 
 is the principal and highest court belonging to the citv of Lon- 
 don, and existed so early as the reign of Edward the Confessor. 
 Also the erection at which parliamentary elections are conducted. 
 
 To HU'STLE, V. a. to shake together in confusion. 
 
 HU'SWIFE, (A«:!/) s. See Housewife and Hussy. 
 
 To HU'SWIFE, (huzif) v. a. to manage with economy and 
 frugality. 
 
 HU'SWIFERY, {hiizifry) s. management of household affairs ; 
 management of such branches of farming as fall within the pro- 
 vince of women. 
 
 HUT, s. \hutte. Sax.] a low, mean, and poor cottage. 
 
 HUTCH, s. [hwaecca, Sax.] a chest for corn, &c. ; a kind of 
 house with a wired door, otherwise resembling a chest, used to 
 keep rabbits in. 
 
 HU'TCHESON, DR. FRANCIS, a Scottish metaphysician of 
 the last century, began life as a Presbyterian minister in Ireland, 
 but was elected professor of Moral Philosophy at Glasgow, where 
 he had studied. His works are numerous, and had the effect of 
 raising up a school of Scottish philosophy, which was for a time 
 the only original school in Europe. He died in 1747, aged 53 
 years. He is not much read now, although there are parts in his 
 works worthy of regard. 
 
 HU'TCHINSON, COLONEL JOHN, a country gentleman of 
 450 
 
 HYA 
 
 the 17th century, who, during the civil war, was governor of Not- 
 tingham castle and town ; and at the Restoration was imprisoned 
 in the Tower by the king, and afterwards removed to Sandown 
 castle, where he died in l(j(i4, aged 48 years. He was a courage- 
 ous, right-minded man, not capable of appreciating any thing 
 which Tiis own rule would not measure. He was always in hot 
 water in his governorship, and was not well-affected towards 
 Cromwell, being of rigid republican and Anabaptist views. His 
 lady, who has written a most charming biography of this sturdy 
 Puritan, gives him the credit of being of somewhat greater con- 
 sequence than he was, either in the Protector's or the nation's 
 
 school of divines existing in some 
 force at one time, but now reduced to a very small number, and 
 found amongst all denominations,— who followed the principles 
 of interpreting the Scriptures taught by John Hutchinson in the 
 opening of the last century. The chief feature of this system is 
 the supreme reverence paid to the Hebrew Scriptures, which 
 were held to contain, not only all the gospel veiled by allegory, 
 &c., but also all human science, including amongst the rest, 
 Newton's Principia, according to Whiston, (who was no Hut- 
 chinsonian in most things,) though Hutchinson published what 
 he deemed a refutation of that great work. The method of de- 
 veloping this hidden lore was etymology, not as it is studied 
 now, but as it was devised by Hutchinson, with that special end 
 in view. It might have been forgotten long ago, as it deserved, 
 but Bishop Home, by his elegant Commentary on the Psalms, 
 made it popular ; and Roraaine's piety recommended it to the good ; 
 and Parkhurst's Lexicon spread it amongst the learned ; and it 
 was in itself only an exaggeration of the common belief respect- 
 ing the typical character of the Old Testament, and of the spi- 
 ritualizing scheme of interpretation held by the Romanists, and 
 other semi-Romanist divines. Hutchinson died in 1737, aged 
 63 years. He was steward to the Duke of Somerset, and was 
 the actual collector of the Woodwavdian museum of Cambridge. 
 
 HU'TTON, DR. CHARLES, an eminent mathematician, who 
 held the professorship at the military college, Woolwich, and 
 contributed greatly to the diffusion of mathematical knowlege 
 by his various publications. Amongst his works, the Abridge- 
 ment of the Philosophical Transactions, the Ladies' Diary, of which 
 he was some time editor, the Mathematical and Philosophical Dic- 
 tionary, and Mathemjitical Tables, may be specially named. He 
 died in 1823, aged 85 years. 
 
 HU'TTON, DR. JAMES, a distinguished geologist of the last 
 century, who founded a school of theorists which was called the 
 Plutonian, to distinguish it from Werner's, which bore the name 
 of Neptunian. He was a physician by diploma, but he gave him- 
 self up to scientific pursuits, and was led by his study of the 
 Scottish mountains, to hold that fire was one of the chief agents 
 in producing the present appearance of the globe. The study 
 of the phenomena of the eartn's crust, in the spirit of inductive 
 philosophy, has set aside these earlier theories, but justice is 
 done to Hutton's clear views and bold statements of them. Ha 
 died in 1797, aged 71 i^ears. 
 
 HU'XING OF PIKE, among fishermen, a particular method 
 of catching that fish by means of hooks and lines attached to 
 bladders. 
 
 HU'YGHENS, CHRISTIAN, an eminent mathematician and 
 astronomer, of noble birth, was trained at Leyden in the study 
 of the law, and visited England and France, in which last-named 
 country he settled for so»)e time, under the patronage of Colbert. 
 His scientific zeal led him to many important discoveries, as the 
 ring and one satellite of Saturn, the application of the pendulum 
 to clocks, some improvement in the air-pump, and others in ma- 
 thematics and geometry. He died in 1695, aged 66 years. 
 
 To HUZZ, V. n. [from the sound,] to buzz ; to murmur. 
 
 HUZZA', interj. a shout or cry of joy. 
 
 To HUZZA', V. n. to make a shout of joy. — f. a. to receive 
 with shouts of joy or acclamations. 
 
 HY'ACYNTH, s. [hyacinthus, Lat. huakinthos, Gr.] in Botany, 
 a flower, called also the harebell in England. Among jewellers, 
 a gem of the size of a nutmeg, of various degrees of deepness and 
 paleness, but always of a deadish red, with a mixture of yellow. 
 
 HY'ACINTHINE, a. [huakinthos, Gr.] made of hyacinths; 
 yellow, or of the colour of hyacinths. 
 
 HY'ADS, Hy'ades, s. [Gr.] a constellation of seven stars fn 
 the Bull's head, the principal of which, called Aldebaran by the 
 
H YD 
 
 Arabs, is in the Bull's left eye. They were regarded by the 
 Greek and Roman farmers as signs of rain, because of the sea- 
 son of their heliacal rising. 
 
 HY'ALINE, a. [hualos, Gt.'] glassy; crystalline; made of or 
 resembling glass. 
 
 HY'BRIDOUS, o. {hyhridu, Lat.] begotten between animals 
 of different species. 
 
 HYDA'TIDS, *. [hudor, Gr.] in Medicine, little transparent 
 bladders of water in any part of the body, most common in drop- 
 sical cases, from a distention or rupture of the lympheducts. 
 
 HY'DER ALI, KHAN, an Indian prince, who, in the last cen- 
 tury, was a formidable opponent of the English in Hindustan ; 
 who, introducing European discipline amongst his troops, and 
 gaining the confidence of- the Mogul's forces, acquired the sove- 
 reignty. He fell before the superior skill of the British general, 
 but left his son Tippoo Saib to prosecute the war, dying in 1782. 
 
 HY'DRA, s. [Lat.] a kind of water-snake, feigned to have 
 many heads, which grew again when cut off. In Astronomy, a 
 southern constellation consisting of 20 stars. 
 
 HY'DRABAD, a very large city of Hindustan, capital of the 
 province of Golconda, or Hydrabad, and at this time of the Dec- 
 can. It is seated on a river that falls into the Kistna. It is 270 
 miles from Madras. Pop. about 100,000. Lat. 17. 12. N. Long. 
 78. .51. E. 
 
 HYDRAU'LIC, Hydrau'ucal, a. relating to the conveyance 
 of water by pipes. 
 
 HYDRAtf'LICS,*. [A?(rfor and aMfcs,Gr.] in Natural Philoso- 
 phy, the science which investigates the laws of the motions of 
 fluids through channels, pipes, Ice, and which teaches the con- 
 struction of machines for producing motion, as pumps, &c., and 
 how to render of greatest use the force of fluids in motion, by 
 water-wheels, &c. 
 
 HYDROCA'RBONATES, in Chemistry, combinations of car- 
 bon with hydrogen. Gas of this description is procured from 
 moistened charcoal by distillation. 
 
 HY'DROCELE, s. [hudor and kele, Gr.] in Medicine, a watery 
 rupture, situated in the .scrotum or groin. 
 
 HYDROCEPHALUS, s. [hudor and kephale, Gr.] in Medicine, 
 the dropsy in the head, which is almost confined to infants and 
 children. 
 
 HY'DRODYNAMICS, s. [hudor and dunamicos, Gr.] in Natural 
 Philosophy, that part of the science investigating the laws of 
 fluids which is usually included in Hydraulics, viz. the discovery 
 of the laws of the motion of fluids, of the laws of their equili- 
 brium, and the pressure exercised by them against bodies in 
 motion in them. When this term is used. Hydraulics is restrict- 
 ed to the scientific statement of the rules for the construction of 
 machines and engines, and moved by, or in, or for the purpose 
 of giving motion to, water. 
 
 HY'DROGEN, s. [hudor and (jennao, Gr.] in Chemistry, a 
 colourless, inodorous, tasteless gas, the lightest body in nature. 
 It is one of the elementary substances, but when separated from 
 other substances always appears as a gas. It is highly inflam- 
 mable, and yet cannot support combustion ; neither can it sup- 
 port respiration, but it seems to have no positively noxious quali- 
 ties. The simplest mode of procuring it, is by putting pieces of 
 iron or zinc into dilute sulphuric acid, and collecting and puri- 
 fying the gas as it is evolved. By burning hydrogen and oxy- 
 gen gases in a close vessel, pure water is generated, whence the 
 name of this gas. 
 
 HYDRO'GENATED, a. in Chemistry, compounded with 
 hydrogen. 
 
 To HYDRO'GENIZE, v. a. in Chemistry, to combine with 
 hydrogen. 
 
 HYDRO'GRAPHER, (hydrdgrafer) s. [hudor and grapho, Gr.] 
 one that makes mans or charts of the sea. . 
 
 HYDRO'GRAPHY, {htjdrugrafy) s. the art of drawing maps 
 or charts of the sea. 
 
 HY'DROMANCY, s. [hidor and manteia, Gr.] the act or art of 
 foretelling future events by means of water. 
 
 HY'DROMEL, s. [hudor and mel, Gr.] mead, or a drink made 
 of honey diluted with water, and fermented by a long and gentle 
 heat. 
 
 HYDRO'METER, «. [hudor and metreo, Gr.] an instrument 
 to measure the specific gravity and density of fluids. 
 
 HYDRO'METRY,«. the art of measuring the specific gravity 
 and other properties of fluids. 
 
 HYP 
 
 HY'DRO-OXIDES, s. in Chemistry, metallic oxides combined 
 with water. 
 
 HYDROPHO'BIA, (hgdrofobia) s. [hudor and phobos, Gr.] in 
 Medicine, an aversion or dread of water ; a fatal disease caused 
 by the bite of a mad dog. 
 
 HYDRO'PIC, Hydro'pical, a. [hydropicus, Lat.] dropsical, or 
 affected with dropsy. See Dropsy. 
 
 HYDROSTA'TICAL, a. [hudor and staUkos, Gr.] relating to, 
 or taught by, hydrostatics. 
 
 HYDROSTATICALLY, ad. according to hydrostatics. 
 
 HYDROSTA'TICS, s. [hudor and statikos, Gr.] in Natural 
 Philosophy, the science which investigates the laws of the 
 ecjuilibrium, See. of fluids. It also investigates the consequences 
 of the immersion of bodies of various kinds in fluids. It is dis- 
 tinguished from Hydrodynamics, by treating of fluids at rest, 
 while that treats of them in motion. By some, this is regarded 
 simply as one branch of Hydrodynamical science. 
 
 HYDROSU'LPHURETS, s. in Chemistry, substances formed 
 bv the combination of sulphureted hydrogen gas with earths, 
 alkalis, or metallic oxides. 
 
 HYE'NA, s. [hyene, Fr. hyesna, Lat.] in Natural History, a wild 
 beast of a darkish gray colour, spotted or striped with black, re- 
 sembling a wolf, very untamable and ferocious. 
 
 .HYGKO'METER, s. [hugros and metreo, Gr.] an instrument 
 used to measure the degrees of moisture of the air. 
 
 HY'GROSCOPE, s. [hugros and skopeo, Gr.] an instrument to 
 show the different degrees of moisture or dryness of the air. 
 
 HYLA'RCHICAL, a. [hule and arche, Gr.] presiding over 
 matter. 
 
 HY'MEN, s. [Gr.] in Mythology, a fabulous divinity, supposed 
 to preside over marriages. He is described by the poets as 
 crowned with flowers, dressed in a yellow robe, and holding a 
 torch in his right hand, and a flame-coloured veil in his left. 
 Figuratively, marriage. 
 
 HYMENE'AL, Hymene'an, a. relating or belonging to mar- 
 
 . [hmnneo, Gr.] a religious song or ode. 
 praise in songs.— w. n. to sing reli- 
 
 riage. — s. a marriage song. 
 
 HYMN, (the « is mute,) i 
 
 To HYMN, (hym) V. a. tc 
 gious songs in worship. 
 
 To HYP, V, a. [contracted from hypochondriac,'] to dispirit, or 
 make melancholy. 
 
 HYPA'LLAGE, s. [hupallaito, Gr.] in Rhetoric, a figure where- 
 in words change cases with each other. 
 
 HYPA'TIA, a celebrated female of Alexandria, daughter of 
 Theon, the distinguished mathematician. She studied in the 
 schools under all the great teachers of the day, and finally un- 
 dertook to teach philosophy. Her eloquence and beauty brought 
 her a numerous audience, and gained for her great influence. 
 Cyril, the patriarch, enraged at her success, fired by his repre- 
 sentations the zeal of some of his bigoted followers, who had her 
 murdered in the most barbarous manner, in 415. She was truly 
 a martyr to her philosophical creed, and the circumstances of 
 her death give us the saddest picture of the condition of those 
 who professed to be the only true church of Christ. 
 
 HYPE'RBOLA, s. [huper and ballo, Gr.'] in Geometry, a section 
 of a cone made by a plane, so that the axis of the section inclines 
 to the opposite leg of the cone, which in the parabola is parallel 
 to it, and in the ellipsis intersects it. The axis of the hyperboli- 
 cal section will meet also with the opposite side of the cone, when 
 produced above the vertex. 
 
 HYPE'RBOLE, ». in Rhetoric, a figure whereby any thing is 
 increased or diminished beyond the exact truth ; as in the fol- 
 lowing sentence. " He was so gaunt, the case of a flageolet was 
 a mansion for him," Shak. 
 
 HYPERBO'LIC, Hyperbo'i.ical, a. [hyperbolique, Fr.] in Ge- 
 ometry, bijlonging to, or having the properties of, an hyperbola. 
 In Rhetoric, extenuating or exaggerating beyond the truth. 
 
 HYPERBO'LICALLY, ad. in the form or after the manner 
 of an hyperbola. In Rhetoric, in such a manner as to extenuate 
 or exaggerate beyond the truth. 
 
 HYPERBORE'AN, a. [hyperboreen, Fr.] northern. 
 
 HYPERCRI'TIC, s. [hypercrilique, Fr.] a person who criticises 
 or censures with too great nicety and rigour. 
 
 HYPERCRI'TICAL, a. critical beyond measure. 
 
 HYPE'RMETER, s. [huper and metron, Gr.] any thing beyond 
 
 greater than the standard requirts ; any thing beyond a rule, 
 
 or the usual measure. 
 
 457 
 
HYPERO'XYGENIZED, a. in Chemistry, a term applied to 
 substances which are combined with the largest possible quan- 
 tity of oxygen. 
 
 HYPERO'XYMURIATES, s. combinations of the largest pos- 
 sible portion of oxygen with muriates of lime, &c. 
 
 HYPERSARCO'SIS, s. Ihuper and sarx, Gr.] in Surgery, the 
 growth of fungous flesh. 
 
 HYPE'RTROPHY, «. [huper and trop?ie, Gr.] in Medicine, the 
 enlargement of any of the organs, or any part of the body, by 
 the morbid excess of nutriment supplied to it. 
 
 HY'PHEN, {hj/fen) s. [huphen, low (ir.] in Grammar and Print- 
 ing, a short line drawn between syllables or compound words, 
 and showing that they are to be joined ; as in God-head, ever-liv- 
 ing, &c. 
 
 HYPNO'TIC, s. [iMpnos, Gr.] any medicine that procures or 
 induces sleep. 
 
 HYPOCHO'NDRES, (hypok6ndres) s. \_hupo and chondros, Gr.l 
 in Anatomy, the two regions lying on each side the cartilage 
 ensiformis, and those of the ribs and tip of the breast, one of 
 which contains the liver, and the other the spleen. 
 
 HYPOCHO'NDRIAC, Hypochondri'acal, (hypoUndriah, hj- 
 pokondnahal) a. melancholy; disordered in mind; producing me- 
 lancholy. In Medicine, it is a morbid state of the brain and 
 nerves, which leads to the belief of all kinds of incongruous and 
 absurd things, as to the health. It is one of the most painful 
 conditions for any man, as it is so difficult of treatment. 
 
 HY'POCIST, s. [hypociste, Fr.] in Medicine, an inspissated 
 juice, of a fine shining black colour when broken, considerably 
 nard and heavy, expressed from the fruit of a plant of the same 
 name, and brought from the Levant. It is a strong astringent. 
 
 HYPO'CRISY, s. [hypocrisie, Fr.] the act of counterfeiting re- 
 ligion and virtue, in order to pass for religious and good, without 
 being either. 
 
 HY'POCRITE, ». [Fr.] one who affects the external appear- 
 ance of religion or morality, purely to gain the good opinion of 
 others, without being really either devout or moral, 
 
 HYPOCRI'TICAL, a. [hupokrites, Gr.] dissembling; affected. 
 
 HYPOCRI'TICALLY,ad.in a dissembling, insincere manner. 
 
 HYPOGA'STRIC, a. [hupo and gaster, Gr.] seated in the lower 
 part of the belly. 
 
 HY'POGENE, a. [hupo and gennao, GrJ] in Geology, that mode 
 of formation of rocks of igneous origin, which has given rise to 
 the granite and similar rocks. They are distinguished from 
 volcanic products in having been fused and deposited, or forced 
 to their present position under cover of other strata, &c. 
 
 HYPOGE'UM, s. [hupo a.nd ge, Gr.] a name which the ancient 
 architects gave to all the parts of a building that were under 
 ground, as cellars and vaults. 
 
 HYPO'STASIS, s. {hupo and istcmi, Gr.] a distinct substance. 
 In Divinity, personality, used iu speaking of the doctrine of the 
 Holy Trinity. 
 
 EfYPOSTATICAL, a. \hypostatiqm, Fr.] in Chemistry, con- 
 stituting as distinct principles. In Divinity, personal. The hy- 
 postatical union is the union of the human nature with the Divine. 
 
 HYPO'THENUSE, s. [hypotenuse, Fr.] the longest side of a 
 right-angled triangle, or that which subtends, or is opposite to, 
 the right angle. Pythagoras is reputed to have invented the 
 celebrated theorem, that the square erected on the hypothenuse 
 of a right-angled triangle, is equal to the sum of the squares 
 erected on the sides including the right angle. 
 
 HYPO'THESIS, s. [hupotithemi, Gr.] a principle laid down by 
 the imagination, to account for any phenomena ; a supposition. 
 
 HYPOTHE'TIC, Hypothe'tical, a. [hypothetique, Fr.] includ- 
 ing a supposition ; conditional, opposite to ^osiijce. ' 
 
 HYPOTHE'TICALLY, ad. upon supposition ; conditionally. 
 
 HY'RAX, s. in Natural History, a genus of animals which 
 bears some resemblance to the cavies. 
 
 HY'SSOP, s. [hyssopus, Lat.] in Botany, the branches which 
 were used by the Jews to sprinkle with in purifications, to which 
 the Scriptures allude in several places. 
 
 HYSTE^RIC, Hyste'rical, a. [Aa«fero,Gr.] troubled with fits; 
 affected with disorders in the womb ; proceeding from disorders 
 in the womb. 
 
 HYSTE'RICS, 8. fits of women, supposed to proceed from dis- 
 orders in the womb ; medicines given to cure the hysterics. 
 
 HYTHE. &eHiTHE. 
 
 468 
 
 IIS the ninth letter of the alphabet. Its sound varies; in 
 some words it is long, as \njine, shine, thine, which are usually 
 marked with e final, but not always, as in high, mind, sign, &c. ; 
 in some short, as in thin, win, sin, bid, hid, &c. In others, it is 
 pronounced like y, as in collier, onion, &c. When prefixed to e, 
 it makes a diphthong of the same sound with the soft i, or ee : 
 thus yield, yield, are spoken asfeeld, yeeld ; it has the same sound 
 in machine, magazine, &c. Subjoined to a or e, it makes them 
 long, as fail, neigh, &c. No English word ends in i, e being either 
 added to it, or else the i turned into ay. / consonant (written 
 /) has invariably the same sound with that of g in giant, genius, 
 &c., as jade ,jU7np, jerk, kc. I, as a numeral, stands lor only one, 
 and so many units as it is repeated times, as I. II. III. is one, 
 two, three; and when put before a higher numeral, subtracts 
 itself, as IV. four, IX. nine, &c. ; but when set after it, so many 
 are added ; thus VI. is 5 and 1, or six ; VII. 5 and 2, or seven ; 
 VIII. 5 and 3, or eight. The ancient Romans likewise used la 
 for 500, 3IC for 1000, I3r> for 5000, ccira for 10,000, ix)0 for 
 50,000, and cccirao for 100,000. Further than this they did 
 not go in their notation, but, when necessary, repeated the last 
 number, as ccci333, cccnM, for 200,000, and so on. 
 
 I, pron. pers. [Sax.] used by a person when speaking of, or 
 ascribing an action to, himself. 
 
 To JA'BBER, c. n. [sahheren, Belg.] to talk idly, or without 
 thinking; to prate or chatter ; to talk inarticulately, so as not 
 to be understood. 
 
 JA'BBERER, s. one who talks too fast, or so inarticulately 
 as not to be understood. 
 
 JABIRU, «. in Ornithology, a large water-bird, which has 
 some resemblance to the crane, and inhabits South America. 
 
 JABLO'NSKl, the name of three learned Prussians, the chief 
 of which was Paul Ernest, who wrote a most erudite treatise on 
 the Jlythology of Ancient Egypt, and various other works, 
 theological and archaeological. He died in 1757, aged 64 years. 
 
 JACANA, s. in Ornithology, a beautiful Brazilian bird, which 
 has u remarkable membrane on its head, and is somewhat like 
 the moor hen. 
 
 J A'CINTH, s. the same with the hyacinth. 
 
 JACK, 6. [the diminutive of JbAn,] a general term of contempt 
 for a saucy or paltry person ; the instrument with which boots 
 are pulled off, or spits are turned. A young pike, applied to 
 fish. A cup of waxed leather; a small ball thrown out for a 
 mark to bowlers ; the colours or ensign of a ship, bearing the 
 crosses of England and Ireland and the saltire of Scotland. 
 Joined to the names of animals, when both sexes are signified 
 by one word, it implies the male, as a Jizc^ ass. — [horn jacque, 
 Fr.] a coat of mail. 
 
 JACKA'L, {jackaul) s. [chacal, Fr.] in Zoology, an animal of 
 the dog kind, vulgarly called the lion's provider. 
 
 JACK-A-LA'NTHORN, s. a vulgar name of the ignis fatuus. 
 
 J A'CK-A-LENT, s. a simple, sheepish fellow. 
 
 J A'CKANAPES, s. a coxcomb ; a pert, impertinent fellow. 
 
 JACKBOO'TS, s. large thick boots, used by the horse of an 
 army to defend the legs. 
 
 JACK BY THE HEDGE, s. in Botany, a species of erysimum 
 called also garlick, wormseed, or sauce-alone. 
 
 JACKDAW, s. in Ornithology, a bird of the crow kind, usual- 
 ly inhabiting steeples and towers ; a very sly, knavish bird, and 
 may be taught to speak. 
 
 JA'CKET, s. [Jacquet, Fr.] a short coat, or kind of waistcoat, 
 worn by boys, and by ladies as part of a riding-habit. To beat 
 one's jacket, is to thrash or beat a person. 
 
 JACK-KETCH, s. a name given by the vulgar to the public 
 hangman or executioner. 
 
 JACK-PU'DDING, «. a person who plays tricks and other 
 pleasantries, in order to divert a mob. 
 
 JA'CKSON, PORT, a large bay on the coast of New South 
 Wales, thought to be the finest harbour in the world. The capes 
 its entrance, which is less than two miles across, are high 
 licular cliffs, and within it gradually expands into a noble 
 , vith soundings sufticient for the largest vessels, and space 
 to accommodate, in perfect security, a greater number than ever 
 were assembled at one station. It runs, chiefly in a western 
 direction, about 13 miles into the country, and contains at least 
 
 perpendii 
 
J AD 
 
 a hundred small coves, formed by narrow necks of land, the pro- 
 jections of which afford complete shelter from all winds. Sydney 
 Cove lies on the S. side of tlio harbour, between 5 and 6 miles 
 from the entrance. There is an abundance of fish in the har- 
 bour, most of which are unknown in England, besides oysters, 
 CQckies, and other shell-fish. See Sydney. 
 
 JA'CKSON, WILLIAM, a distinguished English composer, 
 who was for a long time organist at Exeter, where he was born. 
 His songs, glees, and other compositions are greatly admired 
 for their chasteness and expression. He wrote a treatise on 
 music, and was a very excellent landscape painter. He died in 
 1804, aged 74 years. 
 
 JA'CKSON, ANDREW, commonly known as General Jack- 
 son, one of the most celebrated presidents of the United States, 
 was educated first to be a minister, but was recalled from that 
 by the war of Independence, which made a soldier of him. He 
 then studied law, and rose gradually, becoming a member of 
 congress, and a major-general. In the last war with England, 
 Jackson gained his great fame and renown in the States, by his 
 defence of New Orleans. He was afterwards a member of the 
 senate, and in 1828 was elected president, having been rejected 
 only on account of an informality four years before. He was re- 
 elected in 1832. His greatest transaction as president, was in 
 reference to the United States' bank ; which called forth some 
 of the wittiest satires ever published, under the title of Major 
 Downing's Letters. Jackson was a thorough republican, and 
 almost the very type of the vulgar American. He died in 1845, 
 aged 78 years. 
 
 JA'COB'S LADDER, «. in Botany, the same with the Greek 
 valerian. 
 
 JA'COB'S STAFF, s. a pilgrim's staff, so called from the pil- 
 grimage made to St. James at Compostella. In Astronomy, a 
 cross-staff, used for taking elevations, so called in allusion to the 
 ladder in Jacob's dream. 
 
 JACO'BI, FREDERIC HENRY, a German philosopher, and 
 writer, of the last century, whose name, eclipsed by the superior 
 glory of other authors and philosophers, has not had just cele- 
 brity bestowed on it. After various occupations, he was ap- 
 pointed president of the Bavarian Academy of Sciences at 
 Munich. He died in 1819, aged 76 years. His system of philoso- 
 
 Ehy, if it can be truly called so, was founded on Kant's system, 
 ut it bore a closer resemblance to Coleridge's than to that of 
 any other eminent inquirer. He was a most amiable and re- 
 ligious man, and his philosophy bears conspicuous traces of these 
 admirable qualities. His brother, John George, who died in 1814, 
 aged 74, was of greater notoriety than he as a writer. 
 
 JA'COBINS, in Ecclesiastical History, a name of the Domini- 
 cans. Also the name given to a party in France during the Re- 
 volution, who were sincere fanatics in tiheir political zeal, and 
 gradually acquired power, by the overthrow of other parties, till 
 they fully developecl themselves in the Beign of Terror ; so called 
 from the club assembling in a house formerly inhabited by the 
 Jacobin friars. 
 
 J A'COBITE, s. in English History, a name ^iven to those who 
 adhered to the interests of the Stuart family after the revolution 
 of 1688. 
 
 JACCKBUS, s. an ancient gold coin worth 25 shillings. 
 
 JA'CQUARD-LOOM, «. a machine by which textures of the 
 most complicated ornamental patterns are woven as easily as 
 common fabrics, invented by a very ingenious Frenchman, named 
 Joseph Marie Jacquard. He was one of the numerous artisans for 
 which Lyons was famous; and he shared their miseries under 
 the terrible rule of the Convention, at the Revolution. He re- 
 turned when that power was overthrown, and devoted himself to 
 the invention of machines. Beside the loomj he invented a ma- 
 chine for weaving fishing nets. He died in 1834, aged 82 years. 
 
 JACULA'TION, ». Ijaculum, Lat.] the act of tbrowing a dart, 
 or other missive weapon. 
 
 JADE, s. [etymology doubtful,] a horse of no spirit or value ; 
 a tired horse. Figuratively, applied to women in contempt, or 
 playful irony. In Natural History, a species of jasper, very hard, 
 of a bluish gray and green intermixed ; used by the Turks for 
 handles of sabres. 
 
 To JADE, V. a. to tire or make weary; to overbear, or harass 
 like a horse that is over-ridden ; to ride or tyrannize over. 
 
 JA'DISH, a. used with trick, mischievous, applied to the quali- 
 ties of a vicious horse. 
 
 JAM 
 
 JA'FFA, an ancient, decayed sea-port town of Palestine, 
 Syria, formerly called Joppa. The inhabitants are Turks or 
 Arabs, with a mixture of Greeks, Maronites, and Armenians. 
 The houses are small, and surrounded with the ruins of the an- 
 cient walls and towers. The ancient harbour is destroyed, but 
 there is a good road. Here pilgrims, &c. pay for permission to 
 visit the Holy Land. It is 40 miles N. W. of Jerusalem. Lat. 
 32. 2. N. Long. 34. 53. E. 
 
 To JAG, V. a. {jgagaro, Brit.] to hack or cut into slits and 
 notches, like the teeth of a saw. 
 
 JAG, s. any thing resembling the teeth of a saw ; an escallop. 
 
 JA'GGY, (the g is pron. hard,) a. of an uneven surface ; hav- 
 ing extremities resemoling the teeth of a saw. 
 
 JA'GGEDNESS, (the g is pron. hard,) s. unevenness at the 
 extremity; having its extremities resembling the teeth of a saw. 
 
 JA'Gd, ST., one of the largest of the Cape de Verd Islands, 
 on the coast of Africa. It lies about 6 leagues westward of the 
 island of Mayo, and is about 60 miles in circumference. The 
 people, in general, are black, or, at least, of a mixed colour, ex- 
 cept a few of the better rank. Cotton is produced in great abund- 
 ance, as are also the finest and most delicious tropical fruits, and 
 wine of a good quality, though not much celebrated. Indian 
 corn is grown ; and these, with cedar timber, and some of its 
 native animals, are the articles of its trade. The chief towns 
 are St. Jago and Prwa. Lat. 14. 54. N. Long. 23. 30. W. 
 
 JA'GUAR, s. in Zoology, a spotted South American animal, 
 otherwise called the Brazilian tiger. 
 
 JAIL, s. See Gaol. 
 
 JAI'LBIRD,s. a person who has been confined in a prison for 
 some time. 
 
 JAI'LER, s. one who has the care of a prison. 
 
 J A'LAP, s. [Fr.] a firm and solid root, or a wrinkled surface, a 
 faintish smell, and acrid taste. It is an excellent purga.tive me- 
 dicine, and received its n-dvne jalap, otjalop, from Xalapa, a town 
 in New Spain, near which it was discovered. 
 
 JAM, s. a conserve of fruits boiled with sugar and water. 
 
 JAMA'ICA, the largest island of the West Indies in the pos- 
 session of the British. It lies to the S. of Cuba, and to the W. 
 of St. Domingo, and is about 150 miles long, and 45 broad. It 
 is generally hilly, and there is in the part nearest St. Domingo, 
 a range of mountains, called the Blue Mountains, which in some 
 parts are 6000 feet high, while other ridges, running in other 
 directions from this chain, attain even a greater elevation. It 
 has numerous rivers, only one of which is navigable. The val- 
 leys and plains, which are numerous, are very fertile, and the 
 greater part of them are brought into cultivation. It produces 
 sugar and molasses, spices, arrow-root, indigo, tobacco, yams, 
 cassava, Indian corn and other grain, rum, and abundance of 
 tropical fruits. Beside these, great quantities of valuable timber 
 and ornamental kinds of wood are exported. It supports also 
 large herds of cattle ; and thus is well supplied with all the neces- 
 saries of life. Alligators are almost the only noxious animal. The 
 climate is in some parts very unhealthy, and the hurricane sea- 
 son is often particularly destructive to life and property. It is 
 divided into three counties, named Middlesex, Cornwall, and 
 Surrey. Kingston is its capital ; and Port Royal, Spanish Town, 
 Montego Bay, and Falmouth, are towns of importance, from size 
 and situation. Its population is about 500,000, the greater part 
 of whom are either negroes, or mulattoes and other people of 
 colour. Jamaica has always been well attended to in respect of 
 religious teaching, and the preachers of some of the various com- 
 munions have persevered in their work in the face of the most 
 formidable opposition from the planters, and other persons of in- 
 fluence in the island. 
 
 JAMB, s. [jambe, Fr.] any supporter, particularly applied to 
 those on each side a door, &c. 
 
 lA'MBIC, s. liambictis, Lat.] verses composed of iambic feet, 
 or a short and long syllable ; and being generally used in satiri- 
 cal compositions, is figuratively applied to signify satire. 
 
 JA'MBLICHUS, a philosopher of the new Platonic school, 
 who flourished in the 4th century. He studied under the cele- 
 
 brated Porphyry, and obtained great fame by his wrUings. He, 
 
 ith his school, borrowed largely " 
 although he opposed it ; and was regarded as an upholder of th( 
 
 in common with his school, borrowed largely from Christianity, 
 
 paganism of Rome, although his system much more resembled the 
 dreamy theologies of the East. He regarded Pythagoras with 
 great reverence, and wrote a book purporting to be his life, from 
 3n2 459 
 
JAM 
 
 which are derived the chief of the fables told of that ancient sage. 
 Compared with the fathers and chiefs of the church, this philo- 
 sopher appears to considerable advantage; and, indeed, much 
 more resembled in his principles and life a Christian, than most 
 of them. The symbolical language which most writers of those 
 times employed, prevented his views from being clearly appre- 
 hended, even amongst his own disciples. 
 
 JAMES, the name of two of our Lord's apostles. One was 
 the brother of John the evangelist, who was favoured by several 
 special marks of favour by .lesus, in company with his brother 
 and Peter. He was put to death by Herod Agrippa, in the year 
 44. James the Less, called also the brother or kinsman of the 
 Lord, was the son of Alphseus, and held a distinguished position 
 amongst the other apostles and the Christians at Jerusalem. It 
 is said that he was martyred bv the high priest, Ananias, in 62. 
 
 JAMES, THE GENERAL fiPlSTLE OF, one of the treatises 
 of the New Testament, written by James the Less, and apparent- 
 ly addressed to the Jews generally, whether converted or not. 
 It has more the character of the writings of the ancient prophets 
 than any other part of the New Testament, being in good part 
 a series of warnings and exhortations directed against crimes and 
 errors which were common in those days. It contains some very 
 profoundly spiritual views of religion, such as could refer only to 
 the gospel, although it bears less of what is specially regarded as 
 evangelical than any other apostolic writing. One part, which 
 relates to faith and works, hasoccasionedgreatperplexity to bibli- 
 cal interpreters, by its seeming opposition to the teaching of Paul. 
 But this perplexity has been occasioned by the technical mode 
 of interpretation adopted. As Paul does not disparage good 
 works, which are the fruits and signs of genuine spiritual life, 
 or faith ; but those formal works, which were looked upon by the 
 Jews and others as recommendations to the favour of God. And 
 James does not assert that faith cannot lead to God's favour, 
 but that barren, unproductive faith, such as enters not into the 
 very soul of a man, and so is a professional faith rather than a 
 living principle ;— that such a faith is of no account before God. 
 The statements made bj' James and Paul do, in fact, harmonize 
 most sublimely, when the true meaning and scope of their writ- 
 ings are examined. This Epistle was not very generally received 
 amongst the early Christians, which arose from its character, 
 and perhaps, too, from the persons to whom it was addressed ; 
 and amongst more recent Christians, Luther and some others 
 have been unfavourable to it. 
 
 JAMES, the name of six kings of Scotland. The Jirst was a 
 prisoner in the hands of the English at the time of his father's 
 death, and accompanied Henry V. to France. He was released 
 after a captivity of no great hardship, save in name, which had 
 lasted for 18 years. His reign was characterized by great vigour 
 and diligence in repressing the disorders that had arisen during 
 his absence, and in humbling the turbulent nobles. In conse- 
 quence of his success in which attempts, he was assassinated by 
 some of the discontented barons, in 1437, aged 44 years, and 
 having reigned actually for 13 years. The second was a feeble 
 prince, and was a mere child at the time of his accession. His 
 reign completely undid all that his father had done in intro- 
 ducing order into Scotland. He was killed by the accidental 
 bursting of one of the badly made guns of the period, as he was 
 besieging the English in Roxburgh, in 1460, aged 29 years, 
 having been king for 23. The third, son of the preceding, 
 greatly resembled his father both in the circumstances and weak- 
 ness of his reign. He fell in a brawl with some of the barons 
 whom he had offended in 1488, aged 34 years, having reigned 
 28. The /ourfA, who was a youth at the time of his father's 
 death, and, accomplished in all the arts cultivated by the 
 nobles of the time, was the first who attended to the naval af- 
 fairs of his country. He aided Perkin Warbeck in his attempt 
 on the crown of Henry VIL, but afterwards he married Henry's 
 daughter. Having at last taken up arms against England, he 
 fell, with the greater part of his nobles, at Flodden Field, in 
 1513, aged about 40 years, and having reigned 25. lihe fifth 
 was son of the foregoing, and a mere infant at his accession 
 to the throne. He was the prey of the conflicting parties for 
 many years, for each of them wished to have possession of the 
 king's person to sanction their illegal exercise of authority. He 
 found great difficulties afterwards from the power of some of the 
 old families of the nobility, and actually banished the Douglases 
 from Scotland, He married successively two Frencli princesses, 
 460 . 
 
 JAM 
 
 and was in consequence involved in the opposition made to the 
 Reformation, and to England in particular, by France. He 
 died from grief at the conduct of his nobles during a war with 
 England, in 1542, aged 32 years, having reigned 29. The sixth 
 was son of the unhappy Mary Queen of Scots, and was crowned, 
 on her compulsory abdication, when he was not 2 years old. 
 The earlier years of his reign he spent under the care of the suc- 
 cessive regents, who were either appointed by the Scottish par- 
 liament, or obtained the office by conspiracy and insurrection. 
 When he attained his majority he gave nimself up to favourites, 
 who flattered his vanity, and appealed to his timidity, and ruled 
 as they listed. Elizabeth, queen of England, contrived to ob- 
 tain such influence over him, that he very tamely submitted to 
 his mother's long captivity and unjust execution. He was fre- 
 quently conspired against by his nobles, and was held in great 
 suspicion by the ecclesiastical leaders, (who were now Presby- 
 terian,) for his manifest predilections in favour of prelacy. At 
 length, by the death of Elizabeth, in consequence of his descent 
 from Henry VII., he acceded to the throne of England, amidst 
 such professions of admiration and gratitude from grave English 
 statesmen, as are perfectly confounding, by the title of 
 
 JAMES I. The people of both countries expressed the great- 
 est joy at his accession, and all hoped for good from one who 
 had been brought up in Scotland, where a stern and simple form 
 of religious worship had obtained the'affections of the nation. 
 But plots and conspiracies soon broke out. The first was purely 
 political ; and the venerable Sir Walter Raleigh was at the head 
 of an attempt to place Arabella Stuart (who was descended from 
 the youngest daughter of Henry VII.) on the throne. The next 
 was the famous Gunpowder Plot ; a desperate attempt made by 
 some Romanist gentlemen to overthrow the recently established 
 government, and set up the elder faith in its ancient supremacy. 
 The failure of both, and the execution of the principals, was the 
 only result. The principal feature in James's character, was 
 extravagant feebleness, which led him to such favouritism as dis- 
 gusted the sober English. Ker and Villiers were the two who 
 received most ridiculous tokens of the king's regard, and who 
 obtained the greatest share of the people's hatred. Ker, raised 
 to the dukedom of Somerset, was implicated in the poisoning of 
 Sir Thomas Overbury, and fell as he deserved. Villiers, who 
 succeeded him, continued into the next reign to inflame the 
 popular indignation, and to prepare the ruin of the throne. He 
 was created Duke of Buckingham, and was the chief companion 
 and friend of Prince Charles, who, on bis brother Henry's death, 
 was heir to the throne. Anorther feature of the king's character, 
 or what was truly another expression of his innate feebleness, 
 was the exalted opinion he entertained of his theological attain- 
 ments. Puritanism had made some way under Elizabeth, and 
 it expected great things from James. After earnest petitions, a 
 conference was appointed at Hampton Court, at whicn the piety 
 and learning of tne Puritan divines shone most conspicuously, 
 but was contemptuously over-ridden by the king and the bishops, 
 amongst whom Laud "appeared in his most fanatical mood. 
 Having achieved this notable triumph, James directed his care 
 to his native country, and in a royal visit to Scotland, began the 
 work of replacing Presbyterianism by Prelacy, which produced 
 such fatal consequences for his son and successor. To make his 
 opposition to the simplicity of the gospel inore apparent, the 
 king sought alliance with the court of Spain, then more popish 
 than popery itself ; and Charles and the Duke of Buckingham 
 were despatched on a most absurd pilgrimage thither, to obtain 
 the Infanta in marriage. All Britain rejoiced at their unsuccess- 
 ful return. But James was bent on making a first-rate match, 
 whatever the nation might think, and negociated a marriage for 
 his son with Henrietta Maria of France, which, like most of 
 what he did, aided in the ruin and death of Charles. The only 
 popular movement of James, was the oflfer of protecting the Pa- 
 latinate, the prince of which had married his daughter, but it 
 ended in utter discomfiture, and the people bore it in mind. 
 James died in 1625, aged 59 years, having reigned over England 
 and Scotland for 21 years, and over Scotland alone, in name, 
 before that, for 33. James had the misfortune to be born for a 
 throne: he had all the qualifications for a most praiseworthy 
 parish school-master, and might have served his generation most 
 excellently in that office. As it was, with his pedantry, and in' 
 cessant prate about kingcraft, with his arrant pusillanimity, 
 which his favourites and the bishops turned to their own account, 
 
JAN 
 
 be has received only blame, mitigated by contempt. One thing 
 deserves mention beside ; — at the suggestion of the Puritans at 
 the Hampton Court conference, a new translation of the Scrip- 
 tures was made, under royal authority, and at the expense 
 of the king's printers, which has continued to be the only ver- 
 sion in use in England and America to this hour, and is the 
 basis of most of the translations into other tongues recently 
 made. It was looked upon as a great boon, and the king has 
 had all the credit of it. This he never deserved, and it miiy be 
 questioned whether the position this version was put in, (good 
 as it is in general,) by the influence of royal authority, has not im- 
 peded the progress of enlightened study of the Bible rather than 
 advanced it. It can be no question that the reverence paid to 
 the common Latin version, (the Vulgate,) did great harm in the 
 Komau Church ; and this is but a translation, although it is in 
 the national tongue, and certainly more faithful than the other. 
 JAMES II., son of Charles I., and successor of Charles II., 
 who died without lawful issue. He escaped from England in 
 the j-ear before his father's execution, and played a considerable 
 figure in all that went on in Charles's pretended court in Hol- 
 land ; he also served in the armies of France and Spain against 
 England and her allies. After the Restoration he continued to 
 excite the general hatred of the people against himself, by his 
 cowardice vvhen he was lord high admiral, and by his bigoted 
 adherence to Romanism. He was the object of incessant hos- 
 tility on the part of the Church, and the centre of all the real 
 and pretended plots to restore popish domination. He was com- 
 pelled to absent himself from the kingdom oftentimes; but he 
 succeeded to the throne without demur, for the principles of the 
 men who had taken the most active part against him were very- 
 supple, and the name of king was sufficient to allay all their zeal. 
 James commenced his reign characteristically. He openly exhi- 
 bited his attachment to Romanism, and he begged and obtained 
 money from the French king. The parliaments he summoned 
 did his will in all respects, and he seemed to have succeeded 
 in what his father lost his life in attempting, and his brother 
 but partially accomplished. The subsequent movements that he 
 made, with the general acquiescence of parliament, all tended 
 to the ultimate re-establisnment of Romanism and absolute 
 monarchy. At the outset of his reign, attempts were made by 
 the Duke of Monmouth, one of Charles II. 's illegitimate children, 
 and the Earl of Argyle, to overthrow him, but both failed com- 
 pletely. The leaders perished on the scaffold, and all England 
 was terrified at the brutal ferocity of Judge Jeffreys, who, by his 
 bloody western assizes, killed all who had escaped in the battle 
 of Sedgmoor, and many innocent persons besides. James at last 
 published two successive edicts of toleration, by way of prepar- 
 ing the people's minds for his grand stroke : some opposition was 
 made by some bishops, and he committed them to the Tower; 
 but they were acquitted, notwithstanding all his attempts, and 
 the people, who saw only the defiance of arbitrary power in their 
 resistance of James, and not mere high-churchism, universally 
 regarded it as a triumph. He endeavoured to introduce papists 
 into places of trust at Oxford, but was always resisted. At 
 length some of the nobility, weariedout by his attempts, entered 
 into negociations with VVilliam Prince of Orange, who was 
 James's son-in-law ; the upshot of which was William's invasion 
 of England, and reception as deliverer by all classes, whilst 
 James abdicated the throne and took refuge in France. He en- 
 deavoured in the following year to make good his claim to Ire- 
 land, but William's good fortune followed him still, and James 
 was finally driven from his throne. He spent the remainder of 
 his life at St. Germains, and died in 1701, aged 68 years, having 
 been king till 1688, but little more than three years. In ad- 
 dition to what is evident from this sketch, it only remains to 
 say, that James was a profligate, only not so'bad as his brother 
 Charles, although he pretended to religion, which Charles did 
 not. Respecting his family, more will be said under the word 
 
 JA'MIES'ON, DR. JOHN, a learned Scottish philologist, who 
 was preacher to a seceding congregation at Edinburgh. His only 
 works of eminence are his Scottish Dictwnart/, and one named 
 Hermes Scythicus, on comparative grammar. He wrote many 
 others. He died in 1838, aged 79 years. 
 
 To JA'NGLE, V. n. [jangler, Pr.] to quarrel, or bicker in words ; 
 to make an untunable sound. 
 
 JA'NGLER, s. a quarrelsome, noisy, prattling fellow. 
 
 J AS 
 
 JA'NIZARY, s. [Turk.] an order of foot soldiers in the Turk- 
 ish armies, reputed the foot guards of the grand seignior. 
 
 JA'NSENISTS, the name given to the followers of Cornelius 
 Jansen, bishop of Ypres in the 17th century; respecting whom 
 a most famous controversy arose at that time in France. This 
 Jansen had published a work called Augustinus, teaching that 
 system of doctrines we usually understand as Calvinism, and de- 
 fending it out of Augustine's writings. After his death, the Je- 
 suits, who held the opposite system, analogous to more modern 
 Arminianism, obtained with great assiduity the condemnation 
 of five propositions alleged to be contained in that book. A 
 body of the most learned and pious men that ever graced the 
 Church of Rome took up the question against the Jesuits, and 
 contested it with various success for many years. See Pokt- 
 RoYAL, Pascal, Arnauld, Nicole, &c. The following genera- 
 tion witnessed new ardour in defence of Jiyisen, and the tomb 
 of an abbe named Paris, was the scene of more numerous and 
 more astonishing miracles, as they were alleged to be, than 
 almost any other vexed proposition was ever pretended to be de- 
 termined by. Even deeper-dyed enthusiasm than this appeared ; 
 and in such displays as these the name ceased be used. 
 
 JA'NTY, Jau'nty, a. [corrupted from gentil, Fr.] showy; or 
 carelessly adorned. 
 
 JA'NUARY, s. [Januarius, Lat.] the first month of the year, 
 so named from Janus, to whom it was dedicated by the ancient 
 Romans. 
 
 JA'NUS, in Mythology, a god worshipped by the Romans, re- 
 presented with two faces, whose temple was kept open in war, 
 and shut in time of peace. It was closed but twice, in the reigns 
 of Numa and of Augustus. 
 
 JAPA'N, an empire of Asia, whose territory consists of vari- 
 ous islands lying to the E. of China and Tatary, the largest of 
 which is named Niphon, and the other principal ones, Jesso, 
 Kiusi, and Xicoco. {See these names.) The people of Japan are 
 evidently of Tatar origin, and bear a greater afhnity to the Chi- 
 nese than to any other nation. In their arts and in their re- 
 ligion they especially resemble them. Their social system is not 
 however so good as theirs, as the scheme of castes prevails. The 
 power of the emperor is controlled by that of the nobles, and by 
 the laws. Tlie trade of the empire is conferred only on the 
 Dutch, beside the Chinese, who have always maintained a friend- 
 ly intercourse with Japan. Jeddo in Niphon is the capital. Its 
 population is estimated at about 30,000,000. 
 
 JAPA'N, s. [from Japan in Asia, where this kind of work was 
 originally done,] wood varnished and raised in figures, painted 
 in gold and other colours. Figuratively, china, or fine japanned 
 porcelain. 
 
 To JAPA'N, V. a. to varnish, or embellish with figures glazed 
 with varnish. 
 
 JAPA'NNER, «. one skilled in varnishing. 
 
 To JAR, r. n. {eorre. Sax.] to strike together with a kind of 
 short rattling ; to make a disagreeable, harsh tone. Figurative- 
 ly, to clash, interfere, act in opposition, or be inconsistent; to 
 quarrel or dispute. 
 
 JAR, s. a disagreeable, harsh, untunable sound. Figurative- 
 ly, a quarrel, or state of discord. A door left a-jar, is a door left 
 half open. Also an earthen vessel. 
 
 JA'RDES, s. [Fr.] hard callous tumours in horses, a little be- 
 low the bending of the ham on the outside. It is most common 
 to managed horses, that have been kept too much upon their 
 haunches. 
 
 JA'RGON, s. [Fr.] inarticulate and unintelligible talk ; the 
 use of words without ideas. 
 
 JARGONE'LLE, «. in Horticulture, a species of pear. 
 
 JA'SHER, BOOK OF, a book to which reference is made in 
 the Books of Joshua and Samuel, but about which nothing is 
 certainly known. Conjectures respecting it are numerous and 
 contradictorv', and one forgery of it has been attempted. 
 
 JA'SMINE, Je'ssamine, «. [jasmin, Fr.] in Botany, a kind of 
 slender climbing shrub, having sweet-scented white or yellow 
 flowers, very common in English gardens. 
 
 J A'SON, in the legendary times of Greece, was a young warrior 
 who headed the first recorded naval expedition of the Greeks ; 
 the object being the obtaining the Golden Fleece from Colchis, 
 and the name of the vessel, Argo. Jason, captivated by Medea, 
 daughter of the Colchian king, and having captivated her, suc- 
 ceeded by her help in obtaining it, and married her. It did not 
 
 461 
 
ICE 
 
 prove a very happy marriage, as Medea was addicted to magical 
 arts. See Argonauts. 
 
 JA'SPER, s. [Heb.] a bard stone, resembling the finer marbles 
 and the semi-pellucid gems. It is found in various countries, 
 and of different colours, green, white, red, brown, yellowish, 
 bluish, and black. 
 
 lATROLE'PTlC, a. [iatros and aleipJio, Gr.] that cures by 
 anointing. 
 
 JA'VA, an island in the Eastern Indian Ocean, lying S. of 
 Borneo, between Sumatra, from which it is separated by the 
 Straits of Sunda, and Bally. It is upwards of 600 miles in length, 
 and from GO to 80 in breadth. The N. coast has a great many 
 commodious creeks, bays, harbours, and towns, with many little 
 islands near the shore. It is a fertile island, producing sugar, 
 and the various tropical fruits; and it has very high mountains. 
 It has likewise impassable forests and wildernesses ; but the N., 
 between Batavia and Bantam, is a very populous country, full of 
 rice-fields, and various sorts of wild and tame animals. Here 
 also is plenty of salt, pepper, cassia, wood useful for building, 
 gum benzoin, &c., besides flowering trees and shrubs, and most 
 sorts of fruits proper to the climate. They have also cattle and 
 fowls, both wild and tame, in great abundance. In the woods 
 are tigers, rhinoceroses, &c. ; and in the rivers are crocodiles. 
 See Upas. The air is as temperate and healthy as any part of 
 the East Indies. The rains, which begin in November, lay the 
 low grounds under water, kill the insects, and continue till the 
 return of May. The coasts of the island are mostly under the 
 dominion of the Dutch. The inhabitants are of a brown com- 
 plexion, have faces rather flat, short coal-black hair, large eye- 
 brows, and large cheeks, with small eyes. The men are very 
 robust and strong-limbed ; but the women are small. Those 
 living near the sea-side are generally Mahometans; but within- 
 land they are Gentoos, abstaining from flesh of all kinds. Be- 
 sides the native Javanese, here are Chinese, Malayans, Amboy- 
 nese, and many other people, brought from distant countries by 
 the Dutch. Batavia, Coram, Samarang, &c. are its chief towns. 
 Population, about 5,000,000. 
 
 JA'VEL, «. a wandering or dirty fellow. 
 
 JA'VELIN, s. {jaceline, Fr.] a spear or half-pike, with an iron- 
 pointed head ; formerly used either by foot or horse. 
 
 JAU'jNDICE, s. [jaunisse, Fr.] in Medicine, a distemper from 
 obstructions of the glands of the liver, which prevents the gall 
 being duly separated by them from the blood, incident especially 
 in hard drinkers. The outward sign of this disease is the yellow 
 colour of the skin, and of all the secretions. The vulgar pre- 
 scription of barberry bark scrapings and turmeric for this disease, 
 may be referred to as aftbrding an illustration of the principles of 
 that old system of medicine, — the yellow colour of the alleged 
 specifics being the only cause of their being held to be such. 
 
 JAU'NDICED, a. affected with the jaundice. 
 
 To JAUNT, V. n. Ijanter, Fr.] to wander about. 
 
 JAUNT, s. a ramble, flight, or excursion. 
 
 JAU'NTINESS, «. airiness; a loose and careless air ; genleel- 
 ness. See Janty. 
 
 JAW, s. the bone in the mouth in which the teeth are fixed. 
 Figuratively, the mouth, a term of contempt. 
 
 JAY, s. [perhaps so named from his cry,] in Natural History, 
 a bird about the size of a pigeon, with blue feathers orl its wings, 
 and of a kind of light brown or clay colour on its breast. 
 
 JA'ZEL, s. a precious stone of an azure or blue colour. 
 
 IBE'RIA, in Geography, the ancient name of Spain, as well 
 as of Georgia in Asia. 
 
 I'BEX, s. in Zoology, a kind of wild goat with large horns, 
 which inhabits the Alps, Pyrenees, and Carpathian mountains. 
 
 IBIJAU, s. in Ornithology, a Brazilian bird which resembles 
 the goat-sucker. 
 
 I'BiS, s. in Ornithology, a bird very useful to the Egyptians 
 for destroying serpents, locusts, and caterpillars; and on that 
 account had divine honours paid to it. 
 
 ICE, 8. lis, Sax. eyse, Belg.] water rendered solid by cold ; also, 
 the name of a confection made with cream and preserved fruit, 
 used as a refreshment in summer-time. Ice is one of the in- 
 stances of apparent exception to the general law, that bodies 
 contract with cold and expand with heat. This is owing to its 
 highly crystalline structure. In consequence of this, ice swims 
 on the surface of water, the beneficial effects of which arrange- 
 meiit are most apparent. 
 462 
 
 ICO 
 
 To ICE, V. a. to freeze water hard ; to cover with ice or con- 
 creted sugar. 
 
 rCEBERGS, I'tEFiELDs, I'CEFLOES, s. large bodies of ice in 
 high northern latitudes, which either tower out of the ocean like 
 immense floating rocks, or extend in vast level sheets on the 
 surface. 
 
 FCEHOUSE, s. a house in which ice is preserved for use in 
 the hot season. 
 
 I'CELAND, a krge island of Europe, Iving N. W. of that con- 
 tinent. It is about 600 miles in length, and 300 in breadth. 
 The middle of the island is mountainous, stony, and barren ; but 
 in some places there are excellent pastures. In some of the moun- 
 tain-valleys are enormous glaciers. Mount Hecia is the most 
 noted mountain, and is a volcano. &e Hecla. The exports are 
 dried fish, salted meat, butter, train oil, tallow, coarse and fine 
 jackets of wadmal, woollen stockings and gloves, red wool, 
 sheep skins, sea-horses' teeth, foxes' tails of several colours, 
 feathers, and quills, which are almost the sole products of the 
 island. The inhabitants are of Teutonic origin; their language 
 is the old Runic, or Gothic, the vernacular tongue of the Swedes, 
 t)anes, and Norwegians, before it branched into the several dia- 
 lects since spoken by the natives of these three kingcloms. It 
 belongs to Denmark. Rekiaviig is its chief town. Pop. about 
 50,000. 
 
 FCELAND-MOSS, s. in Pharmacy, a kind of lichen, com- 
 mon in countries of high N. latitude, used in decoctions for its 
 strengthening properties. 
 
 rCELAND-SPAR, s. in Mineralogy, the rhomboidal crystals 
 of carbonate of lime, which possesses doubly-refracting powers. 
 
 I'CE-PLANT, s. in Botany, a ,very singular and beautiful 
 plant, with a leaf resembling plantain, which is covered with 
 silvery drops. It is a native of Africa. 
 
 ICH DI'EN, s. [Germ. I serve,] the motto of the Prince of 
 Wales, formerly that of John king of Bohemia, who was slain 
 by Edward the Black Prince : he then assumed the motto, which 
 has always been borne by the Prince of Wales. 
 
 ICHNfiU'MON, {ikneumon) s. [Gr.] in Zoology, a kind of lar^e 
 weasel which inhabits Egypt and other parts of Africa, and is 
 much valued for its killing serpents, and destroying the eggs of 
 the crocodile. They are kept in houses, and employed as cats 
 are in destroying rats and mice. In Entomology, a family of in- 
 sects, allied to the wasp and bee, which deposit their eggs in the 
 nests or bodies of other insects, especially of those in the imper- 
 fect state; the larvae from which eat up the insect. They thus 
 form a very considerable and useful branch of the police of na- 
 ture, in keeping under the numbers of other insects. Each 
 species affects particular kinds of insects, and rarely destroys 
 any others. 
 
 ICHNO'GRAPHY, (ikndgrafy) s. [ichnos and giaplu>, Gr.] in 
 Drawing, the plan of any building, city, &c. 
 
 I'CHOR, {iMir) s. [Gr.] a thin watery humour like serum ; also, 
 in Ancient Mythology, the blood of the gods. 
 
 FCHOROUS, {Ikorous) a. sanious ; thin ; undigested. 
 
 ICHTHYO'LOGY, {ikthydlogy) s. [ichthus and logos, Gr.] that 
 branch of zoology which treats of fishes. 
 
 ICHTHYO'PH AGY, s. lichthm and phago, Gr.] diet of fish ; the 
 practice of eating fish. 
 
 ICHTHYOSAU'RUS, s. lichthm and sauros, Gr.] in Palseonto- 
 logy, a genus of marine reptiles allied to the crocodile, but hav- 
 ing flippers, or fin-feet, like the turtle, whose remains are found 
 through the whole range of the secondary strata, but are espe- 
 cially numerous in the lias. They have long tails, and short 
 necks, with tremendous jaws ; were covered with horny scales, 
 and had a ridge along the back and tail like that of the newt. 
 Their eyes were protected by bony plates. 
 
 I'CICLE, s, [from ice,] a piece of ice, formed by water freez- 
 ing as it runs over a ledge. 
 
 I'CINESS, ». the state of water grown hard by; cold. 
 
 I'CON, s. [Gr.] a picture, resemblance, portrait, or represent- 
 ation ; an image. 
 
 I'CON BASILIKE, the name of a little devotional book, pub- 
 lished soon after the execution of Charles I., purporting to nave 
 been the composition of that prince during his imprisonment. 
 It is in good part owing to the impression produced by it, that 
 the sympathy of religiously-minded people has been given to 
 Charles, and turned against his opponents. It is known to be a 
 forgery. And the events and characters of the actors of that 
 
IDL 
 
 age are being better understood now. The canonization of 
 this remarkable martyr must rest now on his blind devotion to 
 the most lordly church principles ever declared and acted on in 
 England, from the days of the monk Austin, and may perhaps 
 be rescinded. 
 
 ICO^NOCLAST, s. [eihon and Mao, Gr.] a breaker of images ; 
 a name which the Church of Rome gives to all who reject the 
 religious use of images. 
 
 ICONO'LOGY, s. [icmologie, Fr.] the science that describes 
 the figures and representations of men and heathen deities with 
 their proper attributes and appendages, as Saturn like an old 
 man with a scythe; Jupiter with a thunderbolt in his hand, and 
 an eagle by his side, &t. 
 
 ICTE'RICAL, a. \icterique, Fr.] affected with the jaundice. 
 Good against the jaundice, applied to medicines. 
 
 I'CY, a. full of or covered with ice. Figuratively, cold, ap- 
 
 flied to the touch. Frosty, applied to the weather ; not warm, 
 'ree from passion, applied to the mind. 
 
 I'D, contracted for I tcould. 
 
 IDE'A, s. [Gr.] in Metaphysics, the generic name of those 
 spiritual truths, which can be apprehended by the exercise of 
 the reason alone, and cannot be reduced to the forms of the un- 
 derstanding, except under the appearance of two contradictory 
 propositions, or terms, — as when the mode of God's being is de- 
 scribed by Cowley as an Everlasting Now. By Descartes, Locke, 
 and the English and Scottish metaphysicians since Locke, this 
 word has been misemployed to denote a mental representation 
 of any kind; whence has followed the total misunderstanding of 
 all writers, early and late, who have used the term correctly, 
 and, in too many instances, a neglect or denial of the truths 
 which were thus deprived of a distinctive appellation. In the 
 Sciences, that whicn contemplated as existing objectively, or 
 externally to the mind, is named a law, when contemplated as 
 existing in a subject, or mind, is an idea. Lord Bacon calls the 
 natural laws, the ideas of the divine mind. 
 
 IDE'AL, a. relating to ideas. In the Fine Arts, and some- 
 times used as a substantive, it signifies the perfect mental type 
 of any subject. 
 
 IDE'ALISJVI, s. in Philosophy, a system which is based upon 
 ideas; or, as opposed to materialism, a system which regards 
 the reality of outward things as dependent, for us, on the reality 
 of our inward impressions respecting them. 
 
 IDE'ALLY, ad. according to ideas ; according to the ideal. 
 
 IDEA'LOGY, Idea'logist, s. [idea and logos, Gr.] the names 
 of the French materialist philosophy and philosophers. Sec 
 
 CONDILLAC, &C. 
 
 IDE'NTIC, Ide/ntical, a. [identique, Fr.] the same ; implying 
 the same thing. 
 
 IDE'iNTlTi , s. [identite, Fr.] sameness; that by which a thing 
 is itself, or by which it is distinguished from any other. 
 
 IDES, s. (idus, Lat.] in the Roman Calendar, a term used to 
 distinguish the 13th of every month, excepting in March, May, 
 July, and October, in which it is the 15th, because in those 
 months it was six days before the nones, but in the others only 
 four. 
 
 IDIO'CRASY, Idiosy'ncrasy, s. lidios, sun, and krasis, Gr.] pe- 
 culiarity of constitution. 
 
 IDIOCRA'TICAL, Idiosyncra'tical, a. peculiar to constitu- 
 tion. 
 
 I'DIOCY, s. [idiotes, Gr.] a defect of understanding. Both 
 idiocy and lunacy excuse from the guilt of crimes. 
 
 IDIOM, s. [idtos, Gr.] a manner of speaking, or phrase, pecu- 
 liar to any particular language. 
 
 IDIOAIA'TIC, Idioma'tical, a. peculiar to a language. 
 
 IDIO'FATHY, s. {idios and pathos, Gr.] in Physic, is a disorder 
 of the body, not arising from any preceding disease. 
 
 I'DIOT, s. [idiotes, Gr.] one who has not the right use of his 
 understanding. 
 
 I'DIOTISM, s. [idiotisme, Fr.] folly; weakness of under- 
 standing. 
 
 I'DLE, a. \i/del. Sax.] lazy ; averse to labour, or unemployed, 
 applied to persons. Useless ; vain ; ineffectual ; worthless, ap- 
 plied to things. Trifling, or of no importance, applied to narra- 
 tives or discourses. 
 
 To I'DLE, V. n. to pass time in laziness, or without employ- 
 ment. 
 
 I'DLENESS, ». aversion to labour; want of employment. 
 
 JEF 
 
 I'DLER, s. a person who passes his time in idleness, or with- 
 out employment. 
 
 I'DLY, ad. lazily ; in a foolish or trifling manner ; without 
 care, attention, or profit ; without effect ; in vain. 
 
 I'DOL, s. [eidolon, Gr.] an image worshipped as a god ; a 
 counterfeit image or resemblance; hence the word doll, for a 
 jointed image played with by children. A person loved or re- 
 spected to adoration. " The people's idol," Dcnh. 
 
 IDO'LATER, s. [eidolon ana latreuo, Gr.] one who pays Divine 
 worship to images, or transfers the homage due to the Creator 
 unto a creature. 
 
 To IDO'LATRIZE, v. a. to honour idols with Divine worship. 
 
 IDO'LATROUS, a. tending to idolatry, or transferring the 
 honour and worship due to God unto other things. 
 
 IDO'LATRY, «. [idolatrie, Fr.] the worship of images ; the act 
 of making any image to represent the Deity ; an inordinate love 
 or respect for any person or creature. 
 
 I'DOLIST, s. a worshipper of images or false gods ; a poetical 
 word. " Idolists and atheists," Hilton. 
 
 To I'DOLIZE, V. a. to love or reverence, any thing or person to 
 an excess approaching to adoration. 
 
 IDO'NEOUS, a. [idoneiis, Lat.] fit, proper, suitable, con- 
 venient. 
 
 IDUM^'A, in Ancient Geography, the name of that part of 
 Arabia lying between Palestine and the E. arm of the Red Sea. 
 Its boundaries, as might be expected, are not very well defined ; 
 and in popular language it was often very much extended in its 
 application. Mention is frequently made of it in the Old Testa- 
 ment, for its inhabitants were near of kin to the Jews, being 
 descendants of Esau, who was called Edom, whence Idurasea. 
 It is now completely desolate, having no inhabitants, except, oc- 
 casionally, wandering Arabs ; and its chief city, Petra, being a 
 total ruin. 
 
 I'DY^, s. [eidtdlion, Gr.] a class of poems, descriptive of na- 
 tural appearances, and other subjects that give scope for the 
 brief ana animated utterance of the poet's feelings. 
 
 I. E. an abbreviature for id est, Lat. that is ; that is to say. 
 
 JE'ALOUS, ijelous) a. [jaloux, Fr.] suspicious of not being 
 equally beloved by one whom one loves ; suspicious of the sin- 
 cerity of a married person's affections ; fond; emulous; or pro- 
 secuting with a kind of rivalship ; full of suspicion. 
 
 JE'ALOUSLY, {jelously) ad. in such a manner as to betray 
 suspicion of the sincerity of a lover or married person ; cautious- 
 ly, vigilantly, or zealously. 
 
 JE'ALOUSY, (jelousy) s. [Jahusie, Fr.] a state of mind wherein 
 one imagines himself not equally or sincerely beloved ; a suspi- 
 cious fear. 
 
 JEDBURGH, Roxburghshire, Scotland. It is situated al- 
 most in the centre of the county, on the banks of the Jed, and 
 near its confluence with the Teviot. It is the seat of the law 
 courts for the county. It is 45 miles from Edinburgh. Pop. 
 5116. 
 
 JE'DDO, or Ye'ddo, the capital of Japan, in the island of Ni- 
 phon, where the Dairo, or nominal emperor, resides. It is 9 
 miles long;, and 6 in breadth, and the houses are built with 
 earth, and boarded on the outside, to prevent the rain from de- 
 stroying the walls. In every street is an iron gate, which is 
 shut up in the night, and a kind of custom-house or magazine, 
 to put merchandise in. The royal palace is in the middle of the 
 town, and is defended by walls, ditches, towers, and bastions. 
 Jeddo is well fortified, and is seated in a plain, at the bottom 
 of an extensive gulf or bay ; and the river which crosses it is 
 divided into several canals. Pop. about 1,000,000. Lat. 3G. 30. 
 N. Long. 140. E. 
 
 To JEER, V. n. to scoff; to mock ; to rally ; to treat with ri- 
 dicule. 
 
 JEER, s. an expression wherein a person is ridiculed and ren- 
 dered angry ; a displeasing jest or scoff. 
 
 JEE'RER, s. one who mocks or scoffs a person ; one who 
 treats another with ridicule and displeasing jests. 
 
 JEE'RINGLY, ad. in a scornful or contemptuous manner; 
 with a sly and offensive jest. 
 
 JE'FF'ERSON, THOMAS, the third president of the United 
 States of North America, was a lawyer of Virginia, and drew 
 up the famous Declaration of Independence. He held various 
 posts of distinction in his native State, and as ambassador from 
 the Union to France, England, and other countries of Europe ; 
 
 403 
 
JER 
 
 and was afterwards chosen president. He died on the 50th an- 
 niversary of the Declaration of Independence, on July 4th, in 
 1826, aged 83 years. 
 
 JE'FFREYS, GEORGE, LORD, generally known as Judge 
 Jeffreys. He was one of the most brutal of all who have sig- 
 nalized themselves by such conduct, at the bar and on the 
 bench, and rose high in the favour of James II. by his fiery zeal 
 in promoting the favourite schemes of that monarch. He was 
 rewarded for the ferocity with which he crushed all who were 
 suspected of regarding the attempt of the Duke of Mon- 
 mouth with favour, by being made lord chancellor ; but on the 
 abdication of James, he received another reward, being taken 
 as he was escaping in disguise, and committed to the Tower, 
 where he died in 1089, aged about 70 years. 
 
 JEHO'VAH, s. [from the future tense of the verb havah, Heb.] 
 the name by which God caused himself to be specially called, 
 when he bestowed on the Israelites their national privileges, and 
 became their King. The Jewish scribes and doctors, pretending 
 that it was not lawful to utter this name, have in all cases so 
 copied it that has the vowel sounds of the word signifying mas- 
 ter, or of that signifying deity generally. 
 
 JEJUNATION, s. fasting; abstaining from eating. 
 
 JEJU'NE, a. Ifejunns, Lat.] wanting, empty, or void ; pure, 
 void of mixture, elemental. Dry, unanecting, or void of the or- 
 naments of rhetoric, applied to style. 
 
 JEJU'NENESS, s. penury, poverty, or want of spirit, applied 
 to bodies. Dryness, or wanting matter and embellishments to 
 engage the attention and please the mind, applied to style or 
 literary compositions. 
 
 JE'LLY, s. Sec Gelly, which is the old spelling. 
 
 JE'NA, a town of Saxe-Wcimar, Germany. It stands on the 
 Saale, just where it is joined by the Leutra, in the midst of the 
 mountains called Thuringerwald. It is celebrated for its uni- 
 versity, which has enjoyed the teaching of some of the giost ce- 
 lebrated scholars of modern Germany. It has a noble library, 
 and other scientific apparatus, for medical as well ^is the general 
 students. Its population is above GOOO. Lat. 50. 55. N. Long. 
 11. 38. E. 
 
 JE'NNER, DR. EDWARD, the celebrated discoverer of vac- 
 cination. In the introduction of this most valuable remedy, he 
 had to contend with opposition sufficient to have deterred most 
 men. All the profession arrayed itself against him. But he perse- 
 vered ; and when the value was generally admitted, and honours 
 and rewards began to be conferred on him, attempts were made to 
 show that he did not deserve to bo regarded as the discoverer. 
 His name has always been ranked amongst the foremost of the 
 benefactors of mankind, in all civilized nations. He did little 
 else, save detect and describe the habits of the cuckoo in respect 
 of rearing its young : and died in 1823, aged 74 3'ears. 
 
 JE'NNET. &eGENNET. 
 
 JE'NYNS, SOAME, a literary gentleman, whose writings be- 
 ing chiefly on polemics and politics, attracted considerable at- 
 tention in bis time, and have retained it by their entertaining 
 and lively character. Their real value is not great ; and his work 
 on the Internal Evidence of the Christian Religion, contains one of 
 the most perverse paradoxes that ever was argued on as a proof 
 of revelation. He died in 1787, aged 84 years. 
 
 To JE'OPARD, (■pron. ji^pard, in this and other words from the 
 same original,) v. a. to hazard or expose to danger. 
 
 JE'OPARDOUS, a. exposed to hazard or danger. 
 
 JE'OPARDY, s. hazard, or a state wherein a person is exposed 
 to extreme danger. 
 
 JERBO'A, s. in Zoology, a genus of animals whose hind legs 
 are much longer than the'ir fore ones, bearing some resemblance 
 to the kangaroo. 
 
 JEREMI'AH, one of the most eminent of the Hebrew pro- 
 phets, who exercised his ministry in the kingdom of Judah, 
 during the reigns immediately preceding the captivity, and dur- 
 ing the successive events which led to it. He was, as such a 
 preacher might expect, imprisoned, and generally detested. 
 One of the purest patriots that ever was, he earnestly exhorted 
 his countrymen to stand firm by Judea, till they should be com- 
 pelled to leave it, but a great party of them took refuge in 
 Egypt, and compelled the prophet to accompany them ; in that 
 country he perished by the hands of his fellow countrymen, for 
 denouncing their idolatries, according to the general tradition. 
 The book of Scripture called by his name, contains a very ill- 
 464 
 
 JER 
 
 arranged collection of his prophecies, which are lamentations 
 over the sinfulness of Judah, and exhortations and threatenings 
 respecting her sin ; predictions of the judgments of God against 
 the nation, and especially of the captivity ; promises for such as 
 believed, which looked far beyond such judgments and events 
 for their full accomplishment; and, along with these, exhorta- 
 tions relating to matters of the moment, and other predictions 
 relating to the most powerful nations surrounding Judea. The 
 poetry of Jeremiah appears, from its themes chiefly, to be in- 
 ferior to that of Isaiah. In the expression of the pathetic emo- 
 tions he is unrivalled. Few books of the Old Testament abound 
 with lessons so suitable to the present day. 
 
 JE'R-FALCON, s. in Ornithology, a species of hawk, former- 
 ly much used in the lordly amusement ot hawking. It is a very 
 beautiful and powerful bird. 
 
 JE'RICHO, an ancient town of Palestine, the second in im- 
 portance in Judea, celebrated formerly for the great number of 
 palm-trees growing near it, and therefore called the City of Palm 
 Trees. At present it is almost uninhabited. 
 
 To JERK, V. a. [gereccan, Sax.] to strike with a quick and 
 violent blow. 
 
 JERK, s. a blow given with a kind of a spring and forcible 
 quickness; a sudden spring; a quick jolt that shocks or starts. 
 
 JE'RKIN, s. [cyrtelkin, Sax.] a jacket, short coat, or close 
 waistcoat. 
 
 JE'ROME, ST., one of the most learned of the ecclesiastical 
 writers, called Fathers of the Church. He had travelled largely, 
 and at length settled at Bethlehem, whore the greater part of 
 his works were written. His greatest labour was the translation 
 of the Scriptures into Latin, which version is the celebrated Vul- 
 gate, the standard text of the Romish Church. For this, the 
 bad use of which rested not on him to determine, and for his 
 Commentaries, succeeding ages, as well as his own, had cause 
 for gratitude. His controversial scurrilities have unhappily been 
 preserved, to mingle with his fairer fame a lamentable stain. 
 He died in 422, aged about 80 years. 
 
 JE'ROME OF PRAGUE, one of the first Bohemian reformers 
 and martyrs. He was a good scholar, and had studied at the 
 most celebrated universities of his day. He early embraced the 
 doctrines of Wiclifre,and as the foremost follower of John Huss, 
 took part in his labours and sufferings. When he heard that 
 Huss was imprisoned at Constance, he hastened to his aid, and 
 was himself imprisoned. There, on Huss being burnt, he signed 
 a recantation, which he soon after courageouslj' repudiated, and 
 was burnt himself, in 1416. 
 
 JE'RSEY, an island in the English Channel, 12 miles from 
 the coast of Normandy in France, and 25 from thecoast of France, 
 subject to the English. It is about 30 miles in circumference, 
 ana dirticult of access, on account of the rocks and sands, and 
 the forts erected for its defence. It is well watered with rivulets, 
 and is pretty well stocked with fruit trees. The pastures are 
 good, and the island is noted for its milch kine. They have a 
 noted manufactory for woollen stockings and caps. The fisheries 
 are also of some importance. The trade is very considerable for 
 its extent and population, owing to its practical freedom. It 
 contains 12 parishes, and retains its ancient laws and customs, 
 as the rest of the Channel islands do. The governor is appoint- 
 ed by England. Its chief town is St. Helier. Pop. 47,544. 
 
 JE'RSEY, s. [from the place of its manufacture,] a fine kind 
 of woollen yarn. 
 
 JE'RVIS, ADMIRAL JOHN, EARL ST. VINCENT, a dis- 
 tinguished naval commander during the war at the end of the 
 last century. He was in several great engagenieuts, and ob- 
 tained great praise for his courage and sKill ; but his great 
 achievement was the defeat of the Spaniards, with a far more 
 numerous fleet, off Cape St. Vincent. He died in 1823, aged 88 
 years. 
 
 JERU'SALEM, anciently Salem and Jebm; among the Greeks 
 and Latins it was known by the name of Solyma, and Ilierosoty- 
 ma, the capital of Judea or Palestine, in Asia. It was a very 
 famous city while the Jews inhabited that country; and in its 
 most flourishing state it consisted of four parts, each being en- 
 closed within its own walls. 1. The old city, which stood on 
 Mount Zion, where King David built a palace. 2. The lower 
 city, styled also the Daughter of Zion, as being built after it ; 
 where feing Solomon's palace stood, also Herod's theatre and 
 amphitheatre, the latter capable of containing 80,000 persons. 
 
J ES 
 
 3. The new city, mostly inhabited by tradesmen and numbers 
 of merchants ; and 4. Mount Moriah, where Solomon's magnifi- 
 cent temple stood. But it was totally destroyed by the Romans 
 under Titus. It stands on a high rock, with steep ascents upon 
 every side, except to the N. It is almost surrounded with val- 
 leys encompassed with mountains, so that it seems to stand in 
 the middle of an amphitheatre. It is now about 3 miles in cir- 
 cumference, and includes Mount Calvary, and much that was 
 formerly without the walls. The most important buildings are, 
 the mosque of Omar, on the site of the temple ; the church of the 
 Holy Sepulchre, professedly erected over the tomb in which the 
 body of Jesus was laid ; and the convents of the various religi- 
 ous orders of the Roman and Greek Churches. The city and its 
 environs abound with spots pointed out to visitors as hallowed 
 by having been the scenes of the most affecting events of the 
 Sacred History, but very few of them can be authenticated, the 
 modern city being so totally dissimilar in extent and boundary 
 to the ancient one. It is called EUKhoddes, or the holy city, by 
 the Arabs, and is regarded with superstitious and fanatical 
 veneration by Mohammedans, Jews, and many denominations 
 of professed Christians. Its population is under 20,000. Jeru- 
 salem is 112 miles from Damascus, and 45 from the Mediterra- 
 nean Sea. Lat. 31. 55. N. Long. 35. 2-5. E. 
 
 JERU'SALEM-ARTICHOKE, s. in Horticulture, a kind of 
 vegetable not now so common as it used to be, allied to the sun- 
 flower, and deriving its name from a corruption of girasole, applied 
 to those flowers which always turn towards the sun. 
 
 JESS, s. [()ecte, Fr. getht, Ital.] short straps of leather tied about 
 the legs of a hawk, with which she is held on the fist. 
 
 JE'SSAMINE, s. -See Jasmine. 
 
 JE'SSO, an island of the empire of Japan, lying next to the 
 Kurile Islands. It is above 200 miles long, and about 100 in 
 breadth, and is of a very irregular shape. It has not been ex- 
 plored, owing to the jealousy of the government ; but it is knovyn 
 to be mountainous on the W. side, and to be in general fertile 
 and well cultivated. It is also called Matsmai. There are some 
 towns of considerable size on it. All else is unknown. 
 
 To JEST, V. n. Igesticuhr, Lat.] to make a person merry by 
 pleasant and witty turns in expression, and odd or comical mo- 
 tions of the body; to speak a thing one knows to be false purely 
 to divert another. 
 
 JEST, s. any thing meant only to divert a person, or raise 
 laughter ; a witty or pointed turn of words, which diverts or 
 raises laughter; game; not earnest. 
 
 JE'STER, s. one given to witty turns in expression, to sar- 
 casms, to odd and comical pranks; a buffoon, or one formerly 
 kept by great persons to divert them by his witty turns or odd 
 pranks. 
 
 JE'SUITS, or The Society of Jesus, a famous religious order 
 in the Romish Church, founded by Ignatius Loyola, in the year 
 1538. Beside the vows of chastity, poverty, and obedience, 
 common to all the religious societies of the Roman Church, this 
 order is vowed to incessant aggression on those who are not 
 within the pale of the Church ; and to the use of any means by 
 which it can advance the interests of the great mother. In zeal 
 for education none have equalled the Jesuits, but their every 
 step led to most slavish devotion to Rome. In missionarv zeal 
 the Jesuits are unequalled, but every acquisition was for Rome. 
 In short, by every laudable plan, and by every detestable scheme, 
 conceivable by man, this society has laboured to counteract the 
 schism begun by Luther, and to restore the spiritual supremacy 
 to the pontiff of the Eternal City. Their vitality surpasses be- 
 lief. Discountenanced, persecuted, suppressed, by power after 
 power, they yet exist, and conduct plans of most gigantic ex- 
 tent, and plots of most minute ramifications, with their one ob- 
 ject in view, just as if no power had ever suspected their exist- 
 ence. The affairs of the order are controlled by a general, who 
 is bound to complete subjection to the pope ; their numbers can- 
 not be calculated, from the secrecy they are constrained to 
 adopt from the opposition of various governments of Europe. 
 &e Ignatius Loyola. 
 
 JE'SLTTS-BARK, s, in Medicine, a name formerly given to 
 Peruvian bark, or Cinchona, from its having been first intro- 
 duced into Europe by the Jesuit missionaries to S. America. 
 
 JESUITICAL, (ie:««j%aO a.. belonging to the Jesuits; after 
 the manner of the Jesuits ; equivocal ; deceitful. 
 
 JE'SUS, [Gr. from Joshua, Heb.] the proper name of our Lord 
 
 IF 
 
 and Saviour, equivalent in its meaning to Helper or Deliverer ; 
 given him by Divine direction, as indicating his office amongst 
 men. See Christ. 
 
 JE'SUS, THE SON OF SIRACH, compiler of one of the apo- 
 cryphal books of the Old Testament, called Ecclesiasticus, in 
 about the 3rd century u. c. 
 
 JE'SUS COLLEGE, the name of colleges at Cambridge and 
 Oxford ; the former founded in the 15th century, the latter in 
 the 16th. Neither of them are very wealthy, or very distin- 
 guished. 
 
 JET, s. Iffoffat, Sax.] a variety of fossilized wood, of a fine deep 
 black colour, brittle, but easily worked, and therefore used for 
 ornaments, such as beads, crosses, &c. It is often found on the 
 sea beach of the E. counties of England ; and it occurs inland in 
 Germany. 
 
 To JET, v.n. [jetter, Fr.] to shoot forward, or stand beyond 
 the other parts ; to jut out. Figuratively, to intrude ; to stint. 
 
 JET, Jet d'eau, (Jet d'o) s. [Fr.] a fountain, or contrivance 
 which spouts water in the air. 
 
 JETTY, a. made of, or as black as, jet. 
 
 JEWEL, s. [jeiveelen, Belg.] in its primary sense, any orna- 
 ment of great value, generally applied to such as were set with 
 precious stones ; a gem or precious stone. Figuratively, applied 
 to persons, to convey an idea of great esteem and affection to- 
 wards them. Jewel Office, an office belonging to the crown, has 
 the charge of weighing and fashioning the king's plate, and de- 
 livering it out by warrant from the lord chamberlain. 
 
 JEVV'ELL, JOHN, an eminent prelate of the English Church 
 in the 16th century. He was obliged to leave England to escape 
 the persecution of Queen Maiy, but was made bishop of Salis- 
 bury by Elizabeth. His great work was written in Latin, and 
 soon obtained a European fame ; it is entitled A71 Apology for the 
 Church of England. He died in 1571, aged 50 years. 
 
 JEWELLED, part, in Watchmaking, applied to those 
 watches, the axles of whose wheels revolve on small pieces of 
 diamond inserted in the frame; which does not wear as metal 
 does ; and thus renders the works more regular and durable. 
 
 JEWELLER, s. one who deals in precious stones. 
 
 JEWS, the common name of the present descendants of 
 Abraham, derived from that of Judah, the eldest son of Jacob. 
 Their history in its more important parts is contained in the Old 
 Testament ; and general history continues it, after they became 
 implicated in the affairs of other nations, till the destruction of 
 their chief city and their overthrow as a nation by Titus. Since 
 that event they have been wanderers in the world ; for the most 
 part grievously persecuted and oppressed ; rarely admitted, even 
 to this hour in some nations, to the commonest rights ; yet ever 
 preserving their distinct character, and aspect, and language, 
 and religious or superstitious hope of a coming Messiah. From 
 the careful study of the Old Testament it may be conjectured, 
 that, besides that of preserving generally the knowledge and 
 worship of the true God in the world, the object of the estab- 
 lishment of the Jewish nation, was to teach the claims that God 
 had to be regarded as the Author of the social principles in 
 men's hearts, that lead to the formation of nations, and to be 
 acknowledged by such a univer.sal submission to his will, as 
 would make every government, in fact, a theocracy. The pro- 
 vidential preservation of the Jews amongst the nations with all 
 their peculiarities, so distinct from all other people, seems to 
 imply that this lesson has yet to be learned. And the investi- 
 gation of the principles of the Old Testament dispensation, (as 
 it is termed by divines,) both in the Law and Prophets, leads us 
 to the same conclusion. 
 
 JEWS-EARS, s. in Botany, a fungus, formed like a flat and 
 variously hollowed cup. It generally grows on the lower parts 
 of the trunks of decaying elder trees; and is used vulgarly as a 
 cure for sore throats. 
 
 JEWS-STONE, s. the common name of the spines of a large 
 species of echinus, or sea-urchin, found in a fossil state in the 
 oolites and the chalk. 
 
 JE'WS-HARP, s. Ijaue, Fr. and Aar/j,] a kind of musical in- 
 strument, consisting of a bent spring made of steel, so set in a 
 frame that it can be held against the teeth, and being struck by 
 the finger, produces tones by the modification of the breath. 
 Eulenstein is the only one who ever made its music agreeable to 
 any beside school-boys. 
 
 IF, conj. [gif, Sax.] granting or allowing a thing upon con- 
 3 o 465 
 
JHS 
 
 dition, or supposition. Followed by another sentence that in- 
 cludes opposition, or implies whethe'r or no ; provided ; or upon 
 condition. 
 
 IGNA'TIUS, one of the earliest writers of the Christian church, 
 commonly called the apostolical Fathers. He was pastor of the 
 church at Antioch, and suffered martyrdom in one of the perse- 
 cutions by Traian, being thrown to the lions. Some of the let- 
 ters extant in his name are confessedly forgeries, and the others 
 are much interpolated. 
 
 IGNATIUS LOYOLA, the celebrated founder of the order 
 of Jesuits, was a Spanish noble by birth, who being severely 
 wounded at the defence of Fampeluna, was led to devote himself 
 to piety and the church, in place of the profligacy and sin he 
 hatf pursued. After long preparation, and many trials, he suc- 
 ceeded in gathering together a few companions as the germ of a 
 society, the constitution of which was to differ from that of all 
 other religious orders ; which, after much delay, was confirmed 
 by Fope Paul III. Ignatius was of course the first general of the 
 order. He was a sincere enthusiast, and believed the plan of 
 the society which he set up, and which has done so great 
 a work, of such a character in the world, was inspired by God. 
 He died in 1556, aged 65 years. 
 
 I'GNEOUS, a. [iffnis, Lat.] fiery ; containing, emitting, or hav- 
 ing the nature of fire. 
 
 iGNI'FOTENT, a. [ignis and potens, Lat.] presiding over fire, 
 or powerful by means of fire. 
 
 IGNIS FA'TUUS, s. [Lat. foolish fire,] a common meteor seen 
 in meadows, and moist places, in dark nights, caused by ex- 
 halations of some kind of hydrogen gas, which, being kindled 
 in the air, emit a phosphorescent light ; called by the common 
 people. Will with the ivhisp, or Jack with the lantern. 
 
 To IGNI'TE, V. a. to set on fire. 
 
 IGNI'TIBLE, a. capable of being set on fire. 
 
 IGNI'TION, s. [Fr.] the act of kindling or setting on fire. In 
 Chemistry, that state of any body, resulting from the applica- 
 tion of heat, which we usually call red-hot. 
 
 IGNI'VOMOUS, a. [ignis and vomo, Lat.] vomiting or casting 
 out fire. 
 
 ■ IGNO'BLE, a. [in and nobilis, Lat.] mean, or not belonging to 
 the nobility, applied to birth. Worthless, base, or not deserving 
 honour, applied to persons or things. 
 
 IGNO'BLY, ad. in a disgraceful, meain, base, or reproachful 
 manner. 
 
 IGNOMI'NIOUS, a. [ignominieux, Fr. ignominioms, Lat.] dis- 
 graceful, dishonourable, reproachful. 
 
 IGNOMFNIOUSLY, ad. in such a manner as to cause loss of 
 fame ; reproachfully. 
 
 FGNOMINY, s. [ignominia, Lat.] loss of fame or honour ; dis- 
 grace, shame, or reproach. 
 
 IGNORA'MUS, s. [Lat.] in Law, a word used by a grand in- 
 quest, and written on the back of a bill, when they consider the 
 evidence defective, or not able to make good the charge it con- 
 tains. Figuratively, a person who knows nothing. 
 
 I'GNORANCE, s. [Fr.] want of knowledge or instruction ; un- 
 skilfulness. In Law, it is a want of knowledge of the laws, 
 which will not excuse a person from suffering the penalty in- 
 flicted on the breach of them ; for every one, to his peril, is pre- 
 sumed to know the laws of the land. Infants, that is, persons 
 who are not yet of age, and all persons styled non compos mentis, 
 as tnadmen and idiots, are allowed to be ignorant. 
 
 I'GNORANT, a. [ignoro, Lat.] unlearned; illiterate; without 
 knowledge ; or without having an idea of some particular ; un- 
 acquainted with. 
 
 I'GNORANTLY, ad. without knowledge, learning, or design. 
 
 To IGNO'RE, f. a. [in and nosco, Lat.] not to know, or have 
 an idea of, a thing. 
 
 IGNO'SCIBLE, a. [ignosco, Lat.] pardonable, capable of pardon. 
 
 IGUA'NA, s. in Zoology, a large species of lizard, very frequent 
 in the West Indies. 
 
 IGUA'NODON, s. [iguana, Span, and odous, Gr.] in Palaeontolo- 
 gy, a gigantic species of reptile, found in the Wealden formation, 
 greatly resembling in its teeth, feet, &c. &c., the iguana of the 
 W.Indies. 
 
 J. H. S. three letters which are frequently used in church 
 ornaments, which signify Jesus Hominum Salvator, Jesus the 
 Saviour of men, or else are derived from the Greek letters of the 
 name Jesus. 
 
 IL L 
 
 JIB, ». in nautical affairs, the foremost sail of a sailing vessel, 
 being a large stay-sail extended from the outer end of the bow- 
 sprit, prolonged by the jib-boom toward the fore-top-mast head. 
 
 JIG, s. [giga, Ital.] a light, careless, quick dance or tune. 
 
 To JIG, V. a. to dance a quick and light dance called a jig. 
 
 IL, in composition with words beginning with /, stands for in. 
 
 JILT, s. [c/itia, Isl.] a woman who gives up a lover from mere 
 caprice. 
 
 To JILT, V. a. to give up a lover capriciously. 
 
 To JI'NGLE, V. n. [formed from the sound,] to clink, or make 
 a noise like money, or other sounding metal, flung on a 
 stone or other hard body. In Poetry or style, applied to the 
 sound formed by several words or syllables which end in the 
 .same letters. 
 
 JFNGLE, s. the sound made by money or other metal flung 
 against a hard body. The sound made by words in the same 
 letters and syllables, applied to style. 
 
 I'LCHEStER, Somersetshire. It consists of four streets, 
 with one church, and other places of worship. It is a town of 
 great antiquity, and once had sixteen churches. The county 
 jail is kept here, but the assizes are held alternately at Bridge- 
 water, Wells, and Taunton. It is seated on the river Ivel, and 
 is 123 miles from London. Market, Wednesday. Pop. 1068. 
 
 ILE, s. See Aisle. 
 
 I'LEUM, s. [Lat.] in Anatomy, the third and last of the small 
 intestines, is situated near the ossa ilei, whence its name. Its 
 length is various, and it is in a very singular manner inserted 
 into the left side of the colon. 
 
 I'LEX, s, [Lat.] in Botany, a species of oak found in Spain, 
 Italy, &c. Also, the common holly. 
 
 I'LFRACOMBE, Devonshire. It has a convenient, safe har- 
 bour, formed by a good pier, projecting into the Bristol Chan- 
 nel. The high tides here allow large vessels to enter its basin. 
 This port employs a number of brigs and sloops, chiefly in car- 
 rying ore from Cornwall, coal from Wales, and corn to Bristol. 
 A number of fishing skiffs belong to this place, which, with 
 those of Minehead, fish on a bank of the coast during the sum- 
 mer, and carry a number of soles, turbots, &c. to the Bristol 
 market. It is 181 miles from London. Market, Saturday. 
 Pop. 3679. 
 
 I'LIAC, a. [iliacus, Lat.] affecting the ileum. The iliac pas- 
 sion, in Medicine, is a species of colic of a very severe character, 
 seated in the ileum. 
 
 I'LIAD, s. [from Ilium, the ancient name of Troy,] the most 
 ancient epic poem in the world, relating some of the events im- 
 mediately preceding the taking of Troy by the Greeks. It is 
 universally ascribed to Homer. See Homer. 
 
 ILK, ad. [Scot.] eke ; also ; each. Of that ilk, is the descrip- 
 tion of a person who resides at a place bearing his own name. 
 
 ILL, a. [contracted from evil,\ inconsistent with our duty; 
 contrary to good. Sick or disordered, applied to the body. 
 Synon. 7/^ is used with the most propriety when the health is 
 not much impaired ; sick is applicable only when the body is 
 greatly diseased. Ill too is most proper when in pain only ; 
 sick, when disea.sed : thus we say, he is ill of the gout ; but sich 
 of a fever. 
 
 ILL, s. an action contrary to our duty ; wickedness ; a mis- 
 fortune. 
 
 ILL, arf. not well or rightly; not able. Ill, in composition, 
 whether substantive or adverb, implies defect, or something bad 
 and improper, either in quality or condition. 
 
 ILLA'CERABLE, a. [in and lacero, Lat.] not to be torn. 
 
 ILLA'CHRYMABLE, (illdkrgmabk,) a. [in and lachryma, Lat.] 
 not capable of weeping. 
 
 ILLA'PSE, s. [illabor, Lat.] the gradual or gentle entrance of 
 one thing into another; a sudden attack, or accident. 
 
 ILLAQUEA'TION, s.[lagueus, Lat.] the act of catching or in- 
 snaring; a snare or artifice made use of to entrap or catch. 
 
 ILLA'TION, s. [illatio,LaU] an inference or conclusion drawn 
 from premises. 
 
 ILLA'TIVE, a. [illativus, Lat.] used to imply an inference or 
 conclusion. 
 
 ILLAU'DABLE, a. [in and laudo, Lat.] unworthy of praise. 
 
 ILLLAU'DABLY, ad. in a manner not deserving prai.se. 
 
 I'LLE-ET-VILAINE, a department of France, lying on tlie 
 English Channel, and bounded by the departments C6tes du 
 Nord, Morbihan, Loire Inferieure, Mayenne, and Manche. It is 
 
about 60 miles in length, by 50 in breadth. The surface is hilly, 
 and the coast rocky, except at the E. extremity, by St. Michel's 
 Bay, where it is sandy. The rivers whence it is named are the 
 chief of this department, in which are also the Cher, the Men, 
 the Oust, &c. 1 he mineral productions are lead, iron, slate, and 
 the more durable kinds of building-stone. Not much of the 
 area is cultivated, but some grain, fruits, &c.,are grown, and 
 the cattle and sheep are numerous and profitable in trade. Its 
 chief town is Rennes. Pop. about 600,000. 
 
 ILLE'GAL, a. \in and legalis, Lat.] contrary to law, 
 ILLEGA'LITY, s. the quality of being unlawful, ( 
 
 to lav 
 
 or contrary 
 
 ILLE'GALLY, ad. in a manner contrary to law. 
 
 ILLE'GIBLE, a. \in and lego, Lat.] that cannot be read. 
 
 ILLEGITIMACY, s. the state of bastardy. 
 
 ILLEGI'TIMA IE, a. [m and hgitimus, Lat.] unlawfully be- 
 gotten ; or not begotten in wedlock. 
 
 To ILLEGFTIMATE, v. n. in Law, to prove a person a 
 bastard. 
 
 ILLEGITIMATELY, ad. not begotten in wedlock. 
 
 ILLEGITIMA'TION, s. the state of bastardy. 
 
 ILLE'VIABLE, a. {lever, Fr.] what cannot be levied or ex- 
 acted. 
 
 ILLFA'VOURED, a. ugly, or deformed. 
 
 ILLI'BERAL, a. [in and liberalis, Lat.] wanting generosity or 
 gentility. 
 
 ILLIBERA'LITY, s. meanness of mind ; want of munificence. 
 
 ILLI'BERALLY, ad. in a mean, niggardly, or disingenuous 
 manner. 
 
 ILLI'CIT, a. [in and licet, Lat.] unlawful, or contrary to any 
 law. 
 
 ILLI'MITABLE, a. [in and limes, Lat.] not to be bounded or 
 limited. 
 
 ILLI'MITABLY, ad. in such a manner as to be capable of no 
 bounds. 
 
 ILLI'MITED, a. unbounded ; without bounds, limits, or re- 
 straint. 
 
 I'LLINOIS, one of the United States of N. America, lying on 
 Lake Michigan, and bounded by the States named Indiana, 
 Kentucky, and Missouri, and by the Wisconsin and Iowa terri- 
 tories. It is 350 miles long, by 180 broad, and is divided into 
 97 counties. The surface is generally level, being hilly and 
 broken only in the N. and the S. parts. The greater part of it is 
 occupied with forests and prairies. The principal rivers are the 
 Mississippi, the Illinois, (whence the State is named,) the Rock 
 River, the Wabash, &c. ; and the Peoria Lake, in the course of 
 the Illinois, its largest sheet of water. The soil is evidently fer- 
 tile almost every where ; and where it is cultivated, grain of va- 
 rious kinds, flax, hemp, tobacco, &c. are abundantly produced. 
 Beside the timber, the natural produce, — lead, galena, iron, and 
 coal, with salt, form the staple of its trade. The chief place is 
 Springfield : Chicago on Lake Michigan, and Alton on the Mis- 
 sissippi, are its principal seats of commerce. There are 4 colleges, 
 but they are yet in their infancy; and 9 banks, in a tolerably 
 flourishing condition. Pop. 470,183, of which number 3598 
 were coloured people, who are not admitted to the rights of citi- 
 zenship. This is one of the free States. 
 
 ILLITERATE, a. [in and lilera, Lat.] without having received 
 any improvements by learning or instruction ; unlearned. 
 
 ILLPTERATENESS, s. the state of having never received 
 anv improvements from learning. 
 
 I'LLNESS, s. any thing which is productive of inconvenience, 
 or destructive of our happiness, applied to things natural, moral, 
 and religious. Sickness or disorder, applied to health. 
 
 ILLNA'TURE, s. a disposition to do ill turns, and to thwart 
 the happinessof another, attended with satisfaction on the sight 
 of any mischief which befalls another, and insensibility of kind- 
 ness received. 
 
 ILLNA'TURED, a. habitually unkind, malicious, or mis- 
 chievous. 
 
 ILLNA'TUREDLY, ad. in a peevish, froward, mischievous 
 manner. 
 
 To ILLU'DE, v. a. [illudo, Lat.] to mock ; to play upon ; to 
 jeer. 
 
 To ILLU'ME, e. a. [illuminer, Fr.] to supply with light ; to 
 brighten or adorn. 
 
 To ILLU'MINATE, v. a. [illuminer, Fr.] to enlighten or sup- 
 
 ply with light. Figuratively, to supply the mind with a power 
 of understanding any difliculty ; also, to adorn a book with paint- 
 ings, &c.,on the margins of the pages and the capital letters, &c. 
 
 ILLUMINA'TION, s. [illuminatio, Lat.] the act of supplying 
 with light; the cause of light; brightness; splendour; light 
 communicated to the mind by inspiration. 
 
 ILLU'MINATIVE, a. [illuminatif, Fr.] having the power to 
 communicate light. 
 
 ILLUMINA'TOR, s. [Lat.] one who gives light ; one who ex- 
 plains a diflicult passage in an author. 
 
 ILLU'MINATRY, s. a kind of ornament anciently much prac- 
 tised for works of devotion and elegant literature. 
 
 To ILLU'ME, t>. a. [illuminer, Fr.] to enlighten or make light ; 
 to supply with lights. Figuratively, to adorn. 
 
 ILLU'SION, «. [illusio, Lat.] a false show of appearance ; error 
 occasioned by a false appearance. 
 
 ILLU'SIVE, a. [illusus, Lat.] deceiving by false show. 
 
 ILLU'SORY, a, fraudulent; with an intention to deceive; 
 deceitful. 
 
 To ILLU'STRATE, v. a. [illustro, Lat.] to brighten with light 
 or honour. Figuratively, to explain or clear up a difficulty in an 
 author. 
 
 ILLUSTRA'TION, s. [Fr.] the act of rendering a difficult 
 passage easy to be understood ; an exposition or explanation. 
 
 ILLU'STRATIVE, a. having the quality of clearing up a dif- 
 ficult or obscure passage in an author. 
 
 ILLU'STRAlfVELY, ad. by way of explanation. 
 
 ILLU'STRIOUS, a. [illustris, Lat.] noble, eminent for titles, 
 dignity, birth, or excellence. 
 
 ILLU'STRIOUSLY, ad. in a conspicuous, noble, or eminent 
 manner. 
 
 ILLU'STRIOUSNESS, s. eminence of rank, birth, dignity, or 
 good qualities. 
 
 ILLY'RIA, a kingdom of Europe, lying on the Adriatic, and 
 bounded by Styria, Austria, the Tyrol, Italy, and Croatia ; be- 
 longing to Austria. It is very mountainous, being crossed by 
 three distinct chains connected with the Alps ; the greatest 
 height attained by any point of which being nearly 11,000 feet. 
 These mountains abound in caverns, some of which are of great 
 beauty. The Drave and the Save are its largest rivers; and 
 there are some fine lakes, which are much admired for the ex- 
 quisite scenery of their environs. The natural wealth of the 
 kingdom is very great, the metallic productions being iron, lead, 
 copper, quicksilver, silver; with coal, building-stone, marbles, 
 &c. &c. It also yields grain and fruits, cattle and sheep, abund- 
 ance of timber, game, and wild beasts, and it has very valuable 
 fisheries. Klagenfurth and Trieste are the principal places. 
 Population, about 1,250,000. 
 
 PLMINSTER, Somersetshire. It has a considerable manu- 
 factory of narrow cloths, and is situated on the river Ille, in a 
 valley among hills. It is 137 miles from London. Market, Sa- 
 turday. Pop. 3227. 
 
 I'M, a contraction used in discourse for lam. 
 
 I'MAGE, s. [Fr.] the appearance of any object ; a represent- 
 ation of outward objects by the mind; a representation of any 
 thing expressed in painting, sculpture, &c., most commonly ap- 
 plied to statues ; a copy, or likeness ; a lively description of any 
 thing in discourse ; a picture drawn in the fancy ; a false god, 
 or a statue made to represent, and be worshipped as, a god. 
 
 To I'MAGE, V. a. to form a representation, likeness, or pic- 
 ture of a thing in the mind. 
 
 I'MAGERY, s. statues or pictures. Figuratively, resem- 
 blance. Creations of the imagination, which have no originals 
 out of the mind. 
 
 IMA'GINABLE, a. [Fr.] that can be imagined. 
 
 IMA'GINARY, a. [imaginaire, Fr.] existmg only in the ima- 
 gination or fancy, opposed to real. 
 
 IMAGINA'TION, s. [imago, Lat.] in Mental Philosophy, the- 
 faculty by which the mind gives unity to all that it contem- 
 plates ; and also supplies by the laws of association, thoughts 
 and pictures out of the stores of the mind for its contemplation 
 and use. Popularly, the power of representing things absent ; 
 a conception, image, or picture of any thing in the mind ; con- 
 trivance ; a scheme. 
 
 To IMA'GINE, V. a. [imaginer, Fr.] to exercise the imagin- 
 ation ; to fancy ; to conceive. Figuratively, to contrive or plot. 
 
 IMA'GINER, «. one who exercises his imagination. 
 
 3 o 2 467 
 
IMM 
 
 I'MBECILE, a. [imhecilk, Lat.] wanting strength, applied both 
 to body and mind. 
 
 IMBECI'LITY, s. [imheciliU, Fr.] frailty or weakness of mind 
 or body. 
 
 To IMBI'BE, f. a. [in and btbo, Lat.] to drink or draw in ; to 
 emit into the mind ; to drench or soak. 
 
 IMBI'BER, s. that which drinks in, sucks up, or absorbs. 
 
 IMBIBI'TION, «. [Fr.] the act of drinking or sucking up 
 moisture. 
 
 To IMBI'TTER, r. a. to make bitter; to deprive of happiness 
 orpleasure. 
 
 To IMBO'DY, r. a. to cover with, or thicken to, a body; to 
 bring together into one mass or company; to enclose. Figura- 
 tively, to give expression by any means to one's thoughts. 
 
 To IMBO'LDEN, t). a. to raise to confidence; to encourage ; 
 to make bold. 
 
 To I3IB0'S0M, (imbosom) v. a. to hold on the bosom ; to wrap 
 in that part of a garment which covers the bosom. Figuratively, 
 to love with a warm affection and friendship. 
 
 To IMBO'W, {itnbo) v. a. to arch ; to make in the form of an 
 arch. 
 
 To IMBO'WER, (the otv is here pron. as in 7iow,) v. a. to cover 
 with a bower ; to cover with branches of trees. 
 
 IMBO'WMENT, s. an arch ; a vault. 
 
 I'MBRICATED, a. [tmhrex, Lat.] in Botany, applied to the 
 scales covering any part of a plant, when they are lapped over 
 each other like a close tiling. 
 
 IMBRICA'TION, s. a hollow indenture, like that of a gut- 
 ter-tile. 
 
 To LMBRO'WN, v. a. to make brown or dark. 
 
 To LVIBRU'E, V. a. to steep, soak, or wet much and long. 
 
 To LMBRU'TE, v. a. to make like a brute, in quality or shape; 
 to become brutish. 
 
 To IMBU'E, V. a. [I'mbuo, Lat.] to tincture very deeply ; to im- 
 bibe ; to dye or impregnate with any liquor. 
 
 LMITABI'LITY, s. iimitor, Lat.] the quality of being imitable. 
 
 I'MITABLE, a. worthy of being resembled or imitated ; pos- 
 sible to be imitated or copied. 
 
 To I'MITATE, V. a. to copy ; to endeavour to resemble ; to 
 counterfeit. 
 
 IMITATION, s. the act of doing any thing with a view of 
 making it like something else. 
 
 I'MI TATIVE, a. inclined to imitate ; copied from, or resem- 
 bling. 
 
 IMITATOR, s. [Lat.] one who copies from, and endeavours 
 to resemble, another. 
 
 IMMA'CULATE, a. [in and macula, Lat.] without spot, stain, 
 or crime ; pure or clear. 
 
 To IMM A'NACLE, v. a. to put in manacles ; to fetter, or 
 confine. 
 
 IMMA'NE, a. [immanis, Lat.] vast ; prodigiously great. 
 
 I'MMANENT, a. [Fr.] internal; or situated within the mind. 
 
 IMMA'NITY, s. limmanis, Lat.] barbarity ; cruelty. 
 
 IMMARCE'SSIBLE, a. [m and marcesco, Lat.] unfading. 
 
 To IMMA'SK, V. a. to put in a mask ; to cover ; to disguise. 
 
 IMMATE'RIAL, a. limmateriel, Fr.'] spiritual; distinct from, 
 and not consisting of, matter ; of no importance or weight. 
 
 IMMATERIALITY, s. incorporeity ; distinctness from body 
 or matter. 
 
 IMMATE'RIALLY, ad. in a manner not depending on matter. 
 
 IMMATE'RIALIZED, a. freed from or void of matter. 
 
 IMM ATE'RI ALNESS, s. distinctness or freedom from matter. 
 
 IMMATE'RIATE, a. [in and materia, Lat.] not consisting of 
 matter. 
 
 IMM ATU'RE, a. [in and maturus, Lat.] not ripe ; not perfect ; 
 too early, or before tne natural time. 
 
 IMMATU'RELY, ad. too soon ; before ripe, complete, or ex- 
 istent. 
 
 IMMATU'RENESS, Immatu'rity, s. unripeness. 
 
 IMMEABl'LITY, s. [in and meo, Lat.] want of power to pass 
 or make itself a passage, applied to fluids. 
 
 IMME'ASURABLE, {immezurabh) a. not to be measured ; not 
 to be conceived. 
 
 IMME'ASURABLY, {immezurdbly) ad. beyond all comprehen- 
 sion or conception. 
 
 IMMECHA'NICAL, (immcMnikal) a. not according to the laws 
 of mechanics. 
 
 IMM 
 
 IMME'DIACY, s. the quality of acting witho«t the interven* 
 tion of any other means. 
 
 IMME'blATE, a. [immidiat, Fr.] in such a state with respect 
 to something else, as to have nothing between ; without any 
 thing intervening; not acting by second causes. Instant, or 
 present, applied to time. 
 
 IMME'DlATELY, ad. without the intervention of any other 
 cause or event ; instantly ; without delay. 
 
 IMME'DIATENESS, s. presence, applied to time. The state 
 or quality of being without any second or intervening cause. 
 
 IMME'DICABLE, a. [mand medicabilis, Lat,] not to be healed 
 or cured. 
 
 IMME'MORABLE, a. [in and memorabilis, Lat.] not worth 
 remembering. 
 
 IMMEMORIAL, a. [Fr. from in and memoria, Lat.] not within 
 the memory of any person living ; so ancient as not to be easily 
 traced with any degree of certainty. In a legal sense, a thing is 
 said to be of time immemorial, that was before the reign of King 
 Edward II. 
 
 IMME'NSE, a. [Fr.] unbounded ; not to be comprehended ; 
 infinite. 
 
 IMME'NSITY, s. [immensite, Fr.] unbounded or incomprehen- 
 sible greatness. 
 
 IMMENSURABI'LITY, s. impossibility of being measured. 
 
 IMME'NSURABLE, a. [in and mensura, Lat.] impossible to 
 be measured ; infinite. 
 
 To IMME'RGE, v. a. [in and mergo, Lat.] to plunge or put 
 under water. 
 
 IMME'RSE, a. buried ; covered ; sunk deep. 
 
 To IMME'RSE, v. a. to put under water; to sink deep, or 
 cover ; to plunge, sink, or keep depressed. 
 
 IMME'RSION, s. the act of plunging any thing in water, or 
 any other fluid ; the state of sinking or being sunk in fluid be- 
 low its surface. The state of being overwhelmed, applied to the 
 mind. In Astronomy, it is applied to a satellite when it begins 
 to enter into the shadow of its primary ; to a star or planet, 
 when it first disappears behind the disk of the moon. 
 
 IMMETHO'DICAL, a. without method. 
 
 IMMETHO'DICALLY, ad. in an irregular manner. 
 
 I'MMINENT, a. [to and maneo, Lat.] having over one's head ; 
 threatening; near; applied always to something ill. 
 
 To IMMFNGLE, v. a. to mingle, mix, or unite. Seldom used. 
 
 IMMINUTION, s. [jH!)?imuo, Lat.] diminution, decrease, less- 
 ening. 
 
 IMMISCIBI'LITY, s. incapacity of being mingled. 
 
 IMMI'SCIBLE, a. not capable of being mixed. 
 
 IMMI'SSION, s. [in and miVto, Lat.] the act of sending in, op- 
 posed to emission. 
 
 To IMMIT, V. a. to send in. 
 
 To IMMI'X, V. a. to mix together; to join or unite. 
 
 IMMI'XABLE, a. not to be mixed together. 
 
 IMMOBFLITY, .s. [in and mohilis, Lat.] a quality of body, 
 whereby it is rendered incapable of moving : a state of rest. 
 
 IMMO'DERATE, a. [in and moderatus, Lat.] excessive ; ex- 
 ceeding due bounds. 
 
 IMMO'DERATELY, ad. in an excessive degree or manner. 
 
 IMMODERATION, s, [Fr.] want of keeping to a due mean ; 
 excess. 
 
 IMMO'DEST, a. [immodeste, Fr.] unchaste, or inconsistent 
 with modesty ; obscene. 
 
 IMMO'DESTY, s. [immodestie, Fr.] want of modesty, or of re- 
 gard to chastity and decency. 
 
 To I'MMOLATE, v. a. [immoh, from mola, Lat.] to sacrifice, or 
 kill in sacrifice. 
 
 IMMOLATION, s. [Fr.] the act of sacrificing or killing, as an 
 offering to God ; the thing offered in sacrifice. 
 
 IMMO'RAL, a. inconsistent with, or contrary to, the princi- 
 ples of morality; bad or unjust. 
 
 IMMORA'LITY, s. an action inconsistent with our duty to- 
 wards men ; want of virtue. 
 
 IMMO'RTAL, a. [in and mortalis, Lat.] not capable of dying; 
 living for ever ; never ending; perpetual. 
 
 IMMORTA'LITY, s. a state which has no end ; an exemp- 
 tion from death ; an exemption from oblivion. 
 
 To IMMO'RTALIZE, v. a. [immortaliser, Fr.] to make immor- 
 tal ; to perpetuate, or make the fame of a person endless.— ». k. 
 to become immortal. 
 
' Flesh may impair ; — but rea- 
 
 IMP 
 
 IMMO'RTALLY, ad. without death; without ceasing or 
 ending. 
 
 IM31(yVABLE, a. not to be forced from or taken out of its 
 place ; not to be shaken or affected. 
 
 IMMOVABLY, a. in a state not to be shaken or affected. 
 
 IMMU'NITY, s. [immunitt, Fr.] discharge from any duty or 
 obligation. 
 
 To IMMU'RE, V. a. [emmurer, old Fr. in and murus, Lat.] 
 to enclose within a wall ; to imprison ; to confine. 
 
 IMMU'RE, s. a wall ; enclosure. 
 
 IMMUTABl'LITY, «. [immutaUUte , Fr. in and muto, Lat.] free- 
 dom from change or alteration. 
 
 IMMUTABLE, a. not subject to change or alter. 
 
 IMMU'TABLY, ad. without altering or changing ; in a man- 
 ner not subject to change or alter. 
 
 IMP, s. [imp, Brit.] an inferior devil ; an emissary of the devil. 
 Also a son ; the offspring; progeny. 
 
 To IMP, t'. a. liinjm, Brit.] tolengthenby the addition of some- 
 thing else. 
 
 To IMPA'CT, V. a. [in and pango, Lat.] to drive or force tho 
 particles of a body closer together. 
 
 I'MPACT, s. in Mechanics, the collision occurring on the 
 meeting of two bodies, one or both of which are in motion. 
 
 To IMPA'IR, f. a. [empire); Fr.] to lessen in degree, quality, 
 quantity, or worth ; to diminish ; to injure ; to make worse.- 
 V. 71. to "be lessened or worn out. 
 son can repair," Spenser. 
 
 IMPA'IRMENT, s. a decay; injurj' ; decay of strength. 
 
 To IMPA'LE, V. a. in Heraldry, is to conjoin two coats of arms 
 pale-wise. See Empale. 
 
 IMPA'LPABLE, a. [Fr.] not to be felt, or.perceived by the 
 touch. 
 
 IMPA'NNELLING, s. in Law, signifies the writing down or 
 entering into a parchment, list, or schedule, the names of a jury, 
 summoned by the sheriff to appear for such public services as 
 juries are employed in. 
 
 To I3IPA'RADISE, f. a. [imparadisare, Ital.] to render as 
 happy as the state of paradise is supposed to be. 
 
 IMPA'RITY, s. [impar, Lat.] disproportion ; the excess of two 
 things compared together ; oddness. 
 
 To IMPA'RK, V. a. to separate from a common; to make a 
 park of; to enclose with a park. 
 
 IMPA'RLANCE, s. in Law, is a petition in court, for a day 
 to consider or advise what answer the defendant shall make to 
 the plaintiff's action, and is the continuance of the cause till 
 another day, or a longer time given by the court. 
 
 To IMPA'RT, V. a. [impertio, from partio, Lat.] to grant, give, 
 or communicate a part. 
 
 IMPA'RTIAL, (impdrshial) a. [Fr.] just ; without any bias or 
 undue influence. 
 
 IMPARTIA'LITY, {imparshidUty) s. [imjyarfialite, Fr.] the act 
 of distributing justice without any bias or undue influence ; strict 
 iustice. 
 
 IMPA'RTIALLY, {impdrshially) ad. in a manner free from any 
 bias. 
 
 IMPA'RTIBLE, a. [Fr.] that may be communicated or be- 
 stowed in part; without parts. 
 
 IMPA'SSABLE, a. not to be passed; impervious! 
 
 IMPASSIBl'LITY, s. [impassihilite , Fr.] the quality or privi- 
 lege of not being subject to external injury or sufferings. 
 
 iMPA'SSIBLE, a. [Fr.] incapable of suffering injury or pain. 
 
 IMPA'SSIBLENESS, s. impassibility ; exemption from pain. 
 
 IMPA'SSIONED, (impdshioned) a. seized, or inflamed, with 
 passion. 
 
 \MPAnim^CE,(Smpdshience)s. [Fr.] inabilityof sutferingpain 
 or delay without complaint. 
 
 IMPA'TIENT, (impdshient) a. [in and patiens-, Lat.] not able 
 to endure or bear delay, pain, or any other inconvenience, with- 
 out complaint ; vehemently agitated by passion ; eager. 
 
 IMPA'TIENTLY, (impdshiently) ad. with great intenseness, 
 application, or ardour; with great eagerness or longing desire. 
 
 To IMPAWN, V. a. to give a person as an hostage, or a thing 
 as pledge and securitj', for the performance of certain con- 
 ditions. 
 
 To IMPE'ACH, (pronounced in this word and its derivatives 
 impeech,) v. a. [empecher, Fr.] to hinder. In Law, to accuse a 
 person of being guilty of a crime. 
 
 IMP 
 
 IMPE'ACHABLE, a. worthy of being found fault with ; ac- 
 
 cusable. 
 
 IMFE'ACHER, s. an accuser, one who brings an accusation 
 against another. 
 
 IMPE'ACHMENT, Impe'ach, s. [empechement, Fr.] a hinder- 
 ance or obstacle ; a public accusation or charge of being guilty 
 of some crime. 
 
 To IMPE'ARL, {imperl) v. a. to adorn with pearls, or some- 
 thing resembling pearls. 
 
 IMPECCABI'LITY, «. [impeccabiliti, Fr.] exemption from sin ; 
 exemption from failure. 
 
 IMPE'CCABLE, a. [Fr.] sinless ; exempt from the possibility 
 of sinning. 
 
 To IMPE'DE, V. a. [impedio, Lat.] to hinder; to stop. 
 
 IMPE'DIMENT, s. [in and pes, Lat.] a hinderance, obstacle, 
 or motive, which renders the performance of a thing difficult or 
 impossible. Synon. There seems to be a gradation in the words 
 impediment, obstacle, and obstruction. The impediment staj's ; the 
 obstacle resists ; the obstruction puts an entire stop to. We say, 
 remove the impediment; surmount the obstacle; take away the 
 obstruction. Even small impediments sometimes prove such obsta- 
 cles as obstruct our best endeavours. 
 
 To IMPE'L, V. a. [impello, Lat.] to drive on ; to make a thing 
 move ; to act upon with force. 
 
 IMPE'LLENT, s. a power which acts upon any thing with 
 force. 
 
 To IMPE'ND,!/'. n. [ill and pendeo, Lat.] to hang over, threaten, 
 or be near ; generally applied to some evil. 
 
 IMPENDENCE, s. the state of hanging over, or being 
 near. 
 
 IMPE'NDENT, a. suspended or hanging over; very near. 
 
 IMPENETRABFLITY, s. [impenetrability, Fr.] the quality of 
 not being pierceable. Hardness, or a state not susceptible of 
 tender anections, applied to the mind. In Natural Philosophy, 
 one of the qualities of matter, which means that two bodies can- 
 not occupy the same space at the same time. 
 
 IMPENETRABLE, a. [Fr.] not to be pierced or entered by 
 any outward force; not admitting to enter. Not to be known 
 or discovered, applied to things and persons. Not to be moved 
 or affected, applied to the mind. 
 
 IMPE'NETRABLY, ad. with so m.uch hardness as not to give 
 entrance to any thing driven by external force. Not to be re- 
 moved by instruction, applied to defects of the understanding. 
 " Impenetrabh/ dull," Pope. 
 
 IMPENITENCE, Impe'nitency, s. [Fr.] a state of mind where- 
 in a person continues in sin, without any sorrow, or sense of Di- 
 vine love or mercy. 
 
 IMPE'NITENT, a. [Fr.] not grieving or repenting of sin. 
 
 IMPE'NITENTLY, ad. without repentance, or showing any 
 sorrow for sin. 
 
 IMPE'NNOUS, a. [in and penna, Lat.] without wings. 
 
 I'3IPERATE, a. [impero, Lat.] done with consciousness, or the 
 direction of the will. " Imperate acts," Hate. 
 
 IMPE'RATIVE, a. [imperatif, Fr. from impero, Lat.] command- 
 ing, or expressing command. In Grammar, that mode of the 
 verbufeed in expressing commands or entreaties, which thoughts 
 are conveyed by the aid of the verb let, when the speaker in- 
 cludes himself in the command. 
 
 IMPE'RATIVELY, ad. in a commanding style; authorita- 
 tively. 
 
 IMPERA'TOR, s. [Lat.] in Roman Antiquity, a title of hon- 
 our conferred on victorious generals bv their armies, and after- 
 wards confirmed by the senate. See Emperor. 
 
 IMPERCE'PTlfiLE, a. [Fr.] not to be seen or perceived either 
 by the mind, eye, or other senses ; very small or minute. 
 
 IMPERCE'PTIBLENESS, «. the quality of not being per- 
 ceived either by the mind or senses. 
 
 IMPERCE'PTIBLY, ad. in a manner not to be perceived 
 either by the mind or senses. 
 
 IMPE'RFECT, a. [in and perfectus, Lat.] not quite finished ; 
 not complete ; wanting something; defective; frail. 
 
 IMPERFE'CTION, s. [Fr.] n defect, failure, or fault, whether 
 natural or moral. 
 
 IMPE'RFECTLY, ac/. uot fully or completely; with defects 
 or failure. 
 
 IMPE'RFORABLE, a. [in and perforo, Lat.] not to be bored 
 through. 
 
IMP 
 
 IMPE'RFORATE, a. not pierced or bored through ; without 
 a hole or cavity running through. 
 
 IMPE'RIAL, a. [Fr. imperialis, Lat.] possessed of the state of 
 an emperor or empress; higher than royal, though sometimes 
 used for it. Imperial paper, is a large kind of fine writing paper. 
 Imperial chamber, was a Sovereign court for the affairs of the 
 states of Germany. Imperial cities, were those which owned no 
 other head but the emperor. Imperial diet, was an assembly or 
 convention of all the states of the empire. 
 
 IMPE'RIALIST, s. a person who is subject to an emperor ; a 
 partisan siding with an emperor. 
 
 IMPE'RIOUS, a. limperioms, Lat.] commanding in a haughty, 
 insolent manner ; overbearing ; powerful ; proud. 
 
 IMPE'RIOUSLY, ad. with pride of authority ; in an insolent 
 manner. 
 
 IMPE'RIOUSNESS, s. the exercise of authority ; a haughty, 
 rigid, and insolent stretch of power and command. 
 
 IMPE'RISHABLE, a. [imperissable, Fr.] not to be destroyed 
 by force, or impaired by time. 
 
 IMPE'RSONAL, a. [Fr. in and persona, Lat.] in Grammar, 
 used only in the third person singular, or not having all the per- 
 sons, applied to verbs. The English impersonal is expressed by 
 it or one, before the verb ; as. It thundered. One told me. 
 
 IMPE'RSONALLY, ad. in Grammar, after the manner of a 
 verb which is not used in all the persons. 
 
 IMPE'RTINENCE, Impi/rtinency, s. [Fr.] that which has no 
 relation to the matter in hand; folly, or rambling thought; 
 troublesomeness, arising from not talking to the purpose, or 
 from intrusion ; a trifle. 
 
 IMPE'RTINENT, a. [Fr.] having no relation to the matter in 
 hand ; of no weight ; troublesome, by inquiring into things which 
 do not concern a person ; foolish ; trifling. Synon. Impertinent 
 means meddling with and intruding into what no way concerns 
 us. Impxident implies having no shame, or wanting modesty. 
 Saucy means insolent and abusive. 
 
 IMPE'RTINENT, s. a person who is troublesome by inquiring 
 into, or meddling with, things that do not concern him. 
 
 IMPE'RTINENTLY, ad. without relating to the matter in 
 hand ; in a troublesome manner, by inquiring into things that 
 do not concern one. 
 
 IMPERTRANSIBI'LITY, s. [in and pertranseo, Lat.] impossi- 
 bihty to be passed through. 
 
 IMPE'RVIOL'S, a. {in, per, and via, Lat.] not to be pierced or 
 penetrated ; not accessible. 
 
 IMPE'RVIOUSNESS, s. the state or quality of not admitting 
 any passage or entrance. 
 
 I'MPETRABLE, a. [impetro, Lat.] possible to be obtained. 
 
 IMPETRA'TION, s. [Fr.] the act of obtaining by prayer or 
 entreaty. 
 
 IMPETUO'SITY, s. \impetuosite, Fr.] excess of strength, force, 
 violence, or rage. 
 
 IMPE'TUODS, a. [jOT;)e<tis, Lat.] violent; fierce; furious; ve- 
 hement. 
 
 IMPETUOUSLY, ad. in a violent or furious manner. 
 
 IMPE'TUOUSNESS, «. violence ; fury. 
 
 I'MPETUS, s. [Lat.] the force by which a body moves in any 
 direction after being impelled by another ; a violent effort. 
 
 IMPl'ETY, s. [impiete, Fr. in and pietas, Lat.] a state of open 
 opposition to God ; a want of reverence, and neglect of religion ; 
 ungodliness ; irreligion. 
 
 To IMPFGNORATE, v. a. {in and pignus, Lat.] to pawn or 
 pledge. 
 
 IMPIGNORAOTON, «. the act of pawning or putting to 
 pledge. 
 
 To IMPI'NGE, V. n. [in amd pango, Lat.] to fall or strike against ; 
 to clash with. 
 
 To IMPI'NGUATE, v. a. [pinguis, Lat.] to fatten or make fat. 
 
 PMPIOUS, a. [in and pius, Lat.] without devotion ; without 
 reverence to God or religion. 
 
 I'M PIOUSLY, ad. in a profane, wicked manner. 
 
 I'MPIOUSNESS, s. See Impiety. 
 
 IMPLACABL'LITY, s. the quality of not being appeased, or 
 reconciled to a person that has offended us; irreconcilable enmity. 
 
 IMPLA'CABLE, a. [in and placo, Lat.] not to be pacified or 
 reconciled. 
 
 IMPLA'CABLY, ad. with malice or anger ; in a manner not 
 to be pacified. 
 470 
 
 IMP 
 
 To IMPLAOT, ». a. [in and planto, Lat.] to put a plant into 
 the ground. Figuratively, to establish or fix, applied to the 
 mind, &c. 
 
 IMPLANTATION, s. [Fr.] the act of setting or planting; the 
 act of introducing and fixing in the mind. 
 
 IMPLAU'SIBLE, a. not likely to seduce or persuade. 
 
 IMPLEMENT, s. [implementa, low Lat.] any tool or instru- 
 ment belonging to mechanics. 
 
 IMPLETION, s. [impleo, Lat.] the act of filling, or the state of 
 a thing that is full. 
 
 IMPLE'X, a. [in and plico, Lat.] complicated ; consisting of 
 variety or change ; intricate. 
 
 To I'MPLICATE, v. a. to infold or involve. Figuratively, to 
 embarrass or entangle by variety. 
 
 IMPLICATION, s. the state of a thing, whose parts are kept 
 together by being folded over each other, or entangled ; an in- 
 ference included in an argument, but not expressed. 
 
 IMPLI'CIT, a. [implicite, Fr.] entangled or complicated with ; 
 tacitly comprised or understood, and to be gathered only by in- 
 ference; resting on another, or taken up on the authority of an- 
 other, without any examination. 
 
 IMPLI'CITLY, ad. by inference, because included, but not 
 expressed ; without examination, or barely on the authority of 
 another. 
 
 To IMPLO'RE, V. a. [in and phro, Lat.] to entreat with prayers ; 
 to ask or beg with earnestness and submission. 
 
 IMPLO'RER, s. one that requests or entreats with earn- 
 
 IMPLU'MED, a. [in AxiApluma, Lat.] without feathers. 
 
 IMPLU'VIOUS, a. [in ?inApluvia, Lat.] wet with rain. 
 
 To IMPLY', V. a. [in and plico, Lat.] to conclude as a conse- 
 quence, but not in express terms. 
 
 To IMPOrSON, (impohon) v. a. [more properly empoison, from 
 empoisonner, Fr.] to kill with poison. Figuratively, to corrupt or 
 seduce. 
 
 IMPO'LITIC, Impoli'tical, a. not using forecast ; indiscreet. 
 
 IMPOLPTICALLY, Impo'liticly, ad. without art or discre- 
 tion ; without guarding against the bad consequence of an 
 action ; imprudently. 
 
 IMPO'NDEROUS, a. void of perceptible weight. 
 
 IMPORO'SITY, s. the quality of being without pores or inter- 
 stices between the parts. 
 
 IMPO'ROUS, a. free from pores or interstices between its 
 parts. 
 
 To IMPO'RT, V. a. [in and porto, Lat.] to bring goods into 
 one country from another, applied to commerce.— r. impers. [im- 
 porter, Fr.] to imply, mean, or signify; to produce as a conse- 
 quence. 
 
 I'MPORT, s. moment, weight, or consequence; tendency. 
 Imports, in Commerce, are goods brought from another country. 
 
 IMPO'RTABLE, s. that may by law be brought from abroad. 
 
 IMPO'RTANCE, s. [Fr.] the meaning or signification of a 
 word ; consequence, value, or moment ; a matter, subject, or 
 affliir. 
 
 IMPO'RTANT, a. [Fr.] of great weight, moment, or conse- 
 quence. 
 
 IMPO'RXATION, s. the act or practice of importing or bring- 
 ing goods into one kingdom from another ; opposed to exporta- 
 tion. 
 
 IMPO'RTER, s. one that brings in from abroad. 
 
 IMPORTLESS, a. of no moment or consequence. 
 
 IMPO'RTUNATE, a. [importunus,'L^\..'\ requesting with great 
 earnestness and frequency. Figuratively, not to be repulsed or 
 denied. 
 
 IMPO'RTUNATELY, ad. with incessant and earnest request. 
 
 IMPO'RTUNATENESS, s. incessant and earnest request, or 
 solicitation. 
 
 To IMPORTU'NE, v. a. [importuner, Fr. from importimus, Lat.] 
 to request with earnestness and frequency ; to tease or wear out 
 with incessant and earnest request. 
 
 IMPORTU'NELY, ad. with earnestness and frequency ; trou- 
 blesomely ; unseasonably, or improperly. 
 
 IMPORTU'NITY, s. [imjwrtunite, Fr.] earnest and incessant 
 entreaty. 
 
 To IMPO'SE, (the s in this word and its derivatives is proc 
 nounced like z—imp6ze) v. a. [imposer, Fr.] to lay on as a burden; 
 to exact as a punishment ; to enjoin as a law or duty ; to cheat 
 
IMP 
 
 or deceive. In the universities, to give a task as a punishment 
 for some misdemeanor. Among printers, to put the pages on 
 the stone, and fit on the chase, in order to carry the form to 
 press. 
 
 IMPO'SEABLE, a. to be enjoined as a law or rule. 
 
 IMPO'SER, ». one who commands ; one who lays any heavy 
 fine or dutv on another; one who cheats or tricks. 
 
 IMPOSITION, s. [in and pom, Lat.] the act of laying or put- 
 ting any thing on another; the act of giving or affixing; the 
 commanding any thing as a law or duty; constraint or oppres- 
 sion ; a cheat, trick, or imposture. Imposition of hands, is a cere- 
 mony employed in the Roman and Anglican Churches in con- 
 firmation, ordination, and other rites. It is regarded by many 
 with superstitious reverence, although it is plainly a matter of 
 no moment ; being in fact an oriental custom, and used by our 
 Lord and the apostles, just as it was by the Jews generally, as 
 a national peculiarity, and not with any religious meaning. 
 
 IMPO'SSIBLE, a. [Fr.] not to be done, attained, or practised. 
 
 IMPOSSIBI'LITY, s. [impossibilite, Fr.] the state of being im- 
 practicable, or beyond anyone's power to do ; that which cannot 
 be done. 
 
 I'MPOST, (the pron. long,) s. [Fr.] a toll ; custom paid for 
 goods or merchandise. Used in the plural, in Architecture, for 
 that part of a pillar, in vaults and arches, on which the weight 
 or stress of the whole building beareth. 
 
 To IMPO'STHUMATE, v. n. in Medicine, to form an abscess ; 
 to gather, or form a cyst or bag, applied to matter. — v. a. to in- 
 flict with an imposthume. 
 
 IMPOSTHUMA'TION, s. in Medicine, the act of forming an 
 abscess, gathering, or cyst; the state in which an imposthume 
 is formed. 
 
 IMPO'STHUME, s, in Medicine, a collection of matter in any 
 part of the body. 
 
 IMPO'STOR, s. [imposteur, Fr.] one who deceives or cheats by 
 assuming a false character. 
 
 IMPO'STURE, s. [impostura, from impono, Lat.] a cheat, com- 
 mitted by giving persons or things a false character or appear- 
 ance. 
 
 I'MPOTENCE, I'mpotency, s. [in and jyotcns, Lat.] want of 
 power either of body or mind ; rage, including the idea of not 
 being able to restrain it. 
 
 I'MPOTENT, a. not able ; not having strength to perform a 
 thing, applied both to the mind and to the body; weak; dis- 
 abled by nature or disease ; without a power to restrain ; with- 
 out virility. 
 
 I'MPOTENTL Y, ad. in such a manner as shows want of power. 
 
 To IMPO'VERISH, v. a. [appauvrir, Fr.] to make poor. To 
 render unfruitful, applied to land. 
 
 IMPO'VERISHMENT, s. want of riches ; mean and low cir- 
 cumstances. 
 
 To IMPOU'ND, V. a. to shut up in a pound or pinfold ; to con- 
 fine or enclose in a pound. 
 
 To IMPO'WER, V. a. See To Empower. 
 
 IMPRA'CTICABLE, a. [Fr.] not to be done or practised ; not 
 to be governed or managed. 
 
 IMPRA'CTICABLENESS, s. impossibility of performing or 
 practising. 
 
 To PMPRECATE, v. a. [in And precor, Lat.] to pray for evil to 
 befall oneself or others ; to curse. 
 
 IMPRECATION,*, a curse. 
 
 I'MPRECATORY, a. containing wishes of evil ; or curses. 
 
 To IMPRE'GN, (the jr is mute,) v. a. [pregnans, Lat.] to make 
 fruitful. 
 
 IMPRE'GNABLE, a.[imprenahle,TT.'] not to be stormed or 
 taken, applied to forts. Not to be shaken, moved, or overcome, 
 applied to the mind. 
 
 IMPRE'GNABLY, ad. in such a manner as to defy force or 
 hostility. 
 
 To IMPRE'GNATE, r. a. [pregnans, Lat.] to fill with young, 
 or make fruitful, applied to animals. To saturate, or fill, applied 
 to fluids. 
 
 IMPREGNATION, «. the act of making fruitful, applied to 
 animals. The act of filling with any quality ; saturation, applied 
 to liquors. 
 
 IMPREJU'DICATE, a. [in,pne, andjudico, Lat.] unprejudiced ; 
 not prepossessed ; impartial. 
 
 To IMPRE'SS, V. a. [impressum, from in and pi-imo, Lat.] to 
 
 IMP 
 
 print or mark by pressure ; to force a person to enter either as a 
 sailor or soldier. Figuratively, to fix deep, applied to the 
 mind. 
 
 I'MPRESS, s. a print or mark made by pressure ; an effect ; a 
 mark of distinction, character, or stamp ; the act of forcing into 
 anv service — now commonly p-ess. 
 
 IMPRE'SSIBLE, a. that may be pressed ; liable to be forced 
 into the service, or pressed. 
 
 IMPRE'SSION, s. [impressio, Lat.] a motion which produces 
 some perception, applied to the organs of sense, or the mind. 
 The act of pressing one body upon another ; a stamp or mark 
 made by pressure ; operation or influence. 
 
 IMPRI'MIS, ad. [Lat.] first of all, or in the first place. 
 
 To IMPRI'NT, V. a. [imprimor, Lat.] to mark any substance by 
 pressure; to stamp words on paper by means of types in print- 
 ing; to fix in the mind or memory. 
 
 To IMPRFSON, (the s in this and the next word is pron. like 
 :,) V. a. [emprisonner, Fr.] to confine, restrain, or deprive of 
 freedom. 
 
 IMPRI'SONMENT, s. [emprisonnement, Fr.] the act of con- 
 fining a person in prison ; the state of a person or thing under 
 confinement. 
 
 IMPROBABFLITY, s. want of likelihood ; impossibility of 
 being proved. 
 
 IMPRO'BABLE, a. [m &nd probo, Lat.] unlikely. 
 
 IMPRO'BABLY, ad. in such a manner as cannot be proved. 
 
 IMPROBATION, s. [Fr.] the act of disallowing. 
 
 IMPRO'BITY, s. [in and prohitas, Lat.] want of honesty. 
 
 To IMPROLFFICATE, v. a. to impregnate ; to fecundate. 
 
 IMPRO'PER, a. [in and proprius, Lat.] not fit or qualified ; not 
 suited to the use it is designed for ; not just ; not accurate. 
 
 IMPRO'PERLY,a(i. not fitly; unseasonably; in an inaccurate 
 manner ; inconsistently. 
 
 To IMPROPRIATE, i'. a. [propmis, Lat.] to convert any 
 thing public to private use ; to arrogate, or assume, as belonging 
 to oneself In Canon Law, to transfer the possession of a church 
 into the hands of a layman. 
 
 IMPROPRIATION, s. a parsonage, or ecclesiastical living, 
 the profits of which are in the hands of a layman ; in which case 
 it stands distinguished from appropriation, which is where the 
 profits of a benefice are in the hands' of a bishop, college, &c., 
 though these terms are now often used promiscuously. 
 
 IMPROPRIATOR, s. a layman who has the possession of the 
 lands of the church. 
 
 IMPROPRI'ETY, s. [improprieie, Fr.] any thing which is unfit 
 for the end it is assigned, and unsuitable to the person to whom 
 it is applied; an application of a word in a sense inconsistent 
 with the rules of grammar. 
 
 IMPRO'VABLE, a. capable of being made better, or of ad- 
 vancing from a good to a better state. 
 
 IMPRO'VABLENESS, s. capableness of being made better. 
 
 IMPRO'VABLY, ad. in a manner that admits of being made 
 better. 
 
 To IMPRO'VE, (the o in this word and its derivatives is 
 sounded like oo ; as improove, improovement, improover, &c.) v. a. to 
 advance or raise a thing from a bad state to one of greater per- 
 fection ; to advance in goodness or learning. 
 
 IMPRO'VEMENT, s. the advancement or progress of any 
 thing from a good to a better stale; advancement in learning. 
 
 IMPRO'VLR, s. one who advances in learning and goodness, 
 or makes either himself or anything else better; that which 
 makes any thing better. 
 
 IMPRO'VIDENCE, s. want of caution or forethought. 
 
 IMPRO'VIDENT, a. [in and provideo, Lat.] without any fore- 
 sight or caution, with respect to any future circumstance; with- 
 out any regard to preparation for any future calamity. 
 
 IMPRO'VIDENTLY, ad. without care or caution. 
 
 IMPROVISATION, s. [improvisatore, Ital.] the habit or act of 
 composing verse extempore, on a subject furnished by another 
 person, after the manner of the professional poets of Italy. 
 
 IMPROVI'SION, s. want of forethought or preparation to pre- 
 vent or support any future calamity. 
 
 IMPRlPDENCE, s. [in and pntdentia, Lat.] the want of judg- 
 ment, caution, or a proper regard for our interest, and the con- 
 sequences of our actions. 
 
 IMPRU'DENT, a. [Fr.] injudicious ; indiscreet. 
 
 I'MPlfDENCE, I'mpudency,*. [Fr. in and pudet, Lat.] want of 
 
 471 
 
INA 
 
 modesty; the quality ot doing amiss, without any regard to the 
 opinion of others, or any sense of the nature of the crime. 
 
 I'MPUDENT, a. not affected with shame for having done 
 amiss ; persisting in a fault with boasting ; wanting modesty. 
 
 I'MPUDENTLY, ad. in a shameless manner; without mo- 
 desty. 
 
 To IMPU'GN, (the g in this word and its derivatives is 
 mute,) V. a. [m and pugno, Lat.] to attack ; to oppose or contra- 
 dict an assertion. 
 
 IMPU'GNER, s. one who attacks or opposes an opinion. 
 
 IMPUrSSANCE, s. [Fr.] feebleness, or want of strength. 
 
 I'MPULSE, s. [itnpello, Lat.] the shock or force given and 
 communicated by one body acting upon another; an influence, 
 idea, or motive acting upon the mind ; an attack of an enemy. 
 
 IMPU'LSION, s. [Pr.] the action of a body in motion on an- 
 other body. Influence, applied to the mind. 
 
 IMPU'LSIVE, a. [imjiidsif, Fr.] having the power of moving 
 and acting upon. 
 
 IMPtJ'NlTY, s. [impunite, Fr. in and pimio, Lat.] freedom or 
 exemption from punishment. 
 
 IMPU'RE, a. [in and purus, Lat.] not having that sanctity, 
 virtue, or modesty, required by the laws of religion, or by the 
 dictates of nature. Foul, muddy, or drossy, applied to liquors. 
 
 IMPU'RELY, ad. with immodesty or unchastity. With foul- 
 ness, applied to liquors. 
 
 IMPU'RENESS, Impu'rity, s. [in and punts, Lat.] want of 
 that regard to decency, chasteness, virtue, or holiness, which 
 our duty requires ; an act of unchastity. Foulness, applied to 
 liquors. 
 
 To IMPU'RPLE, V. a. [empourprer, Fr.] to make of a purple 
 colour. 
 
 IMPU'TABLE, a. that may be laid to a person's charge ; ac- 
 cusable; liable to be accused with a fault. 
 
 IMPU'TABLENESS, s. the quality of being imputed. 
 
 IMPUTA'TION, s. [imputation, Fr.] the act of charging with 
 ill ; censure, reproach, or accusation. 
 
 IMPU'TA'ITVE, a. that may impute. 
 
 To IMPU'TE, V. a. [in and imto, Lat.] to charge with ; to ac- 
 cuse, or attribute ; to reckon, as belonging to or done by a per- 
 son, though performed by another. 
 
 IMPU'TER, s. he that charges a person with having done 
 a thing ; he who attributes the merits or actions of a person to 
 another. 
 
 IMPU'TRIBLE, a. [in and pvireo, Lat.] not able to putrefy ; 
 incorruptible. 
 
 IN, prep, [in, Lat.] applied to place, signifies where a thing is ; 
 applied to time, the period then existent, or the state then pre- 
 sent. Sometimes it denotes power. " Is not in man," Iluhb. 
 Tale. By, or for the sake of, used in solemn entreaties. " i« 
 the names of all the gods," iS/iafc. For, applied to cause. "To 
 fight in thy defence," Shak. In that, because. In as much, im- 
 plies, seeing that, or because. 
 
 IN, ad. within some place, opposite towithout. Placed in some 
 particular state. After cotne or go, it denotes entrance. Close, 
 or home, applied to fencing. 
 
 IN, in Composition, has a negative or a privative sense, as, 
 inarable, that which cannot be tilled. Before the liquids /, m, r, 
 the n is changed to I, m, or r; and before b and p, it is changed 
 into m. 
 
 I'NA, one of the Bretwaldas, or supreme kings of the Anglo- 
 Saxon kingdoms in England. His laws are the authentic me- 
 morial of his wisdom. The records of his battles, and of the 
 bequests and privileges he made to monasteries, are of less 
 consequence to history. He died in 728, having held the king- 
 dom of Wessex for 39 years. 
 
 INABILITY, 6. want of power sufficient for the performance 
 of any particular action or design. 
 
 INACCE'SSIBLE, a. [Fr.] not to be reached ; not to be come 
 near or approached. 
 
 INA'CCURACY, s. want of exactness. 
 
 INA'CCURATE, a. wanting accuracy or exactness. 
 
 INA'CTION, s. [Fr.] cessation from, or forbearance of, action 
 or labour. 
 
 INA'CTIVE, a. idle; lazy; sluggish. 
 
 INA'CTIVELY, ad. in a lazy, sluggish manner. 
 
 INACTI'VITY, s. a state wherein a person ceases from labour 
 or action ; idleness ; rest. 
 472 
 
 INC 
 
 INA'DEQUATE, a. [in, ad, and aquus, Lat.] not equal to the 
 purpose ; defective. 
 
 INA'DEQUATELY, ad. defectively; imperfectly; incom- 
 pletely. 
 
 INADVE'RTENCE, I xadve'rtency, «. [Fr.] want of care, at- 
 tention, or deliberation; an act, or the effect, of negligence or 
 inattention. 
 
 INADVE'RTENT, a. without care or attention ; negligent. 
 
 INADVE'RTENTLY, ad. in a careless or negligent manner ; 
 without attention or deliberation. 
 
 INA'LIENABLE, a. that cannot be transferred or made over 
 to another. 
 
 INALIME'NTAL, a. .ifl^ording no nourishment. 
 
 INAMFSSIBLE, a. [Fr.] not to be lost. 
 
 INAMORA'TO, s. a rapturous lover. 
 
 INA'NE, a. [inanis, Lat.] void of matter. 
 
 INA'NIMATE, Ina'nimated, a. [in and anitna, Lat.] void of 
 life; not actuated by a soul. 
 
 INANI'TION, s. [Fr.] emptiness; applied to the vessels of an 
 animal, when wanting their usual fulness. 
 
 INA'NITY, s. [inanis, Lat.] emptiness; space void of matter. 
 
 INA'PPETENCY,s. [mand ap2)ctentia, Lat.] in Medicine, want 
 of stomach or appetite. 
 
 INA'PPLICABLE, a. not proper for a particular use ; not 
 having any relation to a subject or discourse. 
 
 INAPPLICA'TION, s. [Fr.] want of industry in business or 
 study; want of attention. 
 
 INA'RABLE, a. [in and aro, Lat.] not fit to be tilled or 
 ploughed. 
 
 To INA'RCH, V. a. in Gardening, to graft by approach, or to 
 ingraft one tree with another that stands near it. 
 
 INARTI'CULATE, a. [inarticule, Fr.] not uttered with such 
 distinctness that the different syllables may be perceived, as in 
 human speech. 
 
 INARTICULATELY, arf. in a confused manner; so as the 
 distinct syllables cannot be perceived in the utterance. 
 
 INARTI'CULATENESS, s. confusion of sounds; want of dis- 
 tinctness in pronouncing. 
 
 INARTIFI'CIAL, {inaHiflshial) a. contrary to, or inconsistent 
 with, the rules of art. 
 
 INARTIFI'CIALLY, {inartifishially) ad. without art ; in a 
 manner contrary to the rules of art. 
 
 INATTE'NTION, s. [Fr.] want of attention; negligence. 
 
 INATTE'NTIVE, a. without regarding or considering a thing 
 heard; neglecting or disregarding any thing that is spoken to 
 us, or in our sight. 
 
 INAU'DIBLE, a. not to be heard; without sound. 
 
 To INAU'GURATE, v. a. [in and augur, Lat.] to invest in a 
 solemn manner with any high honour, particularly that of an 
 emperor or king; to begin with good omens ; to commence or 
 begin. 
 
 INAUGURA'TION, s. the act of investing a person with the 
 title or honour of a king or emperor. 
 
 INAURA'TION, s. [in and aurum, Lat.] the act of gilding or 
 covering with gold. 
 
 IN A USPI'CIOUS, (iKaus^jis/iioMs) a. ill-omened; unlucky; un- 
 fortunate. 
 
 INBE'ING, s. existing within a thing; inherence. 
 
 I'NBORIV, a. born within ; innated ; implanted by nature. 
 
 INBRE'ATHED, {inbreethed) a. breathed within. Figurative- 
 ly, inspired, or infused by inspiration. 
 
 I'NBRED, a. produced, hatched, or generated within. 
 
 I'NCA, Y'nca, a name given hy the natives of Peru to their 
 kings, and the princes of the blood. 
 
 To INCA'GE, V. a. to confine in a cage ; to coop up or confine 
 within any narrow space. 
 
 INCALE'SCENCE, Incale'scency, s. [incalesco, Lat.] warmth ; 
 increasing heat. 
 
 INCANTATION, s. [mcanto, Lat.] charms or enchantment. 
 
 INCA'NTATORY, a. dealing in, or performing by, enchant- 
 ment or magic. 
 
 To INCA'NTON, v. a. to unite to a canton or separate com- 
 munity. 
 
 INCAPABI'LITY, Inca'pableness, s. natural inability or 
 feebleness; a l^al disqualification. 
 
 INCA'PABLE, fl. [Fr.] wanting power to apprehend, learn 
 or understand, applied to the mind. Not able to receive or per 
 
 
INC 
 
 form ; rendered unfit ; disqualified by law ; not subject or liable 
 to. " Incapabk of falsehood." 
 
 lIVCAPA'ClOUS.a. narrow; of small extent. 
 
 To INCAPA'CITATE, v. a. to render unable or unfit to per- 
 form any thing. 
 
 INCAPA'CITY, ». [incapacite, Fr.] want of power of mind or 
 body ; wanting any necessary qualification, or the power of ap- 
 prehending, learning, or understanding. 
 
 To INCA'RCERATE, v. a. [in and career, Lat.] to imprison ; 
 to confine a person in durance. 
 
 INCARCERATION, s. the act of confining in prison; the 
 state of imprisonment. 
 
 To INCA'RN, V. a. [i'n and caro, Lat.] in Surgery, to cover with 
 flesh ; to cause flesh to grow. — v. n. to breed flesh. 
 
 To INCA'RNADINE, v. a. litwamadino, Ital.] to dye of a pale 
 red or flesh colour. Seldom used. 
 
 To INCA'RNATE, v. a. to clothe or embody with flesh. 
 
 INCA'RNATE, a. clothed with or embodied in flesh. 
 
 INCARNATION, s. [Fr.] the act of assuming a body. In 
 Surgery, the state of breeding flesh, applied to wounds. 
 
 INCA'RNATIVE, s. [incamatif, Fr.] in Medicine, that which 
 produces or generates flesh. 
 
 To INCA'SE, V. a. to cover, enclose, or wrap as in a case. 
 
 INCAUTIOUS, (inkaushious) a. careless, or heedless. 
 
 INCAUTIOUSLY, (inkaushimisly) ad. without suspecting de- 
 ceit ; unwarily; heedlessly. 
 
 INCE'NDIARY, s. [incendo, Lat. mcend{aire,Fr.'i one who ma- 
 liciously and wilfully sets towns and houses on fire. Figurative- 
 ly, one who inflames factions ; one who causes commotions in a 
 state, or promotes quarrels between private persons. 
 
 I'NCENSE, ». [ineendo, Lat.] a perfume offered up in sacrifice. 
 
 To I'NCENSE, V. a. to perfume with incense. 
 
 To INCE'NSE, V. a. to kindle or provoke the anger of a person. 
 
 INCE'NSEJIENT, «. rage or anger occasioned by some 
 offence. 
 
 INCE'NSION, {incenshon) s. the act of kindling ; or the state 
 of being on fire. 
 
 INCE'NSOR, s. [Lat.] one who kindles anger, or inflames the 
 passions. 
 
 I'NCENSORY, s. the vessel in which incense or perfumes are 
 burnt. 
 
 INCE'NTIVE, s. [incentivum, Lat.] that which kindles, in- 
 flames, or provokes anger; a motive, encouragement, or spur to 
 action. 
 
 INCE'NTIVE, a. acting as a spur, motive, or encouragement. 
 
 INCE'PTION, s. [incipio, Lat.] beginning. " The inception of 
 putrefaction," Bacon. 
 
 INCE'PTIVE, a. that implies beginning. 
 
 INCE'PTOR, s. [Lat.] a beginner; one who learns his rudi- 
 ments. 
 
 INCE'RTITUDE, s. [Fr. in and certus, Lat,] want of cer- 
 tainty. 
 
 INCE'SSANT, a. [in and cesso, Lat.] continually ; without in- 
 termission. 
 
 INCE'SSANTLY, arf. without ceasing; continually; without 
 intermission. 
 
 I'NCEST, s. [inceste, Fr.] the crime of criminal and unnatural 
 commerce with a person within the degree forbidden by the law. 
 This formerly extended to the seventh, but seems now confined 
 to the thind. 
 
 INCE'STUOUS, s. [incestueux, Fr.] guilty of incest, or the 
 knowledge of a person within the degrees forbidden by the law. 
 
 INCE'STUOUSLY, ad. in an incestuous manner. 
 
 INCH, s. [ince. Sax.] a measure supposed equal to three bar- 
 ley-corns laid end to end ; the twelfth part of a foot ; a pro- 
 verbial expression for a small quantity ; a critical or nice point 
 of time. " We watched "you at an inch" Sliak. 
 
 To INCH, V. a. to drive out, or force in, by inches. Figur- 
 
 LLIZABETH, a novelist and play-writer 
 
 atively, to give niggardly. 
 
 I'NCHBALD, MRS. LLiaabcih, a novelist and play- 
 of the end of the last century. She commenced life as an 
 actress ; and after her retirement from the stage, supported her- 
 self by her writings. Beside plays, written in the style of Kotze- 
 bue, and novels, which j-et are read, she edited collections of 
 Ikitish dramas. She died in 1821, aged 68 years. 
 
 I'NCHCOLM, and I'NCHKEITH, two small islands in the 
 Frith of Forth, near the coast of Fife, but within the county of 
 
 INC 
 
 Edinburgh. Here are the fine ruins of a once celebrated 
 monaster}', founded, in 1123, by Alexander L, and of a chapel 
 dedicated to St. Marnock. 
 
 I'NCHMEAL, s. a piece an inch long. 
 
 To INCHOATE, v. a. [inchoo, Lat.] to begin ; to commence. 
 
 INCHOATION, {inkodshon) s. a beginning. 
 
 INCHO'ATIVE, linkdative) a. noting beginning. 
 
 To INCI'DE, V. a. [incido, Lat.] to cut, applied in Medicine to 
 acids or salts. 
 
 I'NCIDENCE, I'ncidency, s. [Fr.] the direction with which 
 one body strikes or falls upon another. 
 
 TNCIDENT, a. [incido, Lat.] happening without expectation 
 or being foreseen ; falling in beside the main design ; happen- 
 ing or liable to befall. 
 
 I'NCIDENT, s. something that happens beside the main de- 
 sign ; a casualty, or unexpected and unforeseen event. Synon. 
 Incident is most applicable to casualties in private life ; event, to 
 government and states. 
 
 INCIDE'NTAL, a. happening without being foreseen, expect- 
 ed, or intended ; casual. 
 
 INCIDE'NTALLY, ad. occasionally ; beside the main design ; 
 by the way ; by the by. 
 
 To INCl'NERATE, v. a. [cinis, Lat.] to burn to ashes. 
 
 INCINERATION, s. [Fr.] the act of burning any thing to 
 ashes. 
 
 INCIRCUMSPE'CTION, s. want of caution. 
 
 INCI'SED, a. [incido, Lat.] cut, or made by cutting; as, " an 
 incised wound." 
 
 INCI'SION, s. a cut or wound made by a sharp instrument, 
 generally applied to those made by a surgeon. 
 
 INCI'SIVE, a. [incisif, Fr.] having the quality of cutting or 
 separating. 
 
 INCI'SOR, s. [Lat.] a cutter. In Anatomy, applied to one of 
 the teeth in the forepart of the mouth. 
 
 IlVCrSORY, a. [incisorie, Fr.] having the powenof cutting or 
 dividing. 
 
 INCrSURE, s, in Surgery, a cut, aperture, or wound made 
 with a sharp instrument. 
 
 INCITA'TION, s. [incito, from «eo,Lat.] an incentive; an im- 
 pulse; a motive which spurs a person to action. 
 
 To INCI'TE, V. a. to stir up ; to push forward in a design ; to 
 urge on ; to animate or encourage. 
 
 INCITEMENT, s. a motive which urges a person to action. 
 
 INCI'VIL, a. [Fr.] wanting the elegance of breeding; not be- 
 having with kindness. See Uncivil. 
 
 INCIVI'LITY, s. [incivilite, Fr.] want of complaisance ; rude- 
 ness. 
 
 INCLE'MENCY, s. [incUmence, Fr. in and dementia, Lat.] want 
 of mercy; cruelty, or harshness of treatment. 
 
 INCLE'MENT, a. not exercising mercy or clemency ; cruel ; 
 void of tenderness. Figuratively, severe, or prodigiously cold, 
 applied to seasons or climates. 
 
 INCLI'NABLE, a. [inclino, Lat.] having a propensity ; will- 
 ing; having a tendency, or liable. 
 
 INCLINATION, s. tendency towards any point, or the mutual 
 tendency which two or more bodies have to one another ; natural 
 aptness or fitness ; disposition or propensity of the mind to any 
 particular action. In Navigation, the tendency or direction of 
 the needle or compass to the E. or W. In Astronomy, the in- 
 clination of a planet, is the angle that the plane of its orbit makes 
 with the plane of the ecliptic. In Magnetism, the tendency of 
 the needle of the mariner s compass towards the earth, called 
 the dip. 
 
 INCLI'NATORY, a. having the quality of tending to a par- 
 ticular point. 
 
 INCLI'NATORILY, ad. obliquely; with a greater tendency to 
 one side than another; with some deviation from N. or S. 
 
 To INCLI'NE, V. n. [inclino, Lat.] to lean ; to bend ; to tend 
 towards any part. Figuratively, to be favourably disposed to. — 
 V. a. to give a tendency or direction to any place or state ; to 
 turn towards any thing, as desirous or attentive ; to bend ; to 
 incurvate. 
 
 INCLI'NED PLANE, s. in Mechanics, one of the mechanical 
 powers by which bodies can be raised to a height, by the appli- 
 cation of much less force than would be required to lift them 
 sheerly to it. The force being so much the less as the length of 
 the plane is increased in proportion to the height to be reached. 
 3 p 473 
 
INC 
 
 To INCLI'P, V. a. to grasp ; to enclose ; to surround. " What- 
 e'er the ocean pales, or sky inclips" Shah. 
 
 To INCLOI'STER, v. a. to shut up or confine in a cloister or 
 monasterj'. 
 
 To INCLO'SE, V. a. See To Enclose. 
 
 INCLO'SUKE, s. [in and clamh, Lat.] in Law, the appropri- 
 ation by individuals, according to statute, of lands forint-rly 
 common. 
 
 To INCLOU'D, V. a. to darken with clouds; to make dark; 
 to obscure. 
 
 To INCLU'DE, V. a. [mand claudo, Lat.] to enclose, or shut in. 
 Figuratively, to imply; to comprehend, or contain. 
 
 INCLU'SiVE, a. \inclusif, Fr.] enclosed ; contained ; compre- 
 hended in any sum or number. 
 
 INCLU'SIVELY, ad. comprehending or reckoning the thing 
 mentioned. 
 
 INCOEXI'STENCE, s. [in,con, and existo, Lat.] the quality of 
 not existing together. 
 
 INCO'G, ad. [contracted from incognito, Ital.] in a private 
 manner ; in such a manner as shows that a person would not be 
 known. 
 
 INCO'GITANCY, s. [incogitantia, low Lat.] want of thought, or 
 want of thinking on the nature and consequence of our actions. 
 
 INCO'GITATIVE, a. wanting the power of thinking. 
 
 INCO'GNITO, ad. See Incog. 
 
 INCOHE'RENCE, Incohe'rency, s. want of being connected 
 together, or of dependence on each other; inconsistence; want 
 of cohesion. 
 
 INCOHE'RENT, a. not following as a consequence ; incon- 
 sistent; without cohesion. 
 
 INCOHE'RENTLY, ad. inconsistently ; inconsequentially. 
 
 INCOMBUSTIBFLITY, s. the quality of not being consumed 
 by fire. A burnt body becomes incombustible when it has re- 
 ceived so much oxygen that it can admit no more. 
 
 INCOMBU'STIBLE, a. [Fr.] not to be consumed by fire. 
 
 INCOMBU'STIBLENESS, s. the quality of not being wasted 
 or consumed by fire. 
 
 FNCOME, s. that which an estate or post produces yearly ; 
 the produce of any thing. Income Tax, in Law, a tax paid in a 
 certain proportion to an income from a trade, profession, &c. 
 
 INCOMMENSURABILITY, s. the state of one thing com- 
 pared to another, when they cannot both be measured by any 
 common measure, however small. 
 
 INCOMME'NSURABLE, a. [in, con, and menmra, Lat.] in 
 Mathematics, not to be reduced to, or measured by, any common 
 measure. 
 
 INCOMME'NSURATE, a. not admitting a common measure ; 
 bearing no proportion t» each other. 
 
 To INCO'MMODATE, Incommo'de, v. a. [in and eommodus, 
 Lat.] to make inconvenient ; to be inconvenient to, vexatious, 
 or troublesome. 
 
 INCOMMO'DIOUS, a. inconvenient; vexatious, or trouble- 
 some. 
 
 INCOMMO'DIOUSLY, ad. inconveniently ; not suited to use 
 or necessity ; not at ease. 
 
 INCOMMO'DIOUSNESS, s. inconvenience. 
 
 INCOMMO'DITY, s. [incommodite, Fr.] an inconvenience ; 
 trouble. 
 
 INCOMMUNICABFLITY, s. the quality of not being impart- 
 ed to another. 
 
 INCOMMU'NICABLE, a. [Fr.] not to be imparted, or made 
 the common right and property of another ; not to be expressed 
 or explained by words. 
 
 INCOMMU'NICABLY, ad. in a manner not to be imparted, or 
 to become the common quality or right of another; in such a 
 manner as cannot be expressed or explained. 
 
 INCOMMU'NlCATlNG,^arf. having no commerce or inter- 
 course with another. 
 
 INCOMMU'NICATIVE, a. reserved. 
 
 INCOMPA'CT, Incompa'cted, a. porous ; loose, or not having 
 its parts closely and strongly joined together. 
 
 INCO'MPARABLE, a. [Fr.] so excellent as not to have any 
 thing like it; excellent beyond all competition. 
 
 INCO'MPARABLY, ad. beyond comparison or competition; 
 excellently. 
 
 INCOMPA'SSIONATE, {incompdshionate) a. void of pity or 
 tenderness ; not touched or afiected with the miseries of another. 
 474 
 
 INC 
 
 INCOMPATIBI'LITY, s. [in and compete, Lat.] the quality 
 which renders a thing not possible to exist, or to be reconcilea, 
 with another; inconsistency with another. 
 
 INCOMPA'TIBLE, a. [Fr.] impossible to subsist with some- 
 thing else ; inconsistent with something else ; irreconcilable. 
 
 INCOMPA'TIBLY, ad. inconsistently. 
 
 INCO'MPETENCY, s. [incompetence, Fr.] inability. In Law, 
 a want of a proper qualification. 
 
 INCO'MPETENT, a. not sufficient, or not proportionate to 
 an undertaking. In Civil Law, not having a right or qualifica- 
 tion for the performance of a thing. 
 
 INCO'MPETENTLY, ad. unsuitably; in such a manner as 
 not to be proportionate to. 
 
 INCOMPLE'TE, a. not perfect or finished. 
 
 INCOMPLE'TENESS, s. imperfection ; the state of a thing 
 which is not finished. 
 
 INCOMPLI'ANCE, s. obstinacy or untractableness of temper ; 
 want or refusal of compliance. 
 
 INCOMPO'SED, (inkompdsed) a. disturbed or disordered. 
 
 INCOMPOSSIBFLITY, s. the quality of not being joined or 
 existing together with something else ; inconsistency with 
 something. 
 
 INCOMPO'SSIBLE, a. not possible at one and the same time, 
 or in one and the same subject. 
 
 INCOMPREHENSIBI'LlTY, «. [incmnpreJtensibilitS, Fr. in and 
 comprehendo, Lat.] the quality of not being perfectly or ade- 
 quately comprehended by the mind, though it may be conceived 
 imperfectly. , 
 
 INCOMPREHE'NSIBLE, a. [Fr.] not to be fully or perfectly 
 understood or comprehended. 
 
 INCOMPREHE'NSIBLENESS, s. the quality of not being 
 comprehended. 
 
 INCOMPREHE'NSIBLY, ad. in a manner not to be con- 
 ceived. 
 
 INCOMPRESSIBI'LITY, s. impossibility of being pressed or 
 squeezed into a less space. 
 
 INCOMPRE'SSIBLE, a. [Fr.] not capable of being pressed 
 or squeezed together into a narrower compass. 
 
 INCONCE'ALABLE, (inhonseelable) a. not to be hid, or kept 
 secret, 
 
 INCONCEIVABLE, (inconseevable) a. [Fr. in and concipio, 
 Lat.] not to be conceived or apprehended by the mind ; that of 
 which we can form no notion or idea. 
 
 INCONCEIVABLY, (inconseevahly) ad. in a manner beyond 
 the apprehension of the mind. 
 
 INCONCE'PTIBLE, a. not to be conceived or comprehended 
 by the mind. 
 
 INCONCLU'DENT, a. [in and eoncludo, Lat.] not conclusive ; 
 not inferring a consequence. 
 
 INCONCLU'SIVE, a. not forcing any assent to the mind, or 
 containing any forcible evidence. 
 
 INCONCLU'SIVELY, ad. without any such evidence as de- 
 termines the understanding. 
 
 INCONCLU'SIVENESS, s. want of strength of reasoning 
 sufficient to prove a thing, or gain the assent of the mind. 
 
 INCONCO'CT, Inconco'cted, a. [in and concoquo, Lat.]' in 
 Surgery, not ripened or digested. 
 
 INCONCO'CTION, s. in Medicine, the state of being crude, 
 indigested, or unripe. 
 
 INCONCU'RRING, a. not concurring. 
 
 INCONDITE, a. [m and wi^'tes, Lat.] irregular; rude; un- 
 polished. 
 
 INCONDITIONAL, {inkondkhonal) a. without restriction, 
 limitation, or condition. 
 
 INCONDI'TIONATE, a. not limited ; not restrained by any 
 condition ; absolute. 
 
 INCONFO'RMITY, s. incompliance with the practice of others. 
 
 INCONGRUENCE, s. want of fitness or suitableness. 
 
 INCONGRUITY, s. [inconyruite, Fr. in and cnngruus, Lat.] un- 
 suitablenessofone thing to another; inconsistence; impropriety; 
 absurdity. 
 
 INCO'NGRUOUS, a. [incongru, Fr.] unsuitable ; inconsistent ; 
 absurd. 
 
 INCO'NGRUOUSLY, ad. improperly; inconsistently; ab- 
 surdly. 
 
 INCO'NSCIONABLE, {inkonslionahle) a. void of the sense of 
 good and evil ; without any remorse of conscience. 
 
INC 
 
 INCOIS'SEQUENT, a. [in and consequens, Lat.] without a just 
 conclusion ; without a regular inference. 
 
 INCONSI'DERABLE, a. unworthy of notice; insignificant; 
 of no importance. 
 
 INCONSI'DERABLENESS, s. want of merit, worth, or sig- 
 nificancv; want of importance. 
 
 INCONSl'DERATE, a. {in and considero, Lat.] without re- 
 garding the nature or consequences of our actions ; careless ; 
 rash. 
 
 INCONSI'DERATELY, ad. in a negligent, thoughtless, or 
 careless manner. 
 
 INCONSl'DERATENESS, s. want of thought ; want of re- 
 gard to the consequences of our actions. 
 
 INCONSIDERA'TION, s. want of thought; rashness, 
 
 INCONSrSTENCE, Inconsi'stency, s. such an opposition be- 
 tween propositions, that one implies the denial of the other; 
 such contrariety of qualities, that both cannot subsist together ; 
 incongruity; unsteadiness; changeableness. 
 
 INCONSrSTENT, a. not to be reconciled with ; absurd. So 
 contrary, that one implies the denial or destruction of the other, 
 applied either to propositions or qualities. 
 
 INCONSrSTENTLY,arf. absurdly; unreasonably; with self- 
 contradiction. 
 
 INCONSrSTING, part, not consistent or compatible with. 
 
 INCONSO'LABLE, a. [Fr.] not to be comforted, 
 
 INCO'NSONANCY, s. disagreement with itself; not agreeing 
 in sound. 
 
 INCONSPrCUOUS, a. not to be seen ; not worth notice. 
 
 INCO'NSTANCY, s. [m and constans, Lat.] unsteadiness ; a 
 disposition of mind continually changing. 
 
 INCO'NSTANT, a. not firm in resolution ; not steady in af- 
 fection; varying in disposition, temper, or conduct; often 
 changing. 
 
 INCONSU'JIABLE, a. not to be wasted. 
 
 INCOiNSU'MPTIBLE, a. [in and comumo, Lat.] not utterly to 
 be destroyed or wasted by fire or other means. 
 
 INCONTE'STABLE, a. [Fr.] not to disputed ; admitting no 
 debate. 
 
 INCONTE'STABLY, ad. in so certain a manner, as not to ad- 
 mit of doubt or dispute. 
 
 INCONirGUOUS, a. not touching ; not near. 
 
 INCO'NTINENCE, Inco'ntinency, s. [in and contineo, Lat.] not 
 abstaining from unlawful desires ; lust. 
 
 INCCNTINENT, a. unchaste, or not restraining unlawful 
 desires. 
 
 INCONTINENTLY, ad. unchastely; without delay; imme- 
 diately. 
 
 INCONTROVE'RTIBLE, a. so plain or certain as to admit of 
 no dispute. 
 
 INCONTROVE'RTIBLY, ad. in a manner so plain or evident 
 as to admit of no dispute. 
 
 INCONVE'NIENCE, Inconve'niency, s. [inconvenient, Fr.] 
 unfitness, or unsuitableness ; anything which causes uneasi- 
 ness, or proves a hinderance or obstacle. 
 
 INCONVE'NIENT, a. [Fr.] disadvantageous; unfit; unsea- 
 sonable. 
 
 INCONVE'NIENTLY, ad. in a manner not fit and suitable ; 
 unseasonable. 
 
 INCONVE'RSABLE, a. reserved ; not inclined to conversa- 
 tion ; not affable. 
 
 INCONVE'RTIBLE, a. not to be altered or changed. 
 
 INCONVI'NCIBLE, a. not capable of being convinced, or 
 forced to assent to the truth of a proposition, &c. 
 
 INCONVI'NCIBLY, ad. incapable of being convinced. 
 
 INCO'RPORAL, a. immaterial ; distinct -from matter ; dis- 
 tinct from body. 
 
 INCORPORA'LITY, s. [incorporalite , Fr.] not consisting of 
 body or matter. 
 
 To INCORPORATE, v. a. [incorporer, Fr.] to mingle different 
 ingredients together; to join together inseparably; to form into 
 a company, society, or body politic ; to unite or associate. — r. n. 
 to unite with something else, followed by with, and sometimes 
 into. 
 
 INCO'RPORATE, o. not consisting of matter or body ; im- 
 material. United together by charter, applied to societies or 
 communities. 
 
 INCORPORATION, «, [Fr.] the union of diflTerent ingre- 
 
 INC 
 
 dients ; the formation of a body politic, or the uniting several 
 persons together by charter, adoption, union, or association. 
 
 INCORPO'REAL, a. [in and corpus, Lat.] not consisting of 
 matter or body ; spiritual. 
 
 INCORPO'REALLY, ad. without body. 
 
 INCORPORETTY, s. the quality of being void of, or distinct 
 from, body or matter. 
 
 INCORRE'CT, a. not acccurate or nicely finished; imperfect; 
 faultv. 
 
 INCORRE'CTLY, ad. in a faulty or imperfect manner. 
 
 INCORRE'CTNESS, s. the quality of having faults that are 
 not amended; want of exactness. 
 
 INCO'RRIGIBLE, a. [Fr.] bad beyond the power of being 
 made better by correction ; erroneous or faulty beyond hope of 
 instruction or amendment. 
 
 INCO'RRIGIBLENESS, s. the quality of being obstinately 
 bad ; hopeless depravity. 
 
 INCO'RRIGIBLY, ad. bad to such a degree as to leave no 
 hopes of amendment. 
 
 INCORRU'PT, Incorru'pted, a. [in and corrumpo, Lat.] free 
 from any foulness or sin ; of pure and honest manners ; of inte- 
 grity above the newer of a bribe. 
 
 INCORRUPTIBl'LITY, s. [incorruptibilite, Fr.] the quality of 
 not being liable to decay or corruption. 
 
 INCORRU'PTIBLE, (sometimes accented on the second syl- 
 lable,) a. [Fr.] not capable of decay or corruption. 
 
 INCORRU'PTION,s. [Fr.] a state free from corruption or de- 
 cay; a state of integrity beyond the temptation of bribes. 
 
 INCORRU'PTNESS, s. inviolable purity; unshaken inte- 
 grity ; unalterable honesty ; freedom from decay, degeneration, 
 or corruption. 
 
 To INCRA'SSATE, v. a. [in and crassus, Lat.] to make thick, 
 applied to liquors. 
 
 INCRASSA'TION, s. the act of making thick ; the state of 
 growing thick, applied to fluids. 
 
 INCRA'SSATIVE, a. that which has the power or quality of 
 making thick, applied to fluids. 
 
 To INCRE'ASE, (inkreese) v. n. [incresco, from cresco, Lat.] to 
 grow more in number, or greater in bulk. — ». a. to make more or 
 greater. 
 
 I'NCREASE, (inkrehe) s. the state of growing greater, ap- 
 plied to bulk ; any thing which is added to the original stock ; 
 gain; produce. Synon. Things increose by addition of the same 
 kind ; they grow by nourishment : thus corn grows; the harvest 
 increases. The word grow signifies only the augmentation, inde- 
 pendent of that which occasions it. The vioxA increase gives us 
 to understand, that the augmentation is caused by a fresh quan- 
 tity which casually joins it. 
 
 INCRE'ASER, {inkreeser) s. that which adds to the number 
 or bulk of things. 
 
 INCREATED, a. not created. 
 
 INCREDIBI'LITY, s. [incredibilite, Fr.] the quality of surpass- 
 ing, or not being worthy of, belief. 
 
 INCRE'DIBLE, a. [m and credo, Lat.] surpassing belief; not 
 worthy of belief. 
 
 INCRE'DIBLY, ad. in a manner not to be believed. 
 
 INCREDU'LITY, Incre'dulousjjess, s. [incredulite, Fr.] the 
 quality of not believing, notwithstanding sufficient proofs to de- 
 mand assent. 
 
 INCRE'DULOUS, a. [in and credo, Lat.] not believing, not- 
 withstanding arguments sufficient to demand assent. 
 
 I'NCREMENT, s. [incrementum, from incresco, Lat.] the act of 
 growing greater; the cause of growth ; produce. 
 
 To INCRU'ST, Incru'state, «. a. [incrusto, from in and crusta, 
 Lat.] to cover with a hard substance or crust ; to cover over with 
 an additional coat of marble, &c. 
 
 INCRU'STATED, a. See Incrusted. 
 
 INCRUSTATION, s. the act of covering a wall, or column, 
 with a lining or coating of marble, pottery, or stucco-work. 
 
 INCRU'STED, part, in Architecture, applied to walls or 
 columns covered with several pieces or slips of some precious 
 marble or stone. 
 
 To FNCUBATE, v. n. [in and cuJio, Lat.] to sit upon eggs. 
 
 INCUBATION, s. the act of sitting upon eggs to hatch 
 them. 
 
 I'NCUBUS, s. [Lat.] See Night-mair. 
 
 To INCU'LCATE, v. a. \in and culco, Lat.] to impress on the 
 3 p 2 475 
 
IND 
 
 mind by frequent admonitions ; to enforce by constant and in- 
 cessant repetitions. 
 
 INCULCA'TION, s. the act of impressing by frequent admoni- 
 tions. 
 
 INCU'LPABLE, a. [in and culpa, Lat.] not to be found fault 
 ■with ; free from priiilt. 
 
 INCU'LPABLY, ad. in a manner free from guilt. 
 
 INCU'LT, a. [in and colo, Lat.] uncultivated. 
 
 INCU'MBENCY, «. the act of lying upon something; the 
 state of keeping, or being resident on, a benefice. 
 
 INCU'MBENT, a. [in and cumbo, Lat.] resting or lying upon ; 
 imposed or required as a duty. 
 
 INCU'MBENT, s. in Law, one who is in present possession of 
 an ecclesiastical benefice. 
 
 To INCU'MBER, v. a. [encombrer, Fr.] to perplex, embarrass, 
 or hinder, bv any impediment. 
 
 To INCU'R, V. a. [in and curro, Lat.] to become liable to pun- 
 ishment or blame. 
 
 INCURABI'LITY, s. \incurabiliii, Fr.] impossibility of being 
 cured. 
 
 INCU'RABLE, a. [Fr.] not to be removed or cured by any 
 medicine. 
 
 INCU'RABLENESS, s. the state or quality of not admitting 
 any cure. 
 
 INCU'RABLY, ad. without remedy. 
 
 INCU'RIOUS, a. not considering a thing with attention 
 enough to discover its latent beauties ; having no desire of see- 
 ing or knowing any thing new or strange. 
 
 INCU'RSION, s. attack or assault; an inroad or invasion of a 
 country not amounting to a conquest. 
 
 To I'NCU'RVATE, v. a. [incurvo, from curvm, Lat.] to bend, or 
 make crooked. 
 
 INCURVA'TION, s. the act of bending or making crooked. 
 
 INCU'RVITY, s. crookedness, or the state of bending inwards. 
 
 INDAGA'TION, s. [indago, Lat.] a search in order to discover 
 something unknown ; the act of tracing. 
 
 INDAGA'TOR, s. [Lat.] one who endeavours to find out a 
 thing by tracing it to its origin. 
 
 To INDA'RT, V. a. to dart in ; to strike in. 
 
 To INDE'BT, (the b is mute both in this word and its deriva- 
 tives,) V. a. to charge with a debt ; to put under an obligation 
 by conferring a favour. 
 
 INDE'BTED, part, under obligation for some favour received ; 
 having received money or goods for which a person is obliged 
 
 to pay, or give an equivalent. 
 fNDE'C -- 
 
 /CENCY, s. [indecence, Fr.] any thing unbecoming the 
 person who commits it ; an action unbecoming chastity or good 
 manners. 
 
 INDE'CENT, a. [Fr.] unbecoming a person's rank or character. 
 
 IN'DECLl'NABLE, a. [in and declino, Lat.] in Grammar, not 
 capable of expressing any modification in meaning by inflexion. 
 
 INDE'COROUS, a. [in and decurus, Lat.] not becoming. 
 
 INDECO'RUM, ». [Lat.] an action unbecoming the rank or 
 character of a person. 
 
 INDEE'D, ad. really ; in truth ; without doubt ; above com- 
 mon rate; this is to be granted that. 
 
 INDEFA'TIGABLE, a. [in and d^fatigo, Lat.] not exhausted 
 or wearied by continual labour ; labouring as if never tired. 
 
 LXDEFA'TIGABLY, ad. in such a manner as if never tired 
 by labour. 
 
 INDEFE'ASIBLE, Indefe'isible, {indefeezible) a. not to be cut 
 off, defeated, or made void ; irrevocable. 
 
 INDEFECTIBI'LITY, s. the quality of not being subject to 
 decay, defect, or failure. 
 
 INDEFE'CTIBLE, a. [m and dejicio, Lat.] not liable to decay, 
 defect, or failure. 
 
 INDEFE'NSIBLE, a. that cannot be defended or maintained. 
 
 INDE'FINITE, a. [mandrfe^nib, Lat] not determined, settled, 
 limited, or restrained. In Geometry, applied to a line whose 
 extremities are not stated in the proposition. 
 
 INDE'FINITELY, ad. in an undeterminate and loose manner. 
 
 INDEFI'NITUDE, s. a quantity or number not limited by our 
 understanding, but yet finite. 
 
 INDELl'BERATE, Indeli'berated, a. [indelibere, Fr.] not pre- 
 meditated ; not done with or after due consideration. 
 
 LNDELI'BERATENESS, s. want of consideration ; rashness ; 
 suddenness. 
 476 
 
 IN D 
 
 IiVDE'LIBLE, a. [in and deleo, Lat.] not to be effaced or blot- 
 ted out; not to be annulled or al)rogated. 
 
 INDE'LICACY, s. want of delicacy ; want of elegance, or a 
 rigorous observance of decency. 
 
 INDELICATE, a. wanting decency. 
 
 INDEMNIFICA'TION, s. security against any loss or penalty ; 
 reimbursement or repayment of loss or penalty. 
 
 To 1NDE'3INIFY, v. a. to secure against loss or penalty. 
 
 INDE'MNITY, s. [indemniU, Fr.] security; or an exemption 
 from punishment. 
 
 To INDENT, V. a. [in and dens, Lat.] to form any thing in 
 inequalities like a row of teeth ; to act in and out Hke waves. — 
 i;. n. to contract or bargain. 
 
 INDE'NT, s. an inequality ; a dent of a waving surface, like 
 that (if an indenture. 
 
 INDENT A'TION, s. an indenture or waving in any figure. 
 
 INDE'NTURE, s. in Law, a covenant, so called because the 
 counterparts are indented or cut in and out, or in a waving 
 manner over each other. 
 
 INDEPENDENCE, Indepe'ndency, s. [Fr.] freedom; a state 
 in which a person or thing is not controlled by, oraiiy waysinthe 
 power of, another. In Ecclesiastical History, that form of church 
 government, &c. which is maintained by the Independents. The 
 Declaration of Independence was a manifesto signed on the 4th 
 July, 1776, by the first congress in N. America, containing the 
 reasons foiVhe rejection of the supremacy of England. 
 
 INDEPE'NDENT, a. [indepcndens, Lat.] not depending ; not 
 controlled. 
 
 INDEPE'NDENTLY, ad. without reference to, or connexion 
 with, other things. 
 
 INDEPE'NDENTS, in Ecclesiastical History, a denomination 
 of professed Christians, who. maintain the entire independence 
 of any one church or society of Christians of all others, and of 
 all other authority in matters religious and ecclesiastical. The 
 first name by which this denomination was generally known, 
 was taken from the English founder, Robert Brown. They are 
 generally called Congregationalists now. 
 
 INDESTRU'CTIBLE, a. impossible to be destroyed. 
 
 INDESTRUCTIBILITY, s. the impossibility of being de- 
 stroyed. In Natural Philosophy, a property of matter, implying 
 that though the order and arrangement of the atoms of any 
 body may be changed, or the elements separated and recom- 
 bined in any way, no single particle can be annihilated. 
 
 INDETE'RMINABLE, a. not to be fixed ; not to be defined 
 or settled. 
 
 INDETE'RMINATE, a. [indeterminS, Fr.] unfixed ; not re- 
 strained or limited to any particular time, circumstance, or 
 meaning. In Mathematics, applied to problems which can be 
 solved in various wavs. 
 
 INDETE'RMINAtELY, ad. in a loose, vague, uncertain, or 
 unsettled manner. 
 
 INDETERMINA'TION, s. want of resolution or determina- 
 tion ; a state of uncertainty. 
 
 INDETE'RMINED, a. not fixed or restrained to any particu- 
 lar time, circumstance, or meaning. 
 
 INDEVO'TION, s. [Fr.] want of ardour or zeal in religious 
 worship. 
 
 INDEVOU'T, a. [indecot, Fr.] not religious ; not zealous in 
 the performance of religious duties. 
 
 I'NDEX, s. [Lat.] a discoverer or pointer out ; the table con- 
 taining the contents of a book, with the pages where they may 
 be found; a little stile, or hand, which points to the hour on 
 the globe or a clock ; a hand cut out or painted on a post to di- 
 rect travellers the way to any place. In Printing, the figure of 
 a hand with the finger pointing, used to denote some remarkable 
 passage in an author. In Arithmetic, a figure which shows the 
 number of places of an absolute number of a logarithm, and of 
 what nature it is. In Anatomy, the forefinger. 
 
 INDEXTE'RITY, s. want of readiness or handiness in per- 
 forming a thing. 
 
 I'NDIA, the general name for that extensive region of Asia, 
 lying on the Indian Ocean, S. of Tatary, and reaching from Per- 
 sia to China", which is divided into India within,and India with- 
 out, or beyond, the Ganges ;— but more properly now confined to 
 that country of Asia, known also as Hindustan, which occupies 
 the enormous promontory washed by the Arabian Sea, and the 
 Bay of Bengal; and reaching inland to the gigantic Himmaleh 
 
IND 
 
 Mountains, is bounded by Beloochistan, Affghanistan, Tatary, 
 the Chinese Empire, and Biirmah. It is almost 2000 miles in 
 extreme length, and 1500 miles in its extreme breadth. The great 
 chains of mountains are, the Himmaleh Mountains, which are the 
 loftiest in the world, reaching nearly 30,000 feet in elevation ; 
 the Aravulli 3Iountains, and the Vin'dhyan range; the Eastern 
 and Western Ghauts, and the continuation of the Western 
 Ghauts to Cape Comorin : the height of these lesser chains is 
 inconsiderable in itself, but most of them rise from table land 
 considerably above the level of the sea. Between these ranges 
 of heights, and between them and the sea, in some parts, are wide 
 plains. The great rivers are, the Ganges, with its countless 
 tributaries, &c. ; the Indus, with its tributaries, the Nerbudda, 
 the Mahanuddy, the Godaverj', the Kistna, &c. The natural 
 productions, and the capabilities of the soil, of so vast a region, 
 are too numerous and variously distributed to be specifically 
 described here, and they will be found under the names of the 
 different provinces, presidencies, &c. &c. into which it is divided. 
 The inhabitants, though divided into many nations, &c., and 
 often subjugated by the hardier and more warlike people of Ta- 
 tary, just as has been the lot of other inhabitants of the enervat- 
 ing regions of S. Asia, are almost all traceable to one stock, and 
 that is plainly connected with that branch of the human family, 
 known amongst phj'siologists as the Caucasian variety. More- 
 over, the ancient sacred and parent language of the greater part 
 of Hindustan, the Sanscrit, is most remarkably connected with 
 the European languages, with the Teutonic dialects in its roots, 
 and with Greek both in its roots and inflexions of verbs and nouns. 
 The dialects derived from the Sanscrit are very numerous, and of 
 them the Hindustanee is most widely spread. Beside these, the 
 Tamil and the Telinga languages, with some others closely al- 
 lied to them, seem to have sprung from another source, or to 
 have passed through a different channel. The science of Hindu- 
 stan at some remote period reached its culminating point, and 
 has been cultivated as a dead letter by the learned classes, with- 
 out any material addition, ever since. In social state and re- 
 ligion, India greatly resembles ancient Egj'pt, the whole people 
 being divided into castes, and the priestly caste being supreme ; 
 the gods being numerous, and the worship degrading and cruel ; 
 metempsychosis being a prominent dogma, and the bull being a 
 special object of veneration ; — but in India the religious system 
 is more fully developed. The religious architecture of Egypt 
 and India exhibit most marked resemblances. The sacred books 
 called the Vedas, and the Institutes of Menu, which are in part 
 moral and in part juridical, contain much that is excellent, and 
 much that is puerile too. Some of the coincidences between 
 the history of some of their numerous gods, and the sacred his- 
 tory of the Bible, are most wonderful. The habits of the great 
 mass of the people are indolent and gentle; and thus they have 
 easily become the prey of foreign invaders. But some tribes are 
 sufficiently warlike, and have remained unsubdued to this day. 
 Want of good faith prevails throughout the whole population. 
 Calcutta, Madras, and Bombay are the greatest cities in the 
 British possessions ; Delhi, Benares, Lucknow, Patna, Aurung- 
 abad, Hyderabad, the chief cities not seats of European trade. 
 British India consists of Bengal, Chittagong, Bahar, Assam, 
 Goondwana, Delhi, Ajmeer, Orissa, the Circars, the Carnatic, 
 Cochin, the island of Ceylon, Mysore, Canara, Concan, Khan- 
 deish, &c., divided into the three presidencies of Calcutta, Ma- 
 dras, and Bombay. The French have Pondicherrj', and a few 
 isolated places on the coast, with Chandernagore, near Calcutta. 
 Portugal possesses Goa and Diu. Denmark has a few small settle- 
 ments. The greater part of the unappropriated territory is either 
 subject to Great Britain, or in intimate and dependent alliance 
 with it. The Punjaub, Nepaul, Bootan, aiyi Scindia, are the 
 chief independent states. The total population of India is 
 reckoned to be 120,000,000. 
 
 I'NDIAN, a. [from India,'] belonging to India. — s. a person 
 born in the Indies. 
 
 I'NDIAN CORN, s. See Maize. 
 
 I'NDIAN INK, s. in water-colour Painting, &c., a black paint 
 made of vegetable charcoal, finely ground with gum, &c. It is 
 of a brown-black hue, and therefore is not so useful for some 
 purposes as the pigment made of animal charcoal. In China 
 and India, a similar pigment is used for common writing. 
 
 I'NDIAN RED, s. a species of ochre ; a very fine purple earth, 
 of firm compact texture, and great weight. 
 
 IND 
 
 I'NDIAN RUBBER, s. See C.\outchouc. 
 
 INDIAN TERRITORY, called also Western Territory, a 
 tract of country lying W. of the settled portion of the United 
 States, which has been set apart by the general government for 
 the permanent residence of those Indian tribes which have been 
 removed from various States of the Union. It is about 600 
 miles in length, and 450 in breadth; and is bounded by the 
 Platte river, the desert country extending to the Rocky Moun- 
 tains, the Red river, and the States of Missouri and Arkansas. 
 It is a fertile tract, and the prairies are particularly rich. About 
 70,000 difl^erent tribes dwell here, excluding the wild tribes, 
 who originally occupied that part of the country. The numbers 
 of the chief tribes settled here are about 3-50,000. 
 
 INDIA'NA, one of the United States of N. America, lying on 
 Lake Michigan, and bounded by the states named Michigan, 
 Ohio, Kentucky, and Illinois. It is 2G0 miles in length, and 
 140 in breadth ; and is divided into 87 counties. There are a 
 few hills of no great height ; but the general surface of this State 
 is an unbroken level. The Ohio, the Wabash, the White River, 
 the White Water, &c. are the largest rivers. Iron, coal, and 
 saline springs, are its chief mineral products. The timber of 
 the wide-spread forests is very valuable. The land cleared and 
 cultivated is exceedingly fertile, and yields grain and fruits of 
 all kinds. The prairies afford excellent pasture grounds. Its 
 manufactures are not extensive. There are four colleges rising 
 into importance; and but one bank. Indianapolis is the seat of 
 government ; and New Albany the place of the greatest extent 
 and importance. Pop. 685,806, of which 7165 are coloured per- 
 sons, who are admitted to the suffrage in this State, which is 
 not a slave State. 
 
 INDIANA'POLIS, capital of Indiana, United States. It stands 
 on the White River, over which is a bridge. It is laid out with 
 great regularity; and in the centre of tne town is a circular 
 street, surrounding an elevation on which the government 
 buildings and offices stand. The State-house is built on the 
 model of the Parthenon of Athens. There are some factories 
 here ; but the trade is not much, as the river is navigable only 
 at high water. Pop. 2692. 
 
 I'NDIANS, the name usually given by Europeans and Eu- 
 ropean settlers in N. America, to the Red men who were the 
 aborigines of the country. They differ exceedindy both from 
 the tribes living in immediate neighbourhood of Hudson's Bay, 
 Baffin's Bay, the N. Ocean, and Bhering's Straits ; and from 
 the tribes occupj-ing Central America, who were exterminated 
 by the Spaniards. And both these and the Red men seem to 
 have been vastly inferior to a race whose remains are found 
 scattered most numerously through the W. and central parts of 
 N. America. The colour of these red tribes is characteristic ; as 
 are the general forms of their heads ; the manner in which the 
 hair and beard grow, or are wanting ; and their languages, 
 which, though differing from each other considerably, are all 
 marked by the power of agglutination of words, in order to ex- 
 press complex and remote notions, just as the Chinese do in 
 their written language. The form of government was the sim- 
 plest possible, being a sort of hereditary patriarchal govern- 
 ment most usually. In religion, although they seemed to have 
 some impressions of the spirituality of God, they had a kind of 
 fetichism also, and held the pretended priests, or medicine men, 
 in great veneration. Their habits were exceedingly crafty and 
 ferocious; and their bodily powers and senses cultivated by 
 careful training, to the degree in which they are usually pos- 
 sessed by animals alone. Their frequent hostilities were con- 
 ducted as is usual amongst petty barbarous tribes ; and any who 
 happened to be captured by the victors, were most cruelly tor- 
 tured, and bore their tortures with the most stoical or stupid 
 fortitude. From the time of the first settlement of Europeans 
 in America, a process of extermination has been carried on 
 against them. Being compelled to retire before the European 
 method and weapons of war, they put into exercise all their cun- 
 ning, and all their savageness ; but it was a vain and idle con- 
 test. Attempts have been made by earnest individuals and 
 others, to civilize and Christianize them, but European cupidity, 
 and vice, and disease, and superior craft and power, have coun- 
 teracted such well-meant efforts, and gradually sunk the Red 
 men lower than the state of savage life, and has tricked them out 
 of their possessions, or driven them away by violence, or swept 
 away and exterminated large and numerous tribes. The principal 
 
 4/7 
 
IND 
 
 tribes now existing are settled in the Indian Territory; and con- 
 sist of the Chickasaws, the Choctaws, the Creeks, the Semi- 
 noles, the Cherokees, the Osages, the Shawnees, the Dela wares, 
 the Ojibbewas, the Sioux, the Blackfeet, &c. &c., in number 
 about '350,000. 
 
 TNDICANT, a. [indico, Lat.] showing, discovering, or point- 
 ing out. In Phj'sic, pointing out a remedy. 
 
 To rNDICATE, v. a. [indico, Lat.] to show ; to point out. 
 
 INDICATION, s. a mark, token, sign, or symptom of some- 
 thing which is hidden, or not plain of itself; a discovery or in- 
 formation of something that was not known. In Medicine, a 
 symptom discovering or directing what is to be done to cure a 
 distemper. 
 
 INDl'CATIVE, a. showing, discovering, or pointing out. In 
 Grammar, the mode of a verb which is used to signify a simple 
 declaration, or judgment, in accessory as well as in principal 
 sentences. 
 
 INDI'CATIVELY, ad. in such a manner as shows, declares, 
 discovers, or betokens. 
 
 To INDI'CT, (indite) v. a. to charge a person with a crime, by 
 a written accusation, before a judge. 
 
 INDI'CTION, s. [indiction, Fr.] a declaration or proclamation. 
 In Chronology, the indictions were a revolution of 1-5 years, 
 which were separately reckoned as, indiction 1, indiction 2, &c. 
 up to 15, when they recommence with I. By the best authori- 
 ties the year 313, a. d., is fixed on as the first indiction. There 
 were 4 different kinds of indiction, that of Constantinople, the 
 Imperial and the Pontifical indictions, and that used by the 
 Parlement of Paris. It seems to have originated in the periods 
 for paying certain tribute or taxes. 
 
 INDI'CTMENT, (inditement) s. a bill, or an accusation for an 
 offence, exhibited unto jurors ; a bill, or declaration, made in 
 form of law for the benefit of the commonwealth. 
 
 PNDIES, EAST. &e India. 
 
 I'NDIES, WEST, the general name given to the various 
 groups and chains of islands occupying and enclosing the wide 
 gulf between N. and S. America. They are called the Antilles 
 by the French ; and, by our own geographers, the smaller islands 
 are known as the Bahamas, the Virgin Islands, the Windward, 
 and the Leeward Islands. Hayti is independent; Cuba and 
 some small islands lying close to its shores, with Porto Rico, 
 belong to Spain ; Guadaloupe and Martinique belong to France ; 
 Santa Cruz and St. Thomas to Denmark ; a few small islands 
 near the coast of Venezuela, with St. Martin, Gustavia, Saba, and 
 St. Eustatius, to Holland ; and almost all the rest to England, 
 Jamaica and Trinidad being its largest islands. See under the 
 respective names, 
 
 INDFFFERENCE, Indi'fferency, s. [in and differo, Lat.] 
 freedom from bias or influence ; impartiality, or freedom from 
 prejudice; want of affection ; unconcernedness. 
 
 INDFFFERENT, a. not determined on either side ; uncon- 
 cerned or regardless; not having such a difference as to oblige 
 us to determine on either side ; neither commanded nor forbid- 
 den ; neither good nor bad; passable; tolerable. 
 
 INDI'FFERENTLY, ad. without distinction, or inclining 
 more to one than another ; without wish, aversion, or emotion ; 
 not well ; tolerably ; passably. 
 
 IN'DIGENCE, I'ndigency, s. [indigeo, Lat.] want of the com- 
 forts of life ; poverty. 
 
 INDrGENOUS, a. [itidu and geno, Lat.] native; originally 
 produced or born in a country. 
 
 I'NDIGENT, a. [indigeo, Lat.] in want of the comforts of life, 
 or of money to procure them ; void; empty; wanting. 
 
 INDIGE'ST, iNDiGE'sTED.a. [in and digero, Lat.} not separated 
 in any order; not formed or brought to maturity ; not well con- 
 sidered or methodized ; not concocted, or altered so as to be fit 
 for nourishment. 
 
 INDIGE'STIBLE, a. not to be altered in the stomach, or made 
 fit for nourishment, applied to food. Not to be methodized, re- 
 duced to order, or added to the improvements of the mind, ap- 
 plied to ideas or sentiments. 
 
 INDIGE'STION, s. [Fr.] in Medicine, a disorder in the 
 stomach, whereby it is rendered incapable of altering the food 
 it contains, so as to make it fit for nourishment ; called also 
 dyspepsia. 
 
 INDI'GETES, s. [Lat.] a name which the ancient pagans gave 
 to some of their gods. 
 478 
 
 IND 
 
 INDIGITA'TION, s. [digitus, Lat.] the act of pointing out or 
 showing, as by the finger. 
 
 INDI'GNANT, a. [in and dignus, Lat.] inflamed at once with 
 anger and disdain. 
 
 INDIGNA'TION, s. anger joined with contempt, abhorrence, 
 disdain, and aversion. 
 
 INDI'GNITY, s. a reproachful or disgraceful action, wherein 
 the rank or character of a person is disregarded, and receives a 
 very great injury. 
 
 I'NDIGO, s. in Dyeing and Commerce, a rich dark blue co- 
 lour, produced by a plant cultivated very extensively in all tro- 
 pical countries that have been settled by Europeans. The plant 
 is called in the East anil, and is of the pea kind ; it yields the 
 colouring matter either by a fermentative process, or else on 
 being subjected to the action of boiling water. It forms a large 
 item in the commerce of England, and is used in printing cali- 
 coes chiefly. 
 
 INDIRE'CT, a. [in and directus, Lat.] not straight or in a right 
 line. Figuratively, round about, or not coming immediately to 
 the point ; not fair, honest, or open. 
 
 INDIRE'CTION, s. a round-about manner of coming to a 
 point ; dishonest practice ; a secret or oblique artifice or inten- 
 tion to deceive. 
 
 INDlRE'CTLY, ad. without coming at once to the point in 
 hand ; in an artful, oblique, or round-about manner ; unfairly ; 
 not in an honest manner; not rightly. 
 
 INDIRE'CTNESS, s. obliqueness ; the quality of not being 
 in a straight line ; unfairness. 
 
 INDISCE'RNIBLE, a. not to be perceived by the eye or mind. 
 
 INDISCE'RNIBLY, ad. in a manner not to be perceived. 
 
 INDISCERPTIBI'LITY, s. the quality of not being capable 
 of having its parts separated, or of being destroyed by disso- 
 lution. 
 
 INDISCE'RPTIBLE, a. not capable of having its parts sepa- 
 rated from each other. 
 
 INDISCREET, a. [indiscret, Fr.] injudicious; imprudent; 
 rash ; inconsiderate. 
 
 INDISCREETLY, ad. without making a proper choice; 
 without judgment or consideration ; rashly. 
 
 INDISCRETION, s. [Fr.] weakness of conduct ; imprudence , 
 iuconsideration, or want of judgment. 
 
 INDISCRI'MINATE, a. [in and discrimen, Lat.] not carrying 
 any mark of difference, without making any difference or dis- 
 tinction. 
 
 INDISCRFMINATELY, ad. without difference or distinction. 
 
 INDISPE'NSABLE, a. [Fr.] not to be forborn or excused ; 
 
 INDISPE'NSABLENESS, s. the state of a thing which can- 
 not be excused, omitted, or forborn ; necessity. 
 
 INDISPE'NSABLY, ad. in such a manner as not to be ex- 
 cused by any authority ; not to be forborn ; absolutely neces- 
 sary. 
 
 To INDISPO'SE, (the s in this word and its derivatives is 
 pron. like z,) t-. a. [indisposer, Fr.] to make unfit, with for; to 
 make averse, with to ; to disorder or make unfit by disease. To 
 affect with a slight disorder, applied to health. To make unfa- 
 vourable, with towards. 
 
 INDISPO'SEDNESS, s. a state of unfitness, or want of in- 
 clination ; a state of health lessened by a slight disorder. 
 
 INDISPOSITION, s. [Fr.] a tendency to sickness, or a slight 
 disorder; want of inclination ; aversion or dislike. 
 
 INDISPUTABLE, (sometimes accented, together with its 
 derivatives, on the second syllable,) a. so evident as to admit no 
 dispute or controversy. 
 
 INDISPUTABLENESS, «. the state of being so evident as 
 not to admit of dispute; certainty. 
 
 INDISPUTABLY, ad. in a manner so evident as not to admit 
 
 of dispute; without opposition. 
 INDISSO'LVABLE, a. not ca 
 
 capable of having its parts separ- 
 ated from each other. Not to be broken ; binding for ever, ap- 
 plied to bonds or contracts. 
 
 INDISSOLUBFLITY, s. [indissoluUUte , Fr.] the state of the 
 particles of a body which cohere so closely as not to be se- 
 parated. 
 
 INDI'SSOLUBLE, a. [in and dissolve, Lat.] not to be se-, 
 parated; strongly cohering; binding; obliging; firm; stable; 
 not subject to change or alteration. 
 
IND 
 
 INDI'SSOLUBLENESS, s. thequalityof resisting a separation 
 of its parts. 
 
 INDI'SSOLUBLY, «<;. in a manner resisting all separation; 
 never ceasing to oblige. 
 
 INDISTl'NCT, a. [in and distmguo, Lat.] not marked, or dif- 
 ferent, so as to be separated or discerned ; confused; not discern- 
 ing exactly. 
 
 INDISTI'NCTION, s. want of distinguishing or perceiving the 
 difference between things; confusion or uncertainty. 
 
 INDISTI'NCTLY, ad. confusedly ; not to be perceived plainly. 
 
 INDISTI'NCTNESS, s. confusion ; uncertainty; obscurity. 
 
 INDISTU'RBANCE, s. calmness ; freedom from any violent 
 emotion ; great tranquillity. 
 
 To INDITE, V. a. See To Indict. 
 
 INDIVI'DUAL, a. [indkiduel, Fr.] separate from others of the 
 same species ; single ; not to be divided. 
 
 INDIVI'DUAL, s. a single person. 
 
 INDIVIDUA'LITY, s. separate or distinct existence. 
 
 INDIVI'DUALLY, ad. without any distinction or difference ; 
 numerically ; not separably. 
 
 To INDIVI'DUATE, v. a. [in and divido, Lat.] to distinguish 
 from others of the same species ; to make single ; to communi- 
 cate to several in a distinct or separate manner. 
 
 INDIVIDUA'TION, s. that which makes an individual ; sepa- 
 rate existence. 
 
 INDIVIDU'ITY, s. the state of being an individual ; the state 
 of being what one was before ; separate existence. 
 
 INDIVISIBI'LITY, Indivi'sibleness, (the s in these and the 
 two following words is pronounced likez,)s. the state which can 
 admit of no more division. 
 
 INDIVISIBLE, a. [Fr.] not to be broken into more parts; 
 not to be separated into smaller parts ; incapable of being 
 divided. 
 
 INDlVrSIBLES, s. in Geometry, those indefinitely small 
 elements or particles into which bodies may be ultimately re- 
 solved. 
 
 INDIVrSIBLY, ad. .so as it cannot be divided. 
 
 INDO'CIBLE, a. not to be taught ; not capable of receiving 
 instruction. 
 
 INDO'CILE, a. [m and doceo, Lat.] not receiving any benefit 
 from, or regarding, instruction. 
 
 INDOCI'LITY, s. [indocilite, Fr.] thequalityof disregarding or 
 refusing instruction. 
 
 To INDO'CTRINATE, v. a. [endoctriner, old Fr.] to instruct ; 
 to teach. 
 
 INDOCTRINATION, s. instruction ; information. 
 
 I'NDOLENCE, I'ndolency, s. [indolentia, Lat.] laziness, or a 
 state wherein a person continues inactive, without any regard or 
 attention to any \.h'\na he sees around him. 
 
 I'NDOLENT, a. [Fr.] inactive or lazy ; without any regard to 
 what passes around one. 
 
 I'NDOLENTLY, ad. inactively, and without regard to any 
 thing around one. 
 
 To INDO'RSE, ». a. &c To Endorse. 
 
 To INDOW, (the ow is pronounced as in now,) v. a. [in and 
 (fouer, Fr.] to give a portion to. Figuratively, to enrich with 
 gifts, either of fortune or nature. See To Endow. 
 
 INDRA'UGHT, {indrdft) s. an opening in the land into which 
 the sea flows ; an inlet or passage inwards. 
 
 I'NDRE, a department of France, surrounded by the depart- 
 ments of Indre et Loire, Vienne, Haute Vienne, Creuse, Cher, 
 and Loire et Cher. It is above 50 miles in each direction ; and 
 is generally slightly undulating or level in its surface. The 
 river whence it is named is its chief stream ; but beside it, it is 
 watered by numerous rivers and tributaries of rivers of less im- 
 portance. Corn, wine, hemp, timber, cattle, and sheep, are its 
 chief products and exports. It has also some mineral wealth, 
 iron in particular. There are also found all kinds of stone for 
 building, statuary, &c. &c. ChSteauroux is its capital. Pop. 
 about 300,000. 
 
 I'NDRE ET LOIRE, a department of France, bounded by the 
 departments of Indre, Loire et Cher, Sarthe, Maine et Loire, and 
 Vienne. It is about 70 miles long, and 55 broad, and it is very 
 level. The Loire, the Cher, the Indre, &c. &c. are its rivers. 
 Lime and some building stones, &c. are its only natural trea- 
 sures. Agriculture is pursued with energy and success. All 
 kinds of grain, vegetables, fruits, &c. abound. Wine, siik, &c. 
 
 IND 
 
 are also greatly attended to. It has some manufactures of value 
 and importance in the larger towns. Tours is its principal place. 
 Pop. about 325,000. 
 
 To INDRE'NCH, v. a. to soak ; to drown. 
 
 I'NDRI, s. in Zoology, an animal of the lemur tribe, which 
 inhabits Madagascar. 
 
 INpU'BIOUS, a. without doubting or suspecting; certain; 
 positive. 
 
 INDU'BITABLE, a. [m and dubito, Lat.] so certain or evident 
 as to admit of no doubt or suspicion of its truth. 
 
 INDU'BITABLY, ad. in a manner so evident and certain as to 
 admit of no doubt. 
 
 INDU'BITATE, a. undoubted; unquestioned. 
 
 To INDU'CE, V. a. [in and duco, Lai.] to persuade; to prevail 
 on. To offer by way of induction, or by way of consequence 
 drawn from several particulars, applied to reasoning. To incul- 
 cate or enforce by argument ; to produce as au argument or in- 
 stance ; to bring into view ; to introduce. 
 
 INDU'CEMENT, s. a motive which allures or persuades to any 
 thing. 
 
 INDU'CER, s. a persuader ; one that influences. 
 
 To INDU'CT, j;. a. to put into actual possession of a benefice. 
 
 INDU'CTION, s. in Logic, a kind of argument, by which, 
 from particular phenomena, general laws are established; the 
 method of discovering propositions of the greatest extent and 
 generality, in opposition to deduction, which is the evolution of 
 special propositions from those of a greater extent. It also signi- 
 fies, in Natural Philosophy, both the process of collecting and 
 combining facts, for the discovery of a law, and the discovery 
 itself so made and certified. In Law, the act of giving posses- 
 sion of a benefice to an incumbent. 
 
 INDU'CTIVE, a. contributing, leading, or persuasive ; capa- 
 ble of inferring or including. Inductive philosophy, the method 
 of inquiry by which alone true sciences can be formed. It was 
 first eulogized and vindicated, in contrast with all other methods, 
 by Lord Bacon in his Novum Organon. But it is the process, 
 which all who have studied phenomena with any native earnest- 
 ness, have adopted. It has been neglected only by artificial 
 students. The chief feature of this method is not the collection 
 of facts, but the principle on which they are collected ; and not 
 the mere combination of them, but the combining of them in 
 such a way, as that one general fact should be pointed to by all. 
 The scientific inquiry which Lord Bacon taught, was " the/ore- 
 thoughtful question," of which he said, that it was " half of the 
 knowledge sought." 
 
 To INDU'E, V. a. [induo, Lat.] to invest ; to communicate or 
 give a quality to. 
 
 To INDU'LGE, v. a. [indulgeo, Lat.] to gratify or grant the 
 desires of another as a favour ; to favour or foster ; to give in- 
 dulgence. 
 
 INDU'LGENCE, Indd'lgency, s. [Fr.] compliance with or 
 granting the desires and requests of others through fondness; 
 forbearance, or connivance at faults; a favour granted. In the 
 Romish Church, the remission of punishment due to a sin, grant- 
 ed by the church, and supposed to save the sinner from pur- 
 gatory. 
 
 INDU'LGENT, a. [indnlgeo, Lat.] kind; gentle; complying 
 with the requests, or gratifying the desires, of another, through 
 fondness ; mild, or favourable. 
 
 INDU'LGENTLY, ad. with kind compliance, and fond gi-ati- 
 fication ; without severity or censure. 
 
 INDU'LT, Indu'lto, s. [Ital. and Fr.] a special favour or pri- 
 vilege granted either to a community, or private person, by the 
 pope's bull, by which they are licensed to do or obtain some- 
 thing contrary to the common laws. 
 
 To I'NDURATE, v. n. [induro, from dtirus, Lat.] to grow hard. 
 —V. a. to make hard ; to harden the mind. 
 
 INDURA'TION, s. the state of growing hard; the act of 
 making hard ; hardness of heart. 
 
 I'NDUS, a great river of Hindustan, called by the natives 
 Sinde or Sindeh. It is formed of about ten principal streams, 
 which take their rise in the great mountain chains of N. India 
 and Persia. It flows, after a course of about 1500 miles, into the 
 Indian Ocean near the Gulf of Cutch. It is a fine, deep, and 
 navigable river, for vessels of any burden ; the different branches 
 are also most of them navigable to a great extent; its mouth, 
 however, is so choked up with sand, that no ship can enter it. 
 
 479 
 
INE 
 
 Moultan, Attuck, Tatta, and Hyderabad, are great cities by 
 which it passes. 
 
 INDU'STKIOUS, a. [indiistrius, Lat.] active and constant in 
 manual labour, business, or study. 
 
 INDU'STRIOUSLY, ad. with constant and intense applica- 
 tion of mind, or exercise of body ; with great care, diligence, and 
 assiduity. 
 
 I'NDUSTRY, s. [industria, Lat.] dilifjence ; constant applica- 
 tion of the mind, or exercise of the body. 
 
 To INE'BRIATE, v. a. [inebrio, from ebrtus, Lat.] to make a 
 person drunk with strong liquors. — v. n. to grow drunk ; to be 
 intoxicated. Figuratively, to intoxicate with praise, grandeur, 
 or success. 
 
 INEBRIATION,*, drunkenness; intoxication. 
 
 INEFFABI'LITY, s. the quality of being beyond the power of 
 language. 
 
 INE'FFABLE, a. [in andeffor, Lat.] not to be spoken, uttered, 
 or expressed. 
 
 INE'FFABLY, ad. in such a manner, or in so high a degree, 
 as not to be expressed by words. 
 
 INEFFE'CTIVE, a. [me/ec<;/, Fr.] that can produce no effect. 
 
 INEFFE'CTUAL, a. not to "have power sufficient to produce 
 its proper effect ; weak ; without power, or operating in vain. 
 
 INEFFE'CTUALLY, ad. to no purpose ; without effect. 
 
 INEFFE'CTUALNESS, s. want of power to produce its pro- 
 per effect. 
 
 INEFFICA'CIOUS, (meffikdshioits) a. [in and efficio, Lat.] un- 
 able to produce any effect ; weak ; feeble ; acting to no purpose. 
 
 INE'FFICACY, s. want of power to produce an effect ; the 
 quality of operating in vain, or to no purpose. 
 
 INE'LEGANCE, Ine'legancy, s. meanness; want of address. 
 
 INE'LEGANT, a. [in and elegam, Lat.] not nice ; mean ; de- 
 testable. 
 
 INE'LOQUENT, a. [in and eloqtiens, Lat.] not speaking with 
 ease, volubility, or the flowers of rhetoric ; not persuasive. 
 
 INE'PT, a. [in and aptus, Lat.] unfit, or unsuitable to any end 
 or purpose ; useless ; trifling ; foolish. 
 
 INE'PTITUDE, s. unfitness, or unsuitableness to any pur- 
 pose or end. 
 
 INE'PTLY, ad. in a trifling manner ; unsuitably or foolishly. 
 
 INEQUA'LITY, s. [in and egualitas, Lat.] the difference be- 
 tween two or more things compared together ; disproportion to 
 any oflice, state, or purpose ; difference of rank or station. 
 
 INERRABI'LITY, s. the quality of not being subject to error. 
 
 INE'RRABLE, a. not subject to error or mistake. 
 
 INE'RRABLENESS, s. the quality of not being liable to err. 
 
 INE'RRABLY, ad. without possibility of erring; infallibly. 
 
 INE'RRINGLY, ad. without error, mistake, or deviation 
 either from truth or right. 
 
 INE'RT, a. [iners, Lat.] dull ; motionless ; moving with diffi- 
 culty; sluggish. 
 
 INE'RTIA, s. [Lat.] in Mechanics, a property of matter, 
 whence it happens that if a body is at rest it will continue so for 
 ever, unless some cause, not in itself, sets it in motion ; and so, 
 also, if a body is in motion, it will move for ever in the direction 
 in which it is at any moment proceeding, if no external cause 
 divert it, or bring it to a stand. 
 
 INE'RTLY, ad. sluggishly, or dully. 
 
 INESCA'TION, s. [esca, Lat.] the act of baiting. 
 
 INE'STIMABLE, a. [mand ecstimo, Lat.] so valuable as not to 
 be rated ; exceeding any price. 
 
 INEVITABI'LHT, s. the quality of not being possible to be 
 avoided. 
 
 INE'VITABLE, a. [in, e, and vito, Lat.] not to be escaped or 
 avoided. 
 
 INEXCU'SABLE, (the s in this and the following words is 
 pronounced like z,) a. [in and excuso, Lat.] not to be excused, or 
 not palliable by apology. 
 
 INEXCU'SABLENESS, s. enormity of crime beyond forgive- 
 ness or palliation. 
 
 INEXTCU'SABLY, ad. to a degree of guilt or folly beyond 
 excuse. 
 
 INEXHA'LABLE, a. that cannot be evaporated, or consumed 
 in vapour. 
 
 INEXHAU'STED, a. not emptied ; not spent. 
 
 INEXHAU'STIBLE, a. not to be emptied or all drawn out ; 
 not to be entirely spent. 
 
 INF 
 
 INEXI'STENCE, s. want of being or existence. 
 
 INEXI'STENT, a. not having being; not to be found in 
 nature. 
 
 INE'XORABLE, a. [in and exoro, Lat.] not to be moved by 
 entreaty. 
 
 INEXPETDIENCE, Inexpe'diency, s. want of fitness or pro- 
 priety ; unsuitableness to time, place, or circumstance. 
 
 INEXPE'DIENT, a. improper, unnecessary, or not productive 
 of any advantage. 
 
 INEXPE'RIENCE, s. [Fr.] want of experience, or sufficient 
 knowledge. 
 
 INEXPE'RIENCED, a. not having personally tried or had 
 experience of. 
 
 INEXPE'RT, a. [in and expertus, Lat.] unskilful for want of 
 custom or use. 
 
 INE'XPIABLE, a. [in and expio,, Lat.] not to be atoned or 
 made amends for ; not to be pacified or reconciled by atonement. 
 
 INE'XPIABLY, ad. to a degree bej'ond atonement, 
 
 INE'XPLICABLE, a. [Fr.] so difficult as not to be explained. 
 
 1NE'XPLIC.4BLY, ad. in a manner not to be made plain. 
 
 INEXPRE'SSIBLE, a. not to be told, uttered, or conveyed by 
 words. 
 
 INEXPRE'SSIBLY, ad. in a manner not to be uttered or 
 
 conveyed by words. 
 >lf>G 
 
 1 and cxpvgno, Lat.] not to be taken 
 
 INEXPUGNABLE, , 
 
 by assault, or subdued. 
 
 INEXTI'NGUISHABLE, a. not to be quenched, applied to 
 fire. Not to be satisfied, iipplied to desires. 
 
 INE'XTRICABLE, a. [Fr. in and extrico, Lat.] not to be dis- 
 entangled ; not to be explained, or cleared from obscurity. 
 
 INE'XTRICABLY, a</. in a manner not to be explained; so 
 as not to be disentangled. 
 
 To INEY'E, V. n. to inoculate, by inserting the bud of one 
 tree into the stock of another. 
 
 INFALLIBI'LITY, Infa'llibleness, s. [infallibilite, Fr. in and 
 /alio, Lat.] the quality of not being subject to be deceived or 
 mistaken. 
 
 INFA'LLIBLE, a. [Fr.] incapable of being mistaken or de- 
 ceived. Certain, or never failing, applied to medicine. 
 
 INFA'LLIBLY, ad. without danger or deceit, or possibility of 
 being mistaken ; certainly. 
 
 To INFA'ME, V. a. [in and/ama, Lat.] to defame ; to censure 
 publicly for the commission of a crime. 
 
 I'NFAMOUS, a. notorious, or publicly branded with guilt ; of 
 a bad character. 
 
 I'NFAMOUSLY, ad. in such a manner as to be known to be 
 guilty of a crime or misdemeanour; shamefully; scandalously. 
 
 I'NFAMOUSNESS, I'nfamy, s. loss of character by crimes ; 
 disgrace ; discredit ; reproach. In Law, a term which extends 
 to forgery, gross cheats, &c., by which a person is rendered in- 
 capable of being a witness or juror, even though he is pardoned 
 for his crimes. 
 
 I'NFANCY, s. [in and fans, Lat.] the first part of life. In Law, 
 the period of minority or pupilage. Figuratively, the beginning 
 or first rise of any thing. 
 
 INFA'NGTHEF, Hingfa'ngtheft, Infa'ngtheof, s. [in fan- 
 gen, and t/ieof. Sax.] in Law, a privilege granted to lords of 
 certain manors, to judge any thief taken within their see. 
 
 I'NFANT, s. by naturalists, a child from its birth to its se- 
 venth year. In Law, any one who has not completed his 2Ist 
 year. 
 
 I'NFANT, a. not mature ; in a state of initial imperfection. 
 
 INFA'NTA,s. [Span.] a title of honour given to a princess of 
 the roval blood in Spain or Portugal. 
 
 INFA'NTE, s. [Span.] a son of the kings of Spain or Por- 
 tugal. 
 
 INFA'NTICIDE, s. [infans and caido, Lat.] one who kills an 
 infant. This crime has always prevailed to some extent amongst 
 nations in a state of barbarism ; and has been tolerated in some 
 nations that had advanced to a high degree of civilization. It 
 is now, in all European countries, owing solely to the change of 
 general feeling produced by the gradual progress of Christian 
 truth, regarded with such horror, that nothing but insanity, or 
 the hope of escaping detection in other crime, is known to 
 lead to it. 
 
 INFA'NTILE, a. [infans, Lat.] belonging to the state of an 
 infant. 
 
INF 
 
 l^NFANTRY, *. [in/anterie, Fr.] the foot soldiers of an army. 
 
 INFA'RCTION, s. [in and farcio, Lat.] a stuffing. In Medi- 
 cine, a constipation. 
 
 To INFA'TUATE, v. a. [infaiuo, from fatuus, Lat.] to make 
 foolish ; to deprive of understanding. 
 
 INFATUATION, s. the act of making foolish, or depriving of 
 understanding. 
 
 INFE'ASIBLE, {infehihle) a. not to be performed or practised. 
 
 To INFE'CT, V. a. {infcio, from in and facio, Lat.] to disorder 
 by some noxious qualities ; to corrupt with bad insinuations. 
 
 INFE'CTION, s. [infectio, Lat.] in Nosology, the communica- 
 tion of a disease by means of effluvia, or particles, with which the 
 atmosphere in the vicinity of putrefying animal or vegetable 
 substances, or persons already infected, is charged. 
 
 INFE'CTIOUS, {infikshious) a. causing distempers by some 
 noxious quality or effluvia. 
 
 INFE'CTIOUSLY, {infekshimsly) ad. operating by infection. 
 
 INFE'CTIOUSNESS, (in/ekshiousness) s. the quality of com- 
 municating distempers by noxious qualities or unwholesome 
 effluvia. 
 
 INFE'CTIVE, a. having the power of causing distempers by 
 noxious qualities or vapours. 
 
 INFE'CUND, a. [in and /(Bcundus, Lat.] unfruitful; barren. 
 
 INFECU'NDITY, s. barrenness ; want of a power to produce 
 its like. 
 
 INFELI'CITY, s. lin and felicitas, Lat.] a state destitute of 
 all the comforts and pleasures to render life agreeable ; unhap- 
 piness. 
 
 To INFE'R, V. a. [in and fero, Lat.] in its primary sense, to 
 bring on. In Logic, to conclude a proposition to be true, from 
 one already so established. 
 
 I'NFERENCE, s. [Fr.] in Logic, a conclusion drawn from pre- 
 vious arguments or propositions. 
 
 INFE'RIBLE, a. deduciblc from propositions which went 
 before. 
 
 INFE'RIOR, a. lower in place, station, condition of life, value, 
 or excellency ; subordinate. Inferior, in Astronomy, is applied 
 to those planets whose orbits are included by that of our earth, 
 as are those of Mercury and Venus. Inferior conjunction of a 
 planet, is that which takes place when the body is between us 
 and the sun, and in the same sign, degree, &c. of the zodiac. 
 Such conjunctions can only happen to those planets that are 
 nearer to the sun than our earth is. 
 
 INFE'RIOR, s. [Lat.] one in a lower rank or station than 
 another. 
 
 INFERIORITY, s. [inferiority, Fr.] a lower state of dignity, 
 worth, or excellence. 
 
 INFE'RNAL, a. [Fr.] belonging to hell. 
 
 INFE'RTILE, a. [Fr.] not producing or yielding any fruit ; 
 unfruitful ; barren. 
 
 INFERTFLITY, s. [infertiliti, Fr.] unfruitfulness ; barren- 
 ness; want of power to produce. 
 
 To INFE'ST, V. a. [infesto, from in and festm, Lat.] to harass, 
 trouble, or plague. 
 
 INFESTI'VITY, s. want of cheerfulness. 
 
 INFEUDA'TION, s. [fendum, low Lat.] in Law, the act of 
 putting a person into possession of a fee or estate. 
 
 rNFIDEL, s. [in and Jidetis, Lat.] one who rejects or will not 
 assent to the truth of revelation, or the great principles of re- 
 ligion, s 
 
 INFIDE'LITY, s. want of faith or reliance in Providence; dis- 
 belief of Christianity. Treachery, or violation of one's fidelity. 
 
 I'NFINITE, a. [in andjinio, Lat.] having no bounds or limits. 
 Perfect, so as to admit of no defect or addition, applied to Di- 
 vine attributes. Infinitely or very large, used in common dis- 
 course. 
 
 I'NFINITELY, ad. without limits or bounds. 
 
 I'NFINITENESS, s. the quality of admitting no bounds or 
 limits. 
 
 INFINITE'SIMAL, a. that is infinitely divided. In Mathe- 
 matics, relating to inconceivably small quantities of any kind. 
 In HonicEopathic Medicine, an inconceivably small dose. 
 
 INFI'NItIVE, a. in Grammar, that mode of a verb, which ex- 
 presses its meaning in a substantive or adjective form, and not 
 as an assertion. 
 
 INFI'NITUDE, s. any thing which has no bounds or limits ;. 
 an inconceivable number. 
 
 INF 
 
 INFFNITY, ». boundlessness ; endlessness ; completeness in 
 itself; the quality of being incapable of addition. 
 
 INFI'RM, a. [in and firmus, Lat.] deprived of natural strength 
 by age or sickness. Irresolute, applied to the mind. Not fit to 
 support ; not solid. 
 
 INFFRMARY, s. [infirmerie, Fr.] a place where lodging and 
 board are provided for sick and wounded persons. 
 
 INFI'RMITY, s. [infirmite, Fr.] weakness of sex, age, temper, 
 mind, or body. 
 
 INFFRMNESS, s. want of strength, applied to argument, un- 
 derstanding, or body. 
 
 To INFFX, V. a. [m and^o, Lat.] to drive or fasten in. 
 
 To INFLA'ME, v. a. [injlammo, from Jlamma, Lat.] to kindle 
 or set bodies on fire. Figuratively, to excite or kindle desire ; 
 to magnify a person's faults. To provoke, or irritate, applied to 
 the passions.— t). n. to grow hot, angry, and painful, by obstruct- 
 ed matter. 
 
 INFLA'MER, s. the thing or person that causes a painful 
 sensation of heat in any part of the body ; one that promotes 
 quarrels, or sets friends at variance. 
 
 INFLAMMABI'LITY, s. the quality of catching fire. The 
 quality of causing a painful sensation of heat, applied to ob- 
 structed matter in animal bodies. The quality of exciting the 
 desires, or warming the passions, applied to the mind. 
 
 INFLA'MMABLE, a. [Fr.] easy to be set on fire ; capable of 
 exciting the passions, or irritating the humours in an animal 
 body. 
 
 INFLATVIMABLENESS, s. the quality of easily catching fire ; 
 the quality of being easily excited or provoked. 
 
 INFLAMMA'TION, s. [injlammatio, Lat.] the act of setting on 
 flame; the state of being in flame. In Surgery, that state of 
 any organ, or part of the body, which to the eye appears en- 
 larged and red, and is to the patient extremely hot and painful ; 
 a sort of partial but violent fever. The act of exciting any pas- 
 sion, desire, or fervour, in the mind. 
 
 INFLA'MMATORY, a. having the power of causing an in- 
 flammation, applied to the fluids of the body. Having a tend- 
 ency to alienate the minds of subjects, or cause an insurrection 
 in a state. 
 
 To INFLA'TE, v. a. [in andflo, Lat.] to swell with wind ; to 
 fill or puff up with breath. Figuratively, to swell or puff up 
 with pride. 
 
 INFLATION, s. the state of being swelled with wind. 
 
 To INFLE'CT, V. a. [in/leclo, from Jlecto, Lat.] to bend from a 
 straight line. To change or vary. In Grammar, to vary or alter 
 the form of a word ; to decline. 
 
 INFLE'CTION, s. the act of bending; the act of turning or 
 changing the direction of motion. A modulation or change from 
 high to low, applied to the voice. The variation or change of 
 the form of a word, applied to grammar. 
 
 INFLE'CTIVE, «. having the power of bending. 
 
 INFLEXIBI'LITY, Infle'xibleness, s. [inflexibilUe , Fr.] stiff- 
 ness, or the quality of resisting any attempt ; a temper or dis- 
 position of mind not to be altered by prayers, entreaties, pro- 
 mises, or threatenings. 
 
 INFLE'XIBLE, a. [in and flexibilis, Lat.] not to be bent or 
 made crooked ; not to be changed or altered ; not to be pre- 
 vailed on. 
 
 INFLE'XIBLY,arf. without any cessation or remission ; with- 
 out being prevailed on to change or alter. 
 
 To INFLI'CT, V. a. [injiigo, Lat.] to punish, or impose on as a 
 punishment. 
 
 INFLFCTER, s. he that punishes. 
 
 INFLFCTION, s. the act of using punishments ; the punish- 
 ment imposed. 
 
 INFLI'CTIVE, a. [Fr.] executed, or imposed on as a punish- 
 ment. 
 
 INFLORE'SCENCE, s. [in and floreo, Lat.] in Botany, the 
 arrangement of the buds of a plant ; as, the spike, the raceme, 
 the umbel, &c. See those words. 
 
 I'NFLUENCE, s. [Fr.] any power which acts on the mind, 
 and biasses or directs it. 
 
 To I'NFLUENCE, v. a. to act upon so as to impel, direct, or 
 modify ; to operate on the mind, so as to bias or direct it to any 
 particular end or action. 
 
 I'N FLUENT, a. [injlucns, from injluo, Lat.] exerting influence 
 or impulsive power. 
 
 3 Q 481 
 
ING 
 
 INFLUE'NTIAL, a. exerting influence or power, 
 
 INFLUEIVZA, s. [Ital.] in Physic, a kind of epidemical and 
 violent cold, lasting for various lengths of time, and succeeded 
 by great weakness ; frequently fatal to aged persons and infants. 
 
 I'NFLUX, s. [influxm, Lat.] the act of flowing into any thing. 
 Infusion, applied to knowledge. 
 
 To INFO'LD, t). a. to wrap ; to surround with the arras folded 
 over each other ; to embrace. 
 
 To INFO'LIATE, r. a. \in and foHum, Lat.] to cover with 
 leaves. 
 
 To INFO'RM, V. a. [in/ormo, from formo, Lat.] to animate ; to 
 actuate with a soul or vital power ; to instruct ; to supply with 
 new knowledge. In Law, to bring a charge or accusation against 
 a person, used with against, and is generally applied to the dis- 
 coveries made by an accomplice. — v. n. to give intelligence, or 
 to discover a crime. 
 
 INFO'RMAL, a. in Law, out of form, not in due form. 
 
 INFO'RMANT, s. [Fr.] one who discovers or gives intelli- 
 gence of a crime, or other matter ; one who offers or exhibits an 
 accusation. 
 
 INFORMATION, s. intelligence or instruction; the act of 
 communicating something unknown before. In Law, it is nearly 
 the same in the crown oflice as what in our other courts is called 
 a declaration. It is sometimes brought by the king, or his at- 
 torney-general, or the clerk of the crown office ; and at other 
 times by a private person, who informs or sues, as well for the 
 king as himself, upon the breach of some popular statute, in 
 which a penalty is given to the party who will sue for it. 
 
 INFO'KMER, s. one who gives intelligence, or communicates 
 new knowledge to the mind ; one who discovers the crimes or 
 offences of another before a magistrate. 
 
 INFO'RMIDABLE, a. [m and/omiVfo, Lat.] not to be feared or 
 dreaded. 
 
 INFO'RMITY, «. [in and forma, Lat.] want of shape or form. 
 
 INFO'RM OUS, a. shapeless ; of no regular form. 
 
 INFO'RTUNATE, a. [in and fortuna, Lat.] See Unfor- 
 tunate. 
 
 INFRA'CTION, «. [in and franffo, Lat.] the act of breaking or 
 violating. 
 
 INFRA'NGIBLE, a. not to be broken. 
 
 INFRE'QUENCY, s. [in and frequentia, Lat.] uncommonness ; 
 rarity, applied to things which seldom happen, or are seldom 
 heard, seen, or done. 
 
 INFRE'QUENT, a. rare, seldom happening. 
 
 To INFRFNGE, v. a. [infringo, ixomfrango, Lat.] to violate or 
 break, applied to laws or contracts. To destroy or hinder. 
 
 INFRI'NGEMENT, s. the act of violating or breaking laws or 
 treaties. 
 
 INFRI'NGER, s. he that acts contrary to any law or treaty. 
 
 INFU'NDIBULIFORM, a. [infundibulum and forma, Lat.] of 
 the shape of a funnel. 
 
 INFU'RIATE, a. [furio, Lat.] enraged ; raging. 
 
 INFUSCA'TION, s. [infuseo, Lat.] the act of darkening or 
 blackening. 
 
 To INFU'SE, (infuze) v. a. [in and fundo, Lat.] to pour in. 
 Figuratively, to instil ; to inspire ; to animate ; to influence, 
 applied to the mind. In Medicine, to steep or soak in any liquor 
 with a gentle heat. 
 
 INFIJ'SIBLE, (infuzible) a. that may be instilled, communi- 
 cated, or inspired, applied to the mind. Incapable of being 
 melted or dissolved, applied to bodies. 
 
 INFU'SION, s. the act of pouring in ; the act of instilling or 
 inspiring. In Physic, the act of steeping ingredients in any 
 liquor with a moderate warmth ; also the liquor made by steep- 
 ing ingredients. 
 
 INFU'SIVE, a. having the power of animating or influencing. 
 
 INFUSO'RIA, s. [Lat.] See Animalcule. 
 I'NGATESTONE, Essex. It consists of one street, and is 23 
 miles from London. Market, Wednesday. Pop. 856. 
 INGATHERING, s. the act of getting in a harvest. 
 INGE, [inge. Sax.] in the names of places, signifies a meadow. 
 To INGE'MINATE, v. a. [in and gemino, Lat.] to double the 
 same thing over again ; to repeat. 
 To INGE'NDER, v. a. See To Engender. 
 INGE'NDERER, s. he that begets. 
 
 INGE'NERATE, Inge'nerated, a. [in and genei-o, Lat.] born 
 or bred with or within a person. 
 
 INH 
 
 INGE'NIOUS, a. [mgenium, Lat.] having sense to invent or 
 execute in a skilful manner. 
 
 INGE'NIOUSLY, ad. in a manner that discovers great inven- 
 tion, skill, and art. 
 
 [NGE'NIOUSNESS, s. strength of imagination to invent, and 
 dexterity to execute. 
 
 INGET'NITE, a. [in and geno, Lat.] born with one ; implanted, 
 or innate. 
 
 INGENU'ITY, s. [ingenuiU, Fr.] acuteness of mind in inven^ 
 tion, and skill or art in executing. 
 
 INGE'NUOUS, n. [ingenuus, Lat.] having candour, openbess, 
 or sincerity of mind ; free from dissimulation. 
 
 INGE'NUOUSLY, ad. in an open, fair, candid, and undis- 
 sembled manner. 
 
 INGE'NUOUSNESS, «. candour ; freedom from dissimulation. 
 
 To INGE'ST, V. a. [in and gero, Lat.] to cast or include in the 
 stomach. 
 
 INGE'STION, s. the act of casting or including in the stomach. 
 
 INGLO'RIOUS, a. [in and gloria, Lat.] without honour, fame, 
 or glory. 
 
 INGLO'RIOUSLY, ad. not reputably ; dishonourably ; in a 
 mean manner. 
 
 I'NGOT, s. [lingot, Fr.] a mass of metal, generally applied to 
 gold and silver. 
 
 To INGRA'FF, v. a. to propagate trees by grafting ; to plant 
 the sprig of one tree in the stock of another. To fix deep or settle, 
 applied to the mind. 
 
 INGRA'FTMENT, s. the act of inserting the sprig of one tree 
 into the stock of another ; the sprig ingrafted. 
 
 INGRATE, Ingra'teful, a. [m and gratus, Lat.] not acknow- 
 ledging favours received, or returning thanks for them. Unpleas- 
 ing or disagreeable, appliea to any thing which affects the senses. 
 
 To INGRATIATE, {ingrdshiate) v. a. [in and gratia, Lat.] to 
 creep into a person's favour. 
 
 INGRATITUDE, s. [Fr.] the vice of being insensible to fa- 
 vours received, and sometimes applied to the retribution or 
 returning evil for good. 
 
 INGRE'DIENT, «. [ingredior, Lat.] that which makes up a 
 composition ; generally applied to simples in Medicine. 
 
 I'NGRESS, ». entrance ; the act or liberty of going into a place. 
 In Astronomy, applied to one of the inferior planets when enter- 
 ing upon the sun's disk ; to the sun, when he enters into any 
 sign of the ecliptic. 
 
 INGRE'SSION, s. the act of entering. 
 
 To INGRO'SS, V. a. See To Engross. 
 
 INGUI'NAL, a. [Fr. inguen, Lat.] belonging to or situated in 
 the groin. 
 
 To INGU'LF, Ingu'lph, v. a. to swallow up in a deep cavity ; 
 to cast into a gulf or abyss. 
 
 INGU'LPHUS, an abbot of Croyland, about the time of Wil- 
 liam I., who is said to have been secretary to that king, when 
 he was Duke of Normandy ; and to have gone on pilgrimage to 
 Palestine before he became a religious. A History of Croyland 
 Abbey, which contains many particulars of English history, is 
 ascribed to Ingulphus ; but it is not regarded as genuine now. 
 
 INGURGITATION, s. the act of swallowing rapaciously. 
 
 INHA'BILE, a. [Fr.] unskilful ; unready ; unfit ; unqualified. 
 
 To INHA'BIT, V. a. [in and habifo, Lat.] to dwell in ; to pos- 
 sess as an inhabitant. 
 
 INHA'BITABLE, a. capable of affording or fit for habit- 
 ation. 
 
 INHA'BITANT, «. one who dwells or resides for a time in a 
 place. 
 
 INHABITATION, s. a house or dwelling-place ; the act of 
 dwelling in a place ; the state of being inhabited. 
 
 INHA'BITER, s. one who dwells in a place. 
 
 To INHA'LE, V. a. [in and halo, Lat.] to draw in with the air 
 or one's breath. 
 
 INHARMONIOUS, a. not harmonious, musical, or of an 
 agreeable sound. 
 
 To INHE'RE, v.n. [in aadhcereo, Lat.] to exist in something 
 else. 
 
 INHE'RENT, a. existing inseparably in something ; innate, 
 or inborn. 
 
 To INHE'RIT, V. a. [enheriier, Fr.] to possess by right of suc- 
 cession from another. Figuratively, to gain possession ; to pos- 
 sess or enjoy. 
 
INJ 
 
 INHE'RITABLE, a. transmissible by inheritance ; obtainable 
 by succession. 
 
 INHE'RITANCE, s. any thing which a person possesses or 
 succeeds to as to the next of blood, or heir; possession or en- 
 joyment. The possession of what belonged to a parent, or other 
 relation, after their death. 
 
 INHE'RITOR, s. an heir, or one who succeeds to what an- 
 other enjoyed after his death. 
 
 INHE'RITRESS, Inhe'ritrix, s. a woman who succeeds to 
 the possessions of a relation after his death. 
 
 To INHE'RSE, v. a. to enclose in a funeral monument. 
 
 INHE'SION, s. [i« and luei-eo, Lat.] the existing in something. 
 
 To INHI'BIT, ». a. [in and haheo, Lat.] to restrain, hinder, 
 repress, or check, applied to power. To forbid, applied to laws. 
 
 INHIBITION, s. [inhibeo, Lat.] a prohibition. In Commerce, 
 an embargo. In Law, a writ from a superior to an inferior 
 court, forbidding the judge to proceed in the cause depending 
 before him. 
 
 To INHO'LD, V. a. to contain in itself. 
 
 INHOSPITABLE, a. affording no entertainment or kindness 
 to strangers. 
 
 INHO'SPITABLENESS, Inhospita'lity, s. want of courtesy, 
 kindness, or civility to strangers. 
 
 INHOSPITABLY, ad. in a manner not kind to strangers. 
 
 INHU'MAN, a. [in and humanus, Lat.] wanting the kind, be- 
 nevolent, and social aifections, which adorn and support our 
 species; savage; cruel; without compassion. 
 
 INHUMA'NITY, «. [inhumaniU, Fr.] want of the kind, bene- 
 volent, compassionate, and social affections ; cruelty ; barbarity. 
 
 INHU'MANLY, ad. in a manner inconsistent with kindness, 
 compassion, charity, or other social affections. 
 
 To INHU'MATE, Inhu'me, v. a. [in and htimus, Lat.] to inter, 
 to burv, or put under the ground. 
 
 To INJE'CT, V, a. [in and jacio, Lat.] to throw or dart in ; to 
 cast or throw up. In Medicine, to force any fluid, or other sub- 
 stance, into the vessels of the body. 
 
 INJE'CTION, s. the act of casting or throwing in. In Medi- 
 cine, any liquors made to be thrown into the body by a syringe 
 or other instrument. In Anatomy, the act of filling the vessels 
 of a body with wax, or other substance, to show their shapes 
 and ramifications. 
 
 INl'MICAL, a. (sometimes pronounced as if accented on the 
 third syllable,) unfriendly; unkind; hostile. 
 
 INIMITABI'LITY, s. the quality of not being to be imitated. 
 
 INI'MITABLE, a. [in and imitor, Lat.] above or beyond imi- 
 tation ; impossible to be copied. 
 
 INI'MITABLY, ad. in a manner not to be imitated. 
 
 To INJOI'N, c. a. [injungo, Lat.] to command or enforce by su- 
 perior authority. 
 
 INI'QUITOUS, a. inconsistent with justice or honesty; 
 wicked. 
 
 INI'QUITY, s. [iniquitaa, from in and cequitas, Lat.] opposition 
 to, or breach of, the laws of justice and honesty. Sin, applied 
 to the Divine laws. 
 
 INITIAL, (inishial) a. [initium, Lat.] placed at the beginning, 
 applied to letters. Beginning or incipient ; not complete or 
 perfect ; introductory to. 
 
 To INITIATE, {inishiate) v. a. [ineo, Lat.] to enter ; to instruct 
 in the first principles of an art ; to place in a new state ; to put 
 into a new society. 
 
 INITIATE, (iTiishiate) a. strange, new, or not practised. 
 
 INITIATION, {inishidshon) s. the act of entering a person into 
 any art or state. 
 
 INJ U'DIC ABLE, o. [in and yudico, Lat.] not cognizable by a 
 
 INJUDI'CIAL, (injudishial) a. not according to the forms or 
 practice of the law. 
 
 INJUDI'CIOUS, (injudishinus) a. without judgment. 
 
 INJUDrCIOUSLY, (injudishimislij) ad. in a manner that dis- 
 covers weakness or want of judgment. 
 
 INJU'NCTION, s. [injungo, Lat.] the command or order of a 
 superior, in Law, it is a writ founded upon an order in Chan- 
 cery, either to give the plaintiff possession, or to stay proceed- 
 ings in another court. 
 
 To I'NJURE, V. a. [in and jus, Lat.] to hurt a person unjustly ; 
 to wrong, or deprive a person of his right; to annoy or disturb 
 with any inconvenience. 
 
 INJU'RIOUS, a. unjust, or depriving a person of his right ; 
 guilty of wrong. Figuratively, causing mischief; reproachful, 
 including the idea of not being deserved ; containing scandal. 
 
 INJU'RIOUSLY, ad. in such a manner as to appear unjust ; 
 wrongfully. 
 
 INJU'RIOUSNESS, s. the quality of being mischievous, or 
 committing an injury. 
 
 I'NJURY, s. a violation of the rights of another. Figuratively, 
 detriment or mischief arising from want of judgment ; damage ; 
 scandalous expressions. 
 
 INJU'STICE, «. any act done against the laws or the dictates 
 of honesty. 
 
 INK, s. [encre, Fr.] a coloured fluid used for writing on paper 
 or parchment. Printers' ink, is a kind of black, or other coloured 
 pigment, mixed with drying oil, and used in printing. 
 
 To INK, V. a. to black or daub with ink. 
 
 I'NKHORN, s. any vessel containing ink. 
 
 I'NKLE, s. a kind of narrow fillet or tape. 
 
 I'NKLING, «. [inkalkn,Be\g.'\ a hint ; whisper; intimation. 
 
 INKMA'KER, s. he who makes ink. 
 
 I'NKY, a. blotted or covered with ink ; black as ink. 
 
 I'NLAND, a. lying up a country at a distance from the sea. 
 
 I'NLAND, s. the midland or inward parts of a country. 
 
 I'NLANDER, s. a person who lives in a country at a distance 
 from the sea. 
 
 To INLA'PIDATE, v. a. [in and lapis, Lat.] to burn to stone. 
 — ti. n. to grow or become stony. 
 
 To INLA'W, V. a. to clear of outlawry or attainder. 
 
 To INLA'Y, 1-. a. to diversify with substances or woods of dif- 
 ferent colours, which are let in and glued within the ground of 
 a thing; to adorn with various colours, representing inlaid 
 work. 
 
 I'NLET, s. a passage; a place whereby a thing may find 
 entrance. 
 
 I'NLY, a. in the mind ; within the breast ; secret. 
 
 I'NLY, ad. internally ; within ; in the bosom or heart. 
 
 I'NMATE, s. in Law, a lodger, or person admitted to dwell 
 for money in a person's house, passing in and out by the same 
 door. 
 
 I'NMOST, a. [superlative of in,'] farthest within, or remotest 
 from the surface. 
 
 INN, s. [Sax.] a house where travellers are supplied with lodg- 
 ing, &c. for themselves, and stabling, &c. for their horses. Inns 
 of Court, the colleges for students in common law. 
 
 INN, a river of Germany, which rises in the country of the 
 Orisons, Switzerland, runs through Tyrol and Bavaria, (passing 
 by Inspruck, Ratenburg, Kuffstein, Branau, and other towns,) 
 and falls into the Danube near Passaw. Also a river of the arch- 
 duchy of Austria, which runs into the Danube near Efferding. 
 
 To INN, V. a. to house or put undercover, applied to husbandry. 
 — V. n. to put up or lodge at an inn. 
 
 INNATE, Inna'ted, a. [in and nascor, Lat.] inborn ; born 
 within ; implanted. Innate ideas, or better, connatural ideas, in 
 Metaphysics, a mode of representing ideas, which, owing to the 
 prevalent incorrect use of the word, originated considerable dis- 
 cussion and controversy, which has not yet wholly ceased. 
 See Idea. 
 
 INNATENESS, s. the quality of being born in a person, and 
 making a part of his nature. 
 
 INNA'VIGABLE, a. [in and navigabilis, LaU] not to be sailed 
 upon ; not to be passed in a ship. 
 
 I'NNER, a. [the comparative degree of in; the superlative is 
 inmost, or innermost,] applied to the mind, internal. Applied to 
 situation, more from the surface than the thing compared. 
 
 INNERMOST, a. [superlative of in, which has likewise in- 
 most,] at the greatest distance from the surface or beginning. 
 
 I'NNHOLDER, s. a person who keeps an inn. 
 
 I'NNING, s. the state of a person at a game, who goes in or 
 plays first. In Law, used in the plural, for lands recovered from 
 the sea. 
 
 I'NNKEEPER, s. one who keeps a public-house, where tra- 
 vellers may meet with provision and lodging. 
 
 I'NNOCENCE, I'nnocency, s. [Fr. innocentia, Lat.] a state of 
 mind which has not been tainted by the commission of any 
 crime; purity from any injurious action ; harmlessness. 
 
 I'NNOCENT, a. [in and tioeeo, Lat.] harmless ; free from mis- 
 chief, or any particular guilt. 
 
 3q 2 483 
 
INO 
 
 I'NNOCENT, s. one who is free from guilt or harm. Figura- 
 tively, an idiot, or one who is foolish. 
 
 I'NNOCENT, the name assumed by 13 pontiffs of Rome, the 
 seconrf of whom was opposed by an antipope, Anacletus, and on 
 his death by another «tyled Victor IV., and by the teaching of 
 Arnaldo da Brescia, and the violence of his partisans; and died 
 in 1143: and the third, was that pope who attained the greatest 
 power in England ever enioyed by the head of the Roman 
 Church. He was animatea by the same resolution that fired 
 Hildebrand, {see Gregory Vll.,) but he was far more successful : 
 he maintained his right to nominate the emperor of Germany; 
 he preached a crusade, which, though it did not save the Holy 
 Sepulchre, gained for him the supremacy over the Greek Church ; 
 he laid both France and England under interdicts, when the 
 monarchs refused to obey him ; and obtained a most mean and 
 disgraceful submission from John : he also excited the martial 
 fanaticism of Europe against the peaceful inhabitants of the 
 valleys of Piedmont, whose purer faith was most hateful heresy 
 in his eyes ; and he died in 1216, having held the chair of St. 
 Peter for 18 years. There was an anti-pope set up unsuccess- 
 fully against Alexander HI., who assumed the title of Innocent 
 III., in 1178. 
 
 I'NNOCENTLY, ad. without intending any harm or mischief; 
 without guilt ; with simplicity, arising from weakness of under- 
 standing. 
 
 INNOCENTS' DAY, in the Ecclesiastical Calendar, the name 
 of a feast celebrated on the 28th day of December, in comme- 
 moration of the infants murdered by Herod. 
 
 INNO'CUOUS, a. harmless in its effects. 
 
 INNO'CUOUSLY, ad. without any mischievous effects. 
 
 INNO'CUOUSNESS, s. harmlessness. 
 
 To I'NNOVATE, v. a. [innovo, from novus, Lat.] to bring in 
 something not known before ; to alter by introducing some- 
 thing new. 
 
 INNOVA'TION, s. [Fr.] change arising from the introduction 
 of something unknown or not practised before. 
 
 INNOVA'TOR, s. [innovateur, Fr.] one that introduces new 
 customs or opinions ; one that makes alterations by introducing 
 novelties. 
 
 INNO'XIOUS, a. [in and noxius, Lat.] free from mischievous 
 effects ; free from guilt. 
 
 INNO'XIOUSLY, ad. in such a manner as to intend or do 
 no harm. 
 
 INNO'XIOUSNESS, s. the quality of operating without pro- 
 ducing any mischievous effects. 
 
 INNUE'NDO, s. [inmio, Lat.] an indirect hint, or charge of a 
 crime. 
 
 INNU'MERABLE, a. [in and numerus, Lat.] so numerous as 
 not to be counted or reckoned, 
 
 INNU'MERABLY, ad. without number. 
 
 INNU'MEROUS, a. too many to be counted. 
 
 To INO'CULATE, v. a. [inoculo, from in and oculus, Lat.] in 
 Botany, to propagate any plant by inserting its bud in another 
 stock ; to yield a bud to another stock. In Physic, to commu- 
 nicate the small-pox or cow-pox, by infusing the virus of the 
 disease taken from one person into the veins of another. 
 
 INOCULA'TION, s. the act of including or inserting the bud 
 of one tree in an incision made in the bark of another, by which 
 means it is made to bear the same fruit as the tree from which 
 the bud is taken. In Medicine, the practice of communicating 
 the small-pox or cow-pox, by means of infusing the matter of a 
 ripened pustule into the veins of a person who has not had that 
 distemper. 
 
 INOCULA'TOR, s. one who propagates trees, or communicates 
 the small-pox or cow-pox by inocufetion. 
 
 INO'DORATE, a. {in and odor, Lat.] having no scent. 
 
 INO'DOROUS, a. wanting scent; not causing any sensation 
 in the organs of smelling. 
 
 INOFFE'NSIVE, a. giving no provocation or offence ; giving 
 no pain or terror. 
 
 INOFFE'NSIVELY, ad. in such a manner as to give no offence 
 or provocation. 
 
 INOFFE'NSIVENESS, s. the quality of giving no provocation. 
 
 INOFFFCIOUS, (inoffiahious) a. not striving to serve or accom- 
 modate another. 
 
 INO'PPORTUNE, a. {in and opportunus, Lat.] unseasonable ; 
 inconvenient. 
 484 
 
 INS 
 
 INO'RDINACY, s. want of regularity and order. 
 
 INO'RDINATE, a. {in and ordinatus, Lat.] not under proper 
 rules, restraint, or regulation. 
 
 INORDINATELY, ad. in a manner subject to no order, re- 
 straint, or regulation ; irregularl}'. 
 
 INO'RDINATENESS, «. want of being subject to rules or 
 restraint. 
 
 INORDINA'TION, s. want of being reduced to order or re- 
 strained by rules. 
 
 INORGA'NICAL, o. without fit organs or instrumental parts. 
 
 To INO'SCULATE, c. n. {in and osculor, Lat.] to join by being 
 inserted in each other. 
 
 lN0SC[JLA'T10N,s. the act of joining by having its extremi- 
 ties inserted in each other, 
 
 I'NQUEST, s. {inquisitio, from inquire, Lat.] a judicial inquiry 
 or examination ; search, or study. In Law, any formal examin- 
 ation or inquiry. Coroner^s inquest, an inquiry by a jury into the 
 cause of any death that is of suspicious appearance. 
 
 INQUI'ETUDE, s. {in and quies, Lat.] a state of disturbance 
 or anxiety, applied to the mind ; want of tranquillity ; an ac- 
 tion whereby the tranquillity of the mind is disturbed. 
 
 To INQUl'NATE, v. a. {inquino, Lat.] to pollute ; to corrupt. 
 
 INQUINA'TION, s. corruption ; pollution. 
 
 INQUI'RABLE, a. that may be inquired or examined into. 
 
 To INQUI'RE, r.n. {inquiro, from qtusro, Lat.] to ask questions 
 for information ; to make search, or exert curiosity. 
 
 INQUI'RER, s. a person who examines, or searches after 
 something unknown ; one who asks questions by way of exam- 
 ination, or in order to be informed. 
 
 INQUI'RY, s. the act of searching by questions after some- 
 thing unknown ; examination. 
 
 INQUISI'TION, (inquizishon) s. judicial inquiry. Figuratively, 
 discussion, or search after something unknown, appRed to the 
 mind. In Law, a manner of proceeding in criminal causes by 
 way of question or examination. Koli/ Office of the Inquisition, a 
 spiritual court in Roman Catholic countries for the trial of here- 
 tics and .spiritual offenders. It was set up in the 12th century, 
 and its proceedings have caused its name to be a terror and an 
 execration amongst men. Its inquiry is conducted by torture, 
 and its power unlimited, no account ever being asked or given. 
 Its victims were put to death by fire, after having, by a formality, 
 been handed over to the secular power for that purpose. Its in- 
 fluence is much lessened now, and it may be hoped that it will 
 soon be destroyed. 
 
 INQUI'SITIVE, (inquizitive) a. inquiring in order to find out 
 something unknown; busy in searching or prying into things; 
 endeavouring to make discoveries. 
 
 INQUI'SIT IVELY, (inqwizitively) ad. in a manner which dis- 
 covers a great desire and intense application to make dis- 
 
 INQUrSlTIVENESS, (inquizitit-eness) s. the quality of prying 
 into things unknown, or the secrets of others. 
 
 INQUFSITOR, (inquizitor) s. [Lat.] one who examines judici- 
 ously, or searches into the truth of a fact or opinion ; an officer 
 belonging to the Popish Inquisition. 
 
 To INRA''IL, v. a. to enclose with rails. 
 
 FN ROAD, [inrode) s. a sudden or short invasion or attack up- 
 on a country. 
 
 INSA'NABLE, a. {in and sanabilis, Lat.] incurable ; irreme- 
 diable. 
 
 INSA'NE, a. {insanus, Lat.] mad ; making mad. 
 
 INSA'NITY, s. madness ; lunacy ; derangement of the intel- 
 lect. It assumes very various forms, and .springs from different 
 causes ; but is marked under all its phases by one characteris- 
 tic, the preternatural activity or predominance of some one pas- 
 sion, faculty, or effort of attention; by which the equilibrium 
 of the powers, and their proper subordination, is overturned. It 
 is one of the most affecting maladies man is subject to; and it 
 is a gratifying consideration, that recent attempts at a philoso- 
 phical and humane treatment of such miserable persons, have 
 been signally successful in restoring them to their right mind. 
 
 INSATIABLE, {insdshiahle) a. {in and satio, Lat.] so greedy or 
 covetous as not to be satisfied. 
 
 INSATIABLENESS, {insdshiableness) s. the quality of not be- 
 ing satisfied or appeased, 
 
 INS A'TI ABLY, ad. with greediness not to be appeased. 
 
 INSA'TIATE, [itisashiate) a. so greedy as not to be satisfied. 
 
INS 
 
 INSATURABLE, a. [in and saturo, Lat.] not to be filled or 
 glutted. 
 
 To IlN'SCRI'BE, t: a. [in and scribo, Lat.] to write on any thing, 
 generally applied to something engraved on a monument, or 
 written on the outside of something. To make any thing with 
 letters ; to dedicate to a person without a formal address. To 
 draw a figure within another, applied to mathematics. 
 
 INSCRFPTfON, s. any sentence written on the outside of 
 something or engraved on a monument or stone; a title; the 
 act of inscribing or dedicating a book to a person without a for- 
 mal address. 
 
 INSCRUTABLE, a. [in and scrutor, Lat.] not to be discovered 
 or traced by inquiry or study. 
 
 To INSCU'LP, 17. a. [in and seulpo, Lat.] to engrave or cut. 
 
 INSCU'LPTURE, s. any thing engraved. 
 
 To INSE'AM, {inseem) v. a. to leave a mark in the skin after 
 a wound is cured. 
 
 MSECT, s. [in and seco, Lat.] in Natural History, a class of 
 animals, without vertebrae ; having a semi-crustaceous covering, 
 to which the muscles are attached ; and with two pairs of wings, 
 (developed or rudimentary,) six legs, a gangliated nervous sys- 
 tem ; the body, in appearance, divided into very distinct parts; 
 and proceeding from the egg to the perfect insect by two series 
 of transformations. Figuratively, any thing small or con- 
 temptible. 
 
 INSECTA'TOR, s. [insedor, Lat.] one that persecutes or ha- 
 rasses with pursuit. 
 
 INSE'CTILE, a. resembling or having the nature of insects. 
 
 INSECU'RE, a. not safe, or not protected from danger or loss. 
 
 INSECU'RITY, s. the state of being exposed to danger or 
 loss ; want of grounds for confidence. 
 
 INSEMINATION, s. [in and semino, Lat.] the act of scatter- 
 ing seed on ground. 
 
 INSE'NSATE, a. [insensato, Ital.] without thought or sensibi- 
 lity of present or approaching danger. 
 
 INSENSIBI'LITY, s. [insemibilite, Fr.] want of a power to 
 perceive ; dulness of perception, applied either to the mind or 
 body. 
 
 INSE'NSIBLE, a. [Fr.] not to be discovered by the senses or 
 mind ; not affected or moved by an object belonging either to 
 the body or mind. 
 
 INSE'NSIBLENESS.s. want of sensation. 
 
 INSE'NSIBLY, ad. in a manner not to be perceived. 
 
 INSEPARABI'LITY, Inse'parableness, s. the quality of 
 being such as cannot be separated or divided. 
 
 INSEPARABLE, a. [in and separo, Lat.] not to be divided ; 
 united so as not to be parted or separated. 
 
 INSE'PARABLY, acl. in a manner not to be divided, parted, 
 or separated. 
 
 To INSERT, V. a. [itisero, Lat.] to place in or among other 
 things. 
 
 INSE'RTION, s. the act of placing in or amongst other things ; 
 the thing placed among others. 
 
 To INSHRrNE, v. a. often written enshrine, to enclose in a 
 shrine or valuable case. 
 
 I'NSIDE, s. the inner part, opposed to the surface or outward 
 part. 
 
 INSIDIA'TOR. s. [Lat.] one who lies in wait. 
 
 INSITJIOUS, a. [imidiee, Lat.] treacherous ; with an intention 
 to insnare. 
 
 INSI'DIOUSLY, ad. in a sly or treacherous manner; with an 
 intention to insnare. 
 
 FNSIGHT, (inslt) s. [insicht, Belg.] knowledge of the inward 
 parts of any thing; thorough skill in, or acquaintance with, any 
 thing. 
 
 INSIGNI'FICANCE, Insigni'ficancy, s. [Fr.] want of mean- 
 ing, applied to words. Want of importance, applied to things. 
 
 INSIGNI'FICANT, a. wanting meaning; conveying no ideas, 
 applied to words. Wanting weight, importance, or a power of 
 producing an effect, applied to persons and things. 
 
 INSIGNFFICANTLY, ad. without meaning, applied to 
 language. Without importance or eifect, applied to persons or 
 things. 
 
 INSINCE'RE, a. [in and sincerus, Lat.] not what a person ap- 
 pears ; not hearty ; not sound ; corrupted. 
 
 INSINCE'RITY, s. want of truth or fidelity ; the vice of 
 making great professions of friendship, without observing them. 
 
 INS 
 
 To INSFNEW, f. a. to give strength ; to confirm. Not in use. 
 
 INSl'NUANT, a. [Fr.] having the power to gain or creep into 
 the favour of others. 
 
 To INSFNUATE, v. a. [insinuo, Lat.] to make a passage for, 
 or introduce any thing gently. Figuratively, to gain upon the 
 affections of another imperceptibly, and by gentle means. To 
 instil or infuse gently and imperceptibly, applied to opinions and 
 notions. — I", n. to wheedle ; to steal into imperceptibly ; to be con- 
 veyed insensibly. Synon. We insinuate by cunning address ; we 
 suggest by credit and artifice. Insinuate implies something deli- 
 cate ; suggest, frequently something scandalous. 
 
 INSINUA'TION, «. the quality of pleasing or stealing into the 
 affections; a hint, or oblique censure. 
 
 INSFNUATIVE, a. having the power to steal on the af- 
 fections. 
 
 INSINUA'TOR, s. [Lat.] one who drops a hint to a person's 
 prejudice. 
 
 INSI'PID, a. [in and sapio, Lat.] having no taste, or not able 
 to affect the organ of tasting ; without spirit, or the qualifications 
 necessary to please and divert the mind. Synon. That which is 
 insipid does not affect the taste in the least ; that which is Jlat 
 does not pierce it. The_^< displeases ; and the insipid tires. 
 
 INSIPFDITY, Insi'pidness, s. [insipidite, Fr.] want of the 
 power of affecting the taste ; want of life and spirit. 
 
 INSFPIDLY, ad. in a dull manner ; in such a manner as not 
 to affect or cause any sensation in the organ of taste. 
 
 INSFPIENCE, s. [in and sapientia, Lat.] folly ; want of un- 
 derstanding. 
 
 To INSl'ST, V. n. [in and sisto, Lat.] to rest or stand upon ; to 
 remain resolute, or persist in a request or demand ; to dwell 
 upon in a discourse. 
 
 INSrSTENT, a. resting upon any thing. 
 
 INSI'TIENCY, s. [in and sitis, Lat.] exemption from thirst. 
 
 INSITION, s. [insero, Lat.] the act of inserting or ingrafting 
 one branch into another. 
 
 To INSNA'RE, r. a. to catch in a trap or snare ; to inveigle, 
 or bring into any danger or inconvenience by allurements ; to 
 entangle in dangers and perplexities. 
 
 INSNA'RER, s. one who catches any thing in a snare; one 
 that inveigles or brings a person into perplexity by artifice. 
 
 INSO'CIABLE, (ins6shiabJe) a. [in and socio, Lat.] averse to 
 conversation; not fit for a companion ; not fit to be united or 
 joined together. 
 
 INSOBRFETY, s. drunkenness; want of sobriety. 
 
 To FNSOLATE, ». a. [insoh, from sol, Lat.] to dry in the sun. 
 
 INSOLATION, s. [Fr.] exposition to the sun. 
 
 I'NSOLENCE, I'nsolency, s. [insolcns, Lat.] pride exerted in 
 treating others in a disdainful and contemptuous manner. 
 
 FNSOLENT, a. behaving with an uncommon degree of pride, 
 disdain, and contempt. 
 
 I'NSOLENTLY, ad. in a proud manner, attended with con- 
 tempt, disdain, or a total disregard of a person's superior. 
 
 INSO'LVABLE, a. [Fr.] not to be cleared up or explained, 
 applied to difliculties in writing. That which cannot be paid, 
 applied to debts. 
 
 INSO'LUBLE, a. [in and soko, Lat.] not to be cleared up, ex- 
 plained, or rendered intelligible, applied to difficulties in writing. 
 Not to be dissolved by any fluid. Not to be separated, applied 
 to substances. 
 
 INSO'LVENCY, s. the quality of not being able to pay, ap- 
 plied to debts. 
 
 INSO'LVENT, a. [in and solvo, Lat.] not able to pay. 
 
 INSOMU'CH, conj. so that ; to such a degree that. 
 
 To INSPE'CT, V. a. [in and specio, Lat.] to look into by way 
 of examination or superintendence. 
 
 INSPE'CTION, s. the act of examining with strictness ; a 
 narrow, close, and critical survey. 
 
 INSPE'CTOR, s. [Lat.] one who examines or looks into things, 
 in order to discover either faults or beauties ; a person who su- 
 perintends anj- performance or undertaking. 
 
 To INSPHE'RE, (ins/ere) v. a. to place in an orb or sphere. 
 
 INSPFRABLE, a. that may be drawn in with the breath ; 
 that may be infused by the Deity. 
 
 INSPIRATION, s. in Medicine, the act of drawing in the 
 breath; the act of breathing into any thing. In Theology, that 
 spiritual teaching vouchsafed to all believers by God ; also, and 
 especially, that teaching by which the sacred writers were 
 
 485 
 
INS 
 
 guided in recording their knowledge of Divine truth. There 
 has been much useless controversy respecting the amount of in- 
 fluence exerted in the composition of the Scriptures ; but it is 
 generally perceived now that the theory of a plenary or verbal in- 
 spiration cannot be maintained, and that in the case of some 
 books no theory hitherto advanced is applicable at all. It 
 ought to be remarked that the Jews, whose superstitious rever- 
 ence for their sacred writings is unequalled, never asserted re- 
 specting them such a claim to entire inspiration as is commonly 
 asserted amongst Christians. 
 
 To HVSPl'RE, V. n. [in and spiro, Lat.] in Medicine, to draw 
 in the breath.— t). a. to breathe into; to animate ; to encourage. 
 In Theology, to instruct in Divine truth ; to teach spiritually and 
 as God only can teach men. 
 
 INSPl'RER, s. he that communicates ideas to the mind ; he 
 that animates or encourages. 
 
 To INSPrSSATE, v. a. linspisso, from spissus, Lat.] to make 
 any fluid thick. 
 
 INSPI'SSATION, s. the act of making any liquid thick. 
 
 I'NSPRUCK, the capital of the Tyrol, Austria. It is not large 
 within the walls, but has extensive suburbs, in which are some 
 considerable palaces, churches, and convents. It is seated in a 
 pleasant valley, on the river Inn, and has a flourishing university, 
 and some manufactures. Pop. about 12,000. Lat. 47. 10. N. 
 Long. 11.27. E. 
 
 INSTABI'LITY, s. [in and stabilis, Lat.] inconstancy ; fickle- 
 ness ; mutability, or a state subject to continual alterations and 
 decays. 
 
 INSTA'BLE, a. inconstant ; changing. -See Unstable. 
 
 To INSTA'LL, {instaul) V. a. [installer, Fr.] to advance to any 
 rank or office. 
 
 INSTALLA'TION, {imtauUtion) s, the introduction or estab- 
 lishment of any one into a position or station of eminence and 
 dignity; being chiefly applied to the induction of clerical digni- 
 taries to the seats set apart for them in their cathedrals, and 
 to the ceremony of introducing a knight of the Garter to his 
 place in St. George's Chapel at Windsor. 
 
 INSTA'LMENT, (instaulment) s. a sum of money paid in part of 
 the full sura owing. 
 
 ITNSTANCE, I'nstancy, s. [Fr.] an earnest or ardent and im- 
 portunate request or solicitation ; a motive or pressing argu- 
 ment ; an example used to illustrate and enforce any doctrine ; 
 the state of a thing; occasion; opportunity; act. 
 
 To I'NSTANCE, v. n. to produce as an example ; to confirm or 
 illustrate an argument. 
 
 I'NSTANT, a. [instans, from in and sto, Lat.] earnestly press- 
 ing ; immediate ; without delay, or any time intervening ; 
 quick. 
 
 I'NSTANT, s. such a part of duration wherein we perceive no 
 succession; the present moment. In Commerce, the present 
 month. 
 
 INSTANTA'NEOUS, a. [instantaneus, low Lat.] done in an 
 instant, or without any perceptible succession ; with the utmost 
 speed. 
 
 INSTANTA'NEOUSLY, ad. in an instant ; in an indivisible 
 point of time. 
 
 I'NSTANTLY, ad. [instanter, Lat.] immediately; without any 
 perceptible delay or intervention of time; with urgent and 
 pressing importunity. 
 
 To INSTA'TE, v. a. to place in a certain rank or condition. 
 
 INSTAUR 
 former state. 
 
 INSTAURA'TION, s. [instauro, Lat.] the act of restoring to a 
 
 INSTE'AD, (insted) prep, in the room or place ; equal to. 
 
 To INSTEE'P, V. a. to soak in any liquid or moisture ; to lay 
 under water. 
 
 I'NSTEP, s. the upper part of the foot, where it joins to the 
 leg. 
 
 To I'NSTIGATE, v. a. [instigo, Lat.] to urge on or provoke to 
 the commission of a crime. 
 
 INSTIGA'TION, s. [Fr.] the act of inciting, provoking, or im- 
 pelling to the commission of something evil. 
 
 INSTIGAI'OR, s. [inatigateur, Fr.] one who incites a person 
 to commit a crime. 
 
 To INSTFL, V. a. [instillo, from stilla, Lat.] to pour in by 
 drops ; to infuse or insinuate any opinion or idea imperceptibly 
 into the mind. 
 
 INSTILLA'TION, «. [initillatio, Lat.] the act of pouring by 
 486 
 
 INS 
 
 drops ; the act of infusing or communicating slowly ; that 
 which is instilled or communicated. 
 
 FNSTINCT, s. [instinctus, Lat.] in Psychology, that mental fa- 
 culty which adapts means to ends, blindly or spontaneously, 
 without the exercise of any reasoning or reflection ; and which 
 cannot be improved in its operation by experience. It is seen 
 most conspicuously in the proceedings of animals, being almost 
 the only kind of intellectual power they possess ; leading them 
 to the discharge of their various functions, &c., as Cuvier said, 
 like a dream. 
 
 INSTI'NCTED, a. impressed as an animating power or in- 
 stinct. 
 INSTINCTIVE, a. INSTINCTIVELY, ad. by instinct. 
 To I'NSTITUTE, v.n. [institm, from statiio, Lat.] to fix, settle, 
 appoint, or enact, applied to laws or orders. To instruct, or form 
 by instruction. 
 
 I'NSTITUTE, s. an established custom or law ; a precept, 
 maxim, or principle ; an association for scientific purposes. 
 
 INSTlTU'T10N,s. the establishing a law or custom; an estab- 
 lishment ; a positive law. In the Canon and Common Law, it 
 signifies the investing a clerk with the spiritualities of a rec- 
 tory, &c. by the bishop. This makes him a complete parson as 
 to spirituality, but not as to temporality, which depends on In- 
 duction ; which see. 
 
 INSTITU'TIONARY, a. containing the elements, or first 
 principles, of any science or doctrine. 
 
 I'NSTITUTIST, s. a writer of institutes or explanation of laws, 
 or of the maxims and first principles on which any system of 
 laws or science is founded. 
 
 FNSTITUTOR, s. one who establishes any custom or doc- 
 trine ; one who instructs a person in the elements or first prin- 
 ciples of any science or doctrine. 
 To INSTO'P, V. a. to close up or stop. 
 
 To INSTRU'CT, v. a. [instruo, from struo, Lat.] to teach or 
 communicate knowledge to another. In Law, to model or form 
 by previous discourse. 
 
 INSTRU'CTER, s. one who communicates knowledge, or 
 teaches. 
 
 INSTRU'CTION, «. the art of teaching or imparting know- 
 ledge ; any precept conveying knowledge ; a precept or direction 
 from a superior. 
 INSTRU'CTIVE, a. [imtnictif, Fr.] conveying knowledge. 
 I'NSTRUMENT, s. [instruo, Lat.] a tool used in executing any 
 work; any thing made to produce a certain result, or for a parti- 
 cular use, as musical or astronomical instruments. In Law, a 
 writing containing any contract or order. The agent or means 
 by which anj' thing is done. 
 
 INSTRUME'NTAL, a. [Fr.] conducive as a means to some end. 
 Instrumental music, is that produced by an instrument, and op- 
 posed to vocal. 
 
 INSTRUMENTA'LITY, s. the action or agency of a thing as 
 a means ; the quality of acting in subordination. 
 
 INSTRUME'NTALLY, ad. in the nature of an instrument ; as 
 a means. 
 
 INSTRUME'NTALNESS, s. the quality of conducing to ad- 
 vance or promote an end. 
 
 INSU'FFERABLE, o. beyond the strength or patience of a 
 person to bear ; not to be borne or allowed. 
 
 INSU'FFERABLY, ad. to a degree beyond the possibility ot 
 being endured with patience. 
 
 INSUFFl'CIENCE, Insuffi'ciency, {insvffishiency) s. [Fr.] 
 want of power, strength, or value, proportionable to any end. 
 
 INSUFFrCIENT, (insufishient) a. not proportionate to any 
 end, use, or purpose ; wanting abilities ; unfit. 
 
 INSUFFFCIENTLY, {insufficiently) ad. in such a manner as 
 to want either ability, qualification, or skill. 
 
 INSUFFLA'TION, «. [in and sufflo, Lat.] the act of breathing 
 upon. 
 
 I'NSULAR, 1'nsularly, a. [insula, Lat.] belonging to an is- 
 land. 
 
 FNSULATED, a. in Building, applied to any column or edi- 
 fice which stands by itself. 
 
 INSU'LSE, a. [in and sal, Lat.] dull ; insipid ; heavy. 
 
 I'NSULT, s. [in and salio, Lat.] the act of leaping upon any 
 
 thing; an assault; an act of haughtiness ancf contemptuous 
 
 outrage. Synon. Affront is an indignity offered in public. 
 
 Insult implies an attack made with insolence. Both affronts and 
 
INT 
 
 tnsuUt may be given without words ; but abttse results chiefly 
 from scurrilous language. 
 
 To INSU'LT, V. a. to treat with haughtiness, contempt, and 
 outrage. In War, to assault or attack a post with open force. 
 
 INSU'LTER, «. one who treats another with disdainful or 
 contemptuous haughtiness. 
 
 INSU'LTINGLY, ad. contemptuously ; disdainfully. 
 
 INSUPERABFLITY, s. the quality of being invincible. 
 
 INSU'PERABLE, a. Un and supero, Lat.] not to be overcome 
 by labour, or surmounted by study. 
 
 INSU'PERABLENESS, s. impossibility of being overcome or 
 surmounted. 
 
 INSU'PERABLY, ad. in such a manner as not to be overcome. 
 
 INSUPPO'RTABLE, a. [Fr.] beyond the strength of a per- 
 son to bear, applied either to the body or mind. 
 
 INSUPPO'RTABLENESS, s. the state of being beyond a per- 
 son's power to support or bear. 
 
 INSUPPCyRTABLY, ad. to such a degree as not to be endured 
 or borne. 
 
 INSU'RANCE, s. [assurance, Fr.] security given by a society, 
 to compensate, according to a certain valuation, loss by fire, 
 storm, or other casualty, on houses and other buildings, ships, 
 crops, &c. See. Life Insurance is security given for the payment 
 of a certain sum at death, to the heirs, &c. of one who pays 
 annually a certain fixed premium. The system of insurance is 
 now so greatly improved, and so widely adopted, that it is a pre- 
 caution of the most common prudence to insure one's life; the 
 various plans proposed having been considered, and that adopt- 
 ed which is best suited to the circumstances and age of the 
 insurer. 
 
 To INSU'RE, V. a. {assurer, Fr.] to pay to a society formed for 
 such a purpose, a regular sum in order to secure the advantage 
 of compensation for Toss by fire, &c. &c. ; or to secure for one's 
 heirs, &c. the payment of a certain sum on one's own death. 
 
 INSURMOU'NTABLE, a. [insurmojitable, Fr.] not to be over- 
 come. 
 
 INSURMOU'NTABLY, ad. in such a manner as not to be 
 overcome. 
 
 INSURRE'CTION, s. [in and surgo, Lat.] a seditious rising or 
 tumult formed in opposition to government. 
 
 INSUSURRATION, «. [in and susurro, Lat.] the act of whis- 
 pering into something. 
 
 INTA'CTIBLE, a. [in and tango, Lat.] not perceptible to the 
 touch. 
 
 INTA'GLIO, s. [Ital.] any thing having figures engraved on 
 it, particularly applied to precious stones, that have the heads 
 of great men engraved on them. 
 
 INTA'NGIBLE, a. that cannot be touched. 
 
 INTA'STABLE, a. not to be tasted ; insipid. 
 
 FNTEGER, s. [Lat.] the whole of any thing. In Arithmetic, 
 a whole number, opposed to a fraction. 
 
 FNTEGRAL, a. [integral, Fr.] whole, or comprising all its 
 constituent parts; without defect; complete; without injury. 
 Belonging to, or consisting of, whole numbers, applied to arith- 
 metic. Integral Calculus, in the higher Mathematics, that pro- 
 cess which is exactly the reverse of the Differential Calculus ; 
 having for its object the discovery of the whole of any quantity, 
 &c. by means of series of quantities, continually approximating 
 to it in their sum, and which can be made to differ from it by a 
 sum less than any conceivable quantity. 
 
 I'NTEGRAL, s. a whole consisting of distinct parts, each of 
 which may subsist apart. 
 
 I'NTEGRANT PARTS, s. in Philosophy, the similar parts of 
 a body, or parts of the same nature with the whole. 
 
 INTE'GRITY, s. [integritas, from integer, Lat.] purity of mind ; 
 freedom from any undue bias or principles of dishonesty ; en- 
 tireness. 
 
 INTE'GUMENT, s. [in and tego, Lat.] any thing which covers 
 or envelops another. 
 
 I'NTELLECT, s. [intelligo, Lat.] the understanding. 
 
 INTELLE'CTION, s. the act of understanding. 
 
 INTELLE'CTIVE, a. [intellectif, Fr.] having the power of un- 
 derstanding. 
 
 INTELLE'CTUAL, a. [intelketuel, Fr.] relating to, or per- 
 formed by, the understanding; having the power of understand- 
 ing; proposed as the object of the understanding. 
 
 INTE'LLIGENCE, Inte'lligency, ». [intelligo, Lat.] a com- 
 
 INT 
 
 merce or reciprocal communication of things distant or secret ; 
 the understanding; unbodied mind. 
 
 INTE'LLIGENCER, «. one who sends or conveys news of 
 what is done in distant and secret parts. 
 
 INTE'LLIGENT, a. having the power of understanding; 
 knowing or understanding; giving information, or communi- 
 cating. 
 
 INTELLIGE'NTIAL, {intelliginshial) a. consisting of mind free 
 from body; exercising or proceeding from exerting the under- 
 standing. 
 
 INTE'LLIGIBLE, a. conceivable by the understanding; that 
 may be understood. 
 
 INTE'LLIGIBLENESS, s. the quality of being possible to be 
 understood. 
 
 INTE'LLIGIBLY, ad. in such a manner as to be understood. 
 
 INTE'MPERANCE, Inte'mperancy, s. [in and tempera, Lat.] 
 want of governing the sensual appetites ; excess in eating or 
 drinking. 
 
 INTE'MPERATE, a. not governed or restrained within the 
 bounds of moderation ; eating, drinking, or doing any thing to 
 
 INTE'MPERATELY, ad. beyond the bounds of temperance ; 
 excessively. 
 
 INTE'MPERATENESS, s. want of moderation ; unseason- 
 ableness, applied to weather. 
 
 INTE'MPERATURE, s. excess of some quality. 
 
 INTE'NABLE, a. [in and teneo, Lat.] indefensible. 
 
 To INTE'ND, V. a. [intendo, from tendo, Lat.] to stretch out ; 
 to add force to, or to heighten quality ; to mean ; to design or 
 propose to do a thing. 
 
 INTE'NDANT, s. [Fr.] an officer of the higher class, who over- 
 sees any particular branch of public business. 
 
 INTE'NDMENT, s. [entendement, Fr.] intention, design, or 
 meaning. Intendment of crimes is, in case of treason, where the in- 
 tention is proved by circumstances, and punishable in the same 
 manner as if put in execution : so if a person enter a house in 
 the night-time, with an intent to commit burglary, it is felony ; 
 also an assault, with an intent to commit a robbery on the high- 
 way, is made felony, and punished with transportation. 
 
 INTE'NSE, a. [intcnsus, Lat.] strained, heightened, or in- 
 creased to a high degree, applied to qualities. Vehement, or 
 forcible, applied to words. Kept on the stretch ; anxiously at- 
 tentive, applied to the mind. 
 
 INTE'NSELY, ad. to a very great degree. 
 
 INTE'NSENESS, s. the state of being increased to a high de- 
 gree ; force ; the state of a thing upon the stretch. 
 
 INTE'NSION, «. [intensio, Lat.] the act of heightening the de- 
 gree of any quality, or of forcing or straining any thing, opposed 
 to making lax, or loosening. 
 
 INTE'NSIVE, a. stretched, increased, or heightened with re- 
 spect to itself. 
 
 INTE'NSIVELY, ad. to a great degree. 
 
 INTE'NT, a. [intentus, Lat.] with the mind strongly applied to 
 any object, used with on or upon. 
 
 INTE'NT, 8. meaning, applied to words; a design, purpose, 
 or view formed in the mind. 
 
 INTE'NTION, s. [intentio, Lat.] an act of the mind whereby it 
 voluntarily and earnestly fixes its view on any thought, consi- 
 ders it on every side, and will not be called off by other thoughts ; 
 eagerness of desire ; closeness of attention ; deep thought; ve- 
 hemence or ardour of mind ; design, purpose, or end. 
 
 INTE'NTIONAL, a. [intentionel, Fr.] done by fixed design; 
 designed. 
 
 INTE'NTIONALLY, ad. by design or fixed choice. 
 
 INTE'NTIVE, a. applied so as not to be diverted by other 
 objects. 
 
 INTE'NTIVELY, ad. with close and strict application. 
 
 INTE'NTLY, ad. with close attention. 
 
 INTE'NTNESS, s. the state of beiiTg applied so as not to be 
 diverted or called off by other objects. 
 
 To INTE'R, V. a. [enterrer, Fr.] to put under ground or bury. 
 
 INTERCA'LAR, Interca'i.ary, a. [intercalo, from inter and 
 calo, Lat.] inserted in the calendar, in order to preserve the 
 equation of time ; thus the 29th of February, inserted in the 
 almanack every leap-year, is called an intercalary day. 
 
 To INTE'RCALATE, v. a. [intercaler, Fr.] to insert an ad- 
 ditional day into the calendar. 
 
 487 
 
INT 
 
 INTERCALATION, s. the insertion of days in the calendar, 
 in order to make up for some defect in our reckonings of time. 
 
 To INTERCE'DE, v. n. [inter and cedo, Lat.] to pass or come 
 between ; to mediate, or endeavour to reconcile two parties that 
 are at variance. 
 
 INTERCE'DER, s. a mediator ; or one who endeavours to re- 
 concile two parties at variance. 
 
 To INTERCEPT, v. a. [intei-cijno, from inter and cajno, Lat.] 
 to stop any person or thing in their way or in motion, before they 
 
 can reach the place intended ; to prevent from being reached. 
 
 INTERCE'PTION, s. the act of stopping any thing in its 
 course, and hindering it from reaching the place it otherwise 
 would ; stoppage, or obstruction. 
 
 INTERCE'SSION, s. [inter and cedo, Lat.] the act of endea- 
 vouring to reconcile two parties at variance ; interposition or 
 mediation in behalf of another. 
 
 INTERCE'SSOR, s. [Lat.] a mediator; one who interposes 
 and pleads in behalf of another; one who endeavours to recon- 
 cile two parties at variance. 
 
 To INTERCHATN, r. a. to chain or link together. Figura- 
 tively, to unite indissolubly. 
 
 To I'NTERCHANGE, v. a. to put in the place of another ; to 
 change, or give for something received of another ; to succeed to 
 alternately, or by turns. 
 
 INTERCHA'NGE, s. commerce, traffic, or mutual change of 
 commodities between two persons ; alternate succession. 
 
 INTERCHA'NGEABLE, a. given and taken mutually; fol- 
 lowing each other in alternate succession. 
 
 INTERCHA'NGEABLY, ad. alternately ; mutually. 
 
 INTERCHA'NGEMENT, s. the act of giving and receiving. 
 
 INTERCI'PIENT, s. [intercipiens, from inter and capio, Lat.] 
 something that intercepts, obstructs, or causes a stoppage, ap- 
 plied to medicines. 
 
 INTERCI'SION, s. [inter and cado, Lat.] interruption. 
 
 To INTERCLU'DE, v. n. [inter and daudn, Lat.] to shut from 
 a place, or hinder from performing by something intercepting or 
 intervening ; to intercept. 
 
 INTERCLU'SION, s. the act of intercepting or obstructing. 
 
 INTERCOLUMNIATION, s. [inter and Columbia, Lat.] the 
 space between two pillars. 
 
 INTERCOMMU'NITY, s. a mutual communication or com- 
 munity; a mutual freedom or exercise of religion ; adoption of 
 religious rites between two or more states. 
 
 INTERCO'STAL.a. [inter and costa, Lat.] placed and situated 
 between the ribs. 
 
 I'NTERCOURSE, {interkorse) s. [entrecours, Fr.] commerce 
 or mutual exchange. Communication, applied to places or 
 persons. 
 
 lNTERCU'RRENCE,s. passage between. 
 
 LNTERCU'RRENT, a. [inter and curro, Lat.] running be- 
 tween. 
 
 To INTERDI'CT, v. a. [interdico, from inter and dico, Lat.] to 
 forbid, applied to laws, or the command of a superior. In Canon 
 Law, to fordid from enjoying communion with the church. 
 
 I'NTERDICT, s. in the Roman Church, a particular kind of 
 censure inflicted on a whole nation, province, or town, for some 
 acts of disobedience or insubordination to ecclesiastical au- 
 thority, committed either by the people, or by those in power, 
 by which the services and rites of the church were wholly, or in 
 part, forbidden to be performed. England was laid under an in- 
 terdict by Innocent III. in the reign of John. Individuals were 
 sometimes placed under an interdict. There was also an inter- 
 dict which was a kind of ecclesiastical outlawry ; being forbid- 
 den to receive persons guilty of certain offences, or to give them 
 fire or water. 
 
 INTERDl'CTION, «. a law or decree which forbids any thing. 
 
 INTERDI'CTORY, a. containing a prohibition or forbid- 
 dance. 
 
 To I'NTEREST, v. a. [interesser, Fr.] to concern ; to affect ; 
 to give a share in ; to gain the affections, or be very closely con- 
 nected with a person's interest or welfare. 
 
 I'NTERESl,s. [intiret, Fr.] concern, advantage, or influence 
 over others ; share or part in any undertaking ; a regard to pri- 
 vate or personal advantage or profit ; a sum paid for the use of 
 money ; a surplus of advantage or profit. See Usury. Simple 
 Interest is when the interest is always kept distinct from the 
 principal : Compound Interest, when the interest is added at cer- 
 
 INT 
 
 tain periods to the principal, and interest allowed on the in- 
 creased amount. The highest rate of interest allowed bylaw is 
 5 per cent, per annum. 
 
 To INTERFE'RE, d. n. [inter and ferio, Lat.] to interpose, 
 intermeddle, or become a sharer in ; to clash or oppose. 
 
 INTE'RFLUENT, a. [inter and /?«o, Lat.] flowing between. 
 
 INTERFU'LGENT, a. shining between. 
 
 INTERFU'SED, a. [inter and /«««&, Lat.] poured or scattered 
 between. 
 
 INTERJA'CENCY, s. [inter and jaceo, Lat.] the act or state of 
 lying between two objects. 
 
 INTERJA'CENT, a. lying between. 
 
 INTERJE'CTION, s. [inter and Jaceo, Lat.] in Grammar, a 
 word which expresses some sudden emotion of the mind ; as, 
 oh I alas ! 
 
 I'NTERIM, s. [Lat.] the mean time ; an interval ; any time 
 coming between two periods or actions expressed. 
 
 To INTERJOI'N, v. a. to join mutually; to intermarry. 
 
 INTE'RIOR, a. [Lat.] internal ; inmost. 
 
 INTERKNCyWLEDGE, (interniledge) s. mutual knowledge. 
 
 To INTERLA'CE, v. a. [entrelasser, Fr.] to intermix ; to weave, 
 plait, or mix one thing with another. 
 
 INTERLA'PSE, s. [inter and labor, Lat.] the flow of time be- 
 tween any two events. 
 
 To INTERLA'RD, v. a. [entrelarder, Fr.] in Cookery, to mix 
 meat with bacon, or fat with lean. To interpose, or insert be- 
 tween, or diversify by mixture. 
 
 To INTERLE'AVE, v. a. to bind up with blank paper be- 
 tween each of the leaves. 
 
 To INTERLI'NE, v. a. to write between the lines of a book or 
 manuscript. 
 
 INTERLINEA'TION, s. the act of writing any thing between 
 the lines of a printed book or manuscript. 
 
 To INTERLI'NK, v. a. to connect chains one with another. 
 Figuratively, to join together like the links of a chain, which 
 mutually connect each other. 
 
 INTERLOCUTION, *. [inter and loqxior, Lat.] dialogue, or 
 the act of speaking by turns. 
 
 INTERLOCUTOR, s. [Lat.] the person introduced as dis- 
 coursing in a dialogue ; one that talks with another. 
 
 INTERLOCUTORY, a. consisting of a dialogue, or conversa- 
 tion carried on by two or more persons. In Law, an order that 
 does not decide the cause, but only some matter incident there- 
 to, which happens between the beginning and end of a cause; 
 as when, in Chancery or Exchequer, the plaintiff obtains an order 
 for injunction until the hearing of a cause ; which order, not 
 being final, is called interhcutory. 
 
 To INTERLO'PE, v. n. [jViterand loopen, Belg.] to run between 
 parties, and intercept the advantage that one would gain from 
 the other. In Commerce, to intercept the trade of a company ; 
 to traflic without licence ; to forestal. 
 
 INTERLO'PER, s. one who without licence intercepts the 
 trade of a company that has an exclusive charter ; one who runs 
 into business to which he has no right. 
 
 INTERLU'CENT, a. [inter and luceo, Lat.] shining between. 
 
 I'NTERLUDE, s. [inter and Ixido, Lat.] something played or 
 performed between the acts of a tragedy or comedy ; a farce. 
 
 INTERLU'ENCY, s. [inter and laco, Lat.] the state of water 
 .the 
 water. 
 
 which runs between any two places; 
 
 interposition of 
 
 INTERLU'NAR, Interld'nary, a. [inter and hma, Lat.] be- 
 longing to the time when the moon is about to change, and be- 
 come invisible. 
 
 INTERMA'RRIAGE, s. the act of marriage between two 
 families. 
 
 To INTERMA'RRY, v. n. to marry persons out of one family 
 with some of another. 
 
 To INTERME'DDLE, v. n. to concern oneself officiously witii 
 affairs that one has no business with. 
 
 INTERME'DDLER, s. one that ofiiciously thrusts himself into 
 business which he has no right or call to. 
 
 INTERME'DIAL, a. [inter and medius, Lat.] intervening ; 
 lying between. 
 
 INTERME'DIATE, a. intervening; interposed; placed in 
 the middle between two extremities. 
 
 IN TERME'DIATELY, ad. by way of intervention or inter- 
 position. 
 
INT 
 
 INTE'RMENT, s. ienleii-ement, Fr.] burial ; the act of burial, 
 or putting a corpse in the ground. 
 
 INTERMIG RATION, s. [inter and migro, Lat.] the act of two 
 or more removing from one place to another, so that each of 
 them occupies the place which the other quitted. Seldom used. 
 
 INTE'RMINABLE, a. [in and terminus, Lat.] admitting no 
 boundary or limit. 
 
 INTE'RMINATE, a. unbounded ; unlimited. 
 
 INTERMINA'TION, s. a threat or denouncing of punishment 
 against crimes. 
 
 To INTERMI'NGLE, c. a. to mix; to mingle; to put some 
 things among others. 
 
 INTERMI'SSION, s. [inter and mitto, Lat.] a pause, stop, or 
 cessation for a time ; the space between any two events ; delay ; 
 a cessation of pain or sorrow. 
 
 INTERMI'SSIVE, a. affecting by fits, or with pauses be- 
 To INTERMI'T, V. a. to forbear any thing for a time ; to in- 
 terrupt.—!;, n. to grow mild between the fits or paroxysms, ap- 
 plied to fevers. 
 
 INTERMI'TTENT, a. coming only by fits, or after some in- 
 terval. 
 
 To INTERMI'X, V. a. to mingle, mix, or put some things be- 
 tween others. 
 
 INTERMI'XTURE, s. a mass formed by mixing several 
 things. 
 
 INTERMU'NDANE, a. [inter and mundus, Lat.] existing or 
 situate between worlds, or the several bodies which compose the 
 solar system. 
 
 INTERMU'RAL, a. [inter and murus, Lat.] lying between 
 walls. 
 
 INTE'RNAL, Inte/rn, a. [intemus, Lat] within ; in the mind ; 
 inward. 
 
 INTE'RNALLY, ad. inwardly ; mentally ; in the mind, spirit, 
 or understanding. 
 
 INTERNE'CINE, a. [int^ and nex, Lat.] endeavouring mu- 
 tual destruction. 
 
 INTERPELLA'TION, s. [interpello, Lat.] in Law, a summons 
 or call upon. 
 
 To INTE'RPOLATE, r. a. [interpolo, Lat.] to foist a thing 
 into a place, by forgery, to which it does not belong. 
 
 INTERPOL A'TION.s. something added to the original, ap- 
 plied to manuscripts or books. 
 
 INTERPOLATOR, s. [Lat.] a person who inserts or foists 
 forged passages into an original. 
 
 INTERPO'SAL, s. the act of intervening between persons ; 
 interposition ; intervention. 
 
 To INTERPO'SE, (the s. in this word and its derivatives is 
 pronounced like z,) v. a. [inter and pono, Lat.] to thrust in be- 
 tween two persons, as an obstruction, interruption, or inconve- 
 nience ; to come between, or rescue from any danger. 
 
 INTERPO'SER, «. one that comes between others ; a me- 
 diator. 
 
 INTERPOSITION, s. the act of intervening in order to pre- 
 vent or promote a design ; mediation ; intervention, or the state 
 of being placed between two. 
 
 To INTE'RPRET, v. a. [interpreter, Lat.] to explain any dif- 
 ficulty in writing ; to translate ; to decipher ; to give a solution ; 
 to expound. 
 
 INTE'RPRETABLE, a. capable of being translated, deci- 
 phered, or explained. 
 
 INTERPRETATION, s. the act of explaining the meaning 
 of a foreigner in our own language ; the sense given by a trans- 
 lator. 
 
 INTERPRETATIVE, a. collected by interpretation. 
 
 INTERPRETATIVELY, ad. as may be collected by way of 
 explanation. 
 
 INTE'RPRETER, s, [interpres, Lat.] an explainer ; a trans- 
 lator. 
 
 INTERPUTVCTION, s. [inter and pungo, Lat.] the act of 
 placing stops or points between words. 
 
 INTERRE'GNUM, s. [Lat.] the time in which a throne is 
 vacant, between the death of one prince and the accession of 
 another. In hereditary government, like that of Great Britain, 
 there is no interregnum. 
 
 To INTE'RROGATE, r. a, [interrogo, Lat.] to examine by 
 asking questions ; to ask questions. Synon. To interrogate, im- 
 
 INT 
 
 plies authority; to inquire, curiosity; to ask, something civil 
 and respectful. 
 
 INTERROGATION, s. a question. In Grammar, a point used 
 after a question, and is marked thus (>). 
 
 INTERROGATIVE, a. [interrogatif, Fr.] denoting a ques- 
 tion ; expressed in the form of a question. 
 
 INTERRO'GATIVE, s. in Grammar, a pronoun used in ask- 
 ing questions, as tchof what? 
 
 INTERROGATIVELY, ad. in the form of a question. 
 
 INTERROGATOR, s. one who asks, or examines by asking, 
 questions. 
 
 INTERROGATORY, s. a question; an inquiry. 
 
 INTERRO'GATORY, a. containing or expressing a question. 
 
 To INTERRU'PT, v. a. [interrumpo, from inter a.ni\rumpo, Lat.] 
 to hinder the process, motion, or direction of any thing, by break- 
 ing in upon it; to hinder a person from finishing his sentence 
 by speaking to him in the middle of it ; to divide or separate by 
 rupture. 
 
 INTERRU'PTEDLY, ad. not without stoppages. 
 
 INTERRU'PTER, s. one who makes a person break off in 
 the middle of his discourse by speaking to him. 
 
 INTERRUPTION, «. [inter aad rumpo, Lat.] breach, or separa- 
 tion between the parts by breaking; interposition. Figurative- 
 ly, intervention ; hinderance ; or the act of stopping any thing 
 in motion. 
 
 INTERSCA'PULAR, a. [inter and scapula, Lat.] in Anatomy, 
 placed between the shoulders. 
 
 To INTERSCRI'BE, v. a. [inter and scribo, Lat.] to write be- 
 tween. 
 
 INTERSE'CANT, a. [inter and seco, Lat.] dividing any thing 
 into parts. 
 
 To INTERSE'CT, v. a. to cut or cross; to divide each other 
 mutually. — v. n. to meet each other mutually. 
 
 INTERSE'CTION, s. the point where lines cross each other. 
 
 To INTERSE'RT, v. a. [inter and sero, Lat.] to put in or intro- 
 duce between other things. 
 
 INTERSE'RTION, s. a thing inserted between others. 
 
 To INTERSPE'RSE, v. a. [inter and spargo, Lat.] to scatter 
 among other things. 
 
 INTERSPE'RSION, s. the act of scattering among other 
 things. 
 
 INTERSTE'LLAR, a. [inter and stella, Lat.] intervening or 
 situated between the stars. 
 
 INTE'RSTICE, «. [inter and sto, Lat.] the space between two 
 things, or the time between two events. 
 
 INTERSTITIAL, (interstishial) a. containing interstices. 
 
 INTERTE'XTURE, s. [inter and Uxo, Lat.] the act of mingling 
 or weaving one thing with another. 
 
 To INTERTWI'NE, Intertwi'st, v. a. to unite or join by 
 twisting one in another. 
 
 I'NTERVAL, s. [intervallum, Lat.] space or distance void of 
 matter; time between two events; remission of a distemper. 
 In Music, the difference between two sounds in acuteness or 
 gravity, or the imaginary space bounded by two sounds differ- 
 ing in acuteness or gravity. Simple intervals are the second, 
 third, fourth, fifth, sixth, seventh, and octave; and those be- 
 tween any two notes holding any of these places in the scale. 
 C'ompomid intervals are such as are greater than the octave. 
 Other intervals, designated major and minor, superfluous, re- 
 dundant, diminished, &c., are also noted in the enharmonic scale. 
 
 To INTERVE'NE, v. n. [inter and venio, Lat.] to come between. 
 
 INTERVE'NIENT, a. coming between. 
 
 INTERVE'NTION, s. the state of acting between persons ; 
 the interposition of means ; the state of being interposed. 
 
 INTERVIEW, (intervSw, sometimes accented on the first syl- 
 lable,) s. [entrecue, Fr.] mutual sight, generally applied to some 
 formal and appointed meeting or conference. 
 
 To INTERVO'LVE, v. a. [inter and volvo, Lat.] to roll between ; 
 to involve one within another. 
 
 To INTERWE'AVE, {interweece) v. a. preter. interwove, past 
 part, interwoven, or interwove; to mix one thing with another in 
 weaving ; to intermingle. 
 
 INTE'STABLE, a. [in and testor, Lat.] in Law, not qualified 
 to make a will. 
 
 INTE'STACY, s. in Law, the condition of one who dies with- 
 out a sufficient will, or without one at all. 
 
 INTERSTATE, o. in Law, dying without a will. 
 
 a 11 489 
 
INT 
 
 INTE'STINAL, a. [Fr.] belonging to the intestines. 
 
 INTE'STINE, a. {_mtns, Lat.] internal; inward; contained in 
 the body. Figuratively, domestic ; relating to the internal con- 
 dition of a state. 
 
 INTE'STINE, s. a bowel. Seldom used in the singular num- 
 ber. The Intestines, in Anatomy, are distinguished as the Imye 
 and the small; the latter being those in which the conversion of 
 the materials digested by the stomach into assimilable material, 
 and the first and largest separation of the assimilable from the 
 unassimilable materials takes place ; and the former, those by 
 which the unassimilable part is thoroughly separated from the 
 other and rejected from the system finally. 
 
 To INTHRA'L, {inthraid) v. a. to enslave; to bring under dif- 
 ficulties. 
 
 INTHRA'LMENT, {inthrailment) s. a state of slavery. 
 
 To INTHRONE, v. a. to place on a throne ; to make a 
 king of. 
 
 FNTIMACY, s. a state of familiarity or friendship, wherein 
 one person has always free access to another, and is favoured 
 with his sentiments without reserve. Synon. A slight know- 
 ledge of any one constitutes acquaintance. To he familiar requires 
 an acquaintance of some standing. Intimacy supposes such an 
 acmtamtance as is supported by friendship. 
 
 l^VTIMATE, a. [mtiis, Lat.] inmost ; internal; inward ; near; 
 close; not kept at a distance; familiar; conversing with, or 
 united to, another, without reserve or restraint. 
 
 I'NTIMATE, s. a friend who has free access, and is intrusted 
 with the thoughts of another without reserve. 
 
 To FNTIMATE, v. a. \intimo, low Lat.] to hint ; to point indi- 
 rectly and obscurely. 
 
 FNTIMATELY, ad. closely; or without any intermixture of 
 parts ; with confidence ; nearly, internally, or inseparably. Void 
 of reserve, applied to friendship. 
 
 INTIMA'TION, s. [Fr.] a hint; an obscure or indirect de- 
 claration or direction. 
 
 To INTFMIDATE, v. a. [intimido, from timidus, Lat.] to affect 
 with fear; to deprive of encouragement. 
 
 INTFRE, a. [entier, Fr.] whole ; unbroken or undiminished ; 
 without any adulteration. See Entire. 
 
 i'^TO, jwcp. denotes entrance, penetration beyond the sur- 
 face, motion beyond the outward parts ; and is the opposite to 
 out of. 
 
 INTO'LERABLE, a. \in and tolero, Lat.] not to be borne or 
 endured. 
 
 INTO'LERABLENESS, «. the quality of a thing which is not 
 to be endured. 
 
 INTO'LERABLY, ad, to a degree too great for our strength 
 or patience to endure. 
 
 INTO'LERANT, a. [Fr.] not enduring, or not able to endure. 
 Figuratively, in religious affairs, bigoted ; given to persecution. 
 
 To INTO'MB, {intodm) v. a. to bury ; to enclose in a monu- 
 ment. 
 
 To INTO'NATE, v. a. [intono, from tono, Lat.] to thunder. 
 
 INTONA'TION, s. [Fr.] the act of thundering. In Music, the 
 act of sounding the notes in the scale with tbe voice, or any 
 other given order of musical tones. Intonation may be either 
 true or false, too high or too low, too sharp or too flat ; and then 
 this word intonation, with an epithet, must be understood con- 
 cerning the manner of performing the notes. 
 
 To INTO'NE, V. n. [intonner, Fr.] to make a slow protracted 
 noise. 
 
 To INTO'RT, V. a. [iniorqueo, from torgueo, Lat.] to twist, 
 wreathe, or wring. 
 
 To INTO'XICATE, v. a. [in and toxicum, Lat.] to make drunk 
 with strong liquors. Figuratively, to inebriate with vice or 
 flattery. 
 
 INTOXICA'TION, s. the act or state of making or being 
 drunk. 
 
 INTRA'CTABLE, a. [in and tractahilis, Lat.] obstinate, or not 
 to be governed ; furious. 
 
 IN'l RA'CTABLENESS, s. obstinacy not to be subject to rule ; 
 furiousness not to be tamed. 
 
 INTRACTABLY, ad. in such a manner as not to be governed 
 or tamed. 
 
 INTRANQUI'LLITY, s. a state of restlessness. 
 
 INTRA'NSIVE, a. in Grammar, a verb which does not require 
 an object to complete its signification; as run, walk, play, fall. 
 490 
 
 INT 
 
 INTRANSMUTABLE, a. unchangeable to any other sub- 
 stance or metal. 
 
 To INTRE'ASURE, (intrezure) v. a. to lay up as in a treasury. 
 
 To INTRE'NCH, v. a. [in and trencher, Fr.] to invade or en- 
 croach upon what belongs to another; to mark with hollows 
 like trenches. In War, to fortify with a ditch or trench. 
 
 INTRE'NCHANT, a. not to be separated by cutting, but im- 
 mediately closing again. 
 
 INTRE'NCHMENT, s. a trench or work, which defends a post 
 from the attacks of an enemy. 
 
 INTRE'PID, a. [in and tr'epidus, Lat.] not affected with fear 
 at the prospect of danger. 
 
 INTREPI'DITY, s. [intrepidite, Fr.] a disposition of mind un- 
 affected with fear at the prospect of danger. Synon. Resolution 
 either banishes fear or surmounts it, and is staunch on all occa- 
 sions. Courage is impatient to attack, undertakes boldly, and is 
 not lessened by difficultj'. Valour acts with vigour, gives no 
 way to resistance, but pursues an enterprise in spite of opposi- 
 tion. Bravery knows no fear ; it runs nobly into danger, and 
 prefers honour to life itself. Intrepidity encounters the greatest 
 points with the utmost coolness, and dares even present death. 
 
 INTREPIDLY, ad. in such a manner as to be unaffected with 
 fear at the prospect of danger. 
 
 FNTRICACY, s. the state of a thin^ much entangled ; per- 
 plexity arising from a complication of facts. 
 
 I'NTRICATE, a. [intrico, low Lat.] entangled ; perplexed ; 
 obscure or diflicult. 
 
 I'NTRICATELY, ad. in such a manner as to perplex. 
 
 I'NTRICATENESS, s. the quality of being so perplexed and 
 complicated as not to be easily explained. 
 
 INTRI'GUE, {intreeg) s. [Fr.] a plot or amour carried on with 
 secrecy and artifice. 
 
 To INTRI'GUE, {intreeg) v. n. to form plots ; to carry on an 
 amour by stratagems and artifices. 
 
 INTRl'GUER, {intreeger, the g pronounced hard,) s. one who 
 forms plots, carries on private amours with women, or busies 
 himselfin secret transactions. 
 
 INTRFGUINGLY, {intreegingly, the g pronounced hard,) ad. 
 with artifice or secret plotting. 
 
 INTRFNSIC, a. [intrinsecus, Lat.] inward ; real ; true in its 
 own nature. 
 
 INTRI'NSICAL, a. internal; solid; real. 
 
 INTRI'NSICALLY,a(/. internally; really; in his own nature. 
 
 INTRI'NSICATE, a. perplexed ; entangled. 
 
 To INTRODU'CE, r. a. [intra and duco, Lat.] to conduct ; to 
 give entrance to ; to usher into a place, or to a person ; to bring 
 any thing into practice or notice. 
 
 INTRODU'CER, s. one who conducts or ushers into a place, 
 or to a person ; one who brings any thing into use, practice, or 
 notice. 
 
 INTRODU'CTION, «. the act of ushering or conducting into 
 a place, or to a person ; the state of being ushered ; the act of 
 bringing anything new into notice or practice; a discourse pre- 
 fixed to a book, containing something necessary to give a true 
 idea of the manner in which the subject is treated of, &c. 
 
 INTRODU'CTIVE, a. [introductif, Fr.] serving as a prepara- 
 tive, or a means to something else. 
 
 INTRODU'CTORY, a. previous; in order to prepare, or serv- 
 ing as a means to something further. 
 
 INTROGRE'SSION, s. [intra and gradiar, Lat.] entrance ; the 
 act of entering or going in. 
 
 INTRO'IT, s. [introitus, Lat.] in the Romish Church, the be- 
 ginning of the mass or public devotions. 
 
 INTROMI'SSION, s. [intra and mitto, Lat.] the act of sending ; 
 the act of giving entrance or admission. 
 
 To INTROMFT, v. a. to send, let, or admit in ; to allow to 
 enter. 
 
 To INTROSPE'CT, v. a. [intro and specio, Lat.] to look into, 
 or take a view of the inside. 
 
 INTROSPE'CTION, s. a view of the inside. An internal view 
 of its power or state, applied to the mind. 
 
 INTROVE'NIENT, a. [intro and venio, Lat.] entering or 
 coming in. 
 
 To INTRU'DE, v. n. [in and trudo, Lat,] to come in without 
 invitation or permission ; to thrust oneself rudely into com- 
 pany or business ; to undertake a thing without being permitted 
 called to it, or qualified for it. 
 
INV 
 
 INTRU'DER, s. one who forces himself into company or af- 
 fairs without permission, qualification, or being welcome. 
 
 INTRU'SION, «. the act of forcing any person or thing into 
 any place or state ; encroachment upon anj' person or state ; 
 entrance without invitation or welcome. 
 
 To INTRU'ST, V. n. to treat with confidence ; to charge with 
 any secret commission, or any thing of value. 
 
 INTUI'TION, s. [in and tueur, Lat.] the sight of any thing. 
 In Psychology, that spontaneous act of the understanding, by 
 which any presentation of the senses becomes a representation 
 to the mind by being subjected to the forms of the understand- 
 ing. It is also used in popular language, and in writers who 
 follow Locke and Reid, for the faculty of discovering truths, 
 &c. immediately, without the exercise of reflection or reasoning. 
 
 INTUITIVE, a. seeing, or actual sight, opposed to belief. 
 
 INTU'ITIVELY, ad. lintuMi;emetit,Fr.'\ by intuition, or imme- 
 diate vision of the mind. 
 
 INTUME'SCENCE, Intume'scency, s. [intumesco, Lat.] a 
 swelling; a tumour ; the act or state of swelling or rising above 
 its usual height. 
 
 INTURGE'SCENCE, s. [turgeseo, Lat.] swelling ; the act or 
 state of swelling. 
 
 To INTWI'NE, V. a. to twist or wreathe together like twine ; 
 to twist round. 
 
 To INVA'DE, V. a. [in and ra(/o,'Lat.] to enter into a country 
 in a warlike manner ; to attack ; to assail or assault ; to seize 
 on like an enemy. "To invade another's right." 
 
 INVA'DER, s. one who enters into the possessions or domin- 
 ions of another, and attacks them as an enemy; one who as- 
 sails or attacks; one who encroaches or intrudes. 
 
 INVALESCENCE, s. {in and valesco, Lat.] want of health. 
 
 INVA'LID, a. [in and validus, Lat.] weak, applied to bodily 
 strength. Of no force or cogency, applied to argument. — s. (pro- 
 nounced incalesd,) soldiers that are worn out with age, or, by 
 the casualties of war, rendered unfit for further service in the 
 field. 
 
 To INVA'LIDATE, v. a. to weaken ; to deprive of force or 
 efficacy. 
 
 INVALI'DE, s. [Fr.] one disabled by sickness or hurts. 
 
 INVALl'DITY, s. [invalidite, Fr.] want of force or cogency, 
 applied generally to arguments. 
 
 INVA'LUABLE, a. of so great a value as to be above concep- 
 tion or estimation. 
 
 INVA'RIABLE, a. [Fr.] not changing; without varying. 
 
 INVA'Rl ABLENESS, s. the quality of being always the same ; 
 constant, or without change. 
 
 IN VA'RIABLY, ad. without changing ; unchangeably ; con- 
 stantly. 
 
 INVA'SION, s. linvado, Lat.] the entrance or attack of an 
 enemy on the possessions or dominions of another ; an encroach- 
 ment or unlawful attack on the rights of another. 
 
 INVA'SIVE, a. entering like an enemy on the bounds of ano- 
 ther; encroaching on the rights of another. 
 
 INVE'CTIVE, s. [inveho, Lat.] a reproachful, censorious, or 
 scandalous expression, whether in writing or in speech. 
 
 INVE'CTIVE, a. containing a censure, scandal, satire, or re- 
 proachful expressions. 
 
 INVE'CTIVELY, ad. in a satirical, abusive, or scandalous 
 manner. 
 
 To INVEI'GH, {invey) v. a. [in and veho, Lat.] to utter censure 
 or reproach ; to speak bitterly against. 
 
 INVErGHER, {inveyer) s. a vehement railer. 
 
 To INVE'IGLE, {inveegle) v. a. [invogliare, Ital.] to persuade, 
 allure, or seduce to something bad or hurtful. 
 
 INVE'IGLER, (invemjler) s. a seducer, deceiver, or allurer to ill. 
 
 To INVE'LOFE, v. a. See To Envelope. 
 
 To INVE'NT, V. n. [inventer, Fr.] to discover, find out, or pro- 
 duce something unknown or not made before ; to forge, or con- 
 trive contrary to truth ; to create by the fertility of the imagina- 
 tion. Synon. We invent new things by the force of imagination. 
 Vfejind out things that are hidden or unknown, by examination 
 or study. The one denotes the fruitfulness, the other the pener 
 tration, of the mind. 
 
 INVE'NTER, s. [inventeur, Fr.] one who discovers or produces 
 something new or not known before; a person who forges or 
 asserts a falsehood. 
 
 INVE'NTION, «. [invenio, Lat.] the act of finding or producing 
 
 INV 
 
 something new; the discovery of something hidden; the sub- 
 tilty of the mind, or that exertion of the imagination, whereby 
 we create things that either have no existence in nature, or are 
 entirely new or unknown ; a discovery; the thing invented; a 
 forgery or fiction. 
 
 INVE'NTIVE, a. [inventlf, Fr.] quick at contrivance ; ready 
 at expedients. 
 
 INVE'NTOR, s. [Lat.] a finder out or maker of something 
 new ; a framer or contriver of something ill. 
 
 INVENTO'RIALLY, ad. in the manner of an inventory. 
 
 INVE'NTORY, (sometimes accented on the first sylla'ble,) s. 
 [inventoriwn, Lat.] an account or catalogue of movables ; a list 
 or catalogue of goods, 
 
 INVE'NTRESS, s. [inventrice, Fr.] a female who finds out or 
 produces any thing new. 
 
 INVERA'RY, Argyleshire, Scotland. Here are manufactures 
 of linen and woollen, as also considerable works for smelting 
 iron by means of charcoal. It is seated on the N. W. side of 
 Loch Fyne, near which is a castle, the seat of the Duke of Ar- 
 gyle. It is 75 miles from Edinburgh. Pop. 1233. 
 
 INVERKE'ITHING, Fifeshire, Scotland. It is situated in a 
 bay of the Frith of Forth ; and before the entrance of the harbour 
 there is a large and.safe bay, which afibrds excellent shelter for 
 ships in all winds. Here are two commodious quays, for the 
 landing and receiving of goods. It is 18 miles from Edinburgh. 
 Pop. 2530. 
 
 INVERNE'SS, Invernessshire, Scotland. It is the capital of 
 the county, and is pleasantly situated on the S. bank of the 
 river Ness, and overlooking the Frith of Murray. It has a safe 
 and convenient harbour, and a good deal of shipping. Over the 
 river Ness is a handsome bridge, of seven arches. The salmon 
 fishery in this river is very considerable. A little to the W. of 
 this town is the remarkable vitrified fort, called Craig Phadrick ; 
 the stones, composing its walls, appear to have been partly 
 melted by fire. It is I5G miles from Edinburgh. Pop. 15,418. 
 
 INVERNE'SS, a county of Scotland, reaching from the W. sea 
 to Moray Frith, and bounded by the counties of Ross, Nairne, 
 Murray, Aberdeen, Perth, and Argyle. Its extent in breadth 
 is about 45 miles, and in length 75. The northern part is very 
 mountainous and barren. This county has several considerable 
 lakes; being divided, in a manner, into two equal parts, by 
 Loch Ness, Loch Oich, Loch Lochy, and Loch Lil ; all which 
 are united by a canal, so as to form a communication between 
 the two seas. The southern part of the shire is also very moun- 
 tainous, and is supposed to be the most elevated ground in 
 Scotland. The extensive plains which surround the lakes are, 
 in general, fertile; and the high grounds feed many sheep and 
 black cattle, the rearing and selling of which is the chief trade 
 of the inhabitants. Limestone, iron ore, and some traces of dif- 
 ferent minerals, have been found in this county, with beautiful 
 rock crystals of various tints ; but no mines have been worked 
 hitherto with much success. The principal river is the Spey ; 
 but there are many others of inferior note, as the Ness, F'yers, 
 Glass, Lochy, &c. Some of the largest islands of the Hebrides 
 belong to this county. Inverness is its capital. Pop. 97,799. 
 It sends two members to parliament ; one in conjunction with 
 Ross-shire. 
 
 INVE'RSE, a. [inverto, Lat.] inverted; reciprocal; opposed to 
 direct. 
 
 INVE'RSION, s. change of order or time, so that the first is 
 last or last is first. In Grammar, the arrangement of the words 
 of a sentence in the reverse of the usual order. 
 
 To INVE'RT, V. a. to change the natural order of things or 
 words; to turn upside down, or place in a method or order con- 
 trary to that which was before ; to place the first last. 
 
 INVE'RTEDLY, ad. in an unnatural order; in such a man- 
 ner that the first is placed last, or the last first. 
 
 To INVE'ST, V. a. [in and vestio, Lat.] to clothe or dress; 
 when followed by two nouns, it hath with or in before the thing. 
 To place in possession of a rank or office ; to adorn ; to grace. 
 To enclose or surround a place, so as to intercept all succours, 
 applied to sieges. 
 
 INVE'STIENT, a. covering ; clothing. 
 
 INVE'STIGABLE, a. to be searched out or traced by the 
 mind. 
 
 To INVE'STIGATE, v. a. [investigo, from vestigium, Lat.] to 
 search out ; to trace or find out by reason. 
 
 3 R 2 491 
 
INV 
 
 INVESTIGATION, s. the act of the mind by which un- 
 known truths are traced out and discovered ; an accurate exa- 
 mination. 
 
 INVE'STITURE, s. [Fr.] the act and ceremony of conferring 
 a right or possession of any manor, office, or benefice. 
 
 INVE'STMENT,s. dress; clothes; habit. 
 
 INVE'TERACY, s. [vetus, Lat.] long continuance of any 
 thing bad. Figuratively, obstinacy confirmed by time. In 
 Physic, lon^ continuance of any disease. 
 
 INVE'TERATE, a. old; long established; grown obstinate 
 by long continuance. 
 
 To INVE'TERATE, v. a. to harden, or make obstinate by 
 long practice or continuance. 
 
 INVE'TERATENESS, Invetera'tion, s. the act of harden- 
 ing or confirming by long practice and continuance. 
 
 INVFDIOUS, a. [invidia, Lat.] envious ; malignant. Figura- 
 tively, likely to promote or incur hatred. 
 
 INVl'DIOUSLY, ad. in an envious and malignant manner ; 
 in a manner likely to provoke hatred. 
 
 INVI'DIOUSNESS, s. the quality of provoking envy or 
 hatred. 
 
 To INVFGORATE, v. a. to make strong; to inspire with 
 vigour, life, and spirit. 
 
 INVIGORA'TION, s. the act of invigorating ; the state of 
 being invigorated. 
 
 INVI'NCIBLE, a. [in and vinco, Lat.] not to be conquered or 
 subdued ; not to be informed, or removed by instruction. 
 
 INVl'NCIBLENESS, s. the quality of not being conquerable. 
 
 INVl'NCIBLY, ad. in such a manner as not to be conquered 
 or surmounted. 
 
 INVl'OLABLE, a. [in and violo, Lat.] not to be profaned, 
 applied to things sacred. Not to be injured. Not to be broken, 
 applied to laws or secrets. 
 
 INVrOLABLY, ad. without breach or failure. 
 
 INVI'OLATE, a. unhurt, or without suffering from violence. 
 Unprofaned, applied to holy things. Unbroken, applied to laws 
 or obligations. 
 
 I'N VIOUS, a. [j« and via, Lat.] not passable ; not common or 
 trodden. 
 
 To INVI'SCATE, v. a. [invisco, from viscus, Lat.] to lime ; to 
 daub with any glutinous or sticking substance. 
 
 INVISIBI'LITY, (the s. is pronounced like z in this and the 
 two following words,) s. [invisibilite, Fr.] the state of not being 
 seen, or not being perceptible. 
 
 INVI'SIBLE, a. [in and video, Lat.] not to be seen. 
 
 INVI'SIBLY, ad. in such a manner as not to be seen. 
 
 INVITATION, s. [invito, Lat.] the act of calling or summon- 
 ing ; the act of desiring a person's company. 
 
 To INVITE, V. a. to bid or request a person to come to one's 
 house, or make one of a party ; to allure. 
 
 INVITINGLY, ad. in such a manner as allures. 
 
 INU'NCTION, 8. [in and unguo, Lat.] the act of smearing or 
 anointing with any fat or oily substance. 
 
 INDUNDATION, s. [inundo, Lat.] the act of flowing; a 
 flood. Figuratively, a confluence or multitude of any kind. 
 
 To I'N VOCATE, v. a. [in and voco, Lat.] to call upon in prayer ; 
 to address for assistance. 
 
 INVOCATION, s. the act of calling upon in prayer; the form 
 used in addressing any being for assistance. 
 
 I'N VOICE, s. [envoxjer, Fr.] a catalogue of the freight of a ship, 
 or of the articles shipped on board, and consigned to some per- 
 son in a foreign country. 
 
 To INVO'KE, V. a. [m and voco, Lat.] to call upon, address, or 
 pray to any superior being for aid. 
 
 To INVO'LVE, V. a. [m and volvo, Lat.] to in wrap, or cover 
 with any thing which surrounds; to intrust or join; to take in 
 or comprise ; to catch or subject to ; to blend or mingle toge- 
 ther confusedly. Synon. Persons are involved in actions or af- 
 fairs when they are far immersed in them. Affairs or actions 
 are complicated with each other by their mixture and mutual de- 
 pendence. 
 
 INVO'LUNTARILY, ad. not by choice ; against one's will ; 
 necessarily. 
 
 INVO'LUNTARY, a. [involuntaire, Fr.] not having the power 
 of choice ; necessitated ; not chosen or done willingly. 
 
 INVOLUTION, s. [in and volvo, Lat.] the act of wrapping in 
 a thing. Figuratively, the state of being mixed, complicated, or 
 492 
 
 JOB 
 
 intricate ; that which is wrapped round any thing. In Mathe- 
 matics, the process of raising any quantity to any power of the 
 root that may be required, by repeated multiplication or any 
 shorter process: — the reverse of Evolution. 
 
 To INU'RE, V. a. [in and uro, Lat.] to habituate ; to accustom ; 
 to make ready, willing, and able, by practice and custom ; it 
 generally implies hardship or labour. 
 
 INU'REMENT, s. practice ; habit acquired by long practice ; 
 use. 
 
 To INU'RN, V. a. to put into an urn ; to bury; to put into a 
 tomb. 
 
 INU'STION, s. [in and uro, Lat.] the act of burning, or of 
 burningin. 
 
 INU'TILE, a. [in and utilis, Lat.] useless ; unprofitable. 
 
 INUTI'LITY, s. want of use or profit. 
 
 IN VU'LNERABLE, a. [in and vulnus, Lat.] not to be wounded 
 or hurt. 
 
 To INWA'LL, {inwauU) v. a. to enclose with a wall. 
 
 I'NWARD, a. placed at a distance from the surface or out- 
 ward part. 
 
 I'NWARD, «. any thing within ; generally applied to the 
 bowels, and used always in the plural number. 
 
 I'NWARDLY, ad. internally; in the mind or heart; private- 
 ly; in a concave form, applied to a body bent, and opposed to 
 any convexity or protuberance outwardly. 
 
 I'NWARDNESS, s. intimacy ; familiarity. 
 
 To INWE'AVE, (inweeve) v. a. pret. inwove, or inwe^ved; past 
 part, intcove, or inwoven; to mix any thing in weaving; to en- 
 twine or mingle. 
 
 To INWRA'P, (the w is mute,) v. a. to wrap or cover by hold- 
 ing a thing over. Figuratively, to perplex, or puzzle with dif- 
 ficulty; to transport with joy. 
 
 INWRO'UGHT, (inrdt) a. wrought into the substance of a 
 thing. 
 
 To INWRE'ATH, {inreeth) v. a. to surround as with a 
 wreath. 
 
 JOAN, the name of a female who is said to have occupied the 
 chair of St. Peter, after Leo IV., in the 9th centurv, and not to 
 have been discovered till she gave birth to a child, on occasion 
 of a public procession in Rome. But the story, though in circu- 
 lation very shortly after the alleged date, is not supported by any 
 contemporary authority, and is now generally disbelieved. 
 
 JOAN OF ARC. See Arc, Joan of. 
 
 JOB, the name of a man of Idumaea, who is the subject 
 of one of the Books of the Old Testament, a dramatic poem, ex- 
 hibiting the meaning of calamity to the man that fears God. The 
 structure of the Book is extremely simple ; after a prose intro- 
 duction, (which exhibits traces of" a later origin than the subse- 
 quent part,) detailing his afflictions, and the occasion of them, 
 a conversation ensues in which three friends of Job, who have 
 visited him for condolence, endeavour to convict him of sinful 
 conduct on the ground of the sorrows he has experienced, whilst 
 Job passionately defends his cherished and trusted uprightness, 
 and completely silences them : a young man is now introduced, 
 who developes another and loftier view of Job's calamities; and 
 lastly, Jehovah addresses Job, repeating in more magnificent 
 imagery the representation of the preceding speaker : in reply. 
 Job at once aclcnowledges his sinfulness, and implores pardon 
 from God ; and in a brief prose conclusion, (which resembles the 
 introduction,) the return of prosperit}"^ to the afflicted patriarch 
 is recorded. The poetry of this Book is remarkably fine and 
 graphic, and at the same time free from all the niceties and 
 weaknesses characterizing a very refined age or social state. 
 The date of it is unknown, but it seems to be the earliest of the 
 books of the Old Testament, and so the first written book in the 
 world. The autho'r, and the reality of the character whose his- 
 tory is recorded, are also questions incapable of decision. 
 
 JOB, s. a small, trifling, or casual piece of work ; a low, mean, 
 mercenary, and lucrative employment; a sudden stab with a 
 sharp-pointed instrument. 
 
 To JOB, V. a. to strike suddenly with a sharp-pointed instru- 
 ment ; to perform small pieces of work. — v. n. to deal in the funds, 
 or in buying and selling stocks for others. 
 
 JO'BliER, s. one who buys and sells stocks for others ; one 
 who does chance-work. 
 
 JOBBERNOWL, s. [jobbe, Flem. and knol, Sax.] a loggerhead 
 or blockhead. 
 
JOH 
 
 JCCKEY, ». a person who rides a horse at a race; one who 
 deals in horses. Figuratively, a cheat or bite. 
 
 To JO'CKEY, V. a. to justle in riding. Figuratively, to cheat, 
 or trick. 
 
 JOCO'SE, a. [jocus, Lat.] merry ; given to jest. 
 
 JOCCSELY, ad. in a merry, waggish, or jesting manner. 
 
 JOCO'SENESS, s. the quality of being disposed to merriment 
 or jesting. 
 
 JO'CULAR, a. used in jest, jesting. 
 
 JOCULA'RITY, s. a disposition to jesting; merriment. 
 
 JO'CUND, a. Ijucuiidus, Lat.] merry; gay; lively; full of 
 mirth. 
 
 JO'CUNDLY, ad. in a merry manner. 
 
 FODINE, s. [iodes, Gr.] in Chemistry, an elementary substance, 
 which at common temperatures is a soft, friable, opaque solid, 
 of a bluish-black colour, and metallic lustre, but is easily dis- 
 persed in a rich violet-coloured vapour. It occurs most copiously 
 in sea-weed or kelp. It seems to be a natural specific against 
 goitre, but it is an irritant poison. 
 
 JO'EL, one of the prophets sent to the kingdom of Judah, in 
 about the same time as Rosea and Amos prophesied. His de- 
 nunciations and predictions are recorded in the book of the Old 
 Testament that bears his name, and are of the kind common to 
 the Hebrew prophets. His style is finely poetical, but also, 
 whether owing to our defective knowledge of the events and 
 circumstances alluded to, or to the condition of the text, very 
 obscure in parts. 
 
 To JOG, V. a. [schocken, Belg.] to push, or shake by a sudden 
 push ; to give notice or excite a person's attention by a push. — 
 V. n. to move on by jolts, like those felt in trotting. 
 
 JOG, s. a push or slight shake; a sudden interruption, by a 
 push or shake ; a hint given by a push. 
 
 JO'GGER,«. one who pushes another lightly; one who moves 
 dully and heavily. 
 
 To JO'GGLE, V. n. to shake, or to make a thing' shake. 
 
 JOHA'NNISBERG, s. a very fine kind of hock, which takes 
 its name from the place where the vineyards are in which it is 
 produced, in the duchy of Nassau. 
 
 JOHN, surnamed The Baptist, was born of a priestly family, 
 when his parents were very old, shortly before the year assigned 
 to the birth of our Lord. He lived a life of great austerity, and 
 proclaimed publicly the rapidly approaching reign of Heaven, and 
 the consequent duty of repentance, that men might be prepared 
 for its coming. His distinguished and remarkable birth, his im- 
 posing and prophetic mien, his terrible words, and the general 
 agitation amongst the Jewish people respecting the coming of the 
 long-expected Messiah, drew crowds to hear him in the remote 
 parts he frequented, and won him many converts, whom he bap- 
 tized, as was customary amongst the Jews. Our Lord himself 
 sought him out, and appeared first in his ofiice when baptized by 
 his nerald and forerunner. John was, because of his courageous 
 reproof of Herod Antipas, imprisoned, and, through the schemes 
 of Herodias, his incestuous wife, beheaded in prison. 
 
 JOHN, the beloved disciple, and apostle of our Lord, writer of 
 one of the Gospels and three letters contained in the New Tes- 
 tament, was son of a fisherman who lived near the Sea of 
 Gennesaret, and followed the same calling with his brother 
 James. He followed Jesus in consequence of a summons ad- 
 dressed to him and his brother as they were busied in their craft, 
 and shared with him and Peter several marks of greatest confi- 
 dence. John seems to have been most particularly distinguished 
 by the regard of our Lord, during his life, during the most 
 mournful scenes of his death, and after his resurrection. Little 
 is certainly known of him subsequently, save that he stood in 
 some relation to the church at Ephesus, endured persecution, 
 and finally died, naturally, at a very advanced age, the only one 
 of the apostles who was not martyred. Of the numerous tales 
 handed down by tradition respecting him, some are palpably false. 
 The Oospel which bears his name, and which was the last writ- 
 ten of the four narratives of the ministry and death of Jesus, 
 and written near the close of John's life, varies very remarkably 
 in some of the circumstances recorded from the others; and in 
 omissions, additions, and the whole tone and colour, still more 
 remarkably ; whilst there is withal nothing that is a real incon- 
 sistency or contradiction to the other Gospels ; the comparison 
 of it with the three jB/Msifes, showing that the whole dinerence 
 arises from the great difference between John and the narrators 
 
 JOH 
 
 of the other histories. As an exhibiter of the deeper and more 
 spiritual characteristics of the gospel of Christ, dwelling on the 
 subjective aspect and spirit of that, whereof Paul developed the 
 form, and others the objective and historic grounds, John has 
 hardly yet been fully appreciated. The Eevetation or Apocalypse 
 is also commonly ascribed to him ; but as there is some ground 
 for doubt respecting it, and as the authorship does not affect its 
 value, we refer to it under its own name. 
 
 JOHN, king of England, son of Henry H. and successor of 
 Richard L VVhen a mere youth, he was,'as the youngest child, 
 greatly beloved by his father, but he joined in the unnatural and 
 cruel rebellion which Queen Eleanor instigated her sons to. 
 During Richard's imprisonment, he plotted to obtain possession 
 of his crown, and attempted to prevent his release. After his 
 accession, his attention was first called to the opposition made 
 to him on the continent by Arthur his nephew, aided by Philip 
 Augustus of France. In the war which ensued John took his 
 nephew prisoner, and had him murdered; but he lost all his 
 possessions in France. His next step was a quarrel with the 
 pope, the haughty and resolute Innocent HI., respecting the 
 nomination of the archbishop of Canterbury. This was pro- 
 tracted for a long time ; the kingdom was laid under an inter- 
 dict ; the king was excommunicated ; the French king prepared 
 to invade England ; and in the end John made a most abject 
 submission to the pope, in the person of his legate, relinquish- 
 ing his crown, and receiving it anew from Pandulph, on his bare 
 knees, having promised a yearly tribute. In the midst of this 
 contest new troubles broke out, rebellions amongst his barons, 
 invasions of the Scotch; the former he kept down for awhile; 
 the latter he effectually stopped. But the revolt of the barons 
 broke out again, and was made more formidable by the war 
 with France, in which though John gained a sea-fight, he was 
 defeated on land at Bovines. A powerful and armed combin- 
 ation was formed, sanctioned by the highest ecclesiastical dig- 
 nitaries, and entitled the Army of God and the Church ; which, 
 after various movements, at last obtained a conference with the 
 king at Runnimede, where John signed Magna Charta. John 
 was however too weak and too wicked to abide by bis word ; 
 and a fierce civil war broke out, by which the whole kingdom was 
 distracted and ravaged ; and the barons, aided by troops from 
 France, had forced the king to the greatest extremities; when 
 he died in 1216, aged 49 years, and having reigned 17. In this 
 reign began the breaking up of the feudal system as established 
 at the Conquest ; and a foundation was laid for the elevation of 
 those classes in the state who had up to this time been totally 
 disregarded. 
 
 JOHN, the name assumed by 23 popes of Rome; the /as< of 
 whom was deposed as an antipope, by the Council of Constance ; 
 and the 12^/4 occupies the place in the series assigned to the 
 legendary Pope Joan. 
 
 JOHN OF GAUNT, son of Edward III., and by title Duke of 
 Lancaster, was one of the most noteworthy men of his age. He 
 was a brave and skilful warrior; a patron of literature; and a 
 fast friend and admirer of Wiclitfe, whose person and deeds he 
 strenuously defended. The clergy were his bitter enemies^ and 
 roused against him great popular wrath ; which however did not 
 abate the duke's earnestness in his enlightened course. His 
 private character was unhappily stained by debauchery, or he 
 had been one of the very noblest men of English storj'. He 
 died in 1399, aged 59 years. The schism and civil war between 
 the houses of York and Lancaster began with the seizure of the 
 throne by his son, under the title of Henry IV. 
 
 JOHN OF SALISBURY, a literary man of the 12th century ; 
 the intimate friend and associate of Thomas a Becket ; became 
 bishop of Chartres ; and revived the taste for the study of the 
 classic languages in the W. of Europe. 
 
 JOHN O'GROAT'S HOUSE, the remains of a noted house, 
 reckoned the most northerly dwelling in Scotland, and so called 
 from a family of the name of Groat, who formerly resided here, 
 and to whom the village and ferry, from this place to the Ork- 
 neys, belonged. It is situated one mile W. of Duncansby, or 
 Dungsbv Head. 
 
 JOHNA'PPLE, s. a good sharp juicy apple. 
 
 JO'HNSON, SAMUEL, a Whig writer of the latter part of 
 the 17th century, whose Julian the Apostate was a satire on 
 James 11., so severe that he was fined and fmprisoned for it; 
 and whose Address to the Army on Iloiinsloiv Heath procured him 
 
JOI 
 
 the pillory and a whipping from Newgate to Tyburn Gate, a 
 heavy fine, and degradation from orders in the English Church. 
 At the Revolution he received some marks of favour from Wil- 
 liam III. He is better known from the notice of him in Dry- 
 den's Absalom and Achitophel, where he is called Ben Jochanan, 
 than by his writings, which are marked with considerable learn- 
 ing, and good sense resembling De Foe's. He died in 1703, 
 aged 54 years. 
 
 JO'HNSON, DR. SAMUEL, the celebrated lexicographer, 
 critic, and essayist; was well educated, though born in no very 
 flourishing circumstances, at Oxford, and began his career as 
 assistant master at a grammar school at Market Bosworth, in 
 Leicestershire. Afterwards he undertook literary drudgery at 
 Birmingham, and then having gained a little money by a mar- 
 riage, otherwise most happy, though in appearance most unsuit- 
 able, he started a school of his own, which failed, and he went 
 to London, to try his fortune as a man of letters there. Cave, 
 who was the proprietor and master of the Gentleman's Maga- 
 zine, gave him regular work on that periodical, in which his fa- 
 bricated Reports of the Parliamentary Debates are his most 
 remarkable productions. Having gained a little notice by an 
 imitation of one of Juvenal's Satires, he proposed to edit Shak- 
 speare, and to compile his English Dictionary; both which 
 works he completed. His old pupil, Garrick, attempted to gain 
 him fame as a dramatist, but it was impossible. His periodically 
 published Essays, The Mamhkr and The Idler, were his next 
 effusions ; and Hasselas, which he wrote to defray the expenses 
 of his mother's funeral. He shortly after this received a pen- 
 sion, and his life as a hterarv hack was ended. He became 
 famous; was introduced to the king; received his diplomas ; and 
 wrote only his Tour in the HehrSes and his Lives of Oie Poets 
 more. After most complicated diseases and much suffering he 
 died in 1784, aged 75 years. His works are placed high in the 
 list of British classics, although they are to the last degree un- 
 attractive, from the high-sounding pomposity of his elaborately 
 constructed and duly poised periods, and the meagreness of the 
 moral maxims they are written to enforce. There is in them so 
 clearly discernible the sterling common sense, and genuine 
 great-heartedness of the writer; readers who begin with great 
 dislike, generally end in loving the rugged but true man for his 
 very foibles, though the foibles themselves never lose their nar- 
 rowness. His satellite, or rather worshipper, in the latter part 
 of his life was the renowned James Boswell ; and he has left us 
 a daguerreotype portrait of the Doctor ; — the friend of the most 
 famous men of the time ; the oracle in almost every circle he en- 
 tered ; the superstitious bigot in politics and religion ; the rude, 
 bullying, special pleader in argument; the utterer of the most 
 annihilating repartees; the loving, infant-hearted man, when 
 not engaged in playing one or another of his many parts on the 
 stage of public life. With all his eccentricities, and all his un- 
 amiabilities, he had that in him which made men love hiui 
 when he lived ; and Boswell and his own books have so faith- 
 fully handed down his whole self to posterity, that his name, 
 amongst all who know anything of literature, is a familiar word, 
 and as cherished as familiar. 
 
 To JOIN, V. a. [joindre, Fr.] to add one thing to another ; to 
 couple or combine; to unite in concord; to unite; to touch, or 
 be contiguous; to unite with in marriage, or any other league ; 
 to associate ; to act in concert with. — v. n. to grow to ; to adhere ; 
 to close ; to clash ; to become confederate. 
 
 JOFNER, s. one who makes utensils by joining different por- 
 tions of wood together. 
 
 JOI'NERY, s. an art whereby several pieces of wood are so 
 fixed and joined together, that they seem one entire piece. 
 
 JOINT, s. [^jointure, Fr.] the articulation of the limbs, or union 
 of movable bones in animal bodies ; a hinge, or a union of 
 different substances which are let into each other, so as to be 
 capable of moving without breaking or separating ; a limb of an 
 annual separated by a butcher from the rest of a carcass ; a knot 
 in wood. Out of joint, is applied to a bone that is luxated or 
 slipped from the socket in which it is used to move; and figur- 
 atively, disorder, confusion, or disturbance, &c. 
 
 JOINT, a. shared among many ; united or partaking in the 
 same possession, hence joint heir; combined or acting in 
 concert. 
 
 To JOINT, V. a. to unite in a confederacy; to form many parts 
 into one ; to form in articulations, or in such a manner as to 
 
 JON 
 
 move without breaking or separating ; to cut or divide a carcass 
 at the joints, 
 
 JOI'NTED, a. having joints; full of joints or knots. 
 
 JOI'NTER, s. in Carpentry, a sort of plane. 
 
 JOFNTLY, ad, together, opposed to separately. In a state of 
 or combination, applied to the action of different persons 
 
 things. 
 'NTI 
 
 woman who holds any thing 
 
 JOFNTRESS, s. [iiom jointu 
 in jointure. 
 
 JOI'NTSTOOL, s. a stool made by joints, or in such a manner 
 that the legs, sides, and top are jointed to each other. 
 
 JOl'NTURE, s. [Fr.] in Law, an estate settled on a wife, to 
 be enjoyed after the death of her husband. 
 
 JOFNVILLE, JOHN, SIEUR DE, an eminent French his- 
 torian and statesman of the 13th century. He accompanied 
 Louis IX. on his first crusading expedition ; and wrote the Life 
 of St. Louis. He died in 1318, aged 58 years. 
 
 JOIST, ». [joindre, Fr.] in Architecture, a piece of timber, 
 framed into the girders, on which the boards of floors are laid. 
 
 To JOIST, V. a. to fit in the smaller beams on which the 
 boards of a floor are laid. 
 
 JOKE, s. [jocus, Lat.] a jest or witty expression, that causes a 
 smile, or raises a laugh. 
 
 To JOKE, V. n. [jocor, Lat.] to jest, or to endeavour merrily 
 to divert by words and actions ; to tell a pleasing fiction. 
 
 JO'KER, s. a jester ; a merry fellow. 
 
 JOLE, s. [^ueute, Fr.] the face or cheek ; seldom used but in 
 the phrase of cheek hyjole. The head of a fish. 
 
 JO'LIBA, a name of the Quorra, or Niger, the great river of 
 W. Africa. 
 
 To JOLL, t'. a. [Teut.] to beat the head against any thing. 
 
 JO'LLILY, ad. [fromjotfy,] in a disposition to noisy mirth. 
 
 JO'LLINESS, Jo'llity, s. gaiety; elevation of spirit; mer- 
 riment ; noisy mirth. 
 
 JO'LLY, a. [jovialis, Lat.] gay; merry; cheerful; full of 
 mirth and spirits. Figuratively, plump, like a person in full 
 health. 
 
 To JOLT, (jolt) V. n. [onomatopee,] to shake or shock, as a 
 carriage in a rough road. 
 
 JOLT, (jolt) s, a shock given by a carriage travelling in a 
 rough road. 
 
 JO'LTHEAD, (jolthead) s. a great head ; a blockhead. 
 
 JOME'LLI, NICOLO, a celebrated Italian composer, whose 
 operas are highly admired, as are his sacred compositions, con- 
 sisting of a Requiem, a Miserere, and an Oratorio. He travelled 
 to various places in Italy, and even to Vienna ; and died in 
 1774, aged 60 years. 
 
 lO'NA. one of the Hebrides, or W. Isles of Scotland, lying to 
 the W. of MulU called also Icolmkill. It is about 3 miles long 
 and 1 broad, and has a very desolate aspect. Its whole celebrity 
 arises from the maintenance in it, till comparatively late times, 
 of a form of Christian faith, and ritual worship, wholly inde- 
 pendent of the Church of Rome, and every other church, from 
 the very earliest ages. The only relics of which church is the 
 ruined cathedral. 
 
 JONAH, a Hebrew prophet, whose chief mission was to carry 
 a threatening of Divine judgment against Nineveh, for its wick- 
 edness ; the history of which mission, chiefly in relation to the 
 prophet's attempt to evade it, and his vexation at the preven- 
 tion of the execution of the threat by the timely penitence of 
 the inhabitants of the city, composes the short book of the Old 
 Testament known by his name. In order to get rid of some of 
 the difficulties connected with this narrative, some critics have 
 contended that the account is metaphorical, and that the spi- 
 ritual condition of the Jewish people is represented by it; con- 
 tending also that Luke reports the simple allusion made to 
 Jonah by our Lord, whilst in Matthew the words are explained 
 in a way to make the sign more conspicuous. 
 
 JONES, INIGO, a celebrated English architect of the 17th 
 century, regarded as the reviver of classic taste in that branch 
 of art here. He studied in Italy under the patronage of two 
 English noblemen ; and became architect to the king of Den- 
 mark, and afterwards to the queen of England. During the 
 civil war it was his lot to share the sufferings of his patrons, 
 being taken, along with Hollar, at the storm of Basing House^ 
 by the irresistible Cromwell. He died in 1G52, aged about 80 
 years. Jones's works sustain his fame ; what remains of White- 
 
JON 
 
 hall, and several other mansions in town and country ; except 
 St. Paul's church in Covent Garden, which seems to have re- 
 mained to warn men from presuming too easily that their genius 
 is universal. 
 
 JONES, SIR WILLIAM, a distinguished scholar, poet, and 
 lawyer, of the last centurj. He studied at Harrow and Oxford ; 
 and after travelling on the continent as tutor to the son of a 
 nobleman, and commencing authorship with some works relat- 
 ing to Oriental literature and history, he entered the Temple, 
 and with indefatigable diligence devoted himself to his profes- 
 sion and to his passion with equal success. His prevailing 
 studies were the histories, the languages, the laws, &c. &c. of 
 the East ; and he had a glorious opportunity for his ardent mind 
 afforded by the appointment of juage in Bengal. He discharged 
 his duties with great diligence ; and opened to England an al- 
 most wholly new field of literature. He died in 1794, aged but 48 
 years. His scholarship lacked the correctness and profundity 
 of the great Orientalists of the present day ; but he was a pio- 
 neer, and prepared the way, in no small degree, for those who 
 have so far outstripped him. His style is clear and elegant, and 
 his few poems manly in sentiment, and breathing the true 
 poetic spirit. His private character was most admirable. 
 
 JONES, PAUL, (properly, it is said, John Paul,) by birth a 
 Scot, but by choice an Anglo-American, who played a most 
 famous part in the struggle between the colonies and England. 
 He was a lieutenant in the American navy, and with courage 
 and skill unheard of in any other case, planned and executed a 
 half piratical, half regular attack on the coasts of England ; 
 sailed up the Forth ; captured more than one ship of war; and 
 finally ran the gauntlet of all the forts, fleets, and war-ships 
 lying along the German Ocean and the Channel. He was sub- 
 sequently in the French and the Russian services ; and died in 
 poverty in Paris in 1792, aged 5G years. 
 
 lO'NIA, in Ancient Geography, the ancient name of Achaia, 
 in the Peloponnesus ; and the general name of that tract of the 
 sea-coast of Asia Minor, on which the cities founded by the 
 Ionian colonists stood ; such as Smyrna, Ephesus, Miletus, &c., 
 with some of the jEgean islands lying near to Asia. 
 
 lO'NIANS, one tribe of the Greek or Hellenic family, whose 
 chief settlements were in Attica, Achaia, and in the colonies of 
 the W, coast of Asia Minor, S. of jEolis. They were the move- 
 ment part of Greece; and stood alwaj's in direct contrast and 
 opposition to the Dorian tribe, which was as distinctly con- 
 servative. The Athenians were the best developed of the 
 lonians ; those of Asia Minor acquired a degree of softness and 
 effeminacy, from the climate, and from the proximity of the 
 Persian power. On the headland of Mycale stood a famous 
 temple dedicated to Poseidon, called Panioniura ; by the worship 
 maintained at which the Asiatic lonians preserved themselves 
 from splitting into different sections. 
 
 lO'MAN ISLANDS, a republic of Europe, consisting of the 
 islands of Cephalonia, Cerigo, Corfu, Ithaca, Santa Maura, Paxo, 
 and Zante ; lying in the sea around Greece. Descriptions of these 
 islands are given under their respective names. The govern- 
 ment is under the sole protection of Great Britain. Corfu is the 
 capital, and the seat of a university. Population, about 22.5,000. 
 
 lO'NIAN PHILOSOPHY, a name by which that branch of 
 cosniogonical speculation commenced by Thales of Miletus, and 
 cultivated almost wholly by natives of Ionia, is sometimes 
 called. 
 
 lO'NIAN SEA, the ancient classical name of that part of the 
 Mediterranean Sea lying S. of the Adriatic, and between Italy 
 and the Peloponnesus. 
 
 lOTVIC DIALECT, a branch of the Greek language spoken 
 by the lonians of Asia Minor. It is sometimes divided into the 
 Old Ionic, in which Homer wrote, and the New Ionic, in which 
 Herodotus wrote. But now the latter is generally called Ionic, 
 and the former, as not peculiar to Ionia, the Homeric dialect. 
 
 lO'NIC ORDER, «. in Architecture, a species of column, 
 which, in addition to greater delicacy of proportion than the 
 Doric was characterized by, and the admission of flutings, had 
 a peculiarly elegant scroll for its capital. 
 
 JONQUI'LLE, s. [jonqtdlle, Fr.] in Botany, a common culti- 
 vated species of daffodil. 
 
 JO'NSON, BENJAMIN, a celebrated English dramatist, of 
 the age of Shakspeare. He studied at Westminster school first, 
 and then was forced to work as a bricklayer for his father-in-law. 
 
 JOS 
 
 But he entered the army and served in Flanders. Returning, 
 he spent a little time at Cambridge, and then turned actor. 
 Being imprisoned for a murder committed in a duel, it seems that 
 his thoughts were turned to the drama ; and on his release, en- 
 couraged by his great rival, he brought out his first play. He 
 fell into difficulty once again by having libelled the Scots in one 
 of his jointly composed plays, but he escaped. At length he 
 was appointed poet-laureate ; and when he died in 1637, aged 
 64 years, he was buried in Westminster Abbey. Rare Ben 
 Jonson wrote many plays, and stands immeasurably superior to 
 most of his fraternity of authors. He is thoroughly original ; an 
 acute observer ; rich in thought;— but above all, he possesses 
 consummate dramatic skill, and confounds by his elaborate art : 
 he himself felt that, with much that formed a ground of sym- 
 pathy, he was a complete contrast to Shakspeare. 
 
 JO'RDAN, a river of Palestine, which rises in the mountain 
 of Antilibanus, and running from N. to S. passes through the 
 Soa of Galilee or Lake of Tiberias, and empties itself into the 
 Dead Sea. 
 
 JORU'LLO, or Juru'llo, a volcanic mountain, seated in the 
 centre of the high table-land of Mexico. It is 120 miles from 
 the sea. In the years 1759, 1760, there was a very terrible erup- 
 tion, and the heated matter ejected from the various craters open- 
 ed then, and brought up to the surface, retained its heat, seem- 
 ingly undiminished, for upwards of 20 years. Near it is a very 
 remarkable elevation, about 30 square miles in extent, which, 
 by the same eruption, was raised out of the great plain, to more 
 than 500 feet in height, covered with small conical eminences, 
 which constantly emit smoke. Jorullo is above 5000 feet higher 
 than the sea level. 
 
 JO'SEPH, the youngest son but one of the patriarch Jacob, 
 and very greatly beloved by him, as the eldest-born of Rachel, 
 his favourite wife. His history was most remarkable. By the 
 malice of his brothers he was sold as a slave to Egypt, where, by 
 skill in interpreting dreams, — which he showed when unjustly 
 imprisoned by his master,— he was raised to a high dignity by 
 Pharaoh. He preserved the land from the horrors of famine, 
 but at the cost of reducing all the population, except the priest- 
 hood, into serfdom ; and he located his own family, who had 
 suffered severely from the famine, in the most fertile part of 
 Egypt, and died at the advanced age'of 110 years. 
 
 JO'SEPH, the name of two emperors of Germany, the second 
 of whom, the son of Maria Theresa of Austria, after having main- 
 tained for some years the empty title and honour of his impe- 
 rial dignity, by the name of his mother's army, succeeded her on 
 the throne of Austria, and immediately aspired to the reputation 
 of a reformer. He was such a reformer as a man of no religion 
 and a despot at heart can be. Yet he established toleration, — 
 with a little side persecution of the Catholics, — by which means 
 he roused a revolution in the Low Countries, which not only 
 severed that province from Austria, but also aided, amongst 
 other things, to kindle the great French conflagration. He was 
 also a great patron of education and learning, after a certain 
 way ; and he beat back the Turks, and took Belgrade. He died 
 in 1790, having reigned over Austria 10 years, and been em- 
 peror for 2-5. 
 
 JO'SEPHINE, the first wife of the emperor Napoleon Buona- 
 parte. She was a native of Martinique, and married to the Vis- 
 count Beauharnois : she returned to Martinique to witness the 
 beginning of the servile war there, and escaped from it to wit- 
 ness the protracted horrors of the French Revolution. Her hus- 
 band was guillotined, and she was imprisoned. Being released 
 by the Thermidorians, she attracted young Buonaparte's notice, 
 and was married to him. She shared all his feelings, and was 
 his confidante. At length, having reached the top round of 
 safety on ambition's ladder, he would ally himself to some old 
 royal family, and divorced Josephine, herself consenting, and 
 regarding it as a sacrifice to trance, to marry Maria Louisa. 
 Josephine resided at Malmaison, and died in 1814, aged 51 years. 
 
 JOSE'PHUS, FLAVIUS, the Jewish historian, was of noble 
 extraction, and carefully trained by his parents. He was early 
 employed in a mission to Rome, and on his return took the com- 
 mand of the army of the Jews. During the wars which over- 
 threw the nation, he commanded, and was taken prisoner; by 
 which circumstance, he was enabled materially to aid his rela- 
 tives and friends, when Jerusalem fell. He was received into 
 great favour by the emperor Vespasian, and died about 95 a. d. 
 
JOY 
 
 He wrote the Antiquities of the Jews, which is a history of the peo- 
 ple, founded on the Bible narrative, down to the beginning of 
 the hist disastrous war ; the history of which War of the Jews, he 
 also wrote. He wrote against one Apion, in defence of his nar- 
 rative. His writings are valuable, but are much lessened in 
 worth by the evident straining after rhetorical effect, and affecta- 
 tion of imitating the Greek historians, who record long speeches, 
 alleged to have been uttered by various parties. 
 
 JO'SHUA, a very eminent Jewish warrior and legislator, who 
 was one of those who left Egypt, and was employed as a spy to 
 reporton the appearance of the Promised Land, when all but him- 
 self and his companion reported falsely about it. At the death 
 of Moses, he was appointed leader ; and he conducted the Israel- 
 ites safely over Jordan, led them to the conquest of the country, 
 and settled them in it. He died aged 110 years. The Book 
 called by his name, is a record of that part of the Jewish history 
 which is comprised in his government, is undoubtedly authentic, 
 and full of instruction. 
 
 To JO'STLE, V. a. pollster, Fr.] to rush or run against a person. 
 
 JOT, s. [from the Greek letter I'ote,] a point ; a tittle ; the least 
 quantity that can be assigned. 
 
 JOVELLA'NOS, DON GASPAR MELCHIOR DE, a distin- 
 guished modern Spanish writer and statesman, who rose by his 
 merit to be counsellor of state, when he was exiled for proposing 
 a tax on church-dignitaries' property ; he was banished again 
 by Godoy, but on his fall was recalled, and regained his rank in 
 the country. He fell at last in a popular tumult, in 1812, aged 
 68 years. His writings are chiefly poetical, lyric, dramatic, and 
 translations. 
 
 JO'VIAL, a. [jovialis, from Jupiter or Jove,"] in Astrology, under 
 the influence of Jupiter. Gay; airy; elated with mirth. 
 
 JO'VIALLY, ad. in a merry, airy, or gay manner. 
 
 JO'VIALNESS, s. the quality or state of being merry. 
 
 JOVIA'NUS, FLAVIUS CLAUDIUS, one of the late Roman 
 emperors, successor to Julian the Apostate. He re-established 
 Christian profession in the army; and was worsted by the Indian 
 prince Sapor. He died in 363, having reigned but 7 months. 
 
 JOU'RNAL, U'mial) s. [Fr.] a diary ; an account of a person's 
 daily transactions ; a newspaper or review published daily, week- 
 ly, or even quarterly, containing the news of the day, or criti- 
 cisms on books, &c. In Navigation, a book wherein is kept an 
 account of the ship's way at sea, the changes of the wind, and 
 other occurrences. 
 
 JOU'RNALIST, {ji'irnalist) s. a writer for the newspapers. 
 
 JOU'RNEY, (the o in this word and its compounds and de- 
 rivatives is not pronounced, asjumeyjarnenman, &c.) s. [journi-e, 
 Fr.] the distance travelled in a day. Figuratively, travel by 
 land, distinguished from that by sea, which is styled a voyage. 
 Passage from one place to another. 
 
 To JOU'RNEY, V. n. to travel or pass from one place to another. 
 
 JOU'RNEYMAN, s. ljour?iee, Fr. and man,] a person hired to 
 work by the day; at present extended to signify a person who 
 works under a master. 
 
 JOU'RNEYWORK, s. [journee,Fr. and work,] work performed 
 for hire or wages. 
 
 JOUST, (just) s. [joust, Fr.] a name for a tilt or tournament, 
 in which the combatants fought singly. 
 
 To JOUST, {just) V. a. [jouster, Fr.] to tilt against a single 
 combatant. 
 
 lO'WA TERRITQRY, United States, N. America. It bor- 
 ders on the territory of the Hudson's Bay Company, and is 
 bounded by the territory of Wisconsin, and by the States of Illi- 
 nois and Missouri. It is about 600 miles long, and about 250 
 broad, and is divided into 18 counties. The only high land is 
 that wMth divides the basin of the Missouri from that of the 
 MississBpi. Beside these two rivers, it is watered by the Iowa, 
 the DeaMoines river, &c. &c. The margins of the rivers are 
 well MDded, but the greater part of the district is prairie. 
 Whe^ft is cultivated the soil is good, and yields corn, fruits, &c. 
 rich in minerals, but they are as yet but imperfectly 
 It has also good limestone and marble. Iowa city is 
 Ital, and Burlington and Du Buque are respectively the 
 Bts of the trading and mining operations. Pop. 78,819. 
 ps. [joye, Fr.] a delight of the mind arising from the con- 
 tin of a present, or assured approaching possession of a 
 jood ; the mirth which arises from success; gladness; 
 
 happiness. 
 196 
 
 IRE 
 
 To JOY, V. n. to rejoice ; to be glad.— «. a. to congratulate ; 
 to affect with joy; to enjoy. 
 
 JOYCE, JEREMIAH, a scientific writer and compiler, who 
 aided Dr. Gregory in making his Cyclopaedia ; wrote the Scientific 
 Diahgues, and several similar works, with a Treatise on Arith- 
 metic, yet employed largely. He was a Unitarian minister, and 
 was included in the prosecution directed against Home Tooke, 
 Thelwall, and others. He died in 1816, aged 52 years. 
 
 JOY'FUL, a. full of joy or pleasure on the possession, or cer- 
 tain expectation, of some good. 
 
 JOY'FULLY, ad. with gladness or pleasure, on account of 
 possession, or certain expectation of some future good. 
 
 JOY'FULNESS, «. the quality of receiving or feeling pleasure 
 on the consideration of some present, or certain expectation of 
 some future, good. 
 
 JOY'LESS, a. without joy ; deprived of pleasure; sad. 
 
 JOY'OUS, a. [joyeux, Fr.] glad ; gay; merry; delighted. 
 
 IPECACUA'NHA, s. in Materia Mediea, a powder formed 
 from the root of a plant found in S. America ; much used as an 
 emetic, and as an astringent. 
 
 I'PSWICH, Suffolk. It is an ancient but irregularly built 
 town, seated on the river Orwell, forming a sort of half-moon, or 
 crescent, on its bank. Across the river there is a bridge leading 
 to Stoke Hamlet. Here are several public buildings and a cus- 
 tom-house, with a good quay, and docks. Its present commerce 
 depends upon the malting and exportation of corn to London, 
 and timber to the difl'erent dockyards. It has a considerable 
 coasting trade, and a small share of foreign commerce, but ves- 
 sels of great burden are obliged to stop at some distance below 
 the town. It is 69 miles from London. Markets, Tuesday and 
 Thursday for small meat, Wednesday and Friday for fish, and 
 Saturday for provisions of all kinds. "Pop. 24,940. 
 
 IRA'SCIBLE, a. [irascor, Lat.] easily provoked to anger ; be- 
 longing to the passions of anger. 
 
 IKE, s. [Fr. ira, Lat.] hatred arising from considering a thing 
 as capable of aflfiecting, or having affected, us with an injury. 
 
 I'REFUL, a. angry ; raging. 
 
 rilEFULLY, ad. in a manner which shows great anger. 
 
 I'RELAND, one of the British islands, lying to the W. of that 
 of Great Britain ; from which it is separated by St. George's 
 Channel, or the Irish Sea; whilst the ocean lies on every other 
 side. It is about 287 miles in length, and 155 in breadth. It 
 is divided into four provinces; viz. Ulster on the north, Mun- 
 ster on the south, Leinster on the east, and Connaught on the 
 west; which are subdivided into 32 counties. There are some con- 
 siderable mountains in Ireland, thechief of which are the Knock 
 Patrick, Sliew Blocmy, and Curlieu hills. Of all its bogs, that 
 called the Bog of Allen is the most considerable. The chief 
 lakes are Lough Lean, Lough Erne, Lough Neagh, and Lough 
 Coribb; and its principal rivers are the Shannon, Boyne, Bar- 
 row, Liffey, Nore, and Suir. The mineral productions of this 
 country are copper, lead, iron, and silver, some of them in great 
 quantities and of excellent quality. There are likewise quarries 
 of marble, slate, and freestone, and in various places coal and 
 turf for firing. The air is mild and temperate, but the climate is 
 more humid than in England. In general, it is a fruitful coun- 
 try, well watered with lakes and rivers; and the soil, in most 
 parts, is very good and fertile ; but large tracts yet remain un- 
 drained and uncultivated; while much that is in cultivation 
 does not produce what it might, for the want of a proper system 
 of farming operation. All kinds of corn and other agricultural 
 produce are yielded in abundance; and its linen manufactures 
 are unequalled. It is exceedingly well situated for foreign 
 trade, and has many secure and commodious bays, creeks, and 
 harbours, especially on the W. coast. Dublin is its capital. 
 Pop. 8,175,124. Ireland has 2 archbishops, and II bishops, 4 
 of whom, including one archbishop, are elected annually to sit in 
 the English House of Lords. It sends also 28 peers (chosen for 
 life) and 105 commoners to parliament. The lord lieutenant 
 and his council are appointed by the king. Ireland is at present 
 one of the most unhappy countries of Europe, and seems to 
 have had heaped on it every ill political and social that can de- 
 base and brutify a nation. Its people are characterized by all 
 the excellencies and by all the faults of a thoroughly unculti- 
 vated race ; generosity and most ardent affection, with highly 
 roused and implacable ferocity in hatred ; contented submission 
 to toil and privation, with indolence and indifference to self-im- 
 
IRO 
 
 provement that are rarely removed in the course of some gener- 
 ations. Their national poems and songs are full of beauty and 
 pathos, and are highly cnaracteristic of the best features of the 
 race. They are known in all parts of the world by these signs, 
 and by their herculean powers for drudgery, and their broad hu- 
 mour and their hulh. In early days this land was one of the 
 chosen seats of learning and piety ; the changes that have 
 passed over Europe have not advanced it in either; but have 
 deteriorated that rude cultivation by the admixture of almost 
 every evil that flourishes with the growth of civilization. It has 
 been treated by English legislation ever since it was seized, as a 
 conquered country; the land has been held by parties who cared 
 only for their rents, and who rarely or never visited it ; so that 
 rapacious agents and middlemen have plundered the farmers ; 
 and the system of subletting has been carried to an extent to- 
 tally incompatible with either individual or social advantage. 
 Every vestige of national independence has been swept away, 
 and the Union with England has been a mockery and deceit. 
 Martial law, administered by police and regular troops quarter- 
 ed throughout the land, has been the chief means employed in 
 allaying irritation and discontent. And to add a crowning in- 
 justice, a branch of the Church of England has maintained it- 
 self on the hardly-gained property of the inhabitants, in defiance 
 of an overwhelming numerical majority, and all the prejudices 
 of the people, by the armed hand of the magistrate. The Irish 
 patriots have been usually young men whose zeal was utterly 
 destitute of judgment and knowledge, or crafty political adven- 
 turers and quacks. Above all, owing to the poverty (in moneij) 
 of the country, seasons of scarcity have always been famines in 
 Ireland ; and sickly times, visitations of pestilence. Hopes of 
 improvement are to be discovered most dimly, at present, only 
 in the wide adoption of the pledge of total abstinence from in- 
 toxicating drinks ; and in the introduction of corn instead of 
 potatoes as the staple growth, and staple article of food amongst 
 the people. Political freedom is not to be secured by the adop- 
 tion of the outward forms of national independence ; and po- 
 litical freedom seems to be the essential condition of religious 
 freedom. 
 
 IRENiE'US, ST., bishop of Lyons in the 2nd century, a pupil 
 of Polycarp, who wrote several works, all of which are lost ex- 
 cept one against heresy, and was martyred in 202, aged about 
 100 years. Much doubt rests on his age, and the time and man- 
 ner of his death. His work is not very valuable. 
 
 PRETON, HENRY, one of the leaders in the Puritan revolu- 
 tion of the 17th century. He had studied for the bar, but the 
 gown gave place to arms, and he rose to the command of one 
 wing of the array at Naseby, He married one of Cromwell's 
 daughters, and was highly esteemed by him. Ireton accompa- 
 nied the lord general to Ireland, and afterwards became lord 
 deputy there; where he, unhappily for Ireland, died in 1051, 
 aged 41 years. 
 
 IRI'DIUM, s. llris, Gr.] in Chemistry, a metal of the appear- 
 ance of platinum, but very brittle, and exceedingly infusible. 
 It is said also to be very slightly affected by acids, and to be the 
 heaviest of all the metals. 
 
 I'RIS, s. [Lat.] the rainbow. In Botany, the fiower-de-luce. 
 In Anatomy, the circle round the pupil of the eye, from whence 
 it receives the appellation of black, blue, &c. according to the 
 colour. In Astronomy, the name of the last discovered of the 
 asteroids. There are now 6 of these fragments known, desig- 
 nated by the names of Juno, Vesta, Ceres, Pallas, Astraea, Iris. 
 
 To IRK, V. a. [Teut.] to give pain, or make weary, used only 
 impersonally ; as, " It irks me," Shak. 
 
 I'RKSOME, a. wearisome ; affecting with pain or trouble. 
 
 PRKSOMELY, ad. in such a manner as -to pain, weary, or 
 trouble. 
 
 PRKSOMENESS, s. tediousness ; wearisomeness. 
 
 PRON, {iurn) s. [Sax.] in Chemistry, the most familiar of the 
 metals. It is of a peculiar gray colour, with a strong metallic 
 lustre, which maybe much heightened by polishing. It is fibrous 
 in its texture, and it is brittle or ductile according as it cooled 
 suddenly or gradually after having been heated. Its ductility is 
 exceedingly great, and it is capable of being hammered to any 
 required shape, or rolled into bars and sheets, or drawn into fine 
 wire, when properly heated. It is not easily melted, and if very 
 pure requires the highest temperature of a wind furnace. But 
 when melted it is cast in a very great variety of forms, and is 
 
 IRR 
 
 employed for some most commonly used, and most highly orna- 
 mental, articles. It is highly susceptible of magnetic influence ; 
 and, if hardened, may be rendered magnetic in various ways. 
 When it is carburetted by a special process it becomes steel. It 
 is easily oxidised, having a strong affinitv for oxygen ; the 
 orange-coloured rust, and the black scales that flake off heated 
 iron, are oxides of iron. This metal, which is applied so end- 
 lessly in the furtherance of the comforts of mankind, and with- 
 out which it is impossible to attain to civilization, is one of the 
 most easily worked, and the most universally found, of all the me- 
 tals. And it ought to be specially noticed, that the rock which 
 contains the largest amount of iron ore lies next, in the order of 
 superposition, to the coal-beds, where are found the means of 
 smelting the ore, and to the mountain limestone, which acts as 
 the best flux in the furnaces. Wrought iron is that kind of iron 
 which, after being purified from the earthy parts, has been 
 worked with hammers or rollers into its form, and is very tough 
 and malleable. Cast iron, on the other hand, is that which has 
 been run into moulds, and is exceedingly hard and brittle. 
 Also, commonly, any instrument or utensil made of iron; a 
 chain, shackle, or manacle; and in these senses it has a plural. 
 
 PRON, a. made of iron ; resembling iron in colour. Figura- 
 tively, harsh ; severe; rigid; indissoluble; unbroken; hard; 
 impenetrable. 
 
 To PRON, V. a. to smooth with an iron ; to put on shackles 
 or irons. 
 
 IRO'NICAL, a. expressing one thing and meaning another in 
 a sneering manner. 
 
 IRCNICALLY, ad. by the use of irony. 
 
 PRONMONGER, s. one who deals in iron. 
 
 PRON-MOULDS, s. the spots produced in linen by ink and 
 other fluids which contain iron. 
 
 PRONSTONE, s. in Mineralogy, a very compact and heavy 
 kind of brown stone, having the appearance of exceedingly in- 
 
 durated clay^i^vhence iron is extracted by the process of smelting. 
 
 , . ■ nk 
 
 in water. 
 
 PRONWOOD, s. a hard kind of wood, so ponderous as to sink 
 
 PRON-WORKS, s. buildings erected for the purpose of smelt- 
 ing, purifying, and manufacturing iron on a large scale. 
 
 PRONWORT, s. in Botany, a name of the burnet. 
 
 I'RONY, a. made of iron ; partaking of iron. 
 
 PRONY, s. [eironeia, Gr.] in Rhetoric, a figure wherein a per- 
 son means one thing and expresses another ; generally used as a 
 sneer, as in commending a person for qualities which he has 
 not. 
 
 PROQUOIS, the name of a tribe of N. American Indians, now 
 nearlj' extinct, occupying a very scanty tract near the river St. 
 Lawrence. They are also called Mohawks, and were amongst 
 the native tribes who were bribed to take part in the Revolu- 
 tionary war; by which, and European vices and diseases, they 
 have been thus reduced. 
 
 IRRA'DIANCE, Irra'diancy, s. [irradio, from radius, Lat.] 
 the emission of rays of light on any subject ; a sparkling; beams 
 of glittering light emitted or reflected. 
 
 To IRRA'DIATE, v. a. to brighten. To illumine, applied to 
 the mind. To animate with heat or rays ; to adorn with some- 
 thing shining. 
 
 IRRADIA'TION, s. the act of emitting beams of light, or glit- 
 tering; the state of a thing made to glitter. Illumination, or 
 knowledge, applied to the mind. 
 
 IRRA'TIONAL, (irrdshonal) a. [in and ratio, Lat.] void of rea- 
 son or understanding, void of the powers of reason ; absurd, or 
 contrary to reason. 
 
 IRRATIONA'LITY, (irrashondlity) s. the quality of being void 
 of reason. 
 
 IRRA'TIONALLY, {irrdshonally) ad. in a manner inconsistent 
 with reason ; absurdly. 
 
 IRRECLAPMABLE, a. not to be altered by instruction, 
 threats, or persuasions. 
 
 IRRECONCI'LABLE, a. {in-econcilidbh, Fr.] not to be ap- 
 peased or made to agree. 
 
 IRRECONCPLABLENESS, s. impossibility to be reconciled. 
 
 IRRECONCi'LABLY, ad. in a manner not admitting a re- 
 conciliation. 
 
 IRRE'CONCILED, a. not atoned, or expiated. 
 
 IRRECO'VERABLE, a. not to be regained, restored, or re- 
 paired ; not to be remedied. 
 
 3 8 497 
 
IRR 
 
 IRRECO'VERABLY, ad. in a manner beyond recovery, or 
 past all cure or remedy. 
 
 IRREDU'CIBLE, a. not to be reduced. 
 
 IRREFRAGABl'LITY, s. strength of argument not to be re- 
 futed. 
 
 IRRE'FRAGABLE, a. [Fr.] not to be confuted, applied to 
 argument. 
 
 IRRE'FRAGABLY, ad. in such a manner as not to be con- 
 futed. 
 
 IRREFUTABLE, a. [m and refuto, Lat.] not to be over- 
 " thrown or confuted. 
 
 IRRE'GULAR, a. [in ind reffula, Lat.] deviating from, or con- 
 trary to, any rule, standard, custom, or nature; immethodical; 
 not consistent with the rnles of morality. 
 
 IRREGULA'RITY, s.JlirregularitS, Fr.] the act of deviating 
 from, or doing any thijjg contrary to, a rule ; neglect of method 
 or order; an action jJbne contrary to the rules of morality. 
 
 IRRE'GULARLY, ad. without observation or rule, method or 
 duty. 
 
 To IRRE'XJIILATE, v. a. to make irregular; to disturb the 
 order of time. 
 
 IRRE'LATIVE, a. [in and relaiivus, Lat.] having no reference 
 or reliitidn to any thing; single; unconnected. 
 
 IRRELI'GION, s. [Fr.] contempt or want of religion. 
 
 IRRELFGIOUS, a. [irreligieux, Fr.] contemning or having no 
 religion ; impious ; contrary to religion. 
 
 IRRELFGIOUSLY, ad. in an impious manner. 
 
 IRRE'MEABLE, a. [in and remeo, Lat.] not to be repassed ; 
 admitting no return. 
 
 IRREME'DIABLE, a. [Fr.] admitting no cure or remedy. 
 
 IRREME'DIABLY, ad. in a manner admitting no cure or 
 remedy. 
 
 IRREMI'SSIBLE, a. [Fr.] not to be pardoned. 
 
 IRREMI'SSIBLENESS, s. the quality of admitting no pardon. 
 
 IRREMO'VABLE, a. not to be moved, changed, or affected. 
 
 IRREPA'RABLE, a. {in and reparo, Lat.] not to be recovered ; 
 not to be restored to its former state. 
 
 IRREPA'RABLY, ad. in such a manner as not to be recovered 
 or restored to its former state. 
 
 IRREPLE'VIABLE, a. in Law, not to be redeemed. 
 
 IRREPREHE'NSIBLE, a. [Fr.] not to be blamed. 
 
 IRREPREHE'NSIBLY, ad. in a manner not to be blamed. 
 
 IRREPRO'ACHABLE, (irrepr6chahU) a. free from blame or 
 reproach. 
 
 IRREPRO'ACHABLY, {irrepr6chaUy) ad. in a manner not 
 deserving blame or reproach. 
 
 IRREPRO'VABLE, a. not to be blamed or found fault with. 
 
 IRRESISTIBFLITY, s. the quality of being above all resist- 
 ance. 
 
 IRRESFSTIBLE, a. [Fr.] superior to all resistance or oppo- 
 sition. 
 
 IRRESFSTIBLY, ad. in a manner not to be hindered from 
 effecting its design or end ; in a manner not to be opposed. 
 
 IRRE'SOLUBLE, a. [in and resolvo, Lat.] not to be broken or 
 dissolved. 
 
 IRRE'SOLUBLENESS, s. the quality of having its parts not 
 to be broken or dissolved. 
 
 IRRESOLVEDLY, ad. without any fixed or positive deter- 
 mination of the will. 
 
 IRRE'SOLUTE, a. [irresolu, Fr.] not constant in purpose; 
 not fixed in one determination ; continually varying in one's 
 choice. 
 
 IRRESOLUTELY, ad. without firmness of mind or deter- 
 mination. 
 
 IRRESOLU'TION, s. [Fr.] want of fixed and settled deter- 
 mination of mind. 
 
 IRRESPE'CTIVE, a. having no respect to persons or circum- 
 stances. 
 
 IRRESPE'CTIVELY, ad. without respect to circumstances. 
 
 IRRETRIEVABLE, {irretreevable) a. not to be recovered or 
 repaired. 
 
 IRRETRIE'VABLY, {irretreevahly) ad. in a manner not to be 
 recovered or repaired. 
 
 IRRE'VERENCE, s. [in and revereor, Lat.] want of veneration 
 or respect ; a state wherein a person has not that respect paid to 
 him which is due to his rank and dignity. 
 IRRE'VERENT, a. [Fr.] not paying, expressing, or conceiv- 
 
 ISC 
 
 ing the homage, veneration, or respect, due to the character or 
 dignity of a person. 
 
 IRRE'VERENTLY, ad. without due homage, respect, or ve- 
 neration. 
 
 IRREVE'RSIBLE, a. not to be reversed, abrogated, or 
 altered. 
 
 IRREVE'RSIBLY, ad. in a manner not to be reversed or 
 changed. 
 
 IRRE'TOCABLE, a. [in and revoco, Lat.] not to be recalled, 
 brought back, or reversed. 
 
 IRRE'VOCABLY, ad. without recovery or recall. 
 
 To FRRIGATE, v. a. [irrigo, Lat.] to moisten or water. Ap- 
 plied chiefly to land. 
 
 IRRIGATION, s. the act of watering, wetting, or moist- 
 ening. 
 
 IRRI'GUOUS, a. watery or watered ; dewy or moist. 
 
 IRRI'SION, s. [in and rideo, Lat.] the act "of deriding, mock- 
 ing, or laughing at another. 
 
 IRRITABFLITYjS. that peculiar constitution of body, which 
 
 nclines a person to be easily affected by stimulants. It is often 
 ipplied to the mind, and is evident in fretful tempers. 
 To FRRITATE, v. a. [irrito, Lat.] to provoke to anger ; to 
 
 tease. To cause inflammation, applied to wounds. Figuratively, 
 to heighten any quality. 
 
 IRRITA'TION, s. the act of provoking, exasperating, or stimu- 
 lating. 
 
 IRRU'PTION, s. [irrumpo, Lat.] the act of any thing forcing 
 an entrance ; an inroad, or forcible entry of an enemy into any 
 place. 
 
 IS, 3rd pers. sing. pres. tense indicative, from the verb To 
 Be. After words ending in a vowel it is colloquially and poetic- 
 ally contracted thus, " There's some," Shak. 
 
 ISABE'LLA, the queen of Ferdinand V. of Arragon, and 
 heiress to the throne of Castile ; who shared her husband's 
 valour, wisdom, and taste for magnificence; and has been ever 
 associated with him in fame, both because of the great geogra- 
 phical discoveries made under her patronage as well as Ferdi- 
 nand's ; and because of the union of the two crowns, which 
 resulted from their marriage. See Ferdinand V. She was an 
 able sovereign ; but she was a usurper. Slie died in 1504, aged 
 53 years. 
 
 ISAIAH, the most eminent of all the Jewish prophets, who 
 was related to the royal family of Judah ; and prophesied during 
 the reigns of Uzziah, Jotham, Ahaz, and Hezekiah, being (ac- 
 cording to tradition) most cruelly martyred by Manasseh. 
 During his long ministry happened the invasion of Judea by 
 the Assyrians, and the destruction of their army by the simoom, 
 just as they expected to overthrow the city and the temple of 
 God. This event, with what led to the invasion, is much dwelt 
 on by the prophet. Isaiah's work, like that of all the Hebrew 
 prophets, was the reproof of the national and individual sins, the 
 threatening of punishment, and the promise of blessings to the 
 penitent and pious. But with him the promises appear to be 
 most numerous, and most distinctly referrible to the Lord Jesus 
 Christ. The allusions to some characteristics of his mission are 
 so frequent and so distinct, that they look like historic rather 
 than prophetic poetry. In many parts, his addresses are most 
 entirely evangelical. The way in which these predictions were 
 realized; the fulfilment of his predictions respecting Babylon, 
 Tyre, Egypt, Idumea, and other nations surrounding Judea; 
 and the very remarkable and distinct announcement of the very 
 name of the king who was to restore Israel from bondage ; are 
 most satisfactoiy proofs of the Divine authority of the message 
 of this prophet, independently of the character of his announce- 
 ments. No one of the Hebrew writers equals Isaiah. For di- 
 dactic clearness and force, and for pathos of entreaty and appeal, 
 for touches of pastoral simplicity, for graphic skill, for gorgeous 
 splendour of imagery and diction, and for pictures of appalling 
 grandeur and terror, he stands unrivalled. The prophecies are 
 plainly not arranged according to their dates, which has pro- 
 duced great confusion, and given rise to many very unsupport- 
 ed theories respecting the book of late. Isaiah was put to death 
 about 690 b. c. 
 
 ISCHIA'DIC, (iskiddik) a. [ischias, Gr.] in Anatomy, a name 
 given to the crural veins, called the greater and the lesser ischia's. 
 It signifies also a disease or pain of the hip, and is commonly 
 called sciatica. 
 
ISO 
 
 ISCHU'RY, (iskury) s. {ischouria, Gr.] in Medicine, a disorder 
 consisting of an entire suppression of urine. 
 
 Ise're, a department of France, bordering on Savoy, and 
 bounded by the departments of Hautes Alpes, Dr6me, Ardeche, 
 Haute Loire, Rh6ne, and Ain. It is about 90 miles in length, 
 and 50 in breadth. It is exceedingly mountainous, and its 
 chief peaks are above 10,000 feet in height. The Rhone, the 
 Isere, (whence it is named,) and the Drac, are its chief rivers. 
 It is very productive in iron, lead, coal, &c. &c., and there are 
 quarries for building-stone and marble. It also yields corn, 
 fruits, wine, timber in great variety and abundance, silk, and 
 cattle. The chamois and other wild Alpine animals are also 
 hunted for their skins, &c. This department has also some pro- 
 fitable manufactures, and its trade is very good. Grenoble is its 
 canital. Pop. about 600,000. 
 
 ISH, [isc. Sax.] a termination added to words, expresses 
 diminution, or lessening the sense of the word, if joined to an 
 adjective ; as, blueish, tending to blue. When added to a sub- 
 stantive, it implies likeness, or partaking the qualities of the 
 substantive to which it is added; as foolish, wolfish, roguish. 
 When added to the name of a country, it implies something be- 
 longing to or living in it ; as Swedish, Danish. 
 
 I'SlfiORE, the name of two saints in the Romish calendar; 
 one surnamed from Pelusium, where he is represented as having 
 lived in a kind of epistolary retirement ; but many of the thou- 
 sands of polemical and other letters ascribed to him are forgeries: 
 — the other was a learned bishop of Seville, whose commenta- 
 ries, annals, and liturgies are valuable and curious. He died 
 in G3G. 
 
 I'SINGLASS, s. a kind of glue, or gelatine, very highly puri- 
 fied, made from the intestines of a cartilaginous fish, which is a 
 species of sturgeon, and used in confectionery and medicines, to 
 make a kind of jelly, &c. ; and by wine coopers it is used in 
 clearing wines. 
 
 I'SIS, in ancient Egyptian Mythology, one of the chief god- 
 desses, worshipped as a cow, with a very licentious ritual. The 
 worship of Isis, with which was connected a great show of mys- 
 tery and purity, and unmitigated impurity in reality, became 
 veiy fashionable in the Roman empire, about the Christian sera. 
 Isiac mysteries were religious and philosophical quackeries, at 
 first intended as a symbolical representation of the purification 
 of the soul by knowledge, &c. There was a great deal of inge- 
 nious mechanical, optical, and chemical skill displaj'ed in the 
 contrivances by which the various ordeals for the neophyte were 
 prepared and exhibited. 
 
 rSLAM, s. [Arab.] submission ; the name of the religion of 
 Mohammed, because of the chief characteristic of it, in the 
 thought of its founder. 
 
 rSLAND, {iland) s. [ealand, Erse,] a tract of land surrounded 
 by water. 
 
 I'SLANDER, (llander) s. one who inhabits an island. 
 
 I'SLAY, or I'lA, one of the Western Isles of Scotland, to the 
 S. W. of Jura, from which it is separated by a narrow strait. 
 Its greatest length is 31 miles, and its breadth about 24. The 
 face of the country is hilly. Here are mines of copper, emery, 
 (quicksilver, lead ore, and black lead ; with immense stores of 
 lime-stone, marl, coral, and shell-sand for manure. Some corn 
 and flax are raised here, and numerous droves of cattle are annu- 
 ally exported. The goats that feed among the rocks are so wild, 
 that they are shot like deer. Bowmore is its chief place. In- 
 cluding two small islands near it, its population is 18,071. 
 
 ISLE, {lie) s. {isle, Fr.] an island, or country surrounded by 
 water. 
 
 rSLIP, Oxfordshire. The chapel wherein Edward the Con- 
 fessor was baptized, at a small distance N. from the church, yet 
 remains, and is called the king's chapel. There are also some 
 remains of an ancient palace, said to have been King Eth'elred's. 
 It has a good market for sheep, and is 5G miles from London. 
 Population, 674. 
 
 ISO'CHRONAL, Iso'chronous, {is6kronal, isdkronous) a. [isos 
 and chronos, Gr.] such vibrations of a pendulum as are per- 
 formed in the same space of time. 
 
 ISO'CRATES, an eminent Greek rhetorician. He wrote many 
 orations, some of which have been preserved, and are greatly 
 admired for their elegant style, and the rhythmical flow of their 
 periods. He was not a public speaker ; but he composed 
 speeches for others, and taught others the art of rhetoric. He 
 
 ITA 
 
 had been trained by some of the most eminent sophists, but he 
 did not act as a sophist ; enjoying a most unexceptionable reput- 
 ation. His patriotism was intense, and after the defeat of Chae- 
 ronea, he starved himself to death, in 338, aged 98 years. 
 
 ISOME'RIC, a. [isos and meros, Gr.] in Chemistry, composed 
 of the same elementary substances, in the same proportions. 
 
 ISOMO'RPHIC, a. [isos and morphe, Gr.] in Mineralogy, as- 
 suming the same form of crystal. 
 
 ISOPERIME'TRICAL, a. [isos and perimetroti, Gr.] in Geo- 
 metry, such figures as have equal perimeters or circumferences, 
 of which the circle is the greatest. 
 
 ISO'SCELES, s. [isos and skele, Gr.] applied to a triangle which 
 has two sides equal. 
 
 ISOTHE'RMAL, a. [isos and thermos, Gr.] in Natural Philoso- 
 phy, equal in average temperature. Applied to certain lines 
 drawn on globes to indicate the parts which have the same 
 average temperature. 
 
 I'SPAHAN, one of the capitals of Persia, in Asia. It stands 
 in the middle of a plain, surrounded on all sides with mountains 
 at eight miles distance, which rise gradually in the form of an 
 amphitheatre. There is a small river, called Senderut, which 
 supplies almost all the houses with water. It is 20 miles in 
 circumference, with well-built houses, and a great number of 
 magnificent palaces, that of the king being two miles and a 
 half in circumference. There are great numbers of mosques, 
 caravansaries, public baths, and coffee-houses, and very fine 
 bazaars and streets, in which are canals planted on each side 
 with trees. It is 265 miles N.E. of Bassorah, and 1400 S. E. of 
 Constantinople. Pop. about 100,000. Lat. 32. 25. N. Long, 52. 
 50. E. 
 
 rSRAELITES, s. the descendants of Israel or Jacob, who are 
 also called Hebrews, and Jews. 
 
 I'SSUE, s. [Fr.] the act of passing out; passage outwards; 
 an event, or the consequence of any action. In Surgery, a hole 
 made in the flesh by incision, for a continued discharge. In 
 Law, progeny, offspring ; the profits growing from an amerce- 
 ment; the point of matter depending on a suit, wherein the 
 parties join, and put the cause to the trial of a jury; hence, to 
 join issue, is to agree upon some particular point, on which the 
 decision of a cause shall rest. 
 
 To I'SSUE, V. n. [uscire, Ital.] to come or pass out at any 
 place. To proceed, applied to offspring. To be produced or 
 gained, applied to funds or trade.— j). a. to send out by authority 
 or judicially, used with out; this sense is most common, 
 
 I'SSUELESS, a. without oflTspring or children. 
 
 rSTHMlAN GAMES, a national solemnity of Ancient Greece, 
 held near Corinth, once in 4 years ; when the victors in racing, 
 boxing, wrestling, &c. received crowns of pine leaves. 
 
 I'STHMUS, {istmus) s. [Lat.] in Geography, is a narrow neck 
 of land that joins two continents, or joins a peninsula to the 
 terra firma, and separates two seas. The most celebrated isth- 
 muses are that of Panama, or Darien, which joins North and 
 South America; and that of Suez, which connects Asia and 
 Africa ; that of Corinth, of Crim Tatary, &c. 
 
 IT, pron. [hit. Sax.] the neuter demonstrative, made use of in 
 speaking of things. Sometimes it is used absolutely for the 
 state of a person or aflFair ; sometimes elliptically for the thing, 
 matter, or affair. 
 
 I'TALY, a large peninsula of S. Europe, extending in a very 
 peculiar shape into the Mediterranean Sea, by which and the 
 Gulf of Venice it is almost surrounded, being divided from the 
 rest of Europe by the semi-circular mountain range of the Alps. 
 Beside the Gulf of Venice, or Adriatic Sea, round Italy are the 
 Gulfs of Genoa, Naples, Salerno, Tarento, &c., and the principal 
 capes are those of Spartivento, Leuca, and Testa. The range of 
 the Apennines runs in a wavy line the whole length of Italy, 
 and divides near the S. extremity. The streams are numerous, 
 and of them the Po, with its many tributaries, is the largest, and 
 the Tiber and the Arno next in magnitude. The climate of the 
 greater part of Italy is most delicious, but in the mountainous 
 parts it is often very severe ; whilst in many parts it is so un- 
 wholesome, that large districts are deserted in the summer- 
 time from dread of the miasmata. The land is fruitful, but it has 
 never yet been adequately farmed. It does produce corn and 
 other grain, but fruits, wine, silk, olive-oil, are its chief produc- 
 tions. It also abounds in good pasturage. The rich ana varied 
 scenery makes Italy a land of great resort with tourists. Here 
 3 s2 499 
 
J UB 
 
 too, scu/pture, painting, and music, seem to have especially 
 taken up their abode ; but the chefs d'oeuvres are all the produc- 
 tions of times of greater political freedom than Italy has for 
 ages enjoyed. The chief arts cultivated are those of operatic 
 performances ; and this is not an unfair criterion respecting the 
 people. They are voluptuous, polished, crafty, fierce m revenge, 
 and profoundly superstitious. The N. part is occupied by the 
 Austrian dominions, including Lombardy, or Milan, and Venice; 
 and the dominions of the king of Sardinia : the central part, by 
 the grand duchy of Tuscany ; the duchies of Parma, Lucca, and 
 Modena ; the republic of San Marino ; and the States of the 
 Church : and the kingdom of Naples occupies all the S. extremity. 
 These states are described under their respective titles. There is 
 great uncertainty, however, about them, as revolutionary move- 
 ments are witnessed every day ; and the ancient opposition to 
 imperial influence is most actively revived. The population of 
 the whole peninsula, with the adjacent and connected islands of 
 Sicilv, Sardinia, Elba, &c., is about 25,000,000. 
 
 ITA'LIAN LANGUAGE, that branch of the dialect descend- 
 ed from the ancient Latin tongue, which is spoken in Italy. It 
 is exceedingly soft and melodious; but the peculiarities of some 
 provinces differ exceedingly from the cultivated speech. There 
 are some of the finest poems and similar works, and some of the 
 profoundest works of science and philosophy, with history, writ- 
 ten in this language, to reward the student. 
 
 ITCH, s. [gicha. Sax.] in Medicine, a disease which appears 
 as a pustulous eruption, and is excessively irritating. It is also 
 communicated by contact ; and sulphur seems to be a specific 
 cure for it. It is believed that minute insects are the cause of it. 
 
 To ITCH, V. n. to feel an uneasiness in the skin, which is re- 
 moved by rubbing; to have a long and continual desire and 
 propensity. 
 
 I'TCHINGTON, BISHOP'S, Warwickshire, so called from the 
 bishops of Litchfield and Coventry, once its possessors. It is 
 situated on the river Jchene, and was anciently one of the 
 chief towns in the county. It is 100 miles from London. Mar- 
 ket, Wednesday. Pop. 403. 
 
 I'TEM, s. [Lat.] an article in a bill or account. — ad. in Law, 
 in wills means also. " Item, I give and bequeath." 
 
 I'TERANT, part, [itero, Lat.] repeating. 
 
 To I'TERATE, v. a. to repeat the same thing ; to inculcate 
 by frequent mention or repetition ; to do a second time. 
 
 iTEKA'TION, s. repetition or recital. 
 
 ITHACA, one of the Ionian Islands, lying between Cepha- 
 lonia and the continent. It is about 10 miles long, and 5 broad. 
 It is hilly, and produces abundance of corn, wine, raisins, cur- 
 rants, &c. Bathi is its chief place. Pop. about 10,000. The 
 inhabitants call it Thiaki. 
 
 ITI'NERANT, a. [Fr. from iter, Lat.] wandering; not settled; 
 travelling. 
 
 ITI'NERARY, s. a book of travels. 
 
 ITI'NERARY, a. travelling; done on a journey. 
 
 ITSE'LF, pron. [hit and sylf. Sax.] the neutral reciprocal pro- 
 noun, applied to things. 
 
 ITURBI'DE, AUGUSTINE, the leader of the Mexican revo- 
 lution, and first emperor of that country. He was a soldier in 
 the Mexican army, and of distinguished courage and skill ; who 
 having obtained the confidence of the troops, planned and effect- 
 ed, in the distractions of the times, the overthrow of the Spanish 
 rule. His ambition in seizing the empire led to his own down- 
 fal. His usurpations produced such discontent that he abdi- 
 cated, and proceeded to Italy, whence he returned to attempt 
 the recovery of the throne ; but the leaders of the republic ap- 
 prehended him and he was shot, in 1824, aged 40 years. 
 
 JUAN FERNANDEZ, an island in the S. Sea, about 12 miles 
 long, and 6 wide. It is 330 miles W. of the coast of Chili, pa- 
 rallel with St. Jago. It is uninhabited, but having a good har- 
 bour on the N. coast, called Cumberland Bay, it is found ex- 
 tremely convenient to touch at and water. Lat. 33. 40. S. 
 Long. "83. W. 
 
 JU'BILANT, part. Ijubilo, Lat.] uttering songs of triumph. 
 
 JUBILA'TION, «. the act of uttering songs of triumph, or of 
 declaring triumph. 
 
 JU'BILEE, s. [jitbile, Fr.] a public festivity; a time of re- 
 joicing; a great church festival celebrated at Rome, originally 
 once every hundred years, wherein the pope grants plenary in- 
 dulgences. Among the Jews, a festival held once in 50 years, 
 
 JUG 
 
 with great solemnity and joy ; at which slaves were manumitted, 
 and the land reverted to the original owners of it. 
 
 JUCU'NDITY, s. Ijttcundus, Lat.] pleasantness, agreeableness. 
 
 JU'DAISM, s. the system of ecclesiastical and political aflfairs 
 established by Divine direction amongst the Jews, and main- 
 tained by them, with much faded glory, as their religion to this 
 hour, in their dispersion and persecution. 
 
 To JU'DAIZE, V. n. [juda'iser, Fr.] to conform to the manners 
 or customs of the Jews. 
 
 JUDE, or Judas, also called Thadd^us and Lebb^eus, was 
 brother of James the Less, and one of our Lord's apostles ; but 
 nothing is recorded concerning him in sacred histoiy. A Ge- 
 neral Epistle is ascribed to him, and appears to be genuine, al- 
 though rejected by some from the first ages. It was written to 
 expose and to threaten the evil-livers, or heretics of the times, and 
 has the same scope as some other of the general epistles, being 
 particularly like the 2nd Epistle of Peter. The apocryphal 
 books, called the Ascension of Moses, and the Book of Enoch, 
 are quoted in it ; which has occasioned great trouble to some, 
 who forget that quotation by a sacred writer does not change 
 the original value of a writing, and that Paul has quoted a Greek 
 comedian. 
 
 JUDGE, s. [Juffe, Fr.] one who is empowered or authorized to 
 hear and determine any cause or question, real or personal, and 
 presides in a court of judicature. Figuratively, one who has 
 skill sufficient to discover and pronounce upon the merit of any 
 thing. 
 
 To JUDGE, f. n. {juger, Fr.] to decide or determine a ques- 
 tion ; to pass sentence ; to discern or distinguish. 
 
 JU'DGER, s. one who forms an opinion or passes sentence. 
 
 JU'DGES, the name of a Book of the Old Testament, record- 
 ing the history of the Israelites after the death of Joshua, under 
 the guidance of persons specially appointed by God as chieftains, 
 &c. till the death of Samson. There are also some sketches of 
 the state of society at the time, highly instructive, and most 
 needful to be understood, in order to the proper understanding 
 of the subsequent Jewish history. 
 
 JU'DGMENT, s. [Fr.] that act of the mind by which the 
 agreement or non-agreement of two notions is discerned ; the 
 assertion of such agreement or non-agreement ; the q^uality or 
 power of discerning the propriety and impropriety of things; 
 the right, power, or act of passing sentence ; decision ; opinion ; 
 sentence passed against a criminal ; condemnation or punish- 
 ment inflicted by Providence for any particular crime; the 
 distribution of justice ; the sentence passed on our actions on 
 the last day ; the last doom. 
 
 JU'DICATORY, s: [judico, Lat.] distribution of justice; a 
 court of justice. 
 
 JU'DICATURE, s. [Fr.] the power or province of dispensing 
 justice, or hearing causes and passing sentence. 
 
 JUDl'CIAL, (judishial) a. practised in the distribution of jus- 
 tice, or in a court of justice; inflicted as a penalty ; belonging to 
 a judge or court of justice. 
 
 JUDl'CIALLY, (judishially) ad. in the forms of legal justice ; 
 in a court of justice; before a judge. 
 
 JUDFCIARY, {judishiary) a. passing judgment upon any 
 thing. 
 
 JUDFCIOUS, {judishious) a. [judicieux, Fr.] prudent; wise; 
 skilful in any affair. 
 
 JUDI'CIOUSLY, (judishiousli/) ad. in a manner which speaks 
 an extensive judgment or understanding ; justly or wisely. 
 
 JU'DITH, one of the books classed amongst the Apocrj-pha of 
 the Old Testament. It records the piety and valour by which a 
 Jewish maiden saved Bethulia, by assassinating Holofernes, the 
 general of the Assyrians, who was besieging it. It has no his- 
 toric value at all, being palpably a romance. 
 
 IVES, ST., Cornwall. A sea-port seated on a bay of the same 
 name, which trades largely in pilchards and Cornish slates. It 
 is 277 miles from London. Markets, Wednesday and Saturday. 
 Pop. 5666. 
 
 IV'ES, ST., Huntingdonshire. It has the largest market in 
 England for cattle, except that of Smithfield ; and is an ancient, 
 large, and handsome place, seated on the river Ouse, over which 
 it has a fine stone bridge. It is 59 miles from London. Mar- 
 ket, Monday. Pop. 3514. 
 
 JUG, s. Ijugge, Dan.] a large drinking vessel with a long 
 neck, swelling out towards the bottom. 
 
 i 
 
JUM 
 
 JU'GGERNAUT, a famous temple and idol in Orissa, Hindu- 
 stan, of one of the appearances of Vishnu. At the annual 
 festival, immense crowds come together from all India ; and 
 some devotees throw themselves under the wheels of the car in 
 which the hideous idol is drawn, and expect by dying so to 
 merit heaven. 
 
 To JU'GGLE, V. n. [Jougler, Fr.] to play tricks by sleight of 
 hand ; to practise or impose on by artifice and imposture. 
 
 JU'GGLE, s. a trick performed by sleight of hand; an impos- 
 ture, fraud, or deception. 
 
 JU'GGLER, s. one who practises sleight of hand, or performs 
 tricks by nimble conveyance ; a cheat or impostor. 
 
 JU'GGLINGLY, ad. in an unfair or deceitful manner. 
 
 JU'GULAR, a, [JMjulum, Lat.] situated in, or belonging to, 
 the throat. 
 
 I'VICA, one of the Balearic islands, in the Mediterranean, 
 about 15 miles long, and 12 wide, subject to Spain. It is moun- 
 tainous, but fertile in corn, wine, and fruits ; and remarkable 
 for the great quantity of salt made in it. The capital is of the 
 same name, seated on a bay, with a good harbour, and a popula- 
 tion of about 7000. Lat. 39. 30. N. Long. 1. 25. E. 
 
 JUICE, (pron.yuce, both in this word and its derivatives,) s, 
 [jm, Fr. juys, Belg.] the liquor, sap, or water of a plant ; the 
 fluid or moisture in animal bodies. 
 
 JUTCELESS, a. Ary; without moisture or juice. 
 
 JU'ICINESS, s. ple"nty of juice or moisture, applied both to 
 plants and animals. 
 
 JU'ICY, a. moist; full of moisture or juice. 
 
 JU'JUBES, s. a kind of confection made with gum arabic. 
 
 To JUKE, V. n. [j'ucher, Fr.] to perch as birds do upon a tree. 
 
 JU'LEP, s. [Fr.] in Pharmacy, an agreeable potion usually 
 made of waters sweetened, and used sometimes as a vehicle to 
 such medicines as cannot be taken alone. Also, a kind of in- 
 toxicating drink. 
 
 JU'LIAN JERA, s. in Chronology, an epoch fixed by the re- 
 formation of the calendar by Julius Csesar, who introduced the 
 intercalary day in leap-year, and divided the months into the 
 number of days they now contain. This was further improved 
 by Gregory XIII. Julian Period, is a term of years produced by 
 the multiplication of the lunar cycle, 19, the solar cycle, 28, and 
 
 the Roman nidiction, 15, together, and consists of" 7980 years, 
 
 : the Christian tera. Julian Year, the year 
 
 according to Old Style, as fixed by the Julian reformation of the 
 
 beginning 4713 before i 
 
 calendar. 
 
 JULIA'NUS, FLAVIUS CLAUDIUS, commonly called the 
 Apostate, emperor of Rome, after his cousin Constantius, He 
 was professedly a Christian till he ascended the throne, and then 
 he avowed himself a philosophical pagan, and restored the an- 
 cient heathen worship and profession in the empire, as far as he 
 could. He endeavoured, further, by his writings, by bribery, by 
 oppression and spoliation, to destroy Christianity. He even at- 
 tempted to rebuild the temple at Jerusalem, but was prevented 
 by some circumstances, which the superstition of the times re- 
 garded as miraculous. He entered on an extensive expedition 
 against the Persians, in which he fell, in 3C3, aged 32 years, 
 having reigned about 2. He was learned and wise, and deserved 
 the eulogies bestowed on him as a ruler. His hatred of Chris- 
 tianity arose from his disgust at the character and conduct of 
 the greater number of the ecclesiastics of his day, and his inti- 
 mate acquaintance with the Neo-Platonic philosophy. With all 
 his determined opposition to it, he more nearly approached it in 
 his own character than the Christian emperors did who had 
 preceded him. 
 
 JU'LIUS, the pontifical name of three popes of Rome, the 
 second of whom was famed for his warlike pr^idilections and his 
 taste for the arts. His career was that of a military commander, 
 rather than of a supreme bishop of a church, and the result of 
 all hi J campaigns was far from favourable to Italy or to Rome. 
 He died in 1513, having been pope for 10 years. 
 
 JULY', s. {Julius, Lat.] the name affixed to the seventh month 
 of the year fiom January, by the Romans, in honour of Julius ^ 
 Ccesar, which before his time was named Quintilis, or the fifth, ' 
 »'. e. from March. 
 
 To JU'MBLE, V. a. to mix in a confused and violent manner 
 together. — v. n. to be agitated or shaken together. 
 
 JU'MBLE, s. a confused mixture ; a violent and confused 
 shaking. 
 
 J UR 
 
 To JUMP, t: n. [gumpcn, Belg.] to move forward by raising 
 oneself from the ground into the air ; to leap ; to jolt. 
 
 JUMP, s. the act of springing or raising one's feet from the 
 ground in the air; a leap, or skip. Figuratively, a lucky chance. 
 
 JU'NCATE, s. Ijuncade, Fr.] a cheese-cake; any kind of de- 
 licacy; a private or clandestine entertainment : it is generally 
 written junket. 
 
 JU'NCOUS, a. Ijuncus, Lat.] full of bulrushes. 
 
 JU'NCTION, s. Ijotiction, Fr.] union ; coalition. 
 
 JU'NCTURE, s. iJungo, Lat.] the line or part in which two 
 things are joined together; a joint, joining, or articulation; 
 union ; a critical point or period of time. 
 
 JUNE, s. [Junius, Lat.] the sixth month of the year from 
 January. 
 
 JU'NIOR, s. [Lat.] a person younger than another. 
 
 JU'NIPER, s. [juniperus, Lat.] in Botany, a kind of shrub, 
 belongino^ to the pine tribe, whose berries are used to flavour gin. 
 
 JU'NIUS, the name assumed by a political writer of the last 
 century, whose letters occasioned great excitement, but are not 
 very highly regarded now. The only thing which has preserved 
 any interest in them, being the mystery which yet envelopes the 
 writer. They have been attributed lately to Sir Philip Francis, 
 and to Lord George Sackville, but without any preponderance of 
 proof either way. 
 
 JUNK, s. Ijunco, Span.] a small ship used in China ; pieces of 
 old cable. 
 
 JU'NKET, s. See JuNCATE. 
 
 JU'NO, in Mythology, a goddess ; the daughter of Saturn and 
 Ops, the sister and wife of Jupiter. In Astronomy, the name of 
 one of the asteroids, or small planets revolving in very perplexed 
 orbits between Mars and Jupiter. 
 
 JU'NTO, s. [Ital.] a company of men combined in any secret 
 design ; a cabal. 
 
 I'VORY, s. [ivoire, Fr.] the substance of the tusks of the ele- 
 phant, which is much used in articles of luxui^ and comfort. 
 
 I'VORY BLACK, s. in Commerce, &c., carbonized bone and 
 similar animal substances. It is extensively used to decolourize 
 organic solutions. 
 
 FVORY COAST, a country of Africa, on the coast of the 
 Atlantic, between Cape Appolonia and Cape Palmas. The chief 
 commodities are gold, ivory, and slaves ; the former in the great- 
 est plenty. 
 
 JU'PITER, in Latin Mythology, the sovereign god, son of 
 Saturn and Ops, married to his sister Juno, occupying his throne 
 by revolt against his father, and famous chiefly for his numerous 
 and infamous amours. He is generally confounded with Zeus, 
 who held the like place amongst the Greek deities, and whose 
 historj- furnished many particulars for his. In Astronomy, the 
 largest planet of the solar system, revolving next beyond the 
 orbits of the asteroids, at a 'distance of about 490,000,000 of 
 miles from the sun, in a period nearly equal to 12 of our years. 
 His rotation on his own axis is effected in about 10 hours; and 
 his diameter is nearly 90,000 miles, so that in bulk he equals 
 the combined bulk of all the other planetary bodies. In appear- 
 ance he is spheroidal, and his disc is crossed by cloudy and vari- 
 able belts. He is attended by 4 moons, whose eclipses furnish 
 us with a very beautiful means for ascertaining the difference of 
 time or longitude between any two places on the earth ; and thus 
 he is a miniature representation of the solar system itself, and 
 affords a very compendious means for the study of its phenomena 
 and laws. He is the most easily observed of all the planets, but 
 a good telescope is required to show his belts and moons. 
 
 JU'RA, one of the Hebrides or Western Isles of Scotland, 
 lying between Islay and the coast of Argj'le. It is about 30 
 miles long, and 6 broad, and is very mountainous, some points 
 being above 1000 feet high. Its coast is broken by numerous 
 and deep bays, and it is watered by many small streams. It 
 furnishes some pastures, which feed goats and sheep. It forms 
 one parish with several other small islands, whose united popu- 
 lation is 2299. 
 
 JU'RA, the name of some mountain ranges lying in the E. of 
 France, the W. of Germany, and the N, W. of Switzerland. They 
 are connected with the Vosges by some intermediate heights. 
 In length they stretch about 400 miles, and their breadth, be- 
 tween the lake of Geneva and the river Doubs, is about 150 
 miles, but they are generally much narrower. The highest 
 peak, Le Remlet, is about 5(500 feet high, and many exceed 
 
 501 
 
J us 
 
 4000 feet. The Ain and the Doubs and other feeders of the 
 Rhone, with some feeders of the Rhine in the opposite direction, 
 flow from these mountains. 
 
 JU'RA, a department of France, bordering on Switzerland, 
 and bounded by the departments of Doubs, Haute Saone, Cote 
 d'or, Sa6ne et Loire, and Ain. It is about 70 miles long, and 
 40 broad. The Jurassic mountain chain (which gives the de- 
 partment its name) traverses the S. E. part ; its greatest heights 
 are about 4000 feet. The rivers are the Doubs with its tributa- 
 ries, and the Ain with its. Corn and wine are abundantly pro- 
 duced ; cattle and sheep are also reared in considerable numbers. 
 It produces, besides, honey, timber, game, &c. &c. ; and, in the 
 mineral department, iron, coal, limestone, (especially that kind 
 used in lithography,) and some marble. Lons-le-Saunier is its 
 chief place. Pop. about 325,000. 
 
 JU'RAT, s. [juratus, Lat.] a magistrate of the nature of an 
 alderman. 
 
 JU'RATORY, a. [juratoire, Fr.] by means of, or by giving, 
 an oath. 
 
 JURl'DICAL, a. [jus and dko, Lat.] acting in the distribution 
 of justice; used in the courts of justice. 
 
 JURI'DICALLY, ad. with legal authority ; according to forms 
 of justice. 
 
 JURISDICTION, s. legal authority; extent of power; a dis- 
 trict to which authority belongs. 
 
 JURISPRU'DENCE, s. [jus and prudentia, Lat.] the science 
 of the law, either civil or common. 
 
 JU'RIST, s. \juriste, Fr.] one who professes the science of the 
 law; a civilian. 
 
 jtl'ROR, s. [juro, Lat.] one who serves on a jury. 
 
 JU'RY, s. {jure, Fr.] a company of men, consisting of twelve 
 or twenty-four, and sworn to deliver a truth upon such evidence 
 as shall be laid before them touching the cause they are to de- 
 cide. The grand jury consists ordinarily of twenty-four grave 
 and substantial gentlemen, or some of them yeomen, chosen out 
 of the whole shire by the sheriff, to consider of all bills of indict- 
 ment preferred to the court, which they approve of by writing 
 hilla vera, or disallow by writing ignoramus, on them. Petty jury, 
 are those who try the cases brought into court from the grand 
 jury. A special jury, is a jury composed of parties chosen from a 
 list specially prepared by the sheriffs of counties, consisting of 
 the squires and persons of similar standing in the county: on 
 the application of one party in a cause, a ballot is taken for 48 
 names from the list ; each party then removes 12 names, and 
 the first 12 who answer to their names in court are the jury. 
 Trial by jury, \s a form of administering justice, of very old stand- 
 ing in England, and is generally, but incorrectly, ascribed to 
 Alfred the Great. It was the insensible growth of centuries of 
 Saxon and Anglo-Norman legislation. It is undoubtedly one of 
 the most valuable institutions of the country, but it needs some 
 modification now to adapt it to the advanced state of society, 
 and make it more effectually serve the purpose it has hitherto, 
 generally, so admirably fulfilled. 
 
 JU'RYMAN, s. one who is impannelled on a jury. 
 
 JU'RYMAST, s. something set up in the room of a mast lost 
 in a fight or storm. 
 
 JUSSIEU', the name of four eminent French botanists; three 
 brothers, who obtained distinction early, but were eclipsed by 
 the fame of one in the second generation, Antoine, who was the 
 inventor of the natural system of classifying plants, which, im- 
 proved by the study and care of subsequent investigators, has 
 nearly supplanted the artificial system of Linnaeus. He was 
 professor of Botany in the Jardin des Plantes, and died in 1836, 
 aged 88 years. 
 
 JUST, a. [/usiMs, Lat.] unbiassed in distribution of justice; 
 honest in dealing with others ; exact, proper, accurate, or agree- 
 able to the standard of justice ; virtuous, or living conformably 
 to the laws of morality ; true ; well grounded ; proportionate ; 
 regular. 
 
 JUST, at/, exactly ; merely, or barely ; neatly, or not far from. 
 
 JU'STICE, s. [justieia, Lat.] the virtue whereby we give every 
 ne their due, inflict punishment on those that deserve it, and 
 acquit the innocent after a fair trial. Figuratively, punishment 
 
 right, or the act whereby a person asserts his rights. In Law, 
 it is a person deputed by the king to administer justice to his 
 subjects. Lord Chief Justice of the Queen's Bench, is a lord by his 
 office, and chief of the rest ; he determines all such pleas as con- 
 
 JtS 
 
 cern offences committed against the crown, dignity, or peace of 
 the king. Lord Chief Justice of the Common Pleas, is a lord by his 
 office, and formerly did hear and determine all causes in com- 
 mon law ; from whence arose his title. Justice of the Forests, is 
 a lord by his office, and with his assistants determines all of- 
 fences within the king's forests, committed against venison 
 and vert. Justices of Assise, are such as by special commission 
 are sent into the country to take assizes. Justices in Eyre, ot 
 itinerant justices, [from erre, Fr.] were formerly sent by commis- 
 sion into different counties to try such causes particularly as 
 were termed pleas of the crown. Justices of Gaol-Delivery, are 
 such as are commissioned to hear and determine all causes for 
 which persons are cast into gaol. Justices of Nisi Prius, are the 
 same as justices of the assize, and receive their name from the 
 common adjournment of a cause in the Common Pleas, "Nisi 
 Prius Justiciarii venerint ad eas partes," i. e. Unless the justices shall 
 come to those parts before. Justices of the Peace, are persons ap- 
 pointed by the king's commission to keep the peace of the county 
 in which they reside ; and some of these, who are of superior 
 rank or quality, are called Justices of the Quorum ; and without 
 the presence or assent of these, or at least one of them, no busi- 
 ness of importance can be transacted. A Justice of the Peace 
 ought to possess an estate of at least 100/. per annum in freehold 
 or copyhold, for life, or for the term of 21 years, without encum- 
 brances; and if a Justice of the Peace not thus qualified presume 
 to act in that office, he is liable to the penalty of 100/. 
 
 JUSTICESHIP, s. the office, rank, or dignity of a justice. 
 Used generally in a ludicrous sense. 
 
 JU'STICESHIP, or Court of Justiciary, s. in Scotland, a 
 court of supreme jurisdiction in all criminal cases. The lords of 
 justiciary likewise go circuits twice a year in the country. 
 
 JUSTIFI'ABLE, a. to be defended by law or reason con- 
 formable to law or justice. 
 
 JUSTIFI'ABLEiVESS, s. the quality of being cleared from an 
 accusation ; the quality of being defensible bylaw or reason. 
 
 JUSTIFI'ABLY, ad. in such a manner as to be reconciled to 
 law, reason, or justice. 
 
 JUSTIFICA'TION, s. [Fr.] a defence, vindication, or the act 
 of clearing from an accusation of guilt ; absolution from ^uilt. 
 In Theology, acceptance with God, or the reception of God s fa- 
 vour; also, and chiefly, the restoration to God s favour through 
 faith in the Saviour, including the forgiveness of sins. 
 
 JUSTIFICA'TOR, s. one who defends, vindicates, or clears 
 from any charge of guilt. 
 
 JU'STIFIER, s. one who clears both from the charge and 
 punishment of sin. 
 
 To JU'STIFY, V. a. [justifier, Fr.] to clear from any charge of 
 guilt ; to absolve or quit from any accusation ; to vindicate. In 
 Theology, to impart or procure the favour of God, restoration to 
 spiritual life, and forgiveness of sins. 
 
 JU'STIN MARTYR, a father of the Christian church in the 
 2nd century. He was a native of Palestine, but trained in the 
 heathen philosophy of the day. The Platonism of Alexandria 
 prepared him for the reception of the gospel ; and he became 
 one of its most successful defenders both from heathens and 
 Jews, and one of its most eminent witnesses to its truth and 
 power in his life and death. He was slain at Rome in about 
 104. His Apologies, and Dialogue with Trypho a Jew, are yet 
 extant. 
 
 JUSTINIA'NUS, FLAVIUS, an emperor of Rome in its later 
 days, who succeeded Justinus I., his uncle, having been his co- 
 emperor for 9 years before. His reign is one of the most bril- 
 liant periods of that portion of Roman history. It was marked 
 by the victories of one of the greatest and best military com- 
 manders that ever lived, — Belisarius, who regained Italy, Sicily, 
 and Africa, from the barbarian conquerors and spoilers of the 
 empire {see Belisarius). Other soldiers, such as Narses, ably 
 seconded his arms. A code of laws was compiled by the em- 
 peror's command, by Tribonian and others, which all western 
 Europe received, though they never bowed to Roman arms 
 even ; and which has survived the fall of the empire (see Pan- 
 dects). Admirable monuments of art were reared, after two 
 centuries had passed during which destruction had been the 
 only regard shown to art. He protected commerce and im- 
 proved manufactures, and he displayed the greatest sagacity iti 
 the choice of his ministers. But he extinguished the schools of 
 philosophy, and maintained his own dogmas by the sword ; he 
 
suffered his people to be impoverished by taxation, and his most 
 able generals to be injured by the flattery of his courtiers ; every 
 year of his long reign was marked by an invasion of the bar- 
 barians, and it is reckoned that at each invasion 200,000 of his 
 subjects perished. And to complete the dark side of the pic- 
 ture, eartnquakes happened more frequently than ever before, 
 and the plague ravaged the empire for 5 years together. It did 
 not require such calamities to overthrow the empire; the people 
 were so utterly fallen, that sanguinary contests, endangering the 
 very throne of Justinian, took place between the partisans of the 
 charioteers in the circus; and this, when the enemy was at the 
 gate. Justinian died in 5C5, aged 83 years, and having reigned 
 alone for 38 years. 
 
 JUSTl'NUS, the name of two emperors in the later days of 
 Rome ; — the first rose by military service, from being a Dacian 
 peasant; is only remarkable for having introduced his nephew 
 Justinian to the crown. He died in 527, having reigned 9 years. 
 The second succeeded his uncle, Justinian, and was compelled 
 by a complexity of diflSculties he could not unravel, to abdicate 
 the throne, in 574, after a reign of 9 years. He died in 578. 
 
 JUSTl'NUS, a Latin historian, who made an epitome of the 
 history by Trogus Pompeius, not very skilfully, in the 2nd and 
 3rd centuries, and about whom nothing whatever is known. 
 
 To JU'STLE, V. n. [Jouster, Fr.] to encounter, clash, or run 
 against each other. — v. a. to push, drive, or force, by rushing 
 against. 
 
 JU'STLY, ad. in a manner consistent with rigid justice and 
 honesty. Figuratively, properly ; exactly; in due proportion. 
 
 JU'STNESS, s. the exact conformity of things and actions to 
 any law, rule, or standard; justice, propriety, or exactness. 
 
 To JUT, V. n. to push or snoot into prominences ; to stand out 
 beyond the other parts of the surface. 
 
 JUTES, one tribe of the Teutonic family who occupied Den- 
 mark, and invaded and conquered England. The kingdom of 
 Kent was the only separate and distinct conquest made by this 
 tribe. 
 
 JU'TLAND, a large peninsula of Denmark, bounded by the 
 duchy of Holstein ; and reaching from the German Ocean to the 
 Baltic Sea. It is about 200 miles in length, and 95 in breadth. 
 The air is very cold, but wholesome, and the soil is fertile in corn 
 and pastures, which feed a great number of horses, beeves, and 
 hogs, which are sent to Germany, Holland, &c. Hence Jutland is 
 commonly called the land of bacon and rye bread. This was an- 
 ciently called the Cimbrica Chersonesus; and is supposed to be 
 the country whence the Anglo-Saxons came that conquered 
 England. It is divided into two parts, called N. and S. Jutland ; 
 the latter being the duchy of Sleswick. North Jutland has four 
 chief cities, Aalborg, Wiborg, Aarhuys, and Ripen. Popula- 
 tion, about 550,000. 
 
 JU'TTY, s. a part of a building which stands out further than 
 the rest. 
 
 JUVENA'LIS, DEC. JUNIUS, a Roman satiric poet, who 
 lived in the end of the 1st and beginning of the 2nd century. 
 He was a pleader, and having offended Hadrian, was dismissed 
 into a distant province, as captain of a cohort, and died there, in 
 128 A. D. His satires are written with great force, and terrible 
 severity and plainness of speech in castigating the vices of the 
 age. But his descriptions of what he reprobates are too graphic 
 to produce the desired effect ; and he knew of nothing to sub- 
 stitute as a principle for that, whose fruits he so unsparingly 
 condemned. 
 
 JU'VENILE, o. [Juvenis, Lat.] young, or youthful. 
 
 JUVENFLITY, s. the state of youth ; youthfulness. 
 
 JUXTAPOSITION, s. [juxla and positio, Lat.] the state of 
 being placed close to each other. 
 
 FV r , «. [ifin, Sax.] in Botany, an evergreen plant, which is 
 very common in England. It is often planted by old walls, to 
 hide their defects, being a vigorous climber. It is deemed in- 
 jurious to trees. The leaves which it puts forth on the unat- 
 tached stems, differ widely in form from the others. Its berries 
 are the chief winter food of some of our native warblers. 
 
 K 
 
 IS the tenth letter of our alphabet. Its sound is the same 
 as that of the bard c, in acre, cure, come. Sic, and it has be- 
 
 KAN 
 
 fore all the vowels only that sound ; as in keen, ken, kid, kind. 
 K is silent before n ; as know, knife, knee, knave. It used formerly 
 to be always joined with c at the end of some words, but is at 
 present most frequently omitted; thus for publick, nuisick, arith- 
 metick, &c. we write public, music, arithmetic:, &c. However, in 
 monosyllables it is still retained ; as in mock, slack, back, wreck, 
 stick, &c. The Romans seldom used it, except in proper names, 
 or as a numeral. The French make no use of it, except in pro- 
 per names of men and places. As a numeral, K denotes 250, and 
 with a dash over it thus k, 250,000. 
 
 KAE'MPFER, ENGELBRECHT, a celebrated naturalist and 
 traveller, who accompanied a Swedish embassy to Persia, and 
 thence visited the principal countries and southern Asia, in- 
 cluding some of the islands of the Indian Ocean and Japan. He 
 published several works relating to the countries he had visited ; 
 and attained some eminence as a medical practitioner, after his 
 return. He died in 1716, aged 05 years. 
 
 KA'HIRA. &e Cairo. 
 
 KA'LENDAR. See Calendar. 
 
 KA'LI, s. [Arab.] in Botany, a plant growing on the sea 
 coasts, from whose ashes soda is procured. In Chemistry, the 
 old name of the protoxide of potassium. 
 
 KA'LMUCS. See Calmucks. 
 
 KALEFDOSCOPE, s. [kalos, eido, and scopeo, Gr.] in Optics, a 
 toy formed by placing two strips of looking-glass into a tube, 
 inclined at an angle of 45 degrees to each other, with small 
 pieces of stained glass and similar objects enclosed between 
 two plates of glass at one end, and an opening in the centre of 
 the other to look through. When the tube is directed to- 
 wards the light, each object enclosed at the end that falls be- 
 tween the pieces of looking-glass is reflected and re-reflected, 
 until a symmetrically arranged circular figure is produced, which 
 varies with the slightest changeofthearrangement of the objects. 
 
 KAM, a. [Erse,] crooked ; not to the purpose. "This is clean 
 kam," S/iak. 
 
 KAMTSCHA'TKA, a peninsula of Siberia, Asiatic Russia, 
 stretching between the North Pacific Ocean and the sea of 
 Ochotsk and the Penzinskoe Gulf, bounded by the province of 
 Ochotsk. It is about GOO miles in length, and from 30 to 200 
 in breadth, and the southern extremity is Cape Lopatka. This 
 tract has several ranges of mountains, amongst which are volca- 
 noes exceeding 15,000 feet in height. The chief river gives its 
 name to the whole country. Very little of the land is cultivated, 
 owing in part to the rigour of the climate, and in part to the 
 low state of civilization which the people have reached. Thev 
 support themselves chiefly by hunting and fishing, and thefr 
 only trade is with the produce of these pursuits. The people are 
 chiefly of the Calmuck variety, and the settlers are very few. 
 Pop. under 10,000. Bolcheretsk is the principal place, situated 
 on the S. W. coast, in Lat. 52. 55. N. Long. 15G. 57. E. 
 
 KANGAROO', s. in Zoology, a quadruped which is a native of 
 New South Wales, and is one of the largest of the opossum tribe, 
 whose females are furnished with a sort of pouch under the belly, 
 in which they nourish and guard their young. It does not walk, 
 but advances by flying leaps ; and when standing, supports itself 
 on its long hind legs, and its exceeding thick and strong tail. It 
 is naturally inottensive, but when attacked defends itself by in- 
 flicting serious blows with its hind feet and tail. 
 
 KANT, IMMANUEL, the great reviver of metaphysical stu- 
 dies in Europe, and the found.er of Transcendental or Critical 
 Philosophy. He was admirably trained by his parents, who 
 were of a family originally Scottish, and sent to Konigsberg uni- 
 versity, where he distinguished himself by his mathematical 
 skill, having actually predicted the discovery of the planet Ura- 
 nus. His whole life he spent at this university, as student or 
 professor ; and the only incidents of his life beyond his daily 
 routine of duty, and social intercourse, were the books which he 
 wrote. He died in 1804, aged 80 years, having effected a revo- 
 lution in European (or rather human) thought, and attained a 
 reputation by his literary labours, which as nearly resembled 
 hero-worship as any that have been gained in late days. It is 
 impossible to give more than a bare intimation of the character 
 of his system, which, amongst the smatterers in Scotch philoso- 
 phy, is ridiculed as a collection of idle dreams. It is disadvan- 
 tageously presented to English readers in a novel set of names, 
 some of which are common words applied very differently from 
 common usage, and other most cumbrous inventions. The great 
 
 503 
 
KEE 
 
 feature of it is its iron logic. It rigidly investigates the opera- 
 tions of the mind, and determines the part taken by it in com- 
 mon observation. It distinguishes between the faculty of ob- 
 serving these common things, and the faculty for apprehending 
 spiritual and moral truth, and lays a broad and secure found- 
 ation for the detection and investigation of the laws of spirit. 
 His work on Religion is a most wonderful production. He may 
 be regarded, perhaps, as rather one to destroy and overturn 
 falsely founded systems, than as the erecter of a new one. In 
 truth, his logical habit unfitted him in some respects for this 
 latter office. He, however, cleared the ground, and ascertained 
 the solid foundations on which a system of metaphysics might 
 be erected; and his followers, and opponents, Fichte, Schelling, 
 Hegel, &c., have willingly owned their obligations to the Konigs- 
 berg sage. 
 
 KA'OLIN, in Pottery, the Chinese name of the clay used in 
 the manufacture of porcelain, applied now to a very fine species 
 of earth, used in more common manufactures. 
 
 KARA'MSIN, NICHOLAS MICHAELOVITSCH, the im- 
 perial Russian historiographer, entered the guards, and served 
 in that regiment for some time, and afterwards travelled in Eu- 
 rope. On his return, he devoted himself to literature, and plan- 
 ned, but did not live to complete, a History of Russia. He died 
 in 1826, aged 61 years. 
 
 KASA'N, capital of the government of the same name, Russia. 
 It contains several churches, almost all of which are built with 
 stone, and 11 convents in and near the town. It is seated on 
 the river Casanka, where it falls into the Wolga, 400 miles from 
 Moscow. 
 
 KA'TER, CAPTAIN HENRY, an eminent natural philoso- 
 pher and mathematician. He was in the army in India, and 
 was engaged in the trigonometrical survey of that country. On 
 his return, he devoted himself to practical science ; and his 
 standards, of weight and measure, and his researches into the 
 pendulum, procured him a solid reputation. He died in 1835, 
 aged 58 years. 
 
 KAU'FMANN, MARIA ANNA ANGELICA, an artist of 
 some distinction in the latter part of the last century. She was 
 of Swiss birth, and studied in Italy. In England she enjoyed 
 royal patronage, and was greatly admired for her female charac- 
 ters. She died at Rome in 1807, aged GO years. 
 
 To KAW, V. n. to make a noise like a raven, crow, or rook. 
 
 KAW, s. [from the sound,] the cry of a raven, crow, or 
 rook. 
 
 KEAN, EDMUND, one of our most eminent tragic performers, 
 who, after gaining great renown for his representations in the 
 provinces, entered Drury Lane theatre, and performed with dis- 
 tinguished success, in the most famous characters. He travelled 
 and extended his fame in America, and undertook the manage- 
 ment of the Surrey theatre on his return. He died in 1833, 
 aged 46 years. 
 
 KEATS, JOHN, a young poet whose chief production, En- 
 dymion, gave great promise of future excellence ; but being of an 
 exceedingly sensitive nature, an unjustifiably severe critique in 
 one of the principal reviews so affected him, that he gradually 
 sank under the combined effects of the disappointment of his 
 hopes and physical malady. He went to Italy, and there died 
 in 1820, aged 24 years. His works have the usual faults of 
 young writers, but they are marked by the excellencies of a poet 
 of no ordinary genius. 
 
 KEBLA, or Keblah, among the Mussulmans, denotes that 
 point, or quarter, to which they turn themselves when they say 
 their prayers. 
 
 To KECK, V. n. [kecken, Belg.] to heave the stomach ; to retch 
 at something nauseous or sc^ueamish. 
 
 To KE'CKLE, v. a. to defend a cable round with rope. 
 
 To KEDGE, f. a. [kayhe, Belg.] in Navigation, to bring a ship 
 up or down a narrow river by the wind, though the tide be con- 
 trary, by means of the kedge anchor. 
 
 KE'DGER, Kedge Anchor, s. a small anchor used in a river. 
 
 KE'DLACK, s. a weed, the same with the charnock. 
 
 KEEL, s. [cceli, Sax.] a principal piece of timber in a ship, 
 which is usually first laid on the stocks in building. In Botany, 
 a name given to the lowermost petal in a butterfly-shaped blos- 
 som, from its resemblance to the keel of a ship. 
 
 To KEEL, V. a. [ccelan, Sax.] to cool, or prevent from boiling 
 over. 
 
 504 
 
 KGL 
 
 KEE'LFAT, s. a cooler, or vessel in which wort or other liquor 
 is set to cool. 
 
 KEEL-HAU'LING, «. a punishment for offences at sea, by 
 dragging the criminal under water on one side of the ship under 
 the keel, and up again on the other. 
 
 KEEL-SHA'PED, a. in Botany, applied to those parts of a 
 flower that are bent like the keel of a ship or boat, as the pointal 
 shaft of the pea, &c. 
 
 KEE'LSON, s. that piece of timber in a ship which is next to 
 her keel, and lies right over it next above the floor timber. 
 
 KEEN, a. [cene. Sax.] sharp, or cutting easily, applied to the 
 edge of an instrument, and opposed to blunt. Severe, piercing, 
 or excessively^ cold, applied to tne winds or weather. Eager, ve- 
 hement. Of great subtlety, applied to the understanding. Acri- 
 monious, or affecting with uneasiness, applied to wit. 
 
 KEE'NLY, ad. sharply, or cutting easily ; vehemently, or 
 eagerly ; bitterly, or acrimoniously. 
 
 KEE'NNESS, s. the quality of being sharp, or cutting easily; 
 rigour of weather, or piercing cold ; acrimony ; bitterness of 
 mind ; eagerness or vehemence. 
 
 To KEEP, V. a. prefer, and past part, kept; [cepan. Sax. 
 kepen, old Belg.] to retain, preserve; to hold for another; to 
 copy carefully ; to observe time punctually ; to hold ; to remain 
 in a place; not to reveal or betray a secret; to remain unhurt; 
 to adhere strictly ; to practise or accustom oneself to. "I keep 
 bad hours," Pope. To celebrate, applied to festivals. To ob- 
 serve without violation, applied to promises, contracts, or laws. 
 To maintain at one's own expense; to have in the house. 
 " Keep lodgers," Shak. Used with hack, to restrain from doing 
 an action. " Keep hack thy servant — from presumptuous sins, ' 
 Psa. xix. 13. To reserve. Joined to with, to be often with a 
 person as a lover or suitor. " Keeping company icith men," 
 Broome. To keep in, to conceal ; to forbear telling, applied to 
 secrets. To keep out, to defend from. " Keep out the weather," 
 Prior. " Keeps out hunger," Dryd. Used with ^ace, to walk as 
 fast as another. " Keep pace with him." To keep under, to sup- 
 press ; to subdue ; to tyrannize over, or hold in a state of base 
 subjection. — v. n. to remain in any state. "Tokeq) his bed," 
 Shak. Synon. We keep that which is our own ; we detain that 
 which is another's. We keep what we intend not to part with ; 
 we detain what we purpose not to restore. 
 
 KEE'PER, s. one who has prisoners committed to his cus- 
 tody ; one who holds any thing for the use of another; one who 
 has the care of parks, or the superintendence of another. Keeper 
 of the Great Seal, is a lord by his office, and styled Lord Keeper 
 of the Great Seal of Great Britain, and is always one of the 
 privy council. All grants, charters, and commissions of the king 
 under the great seal, pass through the hands of the Lord Keeper ; 
 for without that seal many of these grants, &c. would be of no 
 force; the king being, in the interpretation of the law, a cor- 
 poration, and therefore passes nothing but by the great seal, 
 which is also said to be the public faith of the kingdom, being 
 in the greatest esteem and reputation. Keeper of the Privy Seal, 
 is also a lord by his office, through whose hands all grants, par- 
 dons, &c. pass before they come to the great seal ; and even 
 some things pass his hands which do not pass the great seal at 
 all. He is also one of the privy council ; his duty is to put the 
 seal to no grant, &c. without a warrant, nor with a warrant 
 where it is against law, or inconvenient, but shall first acquaint 
 the king therewith, 
 
 KEE'PERSHIP, s. the office of a keeper. 
 
 KEE'PING, s. in Painting, denotes the representation of ob- 
 jects in the same manner that they appear to the eye at different 
 distances from it ; for which the painter should have recourse to 
 the rules of perspective. 
 
 KEG, s. league, Fr.] a small barrel. 
 
 KE'LLINGTON, or Ca'lungton, Cornwall. It has a woollen 
 manufactory, and is situated on the river Tamar. It is not in- 
 ferior to the best half of the Cornish boroughs for wealth and 
 buildings, having one very good broad street, a market-house, 
 and a neat church. It is 217 miles from London. Market, Wed- 
 nesday. Pop. 1685. 
 
 KELP, s. in Commerce, a salt produced from calcined sea-weed. 
 
 KE'LPWORT, s. in Botany, a genus of plants, distinguished 
 from others in the same class and order by its seed resembling a. 
 snail-shell ; there are two species found in England, viz. the 
 prickly glasswort, and the stonecrop. 
 

KEN 
 
 KE'LSO, Roxburghshire, Scotland. It contains a large mar- 
 ket-place, one principal, with two small streets. It has some 
 manufactures of flannels, linen, stockings, and shoes. The ce- 
 lebrated and magnificent abbey, the ruins of which still remain, 
 was founded by David I. in 1128. The environs of it are very 
 agreeable, and abound in grand and beautiful prospects. Much 
 wheat is raised in this neighbourhood, and the fleeces of the 
 sheep are remarkably fine. Kelso has a good market for corn, 
 and IS situated on the river Tweed, over which it has a hand- 
 some bridge of six arches, at its conflux with the Tiviot. It is 
 42 miles from Edinburgh. Pop. 4594. 
 
 KE'LSON,s. &e Keelson. 
 
 To KEMB, V. a. [ccemban. Sax.] to comb or disentangle the 
 hair; also, to dress flax, hemo, &c. 
 
 KE'MBLE, JOHN PHILIP, one of our most distinguished 
 actors since the times of Garrick. He was regularly trained for 
 the stage, and appeared in London first as Hamlet. He after- 
 wards appeared in the most renowned tragic characters, and 
 fained a reputation for truth and power, seldom equalled. He 
 ied in Lausanne, in 1823, aged GG years. 
 
 KE'MO, s. in Conchology, an enormous white shell which is 
 found on the coast of Sumatra, frequently three or four feet in 
 diameter. 
 
 KE'MPIS, THOMAS A, a monk of the beginning of the 15th 
 century; who wrote works of devotion, &c., and amongst the 
 rest a work, believed to be by John Gerson, which has ever since 
 gone by il Kempis's name, on the Imitation of Christ. He died 
 about 1471. 
 
 To KEN, i>. a. [cennan. Sax. kennan, Belg.] to descry or see at 
 a distance ; to know. 
 
 KEN, s. view ; or the distance within which a person can see 
 an object. 
 
 KEN, THOMAS, a learned and pious prelate of the English 
 Church ; who had a rare reputation in the days of Charles 11., 
 and has obtained considerable note lately, from his writings and 
 from his being one of the 7 bishops sent by James II. to the 
 Tower, amongst a certain class of Churchmen. He died in 
 1711, aged 74 years. 
 
 KE'NDAL, also called Kirby Candale, (that is, a church in 
 a valley,) Westmoreland. It is the largest town in the county, 
 and has been long noted for its woollen manufactories; particu- 
 larly knit stockings, a thick stuffs, called cottons, for the clothing 
 of the people in the West Indies, and for sailors' jackets, and 
 linsey-woolsey. There is likewise a considerable tannery; and 
 fish-hooks, waste silk, and wool cards, are manufactured here. 
 The mills for scouring, fulling, and friezing cloth, and for cut- 
 ting and rasping dyeing-wood, &c. are well worth seeing. Ken- 
 dal is pleasantly situated in a valley, among hills, upon the river 
 Kent, or Kant, over which it has two stone bridges, and one of 
 wood, with a harbour for boats, and communicating by a canal 
 with all the late inland navigations. It is 259 miles from Lon- 
 don. Market, Saturday. Pop. 10,225. 
 
 KE'NNEL, s. [chenil, Fr.] a cot or place where dogs are kept; 
 a pack of hounds; the hole of a fox or other beast. — [Belg.] the 
 small channel or hollow in which water runs through a street. 
 
 To KE'NNEL, v. n. to live or lie, applied properly to dogs or 
 foxes, and contemptuously used of men. 
 
 KE'NNICOTT, DR. BENJAMIN, a learned divine, and He- 
 brew critic, of the Church of England. He obtained solid re- 
 wards for his learning and labours in church preferments, and a 
 reputation in his own particular department of biblical lore, not 
 vet approached. His great work was an edition of the Hebrew 
 bible, with various readings from the Samaritan Pentateuch and 
 rabbinical writers, as well as from all the MSS. he was able to 
 collate. He died in 1783, aged 65 years. 
 
 KE'NSINGTON, Middlesex, 2 miles from London. Here are 
 a royal palace, and handsome gardens open "to the public. 
 
 KENT, a county of the S. of England, washed by the English 
 Channel, the Straits of Dover, and the German Ocean ; and 
 bounded by Surrey, Sussex, Essex, and Middlesex. It is about 
 58 miles in length, and 35 in breadth. It is divided into five 
 lathes, under each of which are several hundreds, which contain 
 2 cities, 39 market towns, 408 parish churches, and 1180 vil- 
 lages. In the soil and face of the country there is great diversity. 
 The banks of the Thames are low and marshy, but backed by a 
 range of chalky eminences, sometimes rising to a moderate 
 height, which extend to the sea at Dover, and form those lofty 
 
 KER 
 
 white cliffs, vvhich present so striking an appearance at sea, and 
 probably originated the name of Albion. 1 he S. part of Kent, 
 called the Weald, is a flat, woody tract, of a clayey soil ; fertile, 
 hilt not very healthy. It terminates in the great marsh of Rom'- 
 ney. The midland and western districts are a happy mixture of 
 hill and vale, arable and pasture, equal in pleasantness, and 
 variety of products, to any part of England. This county pro- 
 duces, besides corn, &c., large quantities of hops; fruits of va- 
 rious kinds, especially cherries and apples, of which there are 
 large orchards for the London markets ; madder for dyeing ; tim- 
 ber, &c. The downs and the marshes afford excellent pasture 
 for sheep and cattle. Its manufactures are but trifling. The 
 principal rivers, besides the Thames, are the Medway, Darent, 
 Stour, Cray, and Rother. Maidstone is the county town. Pop. 
 548,337. It sends 18 members to parliament. 
 
 KENT, WILLIAM, an ingenious artist of the beginning of 
 the last century, who being desirous of a higher walk than that 
 of ornamental coach-painting, went to Italy, where he obtained 
 the patronage of the Earl of Burlington. He never attained great 
 excellence as a painter, nor yet as a sculptor, but he planned 
 some fine buildings, and in landscape gardening he introduced 
 a completely new style of art. He died in 1748, aged 63 years. 
 
 KE'NTUCKY, one of the United States of N. America, bound- 
 ed by the States of Ohio, Indiana, Illinois, Virginia, Tennessee, 
 and "Missouri. It is about 400 miles long, and 170 broad, and is 
 divided into 90 counties. The only mountains are the Cumber- 
 land, which are of no great elevation. The rest of the surface is 
 variable, but presents a great expanse of fertile soil. Its rivers 
 are the Mississippi, the Ohio, and their tributaries, the Kentucky, 
 the Cumberland, the Tennessee, &c. Iron, coal, lime, and salt 
 are produced ; also wheat and other grain, tobacco, hemp, 
 fruits, cattle, &c. ; and these form its chief trade. There are 
 some flourishing manufactures, and 14 banks. There is one 
 university, and 7 other colleges. Frankfort is the seat of go- 
 vernment, and Louisville and Lexington are places of import- 
 ance. Pop. 779,828, of which 182,258 are slaves. 
 
 KE'NYON, LLOYD, LORD, an eminent English judge, who 
 first appeared prominently as counsel for Lord George Gordon, 
 of No Popery fame. He afterwards was attorney-general, and 
 chancellor of the exchequer, under various administrations, and 
 finally rose to be lord chief justice. His public character was of 
 a very complex kind, but he seems to have been more of a fa- 
 vourite with the people, than with the profession, or any other 
 party. He died in 1802, aged 70 years. 
 
 KE'PLER, JOHN, the celebrated astronomer. He studied at 
 Tiibingen, and became astronomical professor at Gratz, where 
 he published his first book, and begun those extraordinary 
 guesses and theories, by which in time he laid the foundations 
 tor Newton's great discoveries. Being subjected to some incon- 
 venience because of his profession o( Protestantism, he joined 
 Tycho Brah6, the Swedish astronomer, in Bohemia. He was 
 employed on the Rudolphine Tables, and whilst about them, dis- 
 covered two of the planetary laws, which are now known by his 
 name. Subsequently, whilst struggling to carry on his work, and 
 embarrassed with difficulties occasioned by the indifference of 
 those on whose patronage he was wholly dependent, he discover- 
 ed the third. His works were numerous, and he died in 1G30, 
 aged 58 years. He was well versed in the mathematics of the day, 
 and possessed of most indefatigable patience. But his most won- 
 derful faculty was that by which he seized on some central fact, 
 and by its aid endeavoured to reduce to the regularity of law the 
 miscellaneous facts presented to him, working it out with most con- 
 summate skill and caution, and pitilessly rejecting it when proved 
 wanting. His private character was one deserving of all admira- 
 tion ; hisvery impetuosity lent a charm to his actions; beseemed 
 born to prove that true genius can overpower all obstacles. 
 
 KE'PLER'S LAWS, in Astronomy, the name by which are 
 known the following facts relating to the planetary bodies; — 1st, 
 that they move in elliptical orbits ; — 2nd, that the surface travel- 
 led over by a line extending from the planet to the centre, is 
 equal in extent in equal periods of time ; — and 3rd, that a de- 
 finite relation subsists between the periodic times of the planets' 
 revolutions and their mean distances from the sun. 
 
 KEPT, preter. and past part, of To Keep. 
 
 KE'RCHIEF, s. a head dress. 
 
 KERF, s. [ceorfan, Sax.] the slit sawn away between two 
 pieces of stuff'. 
 
 3 T 505 
 
KEY 
 
 KE'RMAN, a province of Persia, lying on the Persian Gulf, 
 and bounded by Segestan, Korasan, Mecran, and Farsistan. 
 The northern part is barren and nearly desert, without rivers or 
 brooks, and the air unhealthy. Towards the S. the air is ino|e 
 pure and the land fertile. The Guebres are numerous, who are 
 chiefly employed in manufactures of stuffs and silk. Here are 
 some mines of copper, lead, and iron. The inhabitants drive a 
 great trade in wool, which the sheep regularly shed in the spring. 
 Sirgian is the capital. 
 
 KE'RMES, s. in Commerce, a dye-stuff similar in origin and 
 properties to cochineal, but inferior to it in beauty of tint. The 
 insect producing it is the coccus Hick. 
 
 KERN, s. an Irish foot-soldier; also, a hand-mill, consisting 
 of two pieces of stone, by which corn is ground. 
 
 KE'RNEL, s. [cyrnel, Sax.] that part of a nut which is con- 
 tained in the shell ; any thing included in a husk or skin. Fi- 
 guratively, the central part of any thing which is covered with a 
 crust, hard substance, or with a concretion. 
 
 To KE'RNEL, v. n. to ripen or grow to kernels. 
 
 KE'RNELLY, a. full of kernels ; resembling kernels. 
 
 KE'RNELWORT, s. in Botany, a species of fig-wort. 
 
 KE'RRY, a county of Monster, Ireland, lying on the Atlantic 
 Ocean, and bounded' by Clare, Limerick, and Cork. It is about 
 54 miles long, and about 30 broad. It possesses many fine har- 
 bours, and the southern district is plain and fertile ; but a large 
 part is full of mountains, almost inaccessible, so that little corn 
 is produced, and grazing is more attended to. Considerable 
 quantities of beef, butter, hides, and tallow are exported. Iron 
 ore is to be had in most of the southern baronies, and here are 
 several spas, or medical springs. The principal rivers are the 
 Blackwater, Feal, Gale and Brick, Cash in Mang, Lea, Flesk, 
 Laune, Carrin, Farthin, Finny, and Roughty. The county town 
 is Tralee. Pop. 293,880. It sends 3 members to parliament. 
 
 KE'RSEY, s. \karsaye, Belg. carisee, Fr.] a coarse woollen 
 manufacture between a stuff and a cloth. 
 
 KERSEYME'RE, s. [from kersey, '\ a kind of woollen cloth re- 
 sembling kersey. 
 
 KE'STREL, s. [quercelle, Fr.] in Falconry and Natural History, 
 a little kind of bastard hawk. 
 
 KE'SWICK, Cumberland, it is a neat and well-built town, 
 and has considerable manufactures of woollen stuff's, flannels, 
 duffels, &c. It is pleasantly seated in a beautiful and extensive 
 vale, surrounded by hills, through which flows the Derwent. It 
 is 287 miles from London. Market, Saturday. Pop. 2442. 
 
 KE'SWICK, VALE OF, a romantic spot, in the southern part 
 of Cumberland, much visited by tourists. Here is the lake of 
 Keswick, or, more properly, the lake of Derwent-water. To the 
 N. of this romantic piece of water soars the lofty mountain Skid- 
 daw, near the foot of which is Basingthwaite VVater. To th.9 S. 
 are the craggy hills of Borrowdale, where the eagles build their 
 nests, and whence the Derwent derives its supplies of water. 
 
 KETCH, s. [caicchio, Ital.] a small vessel used to bring fish to 
 market, or as a tender to large ships. It has two masts, its main- 
 sail and top-sail standing square as ships' do, and its fore-sail 
 and jib like those of hoys. 
 
 KETTERING, Northamptonshire. It has manufactures of 
 lace, shalloons, serges, tammies, &c. It has a sessions-house for 
 the county, and is seated on a river that runs into the Nen. It 
 is 74 miles from London. Market, Friday. Pop. 4867. 
 
 KETTLE, s. [cetl, Belg.] a culinary vessel in which water is 
 boiled. 
 
 KETTLEDRUM, s. a kind of drum, made of brass, in the form 
 of a hemispherical vessel, over the top of which the parchment is 
 stretched. It is used in pairs, in cavalry bands and orchestras. 
 
 KEW, Surrey. It lies on the Thames, and is noted for a 
 royal palace ; but more for its botanic gardens, which are well 
 maintained and arranged. It is 6 miles from London. Pop. 923. 
 
 KEX, s. in Botany, a provincial term for hemlock. 
 
 KEY, s. [coeg, Sax.] a little iron instrument, formed with holes 
 answering to the wards of a lock, by which the bolt is pushed 
 forward or backward; an instrument by which any thing is 
 screwed, turned, shut, or opened. Figuratively, an explanation 
 of any thing obscure, mysterious, or difficult. The parts of a 
 musical instrument which are moved by the fingers. In Music, 
 a certain fundamental note or tone, to which the whole piece is 
 accommodated, with which it must always end. In Architec- 
 ture, the last stone placed at the top of an arch. 
 506 
 
 KI£ 
 
 KE'YAGE, s. [corruptly from quay,'] money paid for laying, or 
 loading and unloading, goods at a quay. 
 
 KE'YHOLE, s. the aperture in a door or lock through which 
 the key is put. 
 
 KE'YNSHAM, Somersetshire. Its chief trade is malting. It 
 is seated on the river Avon, over which it has a bridge of 15 
 arches; it has also another bridge over the Chew. It is 115 
 miles from London, Market, Thursday. Pop. 2307. 
 
 KE'YSTONE, s. the middle or upper stone of an arch. 
 
 KHAN, s. [Pers.] the title of the emperor of the Tatars ; also 
 assumed by the governors of provinces in Persia. 
 
 KHE'R^ON, a government of Russia in Europe, lying on the 
 Black Sea, and bounded by the governments of Bessarabia, Po- 
 dolia, Pultowa, Catherinoslav, and Tauride. It is above 200 
 miles in length, and above 100 in breadth. It is bordered by and 
 watered by the Dniester and the Dnieper, and their tributaries, 
 and consists of one continuous, almost unbroken plain, which is 
 used for pastures, and rarely broken up and cultivated. The 
 greater part of it is quite wild, and overrun by wild animals. 
 Cherson is its capital. Pop. about 700,000. 
 
 KIBE, s. [kibwe, Brit.] a chilblain in the heels, caused by 
 cold. 
 
 KI'BED, a. troubled with kibes or chilblains. 
 
 To KICK, V. a. [kauchen, Teut.] to strike with the foot. 
 
 KICK, s. a blow given with the foot. 
 
 KI'CKER, s. one who strikes with his foot. 
 
 KI'CKSHAW, s. [supposed to be corrupted from guelque chose, 
 Fr.] something contemptuous, fantastical, or ridiculous ; a dish 
 so changed by cookery that it can scarcely be known. 
 
 KID, s. \kid, Dan.] the young of a goat. Figuratively, applied 
 to a young child. 
 
 To KID, V. a. to bring forth kids, applied to a she-goat. 
 
 KI'DDER, Ki'ddier, s. a person who carries corn, dead victuals, 
 or other merchandise, up and down to sell ; a pork butcher. 
 
 KI'DDERMINSTER, Worcestershire. It is the principal 
 manufacturing place in the county, and long celebrated for its 
 diflTerent manutactures of woollens, carpets, poplins, crapes, 
 bomb'azins, &c. Its former trade of stutfs, however, is much 
 declined, on account of the general use of cotton goods ; but its 
 carpet manufactory has greatly increased ; and it is still the 
 first market in England for pile or plush carpets, which, for 
 beauty of colour and patterns, exceed any other. These are 
 frequently called Wilton, from having been first made at that 
 town ; but, at present, by much the greater part are made at 
 Kidderminster. The silk and worsted trades have also been in- 
 troduced here. It is seated under a hill, on the river Stour. It 
 is 125 miles from London. Market, Thursday. Pop. 14,399. 
 
 KI'DDLE, Ki'del, s. a dam or wear in a river, with a narrow 
 cut in it, for the laying of pots or other engines to catch fish. 
 They are corruptly called kettles, and are much used in Wales 
 and Kent. 
 
 To KI'DNAP, V. a. [kind, Belg.] to steal children or human 
 beings. 
 
 Kl'DNAPPER, s. one who steals children or human beings. 
 
 KI'DNEY, s. in Anatomy, the name of two vascular bodies, 
 placed in the loins, which secrete the urine, or separate it from 
 the blood, and convey it by vessels to the bladder. Figuratively, 
 race or kind, in ludicrous language. 
 
 KI'DNEY-BEAN, s. in Horticulture, a plant so named from 
 its resembling a kidney. 
 
 KI'DNEY-VETCH, s. in Botany, a plant, the same with the 
 ladies-finger, found on dry and chalky pastures. 
 
 KI'DNEYWORT, s. in Botany, an herb, called also navel- 
 wort, and wall-pennywort. It has alternate leaves, with cen- 
 tral leaf-stocks; a branched stem; and yellowish, or greenish 
 white, spikes of flowers. It grows on old walls and stony places, 
 and flowers from May to July. 
 
 KIDWE'LLY, Caermarthenshire, Wales. Here is a castle, 
 the very large remains of which, extremely well preserved, show 
 it to have been very stately and magnificent. It is situated on 
 the Gwandrath Vach, a branch of the Towy, which empties 
 itself into that river, at its efflux into the British Channel. It is 
 224 miles from London. Markets, Wednesday and Saturday. 
 Fairs on May 24, July 22, and October 29. Pop. 15G3. 
 
 KI'EL, the capital of Holstein, in Germany. It stands on a 
 bay of the Baltic, and is well fortified. It has a good trade ; but 
 has derived greater notoriety from its university, which has a 
 
KIL 
 
 very excellent library. Pop. about 12,500. Lat. 54. 20. N. 
 Lon?. 10. 10. E. 
 
 KIEN-LONG, the emperor of China, dnring the latter part of 
 the last century. He was distinguished for his love of litera- 
 ture; and wrote many poetical pieces, which he communicated 
 to Lord Macartney, during his embassy in China. He also greatly 
 extended his empire, and died in 1799, aged 89 years ; having 
 resigned the throne 3 years, after a reign of above 60. 
 
 KIEVV, a government in the S. of Russia, bordering on those 
 of Minsk, Tchernigov, Pultowa, Kherson, Podolia, and Volhynia. 
 It is hilly, and is watered by the Dnieper and its tributaries. It 
 is wholly agricultural ; but is far from being wholly reclaimed 
 from nature. Pop. about 2,000,000. Its capital, of the same 
 name, stands on tne Dnieper, and is the seat of a long-establish- 
 ed university. Pop. about 50,000. 
 
 KI'LDA,ST., a small island of Scotland, one of the Hebrides, 
 about 11 leagues W. of North Uist. It is about 2 miles each way ; 
 and is very mountainous. The inhabitants live chiefly by fish- 
 ing and catching wild fowls, which nest on the ledges of the 
 rocks round its coast. St. Kilda is the most westerly island of 
 Great Britain. Pop. about 100. Lat. 55. 48. N. Long. 8. 18. W. 
 
 KILDA'RE, a county of Leinster, Ireland. It is 40 miles in 
 length, and about 20 in breadth. It is bounded by King and 
 Queen's County, Meath, Dublin, Wicklow, and Carlow. It is 
 very level, and is a fine, arable, fertile country, well watered by 
 the Barrow, Lifl'ey, Boyne, and other rivers. It exports grain 
 and cattle, and has a few manufactures. Its chief place is Kil- 
 dare. Pop. 114,488. It returns but 2 members to parliament. 
 
 KILDA'RE, capital of the county of the same name. It is 
 noted for horse races, on what is called the Curragh, a fine plain, 
 containing upwards of 3000 acres. It gives a name also to a 
 bishopric. It is 27 miles from Dublin. Pop. 1629. 
 
 KI'LDERKIN, s. [kindekin, Belg.] a small barrel; a liquid 
 measure, equal to half a barrel, containing two firkins, or eighteen 
 gallons, beer measure, and sixteen, ale measure. 
 
 KILFENO'RA, Clare, in Munster, Ireland. It is a bishop's 
 see in conjunction with Killaloe, Clonfert, and Kilmacduagh. 
 The town is small, and has an old cathedral in it. It is about 
 180 miles from Dublin. Pop. 621. 
 
 KILGA'RREN, Pembrokeshire. It is seated on the S. side 
 of the river Tyvy. Near it is a remarkable salmon leap, and 
 also large works for the fabrication of tin plates. It is 227 miles 
 from London. Market, Wednesday. Pop. 1149. 
 
 KI'LHAM, Yorkshire, E. Riding. It stands in the Woulds, 
 in a good soil for corn. It is 200 miles from London. Market, 
 Thursday. Pop. 1120. 
 
 KILKE'NNY, a county of Leinster, Ireland. It is 45 miles 
 in length, and 24 in breadth, and is bounded by Tipperary, 
 Queen's County, Carlow, Wexford, and Waterford. It contains 
 127 parishes. The surface is generally level, and the soil fertile, 
 and being proper for tillage, produces corn, wool, marble, and a 
 species of coal, which, like charcoal, burns without smoke, is 
 very durable in burning, and, without any blaze, produces an 
 uncommon heat. The country abounds with fine plantations, 
 and is, from the purity of the air, esteemed extremely healthful. 
 The principal rivers are, the Barrow, which bounds it on the E. ; 
 the Suir, which forms its southern boundary; and the Nore, 
 which crosses it from N. to S. It has some considerable manu- 
 factures, and exports much agricultural produce. Kilkenny is 
 its chief town. Pop. 183,349. It returns 3 representatives to 
 parliament. 
 
 KILKE'NNY, capital of the county of the same name. It has 
 a small cathedral, and is one of the neatest towns in the king- 
 dom. The borough of St. Canice, or Irish Town, is joined to 
 English Town, which is the principal; and both together form 
 one large town. The manufactures chiefly.carried on here, are 
 coarse woollen cloths, blankets of extraordinary tine quality, and 
 considerable quantities of starch. The houses are decorated 
 with a beautiful black and white marble, dug from quarries near 
 the town, and which is cut and polished by water. It is seated 
 on the river Nore, over which it has two handsome bridges. It 
 is 54 miles from Dublin. Pop. 19,071. 
 
 To KILL, V. a. [formerly written quell, from cwellan, Sax.] to 
 murder, or deprive of life. Figuratively, to deprive of the power 
 of growing. 
 
 KILLALA', Mayo, in Connaught, Ireland. It stands at the 
 mouth of the Moy, and has some trade. It has also linen manu- 
 
 KIN 
 
 factures, but of no great extent. Here is an old cathedral. It 
 is a bishop's see, in connexion with Tuam and Achoury. It is 
 about 1-50 miles from Dublin. Pop. 1446. 
 
 KILLA'LOE, Clare, in Munster, Ireland. It is seated on the 
 river Shannon, over which it has a bridge of 19 arches. Here is 
 a considerable salmon and eel fishery. There is a cathedral 
 here ; and it is the see of a bishopric, in conjunction with Kil- 
 fenora, Clonfert, and Kilmacduagh. It is 80 miles from Dublin. 
 Pop. 2783. 
 
 KILLA'RNEY, Kerry, in Munster, Ireland. Here are some 
 valuable iron-works, which have been of great service to the 
 town, and some linen manufactures. It is 190 miles from Dub- 
 lin. Pop. 7127. Near this town are the beautiful lakes of Kil- 
 larney. The lower lake is about 6 miles long, and 3 broad, sur- 
 rounded by wooded rocks, with jutting promontories, from which 
 fall many fine cascades. The upper lake is about 4 miles long, 
 and 2 broad, almost surrounded by mountains, and well supplied 
 with cascades. The centre lake is small, but has one very fine 
 and remarkable cascade. These lakes are much visited by tour- 
 ists, and are universally admired. 
 
 KPLLER, s. one who deprives of life, or puts to death. 
 KILLICRA'NKIE, a noted pass of Perthshire, near the junc- 
 tion of the Tummel with the Garray. It is the grand entrance 
 into the Highlands in those parts, and is formed by lofty moun- 
 tains impending over the Garray. There is a good road here now. 
 Kl'LLOUGH, or Port St. Anne, Down, in Ulster, Ireland. 
 It lies N. of St. John's Point, and has a good quay, from which 
 considerable quantities of barley are exported. Here is a pro- 
 fitable manufacture of salt. It is 76 miles from Dublin. Popu- 
 lation, 1148. 
 
 KPLLOW, or Ca'llow, s. an English name for a black earth, 
 common in many parts of England, Wales, and Ireland. 
 KILMACDU'AGH, an Irish bishopric. See Killaloe. 
 KILMA'RNOCK, Ayrshire, Scotland. It is noted for its ma- 
 nufactures of gloves, carpets, stockings, night-caps, bonnets, 
 and other woollen goods. There are many coal-mines round it. 
 It is 64 miles from Edinburgh. Pop. 12,232. 
 
 KILMO'RE, an Irish bishopric, in conjunction with Ardagh 
 and Elphin. 
 
 KILN, s. [eyln, Sax.] a stove or furnace contrived for admitting 
 heat, and drying or burning such things as are contained in it. 
 To KI'LNDRY, v. a. to dry in a kiln. 
 
 KI'MBO, a. [schembo, Ital.] crooked ; bent; with the arms bent, 
 and sticking out from the sides. 
 
 KI'MCHI, the family name of several celebrated Jewish rab- 
 bins, the most distinguished of whom was David, who is esteemed 
 the best native Hebrew grammarian. Beside his Grammar and 
 Lexicon, he wrote a Commentary on the Hebrew Scriptures. 
 He died in 1240, at a very advanced age. 
 
 KIN, s. \cynne. Sax.] of the same family ; a relation ; of the 
 same race. Used as a termination to express something diminu- 
 tive ; as mannikin, a little man ; minnikin, a very small pin. 
 KINCA'RDINE. See Mearns. 
 
 KIND, a. [cyn«e, Sax.] behaving with civility to others; bene- 
 volent, or filled with general good-will. 
 
 KIND, s. [cynne, Sax.] race, or class containing several 
 species ; the particular nature of a thing; the natural state of a 
 thing; nature, or particular manner. Used with in, sort ; man- 
 ner; way, implying by way of. Kind zxisviexs togenus, ahA sort 
 to species, but the distinction is not always observed. 
 
 To KPNDLE, V. a. [cytidelan, Sax.] to set on fire ; to light, or 
 make to burn. Figuratively, to excite, to inflame, or exas- 
 perate ; to catch fire. — [cennan. Sax.] to bring forth, applied to 
 rabbits, &c. 
 
 KPNDLER, s. one that lights or sets fire to. Figuratively, one 
 that inflames, or excites disturbances. 
 KI'NDLY, ad. in a civil, good-natured manner. 
 KI'NDLY, a. of the same nature ; homogeneal ; suiting or 
 agreeing with ; insinuating; mild. 
 
 KI'NDNESS, s. civil behaviour; favourable treatment, or a 
 
 constant and habitual practice of friendly offices and benevolent 
 
 actions. 
 
 KI'NDRED, s. [cynrene. Sax.] relation by birth or marriage. 
 
 KPNDRED, a. native; congenial; agreeing to the nature of 
 
 a person or thing. 
 
 KINE, s. the old plural of Cow. 
 
 KING, s. [cyng. Sax.] a person who rules singly over a peo- 
 3t2 507 
 
KIN 
 
 pie. In England the king is hereditary, but not without the 
 consent of the people, as has repeatedly been proved. He is, 
 according to constitutional fiction, one of the three powers of 
 government, but the chief one. He sends embassies, and pro- 
 claims war ; summons parliament, and makes its acts laws by 
 his formal assent. He is the sole source 6f titles of dignity and 
 nobihty, and is also the head of the church by law established. 
 He claims also the right of granting exclusive privileges of 
 trading, and of being irresponsible to all law, but these points 
 are not well established. In fact, the invention of councils and 
 ministries, the imposition of oaths at the coronation, and the 
 passing of certain bills at the Restoration of Charles II. and the 
 Revolution of 1688, have made the king of England little more 
 than a name, the real power lying elsewhere. In Gaming, a 
 card with the picture of a king. The four kings are, David, 
 Alexander, Csesar, and Charles, whose names are still printed 
 on the French cards, and are supposed to represent the four 
 monarchies of the Jews, Greeks, Romans, and that of the Franks 
 under Charlemagne. King at Arms, is a principal officer at arms, 
 that has pre-eminence of the society of heralds ; of these there 
 are three, named Garter, Norroy, and Clarencieux. 
 
 To KING, V. a. to rule as a king; to raise to the dignity of a 
 king. 
 
 KING, PETER, LORD, chancellor of England in the reigns 
 of George I. and II. He was related to the celebrated Locke; 
 and after having passed all his youth in trade, studied at Ley- 
 den, took up the legal profession, entered the Temple, obtained 
 a seat in parliament, and having served the Whigs in the Sa- 
 cheverell business, was gradually promoted to the Great Seal. 
 He has very little renown as a lawyer, but much, incidentally 
 acquired, as an ecclesiastical writer. His works on the Consti- 
 tution of the Primitive Church, and on the Apostles' Creed, being 
 yet esteemed for their learning and ingenuity. He died in 1734, 
 aged 65 years. 
 
 KFNGCRAFT, s. the art of governing. 
 
 KI'NGCUP, s. in Botany, a kind of crowfoot, 
 
 KFNGDOM, s. lcynedom,Sax.'] the dominion or territories sub- 
 ject to a king. Among naturalists, a class or order of things or 
 beings. Figuratively, a tract or region. Synon. Empire con- 
 veys an idea of a vast territory, composed of various people ; 
 whereas kingdom implies one more bounded, and intimates the 
 unity of that nation of which it is formed. 
 
 KINGFI'SHER, s. in Ornithology, a very beautiful bird, which 
 frequents the banks of rivers and feeds upon fish. 
 
 KING GEORGE'S SOUND, a name of a harbour on the W. 
 coast of N. America, at the mouth of a great river, in Lat. 49. 
 33. N. Long. 126. 48. W., called by the natives Nootka, the 
 name now generally adopted by the English. Upon the sea- 
 coast the land is tolerably high and level, but within the Sound, 
 it rises into steep hills, which have a uniform appearance. The 
 trees of which the woods are composed are different sorts of pine. 
 The natives are allied in race to theKamschatkansand the Esqui- 
 maux, and are in a very rude and uncultivated state. The whole 
 of the country round the Sound is in the possession of the em- 
 peror of Russia. There is another sound called by this name, 
 on the S. coast of the island of New Holland. 
 
 KI'NGLIKE, Kingly, o. royal ; belonging or suitable to a 
 
 KI'NGLY, ad. with an air of majesty ; with superior dignity. 
 
 KINGS, The Books of, the name of two historical books in 
 our translation of the Old Testament, which record the deeds 
 and the characters of the kings of J udah and Israel, with events 
 of national importance, from the last days of David to the Baby- 
 lonish captivity. They were evidently written by several dif- 
 ferent parties, at different periods. In the Septuagint, the Books 
 of Samuel are called by this name; and our two 'Books range as 
 the 3rd and 4th of Kings. 
 
 KING'S BENCH, or Queen's Bench, s. the court formerly 
 presided over by the king in person, and therefore movable, 
 but now presided over by the k)rd chief justice and the other 
 judges, and fixed at Westminster. It takes cognizance of the 
 proceedings in the inferior courts, and peculiarly of the pleas of 
 the crown. It has power to fine and imprison, but appeal may 
 be made from its decisions by a writ of error to the whole body of 
 the judges of the courts, and then to the House of Lords. 
 
 KI'NGSBRIDGE, Devonshire. It is seated at the head of a 
 small river, which falls into the sea a little below, affording a 
 
 KIN 
 
 harbour for boats. Here is a bridge over the Salcomb or Dod- 
 brook. It is 206 miles from London. Market, Saturday. Popu- 
 lation, 1564. 
 
 KI'NGSCLEAR, Hampshire. It is pleasantly situated on the 
 edge of the Downs, and was once the seat of the West Saxon 
 kings. It is 56 miles from London. Market, Tuesday. Pop. 
 2732. 
 
 KING'S COLLEGE, the name of a college at Cambridge, and 
 of another at London. That at Cambridge was instituted in 
 the I5th century, by Henry VI., in immediate connexion with 
 Eton College. The buildings are very fine ; but the chapel sur- 
 passes every other work of the kind at Cambridge, and is one of 
 the most exquisite specimens of early Tudor ecclesiastical archi- 
 tecture in England. The magnificence of the interior of this 
 chapel cannot easily be described ; but the harmony of every 
 part, — the lofty windows with their splendid paintings, and the 
 screen and stalls of dark oak finely carved, the richly groined 
 ceiling, with its massive and carved pendants, and the light and 
 graceful arches which seem to support the ceiling, which is 
 wholly framed of stone ; with the admirably proportioned ex- 
 terior, the strong yet elegant buttresses, and the tapering pin- 
 nacles, the towers at the angles, and the elaborate tracery of 
 arches and mouldings, — produces an ineffaceable impression on 
 the mind. This college has many peculiar privileges. That at 
 London was established as a counterpoise to University College, 
 for students belonging to the Church of England. It is the E. 
 wing of Somerset House, and maintains its credit as a seat of 
 learning, although, contrary to the intention of its establishers, 
 its students more frequently remove to Oxford or Cambridge for 
 graduation, than avail themselves of the charter to the Uni- 
 versity of London. There is a good library belonging to it, and 
 a high school or gymnasium is also carried on. 
 
 KING'S COUNtY, a county of Leinster, Ireland. It is 43 
 miles in length, and about 36 in breadth. It is bounded by W. 
 Meath, Kildare, Queen's County, and Tipperary. It has some 
 ranges of hills, some of which exceed 1500 feet in height, but 
 they, in general, attain no great elevation. Its rivers are the 
 Shannon, the Black water, the Boyne, &c. Its soil is various, in 
 some parts very fertile ; and it has a very large extent of mere 
 bog. It produces slate, limestone, and marble ; grain, and cat- 
 tle. And it has a few manufactures. Philipstown is its chief 
 place. Pop. 146,857. It sends 2 members to parliament. 
 
 KING'S-E'VIL, s. in Medicine, a scrofulous distemper, in 
 which the glands are ulcerated: it derives its name from a vul- 
 gar opinion that it may be cured by the touch of a king or 
 crowned head. 
 
 KI'NGSHIP, «. royalty, or the state, office, and dignity of a 
 king. 
 
 KFNGSPEAR, s. in Botany, the asphodelus. 
 
 KI'NGSTON. SeeBvjj.. 
 
 KFNGSTON UPON THAMES, Surrey. It is so called from 
 its having been the residence of several of our Saxon kings, some 
 of whom were crowned here, on a stage in the market-place. 
 It is seated on the Thames, over which it has a wooden bridge 
 of 22 piers and 20 arches. It is 10 miles from London. Market, 
 Saturday. Pop. 9760. 
 
 KFNGSTON, or Ky'neton, Herefordshire. It has a good trade 
 in narrow cloth. It is seated on the river Arrow. It is 149 
 miles from London. Market, Wednesday. The markets on 
 Wednesday before Easter, Whitsuntide, and Christmas, are so 
 considerable for corn, cattle, leather, home-made linen, woollen 
 cloth, and provisions, that they more resemble fairs. Pop. 
 501. 
 
 KFNGSTON, the capital city of Jamaica, in the West Indies. 
 It is seated on the N. side of the Bay of Port Royal, on the S. 
 coast of the island. It is a large town, laid out into little squares 
 and cross streets, and is a place of considerable trade and opu- 
 lence. Many of the houses, in the upper part of the town, are 
 very magnificent ; and the markets for flesh, turtles, fish, poul- 
 try, fruits, and vegetables, are inferior to none. Pop. about 
 35,000. Lat. 18. N. Long. 76. 33. W. 
 
 KING'S-YE'LLOW, s. among painters, a yellow paint made 
 from orpiment. 
 
 KFNO, s. in Commerce, the gum or candied juice of several 
 trees growing in Asia, Africa, Australia, and other tropical 
 countries, and used for dyeing, and as an astringent medicine. - 
 
 KFNROSS, a county of Scotland, bounded by Perthshire and 
 
KIR 
 
 Rfeshire; and about 10 miles in extent each way. It is hilly, 
 but not mountainous; and the Leven is its chief river. Loch 
 Leven, with its islands, and island castle, rendered so tragically 
 interesting by its share in the history of Mary, Queen of Scots, 
 is in this county. It yields coal and building-stones. And 
 some attention is given to farming and grazing, and to planting. 
 Pop. 87G3. It returns a moiety of a member of parliament. 
 
 KI'NROSS, capital of the county, Scotland. It stands on 
 Loch Leven, and has some good houses. It manufactures linen, 
 &c. It is 20 miles from Edinburgh. Its fairs are much fre- 
 quented. Pop. 2062. 
 
 Kl'NSALE, Cork, in Munster, Ireland. It is seated on the 
 river Bandon. It is a very populous trading place, and has a 
 deep, commodious, and secure harbour. It has good tisheries. 
 It is 180 miles from Dublin. Pop. C918. 
 
 KI'NSFOLK, s. [from kin and folk,'] relations, or those that are 
 of the same family. 
 
 KI'NSMAN, s. a man who is related to, or of the same family 
 with, another. 
 
 KI'NSWOMAN, s. a woman of the same family with another. 
 
 KI'OF, or Ki'ow. See Kiew. 
 
 KrPPERNUT, s. in Botany, the same with the pig-nut. 
 
 KI'PPIS, DR. ANDREW, a Dissenting minister, of some 
 note as a divine and miscellaneous writer, in the last century. 
 He studied under Dr. Doddridge, and after filling various stations 
 as congregational pastor, became tutor of an academy at Hack- 
 ney. His works were critical, biographical, and polemical ; and 
 his edition of Dr. Lardner's works is, perhaps, the best known 
 and most valuable of them. He belonged to some of the learned 
 societies, and died in 1795, aged 70 years. 
 
 KI'RCHER, FATHER ATHANASIUS, a Jesuit of great 
 learning and celebrity in the I7th century. He studied in va- 
 rious schools, and became so skilled in Hebrew, &c. that he was 
 for some time professor of the Oriental languages at Wiirzburg ; 
 and so eminent subsequently for mathematics, that he taught 
 them, as professor, at Rome. His works are numerous, and on 
 many different subjects; and are very curious. He died in 1680, 
 aged 78 years. 
 
 KIRK, s. [cyrce, Sax.] a church : obsolete in England, but still 
 retained in Scotland. 
 
 KI'RKBY LONSDALE, Westmoreland. It has a woollen 
 manufactory, and is seated on the river Lon. It is 253 miles 
 from London. Market, Tuesday. Pop. 4178. 
 
 KI'RKBY MOO'RSIDE, Yorkshire, N. Riding. It is seated 
 on the edge of Black Moor, near the river Don. It is 225 miles 
 from London. Market, Wednesday. Pop. 2758. 
 
 KI'RKBY STE'VEN, or Kirby Stephen, Westmoreland. It 
 is noted for a manufactory of yarn stockings. It has a good free- 
 school, with two exhibitions, and is seated on the W. side of the 
 river Eden, near the hills which separate this county from York- 
 shire. It is 281 miles from London. Market, Friday. Popula- 
 tion, 2850. 
 
 KI'RKCUDBRIGHT, Kirkcudbright, Scotland. It is seated at 
 the mouth of the river Dee, and has a fine harbour, with depth 
 of water sufficient to admit ships of any burden to come up to 
 the town, and yet has but an inconsiderable trade. The town 
 consists of two streets, which form a right angle with each other, 
 having in the centre the town house. It is 83 miles from Edin- 
 burgh. Pop. 2692. 
 
 KPRKCUDBRIGHT, a county of Scotland. It lies on the Irish 
 Sea, and is bounded by Ayrshire, Dumfriesshire, and Wigton- 
 shire. It is nearly 45 miles in length, and about 30 in breadth. 
 It is not very mountainous, yet it has heights of near 2000 feet in 
 it ; and is, especially against the sea, very rocky. It has also fine 
 pasture land. It has mines of lead, &:c., and it feeds abundance 
 of sheep and cattle. The Dee is its chief river, and there are 
 several small lakes. Pop. 41,119. It sends' one member and a 
 moiety to parliament. 
 
 KI'RKHAM, Lancashire. It has a well-endowed free-school, 
 for three masters. It is seated near the Ribble, by which it 
 communicates with the inland navigations, and has a consider- 
 able manufactory of sail-cloth. It is 223 miles from London. 
 Market, Thursday. Pop. 11,604. 
 
 KI'RKWALL, chief town of Mainland, in the Orkney Isles. 
 It is built upon an inlet of the sea, on the E. side of the island. 
 Here is the stately cathedral of St. Magnus. Lat. 58. 33. N. 
 Long. 0. 25. W. Population , 2205. 
 
 KN A 
 
 KPRTLE, s. [cyrtel, Sax.] an upper garment or gown. Not 
 in use. 
 
 KI'RTON, Lincolnshire. It has a truly magnificent church. 
 It is seated on an eminence, on the edge of Lincoln Heath. It 
 is 151 miles from London. It gives name to its hundred, in 
 which are 4 villages of the same name. Market, Saturday. 
 Pop. 2092. 
 
 To KISS, u. a. [cu«an, Brit.] to touch with the lips. Figuratively, 
 to treat with fondness ; to touch gently or in a loving manner. 
 
 KISS, s. a salute given by joining the lips. 
 
 KI'SSER, s. one that kisses. 
 
 KPSSINGCRUST,*. the crust of bread formed where one loaf 
 touches another in the oven. 
 
 KIT, s. Ikitte, Belg.] a large bottle ; a small fiddle ; a small 
 wooden vessel in which flour is kept. 
 
 KITCHEN, s. the room in a house where the provisions are 
 dressed. 
 
 KITCHENER, DR. WILLIAM, a physician of the last 
 generation, whose fame rests on his optical studies and practice, 
 and on his devotion to the art of cookery. He published works 
 ou these and other subjects, distinguished by a quaintness and 
 earnestness such as a man not too strong might evince. He 
 kept an excellent table, and so gathered excellent company. He 
 died in 1827, aged 53 years. 
 
 KI'TCHENGARDEN, s. a garden wherein salads, roots, herbs, 
 cabban^es, and other esculent plants, are produced. 
 
 KPTCHENMAID, s. a cook or maid who does the business of 
 the kitchen. 
 
 KITCHENSTUFF, s. the fat collected in various ways during 
 cooking, and sold to the tallow-chandlers. 
 
 KI'TCHEN WENCH, s. a scullion, or maid employed to clean 
 the vessels or instruments used in cookery. 
 
 KITCHEN WORK, *. cookery, or work done in a kitchen. 
 
 KITE, s. [cyta, Sax.] in Ornithology, a bird of prey that in- 
 fests farms, and steals chickens. Figuratively, a person of re- 
 markable and notorious rapacity. A plaything made of paper, 
 and raised into the air by means of a long string, and running 
 against the wind. 
 
 KITESFOOT, s. in Botany, a kind of plant. 
 
 KITTEN, s. \_katteken, Belg.] a young cat. 
 
 To KITTEN, V. n. to bring forth young cats. 
 
 KITTIWAKE, s. in Ornitholo^, a species of gull; they 
 inhabit the cliffs of Flamborough Head, tne Bass Isle, and the 
 rocks on the east coast of Scotland. 
 
 KLE'BER, JEAN BAPTISTE, one of Buonaparte's greatest 
 generals. He was always a soldier, and volunteered during the 
 first war of the Revolution. In the Netherlands, in La Vendue, 
 and in the subsequent campaigns, he greatly distinguished him- 
 self, and rose rapidly to a generalship. He accompanied Na- 
 poleon to Egypt, where he appeared to such advantage, that he 
 was left in command when Napoleon left for France. His cou- 
 rage, skill, and humanity, during the most difficult circumstances 
 of his command, were unequalled. He was assassinated by a 
 young Arab, in 1800, aged 40 years. 
 
 To KLICK, V. n. [from the sound,] to make a sharp noise like 
 the links of an iron chain beating against each other. 
 
 KLI'PSPRINGER, s. in Zoology, a kind of antelope, that in- 
 habits the vicinity of the Cape of Good Hope. 
 
 KLO'PSTOCK, FREDERIC THEOPHlLUS, a German poet 
 of the last century, who enjoyed during the greater part of his 
 life a most extraordinary celebrity ; and who has received cor- 
 responding dispraise since his death. He was an excellent Ij'ric 
 writer, but his name is associated with more ambitious works, 
 and his dramas, and a tedious epic, entitled Tlw Messiah, show 
 that he mistook his proper walk, and that those who applauded 
 these very productions so much, could scarcely have been ac- 
 quainted with them. His private character was most interest- 
 ing, his love of liberty ardent, and he entertained great hopes 
 respecting the French Revolution. He received distinguished 
 honours both when living, and when he died, in 1803, aged 79 
 years. 
 
 To KNAB, (the k before the n in this and all the following 
 words is mute,) v. a. [knappen, Belg.] to take a short bite ; to 
 bite something brittle that makes a noise between the teeth. 
 
 KNACK, s. [cnec, Brit.] a toy or bauble, which discovers skill 
 or contrivance ; a readiness ; a peculiar sleight or habitual dex- 
 terity in doing any thing ; a nice trick. 
 
 509 
 
KNI 
 
 To KNACK, V. n. to make a sharp, shrill noise like that of a 
 stick when breaking. 
 
 KNA'CKER, s. a maker of small work ; a rope-maker ; a dealer 
 in dead horses ; a saddler and harness-maker. 
 
 KNAG, s. a knob or hard knot in wood. 
 
 KNA'GGY, a. knotty, or full of knobs. 
 
 KNAP, s. [cnap, Brit.] an eminence ; a swelling protuberance. 
 
 To KNAP, V. a. [knappen, Belg.] to bite or break short ; to 
 strike so as to make a sharp noise like that of breaking ; to 
 make a sharp noise by a sudden clash or breaking. 
 
 KNA'PBOTTLE, s. in Botany, a kind of poppy. 
 
 To KNA'PPLE, V. n. to break off with a short, sharp noise. 
 
 KNA'PSACK, s. [hnappen, Belg.] the bag which a soldier car- 
 ries at his back ; a bag of provisions, &c. 
 
 KNA'PWEED, s. in Botany, a genus of plants, of which there 
 are several species; the bluebottle, matsellon, star-thistle, and 
 St, Barnaby's thistle, belong to this genus. 
 
 KNARE, s. [knor, Teut.] a hard knot. 
 
 KNA'RESBOROUGH, Yorkshire, N. Riding. It is pleasant- 
 ly seated on the river Nid, over which it has a stone bridge, on a 
 rugged, rough rock. It is famous for its medicinal springs : here, 
 too, are St. Mungo's well, a cold bath ; and the dropping well, 
 whose waters incrust substances, placed in them with tufa. The 
 adjacent fields are used for the cultivation of liquorice. It has a 
 manufacture of linen cloth, sheeting, &c. It is 211 miles from 
 London. Market, Wednesday. Pop. 9947. 
 
 KNAVE, s. \c7iafa, Sax.] a sly, artful, or dishonest fellow. In 
 Gaming, it is applied to a card having a soldier painted on it. 
 
 KNA'VERY, s. dishonesty; tricks; low cunning; anything 
 put to an ill use. 
 
 KNA'VISH, a. dishonest ; tricking; waggish; mischievous. 
 
 KNA'VISHLY, ad. in a sly, cunning, and dishonest manner. 
 
 KNA'WEL, s. in Botany, an herb with greenish blossoms, 
 found on sandy ground, and in corn-fields. 
 
 To KNEAD, {need) v. a. [cnadan, Sax. kneden, Belg.] to beat 
 or mingle any substance. Seldom applied to any thing but the 
 manner of making dough fit for baking, by often rolling it in 
 different forms, and pressing it with the knuckles. 
 
 KNE'ADINGTROUGH, (needing-troff) s. a trough in which 
 the paste of bread is worked together. 
 
 KrJEE, s. [cneoio, Sax.] in Anatomy, the joint of the leg where- 
 by it is united to the thigh. 
 
 To KNEE, V. a. to place the knee upon ; to entreat kneeling. 
 
 KNEED, a. having knees. In Botany, having joints. 
 
 KNEE-DEEP, a. rising to the knees ; sunk to the knees. 
 
 KNEE-HOLM, s. in Botany, a kind of herb. 
 
 KNEE-PAN, s. in Anatomy, a little round bone about two 
 inches broad, convex on both sides, and covered with a smooth 
 cartilage on its foreside ; which serves as a pulley to the tendon 
 of the muscles that extend the leg. 
 
 To KNEEL, V. n. to bend the knee ; to touch the ground with 
 the knee, as a sign of subjection and supplication, 
 
 KNEE'TRIBUTE, s. worship or obeisance shown by kneeling. 
 
 KNELL, s. [cnil, Brit.] the sound of a bell rung at a burial or 
 funeral. 
 
 KNE'LLER, SIR GODFREY, an eminent portrait painter, 
 who was a native of Liibeck,and studied in Italy, where he first 
 acquired his fame. He was afterwards for a long time resident 
 in England, and was patronized by Charles II., James II., and 
 William III., for the last of whom he painted the Beauties of 
 Hampton Court. He was intimate with the literary men of his 
 time, and was much sought for his social spirit. His portraits 
 are excellent for the likeness, the colouring, and the execution, 
 but they have nothing to show his possession of an artist's soul. 
 He died in 1723, aged about lb years. 
 
 KNEW, the preter of To Know. 
 
 KNIBB, WILLIAM, a Baptist missionary in Jamaica, who 
 was one of the sufferers in the cause of Negro emancipation, from 
 the ferocious spirit of opposition to all efforts for bettering the 
 condition of the slaves, nurtured and acted on by the English 
 planters. He had his house destroyed, and the place where he 
 preached. He had been himself forced to serve in the militia 
 called out on occasion of an insurrection of the slaves, and was 
 imprisoned on pretence of being concerned in the rising. He 
 first compelled the Missionary Society, which supported him, to 
 oppose slavery ; and by his impassioned eloquence, not a little 
 aided in creating that public feeling which finally overturned 
 510 
 
 KNI 
 
 this hideous wrong. He frequently visited England in this sa- 
 cred cause ; and at last, in defence of the missions against 
 charges, which were never refuted, but yet were withdrawn, Hi^ 
 died in 1845, aged 42 years, 
 
 KNIFE, s. plural Unites; [creif. Sax.] an instrument consisting 
 of a steel blade with an edge on one side, and sometimes with a 
 sharp point. 
 
 KNIGHT, {nite) s. [cniht, Sax.] among the Romans, was a per- 
 son of the second degree of nobility, following immediately that 
 of the senators. At the ceremony of conferring this honour, he 
 had a horse given him, which was kept at the public charge, 
 with which he was to serve in the wars. Knight, in a modern 
 sense, properly signifies a person who is by the king raised above 
 the rank of gentlemen, into a higher class of dignity and honour. 
 Knighthood was formerly the first degree of honour amongst the 
 nobility, and conferred with much ceremony on those who de- 
 voted themselves to the profession of arms. The ceremonies at 
 their creation have been various ; the principal was the accolade, 
 or stroke with a sword on the shoulder : they put on him a 
 shoulder-belt, a gilt sword, spurs, and other military accoutre- 
 ments ; being thus armed as a knight, he was led to the church, 
 where he had to watch his armour for a night. Knights are now 
 created in connexion with some order ; as, of the Garter, the 
 Bath , &c. See under the different heads. 
 
 KNIGHT, RICHARD PAYNE, a gentleman of wealth, dis- 
 tinguished as a literary critic, and an encourager of literature 
 and the fine arts. He was for a time in parliament, but had no 
 taste for that kind of public service. He collected a great num- 
 ber of antiques, chiefly Greek, which illustrated the private life 
 of that people ; and these he bequeathed to the British Museum, 
 of which he was for some time a trustee. He published many 
 works, of which his Essay on Taste, and his edition of Homer, are 
 the best known. He died in 1824, aged 7G years. 
 
 KNIGHT, THOMAS ANDREW, an eminent horticulturist, 
 whose knowledge of vegetable physiology was applied with great 
 industry and success to the improvement of fruits and vegetables, 
 and whose name is yet afiixed to many of the best varieties. He 
 wrote on his favourite subject, and his treatises are esteemed of 
 value in that branch of applied science. He was brother to the 
 critic, and died in 1838, aged 79 years. 
 
 KNIGHT-E'RRANTRY, s. in the Middle Ages, the practice 
 of wandering about to set right by force of arms, all kinds of 
 wrong done to the feeble, and especially to women. It in time 
 became a most intolerable nuisance, as such modes of redress 
 must always be, and was finally laughed out of existence by 
 humorous tales and ballads, having been in a very meagre con- 
 dition by the increase of lawyers and law-courts. 
 
 KNIGHT OF THE POST, s. a hireling evidence, or one 
 that will swear any thing if paid for it. 
 
 KNIGHTS OF THE SHIRE, s. in the British Constitution, are 
 representatives elected by the voters in counties for parliament. 
 The qualification of a knight of the shire is, to be possessed of 
 600/. per ann. in a freehold estate. 
 
 KNIGHT'S FEE, and KNIGHT'S SERVICE, s. in the Feudal 
 System, were correlative terms, implying land that might sup- 
 port a knight suitably with his station, and the duty required of 
 the lord of his vassals who held such land under him. 
 
 To KNIGHT, V. a. to create a person a knight. 
 
 KNI'GHTHOOD, s. the rank or dignity of a knight. 
 
 KNI'GHTLY, ad. befitting a knight ; beseeming a knight, 
 
 KNFGHTON, Radnorshire, Wales, It is seated in a valley 
 on the river Tend or Teme, which separates it from Shropshire, 
 and has a considerable trade. It is 155 miles from London. 
 Market, Thursday. Pop. 1404. 
 
 To KNIT, V. a. preter knit, or knitted; [cnittan. Sax.] to form 
 any texture or manufactures on wires or needles without a loom. 
 Figuratively, to interweave ; to join together in friendship ; to 
 join close, or unite. To tie, applied to knots. To join or unite 
 two persons together, applied to matrimony. To contract in 
 wrinkles, applied to the forehead, or eye-brows, 
 
 KNIT, s. the texture, degree, or fineness of any thing formed 
 by knitting. 
 
 KNITTER, s. one who makes any manufacture by knitting, 
 
 KNITTING-NEEDLE,*, a wire with which stockings, &c. 
 are made without a loom, 
 
 KNFTTLE, s. a string with which the mouth of a purse is 
 gathered and closed. 
 
KNOB, *. [knoop, Belg.] a protuberance ; a part rising bluntly 
 above the surface of a thing. 
 
 KNCBBED, a. set with knobs or protuberances. 
 
 KNOBBINESS, s. the quality of having knobs or protuber- 
 ances. 
 
 KNO'BBY, a. full of knobs. Figuratively, hard or stubborn ; 
 alluding to wood, which is not easily bent, when full of knots. 
 
 To KNOCK, V. n. [onomatopee,] to clash ; to be driven forcibly 
 together ; to beat at a door for admittance. To knock under, to 
 submit, or pay submission. To knock down, to fell, or make a 
 person fall, by a violent blow. To knock on the liead, to kill or de- 
 stroy by a blow. 
 
 KNOCK, s. a sudden stroke or blow ; a loud stroke made at 
 the door for entrance. 
 
 KNO'CKER, s. one who makes a noise at a door to gain en- 
 trance ; the hammer hanging at a door for persons to strike with 
 to gain admission. 
 
 To KNOLL, {noil) v. a. [from knell,-\ to ring a bell for a burial. 
 
 KNOLLES, s. in Botany, the wild turnip. 
 
 KNOP, s. [a corruption of knap,'] any tufty top. In Botany, 
 a kind of crowfoot. 
 
 KNOT, s. [cnotta. Sax.] a hard knob formed by tightly drawn 
 interlacings of rope or cord, &c. Figuratively, any figure form- 
 ed of lines frequently intersecting each other ; any bond of 
 union or association ; a difficulty or intricacy not easily resolved ; 
 an intrigue, or difficult perplexity ; a cluster, or collection, la 
 Dress, a ribbon worn by way of ornament on the head of a wo- 
 man. A hard part of wood, caused by the growing of a bough 
 in that part. 
 
 To KNOT, r. a. to tie threads or cords in such a manner as to 
 make a hard knob; to entangle or perplex ; to unite. 
 
 KNOTBERRIES, Knou'tberries, s. in Botany,the cloudberry 
 bramble. 
 
 KNOTGRASS, s. in Botany, a plant with white flowers, in 
 naked whorls, and trailing stems, found in wet pastures ; also a 
 kind of snakeweed. 
 
 KNOTSFORD, Cheshire. It has a silk mill, and a manufac- 
 ture of shag velvets. It is seated on a rivulet called Birken, 
 which divides it into two parts. It is 173 miles from London. 
 Market, Saturday. Pop. 4000. 
 
 KNO'TTED, a. full of knots. 
 
 KNO'TTINESS, s. the quality of abounding in knots; an in- 
 tricacy or difficulty not easily solved. 
 
 KNO'TTY, a. full of knots, applied either to threads or trees ; 
 hard, intricate, perplexed, difficult. 
 
 KNOUT, is the name of a punishment inflicted in Russia, 
 with a kind of whip so called, and made of a long strap of leather 
 prepared for this purpose. 
 
 lo KNOW, (the win this word and its derivatives is mute, and 
 pron. long,) v. a. preter. / knew or have knoicn ; past part. 
 known; [cnawan. Sax.] to perceive with certainty; to be ac- 
 quainted with ; to be free from ignorance. 
 
 KNO'VVABLE, a. possible to be discovered or understood. 
 
 KNO'WER, s. one that has knowledge or skill. 
 
 KNO'WING, a. skilful ; well instructed ; of extensive know- 
 ledge or experience; free from ignorance; conscious; intelli- 
 gent ; given to display one's knowledge. 
 
 KNO'WING, s. knowledge, experience, or understanding. 
 
 KNO'WINGLY, arf. deliberately ; wilfully; without being ig- 
 norant. 
 
 KNO'WLEDGE, (ndkdge) s. [from know,'] the possession of 
 the representations or images of external things, by the mind, 
 to which it, according to its own laws, certainly ascribes exist- 
 ence ; and a similarly assured apprehension of the truths and 
 ideas of reason ; learning, or improvement of our faculties by 
 reading; experience, or the acquiring new thoughts and facts 
 by seeing a variety of objects, and making" observation upon 
 them in our own minds ; acquaintance with any person or fact. 
 
 KNOX, JOHN, the great Scottish Reformer; who was born 
 in lowly circumstances, and was educated at Haddington, and 
 at St. Andrews, for the priesthood ; and appears to have been 
 remarkable for his attainments in some of the departments of 
 study, and to have been favoured in consequence of it. The 
 doctrines of the Reformation had already acquired great hold on 
 the minds of all classes in Scotland ; but fear of the priests re- 
 pressed the profession of them. Knox, having embraced them, 
 at once preached them, and was immediately an object of perse- 
 
 KON 
 
 cution. On the surrender of the castle of St. Andrews to the 
 French, Knox, who had joined the party in it, was carried as a 
 prisoner to France, and was made a galley slave. On his liber- 
 ation, he proceeded to England, and was favourably received 
 by Cranmer; but he retired to Geneva when Mary became 
 queen ; and there he became confirmed in bis presbyterian pre- 
 dilections and stern Calvinism. After a season of unsettled 
 wandering, marked by the publication of a most extraordinary 
 diatribe against queens in general, he returned to Scotland in 
 the heat of the conflict between old and moribund Catholicism, 
 and young and fierce Protestantism. The fire of his zeal preci- 
 
 Eitated the work of destruction, and arms were resorted to on 
 oth sides. During a season of alternate treaty and threaten- 
 ings of war, Knox never abated his preaching, nor changed his 
 theme ; even when it was at the peril of his life, as when the 
 Lords of the Congregation had taken possession of Edinburgh, 
 and his enemies placed soldiers to fire on him if he dared to 
 speak. At length, the beautiful and ill-fated Mary became 
 queen ; and Knox, who had spoken so publicly against her rule 
 and her religion, was an object of interest, and she sought to 
 win him ; but he lived for one object, and knew but one lan- 
 guage. The queen failed, so she attempted to silence him by 
 law ; but the judges acquitted him of her charge, and he con- 
 tinued his work. After a series of vexatious attempts to hinder 
 him, all unsuccessful, he laid the foundation for the legal recog- 
 nition of Presbyterianism, in the very souls of the Scots ; and he 
 died in 1572, aged 07 years. Knox was most remarkably fitted 
 for his work. He was learned, kind-hearted, firm as steel ; ter- 
 ribly stern and earnest in his address ; of a courage that never 
 quailed ; his zeal consumed him. The people to be taught were 
 akin to him in the qualities of heart ; but were ignorant, and 
 not a little barbarous in their habits ; moderation would have 
 been treason in their eyes. The impression he made was not 
 touched even by all the savage dragoonings of the Episco- 
 palians; nor by all that Cromwell and his Independents could 
 do, and did in their way ; nor yet by long ages oi uninterrupted 
 worldly prosperity. Secessions and schisms have not changed 
 the Scots in Scotland a whit, from what thev were made by the 
 thunders of the man that feared God and knew no other fear. 
 The one thing that Knox could not impart, — which each man 
 must find and keep for himself, — the living principle of reli- 
 gion, — that has varied as in most cases, being often sunk to ab- 
 solute nonentity ; and especially has it dwindled beneath the 
 fierce fire of polemics, and the soft south wind of patronage and 
 power: but the form he could and did give to the creed and to 
 the Church stands unimpaired. Yet there are influences at work 
 now which may change even it; and then will the great work 
 of John Knox stand forth to the day, as clearly and nobly as that 
 of his fellow soldiers, who fought and fell, unconquered in other 
 battle fields for the truth of God. 
 
 KNOX, DR. VICESIMUS, an English clergyman, who was 
 for many years master of the Tunbridge grammar school, and 
 who published many works of a literary and religious character. 
 Besides his own Essays, he compiled the works known by the 
 tit\e of Sleffant Uxtraets, vih'ich were very popular in the begin- 
 ning of this century. He died in 1821, aged 09 years. 
 
 KNO'XVILLE, a town of Tennessee, United States. It stands 
 on the Holston river, and is regularly planned and handsomely 
 built. East Tennessee College IS here; a flourishing institution, 
 with a good library. It is 498 miles from Washington. Pop. 
 1500. Eight other places in the States are so named. 
 
 To KNU'BBLE, v. a. [knipler, Dan.] to beat. 
 
 KNU'CKLE, s. [ctiucle, Sax.] in Anatomy, the joints of the 
 fingers. The knee joint of a calf, applied to Cookery. The ar- 
 ticulation or joints of a plant, in Botany. 
 
 To KNU'CKLE, v. a. to put the knuckles close to the ground. 
 — v.n. to submit, used with rmder. 
 
 KNU'CKLED, a. jointed, applied to plants. 
 
 KNUR, Knuki.e, s. [knor, Teut.] a knot ; a hard substance. 
 
 KNU'TSFORD. See Knotsford. 
 
 KOLYVAN, a government of the Russian empire in Asia, 
 bounded by the governments of Tobolsk, Irkutsk, and by Tatary. 
 Its capital, of the same name, is seated on the Oby. This coun- 
 try has produced silver mines, which have been called the Potosi 
 of Russia. 
 
 KO'NIGSBERG, in the kingdom of Prussia. It was once the 
 capital, and is now second only to Berlin, and is a provincial 
 
 511 
 
 k 
 
KU R 
 
 metropolis. The city is about 7 English miles in circumference, 
 and stands on the Pregel, a navigable river, which here falls into 
 the eastern extremity of the Frische Haf, an inlet of the Baltic. 
 No ships drawing more than 7 feet water can pass the bar, and 
 come up to the town ; so that the large vessels anchor at Pillau, 
 a small town on the Baltic, which is the port of Konigsberg ; and 
 the merchandise is sent up in smaller vessels. It is fortified, 
 and has some very magnificent public buildings, amongst which 
 the old palace, the castle, the cathedral, and the government 
 houses are conspicuous. It has a university also, with every 
 needful apparatus of library, museum, &c. The trade of Konigs- 
 berg is very considerable. Its population is about 70,000. Lat. 
 54. 42. N. Long. 20. 48. E. 
 
 KORA'N, A'lcoran, s. [Arab.] the sacred writings of the 
 Mohammedans. The various chapters composing this extraor- 
 dinary book, were written at different times by Mohammed, ac- 
 cording to the necessity of the hour, on loose sheets and pieces 
 of bone, and were collected into a volume by Abubekr, after the 
 prophet's death. The composition of this work is highly eulo- 
 gized by Mussulmans for its elegance ; but this does not reveal 
 itself to the apprehension of unbelievers. It is chiefly made up 
 ofloose, rambling declamation, with proverbs and proverbial say- 
 ings interspersed ; mixed with popular traditions of characters 
 and deeds recorded in the Hebrew Scriptures, and records of 
 alleged, but often contradictory, revelations. It is read com- 
 pletely through once in every 24 hours, by courses of priests in 
 the great mosque at Mecca. And the mere reading of it, even 
 where the meaning of the words is quite unknown, is generally 
 recommended and practised by Mohammedans, as in the highest 
 degree meritorious. 
 
 KORDOFA'N, a country of Africa, lying between Nubia and 
 Darfur, and bounded by the desert regions of that part of the 
 continent. It is hilly in some parts, and there are found all ti)al 
 makes the country habitable, springs of water and fertile patches 
 of ground, with iron and gold. It is in a very uncivilized state, 
 and is now subject to Egypt. The chief place is Obeide. 
 
 Ko'rner, Theodore, a patriot poet and soldier of Prussia, 
 during the continental wars of the beginning of this century. 
 He studied at the chief universities, and had brought out some 
 dramas, when the turn of affairs which roused all Germany 
 against Napoleon, awakened him, and his pen and his sword 
 were devoted to his country's freedom. His songs were uni- 
 versally admired and sung; but the poet, wounded in more than 
 one fight, fell at Leipsic, in 1813, aged but 22 years. Youthful 
 fire and ardent patriotism are the characteristics of his verses ; 
 and these are all that should be asked of such a bard, cast in 
 such times. 
 
 KOSCIU'SKO, THADDEUS, a Polish commander, who sig- 
 nalized himself first in the American war of Independence, and 
 afterwards in the struggle for the existence of Poland, with ex- 
 traordinary courage, and with brightest gleams of success. On 
 the fall of his country, he was taken prisoner, but was released, 
 and spent the rest of his days in America, France, and Switzer- 
 land, resisting the overtures of Napoleon, and dying in 1817, 
 aged 61 years. 
 
 KO'TZEBUE, AUGUST. FREDERIC FERDINAND VON, 
 a German playwright of the first water, who by ready wit and 
 good fortune, and finally, by being assassinated as a foe to 
 liberty, made a great noise in the European literary world. He 
 received from Russia the equivocal compliment of a forced jour- 
 ney to Siberia, but was afterwards placed in more pleasant and 
 profitable situations. He dabbled in politics also, and having, 
 as was thought, written down Napoleon, attempted to write down 
 the growing spirit of freedom in Germany; and for this was as- 
 sassinated by Sand, in 1819, aged 58 years. His plays are nu- 
 merous, and have passages of real excellence, or they could never 
 have been tolerated. Some were translated into English, and 
 Kotzebue was looked at as the prodigy of modern Germany. 
 
 KRA'KEN, s. in fabulous Natural History, the name given to 
 an imaginary sea-monster, the most lucid descriptions of which 
 make it resemble the cuttle-fish ; but the engravings represent- 
 ing it, very like a dragon. It is never seen now, except in news- 
 papers during parliamentary vacations. 
 
 KRISHNA. -See Vishnu. 
 
 KURDISTA'N, a country of Asia, lying on the confines of 
 Asiatic Turkey and Persia, and partly subject to both. Its 
 boundaries are not well defined. It is very mountainous, and 
 512 ' 
 
 LAB 
 
 some ridges rise above 10,000 feet in elevation ; but the greater 
 part of the country is about 5000 feet above the sea level. It is 
 well watered by one of the tributaries of the Tigris; and it is a 
 very fertile region, producing grain of different kinds, herbs, 
 fruits, &c. &c. in abundance. There are also many kinds of 
 manufacture carried on, but of course in a very rude way. The 
 people whence the country takes its name are the Kurds, who 
 are a scarcely reclaimed nomade race, similar in appearance, &c. 
 to most of the aborigines of this part of Asia. Besides these, 
 who are not numerous, there are Turks, Armenians, Jews, 
 Persians, and Christians of the Nestorian communion. All 
 these different people maintain their own religion. Sulimaniah 
 and Kermanshah are the principal places. Population, about 
 2,000,000. 
 
 KU'RILES, a chain of islands, extending from the southern 
 extremity of Kamtschatka to Japan, chiefly valuable for their 
 furs, particularly that of the sea-otter. They are 22 in number, 
 exclusive of the very small ones. There are several volcanoes 
 yet active in them. The people live by hunting and fishing; 
 but agriculture has been attempted in the most southerly of 
 them. The N. islands belong to Russia; a few of the S. to 
 Japan. 
 
 KU'RSKOI, a government of European Russia, bounded by 
 the governments of Orel, Voronez, Charkov, and Novgorod-Sie- 
 verskov. It is about 180 miles in each direction. It is com- 
 pletely agricultural, and is verj' fertile. There are some few com- 
 mon manufactures. Kursk is its capital. Pop. about 2,000,000. 
 
 T IS is a semi-vowel, or liquid consonant, the eleventh letter 
 ■*--' of the English alphabet. In the Saxon it was aspirated, as 
 in hlaf. Sax. a loaf; as it is at present by the Spaniards, and by 
 the Cambro-Britons, in Han, a temple. The figure of the capital 
 L we borrow from the Romans, who borrowed it from the A of 
 the Greeks, as it appears in their ancient inscriptions, thus, >. 
 It is pronounced by putting the tongue to the palate, and breath- 
 ing from the throat. At the end of a monosyllable it is always 
 doubled, as in fall, kill, &c. ; but at the end of a word of two or 
 more syllables it is written single, as in doubtful; as it likewise 
 is when it occurs in the middle of compound words, as in skil- 
 ful. When it comes before e, at the end of a word, it is pro- 
 nounced as if the e came before it, as in bible, feeble, title. As a 
 numeral, it stands for 50, and when a line is drawn over it, 
 thus, E, for 50,000. L. also stands for Libra, a Pound; also for 
 Liber, a Book. 
 
 LA, interject, look ! behold ! see ! 
 
 LA'BDANUM, s. in the Pharmacopoeia, a resin of the softest 
 kind, of a strong and not unpleasant smell, an aromatic, but not 
 an agreeable taste. It exudes from a low spreading shrub of the 
 cistus kind, in the Greek islands, &c. 
 
 To LA'BEFY, v. a. to weaken ; to impair. 
 
 LA'BEL, s. [labellum, Lat.] a small or narrow slip, scrip, or 
 scroll of writing. In Law, a narrow slip of paper or parchment 
 affixed to a deed or writing, in order to hold the seal which is 
 fastened to it ; likewise any paper added by way of explanation 
 or addition to a will, called either label or codicil. In Heraldry, 
 an addition to the arms of a younger brother, to distinguish him 
 from the eldest. 
 
 LA'BENT, a. [labor, Lat.] falling, gliding, slipping, passing 
 away. 
 
 LA'BIAL, a. [labium, Lat.] expressed by the lips, applied to 
 letters. 
 
 LA'BIATED, a. formed with or having lips. 
 
 LA'BIODENTAL, a. [labium and dens, Lat.] in Grammar, 
 formed or pronounced by the co-operation of the lips and teeth, 
 as the /and v. 
 
 LABORATORY, s. [laboratoire, Fr.] the place where a chemist 
 performs his operations. In an hospital, a place where chemical 
 medicines are made. In a camp, the tent where the engineers 
 or fireworkers prepare their works. 
 
 LABO'RIOUS, a. [labor, Lat.] diligent, assiduous, and inde- 
 fatigable ; tiresome ; fatiguing. 
 
 LABO'RIOUSLY, ad. with labour, toil, or fatigue. 
 
 LABO'RIOUSNESS, s. the quality of requiring great labour, 
 or causing fatigue ; diligence ; assiduity. 
 
LAC 
 
 LA'BOUR, {labdr) s. [labor, Lat.] the act of performing some- 
 thing which requires an exertion of strength, or tiresome perse- 
 verance; pains; toil; work; exercise; travail, or the state a 
 woman is in previous to her being delivered of a child. 
 
 To LA'BOUR, t'. n. [laboro, Lat.] to toil ; to exert strength in 
 the performance of any thing; to do work, or take pains. Fi- 
 guratively, to move with difficulty ; to be oppressed ; to be in the 
 state preceding childbirth ; to prosecute with great pains. 
 
 LA'BOURER, «. [labourew, Fr.] one who is employed in 
 coarse and toilsome work ; the person who carries mortar, bricks, 
 &c. to builders; one who exerts much strength. 
 
 LA'BOURSOME, a. done with great exertion of strength. 
 
 LA'BRADOR, an extensive country of N. America. It ex- 
 tends from Hudson's Bay along Hudson's Strait and the At- 
 lantic, to the Gulf of St. Lawrence ; and equals Spain, France, 
 and Germany in area. It is most sterile and naked in aspect, 
 and its whole surface seems broken up with rivers, lakes, and 
 rocks ; but it is most imperfectly explored. The climate is in 
 severity completely polar ; and its animals, and its vegetation, 
 are exactly like what are known in the most northern regions of 
 the earth. Its entire coast is indented with excellent harbours, 
 and its fisheries are very valuable. These and the furs obtained 
 by hunters are its commercial wealth. Its inhabitants are the 
 native Esquimaux, the hunters, and the Moravians who have 
 visited this country for the purpose of communicating religious 
 knowledge to the people. Its whole population is about 4000. 
 
 LABRADOR SPAR, s. in Mineralogy, a kind of crystalline 
 rock, of a gray or bluish colour, with patches of most richly iri- 
 descent colours, golden, blue, and green, in it. It is found in 
 this country as well as in Labrador. 
 
 LA'BRl/S, s. in Ichthyology, a genus of fishes, which have re- 
 markably thick prominent lips. 
 
 LABlf'RNUM, s. in Botany, a tree well known in our gar- 
 dens, bearing long bunches of* beautiful yellow flowers in spring- 
 time. Its seeds, in pods resembling peas, are poisonous ; and 
 its wood is used for small ornaments in turning. 
 
 LA'BYRINTH, s. [lahyrinthos, Gr.] a winding, mazy, and in- 
 tricate walk in a garden. The most famous labyrinth was that 
 of Crete, built by King Minos, it was said, to conceal the Mino- 
 taur in. They are now made in public gardens for the amuse- 
 ment of visitors. 
 
 LAC, ». [lacca, Lat.] in Commerce, a kind of resin, obtained 
 from some trees of the E. Indies, from which it exudes through 
 small holes bored by insects. It is distinguished into stick-lac, 
 need-lac, and shell-lac, according as it is in its natural or prepared 
 state. It is used in making sealing-wax, and various kinds of 
 varnish ; also in dyeing, &c. 
 
 LACATLLE, NICHOLAS LOUIS DE, an eminent French 
 mathematician and astronomer of the last century. He made a 
 voyage to the Cape of Good Hope, and constructed a catalogue 
 of the stars of the S. hemisphere. The perfection of the theory 
 of the sun, researches into the law of refraction, and a catalogue 
 of 400 of the principal stars, are his other great works. He aided 
 also in measuring a degree of the meridian in France. He held 
 for some time a chair in Mazarin College ; and published many 
 works, which are still valuable. He died in 1762, aged 49 years. 
 
 LA'CCADIVE ISLANDS, a group of small coral islandsin the 
 Indian Ocean, on the Malabar coast: the largest are inhabited 
 and cultivated, the others furnish cocoa nuts, oil, &c. Rice is 
 grown on the inhabited islands, with betel, &c. &c. Auderot, 
 one of the largest, is in Lat. 11. 30. N. Long. 72. 5. E. 
 
 LA'CCIC, a. in Chemistry, belonging to lac. 
 
 LACE, s. \lacet, Fr.] a string or cord ; a snare or gin ; a plait- 
 ed string with which women fasten their stays or bodices; a 
 web of thread, or gold and silver, curiously woven, and used as 
 ornaments in dress. 
 
 To LACE, V. a. to fasten with a plaited string running through 
 eyelet holes; to adorn with gold, silver, or thread webs, curi- 
 ously wrought. Figuratively, to embellish with ornaments of 
 different colours. 
 
 LACED^MO'NIANS, that branch of the Dorian race of an- 
 cient Greece, inhabiting Laconia or Sparta. See these names. 
 
 LA'CEMAN, s. ono who deals in lace. 
 
 LACE'PEDE, BERNARD GERMAIN ETIENNE, COUNT 
 OF, an eminent French naturalist, who was first connected with 
 the army ; and afterwards with the Jardin du Roi, in which he 
 was a coadjutor of Buffon. He took part in the Revolution ; 
 
 LAD 
 
 escaped the dangers of the Reign of Terror, and received many 
 distinctions from Napoleon. He wrote works relating to fishes 
 and reptiles ; and died in 1825, aged 09 years. 
 
 LA'CERABLE, a. liable to be torn. 
 
 To LA'CERATE, «. a. [lacero, Lat.] to tear, rend, or separate 
 by violence. 
 
 LACERATION, s. the act of tearing or rending ; a breach 
 made by tearing. 
 
 LA'CERATIvE, a. tearing; having the power of tearing. 
 
 LACE'RTA,in Astronomy, the lizard, a constellation of the 
 northern hemisphere. 
 
 LACHE'SIS, (Lakesis) s. in Greek Mythology, one of the three 
 Fates ; the others being Clotho and Atropos. 
 
 LA'CHRYMAL, {Idkrymal) a. [Fr. lachryma, Lat.] producing 
 or containing tears. 
 
 LA'CHRYMARY, (tdkrymary) a. containing tears. 
 
 LA'CHRYMATORIES, (Idknjmatories) s. [lachrymatolres, Fr.] 
 vessels in which the ancients saved the tears of surviving friends 
 and relations, to the honour of the dead. 
 
 To LACK, V. a. [laecken, Belg.] to want ; to be without ; to be 
 deficient or wanting. 
 
 LACK, s. want; defect; failure; need. In India, a lack of 
 rupees is 700,000 rupees. 
 
 LA'CKBRAIN, s. one that wants wit. 
 
 LA'CKER, s. a kind of varnish, which, when spread on a 
 white surface, appears of a golden colour. Figuratively, applied 
 to a vicious way of writing, in which unnecessary tropes and 
 other rhetorical figures are used; or such ornaments used to 
 conceal real poverty of thought and knowledge. 
 
 To LA'CKER, v. a. to smear over with lacker. 
 
 LACKEY, s. [laquais, Fr.] a footboy. 
 
 To LACKEY, V. a. to attend as a servant ; to wait upon as a 
 footboy; to wait upon in a servile manner. 
 
 LA CONDAMI'NE, CHARLES MARIE, a French traveller 
 and mathematician, whose greatest work was the part he took 
 in measuring a degree of the meridian in Peru. lie published 
 works relating to this, and other matters seen in his travels; and 
 died in 1774, aged 73 years. 
 
 LACO'NIA, a country of Ancient Greece, occupying the E. 
 and the central promontories which project from the Pelopon- 
 nesus into the Mediterranean Sea, and bounded by the states 
 of Messenia, Arcadia, and Argolis. It consisted of two moun- 
 tain ridges, which formed the two promontories ; and the val- 
 ley between them, watered by the river Eurotas. The only city 
 was Sparta. 
 
 LACO'NIC, «. [/aeo«2CMs, Lat.] short ; concise; brief; express- 
 ed in few words. 
 
 LACO'NICALLY, ad. in a briefer concise manner. 
 
 LA'CONISM, La<o'nicism, s. \_Lacon, Lat.] a concise style ex- 
 pressing much in few words. 
 
 LACTA'N riUS, LUCIUS C^LIUS, or C^cilius Firmianus, 
 a Latin Father, of the 3rd and 4th centuries. He studied under 
 Arnobius, and opened a rhetorical school in Nicomedia in the 
 reign of Diocletian. He was afterwards made private tutor to 
 Crispus, Constantine the Great's eldest son. He was a learned 
 but not profound theologian, and the most elegant writer of all 
 the Latin Fathers. His works are numerous, the Divine Institu- 
 tions being the chief. He died, a very old man, in about 330. 
 
 LACTARY, o. [lac, Lat.] milky; full of juice resembling 
 milk. 
 
 LA'CTARY, s. a dairy-house. 
 
 LA'CTATES, s. in Chemistry, salts formed by the combina- 
 tion of any base with laccic acid. 
 
 LACTA'TION, s. in Medicine, the act or time of giving suck. 
 
 LA'CTEALS, s. in Anatomy, vessels which convey the chyle, 
 a milky-coloured fluid, from the intestines to the great subcla- 
 vian vein, where it is mixed with tne omoo. 
 
 LA'CTEOUS, a. milky; lacteal; conveying the milky juice 
 called chyle. 
 
 LACTE'SCENCE, s. tendency to turn into a liciuor like milk. 
 
 LACTE'SCENT, a. producing milk or a white juice. 
 
 LA'CTIC, a. in Chemistry, belonging to milk. 
 
 LACTI'FEROUS, a. [lac andyero, Lat.] in Anatomy, convey- 
 ing or bringing milk. 
 
 LAD, s. [leode, Sax.] a boy, or stripling, in familiar language 
 and pastoral poetry. 
 
 LA'DDER, s. [hladre, Sax.] a frame made with two upright 
 3 u 513 
 
LAF 
 
 pieces, crossed with others at proper distances, which serve as 
 steps ; any thing by which one climbs ; a gradual rise. 
 
 LADE, s. [Sax.] in Composition, implies the mouth of a river, 
 by which its waters are discharged either into a great river or 
 the sea. 
 
 To LADE, V. a. preter. and past part, laded or laden; [hladen, 
 Sax.] to put a burden upon a beast ; to burden. To freight, ap- 
 plied to a ship. See Load. 
 
 LA'DIESFINGER, ». in Botany, the kidney-vetch. 
 
 LA'DIESMANTLE, s. in Botany, a plant, of which three are 
 natives of England. 
 
 LA'DING, s. the burden, cargo, or freight of ships. 
 
 LA'DLE, s. [hlcedle. Sax.] a large spoon ; a vessel with a long 
 handle, used to take liquor out of a pot, &c. ; the boards of a 
 Eaill-wheel, on which the water falling, turns it. 
 
 LADO'GA, in Geography, the name of a large lake of Russia 
 in Europe, lying E. of the Gulf of Finland, and communicating 
 with it by the river Neva, and with Lake Onega on the oppo- 
 site side by another river. A town of the same name, Olonetz, 
 and St. Petersburg, are situated in the immediate vicinity of this 
 lake. 
 
 LA'DRONE, or Marian Islands, a chain of islands of the N. 
 Pacific Ocean, about 1600 miles from the coast of China, and 
 occupying a space of 150 leagues in extent. They are about 16 
 in number, exclusive of the small islets and rocks. They are 
 mostly volcanic, and contain, besides other fruits natural to the 
 soil and climate, that extraordinary and useful plant, the bread- 
 fruit tree, which was first discovered here. The names of the 
 principal islands are Guam, Saypan, Tinian, and Rota. Pop. 
 about 6000. 
 
 LA'DY, s. \liUefdig, Sax.] a woman of rank, the title belong- 
 ing properly to the wives of knights, and all degrees above them, 
 and to the daughters of earls ; at present used as a ceremonious 
 or respectful eicpression to women that dress tolerably. 
 
 LA'DY-BIRD, La'dy-Cow, La'dy-Fly, s. in Entomology, a 
 small round insect, whose wing-covers are of a reddish colour 
 .spotted with black. 
 
 LA'DY-DAY, s. in the Calendar, the festival of the Annun- 
 ciation of the Blessed Virgin, kept on the 25th of March. 
 
 LA'DY-LIKE, a. resembling a person of delicate breeding and 
 constitution ; soft ; delicate. 
 
 LA'DY-SEAL, s. in Botany, a plant with heart-shaped undi- 
 vided leaves, greenish blossoms, and red berries ; the same with 
 the black bryony. 
 
 LA'DYSHIP, s. the title of a lady. 
 
 LAFA'YETTE, GILBERT MOTIER, MARQUIS DE, one of 
 the most eminent actors in the two French Revolutions, of 1789 
 and 1830. He was one of the old noblesse of France, and very 
 highly connected, and arriving at manhood at the time when all 
 classes of society were lip-worshippers of philosophy and liberty, 
 devoted himself to the cause of freedom, and fought in the Ame- 
 rican war of Independence, gaining great renown, and a lasting 
 name throughout the States of the Union. He was one of Ca- 
 lonne's notables after his return, and possessed so fully the 
 confidence of the Parisians, that he was made commandant of 
 the national guard. During the earlier period of the Revolution 
 he was alwaj;s before the public, and divided the sovereignty of 
 the people with the great Mirabeau. He was engaged, against 
 his will, in that mad march of women and soldiers on Versailles 
 to fetch the royal family to Paris ; — he was joint founder of the 
 short-lived club of Feuillans ; — he invented the phrase " sacred 
 right of insurrection," which received a wider application than 
 he dreamed of; — he was at the summit of glory at the grand 
 confederation held at the Champ de Mars ; and he fell headlong 
 by exercising martial law in the same place, a short time after- 
 wards. He fought as one of the generals against the first attacks 
 of coalized Europe on the Revolution; and having made a des- 
 perate attempt to save his beloved idea of a constitutional mon- 
 archy from overthrow, and failed, he emigrated, and was impri- 
 soned by the Austrian emperor at Olmutz. Being released in 
 consequence of Napoleon's victories, he returned to France; and 
 passed a comparatively inactive life, varied by a visit to Ame- 
 rica, till 1830, when he was again made commandant of the 
 national guard; and was able to realize his cherished idea of 
 king and constitution, in the enthronement of Louis Philippe, 
 king of the French. He died in 1834, aged 77 years. He was 
 too slight a man to deserve the intense hatred the court felt for 
 514 
 
 LAL 
 
 him, or the imputation of ambition contained in Mirabean's 
 soubriquet of Cromwell- Grandison. He would have been an ad- 
 mirable man in peaceable times, when he could not have been a 
 leader except in parliamentary debates. His fixed constitutional 
 idea, joined with quiet, conscientious vanity, (for was he not 
 the hero of two worlds >) made him overthrow himself in the first 
 Revolution, and his country in the second. 
 
 LAG, a. [tai/ff, Swed.] that is behind, at the latter end, or falls 
 short ; sluggish ; slow in motion ; last or long delayed. 
 
 LAG, s. the lowest class ; he that comes last or stays behind. 
 
 To LAG, V. a, to loiter, or move slowly ; to stay behind, or 
 not come in. 
 
 LA'GGER, s. a loiterer, or one who moves but slowly. 
 
 LA'GO MAGGIORE, a lake of N. Italy, reaching from the 
 foot of the Alps to the rich plains of Lombardy, watered by the 
 numerous tributaries of the Po. It lies partly in Switzerland, 
 partly in the Austrian dominions, and partly in those of the 
 kingdom of Sardinia. It is surrounded by exquisite scenery, 
 and diversified by islands. Its length is about 40 miles, and its 
 breadth about 5. The river Tessin, or Ticino, flows through it. 
 The towns of Arona, Palanza, Angera, &c. stand on its margin. 
 
 LAGOO'N, s. [Ital.] in Geography, a small lake communicat- 
 ing with a river, or the sea, and separated from them only by a 
 mere embankment, such as are formed by tides and currents, 
 with the alluvion of rivers, and the sand of the sea-shore. 
 
 LAGRA'NGE, JOSEPH LOUIS DE, a distinguished French 
 natural philosopher and mathematician of the last century. 
 When quite a youth he was appointed professor at the military 
 college of Turin ; and afterwards was presented with a chain at 
 Berlin, by Frederic the Great. He finally settled at Paris in 
 connexion with the normal and polytechnic schools ; and re- 
 ceived from Louis XVI., and afterwards from Napoleon, all 
 the honours his eminent scientific attainments claimed. His 
 works are numerous, but amongst them his Analytic Mechanics 
 stands first. His discoveries were all in the region of the highest 
 mathematics ; and they were such as to excite the astonishment 
 of its most successful explorers before him. He died in 1813, 
 aged 77 years. 
 
 LAHO'RE, a province in Hindustan, bounded by Cabul, Canda- 
 har, Cachemire, Ajmeer, Delhi, and Moultan. It is near 320 miles 
 in length, and about 220 miles in breadth. The soil is remark- 
 ably fertile, abounding in rice, corn, vines, sugars, cotton, wool, 
 and fruits of every kind. In the tract between the Indus and 
 the Behat are salt springs wonderfully productive, and aflTording 
 fragments of rock salt, hard enough to be formed into vessels, 
 &c. The capital of the same name is a place of high antiquity, 
 and was the residence of the Mohammedan conquerors before they 
 established themselves in the central parts of the country. It is 
 now the capital of the Sikhs. Here they have extensive manu- 
 factures of cotton cloths, and stufi's of all kinds, and they make 
 very curious carpets. It is situated on the S. bank of the Rau- 
 vee,280 miles N. by W. of Delhi, and 420 E. of Candahar. Lat. 
 31. 15. N. Long. 72. 48. E. See Punjaub. 
 
 LA'ICAL, a. [laikos, from Laos, Gr.] belonging to the people, 
 opposed to the clergj'. 
 
 LAID, part, preter. of To Lay. 
 
 LAIN, part, preter. of To Lie. 
 
 LAI'NEZ, JAMES, a Spanish monk, who aided Loyola in 
 establishing the Society of the Jesuits. The alterations he made 
 in its constitution, greatly aided it in acquiring that power, which 
 has been exercised so harmfully, and so secretly. He died in 
 1565, aged 53 years. 
 
 LAIR, s. [lai, Fr.] the couch of a boar or wild beast ; the daily 
 harbour for deer; also a shelter for cattle to rest in. 
 
 LAIRD, s. [Idaford, Sax.] the lord of a manor, in the Scottish 
 dialect. 
 
 LA'IT Y, s. [laus, Gr.] the people distinguished from the clergy ; 
 the state of a layman. 
 
 LAKE, s. [lac, Fr. locus, Lat.] a large collection of waters on- 
 closed in some inland places. Figuratively, a small plash of 
 water. In Painting, a fine crimson colour, much used by aitists. 
 
 Lala'nde, Joseph Jerome i.e Francais de, a celebrated 
 French astronomer of the last century. His first undertaking, 
 which obtained him fame he never afterwards lost, was a scries 
 of observations on the moon, made at Berlin, in conjunction with 
 those of Lacaille at the Cape of Good Hope, for determining hei- 
 parallax. He edited a scientific journal on his return to Paris, 
 
LAM 
 
 and succeeded to the professor's chair of astronomy in the college 
 of France. He received great attention from Napoleon, and died 
 in 1807, aged C9 years. His works are very voluminous, but he 
 was more an astronomical observer than a rival of Lagrange and 
 Laplace. He aided Clairaiit in working out the calculations re- 
 specting Halley's comet ; and his tables were extensively used in 
 the construction of those in our own Nautical Almanac. 
 
 LA'MA, the title of an order of priests among the western 
 Tatars on the frontiers of China, who are held in great venera- 
 tion. The grand lama or Dalai lama is not only the chief priest 
 but king of Thibet, and is regarded as an incarnation of the 
 Deity. 
 
 LA'MAISM, s. a form of Buddhism, which prevails in Thibet. 
 
 LAMARCK, .JOHN BAPTISTE P. A. DE MONNET, 
 CHEVALIER DE, a distinguished French naturalist of the 
 last century. After having obtained some name in military 
 service under Broglie, being disabled, he directed his attention 
 to Botany, and devised a natural system, under which he classed 
 all the plants native to France. He travelled in pursuance of 
 this subject, for the Jardin du Roi, and greatly enriched it. He 
 was so eminent in this line, that he wrote for the great method- 
 ized Encyclopedia. During the Revolution, he received an ap- 
 pointment which led him to study conchology, and resulted in 
 the arrangement of that branch of natural history in the most 
 beautiful order, and in a way that is yet employed. In the course 
 of his writings he developed a theory of human nature, which, 
 after being greatly admired by the philosophers of his day, was 
 consigned to its proper doom of ridiculous contempt ; but which 
 has been revived in these times, with a slight and unimportant 
 difference, as challenging the attention of the profound specu- 
 lators on man's being and destiny. He supposed (improving on 
 Lord Monboddo's notorious hypothesis) that all animated being 
 commenced at the lowest stage, and that the constant efforts 
 made by individuals of the then universal species, succeeded in 
 the attainment of new properties, which again were surmounted 
 by the results of fresh efforts on the part of other individuals ; till, 
 from the little fleshy animalcule, hardly distinguishable from the 
 plants, we have all the wonderfully varied kingdom of animated 
 nature, and man at its head, as the crowning effort placed him 
 there. As this process of transformation has no where been de- 
 tected in operation, and other well-established facts are unkindly 
 to it, it may be left as an innocent joke of these sages ; and no 
 man need be under any alarm that by the neglect of due effort 
 on his part he should relapse into his pristine gelatinous condi- 
 tion. Y'et it might be as well for men to attempt the develop- 
 ment of that part of their being, by the due cultivation of which, 
 alone, they merit the name and position of men. 
 
 LAMB, (the b is tnute,)s. [Sax. and Goth.] the young of sheep. 
 
 LAMB, CHARLES, a well-known poet and essayist of the 
 last generation. He was the school-fellow, and friend through 
 life, of Coleridge, and was occupied as a writer in the East India 
 House almost all his days. His writings are stamped with a 
 genial humour and beauty of style that places them far above 
 the common mark of literary excellence ; and it may surely be 
 expected that by time alone they can reach the estimation they 
 deserve. Charles Lamb's home-companion was his only sister, 
 who has become thus, and by his writings, peculiarly identified 
 with himself. His Ussays of 'Ulia is his best known book. He 
 died in 1834, aged 59 years. 
 
 LA'MBATIVE, a. [lamho, Lat.] to be taken by licking.— s. a 
 medicine taken by licking with the tongue. 
 
 LA'MBENT, a. [lamho, Lat.] gliding about ; playing about, or 
 upon, without doing any harm. 
 
 LA'MBERT, JOHN, one of the military commanders during 
 the Puritan Revolution of the 17th century. He was a lawyer, 
 but took up arms when the war broke out, and rose gradually 
 to fill the highest offices in the army, and in the state, under 
 Cromwell. But he was not so great a man as he deemed himself; 
 and feeling that Cromwell slighted him, he was not very active 
 in his service. After the Protector's death, Lambert headed the 
 military officers in their proceedings against poor Richard ; but 
 General Monk, by his treaty with Charles II., circumvented him. 
 He was imprisoned at the Restoration, and banished to Guern- 
 sey, where he died, about 1G90, aged about 70 years. 
 
 LA'MBETH, Surrey. It stands on the Thames, opposite 
 Westminster. Lambeth Palace, in which the archbishops of 
 Canterbury have resided ever since the year 1109, contains 
 
 I.AM 
 
 stately and magnificont apartments ; its gallery is well furnished 
 with the portraits of all the archbishops, and other eminent per- 
 sonages; and its noble library is filled with MSS. of great value. 
 Pop. 11.5,888. 
 
 LA'MBKIN,*. a little lamb. 
 
 LAMBOFDAL, a. [lambda and eidos, Gr.] having the form or 
 shape of the Greek letter A, lambda. 
 
 LA'MBORN, Berkshire. It is seated on a small river of the 
 same name, which is remarkable for being high in the summer 
 and low in the winter, and falls into the Kennet below Newbury. 
 It is {)8 miles from London. Market, Friday. Pop. 2595. 
 
 LA'MBSLETTUCE, s. in Botany, a species of valerian. 
 
 LA'MBSVVOOL, s. a mixture of ale and roasted apples. 
 
 LAME, a. [laam. Sax. lam, Belg.] crippled or disabled in the 
 limbs; walking in a hobbling manner, figuratively, not smooth, 
 or not having its due quantity of feet, applied to verse. Imper- 
 fect ; unsatisfactory. 
 
 To LAME, V. a. to deprive of the use of a limb, either by a 
 blow or by accident. 
 
 LAME'LL^, s. [Lat] little thin plates, whereof the scales or 
 shells of fishes are composed ; also thin plates of brass used in 
 making toys and nicknacks. 
 
 LA'MELLATED, a. [lamella, Lat.] covered with thin plates 
 or films. 
 
 LA'MELY, ad. like a cripple ; not being able to walk without 
 hobbling; imperfectly; in a defective manner. 
 
 LA'MENESS, s. the state of a person who cannot make a per- 
 fect use of his legs or other limbs. Figuratively, imperfection ; 
 weakness. 
 
 To LAME'NT, v. a. [lamentor, Lat.] to express sorrow for any 
 loss. — V. n. to mourn. 
 
 LAME'NT, s. sorrow expressed so as to be heard ; grief utter- 
 ed in complaints and cries. 
 
 LA'MENTABLE, a. to be lamented ; causing sorrow ; mourn- 
 ful ; sad ; expressive of sorrow ; miserable, pitiful, or despicable. 
 
 LA'MENTABLY, ad. in a manner which expresses or causes 
 sorrow ; in a pitiful or despicable manner. 
 
 LAMENTA'TION, s. expression of sorrow; audible grief. 
 
 LAMENTATIONS, Book of, a poetical book of the Old 
 Testament, written by the prophet Jeremiah, after the taking of 
 Jerusalem by the Assyrians. The poetry is in the highest de- 
 gree pathetic, and the different partsof the book are constructed 
 so that each line begins with a particular letter of the alphabet, 
 as was often the case in Hebrew poems. 
 
 LAME'NTER, s. one who expresses sorrow for the loss of any 
 person or thing in such a manner as may be heard. 
 
 LA'MENTINE, s. in Natural History, a fish called a sea-cow 
 or manatee, which is nearly twenty feet long, and belongs to 
 the seals. 
 
 LA'MINA, s. [Lat.] a thin plate, applied to substances which 
 consist of scales, or one coat laid over another. 
 
 LA'MINATED, a. plated, applied to bodies consisting of parts 
 resembling thin plates lying one over another. 
 
 To LAMM, V. a. to beat soundly with a cudgel. 
 
 LA'MMAS, s. [hlqf-mass, Sax.] the first day of August. 
 
 LAMP, s. [lampe, Fr.] a light made of oil and a wick. Figu- 
 ratively, any kind of light, whether real or metaphorical. Safety- 
 Lamp, in Mining, a cylindrical case of fine wire-gauze, placed 
 over a lamp, and used in mines to prevent the explosion of the 
 inflammable air (called by the miners, the fire-damp) which is- 
 sues from crevices in the coal-beds. This property of wire-gauze 
 was discovered by Sir Humphrey Davy, but since his time many 
 important improvements have been made in it. 
 
 LA'MPASS, s. [lampas, Fr.] in Farriery, a lump of flesh about 
 the size of a nutmeg, which rises in the roof of a horse's mouth 
 between his teeth. 
 
 LAMPBLACK, (Idmblack) s. in Painting, a black pigment 
 formed from the soot collected over oil lamps, or in a furnace 
 built for the purpose, by the burning of pine-wood. 
 
 LAMPOO'N, s. [Fr.] a personal satire, or severe censure, 
 written purely to make a person uneasy. 
 
 To LAMPOO'N, V. a. to abuse with personal satire. 
 
 LAMPOO'NER, s. one who abuses with personal satire. 
 
 LA'MPREY, s. [lampreye, Belg.] in Natural History, a well- 
 known fish, which somewhat resembles an eel, but is of superior 
 delicacy and flavour. 
 
 LA'MPRON, s. in Natural History, a kind of sea-fish. 
 3 u 2 515 
 
LAN 
 
 LA'NARKSHIRE, a county of Scotland, bounded by the 
 counties of Dumbarton, Stirling, Linlithgow, Edinburgh, Pee- 
 bles, Dumfries, Ayr, and Renfrew, It is about 40 miles in length, 
 and 20 in breadth. The Clyde divides it into two parts ; one 
 hilly, heathy, and fit for pastures; the other level, and proper 
 for agriculture. It yields coal, lead, &c., and various kinds of 
 building-stone. The Clyde, Annan, and Tweed are its chief 
 rivers. Agriculture and manufactories are alike flourishing here. 
 Lanark is its county town, and stands near the Clyde. It is an 
 ancient place, and has some great fairs, but is completely eclipsed 
 by Glasgow. It is 34 miles from Edinburgh. Pop.48:Jl. This 
 county, especially the S. part of it, is often called Clydesdale. 
 Pop. 426,972. It sends 3 members to the imperial parliament. 
 
 LA'NARK, NEW, Lanark, Scotland. It stands near the 
 county town, and has long been the seat of some flourishing 
 manufactures. But it has obtained more notoriety as the place 
 where Robert Owen, the founder of the Socialists, attempted, at 
 a vast cost, to carry out his communitarian scheme, by which, 
 without principle or conscience, religion or God, but simply by 
 the judicious application of the force of circumstances, the whole 
 world was to be regenerated. It is about 30 miles from Edin- 
 burgh. Pop. 1642. 
 
 LA'NCASHIRE, a county of England, lying on the Irish Sea, 
 and bounded by Cumberland, Westmoreland, Yorkshire, and 
 Cheshire. It is 75 miles in length, and 30 in breadth. It is 
 divided into 6 hundreds, which contain 27 market towns, 62 
 parishes, and 894 villages. This county comprises a variety of 
 soil and face of country; there being mountains of more than 
 2000 feet high, in the N. and E. parts, with wide moorlands or 
 heaths amongst them; extensive bogs or mosses, which yield 
 only turf for fuel, and are very dangerous; and some most fer- 
 tile land for agricultural purposes. It yields iron, coal, slate, and 
 other building-stones ; salt, &c. &c. Grazing is more attended 
 to than agriculture. The fisheries, both in the rivers and the 
 sea, are valuable. As a commercial and manufacturing county, 
 Lancashire is distinguished beyond most others in the kingdom. 
 Its principal manumctures are linen, silk, and cotton goods; 
 fustians, counterpanes, shalloons, beys, serges, tapes, small 
 wares, hats, sail-cloth, sacking, pins, iron goods, cast plate- 
 glass, &c. Of the commerce of this county, it may suthce to 
 observe, that Liverpool is now the second port in the united 
 kingdom. The principal rivers are the Mersey, Irwell, Ribble, 
 Lune, Leven, Wyre, Hodder, Roche, Duddon, Winster, Ken, 
 and Calder, and it has two considerable lakes, Winandermere 
 and Coniston Water. Lancaster is the county town. Pop. 
 1,667,054. It returns 20 members to parliament. 
 
 Li^L'NCASTER, Lancashire. An ancient, well-built, and im- 
 proving town. On the summit of a hill stands the castle, which 
 is not ancient, but large and strong, and now serves both as the 
 shire house and the county gaol. On the top of this castle is a 
 square tower, called John of Gaunt's Chair, where there is a fine 
 prospect of the mountains of Cumberland, and of the course of 
 the Lune ; the view towards the sea extending to the Isle of 
 Man. The town hall is a handsome structure. Lancaster car- 
 ries on some foreign trade, especially to the West Indies, Ame- 
 rica, and the Baltic. The exports are hardware, woollen goods, 
 candles, and cabinet work, for the making of which last it is 
 noted ; and it has also a manufacture of sail-cloth. It is seated 
 on the river Lune, which here forms a port for vessels of mo- 
 derate size, and over which it has a new stone bridge of five el- 
 liptical arches. It is 23-5 miles from London. Markets, Wed- 
 nesday and Saturday, and one on every other Wednesday for 
 cattle. Pop. 24,707. 
 
 LA'NCASTER, a city, formerly the capital of Pennsylvania, 
 United States. It is regularly laid out, in wide streets, crossing 
 each other at right angles, which are well paved and kept. Its 
 commerce and manufactures are considerable. There are several 
 liberally supported academical institutions. It is 111 miles from 
 Washington. Pop. 9226. There are 11 other places in the 
 States so named. 
 
 LA'NCASTER, JOSEPH, a member of the Society of Friends, 
 who devised the system of general instruction commonly known 
 as the Lancasterian or British system. He received encourage- 
 ment and aid in his benevolent undertaking from the Duke of 
 Bedford, and from George III. By labouring most devotedly at 
 this work, he ruined himself in his pecuniary affairs, and went 
 to America; where in Canada and the States he continued his 
 516 
 
 LAN 
 
 labours without any diminution of his difficulties. He died in 
 1838, aged 67 years. His system as he at first promulgated it 
 was deformed by many needless particularities, which excited 
 the ridicule of the adherents of Dr. Bell's system. But now, 
 stripped of all those unimportant parts, and improved by the 
 suggestions of years of experience under most varied circum- 
 stances ; uncharacterized by sectarian exclusiveness, and unfet- 
 tered by government interference, it can yet compete with its 
 rival for the approbation of those who desire the poor to re- 
 ceive the best education possible in their circumstances and con- 
 sistent with their freedom ; just as Lancaster himself may lay 
 claim to as high an estimation as Dr. Bell for philanthropy and 
 ingenuity. 
 
 LANCE, s. [lance, Fr. lancea, Lat.] a spear borne in the hand, 
 and somewhat resembling the half-pike. 
 
 To LANCE, V. a. to pierce or cut. In Surgery, to open a 
 wound with a lancet, &c. 
 
 LA'NCET, s. [lancette, Fr.] a fine small surgeon's knife or 
 instrument, straight-pointed, two-edged, and used in opening 
 veins, &c. 
 
 To LANCH, (corruptly written launch,) v. a. [lander, Fr.] to 
 throw like a javelin ; to dart or throw. 
 
 LAND, s. [Sax. and Goth.] a country; earth, opposed to 
 water ; the ground or surface of a place. Used in the plural for 
 an estate consisting in land. Figuratively, a nation or people. 
 
 To LAND, V. a. to set on shore from a ship or other vessel. — 
 t>. n. to come to shore from a ship or other vessel. 
 
 LA'NDED, a. set on shore from a ship ; having a fortune con- 
 sisting in lands. 
 
 LA'NDER, RICHARD and JOHN, two brothers engaged in 
 one of the most recent exploring expeditions to W. Africa, which 
 was successful in tracing the course of the Niger, from Boussa, 
 where Park was killed, to the Bight of Biafra, where it enters the 
 Atlantic Ocean. Richard was servant to Captain Clapperton, 
 during his expedition which proved fatal to him, and was of 
 great service to the undertaking. After his return, he was en- 
 gaged to conduct another attempt, and was accompanied by his 
 brother. It was during this perilous journey, that they traced 
 the course of this great river to the ocean, and greatly enlarged 
 our knowledge of the natives of that part of Africa. Richard 
 Lander was again engaged, after his return, in the conduct of an 
 expedition, having commercial objects in view : he in part suc- 
 ceeded, but died in consequence of a gun-shot wound received 
 whilst visiting one of the settlements he had formed, in 1835. 
 
 LA'NDES, a department of France, so named from the barren 
 districts occupying great part of its area, called the Landes. It 
 lies on the Bay of Biscay, and is bounded by the departments of 
 Gironde, Lot et Garonne, Gers, and Basses Pyrenees. It is about 
 65 miles long, and 40 broad. There are a few hills on the inland 
 borders; the rest is a series of sandy desolated plains, intersected 
 by marshes. Its rivers are the Adour, with its tributaries, and 
 some of smaller size. Iron and building-stone are procured in 
 the interior. A little grain, fruits, wine, fir-timber, pitch, sheep, 
 &c. are the produce of its cultivated ground, forests, and pastures. 
 Its manufactures are inconsiderable. Mont de Marsan is its 
 capital. Pop. about 300,000. 
 
 lA'NDFALL, {Idndfaul) s. in Law, a sudden translation of 
 property in lands by the death of a person. Among mariners, 
 the action of falling in with the land. 
 
 LA'ND-FLOOD, s. an inundation or overflowing of land. 
 
 LA'ND-FORCES, s. forces or soldiers used on land. 
 
 LA'NDGRAVE, s. [landgraff, Teut.] a German title of do- 
 minion. 
 
 LA'NDHOLDER, s. one whose fortune consists in land. 
 
 LA'NDING, La'nding-Place, s. the uppermost step of a pair 
 of stairs, or the floor of a room you ascend upon ; a place where 
 persons come on shore from a snip or boat. 
 
 LA'NDJOBBER, «. one who deals in buying or selling lands. 
 
 LA'NDLADY, s. a woman who has tenants holding under 
 her ; the mistress of a public-house. 
 
 LA'NDLESS, a. without property. 
 
 LA'NDLOCKED, a. shut in or enclosed with land. 
 
 LA'NDLOPER, s. [land and hopen, Belg.] a landman ; used 
 by seamen as a term of reproach to those who pass their lives on 
 shore. 
 
 LA'NDLORD, «. an owner of lands and houses, who has to* 
 nants under him ; the master of a public-house. 
 

LAN 
 
 r 
 
 fc^ LA'NDMARK, s. any thing set up to preserve and mark the 
 
 H| boundaries of lands. 
 
 ^^ LA'NDSCAPE, s. [landschape, Belg.] the view or prospect of a 
 
 country. In Painting, a piece representing some rural or cham- 
 paign subject, such as hills, vales, rivers, seats, &c. 
 
 LAND'S-E'ND, a promontory of Cornwall, the most westerly 
 point of Great Britain. Lat. 50. 6. N. Lon^. 5. 45. W. 
 
 LA'ND-TAX, s. a tax laid upon lands and houses. 
 
 LA'ND-WAITER, s. an officer of the custom-house, set to 
 watch goods, to prevent their being landed without paying duty. 
 
 LA'NDWARD, ad. toward the land. 
 
 LANE, s. liana. Sax.] a narrow way between hedges. In 
 cities, a narrow passage with houses on each side, somewhat 
 broader than an alley, and not so wide as a street. 
 
 LANFRA'NC, archbishop of Canterbury in the 11th century, 
 a great encourager and promoter of learning. He enjoyed great 
 fame in England as a sort of prime minister under our first two 
 Norman kings. Whilst in the ecclesiastical world, he was famous 
 as a partaker in the conflict of authority and reason, in his 
 writings against Berenger, respecting the real presence in the 
 eucharist. He died in 1089, aged 84 years. 
 
 LA'NGPORT, Somersetshire. It is seated on a hill, on the 
 river Parrot, which is navigable for large coal-barges, &c. to 
 Bridgewater. It is 128 miles from London. Market, Saturday. 
 Pop. 1172. 
 
 LA'NGTON, STEPHEN, archbishop of Canterbury, respect- 
 ing whose appointment to that see the strife arose between 
 King John and Pope Innocent. He was a learned man ; but 
 he was not so subservient in his devotion to the church as Inno- 
 cent hoped. He died in 1228. 
 
 LA'NGUAGE, (the u before the a, e, i, o, in this and the 
 following words, is pronounced like w; as Idngtrage, Idngimd, 
 Idngwor, &c.) s. [lanj/age, Fr. lingua, Lat.] speech ; the medium of 
 expressing thought, whether in vocal sounds or written cha- 
 racters. 
 
 LA'NGU AGE-MASTER, s. now written master of languages ; 
 one who professes to teach languages. 
 
 LA'NGUET, s. [languette, Fr.] any thing cut in the form of a 
 tongue. 
 
 LA'NGUID, a. \langueo, Lat.] wanting force, strength, or spi- 
 rits. Figuratively, dull; heartless; wanting courage. 
 
 LA'NGUIDLY, ad. in a weak or feeble manner. 
 
 LA'NGUIDNESS, s. the quality or state of wanting strength, 
 courage, or spirits. 
 
 To LA'NGLilSH, r. n. [languen, Lat.] to grow feeble ; to pine 
 away; to lose spirits, or strength ; to lose vigour; to be deject- 
 ed, or to sink and pine under sorrow, or any slow consuming 
 to look at with melting affection, softness, and ten- 
 
 LA'NGUISH, s. any soft, tender, weak, or feeble appearance. 
 
 LA'NGUlSUINGLY,arf. weakly; feebly; with feeble tender- 
 ness. Dullv, tediously, applied to time. 
 
 LA'NGUISHMENT, «. the state of pining either with some 
 slow passion or disease ; a soft and melting look of tenderness. 
 
 LA'NGUOR, s. llangunr, Lat.] faintness arising from fatigue 
 or emotion; lano^uishment. 
 
 To LA'NIATE, v. a. [lanio, Lat.] to tear in pieces ; to lacerate. 
 
 LA'NIFICE, s. [lana and /acw, Lat.] woollen manufacture. 
 
 LANFGEROUS, a. [lana and gero, Lat.] bearing wool. 
 
 LANK, o. [/nncfe, Belg.] loose; limber; wanting stiffness ; 
 not curled, but hanging straight, applied to hair. Meagre; 
 slender; faint or languid. 
 
 LA'NKNESS, s. the equality or state of being thin, meagre, or 
 slender. The quality ol hanging down straight without curls, 
 applied to hair. 
 
 LA'NNER, s. [lanier, Fr.] in Ornithology, a species of hawk. 
 
 LA'NNES, JEAN, Duke of Montebello, and'Marshal of France, 
 was one of Napoleon's most famous generals. He rose by his 
 energy and courage from the ranks, and distinguished himself 
 in Egypt, at Marengo, Austerlitz, .Jena, &c. &c., and died of a 
 wound received at the battle of Essling, in 1809, aged 40 years. 
 
 LANSQUE'NET, s. [Belg.] a German foot-soldier ; a game at 
 cards. 
 
 LA'NTERN, (erroneously written lanthorn,) s. [lanterne, Fr.] a 
 transparent case in which a candle or other light may be carried 
 about ; a light-house, or light hung out to guide ships. A dark 
 lantern is a lantern fitted with a movable slider, which, by being 
 
 LA P 
 
 turned round, intercepts the light. 3fagic lantern, in Optics, is 
 an instrument, by the light of which, figures painted in trans- 
 parent colours, on glass sliders, are through two magnifying 
 glasses thrown on the wall of a darkened room. It was a great 
 means of magical delusions in former times, but is now only a 
 means of diversion. 
 
 LANU'GINOUS, a. [lanugo, Lat.] downy; covered with soft 
 hair. ^ 
 
 LA'OS, a kingdom of Asia, bounded by Siam, Ava, China, 
 Tonquin, Cochin China, and Cambodia. The whole region is 
 crossed from N. to S. by one large river, called the Mecon, into 
 which descend an infinite number of rivulets, that render the 
 soil very fruitful, assisted by canals. The trade of this coun- 
 try with the surrounding nations is very great, especially with 
 China. It produces gold, silver, and other metals; with animal 
 and vegetable rarities. Lanjan is the capital. Very little is 
 definitely known respecting it. 
 
 LAP, s. [lappe, Sax.] the loose part of a garment, which may 
 be doubled at pleasure; that part of the clothes that is spread 
 over the thighs as a person sits down, and will hold any thing 
 laid on it, without letting it roll off; that part of the body which 
 is parallel to the seat of a chair when a person sits down. 
 
 To LAP, V. a. to wrap or twist round any thing, used with 
 round, in, or about ; to cover, wrap, or involve in any thing. — v. n. 
 to be spread so as to double over. 
 
 To LAP, V. n. [lappian. Sax.] to drink by licking up with the 
 tongue. 
 
 LA'PDOG, s. a little dog, so called because indulged by the 
 ladies to lie in their laps. 
 
 La Perou'se, Jean Fra\50IS Galaup de, a distinguished 
 French navigator, who perished in an expedition of discovery in 
 the S. Seas, which he had undertaken in two French govern- 
 ment vessels, under the patronage of Louis XVL, in 1785, aged 
 44 years. 
 
 LA'PFUL, s. as much as can be contained in the lap. 
 
 LA'PICIDE, 8. [lapis and caido, Lat.] a stone-cutter. 
 
 LA'PIDARY, s. [lapidaire, Fr.] one who cuts or deals in pre- 
 cious stones. 
 
 LAPI'DEOUS, a. [lapis, Lat.] stony; of the nature of stone. 
 
 LAPIDE'SCENCE, s. a stony concretion. 
 
 LAPIDE'SCENT, a. growing or turning to stone. 
 
 LAPIDI'FIC, a. [lapidifique, Fr.] forming stones. 
 
 LAPIDIFICA'TION, s. [Fr.] the act of forming stones. 
 
 LA'PIDIST, s. one that deals in precious stones. 
 
 LA'PIS, s. [Lat.] a stone. Lapis Bononiensis, is a particular 
 species of stone found in Bolonia, which shines in the dark. 
 Lapis Calaminaris, the ore of zinc. Lapis Infernalis, an artificial 
 caustic stone. Lapis Lazuli, or azure stone, is a copper ore, so 
 hard and compact as to take a high polish, and is worked into a 
 great variety of toys. It is found in detached lumps, of an ele- 
 gant blue colour, variegated with clouds of white, and veins of 
 a shining gold colour; to it the painters are indebted for their 
 beautiful ultramarine colour, which is only a calcination of it. 
 
 LA PLACE, PIERRE SIMON, MARQUIS DE, (he most 
 celebrated mathematician and astronomer since the days of 
 Newton. He was first professor of mathematics in a provincial 
 military school, and afterwards in that of Paris. He received 
 every mark of distinction that testified the appreciation of his 
 ability; and he was for a short time made minister of the in- 
 terior by Napoleon, which office he could in nowise fill. He was 
 afterwards somewhat ungrateful Jo the emperor; but undertook 
 only scientific labour. He died in 1827, aged 78 years. The 
 foundation of his fame is his stupendous work the Mechanism of 
 the Heavens, which embraces the profoundest researches in statics 
 and dynamics, both of solids and fluids, and the most complete 
 solution of all the great problems of physical astronomy that 
 ever was published. He was a mathematician more resembling 
 Newton in a sort of instinctive power of arriving at truth in his 
 researches, than any other that ever lived. His discoveries were 
 such as can be understood only by aid of some knowledge of the 
 higher mathematics. La Place is known also as the developer 
 of the nebular hypothesis of the origin of the solar system, 
 which has been satisfactorily answered by the discoveries made 
 with Lord Rosse's gigantic telescope. 
 
 LA'PLAND, a large country, in the N. part of Europe, lying 
 next to the N. Sea. It is divided into Danish or North Lap- 
 land, Swedish or South Lapland, and Russian or East Lap- 
 
LAR 
 
 land. It has mountains which attain 2000 feet in height gener- 
 ally, and have peaks exceeding 5000 feet ; but it is chiefly level. 
 Its productions are such as are peculiar to the most northerly 
 regions of the earth ; as is its climate also: it reaches at N. 
 Cape the Lat. 71. 10. N. Its inhabitants greatly resemble the 
 Esquimaux, and other races inhabiting the coldest countries of 
 the globe. They support themselves by hunting and fishing. 
 Some parts of Lapland have been colonized by the people of 
 more southern countries, who attempt agriculture during the 
 summer. 
 
 LA PLATA, one of the largest rivers of S. America, which 
 drains the whole of the centre of that continent, receiving the 
 waters of large streams that flow from the Andes, and from the 
 mountains of Brazil ; and after a course of above 2000 miles, 
 enters the Atlantic Ocean by an embouchure of about 100 miles 
 in width. 
 
 LA'PPER, s. one who wraps or laps up ; one who laps or licks. 
 
 LA'PPET, s, (a diminutive of lap,) the part of a head-dress 
 that hangs loose. 
 
 LAPSE, s. [lapsus, from labor, Lat.] a flow or fall of water from 
 a higher place. Figuratively, a small error or mistake. In Law, 
 a benefice is said to be in lapse, when the patron, who ought to 
 present thereto in six months after it is voidable, omits doing it 
 in that time, upon which the bishop or ordinary has the right of 
 presentation. 
 
 To LAPSE, V. n. to glide slowly ; to fall by degrees ; to fail in 
 anything; to slip; to be guilty of a small or trivial lault through 
 inadvertency or mistake ; to lose or let slip the proper time; to 
 fall by the negligence of one possessor to another; to fall from 
 perfection, truth, or faith. 
 
 LA'PSIDED, a. the state of a ship built in such a manner as 
 to have one side heavier than the other, and consequently to re- 
 tain a constant heel or tendency towards the heavier side, unless 
 when she is brought upright by placing a greater quantity of the 
 cargo or ballast on the other side. 
 
 LA'PWING, s. in Ornithology, a name of the peewit. 
 
 LA'PWORK, s. work in which one part is lapped or folded 
 over another. 
 
 LAR, the capital of the province of Laristan, in Persia. It 
 has a considerable manufacture of silk ; and its territory abounds 
 in oranges, dates, and very large tamarinds. Lat. 27. 30. N. 
 Long. 42. 35. E. 
 
 LA'RBOARD, (Idbord) s. in naval affairs, the left-hand side of 
 a ship, when you stand with your face towards the head; op- 
 posed to the starboard. 
 
 LA'RCENY, s. [larcin, Fr.] the felonious taking away a per- 
 son's goods in his absence. Great larcemj,\s when the goods are 
 above the value of 12rf. Petty larceny, is when the value of the 
 g^ods stolen does not amount to VM. 
 
 LARCH-TREE, s. in Botany, a kind of pine, with tufts of 
 small bright green leaves. The gum of this tree is the Venice 
 turpentine. 
 
 LARD, s. [lardum, Lat.] the grease of swine ; bacon, or the 
 flesh of swine. 
 
 To LARD, V. a. [larder, Fr.] to stuff witli '>acon ; to make fat. 
 Figuratively, to mix with something else by way of improve- 
 ment. 
 
 LA'RDER, s. [lardier, old Fr.] the room where meat is kept or 
 salted. 
 
 LA'RDERER, s. one who has the charge of the larder. 
 
 LA'RDNER, DR. NATHAiyEL, a learned divine of the Uni- 
 tarian communion ; who, having studied at Utrecht and Leyden, 
 became a minister of a congregation in London. His greatwork 
 is a most elaborate defence of the New Testament, from the writ- 
 ings of the Fathers, and from Jewish and pagan authors. His 
 other works were numerous. From his Credibility of the Gospel 
 History, Paley gathered the materials for his lucid treatise on the 
 Evidences of the Gospel ; and they contain a vast amount of re- 
 condite and most valuable learning, ready for more enlightened 
 writers on that and kindred subjects. He died in 1768, aged 82 
 years. 
 
 LA'RDON, s. [Fr.] a bit of bacon. 
 
 LARES, s. [Lat.] certain domestic gods of the Romans, called 
 also Penates, set in some private place of the house, or in the 
 chimney-corner, which the family honoured as their protectors, 
 and offered to them wine and frankincense. 
 
 LARGE, a. [largus, Lat.] bulky, or of great dimensions; wide 
 518 
 
 LAS 
 
 or extensive ; liberal, abundant, or plentiful. In a diffusive man- 
 ner, applied to style. 
 
 LA'RGELY, ad. in a wide or extensive manner ; abundantly, 
 plentifully, or without restraint. In a copious or diffusive man- 
 ner, applied to style. In a liberal or bountiful manner, applied 
 to givmg. 
 
 LA'RGENESS, s. extent, bulk, or spaciousness, applied to 
 place. Greatness or elevation, applied to the mind. Extent or 
 bulk, applied to things. 
 
 LA'RGESS, s. [largesse, Fr.] a present, gift, or bounty. 
 
 LA'RGO, s. in Music, signifies a slow movement, yet one de- 
 gree quicker than Grave, and two than Adagio. 
 
 LARFSTAN, a province of Persia, lying on the Persian Gulf, 
 and bounded by Kerman and Farsistan. The air is unwhole- 
 some, and water fit for use is very rare. The principal trade of 
 the inhabitants is in camels. Lar is the capital. 
 
 LARK, s. [lawerce, Sax.] in Ornithology, a genus of small sing- 
 ing birds. 
 
 LA'RKSPUR, s. in Botany, a flower, so called from its nectary 
 resembling the spur of a lark. 
 
 LA'RMIER, s. [Fr.] in Architecture, a flat, square, massive 
 member of a cornice, between the cymatium and the ovolo, so 
 called from its use, which is to disperse water, and cause it to 
 fall at a distance from the wall, drop by drop, or as it were by 
 tears. 
 
 LA'RVA, s. [Lat.] in Entomology, the first form assumed by 
 insects after being hatched. It is commonly called the cater- 
 pillar or grub. The shapes and habits differ very widely in dif- 
 ferent classes of insects. 
 
 LA'RViE, s. in Mythology, the ghosts or spirits of wicked 
 men, which after death were believed to wander up and down 
 the earth ; malignant phantoms and apparitions. 
 
 LA/RVATED, a. [larva, Lat.] masked; also frighted with 
 imaginary spirits. 
 
 LA'RUM, s. [larivin, Brit.] any noise made to excite attention, 
 and give notice of danger; a clock which makes a noise at any 
 particular hour to which its index is set. 
 
 LARYNGO'TOMY, s. [larynx and tetnno, Lat.] in Surgery, an 
 operation where the fore part of the larynx is divided, to assist 
 respiration during large tumours on the upper parts, as in the 
 quinsey. 
 
 LA'RYNX, s. [Gr.] in Anatomy, the upper part of the wind- 
 pipe, which is one of the organs of respiration, as well as the 
 principal instrument of the voice. 
 
 LASCI'VIOUS, a. [lascivus, Lat.] lewd; wanton; soft; ef- 
 feminate. 
 
 LASCI'VIOUSLY, ad. lewdlv; in a wanton or loose manner. 
 
 LASCrVIOUSNESS, s. the quality producing lewdness, either 
 in behaviour or words. 
 
 LASH, s. [schlagen, Belg.] a stroke or blow given with a whip, 
 or any thing pliant and tough ; the thong of a whip with which 
 a blow is given. Figuratively, a stroke of censure or reproach. 
 
 To LASH, V. a. to strike with a whip, or any thing phant ; to 
 move with a sudden spring or jerk, used with up. To beat so as 
 to make a sharp sound, like the lash of a whip, applied to the 
 beating of waves against the shore. Among mariners, to tie 
 or fasten two things together with a rope or cord. Figuratively, 
 to scourge with satire. 
 
 LA'SHER, *. one who whips, lashes, or satirizes. 
 
 LASS, s. [perhaps from lad, with the feminine termination lad- 
 dess contracted,] a girl, maid, or young woman. 
 
 LA'SSA, or Laha'ssa, otherwise called Baronthala, or Tonker, 
 is the capital of the country of Thibet, in Asia. It is not a large 
 city, but the houses are of stone, and are spacious and lofty. 
 About seven miles on the E. side of the city is the mountain of 
 Putala, which contains on its summit the palace of the grand 
 lama, the high priest and sovereign of Thibet. Lassa is 24 miles 
 N. E. of the crossing-place of the river Sanpoo, which is 7 miles 
 from the foot of Mount Kambala; and it is 250 miles N. E. of 
 Patna. Lat. 29. 30. N. Long. 91. 25. E. 
 
 LA'SSITUDE, s. [lassus, Lat.] weariness, or a loss of vigour 
 and strength by excessive labour. In Medicine, applied to that 
 weariness which proceeds from a distempered state, and not from 
 exercise, which wants no remedy but rest. 
 
 LAST, a. [latest. Sax.] superlative of late ; after all others ; 
 utmost; next before the present, as "last week." At fag*, at 
 the end ; in conclusion. 
 
L AT 
 
 To LAST, ». n. [lastan. Sax.] to continue ; to endure. 
 
 LAST, s. [Icest, Sax.] a mould oh which shoes are made. — 
 [last, Teut.] a load. A last of codfish, white herrings, meal, and 
 ashes for soap, is 12 barrels ; of corn or rape-seed, 10 quarters ; 
 of gun-powder, 24 barrels, 2400n>. weight; of herrings, 20 cades; 
 of hides, 12 dozen ; of leather, 20 dickers ; of pitch or tar, 14 
 barrels; of wool, 12 sacks; of stockfish, 100 ; and a last of flax 
 or feathers contains 1700H>. weight. 
 
 LA'STAGE, s. [lestage, Fr.] custom paid for goods sold by the 
 last, for freightage; or the ballast of a ship. 
 
 LA'STlNG,^r<. continuing ; durable; of a long continuance; 
 wearing a long while. 
 
 LA'STINGLY, ad. durably ; perpetually. 
 
 LA'STLY, ad. in the last place; at last; in the conclusion. 
 
 LATCH, s. Itetse, Belg.] the fastening of a door, which is moved 
 either by a string or handle. 
 
 To LATCH, V, a. to fasten by a latch. Figuratively, to fasten 
 or close. 
 
 LA'TCHES, s. in a ship, small lines like loops, fastened by 
 sewing into the bonnets and drablers of a ship, in order to lace 
 the bonnets to the courses, or the drablers to the bonnets. 
 
 LA'TCHET, s. [lacet, Fr.] the string with which shoes or san- 
 dals were fastened. 
 
 LATE, a. [Icet, Fr.] that is longer than it should be, or not so 
 soon as expected ; last in any place, office, character, or time ; 
 deceased or dead, when prefixed to a person's name; far advanced 
 in the day or night. 
 
 LATE, ad. after long delays ; after a long time ; after its pro- 
 per time ; not long ago. At an unseasonable hour, or far ad- 
 vanced in the day or night. 
 
 LA'TED, a. surprised by the night. 
 
 LA'TELY, ad. not long past. 
 
 LATENESS, s. any time far advanced. 
 
 LA'TENT, a. [lateo, Lat.] hidden ; concealed ; secret. X«'./i> 
 lieat is a term of natural philosophy, to express that amount of 
 caloric which is not appreciable either by our feelings or by the 
 thermometer, the existence of which is proved both by experi- 
 ments and calculations. 
 
 LATER, a. [comparative of /ate,] happening after a particular 
 period, or after something else. 
 
 LATERAL, a. [latvj:, Lat.] growing out on the side ; placed 
 or acting in a direction perpendicular to the horizon. • 
 
 LATERA'LITY, s. the quality of having distinct sides. 
 
 LATERALLY, ad. by the sides; sidewise. 
 
 A LATERE, s. a title applied to such cardinals as are the 
 pope's counsellors in ordinary, and assistants. 
 
 LATEWARD, ad. [late and weard. Sax.] somewhat late. 
 
 LATH, «. [latta. Sax.] in Building, a long, thin, narrow slip 
 of wood, generally nailed on the rafters of a roof, to sustain the 
 tiles or other coverings.— [tett. Sax.] part of a county something 
 larger than a tything, and less than a hundred. 
 
 To LATH, V. a. to fit up with laths. 
 
 LATHE, s. a machine used in turning, in which, by various 
 means, the substance to be worked is made to revolve very rapidly, 
 so as to be easily shaped by chisels to the required form. Great 
 ingenuity is shown in the production of eccentric revolutions, so 
 that very difficult forms can be executed with the greatest pre- 
 cision. Lathes have been made even for turnin'g busts. 
 
 To LATHER, v. n. [lethran. Sax.] to form a froth or foam ; to 
 cover with froth made by soap and water. 
 
 LATHER, s. a foam or froth made by beating soap with water. 
 
 LATIMER, BISHOP HUGH, one of the English reformers 
 of the ICth century. He was silenced for his heresy when he 
 first preached the doctrines of the Reformation, but after the 
 schism effected by Henry VIIL, he was brought into notice by 
 Lord Cromwell. During the vicissitudes of that infamous reign, 
 he was imprisoned for the very conduct that had obtained hiui 
 his mitre. Under Edward VI. he prosecuted the work he had 
 begun, and apparently with great earnestness and zeal. He 
 was one of the first victims of Mary's reign ; and, having under- 
 gone the mockery of a trial, was burnt, in company with Ridley, 
 in 15.55, aged about 73 years. His works are only sermons. 
 
 LATIN, a. an appellation of any thing pertaining to the Ro- 
 mans, latin Lanjjuage, that tongue which was formed out of the 
 various dialects of ancient Italy, on the basis (it is presumed) of 
 the one spoken by the tribe called Latini. It is very nearly akin 
 to the Greek, but has none of its refinement. It is the basis of 
 
 LAT 
 
 French, Spanish, and Italian, and continues to this day to be the 
 language of scholars of all nations. 
 
 LATINISM, s. a manner of expression peculiar to the Latin 
 tongue. 
 
 LATINIST, s. one capable of writing or speaking Latin in 
 its puritj', and acquainted with the beauties of the authors that 
 have written in that language. 
 
 LATI'NITY, ». the purity of Latin style. 
 
 To LATINIZE, v.m. [tatiniser, Fr.] to use words or phrases in 
 another language that are borrowed from the Latin.— u. n. to 
 give names a Latin termination ; to make them Latin. 
 
 LATIHO'STROUS, a. [lalus and rostrum, Lnt.'] broad-beaked. 
 
 LATISH, a. somewhat late; somewhat advanced in the 
 night. 
 
 LATITAT, s. [Lat.] in Law, a writ, which issues from the 
 Queen's Bench, so called from a supposition that the defendant 
 lurks or lies hid, and cannot be found in the county of Middlesex, 
 but is fled to some other county, to the sheriff whereof this writ 
 is directed, commanding him to apprehend the defendant there. 
 
 LATITUDE, s. [Fr. latitudo, Lat.] breadth or width ; in bodies 
 of unequal dimensions, the shortest space between the two ex- 
 tremes of its surface, or the measure of a straight line drawn 
 through its ends; room, space, or extent. In Astronomy, the 
 distance of a star or planet from the ecliptic, either north or south. 
 In Geography, the extent of the earth or heavens measured from 
 the equator to either pole. The distance of a place from the 
 equator either north or south ; or an arch of the meridian com- 
 prehended between either pole of the heavens and the horizon 
 of the place. Figuratively, unrestrained or unlimited accepta- 
 tion ; freedom from any settled rules ; extent or comprehension 
 of any art or science. He is oiit of his latitude, a. figurative ex- 
 pression, implying that a person is in a place he is ignorant of, 
 or that he is handling a subject beyond bis abilities or compre- 
 hension. 
 
 LATITUDINA'RIAN, a. [latititdinaire, Fr.] not confined or re- 
 strained, either with respect to actions or opinions. 
 
 LATITUDINA'RIAN, s. a person not conforming to any par- 
 ticular opinion or standard. This name is particularly applied 
 to certain divines of the Church of England, characterized by 
 extensive scholarship and enlightened philosophy, who have 
 held as of slightest importance religious doctrines and profession, 
 and have made individual sincerity the test of the worth of an 
 individual's profession. Their adherence to the Church of Eng- 
 land is somewhat inconsistent with their characteristic tenet; 
 but that, they regarded rather as a political institution than 
 any thing else. They have always been found in connexion 
 with the university of Cambridge, and were most eminent at 
 their rise, in the days of persecution and licentiousness immedi- 
 ately following the restoration of Charles II. 
 
 LATIUM, a region of ancient Italy, lying between the Tiber 
 and the territory of the Campanians, and reaching from the 
 Apennines to the Mediterranean Sea. It was occupied by various 
 tribes, all claiming to be of Latin origin ; the most enterprising 
 of which, having built the city of Rome, became the parents of 
 one of the widest empires the world ever saw. 
 
 LATRANT, a. [laao, Lat.] barking. 
 
 Latre'ille, Pierre Andr^:, a distinguished French entomo- 
 logist of the last and the present centuries. His whole life was 
 devoted to his favourite pursuit, and he had the friendship and 
 assistance of all the other great naturalists of his time, to whom 
 he afforded his co-operation in return. His scientific attain- 
 ments alone saved him during the frenzy of the Revolution, and 
 he continued to a very advanced age to hold a distinguished pro- 
 fessorship at Paris. He died in 1829, aged 67 years. His works 
 are considered as of first-rate authority in his department of 
 natural science, and his system of classification leaves little to 
 be desired for that branch of the animal kingdom. 
 
 LATRI'A, s. [latrexM, Gr.] the highest kind of worship ; dis- 
 tinguished by the papists from dulia, or inferior worship. 
 
 LATTEN, s. [Brit.] brass; a mixture of copper and calami- 
 naris-stoner 
 
 LA'TTER, a. not long done or past ; towards the last ; men- 
 tioned the last in order. 
 
 LATTICE, a. [lattis, Fr.] a window made of bars crossing each 
 other at small distances. 
 
 To LATTICE, v. a. to mark with cross strokes like a lattice ; 
 to mark with bars crossing each other at small distances. 
 
 519 
 
LAV 
 
 LA/VA, s. a name given by the Italians to the liquid and 
 melted matter discharged by volcanoes during eruptions. 
 
 LAVA'TER, JOHN CASPAR, the celebrated physiognomist. 
 He was a Swiss pastor, and discharged the duties of his office 
 with great fidelity at a time when infidelity was gaining ground 
 daily. At the taking of Zurich by the French he was wounded, 
 and died about 18 months afterwards, in 1801, aged 60 years. 
 His name would hardly have gained notoriety had he not devoted 
 himself to the study of physiognomy, and published several 
 works respecting it, which made it very popular, until it was 
 supplanted by phrenology. The rules he lays down for the ap- 
 plication of the principles of his favourite study are laughably 
 minute, but there is a good faith in all he has written, as there 
 was in all he did, which preserves them from ridicule. 
 
 LAVA'TION, s. [law, Lat.] the act of washing. 
 
 LA'VATORY, s. in Medicine, a wash ; some liquid with which 
 diseased parts are washed. 
 
 LAUD, ARCHBISHOP WILLIAM, an Anglican prelate of the 
 17th century, who was the type of the churchman of that period, 
 and of a school recently risen at Oxford. His promotions appear 
 to have begun early, for he was royal chaplain, and (apparently) 
 director and adviser, when James 1. first went to Scotland to try 
 to set up Episcopacy there. He afterwards accompanied Charles 
 I. on a similar errand, but with different results. His zeal 
 for his church theory led him to take a prominent place in 
 the brandings and lashings, ear-croppings and nose-slittings, 
 which were the customary arguments employed against dissi- 
 dents. His pedantic formalism made him insist on and practise 
 ritual observances, that, in the eyes of Puritanism, looked more 
 like Romanism than Christianity. One of the first acts of the 
 Long Parliament was to secure him ; and he was imprisoned on 
 a charge of treason. After lying in the Tower for three years, 
 he was beheaded, after the success of the Parliament and the 
 Presbyterians at Marston-Moor, in 1645, aged 72 years. He 
 was a learned man, and a patron of learning ; and he was de- 
 votedly attached to the Church of England, as he understood it, 
 having held more than one controversy with Romanists, being 
 the converter of Chillingworth from that Church, and refusing a 
 cardinal's hat. But he was a feeble creature, full of all puerilities 
 of belief and superstition, and as earnest in the least and most 
 minute shade of his faith, as in the deepest principle he was ac- 
 quainted with. His execution has brought much blame on the 
 Long Parliament, from such as forget that he could not be seen 
 into and judged then, as now; and that the party which de- 
 stroyed him, had suffered every outrage in person and property, 
 in Scotland particularly, at his instance. 
 
 LAUD, s. [laus, Lat.] the act of praising for any good, bene- 
 volent, or noble deed. 
 
 To LAUD, V. a. [laudo, Lat.] to praise; to acknowledge or 
 mention with a sense of gratitude. 
 
 LAU'DABLE, a. [laudo, Lat.] worthy of praise or commend- 
 ation. 
 
 LAU'DANUM, s. in Medicine, the popular name of the tinc- 
 ture of opium. 
 
 LAU'DABLY, ad. in a manner deserving praise. 
 
 To LAVE, V. a. [lavo, Lat.] to wash or batne in any liquid. — 
 v.n. to wash himself; to bathe. 
 
 To LAVE'ER, V. n. to change the direction often in a 
 course. 
 
 LAU'ENBURG, commonly called Saxe-Lauenburg, a duchy 
 of Germany, lying on the Elbe, and bounded by Holstein, Hi- 
 beck, Mecklenburg, Hanover, and Hamburg. It is a tolerably 
 fertile agricultural tract, about 70 miles in length, by 60 in 
 breadth. It has also a good trade by its rivers and canals. Lau- 
 enburg is its capital, and stands on the Elbe at the S. termina- 
 tion of the canal from the Baltic, with about 4000 inhabitants. 
 The duchy belongs to Denmark. Pop. about 40,000. 
 
 LA'VENDER, s. [lavendula, from lain, Lat.] in Botany, a 
 sweet-scented plant, of which there are four species in our gar- 
 dens, which are propagated by cuttings. A spirit is distilled from 
 it bv the perfumers. 
 
 LA'VENHAM, or La'nham, Suffolk. Its church, a very 
 handsome Gothic structure, with its steeple, 137 feet high, are 
 reckoned the finest in the county. It has a spacious market- 
 place, encompassed with 9 streets, or divisions, and is pleasantly 
 situated, in a fine healthy air, on a branch of the river Bret, 
 from whence it rises gradually to the top of a hill. It is 01 
 520 b J f 
 
 LA U 
 
 miles from London. Markets, Tuesday and Thursday. Pop. 
 
 LA'VER, s. [lavoir, Fr.] a vessel to wash any thing in. 
 
 To LAUGH, (pronounced in this word and its derivatives fe^,) 
 f. n. [lachen, Teut. and Belg.] to make a loud and uninterrupted 
 noise of sudden merriment and mirth. Figuratively, to appear 
 gay, favourable, pleasant, or so as to cause joy.— f. a. to deride, 
 to ridicule or mock. 
 
 LAUGH, s. [hlah. Sax.] an uninterrupted sound, caused by 
 any object which excites sudden mirth. 
 
 LAU'GHABLE, a. proper to be laughed at ; causing laughter. 
 
 LAU'GHER, s. a person fond of mirth, or easily provoked to 
 laughter. 
 
 LAU'GHINGLY, ad. in a merry manner ; with great pleas- 
 antry or mirth. 
 
 LAU'GHINGSTOCK, s. a butt ; an object of contempt or ri- 
 dicule. 
 
 LAU'GHTER, (Idffter) s. [hkahter. Sax.] an expression of sud- 
 den mirth, occasioned by a convulsive motion of the thorax and 
 muscles of the mouth and face ; a continued expulsion of breath, 
 with a loud noise, and shaking of the breast and sides. 
 
 LA'VINGTON, MARKET, Wiltshire. Here is a great market 
 for corn and malt. It is 84 miles from London. Markets, Mon- 
 day and Wednesday. Pop. 1115. 
 
 LA'VISH, a. generous or liberal to excess; scattered in waste; 
 profuse. Figuratively, wild or unrestrained. 
 
 To LA'VISH, V. a. to waste extravagantly; to be profuse. 
 
 LA'VISHER, s. a prodigal or profuse person. 
 
 LA'VISHLY, a</. in an extravagant or prodigal manner; with 
 such a degree of liberality as borders on excess and indiscretion. 
 
 LA'VISHMENT, La'vishness, s. an extravagant, prodigal, or 
 indiscreet wasting or giving away what belongs to a person. 
 
 LAU'NCESTON, Cornwall. It had formerly a monastery, and 
 a noble castle, because of its strength called Castle Terrible, the 
 lower part of which is now made use of for the jail. It is seated 
 on the river Tamar. It is 214 miles from London. Markets, 
 Thursday and Saturday. Pop. 2460. 
 
 To LAUNCH, t). n. [/nnce/-, Fr.] to force out to sea; to rove at 
 large ; to expatiate. To be diffuse, applied to style.— ». o. to 
 push to sea ; to dart from the hand. 
 
 LAU'NDRESS, s. [lavo, Lat.] a woman employed in washing 
 linen. 
 
 LAU'NDRY, s, a room wherein linen is washed or ironed. 
 
 LAVOISIER, ANTOINE LAURENT, a very celebrated 
 French chemist of the last century, to whom science owes the 
 complete explosion of the phlogistic theory, and the basis for all 
 the discoveries prior to Sir Humphrey Davy's and Wollaston's 
 experiments. He was early eminent for his chemical skill, 
 which he showed in the improvements in gunpowder-making, 
 and in a scheme for lighting up Paris streets. But after he be- 
 came acquainted with the experiments and discoveries of Scheele 
 in Sweden, and of Priestley in England, be verified them, and at 
 once attacked the whole theory on which the science of che- 
 mistry rested. His subsequent experiments established the ge- 
 neral features of his own theory; but he was not so much an 
 experimenter as a theorist. His proof of Sir Isaac Newton's 
 statement respecting the nature of the diamond, by actual com- 
 bustion, ought tfot to be forgotten. Lavoisier had been appoint- 
 ed to the situation of a farmer-general of the revenue; and in 
 the height of the Reign of Terror, when all that class were ar- 
 rested, for the sake of their property, and condemned on any 
 excuse, or none, he was condemned and guillotined, in 1794, 
 aged .51 years. 
 
 LAVO'LTA, s. [Ital.] an odd dance, which consisted in a va- 
 riety of turnings and caperings ; a caper. 
 
 LAVO'RO, a province of the kingdom of Naples, lying on the 
 Mediterranean, and bounded by the Papal States, and by the 
 provinces of the Abruzzi, Sanneo, the Principati, and Naples. 
 It is about 70 miles long, and 40 broad. The lower slopes of the 
 Apennines are included in it, and some ranges extending from 
 that chain towards the Mediterranean Sea. Its rivers are the 
 Volturno, the Garigliano, and some smaller streams. Agricul- 
 ture and the growth of the vine supply occupation and trade 
 to almost all its inhabitants : but there are some few manufac- 
 tures. Caserta is its chief town. Pop. about 700,000. 
 
 LAU'REATE, a. [laurus, Lat.] decked with laurel, crowned 
 with laurel. A Poet Laureate, is an officer of the royal household 
 
LAW 
 
 in England, who makes the odes which are performed before the 
 sovereign on anniversaries and public occasions. 
 
 LAUREATION, s. in the Scottish universities, the act or 
 state of having degrees conferred. 
 
 LAU'REL, s. llaurus, Lat.] in Botany, a kind of evergreen 
 shrub, very common in gardens. 
 
 LAtl'RELED, a. crowned or adorned with laurel. 
 
 LAUSA'NNE, the chief town of the canton named Pays de 
 Vaud, Switzerland. It is built upon such a steep ascent, and 
 such a very uneven tract, that in some places the horses can- 
 not, without great difficulty, draw up a carriage; the foot 
 passengers ascend to the upper part of the town by steps, from 
 the heights of which the prospects are very grand and extensive, 
 comprehending the lake of Geneva, the Pays de Vaud, and the 
 rugged coast of Chablairs. The town-house and other public 
 buildings are magnificent. Tiiere is a famous college here, with 
 an excellent library. It is seated between three hills, in a very 
 pure and healthy air, with plenty of excellent water, and every 
 necessary of life in the greatest abundance. It is 41 miles from 
 Bern. Pop. about 15,000. Lat. 46. 30. N. Long. 6. 37. E. 
 
 LAW, s. llaga. Sax.] a rule of action ; a precept or command 
 coming from a superior authority, which an inferior is bound to 
 obey; a judicial decision. Civil Law is that which is intended 
 to secure to individuals the possession of their rights, and to 
 make such as infringe them give compensation. Common Law 
 is that which is based on the universal practice and customs of 
 the realm. Criminal Law is that administered by the crown or 
 its officers for the punishment of wrong-doers. Penal Lata is 
 that in which the injured party prosecutes in cases resembling 
 those of criminal law. Positive Law is that which must be obey- 
 ed under penalties. Statute Law is that which is contained in 
 the Statutes or Acts of Parliament. Unwritten, or " Judge-made" 
 Law, is that the basis of which is the interpretation of usage or 
 precedent by the judges in the case. In science, both physical 
 and metaphj'sical, law means only an invariable course or me- 
 thod of action or operation. Laws of Nature is a phrase by which 
 the constant operation of natural agencies is represented. Sy- 
 NON. Law is often confounded with equity; but equity is the 
 idea of justice, or the eternal distinction between right and 
 wrong applied to conduct ; whereas, law is the like application 
 of the mere statutes and judicial decisions of a country. To take 
 the law, implies to enter an action against a person. 
 
 LAW, s. in Biblical Science and Theology, a name by which 
 the first five books of the Old Testament, called the Pentateuch, 
 or Five Books of Moses, are designated in the Hebrew Bible, 
 and amongst the Jews ; also the Divine standard of right and 
 wrong, as revealed in the conscience of man, and exemplified 
 and enforced in the Sacred Scriptures. 
 
 LAW, JOHN, a very noted schemer of the last century, who 
 having committed a murder in a duel, left England : and after 
 various adventures, was taken up by the Duke of Orleans, and 
 opened a bank at Paris, under royal authority. His proposed 
 object was to pay off the debt of that country, and he obtained 
 
 the monopoly of the trade of Louisiana, for a joint-stock com- 
 pany, called the Mississippi Company, as a security to the 
 shareholders of his bank, and the holders of his notes, which 
 
 he issued profusely. An East India Company with wider 
 polies was added also to the bank; and soon after this, Law's 
 bank farmed the revenue. The shares in the bank were bought 
 at a most enormous premium, and the whole monetary affairs of 
 the kingdom were revolutionized. But a series of royal pro- 
 clamations altering the value of the notes, and otherwise inter- 
 fering with public credit and monetary transactions, suddenly 
 overthrew the whole scheme, which was in its very nature ut- 
 terly baseless. The speculators were in most instances ruined ; 
 and Law was exiled. He died in 1729, aged" 48 years. 
 
 LAW, WILLIAM, an eminent English divine, whose works, of 
 great practical utility, particularly his Serious Call to a Devout Life, 
 are well known and highly estimated. He was a mystic in religion, 
 only less thoroughly than Jacob Behman, whose writings he de- 
 voutly edited and illustrated in the latter part of his life. Cole- 
 ridge, Dr. Johnson, and Wesley, have all expressed their obliga- 
 tions to him and his writings. It was from him that Wesley 
 and the Wesleyans derived the article in their creed respecting 
 perfection. Law died in 1761, aged 75 years. 
 
 LAW, DR. EDMUND, bishop of Carlisle, a divine and philo- 
 sopher of the Latitudinarian school. His own works are Treatises 
 
 LAY 
 
 on the Tlieory of Beligion, and the Character of Christ, &c., and he 
 edited Locke's Works, and King on the Origin of Evil. He died 
 in 1787, aged 84 years. 
 
 LAWES, HENRY, an eminent composer of the 17th centurj-. 
 He held official stations under both Charles I. and II., and he 
 appears to have been, in early life, the friend of Milton, whose 
 Cfomus he set to music. His style is greatly admired in the pre- 
 sent day, when closer study has enabled critics to judge more 
 fairly of original worth and beauty. He died in 1662, aged 62 
 years. 
 
 LAWFUL, a. agreeable to law ; that may be done without 
 violating the precepts of superior authority, or incurring any 
 punishment. 
 
 LAWFULLY, ad. in a manner conformable to law. 
 
 LAWFULNESS, s. legality; allowance of law. 
 
 LAWGIVER, s. a legislator, or one who has authority to 
 make laws ; a supreme magistrate. 
 
 LAWGIVING, a. legislative, or enacting laws. 
 
 LAWLESS, a. unrestrained by any law ; contrary to law. 
 
 LAWLESSLY, ad. in a manner contrary to law. 
 
 LAWMAKER, s. a legislator, or one who makes laws. 
 
 LAWN, s. [Brit.] an open space or plain between woods ; 
 fine linen, remarkable for being used in the sleeves of a bishop's 
 robe. 
 
 LAWRENCE, ST., the largest river in North America, pro- 
 ceeding from the Lake Ontario, from which it runs a course of 
 about 700 miles to the Atlantic Ocean. It is navigable as far as 
 Quebec, which is above 400 miles ; but beyond Montreal it is so 
 full of shoals and rocks, that it will not admit large vessels with- 
 out danger. 
 
 LA'WRENCE, SIR THOMAS, a celebrated English portrait 
 painter; who evinced considerable skill and taste in his very 
 childhood, which brought him very early under the notice of 
 artists of established reputation ; and who enjoyed a growing 
 celebrity to the day of his death. He was appointed royal por- 
 trait painter; and went to the continent at the peace of 1814, 
 to take the portraits of the allied sovereigns and other eminent 
 persons for the Prince Regent. He became president of the 
 Royal Academy on West's death ; and died in 1830, aged 61 
 years. His paintings are very numerous, and well known, and 
 are justly admired for combining fidelity in the likeness, with 
 that amount of idealism which makes them true works of art. 
 
 LAWSUIT, s. a process or action in law. 
 
 LAWYER, s. a counsellor, or one that is skilled in the law. 
 
 LAX, o, \laxus, Lat.] without restraint, or not confined ; not 
 compact, or not having its parts strongly or closely joined ; 
 vague; not accurate, exact, or composed with any caution. In 
 Medicine, subject to a diarrhoea ; slack, or not strained. 
 
 LAX, s. a looseness; a diarrhoea. 
 
 LAXA'TION, s. [laxo, Lat.] the act of loosening or slacking; 
 the state of being loosened orslackened. 
 
 LA'XATIVE, a. [laxatif, Fr.] in Medicine, having the power 
 to remove costiveness, or to make loose. 
 
 LA'XATIVE, s. in Medicine, a remedy that purges, or re- 
 moves costiveness. 
 
 LA'XATIVENESS, s. the quality or power of curing or re- 
 moving costiveness. 
 
 LA'XITY, s. the state of a body whose parts are not strongly 
 compacted, but may be easily separated ; slackness or looseness ; 
 openness. Vagueness, applied to the different senses in which 
 words are used. 
 
 LA'XNESS, s. looseness ; vagueness. In Medicine, a loose 
 habit of body. 
 
 To LAY, V. a. preter. laid, past part, lain ; [legin, leggan. Sax.] to 
 place along upon the ground ; toputorplace; to put in any state. 
 To beat down, applied to corn or grass. To fix firmly, applied to 
 the foundations of buildings, &c. To calm, still, quiet, or allay, 
 applied to winds or storms. To set oil a table, applied to food. 
 To deposit money in a wager. To bring forth eggs or young. 
 
 applied to birds. To apply with violence, joined with siege. 
 To scheme, contrive, or plan, applied to plots, projects, &c. 
 In Law, to exhibit or offer, joined with indictment. Used with 
 
 apart, to reject or put away. Used with before, to expose to view ; 
 to show ; to display. To lay by, to keep or reserve for some fu- 
 ture occasion. Used with doicn, to deposit as a pledge, equiva- 
 lent, or satisfaction, generally followed by /or ; to quit or resign ; 
 to lie along a bed, in order to sleep or repose. To lay hold of, to 
 3 X 521 
 
LEA 
 
 seize, catch, or apprehend. To lay in, to keep as a reserve ; to 
 store or treasure. To Uy out, to spend or pay away, applied to 
 money; to plan or dispose ; to use or take measures. Used with 
 on,to, or unto, to charge upon, or impute. Used with tip, to con- 
 fine, applied to diseases; to reserve, store, or treasure against 
 some future time. Used with upon, to impute or charge, applied 
 to faults ; to impose or inflict, applied to punishment. Used with 
 on, to strike, or beat furiously. 
 
 LAY, s. [ley, hag. Sax.] a row or stratum. A wager. Grassy 
 ground ; a meadow ground unploughed, and kept for cattle. — 
 [lay, Fr.] a song or poem. 
 
 LAY, a. [laicus, Lat. from laos, Gr.] in ecclesiastical language, 
 not belonging to the clergy. 
 
 LA'YER, s. a bed; a row or stratum of earth, or any other 
 body spread over another. In Botany, a sprig, stalk, or branch 
 of a plant, which is laid under the mould, in order to take root 
 and propagate. With housewives, a hen that lays eggs. 
 
 LA'YMAN, s. one who is not in orders, opposed to a clergy- 
 man. In Painting, an image to draw by. 
 LA'YSTALL, s. a heap of dung. 
 
 LA'ZAR, s. [from Lazarus,"] a person afflicted with filthy and 
 pestilential sores and diseases ; a leper. 
 
 LAZARETTO, Lazar-House, s. [Ital.] an hospital, or house 
 for the reception of the diseased. 
 LA'ZILY, ad. in an idle, inactive, sluggish, or heavy manner. 
 LA'ZINESS, s. idleness; slothfulness; sluggishness; an un- 
 willingness to apply to business or labour. 
 
 LA'ZY, a. [lazig, Teut.] unwilling, or slow and tedious, in 
 working. 
 
 LEA, s. [ley, Sax.] unploughed ground. 
 
 LEACH, WILLIAM E., an eminent Enghsh naturalist of the 
 beginning of the present century. He held an oflice in the 
 British ]Vfuseum, by which means he was enabled both to culti- 
 vate his favourite study, and to make known the results of his 
 researches. During the latter part of his life he lived mostly in 
 Italy, on account of his health ; and there he died in 1836, aged 
 46 years. His works are valuable contributions to natural science, 
 and he aided greatly in advancing the study of this science to 
 the level it had reached on the continent by the labours of Cuvier 
 and others. 
 
 LEAD, (this word and its derivatives are pronounced Kd,) s. 
 [loed. Sax.] in Chemistry and the Arts, one of the softest, most 
 ductile, and most heavy metals next to gold, very little subject 
 to rust, and dissolved by the weakest acids. It is of a bluish 
 white colour, and melts at a low temperature. It is very abund- 
 ant in this country, and is easily worked. Lead is employed to 
 cover buildings, to form water-pipes, to make a great variety of 
 vessels for economical and chemical purposes, and in refining 
 gold and silver. Its oxydes are used for dyeing and calico-print- 
 ing ; in the manufactures of glass, earthenware, and porcelain ; 
 and in the preparation of various pigments. It is a poison when 
 combined with oxygen. Black lead is a carburet of iron. See 
 Plumbago. 
 To LEAD, V. a. to fit or cover with lead. 
 To LEAD, (this word and its derivatives are pronounced leed,) 
 V. a. preter. led, [Icedan, Sax.] to conduct or guide by holding a 
 person's hand ; to conduct to any place ; to go before any body 
 of men, as a commander; to guide, or show a person the method 
 of attaining any thing. Used with on, to draw on, entice, or 
 allure ; to induce or persuade by some pleasing motive. In 
 Gaming, to play first. 
 
 LE'ADEN, (leden) a. made of lead. Figuratively, heavy ; un- 
 willing, or motionless. 
 
 LE'ADER, {lelder) s. one that goes before to show the way to 
 another. A captain, or commander, applied to an army. The 
 head of any party or faction in politics. 
 LE'ADING, {teeding)_pai-t. principal or chief. 
 LE'ADING-STCTIVGS, (leeding-strings) s. strings by which 
 children used to be held when taught to walk. 
 
 LEAF, (pronounced leef, in this word and its derivatives,) s. 
 plural, leaves ; [hf. Sax.] in Botany, thin flattened expansions of 
 cellular tissue, veined by a fine net-work of vessels, and invested 
 with a delicate epidermis. In form, position, &c. they vary with 
 almost every species of plants. In most plants the under surface 
 is provided with numerous minute pores, by which is conducted 
 a two-fold process of exhaling the superfluous moisture, and 
 inhaling atmospheric air for the purpose of forming carbonic 
 522 
 
 LEA 
 
 acid gas, by which they are nourished. To the exercise of vphich 
 functions they are mainly stimulated by sun-light. Figuratively, 
 in books, it is a part containing two pages. One side of a dou- 
 ble or folding door; the flap of a table; any thing beaten thin, 
 hence fea/gold and silver. 
 
 To LEAF, V. n. to bring leaves ; to bear leaves. 
 
 LE'AFLESS, a. without leaves. 
 
 LE'AFSTALK, s. in Botany, the footstalk which supports the 
 leaves. 
 
 LE'AFY, a. full of leaves. 
 
 LEAGUE, {leeg) s. [ligue, Fr.] a confederacy ; a combination, 
 or an alliance entered into between princes and states for their 
 mutual aid and defence. 
 
 To LEAGUE, {leeg) v. n. to unite ; to confederate or enter into 
 an alliance for mutual aid and defence. 
 
 LEAGUE, (leeg) s. [ligue, Fr.] a measure of length by land 
 and sea, containing about 3 miles. 
 
 LE'AGUED, (leeged,the g pronounced hard,) a. confederated; 
 united by an alliance for mutual defence and aid. 
 
 LE'AGUER, (leegei; the g pronounced hard,) s. [beleggoren, 
 Belg.] a siege or investment of a town. 
 
 LEAK, (leek) s. [leke, Belg.] a breach or hole which lets water 
 into a ship, and out of a barrel or other vessel. To spring a leak, 
 among mariners, is when a ship receives some damage, by which 
 water may enter. 
 
 To LEAK, {leek) v. n. to let water in or out; to drop through 
 a breach. 
 
 LE'AKAGE, (leekage) s. the state of a vessel that lets water 
 in or out through some breach ; an allowance of 12 per cent, in 
 the customs, to importers of wine, for waste and damage it may 
 be supposed to have received in its passage ; likewise an allow- 
 ance of two barrels in twenty-two made by the officers of excise 
 to brewers of ale and beer. 
 
 LE'AKY, {leeky) a. full of breaches or chinks whitih let water 
 in, applied to ships; but full of chinks which let water out, ap- 
 plied to barrels. 
 
 LE'AMINGTON, Warwickshire. A beautifully situated town, 
 with many new and handsome buildings, both public and pri- 
 vate. It owes its name and wealth to its mineral waters ; which 
 bring a great number of visitors to it, especially in the autumn. It 
 is 89 miles from London. Market, Wednesday. Pop. 12,864. 
 
 To LEAN, (pronounced leen in this word and its derivatives,) 
 v.n. ipreter. leaned or leant; [hlinan, Sax.] to rest against ; to be 
 in a bending posture. Figuratively, to have a tendency, in- 
 clination, or propensity. 
 
 LEAN, (pron. leen, with its derivatives,) a. [hloftie. Sax.] thin, 
 or wanting fat or flesh. 
 
 LEAN, s. that part of flesh which is entirely musculous, with- 
 out any fat. 
 
 LE'ANLY, aA wanting fat or flesh ; meagerly; thinly. 
 
 LE'ANNESS, s. want of flesh ; want of fat. Figuratively, 
 want of money. 
 
 To LEAP, (pronounced leep in this word and its derivatives,) 
 V. n. [hleapan. Sax.] to jump or move forwards with the feet 
 close together ; to rush with violence ; to throw the whole body 
 forwards by a spring from any place, without any change of the 
 feet ; to bound or spring ; to fly or start. 
 
 LEAP, (leep) s. a bound or jump. A sudden or abrupt 
 transition. 
 
 LEAP-FROG, «. a play wherein children leap over each 
 other. 
 
 LEAP-YEAR, s. in the Calendar, a year the number of days 
 in which is 366, and in which February has 29 days. See Bis- 
 sextile. 
 
 To LEARN, (the a is mute in pron. this word and its deriva- 
 tives ; as l^n, Krned, Krning,) v. a. past tense and part, learnt 
 andlearned,- [/eor«m«, Sax.] to improve by instruction ; to teach ; 
 
 to get intelligence ; to take example from. 
 
 LE'ARNED, a. having the mind improved by study and in- 
 struction, by observing and reading ; skilled ; skilful ; expert ; 
 knowing. Synon. That knowledge which we can reduce to 
 practice, makes us able; that which requires speculation, makes 
 us skilful; that which fills the memory, makes us learned. Thus 
 we say, an aife preacher or lawyer; a skilful mathematician or 
 philosopher ; a learned historian or civilian. 
 
 LE'ARNEDLY, ad. with great appearance of extensive read- 
 ing, deep study, and diligent observation. 
 
LEC 
 
 LE'ARNER, s. one who is yet under the tuition of another ; 
 one who is acquiring some art or science. * 
 
 LE'ARNINu, s. skill in languages or sciences ; skill in any 
 thing. 
 
 LEASE, (pron. leese in this word and its derivatives,) s. [leas. 
 Sax.] a contract by which houses or lands are parted with or 
 granted to another, for a certain term of years. Figuratively, 
 anv tenure or right by which a person enjoys a thing. 
 
 to LEASE, (leeze) v. n. [lesen, Belg.] to glean, or gather corn 
 that lies scattered after -Uie harvest is carried in. 
 
 LE'ASER, (leezer) s. a gleaner ; one that gathers corn after 
 the reapers. 
 
 LEASH, (leesh) s. [lesse. Ft. letse, Belg.] in Hunting, three 
 creatures of the same sort, applied to dogs, hares, &c. Any col- 
 lection consisting of three in number; a band wherewith any 
 thing is tied. 
 
 To LEASH, {leesh) v. a. to bind; to couple, or hold in a 
 string. 
 
 LE'ASING, (kezitiff) s. [lease. Sax.] lies; falsehood. 
 
 LEAST, {leest) a. the superlative of little, the comparative of 
 which is less ; [last. Sax.] smaller than all others ; exceeding 
 others in smallness. 
 
 LEAST, (leest) ad. in the lowest degree ; less than any other 
 way. At least, to say no more ; to mention only in the lowest 
 degree. 
 
 LE'ATHER, (pron. lether, in this word and its derivatives and 
 compounds,) s. [lether, Sax. leadr, Erse,] the hides of beasts 
 dressed and tanned. 
 
 LE'ATHERCOAT, s. in Horticulture, an apple, so called from 
 the roughness of its rind. 
 
 LE'ATHERCUP, s. in Botany, a kind of lichen. 
 
 LE'ATHERDRESSER, s. he who dresses hides and makes 
 leather. 
 
 LE'ATHERHEAD, Surrey. Here is a bridge over the river 
 Mole, which having partially sunk into the earth nearMickleham, 
 at the foot of Box Hill, rises again near this town. It is pleasant- 
 ly situated on a rising ground by the side of the river, in a fine, 
 open, dry, champaign country. It is 18 miles from London. 
 Pop. 1740. 
 
 LE'ATHERN, a. made of leather. 
 
 LE'ATHERSELLER, s. one who sells leather. 
 
 LE'ATHERY, a. resembling leather. 
 
 LEAVE, (pron. leeve in this word and its derivatives,) s. [lefe. 
 Sax.] permission to do any thing; allowance or consent; fare- 
 well; adieu; compliment or ceremony paid before a person's 
 departure. 
 
 To LEAVE, V. a. pret. and past part, left; to quit, abandon, 
 depart from, or desert ; to appeal to, or to permit without inter- 
 position ; to cease to do; to desist. To leave out, to omit. Used 
 with to, to bequeath by will. 
 
 LE'AVED, (leeved) a. covered with leaves; made with folds. 
 
 LE'AVEN, {liven) s. [levain, Fr.] ferment mixed with any mass 
 to make it light, particularly applied to that used in making 
 bread. Figuratively, any mixture which makes a general change 
 in a mass. 
 
 To LE'AVEN, {Kven) v. a. to ferment by something mixed, 
 as in making bread. Figuratively, to taint ; to corrupt or imbue. 
 
 LE'AVINGS, {leevings) .e. a remnant ; a residue. Relics, ap- 
 plied to persons. Offals, applied to meat. 
 
 LE'CHEROUS, a. [from leclier,-] lewd ; lustful. 
 
 LE'CHEROUSLY, ad. lewdly; lustfully. 
 
 LE'CHERY,*. lewdness; lust. 
 
 LE'CHLADE, Gloucestershire. It is seated at the confluence 
 of the river Lech with the Thames, and has a canal from the 
 Severn which joins the Thames (navigable for barges of 50 
 tons burden) near this town. It is 77 m'lles from London. 
 Market, Tuesday. Pop. 1300. 
 
 LECLE'RC, JOHN, an eminent biblical critic of the 17th 
 century, who was born at Geneva, and settled as a professor of 
 philosophy, &c. at Amsterdam. His numerous works greatly 
 promoted the study of the sacred Scriptures, but are superseded 
 now, accurate and extensive scholarship having furnished better 
 laws for the study of the Scriptures, than acuteness and ingenuity 
 could. He bears the character of an insufferable dogmatist. He 
 died in 1730, aged 09 years. 
 
 LE'CTION, s. [%o, Lat.] a reading; a variety in the copies of 
 a book. 
 
 LEE 
 
 LECTURE, 
 
 [Fr.] a discourse upon any suDji 
 nounced in public ; a sharp reproof or reprimand. 
 
 ject read i 
 
 ■pro- 
 
 To LECTURE, v. a. to instruct in a set or public discourse ; 
 to reprimand, or reprove, in an insolent or magisterial manner. 
 —V. n. to read in public ; to instruct an audience by a formal ex- 
 planation or discourse. 
 
 LE'CTURER, s. one who publicly pronounces a discourse on 
 any subject ; a person who is chosen by a parish to preach in a 
 church on a Sunday in the afternoon, and paid by voluntary sub- 
 scription ; a person appointed by will to preach at a certain time, 
 with a salary for his trouble. 
 
 LE'CTURESHIP, s. the employ or office of a lecturer. 
 
 LED, the part. pret. of To Lead. 
 
 LE'DBURY, Herefordshire. It is a fine, well-built town, and 
 is noted for clothiers. It is seated on a navigable canal, that 
 passes from Gloucestershire to Hereford, 123 miles from Loadon. 
 Market, Tuesday. Pop. 4591. 
 
 LEDGE, s. [leggen, Belg.] a row or layer ; a ridge rising above 
 the other parts of a surface; any prominence or rising part; a 
 small narrow shelf fixed against a wall or wainscot. 
 
 LE'DGER, s. in Book-keeping, an account-book, into which 
 all transactions are posted under distinct heads, so that the 
 state of any particular account can be seen at a glance, and that 
 a general balance is more easily taken. 
 
 LE'DHORSE, s. a sumpter or state horse. 
 
 LE'DYARD, JOHN, an enterprising traveller, who was born 
 in Connecticut, United States, and first travelled amongst the 
 Indians. He next went to London, and engaged himself to Cap- 
 tain Cook, with whom he sailed one voyage. After his return, 
 he attempted to travel round the world on foot, and proceeded 
 as far as Yakutsk, in Siberia, when he was sent back. He next 
 undertook, with characteristic energy and promptitude, to ex- 
 plore the interior of Africa ; but he only reached Cairo, and there 
 died in 1788, aged 37 years. 
 
 LEE, «. [lie, Fr.] dregs or sediment of any liquor ; seldom used 
 in the singular. Among sailors, that part which is opposite to 
 the wind: a lee-shore, is that on which the wind blows; to be' 
 under the lee of the shore, is to be close under the weather 
 shore; a leeioard ship, is one that is not fast by a wind, to make 
 her way so good as she might ; to lay a ship by the lee, is to 
 bring her so that all her sails may Jie against the masts and 
 shrouds flat, and the wind to come right on her broadside, so 
 that she will make little or no way. 
 
 LEECH, s. [kiec. Sax.] a physician ; a professor of the art of 
 healing. In Natural History, a kind of annulose worm, found in 
 fresh water, which has a small mouth, furnished with three jaws, 
 and lives by sucking the blood of any animals coming within 
 its reach. It is employed by medical men for local blood-letting, 
 and is a valuable auxiliary to medical skill. 
 
 LEE'CHCRAFT, s. the art of healing. 
 
 LEEDS, Yorkshire, W. Riding. It is situated in a vale which 
 trade has rendered one of the most populous spots in Eng- 
 land. It is the principal of the clothing towns in Yorkshire, 
 and is particularly the mart for the coloured and white broad 
 cloths, of which vast quantities are sold in its magnificent cloth 
 halls. That called the Mixed-cloth Hall, is a bumlmg of con- 
 siderable extent, in which the cloth is placed on benches, for sale, 
 every market-day; and the whole business is transacted within 
 little more than an hour, without the least noise or confusion, 
 and with a whisper only, the laws of the market being observed 
 herewith particular strictness. The White-cloth Hall, is a simi- 
 lar building. The manufactures that supply these two halls lie 
 in the immediate vicinity of the town, on the banks of the rivers. 
 Leeds has a manufactory of camlets, which has declined, and a 
 flourishing one of carpets, resembling those of Wilts and Scot- 
 land. Here are also mills for the cutting of tobacco, and a great 
 pottery, with several glass-houses. Withitti3 miles of the town 
 are numerous collieries. Of late years the town has been con- 
 siderably enlarged ; and some of the new parts are built, and 
 building, in an elegant style. It is situated on the river Air, by 
 which it communicates with the Grand Canal. It is 190 miles 
 from London. Markets, Tuesday and Saturday. Pop. 88,741. 
 
 LEEK, s. [leac, Sax.] in Botany, a kind of onion. It is the 
 national emblem in Wales. 
 
 LEEK, Staft'ordshire. In its church-yard are the remains of 
 a Danish cross, now upright, and 10 feet high from the ground, 
 beneath which are three steps. In the neighbourhood are some 
 3x2 523 
 
LEG 
 
 extensive coal-mines. It is situated in a barren country, among 
 moorlands and rocky hills, some of which are of a most surpris- 
 ing height, without any turf or mould upon them. It is noted 
 for its button manufactories. It is 154 miles from London. Mar- 
 ket, Wednesday. Pop. 11,738. 
 
 LEER, s. [hleare. Sax.] a side view; the act of looking 
 askance, or by a stolen view. Figuratively, a laboured and 
 affected cast of the countenance. 
 
 To LEER, V. n. to look at by turning the eye-balls to one 
 corner, or by stealing a side-view ; to look at with an affected or 
 dissembled cast of the countenance. 
 
 LEES, s, {lie, Fr.] dregs ; sediment : it has seldom a singular. 
 
 LEET, s. a little court held within a manor, and called the 
 king's court, because it originally took its authority of punish- 
 ing offences from the crown, whence it is derived to inferior 
 persons. 
 
 LEE'WARD, a. opposite to the wind. See Lee. 
 
 LEFT, a. [lavus, Lat.] that side which is opposite to the right ; 
 that side of an animal on which the heart is situated. 
 
 LEFTHA'NDED, a. using the left hand more frequently than 
 the right. 
 
 LEG, «. [leg, Dan.] in Anatomy, the limb by which the body 
 is supported, and by means of which we walk, beginning from 
 the knee, and reaching to the foot. Figuratively, that by which 
 any thing is supported. 
 
 LEGACY, s. [lego, Lat.] any thing given by will. 
 
 LE'GAL, a. [Fr. lex, Lat.] done or worded agreeably to the 
 laws ; lawful. 
 
 LEGA'LITY, s. [iegalite, Fr.] the quality of being agreeable 
 to, 'or consistent with, the laws. 
 
 LE'GALLY, ad. in a manner agreeable to, or consistent with, 
 the laws. 
 
 LE'GATARY, s. [tegataire, Fr.] one who has something left 
 him by will. 
 
 LE'GATE, s. [legatus, from lego, Lat.] a deputy ambassador, 
 or one commissioned to transact affairs for another; a commis- 
 sioner deputed by the pope to transact affairs belonging to the 
 holy see. 
 
 LEGATEE', s. one who has something left to him by will. 
 
 LE'GATINE, a. made by, or belonging to, a legate of the 
 pope. 
 
 LEGA'TION, «. mission ; deputation; commission ; embassy; 
 or the state of a person sent and authorized to transact business 
 for another. 
 
 LEGA'TOR, s. one who makes a will and bequeaths legacies. 
 
 LE'GEND, s. [legenda, from lego, Lat.] originally a book in 
 the Romish Church, containing the lessons that were to be read 
 in Divine service ; whence the word was applied to the histories 
 of the lives of saints, because chapters were read out of them at 
 matins; but now it signifies a tale of an incredible or inauthen- 
 tic character, told in relation to any creed or religion. 
 
 LEGE'NDRE, ADRIEN MARIE, one of the great French 
 mathematicians of the last and present century. He was pro- 
 fessor of the military school ; and received under the empire, 
 and the restored monarchy, many valuable marks of favour for 
 his eminent attainments. He was engaged in the measurement 
 of the arc of the meridian of Paris ; and he directed his re- 
 searches into the loftiest regions of mathematical inquiry. His 
 most popular work is his Elements of Geometry, which is a very 
 valuable addition to the works on that subject. His discoveries 
 all were made in the most abstruse parts of mathematical science. 
 He died in 1833, aged 82 years. 
 
 LE'GER. See Ledger. 
 
 LE'GER, a. [Fr.] in Music, the designation of short lines used 
 to show the exact position of notes which are written above or 
 below the staff. 
 
 LE'GERDEMAIN, s. [legereU de main, Fr.] the power of de- 
 ceiving the eye, by the quickness in which a person moves his 
 hands; a trick ; a juggle. 
 
 LE'GGED, a. having legs ; supported by legs. 
 
 LEGHO'RN, a fine sea-port of Tuscany, in Italy, called in 
 Italian, Livorno ; which see, 
 
 LEGHO'RN, the name of a fine kind of plaited straw, ori- 
 ginally imported from Leghorn, or Livorno, and used in making 
 women's bonnets. 
 
 LE'GIBLE, a. [lego, Lat.] such as may be read; apparent; 
 discoverable. 
 524 
 
 LEI 
 
 LE'GIBLY, ad. in such a manner as may be read. 
 
 LE'GION, s. [legio, from lego, Lat.] a body of soldiers in the 
 Roman army. It consisted both of horse and foot, and contain- 
 ed in it both light and heavy-armed soldiers. Figuratively, an 
 army or military force ; any great number. Legion, of Honour, 
 an order of merit established by Napoleon Buonaparte, for every 
 department of public service, and eminence. 
 
 LE'GIONARY, a. belonging to a legion ; containing a legion ; 
 containing any great or indefinite number. 
 
 LEGISLATION, s. {lex and latum, Lat.] the act of giving 
 laws, or the science of government. 
 
 LEGISLATIVE, a. giving or making laws. 
 
 LEGISLATOR, s. a lawgiver, or one who makes laws for any 
 community. 
 
 LEGISLATURE, s. the power of making, altering, or re- 
 pealing laws; those in any state possessed of this power. 
 
 LEGITIMACY, s. the quality of being born of parents law- 
 fully married ; lawfulness of birth. 
 
 LEGITIMATE, a. [legitimus, from lex, Lat.] born in marriage. 
 
 To LEGITIMATE, v. a. [legitimer, Fr.] to communicate the 
 rights of a person born in marriage to one that is a bastard. Fi- 
 guratively, to authorize or make lawful. 
 
 LEGITIMATELY, ad. lawfully ; genuinely. 
 
 LEGITIMATION, s. [Fr.] lawfulness of birth ; the quality of 
 being born in marriage. 
 
 LE'GUME, LEGu'MEisf, s. [Lat.] in Botany, the seed-vessel of 
 plants having butterfly-shaped flowers. 
 
 LEGU'MINOUS, a. [legumineux, Fr.] belonging to plants re- 
 sembling peas and beans. 
 
 LETBNITZ, GOTTFRIED WILHELM, one of the most ce- 
 lebrated philosophers of Germany, of the 17th century. His fa- 
 ther was a professor at Leipsic, and he studied at the same 
 university. He pursued his studies at Jena and Nuremburg; 
 and obtained sucn celebrity thus early, that he was made a coun- 
 sellor of Mentz. We find him next at Paris, engaged in mathe- 
 matics, taking a high rank amongst the great men of the day ; and 
 next in England, where he met with Newton and the mathema- 
 ticians he had called into being. After an engagement in Han- 
 over, and another under the Duke of Brunswick, he became 
 president of an academy formed at Berlin. He held some titles 
 of honour and emolument under the emperors of Germany and 
 Russia ; and returning to England, died in 1716, aged 70 j'ears. 
 Leibnitz was one of those rare beings who seem capable of taking 
 the foremost rank in all branches of human knowledge. In 
 mathematics, he disputed Newton's claim to the palm for the 
 discovery of the calculus ; but the angry feelings provoked by 
 the controversy soon subsided, and we can honour him not 
 only as an independent discoverer, but as one who so stated it, 
 that it could be taken up and improved by subsequent students. 
 His historical researches are profound and invaluable. But he 
 is more widely noted as a metaphysical inquirer. Here, in addi- 
 tion to the faculties displayed in research and mathematical 
 discovery, other and rarer qualities were displayed ; and his at- 
 tempts to construct a permanent system of mental philosophy 
 may rank with the highest efforts ever made by human mind. 
 It is quite impossible even to sketch the plan of his metaphy- 
 sical system ; and it is needless now, as it has long been sup- 
 planted by others, which again have given way to those which 
 now attempt to solve the riddle of man's being and relations in 
 the universe. He pursued the method of Descartes ; and 
 amongst other works, published more than one elaborate cri- 
 ticism on Locke's Essay on the Understanding ; which may be 
 regarded as the complete contradictory to all that Leibnitz held. 
 His remarks pass as proverbs amongst metaphysicians, as much 
 as those of our own Bacon ; and he may be held to have ad- 
 vanced true science scarcely less than the Philosopher of Ve- 
 rulam. 
 
 LE'ICESTER, {Lester,) Leicestershire. It is an ancient place, 
 and though declined from its former magnitude, is still a large 
 but not a handsome town. It contains 5 churches, near one of 
 which are the famous ruins of a Roman wall. Here is also a 
 Roman milliary, (or mile-stone,) which forms the centre of an 
 obelisk in one of the principal streets. The hall and kitchen of 
 its ancient castle are still entire. The former is lofty and spacious, 
 and the courts of justice, at the assizes, are held in them. One 
 of its gateways also remains, with a very curious arch, the tower 
 over which is now turned into a magazine for the county militia. 
 
LEI 
 
 Here is a very spacious market-place, with one of the largest 
 markets in England for corn and cattle. The combing and spin- 
 ning of wool into worsted, and manufacturing it into stockings, 
 is the chief business of the town and neighbourhood. Its fairs, 
 which are upon a large scale, for sheep, horses for the collar, 
 cattle, cheese, &c., are on May 12th, July 5th, October 10th, 
 and December 8th. It is seated on the river Soar, which has 
 been made navigable from Leicester to Loughborough. It is 99 
 miles from London. Market, Saturday. Pop. 48,167. 
 
 LEICESTER, ROBERT DUDLEY, EARL OF, an English 
 nobleman who held a distinguished situation in the court of 
 Queen Elizabeth, and was one of her favourites. His ability he 
 showed in the conduct of the war in the Netherlands, to the 
 failure of which, as far as the English force went, he mainly con- 
 tributed. His morality was seen in his two private marriages, 
 his procuring the death of his first wife, his entertaining Eliza- 
 beth's proposal for a marriage with Mary Queen of Scots, whilst 
 his own wife was living, and in the somewhat questionable re- 
 lation he stood in to Elizabeth during the whole period. He 
 was an adept in courtly wile, and was a handsome man, and a 
 nobleman ; and to these qualities he owed his distinctions. His 
 entertainment of the queen at Kenilworth is familiar to all. He 
 died in 1588, aged 46 years. 
 
 LEICESTER, THOMAS COKE or ROBERTS, EARL OF, 
 best known as Coke of Holkham, one of the most eminent pro- 
 inoters of English agriculture, was for many years representa- 
 tive of Norfolk, and notable for the consistency with which he 
 adhered to the politics of Fox, through all changes of the times 
 and the government. His honesty and manfulness, conjoined 
 with total absence of the qualities which make the legislator or 
 the orator, gave him few opportunities of distinguishing himself 
 in parliament, and made him dwell upon those opportunities 
 with amusing pertinacity. His great wealth supplied to the in- 
 fluence of his character what he lacked in other ciualities. His 
 well-earned fame rests on his devotion to farm-improvements. 
 His introduction of a new root-crop, (the mangel-wurzel,) and 
 the liberal terms of his leases to his numerous tenantry, con- 
 verted W. Norfolk from a mere waste into one series of model- 
 farms, and gave a stimulus to agriculture throughout the coun- 
 try, to which its present condition is chiefly owing. He was in 
 eveiy respect a fine old English gentleman ; and the attainment 
 of his whim of being Earl of Leicester, produced no such change 
 in him as is proverbially recorded of successfully ambitious com- 
 moners. He died in 1832, aged 90 years. 
 
 LEI'CESTERSHIRE, a county of England, bounded by Der- 
 byshire, Nottinghamshire, Lincolnshire, Rutland, Northampton- 
 shire, and Warwickshire. It extends about 40 miles in each 
 direction. It is divided into 6 hundreds, which contain 12 mar- 
 ket towns and 200 parishes ; the air is healthy, and the soil, 
 in general strong and stiff", composed of clay and marl, affords 
 great quantities of rich grazing land, and is peculiarly fitted for 
 the culture of beans. Toward the N. W. the Bardon Hills rise 
 to a great height ; and in their neighbourhood lies Charnwood 
 Forest, a rough and open tract. Farther to the N. W. are valu- 
 able coal-mines. The N. E. parts feed great numbers of sheep, 
 which are the largest, and have the greatest fleeces of wool, of 
 any in England ; they are without horns, and clothed with thick 
 long flakes of soft wool, particularly fitted for the worsted manu- 
 factures. The E. and S. E. part of the county is a rich grazing 
 tract. This county has been long famous for its large black 
 dray-horses, of which great numbers are continually sent up to 
 London, as well as for its horned cattle, and sheep, which supply 
 the London markets with the largest mutton. The manufacture 
 of stockings is the principal one in this county. Its chief rivers 
 are the Ayon, the Soar, anciently the Leire, the Wreke, Anker, 
 Swift, Eye, and Welland. Leicester is its chief town. Popu- 
 lation, 215,867. It returns 6 members to parliament. 
 
 LEFGHLIN, a bishopric of Ireland in conjunction with Ferns 
 and Ossory. Leighlinbridge is the site of the see and the ca- 
 thedral, and is 32. miles from Dublin. Pop. 1748. 
 
 LEI'GHTON BEAUDESERT, or Buzzard, Bedfordshire. 
 It is seated on a branch of the Ouse, called the Ouzel, over 
 which it has a bridge leading into Buckinghamshire, and it is 41 
 miles from London. Market, Tuesday, noted for fat cattle ; and 
 it has a great horse-fair on Whit-Tuesday, especially horses of 
 the coach and cart kind. It has other fairs, on Jan. 25, July 
 26, and Oct. 24. Pop, 6053, 
 
 LEI 
 
 LEI'GHTON, DR, ALEXANDER, a Presbyterian divine of 
 the early part of the 17th century. He had studied medicine at 
 Edinburgh and Leyden, and was a professor of philosophy in 
 the former university. He held a lectureship in London, and 
 brought on himself the vengeance of the Star-chamber by his 
 writings, of which Zion's Plea against Prelacy was the fatal libel. 
 His somewhat coarse and railing arguments against Anglicanism, 
 as perfected by Laud, were confuted, or rather disposed of, by 
 the brutal punishments of the lash and the pillory, with its usual 
 horrid accompaniments, and imprisonment, continued till he 
 lost his reason, and died in 1644, aged 76 years. 
 
 LEI'GHTON, DR, ROBERT, son of the foregoing, but arch- 
 bishop of Glasgow, under Charles II. His travels slackened the 
 hold that Presbyterianism had on him ; the stern and bigoted 
 formalism of its adherents increased his disrelish ; and the trou- 
 ble he was involved in, by joining in the engagement with Duke 
 Hamilton, which Cromwell extinguished at Preston battle, could 
 by no means have prevented its growth. After resigning his 
 parish, he was chosen president of Edinburgh university, and 
 seems to have adhered to the Covenant by an official subscrip- 
 tion, and to have discharged the duties of his office with great 
 assiduity and success. When Charles II. inflicted Episcopacy on 
 Scotland, Leighton was appointed to one of the bishoprics ; and 
 his conduct was so opposite to that of his fellow bishops, that he 
 endeavoured to get free from the office ; but soon afterwards, the 
 king and his ministers, seeing that dragooning did not induce 
 the Scots to renounce the Covenant and follow the bishops ; and 
 also, entertaining strong hopes of re-establishing Romanism, 
 under the mask of aiding oppressed Protestantism, adopted 
 Leighton's views of gentle dealing, and promoted him to the 
 archbishopric of Glasgow, He prosecuted his efforts for coali- 
 tion and peace, but fruitlessly ; and at length laid down his cro- 
 zierand retired to England, where he died in 1684, aged 73 years. 
 His ecclesiastical position was the result of a naturally peaceful 
 and unpractical disposition, and was a grievous mistake. His 
 spiritual worth and wisdom, as far as can be gleaned from his 
 writings, which show him to be no mean scholar, and of which 
 his Commentary on the First Epistle of Peter is a classical work of 
 its kind, can hardly be estimated too highly. By the most af- 
 fectionate of his commentators, Coleridge, his works are placed 
 next after the inspired writings, as records of heavenly wisdom 
 and Christian truth. 
 
 LE'INSTER, a province of Ireland, lying on St. George's 
 Channel, and bordering on the other three provinces. It is about 
 112 miles in length, and 70 in breadth. It contains 12 coun- 
 ties, and 992 parishes. The counties are, Carlow, Dublin, Kil- 
 dare, Kilkenny, King's County, Longford, Louth, Meath, Queen's 
 County, West Meath, Wexford, and Wicklow. It is the most 
 level and best cultivated province in the kingdom ; but in the 
 early ages was almost one continued forest, the remains of which 
 are still found in the trees which are dug out of the bogs. The 
 chief rivers are the Barrow, Boyne, Liff'ey, Neur, Urrin or Slane, 
 May, and Inny. It is, in general, well cultivated, the air is 
 temperate, and the soil fruitful in corn and pastures. Dublin is 
 its capital. Pop. 1,973,731. 
 
 LE'IPSIC, or Le'ipzig, a rich, large, strong, and celebrated 
 town of Saxony, Germany. It is a handsome place, neat, and 
 regularly built, and has a castle, where is an astronomical ob- 
 servatory. It carries on a great trade, and there are 3 great fairs 
 every year, at the beginning of the year, Easter, and Michael- 
 mas, which last 15 days each, and to which merchants from all 
 parts of Europe come. But its great traffic is in books, the sys- 
 tem of trading in which is unlike any of the arrangements of 
 other countries. There is a famous university here, which has a 
 very extensive and valuable library, and all needful scientific ap- 
 paratus. Some of the manufactories are very large and produc- 
 tive. It is seated in a plain, between the rivers Saale and Mulde, 
 near the confluence of the Pleysse, the Elster, and the Barde. 
 It is 64 miles from Dresden. Pop. about 50,000. Lat. 51.20. N. 
 Long. 12. 21, E. 
 
 LE'ISURABLE, (le-.huraUe) a. [from leisure,-] done at leisure ; 
 done gradually, or without hurry; enjoying leisure. 
 
 LE'ISURABLY, {lizhurably) ad. at leisure; gradually, or with- 
 out hurry or tumult. 
 
 LE'ISURE, (Uzhure) s. [loisir, Fr.] freedom from business or 
 hurry; vacant time ; convenience of time. 
 
 LE'ISURELY, {lezhurely) ad. deliberately; slowly; gradually. 
 
LEM 
 
 LEITH, Edinburghshire, Scotland. It is seated on the Frith 
 of Forth, and is the port of Edinburgh. It is a large and popu- 
 lous town, containing many handsome houses; but the greater 
 part of the ancient buildings are neither elegant nor commo- 
 dious. As the town is situated on both sides of the harbour, it 
 is divided into N. and S. Leith. The harbour is secured by a 
 grand stone pier, at the mouth of the little river, called the 
 Water of Leith, and is accommodated with an elegant draw- 
 bridge and a good quay, with basin and docks, so as to be a 
 safe, capacious, and convenient station for trading vessels. The 
 commerce of Leith is very considerable ; and the vessels em- 
 ployed in the London trade are, in general, of a large size, and 
 constructed with peculiar elegance. The largest ships in this 
 port, however, are those employed in the Greenland whale 
 fishery. Leith is well situated for the navigation of the eastern 
 seas. Ships of considerable size are built at this port ; and here 
 are several extensive rope-walks. There are also flourishing 
 manufactures of bottle-glass, window-glass, and crj'stal ; a great 
 carpet manufactory, a soap-work, some iron forges, and an an- 
 cient hospital for disabled seamen. It is 2 miles from Edin- 
 burgh. Pop. 20,746. 
 
 LE'ITRIM, a county of Connaught, Ireland, lying on Done- 
 gal Bay, and bounded by Fermanagh, Cavan, Longford, Ros- 
 common, and Sligo. It is about 42 miles long, and from 6 to 
 17 broad ; is a fertile, well-cultivated country, and, though the 
 northern parts (which however furnish food for great numbers of 
 young cattle) are mountainous, yet the southern parts are level. 
 It is rich in coal, iron, lead, and other mineral treasures; but 
 they are little worked. It contains 21 parishes, but has few 
 places of note. Leitrini is a mere village, pleasantly seated on 
 the banksofthe Shannon, 80 miles from Dublin. Pop.406. Car- 
 rick-on-Shannon is the principal place. Pop. 155,297. It re- 
 turns 2 members to the imperial parliament. 
 
 LE'LAND, JOHN, an antiquarian inquirer of the reign of 
 Henry VIIL, who spent 6 years in travelling through England, 
 and examining the records, &c. of all cathedrals, monasteries, 
 &c. under a royal commission. He did not live to publish the 
 results of this work ; but his Itinerary and Collections were edit- 
 ed by Hearne, and are valuable sources of authentic informa- 
 tion on inaccessible subjects. He died in 1552, aged about 50 
 years. 
 
 LE'LAND, DR. JOHN, a Presbyterian minister, well known 
 for the part he took in the controversy with infidelity during the 
 last century. He wrote against Tindal, Morgan, Bolingbroke, 
 and others, and his work On Deistical Writers has considerable 
 value and reputation. He died in 1766» aged 75 years. 
 
 LE'LY, SIR PETER, a famous portrait painter of the 17th 
 century. He began to be noticed in Chares I.'s reign ; he re- 
 ceived great encouragement from Cromwell, and for Charles II. 
 he painted the series known as the Beauties of his Court. The 
 style of his subjects, which is not slightly immodest, is charge- 
 able to the profligate monarch ; the painter deserves and has 
 enjoyed a high reputation for skill and art, both in drawing and 
 colouring. He died in 1680, aged 63 years. 
 
 LE'MAN, s. [probably from Caimant, Fr.] a sweetheart ; har- 
 lot ; gallant. 
 
 LE'MMA, s. \lemma, from lamhano, Gr.] in Mathematics, a kind 
 of postulation or proposition, previously assumed or laid down, 
 to render any demonstration or problem more clear and easy. 
 
 LE'MMING, s. in Zoology, a kind of rat which inhabits Nor- 
 way, Lapland, and Sweden. They appear in vast numbers once 
 about every ten years, when they travel in a direct line, devour- 
 ing all the herbage of the country through which they pass. 
 
 LE'MNOS, a celebrated town and island of the Archipelago, 
 now called Stalimene, situated near the entrance of the Darda- 
 nelles. It is subject to the Turks; but the inhabitants, who 
 are almost all Greeks, are very industrious. The two principal 
 places, and once towns, are Cochino, formerly called Hephestias, 
 and Lemno, or Stalimene, anciently Myrine. It is the see of a 
 Greek archbishop. Pop. under 10,000. Lat. 40. 3. N. Long. 
 25. 28. E. 
 
 LE'MON, «. [limon, Fr.] in Botany, the fruit of the lemon 
 tree, which is allied to the citron and orange. Its appearance 
 and uses are known to all. 
 
 LEMONA'DE, s. liquor made of water, sugar, and the juice of 
 lemons. 
 
 LE'MSTER, ot Le'ominster, Herefordshire. It trades consi- 
 526 
 
 LEO 
 
 derably in wool, fine wheat, flax, gloves, leather, hats, kc, and 
 there are several rivers in and about the town, on which they 
 have mills and other machines. It is seated on the river Lug, 
 over which it has several bridges, and is 137 miles from London. 
 Market, Friday. Its fairs, which are noted for horses, black 
 cattle, &c., are on Feb. 13, Tuesday after Midlent Sunday, May 
 13, July 10, Sept. 4, and Nov. 1. "Pop. 4916. 
 
 LE'MUR, s. in Zoology, a genus of animals which bear some 
 resemblance to the monkeys, but difl'er from them in the length- 
 ened shape of their heads, in the length of their hind legs, and 
 particularly in not having their mischievous disposition. 
 
 To LEND, V. a. [Icenan, Sax.] to let a person have any thing 
 on condition of returning it when demanded ; to permit a per- 
 son to use a thing on condition of its being restored. 
 
 LE'NDER, s. one who permits another to use any thing on 
 condition of returning it when demanded. 
 
 LENGTH, s. \leng. Sax.] the extent of a thing from one end 
 to another ; a certain space, portion, or extent of place or time ; 
 long continuance or protraction; reach, extent, or degree ; the 
 end or latter part of any time assigned. At length, at last. 
 
 To LE'NGTHEN, v. a. to make longer ; to continue or pro- 
 tract the duration of any thing. Sometimes used with out by 
 vyay of emphasis, to protract ; to extend to a longer space of 
 time. — V. n. to erow longer ; to increase in length. 
 
 Lt /NGTHWISE, ad. according to the length ; with the end 
 foremost. 
 
 LE'NIENT, a, \lenio, Lat.] lessening ; rendering less painful 
 
 violent. Laxative or softening, applied to medicine. 
 
 FY,«. a. - - ■ ■ 
 
 violent ; to assuage. 
 
 To LE'NIFY, V. a. [lenijier, old 
 
 W.T 
 
 render less painful or 
 
 LE'NIS, a. [Lat.] soft or gentle. In Greek, an accent in this 
 form ['] over vowels at the beginning of words to denote that 
 the letter is not aspirated. 
 
 LE'NITIVE, a. [lenitif, Fr.] lessening any pain ; softening or 
 emollient. 
 
 LE'NITIVE, s. any thing applied to ease pain ; any thing 
 used to palliate. 
 
 LE'NlTY, s. mildness; a tenderness of disposition, exercised 
 in overlooking small faults, and punishing great ones without 
 rigour or severity. 
 
 LE'NOX. See Dumbartonshire. 
 
 LENS, «. in Optics, a general name for the flat glasses used in 
 telescopes, &c. They are of various kinds, and are named ac- 
 cording to their surfaces, double concave, double convex, plano- 
 concave, plano-convex, concavo-convex, and the meniscus. 
 Lenses are made of any other transparent media beside glass, 
 as crystal, diamond, and even of oil and water. 
 
 LENT,*. [fenfe», Sax.] in the Church Calendar, a time set 
 apart for abstinence, consisting of forty days, which receives its 
 name from its happening in the spring. 
 
 LE'NTEN, a. such as is used in Lent ; abstinent or sparing. 
 
 LENTI'CULAR, a. [lenticuUiire, Fr.] having the form of a lens. 
 
 LE'NTIFORM, a. [lens And forma, Lat.] in the form of a lens; 
 shaped like a lens. 
 
 LE'NTIGO, s. [Lat.] in Medicine, a freckly or scurfy eruption 
 upon the skin. 
 
 LENTI'GINOUS, a. [lentigo, Lat.] scurfy. 
 
 LE'NTIL, s. [lentille, Fr.] in Botany, a plant ; called likewise 
 vetches. 
 
 LE'NTISC, s. [lentiscus, Lat.] in Botany, a beautiful evergreen 
 tree, which produces gum mastich. 
 
 LE'NTO, ad. [Ital.] in Music, a word used to direct a passage 
 to be performed slowly. 
 
 LE'NTOR, s. [Lat.] tenacity, or viscosity, applied to the con- 
 sistence of bodies. Slowness or delay, applied to motion. In 
 Medicine, applied to that coagulated part of the blood, which oc- 
 curs in malignant fevers. 
 
 LE'NTOUS,o. [lentv^, Lat.] viscous ; tenacious, applied to the 
 consistence of bodies. 
 
 LEO, the name assumed by twelve Roman pontiffs, the Jirst 
 of whom was bishop of the apostolical see during the devastating 
 incursions of the Huns; and the third was the renewer of the 
 title of emperor infavour of Charlemagne and his son Louis; but 
 the most celebrated was Leo X. He was a son of Lorenzo the 
 Magnificent, and was devoted to the exaltation of the Medici, 
 by being dedicated to the clerical profession. His father used 
 his extensive influence so well, that he was invested with the 
 
LEO 
 
 purple when only 13 years old, though forbidden to assume |t 
 for three years, and was at the same time possessed of rich bi- 
 shoprics, abbacies, canonries, &c. beyond belief. After the death 
 of his father, and the exile of his family from Florence, by one 
 of those revolutions which happened so frequently in that city, 
 the cardinal shared in all the vicissitudes which made personal 
 history so often more romantic than fiction. He was at one time 
 wandering through Europe, half incognito; at another, scheming 
 with his brothers, by aid of Charles or Louis of France, or Caesar 
 Borgia, or Venice, or the captain of some free-lances, to recover 
 the power they had lost in Florence: or, he was high in esteem 
 with the pope at one time ; at another, a refugee from his at- 
 tempts on his liberty : he was once even a captive of war. At 
 length he effected the recovery of Florence, and shortly after be- 
 came supreme pontiff' of the Roman Church, as Leo X. His 
 reign was distinguished, in its relation to the Italian states, by 
 a continuance of the struggle between Italy, united or discordant, 
 with the empire or opposed to it, against France ; — in its ecclesi- 
 astical aspect, by the commencement of the great Lutheran and 
 Swiss Reformation, on occasion of his attempts to raise money 
 for the erection of St. Peter's at Rome by the sale of indulgences ; 
 —in its domestic character, by a generosity in the patronage of 
 the arts and letters, such as showed the pope a true son of Lo- 
 renzo, and by the substitution of classical scholarship and ele- 
 gance, with not a rare intermixture of classical ribaldry and 
 licentiousness, for all that ought to have been seen in the life of 
 the head of almost all Christendom. He died in 1521, aged 56 
 years, having reigned nine. In these days we are in no danger of 
 bringing the elegant paganism of Leo into comparison with the 
 God-fearing zeal of Luther ; and so we can estimate the service 
 done to the advancement of mankind by the papal patron of taste 
 and learning. None who can appreciate the worth of these gifts, 
 and who know the history of their revival in Europe, will fail to 
 assign to Leo a place beside his father, nor yet to regret that 
 this is the sole coronal that can be awarded to the man, who was 
 deemed great enough to have the generation in which he flourish- 
 ed entitled " The Age of Leo the Tenth." 
 
 LE'O, the title of six Byzantine emperors, the only one of 
 which that deserves special mention, is the third, called Leo the 
 Isaurian, from his native country. He rose from the lowest ranks 
 of society by his military skill and courage to the imperial throne, 
 and the records of his reign stand in happy contrast with those 
 of most occupants of that position. He lived in the times when 
 the not-yet-corrupted zeal of the Mussulmans was assailing Eu- 
 rope at each point of connexion with the neighbouring conti- 
 nents ; and it was the Greek fire alone that kept Constantinople in 
 his hands, arid thus preserved Europe itself. But the chief fea- 
 ture of his reign was his struggle against the worship of images, 
 which had already begun in the Roman Church. He withstood 
 firmly the decrees of councils and of popes on this subject, but 
 he was not above the use of persecution. He died in 741, having 
 reigned 24 years. 
 
 LE'O, s. in Astronomy, the lion, the fifth of the twelve signs 
 of the zodiac. 
 
 LE'O MINOR, s. in Astronomy, a constellation of the northern 
 hemisphere. 
 
 LE'OD, s. [Sax.] in the composition of names, implies the 
 people ; as, Leodgar, one of great interest with the people. 
 
 LE'OF, ». [Sax.] in the composition of names, implies love; 
 thus, Leofwin, is a winner of love; Leofstan, best-beloved. 
 
 LEON, formerly a kingdom of Spain, adjoining to Portugal 
 and bounded by Asturias, Gallicia, Estremadura, and Castile. 
 The province comprises a part of this kingdom. The soil is in 
 general fertile, ana produces all the necessaries of life; and the 
 wine is tolerably good. It is divided into nearly two equal parts 
 by the river Duero, or Douro. Leon is the" capital, which has 
 the handsomest cathedral in all Spain; in which are the tombs 
 of 37 kings and one emperor, and was formerly richer and more 
 populous than at present. It is seated between two sources of 
 the river Esta, 174 miles from Madrid. Population, about 5000. 
 Lat. 42. 45. N. Long. 5. 27. W. Population of the province, 
 about 325,000. 
 
 LEONIDAS, the name of a famous king of Sparta, who, at 
 the invasion of Greece by Xerxes, king of Persia, was stationed 
 at the narrow pass of 1 hermopylae to obstruct the entrance of 
 the great army into the plains of Boeotia and Attica. Here he, 
 with 300 Spartans and their helots, and about 700 others. 
 
 LES 
 
 opposed the whole Persian army, and fell, to a man, for the liberty 
 of Greece. This was in 480 B. c. 
 
 LE'ONINE, a. [leoninns, from leo, Lat.] belonging to a lion. In 
 Poetry, a kind of verses, the middle of which always rhymes 
 with the end ; so named from the supposed inventor; " Ut vites 
 pcenam, de potibus accipe coenam" or for an English example, 
 " Without stop or stay, down the rocky wmj" Scott. 
 
 LE'OPARD, (IPpard) s. [leo and pardus, Lat.] in Zoology, a 
 swift, fierce, spotted animal, nearly resembling the panther, but 
 inferior in size. It has been observed, when perfectly tamed, to 
 pur like a cat. 
 
 LE'OPOLD, the name of two emperors of Germany; ihejirst 
 of whom lived in the eventful times of Louis XIV. of France, 
 and had to withstand the rage for military conquest and territo- 
 rial aggrandizement which iiiade that monarch the pest of his 
 age. The peace of Nimuegen, and the peace of Ryswic, form 
 the land-marks dividing the first two wars between Louis and 
 the emperor from each other, and from the war of the Spanish 
 succession, which Leopold left, with his crown, to his successor. 
 These were the last European wars in which the Turks appear 
 in any prominent place ; and, as distinguished from the religious 
 wars of the preceding generation, and from the wars for oligarch- 
 ical domination waged during the end of the last and the begin- 
 ning of the present century, may be designated the monarch- 
 ical wars. Leopold was served by our own Duke of Marlborough 
 at the head of the English auxiliaries, and by the greater general 
 Montecucoli. He effected several changes in the internal econo- 
 my of the empire, during the leisure of the brief peaces he en- 
 joyed, and died in 1705, having reigned 44 years. The second 
 reigned for two years, during the early revolutionary wars, and 
 died in 1792. 
 
 LEPA'NTO, GULF OF, the great arm of the sea that divides 
 the Morea from the rest of Greece, and was named, anciently, 
 the Gulf of Corinth. 
 
 LE'PER, s. [lepra, Lat.] a person infected with the leprosy. 
 
 LE'PROSY, Lepro'sity, s. [/e/«-a, Lat.] in Medicine, a dis- 
 ease, appearing on the skin in dry, white, scurfy scales, which 
 cover the whole body, or some part of it. Figuratively, applied 
 to metals whose surface, being oxidized, scales off. 
 
 LE'PROUS, a. infected with leprosy. 
 
 LE'PUS, s. in Astronomy, a constellation of the southern 
 hemisphere. 
 
 LEKE, s. [loire, Sax.] an old word for lesson, lore, doctrine. 
 
 LE'RWICK, Mainland, Shetland Islands. It is situated on 
 the E. side of the island, and is a general rendezvous of the 
 fishing busses from Britain, Holland, Denmark, and other parts. 
 The principal fishery carried on by the inhabitants is that of 
 ling and tusk, which are caught in the months of June and July. 
 It is 280 miles from Edinburgh. Pop. 2787. 
 
 Le Sa'ge, Alain Rt:NE, an eminent French novelist, whose 
 ■two great works, Gil Mas and The Devil on Two Sticks, have 
 been translated into almost every civilized language. He wrote 
 several other fictions, and was, besides, a dramatic writer. He 
 died in 1747, aged 79 years. 
 
 LE'SBOS, one of the islands of the jEgean Sea. It produced 
 two of the most famous poets of ancient Greece, Sappho and Al- 
 cseus ; and was the scene of many transactions of great conse- 
 quence to the history of Greece. It is a fertile island, and has 
 some good harbours. It is now called Mytilini, from the name 
 of its chief town. Pop. about 50,000. 
 
 LE'SKARD, or Li'skeard, Cornwall. It contains a handsome 
 town hall, built on stone pillars, a large church, and an eminent 
 free-school ; and has some considerable manufactures of leather 
 and yarn. It is 221 miles from London. Market, Saturday. 
 Pop. 4287. 
 
 LE'SLIE, SIR JOHN, a distinguished mathematician and 
 natural philosopher of the last generation. He occupied a chair 
 in the university of Edinburgh, and obtained considerable cele- 
 brity by his writings, as well as by his academical exercises. 
 Some of his hypotheses are so extravagant, as to make it won- 
 derful that they could have originated with so careful an ex- 
 perimenter as he was known to be. He died in 1832, aged 66 
 years. 
 
 LESS, a negative and privative termination, lleas. Sax.] join- 
 ed to a substantive, it implies the absence or privation of the 
 thing expressed by that substantive ; as shameless, childless, fa- 
 therless. 
 
 527 
 
p\ 
 
 LET 
 
 LESS, ad. in a small degree ; in a lower degree. 
 
 LESS, a. the comparative degree of little ; [leas. Sax.] that 
 which on comparison is not found as big or great as the thing it 
 is compared with. 
 
 LESSEE', s. [from lease,'] the person to whom a lease is given. 
 
 To LE'SSEN, v.a. [from less,] to diminish the bulk, quantity, 
 or quality, of any thing. — v. n. to grow less, shrink, or contract. 
 Synon. To abate, implies a decrease in action ; diminish, a waste 
 in substance; decrease, a decay in moral virtue; lessen, a con- 
 traction of parts. 
 
 LE'SSES, s. [laissees, Fr.] the dung of beasts, left on the 
 ground. 
 
 LE'SSING,GOTTHOLD EPHRAIM, a German writer, whose 
 renown rests not less on the versatility of his genius, than on 
 the excellence of his writings which are most known to the 
 literary world. After his university course his life was wholly 
 given to letters, with the exception of a transitory flirtation with 
 the theatrical profession at the outset, and an equally brief and 
 remarkable one with the gaming table. His last appointment 
 was that of librarian at Wolfenbuttel. He died in 1781, aged 
 52 years. He numbered amongst his intimate friends Voltaire, 
 Mendelsohn, Nicolai, &c. His works that are best known, are 
 Nathan the Wise, Laocoon, his Fables, Emilia Galotti, &c. He was 
 an admirable critic and polemic ; and the love of truth seems to 
 have been his passion. 
 
 LE'SSON, s. [lecon, Fr.] any thing read and repeated to a 
 teacher by a scholar ; a precept, or notion inculcated by teach- 
 ing ; a portion of Scripture read in a church service; a tune 
 pricked for a musical instrument, and taught by a music-master 
 to his pupil ; a remonstrance, reprimand, or rating lecture. 
 
 To LE'SSON, V. a. to teach ; to instruct. 
 
 LE'SSOR, s. one who lets any thing by lease. 
 
 LEST, conj. [from least,] for fear that ; in order to prevent. 
 
 L'ESTRA'NGE, SIR ROGER, a political writer of the 17th 
 century, who was amongst the emigrants driven to the conti- 
 nent by the success of the Puritan arms. He became a newspa- 
 per editor at the Restoration, and was a thorough Stuartite. 
 His translations of Josephus, and of other classical works, show 
 that he was not wanting in industry and learning. He died in 
 1704, aged 88 years. 
 
 LESTWI'THIEL, or Lostwi'thiel, Cornwall. It is a corporate 
 town, and the courts belonging to the stannary are kept here ; the 
 gaol is likewise here. It is seated on the river Foy, near its fall 
 into Foy Haven. It is 230 miles from London. Market, Friday. 
 Pop. 1186. 
 
 To LET, V. a. [Icetan, Sax.] to permit, allow, or grant ; to put 
 to hire ; to grant a tenant. To let blood, to open a vein, so as the 
 blood may flow out. Used with into, to intrust with ; to admit. 
 To let off, to discharge, applied to the discharge of artillery. — 
 [lettan. Sax.] to obstruct; to hinder or oppose. In Grammar, it 
 is used as an auxiliary mood-verb, implying moral possibility, 
 and permission or command.— f. n. to forbear, to withhold him- 
 self. 
 
 LET, s. an obstacle, hinderance, or obstruction. 
 
 LET, llyet, Sax.] used at the end of substantives, implies little 
 or small ; thus otcl makes otvlet, a little or small owl ; and eagle, 
 eaglet, a small or little eagle. 
 
 LETHA'RGIC, a. [lethargique, Fr.] sleepy ; of the nature of a 
 lethargy. 
 
 LETHA'RGICNESS, s. sleepiness ; drowsiness. 
 
 LE'THARGIED, a. seized with a lethargy ; laid asleep, or 
 entranced. 
 
 LE'THARGY, s. [letho,Gi.] a disease consisting of a profound 
 drowsiness, or sleep, from whence a person cannot be easily 
 waked. 
 
 LE'THE, s. oblivion ; a state of forgetfulness. 
 
 LETTER, s. [from let,] one who permits; one who hinders; 
 one who gives vent to any thing, as a blood-letter. 
 
 LE'TTER, s. [lettre, Fr."] a character either in printing or writ- 
 ing, by which is expressed any of the simple sounds of which 
 syllables are composed ; a written message ; a writing, whereby 
 a person communicates his sentiments to another at a distance; 
 any thing to be read ; a type with which books are printed. In 
 the plural, learning, as a man of letters. 
 
 To LE'TTER, V. a. to mark or stamp with letters. 
 
 LE'TTERED, a. learned; conversant in, and improved by, 
 reading; marked with letters. 
 528 
 
 LEV 
 
 LE'TTERFOUNDER, s. one who casts the letters or types 
 used in printing. 
 
 LE'TTUCE, s. llactttca, Lat.] in Botany and Gardening, a 
 plant which derives its name from the milky juice with which it 
 abounds. 
 
 LE'VANT, a. [Fr.] raising or making turbulent; Eastern. 
 
 LEVA'NT, s. this word properly signifies the East ; but it is 
 generally used, when speaking of trade, for Turkey in Asia ; 
 comprehending Natolia, Syria, Palestine, Egypt, Barka, the 
 island of Candia, and the adjacent parts. The Levant Sea 
 means the Eastern part of the Mediterranean. 
 
 LEVA'TOR, s. [Lat.] in Surgery, an instrument, whereby the 
 depressed parts of the skull are hfted up. In Anatomy, applied 
 to those muscles which lift up or raise the parts to which they 
 are fastened. 
 
 LEUCOPHLE'GMACY, (letihopgmacy) s. Ikulcos and phlegma, 
 Lat.] in Nosologj', a kind of dropsy consisting of a white flaccid 
 tumour all over the body. 
 
 LEUCOPHLEGMA'TIC, (leukojkgmdtik) a. troubled with a 
 leucophlegmacy. 
 
 LEVEE', s. [Fr.] the time of rising. Figuratively, an assem- 
 bly of persons to pay respect to a sovereign, or nobleman, early 
 in the day, which used to be held at the time of rising. 
 
 LE'VEL, a. [Icpfel, Sax.] even, or not having one part higher 
 than another ; in the same line with any thing else ; equal in 
 perfection or dignity. In Botany, applied to the branches or 
 fruit-stalks when they grow to equal heights, so as to form a 
 flat surfixce at the top, as in the flowers of the sweet William. 
 
 To LE'VEL, V. a. to make even or without any inequalities, 
 applied to surface. To make of the same height with any thing 
 else ; to make or lay flat ; to reduce to a condition equal to that 
 of another.— w. n. to aim ; to point a piece of ordnance in taking 
 aim ; to be in the same direction, or even with a mark ; to aim 
 or make attempts. 
 
 LE'VEL, s. a plane; a surface without any inequalities. 
 Figuratively, a rate, standard, or condition ; state of equality. 
 In Mechanics, an instrument used by masons to regulate their 
 work ; also an instrument employed by astronomers in fixing 
 their telescopes, &c. 
 
 LE'VEL, (BEDFORD) a tract of fenny land, consisting of 
 about 300,000 acres, in the counties of Norfolk, Suffolk, Hunt- 
 ingdon, Northampton, Lincoln, Cambridge, and the Isle of Ely, 
 which was formerly a tidal estuary, called the Holland. After 
 many attempts to drain these fens, William duke of Bedford, 
 and others, in 1649, undertook and completed it, so far as to 
 bring about 100,000 acres of good land to use. In these fens are 
 several decoys, where astonishing numbers of wild fowl are 
 taken during the season. 
 
 LE'VELLER, s. one who makes any thing even. 
 
 LE'VELLING, s. in Engineering, the art or act of finding a 
 line parallel to the horizon, at one or more stations, in order to 
 determine the height of one place with respect to another, for 
 laying grounds even, regulating descents, draining morasses, 
 conducting water, &c. 
 
 LE'VELNESS, s. evenness or equality. 
 
 LE'VEN, LOCH, a lake of Kinross-shire, Scotland, surround- 
 ed by beautiful scenery ; but chiefly noted because the unhap- 
 py Mary Queen of Scots was imprisoned on one of its islands. 
 
 LE'VER, s. [levier, Fr.] in Mechanics, one of the instrutnents 
 called mechanical powers. It is a bar of wood or iron, which is 
 so rested on a prop or fulcrum, at one point, that a small force 
 can be used successfuUj' to overpower a considerably greater re- 
 sistance. A crowbar is one of the most familiar examples of 
 the application of the principle of the lever. 
 
 LE'VERET, s. llieiret, Fr.] in Sporting, a young hare in the 
 first year. 
 
 LE'VET, s. [lever, Fr.] the blast or sound of a trumpet. 
 
 LE'VIABLE, a. [from levy,] that may be levied or forced to 
 be paid. 
 
 LEVI'ATHAN, s. [Heb.] a huge animal mentioned in the 
 Bible, supposed to be the crocodile. 
 
 To LE'VIGATE, v. a. [Icevigo, from lavis, Lat.] to grind to an 
 impalpable powder between two stones; to mix liquors till they 
 become smooth and incorporated. 
 
 LEVIGA'TION, s. the act of reducing hard bodies, such as 
 coral, into a subtile powder, by grinding them on a marble 
 stone. 
 
LEX 
 
 LE'VITE, s. [from Levi,"] in the Jewish (Economy, one of 
 the tribe of Levi, which was set apart for the ministry of the 
 tabernacle and temple. They did not possess any landed 
 property; but were, by their office, a kind of aristocracy in the 
 nation. 
 
 LEVITICAL, a. belonging to, or descended from, the Levites; 
 exercised by, or confined to, the Levites. 
 
 LEVITICUS, the third book of the Pentateuch, or Law of 
 Moses, in the Old Testament. It is principally taken up with 
 the laws and regulations respecting the Levites, the priests, and 
 the temple service. It contains the account of the consecration 
 of Aaron and his sons ; the presumption and the punishment of 
 Nadab and Abihu ; and the stoning of a blasphemer. The study 
 of this book is essentially necessary for the correct understand- 
 ing of much of the history and prophecy of the Old Testament, 
 and of many allusions and illustrations in the New Testament. 
 But it is not fitted for regular and devotional perusal. By some 
 parties it is, however, employed for this purpose, by the spi- 
 ritual interpretation of its facts and injunctions. 
 
 LE'VITY, s. [levis, Lat.] lightness, or want of weight ; incon- 
 stancy, or changeableness ; unsteadiness; trifling gaiety; want 
 of seriousness. 
 
 LEU'SDEN, JOHN, a celebrated Biblical scholar and critic of 
 the 17th century. He was Hebrew professor at Utrecht. His 
 works are numerous and valuable ; though superseded, for ge- 
 neral use, by the works, on the same subjects, of more recent 
 scholars. His Greek Testament is particularly useful to a stu- 
 dent. He died in 1699, aged 75 years. 
 
 LEU'WENHOECK, ANTHONY VAN, a famous microscopical 
 observer, of Delft, in the 17th century. By his acquaintance 
 with practical optics, and by his patient research, he consider- 
 ably advanced the knowledge of the minutiae of anatomical and 
 physical research. The results of his observations were usually 
 contributed to the learned societies of the day ; and some of his 
 mistakes are as remarkable as his discoveries. He enjoys his 
 renown to this day, though it is surpassed by that of succeeding 
 observers. He died in 1723, aged 91 years. 
 
 To LE'VY, V. a. \lever, Fr.] to raise or bring together, applied 
 to armies. To raise or collect money as a tax or fine. In Law, 
 to pass ; thus, to levy a fine, is to pass a fine. 
 
 LE'VY, s. the act of raising men or money, for military pur- 
 poses. 
 
 LEWD, a. [IcBwede, Sax.] wicked, bad, or vicious ; lustful ; lost 
 to the sense of modesty. 
 
 LEWDLY, ad. wickedly or viciously ; lustfully. 
 
 LEWDNESS, s. the quality of giving a loose to lust, or in- 
 dulging such actions and inclinations as are inconsistent with 
 modesty. 
 
 LEW'ES, Sussex. It is a well-built, populous, and ancient 
 place, and is seated on the river Ouse, which is navigable here 
 for barges. It is finely situated on the declivity of a hill, on 
 which are the remains of an ancient castle, the environs of which 
 command a beautiful view of a richly-varied country, scarcely to 
 be matched in Europe. On the river are several iron-works, 
 where cannon are cast for merchant ships, besides other useful 
 works of that kind. The timber hereabouts is prodigiously large, 
 and the soil is the richest in this part of England. It is 49 miles 
 from London. Market, Saturday. Pop. 9199. 
 
 LEWIS, one of the most considerable of the Western Islands 
 of Ross-shire, Scotland, which being connected by a narrow 
 isthmus with Harris, forms but one island, which is about 80 
 miles in length, and from 10 to 23 in breadth. Like most of the 
 Scottish isles, it is greatly intersected by arms of the sea: By 
 these it may be said to be divided into five peninsulas. The 
 country, in general, is wild, bleak, barren of wood, and little 
 fitted for cultivation; the hills are covered with heath, which 
 afford shelter for various sorts of game. The lakes and streams 
 abound with salmon, large red trout, &c. The land animals 
 here are similar to those found in the northern isles, and the 
 fisheries on the coast are not inferior. Stornaway is the only 
 town in Lewis. Pop. 21,466. 
 
 LEXICO'GRAPHER, {lexik6grafer) s. [lexicon znAgrapho^Gul 
 a writer or compiler of dictionaries, or books wherein the etymo- 
 logies and meanings of words are explained. 
 
 LEXICO'GRAPHY, (lexiUyrafy) s. the art or practice of writ- 
 ing dictionaries. 
 
 LE'XICON, «. [fe^o, Gr.] a book containing the explanation of 
 
 LIB 
 
 words ; generally confined to such as contain the explanation of 
 words in the Greek and oriental languages. 
 
 LE'XINGTON, Kentucky, United States. This city stands on 
 a branch of the Elkhorn river, and is one of the neatest and best 
 built plaeesof the W. States. The publicbuildingsare very fine, 
 and such as became what was formerly the capital of the State. 
 Transylvania university is located here. Its buildings are ex- 
 cellent, and all its arrangements bear out the name it has ac- 
 quired. It has a good library, and is especially frequented Iw 
 medical students. It is 522 miles from Washington. Pop. 6997. 
 There are in the States of the Union 14 other places bearing this 
 name, of which the one in Massachusetts, where the first blood 
 was shed in the war of Independence, and that in Virginia, 
 where Washington college is situated, are alone worthy of notice. 
 
 LEY, Lee, Lay, \leag. Sax.] in composition of names, signify 
 a field. 
 
 LEY'DEN, a city in the kingdom of Holland. It is seated in 
 a country full of gardens and meadows, surrounded by ditches 
 and canals, near the ancient bed of the Rhine, which now looks 
 like a canal. It is about four miles and a half in circumference, 
 and is intersected by canals bordered with rows of trees. It has 
 eigh t gates, and contains 50 islands, and 145 bridges, the great- 
 est part of which are made with free-stone. The public buildings 
 are very handsome. There are several large hospitals, and a 
 university with a library exceedingly rich in curious manuscripts. 
 There is also a good botanical garden ; and the anatomical theatre 
 is very fine. It is celebrated for its manufactories. It is 22 miles 
 from Amsterdam. Population, about 40,000. Lat. 52. 9. N. 
 Long. 4. 27. E. 
 
 LE'YDEN JAR, or Phial, s. in Electricity, a glass vessel 
 coated inside and out, to a certain height, with tinfoil, for the 
 purpose of accumulating the electric force, and discharging it at 
 one point. See Electricity, Battery, &c. 
 
 LI'ABLE, a. [Fr.] obnoxious ; subject to ; not exempt from. 
 
 LI'AR, s. one who wilfully and deliberately tells a falsehood; 
 one who wants veracity. 
 
 LI'AS, s. [corrupted from layers,'] in Geology, the name of a 
 system of strata, chiefly of soft clayey slate and limestone, found 
 in the west of England, extending in a wavy line from Dorset- 
 shire to the north of Y'orkshire. It is burnt as lime. Its fossil 
 contents are most varied and remarkable. It is peculiarly rich 
 in crocodilian remains; and some animals of thiskindare amongst 
 the most monstrous of the extinct inhabitants of the earth. (See 
 Ichthyosaurus, Plesiosaurus, Sterodactyle.) It is equally 
 well furnished with shells of the nautilus kind, and a species of 
 bony or shelljr polypus called Briareus, from its numberless arms 
 or tentacula, is peculiar to it. There are besides all these, the 
 remains of fishes and crustaceous animals, very numerous ; and 
 those of many kinds of tree-ferns, and similar plants, of a com- 
 pletely tropical character. 
 
 LIBA'NUS, the name of a chain of mountains of Asia, which 
 lie between Syria and Palestine, and extend from the Medi- 
 terranean Sea to Arabia. It is composed of four ranges of moun- 
 tains, which rise one upon the other. They were formerly 
 famous for cedar-trees, but now there are very few remaining. 
 Geographers distinguish them into Libanus and Anti-Libanus, 
 which are separated from each other at an equal distance through- 
 out, and form a country, called by the ancients Coelo-Syria. 
 
 LIBA'TION, s. [libo, Lat.] the act of pouring wine on the 
 ground in divine worship. Figuratively, the wine so poured. 
 
 Ll'BEL, s. [libellus,a. diminutive from liber, Lat.] in Law, a 
 malicious aspersion in printing or writing, tending to injure the 
 reputation of a person living, or the memory of one who is dead. 
 The law of libel, though much amended, yet requires the atten- 
 tion of jurists. 
 
 To LI'BEL, V. a. to print or publish any thing that shall injure 
 the character of a person ; to spread any defamatory report by 
 writing or printing. 
 
 LI'BELLER, «. one who spreads a report in writing which 
 may injure a person's character. • 
 
 LI'BELLOUS, a. containing some report which may injure a 
 person's character. 
 
 LI'BERA L, a. [liberalis, from liber, Lat.] becoming a gentleman ; 
 generous ; bountiful. Liberal arts are those that refine the mind, 
 in opposition to mechanical arts. 
 
 LIBERA'LITY, s. lliberalitas, Lat. liherate, Fr.] bounty ; a ge- 
 nerous disposition of mind, exerting itself in giving largely. 
 3 Y 529 
 
Lie 
 
 Synon. Liberality implies acts of mere giving or spending ; (/ewe- 
 rosiVy, acts of greatness ; ftoanfe/, acts of kindness. A liberal man 
 gives freely; a generous man, nobly; and a bountiful man, cha- 
 ritably. Liberality is a natural disposition ; generosity proceeds 
 from elevation of sentiment ; bounty, from religious motives. 
 Liberality denotes freedom of spirit ; generosity, greatness of soul ; 
 bounty, openness of heart. 
 
 Li'BERALLY, ad. giving in a large manner, or without 
 grudging. 
 
 LI'BERTINE, s. one who acts without restraint ; one who pays 
 no regard to the precepts of religion.— [^iiertmns, Lat.] in Law, a 
 freed man, or slave who is made free. 
 
 LI'BERTINE, fl. [Ubertin, Fr.] licentious; having no respect 
 to the precepts of religion. 
 
 LIBE'RTINISM,*. an opinion or practice which is inconsistent 
 ■with the precepts of religion. 
 
 LFBERTY, s. [liberte, Fr. libertas, Lat.] the absence of con- 
 straint; freedom; a privilege, exemption, or immunity ; leave or 
 permission. In Politics, it means national independence; a con- 
 dition in which by law every one is protected in the enjoyment 
 and ■exercise of his rights ; a condition in which every advantage 
 that can arise to individuals from society is secured to each and 
 all, the governors and rulers being appointed for the good of the 
 governed, and no class or individual considering itself privileged 
 to benefit itself by the injury of others, on any pretext. City 
 Liberty, is the name of a county attached to a city; a district 
 under the civic jurisdiction, but not included in the boundaries. 
 In Metaphysics, as opposed to necessity, it means the condition 
 of man as made by God, capable of avoiding evil, and doing 
 and being good ; gifted with ail needful knowledge, and a con- 
 science which spontaneously judges every stateor action accord- 
 ing to that knowledge, and therefore, as responsible to God as a 
 person, and not regarded or treated by him as a thing, whose 
 movements and states are only the results of the operation of 
 certain causes, which he himself sets in action and controls ; 
 also, by some writers, possession of the power, faculty, or ability 
 of choice, volition, or desire. 
 
 LIBI'DINOUS, a. [libido, Lat.] lewd ; given up to lust. 
 
 LIBI'DINOUSLY, ad. lewdly; in a wanton or unchaste 
 manner. 
 
 LIBRA, in Astronomy, the Balance, one of the twelve signs 
 of the zodiac, supposed to be thus denominated because, when 
 the sun Is in this sign in the autumnal equinox, the days and 
 nights are of equal length. 
 
 LIBRA'RIAN, s. \_lihraritcs, from liber, Lat.] one who has the 
 care of a library. 
 
 LI'BRARY, s. [librairie,Fr.'] a large collection of books, either 
 public or private. 
 
 To LI'BRATE, v. a. [libro, Lat.] to poise, balance, or counter- 
 poise. 
 
 LIBRA'TION, s. [libro, Lat.] the state of being balanced. In 
 Astronomy, an oscillation or slight irregularity in the moon's 
 motion, by which we have not always exactly the same parts of 
 her surface turned directly towards us. It is very small in 
 amount, and can only be observed by good telescopes; whilst 
 the cause can be madie plain only to those conversant with the 
 higher mathematics. 
 
 LIBRA'TORY, a. balancing ; playing like a balance. 
 
 LICE, plural of Louse. 
 
 H'CE^iCE, s. [licet, Lat.] contempt of lawful and necessary 
 restraint; a grant or permission ; a liberty or consent ; a power 
 or authority given to a person to do some lawful act. in Canon 
 or Ecclesiastical Law, a liberty or power granted to a person to 
 marry without publication of bans. Among publicans, a li- 
 berty or power granted by a justice of peace for selling beer, or 
 wine, &c. 
 
 To LI'CENSE, V. a. [licencier, Fr.] to set at liberty ; to permit 
 a person to do something which he could not without such grant. 
 
 LICENSER, s. one who grants permission or liberty to do a 
 thing. 
 
 LICE'NTIATE, {licenshiate) s. [licentiattis, low Lat.] one who 
 uses licence, or makes free with the laws. A degree in the 
 Spanish universities. Among the college of physicians, a person 
 who has licence or authority given him for practising physic, 
 though not admitted a fellow of the college. 
 
 To LICE'NTIATE, {licenshiate) v. a. [licentier, Fr.] to permit ; 
 to authorize by licence. 
 530 
 
 LIE 
 
 LICE'NTIOUS, (the <! in this word and its derivatives is 
 pron. like shi, as licenshinus) a, [Itcentia, Lat.] not restrained by 
 law, morality, or religion ; overflowing its bounds; unconfined. 
 
 LICE'NTlOUSLY, ad. with too much liberty or freedom; 
 without any restraint from law or morality. 
 
 LICE'NtlOUSNESS, s. boundless liberty; contempt or neg- 
 lect of just restraint. 
 
 LICH, 8. [lice. Sax.] a dead carcass ; hence Lich-wahe, or the 
 custom of watching the dead every night till the corpse was 
 buried ; Lich-gats, the gate through which the dead are carried 
 to the grave ; Lich-field, the field of the dead, a city in Stafford- 
 shire, so named from Christians martyred there ; Lich-foivl, cer- 
 tain birds accounted unlucky and ill-boding, as the raven, 
 screech-owl, &c. 
 
 LI'CHEN, s. [Gr.] in Botany, the name of an extensive order 
 of plants, which form broad leathery fronds, or naked branching 
 stems ; or else, merely spread themselves over the surface of 
 the stone or wood they grow on. They are propagated by spo- 
 rules, or seeds, contained in cups which grow from the upper 
 part or surface of the plant. They do not attain a very large 
 size, and differences of soil, &c. produce great varieties in their 
 appearance. Many of them are used In medicine, and some are 
 eatable ; and the well-known rein-deer moss is a very widely dif- 
 fused species. 
 
 LLCHFIELD, Staffordshire. It is a large and well-built city, 
 containing 3 parish churches, besides a cathedral, a free-school, 
 and other public buildings. It is seated in a fine champaign 
 country, on a little river that divides it into two parts, called the 
 City and the Close, and which falls Into the Trent 3 miles be- 
 low ; communicating, however, with all the inland navigations. 
 It is 119 miles from London. Markets, Tuesday and Friday. 
 Pop. 6701. 
 
 LI'CHOWL, s. in Natural History, a sort of owl, by the vulgar 
 supposed to foretell death. 
 
 To LICK, V. a. [licean. Sax.] to touch or pass over with the 
 tongue; to move the tongue over any thing; to lap or take In 
 by the tongue. Used with up, to devour; to drink up any 
 moisture. To beat ; a vulgar term. 
 
 LICK, s. a blow ; the act of rubbing the tongue over any thing ; 
 a low word. 
 
 LI'CKERISH, Li'cKEROUS, a. [/(ccera. Sax.] nice in the choice 
 of food ; eager ; greedy ; nice, or tempting in the appetite. 
 
 LPCKERISHNESS, s. gluttony; greediness after dainties; 
 niceness of palate. 
 
 LI'CTOR, s. [Lat.] an officer who in ancient Rome attended 
 the consuls, and was employed in apprehending criminals. 
 
 LID, s. [Mid, Sax.] a cover which shuts down close upon or 
 into a vessel ; the membrane which covers the eye when we 
 sleep or wink. In Botany, a cover to the tips of several of the 
 mosses, as in the bogmoss. 
 
 LIE, s. [Fr.] a liquor impregnated with some other body, such 
 as soap or salt. 
 
 LIE, s. [li()e. Sax.] a statement made for the purpose of mis- 
 leading and deceiving; an untruth ; any thing done, or silence 
 maintained, for the express purpose of deceiving any one respect- 
 ing a matter on which he ought to be truly informed. 
 
 To LIE, V. n. [leoyan, Sax. liegen, Belg.] to be guilty of a false- 
 hood. 
 
 To LFF, V. n. prefer, and part, lay, lain, or lien, but the last is 
 seldom used ; [liegen, Belg.] to rest horizontally, or with a great 
 inclination, upon any thing else ; to rest or lean upon ; to repose 
 or be in a bed ; to be placed, or situated. To lie by, to be in re- 
 serve. To be in a person's power; to depend on a person, used 
 with in. To lie in, to be in childbed. Used with on, to be im- 
 puted to. 
 
 LIEF, {leef) a. [lief, Belg. leof. Sax.] dear or beloved. 
 
 LIEF, {leef) ad. willingly or readily. 
 
 LIEGE, {leej) a. [lige, Fr. and ligio, Ital.] bound by some feudal 
 tenure ; whence liegeman, a subject, and liegelord, a sovereign. 
 
 LIEGE, {Leej) a large, populous, and rich city of Belgium, and 
 capital of a province of the same name. Here the river Maese 
 is divided into three branches, the Loose, Oorte, and Ambleve, 
 which, after having passed through the streets under several 
 bridges, unite again. Here is a famous universitj'; the public 
 structures are very numerous; and on the sides of the river are 
 fine walks. This place is about 4 miles in circumference, and 
 is seated on the river Maese, in a valley surrounded by hills, with 
 
LIF 
 
 agreeable and fertile meatlows between. It is noted for its ma- 
 nufactures, which are chiefly in metallic goods, muskets, cannon, 
 &c. &c. Fop. above 60,000. Lat. 50. 39. N. Long. 5. 31i E. 
 
 LIEGE, a province of Belgium, adjoining to Prussia, and 
 bounded by Limburg, Luxemburg, Brabant, and Namur, It is 
 fruitful in corn and fruits, and contains mines of iron, lead, and 
 coal, beside quarries of marble. It has no particular hills except 
 in the S. part, where it is rocky and broken. The Maese is its 
 chief river. Liege is its capital. Pop. 400,000. 
 
 LIEGE, (ley) s. a sovereign ; a superior lord. 
 
 LIEN, (ken) s. [Fr.] in Law, the right of any person to 
 whom another is indebted in anyway, to retain any thing belong- 
 ing to that other, which may be in, or come into his possession, 
 till the obligation is discharged. 
 
 LI'ER, s. [from to lie,] one that rests or lies down ; one that 
 remains concealed. 
 
 LIEU, (leti) s. [Fr.] place ; room ; or stead : only used with i 
 
 ■""•""" ■;-- _■ :■• e, Fr.] ■ "• 
 
 a lieutenant ; the body of lieutenants. 
 
 LIEUTE'NANCY, (liftenancy) s. [lieutenmice, 
 
 the office of 
 
 LIEUTENANT, (liftenant) s. [Fr.] a deputy, or one that is 
 commissioned to act for another in his absence. In War, one 
 who holds the next rank to a captain, and acts in his stead, 
 when absent, or incapacitated by accidents. Lieutenant-general, 
 an officer in the army next in rank to a general. Lord-lie atenant, 
 an officer appointed by the crown to represent it, discharging 
 its duties and securing its interests in an adjoining territory, 
 as Ireland ; or in each county of the realm. Deputy Lord-lieu- 
 tenant, the officer appointed by the Lord-lieutenant, to do his 
 work in his absence, and generally to assist him in the discharge 
 of his duties. 
 
 LIEUTE'NANTSHIP, {lif tenantship) s. the rank or office of a 
 lieutenant. 
 
 LIFE, s. plural lives; [lifiun. Sax.] the state in which an or- 
 ganized body is, when it performs its functions; the interior 
 and unknown force which preserves organized bodies in the ex- 
 ercise of their functions ; a state of conscious being, whether 
 embodied or disembodied ; the present state, opposed to the fu- 
 ture ; conduct, or the general manner in whicn a person be- 
 haves; the continuance or duration of our present state; an ex- 
 act resemblance of a living form ; a state of vegetation, or grow- 
 ing, applied to plants ; the general state of mankind ; manners ; 
 spirit ; vigour ; vivacity ; also a written narrative of a person's 
 life. 
 
 LIFE-ASSU'RANCE, (commonly, but incorrectly, life-insur- 
 ance,) a system of securing to the heirs, &c. of any one at his 
 death, a certain sum of money, by the payment of a stipulated 
 sum by him, annually. The amount of this premium is fixed 
 by means of calculations of the probable duration of a healthj' 
 life, at various ages. Life-assurance is usually effected by means 
 of associations of companies, in which the parties are either mu- 
 tually assured, or else there are proprietors who undertake the 
 payment of the assurance in return for the annual premium. 
 There are various plans of assurance, and its benefits are so great, 
 that no one who can avoid it should remain unassured. 
 
 LI'FEBLOOD, s. the blood necessary to life. 
 
 Ll'FE-BOAT, s. a vessel fitted up with cork, or air-barrels, so 
 as to be extremely buoyant, with pumps, &c., so as to be rapidly 
 emptied in case of filling ; built very strongly, that it may not be 
 stoved ; and furnished with every needful apparatus, for the 
 purpose of rescuing sailors from shipwrecked vessels, and in 
 storms. 
 
 LI'FEGIVING, a. having the power to give life. 
 
 LIFEGUA'RD, s. the guard of^a king's person. 
 
 LI'FELESS, a. deprived of life; dead. Figuratively, without 
 
 igour, power, 
 
 force, or spirit. 
 
 LI'FELESSLY,arf. without vigour or strength; jejune; frigid, 
 or without spirit. 
 
 LI'FELIKE, a. like a living person. 
 
 LIFE-PRESERVER, s. a cot made to swing on ropes, which 
 are stretched between a vessel in a storm and the shore, for the 
 landing of the crew, &c. ; also a short club, made of whalebone, 
 and loaded with lead at each extremity. 
 
 LI'FESTRING, s. a nerve; this word is used only in poetry. 
 
 LI'FETIME, s. the continuance or duration of life. 
 
 LI'FEWEARY, a. tired of living. 
 
 To LIFT, V. a. [lyffta, Swed. l^r, Dan.] to raise from the 
 ground ; to heave or hold on high ; to raise or elevate ; to raise 
 
 LIG 
 
 in esteem, fortune, dignity. — v. n. to strive to raise by an effort 
 of strength. Synon. Vie lift, in taking any thing up; we raise, 
 in setting it upright, or placing it according to some order. 
 
 LIFT, s. the act or manner of raising any thing from the 
 ground, or holding it upwards ; an effort or struggle. A dead lift 
 implies an effort to raise something that cannot be moved with 
 the whole force; and figuratively, anystate of distress, impotence, 
 or inability. 
 
 LI'FTER, s. one tbat raises any heavy thing from the ground ; 
 one that raises any thing. 
 
 LI'GAMENT, s. [lif/o, L;it.] any thing that ties or binds one 
 thing to another. In Anatomy, a white, tough, solid, and in- 
 flexible part of the body, whose chief use is to fasten the bones 
 together which are articulated for motion. 
 
 LIGAME'NTAL, Ligame'ntous, a. composing, or of the na- 
 ture of, a ligament. 
 
 LIGA'TION, s. the act of binding ; the state of being bound. 
 
 LI'GATURE, s. any thing bound on as a bandage ; the act of 
 binding; the state of being bound. In Music, a curve drawn 
 over notes in different bars, to show that the second is only a 
 continuance of the first, or over notes which are to be sung to 
 one syllable. 
 
 LIGHT, {lit) s. [leoht. Sax.] in Natural Philosophy, an emana- 
 tion from certain bodies, such as the sun and stars ; and from 
 most substances, when in a state of intense heat ; consisting 
 either of infinitely small particles projected with great velocity, 
 (as Newton held,) or of waves or pulsations in an ether equably 
 diffused throughout the universe, (as Huyghens taught, and as 
 most modern opticians hold,) and which we perceive by means 
 of our organs of vision. Light proceeds in straight lines, except 
 in the phenomena of Diffraction and Refraction, which see. It 
 travels over nearly 195,000 miles in a single second. It is not 
 only the condition of visibility and sight, but also the cause of all 
 the abundant diversity of colours which we see. But the most 
 remarkable phenomena of light are those which show its relation 
 to magnetism or electricity, and to chemistry. See Photogra- 
 phy. For the science of light, see Optics, Reflection, Polar- 
 ization, Prism, Microscope, Telescope, &c. &c. Figuratively, 
 illumination, instruction, or the discovery of something before 
 unknown. A point of view; a situation ; the direction in which 
 the light falls, applied to paintings. Explanation, or the means 
 of clearing up any difficult passage in writings. A lamp or candle 
 used to give light in the night-time. A person of great parts 
 and eminent abilities, famous for his discoveries, and the com- 
 munication of them. The Northern Lights, is the common name 
 for the Aurora Borealis. 
 
 LIGHT, {HI) a. easily raised, or of small weight ; not burden- 
 some to be borne, worn, carried, or lifted up. Figuratively, easy 
 to be endured; easy to be performed; active or nimble; slight 
 or trifling; not thick or gross; gay; airy; trifling; irregular; 
 unchaste ; bright, or shining ; clear. Tending to white, applied 
 to colour. 
 
 To LIGHT, {lit) V. a. [from liffht, substantive,] to kindle, in- 
 flame, or set on fire; to give light to. 
 
 To LIGHT, {lit) V. n. [licht, Belg.] to fall upon or meet with by 
 chance, used with upon. — [a%Ata«,Sax.] to dismount or descend 
 from a horse or carriage, used with/rom, nJJ', and formerly down; 
 to fall, or strike; to settle; to fix, or rest. 
 
 LIGHT, ad. See LiGHTLY. 
 
 To LFGHTEN, {llten) v. n. llichten, Sax.] to flash, applied to 
 the glare of light occasioned by the flash from a thunder-cloud. 
 To fall or light, used with upon. 
 
 To LI'GHTEN, {liten) v. a. [from light, substantive,] to illu- 
 minate, or make things visible; to disperse any gloom or ob- 
 scurity ; to convey knowledge. To make less heavy, applied to 
 burdens. 
 
 LI'GHTER, (liter) s. a large heavy boat, in which ships are 
 lightened or unloaded. 
 
 LI'GHTERMAN, (lUerman) s, one who owns or works a 
 lighter. 
 
 Ll'GHTFINGERED, (litefingered) a. nimble at conveyance ; 
 thievish. 
 
 LI'GHTFOOT, Li'ghtfooted, {lUefuUed) a. nimble in dancing, 
 or swift in running. 
 
 LI'GHTFOOT, DR. JOHN, a very learned Hebrew and Rab- 
 binical scholar, whose works in explanation of the text of the 
 Old Testament, and of various subjects connected with the 
 3 Y 2 531 
 
Hebrew Law, &c. are extremely valuable. He lived during the 
 unsettled times of the 17th century; and was a minister under 
 the protectorate and the restored monarchy; and died in 1075, 
 aged 73 years. 
 
 LlGHTllE' ADED, (Ute-Mded) a. unsteady; loose; thought- 
 less ; giddy. In Medicine, delirious, or disordered in the mind 
 by disease. 
 
 LIGHTHEA'RTED, (lite-hdrted) a. gay; merry; airy; 
 cheerful. 
 
 LI'GHTHOUSE, {lite-house) s. a high building, at the top of 
 which lights are placed to guide ships at sea. The most famous 
 lighthouses of antiquity were, the Pharos of Alexandria, and 
 the Colossus of Rhodes, which was used for a similar purpose. 
 The Eddystone lighthouse, and the Bell Rock lighthouse, are 
 wonderful monuments of skilful architecture applied to the be- 
 neficent purpose of preventing shipwreck. 
 
 LI'GH TLEGGED, a. nimble ; swift. 
 
 L['GHTLESS, {lUeless) a. dark ; wanting light. 
 
 LI'GHTLY, (/tfe/.!/) Of/, without pressing hard; easily; with- 
 out uneasiness or affliction ; cheerfully; unchastely; immodest- 
 ly; nimbly. 
 
 Ll'GHTMINDED, (life-minded) a. unsettled; unsteady; full 
 of levity. 
 
 LI'GHTNESS, (Itteness) s. want of weight ; agility, or nimble- 
 ness ; inconstancy ; unchastity, or levity. 
 
 LI'GHTNING, (lUening) s. [from lii/hten, verb,] a flash of light 
 which precedes thunder. See Thunder Storms, and Elec- 
 tricity. 
 
 LI'GHTNING CONDUCTORS, pointed metallic rods placed 
 against buildings, and extended some way above them, com- 
 municating with the earth, for the purpose of receiving the dis- 
 charge of electricity from thunder clouds, and diverting it from 
 the building, so as to prevent damage and loss of life. 
 
 LIGHTS, (Ittes) s, the lungs, or organs by which the action of 
 breathing is performed. The word is never used in reference to 
 the human organs. 
 
 LI'GHTSOME, (lltesome) a. luminous ; with great appearance 
 of light; gay; airy. 
 
 LI'GHTSOMENESS, (litesomeness) s. luminousness, or the 
 quality of having much light ; cheerfulness; levity. 
 
 LIGNA'LOES, s. [lignum aloes, Lat.] aloes wood. 
 
 LI'GNEOUS, a. [lignum, Lat.] made of wood ; resembling 
 wood. 
 
 Ll'GNITE, s. in Mineralogy, imperfectly formed coal, which 
 is found in bogs, and many more recent formations. 
 
 LI'GNUM VITjE, s. [Lat.] a very hard wood, called likewise 
 guaiacum. 
 
 LI'GURE, s. a precious stone, mentioned in Scripture. 
 
 LIKE, a. [lie. Sax.] resembling, or having a resemblance ; 
 equal ; of the same quality or quantity ; likely, or in a state that 
 
 fives probable expectations ; but this last sense is improper, 
 his word is often used with the definite article, as if it were a 
 substantive. 
 
 LIKE, ad. in the same manner ; in the same manner as ; in 
 such a manner as becomes. Followed by enough, probable or 
 likely. 
 
 To LIKE, v.a. [lican,Sa.x.'] to approve of; to choose with 
 some degree of preference ; to view with approbation or fond- 
 ness. Synon. We are said to lilie that which gratifies the appe- 
 tites ; to love that which gratifies the passions or feelings. 
 
 LI'KELIHOOD, Li'keliness, s. [from likely,} appearance or 
 show ; resemblance ; probability, or appearance of truth. 
 
 LFKELY, a. such as may be liked ; such us may please by 
 their external appearance ; probable. 
 
 LI'KELY, ad. probably. 
 
 To Ll'KEN, V. a. to represent as bearing some resemblance; 
 to compare. 
 
 LI'KENESS, s. resemblance ; one that resembles another. 
 
 LI'KEWISE, a(/, in like manner; also; too; moreover, or be- 
 sides. Synon. ^/so relates more to number than quantity, its pro- 
 per office being to add and to augment. Likewise is used with more 
 propriety when it refers to similitude or comparison ; its particu- 
 lar office is, to denote the conformity and equality of things. 
 
 LI'KING, a. plump ; in a state of plumpness. 
 
 LI'KING, s. a state of trial, wherein a person is placed, that 
 he may see whether he likes, or is approved of; good state of 
 body; plumpness. 
 
 LIM 
 
 LI'LAC, s. [Fr.] in Botany, a beautiful shrub, frequently cul- 
 tivated in our gardens, the flowers of which are much admired 
 for their beauty and smell. 
 
 LI'LAC, a. the name of a light purple colour, resembling the 
 hue of the flower so called. 
 
 LI'LBURNE, JOHN, called also Free-born John, a person who 
 made himself somewhat conspicuous during the Puritan Revo- 
 lution of the 17th century, by his pertinacious combativeness. 
 He appeared first as a clerk or servant of Prynne, and was im- 
 prisoned and whipped for distributing his master's pamphlets. 
 Cromwell brought his case before the Long Parliament, to John's 
 great advantage. He was in the army during the war, and rose 
 to be a lieutenant-colonel, being present at several engagements. 
 But he got into trouble by his wrangling, and was imprisoned. 
 He set himself most obstinately against Cromwell, and published 
 some wonderful pamphlets in his zeal to unmask him. He was 
 tried for his zeal, and acquitted, but kept in hold, as was very 
 needful. Having begun as a Presbyterian, he ended as a Quaker, 
 and died in 1657, without having harmed any, save himself and 
 his admirers. 
 
 LI'LIED, a. adorned with lilies; of the whiteness of a lily. 
 
 LILLE, a city of the department of Nord, France. It is the 
 chief place of the department, and stands on a canal which joins 
 the river Lys, over which it has several bridges. It is a very 
 strong place, being defended by a fine citadel, as well as by its 
 own fortifications. It is, on the whole, handsomely built, and 
 has some fine public edifices. It is a place of great importance, 
 both for its trade and for its manufactures; and its canal gives 
 it ready communication with the sea-coast. Its museums, li- 
 brary, &c. &c. are also deserving of mention. It is 135 miles 
 from Paris. Pop. about 80,000. 
 
 LI'LLY, WILLIAM, a notorious astrologer and fortune-teller 
 of the 17th century. He lived in the midst of the civil wars, 
 and was consulted by the unhappy king, on more than one oc- 
 casion. He was afterwards as much in favour with the victori- 
 ous party. His fame rested on his almanack as much as on his 
 astrological practice, and that publication was the progenitor of 
 the Loyal Almanack, which brings in such a harvest to the Sta- 
 tioners' Company, at the cost of its ignorant purchasers. Lilly 
 accumulated a good fortune by his fortune-telling, and also by 
 three tolerably worldly-wise marriages, and died in 1681, aged 
 79 years. 
 
 Ll'LY, s. [lilium, Lat.] in Botany, the name of several flowers 
 of various colours ; the most beautiful of which is of an intense 
 white, and is very common in gardens. 
 
 Ll'LY of the Valley, s. in Botany, the name of a very beautiful 
 English plant, common in shady woods, having two broad green 
 leaves, and a small spike of delicately scented, white, bell-shaped 
 flowers. 
 
 Ll'LY, WILLIAM, a famous English school-master of the 
 beginning of the 16th century. He had travelled much before 
 he began to teach ; and he had, and deserved to have, a con- 
 siderable reputation. He died in 1523, aged -54 years. It is 
 worthy of observation, that many schools, both public and pri- 
 vate, in England, in spite of all the advance that the science of 
 language, and the study of the classics, have made during the 
 300 years that have passed since Lily's days, continue to indoc- 
 trinate their ingenuous disciples in the mysteries of Latin inflec- 
 tions by Lily's doggrel hexameters, painfully known as the Pro- 
 pria quce maribus, and As in prasenti. 
 
 LI'LY-LIVERED, a. white-livered ; cowardly. 
 
 LI'MA, the capital of the republic of Peru, S. America. It 
 stands at some distance from the coast, in a spacious and beau- 
 tiful valley, on a small river, called by the same name. It is 
 well planned, hut the frequency of earthquakes forbids all at- 
 tempts at architectural elegance. It has some public buildings, 
 and a fine fountain in the great square. Owing to the climate, 
 and to the recent political changes, and especially to the abund- 
 ance of precious metals which is found near it, there is little 
 activity of a mercantile or a manufacturing kind. It has, how- 
 ever, a university of good standing. Callao is its sea-port, at 
 about 7 miles distance. Pop. about 75,000, of whom about 
 20,000 are slaves. Lat. 12. 2. S. Long. 77. 7. W. 
 
 LIMB, (Urn) s. [lim. Sax. and Scot.] a member; a joint of any 
 animal. — (limbe, br.] an edge or border, used by philosophical 
 writers. In Botany, the upper part of a petal, in blossoins 
 composed of more than one regular petal. 
 
is 
 
LIM 
 
 To LIMB, (Urn) V. a. to assume limbs ; to tear asunder ; to dis- 
 member. 
 
 LI'MBECK, s. [corrupted from alembic,] a still. 
 
 Ll'MBED, {lirri'd) a. formed with regard to limbs. 
 
 Ll'MBER, a. {llimp, Brit.] flexible ; easily bent. 
 
 LI'MBERNESS, s. the quality of being easily bent. 
 
 Ll'MBO, s. [limhm, Lat.] a middle state, bordering on hell, in 
 which there is neither pleasure nor pain. Popularly, a prison ; 
 any place of misery and confinement. 
 
 LI'MBURG, the name of an old province of the Nether- 
 lands, adjoining to Prussia, and divided now between the 
 kingdoms of Belgium and Holland. It is altogether about 
 40 miles in length, by about 30 in breadth ; but its form is 
 rather wedge-shaped. It is generally level, and the. soil is 
 very fertile. The rivers Maese, Jaare, and Demer water 
 it. It yields abundance of coals. It also produces excellent 
 corn, fruits, &c., and is noted for a breed of fine cattle. Its 
 manufactures are inconsiderable. At the partition, little more 
 than a third was assigned to Holland. Maestricht is its capital. 
 Pop. about 160,000. Pop. of the Belgian portion, about 230,000. 
 The town of Limburg is in the Dutch portion. It stands on the 
 Wese. Excellent marble is quarried in its neighbourhood; and 
 it produces good cheese, and manufactures linen cloth. Pop.' 
 about 3000. Lat. 50. 38. N. Long. 5. 54. E. 
 
 LIME, s. [lim. Sax.] any viscous substance ; particularly ap- 
 plied to that which is laid on twigs, and catches or sticks to the 
 wings and feet of birds that touch it, hence called birdlime. In 
 Mineralogy, an earth obtained from chalk, marble, limestone, 
 &c. by burning; which furnishes the principal material for mor- 
 tar ; is employed by bleachers, tanners, soap-boilers, iron-mas- 
 ters, &c., in their several manufactures; by farmers, as a manure; 
 and is of some use in medicine. Lime-water is used in medicine 
 as an astringent, tonic, and purgative. 
 
 LIME, s. in Botany, called likewise the linden-tree ; its wood 
 is much used by.carvers and turners. — [lime, Fr.] a species of 
 lemon which grows in the West Indies. 
 
 To LIME, f. a. to smear with lime; to cement or unite as with 
 mortar; to manure ground with lime. Figuratively, to entangle 
 or insnare. 
 
 LI'MEKILN, s. a kiln, where chalk, &c. are burnt to lime. 
 
 LI'MERICK, Limerick, in Munster, Ireland. It is divided 
 into the Irish and English town ; the latter, which is the most 
 ancient, is situated on an island, formed by the river Shannon, 
 and called King's Island. It has increased prodigiously in late 
 years by the addition of handsome streets and quays ; and its 
 commerce has Kept pace with its size. The linen, woollen, and 
 paper manufactures are carried on here to a great extent ; and 
 theexportsof beef and other provisions are considerable. It con- 
 tains many hospitals, and some handsome public .structures. 
 The country around it is fertile and pleasant, but the air is rather 
 moist. It is 94 miles from Dublin. Pop. 48,391. Limerick is a 
 bishop's see with Ardfert and Aghadoe. 
 
 LI'MERICK, a county of Munster, Ireland. It is about 51 
 miles in length, and 32 in breadth, bounded by Tipperary, Clare, 
 Kerry, and Cork. It contains 125 parishes, and is a fertile and 
 well-inhabited county, though the S. E. and S. W. parts are 
 mountainous. The soil is particularly rich in pasture,* the best 
 cattle slaughtered at Cork being sent from this county. Several 
 rivers water it, the principal of which are the Shannon and the 
 Maig. Pop. 281,038. It sends only 2 members to parliament. 
 
 Ll'MESTONE, s. in Building and Commerce, any kind of 
 stone which has such a preponderanceof carbonate of lime in it, 
 that it can be used for obtaining lime by calcining. See Moun- 
 tain Limestone. 
 
 LI'MEWATER, s. a liquor made by pouring boiling water on 
 unslaked lime, and racking it off when settled. 
 
 LI'MEVVORT, s. in Botany, a kind of pink. 
 
 LFMIT, s. [&nes, Lat.] a bound; a border; the utmost ex- 
 tent of any place or .space. 
 
 To LI'Mir, V. a. to confine within certain bounds; to re- 
 strain; to circumscribe, or prescribe bounds to. To restrain 
 or confine the sense, applied to words that have various signi- 
 fications. 
 
 LIMIT A'NEOUS, a. belonging to the bounds. 
 
 LI'MITARY, a, placed at the limits or boundaries as a guard. 
 
 LiMITA'TIOiV, «. restriction; restraint; a certain time as- 
 igned by statute within which an action must be brought. 
 
 LIN 
 
 To LIMN, v.a. [enluminer, Fr.] to draw or paint any thing; to 
 colour or illuminate in prints and maps; to paint in water co- 
 lours, in crayons, oil colours, &c. 
 
 LI'MNER,s. [enlumineur, Fr.] a painter, or one who draws 
 portraits from the life. 
 
 Ll'MOGES, a city in the department of Haute Vienne, France. 
 It is seated on the river Vienne, and is somewhat irregularly 
 built ; but has some fine public buildings. It has some manufac- 
 tures of value, and is a place of considerable trade. It is 235 miles 
 from Paris. Pop. about 20,000. Lat. 45. 47. N. Long. 1. 17. E. 
 
 LI'MOUS, a. [limosus, Lat.] muddy and slimy. 
 
 LIMP, a. [limpio, Ital.] vapid, or having no taste. Without 
 boards for covers, applied to bookbinding. 
 
 To LIMP, V. n. [limpen. Sax.] to halt ; to walk lamely. 
 
 LI'MPET, s. in Natural History, a kind of shell-fish. 
 
 LI'MPID, n. [/jVh^w/ws, Lat.] clear ; pure; transparent. 
 
 LI'MPIDNESS, s. the quality of being transparent, applied to 
 streams. 
 
 LI'MPINGLY, ad. in a lame or halting manner. 
 
 LI'MY, a. [from lime,'] containing lime ; viscous or glutinous. 
 
 Ll'NACRE, DR. THOMAS, a very learned English physician, 
 ofthetimeof Henry VIII. He had travelled and studied at the most 
 eminent schools on" the continent, and he took a very high place 
 amongst the healers of his day. He founded the College of Phy- 
 sicians ; and was himself physician to four successive monarchs 
 of England. He became a parish priest at the latter part of his 
 life; and was made prebendary of Westminster. He died in 
 1524, aged 04 years. 
 
 LI'NCHPIN, s. an iron pin that keeps the wheel on the axle- 
 tree. 
 
 LI'NCOLN, (Linkon) formerly called Nicoi., Lincolnshire. 
 This city is pleasantly seated on the side of a hill, on the Wit- 
 ham, which here divides itself into three small channels. It is 
 much reduced from its former extent and splendour, (when it 
 contained 52 parish churches, and was one of the most populous 
 cities of England, and a mart for all goods coming by land or 
 water,) and now consists principally of one street, above 2 miles 
 long, well paved, and several cross and parallel streets well 
 peopled. Here are some handsome modern buildings, but more 
 antique ones. The Romans' northgate still remains under the 
 nameof New -port Gate. It is a vast semicircle of stones, of very 
 large dimensions, laid without mortar, and connected only by 
 their uniform shape. The cathedral is a stately Gothic pile, one 
 of the largest in England, and stands on so lofty a hill, that it 
 may be seen 50 miles to the N. and 30 to the S., and is particu- 
 larly admired for its interior architecture, which is in the richest 
 and lightest Gothic style. The famous bell, called Tom of Lin- 
 coln, is surpassed in magnitude by only two others in England. 
 The chief trade here is in coals brought by the Trent and F'oss- 
 dyke; and oats and wool, which are sent by the river Witham. 
 It is 129 miles from London. Markets, Tuesday and Friday'. 
 Pop. 16,172. 
 
 LI'NCOLNSHIRE, a county of England, lying on the German 
 Ocean, and bounded by Norfolk, Cambridgeshire, Northampton- 
 shire, Rutland, Leicestershire, Nottinghamshire, and Yorkshire. 
 It is 77 miles in length, and 48 in breadth where widest. It is 
 divided into three parts, namely, Holland on the S. E., Kesteven 
 on the S. W., and Lindsey on the N. It contains 30 hundreds, 
 1 city, 3;} market-towns, and 630 parishes. Its principal rivers 
 are the Trent, Humber, Witham, Welland, Ancam, Nen, and 
 Dun. The air is various, according to its three grand divisions. 
 The soil in many places is very rich, the inland part producing 
 corn in great plenty, and the fens cole-.seed, and verv rich pas- 
 tures; whence their breed of cattle is larger than that of any 
 other county in England except Somersetshire; their horses are 
 also excellent, and very large; and their sheep are not only of 
 the largest breed, but are clothed with a long thick wool, pe- 
 culiarly fitted for the worsted and coarse woollen manufactures. 
 It has some manufactures also. Pop. 362,602. It sends 13 
 members to parliament. 
 
 LFNCTUS, s. llint/o, Lat.] in Medicine, a preparation so called 
 because licked up by the tongue. 
 
 LI'NDEN, g. llind. Sax.] in Botanv, a name of the lime-tree. 
 
 LFNDSAY,or LYNDSAYE, SIRDAVID, of the Mount, Lord 
 Lion King-at-arms, of Scotland, a poet of some name and note 
 amongst those who, in that country, before the great changes of 
 the Reformation and the Union, stepped beyond the fabrication 
 
 533 
 
LIN 
 
 of ballads. He was at first a sort of page to the young king, 
 but was afterwards promoted to the tabard, and was sent on a 
 mission to the emperor Charles V. He espoused the cause of 
 the Reformation, and died in 1557, aged 67 years. 
 
 LINE, s. [linea, Lat.] quantity or space, considered only with 
 regard to length; a long and fine mark; a slender string; a 
 thread extended as a guide or rule; the string that sustains the 
 hook in angling ; a lineament or mark in the face ; a single row 
 of letters written or printed from one margin to the other. Be- 
 longing to the regular troops or war-ships, in military affairs. 
 A work thrown up, or a breach, applied to Fortification. In 
 Geography, the equator or equinoctial line. In Pedigree, pro- 
 geny, family, or relations, considered as ascending or descend- 
 ing. Figuratively, a letter, or poetical composition. 
 
 To LINE, V. a. [probably from linum, Lat.] to cover on the 
 inside. 
 
 LI'NEAGE, s.\linage,Yx.'] race; progeny; family. 
 
 LI'NEAL, a. [^mea, Lat.] composed of lines delineated. De- 
 scending directly, as the son from the father, &c., applied to ge- 
 nealogy ; allied by direct descent. 
 
 LI'NEALLY, ad. in a direct line, applied to pedigree. 
 
 Ll'NEAMENT, s. feature ; or any mark, either in the face or 
 form, which distinguishes one person from another. 
 
 LI'NEAR, a. composed of lines ; having the form of lines. 
 
 LINEA'TION, s. a draught or appearance of a line or lines. 
 
 LI'NEN, s. [linum, Lat.] cloth made of hemp or flax. 
 
 LI'NEN,a. made of linen; resembling linen in whiteness. 
 
 LFNEN-DRAPER, s. [from linen and draper, of drap, Fr.] a 
 person who sells linen. See Draper. 
 
 LING, s. [ling, Isl.] in Botany, a kind of heath. — \linghe, 
 Belg.] in Ichthyology, a kind of sea-fish, usually dried and 
 salted. 
 
 LING, [Sax.] a termination commonly implying diminution, 
 as gosling, a little goose ; darling, a little dear. Sometimes it de- 
 notes quality, or condition; thus suckling, Aenales the state of 
 an infant that sucks ; and hireling, the quality of a person who 
 works for hire. 
 
 To LI'NGER, V. n. [leng. Sax.] to remain long in a state of 
 languor or pain. Figuratively, to hesitate, or be in suspense; 
 to wait long in expectation or uncertainty; to remain long in any 
 state as loth to leave it ; to be long in producing an effect. 
 
 LI'NGERER, s. one who does any thing in such a manner as 
 to protract the time, or do it as slowly as he can. 
 
 LFNGERINGLY, ad. in a tedious or delaying manner. 
 
 LI'NGET, s. [lingot, Fr.] a small mass of metal. 
 
 LI'NGO, s. [Port.] language ; tongue ; or speech : a low cant 
 word. 
 
 LINGUADE'NTAL,«!. [lingua and dens, LaU] in Grammar, ap- 
 plied to the letters uttered by the joint action of the tongue and 
 teeth, as/and v. 
 
 LI'NGUIST, s. [lingua, Lat.] a person skilled in languages. 
 
 Ll'NIMENT, s. [linio, Lat.] an ointment, or any medicine that 
 may be spread or smeared over a sore. 
 
 LI'NI^^G, s. [from line, the verb,] the inner covering of any 
 thing. 
 
 LINK, ». [gelencke, Teut.] a single ring of a chain; any thing 
 doubled, or forming a loop resembling the ring of a chain ; any 
 thing that connects; a chain. In reasoning, a single part of a 
 series or chain of consequences ; a proposition ; joined to a fore- 
 going and following proposition, a series. 
 
 To LINK, V. a. to connect or join together, as the links of a 
 chain. Figuratively, to unite in concord or friendship ; to con- 
 nect, generally used with together, 
 
 LFNKBOY, s, a boy that carries a torch, or link, to light per- 
 sons in the night. 
 
 LI'NLEY, IHOMAS, a distinguished composer and musician, 
 who studied at Bath, and for some years superintended the mu- 
 sical department of Drury Lane Theatre. He set several of 
 Sheridan's operas to music, and was a master in the genuine 
 English school of music. His compositions are hardly known 
 beyond the circle of students and admirers of that school. His 
 sons and daughters all evinced the same predilection for music, 
 and much of the same simple and refined taste. He died in 1795, 
 aged 70 years. 
 
 LINLl'THGOW, a county of Scotland, lying on the Frith of 
 Forth, and bounded by the counties of Stirling, Edinburgh, and 
 Lanark. It is about 20 miles in length, and 10 in breadth Its 
 
 L IP 
 
 surface is not hilly, but undulating, and is watered by many 
 small streams. It produces coal, limestone, lead, salt. Sec, and is 
 tolerably well cultivated. It has also good pastures. There are 
 some manufactures. Its chief town, of the same name, is an 
 ancient, well-built, and regular place. Its palace is its chief or- 
 nament. It is 16 miles from Edinburgh. Pop. 3872. Pop. of 
 the county, 26,872. It returns one member and a moiety to 
 parliament. , 
 
 LINN^'US, or LINNE, CARL VON, the great Swedish na- 
 turalist, inventor of the compendious modern nomenclature, 
 and first of the modern systematizers, was son of a poor coun- 
 try clergyman, who being attracted to the study of botany, by 
 his diligence and devotion therein obtained such notice as en- 
 abled him to prosecute his studies in the way most agreeable to 
 him. He studied at Lund and Upsal ; gained the friendship of 
 the botanical professor of Upsal ; was sent on a naturalizing 
 tour into Lapland ; and published an account of his journey. 
 After a while he set out on fresh travels, and visited Holland, 
 where he became a doctor of medicine, and stayed for some time 
 as superintendent of ClifFort's famous gardens, near Haerlem. 
 He next visited England, and was not greatly edified by it. 
 After a rapid glance at Paris, he returned to Sweden ; where he 
 settled as a physician and professor of botany and mineralogy. 
 He now made known his system of botanical classification, and 
 entered on his career of fame. His studies were prosecuted in- 
 cessantly ; and the professorship of Upsal, and the connexion 
 with the newly-formed royal academy, furnished him with fresh 
 opportunities of obtaining information. He did not confine 
 himself to botany, but remodelled the whole system of natural 
 history, and added, by aid of information sent him by travellers 
 in all lands, great numbers to the ascertained and defined spe- 
 cies. Nor did he languish for lack of honour, knighthood and 
 nobility were successively bestowed on him ; and he acquired a 
 degree of opulence also. He died, after a life of constant la- 
 bour, in 1778, aged 71 years. The classification of Linnaeus is 
 absorbed in, or ousted from, our herbals and museums, by sys- 
 tems which are less artificial ; yet his name and fame are not the 
 less established. It is a matter of deep regret that his private 
 character should deserve nothing but warm reprobation. 
 
 LPNNET, s. [linot, Fr.] in Ornithology, a small singing bird, 
 about the size of a sparrow, covered with brownish feathers. 
 
 LI'NSEED, «. [corrupted from lintseed,'] the seed of flax. 
 
 LI'NSEY-WOO'LSEY, a. made of linen and wool mixed toge- 
 ther. Figuratively, vile, mean, compounded of different unsuit- 
 able parts ; mongrel. 
 
 Ll'NSTOCK, s. a staff of wood, with a match at the end, used 
 by gunners in firing cannon. 
 
 LINT, s, [linteum, Lat.] the soft substance called flax ; linen 
 scraped into a soft woolly substance, used by surgeons to lay on 
 wounds. 
 
 LPNTEL, s. [linteal, Fr.] the upper part of a door-frame, cross- 
 ing the two upright posts. 
 
 LION, s. [Fr. leo, Lat.] in Natural History, the name of a ge- 
 nus of animals allied to the cat, and reckoned the largest and 
 most perfectly developed of that family. It inhabits only the 
 hottest regions of the earth. There is no great difference be- 
 tween the lion of Asia and that of Africa, and the general ap- 
 f)earance of both is too well known to need description. The 
 ion is more docile than the tiger, but the tales of its magna- 
 nimity are completely apocryphal. It is a remarkable fact, that 
 as by commerce, &c. the haunts of the lion and other native 
 raonarchsof the forest and the desert are disturbed, by settle- 
 ments, roads, &c. &c., these ferocious animals become more 
 scarce, or are more rarely seen. The lion of S. America has no 
 mane, and is commonly called the puma. In Astronomy, a sign 
 in the zodiac, which the sun enters about July 23. 
 
 LI'ON-HEARTED, a. of undaunted courage, like a lion. 
 
 LIP, s. [lippe, Sax.] the edge or outward part of the mouth ; 
 that muscular part which shuts and covers the mouth, both 
 above and below. Figuratively, the edge of any thing. To make 
 a lip, is to hang the lip, in anger and contempt. In Botany, the 
 upper or under division of a gaping blossom. 
 
 LI'PLABOUR, s. action of the lips, without concurrence of 
 the mind ; words without sentiments. 
 
 LIPO'THYMOUS, a. [leipo and thumos, Gr.] fainting. 
 
 LIPO'THYMY, s. in Medicine, a sudden diminution or failure' 
 of the animal and vital functions; a swoon or fainting fit. 
 
LIS 
 
 LI'PPE, the name of two small German principalities. Li^pe- 
 Defiiiold lies between Prussia, Hanover, Hesse-Cassel, and 
 Sciiaumberg-Lippe; and a detached portion lies quite in the 
 Prussian territory. It has a ridge of hills, called the Osning, 
 which yield building-stone, and timber. Its rivers are the Weser, 
 the Lippe, and many smaller streams running into them from 
 the Osning. It produces corn, flax, &c. &c., and a good many 
 cattle. It has also some small manufactures. Detmold is its 
 principal place. Pop. under 100,000. Schaumherg-Lippe con- 
 sists of detached tracts bordered by Hanover, Prussia, Hesse- 
 Cassel, and Lippe-Detmold. It lies on the same hill-range as 
 the other Lippe, and is watered by the feeders of the Weser. Its 
 productions are the same in general ; and it has also some coal- 
 mines. It chief place is Biickeburg. Pop. about 30,000. 
 
 LI'PPED, a. having lips. 
 
 LI'PPITUDE, s. [lippus, Lat.] blearedness of the eyes. 
 
 LIQUATION, «. lliqun, Lat.] the act of melting; capacity of 
 being melted. 
 
 LI'QU ATE, V. n. [liquo, Lat.] to melt or turn into liquor. 
 
 LIQUEFA'CTION, s. [liquidusAxxAfacio, Lat.] the act of melt- 
 ing ; the state of a body melted. 
 
 LIQUEFI'ABLE, a. capable of being melted. 
 
 To LrQUEFY, v. a. [liquidus and facio, Lat.] to melt, applied 
 to fire. To dissolve, applied to liquor. 
 
 LI'QUID, a. [liqueo, Lat.] fluid, or giving way to the slightest 
 touch. Soft or clear, applied to sound. In Grammar, capable 
 of blending with other sounds, applied to the consonants I, m,n, 
 and r. 
 
 LI'QUID, s. a body which has the property of fluidity, or 
 whose particles move freely amongst each other in all directions. 
 Liquid substances are nothing more than solids converted into 
 liquids by heat, a certain increase of which would convert the 
 liquid into vapour. 
 
 To LI'QUIDATE, v. a. to clear away or lessen debts. In Com- 
 merce, to make bills current and payable. 
 
 LIQUPDITY, s. subtilty ; thinness. 
 
 Ll'QUIDNESS, s. the quality of having its parts easily put in 
 motion, and adhering to any thing immerged. 
 
 LPQUOR, (Itkur) s. [Lat.] anjr thing liquid ; generally applied 
 to inebriating or intoxicating drinks. 
 
 To LI'QUOR, V. a. to drench or moisten. 
 
 LPQUORICE, s. in Botany and Medicine, a plant cultivated 
 for the sake of the juice of its root, which, when expressed and 
 refined, is used in catarrhs, to remove the hoarseness. 
 
 LI'SBON, the capital of Portugal. The plan of the city is re- 
 gular ; the streets, some of which are more than three miles in 
 length, and the squares, are spacious, and the buildings are ele- 
 gant. The harbour will contain 1000 sail of ships, which ride 
 in the greatest safety ; and the city, being viewed from the 
 southern shore of the river, affords a beautiful prospect, as the 
 buildings gradually rise above each- other in the form of an am- 
 phitheatre. There are 40 parish churches, and 50 convents of 
 both sexes. The public buildings, for educational and govern- 
 ment purposes, are numerous and handsome. There is a consi- 
 derable trade here, but the manufactures are not of great value. 
 Lisbon is seated on the river Tagus, 9 miles from the mouth of 
 it. Pop. about 300,000. Lat. 38. 42. N. Long, 9. 9. W. 
 
 LISLE, DE, a distinguished family of geographers, &c. in 
 France. Claude, the father, published a Universal History, and 
 an Historical Atlas, and died in 1720, aged 7G years. His three 
 sons were all men of distinction. William became royal geogra- 
 pher, and was of great service to history by his numerous maps. 
 He died in 1726, aged 51 years. Louis was a traveller as well as 
 a geographer, and died in 1741. Joseph Nicholas was an astrono- 
 mer, and held office at St. Petersburg, and at Paris subse- 
 quently. He published a History of Astronomy, and died in 
 1768, aged 80 years. 
 
 LI'SMORE, Waterford, in Munster, Ireland. It stands on 
 the Blackwater, over which is a handsome bridge. The castle 
 and cathedral are noble buildings. It is a bishop's see, in con- 
 nexion with Cashel, Emly, and Waterford. It is 115 miles from 
 Dublin. Pop. 3007. 
 
 LI'SMORE, one of the Western Islands of Scotland, at the 
 mouth of the bay of Lochyol, in Argylesliire. It is 8 miles long, 
 and 2 broad, and the soil is pretty fertile. It was formerly the 
 residence of the bishops of Argyle. Pop. 1399. 
 
 LISNE, s. a cavity ; a hollow. 
 
 LIT 
 
 To LISP, V. n. [hlisp, Sax.] to speak with too frequent an ap- 
 plication of the tongue to the teeth or palate. 
 
 LISP, s. the act of speaking with too frequent application of 
 the tongue to the teeth or palate. 
 
 LI'SPER, s. one who speaks lispingly. 
 
 LIST, s. [liste, Fr.] a roll or catalogue. — [lice, Fr.] enclosed 
 ground, in which tilts are run, and combats fought ; hence, to 
 enter the lists, is to contend with a person, either with bodily 
 strength, or by disputation and argument. — [licium, Lat.] a stripe 
 on the extremities of cloth ; a border. — [h/stan. Sax.] desire ; 
 willingness ; choice. 
 
 To LIST, V. n. [lystan. Sax.] to choose or desire ; to be disposed 
 or inclined to. 
 
 To LIST, V. a. to enlist or register ; to retain and enrol as sol- 
 diers or sailors. Also, to hearken to ; to listen, 
 
 LI'STED, a. striped ; marked with lines or streaks of different 
 colours. 
 
 LI'STEL, s. in Architecture, is a small band or kind of rule 
 in the moulding; also, the space between the channelings of 
 pillars. 
 
 To LI'STEN, V. n. [hlystan. Sax.] to hearken or give atten- 
 tion to. 
 
 LI'STENER, s. one who hearkens or attends to what another 
 says. 
 
 LI'STLESS, a. without any inclination or determination to 
 one thing more than another; careless; heedless. 
 
 LI'STLESSLY, ad. without thought or attention. 
 
 LI'STLESSNESS, «. inattention ; disregard; want of desire. 
 
 LIT, past tense (strong) of the verb to light. 
 
 LI'TANY, s. [litaneuo, Gr.] a general series of supplications 
 used in public worship with responses. 
 
 LITCHFIELD. See Lichfield. 
 
 LITCHFIELD, a town of Connecticut, United States. It 
 stands on the summit of a hill, and consists chiefly of two 
 streets crossing each other at right angles. It has some hand- 
 some buildings. There Is a famous law-school, in which many 
 of the principal civilians of the States have been educated. 
 There are several other scattered parishes which belong to this 
 township, which is watered by the head branches of the Shepang 
 and Naugatuck rivers, which afford water-power. It is 326 miles 
 from Washington. Pop. 4038. Seven other places in the States 
 bear this name. 
 
 LITERAL, a. [litera, Lat.] according to its primary and 
 most obvious sense, opposed to figurative. Following the 
 letter, or word for word, applied to translations. Consisting of 
 letters. 
 
 LITERAL, s. primitive or literal meaning. 
 
 LITERALLY, arf. according to the primary and obvious sense 
 of words, opposed to figuratively. With close adherence to the 
 words or sense of an original, applied to translations. 
 
 LITERARY, a. respecting letters; regarding learning. 
 
 LITERATI, s. [Ital.] the learned. It has no singular. 
 
 LITERATURE, s. learning ; erudition. 
 
 LITHARGE, s. [lithos and arguros, Gr.] lead vitrified either 
 with or without copper, 
 
 LITHE, a. [lithe, Sax.] pliant ; easily bent. 
 
 LITHENESS, s. the quality of being pliant or easily bent. 
 
 LITHER, a. [from lUhe,1 soft ; pliant ; of little or no resist- 
 ance ; bad ; sorry ; corrupt. 
 
 LITHIUM, s. [litheios, Gr.] in Chemistry, a white-coloured 
 metal, closely allied to potassium and sodium. 
 
 LITHO'GRAPHY, s. [litlios and grapho, Gr.] the art of drawing 
 and writing on a peculiar kind of stone, prepared for the pur- 
 pose ; and of taking impressions from the drawing, by means of 
 printer's ink, with a rolling press. The stone is found in the 
 Jurassic formations of Germany, near the Alps, and is a slaty 
 limestone of a cream colour. Slabs of this stone are prepared 
 either with polished or slightly roughened surfaces; and the 
 drawing is made with an ink composed for the purpose. After 
 it is made, it is bitf,en by the application of an acid solution, which 
 simply keeps it from being aflfected by water. When used, the 
 stone is wetted with a sponge, and a roller covered with ink 
 passed over it, leaves ink only on the lines of the drawing, 
 which are not wetted. The press subjects the paper laid on the 
 stone, to the passage of a blunt edge over It, and by that means 
 the impression is made. The cheapness and facility of the pro- 
 cess are its great recommendations ; while, if the stone be fitly 
 
 535 
 
LIV 
 
 prepared, and the drawing properly done, a great number of 
 copies may be taken. 
 
 LITHOMANCY, s. \lithos and manteia, Gr.] prediction, or the 
 art of foretelling-, bv stones. 
 
 LlTHONTRrPT'lC, a. [lithos and iribo, Gr.] medicines which 
 have the power of dissolving the stone in the bladder or 
 kidfiCTS. 
 
 LITHO'TOMIST, s. [litlws and temno, Gr.] a surgeon who ex- 
 tracts the stone by cutting or opening the bladder. 
 
 LITHOTOMY, s. the art or practice of cutting for the stone. 
 
 LITHO'TRITY, s. \lithos and Uiro, Gr.] the art or practice of 
 crushing the calculus by certain instruments, in the bladder, so 
 as to supersede the necessity for lithotomy. 
 
 LFTIGANT, s. [lis, Lat.] one engaged in a law-suit. 
 
 LI'TIGANT, a. engaged in a law-suit. 
 
 To LITIGATE, v. a. to contest in law. — v. n. to manage a 
 suit; to carry on a cause. 
 
 LITIGATION, s. a suit of law. 
 
 LITFGIOUS, a. [/iV/g'ieu.r, Fr.] quarrelsome ; wrangling; fond 
 of going to law; disputable; controvertible. 
 
 LITI'GIOL/SLY, at/, in a quarrelsome manner; in a manner 
 which shows a fondness of law-suits. 
 
 LITI'GIOUSNESS, s. a wrangling disposition ; a fondness for 
 debate or law-suits. 
 
 LITMUS, s. a sort of cheap blue paint, which is imported 
 from Holland. It is regarded by chemists as furnishing an ex- 
 cellent test for acids and alkalies. 
 
 LITTER, s. [litiere, Fr.] a carriage borne by horses, containing 
 a bed ; the straw laid under animals or plants. A breed of 
 young, generally applied to those of swine. Any number of 
 things thrown carelessly or confusedly together. 
 
 To LITTER, V. a. to bring forth young, applied to swine. To 
 cover with things in a confused and slovenly manner ; to supply 
 cattle with straw to lie on. 
 
 LITTLE, a. compar. less, superlat. least; [It/tel, Sax.] small in 
 
 quantity, quality, number, dignity, or importance. 
 
 LI'TTLE, s, a small space ; a sma" 
 affair ; not much ; scarce any thing. 
 
 slight 
 
 LITTLE, ad. in a small degree or quantity; not much. 
 LITTLENESS, s. smallness of bulk or size ; meanness ; want 
 of grandeur or dignity. 
 
 LITTLETON, ADAM, a learned clergyman of the Anglican 
 Church, who was one of the ejected under the Long Parliament. 
 He was repaid for his martyrdom by a prebend in Westminster 
 Abbey. He lives by means of a Latin Dictionary, which evinces 
 no mean scholarship ; and is of use as often giving a genuine 
 idiomatic signification. He died in 1694, aged 67 years. 
 LITTORAL, a. [litus, Lat.] belonging to the shore. 
 LITURGY, s. [liturgie, Fr.] a form of prayers used in public 
 worship. The Liturgy of the Anglican Church underwent many 
 alterations from the time of its publication in 1549 to 1662, 
 when the last hand was put to it, under the direction of Charles 
 II., and the Act of Uniformity was passed to secure it, which 
 produced the English St. Bartholomew. The traces of these 
 changes are evident ; and the diversity of parties in the pale of 
 the Church, each holding by the Liturgy, is proof positive that 
 the perplexities of untrammelled devotional practice and faith 
 are not cast off by the adoption of such a guide. Before the 
 Liturgy of 1549, there had been five different editions of these 
 works of a like character with it ; but less distinct from the 
 Missals of the Roman Church. It ought to be observed, that at 
 the time of the Reformation there were several differing Litur- 
 gies in use in the Roman Church, even in the compass of 
 England. 
 
 LITUUS, s. [Lat.] in Medals, the staff used by augurs, in 
 shape of a bishop's crosier. 
 
 To LIVE, (pronounced with the i short, as in if oi gift,) v. n. 
 [lyfian. Sax.] to be in a state of bodily existence and activity ; 
 to pass life in any manner with regard to habit, good or ill, hap- 
 piness or misery ; to continue in life. Followed by udth, to con- 
 verse or continue in the same house with another. To be sup- 
 ported ; to feed ; followed by on. 
 
 LIVE, a. (the i pron. long, as in time,) quick; having life; 
 active. Burning, or not extinguished, applied to fire. 
 
 LI'VELIHOOD, s. [from lively and hood,-] support of life; 
 maintenance; sufficient to supply the necessaries of life. 
 LI'VELILY, Li'vELY, ad. in a brisk, vigorous, and active 
 536 • 6 . 
 
 LIV 
 
 manner. With a strong resemblance, applied to description or 
 painting. 
 
 LIVELINESS, s. appearance of life; vivacity; activity; 
 sprightliness. 
 
 LI'VELONG, (Itvlong) a. tedious; lasting; durable. 
 
 LI'VELY, a. brisk; vigorous; gay; airy; vivacious; nearly 
 representing life. 
 
 LI'VER, (Kcer) s. one who is alive, or continues in life ; one 
 who lives in any particular manner with respect to virtue, vice, 
 happiness, or misery. In Anatomy, an organ of great import- 
 ance in the alimentary system, which secretes the bile. It is 
 large and solid, divided into several flattened lobes, of a dark 
 red colour; and lies on the right side, level with the edge of the 
 ribs. In Chemistry, a combination of mineral substances, which 
 is supposed to have the colour and general appearance of liver, 
 as liver of sulphur, and liver of antimony. 
 
 LI'VER-COLOUR, s. a dark-red colour. 
 
 Ll'VERGROWN, a. having a great overgrown liver. 
 
 LI'VERHEMP, s. in Botany, a plant, called also hemp agri- 
 mony, and water-hemp. 
 
 LI'VERPOOLjOr Lk'verpool, anciently Litherpool, Lanca- 
 shire. It^tands on the Mersey, and by its position, and wealth, 
 has become the second port in the kingdom. It is, on the whole, a 
 very handsome and commodious town ; and the public buildings 
 are iiumerous, and highly ornamental to it. The churches, the 
 municipal edifices, the custom-house, the exchange, the cha- 
 ritable institutions, the markets, and the theatres, seem to have 
 been constructed for the gratification of taste, as well as for 
 their various and peculiar uses. But the docks are the most re- 
 markable feature of the town ; and the construction of them has 
 enabled it to take its distinguished position in the commerce of 
 the world. Its inland trade is aided by the rivers Irwell and 
 Weaver, by the canals, and by the railroads, which converge 
 there. It is 206 miles from London. Markets, Wednesday and 
 Saturday. Pop. 286,487. 
 
 LI 'yERWORT, «. in Botany, a very beautiful flower, called 
 hepatiea in Lat., from its resembling the lobes of the liver ; also, 
 a genus of the plants called lichens. 
 
 LI'VERY, s. [livrer, Fr.] in Law, the act of giving or taking 
 possession ; a release from a wardship; the writ by which pos- 
 session is obtained ; the state of being kept at a certain rate; 
 clothes given to servants ; any particular dress. To stand at livery, 
 applied to horses, signifies to be kept in a public stable, where 
 they are supplied with food. 
 
 LFVERYMAN, s. a servant who wears clothes of a particular 
 colour, which are given him by his master. In London, a citizen 
 who has a liberty of voting for the members that represent the 
 city in parliament, &c., in respect of his belonging to some one 
 of the trades guilds or companies. 
 
 LIVES, s. the plural of Life. 
 
 LPVID, a. [lividus, Lat.] discoloured as with a blow; black 
 and blue. 
 
 LIVPDITY, s. [lividite, Fr.] discoloration caused by a blow; a 
 black and blue colour. 
 
 LI'VING, s. support; maintenance; livelihood; the benefice 
 of a clergyman. 
 
 LI'VING, a. in a state of motion or vegetation ; alive, or en- 
 joying life. 
 
 Ll'VINGLY, ad. in a living state. 
 
 LI'VIUS, TITUS, PATAVINUS, commonly called Li'vy; a 
 celebrated Roman historian, of the age of Augustus. Few facts 
 are known respecting his life and career, beyond his enjoyment 
 of the friendship and patronage of the imperial court. He died 
 in 17 A. D., aged 75 years. His history is unfortunately con- 
 siderably mutilated ; out of above 130 books, only 35 are ex- 
 tant ; and the epitomes of the others are not entirely complete. 
 It is greatly to be regretted that the chief value of Livy's history 
 is for the student of language. As a history of the most remark- 
 able people in the world's records, it needs to be as cautiously 
 received, even the later and more certain periods, as an unspar- 
 ing eulogiura would be; whilst in the earlier ages, he has re- 
 corded every legend that had floated down to his times, with all 
 the gravity properly belonging to the narration of authentic fact 
 alone. 
 
 LIVO'NIA, a province of the Russian empire, lying on the 
 gulf of Riga, in the Baltic, and bounded by the provinces of 
 Esthonia or Reval, Pskov, Vitepsk, and Courland. It is about 
 
LO 
 
 250 miles from N. to S. and 150 from E. to W. There are very 
 many lakes of different extent ; and the river Dwina, with its 
 tributaries, drains it. The island called Oesel, and some smaller 
 ones near it, in the Baltic, belong to it. The land is so fertile 
 iu corn, rye, and barley, that it is called the granary of the 
 North ; and it would produce a great deal more, if it were pro- 
 perly cleared and drained. There are plenty of lish, and of wild 
 animals; cattle, and other kinds of live stock, are numerous. 
 Here are a great number of forests, which consist of birch-trees, 
 pines, and oaks ; and all the houses of the inhabitants are built 
 with wood. They export vast quantities of flax, hemp, honey, 
 wax, leather, linseed, skins, and pot-ash. Riga is the capital. 
 Pop. about 800,000. 
 
 LIVO'RNO, the proper name of the sea-port of Tuscany, in 
 Italy, commonly called Leghorn. It stands quite on the coast, 
 and the harbour is formed by means of a mole ; there are also 
 docks ; but neither are suitable to vessels of any great size. It 
 is rather a handsome town, and it is fortified, but cannot be said 
 to be strong. It is a place of considerable trade, and exports 
 not only the products of the country, but also what has been 
 brought from the Levant and other parts of the 3Iediterranean. 
 Its ciiief trade is with England. It is about -50 miles from Flo- 
 rence. Pop. about 80,000. Lat. 43. 32. N. Long. 10. 17. E. 
 
 LI'VRE, s. [Fr.] a French money of account, consisting of 
 20 sols, each sol containing 12 deniers. 
 
 LlXrVIAL, a. llixivium, Lat.] impregnated with salt ; like a 
 lixivium; obtained by calcining vegetables, and mixing their 
 ashes with water ; belonging to lye. 
 
 LIXrVlATE, Lixi'vious, a. \lirivieux, Fr.] made from burnt 
 vegetables, and extracted by lotion or washing. 
 
 LIXIVIA'TION, s. in Chemistry, the solution of an alkali or 
 a salt in water, or in some other fluid, in order to form a lixivium. 
 
 LIXI'VTUM, s. [Lat.] lye ; water impregnated with salts or 
 ashes; a liquor which has the power of extraction. 
 
 LI'ZARD, s. [lizarde, Fr.] in Natural History, a class of small 
 four-footed reptiles, most of which live on land ; the most beau- 
 tiful of which is the bright-green lizard of Jersey, &c. 
 
 LI'ZARD, the most southern promontory of England, which 
 is not above 36 miles from the Land's End in Cornwall, and 12 S. 
 of Helston. From hence the ships usually take their departure, 
 when they are bound to the westward. Lat. 49. 58. N. Long. 
 5. 12. W. 
 
 Li'ZARDSTONE, s. in Mineralogy, a kind of stone. 
 
 LLA'AIA, s. in Zoology, a species of camel found iu S. America. 
 It is useful as a beast of burden, its wool is employed as a ma- 
 terial for cloth, and its flesh is an article of food. 
 
 LLANDILOVAUR, Caermarthenshire, Wales. It has a con- 
 siderable manufacture of flannel. It is pleasantly situated on 
 an ascent, on the river Towy, over which it has a good stone 
 bridge. About a mile S. W. of it stands Dynevor Castle, on a 
 remarkably fine elevation, with the river Towy beautifully 
 meandering at the bottom. It is 196 miles from London. Mar- 
 kets, Tuesday and Saturday, and a fair on Wednesday in Whit- 
 sun Week. Kp. 5471. 
 
 LLANGOLLEN, Denbighshire, N. Wales. It is seated on 
 the river Dee, over which it has a beautiful bridge of four arches. 
 The scenes in the vicinity of this place are very romantic and 
 sublime, especially in approaching the lofty Brwyn Mountains 
 which separate the two counties of Denbigh and Merioneth. It 
 is 184 mdes from London. Pop. 4906. 
 
 LLA'NOS, s. [Span.] the name given to certain plains in the 
 neighbourhood of the river Orinoco, in S. America. They oc- 
 cupy an area of about 350,000 miles, and are for the most part 
 covered with luxuriant grass, without any trees. In some parts 
 they are exposed to annual inundations, from their lying so 
 much below the average level of the continent. The jaguar, 
 {)uma, and most of the tropical wild animals of S. America are 
 found here. A considerable number of Spaniards have long 
 been settled in the upper part of these plains, who possess great 
 herds of horses and cattle, but live in a very barbarous condition. 
 
 LLANRWST, Denbighshire, N. Wales. It is seated on the 
 river Conway. Though but a small place, it has a good market- 
 house, a good bridge, and a free-school. It is 222 miles from 
 London. Market, Tuesday. Pop. 3905. 
 
 LL. D. [legum doctor,'] an abbreviature, signifying doctor of 
 the civil and canon laws. 
 
 LO ! interject, look ! see ! behold ! 
 
 LOACH, (loch) s. [loche, Fr.] in Ichthvology, a small kind of 
 fresh-water fish, of a graceful form, light coloured, with dark 
 spots. It is not uncommon, and used to be esteemed a great 
 dainty. 
 
 LOAD, (lod) s. {hlade. Sax.] a burden ; a weight, or lading ; as 
 much weight as any person or animal can bear. Figuratively, 
 any thing that depresses, applied to the mind. 
 
 LOAD, (more properly lode,) s. [lode. Sax.] the leading vein in 
 a mine. 
 
 To LOAD, {lod) V. a. to put goods on board a ship, or burden 
 on a man or a beast of carriage. Figuratively, to encumber or 
 embarrass ; to make grievous. To charge, applied to a gun or 
 other fire-arms. 
 
 LO'ADER, (loder) s. a person who puts the freight on board a 
 ship, or a burden on a man, beast, or in a carriage. 
 
 LO'ADSMAN, {lodsman) s. {leedan, Sax.] a pilot, or a person 
 that conducts into and out of harbours. 
 
 LO'ADSTAR, (more properly lodestar ;) s. [Itedan, Sax.] the 
 polestar ; so called from its being used as a guide by seamen, 
 before the invention of the compass. 
 
 LO'ADSTONE, (properly lodestojie, or loding-stone ;) s. [Icedan, 
 Sax. and stone,] the magnet ; a peculiar rich iron ore, found in 
 large masses, of a deep iron gray when fresh broken, and often 
 tinged with a brownish or reddish colour ; it is very heavy, and 
 is remarkable for its magnetic properties, although it does not 
 possess these in a very eminent degree. 
 
 LOAF, {lof) s. plural loaves; [hlaf or laf. Sax.] a mass of bread 
 baked; it is distinguished from a cake by its thickness; any 
 mass into which a body is wrought. 
 
 LOAM, (torn) s. [/a«m, Sax.] a common earth, consisting of 
 clay with a mixture of sand in it; the black earth called mould; 
 a reddish earth used in making bricks ; a kind of mortar, made 
 of the best earth, by tempering it with water, straw, &c. 
 
 To LOAM, {lorn) V. a. to smear with loam, marl, or clay; to 
 cover with clay. 
 
 LO'AMY, (lomy) a. marly, or clayey. 
 
 LOAN, (Ion) s. [hl<m, Sax.] any thing lent ; any thing given 
 another on condition of his returning or repaying it at a certain 
 time. 
 
 LOA'NGO, a country of Africa, formerly a part of Congo, but 
 now independent, and lying on the Atlantic, next to the present 
 kingdom of Congo ; about 250 miles in length, and 188 in breadth. 
 The climate is nearly as hot asany under the torrid zone, and much 
 hotter than those of Congo and Angola, yet it is healthy and 
 pleasant. The land is very fruitful, and produces millet, peas, 
 and beans, with fruits, greens, roots, herbs, and vegetables; 
 here also grow many kinds of trees, such as palm, banana, &c., 
 of the excellent fruits of which they make agreeable wine, while 
 others afl'brd them materials for clothing, as also for building, 
 covering their houses, making ships, &c. They have but few 
 cattle of any sort, except goats and hogs. Pheasants, partrid§;es, 
 and other wild fowl, are in greater abundance. Their principal 
 trade consists in slaves, elephants' teeth, and iron. The women 
 cultivate the ground, sow, and get in the harvest. There is a 
 great number of towns and villages in this country, of which 
 little is known but their names. The inhabitants are black, 
 and of mild and agreeable manners, but indolent. They are 
 governed by an absolute prince, or chief, who is, in some measure, 
 worshipped as a god by his subjects. The town of Loango, in 
 the centre of which is the royal palace, a great square a mile 
 and a half in compass, is situated on a river, about 6 miles from 
 the Atlantic, in Lat. 4. 40. S. The population is unknown. 
 
 LOA'SA, s. in Botany, a genus of plants, allied to the cucum- 
 ber; some of which are cultivated in England. They are not 
 very beautiful, and are thickly set with delicate spines, which 
 produce an irritation far more annoying than that of the nettle's 
 sting, by means of the poison secreted in a gland at the base of 
 each. 
 
 LOATH, (loth) a. [lath. Sax.] unwilling ; not inclining ; averse. 
 
 To LOATHE, (lothe) v. a. to look on with great disgust or ab- 
 horrence ; to see food with nauseousness or squeamishness. 
 
 LO'ATHER, (lother) s. one who considers any thing with ab- 
 horrence. 
 
 LO'ATHFUL, (lothful) a. full of abhorrence, or hating ; ab- 
 horred or hated. 
 
 LO'ATHINGLY, (lothingly) ad. in a manner that testifies ab- 
 horrence or hatred. 
 
 3 z 537 
 
LOG 
 
 LO'ATHNESS,(to</»«ess)s. unwillingness; reluctance; dislike. 
 
 LO'ATHSOME, (lothsome) a. abhorred ; detested ; causing sa- 
 tiety, disgust, or nauseousness. 
 
 LO'ATHSOMENESS, s. the quality of raising hatred, disgust, 
 or abhorrence. 
 
 LOAVES, (locz) s. the plural of Loaf. 
 
 LOB, s. llappe, Teut.] a heavy, dull, or stupid person. Zob's 
 pound, a prison ; the stocks ; or a place of confinement. 
 
 To LOB, V. a. [from the substantive,] to let fall in a clownish 
 manner. 
 
 LO'BBY, s.llauhe, Teut.] a porch or opening before a room. 
 
 LOBE, s. [Fr. hhos, Gr.] a division or distinct part ; usually 
 applied to the two parts into which the lungs are divided, and 
 likewise to the tip of the ear. Used in the plural, in Botany, for 
 those divisions of a cut leaf which are rounded at the edges, and 
 stand distant from each other. 
 
 LO'BO, JEROME, a Portuguese Jesuit, distinguished for his 
 zeal in the Propagandist missions to Abyssinia and India. He 
 was, after his return, made principal of the college of Coimbra, 
 and died in 1678, aged 85 vears. He wrote a History of Abyssinia. 
 
 LO'BSTER, s. {lobster. Sax.] in Zoology, a well-known shell- 
 fish, which when living is purplish-black, but when boiled is 
 red. A cant word for a foot-soldier. 
 
 LO'BULE, s. a small lobe. 
 
 LO'CAL, a. [locus, Lat.] having the properties of a place ; re- 
 lating to place ; being in a particular place ; confined or appro- 
 priated to any particular place. 
 
 LOCA'HT Y, s. existence in place ; relation of place or dis- 
 tance. 
 
 LO'CALLY, ad. with respect to place. 
 
 LOCA'TION, s. situation with respect to place ; the act [of 
 placing ; the state of being placed. 
 
 LOCH, {Kh) s. [Scot.] a lake. In Medicine, a composition of 
 a middle consistence between a syrup and a soft electuary, used 
 in diseases of the lungs. 
 
 LO'CHIA, (^Ukia) s. [Gr.] the evacuations consequent on a 
 delivery. 
 
 LOCK, s. [loc, Sax.] a kind of bolt, secured by springs or 
 tumblers, and turned by a key, used for the security of doors, 
 drawers, &c. ; the part of a gun by which fire is struck ; a quan- 
 tity of hair or wool hanging together ; a tuft or small quantity 
 of hay. In a river, a place where the waters are confined by 
 floodgates, to swell and increase the natural depth and force of 
 the stream, in order to render it navigable. An hospital for 
 persons affected with the venereal disease. 
 
 To LOCK, V. a. to shut or fasten the door, &c. by turning the 
 key round in a lock. To lock up, to shut up, or confine ; to 
 close. — V. n. to become fast by a lock ; to unite by mutual 
 insertion. 
 
 LOCK, MATTHEW, an English composer and musician of 
 the 17th centurj', whose productions have received great appro- 
 bation. He wrote music for the stage ; and his compositions in 
 Macbeth, though they are not in keeping with the intention 
 of the great dramatist, have always been highly admired. He 
 was composer to the Chapel Royal, under Charles II., and or- 
 ganist to his queen afterwards. He died in 1677, aged about 
 45 years. 
 
 LOCKE, JOHN, one of the greatest English philosophers and 
 men of letters, lived in the latter half of the Ivth century. He 
 studied at Westminster School, and at Oxford ; but llgT^id the 
 leisure for reading and reflection, and the opportunity oTBBcom- 
 ing acquainted with eminent men, his university course seems to 
 have done little for him. He devoted himself to the study of 
 medicine chiefly ; and to that may perhaps be, in no small part, 
 attributed the peculiar character of his philosophy. Entering 
 into public life, his great friend and patron was Lord Shaftes- 
 bury, whose fortunes he most intimately shared. He was also 
 acquainted with other noblemen of distinction, who rendered 
 him such aid as they could in the vicissitudes of his after-life. 
 He once held an oflice under government ; and as secretary to 
 an ambassador, and as a valetudinarian, he visited Germany, 
 France, and Holland. On Shaftesbury's fall, he escaped to 
 Holland, and was protected there ; and he did not return till after 
 the Revolution of 1688. During the rest of his life he was en- 
 gaged in his great work on the Human Understanding, and in an- 
 swering treatises published against it. He also wrote treatises 
 on politics, religious toleration, and religion, and died at the 
 
 LOD 
 
 bouse of his friend Sir Francis Masham, at Gates, in Essex, in 
 1704, aged 72 years. The influence of Locke's philosophy, and 
 of his political and religious opinions which sprang from it, has 
 been felt wherever the language he wrote has been spoken. 
 Nor has it stopped there ; the ideology of the ante-revolutionary 
 philosophy (il^ it deserve so august a name) was undoubtedly 
 the offspring of his system. His great merit was the distinct 
 and rigid application of the inductive method to the science 
 of mind ; and though others had before him used it, he first 
 discarded all other methods, and relied on it alone. It is wor- 
 thy of being observed also, that in so doing, he practically re- 
 conciled the Cartesian method, which was nis first study, with 
 the Baconian, by which his scientific inquiries were guided. 
 But he failed in the application of it, through the narrowness of 
 the initiative idea which he assumed ; through the perverted 
 use of some words ; and through the employment of bare intel- 
 lectual logic in its development. To him we owe the abuse of 
 the term idea, which has entered so deeply into the texture of 
 common speech, as to be almost hopelessly entangled in it. Ad- 
 mitting no sources of knowledge save sensation and reflection, 
 he at once cut oft' the possibility of communion with spiritual 
 and eternal truth, and tied man down to the narrow field of 
 actual experience. Hence, for all religious knowledge, man is 
 left to authoritative revelation, and has no test for its truth, 
 save such as apply to any book or law, handed down to him from 
 foregone ages. In all this, or most of it, he was anticipated by 
 Hobbes ; but he seems not to have known what were the real 
 opinions of the philosopher of Malmesbury, and certainly not to 
 have copied from him. Locke's opinions were carried out by 
 Paley into the domain of ethics, and Christian evidence; and 
 the use of his grand Essay, as the text book of philosophy, at 
 Cambridge and other seats of learning, joined with the influ- 
 ence of Paley's writings, has made the whole English race to 
 this day a living illustration of his philosophical principles. He 
 is claimed by the Unitarians as belonging to their school ; but 
 his religious feeling was too warm for his cold theology ; his 
 writings may in some parts represent their views, but he was 
 more spiritual than his own system, and certainly was not of 
 them. It is remarkable that, in his earnest vindication of reli- 
 gious liberty, he never seems to have looked for more than toler- 
 ation ; forgetting that it involved the whole principle on which 
 the right to persecute is based. The son of the old Parlia- 
 mentarian, the friend of Shaftesbury, the advocate of the Revo- 
 lution of 1688, the fearless observer and reasoner in opposition 
 to time-honoured philosophers, could not fail to take a very ad- 
 vanced position respecting politics, though even there he was 
 fettered, not by his system alone, but also by the awe which 
 the unconstitutional but splendid reign of Cromwell had struck 
 into the minds of most men, and the dread lest such confusion as 
 ensued on his death should be repeated. Locke, like Cudworth, 
 is a striking sign of the different spirit that animated religious 
 men after the Puritan revolution, from that which prevailed be- 
 fore it. 
 
 LO'CKER, s. any thing that is fastened with a lock ; a drawer. 
 
 LO'CKET, s. [loquet, Fr.] a small lock ; a small case of gold 
 with a lock of hair in it, worn by ladles as an ornament. 
 
 LO'CKRAM, s. a kind of coarse linen. 
 
 LO'CKRON, s. in Botany, a kind of ranunculus. 
 
 LOCOMO'TION, s. [locus and motus, Lat.] the power or action 
 of changing place. 
 
 LOCOMO'TIVE, a. changing place; having the power of 
 moving from one place to another. — s. a steam engine used for 
 drawing trains of carriages, &c. on a railroad. 
 
 LO'CUST, s. [locusta, Lat.] in Natural History, an insect some- 
 what resembling a grasshopper, but considerably larger, and of 
 a brownish green colour, very destructive to vegetables, moving 
 in large flights or companies, in some parts ol the East, some 
 kinds are eaten by the natives. In Botany, a tree, with butter- 
 fly-shaped blossoms, from whose empalement arises the pointal, 
 which afterwards becomes a hard pod with one capsule, includ- 
 ing roundish hard seeds, which are surrounded with a fungous 
 stringy substance. 
 
 LOCU'TION, s. [loquor, Lat.] the manner of speech used in 
 any country. 
 
 LO'CUTORY, s. a hall in religious houses, appointed for the 
 meeting of monks, friars, &c. to-converse together. 
 
 To LODGE, V. a. [logian. Sax. loger, Fr.] to supply with a 
 
LOG 
 
 house to dwell in for a certain time ; to afford dwelling, or admit 
 a person to lie or dwell in the same house. Figuratively, to 
 place, fix, or plant.— k. n. to take up residence for a night. 
 
 LODGE, s. llogis, Fr.] a small house at the entrance of a park 
 or forest ; any small house or habitation. 
 
 LO'DGMENT, «. \logemetU, Fr.] accumulation, or the act of 
 putting in a certain place. In Fortification, an encampment 
 made by an army; the possession of an enemy's works. 
 
 LO'DGER, s. one who lives in an apartment hired in the 
 house of another; one that resides any where. 
 
 LO'DGING, s. rooms hired in the house of another; a place 
 of residence ; a place to lie in ; harbour or covert. 
 
 LOFT, s. [lloft, Brit.] a floor ; the highest floor in a house ; 
 rooms in the highest part of a building. 
 
 LO'FTILY, ad. on high ; in a place at a distance from the 
 ground upward. Figuratively, in a proud, haughty manner; 
 sublimely. 
 
 LO'FtINESS, s. height or distance from the ground upwards; 
 elevation ; sublimity ; pride or haughtiness. 
 
 LO'FTY, (I6fty) a. high; at a distance from the ground; 
 situated on high ; sublime; elevated ; proud ; haughty. Synon. 
 Lofty carries with it an idea of magnificence, which high does 
 not ; thus we say, a lofty room, the hfly cedar ; but a high house, 
 a high tree. 
 
 LOG, s. [logge, Belg.] a shapeless bulky piece of wood. 
 Figuratively, a sluggish, inactive person. In Hebrew measure, 
 five-sixths of a pint. In Navigation, a small piece of timber, of 
 a triangular form, having lean at one end to make it swim up- 
 right in the water, and a line fixed to the other with knots at 
 about forty-two feet distance from each other ; its use is to keep 
 account, and make an estimate, of a ship's way, by observing 
 the length of line unwound in half a minute's time, the ship 
 sailing the same number of miles in an hour, as the knots which 
 are run out in half a minute. 
 
 LOGARITHMS, s. {logos and arithmos, Gr.] in Mathematics, 
 series of numbers constructed for the purpose of facilitating 
 arithmetical computations, by reducing every numerical process 
 to the simple operations of addition and subtraction. This is 
 effected by considering every number to be the power of some 
 root (either a whole number or a fraction) which may be fixed at 
 pleasure, and which in the common logarithmic tables is 10 ; 
 the exponent of this root is called the logarithm. Thus, 10°=:1, 
 10'=10, 1(F=100, 10^=1000, &c. Here 1, 10, 100, 1000, &c. 
 are numbers, to which the exponents 0, 1, 2, 3, &c. are re- 
 spectively the logarithms. The logarithms for the intermediate 
 numbers are of course fractions, representing quantities inter- 
 mediate to these logarithms. For full information respecting 
 these numbers, works on mathematics must be consulted. But 
 it may be added, that the knowledge of the use of them would 
 prove of considerable value to parties engaged in trade and com- 
 merce, especially now that a decimal coinage is proposed. 
 
 LOGARI'THMIC, a. in Mathematics, connected with or re- 
 lating to logarithms. 
 
 LO'G-BOOK, s. in Navigation, a book ruled and columned 
 like the log-board. It is used to enter the log-board's account 
 in, every day at noon, with the observations then made, and 
 from hence it is corrected and entered into the journals. 
 
 LO'GGATS, s. the ancient name of a play or game now called 
 kittle-pins. 
 
 LO'GGERHEAD, s. ihgee, Belg. and head,-\ a person that is 
 stupid, and of slow apprehension; a blockhead. To fall to 
 loggerheads, or go to loggerheads, is to scuffle or fight without 
 weapons. 
 
 LO'GGERHEADED, a. dull ; stupid ; slow of understanding. 
 
 LO'GIC, s. [logos, Gr.] in Mental Science, is the scientific de- 
 velopment of the laws of reflection and reasoning. It has to 
 do with language only so far as it is the expression of thought. 
 Customarily, logic is restricted to the development of the pro- 
 cesses of the understanding, exercised on what it comprehends, 
 alone. But there is a logic that treats of the operations of the 
 mind on truth that it can only apprehend, which is not to be 
 confounded with syllogistic logic. And there is a logic of the 
 feelings also, which differs widely from both the others. The 
 study of logic, as treated of by Aristotle, and by those who have 
 followed him more or less closely, is of great value as an intel- 
 lectual discipline, apart from any practical employment. But in 
 practice, such subjects as are out of the range of its legitimate 
 
 LOI 
 
 and true application, must not be subjected to it ; neither must 
 it be regarded as an instrument of discovery, either for fact or 
 truth. Lord Bacon has overthrown the latter abuse of it ; but 
 who is to overthrow the former? This logic, inasmuch as it 
 lays down rules for correct and demonstrative reasoning, is also 
 properly regarded as an art. The philosophers of the trans- 
 cendental school, alone, have devoted themselves to the logic of 
 reason and of feeling. 
 
 LO'GICAL, a. belonging to or taught in logic; skilled in or 
 furnished with logic. 
 
 LO'GICALLY, ad. according to logic. 
 
 LOGFCIAN, {lofishian) s. [logicien, Fr.] a professor of logic ; a 
 person skilled in logic. 
 
 LO'GIST, s. [logista, Lat.] one skilled in computations and 
 arithmetic. 
 
 LOGI'STIC, a. (see Logist,) in Arithmetic, applied to the 
 doctrine of sexagesimal fractions, used by astronomers before 
 the invention of logarithms. A curve, so called from its pro- 
 perties and uses in constructing and explaining the nature of 
 logarithms. 
 
 LO'G-LINE, s. (see Log,) in Navigation, a small line fastened 
 to a piece of board, and having knots at certain distances, by 
 whicn a ship's way is reckoned. 
 
 LO'GOGRAPHY, s. [logos and grapho, Gr.] the art of printing 
 with whole words" instead of single letters, attempted some 
 years ago in this country, but disused, as being more trouble- 
 some than the usual mode. 
 
 LOGO'MACHY, (logdmaktj) s. [logos and mache, Gr.] a conten- 
 tion about words. 
 
 LO'GWOOD, s. [looghe, Belg.] in Commerce, a wood of a very 
 dense and firm texture, brought to us in thick and very large 
 blocks or logs, and is the heart of the tree that produces it. It 
 is very heavy, and remarkably hard, and of a deep strong red 
 colour; has been long known to the dyers, who use it in colouring 
 blue and black; and lately has been introduced into medicine, 
 wherein it is found to be astringent. 
 
 LOIN, s. [llwyn, Brit.] the back of an animal as carved by a 
 butcher. In Anatomy, the lower part of the back. 
 
 LOIR ET CHER, a department of France, bounded by the 
 departments of Indre, Cher, Loiret, Eure et Loir, Sarthe, and 
 Indre et Loire. It is about 80 miles long, and 40 broad, and is 
 named from the two principal streams which water it. It is very 
 level, and produces grain of all kinds, fruits, &c. &c., and abund- 
 ance of excellent wine. Cattle, horses, &c., are also reared in 
 great numbers. It has a few small manufactures, and a few 
 mines of lead and iron. Blois is its capital. Pop. about 250,000. 
 
 LOIRE, one of the largest rivers of France, which, rising in 
 the Cevennes, flows in a semicircular course, of above 500 miles 
 in length, receiving the waters of a great number of tributaries, 
 the chief of which are the Allier, the Sarthe, the Loir, &c., and 
 empties itself into the Bay of Biscay. 
 
 LOIRE, a department of France, named from its chief river, 
 bounded by the departments of Ardeche, Haute Loire, Puy-de- 
 Dome, Allier, Saone et Loire, Rhone, and Isere. It is about 
 80 miles in length, by 40 in breadth. It is very mountainous, 
 and its greatest heights exceed 4000 feet. It is watered by 
 many small streams beside the Loire. Its great wealth is its 
 coal-mines ; it also possesses mines of lead and iron, and quar- 
 ries of building-stone and marble. It has much pasture land, 
 and produces grain, wine, cheese, fowls, &c. &c. It has also 
 valuable timber. Its chief place is Mont-brison. Pop. about 
 420,000. 
 
 LOIRE, HAUTE, a department of France, bounded by the 
 departments of Puy-de-D6me, Cantal, Lozfere, Ardeche, and 
 Loire. It is about 70 miles in length, and 40 in breadth. It is 
 very mountainous, and some peaks rise more than 5000 feet 
 above the sea. The Loire is its chief river ; it has also some 
 of its tributaries flowing through it. Coal, lead, building-stone, 
 &c. are abundantly produced. It also yields grain, wine, cattle, 
 sheep, &c. &c., in considerable abundance. Le Puy is the capi- 
 tal. Pop. about 300,000. 
 
 Loire Infkrieure, a department of France, lying on the Bay 
 of Biscay, and bounded by the departments of Morbihan, Ille et 
 Vilaine, Mayenne, Maine et Loire, and Vendee. It is about 70 
 miles in each direction. It is a level district, and the coast'is 
 flat and sandy. The Loire is its largest river ; the Vilaine also 
 belongs in part to it ; other streams flow into these, and water 
 3 z 2 539 
 
LON 
 
 the department. Coal, iron, tin, building-stone, slate, &c., are 
 obtained here. Corn, fruits, wine, &c., are also produced, and 
 great numbers of cattle reared. It has also extensive forests of 
 timber trees. There are some manufactures, and the mouth of 
 the Loire affords a good means of carrying on trade. Nantes is 
 its principal place. Pop. about 480,000. 
 
 LOIRE'T, a department of France, surrounded by the de- 
 partments of Cher, Loir et Cher, Eure et Loir, Seine et Oise, 
 Seine et Marne, Yonne, and Ni^vre. It is above 70 miles long, 
 and about 50 broad. Its surface is just varied by some ranges 
 of hills, that are connected with the Cevennes. The Loire is its 
 chief river, and it is watered also by the Loiret, (whence its 
 name,) and various streams, some of which flow into the Loire 
 and others into the Seine. It is chiefly agricultural ; and having 
 a good soil, produces abundance of grain of all kinds, fruit, flax. 
 Sec, with great numbers of cattle, sheep, poultrj^, &c. It is well 
 wooded, and derives considerable advantage from its timber. 
 In trade and manufactures, though not prominent, it is not poor. 
 Its capital is Orleans. Pop. about 330,000. 
 
 To LOI'TER, V. n. [loteren, Belg.] to linger ; to make use of 
 idle and lazy delays. 
 
 LOFTERER, s. one who passes his time in idleness ; one who 
 is sluggish and dilatory. 
 
 LoKMAN, surnamed Al-hahim, an Arabic fabulist, of whose 
 history, residence, &c. so little is known, that he is regarded by 
 some to be himself a fable. His fables are well known to others 
 besides Arabic scholars, from the frequent imitations of them. 
 
 To LOLL, V. n. to lean in an idle or lazy manner against any 
 thing. To hang out, applied to the tongue of a beast. 
 
 LO'LLARDS, in Ecclesiastical History, a soubriquet equiva- 
 lent to psalm-singers, given to certain dissidents from the Roman 
 Church, who appeared in Germany during the 14th century; 
 and afterwards apnjied to the followers of Wicliffe in England. 
 
 LOMBA'RDO-VENE'TIAN KINGDOM, a country of N. Italy, 
 belonging to Austria. It borders on the Adriatic Sea, or Gulf of 
 Venice, and reaches from the Alps to the Po ; being bounded by 
 Switzerland, the kingdom of Sardinia, Parma, Modena, and the 
 Papal States. It includes some of the loftiest points of the 
 Rhsetian, the Carnic, and the Julian Alps, some of which ex- 
 ceed 12,000 feet in height. The lakes di Garda, Como, Lugano, 
 and Maggiore, are within this kingdom, and its chief rivers are 
 the Po and Adige, with their numerous tributaries, those smaller 
 streams which flow into the Gulf of Venice, to the north of that 
 city. The soil in the broad level between the foot of the moun- 
 tains and the Po and the sea, is very rich and productive. But 
 the meadows have to be strongly embanked, as they lie, for the 
 most part, beneath the level of the river. Corn, and especially 
 rice, wine, fruits, cheese, cattle, silk, and hemp, are abundantly 
 
 Sroduced. Its chief places are Venice, Milan, Mantua, Pavia, 
 Irescia, Bergamo, Crema, Verona, Vicenza, Padua, Treviso, &c. 
 Blilan and Venice are the seats of the imperial authority. Pop. 
 about 4,500,000. See the various cities named above. 
 
 LOMBO'K, an island lying between the islands of Sumbawa 
 and Bali, in the Indian Archipelago. It is about 50 miles in 
 each direction. One of its mountains exceeds 8000 feet in height. 
 The island is fertile and well peopled, and belongs to the monarch 
 of the island of Bali. 
 
 LO'MOND, BEN, a great mountain in the N. of Stirlingshire, 
 Scotland, about 3260 feet above the level of the lake, at its 
 bottom. From this lofty mountain are seen Loch Lomond, the 
 Clyde, the Forth, Edinburgh, the eastern coast as far as the 
 Cheviot Fells, the Isle of Bute and Arran, the rock of Ailsa, 
 Ireland, the mountain of Plinlimmon in Wales, and the Skid- 
 daw in Cumberland, and the hills far beyond it. 
 
 LO'MOND, LOCH, a beautiful and extensive lake of Dumbar- 
 tonshire, which descends from the northern point of that county, 
 expanding as it advances southward. It is 30 miles long; its 
 breadth from 9 niiles, decreasing to three quarters of a mile; 
 and, were its windings followed, its circuit would be upwards of 
 100 miles. There are 33 islands in this lake, several of which are 
 inhabited, and contain antique ruins, concealed among ancient 
 yews. Others rise into high rocky cliffs, amongst which eagles 
 form their eyries. 
 
 LO'NDON, Middlesex, Kent, and Surrey. The metropolis of 
 
 the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland stands on the 
 
 Thames, which is crossed by eight bridges, and under which a 
 
 tunnel has been driven ; extends from Woolwich and Bow to 
 
 540 
 
 LON 
 
 Fulham and Hammersmith, and from Highgate to Norwood, 
 including the cities of London and Westminster, with their li- 
 berties, and the towns, parishes, &c. &c. which cover this vast 
 area. The streets of the city, with the exception of the great 
 thoroughfares, are for the most part narrow and irregular; but 
 the main lines of traffic and communication are wide and noble, 
 as are the more recently built parts of this enormous city. In 
 the outskirts, every year witnesses the erection of new masses 
 of buildings, which unite in their aspect both the town and the 
 country styles ; and every year, also, new lines of fine streets 
 are opened, or projected. In the chief resorts of retail trade, the 
 shops are remarkable for their costliness and splendour of archi- 
 tecture and decoration; and some of the streets are models of 
 that class of buildings. The public edifices are innumerable, 
 and for magnificence may vie with those of any city in the world. 
 St. Paul's Cathedral stands pre-eminent amongst these, built by 
 Sir Christopher Wren ; which, though it is most disadvantage- 
 ously situated, being closely surrounded by houses, and is said 
 not to have been the edifice Sir Christopher had hoped to raise, 
 is yet sufficiently imposing in appearance. (For Westminster 
 Abbey, see Westminster.) Many of the other churches are very 
 noble buildings, but most of them are in by-streets, and scarcely 
 any are built on the Gothic model, which prevails throughout 
 the country; some of them, even, being express imitations of 
 Roman and Grecian temples. Some of the places of worship 
 belonging to other communions are fine structures. Of the go- 
 vernment and public buildings, the New Palace of Westminster, 
 the remains of Whitehall, the Horse-guards, Admiralty, and 
 other connected public offices; the Post-Office, the Royal Ex- 
 change, theMansion House, the Custom House, Somerset House, 
 the India House, Lincoln's Inn Buildings, and those of the 
 Temple and other Inns of Court; the British Museum, the Bank 
 (for the notion of complete security against unauthorized in- 
 gress,) the prisons of Newgate, Coldbath-fields, &c.; (for the no- 
 tion of equal security against unauthorized egress,) the Na- 
 tional Gallery, (for the exhibition of no notion at all,) University 
 College, Christ's Hospital, the Theatres, the Colosseum, the 
 Hospitals, the Bazaars, the Railway Termini, deserve special 
 notice and mention. Whilst the club houses of the West End, 
 the companies' halls of the city, and many private residences of 
 the nobility and gentry, and the inns, vie with them in magni- 
 ficence, 'fhe bridges, particularly London, Waterloo, and Hun- 
 gerford bridges, are very noble structures. The Queen's Pa- 
 lace in St. James's Park, is chiefly noted for the marble arch and 
 splendid bronze gates. The Monument, erected to comme- 
 morate the great fire of London, the Nelson and York Columns, 
 the various statues of the Duke of Wellington, Charles I. at 
 Charing Cross, and some others of less note in squares and cor- 
 ners, are the chief public tributes of national regard. Temple 
 Bar, which obstructs the junction of the Strand and Fleet Street, 
 is a relic of the past ; as are the Tower, with its armouries and 
 other marvels, sadly curtailed, and London Stone, said to be the 
 central lapis miliaris of Roman Britain. Yet perhaps these are 
 not, though they first meet the eye, the most astonishing fea- 
 tures of the British metropolis. The prodigious docks, with 
 their immense bonding-warehouses, the warehouses of the city, 
 towering into the air, and sinking deeply into the earth, convey 
 the notion of wealth and commerce completely stupendous. Vast 
 manufactories of almost all kindsof commodities, which are hardly 
 recognised in the endless crowds of buildings, make London, in 
 this respect, the rival of whole provinces. By means of the 
 river, London ranks as the first port of the kingdom ; canals en- 
 able it to communicate, for the transit of heavy goods, with 
 all the interior of the country ; whilst railways, branching out 
 in every direction, bring the remotest counties into closest 
 proximity with this emporium of the world, for goods of more 
 perishable character or lighter carriage, and for travellers. 
 There are six parks, (including Greenwich Park,) which are 
 open to the public. The squares, which are usually ornamentally 
 planted, are of great advantage to some districts, in regard to 
 health. But the parts of the metropolis inhabited by the poorer 
 classes, are yet the prolific sources of disease; and the retention 
 of Smithfield market and the slaughter-houses in the very heart 
 of London must also be noticed as a heavy drawback on the 
 health, safety, and even morality of the city. For every species 
 of rational and intelligent recreation, London stands pre-emi- 
 nent ; theatres, concert-rooms, museums, lecture-rooms, scien- 
 
l/NlVcRSITY 
 
I 
 
 tific institutions, ranging from the Royal Society down to tlie 
 District Mechanics' Institute, &c. &c., offering a wide and un- 
 equalled diversity of most instructive amusement. Unhappily, 
 it is equally unrivalled for affording all that can pollute, and de- 
 grade, and destroy. London is also the centre of the literary 
 world ; not only are the chief newspapers, and monthly and 
 quarterly journals, published here, but most books, whose au- 
 tnors hope for any sale, also. Of the numberless charitable and 
 religious institutions it is impossible to make any mention. The 
 city of London is under the control of a corporation, of enormous 
 wealth ; whose practical inefficiency, and stedfast resistance of 
 all reformation or change, are matters of painful notoriety. 
 Several regiments of cavalry and infantrj' are customarily quar- 
 tered in or near the metropolis ; but chiefly for state purposes, 
 and occasions of royal pomp ; the guardianship of the streets 
 and the public peace and safety are committed to a numerous 
 and well-appointed body of police. The various fire insurance 
 offices have joined together in the maintenance of establish- 
 ments placed at intervals throughout the metropolis, where 
 fire-engines, with a complement of efficient men, and a good 
 supply of all that is needful for saving life and property in cases 
 of fire, are kept. The whole of the district is also well lighted 
 with gas, and well supplied with spring water, by various 
 companies. There are also at different points round London, 
 spacious and well laid out cemeteries ; matters of serious ne- 
 cessity from the condition of the parish grave-yards ; but which 
 belong to proprietaries and shareholders, and so are of no benefit 
 to the poor; and which usually exhibit, in either a painful or 
 ludicrous way, the exclusiveness of those who belong to the 
 established Anglican Church. (For a particular description of 
 some portions of this great metropolis, see under the different 
 names, Westminster, Woolwich, Greenwich, &c. &c.) Pop., 
 London (within the walls), 54,G2G; (without the walls), 70,382. 
 Total metropolitan, 1,873,676. Lat. 51. 31. N. Long. 0. 6. W. 
 
 LCKNOON CLAY, in Geology, the lowest group of the tertiary 
 formations in England; so called because it fills up the chalk 
 basin in which London stands. It is found as far N. as the 
 Suffolk coast ; and occurs again in Hampshire and the Isle of 
 Wight. The lower parts were formerly called the Plastic Clay ; 
 but they are not properly to be separated from the London Clay, 
 as they seem to have been deposits under different circum- 
 stances, proceeding at the same time with it. The greater part 
 of this portion is of fresh-water origin, and contains both plants 
 and shells closely resembling those of our present rivers and 
 ponds. The London Clay is a thick blue clay, containing a 
 great variety of well-preserved fossil remains. l"he greater part 
 of them are of marine origin, except at the island of Sheppey, 
 where fruits resembling those now growing in the vicinity ol the 
 Mediterranean Sea, with various other land remains, are verv 
 numerous. Large blocks of highlv indurated clay, veined with 
 crystals of carbonate of lime, called septaria, are very frequent ; 
 thej; contain fossils which seem to point to the lias beds as their 
 origin. The Bagshot Sand, which is a local bed, which is a 
 close-grained sand-stone, found on Bagshot Heath and some 
 other places, contains a few ichthyolites. 
 
 LO'NDON, NEW, Connecticut, United States. It is a city, 
 port of entry, and semi-capital of the State, and stands on the 
 river Thames, with a harbour esteemed one of the best in the 
 Union. It is built on a declivity, and excepting the most recent 
 erections, is not well or regularly built. It has a light-house, 
 and two forts to protect the harbour, and its trade is very consi- 
 derable. It is much engaged in the whale fishery. The county 
 courts are held alternately here and at Norwich. It is 353 miles 
 from Washington. Pop. 5519. There are eight other places in 
 the Union similarly named. 
 
 LO'NDON UNIVERSITY, was formerly the name of the aca- 
 demical institution at London, now called University College; 
 this name was changed when a charter was granted permitting 
 the students of certain colleges, who conformed to certain regu- 
 lations, wherever they might be situated in the United King- 
 dom, to be examined for the purpose of bearing certain aca- 
 demical degrees. In this University no differences of religious 
 profession .are taken notice of, and therefore there are colleges 
 of every religious denomination, as well as University College, 
 which is also open to all, affiliated to it. 
 
 LO'NDONDERRY, a county of Ulster, Ireland. It lies on the 
 Atlantic, and is bounded by the counties of Antrim, Tyrone, and 
 
 LON 
 
 Donegal. It is about 40 miles long, and 35 broad, and contains 
 four baronies. It is rocky and mountainous, some of its heights 
 exceeding 2000 feet. The Foyle, the Roe, and the Barm are 
 its chief rivers, and it touches on Lough Neagh and Lough 
 Foj'Ie. Slate, limestone, and building-stones are found here. 
 Agriculture is pursued also with some success. But the linen ma- 
 nufacture is the chief source of wealth. Portrush and Coleraine 
 are its chief trading places. Londonderry is its capital. Pop. 
 222,174. It sends four members to the imperial parliament. 
 
 LO'NDONDERRY, capital of the foregoing county, stands 
 on the river Foyle, not far from the Lough. It is finely situated, 
 and has some noble buildings, the cathedral and Walker's co- 
 lumn being particularly deserving of notice. It is a port, and 
 has some trade. The fisheries of the lake are also a source of 
 considerable profit to the town. It is 145 miles from Dublin. 
 Pop. 15,196. 
 
 LONE, a. [contracted from afone,] solitary, or without inha- 
 bitants ; by one's self, or without companj'. 
 
 LO'NELINESS, s. want of inhabitants or buildings; want of 
 company. 
 
 LO'NELY, a. without any inhabitants or buildings; solitary. 
 
 LO'NENESS, s. solitude ; a place unfrequented, and void of 
 buildings. 
 
 LO'NESOME, a. unfrequented ; void of company, inhabitants, 
 or buildings ; dismal. 
 
 LONG, a. [Fr.] with some continuance, applied to time ; dila- 
 tory. Of great extent in length ; reaching to a great distance. 
 In Botany, applied to the calyx of a flower, when it is equal in 
 length to the tube of the blossom. 
 
 LONG, ad. to a great length or space. For some time, or a 
 great while, applied to time. In the comparative, hnger, it im- 
 plies a greater space, or more time; and in the superlative, 
 longest, the greatest space, or most time. After not, it implies 
 soon. Followed by ago, at some period of time far distant. All 
 along, or throughout, when followed bv a substantive. 
 
 LONG, «. [yelami. Sax.] by the fault; by the failure. This 
 
 word, though much disused, is purely English. 
 
 To LONG, V. n. [eelam/en, Teut.] to desire earnestly; to wish 
 for with a continued and ardent desire. 
 
 LONGANFMITY, (the g pron. hard,) s. [longanimitas, Lat.] a 
 disposition of the mind, which consists in bearing offences with 
 patience. 
 
 LO'NGBOAT, s. the longest boat belonging to a ship. 
 
 LONGE'VITY, (g pron. soft,) s. [longavus, Lat.] length of 
 life ; old age. 
 
 LO'NGFORD, a county of Leinster, Ireland. It is about 25 
 miles in length, and 24 in its greatest breadth ; and is bounded 
 by West Meath, Leitrim, and Cavan. It contains 23 parishes ; 
 and is a rich and pleasant country, in general flat, in some 
 places apt to be overflowed by the Shannon, and towards the N. 
 mountainous. A considerable quantity of linen is manufactured 
 in this county, and large quantities of flax are sent to other 
 parts. Grain and cattle are produced abundantly. Longford is 
 Its chief town. Pop. 115,491. It sends two members to par- 
 liament. 
 
 LO'NGFORD, capital of the foregoing county, is seated on 
 the river Cromlin, or Camlin, which falls into the Shannon a few 
 miles below, and is a handsome place. It is 64 miles from Dub- 
 lin. Pop. 4966. 
 
 LONGI'MANOUS, a. llongimanus, Lat.] having long hands, 
 or a long reach. 
 
 LONGI'METRY, s. [Jmgimetrie, Fr.] the art or practice of 
 measuring lengths. 
 
 LO'NGING, s. earnest desire; continual wish. 
 
 LO'NGINGLY, Lo'ngly, (the^ pron. hard,) ad. with inces- 
 sant wishes and ardent desires. 
 
 LONGI'NUS, the celebrated secretary to Zenobia, the queen 
 of Palmyra. After having carefully studied philosophy ancl rhe- 
 toric, he taught at Athens, and there is said to have written the 
 famous Essay on the Sublime. Being invited by Zenobia, he re- 
 moved to Palmyra, and there he enjoyed the favour of the queen 
 till the time of her overthrow by Aurelian, when Longinus was 
 put to death, in 273 a. d. The Essay, which alone of his writ- 
 ings has remained, is highly valued by philosophers and critics. 
 
 LO'NGISH, (the </ pron. hard,) a, somewhat long. 
 
 LONG ISLAND, an island of the State of New York, lying 
 next to the Atlantic, separated from the continent bv Long Is- 
 
 '541 
 
land Sound. It is about 140 miles long, and 10 broad, and is 
 hilly on the N. side and centre, but level to the S. The N. side 
 has several light-houses. Pop. 110,406. 
 
 LO'NGITUDE, s. [Fr.] in its primary signification, length. 
 In Astronomy, the distance of a star from the first point of Aries 
 forward. In Geography and Navigation, the distance of any 
 
 place from a certain fixed spot,j;eckoned by time, or by the 
 ngitude is found at sea 
 by means of accurate chronometers, careful observations of the 
 
 number of merid 
 
 between. The longitude is found at 
 
 lunar distances, and comparison with the tables of the Nautical 
 Almanack. 
 
 LONGITU'DINAL, a. [Fr.] measured by the length ; length- 
 wise. 
 
 LO'NGLAND, ROBERT, an old English poet, a contemporary 
 of Chaucer. He is believed to have been a follower of WiclifFe. 
 His writings, called Pierce Ploughman's Visions and Creed, contain 
 severe remarks on the conduct of the priests and friars. 
 
 LONGOMONTA'NUS, CHRISTIA^f, a Danish astronomer, 
 who, having acquired sufficient skill, chiefly by his own dili- 
 gence, became assistant to the celebrated Tycho Brahe. He 
 was afterwards mathematical professor at Copenhagen, and died 
 in 1647, aged 85 years. His works are very numerous, and are 
 not confined to astronomy and mathematics. 
 
 LO'NGSOME, a. tedious. Wearisome on account of its length, 
 applied to time. 
 
 LONGSU'FFERING, a. patient ; not easily provoked. 
 
 LONGSU'FFERING, s. patience under offences ; clemency. 
 
 LO'NGWAYS, Lo'ngwise, ad. in the direction of the length ; 
 lengthwise. 
 
 LO'NGWINDED, a. long-breathed ; tedious. 
 
 LO'NSDALE. See Kirkby Lonsdale. 
 
 LOO, s. [loosen, Belg.] a game of cards, wherein the knave of 
 clubs is reckoned the highest, and secures success to the person 
 who has it. 
 
 LOO'BILY, a. awkward ; clumsy; clownish. 
 
 LOO'BY, s. [Uobe, Brit.] a clumsy clown. 
 
 LOO'E, EAST and WEST, Cornwall. These two small fish- 
 ing towns are separated from each other by a creek or river of 
 the same name, over which is a narrow stone bridge of several 
 arches. The river Looe is navigable for vessels of 100 tons bur- 
 den. They are 232 miles from London. Market, Saturday. 
 Pop. 1542. 
 
 LOOF, s. llufan. Sax.] the part of a ship aloft which lies be- 
 fore the chess-trees, as far as the bulkhead of the castle. 
 
 To LOOF, V. a. to bring the ship close to a wind. 
 
 To LOOK, V. n. [locan. Sax.] to behold, to see, to view, to di- 
 rect the eye towards any object; to seem, or carry an air, mien, 
 or appearance. To look after, to attend to ; to take care of. To 
 look for, to expect. To look into, to examine ; to sift ; to inspect 
 closely, or observe narrowly. Used with on, to respect, regard, 
 esteem, consider, view, or think. To look out, to search or seek ; 
 to be on the watch. 
 
 LOOK, interject, properly the imperative of the verb, and some- 
 times expressed hj look ye ; behold ; see ; look ; observe. 
 
 LOOK, s. air of the face, or cast of the countenance ; the act 
 of looking or seeing ; the act of directing the eye towards. 
 
 LOO'KER, s. a spectator ; a beholder. Looker on, an idle or 
 unconcerned spectator. 
 
 LOO'KING-GLASS, s. a plane mirror made of glass, and used 
 in the toilet. 
 
 LOOM, s. a frame in which manufactures are woven. Power 
 loom, a loom worked by steam, and so constructed as to require 
 nothing more than to be supplied with the yarn or thread, and 
 to be watched in its working. The greater part of the weaving 
 of this country is now done by power looms. 
 
 To LOOM, V. n. [leoman, SaxJ to appear at sea. 
 
 LOON, s. a sorry fellow ; a scoundrel. In Ornithology, a bird 
 as big as a goose, of a dark colour, dappled with white spots on 
 the neck, back, and wings ; each feather marked near the point 
 with two spots : they breed in Farr Island. 
 
 LOOP, s. [hopen, Belg.] a thread or twist, &c. doubled in such 
 a manner that a string or lace may be drawn through it. 
 
 LOOTED, o. full of holes resembling loops. 
 
 LOO'PHOLE, s. an aperture in a loop ; a hole to give passage. 
 Figuratively, any shift or evasion. 
 
 LOO'PHOLED, a. full of holes, openings, or void spaces. 
 
 To LOOSE, V. a. [lesan, Sax.] to unbind or untie any thing 
 
 LOR 
 
 fastened ; to free from an obligation ; to let go. To relax, ap- 
 plied to the joints. 
 
 LOOSE, a. unbound ; untied ; not restrained, tight, or con- 
 fined. Wanton, or not restrained by the dictates of modesty. 
 Diffuse, applied to style. Disengaged from any obligation, used 
 with //om, and sometimes of. To break loose, to get rid of any 
 restraint by force. 
 
 LOOSE, s. liberty; freedom from any constraint ; indulgence, 
 used with give. 
 
 LOO'SELY, ad. in a manner that is not fast or firm, applied 
 to any thing tied. Without any union or connexion. Irregu- 
 larly, or not restrained by the rules of chastity or virtue. 
 
 To LOO'SEN, V. a. to undo any thing that is tied ; to be made 
 less compact or coherent. To separate or divide ; to free from 
 restraint, or set at liberty. To cure of costiveness. 
 
 LOO'SENESS, s. the state of things which are movable, 
 and deprived of their firmness or fixedness. A disposition of 
 mind, or a conduct, not restrained by any principle of law, cha- 
 rity, morality, or religion, applied to the manners. 
 
 LOOSESTRIFE, s. in Botany, a genus of plants of which 
 there are several species ; the yellow pimpernel of the woods, 
 and the purple moneywort, belong to this genus. 
 
 LOO'vER, s. an opening for the smoke to go out at the roof 
 of a house. 
 
 To LOP, V. a. to cut off the branches of trees. Figuratively, 
 to cut off a part from any thing. 
 
 LOP, s. that which is cut from trees.— [fow^J, Scot.] a flea. 
 
 LOPE, the old preterite of leajj. 
 
 LO'PPED, part. a. in Botany, appearing as if cut off with a 
 pair of scissars ; the leaves of the great bindweed are lopped at 
 the base ; the petals of the periwinkle are lopped at the end. 
 
 LO'PPER, s. one that cuts branches from trees. 
 
 LOQUA'CIOUS, {hqudshious) a. [loquor, Lat.] full of talk; talk- 
 ing to excess ; speaking, or vocal ; babbling. 
 
 LOQUA'CITY, (loqudsity) s. the quality of talking to excess. 
 
 LORD, s. [hlaford. Sax.] a person invested with sovereign 
 power over others; a master; a tyrant, or one who exerts his 
 
 Eower to the distress of those that are subject to him. A title of 
 onour given to those that are noble either by birth or creation, 
 and invested with the dignity of a baron ; by courtesy, it is ap- 
 plied to all sons of a duke or marquis, the eldest son of an earl, 
 persons in honourable offices, and to one that has a fee, and 
 consequently can claim homage of his tenants. In Scripture, 
 it is peculiarly applied to God, and is a translation of Jehovah, 
 when printed thus. Lord, but has the ordinary signification 
 when printed in the common way. 
 
 To LORD, V. n. to exercise unbounded authority or power. 
 To behave like a tyrant, used with over. 
 
 LO'RDING, s. a lord : used in contempt. 
 
 LORD-KEE'PER, the name of the officer who formerly kept 
 the great seal of England, a trust now committed to the lord 
 chancellor. 
 
 LORD-LIEUTE'NANT, the representative of the sovereign 
 in relation to the militia, &c., appointed by the crown in each of 
 the counties of the kingdom. Also the title of the regal repre- 
 sentative in Ireland. 
 
 LO'RDLING, s. diminutive of lord; a little, diminutive, or 
 contemptible lord. 
 
 LO'RDLINESS, s. dignity; high station. Figuratively, pride 
 or haughtiness. 
 
 LO'RDLY, a. becoming a lord, in a good sense. Proud, 
 haughty, imperious, insolent, in a bad sense. Used adverbially, 
 imperiously, proudly. 
 
 LORDS, HOUSE OF, the upper house of parliament, con- 
 sisting of the peers of England, and the representative peers of 
 Scotland and Ireland, whose consent is requisite before any bill 
 passed through the House of Commons can be presented to the 
 sovereign ; and which is the highest judicial court in the realms, 
 from whose decisions there is no appeal. 
 
 LO'RDSHIP, s. dominion; power; seigniority ; domain; a 
 title of honour given to a baron ; a complimental address to a 
 judge, and some other persons in office. 
 
 LORE, s. ll<eran, Sax.] a lesson ; doctrine, or instruction. 
 
 LORE'TTO, a town of the Papal States, Italy. It stands not 
 far from the coast of the Gulf of Venice, and is a bishop's see, 
 with a handsome and wealthy church. It is famous throughout 
 Catholic Christendom, for a statue of the Virgin Mary, and a 
 
LOV 
 
 house in which it stands, which is affirmed to be the very house 
 in which she lived; which, self-transported, came hither in the 
 13th century. It is 112 miles from Rome. Pop. about 5000. 
 Lat. 43. 27. N. I.ong. 13. 40. E. 
 
 LOU 
 
 native in Britain, the Scotch sea-parsley, and the Cornwall saxi- 
 frage. 
 
 ^OUD, a. [hlud. Sax.] noisy ; striking the drum of the ear 
 
 To LO'RICATE, v. a. [lorica, Lat.] to plate over. 
 LO'RIMERS, Lo'Ri 
 of the city companies. 
 
 LO'RIMERS, Lo'riners, s. [lormier 
 
 to pla 
 ,Fr.] 
 
 ith great force ; clamorous ; turbulent. 
 LOU'D" - 
 
 bridle-cutters; one 
 
 LO'RIOT, s. in Ornithology, a kind of bird. 
 
 LO'RIS, s. in Zoology, a nimble little animal of the lemur 
 tribe. 
 
 To LOSE, (looz) V. a. preter and passive lost; [leosan. Sax.] to 
 suffer the want of any thing a person was possessed of before; 
 to mislay, or have any thing gone, so as it cannot be found 
 again. Used with the reciprocal pronouns himself, &c., to be- 
 wilder; to be embarrassed in an inextricable manner; to pos- 
 sess no longer, opposed to retain; to miss; to be unable to 
 recover. — v. n. to be beaten at any game or contest, opposed 
 to win. 
 
 LO'SEABLE, (Mzable) a. subject to privation. 
 
 LO'SER, {loozer) s. one that is deprived of any thing he was 
 in possession of, by accident, fraud, gaming, or mislaying ; one 
 that sells for less than he buys. 
 
 LOSS, s. a diminution of a person's wealth or possessions by 
 fraud, by accident, by mislaying so as not to be able to find 
 again, and by selling for less than prime cost ; any detriment 
 sustained; throwing away. 
 
 LOST, part, and a. [from fose,] not to be found ; not to be 
 perceived. 
 
 LOT, s. [Mot, Sax.] a die, or any thing used in determining a 
 chance; a condition or chance, determined by lot; destiny, 
 condition, circumstance, or state, assigned by Providence; a 
 portion or parcel of goods ; proportioii of taxes. Synon. Lot 
 supposes distinctions, and a method of decision ; we attribute 
 to it a hidden determination, which keeps us in doubt till the 
 instant in which it shows itself. Destimj forms designs, dispo- 
 sitions, and connexions; we attribute to it knowledge, will, and 
 power ; its virtues are determined and unalterable. Lot decides ; 
 Destiny ordains. 
 
 LOT, a department of France, bounded by the departments of 
 Tarn et Garonne, Aveyron, Cantal, Corr^ze, Dordogne, and Lot 
 et Garonne. It is about 65 miles in length, by 50 in breadth. 
 It is moderately hilly, and is watered by the rivers Lot, (whence 
 it is named,) Dordogne, Correze, &c. It has coal and iron, but 
 in no great quantities; building and lime-stones are abundant. 
 It produces plenty of corn, wine, fruits, &c. &c., with silk, wool, 
 &c. There are also a few manufactures. Cahors is the chief 
 town. Pop. about 295,000. 
 
 LOT ET GARO'NNE, a department of France, bounded by 
 the departments of Lot, Tarn et Garonne, Gers, Landes, Gironde, 
 and Dordogne. It is about 60 miles long, and 50 broad. There 
 are a few hills, but they afford no particular mineral wealth, ex- 
 cept lime and useful clays. The Garonne, Lot, and Baise are 
 its chief rivers. Corn, wine, fruits, timber, cattle, &c. &c., are 
 produced in some abundance. There are also some good fisheries 
 on the rivers. It has no very valuable manufactures. Agen is 
 its capital. Pop. about 3.50,000. 
 
 LOTH, o. unwilling; disliking. &e Loath. 
 
 LO'THIAN, EAST. See Haddingtonshire. 
 
 LO'THIAN, MID. See Edinburghshire. 
 
 LO'THIAN, WEST. See Linlithgowshire. 
 
 LO'TION, {lush6n) s. [lotio, Lat.] a medicine compounded of 
 various liquids, and used to wash any part with. 
 
 LOTTERY, s. [lotterie, Fr.] a kind of public game at hazard, 
 set on foot by authority, in order to raise monev for the state, 
 consisting of a number of blanks and prizes, which are deter- 
 mined by tickets put in two opposite wheels, and drawn by dif- 
 ferent persons, one of which contains all the numbers, and the 
 .other all the blanks and prizes; a game of chance; sortilege. 
 Lotteries have been given up and declared illegal in England, 
 but they are still continued by some continental states. The 
 Art Uttion,aLTiiA some similar institutions, have lately been legal- 
 ized, although founded on the principle of the lotteries. 
 
 LO'TUS, s. in Botany, a kind of water-lily, very large and 
 handsome, growing in the Nile ; which was a great favourite with 
 the ladies of ancient Egypt, as appears by the frequency of its 
 introduction into paintings. 
 
 LO'VAGE, t. in Botany, a genus of plants, of which two are 
 
 'DLY, ad. with a great noise ; with a great exaltation of 
 voice ; in a clamorous or turbulent manner. 
 
 LOU'DNESS, s. that quality of sound which makes it to be 
 heard at a great distance, and to strike the drum of the ear with 
 great force. 
 
 To LOVE, (the o in this word and its derivatives and com- 
 pounds is pron. short,) v. a. [ht/ian. Sax.] to regard with great 
 desire and affection ; to be pleased with ; to be fond of. 
 
 LOVE, s. [leaf. Sax.] the ardent desire of an object which 
 seems amiable ; that affection which is excited at the sight of 
 any object that appears amiable and desirable. It is usually 
 employed to express that affection which can exist only between 
 persons of different sexes, and which is the most refined and 
 elevated of all human passions. When applied to the affection 
 we should have toward our Creator, it is the whole man exerted 
 in one desire. Figuratively, a lover; an object of love. A kind 
 of thin silk,of black colour, used for borders on garments during 
 a person's wearing mourning. 
 
 LO'VE-APPLE, «. in Botany, a kind of fruit, or large and 
 fleshy seed-vessel, belonging to a plant nearly allied to the dead- 
 ly nightshade, and commonly cultivated in gardens 
 
 LO'VE-KNOT, g. a figure made " 
 
 many twistings and cir- 
 inextricable ardour of a person's 
 
 to excite love. 
 
 body which excite love. 
 
 cumvolutions, to denote the 
 affections. 
 
 LO'VELILY, ad. in such a manner ; 
 
 LO'VELINESS, s. qualities of mind , 
 
 LO'VELY, a. fitted to excite love. 
 
 LOVER, s. one who has an ardent affection for one of another 
 sex ; a friend ; one who likes any thing. 
 
 LO'VESICK, a. languishing with love. 
 
 LO'VESOME, a. lovely ; so as to excite love. 
 
 LO'VESUIT, s. courtship, or the addresses of a person to one 
 whom he loves, in order to gain her affection. 
 
 LOUGH, s. [Irish,] a lake ; a large inland standing water ; a 
 long bay, or part of the sea that rises up a great way into the 
 land. See Loch. 
 
 LOU'GHBOROUGH, {Uffboro) Leicestershire. It has a con- 
 siderable manufacture of stockings, and a very extensive busi- 
 ness in the coal trade, produced by the new canals. It is plea- 
 santly seated among fertile meadows, on the river Soar, which 
 runs here almost parallel with the Fosse, near the forest of Charn- 
 wood. It is 110 miles from London. Market, Thursday. Pop. 
 10,170. 
 
 LO'VING, ^r^kind; affectionate; expressing kindness and 
 affection. 
 
 LO'VINGKINDNESS, s. tenderness ; favour. 
 
 LO'VINGLY, ad. in a manner that shows great love, kind- 
 ness, and affection. 
 
 LOU'IS, the name of 18 sovereigns of France. TYie first of 
 whom was the son of Charlemagne, and was surnamed le Dehon- 
 naire; who, by his easy disposition, lost the greater part of his 
 patrimonial possessions, although he committed great acts of in- 
 justice and cruelty for the purpose of preserving them. He 
 died in 840, having reigned in all 27 years. The ninth was call- 
 ed St. Louis, from the good-will he always showed to the cler^, 
 and the zeal with which he obeyed their suggestions. The 
 greatest acts of his life were his crusades, the first of which 
 ended in his being captured near Damietta, in Egypt ; and the 
 second, in his death near Tunis, in 1270, after a reign of 44 
 years. The eleventh was the crafty, superstitious, and cowardly 
 monarch, whose wars with Charles of Burgundy, and whose 
 dealings with our Edward IV., are so well known. He was the 
 first who ventured to trifle with knightly honour by employing 
 the basest menials as his ambassadors to the highest powers he 
 treated with ; and he first wore the epithet, afterwards charac- 
 teristic of the French kings, — of Most Christian Majesty. He died 
 in 1483, having reigned 22 years. The twelfth was notorious for 
 his wars and intrigues in Italy; in which, by the duplicity of the 
 pontiff and Italian princes, the superior valour and numbers of 
 the Spanish troops, he was completely worsted. He allied him- 
 self in his old age, by marriage, to Henry VIII. of England, and 
 soon after died, in 1515, after a reign of 17 years. The /o«r- 
 teenth, called Louis tlw Great, who was a child when he succeeded 
 
 543 
 
LOU 
 
 to the throne, was by far the most notable of all the French 
 kings of the Capetian dynasty. Cardinal Mazarin was minister 
 during his minority ; and it was then that, owing to the in- 
 trigues of Cardinal De Retz, the civil war, called the Fronde, 
 took place. After many vicissitudes, and sanguinary struggles, 
 Mazarin triumphed, and all who had opposed him were humbled 
 and punished. At the same time a war with Spain was vigor- 
 ously carried on, which was ended by the peace of the Pyrenees. 
 During the king's minority also happened the protectorate of 
 Cromwell, and in the transactions with France arising out of 
 the emigration of Charles and his nobles, and the persecution of 
 the Protestants of the Alps, he showed that he was more power- 
 ful than the minister of the French king, though he was then at 
 the height of his influence in Europe. It was then, too, that the 
 young king crushed the constitutional power of the parlementof 
 Paris, by a most daring violation of its privileges, which none 
 ventured to condemn. After Louis came of age, and had lost 
 his faithful minister Cardinal Mazarin by death, he entered on 
 a career of war that embroiled all Europe ; during which, im- 
 mense treasure was squandered, and atrocities unheard of in 
 modern and civilized warfare committed, which almost made the 
 dreadful sacrifice of human life forgotten. His first war was 
 chiefly against the Netherlands, and lasted till the peace of Ni- 
 meguen. His second was principally directed against the em- 
 
 Eire and Holland, and was ended by the peace of Ryswick. The 
 ist was the war of the Spanish Succession, and was waged in 
 Italy, Germany, and Spain ; it ended in the treaty of Utrecht, as 
 far as regarded most of his opponents, and that of Rastadt with 
 Germany. It was during these wars that Turenne, Conde, Lux- 
 embourg, Villars, and others gained their great fame as generals 
 on the French side ; and on the other sides, William of Orange, 
 Prince Eugene, and the Duke of Marlborough. Colbert was the 
 greatest minister Louis had; his administration and life has 
 already been noticed. (&e Colbert.) The revocation of the 
 Edict of Nantes was one of the most unwise and evil acts of this 
 long reign. The results of it being not only cruel in the ex- 
 treme to the Protestants against whom it was directed, but most 
 prejudicial to France, since it drove to other countries great 
 numbers of her most industrious and valuable citizens. It was 
 this king who invented that well-known and compendious con- 
 fession of political faith for the benefit of absolute monarchs; — 
 " The state !— it is I." Louis died in 1715, after a reign of 72 years. 
 Thejlfteenfh was one of the most infamously immoral kings that 
 ever lived. The abominations of the absolute monarchy of France 
 reached in him their culminating point, and all things betokened 
 a speedy visitation of judgment. He carried on various wars 
 on the continent, with the empire and with England; and in 
 America, with England, also. The end of all was the peace of 
 Paris, which was sufficiently humbling to France. Louis died 
 in 1774, having occupied the throne, in name and in reality, 
 for 59 years. The sixteenth was a well-disposed, virtuous, but 
 vacillating monarch, on whom fell the whole burden of evil 
 and woe that had been slowly heaping up for centuries. During 
 the first years of his reign, he eftected some useful reforms, 
 and projected others ; he also encouraged and aided the United 
 States of America in their War of Independence. This mania 
 for political liberty, joined with a wide-spread disaffection to- 
 wards religion, arising from the conduct of the ecclesiastics, 
 and the prevalence of a shallow, sensual philosophy, was aided 
 
 in its operation by the desperate condition of the finances of 
 the kingdom. Minister after minister attempted to conceal 
 and to make up the deficit ; but only one tangible source of 
 income was available, — the taxation of the privileged classes ; 
 and this caused the outbreak against the court. Meanwhile 
 the people, especially of Paris, sympathizing deeply with the 
 anti-royalist proceedings of the parlement, and feeling most 
 keenly the pressure of the times, eucoufaged every advance to- 
 wards the much talked of liberty. At length the convocation 
 of the states-general was proposed and resolved on ; and after 
 much debate the form given to the assembly was such as to bring 
 king, nobles, and clergy at the feet of the middle class. Whilst 
 step after step was being taken in this assembly, all tending to 
 the overthrow and dissolution of the existing system; hunger 
 and fear of massacre, from the numbers of foreign regiments in- 
 troduced into Paris, roused the people, and the Bastille was 
 taken. The Revolution then began. During all the subsequent 
 part of his career, the hapless king was swayed to and fro, by 
 544 
 
 LOU 
 
 hope and fear, by consideration of his dignity, by his natural 
 amiability and concern for the poor people, by dread of the popu- 
 lar leaders, and by the insane and imbecile violence of the hangers- 
 on of the court, by the aspect of events at home, and by messages 
 from the emigrant nobles who had fled the kingdom, with the 
 monstrous and treasonable intent of making war on France, and 
 so extinguishing the Revolution. By a most revolting and hu- 
 miliating proceeding on the part of the women, and mob, and 
 national guards of Paris, he was brought from Versailles to the 
 metropolis. He accepted and ratified the revolutionized constitu- 
 tion. He shared in a solemn farce called the Festival of Confe- 
 deration, to celebrate the establishment of constitutional liberty 
 in the nation. He attempted to exercise the power given him by 
 the laws ; he was subjected to the degrading insult of having his 
 palace broken into and possessed by a mob, without the shadow 
 of redress. He attempted flight, but with his usual indecision and 
 unreadiness, and was brought back a self-deposed king, in a most 
 distressingly disgraceful manner. He was at length, by a popular 
 insurrection, driven from the name of royalty, and imprisoned at 
 the will of the Convention, assembled from the whole country. 
 After the mockery of a trial, he was condemned and guillotined 
 in 1793, having reigned 19 years, aged 39. His unhappy and 
 noble queen suffered shortly after him. The eighteenth, was 
 placed on the throne by the battle of Waterloo ; and, with the 
 exception of a war with Spain, had no greater difficulties than 
 those arising from the state of the country, and the execution of 
 the Charter. He, doubtless, prepared the way for the three days 
 of July, 1830, by his inability to conform to the condition of the 
 nation, which was so ditiTerent from what it had been when he 
 was in the court of bis brother Louis XVI. He died in 1824, 
 having reigned in all about 10 years. 
 
 LOU'ISBURGH, the capital of the island of Cape Breton, in 
 N. America. It has an excellent harbour, about 6 miles in 
 length, and more than half a mile in breadth. The fishery is its 
 chief support, the cod being remarkably plentiful here, and, at 
 the same time, better than any in Newfoundland ; and, in ge- 
 neral, is continued from April to the close of December, when the 
 harbour becomes impracticable, being entirely frozen, so as to 
 be walked over. The town is about half an English mile in 
 length, and 2 in circuit, built for the most part of stone, and 
 laid out in broad and regular streets. At a little distance from 
 the fort, or citadel, is a large parade, the inside of which is a 
 fine square near 200 feet every way. Lat. 45. 54. N. Long. 
 59. 54. W. 
 
 LOUrS D'OR, (loo-ee-d'ore) s. [Fr.] a golden coin in France, 
 valued at 20 shillings, or 24 livres. It is sometimes, though 
 improperly, spelt Lewis d'or. 
 
 LOUISIA'NA, one of the United States of N. America, lying 
 on the Gulf of Mexico, and bounded by the States of Texas, 
 Mississippi, and Arkansas. It is 240 miles long, and 210 broad ; 
 and is divided into 38 parishes. It is in general a very level 
 country, watered by the Mississippi, the Red River, the Wash- 
 ita, &c. The neighbourhood of these great streams is swampy, 
 and liable to extensive inundations. Its staple productions are 
 sugar, cotton, and rice. The forests also supply valuable tim- 
 ber. The manufactures are at present of no great account. 
 New Orleans, which is its capital, is also its chief seat of trade, 
 which is very considerable, embracing most of what passes along 
 the great rivers connected with the Mississippi. There are 4/ 
 banks and 5 colleges in this State. The railroads and canals 
 are extensive, and of great utility. Pop. 352,411, of whom 
 168,452 are slaves. 
 
 LOU'ISVILLE, the capital of Kentucky, United States. It 
 stands on the Ohio, and is regularly laid out and well built, 
 with a delightful prospect towards the river. It has many hand- 
 some public buildings, and is the seat of a very active trade, as 
 well as of the chief manufactures of the district. It is a port of 
 entry; and to obviate the hinderance to navigation occasioned 
 by the rapids in this river, a canal has been constructed of suf- 
 ficient capacity to admit the largest boats. There are some well- 
 supported institutions for educational and charitable purposes. 
 It is 596 miles from Washington. Pop. 28,643. 
 
 To LOUNGE, V. n. [lunderen, Belg.] to loiter ; to live in an idle 
 and lazj' manner. 
 
 LOU'NGER, s. an idler. 
 
 LOUSE, s. plural lice; [lus. Sax.] in Entomology, a small 
 parasitical insect, which lives on the bodies of men or animals. 
 
LOW 
 
 This name is likewise applied to animals that are supposed to 
 resemble the former ; hence we make use of the words book-lice, 
 wood-lice, &c. 
 
 LOU'SEWORT, s. in Botany, the name of a plant ; called 
 also rattle and cockscomb. 
 
 LOU'SILY, (louzily) ad. in a paltry, mean, base, and scurvy 
 manner. 
 
 LOU'SINESS, {loiiziness) s. the quality of abounding in lice. 
 
 LOU'SY, (hiizy) a. swarming or overrun with lice. Figura- 
 tively, mean ; low born or bred ; poor. 
 
 LOUT, s. [loete, old Dutch,] a bumpkin; a mean, awkward, 
 stupid, and clownish fellow. 
 
 To LOUT, V. n. Ihlutan, Sax.] to bend the body by way of 
 obeisance ; to make a bow. 
 
 LOUTH, Lincolnshire. It contains many handsome houses, 
 and has a large church, with a fine steeple which is nearly 300 
 feet high. It is situated on the river Lud.from whence it takes 
 its name. It is 148 miles from London. Markets, Wednesday 
 and Saturday. Pop. 8935. 
 
 LOUTH, a county of Leinster, Ireland. It is about 27 miles 
 in length, and from 12 to 18 in breadth ; lying on the Irish Sea, 
 and bounded by Monaghan, Meath, Armagh, and separated from 
 Down by Carlingford Bay. It is the smallest county in the king- 
 dom, but very fertile and pleasant, and contains 61 parishes. 
 It has some hills of considerable height, parts of them being 
 nearly 2000 feet above the level of the sea. The manufacture of 
 linen is the chief source of wealth. Dundalk is its capitaL 
 Pop. 111,979. It sends 3 members to parliament. 
 
 LOU'TISH, a. clownish ; awkward. 
 
 LOU'TISHLY, ad. after the manner of a clown, or an awk- 
 ward, ill-bred person. 
 
 LOUVAIN, or Loeven, a large city of S. Brabant, with a 
 celebrated university. The walls of this place are near 7 miles 
 in circumference, but within them are a great many gardens 
 and vineyards. The public buildings are magnificent, and the 
 university consists of 60 small colleges, much admired for their 
 situation and architecture, but not sumptuous. They formerly 
 made large quantities of cloth here, but at present their trade is 
 generally decayed, and the place is chiefly remarkable for its 
 good beer, with which it serves the neighbouring towns. Its 
 castle is now in ruins. It is seated on the river Dyle, and is 14 
 miles from Brussels. Pop. about 30,000. 
 
 LOW, {la) a. [lagur, Isl.] applied to situation, implies com- 
 parison, and being nearer to the earth than something else; in 
 this sense it is opposed to high. Applied to stature, measuring 
 little, and opposed to tall. Applied to station or condition, mean, 
 or not above the vulgar. Applied to price, not sold or purchased 
 for much money; cheap. Applied to the mind, depressed or de- 
 jected. Applied to sound, scarce audible. Applied to style or 
 sentiment, mean, grovelling, vulgar, base, or dishonourable. 
 In Medicine, reduced by abstinence. Luw in the world, implies, 
 reduced, or in poor circumstances. 
 
 LOW, (lo) ad. not high, applied to situation. Cheap, or of 
 low price, applied to value. Mean or base, applied to rank, cir- 
 cumstances, thoughts, or expressions. Applied to the voice, in 
 such a manner as scarcely to be heard. In Chronology, applied 
 to times approaching to our own. 
 
 To LOW, {16) V. n. [hlowan. Sax.] to bellow, or make a noise, 
 applied to that made by oxen, bulls, or cows. 
 
 LO'VVBELL, s. [lowe, Scot, and bell,'] a kind of fowling in the 
 night, in which the birds are wakened by a bell, and lured by a 
 flame into a net. 
 
 LOW COUNTRIES. See Netherlands. 
 
 LOWE, s. [from the Sax. hleaw, or hlaiw, Goth.] a hill, heap, 
 tomb, or barrow, and is used in the names of places. 
 
 LO'\yELL, a city of Massachusetts, United States. It stands 
 at the junction of the Concord river with the Merrimac, and has 
 a very extensive and easily available water-power, which is 
 employed by means of canals, which are so constructed as to 
 distribute the water to all the mills and manufactories, and after- 
 wards to discharge it into one of the rivers. There are 1 1 incor- 
 porated manufacturing companies here, who work 32 mills. And 
 there are also print-works and dye-houses belonging to these 
 companies. Beside these, which produce sheetings, flannels, 
 drillings, prints, shirtings, negro-cloth, carpets, rugs, broad- 
 cloths, water-proof woollens, and cassimeres, there are mills and 
 manufactories owned by individuals; a fine bleachery; a nianu- 
 
 LOW 
 
 facture of milled blankets, and extensive powder-mills. New 
 companies and manufactories are continually springing up, and 
 mucli water-power is yet unimproved. This " Manchester of the 
 United States," is distinguished from its English prototype most 
 honourably. The wages are good, and a very considerable por- 
 tion of them is deposited in the savings' institution. It has 
 some fine literary and educational institutions, the Lyceum, the 
 Lowell Institute, the Mechanics' Association, 29 public free- 
 schools, and 6 grammar-schools. Seven newspapers are main- 
 tained, and a magazine called the Lowell Offering, supplied with 
 original articles, chiefly by the girls who work in the factories. 
 The character of the persons employed is such as to prove that 
 there is no necessary tendency in such work to depress the in- 
 tellect, or corrupt the morals ; and this may be chiefly attributed 
 to the fact, that it is not regarded, as in this country, as employ- 
 ment fit only for the poorest and the vilest. Three railroads and 
 a canal communicate with Lowell. There are 2 banks beside 
 the savings' bank. And the company that own the water-power 
 have a very noble manufactory for all the needful machinery. 
 It is 444 miles from Washington. Pop. 20,796. All this vast 
 town has sprung up in about 20 years. A place in Ohio bears 
 this name also. 
 
 To LO'WER, {loir) v. a. to humble ; to bring down ; to bring 
 lower ; to strike a flag by way of submission ; to lessen the value 
 or price of a thing; to make weaker by the addition of some 
 weaker liquor. Figuratively, to depress or lessen a person's 
 pride.— 1». n. to sink ; to fall ; to grow less. Synon. We make 
 use of the word hwer, with respect to the diminishing the 
 height of things, or to certain motions of a body : We lower a 
 beam ; we lower the sails of a ship ; we lower a building ; we 
 hwer the eyes, the head, &c. — We use the expression let doton, 
 with regard to things made to cover others, and which, being 
 lifted up, leave them uncovered : We let down the lid of a trunk ; 
 we let down the eye-lids ; &c. 
 
 To LO'WER, or To Lour, v. n. to appear dark or gloomy. To 
 be clouded or stormy, applied to the sky. To frown, or look 
 sullen or angry, applied to the countenance. 
 
 LO'WERINGLY, Lou'ringly, ad. with cloudiness, or stormi- 
 ness, applied to the sky. With an appearance of sullenness, or 
 anger, applied to the countenance. 
 
 LO/WERMOST, {mrmost) a. [the superlative of low, which is 
 thus compared, low, lower, lowermost,'] below all others in place, 
 circumstances, or rank. 
 
 LO'WESTOFFE, Lo'westoft, or Le'stoff, Suffolk. It is 
 a neat town, standing on the most easterly point of England, 
 near the ancient embouchure of the river Waveney, which has 
 recently been re-opened. Very extensive works have made this 
 seaport and its harbour as complete and secure as can be de- 
 sired ; and the railroad communicating with the interior, extends 
 almost to the extremity of the pier. It has an improving trade ; 
 and is a considerable fishing town. It is 114 miles from London. 
 Market, Wednesday. Pop. 4674. 
 
 LO'WLAND, {loland) s. a vale, or plain ; opposed to an emi- 
 nence. 
 
 LO'WLINESS, {miness) s. a disposition of mind wherein a 
 person thinks humbly of himself; meanness; want of dignity. 
 
 LO'WLY, {iQlij) ad. in a humble manner; meanly; or with- 
 out dignity. 
 
 LO'WLY, {loly) a. humble; thinking modestly of oneself; of 
 low rank ; mean ; wanting dignity. 
 
 LOWN, {hon) s. \loen, Belg.] a rascal or scoundrel. 
 
 LO'WNESS, {loness) s. the quality of being near the ground, 
 applied to situation; of short measure, applied to stature. 
 
 Meanness, applied to condition ; want of rank or dignity. Want 
 sublim' 
 appliei 
 LtfWSPI'RlTED, {lo-spirited) a. delected ; depressed 
 
 of loftiness or sublimity, applied to thoughts or style. 
 or depression, applied to the mind. 
 
 ijectu 
 ith- 
 
 out vigour or vivacity; dull, melancholy, gloomy. 
 
 To LOWT, {otc pronounced as in now,) v. n. to look sourly, 
 surlily, or clownishly. 
 
 LO'WTH, WILLIAM, a divine of the Church of England, 
 who was eminent for his scholarship in his day; but is known 
 now chiefly by his Commentary on the four greater Prophets, which 
 forms part of Patrick's Commentary on the Bible. He died in 
 1732, aged 71 years. 
 
 LO'WTH, ROBERT, a bishop of the English Church, son of the 
 preceding, and eminent as a biblical critic. He was professor ot 
 4 a 545 
 
LUB 
 
 poetry at Oxford. His most valuable work is on the Poetry of 
 the Hebrews, which is written in very elegant Latin, and is ge- 
 nerally known by means of a translation by Dr. Gregory. He 
 also published a new translation of Isaiah with a commentary, 
 which is a good illustration of the laws of Hebrew poetry, and 
 a very elegant work ; but his conjectural emendations of the 
 text were so many, and made on no well-grounded principles of 
 criticism, and his version is therefore of no critical value. He 
 died in 1787, aged 77 years. His controversy with Warburton 
 was equally unworthy of his taste and his erudition, and is hap- 
 pily almost forgotten. 
 
 LOXODRO'MIC, s. [hxos and dromos, Gr.] in Navigation, the 
 art of oblique sailing by the rhumb, which always makes an 
 equal angle with every meridian ; that is, when you sail neither 
 directly under the equator, nor under one and the same meri- 
 dian, but across them : hence the table of rhumbs, or the trans- 
 verse table of miles, with the tables of longitudes and latitudes, 
 by which the sailor may particularly find his course, distance, 
 latitude, or longitude, is called loxodromie. 
 
 LOY'AL, a. [Fr.] obedient or true to the duty owing to a 
 prince. Figuratively, faithful in love, or true to a lover. 
 
 LOY'ALIST, *. one who professes an inviolable adherence to 
 a king. 
 
 LOY'ALLY, ad. with inviolable adherence and fidelity to a 
 king. 
 
 LOY'ALTY, s. [loyaute, Fr.] firm and inviolable adherence to 
 a prince. Figuratively, fidelity, or immovable attachment to a 
 lover. 
 
 LOY'OLA. See Ignatius Loyola. 
 
 LO'ZENGE, s. [losenge, Fr.] a figure consisting of four equal 
 or parallel sides, two of whose angles are acute, and the other 
 two obtuse, the distance between the two obtuse ones being 
 equal to the length of one side. In Heraldry, a rhomb, or figure 
 of four equal sides, but unequal angles, resembling a diamond 
 on cards ; in this all unmarried gentlewomen and widows bear 
 their arms. In Medicine, and Confectionery, a preparation of 
 any drug, &c. with sugar, made in small flat pieces, cut in any 
 form, and baked hard, which is held in the mouth till it is dis- 
 solved. 
 
 LozERE, a department of France, bounded by the departments of 
 Aveyron, Cantal, Haute Loire, Ardfeche, and Gard. It is nearly 
 70 miles in length, and about 50 in breadth. It is very moun- 
 tainous, being crossed by the range of the Cevennes,one height 
 of which gives it its name, and some of whose peaks exceed 
 5000 feet in elevation. It is watered by many streams, which 
 are feeders to the Rhone, the Loire, and the Garonne. It yields 
 several metals, but not very abundantly, and building-stone. 
 It produces excellent timber in its extensive forests, and a little 
 grain, fruit, &c. It is rich in cattle, sheep, &c., having very 
 good pasturage. It has some manufactures also, but none of 
 great worth. Mende is its chief town. Pop. about 150,000. 
 
 LP. a contraction for lordship. 
 
 LU'BBARD, «. [from luhber,1 a lazy, sturdy fellow. 
 
 LU'BBER, s. [lubbed, Dan.] a sturdy drone ; an idle, fat, or 
 bulky person. 
 
 LU^BBERLY, a. lazy and bulky. 
 
 LU'BBERLY, ad, in an awkward, lazy, and clumsy manner. 
 
 Lu'beck, a free imperial city of Germany, which was long the 
 head of the famous Hanseatic League. Its territory lies on the 
 Baltic, and is surrounded by Mecklenburg-Strelitz, Lauenburg, 
 Oldenburg, and Holstein. It is about 12 miles in extent each 
 way. The houses of Liibeck are built all of stone, in a very an- 
 cient style of architecture, and the streets are, for the most part, 
 steep, as the city stands on the two sides of a long hill, the 
 eastern part extending towards the VVackenitz, as the western 
 does towards the Trave. Here are 4 parochial churches, besides 
 the cathedral. The town-house is a superb structure, and has 
 several towers ; in it is the hall, where the deputies of the Hans 
 towns used formerly to meet. Here is also a fine exchange, and 
 some excellent hospitals. In the churches are some very fine 
 paintings by the great masters. Its trade is very considerable, 
 and it has some manufactures. Liibeck is seated at the con- 
 fluence of the rivers Trave, (which is the largest,) Steckenitz, 
 (another navigable stream, by which it communicates with the 
 Elbe,) and Wackenitz, which issues from the lake of Ratzeburgh, 
 and, after joining the Scwartau, falls into the Baltic; by means 
 of which several streams, long and flat-bottomed vessels pass 
 546 
 
 LUC 
 
 from the Baltic into the German Ocean. It is 3G miles from 
 Hamburg. Travemunde is the port of Liibeck, and is 12 miles 
 from it, on the Baltic. Pop, about 50,000 for the territory; 
 30,000 for the city. Lat, 53. 52. N. Long. 10. 44. E. A princi- 
 pality belonging to the Grand Duchy of Oldenburg bears this 
 name also. 
 
 LU'BRIC, a. [luhricus, Lat.] slippery, or so smooth of surface 
 that things would slip off with the least sloping; wanton. 
 
 To LU'I3RICATE, Lubri'citate, v. a. [lubrkus, Lat,] to make 
 smooth or slippery. 
 
 LUBRI'CITY, s. [litbrieite, Fr.] slipperiness or smoothness of 
 surface ; aptness to glide over any part, or to facilitate motion. 
 Figuratively, uncertainty; slipperiness; instability; wanton- 
 ness; lewdness. 
 
 LUBRFCIOUS, a. slippery; smooth; uncertain. 
 
 LUBRIFA'CTION, LubriVica'tion, s. [lubricus and /new, Lat.] 
 the act of making smooth or slipperj'. 
 
 LU'CAN, or Luca'nus, M. AnN/EUS, a Roman poet of the reign 
 of Nero, and nephew of the philosopher Seneca. He competed 
 with the emperor in public as a poet, and for his bad taste was 
 prohibited from publishing any more verses, which was so gall- 
 ing a sentence that he conspired against the emperor, was de- 
 tected, and put to death in 65 a. d., aged about 27 years. The 
 only one of his compositions extant is that called Pharsalia, 
 which relates part of the war between Csesar and Pompeius, It 
 is written with considerable skill, and has found many admirers, 
 but it is too artificial to be ranked with genuine poems. 
 
 LU'CCA, a duchy of Italy, lying on the Mediterranean, and 
 bounded by Tuscany, Modena, and Carrara. It is about 25 miles 
 long by 20 broad. It includes the S. W. slope of the Apennines, 
 whose height here varies from 4000 to 6000 feet. The Serchio 
 is its principal river. It produces iron, copper, &c. ; marble, 
 building-stone, timber, fruit, oil, silk, Szc. &c. It is a very busy 
 country for manufactures, and its people are ingenious and indus- 
 trious. Lucca, the capital, is a fortified city, standing near the 
 Serchio, and is altogether a handsome place. Its chief public 
 buildings are its cathedral, and other churches, the palace, and 
 government buildings. Pop. about 25,000. Pop. of the state, 
 about 1(50,000. The political relations of this state were rendered 
 very perplexed by the congress of Vienna, and are much more 
 perplexed bv the recent movements in Italy. Lat, 43, 49. N. 
 Long. 10. 38. E. 
 
 LU'CENT,iwj<. [teens, from ;««, Lat.] bright; shining; dart- 
 ing rays. 
 
 LU'CERNE, one of the cantons of Switzerland, and the most 
 considerable of them except Zurich and Bern. It is bounded 
 by the cantons of Zug, Schweitz, Aargau, Underwalden, and 
 Bern. It is about 30 miles in length, and 20 in its mean breadth. 
 The southern parts are mountainous, but without glaciers. Mont 
 Pilate is nearly 7000 feet high. It has several streams, as the 
 Aar, the Suhren, &c. ; and one or two lakes, of no great extent. 
 Its soil is fertile, and produces corn, fruit, &c. Many cattle are 
 reared, and much cheese exported. The sovereign power of this 
 republic resides in the council of 100, comprising the senate, or 
 little council. The former is the nominal sovereign ; but the 
 power resides in the latter. Although the government appears 
 purely aristocratic, yet this aristocracy is restrained in divers re- 
 spects ; as in the matter of making war or peace, concluding new 
 alliances, acquiring new territories, or imposing new taxes, the 
 consent of all the citizens must be obtained. The chiefs of the 
 republic are two magistrates called advoyers. It is entirely Ca- 
 tholic, and it has some educational institutions of value. Lucerne, 
 its capital, stands near the Waldstatten Lake, on the river Reuss : 
 it has a beautiful situation, but has nothing in its appearance to 
 recommend it. Over the river are 3 remarkable bridges, built of 
 wood, and each forming a covered road. Near this town, carved 
 in the living rock, is the monument of the Swiss guards, massa- 
 cred at the storm of theTuilleries, during the French Revolution. 
 Pop. about 10,000. Pop. of the canton, about 130,000. 
 
 LU'CERNE, s. in Farming, a plant cultivated in the manner 
 of clover, and is the only plant whose hay is preferable to the 
 sainfoin, for the fattening of cattle. 
 
 LU'CIA, ST., or Alousie, an island of the West Indies, about 
 27 miles in length, and 12 in breadth, lying between Martinique, 
 St. Vincent, and Barbadoes. It exhibits a variety of hills, yet 
 partly consists of very fertile plains, finely watered with rivulets, 
 and well furnished with timber. It is provided with several 
 
LUC 
 
 good bays and commodious harbours, the chief of which, called 
 Little Carenage, is reckoned the best in all the Caribbee Islands. 
 In it are two remarkably round and high mountains, once vol- 
 canoes, by which this island may be known at a considerable 
 distance. It yields sugar, cocoa, coffee, &c. : and it belongs to 
 the English. Castries is its one town. Pop. about 20,000. 
 Lat. 13. 27. N. Long. 60. 30. W. 
 
 LU'CIAN, an elegant Greek writer of the 2nd century after 
 the Christian sera. He was first a sculptor, afterwards an advo- 
 cate, and finally a teacher of rhetoric in the Gallic province. After 
 having retired from this employment, he was made procurator of 
 Egypt by Commodus, and tbere he died at a very advanced age. 
 His works are chiefly in the form of dialogues, and are remark- 
 able for their wit. He is a most severe satirist, and has held up 
 the various forms of paganism and the various schools of philoso- 
 phy of the day to ridicule. He also attacked the Christian re- 
 ligion in the same way, and wrote many pieces of a grossly ob- 
 scene character. 
 
 LU'CID, a. [lucidus, from lux, Lat.] shining; bright; glitter- 
 ing. Figuratively, transparent. Without any disorder of the 
 mind, applied to those intervals of sense which are sometimes 
 met with in mad persons. 
 
 LUCI'DITY, s. splendour ; brightness. 
 
 LU'CIFER, s. [Lat.] in Poetry, the morning star, whether 
 Venus or .Jupiter. 
 
 LUCrFEROUS, a. [lux and /ero, Lat.] bringing light either to 
 the eye or mind. 
 
 LL'CI'FIC, a. \lux and. facto, Lat.] making or producing light. 
 
 LUCI'LIUS, CAIUS, a Roman satirist of the 2nd century b. c. 
 He was present at the siege of Numantia, and he died in about 
 100 B. c. Few lines of his satires remain, but he is referred to 
 by Horace, Juvenal, and others, with great praise. 
 
 LUCK, s. [gehick, Belg.] any thing which happens unexpect- 
 edly in a person's favour ; fortune, either good or bad ; any 
 event that happens without being designed or foreseen. 
 
 LU'CKILY, ad. in a fortunate manner; by good hap. 
 
 LU'CKINESS, s. the quality of turning out to a person's ad- 
 vantage, though undesigned or unforeseen by himself; casual 
 happiness. 
 
 LU'CKLESS, a. unfortunate, or unhappy. 
 
 LU'CKNOW, an ancient city of Hindustan, capital of Oude. 
 It is an extensive place, but poorly built ; the houses are chiefly 
 of mud, covered with thatch, and many consist entirely of 
 thatch and bamboos; and are thatched with leaves of the co- 
 coa-nut, palm-tree, and sometimes with straw. The houses of 
 the merchants are of brick, lofty and strong, and there are some, 
 but not many, magnificent edifices. Lucknow is 650 miles 
 from Calcutta. Pop. about 300,000. Lat. 26. 24. N. Long. 
 80. 55. E. 
 
 LU'CKY, a. [geluckig, Belg.] fortunate without any design, or 
 contrary to expectation. 
 
 LU'CRATIVE, a. {lucratif, Fr. lucrum, Lat.] gainful ; profit- 
 able ; bringing money. 
 
 LU'CRE, (luher) s. {lucrum, Lat.] gain ; emolument ; profit ; 
 increase of money. 
 
 LUCRETIUS, TITUS, CARUS, a very celebrated Roman 
 philosophical poet; whose great poem, On the nature of things, is 
 a detailed exhibition of the system of Epicurus. He died in 
 52 B. c. 
 
 LUCRI'FEROUS, a. ilucrum and fero, Lat.] profitable ; pro- 
 ducing gain. 
 
 LUCRl'FIC, a. [lucrum and/acio, Lat.] producing gain. 
 
 LU'CROUS, a. producing gain or profit. 
 
 LUCTA'TlON.s. [luctor, Lat.] wrestling; striving; struggling. 
 
 LU'CTUOUS, a. [luctus, Lat.] sorrowful. 
 
 To LU'CUBRATE, r. a. [lucuhro, from lux^ Lat.] to watch or 
 study by night. 
 
 LUCUBRA'TION, s. study by candle-light. Figuratively, 
 any original thought on any subject. 
 
 LUCUBRATORY, a. composed by night or candle-light. 
 
 LU'CULENT, a. [luculentus, from lux, Lat.] certain ; plain ; 
 evident ; clear. 
 
 LUCU'LLUS, L. LICINIUS, a Roman general and statesman 
 of the earlier part of the 1st century b. c, who defeated Mithri- 
 dates, king of^ Pontus, and conquered Tigranes. He is more 
 celebrated however for his enormous wealth, and prodigal ex- 
 penditure in luxury. He was one who made Greek customs, 
 
 LUK 
 
 &c. the fashion at Rome ; and aided in the downfal of the Re- 
 public He died in 49 b. c. 
 
 LU'DICROUS, a. [ludicer, from ludus, Lat.] burlesque ; excit- 
 ing laughter by its oddity orcomicalness; sportive. 
 
 LU'DICROUSLY, ad. in burlesque ; sportively ; in a manner 
 that raises laughter bv its extravagance or oddity. 
 
 LU'DICROUSNESS,*. the quality of being ridiculous; the 
 quality of exciting mirth or laughter. 
 
 LUDIFICA'TION, s. [ludus aindf aeio, Lat.] the act of mocking 
 or making sport of another. 
 
 LU'DLOW, Shropshire. A large, neat, and well-built town, 
 seated on the river Teme, near its conflux with the Corve, over 
 which it has a stone bridge, in a pleasant, fruitful, and populous 
 country. Here are some good schools, and a manufactory of 
 gloves. It is 138 miles from London. Market, Monday. Pop. 
 5064. 
 
 LU'DLOW, EDMUND, one of the eminent men in the Puri- 
 tan Revolution of the 17th century. He was well born, and took 
 arms on the side of the Parliament, in whose army he held a 
 commission. He joined in the movements by which the Inde- 
 pendents defeated the schemes of the Presbyterians, and sat in 
 the high court of justice at Charles's trial. His stubborn ad- 
 herence to his democratic formula made him oppose Cromwell, 
 who sent him into Ireland first, and on his return, kept him on 
 his estate in Essex. At Cromwell's death he came before the 
 world again; but having all his hopes overthrown by the Re- 
 storation, he retired to the continent. Having made an unsuc- 
 cessful attempt to gain a footing in England, after some years, 
 he returned to his exile, and died in 1693, aged 73 years. 
 
 LU'DOLF, JOB, a great Ethiopic and Oriental scholar of Ger- 
 many in the latter part of the 17th century. He studied at 
 Leghorn, and afterwards resided as a private tutor at Paris, 
 Gotha, and Frankfort, where he died in 1704, aged 80 years. 
 His works are yet very valuable. 
 
 LUES, s. a pestilence or plague, 
 
 LUES VENERE'A, s. [Lat.] in Medicine, any syphilitic dis- 
 order. 
 
 LUFF, s. [Scot.] the palm of the hand. 
 
 To LUFF, V. n. [louvoyer, Fr.] at sea, to keep close to the wind. 
 See To LooF. 
 
 To LUG, V. a. [aluecan. Sax.] to hale or drag ; to pull with 
 great violence. 
 
 LUG, «. a small fish ; a land measure, containing a pole or 
 perch ; the ear. 
 
 LCGGAGE, s. [from lug,"] any thing cumbrous or unwieldy to 
 carry. 
 
 LUGU'BRIOUS, a. [lugubre, Fr. lugvbris, Lat.] mournful ; sor- 
 rowful. 
 
 LUKE, one of the evangelists, and an early convert to Chris- 
 tianity. Nothing is known with certainty respecting his life, 
 except that he was a physician, and accompanied Paul in some 
 part of his journeys, and to Rome. The close of his life is as 
 unknown as its commencement. He wrote the Gospel that is 
 called by his name, and the book called the Acts of the Apostles, 
 both of which are addressed to one Theophilus. His narrative 
 of the life of our Saviour, is avowedly a compilation from the 
 various anecdotes and accounts which were current amongst the 
 earliest believers in Jesus. And it differs widely in its nature 
 and plan from the others, although it has remarkable points of 
 agreement with them. Luke seems to have classified the inci- 
 dents he records, but not by any very intelligent conception ; and 
 the account of the trial and crucifixion, with the succeeding 
 events, he gives in such a way as to have made some regard hira as 
 a witness of them. The record of the proceedings of the apostles 
 and first Christians, up to the conversion of Paul, relates to all 
 the prominent teachers and martyrs; after that circumstance, it 
 is confined to the travels and acts of Paul alone ; and it ends 
 with his imprisonment on parole at Rome. Luke seems to have 
 been a better Greek scholar than most of the New Testament 
 writers. 
 
 LU'KEWARM , a. moderately or mildly warm. Applied to the 
 affections, indifferent; not ardent or zealous. 
 
 LUKEWA'RMLY, ad. with moderate warmth, applied to 
 things. With indifference, applied to the afliections. 
 
 LUKEWA'RMNESS, s. the quality of being moderately warm, 
 aijplied to things. Applied to the affections, indiflference, or want 
 of ardour. 
 
 4 A 2 547 
 
LUN 
 
 To LULL, V. a. [lulu, Dan.] to bring on sleep by singing or 
 some agreeable sound ; to compose, quiet, or pacify. 
 
 LU'LLABY, s. a song made use of by nurses to make chil- 
 dren sleep. 
 
 LU^LI, JEAN BAPTISTE, a French composer attached to 
 the court of the Grand Monarcjue. He was by birth a Floren- 
 tine; and became a drudge in Mademoiselle Montpensier's 
 kitchen ; but his musical talent being recognised, he was 
 placed with an instructor, and rose to be one of the directors of 
 the opera. His works are chiefly operas ; and he died in 1687, 
 aged 53 years. 
 
 LU'LLY, RAYMUND, a mystic and ascetic philosopher of 
 the 13th century. He was first a soldier, and afterwards a 
 zealous missionary amongst the Mohammedans ; but he nearly 
 paid his life for the honour of his generous attempts. His title 
 of Enlightened Doctor, and his fame, arises from an effort which 
 he made to liberate science from the rack and the dungeons of 
 scholastic logic. His organon and apparatus were, however, in- 
 capable of producing such a result, and he only founded a new 
 school, which substituted mystic for syllogistic formulas; and 
 gained a name in the history of science, which ranks with those 
 of Paracelsus, &c. He died in 1315, aged 81 years. 
 
 LUMBA'GO, s. \lumU, Lat.] in Medicine, a rheumatic affec- 
 tion of the kidneys, which causes great pain in the loins. 
 
 LU'MBER, «. Igeloma, Sax.] any thing useless and cumber- 
 some. 
 
 To LU'MBER, v. a. to heap together in a confused manner, 
 like useless goods. — v. n. to move heavily, as burdened with 
 his own bulk. 
 
 LU'MINARY, s. [luminare, Lat.] any body which gives light ; 
 any thing which makes a discovery, or gives intelligence. Ap- 
 plied by way of eminence to the sun or moon, on account of 
 their extraordinary lustre, and the great light they afford us. 
 Figuratively, a person that makes discoveries and communi- 
 cates them. 
 
 LUMINA'TION, s. [lumen, Lat.] the act of emitting light. 
 
 LU'MINOUS, a. [lumineux, Fr.] shining; giving light; dart- 
 ing rays; enlightened; bright. 
 
 LU'MME, s. in Ornithology, the name of a water-fowl of the 
 diver kind ; common about Iceland and some parts of Norway, 
 and scarce known in other parts of the world. 
 
 LUMP, s. [lompe, Belg.] a shapeless mass ; the whole ; all the 
 parts taken together ; the gross. 
 
 To LUMP, V. a. to take in the gross without regard to parti- 
 culars. 
 
 LU'MPFISH, s. in Ichthyology, a fish so named on account 
 of its form. 
 
 LU'MPING, a. large ; heavy ; great. 
 
 LU'MPISH, a. heavy; gross; bulky, applied to things. Dull 
 or inactive, applied to persons. 
 
 LU'MPISHLY, arf. in a heavy manner, applied to things. In 
 a stupid manner, applied to persons. 
 
 LU^MPISHNESS, s. stupid or inactive heaviness. 
 
 LU'MPY, a. full of lumps, or of small compact masses. 
 
 LU'NACY, s. {luna, Lat.] madness or insanity, with or with- 
 out lucid intervals; the mistaking of one's thoughts for things, 
 and acting accordingly. 
 
 LU'NAR, Lu'nary, a. relating to the moon ; under the do- 
 minion of the moon. Lunar periodical months consist each of 27 
 days, 7 hours, 43 minutes, and 4 three-fifths seconds. Lunar 
 St/nodical months consist of 29 days, 12 hours, 44 minutes, and 
 3 seconds. Lunar years, of 354 days, 8 hours, 48 minutes, and 
 36 seconds, or 12 synodical months. Lunar Observation, in 
 Navigation, the measuring of the distance of the moon from any 
 particular star, by means of a sextant ; for the purpose of find- 
 ing the longitude, by comparing the distance so discovered, 
 with that given in the Nautical Almanack. Lunar Theory, in 
 Astronomy, the application of the theory of universal gravita- 
 tion to the moon, for the purpose of explaining its motions, 
 perturbations, &c. &c. 
 
 LUNA'TED, a. formed like a half moon. 
 
 LU'NATIC, a. mad; insane. 
 
 LU'NATIC, s. one who mistakes his thoughts for things, and 
 acts on his mistake. The law with regard to lunatics is much 
 improved now, in consequence of the increased knowledge 
 which prevails respecting this fearful mental malady. 
 
 LU'NATIC ASYLUM, a building erected for the purpose of 
 
 LUR 
 
 imposing the needful degree of restraint on lunatics, and sub- 
 jecting them to such treatment as may be calculated to remove 
 "the cause of the alienation of mind. These institutions were 
 formerly so conducted as to be aggravations to the disease 
 alone ; but almost all are now reformed ; and every thing is so 
 arranged as to counteract the delusion under which the patients 
 labour, and to restore them to mental health. 
 
 LUNA'TION, s. [lunaison, Fr.] the synodic revolution of the 
 moon ; the period or space of time between one moon and an- 
 other. 
 
 LUNCH, Lu'ncheon, s. as much food as one's hand can 
 hold ; a large piece of bread or meat ; usually applied to a meal 
 between breakfast and dinner. 
 
 LUND, the capital of Scania, in Sweden, and the see of an 
 archbishop. Here is a good university, furnished with a good 
 library. Here likewise is established a royal physiographical 
 society, which treats of natural history, chemistry, and agricul- 
 ture. The cathedral is an ancient irregular building. It is 
 225 miles from Stockholm. Pop. about 5000. Lat. 55. 42. N. 
 Long. 13. 13. E. 
 
 LU'NDY, an island in the mouth of the British Channel, off 
 the coast of Devonshire. It is about 5 miles long, and 2 broad, 
 and encompassed with inaccessible rocks, so that it has but one 
 entrance, and there scarcely two persons can go abreast. In 
 the N. part of it is a high pyramidical rock, called the Constable. 
 It affords good pasturage for all kinds of cattle, &c., but the 
 chief commodity is fowl, with which it abounds much. It had 
 once a fort and a chapel ; at present the only inhabitants are 
 one or two families. 
 
 LUNE, s. [luna, Lat.] any thing in the shape of a half moon ; 
 a fit of lunacy; a hawk's leash. In Geometry, a plane in form 
 of a crescent or half moon. 
 
 LU'NENBURG, or Lijneburg, a city of Hanover, Germany, 
 and capital of a province of the same name. It stands on one 
 of the tributaries of the Elbe, the Ilmenau, and carries on a good 
 trade. It has some manufactories, and some extensive salt works. 
 There are some public buildings of note here. It is about 70 
 miles from Hanover. Pop. about 15,000. Lat. 53. 15. N. Long. 
 10. 25. E. 
 
 LUNE'TTE, ». [Fr.] in Fortification, a demilune, or half moon ; 
 an enveloped counterguard or elevation of earth, made in the 
 middle of the ditch before the courtine, consisting of two faces 
 forming a re-entering angle, and serving, like fause-brays, to 
 dispute the passage of a ditch. Also, a kind of watch-glass, 
 which is flattened so as not to be a perfect segment of a sphere. 
 
 LU'NEVILLE, a town in the department of Meurthe, France. 
 It is seated in a marshy country, which has been drained, on 
 the river Meurthe, near its confluence with the Vesouze. Its 
 magnificent castle is now converted into barracks. Here are 
 also a military school, a large library, and a fine hospital. This 
 town carries on some manufactures, and has a good trade. It 
 is about 200 miles from Paris. Pop. about 12,500. Lat. 48. 
 37. N. Long. 6. 31. E. 
 
 To LUNGE, V. a. [alhnger, Fr.] in Fencing, to make a push. 
 
 LUNGE, s. in Fencing, a push. 
 
 LU'NGED, (the s' is pron. hard,) a. [from lungs,'] having lungs; 
 resembling the action of the lungs in drawing and forcing out air. 
 
 LUNGS, s. [lungen, Sax.] in Anatomy, the organs of respira- 
 tion, which are lodged in the cavity of the thorax. 
 
 LU'NGWORT, s. in Botany, the popular name of several dif- 
 ferent kinds of plants. The tree lungwort, or liverwort, is a kind 
 of lichen, found on trunks of trees, particularly those of the oak 
 and ash, on rocks, and sometimes on heaps of stones in shady 
 places. The cow's lungwort is the same as the great white mul- 
 lein. The golden or French lungwort is a species of hawkweed. 
 
 LUNISOLAR, a. [luna and sol, Lat.] compounded of the re- 
 volutions of the sun and moon. A lunisolar year, is a period 
 made by multiplying 28, the cycle of the sun, by 19, the cycle of 
 the moon, and consists of 532 years, in which time both lumi- 
 naries return very nearly to the'same point. 
 
 LUNT, s. [lonte, Belg.] matchcord with which guns are fired. 
 
 LU'PINE, s. [lupin, Fr. lupinus, Lat.] in Botany, a flower of 
 the butterfly class, much cultivated in gardens. 
 
 LU'PUS, WOLF, in Astronomy, a southern constellation, 
 joined to the Centaur. 
 
 LURCH, s. in Gaming, the act of winning so as that the 
 opposite party shall have gained but little, or not above a cer- 
 
LUT 
 
 tain number. A sudden, stag^erin^ inclination to one side. To 
 be left in the lurch, is to be deserted in distress. 
 
 To LURCH, V. n. to shift or nlay tricks ; to lie in wait. See 
 Lurk. — v, a. to win a game witn great advantage ; to devour. 
 Figuratively, to defeat or disappoint; to steal privately ; to filch, 
 or pilfer. 
 
 LU'RCHER, s. one that watches or lies in wait to steal, or 
 to betray, or to entrap ; a kind of hound. 
 
 LURE, s. [leurre. Ft.] any enticement ; any thing which pro- 
 mises advantage. 
 
 To LURE, V. n. to call back or reclaim hawks with a lure. 
 —V. a. to entice or attract by something which flatters a person's 
 hopes or expectations. 
 
 LU'RID, a. [luridus, Lat.] gloomy or dismal. 
 
 To LURK, f. n. to lie in wait ; to lie hidden or close. 
 
 LU'RKER, «. a thief that lies in wait for securing his prey. 
 
 LU'RKING-PLACE, s. a biding or secret place. 
 
 LU'SCIjOUS, (li'ishious) a. extremely sweet. Cloying by its 
 richness, applied to food. Pleasing; delightful. 
 
 LU'SCIOUSLY, {lushiously) ad. in so sweet or rich a manner 
 as to cloy. 
 
 LU'SCIOUSNESS, (Ushiousness) s. the quality of being so 
 sweet or fat as to cloy soon. 
 
 LUSH, a. of a dark, deep, full colour, opposite to pale and 
 faint. 
 
 LUSO'RIOUS, a. [lusorius, from ludo, Lat.] used in play. 
 
 LU'SORY, a. used in play. 
 
 LUST, s. [Sax. and Belg.] carnal or lewd desire ; any irregu- 
 lar or violent desire. 
 
 To LUST, V. n. to hkve an unchaste desire for; to desire vio- 
 lently. 
 
 Ltl'STFUL, a. lewd ; lecherous ; libidinous ; having strong 
 and unchaste desires ; having violent, irregular, or intemperate 
 doeires. 
 
 LU'STFULLY, ad, with sensual concupiscence. 
 
 LU'STFULNESS, s. Ilbidinousness. 
 
 LU'STIHOOD, s. vigour; sprightliness ; bodily strength. 
 
 LU'STILY, ad. stoutly or vigorously. 
 
 LU'STINESS, s. sturdiness; great strength and vigour of 
 body. 
 
 LU'STLESS, a. not vigorous ; weak. 
 
 LU'STRAL, a. [liistro, Lat.] used in purification. 
 
 LUSTRATION, s. purification by water. 
 
 LU'STRE, (luster) s. [Fr.] splendour; brilliancy; radiancy; 
 glittering brightness ; a sconce made of cut glass for holding a 
 collection of lights; eminence; renown. — Ihtstrum, Lat] the 
 space of five years. 
 
 LU'STRING, (lutestring) s. a shining, glossy silk. 
 
 LU'STROUS, a. [from lustre,] bright ; shining. 
 
 LU'STY, a. [lustig, Belg.] stout ; vigorous ; Tfiealthy ; strong 
 in body. 
 
 LU'TANIST, s. one who plays on the lute. 
 
 LUTA'RIOUS, a. [lutiun, Lat.] living in mud ; of the colour 
 of mud. 
 
 LUTE, s. [luth, Fr.] in Music, a stringed instrument. — [hitum, 
 Lat.] in Chemistry, any composition used to fasten the different 
 parts of stills or alembics in distillation or sublimation. 
 
 To LUTE, V. a. to close or fasten together with cement or 
 lute. 
 
 LUTHER, MARTIN, the great German Reformer, was born 
 of poor parents at Eisleben, and received an education which 
 they hoped would fit him for the study and practice of law. 
 The sudden death of a companion determined him in the choice 
 of the monastic profession, and he entered a monastery at Er- 
 furt. He here first saw a Bible, and devoted himself to the study 
 of it, aided by the writings of Augustine, an^ others who had 
 held similar opinions ; so as to become no mean proficient in 
 theological lore. His fame was such that he was appointed phi- 
 losophical professor at Wittemburg, through the influence of his 
 superior Staufitz. Shortly after he visited Rome, and gained 
 such an insight into the practical infidelity of the heads of the 
 Church, as not a little influenced his subsequent course. The 
 next step in his life was his being made a doctor of divinity, 
 which greatly increased his means of teaching what he held to 
 be Divine truth. Meanwhile, Tetzel had commenced his sale of 
 Indulgences, under the sanction of Leo X., and came to Wittem- 
 burg. Luther at once attacked this infamous traffic, and began 
 
 LUT 
 
 his conflict with Rome. After some controversy. Cardinal De 
 Vio, or Cajetou, was sent to bring the refractory monk to reason, 
 but signally failed. Miltitz was next despatched against him, 
 with no better success. He held another disputation with Dr. 
 Eck at Leipsic, but no itnpression was made on him ; so that the 
 pope resorted to his spiritual armoury, and a bull was promul- 
 gated requiring Luther's retractation of certain doctrines under 
 pain of excommunication, and the books he had published were 
 publicly burnt at Rome. Luther now openly braved the head of 
 the Church ; he burnt the bull at Wittemburg, and was forth- 
 with cast out of the Church. Soon after a diet of the empire was 
 held at Worms, and Luther was summoned to give account of 
 himself to it. He went, and maintained his ground ; so that he 
 was put under the imperial ban. Returning from Worms, he 
 was by the kindness of^ his friend, the Elector of Saxony, car- 
 ried off secretly to the strong castle of Wartburg; and there he 
 continued studying, translating the Scriptures, and gaining 
 health and resolution, in complete safety. The headlong haste 
 of his disciples, Carlstadt ancl Melancthon, to rid themselves of 
 the badges of Romanism, made him suddenly leave his retire- 
 ment, and take part in the proceedings, which restored some 
 order into the course the Reformation was taking. He now 
 sent out his German New Testament ; and soon the mass was 
 abolished; monastic vows declared invalid, and monasteries 
 suppressed; and the beginnings of a Lutheran Church made. 
 The revolt of the peasants, accompanied by all the horrors 
 of a servile war, inflamed by religious fanaticism, next oc- 
 curred. Luther sought to repress it ; but they had outstripped 
 him. They were put down by the sword miserably. It was 
 about this time that Luther married, and it seems to have been 
 one of the best advised steps for him. Sacramental controver- 
 sies next ensued with the leaders of the Swiss Reformation; 
 which ended in the alienation of these two Reformed commu- 
 nions, althou^ti several well-intended efforts at accommodation 
 were made. During this strife at the diet of Spire, the princes 
 of the empire who held by Luther's doctrines, signed a protest 
 against a treacherous decree promulgated by their opponents, 
 and thus gave rise to the name Protestants. At the diet of Augs- 
 burg, the Lutheran Confession of Faith was presented, drawn 
 up by the father of that Church, and his brother in the work, 
 Melancthon ; and soon after Luther sent out the whole Bible in 
 German. Luther's life was now devoted to the consolidation of 
 his work, in controversies with various opponents, and with 
 public business, which the Reformed princes would lay upon 
 nim, by their ceaseless consultations. This dependence of the 
 Reformation on the protection of these princes, although it had 
 seemed to be of great aid to its earlier progress, now became a 
 serious hinderance, for they expected it to declare on their side, 
 as they had done on its side ; and Luther was grievously dis- 
 tractecf. At length, wearied out of life with care and labour, 
 he died, at the village where he was born, in 1546, aged 63 
 years. Luther was one of those men who appear in great crises 
 of the world's history. He was admirably fitted for his work : 
 he had considerable learning ; a courage that quailed before no 
 created thing; a great, loving, genial heart; an outspoken 
 manner that scorned disguise; and not so much refinement of 
 feeling as to make him nice in the words he used, or to make 
 him keep back from any thing that needed to be done. To Ger- 
 manj' he gave not only freedom of thought, but a language 
 admirably fitted to be its instrument. For Europe, he was the 
 one who broke the chains of authority, even whilst he was 
 hoping to forge others to prevent what he dreaded as licentious- 
 ness; and ushered in a new age. To the world at large, he was 
 the re-opener of those living fountains of Truth, which Ro- 
 manism had blocked up, or poisoned — the Holy Scriptures ; — he 
 was a living preacher of the worth of man, as man, in face of 
 all dignities and dignitaries, secular and spiritual. He was the 
 stout-hearted woodsman, as he said himself, who by the main 
 force of his arm fells whole forests, the growth of centuries ; and 
 so makes way for the herdsman and the tiller of the ground to ex- 
 ercise their callings, for the good of man. His writings are nu- 
 merous, and great part of them are polemical. His Commentary 
 on the Galatians ; his Table Talk, recorded by friends, and pub- 
 lished after his death ; his Letters ; some of his Sermons ; are 
 more or less known here; and they sustain his claims to be re- 
 garded with the affectionate reverence that he has usually re- 
 ceived. His translation of the Scriptures is one of the best ever 
 
 &49 
 
LY 
 
 accomplished ; not for its critical value, though that is not small ; 
 but for its fine, clear, correct, and heart-stirring language. It 
 was the first standard book in the German tongue. He has met 
 with many to slander him, and to point out the incongruities and 
 absurdities in his doctrines, and the questionable parts of his 
 proceedings in his great work, with malicious glee. He has also 
 ever had those who loved to defend his name; and, better still, 
 to follow him, as he followed his Lord. 
 
 LU'THERAN, s. one who professes the principles and doc- 
 trines of Luther. 
 
 LU'THERAN, a. belonging to or derived from Luther. 
 
 LU'THERANISM, «. the ecclesiastical system of doctrines 
 and forms, devised by Luther ; and professed in parts of Ger- 
 many, Denmark, Sweden, &c. 
 
 LU'TON, Bedfordshire. This town is noted for its manufac- 
 ture of straw hats. In its church is a remarkable Gothic font, 
 in form of a hexagon, open at the sides, and terminating in ele- 
 gant tabernacle work. It is pleasantly seated among hills, on the 
 river Lea. It is 31 miles from London. Market, Monday. Pop. 
 7748. ' ^ 
 
 LU'TTERWORTH, Leicestershire. The famous reformer 
 John Wicliffe was its rector, and died and was buried there, in 
 the year 1384; but his bones were taken out of his grave and 
 burnt, 40 years after, by order of the council of Constance. The 
 pulpit in which he preached is still preserved in its church. The 
 Roman Watling-street runs on the VV. side of the town. It is 
 situated on the little river Swift, (into which the bones of Wic- 
 liffe were thrown, after being burnt,) in a fertile soil, and plea- 
 sant open country. It is 88 miles from London. Market, 
 Thursday. Pop. 2531. 
 
 LU'TULENT, a. llutum, Lat.] muddy. 
 
 To LUX, Luxate, v. a. [luxo,Lat.'] to put out of joint; to dis- 
 joint. 
 
 LUXA'TION, s. the act of disjointing; the slipping of the 
 head of a bone out of its proper place into another, whereby its 
 motion is destroyed ; any thing out of joint. 
 
 LU'XEMBURG, the Duchy of, one of the provinces of the 
 Netherlands, lies next to Prussia on one side, and to France on 
 the other, and is bounded by Liege and Namur. It is about 70 
 miles in length by 50 in breadth. It is watered by many small 
 rivers, the principal of which are the Ourt, the Semois, the Laas, 
 and the Chiers, which discharge themselves into the Meuse, 
 with several others which flow into the Moselle. In some parts 
 it is covered with mountains and woods, but the soil is in ge- 
 neral fertile. It produces corn and wine in abundance, beside 
 cattle of various kinds, and game. It yields iron, copper, and 
 lead, and has manufactures of iron, cloth, paper, &c. &c. Lux- 
 emburg, the capital, stands on the Alitz, which divides it into 
 the Upper and Lower Towns ; the former surrounded by rocks, 
 the latter seated on a plain. It is strongly fortified, and has 
 some manufactures. It is about 100 miles from Brussels. Pop. 
 about 12,000. Lat, 49. 38. N. Long. 0. 8. E. Pop. of the pro- 
 vince, about 310,000. 
 
 LUXEMBOURG, FRANCIS HENRI DE MONTMORENCI, 
 DUKE OF, a celebrated military commander of France in the 
 17th century. He served at first under the great Conde, and 
 
 f lined his fame by his conduct in the later campaigns of Louis 
 IV. He died in 1695, aged 67 years. 
 
 LUXU'RIANCE, Luxu'riancy, s. [luxurio, Lat.] abundance, 
 applied to plenty. Exuberance or excess in growing, applied to 
 vegetables. 
 
 LUXU'RIANT, a. superfluously plenteous ; growing to excess. 
 
 To LUXU'RIATE, v. n. [luxurior, Lat.] to grow or shoot to 
 excess. 
 
 LUXU'RIOUS, o. indulging in high food or liquors; adminis- 
 tering to luxury ; lustful, voluptuous ; enslaved to, or softened 
 by, pleasure ; luxuriant. 
 
 LUXU'RIOUSLY, ad. voluptuously. 
 
 LU'XURY, s. [luxuria, Lat.] a disposition of mind addicted to 
 pleasure, riot, and superfluities ; voluptuousness, lust, or lewd- 
 ness; luxuriance; excessof growth, or plenteousness. Elegance 
 or deliciousness, applied to food. A state abounding in super- 
 fluities, or splendour of furniture, clothes, food, buildings, &.c. 
 
 LUZO'N, the chief of the Philippine Islands, in the Eastern 
 Archipelago. See Manilla, and Philtppine Islands. 
 
 LY, a very common termination in English ; — [from leag, Sax.] 
 a field or nasture ; used with names of places, as Ashley ;—[itom 
 
 L Y M 
 
 /icA, Sax.] implying likeness, or similarity of nature or manner ; 
 used with adjectives and adverbs, as lovely, greatly. 
 
 LYCA'NTHROPY, s. [fa^os and anthrojws, Gr.] a species of 
 madness, vyherein persons imagine themselves transformed into, 
 and howl like, wild beasts. 
 
 LYCAO'NIA, in Ancient Geography, a country of Asia Minor, 
 lying between Phrygia, Cappadocia, Cilicia, Pamphylia, and 
 Pisidia, and consisted of a wide steppe, or plain, impregnated 
 with salt, in which was a salt lake named Tatta. Iconium was 
 its chief place. It was afterwards united with Cappadocia, and 
 still later with Galatia. 
 
 LYCE'UM, *. in Antiquity, the name of a celebrated school, 
 or academy, at Athens, where Aristotle explained his philoso- 
 phy. Since applied to buildings for similar institutions. 
 
 LY'CIA, in Ancient Geography, a country of Asia Minor, 
 lying on the Mediterranean Sea, between Caria, Phrygia, and 
 Pamphylia. In it the range of the Taurus commenced, and 
 some of its heights exceed 7000 feet. It was colonized by Greece, 
 and had in it many great and wealthy cities, the ruins of which 
 have been recently explored. It was a very beautiful and fertile 
 land, and had a considerable trade with Egypt, and Phoenicia, 
 and Greece. Xanthus, Phaselis, Patara, Olympus, &c. were its 
 chief places. 
 
 LYCU'RGUS, the great mythic legislator of Sparta, in ancient 
 Greece. He was of royal race, and might have seized on the chief 
 power, but he nobly relinquished it, and devoted himself to the 
 study of the laws of the most advanced countries of the times, 
 which he visited. On his return to Sparta, he found all things 
 ripe for reform, and he commenced his great work for giving 
 laws to his native land. (For an outline of these see Sparta.) 
 Having secured his institutions by the sanction of the Delphic 
 oracle, he left Sparta again, and died in voluntary exile. The place 
 of his death was unknown ; and this, as well as gratitude, led to 
 his deification. He flourished about 880 b. c. This is the sub- 
 stance of the common legendary history ; but it la beset with 
 contradictions, and there can be little doubt that, as in the case 
 of our own King Alfred, to Lycurgus were ascribed most of those 
 institutions which, being the silent growth of ages, had no trace- 
 able origin ; whilst it is probable, that much that gives to his 
 personal character the stamp of such extraordinary nobleness 
 and skill, was the invention of those who desired to give their 
 rigid and heartless oligarchical constitution a glory that by itself 
 it could not obtain. 
 
 LY'DGATE, JOHN, one of the earliest English poets. He 
 was a Benedictine monk of St. Edmund's Bury, and travelled in 
 Italy and France to complete his education. After his return, 
 he undertook to teach the young nobles and gentry rhetoric and 
 poetry, at the convent; and he died in about 1460, aged about 
 80 years. His poems are very numerous, and the Fall of Troy 
 was one of the most celebrated of them. 
 
 LY'DIA, in Ancient Geography and History, a country of Asia 
 Minor, lying on the JEgean Sea, and bounded by Mysia, Phrj'- 
 gia, and Caria. Mount Tmolus ran through its centre, and 'in 
 its S. part was Mount Messogis. It was watered by the Her- 
 mus, the Hyllus, the Caystrus, the Pactolus, and the'Maeander. 
 It was in ancient times an independent monarchy, and the 
 wealth of its most famous king, Croesus, has passed into a pro- 
 verb. It was afterwards part of the Persian empire. The coast 
 was thickly studded with Grecian colonies. Sardis was its an- 
 cient capital. Smyrna, Ephesus, Philadelphia, Thyatira, and 
 Priene, were other places of note. The people of this land first 
 used coined money, and invented games of chance. They were 
 skilled in the manufacture of cosily garments and other articles 
 of luxury ; and at Sardis was the greatest slave-market of the 
 old world. Gold was found in the Hermus and Pactolus, washed 
 from Mount Tmolus. The chief places are described under their 
 respective names : the Greek cities were part of Ionia; which see. 
 
 LY'ING, s, [from lie,'] a falsehood ; the practice of telling wil- 
 ful and criminal falsehoods. 
 
 LY'lJ^G, part, speaking falsehoods wilfully. 
 
 LY'MEGRASS, s. in Botany, a kind of grass, of which there 
 are three sorts native in England, viz. the sea, dog's, and wood 
 lymegrass. 
 
 LYME REGIS, Dorsetshire. It is seated in a cavity between 
 two rocky hills, on the river Lyme, which runs through it, at 
 the head of a little inlet, and from which it takes its name. Its 
 harbour is formed by a noble pier, called the Cobb, behind which 
 
L YS 
 
 ships lie in safety; and it has a Newfoundland and coasting 
 trade, but greatly on the decline. It is a place of resort for sea- 
 bathing. It is 143 miles from London. Market, Friday. Po- 
 pulation, 2756. 
 
 LY'MINGTON, Hampshire. This is a pretty and pleasantly 
 situated town, chiefly supported by the resort of visitors tu it in 
 the bathing season. It has some salt-works, and a little coast- 
 ing trade; and in other respects, is one of those marvels which 
 ancient corporate and j>arliamentary boroughs most usually are 
 in these days. It is 9a miles from London. Market, Saturday. 
 Pop. 3813. 
 
 LYMPH, (lymf) s. [h/rnphe, Fr. from fympha, Lat.] in Anatomy, 
 a thin, transparent, colourless fluid, secreted from the serum of 
 the blood in all parts of the body, returning to it again by its 
 own ducts, called lymphatics. 
 
 LYMPHA'TIC, (lymfdtick) s. [lymphatlque, Fr.] a slender, pel- 
 lucid tube or vessel, whose cavity is contracted at unequal dis- 
 tances, inserted into the glands of the mesentery, and serving 
 to convey the lymph to the blood. 
 
 LY'MPHEDUCT, s. \lym2yha and dmtus, Lat.] a vessel which 
 conveys the lymph. 
 
 LYNN REGIS, or King's Lykn, Norfolk. The situation of 
 this town, near the fall of the Ouse into the sea, after having 
 received several other rivers, of which some are navigable, gives 
 it a considerable trade. It has some line churches, and the re- 
 lics of other ecclesiastical buildings. By bridges, higher up on 
 the river than it stands, it communicates with the W. of Eng- 
 land. It has no manufactures of note, but ships are built and 
 fitted out here. The harbour is safe, but ditticult to enter by 
 reason of the many flats and shoals in the passage, but they are 
 well buoyed, and good pilots are always ready. Its air is un- 
 wholesome on accomjt of its vicinity to the fens. The streets 
 are narrow, but well paved, and it has a good market-place, and 
 a noble old town-house and exchange. It is 96 miles from Lon- 
 don. Markets, Thursday and Saturday. Pop. 16,039. 
 
 LYNX, s. [Lat.] in Zoology, an animal of the cat tribe, 
 which inhabits the vast forests in the North of Europe, Asia, 
 and America. In Astronomy, a constellation in the northern 
 hemisphere. 
 
 LY'ONS, a large, ancient, and famous city, in the department 
 of Rhone et Loire, the most considerable in the empire, next to 
 Paris, for beauty, commerce, and opulence, and is seated at the 
 confluence of the rivers Rhone and Saone, over which are 11 
 bridges, by the side of two high mountains. The houses in ge- 
 neral are high and well built: it has 4 suburbs, and beside pub- 
 lic schools, a college of physic, an academy of arts and sciences 
 and belles lettres, with a noble library, and other institutions of 
 a similar character. The newer parts of the town are very hand- 
 some, and are adorned with fountains, statues, &c. The cathe- 
 dral is very splendid, and the other churches and public build- 
 ings are noble structures. The silk manufacture is the greatest 
 in the town, but there are many beside. Lyons is a place of very 
 
 freat trade, which is extended not only through France, but to 
 taly, Switzerland, and Spain ; and there are four celebrated fairs 
 every year. It derives vast advantages from the rivers it stands 
 upon, and is 280 miles from Paris. Pop. 200,000. Lat. 4-5. 46. 
 N. Long. 4. 49. E. 
 
 LY'RA, s. in Astronomy, a constellation in the northern hemi- 
 sphere. 
 
 LYRE, s. [lyre, Fr. lyra, Lat.] a kind of harp. 
 
 LY'RIC, Ly'rical, a. [lyra, Lat.] something set for, or sound- 
 ing to, the harp. 
 
 LY'RIC, s. a species of poetry, consisting of songs set or sung 
 to the lyre, and was something like our airs, odes, or songs; a 
 person who writes lyric poetry, odes, or songs. 
 
 LY'RIST, s. a musician who plays upon the lyre or harp. 
 
 LYSA'NDER, the distinguished Spartan commander, whose 
 military and naval skill, joined with political tact, finished the 
 Peloponnesian war, and subjugated Athens. He was the chief 
 support of Agesilaus, and contributed to his fame. He fell in a 
 conflict with Thebes, when that city, for a short time, strove to 
 obtain the supremacy of Greece. The private excellences of 
 Lysander aided his more manifest qualities in gaining him the 
 conspicuous place he holds in Grecian history. He died in 
 ;M) n. c. 
 
 LY'SIAS, one of the chief orators of Athens, although not a 
 citizen. He lived for some time in Magna Graecia, or Grecian 
 
 M AB 
 
 Italy, and on his return was engaged in a lucrative trade. His 
 brother was put to death by order of the 30 tyrants, and himself 
 imprisoned ; and he, after his escape, aided in their suppression, 
 both by his property and his eloquence. He died in about 378 B. c. 
 Ten of his orations alone are preserved, and these are greatly 
 admired, especially for the clearness and vivacity of the descrip- 
 tive or historical parts. 
 
 LYSI'MACHUS, one of Alexander the Great's chief military 
 officers, to whom Thrace and its neighbourhood was assigned in 
 the division of the empire. After having established himself in 
 his kingdom, he joined in the league against Antigonus; against 
 whom, though he was inactive at first, he fought so successfully 
 as utterly to defeat him at Ipsus. This greatly added to the ex- 
 tent of his kingdom, and enabled him to ally himself by marriage 
 with the king of Egypt. After further conquests, he excited 
 his own subjects against him by the unprovoked execution of 
 his own son, which led to a campaign with the king of Babylon, 
 in which he fell, in 282 b. c. 
 
 LYSI'PPUS, a famous Grecian sculptor, who was in great 
 favour with Alexander the Great, in consequence of his skill. 
 Most of his statues were executed in bronze. He flourished 
 about 325 b. c. 
 
 LY'TTELTON, GEORGE, LORD, a statesman, and man of 
 letters, during the last century. He was one of those whose 
 chief claim to notoriety rested on their opposition to Walpole ; and 
 he was rewarded by an office under the crown, after the great 
 man's fall. Amongst his writings, his Dialogues of the Dead,and 
 Observations on St. Paul, are the best known. In the latter work 
 he has given the arguments by which he was led to the profes- 
 sion of Christianity, He died in 1773, aged 65 years. 
 
 LY'TTLETON, SIR THOMAS, a great lawyer of the 15th 
 century. He was a circuit judge both under Henry VI. and 
 Edward IV., and under the latter was made one of the judges of 
 the court of Common Pleas. He died in 1481, aged 60 years. 
 He is known by a work on Tenures, which, with the ponderous 
 Commentary of Sir Edward Coke, two centuries after, is a text- 
 book in legal study and practice. 
 
 IVr IS the 12th letter of the English alphabet ; it is pro- 
 -'-'-'- nounced by suddenly pressing the lips together, whereby 
 the breath is intercepted and strongly forced through the mouth 
 and nostrils jointly. It is one of those consonants called liquids, 
 or half-vowels, and in English words never loses its sound. In 
 the beginning of words it admits no consonant after it, except 
 in some Greek originals, nor does it follow any in that case, in 
 some words, the sound of n after it is lost, as in autumn, solemn, 
 condemn, &c. As a numeral it stands for 1000, and with a dash 
 over it, thus, m, for a thousand thousand, or a million. In con- 
 tractions of v/ords we find it thus, M. A. magister artium, master 
 of arts; MS. manuscript ; MSS. manuscript's. In physical pre- 
 scriptions, it signifies manipulus, a handful ; and at the end of a 
 recipe, it means misce, mix or mingle. 
 
 MABILLO'N JEAN, a learned Benedictine monk of France, 
 in the 17th century. He travelled in Italy and Germany, and 
 published accounts of his observations in these countries. He 
 was the author of many other works on ecclesiastical antiquities ; 
 and of one on diplomacy : and beside these labours, aided P6re 
 D'Acheri in his Spicileyium. He died in 1707, aged 75 years. 
 
 MABLY', GABRIEL, Abbe de, a political and historical 
 writer of the last century. He was educated in the college of 
 the Jesuits at Lyons, and afterwards became secretary to the 
 Cardinal de Tenein. His writings treat of the political condition 
 of the French in his own times, of the Romans, the Greeks, of 
 the then new republic of the United States, &c. &c. He was 
 one of the admirers and teachers of philosophical philanthropy, 
 who made so much stir before the French Revolution, and aided 
 so greatly in bringing it on. He died in 1785, aged 76 years. 
 
 MABU'SE, or Maubed'ze, John de, properly John Gossdrt, a 
 painter of the Flemish school in the 16tn century, who studied 
 in Italy, and resided for a time in England. He painted por- 
 traits of Henry VIII. and his family, and executed the afiar- 
 piece at Middleburg, representing the Descent from the Cross. 
 He was a debauched character, and many anecdotes are recorded 
 of him, evincing his wit, and his unscrupulous conduct in pro- 
 
MAC 
 
 curing the gratification of his degraded tastes. He died in 1562, 
 aged 63 years. 
 
 MAC, s. an Irish word signifying a son, and frequently begins 
 surnames. 
 
 MACACO, s. in Zoology, a tribe of animals, otherwise called 
 lemurs. See Lemur. 
 
 MACA'DAM, JOHN LOUDON, a Scottish gentleman of 
 scientific taste, who was led by his position as trustee of roads, 
 to devise the mode of making and repairing roads since known 
 by his name. He was rewarded by grants of money from the 
 government, and his son was knighted. He died in 1836, aged 
 SOyears. 
 
 To MACA'DAMIZE,«;. a. to make or mend the surface of a pub- 
 lic road, by spreading over it broken stones, which are formed, 
 by the passage of waggons, carts, &c. over them, into a firm and 
 even surface. The bottom needs first to be carefully prepared, 
 and well laid for the fall of the water from it; and when once 
 properly made, by comparatively slight, but regular attention, 
 the road can be kept in excellent repair. 
 
 MACA'O, a town of China, seated in an island at the entrance 
 of the Canton river. The houses are low, but built after the 
 same manner as in Europe. The city is defended by 3 forts, 
 built upon eminences : the works are good, and well planted 
 with artillery. Merchants of all nations have establishments 
 here ; and the Portuguese maintain a governor, but there is a 
 Chinese mandarin also. It has a considerable trade. Pop. about 
 40,000, almost all Chinese. Lat. 22. 10. N. Long. 113. 32. E. 
 
 MACAROO'N, s. Imacarone, Ital.] a confused heap; a huddle 
 of several things together; a coarse, rude, clownish fellow; a 
 kind of sweet biscuit made of flour, almonds, eggs, and sugar. 
 3Iacaronic verses, are those in which the language is designedly 
 corrupted, and consists of a hodge-podge of different tongues. 
 
 MACARTNEY, GEORGE, EARL OF, the English ambas- 
 sador to the emperor of China, in the last century. He was 
 educated at Dublin, and travelled on the continent before his 
 diplomatic engagements. He was sent to Italy on a mission to 
 Louis XVIII. at Verona, after his return from China ; and after- 
 wards was appointed governor of Cape Colony, whence he re- 
 turned because of his health, and died in 1806, aged 69 years. 
 His conduct during the various public and confidential engage- 
 ments he held, won for him the highest honour. He published 
 works on Ireland, Prussia, &c. &c. 
 
 MACA'SSAR, a town and harbour of the island of Celebes, 
 Indian Archipelago, capital of the kingdom of the same name. 
 The houses are all of wood, and built so as to provide against 
 the periodical inundations in the rainy season. It is seated 
 near the mouth of a large river, which runs through the king- 
 dom from N. to S. The king is in alliance with the Dutch. 
 Lat. 5. 9. S. Long. 119. 48. E. 
 
 MACAU'LAY, CATHARINE, an historian of the last century, 
 scarcely known now, although she enjoyed some notoriety dur- 
 ing her life-time. She was first married to Dr. Macaulay of 
 London, and afterwards to a young clergyman, by name Gra- 
 ham. Her works are, two histories of the Stuart and Hanoverian 
 dynasties of England, in which she showed herself an ardent 
 and not always candid republican, Remarks on the Politics of 
 Hobbes, and some moral essays. She visited America for the 
 purpose of seeing Washington, and died in 1791, aged 01 years. 
 
 MACAW, s. in Ornithology, the name of a large species of 
 parrot, distinguished by the length of its tail. Also, in Botany, 
 a species of palm-tree, 'very common in the Caribbee Islands, 
 whose unripe fruit yields a pleasant liquor, and the body of the 
 tree affords a solid timber resembling ebony. 
 
 MACCABEES, the name by which the family of a Jewish 
 priest, called Mattathias, was distinguished, after the surname 
 of the eldest son. This family commenced and maintained a 
 spirited and, in good part, successful resistance against Antio- 
 chus Epiphanes, and his successor. Judas fell in battle in 161 
 B. c, and the rest of the period of the power of the Maccabees 
 was quite unlike the former in character and in glory. It ended 
 in 39 B. c, when Herod the Great was made king by the Ro- 
 mans ; who, during the government of Hyrcanus, had made Ju- 
 dffia a province. In the apocryphal writings of the Old Testa- 
 nient are five books named the ITie Books of the Maccabees. The 
 first two are admitted into the collection declared canonical by 
 the council of Trent, and used for moral instruction by the 
 Church of England, biit rejected by most others; they are dis- 
 
 MAC 
 
 tinct treatises, and the second is not esteemed equal in authority 
 to the first. The third is found in the translation of the Seventy, 
 and relates not to the Maccabees, but to the persecution of the 
 Jews who resided at Alexandria, in Egypt, at an earlier period. 
 The fourth contains parts of the Maccabeean history, and is 
 usually classed with the writings of Josephus; and the fifth, 
 which is not in Greek, continues the Jewish history nearly to the 
 time of our Saviour's birth. 
 
 MACCLESFIELD, Cheshire. It has manufactures of cotton, 
 mohair, twist, hatbands, buttons, and thread. Here are several 
 mills for the winding of silk, and a considerable manufactory of 
 mohair buttons. It is seated at the edge of a forest of the same 
 name, near the river Bollin, 171 miles from London. Market, 
 Monday. Pop. 24,137. 
 
 MAC CRIE', DR. THOMAS, a Scottish divine, who founded 
 the Associated Presbytery with some other seceders from the 
 Kirk, and wrote the Lives of Knox and Melville, and a history of 
 the fate of the Reformation in Italy. In spite of his schismatic 
 proceeding, he was a thorough Presbyterian ; bis works are his 
 witnesses, that he was as devoted to that ecclesiastical form as 
 any of those who, in the 17th century, signalized themselves 
 against Prelacy and sectarian Independency. He died in 1835, 
 aged 63. 
 
 MAC CU'LLOCH, DR. JOHN, an eminent scientific writer 
 and lecturer of the last generation. He was a physician and 
 surgeon by profession, but he held at different times situations 
 as teacher of chemistry to the East India College, and chemist 
 to the Ordnance. He was also employed on the Ordnance sur- 
 vey of Scotland, in the geological department, and acquired a 
 well-deserved name by his skill. His writings treat of most of 
 the subjects he was connected with ; and one is devoted to na- 
 tural theology. He died in 1835, aged 62^ears. 
 
 MACE, s. \massa, Lat.] an ensign of authority borne before 
 magistrates, madeof silver, and sometimes having an open crown 
 at the top. A kind of spice, of a thin, flat, membranaceous sub- 
 stance, an oleaginous and yellowish colour, an extremely fragrant 
 and agreeable smell, a pleasant but acrid and oily taste; being 
 the second covering of the nutmeg : it is used in medicine aa a 
 carminative, stomachic, and astringent. 
 
 MA'CEALE, s. ale spiced with mace. 
 
 MA'CEBEARER, s. one who carries the mace before a ma- 
 gistrate. 
 
 MACEDO'NIA, in Ancient Geography, the country lying to 
 the N. W. of the ^gean Sea, and bounded by Thracia, Mcesia, 
 Illyria, Epirus, and Thessalia. When Philip, the father of Alex- 
 ander the Great, was its king, it included a greater extent of 
 country ; and when it was a Roman province, it stretched to the 
 Adriatic Sea. Pydna, Pella, Thessalonica, Philippi, with other 
 Greek colonies, and Dyrrachium and ApoUonia, on the W. coast, 
 were its chief cities. 
 
 MACEDONIAN EMPIRE, in History, is the name given to 
 the Grecian kingdoms, which arose in Greece, Egypt, Syria, 
 Persia, Asia Minor, out of the conquests of Alexander the Great, 
 and lasted till the establishment of the Roman empire, for which 
 it prepared the way in those regions. See Alexander, Antigo- 
 Nus, Lysimachus, &c. 
 
 To MA'CERATE, v. a. [niacero, Lat.] to make lean ; to wear 
 away; to mortify; to steep a thing till it is almost dissolved, 
 either with or without heat. 
 
 MACERA'TION, s. [Fr.] the act of wasting or making lean; 
 mortification. In Chemistry, the steeping of a solid body in a 
 fluid in order to soften it without impregnating the fluid. 
 
 MACHIAVE'LIAN, a. in Politics, according to the principles 
 of Machiavel; crafty, subtle, false. 
 
 MACHIAVE'LISM, s. the doctrine or principles respecting 
 poUtics ascribed to Machiavel; a system of political craft and 
 falsehood. 
 
 MACHIAVE'LLI, NICOLO, the celebrated statesman, politi- 
 cal writer, and historian of Florence, in the 16th century. He 
 received a careful education, and entered the office of the chan- 
 cellor of the state as secretary. He was advanced to a subor- 
 dinate chancellorship after some years, and was next made 
 secretary to the council of Ten, who managed the foreign affairs. 
 During the period in which he held this office, he discharged 
 many important embassies to the Emperor Maximilian, to France, 
 to Rome on the death of Alexander Vl., to various of the lesser 
 states of Italy, and in particular to Caesar Borgia, when some 
 
MAC 
 
 connexion between him and Florence was attempted. The re- 
 turn of the Medici brought with it his downfal ; and on the plea 
 of a conspiracy he was arrested, tortured, and imprisoned. lie- 
 leased at length, he retired to the country, and devoted himself 
 to literature, in the hope of winning some favour and some oc- 
 cupation from his triumphant enemies, in which, after many 
 years, he was successful. This introduced him again to public 
 life, and he found a good friend and patron in Clement VII. 
 He was employed again in embassies, but the overthrow of the 
 Medici again ruined his circumstances; and, partly from the 
 intense chagrin he experienced at this reverse, he died in 
 1527, aged 59 years, in the deepest poverty. Of his diplomatic 
 skill there can be no doubt; and though his need made him 
 accept service wherever offered, and his consciousness of skill 
 impelled him to seek any occasion for displaying it, he was at 
 heart a republican. His Florentine History is his greatest work, 
 and his Commentaries on Livy show his scholarship and taste. 
 His smaller productions were numerous, and some of them were 
 poetical. His letters are greatly admired. But the work which 
 has made most noise, and converted his name into a proverb of 
 no favourable kind, is his Prince, in which he has taught the 
 whole art of tyranny, especially as adapted to men who regarded 
 the violation of word and oath as a matter of no moment if some 
 advantage were secured by it. This systematic inculcation of 
 public falsehood has been palliated by various excuses, derived 
 from the morality of the times, and from his desire for employ 
 under the Medici ; but no defence has yet been attempted which 
 can set aside the verdict pronouncecf upon it, by the making 
 his name the designation of a system of political craft and false- 
 hood, which has been handed down to our days from those which 
 immediately succeeded his own. 
 
 MACHI'NAL, {masheenal) a. [machina, Lat.] relating to ma- 
 chines. 
 
 To MA'CHINATE, (mdkinute) v. a. to plot, contrive, or devise. 
 
 MACHINA'TION, (maktndslwn) s. a plot, artifice, or wicked 
 contrivance. 
 
 MAtHI'NE, (mashehi) s, [machitia, Lat.] a contrivance or piece 
 of workmanship, consisting of several parts, which variously sub- 
 serve the purpose of the whole, whether it be the production of 
 motion, the fabrication of any article, &c. &c. ; an engine. 
 
 MACHI'NERY, (mashehiery) s. any workmanship of a variety 
 of parts adapted to work together for a common end ; the works 
 of an engine. In Poetry, that part which is performed by super- 
 natural agents. In theatrical exhibitions, the engine made use 
 of to introduce persons, in a surprising manner, on the stage; 
 or the contrivances made use of to shift the appearance of things, 
 so as to cause astonishment. 
 
 MACKE'NZIE, HENRY, an essayist of some note during the 
 last century. He was by profession an attorney, and wrote es- 
 says, tales, dramas, and political pamphlets; of all which. The 
 Man of Feeling seems to be the sole survivor. He received the 
 
 Eost of comptroller of taxes in Scotland as a reward for some of 
 is pamphlets, and he died in 1831, aged 85 years. 
 
 MACKE'NZIE, SIR GEORGE, a writer and lawyer of the 
 latter part of the 17th century, in Scotland. His conduct as an 
 advocate under Charles II. gained him, from the hapless Cove- 
 nanters whom he had to oppose, the epithet of bloodthirsty. He 
 retired when James II. declared the principles of toleration, 
 and, being persuaded to resume his office, again retired when 
 William 111. ascended the throne; which seems to justify his 
 odious appellation. His works are partly on professimial sub- 
 jects, and partly on religious and moral themes. He died in 
 1691, aged 5.5 years. 
 
 MACKE'NZIE, a river of N. America, discovered by a travel- 
 ler of that name, who explored some parts of the interior of the 
 more northerly parts of that continent. It runs from the Great 
 Slave Lake into the Arctic Ocean. 
 
 MA'CKEREL, s. [mackereel, Belg.] in Natural History, a well- 
 known and delicate sea fish, commonly in season in ^he months 
 of May and June. 
 
 MACKINTOSH, SIR JAMES, a lawyer and writer of con- 
 siderable celebrity, of the last generation. He studied for the 
 medical profession, and after having taken his decree at Edin- 
 burgh, relinquished it for law. His first appointment was 
 at Lincoln's Inn, where he maintained opinions differing con- 
 siderably from those of his first work in reply to Burke, and in 
 favour of the French Revolution. He was next sent as recorder 
 
 MAU 
 
 to Bombay. On his return, he entered parliament, and held a 
 course of consistent Whiggism throughout his parliamentary 
 career. He was for a short time in office under Canning ; and 
 under Lord Grey, was at the head of the affairs in India. He 
 died k) 1832, aged 66 years. His first work was his Vindicits 
 Gallicis; and the History of England, which he began for Lard- 
 ner's Cabinet Cyclopcedia, was his chief work. He also wrote a 
 Dissertation on Ethical Science for the Encyclopaedia Britannica. 
 But his most voluminous writings were his essaj's in the Edin- 
 burgh Review. And it is remarkable as a prominent fault in all 
 his works, that they bear too much of the character of articles 
 written for a Review ; his History bring disquisitions on particu- 
 lar points, and sketches of particular scenes, rather loosely con- 
 nected. He was a first-rate talker, and on the whole a most 
 estimable man, though far below the rank which has been by 
 some assigned him. 
 
 MACKLI'N, CHARLES, the celebrated actor, called by one 
 who knew not too much of the great bard, " The Jew, that Shak- 
 speare drew," when he performed Shylock. He wrote plays, 
 one of which. Love d-la-Mode, is yet somewhat popular. He died 
 in 1797, aged 107 vears. 
 
 MACKNI'GHT, t)R. JAMES, a learned Scottish divine, who 
 rose by his writings to be a minister at Edinburgh. His most 
 valuable work is his Translation of the Apostolical Epistles, which 
 contains some remarks of considerable value. He wrote also a 
 Harmony of the Gospels, of no more use than any other of such 
 writings, and a work on the Truth of the Gospel History. He died 
 in 1800, aged 79 years. 
 
 MACKLAU'RIN, COLIN, an eminent mathematician of the 
 beginning of last century, who was successively professor of ma- 
 thematics at Aberdeen and Edinburgh. He had become known 
 personally to Sir Isaac Newton, and to many other distinguished 
 men, when on a visit to England. His zeal against 'the Pre- 
 tender in 1745, made it needful for him to leave Edinburgh ; 
 and a disease contracted during his efforts to fortify that city, 
 carried him off, whilst staying at York, in 1746, aged 48 years. 
 His chief work is his defence of Newton's great mathematical 
 invention against Bishop Berkeley's objections. His other works, 
 all on mathematical subjects, are superseded in their value to 
 students, although curious from the part they played in the 
 history of mathematics. 
 
 Macon, chief town of the department of Saone et Loire, France. 
 It stands on the Saone, over which is an ancient bridge, on the 
 slope of a hill ; and it has thus a pleasing appearance, and a 
 prospect which extends to the Alps, near Lake Geneva. It is 
 well built, and has some good public edifices. It has some valu- 
 able institutions also, and a few manufactures. It is 237 miles 
 from Paris. Pop. under 15,000. Lat. 40. 20. N. Long. 4. 48. E. 
 
 MACPHE'RSON, JAMES, the writer of the well-known 
 Poems of Ossian, and thereby the provoker of one of the most 
 fierce literary conflicts that have lately taken place. He was 
 also a remarkable instance of the effects of industry and capa- 
 bility joined, in respect of worldly advancement. He began life 
 as a parish schoolmaster of Scotland, and rose to be agent to the 
 nabob of Arcot, and M. P. for Canielford. He visited America 
 once, and wrote against the Congress, after the war of Inde- 
 pendence had broken out. He died in 179G, aged 58 years. 
 His Poems of Ossian were undoubtedly based on some ancient 
 Gaelic poems, but the peculiarity of their style, which carried 
 away their admirers, was all Macpherson's. No interest is felt 
 in this controversy now, and a better taste has arisen, so that 
 the real worth of the poems is often forgotten. 
 
 MACRI'NUS, OPILIUS, the murderer and successor of Ca- 
 racalla, the Roman emperor. He was a native of Mauritania, 
 and commanded that emperor's body-guard. He was not able, 
 however, to keep the throne, being put to death by the army, 
 together with his son Didumeniauus, in 218, after a reign of 
 little more than a year. 
 
 MA'CROCOSM, s. [makros and kosmos, Gr.] the great world or 
 universe, in opposition to the microcosm, or the world of man. 
 
 MA'CROULE, s. in Ornithology, the largest species of coot, 
 which is found in Lancashire and Scotland. 
 
 M A'CULA, s. [Lat.] a spot. In Physic, any spot on the skin. 
 
 MACULA'TION, s. [macula, Lat.] a stain; a spot ; a taint. 
 
 MAD, s. [semaad. Sax.] disordered in the mind, or deprived 
 of reason. Figuratively, enraged or hurried away by any violent 
 and unreasonable desire. 
 
 4 b 553 
 
MAD 
 
 To MAD, V. a. to deprive of reason ; to raise to such a pitch of 
 passion that a person is not under the government of reason ; to 
 make furious, or enrage.— d. n. to run mad, or become furious. 
 
 MADAGA'SCAR, an island lying on the eastern coast of 
 Africa, about 840 miles in length, and from 120 to 220 in 
 breadth. The centre of the island is occupied by a range of 
 mountains, of about 10,000 feet in height. And it has some 
 large rivers. Great quantities of gold, iron and steel, with pre- 
 cious stones, are found throughout the island. The productions 
 of the island are, the raven, a kind of palm-tree known only in 
 Madagascar, and applicable to a variety of uses ; rice, barley, 
 sugar-canes, white pepper, ginger, cocoa-nuts, grapes, saffron, 
 several kinds of gums, five different kinds of honey, and a va- 
 riety of plants unknown to Europeans. Buffaloes run in herds, 
 and there are great numbers of sheep, as well as goats, and other 
 kinds of useful quadrupeds, but neither elephants, tigers, lions, 
 nor horses. Large crocodiles, monkeys, wild boars, caraeleons, 
 lizards, locusts, insects, birds, and fish, are numerous. The 
 people resemble the Malays in many respects, and are much more 
 civilized than those of the neighbouring parts of Africa. It has 
 been lately brought under the government of one sovereign, 
 and the heathenism professed is very bigoted and cruel. 
 
 MA'DAM, s. [ma dame, Fr.] a term of compliment to women of 
 every degree. 
 
 MA'DBRAIN, Ma'dbrained, a. disordered in mind ; hot- 
 headed. 
 
 MA'DCAP, s. a madman; a wild, hotbrained person. Most 
 frequently used playfully. 
 
 To MA'DDEN, r. n. to become wild, furious, or mad. — v. a. to 
 make mad ; to enrage, or make furious. 
 
 MA'DDER, s. in Botany, a plant with oval perennial leaves, 
 smooth op the upper surface, and four at each joint of the stem ; 
 the blossoms are yellow. The great bastard and crosswort mad- 
 der are a species of goosegrass. The little field-madder is a 
 species of redwort. 
 
 MADE, part. pret. of To Make. 
 
 MADEFA'CTION, s. [niadeo and facio, Lat.] the act of mak- 
 ing wet. 
 
 MADE'IRA, an island of the Atlantic Ocean, lying off the N. 
 W. coast of Africa. It is about 40 miles long, and 1-5 broad. A 
 lofty mountain, rising nearly 6000 feet above the sea level, occu- 
 pies the greater part of the island, and furnishes abundant space 
 for its vineyards. It is well watered, and its climate is one per- 
 petual spring. Cattle, horses, and asses, especially, are numer- 
 ous. Its birds are such as frequent temperate climates, and 
 canary-birds abound ; and only a beautiful kind of lizard is 
 known amongst the reptiles. Plants and flowers cultivated 
 with great care here, are common in all hedge-rows; and the 
 oranges are of a peculiarly exquisite kind. The cedar and gum- 
 dragon tree are most plentiful. The sugar-cane, maize, plan- 
 tain, palm, &c. &c. of the tropical flora are cultivated, or indi- 
 genous. Fruits of the most delicious kind, belonging to the 
 temperate zone, are most abundant. Its chief product is, how- 
 ever, the grape, whence the exquisite wine, called Madeira, is 
 made ; and this forms the chief trade of this island. Funchal 
 is the only town, and lies on the S. coast. It has no harbour, 
 but is protected by forts, and has a pretty appearance from the 
 sea. Pop. about 25,000. Lat. 32. 57. N. Long. 16. 54. W. Pop. 
 of the island, about 90,000, including slaves. 
 
 MA'DGEHOWLET, s. in Ornithology, a name of a kind of 
 owl. 
 
 MA'DHOUSE, s. a house where mad people used to be con- 
 fined before lunatic asylums and retreats were projected. 
 
 MA'DID, a. [inadeo, Lat.] wet, moist, damp. 
 
 MA'DISON, JAMES, one of the presidents of the United 
 States, and a distinguished statesman of that country. Ho be- 
 gan his public career with the Union, being a member of the 
 convention for Virginia in 1776. He held another post in that 
 State afterwards, and was by it sent to Congress. He seldom 
 was removed from public attention subsequently. He was one 
 of the commissioners for framing the constitution of the United 
 States, and was engaged in the Virginian legislature, and con- 
 gress on various questions, till in 1809 he was chosen president, 
 and held the office for 8 years. During his presidency happened 
 the war with Great Britain, which was so vexatious and fruit- 
 less to both parties ; and the president's conduct in it was 
 warmly approved. After his retirement he took no part in pub- 
 554 
 
 M JiC 
 
 lie business except on occasion of some changes being made in 
 the constitution of the State of Virginia. He died in 1836, 
 aged 87 years. 
 
 MA'DLY', ad. in a furious, raging, or lunatic manner. 
 
 MA'DMAN, s. a person deprived of reason. 
 
 M A'DNEP, s. in Botany, a plant of which there are two sorts, 
 one called cow's parsnip, and the other with narrow leaves call- 
 ed the jagged madnep. 
 
 MA'DNESS, s. insanity; the state of a person out of his 
 senses ; fury, wildness, or rage. 
 
 MADRA'S, also called Fort St. George, an important city 
 of the British empire in Hindustan. It stands on the E. coast 
 of India, but has no harbour for the protection of shipping. 
 The fort, which was the origin of the town, stands very near 
 the shore, but is one of the strongest places in the country. 
 The town is regular and well built, and has a noble appearance 
 from the sea. It is strongly fortified, and has some fine build- 
 ings, such as the government-house, the barracks, and the hos- 
 pital. Pop. about 500,000, who are chiefly natives. The vio- 
 lent surf on this coast makes this place an inconsiderable one 
 for trade ; but it gives its name to one of the presidencies, of 
 which it is the capital, which extends from the Krashna river to 
 Cape Comorin, and contains a population of nearly 15,000,000. 
 Madras is above 1000 miles from Calcutta. Lat. 13. 4. N. 
 Long. 80. 16. E. 
 
 MA'DREPORE, s. in Zoology, a kind of coral, much branch- 
 ed, and covered with open cells, in which the zoophytes live. 
 
 MA'DRID, the capital of Spain, in New Castile, situated on 
 the Manzanares, a very small stream, over which are two most 
 ridiculously noble bridges. It is seated in a large plain, sur- 
 rounded by high mountains, and is protected' by a wall, which 
 has 15 gates. The houses are ail built with brick, and the 
 streets are long, broad, and straight, and adorned at proper dis- 
 tances with handsome fountains. There are above 100 towers 
 or steeples, in different places, which contribute greatly to the 
 embellishment of the city. The royal palace is built on an emi- 
 nence, at the extremity of the city. The finest square in Ma- 
 drid is the Placa Mayor, which is spacious and regular, sur- 
 rounded by lofty and equally built houses. Here the market is 
 held, and here they hold the bull-fights. The Prado is the 
 public promenade, and is shaded with regular rows of poplar 
 trees, and adorned with many fountains. Madrid has a great 
 number of churches and religious houses ; hospitals and cha- 
 ritable institutions also abound. There are four academies in 
 Madrid ; the Academy of Belles Lettres, the Academy of Span- 
 ish Historical Monuments, the Academy of the Fine Arts, Paint- 
 ing, Sculpture, and Architecture, and the Academy of Medi- 
 cine. Pop. under 200,000. Lat. 40. 24. N. Long. 3. 34. W. 
 
 MA'DRIER, s. in War, is a thick plank, armed with iron 
 plates, having a cavity sufficient to receive the mouth of the 
 petard when charged, with which it is applied against a gate, or 
 other thing intended to be broken down. 
 
 MA'DRIGAL, s. [Span, and Fr.] originally a pastoral ; at 
 present, in Music, a vocal composition, to be sung without in- 
 strumental accompaniment; written in different numbers of 
 parts, each of which is to be sung by several voices ; and so 
 composed, that the melody seems to be distributed amongst all 
 the parts. 
 
 MA'DWORT, s. in Botany, a plant with purple blossoms ; 
 called also small wild bugloss, great goosegrass, and German 
 mad wort. 
 
 To MjEA'NDER, v.n. to flow in a tortuous course, applied to 
 rivers ; from the example of a beautiful river of Asia Minor, which 
 is remarkable for its numerous windings. 
 
 MjECE'NAS, C. CILNIUS, the great patron of literature in 
 the reign of Augustus, and the distinguished friend of the em- 
 peror. He was a man of a supple and elastic mind, effeminate 
 and voluptuous in his character, and admirable as a counsellor. 
 His art was always to remain in a low rank, he never was 
 more than a simple knight ; but by these qualities, which 
 never awoke any fear in Augustus, he acquired a very great 
 power over him. He maintained complete quiet in Rome and 
 Italy during the absence of the emperor on some occasions ; and 
 greatly contributed to the establishment of the peace that fol- 
 lowed the overthrow of Sextus Pompeius. The poets Horace 
 and Virgil have celebrated his deserved praise for his munifi- 
 cence to them. Some of his severe remarks to Augustus have 
 
^/^'i^ 
 
 4^ 
 
 SIONINt. OF MA.GNA. CHARTA BY KING JOHN. 
 
MAG 
 
 been recorded. He and his companion Agrippa, who was a mere 
 soldier, were the hands of the emperor ; and there can be no 
 doubt that Maecenas aided not a little in preparing the mistress 
 of the world for her corniption and fall. He died in 8 b. c. 
 
 MA'ELSTROM, a very extraordinary and dangerous whirl- 
 pool on the coast of Norway, in Lat. 67. 45. N. Long. 11. 50. E. 
 It is apparently occasioned by the meeting of the direct current 
 of the Gulf-stream from the Atlantic Ocean with the returning 
 current that passes between the islands of Lofoden, Ambaaren, 
 Hoehoim, &c., and the mainland. In stormy weather it is espe- 
 cially dangerous. 
 
 MA'ESTRICHT, a large, ancient town of the Netherlands, 
 capital of the province of Limbourg. The town-house and other 
 public buildings are handsome, and it is so well defended by 
 fortifications of different kinds, that it is reckoned one of the 
 strongest places in Europe. It has some valuable manufactures. 
 Here also is a fine public library. Near it are large stone quar- 
 ries, in which are subterraneous passages of great extent. It is 
 seated on the river Maese, which separates it from Wyck, and 
 with which it communicates by a handsome bridge. It is about 
 120 miles from Amsterdam. Pop. 25,000. Lat. 50. 52. N. 
 Long. 5. 37. E. 
 
 MAFFE'I, the name of several distinguished Italian writers, 
 the most eminent of whom are Francis Scipio Maffei, a marquis, 
 native of Verona. He was at first a soldier, and served with dis- 
 tinction in the war of the Spanish Succession. His writings, 
 which he produced on retiring from the army, are on many dif- 
 ferent subjects ; he wrote a tragedy called Merope, and some 
 critical essays, and died in 1755, aged 80 years. Giovanni Pietro 
 Maffei was a Jesuit, and wrote in elegant Latin, a Life oi Ignatius 
 Loyola, and a History of the Indies. He died in 1603, aged 63 
 years. 
 
 MAGADO'XA, or Moldo'scho, a town of Africa, on the coast 
 of the Indian Sea, seated near the mouth of a river of the same 
 name, with a good harbour. The country of Magadoxa is but 
 little known. The inhabitants are mostly Mohammedans, but 
 mixed with them are the Bedouin Arabs, who still follow their 
 old pagan superstitions, and a still greater number of Abyssinian 
 Christians. All speak the Arabic tongue. The city is a place 
 of great commerce, foreign merchants from Aden, and other 
 parts, exchanging cotton, silk, cloth, spices, drugs, &c. for gold, 
 ivory, wax, and other commodities. Lat.2.2.N. Long. 45. 13. E. 
 
 AIAGAU'RI, s. in Ornithology, the name of a Brazilian bird 
 of the stork kind. 
 
 MAGAZI'NE, (magazeen) s. [Fr.] a storehouse ; generally ap- 
 plied to an arsenal, or place where military stores are laid up ; a 
 miscellaneous pamphlet, or collection of various pieces in prose 
 and verse, generally published monthly. 
 
 MA'GDALEN, s. a name applied to a penitent prostitute. 
 Magdalen-houses, or hospitals, are places set apart for the re- 
 ception of such. This name is founded on a mistake as to the 
 character of Mary of Magdala, or Magdalene. 
 
 MA'GDALEN college, Oxford, was founded in the 15th 
 century, by Richard Wainfleet. Its buildings are large and 
 handsome, and have been extended since their first erection. In 
 the chapel is the painting of our Saviour bearing the Cross, which 
 is attributed to Guide. It is a considerable establishment, and 
 has some wealthy livings in its gift. Magdalen College, Cambridge, 
 was built in the 16th century, by the Diike of Buckingham. It 
 is a wealthy house, and possesses the curious and invaluable 
 library of Samuel Pepys, who held office under Charles II. and 
 James II. Magdalen Hall, Oxford, is a smaller establishment, 
 the present buildings' being quite modern, though the institu- 
 tion dates from the 15th century. 
 
 MA'GDEBURG, a large, well-built, and trading town of 
 Saxony, Prussia, capital of the province. In -the cathedral is 
 a superb mausoleum of Otho the Great. The cathedral square 
 is ornamented with large elegant houses, and its area is well- 
 paved. Here are different manufactories of cotton and linen 
 goods, stockings, hats, beautiful leather gloves, tobacco and 
 snuff; but the principal are those of woollen and silk. It is 
 happily situated for trade, having an easy communication with 
 Hamburg by the Elbe, and lying on the road between Upper 
 and Lower Germany. It is strongly fortified, having, among 
 other works, a citadel seated on an island in the river Elbe. It 
 is 52 miles from Potsdam. Lat. 52. 8. N. Long. 11. 39. E. 
 
 MAGEE', DR. WILLIAM, an Irish Protestant bishop, whose 
 
 MAG 
 
 work on the Atonement is by some tneologians regarded as a 
 treatise of great value and merit. He died in 1831, aged 66 
 years. 
 
 MAGE'LLAN, or Maga'lhaens, Ferdinand, a Portuguese 
 navigator of the 10th century, who discovered the straits called 
 by his name, and afterwards entered the service of Charles V., 
 and was killed in the Philippine Islands, in 1521. 
 
 MAGE'LLAN, STRAIT OF, the narrow seas which divide 
 Terra del Fuego from the S. American continent, discovered by 
 Ferdinand Magellan. It has many safe harbours in it, with nar- 
 row entrances, and vast large bays, sheltered so closely on all 
 sides by high mountains, that ships may ride safely in them 
 without the least anchor. It is not safe for navigation owing to 
 its numerous rocks, &c., and hence is seldom used now. ft is 
 nearly 300 miles long. 
 
 MAGELLA'NIC CLOUDS, in Astronomy and Navigation, two 
 remarkable nebulae near the S. pole of the heavens, resembling 
 portions of the Milky Way, first noticed by Magellan the Portu- 
 guese navigator. 
 
 MA'GGOT, s. [magrod, Brit.] the grub or larvae of some kinds 
 of flies and beetles, which live in nuts, apples, &c. Also, by 
 corruption from meggot, a whim ; an unreasonable fancy. 
 
 MA'GI, s. [Persian,] a title given to the priests among the 
 Persians, who were the chief personages in the kingdom, and 
 had the whole management of public affairs. 
 
 MA'GIC, s. [niagicus, from magus, Lat.] in its primary sense, 
 the doctrine of the ancient magi among the Persians ; the know- 
 ledge of the secret operations of the powers of nature, or a science 
 which teaches to produce surprising and extraordinary effects. 
 Popularly, the power of producing extraordinary results by se- 
 crecy, or the aid of evil spirits. Natural Magic, is a name given 
 to the scientific knowledge possessed by priests, and others of 
 former times, exclusively, but not in a scientific form, and by 
 them used in maintaining and extending their power over the 
 people, who attributed the results they witnessed to supernatural 
 agency. 
 
 MA'GIC, a. acting by the co-operation of evil spirits ; acting 
 or performed by secret and invisible powers, either natural or su- 
 pernatural. Magic square, in Arithmetic, a series of numbers in 
 arithmetical progression, forming a square number, so arranged 
 in the form of a square, that the products of each row, each way, 
 and of each diagonal, are the same. They are useful as well as 
 amusing to voung arithmeticians, and were formerly believed to 
 be possessed of some secret and magical influence. 
 
 MA'GICALLY, ad. by the assistance or co-operation of evil 
 spirits; according to the rules of magic, or the practice of ma- 
 gicians. 
 
 MAGI'CIAN, (maftshian) s. a conjuror; necromancer; en- 
 chanter ; one skilled in magic. 
 
 MAGISTE'RIAL, a. {magister, Lat.] such as becomes a mas- 
 ter ; also, lofty, arrogant, proud, or imperious. 
 
 MAGISTE'RIALLY, ad. in a proud, imperious, or insolent 
 manner. 
 
 MAGISTE'RIALNESS, s. the quality of ordering in a proud, 
 haughty, and insolent manner. 
 
 MA'GISTRACY, s. [magister, Lat.] the office or dignity of a 
 person who is charged with authorityor government over others. 
 
 MA'GISTRATE, s. a person publicly invested with authority, 
 or the government of others. 
 
 MAGLIABE'CHI, ANTONIO, a learned Italian critic, who 
 rose from obscurity by his own skill and the patronage of Cosmo 
 III., Grand Duke of Florence. He accumulated an extensive 
 library, at the cost of living in a very mean style, and wrote no- 
 thing to preserve the fame he enjoyed whilst living. He was 
 not exempt from the troubles which a man so taught and so em- 
 ployed would be liable to, through irritability of temper; but 
 he was most generous in imparting all he knew to any who re- 
 quired his assistance. He died in 1714, aged 81 years. 
 
 MA'GNA-CHA'RTA, (Mdgna-kdrta) s. [Lat.] the instrument 
 presented by the barons for signature to King John, containing 
 the terms of peace with him. It was in substance nothing but 
 a statement of the rights and privileges enjoyed, by law or cus- 
 tom, by all the classes who had any recognised political exist- 
 ence, and which had been violated or interfered with by the 
 king. It was not the advance of a single step towards liberty, 
 but the making sure of steps already taken. The serfs were le'ft 
 in the same bondage they bad ever been in. The original docu- 
 4 B 2 555 
 
MAG 
 
 ment is preserved, through hair-breadth escapes, in the British 
 Museum. 
 
 MA'GNA GRjE'CIA, in Ancient (Jeography, the name given 
 to S. Italy, from the number of Grecian colonies which occupied 
 its most advantageous places for trade and commerce. 
 
 MAGNANI'MITY, s. [magnanimitfi, Fr. from mapnus and ani- 
 imis, Lat.] greatness of soul ; a disposition of miiid exerted in 
 contemning dangers and difficulties, in scorning temptations, 
 and despising earthly pomp and splendour. 
 
 MAGNA'NIMOUS, a. [magnus and animus, Lat.] courageous ; 
 generous ; brave. 
 
 MAGNANIMOUSLY, ad. with greatness of mind and con- 
 tempt of dangers, difficulties, pleasures, and external pomp. 
 
 MAGNE'SIA, in Ancient Geography, a hold foreland of Thes- 
 salia, running into the jEgean, almost opposite the island of 
 Euboea. In it the loadstone was first discovered, and from it it 
 derived its name. 
 
 MAGNE'SIA, s. in Chemistry, the well-known oxide of mag- 
 nesium, used in a calcined state, as a gentle purgative. But as 
 its action in that state depends wholly on the presence of acid 
 in the stomach, it is commonly taken with rhubarb and ginger, 
 and now lately in a fluid state. 
 
 MAGNE'SIAN, a. in Chemistry, belonging to magnesia. Ma/j- 
 nesian limestone, in Geology, the upper member of the new red- 
 sandstone group in England. It varies greatly in its character 
 and appearance, but is usually to be traced by its fossils. It is 
 met with most abundantly in Durham, and extends in an almost 
 unbroken line from a little above Ripon in Yorkshire, to Notting- 
 ham. Its foreign analogues are the Keuper marls, Zechstein, 
 Muschelkalk, &r., of France and Germany. 
 
 MAGNE'SIUM, s. in Chemistry, a metal having a brilliant 
 metallic lustre, a white colour like silver, and very malleable. 
 The existence of this base was doubted till Sir Humphrey Davy 
 proved it by some of his splendid galvanic experiments. Its 
 value is wholly in its compounds. 
 
 MAGNE'NtlUS, one of the numerous claimants of the title 
 of emperor, during the fate of Rome. He was of German birth, 
 and rose from the rank.s. He murdered Constans, who had 
 greatly befriended him, and was put to death when taken pri- 
 soner by Constantius II., brother to Constans, in battle, in 353, 
 after a titular reign of about 3 years. 
 
 MA'GNET, s. {magnes, Lat.] the loadstone ; also, a piece of 
 steel impregnated with the property of attracting steel and iron. 
 Artificial inagnets,aTe bars of magnetized steel, either straight, or 
 bent in the form of a horseshoe, and are much stronger in their 
 magnetic properties than the natural magnet or loadstone is. 
 
 MAGNETIC, Magne'tical, a. relating to the loadstone; hav- 
 ing the quality of attracting bodies like the loadstone; or of 
 assuming a polar direction if left free, like the needle of the ma- 
 riner's compass. Magnetic induction, the process by which polarity 
 is communicated to a bar of iron, &c. Magnetic needle, the needle 
 of the mariner's compass. Magnetic parallels, those parts of the 
 earth at which the intensity of magnetic force is the same. 
 Magnetic parallels, lines indicating the direction of the magnetic 
 needle from the equator to the magnetic poles. 
 
 MA'GNETISM, s. the attractive power of the loadstone. In 
 Natural Philosophy, that branch of electricity which relates 
 especially to the phenomenon of polarity, and the persistent 
 power ot attraction and repulsion displayed by steel bars when 
 prepared in particular ways. These phenomena have been, by a 
 most beautiful and complete course of experiments, thoroughly 
 identified with electrical phenomena; the last step having been 
 to obtain by a singular apparatus, an electrical spark from the 
 magnet. 1 he power of attracting iron and steel is communica- 
 ble by friction with a magnet, by hammering the bar when placed 
 in the direction of the magnetic poles, by surrounding the 
 bar with an electrical current, &c. &c. Magnetism, however, 
 has a kind of universal existence. Nickel holds the next rank 
 to iron in magnetic capacity; and brass, cobalt, zinc, copper, 
 bismuth, antimony, gold, &c. &c., and their ores, are susceptible. 
 It has also been discovered that the ruby, chrysolite, emerald, 
 garnet, mica, attract the needle ; and even that the flesh and the 
 blood act similarly. See Electricity, Galvanism, &c. Animal 
 3Iagnetism. See Mesmerisji. 
 
 .T''.^^'*^'*^^TIZE, t>. a. to make magnetic, or capable of ex- 
 hibiting polarity, and of attracting iron and steel. 
 
 MAGNIFI'ABLE, a. capable of being extolled or praised. 
 
 JI Al 
 
 MAGNI'FIC, Magni'fical, a. [inagnus and ficio, Lat.] noted ; 
 illustrious; grand, or noble. 
 
 MAGNI'FICENCE, s. grandeur of appearance, consisting in 
 buildings, clothes, or furniture ; splendour. 
 
 MAGNI'FICENT, (J. grand in appearance; striking the eye 
 with an appearance of richness, pomp, or splendour; fond "of 
 splendour, or an appearance of riches. 
 
 MAGNI'FICENTLY, ad. pompously ; splendidly. 
 
 MAGNrFIC(),s. plural magnificoes, [Ital.] a grandee of Venice. 
 
 MA'GNIFIER, s. one that praises or extols a person. In Op- 
 tics, a glass which increases the apparent size of any object. 
 
 To MA'GNIFY, v. a. [magnus and facio, Lat.] to make great ; 
 to extol with praise; to exalt; to elevate or raise higher in esteem. 
 In Optics, to make a thing appear larger than its veal apparent 
 size. 
 
 3IA'GNITUDE, s. [magnus, Lat.] greatness, applied to size ; 
 comparative bulk ; size. Grandeur or sublimity, applied to 
 sentiment. 
 
 MAGNO'LIA, s. in Botany, a beautiful tree or shrub, indigen- 
 ous to the S. States of N. America, and much cultivated in this 
 country for the sake of its splendid, large, white blossoms, and 
 exquisite fragrance. There are many different species, both in 
 America and in Asia ; and some of them are possessed of me- 
 dicinal properties. 
 
 MA'GPIE, s. in Ornithology, a bird allied to the family of 
 crows, well known in England, by its particoloured or pied 
 plumage of black and white, its thievish propensities, its apt 
 imitation of the human tongue, and its prominence in country 
 superstitions. Figuratively, a person who talks to excess. 
 
 MAHO'GANY, s. in Commerce, and the useful arts, a well- 
 known wood, in great esteem for its beauty and durability, the 
 produce of a species of the cedar-tree, indigenous to the tropical 
 regions of the American continent, and especially to Central 
 America and Honduras. 
 
 MAHO'MET. See Mohammed. 
 
 MAHRA'TTAS, a warlike people of Hindustan, who held 
 Poonah and Berar, in the Deccan, and were the supreme lords 
 of other territories south of them. Their social state much re- 
 sembled that of the French monarchy in the middle ages, where 
 the king was merely the nominal head of the great nobles. They 
 have been, after long and sanguinary wars, quite overthrown by 
 the British. 
 
 MAID, Ma'iden, s. [maden. Sax.] a virgin ; a woman-servant. 
 In Ichthyology, a species of skate. 
 
 MA'IDEN, a. consisting of virgins; fresh; new; unused; un- 
 polluted. 
 
 MA'IDEN, «. an instrument consisting of a sharp blade, mov- 
 ing in an upright frame, used in this country, in old times, for 
 beheading criminals. See Guillotine. 
 
 MA'IDENHAIR, s. in Botany, a genus of the ferns. The 
 great golden maidenhair is a species of the hairmoss. 
 
 MA'IDENHEAD, s. the state or condition of a virgin ; virgin- 
 ity. Figuratively, newness ; freshness; an unpolluted state. 
 
 MA'IDENHEAD, anciently South Ealington, Berkshire. 
 It is seated on the river Thames, and has a great trade in malt, 
 meal, and timber. It is 26 miles from London. Market, Wed- 
 nesday. Pop. 3340. 
 
 MA'IDENLIP, s. in Botany, an herb. 
 
 MA'IDENLY, o. like a maid ; modestly; gently; timorously. 
 
 MAIDMA'RIAN, s. the female character in all our long-ob- 
 served popular masques, mumtnings, and morris-dances, taken 
 from the legendary mistress of Robin Hood. It is not to be 
 seen now except in the chimney-sweepers' of London May-day 
 saturnalia. 
 
 MA'IDSERVANT, s. a woman or female servant. 
 
 MA'IDSTONE, Kent. It is a large place, consisting of four 
 principal streets, which intersect each other. By means of the 
 Medway, over which it has a fine bridge, it enjoys a brisk trade 
 in exporting timber, flour, apples, nuts, and other commodities 
 of the county, particularly hops, of which there are numerous 
 plantations around it, as well as orchards of cherries. Here are 
 likewise some capital paper-mills, and a manufactorj' of linen 
 thread, originally introduced by the Flemings. Here is a large 
 gaol, and very extentive barracks for horse-soldiers. The town- 
 hall, corn-exchange, &c. are good buildings. It is 35 miles from 
 London. 3Iarket, Thursday, and another market on the second 
 Tuesday in every month. Pop. 18,086. 
 
MAI 
 
 MAJE'STIC, Maje'stical, a. august; noble; great; stately; 
 pompous; sublime; elevated or lofty. 
 
 MAJE'STICALLY, ad. with dignity or grandeur; with lofti- 
 ness of style or sentiments. 
 
 MA'JESTY, s. [majestas, from maynMs, Lat.] greatness; digni- 
 ty; power; sovereignty; the title given to kings and queens. 
 
 MAIL, s. [maille, Fr.] a coat of steel net-work worn for de- 
 fence ; any armour ; a bag or postman's bundle of letters. Mail- 
 coach, maii-train,si coach or railway train that conveys the letters 
 for the post-office. 
 
 To MAIL, V. a. to arm or dress in a coat of mail ; to cover as 
 with armour. 
 
 To MAIM, V. a. [ineliaigmr, old Fr.] to cut off any member ; 
 to hurt or wound. 
 
 MAIM, s. the act of cutting off a limb, or disabling a person 
 by a blow. 
 
 MAIMO'NIDES, or Ben Ma'imon, Moses, one of the most 
 famous Jewish doctors or rabbis, was a native of Spain, and be- 
 came physician to the sultan of Egypt, in whose service he died, 
 in 1204, aged 73 years. The most celebrated of his works are, 
 the Moreh Nevochim, a treatise on the difficulties of the Old Tes- 
 tament, and has been much used by later commentators of all 
 schools ; a Commentary on the Mischna ; and some treatises on the 
 laws of the Jews. 
 
 MAIN, a. [mapne, old Fr.] principal or chief; vast; gross, or 
 containing the chief part. 
 
 MAIN, s. [rnegen. Sax.] the gross, bulk, or greatest part ; force. 
 Figuratively, the great sea, as distinguished f^rom bays and rivers; 
 the continent.— [mnnus, Lat.] a hand at dice, or cards. 
 
 MAINE, one of the United States, N. America. It lies on the 
 Atlantic Oceanj and immediately borders on the British posses- 
 sions. New Brunswick and Lower Canada, and is bounded by 
 the State of New Hampshire. It is about 250 miles long, by 
 150 broad, and is divided into 13 counties. It is an uneven and 
 hilly region. Some of the points in the N. and W. parts of the State 
 reach 2000 feet in height, and one even exceeds 5000. The 
 Penobscot and (he Kennebec are its chief rivers, and it shares 
 the St. Croix, St. Francis, and St. John rivers. In the interior 
 the streams expand in many parts into considerable lakes. The 
 coast abounds with islands, and its shores are bold and rocky, 
 and have many inlets. It yields some iroa; its uncleared forests 
 furnish valuable timber; grain of all kinds, some fruits, flax, 
 and the usual farm produce abound. The manufactures are 
 considerable for its population, and very various. It has 48 
 banks, and 4 colleges. Augusta is the seat of government. 
 Portland, Bangor, Hallowell, &c., are its chief trading places. 
 Its trade, owing to its facilities in the way of rivers and harbours, 
 and its fisheries, is considerably extensive. Pop. 501,793, of 
 whom 1355 are free coloured persons. 
 
 MAINE ET LOIRE, a department of France, bounded by the 
 departmentsof Indreet Loire, Sarthe, Mayenne, Loire Inferieure, 
 Vendee, Deux Sevres, and Vienne. It is about 75 miles in 
 length, by 55 broad. It is a tolerably level tract, having a few 
 rather more elevated hills on the E. and W. borders, but none 
 of any account. The Loire, and its tributaries, of which the 
 chief is the Mayenne, are its rivers. Iron, coal, building-stones 
 of all kinds, from granite to slate, limestone,and marble, are found 
 here abundantly. Corn, fruits, wine, cattle, sheep, timber, &c. 
 &c. are just as abundantly produced; and it has good fresh- 
 water fisheries. It has, besides, some manufactures, and a good 
 trade arising from its produce. Angers is its capital. Popula- 
 tion, about 500,000. 
 
 MATNIOTES, the people of a mountainous district of the 
 S. E. of the Morea, in Greece, called Maina, who were conspicu- 
 ous in the history of Turkey, for their guerilla and piratical ha- 
 bits, which they have not wholly abandoned. 
 
 MAINLAND, s. the continent. 
 
 MA'INLAND, or Pomona, the principal of the Orkney Islands, 
 is 24 miles long, and 9 broad. The general appearance of the 
 country is rocky and barren, but the soil is in some parts fertile 
 and cultivated. Kirkwall is the capital. Pop. 16,055. 
 
 MA'INLAND, the principal of the Shetland Isles, is 60 miles 
 long, and its breadth is from 6 to 18 miles. The face of the 
 country exhibits a prospect of black, craggy mountains, and 
 marshy plains, interspersed with some verdant spots, which ap- 
 pear smooth and fertile. Wild fowl, eagles, &c. haunt its soli- 
 tary places. A peculiar breed of sheep is kept here, and a race 
 
 MAJ 
 
 of small shaggy ponies, verj' strong and intelligent, called shel- 
 ties. Copper and iron has been found, and some use is made of 
 the salmon and trout fishery. Lerwick is the capital. Popula- 
 tion, 21,102. 
 
 MA'INLY, ad. chiefly or principally; greatly or powerfully. 
 
 MA'INMAST, s. the chief or middle mast of a ship. 
 
 MATNPERNOR, s. a person to whom one in custody is de- 
 livered, upon his becoming bound for his appearance ; a surety 
 or bail. 
 
 MAINPRISE, (the s is pronounced like z,) s. [main and pris, 
 Fr.] in Law, the receiving of a person into friendly custody, who 
 otherwise must have gone to prison, on security given that he 
 shall be forthcoming at a certain time or place appointed. It 
 differs from bail, because a person is in this case said to be at 
 large from the day of his being niainprised until the day of ap- 
 pearance ; but where a person is bailed till a certain day, he is 
 in law always accounted to be in the ward of his bail till that 
 time, who may, if he please, keep him under confinement. 
 
 To MAINPRISE, v. a. to receive a person into friendly cus- 
 tody, by giving security for his appearance at a certain time ap- 
 
 MA'INSHEET, s. the sheet or sail of the mainmast. 
 
 To MAINTAI'N, f. a. [maintenir, Fr.] to preserve or keep ; to 
 defend or hold out ; to vindicate or justify ; to support or keep 
 up; to supply with the conveniences of life; to assert positively. 
 
 MAINTAI'NABLE, a. defensible; justifiable. 
 
 MAINTAI'NER, s. one that supplies another with the con- 
 veniences of life ; one that defends a place against an enemy ; 
 one that asserts and supports any doctrine. 
 
 MAINTENANCE, s. [maintenant, Fr.] a livelihood ; a sufli- 
 ciency to supply the conveniences or necessaries of life ; support, 
 protection, or defence; continuance without failure. 
 
 Mainteno'n, FRAN901SE D'AuBiGNE, Marquise de, the secret- 
 ly-married wife of Louis XIV. of France. After a childhood and 
 youth of vicissitudes and trials, she married the aged poet Scar- 
 ron ; and after his death, was brought within the notice of the 
 king, by his mistress, Madame de Montespour, who made her go- 
 verness to her children. Louis discarded the mistress, and en- 
 nobling the governess, secretly married her. Her influence over 
 him was never doubtful, but it was never tested by her. The 
 references to her by all writers and enjinent persons of the day, 
 show what a station she occupied, and also how worthily she 
 filled it. At the same time, her superstition, or rather that of 
 the times, shows itself, though in the most amiable light, such 
 as the foundation of the school of St. Cyr; for that secret mar- 
 riage involved all the questionable relationship of a mere mis- 
 tress, as she was regarded by the divines, philosophers, and men 
 of letters, who paid court to her as the surest road to favour with 
 the king. After her royal husband's death, she retired to St. 
 Cyr, and died there in 1719, aged 84 years. 
 "MA'INTOP, s. the top of the mainmast. 
 
 MA'INTOP-GALLANT-MAST, s. a mast half the length of 
 the maintop-mast. 
 
 MA'INTOP-MAST, s. a mast half the length of the main- 
 mast. 
 
 MA'INYARD, s. the yard of the mainmast. 
 
 MA'JOR, a. [thecomparativeof mai/nKs, Lat.] greater in num- 
 ber, quantity, extent, equality, or dignity. 
 
 MA'JOR, s. in the army, an officer above the captain, and the 
 lowest field-officer. In Logic, the first proposition in a syllo- 
 gism. A person who is of age to manage his own affairs; the 
 eldest of two. 
 
 MAJORATION, s. the act of making greater; increase; en- 
 largement. 
 
 MAJO'RCA, an island of the Mediterranean Sea, lying be- 
 tween Ivica and Minorca, the largest of those anciently called 
 Baleares, about 50 miles in length and 3-5 in breadth. It is 
 mountainous in the N. and W. parts, one hill rising above 4000 
 feet ; but fertile, producing corn, oil, honey, saffron, cattle, fish, 
 horses, game, &c. It is temperate and wholesome, but the ex- 
 cessive heat frequently occasions a scarcity. It has no consider- 
 able rivers, though there are a great many fine fountains and 
 wells, and several good harbours. It has some manufactures, 
 and its trade is considerable for its extent and population. It 
 belongs to Spain. Pop. about 150,000. Palma is its chief 
 place, and port. It has several other towns. 
 
 557 
 
MAL 
 
 MA'JOR-DOMO, s. [Ital.] one who occasionally holds the 
 place of the master of a house ; a master of a family. 
 
 MA'JOR-GENERAL, s. a general officer of the second rank, 
 who receives the general's orders, gives them to the majors of 
 brigades, and commands on the left when there are two attacks 
 at a siege. 
 
 MAJO'RITY, s. the state of being greater; the greater num- 
 ber; full age ; office of a major; ancestry. 
 
 MAl'TLAND, SIR RICHARD, one of the early Scottish poets. 
 He was also a man of some note as a lawyer, being a lord of ses- 
 sion, and, moreover, holding office as lord keeper of the privy-seal 
 under Queen Mary. He died in 1586, aged 90 years. His name 
 has been chosen as the designation of one of the antiquarian 
 book-printing clubs of Scotland. 
 
 MAIZE, «. in Botany and Commerce, Indian corn, the princi- 
 pal grain produced by some of the United States, and largely 
 imported by Europe. 
 
 To MAKE, V. a. preter. and past part, made ; [inacan, Sax.] to 
 create; to form of materials; to sell with profit; to compose; 
 to do, perform, practise, or use ; to cause to nave any quality, or 
 bring into any state. To compel or force, followed by a verb. 
 To make away, to kill or destroy ; to transfer. To males amends, 
 to recompense, or repay. To make free with, to treat without 
 ceremony. To make good, to maintain, defend, justify, fulfil, or 
 accomplish. To make light of, to consider as of no import- 
 ance or consequence. To make love, to court. To make mer- 
 ry, to feast or partake of a jovial entertainment. To make over, 
 to transfer; to settle in the hands of trustees. To make of, to 
 produce from ; to account, or esteem ; to cherish, or foster. 
 What to make of, is, how to understand. To make out, to clear 
 up, explain, or solve a difficulty ; to prove or evince. To make 
 sure of, to look upon, or consider, as certain ; to secure the pos- 
 session of. To make ivay, to force a passage ; to introduce ; to 
 proceed. To make up, to get together; to reconcile; to repair ; 
 to shape; to supply; to accomplish, conclude, or complete. 
 
 MAKE, s. form ; shape ; nature. 
 
 MA'KEBATE, s. [from 7nake and beat, or debate,'] a person who 
 excites quarrels. 
 
 MA'KER, s. the Creator ; one who produces any thing ; one 
 who sets a person or thing in an advantageous state. 
 
 MA'KEPEACE, s. one that reconciles persons at variance; a 
 peacemaker. 
 
 MAKEWEIGHT, s. any thing thrown in to make up weight. 
 
 MALABA'R, a province of Hindustan, lying on the Indian 
 Ocean, and bounded by Canara, Coimbatore, &c. &c. It lies 
 under the range of mountains called the Ghauts, and the soil is 
 far from being fertile, its chief produce being from its native 
 forests and growths. It was here that a colony of Jews was 
 formed, who seemed to be totally ignorant of the facts of Chris- 
 tianity. This people is still numerous here. Calicut is the chief 
 place. 
 
 MALA'CCA, a town of the peninsula of Malay, or Malacca, in 
 India beyond the Ganges, Asia. It is just now rising from the 
 
 Eoverty and insignificance in which it lay for so long under the 
 ►utch government, and under British sway seems likely to out- 
 vie its earliest commercial importance. It is situated on a river, 
 and has a kind of natural harbour. Pop. about 40,000. Lat. 2. 
 11. N. Long. 102. 16. E. 
 
 MALA'CCA, STRAITS OF, the narrow seas which divide 
 the Malay or Malacca peninsula from the island of Sumatra. 
 
 MA'LACHI, {^3Idlaki) a Hebrew prophet, whose office was dis- 
 charged when those who wrote tne historical narrations had 
 completed their labours, or who, else, is no other than Ezra him- 
 self, as some critics have conjectured. There is no ground for 
 holding this opinion. His writings, like those of most of the 
 prophets, expose and upbraid the sinfulness and ingratitude of 
 the Jews, threaten judgments, and hold out brilliant hopes and 
 promises to such as will repent. He seems to refer more clearly 
 than any other prophet to the precursors of the coming of the 
 Saviour, and is cited in the New Testament as having foretold 
 the ministry of John Baptist. The most probable date assigned 
 him is about 425 b. c. 
 
 MA'LACHITE, {mdlakite) s. [malache, Fr.] in Mineralogy, a 
 green ore of copper. 
 
 MALACO'LOGY, s. [inalakos and logos, Gr.] in Natural History, 
 that branch which relates to those animals whose bodies are sott, 
 and which live for the most part in shells. See Conchology. 
 
 MAL 
 
 MAL-ADMINISTRATION, s. bad conduct or management 
 of affiiirs. 
 
 MA'LADY, s. [tnaladie, Fr.] a disease ; a disorder in the body; 
 sickness. 
 
 MA'LAGA, a sea-port of Granada, Spain. It stands on the 
 margin of a small bay, in the midst of a fine and fruitful plain, 
 and has a noble harbour, protected by a mole. It is a neat and 
 pretty place, and has a handsome cathedral. Near it is also a 
 large and curious castle, built in the time of the dominion of the 
 Moors. It has a few manufactures, but it is chiefly noted for its 
 commerce, which is of great antiquity. Pop. about 60,000. Lat. 
 36. 44. N. Long. 4. 26. W. 
 
 MALA'NDERS, s. [mal andare, Ital.] a disease in horses, con- 
 sisting of a dry scab above the pastern. 
 
 MA'LAPERT, a. saucy ; quick in making replies, but impu- 
 dent and saucy. 
 
 MA'LAPERTLY, ad. saucily. 
 
 MA'LAPERTNESS, s. liveliness or quickness in making re- 
 
 ply, attended with sauciness. 
 
 MA 
 
 ALA'TES, s. in Chemistry, salts formed by the combination 
 of any base with malic acid. 
 
 To MALA'XATE, v. a. [tnalasso, Gr.] to soften, or make soft, 
 any body. 
 
 MALAXA'TION, s. the act of softening. 
 
 MALA'YS, a race of Asiatics, who occupy, and give their 
 name to, the long and narrow peninsula, that runs out from the 
 Burman Empire, nearly to the island of Sumatra. They are re- 
 garded by some physiologists as a distinct variety of the human 
 family, and are exceedingly well defined in respect of the people 
 near whom they live. They are of short stature, and stout in 
 their appearance. The face somewhat resembles the Mongolian 
 type, and somewhat the ultra-Gangetic variety. Hair, long 
 and wiry. Tribes of them occupy islands of the Indian Ocean, 
 and are found even scattered throughout the group? of the Pa- 
 cific Ocean. There are very many difi'erent languages amongst 
 these tribes, and they have not been sufficiently studied, to be 
 used other than generally as a proof of the identity of the stock. 
 
 MA'LCOLM, SIR JOHN, a distinguished military officer, 
 during the wars, &c. in India, from the end of the last century, 
 to within a few years of his death, with few interruptions. He 
 was not only eminent. in his own profes.sion, but as a diplomatist 
 in his intercourse with the native princes, and with Persia, he 
 gained great applause ; and as provincial governor, he was equally 
 successful. He sat in the British parliament after his return, 
 and died in 1833, aged 64 years. 
 
 MA'LDEN, {Maulden) Essex. It is situated near the conflu- 
 ence of the Chelmer with the Blackwater. Vessels of 400 tons 
 burden come up to the haven to unload ; the colliers, however, 
 lie in deep water below the town, and the coals are fetched up 
 in lighters. Maiden carries on a considerable trade in corn, 
 coals, iron, wine, brandy, rum, deals, and chalk rubbish. The 
 custom of Borough English is kept up here. It is 36 miles from 
 London. Market, Saturday. Pop. 3967. 
 
 MA'LDIVE ISLANDS, a chain of islands, said to be many 
 thousands in number, S. W. of Cape Comorin, in the Indian Sea, 
 above 500 miles in length. The principal of them, called Male, 
 about a league and a half in circumference, is the most fertile, 
 and the residence of the prince ; it is situated nearly in the cen- 
 tre. These islands are small, and mostiy uninhabited. They are 
 precisely similar to the coral islands of the Pacific. The inhabit- 
 ants are a mixture of Arabs and Indians of Malabar. They sup- 
 ply .vessels with sails and cordage, cocoa-nuts, oil, honey, dry 
 fish", tortoise-shell, and especially cowries. 
 
 MALE, a. [Fr.] belonging to the he sex, opposed to female. 
 
 MALE, s. the he of any species. 
 
 MALE, [malas, Lat.] in composition, implies ill. 
 
 MALEBRA'NCHE, NICHOLAS, an eminent priest and phi- 
 losopher of France in the 17th century. He belonged to the 
 Congregation of the Oratory, and the only incidents of his life 
 were his studies and his publications. He died in 1715, aged 
 77 years. His works are all based on the method of Descartes, 
 and of them the Search after Truth is by far the most famous ; 
 the highest point of the long and lucid reasoning in which, is 
 the well-known assertion that we see all things in God. His 
 opinions awakened much controversy, but he never became the 
 head of a school; although, both for his originality of thought,' 
 and for his personal character, he had many admirers. His other 
 
MAL 
 
 writings are of a metaphysico-religious cast, and all may be read 
 with profit, by such as are intent on that search, which he con- 
 ducted for himself in his principal treatise. 
 
 MALECONTE'NT, s. one dissatisfied with the measures of 
 government ; a fomenter of sedition in a state. 
 
 MALECONTE'NTED, a. discontented ; dissatisfied. 
 
 MALECONTE'NTEDLY, ad. iu a dissatisfied or discontented 
 manner. 
 
 MALECONTE'NTEDNESS, s. discontentedness ; disaffection 
 to a government. 
 
 MALEDI'CTED, a. [nmh ana cZ/co, Lat.] accursed ; execrated. 
 
 MALEDI'CTION.s.acurse; execration; the act of denouncing 
 or wishing evil to a person. 
 
 MALEFA'CTION, s. [male and /acjo, Lat.] a crime. Not in use. 
 
 MALEFA'CTOR, «. an evil-doer ; offender against the law ; 
 criminal. 
 
 MALESHE'RBES, CHRISTIAN WILLIAM DE LAMOIG- 
 NON, DE, a statesman of France during the ante-revolutionary 
 period, and one of those who perished in that convulsion. He 
 was president of the Court of Aids, and was banished from court 
 by Louis XV. when he suppressed it. He was restored by Louis 
 XVI., and was in the Turgot ministry. He travelled in Europe 
 afterwards, and made his appearance in public next as defender 
 of his unfortunate sovereign before the Convention. For this 
 service, as a flagrant proof of incivism, and for other alleged 
 anti-national proceedings, he was guillotined in 1794, aged 73 
 years. His writings are chiefly the product of his leisure, and 
 relate to natural history ; but he also wrote on some political 
 subjects. 
 
 MALE'VOLENCE, s. [male and voh, Lat] ill-will ; an inclina- 
 tion to hurt. 
 
 MALE'VOLENT, a. ill-disposed towards another; inclined to 
 do another a mischief. 
 
 MALE'VOLENTLY, ad. after the manner which shows an 
 inclination to hurt. 
 
 MA'LIC, a. in Chemistry, belonging to apples. The malic 
 acid is that which exists in the juice of apples. 
 
 MA'LICE, s. [Fr. from malas, Lat.] deliberate mischief; a 
 long-coHtinued desire of hurting others. 
 
 MALFCIOUS, {malishious) a. [nialitieux, Fr.] preserving a con- 
 tinued propensity and resolution towards revenge, or injuring 
 others. 
 
 MALl'CIOUSLY, (rnalishiously) ad. in a manner which shows 
 an habitual thirst of revenge, or a deliberate intention of doing 
 mischief 
 
 MALI'CIOUSNESS, (malishiousness) s. the quality of brooding 
 long upon injuries ; and being obstinately bent for some time to 
 do a person a mischief. 
 
 MALI'GN, (mattn) s. [nialigne, Fr.] ill-disposed towards any 
 one ; strongly and obstinately bent to do a person mischief. In 
 Medicine, infectious, pestilential, or fatal to the body. 
 
 To MALI'GN, (malln) v. a. to regard with envy or malice; to 
 do a mischief; to revenge. 
 
 MALl'GNANCY, s. malice ; unfavourableness. In Medicine, 
 a destructive tendency. 
 
 MALl'GNANT, a. [Fr.] envious; unfavourable; malicious; 
 revengeful. In Medicine, mortal, or endangering life. 
 
 MALI'GNANTLY, ad. in a malicious or mischievous manner. 
 
 MALI'GNER, (mallner) s. one who is obstinately bent to do 
 another a mischief; a person who censures in a sarcastic manner. 
 
 MALl'GNITY, «. [malignite, Fr.] hurtfulness or evilness of na- 
 ture ; a disposition obstinately bad or malicious. In Physic, a 
 quality which endangers and threatens life. 
 
 MALI'GNLY, {tnatlnly) ad. enviously ; with malice or an ob- 
 stinate inclination to do ill. 
 
 MA'LKIN, (maulkin) s. [from mal, a contraction oi Marrj, and 
 faVi,] a kind of mop made of clouts, with which bakers clean their 
 ovens. Figuratively, a figure made up of rags ; a dirty wench. 
 
 MALL, (maid) s. [malleus, Lat.] a stroke or blow ; a mallet. — 
 [moll, Isl.] a walk where they formerly used to play with malls 
 and balls, (and then pronounced meil,) whence the Mall in St. 
 James's Park, and Pall Mall near her Majesty's palace in St. 
 James's. 
 
 To MALL, (maid) v. a. to beat or strike with a mall. See 
 Maul. 
 
 MA'LLARD, s. [malart, Fr,] in Ornithology, the drake or male 
 of the species of wild ducks. 
 
 MAL 
 
 MALLEABI'LITY, s. in metals, the quality of bearing to be 
 beaten, and spreading under the strokes of the hammer. 
 
 MA'LLEABLE, a. [Fr.] in metals, capable of enduring the 
 strokes of a hammer, and being variously formed thereby. 
 
 MA'LLEABLENESS, s. the quality of being hammered into 
 various forms. 
 
 To MA'LLEATE, v. a. [tnalleus, Lat.] to hammer; to forge or 
 shape by the hammer. 
 
 MA'LLET, s. [malleus, Lat.] a wooden hammer. 
 
 MA'LLE'1', DAVID, or Ma'lloch, an English writer of the 
 last century. After studying at Aberdeen and Edinburgh, he 
 became tutor in the Duke of Montrose's family, and afterwards 
 came to England, where he first published the well-known ballad 
 of Margaret's Ghost. By other poetical pieces he gained the notice 
 of Lord Bolingbroke, who gained him a place at court. He con- 
 tinued his writings, and some of his dramatic works were repre- 
 sented. He also lent or sold his pen to the government for the 
 purpose of injuring the unfortunateAdmiral Byng; but his chief 
 work was the editing of his patron's works) which contained the 
 frank avowal of the infidelity Lord Bolingbroke had but indiffer- 
 ently concealed during his life. It is this work and the ballad 
 that first made his name known, which alone justify his intro- 
 duction here. A man of more unblushing unprincipledness has 
 rarely held so prominent a place amongst literary and great men. 
 He died in 17(J5, aged G5 years. 
 
 MA'LLOWS, s. [juoeleice. Sax.] in Botany, a common kind of 
 plant ; the small, dwarf, common, vervain, and musk mallows, 
 are the only species native in England, properly so called. The 
 sea tree-mallow, is the species of lavatera. 
 
 MA'LMESBURY, originally Maidulphsburgh, and by cor- 
 ruption Malmesbury, in an ancient manuscript, however, called 
 Adhelmsbirig , Wiltshire. It was long famous for its abbey, which 
 flourished in great wealth, exceeding all in the county in extent, 
 revenues, and honour. It is pleasantly situated on the river Avon, 
 which almost surrounds it, and over which it has six bridges. 
 It has a good manufacture of woollen cloths, and is 95 miles 
 from London. Market, Saturday. Pop. 23G7. 
 
 MA'LMESBURY, WILLIAM OF, an old English historian 
 of the I2th century. He was educated at Oxford, and becoming 
 a monk at Malmesbury, was made hbrarian of the convent. He 
 wrote several works, of which the History of the Saxon Kings,and 
 the History of his own Times, are most generally valuable. He 
 died in 114.3. 
 
 MA'LMSEY, s. a luscious wine, made at Madeira, 
 
 MA'LO, ST., a sea-port in the department of Ille et Vilaine, 
 on a small island, united to the main-land by a narrow mole or 
 causeway, 6 or 700 yards in length : it has a large, well-frequent- 
 ed harbour, but difficult of access, on account of the rocks that 
 surround it, and is a rich trading place, strong by nature and art 
 towards the sea, and defended by a citadel. It has some manu- 
 factures, and a good trade, but its fisheries are its most valuable 
 field of industry. It is 200 miles from Paris, Pop. about 10,000. 
 Lat. 48. 39. N. Long. 2. 1. W. 
 
 MALO'NE, EDMUND, a writer and dramatic critic of the 
 last century. He was an Irishman, and studied at Dublin for 
 the bar, but he followed the profession of literature Instead. He 
 edited Shakspeare, and wrote Lives of Sir Joshua Reynolds, Dryden, 
 &c. He also exposed the forgeries of Ireland and the boy-poet 
 Chatterton. His notes on the great bard are provoklngly com- 
 mon-sense and common-place. He died In 1812, aged 71 years. 
 
 MALPRA'CTICE, s. any practice that is opposed to the laws, 
 or to settled custom. 
 
 MALPI'GHI, MARCELLUS, the great Italian anatomist of 
 the 17th century, who discovered the existence of the mucous 
 net-work under the skin, in which the colouring matter is lodged, 
 which distinguishes one branch of the human family from the 
 others. He made other valuable discoveries, and died in 1694, 
 aged 66 years. 
 
 MALT, {maidt) s. [mealt, Sax.] barley steeped in water till it 
 sprouts, and then dried in a kiln. 
 
 MA'LTA, (Mai'dta) an island of the Mediterranean, between 
 Africa and Sicily, 20 miles in length, and 12 in its greatest 
 breadth. It was anciently little else than a barren rock ; but 
 such quantities of soil have been brought from Africa and Sicily, 
 that it is now become fertile. It has excellent vines, lemons, 
 fruits, cotton, plenty of honey, good pastures, considerable fish- 
 eries, sea-salt, and a profitable coral fishery. However, they 
 
 559 
 
MAM 
 
 sow but little corn, bncause they purfhase it cheap in Sicily; 
 and the island is deficient in wood. The inhabitants speak a 
 corrupt Arabic, and, in the towns, Italian. Valetta is its chief 
 town and sea-port. It belongs to Great Britain. Pop. about 
 125,000. 
 
 MA'LTA, THE ORDER OF KNIGHTS OF, a military mo- 
 nastic order, that was formed during the existence of the Chris- 
 tian kingdom of Jerusalem, and was called by the name of St. 
 John of Jerusalem from the convent they occupied ; and Knights 
 Ho.tipitallers, from their duty of receiving pilgrims as guests. In 
 the beginning of the 14th century, when Palestine was irrecover- 
 ably lost to Christendom, they seized on the island of Rhodes, 
 and took their designation from it; and being driven thence, 
 they had Malta given them in the 10th century by Charles V. 
 of Germany. It was extinguished by Buonaparte in 1798. 
 
 MA'LTHUS, THOMAS ROBERT, an English clergyman and 
 political economist, whose name is the terror of persons about to 
 marry. He studied at Cambridge, and partially undertook cleri- 
 cal duties, but speculations of a more terrene and arithmetical 
 nature had greater charms for him than the duties of a country 
 parson, and he devoted himself to solve the puzzling problem of 
 Population. After travel and study he produced his solution, 
 which was, that as food increased only in arithmetical propor- 
 tion, and the race left to itself, without philosophy to guide it, 
 would increase in geometrical proportion, it was the duty of all 
 ■well-wishers to the human family, to put in practice themselves, 
 and recommend to otiiers, celibacy, or what would be as good as 
 that, so as to keep down the population to the measure of the 
 provisions at anytime existent. Having made this known, he 
 himself married, and became a professor at Haileybury College, 
 in which situation he continued till his death in 1834, aged 09 
 years. He published many other works on political economy, 
 beside his great anti-matrimonial Essay. 
 
 MA'LTMAN, Ma'ltster, (niduUman, mdidtster) s. one who 
 makes or deals in malt. 
 
 MA'LTON, {Maulton) Yorkshire, N. Riding. It is seated on 
 the Derwent, and is composed of two towns, the New and the 
 Old, and is well inhabited. It is 216 miles from London. Mar- 
 kets, Tuesday and Saturday. Pop. 5317. 
 
 MALVA'CEOUS, s. [maka, Lat.] relating to mallows. 
 
 MALVERSA'TION, s. [Fr.] a mean, base, wicked, and fraudu- 
 lent trick or shift. 
 
 MA'LVERN HILLS, a range of English hills which attains 
 its greatest height in Worcestershire, being about 1500 feet 
 above the sea. This part is a mass of trap rock thrust up 
 through the great plain of new red sandstone. 
 
 MA'LUS, STEPHEN LOUIS, a French natural philosopher 
 and military engineer, who was professor of the polytechnic 
 school, and served on the Rhine and in Egypt, under Buonaparte. 
 His name is connected with one of the most remarkable optical 
 discoveries — that of the polarization of light. He died in 1812, 
 aged 37 years. 
 
 MAMA', or MAMMA', s. [This word is used as an address to 
 a mother in almost all languages, and is almost the first word a 
 child pronounces.] A mother. 
 
 MA'MELUKES, a body of military organized in the 13th cen- 
 tury, in Egypt, which, like the praetorian soldiers of the Roman 
 emperors, turned against its masters, and took possession of the 
 throne. They maintained their command there as a true mili- 
 tary aristocracy till the invasion of Buonaparte ; and since then, 
 by various means, they have been almost completely annihilated. 
 
 MA'MMEE-TREE, s. in Botany, a tree with a rosaceous 
 flower, which afterwards becomes an almost spherical fleshy 
 fruit, containing two or three seeds, enclosed in hard rough 
 shells. 
 
 MA'MMEATED, a. [mamma, Lat.] having paps or teats. 
 
 MA'MMIFORM, a. [mammifonne, Fr.] having the shape of a 
 breast. 
 
 MA'MMILLARY, a. [mammilla, Lat.] belonging to the paps 
 or teats. 
 
 MA'MMOCK, s. a large, shapeless piece ; an offal or fragment 
 of meat. 
 
 To MA'MMOCK, v. a. to tear; to pull into pieces in such a 
 manner as to raise squeamishness in tne beholder. 
 
 MA'MMON, s. [Syr.] in ancient Syrian Mythology, the god 
 of riches. Figuratively, riches. 
 
 MA'MMOTH, s. in Natural History, an extinct animal, nearly 
 
 allied to the elephant, but much larger; which lived in all parts 
 of the known world. 
 
 MAN, s. plural men ; [man, man. Sax.] a human being. A male, 
 opposed to a woman. A person full grown, opposed to a boy. 
 A rational creature, opposed to a beast. It also signifies a male 
 servant, or slave ; and one of the pieces with which the games of 
 chess and draughts are plaj'ed. A man of war, is a ship of war. 
 
 To MAN, V. a. to furnish, supply, or guard with men. Figu- 
 ratively, to fortify or strengthen. 
 
 MAN, an island of Great Britain, in the Irish Sea, about 30 miles 
 in length, and from 8 to 15 in breath. It is very hilly, and one 
 of its heights exceeds 2000 feet. It has mines of lead, iron, and 
 copper, and quarries of building stone and slate. The soil varies 
 in different tracts, yet produces more corn than is sufficient to 
 maintain the natives. The air, which is sharp and cold in winter, 
 is healthy, and the inhabitants live to a very great age. The 
 commodities of this island are small black cattle and horses, wool, 
 fine and coarse linen, hides, skins, honey, tallow, and herrings. 
 About the rocks of the island breeds an incredible number of all 
 sorts of sea-fowl, and especially on the Calf of Man, a small is- 
 land not far from its most southerly point. The language is a dia- 
 lect of the Erse. In its civil government, which is peculiar to 
 it, the island is divided into six sheedings, each having its pro- 
 per coroner, who is intrusted with the peace of his district, 
 and acts in the nature of a sheriff'. The House of Keys is its 
 elective legislature, &c. Castle Town is its chief place. Pop. 
 47,975. 
 
 To MA'NACLE, «. n. to chain the hands ; to shackle. 
 
 MA'NACLES.s. [ma«!c/es, Fr.] chains for the hands; shackles. 
 
 To MA'NAGE, v. a. [menager, Fr.] to conduct or carry on ; to 
 train a horse to graceful airs; to govern, to rule or make tract- 
 able ; to husband, or make the best of. — v. n. to superintend or 
 transact. 
 
 MA'NAGEABLE, a. easy to be used, wielded, or moved; sub- 
 mitting to government ; tractable. 
 
 MA'NAGEABLENESS, s. the quality of being easily used 
 or moved, or of submitting to instruction, government, or au- 
 thority. 
 
 MA'NAGEMENT, s. [mmagement, Fr.] conduct ; the manner 
 of transacting or conducting any thing; prudence. Synon. 
 Management respects private things trusted to the care of one, to 
 be employed for the profit of another, to whom he is to render 
 account. Direction relates to affairs, where a distribution either 
 of money, office, &c., is committed to the care of one person, to 
 preserve order. Administration refers to objects of greater con- 
 sequence ; such as those of justice, or the finances of a state. It 
 supposes a pre-eminence of employ, which gives power, credit, 
 and a kind of liberty, in the department in which the person is 
 engaged. Conduct points out some knowledge and ability, veith 
 respect to things; and a subordination, with regard to persons. 
 Government results from authority and dependence, and indicates 
 a superiority of office, with a particular relation to policy. 
 
 MA'NAGER, s. one who has the direction, conduct, or govern- 
 ment of any thing or person ; a prudent or frugal person. 
 
 MA'NAGERY, s. [menagerie, Fr.] conduct ; direction ; the 
 manner in which any thing is transacted; frugality. 
 
 MANCHE, s. [Fr.] in Heraldry, a sleeve. 
 
 MANCHE, a department of France, lying on the Straits of 
 Dover, which are called La Manche in French, and thence its 
 name. It is bounded by the departments of Calvados, Orne, May- 
 enne, and Ille et Vilaine. It is about 90 miles long, by 35 broad. 
 It is hilly, and has quarries of excellent and durable building 
 stone, and a little iron. Its rivers are small. It produces abun- 
 dance of corn, apples, flax, cattle, &c. &c. It has good fisheries, 
 having such an extent of sea coast ; along which are several 
 islands. Its manufactures are tolerably extensive and various. 
 St. L6 is its chief place. Pop. about 000,000. 
 
 MA'NCHESTER, (anciently a Roman station called i)/a«- 
 cunium,) Lancashire. It is a place of great antiquity, and is now 
 principally conspicuous as the centre of the cotton trade. The 
 products of a very extensive and populous neighbourhood are 
 collected here, whence they are sent to London, Liverpool, 
 Hull, &c. These consist of a great variety of cotton, silk, 
 linen, and mixed goods, fitted for every market, both at home 
 and abroad. The manufacture of ticking, tapes, filleting, and 
 other small wares, and of hats, is also carried on at Man- 
 chester ; from which various sources of wealth it has attain- 
 
-^(J R A »? j'- 
 
MAN 
 
 ed greater opulence than any other trading place in England. 
 Though not a handsome city, its buildings (especially the more 
 modern ones) are on a proportional scale of size and elegance. 
 One of its chief ornaments is the collegiate church, a venerable 
 pile, with a handsome tower, now to be termed the cathedral of the 
 new bishopric. Contiguous to this is Chatham's Hospital, (com- 
 monly called the college,) for clothing, educating, and appren- 
 ticing 80 boys ; to which is also attached a public librarj', con- 
 taining 25,000 volumes. Here are also an Infirmary, Dispensary, 
 Lunatic Hospital and Asylum, Lying-in Hospital, fever Hospital, 
 and other institutions of a similar character. Here is also a large 
 prison, called the New Bailey. This town abounds with libraries, 
 and literary and philosophical institutions, some of which have 
 attained considerable celebrity. Here too are large and hand- 
 some colleges, belonging to the Dissenters. The churches and 
 chapels of the Established Church, and the places for worship 
 belonging to every denomination of Dissenters, are very numer- 
 ous. By the river Irwell, over which it has a very ancient stone 
 bridge, it has a communication with the Mersey, and all the 
 various inland navigations. It is situated upon the rivers Irk, 
 Medlock, and Irwell, about 7 miles from the junction of the latter 
 with the Mersey, and 185 from London. Pop. of the parliament- 
 ary borough, 242,989; of the city, 163,856. See Salford. 
 
 MA'NCHET, «. a small loaf of fine bread. 
 
 MANCHINE'L, ». [manc/iineWa.Span.] in Botany, a tree which 
 is a native of the West Indies, and grows to the size of an oak ; 
 its wood is of a beautiful grain, will polish well, and last long, 
 and is therefore much esteemed. The fruit is of the colour and 
 size of the golden pippin, but it is not edible. The juices of 
 this tree are so corrosive in their nature, that only goats are 
 known to browse upon it. 
 
 To MA'NCIPATE, v. a. Imanus and capio, Lat.] to enslave, 
 bind, or tie, used with to. Seldom used. 
 
 MA'NCIPLE, s. [?ijamts and capio, Lat.] the steward of a so- 
 ciety ; particularly used of the purveyor of a college. 
 
 MA'NDAMUS, «. [Lat.] a writ granted by the king, usually 
 directed to the head of a corporation, college, &c., commanding 
 a thing to be done, as the restoring of a deposed officer, &c. 
 
 MANDARIN, s. a name given to the state officers, both civil 
 and military, of China. There are nine orders of them, in all 
 supposed to amount to 33,000. 
 
 MANDATARY, s. {mandataire, Fr.] he to whom the pope has, 
 by his prerogative and proper right, given a mandate for his 
 benefice. 
 
 MA'NDATE, «. [mando, Lat.] a command; a commission, 
 charge, or precept. 
 
 MANDATOR, s. [Lat.] a director. 
 
 MA'NDATORY, a. containing a command, precept, or di- 
 rection. 
 
 MA'NDEVILLE, SIR JOHN DE, an old English traveller, 
 whose book, written about the time of Chaucer's poems, shows 
 the first formation of the English language. His adventures 
 were very strange, and his book is stranger still. He died 
 in 1372. 
 
 MA'NDEVILLE, BERNARD, an immoral writer on moral 
 questions, of the beginning of the last century. He was a 
 Dutch physician, but settled in England. The work which made 
 the greatest noise, on account of a prosecution which was 
 founded on it, was his Fable of the Bees. He maintains, what all 
 who deny the existence of what Butler called the moral sense 
 ought, for consistency, to maintain, that all notions of right and 
 wrong, &c. are the production of the laws of the state in which 
 men are born. He died in 1733, aged 62 years. 
 
 MA'NDIBLE, a. [inando, Lat.] that may be chewed ; eatable. 
 
 M ANDl'NGOES, a race of negroes living near the rivers Sene- 
 gal and Gambia in W. Africa. They differ In many respects 
 from most of the other negro tribes. Attempts haVe lately been 
 made to Christianize them. Their number cannot be ascertained. 
 
 MA'NDRAKE, s. [rnondragdre, Fr.] in Botany, a plant, the 
 flower of which consists of one leaf in the shape of a bell, and is 
 divided at the top into several parts ; the root bears a rude re- 
 semblance to the human form. 
 
 MA'NDREL, s. [mandrin, Fr.] a kind of wooden pulley, mak- 
 inff a part of a turner's lathe. 
 
 MA'NDRILL, s. in Natural History, a huge and horrid species 
 of baboon. 
 
 MANDTCHU'S, the name of a Tatar race, which in the 17th 
 
 MAN 
 
 century overturned the existing dynasty of the Chinese enipin-, 
 and established their own princes in its stead. Their language 
 differs considerably, except in the direction of writing it, from 
 the Chinese. The Scriptures have lately been translated into 
 it, for the sake of sending them to the imperial court, where that 
 language alone is used. 
 
 MANDUCATION, s. Imanducor, Lat.] eating ; chewing, or 
 the action of the lower jaw. 
 
 MANE, s. [maene, Belg.] the long hair which hangs down on 
 the necks of horses or other animals. 
 
 MA'NEATER, s. one that eats human flesh ; a cannibal ; an 
 anthropophagite. 
 
 MA'NLGE, s. the exercise of riding the great horse. 
 
 MA'NED, a. having a mane. 
 
 MA'NES, s. [Lat.] a ghost ; or that which remains of a per- 
 son after death. 
 
 MANETHO, the ancient Egyptian writer, who lived in about 
 the end of the 4th century b. c. His writings are a history of 
 Egypt, preserved partially in quotations, and some other books 
 on the Egyptian religion, which are lost. There is also a poem 
 on astrology which is ascribed to him. 
 
 MA'NFUL, a. bold; stout; daring. 
 
 MA'NFULLY, ad. in a bold, stout, or daring manner. 
 
 MA'NFULNESS, s. the quality of behaving in a manner that 
 shows undaunted courage and invincible resolution. 
 
 MA'NGANESE, s. in Chemistry and Mineralogy, a brilliant 
 metal, of a dark gray colour, of considerable hardness and diffi- 
 cult fusibility. It is very brjttle, and when in powder is attract- 
 ed by the magnet. It is found in Somersetshire and Devonshire, 
 in America, and in various parts of the continent. Its oxydes 
 are used in bleeching, in purifying glass, and in glazing black 
 earthenware. 
 
 MANGE, s. [manffeaison, Fr.] in Veterinary art, a cutaneous 
 disease incident to cattle. 
 
 MA'NGER, s. [inangeoire, Fr.] a place or vessel in which the 
 food of cattle is contained in a stable. 
 
 MA'NGINESS, s. the state of having the mange. 
 
 To MA'NGLE, v. a. [inangelen, Belg.] to cut and hack ; to cut 
 and tear piece-meal ; to butcher. 
 
 MA'NGLER, s. one that hacks and destroys in a rude and 
 butcherly manner. 
 
 MA'NGO, s. [inaytgostan, Fr.] in Botany, a fruit of the isle of 
 Java, somewhat resembling a melon, brought pickled to Europe. 
 
 MA'NGOLD WU'RZEL, Mangel Wurzel, s. [Germ.] in 
 Farming, a kind of beet, whose root is larger, and more nutri- 
 tious to stock, than the common beet ; and at the same time does 
 not exhaust the soil so much. 
 
 MA'NGY, a. infected with the mange. 
 
 MA'NHATER, s. one who hates mankind ; a misanthropist. 
 
 MA'NHEIM, one of the most beautiful cities of Germany, in 
 the Grand Duchy of Baden. The streets are all straight, and 
 intersect each other at right angles. The town has three grand 
 
 fates, adorned with basso-relievos, very beautifully executed, 
 t is almost entirely surrounded by the Neckar and the Rhine, 
 over which are bridges of boats, and the countrj' about it is flat. 
 The palace is a magnificent structure, containing a gallery for 
 paintings, cabinets of antiquities and natural history, a library, 
 treasury, and menage. It has other very fine public buildings, 
 and the streets and squares are proportionably noble. It has 
 some manufactories, and a good trade, owing to its position. 
 Pop. about 30,000. Lat. 49. 29. N. Long. 8. 28. E. 
 
 MA'NHOOD, s. the state or condition of a man ; human na- 
 ture. The state of a male, opposed to womanhood. The stale 
 of a person full grown, opposed to childhood. F'iguratively, 
 courage ; bravery ; resolution. 
 
 MA'NIA, s. [mainomai, Gr.] madness; a violent delirium with- 
 out a fever. 
 
 MA'NIAC, Mani'acal, a. raging with madness. 
 
 MA'NICHEES, or Manich^eans, in Ecclesiastical History, a 
 sect amongst the early Christians, who followed the teaching of a 
 Persian, named Manes or Mani; who applied the tenets of the 
 Zendish faith to the explanation of the Scriptures ; and asserted 
 the existence of two opposite supreme, eternal powers, or prin- 
 ciples ; one of darkness and evil, the other of light and goodness. 
 To the former, he ascribed the Old Testament and Judaism ; to 
 the latter, the Gospel. He also represented our bodies as the 
 work of the evil principle; and that it was to deliver our souls, the 
 4 c 561 
 
MAN 
 
 offspring of the good principle, from their bondage to our bodies, 
 that Christ was sent, and the Spirit also. The substance and es- 
 sence of the gospel he placed in the struggle after the light, and 
 against the darkness ; and the victory through Christ and the 
 Comforter. His followers spread far and wide through Christen- 
 dom ; and in spite of anathenjas, public and private, under one 
 or other name maintained their ground. In these days, freed 
 from the technicalities of theMagian creed, the things intended 
 by Mani are revived and received as a true representation of the 
 meaning of the gospel. The Manichaeans are, of course, included 
 in the list of heretics. 
 
 MA'NIFEST, a. [manifestus, Lat.] plain ; open ; publicly known. 
 
 MA'NIFEST, s. a declaration ; a public protest ; a manifesto. 
 
 To MA'NIFEST, v. a. to make appear; to make public; to 
 show plainly; to discover. Synon. Manifest means, to show in- 
 contestably ; publish, simply to declare publicly ; to proclaim, to 
 make known by a formal and legal publication. 
 
 MANIFESTA'TION, s. [Fr.] a discovery; the act of publish- 
 ing or making public ; clear and undoubted evidence. 
 
 MANIFE'STIBLE, a. easy to be proved or made evident. 
 
 MA'NIFESTLY, ad. clearly ; plainly ; evidently. 
 
 MA'NIFESTNESS, s. clearness of evidence; public notoriety. 
 
 MANIFE'STO, s. [Ital.] a public protestation or declaration. 
 
 MA'NIFOLD, a. of different kinds; many in number; com- 
 plicated. 
 
 MA'NIFOLDLY, ad. in many respects. 
 
 aiANl'GLlONS, in Gunnery, two handles on the back of a 
 piece of ordnance cast after the German form. 
 
 MANIKIN, s. [from man and fe»,'Teut.] a little man. 
 
 MANI'LLA, the capital of Luzon, and of the Philippine Is- 
 lands, situated on a bay on the S. W. coast of that island. It 
 consists of a double town, with numerous suburbs. The streets 
 are broad, but frequent earthquakes have spoiled their uniformity. 
 The citadel is in the shape of a triangle, having one bastion to- 
 wards the sea, another towards the river, and a third at the W. 
 point, to cover the port, which is only fit for small vessels, and 
 there are good out-works. It has also a handsome residence for 
 the governor, a fine bridge over the river, and a college, with 
 other valuable institutions. The manufactures and trade of the 
 town are very considerable. Pop. above 100,000, of whom the 
 greatest part are Chinese, the Spaniards being comparatively few. 
 Lat. 14. 38. N. Long. 120. 54. E. See Philippines. 
 
 MA'NIPLE, s. [manipulus, from manus, Lat.] a handful. Fi- 
 guratively, a small band of soldiers. 
 
 MANIPULA'TION, s. [manipulus, Lat.] in Experimental 
 Science, the act of performing the manual or mechanical part of 
 any experiment. It is used particularly with reference to the 
 exact and most successful modes of performing experiments in 
 chemical science. 
 
 MA'NTIS, s. in Zoology, a singular quadruped, which in its 
 manners approaches the ant-eaters, and in its general appear- 
 ance the lizards. It is covered with sharp scales, which are its 
 defence against the most savage inhabitants of the forest. 
 
 MA'NKILLER, s. a murderer. 
 
 MANKFND, s. the human species. 
 
 MA'NLESS, a. without men ; not manned. 
 
 MA'NLIKE,o. strong; vigorous; resembling a man full grown, 
 and in his greatest perfection. 
 
 MA'NLINESS, s. the appearance of a man full grown, and 
 arrived at years of discretion ; bravery ; stoutness ; dignity, 
 
 MA'NLIUS, the name of one of the noble families of ancient 
 Rome, the deeds of some of whose most famous men have evi- 
 dently been handed down to us by the bard, and not by the 
 sober historian. One Manlius alone hurled down the Gauls who 
 were scaling the Capitolian rock, the last refuge of Rome, and 
 was afterwards, by the envy of his fellow citizens, cast down 
 from the Tarpeian rock. Another Islew a huge Gaul, and carried 
 off his golden collar as a spoil, bearing ever after the name of 
 Torquatus; he also put to cieath his own son, for daring to en- 
 gage an enemy in single combat, contrary to his general orders. 
 All which tales, and others like them, are of such a stamp, or so 
 often repeated in Roman story, as to be properly regarded as 
 myths, or tales in the framing of which the invention of the bard 
 had a greater share than the might of the hero. 
 
 MA'NLY, a. becoming a man; stout; brave, or with un- 
 daunted courage and resolution. 
 
 MA'NN A, s. [Heb.] in Sacred History, an extraordinary kind of 
 562 
 
 MAN 
 
 food, which was miraculously supplied for the sustenance of the 
 Israelites during their wanderings in the wilderness. In Medi- 
 cine, a gum, which is a juice resembling honey that is concreted 
 into a solid form, seldom so dry but it adheres more or less to the 
 fingers in handling. Its colour is whitish, yellowish, or brown- 
 ish ; its taste is as sweet as sugar, with a sharpness that renders 
 it very agreeable. It is the product of two different trees, but 
 both the varieties of ash. The finest manna is that which oozes 
 out of the leaves of that tree in August. It is a very mild pur- 
 gative, and hence is used for very young children. 
 
 MA'NNER, s. [manier, Fr.] form ; method ; custom ; habit ; 
 fashion. In Painting, it is a habitude that a man acquires in 
 some particular parts of painting, the management of colours, 
 lights, and shadows ; but the best painter is he who has no 
 manner at all. In the plural, the general course of life a man 
 leads, his morals or habits; ceremonious behaviour; studied 
 civility. 
 
 MA'NNERLINESS, s. the quality of behaving with civility or 
 complaisance. 
 
 MA'NNERLY, a. [manierlich, Belg.] civil ; complaisant ; well 
 bred.- — ad. in a civil or complaisant manner. 
 
 MA'NNISH,o. having the appearance of, or becoming, a man. 
 Figuratively, bold ; masculine. 
 
 MA'NOR, s. \inanoir, old Fr.] in law, an estate, held originally 
 from the king, but granted to tenants on condition of service, 
 rent, &c. &c. A manor includes the lands held in freehold by the 
 lord ; the lands held in copyhold by others ; and sometimes such 
 additional advantages as the right of presentation to the living, 
 the commonages, the rents for stalls, &c. set up on market-days 
 and fairs, &c. &c. There are other privileges pertaining to ma- 
 nors ; such as the holding of manor courts, or courts-baron ; the 
 sole possession of waste lands, &c. &c. ; which are even more op- 
 posed to the spirit of the times than the foregoing are. But, as 
 this whole chapter of Common Law belongs to sheer-feudalism, it 
 were as well that it were abolished, with sundry other feudali- 
 ties, equally and more unfitted for these days, or in themselves 
 unjust. 
 
 MANO'RIAL, o. in Law, pertaining to a manor. 
 
 MANS, LE, capital of the department of Sarthe, France. It 
 stands on the river Sarthe, and the new town, which stands 
 on the ground rising from the river, is handsomely built. Here 
 are several churches worthy of note, — the cathedral especially, 
 and the one that has the public library. Beside these there are 
 a theatre, and the usual municipal buildings. There is a con- 
 siderable amount of manufacturing industry displayed here. It 
 is 119 miles from Paris. Pop. about 25,000. Lat. 48. 1. N. Long. 
 0. 12. E. 
 
 MANSE, s. \jnansio, from maneo, Lat.] a parsonage house, farm, 
 and land. 
 
 MA'NSFIELD, Nottinghamshire. It is seated on the edge of 
 the forest of Sherwood, and has a great trade in corn and malt, 
 and a considerable manufacture of stockings. It is 140 miles 
 from London. Market, Thursday. Pop. 9788. 
 
 MANSFIELD, WILLIAM MURRAY, EARL OF, a cele- 
 brated lawyer and statesman of England, in the last century. 
 After studying at Lincoln's Inn, he rose by his eminence as an 
 orator in the House of Commons, and at the bar, to be succes- 
 sively solicitor-general, attorney-general, chief justice of the 
 King's Bench, and lord chancellor. He gained the deep hatred 
 of the people by the part he took in the prosecution of the 
 printers of Junius' Letters, and of Wilkes ; and in the No-popery 
 riots of 1780, his house was attacked and burnt down, with bis 
 valuable library and paintings, for which he would accept no 
 compensation from the government. He died in 1793, aged 
 88 years. 
 
 MA'NSION, (mmishon) s. {mansio, Lat.] a place of residence, 
 an abode or house, lu Law, the lord's chief dwelling-house 
 within his fee or manor. 
 
 MANSLAU^GHTER, (manslailter) s. in its primary significa- 
 tion, murder, or destruction of the human species. In Law, the 
 killing a person without malice prepense, as in a sudden quarrel, 
 &c. -See Homicide. 
 
 MA'NSLAYER, s. one that kills another. 
 
 MANSUETE, (manswcH) a. [mansuetus, Lat.] gentle ; tract- 
 able ; good-natured. 
 
 MA'NSUETUDE, {mdnsuetude) s. gentleness,' mildness ; cle- 
 mency. 
 
MAN 
 
 MANTEGAR, s. in Zoology, the tufted ape, a species of 
 monkey. 
 
 MA'NTEL, s. [old Fr.] work raised before a chimney to con- 
 ceal it. 
 
 MA'NTELET, s. [Fr.] a short kind of a cloak worn by women. 
 [n Fortification, a kind of movable penthouse, made of pieces of 
 timber sawed into planks, which being about three inches thick, 
 are nailed one over another to the height of almost six feet; 
 they are generally cased with tin, and set upon little wheels ; so 
 that in a siege they may be driven before the pioneers, and 
 serve as blinds to shelter them from the enemy's small shot ; 
 there are other mantelets covered on the top, whereof the miners 
 make use to approach the walls of a town or castle. 
 
 MANTI'GEK, s. in Zoology, a large monkey or baboon. 
 
 MA'NTIS, s. [Or.] in Entomology, the name of a very pecu- 
 liar genus of insects, found in all tropical and hot countries ; 
 and distinguished by their singular forms, and the postures 
 tbey assume, which have caused one species to be called the 
 praying Mantis. 
 
 MA'NTLE, s. [tnantell, Brit.] a kind of cloak, or loose cloth or 
 silk worn over the rest of the dress. It was formerly used by 
 kings and military commanders, as one of the insignia of their 
 rank. 
 
 To MA'NTLE, v. a. to cloak ; to cover ; to disguise. 
 
 To MA'NTLE, v. n. to spread the wing as a hawk in plea- 
 sure ; to joy or revel ; to be expanded, or spread luxuriantly. To 
 froth or ferment, applied to liquors. 
 
 MA'NTLE-PIECE, s. in Carpentry, a frame of wood with a 
 narrow shelf across the upper part, placed round a fire-place, as 
 a finish and ornament to it. They are often, for greater security 
 and elegance, made of marble, with sculptures on the uprights 
 and centre. 
 
 MA'NTLETREE, s. in Carpentry, the piece of timber running 
 across the head of the opening of a chimney. 
 
 MA'NTON, THOMAS, an eminent Nonconformist and divine 
 of England. He studied at Oxford, and held a distinguished 
 place amongst the ministers of London during the reign of 
 Cromwell, whose installation sermon he preached. He was 
 offered a royal chaplaincy at the Restoration ; but was ejected by 
 the Act of Uniformity ; and died in 1677, aged 57 years. His 
 works, which include some well-known practical and devotional 
 commentaries, form 5 folio volumes. 
 
 MA'NTUA, a famous city of Venetian Lombardy, Italy, seated 
 on an island in the midst of a lake, and very strong by situation 
 as well as art, as there is no coming at it except by two cause- 
 ways which cross the lake. It is very large, having 8 gates, 
 above 40 churches, with alms-houses, oratories, convents, and 
 nunneries. The streets are broad and straight, and the houses well 
 built. It was greatly noted for its silk and other manufactures; 
 but they are now inconsiderable, and the population is much 
 lessenecf, because the air in the summer-time is unwholesome. 
 It is seated on the river Mincio, and has a university; 220 
 miles from Rome. Pop. about 30,000. Lat. 45. 8. N. Long. 
 10. 46. E. • 
 
 MA'NTUA, {mdnt6) s. [corrupted from manteaw, Fr.] a woman's 
 gown. 
 
 MA'NTUA-MAKER, {indntd-mdker) s. a person who makes 
 gowns for women. 
 
 MA'NUAL, a. [inanus, Lat.] performed by the hand ; used by 
 the hand. 
 
 MA'NUAL, ». a small book, such as may be easily carried in 
 the hand. 
 
 MANUDU'CTION, ». [manus and dtico, Lat.] the act of guid- 
 ing or leading by the hand. 
 
 MANUFA'CTORY, s. Imanus and facto, Lat.] a place wherein 
 great numbers of people are assembled to work upon any parti- 
 cular sort of goods ; a commodity, or any sort of work made by 
 the hand. 
 
 MANUFACTURE, s. any sort of work made by the hand. 
 
 To MANUFA'CTURE, f. a. to produce or work upon any 
 thing by the hands, or by art. 
 
 MANUFA'CTLRER, s. one who performs anything by labour 
 of the hands, or keeps great numbers of men to work on an}' 
 particular commodity. 
 
 MA'NUL, «. in Zoology, an animal of the cat kind, about the 
 size of a fox, which inhabits Siberia, and preys upon the smaller 
 quadrupeds. 
 
 MAR 
 
 MANUMI'SSION, s. {manus and mitto, Lat.] the act of giving 
 liberty to slaves. 
 
 To MANUMl'ZE, Manumi't, v. a. to set free or deliver from 
 slavery. 
 
 MANU'RABLE, a. capable of being rendered better by culti- 
 vation. 
 
 To MANU'RE, v. a. {manouvrer, Fr.] to cultivate or improve 
 ground by husbandry or manual labour ; to dung or fatten land. 
 
 MANU'RE, s. the general nameof substances used by farmers 
 to renovate and increase the productive power of the soil, whether 
 it be marl, lime, &c., or animal matter and excrement, or chemi- 
 cal compositions. 
 
 MANU'REMENT, s. the improvement of land by manual la- 
 bour, or covering it with manure. 
 
 MANU'RER, s. a person who enriches and improves land ; a 
 husbandman. 
 
 JIA'NUSCRIPT, s. [mamis and scribo, Lat.] a written book or 
 copy, generally applied to such books as have never been printed. 
 
 MANU'TIUS, tlie name of three famous scholars and printers 
 of Italy in the 16th century. Aldus Manutius established a print- 
 ing office at Venice during the first glow of enthusiasm in classi- 
 cal study, when Italy was thronged with learned men, and tore- 
 cover or discover a MS. of any classical author was greater glory 
 than to found or conquer a kingdom. His editions were remark- 
 able for the accuracy and care of their execution, and are equal 
 in rank as authorities in recension to late MSS. He was intimate 
 with all the scholars of the day, and wrote annotations, gram- 
 mars, and dictionaries himself. He died in 1515, aged 68 years. 
 His son Paid, and his grandson Aldus, continued the labours and 
 maintained the celebrity of the ^Wtrae ^ress. The former died 
 in 1574, aged 62 years, and the latter in 1597, aged .50 years; 
 and with him expired the reputation of the family in this parti- 
 cular field of labour. 
 
 MA'NY, a. comparat. more, superlat. ?nos< ,• {mcenig. Sax.] con- 
 sisting of a great number ; numerous ; several. An indefinite 
 number, preceded and followed by as ; all that. 
 
 MA'NYCOLOURED, a. having various and different colours. 
 
 MA'NYHEADED, a. having several or a great number of 
 heads. 
 
 MA'NYTIMES, ad. often or frequently. 
 
 MAP, s. [mappa, low Lat.] in Geography, a plan or represent- 
 ation of the globe of the earth, or any part of it, constructed so 
 as to enable those that use them to know the figure of different 
 countries, seas, rivers, &c., and the exact position of mountains, 
 lakes, cities, &c. There are various modes of constructing them 
 employed ; for which see Gnomonic, Stereographic, Orthographic, 
 Globular, and Mercator's Projection. 
 
 To MAP, V. a. to make a map; to delineate a country, &c. on 
 paper, &c. 
 
 MA'PLE, s. \riiapul. Sax.] in Botany, a tree whose wood is 
 used for many purposes, especially for ornament. 
 
 MA'PURITO, s. in Zoology, a kind of weasel found in New 
 Spain. 
 
 To MAR, V. a, [amyn-an, Sax.] to injure; to spoil, hurt, or 
 damage. 
 
 MARANA'THA, s. [Syr.] a form of threatening, cursing, and 
 anathematizing, among the Jews. 
 
 MARANHA'O, a sea-port town of Brazil, S. America. It is 
 seated on the N. coast of that country, on an island of the same 
 name, and is divided into the New and Old Town. It has a 
 good harbour, but difficult of access. It is one of the most im- 
 portant trading-places of Brazil, and receives vessels from all 
 parts of the world. It is fortified, and though not well built, 
 has some handsome edifices. Pop. about 35,000. Lat. 3. 20, S. 
 Long. 45. 0. W. 
 
 MA'RANON, a name of the river Amazon in S. America, 
 
 MARA'SMUS, s. [marasmos, from maraino, Gr.] in Medicine, 
 extreme wasting or consumption of the whole body. 
 
 MARAT, JEAN PAUL, one of the prominent characters in 
 the most revolting period of the French Revolution. He was a 
 Swiss by birth, and became a sort of quack physician and horse 
 doctor at Paris. He set up an atrocious paper called the Friend 
 of the People, which was ever denouncing aristocrats, recom- 
 mending assassinations, and bewailing the feebleness of all who 
 did not long for blood as the editor did. He was such a favourite 
 of the mob, that he was elected for the Convention, and took 
 part in all its proceedings, especially in the overthrow of the 
 4 c 2 563 
 
MAR 
 
 Girondists. He was once arrested and tried, but, of course, ac- 
 quitted, and became more popular than ever. He was in the 
 Committee of Safety, and his zeal procured his death. He had 
 caused the murder of a young soldier in Normandy: his af- 
 fianced love, Charlotte Corday, during the attempt at a revolu- 
 tionary movement in favour of the Girondists there, went pri- 
 vately to Paris, obtained access to Marat, and stabbed him to 
 death as he sat in a bath, in 1793, aged 49 years. He was a 
 pure fanatic. He had not 13 pence of his own in the world when 
 he was killed. He \yas placed at first in the National Pantheon, 
 but after the fall of Robespierre, cast out with ignominy. See 
 
 CORDAY. 
 
 MARA'VEDl, s. a small Spanish copper coin, worth about 
 half a farthing English. 
 
 MARAU'DER, s. one who roves about for purposes of plunder. 
 
 MARAU'DING, a. ranging about for plunder. 
 
 MA'RBLE, s. [inarhre, Fr.] in the Arts and Building, a kind 
 of stone of so compact a substance, and so fine a grain, that it 
 readily takes a beautiful polish, and is used in statues, chimney- 
 pieces, &c. Small round stones played with by children. Fi- 
 guratively, applied to sculpture. " The Arundelian marbles" 
 
 MA'RBLE, a. made of marble; variegated, or of different co- 
 lours, like marble. 
 
 To MA'RBLE, v. a. \inarhrer, Fr.] to paint with veins, clouds, 
 or different colours, in resemblance of marble. 
 
 MA'RBLED, a. something veined or clouded in imitation of 
 marble. 
 
 MARCE'LLO, BENEDETTO, a Venetian senator, who cul- 
 tivated with great success the science of music, and composed 
 music to a version of the Psalms, which has received the admira- 
 tion and praise of all judges of composition. He died in 1739, 
 aged 53 years. 
 
 MARCE'LLUS, M. CLAUDIUS, the great Roman general 
 who overcame Hannibal in the second Punic war, took Syra- 
 cuse after the long defence conducted by Archimedes, whose 
 life Marcellus sought vainly to preserve, and fell at length, near 
 Venusia, in a battle with the Carthaginian army, in 209 b. c. 
 
 MARCH, s. [Mars, Lat.] the name of the third month of the 
 year, reckoning January as the first. Till the alteration of style 
 in 1564 among the French, and in 1752 in England, it was 
 esteemed the first month, and the year began on the 25th, or 
 Lady-day. 
 
 To MARCH, r. n. [marcher, Fr.] to journey, applied to an 
 army. To walk in a grave, solemn, and deliberate manner. — • 
 V. a. to put in motion, or make an army advance ; to bring on in 
 regular procession. 
 
 MARCH, s. a motion, walk, or journey of soldiers; a grave 
 and solemn walk ; a tune playecf on instruments during the 
 march or progress of an army ; signals for an army to move. In 
 the plural, the borders, limits, or confines of a country. 
 
 MA'RCHER, s. Imarcheur, Fr.] a president of the marches or 
 borders. 
 
 MA'RCHIONESS, (in pronunciation the i is mute,) «. the wife 
 of a marquis. 
 
 MA'RCHPANE, s. [massepane, Fr.] a kind of sweet-bread or 
 biscuit. 
 
 MARCIA'NUS, one of the Byzantine emperors, who rose by 
 courage and character, from the ranks of the army, to maiTV the 
 emperor's sister, and to succeed him on the throne. He refused 
 the tribute to Attila ; and died in 457, after an honourable reign 
 of 6 years. 
 
 MA'RCID, a. [marceo, Lat.] lean ; pining. Withered, applied 
 to plants. 
 
 MA'RCIONITES, in Ecclesiastical History, one of the Gnostic 
 sects of the early church, who followed the doctrines of Marcion, 
 a priest of Sinope, which were based on the theology of the 
 Zendish religion. They spread much in the East, where their 
 tenets were popular. lertuUian was one of the most eminent of 
 their opponents. Marcion amended the Gospel of Luke and the 
 first 10 Epistles of Paul, so as to make them agree.wlth his doc- 
 trines, and rejected the other books of the New Testameig. 
 They were not much heard of after the 3rd century. 
 
 MA'RCOLR,s. leanness; the state of withering; a consump- 
 tion or waste of flesh. 
 
 MARE, s. [tnare. Sax.] the female of a horse. The niffht-mare, 
 or more properly night-mair, is an affection of the nervous sys- 
 tem, occasioned by the state of the stomach ; and as the sensa- 
 564 
 
 MAR 
 
 tion resembles that ofbeing oppressed by an insupportable weight, 
 and the dreams accompanying it are characterized by all ima- 
 ginable horrors, it was personified by the northern nations, and 
 represented as a fiend. 
 
 MARE'MMA, the general name by which the low marshy 
 lands of S. Italy, bordering on the Mediterranean, are known. 
 
 MA'RESCHAL, s. [Fr.] See Marshal. 
 
 MA'RESTAIL, s. in Botany, a plant with narrow leaves, 
 growing in whorls round the joints, with flowers having only 
 one stamen and one pistil, without blossom or impalement, and 
 a straight stem. It is found in muddy ditches and ponds. 
 
 MA'RGARITE, s. [margarita, Lat.] a pearl. 
 
 MA'RGATE, Kent. It stands on the N. side of the isle of 
 Thanet, within a small bay in the breach of the cliff. It is a place 
 of great resort for sea-bathing, the shore being level and covered 
 with fine sand, well adapted for that purpose. Great quantities 
 of corn are exported hence, and vessels are frequently passing to 
 and from the coast of Flanders. It is built on an easy ascent, 
 the principal street being near a mile in length. It is 72 miles 
 from London. Pop. 11,050. 
 
 MARGE, Ma'rgent, Ma'rgin, s. the last is most in use; 
 \inargo, Lat.] the border ; a brink, edge, or verge ; the border 
 of paper in a book, which surrounds the page; the edge of a 
 wound or sore. 
 
 MA'RGINAL, a. [Fr.] placed or written on the blank space 
 or border of a book. 
 
 MA'RGINATED, a. [nmrgo, Lat.] having a margin. 
 
 MA'RGRAVE, s. [mark and graff, Teut.] a title of sovereignty 
 in Germany, which signifies literally a keeper of the marches or 
 borders. 
 
 MARl'A THERE'SA, the celebrated empress of Germany 
 during the last century. She was by hereditary succession 
 queen of Hungary, &c., and being attacked by the Elector of 
 Bavaria, was supported by her nobles in a way worthy of her 
 own daring and imperial spirit. After a series of wars, she was 
 secured in her possessions by the peace of Aix-la-Chapelle. She 
 had however new wars with Frederick the Great, which ended 
 in the loss of some parts of her dominions, and in the gain of 
 part of Poland, which she shared with Russia and Prussia. Her 
 reign was in respect of internal and domestic government as 
 good as that of an absolute sovereign could be. She encouraged 
 industry, learning, science ; suppressed the Inquisition and the 
 Jesuits, reformed the order of the convents, and gained a great 
 name and deserved a good one. She died in 1780, aged 63 years. 
 Her daughter, Marie Antoinette, was the queen of Louis XVl., 
 and the sharer of his downfal and death. She was thoughtless 
 and perverse during her prosperity ; but appeared to great advan- 
 tage during her deep and aftecting calamities. She was guillo- 
 tined in 1793, aged 38 years. 
 
 MARIA'NA, JUAN DE, a celebrated Spanish historian; 
 studied at Alcala, and joined the order of Jesuits. He was so 
 distinguished for his attainments that he was made professor of 
 theology at Rome, and afterwards at Paris, at a very early age. 
 His History of Spain is a valuable work ; and his tractate on Moyal- 
 ty, which advo 
 
 tyrannical, ^ , ^ 
 
 burnt. His other works show his learning, and also the fear 
 lessness and generosity of his character. He died in 1624, aged 
 88 years. 
 
 MA'RIGOLD, s. in Botany, a common yellow garden flower, 
 so called from being devoted, perhaps, to the Virgin. 
 
 To MA'RINATE, v. a. [mariner, Fr.] to salt fish, and after- 
 wards preserve it in oil or vinegar. 
 
 MARl'NE, (tnareen) a. [mare, Lat.] belonging to the sea. 
 
 MARI'NE, (mareen) s. [la marine, Fr.] sea affairs or forces; a 
 soldier taken on board a ship to be employed in naval engage- 
 ments, &c. 
 
 MA'RINER, s. a seaman or sailor. 
 
 MARINER'S COMPASS. See Compass. 
 
 MARJORAM, [marjorana, Lat.] in Botany, a well-known 
 fragrant plant. There are two species of this plant native in 
 England. 
 
 MA'RITAL, s. [Fr. from maritus, Lat.] belonging or incident 
 to a husband. 
 
 MA'RITIMAL, Ma'ritime, a. [maritimus, Lat.] performed at, 
 or belonging lo, the sea ; bordering on the sea; naval. 
 
 MA'RIUS, CAIUS, a celebrated Roman general, and political 
 
 advocates the right of a people to kill their king if 
 I, excited such a feeling in France, that it was publicly 
 
MAR 
 
 partisan. He was a native of Arpinum, and was distinguished 
 for bis militan' skill, by Scipio, at the siege of Nimiantia. He 
 defeated the Numidians, and conquered Jugurtha; for which he 
 was honoured with a triumph. He similarly conquered the 
 Ciaibrians and Teutons, who had invaded Italy. In the Mar- 
 sian or social war he also distinguished himself;— and during 
 all these events, he joined in the struggle that was then going 
 on between the nobles and the knights, to which latter body he 
 belonged. But when the command in the war against Mithri- 
 dates of Pontus was given to Sylla, Marius used every effort to 
 
 Erevent his having that honour ; Sylla, however, returned at the 
 ead of his army to Rome, and Marius was obliged to flee. After 
 many wanderings and dangers, in the absence of Sylla in Asia, 
 he returned, and proscribed and killed all the partisans of Sylla 
 he could : but he died in the next year, 86 b. c, aged about 72 
 years. 
 
 MARK, one of the early converts to Christianity, and a com- 
 panion of Paul and Barnabas, in their apostolic journeys and 
 labours. Nothing certain is known of him, beyond what is re- 
 corded in the Acts of the Apostles, and incidentally disclosed in 
 the Epistles of Paul; but tradition says that he died in Egypt, 
 whither he had gone as evangelist, in about G2 A. D. The 
 Gospel according to Mark was written by him ; and is the shortest 
 of the 4 evangelical narratives. That it is an independently writ- 
 ten history is evident; although in several parts it coincides, 
 even to the words, with Matthew or Luke. This feature will be 
 found to distinguish this record of the different incidents ; they 
 are always narrated with considerable graphic power : whereas 
 in Matthew, the main point of the fact is brought into promi- 
 nence, and the rest hastily related; and in Luke, there is all the 
 diversity which would attend the work of a compiler. Tradition 
 ascribes to Mark theaidof Peter in the composition of his Gospel, 
 but that is far from credibly established. He appears to have 
 written for the use of the church at Rome. 
 
 MARK, s. [marc, Brit, mearc. Sax.] a token by which a thing 
 is known and distinguished from another ; an impression ; a 
 proof or evidence; any thing which a gun or other missile wea- 
 pon is directed towards ; the sign by which a horse's age may 
 be discovered ; a character made by those who cannot write their 
 names. — [more, Fr.] apieceof money valued at 13s. 4d. — [marque, 
 Fr.] a letter of mark or marque, a licence given by a king or state, 
 whereby private persons are authorized to fit out ships, and make 
 reprisals on the subjects of another state. 
 
 To MARK, V, a. [marqtier, Fr.] to make an impression, cha- 
 racter, or sign, by which a thing may be known or distinguished 
 from others ; to note, observe, or take notice of. — v. n. to observe, 
 or take notice of; to work letters or figures on linen, &c. 
 
 MA'RKER, s. one who makes some sign, character, or im- 
 pression on a thing; one that takes notice of a thing. 
 
 MA'RKET, s. anciently written mercat, [mercatm, Lat.] a 
 public time or place wherein things are bought and sold ; pur- 
 chase or sale. Figuratively, price; rate. 
 
 To MATIKET, v. n. to deal at market either in buying or 
 selling ; to make bargains. 
 
 MA'RKETABLE, a. such as may be sold commonly in a 
 market. 
 
 MA'RKET-CROSS, s. a cross formerly set up where a market 
 was held. 
 
 MA'RKET-DAY, s. a day on which things are bought and 
 sold in a market. 
 
 MA'RKET-DEE'PING. See Deeping. 
 
 MA'KKE T-URA'YTON. See Drayton. 
 
 MA'RKET-HA'RBOROUGH. See Harborough. 
 
 MA'RKET-MAN, s. a man that goes to the market to buy or 
 sell ; one that understands dealing at a market. 
 
 MA'RKET-PLACE, s. a place where a market is held. 
 
 MA'RKET-PRICE, M.i'rket-Rate, s. the price at which any 
 thing is commonly sold in or out of a market. 
 
 M A'RKET-TOWN, s. a town that has the privilege of a stated 
 market. 
 
 MA'RKMAN, Ma'rksman, s. a person skilled in hitting a 
 mark. 
 
 MARL, s. [marl, Brit.] a mixture of carbonate of lime and 
 clay, which is of great use in agriculture. 
 
 To MARL, V. a. to manure with marl. 
 
 To MARL, V. a. [from marline,'] to bind untwisted hemp dip- 
 ped in pitch round a cable, in order to guard it from friction. 
 
 MAR 
 
 MA'RLBOROUGH, {MduMrS) Wiltshire. It is seated on the 
 Kennet, 74 miles from London. Markets, Wednesday and Sa- 
 turday. Pop. 3.391. 
 
 MA'RLBOROUGH, JOHN CHURCHILL, DUKE OF, the 
 great general and statesman of England, during the end of the 
 17th and beginning of the 18th century. He commenced life as 
 page to the Duke of York in the infamous court of Charles II. 
 Tangier was the first scene of his military skill, but he learnt 
 the art of strategy and war under Turenne in the campaigns 
 preceding the peace of Nimeguen. On his return, he married 
 Sarah Jennings, one of the beauties of the court, and one not 
 tainted by its corruption. He was distinguished in various ways 
 by his early patron, especially after his accession to the throne 
 as James 11. ; and he suppressed the insurrection raised by the 
 Duke of Monmouth, and took the unfortunate author of it pri- 
 soner. The aristocratic revolution of 1()88 and the reign of 
 William III. are the blackest spot in the duke's history : it is a 
 tissue of mean and inconsistent falsehood; and the successful 
 competitor for the crown well understood the worth and the 
 worthlessness of the great favourite of the last Stuart. With 
 the reign of Anne, the period of his glory commenced ; he was 
 appointed to command the allied army against the French, and 
 in that command, in spite of Dutch phlegm, he won the great 
 battles of Blenheim, Ramilies, Oudenarde, and Malplaquet, and 
 took innumerable places by siege and storm. The triumphant 
 return of the great general was the first step in his fall; and 
 how humiliating to him and to the nation it was the brief state- 
 ment of it possibly will show, Anne was a Tory, the Duchess 
 of Marlborough a Whig, and the alienation between these wo- 
 men, fomented by backstairs' schemers, was the sole reason for 
 the command being withdrawn from him. He travelled on the 
 continent with his duchess till the House of Hanover ascended 
 the throne, when he was nominally restored to his honours, 
 but not more: he died in 1722, aged 72 years. The greatness 
 of Marlborough's intellect was not displayed in battles alone; as 
 a statesman he was equally eminent; but the utter want of 
 principle he showed himself to be characterized by, though 
 common to the age, yet deprived him of all glory, save that of 
 being in war and policy an accomplished, if not an original, 
 strategist. 
 
 MA'RLINE, s. [mearn, Sax.] a lon^ wreath of untwisted hemp, 
 dipped in pitch, with which the ends of cables are guarded, to 
 preserve them from friction, 
 
 MA'RLINESPIKE, s. a small piece of iron, used in fastening 
 ropes together, or in opening the bolt of a rope, when a sail is to 
 be sewed to it, 
 
 MA'RLOW, GREAT, Buckinghamshire. It is seated on the 
 river Thames, over which is a bridge into Berkshire. Its manu- 
 factures are, making bone-lace, paper, and thimbles, and there 
 are several corn mills on the Loddon, between this town and 
 High Wycombe. It is 31 miles from London. Market, Satur- 
 day. Pop. 4480. 
 
 MA'RLOWE, CHRISTOPHER, an English dramatist of the 
 reign of Elizabeth. His plaj's which are preserved sustain the 
 reputation he enjoyed ; but beyond his dramatic power he had 
 nothing to commend him, and he fell in a quarrel, that sufficient- 
 ly shows the profligacy of his character, in 1593, aged about 30 
 years. 
 
 MA'RLPIT, s. a pit out of which marl is dug. 
 
 MA'RLY, a. abounding with marl. 
 
 MA'RMALADE, Ma'rmalet, s. [marmalade, Fr.] a confection 
 of plums, oranges, quinces, &c. cut and boiled with sugar. 
 
 Marmonte'l, Jean Francois, an eminent French writer of the 
 last century. He obtained considerable distinction during the 
 reign of Louis XV., having the friendship of Voltaireand his as- 
 sociated infidels, and the patronage of Madame de Pompadour. 
 The Revolution deprived him of his position and income, but he 
 did not feel its heaviest blows. He transiently appeared on the 
 public stage as a statesman, when the Revolution was getting 
 settled, but the greater part of his time was spent in literary re- 
 tirement. He died in 1799, aged 76 years. His 3Ioral Tales, and 
 Belisarius, are well known in England, and are a good specimen 
 of his writings. 
 
 MARMORA, THE SEA OF, between Europe and Asia, 
 which communicates with the Straits of Gallipoli and the Strait 
 of Constantinople. It is 90 miles in length, and 44 in breadth, 
 and was anciently called the Propontis. 
 
MAR 
 
 MA'RMOSET, ». [marmotcset, Fr.] in Zoology, a small monkey. 
 
 MA'RMOT, Marmo'tto, s. [Ital.] in Zoology, an animal 
 which bears some resemblance to the rat. They live in com- 
 panies, and make themselves habitations on the sides of moun- 
 tains, where they pass the winter months in a state of insensi- 
 bility. 
 
 MARNE, a department of France, bounded by the depart- 
 ments of Aube, Haute Marne, Meuse, Ardennes, Aisne, and 
 Seine et Marne. It is about 70 miles in length, by 60 in breadth. 
 It is a tolerably level region, its hills not being abrupt, and be- 
 ing not more than about 1000 feet in height. It it watered by 
 various feeders of the Seine, from one of which it is named. It 
 yields building-stone, limestone, and grit for mill-stones ; and 
 
 E reduces corn of all kinds, fruits, herbs. Champagne wine, tim- 
 er of good quality and various kinds ; sheep, cattle, &c. &c. 
 It has also some valuable manufactories. Chalons sur Marne is 
 the capital. Pop. about 350,000. 
 
 MARNE, HAUTE, a department of France, surrounded by 
 the departments of Marne, Aube, Cote d'Or, Haute Saone, 
 Vosges, and Meuse. It is about 75 miles long, and 45 broad. 
 The chain of the Cevennes crosses this department, but it does 
 not attain any very considerable height. The Marne is its chief 
 river; others flow into the Seine, or feed the Marne. This dis- 
 trict yields iron in plenty, good building-stone, &c. ; corn, wal- 
 nuts, wine, cattle, &c. Iron-works are its principal scenes of 
 manufacturing industry. Its chief town is Chaumont. Pop. 
 about 200,000. 
 
 MA'RONITES, in Ecclesiastical History, a sect of eastern 
 Christians, who follow the Syrian rite, and are subject to the 
 pope ; their principal habitation being on Mount Lebanon. 
 They are about 250,000 in number, and are of a very warlike 
 disposition, and trained to arms. 
 
 MAROO'NS, a name given to those negroes who, on the con- 
 quest of Jamaica in the time of Cromwell, deserted their Spanish 
 masters, and betook themselves to the mountains, and main- 
 tained themselves in independence. This was afterwards con- 
 firmed to them by treaty, and a distinct portion of land allowed 
 them for their residence ; but on occasion of a revolt the greater 
 part of them were destroyed and transported. Slaves who run 
 away from their owners, and live in the bush, are usually, now, 
 called Maroons. 
 
 MA'RQUESAS, a set of islands in the South Sea, thirteen 
 in number, and divided into two groups. The islands, though 
 mountainous, have many valleys, which widen towards the sea, 
 and are covered with fine forests to the summits of the interior 
 mountains. The products of these islands are, bread-fruit, 
 bananas, plantains, cocoa-nuts, scarlet-beans, paper-mulberries, 
 of the bark of which their cloth is made, with other tropical 
 plants and trees ; and hogs and fowls, left there by visitors. 
 They have also plenty of fish. The natives are of a tawny com- 
 plexion, but look almost black, from being punctured over the 
 whole body. They go almost naked, having only a small piece 
 of cloth round their waist and loins. Their beard and hair are 
 of a fine jet black, like those of the other natives of the torrid 
 zone. They are strong, tall, well-limbed, and active in the 
 highest degree, and their arms were clubs and spears ; their 
 government monarchical. The drink of the Marquesans is purely 
 water, cocoa-nuts being rather scarce. Their music, musical in- 
 struments, dances, and canoes, resemble those of Otaheite. 
 These have lately been taken possession of by the French, Lat, 
 9. 55. S. Long. 139. 9. W. 
 
 MA'RQUE TRY, s. {marqueterie, Fr.] chequered work ; work 
 inlaid with various colours, 
 
 MA'RQUIS, s. [Fr.] a title of honour next to a duke, 
 
 MA'RQUISATE, s. [marquisat, Fr.] the rank, seigniority, or 
 province of a marquis, 
 
 MA'RRER, s. [from mar,'] one who spoils, damages, or hurts 
 any thing or person, 
 
 MA'RRIAGE, s. [niarriage, Fr.] the act or ceremony, ordained 
 by any government, by which a man and a woman are lawfully 
 united for life. This word is very often joined with others in 
 composition, and then takes the nature of an adjective. 
 
 MA'RRIAGEABLE, {marrijable) a. fit for marriage ; of an age 
 to be married. 
 
 MA'RRIED,;;arf, a. conjugal ; connubial, 
 
 MA'RROW, {mdrrd, the iv is mute at the end of this word 
 and its derivatives,)*, [mero. Sax.] an oleaginous or fat substance 
 500 
 
 MAR 
 
 contained in the hollow of a bone. Figuratively, the quintes- 
 sence or best part of any thing. 
 
 MA'RllOVVBONE, s. any hollow bone of an animal contain- 
 ing marrow. 
 MA'RROWFAT, s. in Horticulture, a large kind of pea. 
 MA'RROWLESS, a. without marrow. 
 
 To MA'RRY, V. a. Itnarier, Fr.] to join a man and a woman 
 together in marriage; to dispose of in marriage; to take for a 
 husband or wife. — v, n. to enter into the state of marriage. 
 
 MARS, K. in Astronomy, one of the superior planets, whose 
 orbit lies next beyond that of the earth. Diameter, about 4100 
 miles ; time of rotation on his axis, or length of day, 24 hours 
 and rather more than a half; time of revolution in his orbit, or 
 length of year, nearly 687 days; mean distance from the sun, 
 145,000,000 miles. The appearance of this planet through a 
 telescope is very remarkable, as presenting so near an analogy 
 to the condition of our globe. Round the poles are observed two 
 spots of a white colour which contrast strongly with the dusky 
 red and the dark spots of the other parts, and it is known that 
 the spot which surrounds the pole farthest from the sun, is always 
 much greater in extent than the one surrounding the pole near- 
 est to the sun ; which is the exact representation of the appear- 
 ance of the ice-fields round the poles of our own planet. It has 
 no satellite. In Roman mythology, the god of war. 
 
 MARS, Marsh, Mas, [merse. Sax.] in the names of places, 
 a fen or watery place. 
 
 MA'RSDEN, DR, WILLIAM, an eminent antiquary and 
 orientalist. He went to Bencoolen, in Sumatra, at an early 
 age, and staj'ed there till he was about 25, when he returned to 
 England ; and after a time spent in Hterary labour, he obtained 
 the post of secretary to the admiralty, which he relinquished, for 
 a retiring pension, after 12 years. He then continued his orien- 
 tal labours and publications. He gave up his pension of his 
 own accord in Ib31 ; and died in 1836, aged 81 years. His 
 works relate chiefly to the languages of the Malayan Peninsula 
 and Archipelago ; but he also wrote a History of Sumatra, and a 
 work on the coins of the Eastern nations. He left his coins, 
 &c. to the British Museum ; and to King's College, London, his 
 library. 
 
 MARSE'ILLES, a flourishing sea-port in the department of 
 Douches du Rhone, France. It is seated on the Mediterranean, 
 at the upper end of a gulf, covered and defended by many small 
 islands, and is divided into the Old Town or the City, and the 
 New Town. The armoury here is one of the finest, and contains 
 arms for 40,000 men. Here is also a large arsenal, well stored 
 with all the implements for building and fitting out the galleys. 
 The harbour is not deep enough for men of war. With respect 
 to commerce, Marseilles has been eminent since the days of 
 antiquity, and it is now sometimes called Europe in Miniature, 
 on account of the variety of dresses and languages. Its manu- 
 factures are numerous, and embrace a great variety of useful 
 and costly commodities. Marseilles is 450 miles from Paris, 
 Pop, about 130,000, Lat, 43. 18. N. Long. 5. 22. E. 
 
 MARSH, s. [inerse. Sax.] a fen, bog, swamp, or tract of land 
 abounding in water. 
 
 MA'RSHAL, s. [mareschal, Fr,] the chief officer of an army. 
 An officer who regulates combats in the lists ; any one who re- 
 gulates the rank or order at a feast or other assembly; one who 
 puts things or persons in proper order; an harbinger, or one who 
 goes before a prince, to give notice of his coming, and prepare 
 for his reception. 
 
 To MA'RSHAL, f. a. to place in proper ranks or order; to 
 lead as an harbinger, 
 
 MA'RSHALLER, s. a person that puts things in order, 
 
 MA'HSHALSEA, s. a prison in Southwark, belonging to the 
 marshal of the king's household. 
 
 MA'RSHALSHIP, s. the office of a marshal. 
 
 MARSH CFSTUS, s. in Botany, the wild rosemary. 
 
 MA'RSIIFIELD, Gloucestershire. It has a manufactory of 
 broad-cloth, and a considerable trade in malt. It is seated on 
 the Cotswold Hills, 105 miles from London. Market, Tuesday, 
 Pop, 1674, 
 
 MA'RSHLOCKS, s. in Botany, an herb, the same with the 
 purple marsh cinque-foil. 
 
 MARSHM A'LLOWS, s. in Botany, a plant with simple downy 
 
 Tu 
 
 gust. 
 
MAR 
 
 MA'RSHVVORT, s. in Botany, a plant with oblong egg- 
 shaped leaves, and white blossoms ; called also the round-leaved 
 water-pimpernel. 
 
 MA'RSHY, a. boggy; wet; produced in marshes. 
 
 MART, «. [contracted from market,'] a place of public traffic, 
 or trade. Figuratively, a bargain, whether purchase or sale. 
 
 To MART, V. a. to trade; to buy or sell. 
 
 MARTE'LLO TOWER, a kind of fort, consisting simply of a 
 strongly built circular tower, not often more than two stories 
 high, and having g;uns mounted on swivels on the flat roof. A 
 few men in one of these towers are capable of making a des- 
 perate resistance ; but that is the whole benefit of them. 
 
 MA'RTEN, Ma'rtern, s. \inarte, Fr.] in Zoology, a large kind 
 of weasel, whose skin or fur is much \a\\ieA.—[martelet, Fr.] a 
 kind of swallow that builds in houses. 
 
 MA'RTIAL, (mdrsJtal) a. [martialis, Lat.] warlike; brave; given 
 to war ; having a warlike show ; used in war. Martial Laic, is 
 the superseding of the civil authorities by the military, in case 
 of tumult or insurrection. 
 
 MARTIA'LIS, M. VALERIUS, or Martial, a Latin poet of 
 the 1st century A. d., whose works consist of 14 books of epi- 
 grams, some of which are admirable for poetry of expression and 
 thought, others dull or incomprehensible, and many filthy be- 
 yond belief. The facts of his life are recorded only by his own 
 pen, and all that can be certainly made out is, that he left his 
 native town in Spain in early manhood, and afterwards returned 
 there, having been enriched by the favour of several successive 
 emperors. He died in about IW A. D., aged 60 j'ears. 
 
 MA'RTIALIST, s. a warrior; a fighter, 
 
 MA'RTIN, ST., one of the W. India islands, between An- 
 guilla and St. Bartholomew. It is above 10 miles long, and 4 
 broad on the average. It is hilly, and not very fertile, j'et it 
 yields the usual products of those islands. It belongs to the 
 Dutch. Near its only town, Philipsburg, is a good harbour. 
 Pop. about 150,000. 
 
 MA'RTINET, Ma'rtlet, s. {martinet, Fr.] a kind of swallow. 
 In Heraldry, they are represented without feet, and used as a 
 difference or mark of distinction for younger brothers. 
 
 MARTINETS, s. in Shipping, small lines fastened to the 
 leetch of a sail, to bring that part of the leetch next to the yard- 
 arm close up to the yard, when the sail is to be furled. 
 
 MA'RTINGALE, s. [Fr.] a broad leather thong or strap, 
 fastened at one end to the girth, under the belly of a horse, 
 from whence it passes between his fore legs, and is fastened at 
 the other end to the nose-band of the bridle, to prevent a horse 
 from rearing. 
 
 MARTINFCO, a considerable island of the West Indies, about 
 50 miles in length, and 15 in breadth. There are 3 high moun- 
 tains, with numerous hills of a conical form, and several rivers 
 and fertile valleys, but they will not bear either wheat or vines. 
 It possesses many natural advantages, and, in particular, its 
 harbours afford a certain shelter from the hurricanes. It ex- 
 ports sugar, cocoa, cassia, ginger, cotton, indigo, chocolate, 
 aloes, pimento, tobacco, yarn, plantains, molasses, preserved 
 fruits, &c., and has several safe and commodious harbours. The 
 
 principal nlaces are Fort Royal, Fort St. Peter, Fort Trinity, and 
 Fort de Mouillage. It belongs to the French. Pop. about 
 120,000. Fort Royal is in Lat. 14. 44. N. Long. Gl. 11. W. 
 
 MARTINMAS, «. in the Church Calendar, the feast of St. 
 Martin, Nov. 11th. 
 
 MA'RTYN, HENRY, an eminent and devoted missionary to 
 the East Indies. He studied at Cambridge, and with such zeal as 
 to obtain the highest university honours. He was intimate with 
 the equally well-known and esteemed Simeon, and determined 
 to undertake the work of a missionary before he left Cambridge. 
 Having, reached India as chaplain of the Company, he studied 
 the languages so successfully as to translate the NewTestament 
 into Hindustanee, and afterwards into Persian. Finding his 
 health fail, he resolved to return home by land, but he proceeded 
 no further than Tokat, where he died in 1812, aged but 31 years. 
 The more private facts of his life, as disclosed by his letters and 
 journals, make his history one of the most afflicting that can be 
 read. It is a gratifying fact that repeated instances of the ef- 
 fects of his preaching, conversations, and evangelical labours 
 generally, have come to light under most unexpected circum- 
 stances. 
 
 MA'RTYR, s. [Gr.] in its primary sense, a witness; in its 
 
 MAR 
 
 secondary sense, a witness of the truth of Christianity ; and now 
 applied to those only who die in attesting the truth of any doc- 
 trine. Also, generally, any one who suffers much pain. 
 
 To MA'RTYR, v. a. to put to death for resolutely maintaining 
 any opinion. 
 
 MA'RTYRDOM, «. the act of putting to death for resolutely 
 and immovably maintaining any opinion ; the act of enduring 
 death for the sake of one's religion. 
 
 MARTYRO'LOGIST, s. a writer of martvrology. 
 
 MARTYRO'LOGY, s. [niartyr and logo's, Gr.'] a register or 
 catalogue of martyrs; a history of martyrs. 
 
 MA'RVEL, s. (marveille, Fr.] a wonder ; any thing that raises 
 wonder or astonishment. 
 
 To MA'RVEL, v. n. to wonder or be astonished. 
 
 MA'RVELL, ANDREW, a writer and eminent public charac- 
 ter of the times of the restored Stuarts, whose conduct seemed 
 to indicate that not all the ancient spirit was dead, or driven into 
 obscurity and exile. He studied at Cambridge; and after travel- 
 ling on the continent, and being employed by the Puritan go- 
 vernment at Constantinople, and as assistant to Milton, was 
 elected for Hull at the Restoration. His writings did some ser- 
 vice to the cause of truth and liberty; and he might have been 
 a court favourite and pensioner, but he preferred his garret and 
 his integrity to such honours. He was afterwards secretary to 
 an embassy; and after his return, engaged in a controversy with 
 the celebrated Parker. He died in 1078, aged 58 years. Some 
 of his poetry is known yet ; but his claim to remembrance is him- 
 self, and that conduct by which he vindicated and represented 
 the principles he avowed, and which ought to have been his as 
 the companion of the bard and prophet of religion and liberty. 
 
 MA'RVELLOUS, a. [marveiUeux, Fr.] capable of exciting 
 wonder or astonishment ; strange ; surpassing credit. — s. to ex- 
 press any thing exceeding natural power, opposed to prohahh. 
 
 MA'RVELLOUSLY, ad. in a strange, extraordinary, and 
 wonderful manner. 
 
 MA'RVELLOUSNESS, s. the quality which excites wonder 
 and astonishment. 
 
 MA'RY, (commonly designated the First, to distinguish her 
 from the wife of William III.,) queen of England, and successor 
 to Edward VI., the brief sovereignty of the unfortunate Lady 
 Jane Grej' not being reckoned. She was daughter of Henry 
 VIII. by Catherine of Arragon, and was trained in the Romish 
 religion, although, as most persons, she outwardly conformed to 
 the changeful profession of her arbitrary father. Her first act 
 as queen was the punishment of her unsuccessful and guiltless 
 rival, with her friends ; and her next, the retracing of the steps 
 which had been taken during her brother's reign in the direc- 
 tion of Protestantism. The Romanist prelates were restored, 
 the Reformed prelates deposed and imprisoned ; and all the acts 
 and statutes of the preceding period of change repealed. The 
 sincerity of her attachment to popery she evinced by re-endow- 
 ing as far as she could the churches and conventual establish- 
 ments ; by marrying the son of the emperor Charles V., Philip, 
 who, as king of Spain, became afterwards the very type of a 
 Romanist prince of those days ; and by burning for their heresy 
 some 200 persons, including Cranmer, Ridley, Latimer, Hooper, 
 Dr. Taylor, and several women. Her ministers were worthy of 
 her; — being Gardiner, who maintained the character he had 
 acquired in Henry VIH.'s reign. Cardinal Pole, Bonner, who 
 rivalled the zeal of the holy office itself, &c. The only event of 
 a political character which showed that England during this 
 reign was a European state, was the feeble and hesitating al- 
 
 liance with Spain against France, which lost the country Ca- 
 lais, the only step of French territory that remained to justify 
 the title of king of France, worn at the time by the English 
 
 monarehs. She died in 1558, aged 42 years, and having reign- 
 ed 0. The verdict of history on her reign and character, if co- 
 incident in phrase with that by which she is commonly charac- 
 terized, would by no means omit to state that she does not 
 deserve that bad pre-eminence assigned her by those who framed 
 that epithet, — the bloody queen : from the days of Wicliffe to the 
 revolution of 1688, men were persecuted and killed for their re- 
 ligious opinions, with the exception of the too brief period of 
 Cromwell's supremacy; and if the number of sufferers indicates 
 the ferocity of^the persecutor, some of the most Protestant mon- 
 arehs would stand far deeper down in the annals of infamy than 
 the daughter of Henry VIH. 
 
 567 
 
MAS 
 
 MARV STUART, QUEEN OF SCOTS, was crowned shortly 
 after her birth, as successor to her father, who died then. Dur- 
 ing her infancy she was sought by Henry VIH. for his son, but 
 the French king obtained her for the dauphin, and she was 
 conveyed to France and educated there, Scotland being left to 
 regents, and so being a prey to all discontents and troubles. 
 After her marriage, the throne of England on the death of Mary 
 was claimed as hers, but fruitlessly, save that it made the politic 
 and powerful Elizabeth the deadly foe of the gentle and beauti- 
 ful Stuart. Her husband ascended the throne after his father's 
 death, but after about a year died, and Mary returned to her 
 own land. She found all changed from what she had heard or 
 remembered ; — the fiercely earnest Knox was the presiding spi- 
 rit of the nation. Mary's Romanism, however unpopular; her 
 conduct, however defiant of the nation ; produced, it seems, but 
 transient displeasure, and she made her handsome and insipid 
 cousin Darnley king-consort, and maintained the faith and the 
 rites of the Romish Church, and the people said but little against 
 it. But soon a change occurred, ana then her course was one of 
 almost unbroken gloom and sorrow — not without crime. She 
 had been trained in a court where profligacy was regarded as 
 no wrong; and she permitted persons, whose qualifications as 
 poets or musicians made them welcome at court, to an intimacy, 
 which wore to the stern morality of the nation, and to the jealousy 
 of her husband, all the features of sin. Chatelard was formally 
 tried and executed; Rizzio was assassinated before her face. 
 Darnley, to whom 3Iary shortly afterwards gave a son, who, as 
 James I., reigned over the united kingdom, was apparently re- 
 conciled to her; but before long he sickened, and then was by 
 Bothwell's contrivance murdered. For this he was tried, but 
 acquitted ; and his next step was to seize Mary's person, divorce 
 his own wife, and marry the dishonoured queen. An insurrec- 
 tion followed this insult to the nation, and she was compelled to 
 abdicate in favour of her infant son, and was imprisoned in the 
 castle of Loch Leven, abandoning Bothwell to his fate. She 
 escaped thence, after a year, raised an army sufficient to 
 make an effort to regain her throne, was defeated, and fled to 
 England, to try the mercy of her cousin and opponent Elizabeth. 
 She was imprisoned, and, after 19 years' durance, tried on a 
 baseless and infamously-maintained charge of conspiring against 
 Elizabeth, and beheaded in 1586, aged 45 years. 
 
 MARY H. See William HI. 
 
 MA'RYBOROUGH, Queen's County, in Leinster, Ireland. It 
 is only considerable for its woollen manufactures ; being a small 
 borough, although the county town. It is 43 miles from Dublin. 
 Pop. 36.33. 
 
 MA'RYLAND, one of the United States, N. America. It lies 
 on the Atlantic, and is bounded by Pennsylvania, Delaware, and 
 Virginia. It is 196 miles long, and 120 broad ; and is divided 
 into 20 counties. The state is divided into two portions, called 
 the E. shore and the W. shore, by the wide river, the Chesa- 
 peake. The features of both shores are alike near the sea, being 
 level and marshy, but fertile withal ; but in the W., after this 
 region comes a hilly and mountainous region, several ranges of 
 the Alleghanies crossing it. The Potomac and Susquehanna are 
 the chief rivers after the Chesapeake. Iron and coal are found 
 here; and the state produces wheat, tobacco, flax, hemp, fruits, 
 timber, &c. &c., and a little coarse cotton. Its manufactories 
 are considerable; and its trade, both with the other States and 
 with foreign countries, very great; its port, Baltimore, being 
 one of the principal commercial places of the Union. It has two 
 universities, to which several colleges are attached. It has also 
 13 banks. Annapolis is the seat of government. Pop. 469,232, 
 of whom 89,495 are slaves. Coloured persons have no political 
 rights in this State. 
 
 MA'RYPORT, Cumberland. It is situated at the mouth of 
 the Ellen. Its shipping are engaged in the Baltic and coasting 
 trade; ship-building is carried on pretty extensively. Here 
 are iron works, a very fine glass-house, and a cotton factory. It 
 is 307 miles from London. Market, Friday. Pop. 5311. 
 
 MA'SCULINE, a. [inas, Lat.] male ; resembling a man ; bold. 
 In Grammar, the gender appropriated to the male kind, though 
 not always expressing sex. 
 
 MA'SCULINELY, ad. like a man ; boldly. 
 
 MA'SCULINENESS, s. the quality by which a person re- 
 sembles a man, applied by way of reproach to women. The 
 figure or behaviour of a man. 
 568 
 
 MAS 
 
 MASH, s. [masche, Belg.] the space between the threads of a 
 net ; a flat needle used in netting ; generally written mesfi. — 
 [miichen, Belg.] any thing mingled or confused together ; a mix- 
 ture for a horse. 
 
 To MASH, V. a. [mascher, Fr.] to beat or bruise into a confused 
 mass ; to mix water and malt together in brewing. 
 
 MA'SHAM, Yorkshire, N. Riding. Here is a considerable 
 cotton manufactory. It is seated on the river Ure, 218 miles 
 from London. Market, Tuesday. Pop. 2974. 
 
 3IASK, s. [masqtie, Fr.] a cover over the face to disguise it ; 
 a pretext, or subterfuge. A dramatic piece in a tragic style, 
 without attention either to rule or probability. 
 
 To3IASK,D. a. \nmsquer,Vt.'] to disguise or cover with a mask. 
 Figuratively, to cover or hide under some pretence. 
 
 MA'SKED, a. covered or concealed. 
 
 MA'SKELYNE, DR. NEVIL, an English mathematician and 
 astronomer, of the last century. He studied at Cambridge, and 
 entered the church ; but his contemplations and instructions 
 related to the visible heavens ; and he did great service to man- 
 kind by the skill with which he conducted his observations and 
 calculations. He was sent by the Royal Society to St. Helena, 
 to observe the transit of Venus ; he determined the method of 
 finding the longitude by lunar observations ; was made Astro- 
 nomer Royal ; and commenced the Nautical Almanac. His writ- 
 ings and other treatises are all devoted to astronomy; and he 
 died in 1811, aged 79 years. 
 
 MA'SKER, s. one who exhibits in a mask. 
 
 MA'SON, s. [niaqon, Fr.] one who builds in stone. Free- 
 masons, the members of a fraternity of considerable antiquity, 
 and which used to study the practice of ecclesiastical architec- 
 ture; but which now seems to be no more than a large and 
 respectable club, remarkable for their pretensions to be some- 
 thing more, and for their grand dinners in London. 
 
 MA'SONRY, s. Ijnai^onerie, Fr.] the craft or performance of a 
 mason. 
 
 MASO'RA, s. a term in the Jewish theology, signifying a 
 work on the Bible, performed by several learned rabbins, called 
 Masorites ; and which consisted in such invaluable services, as 
 counting the letters ; preserving rigidly all the spaces between 
 the paragraphs, just as their copy had them ; refusing to alter 
 the size of a letter, where fancy or error put one larger or smaller 
 than was fitting; and indicating all these matters in notes, 
 which are retained in all Hebrew Bibles to this day. The in- 
 sertion of the vowel points and accents, which are partly to aid in 
 reading the text aloud, partly to elucidate the syntax, and partly 
 to fix their meaning on the words, is attributed also to them. 
 
 MASQUERA'DE, s. ^mascara, Arab.] a diversion or public 
 assembly, wherein the company is masked and disguised ; a 
 disguise. 
 
 To MASQUERA'DE, v. n. to go in disguise ; to assemble in 
 masks and other disguises. 
 
 MASQUERA'DER, s. a person in a mask. 
 
 MASS, s. [inasse, Fr.] a body ; a lump; a large quantity; bulk; 
 a vast body ; an assemblage of several things, forming one con- 
 fused and distinct body ; a gross body ; the general. In the 
 Roman Church, the name of the church service in which the 
 eucharist is celebrated. Loid mass is the ordinary service said by 
 one priest. High mass is the more solemn observance, reserved 
 for special occasions, in which several priests take part. 
 
 To MASS, V. n. to celebrate mass. — v. a. to thicken ; to 
 strengthen. 
 
 MA'SSA, a duchy of Italy, lying on the Mediterranean, be- 
 tween Tuscany ancf Carrara. It is about 6 miles in each direc- 
 tion. The town is pretty and pleasantly situated, having a fine 
 cathedral, and a very handsome bridge over the small stream 
 which flows by it. Pop. about 10,000. Lat. 41. 1. N. Long. 
 10. 10. E. It belongs to Modena. 
 
 MASSACHU'SETTS, one of the United States, N. America; 
 lying on the Atlantic; and bounded by Vermont, New Hamp- 
 shire, New York, Rhode Island, and Connecticut. It is 190 
 miles long, and 90 broad ; and is divided into 14 counties. The 
 W. part is mountainous, and the coast region poor in soil ; but 
 the greater part of the surface is very fertile. The Connecticut 
 and the Merrimac are the chief rivers. It yields iron, copper, 
 slate, marble, and granite. Agriculture is carefully attended to, 
 and corn of different kinds, cattle and sheep, and fruits are 
 abundantly produced. It isin possession also of valuable fisheries. 
 

 '4 C^C' 
 
 
>' of THE. 
 
MAS 
 
 But its manufactures and its commerce are the chief sources of 
 its wealth ; and in both departments it stands near the head 
 amongst the States. It has 118 banks, and canals and rail- 
 roads in plenty. In learning and religion, the " Granite State," 
 as its citizens call it, stands pre-eminent ; it has 3 colleges, and 
 2 theological seminaries ; and it has never forgotten, if it has 
 not always followed, its founders, the Pilgrim Fathers of the 
 Mayflower. Boston is its capital. Pop. 737,099. 
 
 MA'SSACRE, s. [Fr.] the act of killing great numbers of per- 
 sons without any distinction, and not in a condition to defend 
 themselves; carnage; murder. 
 
 To MA'SSACRE, v. a. [massacrer, Fr.] to butcher ; to destroy 
 great multitudes. 
 
 Masse/na, Andr^, one of Napoleon's generals. He was a pri- 
 vate soldier before the Revolution, and by it had the opportunity 
 of rising to the rank his courage and military skill deserved. In 
 the first campaign of Buonaparte in Italy, he took part in all the 
 great engagements, and was left in command of Rome. His 
 next command was in Switzerland, where he gained the great 
 battle of Zurich. He held Genoa, in the next campaign, till re- 
 duced to the last extremity of famine, and forced to capitulate. 
 But he recovered his character in 1805 and 1806, in Naples and 
 Poland. In Germany he was equally successful, and was created, 
 from one victory which he shared. Prince of Essling. Spain was 
 not the theatre of his glory, for there he had to cope with a 
 greater general, and the lines of Torres Vedras were the bound- 
 aries of his power, though there he showed a power rarely dis- 
 S'ayed, of conducting a retreat with equal skill as an advance, 
 e did not appear in public again till after Waterloo, when he 
 was made commandant of the Parisian national guard. He died 
 in 1817, a^ed 59 years. 
 
 MA'SSICOT, s. [Fr.] ceruse calcined by a moderate degree of 
 fire; of this there are three sorts, arising from the different de- 
 grees applied in the operation. White massicot is of a yellowish 
 white, and is that which has received the least calcination; 
 yellow viassicot has received more ; and gold-coloured massicot still 
 more. 
 
 MASSILLO'N, JOHN BAPTIST, an eminent French preacher, 
 of the Congregation of the Oratory. His eloquence led to his 
 appointments to preach at Paris and Versailles, and to his being 
 made bishop of Clermont. He died in 1742, aged 79 years. 
 His published discourses are admirable studies in sacred ora- 
 tory. 
 
 MA'SSINESS, s. weight, bulk, or solidity. 
 
 MA'SSINGER, PHILIP, one of the early English dramatists. 
 He studied at Oxford, and is believed to have become a Roman- 
 ist whilst there. He appears to have been intimate with the 
 writers of his day, and to have died in IG39, aged 54 years. Of 
 his plays only 18 remain. 
 
 MA'SSIVE, a. [massif, Fr.] heavy; bulky; solid. 
 
 MA'SSIVENESS, s. the quality of being weighty, bulky, and 
 solid. 
 
 MA'SSY, a. weighty ; bulky ; solid. 
 
 MAST, s. [mcest, Sax.] the post standing upright in a ship or 
 vessel, to which the yards and sails are affixed ; the fruit of the 
 oak or beech tree. 
 
 MA'STED, a. carrj'ing a mast. 
 
 MA'STER, s. [magister, Lat.] a person who has servants under 
 him ; a ruler ; a chief or head ; a possessor ; the commander of 
 a trading vessel ; an officer on board a ship of war; a person 
 subject to no control; a teacher, or instructor ; a young gentle- 
 man ; a title of respect ; a person eminently skilled in any trade 
 or science ; a title of dignity at the universities. 
 
 To MA'STER, v. a. to rule, govern, or keep in subjection ; to 
 conquer; to perform with skill; to overcome any difliculty, or 
 accomplish any design. 
 
 MA'STERDOM, s. dominion or rule. 
 
 MA'STER-HAND, s. one eminently skilled in any profession. 
 
 MA'STER-JEST, s. a principal jest. 
 
 MA'STER-KEY, s. a key which can open many locks that 
 have different wards. 
 
 MA'STERLESS, a. wanting a master or owner ; not to be 
 governed; unsubdued. 
 
 MA'STERLLNESS, s. eminent skill. 
 
 MA'STERLY, a. suitable to or becoming a master; artful; 
 showing great skill; imperious; with the sway of a master. — 
 ad. with the skill of a master. 
 
 MAT 
 
 MA'STERPIECE, s. a capital performance; a chief or eminent 
 excellence. 
 
 MA'STERSHIP, s. dominion; rule; power; a perfect work ; 
 a curious and capital performance; skill; knowledge; superiori- 
 ty, or pre-eminence. 
 
 MA'STER-STROKE, s. a stroke or performance that shows 
 great skill. 
 
 MA'STERY, s. dominion ; rule ; superiority, or pre-eminence ; 
 skill. 
 
 MA'STFUL, a. abounding in mast or fruit, applied to the oak 
 or beech trees. 
 
 MAS TICA'TION, s. [mastico, low Lat.] the act of chewing. 
 
 MA'STICATORY, a. [masticatoire, Fr.] related to mastication. 
 
 MA'STICH, {mdstik) s. [nmstic, Fr.] in the Materia Medica, is 
 a resin, of a pale yellowish white colour, brought principally from 
 the island of Chios, in drops, as it naturally forms itself in ex- 
 udating from the tree, about the bigness of a pea. It is chiefly 
 used for making varnish, but was esteemed for its stomachic 
 qualities. 
 
 MA'STIFF, «. [tnastin, Fr.] a large-sized dog, generally used 
 as a guard in houses and yards. 
 
 MA'STLESS, o. without masts. 
 
 MA'STLIN, s. [meslcT, Fr.] mixed corn, consisting of wheat 
 and rye. 
 
 MAT, s. [meatte, Sax.] a texture of sedge, flags, rushes, &c. 
 In a ship, plats made of fine nets and thrums, to keep the cord- 
 age fast. 
 
 To MAT, V. a. to cover with mats ; to twist, interweave, or 
 join together like a mat. 
 
 MA'TACHIN, s. [Fr.] an old dance. 
 
 MA'TADORE, s. {matador, Span.] a murderer; the three chief 
 cards at quadrille, so called from the advantage they have over 
 the contrary party, and winning such a number of pieces out of 
 the pool, which on that account are called matadores likewise. 
 
 MATCH, s. [meche, Fr.] a small piece of deal dipt in brimstone ; 
 anything that catches fire, particularly applied to a kind of rope 
 slightly twisted, and prepared to retain fire, used in discharg- 
 ing guns, &c. — [mache, Gr.] a game; any mutual contest; one 
 equal to contest or fight with another. — [maca, Sax.] one that 
 suits or tallies with another ; a marriage ; one to be married. 
 
 To MATCH, V. a. to equal ; to show any thing equal or like 
 to ; to suit or proportion ; to marry, or give in marriage. — v. n. to 
 be married ; to suit ; to tally. 
 
 MA'TCHABLE, a. suitable ; resembling perfectly ; fit to be 
 joined. 
 
 MA'TCHLESS, a. without an equal ; not admitting com- 
 parison. 
 
 MA'TCHLESSLY, ad. in a manner not to be equalled. 
 
 MA'TCHLESSNESS, s. the quality of not admitting an equal, 
 or a comparison. 
 
 MA'TCHMAKER, s. one who busies herself in getting up 
 marriages amongst her acquaintances; one who makes matches 
 to burn. 
 
 MATE, s. [maet, Belg.] a husband or wife; a companion, 
 whether male or female ; the male or female of animals ; one 
 that sails in the same ship ; one that eats at the same table ; one 
 that is the second in rank. 
 
 To MATE, V. a. to match or marry ; to be equal to. — [matter, 
 Fr. or matar, Span.] to crush ; to confound. 
 
 MATE'RIA-ME'DICA, s. in Medical Science, the description 
 of the various drugs and chemicals einploj'ed in the art of heal- 
 ing, and the mode of their operation, as far as it can be dis- 
 covered. 
 
 MATE'RIAL, a. [materiel, Fr. from materia, Lat.] consisting of 
 matter, opposed to spiritual. Important; momentous; essential. 
 
 MATE'RIALISM, s. in Philosophy, a system which denies 
 the existence of any soul in man apart from the body, and ge- 
 nerally of any existence that cannot be discovered by the exer- 
 cise of the human senses. If logically carried out, as in the 
 System of Nature, published under the name of Mirabaud, it 
 leads to blank Atheism, and to making personal and immediate 
 gratification the only rule of right for man. 
 
 MATE'RIALIST, s. one who denies the existence of spirit. 
 
 MATERIA'LITY, s. [matjrialite, Fr.] corporeity; material ex- 
 istence, opposed to spirituality. 
 
 MATE'RIALLY, ad. in the state of matter ; essentially, or 
 importantly. 
 
 4 D 569 
 
MAT 
 
 MATE'RIALNESS, s. the state of consisting of matter. Fi- 
 guratively, the quality of being important or essential. 
 
 M ATE'RIALS, s. not used in the singular ; Imateriaicx, Fr.] the 
 substance of which any thing is made. 
 
 MATE'RIATE, Mate'riated, a. consisting of matter. 
 
 MATERIATION, s. the act of forming matter. 
 
 MATE'RNAL, a. [mater, Lat.] motherly; becoming or be- 
 longing to a mother. 
 
 MATE'RNITY, s. [matemite , Fr.] the character or relation of 
 a mother. 
 
 MA'TFELON, s. in Botany, the great knapweed. 
 
 MA'TGRASS,s.in Botany, the small matweed; a kind of grass. 
 
 MATHEMA'TIC, Mathema'tical, a. [mathematike, from man- 
 thano, Gr.] according to the rules of mathematics ; belonging to 
 mathematics. 
 
 MATHEMATICALLY, ad. according to the rules of mathe- 
 matics. 
 
 MATHEMATI'CIAN, s. [rnathematicien, Fr.] a person skilled 
 in the mathematics. 
 
 MATHEMATICS, s. in Pure Science, that branch which 
 treatsof number, quantity, extension, and the like, and is usual- 
 ly taught under the heads of Arithmetic, Algebra, Geometry, 
 and the higher Mathematics, which comprise the calculus and 
 all that is necessary for its study. In Natural Philosophy, the 
 application of pure mathematics to the problems presented in 
 the various departments of physics. The name given to this 
 wide and profound study intimates one great benefit to be de- 
 rived from it, which, for the young, is one of the most desirable 
 attainments, and most needful for success in any pursuit,— the 
 discipline of the mind to patient, connected, and accurate habits 
 of thought. 
 
 MA'l HER, the name of two eminent divines of New England. 
 Dr. Increase Mather was president of Harvard College, and re- 
 peatedly employed as agent for the colony in England. He 
 wrote some works, and died in 172.3, aged 84 years. Dr. Cotton 
 Mather, his son, has connected his name too intimately for his 
 fair reputation with belief in witchcraft, and the prosecution of 
 allegea witches. He wrote on that and other subjects, and was 
 in other respects a pious and enlightened man. He died in 
 1728, aged 65 years. 
 
 MATHE'SIS, s. [tnanthano, Gr.] the doctrine or science of 
 mathematics. 
 
 MA'THEWS, CHARLES, a distinguished comic performer, 
 who both in this country and in America gained such applause 
 as genuine ability alone can. His most successful performances 
 were what ho called Entertainments, and At Homes, in which he 
 had full scope for his peculiar powers. He was acquainted with 
 a large circle of literary men, and he died in 1835, aged 59 years. 
 
 MA'TIN,a. \inatine,YT.'] used in, or belonging to, the morning. 
 
 MA'TIN, s. [Fr.] the morning. In the plural, the prayers 
 used at morning worship, in the Churches of England and Rome. 
 
 MA'TLOCK, Derbyshire. It is an extensive, straggling place, 
 built in a very romantic style, on the steep side of a mountain, 
 the houses rising regularly one above another, from the bottom 
 to nearly the summit. It is a place of great resort on account 
 of its warm baths, which are greatly recommended for some 
 complaints. Notwithstanding the rockiness of the soil, the 
 cliffs of the rocks produce an immense number of trees, whose 
 foliage adds greatly to the beauty of the place. It is 142 miles 
 from London. Market, Saturday. Pop. 3782. 
 
 MA'TRASS, s. [inatras, Fr.] in Chemistry, a glass vessel for 
 digestion, or distillation, sometimes bellied, and sometimes rising 
 gradually taper into a conical figure. 
 
 MA'TRICE, s. [mater, Lat.] the womb ; a mould giving form 
 to something enclosed. 
 
 MA'TRICIDE, s. [mater and ceedo, Lat.] the crime of raui- 
 dering a mother; a person who kills a mother. 
 
 To MATRFCULATE, v. a. to enter as a member at a uni- 
 versity ; to enlist ; to enter into a society by setting down a per- 
 son's name. 
 MATRI'CULATE, s. a person entered in a university. 
 MATRICULATION, s. the act of entering a person as a 
 member of a university. 
 
 MATRIMO'NIAL, a. [Fr. matrimonium, Lat.] suitable to mar- 
 riage ; belonging to marriage. 
 
 MATRIMO'NIALLY, ad. according to the manner or laws of 
 marriage. 
 570 
 
 MAT 
 
 MATRIMONY, s. [matrimonium, Lat.] marriage ; the solemn 
 contract between a man and woman to be faithful to each other 
 during life; the state of a married person. 
 
 MATRIX, s. [Lat.] the womb; a place where anything is 
 generated or formed. 
 
 MATRON, s. [matrona, from mater, Lat.] an elderly lady, or 
 old woman. 
 
 MATRO'NAL, a. suitable to a matron ; constituting a matron. 
 
 MATRONLY, a. suitable to a matron ; elderly; ancient. 
 
 MATRO'SS, ». in the train of artillery, a soldier next below a 
 gunner, who assists in traversing, spunging, loading, and firing 
 the guns ; they carry firelocks, and march along with the store 
 waggons, both as a guard and to assist in case of accidents. 
 
 MATSYS, QUENTIN, a Dutch painter, who was originally a 
 blacksmith. His paintings are not numerous, and that of the 
 Misers, at Windsor, is about the best known. It is said that 
 love made him an artist; his lady's father having resolved that 
 none but a painter should have his daughter. He died in 1529, 
 aged 69 years. 
 
 MATT , s. in Metallurgy, that mass of metal which separates 
 from the scoriae in smelting ores without previous roasting. 
 
 MATTED, a. in Botany, is applied to those parts of plants 
 that are thickly interwoven together, as the fibres in turf bogs. 
 
 MA'TfER, s. [materia, Lat.] in Philosophy, that of which we 
 are informed by means of our senses ; the actual substratum of 
 the properties and qualities we perceive by our senses. Body, 
 opposed to spirit. The materials of which any thing is com- 
 posed ; a subject or thing treated of; an affair or business ; the 
 cause of any disturbance. Import; consequence; moment, or 
 importance, generally preceded by no. The thing or object 
 which is under particular relation. 
 
 To MATTER, v. n. used impersonally, to signify ; to import, 
 or be of importance. In Surgery, to generate or produce. — v. a. 
 to regard ; to look upon or consider as of any importance. 
 
 MATTHEW, one of our Lord's apostles, and the author of 
 one of the Gospels. He was originally a publican, or revenue- 
 farmer at Capernaum, where he was called by Jesus to attend his 
 ministry, and re-proclaim his message. He is alluded to once 
 in the Acts of the Apostles, and after that no more of his history 
 is known. His Gospel has been the occasion of an unended con- 
 troversy ; some critics maintaining that we have only the trans- 
 lation from the Hebrew or Chaldseo-Syriac in which Matthew 
 actually wrote. None can dispute the value of it as we have it ; 
 and it is as good as the alleged original for us. It is arranged 
 with a greater attempt at preserving the order of time, than the 
 other synoptic evangelists have shown ; and there is in all that is 
 recorded, whether incident or address, a directness and attention 
 to the point and principal matter of the recorded affair that makes 
 the whole very clear, although it gives an air of want of interest 
 to some parts. 
 
 MA'TTHEW OF WESTMINSTER, an English historian of 
 the 14th century. He was a Benedictine monk, and his work 
 is reckoned valuable. 
 
 MATTOCK, 8. [mattuc. Sax.] a kind of toothed instrument, 
 used to grub up trees and weeds, and to pull up wood. 
 
 MATTRESS, s. [matras, Fr.] a hard bed, of hair, wool, or 
 other similar material, usually placed beneath a feather-bed. 
 
 MATURATION, s. [Fr. from maturo, Lat.] the act of ripen- 
 ing; the state of growing ripe. In Medicine, the process of 
 suppuration. 
 
 MAT''URATIVE, a. ripening, or conducing to ripeness. In 
 Surgery, promoting suppuration. 
 
 M ATU'RE, a. [maturus, Lat.] ripe ; perfected by time ; brought 
 near to completion ; fit for execution ; well digested ; arrived at 
 full age, or years of discretion. 
 
 To IMATU'RE, d. a. [maturo, Lat.] to ripen. 
 
 MATU'RELY, ad. ripely ; completely ; with deliberation, or 
 in a well-digested manner. 
 
 MATURIN, ROBERT CHARLES, an Irish clergyman, 
 whose tragedy, entitled Bertram, excited considerable sensation 
 at the time, but which is almost unknown now. He wrote se- 
 veral other dramas, and some novels, which are yet read. He 
 was led into difficulties by his improvidence in after life, and 
 died in 1824. His six sermons are said to show considerable 
 power of thought and reasoning. 
 MATU'RITY, s. ripeness ; completion. 
 MATWEED, «. in Botany, two plants go under this name ; the 
 
MAX 
 
 small matweed is a kind of grass; the sea matweed a kind of 
 reed. 
 
 MAU'DLIN, a. drunk ; intoxicated with liquor ; squeamishly 
 sensitive in giving way to and expressing any feeling. 
 
 MAU'GRE, {maiigcr) a. [malgre, Fr.] in spite of; notwith- 
 standing. 
 
 To MAUL, V. a. to beat. See Mall. 
 
 MAUND, «. {mande, Fr.] a hand-basket. In Scotland, it is 
 the name of the plaids worn by shepherds and drovers. 
 
 To MAU'NDER, v. n. [maudire, Fr.] to grumble; to murmur; 
 to talk prolixly and foolishly about a subject. 
 
 MAU'NDERER, s. one that uses murmuring and provoking 
 words ; or that talks long, and dully, to no purpose. 
 
 MAU'NDY-THU'RSDAY, s. [mande, Sax.] in the Church Ca- 
 lendar, the Thursday before Good-Fridav. 
 
 MAUPERTU'IS, PIERRE LOUIS MOREAU DE, an emi- 
 nent French mathematician and astronomer, who was one of 
 the party sent to measure an arc of the meridian in Lapland, and 
 afterwards settled at Berlin. He was engaged in a quarrel with 
 Voltaire in the latter part of his life, and he died in 1759, aged 
 61 years. His works are numerous, and his great service was 
 the defence of Newton's philosophy against the followers of 
 
 MAU'RICE OF NASSAU, Prince of Orange, a very famous 
 general during the religious wars of the J 6th century. He was 
 elected stadtholder very early in life, and was called into action 
 by the opposition to the Reformation, on the part of Philip II. of 
 Spain, which led to the war in the Netherlands. He possessed 
 all the qualities of a great strategist and statesman, and his suc- 
 cess was such as only such a one can secure. After a life spent 
 in such labours and' such triumphs, he died in 162.5, aged 58 
 years. 
 
 MAURFTIUS, an island of the Indian Ocean, to the east of 
 Madagascar, about 35 miles long, and 20 miles broad. The 
 interior is very mountainous, and some points exceed 3000 feet 
 in height, and show evident traces of volcanic nature. Sugar, 
 and the usual native tropical fruits, are its chief products, with 
 coffee, cotton, and rice. Port Louis is its capital and its port, 
 which has a good harbour. Pop. about 100,000. It was called 
 Isle of France, when taken by them from the Dutch. It now 
 belongs to England, who restored the ancient name. 
 
 MAUSO'LEUM, s. [Lat.] a pompous tomb or monument, 
 erected in honour of a person that is dead. 
 
 MAW, s. [ma<7a,Sax.] the stomach of beasts, applied with con- 
 tempt to that of mankind ; the craw or first stomach of birds. 
 
 MAWS, ST., Cornwall. It consists of only one street, and has 
 a castle, with a governor and a deputy governor, two gunners, 
 and a platform of guns. It is built under a hill, fronting the sea 
 on the E. side of Falmouth haven. It is 250 miles from London. 
 Pop. 940. 
 
 MAWKISH, a. [perhaps from maw,'] apt to produce satiety or 
 loathing. 
 
 MAW'KISHNESS, s. the quality of cjoying, or producing sa- 
 tiety and loathing. 
 
 MAW'MET, s. [corrupted from Mahomet, used in the general 
 signification of a false object of worship, or an idol,] a puppet or 
 doll ; formerly an idol. 
 
 MAW'MIS"H, a. foolish ; nauseous. 
 
 MA'XILLAR, Ma'xillary, a. Imaxilh, Lat.] belonging to the 
 jawbone. 
 
 MA'XIM, s. [maxime, Fr. from maximum, Lat.] an axiom ; a 
 general principle ; a leading truth. 
 
 MAXIMIA'NUS, M. VALERIUS, HERCULIUS, the col- 
 league of Diocletian in the empire of Rome. He was one of the 
 many who rose in those days from deepest obscurity in the army, 
 to be at the head of affairs. He was a reluctant participant in his 
 partner's abdication. His son Maxentius, availing hnnself of the 
 troubled state of the empire, and the unpopularity of Severus, 
 made himself Augustus at Rome, and associated his father with 
 him. In the wars which followed, Maxiraian endeavoured to sup- 
 plant his son, and at last abandoned his party, and joined Con- 
 stantino's. By this prince he was afterwards put to death for a 
 conspiracy, in 310. He reigned with Diocletian about 19 years. 
 
 MAXIMFNUS, C. JULIUS, one of the ernperors of Rome 
 during its decline. He was by birth a Thracian peasant, who 
 by his great strength and ferocity had gained such power in the 
 army, as enabled him to procure the death of Alexander Severus, 
 
 M AZ 
 
 and to place himself upon the throne. He carried on the Ger- 
 man war with success, but gained general hatred by his savage 
 manners. Two opponents having been set up by the senate, he 
 marched towards Rome, but was killed by his troops before he 
 reached the city, in 238, having reigned about 3 years. 
 
 MAY, aitxil. V. preter. miyht, [tnag, Goth.] to be possible ; to 
 have power. It is the regular auxiliary to the potential or sub- 
 junctive mood, and is used to express a wish also. May he, used 
 adverbially, implies, perhaps, or it is possible. 
 
 MAY, s. [so called from Main, Lat.] the fifth month in the year, 
 which, in this country, is usually the most spring-like and de- 
 lightful. Figuratively, the early, gay, and most pleasant part 
 of life. 
 
 To MAY, V. n. to gather flowers on the first of May. 
 
 MA'YBUG, «. in Entomology, a name of the chafer. 
 
 MAYE'NNE, a department of France, surrounded by the de- 
 partments of Sarthe, Maine et Loire, Ille et Vilaine, Manche, 
 and Orne. It is about 50 miles long, by almost 35 broad. It is 
 very mountainous, though none of its peaks attain any great 
 elevation ; and the river (whence it is named) Mayenne, with its 
 tributaries, waters it. It yields coal, iron, slate, building-stone, 
 &c. Corn of different kinds, fruits, wine, &c., v/ith cattle and 
 sheep, are also produced. It has in some of its towns manu- 
 factures of some value. Its capital is Laval. Pop. about 365,000. 
 
 MA'YGAME, s. a diversion or sport ; the object of ridicule. 
 
 MA'YLILY, s. in Botany, a name of the lily of the valley. 
 
 MAYNOO'TH, Kildare, in Leinster, Ireland. It stands on 
 the Ryewater, and is a neatly built town, with remains of the 
 ancient castle of the earls of Kildare. Near the ruins is the 
 Roman Catholic college, which is a considerable institution, 
 being the chief seminary for priests in Ireland. The course of 
 study extends over 5 years, and embraces all the subjects of a 
 good theological education, but, of course, is mainly devoted to 
 the theology of the Church of Rome. It receives an annual 
 grant from the imperial parliament. It is about 20 miles from 
 Dublin. Pop. 2129. 
 
 MA'YO, a county of Connaught, Ireland. It lies on the At- 
 lantic, and is bounded by the counties of GaKvay, Roscommon, 
 and Sligo. It is about 70 miles in length, and 55 in breadth. 
 It is in some parts exceedingly mountainous, some points being 
 above 2000 feet in height. Other parts are almost level. Its 
 rivers are, the Moy, which is navigable, and divides it from Sligo, 
 near the sea ; and the numerous streams running from its moun- 
 tains, and joining the large lakes named Conn, Mask, Nallenroe, 
 Carran, &c. The bogs are very numerous and extensive. It has 
 many deep bays, that of Killala being the best as a harbour; 
 and small rocky islands are numerous off the coast. The mineral 
 productions are but partially explored, and agriculture is in a 
 very backward state. The fisheries and linen manufactures are 
 the chief support of the people. There is some trade at Killala, 
 Westport,&c. The chief town is Castlebar. Pop. 388,887. It 
 sends 2 members to parliament. 
 
 MA'YPOLE, s. a long pole adorned with flowers, which used 
 to be set up in towns and villages, and round which the festival 
 and dances used to be held on the first day of May. 
 
 MA'YOR, s. \maer, Brit.] the chief magistrate of a corporate 
 town. In London and York, he is called Lord Maynr, 
 
 MA'YORALTY, s. the oflice of a mayor. 
 
 MA'YORESS, «. the wife of a mayor. 
 
 MA'YWEED, s. in Botany, a kind of camomile. 
 
 MA'ZARIN, JULIUS, CARDINAL, an Italian by birth, 
 whose first public appearance was in the service of Cardinal Sa- 
 chetti, in Lombardy. Some diplomatic engagements brought 
 him under the notice of Cardinal Richelieu, and he was sent as 
 papal nuncio to the court of France. Having received the pur- 
 ple, on Richelieu's death he became prime minister of France. 
 His name is inseparably united with the first part of the reign of 
 Louis XIV. He was at first popular, but afterwards, through the 
 machinations of Cardinal deRetz, he became so obnoxious to the 
 nobles, that the war of the Fronde followed, and he was com- 
 pelled to flee; but he eventually returned and triumphed. He 
 brought about the peace of the Pyrenees, and soon after died, in 
 1661, aged 59 years. He was master in the diplomacy and po- 
 litical science or art of the* age, and met with only one opponent 
 who, not only by superior force, but also through his nobler 
 character, could bend him to his purposes, — Oliver Cromwell. 
 
 MAZE, «. Unissen, Belg.] a labyrinth, or place whose passages 
 4 D 2 571 
 
MEA 
 
 are so intricate that it is not easy to get out of them. Figura- 
 tively, perplexity, confusion, applied to the mind. 
 
 To MAZE, V. a. to perplex, bewilder, or confuse. 
 
 MA'ZER, s. [maeser, Belg.] a maple cup. 
 
 MA'ZY, a. having winding and intricate passages ; perplexed ; 
 confused. 
 
 M. A., an abbreviature for tnapister artitim, or master of arts. 
 
 M. B., an abbreviature for medicina hacularius, or baccalaureus, 
 or bachelor of physic. 
 
 M. D., an abbreviature for viedicinee doctor, or doctor of physic. 
 
 ME, the objective case of the pronoun I. 
 
 MEAD, {meed) s. [medd, Brit.] a fermented liquor made of ho- 
 ney, called likewise metheglin. 
 
 MEAD, Me'adow, {meed, medd) s. [nimde. Sax.] ground used 
 constantly for pasture ; a field permanently laid down with 
 grass. 
 
 MEAD, DR. RICHARD, a celebrated English physician, 
 who, after studying at the best universities of the time, received 
 an appointment at St. Thomas's Hospital, and eventually rose to 
 be physician to George II. He accumulated a fine library and 
 museum,greater part of which is now in the hands of the College 
 of Physicians. He aided in introducing and vindicating vac- 
 cination, and wrote several works, which were of value, and are 
 not yet wholly superseded. He died in 1754, aged 79 years. 
 
 ME'ADOWBOUTS, «. in Botany, a plant, called also marsh 
 marigold. 
 
 ME'ADOWGRASS, s. in Botany, the grass that grows in 
 meadows : the reed nieadowgrass is found in marshes, and on 
 the banks of rivers. 
 
 ME'ADOWPINK, s. in Botany, a name for the campion 
 cuckoo flower. 
 
 ME'ADOWRUE, s. in Botany, a common plant, of which 
 three species are found in England. 
 
 ME'ADOWSVVEET, «. in Botany, a name of the dropwort or 
 queen of the meadow. 
 
 ME'AGRE, {meeger, with the g hard,) a. [maigre, Fr.] lean ; 
 wanting flesh. Thin, poor, or hungry, applied to ground. Sy- 
 NOiN. Ileagre, lean. In that sense in which these two words are 
 reputed synonymous, meagre signifies want of flesh ; lean, want 
 of fat. Meagreness supposes a waste of body, owing either to a 
 bad constitution, or a scarcity of food ; leanness, supposes no want 
 of flesh, being opposed only to corpulency or tatness. 
 
 ME'AGRENESS, {meegerness) s. leanness ; want of flesh ; 
 scantiness; smallness. 
 
 MEAK, s. a hook with a long handle. 
 
 MEAL, {meel) s. [male. Sax,] the act of eating at a certain 
 time; a repast ; a part or fragment ; the flour of corn ; the milk 
 produced by a cow, or by several at one milking. 
 
 To 3IEAL, {tneel) v. a. {meler, Fr.] to sprinkle, mingle, or spot. 
 
 ME'ALMAN, {meclman) s. one that deals in flour or meal. 
 
 ME'ALTREE, s. in Botany, a common name of the wayfaring- 
 tree or water-elder. 
 
 ME'ALY, {meely) a. having the taste or other qualities of 
 meal ; besprinkled or spotted as with meal. Mealy-mouthed, im- 
 plies unable to speak through bashfulness, or using affected 
 words, &c. 
 
 MEAN, {meen) a. \mwne. Sax.] wanting dignity ; of low birth 
 or rank; low-minded; contemptible, or despicable; middle. — 
 [inogen, Fr.] moderate, or without excess ; intervening ; inter- 
 mediate ; coming or happening between any two periods of time. 
 In Astronomy, when applied to the motion of the earth, moon, 
 or planets, signifies that which would take place if they moved 
 at a uniform rate in their orbits. Mean time is that which is 
 kept by chronometers, and diflfers from apparent time, according 
 as the motion of the earth varies in rate. 
 
 MEAN, {meen) s. Imogen, Fr.] mediocrity ; a middle state hf- 
 tween two extremes; a medium ; an interval ; any thing used to 
 effect an end. In Arithmetic, a quantity having a "certain relation 
 to two other quantities ; an arithmetical mean being one that dif- 
 fers from each by half the difference between them ; and a geo- 
 metrical mean, one the square of which is in the same relation to 
 the squares of the other two numbers. 
 
 To MEAN, (meen) v. n. preter. and participle mea«i ,• {ment) 
 Imeenen, Belg.] to have in the mind.— r. a, to intend ; to design ; 
 to hint at. 
 
 To MEA'NDER, v. n. See Meander. 
 
 MEA'NDROUS, a. having many turnings or windings. 
 
 MEC 
 
 ME'ANING, (meSning) s. purpose or intention ; the sense, or 
 thing understood by any expression. 
 
 ME'ANLY, {meenly) ad. moderately; in a low degree; in a 
 poor or base manner; without wealth," dignity, or respect. 
 
 ME'ANNESS, (meenness) s. want of perfection or excellence ; 
 defect; want of dignity, birth, or fortune ; sordidoess; lowness 
 of mind. 
 
 MEANS, s. used only in the plural, [tnoyen, Fr.] manner, or 
 instrument, or method. liy all means,v/ithout doubt, orcertainly. 
 By no means, not at all. Figuratively, put for income, or source 
 of income, or means of subsistence. 
 
 MEANT, {ment) the perfect and past participle of To Mean. 
 
 ME'ANWHILE, ad. m the mean, or intervening time. 
 
 ME'ASLED, (meezled) a. infected with the measles. 
 
 ME'ASLES, {meezles) s. [messelen, Belg.] in Medicine, a con- 
 tagious disease which chiefly affects children, the external symp- 
 toms of which are irruptions resembling flea-bites, with consider- 
 able fever, diarrhoea, and cough. It is often fatal, and it is very 
 seldom experienced a second time. 
 
 ME'ASLY, {meezly) a. infected with the measles. 
 
 ME'ASURABLE, (mezhurable) a. such as may be measured or 
 computed. Figuratively, moderate, or in small quantity. 
 
 ME'ASURABLENESS, {mezhwableness) s. the quality of being 
 capable of measure. 
 
 ME'ASCRABLY, {mSzhurably) ad. in such a manner as may 
 be measured ; moderately. 
 
 ME'ASURE, {mi'zhure) s. [mesure, Fr.] that by which the 
 quantity or extent of any thing is found ; the rule by which any 
 thing is adjusted or proportioned ; proportion, or settled quan- 
 tity; a sufficient quantity; motion regulated by musical time; 
 the cadence or time observed in poetry, or dancing ; syllables 
 limited to certain numbers composing a verse; metre; a tune. 
 To have hard measure, is to be hardly dealt by. 
 
 To ME'ASURE, {mezhure) v. a. [inesurer, Fr.] to compute the 
 quantity or extent of any thing by some settled rule ; to adjust 
 or proportion; to allot or distribute. 
 
 ME'ASURELESS, {mizhureless) a. not to be measured or com- 
 prehended. 
 
 ME^ASUREMENT, {mhhurement) s. the act of finding the 
 quantity or extent of any thing. 
 
 ME'ASURER, {mezhurer) s. one that distributes things in 
 proper (quantities. 
 
 MEAT, {7neet) s. [mete. Sax.] flesh to be eaten ; food in general. 
 Synon. By meat is understood any kind of food ; butyfcsA signi- 
 fies only the natural composition of an animal. 
 
 ME'ATED, {meeted) a. fed ; foddered ; applied to cattle. 
 
 MEATH, or East Meath, a county of Leinster, Ireland. It 
 lies on the Irish Sea, and is bounded by Louth, Monaghan, Ca- 
 van. West Meath, King's County, Kildare, and Dublin. It is 
 about 45 miles long, and .35 broad. It is, in good part, hilly, 
 and is watered by the Boyne and its tributaries, and by some 
 tributaries of the Litfey. There are also several lakes, but all of 
 insignificant extent. It yields slates, limestone, &c. &c. Agri- 
 culture is attended to \?ith some diligence, and the richness of 
 the soil renders the county rich in corn, &c., and cattle. Trim 
 is the county town. Pop. 183,828. It sends 2 members to the 
 imperial parliament. 
 
 MEATH, WEST, a county of Leinster, Ireland. It is sur- 
 rounded by Meath, King's County, Roscommon, Longford, and 
 Cavan. It is nearly 45 miles long, by 25 broad. Tliere are no 
 hills of any considerable height here. It is watered by streams 
 which flow partly W. to the Shannon, and partly E. to the Boyne. 
 It has also some considerable lakes, as Loughs Rea, Shillin, 
 Keinal, Hoyle, Ennel, &c. It is not deficient in bogs. Lime- 
 stone and coarse building-stone are its chief mineral products. 
 Its soil is good, but agriculture is little attended to ; nor are the 
 manufactures in a very flourishing condition. It has some trade 
 by means of the Shannon and the Royal Canal. Mullingar is 
 the county town. Pop. 141,300. It sends 3 representatives to 
 the imperial parliament. 
 
 MEATH, a diocese ofthe Established Church of Ireland, whose 
 bishop ranks next after the archbishops. Ardbraccan is the 
 cathedral town. 
 
 ME'CCA, a city of Arabia, in the province of Hedjaz. It_ 
 stands on a barren spot, in a valley surrounded by low hills," 
 about a spring, named Zemzern, held sacred by the Mussulmans, 
 being looked upon as the very spring which appeared to save the 
 
MED 
 
 lives of Hajrar and Ishmael. It is the most sacred spot in the 
 regards of all Mohammedans, not only because the prophet was 
 born there, but also because of the Kaaba, which was, long be- 
 fore Mohammed's time, a temple of the greatest sanctity in the 
 eyes of all Arabians, and was built over a meteorolite of no great 
 size, which was an object of divine adoration amongst them, 
 and receives divine honours to this day. The temple is not large, 
 but the piazzas and outbuildings are of considerable extent, and 
 are enriched with all the ornament that wealthy piety can be- 
 stow. The whole territory of Mecca is held to" be sacred, and 
 annually immense crowds of pilgrims resort to it, as an infallible 
 means of obtaining the Divine favour. The whole support of 
 the town is the trade arising from these pilgrimages. Lat. 21. 
 33. N. Long. 40. 4. E. It is connected with a port on the Red 
 Sea, named Jidda. 
 
 MECHA'NIC, Mecha'nical, (mekdnic, mekdnical) a. [mechane, 
 Gr.] constructed by the laws of mechanics ; skilled in mechanics. 
 Figuratively, acting and working without any insight into prin- 
 ciples; formal, in opposition to vital. 3fechanical Powers, in 
 Natural Philosophy, are machines of very simple construction, 
 by which a small amount of force is enabled to overcome con- 
 siderable resistance ; the reason and laws of which are treated 
 of in the science of mechanics. They are, the lever, the wheel 
 and axis, the inclined plane, the wedge, the screw, and the jmlley: 
 — which see. 
 
 MECHA'NIC, {mekdnik) s. a manufacturer, or person engaged 
 io handicraft empl(wments. 
 
 MECHA'NICALLY, {mekdnicalhj) ad. according to the laws 
 of mechanism. 
 
 MECHA'iMCALNESS, {mehdnicalness) s. agreeableness to the 
 laws of mechanism. 
 
 MECHA'NICS, (mekdnics) s. in Natural Philosophy, that branch 
 vrhich treats of the laws of solid bodies in regard to rest and mo- 
 tion, and is divided into statics, or the laws of equilibrium, kine- 
 matics, or dynamics, or the laws of force as displayed in motion. 
 To no part of natural philosophy has mathematical science been 
 so fully applied ; and it is to this that all the greatest discoveries 
 of late ages in astronomy are owing. See Dynamics, &c. 
 
 ME'CHANISM, (mckanism) s. action according to mechanic 
 laws; the construction of the parts depending on each other in 
 any engine, or complicated machine. 
 
 ME'CHLENBURG, the name of two grand-duchies of Ger- 
 many, distinguished by the additional names of Schwerin and 
 Strelitz. Mecklenburg lies on the Baltic, and is bounded by 
 Prussia, Brandenburg, Hanover, Lauenburg, and Liibeck. It 
 is about 125 miles long, and nearly 100 broad. It has a range of 
 hills running th rough it, but none are of any considerable height. 
 It is watered by the Elbe and its tributaries, and by some smaller 
 streams, which run direct to the sea. There are also very many 
 lakes, but none of great extent. It is a very fertile country, 
 yielding abundance of corn, timber, cattle, sheep, &c. &c. Game 
 and fish are also abundant. It has some manufactures, but re- 
 lies most on its agriculture. The two duchies take their titles 
 from their chief towns. Pop. Mecklenburg-Schwerin, about 
 470,000. Mecklenburg-Strelitz, about 100,000. 
 
 MECH(yAC.4N, s. [from the place,] in Materia Medica, a large 
 root, twelve or fourteen inches long; the plant which affords it 
 is a species of bindweed, and its stalks are angular : the pulver- 
 ized root is a gentle and mild purgative. 
 
 MECtyNIUM, s. [meAwi, Gr.] expressed juice of poppy; the 
 first excrement of children. 
 
 ME'DAL, s. [medaille, Fr.] an ancient coin ; a coin stamped 
 in honour of some extraordinary action or person, and not in- 
 tended to be used as money. 
 
 MEDA'LLIC, a. belonging to medals. 
 
 MEDA'LLION, s. \medaillon, Fr.] a large antique stamp or 
 medal ; any carving or engraving brought within a circle, so as 
 to resemble a medal. 
 
 ME'DALLIST, «. [mSdailliste, Fr.] a man skilled or curious in 
 collecting medals. 
 
 To ME'DDLE, v. n. [middelen, Belg.] to have to do ; to concern 
 oneself about; to interpose or interfere officiouslj'. 
 
 ME'DDLER, s. one who interposes, or busies himself with 
 things that do not concern him. 
 
 ME'DDLESOME, a. officiously interposing in affairs that do 
 not concern one ; intermeddling. 
 
 MEDE, JOSEPH, a learned English divine, of the 17th cen- 
 
 MED 
 
 tury, who studied at Cambridge, and deservedlj- obtained con- 
 siderable reputation for his attainments. He rejected all invita- 
 tions to leave his studious retirement, and died in 1G38, aged 
 51 years. His works were not numerous; and amongst them 
 his work on the interpretation of the Book of Revelation has 
 held the highest place. 
 
 MEDE'A. &e Jason. 
 
 ME'DIA, in Ancient Geography, a country lying above the 
 district named Persis, very extensive and fruitful. Towards the 
 N. it was mountainous, and was watered by the rivers Araxes, 
 Mardus, &c. It abounded in grapes, oranges, and other fruits. 
 Its drugs were held in great esteem, and its breed of horses was 
 famed through all Asia. Ecbatana was its chief city,and in splen- 
 dour rivalled Babylon itself. In connexion with Persia, this was 
 the seat of the second great world empire, which was founded 
 by Cyrus the Great. 
 
 MEDIA'STINE, s. [Fr.] in Anatomy, the fimbriated mem- 
 brane, round which the bowels are arranged. 
 
 To ME'DIATE, v. n. [inedius, Lat.] to interpose as an equal 
 friend between two parties ; to be between two. — v. a. to limit 
 by something in the middle ; to effect by mediation. 
 
 ME'DIATE, a. [rnediat, Fr.] interposed ; coming between ; 
 placed between two extremes. 
 
 ME'DIATELY, ad. by a secondary, or intervening, cause. 
 
 MEDIA'TION, s. [Fr.] interposition or intervention; agency, 
 or a power of acting between ; intercession or entreaty \ox an- 
 other. 
 
 MEDIATOR, s. [nil-diateur, Fr.] one who acts between two 
 parties, in order to procure a reconciliation ; an intercessor for 
 another. 
 
 MEDIATO'RIAL, Media'tory, a. belonging to a mediator. 
 
 MEDIA'TORSHIP, s. the office of mediator. 
 
 MEDIA'TRIX, s. a female mediator. 
 
 ME'DICAL, a. [rnedeo, Lat.] relating to medicine, or the art of 
 healing. 
 
 ME'DICALLY, ad. after the manner of medicine; according 
 to the art of physic. 
 
 ME'DICAMENT, s. any thing used in healing; generally ap- 
 plied to external remedies. 
 
 MEDICAME'NTAL, a. relating to medicines. 
 
 MEDICAME'NTALLY, ad. after the manner, or with the 
 power, of medicine. 
 
 To ME'DICATE, f, a, to tincture, or impregnate, by infusion 
 of medicines. 
 
 MEDICA'TION, s. the act of tincturing, or impregnating with 
 medical ingredients. 
 
 ME'DICI, the name of one of the noblest fiimilies of Italy, 
 which raised the city of Florence to its highest point of wealth 
 and splendour, and eventually overthrew its liberties ; furnished 
 more than one pontifl' to the Roman see ; and, by intermarriages, 
 was connected with the principal kingdoms of Europe. The 
 following members of this family are the most illustrious, or the 
 best known in modern history. Giovanni rfe' Medici was one of the 
 greatest of the merchant princes of Florence, who, by his wealth 
 acquired through commerce, and by his wisdom, rose to the pos- 
 session of the greatest power in that state. He laid the founda- 
 tion for all the subsequent honours of his house, and in the ex- 
 ercise of his power in the republic, confirmed the security of the 
 citizens, and made it respected universally. He died in 1428. 
 Cosmo de' Medici, his son, carried on the work his father had be- 
 gun, and attained to yet greater honour. He had yet greater 
 difficulties to contend with, in the older families of Florentine 
 nobles, who at one time obtained sufficient influence to banish 
 him. On his return, he immediately resumed his station in the 
 republic, and devoted himself, with fresh energy, to his endea- 
 vours to raise and instruct it. It was during the great revival 
 of letters; and he was indefatigable in collecting MSS. and 
 works of art, and in inducing artists and scholars to take up 
 their abode in Florence. The splendour of his administration 
 prevented the citizens from perceiving the inroads that he made 
 upon their freedom, and they honoured him with the title of 
 Tater Patria. He died in 14()4, aged 75 years. Lorenzo de' Me- 
 dici, grandson of Cosmo, surnamed the Magnificent, succeeded, 
 whilst yet a young man, to his grandfather's wealth and power. 
 He had already been distinguished in the state, and from the 
 commencement to the close of his long reign, (for he wielded 
 almost absolute power in Florence,) he steadily pursued the track 
 
 573 
 
MED 
 
 of his ancestors in adorning arffl ennobling his native city, and in 
 preserving for himself its chief power. He had powerful enemies 
 to contend with, and unscrupulous in their means of opposing him. 
 He nearly fell a victim to the conspiracy of Pazzi ; he was excom- 
 municated by the pope, who had encouraged the conspirators; 
 he freed himself and the state from the hostility of the king of 
 Naples, only by the perilous experiment of throwing himself, 
 personally, on the generosity of his enemy. The accession of 
 Innocent VIII. to the see of Rome, at length relieved him from 
 fear, and gave him the means of carrying out his schemes. As 
 a statesman, he was unsurpassed in his generation. He wielded 
 the destinies of Italy, and by his consummate skill preserved the 
 balanceof poweramongst itsnumerousand hostile principalities. 
 At home, he changed the whole aspect of the state, and broke 
 the power of the democracy. He laid aside the commercial en- 
 gagements of his family, and adopted other means of securing 
 and extending his wealth. In his patronage of literature, phi- 
 losophy, and the arts, he excelled his father, and contributed in 
 no small degree to the overturn of the dominion of the school- 
 men. To him also must be attributed the greatest share in that 
 paganizing of the Church of Rome, which was amongst the chief 
 causes of the rapid spread of the Lutheran Reformation. He 
 numbered amongst his personal friends and attendants some of 
 
 the brightest ornaments of Italy; and, amongst his opponents, 
 stands conspicuous the martyr-priest of Florence, Girolamo Sa- 
 vonardla. It was by him that the Medici family was first raised 
 
 iALL r , ad. after the manner, or with the power, of 
 
 to a level with the royal families of Europe. He died in 149'2, 
 aged 44 years. Piero de' Medici, who succeeded his father Lo- 
 renzo, was remarkable only for his weakness and incapacity to 
 maintairi the position he held by his birth and fortune. Under 
 his administration the family was expelled from Florence, and 
 the city was spoiled by the French. He was drowned in 1504. 
 Cosmo de' Medici, collaterally related to the foregoing, after the 
 assassination of Alessandro de' Medici, obtained the title of 
 Chief of the Republic, and by proceeding cautiously, succeeded 
 in obliterating the last traces of freedom, and converting the 
 state into a grand-duchy, with himself at the head. He, like 
 the rest of the family, was a strenuous patron of learning and 
 art, and maintained the splendour of Florence in those respects, 
 when its true greatness had left it for ever. He died in 1.574, 
 aged 55 years, having reigned 34. See Leo X., and Catharine 
 de' Medici. 
 
 MEDI'CINABLE, a. having the power of physic. 
 
 MEDFCIN AL, a. Imedicinalis, Lat.] having the power of heal- 
 ing ; belonging to physic. 
 
 medfcinally, ■ " 
 
 medici 
 
 ME'DICINE, (usually pron. medsin,) s. [medeo, Lat.] physic ; 
 any drug given to cure a disorder ; the art of healing. 
 
 ME'DICK, s. in Botany, a plant with yellow flowers, called 
 by some butterjags. 
 
 MEDFNA, a city of Arabia, in the province of Hedjaz, esteem- 
 ed by Mussulmans as next in sanctity to Mecca, being the burial- 
 place of Mohammed. It stands in a plain, which is sufficiently 
 well watered to be productive in some parts of fruits, &c. It is 
 defended by a wall and a strong castle, and is now somewhat 
 decayed both as to its trade and splendour. The only temple is 
 the mosque containing the remains of the prophet, which falls 
 short of the Kaaba of Mecca in its wealth and decorations. The 
 pilgrims to this place are not so numerous as those to Mecca. 
 Lat. 25. 28. N. Long. 39. 44. E. 
 
 MEDIO'CRITY, s. [inediocrite, Fr.] a small degree ; a middle 
 rate or state ; moderation. 
 
 To ME'DITATE, v. a. [tneditor, Lat.] to plan, scheme, or con- 
 trive ; to think on or revolve in the mind. — v. n. to think or con- 
 template with intense thought. 
 
 MEDITATION, s. deep thought ; intense application of the 
 mind. 
 
 ME'DITATIVE, a. addicted to intense thought ; expressing 
 any intention. 
 
 MEDITERRA'NE, Mediterra'nean, Mediterra'neous, a. 
 [medius and terra, Lat.] surrounded with land ; inland ; remote 
 from the sea. 
 
 MEDITERRA'NEAN, the name of the great inland sea which 
 
 separates Europe from Africa. It is about 2000 miles in length, 
 
 but varies greatly in breadth. The eastern part is named the 
 
 Levant ; the part between Greece and Asia Minor is called the 
 
 574 
 
 MEE 
 
 jEgean Sea ; the gulf that divides Italy from Greece is called the 
 Adriatic Sea, or the G. of Venice ; W. of Italy is the G. of Genoa. 
 It abounds with islands, of which Candia, or Crete, Cyprus, 
 Sicily, Sardinia, and Corsica, are the largest. The capes and 
 promontories are very numerous. By the Dardanelles and the 
 Bosphorus it is connected with the Black Sea ; and by the Straits 
 of Gibraltar, with the Atlantic Ocean. There have been many 
 attempts made to open a communication from it to the Indian 
 Ocean, by means of a canal to the Red Sea. In its physical pe- 
 culiarities it differs greatly from seas which have more open com- 
 munication with the ocean. The tides are obscurely perceptible, 
 and there is a double current in it, which produces the famous 
 whirlpool in the Straits of Messina, called Charybdis. It is also 
 subject to a very deadly wind from the Great Desert of Africa; 
 ancf being so confined, there are often very destructive whirl- 
 winds, wliich take place with great suddenness. The countries 
 on the shores of this sea have been the scenes of the events 
 which have most largely att'ected the human race. By means of 
 it the civilization of Egypt, Phoenicia, Greece, Carthage, and 
 Rome, spread to other nations. Near it sprang up Judaism, 
 Christianity, the beautiful paganism of Greece, the cruel priest- 
 ism of Egypt, the polluting worship of the Syrians, the domineer- 
 ing, all-embracing superstitions of pagan and of papal Rome, the 
 stern and savage fanaticism of the Mohammedan reformation. 
 Here, too, has every form of political tyranny, royal, sacerdotal, 
 theocratic, oligarchical, military, and democratical, had its field 
 for display ; and here has it been proved, by Phoenicia and its co- 
 lonies, by Greece and its colonies, and by the free cities of Italy 
 in later days, how inseparable is the truest national prosperity 
 from the truest and fullest political freedom. The trade of the 
 British islands with the Mediterranean is very considerable both 
 for exports and imports. 
 
 ME'DIUM, s. [Lat.] any thing that intervenes or comes be- 
 tween; the middle place or degree. In Mechanical Philosophy, 
 that space or region which a body passes in its motion towards 
 any point. In Arithmetic, a number equally distant from each 
 extreme. In Logic, the middle term in an argument, by which 
 propositions are connected. 
 
 ME'DLAR, s. in Horticulture, the fruit of a tree allied to the 
 apple, and to the whitethorn, which is not fit for eating till it 
 begins to decay. 
 
 ME'DLEY, Me'dly, s. a mixture ; amiscellany ; a confused mass. 
 
 ME'DLEY, a. mixed, confused. 
 
 MEDU'LLAR, Medu'llary, a. [medidlaire, Fr.] belonging to 
 the marrow. 
 
 MEDU'SA, in Heathen Mythology, one of the Gorgons, whose 
 head turned men who looked on it to stone. It was placed in 
 the 8Egis of Pallas. 
 
 ME'DWAY, the principal river of Kent, in England. It rises 
 in Tilgate Forest, and enters the sea just at the mouth of the 
 Thames, near the Isle of Sheppey. Tunbridge, Maidstone, and 
 Chatham, with Rochester, stand on it. 
 
 MEED, s. [med, Sax.] an old word for reward, recompence, 
 present, gift. 
 
 MEEK, a. [mehak,Sc\av.] not easily provoked to anger; bear- 
 ing insults without resentment ; not having an overweening 
 opinion of oneself. 
 
 MEE'KLY, ad. in a mild or gentle manner. 
 
 MEE'KNESS, s. a temper of mind not easily provoked to re- 
 sentment ; mildness ; absence of self-importance. 
 
 MEER, s. See Mere. 
 
 MEE'RSCHAUM, s. [Dutch,] in Mineralogy, a kind of steatite, 
 or French chalk. It is found in modules in various places near 
 the ^gean and the Black Sea. The larger pieces are made into 
 bowls for tobacco-pipes, by being cut into form and soaked in 
 wax, and the refuse is used as pipe-clay for the same purpose : 
 when burnt it is of a rich vermillion red. 
 
 MEET, a. proper ; qualified ; adapted to any use. 
 
 To MEET, V. a. pret. and participle met; \7netan, Sax.] to light 
 on ; to close or touch ; to come face to face ; to encounter ; to 
 join another in the same place from diiferent parts ; to find. — 
 V. n. to encounter, or come face to face ; to assemble ; to join. 
 Synon. Wejind things unknown, or which we sought after; we 
 meet with things that are in our way, or which present them- 
 selves to us unsought for. 
 
 MEE'TER, s. one that accosts, finds accidentally, or comes 
 up to a persop face to face. 
 
MEL 
 
 MEETING, s. an assembly ; a congress ; a congregation for 
 public worship. 
 
 MEETING-HOUSE, «. a place where persons assemble for 
 public worship. 
 
 MEETLY, ad. in a fit or proper manner. 
 
 MEETNESS, s. fitness or propriety. 
 
 ME'GALOSAURUS,«. [»)ef/a.sands(7i<ros,Gr.] in Palaeontology, 
 the name of a huge animal of the crocodile kind, whose remains 
 are found in some of the oolitic strata of England. 
 
 MEGA'RIS, a state of ancient Greece, close to the isthmus of 
 Corinth. It was the smallest of the Grecian countries, and was 
 named from Megara, which stood a little way from the Gulf of 
 Salamis, having one port, Nistea, on that gulf, and another, Pegse, 
 on the Corinthian Gulf. This state was crushed in the contest 
 between oligarchy and democracy, usually named the Pelopon- 
 nesian war. 
 
 MEGATHE'RIUM, s. {megas and ther, Gr.] in Paleontology, 
 a huge kind of sloth, whose fossil remains occur in America, 
 amongst the most recent formations. There are several different 
 genera, one of which seems to have been covered with a kind of 
 armour, like the recent armadillo. 
 
 ME'GRIM, s. [rnegrain, Fr.] a disorder of the head, with a 
 sensation of turning round ; nausea. 
 
 ME'LA, POM PON I us, a Roman geographer of the 1st cen- 
 tury A. D. His work is valuable, although it appears to be alto- 
 gether a compilation from the writings of others. 
 
 MELANCHO'LIC, imelankdlik) a. inflicted with melancholy ; 
 fanciful, gloomy, or sad. 
 
 ME'LANCHOLY, (inelanMhj) s. lmela}icolie,Fr. from 7nela8 and 
 cfiale, Gr.] a gloomy state of mind ; dejection ; despondency. 
 This very frequently arises from the person's bodily condition, 
 but may be occasioned by other causes. 
 
 ME'LANCHOLY, (me/anA%) a. gloomy; dismal; habitually 
 pensive and dejected. 
 
 MELA'NCTHON, PHILIP, properly Schwartzerdt, the cele- 
 brated coadjutor of Luther in effecting the German Reformation. 
 He studied at Pfortsheim and Heidelberg, and afterwards at Tii- 
 bingen,and he early obtained the friendship of the great scholar 
 and herald of the Reformation, John Reucblin. It was through 
 him that he was appointed Greek professor at Wittemberg, where 
 be met with Luther. He was amongst the first who embraced h is 
 views, and he was connected with Luther in his earliest defence 
 of them against Dr. Eck, at Leipzig. He shared the great re- 
 former's cares and labours, and gave powerful aid by his learning 
 and literary skill. He was once hurried away by the fiery zeal 
 of Carlstadt, but it was for a very short time. The Confession of 
 Augsburg was his writing; and he engaged with his old oppo- 
 nent, Eck, in a second disputation before Charles V., at VVorms 
 and Ratisbon. After the loss of Luther, he was carried by his 
 fearful disposition almost to a compromise with Romanism, and 
 was opposed to all the other friends and helpers of the Reforma- 
 tion. He died in 1560, aged 63 years. He was admirably qua- 
 lified by his scholarship and taste to aid Luther ; and his temper, 
 which was so different from Melancthon's, was oftentimes re- 
 strained and improved by his friend's mildness. But, without 
 Luther, Melancthon would have taken no such place as he has 
 taken amongst the friends of the human race. His works are 
 numerous, and to theological scholars and divines of some 
 value. 
 
 ME'LCOMB-REGIS, Dorsetshire. It is situated at the mouth 
 of the river Wey, and joined to WeymoutTi by a timber bridge, 
 which was erected in 1770, and has a drawbridge in the middle 
 to admit the passage of ships into the western part of the har- 
 bour. It is further united to Weymouth as a port, a corporation, 
 and a market town, and is 129 miles from London. Markets, 
 Tuesday and Friday. Pop. 50-39. 
 
 MELICE'RIS, {nieleekeris) a. \meU, Gr.] in Surgery, a tumour 
 enclosed in a cystis or bag, consisting of matter like honey, 
 whence it derives its name. 
 
 ME'LILOT, s. [Fr,] in Agriculture and Botany, a species of 
 trefoil, which grows naturally among corn in many parts of Eng- 
 land, and is difficult to be separated from it. 
 
 To ME'LIORATE, v. a. Imeliorer, Fr.] to make better or im- 
 prove. 
 
 MELIORATION, s. [Fr.] the act of rendering a thing better. 
 
 MELIO'KITY, s. [melior, Lat.] the state of being better. 
 
 ME'LKSHAM, Wilts. It has a considerable manufactory of 
 
 MEM 
 
 fine broad-cloth, and is situated on the river Avon, 95 miles 
 from London. Market, Saturday. Pop. 6236. 
 
 MELLIFICATION, s. \_mel and/acio, Lat.] the act of making 
 honey; production of honey. 
 
 MELLI'FLUENCE, s. [mel and ^«o, Lat.] a honied flow; a 
 flow of sweetness. 
 
 MELLrFLUENT,MELLi'FLUOUs, a. flowing with lioney; flow- 
 ing with sweetness. 
 
 ME'LLOW, {meOd) a. soft with ripeness ; soft in sound. Fat, 
 applied to ground. Figuratively, partly drunk. 
 
 To ME'LLOW, {meM) v. a. to ripen ; to soften by ripeness ; 
 to ripen by age ; to bring to maturity. — v. n. to grow ripe ; to be 
 matured. 
 
 ME'LLOWNESS, (mettOness) s. the state of fruits made soft 
 by ripeness or time ; maturity; full age. 
 
 ME'LMOTH, WILLIAM, a lawyer, who is well known by 
 some of his literary productions, the chief of them being trans- 
 lations of the letters of Cicero and Pliny. He died in 1799, aged 
 89 years. 
 
 MELO'DIOUS, o. sounding grateful to the ear ; harmonious ; 
 musical. 
 
 MELO'DIOUSLY, ad. musically; harmoniously. 
 
 MELO'DIOUSNESS, s. harmoniousness; sweetness of sound. 
 
 ME'LODRAMA, s. a species of play, in which the musical 
 part is not merely an addition and ornament, but an essential 
 part of the representation. 
 
 ME'LODY, «. {meli and ode, Gr.] the agreeable eflFect of dif-' 
 ferent musical sounds ranged or disposed in a proper succession, 
 and caused only by one single part, voice, or instrument ; whence 
 jt is distinguished from harmony; though both words are used 
 in discourse and writing as if they were synonymous. Music; 
 an agreeableness of sound that raises pleasure in the mind. 
 
 ME'LON, s. [Gr.] in Horticulture, a plant which runs along 
 the ground, and produces a fruit of some size, and very luscious 
 to the taste. 
 
 MELPO'MENE, in Heathen Mythology, one of the nine muses, 
 to whom the invention of tragedy is ascribed. 
 
 MELRO'SE, Roxburghshire, Scotland. This town stands on 
 the Tweed, and is chiefly remarkable for the ruins of a very mag- 
 nificent abbey, dedicated to St, Mary, built by David I. It is 
 35 miles from Edinburgh. Pop. 1962. 
 
 ToMELT, t), a. [meltan. Sax.] to dissolve and make liquid, 
 either by fluids or heat ; to dissolve or break in pieces. Figura- 
 tively, to soften to love or tenderness, — v. n. to become liquid, or 
 to be made fluid. Figuratively, to be softened to pity; to grow 
 tender, mild, or gentle; to be dissolved, 
 
 ME'LTER, «. one that dissolves metals or other solid sub- 
 stances by heat. 
 
 ME'LTINGLY, ad. in a tender or affectionate manner, 
 
 ME'LTON-MOWBRAY, Leicestershire. It is seated on, and 
 almost encompassed with, the little river Eye, over which are 
 two handsome stone bridges. The houses are well built. It is 
 a large town, with a considerable market for provisions, cattle, 
 &c. It is 106 miles from London. Market, Tuesday. Fairs, 
 on the first Tuesday after January 17th, Whitsun-Tuesday, and 
 August 21st. Pop. 3937. 
 
 aiE'LVILLE, ANDREW, one of the most eminent of the 
 early divines of the Scottish Church, for learning, courage, and 
 purity of purpose. After having studied at St. Andrews, he went 
 to France, and studied at Paris and Poictiers, and obtained 
 such reputation there, that he received a scholastic appointment. 
 But he was compelled to leave France, and, retiring to Geneva, 
 was made professor of general literature there. He subsequently 
 returned to Scotland, and took the headship of Glasgow Univer- 
 sity; whence he, after a while, removed to St. Mary's College, 
 St. Andrews. In these situations he displayed the great amount 
 of his biblical and oriental erudition, and aided greatly in estab- 
 lishing the Presbyterian Kirk. He was not agreeable to the 
 rulers from his fearlessness, and he was once obliged to leave 
 Scotland for above a year to preserve his life. After the Union, 
 James, who had his own reasons for endeavouring to show his 
 zeal for Episcopacy, decoyed him to London, and had him im- 
 prisoned. He was released on condition of his leaving the king- 
 dom ; and he retired, by his liberator's desire, to Sedan, where 
 he died in 1622, aged 76 years. George Herbert has directed 
 some of his Latin poems against him. 
 ME'MBEIl, «. [membrum, Lat.] a limb or joint of an animal 
 
 575 
 
MEN 
 
 body ; a part of a discourse ; a head ; a clause ; a single person 
 belonginpr to a society or community. 
 
 ME'MBRANE, s. [Fr. membrana, Lat] a fibrous web, serving 
 to wrap up some parts in the fabric of an animal. 
 
 MEM BRAN A'CEOUS, Membra'neous, Me'mbranous, a. 
 [membraneux, Fr.] consisting of membranes. 
 
 ME'MEL, a town of Prussia, on the river Dange. It is not 
 badly built, but being devoted to trade, has had little care be- 
 stowed on its ornament. It is one of the chief seats of Prussian 
 commerce. Pop. about 10,000. Lat. 55. 43. N. Long. 21. 6. E. 
 
 MEME'NTO, s. [Lat.] a bint or notice to recall a thing into 
 the memory. 
 
 ME'MNON, one of the early Egyptian kings, who fought at 
 the defence of Troy, and fell there. He was fabled to be a child 
 of the sun ; and it was believed, that when the sun's rays at his 
 rising first touched the lips of his statue, it uttered melodious 
 sounds. To account for this, innumerable theories have been 
 devised. 
 
 ME'MOIR, s. [memoire, Fr.] an account of some transactions 
 written in a familiar manner ; a hint, notice, or account of any 
 thing ; the history of any person's life, written in a compendious 
 form. 
 
 ME'MORABLE, a. [memorabilts, Lat.] worthy to be remem- 
 bered. 
 
 ME'MORABLY, ad. in a manner worthy of being remembered. 
 
 MEMORA'NDUM, s. [Lat.] a note to assist the memory. 
 
 MEMO'RIAL, a. [Fr. memorialis, Lat.] preserving the memory 
 or remembrance of a thing; contained in the memory. 
 
 MEMO'RIAL, s. a monument, or something erected to pre- 
 serve the memory of some great person or action ; a hint to as- 
 sist the memory; the representation of a transaction, by way of 
 remonstrance or complaint from one prince, or his ambassador, 
 to another; an address, complaining of some grievance, made 
 by subjects to the sovereign or the ministers of the crown. 
 
 MEMO'RIALIST, s. one who makes remonstrances, or sets 
 forth any particular circumstance. 
 
 ME'MORY, s. [inetnoria, Lat. memoire, Fr.] the power of recall- 
 ing mental impressions, which have disappeared, or have been 
 laid aside for a time ; the act of recollecting things past ; the 
 time or period of a person's knowledge. 
 
 MEN, s. the plural of Man. 
 
 To ME'NACE, v. a. [memcer, Fr.] to threaten. 
 
 ME'NACE, s. a threat or positive assurance of mischief on 
 certain conditions. 
 
 ME'NACER, s. one who threatens or denounces mischief to 
 another. 
 
 MENA'GERIE, s. [Fr.] a collection of animals. 
 
 ME'NAGOGUE, s. [menes and ago, Gr.] a medicine that pro- 
 motes the flux of the menses. 
 
 ME'NAI STRAIT, the narrow sea that runs between the 
 Isle of Anglesea and Caernarvonshire. Across it has been con- 
 structed a suspension-bridge 100 feet above high-water mark, 
 which is a great triumph of art. 
 
 MENA'NDER, a Greek comedian of the 3rd century b. c, 
 of whose verses only fragments remain, and of whose plays we 
 can form only a very indistinct conception, from the avowed 
 imitations of Terence. He died in about 290 b. c. 
 
 To MEND, V. a. [emendo, Lat.] to repair or make good any 
 breach or decay ; to correct or alter for the better ; to help or 
 advance ; to improve or increase. — v. n, to grow better ; to be 
 changed for the better. 
 
 MENDA'CITY, s. \mendax, Lat.] falsehood. 
 
 ME'NDELSSOHN, MOSES, a celebrated Jewish philosopher 
 of Germany, in the last century. He was carefully instructed 
 in Jewish learning by his father, and he came to be a partner 
 in a factory. He now commenced his literary career, and pub- 
 lished works illustrating his views of Judaism. His Phcedon is 
 the work by which his name will be longest known. He was the 
 friend of Lessing, Nicolai, and other philosophical deists of his 
 time._ He died in 1786, aged 57 years. 
 
 ME'NDER, 8. one that repairs breaches or decays; one that 
 alters for the better. 
 
 MENDICANT, a. {vyindico, Lat.] begging. 
 
 ME'NDICANT, s. [Fr.] a beggar. In Ecclesiastical History, 
 a religious order subsisting by alms acquired by begging. 
 
 ME'NDIP HILLS, a range of hills in Somersetshire, being at 
 its highest points about 10,000 feet above the sea. They con- 
 576 
 
 MEN 
 
 sist of mountain limestone and old red sandstone chiefly, and 
 abound in combes, or narrow chasms, and caverns, in which 
 many singular fossils have been found. Coal, copper, lead, ga- 
 lena, zinc, &c. &c. are found in abundance. There is good pas- 
 turage for sheep and cattle on the sides of these hills. 
 
 MENDO'ZA, DON DIEGO HURTADO DE, a Spanish poet, 
 military commander, and statesman, during the 16th century. 
 He was educated for the church at Salamanca, and whilst yet a 
 student, invented the comic romance or novel. He was soon 
 appointed envoy from Charles V. to Venice, and there formed 
 an acquaintance with the most eminent Italian poets' writings. 
 His successful diplomacy procured his appointment as delegate 
 to the Council of Trent, and he discharged this difficult embassy 
 to the emperor's satisfaction. This led to his being made im- 
 perial ambassador at Rome, with powers in Tuscany and else- 
 where that made him the terror of the French party in Italy. 
 He humbled the pope in his own court, braved all dangers, put 
 down conspiracies; and after the death of Paul, and the election 
 of Julius III., was made gonfalonier to the church. Returning 
 to Spain, he lived the life of a literary man and courtier, and 
 died in 1575, aged 70. He wrote many poems, and a history of 
 the Moorish wars. He collected a very valuable library, with a 
 great number of Arabic MSB., which forms one of the most va- 
 luable parts of the library of the Escurial. His influence on the 
 literature of Spain was very great, and especially for the poetry, 
 into which he introduced new forms borrowed from Italy. 
 
 MENGS, ANTONY RAPHAEL, a great German painter of 
 the last century. He studied at Rome, and successfully imitated 
 the style of Raffaelle and Correggio. He painted in fresco, as 
 well as on canvass. Amongst his greatest works must be num- 
 bered his paintings in the palaces of the king of Spain. He 
 died in Rome in 1779, aged 51 years. He wrote on the theory 
 of his art, and expounded the principles on which he had con- 
 structed and coloured his grand historic paintings. 
 
 ME'NIAL, a. [from meiny or many ; metii, Sax. or mesnie, old 
 Fr.] belonging to the number of servants ; of a low or base 
 employ. 
 
 ME'NIAL, s. one of the train of servants. 
 
 MENI'NGES, s. [meningos, Gr.] in Anatomy, the two mem- 
 branes that envelop the brains, which are called the pia mater 
 and dura mater ; the latter being the exterior involucrum, is, 
 from its thickness, so denominated. 
 
 MENI'SCUS, s. in Optics, a lens, one surface of which is con- 
 vex, and the other concave, but so constructed that it is a mag- 
 nifying glass. 
 
 ME'NSTRUAL, a. [mensis, Lat.] monthly; happening every 
 month ; lasting a month ; belonging to a menstruum. 
 
 ME'NSTRUOUS, a. having a monthly flux. 
 
 ME'NSTRUUM, s. a liquor used to dissolve any thing, or to 
 extract the virtues of any ingredients by infusion or boiling. 
 
 MENSURABI'LiTY, s. [mensurabilite, Fr.] capacity of being 
 measured. 
 
 M E'NSURABLE, a. [mensura, Lat.] capable of being measured. 
 
 ME'NSURAL, a. relating to measure. 
 
 To ME'NSURATE, v. a. to measure or take the dimensions of 
 any thing. 
 
 MENSURA'TION, «. the act or practice of measuring; the 
 dimensions or quantity found out by means of a measure. 
 
 ME'NTAL, a. [?nentale, Fr.] existing in the mind ; belonging 
 to the mind ; internal. 
 
 ME'NTALLY, ad. in the mind ; in thought and meditation. 
 
 ME'NTION, (menshon) s. Imentio, Lat.] a hint; an expression 
 in writing or speaking; a recital of a thing. 
 
 To ME'NTION, (menslwn) v. a, [nientionner , Fr.] to express in 
 words or writing. 
 
 MENTZ, a large city of Hes-se-Darmstadt, Germany. It is 
 finely situated, but is built in an irregular manner, with narrow 
 streets and old-fashioned houses, and containing, besides the 
 parish churches, 6 monasteries, 5 nunneries, and 6 hospitals. 
 The cathedral is a gloomy fabric. Here are manufactures of ■ 
 stockings and stuffs. Its fortifications are very strong. Mentz 
 is seated on the Rhine, (soon after its confluence with the Maine,) 
 over which is a bridge communicating with Cassel. Population, 
 35,000. Lat. 49. 59. N. Long. 8. 1 1. E. It is called also Maina, 
 ^d Mavence. 
 
 ■ MENIJ', [Sanscrit,] in Hindu 3Iythology, a descendant of 
 Brahma, to whom is traditionally ascribed the authorship of a 
 
MER 
 
 work on religion and law, which is the authority for the whole 
 socialand religious state of the Hindus. It contains some singular 
 and wild statements respecting the origin and the consummation 
 of all things, and respecting the future state of man ; and amongst 
 much that is absurd and puerile, is to be found much also of ge- 
 nuine value for its excellent morality and wisdom. 
 
 MEPHI'TIC, Mephi'tical, {mejttic, mefitical) a. [mephitis, 
 Lat.] ill-favoured; stinking; poisonous. Mephitic air is car- 
 bonic acid gas, which is deadly poison when received into the 
 respiratory system. 
 
 ME'RCANTILE, «. belonging to trade; belonging to a mer- 
 chant ; commercial. 
 
 MERCA'TOR, GERARD, a geographer and mathematician 
 of the 16tb century, who first constructed maps of the world 
 resembling those now used for nautical purposes, and called by 
 his name. Another mathematician of the same name investi- 
 gated the laws for drawing the parallels, and they were finally 
 settled by an English geographer named Wright. In 3fercator's 
 Projection the parallels gradually increase in distance from each 
 other as they recede from the equator, and the poles are infinite- 
 ly removed from it. The advantage of this projection is, that 
 the directest course for a ship from one point to another on the 
 surface of the globe, is represented by a straight line drawn be- 
 tween the points in the map. Gerard Mercator died in 1594; 
 Nicholas Mercator, in about 1685. 
 
 ME'RCENARINESS, s. a low and sordid respect to gain or 
 lucre. 
 
 ME'RCENARY, a. Imereenarius, from merces, Lat.] acting only 
 for hire, or from a low and sordid prospect of gain ; hired ; sold 
 for money. 
 
 ME'RCENARY, «. [mercenaire, Fr.] a hireling; one retained 
 or serving for pay. 
 
 ME'RCER, s. [mercier, Fr.] one who sells silks and stuffs. 
 
 ME'RCERY, 8. [mercerie, Fr.] the trade of selling silks and 
 stuffs. 
 
 ME'RCHANDISE, (the s in this and next word is usually 
 pronounced likez,) s. [Fr.] traffic, commerce, or trade; wares; 
 any thing bought or sold. 
 
 To ME'RCtfANDISE, v. n. to trade or traffic. 
 
 ME'RCHANT, s. [marchand, Fr.] one who trades with persons 
 in foreign countries. 
 
 ME'RCHANTABLE, a. fit or likely to be bought or sold. 
 
 ME'RCH ANT-MAN, s. a trading ship. 
 
 ME'RCIA, one of the original kingdoms of Anglo-Saxon Bri- 
 tain. It occupied the centre of the country, being bounded by 
 Wales and the other kingdoms of the heptarchy. 
 
 ME'RCIFUL, a. willing to pity, spare, or pardon an offence, 
 or offender ; unwilling to punish. 
 
 ME'RCIFULLY, ad. with pity, or an inclination to spare an 
 offender. 
 
 ME'RCIFULNESS, 
 fenders. 
 
 MERCILESS, a. without compassion; cruel; severe. 
 
 ME'RCILESSLY, ad. in such a manner as neither to pity nor 
 spare an offender. 
 
 ME'RCILESSNESS, s. the quality of punishing without pity 
 or pardon. 
 
 MERCU'RIAL, a. [mercurialis, from Mereurius, Lat.] active ; 
 sprightly; volatile. In Medicine, consisting of quicksilver. 
 
 aiERCURIFlCA'TlON, «. the act of mixing or incorporating 
 with quicksilver. 
 
 ME'RCURY, s. \_Mercurim, Lat.] in Astronomy, the nearest 
 
 Elanet of our system to the sun. From his proximity to the sun 
 e is seldom seen, but when visible he shines with a very bright 
 white light. His mean distance from the sun is about 37 mil- 
 lions of miles. His periodic, sidereal, and synodic revolutions 
 are 87rf. 23*. Urn. 25s. 9-lOths ; 87<^. 23A. 15!n. 37s. ; and Ubd. 
 21A. 3m. 22]s. respectively. His rotation round his axis, and 
 consequently the length of his day, is about 24 hours. His di- 
 ameter is 3264 miles, and therefore his solid contents about 
 7-lOOths of the earth's. Mercury changes his phases, like the 
 moon, except only that he never appears quite full. He is some- 
 times seen to cross the sun's disk, which is called his transit, when 
 he appears like a little black spot, eclipsing a small part of the 
 sun's body, only observable with the telescope. This phenome- 
 non can only happen when the planet is in or near one of his 
 nodes, which is about the beginning of May and November; for 
 
 the quality of pitying or sparing of- 
 
 MER 
 
 the sun's place in the ecliptic must be the same, or nearly the 
 same, with the planet's ascending or descending node. The fol- 
 lowing tables give the particulars of these transits to a. d. 2003. 
 
 Table of Transits at the Ascending Node, in November, 
 
 Year. 
 
 Time 
 
 of th 
 
 e Middle. 
 
 Dist. of centres. 
 
 Semidur. 1 
 
 
 DAY. 
 
 H. 
 
 M. 
 
 
 
 H. M. 
 
 •• 1848 
 
 9 al 
 
 1 
 
 59 aft. 
 
 1 
 
 53 N. 
 
 2 43J 
 
 ♦ 1861 
 
 12 
 
 7 
 
 32 mor. 
 
 9 
 
 55 N. 
 
 2 11 
 
 * 1868 
 
 5 
 
 7 
 
 40 mor. 
 
 12 
 
 52 S. 
 
 1 41 
 
 1881 
 
 8 
 
 1 
 
 12 mor. 
 
 4 
 
 49 S. 
 
 2 37 
 
 * 1894 
 
 10 
 
 6 
 
 45 aft. 
 
 3 
 
 13 N. 
 
 2 41 
 
 ** 1907 
 
 14 
 
 12 
 
 17 noon. 
 
 II 
 
 15 N. 
 
 1 59 
 
 ** 1914 
 
 7 
 
 12 
 
 26 noon. 
 
 11 
 
 32 S. 
 
 1 57 
 
 * 1927 
 
 10 
 
 5 
 
 58 mor. 
 
 3 
 
 29 S. 
 
 2 40i 
 
 1940 
 
 11 
 
 11 
 
 30 aft. 
 
 4 
 
 33 N. 
 
 2 38 
 
 * 1953 
 
 14 
 
 5 
 
 3 aft. 
 
 12 
 
 36 N. 
 
 1 46 
 
 * 1960 
 
 7 
 
 5 
 
 11 aft. 
 
 10 
 
 12 S. 
 
 2 84 
 
 ** 1973 
 
 10 
 
 iO 
 
 44 mor. 
 
 2 
 
 9S. 
 
 2 42J 
 
 1986 
 
 13 
 
 4 
 
 17 mor. 
 
 5 
 
 53 N. 
 
 2 33^ 
 
 1999 
 
 15 
 
 9 
 
 49 aft. 
 
 13 
 
 56 N. 
 
 1 25 
 
 TahU of Transits at the Descending Node, in May. 
 
 Year. 
 
 Time of the Middle, 
 
 Dist. of centres. 
 
 Semidur. 
 
 
 DAY. H. 
 
 M. 
 
 
 
 * 1878 
 
 6 at 7 
 
 27 aft. 
 
 6 7N. 
 
 3 43 
 
 • 1891 
 
 10 3 
 
 Omor. 
 
 10 47 S. 
 
 2 56 
 
 * 1924 
 
 8 2 
 
 33 mor. 
 
 3 16 N. 
 
 3 56 
 
 ** 1937 
 
 11 10 
 
 Omor. 
 
 13 38 S. 
 
 2 6 
 
 *» 1970 
 
 9 9 
 
 43 mor. 
 
 25 N. 
 
 4 Oi 
 
 ** 2003 
 
 7 9 
 
 16 mor. 
 
 14 28 N. 
 
 
 Those transits that maybe seen from beginning to end, in Lon- 
 don, are marked with two asterisks, but those that may be seen 
 only in part are marked with one. The third column of the 
 tables denotes the distance of the planet's centre from the sun's, 
 either N. or S. at the time of the middle ; and the last, the semi- 
 duration of Mercury's centre upon the sun's disk. If you sub- 
 tract the semiduration of any particular transit noted in the 
 table, from its middle time, the remainder will give the time of 
 the planet's central ingress; and by adding it you will have that 
 of his central egress. — In Mythology, a deity, held to be the 
 messenger of the other gods, to preside over eloq^uence and trade, 
 to be the inventor of music, the interpreter ot the will of the 
 other deities, and the son of Jupiter ny Maia. In Chemistry, 
 quicksilver. This metal, in the temperature of our atmosphere, 
 is a fluid having the appearance of melted silver. It is the 
 heaviest of all metals except platina and gold. Mercury is used 
 in large quantities for silvering mirrors; for gilding; for making 
 barometers and thermometers ; and in the manufacture of ver- 
 milion. It has also various and important uses in medicine. In 
 Heraldry, purple. In Botany, a genus of plants, of which two 
 kinds are native in England : there is also a kind of blight that 
 goes by this name. Figuratively, sprightliness ; a newspaper ; 
 a carrier of newspapers. 
 
 ME'RCY, s. [rnerci, Fr.] the act of passing by crimes without 
 punishing them ; unwillingness to punish ; the act of pitying 
 and pardoning offenders; pardon. 
 
 ME'RCY-SEAT, s. in the Jewish Tabernacle and Temple, was 
 the covering of the chest in which the tables of the law were 
 deposited, called the ark of the covenant ; it was of gold, and 
 at its two ends were fixed two cherubim of the same metal, 
 with their wings extended ; between which appeared the Glory 
 that betokened the presence of God. 
 
 MERE, a. [inerus, Lat.] entire ; 
 persons or things; simple. 
 
 only ; exclusive of all other 
 
 MERE, Mer, s. [Sax.] in the beginning, middle, or end of the 
 names of places, a pool or lake. 
 
 MERE, s. a large pool or lake; a boundary. 
 
 ME'RELY, ad. simply ; only ; barely ; exclusive of any other 
 thing. 
 
 MERETRl'CIOUS, a. [meretrix, Lat.] used by or belonging to 
 harlots ; seducing or alluring by false shows. 
 
 4e 577 
 
MER 
 
 MERETRI'CIOUSLY, ad. after the manner of a harlot, with 
 false allurements. 
 
 MERETRI'CIOUSNESS, s. the quality of using false allure- 
 ments, like those of harlots. 
 
 MERI'DIAN, s. [meridien, Fr.] noon, or mid-day. In Astro- 
 nomy, an imaginary line from the N. pole to the S., which the 
 sun crosses at noon. Figuratively, the highest point of glory or 
 power. In globes and maps, the lines drawn from N. to S. ; also 
 the brazen circle within which the globe revolves. 
 
 MERI'DIAN, a. at the point of noon ; extended from the N. 
 to the S. Figuratively, raised to the highest point. 
 
 MERI'DIONAL, a. [tneridionel, Fr.] southern ; situated towards 
 the S. ; looking towards the S. This and the two following 
 words have the assigned significations only in the N. hemi- 
 sphere. In the S. the meaning is the reverse. 
 
 MERIDIONA'LITY, s. situation in the S. ; position of a place 
 so as to look towards the S. 
 
 MERI'DIONALLY, ad. with a southern aspect. 
 
 MERIONETHSHIRE, a county of N. Wales, lying on the 
 Irish Sea, and bounded by Caernarvonshire, Denbighshire, Mont- 
 gomeryshire, and Cardiganshire. It extends 36 miles in length, 
 and is 34 wide in its broadest part. The soil is as bad as any in 
 Wales, being very rocky and mountainous ; however, large flocks 
 of sheep and goats, and large herds of horned cattle, find pretty 
 good pastures in the valleys. The face of the country is most 
 romantic, and it is well clothed with wood. The principal rivers 
 are the Dee and Dovy; and it has a great mountain, the Cader 
 Idris, which is nearly 3000 feet high. Merionethshire contains 
 5 hundreds, 5 market towns, and 37 parishes. Harlech is the 
 capital. Pop. 39,332. It returns one member to parliament. 
 
 ME'RIT, s. [tnerite, Fr.] desert ; excellence deserving honour 
 or reward. 
 
 . To ME'RIT, V. a. [meriter, Fr.] to deserve ; to have a right to 
 claim somewhat, on account of one's excellences; to earn. 
 
 MERITO'RIOUSjO. [mSritoire, Fr.] deserving reward ; having 
 great desert. 
 
 MERITO'RIOUSLY, ad. in such a manner as to deserve re- 
 ward. 
 
 MERITO'RIOUSNESS, s. the quality of a thing, action, or 
 person, which gives them a right to approbation and reward. 
 
 ME'RLIN, s. in Ornithology, a kind of hawk. 
 
 ME'RLIN, a fabulous person, who figures largely in elsh 
 poetry and tradition, and especially in the legends relating to 
 Prince Arthur, as a prophet and magician. 
 
 ME'RMAID, s. [from mer, Fr. and maid,] a fabulous creature, 
 represented as half a woman and half a fish, inhabiting the sea. 
 
 ^ME'RMAID'S TRUMPET, s. in Zoology, a kind of shell-fish. 
 
 MERNS, or MEARNS. See Kincardineshire. 
 
 MEROVI'NGIANS, the earliest royal dynasty of France, which 
 held the throne from 481 a. d. to 751, when they were supplant- 
 ed by Pepin, who founded the Carlovingian dynasty. 
 
 ME'RRICK, JAMES, an English clergyman and poet, whose 
 metrical version of the Psalms is much admired, though not re- 
 markable for its fidelity to the simplicity of the originals. He 
 published a volume of poems, and some brief comments on the 
 Psalms and on John's Gospel. He died in 1769, aged 49 years. 
 
 ME'RRILY, ad. in a gay, joyous, or mirthful manner. 
 
 ME'RRIMAKE, s. a festival; a meeting to be joyous. 
 
 To ME'RRIM AKE, v. a. to feast ; to be merry. 
 
 ME'RRIMENT, s. gaiety ; sport that causes laughter. 
 
 ME'RRINESS, s. the quality of being cheerful, or promoting 
 mirth among others. 
 
 ME'RRY, a. Imirig, Sax.] full of mirth, joy, and laughter; 
 causing laughter; prosperous, or making cheerful. To make 
 rnernj, to junket, drink, and give a loose to laughter and joy with 
 a friend. 
 
 ME'RRY-A'NDREW, s. a buffoon, or person who endeavours 
 to raise laughter in others by odd gestures and comical ex- 
 pressions. 
 
 ME'RRY-THOUGHT, (merry-thaut) s. the common name for 
 the clavicular bone of fowls, given to it from its jocular employ- 
 ment in domestic vaticinations, about weddings, and such things. 
 
 MERSE'NNE, MARIN, a French philosopher and mathema- 
 tician, of the 17th century. He studied at La Fleche, joined 
 the Older of Minimes, and became a professor of theology, &c. 
 at Nevers. He was an intimate acquaintance of Descartes, and 
 578 
 
 his work on the theory of Music is esteemed very highly. He 
 published other works, and was a warm advocate of the philo- 
 sophical system of his friend. He died in 1648, aged 60 years. 
 
 ME'RSEY, a considerable river of England, separating Lan- 
 cashire from Cheshire, which see. 
 
 ME'RSION, (mershon) s. [mersio, from mergo, Lat.] the act of 
 sinking or plunging over-head. 
 
 ME'RTHYR-TYDFIL, Glamorganshire, S, Wales. It stands 
 near the river Taff, and is a very extensive and irregularly built 
 place. It has arisen about the large iron-mines and iron-works 
 erected there, and retained sufficient importance to have a par- 
 liamentary representation assigned to it. It is 176 miles from 
 London. Markets, Wednesday and Saturday. Pop. 34,977. 
 
 ME'RTON COLLEGE, OXFORD, was founded in the 13th 
 century. Its buildings are of a later date, and have nothing 
 very remarkable about them. 
 
 MESEMBRYA'NTHEMUM,s. [mesos, feme™, and anthos, Gr.] 
 in Botany, a very large genus of succulent plants, with hand- 
 some composite flowers, very abundant in the S. parts of Africa. 
 
 MESENTE'RIC, a. [mesenterique, Fr.] belonging to the me- 
 sentery. 
 
 MESE'NTERY, s. Imesos and enteron, Gr.] in Anatomy, a fat 
 membrane placed in the middle of the abdomen, almost of a cir- 
 cular figure, with a narrow projection, to which the end of the 
 colon and beginning of the rectum are attached. The intestines 
 are fastened like a border on its circumference. 
 
 MESERA'IC, a. [meseraiqae, Fr.] belonging to the mesentery. 
 
 MESH, «. [maesche, Belg.] the space or interstice between the 
 threads of a net. See Mash. 
 
 To MESH, V. a. to catch in a net; to insnare. 
 
 ME'SHY, a. made of net- work. 
 
 ME'SLIN, s. \jnesler, Fr.] mixed corn, consisting of wheat 
 and rye. 
 
 ME'SMERISM, s. [from the name of the reviver of the prac- 
 tice. Dr. F. A. Mesmer, who made considerable stir in France 
 just before the Revolution, and died in 1815,] called -aXso Animal 
 Magnetism, Hypnotism, Neurhypnology, &c. by different writers and 
 practitioners ; the term most generally employed to designate 
 the hypothesis of a subtile nervous influence which men and 
 animals exert on each other, in various ways, but chiefly by 
 means of light and rapid motions with the hands, and by the 
 steady gaze of the eyes ; the effects of which vary both with the 
 patient, the operator, and the degree of habituation to the treat- 
 ment ; being in some cases only a profounder natural sleep ; in 
 others, a state resembling somnambulism ; in others, and under 
 other conditions, catalepsy ; the most remarkable of all being 
 that intensifying of the senses, called clairvoyance. The bene- 
 ficial application of this influence in nervous diseases, deemed 
 incurable, has been shown in too many cases to leave any room 
 for doubt. As an anaesthetic agency, or means of rendering the 
 frame insensible to the pain of surgical operations, it has been 
 proved in innumerable instances, before ether or chloroform 
 was thought of As opening the way for totally new inquiries 
 and discoveries respecting both the bodily and mental nature of 
 man, and particularly respecting the relation or connexion of 
 these natures, it has engaged the attention of the scientific. As 
 yet, no satisfactory theory has been suggested, though several, 
 widely different and even contradictory, are maintained ; and 
 the prejudices of the age, and of the faculty most interested in 
 such inquiries, are, unhappily, so strong as to resist the demand 
 made for careful attention and study, both by the facts of mes- 
 merism, and by philosophy itself. 
 
 MESNE, (me«e)s. in Law, signifies him who is lord of a manor, 
 and so hath tenants holding of him, yet himself holding of a 
 superior lord. 
 
 MESOLEU'CYS, s. [_mesos and leukos, Gr.] a kind of agate, 
 black with a streak of white in the middle. 
 
 MESOLO'GARITHMS, s. [mesos, logos, and arithmos, Gr.] the 
 logarithms of the cosines and tangents, so denominated by 
 Kepler. 
 
 MESO'MELAS, s. [mesos and mefes, Gr.] a kind of agate, with 
 a black vein parting every colour in the middle. 
 
 MESOPOTA'MIA, in Ancient Geography, a district lying be- 
 tween the Tigris and the Euphrates, extending from Armenia to. 
 Babylonia. It was in the interior a sterile table-land, which was 
 wholly occupied by nomad hordes ; the mountains on the N. 
 were held by warlike and fierce tribes, quite independent of the 
 
MET 
 
 Persian king; on the Euphrates, were the cities Thapsacus, 
 Cunaxa, and Carchemish or Circesium, with Nisibis and Edessa 
 in other parts. 
 
 MESS, s. [mes, old Fr.] a dish ; a quantity of food sent to table 
 at once. 
 
 To MESS, V. n. to eat or feed. 
 
 ME'SSAGE, s. [Fr.] an errand; any thing told to another to 
 be related to a third person. 
 
 ME'SSENGER, s. [inessager, Fr.] one who is sent on an errand ; 
 one who is sent to a third person ; a person paid by government 
 to carry despatches relating to affairs of state, and is likewise 
 employed by the secretary's warrants to apprehend and keep in 
 custody persons suspected of high-treason ; a forerunner or 
 harbinger. 
 
 MESSE'NIA, in Ancient Geography, a country of the Pelo- 
 ponnesus in Greece, lying to the W. of Laconia, and subjected 
 by the Spartans at an eady period. It was tolerably level, with 
 one beautiful valley in particular, called the Happy Valley. The 
 chief river was the Pamisus. It was very fertile, and its chief 
 cities were Messene, Ithome, Ira, Pylus, &c. 
 
 MESSI'AH, s. [Heb.] the title given in the Old Testament to 
 all persons who were designated to any sacred office by anoint- 
 ing, and therefore used by some of the prophets in reference to 
 the great Prophet, King, and Priest who was universally expect- 
 ed to raise Israel to the highest pitch of glory. Translated into 
 Greek, as Christ, or the Christ, it is employed in the New Testa- 
 ment as the peculiar designation of our Lord, who was the ex- 
 pected and predicted Saviour. 
 
 ME'SSIEURS, s. [plural of jnon«jcur, Fr.] sirs, or gentlemen. 
 
 MESSI'NA, a city of Sicily, in the valley of Demona, about 
 five miles in circumference, with four large suburbs. The public 
 buildings and monasteries, which are very numerous, are mag- 
 nificent, and well endowed. The harbour, whose quay is above 
 a mile in length, is one of the safest in the Mediterranean, and 
 in the form of a half moon. It is five miles in circumference, ex- 
 tremely deep, and defended by a citadel and other works. It is 
 a place of great trade in silk, oil, fruit, corn, and excellent wine. 
 It is 104 miles from Palermo. Pop. above 50,000. Lat. 38. II. 
 N. Long. 15. 49. E. 
 
 ME'SSMATE, s. one that eats at the same table. 
 
 ME'SSUAGE, s. \jnessuagium, law Lat.] in Law, a dwelling- 
 house, with lands adjoining. 
 
 MET, the pret. and part, of To Meet. 
 
 METABA'SIS, s. [_meta baino, Gr.] in Rhetoric, a figure by 
 which the orator passes from one thing to another. 
 
 META'BOLA, s. Imetaballo, Gr.] in Medicine, a change of 
 time, air, or disease. 
 
 METACA'RPAL, a. [mefa and karpos, Gr.] in Anatomy, be- 
 longing to the metacarpus. 
 
 METACA'RPUS, s. in Anatomy, the wrist, or that part be- 
 hind the hand and the fingers. 
 
 METAGRA'MMATISM, s. [me<a and gramma, Gr.] See Ana- 
 gram. 
 
 ME'TAL, s. \jnetallum, Lat.] in Mineralogy and Chemistry, a 
 large class of substances as yet indecomponible, and therefore 
 regarded as elementary substances. They are all conductors of 
 heat and electricity, opaque, good reflectors of light, and possessed 
 of a peculiar lustre, called the metallic lustre. Some of^them are 
 highly malleable and ductile, most of them are very heavy, and 
 one is fiuid at the usual temperature of the atmosphere. There 
 are in all 42 metals, which are divided into those which are the 
 bases of alkalies and earths, by oxidation, viz. potassium, so- 
 dium, lithium, barium, strontium, calcium, magnesium, alumi- 
 nium, glucinium, yttrium, thorium, and zirconium; and those 
 which are not, viz. manganese, tin, cobalt, zinc, cadmium, 
 nickel, iron, arsenic, columbium, bismuth, chromium, antimony, 
 titanium, vanadium, uranium, tellurium, molybdenum, cerium, 
 copper, tungsten, lantanium, lead, mercury, platinum, osmium, 
 silver, palladium, iridium, gold, rhodium ■* see tliese names. Fi- 
 guratively, genuine worth and excellence. 
 
 METALE'PSIS, s. \rnetalamhano,Gt.'] a continuation of a trope 
 in one word through a succession of significations, 
 
 META'LLIC, Meta'llicai., a. Imetalli^ue, Fr.] partaking, con- 
 sisting of, or containing metal ; made of metal. 
 
 ME FA'LLINE, a. impregnated with or containing metal ; con- 
 sisting or made of metal. 
 
 METALLIST, s. a worker in metals; a person skilled in metals. 
 
 MET 
 
 METALLOIDS, s. in Chemistry, substances related to the 
 metals. 
 
 METALLURGIST, «. \_mctalhn and ergon, Gr.] a worker in 
 metals. 
 
 METALLURGY, s. the act of working metals, and separating 
 them from their ores. 
 
 To METAMO'RPHOSE, {metamdrfose) v. a. {meta and morphe, 
 Gr.] to change the form or shape of'^any thing; to change into 
 a different shape or animal. 
 
 METAMO'RPHOSIS, (metamdrphosis) s. change of shape; the 
 change an animal undergoes both in its formation and growth ; 
 the various shapes some insects assume in the different stages 
 of their existence, as the silkworm, &c. In Animal and Vegeta- 
 ble Physiology, it means the changes by which a simple organ 
 is developed, so as to form other organs greatly differing in all 
 external appearances. Thus all the various organs of the flowers 
 of plants, sepals, petals, nectaries, stamens, pistilla, &c. are found 
 to be metamorphosed leaves: the different plates that form the 
 skulls of animals, are metamorphosed vertebrae, as is seen in the 
 case of the tortoise's shell. 
 
 METAPHOR, {metafor) s. [ineta and phero, Gr.] in Rhetoric, 
 the application of a word to a use, to which, in its original im- 
 port. It cannot be put : as, he bridles his anger ; he deadens the 
 sound ; the spring awakes the flowers. A metaphor is a simile 
 comprised in a word. 
 
 METAPHO'RIC, Metapho'rical, (metafirik, metaforical) a. 
 belonging to a metaphor. Figuratively, not according to the 
 primary and literal sense. 
 
 METAPHRA'SE, [metafrdze) s. [meta And phrasis, Gr.] a close 
 and verbal translation from one language into another. 
 
 METAPHRA'ST, {metafrdst) s. one who translates literally, or 
 word for word, out of one language into another. 
 
 METAPHY'SIC, Metaphy'sical, {metafy'zik, metafy'zical) a. 
 versed in metaphysics ; abstracted. 
 
 METAPHY'SliDS, (metafy'ziks) s. [meta and phusis, Gr.] onto- 
 logy, or fhe science of being in the abstract; mental science, in 
 opposition to natural history and philosophy, which is physical 
 science; the science of supersensual truths, or of ideas. 
 
 METAPLASM, s. [meta and plassn, Gr.] in Grammar, the 
 changing or transposing a letter or syllable in a word. In Rhe- 
 toric, the placing of words, syllables, or letters, contrary to the 
 natural order. 
 
 METASTA'SIO, PIETRO, whose father's name was Trapassi, 
 the great Italian lyrical dramatic poet, was early distinguished 
 for his extemporaneous verses, which led to his adoption by the 
 great lawyer of Rome, Gravina, and the change of his name. 
 He was carefully instructed by his adopted father, and trained 
 for the legal profession; but after his death, having coatinued 
 to study law very diligently, the success of one of his operatic 
 poems, and the notice bestowed on him by the famous singer 
 Romanina, made him relinquish his professional pursuits and 
 devote himself to his genius. After some years, his fame pro- 
 cured for him the appointment of poet laureate at the imperial 
 court of Vienna, where he continued till his death in 1782, aged 
 84 years. He wrote above 25 operas, with several sacred 
 dramas, and translations from Latin and Greek poets, with 
 annotations. His poetry is remarkable for its elegance, purity 
 of style, smoothness of versification, and for the pathos and 
 noble sentiment that pervades it. It lacks greatness and tragic 
 power ; but it was the expression of Metastasio's own character, 
 which every one loved and admired, and which deserved all 
 their esteem. . 
 
 METATA'RSUS, s. [meta and tarsos, Gr.] in Anatomy, that 
 part of a human skeleton, which consists of five bones, and 
 reaches from the heel to the toes, containing the middle of^ the 
 foot. 
 
 METATHE'SIS, s. [meta and tfiesis, Gr.] in Grammar, the 
 transposition of the letters or syllables of a word ; as Evandre 
 for Evander, 
 
 To METE, ». a. [metan. Sax.] to measure ; to reduce to mea- 
 sure. 
 
 METE'LLUS, the name of a famous family of ancient Rome, 
 one of the most celebrated members of which was Q. Ccecilius 
 Metellus, who overcame Jugurtha,the Numidian king, who,after 
 the conquest of Carthage, valiantly opposed the Romans ; and 
 was surnamed Numidicus, with the honour of a triumph for his 
 victories. The final conquest of Jugurtha was accomplished by 
 4 E 2 579 
 
MET 
 
 Marius; and the jealousy of Metellus occasion6d him some 
 trouble at Rome, and a banishment for a year, through the 
 means he adopted for showing it. He died in about 90 b. c. 
 
 METEMPSYCHO^SIS, {metemsikdsis) s. [meta and empsucho, 
 Gr.] the transmigration of souls after death to other bodies. 
 
 METEOR, «. [meteora, Gr.] in Natural Philosophy, a general 
 and ill-defined name given to phenomena connected with the 
 atmosphere, and not classed with the phenomena treated of 
 under the other and definite branches of physical science ; such 
 as, clouds, rain, hail, &c., dew, falling stars, the weather, &c. ; 
 but popularly including other phenomena, such as rainbows, 
 thunderstorms, halos, parhelia, aurora borealis, &c. 
 
 METEOROLO'GICAL, a. belonging to meteorology. 
 
 METEORO'LOGIST, s. a person skilled in meteorology. 
 
 METEORO'LOGY, s. [meteora and hgos, Gr.] in Natural Phi- 
 losophy, the term under which are classed the inquiries into 
 the laws of the weather, of dew, frost, rain, hail, snow, and of 
 the state of the atmosphere generally. Notwithstanding the 
 long-continued and numberless observations recorded, and the 
 wide application of other sciences, this is in a most unsatis- 
 factory state. 
 
 METER, s. a measurer. 
 
 METHE'GLIN, «. [meddyglyn, Brit.] the old name of mead, or 
 honey-wine. 
 
 METHFNKS, v. [me and think,'] I think, imagine, or sup- 
 pose. 
 
 METHOD, s. [methode, Fr. methodos, Gr.] the performing of 
 several separate operations, in such an order as is most conve- 
 nient and proper to attain some end; the manner in which a 
 thing is done. In Philosophy, it is the science of scientific in- 
 vestigation ; the scientia prima of Lord Bacon ; which teaches 
 the use of hypotheses in the formation of theories, and how to 
 adopt such a one as shall serve as a safe guide in the collection, 
 comparison, and arrangement of facts and phenomena; shall 
 direct experiments, &c. &c. It prescribes especially such arrange- 
 ments as shall involve continuity and progression ; and applies 
 to rhetoric and poetry, and to common life and thinking, as well 
 as to scientific reflection and inquiry. 
 
 METHO'DICAL, a. [metlwdique, Fr.] ranged or placed in pro- 
 per or just order ; performing things according to a method. 
 
 METHO'DICALLY, ad. in a manner consistent with regu- 
 larity and order. 
 
 METHODISM, s. in Ecclesiastical History, the system of 
 doctrine and church government maintained by the Wesleyan 
 Methodists. See that name. 
 
 METHODISTS, s. in Ecclesiastical History, the followers of 
 John Wesley. There are several separate bodies of Methodists, 
 who have separated from the Wesleyans on various points of 
 discipline ; as the Primitive Methodists, the New Connexion Me- 
 thodists, &c. But they hold by the general principles of Method- 
 ism, both in doctrine and government. See VVesleyan Me- 
 thodism. 
 
 To METHODIZE, v. a. to regulate, or dispose in just and 
 proper order. 
 
 METO'NIC CYCLE, s. in the Ecclesiastical Calendar, a cycle 
 of 19 years, invented by Meton, an astronomer of Athens ; who 
 supposed that the period of 235 lunations was exactly equal to 
 19 solar years ; and that, therefore, in every such period, the 
 new and full moons would regularly recur at the same seasons. 
 The use of this cycle began in 432 b. c. ; and it was adopted in 
 the Western Churches for the calculation of the full moon that 
 regulated the observance of the festival of Easter. The calcu- 
 lation was inaccurate, because 235 lunations are more than 19 
 solar years. It was not used in Greece for more than a century ; 
 and it was superseded in the 6th century A. D. in Christendom, 
 by the introduction of the Dionysian Cycle. See Calendar, 
 Cycle, Easter, &c. 
 
 METONYMY, s. [meta and otioma, Gr.] in Rhetoric, a figure, 
 wherein a word is used instead of another, as the effect for the 
 cause, the thing containing for the thing contained. 
 
 METO'PE, s. [tneta and 6pe, Gr.] in Architecture, the spaces 
 between the triglyphs in the Doric frieze ; which were usually 
 occupied by sculptures, in basso-relievo. In the Parthenon of 
 Athens the story of the battle of the Centaurs and Lapithse was 
 represented on the metopes, and some of these marbles are now 
 in the Elgin saloon of the British Museum. 
 
 METRE, (meeter) s. Imetrum, Lat. metron, Gr.] a collection of 
 
 HEX 
 
 words disposed in lines, of a certain number of syllables, so as 
 to appear harmonious to the ear ; measure ; verse. 
 
 METRICAL, a. confined to metre; measured or limited to a 
 certain number of syllables. 
 
 METRONOME, s. {metron and nomas, Gr.] in Music, an in- 
 strument so constructed that, by means of the beats of a pendu- 
 lum, the exact time, in which any composition should be sung 
 or played, is marked. 
 
 METRO'POLiS, s. [meter and polis, Gr.] the mother city or 
 chief city of any country. 
 
 METROPO'LITAN, s. \metropolitanus, Lat.] a bishop of the 
 mother church, or of the chief church in the chief city; an 
 archbishop. 
 
 METROPO'LITAN, Metropoli'tical. a. belonging to, or 
 situated in, the metropolis. 
 
 METTLE, s. [from »je<a/,] spirit ; sprighlliness; courage. 
 
 METTLED, a. sprightly ; courageous; full of spirits or fire. 
 
 METTLESOME, a. sprightly; lively; gay; courageous; 
 full of spirits; fiery. 
 
 METTLESOMELY, ad. with sprightliness, vigour, ardour, 
 or courage. 
 
 METZ, capital of the department of Moselle, France. The ca- 
 thedral is one of the finest in Europe, and the square called 
 Coslin, and the house of the governor, are elegant. The Jews 
 live in a part of the town by themselves, where they have a 
 synagogue. The sweetmeats they make here are in high esteem. 
 The gates, and public buildings generally, the barracks, and 
 the public library, are very fine. It is seated at the confluence 
 of the rivers Moselle and Scille. It is 190 miles from Paris. 
 Pop. about 45,000. Lat. 49. 7. N. Long. 6. 10. E, 
 
 MEU, s. in Botany, another name for the common spignel. 
 
 MEU'LEN, ANTHONY FRANCIS VANDER, a famous 
 Dutch battle painter, who accompanied Louis XIV. in his re- 
 peated wars, and represented the most celebrated scenes of his 
 military success. He died in 1G90, aged 60 years. 
 
 MEU'RSIUS, JOHN, a learned Dutch historian, &c., who 
 was tutor of Barneveldt's sons, and travelled with them, and 
 afterwards was made Greek professor of Leyden, and historio- 
 grapher of the states-general. Subsequently he held similar 
 appointments in Denmark. His works are chiefly critical edi- 
 tions of classic authors, and essays on Athenian history, he. He 
 also wrote on Dutch and Danish history. He died in 1639, 
 aged 50 years. 
 
 MEU'RTHE, a department of France, surrounded by the de- 
 partments of Vosges, Bas Rhin, Moselle, and Meuse. It is 70 
 miles long, and 45 broad. The Vosges mountains cross it, and 
 attain the height of 3000 feet in some parts. The Moselle, with 
 its tributaries, the Meurthe, (whence it is named,) the Madon, 
 &c. are the chief rivers of this department. It yields building- 
 stone and marble, with great quantities of excellent rock salt. 
 Corn, fruits, and wine are produced abundantly. Sheep and 
 cattle also abound. In the forests is much game, and wolves 
 are too numerous. Its manufactures are of some importance. 
 Nanci is its capital. Pop. about 430,000. 
 
 MEUSE, a department of France, lying next to Belgium, and 
 bounded by the departments of Ardennes, Marne, Haute Marne, 
 Vosges, Meurthe, and Moselle. It is above 80 miles in length, 
 and more than 40 in breadth. In this department are the hills 
 called the Heights of Argonne. Its rivers are the Meuse, from 
 which it is named, and several streams which flow into the Seine 
 on the W. and the Rhine on the E. Iron, building and lime- 
 stone, &c. are found abundantly. Corn of all kinds, fruits, and 
 excellent wine, are also produced most plentifully. The forests 
 yield choice timber ; and cattle of all sorts, game, &c. &c. are 
 abundant. It has some valuable manufactures. Bar-le-duc is 
 its principal place. Pop. about 320,000. 
 
 MEW, s. [mue, Fr.] a cage; an enclosure; a place wherein 
 anything is confined. 
 
 To MEW, V. a. to enclose in a cage; to shut up; to confine 
 or imprison. — [mue/-, Fr.] to shed the feathers; to moult. — [ini- 
 aufer ,Fr.] to make a noise like a cat. 
 
 MEWS, s. a prince's or nobleman's stables. 
 
 ME'XICO, the name of a vast territory of N. America, reach-' 
 ing from the Gulf of Mexico to the Pacific Ocean, and bounded 
 on the N. by the territory of the United States, and on the S. by 
 the States of Central America, occupied by the federal republic, 
 called the United Mexican States. Along the W. part of this 
 
MEX 
 
 region runs the vast chain of mountains called the Rocky Moun- 
 tains, several parts of which approach to 20,000 feet in eleva- 
 tion, and in which are 6 active volcanoes, Jorullo and Popoca- 
 tepetl being the most remarkable. To the W. of this mountain 
 chain is a plain, which gradually narrows as it approaches the 
 S., watered by several considerable rivers. On the E. side is a 
 similar plain, growing narrow in like manner, and then ex- 
 panding into the peninsulaof Yucatan, which forms the W. shore 
 of the Bay of Honduras. In the N. part of this vast plain are 
 several great rivers, the chief being Rio Brave del Norte. The 
 S. part of Mexico is within the N. tropic, and the climate there 
 is very hot and unhealthy, but it becomes more temperate as it 
 expands into the body of the N. American continent. The pro- 
 ductions of Mexico vary greatly with the latitude and the eleva- 
 tion. Corn, rice, aloes, sugar, cotton, tobacco, cocoa, maize, 
 indigo, and a great number of fruits and drugs, are abundantly 
 produced, and with comparatively slight cultivation. It has 
 also plenty of cattle, sheep, and horses, for which it is indebted 
 to its original Spanish conquerors and colonists. The wild ani- 
 mals are chiefly buffaloes, pumas, jaguars, and the various and 
 beautiful species of humming-birds and parrots. In fishes, in- 
 sects, &c. It also abounds, and many kinds are highly beautiful 
 and singular. But the great source of Mexican wealth is its 
 metals. It has mines of gold, silver, copper, lead, and iron, all 
 of which are worked, and all of which yield plentifully. Of its 
 manufactures it cannot boast. Its trade consists principally of 
 its native productions, and the fruits of its agriculture, fisheries, 
 hunting-grounds, &c., as exports ; and as imports, of the manu- 
 factures of England, and other nations, whose wealth lies in the 
 industry and skill of their people. The people are very mingled 
 in their character, and very various in their origin. Very few of 
 the aborigines were suffered to remain by the first conquerors, 
 and the present population is made upof Spaniards, and settlers 
 from different countries of Europe, Indians, and negroes, and 
 the varies cross-breeds that have sprung up in process of time 
 amongst them. The United Mexican States are 19 in number, 
 each of which is independent of the rest in the management of its 
 own affairs ; but for the common welfare, there is a congress, which 
 sits at Mexico, and is controlled by a senate and a president, after 
 the model of the United States of N. America. The chief city 
 is Mexico, which stands in a wide plain surrounded by mountains, 
 in which are four lakes. It stands on the side of one of these lakes, 
 and is a fine city, although most of the houses are only of one 
 story in height. It is adorned by several noble squares, and 
 public buildings, such as those connected with government, the 
 prisons, the churches, the schools, &c. &c. The soil on which 
 It is built is little better than a partially recovered morass, which 
 is the reason for the peculiar style of its architecture. Its popu- 
 lation is about 150,000. The other notable cities of Mexico, are 
 Vera Cruz, Tampico, Monterey, Acapulco, Campeachy, Tehuan- 
 tepec, &c. Pop. about 7,000^000. Mexico is at this very time 
 engaged in a losing contest with the United States, and its ulti- 
 mate destination is most uncertain. It has already lost Texas 
 and California, which have been added to the States and the 
 territories of the Union, and it is not unlikely that it may be 
 altogether incorporated with that growing country. Its history 
 has been one of calamities from the first glimpses we can obtain 
 of it. The magnificent ruins of cities, and traces of civilization, 
 long anterior to the Spanish conquest, are scattered through- 
 out it ; the savage suppressors of that antique glory fell before 
 the bands of Cortes; the miseries of Spanish rule were lost sight 
 of in the revolutionary panic and struggle which passed over al- 
 most the whole of the American continents in the last generation ; 
 with the forms of a republic of the 19th century, there have co- 
 existed the turbulence, the lawlessness, and the everlasting 
 change of the niost barbarous ages; and now the passage of its 
 history it is going through, for bloodshed and spoliation, feeble 
 rivalries and treasons, and all that indicates the struggle in be- 
 half of a desperate cause, seem to surpass all that has been be- 
 fore. See Aztecs. 
 
 ME'XICO, GULF OF, the name of the sea between Mexico 
 and the United States, whose entrance from the Atlantic Ocean 
 and the Caribbean Sea is narrowed by the peninsulas of Florida 
 and Yucatan, and almost closed by the island of Cuba. It is 
 about 1000 miles in length, and 700 in breadth. It has only 
 small rocky or sandy islands and shoals in it ; and it receives 
 the waters of the Mississippi, the Rio del Norte, and several 
 
 MIC 
 
 other large streams. It is from this gulf that the great oceanic 
 current that flows quite to the Northern Ocean, derives its name 
 of Gulf-stream, although it has been traced from the coast of 
 Africa, entering this gulf by its S. opening before it leaves it by 
 the Bahamas and Florida. 
 
 MEZE'REON, s. in Botany, the garden shrub called also 
 daphne. 
 
 MEZZOTFNTO, s. [Ital.] a kind of graving upon copper, said 
 to be invented by Prince Rupert, which receives its name from 
 resembling painting, and is performed by marking the plate in 
 furrows or cross lines; after which they are rubbed down with 
 a burnisher or scraper, according to the depth or lightness of the 
 shades required. 
 
 MI'ASM, s. Imiasmos, from miaino, Gr.] an atmospheric poison, 
 consisting of the effluvia from putrifying vegetable or animal 
 substances. 
 
 MrCA,s. in Mineralogy, a peculiar kind of laminated transpa- 
 rent stone, found in crystalline and in irregular forms ; and also 
 in separate laminae, in the early slate rocks, in granite, &c. 
 Mica slate, or schist, in Geology, one of the earliest sedimentary 
 formations. It usually rests on a formation called gneiss. It is 
 slaty in its structure, and universally characterized by the pre- 
 sence of detached laminse of mica. It has sometimes, also, frag- 
 ments of quartz, and other parts of the components of granite. 
 There are no organic remains in any part of these beds. It 
 is best developed on the flanks of mountain chains, where the 
 edges of the formation have been laid bare by the fracture of 
 the beds through the upheaval of the granite mass which com- 
 posed their summits. 
 
 MI'CAH, one of the prophets of the Hebrews, who discharged 
 his office during the reigns of Jotham, Ahaz, and Hezekiah. 
 His ministry extended to Israel as well as to Judah, but no other 
 facts respecting him are known. He flourished in and about 
 725 B. c. The book which contains the record of his prophecies 
 is very brief, and relates to the captivity of the .lews, and the 
 destruction of Jerusalem, with clear hopes of the restoration 
 afterwards brought about by Cyrus. He pointedly refers to 
 Bethlehem as the birth-place of Christ, and intermixes with these 
 themes the usual exhortations, warnings,and promises respecting 
 the national sins of the chosen people. His style is in the high- 
 est degree poetical and animated, though it does not approach 
 the sublimity and force of some of the other prophets. 
 
 MICE, s. the plural of Mouse. 
 
 MI'CHAELMAS, (Mikelmas) s. the festival of the archangel 
 Michael, celebrated on the 29th of September. 
 
 MICHAEL'S, MOUNT ST. See Cornwall. 
 
 MI'CHAEL'S, ST., one of the Azores, or Western Isles, which 
 lie in the Atlantic Ocean, ott" the N. W. coast of Africa. It is 
 mountainous, and plainly of volcanic origin. The highest point 
 is more than 3500 feet above the sea. It is abundantly supplied 
 with water, and yields corn and fruits, especially a fine kind of 
 orange, in great plenty. It is well wooded in the higher parts, 
 and has almost a uniform temperature throughout the year. 
 Ponte Delgada is its chief place, but it has a bad harbour. The 
 island belongs to Portugal. Pop. about 80,000. 
 
 MicHAiiLis, John David, a distinguished Hebrew scholar and 
 divine of Germany in the last century. He was educated at 
 Halle, and became preacher at the German chapel, St. James's 
 Palace, London, whence he removed to be theological professor 
 at Gottingen. He received from the king of Sweden, and from 
 other continental governments, great marks of respect. And he 
 gained great fame by his works, of which the Commentaries on 
 the Law of Moses, and his Introduction to the New Testainent, were 
 the most renowned. He died in 1791, aged 74 years. 
 
 To MICHE, {mlhe) v. n. to be secret ; to lie hid. 
 
 MI'CHER, {mlker) s. a lazy loiterer, who skulks about in cor- 
 ners and by-places, out of sight. 
 
 MI'CHIGAN, one of the great group of lakes in the centre of 
 N. America. It is the largest that lies wholly in the territory of 
 the United States, being 330 miles long, and 60 broad. Its E. 
 coast is sandy, and there are a few bays. It is deep, and yields 
 excellent fish. There are several islands in the N. part, 
 
 MI'CHIGAN, one of the United States, N. America. It lies 
 on the lakes Erie, Michigan, Huron, and Superior, which divide it 
 from Canada, and is bounded by Ohio and Indiana. It consists of 
 2 peninsulas, the larger of which is 288 miles long, and 190 broad ; 
 and the smaller, 320 long, and about 80 broad. It has 32 counties. 
 
 581 
 
MiD 
 
 It IS in general level, and in the interior has some fine table-land 
 covered with prairies and forests. The rivers Huron, Raisin, 
 Rouge, Clinton, &c. are the largest. It is chiefly devoted to agri- 
 culture, and yields well for the time that has elapsed since its 
 first clearings. Its trade consists chiefly in timber, agricultural 
 and pastoral produce, skins, &c. But it has some small and 
 rising manufactories. There are 3 colleges already, and 9 banks. 
 Detroit is the largest and most commercial place, and is also the 
 seat of government. Pop. 212,267. Slavery is prohibited, but 
 coloured people are not politically free. 
 
 MI'CROCOSM, s. [^mikros and kosmos, Gr.] the little world. 
 Figuratively, man. 
 
 MICRO'GRAPHY, (mikrSgrafy) s. [jnikros and grapho, Or.] the 
 description of the parts of such objects as are visible only by 
 means of a microscope. 
 
 MICRO'METER, s. [mikros and metreo, Or.] an instrument 
 applied to telescopes and microscopes for the purpose of enabling 
 the observer to measure and compare extremely small spaces and 
 distances. 
 
 MrCROSCOPE, s. [mikros and scopeo, Gr.] in Optics, an in- 
 strument constructed' for the purpose of examining small objects. 
 There are many different kinds. The single microscope is only 
 one magnifying lens. The compound microscope is a combination 
 of two or more lenses, so as to increase the magfnifying power 
 very greatly. The solar or oxyhydrogen microscope is one in which, 
 by means of a strong light thrown upon a concave mirror, a 
 magnified image of any object is thrown on a screen placed op- 
 posite to it, by an apparatus resembling part of a magic lantern. 
 The recent studies of opticians have greatly improved this most 
 valuable instrument, and every contrivance that ingenuity could 
 suggest, or skill accomplish, has been introduced into the struc- 
 ture of the instrument, and into its fitting up. The power, and 
 the convenience for use, of the best instruments of tne present 
 day, are quite incredible to such as have not had the opportunity 
 of testing them by frequent and continued use. And the won- 
 derful discoveries,' especially in physiology, which have by means 
 of them been made, sufficiently approve their excellence, 
 
 MICROSCO'PIC, MiCROsco'picAL, a. made by a microscope ; 
 assisted by a microscope ; resembling a microscope. 
 
 MID, a. [contracted from middle, Sax.] middle ; equally be- 
 tween two extremes. 
 
 MI'DDAY, s. noon. 
 
 MI'DDLE, a. [middle, Sax.] in the centre; equally distant 
 from the two extremes. In Greek Grammar, the name in old 
 writers and their followers, given to the reflexive forms of the 
 verb. Synon. A thing is in the middle, when it stands at an 
 equal distance from the two extremes : it is in the ?nidst, when 
 it stands in the centre of a great many. 
 
 MI'DDLE, s. the centre, or part equally distant from two ex- 
 tremes ; any thing between two extremes. 
 
 MI'DDLE-AGLD, a. of a moderate age ; arrived to an equal 
 distance between childhood and old age, 
 
 MI'DDLEBURG, a large commercial town of Zeeland, Hol- 
 land, capital of the province, and of the island of Walcheren. 
 The squares, town-house, and other public buildings, are mag- 
 nificent. It has a communication with the sea by a canal, which 
 will bear the largest vessels, and is seated in the centre of the 
 island. It is 72 miles from Amsterdam. Pop. about 20,000. 
 Lat. 51. 30. N. Long. 3. 41. E. 
 
 MI'DDLEHAM, or Mi'dlam, Yorkshire, N. Riding. It is 
 seated on the river lire, and is noted for its woollen manufactory. 
 It is 255 miles from London. Market, Monday. Pop. 930. 
 
 MI'DDLEMOST, a. superlative of middle ; most near to the 
 middle or centre. 
 
 MIDDLESEX, a county of England, bounded by Hertfordsh ire, 
 Essex, Surrey, Kent, and Buckinghamshire. It is one of the least 
 counties in England, being only about 22 miles in length, and 14 
 in breadth. It contains 7 market towns, and about 98 parishes, 
 without including those in London and Westminster. The air 
 is healthy ; but the soil in general being a lean gravel, it is 
 naturally a district of little fertility, though, by means of the 
 vicinity to the metropolis, many parts of it are converted into 
 rich beds of manure, clothed with almost perpetual verdure. 
 Besides the Thames, the Lea, and the Coin, Middlesex is wa- 
 tered by several small streams, one of which, called the New 
 River, is artificiallv brought from Amwell, in Herts, for the pur- 
 pose of supplying London with water. Indeed, the whole county 
 
 M iG 
 
 may be considered as a demesne to the metropolis, the land 
 being laid out in gardens, pastures, and enclosures of all sorts, 
 for its convenience and support. London is its chief place, and 
 county town. Pop. 1,576,636. 
 
 MI'DDLETON, SIR HUGH, the enterprising projector and 
 constructor of the New River, by which great part of London is 
 supplied with spring water. He was a London goldsmith ; but 
 was related to a Welsh family of respectability. His share ia 
 his own success was, like that of most genuine philanthropists, 
 somewhat stinted. He died in 1637, aged about 60 years. 
 
 MI'DDLETf)N, DR. CONYERS, a celebrated divine and cri- 
 tic of the beginning of the last century. He studied at Cam- 
 bridge, and was early involved in a litigation with Bentley, 
 about his diploma, which ended in a law-suit, and in Middle- 
 ton's triumpn. He visited Italy ; and returning, became Wood- 
 wardian Professor at Alma Mater. He died in 1750, aged 67, 
 His greatest work is his Life of Cicero. His Free Inquiry into the 
 Miraculous Forcers of the Church, caused a great outcry against 
 his piety to be raised, as though he had shaken, or could have 
 shaken Christianity, by impugning what was scarcely ever be- 
 lieved as a fact, and had nothing whatever to do with that 
 trust which is the means of salvation. In his Letter from Rome, 
 he showed the real origin of most of the ceremonies of the 
 Roman Church, He published many other works of less import. 
 
 MI'DDLETON, DR. THOMAS FANSHAWE, the first bi- 
 shop of Calcutta, in connexion with the Church of England, was 
 a man of great erudition, and by his Essay oji the Oreek Article, 
 not only cleared up some difficult questions of classical inter- 
 pretation, but swept away a whole host of Socinian cavils, based 
 on pretended grammatical accuracy in rendering various pas- 
 sages of the Greek Testament. He was indefatigable in the 
 discharge of the duties of his see, and died in 1822, aged 53 
 years. 
 
 MFDDLEWICH, Cheshire. It is seated near the conflux of 
 the rivers Croke and Dan, and communicating with all the in- 
 land navigations. Here are two rich salt-water springs, the 
 brine of which is so strong as to produce a full fourth part salt. 
 A cotton manufacture has been established here. It is 167 miles 
 from London. Market, Tuesday. Pop. 4755. 
 
 MI'DDLING, a. [midlen. Sax.] of the middle rank; of moder- 
 ate size, or qualities, 
 
 MIDGE, s. [miege, Sax,] in Entomology, a very small kind of 
 gnat. 
 
 MI'DIANITES, a nomade tribe residing in the deserts of 
 Arabia near Egypt and Syria ; related to the Israelites by de- 
 scent, and often mentioned in sacred History. 
 
 MI'DLAND,a. remote or at a distance from the sea-coasts; in 
 the midst of the land, 
 
 MI'DNIGHT, {midnU) s. the depth of night; twelve at night, 
 
 MFDNIGHT, a. being in the middle of the night. 
 
 MI'DRIFF, s. [midhrife. Sax.] in Anatomy, a name of the 
 diaphragm. 
 
 MID SEA, the Mediterranean Sea. 
 
 MI'DSHIPMAN, *. in the Navy, the lowest commissioned 
 officer on board a ship, whose station is on the quarter-deck ; 
 his business is to mind the braces, look out, give the word of 
 command from the captain and superior officers, and assist on 
 all occasions in sailing the ship, &c, 
 
 MIDST, s, the middle. 
 
 MIDST, a. [contracted from middest, the superlative of mid,"] 
 midmost ; situated in the middle, or nearest to the centre, 
 
 MI'DSTREAM, s. the middle of the stream. 
 
 MI'DSUMMER, s. the summer solstice, generally reckoned 
 to fiill on the 24th of June ; the festival of St. John the Baptist. 
 
 MI'DWAY, s. the part of a way which is equally distant from 
 the beginning and ending. 
 
 MI'DWAY, a. in the middle of the way. 
 
 MI'DWIFE, s, a woman who assists women in child-bed, 
 
 MI'DWIFERY, «. assistance given in child-birth ; that de- 
 partment of surgery which relates to the assistance of women in- 
 child-bed. 
 
 MIDWINTER, s. the winter solstice, or depth of winter, 
 reckoned to fall on the 21st of December. 
 
 MIEN, (meen) s. [mine, Fr.] air; look ; manner, 
 
 MIGHT, {mit) s. [might. Sax.] power ; strength ; force. 
 
 MI'GHTILY, (mitilg) ad. with great power; powerfully; with 
 efficacy ; violently ; vigorously ; in a great degree. 
 
MIL 
 
 MI'GHTINESS, (mUiness) s. the quality of possessing or ex- 
 ercising power, greatness, or dignity ; a title given to princes, 
 and formerly applied to the states of Holland. 
 
 Ml'GHTY, (7mty) a. [mihtig, Sax.'i powerful; strong; excel- 
 lent, or powerful in any act. 
 
 Ml'GHTY, (»!%) ad. in a great degree. 
 
 MIGRATION, s. [inigratio, from migro, Lat.] the act of changing 
 places of abode. 
 
 MI'LAN, the capital of Lombardy, in Austrian Italy. It is 
 seated in a pleasant plain, between the river Adda and Tesin. 
 It is about 10 miles in circumference, and is called by the Italians, 
 Milan the Great. Here are 22 gates, 230 churches, 90 convents, 
 100 religious fraternities, and 120 schools. Broad and straight 
 streets are but few in comparison to the narrow and crooked ; 
 and the many paper windows, or glass and paper panes inter- 
 mixed, even in the finest palaces, have a mean appearance. The 
 governor's palace, or the old regency-house, is the most stately 
 and spacious. The cathedral is a grand structure, built of solid 
 white marble, being 490 feet long, 298 broad, and 200 high. It 
 stands in the centre of the city, and, next to St. Peter's at Rome, 
 is the largest in Italy. The college of St. Ambrose has a library, 
 which, beside some thousands ot manuscripts, contains 45,000 
 printed volumes. In it is an academy of painting. The most 
 considerable commerce of the inhabitants is in grain, (especially 
 rice,) cattle, and cheese, which they export ; and they have ma- 
 nufactures of silk and velvet stuffs, stockings, handkerchiefs, 
 ribands, gold and silver lace, and embroideries, woollen and 
 linen cloths, glass, and earthenware in imitation of China. Here 
 are several rivers, and many canals. It is 280 miles from Rome. 
 Pop. about 140,000. Lat. 45. 28. N. Long. 9. 12. E. 
 
 MILCH, a. imikh, Teut.] giving milk. 
 
 MILD, a. [niild, Sax.] kind ; tender ; indulgent ; compassion- 
 ate; not easily provoked to anger; gentle; void of acrimony; 
 free from sharpness or acidity. 
 
 MI'LDENHALL, Suffolk. It is seated on the river Lark, a 
 branch of the Ouse, with a harbour for boats, 69 miles from Lon- 
 don. Market, Friday, especially for fish and wild-fowl. Pop. 3731. 
 
 MI'LDEW, s. [inildeawe, Sax.] in Botany, is the popular name 
 for a great variety of minute fungi, which grow on other plants, 
 even when living, and greatly injure their health and strength. 
 Their growth is promoted by some kinds of weather more than 
 by other. This name is also applied to spots in linen, on metals, 
 Sec, which arise from very difi«rent causes. 
 
 To MI'LDEW, t». a. to spot or infect with mildew. 
 
 MI'LDLY, ad. with tenderness and gentleness. 
 
 MI'LDNESS, s. gentleness, tenderness, or clemency, applied 
 to persons. Softness or mellowness, applied to taste. 
 
 MILE, s. [meil, Sax.] an English measure of length, contain- 
 ing 1760 yards, or 5280 feet. In other countries the mik con- 
 tains a different number of feet or yards. In Ireland it contains 
 2240 yards. 
 
 MI'LESTONE, s. a stone set up on the road, marked with the 
 number of miles from any chief town. 
 
 MI'LFOIL, s. [rnille and folium, Lat.] in Botany, the name of 
 several English plants; as, the spiked water and verticillated 
 water milfoil ; also the common yarrow. The common and lesser 
 hooded milfoil are species of bladder-wort. 
 
 MI'LFORD, Pembrokeshire. It is situated on the N. coast of 
 Milford Haven, and has a good quay. It has a considerable 
 amount of trade. It is 256 miles from London. Markets, Tues- 
 day and Saturday. Pop. 2.377. 
 
 MI'LFORD-HA'VEN, a deep inlet of the Irish Sea, off the 
 coast of Pembrokeshire, S. Wales. It is the best harbour in 
 Great Britain, and as safe and spacious as any in Europe. It has 
 16 deep and safe creeks, 5 bays, and 3 roads, all distinguished 
 by their several names, in which 1000 sail of ships may ride in 
 perfect security, and at sufficient distance from each other. 
 There is no danger in sailing in or out with the tide, by day or 
 night, from whatever point the wind may happen to blow. The 
 spring tide rises in this harbour 36 feet, so that ships may at 
 any time be laid ashore. The breadth of the entrance between 
 rock and rock, is but 200 yards at high water, and 112 at low 
 water. 
 
 MI'LIARY, a. [niilium, Lat.] small ; resembling a millet-seed. 
 Miliary fever, in Medicine, is a malignant fever, receiving its name 
 from the skin being then sprinkled all over with little purple 
 spots, resembling grains of millet-seed. 
 
 MIL 
 
 MI'LITANT, a. [miles, Lat.] fighting or acting in the charac- 
 ter of a soldier. 
 
 MI'LITARY, a. [militaris, from miles, Lat.] professed or en- 
 gaged in the life of a soldier; belonging to the army; becoming 
 a soldier; warlike. 
 
 MILI'TIA, (milishia) s. [Lat.] in England, the infantry force 
 which is raised in times of war, by lot, from the whole number 
 of efficient male subjects, with a few exceptions, for the defence 
 of the country. 
 
 MILK, s. {meek. Sax.] in Animal Physiology, a white fluid 
 secreted by the glands composing the teals, by which the young 
 are sustained until they are able to digest solid food. The milk 
 of the cow is used generally as an Article of food, both simple, 
 and prepared in various ways, and made into butter, curd, and 
 cheese. The milk of goats and asses is used by invalids. In 
 other countries, camels and mares' milk is used as cows' is with 
 us. Any white fluid or liquor resembling milk ; an emulsion 
 made by almonds blanched, and bruised in a mortar. 
 
 To MILK, V. a. [meokian. Sax.] to draw milk from the teats of 
 a cow, &c. with the hand ; to give suck. 
 
 MI'LKEN, a. consisting of milk. 
 
 MI'LKER, «. one that draws milk from animals. 
 
 MI'LKINESS, s. the quality of a thing in which it resembles 
 milk. 
 
 MI'LKLIVERED, a. cowardly or timorous. 
 
 Ml'LKMAID, s. a woman employed in milking cattle. 
 
 MI'LKPAIL, s. a vessel into which cattle are milked. 
 
 MILKPO'TTAGE, s. a kind of food made by boiling milk 
 with water and oatmeal. 
 
 Ml'LKSOP, s. a soft, effeminate, or timorous person. 
 
 MI'LKTEETH, s. in Anatomy, the first set of teeth in all 
 mammalian animals. 
 
 MILKWHITE, a. white as milk. 
 
 MI'LKWOMAN, s. a woman who sells milk. 
 
 MI'LKWORT, s. in Botany, a pretty little plant found in pas- 
 tures, whose flowers are of many various colours, but mostly re- 
 semble drops of milk. 
 
 MI'LKY, a. made of or resembling milk ; yielding milk. Fi- 
 guratively, soft ; gentle ; timorous. 
 
 MILKY-WAY, s. See Galaxy. 
 
 MILL, s. \inyln. Sax.] a machine in which corn or any other 
 substance is ground; any machine whose action depends on a 
 circular motion ; or a machine which, being put in motion, gives 
 a violent impression on things. Also, a silk or cotton factorj-, 
 where the looms, &c. are not moved by hand. 
 
 To MILL, V. a. to divide into small particles; to grind or di- 
 vide into small particles in a mill ; to beat up or make chocolate 
 froth, by putting its particles into a circular motion with a 
 stick rubbed between the hands ; to full, scour, and cleanse 
 woollen stuffs in a mill. In Coinage, to stamp the rim of money 
 to prevent the clipping it. 
 
 MILL, JAMES, a political economist and metaphysician of 
 Scotland, whose works have had u wide circulation in England. 
 His great work is his History of British India, which led to his 
 appointment in the India House, London. His Analysis of the 
 Phenomena of the Human Mind, has had admirers ; but it is most 
 distinctly sensuous in its whole tone and scope, and has found 
 favour, therefore, chiefly with the ultra-Lockists. In Political 
 Economy he was a great admirer of Jeremy Bentham, but did 
 not confine himself by his theories and principles. He died in 
 1836, aged 62 years. 
 
 MILL, JOHN, a learned critic of the New Testament, and An- 
 glican divine, of the latter part of the 17th century. He was an 
 Oxford man, and was the first English critical student of the 
 Greek Testament. He adopted Stephens's text; but added in 
 notes the greatest mass of various readings which had, at that 
 time, ever been made, and greatly facilitated the labours of sub- 
 sequent scholars. He did not long survive the publication of 
 his work, dying in 1707, aged 62 years. 
 
 MILL-COG, s. the teeth on the edges of the wheels belonging 
 to a mill, by means of which they lock into each other. 
 
 MILL-DAM, «. the mound, or bank, by which water is kept 
 to a proper height for working a mill. 
 
 MILLENA'KIAN, s. [niilknarius, from milk and annus, Laf.] 
 one who believes or expects the millennium. 
 
 MILLENA'RIANISM, s. in Ecclesiastical History, the belief 
 in an expected millennium, which has usually been looked for- 
 
 583 
 
MIL 
 
 ward to as a personal reign of Christ, which has at different 
 times arisen amongst Christians; at which times, amongst its 
 believers, all kinds of Christian instruction and devotion are 
 superseded by enthusiastic announcements of, and supplications 
 for, his speedy Advent. 
 
 MILLENARY, a. [miUe7iaire, Fr.] consisting of a thousand. 
 
 MI'LLENIST, s. \mille, Lat.] one who holds the millennium. 
 
 MILLE'NNIUM, «. [Lat.] with theological writers, a period 
 of 1000 years, expected to occur immediately before the consum- 
 mation of the history of the world ; when our Lord will, accord- 
 ing to some, reign personally amongst men ; but, according to 
 aihexs, spiritually, by the universal and entire submission of man- 
 kind to the principles of the Gospel. 
 
 MILLE'NNIAL, a. belonging to the millennium. 
 
 MI'LLEPEDE, s. in Entomology, a well-known insect, thus 
 denominated from the great number of its feet. 
 
 Ml'LLEPORE, s. {_mille, Lat. and poros, Gr.] in Zoology, a 
 large family of corals, distinguished by the great number of 
 cells, which were inhabited by the zoophytes. 
 
 MI'LLER, s. one who looks after a mill. 
 
 MI'LLERS-THUMB, in Ichthyology, an English name for 
 the fish called also the bull-head. 
 
 MILLE'SIMAL, a. [mille, Lat.] thousandth ; consisting of a 
 thousandth part. 
 
 MI'LLET, s. {inilium, probably from milk, Lat.] in Botany, a 
 plant brought originally from the East, which produces a very 
 small grain, used in puddings. The millet cyprus-grass is a 
 kind of bulrush. 
 
 MI'LLINER, s. [perhaps from Milaner, an inhabitant of 
 Milan,] one who sells ribands, caps, and other coverings belong- 
 ing to a woman's dres.s. 
 
 MI'LLINERY, a. belonging to or sold by a milliner. Used 
 substantively, for goods or dress sold by a milliner. 
 
 MI'LLION, s. [million, Fr.] the number of a hundred my- 
 riads, or ten hundred thousand. Proverbially, any very great 
 number. 
 
 MI'LLIONTH, a. the ten hundred thousandth. 
 
 MILL-REE, «. [Port.] a Portuguese gold coin, in value 
 (is. 8id. 
 
 MI'LLSTONE, s. [mylenstan, Sax.] the stone of a mill by 
 which corn is ground. 
 
 MI'LLSTONE-GRIT, s. in Geology, one member of the great 
 coal formation, occurring usually between the coal measures 
 and the mountain limestone ; but often intercalated in seams 
 with seams of those beds near the junction. It is generally a 
 coarse, gritty, sandy, and pebbly rock, united by a kind of fel- 
 spathic clay; and it contains traces of coal plants, &c. It is 
 best developed in the northern coal-fields. 
 
 MI'LNER, the name of two brothers, distinguished divines in 
 the English Church. Joseph Milner studied at Cambridge, and 
 was afterwards head-master of Hull grammar-school; and 
 eventually vicar of the church of the Holy Trinity in Hull. He 
 embraced the views of the evangelical school, in the middle of 
 his life, and this change, which at first occasioned him much 
 opposition and discomfort, in the end proved the foundation of 
 his distinction. He wrote several works, the most celebrated of 
 which is his History of the Church of Christ, which has been the 
 text book of ecclesiastical history for the school of divines to 
 which he belonged ; and is, as a history of evangelical opinions 
 and persons, a very valuable production. He died in 1797, aged 
 53 years. Isaac Milner, his younger brother, was first taught 
 by him, and afterwards studied at Cambridge ; where he gained 
 considerable distinction in mathematics, holding successively 
 the Jacksonian and Lucasian professorships. He was promoted 
 in the end to be dean of Carlisle. He wrote several philoso- 
 phical works, and defended the evangelical school in other 
 writings. He also continued his brother's Church History, and 
 died in 1820, aged 69 years. 
 
 MI'LNER, JOHN, an eminent English Romanist divine ; 
 whose chief work was the End of Religious Controversy, in which 
 he defended the dogmas of his church with considerable ability. 
 His other works relate chiefly to ecclesiastical antiquities. He 
 was appointed to a bishopric in England, and died in 1826, aged 
 74 years, 
 
 MILT, s. [inildt. Sax.] in Natural History, the soft roe in fish, 
 so called because it yields a white or milky juice when pressed. 
 
 Ml'LTIADES, a celebrated Athenian eupatrid, or noble; 
 584 
 
 MIM 
 
 who, in the first invasion of Greece by the Persians, commanded 
 and won at the battle of Marathon, by which the whole scheme 
 of conquest was overturned. This splendid victory, which pre- 
 served the freedom of Greece, has occasioned a total misappre- 
 hension of the character and politics of this general ; who was a 
 strenuous maintainer, if not of absolute, yet certainly of oligar- 
 chical power. Failing in an attack on Paros, which he had sug- 
 gested, he was fined and imprisoned ; where he died in 490 b. c. 
 
 MI'LTON, or Milton Royal, Kent. It is seated on the E. 
 Swale, a branch of the river Medway ; and is famous for its ex- 
 cellent oysters. It is 42 miles from London. Market, Saturday. 
 Pop. 2.538. 
 
 MI'LTON, JOHN, one of the chief poets and greatest men of 
 England. He studied at Cambridge, where he acquired some 
 celebrity for his Latin poems, and received some punishment for 
 his too great freedom of thought. After a long residence at his 
 father's house, where he continued his studies, and wrote some 
 of his most beautiful minor poems, be travelled in Italy, and 
 became acquainted with some of her greatest men ; amongst 
 whom was Galileo. At the beginning of the troubles which led 
 to the Puritan revolution, he returned, and published several 
 of his political tractates directed against Prelacy. During the 
 war, he wrote his magnificent defence of the liberty of the press ; 
 and after the execution of Charles, defended that act. He was 
 busied on his History of England, when the provisional govern- 
 ment made him their foreign secretary, in which oflice he ex- 
 posed the forgery of the Eikon Basilike, and answered the attacks 
 of Salmasius, " in liberty's defence, his glorious task," by his 
 two Defences of the People of England. This task totally destroyed 
 his already impaired vision, but did not abate one jot the clear- 
 ness and courage of bis mind. The Restoration, which speedily 
 followed, wholly overthrew the bright hopes he had indulged re- 
 specting the destinies of England, exposed him to the persecu- 
 tions of his enemies, deprived him for ever of one meansof labour- 
 ing for his country's good ; but not all this, even, prostrated him. 
 Having, through some friend, been released from custody and 
 l);irdoned, he returned to his History, and soon after fulfilled the 
 prediction he had uttered in one of his former books, by bring- 
 ing out the great English epic. Paradise Lost. The cool recep- 
 tion of this did not damp his ardour. He carried out his original 
 thought one step further, and wrote Paradise Regained. Samson 
 Agonistes was his last poem. After some years, during which he 
 wrote a school book or two, and his Treatise on Christian Doctrine ; 
 he died in 1674, aged 66 years. In his domestic life, Milton en- 
 dured much trouble. Deserted for awhile by his first wife, he saw 
 no relief but in divorce, and vindicated his opinions in several 
 powerful, but unsatisfactory treatises. His daughters, in his 
 age and blindness, treated him with notorious want of love. 
 His universal fame now rests on his poems, which were hardly 
 known, and not at all appreciated in his own day. His prose 
 writings, which are amongst the most majestically eloquent pro- 
 ductions in the language, and which were the foundations of his 
 living fame, are now almost forgotten. Yet higher and more 
 glorious than either poetry or prose does his personal character 
 tower. His profound religious feeling and principle, his un- 
 stained purity, his unblenching courage, his genuine humility, 
 his never shaken faithfulness to truth, tried in prosperity and 
 fame, tried in adversity and obloquy, have made him shine forth 
 before the eyes of men of every party and church in England, as 
 one of the most illustrious of her greatest sons, and have shown 
 him to be not merely in advance of his own generation, but so 
 far beyond them, that the fewest, even of these later ages, have 
 been those who have approached his position. 
 
 MIME, s. [mimeomat, Gr.] a buflToon, who by mimicking the 
 action or manner of some other person endeavours to create 
 mirth. 
 
 To MIME, V. n, to mimic the gestures or manners of another, 
 so as to cause laughter. 
 
 MFMIC, Mi'mical, a. [mimicus, Lat. from mimeomat, Gr.] 
 imitating or copying the actions of a person, so as to render, 
 them ridiculous, and to excite laughter. 
 
 MI'MIC, s. a person who imitates the actions or manner of 
 another, so as to excite laughter. Figuratively, a servile imi- 
 tator. 
 
 To MI'MIC, V. a. to imitate the actions of another, so as to 
 make them ridiculous, and to excite laughter ; to imitate. 
 
 MI'MICALLY, ad, in imitation ; in a mimical manner. 
 
MIN 
 
 MI'MICRY, s. the quality or art of assuming the air, looks, 
 manner of expression, and action, of another. 
 
 MIMNE'RMUS, a Greek poet of the 6th century b. c, whose 
 elegiac poems have wholly perished, with the exception of a few 
 fragments. To him is ascribed by some critics the introduction 
 of the meter called pentameter. 
 
 3irM0GRAPHER, s. [mwios and grapho, Gr.] a writer of 
 farces. 
 
 MI'NARET, s. a turret, or slender and lofty steeple, connected 
 with a mosque, having one or more projecting galleries round it ; 
 whence the crier summons the worshippers to prayers. 
 
 MI'NATORY, a. [minor, Lat.] containing threats. 
 
 To MINCE, V. a. [mincer, Fr.] to cut into very small bits or 
 pieces; to mention any thing scrupulously, or by a little at a 
 time ; to palliate or extenuate. — v. n. to walk with short steps in 
 an affected manner; to speak with effeminacy, or so as to omit 
 syllables. 
 
 MI'NCINGLY, arf. in small parts; not fully; with palliation 
 or extenuation. 
 
 MIND, 8. [gemind. Sax.] the rational soul ; the understand- 
 ing ; affection ; choice ; thoughts or sentiments ; opinion ; me- 
 mory; remembrance. 
 
 To MIND, v. a. to take notice of, or observe; to regard; to 
 excite in the mind ; to recall to a person's mind, or revive in his 
 memory ; to admonish. — v. n. to incline or be disposed to. 
 
 MIN'DANA'O, the second in size, and the most southerly of 
 the Philippine Islands ; which see. 
 
 MI'NDED, a. disposed ; inclined ; affected. 
 
 MI'NDFUL, a. attentive ; heeding ; retaining in the memory. 
 
 MI'NDFULLY, ad. attentively. 
 
 MFNDFULNESS, s. attention ; heed, or regard. 
 
 MFNDLESS, a. inattentive ; regardless ; inanimate ; not en- 
 dued with a rational soul. 
 
 MINDO'RO, one of the Philippine Islands ; which see. 
 
 MINE, ^ron. /loss, [myn, Sax.] belonging to me. 
 
 MINE, s. [Fr.] a place or cavern in the earth containing me- 
 tals, stone, or coal ; a hollow dug under any fortification, that it 
 may sink for want of support, or that powder may be lodged in 
 it, by means of which every thing upon it may be blown up. 
 
 To MINE, V. n. to dig mines ; to form any hollows or cavities 
 under ground by digging. — v. a. to sap; to ruin by mines; to 
 destroy by secret means or slow degrees. 
 
 MI'NEhEAD, Somersetshire. Here is a safe and commodi- 
 ous harbour for ships of large burden, formed by a pier and quay. 
 It carries on a considerable trade to Ireland and the West Indies, 
 and is 161 miles from London. Market, Wednesday. Pop. 1489. 
 
 MI'NER, s. [mineur, Fr.] one that digs in caverns for metals, 
 stones, or coals ; one who is a maker of military mines. 
 
 MFNERAL, s. [minerale, low Lat.] any body dug out of the 
 earth. It is a general term, and includes metals, earths, rocks, 
 crystals, &c. &c. 
 
 MI'NERAL, a. consisting of or related to any of the sub- 
 stances which are classed under this name. 
 
 MI'NERALIST, s. one skilled or employed in extracting ores 
 in minerals. 
 
 MI'NERALIZERS, s. in Chemistry, those substances which 
 are combined with metals in their ores ; such as sulph ur, arsenic. 
 
 xygen, carbonic acid, &c. 
 AflNE - 
 
 IINERA'LOGIST, s. [mineralogie, Fr.] one who writes upon 
 minerals. 
 
 MINERA'LOGY, s. [mineralogie, Fr.] the science of minerals. 
 
 MFNERAL waters, s. waters which hold some metal, 
 earth, or salt, in solution. They are frequently termed medici- 
 nal waters. 
 
 MINE'RVA, s. in Mythology, the goddess of wisdom and the 
 arts. She is represented with the helmet on her head, a spear 
 in her right hand, and a shield in her left, and was fabled to have 
 been produced out of the head of Jupiter. 
 
 MINE'VER, ». a skin with specks of white. 
 
 To MI'NGLE, v.a. [mmyefen, Teut.] to mix ; to join ; to unite 
 with something else ; to compound. — v. n. to be mixed or united 
 with. 
 
 MI'NGLE, s. a mixture ; a medley or confused mass. 
 
 MI'NGLER, s. one who mixes different things together. 
 
 MINGRE'LIA, a province of Georgia, in Asia, situated along 
 the E. coast of the Black Sea. The principality is hereditary, 
 and is governed by a prince who takes the title of Dadian, or chief 
 
 MIN 
 
 of justice. The tribute exacted by the Turks, is a quantity of 
 linen cloth made in the country. The face of this country, its 
 products, and the customs and manners of the inhabitants, are 
 similar to those of Georgia ; tohich see. 
 
 Ml'NlATURE, s. [Fr.] the representation of a thing in a very 
 small size. 
 
 MI'NIKIN, a. small ; diminutive. Used in contempt. 
 
 MI'NIM, s. [minimus, Lat.] a small being or person. In Music, 
 a note equal to two crotchets, or half a semibreve. 
 
 MI'NIMES, in Ecclesiastical Historj', a religious order, which 
 sprang up in the 15th century; and adopted this name by way 
 of showing their superlative devotion, and especially their su- 
 periority over the Minor Friars. They did not thrive nor extend 
 greatly. 
 
 MI'NIMUS, s. [Lat.] a being of the least size. 
 
 MFNION,s. [mignon, Fr.] a favourite or darling. Generally 
 applied to a person who has the chief place in a prince's or great 
 man's favour, on account of his servile compliances and flattery. 
 With printers, a small sort of printing-letter. 
 
 MI'NIOUS, a. [minium, Lat.] of the colour of red lead or ver- 
 milion. 
 
 To MI'NISH, V. a. [a contraction from diminish,'] to lessen ; to 
 lop or impair. 
 
 MI'NISTER, s. [Lat.] any person employed as an agent, or to 
 transact affairs for another; one employed by a sovereign in 
 the administration of public affairs; an instrument or means 
 applied to accomplish any end ; a person who performs the pub- 
 lic service in divine worship ; an agent from a foreign power, 
 who has not the dignity or credentials of an ambassador. 
 
 To MI'NISTER, v. a. [Lat.] to serve or attend on any one. 
 
 MINISTE'RIAL, a. attendant ; acting under superior author- 
 ity; connected with the ministry of religion. 
 
 MINISTE'RIALLY, ad. in a ministerial manner. 
 
 MI'NISTERY, Mi'nistry, s. office; service; the discharge 
 of any office or performance of the orders and employment of 
 another ; persons employed in any ministrations. 
 
 MI'NISTRAL, a. See Ministerial. 
 
 MI'NISTRANT, a. [ministrans, Lat.] attending upon ; acting 
 as subordinate, dependent, or at command. 
 
 MINISTRATION, «. [ministratio, Lat.] the office of a person 
 commissioned by, oractingat the command of, another ; attend- 
 ance; intervention; service; office; the employ of a public re- 
 ligious teacher. 
 
 MFNIUM, s. [Lat.] lead calcined in a reverberatory furnace 
 till it is of a red colour. 
 
 MFNNOCK, s. [perhaps from mignon, Fr.] a favourite, or dar- 
 ling. 
 
 MFNNOW, s. [memte, Fr.] in Ichthyology, a small fresh-water 
 fish. 
 
 MITVOR, a. [Lat.] petty or inconsiderable ; less ; smaller. 
 
 MI'NOR, s. one not arrived at full age ; one under age ; one 
 younger than another, when used comparatively. In Logic, the 
 least term in a proposition, or the second proposition in a regu- 
 lar syllogism. 
 
 To MI'NORATE, v. a. [minor, Lat.] to lessen or diminish. 
 
 MINO'RCA, a considerable island in the Mediterranean, be- 
 longing to the Balearic group. It is about 30 miles in length 
 and 12 in breadth , and chiefly valuable for the excellent harbour 
 of Port Mahon. It is a mountainous country, with some fruitful 
 valleys, where there are excellent mules. Rabbits are in great 
 plenty, and here are plantations of palm-trees which bear no 
 fruit, vines, olives, cotton, and capers. Citadella is the capital, 
 beside which there are Port Mahon, Labor, and Mercadal. Pop. 
 about 40,000. It belongs to Spain. 
 
 MINO'RITY, s. [minorite, Fr.] the state of a person who is 
 under age, or not arrived to years of discretion and maturitj; 
 the state of being less ; the smaller number, opposed to majority. 
 
 MI'NORS, in Ecclesiastical History, a name assumed in proof 
 or token of humility by St. Francis of Assisi, and his rehgious 
 order. See Franciscans. 
 
 MI'NOS, in Ancient History and Mythology, a lawgiver of 
 Crete, who was so inflexibly just, that he was promoted to be 
 one of the judges in Hades. 
 
 MI'NOTAUR.s. [from Jl/mos, an ancient king of Crete, who was 
 supposed to keep the Minotaur, and taurus, Lat.] in Heathen 
 Mythology, a monster supposed to be half man and half beast. 
 
 MINSK, a government of Russia, surrounded by the govern- 
 4f 585 
 
MIR 
 
 ments of Grodno, VVilna, Witepsk, Moliilev, Tschernigov, and 
 Kiev. It is a vast plain, watered by the Dnieper and the Dwina ; 
 and though solely agricultural, is in a most wretched condition 
 of barbarism and poverty. Its chief town, of the same name, 
 stands on a small stream that runs into the Beresina ; and is a 
 
 Elace of trade, with a fine cathedral and some other public 
 uildings. Pop. about 20,000. Lat.53. 16. N. Long. 27. 33. 
 E. Pop. of the province, above 1,000,000. 
 
 MI'NSTER, s. [minstrere. Sax.] a monastery ; a cathedral 
 church. 
 
 MI'NSTREL, s. [menestril, Span.] a musician ; one that plays 
 upon musical instruments. 
 
 MI'NSTRELSY, s. instrumental music ; a band or number of 
 persons playing on musical instruments. 
 
 MINT, s. [ininte. Sax.] in Botany, a kind of plant very well 
 known. — [mint, Dan.] a place where money is coined. 
 
 To MINT, f. a. (see the noun,) to coin or stamp money. Figu- 
 ratively, to invent or forge. 
 
 MI'NTAGE, s. that which is coined or stamped ; the duty 
 paid for coinage. 
 
 MI'NTER, s. a coiner or stamper of money. 
 
 MPNT3IAN, s. one skilled in coinage. 
 
 MI'NTMASTER, s. a person who has the management and 
 care of the coinage. Figuratively, one who invents. 
 
 MFNUET, s. l7nenuet, Fr.] a stately regular dance, performed 
 generally by two persons, now completely out of fashion. 
 
 MINU'TE, a, lmi7iiitus, from minuo, Lat.] small, either in bulk 
 or consequence ; little ; slender. 
 
 MFNUTE, s. [ininutum, Lat.] in Geometry, the 60th part of a 
 degree of a circle. Minutes are denoted by one accent, thus 
 (0 ; as the second, or 60th part of a minute, is by two accents, 
 thus (") ; and the third by three {'"), &c. Minute, in Time, is 
 the 60th part of an hour. In Architecture, it usually denotes 
 the 60th, sometimes the 30th part of a module. In Writing, it 
 is used for a short memoir, or sketch of a thing. 
 
 To MFNUTE, v. a. [ininuter, Fr.] to set down in short hints. 
 
 MI'NUTE-BOOK, s. a book of short hints, or memoranda. 
 
 MI'NUTE-GLASS, s. a glass of which the sand measures a 
 minute. 
 
 MINU'TELY, ai, with great exactness ; without omission of 
 the least circumstance. 
 
 MINUTENESS, s. excessive smallness ; extreme accuracy or 
 circumstantialness ; inconsiderableness. 
 
 MINX, s. a young, pert, wanton, or affected girl. 
 
 MIRABAU'D, JEAN BAPTISTE DE, a French writer of 
 the last century, who was for a time secretary to the French 
 Academy, He translated Tasso and Ariosto, and wrote several 
 other works. But he did not write the atheistical and sensual 
 book, called the System of Nature, which has his name attached 
 to it : that was the product of the Baron DTlolbach. Mirabaud 
 died in 1760, aged 85 years. 
 
 Mi'rabeau, Honore Gabriel de Riquetti, Comte de, one 
 of the most distinguished actors in the early part of the French 
 Revolution. His early years were characterized by ceaseless 
 troubles and imprisonments, on account of his licentiousness, 
 which ought to be ascribed in some degree, at least, to the fool- 
 ish pedantry and severity of the plan pursued by his father in 
 his education. In the course of these scandalous adventures, 
 and in his imprisonments and his attempts to avoid the lettres de 
 cachet, he visited Holland and England, formed acquaintances 
 amongst some of the most famous literary men of the movement 
 party in those countries, lived on the paltry pay of a garret- 
 scribbler, and sometimes had not even that means of subsist- 
 ence; and was an inmate of almost all the great state prisons of 
 France. He was once sent to Berlin by Calonne on an official 
 errand ; and he was connected with the Notables, the convoca- 
 tion of whom, it was hoped, would save the country. Being re- 
 jected by the Provencal noblesse as a representative in the 
 states-general, he entered the popular order, and sat for Aix and 
 Marseilles. This was the brightest portion of his career: his 
 overwhelming eloquence, his terrible sarcasm, his consummate 
 self-possession, and undoubted power of will, made him, in fact, 
 the king in that assembly. It was his proposal that brought the 
 noblesse and the clergy at the feet of the representatives of the 
 people, and gave a meaning to the otherwise inarticulate resolve 
 of the nation. Over and over again he swept all resistance be- 
 fore him, and carried resolutions that the majority of the house 
 586 "• 
 
 MIR 
 
 were most hostile to. In all his speeches he invariably showed 
 that he saw what the things before the Assembly actually were, 
 and also that he could make them seem to be what he pleased, 
 to effect his own purposes. During the latter part of his course, 
 he was earnest in his attempts to check the headlong haste with 
 which affairs were rushing to ruin, in the hands of a host of 
 little, pedantic, fanatic, and bad men ; and he did succeed in 
 some things, on which he might have reared a constitutional 
 monarchy. He was at last appointed president of the Assembly, 
 and filled this office to the astonishment of even his admirers. 
 But it was for a short time. A rapid illness carried him off in 
 1791, aged 42 years, and left the public welfare to the mercy of 
 those whom he alone could have controlled. During the greater 
 part of his representative engagement, he edited a public paper, 
 and beside it, published occasionally pamphlets on the questions 
 of the day as they arose. Not only in his licentiousness, which 
 he never curbed to the last, did he display his utter want of 
 principle. He was at the service of any party in his political 
 character, who could and would purchase him ; and it is un- 
 doubtedly the fact, that he was in the pay of the court at the time 
 of his death, as he had been in the pay of the Duke of Orleans. 
 Yet the French nation might well mourn his death as it did, for 
 all the evils which his penetration foresaw, and his royal elo- 
 quence and power kept off, fell with unbroken weight upon it. 
 
 MFRACLE, «. [miraculum, from miror, Lat.] a phenomenon, 
 either in itself or its circumstances supernatural ; or that which, 
 being of most rare occurrence, and apparently quite unsuitable 
 as a consequent, to whatever is, in our view, its immediate ante- 
 cedent, must be ascribed to the direct interposition of God him- 
 self. In the Evidences of Christianity, the question of miracles 
 has always been made to take a place which in the facts of 
 Christianity it does not, and an advantage has often been con- 
 ceded to infidel objectors unnecessarily. The adaptation of the 
 principles and declarations of the Gospel to the spirit and the 
 circumstances of man is its only proper evidence, and it is full 
 and satisfactory. But that on occasion of so great an event for 
 man, as a new revelation from God, miracles should be wrought, 
 the universal expectation of man, and the concurrent testimony 
 of mankind respecting all promulgations of new faiths, are the 
 evidence. If miracles were not recorded in the Gospel History, 
 we should have good reason to suspect the veracity of the histo- 
 rians. The place they fill in that history is just the one they 
 can fill, — they call attention to the Teacher and to the doctrine, 
 but have no stress laid on them which the truth of the doctrine, 
 proved by experience, alone could bear. The arguments against 
 miracles, from the first to the last, are therefore, if satisfactory, 
 incapable of damaging the Christian faith. But they are not 
 satisfactory; and are capable, as has often been shown, of the 
 completest reductio ad absurdum. The whole force of most of 
 these arguments has arisen from the unhappy definition of a 
 miracle as a violation of the laws of nature ; which not only assumes 
 thataW these laws are known, but also that they are some, quite 
 other than what they are known to be, mere general expressions 
 of God's usual way of working in what we call Nature. With a 
 more correct definition it will be seen that human testimony is 
 quite as adequate to prove a miracle, as it is any thing else be- 
 yond the experience of those to whom the proof is addressed. 
 
 MIRA'CULOUS, a. \iniraculeux, Fr.] resembling a miracle; 
 effected by power more than natural. 
 
 MIRA'CULOUSLY, ad. beyond the known powers or laws of 
 nature. 
 
 MIRA'CULOUSNESS, s. the state of being effected beyond 
 the ordinary powers or laws of nature. 
 
 MFRAGiE, s. [Fr.] in Optics, a phenomenon arising from the 
 unequal or irregular refraction of light, through strata of air of 
 various densities, by which objects considerably beyond the vi- 
 sible horizon are seemingly brought within it, and oftentimes 
 exhibited reversed, and in very peculiar combinations. 
 
 MIRA'NDA, SA DE, an early poet of Portugal, whose pro- 
 ductions, consisting of dramas, letters, &c. &:c., are not so well 
 known as their poetic worth, and their fidelity in depicting the 
 manners of his times, deserve. He died in 1558, aged about 60 
 years. 
 
 MIRA'NDOLA. See Pica deli.a Mirandola. 
 
 MIRE, s. [moer, Belg.] mud; dirt moistened with rain or 
 water. 
 
 To MIRE, V. a, to daub with mud ; to whelm in the mud. 
 
MIS 
 
 MIRINESS, «. the quality of being muddy. 
 
 MI'RROR, s. [itiiroir, Fr.] a looking-glass, or any thing which 
 represents objects by reflection ; a pattern or exemplar, as being 
 that on which the eye ought to be fixed to transcribe its perfec- 
 tions. 
 
 MIRTH, s. {imjrMe, Sax.] merriment; gaiety; laughter; a 
 jest which excites laughter. 
 
 MI'RTHFUL, a. full of joy and gaiety. 
 
 MI'RTHLESS, a. sorrowful. 
 
 MI'RY, a. deep in mud; consisting of mud. 
 
 MIS, [Sax.] is an inseparable particle, and in composition de- 
 notes defect, error, deprivation, corruption, &cc. 
 
 MISACCEPTA'TION, s. the act of taking any thing in a 
 wrong sense. 
 
 MISADVE'NTURE.s. [mesaventure, Fr.] ill-luck; bad fortune. 
 In Law, manslaughter. 
 
 MISADVE'NTURED, o. unfortunate. 
 
 MISADVFCE, s. wrong or mistaken advice ; bad counsel. 
 
 MISADVrSED, (inisadcized) a. wrongfully counselled. 
 
 MISA'IMED,a. not aimed rightly. 
 
 MISA'NTHROPIST, «. [miseo and anthropos, Gr.] a hater of 
 mankind; one that flies the society of mankind from a principle 
 of discontent. 
 
 MISA'NTHROPY, s. the act of hating or avoiding the society 
 of mankind. 
 
 MISAPPLICATION, s. an improper application; the act of 
 applying a thing to a wrong use. 
 
 To MISAPPLY', V. a. to apply improperly, or to wrong pur- 
 poses. 
 
 To MISAPPREHE'ND, f. a. to mistake a person's meaning; 
 to understand a thing in a wrong sense. 
 
 MISAPPREHENSION, s. a mistake. 
 
 To MISASCRI'BE, v. a. to ascribe falsely. 
 
 To MISASSI'GN, V. a. to assign erroneously. 
 
 To MISBECO'ME, v. a. preter. misbecame ; to be inconsistent 
 with a person's character ; to disgrace ; to be unsuitable. 
 
 MISBEGOT, Misbego'tten, a. unlawfully begotten. 
 
 To MISBEHA'VE, v. n. to act ill, or inconsistent with a per- 
 son's character. 
 
 MISBEHA'VED, a. ill-bred ; uncivil. 
 
 MISBEHA'VIOUR, s. wantof decency toothers; ill conduct; 
 want of civility or breeding. 
 
 MISBELIE'F, (misbelief) s. an erroneous or wrong belief. 
 
 To MISBEHE'VE, (misbeleeve) v. n. to distrust. 
 
 MISBELIE'VER, (misbekcver) s. one that holds a false reli- 
 gion, or believes wrongly. 
 
 To MISCA'L, (misMul) v. a. to call by a wrong name. 
 
 To MISCA'LCULATE, v. a. to be wrong in a computation or 
 reckoning ; to reckon wrong. 
 
 MISCA'RRIAGE, {misharridg) «. want of success; ill con- 
 duct; abortion, or theact of bringing forth before due time. 
 
 To MISCA'RRY, v. n. to fail ; to fail of success in an under- 
 taking; to be brought to bed before due time. 
 
 To MISCA'ST, V. a. to add up or compute wrong. 
 
 MISCELLA'NEOUS, a. {rniscellaneus, Lat.] mingled ; consist- 
 ing of different kinds. 
 
 MI'SCELLANY, s. (sometimes accented on the second syl- 
 lable,) a book containing a collection of different pieces, some- 
 times containing the works of different authors. 
 
 MISCHA'NCE, s. ill luck ; a thing happening amiss, but nei- 
 ther intended nor foreseen. 
 
 MI'SCHIEF, (mischeef) s. [nieschef, old Fr.] any thing done 
 to harm or injure another; an ill consequence, or vexatious 
 affair. 
 
 MI'SCHIEF-MAKER, «. one who promotes quarrels between 
 others, and causes mischief. 
 
 MI'SCHIEVOUS, {mischeevous) a. (sometimes accented on the 
 second syllable,) hurtful; injurious; spiteful; malicious. 
 
 MISCHIE'VOUSLY, (jnischeevously) ad. maliciously ; spite- 
 fully ; hurtfullv. 
 
 MISCHIEYOUSNESS, {mischeevousness) s. the quality of de- 
 lighting in doing harm and injury to others. 
 
 Mi'SCIBLE, a. [tnisceo, Lat.] capable of being mixed. 
 
 MISCITA'TION, s. a wrong quotation. 
 
 To MISCKfE, V. a. to quote words of an author wrong. 
 
 MISCLATM, «. an erroneous or mistaken claim. 
 
 MISCOMPUTA'TION, «. false reckoning. 
 
 MIS 
 
 To MISCONCEIVE, {mishonseeve) v. a. to have a wrong 
 idea of. 
 
 MISCONCE'PTION, s. a false notion. 
 
 MISCO'NDUCT, s. ill behaviour. 
 
 MISCONJE'CTURE, s. a wrong guess. 
 
 To MISCONJE'CTURE, r. a. to guess wrong. 
 
 MISCONSTRU'CTION, s. the act of ascribing a wrong sense 
 to words or actions. 
 
 To MISCO'NSTRUE, v. a. to interpret wrong. 
 
 To MISCOU'NSEL, v. a. to advise wrong. 
 
 To MISCOU'NT, V. a. [meconter, Fr.] to reckon wrong. 
 
 MI'SCREANCE, Mi'screancy, s. [mescrsutice, Fr.] adherence 
 to a false religion ; false faith. 
 
 MI'SCREANT, s. [mescreant, Fr.] in its primary sense, one 
 that holds a false faith, or believes in false gods. Secondarily, a 
 vile and wicked wretch. 
 
 MISDE'ED, s. a vile action. 
 
 To MISDEME'AN, {misdemeen) v. a. to behave ill. 
 
 MISDEME'ANOR, {misdemeemr) s. a slight offence; some- 
 thing less than a crime. 
 
 MISDEVO'TION, s. mistaken piety. 
 
 To MISDO', V. a. preter. I have misdone ; to do wrong, or com- 
 mit a crime. — v. n. to commit faults. 
 
 MISDO'ER, s. an offender. 
 
 MISDO'ING, s. offence ; deviation from right. 
 
 To MISDOU'BT, (misdout) v, a. to suspect of deceit or danger.- 
 
 MISDOU'BT, {misdoi'd) s. suspicion of crime or danger; irreso- 
 lution. 
 
 To MISEMPLOY', v. a. to apply to a wrong use. 
 
 MISEMPLOY'MENT, s. the act of applying to an improper 
 use. 
 
 MI'SER, {mizer) s. [Lat.] formerly used for a person in wretch- 
 edness or calamity, or for a base and mean person ; but at pre- 
 sent to one who, though possessed of riches, endures all the 
 hardships of indigence, either to increase or avoid spending 
 them. 
 
 MFSERABLE, (mizerable) a. [miserabilis, Lat.] unhappy; ca- 
 lamitous, or wretched ; very bad. 
 
 MI'SERABLENESS, (mizerableness) s. the quality which de- 
 nominates a person wretched, or an object of pity. 
 
 MI'SERABLY, {inizerably) ad. in such a manner as to become 
 an object of compassion ; desperately; shockingly. 
 
 MI'SERLY, a. like a miser; in a mean, penurious, or covet- 
 ous manner. 
 
 MI'SERY, {mizery) s. [miseria, Lat.] such a state of wretched- 
 ness, unhappiness, or calamity, as renders a person an object of 
 compassion. 
 
 MISFO'RTUNE, s. want of success; calamity; ill-luck, or 
 poverty, not happening by a person's own fault. 
 
 To MISGI'VE, V. a. to suspect ; to presage something ill ; to 
 suspect something amiss. 
 
 To MISGO-VERN, v. a. to govern ill. 
 
 MISGO'VERNED, a. under no restraint ; rude; ill-bred. 
 
 MISGO'VERNMENT,*. ill administration of affairs; ill man- 
 agement ; irregularity, or immodest behaviour. 
 
 MISGUI'DANCE, s. a false direction. 
 
 To MISGUI'DE, v.a. to direct wrong; to guide the wrong 
 way. 
 
 MISHA'P, (mis-hap) s. any evil that happens unexpectedly. 
 
 Ml'SHMASH, s. [mwcAm, Belg.] a hodgepodge : a low word. 
 
 MI'SHNA, or Mi'schna, s. [Rabbin. Heb.] the name of the 
 first division or part of the Rabbinical Talmuds. See Talmud. 
 
 To MISINFE'R, v. a. to draw a wrong inference. 
 
 To MISINFO'RM, v. a. to deceive by false accounts. 
 
 MISINFORMA'TION, s. a false intelligence, or account. 
 
 To MISINTE'RPRET, v. a. to explain in a wrong sense. 
 
 MISINTERPRE'I'A'TION, s, explanation in a wrong sense. 
 
 Tn MISJOI'N, V. a. to join in an improper manner. 
 
 To MISJU'DGE, V. n. to form false opinions. — v. a. to mis- 
 take ; to judge ill of. 
 
 To MISLA'Y, v. a. to lay in a wrong place ; to put away so as 
 not to be able to find again. 
 
 MISLA'YER, s. one who puts things in a wrong place. 
 
 To MI'SLE. See To Mizzle. 
 
 To MISLE'AD, (misleed) v. a. preter. and past part, misled ; 
 to guide in a wrong way ; to betray to mischief, or mistake, 
 under a pretence of guiding. 
 
 4 F 2 587 
 
MIS 
 
 MISLE'ADER, (misUeder) s. one who seduces or leads to ill. 
 
 MI'SLETOE. See Mistletoe. 
 
 To MISMA'NAGE, v. a. to conduct or manage wrongly. 
 
 MISMA'NAGEMENT, s. defect of conduct or behaviour. 
 
 To MISMA'RK, v. a. to mark or distinguish wrong. 
 
 To MISMA'TCH, v. a. to mistake in matching. 
 
 To MISNA'ME, v. a. to call by a wrong name. 
 
 MISNO'MER, s. [Fr.] in Law, the mistaking a man's name, 
 or the using of one name for another, which is the cause of 
 abatements of writs. An erroneous name. 
 
 To MISOBSE'RVE, {misobzSrve) v. a. to make a wrong remark. 
 
 MISO'GAMIST, s. {miseo auAgamos, Or.] one that hates mar- 
 riage. 
 
 MISO'GYNY, s. [miseo and gune, Gr.] hatred against women. 
 
 To MISO'RDER, v. a. to conduct or manage ill. 
 
 To MISPE'L, Misspe'll, v. a. pret. and past part, mispelt; to 
 spell wrongly. 
 
 To MISPE'ND, JIisspe'nd, v. a. pret. and past part, mispent ; to 
 spend ill, waste to no purpose, or throw away. To waste or decay. 
 
 MISPE'NDER, s. one who applies to a wrong purpose. 
 
 MISPERSUA'SION, (misperswdzhion) s, a wrong notion, or 
 false opinion. 
 
 To MlSPLA'CE, V. a. to put in a wron^ place. 
 
 To MISPOI'NT, V. a. to set a wrong point or stop after a sen- 
 tence. 
 
 MISPRFSION, (misprizJion) s. [Fr.] scorn, slight, or contempt. 
 In Common Law, a neglect or oversight ; as where a person is 
 privy to some treason or felony committed by another, and neg- 
 lects to reveal it to the king or his council, or to a magistrate, 
 but entirely conceals it. This is called Misprision of those 
 crimes. In cases oi Misprision of treason, the offender is to be 
 imprisoned during the king's pleasure, and to forfeit his goods 
 and chattels, with the profits of his lands, &c. But in 3Iis- 
 prision of felony, the offender is only to be punished with fine 
 and imprisonment, and to remain in prison till the fine is paid. 
 
 To MISPROPO'RTION, v. a. to join in an unsuitable pro- 
 portion. 
 
 To MISQUCTE, i;. a. to cite an author's words wrong. 
 
 To MISRECI'TE, r. a. to quote or recite wrong. 
 
 To MISRE'CKON, v. a. to reckon wrong ; to compute wrong. 
 
 To MISREPO'RT, v. a. to give a false account of; to give an 
 account which is both disadvantageous and false. 
 
 MISREPO'RT, s. a false account ; a false and malicious re- 
 presentation. 
 
 To MISREPRESE'NT, (the last s is pron. like 2,) v. a. to re- 
 present falsely. 
 
 MISREPRESENTATION, s. the act of wilfully representing 
 a thing otherwise than it is. 
 
 MISRU'LE, «. tumult; confusion. 
 
 MISS.s. [contracted frcm 7)iistress,'] a term of compliment used 
 in addressing a young and unmarried lady. 
 
 To MISS, V. a. preter. and past part, missed, or 7nist ; to mis- 
 take; to fail hitting a mark; to fail of obtaining; to discover 
 something unexpectedly wanting ; to omit ; to perceive the want 
 of. — 1-. n. to fly wide from ; not to hit a mark ; to prove unsuc- 
 cessful ; to fail or mistake ; to be lost or wanting. 
 
 MI'SSAL, s. [missa, Lat.] the mass-book. 
 
 To MISSEE'M, V. n. to make a false appearance. 
 
 3irSSEL-BIRD, Mi'ssel-Thrush, in Ornithology, the com- 
 mon English name of the larger species of thrush. 
 
 To MISSE'RVE, v. a. to serve unfaithfully. 
 
 To MISSH A'PE, V, a. part, misshaped, or jnisshajien ; to shape or 
 form ill ; to deform. 
 
 MI'SSILE, a. Imissilis, from mitto, Lat.] thrown by the hand 
 or from an engine. Striking at a distance, applied to weapons. 
 
 MI'SSION, {mishon) s. [mtssio, Lat.] commission ; the state of 
 a person employed by another ; persons sent on any account, 
 usually applied to those sent to propagate the gospel in foreign 
 parts; dismission or discharge. 
 
 MI'SSIONARY, Mi'ssiONER, (mishonary, mishoner) s. Imission- 
 aire, Fr.] one sent to propagate religion in foreign parts. 
 
 MISSISSIPPI, the largest river of North America. Its source 
 is the Itasca lake, near Lake Winnipeg, and after a varied 
 course, interrupted often by falls, receiving the waters of the 
 Ohio, Missouri, Arkansas, and other great streams, by means of 
 which, and its other tributaries, it drains a surface of more than 
 1,000,000 square miles in extent, it enters the Gulf of Mexico, 
 
 MIS 
 
 by several mouths. Its length considerably exceeds 3000 miles. 
 It is navigable for a great part of its course; but eddies, and 
 trees carried down by its waters and half buried in the mud, make 
 it very dangerous. In some places the whole width is covered by 
 rafts of trees, over which has accumulated soil sufficient for ve- 
 getation ; and the stream is completely concealed. 
 
 MISSISSIPPI, one of the United States, N. America. It is 
 bounded by Tennessee, Alabama, Louisiana, and Arkansas ; and 
 lies on theGulf of Mexico. It is 339 miles long, and 150 broad, 
 and is divided into 56 counties. The S. part of the State is low 
 and level, covered with swamps, prairies, &c. This ground gra- 
 dually rises to the slight elevations, called Muffs, which occur 
 before the table land of the N. part. The Mississippi is its great 
 river ; the others are, for the most part, its tributaries. It pro- 
 duces timber, corn, fruits, and chiefly cotton and sugar. Its 
 manufactures are valuable, audit has a good share of trade. It 
 has 38 banks; and there are 3 colleges. Natchez is its chief 
 
 Elace of trade ; but Jackson is the seat of government. Pop. 
 75,051, of which 195,211 are slaves. 
 
 MI'SSIVE, a. such as may be sent ; such as may be flung to 
 a distance by the hand, &c. — s. a despatch or letter sent from one 
 party or person to another. 
 
 MISSOU'RI, one of the greatest rivers of N. America, and a 
 tributary of the Mississippi. It rises in the Rocky Mountains, 
 and after a course, varied by falls, rapids, and every kind of 
 scenery, 3000 miles long, joins the Mississippi. It receives the 
 waters of many large tributaries ; and is navigable, except where 
 the falls break the continuity of the course. If it were looked 
 upon as the stream which deserved to give name to the embou- 
 chure in the Gulf of Mexico, it would be upwards of 4000 miles 
 in length. 
 
 MISSOU'RI, one of the United States, N. America. It is 
 bounded by Illinois, Kentucky, Tennessee, and Arkansas ; and 
 by the Indian and the Iowa territories. It is 287 miles in length, 
 and 230 in breadth ; and is divided into 62 counties. It is al- 
 most one unbroken extent of prairie, with few hills of any height. 
 It has noble forests, which make it one of the most enchanting 
 regions of America. The Mississippi and the Missouri are its great 
 streams. It yields lead, iron, zinc, and other metals; coal; lime 
 and building stone, &c. &c. There are two mountains of oxide 
 of iron, yielding about 80 per cent, of pure metal ; being about 
 300 feet in height, and pyramidal in form. Timber, cotton, 
 corn, tobacco, &c. are its chief productions. It has some rising 
 manufactures, and a good trade for the time it has been in be- 
 ing. There are 3 banks, and 6 collegiate institutions. St. Louis 
 is Us great place of trade ; and Jefferson City its seat of govern- 
 ment. Pop. 383,702, of which 58,240 are slaves. 
 
 To MISSPE'AK, {misspeek) v. a. pret. misspoke, part, misspoken ; 
 to speak wrong or amiss. 
 
 MIST, s. [Sax.] in Meteorology, a low thin cloud, or small 
 rain, whose drops are not to be distinguished. Figuratively, 
 any thing that darkens, or obscures, applied to the under- 
 standing. 
 
 To MIST, i: a. to cloud ; to cover with a steam or moist vapour. 
 
 To MISTA'KE, i. a. to conceive a wrong idea of; to take a 
 thing for that which it is not, or to take one thing for another. 
 —V. n. to err ; to form a false judgment or idea. 
 
 MISTA'KE, s. the act of forming a wrong idea, or taking a 
 thing for what it is not. 
 
 MISTA'KEABLE, a. liable to be mistaken. 
 
 To be MISTAKEN, v. n. to err, or to form a wrong opinion or 
 judgment. 
 
 MISTA'KINGLY, ad. in such a manner as to form a wrong 
 judgment or idea. 
 
 To MIST ATE, «. a. to state wrong; to represent in a false 
 light. 
 
 To MISTE'ACH, v. a. to teach wrong. 
 
 To MISTE'LL, v. a. to relate falsely ; to reckon wrong. 
 
 To MISTE'RM, v. a. to call by a wrong name. 
 
 MI'STERY. &e Mystery. 
 
 To MISTHI'NK, v. a. to think ill ; to think wrong. 
 
 To MISTI'ME, V. a. to do unseasonably. 
 
 MI'STINESS, s. cloudiness; the state of being overcast, ap- 
 plied to the sky. 
 
 MFSTION, (pron. as spelt,) s. [misttis, Lat.] the state of being 
 mixed. 
 
 Ml'STLETOE, Mi'sletoe, Mi'sseltoe, «. in Botany, a plant 
 
MIT 
 
 of which there is only one kind in Europe, growing not on the 
 ground, but on other trees, as the oak, apple-tree, pear-tree, 
 white thorn, &c. It was regarded with rehgious veneration by 
 the Druids. 
 
 MI'STLIKE, a. resembling a mist ; like a mist. 
 
 MISTO'LD, the past part, of Mistell. 
 
 MISTOOK, the past part, of Mistake. 
 
 MI'STRESS, s. [tnaitressc, Fr.] a woman who manages a house, 
 and keeps servants; a woman skilled in anything; a woman 
 teacher; a woman who is the object of a person's love, in a good 
 sense, and in a bad one. 
 
 MISTRU'ST, s. suspicion ; diffidence. 
 
 To MISTRU'ST, v. a. to doubt. 
 
 MISTRU'STFUL, a. suspicious. 
 
 MISTRU'STFULLY, ad. in such a manner as betrays a sus- 
 picion. 
 
 MISTRU'STFULNESS, s. the quality of suspecting the fidel- 
 ity of another. 
 
 MISTRU'STLESS, a. confident. 
 
 MI'STY, a. cloudy ; overcast, applied to the sky ; obscure ; dark. 
 
 To MISUNDERSTA'ND, v. a. preter. and part, misunderstood.- 
 to take any nerson's meaning wrong; to mistake. 
 
 MISUNDERSTA'NDING, s. a difference, or disagreement, 
 implying that the parties do not understand each other; an 
 error ; a false judgment or conception of the meaning of words 
 or sentences. 
 
 MISU'SAGE, {misuzage) s. abuse, or bad treatment. 
 
 To MISU'SE, (misuze) r. a. \_mesuser, Fr.] to treat or use in an 
 improper manner ; to abuse. 
 
 MISU'SE, s. a bad use or treatment. 
 
 MITE, s. [Fr.] in Natural History, a very small insect which 
 breeds in cheese. In Weights, the 20th part of a grain. In 
 Money, the third part of a farthing. Proverbially, any thing 
 very small ; a very small particle or atom. 
 
 MI'THRAS, [Pers.] in Zendish Mythology or Theogony, one 
 of the inferior spirits which were created by Ormuz, the great 
 spirit of goodness. It seems to have been originally a name of 
 the sun, and this Sabian worship to have become thus trans- 
 figured by the glow of Oriental imagination. Later speculators 
 attempted to identify this lower deity with Jesus ; and many 
 tenets of faith and rites of worship were introduced into Chris- 
 tendom by them, from the Mithraic mysteries. 
 
 MFTHRIDATE, s. [Fr.] in Medicine, a kind of electuary ; one 
 of the capital medicines of the shops, consisting of a great num- 
 ber of ingredients. In Botany, a genus of plants, of which six 
 are British species. 
 
 MITHRIDA'TES THE GREAT, or Eupator, the 6th king 
 of Pontus in Asia, of that name. His reign was one constant 
 struggle against Rome, which was then at its culminating period 
 of glory. Rome attacked him before he was fairly established 
 on the throne, but he was soon enabled to show this republic 
 that he could defend his own. He seized on several kingdoms, 
 whose kings appealed to Rome, without being able to obtain re- 
 dress by that means. He defeated the armies sent against him ; 
 and in 25 years he was master of Asia Minor. After that, he 
 was engaged in three distinct wars with Rome, in which he 
 fought with various success, and was opposed by Sylla, Lucullus, 
 and Pompey ; but the end of all was, his defeat, through the de- 
 fection of his own son, and his suicide, in 63 b. c, having been 
 king for 57 years. With him fell his kingdom, and Pontus was 
 united with the empire of Rome. 
 
 MITIGANT, pari, \mitigo, Lat.] lenient, or -lenitive. 
 
 To MFTIGATE, v. a. [jnitis, Lat. mitiger, Fr.] to abate, to 
 lessen, applied to rigour or severity. To soften, lessen, or make 
 less, applied to pain. To assuage or calm, applied to the heat 
 and turbulence of factions. 
 
 MITIGATION, «. [mitigatio, Lat.] the act of lessening any 
 punishment, severity, or pain. 
 
 MI'TRE, {miter) s. [mitre, b'r. niitra, Lat.] a round cap, pointed 
 and cleft a-top, with two pendants hanging down on the 
 shoulders, worn on the head by bishops and abbots on solemn 
 occasions, and in heraldry borne as a crest by a bishop and arch- 
 bishop. 
 
 MI'TTENS, s. [mitains, Fr.] gloves that cover the arms, but 
 not the fingers. 
 
 MITTIMUS, s. [Lat.] in Law, a writ for transferring records 
 from one court to another. Likewise a writ under the hand and 
 
 MOC 
 
 seal of a justice of the peace, directed to the gaoler or keeper of 
 a prison, for receiving and safe keeping an offender, till he be 
 delivered by due course of law. 
 
 To MIX, V. a. [misschen, Belg.] to unite different bodies into 
 one mass; to compose of different things. 
 
 MI'XEN, s. [mixen. Sax.] a dunghill ; a laystall. 
 
 MI'XTION, (pron. as spelt,) s. [Fr.] mixture ; confusion of one 
 body with another. 
 
 MI'XTLY, arf. in a mixed manner. 
 
 MI'XTURE, s. [mixiura, from misceo, Lat.] the act of joining 
 or adding several things together ; the state of different things 
 united or added together; a mass or liquor formed by uniting 
 different ingredients; any thing added or mixed. 
 
 MI'ZMAZE, s. [formed by the reduplication of maze,'] a maze; 
 a labyrinth. 
 
 MfZZENj s. lmezaen,Be\g.] in the sea language, is a particu- 
 lar mast or sail. The mizzen-mast stands in the sternmost part 
 of a ship. The sail which belongs to the mizzen-mast, is called 
 the mizzen-sail; and whenever the word mizzen is used at sea, it 
 always means the sail. 
 
 To MI'ZZLE, V. a. [from mist,] to rain in small drops, like a 
 thick mist. 
 
 MI'ZZY, ». a bog ; a quagmire. 
 
 MNEMO'NICS, {nemoniks) s. {?nnao7nai, Gr.] the art of me- 
 mory. 
 
 MO'AB, the name of a half-nomade people who lived E. of 
 the Dead Sea, and were remotely related to the Israelites. • 
 During the march of this nation for Canaan, the king of the 
 Moabites attempted to oppose them, and hired Balaam to curse 
 them, but the prophet failed to imprecate a curse on a nation 
 blessed by God ; yet he introduced fornication and idolatry 
 amongst them, and gained a deserved name of evil for his deed. 
 Scattered notices of this people occur in the Old Testament, even 
 to the time of the captivity. 
 
 To MOAN, {mon)v. a. Imoetian, Sax.] to lament; deplore.— 
 V. n. to show sorrow by the looks, a mournful tone of voice, and 
 dismal complaints. 
 
 MOAN, (mon) s. lamentation ; sorrow expressed by words and 
 actions. 
 
 MOAT, (mot) s. [motte, Fr.] a canal, or collection of water, 
 which runs in a ditch or channel round a building. 
 
 To MOAT, {mot) v. a. [jnotter, Fr.] to surround any building 
 with a canal or water. 
 
 MOB, s. [contracted from mobile, Fr.] the crowd ; the vulgar ; 
 a tumultuous rout or multitude. In Dress, a woman's cap. 
 
 To MOB, V. a. to harass or overbear by a mob or tumult. 
 
 MOBI'LE, {mohcel) s. [Fr.] the populace or vulgar; a tumul- 
 tuous assembly of the common and lower order of people. 
 
 MOBI'LE, a city and port of Alabama, U. States. It stands 
 on the river of the same name, near the bay also called Mobile. 
 It is beautifully situated; and has several handsome public 
 buildings. There are 46 wharfs, and next to New Orleans, it 
 has the greatest trade in cotton in the S. of the Union. The 
 harbour is defended by a fort. It is 1013 miles from Washing- 
 ton. Pop. 12,672, of whom 3869 are slaves. 
 
 MOBI'LITY, s. [mobilite, Fr. mohilitas, from moveo, Lat.] the 
 power of being moved. Figuratively, quickness of motion ; 
 the vulgar or populace. Fickleness or inconstancy, applied to 
 the mind. 
 
 MO'CHA, a port of Yemen in Arabia. It is the chief seat of 
 the trade with Africa, by which it communicates across the 
 Red Sea. Coffee is a great article of export. Lat. 13. 27. N. 
 Long. 43. 27. E. 
 
 To MOCK, V. a. [moqtier, Fr.] to deride, scoff, or laugh at ; to 
 defeat; to elude; to disappoint a person's expectations; to be- 
 guile or delude with words. — v. n. to scoff or jest at. 
 
 MOCK, s. ridicule ; a sneer ; an act of contempt ; an object 
 of ridicule ; a contemptuous imitation or mimicry. 
 
 MOCK, a. counterfeit ; false ; not real. 
 
 MO'CKABLE, a. exposed to derision. 
 
 MO'CKER, s. one that ridicules another; a deceiver; an im- 
 postor. 
 
 MOCKERY, ». derision ; scorn ; ridicule ; contemptuous 
 mimicry of a person's actions or words ; sport; a vain show or 
 counterfeit appearance ; disappointment. 
 
 MO'CKING-BIRD, s. in Ornithology, an American bird, 
 which imitates the notes of other birds. 
 
 589 
 
MOD 
 
 MO'CKINGLY, ad. insultingly. 
 
 MO'CKING-STOCK, s. the subject of derision, or object of 
 ridicule. 
 
 MO'DAL, (niodal) a. Imodus, Lat.] relating to the form only, 
 opposed to essence. 
 
 MODA'LITY, s. an accidental difference ; the quality of an 
 accident. 
 
 MODE, s. [modus, Lat.] form. In Logic, that which cannot 
 subsist in and of itself, but is always esteemed as belonging to, 
 and subsisting by the help of, some substance, which, for that 
 reason, is called its subject. Gradation or degree ; manner or 
 method ; state or appearance ; fashion or custom. See Mood, 
 
 MO'DEL, s. [modele, Fr.] a representation in miniature of 
 some buildings, &c. ; a copy to be imitated ; a mould ; a standard 
 by which any thing is measured. See Module. Synon. Model 
 is used for relief; copy, for painting. A cojty ought to be faith- 
 ful ; a model, just. 
 
 To MO'DEL, V. a. [modekr, Fr.] to plan ; to shape ; to form, 
 mould, or delineate. 
 
 MO'DELLER, s. a planner or schemer. 
 
 MODE'NA, a duchy of Italy, bounded by Austrian Italy, the 
 Papal States, and Tuscany. It reaches from the Apennines 
 nearly to the river Po ; and is about 90 miles long, and 30 
 broad. The Apennine mountains here exceed 6000 feet in height. 
 It is watered by theSecchia and other rivers. Agricultural pro- 
 duce is abundant ; and there are some manufactures. Its capital 
 is il/orfeno, which stands between the Secchia and thePanaro; 
 and is not remarkable for its beauty, nor for its public buildings. 
 The ducal palace is, however, large and splendid, and has a fine 
 gallery of paintings. The ridiculously famous Secchia rapita, a 
 mere household pail, is religiously preserved in the cathedral; 
 to show what the states of Italy used to go to war about, and 
 how rich the spoils of battle were. Pop. above 20,000. Lat. 44. 
 35. N. Long. 10. 56. £. Pop. of duchy, about 350,000. 
 
 MO'DERATE, a. \inoderatus, from moderor, Lat.] temperate, or 
 between the two extremes. Not hot, applied to temper. Not 
 extravagant, applied to expense. 
 
 To MO'DERATE, t;. a. [moderor, Lat.] to keep within due 
 bounds and limits ; to repress, regulate, or restrain. 
 
 MODERATELY, ad. temperately; mildly; in a middle de- 
 gree. 
 
 MO'DERATENESS, s. the quality of keeping within any 
 two extremes. 
 
 MODERATION, s. [moderatio, Lat.] the state of keeping a due 
 mean between extremes; calmness, temperance, or equanimity. 
 
 MODERA'TOR, s. [moderator, Lat.] a person or thing which 
 calms, or keeps from flying into excess ; a person who presides 
 at a disputation, to restrain the contending parties from inde- 
 cency, confine them to the point in question, and show the con- 
 clusivenessor inconclusivenessof theirargumentsand responses. 
 
 MO'DERN, {mddern) a. [moderne, Fr.] late ; not long done or 
 existing. 
 
 MO'DERNISM, s. any thing formed according to the taste of 
 the present age, opposed to that of the ancients. 
 
 MO'DERNS, s. those who have lived lately, opposed to the 
 ancients. 
 
 To MO'DERNIZE, v. a. to form any thing according to the 
 taste of the present age ; to translate or alter any thing ancient 
 to the present taste. 
 
 MO'DERNNESS, s. novelty. 
 
 MO'DEST, a. [modeste, Fr. modestus, Lat.] humble in opinion 
 of one's own excellencies ; free from boasting ; reserved or back- 
 ward in doing any thing for fear of incurring censure ; chaste ; 
 avoiding every appearance of vice, without being carried to 
 excess ; moderate. 
 
 MO'DESTLY, ad. in an humble, chaste, and moderate man- 
 ner ; without excess, forwardness, boasting, or impudence. 
 
 MO'pESTY,s. [modestie,Vx.'] a virtue which includes an hum- 
 ble opinion of one's own abilities, an utter abhorrence of the 
 least appearance of vice, and a fear of doing any thing which 
 either has or may incur censure ; chastity. 
 
 MO'DESTY-PIECE, s. a narrow lace or border, which runs 
 along the upper part of the stays before, and is part of a woman's 
 tucker. 
 
 MO'DICUM, s. [Lat.] a small portion or pittance. 
 
 MODIFPABLE, a. capable of receiving a difference with re- 
 spect to all its modes or accidents. 
 590 
 
 MODIFICA'TION, s. [modification, Fr.] the act of giving a 
 
 differences of form or mode; that which 
 
 gives a thing any particular manner of being. 
 
 thing new accidental dii 
 
 To MO'DIFY, V. a. [modifier, Fr.] to change the form, acci- 
 dents, or qualities, of a thing. 
 
 MODFLLION, s. [Fr.] in Architecture, an ornament in the cor- 
 nice of Ionic, Corinthian, and Composite orders, consisting of 
 little inverted consoles or brackets in form of an S. seeming to 
 support the projecture of the larmier. 
 
 MO'DISH, (modish) a. agreeable to the fashion or reigning 
 custom. 
 
 MO'DISHLY, ad. fashionably. 
 
 MO'DISHNESS, s. a strict observance of the fashion. 
 
 To MODULATE, v.a. [morfufor, from morfi/tos, Lat.] in Music, 
 to change the key, and to return to it again, without giving 
 offence to the ear. 
 
 MODULA'TION, s. [Fr. modulatio, Lat.] in Music, the art of 
 keeping in, and on occasion changing, the key, and returning to 
 it again, without offence to the ear; sound modulated; agree- 
 able harmony. 
 
 MODULATOR, s. [Lat.] one that forms sounds to a certain key. 
 
 MO'DULE, s. [modulus, Lat.] a model ; an empty representa- 
 tion, or mere shadow. In Architecture, a certain measure, taken 
 at pleasure, for regulating the proportion of columns, and the 
 symmetry or distribution of the whole building. 
 
 MO'DUS, s. [Lat.] in Law, the giving money or land to a 
 ■ of his ■ ~ "" " 
 
 CHARGE. 
 
 tithes in kind. See Tithes, Rent- 
 
 MOGU^L, the name of a great empire of Asia, founded by the 
 descendants of Timour, the Tatar conqueror, in India, in the 
 16th century. It endured, with various fortunes, till the begin- 
 ning of the present century, when it fell into the hands of 
 Britain. 
 
 MO'HAIR, s. [moJtere, Fr.] thread or stuff made of camels' or 
 other hair. 
 
 MOHA'MMED, the Arabian prophet, and the founder of the 
 great empire, now divided into numerous kingdoms, &c., under 
 Mohammedan rulers, whose legitimate successor is the sultan 
 porte at Constantinople. Mohammed belonged to the tribe of 
 Koreishites, one of the most eminent amongst the Arabs, the 
 hereditary guardians of the Kaaha at Mecca. He was engaged 
 in various mercantile journeys, and distinguished himself m nis 
 youth in an attempt to suppress the armed robbers who often 
 plundered the caravans. At the beginning of manhood he was 
 agent for a rich merchant's widow, named Khadija, and so won 
 her favour that she married him. His family connexion and 
 his journeys had brought before him the degrading idolatry of 
 his nation ; and the religious dissensions amongst the Christians 
 of the East, had also come under his notice. After much reflec- 
 tion, and much communication with the most learned Jews and 
 Christians he could find, he, in his 40th year, announced him- 
 self privately as a prophet of the true God, and gained his wife, 
 his uncle, his cousin, and a few others, as his converts. He 
 continued quietly winning his way, but very slowly, for about 
 10 years, and then the adherents of the olci faith rose against 
 him, and he with difficulty escaped from Mecca to Medina. 
 This was his famous Hegira, the sera in Mussulman chronology. 
 A new sera it was to Mohammed. He now began to make loftier 
 claims, and to assert that the sword was the instrument of 
 suasion which he should employ. The 10 years that intervened 
 between his flight and his death, were marked by military enter- 
 prises of constantly progressive magnitude and results. He 
 gained all the most warlike chiefs and tribes to his banner; he 
 changed the whole national character of the effeminate ; his 
 whole army, or armies, were animated with the most absorbing 
 fanaticism, and they were every where successful. Partial de- 
 feats only led to more terrible victories. He won his way slowly 
 from Arabia to Palestine, took Jerusalem, attacked Chosroes of 
 Persia on one hand, and Heraclius, the Byzantine emperor, on 
 the other, and prepared for and threatened the invasion of Egypt. - 
 In these 10 years the foundation of the mighty empire, that one 
 generation afterwards iuenaced Europe at each extremity, was 
 laid. Mohammed himself did not, in the latter part of his career, 
 head his forces, but every one of his chiefs was a Mohammed in 
 earnestness for liis creed. The prophet continued to carry on his 
 religious mission, being a pattern of abstemiousness and outward 
 humiliation, preaching constantly, and announcing from time to 
 
MOL 
 
 time new revelations as received from heaven. At last, in 632, he 
 died, aged 03 years, 11 years after the Hegira. There can be no 
 doubt that the whole of the extraordinary force that Mohammed 
 possessed, and by which he created his wonderful sovereignty, 
 arose from the truth of what he taught, and the adaptation of the 
 forms he wrapped it in to the people he had to deal with. And 
 there can be as little doubt that, as a religious reformation, the 
 change he produced in most of the countries he overcame was 
 highly beneficial. But there is as little doubt that the truth he 
 saw was so imperfect and clouded, that, except in political and mi- 
 litary combinations, it never could have maintained its ground, 
 but must have passed on to some better and nobler developments, 
 that did not need the sword either to prove or to defend them. 
 That Mohammed was thoroughly in earnest, — believed in him- 
 self, — there can be no question, amongst such as inquire with 
 the remembrance of the totally different circumstances, manners, 
 habits, &c. of his age, and his nation, and our own. Respect- 
 ing the legends connected with him, it remains only to be said, 
 that he must not be judged and condemned for the frauds com- 
 mitted by his followers. He told no such tales. His famous 
 journey to heaven was in all probability an outrageous allegory; 
 or it may even have been a delusion on his part, for similar de- 
 lusions have been proved in other cases. The sensuality of Mo- 
 hammed, which has been condemned as fiercely as if no such 
 monster had ever been known before, is of a very extraordinary 
 kind. As long as his Khadija lived, he did not look upon an- 
 other woman. And when she had died, he multiplied his 
 wives, it is almost unquestionable, in the desperate hope of male 
 offspring. Regarded in connexion with his parsimonious absti- 
 nence in other sensual indulgences, his national habits and 
 feelings, which remain in all great features the same that they 
 were in the days of Abraham, to this very hour, this charge 
 ought to fall to the ground. There is no fear now, that in do- 
 ing justice to the name and the deeds of Mohammed, any slight 
 or harm should arise to the truth as it is in Jesus. Turning 
 away from Mohammedanism to the Gospel, is as though one 
 should turn from earth, and all that is of earth, to heaven. And 
 the Divinity of this revelation stands too contest, to make any 
 who have seen it fear that aught can cast a doubt on it. 
 
 MOHA'MMEDAN, o. relating to, or believing in, Mohammed. 
 
 MOHA'MMEDISM, Moha'mmedanism, the system of religious 
 faith, and ritual and ecclesiastical forms, taught by Mohammed, 
 expounded and developed by his successors, and maintained in 
 the whole Mussulman world. Its sacred book is the Koran 
 (which see) ; but, like all other religious communities, it is broken 
 up into parties, which hold by tenets partly religious and partly 
 political, or ecclesiastical, held or propounded by different emi- 
 nent, early followers of the prophet. See Islam. 
 
 MO'HAWKS, a tribe of N. American Indians, now confounded 
 with the Iroquois. 
 
 MOHILEF, a government of the Russian empire, bounded by 
 Vitepsk, Smolensk, Tschernigov, and Minsk. It is almost 
 wholly agricultural. Its capital is Mohilef, a populous and well- 
 built town, seated on the Dnieper. Pop. about 20,000. Lat. 
 5.3. 30. N. Long. 31. 2. E. Pop. about 1,000,000. 
 
 MOI'DERED,;)ar<. a. crazed. 
 
 MOI'DORE, s. [Port.] a Portugal gold coin, valued at 27s. 
 sterling. 
 
 MOI'ETY, s, [nioitie, Fr.] one of two equal parts ; a part or 
 portion. 
 
 To MOIL, V. a. \_mouiller, Fr.] to daub with dirt ; to fatigue or 
 wear)'. — v.n. to labour in the mire; to toil, drudge, or labour 
 hard. 
 
 MOIST, a. [moiste, Fr.] wet in a small degree, so as not to be 
 liquid ; juicy. 
 
 To MOIST, Moi'sTEN, V. a. to make wet in a small degree. 
 
 MOI'STENER, s. the person or thing which moistens. 
 
 MOPSTNESS, s. the quality of being wet in a small degree. 
 
 MOI'STURE, s. [moiteur, Fr.] a small quantity of water or 
 liquid ; dampness. 
 
 IVIOLA'SSES, «. in Commerce, &c., the syrup of sugar ; or that 
 part of the extract of the sugar cane which will not crystallize ; 
 and which is left after refining, or which drains from the sugar 
 whilst drying. 
 
 MOLDA'VIA, a province of Turkey in Europe, bounded by 
 Russia, Bessarabia, Austria, and by the provinces of Walachia 
 and Transylvania, being 180 miles in its greatest length, and 
 
 MOM 
 
 somewhat less in breadth. The principal rivers are the Pruth, 
 Moldau, Bardalach, and Sereth. The soil is rich, and it abounds 
 in good pastures, which feed a great number of horses, oxen, and 
 sheep ; it also produces corn, pulse, honey, wax, fruits, with 
 plenty of game, fish, and fowls. The inhabitants are Christians 
 of the Greek Church. The Turks oblige the hospodar, or wai- 
 wode, to pay an annual tribute, and to raise a large body of troops 
 at his own expense, in time of war. Jassy is the capital. Lat. 
 47. 84. N. Long. 27. 5. E. Pop. about 500,000. 
 
 MOLE, s. {inal. Sax.] a natural spot on the skin, sometimes 
 having hair in it. In Natural History, a common English quad- 
 ruped, which burrows in the ground with its broad, strong feet, 
 and lives on worms and grubs. Its eyes are very minute. The 
 hillocks it throws up do great harm in pastures. — \_moles, Lat.] a 
 dyke or embankment carried out to sea for the formation or pro- 
 tection of a harbour. 
 
 MOLE'CULAR, a. relating to the theory of ultimate molecules, 
 or connected with such atoms. 
 
 MO'LECULE, s. in Chemistry, one of those ultimate particles 
 of matter which cannot be decomposed by any chemical means. 
 
 MO'LEHILL, s. a hillock thrown up by a mole. 
 
 To MOLE'ST, V. a. [molester, Fr. from molestus, Lat.] to disturb, 
 trouble, or vex. 
 
 MOLESTATION, s. disturbance ; uneasiness caused by vex- 
 ation. 
 
 MOLE'STER, s. one who disturbs. 
 
 MoLiERE, Jean Baptiste (Poquelin), the great French come- 
 dist. He was at first in the royal household ; but he left it for 
 the stage; and having produced a comedy, and obtained the 
 patronage of the Prince de Conti, he settled a' Paris. His re- 
 maining life was distinguished by the dramas he produced ; in 
 which he held up to merited ridicule the follies and vices of the 
 day ; and which are yet so far from being merely satires, that, 
 excepting Shakspeare and Hudibras, few works are more faith- 
 ful representations of man. His works are very numerous, and 
 the more distinguished are well known to students. He died in 
 1673, aged 51 years. 
 
 MO'LINISTS, s. a sect in the Romish Church who follow the 
 doctrines of the Jesuit Molina, relative to sufficient and effica- 
 cious grace. Their great antagonists were the Jansenists. 
 
 MO'LLIENT, part, [inolliens, from mollio, Lat.] softening or 
 making soft. 
 
 MOLLIFPABLE, a. capable of being softened or appeased. 
 
 MOLLIFICA'TION, s. the act of making soft. Mitigation or 
 pacification, applied to anger. 
 
 MO'LLIFIER, s. that which makes soft or calm. 
 
 To MO'LLIFY, v. a. [mollio, from mollis, Lat.] to soften. To 
 appease, applied to anger. To moderate, applied to any thing 
 harsh or rigorous. 
 
 MO'LTEN, past part, of To Melt. 
 
 MOLY'BDAfES, «. in Chemistry, salts formed by the com- 
 bination of any base with the molybdic acid. 
 
 MOLY'BDENUM, s. in Mineralogy, a metal which was at first 
 mistaken for black lead, in its ore. It is brittle and white, and 
 has hitherto been only partly fused. It is employed in Germany 
 in dyeing. 
 
 MOLY'BDIC, a. in Chemistry, belonging to molybdenum. 
 
 MOLU'CCAS, or Spice Islands, a cluster of small but valuable 
 islands in the Indian Archipelago. The principal are Ternate, 
 Amboyna, Tydore, Machian, Timor or Motyr, Bachian, Bourso, 
 and Cferam. They are situated to the E. and S. of Celebes. 
 Their coasts are rendered very dangerous by sands and shelves. 
 They produce neither corn, rice, nor cattle, except goats; but 
 they have oranges, lemons, coarse tobacco, and, above all, nut- 
 megs, cloves, and other spices. Here are parrots of extraordi- 
 nary beauty, and many birds of paradise. 'I'hey have large 
 snakes which are not venomous, but very dangerous lizards, or 
 land crocodiles. The natives are Pagans, but there are many 
 Mohammedans. All the particular kings of these islands are sub- 
 ject to the king of Ternate, who is in alliance with the Dutch, 
 rhey are either independent, or else belong to Holland. 
 
 MOME, s. a dull, stupid, dronish fellow. 
 
 MO'MENT, s. [momentum, Lat.] consequence, importance, or 
 weight; force, or acting power ; an indivisible particle of time. 
 
 MO'MENTALLY, ad. for a moment. 
 
 MOMENTA'NEOUS,a. [momentum, Lat.] lasting buta moment. 
 
 MO'MENTARY, a. done in, or lasting, a moment. 
 
 591 
 
MON 
 
 MO'MENTLV, ad. every moment ; moment by moment. 
 
 MOME'NTOUS, a. of weight, consequence, or importance. 
 
 MOAIE'NTUM, s. [Lat.] in Mechanics, that force which a 
 moving body possesses, which results from its weight combined 
 with the velocity at which it is moving, and which is known by 
 observing what force, or power, is needful to be applied to bring 
 it to a state of rest. 
 
 MO'NACHAL, {mdnakal) a. [monachalis, Lat. monachos, Gr.] 
 monastic ; relating to monks. 
 
 MO'NACHISM, (nu'maktzm) s. [tnonacMsme, Fr.] the state of 
 monks ; a monastic life. 
 
 MONA'CO, a small but handsome town of Italy, capital of a 
 territory of the same name, with a good harbour. It is very 
 strong by nature, seated on a craggy hill, and had its own prince, 
 under the protection of France. The rock stretches out into the 
 sea. Pop. about 6000. Lat. 43. 48. N. Long. 7. 36. E. 
 
 MO'NAD, Mo'nade, s. [njonns, Gr.] in Metaphysics, an indi- 
 visible atom ; an ultimate particle ; a centre of force contem- 
 plated as a distinct existence. 
 
 MO'NAGHAN, a county of Ulster, Ireland, 30 miles in length, 
 and from 10 to 20 in breadth, bounded by Fermanagh, Tyrone, 
 Armagh, Louth, and Cavan. The Blackwater,Glyde, Finn, &c. 
 are its chief rivers, and it has some loughs, or lakes. It contains 
 21 parishes. It yields iron, lead, building and limestone, &c. &c. 
 The soil is, in general, deep and fertile ; wet and damp in some 
 places, and hilly in others. The linen manufacture flourishes in 
 the N. and W. parts. Monayhan, its county town, is an ancient 
 place, but has many handsome modern public buildings. It has 
 a great agricultural market. It is 70 miles from Dublin. Pop. 
 4130. Pop. of county, 200,442. It sends 2 members to the im- 
 perial parliament. 
 
 MO'NARCH, {tm'inark) s. [monos and arche, Gr.] a king ; a go- 
 vernor invested with absolute authority ; anything superior to 
 others of the same kind. 
 
 MONA'RCHAL, (mundrkal) a. governed by a single person or 
 king ; suiting a king. 
 
 MONA'RCHICAL, {mondrkikal) a. belonging to a single ruler 
 or king. 
 
 MO'NARCHY, (mSnarky) s. the government of a single per- 
 son ; a kingdom. 
 
 MO'NASTERY, s. [monasterium, Lat.] a house for persons to 
 retire to on a religious account ; a convent. 
 
 MONA'STIC, Mona'stical, a. [monasticus, Lat.] religiously re- 
 cluse ; belonging to a monk. 
 
 MONA'STICALLY, ad. after the manner of a monk. 
 
 MONBO'DDO, JAMES BURNETT, (LORD,) an eminent 
 Scottish judge in the last century. He is more widely known 
 by his classical monomania, and his speculations respecting the 
 origin of the human race, in which he anticipated Lamarck, 
 somewhat ludicrously. He was intimately acquainted with the 
 scientific circle of that day resident in the northern metropolis, 
 and he died in 1799, aged 85 years. His books are not much 
 read. 
 
 MO'NDAY, (Munday) s. [rnonarulaeg, Sax.] the second day of 
 the week, so called because formerly dedicated to the moon. 
 
 MO'NETARY, a. [moneta, Lat.] relating to money. 
 
 MO'NEY, (the o is pron. like u in this word and its following 
 compounds and derivatives ; as munny, munneyed, &c.,) s. it has 
 properly no plural, except when money is taken for a single 
 piece ; but monies was formerly used for sums ; [mwnai, Brit.] a 
 piece of metal stamped with some mark or image, whose value 
 IS fixed by public authority. In Political Economy, it is any re- 
 presentative of wealth, whether metallic or of paper, issued by 
 government, and sustained by their credit. See Coins. Money 
 of account, is a term used to designate those terms used in com- 
 merce, &c. that are not the names of particular coins, but of par- 
 ticular sums made up of several coins ; such as the sestertium and 
 talent, of ancient Rome ; and the guinea, noble, and mark, with us. 
 
 MO'NEYBAG, s. a large purse. 
 
 MO'NEYBOX, s. a till ; a repository of ready coin. 
 
 MO'NEYCHANGER, s. a broker in money ; one who changes 
 one piece of coin for more of less value, or several pieces for one 
 of more value. 
 
 MO'NEYED, a. rich in coin, opposed to wealth in lands. 
 
 MONEYLESS, a. wanting money ; pennyless. 
 
 MO'NEYMATTER, t. account of debtor and creditor. 
 
 MO'NEYSCRIVENER, *. one who raises money for others. 
 592 
 
 MON 
 
 MO'NEYSWORTH, s. something worth money; something 
 that will bring money. 
 
 MO'NEYWORT, s. in Botany, the name of several pretty 
 English plants. The bastard moneywort is a plant with pale 
 red blossoms, found in rivulets and springs ; the purple money- 
 wort is a species of loosestrife. 
 
 MONGE, GASPAR, a distinguished mathematician and 
 natural philosopher of France, who, during the revolutionary 
 struggle in that country, was of the highest service, as Minister 
 of the Marine ; and in devising means for meeting the armies of 
 the coalized kings, at a time when France was shut up to her 
 own resources. He founded the Polytechnic School ; and ac- 
 companied the army of Napoleon to Italy and to Egj-pt. He 
 was distinguished by many marks of Napoleon's favour, and 
 was, in consequence, marked for disgrace at the Bourbon re- 
 storation. He died in 1818, aged 72 years. His works on the 
 higher branches of mathematics, and particularly on geometry, 
 are exceedingly valuable. 
 
 MO'NGER, {munger) s. {mangere. Sax.] in compound words, 
 after the name of any commodity, it implies a person who deals 
 in it, or sells it ; Ihas, fishmonger is one who sells or deals in fish. 
 
 MO'NGREL, {mungrel) a. [pxang. Sax.] of a mixed breed. 
 
 MO'NGULS, a people who inhabit one of the vast plains in 
 the interior of Asia. Their country is very little known, except 
 that part of it which the caravans pass through in travelling 
 from Russia to China. They dwell in tents, or little movable 
 houses, and live entirely on the produce of their cattle, which 
 are horses, camels, cows, and sheep. They exchange their 
 commodities for rice, sugar, tea, tobacco, cotton cloth, and seve- 
 ral sorts of household utensils ; not knowing the use of money. 
 The religion of the Monguls of the W. is that of the Dalay- 
 Lama, which is full of ceremonies not unlike Popery. Others 
 are Mohammedans. In number they are estimated at some 
 millions ; and they are divided into several distinct tribes. 
 
 MONI'TION, s. [monitio, from moneo, Lat.] an information or 
 hint ; instruction or advice. 
 
 MONITOR, s. [Lat.] one who warns of faults, or informs of 
 duty; one who gives useful hints. In Schools, applied to a 
 scholar commissioned by the master to take notice of the beha- 
 viour of his school-fellows. 
 
 MONITO'RIAL, a. relating to the duties or work of a moni- 
 tor. Monitorial System, in Popular Education, is the scheme 
 by which, though the employment of monitors, picked from the 
 more advanced pupils, and specially instructed, one teacher is 
 able lo preside over a very large school. This system is chiefly- 
 used by the two rival establishments, the National, and the Bri- 
 tish School Societies. 
 
 MO'NITORY, a. [moHitonus, Lat.] conveying useful instruc- 
 tions or admonitions. 
 
 MO'NITORY, s. an admonition. 
 
 MONK, (the o pron. like )( in this and its derivatives ; as munk, 
 mtmkish, &c.) s. Imonachus, Lat. monachos, from monos, Gr.] a person 
 who retires from the world to give himself wholly up to devotion, 
 and to live in abstinence and solitude. 
 
 MONK, GEORGE, (GENERAL,) afterwards Duke of Albe- 
 marle, one of the prominent parties in the Puritan Revolution of 
 the 17th century. He served first in the Netherlands, and on 
 his return to England was employed in the first Scotch war, on 
 the side of Charles I. He was much honoured by the king, and 
 was once made governor of Dublin. Being taken by Fairfax at 
 Nantwich, he was sent to the Tower, and remained there more 
 than two years ; when he was won by bribes and other influence 
 to change sides. He was emploj-ed in Ireland by the victorious 
 parliament, and afterwards served under Cromwell in Scotland, 
 where his conduct so far pleased the lord-general, that he was 
 left in command of the country, and acquitted himself to his su- 
 perior's satisfaction. After Cromwell's death, he seems to have 
 begun to deal with the exiled party, and eventually, by means 
 of his army, he eflfected the restoration of Charles II. He was 
 ennobled and otherwise honoured by the king, and gained, ds 
 admiral, a great victory over the Dutch. He died in 1666, aged 
 58 years. 
 
 MO'NKERY s. a monastic life. 
 
 MO'NKEY, {mi'inkey) s. [mon and kin, Teut.] in Natural His- 
 tory, an animal which much resembles the human species. The 
 monkey race consists of many different species, and are divided 
 into apes, that are destitute of a tail; baboons, which have short 
 
'If, . 
 
W^^u. 
 
MON 
 
 tails and muscular bodies ; monkeys, whose tails are generally 
 long; and sapajous, which have prehensile tails. 
 
 MO'NKHOOD, s. the conditioa, state, or profession of a 
 monk. 
 
 MO'NKISH, a. taught or professed by monks. 
 
 MO'NKSHOOD, s. in Botany, a plant which is of a very poi- 
 sonous nature, though it is common in gardens. 
 
 MONKS-RHU'BARB, s, in Botany, a species of dock. Its 
 roots are used in medicine. 
 
 MONMOUTH, JAMES, DUKE OF, son of Charles II., by 
 Lucy Walters, was born before the Restoration. Being ac- 
 knowledged after his father gained his crown, he became a great 
 favourite with the people; chiefly owing to the agreeable con- 
 trast he formed to the sullen and fanatical Duke of York, after- 
 wards James II. After that king's accession, the Duke of 
 Monmouth, invading England, was defeated at Sedgmoor, taken, 
 and executed as a traitor. He fell in 1685, aged 30 years. 
 
 MO'NMOUTH, Monmouthshire. It is pleasantly seated at the 
 confluence of the nvers Wye, Munnow, and Trothy, which al- 
 most surround it. It is a large handsome town, and carries on 
 a considerable trade with Bristol by the Wye. It had once a 
 stately castle, the remains of which show it to have been very 
 strong. It is 128 miles from London. Market for corn and pro- 
 visions, Saturday. Fairs on Whitsun-Tuesday, September 4th, 
 and November 22nd. Pop. 5446. 
 
 MO'NMOUTHSHIRE, a county of England, lying on the 
 Bristol Channel, and bounded by Herefordshire, Brecknockshire, 
 Gloucestershire, and Glamorganshire. Its length is about 24 
 miles, and its breadth 21. It is divided into 6 hundreds, and 
 contains? market towns, and 127 parishes. The air is temperate 
 and healthy, and the soil fruitful, though mountainous and 
 woody. The hills feed sheep, goats, and horned cattle, and the 
 valleys produce plenty of grass and corn. Beside the Wye, the 
 Munuow, and the Rhynev, or Rumney, this county has almost 
 peculiar to itself the river Usk, which divides it into two unequal 
 portions, the eastern and largest part of which is a tract fertile, 
 on the whole, in corn and pastures, and well wooded. It abounds 
 with limestone, which is burnt on the spot, for the general ma- 
 nure of the country. The smaller western portion is mountain- 
 ous, and in great part unfavourable for cultivation ; whence it 
 is devoted to the feeding of sheep. It has several long narrow 
 valleys, watered by streams that fall into the Bristol Channel. 
 All the rivers above-mentioned, particularly the Wye and Usk, 
 abound with fish, especially salmon and trout. Monmouthshire 
 was formerly reckoned one of the counties of Wales, but since 
 the reign, of Charles II. it has been considered as an English 
 county. The people use the Welsh language, but the English 
 tongue is coming into use. The manufacture of this county is 
 flannels. Monmouth is its county town. Pop. 134,355. It 
 sends 4 members to parliament. 
 
 MONO'CEROS, (C/>iii;om,) in Astronomy, a constellation of 
 the southern hemisphere. 
 
 MO'NOCHORD, (mdnokord) s. [monos and chorda, Gr.] an in- 
 strument having but one string. 
 
 MONO'CULAR, Mono'culous, a. [mouos, Gr. and oculus, Lat.] 
 one-eyed. 
 
 MO'NODY, «. [inonos and ode, Gr.] a poem or song sung by a 
 single person, and expressive of grief. 
 
 MONO'GAMIST, s. [nionos and gameo, Gr.] one who disallows 
 of second marriages. 
 
 MO'NOGAMY, s. marriage of but one wife. 
 
 MO'NOGRAM, s. [^monos and yramma, Gr.] a cipher or cha- 
 racter compounded of several letters ; a sentence in one line ; an 
 epigram in one verse. 
 
 MO'NOLOGUE, {mdnoloy) s. [mo»os and Wos, Gr.] a soliloquy. 
 
 MONO'MACHY, s. [monos and machomai, Gr.] a duel ; a single 
 combat. 
 
 MONOPE'TALOUS, a. [monos and petakni, Gr.] in Botany, 
 having but one flower-leaf. 
 
 MONO'PHYSITES, Mono'thelites, a. {monos and phusis, and 
 monns and theleo, Gr.] in Ecclesiastical History, names of the Eu- 
 tychians ; which see. 
 
 MONO'POLIST, s. Imonos and poleo, Gr.] one who by engross- 
 ing or patent has the sole power of vending any commodity. 
 
 To MONO'POLIZE, v. a. to have the sole power of making or 
 selling any commodity. Figuratively, to engross favour. &c. to 
 oneself. 
 
 MON 
 
 MONO'POLY, s. the sole privilege of making or selling any 
 thing. 
 
 MONO'PTOTE, s. [nionos and ptosis, Gr.] in Grammar, a noun 
 having no inflexions. 
 
 MONOPYRE'NEOUS, a. [tnonos and pt/ren, Gr.] in Botany, 
 such fruits as contain only one seed or kernel. 
 
 MONO'STICK, (monostik) s. [inonos and stichos, Gr.] a compo- 
 sition consisting of a single verse. 
 
 MONOSYLLA'BICAL, a. consisting of but one syllable. 
 
 MONOSY'LLABLE, s. [monos and sullabe, Gr.] a word of only 
 one syllable. 
 
 MONOSY'LLABLE, o. consisting of words of one syllable. 
 
 MONO'TONY, s. [monos and tonos, Gr.] a fault in pronuncia- 
 tion, wherein a long series of words are delivered with one un^ 
 varied tone, and without any cadence. Figuratively, wearisome 
 sameness in discourse, &c. 
 
 MO'NROE, JAMES, twice president of the United States. 
 He was personally engaged in the war of Independence, and was 
 sent as a representative to congress on the peace. He was sent 
 to France and to England on embassies, and afterwards became 
 secretary of state. He was president from 1817 to 1825, and 
 died in 1831, on the anniversary of the declaration of Independ- 
 ence, aged 73 years. 
 
 MONS, capital of the province of Hainault, Belgium. It 
 stands on the Trouille, and is strongly fortified. The streets are 
 handsome, and it has some fine churches and public buildings. 
 There are some manufactures of importance here, and it has a" 
 fine trade. Pop. about 30,000. Lat. 50. 26. N. Long. 3. 59. E. 
 
 MONSOO'N, s. [monson, Fr.] a species of trade-wind, in the 
 Indian Ocean, which for six months blows constantly the same 
 way, and the contrary way the other six months. 
 
 MO'NSTER,s. [monstrmn, Lat.] a production or birth, wherein 
 the parts differ from the general figure or form of its species ; 
 something horrible for deformity or mischief. 
 
 To MO'NSTER, v. a. to represent as monstrous. 
 
 MONSTRELE'T, ENGUERRAND DE, a French chronicler 
 of the I5th century. His work extends from 1400 to 1453, in 
 which year he died, aged 03 years. 
 
 MONSTRO'SITY, s. the state of being out of the common 
 order of nature. 
 
 MO'NSTROUS, a. [monstrmn, Lat.] deviating from the stated 
 order of nature ; strange or wonderful, including dislike; irregu- 
 lar or enormous ; shocking; hateful. 
 
 MONSTROUSLY, ad. in a manner that is out of the common 
 order of nature; terribly; horribly; to a great degree. 
 
 MO^NSTROUSNESS, s. the quality which renders any thing 
 or action shocking, irregular, or enormous. 
 
 MO'NTAGU, LADY MARY WORTLEY, an English writer 
 of the last century, whose letters are the most perfect models of 
 unaffected grace in that style of composition that can be imagined. 
 She was well instructed under the care of Bishop Burnet, and 
 knew Latin, if not Greek. She accompanied her husband in his 
 embassy to Constantinople ; and amongst other services render- 
 ed to her country, introduced the practice of inoculation for the 
 small-pox, as she had seen it practised in Turkey. After a tour 
 in Italy, unaccompanied by her husband, on her return to Eng- 
 land she died, in 1702, aged about 70 years. She had the friend- 
 ship of the brilliant writers of that day, and her works embrace 
 satires and other poems, as well as her famous letters. 
 
 MONTA'IGNE, MICHEL DE, the celebrated French essayist, 
 was most carefully, though singularly, educated, and intended for 
 the higher walks of the legal profession. He did not, however, 
 carry out his father's purpose. France was a terrible scene of trea- 
 chery and bloodshed at the time, and he resorted to philosophy, 
 and literature, and travel for consolation. After his return, he 
 found matters scarcely better, and the plague added to the horrors 
 of the civil war. He resided for .some time in Paris, and died in 
 1592, aged 5!) years. His best known productions are his Essays, 
 which abound in wisdom, but all of the earthly and intellectual 
 order. The frequent references to them for refutation, or cor- 
 rection, by the great and pious Pascal, will best characterize 
 them. Montaigne was one of the earlier school of infidels, whose 
 unbelief did not arise from their grossly sensual and material 
 philosophy. 
 
 MO'NTANISM, in Ecclesiastical Historv, the name of the 
 creed, or system of dogmas and rites, held by the followers of 
 Montanus of Phrygia, who, in the end of the 2nd centurj-, 
 4 G 593 
 
MON 
 
 caused great alarm to the Catholics. They seem to have been 
 simply of an enthusiastic and ascetic character; except that 
 Montanus himself was esteemed the promised Paraclete. Ter- 
 tullian, whose general orthodoxy is not impugned, joined them. 
 It gradually died out, lacking vitality, or not being persecuted 
 into importance. 
 
 MO'NTANT, s. [Ft.} a term in Fencing. 
 
 MONTECU'CULI, RAYMOND DE, the famous imperialist 
 general during the thirty years' war, whose career was one full 
 of profound studies for strategists, in spite of his reverse at 
 Prague, and the paucity of his victories. He was opposed by 
 Turenne and Concle, and surpassed them and defeated them by 
 some of the most splendid manoeuvres ever seen in war. He did 
 gain several victories, over the Swedes and Turks, &c. He 
 wrote on the subject of strategy ; and the book, and his own 
 illustrations in action, obtained the praise of Napoleon Buona- 
 parte. He died in IC80, aged 72 years. 
 
 ftlo'NTE Di PiETA, [Ital.] establishments which were first set 
 up in Italy, and have since been copied in Spain, Holland, &c., 
 in which loans of money at moderate interest are obtained on 
 pledges left, in the manner practised by pawnbrokers. They 
 have been of great service to the poor. 
 
 MONTE'RO, s. [Span.] a horseman's cap. 
 
 MONTESQUIEU', CHARLES DE SECONDAT, BARON 
 DE, one of the great French writers of the last century. He was 
 engaged in the legal profession, and spent his time in his pro- 
 fessional occupations, varied by his studies and writings, and 
 finally laid aside for travelling in Europe, and the composition 
 of his chief works. Hh Persian Letters gained him a place in 
 the Academy; but works on the Spirit of Laws, and the Great- 
 ness and Fall of the Romans, have raised him to the higher rank 
 of a classic for the world. He died in 1755, aged 66 years. 
 
 MONTEVI'DEO, the capital of the republic of Uraguay, S. 
 America. It stands on the La Plata, and is well built, with a 
 good harbour. Its trade consists in the export of the produc- 
 tions of the interior, and the import of European goods. Pop. 
 about 20,000. Lat. 34. 53. S. Long. 56. 15. W. 
 
 MO'NTFAUCON, BERNARD DE, a French ecclesiastic and 
 antiquary, whose great work is a repertory of illustrations of the 
 writings, and of the manners and customs, of the classical ages. 
 He was a soldier before he joined the Benedictine order; and 
 he died in 1741, aged 80 years. 
 
 MO'NTFORT, SIMON DE, EARL OF LEICESTER, the 
 leader of the rebellious barons in their attacks on Henry HI. 
 which led to the victory of Lewes. He subsequently summoned 
 the representatives of the freeholders and burgesses, in such a 
 way as to lay the foundation for the existence and the authority of 
 our House of Commons. He fell in the same year, 1265, in bat- 
 tle at Evesham, when Prince Edward was conqueror, E^nd Henry 
 III. was delivered from captivity. 
 
 MONTGO'MERY, Montgomeryshire. It is a small neat town, 
 with a rich soil, but little trade. The relics of its castle, which 
 stand on a projecting ridge of a great height and steepness, and 
 towards the end are quite precipitous, impend in a picturesque 
 manner over the town, but are now very small. It is pleasantly 
 seated on a rocky hill, near the Severn, 161 miles from London. 
 Market, Thursday. Pop. 1208. 
 
 MONTGO'MERYSHIRE, a county of N. Wales, bounded by 
 Merionethshire, Denbighshire, Shropshire, Radnorshire, and 
 Cardiganshire. It extends 33 miles in length, and about 24 in 
 breadth, and is divided into 9 hundreds, which contain 7 mar- 
 ket towns and 47 parishes. The air is pleasant and salubrious ; 
 and the country in general mountainous, but fertile, (the S. S. E. 
 and N.E. parts are extremely so, being much more level,) and 
 agreeably interspersed with valleys, hills, meadows, and corn- 
 fields. The hilly tracts are almost entirely sheep-walks ; and the 
 flocks, like those of Spain, are driven from distant parts to feed 
 on them during summer. This county also affords mineral trea- 
 sures, particularly lead; and it abounds with slate and lime; 
 but there is no coal. Its principal rivers are the Severn, Vyrnew, 
 and Tannat, which are remarkable for their great variety of fish, 
 and for .salmon in particular. Montgomery is its chief town. 
 Pop 69,219. It sends two members to parliament. 
 
 MONTH, (inunth) s. \_mona. Sax.] a space of time measured by 
 the revolution of the sun or moon, ancf reckoned the 12th part 
 of the year. A lunar month, is the space between two conjunc- 
 tions ot the moon with the sun, or between two moons. Asolar 
 594 
 
 MON 
 
 month, the space of time wherein the sun revolves through one 
 entire sign of the ecliptic. The calendar months are artificial di- 
 visions of the civil year, and consist unequally of thirty and 
 thirty-one days, except Februarj-, which in leap-years has twen- 
 ty-nine, but in other years twent}--eight days. 
 
 MO'NTHLY, {miinthly) a. continuing or performed in a month ; 
 happening every month. 
 MO'NTHLY, (miinthly) ad. once in a month. 
 MO'NTI, VICENZO, a great Italian poet of the last genera- 
 tion. He was secretary to the pope's nephew, and poet to the 
 see ; afterwards he espoused the Gullican side, was professor at 
 Padua, historiographer to the king of Italy, and laureate also. 
 His poems are formed on the model of Dante's, and are full of 
 the most vivid and graphic description. His works are nu- 
 merous, and include some tragedies. He died in 1828, aged 75 
 years. 
 
 MOiNTO'IR, s. [Fr.] in Horsemanship, a stone as high as the 
 stirrups, which Italian riding-masters mount their horses from, 
 without putting their foot in the stirrup. 
 
 MONTPE'LLIER, a large, rich, and beautiful city in the de- 
 partment of Herault, France. The town-house is remarkable 
 for its halls, which are embellished with fine paintings. It 
 has many fine houses, and several stately edifice.s, but the streets 
 are very narrow. The trade lies in verdigris, which is the 
 principal manufacture, wool, wine, aqua-vitte, Hungary-water, 
 cinnamon-water, capillaire, essence of bergamot, lemons ; also 
 in woollen carpets, dimities, fustians, and silk stockings. These 
 commodities are sent, by the canal, to Cette, which is the sea- 
 port of Montpellier. The air is extremely healthy, aild a great 
 number of persons flock hither, from all parts, to recover their 
 health. 3Iontpellier is pleasantly seated upon a hill, by the 
 river Lez. It is 212 miles from Paris. Pop. about 40,000. 
 Lat. 43. 36. N. Long. 3. 52. E. 
 
 MONTREA'L, a city of lower Canada, N. America, situated 
 on an island (of the same name) in the river St. Lawrence, is 
 chief place in a district called after it. It is well built, and has 
 some fine public edifices. It has a small harbour; but its trade 
 is very considerable. Pop. about 40,000. Lat. 45. 33. N. Long. 
 73. 31. W. 
 
 MONTRO'SE, Forfarshire, Scotland. At high water it is al- 
 most surrounded by the sea. The harbour is a fine semicircular 
 bason, with a handsome stone pier; and a great number of 
 trading vessels belong to this port. The buildings are neat, 
 and many of them in the modern taste. The most remarkable 
 are the town-house, the Presbyterian church, and an elegant 
 Episcopal chapel. A great quantity of malt is made here ; and 
 there are manufactures of sail-cloth, linen, coloured and white 
 thread, brown sheeting, Osnabur^s, and cotton stockings, as 
 also a tannery and rope-works. 'I he salmon fisheries on the N. 
 and S. Esk form a valuable branch of commerce. Montrose is 
 seated on a gentle eminence, in a peninsula, formed by the es- 
 tuary of S. Esk (over which is a bridge) and the German Ocean, 
 48 miles from Edinburgh. Pop. 13,402. 
 
 MONTROSE, JAMES (GRAHAM), MARQUIS OF, a dis- 
 tinguished royalist leader in Scotland, during the troubles of 
 Charles I. He was first on the popular or Covenanters' side; 
 and left it because older and more tried men were set above 
 him. When the war fiiirly broke out, after various fortunes, he 
 was made chief of the king's Scottish troops; and in this cha- 
 racter he won several considerable battles against the Covenant- 
 ers. But he was thoroughly defeated at last, and left the 
 country. Returning, after the king's execution, to see if any 
 thing could be done to retrieve the Stuarts' cause, he was taken 
 and hung as a traitor, in 1650, aged 38 years. 
 
 MONTSERRA'T, one of the W. Indian islands, lying between 
 Antigua and Guadaloupe. It is about 9 miles in length, and as 
 much in breadth, and is divided into two parishes. The moun- 
 tains, which are lofty and very precipitous, are covered with 
 cedar, cypress, the iron-tree, with other woods, and some odori- 
 ferous shrubs. As to soil, animals, and commerce, Montserrat - 
 is much the same as the other Caribbee islands. It is possessed 
 by the English. Pop. about 10,000. Plymouth, itschief place, 
 is in Lat. 16. 45. N. Long. 61. 6. W. 
 
 MONTU'CLA, JEAN ETIENNE, a very eminent French 
 mathematician of the last centurj'. He studied for the legal 
 profession ; but afterwards renounced it, and adopted that by 
 which he has become so widely known. He was sent once as 
 
astronomer, &c. to an expedition to Cayenne. His great work is 
 bis History of Mathematics. He died in 1799, aged 74 years. 
 
 MO'NUMENT, s. [tnomtmentum, Lat.] anything by which the 
 memory of persons or things is preserved. 
 
 MONUME'NTAL, a. preserving the memory or remembrance ; 
 belonging to a tomb raised in honour of the dead. 
 
 MOOD, s. [modus, Lat.] in Logic, the characterofa syllogism, 
 determined by the quantity and quality of its propositions. In 
 Music, manner orstyle. In Grammar, the inflexions or changes 
 by which the assertion made by a verb is distinguished as simply 
 made, or as conditionally made, or as necessary. The common 
 moods are the indicative; the conjunctive, or subjunctive; and 
 the imperative. There are also the conditional, the optative, 
 the jussive, and the hortative. — [mod. Sax.] temper of mind; 
 state of the mind as aflt'ected by passion ; anger ; rage ; an ha- 
 bitual temper of the mind. 
 
 MOO'DY, a. angry, or out of humour; mental; intellectual; 
 belonging to the mind. 
 
 MOON, s. [mojia. Sax.] in the Solar System, is a satellite or se- 
 condary planet. It is peculiarly given to the satellite belonging to 
 our earth ; which is distant from it about 240,000 miles ; and re- 
 volves round it, and round its own axis also, in the space of about 
 'iDi duys. It is above 2100 miles in diameter. The mean inclin- 
 ation of its orbit to the ecliptic, 5° 8' 40". The appearance of 
 the moon through a telescope is that of a very diversihed surface, 
 with large and lofty mountains and volcanic craters; but even 
 by the aid of Lord Rosse's immense telescope, by which any 
 thing of 100 yards in length would have been seen, no traces of 
 the works or habitations of rational beings could be perceived. 
 It is also much questioned if there is any atmosphere resembling 
 our own surrounding it ; or if there is any water on its surface. 
 The same hemisphere of the moon is always presented to us ; 
 the variation effected by her libration being too small to be wor- 
 thy of notice. And in this hemisphere most of the hollows, 
 plains, and mountains have been very carefully examined and 
 measured. Some observers have recorded the appearance of 
 what seemed to be volcanic eruptions actually taking place. See 
 Eclipses, TiuEs, Phases, Libration, Evection, Occultation, 
 &:c. &c. Figuratively, a month. In Fortification, something 
 resembling a crescent or half-moon : this word is generally used 
 in composition, either in the last souse, or for something be- 
 longing to the moon. 
 
 MOO'N-BEAM, «. a ray of light darting from the moon. 
 
 MOO'N-CALF, s. a monster; a false conception; a dolt; a 
 stupid fellow. 
 
 MOONEY'ED, a. having eyes aflFected by the revolutions of 
 the moon. Figuratively, dim-sighted ; purblind, 
 
 MOO'N-FEllN, s. in Botany, a kind of fern. 
 
 MOO'N-FISH, s. in Natural History, a kind of fish, so called 
 because the tan-fin is shaped like a half-moon, by which, and 
 his odd-trussed shape, he is sufficiently distinguished. 
 
 MOO'NLESS, a. not enlightened by the moon. 
 
 MOO'NLIGHT, (mo6nlit) s. the light afforded by the moon. 
 
 MOO'NLIGHT, {modjilU) a. enlightened by the moon. 
 
 MOO'NSHINE, 8. the light or lustre of the moon. Figuratively, 
 a delusion. 
 
 MOO'NSHINE, Moo'nshiny, a. [both from a corruption of moo«- 
 shining,'] during the shining of the moon ; by means of moonlight. 
 
 MOO'NSTONE, s. in Mineralogy, a kind of stone. 
 
 MOO'NSTRUCK, a. lunatic ; aftected by the moon. 
 
 MOON-TRE'FOIL, s. in Botany, a plant so called on account 
 of the shape of its fruit. 
 
 MOO'N WORT, s. in Botany, a kind of fern. 
 
 MOOR, s. [muer, Belg.] a marsh, fen, or tract of barren heathy 
 land, — [maurus, Lat.] a negro, or native of Africa. 
 
 To MOOR, V. a. [moi-er, Fr.] to fasten a vessel by anchors or 
 other means. — v. n. to be fixed or stationed. 
 
 MOO'RCOCK, s. in Ornithologj', the red grouse. 
 
 MOOKE, EDWARD, an English poet and play writer, whose 
 Fables for the Female Sex, and editorship of the iVorld, a weekly 
 paper on the plan of the Spectator, have preserved his name from 
 utter oblivion. He died in 1757, aged 45 years. He was ac- 
 quainted with Lord Lyttleton, Walpole, and others of the literary 
 cognoscenti of the day ; and was helped by them in the World. 
 
 MOORE, DR. JOHN, an English writer, who was travelling 
 in France during the Revolution, and was present at some of its 
 most frightful scenes. He published accounts of his travels ; 
 
 M O R 
 
 and the results of his observations on the causes of that Revolu- 
 tion. He also wrote some works of fiction, and died in 1802, 
 aged 72 years. 
 
 MOORE, sir JOHN, son of the above, a distinguished mili- 
 tary commander during the late continental war. He began 
 active service in Corsica, and afterwards was engaged in the W. 
 Indies; in Ireland, during the Rebellion; in Holland, and in 
 Egypt. He was subsequently employed as ambassador to Swe- 
 den, and gave the greatest satisfaction. Being sent into Spain, 
 he was obliged to retreat before an overwhelming numerical ma- 
 jority ; and at last, under the walls of Corunna, whilst the troops 
 beat back the French on all sides, Sir John Moore fell, mortally 
 wounded bv a cannon-ball. He died in 1809, aged 48 years. 
 
 MOO'RHEN, s. in Ornithology, the water-hen, also the hen 
 of the red grouse. 
 
 MOO'RISH, a. fenny ; marshy; watery. 
 
 MOO'RLAND, s. a marsh, orwatery ground. 
 
 MOO'RSTONE, «. in Mineralogy, a species of granite. 
 
 MOO'RY, a, marshy ; fenny ; watery. 
 
 MOOSE, (moot) s. in Natural History, the large American deer. 
 
 To MOOT, V. a. [motian, Sax.] in Law, to plead a mock cause ; 
 to slate a point of law, or argue a case, by way of exercise, for a 
 degree of barrister in the inns of court, called to argue a moot. 
 A moot case, or point, such as may admit dispute. 
 
 MOO'TER, «. one that argues a moot. 
 
 MOP, s. [moi>pa, Brit.] pieces of cloth, or locks of wool, fixed 
 to a long handle, used in washing floors. 
 
 To MOP, V. a. to rub with a mop. 
 
 To MOPE, f. n. to be stupid ; to be drowsy, spiritless, inac- 
 tive, or dull. — V. a. to make one spiritless or delirious. 
 
 MO'PE-EYED, a. blind of one eye. 
 
 MO'PPET, Mo'psEY, s. a doll made of rags; a fond name for 
 a child. 
 
 MO'PUS, s. [a cant word from mope,'] a drone; a dull or in- 
 active person. 
 
 MO'RAL, a. [Fr. from mores, Lat.] relating to the character 
 ,of the actions or conduct of life, as good or bad ; constructed or 
 composed to promote or instruct in right-doing. A moral iin- 
 jwssiiility, is a very great or insuperable difficulty, opposed to a 
 natural impossibility. A moral certainty or assurance, implies a 
 very strong probability, and is used in contradistinction to ma- 
 thematical probability. Moral science, usually means metaphysics. 
 Moral sense, is an incorrect name for the conscience. Moral 
 philosophy, is the scientific and practical development of ethics. 
 
 MO'RAL, s. morality, or the practice of the duties of life; 
 doctrine, or instruction, drawn as a corollary from a fable. 
 
 To MO'RAL,.!). n. to moralize ; to make moral reflections. 
 
 MO'RALIST, s. one who teaches the duties of life. 
 
 MORA'LITY, s. [moralite, Fr.] the doctrine of morals, or right 
 doing; ethics reduced to rules for practice. 
 
 MORA'LITY, s. the name of a kind of dramatic representa- 
 tion, in which the virtues and vices were personified ; employed 
 by the Romanist clergy and monks in the middle ages, to in- 
 struct and to amuse the people. See Mystery. 
 
 To MO'RALIZE, i'. a. [moraliser, Fr.] to apply to the conduct 
 or regulation of our actions ; to explain in such a manner as to 
 convey some practical truths. — v. n. to speak or write on moral 
 subjects. 
 
 MO'RALIZER, s. one who moralizes. 
 
 MO'RALLY, ad. in the ethical sense; according to the com- 
 mon occurrences of life; according with the right. 
 
 MO'RALS, s. (without a singular,) the practice of the duties 
 of life ; behaviour with respect to others. 
 
 MORA'SS, s. [morais, I'r.] a fen; a bog or tract of land 
 abounding in water. 
 
 MORA'TIN, the name of two Spanish dramatists of the last 
 century, bj[ whose exertions a considerable improvement in the- 
 atrical performances was effected. Nicholas Fernandez dforatin 
 was a comic writer ; and apart from the character he acquired 
 by his plays, gained well-deserved praise, and nothing more, 
 for his noble simplicity and independence. He died in 1780, 
 aged 4.3 years. Leandro F. Moratin, his son, excelled in tragic 
 composition ; and died in 1828, aged 08 years. 
 
 MORA'VIA, a province of Austria, surrounded by Bohemia, 
 
 and other provinces of Austria, and bordering on Prussia. It is 
 
 surrounded on three sides by mountains, the loftiest of which 
 
 are the Carpathians, which divide it from Hungary. It is watered 
 
 4 G 2 595 
 
MOR 
 
 by the river Morawa, (from which it is named,) which flows into 
 the Danube. It yields iron and other metals, coals, marble, &c. 
 It is fertile, and produces corn, timber, and cattle in great abund- 
 ance. There are here also manufactories of clothing stuffs, which 
 are very valuable. It is from this province that the church 
 founded by the Hussites, called the Unitas Fratrum, takes the 
 title of Moravian Brethren. Olmutz is the capital. Pop. about 
 2,000,000. 
 
 MOKA'VIANS, in Ecclesiastical History, a church which was 
 founded by the Hussites in Bohemia ; it is episcopal in its form 
 of government, and somewhat communitarian in its discipline, 
 manj^ of its regulations being remarkably like those of the Society 
 of Friends, or Quakers. They also resemble that communion in 
 some of the more spiritual of their tenets. Being driven from 
 Moravia by the disasters attendant on the thirty years' war, they 
 settled at Hernnhut, whence they were for a 'long time called 
 Hernnhutters. They are now to be found throughout Germany, in 
 England, and in America, in considerable numbers. The most 
 distinguished deeds of missionary enterprise have been perform- 
 ed by members sent forth from this church ; which still supports 
 similar efforts in some of the most unpromising fields of that 
 species of evangelical labour. The name b^ which they call 
 themselves, and have been called from their first foundation, is 
 Unitas Fiatram, or the United Brethren. See ZiNZENDORF, BOHE- 
 MIAN Brethren, Huss, &c. 
 
 MO'RAY, or Mu'rray. See Elgin. 
 
 MO'RBID, a. [morbidus, from morbus, Lat.] diseased, opposed 
 to healthy. Fio;uratively, unreasonable ; absurd. 
 
 MO'RBIDNLSS, s. the state or quality of being diseased. 
 
 MORBI'FIC, a. l?norbi/ique, Fr.} causing diseases; injurious 
 to health. 
 
 MORBIHA'N, a department of France, lying on the Atlantic 
 Ocean, and bounded by the departments of Finistere, Cotes du 
 Nord, Ille et Vilaine, and Loire Inferieure. It is about 80 miles 
 in length, and 50 in breadth. It is somewhat rocky and moun- 
 tainous in its general character; and along its coast are several 
 
 cated to him, for the sake of the pun upon his name, his Eulogv 
 of Folly (in Greek, Moria). More wrote several works, of which 
 his Utopia is most famous. 
 
 stands. It yields iro 
 s, &c. &c. The Vilaii 
 
 quarries, &c. &c. Ihe Vilaine is its chief river; and the Oust 
 and others are of considerable size. It produces corn, fruit, 
 
 timber, and cattle ; and has good manufactories and fish- 
 eries. Vannes 
 about 450,000. 
 
 eries. Vannes is the capita 
 
 as gooi 
 
 1 of th: 
 
 e department. Population, 
 
 MORBO'SE, (morbuse) a. [morbosus, Lat.] proceeding from dis- 
 ease, unhealthy. 
 
 MORDA'CITY, «. [mordaciti, Fr. mordacitas, from viordax, Lat.] 
 of a biting, stinging quality. 
 
 MO'RDANTS, s. in Chemistry, substances which have a che- 
 mical affinity for particular colours; they are employed by dyers 
 as a bond to unite the colour with the cloth intended to he dyed. 
 Alum is of this class. 
 
 MO'RDICANT, a. [Fr.] biting ; acrid, 
 
 MORDICA'TION, s. the act of corroding or biting. 
 
 MORE, a. the comparative of some, many, or much, whose su- 
 perlative is most; greater in number, quantity, or degree. 
 
 MORE, ad. to a greater degree. Longer, applied to time. 
 Again, or a second time. It is also used to form the compara- 
 tive degree of adjectives, which, from any cause, do not admit 
 the affix er. 
 
 MORE, SIR THOMAS, chancellor of England after Cardinal 
 Wolsey, in the reign of Henry VIII., and celebrated for his 
 piety, learning, and wit. He was the son of a judge, and studied 
 at Oxford and Lincoln's Inn ; and took a conspicuous part in 
 parliament in the reign of Henry VH. He rose in his profession, 
 and in general consideration, continually, and obtained by Wol- 
 sey's influence several dignities. This favour, however, did not 
 pervert him. As speaker of the Commons, he resisted some 
 breach of privilege committed by the lordly cardinal, with a 
 firmness that was a foreshadowing of the triumphs of Charles 
 I.'s parliaments. On Wolsey's fall he was raised to the wool- 
 sack ; but the king found him not a whit more compliant to his 
 sensual conscientiousness than the cardinal had been. Sir 
 Thomas was a stanch but enlightened Romanist, and he refused 
 to acknowledge Henry's lay-papacy : wherefore he was im- 
 prisoned, and on the ground of some tenderness shown to that 
 silly impostor the Holy Maid of Kent, was condemned and be- 
 headed in 1535, aged 55 years. Sir Thomas Mure was an inti- 
 mate friend of Erasmus, who rivalled him iu his wit, and dcdi- 
 
 MORE, HENRY, one of the brilliant scholars and philoso- 
 phers of the "Latitude-men about Cambridge," in the time of 
 Charles II., and a most eloquent vindicator and exponent of 
 Platonism. He was in orders, but declined preferment, and 
 carried on his studies with no further distraction than the occa- 
 sional publication of his writings. These works, which are too 
 little known now, contain the germs of the philosophy which is 
 now depreciatingly termed Transcendentalism, and will abund- 
 antly repay the careful student. His poetical writings, with all 
 their quaintness, evince no small share of true inspiration. He 
 died In 1087, aged 83 years. 
 
 MORE, HANNAH, a very popular and agreeable writer of 
 the latter part of the last century and the beginning of this, is 
 one of the most striking examples of the successful pursuit of 
 literature under difficulties. Her father was a village school- 
 ma-ter, and she and her four sisters had no better instruction 
 than he could Impart, or they could gain by their own efforts. 
 She began at the age of 18 her literary career, and her first pub- 
 lications were dramas, which, through the influence of Garrick, 
 Dr. Johnson, Reynolds, and the distinguished circle she was in- 
 troduced to in London, were brought out on the stage with most 
 gratifying success. After a while, her opinions on the propriety 
 of dramatic representations as an amusement for a Christian, led 
 to the total abandonment of that branch of literature and art. 
 Her sisters having about the same time realized a competency 
 by their school at Bristol, they purchased Barley-Wood, and re- 
 sided there together. Hannah More now began to write works 
 of higher pretensions, and she met with the same success. She 
 was introduced by some of these writings to the notice of royalty, 
 and the government purchased and distributed her Cheap Re- 
 pository Tracts in the disturbed districts, with most noticeable 
 effects. The last years of her life were spent at Clifton, where 
 she died in 1833, aged 88 years. Of her numerous works, the 
 Sacred Dramas are most popular with the young; and Practical 
 Piety, Ccelebs in Search of a Wife, and her works on Manners and 
 Education, most generally known and approved. Amongst her 
 many tracts, the Shepherd of Salisbury Plain has been read by 
 every one. 
 
 MORE'A, formerly called Peloponnesus, the peninsula form- 
 ing the southern part of Greece, to which it Is joined by the 
 Isthmus of Corinth. It is 180 miles in length, and 130 in 
 breadth. The air is temperate, and the soil fertile, excepting 
 the middle, where there are many mountains. It is watered by 
 se.eral rivers, of which the Alpheus, the Vasili, Potamo, and 
 the Stromio, are the chief. See Greece, and Peloponnesus. 
 
 MOREAU', JEAN VICTOR, one of the celebrated French 
 generals during the last great war. He rose from the ranks, 
 having engaged as a volunteer, and his first command was on 
 the Rhine, where his splendid retreat before a vastly superior 
 force raised him to the summit of fame at once. He was in- 
 trusted with an armj' in Germany during Buonaparte's absence 
 in Egypt, and he then won the battle of Hohenlinden. Being 
 implicated in PIchegru's treason, he was exiled, and went to N. 
 America. He returned thence to serve Russia against his native 
 country, and fell before Dresden, by a cannon-ball, in 1813, 
 aged 50 years. 
 
 MORE'L, s. in Botany, an eatable kind of fungus, used in 
 soups; likewise a species of large cherry. 
 
 MO'RELAND, Moo'ri^nd, s. [morland, Sax.] a barren, heathy 
 rountrj'. 
 
 MOREO'VER, ad. besides or beyond what has been mention- 
 ed. Synon. Furthermore is properly used, when there is need 
 only to add one more reason to those before mentioned. Its in- 
 tent is to multiply, and it has no relation but to number. More- 
 over Is In its rignt place, when used to add a reason of a different 
 kind to those that went before. Its chief oflice is to add, with 
 a particular respect to diversity. Besides is used with propriety,- 
 when we would strengthen, by a new reason, the force of those 
 that were sufficient of themselves. Its principal office is to en- 
 hance by al)undance. 
 
 MORE'SK-VVORK, s. in Carving or Painting, consisting, of 
 several pieces In which there is no perfect figure, but a wild re- 
 presentation of birds, beasts, &c. 
 
 MO'RETON-HA'MSTEAD, Devonshire. It has a consider- 
 
MOR 
 
 able woollen manufacture; and is seated on a hill near Dart- 
 moor. It is 185 miles from London. Market for yarn, Satur- 
 day. Pop. 2037. 
 
 MORI'AH, the hill within the walls of Jerusalem, on which 
 the Temple was built ; and where the mosque of Omar now 
 stands. On it the patriarch Abraham was directed to offer up 
 his son, for the trial of his faith. 
 
 MORl'GEROUS, a. [morigerus, Lat.] dutiful ; obedient ; com- 
 plaisant. 
 
 MO'RION, s. [Fr.] a helmet, or armour for the head. 
 
 MO'RKIN, s. in Hunting, a wild beast that has died through 
 sickness or mischance. 
 
 MORLA'IX, a considerable sea-port in the department of 
 Finistere, France, with a tide harbour. The Notre-Dame 
 church is a singular structure, and the hospital is very hand- 
 some ; the inhabitants carry on a considerable trade in linen, 
 hemp, and tobacco. It is seated on a river of the same name, 
 330 miles from Paris. Pop. about 10,000. Lat. 48. 34. N. 
 Long. 3. 50. W. 
 
 MO'RLAND, SIR SAMUEL, an English statesman of the 
 17th century, who was first in the employ of Cromwell, and 
 afterwards of Charles II., in whose restoration he aided consi- 
 derably. He was an able practical mechanic, and spent a 
 great "fortune in making and attempting inventions. The 
 speaking-trumpet, the fire engine, and some other common and 
 useful machines are attributed to him. He died in 1096, aged 
 about 70 years. 
 
 MO'RLAND, GEORGE, an English painter, who, with 
 Dutch fidelity and lack of idealism, has painted pigs, and farm- 
 yards, and tavern-tap company ; and whose life was as low and 
 coarse as his genius. He died in 1804, aged 40 years. 
 
 MO'RLEY, THOMAS, an eminent English composer of the 
 16tb century. His works are madrigals, canzonets, anthems, 
 and lessons for the voice and for instruments. He died in 1C04, 
 aged about 50 years. 
 
 MO'RMO, s. [Gr.] a bugbear, or something used to frighten 
 persons. 
 
 MO'RMONITES, in Ecclesiastical History, a sect of enthusi- 
 asts who sprang up in America, in the beginning of the second 
 quarter of the present century, who call themselves Latter-daij 
 Saints, practise immersion for baptism, and hold by a book which 
 they call the Book of Mormon, (for no known reason,) as well as 
 the Bible, esteeming it a divine revelation. It is known to have 
 been composed by a gentleman during a period of infirm health, 
 many years before, as a kind of philosophico-religious romance ; 
 and Vailing by some means into the hands of the founder of the 
 sect, proved in a garbled and imperfect condition a very avail- 
 able instrument of pious fraud. The Mormonites are very nu- 
 merous in the United States, and are gaining ground amongst 
 the ignorant in England and Wales. 
 
 MORN, Mo'rning, s. [mame. Sax. morgen. Tout.] the first part 
 of the day, from the appearance of light till twelve o'clock at 
 noon. Used in composition for any thing belonging to, or used 
 in, the morning. 
 
 MORNING-GO'WN, s. a loose gown worn before one is for- 
 mally dressed. 
 
 MORNING-STA'R, s. the planets Venus and Jupiter, when 
 they appear before sunrise. 
 
 MO'RNINGTON, GARRETT, EARL OF, an English com- 
 poser of some name, was distinguished as a child for his love 
 of music, and for his ready acquisition of skill in performing 
 on various instruments. He was eventually professor of music 
 at Dublin, and died in 1781, aged 60 years. His glee. Here in 
 root grot, is universally known and admired, and a chant that is 
 called by his name is equally popular; these are fair specimens 
 of his musical skill and taste. 
 
 MORO'CCO, an empire of Africa, Ijing on the Atlantic Ocean 
 and the Mediterranean Sea, and bounded by Algeria and the 
 Great Desert of Sahara. Its greatest length is about 450 miles; 
 and where widest, about 390. The Atlas range runs along the 
 interior; and the sea-coast is for the most part very rocky. It 
 has several considerable rivers, which rise in the Atlas mountains, 
 and flow part into the Atlantic and part into the Mediterranean 
 Sea. The soil, though sandy and dry on the western coast, is 
 exceeding fertile, the land contain-ing within itself .salts suffi- 
 cient to make it fruitful. The increase of corn is often as sixty 
 to one. The fruits, such as vines, figs, melons, apricots, apples. 
 
 MOR 
 
 pears, olives, and the prickly pear, or Barbary fig, the palm- 
 tree, as well as the pastures, are excellent, but dates ripen with 
 difficulty; and indeed the country, &c. is not properly cultivated, 
 as two-thirds at least of it lie waste. Acorns which taste like 
 chesnuts, salt, and wax, abound here. It has some few manu- 
 factures, but they are of no great value. The inhabitants are 
 Mohammedans, of a tawny complexion, robust, and very skilful 
 in managing a horse and wielding a lance. The inhabitants 
 are chiefly of two races, the Arabs, who dwell in movable vil- 
 lages, and the Berbers, who are the ancient inhabitants, and 
 dwell in cities and towns. There are a great number of Chris- 
 tian slaves, and some merchants, upon the coast, besides a mul- 
 titude of Jews, who carry on almost all the trade, especially by 
 land, with the negroes of the interior, by caravans, which cross 
 the Great Desert by certain routes. There are also great num- 
 bers of negro slaves and freed-men. The emperor is absolute, 
 his will being law. Mogadore, Mequinez, and Fez are places of 
 considerable importance. Morocco, the capital, is seated in a 
 beautiful plain, planted with palm-trees, formed by a chain of 
 mountains on the N., having Mount Atlas, from which it is dis- 
 tant about 20 miles, on the S. and E. It has nothing to recom- 
 mend it but its great extent, and the royal palace. It is enclosed 
 by remarkably strong walls, which have 2 gates, and are flank- 
 ed by square towers, and surrounded by a wide and deep ditch. 
 The mosques are more numerous than magnificent. The streets 
 are narrow, dirty, and irregular, and many of the houses unin- 
 habited and falling to ruin. The Jews, who are pretty numer- " 
 ous here, have a separate town, walled in, and under the charge 
 of an alcade, appointed by the emperor; they have a market of 
 their own. The palace is a very extensive and solid building, 
 with gates composed of Gothic arches, embellished with orna- 
 ments in the Arabian taste. Within the walls are various 
 courts and gardens elegantly laid out by European gardeners. 
 Pop. about 70,000. Lat. 31. 37. N. Long. 7. 37. W. Pop. of 
 the empire, about 9,000,000. Sec Fez. 
 
 MORO'CCO, Marro'quin, s. the skin of a goat, or some animal 
 resembling it, dressed in sumac or gall, and coloured of any 
 colour at pleasure, much used in book-binding. The name is 
 derived from the kingdom of Morocco; but 31orocco skins are 
 brought from the Levant, Barbary, Spain, Flanders, and France, 
 in all different colours. 
 
 MORO'SE, a. [morosus, Lat.] sour of temper; not easily pleased, 
 and soon disgusted. 
 
 MORO'SELY, ad. sourlv ; peevishly. 
 
 MORO'SENESS, s. sourness ; peevishness. 
 
 MORO'SITY, s. sourness or peevishness. 
 
 MO'RPETH, Northumberland. It is seated on the Wans- 
 beck. It is 287 miles from London. Markets, Saturday, for 
 corn, cattle, and provisions; and Wednesday, for live cattle. "Fairs 
 on Wednesday, Thursday, and Friday before Whit-Sunday ; and 
 
 MO'RPHEW, {mdrfew) s. [morphee, Fr. morfea, Ital.] a scurf 
 
 the Wednesday before July 22nd. Pop. 4237. 
 ... . . .Fr. 
 
 on the face. 
 
 MO'RPHIA, s. [Morpheus, Lat.] in Organic Chemistry, and 
 Materia Medica, the chief active principle of opium. Thebydro- 
 ( hlorate is most commonly used in medicine. It is also called 
 morphine, 
 
 MO'RRIS, Mo'rris-dance, s. [for Moorish or Morisco dance,} 
 a kind of dance in which the person jingles bells sewed to his 
 clothes ; used now only in rustic wakes and sports. 
 
 MO'RRISON, DR. ROBERT, the distinguished Chinese mis- 
 sionary. His parents were respectable persons, but in lowly cir- 
 cumstances; and he having commenced a course of study for 
 the purpose of being prepared for the ministry, was induced to 
 undertake the mission to China proposed by the London Society, 
 in which he was afterwards joined by Dr. Milne. In the dis- 
 charge of his work in China, he composed a grammar, and 
 compiled a dictionary of the language, and translated, either by 
 the aid of partial older versions, or for the first time, the whole 
 Scriptures into that tongue. He was appointed by the East 
 Indian Company their interpreter and correspondent, and he 
 accompanied Lord Amherst on his embassy to Pekin, He suc- 
 ceeded in establishing a very valuable institution, the Anglo- 
 Chinese college at Malacca : and he died in 1834, aged .52 years. 
 His library was bequeathed to University College, London, With 
 the condition that a Chinese professorship should be founded ; 
 which has been done. 
 
 597 
 
MOS 
 
 MO'RROW, (vtmrd) s. [mm-gen. Sax.] the day after the present 
 day. See To-MOiiiiovv. 
 
 MORSE, s. in Zoology, a large amphibious animal whicii in- 
 habits the northern regions, and is very improperly called the 
 sea-horse. 
 
 MO'RSEL, s. [morscllus, low Lat. from mordeo, Lat.] a small 
 piece ; a piece fit for the mouth ; a mouthful ; a meal ; a small 
 quantity. 
 
 MO'RSURE, s. [morsura, from mordeo, Lat.] the act of biting. 
 
 MORT, s. [niorte, Fr. from mors, Lat.] in Hunting, a tune 
 sounded at the death of game. 
 
 MO'RTAL, a. \jnortalis, from mors, Lat.] subject to death ; 
 destructive, or causing death ; human, or belonging to man. 
 Figuratively, as an intensitive, excessive ; violent. 
 
 MO'KTAL, s. a man or human being. 
 
 MORTA'LITY, s. subjection to death ; the state of a being 
 subject to death. Figuiatively, death ; human nature. 
 
 MO'RTALLY.arf. irrecoverably ; so as to be doomed to death ; 
 extremely ; excessively. 
 
 MO'RTAR, «. [nwrtier, Fr.] a strong vessel, in which things are 
 pounded \vith a pestle. In Gunnery, a short piece of ordnance, 
 out of which bombs or carcasses are thrown. In Architecture, 
 [inorter, Belg.] a preparation of lime and sand with water, used 
 as a cement in building walls, &c. 
 
 MO'RTGAGE, (the t is usually not pronounced in this word 
 and its derivatives, and the last g is soft,) s. [rnort and guge, Fr.] 
 a pledge or pawn of lands, &c. for money borrowed. 
 
 To MO'RTGAGE, v. a. to pledge, pawn, or make over to a cre- 
 ditor, as a security. 
 
 MORTGAGE'E, s. the person who receives lands, &c. as a 
 pawn for money lent. 
 
 3I0'RTGAGER, s. a person who mortgages or pawns his 
 lands. 
 
 MORTI'FEROUS, a. [mortifer, Fr. from mors and fero, Lat.] 
 destructive. 
 
 MORTIFICA'TION, s. [Fr. from mors and facio, Lat.] in Sur- 
 gery, the death and decomnosition of any part of the body, occa- 
 sioned in various ways, and often fatal ; a gangrene ; a destruc- 
 tion of active qualities. The act of keeping in a state of 
 subjection, applied to the passions. The act of subduing the 
 body by ascetic exercises, to abate the strength of appetite or 
 passion. Any thing or occurrence that fills the mind with vex- 
 ation or uneasiness. 
 
 To MO'RTIFY, v. a. [inortifier, Fr.] to rob of the vital qualities. 
 In Surgery, to destroy or lose the vitality of any part ; to destroy 
 active powers; to subdue inordinate passions ; to keep the body 
 low by labour and abstinence ; to humble, deject, or vex ; to be 
 subdued ; to die away. 
 
 MO'RTISE, (mMiss) s. [mortaise, Fr.] in Carpentry, a hole cut 
 in wood for another piece to be let into it, and form a joint. 
 
 To MO'RTISE, (mdrtiss) v. a. to cut or join with a mortise. 
 
 MO'RTMAIN, s. [morte and mam, Fr.] in Law, such a state of 
 possession as makes it unalienable, and therefore said to be in 
 dead hand, because it cannot be restored to the donor, or to any 
 conimou or temporal use ; the word is generally applied to such 
 lands as are given to any religious house, corporation, &c. 
 
 MO'RTRESS, s. a dish composed of meats of various kinds 
 pounded together. 
 
 MO'RTUARY, s. [mortuah-e, Fr. from mortuus, Lat.] in Law, a 
 gift by a person at his death to his parish church, in lieu of per- 
 sonal tithes neglected to be paid in bis life-time ; in some places 
 a beast, or other movable chattel, as are, by custom, due on the 
 death of a person, and styled by his name. 
 
 MOSAIC, Musa'ic, s. \inosdi(fue, Fr.] an assemblage of little 
 pieces of glass, marble, or precious stones of various colours, ce- 
 mented on a ground of stucco, and imitating pictures in form, 
 natural colours, and the shades used in paintings. 
 
 MOSA'MBIQUE, the name of the coast of Africa opposite to 
 the island of Madagascar, called so from a settlement of the Por- 
 tuguese of that name. It is a place of great trade, and the whole 
 region, excepting the parts covered with jungle, is very fertile, 
 and yields all tropical productions abundantly. It is a very un- 
 healthy place for Europeans. Lat. 14. 50. S. Long. 40. 50. E. 
 The adjoining sea is called the Straits of Mosambique. 
 
 MOSCHATELL, s. {moschatellirM, Lat.] in Botany, a plant 
 with green blossoms, and reddish berries, found in woods and 
 shady places, flowering in April and May. 
 
 MOS 
 
 MO'SCHUS, a Greek poet of the 3rd century b. c, of whose 
 writings a few idyls alone remain. They are usually published 
 together with those of Bion and Theocritus, the former of whom 
 seems to have been a friend of Moschus. 
 
 MO'SCOW, a government of European Russia, surrounded by 
 the governments of Tula, Riasan, Vladimir, Smolensk, and Ka- 
 luga. It is generally level, and is well cultivated, yielding corn, 
 fruits, &c. &c. It has also great numbers of manufactories, and 
 a very considerable trade. Its capital is of the same name. Pop. 
 about one million and a half. 
 
 MO'SCOW, a large city of the Russian empire, capital of the 
 government of Bloscow, and formerly of the whole empire. It 
 may be considered as a town built upon the Asiatic model ; but 
 gradually becoming more and more European, it exhibits in its 
 present state a motley mixture of discordant architecture. It is 
 distributed into five divisions, viz. I. Kremlin; 2. The Khitai- 
 gorod, or the Chinese Town ; 3. The Bielgorod, or White Town ; 
 4. Semlainogorod ; 5. The Sloboda, or suburbs, which form a 
 vast exterior circle round all the other parts, and are invested 
 by a low rampart and ditch. The streets, in general, are very' 
 long and broad. Some of them are paved ; others, particularly 
 in the suburbs, are formed with trunks of trees, or are boarded 
 with planks like the floor of a room. Wretched hovels are 
 blended with large palaces; cottages of one story stand next to 
 the most stately mansions ; many brick structures are covered 
 with wooden tops ; some of the wooden houses are painted ; 
 others have iron doors and roofs. Numerous churches appear in 
 every quarter, built in a peculiar style of architecture; some with 
 domes of copper, others of tin, gilt, or painted green, and many 
 roofed with wood. The places of public worship in Moscow, in- 
 cluding chapels, amount to above 1000. Some of their bells are 
 of a stupendous size ; one of them weighs above 300,000 pounds, 
 and is the largest in the known world. Among the public in- 
 stitutions in Moscow, is the Foundling Hospital, which is very 
 richly endo%ved. The gardens hereabouts yield the famous 
 transparent apple, called by the Russians Naliwi, with variety of 
 other fruits. Moscow is the centre of the inland commerce of 
 llussia, particularly connecting the trade between Europe and 
 Siberia. The navigation to tnis city is formed solely by the 
 Moskva, which communicates, by that river, with the Volga. 
 But as it is navigable in the spring only, upon the melting of 
 the snows, the principal merchandise is conveyed upon sledges 
 in winter: these are the only conveyances used either for plea- 
 sure or business. The Kremlin is a hill which was formerly 
 surrounded by marshes on all sides. It contains a royal palace, 
 and the Divitchy Monastery, or Ladies' Convent, and is sur- 
 rounded by a strong wall. The suburbs contain, besides build- 
 ings of all kinds, corn-fields, gardens, and much open pasture. 
 This city is 4C0 miles from St. Petersburg. Pop. about 400,000. 
 Lat. 55. 42. N. Long. 37. 3.5. E. 
 
 MOSE'LLE, a department of France, bordering on Luxem- 
 burg and Prussia, and bounded by the departments of Meuse, 
 Meurthe, and Bas Rhin. It is 100 miles long and 40 broad. It 
 consists of a wide valley, through which runs the Moselle, 
 (whence it takes its name,) with the smaller streams that feed 
 it; between the heights of Ardennes and the Vosges. It yields 
 iron, coal, salt, building-stone, &c. &c. Corn, fruits, and wine 
 are abundantly produced. It has also extensive and valuable 
 forests, abounding with game; and some considerable manu- 
 factures. Metz is its capital. Pop. about 450,000. 
 
 MO'SES, the great Hebrew legislator, was born during the 
 cruel slavery of the Israelites in Egypt, and saved from the 
 operation of the Pharaoh's edict for infanticide, by the loving 
 art of his mother, and the providential intervention of the king's 
 own daughter, who adopted the child, and trained it as her own. 
 Being grown up to manhood, his spirit was deeply affected by 
 the bondage of his race, and he began to feel within him the 
 Divine call to attempt their deliverance. But imprudently yield- 
 ing to resentment, in killing one of the Egyptian task-masters, 
 he was forced to flee the country ; and be remained as a herds- 
 man in the family of the priest of one of the nomade tribes of 
 Arabia for 40 years. He was then sent by the express command 
 of God to free his people. After many delays, and the exercise 
 of his miraculous power in the infliction of ten terrible plagues 
 on Egypt, he was successful, and brought them out. At Mount 
 Sinai in the desert he delivered the law to them, accompanied 
 by circumstances calculated to impress the half-savage and de- 
 
MOS 
 
 based horde with the awful sanctions under which it was to be 
 administered. But then, and on repeated occasions, Moses found 
 the Israelites a rebellious and imbruted race ; and, for 40 years, 
 he with them remained leading a wandering life between Ca- 
 naan and the Red Sea, He was forbidden to hope to enter the 
 land himself, for a rash act of disobedience to God ; and having 
 appointed Joshua, one of the two men who remained out of all 
 the multitudes that had left Egypt, his successor, he died on 
 Mount Nebo, as he was there contemplating the promised land, 
 to which all his affections and thoughts had so long been di- 
 rected, and which ho might never tread. This was in 1451 B.C., 
 according to the received chronology, when Moses was 120 
 years old. There are few persons in the history of humanity, 
 who have achieved so great a work in the world as the Jewish 
 lawgiver, historian, poet, and prophet. And his greatness is 
 enhanced, not lessened, by the knowledge that we have of the 
 instruction and aid afforded him in it by God. His laws, which 
 
 relate to every department of government, and which always 
 presuppose the nation to be under a Theocracy, are not only 
 suitetl to the low condition of spiritual and intellectual develop- 
 
 ment, in which they were, when they .were first given, but 
 also calculated to raise them continually, until a nobler and more 
 spiritual rule should be introduced amongst men. It must, how- 
 ever, be observed, that the distinctively religious culture of the 
 people was always left to the individual, unofficial efforts of men 
 raised up for that special purpose by God, and called prophets. 
 The law contemplated the nation, and was, as the theocratic 
 code, thoroughly imbued with the spirit of religion ; yet could 
 never, except by the very mistake which the Jewish people con- 
 stantly made, be regarded as the source of religious instruction, 
 which must always be addressed to the iWinrfwrt/, and can relate, 
 essentially, only to his personal relation to God. Accordingly, 
 we find in the law itself little that conduces to the cultivation of 
 spiritual religion, except by a process invented by the Church 
 of Rome, and repugnant alike to common honesty and common 
 sense, — the interpretation of its precepts, Sec. as if they were the 
 symbols, or types, (as they are called,) of spiritual truths; which 
 plan effectually destroys the whole historic value of the institu- 
 tion, and introduces unutterable confusion into the whole of the 
 sacred Scriptures. But in the prophetic writings, the Psalms, 
 and the other poetical books, we find the loftiest and most spi- 
 ritual instruction, most simply and affectingly expressed ; and 
 agreeing in all particulars with that which is the sum and essence 
 of the New Testament. The use made by the writers of the 
 Epistles of the New Testament of some prominent parts of the 
 legal ritual of the Jews, in illustration of the teaching of Jesus 
 Christ, will be found, if candidly and carefully examined, to be 
 not at all opposed to the representation of the scope and nature 
 of the law of Moses given above. The study of this law, as a 
 national law, is not only indispensable for the correct under- 
 standing of the whole of the other Scriptures, but is also replete 
 with light as to the true relation in which nations, and govern- 
 ments, and laws ought to stand in to God and his truth ; though 
 no one of the rules or precepts may be applicable to other ages 
 and other people. 
 
 MO'SHEIM, JOHN LAURENCE VON, the ecclesiastical his- 
 torian and divine of the last centurv in Germany. He was 
 theological professor at Helinstedt and Giittingen, successively ; 
 and was as greatly distinguished for his eloquence, as for the 
 wide range of his scholarship. He died in 1755, aged 61 years. 
 His great work is his Ecclesiastical History, with which all Eng- 
 lish students are familiar. He also wrote a fuller History of the 
 Affairs of Christendom before Constantine , and translated Cudworth's 
 great work. As a manual, but as nothing more, his work is 
 about the best in Church History ; but all readers should ascer- 
 tain thiit they have Murdock's translation, as that by Maclaine 
 is garbled and incorrect. 
 
 MOSQUE, (mnsk) s. [moschit, Turk.] the name of Moham- 
 medan places of religious worship and instruction. 
 
 MOSQUI'TO, (mnskceto) s. in Natural History, a small kind 
 of gnat common in hot countries, which sucks the blood of men 
 as well as of animals, and causes great annoyance by the inflam- 
 mation of the wounds it makes. 
 
 MOSQUI'TO COAST, a district of Central America, lyin^ on 
 the Caribbean'Sea, and now governed by an independent king. 
 The trade of the country is monopolized by the British. 
 
 MOSS, «. \_meos. Sax.] in Botany, the name of a large class of 
 
 MOT 
 
 small plants, which produce seed, but have no flowers. Popu- 
 larh-, it includes many lichens, as well as the true mosses. 
 
 To MOSS, V. a. to cover with moss. 
 
 MO'SSBERRIES, s. in Botany, the fruit of the craneberry 
 whortio ; called by some moor-berries. 
 
 MO'SSINESS, s. the state of being covered or overgrown with 
 moss. 
 
 MO'SSY, a. overgrown with moss; covered with moss. 
 
 MOST, a. the superlative of some, many, much; consisting of 
 the greatest number, quantity, or degree. It is used to form the 
 superlative of adjectives which do not admit the use of the affix 
 est. 
 
 MOST, a<^. [ma;s<. Sax.] in the greatest degree. Sometimes 
 used as a substantive, and is either singular or plural. Followed 
 by of, and used partitively, signifies the greater number, and is 
 plural. Used with make, it signifies the greatest value, or ad- 
 vantage, and is singular. When preceded by at, it signifies the 
 greatest degree or quantity. 
 
 MO'STIC, s. [7nohlen, leut.] a painter's stick, on which he 
 leans his hand when he paints. 
 
 MO'STLY, ad. for the greatest part ; generally. 
 
 MOTE, «. [inot. Sax.] a small particle of matter ; an atom ; 
 any thing very small. In Law-books, it signifies a court or con- 
 vention, as a ward-moie, hnxgh-mote, swan-mo/e, &c. 
 
 MOTET, s. [Ital.] in Music, a composition very much resem- 
 bling an anthem, and similarly used in cathedrals, &c. 
 
 MOTH, s. in Natural History, the name of the full-developed 
 insects of one division of the order Lepidoptera. They have four 
 wings, are much more thickly covered with scales or plumes 
 than the butterflies, and are almost all nocturnal in their habits. 
 Some of the genus hawk-moth are very beautiful insects, with 
 transparent wings ; they fly in the day-time, and have more the 
 appearance of bees than moths. In some instances, as the twen- 
 ty-plumed moth, the two pairs of wings are only obscurely trace- 
 able. Several species are very large, but none have such bril- 
 liant colours as many of the butterflies have. The silkworm is 
 the caterpillar of a very plain-looking moth. &e Caterpillar, 
 Chrysalis, Butterfly, &c. 
 
 MO'THER, (the o is pron. like ii in this word and its deriva- 
 tives and compounds; as muther, mutherly,) s. [mothor. Sax.] a 
 term of relation, denoting a woman who has borne a child. 
 Figuratively, it denotes whatever gives origin to other things of 
 the same kind : thus we say, a 3Iother-c.harch, a Mother-tongue 
 or language, &c. Also, [from modder, Belg.] a thick substance 
 concreting in liquors, or the scum. 
 
 MO'THER, a. native; that which a person receives at his 
 birth. 
 
 MO'THER-IN-LAW, s. the mother of a husband or wife. 
 
 MO'THER OF PEARL, s. a kind of coarse pearl made of the 
 shell of such fishes as generate pearls. 
 
 MO'THER OF THYME, s. in Botany, a plant with trailing 
 branches, which are not so woody and hard as those of thyme, 
 but in every other respect the same. 
 
 MO'THERHOOD, s. the office, condition, state, or quality of 
 a mother. 
 
 MO'THERLESS, a. having no mother; orphan of a mother. 
 
 MO'THERLY, a. belonging to or becoming a mother. 
 
 MO'THERLY, ad. after the manner of a mother. 
 
 MO'THER-WATERS, Mothers, s. in Chemistry, the liquors 
 which are left after the crystallization of any salts. 
 
 MO'THERWORT, s. in Botany, a plant with purplish blos- 
 soms, and stem leaves spear-shaped, found amongst rubbish, A 
 plant called also mugwort. 
 
 MO'THERY, a. full of dregs; having white concretions, ap- 
 plied to liquors. 
 
 MO'THY,a. fullofmoths, 
 
 MO'TION, (moVion) s. [motio, from moveo, Lat.] the act of 
 changing place ; the manner of moving the body ; gait; change 
 of posture, or action ; thought or tendency of mind ; a proposal ; 
 an impulse communicated. Laws of Motion, '\n Mechanics, are 
 the following, and are partly the result of observation and ex- 
 periment, and partly axiomatic truths : — 1st, A body, not acted 
 upon by any force from without, would continue for ever in 
 motion, if it is a moving body; at rest, if it is not. 2nd, If a 
 body in motion is acted on b;^' an external force so as to experi- 
 ence any change in its motion, the amount of that change is 
 proportioned to the amount of the force, and takes place in the 
 
 599 
 
MOD 
 
 direction of it. 3rd, The actions of two bodies on each other 
 are equal, and in opposite directions. Proper Motion, in Astro- 
 nomy, is a slow but gradual change of place observed in several 
 different stars, which is referred now to the slow revolution of 
 the whole stellar system, with which we are associated, round a 
 fixed point near the Pleiades. In Botany, it is sometimes used 
 to express a motion observed in parts of plants, or in the whole 
 plant, by change of place, which resembles much some of the 
 ordinary phenomena of the animal kingdom. 
 
 MCtlONLESS, (m6sh6nless) a. without motion. 
 
 MOTIVE, a. [tnotivus, Lat.] causing motion ; having the 
 
 power to move or change place. 
 MO'TlVE,s. [motif, Fr.] that whic 
 
 which fixes the choice, or incites 
 to action ; a' mover, 
 
 MOTLEY, a. [supposed to be corrapted from medley,'] of vari- 
 ous colours. 
 
 MOTOR, «. [Lat.] a mover. 
 
 MOTORY, a. [motorius, Lat.] causing motion. 
 
 MOTTO, s. [Ital.] a sentence added to a device, or any 
 writing. 
 
 To MOVE, (the o in this word and its derivatives and com- 
 pounds is pronounced like oo ; as mouve, mouvahles, moiver, 
 mo6ving, &c.) v. a. [nioveo, Lat.] to put out of one place into 
 another; to put in motion; to give an impulse to; to propose ; 
 to recommend ; to persuade, or prevail on ; to affect ; to excite 
 tenderness, or any passion ; to make angry; to put into commo- 
 tion, applied to the mind. — v. n. to go from one place to another ; 
 to walk ; to forward ; to march as an army ; to change the pos- 
 ture of the body in ceremony. 
 
 MO'VEABLE, a. capable of being moved or carried from one 
 place to another. Changing, or not always happening on the 
 same day of the month or year, applied to the feasts observed by 
 the church. 
 
 MO'VEABLES, s. it has no singular ; [meubles, Fr.] goods or 
 furniture; distinguished from lands, or other hereditary posses- 
 sions. 
 
 MO'VEABLENESS, s. the quality of being possible to be 
 moved. 
 
 MO'VEABLY, ad. so as it may be moved. 
 
 MO'VELESS, a. unmoved ; not to be put out of its place. 
 
 MO'VEMENT, s. [mouvement, Fr.] the manner of moving; 
 motion ; any thing which moves ; generally applied to the parts 
 of a watch, or other machine. 
 
 MO'VENT,;jart. \inovens, Lat.] in motion. 
 
 MO'VENT, s. that which puts any thing into motion. 
 
 MO'VER, s, the person or thing that gives motion ; something 
 in motion ; a proposer. 
 
 'mO'WiiG, part, in motion. Figuratively, pathetic, or causing 
 pity and compassion. 
 
 MO'VINGLY, ad. in such a manner as to cause pity and com- 
 passion. 
 
 MOULD, (the ou in this word and its following derivatives is 
 usually pronounced like o in cold ; as mold, molder, moldy, &c.,) 
 s. [moegel, Swed.] a minute species of fungous plants, that grows 
 on animal and vegetable substances, when exposed to cold and 
 wet. — [mold. Sax.] earth in which any thing grows. — [moule, Fr.] 
 matter of which any thing is made; the matrix in which any 
 thing is cast or shaped. Cast, form, or disposition. Also, the 
 suture of the skull, wherein the several bones meet. 
 
 To MOULD, V. n. to gather mould. — v. a. to cover with mould ; 
 to corrupt by mould. 
 
 To MOULD, i: a. to form ; to shape ; to model. 
 
 MOU'LDABLE, a. capable of being formed or shaped ; liable 
 to be mouldy. 
 
 MOU'LDER, s. one that shapes or fashions. 
 
 To MOU'LDER, v. n. [niolde. Sax.] to be turned to dust ; to 
 waste away. — v. a. to turn to dust, or crumble. 
 
 MOU'LDINESS, s. the state of being mouldy, on account of 
 being in a damp place. 
 
 MOU'LDINGS, s. ornamental cavities cut in wood or stone. 
 In Architecture, the jettings or projectures beyond the level of 
 a wall, &c., the assemblage of which forms cornices, door-cases, 
 and other decorations. 
 
 MOU'LDY, a. covered with mould from standing in a moist 
 place. 
 
 To MOULT, (molt) V. n. [muyten, Belg.] to shed or change 
 feathers, applied to birds. 
 600 
 
 MOULT A'N, a province of Hindustan Proper, bounded on the 
 N. by Lahore, on the E. by Delhi and Agimere, on the S. by Gu- 
 zerat, and on the VV. by Persia and Candahar. Its products are 
 cotton, wine, sugar, opium, galls, brimstone, &c. Its capital, of 
 the same name, is seated on a branch of the river Indus. Lat. 
 30. 12. N. Long. 71. 30. E. 
 
 MOU'LTON, SOUTH, Devonshire. It is seated on the river 
 Moul, 179 miles from London. Markets, Tuesday, Thursday, 
 and Saturday. Both N. and S. Moulton are considerably en- 
 gaged in the manufactories of serges, shalloons, felts, &c. Pop. 
 4274: N. Moulton, 2121. 
 
 MOUND, s. [mundian. Sax.] a bank, rampart, or other fence of 
 earth. — [monde, Fr.] in Heraldry, a globe with a cross upon it. 
 
 To MOUND, V. a, to fortify or defend with a rampart or bank 
 of earth. 
 
 MOUNT, s. [mont, Fr.] a mountain, or small hill ; an artificial 
 hill in a garden ; the painted paper or leather glued to the sticks 
 of a fan. 
 
 To MOUNT, V. n. [montcr, Fr.] to ascend or rise upwards ; to 
 tower, or be built to a great height ; to get on horseback. — v. a. 
 to raise in the air; to lift or force upwards; to ascend or climb ; 
 to place on horseback ; to ornament. To mount guard, to do 
 duty ; to watch at any particular place. To tnount cannon, to set 
 a piece on its wooden frame. 
 
 MOU'NTAIN, s. [montasne, Fr. from mons, Lat.] a part of the 
 earth rising to a considerable height above its surface. For the 
 general and particular features of mountains, see the names of the 
 different chains, and of the countries through which they run. 
 
 MOU'NTAIN, a. built on a mountain ; growing or situated on 
 mountains ; belonging to a mountain. 
 
 MOUN TAINEE'R, s. one who lives on a mountain ; a savage 
 rustic or free-booter. 
 
 MOU'NTAINOUS, a. hilly, or full of mountains. Figurative- 
 ly, large; huge ; in bulk as big as a mountain. 
 
 MOU'NTAINOUSNESS, *. the quality of being full of moun- 
 tains. 
 
 MOU'NTAIN-PA'RSLEY, s. in Botany, a kind of spignel ; 
 an umbelliferous plant. 
 
 MOU'NTANT, a. [montant, Fr.] rising or swelling upwards. 
 
 MOU'NTEBANK , s. [montare in banco, Ital] a person who 
 vends medicines in public places, and harangues the mob from 
 a bench or stage ; a buffoon. Figuratively, any vain pretender. 
 
 MOU'NTER, s. one that mounts. 
 
 MOU'NTING, s. in Mechanics, is something that serves to 
 raise or set off a work ;— thus the frame and its dependencies 
 make the mounting of a looking-glass; the hilt, the mounting of 
 a sword ; the stock or butt, the mounting of a gun. 
 
 MOUNT-SO'RREL, Leicestershire, so named from a high 
 mosnt, or solid rock, adjoining to the town. The town is built 
 of rough stones hewn out of this rock. It is seated on the river 
 Stour, or Suare, 105 miles from London. Market, Monday. 
 Pop. 1536. 
 
 MOU'NTY, s. [montee, Fr.] the ascent of a hawk. 
 
 To MOURN, (the diphthong ou in this word and its derivatives 
 is pron. like the o in liold, as morner, morning, &c.,) v. n. \rnur- 
 nan. Sax.] to grieve or be sorrowful ; to wear the dress of sor- 
 row; to preserve an appearance of grief. — v. a. to grieve for or 
 lament. 
 
 MOU'RNE, s. [morne, Fr.] the round end of a staff; the part 
 of a lance to which the steel part is fixed, or where it is taken off. 
 
 MOU'RNER, s. one that shows grief or sorrow ; one that fol- 
 lows a funeral in black. 
 
 MOU'RNFUL, a. causing sorrow ; feeling sorrow ; having the 
 appearance of sorrow ; dismal, or expressive of grief. 
 
 MOU'RNFULLY, ad. in a sorrowful manner. 
 
 MOU'RNFULNESS, s. sorrow ; the appearance of sorrow. 
 
 MOU'RNING, s. sorrow; grief; a dress worn by persons 
 when they have lost a relation, &c. by death. Mourning, among 
 the ancients, was expressed by very different signs, as by tear- 
 ing their clothes, wearing sackcloth, laying aside crowns an^ 
 the ensigns of honour, &c. The colours of the mourning dress 
 are different in different countries. In Europe, the ordinary 
 colour for mourning is black ; in China, it is white; in Turkey, 
 blue or violet ; in Ethiopia, brown ; in Egypt, it is yellow ; and 
 kings and cardinals mourn in purple. 
 
 MOU'RNINGLY, ad. in a sorrowful manner. 
 
 MOU'RZOOK, the capital of Fezzan, in Africa, situated on a 
 
MOZ 
 
 small river, and supplied with water from a multitude of springs 
 and wells. The vast ruins of ancient stone buildings, erected 
 by its early Christian inhabitants, and the humble cottages of 
 earth and sand that form the dwellings of its present Arab in- 
 habitants, present a singularly grotesque contrast. It is sur- 
 rounded by a high wall, which enables the government to collect, 
 at its three gates, a tax on all goods (provisions excepted) that 
 are brought for the supply of its people. A caravan sets out 
 annually from Mesurata to this place ; and hence, the Fezzan- 
 ners themselves despatch, every year, a caravan to Cashna, and 
 another to Bornou. Mourzook is 262 miles S. of Mesurata, 650 
 N. W. of Bornou, and 710 N. by E. of Cashna. Lat. 25. 53. N. 
 Long. 14 10. E. 
 
 MOUSE, s. Imus, Lat. mause, Germ.] in Natural History, the 
 name of a family of small quadrupeds, the most common spe- 
 cies of which is too well known as a domestic pest. The species 
 that frequent fields and woods are very elegant creatures, and 
 of very interesting habits. White mice are an albino variety 
 of the common mouse, and are petted by persons of peculiar 
 taste. 
 
 To MOUSE, (mouze) v, n. to catch mice ; to be sly, insidious, or 
 upon the catch. 
 
 MOU'SE-EAR, s. in Botany, a genus of plants, of which the 
 English species are seven ; the best known being the Forget-me- 
 
 ""mOU'SEHOLE, s. a small hole. 
 
 MOU'SER, s. {mouzei-) one that catches mice. 
 
 MOU'SETAIL, «. in Botany, a plant with a simple stem, nar- 
 row, strap-shaped root leaves, and greenish blossoms; found in 
 gravelly meadows. 
 
 MOC'SETRAP, s. a trap for mice. 
 
 MOUTH, s. [mutt. Sax.] in Anatomy, that part of the face 
 which consists of the lips, gums, and the inside of the cheek, at 
 which the food is received. An opening, or that part of a vessel 
 by which it is filled or emptied ; that part of a river by which it 
 is entered from the sea. In Botany, the upper part of the tube 
 of blossoms consisting of a single petal, as borrage, hounds- 
 tongue, deadnettle, &c. Figuratively, a speaker or orator.— 2b 
 make mouths, is a distortion of the features ; a wry face made in 
 contempt. Down in the mouth, implies dejected. 
 
 To MOUTH, (the th is pron. harder in this and the next word 
 than in the substantive,) v. a. to utter with a voice affectedly big, 
 applied to speech. To chew or grind in the mouth, applied to 
 eating. To seize in or with the mouth ; to form by the mouth. 
 
 MOUTHED, a. having a mouth; delivered with an affected 
 bigness of voice. In Composition, foul-mouthed, implies using 
 abusive language ; mealy-mouthed, bashful. 
 
 MOU'THFUL, s. as much as the mouth can contain ; any 
 small quantity. 
 
 MOU'THLESS, a. without a mouth. 
 
 MOW, (the ow in this and the next word is pron. as in now,) s. 
 a loft or chamber where hay or corn is laid up. Hay in ?notc, 
 properly signifies hay laid in a house. Hay in rack, that which 
 IS heaped together in a field. 
 
 To MOW, V. a. to heap together, or put in a mow.— r. r.. to 
 gather the harvest. 
 
 To MOW, (mo) V. a. preter. mowed, narticiple passive mown ; 
 [mawan. Sax.] to cut with a scythe. Figuratively, to cut down 
 with speed or violence. 
 
 MO'WER, {tnoer) s. one who cuts with a scythe. 
 
 MO'XA, s. an Indian moss, used in the cure of some local dis- 
 eases, by burning it on the part aggrieved. 
 
 MOYLE, s. a mule. 
 
 MOZART, JOHN CHRYSOSTOM WOLFGANG AMA- 
 DEUS, the great musical composer, who lived in the last century, 
 was the sen of a musician, and displayed in his earliest years 
 most extraordinary musical talent. Before he was eight years 
 old he had exhibited his skill in several European courts, in- 
 cluding the British ; had performed at sight some of the most 
 difficult compositions of Handel, Bach, and other great masters, 
 and published several sonatas of his own composition which 
 excited the astonishment of the whole musical world. The 
 remainder of his life was spent in iourneying from one capital to 
 another, and in an occasional residence of some time where there 
 was a greater demand for the productions of his genius, chiefly 
 at Vienna. He composed every kind of instrumental and vocal 
 music, and his operas, particularly <Ae Magie Flute, Don Cfiovanni, 
 
 MUF 
 
 the Ifarriage of Figaro, are universally admired. In the service 
 of the Roman Catholic Church the magnificent Masses he wrote 
 are constantly employed. But the crowning work of this most 
 remarkable man was his last. He had engaged to write a Requiem 
 for a stranger. His own failing strength gave a character of 
 reality to what else must have been imagined alone. He labour- 
 ed at it incessantly, completed it, and died. It was first per- 
 formed at his own funeral. He died in 1792, aged 36 years. 
 
 MUCH, a. [mucho. Span.] large, applied to quantity; long, 
 applied to time ; many, applied to number. 
 
 MUCH, ad. in a great degree; by far; to a certain degree. 
 Often or long, applied to time. 
 
 MUCH,s. a great deal. Multitude, applied to number ; abund- 
 ance, applied to quantity. Something strange, uncommon, or 
 deserving notice. To make much of, signifies to treat with great 
 respect, fondness, or tenderness. 3Iuch at one, means of equal 
 value ; of equal influence. 
 
 MU'CID, a. [miuyus, Lat.] slimy; musty. 
 
 MU'CIDNESS, s. sliminess or mustiness. 
 
 MU'CILAGE, s. [Fr.] a slimy or viscous matter. 
 
 MUCILA'GINOUS, a. [mucilagineux, Fr.] slimy ; viscous. Mu- 
 cilaginous glands, are of two sorts ; some are small, and, in a 
 manner, miliary glands ; the other sort are conglomerated, or 
 many glandules collected and planted one upon another. 
 
 MUCILA'GINOUSNESS, s. the quality of being slimy or vis- 
 cous. 
 
 MU'CITES, s. in Chemistry, salts formed by the combination 
 of any base with the mucous acid. 
 
 MUCK, s. [meoa:, Sax.] dung used for improving lands; any 
 thing mean or base. As wet as muck, or to be muck-wet, implies 
 being wet with water or rain. To run a muck, to attack all in the 
 way. 
 
 To MUCK, V. a. to dung ; to manure with muck. 
 
 MU'CKENDER, s. [mocadero, Span.] a handkerchief. 
 
 MU'CKINESS, s. nastiness; filth. 
 
 MU'CKSWEAT, {mUckswH) s. a. profuse sweat. 
 
 MU'CKWORM,s.a worm that lives in dung ; a miser; a cur- 
 mudgeon. 
 
 MU'CKY, a. nasty or filthy. 
 
 MU'COUS, a. [mucus, Lat.] slimy or viscous. 
 
 MU'COUSNESS, s. the quality of being slimy or viscous. 
 
 MU'CRO, s. [Lat.] a point. 
 
 MU'CRONATED, a. \mucro, Lat.] pointed. 
 
 MU'CUS, s. [Lat.] in Physiology, a mucilaginous fluid, secret- 
 ed by the mucous glands ; it islikewise used for any other slimy 
 liquor or moisture. 
 
 MUD, s. Imud, Brit.] the slime or moist earth at the bottom 
 of water ; the dust or dirt of roads made wet with rain or water. 
 
 To MUD, V. a. to bury in slime or mud; to make the water 
 foul by disturbing the mud ; to dash or daub with mud. 
 
 MU'DDILY,a(/. with foulness, or disturbed mud and sediment. 
 
 MU'DDINESS, s. foulness caused by mud ; dregs or sediment. 
 
 To 3IU'DDLE, D. a. to make muddy or foul; to make half 
 drunk ; to cloud or stupify ; to put things in disorder. 
 
 MU'DDY, a. soiled or daubed with mud ; dark ; cloudy, or 
 drunk. 
 
 To MU'DDY, V. a. to make muddy ; to cloud ; to disturb. 
 
 MU'DSUCKER, s. in Ornithology, a sea-fowl, with two toes 
 joined; so called from its manner of life. 
 
 MU'DWALL, s. a wall built without mortar, by throwing up 
 mud, and suffering it to dry. 
 
 MU'DWEED, s. in Botany, a plant common in places liable 
 to be flooded ; called also bastard plantain. 
 
 To MUE, V. a. [muer, F'r.] to moult or change the feathers. 
 
 MUE'ZZIN, the crier who summons the Mussulmans to their 
 prayers, bells not being allowed in Islam. 
 
 MUFF, s. [muff, Swed.] a covering of hair or feathers, to keep 
 the hands warm in winter ; a glove without divisions for the 
 fingers. 
 
 MUFFETEE', s. [diminutive of muff,) a kind of short muff, 
 worn upon the wrist to keep that part of the shirt clean, 
 
 MU'FFIN, s. a kind of light cake, made of the best flour, 
 mixed with milk, &c., partly baked, to be toasted and eaten hot 
 with butter. 
 
 MU'FFLE, s. a semi-cylindrical utensil, resembling the tilt of 
 a boat, made of baked clay ; its use is that of a cover to cupels in 
 the assay furnace, to prevent the charcoal from falling upon the 
 4 H 601 
 
MUL 
 
 metal, or whatever is the subject of experiment. Also, a padded 
 glove used in boxing. 
 
 To MU'FFLE, v. a. [muffler, Fr.] to cover from the weather ; 
 to blindfold ; to fasten up the mouth of a dog with leathern 
 thongs, to prevent his biting; to hide, conceal, or involve. 
 
 To MU'l'FLE, V. n. Imuffelen, Belg.] to speak inwardly; to 
 speak inarticulately. 
 
 MU'FFLER, s. a cover for the face ; a cover made of thongs, 
 put over a dog's mouth to prevent his biting. 
 
 MU'FTI, s. [Turk.] the name given the chief teachers of Mo- 
 hammedan law, who are the principal exponents of the K6ran. 
 
 MUG, s. a vessel to drink in. 
 
 MUGGLETO'NIANS, in Ecclesiastical History, a sect which 
 arose in England during the commotions of the 17th century. 
 They claimed for Ludowic Muggleton, and John Reeve, his asso- 
 ciate, the title and office of the two prophets mentioned in the 
 Book of Revelation, and held very strange and absurd tenets. 
 They were persecuted into notoriety, and have a few followers to 
 the present day. 
 
 MlJ'GGY, a. moist ; dampish ; mouldy ; gloomy. 
 
 MU'GlENT,^ri. Imugio, Lat.] bellowing. 
 
 MU'GWORT, s. in Botany, a plant which grows naturally on 
 banks and the sides of foot-paths, in most parts of England. 
 The common wormwood. 
 
 MULA'TTO, s. [Span.] a name given in the Indies to those 
 who are born of a Negro and an Indian. 
 
 MU'LBERRY-TREE, «. [morberiff, Sax.] in Botany, a tree 
 bearing a fruit, raspberry in form, and affording a delicious juice. 
 
 MULCT, s. [mulcta, Lat.] a fine, or sum of money, which a 
 person is sentenced to pay. 
 
 To MULCT, V, a. [mulcto, Lat.] to sentence a person to pay or 
 forfeit a sum of money. 
 
 MULE, s. [mula, Lat.] a hybrid animal from the horse and 
 the ass. 
 
 MULETEE'R, s. [muletier, Fr.] one that drives mules. 
 
 MU'LHAUSEN, a city of Prussia, seated in a fertile country, 
 on the river Unstrutht, with flourishing trade and manufactures. 
 Pop. about 12,000. Lat. 51. 13. N. Long. 10. 49. E. There 
 is a town of the same name in the department Haut Rhin, 
 France. 
 
 MULIE'BRITY, s. [mulier, Lat.] womanhood ; the condition 
 of a woman. 
 
 MU'LIER, s. [Lat.] in Law, a person begotten before, but 
 born after, marriage, and reckoned lawful or legitimate. 
 
 MULL, one of the Western Islands of Scotland, about 25 mibs 
 in length, and in some places of an equal breadth. There are 
 many good natural harbours, but there is only one village, which 
 is called Tobermorry. The soil is unfavourable for corn, being, 
 for the most part, rocky and barren. The mountains, however, 
 abound with springs, and are covered with cattle, of which a 
 great number are annually exported. These, with fish, and a 
 considerable quantity of kelp, are the only articles of commerce. 
 Pop. 10,7.j4. 
 
 To MULL, V. a. [moUio, Lat.] to soften or dispirit, as wine is 
 when heated or sweetened ; to warm any liquor, but especially 
 wine, he. 
 
 MU'LLAR, s. [mouteur, Fr.] a stone flat at the bottom, and 
 roundish at the top, with which any powder is ground on a 
 marble. 
 
 MU'LLEIN, s. in Botany, a somewhat fine-looking plant, of 
 which there are four species native in England ; the great, hoary, 
 black, and jellow moth mullein. 
 
 Mii'LLEii, John, a learned astronomer and mechanician, of the 
 15th century. He studied at Leipsic and Vienna, and was as- 
 sociated with Purback in some of his great works. He lived at 
 Biida, Nuremberg, and at Rome, which he visited twice, to trans- 
 late the Almagest of Ptolemy, and to aid in the reformation of 
 the calendar under Sixtus IV. He constructed several very 
 curious automata, and wrote some works respecting his fa- 
 vourite study. He died in 147f>, aged 40 years. He is usually 
 called Regiomontanua, from the Latin name of Kcinigsberg, where 
 he was born. 
 
 Mu'ller, John Von, the celebrated Swiss historian, studied 
 at Gottingen and Beriin; and was afterwards professor of his- 
 tory at Schaffhausen and Cassel ; and held several responsible 
 and honourable offices under the emperor of Germany. His 
 great work is bis Universal History, but he wrote others, one of 
 602 
 
 MUL 
 
 which was a History of the Swiss Confederation. He died in 1809, 
 aged 57 years. 
 
 MiJ'LLER, Karl Ottfried, the celebrated scholar of Germany, 
 of the beginning of the present century. He studied at Bres- 
 lau and Berlin, and early in life attracted great attention by the 
 vast amount of his scholarship, and by his learned writings. 
 He was appointed to a chair at Gottingen, and devoted himself 
 to the subject of classical antiquities, with great success, and 
 most remarkable effects throughout the world of letters. He 
 travelled in Germany, France, and England, with this object in 
 view ; and carried out his original purpose in the books so well 
 known amongst scholars, the Dorians, the Etruscans, &c. &c. He 
 also wrote on Mythology, Ancient Art, Greek Literature, &c. 
 He was engaged in investigating and exploring the ruined tem- 
 
 ?les and cities of Greece at the time of his premature death, in 
 841, aged 44 years. 
 
 MU'LLET, s. \mulet, Fr.] in Ichthyology, a sea-fish reckoned 
 very fine eating. In Heraldry, a bearing in form of a flat-rowel 
 spur, having five points. 
 
 MULLI'NGAR, Westmeath, in Leinster, Ireland. It is the 
 county town, holds a great wool mart, is a place of good trade, and 
 is seated on the river Foyle, 39 miles VV. of Dublin. Pop. 4569. 
 
 MU'LLION, s. in Architecture, the upright that divides the 
 opening of a window into several parts. It is best exhibited in 
 church windows. 
 
 MULSE, s. [rmdseo, Lat.] a liquor made of wine, or water and 
 honey boiled together. 
 
 MULT, [multus, Lat.] a syllable used in composition, signify- 
 ing much, or many. 
 
 MULTA'NGULAR, a. [multus and angulua, Lat.] having 
 
 manj' angles or corners. 
 
 MULT^ 
 
 MULT^ 
 gles or corners 
 
 A'NGULARLY, ad, with many corners or angles. 
 MULTA'NGULARNESS, s. the quality of having many an- 
 
 MULTICA'PSULAR, a. [multus and capsula, Lat.] having 
 many capsules or cells. 
 
 MULTICA'VOUS, a. [multus and cavus, Lat.] full of holes. 
 
 MULTIFA'RIOUS, a. [multifarius, low Lat.] various ; com- 
 plicate ; having great diversity in itself. 
 
 MULTIFA'RIOUSLY, flrf. in a complicate manner. 
 
 MULTIFARIOUSNESS, s. multiplied diversity, or variety. 
 
 MU'LTIFID, Multi'fidous, a. [multi/idus, from multus and 
 Jindo, Lat.] having many partitions ; divided into many branches. 
 
 MU'LTIFORM, a. [multus and forma, Lat.] having various 
 shapes, forms, or appearances. 
 
 MULTILATERAL, a. [multus and latus, Lat.] having many 
 sides. 
 
 MULTINO'MIAL, MuLTiNo'MiNAi.,a. [midtus and nomen, Lat.] 
 having many names. 
 
 MULTl'PAROUS, a. [midtus and pario, Lat.] bringing many 
 at a birth. 
 
 MULTIPA'RTITE, a. [multus and partio, Lat.] divided into 
 many parts. 
 
 MU'LTIPEDE,*. [multus a.nA pes, 'Lit.'] in Entomology, an in- 
 sect with many feet ; a sow, or woodlouse. 
 
 MU'LTIPLE,Mu'LTiPLEX,a. [Lat.] manifold. In Arithmetic, 
 applied to a number which contains another several times; thus 
 SIX is the multiple of two, containing it three times. 
 
 MULTIPLPABLE, a. [Fr.] capable of being multiplied. 
 
 MULTIPLI'ABLENESS, s. the quality of being capable of 
 being multiplied. 
 
 MULTrPLICABLE, a. [multipUco, Lat.] in Arithmetic, capa- 
 ble of being multiplied. 
 
 MULTIPLICA'ND, s. [multiplicandus, Lat.] the number given 
 to be multiplied. 
 
 MULTI'PLICATE, a. [muUiplicatus, Lat.] multiplied ; consist- 
 ing of more than one. 
 
 MULTIPLICA'TION,s. [multiplicatio, Lat.] the act of increas- 
 ing any number by adding more of the same kind. In Arithme- 
 tic, the process by which the result of the repeated addition of 
 any number to itself is obtained. Multiplication Table, in Arith- 
 metic, is a table, usually carried up to 12, (and which ought to 
 be learnt as high as 20,) in which the products of all processes 
 of multiplication below 12 times 12, or 20 times 20, are set down 
 in order to be learnt by rote. Omipound Multiplication is usually 
 performed by the aid of the rules called, in common arithmetic, 
 Practice. 
 
MUN 
 
 MULTIPLICA'TOR, s. [Lat] the number given to multiply 
 another bv. 
 
 MULTIPLI'CIOUS.a. [multiplex, Lat.] manifold. 
 
 MULTIPLICITY, s. [inultiplkite, Fr.] more than one of the 
 same kind ; state of being many. 
 
 To MU'LTIPLY, v. a. [muUiplico, Lat.] to increase a number 
 by the addition of more of the same kind; to work a sum in 
 multiplication. — v. n. to propagate or increase in number. 
 
 MULTIPO'TENT, a. [multus and potens, Lat] having a mani- 
 fold power, oroower to perform many different things. 
 
 MULTIPRE'SENCE,«. [multm Aud prcesentia, Lat.] the power 
 or act of being in several places at one and the same time. 
 
 MULTI'SCIOUS, a. [multm and scio, Lat.] having a variety of 
 knowledge. 
 
 MULTISI'LIQUOUS, a. [multus and dliqua, Lat.] having 
 many pods. In Botany, applied to such plants as have, after 
 each flower, many distinct pods or seed-vessels. 
 
 MULTI'SONOUS, a. [multus and sonus, Lat.] having many 
 sounds. 
 
 MU'LTITUDE, «. [multitudo, from mvUu^, Lat.] a great number ; 
 a crowd or throng of several persons assembled together ; the 
 vulgar. 
 
 MULTITU'DINOUS, a. having the appearance of a great 
 number or multitude ; manifold. 
 
 MULTIVA'GANT, Multiva'gous, a. [multus and vagor, Lat.] 
 that wanders or strays much abroad. 
 
 MULTI'VIOUS, a. [multus and via, Lat.] having many ways. 
 
 MULTOCULAR, a. [multus and oculus, Lat.] having many 
 eyes. 
 
 MUM, interj. [inarticulate sound, written so,] silence! hush! 
 It is not elegant. 
 
 MUM, s. [mumme, Teut.] a strong pleasant liquor, brewed 
 from wheat, oats, and ground beans. 
 
 To MU'MBLE, v. n. [mompelen, Belg.] to speak inwardly ; to 
 mutter; to chew in an awkward manner, for want of teeth ; to 
 bite softly ; to eat with the lips closed. — v. a. to mutter with a 
 low, indistinct voice. 
 
 MU'MBLER, *. one that chews awkwardly for want of teeth ; 
 one that grumbles or mutters. 
 
 MU'MBLINGLY, ad. in an inarticulate or muttering manner. 
 
 To MUMM, V. a. [mumme, Dan.] to mask ; to frolic or play 
 tricks in masquerade. 
 
 MU'MMER, s. a masker ; one who performs tricks in masque- 
 rade. 
 
 MU'MMERY, s. [momerie, Fr.] masquerade ; frolic at a masque- 
 rade ; foolery ; mimicry. 
 
 MLi'MMY"^, «. [mumie, Fr.] a dead body embalmed and pre- 
 served after the Egyptian manner. In Medicine, the flesh of a 
 body that has been embalmed, or the liquor running from em- 
 balmed bodies when newly prepared. Among gardeners, a sort 
 of wax used in the planting and grafting of trees. To heat to a 
 mummy, is to beat so as the flesh shall appear much bruised. 
 
 To MUMP, V. a. [mompelen, Belg.] to nibble, bite quick, or to 
 chew with a continued motion ; to talk low and quiclc. 
 
 MUMPS, s. [mompelen, Belg.] sullenness ; silent anger, or dis- 
 content. In Medicine, the squinancy, or inflammation of the 
 parotid gland in the fauces. 
 
 To MUNCH, V. a. [manger, Fr.] to chew by great mouthfuls. — 
 V. n. to chew ravenously. 
 
 MU'NCHER, s. one that eats greedily. 
 
 MUND, [mundt. Sax.] in proper names, signifies peace ; thus, 
 Eadmund, now written Edmtmd, signifies happy peace ; from ead. 
 Sax. happy, and mundt. Sax. peace. 
 
 MU'NDANE, a. [mundus, Lat.] belonging to the world. 
 
 MU'NDATORY, a. [mundus, Lat.] having the power to cleanse. 
 
 MUNDIFICATION, «. [mundus and fado, Lat.] the act of 
 cleansing any body from dross. 
 
 MUNDFFICATIVE, a. having the power to cleanse. 
 
 To MU'NDIFY, v. a. to cleanse, purify, or make clean. 
 
 MUNDIVA'GANT, a. [mundus and vagor, Lat.] wandering 
 through the world. 
 
 To MU'NERATE, v. a. [munus, Lat.] to reward. 
 
 MUNERA'TION, s. a reward. 
 
 MU'NGREL, a. See MoNGREL. 
 
 MU'NICH, (Munik,) capital of the kingdom of Bavaria, in 
 Germany. It is a very handsome city, and the houses are high, 
 and the streets large and spacious, with canals in many of them. 
 
 MUR 
 
 The palace of the late electors of Bavaria is a stupendous struc- 
 ture, magnificently adorned. The cabinet of curiosities, in which 
 are many marble statues, busts, and other antiques, mostly 
 brought from Italy; the museum, the library, and the ducal 
 gardens, attract the attention of travellers. The cathedral con- 
 tains 25 chapels and 30 altars ; but the two steeples, and the 
 tomb of one of the emperors, of black marble, adorned with sta- 
 tues of bronze, are the most remarkable things belonging to it. 
 There are many other fine buildings, both ecclesiastical and civil, 
 in this city, and the streets are straight and broad. The market- 
 place is very beautiful ; and here are manufactures of silk, velvet, 
 woollen cloth, and tapestry. It is seated on the river Iser. Pop. 
 about 100,000. Lat. 48. 9. N. Long. 11. .36. E. 
 
 MUNICIPAL, a. [munus and capio, Lat.] in the Roman Civil 
 Law, is an epithet which signifies invested with the rights and 
 privileges of Roman citizens. Thus the municipal cities were 
 those whose inhabitants were capable of enjoying civil oflices in 
 the city of Rome. Among us, it is applied to the laws that ob- 
 tain in any city or province. And those are called municipal 
 officers, who are elected to defend the interests of cities, to main- 
 tain their rights and privileges, and to preserve order and har- 
 mony among the citizens. 
 
 MUNI'FICENCE, s. [munus and /acto, Lat.] the act of giving 
 money and presents, or doing acts of liberality. 
 
 MUNI'FICENT, a. liberal; generous. 
 
 MUNI'FICENTLY, ad. liberally. 
 
 MU'NIMENT, s. [munio, Lat.] a fortification or strong hold, 
 support, or defence. In Law, the title-deeds of an estate. 
 
 To MUNI'TE, V. a. [munio, Lat.] to fortify ; to strengthen ; to 
 defend. 
 
 MUNITION, ». a fortification, or strong hold ; ammunition, 
 or stores for carrying on a war. 
 
 MiJ'NSTER, the capital city of Westphalia, in Prussia. The 
 cathedral is a stately fabric, and the nouses, in general, are of 
 freestone, and well-built. It has some noble institutions for 
 educational, scientific, and charitable purposes. It is seated on 
 the river Aa. Pop. about 20,000. Lat. 51. 58. N. Long. 7. 
 38. E. 
 
 MU'NSTER, one of the four provinces of Ireland ; bounded 
 by Leinster, Connaught, and the ocean. It is about 135 miles 
 in length and 120 in breadth. The chief rivers are the Suier, 
 the Audluffe, the Lee, the Bande, the Leane, and the Cashon. 
 There are a great many bays and harbours, and many rich 
 towns, and the air is mild and temperate. Some places are 
 mountainous, but the valleys are embellished with corn-fields. 
 The most general commodities are corn, cattle, wood, wool, and 
 fish. It contains the counties of Clare, Tipperary, Waterford, 
 Cork, Limerick, and Kerry. Pop. 2,396,161. 
 
 MU'RAGE, s. [munis, Lat.] money paid for keeping walls in 
 repair. 
 
 jVIU'RAL, a. belonging to a wall. Mural crown, was an honor- 
 ary reward given by the ancient Romans to the soldiers who 
 first scaled the walls of an enemy's city. 
 
 MURA'T, JOACHIM, the bold dragoon, who by his sabre 
 won his way under Napoleon to a field-marshalship first, and 
 to the throne of the kingdom of Naples subsequently. He was 
 in the army before the Revolution, but not at its outbreak. He 
 joined the national guards first ; and rose gradually, but rapidly, 
 so as to be Buonaparte's aide, in his first Italian campaign. He 
 was afterwards always by Napoleon's side ; and enjoyed such 
 confidence that he married his sister. He was occasionally em- 
 ployed as an ambassador; but in a cavalry charge he was most 
 at home, and it was by such gallantry that he was proud to be 
 distinguished. After he was made king of Naples, he joined in 
 Napoleon's campaigns, to thedefeat of Leipsic, when he left him. 
 The rapid overthrow of the great general in 1815, however, alone 
 prevented him from co-operating with him in gaining all Italy, 
 This lost him his throne. He fled, but was taken, condemned 
 by a court-martial, and shot, in 1815, aged 44 years. He reigned 
 for seven years ; but he neither gained nor deserved any fame 
 as a king; he never ceased to be the mere soldier, even on the 
 throne. 
 
 MURATON, LUDOVICO ANTONIO, the great Italian his- 
 torian, of the beginning of the last century. He was, first, 
 keeper of the Ambrosian library at Milan ; and afterwards 
 librarian to the Duke of Modena. He wrote on the history of 
 Italy during the middle ages ; and edited the contemporary his- 
 4 H 2 603 
 
MUR 
 
 torians and annalists of those times. He also wrote a larger 
 history, and more entirely his own work, extending from the 
 Christian eera to his own day ; and several other works on Anti- 
 quities, &c. &c. A more laborious compiler and editor has rarely 
 accumulated materials for the true writer of history. He died in 
 1750, aged 78 years. 
 
 MU'RCIA, a province of Spain, on the coast of the Mediter- 
 ranean, and bounded by the provinces of Valencia, New Castile, 
 Andalusia, and Granada. It is about 90 miles in length, and 
 60 in breadth. It is crossed by several ranges of mountains, 
 which attain the height of 5000 and COOO feet at some points. 
 Its principal river is Segura. The soil is dry, because it seldom 
 rains here, and therefore produces little corn or wine ; but there 
 is plenty of oranges, citrons, lemons, olives, almonds, mulber- 
 ries, rice, pulse, and sugar. It has also a great deal of silk. 
 The air is very healthy, and the climate generally agreeable. Its 
 capital is of the same name. It has a superb cathedral, and 
 several churches and public buildings of tine appearance. It is 
 seated in a plain, which abounds in fine gardens about the city, 
 in which are the best fruits in Spain. It is seated on the river 
 Segura, 212 miles from Madrid. Lat. 38. 3. N. Long. 1. 14. W. 
 Pop. about 130,000. Pop. of the province, about 450,000. 
 
 MU'RDER, s. [moi-thor, or morther. Sax.] in Law, the act of 
 wilfully and feloniously killing a person upon malice or fore- 
 thought. 
 
 To MU'RDER, I', a. to kill a man wilfully, feloniously, and of 
 malice or forethought; to destroy or put an end to. 
 
 MU'RDER, intei-j. an outcry when life is in danger. 
 
 MU'RDERER, s. one who murders. 
 
 MU'RDERESS, s. a woman who commits murder. 
 
 MU'RDEROUS, a. guilty of murder; cruel; bloody; addicted 
 to shedding blood. 
 
 To MURE, V. a. [niurus, Lat.] to build a wall ; to enclose 
 within or Iw walls. 
 
 MURE'TUS, or Marc Antoine Francois Muret, a very learn- 
 ed French professor of the 16th century. In Paris and' several 
 other places of France he gained great applause for his lectures 
 on the classics and on law and philosophy. Migrating to Italy, 
 at Venice, Ferrara, and Rome he gained yet more admiration. 
 He was ill-advised enough (as regards his posthumous renown) 
 to write verses ; which are charitably forgotten. And his works 
 in explanation of various classic authors, are yet of great use to 
 the scholar. He died in 1585, aged 59 years.' 
 
 MURIA'TIC, a. [inufia, Lat.] in Chemistry, the old name for 
 hydrochloric acid 
 
 MURPLLO, BARTHOLOMEO ESTEVEN, the great paint- 
 er of Spain, who lived in the 17th century. He studied under 
 Castillo and Velasquez, and carried on his art chiefly at Seville. 
 His greatest works are altar-pieces to various churches ; but 
 some of his paintings are well known in England. The grace- 
 fulness, fidelity, and absenceof artificiality gives the great charm 
 to his pictures, added to the deep, rich colouring. He fell from 
 a scaffold whilst engaged on one of his altar-pieces, and died in 
 1685, aged 67 years. 
 
 MU'RKY, a. darkish ; obscure; cloudy. 
 
 MU'RMUR, s. [Lat.] a low rough noise ; a complaint not open- 
 ly expressed. 
 
 To MU'RMUR, V. a. to make a low rough sound ; to grumble, 
 or utter discontent. 
 
 MU'RMURER, s. one who repines, grumbles, or expresses dis- 
 content bv muttering, or by some indirect manner. 
 
 MU'RRAIN, s. the plague in cattle. 
 
 MU'RRAY, DR. ALEXANDER, a self-taught linguist of 
 Scotland, was originally a shepherd-boy, and acquired the know- 
 ledge of several languages by his own exertions solely, so well as 
 to attract notice, and gain a scholarship at Edinburgh, where he 
 prosecuted his studies with rapid success. He entered the Scot- 
 tish kirk, and obtained, eventually, the professorship of the 
 Oriental languages at Edinburgh ; but he died in the following 
 year, 1813, aged 38 years. A posthumous work, called the 
 History of the European Languages, sustains his living reputation, 
 and gives encouragement to those of lowly station, who may 
 aspire to the acquisition of knowledge that seems almost wholly 
 out of their reach. 
 
 MU'RRAY, DR. LINDLEY, the writer of certain school- 
 books, held in liveliest remembrance by all who have been drag- 
 ged through the thorny hedges, placed by the wisdom of our 
 
 MUS 
 
 ancestors athwart the road to learning. He was born in Penn- 
 sylvania, United States, and was of Quaker origin ; and he set- 
 tled as a barrister in New Jersey, but subsequently followed the 
 less ambitious calling of merchant, and retired to a country-house 
 near New York. Thence he wandered in search of health to the 
 Old Country, and fixed his abode near York, where he alleviated 
 the tedium of his painful disease by composing his Grammars, 
 and Exercises, and Spelling-boohs, and Readers, and Keys, by which 
 he gained more than commerce had brought to him. Perhaps 
 the circumstances under which they were composed may explain 
 the effect they have had on the English language and on Eng- 
 lish j'outh ; but this certainly shows the woeful neglect, or igno- 
 rance, or contempt of their mother-tongue by our progenitors, 
 that such grammars should have become so popular, that even 
 now the least possible impression is made on their reign in the 
 schools. His little work illustrating the Power of Religion on 
 the Mind, is interesting to young readers, if not very instructive, 
 and the same may be said of his multitudinous reading books. 
 There are, however, so many better and more even with the ad- 
 vance of letters, that these must needs be forgotten. He died in 
 1826, aged 81 years. 
 
 MU'RRAY, JAMES STUART, EARL OF, the Good Regent 
 of Scotland during the troubled times preceding the Union of 
 the two Crowns. He was an illegitimate son of James V. ; and 
 having held distinguished offices in the kingdom, joined the side 
 of Knox and the Reformers. This brought him to the head of 
 affairs, on that question, and to him may be ascribed the rapid 
 progress of public opinion respecting it. On the return of Mary 
 Queen of Scots, he was advanced to be her chief counsellor ; in 
 which office he conducted himself so as to show her all kindness 
 and respect, and yet to advance the Reformation, though the 
 fiery zeal of the Reformers made them misjudge his cool states- 
 manship. He was not wholly clear from suspicion of implication 
 in Darnley's murder, and the events which followed it, though 
 he was during some of this time absent from Scotland. He was 
 appointed regent during JIary's imprisonment, and defeated her 
 forces at Langside, after her escape. He, too, bore witness 
 against her before Elizabeth ; and was finally assassinated by 
 Bothwellhaugh in 1570, aged about 38 years. 
 
 MU'RRAYSHIRE. See^uaw. 
 
 MU'SA, or MU'CA, IBN NOSSEIR, the famous Mussulman 
 conqueror of N. Africa and Spain. His whole career was one of 
 conquest, and he embodied the very spirit of martial fanaticism, 
 that made the followers of the prophet every where victorious. 
 His name is painfully connected with some of the finest old 
 Spanish songs and poems. And his end was most tragic. The 
 caliph fearedf him, and summoned him, from his schemes of sub- 
 jugating all W.Europe, to Damascus. There he was imprisoned, 
 and afterwards in dishonoured, though not dishonourable, de- 
 gradation, he died, in 717, aged about 75 years. 
 
 MUSiE'US, a poet of Greece, whose poem on the Amours of 
 Hero and Leander is well known to scholars. There was another 
 poet of this name, who wrote respecting the sphere; but the 
 dates of both are very uncertain. 
 
 MUSiE'US, JOHN CHARLES AUGUSTUS, a popular writer 
 of Germany, in the last centurj'. He was a professor at Weimar ; 
 and his tales are familiar to English readers, and as popular here 
 as they were at home. He wrote other works ; and died in 
 1787, aged 52 years. 
 
 MU'SCADEL, Mu'scADiNE, s. [Fr.] in Horticulture, &c., a kind 
 of sweet grape, sweet wine, and sweet pear. 
 
 MU'SCLE, (mussle) s. [mvsctdus, Lat.] in Anatomy, the fleshy, 
 fibrous parts of the animal frame, by means of which voluntary 
 motion is communicated to the limbs, &c. In Natural History, 
 a common, edible, bivalve shell-fish. 
 
 MUSCO'SITY, s. [muscus, Lat.] mossiness. 
 
 MU'SCULAR, a. [musculus, Lat.] belonging to the muscles ; 
 performed by the muscles. 
 
 MUSCULA'RITY, s. the quality which shows that a thing is 
 of the nature of a muscle. 
 
 MU'SCULOUS, a. full of muscles; having large and swelling' 
 muscles ; brawny ; belonging to, or partaking of the nature of, 
 a muscle. 
 
 MUSE, (muze) s. [i>/;«a, Lat.] deep thought or study ; a close 
 and intense application of the mind to any object. In Heath'en 
 3Iythology, the 3fuses were the deities who presided over the 
 arts and sciences. Some reckon no more than three of them, 
 
viz. Mnemo, Aoede, and Melete, i. e. memorj', sinking, and me- 
 ditation : but Homer and Hesiod reckon nine ; Clio, who pre- 
 sided over history ; Euterpe, over music generally ; Thalia, over 
 comedy ; Melpomene, over tragedy ; Terpsichore, over dancing 
 and song; Erato, over the poetry of the passions; Polyhymnia, 
 over sacred poetry and song ; Urania, over astronomy ; and 
 Call iope, over epic poetry. They resided on Parnassus in Greece ; 
 and were the daugnters of Zeus, or Jupiter, and Antiope. 
 
 To MUSE, (muze) v. n. to apply the mind with intenseness to 
 any subject ; to study or revolve in the mind ; to be absent of 
 mind ; to wonder. 
 
 MU'SEFUL, (mz2z«/uO a. full of thought. 
 
 MU'SER, (muzer) s. a plodding person ; or one that thinks in- 
 tensely. 
 
 MU'SETTE, {muzette) s. [Ital.] a short air or song. 
 
 MUSE'UM, (miczeum) s. a name which originally signified a 
 part of the palace of Alexandria, which took up at least one- 
 fourth of that city. This quarter was called the Museum, from 
 its being set apart for the study of the sciences. Hence the 
 word Museum is now applied to any place set apart as a reposi- 
 tory for things that have an immediate relation to the arts and 
 sciences. See British Museum. 
 
 MU'SHROOM, s. [muscheron, Fr.] in Botany, the eatable fun- 
 gus, that grows in pastures, and is cultivated in gardens; 
 whence catsup is made. Figuratively, an upstart ; a person that 
 rises to grandeur from a mean and poor birth. 
 
 MU'SIC, (_muzik) s. [Musa, Lat.] one of the fine arts, in 
 which by means of melodious sounds, and harmonies of sound, 
 in measured cadence, expression is given to the passions, feel- 
 ings, or sentiments of the human mind. It is the most entirely 
 human of the fine arts ; and charms not only by its accordance 
 with the ear, but bv its power of recalling associations that are 
 least easily recalled, and of giving depth and intensity to the 
 most usually recurring associations. In genuine music, too, 
 there is always something more than and beyond the immediate 
 expression implied, whence arises the chief part of its power. 
 When composed for instruments alone, it is called instrumental mu- 
 sic ; and when written to aid the expression of poetical or religious 
 sentiments, in songs, and hymns, &c., it is called vocal Music. 
 The theory of music is a branch of the higher mathematics. 
 
 MU'SICAL, (muzikal)a. [Fr.] harnlonious ; belonging to music. 
 
 MU'SICALLY, irnuzikally) ad. harmoniously ; with sweet 
 sound. 
 
 MU'SICALNESS, (miizikalness) s. thequality of sounding sweet- 
 ly, harmoniously, or melodiously. 
 
 MUSI'CIAN, (mudshian) s. [musicien, Fr.] one skilled in har- 
 mony, or who plays on musical instruments. 
 
 MUSK, s. [muse, Fr.] in Commerce, &cc., a dry, light, and fri- 
 able substance, of a dark, blackish colour, tinged with purple ; 
 with a very powerful perfume, agreeable only when in a very 
 small (quantity, or moderated by the mixture of some other ; found 
 in a kind of bag, which grows under the bellies of a tribe of ani- 
 mals which are called musk animals or musks. They bear some 
 resemblance to the antelopes, but have no horns. They are 
 gentle, but extremely timid. Some of them are as large as a 
 small deer, and others do not exceed the size of a rabbit. 
 
 MU'SKCAT, s. in Natural Historj-, the animal from which 
 musk is got. 
 
 MU'SKET, s. [mousquet,Fr.] the common fire-arm used in war 
 by the infantry. — linosquetto, Ital.] in Falconry, a small hawk. 
 
 MUSKETEE'R, s. a soldier who carries a musket. 
 
 MUSKETOO'N, s. [mosqueton, Fr.] a fire-arm, shorter and 
 thicker than a musket ; a blunderbuss. 
 
 BlU'SKINESS, s. the quality or scent of musk. 
 
 MUSKME'LON, s. in Horticulture, a fragrant melon. 
 
 MU'SK-PLANT, s. in Botany, a species of mimulus, very 
 commonly cultivated in pots and in gardens now, which has a 
 very strong and agreeable odour resembling musk. 
 
 MU'SK-RAT, s. in Natural History, an animal of N. America, 
 called also the musquash, whose skin is used in furriery, and which 
 builds a nest like the beaver. Its flesh smells strongly of musk. 
 
 MU'SKY, a. fragrant; sweet-scented. 
 
 MU'SLIN, (muzlin) s. [mousseline, Fr.] a fine cloth made of 
 cotton, and originally imported from India, &c,, but now made 
 chiefly in our own manufactories. 
 
 MU'SLIN, (mizlin) a. made of muslin. 
 
 MU'SROL, «. [muserole, Fr.] the nose-band of a horse's bridle. 
 
 MUT 
 
 MUSSELBURGH, Edinburghshire, Scotland. It stands on 
 the Esk, over which it has 4 bridges, not far from the Frith of 
 Forth, and it has a small but good harbour. It is chiefly a fish- 
 ing place, and is very famous for that. It is 5 miles from Edin- 
 
 burgh. Pop. 6331. 
 MU'SSULS 
 
 MAN, s. plur. Mussulmans, [Arab.] a word used by 
 Mohammedans to signify a true believer. 
 
 MUST, verbimperf. [mussoi, Belg.] signifies, be obliged. It is 
 of all persons and tenses, used of persons and things, and placed 
 before a verb. 
 
 MUST, s. [mustum, Lat.] new wine; new wort. 
 
 To MUST, V. a. [inws, Brit.] to give an ill scent or stink to a 
 thing, generally applied to casks. To make mouldy. — v. n. to 
 contract an ill scent, applied to vessels that are not in use ; to 
 grow mouldy. 
 
 MUSTA'CHIOS, ». Imustaches, Fr.] whiskers or hair growing 
 on the upper lip. 
 
 MU'STARD, s. [imcstard, Brit.] in Botany, a plant producing 
 a small and warm seed. Sauce made of the flour of mustard- 
 seed mixed with water, &c. 
 
 To MU'STER, V. a. [imusteren, Belg.] to review an army ; to 
 collect or bring together.— t). n. to assemble, in order to form an 
 army. 
 
 MU'STER, s. a review of an army ; a register of forces mus- 
 tered ; a collection. To;)(M«jn«s<er, signifies to be allowed. This 
 word is used in composition. 
 
 MU'STERBOOK, s. a book in which the names of the soldiers " 
 are registered. 
 
 MU'STERMASTER, «. one who superintends the muster, to 
 prevent frauds. 
 
 MU'STERROLL, s. a register of forces. 
 
 MU'STILY, ad. with an ill scent. 
 
 MU'STINESS, s. damp foulness ; a bad scent. 
 
 MU'STY, a. mouldy ; spoiled with dampness ; ill scented ; 
 stale; spoiled with age. Figuratively, dull; heavy; wanting 
 activity or experience. 
 
 MUTABI'LITY, Mu'tableness, «. [rnuto, Lat.] the (quality of 
 not continuing long in the same state; inconstancy or fickleness. 
 
 MU'TABLE, a. changeable; inconstant; fickle, or unsettled. 
 
 MUTATION, s. the act of changing or altering. 
 
 MU'TCHKIN s. a liquid measure used in Scotland, containing 
 four gills, and is the fourth part of a Scotch pint. 
 
 MUTE, a. [mutus, Lat.] silent; dumb; unable to say any. 
 thing. Synon. By mute, is understood incapability of speech ; 
 by silent, a voluntary forbearance. 
 
 MUTE, s. one that cannot speak. In Grammar, the name of 
 a class of consonants, which by themselves have no sound, 
 being only the representatives of modifications of the vowel 
 sounds, by the lips, teeth, &c. They are divided into different 
 kinds, according to the organs. 
 
 
 SUDDEN. 
 
 GRADUAL. 
 
 ASPIRATED. 
 
 Labial. 
 
 p. 
 
 b. 
 
 ph, f, V. 
 
 Dental, 
 
 t. 
 
 d. 
 
 th. 
 
 Guttural. 
 
 c, k, qu. 
 
 g- 
 
 cb, gh. 
 
 MUTELY, ad. in a silent manner; without speech. 
 
 To MUTILATE, u. a. [muiilus, Lat.] to deprive of some essen- 
 tial part or limb. 
 
 MUTILATION, s. [Fr.] the lossof any essential part or limb. 
 
 MUTINEE'R, s. in the army or navy, a person who causes or 
 joins in sedition. 
 
 MUTINOUS, a. [mutine, Fr.] in the army, seditious ; turbu- 
 lent ; resisting lawful authority. 
 
 MUTINOUSLY, ad. in a seditious manner. 
 
 MUTINOUSNESS, «. the quality of causing sedition, or dis- 
 obeying lawful authority. 
 
 To MUTINY, V. n. [mutiner, Fr.] in the army, to rise against 
 or resist persons in authority; to move sedition. 
 
 MUTINY, s. in the army or navy, the act of resisting lawful 
 authority; sedition. 
 
 To MUTTER, v. n. [nmtio, Lat.] to grumble ; to murmur. — v. a. 
 to utter discontent in a low tune of voice. 
 
 605 
 
M YS 
 
 MUTTER, s. a murmur ; or the act of expressing discontent 
 in a low voice. 
 
 MU'TTERER, s. one that mutters. 
 
 MU'TTERINGLY, ad. expressing discontent in mutters. 
 
 MUTTON, s. [mouton, Fr.J the flesh of sheep. Figuratively, a 
 sheep. 
 
 MUTUAL, a. [mutuus, Lat.] reciprocal ; acting so as to per- 
 form the same action by turns. 
 
 MUTUALLY, ad. in return ; reciprocally. 
 
 MUTUA'LITY, s. reciprocation ; return. 
 
 MU'ZZFjE, s. [mweau, Fr.] the mouth of any thing; a fasten- 
 ing of thongs, to hinder a dog or other animal from biting. 
 
 To MU'ZZLE, V. n. to bring the mouth near; to mouth. — v. a. 
 to bind the mouth ; to restrain from hurt. 
 
 MY, pron. possessive, belonging to me. Mine is used instead of 
 my in the predicate of a sentence, and the answer to a question. 
 
 MYCE'JNjE, in Ancient Greece, a city of Argolis, in the Pelo- 
 ponnesus, originally the chief city of the state, but afterwards 
 subjugated. Its ruins are very remarkable. 
 
 MYO'GRAPHY, {my&grafy) s. Imtis and grapho, Gr.] a descrip- 
 tion of the muscles. 
 
 MYO'LOGY, s. the description and doctrine of the muscles. 
 
 MY'OPS, s. \inuo and ops, Gr.] a person who is short-sighted. 
 
 MY'OPY,'s. shortness of sight. 
 
 MY'RIAD, s. [murias, Gr.] the number of ten thousand. Fi- 
 guratively, a great number. 
 
 MYRME'LEON, s. [murwiea; and feon, Gr.] in Entomology, a 
 winged fly allied to the dragon-flies, whose larva is known as 
 the ant-lion. It makes a small conical pit in loose sand, and 
 buries itself at the bottom, with its jaws extended, to seize on 
 any insect that unwarily should fall in. 
 
 MY'RMIDONS, s. [Gr.] armed men, ready to obey any com- 
 mand of their superior, or hirer. 
 
 MYRO'POLIST, s. [muron and poleo, Gr.] one who sells oint- 
 ments. 
 
 MYRRH, {mtr) s. \myrrha, Lat.] in Materia Medica, &c., a 
 gum resin, which exudes from one or two trees growing in the 
 East. It is of a reddish brown hue, with a disagreeable scent 
 and taste. The tincture is used as a tonic stimulant, and has 
 highly valuable properties. 
 
 MY'RTIFORM, a. [myrtus and /omm, Lat.] having the shape 
 of a myrtle. 
 
 MY'RTLE, s. \rnyrtus, Lat. myrte, Fr.] in Botany, a low fra- 
 grant shrub, with small leaves. 
 
 M YSE'LF, a reciprocal pronoun, [ininsylfe. Sax.] used by a per- 
 son to show that a thing relates to him only, exclusive of any 
 other. 
 
 MY'SIA, in Ancient Geography, the country occupying the 
 N. W. angle of Asia Minor. It had a good soil, and the people 
 cultivated it diligently. In it was the Troad. Troy and Perga- 
 mus were its most distinguished cities. 
 
 MYSO'RE, a province of Hindustan, Asia. It includes the 
 districts of Seringapatam, Nagara, and Chatracul. Its extent is 
 near 2-50 miles, ana its breadth about 150. The country in ge- 
 neral is dry, rugged, mountainous, and barren, insomuch that 
 sustenance for men and animals cannot be raised upon it, but 
 by the most persevering industry. It is subject to England. 
 Pop. about 2,000,000. 
 
 MY'STAGOGUE, {mystagdg) s. [niustes and ago, Gr.] one who 
 interprets divine mysteries. 
 
 MYSTE'RIARCH, {mysteriark)' s. [mtMfenon and arche, Gr.] one 
 who presides over mysteries. 
 
 MYSTE'RIOUS, a. [mysterieux, Fr.] not to be comprehended 
 or discovered by the human understanding; artfully perplexed. 
 
 MYSTE'RIOtfSLY, ad. in a manner not to be discovered by 
 reason, or to be comprehended by the understanding; in an 
 obscure or perplexed manner. 
 
 MYSTE'RIOUSNESS, s. that quality which renders any truth 
 or doctrine above the discovery of reason, or comprehension of 
 the understanding. 
 
 To MY'STERIZE, v. a. to explain as enigmas. 
 
 MY'STERY,«. [musieWon, from mueo, Gr.] in its primary sense, 
 originally used for some sacred rite or doctrine communicated 
 only to a few chosen persons by the ancient priests. In the New 
 Testament, a truth formerly concealed, but then made plain and 
 manifest. Any thing artfully made difficult. — {metier, Fr.] a 
 trade or calling : in the last sense it should be written mistery. 
 
 NAD 
 
 MY'STERY, s. in the middle ages, the name of some rude 
 oramatic representations got up by the clergy, in which the 
 Creation, Fall of Man, Last Judgment, &c. &c., were played. 
 They were revoltingly coarse, according to our notions, but they 
 answered the purpose of the inventors and promoters, in keep- 
 ing down more improving dramatic entertainments, and in fix- 
 ing certain opinions fast in the vulgar mind ; all of which led to 
 the supremacy of the jpriests. 
 
 MY'STICS, and MY'STICISM, s. the name given to the Pla- 
 tonic interpretation and interpreters of the gospel, in derision, 
 by those who adopted the logic of Aristotle as their instrument 
 of inquiry. The well-known Imitation of Christ, ascribed to Tho- 
 mas a Kempis, is one of the best means for becoming acquaint- 
 ed with the Mystics of the middle ages. 
 
 MY'STIC, My'stical, a. [mysticus, Lat.] obscure, emblematical, 
 or including second or secret meaning under the form of a pic- 
 ture. 
 
 MY'STICALLY, ad. in a manner which conveys some secret 
 meaning. 
 
 MY'STICALNESS, s. the state of conveying some secret mean- 
 ing. 
 
 MYTH, s. Imuthos, Gr.] in uncertain History, a fact which has 
 been overlaid by the additions and ornaments of later ages ; or 
 an invented fact to account for some things the origin of which 
 was not clear. It has been used lately, with great absurdity, by 
 some writers, to characterize parts of the sacred narratives in 
 the Bible. 
 
 MYTHOLO'GICAL, a. [inuthos and logos, Gr.] relating to the 
 application or explanation of mythology. 
 
 MYTHOLO'GICALLY, ad. in a manner suitable to mytho- 
 
 MYTHO'LOGIST, s. one who explains mythology. 
 
 To MYTHO'LOGIZE, v. n. to relate or explain mythology. 
 
 MYTHO'LOGY, s. the name for the sacred legends and super- 
 stitions of heathen nations, which has lately been extended to 
 embrace all popular traditions relating to the ante-historic period. 
 Respecting heathen mythology, various and apparently conflict- 
 ing theories have been advanced to account for its origin ; but it 
 is exceedingly likely that history, and tradition, and instinct, 
 and poetry, have all had a share in the mythologies of all na- 
 
 N 
 
 TV" IS the thirteenth letter in the English alphabet, having an 
 •^^ invariable sound ; except that after m it is lost, as in cotu 
 demn. It is one of the consonants called liquids, or semivowels, 
 because they have a distinct sound without a vowel. It is uttered 
 by means of the teeth, and so is called a dental liquid. In the 
 beginning of words or syllables, no consonant is used immedi- 
 ately after it ; nor any before it, except g, k, and s, as in gnaw, 
 know, snail, &c. In Composition, before an /, b, p, and m, the n 
 is frequently changed into an m, and before an I and r into an 
 I and r, according to the custom of the Romans ; as iUicit, for in- 
 licit ; impress, for inpress ; irreverent, fop inreverent. When used 
 for a numeral, N stands for 600, and with a dash over it thus, 
 5, for 000,000. 
 
 N. B. (a contraction for notahene,) mark well; take notice; 
 observe. 
 
 To NAB, V. a. {nappa, Swed.] to catch or seize unexpectedly. 
 A low word. 
 
 NA'BOB, s. the name of a viceroy or governor of one of the 
 provinces of the mogul's empire in India. Vulgarly, any person 
 who has made a great fortune in India. 
 
 NABONA'SSAR, the founder of the kingdom of Babylon. 
 He was the author of the ^ra of Nabonassar, which is important 
 in Chronology, since by it all other epochs are connected and 
 adjusted. It commenced with his reign in 747, B.C. The years 
 are vague, each containing 365 days without intercalation. This 
 year, 1848, A. d., corresponds with 2-596 of this sera. 
 
 NA'DIR,*. [Arab.] in Astronomy, is that pointof the heavens 
 which is diametrically opposite to the zenith, or point directly 
 over our heads. The zenith and nadir are the two poles of the 
 horizon. 
 
 Nadir Shah, the celebrated king of Persia, at the commence- 
 ment of the last century. He was originally of low rank in one 
 of the Turkish tribes of Khorassan ; and rendered effectual aid 
 
NAM 
 
 to TAm^sp, the king of Persia, when, by valour and ability, 
 he had acquired power. He was made ruler of four fine pro- 
 vinces. Afterwards, when the king was defeated by the Turks, he 
 dethroned him, and occupied his place. He subdued the Turks, 
 gained all the country west of the Indus, conquered Bokhara 
 and Khowaresm, and, lastly, the Turks of Armenia. Being 
 now absolute, he ruled with dreadful tyranny. He blinded his 
 own son, and put to death thousands of his subjects; and was 
 at last assassinated by his own officers, in 1747, aged 59 years, 
 after a reign of 15. His summary proceedings by way of settling 
 questions of political economy, have, not long ago, found an 
 admirer in the British parliament. 
 
 NiE'VIUS, CNjEUS, an early Roman poet, who wrote come- 
 dies, &c., of which quoted fragments alone remain. He died in 
 203 b. c. 
 
 NAFF, s. in Ornithology, a kind of tufted sea-bird. 
 
 NAG, s. [nagge, Belg.] a small or young horse. In familiar 
 language, a horse. 
 
 NA'GPOUR, the capital in part of Berar, the Deccan of Hin- 
 dustan, which is subject to a native rajah. It is a city of mo- 
 dern date; but, though extensive and populous, is poorly built ; 
 and, excepting a small citadel of no strength, is open and de- 
 fenceless. It is 700 miles from Calcutta. Pop. about 120,000. 
 Lat. 21. 10. N. Long. 79. 7. E. 
 
 NA'HUM, a Hebrew prophet, whose writings are included in 
 the Old Testament. He prophesied in Judah, in the latter part 
 of Hezekiah's reign ; ana his book, or poem, relates wholly to 
 the destruction of Nineveh, and the benefits that should follow 
 to the Jewish race. He is one of the sublimest, most fervent, 
 and most daring of the minor prophets in his style ; and the 
 descriptions he introduces are full of life and power. He lived in 
 about 700 B. c. 
 
 NATADS, s. \naiades. Or.] in Mythology, nymphs of the foun- 
 tains. 
 
 NAIL, s. [nesgal. Sax. nagel, Teut.] in Anatomy, a kind of 
 horny substance upon the ends of the fingers and toes ; talons, 
 or a horny substance at the extremity of the toes of birds and 
 beasts. A spike of metal with a sharp point, and sometimes 
 a flat head, used to fasten things together ; a stud or boss ; also, 
 a measure containing two inches and a half. On the nail, implies 
 immediately or without delay. 
 
 To NAIL, V. a. to fasten any thing with small spikes of iron 
 called nails; to stud with nails. 
 
 NA'ILER, ». a nail-maker. 
 
 NAIRN, Nairnshire, Scotland, the capital of the county, 
 seated on the Frith of Murray, 104 miles from Edinburgh. Pop. 
 2072. 
 
 NA'IRNSHIRE, a county of Scotland, lying on the Frith of 
 Murray, and enclosed on every side by the counties of Inverness 
 and M'urray. Its length is about 12 miles, and its breadth about 
 10. The soil, though rocky, is fertile, and in general well culti- 
 vated. Findhorn is its chief river. It contains several lakes, 
 which abound in fish, and some forests of firs. Pop. 9217. This 
 county returns the moieties of 2 representatives to parliament. 
 
 NAKED, a. [nacod. Sax.] without clothes or covering: figura- 
 tively, unarmed ; defenceless ; unprovided. Plain, or evident, 
 applied to truth. Mere; bare; simple; without any additional 
 circumstances ; applied to narratives of facts. 
 
 NA'KEDLY, act. without clothes, covering, or disguise. 
 
 NA'KEDNESS, s. the state of a person without clothes or co- 
 vering ; plainness ; evidence ; freedom frotn disguise. 
 
 NALL, s. [naal, Isl.] an awl made use of by collar-makers. 
 
 NAME, s. [nama. Sax. naem, Belg.] denotes a word which 
 serves to signify a thing or subject spoken of. This the gram- 
 marians usually call a noun. Names are either proper or appel- 
 lative. Proper names are those which represent some individual 
 thing or person, so as to distinguish it from all other things of 
 the same species; as Cicero, which represents a certain orator. 
 Appellative names are either called Christian, or surnames ; the 
 first imposed for the distinction of persons, answering the 
 Roman Prcenomen ; the second for the distinction of families, 
 answering to the Nomen of the Romans, and the Patronymkum 
 of the Greeks. Figuratively, reputation or character ; renown ; 
 honour or glory; memory or remembrance; power given to a 
 person to act for another ; appearance, or an assumed character. 
 
 To NAME, V. a. \naman. Sax.] to apply a word constantly to 
 distinguish a person or thing from others ; to mention the word 
 
 NAN 
 
 applied to anv being ; to specify or distinguish by inentioning 
 the word used to express any person or thing; to utter or men- 
 tion. Synon. We name, to distinguish in conversation ; we 
 call, as for help when wanted. 
 
 NA'MELESS, a. [namleas. Sax.] having no word by which it 
 may be expressed ; one whose name is not known or expressed. 
 
 NA'MELY, ad. [naemlick, nahmlich, Belg.] particularly ; spe- 
 cially ; to mention by name. 
 
 NA'MER, «. one that calls or knows any person or thing by 
 name. 
 
 NA'MESAKE, 8. one that has the same name with another. 
 
 NA'MUR, the capital of the province of the same name, in 
 Belgium. It has a very strong castle, built on the opposite side 
 of the Sambre, on a sharp rock, and defended by Fort William, 
 and many other considerable forts, so as to be supposed almost 
 impregnable. It is seated at the confluence of the Maese and 
 Sambre, and is a well-built city, with some fine public edifices. 
 It has a good trade, and some valuable manufactories. Pop. 
 about 25,000. Lat. 50. 27. N. Long. 4. 48. E. 
 
 NA'MUR, a province of Belgium, bordering on France; 
 and bounded by Hainault, Liege, and Luxemburg. It is pretty 
 fertile; has several forests, marble quarries, and mines of^ iron, 
 lead, and coal; and is about 30 miles in length, and 20 in 
 breadth. The Sambre and the Maese are its great rivers. Pop. 
 about 240,000. 
 
 N A'NCl, capital of the department of Meurthe, France. It is 
 divided into the Old and New Town, which are separated by a 
 canal. The first, though irregularly built, is rich and populous, 
 and contains the palace of the ancient dukes of Lorrain. The 
 New Town is very handsome, having long straight streets, 
 and many fine public buildings. Here are several excellent educa- 
 tional and charitable institutions, and a capital public library. 
 It is 190 miles from Paris. Pop. about 30,000. Lat. 48. 42. 
 N. Long. 6. 10. E. 
 
 NA'NKEEN, s. [from Nanking, in China,] a kind of salmon- 
 coloured cotton cloth, manufactured in China, and formerly 
 much more used in England than at present. Most of what is 
 used now is of home manufacture. 
 
 NA'NKING, or Kiangnin, a city of China, capital of the pro- 
 vince of the Kiangnan, and formerly the imperial city. It is the 
 largest in China, being 17 miles in circumference, and about 3 
 miles distant from the great river Yang-tise-Chiang, from which 
 canals are cut, so large that vessels may enter the town. This 
 place is greatly fallen from its ancient splendour ; for a third 
 part of the city is desolate, but the rest is extremely populous, 
 well inhabited, and full of business. The streets are narrow, 
 but handsome and well paved, and on each side are shops, neat- 
 ly furnished. The public buildings are mean, except a few tem- 
 ples, the city gates, and the famous tower of porcelain, 200 feet 
 nigh, and divided into 9 stories, by projections, &c., covered with 
 green varnished tiles. They have several manufactures in silk 
 and wool. Here the physicians have their principal academj-. 
 It is seated near the river Yantsckiang, 500 miles from Pekin. 
 Pop. about 500,000. Lat. 32. 12. N. Long. 118. 16. E. 
 
 NA'NTES, an ancient and large city in the department of 
 Loire Inferieure, France. It is one of the most considerable 
 places in the empire, and contains the richest merchants. The 
 bridges over the river Loire, in which are some islands, are almost 
 a league in length. The suburbs are so large, that they exceed 
 the city. It is well and regularly built, and has some fine edi- 
 fices, as the cathedral, town-hall, exchange, &c. Here is a good 
 public library also. It has some valuable manufactures, and 
 abounds with seminaries of learning. A great quantity of salt 
 is made in the territory of Nantes, both at the Bay of Bourgueuf 
 and in the salt-marshes of Guerande and Croisic. It has a good 
 trade, but large vessels can come no higher than Paimboeuf, 
 which is some miles below Nantes. It is 217 miles from Paris. 
 Pop. about 80,000. Lat. 47. 13. N. Long. 1. 33. W. 
 
 NANTU'CKET, the name of an island, a bay, a town, and a 
 county of Massachusetts, United States. The town has a good 
 harbour, and is compactly built. There are dangerous shoals on 
 the S. E. of the island. It is 500 miles from Washington. Po- 
 pulation, 9012. 
 
 NA'N TWICH, or Na'mptwich, Cheshire. It stands on the 
 river Weever, near a large basin of the Chester canal, and is a 
 large and regularly built town. The salt-works that furnish so 
 much of the fine white salt, in cuminon use, are here. And 
 
 607 
 
round it lie the principar dairies of the counfy. It is 162 
 miles from London. Market, Saturday. Pop. 5921. 
 
 NAP, s. [hneeppan, Sa.x.'] a slumber; short sleep; the soft or 
 downy part of woollen cloth above the surface. In Botany, the 
 catmint. 
 
 To NAP, V. n. to sleep ; to be drowsy ; to be in a state of seem- 
 ing security. 
 
 NAPE, s. the joint of the neck behind. 
 
 NA'PHTHA, s. [Lat.] in Chemistry, &c., a very pure, clear, 
 and thin fluid, of a very pale yellow-brown ; it is a compound of 
 hydrogen and carbon, and is obtained from wood by distillation, 
 and from coal tar by rectification. It is used in the preparation 
 of caoutchouc for manufactures, and is burnt in lamps, &c. See 
 Petroleum, Bitumen, &c. 
 
 NA'PIER, JOHN, laird of Merchiston, near Edinburgh, a 
 celebrated Scottish mathematician, of the 16th century. He 
 studied at St. Andrews, and afterwards travelled on the conti- 
 nent. After his return, he devoted himself to the study of ma- 
 thematics and theology. In the latter science he seems to have 
 made no great way, except as regards the calculating of periods 
 for the accomplishment of various unfulfilled prophecies, particu- 
 larly those relating to the end of the world ; in all which he was, 
 as all others have been, most happily wrong. He also re-dis- 
 covered that the pope of Rome was antichrist. More usefully 
 for the world, and more creditably to himself, in the other, and 
 more favourite study, he was led on step by step till he invented 
 logarithms, hj a. process we cannot detail, and with effects that 
 are not yet half developed, great as has been the use of his in- 
 vention in practical mathematics. This has cast into the shade 
 several other discoveries and improvements that he made in trigo- 
 nometry, &c., which would have immortalized him in the annals 
 of science. Another pretty and useful invention is described in 
 the next article. He died in 1617, aged 67 years, having obtained 
 the reputation of being addicted to the black arts amongst his 
 neighbours, but having received in Kepler's admiration the ver- 
 dict of all subsequent ages. 
 
 NA'PIER'S BONES, s. in Arithmetical Computation, an in- 
 genious contrivance for facilitating processes of multiplication 
 and division. It may be made thus : — Write out on card- 
 board the Multiplication Table, but taking care to divide each 
 square, in which the products are arranged, diagonally, and to 
 write the unit on the right hand, and the tens and hundreds on 
 the left hand side of the line; then cut the whole into vertical 
 strips ; — and for use, take those strips which contain the figures 
 of the multiplicand at the head of them, and arrange them in 
 their proper order; take each series of figures that come in the 
 places of the figures of the multiplier in order, and write down 
 the sum of the two figures that occur in the adjoining segments 
 of the squares, placing the figures that occur in the half squares 
 at the beginning and ending of the line, in their respective places 
 also : thus,— to multiply 1848 by 247 ;— 
 
 I'hhh 
 
 N-^> 
 
 "^^JXRIX 
 
 7392 
 
 456456 
 
 We have given only the series containing the necessary figures 
 for the operation. 
 
 NA'PKIN, s. linen used at table to lay in the lap, and wipe 
 the hands. 
 
 NA'PLES, a kingdom of Europe, part of the kingdom of the 
 Two Sicilies ; consisting of the island of Sicily, and all Italy S. 
 of the States of the Church. We refer to the word Sicily for an 
 account of that part of the kingdom, and give here an account 
 of the Italian part. It is nearly 400 miles long, and varies in 
 breadth from 120 to 30 miles. It is divided into 13 provinces, 
 namely. Terra di Lavoro ; Provinciadi Napoli; Principati Citeri- 
 ore e Ulteriore ; Sannio ; Basilicata ; Calabria Citeriore e Ulteri- 
 ore, Prima e Seconda ; Abruzzi Citeriore e Ulteriore, Primo e 
 Secondo; Capitanata ; Terra diBari; and Terra di Otranto. The 
 chmate is extremely hot in summer: but the most disagreeable 
 608 
 
 NAR 
 
 part of the climate is the sirocco, which is very common in spring, 
 and is still more relaxing. In winter there is seldom any ice or 
 snow except on the mountains. On account of its fertility, the 
 country has been termed a terrestrial paradise ; it abounds with 
 all sorts of grain, the finest fruits, and vegetables of all kinds, 
 with rice, flax, oil, wine, saffron, and manna ; poultry, game, 
 and fish, are also plentiful and cheap. It affords also alum, 
 vitriol, sulphur, rock-crystal, marble, and several sorts of mine- 
 rals, togetner with fine wool and silk. Besides these there are 
 some valuable manufactures. The principal mountains are the 
 Apennines, which traverse it from N. to S., and the celebrated 
 volcano. Mount Vesuvius. The greatest inconvenience to which 
 this kingdom is exposed, is the frequent earthquakes, though 
 the eruptions of Mount Vesuvius contribute in some measure to 
 prevent them. The Volturnoand the Ofanto are its chief rivers. 
 The established religion is the Romish ; and the clergy and con- 
 vents possess two-thirds of the whole kingdom ; but the Jews are 
 allowed to settle here. Pop. about 6,250,000. 
 
 NA'PLES, the capital of the above kingdom, and of that of 
 the Two Sicilies, is one of the finest cities in the world, is the 
 see of an archbishop, the seat of a university, and is defended 
 by thick walls which surround it, regular bastions, strong towers, 
 deep ditches, and fortified castles. It is about 15 miles in cir- 
 cumference, and has seven large suburbs. The palace royal is 
 a spacious and convenient building ; but the most magnificent 
 are the cathedral and the chapel of St. Januarius, where they 
 pretend the blood of that saint is preserved. The air of Naples 
 is serene and healthy, and the winter mild. Its situation is most 
 enchantingly beautiful. The harbour is capable of containing 
 500 vessels, which may ride with safety. It has some small 
 manufactures. It is 110 miles from Rome. Pop. about 350,000. 
 Lat. 40. 49. N. Long. 14. 15. E. 
 NA'PLESS, a. worn threadbare. 
 NA'PPINESS, s. the quality of having a nap. 
 NA'PPY, a. If torn nap,] frothy; spumy; whence apples and 
 ale are called lamb's wool. 
 
 NA'PTAKING, s. a surprise, or unexpected seizure and at- 
 tack. 
 
 NARBO'NNE, an ancient city in the department of Aude, 
 France. Some Roman inscriptions, in different parts of the city, 
 are still visible, and the canal, from the river Aude, through the 
 city, to the Mediterranean, was cut by them. There are some 
 fine buildings and institutions. Narbonne is famous for its ho- 
 ney. It is 500 miles from Paris. Pop. about 60,000. Lat. 43. 
 10. N. Long. 3. I. E. 
 
 NARBO'NNE, LOUIS, COMTE DE, one of the noblesse of 
 France, who, animated by some theory of constitutional mon- 
 archy, took part in the Revolution, and was in the ministiy pre- 
 ceding that of the Girondists. He fell with the monarchy on the 
 10th of August ; and was with difl^culty got out of the country 
 by his friend Madame de Sfael. On Napoleon's acquisition of 
 power, he returned, and was much honoured by him ; and em- 
 ployed in several of his campaigns and embassies, particularly 
 one to Vienna, where he succeeded to admiration. He died in 
 1813, aged 58 years. 
 NARCI'SSUS, s. [Lat.] in Botany, a kind of daffodil, 
 NARCO'SIS,«. [narke, Gr.] a privation of sense, as in a palsy, 
 or by taking opium. 
 
 NARCO'TIC, a. procuring sleep ; stupifying ; or causing stu- 
 pefaction. 
 
 NARCO'TICS, s. medicines which take away the senses, or 
 stupify. 
 
 NARD, s. [nardos, Gr. nardus, hat.] a fragrant ointment called 
 spikenard. In Botany, a sweet-scented shrub. 
 
 NARES, DR. JAMES, an English composer and organist of 
 the last century. He was first appointed to York minster ; and 
 subsequently he held situations about the court. His works are 
 numerous, and are very simple and beautiful ; marked with great 
 scientific skill. He died in 1783, aged 68 years. 
 
 NARES, DR. ROBERT, son of the foregoing, a divine and 
 critic, who was assistant librarian at the British Museum, and 
 archdeacon of Stafford. He was joint editor of the JBritish Critic, 
 and author of several works on Words, &c. His continuation of 
 Tytler's History is not very good. He died in 1829, aged G5 
 years. 
 
 NA'RRABLE, a. [narro, Lat.] capable of being told or related. 
 NARRAGA'NSET BAY, a bay of the Atlantic Ocean, enter- 
 
ing the New England portion of the United States. It is 28 
 miles long, and from 3 to 12 broad. It is accessible at all 
 seasons, and has some fine harbours. Rhode Island, and several 
 others equally beautiful and fertile, are in it. 
 
 To NARRATE, r. a. to tell or relate. 
 
 NARRATION, s. [narratio, L&t] an account, relation, history, 
 or descrijjtion of any action, or series of actions. 
 
 NA'RRATIVE, a. [narratif, Fr.] relating ; giving an account 
 of facts as they happened ; fond of telling stories, or relating 
 things past. 
 
 NA'RRATIVE, s. a relation ; an account or recital of a fact as 
 it happened. 
 
 NA'^RRATIVELY, ad. by way of narrative. 
 
 NARRATOR, s. [Lat.] one t*hat relates any fact. 
 
 NA'RROW, {ndrrS) a. [neant. Sax.] of small breadth ; con- 
 taining a small distance from one extreme to another. Short, 
 applied to time. Niggardly, or covetous ; contracted ; of con- 
 fined sentiment; ungenerous; applied to the mind. Near, or 
 within a small distance; close; vigilant; attentive. 
 
 To NA'RROW, (ndrrS) v. a. {nearwian. Sax.] to lessen the 
 breadth or width of a thing ; to shorten the space between any 
 two things. 
 
 NA'RROWLY, {ndi~r6ly) ad. with small space between the 
 sides ; of little breadth ; contractediy ; without extent or gene- 
 rosity of sentiment ; closely or attentively ; scarcely; in an ava- 
 ricious or niggardly manner. 
 
 NA'RROWNESS, {ndrroness) s. having its extremities at a 
 small distance from each other. Want of extent or generosity, 
 applied to the mind. Meanness, poverty, or a state of uneasi- 
 ness, applied to condition. Want of capacity, applied to the 
 understanding. 
 
 NA'RSES, one of the generals of Justinian I. in the declining 
 period of Roman history. He was one of the eunuchs of the 
 court at Constantinople, and was elevated by intrigues against 
 the great Belisarius to the command of the army in the Italian 
 war. He defeated Totila, took Rome, and gave to the harassed 
 country abundance and peace. He ruled in Italy for 15 years, 
 and was then deposed by intrigues similar to those which had 
 removed from his way the former favourite of fortune. He re- 
 tired to Naples, and invited the incursions of the Lombard king, 
 Alboin, into the country, and died as his treason was about to 
 take effect, in 567 a. d. 
 
 NA'RWHALE, s, in Zoology, a kind of whale, armed with a 
 strong horn, whence it is called the sea-unicorn. 
 
 NA'RVA, capital of a government of Russia called by the 
 same name. The houses are built of brick, stuccoed white ; and 
 in the suburbs, called Ivangorod, or John's Town, are the stu- 
 pendous remains of an ancient fortress, built by Ivan Vassilie- 
 vitch the Great, over the steep banks of the river. The prin- 
 cipal exports from it are hemp, flax, timber, and corn. It is 
 situated on the river Narova, 8 miles from its mouth, in the Gulf 
 of Finland, 83 miles from St. Petersburg. Pop. about 5000. 
 Lat. 59.29. N. Long. 28. 8. E. 
 
 NA'SAL, a. [nasm, Lat.] belonging to the nose. In Grammar, 
 pronounced through the nose. 
 
 NASH, JOHN, the architect, whose works in the metropolis 
 are sad memorials of his former pre-eminence. Regent Street, 
 Regent's Park, Buckingham Palace, &c. in town, and the Pavi- 
 lion at Brighton, are his chefs d'osuvre ; and most of these are 
 being altered, or removed, to make way for what is not quite so 
 offensive to good taste. He died in 1835, aged 83 years. 
 
 NASH, RICHARD, better known as Beau Nash, the re- 
 nowned arbiter elegantiarum of Bath ; who maintained his roy- 
 alty in that seat of folly, in perfect character and keeping, for 
 50 3-ears. He did one good service for society, for which, in 
 spite of his laced hat, and six-horsed chariot, with riders and 
 runners, he deserves honourable mention ; — he banished swords 
 from common wear amongst the fashionables ; and they have 
 never been reintroduced. He died in 1701, in poverty and neg- 
 lect, aged 87 years. 
 
 NA'SHVILLE, capital of Tennessee, United States. It stands 
 on the Cumberland river, and is a place of some importance. 
 Its public buildings are handsome and numerous, and there is 
 a rising university here. It is 084 miles from Washington. Pop. 
 11,000. Some other places in the States are similarly named. 
 
 NASICO'RNOUS, a. \nasus and cornu, Lat.] having a horn on 
 the nose. 
 
 NAT 
 
 NASSAU', a duchy of Germany, bordering on Prussia, and 
 bounded by Hesse. It is a very small territory, but is very 
 beautiful, being altogether hilly, and having some mountains 
 more than 2000 feet high. The Rhine and the Main are its 
 chief rivers. It yields silver, iron, copper, building-stone, mar- 
 ble, and other metals and minerals; and no part of Germany 
 so abounds with Briinnen, or mineral springs. Corn, but in 
 small quantities ; and wine, especially hock, and fruit in abund- 
 ance, are produced. Cattle and swine are fed in great numbers. 
 It has some good and valuable manufactures. Nassau, whence 
 it is named, is a small town. Wiesbaden is its largest place. 
 Pop. about 400,000. 
 
 NA'STILY, ad. in such a dirty, filthy, or polluted manner, as 
 to raise nauseousness. 
 
 NA'STINESS, s. the quality of being so dirty and filthy as to 
 raise nauseousness. Obscenity, grossness, applied to words and 
 thoughts. 
 
 NA'STY, a. [nast, Teut.] raising disgust from dirt ; nauseous; 
 filthy. Figuratively, obscene, or lewd, applied to language. 
 
 NA'TAL, a. [natalis, from nascor, Lat.] native; relating to the 
 time when, or place where, a person was born. 
 
 NATA'L, the name of part of the E. coast of Africa, extend- 
 ing along Caffreland, above Cape Colony. It has high moun- 
 tains, and wide swamps ; but there is also very fertile soil, 
 which is beginning to be cultivated to advantage. 
 
 NATATION, s. [natatio, Lat.] the act of swimming. 
 
 NATHLESS, ad. [natheless. Sax.] nevertheless; nptwith- 
 standing; not the less. 
 
 NA'TION, {ndshdn) s. Inatio, Lat.] a considerable number of 
 people inhabiting a certain extent of ground, and under the 
 same government ; a government or kingdom. 
 
 NATIONAL, (ndshdnal) a. [nationel, Fr.] public, general, op- 
 posed to particular ; bigoted to one's country ; confined to a 
 particular country. National debt, the amount of various and 
 vast sums of money raised by the funding system, at different 
 times, but chiefly within the last half century, to defray the 
 cost of the different wars, in which the rulers of England thought 
 fit to engage ; the interest on which due to the fund-holders, is 
 the greatest cause for the excessive taxation of the country. It 
 is considerably more than £800,000,000 at the present time. 
 The proposition often made by demagogues to wipe off' this debt, 
 is tantamount to proposing to rob the middle classes (who are 
 the greatest fund-holders) of this amount, which they have ad- 
 vanced to the government on no other security than the public 
 faith. Yet it is greatly to be deplored that governments have 
 not yet adopted some plan for redeeming this terrible debt 
 gradually, and so giving effectual relief to the nation in an 
 honourable way. 
 
 NA'TIONAL GALLERY, the name of the curious and insig- 
 nificant building forming one side of Trafalgar Square, London ; 
 one half of which is devoted to a collection of paintings, pur- 
 chased by or bequeathed to the government, in trust for the 
 nation ; and the other half to the exhibitions of the Royal Aca- 
 demy. The national collection is a gratuitous exhibition, and 
 contains some very fine masterpieces, with some of very in- 
 ferior worth and beauty. 
 
 NATIONALLY, {ndshdnalhj) ad. as a nation ; generally. 
 
 NA'TIONALNESS, {tidshinalness) s. reference to the people in 
 general. 
 
 NATIVE, a. [nativus, from nascor, Lat.] produced by nature ; 
 natural, opposed to artificial; agreeable to nature; belonging 
 to the time or place of a person's birth ; original, or that trom 
 which a thing is made originally. 
 
 NATIVE, s. one born in any place ; an original inhabitant ; 
 offspring. 
 
 NA'TIVENESS, «. the quality of being produced by nature, 
 opposed to artificial. 
 
 NATI'VITY, s. [nativite, Fr.] birth ; time, place, or manner of 
 birth ; the state or place of being produced. 
 
 NATO'LIA, or Anadoli. See Anatolia. 
 
 NATRON, s. in Chemistry, the native sesquicarbonate of 
 soda, or the peroxide of sodium, found in certain lakes in Egypt. 
 
 NA'TTER-JACK, s. in Natural History, a kind of toad ot a 
 light green and yellow colour, common in dry, sandy heaths and 
 soils in England ; which runs very fast, and cannot jump. 
 
 NA'TURAL, a. [naturel, Fr. naturalis, from natura, Lat.] pro- 
 duced or effected by nature. In Law, illegitimate, begotten by 
 4i 609 
 
NAV 
 
 parents not joined in wedlock. Bestowed by nature, applied 
 to the faculties of the mind. Unaffected ; according to truth 
 and reality. Proceeding from natural causes, opposed to vio- 
 lent. Natural functions are those actions of the bodily organs, 
 whereby the aliments are changed and assimilated so as to be- 
 come a part of the body. Natural History is a description of 
 the productions of the earth. Natural inclinations a.ve \.\ie s'poxi- 
 taneous tendencies of our minds. Natural Philosophy is the po- 
 pular name for all the branches of physical science ; as Mecha- 
 nics, Hydrostatics, Optics, Astronomy, &c. Natural System is 
 that scheme for arranging plants, which regards, not any par- 
 ticular organ, &c. to the neglect of the rest ; as Linnseus's Sys- 
 tem does the sexual organs ; but takes every part of the plant 
 into due account, and thus groups together into orders, classes, 
 &c. onh^ plants which are truly related to each other. 
 
 NA'TIIRAL, s. a person who has not the use of reason. In 
 Music, a sign made thus (13), indicating that the note it pre- 
 cedes, and which is required by the key to be sounded as a 
 sharp, is to be sounded half a tone lower, or as if it were in the 
 natural key. 
 
 NATURAL BRIDGE, one of the most remarkable curiosities 
 of the United States. It consists of a stupendous arch of lime- 
 stone, over a chasm 90 feet wide at the top, and 50 at the base. 
 The height of the bridge above the Cedar creek which flows 
 under it, is 215 feet. Its average width is 80 feet. Its length 
 is 93 feet ; and it is 55 feet in thickness. It is covered to the 
 depth of some feet with clayey earth, and has a natural parapet 
 of rocks, rendered firm by trees and shrubs. It commands a 
 prospect of terrible grandeur ; and it is of considerable economic 
 use for traffic, &c. It is in Rockbridge county, Virginia, 15G 
 miles from Richmond. A much smaller bridge of the same kind 
 is in New York ; and near it is a village called bv the same name. 
 
 NA'TURALIST, s. a person who studies and is versed in the 
 works of nature. 
 
 NATURALIZATION, s. in Law, the act of giving foreigners 
 the privileges of natives. 
 
 To NATURALIZE, v. a. to adopt into a community, or invest 
 with the privileges of native subjects ; to familiarize ; to make 
 easy, as if taught by nature. 
 
 NATURALLY, ad. without instruction, or being taught ; by 
 the impulses of unassisted nature; according to nature ; with- 
 out affectation ; spontaneously. 
 
 NATURALNESS, s. the state of being given or produced by 
 nature ; conformity to truth, reality, or the nature of things. 
 
 NATURE, s. \jiatura, Lat.] the system of the world, or of the 
 universe ; the assemblage of all created beings ; a distinct spe- 
 cies or kind of being; the essential properties of a thing, or that 
 by which it is distinguished from all others ; the established 
 order and course of material things ; the series of second causes, 
 or the laws by which the material universe is governed ; the 
 constitution, or an aggregate of the powers of an animal body; 
 the action of Providence, or that spiritual power diffused through- 
 out the creation, which moves and acts in all bodies, and gives 
 them certain properties. Figuratively, disposition of mind, or 
 temper ; natural affection and reverence, or the principles im- 
 planted in us by the Deity ; sort, kind, or species. 
 
 NATU'RITYjS. the stateor quality of being produced by nature. 
 
 NA'VAL, a. [navalis, from navis, Lat.] consisting of ships ; 
 belonging to ships. 
 
 NAVA'RRE, a province of Spain, adjoining to France, and 
 bounded by Arragon, Biscay, and New Castile. It is 80 miles 
 long, by about 60 broad. It is very mountainous, lying_ amongst 
 the Pyrenees, some of whose heights are more than 5000 feet 
 above the sea. The Ebro and the Bidasson are its chief rivers. 
 It yields iron, copper, &c. &c. And produces corn, fruits, oil, 
 wine, timber, cattle, &c. in considerable abundance. Pampeluua 
 is its capital. Pop. about 2.50,000. 
 
 Naude, Gabriel, a physician and literary character of France, 
 in the 17th century. He served Richelieu, Mazarin, and Queen 
 Christina of Sweden. His works are numerous, but are little 
 known now. He died in 1653, aged 53 years. 
 
 NAVE, s. \naf. Sax.] the middle part of a wheel, in which 
 the axle moves, and the spokes are fixed. — [old Fr.] the middle 
 or body of a church. 
 
 NA'VEL, s. \iiafela, or navela. Sax.] See Umbilicus. Figura- 
 tively, the inward part or middle. 
 
 NAVELGA'LL, m Farriery, a bruise on the top of the chine 
 610 
 
 of the back, behind the saddle, occasioned either by the saddle 
 being split behind, or the stuffing being wanting. 
 
 NA'vELWORT,s. in Botany, a plant, called also wall-penny- 
 wort, and kidneywort. 
 
 NA'VEW, s. in Botany, a kind of cabbage, found on ditch- 
 banks and among corn. 
 
 NAU'FRAGE, s. [navis and/ran^o, Lat.] shipwreck. 
 
 NAUGHT, (naut) a. [naht. Sax.] bad ; worthless. 
 
 NAUGHT, (naut) s. nothing. Improperly written nought. 
 
 NAU'GHTILY, {nautily) ad. badly; viciously; wickedly; cor- 
 ruptly. 
 
 NAU'GHTINESS, {nautiness) s. [nahtiness. Sax.] depravity : a 
 slight degree of wickedness. 
 
 NAU'GHTY, {naitty) a.h&A; vicious; wicked; corrupt. 
 
 NAVI'CULAR, a. [naviculaire, Fr.] in Anatomy, formed like 
 a ship, applied to the third bone in each foot, situated between 
 the astralagus and ossa cuneiformia. 
 
 NA'VIGABLE, a. [navigo, Lat.] capable of being passed by 
 ships or boats. 
 
 NA'VIGABLENESS, s. the quality of being capable to be 
 passed by ships or boats. 
 
 To NA'VIGATE, v. n. [navis, Lat.] to sail; to pass in a ves- 
 sel.— d. a. to pass over in a ship or boat. 
 
 NAVIGATION, s. [Fr.] the act of passing by water ; the art 
 or act of conducting any vessel by water from one place to an- 
 other the most commodious way ; the science of managing a 
 ship. Tlie Navigation Laws are statutes which forbid the employ- 
 ment of any but British vessels, or vessels belonging to the coun- 
 try in which any article of commerce is produced, in the import- 
 ation of such product, and which impose analogous restraints on 
 exports also. The effects of these laws, which were purposed for 
 the protection of the carrying trade of British merchants, has 
 been so disastrous to the nation, that they have been suspended 
 lately, and will soon be repealed. 
 
 NA'VIGATOR, s. [naviyaleur, Fr.] a sailor, or person who 
 passes from one place to another by water; one that works a 
 ship. Also, a man employed in digging canals, which are called 
 inland navigations ; or In making the cuttings and embankments 
 for railways, commonly, according to no known analogy, con- 
 tracted to navvie. 
 
 NAVIGATORS' ISLANDS, a cluster of islands in theS. Paci- 
 fic Ocean. They are surrounded by a coral reef; but boats may 
 land with great safety. 
 
 NAU'LAGE, s. [iiaulum, from navis, Lat.] the freight of passen- 
 gers in a ship. 
 
 NAU'MACY, s. [naus and maehe, Gr.] a mock sea-fight. 
 
 To NAU'SEATE, v. a. [nauseo, Lat.] to loathe ; to reject with 
 disgust; to affect with loathing. — ». m. togrowsqeamish ; to turn 
 away with disgust. 
 
 NAU'SEOUS, a. disgustful ; loathsome. 
 
 NAU'SEOUSLY, ad. in such a manner as to cause loathing or 
 disgust. 
 
 NAU'SEOUSNESS, s. the quality which causes loathing and 
 disgust. 
 
 NAUTIC, Nau'tical, a. [nauta, Lat.] belonging to sailing, or 
 sailors. 
 
 NAUTILUS, s. [Lat] in Conchology, a genus of shell-fish, 
 resembling the cuttle-fish in form, &c., whose shells are made 
 with chambers communicating with the animal by means of a 
 slender tube running through the whole ; the animal lives in the 
 outermost or open cell. It was formerly fabled that these ani- 
 mals were furnished with sails and oars, and they were thence 
 named nautili; but more accurate observation has proved them 
 to be in no way distinguished from the rest of their large family 
 by such superfluous gifts, and has spoiled much affecting poetry 
 thereby. 
 
 NAUVOO', the Mormonite city of Illinois, United States. It 
 stands on the Mississippi, and includes a space 4 miles long 
 and 3 wide. Its public buildings are Nauvoo House, a spacious 
 hotel, where the pretended prophet, Joe Smith, resided ; and, 
 Nauvoo Temple, the place of Mormonite worship. They have 
 raised a legion for defence, and they maintain a university here. 
 The whole population was about 10,000. 
 
 NA'VY, s. [navis, Lat.] a fleet or collection of ships, generally 
 applied to men of war. 
 
 NAY, ad. [na. Sax.] a word used to imply denial or refusal. 
 In Grammar, it is used as a cumulative conjunction. 
 
NEB 
 
 NA'YLAND, or Ney'land, Suffolk. It has a manufactnre of 
 soap, bays, and says; and is seated on the river Stour, which 
 divides it from Essex, 56 miles from London. Market, Friday. 
 Pop. 1114. 
 
 NA'YWORD, s. a refusal ; a by-word ; a watch-word. 
 
 NAZARE'NES, in Ecclesiastical History, one of the sects of 
 converted Hebrews, who combined the observance of theMosaic 
 law with trust in Jesus as the Messiah. They rejected the tra- 
 ditions of the elders respecting the law, and they used a History 
 of Christ, or Gospel, which was not one of the four we have had 
 handed down to us. It was not till the 4th century that they 
 were placed in the list of heretics. 
 
 NA'ZARETH, a town of Palestine, in Syria, Asia, famous 
 for being the residence of our Lord in the early part of his life. 
 It is greatly reduced in size. Superstition and poetry have pre- 
 served sacred names for some sites. Lat. 32. 44. N. Long. 35. 
 19. E. 
 
 NA'ZARITE, in the Jewish Law, a person under a special 
 vow, as Samson and John the Baptist were. 
 
 NEAGH, LOUGH, or Lake, in Ulster, Ireland. It is 18 miles 
 long and 12 broad. It communicates with the sea by means of 
 the river Barne. 
 
 To NEAL, (rieel) v. a. [on«/«n, Sax.] to temper by heating and 
 cooling gradually. — v, n. to be tempered by fire. 
 
 NEAL, DANIEL, a Dissenting ministerof London, in the be- 
 ginning of last century, who wrote the History of the Puritans, 
 and the History of New England. He died in 1743, aged 65 years. 
 
 NEAP, {neep) a. [iiepjha, Sax.] low ; decreasing : applied only 
 to the tide, and sometimes used as a substantive. Neap-tides are 
 those which happen when the moon is either about 9 or 24 
 davs old. 
 
 NEAR, (neer) prep, [ner, Sax. naer, Belg. and Scot.] at a small 
 distance from ; close to. 
 
 NEAR, ad. almost at hand ; not far off. After go, not to want 
 much, or not far off. 
 
 NEAR, a. not far off; advanced towards the end of a design 
 or undertaking ; affecting; dear; inclining to covetousness. 
 
 NEA'RCHUS, one of the generals of Alexander the Great, 
 who conducted the fleet from India to the Persian Gulf. The 
 journal of this voyage, preserved by Arrian, is of great value in 
 the study of Ancient Geography. This general, in the subse- 
 quent part of the Macedonian empire, followed Antigonus. He 
 lived in and about 320 b. c. 
 
 NE'ARLY, (neerly) ad. at no great distance; affectingly; 
 pressingly; closely, used with concern. In a niggardly manner. 
 
 NE'ARNESS, (neerness) s. the quality of being at a small dis- 
 tance, or almost close to, applied to situation. Alliance of blood 
 or affection, applied to relations or friends. Too great care of 
 money, applied to expense. 
 
 NEAT, (neet) s. [Sax. naut, Isl. and Scot.] black cattle and 
 oxen, used collectively ; a cow or ox. 
 
 NEAT, {neet) a. [net, Fr.] made with skill and elegance, but 
 void either of splendour or dignity; cleanly. In Trade, pure; 
 unadulterated ; not spoiled by foreign mixtures. 
 
 NEATH, Glamorganshire. It is seated on a river of the same 
 name, over which is a bridge, where a number of small vessels 
 come to load coal. In the neighbourhood are iron forges, ex- 
 tensive tin works, smelting works for copper, and many coal 
 mines. A navigable canal has been cut from hence to the coun- 
 ty of Brecon. It is situated near the Bristol Channel, 200 miles 
 from London. Markets, Wednesday and Saturday. Pop. 4970. 
 
 NE'ATHERD, {ueStherd) «. [neathyrd. Sax.] one that keeps 
 black cattle. 
 
 NE'ATLY, (neetly) ad. in a cleanly manner ; in such a man- 
 ner as discovers skill and elegance, free from pomp, and with- 
 out dignity. 
 
 NE'ATNESS, (neetness) s. spruceness ; elegance, without 
 pomp, affectation, or dignity ; the quality of being free from 
 adulteration. 
 
 NEB, 8. [nebbe. Sax.] nose ; beak ; mouth. 
 
 NE'BULA, s. [Lat.] an appearance like a cloud in a human 
 body ; a film on the eye. In Astronomy, a cluster of stars, so 
 distant from the earth, as to appear to ordinary telescopes only 
 as dim and indistinct cloudlets. The gigantic telescope of Lord 
 Rosse has exhibited all that were thought to be unformed stel- 
 lar systems in their true character of clusters of stars. 
 
 NE'BULAR HYPO'THESIS, in Cosmogony and Astronomy, 
 
 NEC 
 
 a conjecture started by Sir W. Herschel and elaborated by La 
 Place, respecting the process of the formation of stellar and solar 
 systems, &c. Given, the material out of which the universe is 
 made, and a rotatory motion, and then, according to this hy- 
 pothesis, separate stellar sj'stems are first condensed ; next, in 
 each system, the multitudinous solar systems, including planets, 
 with their rings and satellites, and all that modern astronomy 
 wots of; leaving, in the case of our own solar system, an undi- 
 gested residuum of primal matter, that appears in the form 
 of a lens-shaped disc round the sun, as the xndiacal iight. Ex- 
 periments with globules of oil, and several other little things, 
 had proved this, analogically, to the contentment of all .specu- 
 lators, to whom law (whatever that is) was God ; when Lord 
 Rosse directed his telescope to the various nebulae, which had 
 given indirect or indistinct countenance to this hypothesis, and 
 instead of being luminous mists they were cluster of stars, 
 arranged in most varied and wondrous forms ; ahd the whole 
 structure was overturned, leaving the vestiges of creation to be 
 traced and delineated by those who believe in a Creator, and 
 hesitate not to ascribe to Him his own work. 
 
 NE'BULOUS, a. [nebula, Lat.] misty ; cloudy. 
 
 NECESSA'RIANS, s. in Philosophy and Theology, those who 
 are advocates for the doctrine of philosophical necessity. 
 
 NE'CESSARIES, s. such things as a person cannot live with- 
 out ; things necessary for the support of life. 
 
 NE'CESSARILY, ad. indispensably; by inevitable conse- 
 quence. 
 
 NE'CESSARINESS, s. that quality of a thing which renders 
 it such that it cannot be without it. 
 
 NE'CESSARY, fl. [necesse, Lat.] that which must be indispens- 
 ably done or granted ; that without which a thing cannot exist ; 
 impelled by an irresistible principle; conclusive; followed by in- 
 evitable consequences. 
 
 To NECE'SSITATE, r. o. to make necessary; to deprive of 
 choice ; to compel by irresistible force. 
 
 NECESSITA'TION, s. the act of making necessary, or com- 
 pelling in such a manner as cannotbe resisted. 
 
 NECE'SSITOUS, a. oppressed with want or poverty. 
 
 NECE'SSITOUSNESS, s. poverty ; want of things essential 
 to the support of life. 
 
 NECE'SSITUDE,s. want; need. 
 
 NECE'SSITY, s. in Metaphysics and Philosophy, signifies, 
 first, the inevitable consequence of a certain proposition from 
 those on which it depends in a syllogism, the opposite of which 
 must needs be false or absurd ; this is called mathematical or logi- 
 cal necessity : — second, the state in which irresistible power is ex- 
 erted to compel things to be and to do as they do and are ; as, 
 for instance, in the operation of the (so called) laws of nature ; 
 this is called physical necessity ; — third, the condition of beings 
 when left perfectly free, and treated as moral agents, in which 
 circumstances they ever act in accordance with the principle, or 
 maxim, they have taken as their guide in respect of conduct, 
 though it is in their power to act otherwise; and this is moral 
 necessity. It is also used to signify an imagined state of subju- 
 gation, on the part of men, to the operation of the decrees of ab- 
 solute power, in conformity with which they must act and be ; in 
 which case it is equivalent to Fate, and its consistent believers 
 to Fatalists. Generally, it .signifies a state of poverty, or want of 
 those things without which life cannot be supported. 
 
 NECK, s. \nech, Belg. hneca. Sax.] in Anatomy, that part of 
 the body which supports the head, and is between it and the 
 body. Figuratively, a long, narrow part. On the neck, means 
 immediately after, from one following another closely. 
 
 NE'CKCLOTH, s. a piece of linen worn round the neck. 
 
 NE'CKER, JAMES, the celebrated minister of finance to Louis 
 XVI., who was the occasion of the outbreak of the Revolution. 
 He was a native of Geneva, and was first clerk, and afterwards 
 partner, in the house of Thelusson, the Parisian banker. His 
 wealth, and his pamphlets on questions of finance, introduced 
 him to the notice of the ministry, who were at their wit's end, 
 through fruitless attempts to choke the deficit in the revenue. He 
 held at first a subaltern post, and was finally the finance minister. 
 He managed matters just as he would have done in his bank ; 
 and, as circumstances were, such a pilot could only steer to bank- 
 ruptcy. Yet he was the only man who could see at all into the 
 inextricably involved affairs of the treasury, and after a resigna- 
 tion, and pettish retirement to Switzerland, he was recalled, 
 4 I 2 Oil 
 
NEG 
 
 and soon became the idol of the people. His publication of the 
 condition of the revenue, laid bare a whole world of abomina- 
 tions ; his being a Protestant, and literary man, ingratiated him 
 still more with the spirit of the day; his rigid honesty, which 
 would make no distinction between the burdens of the great and 
 of the little, raised him still higher; and to crown all, he ob- 
 I tained both the promise and the performance of the summoning 
 of the States-general. He then found greater difficulties than 
 ever, and so left things to settle themselves; which resulted in 
 the third estate obtaining all the power, and declaring itself the 
 National Assembly. In the midst of the turmoil Necker was 
 dismissed ; and the populace of Paris rose, and from mourning 
 over him proceeded to the attack and capture of the Bastile. He 
 was soon recalled ; but his popularity was passed away ; the 
 people had advanced more in a few months than he had in years, 
 and further advance was out of his power. He returned again 
 to Switzerland, and amused himself with pursuits more harm- 
 less and obscure than the guidance of revolutions. He died in 
 1804, aged 70 ^ears. 
 
 NE'CKLACt, s. a string of beads or jewels worn by way of 
 ornament round a woman's neck. 
 
 NE'CROMANCER, s. [nekros and mantis, Gr.] one that con- 
 verses with ghosts, or reveals secret things by means of the 
 dead ; a conjurer. 
 
 NECROMANCY, s. the art of revealing future events by con- 
 versing with the dead ; enchantment. 
 
 NECRO'SIS, s. [nekros, Gr.] in Surgery, the death of any of 
 the bony parts of the animal frame. 
 
 NE'CTAR, s. [Gr.] a liquor said to be drunk by the gods, and 
 that whoever drank of it should be immortal. 
 
 NE'CTARED, a, tinged, mingled, or abounding with nectar. 
 
 NECTA'RKOtJS, a. [nektar, Gr. nectareus, Lat.] resembling 
 nectar; as sweet as nectar. 
 
 NE'CTARINE, s. [Fr.] in Horticulture, a delicious fruit of the 
 plum or peach kind. 
 
 NEED, s. [neod. Sax. nood, Belg.] a pressing difficulty ; want ; 
 distressful poverty ; want of any thing useful or serviceable. 
 
 To NEEI), V. a. to want ; to require ; to be in want of. — v. n. 
 to be wanted, or necessary. 
 
 NEE'DER, s. one that wants, or cannot do without a thing. 
 
 NEE'DFUL, a. necessary; not to be done without ; indispens- 
 ably requisite. 
 
 NEE'DFULLY, ad. in such a manner as to be necessary. 
 
 NEE'DFULNESS, s. the quality of being necessary to an 
 effect or end. 
 
 NEE'DHAM, Suffolk. It has some trade in Suffolk blues and 
 cloths; the poorer sort of women are employed in spinning and 
 weaving bonelace. It is seated on the river Orwell, 73 miles 
 from London. Market, Wednesday. Pop. 1353. 
 
 NEE'DINESS, s. the quality of being in want of things essen- 
 tial to the support of life, 
 
 NEE'DLE, «. {iiadl. Sax.] a small slender piece of steel, used 
 1 bar, which 
 in the sea compas 
 
 in sewing; the small steel 
 
 points towards the north 
 
 NEE'DLES, two sharp-pointed rocks at the N. VV. end of the 
 Isle of Wight, so called from their sharp extremities. Lat. 50. 
 40. N. Long. 1. 29. W. 
 
 NEE'DLEFISH, s. in Natural History, a kind of sea-fish. 
 
 NEE'DLEFUL, «. as much thread as generally is used with a 
 needle. 
 
 NEE'DLER, Nee'dlemaker, s. a person that makes needles. 
 
 NEE'DLEWORK, s. any work performed with a needle ; em- 
 broidery. 
 
 NEE'DLESS, a. unnecessary; not requisite ; not wanted. 
 
 NEE'DLESSLY, ad. without obligation or necessity. 
 
 NEE'DLESSNESS, s. the quality of being unnecessary. 
 
 NEEDS, ad. [nedes. Sax.] necessarily; by irresistible force or 
 compulsion ; indispensably. 
 
 NEEDY, a. distressed by poverty ; wanting the necessaries 
 of life. 
 
 NE'ER, a contraction of Never. 
 
 To NEESE, (neeze) v. n. [nyse, Dan.] to discharge breath vio- 
 lently, and by a convulsive motion, through the nose. 
 
 NEFA'RIOUS, a. [nefas, Lat.] excessively wicked. In Law, 
 unlawful. 
 
 NEGATION, s. [negatio, from nego, Lat.] denial, opposed to 
 affirmation or assent. Refusal, opposed to consent. The ab- 
 
 NEI 
 
 sence of that which does not naturally belong to the thing we 
 are speaking of, or which has no right, obligation, or necessity 
 to be present with it. 
 
 NE'GATIVE, a. [riegaticus, from nego, Lat.] denying, opposed 
 to affirming. Implying the absence of something; having the 
 power to withhold, though not to compel. Negative qtuintity, 
 in Mathematics, a quantity which is, in common phrase, less 
 than nothing, but which by a slight extension of tne meaning 
 of a term or two, and by the use of the negative sign, in Algebra, 
 can be treated as if it had an actual existence, as well as exist- 
 tence to our thoughts. In Geometry, the extension of a few 
 common terms introduces the same results. 
 
 NE'GATIVE, s. a proposition by which something is denied. 
 In Grammar, a particle made use of to imply denial ; as, not. 
 NE'GATIVELY, ad. with denial ; in the form of a denial. 
 To NEGLE'CT, I', a. \negligo, Lat.] to omit by carelessness ; 
 to refuse ; to treat with scornful heedlessness ; to postpone some- 
 thing that should be done. 
 
 NEGLE'CT, s. [negkctiis, from negligo, Lat.] inattention ; care- 
 less treatment, or scornful heedlessness; omission of something 
 which ought to be done. 
 
 NEGLE'CTER, s. one who wilfullv, scornfully, or heedlessly 
 omits doing something which he ought to do. 
 
 NEGLE'CTFUL, a. heedless ; omitting through scorn, heed- 
 lessness, or inattention. 
 
 NEGLE'CTFULLY, ad. so as to omit some duty for want of 
 
 attention or caution ; treating in a cold and indifferent manner. 
 
 NEGLIGENCE, s. \Vx.negligentia, Lat.] the habit of omitting 
 
 some duty by heedlessness, or want of attention ; want of care 
 
 or caution. 
 
 NE'GLIGENT, a. [Fr. negligcns, Lat.] careless ; heedless ; in- 
 attentive ; scornfully regardless. 
 
 NE'GLIGENTLY, ad. in a careless, heedless, or unexact 
 manner. 
 
 To NEGOTIATE, {negoshiate) v. n. [negocier,Fr. from negotium, 
 Lat.] to carry on the trade of a merchant ; to traffic ; to enter 
 into treaty with a foreign state; to pass a bill or draught for 
 money. 
 
 NEGOTIATION, (negoshidshon) s. a treaty of business; a 
 treaty with a foreign state. 
 
 NEGOTIATOR, (negoshidtor) s. \,iegotiateur,Vr.'] one employed 
 to treat with others ; one that transmits or pays away bills drawn 
 on foreigners. 
 
 NEGOTIATING, (negdsMating) part, employed in treating 
 with others ; passing bills drawn on foreigners. 
 
 NE'GRO, s. [Span.] one of the varieties of the human race, 
 inhabiting the tropical regions of Africa ; distinguished by the 
 woolly-seeming hair, the projecting mouth, the form of the 
 legs, &c. 
 
 NE'GROLAND, or Nigri'tia, the general name of that part 
 of Africa through which the great river Quorra runs, lying be- 
 tween the Great Desert and the Atlantic Ocean. It is also call- 
 ed Soudan. 
 
 NE'GROPONT, an island of Greece. It is near 100 miles 
 Jong, and from 8 to IG broad. It abounds in corn, wine, oil, 
 fruits, flesh, fish, and fowls, and provisions of all kinds. A 
 bridge reaches from the island to the continent, across the Strait 
 of Negropont. 
 
 NEHEMI'AH, an eminent leader of the Jews on the return 
 from the captivity at Babylon. The services he rendered to his 
 degraded and dejected countrymen are recorded in the book of 
 the Old Testament that bears his name. His character was one 
 of the purest patriotism, and he suffered nothing to hinder him 
 in his endeavours to secure and to elevate those who were placed 
 under his guidance. From some things in the Book of Nehe- 
 miah, it is evident that additions were made to it long after his 
 time. In the Septuagint it is ascribed to Ezra, under the title 
 of the Second Book of Esdras. He died in 420 b. c, having go- 
 verned Judea about 30 years. 
 
 To NEIGH, {ney) v. n. [hncegan, Sax.] to make a noise like a_ 
 horse. 
 NEIGH, (ney) s. the noise made by a horse. 
 NEI'GHBOUR, (neyhur) s. [nthgebur, Sax.] one who lives near 
 to another; one familiar to another; any thing situated near or 
 next to another; intimate; confidant. 
 
 To NEI'GHBOUR, v. a. to adjoin to; to confide on; to ac- 
 quaint with ; to make near to. 
 
'^ 
 
'Mtf"^* 
 
 
NEO 
 
 NEI'GHBOURHOOD, {neyhurhud) s. [nehgeburhade. Sax.] a 
 place situated near another; the state of being near to each 
 other ; those that live near one another. 
 
 NEIGHBOURLY, {nei/burhj) ad. in the manner of a neigh- 
 bour; in a social and civil manner. 
 
 NEISSE, a city and principality of Silesia, in Prussia. The 
 bishop of Breslaw generally resides here, and has a magnificent 
 palace. The inhabitants carry on a considerable trade in linens 
 and wine. It is seated on the river Neisse, is fortified, and 
 abounds in educational and charitable institutions. Pop. about 
 about 12,000. Lat. 50. 19. N. Long. 17. 35. E. 
 
 NEI'THER, (nekher) conj. \nawther. Sax.] not either. When 
 used in the first branch of a negative sentence, it is answered 
 by 7ior. Sometimes it is used before the second branch of a ne- 
 gative sentence, when that is the most emphatic. Sometimes it 
 follows a negative at the end of a sentence, and often, though 
 not grammatically, yet emphatically, after another negative. 
 
 NEI'THER, juron. not either ; not one nor the other; not this 
 nor that. 
 
 NE'LSON, HORATIO LORD, one of the most celebrated of 
 the naval commanders of Great Britain. He was born at Burn- 
 ham, Norfolk ; and at an early age entered the service. His first 
 voyages were to the E. and W. Indies, and in one of the N. 
 polar expeditions. When the war broke out between England 
 and the United States, he was engaged in several of the minor 
 undertakings of the fleet ; and was so shattered in health, that 
 he stayed on land till the commencement of the war with 
 France. His career in this war, till his death, was one of vic- 
 tory ; with the exception of the affair at TeneriflTe. He was at 
 Toulon, Bastia, Calvi, St. Vincent, Teneriffe, Cadiz, the Nile, 
 Copenhagen, Boulogne, and Trafalgar. He lost an arm at 
 Teneriffe, an eye at Calvi, and his life in his crowning victory of 
 Trafalgar. His character as a naval commander was such as to 
 make him the idol of the whole service. Cool, fertile in expe- 
 dients, of undaunted courage; understanding every point of 
 tactics, and able to invent others; his presence carried with it 
 the assurance of triumph. In the part he had occasionally to 
 play, of statesman, he was not so eminent ; and his allowing or 
 commanding the execution of the Prince Carracioli has irreme- 
 diably stained his name. His private character is fully developed 
 in his infamous connexion with the! notorious Lady Hamilton. 
 He received honours almost without number ; and a magnificent 
 funeral in Westminster Abbey realized his highest ambition, 
 and closed his work here. He fell in 1805, aged 47 years. His 
 name has not, perhaps never will lose its charm for British sea- 
 men ; and the curious in strategy have remarked, that the 
 greatest general of modern times. Napoleon Buonaparte, and 
 the greatest admiral, Horatio Nelson, gained their victories 
 by the adoption of the same manoeuvre. 
 
 NE'LSON, ROBERT, an English churchman, not in orders, 
 but regarded by our school as, at least, a confessor ; of the lat- 
 ter part of the IGth century. He was an excellent man, modest 
 and learned; and inflexible in maintaining what are called 
 high-church principles. He was one of the stoutest friends of 
 the nonjurors ; and in that his opinions are sufficiently mani- 
 fested. His works were numerous, and all of them enforced 
 his ecclesiastical views ; the one on the Fasts and Festivals of the 
 Etiglish Church, is very popular with those who hold his opinions. 
 He died in 1714, aged 58 years. 
 
 NE'MEAN GAMES, one of the great national religious fes- 
 tivals of the ancient Greeks ; instituted, as they held, by Hera- 
 cles (Hercules) ; and observed at a village of Argolis, named 
 Nemea. They were celebrated every third year, and the crowns 
 bestowed were made of parsley. 
 
 NE'MESIS, in Heathen Mythology, one of the old Grecian 
 divinities, who personified the assurance of retribution for guilt. 
 
 NE'NNIUS, one of the early British historians. Very little is 
 known of him, though much that is fabulous is related. The 
 date assigned to him is sometimes the 8th and sometimes the 10th 
 century. His work, the History of the Britons, has some value, 
 from the absence of better documents, but needs careful se- 
 lection. 
 
 NEO'LOGY, s. [neos and hgos, Gr.] in Church History, the 
 name given to the theological system which arose in Germany, 
 as the fruit and expression of the philosophy, originating with 
 Hobbes and Locke, of England. It consists in the steady and 
 uncompromising rejection of every thing contrary to experience or 
 
 NER 
 
 common sense ; and sometimes bore the misnomer of Rationalism, 
 The growth of the Critical Philosophy has overturned it, or 
 changed its form completely. Yet there are in Germany, France, 
 
 England, and the United States, especially amongst the old school 
 of Unitarians in the last two countries, some who yet hold and 
 teach its cold and barren scepticism. 
 
 NE'OPHYTE, «. [Fr. tieos and phuo, Gr.] one regenerated; a 
 convert. 
 
 NEOTE'RIC, a. [neotericus, Lat. from neos, Gr.] modern; 
 novel ; late. 
 
 NEPAU'L, a territory of Hindustan, Asia. It lies amidst the 
 Himmaleh mountains, between British India and Thibet, and is 
 a long strip of about 500 miles by 100 miles in extent. The 
 mountains are in some cases 20,000 feet high ; and the rivers 
 are almost all tributaries of the Ganges. The soil is in part fer- 
 tile, and produces fruits, &c. &c., resembling those of the tem- 
 perate zone. It also has mines of iron, lead, copper, &c. And 
 it has wide forests which abound with game, &c. It has a good 
 trade, both in transit between Thibet and India, and in the ex- 
 port of their own productions. Catmandoo is its capital. Pop. 
 about 2,500,000. The religion most generally professed is 
 Buddhism, but Brahminism and Lamaism exist amongst the 
 people on the borders of India and Thibet respectively. 
 
 NEPE'NTHE, s. [ne and pcnthos, Gr.] in Antiquity, a fabled 
 potion or opiate, which rendered persons insensible to, or made 
 them forget, all their pains and grief. 
 
 NEPE'NTHES, s. in Botany, a very remarkable plant of inte- 
 rior Asia ; the end of whose leaves extends into a tendril with a 
 remarkably shaped cup, provided with a lid or cover at the ex- 
 tremity of it. In this cup is water, and some peculiar fresh-water 
 species of shrimp has been occasionally found in it. 
 
 NE'PHEW, (nevew) s. [neveu, Fr.] a brother or sister's son. 
 
 NEPHRI'TIC, (nefrUic) a. [nephros, Gr. nephriticus, Lat.] in 
 Surgery, belonging to the kidneys, reins, or vessels that con- 
 vey the urine ; troubled with the stone ; good against the gravel 
 and stone. 
 
 NE'POS, CORNELIUS, a Roman historian of the Augustan 
 age, whose Biographies of Greek and Soman Generals are well 
 known, being a common school-book. Some doubts are enter- 
 tained by critics, however, respecting the genuineness of this 
 work. Neoos flourished about the Christian aera. 
 
 NE'POTlSM, s. [ncpotisme, Fr. nepos, Lat.] fondness for ne- 
 phews. This word is chiefly used to express the extravagant 
 power given by the ruling popes to their nephews, or other re- 
 lations, in ecclesiastical affairs, 
 
 NE'PTUNE, s. in Roman Mythology, the god of the sea. He 
 was the brother of Jupiter and Pluto, and the son of Saturn and 
 Ops. He is represented riding upon the waves, armed with a 
 trident, and sitting in a chariot drawn by sea-horses. In As- 
 tronomy, the name given to a recently-discovered planet, whose 
 orbit lies outside of that of Uranus. Its discovery was made 
 simultaneously by two young astronomers, Mr. Adams of Eng- 
 land, and M. Leverrier of France, by means of calculations 
 founded on Bode's law of planetary distances, and the observed 
 perturbations of the satellites of Uranus. The calculations were 
 made by each in ignorance of what the other was doing, and 
 the indifl^erence of some official astronomers of England alone 
 prevented Mr. Adams from being the first discoverer. This is 
 one of the most brilliant triumphs of modern astronomy ; and 
 expands the inductive philosophy into an instrument for the 
 prediction of facts, instead of chaining it down to the drudgery 
 usually assigned it. For furtherparticulars relating to this planet, 
 see Sor.Aii System. 
 
 NEPTU'NIAN, a. in Geology, the name borne by a school of 
 theorists, at whose head was the illustrious Werner, who ex- 
 plained all phenomena by the action of water. It is nearly ex- 
 ploded now, in consequence of the advance made in the general 
 application of Bacon's philosophy. 
 
 NE'RO, CLAUDIUS CAESAR, one of the emperors of Rome, 
 successor to Claudius. He was son of one of the worst women 
 that ever disgraced the world ; and though, at first, under the 
 guidance of Seneca and Burrhus, he governed with lenity and 
 justice, he soon broke out into the most appalling tyranny. 
 One of^ his first murders was committed on his own mother. 
 Seneca fell by his orders. The detail of his crimes is impossible ; 
 and to make his debaucheries and cruelties seem tne more 
 frightful, he was wont to practise a kind of jocosity, such as 
 
 613 
 
NET 
 
 the joining in street frolics with young men of bis own age, simi- 
 lar to those practised by the Marquis of Waterford. Rome was 
 burnt down, in good part, during his reign; and he fixed the 
 crime on the Christians, who were forthwith subjected to a 
 frightful persecution ; whilst Nero amused himself with the con- 
 flagration, and with the punishments, which he knew to be un- 
 just, too. He fell, at last, by a conspiracy, committing suicide 
 in his abject terror of a retributive punishment, in 68 a. D., aged 
 31 years, and having reigned for nearly 14. 
 
 NE'RVA, MARCUS COCCEIUS, the successor of Domitian 
 in the empire of Rome, whose brief reign was a delightful con- 
 trast with the polluted and cruel tyranny of his predecessor. He 
 raised Trajan to the throne as bis co-emperor, and died in 98 
 A. D., having reigned not quite a year and a half. 
 
 NERVE, s. [nervus, Lat. nerf, Fr.] in Anatomy, a round, white 
 substance, like a cord, composed of several threads or fibres, 
 deriving its origin from the brain or spinal marrow, and dis- 
 tributed through all parts of the body, serving as the organ of 
 sensation or motion, and consisting of two kinds, called nerves 
 of motion and nerves of sensation. The beneficial operation of 
 the recently discovered anaesthetic, or stupor-producing, agents, 
 aether and chloroform, depends on this distinction. The nerves 
 of motion being unaffected, whilst those of sensation are be- 
 numbed by them. A sinew or tendon. In Poetry, any thing 
 which gives strength or is essential. 
 
 NE'RVELESS, a. faint; without strength ; weak. 
 
 NE'RVOUS, a. [nervus, Lat.] well strung; strong; vigorous; 
 relating to the nerves ; having its seat in the nerves. Having 
 weak or disordered nerves, in medical cant. 
 
 NE'SCIENCE, s. [«e and scio, Lat.] ignorance ; the state of 
 not knowing. 
 
 NESS, a termination added to an adjective, by means of which 
 it is changed to a substantive, signifying state or quality in the 
 abstract. Thus good is changed into goodness. — [nese. Sax.] used 
 at the ends of the names of places, a nose, promontory, or head- 
 land ; as, Inverness. 
 
 NESS, LOCH, one of the Scottish lakes, in Inverness-shire, 
 lying amidst lofty mountains, about 20 miles long, and varying 
 much in breadth. The waters of the Caledonian Canal pass 
 through it. The scenery on and around it is very beautiful. 
 
 NEST, s. [Sax.] a bed or structure formed by a bird or fowl, 
 for laying, hatching, and feeding her young in ; any place where 
 animals are produced; the young of a nest. Figuratively, a 
 receptacle or place of residence ; a collection of drawers, boxes, 
 or pockets, that communicate with each other, or belong to the 
 same frame. 
 
 To NEST, V. n. to build nests. 
 
 NE'STEGG, s. an egg left in the nest to keep the hen from 
 forsaking it. 
 
 To NE'STLE, v. n. to settle, harbour, or lie close and snug, 
 like birds in a nest. — «. a. to house, as in a nest ; to cherish, as 
 a bird does her young in a nest. 
 
 NE'STLING, s. a bird just taken out of the nest. 
 
 NET, s. [net, Sax.] a texture of cord, &c. woven or knit with 
 meshes, used as a snare for birds, fishes, &c. 
 
 NE'THER, a. [neother, Sax.] lower, opjAised to upper ; situated 
 in a lower place, or in the infernal regions. 
 
 NE'THERLANDS, or The Low Countries, a kingdom of 
 Europe, lying on the German Ocean, and bounded by Belgium 
 and Germany. It is about 150 miles in length, by 80 in breadth. 
 It is an almost unbroken level, and, near the sea, consists of 
 marshes that are preserved by huge dikes, or embankments, 
 which have been raised for the preservation of the land. Some 
 parts of it are actually lower than the sea-level. Its rivers are 
 the Rhine, the Scheldt, the Maese, the Yssel, &c., and it has an 
 inland sea, communicating with the German Ocean, called the 
 Zuyder Zee. Across the opening of this sea a range of islands 
 extends, one of which is Texel. The climate is in accordance 
 with these features of physical geography ; and the excellent 
 drainage alone, carried on by machinery, renders it fit for hu- 
 man habitation. It produces some corn, but more cattle, horses, 
 sheep, pigs, &c., with butter, cheese, and other things of this 
 kind. Its manufactures are known all over the world; they 
 are principally linen and woollen goods, with silk, sugar, gin, 
 &c. In trade it has always held a high rank, but the carrying 
 trade, which at one time they almost monopolized, has been 
 much injured by the navigation laws of various countries. It is 
 614 
 
 NEU 
 
 divided into 10 provinces, Brabant, Guelderland, N. and S. Hol- 
 land, (a name often wrongly given to the whole country,) Zee- 
 land, Utrecht, Friesland, Groningen, Overyssel, and Drent. (See 
 these names.) To which may be added the Grand Duchy of Lux- 
 emburg, which belongs to the king of the Netherlands, (see 
 Luxemburg,) and the Duchy of Limbiirg. (See Limburg.) The 
 capital is Amsterdam. Pop. about 3,000,000. 
 
 NE'THERMOST, a. [the superlative of nether ,] lowest ; below 
 any thing that it is compared with. 
 
 NE'TTING, s. a piece of net-work. 
 
 NETTLE, s. [netel. Sax.] in Botany, a stinging herb. 
 
 To NETTLE, v. a. to sting, irritate, or provoke. 
 
 NETWORK, s. the work with which a net is made ; any 
 thing made with interstices resembling the meshes of a net. 
 
 NE'VA, the river on which St. Petersburg stands, which con- 
 nects the lake Ladoga with the Gulf of Finland. 
 
 NE'VER, ad. [najre. Sax.] at no time, either past, present, or 
 to come; in no degree; none, or not a single one, " He answer- 
 ed him to never a word," Jfatt. xxvii. 14. This word is used in 
 a form of speech which is a solecism ; as in, " He is mistaken, 
 though ttever so wise;"— which should be, "He is mistaken, 
 though ever so wise ; " — or else supplying the ellipsis, thus, " He 
 is mistaken, though there never was a person so wise." In this 
 sense, it always includes a comparison, and is followed by so. 
 
 NEVE'RS, the capital of the department of Ni^vre, in France, 
 It stands on the Loire, and is not a very well-built town. It has 
 a cathedral, two palaces, and some government buildings. Seve- 
 ral excellent educational institutions are here. It is a great 
 place for iron manufactures of all kinds, and for other manufac- 
 tures also. It is 140 miles from Paris. Pop, about 16,000. 
 Lat. 47. 0. N. Long. 3. 9. E. 
 
 NE'VERTHELESS, ad. notwithstanding. 
 
 NEUFCHA'TEL, a canton of Switzerland, lying next to 
 France, and bounded by the cantons of Bern and Vaud. It is 
 about 30 miles long, and 20 broad. It is in the midst of the Ju- 
 rassic mountains, some of whose peaks are 3000 feet high. The 
 Doubs is its chief river. The air is healthy and temperate, but 
 the soil is not every where alike fertile ; it produces, however, a 
 good deal of wine, both white and red. There is a great deal of 
 manufacturing industry also displaced. The capital is of the same 
 name, and is situated at the end of the lake ot Neufchatel. It is 
 2.5 miles from Bern. Pop. about 7000. Lat. 47. 7. N, Long, 7, 
 33. E. This canton is held as a principality by the king of Prus- 
 sia. Pop. about 60,000. It is called Neuenherg in Germany. 
 
 NEUFCHA'TEL, LAKE OF, in Switzerland, is 25 miles long, 
 by 5 broad. It lies between the canton of the same name and 
 that of Bern. It receives the waters of the rivers Orbe, Reuse, 
 Seyon,&c. ; and discharges its own into the Rhine, through 
 the lake Bienne and the river Aar. Neufchatel stands on its 
 banks. 
 
 NE'VIS, one of the W. Indian islands, divided from St. Chris- 
 topher's by a narrow channel. Here are springs of fresh water, 
 and a hot bath, much of the same nature as those of Bath in 
 England. It is a small island, but very fruitful, and a colony of 
 the English. Charlestown is its only town. Pop. about 10,000. 
 Lat. 17. 14. N. Long. 62. 35. W. 
 
 NEURA'LGIA, s. [neuron and algos, Gr.] in Nosology, a dis- 
 ease of the nerves, whose chief symptom is the most acute pain, 
 usually confined to some one nerve, and occasionally shooting 
 along it to its very extremities. One of the most common and 
 distressing varieties of this disease is the tic doloureux, 
 
 NEURO'LOGY, s. [neuron and logos, Gr.] a description of, or 
 discourse concerning, the nerves. 
 
 NEUROTOMY, s. [neuron and Umno, Gr.] the anatomy of the 
 nerves. 
 
 NEUTER, a. [Lat.] indifferent; not engaged in or taking 
 part with either side. In Grammar, applied to a noun or adjec- 
 tive, &c. which implies no sex : applied to a verb, that which 
 sig^nifies neither action nor passion, but some state or condition 
 of being ; as, I sit. 
 
 NEUTER, s. one' indifferent, or not engaged in any party. 
 
 NEUTRAL, a. [Ft. fwm neuter, Lat.} indifferent; not acting; 
 not engaged on either side ; neither good nor bad. In Chemis- 
 try, neither acid nor alkaline. 
 
 NEUTRAL, s. one who does not act or engage on either side. 
 
 NEUTRA'LITY, s. a state of indifference, of neither friend- 
 ship nor hostility ; a state between good and evil. 
 
t 
 
 NEW 
 
 To NEUTRALIZE, v. a. to render neutral. 
 
 NEUTRALLY, ad. in an indifferent manner; on neither side. 
 
 NEW, a. [neow, Sax.] lately made or had ; fresh ; not used ; 
 modern; having the effect of novelty; not accustomed or fa- 
 miliar ; renewed or repaired, so as to recover its first state ; fresh 
 after any cessation or impediment; of no ancient extraction. 
 Generally applied to things in the same sense as young is to per- 
 ,sons. In Composition, it signifies newly, or lately. 
 
 NEW'ARK-UPON-TRENT, Nottinghamshire. It is seated 
 on the river Trent, over which is a bridge into a small island, 
 made by the river. Here is a handsome and most spacious mar- 
 ket-place. The trade is chiefly in corn, cattle, wool, &c. ; and 
 there is a considerable manufacture of malt, and a small one of 
 sacking. It once had a magnificent castle, of great importance, 
 now in ruins. It is 124 miles from London. Market, Wednes- 
 day. Pop. 10,195. 
 
 NEW BE'DFORD, a town of Massachusetts, United States. 
 It stands on the Acushnet river, and is very regularly laid out. 
 The town-house, court-house, and custom-house, with other 
 public buildings, are fine structures. The whale fishery is the 
 chief support of this place. There are several manufactures car- 
 ried on, and ship-bunding is a very considerable business. It is 
 434 miles from Washington. Pop. 15,000. 
 
 NEW BRITAIN. See Britain, New. 
 
 NEW BRU'NSWICK, a town of New Jersey, United States. 
 It stands on the Raritan river, over which is a bridge. It is 
 connected with an extensive scheme of railways, and is at the 
 end of a fine and useful canal. There are many fine buildings 
 in the upper part of the town. Rutger's College is here, which 
 has a good library. It is 193 miles from Washington. Popu- 
 lation, 8693. 
 
 NEW BRU'NSWICK, the name of one part of British N. 
 America. It lies on the Gulf of St. Lawrence, and is bounded 
 by Nova Scotia, the United States, and Canada. It has several 
 hills of some height, but is not mountainous. It is chiefly 
 covered with dense forests, and has some wide swamps, but, 
 where cleared, the soil is rich and fertile. The river St. Law- 
 rence flows on one side of it ; St. John, St. Croix, the Mirami- 
 chi, are its other rivers. Iron, copper, and other metals, with 
 coal, and many valuable kinds of^ stone and marble, abound. 
 It has also excellent salt, and other kinds of mineral springs. 
 The timber of the forests is of the most useful kind. The fur 
 trade is carried on here with success. Game and fish are plenti- 
 ful. Frederickstown is the capital. Pop. about 100,000. 
 
 NEWBURY, Berkshire. It has a handsome market-house, 
 and is seated on the river Kennet. It was formerly eminent for 
 the clothing manufacture, but is much declined in this respect; 
 yet many of the people are employed in spinning. It is 56 m iles 
 from London. Market, Thursday. Pop. 6379. 
 
 NEW'BURYPORT, a town of Massachusetts, United States. 
 It stands at the mouth of the Merrimac, and has a safe and 
 spacious harbour. The place is regularly built, and has some 
 handsome public edifices. Its fisheries are of considerable value. 
 It is 478 miles from Washington. Pop. 7161. The celebrated 
 English preacher, George Whitefield, died and is buried here. 
 
 NEWCASTLE, or Newcastle-upon-Tyne, Northumber- 
 land. It is situated among steep hills, on the Tyne, which is 
 here a fine and deep river; so that ships of 3 or 4 hundred tons 
 burden may safely come up to the town, though the large colliers 
 are stationed at Shields. It is a very secure haven, and is* de- 
 fended by Clifford's Fort, which effectually commands all vessels 
 that enter the river. The town may be considered as divided 
 into two parts, of which Gateshead, on the Durham side, is one; 
 and both are joined by a fine stone bridge consisting of 9 arches. 
 The town rises on the N. bank of the river, where the streets 
 upon the ascent are exceedingly steep. Many of the houses are 
 built of stone, but some of them are timber, and the rest of brick. 
 The castle, which is old and ruinous, overlooks the whole town. 
 The exchange, church-houses, and other public buildings, are 
 elegant ; and the quay for landing goods is long and large. Here 
 is a hall for the surgeons, a large hospital, built by the contri- 
 bution of the keel-men, for the maintenance of the poor of their 
 fraternity ; and several other charitable foundations. It is situ- 
 ated in the centre of the great collieries, which have for centuries 
 supplied London, all the eastern, and some of the midland and 
 southern parts of the kingdom with coal. This trade has been 
 the source of great opulence to Newcastle; which, besides, ex- 
 
 NEW 
 
 ports large quantities of lead, salt, salmon, butter, tallow, and 
 grindstones. Ships are sent hence to the Greenland fishery. It 
 also possesses manufactories of steel, iron, and woollen cloth ; 
 and in the town and neighbourhood are several glass-houses. 
 The streets in the old part of Newcastle are unsightly and nar- 
 row, but the newer parts are handsome and commodious. New- 
 castle is 270 miles from London. Markets, Tuesday and Satur- 
 day. Pop. 49,860. &e Gateshead. 
 
 NEWCASTLE, or Ne'wcastle-under-lyme, Staffordshire. 
 It has a manufactory of cloth, and a large one of hats, here being 
 an incorporated company of felt-makers. In the neighbourhood 
 are many manufactories of stone ware. It is seated on a branch 
 of the Trent, 149 miles from London. Market, Monday. Pop. 
 9869. 
 
 NEW COLLEGE, Oxford, was founded by the celebrated 
 William of Wykeham, in the 14th century. The buildings are 
 very noble specimens of architecture, and the chapel is richly 
 ornamented. It is a very rich establishment. 
 
 NEW'COME, DR. WILLIAM, an Irish prelate, who was an 
 eminent divine and biblical scholar. His works which are best 
 known, are his Harmony of the Gospels, and the Translations of 
 Ezekiel and the Minor Prophets. The principle on which these 
 translations are made is, however, too lax, and allows too much 
 conjectural emendation to give them much intrinsic value. But 
 they helped considerably to promote the study of the original 
 Scriptures, as did his other works. He died in 1800, aged 71 
 years. 
 
 NEWEL, s. the centre round which a spiral staircase is car- 
 ried. 
 
 NEW E'NGLAND. See England, New. 
 
 NEWENT, Gloucestershire. It is seated on a branch of 
 the Severn, navigable for boats. Some valuable mines of excel- 
 lent coal, the beds of which are of great magnitude, are here ; 
 and there is a navigable canal hence to Hereford. It is 114 miles 
 from London. Market, Friday. Pop. 3099. 
 
 NEWFA'NGLED, a. formed with a vain love of novelty. 
 
 NEWFA'NGLEDNESS, Newfa'ngleness, s. a vain or foolish 
 love of novelty. 
 
 NEW FO'REST, an extensive tract on the coast of Hamp- 
 shire, which was cleared and enclosed as a royal hunting-ground 
 by William the Conqueror. It covers about 90,000 acres. But 
 the real forest belonging to the crown, and held by a staff' of 
 officers, and protected by special laws and statutes, is about 
 60,000 acres ; the rest being under cultivation. 
 
 NEWFOU'NDLAND, a triangular island on the eastern coast 
 of N. America, forming the E. boundary of the Gulf of St. Law- 
 rence. It is 3-50 miles in length, and 200 in breadth. It is 
 hilly, and yields coal and other minerals. There is great plenty 
 of venison, fish, and fowls, but very little corn, fruit, or cattle; 
 upon which account the inhabitants have not only their clothes 
 and furniture, but provisions, from England. The great trade 
 of the island arises from the cod-fishery, on the Great Bank 
 near it. St. John's is its chief town. Pop. about 100,000. 
 
 NEWFOU'NDLAND DOG, s. in Natural History, a remark- 
 ably fine variety of the canine species, derived from a small but 
 excellent breed indigenous to the island of Newfoundland. They 
 are remarkably intelligent and docile, and have gained a good 
 name by the frequency with which they have saved persons 
 from being drowned. 
 
 NEW HA'MPSHIRE, one of the United States, N. America. 
 It lies on the Atlantic ; and is bounded by the States of Maine, 
 Massachusetts, and Vermont ; and touches on the province of 
 Lower Canada. It is about 100 miles long, and 50 broad ; 
 and is divided into 10 counties. It is mountainous in some 
 parts, having hills of above 3000 feet ; but near the sea is 
 level, and the coast is low and sandy. Its rivers are the Con- 
 necticut and the Merrimac, navigable in part for boats, and 
 several other smaller ones. It has also some lakes. It yields 
 coal, iron, and other valuable minerals. It is also a fertile coun- 
 try, the elevated parts affording fine grazing lands. It ex- 
 ports the produce of these lands, and of its fisheries. There are 
 many very valuable manufactories here of woollen, cotton, iron 
 goods, &c. &c. It has 28 banks. There are but 2 colleges. 
 Concord is its chief town, and Portsmouth its chief seat of trade. 
 Pop. 284,574. 
 
 NEWHAVEN,acityand semi-capital of Connecticut, United 
 States. It stands at the head of a bay opening into Long Island 
 
NEW 
 
 Sound. It is finely situated, and built with great regularity; 
 and has some splendid public buildings, which are gathered to- 
 gether in its centre. The houses are chiefly of wood ; and the 
 whole place has a quiet and rural aspect that is remarkable in a 
 city of such extent. It has many important institutions; one of 
 the chief of which is Yale College, which is the most valuable 
 in the Union. It has a fine set of buildings, with library, mu- 
 seum, and a good staft'of professors. There are here numerous 
 and extensive manufactories ; and its commerce is greater than 
 that of any other place in the same State. The harbour is safe, 
 but gets gradually shallower. It is 300 miles from Washington. 
 Pop. 12,960. Six other places in the States bear the same name. 
 
 NEW JE'RSEY, one of the United States, N. America, lying 
 on the Atlantic, and bounded by New York, Delaware, and 
 Pennsylvania, from which last it is divided by Delaware bay and 
 river. It is IGO miles long and 50 broad, and is divided into 18 
 counties. The N. part is mountainous, the middle is agreeably 
 diversified by hill and valley, and the S. is level and sandy. It 
 produces iron, and other valuable mineral treasures; corn, fruits, 
 cattle, tar, pitch, &c. &c. The rivers are the Hudson, the Dela- 
 ware, the Raritan, the Passaic, &c., and there are several excel- 
 lent bays. The commerce and manufactures are extensive. 
 There are 26 banks. There are also 2 colleges, with theological 
 seminaries attached to them. Trenton is the capital ; and New- 
 ark is a great place for trade. Pop. 373,300. 
 
 NEW LO'NDON, a city of Connecticut, United States. It 
 stands on the Thames, and is in general not very well built. 
 The harbour is one of the best in the United States, and is both 
 spacious and safe, and is defended by 2 forts. Beside various 
 manufactures which are carried on here, a great amount of ca- 
 pital is embarked in the whale fishery, with great profit. It is 
 353 miles from Washington. Pop. 5519. There are in the 
 Union 8 other places so named. 
 
 NEWLY, ad. lately; not long ago. 
 
 NEWMA'RKET, Cambridgeshire, on the borders of Sufl:blk. 
 It consists chiefly of one long well-built street, the N. side in 
 Sufl'olk,and theS. side in Cambridgeshire. It is chiefly celebrated 
 for horse-races, (its heath being the finest race-course in Eng- 
 land,) and the two meetings in April and October are the first 
 in the kingdom. It is situated in a healthy air, 61 miles from 
 London. Markets, Tuesday and Thursday. Pop. 2956. 
 
 NEWNESS, s. freshness ; the quality of being lately made, 
 discovered, or possessed. 
 
 NEW'NHAM, Gloucestershire. It is seated on the W. side of 
 the Severn, over which it has a ferry. It has to this day the 
 sword of state which King John gave with their charter. It is 
 112 miles from London. Market, Friday. Pop. 1105. 
 
 NEW ORLE'ANS, the capital of Louisiana, United States. 
 It stands on the Mississippi, about 100 miles from its mouth. It 
 is a very large place, and has 5 fauxbourgs. A huge embank- 
 ment protects it from inundation, its level being below that of 
 the river. The city is generally well built, and it has a great 
 number of squares. The public edifices, churches, &c. are fine. 
 Its situation for commerce is very commanding, having not only 
 the Mississippi, and all its branches, to bring trade to it; but 
 numerous canals and railroads also. The harbour is extensive, 
 and the river, near it, half a mile in width. Its inhabitants pre- 
 sent a most remarkable variety of manners, language, and appear- 
 ance, being in great part still of French origin. It is 1172 
 miles from Washington. Pop. 102,193 ; of whom 23,448 are 
 slaves. 
 
 NEWPORT, Hampshire, in the Isle of Wight. It is called 
 in Latin, Medina, from whence the whole island, on the E. and 
 W. sides of it, is called E. and W. Medina. It is situated almost 
 in the centre of the island, on the river Cowes, (which falls 7 
 miles below it into the sea, and which is navigable up to the 
 quay here for small vessels,) 91 miles from London. Markets, 
 Wednesday and Saturday. Pop. 3858. 
 
 NEWPORT, Shropshire. It has a handsome free-school 
 and a market-house ; and is 140 miles from London. Market, 
 Saturday. Pop. 2497. 
 
 NEWPORT, Monmouthshire. It is seated on the river Usk, 
 over which is a handsome bridge. It has a good harbour, 
 whence it has its name ; and is 147 miles from London. Market, 
 Saturday, Pop. 10,815. 
 
 NEWPORT, Pembrokeshire, Wales. It is seated at the bot- 
 tom of a high hill, on the Nevern, a fine navigable river, at the 
 616 ^ 
 
 NE W 
 
 bottom of a bay of the same name. 235 miles from London. 
 Market, Saturday. Pop. 1751. 
 
 NEWPORT, semi-capital of Rhode Island, United States. 
 It stands about 5 miles from the ocean ; and has a fine harbour, 
 easy of access, safe, deep, and capacious. It is most pleasantly 
 situated, and has some fine buildings connected with the govern- 
 ment, &c. Its commerce is considerable ; and it has good fish- 
 eries. It is 408 miles from Washington. Pop. 8333. There are 
 14 other places similarly designated in the United States. 
 
 NE'WPORT-PA'GNEL, Buckinghamshire. It is seated on a 
 small river, which soon after falls into the Ouse. It is noted for the 
 manufacture of bone-lace, for which it is a sort of staple ; and it 
 flourishes considerably on that account. It is 51 miles from 
 London. Markets, Wednesday and Saturday. Pop. 3569. 
 
 NEW'RY, Armagh and Down, in Ulster, Ireland. It is situ- 
 ated on the side of a steep hill, at the foot of which is the Newry 
 Water, having over it two stone bridges, and there is a third 
 bridge over a navigable canal, by which it has a communication 
 with Lough Neagh and Carlingford Bay. Newiyis so much im- 
 proved in its shipping trade, buildings, and the linen manufac- 
 ture, that it is now the largest town in the countj-. It is 50 
 miles from Dublin. Pop. 11,972. 
 
 NEWS, s. (used only in the jdural,) fresh account of some- 
 thing; something not heard before. 
 
 NEWSMONGER, s. one who deals in newspapers ; one who 
 makes it his business to hear and tell news. 
 
 NEWSPAPER, s. one of the essentials of modern life, and 
 the most effective means of spreading information respecting 
 every subject of civilized man's care. These daily, weekly, 
 and monthly sheets are, however, chiefly employed for the cir- 
 culation of political opinions, and whether they lead or follow 
 the opinions of their supporters, exert an influence on the com- 
 munity, which no other means of instruction and agitation can 
 approach. In the time of the Puritan Revolution of England, 
 they first assumed this station. During the French Revolution 
 they did more than all the orators and insurrections. In Eng- 
 land, America, France, and other countries that have a free 
 press, they are the chief organs by which the reflecting and 
 wise, and the designing and plotting, address the public ear; 
 and they are multiplied beyond belief. In Germany, and other 
 countries under a censorship, they are the means by which ab- 
 solutism secures itself against the people. In all the colonies 
 they play a very conspicuous part. And they are, indeed, one of 
 the most characteristic signs of the age. 
 
 NEWT, s. [Sax.] in Natural History, an eft; a small water 
 lizard. 
 
 NEWTON, SIR ISAAC, England's greatest mathematician 
 and natural philosopher. He was educated at Grantham gram- 
 mar-school, and at Cambridge, and began, during his studies at 
 that university, those great discoveries which have immortalized 
 his name. He was first appointed to a professorship at Cam- 
 bridge, and afterwards appeared in parliament, and was made 
 warden and master of the Mint. Perhaps his highest honour 
 was that of being president of the Royal Society. Queen Anne 
 knighted him, and he died in 1727, aged 85 years, receiving at 
 his funeral honours almost equalling those paid to royalty itself. 
 It will be impossible to give more than a brief and very imperfect 
 outline of his labours, because most of his discoveries were made 
 in the highest regions of science. In mathematics, he invented, 
 contemporaneously with Leibnitz, with whom he was in conse- 
 quence involved in a bitter controversy, \.\\e calculus, an instrument 
 of discovery, the powers of which are even yet but partly proved. 
 He called it the Method of Fluxions; and his notation has been 
 superseded by the clearer and more easy one, adopted by his 
 rival discoverer. Several of the most important steps preliminary 
 to this were also taken by him, and the power shown in them is 
 overlooked in consequence of the superior brilliancy of intellect 
 displayed in the crowning invention. His mind was of such a 
 penetrating character, that he found Euclid to be but a collec- 
 tion of axiomatic propositions; and at the same time, he was 
 able to use the method of Euclid in teaching, with the same fa- 
 cility and elegance that he employed his own analytical method 
 in making his discoveries. This mathematical faculty was the 
 basis of all his skill, and led him to those other branches of 
 science with which his name is more popularly associated. In 
 astronomy, he discovered and applied the law of gravitation, viY\\ch 
 he developed so as not merely to explain the observations of 
 
NEW 
 
 preceding astronomers, hut so as to correct their errors, and also 
 to anticipate other discoveries. He first placed the Copernican 
 system on a secure foundation, and opened the way to all the 
 splendid discoveries since made, including, especially, that 
 of the planet Neptune, and to all that Laplace and his fellows 
 taught and arranged. In optics, he proposed a novel hypothesis 
 respecting the nature of light, which has, however, been set aside 
 for that of Huyghens; he analyzed it, applied with astonishing 
 effect his mathematics to it, improved the construction of lenses, 
 invented a reflecting telescope, and, in fact, first made the study 
 of this branch scientific in its method ; to which may be traced 
 all the astonishing discoveries of later days. In his office of 
 Mint master, he also studied the nature of assays. In chrono- 
 logy, he proposed a new way of computing dates, by which many 
 errors were corrected. He applied himself also to the studj^ of 
 the prophecies of Daniel, and of the Book of Revelation, and 
 wrote a masterly essay on the interpolation in the First Epistle 
 of John, and the fifth chapter, relating to the three witnesses. 
 His great work is entitled Mathematical Principles of Natural Phi- 
 losophy, or, more briefly, Principia. His Optics, Universal Arithme- 
 tic, and other minor works are deserving of study. He also com- 
 municated a great number of papers to the Transactions of the 
 Eoyal Society, and left many unpublished MSS. His character 
 was quite in keeping with the genius of his works; calm, modest, 
 yet assured; and the bitterness of his controversy with Leibnitz 
 is, perhaps, more to be charged to the manners of the age, and the 
 proceedings which he adopted or allowed in respect of Vlamsteed, 
 to the petulant and feeble self-importance of the astronomer 
 royal, than to Newton himself. 
 
 NEWTON, JOHN, the friend of Cowper, and one of the most 
 affectionate and affecting preachers of evangelical truth, was an 
 English clergj-man atOlney, and afterwards at St. Mary's Wool- 
 notn, London. He was in early life a sailor, and of very bad 
 character; but after the striking change, which lie has so well 
 described, took place, he devoted himself to study, and to the 
 ministry. The friendship of Cowper was undoubtedly of great 
 advantage to him. His Hymns, and his Carcliphonia, and Letters, 
 are well known and universally esteemed. He died in 1807, 
 aged 82 years. 
 
 NEWTON, DR. THOMAS, an English bishop, v/hose Dis- 
 sertations on the Prophecies are a standard work on that subject ; 
 and whose editions of Milton, and Life of that poet, helped to 
 extend his fame. He died in 1782, aged 78 years. 
 
 NEW YORK, the most populous of the United States, N. 
 America, lies on the Atlantic, and stretches to the lakes Erie 
 and Ontario, and the Niagara and St. Lawrence rivers, which 
 divide it from Canada. It is bounded by Vermont, Massachu- 
 setts, Connecticut, New Jersey, and Pennsylvania. It is crossed 
 by two ranges of mountains, called the Catskill Mountains, the 
 Highlands, Adirondach Mountains, &c., and having some points 
 above 5000 feet high, and several surpassing 2000 feet. On the 
 E. and W. of these heights the surface is more level, or quite 
 plain. The rivers are the Hudson, the Mohawk, the Genesee, 
 black River, &c. &c., with St. Lawrence, Niagara, and others on 
 its boundaries. It has very many lakes, beside those next to 
 Canada; Lakes Champlain, George, Oneida, Cayuga, &c. &c. 
 Long Island, Staten Island, Grand Island, (above Niagara Falls,) 
 belong to it. Iron, coal, building-stones, and a great variety of 
 valuable metals and minerals are obtained abundantly. Corn, 
 fruits, timber, cattle, silk, sugar, wine, &c. &c. are produced in 
 great plenty. It has an immense trade; and its manufactures 
 are exceedingly extensive. There are 90 banks. And there are 
 13 colleges for general, theological, or medical purposes. New 
 York is its capital and greatest commercial place. Other places 
 of great importance will be noticed elsewhere. Pop. 2,428,921. 
 
 NEW YORK, capital of the State so named, in the United 
 States. It stands at the S. end of New York island, at the con- 
 fluence of the Hudson and East river, which connects its har- 
 bour with Long Island Sound. The old parts of the city are very 
 irregularly built, but the more modern parts are well built, with 
 wide and straight streets; to which pattern many of the other 
 parts have been conformed. Broadway, the great thoroughfare, 
 is 3 miles long, and 80 feet wide ; and several other streets are 
 proportionably fine. The most noble public buildings are the 
 merchants' exchange, the custom-house, the city hall, the hall 
 of justice, &c. &c. The Croton water-works are a very splendid 
 work, the aqueduct being 33 miles long. There are many noble 
 
 N IB 
 
 institutions here; such as Columbia college, and New York uni- 
 versity, each with excellent libraries, and every thing needful 
 in apparatus and professorships ; 2 theological seminaries, also 
 with good libraries; the college of physicians and surgeons, 
 and other educational and benevolent foundations. There are, 
 besides, 2 fine public libraries, and several others connected 
 with mechanics' and literary institutions, museums, galleries of 
 art, &c. &c. The churches are also fine buildings. And the 
 theatres, hotels, and other like establishments are handsome 
 structures. The principal part of the shipping lies in East river, 
 and ill its harbour (which is safe and commodious, being 25 
 miles in circumference) are always to be found vessels from all 
 parts of the world. Packet ships and steamers run regularly 
 to England and other parts of Europe, and to all the other great 
 ports in theStates. There are 30 banks; and manufactures of all 
 kinds are carried on. There are on all sides strong defences ; 
 and a considerable garrison occupies the barracks. Bridges 
 connect the city with several small islands, and with the main- 
 land ; and ferries, with Brooklyn, and other neighbouring towns. 
 It is 225 miles from Washington. Pop. 312,710. 
 
 NEXT, a. the superlative of near, [S-ax.] nearest, applied to 
 place. Immediately succeeding, applied to order. Nearest in 
 degree. 
 
 NEXT, ad. at the time or turn iinmediately succeeding. 
 
 NEY, Michael, a peer and marshal of France, and one of 
 the bravest of the generals raised by Napoleon. He was origin-, 
 ally a law-student, but disliking the profession, he enlisted as a 
 private; and in the first revolutionary war he displayed such 
 courage that he rose in less than nine years to the rank of gene- 
 ral of brigade. He was attached to Napoleon by every, tie that 
 could bind such a soldier, and he served with such distinction in 
 Germany, Prussia, Spain, Russia, and in the last German cam- 
 paign of the emperor. He received every mark of distinction, 
 and the epithet bravest of the brave. On the return of Napoleon 
 from Elba, he was sent to arrest his progress; atxl he deserted 
 to his side, carrying the army with him. He fought at Water- 
 loo ; and returned to Paris, where, after the capitulation, and in 
 spite of its express provisions, he was tried and shot. He fell 
 by this unworthy means, under the brand of treason, in 1815, 
 aged 40 years. 
 
 NIA'GARA,the river by which the waters of Lake Erie are 
 conveyed to Lake Ontario. It is about 33 miles long, and has in 
 its course one of the most magnificent cataracts in the world. The 
 river is at first some miles wide, but it contracts at the rapids; 
 and being divided below by Goat Island, forms two falls, the 
 larger of which is 407 yards in a direct line across it, but is bent 
 by the wear of the waters into a hollow form, which nearly doubles 
 its direct length. The fall on the American side is about 300 
 yards across, and its height ICO feet. The height of the horse- 
 shoe fall is about 150 feet. Under the arch formed by this 
 terrific torrent curious tourists often venture, but it is a perilous 
 experiment. The surface of the water immediately below the 
 fall is remarkably tranquil, and its rate not rapid, the great mass 
 of the waters escaping by an under current, which appears 
 about 4 miles down. A bridge is built over the smaller fall to 
 Goat Island ; and platforms are erected so as to enable visitors 
 to obtain the most favourable view of the scene. A railway has 
 been projected which will require a suspension bridge to be 
 carried over the river directly in front of the falls. Many foolish 
 stories are told of Indians being carried down in their canoes, 
 and. being alive in the pool below ; but when the Caroline drift- 
 ed over, she was literally shivered to atoms ; not being seen at 
 all beyond half the length of the rapids above the fall. It was 
 once reported that they were destroyed, — had become a mere 
 rapid ; but the structure of the rocks makes this impossible ; the 
 upper bed being a very hard limestone, and the lower a much 
 softer bed, and both lying almost horizontally; the cataract, by 
 wearing away the softer rock, and by the falling in of the upper, 
 has already cut a channel from the heights of Queenston, over 
 which it originally fell, and 'this process still continues, but 
 most slowly, and will continue till the channel be cut to the 
 lake Erie itself. The thunder of this immense mass of waters 
 falling may be heard 15 miles. 
 
 NI'AS, a. [niais, Fr.] simple; silly; foolish. 
 NIB,s. [neb. Sax. nebbe, Belg.] the bill or beak of a bird ; the 
 point of any thing, as that of a pen. 
 To NIB, V. a. to cut the point of a pen. 
 
 4 K 017 
 
Nl'BBED, a. having a point ; having its point cut. 
 To NI'BBLE, V. a. to bite by little at a time; to eat slowly; 
 to bite at. Figuratively, to 
 
 to bite, as a fish does the bait. 
 
 carp at or find fault with. 
 
 NI'BBLER, s. one that bites by little at a time. 
 
 NICARA'GUA, a large lake of Central America, lying E. of 
 Ihe Rocky Mountains ; and giving its name to one of the states 
 of Guatemala. 
 
 NICE, an ancient and considerable sea-port, on the confines 
 of France and Italy, capital of a county of the same name, in the 
 Sardinian dominions. It is very agreeably situated on a sharp 
 rock, with a strong citadel, at the mouth pf the river Pagliou, 
 and is a place of some trade. It is 83 miles from Turin. Pop. 
 about 30,000. Lat. 43. 42. N. Long. 7. 23. E. 
 
 NICE, a. \nese. Sax.] accurate in judgment to minute exact- 
 ness and culpable delicacy; delicate; scrupulously captious; 
 squeamish ; refined. 
 
 Nl'CELY, ad. in such a manner as discovers the greatest 
 accuracy, delicateness, and the most scrupulous exactness. 
 
 NICE'NE CREED, in the Roman and Anglican Churches, is 
 a formula of faith drawn up first at the council of Nice in the 
 year 325, which was assembled on occasion of the spread of 
 Arianism ; and finally settled at the council of Constantinople, 60 
 years afterwards. 
 
 Nl'CENESS,s. the quality of being minutely exact, superflu- 
 ously delicate, and excessively scrupulous. 
 
 NI'CETY, s. minute accuracy of thought or performance; 
 squeamishness; minute observance, or critical exactness; deli- 
 cate and cautious treatment ; effeminacy. In the plural, dain- 
 ties or delicacies in eating. 
 
 NICHE, «. [Fr.] a hollow or recess, in which a statue may be 
 placed. 
 
 NICK, s. [niche, Teut.] that exact point of time in which a 
 thing is most proper or convenient to be done; a notch cut in 
 any thing; a lucky cast; a score or reckoning. 
 
 To NICK, t-. a. to hit; to touch luckily; to perform at that 
 point of time which is most proper and convenient; to cut in 
 nicks or notches ; to suit like tallies cut in notches ; to defeat or 
 cozen ; to disappoint by some trick. 
 
 NI'CKEL, s. in Chemistry, is a fine white metal, ductile and 
 malleable, but of difficult fusion. It is attracted by the magnet, 
 and has itself the property of attracting iron. It is used most in 
 the manufacture of spoons, and other articles usually made of 
 silver. 
 
 NI'CKNAME, s. a name given to a person or body of men in 
 scoff' and contempt. 
 
 To NI'CKNAME, v. a. to call by some reproachful name. 
 
 NFCOBAR ISLANDS, a group of islands in the Indian Ocean, 
 taking their name from the largest amongst them. They lie 
 between Sumatra and the Andaman islands. They are hilly, 
 and mostly covered with woods, in which excellent timber is 
 found, and delicious tropical fruit. The inhabitants are Malays, 
 though differing in many things from those of the main-land, 
 and are not numerous. There is no European settlement on any 
 of them. Lat. 7. 7. N. Long. 93. 0. E. 
 
 NICOLAT, CHRISTOPHER FREDERICK, a German author 
 and bookseller of the last century. He was settled at Dublin, 
 and his works were chiefly critical, those best known being 
 Letters on tlw present State of Literature, and Anecdotes of Frederic 
 II. He edited the General German Library ; and was engaged in 
 many controversies, arising from the acerbity of bis judgments. 
 He died in 1811, aged 78 years. 
 
 NICOLA'ITANS, in Ecclesiastical History, a sect of the first 
 century, of whom nothing is certainly known beyond their con- 
 demnation in the Book of Revelation. 
 
 NICOME'DES, the name of three kings of Bithvnia, the se- 
 cond of whom was educated at Rome, and the third gave to the 
 empire of Rome its first Asiatic possession, for he bequeathed 
 his kingdom to it. This one died in 74 b. c. 
 
 To Nl'CTITATE, v. n. [nictito, Lat.] to wink. 
 
 NI'CTITATING MEMBRANE, in Animal Physiology, is an 
 inner eye-lid, which lies in the corner of the eyes of birds, and 
 is drawn rapidly in a horizontal direction across the cornea : it 
 is tran.slucent. 
 
 NT'DGET, s. [niding. Sax.] a terra with which a person was 
 formerly branded, who did not repair to the royal standard in 
 limes of danger; a coward. 
 618 
 
 NIG 
 
 NIDIFICA'TION, s. [nidm and/aew, Lat.] the act of building 
 nests. 
 
 NIDIRO'SITY,*. belching, attended with the taste of undi- 
 gested roast-meat. 
 
 Nl'DOROUS, a. [tiidor, Lat.] resembling the smell or taste of 
 roasted fat. 
 
 NIDULA'TION, s. \iiidulor, from nidus, Lat.] the time of re- 
 maining in the nest. 
 
 NIE'BUHR, CARSTEN, a celebrated German traveller. He 
 studied at Hamburg and Gottingen, and was engaged as geo- 
 grapher to the Danish exploring expedition to Arabia. He went, 
 besides visiting Arabia and Egypt, to India, Persia, and Turkey; 
 and returned to Copenhagen after an absence of nearly 6 years, 
 alone; his companions had all perished. The published narra- 
 tive of his travels is very interesting, and is known in England 
 by means of translations. He hela a situation under the go- 
 \ernment afterwards, and received various honours and rewards 
 for his services. He died in 1815, aged 82 years. 
 
 NIE'BUHR, BARTHOLD GEORGE, son of the foregoing, 
 the celebrated historian of Rome. He studied at Kiel ; and after 
 holding some subordinate situations, visited England. On his 
 return he received an appointment at Copenhagen ; and after 
 several changes, he finally entered the Prussian service. He 
 rapidly rose to be a privy counsellor; but afterwards retired to 
 a private and literary situation in connexion with the court. 
 He next appears as lecturer on Roman History at Berlin; but on 
 the outbreak of war again, he held another public post. On the 
 final establishment of peace, he was sent as ambassador to Rome, 
 where he had the opportunity of studying the very scenes of the 
 history he was to unravel and elucidate. After 7 years he re- 
 turned to Germany, and settled at Bonn, where he again lectured 
 on the History and Antiquities of Rome. The 3 davs of July at 
 Paris, and the Belgian revolution which followed, filled him with 
 such perturbation that he died in 1831, aged 55 years. Niebuhr's 
 great work was his Roman History: beside that he wrote some 
 smaller and less important ones, and edited a few classical works. 
 In his History he examined with keen eye and steady judgment 
 the original sources of Roman history, and exposes their true 
 value. It is a work of immense learning and research, and not 
 less originality. But in the proper sense of the word, the parts 
 he lived to finish are not history, but criticism. Dr. Arnold's 
 History may be looked upon as giving a fair exposition of the 
 results of Niebuhr's inquiries, and as exhibiting the genuine fruits 
 of Niebuhr's critical principles. Nothing can be more perverse 
 than the application of Niebuhr's method to the documents of 
 Scripture history, and especially to the narratives of our Lord's 
 ministry and works. Nothing like the spirit of Strauss can be 
 detected in Niebuhr; and yet he was writing only of secular 
 history, whilst Strauss was engaged on the history of man's 
 redemption. Niebuhr's private life and character was of the 
 most winning kind ; and the anxiety which brought him to his 
 grave, was not the result of cowardice, but of too great love for 
 those who had made his home so dear to him, and which he 
 feared would be spoiled by war. 
 
 NIECE, (neece) s. [Fr.] the daughter of a brother or sister. 
 
 NIEUENTYT, or NIEUWENTYT, BERNARD, a Dutch 
 philosopher and mathematician of the beginning of the last cen- 
 tury. His name is known in England, popularly even, by means 
 of a work on the works of nature, written in a deeply devout 
 spirit, and containing as much information as could be gathered 
 together then. He died in 1718, aged 64 years. 
 
 NiEVRE, a department of France, bounded by Cote-d'Or, 
 Youne, Loiret, Cher, Allier, and Saone et Loire. It is 70 miles 
 
 long, by about 60 broad. It is hilly generally ; and its rivers 
 are the Allier, the Yonne, and the Loire, and, among several ot 
 less note, the Ni^vre, a tributary of the Loire, whence it is 
 named, it yields granite and building-stones of several kinds; 
 and coal and iron are also found. Corn and wine are produced 
 in very great quantities; and cattle, &c. are plentiful. Abund- 
 ance of timber is procured in the forests, which are very spa- 
 cious. Iron is the chief article of manufacture. Nevers is its 
 capital. Pop. about 320,000. 
 
 NFGER. See QuoRRA. 
 
 NI'GER, C. PESCENNIUS, one of the military leaders who 
 revolted when the imperial throne was sold by auction to Di- 
 dius Julianus. He was attacked by Severus, who had dethroned 
 
NIL 
 
 Julianus, and defeated in several battles, and at length killed. 
 This was in 194 a. d. 
 
 M'GGARD, s. [ninggr, Isl.] a person who gives or spends little, 
 or with unwillingness. 
 
 NI'GG.ARD, o. sordid; avaricious; parsimonious; sparing. 
 
 NI'GGAKDISH, a. somewhat inclined to avarice or parsimony. 
 
 NIGGARDLINESS, s. avarice. 
 
 Nl'GGARDLY, a. avaricious ; sparing; wary. 
 
 Nl'GGARDLY, ad. in a sparing or grudging manner. 
 
 NIGH, (the yh in this word and its following derivatives is 
 mute in pronunciation ; as, nl, nlly, kc.) prep, \nijh, Sax.] not far 
 from. 
 
 NIGH, ad. at no great distance ; a place not far off. 
 
 NIGH, a. near ; at no great distance. Allied closely by blood, 
 applied to kindred. 
 
 NI'GHLY, ad. nearly; within a little. 
 
 NI'GHNESS, s. nearness; proximity. 
 
 NIGHT, (this word, and its following compounds and de- 
 rivatives, is pronounced with the gh mute, as, nit, nithj, nitingale, 
 &c.) s. [niht. Sax.] the time when the sun is below our horizon. 
 
 TO-NIGHT, ad. this night. 
 
 NI'GHTCAP, s. cap worn in bed, or in undress. 
 
 Nl'GHTCROW, s. in Ornithology, a bird that cries in the night. 
 
 NT GHTDOG, s. a dog that hunts in the night. 
 
 Nl'GHTDRESS, s. a dress worn at night. 
 
 Nl'GHTED, a. blind ; black. 
 
 NI'GHTFARING, s. travelling in the night. 
 
 Nl'GHTFOUNDERED, a. distressed for want of knowing the 
 way in the night. 
 
 NI'GHTHAG, s. a witch, supposed to wander in the night. 
 
 NI'GHTJAR, a, in Ornithology, a name given to the goat- 
 sucker, from the noise it makes. 
 
 NrGHTliNGALE, s. [night and galan, Sax.] in Ornithology, 
 one of the common British migratory warblers, whose song has 
 ever been the admiration of those who could appreciate the beau- 
 tiful. It is a plain bird, and very bold in its habits, and sings 
 both day and night. 
 
 Nl'GHTLY, ad. in the night; by night; every night. 
 
 l^'I'GHTLY, a. done or acting by night. 
 
 Ni'GHTMAN, s. one who cleanses bins, &c. by night. 
 
 NI'GHT-MAIR,'s. in popular superstitions, an evil spirit, called 
 also Incubus, which sits on the breasts of sleepers, and suggests 
 frightful dreams. It is one of the features of dyspepsia, and is 
 the penalty often paid by gourmands for the indulgence of too 
 substantial suppers. It also often arises, with persons of deli- 
 cate habit, from an inconvenient posture assumed during sleep. 
 See Incubus, Mare, &c. 
 
 NI'GHTPIEC'E, s. a picture, so coloured as to be supposed to 
 be seen by candle-light, not by day-light; a description of some 
 scene in the night. 
 
 NI'GHTRAIL, s. [rcyl. Sax. and night,'] a cover thrown over 
 the dress by night to keep it clean. 
 
 NI'GHTRULE, s. a tumult in the night. 
 
 NI'GHTSHADE, s. [niht seada. Sax.] in Botanv, a poisonous 
 plant of two kinds, one called the common, and the other dead- 
 ly, nightshade. 
 
 NI'GHTSHINING, a. glittering or shining by night. 
 
 NI'GHTVVALKER, s. one who roves in the night upon ill 
 designs. 
 
 NI'GHTWARD, a, approaching towards night. 
 
 NI'GHTWATCH, s. a part or time of night distinguished by a 
 change of the watch. 
 
 NI'HILLS, Ni'ciiiLs.in Law, issues which the sheriflf" says are 
 nothing worth and illeviable, from the insufficiency of the par- 
 ties that should pay them. 
 
 NIHI'LITY, s. [nihilite, Fr. from nihU, Lat.] nothingness; the 
 state or quality of being nothing. 
 
 NILE, a great river of Egypt, Africa, which rises in the moun- 
 tains of Abyssinia, from several heads, and very soon flows on 
 in one grand stream, along the hollow Egyptian valley. In some 
 parts of this river there are rocks, whence the water falls several 
 feet, and these are called the cataracts of the Nile. It overflows 
 regularly every year, from June to September, when it begins to 
 decrease. The fertility of Egypt depends upon this, which is 
 caused by the periodical rains wnich fall every year between the 
 tropics, and more particularly in Abj'ssinia. All the great cities 
 and towns of Egypt, ancient and modern, stand near this stream. 
 
 It is about 2000 miles long; and the Delta at its mouth rs equal 
 in extent to the whole of Wales. 
 
 To NILL, V. a. [_HiUan, Sax.] to reject ; to refuse. 
 
 NILL, s. the shining sparks of brass in trying and melting the 
 ore. 
 
 To NIM, V. a. [nemen, Belg.] to take. 
 
 NI'MBLE, a. [nunum. Sax.] moving or acting with quickness 
 or swiftness. 
 
 NI'MBLENESS, s. thequality of acting or moving with swift- 
 ness or quickness. 
 
 NI'MBLEWITTED, a. too quick in displaying one's own wit 
 and eloquence. 
 
 NI'AIBLY, ad. in a quick, swift, or active manner. 
 
 NI'MMER, s. a thief; a pilferer. 
 
 NIMUE'GEN, a strong town of Guelderland, in the kingdom 
 of the Netherlands. It stands on the Waul, and is built as most 
 Dutch towns are. There is a great deal of manufacturing industij 
 displa3'ed here. Pop. about 20,000. Lat. 51. 50. N. Long. 5. 
 48. E. 
 
 NI'NCOMPOOP, s. [a corruption oUion compos, Lat.] a fool or 
 silly person. 
 
 NINE, a. [niun, Goth.] a number consisting of one more than 
 eight, or one less than ten. 
 
 M'NEFOLD, a. nine times. 
 
 NI'NEPINS, s. a play wherein 9 pieces of wood are set in a 
 square in 3 rows, and knocked down with a bowl. 
 
 NI'NETEEN, a. a number consisting of nine and ten added 
 together. 
 
 NINETEE'NTH, a. next to the eighteenth, or eighteen be- 
 yond the first. 
 
 NI'NETIETH, a. the ordinal of ninety, or the tenth nine times 
 told. 
 
 NI'NETY,a. nine times ten. 
 
 NI'NEVEH, in Ancient Geography, a great city standing on 
 the river Tigris, and once capital of the Assyrian empire. Va- 
 rious accounts in old Greek authors confirm the descriptions of 
 it incidentally given in the Hebrew Scriptures ; and the prophe- 
 cies therein spoken against it, appear from the accounts of tra- 
 vellers to have been most completely fulfilled. Recent excava- 
 tions on the site it once occupied, have brought to light many 
 very curious antiquities, in sculpture, &c., which may cast great 
 light on the dim notices of this lost metropolis of the Eastern 
 world. 
 
 NI'NNY, s. [nino. Span.] a fool or simpleton. 
 
 NI'NNYHAMMER, s. a simpleton or fool. 
 
 NINTH, a. [negotha, Sax.] an ordinal, implying that a thing is 
 the next in rank, order, or number, beyond the eighth. 
 
 To NIP, V. n. [nijpen, Belg.] to pinch oflF with the nails; to 
 bite oflf' with the teeth ; to cut off by slight means; to blast ; to 
 pinch. 
 
 NIP, s. a pinch with the nails or teeth ; a small cut, a blast. 
 
 NI'PHON. &« Japan. 
 
 NI'PPERS, s. an instrument to cut the nails with, somewhat 
 resembling pincers. 
 
 Nl'PPLE, s. [nypele. Sax.] the teat. 
 
 NI'PPLEWORT, ». in Botany, a plant, with yellow composite 
 blossoms, and slender stalks, very much branched, called also 
 dock-cresses. 
 
 NISAN, in Jewish Chronology, a month of the Hebrews, an- 
 swering to our March, February, or April, according to the \ 
 course of the moon. 
 
 NISHNEI-NOVOGOROD, or Nishgokod, a populous town 
 of Russia, with a considerable trade, capital of the government 
 of the same name. As it was the appendage and place of resi- 
 dence of the ancient Russian princes, many of them lie buried 
 here. It is seated at the confluence of the Volga and Occa, 
 250 miles from Moscow. Pop. about 30,000. Lat. 56. 19. N. 
 Long. 44. 28. E. 
 
 Nl'SI PRFUS, 8. [Lat.] a judicial writ, so called from the 
 first words in it, "Nisi apud talem locum priiis venerint ;" i. e. 
 " Unless the justice, to take the assizes, come to such a place 
 before that day;" by means of which all easy pleas may be 
 tried in the country, before justices of assize: it is directed to 
 the sheriff to cause men to be impannelled to determine the 
 cause there, in order to ease the county, by saving the parties, 
 jurors, and witnesses, the charge and trouble of attending at 
 Westminster. 
 
 4 K 2 610 
 
NOC 
 
 NIT, s. [hnitu, Sax.] the egg of any small insect. 
 
 NITENCY, s. Initen, Lat.] lustre'; clear brightness.— [wifor. 
 Let.] endeavour; spring to expand itself. 
 
 NITID, a. [nitulus, from niteo, Lat.] bright ; shining. 
 
 NITRATES, s. in Chemistry, salts formed by the combina- 
 tion of any base with nitric acid. 
 
 NI'TRE, (mter) s. [nitre, Fr. nitrum, Lat.] in Chemistry, the 
 common name for the nitrate of potassa. Its chief use is in the 
 manufacture of gunpowder. It is also emploj'ed as an anti- 
 septic. 
 
 NI'TRIC, a. in Chemistry, belonging to nitre. Nitric acid, in 
 Chemistry and Commerce, or spirit of nitre, a compound of oxy- 
 gen and nitrogen gases, which is usually in solution with water, 
 and by manufacturers is called aquafortis. It is most frequently 
 made by distilling vitriol and nitre, and is rarely sold in a per- 
 fectly pure state. It is a strong, highly corrosive acid, and is 
 used in dyeing, in medical preparations, &c. &c. 
 
 NI'TROGEN, s. in Chemistry, also called azote, one of the 
 elementary gases, which is not inflammable, and cannot supj)ort 
 combustion, nor life; it enters into the composition of the at- 
 mosphere, in the proportion of 4 parts to 1 of oxygen. See 
 Azote, Air. 
 
 NITROUS, a. [nitreux, Fr.] impregnated with nitre; consist- 
 ing of nitre. Nitrous oxide gas, or protoxide of nitrogen, com- 
 monly called laughing gas, composed of 2 parts of nitrogen and 
 1 of oxygen, is colourless, with a slightly agreeable odour, and 
 a sweetish taste; is inflammable, and supports combustion, &c. 
 It will support respiration for a few minutes, and produces the 
 most exciting and delicious sensations and feelings, with a strong 
 tendency to laughter and muscular exertion; but though ge- 
 nerally followed by no unpleasant languor even, has in a ^w 
 instances produced very singular and even painful results. Ni- 
 trous acid, in Chenn'stry, differs from nitric acid, only in the pro- 
 portions in which the constituent gases are combined. In the 
 gaseous state it is red ; but liquid, colourless, or nearly so. 
 
 NITRY, a. impregnated with or consisting of nitre. 
 
 NI'TTY, a. abounding in nits. 
 
 NI'VAL, o. [nivalis, from nix, Lat.] abounding with snow. 
 
 NI'VEOUS, a. [niveus, Lat.] snowy ; resembling snow. 
 
 NIZA'M, [Hind.] the title of the native prince of Hydrabad 
 in Hindustan. See Hydrabad. 
 
 NI'ZY, a. a simpleton ; a dunce. ' A low word. 
 
 NO, ad. [na. Sax.] a word used to signify denial, refusal, and 
 resolution not to door consent. Sometimes it is used to con- 
 firm a former negative; and sometimes it strengthens a negative 
 that follows it. In a period which consists of several negative 
 sentences, it is placed in the first, and is answered by nor in the 
 following ones. 
 
 NO, a. not any ; none. It is generally placed in the first sen- 
 tence of a negative period, and answered by nor in the subse- 
 quent sentences. 
 
 To NOBI'LITATE, v. a. [nobilis, Lat.] to make noble ; to en- 
 noble. 
 
 NOBI'LITY, s. antiquity and dignity of family; the chief 
 persons of a kingdom, or those who, by their honours and titles, 
 are exalted above the commons ; dignity; grandeur; greatness. 
 
 NO'BLE, a. of an ancient and splendid family ; belonging to 
 the peerage; great; worthy; illustrious; exalted; elevated; 
 sublime ; magnificent ; stately; pompous, or becoming a noble- 
 man. Figuratively, free ; generous ; liberal. 
 
 NO'BLE, s. a peer, or one of l)igh rank. In Ancient Coinage, 
 a piece of money valued at six shillings and eight pence. 
 
 NO'BLEMAN, s. one who by birth, office, or patent, is above 
 a commoner. 
 
 NO'BLENESS, «. the quality which denominates any thing 
 or person great, worthy, generous, magnanimous, or above the 
 vulvar; splendour of descent or pedigree. 
 
 NOBLL'SS, s. [noblesse, Fr.] nobility ; the collective body of 
 nobles or noblemen. 
 
 NO'BLY, ad. of an ancient family, applied to descent ; in a 
 manner worthy of a person of ancient birth, high office, and 
 lofty sentiments; in a magnificent and splendid manner. 
 
 NO'BODY, s. not any one; no one. 
 
 NO'CENT, a. [noccns, from noceo, Lat.] guilty; criminal ; hurt- 
 ful ; mischievous. 
 
 NOCTA'MBULO, s. [„ox and ambuh, Lat.] one who walks in 
 the night in his sleep. 
 
 NOxM 
 
 NOCTIT)IAL, a. [nox and dies, Lat.] containing or consisting 
 of a night and a day. 
 
 NOCTI'FEROUS, a. [nox and fcro, Lat.] bringing night. 
 
 NOCTFVAGANT, a. [nox and vagor, Lat.] wandering in the 
 night. 
 
 NO'CTUARY, s. [nox, Lat.] an account of what passes by 
 night. 
 
 NO'CTURN, s. [twcturmis, Lat.] in the Ancient and in the 
 Roman Churches, an office of devotion performed in the night. 
 
 NOCTU'RNAL, a. nightly ; in the night. 
 
 NOCTU'RNAL, s. an instrument by which observations are 
 made in the night. 
 
 To NOD, V. n. [Brit.] to decline or bend down the head with 
 a quick motion ; to make a short or slight bow ; to bend down- 
 wards by a quick motion ; to give a sign by bending the head 
 downwards ; to be drowsy. 
 
 NOD, s. a quick motion of the head downwards; a motion 
 made with the head as a sign, or to show assent ; the motion of 
 the head in drowsiness; a slight bow. 
 
 NODATION, s, [nodus, Lat.] the state of being knotted, or act 
 of making knots. 
 
 NO'DDER, s. one who makes nods. 
 
 NODDLE, s. [hnol, Sax.l the head, used in contempt. 
 
 NO'DDY, .9. [naudin, Fr.]'a fool ; an idiot. 
 
 NODE, s. [nodus, Lat.] a knot ; a knob ; a swelling on a bone. 
 In Astronomy, applied to the two points wherein the orbits of 
 the moon or planets intersect the ecliptic. 
 
 NODOSITY, s. a complication, or something in the nature of 
 a knot. 
 
 NO'DOUS, a. knotty, or full of knots. 
 
 NODULE, 8. a small knot ; a small lump, 
 
 NO'GGEN, a. hard ; rough ; harsh. 
 
 NO'GGIN, «. [missel, Teut.] a small mug. 
 
 NOISE, {noize) s. [Fr.] any kind of sound, generally applied 
 to such as are unmusical, and implying excessive loudness; an 
 outcry, clamour, or boasting and impertinent talk. 
 
 To Noise, {iiolze) v. n. to sound loud, or so as to be heard at 
 a great distance. — v. a. to spread by rumour or report ; generally 
 followed by abroad. 
 
 NOI'SEFUL, (noizeful) a. loud. 
 
 NOl'SELESS, (noizeless) a. silent, or without sound. 
 
 NOrSINESS, {noiziness) s. loudness of sound ; loud clamour by 
 importunity. 
 
 i\OI'SOME,a.[«ojoso,Ital.] noxious; unwholesome; offensive; 
 disgusting. 
 
 NOI'SOMELY, ad. so as to be offensive and unwholesome, 
 
 NOrSOMENESS, s. the quality of occasioning disgust. 
 
 NOI'SY, (noizij) a. sounding loud ; clamorous. 
 
 NO'LI ME TA'NGERE, s. [Lat.] in Medicine, a cancerous 
 swelling, exasperated by applications. In Botany, a plant of 
 the sensitive kind, 
 
 NOLITION, s. [nolitio, from nolo, Lat.] the state of refusing or 
 rejecting, opposed to volition. 
 
 NOLL, s. [hnol. Sax.] a head; a noddle. 
 
 NO'LLEKENS, JOSEPH, a celebrated English sculptor of 
 the last century. He studied in Italy, and on his return, de- 
 voted himself to the most lucrative branch of his profession, the 
 carving of busts, by which he gained the favour of George III. 
 and realized a very handsome fortune. He executed several 
 monuments, few of which display any true art, and several classic 
 statues which are much admired. He was engaged byTownley 
 in working at the marbles now in the British Museum. His 
 bluntness was greatly esteemed by his admirers, and his penuri- 
 ousnessby his heirs and legatees. He died in 1823, aged 86 years. 
 
 NO'LLET, JOHN ANTOINE, a French abbe who prosecuted 
 the study of natural philosophy, and especially of electricity, 
 with some success, in the last century. He was professor of 
 physics at the college of Navarre, Paris, and belonged to several 
 of the learned and scientific societies of Europe. He wrote 
 several works on his favourite studies, mostly of a popular cha- 
 racter, and died in 1770, aged 70 years, 
 
 NO'MANCY, s. [nomance, Fr. nomen, Lat. and manteia, Gr.] the 
 art of foretelling the fate or fortune of a person from the letters 
 which compose his name. 
 
 NO'MBLES, s. the entrails of deer. 
 
 NOMENCLATOR, s. [Lat. nomenclateur, Fr.] one who calls 
 persons or things by their proper names. 
 

NON 
 
 NOMENCLATURE, s. [Fr.] the act of telling the names of 
 persons or things ; a vocabulary or dictionary. 
 
 NO'MINAL, a. [nomen, Lat.] referring to names rather than 
 things ; not real ; merely titular. 
 
 NO'MINALISM, s. in Philosophy, a doctrine held chiefly by 
 the opponents of Scholasticism, which for many years agitated 
 the learned world, and excited a rancour amongst the students 
 of high science, quite as fierce as religious fanaticism. At the 
 council of Constance, its adherents were very numerous, and the 
 opposition of John Huss to it, quite as much as his opposition to 
 the corruptions of the Church, brought him to the stake. It 
 may be stated briefly thus : it denied any objective reality to ge- 
 neral notions, which Itealism {which see) affirmed, and thus Ted 
 the way directly to modern Scottish and Lockian philosophy, 
 which relies chiefly, if not solely, on the testimony of the senses, 
 and the conclusions of experience. Its principal applications 
 were to the theological questions of the Trinity and the sacra- 
 ments, and happily, the disposition of these days being to deduce 
 our belief frani the Bible, rather than from Aristotle, makes it a 
 very small matter to us. 
 
 NO'MINALLY, ad. by name; with respect to its name; titu- 
 larly. 
 
 To NO'MINATE, v. a. to name; to mention by name; to en- 
 title ; to set down, or appoint by name. 
 
 NOMINA'TION, s. [rr.] the act of mentioning by name ; the 
 power of appointing by name, 
 
 NO'MINATIVE, s. \nominatif, Fr. nominativus, from nomino, 
 Lat.] in Grammar, that form of nouns and pronouns, which is 
 used to designate the subject in a simple sentence ; and of adjec- 
 tives and participles, to designate the attributes of the subject. 
 In other parts of the sentence it, however, is occasionally used to 
 express other notions, and in must languages has a distinguish- 
 ing termination. 
 
 NON, ad. [Lat.] an inseparable particle, which signifies, when 
 joined to words, the absence or denial of what they would imply 
 if it were not joined to them. 
 
 NO'NAGE, s. in Law, generally signifies all the time a person 
 continues under the age of 21 ; but in a special sense, it is all 
 the time a person is under the age of 14. 
 
 NONCE, «, [from once,} purpose ; design. 
 
 NON CO'MPOS ME'NTIS, s. in Law, is used to denote a per- 
 son's not being of a sound memory and understanding. Of these 
 persons there are four different kinds; an idiot, a mad-man, a 
 lunatic, who has lucid intervals, and a drunkard, who deprives 
 himself of reason by his own act and deed. In all these cases, 
 except the last, one that is non com^ws mentis is not subject to 
 capital punishment for any crime. 
 
 NONCONFO'RMIST, s. one who refuses to join the estab- 
 lished worship; a common designation of Protestant Dissenters. 
 
 NONCONFO'RMITY, s. the act of refusing compliance. In 
 Ecclesiastical History, the refusal to subscribe to the articles, 
 &c. of the Established Church, and to conform to its forms of 
 worship. SvNON. Though used commonly to express the same 
 thought as Dissent, this word refers ratiier to the act of refusing 
 to comply with external rites, creeds, &c. ; whilst Dissent re- 
 fers to difference of internal conviction and principle. &e Dis- 
 sent, &c. 
 
 NONE, «. [«e ane. Sax.] not one or any ; nothing.— a. no ; 
 not any. 
 
 NONE'NTITY, s. non-existence ; a thing that does not exist. 
 
 NONEXISTENCE, s. the state of not existing ; a thing with- 
 out existence. 
 
 NONJU'RING, (J. [non and jwo, Lat.] refusing to swear allegi- 
 ance to the sovereign. 
 
 NONJU'ROR, «. in the Church of England, the designation 
 of certain clergymen, who adhered to the cause of James fl. after 
 his abdication, and refused to swear allegiance to William III. 
 and his successors. 
 
 NO'NIUS. See Vernier's Scale. 
 
 NONNA'TURALS, s. it has no singular; such things as 
 being neither naturally constitutive nor destructive, do, not- 
 withstanding, both preserve and destroy in certain circum- 
 stances ; these physicians call the air, meat and drink, sleep and 
 watching, motion and rest, retention and excretion, and the passions 
 of the mind. 
 
 NONPARE'IL, *. [Fr.] matchless excellence. In Horticul- 
 ture, a kind of apple. In Printing, a small kind of type. 
 
 NOR 
 
 NO'NPLUS, s. [non and plus, Lat.] a state of perplexity, in 
 which a person cannot either do or say more. 
 
 To NO'NPLUS, V. a. to confound or perplex, so that the mind 
 is at a stand, and cannot proceed, and the person cannot either 
 speak or do any more. 
 
 NONRE'SIDENCE, s. the act of not residing in one's parish, 
 amongst clergymen of the Church of England. 
 
 NONRE'SIDENT, s. a clergyman of the English Church, 
 who does not live nor work in his parish ; but who takes the 
 revenues of it as if he did, 
 
 NONRESPSTANCE, s. in high-church politics, the principle 
 of not opposing the king in any case ; ready obedience to a 
 superior. 
 
 NO'NSENSE, s. unmeaning or ungrammatical language; 
 trifles, or things of no importance. 
 
 NONSENSICAL, a. without meaning. 
 
 NONSE'NSICALNESS, s. the quality of having no meaning. 
 
 NONSO'LVENT, s. one who cannot pay his debts. 
 
 NONSO'LVENT, a. who cannot pay his debts. 
 
 NONSOLU'TION, s. failure of explaining. 
 
 To NO'NSUIT, V. a. to set aside an action at law, on account 
 of some error in the plaintifTs proceedings. 
 
 NO'NSUIT, s. in Law, the dropping or renouncing of a suit 
 or action, upon the discovery of some error in the plaintiffs 
 management, or his being absent from court when called upon 
 to hear the verdict, or being not ready for trial on the swearing 
 of the jury. 
 
 NOODLE, s. a fool ; a simpleton. 
 
 NOOK, «. leen hoeck, Teut.] a corner; a covert made by au 
 angle or intersection. 
 
 NOON,s. [)jo»,Sax.] the middle hourof the day ; twelve; the 
 time when the sun's centre is in the meridian. 
 
 NOO'NDAY, s. mid-day. — a. about noon. 
 
 NOO'NTIDE, s. [non-tide. Sax.] mid-day.— a. about noon. 
 
 NOOSE, s. a running knot, which the more it is drawn binds 
 the faster ; a snare. 
 
 To NOOSE, (nooze) v. a. to tie or catch in a noose ; to entrap, 
 or insnare. 
 
 NOO'TKA SOUND. See King George's Sound. 
 
 NOPE, s. in Ornithology, a bird called a bulfinch. 
 
 NOR, conj. [nee and or, Sax.] a particle used in the second 
 branch of a negative proposition. In Poetry, it is sometimes 
 used in the first branch for neither, 
 
 NORD, a department of France, occupying the N. E. corner 
 of the kingdom, lying on the German Ocean, and next to Bel- 
 gium. It is bounded by the departments of Pas de Calais, 
 Somme, and Aisne. It is about 100 miles in length, and about 
 40 in breadth. The S. part alone is hilly. Its rivers are the Aa, 
 the Sambre, the Yser, &c. Coal is found here in the greatest 
 abundance. Iron, building-stone, &c. are also found. Corn, 
 hops, fruit, &c., and cattle of all kinds are reared in great plenty. 
 It has also profitable and valuable manufactories; and excellent 
 fisheries. It is well supplied by its navigable streams and ca- 
 nals, as well as by its position, with the appliances of trade and 
 commerce, Lille is its capital. Pop. about 1,250,000. 
 
 NORFOLK, a county of England, lying on the German Ocean ; 
 bounded by Cambridgeshire, Lincolnshire, and Sufl'olk, It ex- 
 tends 70 miles in length and 40 in breadth. It contains 33 hun- 
 dreds, 1 cjty, 32 market-towns, and 660 parishes. The face of 
 this county varies less than in most tracts of equal extent in 
 England, Not one hill of any considerable height is to be se^n 
 in the whole county; yet, in most parts, its surface is broken 
 into gentle swells and depressions. At the western extremity 
 is a considerable tract of flat fenny land, which is part of the 
 Bedford Level; and, on the east, a narrow tract of marshes runs 
 from the sea, near Yarmouth, to some distance up the country. 
 Between Lincolnshire and the W. extremity, is a broad but 
 shallow arm of the sea, called the Wash, The S, W. part is very 
 sandy and light land, not very easy nor profitable for husbandry ; 
 but the rest is a good mixed soil, generally very productive in 
 corn of all kinds, mangold-wurzel, turnips, &c. Excellent butter 
 and cheese is made, especially in the marshlands, and is sold 
 in London as Cambridge butter and Stilton cheese. Cattle, 
 sheep, fowls, &c. are abundant. Game and rabbits are too 
 plentiful by far for the farmers, A few bustards yet live in 
 the W, parts. On the sea-coast, herrings and mackerel are 
 caught in great plenty; and Yarmouth, in particular, is noted 
 
 021 
 
for the curing of red herrings. The air of tliis county is sharp 
 and piercing, which throws the seasons more backward than 
 in other counties under the same latitude ; but it is very whole- 
 some, particularly in the inland parts. Its principal rivers 
 are the Great Ouse, Nen, Little Ouse, VVaveney, Wensuin, Yare, 
 and Bure. Norwich is the capital. Pop. 412,064. It sends 12 
 representatives to parliament. 
 
 NORFOLK ISLAND, an island in the S. Pacific Ocean, lying 
 E. of New South Wales, and settled by a colony of convicts sub- 
 ordinate to that government. It is a fertile spot and very hilly. 
 Among its most valuable productions are the flax plant and a 
 very large species of pine tree. The island is well supplied with 
 streams of good water, which abound with very fine eels. The 
 settlement is formed in Sidney Bay, on the S. side of the island. 
 Lat. 29. 3. S. Long. 168. 10. E. 
 
 NO'RMAL, a. [norma, Gr.] in Pathology, according to rule ; 
 in a healthy or natural condition ; in conformity with the na- 
 tural laws of its being. 
 
 NO'RMAN, a. belonging to or originating in Normandy. 
 Norman Conquest, the acquisition of England, and overthrow of 
 the Saxons there, by William, Duke of Normandy, who became 
 William 1., or the Conqueror. 
 
 NO'RMANS, in early European History, a name of the Danish 
 adventurers or pirates, who ravaged the coasts of most of the S. 
 states of Europe, and obtained a footing in France, establishing 
 the Duchy of Normandy, in S. Italy, in Sicily, &c. 
 
 NO'RREY, Norroy', s. the title of the third king at arms. 
 His jurisdiction lies on the north side of the river Trent. 
 
 NORTH, s. [Sax.] one of the four cardinal points. The point 
 opposite to the sun when he is in the meridian. 
 
 NORTH, a. situated to the north ; northern. 
 
 NORTH, the name of an English family, which, from the 16th 
 century to the end of the last, always had some eminent repre- 
 sentative, in law, literature, or politics, before the public eye. 
 Sir Edward, Baron North, was an eminent lawyer under Henry 
 VIII. and Mary I. Sir Thomas North translated Plutarch's Lives, 
 and published it and other works, in the reign of Elizabeth. 
 Dudletj, Lord North, was the name of two members of it, both of 
 whom espoused the parliament's side in the Puritan Revolution; 
 and the second of whom wrote the Life of the first Lord North. 
 Francis, Baron Guildford, eldest son of the last named, was lord 
 keeper under Charles II. and James II. He studied at Cam- 
 bridge, and was entered of the Middle Temple, and he rose gra- 
 dually, after first attracting the attention of the government, to 
 the highest point in his profession ; and his character was such 
 as became the son of a Puritan champion, though his powers 
 were none of the greatest. His Life, by his brother, has con- 
 tributed not a little to his fame. He died in 1685, aged 52 years. 
 Sir Dudley North, his brother, was a Turkey merchant, having, 
 perhaps, acquired a roving habit from the gipsies, who carried 
 him oflT in his infancy. He held offices in the government, under 
 Charles II. and James II., and wrote a book containing the ob- 
 servations he made during his voyages. He died in 1691, aged 
 50 years. T>r. John North was Greek professor at Cambridge, and 
 died in 1683, aged 38 years. Roger North, brother to the 3 fore- 
 going, was attorney-general in James II.'s roign. He wrote on 
 music; in vindication of Charles H. and his reign ; and the Lives 
 of his 3 brothers. These works abound with racy anecdotes, and 
 are amongst the happiest specimens of the power and ease of the 
 English tongue, when used without affectation. He died in 1733, 
 aged 82 years. Frederick, Lord North, Ba^-on Guildford, was edu- 
 cated at Oxford, and after his return from his travels on the con- 
 tinent, was appointed to some subaltern post in the government, 
 in which he rose at length to be first lord of the treasury. He 
 was minister through almost the whole of the American war, 
 and retired on being defeated in a motion respecting it. He 
 once more, in the Duke of Portland's ministry, held an otticp, 
 and then retired forever from public life. He died in 1792, aged 
 59 years, having been for several years cjuite blind. He was an 
 estimable man, but of very moderate abilities ; and so easily led 
 away by love of approbation and kindness of disposition, as to 
 act often in direct opposition to his own genuine convictions ; 
 as, for instance, in maintaining the war in America to please 
 George III., whilst he believed it to be flagrantly wrong, and 
 voting against the repeal of the Test and Corporation Acts. The 
 appointment of such a man to the virtual sovereignty of the na- 
 tion, IS a sufficient exposure of the weakness of the ever-lauded 
 622 
 
 NOR 
 
 British constitution, through the predominance and form of the 
 aristocratic element. 
 
 NORTHA'LLERTON, Yorkshire, N. Riding. It consists of 
 only one street, about half a mile long, and is situated in a dis- 
 trict called Alvertonshire, on a small brook, which, a mile below, 
 runs into the river Wisk. It is 22-3 miles from London. Mar- 
 ket, Wednesday, for cattle, corn, &c. Fairs, on Jan. 2, and on 
 St. Bartholomew's day. Pop. 5273. 
 
 NORTH AMERICA. See America. 
 
 NORTHA'MPTON, Northamptonshire. It is seated on an 
 eminence, gently sloping to the river Nen, which is joined here 
 by another rivulet, and has been made navigable to Lynn. Its 
 principal manufacture is that of boots and shoes, of which many 
 are made here, and in other parts of the county, for exportation. 
 Some stockings and lace are also made here. The horse-fairs of 
 this place are reckoned to exceed all others in the kingdom. It 
 is a handsome, well-built town, and has a regular, spacious 
 market-place, one of the finest in England, a good free-school, 
 and a county infirmary and gaol. Within half a nwle of North- 
 ampton is a fine Gothic structure, called Queen's Cross, erect- 
 ed by Edward Lin memory of his queen Eleanor. It is 66 miles 
 from London. Markets, Wednesday, Friday, and Saturday. 
 Fairs, on Feb. 20, April 15, May 4, August 5, and 26, Sept. 19, 
 Nov. 28, and Dec. 19. Pop. 21,242. 
 
 NORTH A'MPTONSHIRE, a county of England, bounded hy 
 Leicestershire, Rutlandshire, Lincolnshire, the counties of Cam- 
 bridge, Huntingdon, and Bedford, Bucks, Oxfordshire, and 
 Warwickshire. It is divided into 20 hundreds, containing a 
 city, 13 market towns, and 336 parishes. The air of this coun- 
 ty is very healthy, except in the N. E. part near Peterborough, 
 which being surrounded and intersected by rivers, is very liable 
 to inundations, and forms the commencement of the fenny tract 
 extending to the Lincolnshire Washes. It is a fine and pleas- 
 ant county, and possesses some considerable remains of its old 
 forests, particularly those of Rockingham on the N. W., and of 
 Salcey and Whittlebury on the S. In this last wild cats are 
 still found. The products of this county are, in general, the 
 same with those of other farming countries. It is, indeed, pecu- 
 liarly celebrated for grazing land ; that tract, especially, which 
 lies from Northampton northward to the Leicestershire border. 
 Horned cattle and other animals are here fed to extraordinary 
 sizes, and many horses of the large black breed are reared. 
 Woad for the dyers is cultivated in this part ; but the county is 
 not distinguished for manufactures, excepting the trifling one of 
 bone lace. The principal rivers are the Nen and Welland ; be- 
 side which it is partly watered by the Ouse, Learn, Cherwell, 
 and Avon. The county-town is Northampton. Pop. 199,228. 
 It sends 8 members to parliament. 
 
 NORTH CAPE, the most northerly point of the European con- 
 tinent, in Norwegian Lapland. Lat. 71. 10. N. Long. 25. 50. E. 
 
 NORTH CAROLINA. See Carolina. 
 
 NO'RTHCOTE, JAMES, an eminent English painter of the 
 last century. He studied under Sir Joshua Reynolds, and after- 
 wards in Italy. He was at first a portrait painter only, but sub- 
 sequently attempted, with tolerable success, the higher walks of 
 art. He was a writer also, and his Fables, with their admirable 
 wood-cuts, the Life of Sir Joshua Reynolds, the Life of Titian, kc, show 
 his industry and ability. He was one of those who, with all 
 their enthusiasm for art, contrive to keep on good terms with 
 more terrene pursuits; and a handsome fortune was the proof 
 of his devotion to the less sublime object of his life. He died in 
 1831, aged 8-5 years. 
 
 NORTH CURRY, Somersetshire. It is a pretty considerable 
 town, seated on the river Tone. It is 134 miles from London. 
 Markets, Tuesday and Saturday. Pop. 2028. 
 
 NORTHE'AST, s. [nordest, Teut.] the point between the north 
 and the east. 
 
 NO'RTHERLY, a. being towards the north. 
 
 NO'RTHERN, a. in the north. 
 
 NO'RTHING, s. in Navigation, the difference of latitude which 
 
 ship makes in sailing towards the north. 
 NOR "■ ■ ' ■ 
 
 •RTHLEE'CH, Gloucestershire. It has several alms-honses 
 and a free grammar-school, and is seated on or near the river 
 Leech, 80 miles from London. Market, Wednesday. Pop. 
 1290. 
 
 NORTH SEA, the name for that part of the ocean which lies 
 between the British Isles and the N. part of the European Con- 
 

NOR 
 
 tinent. The S. part of it is commonly called the German 
 Ocean. 
 
 NO'RTHSTAR, s. the polestar, or the last star in the con- 
 stellation named the Little Bear. 
 
 NORTHU'MBERLAND, the most northerly county of Eng- 
 land. It lies next to Scotland, on the German Ocean, and is 
 bounded by Durham and Cumberland. It extends about 70 
 miles in length, and 50 in breadth; and contains 12 market- 
 towns, and 460 parishes. The air is not so cold as might be 
 imagined from the latitude in which it lies; and the snow seldom 
 lies long in Northumberland, except on the tops of hills, some 
 of which are above 2000 feet high. The soil is various; the 
 eastern part being fruitful, having very good wheat and most 
 sorts of corn, with rich meadows on the banks of thcrivers ; but 
 the western part is generally barren, it being mostly heathy and 
 mountainous. It yields lead ; and is one of the most productive 
 and best coal-fields in England. Iron and glass-works are its 
 principal manufactories ; and it has some fisheries. This county 
 IS well watered by rivers, the principal of which are the Tyne, 
 Tweed, and Coquet. Alnwick is the county-town, but the 
 largest and richest is Newcastle. Pop. 250,278. It returns 8 
 members to parliament. 
 
 NO'RTHWARD, a. towards the north. 
 
 NO'RTHWARD, No'rthwards, ad. towards the north. 
 
 NORTH-WE'ST,s. the point between the north and the west. 
 
 NORTH-WEST PASSAGE, the name by which is designated 
 an anticipated ocean-path to China and the E. Indies, through 
 the bays, &c. of the N. part of N. America. As this part of the 
 sea is for the greater part of the year frozen over, and for the 
 rest beset with detached and most dangerous floating masses of 
 ice, the benefits of the passage, if it be ever discovered, are 
 somewhat problematical. By the various costly expeditions that 
 have been made for that purpose, however, some curious light 
 has been thrown on the phenomena of terrestrial magnetism. 
 
 NORTH-WEST TERRITORY, a region in N. America, ly- 
 ing N. of the United States; and stretching to the lakes dis- 
 charging into Hudson's Bay on the N., and from Lake Superior 
 to the Pacific Ocean. It possesses almost every variety ot soil, 
 and of temperate and cold climates. It has vast mountains, 
 rivers, lakes, savannahs, forests, with wide tracts of fertile land, 
 and barren and rocky countries. Almost all the native animals 
 of N. America are found in it in the greatest abundance, and 
 the waters abound with fish. With the excention of the fur 
 traders' posts, the recent settlements in the Oregon territory, 
 and a settlement on the banks of the Red River, the whole of 
 this tract, which possesses resources capable of yielding suste- 
 nance and independence to many millions of people, is unin- 
 habited. This is aiso called the Indian Territon/, but it must be 
 distinguished from the Territory of the United States so called. 
 See Oregon Territory. 
 
 NO'RTHWICH, Cheshire. It is seated near the river Dane, 
 and is a handsome place, chiefly noted for its salt-works. Vast 
 pits of rock salt have been dug here, from which immense quan- 
 tities are raised, partly to be purified on the spot, and partly to 
 be exported in its crude state. It is 173 miles from London. 
 Market, Friday. Pop. I3G8. 
 
 NORTH-WIND, s. the wind that blows from the north. 
 
 NO'RTON, or Chipping-Norton, Oxfordshire. It has manu- 
 factures for horse clothing and harrateens ; and is 73 miles from 
 London. Market, Wednesday. Pop. 3031. 
 
 NO'RWAY, a country in theN. of Europe. Northern Norway 
 extends from Cape North to the Naze, about 1100 miles, 
 lying next to the N. Atlantic Ocean ; and is bounded by Russia 
 and Sweden. It is a very mountainous country, a chain of lofty 
 and precipitous rocks running throughout its whole length, 
 some points of which are above 7000 feet, and one above 8000 
 feet high. It abounds in rivers, which are more torrents than 
 rivers; and lakes, which lie amongst the mountains; whilst 
 the whole coast is deeply indented with sea bays. The horses 
 are small, but strong, active, and hardy. The country does not 
 yield corn suflicient for its inhabitants, but is exceedingly rich 
 in pasture, and produces much cattle. There are large fisheries 
 on the western coast, principally for the cod, the ling, and the 
 whiting. The extensive forests abound with oak and pine, and 
 with the birch, which not only supplies fuel, but a kind of wine 
 which is produced by boring a hole in the trunk. The general 
 exports of Norway are tallow, butter, salt, dried fish, timber and 
 
 NOT 
 
 planks, horses and horned cattle, silver, alum, Prussian blue, 
 copper, and iron. It belongs to Sweden, but is under dis- 
 tinct laws, and has a legislative assembly of its own. There are 
 several distinct varieties amongst the inhabitants ; the Laps of 
 the extreme N. being very different from the people of the S. 
 The capital is Christiania. Pop. about 1,500,000. 
 
 NO'RWICH, Norfolk. It is an ancient, large, and populous 
 city, seated on the river Wensum, which runs through it, and i^ 
 navigable to Yarmouth, v/ithout locks. It has a stately ancient 
 castle, ori a hill, which commands a fine view of the city and 
 surrounding country, and is used as the county gaol ; and a fin6 
 cathedral, with a very lofty spire: here are also 2 good public 
 libraries, a city and county hospital, a shire-hall, a handsome 
 guild-hall, and a corn-hall. The ancient bridewell, now a private 
 house, is built of flints, remarkable for being beautifully cut into 
 regular little squares, without any visible cement. It had for- 
 merly 60 churches, &c., and has now 36 churches, beside the 
 cathedral, chapels, and dissenting meeting-houses. It was 
 formerly a great manufacturing city; but it has much declined 
 of late. Norwich has 10 bridges over the Wensum, and is the 
 centre of several important lines of railways. The provision 
 market is a fine square, and is well supplied. It is 108 miles 
 from London. Markets, Wednesday and Saturday. Pop. 
 62,344. 
 
 NO'RWICH, acity of Connecticut, United States. It stands 
 at the head of the '1 hames navigation, and consists of 3 parts ; 
 called Chelsea Landing, or Norwich City, the Town, and West- 
 ville. These are situated at a little distance from each other, in 
 very pleasant and commanding sites; and are adorned with 
 many handsome public buildings. Manufacturing and com- 
 mercial industry are very active here. Near this place is a very 
 romantic cataract, which affords a fine water-power for mills. Sec, 
 and around which a village, called (after the name of the river) 
 Yanticville, has sprung up. It is 3-57 miles from Washington. 
 Pop. 7239. Eight other places in the States are called Norwich, 
 and one Norwichtown. 
 
 NOSE, (iioze) s. [noBze, or nosa. Sax.] in Anatomy, that part of 
 a human face which is the organ of smelling, and the emunctory 
 of the brain. Figuratively, the end of anj^ thing which is perfor- 
 ated or hollow ; scent, or the power of distinguishing or discover- 
 ing by the smell. To lead by the nose, signifies to drag by force ; to 
 have so much influence over a person as to make him do what you 
 please. To thrust one^s nose into the affairs of another, is to concern 
 ourselves with the affairs of others without being invited, or to 
 be oflicious, or a busy-bodj-. To put one's nose out of joint, is to 
 deprive us of the affections of another. 
 
 NO'SEBLEED, s. in Botany, a kind of herb. 
 
 NO'SEGAY, {nozegay) s. a bunch of flowers. 
 
 NO'SELESS, (nuzeless) a. without a nose ; having no smell. 
 
 NO'SLE, {n'lzzle) s. [a diminutive of nose,] the extremity of a 
 thing which is hollow, as of a pair of bellows. 
 
 NOSO'LOGY, s. \nosos and logos, Gr.] the scientific investi- 
 gation and classification of diseases. 
 
 NOSOPOE'TIC, n. [nosos and poieo, Gr.] producing diseases. 
 
 NOSTRADA'MUS, MICHAEL, an astrological quack of the 
 16th century, in France. He gained no little renown in his own 
 day by a nostrum which he sold as a specific against a danger- 
 ous epidemic that was very fatal in the countrjr, and was made 
 court physician by Charles IX., whose reputation for wisdom is 
 not very high on other accounts. His predictive rhymes, also, 
 gained him no little notoriety, from some imaginary fulfilments of 
 them. In after-ages credulity discovered many more fulfilments 
 of his prophecies ; but though a century and a half of them yet 
 maybe reckoned amongst the unfulfilled, people, both small and 
 great, have ceased to consult Nostradamus. The end of all such 
 impostures is devoutly to be hoped for. This prophet died in 
 1566, aged 63 years. 
 
 NO'STRIL, s. [nos, Isl. and thryl, Sax.] the hollow or cavity of 
 the nose. 
 
 NO'STRUM, s. [Lat.] a medicine, the ingredients of which 
 are not divulged. Figuratively, any remedy for any kind of 
 wrong, put forward in an empirical and ignorant manner. 
 
 NOT, ad. [ne auht, Sax. niet, Belg.] a particle used in denoting 
 denial and refusal ; in a negative proposition it is placed in the 
 first branch, and is answered by nor. 
 
 NO'TABLE, a. [noto, Lat.] worthy of notice. 
 
 NO'TABLENESS, s. the quality of deserving notice. 
 
 623 
 
NOT 
 
 The NO'TABLES, of French Histor}', were the most eminent 
 men of the upper classes throughout the kingdom, who, on oc- 
 casions of emergency, such as that which gave occasion to the 
 outbreak of the Revolution, were assembled, as an extraordi- 
 nary council, to aid the sovereign and his ministers with their 
 advice. 
 
 NO'TABLY, ad. in a remarkable manner; in a manner that 
 deserves notice. 
 NOTA'RIAL, a. taken by a notary. 
 
 NOTARY, s. [notarius, from 7wto, Lat.] a person or scrivener 
 who takes notice of any particulars which concern the public, 
 and frames short draughts of contracts, obligations, charter- 
 parties, &c. A notary public is one who publicly attests deeds, in 
 order to make them authentic in other nations, and is principally 
 employed by merchants in noting or making a mark on such 
 bills as are refused to be paid, and in making protests on that 
 account. 
 
 NOTATION, s. [notatio, Lat.] the act of describing any thing 
 by figures and letters. In Arithmetic and Algebra, the method 
 of expressing quantities by figures and letters. 
 
 NOTCH, ». [nocchia, Ital.] a nick or hollow cut in any thing. 
 To NOTCH, V. a. to cut into small hollows. 
 NO'TCHWEED, s. in Botany, the herb orache. 
 NOTE, «. [iiota, Lat.] a mark or token ; a notice ; heed ; re- 
 putation, fame, or charu 'er. A single sound, or the character 
 by which it is expresst^d in writing, applied to music. A slate 
 of being observed ; a short hint, or minute ; an abbreviation ; a 
 short It.'tter ; an explanation at the bottom or in the margin of 
 a book. A pi-omissory note is a writing under a person's hand, 
 by which he engages to pay to another, or order, a sura of 
 money. 
 
 To NOTE, V. a. to observe; to remark ; to take notice of; to 
 set down ; to mention ; to charge with a crime publicly. In 
 Traffic, to have a bill witnessed by a notary-public, that the 
 person on whom it is drawn refuses to accept or pay it. In Mu- 
 sic, to set down the characters used to express any tune. 
 NOTEBOOK, s. a memorandum book. 
 NOTED, a. remarkable ; celebrated. 
 NOTER, 5. one who takes notice of an}' thing. 
 NOTHING, s. [Scot.] nonentity; negation of being; that 
 which has no existence ; no other thing; no quantity or degree. 
 NOTICE, s. [Fr. notitia, from nosco, Lat.] a remark made by 
 attention and observation ; heed ; regard ; information or intel- 
 ligence. 
 
 NOTIFICATION, s. [Fr.] the act of making known ; any 
 thing represented by marks or symbolical characters. 
 
 To NOTIFY, V. a. Inutus and facio, Lat.] to make known ; to 
 publish. 
 
 NOTION, (noshdn) s. [Fr. notio, from nosco, Lat.] a thought or 
 opinion. In Metaphysics, the result of the combination of the 
 impressions or representations derived from the senses, according 
 to the forms or laws of the understanding ; or the product of the 
 activity of the understanding exercised on the perceptions fur- 
 nished through our sensibility, regarded abstractly, i. e. as ex- 
 isting for the mind, independently of its actual existence. 
 
 NOTIONAL, {msJidnal) a. relating to,ore\|)ressiveof, notions. 
 InGrammar, those words which express notions; asnouns, which 
 express notions of existences, and adjectives and verbs, which ex- 
 press notions of activities, without or with an assertion respect- 
 ing them. See Adjective, Noun, Verb. 
 
 NOTIONA'LITY, (noshdnality) s. an empty or groundless 
 opinion. 
 
 NOTORI'ETY, s. [notoriete, Fr.] the quality of being univers- 
 ally known, used in a bad sense. 
 
 NO TO'RIOUS, a. [notoriiis, Lat.] publicly known ; evident : 
 generally in a bad sense. 
 NOTO'RIOUSLY, ad. in a public, evident, or open manner 
 NOTORIOUSNESS, s. the quality of being universally or 
 generally known. 
 
 NOTITNGHAM, Nottinghamshire. It is pleasantly seated 
 on a rocky eminence, above the meadows borcfering the Trent ; 
 on the highest part of whi( h stands the castle, a large, elegant, 
 and noble palace, belonging to the Duke of Newcastle, with a 
 most extensive prospect. It is a large, populous, and handsome 
 town, with a spacious market-place, and considered as one of 
 the principal seats of the stocking manufacture, particularly of 
 the finer kinds, as those of silk and cotton. It has also a manu- 
 fi24 
 
 factory of glass and coarse earthen ware, and a considerable trade 
 in malt. It is remarkable for its vaults or cellars cut in the rock. 
 It is 125 miles from London. Markets, Wednesday and Satur- 
 day. Fairs, on Friday after January 13th, May 7th, Thursday 
 before Easter, and October 2nd. Pop. 53,091. 
 
 NOTTINGHAMSHIRE, a county of England, bounded by 
 Yorkshire, Lincolnshire, Leicestershire, and Derbyshire. Its 
 greatest length is 50 miles, its greatest breadth about 25. It 
 IS divided into 8 hundreds, and contains 13 towns and 168 
 parishes. The principal rivers are the Trent and Idle. Almost 
 the whole of the middle and western parts of the county were 
 formerly occupied by the extensive forest of Sherwood, which 
 is the only royal forest N. of the Trent; but the wood has in 
 many parts- been cleared, and the extent of the forest much con- 
 tracted. The chief products of this county are corn, malt, pit- 
 coal, of which there is great plenty. Their other commodities 
 are malt, wool, liquorice, wood, fish, and fowl. Their manufac- 
 tures chieflj' consist of frame-work, knitting, glass, and earth- 
 enware. '1 he principal town is Nottingham. Pop. 249,910. 
 It returns 8 parliamentary representatives. 
 NOTWHEAT, s. in Farming, a kind of unbearded wheat. 
 NOTVVITHSTA'NDING, conj. without any hinderance or obr 
 struclion ; although; nevertheless; however. 
 
 NOVA'LIS, or Frieduich von Hardenburg, a German writer 
 and poet, of the end of the last century. He studied at .lena, 
 Leipsic, and VVittemberg ; and was an intimate friend ofTieck, 
 and the Schlegels. It is highly characteristic of him, that, do- 
 spite of his daring inquiries and speculations in philosophy and 
 theology, he joined the Roman Church with Schlegel. He did 
 not live long enough to complete any great work. His Jlymns 
 to Night, and Spiritual Songs, contain most exquisite poetry. His 
 Heinrich von Oftei-dingen, and Pupils at Suis, were intended to 
 embody his views of poesy and philosophy. The chief part, and 
 perhaps the most interesting, of his writings, are fragments writ- 
 ten unconnectedly, but classified by his friendly editors, on all 
 his favourite subjects of thought. They contain passages of the 
 profoundest significance and beauty; and many that indicate 
 the earnest and resolute struggle of his spirit after some suffer- 
 ing representation of truth. He died earlv, after a beautiful and 
 devout life, in 1801, aged 29 years. 
 
 NO'VA SCOTIA, a province of British America, consistingof 
 a peninsula, surrounded by the Atlantic Ocean and the Bay of 
 Fundy, and bounded by New Brunswick. Prince Edward's 
 Island, separated from it by Northumberland Strait, and Cape 
 Breton Island, separated by the Strait of Canso, belong to this 
 province. (Sec these names.) It was named Acadia by the French. 
 It is about 2-50 miles long, and 70 broad. It has no heights 
 exceeding 700 feet; but the rivers and lakea.are very numerous. 
 The Atlantic coast is indented with innumerable bays and har- 
 bours ; and the shores are lined with rocks and thousands of 
 small islands. In the Bay of Fundy, the shores have a more 
 continuous outline. Coal, iron, lead, and copper, granite, and 
 many valuable kinds of stone, are found here. The soil varies 
 much in fertility; some, however, yield corn of all kinds, and 
 fruits and vegetables common to the temperate climates, abund- 
 antly. The forests furnish excellent timber of all kinds; and 
 the most valuable fisheries are in its immediate vicinity. It is 
 
 foverned as most British colonies are. Halifax is its capital, 
 'op. about 150,000 ; and of the whole province, about 250,000. 
 NOVATIANS, in Ecclesiastical History, a sect of the early 
 church, composed of the followers of Novatus, who was a rival 
 Bishop of Rome (the first Anti-pope >) to Cornelius in the 3rd 
 century. Ashe was in the minority, and maintained very rigid 
 rules of ecclesiastical discipline, he was readily excommunicated, 
 with his adherents, and designated a heretic and schismatic. 
 He seems to have been a most excellent and right-minded man, 
 quite unwillingly forced into the path of notoriety, by the re- 
 presentations of some, and especially of another Novatus of Car- 
 thage, who agreed with him respecting the need of greater 
 purity in the church. The Novatians were called Puritans. 
 (Cathari,) and were persecuted by Constantine. They declinecl 
 in numbers, and disappeared in a century or two. Novatus 
 was made Bishop of Rome in 2-51 A. u. 
 
 NO'VA ZE'MBLA, the name of two large islands, surrounded 
 by great numbers of smaller islands, lying in the Arctic OceSn, 
 immediately above the boundary of Europe and Asia. They are 
 very imperfectly known. But there are lofty mountains in 
 
TV 
 
 NOW 
 
 them; and very barren, owing to their high N. latitude They 
 belong to Russia. 
 
 NO'VEL, a. [novellxs, Lat. nouvelte, Fr.] new; lately made or 
 done; unusual. In the Civil Law, appendant to the code, and 
 of later enaction. 
 
 NCVEL, s, relation of an adventure or intrigue ; a romance. 
 In Jurisprudence, it is a term used for the constitutions of 
 several emperors, viz. Justin, Tiberius II., Leo, and particularly 
 Justinian. 
 
 NO'VELIST, s, an innovator ; an asserter of something new ; 
 one who writes tales called novels. 
 
 NO'VELTY, «. \_nouveaute, Fr.] newness ; the state of a thing 
 unknown before, 
 
 NOVE'MBER, s. [Lat.] the eleventh month of the year, from 
 January. 
 
 NO'VENARY, ». [novem, Lat.] a number or collection con- 
 sisting of nine. 
 
 NOVE'RCAL, a. [noverca, Lat.] like a step-mother. Figura- 
 tively, cruel, or wanting the tenderness of a natural mother. 
 
 NOUGHT, (nawt) s. [tie auht. Sax.] not any thing; nothing. 
 To set at nought signifies to slight, disregard, scorn. See Naught. 
 
 NO'VICE, s. [Fr, from novxis, Lat.] one not acquainted with 
 anything; a fresh man; one in the rudiments of any thing; 
 one who is entered into a religious house, but has not taken 
 the vow. 
 
 NOVrCIATE, (novishiate) s. [noviciat, Fr.] the state of a novice ; 
 the time in which the first rudiments of any science are taught; 
 the time spent in a religious house by way of trial, before taking 
 the vow. 
 
 NOUN, s. [noun, old Fr. from nomen, Lat.] in Grammar, the 
 designation of the class of words which signify notions of ex- 
 istences, or are the names of persons or things. They are divided 
 into abstract and concrete nouns, and under them are other sub- 
 divisions. The infinitive mood of verbs is to all intents a noun. 
 See Substantive. 
 
 NO'VOGOROD, a government of Russia, bounded by the go- 
 vernments of Olonetz, Petersburg, Pskov, Tver, Yaroslav, and 
 Vologda. It is about 340 miles long, by 170 broad. It is hilly, 
 and has many barren parts. Lake llmen, and the rivers Msta, 
 Volchov, Vologa, &c. &c. water it. It is quite an agricultural 
 district, and produces plenty of corn, fruits, cattle, sheep, &c. 
 The capital is of the same name, and stands on the Volchov. It 
 is much decayed now, and retains few traces of its ancient 
 splendour and wealth, except its churches. It is above 100 
 miles from St. Petersburg. Pop. about 12,000. Lat. 58. 30. N. 
 Long. 31. 10. E. Pod. of government, about 1,000,000. 
 
 NOURE'DDIN, or Nur-ed-dek'n, the name of several persons 
 celebrated in Saracenic history. The most famous of whom was 
 governor of Syria and Egypt during the disastrous period of the 
 fall of the Christian kingdom of Jerusalem. By courage and 
 skill in warfare, and by prudence and craft in negociations, he 
 won his way against the various Christian princes who held dif- 
 ferent parts of Syria, and against Mussulman rulers also, till he 
 not only had Egypt and Syria as a sultanate, but had extinguish- 
 ed the Fatimite caliphate in the former country, by means of the 
 more celebrated Saladin, This military leader at last rebelled 
 against Noureddin, and the great conqueror was spared the 
 participation in further reverses by his death, in 1173, aged 56 
 years, 
 
 ToNOU'RISH, (the o is mute in pron. this word and its de- 
 rivatives ; as, nUrrish, nilrrisher, niirriture, &c,) v. a. [nourrir, Fr.] 
 to increase or support by food ; to maintain ;" to encourage or 
 foment ; to train up or educate.— r. n. to gain nourishment. 
 
 NOU'RISHABLE, a. capable of affording nourishment ; capa- 
 ble of increasing the growth, or supporting strength ; capable of 
 having its growth or strength supported by food. 
 
 NOU'RISHER, s. the person who supports or maintains ; the 
 thing which increases growth or strength. 
 
 NOU'KISHMENT, s. [nourrissement, Fr.] that which is given 
 or received in order to promote the growth, or support the 
 8trength,of a person or thing; nutrition; supply of necessaries. 
 
 NOU'RITURE, s. [noMrn'terc, Fr.] education ; institution, 
 
 NOW, ad. and cotij. [nu, Sax.] at this time ; a little while a"0 ; 
 but. When beginning several branches of a sentence, it implies 
 the present time in the first, and another time in the subsequent 
 branches. In familiar speech it implies the present state of 
 things. Now and then implies at different titries. SvNO\. The 
 
 NUM 
 
 doing of a thing now expresses the taking it in hand at the very 
 instant : instantly, immediatelij, and ])resently, express a time fur- 
 ther and further off. Instantly implies without any perceptible 
 intervention of time ; immediately means without delay ; and by 
 presently is understood soon after. 
 
 NOW, s. the present moment. 
 
 NOWADAYS, ad. in the present age. 
 
 NOW'ED, a. [noue, Fr.] knotted ; inwreathed. 
 
 NO'WHERE, ad. [noichar. Sax.] not in any place. 
 
 NO'WISE, ad. [no and wise, Belg.] not in any manner or 
 degree. 
 
 NO'XIOUS, a. [noxa, Lat.] hurtful; destructive; unwhole- 
 some. In Law, guilty, or liable to punishment. 
 
 NO'XIOUSLY, ad. hurtfully ; in such a manner as to be per- 
 nicious. 
 
 NO'XIOUSNESS, s. the quality of being hurtful, mischievous, 
 destructive, or unwholesome. 
 
 NOY, WILLIAM, attorney-general under Charles I., a lawyer 
 of great renown, was a patriot in parliament, till the sun of roy- 
 al favour made him see that his interest lay on the other side. 
 He distressed the English nation greatly respecting soap, and 
 devised, out of precedents found in Ethelred the Unready's reign, 
 the world-infamous Writ of Ship-money. Having planned 
 which, and written some law books, of which his Maxims yet 
 remain an accredited authority, he died in 1634, to the great joy 
 of most men, aged 57 years. It was said of him, that he useH 
 to decree injustice by a law, and thus his fame yet stands. 
 
 NO'ZLE, «. [a diminutive of nose,"] the nose, snout, or end of 
 any hollow thing. See Nosle. 
 
 NU'BIA, a country of Africa, lying on the Red Sea, and 
 bounded by Abyssinia, Egypt, and Bornou. The river Nile runs 
 through it, on the banks of which, and those of the other rivers, 
 it is pretty fruitful, but in other places barren, sandy, and in 
 want of water. The productions of this country are gold, ele- 
 phants' teeth, civet, and sandal wood, and they traffic largely 
 in slaves. The principal towns known to the Europeans are 
 Dongola and Sennaar. This country is occupied by numerous 
 tribes, having their own customs, laws, and capitals. It has all 
 been subjugated by the pasha of Egypt, The population is not 
 known. 
 
 To NU'BBLE, V. a. (properly knobble,) to bruise with the fist. 
 
 NU'BILE, a. [nubilis, from tmbo, Lat] fit for marriage. 
 
 NUBFFEROUS, a. [nubifer, from nvbis and/o-o, Lat.] bringing 
 clouds. 
 
 To NU'BILATE, v. a. [nubilo, from iiubes, Lat.] to cloud. 
 
 NUCI'FEROUS, o, [nux and/cro, Lat.] bearing nuts. 
 
 NU'CLEUS, s. [Lat.] in Botany, the kernel or edible part of 
 a nut or stone fruit ; any fruit contained within a husk or shell. 
 In Astronomy, the body of a comet, by some called its head, in 
 contradistinction to its tail. In Surgery, any thing about which 
 matter is gathered, and closely adheres. 
 
 NUDA'TION, s. [Fr. from nudus, Lat.] the act of making bare 
 or naked. 
 
 NU'DITY, s. [nudite, Fr.] nakedness. 
 
 NUGA'TION, s. [niigor, Lat.] the act or practice of trifling. 
 
 NU'GATORY,a. trifling; insignificant. 
 
 NUI'SANCE, (nusance) s. [Fr.] something pernicious and of- 
 fensive ; any thing which annoys the neighbourhood. 
 
 To NULL, V. a. [nullus, Lat.] to annul ; to deprive of efficacy 
 or existence. To set aside, applied to laws. 
 
 NULL, a. void ; of no force or efficacy, 
 
 NULL, s. something that has no power or meaning. The 
 marks in ciphered writings which stand for nothing, are mdls. 
 
 NULLIBI'ETY, s. [nullibi, Lat.] the state of being no where. 
 
 To NU'LLIFY, v. a. to make void ; to annihilate. 
 
 NU'LLITY, s. [nullite, Fr.] want of force or efficacy ; want of 
 existence. 
 
 NU'MA POMPILIUS, according to old legends, the second 
 king of Rome ; a Sabine by birth, who gave laws for the regu- 
 lation of all the religious affairs by the state, under the guidance 
 of the nymph Egeria. He devoted himself with equal assiduity 
 to the regulation of trade and property, and he reformed the 
 calendar. During his reign, Rome was not at all engaged in 
 war, and the temple of Janus was shut. When he died he or- 
 dered his books to be buried with him. The lays in which this 
 story is embodied are plainly of a different origin from those 
 which tell of Romulus and Tullus. This king has all the attri- 
 4 L 025 
 
 I 
 
NUM 
 
 butes of an Etruscan pontiiT, and is the creation of the patrician 
 class. Perhaps also, as Niebuhr thought, this making of a 
 Sabine king of Rome, indicated some internal revolution amongst 
 the people of the different hamlets that made up the state, then ; 
 in the way of raising some one to an equality of influence with 
 that held already by the ruling tribe. Readers of Roman history 
 should know this, however, that the French novel of Numa 
 Fompilius is quite as worthy of credence, for matters of fact, as 
 the common accounts given of this king and his peaceful reign. 
 
 NUMB, (num) a. [benumed. Sax.] deprived of feeling in a great 
 measure, and the power of motion ; producing such a chilness 
 as almost deprives of the power of motion and feeling; torpid. 
 
 To NUMB, {num) v. a. to make dull of motion and feeling; to 
 deaden, or stupifv. 
 
 NU'MBEDlNlESS, s. torpor; interruption of sensation. 
 
 To NU'MBER, v. a. [numerut, Lat.] to count, reckon, or tell 
 how many are contained in any collection or sum. 
 
 NU'MBER, s. [nombre, Fr. numerus, Lat.] that species of quan- 
 tity which answers to the question. How many? Any particular 
 collection of units ; many ; more than one ; harmony, or pro- 
 portion calculated by numbers. lu Poetry, verses; used in the 
 plural. In Grammar, designation of, or application to, one or 
 more things or persons, in nouns, pronouns, verbs, &c., expressed 
 by the termination of the word, or by the use of particular and 
 different words. 
 
 NU'MBERER, s. one who counts how many single ones are 
 in the collection. 
 
 NU'MBERLESS, a, not to be counted ; not to be expressed 
 by numbers. 
 
 NUMBERS, BOOK OF, one of the Books of the Old Testa- 
 ment, included in the Lavy, Pentateuch, or Five Books of Moses. 
 It contains an account of the census taken of the Israelites in 
 the wilderness of Mount Sinai, some miscellaneous ceremonies, 
 a narrative of the iourneyings in the desert from the time that 
 the Israelites left Mount Sinai to the time of their arrival in the 
 plains of Moab, with a list of all the halting-places; a particu- 
 lar account of the attempts made on them by Balak, king of 
 Moab, by means of Balaam ; a second census, taken at the same 
 time; and some further miscellaneous directions, specially re- 
 lating to the divisions of the land of Canaan amongst the tribes. 
 The events recorded occupy a space of 37 years. 
 
 NU'MBLES,*. [nomhles, Fr.] in Hunting, the entrails of a deer. 
 
 NU'MBNESS, (numness) s. the state of being, in a great mea- 
 sure, deprived of the sense of feeling, and the power of motion. 
 
 NU'MERABLE, a. [nwnerabilis, Lat.] capable of being counted, 
 or expressed, by figures. 
 
 NU'MERAL, a. [Fr. numerus, Lat.] belonging to, or consist- 
 ing of, numbers. 
 
 NU'MERALLY, ad. according to number. 
 
 NU'MERARY, a. any thing belonging to a certain number. 
 
 NUMERATION, s. [numeratio, Lat.] the art of numbering. 
 In Arithmetic, the mode of expressing number in figures. 
 
 NUMERATOR, s. [Lat.] one that numbers. In Arithmetic, 
 the upper figure in a common fraction, which shows how many of 
 the parts the integer is supposed to be divided into are ex- 
 pressed by the fraction ; thus in the fraction |, the figure 3 is 
 the numerator. 
 
 NUMERIA'NUS, M. AURELIUS, son of M. Aurelius Carus, 
 and joint-emperor with his brother Carious. He was gentle by 
 nature, and had a mind well formed by study. He was mur- 
 dered by his father-in-law, the praetorian prefect, Arrius Aper, 
 in 284, having reigned only part of a year. 
 
 NUME'RICAL, a. denoting number; belonging to number;- 
 the same in kind or species, and likewise in number. 
 
 NUME'RICALLY,a(/. with respect to sameness in number. 
 
 NU'MERIST, s. one that deals in numbers. 
 
 NUMERO'SITY,s.[«MmerMws, Lat.] number; multitude; the 
 state of being numerous ; harmony, or agreeable flow. 
 
 NU'MEROUS, a. containing or consisting of many. 
 
 NU'MEROUSNESS, «. the quality of consisting of many; the 
 quality of exciting a sensation of harmony or melody. 
 
 NUMI'DIA, in Ancient Geography, a country of the N. coast 
 of Africa, lying on the Mediterranean, and bounded by Mauri- 
 tania and Carthage; occupied by nomade races, till, shortly be- 
 fore its subjugation by Rome, one of the chiefs seems to have 
 gained the supreme power. Cirta, Zama, Hippo Regius, &c. 
 were its chief cities 
 
 NUT. 
 
 NUMISMATICS, g.{nomisma, Gr.] that branch of Archteolo- 
 
 gical and Statistical science, which treats of the coins, medals, 
 &c. of all nations. 
 
 NU'MMARY, a. {nummus, Lat.] relating to money. 
 
 NU'MMULAR, a. [mimmularius, from nummus, Lat.] relating 
 to money. 
 
 NU'MSKULL, s. [probably from numb and skull,] a dunce, 
 blockhead, dullard. 
 
 NU'MSKULLED, a. dull; stupid. 
 
 NUN, s. [Sax.] in Romanism, a female who has taken the 
 monastic vows, and entered a convent. In Natural History, a 
 kind of bird. 
 
 NU'NCIATURE, s. [nuncio, Lat.] the office of a nuncio. 
 
 NU'NCIO, (ntinshio) s. [Ital.] a messenger; an envoy or am- 
 bassador from the pope. 
 
 NUNCUPA'TIVE, Nuncupa'tory, a. [nuneupatus, from nun- 
 cupo, Lat.] publicly or solemnly declared ; pronounced by words. 
 
 NUNE'ATON, Warwickshire. It has a manufactory of wool- 
 len cloth ; and is seated on the river Anker, 99 miles from Lon- 
 don. Market, Saturday. Pop. 7105. 
 
 NU'NNERY, s, in Romanism, a convent for females who have 
 taken the monastic vows. 
 
 NU'PTIAL, {m'tpshial) a. [nuptialis, from nuho, Lat.] belonging 
 
 NU'PTiALS, {nupshials) s. it has no singular, [nuptice, Lat.] 
 marriage. 
 
 NU'REMBURG, or NOrnburg, a handsome, strong, and 
 flourishing city of Bavaria, Germany, once a free, imperial city. 
 It is a large place, being about 6 miles in circumference. It 
 stands on the Pegnitz, over which are 17 bridges, and it is sur- 
 rounded by a wall which has 8 gates in it. It has some fine public 
 buildings, and is very rich in specimens of German art. It has 
 also several valuable scholastic institutions, and a good library. 
 The best toys are made here, which are commonly known in 
 England by the name of Dutch toys. Pop. about 50,000. Lat. 
 49. 26. N. Long. 11. 5. E. 
 
 NURSE, s. [nourrice, Fr,] a woman who brings up a child, or 
 has the care of a sick person ; one that breeds, educates, or pro- 
 tects. The state of being nursed. In Composition, applied to 
 any thing that supplies food. 
 
 To NURSE, V. a. to bring up a child ; to feed, keep, or main- 
 tain ; to take care of a sick person ; to cherish. 
 
 NU'RSER, s. one that nurses or takes care of an infant or sick 
 person ; one that encourages or foments. 
 
 NU'RSERY, s. the act or office of bringing up a child, or at- 
 tending a sick person; that which is the object of a nurse's care; 
 a plantation of young trees to be transplanted ; the place where 
 young people are taken care of; the place or state where any 
 thing is fostered or brought up. 
 
 NU'RSLING, s. [a diminutive of nurse,} one brought up by a 
 nurse; a fondling. 
 
 NU'RTURE, s. [contracted from nouriture,] food ; diet; edu- 
 cation ; institution; any thing which supports life, or promotes 
 growth. 
 
 To NU'RTURE, v. a. to educate or bring up. 
 
 To NU'STLE, V. a. to fondle or cherish. 
 
 NUT, s. [hnut, Sax.] in Botany, the fruit of a tree, consisting 
 of a kernel covered by a hard shell. 
 
 NUTATION, s. [mito, Lat.] in Astronomy, a slight perturba- 
 tion of our planet arising from the attraction of the moon, which 
 makes the conical oscillation of its axis, called Precession, (which 
 see,) proceed irregularly, so that the path described by the semi- 
 axis IS a fluted cone, instead of merely a cone. One of the most 
 singular consequences of this perturbation, which is accomplish- 
 ed in about 19 years, is, that the stars seem to have a motion in 
 latitude ; it is, however, too small to be noticed by any but ac- 
 complished astronomers, furnished with the best instruments. 
 According to astronomical calculations, there is a similar effect 
 also produced by the attraction of the sun, but it is so small as 
 to have defied the attempts of the closest observers to detect it. 
 
 NUTBROWN, rt. brown as, or of the colour of, a nut kept 
 long. 
 
 NUTCRACKER, s. in Ornithology, a bird which is sometimes 
 seen in Flngland, but is common on the continent: it much 
 resembles in its habits the nuthatch. 
 
 NUTCRACKERS, s. an instrument used in cracking the 
 shells of nuts. 
 
OAK 
 
 NUTGALL, ». in Natural History and Commerce, an ex- 
 crescence formed by an insect on the branches of certain trees, 
 of the figure of a nut. &e Gall. 
 
 NUTHATCH, s. in Ornithology, a common and pretty Eng- 
 lish climbing bird, which lives on nuts and similar seeds, and 
 insects. 
 
 NU'THOOK, s. a stick with a hook at the end, used in pull- 
 ing down the boughs of a tree to gather nuts. 
 
 NUTMEG, «. [nut and muguet, Fr.] in Botany, Commerce, 
 and Cookery, the kernel of a large fruit not unlike a peach, 
 separated from the mace, which surrounds it. It is of a round- 
 ish oval figure, of a compact or firm texture, furrowed in its sur- 
 face, of an agreeable smell and aromatic taste. The male is 
 long and cylindrical, but less aromatic than the female, which is 
 shaped like an olive. The tree resembles our pear-tree, its leaves 
 have a fragrant smell whether green or drj', and the trunk or 
 branches, when cut, produce a red liquor. 
 
 NUTRIMENT, s. [nutrimentum, from nutrio, Lat.] that which 
 feeds or nourishes. 
 
 NUTRIME'NTAL, a. having the qualities of food ; affording 
 nourishment. 
 
 NUTRITION,*. Inutritio, Lafi the act of supporting strength 
 and increasing growth. In Physiology, the process by which 
 the waste of the animal and vegetable frame is actually repaired, 
 and its utmost development and growth provided for. 
 
 NUTRITIOUS, (nutrishious) a. having the quality of support- 
 ing strength, or increasing growth. 
 
 NUTRITIVE, a. having the power to nourish. 
 
 NUTRITURE, «. the power of nourishing. 
 
 NUTSHELL, s. the hard shell or substance which encloses 
 the kernel of a nut. 
 
 NU'TTREE, s. in Botany, a tree that bears nuts. 
 
 NUX VOMICA, s. [Lat.] in Medicine, an acro-narcotic poison, 
 the product of a vegetable known amongst botanists by the 
 generic name of Strychnos, and commonly called Ratsbane. 
 
 To NU'ZZLE, V. a. to nurse or foster; to go with the nose 
 down like a hog. 
 
 NYE, PHILIP, an eminent Puritan or Nonconformist divine 
 of the times of the Revolution of 1640. He was educated at 
 Oxford, and had a benefice in London ; but fled to Holland, 
 whence he did not return till the ascendency of the parliament 
 rendered the step safe. He sat in the Assembly of Divines, and 
 was one of the foremost in claiming liberty of conscience, from 
 presbytery, as well as from prelacy. He was one of the com- 
 missioners to Charles, when in Carisbrook Castle, and was ejected 
 from all oflice, or capability of it, by special act, on the Restora- 
 tion, He died in 1672, aged 76 years. 
 
 NYLGHAU', s. in Zoology, a large animal of the antelope 
 kind, indigenous to India. 
 
 NYMPH, {nymf) s. [numpha, Gr.] in Ancient Mythology, a 
 goddess of the woods, meadows, or waters. In Poetry, a grace- 
 
 ful young lady. 
 
 NY'M - 
 
 PHAL, (ny/mfal') a. belonging to nymphs. 
 
 r\ IS the fourteenth letter of our alphabet. It is a vowel, and 
 ^-^ is sounded by the breath passing out of the mouth through 
 the cylindrical concavity of the tongue and round configuration 
 of the lips. It is long in drone, stone, alone ; and short in got, not, 
 hot, shot. It is made long by an a subjoined , as 1n moan, groan, or 
 by e at the end of a syllable, asJone. The sound of oo is soft, as 
 goose, reproof, soon, he, but in some words oo is pronounced like 
 u short, as in flood, blood, &c. The single o has the sound of oo 
 in some words, as in Rome, womb, tomb, move, reprove, &c. In 
 some words its sound is dropt, as in people : and sounds like u 
 obscure in iron, citron, saffron, &c. As a numeral, stands some- 
 times for 11, and with a dash over it, thus, o, for 11,000. 
 
 O, inter;', instinctive sound of wishing, or exclamation, or a 
 sensation of pain. 
 
 OAF, {of) s. written likewise auf, ofe, [oph, Belg.] a change- 
 ling ; a foolish child left by the fairies ; an idiot. 
 
 OA'FISH, (dfish) a. stupid ; silly ; doltish. 
 
 OA'FISHNESS, (oflshncss) s. stupidity ; dulness. 
 
 OAK, (oA) s. [ac or «c. Sax.] in Botany, a well-known tree, 
 
 whose timber is much used in building, especially in ship-build- 
 
 OBD 
 
 ing, and is much valued for its durability, &c. It is also used in 
 smoking fish, meat, &c. And its bark yields tannin, used in 
 the preparation of leather. Its fruit, acorns, are good food for 
 swine. The sea-oak is a species of fucus, found on rocks and 
 stones in the sea. 
 
 OA'KAPPLE, s. in Natural History, an excrescence produced 
 on the small branches of oak trees, by a small insect, in which 
 the larvae live, and the pupa remain till the perfect insect is 
 formed. It was usual to wear them in the hat on May 29th, in 
 commemoration of the restoration of Charles II., who was con- 
 cealed after the battle of Worcester in the branches of an oak. 
 But now that better knowledge prevails, the wearing of such 
 things is confined to school children. 
 
 OA'KEN, (oken) a. \_aican. Sax.] made of oak. 
 
 OA'KENPIN, s. in Horticulture, a sort of apple. 
 
 OA'KHAM. &eOKEIL4M. 
 
 OA'KHAMPTON, or O'ckington, Devonshire. It has a ma- 
 nufacture of serges ; and is seated on the river Oak, 195 miles 
 from London. Market, Saturday. Pop. 2194, 
 
 OA'KINGTON. See Okingham. 
 
 OA'KUM, (phum) s. ropes untwisted, and reduced to hemp, 
 which are used to caulk, or stop the leaks, of ships. 
 
 OAR, {or) s. [are. Sax.] a long pole with a broad thin end, by 
 which boats, &c. are rowed. 
 
 To OAR, (or) V. n. to row. — v. a. to move by rowing, or by 
 means of oars. 
 
 OA'RVVEED, s. in Botany, the common name of some marine 
 plants, which have broad leaves, and are very numerous and 
 abundant in the British seas. Several species are serviceable in 
 manuring land, and an impure alkali, named kelp, maybe made 
 by burning them. 
 
 OA'RY, a. having the form or use of oars. 
 
 O'ASIS, s. [Gr.] a verdant spot, or fertile tract, in the midst of 
 a desert region. 
 
 OATCAKE, s. cake made of the meal of oats. 
 
 OATEN, {oten) a. made of oats, or of the stalk of oats. 
 
 OATES, TITUS, one of those portentous products of general 
 corruption, which disclose the character of the age in which they 
 appear. He was an English clergyman, and pretended to become 
 a Jesuit. On his return to England, he got up information of a 
 conspiracy against the king and the government, (it was in 
 Charles II. 's reign,) to reinstate papal sway, and in conjunction 
 with some other villains, swore away the lives of some of the 
 most peaceful and best-intentioned of the subjects of the realm. 
 He was pensioned for his feats by Charles, (who thoroughly dis- 
 believed him, and was a secret Romanist,) by James U. he was 
 fined, whipped, and pilloried, and by William III. was pension- 
 ed again, but at a lower rate. He died in 1705. 
 
 OATH, {6th) s. [ath. Sax.] a solemn affirmation, wherein we 
 appeal to God as a witness of the truth of what we say. In our 
 courts of justice, &c. the form of the oath is highly objection- 
 able, being actually the same that was used in former times, 
 before the ordeal of battle. It is much to be desired that this 
 should be changed, and that it should be dispensed with in 
 every case in which it is only a snare for perjury. 
 
 OATHBREAKING, {oth-breaking) s. perjury, or the violation 
 of an oath. 
 
 OATMEAL, {otmeel) s. flour made by grinding oats. 
 
 OATS, {6ts)s. [aten. Sax.] in Farming and Botany, a kind of 
 bearded grain, of which bread is made in some countries, and 
 used likewise for food for horses. 
 
 OBADI'AH, a Hebrew prophet, of whom the only record is a 
 solitary chapter, forming a prophetic poem against Idumea, or 
 Edom. The style is forcible, and the country he spoke of a fear- 
 ful commentary on his denunciations. 
 
 To OBDU'CE, V. a. [ob and duco, Lat.] to draw over as a co- 
 vering. 
 
 OBDU'RACY, s. inflexible wickedness; impenitence; hard- 
 ness of heart. 
 
 OBDU'RATE, a. [durus, Lat.] impenitently wicked ; immov- 
 ably cruel ; harsh ; rugged. 
 
 OBDU'RATELY, ad. in a stubborn, inflexible, or impenitent 
 manner. 
 
 OBDU'RATENESS, s. stubbornness; impenitence; obsti- 
 nacy. 
 
 OBDURATION, s. hardness of heart ; stubbornness. 
 
 OBDU'RED, a. hardened ; inflexible; impenitent. 
 
 4 L 2 627 
 
OBL 
 
 OBE'DIENCE, «. [Fr. from obedio, Lat.] the performaDce of 
 the commands of a superior. 
 
 OBE'DIENT, a. [olediens, Lat.] obsequious; submissive to 
 authority. 
 
 OBEDIE'NTIAL, {obedienshal) a. \ohedientiel, Fr.] according to 
 the rules of obedience. 
 
 OBE'DIENTLY, ad. in such a manner as to perform the com- 
 mands of a superior. 
 
 OBEISANCE, (phesance) s. [Fr.] a bow, applied to a man ; a 
 courtsey, Jipplied to a woman. 
 
 O'BELISC, O'uELiSK, s. [obeliscus, Lat.] a slender pyramid, 
 having four faces, lessening gradually upwards, till it terminates 
 in a point, generally raised as an ornament in some public place. 
 In Printing, a mark, thus, f- 
 
 CBERLIN, JOHN FREDERIC, the distinguished pastor of 
 the Ban de la Roche, in Alsace, France. He was born and stu- 
 died atStrasburg ; and on entering upon his duties in this moun- 
 tainous and secluded spot, he found that he had to civilize as 
 well as to evangelize the people. In spite of all obstacles, he 
 set out on this noble task, labouring himself at road-making, 
 bridge-building, planting, &c. &c. ; promoting education, trade, 
 and every thing that could advance his flock ; watching against 
 and averting, as far as he could, all that could harm it. So well 
 did he labour, that in the worst times of the French Revolution he 
 was honoured, and his valley was as sacred as a sanctuary. His 
 character was most simple and beautiful ; and, as can easily be 
 conceived, abundantly enthusiastic. He died in 1826, aged 86, 
 after having laboured incessantly for nearly 60 years. 
 
 OBERRATION, «. [oberro, Lat.] the act of wandering about. 
 
 OBE'SE,a. [obesus. Cat.] fat ; corpulent. 
 
 OBE'SENESS, Obe'sity, s. morbid fatness, or excessive cor- 
 pulency. 
 
 To OBEY', V. a. [obeii; Fr. obedio, Lat.] to perform the commands 
 of a superior. 
 
 O'BJECT, s. lob and Jacio, Lat.] that with which the attention 
 of the senses or mind is busied ; the ultimate purpose entertained 
 by any one in speaking, writing, or acting. See Subject. 
 
 O'BJECT-GLASS, s. the glass of a telescope or microscope, 
 which is nearest the thing to be viewed, and farthest from the 
 eye. 
 
 To OBJE'CT, V, a. [objicio, Lat.] to oppose. To propose 
 scruples against any thing as not consistent with reason or law, 
 used with to or against. 
 
 OBJE'CTION, s. the act of placing any thing in opposition ; 
 the act of opposing any argument, or charging with a crime; 
 an argument produced in opposition to something already as- 
 serted. 
 
 OBJE'CTIVE, a. [objectif, Fr.] belonging to or contained in 
 the object. In Grammar, the relation in which the immediate 
 object of the activity of the verb stands to it ; expressed most 
 commonly by the case called the accusative case. See Subjec- 
 tive. 
 
 OBJECTIVELY, ad. in the manner of an object ; in the state 
 of opposition. 
 
 OBJE'CTIVENESS, «. the state of being an object. 
 
 OBJE'CTOR, s. one who raises difficulties against an opinion 
 or assertion. 
 
 O'BIT, s. [a corruption from obiit, Lat.] funeral obsequies, or 
 an office performed at the interment of a corpse. 
 
 OBI'TIJARY, s. [obittutrium, Lat.] a funeral register, some- 
 times called mortuaries, but more frequently, necrologies. 
 
 OBJURGA'TION, .?. [objurgatio, from objurgo, Lat.] reproof; 
 reprehension. 
 
 OBLA'TE, a. [oblatus, from latus, Lat.] flatted at the poles, ap- 
 plied to a spheroid. 
 
 OBLA'TION, s. [Fr. from offero, Lat.] any thing offered to 
 God as a sacrifice, or an act of worship. 
 
 OBLECTA'TION, s. loblecto, Lat.] recreation ; pleasure ; de- 
 light. 
 
 To O'BLIGATE, v. a. [obligo, from Ugo, Lat.] to bind by con- 
 tract, kindness, or duty. 
 
 OBLIGATION, s. the necessity of doing or omitting any ac- 
 tion in order to be happy; the binding power of an oath, vow, 
 duty, or contract; an act which binds to some performance; a 
 favour which binds a man to gratitude. In Law, a bond where- 
 in is contained a penalty conditioned for the payment of money. 
 OBLIGATORY, a. {Migatoire, Fr.] binding or having the 
 
 OBS 
 
 power to enforce the performance or omission of something ; 
 coercive. 
 
 To OBLI'GE, V. a. to bind or compel to something ; to indebt, 
 or lay obligations of gratitude ; to please or gratify. 
 
 OBLIGEE', s. the person bouna by a legal and written con- 
 tract. 
 
 OBLI'GER, s. he who binds by contract. 
 
 OBLI'GING, ;)«)•<. and a. civil; complaisant; engaging; re- 
 spectful. 
 
 OBLI'GINGLY, ad. in a kind, civil, and engaging manner. 
 
 OBLl'GINGNESS, s. the quality of being civil, complaisant; 
 obligation, force. 
 
 OBLIQUA'TION, s. [obliguus, Lat.] declination from straight- 
 ness or perpendicularity ; obliquity. 
 
 OBLFQUE, (obleek) a. aslant ; not straight, or perpendicular; 
 indirect. Oblique ascension, is an arc of the equinoctial contained 
 between the first degree of Aries, and that point of it which rises 
 with the centre of the sun or a star. Oblique sphere, is that posi- 
 tion of the globe in which either of the poles are elevated less 
 than 90 degrees. In Grammar, formerly applied to all cases of 
 nouns, excepting the nominative. 
 
 OBLI'QUELY, (obleekly) ad. not directly ; not perpendicularly, 
 nor in a straight line ; not in the direct meaning. 
 
 OBLI'QUENESS, {obleekness) Obli'quity, s. [obliquite, Fr.] de- 
 viation from natural rectitude, from perpendicularity, and from 
 moral rectitude. In Astronomy, the angle formed at the inter- 
 section of the equator and the ecliptic. 
 
 To OBLI'TERATE, v. a. [ob and litera, Lat.] to eflTace any 
 thing written ; to wear out, destroy, or efface from the memory. 
 
 OBLITERATION, s. the act of effacing any thing written, 
 or rendering any thing forgotten. 
 
 OBLI'VION, s. [obliviscor, Lat.] forgetfulness. An act of ob- 
 livion, an amnesty, wherein a general pardon is proclaimed for 
 offences against a state. 
 
 OBLI'VlOUS, a. causing forgetfulness. 
 
 O'BLONG, a. [oblongus, from longus, Lat.] longer than broad. 
 
 OBLONG LY, ad. in an oblong form. 
 
 O'BLONGNESS, s. the uiality or state of being longer than 
 broad. 
 
 O'BLOQUY, s. [obloquor, Lat.] censorious speech ; language 
 by which any person or thing is represented to its disadvantage ; 
 slander; the cause of reproach. 
 
 OBMUTE'SCENCE, s. [obmutesco, from midus, Lat.] loss of 
 speech. 
 
 OBNOXIOUS, a. [obnoxius, from noxa, Lat.] subject or liable 
 to be punished ; liable; exposed. 
 
 OBNOXIOUSLY, ad. in a state of subjection, or of being liable 
 to punishment. 
 
 OBNO'XIOUSNESS, «. the state of being subject or liable to 
 punishment. 
 
 ToOBNU'BILATE, v. a. {obnubilo, from nubes, Lat.] to cloud; 
 to make obscure. 
 
 OBO'E, the same as Hautboy, which see. 
 
 OBO'LE, s. [obolus, Lat.] in Pharmacy, twelve grains. 
 
 OBRE'PTION, s. [pbreptio, from obrepo, Lat.] a stealing or 
 creeping in. 
 
 To O'BROGATE, v. a. [pbrogo, from rogo, Lat.] to proclaim 
 a contrary law for the dissolution of the former. 
 
 OBSCE'NE, a. [obscenus, Lat.] immodest; raising unchaste 
 ideas; offensive or disgusting; inauspicious, 
 
 OBSCE'NELY, ad. in an immodest or lewd manner. 
 
 OBSCE'NENESS, Obsce'nity, s. [pbscenite, Fr.] impurity or 
 immodesty in thought, word, or deed. 
 
 OBSCURATION, s. [pbscuratio, from obscurus, Lat.] the act of 
 darkening, or being deprived of light. 
 
 OBSCU'RE, a. Inbscurus, Lat.] dark ; gloomy ; living in the 
 dark. Abstruse or difficult, applied to writings. Not noted or 
 famous, applied to persons. 
 
 To OBSCU'RE, V. a. to darken ; to make less visible. Figu- 
 ratively, to render less easy to be understood, applied to the 
 mind ; to eclipse the beauty or dignity, applied to rank. 
 
 OBSCU'RELY, ad. in such a manner as to show want' or 
 privation of light; in a dark or gloomy manner; out of sight; 
 in a mean, private manner; in a station neither conspicuous nor 
 famous. 
 
 OBSCU'RENESS, Obscu'rity, s. a state of darkness, or that 
 wherein is a privation of light; privacy; a state wherein a 
 
OBS 
 
 person lives unobserved or unknown. Darkness of meaning, 
 applied to words. 
 
 OBSECRATION, s. [ob and sacer, Lat.] entreaty or supplica- 
 tion. 
 
 O'BSEQUIES, «. [^obsequium, from obsequor, Lat.] the funeral 
 rites or solemnities. 
 
 OBSE'QUIOUS, a. obedient ; complaisant ; funeral. 
 
 OBSE'QUIOUSLY, ad. obediently; with compliance. 
 
 OBSE'QUIOUSNESS, s. passive obedience, or compliance. 
 
 OBSE'RVABLE, (the s in this and the following words de- 
 rived from observo, Lat. is usually pron. like z; as obzercable, ob- 
 servant, obzerving, &c. &c.) a. remarkable ; deserving notice ; 
 eminent. 
 
 OBSE'RVABLY, ad, in a manner worthy of notice. 
 
 OBSE'RVANCE, s. [Fr.] respect ; ceremonial reverence ; at- 
 tentive practice ; a law or rule for practice ; careful obedience ; 
 attention ; regard ; religious rite. 
 
 OBSE'RVANT, pari!. attentive; diligent; watchful ; obedient; 
 respectfully attentive ; submissive ; respectful. In Ecclesiastical 
 History, the name given to those Franciscans who returned to 
 the rigid observance of the rule of their founder, in the reforma- 
 tion of the order begun at the commencement of the 15th century. 
 
 OBSERVA'TION, s. [observo, Lat.] the act of taking notice of 
 things and persons ; a remark ; an animadversion ; a notion 
 gained by observing. In Navigation, the act of taking the alti- 
 tude, &c. of the sun, moon, &c., to find the longitude, &c. 
 
 OBSERVATOR, s. one who observes ; a remarker. 
 
 OBSE'RVATORY, s. a place built for making astronomical 
 observations. 
 
 To OBSE'RVE, {obzerve) v. a. [observo, Lat.] to watch ; to look 
 at ; to regard with attention ; to obey ; to follow ; to perceive 
 by attention ; to regard or keep religiously. — v. n. to apply with 
 attention ; to remark. 
 
 OBSE'RVER, s. one who looks vigilantly or attentively at 
 persons or things ; one who remarks, looks on, or beholds; one 
 who practises any rite, custom, or law. 
 
 OBSE'RVINGLY, ad. with attention, heed, or care. 
 
 OBSE'SSIGN.s. [ofoe«sio, from o6si(/e«, Lat.] the act of besieging. 
 
 OBSI'DIAN, «. [from the name of the first discoverer ;] in Mi- 
 neralogy, a kind of glass usually of a dark green colour, and not 
 transparent, found in large or small shapeless masses; which is 
 one of the most remarkable volcanic products. 
 
 OBSI'DIONAL, a. [obsidionalis, Lat.] belonging to a siege. 
 
 O'BSOLETE, a. [obsoletus, from soleo, Lat.] not in use ; worn 
 out of use ; unfashionable. 
 
 O'BSOLETENESS, s. the quality of being no longer used, or 
 of being out of fashion. 
 
 O'BSTACLE, s. [Fr. from obsto, Lat.] something which op- 
 poses the exertion of any power, either of body or mind. 
 
 OBSTETRIC, a. [obstetrix, Lat.] belonging to midwifery. 
 
 OBSTETRICATION, s. the office of a midwife. 
 
 O'BSTINACY, s. [obstino, Lat.] stubbornness; pertinacy ; 
 contumacy; persistency. 
 
 O'BSTINATE, a. refusing to act or assent ; immovably re- 
 solved. 
 
 O'BSTINATELY, ad. in such a manner as to remain culpably 
 fixed or resolute ; in such a manner as to be inflexibly resolute. 
 
 0'BSTlNATENESS,s. stubbornness; wilfulness; contumacy. 
 
 OBSTIPATION, s. [obstipo, Lat.] the act of stopping up any 
 passage. 
 
 OBSTRE'PEROUS, a. [obstrepo, Lat.] loud; noisy; turbu- 
 lent ; clamorous ; vociferous. 
 
 OBSTRE'PEROUSLY, ad. in a noisy or clamorous manner. 
 
 OBSTRE'PEROUSNESS, s. loudness ; clamour ; turbulence ; 
 noise. 
 
 OBSTRI'CTION, s. [obstrietus, from obstringo, Lat.] obliga- 
 tion ; bond. 
 
 To OBSTRU'CT, v. a. [obstrm, from ob and struo, Lat.] to 
 block up; tohinder, bar, orbein thewayof; to oppose or retard. 
 . OBSTRU'CTER, s. one who hinders or opposes. 
 
 OBSTRU'CTION, s. any hinderance, difficulty, obstacle, or 
 impediment. In Medicine, the stoppage of any canal or vessel 
 in the human body, so as to prevent the passage of any thing 
 through it. 
 
 OBSTRU'CTIVE, a. [obstructif, Fr.] causing hinderance or im- 
 pediment. 
 
 OBSTRU'CTIVE, s. any thing which hinders or impedes. 
 
 OCC 
 
 OBSTRU'ENT, part, [obstmens, Lat.] hindering or blocking 
 up any passage. 
 
 OBSTUPEFA'CTION, s. [obstupefacio, Lat.] the act of inducing 
 sliipidity, or Interruption of the mental powers. 
 
 OBSTUPEFA'CTIVE, a. stupifying,or obstructing the vigour 
 of the mind. 
 
 To OBTAI'N, V. a. [obtineo, Lat.] to gain, acquire, or procure ; 
 to impetrate ; to gain by the concession or excited friendship of 
 another. — v. n. to continue in use; to be established ; to prevail 
 or succeed. 
 
 OBTAI'NABLE, a, capable of being procured. 
 
 OBTAI'NER, s. one who obtains. 
 
 To OBTE'MPERATE, v. a. [obtempero, Lat.] to obey, or be at 
 command. 
 
 To OBTE'ND, t>. a. [ob and tendo, Lat.] to oppose ; to hold out 
 in opposition ; to pretend ; to make use of as the reason of any 
 thing. Seldom used. 
 
 OBTENEBRATION, s. [tenebrce, Lat.] darkness; the state of 
 being darkened ; the act of darkening; cloudiness. 
 
 To OBTE'ST, V. a. [obtestor, Lat.] to beseech or implore. 
 
 OBTESTATION, s. the act of beseeching or supplicating. 
 
 OBTRECTATION, s. [oMrccto, Lat.] slander; calumny; de- 
 traction. 
 
 To OBTRU'DE, v. a. [obtrttdo, from trudo, Lat.] to force into 
 any place or state by violence or imposture ; to offer with un- 
 reasonable importunity. 
 
 OBTRU'DER, s. one who obtrudes. 
 
 OBTRU'SION, {pbtrtrJwn) s. the act of obtruding. 
 
 OBTRU'SIVE, a. inclined to force oneself, or any thing else, 
 upon another. 
 
 To OBTU'ND, V. a. [obtnndo, from tuiido, Lat.] to blunt, dull, 
 quell, or deaden. 
 
 OBTURATION, s. [obturo, Lat.] the act of stopping up any 
 thing by smearing something over It. 
 
 OBTUSA'NGULAR, a. [oblusm and anffulus, Lat.] having 
 angles larger than right ones. 
 
 OBTU'SE, a. [obtnndo, Lat.] not pointed or sharp ; blunt. In 
 Geometry, applied to angles which are larger than a right angle. 
 Figuratively, dull ; stupified ; not quick ; ob.scure; not shrill. 
 
 OBTU'SELY, ad. without an edge or point ; in a dull, stupid 
 manner. 
 
 OBTU'SENESS, s. bliintness ; dulness. 
 
 OBTU'SION, s. the act of dulling or blunting; the state of 
 being made dull. 
 
 To OBVE'RT, V. a. [rerto, Lat.] to turn toward. 
 
 To O'BVIATE, V. a. [ob and via, Lat.] to meet in the way ; to 
 prevent. 
 
 O'BVIOUS, a. meeting any thing; opposed in front to any 
 thing. Figuratively, open ; exposed. Easily discovered, or plain, 
 applied to sentiment. 
 
 O'BVIOUSLY, ad. evidently ; plainly. 
 
 O'BVIOUSNESS, s. the state of being evident, apparent, or 
 easily discovered. 
 
 To OBU'MBRATE, v. a. [obumbro, from umhra, Lat.] to shade, 
 cloud, or make any thing less visible. 
 
 OCCAM, orO'CKAM, WILLIAM, Vhe Invincible Doctor oHhe 
 Schoolmen, was an Englishman by birth, and studied under 
 Duns Scotus. He founded a school called by his name, which 
 held and taught Nominalism, in opposition to the authorized 
 Realism of the age, and shook the church almost as much as an 
 attempt at a practical reformation would have done. Ho taught 
 at the university of Paris, under the shadow of the French king's 
 protection; and died in Munich in 1347, aged about 50 years. 
 His books are very unreadable now, the language and the sub- 
 ject too being irrecoverably dead. 
 
 OCCA'SION, (okdzhon) s. [ob and cado, Lat] an incident ; op- 
 portunity; convenience; occurrence casual ; an unforeseen op- 
 portunity ; an accidental cause ; casual need or exigence. 
 
 To OCCA'SION , (okdzhon) V. a. to cause without design; to 
 cause or produce ; to influence. 
 
 OCCA'SIONAL, (okdzhonal) a. casual; incidental; producing 
 without design ; produced bv occasion, or incidental exigence. 
 
 OCCA'SIONALLY, (okdzh'onalhj) ad. casually, or on account of 
 some unforeseen emergency. 
 
 OCCECATION, {oksekdshon) s. [occcecatio, from cacits, Lat.] the 
 act of blinding or making blind. 
 
 {yCClDENT, (oksident) s. [occidens, from occUi, Lat.] the •vest. 
 
oco 
 
 O'CCIDENTAL, (dksidental) a. {pccidentatis, Lat.] western. 
 
 OCCl'DUOUS, (okiiduous) a. [occiduus, Lat.] western. 
 
 OCCI'PITAL, (oksipital) a. [occipitalis, from occiput, Lat.] 
 placed in the hinder part of the head. 
 
 O'CCIPUT, (dksiput) s. [Lat.] the hinder part of the head. 
 
 OCCI'SION, (oksishon) s. [occisio, from occtdo, Lat.] the act of 
 killing or slaying. 
 
 To OCCHJ'DE, V. a. [ob and claudo, Lat.] to shut up, 
 
 OCCLU'SE, a. shut up; closed. , 
 
 OCCU'LT, a. [ocCTtto, Lat.] secret; hidden; unknown; un- 
 discoverable. 
 
 OCCULT A'TION, s. in Astronomy, the concealment of a star 
 or planet, by the interposition of the moon, or some other planet, 
 between it and us. 
 
 OCCU'LTNESS, s. the state of being secret, hid, or not dis- 
 coverable. 
 
 O'CCUPANCY, s. loccupans, from occupo, Lat.] the act of tak- 
 ing possession. 
 
 O'CCUPANT, s. one that takes possession. 
 
 To O'CCUPATE, t). a. [occM/>o, Lat.] to possess, hold, ortakeup. 
 
 OCCUPA'TION, «. [Fr.] the act of taking possession ; an em- 
 ployment, business, trade, or calling. 
 
 O'CCUPIER, s. a possessor ; one that takes possession ; one 
 who follows any employment. 
 
 To O'CCUPY, V. a. [occuper, Fr.] to possess, keep, or take up ; 
 to employ and busy ; to follow as a trade or business ; to use, or 
 expend. — v. n. to practise or follow any business. 
 
 To OCCU'R, V. n, [ob and curro, Lat.] to present to the me- 
 mory or attention ; to appear in different places ; to meet, clash, 
 or strike against ; to obviate, or oppose. 
 
 OCCU'RRENCE, s. [Fr.] an incident; accidental event; 
 occasional presentation, 
 
 OCCU'RRENT, s. [occurrens, Lat.] any event or thing that 
 happens. 
 
 OCCU'RSION, s. [occurro, Lat.] a clash, hurt, or blow, by the 
 meeting of two bodies together, 
 
 O'CEAN, {_6shean) s. [Fr. oceauus, Lat,] in Geography, is a 
 vast expanse of salt waters. There are usually reckoned 5 
 oceans on the surface of our globe : 1, The Atlantic Ocean, 
 which divides Europe and Africa from America : 2. The Pacific 
 Ocean, or South Sea, which divides America from Asia : 3. The 
 Indian Ocean, which separates the Indies from Africa : 4. The 
 Arctic Ocean, or Icy Sea, round the N. pole : and, 5. The An- 
 tarctic Ocean, round the S. pole. The other seas which are 
 called oceans usually receive their names from the countries 
 they border upon ; as the German Ocean, between England and 
 Germany. Any immense expanse. 
 
 O'CEAN, {oshean) a. belonging to the main sea, 
 
 OCEA'NIA, s. [Oceanie, Fr.] in Geography, the French name 
 for the groups of islands in the Pacific Ocean. See Polyj«esia. 
 
 OCE'LLATED, a. [oeulus, Lat.] resembling the eye. 
 
 OCE'LLUS, surnamed Lucanus, from his native country, Luca- 
 nia ; a Pythagorean philosopher, supposed to have lived in the 
 6th century b. c. His treatise, on the Nature of the Universe, is 
 still extant. 
 
 O'CELOT, s. in Zoology, an animal of the cat kind, which 
 inhabits Mexico, and is covered with very beautiful spots. 
 
 OCHI'LL, the name of a range of mountains in Scotland, the 
 loftiest parts of which are in Perthshire, and exceed 2000 feet 
 in height. 
 
 O'CHIMY, (6kimy) «. [formed by corruption from alchemy,'] a 
 mixed base metal. 
 
 O'CHRE, {6her) s. [Fr. ochra, Gr.] in Mineralogy, an earth 
 which is known in chemistry as one of the oxides of iron. 
 Ochres are of several kinds, distinguished by their colours. 
 
 O'CHREOUS, {ikreous) a. consisting of ochre. 
 
 O'CHREY, {dkrey) a. partaking of ochre. 
 
 O'CKLEY, SIMON, a clergyman of the English Church, who 
 was eminent for his attainments in oriental literature. He was 
 Arabic Professor at Cambridge ; and wrote many works, the best 
 known of which is his History of the Saracens. He died in in- 
 digence, in 1720, aged 42 years. 
 
 O'CO'NNELL, DANIEL, the Irish Liberator, a distinguished 
 political agitator of the present century. He was educated at 
 St. Omer and Douay, and afterwards studied law at Lincoln's 
 Inn. After he was called to the bar, he was almost unknown 
 till he defended and procured the acquittal of Lord Killeen and 
 
 ODD 
 
 others from a Protestant jury. He had before appeared as the ad- 
 vocate of Catholic Emancipation ; and in the Catholic Committee, 
 the Catholic Board, and the Catholic Association, he laboured 
 with the energy of a giant, and displayed the noblest eloquence 
 to obtain that just demand. And in this he was finally success- 
 ful. He had before this, his first and only true triumph, been 
 returned to parliament, and it was this return which won his 
 cause. His professional practice had been considerable, and he 
 received a voluntary tribute from the Irish people, as a com- 
 pensation for his loss of that, whilst carrying on this war of 
 opinion. He was never out of parliament, nor out of the pub- 
 lic eye, afterwards; but the rest of his career was one huge 
 sham. He sacrificed the poor country voters in the time of th» 
 Reform Bill ; and he kept Ireland in one ceaseless ferment for 
 above 15 years, by agitating the question of repeal of the union 
 of that country with England. He raised this ferment to the 
 most alarming pitch, at length, by his monster meetings, of 
 hundreds of thousands, on spots consecrated by national tradi- 
 tion ; and he was then in the zenith of his popular glory, crown- 
 ed as de facto king of the Irish. One step higher in the splen- 
 dour of his pretence the English government raised him, by a 
 prosecution, conviction of conspiracy, and incarceration in Rich- 
 mond gaol. But from this show of martyrdom he was delivered 
 by Writ of Error, and his occupation was for ever gone. Unable 
 to guide the spirits he had raised ; alarmed by the realities of 
 famine and pestilence, which prevented the supply of the funds 
 by which he had carried on his histrionic warfare against the 
 Saxons; worn out by the ceaseless excitement of his public life; 
 he left the field, and died, on his journey to the Eternal City, at 
 Genoa, in 1847, aged 72 years, bequeathing his heart to Rome. 
 He has already been tried by history ; and her judgment is, that 
 priestism, and not patriotism, was the genius by which he was 
 led. Yet history most gratefully records, that O'Connell first 
 proved the power of pacific agitation, and by that only means 
 
 fained one of the noblest victories over the coward bigotry of 
 tate-churchism which late days have ever seen. 
 
 O'CTAGON, s. [okto and yonia, Gr.] in Geometry, a figure of 
 eight sides and angles. 
 
 OCTA'GONAL, a. having eight sides and angles. 
 
 OCTA'NGULAR, a. [octo and angulus, Lat.] having eight 
 angles. 
 
 OCTA'NGULARNESS, s. the quality of having eight angles. 
 
 O'CTANT, O'cTiLE, a. [octo, Lat.] in Astrology, that aspect of 
 any heavenly body with respect to another, that they are only 
 one-eighth of a circle, or 45 degrees, distant from each other. 
 
 O'CTAVE, s. [Fr.] the eighth day after some particular festi- 
 val. In Music, an eighth, or interval of eight sounds. 
 
 OCTA'VO, s. [Lat.] a book, each of whose leaves is one-eighth 
 of a sheet of paper. 
 
 OCTE'NNIAL, a. [octo and annus, Lat,] happening every eighth 
 year ; lasting eight years. 
 
 OCTO'BER, s. [Lat.] the tenth month in order from January. 
 
 O'CTONARY, a. belonging to the number eight. 
 
 OCTONO'CULAR, a. [octo and oeulus, Lat.] having eight eyes. 
 
 OCTOPE'TALOLS, a. [okto and petalon, Gr,] in Botany, hav- 
 ing eight flower leaves. 
 
 O'CTOSTYLE, s. [okto and stulos, Gr.] the face of a building 
 having eight columns. 
 'O'CTUPLE, a. [octuplus, Lat,] eight-fold. 
 
 O'CULAR, a. [oculaire, Fr. from oeulus, Lat.] depending on 
 the eye ; known by the eye. 
 
 O'CULARLY, ad. in such a manner as to be visible to the 
 eye. 
 
 O'CULATE, a, having eyes ; knowing or perceiving by 
 the eye. 
 
 O'CULIST, s. one who professes to cure the disorders of 
 the eye, 
 
 O'CZAKOW, or Ochzakoff, a town in the government of 
 
 lerson, Russia. It is seated at the mouth of the river Dnieper, 
 opposite Kinburn, and has some trade. Pop, about 1500. Lat. 
 
 ODD, a. [od, Brit,] not even ; not to be divided into even num- 
 bers ; more than a round number, or the number mentioned. 
 Figuratively, particular; strange; uncouth; whimsical; fantas- 
 tical; uncommon; unlucky; unlikely; singular, 
 
 O'DDLY, ad. in a strange, singular, or unaccountable manner ; 
 in such a manner as not to be divided into an even number. 
 
(ECU 
 
 CDDNESS, «. the state of being uneven ; singalarity, peculi- 
 arity, strangeness, or uncouthness. 
 
 ODDS, s. the excess of two, compared with each other ; ad- 
 vantage or superiority for or against a thing; a quarrel, debate, 
 dispute, or difference. 
 
 ODE, s. [Gr.] a song, or poetical composition, to be sung or 
 set to music. It is generally, however, used to designate compo- 
 sitions of the lyrical kind, which are not primarily intended for 
 music, and wfiich display thought and emotion, rather than 
 facts. Pindar's odes are the noblest in Greek ; Horace is the 
 greatest Latin writer of odes; and in English we have many, 
 and Wordsworth's are amongst the best. 
 
 ODE'SSA, a town of the government of Cherson, Russia. It 
 stands on the shore of the Black Sea, and is a handsome town, 
 with several noble public buildings. Its harbour is formed by 
 vast moles, and is very extensive, and strongly fortified. It is 
 a very important place for commerce, and is the great shipping 
 port for the corn of the S. part of Russia. It has also some valu- 
 able manufactories. Its inhabitants belong to a great many dif- 
 ferent countries, and there are various institutions for purposes of 
 education and charity, which are well supported, rop. about 
 70,000. Lat. 46. 32. N. Long. 30. 35. E. 
 
 O'DIHAM, HamMhire. It is situated on a navigable canal 
 from the Wye and Thames to Basingstoke, 42 miles from Lon- 
 don. Market, Saturday. Pop. 2817. 
 
 O'DIN, s. in Northern Mythology, the supreme or chief amongst 
 the gods. War and trade, by a very remarkable and character- 
 istic inconsistency, were put under his especial protection. Odin 
 is said to have been the chief, under whom the Northmen mi- 
 grated from Scythia, long before the Christian sera. He was 
 otherwise called Woden, and the VVodnesday was dedicated to 
 his honour. 
 
 O'DIOUS, a. [odiosus, from odi, Lat.] exposed to hate ; causing 
 hate ; hateful, abominable, detestable. 
 
 O'DIOUSLY, dft'. hatefully ; abominably; invidiously. 
 
 O'DIOUSNESS, s. the quality which renders a person or thing 
 the object of hatred ; the state of being hated. 
 
 O'DlUM, s. [Lat.] hatred ; the quality of provoking hatred. 
 
 ODO'ACER, the chief of the Herulians, a tribe of Northmen, 
 who iq the 5th century finally overthrew the empire of Rome, 
 and made himself king of Italy. He was defeated several times 
 by the Goths under Theodoric, besieged in Rome, and murdered 
 in 493, after a reign of 17 years. 
 
 ODONTA'LGIC, a. [odon and algos, Gr.] pertaining to the 
 tooth-ache. 
 
 O'DORATE, a. [odor, Lat.] scented ; having a strong scent. 
 
 ODORI'FEROUS, a. [odor and fero, Lat.] giving scent ; fra- 
 grant; perfumed. 
 
 ODORl'FEROUSNESS, s. sweetness of scent ; fragrance. 
 
 O'DOROUS, a. sweet-scented ; fragrant ; perfumed. 
 
 O'DOUR, s. [odor, Lat.] a scent or smell, whether good or bad ; 
 but most properly applied to a sweet one. 
 
 O'DYSSEY, the name of the second great Homeric epic poem, 
 which recounts the adventures of Odysseus, commonly called 
 Ulysses, as he returned to Ithaca from the siege of Troy. See 
 Homer. 
 
 (E, (pron. like an JE in the following words,) a diphthong used 
 in English to represent the diphthong oi of the Greek language. 
 
 (ECOLAMPA'DIUS, JOHIN, one of the most eminent of the 
 Swiss reformers, who studied at Heidelberg, and entered the 
 priesthood ; but being converted to the new doctrine by the 
 writings of Luther, he went to Basle, and was made theolo- 
 gical professor there. He espoused the sacramtSntal opinions 
 of Zwingllus, and wrote many learned and valuable works. He 
 died in 1531, aged 49 years. 
 
 (ECONO'MICS, s. [oikos and nomos, Gr.] the management of 
 household affairs. 
 
 CECO'NOMIST, s. one who manages a family ; one who con- 
 ducts his affairs with prudence and discretion ; one who so 
 conducts national revenues and finances. 
 
 CECO'NOMY,s. the act of prudently managing affairs ; thrifti- 
 ness ; good husbandry. In Theology, a particular dispensa- 
 tion or revelation of God's will to man ; also, the moral govern- 
 ment of God. 
 
 OiCUME'NlCAL, a. [oikoumene, Gr.] general ; respecting the 
 whole habitable world. (Ecumenical Councils, '\a Ecclesiastical 
 History, are assemblies convened from all Christendom, for the 
 
 OFF 
 
 regulation of doctrine and discipline in the Church. Church 
 historians reckon 19 of these councils, the first being the coun- 
 cil of Nice, and the last the council of Trent. 
 
 ffiDE'MA, s. [oidema, from oidco, Gr.] a white, soft, insensible 
 tumour, proceeding from cold. 
 
 (EDE'MATIC, (Ede'imatous, a. appertaining to an oedema. 
 
 ffil'LIAD, s. [oeil, Fr.] a glance ; wink ; token given by 
 the eye. 
 
 O'ER, contracted in poetry (or over. 
 
 (ESO'PHAGUS, a. [oisus and phago, Gr.] in Anatomy, the gul- 
 let, or membranous pipe or passage, whereby our food is con- 
 veyed from the mouth to the stomach. 
 
 Of, (o!))iWi). [Sax.] from; relating to ; concerning; among; 
 according to. Used with the reciprocal pronoun, it implies 
 power, ability, choice, or willingness. Applied to families, being 
 born of ; extraction. Sometimes it signifies the matter of which 
 any thing is made. When put before an indefinite expression of 
 time, it gives an adverbial signification. " Oflate," i. e. lately. 
 It is commonly used to express the genitive relation, or pos- 
 session and property, in English. 
 
 OFF, ad. [q/, Sax.] the chief use of this word is to conjoin it 
 with the verbs, come, fly, look, and take, and is generally opposed 
 to on, and then signifies separation, disunion, breach of con- 
 tinuity. When applied to measure, it signifies distance. In 
 Painting or Statuary, projection or relief After go, it implies 
 vanishing, absence, or departure. Absolutely, it implies disap- 
 pointment, defeat, or interruption. When opposed to on, it 
 implies in behalf or favour. When applied to any action, it im- 
 plies change, alteration, or diversion. Off hand, signifies with- 
 out study or premeditation. 
 
 OFF, interj. an expression of abhorrence, or command to 
 depart. 
 
 OFF, prep, is opposed to on or upon. At a distance, applied to 
 place. 
 
 O'FFA, a king of Mercia, in Anglo-Saxon Britain, and ninth 
 Bretwalda, or supreme king of the land. He was elected king 
 of Mercia in place of one Beorred, whose tyranny was unbear- 
 able; and his fame has made him the theme of as many legends 
 as any Teuton king. He subdued the Welsh, and either by 
 battle, or by negociation, or by treachery, gained the supremacy 
 over all the other Saxon kingdoms. Before his death ne sum- 
 moned a great council of his own realm, and had his son Egfrith 
 acknowledged and crowned king of Mercia. His contemporary 
 celebrity is proved by the fact that Charlemagne, claiming to be 
 the greatest monarch in Eastern Christendom, always addressed 
 Offa as the greatest in the West. Tamworth was the royal re- 
 sidence of this forgotten hero. He died in 795, having reigned 
 for 40 years. 
 
 O'FFAL, s. [perhaps from offa, Lat.] waste meat, or that 
 which is not eaten at table; carrion, or coarse flesh ; refuse, or 
 that which is thrown away as of no value; any thing of no 
 esteem; the entrails. 
 
 OFFE'NCE, s. [offcndo, Lat.] any thing which may cause dis- 
 gust, on account ot being contrary to law, or the inclination of 
 another ; any thing that may injure or displease. 
 
 OFFE'NCEFUL, a. causing displeasure; injurious; contrary 
 to law. 
 
 OFFE'NCELESS, a. without doing injury, or any thing that 
 may cause displeasure ; innocent, harmless, inoffensive. 
 
 To OFFE'ND, V. a. [offcndo, Lat.] to irritate, or make angry; 
 to attack ; to assail ; to transgress ; to injure ; to violate. — v. n. 
 to be criminal ; to provoke to anger ; to be guilty of a trans- 
 gression of any rule. 
 
 OFFE'NDER, s. a criminal ; transgressor; one who has done 
 an injury. 
 
 OFFE'NDRESS, s. a female offender. 
 
 OFFE'NSIVE.a. causing anger, displeasure, pain ; assailant ; 
 disgustful ; injurious. 
 
 OFFE'NSIVELY, ad. in such a manner as to displease, or 
 cause uneasiness or hatred. 
 
 OFFE'NSIVENESS,s. mischief; uneasiness; injury, or cause 
 of disgust. 
 
 To D'FFER, v.a. [offero, Lat.] to present to a person ; to hold 
 so as a person may receive; to sacrifice, or immolate; to bid, 
 applied to price; to attempt; to commence; to propose. — v. n. 
 to be present, or to present itself; to make an attempt. 
 
 O'FFER, s. [offre, Fr.] proposal of an advantage to another; 
 
 031 
 
OGE 
 
 a proposal made ; the price bid at a sale or market ; attempt or 
 endeavour ; first advance. 
 
 OFFERER, s. one vfho makes a proposal ; one who sacrifices, 
 or dedicates in worship. 
 
 O'FFERING, s. any thing sacrificed on a religious account. 
 
 O'FFERTORY.s. [offertoire. Ft.] the thing offered ; the act of 
 offering. 
 
 O'FFICE, s. [Fr. from officium, Lat.] any public charge or em- 
 ployment ; agency ; peculiar use ; act of good or ill, voluntarily 
 proffered; private employment; act of worship; formulary of 
 devotions ; place appropriated to particular business ; a place 
 where business is transacted. Hobj Office, s(e Inquisition. 
 
 O'FFICER, s. [officier, Fr.] a man employed by the public ; a 
 commander in an army; one who has the power of apprehending 
 criminals, or arresting debtors. Commission- Officers are those 
 appointed by the king's commission ; such are all from the ge- 
 neral to the cornet, inclusive ; thus denominated in contradis- 
 tinction to Warrant-Officers, who are appointed by the colonel 
 or captain's warrant, as quarter-masters, Serjeants, corporals, 
 and even chaplains and surgeons. Field-Officers are such as 
 command a whole regiment; as the colonel, lieutenant-colonel, 
 and major. Flag-Officers are admirals, commodores, and com- 
 manders of squadrons. General-Officers are those whose com- 
 mand extends to a body of forces, composed of several regiments; 
 such are the general, lieutenant-general, major-generals, and 
 brigadiers. Staff-Officers are such as, in the king's presence, 
 bear a white staff, or wand ; and at other times, at their going 
 abroad, have it carried before them by a footman bareheaded; 
 such are the lord-steward, lord-chamberlain, lord-treasurer, &c. 
 The white staff is taken for a commission ; and at the king's 
 death, each of these officers breaks hisstaff over the hearse made 
 for the king's body, and by this means lays down his commis- 
 sion, and discharges his inferior oflicers. Subaltern- Officers are 
 all who administer justice in the name of subjects ; as those who 
 act under the earl-marshal, admiral, &c. In the army, the sub- 
 altern officers are the lieutenants, cornets, ensigns, Serjeants, 
 and corporals. 
 
 O'FFlCERED, a. supplied with commanders. 
 
 OFFI'CIAIi, {offishial) a. [Fr.] conducive towards performing 
 anv public charge. 
 
 OFFI'CIAL, (pffishial)s. a person commissioned to judge causes 
 in an ecclesiastical court. 
 
 OFFI'CIALTY, (offishialty) s. [pfficialite, Fr.] the charge or post 
 of an official. 
 
 To OFFI'CIATE, (offtshiate) V. n. to discharge any office, ge- 
 nerally applied to acts of worship ; to perform an office for an- 
 other. — V. a. to give in consequence of office. 
 
 OFFICI'NAL, a. [officina, Lat.] among apothecaries, used in 
 shops. 
 
 OFFFCIOUS, (offtshious) a. [officium, Lat.] doing good offices, 
 or acts of kindness, in a good sense. Assisting or intermeddling 
 with the affairs of another, without being invited or welcome; 
 forward, in a bad sense. 
 
 OFFI'CIOUSLY, {offishiously) ad. in such a manner as to be 
 too fond of assisting a person, or intermeddling in his affairs, 
 without being asked or welcome. Kindly, or with unasked 
 kindness, in a good sense. 
 
 OFFrCIOUSNESS, (offishiousness) s. too great a readirtess to 
 assist or oblige another, commonly used in abad sense. Service, 
 in a good sense. 
 
 O'FFING, s. in sailors' language, is the open sea, or far from 
 land. When a ship is sailing to sea, they say, she stands for 
 the Offing. 
 
 O'FFSET, s. a sprout, a shoot of a plant. 
 
 O'FFSCOURING, s. a part rubbed off in cleaning or scour- 
 ing ; refuse. 
 
 O'FFSPRING, «. the thing propagated or generated ; children, 
 descendants ; a production or any kind. 
 
 OFT, a</. [Sax.] frequently ; several times ; often; not rarely; 
 not seldom. 
 
 CFTEN, (usually pronounced as if spelt 6fn,) a. in the com- 
 parative, oftener,\a the superlative, o/fencsf; many times ; fre- 
 quently. 
 
 O'FTENTIMES, ad. many times ; more than once or twice ; 
 frequently. 
 
 OFTTIMES, ad. many times; frequently. 
 
 OGEE', Ogi've, in Architecture, a moulding. 
 6.32 
 
 OLB 
 
 To O'GLE, t!. n. [pogh, Belg.] to view with stolen glances, in 
 order to escape notice. 
 
 O'GLER, s. [oo^Aefer, Belg.] one that views another by side or 
 stolen glances. 
 
 OGRE'SSES, s. in Heraldry, balls of a black colour. 
 
 OH, interj. an exclamation made use of to express sorrow, pain, 
 or surprise. 
 
 O'HIO, a river of North America, which rises in the Alleghany 
 Mountains, by the junction of the Alleghany and the Mononga- 
 hela rivers, and falls into the Mississippi after a course of about 
 950 miles. There is only one part in all this distance that deserves 
 the title of rapids, and even they are passed by boats when the 
 water is high. It is 900 feet wide at its mouth. It receives the 
 waters of innumerable tributaries. 
 
 O'HIO, a State of the Union, North America. It lies on Lake 
 Erie, and is bounded by Michigan, Pennsylvania, Virginia, Ken- 
 tucky, and Indiana. It is 210 miles long, and 200 miles wide, 
 and IS divided into 79 counties. It is generally level, but about 
 a quarter of its surface, in the E. and S. E. parts, is broken and 
 hilly. The Ohio, the Muskingum, the Scioto, the 2 Miamis, he, 
 with their tributaries, are its chief rivers. Coal and iron are 
 found in various parts. Wheat and other grain are produced 
 abundantly. The forests furnish most valuable kinds of wood, 
 and the extensive prairies graze large herds of cattle. It is yet 
 but in an infant condition, but it has some valuable manufac- 
 tures, and some excellent trading places, as it communicates 
 with the St. Lawrence and the Mississippi too: it has also 37 
 banks. It has no less than 16 colleges of different kinds, lite- 
 rary, legal, theological, and medical. Cincinnati, is its great 
 place of trade, and Columbus its seat of government. Popula- 
 tion, 1,519,467. 
 
 OIL, s. {o(el. Sax.] a fat, unctuous, thin, and inflammable 
 juice, drawn from animal, vegetable, and mineral bodies, either 
 by expression or distillation. See the names of the principal hinds. 
 
 To OIL, V. a. to smear with oil. 
 
 OI'LCOLOUR, s. colour made by grinding coloured substances 
 in oil. 
 
 OI'LINESS, s. greasiness; unctuosity; the quality approach- 
 ing to, or like, that of oil. 
 
 OI'LMAN, s. one who trades in oils, pickles, &c. 
 
 OI'LSHOP, s. a shop where oil, pickles, and other commodi- 
 ties are vended. 
 
 OI'LY, a. fat ; greasy; resembling oil. 
 
 To OINT, V. a. [Fr.] to anoint ; to smear with something 
 greasy. 
 
 OI'NTMENT, s. a medicine made of unctuous, oily, or greasy 
 substances. 
 
 OISE, a department of France, bounded by the departments 
 of Aisne, Seine at Marne, Seine et Oise, Eure, Seine Inferieure, 
 and Somme. It is CO miles long and 40 broad. It is generally 
 level, and is watered by the Oise, (after which it is named,) the 
 Aisne, &c. &c. Building-stone, limestone, marble, &c. are its 
 mineral products. It is a decidedly agricultural district, pro- 
 ducing all kinds of corn in abundance, with cattle of all kinds, 
 fruits, cider, &c. It has wide forests, abounding in game, &c. 
 In the towns, extensive manufactures are carried on. Beauvais 
 is its capital. Pop. about 420,000. 
 
 O'KEHAM, Rutlandshire. It is pretty well built, and has a 
 free-school and an hospital. It is the county town. It is seated 
 in a rich valley, called the Vale of Catmos, and is 95 miles from 
 London. Markets, Monday and Saturday. Pop. 2726. 
 
 O'KEINGHAM, O'kinciiam, or Wo'kingham, Berkshire and 
 Wiltshire. It has a small manufactory of denims, and some 
 mills for throwing silk. It is 32 miles from London. Market, 
 Tuesday. Pop. 3342. 
 
 O'KER, s. See Ochre. 
 
 OKHOTSK, a town of Asiatic Russia, standing on the river 
 Ochota, not far from the coast of the Sea of Okhotsk. It is a 
 place of some trade, being the only town of any importance be- 
 tween Siberia and Kamtchatka and Russian America. Pop. 
 about 2500. Lat. 62. 30. N. Long. 141. 0. E. 
 
 OLA'US MAGNUS, the historian of the ancient Scandinavian 
 races, was one of the few clergy who remained faithful to their 
 old creed at the Swedish Reformation. His great work contains 
 much rare and valuable information respecting the Northipen. 
 He died at Rome in 1568. 
 
 O'LBERS, UR. HENRY WILLIAM, an eminent German 
 
OLI 
 
 astronomer or the last century and the beginning of the present. 
 Although not a mean proficient in mathematical astronomy, his 
 fame rests on his discovery of two of the asteriods, the 2nd of 
 the first4 known, named Pallas, and the 4th, named Vesta. He 
 also calculated the elements of some smaller comets. He had a 
 most beautifully furnished observatory at his own house at Bre- 
 men, and an excellent library attached to it. He died in 1840, 
 aged 72 years. 
 
 OLD, a. leak!, Sax. alt, Teut.] advanced in years, or beyond 
 the middle age of life. Of long continuance ; begun long ago ; 
 not new; ancient; not modern; subsisting before something 
 else, opposed to last ; long practised, or veteran. In familiar or 
 burlesque language, more than enough ; a frequent repetition 
 of the same thing. Of old, signifies long ago, or in times long 
 past. 
 
 O'LDCASTLE, SIR JOHN, LORD COBHAM, the most 
 illustrious of England's martyrs before the Reformation. He 
 was a man of high standing and considerable military renown, 
 nor yet less fitted for counsel than for war; and he enjoyed gr^at 
 favour from Henry V., who could appreciate these excellencies. 
 Being a convert to Wicliffe's faith ijy means of his books, he 
 was naturally much looked up to by the persecuted followers of 
 that apostle of the truth in England. Priestly intolerance pro- 
 cured his excommunication and sentence, but he escaped from 
 the Tower. Afterwards a basely false charge of treason was laid 
 against him; and being taken, although the king knew how 
 false the charge was, he so much feared the priests, that he suf- 
 fered this brave and holy man to be burnt to death in chains, 
 slowly, in 1417. 
 
 O'LDENBURG, a duchy of Germany, consisting of Olden- 
 burg Proper, Liibeck, and Birkenfeld. They lie in the N. W. 
 part of Germany, and are bounded by Denmark, Hanover, Prus- 
 sia, the Netherlands, &c., respectively. Oldenburg is a level 
 tract at the mouth of the Weser, having good grazing grounds, 
 and a soil which, though not very fertile, produces corn of all 
 kinds, &c. Liibeck is also level, and is watered by the Trave. 
 Birkenfeld is mountainous, yielding iron, coal, stone for build- 
 ing, &c. ; and in its lower parts producing corn, wine, fruits, &c. 
 It has not much trade, nor any very valuable manufactures. 
 Oldenburg, the capital, stands on the river Hunta, and has, be- 
 side the palace, several schools, &c. worthy of observation. Pop. 
 about 8t)00. Lat. 53. 10. N. Long. 8. 10. E. Pop. of duchy, 
 about 275,000. It is sometimes called Holstein-Oldenburg. 
 
 OLDFA'SHIONED, a. made in a form at present laid aside, 
 or not used. 
 
 O'LDHAM, Lancashire. It stands on the Mellock, and is a 
 manufacturing town of some importance. In its neighbourhood 
 are several coal mines. There are many handsome buildings for 
 educational and other public purposes in the town. It is 106 
 miles from London. Market, Saturday. Pop. 42,595. 
 
 O'LDNESS, s. old age; antiquity; the quality of being old ; 
 impaired by age or time. 
 
 OLD RED SA'NDSTONE, in Geology, the former name of a 
 variable formation, lying as the base of the carboniferous rocks, 
 and found in coal districts. See Silurian System. 
 
 OLEA'GINOUS, a. [oleaginm, from olea, Lat.] oily ; unctuous. 
 
 OLEA'GINOUSNESS,*. oiliness. 
 
 OLEA'NDER, s. [ohandre, Fr.] in Botany, the plant rose- 
 bay. 
 
 OLE'FIANT GAS, in Chemistry, the product of the decompo- 
 sition of alcohol by an excess of sulphuric acidj which consists of 
 equal parts of carbon and hydrogen. 
 
 OLEO'SE, a. [oleosus, from olea, Lat.] oily. 
 
 OLFA'CTORY,a. [olfactolre, Fr.] having the sense of smelling. 
 
 O'LID, O'lidous, a. [olidus, from olea, Lat.] stinking. 
 
 OLIGA'RCHICAL, {oliydikikal) a. [pligarchicus, Lat. from 
 oligos and arche, Gr.] belonging to an oligarchy. 
 
 O'LIGARCHY, (oUgarhy) s. a form of government which 
 places the supreme power in a small number, generally nobles ; 
 aristocracy. 
 
 O'LIO, s. [alia. Span.] a rich dish made of different sorts of 
 meat ; a medley. 
 
 O'LITORY, a. [alitor, Lat.] belonging to the kitchen garden. 
 
 OLIVA'REZ, GASPAR GUZMAN, DUKE D', an eminent 
 Spanish statesman, who held almost sovereign sway under 
 Philip IV. for 22 years, and managed the domestic affairs of 
 the kingdom with some success ; but having to contend with the 
 
 OMI 
 
 powerful Richelieu in foreign affairs, was compelled to abide the 
 loss of Portugal, and many of the American colonies. Being 
 dismissed in consequence of this, he fell into obscurity, and died 
 in 164^3, aged 55 years. 
 
 OLIVA'STER, a. [olivastre, Fr. hom ollva, Lat.] darkly-brown > 
 tawny. 
 
 O'LIVE, s. [olea, Lat.] in Botany, a tree producing an oblong 
 fruit, about the size of a damson, which is pickled ; it is famous 
 for its oil, which is a very considerable article of commerce in 
 the different states of Italy, &c. ; and was formerly used as an 
 emblem of peace. 
 
 O'LMUTZ, a town of Moravia, Austria. It is a place of some 
 consideration for trade and manufactures; and has a college, a 
 riding academy, and a learned society. It is well built, popu- 
 lous, and fortified, and is seated on the river Morawa, 100 miles 
 from Vienna. Pop. about 15,000. Lat. 49. 55. N. Long. 17. 
 14. E. 
 
 O'LNEY, Buckinghamshire. It has a considerable manufac- 
 ture of bonelace; and is seated on the river Ouse, 50 miles from 
 London. Market, Monday. Pop. 2437. 
 
 OLONETZ, a town of Russia, formerly capital of a govern- 
 ment so called, famous for its mines of iron, and its mineral 
 water. It is situated in the government of the same name, on 
 the river Olonza, which falls into the E. sideof the Lake Ladoga. 
 Pop. about 3000. Lat. Gl. 20. N. Long. 34. 20. E. 
 
 OLONE'TZ, a government of Russia, lying on Lake Ladoga, 
 and bounded by Novogorod, St. Petersburg, Finland, Vologda, 
 and Archangel. It is very various in the character of its surface, 
 having plains, mountains, marshes, and lakes. Iron, timber, 
 furs, &c. &c. are its articles of trade. Petrozavodsk is its capital. 
 Pop. about 400,000. 
 
 OLY'MPIAD,s. [from Olympus, where the Olympic games were 
 celebrated,] in Chronology, the space or period of four years, 
 whereby the Greeks reckoned their time. The first was in 
 776 B. c. 
 
 OLY'MPIC GAMES, the greatest national festival of the 
 Greeks, held at Elis in Peloponnesus, once in five years; when 
 a crown of olive was awarded to the victors. There was a cele- 
 brated temple of Zeus (Jupiter) near the spot, wherein was the 
 chryselephantine statue of the god by Pheidias. No honours 
 were so much esteemed as an Olympic victory ; it was regarded 
 as a triumph by the native place of the conqueror, and the most 
 flattering honours were paid him. 
 
 OLY'MPUS, the name of three mountains, in Asia Minor, in 
 Crete, and in Thessaly; on the summit of one of which, accord- 
 ing to Grecian Mythology, the happy gods had their lofty palaces. 
 It cannot be told which it was, as the legends are contradictory, 
 and no traces of the buildings have been found on any of them. 
 
 O'MAR, the name of two Mohammedan caliphs; vhs first oi 
 whom lived in the palmy days of Mussulman triumph, and was 
 one of the purest types of the chief of Islam. Under his rule 
 the empire was pushed through Syria, Persia, Egypt, &c. &c. 
 And it was by this caliph, according to a somewhat incredible 
 tale, that the celebrated library at Alexandria was destroyed. 
 He was assassinated in 044, after a reign of 10 years. The 
 magnificent mosque built on the site of the temple of Jerusalem 
 is called by his name. 
 
 O'MBRE, {6mher) s. [hombre. Span.] a game of cards played by 
 three persons. 
 
 OME'GA.s. [Gr.] the last letter of the Greek alphabet. 
 
 O'MELET, s. [omelette, Fr.] a pancake of eggs. 
 
 O'MEN, s. [Lat.] any sign or token by which a future event 
 may be foretold. 
 
 O'MENED, a, containing prognostics, or signs by which fu- 
 ture events may be foretold. 
 
 OME'NTUM, s. [Lat.] in Anatomy, the covering of the intes- 
 tines, called also reticulum, from its structure resembling that of 
 a net. 
 
 O'MER, s. [Heb.] a Hebrew measure containing about three 
 pints and a half English. 
 
 O'MER, ST. a large and populous town in the department of 
 Pas de Calais, France. The hospitaland college of the Jesuits 
 here are worthy of notice. It is 135 miles from Paris. Pop. 
 about 20,000. Lat. 50. 45. N. Long. 2. 13. E. 
 
 To O'MINATE, v. a. [omen, Lat.] to foreshow ; to prognosti- 
 cate ; to foretoken. 
 
 OMINA'TION, ». a prognostic. 
 
 4 M 6m 
 
ONE 
 
 O'iftlNOUS, a. foreshowing something future, mostly used in 
 a bad sense. Containing signs of something good or ill. 
 
 O'MINOUSLY, ad. with good or bad omen. 
 
 O'MINOUSNESS, s. the quality of betokening some future ill 
 or good. 
 
 OMI'SSION, (nmisfion) s. [omissio, Lat.] the act of forbearing 
 to do something that ought to be done ; a neglect of duty, op- 
 posed to a commission of evil. 
 
 To OMIT, V. a. [omitto, Lat.] to leave out ; not to mention ; 
 to neglect doing what ought to be done. 
 
 O'MNIBUS, s. the name of a large kind of public carriage, 
 much used in London and other largo cities and places, capable 
 of seating twelve or more inside, and, in some cases, almost as 
 many outside also. 
 
 OMNIFA'RIOUS, a. [pmnifarius, Lat.] of all kinds or varieties. 
 
 OMNl'FEROUS, a. \_omnis and/ero, Lat.] all-bearing. 
 
 OMNl'FIC, a. [omnis and /acib, Lat.] all-creating. 
 
 O'MNIFORM, a. {omnis and /ormn, Lat.] of all shapes. 
 
 OMNl'GENOlIS, a. [oinnis and genus, Lat.] consisting of all 
 kinds. 
 
 OMNIPA'RITY, s. [omnis and par, Lat.] general equality. 
 
 OMNI'POTENCE, Omm'potency, s. [omnis and potens, Lat.] 
 almighty power. 
 
 OMNt'POTENT, a. all-powerful, almighty. 
 
 OMNIPRE'SENCE, s. [omnis and presens, Lat.] ubiquity ; un- 
 bounded presence. 
 
 OMNIPRE'SENT, a. present every where ; ubiquitous. 
 
 OMNI'SCIENCE, Omni'sciency, (omnishience) s. [omnis and seio, 
 Lat.] the knowledge of all things; infinite knowledge. 
 
 OMNI'SCIENT, {omnishient) a. knowing every thing; of infi- 
 nite knowledge, and all-knowing. 
 
 OMNI'SCIOUS, ipmnishious) a. knowing all things; all- 
 knowing. 
 
 OMNFVOROUS, a. [omnis and voro, Lat.] all-devouring; 
 eating food of all kinds. 
 
 O'MNIUM, s. [omnis, Lat.] in the Funds, the average of the 
 value of all the different kinds of stock, taken on a contract for 
 a loan to government. 
 
 OMO'PLATE, s. [omos dinAplatus, Lat.] in Anatomy, the 
 shoulder-blade. 
 
 OMPHALO'PTIC, s. [omphalos and optikos, Gr.] in Optics, a 
 convex lens. 
 
 O'MRAHS, the title of the great lords at the Mogul's court. 
 
 ON, prep, [am, Belg. an, Teut.] upon; supported by; or co- 
 vered with. It signifies or points out the subject of action ; 
 dependence or reliance ; the motive or occasion of any thing ; as 
 soon as any thing is done ; the period at which any thing hap- 
 pens ; the state of any thing ; a condition of a bargain or sale. 
 Sometimes it is used to imply distinction or opposition. When 
 
 used by contraction before it, it signifies of. In threats, it is 
 put before the thing thi 
 for want of compliance. 
 
 e thing threatened, and implies it will be in danger 
 
 ON, ad. forward ; in succession or progress ; without ceasing ; 
 upon the body. Resolution to advance, used elliptically tor 
 go on. 
 
 ON, intci-j. a word of incitement or encouragement to proceed, 
 or attack, used elliptically instead oi go on. 
 
 ONCE, (wonce) ad. only one time ; a single time. Used with 
 at, the same time; in an indivisible point of time; formerly. It 
 is to be remarked, that this word seems to be rather a noun 
 than an adverb, when it has at before it, or when it is joined 
 with an adjective : as. At once, or this once. 
 
 ONE, {w6n) a. [ane. Sax.] single ; any thing expressed by an 
 unit ; any. Used with another, belonging to both. Opposed to 
 another, different. Opposed to other, one of the two certain, or 
 particular. Used with day, in a past tense ; otherwise it signi- 
 fies some time to come, when used with a future tense. 
 
 ONE, (!e(5n)s. a single thing; a person ; concord; agreement; 
 a person of a particular character. This word is used in the 
 plural either when it stands for persons indefinitely; as, "The 
 great ones of the world ;" or when it relates to something going 
 before, or is used instead of a noun plural ; as, " These successes 
 are more glorious — than such ruinous ones." Sometimes it is 
 used before an impersonal verb, to signify any person, or man ; 
 as, " One would imagine." One hy one, means singly, or a sin- 
 gle person or thing at a time. 
 O'NEBERRY, s. in Botany, the herb paris, called also true-love. 
 634 
 
 O'NEEYED, (ic6n-eyed) a. having one eye ; monocular. 
 
 ONEIROCRITIC, a. [onewos and kriais, Gr.] an interpreter of 
 dreams. 
 
 ONEIROCRITICAL, a. belonging to the interpretation of 
 dreams. 
 
 O'NENESS, (tcdnness) s. unity ; the quality of being one. 
 
 O'NERARY, a. [onerarius, from onus, Lat.] fitted for carriage 
 or burdens ; comprising a burden. 
 
 ONERA'TION, s. the act of loading. 
 
 O'NEROUS, a. burdensome. Figuratively, oppressive. 
 
 O'NION, (iXnibn) s. [oignon, Fr.] in Botany, an aromatic strong- 
 scented plant, with a bulbous, coated, and orbicular root. 
 
 O'NKELOS, the writer of one of the Targums. See Taroom. 
 
 O'NLY, a. [from onelike, by contraction; onfe, Sax.] single; 
 without any other of the same kind or species; this above all 
 others ; this without any more. Synon. When, speaking of a 
 thing, we make use of the word only, we mean there is no other 
 of the same kind ; when that of alone, that it is not accompanied 
 with any other. 
 
 O'NLY, a<i. simply; singly; barely; thus and no otherwise; 
 without any more. 
 
 O'NOMANCY, s. [onoma and manteia, Gr.] divination by names. 
 
 ONOMA'NTICAL, a. belonging to divination by names. 
 
 ONOMA'TOPEE, s. [onoma and poieo, Gr.] in Etymology, a 
 word made to resemble the sound it is the name of, as crush, roar, 
 buzz, &c. This process is called onomatopeia. 
 
 0'NSET,s. the first attack or assault; aggression; ornament- 
 al appendage. 
 
 O'NSLAUGHT, {'mshut) s. attack ; assault. 
 
 ONTA'RIO, the name of the most easterly of the great lakes 
 of central N. America, which receives the waters of the remain- 
 der, through Niagara river, and discharges them into the river 
 St. Lawrence. It is 190 miles long, and 50 wide, and is naviga- 
 ble throughout its whole extent. It lies on the boundary of the 
 United States and Canada. 
 
 ONTO'LOGIST, s. [onta and logos, Gr.] a metaphysician, or 
 one who considers the properties of being in general. 
 
 ONTO'LOGY,.?. the science of being generally ; metaphysics. 
 
 O'NVVARD, ad. [ondweard. Sax.] forward; progressively; 
 somewhat further. 
 
 O'NYCHA, (fmyka) s. in Natural History, the shell of a kind 
 of snail, found in the East. 
 
 O'NYX, s. [Gr.] in Mineralogy, a variety of quartz rock, semi- 
 pellucid, and horn-coloured. 
 
 O'OLITE, s. [oon and liihos, Gr.] in Geology, the name of a 
 kind of limestone rock, composed of small granules, resembling 
 in appearance the roe of a fish. Each of these granules is a 
 grain of sand coated with carbonate of lime. There are three 
 formations of this general character ; the great or Bath oolite, 
 the inferior oolite, and the Portland oolite. They all abound 
 with different, but characteristic, fossils; and they are all of 
 great value for building purposes, &c. These rocks give the 
 name to a series of formations of the secondary class. 
 
 OONALA'SHKA, one of the Aleoutian isles, in the N. Pacific 
 Ocean, near Behring's Straits. It is about 50 miles long; and 
 is of a clearly volcanic origin, having at least one active crater. 
 The inhabitants are much like those of Nootka Sound and Kamt- 
 chatka, and live by fishing. It belongs to Russia. 
 
 OOZE, s. [waes. Sax.] soft mud ; mire at the bottom of water ; 
 slime ; a soft flow or spring. The liquor of a tanner's vat. 
 
 To OOZE, V. n. to flow by stealth ; to run gently ; to slip 
 away. 
 
 Qii'ZY , a. vaxxy ; muddy; slimy. 
 
 To OPA'CATE, V. a. [opacus, Lat.] to darken, cloud, shade, 
 or ob-cure. 
 
 OPA'CITY, s. cloudiness; want of transparency. 
 
 OPA'COUS, a. dark ; void of light ; not to be seen through. 
 
 O'PAL, s. [opalus, Lat.] in Mineralogy, a kind of silica, much 
 used by jewellers for ornamental purposes, because of its delicate 
 and beautiful colour. The best stones come from the East Indies. 
 
 OPA'QUE, {opdke) a. dark; having no light in itself; not to 
 be seen through. 
 
 To OPE, O'PEN, V. a. [Sax.] to unlock ; to unclose ; to lay 
 open; to discover; to divide or cause a breach, by which a thing 
 may be seen. Figuratively, to explain ; to disclose by degrees. 
 In Law, to begin. In Anatomy, to make an incision. — v, n. to 
 separate or unclose ; to cease to be shut. In Hunting, to bark. 
 
OPI 
 
 OPE, Cpen, (the e is mute in pronouncing this word and its 
 following derivatives and compounds ; as, Gpn, ojmer, opnittff, &c. ; 
 q/)e is used only by old authors, and by them only in its primitive 
 sense;) a. unclosed; not locked or shut. Figuratively, plain ; 
 apparent; public; without art, disguise, or reserve. Applied to 
 the season, not cloudy or gloomy. Free,unconfined, or without 
 cover, applied to the air. Exposed, or without defence, applied 
 to danger or injuries. Attentive, applied either to the eyes or 
 ears, and followed by unto or upon. 
 
 O'PENER, s. one that unlocks or makes open. Figuratively, 
 one that explains or interprets; any thing that separates or 
 divides. 
 
 OPENEY'ED, a. watchful ; vigilant. 
 
 OPENHA'NDED, a. generous; liberal; munificent. 
 
 OPENHEA'RTED, a. generous ; candid ; void of base reserve 
 or subtilty. 
 
 OPENHEA'RTEDNESS, s. generosity; liberality; munifi- 
 cence. 
 
 O'PENING, s. a breach or holel aperture. Figuratively, the 
 sight of a thing at a distance ; a faint, imperfect, or confused 
 knowledge. 
 
 O'PENLY, ad. in sight ; plainly ; without subterfuge, reserve, 
 or disguise. 
 
 CPENMOUTHED, a. greedy ; clamorous ; unable to keep a 
 secret. 
 
 O'PENNESS, s. freedom from obscurity or ambiguity ; clear- 
 ness ; plainness ; freedom from disguise, subterfuge, or artifice. 
 
 0'PERA,s. [Ital.] in Music, a musical drama, usually accom- 
 panied by dancing. It is derived from Italy, and is the chosen 
 dramatic amusement of the higher classes in England. Perhaps 
 it more nearly resembles the Grecian drama, in its essential 
 points, than any other kind of histrionic or scenic performance 
 of modern times. 
 
 0'PERABLE,o. [operor, from o^ks, I.at.] capable of being done. 
 
 CKPERANT, a. [Fr.] active ; having power to prod uce any effect. 
 
 To O'PERATE, v.n. lopiis, Lat.] to act; to produce an effect ; 
 with on, before the subject of operation. 
 
 OPERA'TION, s. [Fr. operatlo, Lat.] agency; influence; 
 action ; an effect. Figuratively, an effect. In Surgery, that 
 part of medicine, or the art of healing, which depends on the use 
 of instruments. The motions or employments of an army. 
 
 O'PERATIVE, a. having the power of acting ; efficacious ; 
 active; vigorous. 
 
 (OPERATOR, s. [Lat.] one that performs any act by the hand ; 
 one that produces any effect. 
 
 OPERO'SE, o. loperosus, Lat.] laborious ; full of trouble and 
 tediousness. 
 
 O'PHICLEIDE, s. [ophts and kleis, Gr.] in Music, a bass wind 
 instrument, used especially in military bands. It is of consider- 
 able compass, and great richness of power ; and has almost su- 
 perseded all other bass instruments of brass, in orchestries, &c. 
 
 OPHIO'PHAGOUS, a. [ophis and phax/o, Gr.] serpent-eating. 
 
 O'PHIR, in Ancient Geography, a country often referred to 
 in the Old Testament, as producing gold, odoriferous woods, 
 &c. &c. It is thought to be some part of Arabia, or India ; but 
 the notices are so indistinct, that it cannot be clearly fixed, al- 
 though it must have been some part of S. Asia. 
 
 OPHrrES, (ofuez) s. [ophis, Gr.] marble of a dusky greenish 
 ground, with oblong, and usually square, spots of lighter green. 
 
 OPHIU'CUS, or Serpentarius, in Astronomy, one of the 
 equatorial constellations, lying between Hercules and Scorpio. 
 It has no star of the first magnitude. 
 
 OPHTHA'LMIC, (oftMlmkk) a. \opUhalmos, Gr.] belonging to 
 
 the eye. 
 OPHT 
 
 ITHA'LMIA, {ofthdlmia) «. a disease in the eye, being an 
 inflammation in its coats. It occurs in many dift'erent forms. 
 
 0'PL4TE, s. [opium, Lat.] a medicine that causes sleep. 
 
 O'PIATE, a. soporiferous ; causing sleep. 
 
 O'PIE, JOHN, a portrait and historical painter of the last 
 century. Heisoneof those who have successfully striven against 
 unpropitious circumstances, being the son of a carpenter of 
 Cornwall, and destined to the same craft. Having a taste for 
 limning, he amused himself by taking likenesses of persons he 
 knew, and attracting the notice of Dr. Wolcot, was taken up by 
 him, and by him, after due proclamation, introduced to the world 
 of fashion in London, and to Sir Joshua Reynolds. After being 
 an object of modish wonder, and after obtaining some property 
 
 OPP 
 
 by his portrait painting, he was almost overlooked, yet he con- 
 tinued to study in his profession, and to endeavour to improve 
 his mind. He produced some historic pictures, and became 
 eventually professor of painting at the Royal Academy. He died 
 in 1807, aged 46 years. 
 
 OPINA'TOR, s. [Lat.] one who holds an opinion. 
 
 To OPI'NE, V. n. [opinof, Lat.] to be of opinion ; to guess, 
 
 OPI'NIATIVE, a. obstinate in opinions already received; 
 imagined ; not proved. 
 
 OPINIA'TOR, s. [ojyiniaire, Fr.] one fond of his own notions ; 
 inflexible from his own opinion. 
 
 OPINIA'TRE, (opinidter) a. [Fr.] obstinate ; stubborn. 
 
 OPINION, s. [Fr. from opinor, Lat.] a persuasion of the mind 
 without proof or certain knowledge ; sentiment ; judgment ; no- 
 tion; a favourable judgment. 
 
 OPI'NIONATIVE, a. fond of notions we have already espoused 
 or assented to ; stubborn. 
 
 OPFNIONATIVELY, ad. stubbornly. 
 
 OPI'NIONATIVENESS, s. the quality of adhering inflexibly 
 to preconceived notions. 
 
 OPI'NIONIST, s. [opinioniste, Fr.] a person fond or conceited 
 of his own notions. 
 
 OPITZ, or OPFTIUS, MARTIN, the father of German poetry, 
 a writer of the 17th century. He was first a law student, then 
 a roving literateur, and afterwards secretary to a nobleman. He 
 obtained great celebrity, and many honours, being oven enno- 
 bled by the German emperor. He finally settled in Prussia, and 
 died in 1639, aged 42 years. Some of his works are yet greatly 
 admired. 
 
 O'PIUM, s. [Lat.] in Materia Medica, the inspissated juice of 
 a species of poppy, which is a very powerful narcotic stimulant, 
 and taken in excess a certain poison. See Laudanum, Morphine. 
 
 OPODE'LDOC, «. a popular medicine, used for bruises, numb- 
 ness, and weakness of the joints. 
 
 O'POPONAX, s. [Lat.] a gum resin.of a tolerably firm texture, 
 strong, disagreeable smell, and an acrid and extremely bitter 
 taste. 
 
 OPO'RTO, or Porto, a handsome city and sea-port of Douro, 
 in Portugal, with an excellent harbour. It is notecf for its wines ; 
 on which account all red wines, that come from Spain or Portugal 
 to England, are called Port wines. Next to Lisbon, it is the 
 richest, most populous, and most commercial town in the king- 
 dom. It is seated on the declivity of a mountain, about 2 miles 
 from the mouth of the Douro, and 172 from Lisbon. Pop. about 
 75,000. Lat. 41.11. N. Long. 8. 39. W. 
 
 OPO'SSUM, s. in Zoology, an animal having a pouch or false 
 belly, into which its young ones retire for protection. There are 
 various species of opossums, from the size of a badger to that of 
 a rat. They are most of them natives of New Holland. 
 
 O'PPIAN, a Greek poet of the 3rd century. Two only of his 
 works are extant, Halieutica, or the art of fishing, and Cyncgetica, 
 or the art of hunting; which contain some remarkable traces of 
 the extent and the uncertainty of the zoological knowledge of 
 his age. They are elegant poems, and especially the former. 
 He died about 210 A. D. 
 
 To OPPI'GNERATE, v. a. [oppignero, from piynus, Lat.] to 
 pledge, pawn, or give as security. 
 
 OPPILA'TION,«, [oppilo, Lat.] obstruction; matter heaped 
 together. 
 
 O'PPILATIVE, a. obstructive. 
 
 OPPO'NENT, s. [oppono, Lat.] an adversary; antagonist. In 
 the schools, one who raises objections to the opinions or doc- 
 trines of another. 
 
 OPPO'NENT, a. opposite ; adverse. 
 
 OPPORTU'NE, a. [Fr. opportunus, Lat.] seasonable ; fit ; well- 
 timed. 
 
 OPPORTU'NELY, ad. seasonably; timely. 
 
 OPPORTU'NITY, s. lopportunite, Fr.] the proper season for 
 doing a thing, or rendering it successful. 
 
 To OPPO'SE, (oppize) V. a. [oh and pono, Lat.] to act against; 
 to hinder or resist; to put in opposition ; to oHcr as an antago- 
 nist or rival ; to place as an obstacle; to place in front; to raise 
 objections in disputations. 
 
 OPPO'SER, {pjjpozer) s. one who opposes ; an antagonist ; 
 enemy; rival ; one who raises objections in a dispute. 
 
 O'PPOSITE, (6jjp6ztle) a. [Fr.] placed in front ; facing each 
 other; contrary; repugnant; adverse. 
 
 4 M 2 035 
 
O'PPOSITE, (%)&We) s. an adversary ; opponent ; antagonist ; 
 enemy. 
 
 O'PPOSITELY, {6pp6zit€ly) ad. in such a position as to front 
 each other; adversely. 
 
 O'PPOSITENESS, {6pp6zlteness) s. the quality of facing or 
 fronting; the quality of being contrary. 
 
 OPPOSI'TION, {oppozUhon) s. [oppositio,Lat.] situation effacing 
 or fronting another; resistance; contrariety of interest, measure, 
 or meaning. In Astronomy, applied to the moon when she is at 
 the full ; to the planets when they are 180° distant from the sun, 
 or from one another. 
 
 To OPPRE'SS, V. a. [opprimo, Lat.] to crush by hard .hip or 
 unreasonable severity; to overpower, subdue. 
 
 OPPRE'SSION, s. [oppressio, from oppriino, Lat.] the act of op- 
 pressing; cruelty; severity; hardship; calamity; dulness of 
 spirits, or fatigue of body. 
 
 OPPRE'SSIVE, a. cruel; inhuman; rigorous in exacting; 
 heavy ; overwhelming. 
 
 OPPRE'SSOR, s. [Lat.] one who harasses or afflicts another 
 with unreasonable severity. 
 
 OPPRO'BRIOUS, a. [opprohriitm, from pi-obrum, Lat.] reproach- 
 ful ; scurrilous; disgraceful; causing infamy. 
 
 OPPRO'BRIOUSLY, ad. in a reproachful or scurrilous 
 manner. 
 
 OPPRO'BRIOUSNESS, s. scurrility, or reproachfulness ; that 
 which causes infamy or disgrace. 
 
 To OPPU'GN, {oppun) v. a. \oppugno, from 6b and pugno, Lat.] 
 to oppose, resist, or attack. 
 
 OPPU'GNANCY, s. opposition. 
 
 OPPU'GNER, {oppuner) s. one that opposes or attacks. 
 
 OPSI'MATHY, s. [opse and manthano, Gr.] late education ; 
 late erudition. 
 
 OPSONA'TION, s. [opsonia, Lat.] catering, or buying pro- 
 visions. 
 
 O'PTATIVE, a. [opto, Lat.] wishing. In Grammar, the mood 
 of the verb which expresses desire. 
 
 O'PTIC, a. [optikos, from optomai, Gr.] used in seeing ; pro- 
 ducing sight ; relating to the science of optics. 
 
 O'PTIC, s. an instrument or organ of sight. 
 
 O'PTICAL, a. relating to the science of optics. 
 
 OPTI'CIAN, (optishian) s. one.who is skilled in the nature and 
 laws of vision, or one who makes instruments to assist the sight, 
 or to explain the doctrine of vision. 
 
 O'PTICS, s. in Natural Philosophy, the science which investi- 
 gates the nature and laws of light and vision. For the chief 
 departments of this branch of physics, and for the most recent 
 discoveries, &c. and inventions, in relation to it, reference must 
 be made to Light, Reflexion, Refraction, Diffraction, Ca- 
 toptrics, Dioptrics, Photography, Microscope, Telescope, 
 Prism, &c. 
 
 OPTIMACY, s. [pptimm, Lat.] nobility; the body of nobles. 
 
 O'PTIMISM, s. the doctrine that the present system of things, 
 or created beings, is the best that God could make. 
 
 O'PTIMIST, 8. [pptimiste, Fr.] a person who asserts that the 
 present system is absolutely best, and that a better could not 
 possibly be. 
 
 OPTI'MITY, s. the state of being best. 
 
 O'PTION, {dpslum) s. [optio, from opto, Lat.] choice ; election. 
 
 O'PULENCE, O'puLENCY, s. [opuhntia, from opes, Lat.] wealth ; 
 riches ; affluence. 
 
 O'PULENT, a. [Fr.] rich ; wealthy ; affluent. 
 
 O'PULENTLY, ad. richly ; splendidly. 
 
 OR, conj. [other. Sax.] a particle used to signify distribution 
 or opposition. Sometimes it answers to eittec. Before ete, it is 
 redundant, or has no meaning. Or ever, signifies before. 
 
 OR, (ore) s. [Fr.] in Heraldry, gold, or gold colour. It is re- 
 presented in engraving by small points or dots, scattered all over 
 the field or bearing. 
 
 O'RACH, s. in Botany, a sort of plant. 
 
 O'RACLE, s. [oraculam, Lat.] an answer supposed to be given 
 by the ancient deities, about the success of a future event ; some- 
 thing delivered by supernatural wisdom ; the place where, or 
 person of whom, any determinations of Heaven were given ; any 
 person or place where certain decisions are obtained. Delphi, 
 Dodona, and the temple of Ammon in Egypt, were very famous 
 oracles. Figuratively, one so famed for wisdom, that his de- 
 cisions are held without dispute. 
 636 
 
 ORD 
 
 ORA'CULAR, Ora'culous, a. uttering oracles; like an ora- 
 cle; authoritative; magisterial. 
 
 ORA'CULOUSLY, ad. in the manner of an oracle. 
 
 ORA'CL'LOUSNESS, s. the stale or quality of resembling an 
 oracle. 
 
 O'RAISOiN, s. [Fr. oratio, from oro, Lat. frequently, but not so 
 properly, written orison,'] prayer. 
 
 O'RAL, a. [Fr. from os, Lat.] delivered by the mouth ; not 
 written. 
 
 O'RALLY, ad. by mouth ; without a writing. 
 
 O'RANGE, s. [Fr.] in Botany, &c., the fruit of a shrub, indi- 
 genous to countries on the borders of the tropical regions, and 
 largely imported from the Azores, Portugal, Spain, &c. to Eng- 
 land ; where it is much esteemed for its refreshing and rich 
 flavour. Colour made of a yellow and red mixed together. 
 
 O'RANGE, PRINCE OF. -See Nassau, William III., &c. 
 
 O'RANGERY, s. lorangerie, Fr.] a plantation of orange-trees. 
 
 O'RANGEMUSK, s. in Horticulture, a species of pear. 
 
 O'RANGEWIFE, s. a woman who sells oranges. 
 
 ORA'NG-OUTANG, s. in Natural History, the nameof a large 
 kind of baboon or ape, which inhabits some of the islands of 
 the Indian Archipelago. It is in its anatomy and habits, as well 
 as in other obvious particulars, widely separated from the human 
 race, although some speculators have used it as a link in their 
 development theory of creation. 
 
 ORA'TION, {ordshon) s. [oratio, from oro, Lat.] a speech ac- 
 cording to the laws of rhetoric ; an harangue. 
 
 O'RATOR, s. [Lat.] a public speaker ; a man of eloquence. 
 A petitioner in Chancery. 
 
 ORATO'RICAL, a. rhetorical ; becoming or belonging to an 
 orator. 
 
 ORATO'RIO, s. in Music, a sacred musical drama, somewhat 
 various in its form, but never relying on scenic and histrionic 
 art for effect in its performance. The subjects, and the vyords 
 too, are usually taken from Scripture history. The oratorios of 
 Handel, Haydn, Spohr, &c. are well known in England. 
 
 O'RATORY, s. eloquence ; rhetorical skill ; the exercise of 
 eloquence. See Rhetoric, In the Romish Church, a place set 
 apart purely for praying. 
 
 ORB, s. [orhis, Lat.] a round or spherical body ; a celestial 
 body, or planet. Figuratively, a wheel, or rolling body ; a circle ; 
 a circular path described by any of the celestial bodies ; a period, 
 or revolution ; a sphere of action ; the eye, so called on account 
 of its form, and its furnishing the body with light. 
 
 O'RBED, fl. round ; circular; rounded. 
 
 ORBI'CULAR, a. [orhicutaire, Fr. from orhis, Lat.] spherical; 
 round ; circular. 
 
 ORBFCULARLY, ad. spherically; circularly. 
 
 ORBFCULARNESS, s. the quality of being circular. 
 
 ORBI'CULATED, a. [orbicutatm, Lat.] moulded into an orbit. 
 
 O'RBIT, s. [orbite, Fr.] the line or path described by a planet 
 in its revolution. 
 
 ORG, s. [orca, Lat.] in Natural History, a sort of sea-fish. 
 
 O'RCHARD, s. [ortgeard. Sax.] a garden of fruit-trees. 
 
 O'RCHESTRA, O'rchestre, (drkestra, drkestre) s. [Gr.] in 
 the ancient theatres, was a place in the form of a semicircle, 
 where the chorus danced ; and among us, the place where the 
 musicians sit. 
 
 O'RCHIL, s. See Archil. 
 
 ORD, s. in old English signifies beginning ; whence probably 
 the proverbial phrase odds [ords] and ends, for scraps and rem- 
 nants. 
 
 To ORDATN, v. a. [ordo, Lat.] to appoint, decree ; to estab- 
 lish, institute ; to commission to act as a clergyman. 
 
 ORDA'INER, 8. one who ordains, decrees, or commissions 
 another to assume an office. 
 
 O'RDEAL, 8. [ordal. Sax.] in Ancient Law, a manner of try- 
 ing a person's innocence of crime, or the rectitude of his claim, 
 by appeal to the miraculous or providential interference of God. 
 The duel, or wager of battle, was common amongst the knights 
 and nobles. Amongst other classes, walking over red-hot irons', 
 holding them in the hand, or putting the hand in boiling water, 
 &c. were practised. 
 
 O'RDER, s. [prd/3, Lat. ordre, Fr.] a method or regular dis- 
 position ; the established manner of performing a thing; "the 
 proper state, applied to the mind or body; a precept or com- 
 mand; a rule; regular government; a class or division of the 
 
ORE 
 
 members of a state ; a religious society, or society of knights. In 
 Astronomy, direct progress, opposed to retrograde motion. In 
 War, an arrangement of the parts of any force, either by sea or 
 land ; or the distance of one rank or file from another. In 
 Architecture, a system of the several members, ornaments, and 
 proportions of columns and pilasters ; or a regular arrangement 
 of the projecting parts of a building, especially of a column, so 
 as to form one beautiful whole. In the plural, the office of a 
 clergyman. Order in Council, in England, means an edict of the 
 privy council, during the vacation of parliament, having all the 
 force of a legally enacted statute, but which requires indemnity 
 from parliament, on its assembly, if it has contravened the 
 law ; and confirmation, otherwise, by the enactment of a statute 
 to the same purpose. 
 
 To O'RDLR, V. a. to regulate or conduct ; to manage or pro- 
 cure ; to direct or command ; tocommission ; to ordain to sacer- 
 dotal functions. — v. n. to give command; to give direction. 
 
 O'RDERER, s. one who regulates, reduces to method, or dis- 
 poses in a regular manner. 
 
 O'RDERLESS, a. without order; in a confused manner. 
 
 O'RDERLINESS, s. regularity ; methodicalness. 
 
 O'RDERLY, a. methodical ; regular. 
 
 O'RDINABLE, a. [ordo, Lat.] such as may be appointed. 
 
 O'RDINAL, a. [Fr.] noting order. 
 
 O'RDINAL, s. a ritual ; a book containing orders. 
 
 O'RDINANCE, s. [ordonnance, Fr.] a law, rule, or prescript ; 
 the observance of a command; an appointment. 
 
 O'RDINARILY, ad. according to established or settled rules ; 
 commonly. 
 
 O'RDINARY, a. [ordinarim, Lat.] established ; usual ; com- 
 mon ; mean ; of low rank or value ; ugly, or not handsome. 
 This term is variously applied ; thus, an ambassador or envoy w 
 ordinary,\s one sent Xo reside statedly, and for a number of years, 
 in the court of some foreign prince or state, to watch over the 
 interest of his own nation. It is also applied to several officers 
 of the king's household, who attend on common occasions; thus 
 we say, physician in ordinary, chaplain in ordinary, kc. Synon. 
 Though ordinary and common have been reputed synonymous in 
 two senses, as implying frequent use, and meaning of little or 
 no value, yet they are different in both. In the first sense, ordi- 
 nary seems best applied when the repetition of actions is in ques- 
 tion ; common, when a multitude of oojects. In the second sense, 
 that which is ordinary has nothing to distinguish it ; that which 
 is common has nothing to make it sought after. 
 
 O'RDliVARY, s. an established judge in ecclesiastical causes ; 
 an appellation generally given to the bishop of a diocese ; a 
 settled establishment; an actual and constant office ; a regular 
 price of a meal ; a place of eating, where a person pays a settled 
 price for eating; one who officiates as chaplain at a prison. 
 
 To O'RDINATE, v. a. [ordino, Lat.] to appoint. 
 
 O'RDINATE, a. [ordinatits, Lat.] regular ; methodical. Ordi- 
 nate Jit/ures, are such as have all their sides and angles equal. 
 
 ORDINA'TION, «. [ordinatio, Lat.] an established order or 
 tendency ; used with to. Also, the appointment of a person as 
 the minister of a particular congregation. 
 
 ORDNANCE, s. cannon, or great guns. 
 
 ORDO'NNANCE, s. [Fr.] the disposition of figures in a 
 picture. 
 
 O'RDURE, s. [Fr.] dung; excrements; filth. 
 
 ORE, «. [Sax.] in Mineralogy, the native metal, as it is dug 
 out of the mine, mixed with earth and other raetals. The rock 
 from which any metal is got by smelting, &c. Figuratively, metal. 
 
 O'REGON, a territory of N. America, lying between the Rocky 
 Mountains and the Pacific Ocean; and extending from the 
 Snowy Mountains, the old Mexican boundary, to the edge of 
 the Russian possessions. Inland it is mountainous; and two 
 other ranges, parallel. to the Rocky Mountains, traverse almost 
 its whole length. The intervals are fertile, and well adapted 
 for agriculture. It is watered by the Columbia, which, with its 
 tributaries, extends to almost every part of the territory ; and by 
 some other rivers of less magnitude and note. It has also nu- 
 merous lakes. The harbours on the coast are by no means good. 
 It abounds now with game, and beasts that yield good fur. Its 
 mineral treasures are quite unknown. The Hudson's Bay Fur 
 Company have been the chief hunters and dwellers in this vast 
 and iniperfectly known country. The population is reckoned to be 
 about 25,000; including Indians, hunters, and all parties known 
 
 ORI 
 
 as settled there. The 4'Jth parallel of latitude is the boundary line 
 between the British and the American parts of this territory; 
 but the British have Vancouver's Island also, and the free na- 
 vigation of the Columbia river. 
 
 ORE'L.a government of Russia, bounded by the governments 
 of Tamboff, Voronetz, Kursk, Tchernigov, Smolensk, and Ka- 
 luga. It is hilly, and is watered by the Disna, and some smaller 
 tributaries of the Dnieper and the Volga. It produces corn, 
 fruits, timber, cattle, &c. &c. in the greatest abundance. And 
 it is tolerably well supplied with manufactories. Orel, the capi- 
 tal, stands on the Oka, and has a good trade. Pop. about 
 40,000. Lat. 52.57. N. Long. 3(}. -5. E. Pop. of government, 
 about 1,-500,000. 
 
 ORELLA'NA. &e Amazon. 
 
 ORELLA'NA, FRANCISCO, a Spanish officer, who accom- 
 panied Pizarro's expedition ; and joined Pizarro's brother in 
 nis attempt to discover the Gulden Country, dreamed of by all 
 Europeans, as existing some where in the interior of S. America. 
 In the course of this, he sailed down the river Amazon, and as- 
 sociated his own name with it. Returning to his f^ruitless quest, 
 some years afterwards, he died, in 1549. 
 
 O'RFGILD, s. the restitution of goods or money taken away 
 by a thief by violence, if the robbery was committed in the day- 
 time. 
 
 O'RFORD, Suffolk. It is seated on the sea-coast between 
 two channels, was formerly a good fishing-town, but has lost its 
 trade. Here is a handsome church, whose steeple is a good sea- 
 mark, and near it are the ruins of an old castle, as also of a pri- 
 ory, St. George's chapel, &c. It is said to have been once very 
 large, and to have had 12 churches ; but it is a small place now. 
 It is 88 miles from London. Market, Monday. Pop. 1028. 
 
 O'RGAL.s. lees of wine. 
 
 ORGAN, s. [organon, Gr.] in Physiology, such a part of the 
 animal body, or of a plant, as is capable of performing some per- 
 fect act or operation ; thus, the eye is the organ of seeing ; the 
 ear, of hearing ; the stamens and pistils are the organs by which 
 the seed is fertilized, &c. In Music, an instrument, consisting 
 of pipes of different lengths, diameters, &c., placed in a frame so 
 as to be sounded by wind from a set of bellows, according to the 
 player's will. It is played by keys, and every complete set of 
 pipes in it is called a stop. 
 
 ORGA'NIC, Orga'nical, a. [organicus, Lat. from organon, Gr.] 
 consisting of various parts co-operating with each other ; instru- 
 mental; made or designed for .some certain end. Organic Remains, 
 in Geology, are the relics of animals and plants which are enclos- 
 ed in the various strata of the earth's surface, and are the subject 
 matter of the science of Palaeontology, which see. 
 
 ORGA'NICALLY, ad. by means of organs or instruments ; 
 by an organical disposition of parts. 
 
 O'RGANISM, «. any organic or organized structure, composi- 
 tion, product, &c., physical or metaphj'sical. 
 
 O'RGANIST, s. {organisle, Fr.] one who plays on the organ. 
 
 ORGANIZA'TION, s. [Fr.] construction in which the parts are 
 so disposed as to be subservient to each other. 
 
 To O'RGANIZE, v. a. [organizer, Fr.] to construct so that the 
 parts shall be mutually subservient to each other. 
 
 O'RGANLOFT, s. the gallery of a church where an organ 
 stands. 
 
 O'RGANON, s. [Gr.] in Philosophy, a term used to designate 
 a system of logic, originally, but afterwards, a development of 
 the principles and rules for the discovery of facts in physical 
 science and truths in metaphysical. See Logic, Induction, 
 Aristotle, Bacon, &c. 
 
 O'RGANPIPE, s. the pipe of an organ. 
 
 ORGA'SM, s. [prgao, Gr.] a sudden violence, impulse, or ap- 
 petite. 
 
 O'RGIES, s. it has no singular; \prgia, Lat.] the mad rites 
 performed to Bacchus. Figuratively, any frantic revels. 
 
 O'RIEL, s. in Architecture, a projecting window from any 
 part of a building above the ground floor. 
 
 O'RIEL COLLEGE, Oxford, a royal foundation of the 14th 
 century. It has been totally rebuilt, and much enlarged, at dif- 
 ferent times : the library is much admired. 
 
 O'RIENT, a. [oriens, from orior, Lat.] rising as the sun ; east- 
 ern ; bright; shining; glittering. 
 
 O'RIENT, s. FFr.] the east, or part where the sun first ap- 
 pears. 
 
 037 
 
ORK 
 
 ORIE'NTAL, a. [Fr.] eastern; placed in the east; proceeding 
 from the east. 
 
 ORIE'NTAL, s. an inhabitant of the eastern parts of the 
 world. 
 
 ORIE'NTALISM, s. manner of speaking peculiar to those who 
 live in the east. 
 
 ORIENTA'LITY, s. the state of rising or being in the east, 
 
 O'RIFICE, s. [Fr. orificium, from os and facio, Lat.] any open- 
 ing, hole, or perforation. 
 
 O'RIGAN, s. [origanum, Lat.] in Botany, wild marjoram. 
 
 O'RIGEN, or more correctly Ori'genes, one of the most learned 
 and famous of the Fathers of the Church, of the former half of 
 the 3rd century. He was a native of Egypt, and studied under 
 Clemens Alexandrinus. His father was a martyr. He taught 
 grammar for a subsistence, and practised the greatest austerity 
 and asceticism. During the time of his being thus occupied, he 
 paid a visit to Rome. Having retired to Palestine in a season of 
 persecution, he was ordained there, and gained great fame as a 
 preacher. The bishop of Alexandria, out of jealousy, hereupon 
 persecuted him greatly, deposed, and even excommunicated him. 
 Ceesarea was thenceforward his home, and there he employed his 
 vast erudition, and his eloquence and industry, in vindicating and 
 illustrating (according to his own views) the faith of the gospel. 
 In the Decian persecution he was imprisoned, but was afterwards 
 released ; but he soon died, in 254, aged 69 years. His writings 
 are most voluminous. His Hexapla and Tetrapla, or six-fold and 
 four-fold exhibition of the text of Scripture, would have been a 
 noble monument of his industry, but only parts remain;— his 
 Commentaries, in one form or other, relate to every book but that 
 of Revelation ; — his Reply to the Iiifldel Celsus is a most valuable 
 apology for the gospel ; — his Homilies sustain his reputation for 
 eloquence. He was a confirmed spiritualizer of the Scriptures, 
 but his opinions were, in general, in harmony with those held 
 by the orthodox of his day. Nevertheless, his writings abound 
 with crude hints of speculations more unfettered than orthodoxy 
 loves ; and this circumstance has detracted from his credit, with 
 many, unjustly. 
 
 O'RIGIN, Ori'ginal, s. [origo, Lat.] the beginning or first 
 
 existence ; a fountain or source of existence ; derivation or de- 
 scent. A copy, or that from which any thing is transcribed; 
 translated, or imitated ; in this sense original only is used. 
 
 ORFGINAL, a. primitive, or primary; first; pristine. 
 
 ORI'GINALLY, ad. in its first state; primarily; at first. 
 
 ORIGINA'LITY, s. the quality or state of being the first or 
 original. 
 
 ORI'GINARY, a. [originaire, Fr.] productive, or causing ex- 
 istence ; primitive. Seldom used. 
 
 To ORIGINATE, v. a. to produce as a cause ; to bring into 
 existence. 
 
 ORIGIN A'TION, «. [originatio, Lat.] the act of producing as a 
 first cause, or of bringing into existence. 
 
 ORINO'CO, a large river of S. America, which, springing from 
 a mountain near the Brazilian boundary, flows in a wide semi- 
 circle through the Colombian republics, and empties itself into 
 the Atlantic Ocean, by several mouths, opposite the island of 
 Trinidad. It receives the waters of several large tributaries 
 which rise in the Andes, and other high regions of those parts. 
 Its whole length is about 1500 miles. 
 
 O'RIOLE, s. in Ornithology, a handsome bird of the thrush 
 kind, which occasionally visits England as a migratory bird. 
 In which way it visits, statedly, almost all the rest of Europe, 
 retiring in the autumn to Africa. 
 
 ORI'ON, s. [Gr.] a southern constellation in the heavens, which 
 forms one of the most brilliant objects in the winter's midnight 
 sky. It contains a most remarkable nebula, or very remote 
 cluster of stars. 
 
 O'RISONS, {6rizons) s. not used in the singular ; [praison, Fr. 
 from oro, Lat.] prayers. 
 
 ORI'SSA, one of the provinces of British India, lying on the 
 Bay of Bengal, an.d bounded by Bengal, Bahar, Allahabad, Be- 
 rar, and the N. Circars. It is a flat region, and is very hot; 
 but it is, notwithstanding, fertile. Cuttack is a place of some 
 trade. See India. 
 
 O'RKNEYS, or Orcades, a cluster of islands on the N. of 
 Scotland, from which they are separated by a channel, 20 miles 
 in length, and 6 in its narrowest part. Their number has ge- 
 nerally been reckoned 30, of which 20 are inhabited ; the rest 
 
 are called holms, and are used only for pasturage. The principal 
 one, called the Main Land, or Pomona, greatly exceeds the 
 others in extent. Beyond this island to the N. E. are, among 
 others, Ramsay, Westray, Shapinshay, Eday, Stronsay, Sanday, 
 and N. Ronaldshay. To the S. of it are the isles of Hoy and S. 
 Ronaldshay, with others of inferior note. The chief exports are 
 linen and woollen yarn, stockings, butter, dried fish, herrings, 
 oils, feathers, with skins of various kinds, and kelp. Total of 
 pop. 30,507. See separate names of islands. 
 
 ORLEA'NS, capital of the department of Loiret, France. It 
 stands on the Loire, over which is a very fine bridge of 9 arches. 
 Some parts of the town are well built ; and there are some hand- 
 some churches, &c. and a good library. In one of the squares 
 is a curious old statue of Joan of Arc, the Maid of Orleans. It 
 has a good trade ; and there are several manufactories of some 
 value here. It is 70 miles from Paris. Pop. about 45,000. Lat. 
 47. 55. N. Long. 1. 54. E. 
 
 ORLEA'NS, a title borne by a junior branch of the royal 
 family of France. Amongst the numbers of generally illustrious 
 men who have been so entitled, the Regent Orleans, a man of 
 infamous moral character, who wasoneof the constitutional guar- 
 dians of Louis XV. during his minority, and who died in 1723; 
 and the yet more infamous Philijipe UgalitS, of the French Revo- 
 lution, who, after a most remarkable career (for a prince of royal 
 blood) as ultra-revolutionist, was guillotined in 1793 ; arc, at 
 least, the most notorious in French history. 
 
 OrjLEA'NS, NEW. See New Orleans. 
 
 O'RLOP, s. [overloop, Belg.] the main deck of a ship. 
 
 O'RMOND, JAMES BUTLER, DUKE OF, a distinguished 
 royalist leaderduring the troubles of the 17th century, lie main- 
 tained the cause of Charles I. in Ireland as long as he could ; and 
 it is worthy of remembrance in connexion with that monarch, that 
 he was not true even to him ; and after the triumph of Crom- 
 well's party, retired to the continent, once, however, venturing 
 even to London during the protectorate, when Oliver sent him 
 warning to return by Lord Broghill. He held some appoint- 
 ments after the Restoration ; and was nearly hanged by Blood, 
 who was hired by the Duke of Buckingham. He felt as keenly 
 as any one who had devoted life and property, all to the Stuart 
 cause, the heartless and selfish ingratitude of that race. The 
 son as well as the father could be false with Ormond. This true 
 nobleman died in 1688, aged 78 years. 
 
 O'RMUS, a small island of Asia, at the bottom of the gulf of 
 the same name, at the entrance of the Gulf of Persia. Here is 
 neither sweet water nor grass, it being a rocky and barren place. 
 It was formerly frequented by a vast number of merchants, who 
 were extremely rich ; but it is now almost deserted ; for it pro- 
 duces nothing but salt, which sometimes is two inches deep 
 upon the surface of the earth. However, here is a commodious 
 harbour. Lat. 27. 20. N. Long. 56. 25. E. 
 
 O'RNAMENT, s. iorno, Lat.] embellishment; decoration; 
 honour. 
 
 ORNAME'NTAL, a. serving to decorate or embellish. 
 
 ORNAME'NTALLY, ad. in such a manner as to embellish or 
 set off. 
 
 ORNAME'NTED, a. embellished, adorned, or set ofl". 
 
 O'RNATE, a. [orno, Lat.] fine; adorned. 
 
 O'RNATENESS, s. finery. 
 
 O'RNATURE, s. decoration. 
 
 ORNE, a department of France, surrounded by the depart- 
 ments of Manche, Sarthe et Mayenne, Eure et Loir, Eure, and 
 Calvados. It is 80 miles long, by 50 broad. It is a rocky, 
 mountainous district; and is watered by a number of small 
 rivers, after one of which it is named. It yields iron, &c., 
 building-stones, and valuable clays; and produces some corn, 
 &c., but in no great quantities. It has manufactures, but the 
 chief of them are iron. Alencon is the- capital. Pop. about 
 450,000. 
 
 ORNI'SCOPIST, s. [ornis and skopeo, Gr.] one who examines 
 the flight of birds, in order to foretell some future event. 
 
 ORNITHO'LOGY, s. [ornis and logos, Gr.] the scientific clas- 
 sification and description of birds. 
 
 ORNITHORHY'NCHUS,s. [ornis and rhunkos, Gt.-\ in Natural 
 History, a quadruped of New Holland, which has a very remark- 
 able bill, resembling a duck's, instead of the usual mouth of 
 quadrupeds. Its feet also are webbed for swimming. It is 
 sometimes called the duck-billed Platypus. 
 
osc 
 
 O'RPHAN, (iSrfan) s. [orphanos, Gr.] a child who has lost either 
 one or both of its parents. 
 
 O'RPHAN, (or/an) a. deprived either of one or both parents 
 by death. 
 
 O'RPHANAGE, O'rphanism, (orfanase, 6rfanism) s. the state 
 of a child who has lost either one or both of its parents. 
 
 CRPHANOTROPHY, s. [orphanos and trope, Gr.] an hospital 
 for orphans. 
 
 O'RPHEUS, a philosophical poet of earliest Greece, whose his- 
 tory is beset with legends. His music was such as to draw round 
 him not wild beasts alone, but the very rocks and trees also. 
 He had won back from the lower regions his wife Eurydice, by 
 the sweetness of his song, charming the gloomy king of Hades; 
 but his too eager love looked back before she had quite regained 
 the upper air. He was torn to pieces by Bacchanals, in Thrace, 
 and so perished. Whether any of the fragments bearing his 
 name are to be regarded as actually his poems, cannot be cer- 
 tainly known. 
 
 O'ilPIMENT, «. [Fr.] in Mineralogy, a native combination of 
 sulphur and arsenic. 
 
 O'RRERY, «. an instrument which represents the revolutions 
 of the planets, by means of wheels, &c. But such iastruments 
 are at best so incorrect and imperfect, as to be no better than 
 toys. 
 
 O'RRIS, s. [orris, old Fr.] a kind of gold or silver lace. A 
 name given to the root of a species of iris, used by druggists and 
 nurses. 
 
 CRTHODOX, Obthodo'xal, a. [orthos and doxa, Gr.] in The- 
 ology, agreeing with one's own, or with the established and cur- 
 rent opinions ; not heterodox. 
 
 O'RTHODOXLY, ad. with orthodoxy. 
 
 CRTHODOXY,*. orthodox doctrine or opinion, in matters of 
 religion. 
 
 ORTHODRO'MICS, s. [orthos and dromos, Gr.] in Navigation, 
 the art of sailing in the arc of some great circle, which is the 
 shortest or straightest distance between any two points on the 
 surface of the globe. 
 
 O'RTHODROMY, s. the act of sailing in a straight course. 
 
 O'RTHOGON, s. [orthos and (/one, Gr.] a rectangled figure. 
 
 ORTHO'GONAL.a. [orthogonet, Fr.'] rectangular. 
 
 ORTHO'GRAPHER, {ortMyrafer) s. [orthos and grapho, Gr.] 
 one who gives, rules, &c. for the spelling of words. 
 
 ORTHOGRA'PHIC, Orthogra'phical, {orthogrdfik, orthogrd- 
 
 Jical,) a. correctly spelt ; relating to correct spelling ; delineated 
 elevation, not the ground plot. In G 
 c projection of the sphere, is a repre 
 several points of its surface on a plane, which cuts it in the mid 
 
 according to the elevation, not the ground plot. In Geography, 
 the orthographic projection of the sphere, is a representation of the 
 
 die, the eye being supposed to be placed at an infinite distance, 
 vertical to one of its nemispl.eres. 
 
 ORTHOGRA'PHICALLY, ad. according to the rules of spell- 
 ing; according to the elevation. 
 
 ORTHO'GRAPHY, {orthdgraphy) s. in Grammar, the art of 
 correct spelling. In Architecture, the elevation of a building 
 delineated. In Geometry, the art of expressing or drawing the 
 fore-sight plan, or side, of any object. In Fortification, the pro- 
 file or plan of any work. 
 
 ORTHOPN(E^A, (orthopnea) s. [orthos and pneo, Gr.] in Medi- 
 cine, a disorder in which a person cannot breathe unless he be 
 in an upright posture. 
 
 O'RTIVE, a. [ortivus, from orior, Lat.] relating to the rising 
 of any planet or star. 
 
 O'RTOLAN, «. [Fr.] in Ornithologv, a small bird resembling 
 a finch, accounted very delicious food. 
 
 ORTS, s. [orda, Ir.] refuse ; scraps of meat ; mammocks. 
 
 G'RVAL,«. [orvala, Lat.] in Botany, a name of the herb clary. 
 
 ORVIE'TAN, s. [orcietano, Ital. so called from a mountebank 
 at Orvieto in Italy,] an antidote or medicine used to prevent the 
 effects ofpoison. 
 
 OSCHEO'CELE, {osheCsele) s. [oscheon and Me, Gr.] in Surgery, 
 a kind of hernia, or rupture, when the intestines break into the 
 scrotum. 
 
 OSCILLA'TION, ». [oscillum, Lat.] the act of moving back- 
 wards and forwards like a pendulum. 
 
 OSCI'LLATORY, a. moving backwards and forwards like a 
 pendulum. 
 
 OSCITANCY, s. [oscito, Lat.] the act of yawning ; unusual 
 sleepiness; carelessness; reverie. 
 
 O'SCITANT, a. [oscitans, Lat.] yawning ; unusually sleepy ; 
 sluggish ; careless. 
 
 OsCITA'TlON, s. the act of yawning. Figuratively, careless- 
 ness. 
 
 OSCULA'TION, s. [osculatio, from oscuhr, Lat.] kissing. 
 
 O'SIER, {6zier) s. [Fr.] in Botany, a tree of the willow kind, 
 growing by the water, the twigs of which are used in making 
 baskets, &c. 
 
 OSI'RIS, in Egyptian Mythology, one of the chief deities, who 
 was worshipped under the form of a bull, and is usually repre- 
 sented with a bull's head. 
 
 O'SMAZOME, s. [osme and zomos, Gr.] in Organic and Domes- 
 tic Chemistry, the compound extract of meat, produced either 
 by boiling or roasting, &c., which gives the peculiar relish to that 
 kind of food. 
 
 O'SMIUM, in Chemistry, a metal obtained from the pulveru- 
 lent residue of the ores of platinum, which is first a black porous 
 powder, but obtains a metallic lustre by friction. 
 
 O'SMUND, s. in Botany, a large kind of fern, the largest that 
 is now found in Great Britain ; commonly called Osmund-royal, 
 
 O'SNABURG, or O'snabruck, a province of Hanover, in 
 Germany. It abounds in cattle and hogs, almost half of the 
 province consisting of heath lands. The chief occupation of 
 the inhabitants is spinning of yarn, and manufacturing a coarse 
 kind of linen. Osnaburg is the capital, and is seated on the 
 river Haze, with some fine public buildings, and good schools, 
 &c. It is 70 miles from Hanover. Pop. about 12,000. Lat. 
 52. 24. N. Long. 8.20. E. Pop. of province, about 240,000. 
 
 O'SNABURGS, s. a kind of coarse linen imported from Ger- 
 many, of which there are two kinds, the white and brown. 
 
 O'SPRAY, s. in Ornithology, the sea-eagle, or bald buzzard. 
 
 O'SSIAN, the name of an early Gaelic poet, some fragments 
 of whose poems, or songs, preserved by tradition amongst the 
 Highlanders, were worked up by James Macpherson, during the 
 last century, into the form in which Ossian's poems are com- 
 monly known. See Macpherson. 
 
 O'SSICLEjS. [ossicidum, from os, Lat.] a small bone. 
 
 OSSI'FIC, a. [os and/aci'o, Lat.] having the power of turning 
 into bone. 
 
 OSSIFICA'TION, s. in Medicine and Physiology, change of 
 fleshy parts into bones. 
 
 O'SSIFRAGE, s. [os undfrango, Lat.] in Ornithology, a kind 
 of eagle. 
 
 To O'SSIFY, V. a. to change into bone. 
 
 OSSFVOROUS, a. [OS and voro, Lat.] devouring bones. 
 
 O'SSORY, an Irish bishopric, in connexion with Ferns and 
 Leighlin : which see. 
 
 O'SSUARY, s. [ossuarium, from os, Lat.] a charnel-house ; a 
 place where the bones of the dead are kept. 
 
 OST, Oust, s. a vessel upon which hgps or malt is dried. 
 
 OSTA'DE, VAN, the name of two painters of the Dutch 
 school, brothers ; whose subjects were smoking groups with 
 interiors of inns, or landscapes ; and whose fidelity to them is 
 greatly admired by connoisseurs of Dutch tastes. Isaac, the 
 younger, died very young. Adrian, the elder, died in IG85, aged 
 75 years. 
 
 OSTE'NSIBLE, a. applied to that which is alleged as the 
 cause or object of any action, but is not. 
 
 OSTE'NSIVE, a. [ostendo, Lat.] showing ; betokening. 
 
 O'STEND, a large and populous sea-port of Belgium. It is 
 seated in a marshy soil, among a number of canals, and almost 
 surrounded by two of the largest of them. Ships of great bur- 
 den enter these canals with the tide. Pop. about 12,000. 
 Lat. 51. 14. N. Long. 3. 1, £. 
 
 O'STENT, s. [ostendo, Lat.] an appearance, air, or mien ; show 
 or token ; a portent or prodigy. 
 
 OSTENTATION, s. boast ; outward show ; a display of any 
 thing showing vanity or ambition. 
 
 OSTENTA'TIOUS, {ostentdshious) a. boasting ; fond of show- 
 ing any thing which may give the publican advantageous opin- 
 ion of one's wealth and abilities. 
 
 OSTENTA'TIOUSLY, {ostentdshiously) ad. showing or display- 
 ing in such a manner as declares ambition or vanity. 
 
 OSTENTATIOUSNESS, {ostentdshiousness) s. the act of dis- 
 playing with vanity or ambition. 
 
 OSTENTATOR, s. [osferatetew, Fr.] one that displays through 
 ambition or vanity. 
 
 639 
 
OTW 
 
 O'STEOCOPE, s. [osteon and kopto, Gr.] in Medicine, pains in 
 the bones, or ratiier in the nerves and membranes that encompass 
 them. 
 
 OSTEO'LOGY, s. [osteon and logos, Gr.] a scientific description 
 of the bones. 
 
 CKSTIARY, s. [ostium, from os, Lat.] the opening at which a 
 river discharges itself into the sea. 
 
 O'STLER, s. See Hostler. 
 
 O'STRACISM, s. [ostrakon, Gr.] a manner of sentence, in 
 which the person's name who was acquitted or condemned was 
 written on a shell ; a method taken by the Athenians to banish 
 such persons in their state, whose great power, abilities, or merit, 
 rendered them capable of attempting any thing which might en- 
 danger the constitution. Figuratively, banishment, or public 
 censure. 
 
 OSTRACI'TES, s. in Natural History, a petrified oyster. 
 
 O'STRICH, s. [austruche, Fr.] in Ornithology, the tallest of all 
 birds, measuring 7 or 8 feet when it stands erect ; it is covered 
 with a kind of feathers which resemble hair; its legs are long 
 and naked, and its feet have only two toes. The feathers of its 
 wings are in great esteem as ornaments. They are hunted on 
 horseback, for they never fly, but use their wings to assist them 
 in running. They swallow bits of iron in the same manner as 
 other birds do gravel or stones, to assist in digesting their food. 
 Thev lay their eggs on the ground, and hide them under the 
 sand, and leave them to be hatched by the sun. 
 
 O'SVVEGO, a town of New York, United States. It stands 
 on the Oswego river, at its entrance into Lake Ontario, and is 
 regularly and handsomely built. Its harbour is formed by a 
 long and substantial pier, and is a very good one. It has great 
 facilities for trade, being at the head of a fine canal. It is 373 
 miles from Washington. Pop. 4665. Three other places in the 
 States bear this name. 
 
 O'SVVESTRY, Shropshire. It is seated at the head of a small 
 river, near the canal between the Severn and Mersey. It has 
 some trade from Wales in flannels, and is 174 miles from Lon- 
 don. Market, Monday. Pop. 8843. 
 
 OTACOU'STIC, «. [ota and ahom, Gr.] in Surgery, a medicine 
 to cure deafness ; an instrument used by the deaf to make them 
 hear better. 
 
 OTAHEI'TE. See Tahiti, and Society Islands. 
 
 O'THER, ;)ron. [Sax.] applied to things, diflerent, opposed to 
 this. Applied to persons, not oneself, but somebody else. Used 
 with side, the contrary. Used with each, it implies reciprocation. 
 Sometimes besides, or more. The next. After next, it implies 
 the third, joined with day. Sometimes it is used elliptically for 
 other thing, or something different. 
 
 O'THERGUISE, a. sometimes written otherguess, [from other 
 and guise,'] of another kind. 
 
 O'THERWISE, (Merwize) ad. differently ; by other means or 
 causes ; in other respects. 
 
 O'THMAN, the third caliph of the Mohammedan empire, 
 whose reign was not very distinguished, and who was assas- 
 sinated in 656, having held the throne or pulpit for 12 years. 
 
 O'THO, M. SALVIUS, a Roman emperor, who succeeded 
 Galba ; but being opposed by Vitellius, he hazarded several 
 battles, and killed himself, having lost one of them, in 69 A. d. 
 He reigned about 3 months. 
 
 O'THO, the name of four emperors of Germany, the ^rst of 
 whom was surnamed the Great. He established the supremacy 
 of the imperial over the pontifical power at Rome, and three 
 times entered the city, twice to dethrone the pope. He overcame 
 the Hungarians also; and died in 955, having reigned 18 years. 
 
 OTRA'NTO, a province of the kingdom of Naples, forming the 
 easterly promontory or peninsula of the extremity of Italy. It 
 produces oil, wool, fruit, wine, &c. Otranto, Brindisi, Gallipoli, 
 ace. are its chief towns. Pop. about 400,000. 
 
 OTRA'NTO, capital of Terra d'Otranto, Naples. It is a large, 
 handsome place, with a commodious harbour, seated on the 
 GulfofVenice. Pop. about 2500. Lat.40.20.N. Long. 18. 35. E. 
 
 O'TTER, s. [oter. Sax.] in Zooloo^y, an, amphibious animal 
 that preys upon fish. It is exceediij^j'^^Jei'nicious in ponds, as it 
 kills, not merely from necessity, Wittbr amusement. They have 
 sometimes been tamed, and taught to catch fish for their masters. 
 
 O'TTOMAN, s. an a'ppellation given to the Turkish empire 
 from Othonian, an emperor who died in 1328. See Turkey. 
 
 OTWAY, THOMAS, an English dramatist of the latter part 
 
 O VE 
 
 of the 17th century. He was educated at Oxford; and having, 
 by some successful plays, been introduced to the Earl of Ply- 
 mouth, he obtained a military commission, and served in Flan- 
 ders. He soon returned, however, and in his extreme poverty 
 wrote some of his best dramas ; and at last died in want, in 168o, 
 aged 34 years. His Venice Preserved, which is the best of his 
 productions, is still occasionally represented. 
 
 O'VAL, a. [ovale, Fr. from ovum, Lat.] oblong ; resembling an 
 egg when cut in two the long ways. 
 
 O'VAL, s. a roundish oblong figure ; an ellipse. 
 
 OVA'RIOUS, a. [ovum, Lat.] consisting of eggs. 
 
 O'VARY, s. [ovaire, Fr.] in Physiology, that part of the body 
 of an animal wherein the eggs are lodged ; that part of a plant 
 where the seeds lie. 
 
 OVA'TION,s. [ovo, Lat.] a lesser triumph among the Romans, 
 allowed to those who defeated an enemy without much blood- 
 shed, or conquered one less formidable. 
 
 OU'BAT, Ou'bust, s. in Entomology, a sort of caterpillar. 
 
 OUCH, s. a spangle or glittering ornament made of small 
 plates of gold and silver, or of jewels. Obsolete. 
 
 OUDE, a province of Hindustan, lying on both sides of the 
 Ganges, and occupying (with the exception of the district of 
 Ranipour) all the flat country between that river and the moun- 
 tains of Nepaul, as well as the principal part of that fertile 
 tract lying between the Ganges and Jumna, and known by the 
 name Dooab, to within 40 miles of the city of Delhi. The di- 
 mensions of Oude and its dependencies are estimated at 360 
 miles in length, and 160 in breadth. The capital is Lucknow. 
 The remains of an ancient city of the same name are yet to be 
 seen in this province, on the Ganges, near Fyzabad. Lat. 26. 
 53. N. Long. 82. 3. E. 
 
 O'VEN, s. [ofen. Sax.] an arched cavity heated with faggots, 
 or a fire with flue carried round it, used in baking, 
 
 O'VER, prep, [ofre, Sax.] superior to, or above, applied to ex- 
 cellence, dignity, authority, or place. Upon ; across, or from 
 one side to the other; through. 
 
 O'VER, a(i. above the top; more than a quantity assigned; 
 from side to side ; from one to another ; from a country beyond 
 the sea ; on the surface ; past. To read over, is to read through- 
 out. O'er and o'er, denotes repetition to excess. Over and above, 
 implies besides, or more than what was at first supposed or im- 
 mediately intended. Over against, opposite, or facing in front. 
 In Composition, its significations are various ; but it generally 
 implies excess, more than enough, or too much. 
 
 To OVERABOU'ND, v. a. to abound more than enough. 
 
 To OVERA'CT, v. a. to carry any character too far ; to act 
 more than enough. 
 
 To OVERA'RCH, v. a. to cover with an arch. 
 
 To OVERAWE', v. a. to keep in awe. 
 
 To OVERBA'LANCE, v. a. to weigh down or preponderate. 
 
 OVERBA'LANCE, s. something more than equivalent. 
 
 To OVERBEA'R, {overhdre) v. a. to bear down ; to repress, or 
 whelm. 
 
 To OVERBI'D, V. a. to offer more than equivalent. 
 
 To OVERBLO'W, {overhlo) v. a. to drive away the clouds be- 
 fore the wind. — v. n. to be past its violence. 
 
 O'VERBOARD, (dverbord) ad. off or out of a ship. 
 
 To OVERBU'LK, v. a. to oppress by bulk. 
 
 To OVERBU'RDEN, v. a. to load with too great weight. 
 
 To OVERCA'ST, v. a. to cloud, or darken; to cover ; to rate 
 too high. 
 
 To OVERCHA'RGE, v. a. to oppress, cloy, or surcharge with 
 too much food ; to load or crowd to excess; to rate too high ; to 
 fill too full ; to charge more than is just. 
 
 To OVERCLOU'D, v. a. to cover with clouds. 
 
 To OVERCO'ME, t>. a. preter. overcame, past part, overcome : 
 [orerco7nen, Belg.] to subdue, conquer, or vanquish in battle or 
 Ijy calamity ; to overflow. 
 
 OVERCO'JVIER, s. one that conquers. 
 
 ToOVERCOU'JNT, v. a. to rate above the true value. 
 
 To OVERDOi^. 1). a. to do to excess. 
 
 To OVERDREJSS, v. a. to adorn too much. 
 
 To OVERDRl'VE.i'. a. to drive too hard, or beyond strength. 
 
 To OVERFLOW', {overfo) v. n. to be too full to be contained 
 within the brim ; to abound to excess.— v. a. to fill beyond the 
 brim ; to deluge, drown, or cover with water. Figuratively, to 
 overpower. 
 
OVE 
 
 CVERFLOW, (6x:crJlo) s. inundation ; such a quantity as flows 
 over ; too great an abundance. 
 
 OVERFLOWING, (overfloing s. the act of exceeding limits, 
 applied to water. Too great a plenty or abundance. 
 
 OVERFLOW'INGLY, (overfloingly) ad. in such a manner as to 
 exceed any limits. 
 
 OVERFO'RWARDNESS, s. too great a quickness or forward- 
 ness. 
 
 To OVERFREI'GHT, v. a. preter. overfreighted, part, over- 
 fraught ; to load too heavily. 
 
 To OVERGO', V. a. to surpass ; to excel. 
 
 To OVERGO-RGE, v. a. to eat or swallow too much. 
 
 To OVERGROW, (overgro) v. a. preter. overgrew, past part, 
 overgrotvn ; to cover by growth ; to raise above. — v. n. to grow 
 berond the usual standard, or natural size. 
 
 OVERGROWTH, (overgroth) s. excessive growth. 
 
 To OVERHA'LE, {overhdul) v. a. to spread over; to examine 
 a second time. 
 
 To OVERHA'NG, v. a. to jut or hang over. 
 
 To OVERHA'RDEN, v. a. to make too hard. 
 
 O'VERHEAD, (dverhed) ad. aloft ; above ; in the ceiling; over 
 a person's head. 
 
 To OVERHE'AR, {overheer) v, a. to hear those who do not in- 
 tend to be heard. 
 
 To OVERHE'AT, (overheet) v. a. to heat to excess. 
 
 To OVERJOY', V. a. to transport ; to aflFect with too much joy. 
 
 OVERJOY', s. excess of joy ; transport. 
 
 To OVERLA'DE, v. a. to oppress with too heavy a burden. 
 
 OVERLA'RGE, a. larger than enough. 
 
 To OVERLAY', v. a. to oppress with too much weight -or 
 power ; to smother with too much covering ; to cloud ; to cover 
 the surface ; to join by something laid over. 
 
 To OVERLE.A'P, (pierUep) v. a. to leap over, or across. 
 
 O'VERLEATHER, (/iverlether) s. the upper leather, or that 
 part of a shoe which covers the foot. 
 
 To OVERLI'VE, v. a. to live longer than another. 
 
 To OVERLO' AD, {ovei-l6d) v. a. to burden with too great a 
 load. 
 
 To OVERLOO'K, v. a. to view from a higher place ; to peruse ; 
 to superintend ; to review ; to neglect ; to slight. 
 
 OVERLOO'KER, s. one that sees over any thing below; 
 one that passes by a thing without observing it. 
 
 OVERMA'STED, a. too much masted. 
 
 To OVERM A'TCH, v. a. to be too powerful ; to conquer. 
 
 OVERMA'TCH, s. one of superior power. 
 
 OVERME'ASURE, (overmezhure) s. more than measure. 
 
 O'VERMOST, a. highest, or superior to others in authority. 
 
 OVERMU'CH,a. more than enough. 
 
 OVERMU'CH, ad. in too great a degree. 
 
 OVERNI'GHT, (oiernJO*. night before bed-time; the forego- 
 ing night to any particular day. 
 
 To OVERNA'ME, v. n. to name in a list. 
 
 OVER-OFFI'CIOUS, (over-offishious) a. too busy ; too fond of 
 assisting ; too importunate. 
 
 To OVERPA'SS, V. a. to pass over or across ; to overlook or 
 slight; to omit in a reckoning; to omit without receiving. 
 
 OVERPA'ST, part. a. gone ; past. 
 
 To OVERPAY', V. a. to pay too much. 
 
 O'VERPLUS, s. that which remains above what is sufficient. 
 
 To OVERPOI'SE, (overpoize) v. a. to weigh more than or out- 
 balance another. 
 
 To OVERPOWER, {ow pron. as in how,) v. a. to conquer, or 
 oppress by greater power. 
 
 To OVEkPRE'SS, v. a. to crush or bear upon with irresistible 
 force. 
 
 To OVERPRI'ZE, v. a. to value at too high a rate. 
 
 OVERPRODU'CTION, s. in Political Economy, the produc- 
 tion of more commodities than people can buy, though much 
 less than people want. 
 
 OVER-RA'NK, a. too rank. 
 
 To OVERRA'TE, i'. a. to rate or value too high. 
 
 To OVERRE'ACH, (over-reich) v. a. to rise atove ; to stretch 
 oneself too much in reaching; to deceive or impose upon by 
 superior cunning. — v. n. to bring the hinder feet too far forwards, 
 or strike the toes against the fore shoes, applied to a horse 
 
 OVERRE'ACHER, s. a cheat ; a deceiver. 
 
 To OVERRI'PEN, v. a. to make too ripe. 
 
 OVE 
 
 To OVERRO'AST, i-. a. to roast too much. 
 
 To OVERRU'LE, r. a. to influence by superior authority ; to 
 govern with excess of authority. In Law, to supersede, or re- 
 ject as incompetent. 
 
 To OVERRU'N, v. a. to wander through a country by force 
 of arms ; to exceed in running; to overspread or cover all over; 
 to pester or harass by numbers.— u. n, to flow over ; to be more 
 than full. 
 
 To OVERSEE', v. a, to superintend ; to pass by without 
 taking notice ; to omit, 
 
 OVERSEE'N,j!«irf. mistaken or deceived. 
 
 OVERSEE'R, s. one who is employed to see that others perform 
 their duty; an officer employed to collect and take care of the 
 money collected for the poor of the parish. 
 
 To OVERSET, v. a. to turn the bottom of a vessel upwards. 
 Figuratively, to be hurried away by an impetuous passion. — v. n. 
 to fall off its basis. 
 
 To OVERSHA'DE, v. a. to cover with any thing that causes 
 darkness. 
 
 To OVERSHA'DOW, (overshMi) v. a. to cast a shadow over 
 any thing ; to shelter or protect. 
 
 To OVERSHOO'T, v. n. to fly beyond the mark.— c. «. to shoot 
 beyond the mark ; to venture too far ; to go beyond one's abi- 
 lities. 
 
 O'VERSIGHT, (dversit) s. superintendence ; a mistake or error 
 owing to inadvertence. 
 
 To OVERSKI'P, V. a. to pass by leaping; to pass over. Fi- 
 guratively, to escape. 
 
 To OVERSLEE'P, v. a. preter. and past part, overslept ; to 
 sleep too long. 
 
 To OVERSLI'P, t'. a. to pass without doing, or taking notice 
 of; to neglect. 
 
 OVERSO'LD, part, sold at too high a price. 
 
 OVERSOO'N, ad. too soon. 
 
 OVERSPE'NT, a. wearied; fatigued. 
 
 To OVERSPRE'AD, {overspred) v. a. to cover, spread, or scat- 
 ter over. 
 
 To OVERSTA'ND, v. a. to stand too obstinately upon con- 
 ditions. 
 
 To OVERSTO'CK, v. a. to crowd or fill too full. 
 
 To OVERSTO'RE, v. a. to store with too much. 
 
 ToOVERSTRAl'N.t). ». to stretch any part by making too 
 violent efforts. — v. a. to stretch too far. 
 
 To OVERSVVAY', v. a. to overrule ; to bear down. 
 
 To OVERSWE'LL, v. a. to swell over, or rise above. 
 
 O'VERT, a. [nuvert, Fr.] open ; public ; apparent. 
 
 To OVERTA'KE, v. a. to catch in pursuit; to come up to 
 something going before. To take by surprise, followed by in. 
 
 To OVERTA'SK, v. a. to exact too great labour or duties. 
 
 To OVERTA'X, v. a. to tax too highly. 
 
 To OVERTHROW, (the to is mute in this and the two follow- 
 ing words,) v. a. pret. overthrew, part, overthrmcn ; to turn upside 
 down ; to throw down, or demolish ; to destroy. To conquer or 
 defeat, applied to an army. 
 
 O'VERTHROW, s. the state of being thrown down, or tumbled 
 upside down ; ruin ; destruction ; degradation ; a defeat. 
 
 OVERTHROWER, s. one that beats down, ruins, or defeats. 
 
 OVERTHWA'RT, a. opposite, or over against ; crossing any 
 
 thing. Perverse, applied to humour 
 /RT, prep, across. 
 OVERTHVVA'RTLY, ad. across ; transversely, 
 
 tj . , __. 
 
 OVERTHWA'J 
 
 OVERTHVVA'RTNESS, s. posture across ; perverseness, 
 
 O'VERTLY, ad. openly. 
 
 OVERTOO'K, preter. and past part, of To Overtake. 
 
 To OVERTO'P, V. a. to raise above the top. Figuratively, to 
 excel or surpass ; to obscure ; to make of less importance by su- 
 perior excellence. 
 
 To OVERTRA'DE, v. a. in Political Economy, to carry on a 
 larger trade than one's capital will allow. 
 
 To OVERTRI'P, V. a. to trip or walk lightly and nimbly over. 
 
 O'VERTURE, s. \ouverture, Fr.] an opening or disclosure ; a 
 proposal. In Music, a piece of instrumental music, that is usu- 
 ally played at the commencement of an opera, or an oratorio, &c. 
 
 To OVERTU'RN, i;. a. to throw down ; to ruin; to subvert. 
 Figuratively, to overpower, surmount, or conquer. 
 
 OVERTU'RNER, s. a subverter. 
 . To OVERVA'LUE, v. a. to rate too high. 
 
 4 N 641 
 
OUT 
 
 To OVERWA'TCH, v. n. to watch too long. 
 
 To OVERWEE'N, f. n. to think too highly or arrogantly. 
 
 OVERWEE'NINGLY, ad. with too much arrogance. 
 
 To OVERVVEI'GH, (ovencey) v. a. to weigh down ; to weigh 
 more ; to preponderate. 
 
 O'VERWEIGHT, {ivo-weyt) s. preponderance ; the quantity 
 given above the neat weight. 
 
 To OVERWHE'LM, v. a. to crush under somelliing violent or 
 heavv ; to look gloomy ; to beat down by force of water. 
 
 OVERWHE'LMINGLY, W. in such a manner as to beat down 
 and overcome, applied primarily to water, and figuratively, to 
 calamity or the passions. 
 
 OVERWl'SE, ipverwae) a. affectedly wise ; conceited ; wise to 
 affectation. 
 
 OVERWROU'GHT, {pver-r6t) a. laboured too much ; wrought 
 all over. 
 
 OVERY'SSEL, a province of the kingdom of the Netherlands, 
 lying between Hanover and Prussia, and the Zuyder Zee, and 
 bounded by the provinces of Friesland, Drenthe, and Guelder- 
 land. It is low and marshy ; and the Yssel is its chief river. 
 It affords excellent grazing ground; and produces sheep, cattle, 
 horses, &c. It has also good fisheries, and many valuable ma- 
 nufactures. Zwoll is its capital. Pop. about 200,000. 
 
 OVERZE'ALOUS, (over-zelous) a. zealous too much. 
 
 OUGHT, {aut) s. more properly written aught, [awhit. Sax.] any 
 thing. 
 
 OUGHT, (aut) verb imperf. owed ; was bound to pay, or in- 
 debted ; to be obliged by duty ; to be fit or necessary. 
 
 O'VID, or properly, Publius Ovidius Naso, a Roman poet of 
 the times of Augustus, who was patronized by him. He studied 
 law, and held some public offices of a legal and judicial kind ; 
 but afterwards devoted himself to literature. He numbered 
 amongst his friends the other great poets of the age. He was 
 at last, for some cause, banished from Rome, and died in exile, 
 in 17 A. D., aged about GO years. His works are numerous, and 
 are characterized by great elegance and purity of style ; but the 
 impurity and obscenity of the subjects, and of his mode of treat- 
 ing them, is extremely revolting. His Metamorphoses, though 
 not perhaps the best of his writings, is the best known, and 
 most read, being a common school book. 
 
 OVIE'DO, the capital of the province of Asturias, Spain. It 
 stands at the junction of two small streams ; and is a fine place, 
 adorned with some very splendid buildings. There is also a 
 university here, with a good library. The cathedral is a parti- 
 cularly noble edifice. Pop. about 10,000. Lat. 43. 22. N. 
 Long. 5. 57. W. 
 
 O'VIFORM, a. [ovum unA forma, Lai.] having the shape of an 
 
 OVrPAROUS, a. [ovum auApario, Lat.] bringing forth eggs ; 
 not viviparous. 
 
 OUNCE, s. [once, Fr. uncia, Lat.] a weight, the twelfth part 
 of a pound, containing twenty pennyweights in Troy Weight. 
 In Avoirdupois Weight, the sixteenth part of a pound. In 
 Zoology, an animal of the cat tribe, which inhabits Barbary, 
 Persia, and China. It is about the size of the leopard, but is 
 easily tamed, and is employed in hunting antelopes. 
 
 Otf'NDLE, Northamptonshire. It is seated on (he river Nen, 
 77 miles from London. Market, Saturday. Pop. 3037. 
 
 OVOVIVI'PAROUS, a. [ovum, vivis, and pario, Lat.] bringing 
 forth its young alive, but through the hatching or breaking of 
 the eggs before extrusion. 
 
 OUPHE, {ouf) ,«. [auff, Teut.] a fairy ; an imaginary being 
 called a goblin. 
 
 OU'PHEN, a. elfish. 
 
 OUR, pron. possessive, [ure. Sax.] pertaining or belonging to 
 us; of the same country with us. When the substantive goes 
 before, we write ours. 
 
 0\}KSE.'\N¥S, reciprocal pron. the plural oi myself : we, exclu- 
 sive of others. Ourself is used in the singular by kings. 
 
 OUSE, {ooze) s. [oost, Teut.] tanner's bark. 
 
 OU'SEL, {oozel) s. [osle. Sax.] in Ornithology, a name of the 
 blackbird. 
 
 To OUST, V. a. [ouster, oter, Fr.] in Law, to put out, or de- 
 prive of. 
 
 OUT, ad. [ut. Sax. vyt, Belg.] not in a place, generally op- 
 nosed to m. In a state of disclosure ; absent from a place or 
 home; from an inner to a more public part. Exhausted, applied 
 
 OUT 
 
 to liquors. Discarded by the court, applied to statesmen. 
 Loudly, or so as to be heard, after the verbs speak, read, laugh, 
 &c. Let to another, applied to lands. In an error, applied to the 
 judgment. At a loss, applied to the understanding. Out at 
 elbows, signifies torn or worn in holes, applied to dress, or in a 
 state of poverty, applied to condition. This word is used em- 
 phatically before alas, and after verbs signifying discovery. 
 
 OUT, inter), an expression of abhorrence, and signifying, be 
 gone immediately. 
 
 OUT OF, prep, from, applied to produce. Not in, or excluded 
 from, applied to place. Beyond, applied to power. Not in, ap- 
 plied to season. From, applied to the things or materials of 
 which any thing is made. From, or discharge, applied to duty. 
 Inconsistent with, applied to character. Past, without, applied 
 to hope. By means of, applied to cause. In consequence of. 
 Out of hand, implies immediately, or without delay. 
 
 To OUT, V. a. see Oust ; to expel ; to deprive. 
 
 OUT, in composition, generally implies comparison, and sig- 
 nifies something beyond another, or more than usual. 
 
 To OUTA'CT, v. a. to act to excess. 
 
 To OUTBA'LANCE, v. a. to overweigh ; to preponderate. 
 
 To OUTBI'D, V. a. to bid more than another person. 
 
 OUTBIDDER, s. one that bids more than another. 
 
 OUTBOUND, a. bound to sail to some foreign country. 
 
 To OUTBRA'VE, v. a. to bear down and disgrace by superior 
 courage, insolence, or show. 
 
 To OUTBRA'ZEN, v. a. to get the better of by impudence. 
 
 OUTBREAK, {outbrake) s. an eruption ; a sudden and violent 
 expression of opinion or feeling. 
 
 To OUTBRE'ATHE, (nutbreethe) v. a. to weary by having 
 better breath ; to expire ; to breathe out. 
 
 OUTCAST, ^jari. thrown away as refuse; banished, expelled, 
 exiled. 
 
 OUTCAST, s. one rejected or expelled. 
 
 To OUTCRA'FT, v., a. to excel in cunning. 
 
 OU'TCRY, s. noise, a cry of distress, or a clamour of detest- 
 ation ; public sale, auction. 
 
 To OUTDA'TE, v. a. to antiquate. 
 
 To OUTDO', V. a. to excel ; to perform beyond another. 
 
 OU'TER, a. without, opposed to inner. 
 
 OUTER LY, ad. towards the outside. 
 
 OU'TERMOST, a. superlative of outer; furthest from the 
 middle. 
 
 To OUTFA'CE, V. a. to brave, or bear down by a show of 
 magnanimity or impudence; to stare out of countenance. 
 
 To OUTFLY', V. a. to leave behind ; to go beyond in flight. 
 
 OUTFO'RM, s. external appearance. 
 
 To OUTFROW'N, v. a. to overbear by frowns; to frown 
 down. 
 
 To OUTGI'VE, V. a. to exceed another in giving. 
 
 To OUTGO', V. a. preter. outwent; participle outgone; to sur- 
 pass or excel ; to go beyond, or leave behind ; to over-reach ; to 
 circumvent. 
 
 To OUTGRO'W, (outgro) v. a. to surpass in growth, or to grow 
 too great or too old for any thing. 
 
 OUTGUARD, s. one posted at a distance from the main body, 
 as a defence. 
 
 To OUTJE'ST, V. a. to overpower by jesting. 
 
 To OUTKNA'VE, (outkndve) v. a. to surpass in knavery. 
 
 OUTLA'NDISH, a. not native ; foreign ; alien. 
 
 To OUTLA'ST, V. a. to exceed in duration. 
 
 OUTLAW, s. [uthga. Sax.] one excluded from the benefit of 
 the law. 
 
 To OUTLAW', V. a. to deprive of the benefits of the law. 
 
 OU'TLAWRY, s. a decree by which any person is deprived of 
 the protection of the laws, and cut off from the community. 
 
 To OUTLE'AP, (outleep) v. a. to pass in leaping; to start be- 
 yond. 
 
 OUTLE'AP, {outleep) s. a sally; flight; escape. 
 
 OU'TLET, s. a passage outwards ; a passage by which any 
 thing may go out. 
 
 OU'TLINE, s. the contour or line with which anything is 
 bounded ; an extremity. 
 
 To OUTLI'VE, V. a. to live longer ; to survive. 
 
 OUTLI'VER, s. a survivor, or one that lives longer than 
 another. 
 
 To OUTLOO'K, f. a. to face down; to browbeat. 
 
% 
 
 
OZM 
 
 sists chiefly of two spacious streets, which cross each other in 
 the middle of the town. It is chiefly celebrated for its university, 
 which is said to have been founded by Alfred, but is generally 
 supposed to have been of even earlier origin. Here are 20 col- 
 leges, and 5 halls, several of which stand in the streets, and give 
 the city an air of magnificence, which has obtained for it the 
 name of the Citi/ of Cathedrals. The colleges are very wealthy, 
 but are retained exclusively bv the Established Church. The 
 number of students is usually al)out 2000. Among the libraries 
 in the university, the most distinguished is the Bodleian, found- 
 ed by Thomas Bodley ; those of All Souls' College, Christ Church, 
 Queen's, New College, St. John's, Exeter, and Corpus Christi. 
 Among other public buildings, are the Theatre, the Ashmolean 
 Museum, the Clarendon Printing-house, the Radcliffe Infirmary, 
 and a fine Observatory. (iSee under the names of the various col- 
 leges, 8fc.) It is 58 miles from London. Markets, Wednesday 
 aiid Saturday. Pop. 2.3,8.34. 
 
 OXFORDSHIRE, a county of England, 47 miles in length, 
 and 29 in breadth; bounded by Buckinghamshire, Gloucester- 
 shire, Berkshire, Warwickshire, and Northamptonshire. It is 
 divided into 14 hundreds, which contain 1 city, 12 market 
 towns, 280 parishes, and 51 villages. The air is sweet, mild, 
 pleasant, and healthy, for which reason it contains several gen- 
 tlemen's seats; and the soil, though various, is fertile in- corn 
 and grass, and the hills are shaded with woods. It is also a 
 great sporting country, there being abundance of game pre- 
 served nere. It has no manufactures of any account, being 
 chiefly agricultural. Its chief city is Oxford. Pop. 161,643. 
 Is sends 9 members to parliament. 
 
 O'XGANG, s. twenty acres of land. 
 
 OXIDA'TION, s. in Chemistry, the operation by which any 
 substance is combined with oxygen in a certain proportion. 
 
 OXIDE, s. in Chemistry, any substance combined with 
 oxygen. 
 
 To O'XIDIZE, V. a. in Chemistry, to combine oxygen with a 
 body in particular proportions. 
 
 O'XLIP, s. in Botany, a hybrid between the primrose and the 
 cowslip, commonly called lacfy's fingers. 
 
 OXSTA'LL, {oxstaidl) s. a stand for oxen. 
 
 O'XTONGUE, s. in Botany, a genus of plants, of which two 
 are British species, viz. the yellow succory, and common ox- 
 tongue. 
 
 O'XYCRATE, s. [oxus and herannmni, Gr.] a mixture of water 
 and vinegar. 
 
 O'XYGEN, s. in Chemistry, an elementary substance, best 
 known as a gas. It is the supporter of animal life and of com- 
 bustion, in its combination witn nitrogen and carbonic acid gas, 
 as atmospheric air. It also enters into the composition of water. 
 And it is one of the most widely dift'used of all elementarj', or 
 indecomponible, substances. 
 
 O'XYGENIZABLE, a. in Chemistry, that will combine with 
 
 oxygen, and does not emit flame during the combination. 
 
 To O'XYGENIZE, v. a. in Chemistry, to acidify a substance 
 by oxygen. 
 
 O'XYGENIZEMENT, s. in Chemistry, the production of 
 acidity by oxygen. 
 
 O'XYMEL, s. [oxus and meli, Gr.] a mixture of vinegar and 
 honey. 
 
 OaYMO'RON, s. [oxus and moros, Gr.] a figure in Rhetoric, 
 in which an epithet of a contrary signification is added, as, 
 " PajTj/U^Dleasure." 
 
 OXYRRHO'DINE, s. [oxus and rodon, Gr.] a mixture of two 
 parts of oil of roses with one of vinegar of roses. 
 
 O'YER, «. [old Fr.] in Law, heard ; thus a court of oi/er and 
 terminer, is a place where causes are heard and determined. 
 
 O'YES, «. [oyez, Fr.] a word used and repeated three times by 
 a public crier in a court of justice, and in delivering a proclama- 
 tion, to demand silence. 
 
 OY'STER, s. [cester, Belg.] in Natural History, a common 
 marine shell-fish, esteemed a great delicacy. 
 
 OYSTER-CATCHER, s. in Ornithology, a kind of crow, that 
 lives near the sea-shore, and occasionally eats oysters, and even, 
 it is said, catches them itself, by dropping a stone into their 
 shells, when opened for feeding. 
 
 OY'STERWENCH, Ov'sterwoman, s. a woman who sells 
 oysters. Figuratively, a low, mean, and vulgar woman. 
 
 OZvE'NA.s. [oa),Gr.] in Surgery, a malignant ulcer of the nose. 
 (544 
 
 PAC 
 
 OZA'RKS, the name of a mass of mountains in Missouri and 
 Arkansas, United States. They usually range between 2000 
 and 3000 feet in height ; and though yet but imperfectly ex- 
 plored, they are known to contain very valuable mineral trea- 
 sures. See those States, and United States. 
 
 O'ZIER, s. See Osier. 
 
 "p IS the fifteenth letter of our alphabet, and is a consonant 
 '- uttered by the sudden compression of the anterior part of 
 the lips, as pull, put, pot, and has nearly the sound of b. When 
 p stands before s or t, its sound is lost ; as in psalms, pseudo-pro- 
 phets, Ptolemy, ptisati, &c. When it stands before h, it has the 
 sound off; as in physic, philosopher, phosp?wrus, and in most other 
 words ; but in phthisic, and some Greek words, the ph is not 
 pronounced. Used as a numeral letter, it stood for 400, but with 
 a dash on the top, thus, p, for 400,(X)0. Among medical writ- 
 ers it stands for piigil, or the eighth part of a handful. In Italian 
 music it stands for^wno, or soft, and shows that the force of the 
 voice or instrument is to be lessened. P P implies piu piano, 
 more soft, and P P P pianissimo, the softest possible. P. M., in 
 Astronomy, stands for post meridiem, or afternoon. 
 
 PA'BULAR, Pa'bulous, a. [^pabulum, Lat.] affording aliment 
 or provender. 
 
 PABULA'TION, s. the act of feeding or procuring provender. 
 
 PA'BULUM, s. [Lat.] among physicians, such parts of our 
 common food as are necessary to recruit the animal fluids; also 
 any matter that constitutes the cause of a disease. 
 
 PACATIA'NUS, TITUS JULIUS MANLIUS, one of those 
 who rebelled against the emperor Philip ; he was defeated by 
 the troops of Decius, who was afterwards emperor, in 249 a. d. 
 
 PACA'TUS, LATINUS DREPANIUS, a Roman orator and 
 poet of the 4th century. He was sent to congratulate Theodo- 
 sius the Great, on his defeat of Maximus, and his speech on that 
 occasion yet remains. He received several valuable offices as a 
 reward for his eloquence. 
 
 PACA'TION, s, [paco, Lat.] appeasing, pacifying, or as- 
 suaging. 
 
 PACE, s. \_JMS, Fr.] a step or single motion of the foot in walk- 
 ing ; the gait or manner of walking. Degree of quickness : 
 hence, to keep pace with, is to equal a person either in walking or 
 riding. A measure of five feet. In the Menage, it is of three 
 kinds, viz. walk, trot, and gallop ; to which may be added an 
 amble. 
 
 To PACE, V. n. to move on slowly; to move. Applied to 
 horses, to move by raising the feet on the same side together. — 
 V. a. to measure by steps. 
 
 PA'CED, a. having a particular gait or manner of walking. 
 
 PA'CER, s. a horse that raises the two legs on the same side 
 together. 
 
 PACI'FIC, a. [paci/ique, Fr. from pax and facio, Lat.] mild ; 
 making peace; gentle; appeasing. The Pacific Ocean is the 
 most expanded surface of water on the globe. It lies between 
 Asia and Australia and the American continent; and reaches 
 from Behring's Straits to the Antarctic Ocean. It is studded, 
 especially in the S. tropical regions, with countless groups of 
 small islands, which increase in number and magnitude as they 
 approach Australia. (See Polynesia.) It is generally much freer 
 from storms than the Atlantic and Indian Oceans, whence it is 
 named Pacific. 
 
 PACIFICATION, s. [Fr.] the act of making peace ; the act of 
 appeasing. 
 
 PACIFICA'TOR, s. [pacificateur, Fr.] a peace-maker. 
 
 PACIFICATORY, a. tending to make peace. 
 
 PA'CIFIER, s. one who appeases. 
 
 To PA'CIFY, V. a. to reconcile, appease, or quiet an angry 
 person. 
 
 PACK, s. [Belg. and Teut.] a large bundle of any thing pro- 
 pared for carriage ; a burden or load ; a certain number of cards, 
 generally 52 ; a number of hounds hunting together ; a number 
 of persons united in some bad design ; any great number or 
 quantity. 
 
 To PACK, c. a. [paelcan, Belg.] to bind up for carriage-; to 
 despatch in baste, used with off; to sort cards iniquitously ; to 
 fill a meeting, alleged to be impartial, with partisans- to get 
 
PAG 
 
 prejudiced persons on a jury, so as to secure a particular ver- 
 dict. — V. n. to tie up goods ; to remove in haste; to associate in 
 bad desig'ns. 
 
 PA'CKCLOTH, s. [packleed, Belg.] a cloth in which goods are 
 bundled or tied up. 
 
 PA'CKER, s. one who packs goods. 
 
 PA'CKET, s. Ipacqwt, Fr.] a small pack ; a mail of letters ; a 
 vessel that carries a mail ; a small bundle, as of a mountebank's 
 medicines. 
 
 To PA'CKET, V. a. to bind up in parcels. 
 
 PA'CKHORSE, s. a horse employed in carrying burdens of 
 goods. 
 
 PA'CKSADDLE, s. a saddle on which burdens are laid. 
 
 PA'CKTHREAD, s. strong thread used in packing or tying 
 up parcels. 
 
 PA'CKWAX, s. in Anatomy, the strong oponeuroses on the 
 sides of the neck in brutes. 
 
 PA'CO, s. in Zoology, a species of camel sheep in South Ame- 
 rica, which has an exceedingly fine fleece. 
 
 PACT, 8. [pactum, from pango, Lat.] a contract, bargain, or 
 covenant. 
 
 PACTl'TIOUvS, (pactishious) a. [pactio, from pango, Lat.] set- 
 tled upon condition. 
 
 PACU'VIUS, M., a Roman tragedian of the 2nd century B.C., 
 of whose writings only a few fragments remain. 
 
 PAD, s. [paad. Sax.] the road ; a foot path ; an easy-paced 
 horse ; a robber on foot ; a soft saddle ; properly a saddle or 
 bolster stuffed with straw; a kind of bolster used by crooked 
 people to conceal their deformity. 
 
 To PAD, t: n. to travel gently ; to rob on foot ; to make a 
 way smooth and level ; to conceal any deformity with a kind of 
 bolster. 
 
 PA'DAR, s. grouts ; coarse flour. 
 
 PA'DDER, s. one who robs on foot. 
 
 To PA'DDLE, V. n. [patouiller, Fr.] to row ; to beat the water 
 as with oars ; to play with, or in, the water ; to finger. 
 
 PA'DDLE, s. [pattk, Brit.] a short oar used by a single rower 
 in a boat ; any thing broad like an oar. 
 
 PA'DDLER, s. one that paddles. 
 
 PA'DDLE-STAFF, s. a staff headed with broad iron. 
 
 PA'DDOCK, s. [padde, Belg. pada, Sax.] in Natural History, a 
 great frog, or toad. A small enclosure. 
 
 PADE'LION, s. [pas de lion, Fr.] in Botany, a plant. 
 
 PA'DERBORN, a considerable city of Westphalia, capital of 
 a bishopric of the same name, and formerly one of the Hans 
 Towns. The rivulet Pader rises here under the high altar of the 
 cathedral. It is a celebrated university, and is .37 miles S. W. of 
 Minden,and43E.S.E.ofMunster. Lat. 5L 46. N. Long. 8. 55. E. 
 
 PA'DLOCK, s. Ipadde, Belg.] a lock hung on a staple to fasten 
 a door, box, &c. 
 
 PA'i)STO\V, Cornwall. It is a place of some trade to Ireland, 
 8cc. The harbour is capable of containing vessels of .500 tons at 
 high water, but is of dangerous access without a skilful pilot, 
 being rocky on the E. side, and barred with sea-sand on the 
 \V. The chief business here, and along this coast, next to the 
 trade in slate-tiles, is fishing for herrings which come up the 
 channel in October. It is 243 miles from London. Market, 
 Saturday. Pop. 2145. 
 
 PA'DUA, an ancient, large, and celebrated city of Venetian- 
 Lombardy, in Austrian Italy. It is capital of the Paduano, but 
 is much less considerable than it was formerly. The houses are 
 built on piazzas, which give it a rather gloomy air. The hall of 
 the town-house is one of the largest in Europe, and contains the 
 cenotaph of Livy, the historian, who was a native of Padua. The 
 university, formerly so celebrated, is now, like every thing else 
 in this city, on the decline. Here is a cloth manufactory : the 
 city, however, swarms with beggars. Padua is seated on the 
 rivers Brenta and Bachiglione, in a fine plain, and is about 7 
 miles in circumference. It is 20 miles from Venice. Lat. 45. 
 22. N. Long. 12. 1. E. 
 
 PjE'AN, s. [from the songs sung to Psean or Apollo, beginning 
 with lo Pcean,] a song of triumph. • 
 
 PjEDO-BA'PTISM, s. [;>aisand baptismos, Gr.] infant baptism. 
 Pasdo-baptists are those who maintain that baptism should be 
 administered to infants. 
 
 PA'GAN, a. Ipagus, Lat.] idolatrous; heathenish. 
 
 PA'GAN, s. a heathen.- 
 
 PAGA'N, BLAISE FRANCOIS, a distinguished military en- 
 gineer of France, in the 17th°century. He gained great notice 
 by his courage in several arduous engagements, in one of which 
 he lost an eye. Afterwards be became totally blind, but he did 
 not relinquish his favourite study, and composed an excellent 
 treatise on Fortification, with several works on Mathematics and 
 Astronomy. He died in 1665, aged 61 years. 
 
 PAGANPNI, NICCOLO, a celebrated violinist, who acquired 
 chief part of his renown from the extraordinary skill with which 
 he executed very difficult music on a single string. He wrote 
 some wild pieces for his favourite instrument. He travelled 
 through the greater part of W. Europe, and accumulated a great 
 fortune. His private character was not at all worthy of his de- 
 votion to music. He died in 1840, aged 56 years, 
 
 PA'GANISM, s. [paganisme, Fr.] heathenism. 
 
 PAGE, s. [page, Fr.] one side of the leaf of a book ; a youth 
 attending on a great person. 
 
 To PAGE, V. a. to mark the pages of a book with figures ; to 
 attend as a page. 
 
 PA'GEANT, s. a statue in a public show ; any show or spec- 
 tacle of entertainment. 
 
 PA'GEANT, a. showy ; pompous ; gaudy 
 To PA'GEANT, v. a. to exhibit in show ; 
 PA'GEANTRY, s. pomp ; show. 
 
 to represent. 
 
 PA'GINAL, a. [pagina, Lat.] consisting of pages. 
 
 PAGO'DA, s. an Indian idol, or temple. The porcelain tower 
 of Nanking is a very beautiful Chinese pagoda. 
 
 PAID, preter. and past part, of To Pay. 
 
 PAI'GLE, s. in Botany, a name for the cowslip. 
 
 PAIL, s. [palut. Span.] a vessel in which milk or water is 
 carried. 
 
 PAl'LFUL, s. the quantity that a pail will hold. 
 
 PAIN, s. [pcena, Lat.] punishment threatened ; a sensation of 
 uneasiness. Uneasiness, applied to the mind. In the plural, 
 labour ; task ; the throes of child-birth. 
 
 To PAIN, V. a. to make uneasy. Used with the reciprocal pro- 
 noun, to labour hard, or to hurt in making an effort. 
 
 PAINE, THOMAS, a political writer of the last century, who 
 made himself notorious by his political works, by his share in the 
 American and French Revolutions, and by his scurrilous writings 
 against the Bible. He was first a stay-maker, then an excise- 
 man ; afterwards he went to America, and by his Common Setise 
 aided greatly to form the resolution that led to the Independ- 
 ence of the United States. He once visited France officially, 
 to effect a loan ; in which he succeeded, and for which he was 
 rewarded. Visiting France and England again, on the peace, 
 for the purpose of carrying out some private schemes, he engaged 
 in defence of the French Revolution, with his Sights of Man, 
 and was, in this country, prosecuted, and in France elected to 
 the Convention. Here he was not fierce enough for the leaders of 
 the populace, and he was eventually confined in the Luxemburg, 
 and sentenced to death. A remarkable and most trivial circum- 
 stance, his jailer having marked the inside of his cell door instead 
 of the outside, saved hiin from the guillotine, for Robespierre him- 
 self fell the next day. His Age of Season was produced about this 
 time. After lingering awhile in France, he returned to the United 
 States, and continued his writing and castle-building; and died 
 in 1809, aged 72 years. The title of his first famous pamphlet. 
 Common Sense, gives a fair estimate of his powers ; this, in his 
 political speculations, led him to announce with great plainness 
 and force the great principles of political justice ; but other fa- 
 culties were requisite for finance, and there he failed ; and still 
 others, of heart and of head, for the discussion of religious topics, 
 and on them he not only failed, but so as to bring on all his works 
 the condemnation which these alone deserved. 
 
 PAI'NFUL, o. miserable ; afflictive; causing an uneasy sens- 
 ation ; difficult; laborious; industrious. 
 
 PAl'NFULLY, ad. with great pain, affliction, labour, or dili- 
 gence. 
 
 PAl'NFULNESS, s. affliction, sorrow, grief; industry. 
 
 PAFNIM, Pay'nim, s. [paym, Fr.] an infidel ; a pagan. 
 
 PAI'NIM, Pay'nim, a. pagan ; heathenish. 
 
 PAI'NLESS, a. without pain. 
 
 PAINSTA'KER, s. a laborious person. 
 
 PAINSTA'KING, a. labouring hard and diligently. 
 
 PAI'NSWICK, Gloucestershire. It has a manufacture of 
 white cloths for the army, and for the India and Turkey trade; 
 
 645 
 
PAL 
 
 and hence is brought a stone, remarkable for its beauty and 
 neatness, for the pavement of floors. It is 101 miles from Lon- 
 don. Market, Tuesday. Pop. 3730. 
 
 To PAINT, V. a. [peindre, Fr.] to represent in colours ; to cover 
 with colours. Figuratively, to describe; to colour, or diversify. 
 — V. n. to lay colours on the face. 
 
 PAINT, s. colours used in making pictures, &c. Also, colours 
 united with oil, and used to cover wood-work, &c. with, to pre- 
 serve it from the action of the atmosphere and damp ; and for 
 the sake of ornament. 
 
 PAI'NTER, s. [peintre, Fr,] one who practises the art of re- 
 presenting things in colours ; one who paints wood-work, &c. 
 
 PAI'NTING, s. the art of representing things in colours ; a 
 picture ; colours laid on wood-work, &c. See Fresco, Enamel, 
 
 PAI'NTURE, s. \_peinture, Fr.] the art of painting. 
 
 PAIR, s. [paire, Fr.] two things suiting one another; a man 
 and wife; two of a sort; two similar parts joined together, and 
 composing one thing. 
 
 To PAIR, V. n. to be joined in pairs ; to suit or resemble.— 
 V. a. to join in couples ; to unite as correspondent or opposite. 
 
 PAISIE'LLO, GIOVANNI, the celebrated composer of the 
 last century. He studied under Durante, and produced his first 
 work at Bologna. His reputation soon became European, and 
 he was invited to Russia, whither he went, and held an office in 
 the Czarina Catharine's court. He afterwards returned to Italy, 
 and settled at Naples ; where, with the exception of a short visit 
 to Paris, he staid for the remainder of his life. He died in 1816, 
 aged 75 years. His works are very numerous, and some of his 
 pieces are well known, having been adapted to popular songs. 
 
 PAI'SLEY, Renfrewshire, in Scotland. It had formerly a 
 celebrated abbey. It is seated on the river White Cart, over 
 which are 3 bridges, and has very considerable manufactures of 
 silk and thread gauze. It has some handsome public buildings, 
 and is a place of great importance. It is 50 miles from Edin- 
 burgh. Pop. 60,487. 
 
 PA'LACE, s. [palais, Fr. palatium, Lat.] a bouse in which a 
 great person resides ; a splendid house. 
 
 PALA'CIOUS, a. royal ; noble ; magnificent. 
 
 PALiEO'GRAPHY, s. ipalai and graplw, Gr.] the study of an- 
 cient writings, with respect to the kind of characters and orna- 
 ments employed merely. 
 
 PALjEONTO'LOGY, s. Ipalai, onta, and logos, Gr.] in Natural 
 History, the study of the remains of the animals and plants that 
 lived on this globe in earlier stages of its history. 
 
 PALjEOTHE'RIUM, s. [palaios and therion, "Gr.] in Natural 
 History, a genus of animals of the tapir tribe, whose remains 
 are found in the tertiary beds round Paris. 
 
 PALA'NQUIN, s. a kind of covered carriage, used by persons 
 of distinction, and supported on the shoulders of slaves in the 
 East. 
 
 PA'LATABLE, o. agreeable to the taste. 
 
 PA'LATE, s. Ipalatum, Lat.] in Anatomy, the upper part or 
 roof of the mouth ; the organ of taste. In Botany, the inner 
 part of the mouth of a gaping blossom. 
 
 PA'LATIC, a. belonging to the palate. 
 
 PALATINATE, the ancient name of two provinces of Ger- 
 many, one of which now forms part of Bavaria, and the other is 
 divided amongst diflferent sovereigns. 
 
 PA'LATINE, s. [palatin, Fr.] one invested with roval rights 
 and privileges. Chester and Lancaster are the only counties 
 palatine in England. 
 
 PA'LATINE, a. possessing royal privileges. 
 
 PALE, a. [pale,VT. pallidus, Lat.] of a white colour; not high 
 coloured; of a faint lustre; dim. 
 
 To PALE, V. a, to make whitish or pale. 
 
 PALE, s. Ipalus, Lat.] a narrow piece of wood joined above 
 and below to a cross beam, to enclose grounds ; any enclosure, 
 or district. In Heraldry, a stake placed upright from the top of 
 the chief to the point. 
 
 To PALE IN, V. a. to enclose with pales; to encompass. 
 
 PA'LED, a. in Botany, applied to such flowers as have leaves 
 surrounding a head or thrum ; as the marigold. 
 
 PALE-EY'ED, o. having dim eyes. 
 
 PALE-FA'CED, a. having the face whitish, or without any 
 ruddy colour. 
 
 PA'LELY ad. wanly ; not ruddily. 
 64G 
 
 PAL 
 
 PA'LENESS, s. want of colour ; want of lustre. 
 
 PA'LEOUS, a. [palea, Lat.] husky; chafly. 
 
 PALE'RMO, an ancient, rich, and beautiful city of Sicily, in 
 the Val-di-Mazara ; situated near the extremity of a kind of 
 natural amphitheatre, formed by high and rocky mountains, 
 which is one of the richest and most pleasant spots in the world. 
 Two great streets intersect each other in the centre of the city, 
 where they form a handsome square, called the Ottangolo, adorn- 
 ed with elegant uniform buildings. From the centre of this 
 square is seen the whole of these noble streets, and the four great 
 gates of the city which terminate them. About a mile from 
 Palermo is a celebrated convent of Capuchins, in which are 
 vaults where the corpses of the monks, and other persons, are pre- 
 served, having been first dried over a fire. There is a university 
 here, with a good library. Palermo is seated on the N. side of 
 the island, at the bottom of the gulf of the same name, and is 
 the capital of the island. It is 200 miles from Naples. Pop. 
 about 150,000. Lat. 38. 7. N. Long. 13. 20. E. 
 
 PA'LESTINE, one of the names of that part of Syria, 
 which was formerly possessed by the Israelites, and is also called 
 the Holy Land, Canaan, i^-c. It lies at the S. part of the E. ex- 
 tremity of the Mediterranean Sea ; and was bounded on the N. 
 by Mount Lebanon. The borders on the E. and S. were less accu- 
 rately defined. Lebanon, Carmel, Tabor, Hermon, &c. were its 
 mountains. The Jordan is its chief river; and the Lake of 
 Gennesaret, or Tiberias, and the Dead Sea, its chief expanses 
 of water. It was very fertile; and produced iron, copper, &c. 
 At different periods of its history it was differently divided; 
 having been first held by various independent half nomade 
 tribes ; then by the Israelites, and by them being divided ac- 
 cording to the tribes ; and lastly, at the time of our Lord, being 
 divided into Judsea, Galilee, Samaria, Peraea, Decapolis, &c. 
 Jerusalem was its capital. Samaria, Csesarea, Capernaum, &c. 
 were also places of note. {See these names separately.) 
 
 PALE'STRICAL, a. {palcsstra, Lat.] of or belonging to wrest- 
 
 '"iPaLESTRI'NA, GIOVANNI PIETRO ALOYSIS, a famous 
 Italian composer of the 16th century. Some of his music is yet 
 performed in the churches of Italy, &c. His style is greatly ad- 
 mired. He died in 1594. 
 
 PA'LETTE, «. [Fr.] a light board, or flat earthen or metallic 
 plate, with a hole, through which the thumb passes, used by a 
 limner to place his colours on. 
 
 PA'LEY, DR. WILLIAM, an eminent divine of the English 
 Church ; whose writings have had a considerable influence on 
 the theology and philosophy of England, to the present day. He 
 studied at Cambridge ; and was eventually a prebendary of 
 London, and subdean of Lincoln, holding also other more or 
 less valuable benefices. He died in 1805, aged 02 years. The 
 style of all his writings is remarkably clear and elegant, and this 
 has, no doubt, contributed to their popularity. His great work 
 is his Moral Philosophy, in which (following Locke) he rejected 
 all moral sense, and adopted utility or expediency as the basis 
 of right. This work contains much valuable matter; but as an 
 ethical system, it is such as could have been formed and adopted 
 only in England, and under the shadow of our institutions. His 
 Natural Theology is a very able exposition of the proofs of design 
 in all the various works of nature ; but as a positive demonstra- 
 tion of the existence of God, it fails, as all such arguments must. 
 His Essay on the Evidences of Christianity is an admirable com- 
 pendium of the immense accumulations made by Dr. Lardner, 
 and is a beautiful piece of reasoning. But it does not substan- 
 tiate the claims of Christianity, although it proves the New Tes- 
 tament to be a true historical document. His best work is his 
 Hora Paulina;, in which he has, with admirable clearness and 
 skill, shown that the minute and incidental agreements between 
 the different apostolic letters and the Acts of the Apostles, are 
 such as to prove the genuineness of those letters. His other 
 works are of less account. A hopeful reaction against the 
 ethics and evidences of this writer has commenced, and has 
 warm advocates in Cambridge itself. 
 
 • PA'LFREY, (paHlfrey) s. [palffrai, Brit.] a small horse used 
 by ladies ; a state horse with trappings. 
 
 PA'LIMPSEST, s. [palia and psestos, Gr.] in Criticism, the 
 name of a MS. in which an attempt has been made to obliterate 
 the first writing from the parchment, for economy's sake, and 
 some other work written over it. 
 
PAL 
 
 PA'LINDROME, s. [palin and dromos, Gr.] a word or sentence 
 that reads the same backwards as forwards; as madam. 
 
 PALINGENE'SIA, s. Ipalin and genesis, Gr.] regeneration; 
 the migration of the soul of a defunct into another body. 
 
 PA'LINODE, Pa'linody, s. Ipalin and ode, Gr.] a recantation. 
 
 PALISA'DE, Pahsa'do, s. [Fr. Span.] pales set by way of 
 enclosure or defence. 
 
 PA'LISH, a. somewhat pale or wan. 
 
 PALL, {pauU) s. [pallium, Lat.] a cloak or mantle of state. 
 An episcopal vestment, of white woollen cloth, consisting of a 
 narrow band, and worn over the shoulders. A covering of black 
 velvet, sometimes edged with white silk, thrown over a coffin 
 when carried to interment. 
 
 To PALL, (paull) V. a. to cloak or invest. 
 
 To PALL, (paull) V. n. [pallu,Bi\t. or from pale,] to grow vapid 
 or tasteless. — v. a. to make insipid or vapid ; to damp or dispirit ; 
 to impair or weaken ; to cloy. 
 
 PALLA'DIO, ANDREA, the great Italian architect of the 
 IGth century. He studied under Trissino; and was employed 
 in all parts of Italy. His works are always regarded as classical 
 studies by architects. He wrote on his favourite study, and 
 published also a work on Roman antiquities. He died in 1580, 
 ag^d 62 years. 
 
 PALLA'DIUM, s. a security or safeguard. In Antiquity, a 
 statue of the goddess Pallas, preserved in Troy, whereon the fate 
 of the city is said to have depended. In Chemistry, a metal found 
 in connexion with platinum, of gray colour, and metallic lustre. 
 
 PA'LLAS, in Heathen Mythology, the Grecian goddess of 
 wisdom, called by the Latins, Minerva. In Astronomy, one of 
 the asteroids, or small planets, or parts of planets, revolving be- 
 tween the orbits of Mars and .lupiter. See Solar System. 
 
 PA'LLAS, PETER SIMON, the celebrated traveller, was a 
 German by birth, and studied at Halle, Gottingen, and Leyden ; 
 and afterwards entered the service of the empress of Russia. 
 He was engaged in the survey of the Russian empire, and tra- 
 velled throughout Asiatic Russia. He afterwards lived in the 
 Crimea. But eventually he returned to Berlin, where he pub- 
 lished his Travels, &c., and died in 1811, aged 70 years. 
 
 PA'LLET, s. Ipaille, Fr.] a small or mean bed. — [palette, Fr.] 
 a small measure, formerly used by chirurgeons. — [from^afe,] in 
 Heraldry, a narrow pale. 
 
 To PA'LLIATE, v. a. [pallium, Lat.] to cloak, cover, or ex- 
 tenuate any crime by excuses or favourable representations; to 
 ease without radical cure. 
 
 PALLIATION, «. [Fr.] the act of covering or extenuating a 
 crime ; an imperfect and temporary cure. 
 
 PA'LLIATlVE, a. [palliatif, Fr.] extenuating by excuses and 
 favourable representations. 
 
 PA'LLIATlVE, s. something that extenuates a crime, or alle- 
 viates pain. 
 
 PA'LLID, a. [pallidus, Lat.] pale; wan; not high coloured. 
 
 1,Y, s.[p,- -^ - - " ■ "■ • 
 
 PAN 
 
 PA'LMISTRY, ». [palma, Lat.] the pretence of telling fortunes 
 by the lines of the palms. 
 
 PALM-SUNDAY, s. in the Church Calendar, the Sunday next 
 before Easter ; so called from palm branches being carried be- 
 fore our Saviour on his triumphal entry into Jerusalem. 
 
 PA'LMY, a. bearing palms. 
 
 PALMY'RA, formerly a magnificent city of Asia, in the deserts 
 of Syria, of which Zenobia was queen, who held out a long time 
 against the Romans, but was at length taken captive, and led in 
 triumph through the streets of Rome. This place, called by the 
 Arabs, Tadmor in the Desert, appears to have been built by 
 Solomon, but the architecture of its admired remains is probably 
 Grecian, coeval with the time of the Seleucidae. The present in- 
 habitants, consisting of 30 or 40 families, have erected their 
 mud cottages within the spacious court of a magnificent temple 
 of the sun. Palmyra is situated in the midst of a large sandy 
 plain, surrounded on three sides by a long chain of mountains, 
 90 miles from Damascus. Lat. 34. 29. N. Long. 38. 48. E. 
 
 PALPABI'LITY, Pa'lpableness, s. the quality of being per- 
 ceivable to the touch ; grossness ; plainness. 
 
 PA'LPABLE, a. [Fr. from palpo, Lat.] to be perceived by the 
 touch; gross; coarse; easily detected ; plain or easily perceived. 
 
 PA'LPABLY, ad. in such a manner as to be perceived by the 
 touch ; grossly ; plainly. 
 
 PALPA'TION, s. the act of feeling. 
 
 To PA'LPITATE, v. a. [palpito, Lat.] to beat like the heart ; 
 to flutter. 
 
 PALPITA'TION, s. [Fr.] the more rapid pulsation of the 
 heart, occasioned by friglit or disorder. 
 
 PA'LSGRAVE, {pdidsgrave) s. [paltsgraff, Teut.] a count or 
 earl who has the superintendence of a prince's palace. 
 
 PA'LSIED, (pdutsied) a. afflicted with the palsy. 
 
 PA'LSY, (pdulsy) s. [paralysis, (rotn paraluo, Gr.] in Medicine, 
 a kind of paralysis, in which, most commonly, the limbs cannot 
 be kept from trembling. There are also other kinds of this dis- 
 ease not characterized by this symptom. 
 
 To PA'LTER, (pdulter) v. n. to prevaricate ; to shift or dodge. 
 — V. a. to squander; to trifle. 
 
 PA'LTERER, (pdulterer) s. an insincere dealer; a shifter. 
 
 PALTRINESS, (pdultriness) s. meanness. 
 
 PA'LTRY, (pdultry) a. sorry ; worthless ; contemptible ; mean. 
 
 PA'LY, a. pale. Used only in poetry. 
 PAM, s. [perhapi 
 the knave of clubs. 
 
 in pc 
 », Li 
 
 from palma, Lat. as trump is from triumph,'] 
 
 PALLI'LOGY, s. [palin and loc/os, Gr.] a figu 
 
 Rhetoric, 
 
 PALL-MALL, {pel-mell) s'[paiUe maille, Fr.] a game in which 
 a ball is struck through an iron ring with a mallet. 8ee Mall, 
 and Mell. 
 
 PALM, 8. [palma, Lat.] in Botany, the name of a large class of 
 tropical plants, distinguished for their height and beauty. They 
 furnish many useful vegetable substances. The hand spread out, 
 or the inside of the hand. In Measure, three inches. 
 
 To PALM, V. a. to conceal in the palm ; to handle ; to stroke 
 with the hand. To impose on, used with upon. 
 
 PA'LMA, one of the Canary Islands. It is about 25 miles long, 
 and 15 broad, and is one mass of lofty rocks, reaching to above 
 7000 feet in height. Santa Cruz is its capital. Pop. about 5000. 
 See Canaries. 
 
 PA'LMER, s. a pilgrim, so called from the custom of bearing 
 branches of palm by those who had visited the Holy Land. A 
 crown encircling a deer's head. 
 
 PA'LMERWORM, s. in Entomology, the name of a kind of 
 caterpillar. 
 
 PALMETTO, s. in Botany, a kind of palm-tree, with the 
 leaves of which women's hats are made. 
 
 PALMI'FEROUS, a. [palma and/e;o, Lat.] bearing palms. 
 
 PALMIPEDE, a. [palma and pes, Lat.] web-footed ; having 
 the toes joined by a membrane. 
 
 PA'LMISTER, «. one who professes palmistry. 
 
 PA'MPAS, the name given to the vast plains which form the 
 S. part of the S. American continent, and cover many thousands 
 of square miles. Some parts are fertile ; but most of this land 
 is barren. In those about Buenos Ayres, wild horses abound. 
 On the N. is the Salinas, or Salt Desert. The Patagonians in- 
 habit the S. part. 
 
 To PA'MPER, V. a. [pamberare, Ital.] to fill with food, or feed 
 luxuriously ; to glut. 
 
 PA'MPHLET, (pdmjlet) s. [written by Caxton paunjkt, from 
 par un filet, Fr.] a small book not bound, but only stitched. 
 
 To PA'MPHLET, v. a. to write small books or pamphlets. 
 
 PAMPHLETEER, s. a writer of pamphlets. 
 
 PAMPHY'LIA, a province of Asia Minor, lying on the Medi- 
 terranean, and bounded by Lycia, Pisidia, and Cilicia. One 
 fart of the Tauric range of mountains crossed the N. part of it. 
 ts rivers were small. Termessus, Olbia, Perge, Attalia, Selinus, 
 &c. were its chief cities. 
 
 PAN, s. [pfan, Teut.] an earthen vessel broad and hollow ; 
 the part of a gun-lock that holds the powder ; any hollow or 
 cavity. In the Heathen Mythology, the god of shepherds. He 
 was also the personification of the Universal Soul. His appear- 
 ance was that of a satyr. 
 
 PANACE'A, s. [pan and akeomai, Gr.] a universal medicine. 
 
 PANA'DA, Pana'do, s. [panade, Fr.] food made by boiling 
 bread till it is in a manner dissolved in water. 
 
 PANA'MA, the name of the isthmus that connects N. and S. 
 America, of a gulf adjoining it, and of a rich and handsome 
 town standing on the gulf. The town is the capital of the de- 
 partment of New Granada, with elegant public buildings. It is 
 a place of considerable trade. Pop. about 12,000. Lat. 9. 0. N. 
 Long. 79. 19. W. 
 
 PANA'RY, a. in Chemistry, belonging to bread. 
 
 PANCAKE, s. a kind of cake or pudding made in a fryingpan. 
 
 647 
 
PAN 
 
 PANCHRE'STA, (pankresta) s. [pan and chrestos, Gr.] medi- 
 cines that are supposed efficacious in all diseases. 
 
 PANCRA'TICAL, a. {pan and hrateo, Gr.] very strong, or ex- 
 celling in all gymnastic exercises. 
 
 FA'NCREAS, s. [pan and kreas, Gr.] in Anatomy, the part 
 called the sweetbread ; a gland, situated between the bottom of 
 the stomach and the vertebrae of the loins, and secreting a juice 
 of great service in assisting digestion. 
 
 PANCREA'TIC, a. belonging to the pancreas. 
 
 the 
 
 PA'NDECT, s. [pandecta, Lat.] a treatise that comprehends 
 
 e whole of any science. A digest of civil law. 
 
 PANDE'MIC, a. [pan and demos, Gr.] incident to a whole 
 people. 
 
 PA'NDER, s. [from Pandarus,] a pimp ; a man that procures 
 prostitutes for another. 
 
 To PA'NDER, V. a. to pimp; to be subservient to lust or 
 passion. 
 
 PA'NDERLY, ad. pimping; pimplike. 
 
 PANDICULA'TION, s. [pandiculor, Lat.] the restlessness, 
 stretching, and uneasiness, usually accompanying the cold fits 
 of an intermitting fever. 
 
 PANE, s. [ paneau, Fr.] a square piece of glass ; a piece mixed 
 iu variegated works with other pieces. 
 
 PANEGY'RIC, s. [panegyrique, Fr.] a piece written in praise 
 of a person or thing. 
 
 PANEGY'RIC, Panegy'rical, a. praising; in the nature of a 
 panegyric. 
 
 PANEGY'RIST, s. [panegyriste, Fr.] one that writes praise ; 
 an encomiast. 
 
 PA'NEL, s. [panellum, Lat. panesau, Fr.] a square or piece of 
 any matter inserted among others ; a square piece in a wain- 
 scot. In Law, it signifies a schedule, or small roll of parchment, 
 containing the names of the jurors returned by the sheriff to 
 pass upon a trial; so that the impannelling a jury is no more 
 than the sheriff's entering them upon a panel or roll. 
 
 PANG, s. [peine, Fr.] excessive pain ; a sudden pain or torture. 
 
 To PANG, V. a. to torment cruelly. 
 
 PA'NGOLIN,s. in Zoology, an animal of the manis tribe. 
 
 PA'NIC, a. [from Pan,] violent without reason, applied to fear. 
 
 PA'NICGRASS, s. in Botany, the panicum of Linnfeus ; the 
 great loose cocksfoot, and creeping panicgrass, are the British 
 species. 
 
 PA'NIPLE, s. [panicula, Lat.] in Botany, an assemblage of 
 flowers upon fruitstalks that are variously subdivided ; as in the 
 oats, lilac, liorse-chesnut, Src. ^c. 
 
 PA'NNADE, s. the prancing of a high-bred horse. 
 
 PA'NNEL, s. [panneel, Belg. paneau, Fr.] a kind of clumsy 
 saddle. In Falconry, the stomach of a hawk. 
 
 PA'NNIER, s. [panier, Fr.] a basket or wicker vessel, hung 
 on the side of a horse. 
 
 PANNO'NIA, a country of ancient Europe, lying on the 
 Danube, and bounded by Moesia, lllyricum, and Noricum. It 
 was one of the frontier provinces of the Roman empire. Vindo- 
 bona (now Vienna) and Taurunum (now Belgrade) were its 
 chief cities. 
 
 PA'NOPLY, s. [pan and oplon, Gr.] complete armour. 
 
 PA'NSY, s. [pensee, Fr.] in Botany and Floriculture, a well- 
 known garden flower, commonly called heart's ease. 
 
 To PANT, V. n. [panteler, old Fr.] to fetch the breath short, 
 when frightened or out of breath. To play with intermission, 
 applied to the wind. To wish or long for. 
 
 PANT, s. the palpitation of the heart. 
 
 PANTALOO'N, s. [pantalon, Fr.] breeches long enough to 
 cover the leg to the ancle. 
 
 PANTHEO'LOGY, «. [pan and theologia, Gr.] the whole sum 
 or body of divinity, 
 
 PANTHE'ON, s. [pan and theos, Gr.] a temple at Rome dedi- 
 cated to all the gods. 
 
 PA'NTHER.s. [Gr.] in Zoology, an animal which bears a near 
 resemblance to the leopard, but is superior in size. 
 
 PANTILE, s. a gutter tile. 
 
 PA'NTINGLY, ad. with a palpitation ; breathing short. 
 
 PA'NTLER, s. [panitier, Fr.] a person who keeps the bread in 
 a great family. 
 
 PA'NTOFLE, s. [pantoHfle, Fr.] a slipper. 
 
 PAN TOGRAPH, s. [pas and graplw, Gr.] an instrument so 
 constructed that a copy of a map or drawing niay be made, ex- 
 
 PA P 
 
 actly, by it, either of the same size, or in any proportion to it. It 
 is complicated, and not easy to describe without a diagram. 
 
 PA'NTOMIME, s. [Fr. pan and mimeomai, Gr.] one who can 
 express his meaning by mute actions. A play, very popular with 
 children of all ages, consisting in gesture and dumb show, and 
 usually represented at Christmastide. A mimic. 
 
 PA'NTON,s. a shoe made to recover a narrow and hoof-bound 
 heel. 
 
 PA'NTRY, s. [paneterie, Fr.] the room in which victuals are 
 kept. 
 
 PA'OLI, PASCAL, the general and patriot of Corsica, who, 
 in the last century, laboured so bravely to free that island from 
 the power of Genoa, and afterwards from that (Jf France. He was 
 supported with great warmth by England, and seemed several 
 times to be successful, but he was engaged in a struggle that 
 could not end triumphantly; and he died in London, in 1807, 
 aged 81 years, having richly deserved the esteem in which he 
 was held by all parties who took any interest in his patriotic 
 contest. 
 
 PAP, s. [pappe, Belg. ^a^w, \l2i\. papilla, Lat.] the nipple of the 
 breast ; food made for infants of bread boiled in milk or water; 
 the pulp of fruit. 
 
 PAPA.', s. [Lat. pappas, Gr.] a name of fondness used by a 
 child to its father, 
 
 PA'PACY, s. [papa, Lat.] the office or dignity of a pope. 
 
 PA'PAL, a. [Fr.] belonging to the pope. 
 
 PA'PAL STATES, the territories belonging to the pope, in 
 Italy. They reach from the Mediterranean Sea to the Gulf of 
 Venice, and are bounded by Naples, Tuscany, Modena, and the 
 Austrian dominions. They are about 200 miles lorig, and 100 
 broad. The Apennines run through the midst of them, and the 
 chief river is the Tiber. They are abundantly productive of every 
 kind of wealth that is common to Italy, although the frequent 
 change of rulers, and the ceaseless intrigues for and against 
 them, has prevented the full development of their resources. 
 Rome is the capital. They are Bolognese, Ferrarese, Romagna, 
 Urbino, Ancona, Ombria, Perugino, Camerino, Umbria Fermo, 
 Orviepano, Pat. di Pietro, Sabina, and Campagna di Roma. 
 Pop. about 3,000,000. 
 
 PAPA'VEROUS, a. [papater, Lat.] belonging to or resem- 
 bling poppies. 
 
 PA'PER, s. [papyrus, Lat. papier, Fr.] the reed of the Nile, on 
 which they wrote before the invention of paper; a substance on 
 which we write or print, made of linen rags ground, macerated 
 in water, and formed into thin sheets by machinery; a piece of 
 paper ; a single sheet printed or written, usually applied to jour- 
 nals, or essays published in single sheets. 
 
 PA'PER, a. made of paper ; slight or thin. 
 
 To PA'PER, V. a. to cover or wrap in paper; to register. 
 
 PA'PERMAKER, s. one who makes paper. 
 
 PAPE'SCENT, a. tending towards or resembling pap. 
 
 PAPHLAGO'NIA, a country of Asia Minor, lying on the 
 Euxine, and bounded by Bithynia, Galatia, and Pontus. It was 
 mountainous, and the celebrated Halys was its chief river. Si- 
 nope and Amastris •"ere its principal cities. It furnished Greece 
 with slaves. , , 
 
 PAPIER-MACHE, s. [Fr.] in the Useful Arts, a substance of 
 the same nature as the pulp of paper, used very much in making 
 trays, and ornaments for japanning ; mouldings for picture 
 frames, &c. &c. 
 
 PAPl'LIO, «. [Lat.] a moth of various colours, by some called 
 a butterfly. 
 
 PAPILIONA'CEOUS, a. [papilio, Lat.] in Botany, applied to 
 such flowers as represent a butterfly, with its wings expanded, 
 as in the pea, broom, gorze, &c. 
 
 PA'PILLARY, Pa'pillous, a. [papilla, Lat.] having emulgent 
 vessels resembling paps. 
 
 PA'PIST, s. [papiste, Fr.] one that adheres to the communion 
 of the pope and Church of Rome. 
 
 PAPI'STICAL, a. popish ; adhering to the pope. 
 
 PA'PISTRY, s. popery ; the doctrine of the Church of Rome. 
 
 PA'PPOUS, a. [pappus, Lat.] in Botany, applied to seeds 
 covered with a light thin down, as in the dandelion, thistle, &e. 
 
 PA'PPUS, a celebrated mathematician of Alexandria, of the 
 4th or -5th century a. d. Some of his works are yet extant; 
 and show how diligently the synthetical branch of mathematical 
 science continued to be studied at that eminent school. 
 
PAPPY, a. 
 
 lily divided. 
 
 PA'PUA, a large island K'ing itnmediately N.of New Holland, 
 and E. of the Moluccas. It is about 1500 miles long, and 500 
 broad ; but is of a very irregular shape. Very little is known of 
 its appearance, productions, inhabitants, &c., as no commercial 
 relations have yet been established with it, on the part of any 
 people of Europe ; and the natives are very barbarous. Yet they 
 carry on some kind of trade with China, Japan, &c. Sec. It is 
 also called New Guinea. 
 
 PAPULO'SITY, s. [;)a/^;)?ts, Lat.] fulness of blisters or pimples. 
 
 PAPY'RUS, s. [Lat.] in Botany, the name of the Egyptian 
 reed, the inner skin of which vas made into paper, before the 
 discovery of linen paper, or the introduction of cotton paper 
 from India. 
 
 PAR, s. [Lat.] the state of equality, or equal value. 
 
 PAR VAGUM, s. [Lat.] in Anatomy, one of the three nerves 
 of the eighth pair, which supplies the lungs and the respiratory 
 system. 
 
 PA'RABLE, .?. [parabalh, Gr.] a similitude; a narrative of 
 fact or fiction made use of to convey some important truth. 
 
 PARABO'LA, s. [Lat.] in Geometry, a conic section arising 
 from a cone's being cut by a plane parallel to one of its sides. 
 
 PARABO'LIC, Parabo'lical, a. {paraboliqm, Fr.] expressed 
 in parables, or by a similitude. In Geometry, having the form 
 or properties of a parabola. 
 
 PARABO'LICALLY, ad. by way of parable, or similitude. In 
 Geometry, in the form of a parabola. 
 
 PARA'BOLISM, s. in Algebra, is the division of the terms of 
 an equation, by a known quantity that is involved or multiplied 
 in the first term. 
 
 PARA'BOLOID, s. [parabola and eidos, Gr.] in Geometry, a 
 solid supposed to be formed by the revolution of a parabola on 
 its axis. 
 
 PARACE'LSUS, a phj'sician and natural philosopher of Swit- 
 zerland in the beginning of the IGth century ; who seeing more in 
 nature than modern students do, but not being aided by so clear 
 and trustworthy a method, and being, also, surrounded by cir- 
 cumstances hostile to careful study of nature, devoted himself to 
 alchemy, and hoped to find out the means of thwarting natural 
 decay and death. The use of mercury, tartar, &c. was intro- 
 duced by him into medical art with great success. He died in 
 1541, aged but 48 years. The figurative terms he emploj-ed to 
 classify his facts, have been urged against his pretensions to be 
 a man of science. Nomenclature is of great importance to sci- 
 ence, but it is not all. See Rosicrusians. 
 
 PARACENTESIS, s. {para and kenteo, Gr.] in Surgery, an 
 operation for the dropsy, called tapping. 
 
 PARACE'NTRIC, PARACE'NTRicAL,a. [riara and kentron, Gr.] 
 deviating from the centre. 
 
 PA'RACHUTE, s. [para, Gr. and chute,¥t.'] in Aerostation, a 
 machine, constructed like an umbrella, to break the fall of one 
 descending through the air from a great altitude. Unfortunately 
 the experimenters have either been killed, or nearly so, so that 
 the machine does not appear to be of great use. 
 
 PARACLE'TE, s. [parakaleo, Gr.] an advocate, helper, or 
 comforter; in Scripture, applied to our Lord and to the Holy 
 Spirit. 
 
 PARA'DE, s. [Fr.] an ostentatious show or display ; military 
 order ; a place where troops are drawn up for duty ; a guard, or 
 a posture of defence. 
 
 PA'RADIGM, s. [paradilcnumi, Gr.] an example ; used chiefly 
 to designate the tables of nouns and verbs, in grammar. 
 
 PA'RADISE, s. any place or stateof exquisite happiness. 
 
 PARADISI'ACAL, a. suiting, resembling, or forming pa- 
 radise. 
 
 PA'RADOX, s. [para and doxa, Gr.'] a statement which at 
 first appears absurd, but is actually true. 
 
 PARADO'XICAL, a. of the nature of a paradox. 
 
 PARADO'XICALLY, ad. after the manner of a paradox. 
 
 PARADOXO'LOGY, s. [paradoxos and lego, Gr.] the act of 
 speaking in paradoxes. 
 
 PARAGO'GE, s. [parago, Gr.] a figure whereby a syllable or 
 letter is added to the end of a word ; as, along, alongst. 
 
 PA'RAGON.s. \_paragone,ltix].] a model ; pattern; something 
 superlatively excellent; fellow, equal. 
 
 To PA'RAGON, v. a. to compare ; to equal. 
 
 PA'RAGRAPH, {paragraf) s. [para and grqpho, Gr.] a dis- 
 
 PAR 
 
 tinct part of a discourse. In Printing, a mark used to signify 
 the beginning of some other subject, and formed thus, ^. 
 
 PARAGRA'PHICALLY, {paragrajkally) ad. with distinct 
 breaks or sentences. 
 
 PARAGUAY', a republic of S. America, bounded by Brazil, 
 Bolivia, La Plata, and Uraguay. It is about 500 miles long 
 by 200 broad. It has numerous lakes and rivers. Of the latter, 
 the principal are the Paraguay and the Parana, the united 
 streams of which form the celebrated Rio-de-la-Plata. These 
 rivers annually overflow their banks; and, on their recess, leave 
 them enriched by a slime, that renders the soil extremely fer- 
 tile. It is an extremely fertile plain, and produces cotton in 
 great abundance, tobacco, and the valuable herb called Para- 
 guay, which is peculiar to this country, and the infusion of which 
 is drunk in all the Spanish provinces of S. America, instead of 
 tea. They have also a variety of fruits, and very rich pastures; 
 but the country has but few woods or forests. Assumption is its 
 capital. Pop. about 500,000. 
 
 PARALI'PSIS, s. [jyaraleipo, Gr.] a figure in Rhetoric, where- 
 in that thing is let pass, which nevertheless is intended to be 
 insisted on at large. 
 
 PARALLA'CTIC, Paralla'ctical, a. belonging to a parallax. 
 
 PA'RALLAX,s. [parallatto, Gr.] in Astronomy, the apparent 
 change of place in a heavenly body, when observed from differ- 
 ent positions ; from which the distance of many of them has been 
 exactly calculated. The fixed stars have (with a very few excep- 
 tions) no appreciable parallax. 
 
 PA'RALLEL, a. [parallelos, Gr.] extended in the same direc- 
 tion ; preserving always the same distance ; having the same 
 tendency; continuing the resemblance through several particu- 
 lars; like. 
 
 PA'RALLELS, a. lines continuing their course, and equally 
 distant from each other. Lines on the globe, which distinguish 
 the latitude. In the singular, direction conformable to that of 
 another line; resemblance; likeness; a comparison ; anything 
 resembling another. 
 
 To PA'RALLEL, v. a. to place so as to keep the same direc- 
 tion with, or be at the same distance from, another line; to 
 correspond to ; to compare; to bear resemblance to. 
 
 PA'RALLELISM, s. the state of being parallel. 
 
 PARALLE'LOGRAM, «. [parallelos and gramma, Gr.] in Geo- 
 metry, a right-lined quadrilateral figure, whose opposite sides 
 are parallel and equal. 
 
 PARALLELOGRA'MICAL, a. having the properties of a 
 parallelogram. 
 
 PA'RALLELOPIPEDON, s. [parallelopipcde, Fr.] in Geome- 
 try, a solid figure contained under six parallelograms, whose op- 
 posite sides are equal and parallel. 
 
 PA'RALOGISM, s. [para and lego, Gr.] in Rhetoric, a false 
 argument. 
 
 PA'RALOGY, s. a false reasoning. 
 
 PARA'LYSIS, s. [paraluo, Gr.] in Medicine, the failure of 
 some part of the nervous system to perform its functions. In 
 one very painful and common variety, one half of the body, from 
 the head to the feet, is without feeling or power to move. In 
 another, the lower part of the body is thus lifeless. The palsg 
 is a kind of paralysis ; and in the New Testament, all instances 
 of paralysis are named palsy. 
 
 PARALY'TIC, Paraly'tical, a. affected with the palsy. 
 
 PARAMARIBO, the principal town of Dutch Guyana, in S. 
 America. It is a very flourishing and lively place, abounding in 
 every thing which can indicate wealth. The town is very ex- 
 tensive and remarkably clean, and the houses are extremely 
 well built. Rows of orange trees, lemon, &c. are planted in the 
 streets at the distance of ten or twelve feet from the houses, 
 which in the months of May and June diffuse a most delicious 
 fragrance. Lat. 5. 48. N. Long. 55. 11. W. 
 
 PARA'METER, s. in Gcometiy, a constant right line in each 
 of the three conic sections, calletl likewise the /utes rectum. 
 
 PA'RAMOUNT, a. [paramont, old Fr.] having the chief or 
 highest authority; eminent, or of the highest order. 
 
 PA'RAMOUNT, s. the chief, supreme, lord. 
 
 PA'RAMOUR, s. [par and amour, Fr.] a lover; a mistress. 
 
 PA'RANYMPH, {paranymf) s. [para and numphe, Gr.] a bride- 
 man ; one that countenances another. 
 
 PA'RAPEGM, s. [parapignumi, Gr.] a brazen table fixed to a 
 pillar, on which laws and proclamations, the rising and setting 
 4 o 649 
 
PAR 
 
 of stars, and other astronomical observations, were formerlj- en- 
 graven. 
 
 PA'RAPET, s. [Fr.] a wall breast high. 
 
 PARAPHERNA'LIA, (parafemdlia) s. [Lat. from para and 
 pherne, Gr.] goods in the wife's disposal. 
 
 PA'RAPHRASE, {pP.rafraze) s. [para and phrazo, Gr.] a loose 
 interpretation, wherein more regard is had to an author's mean- 
 ing than his words. 
 
 To PA'RAPHRASE, (pdrafraze) v. a. to interpret freely, so as 
 to give the sense of a passage, but not the meaning of every word. 
 
 PA'RAPHRAST, (pdr^rast) s. a lax interpreter; one who 
 expounds in many words. 
 
 PARAPH RA'STIC, Paraphra'stical, a. explained in a free 
 or loose manner; not literal. 
 
 PARAPH RENI'TIS, (parafrenitis) s. [Gr.] in Surgery, an in- 
 flammation of the diaphragm, accompanied with a violent fever 
 and great pain in inspiration. 
 
 PARAPLE'GIA, s. [para and plesso, Gr.] in Surgery, a palsy 
 which seizes all parts of the body except the head. 
 
 PA'RASANG, s. a Persian measure of length. 
 
 PARASELE'NE, s. [para and selene, Gr.] in Optics, those 
 more luminous spots, which appear in the intersections of lunar 
 halos, and are commonly called mock-moons. See Parhelion. 
 
 PARASIOPE'SIS, s. [para and siopao, Gr.] a figure in Rhetoric, 
 which signifies keeping silence. 
 
 PA'RASITE, s. [Yv. parasitoSjGr.l a term of reproach used for 
 a flatterer or mean dependant. 
 
 PARASITIC, Parasi'tical, a. flattering or wheedling. In 
 Botany, applied to those vegetables that do not take root in 
 the earth, but grow upon other plants or trees ; thus the mistle- 
 toe is found to grow upon the apple-tree, the pear, the lime, the 
 elm, the poplar, the hawthorn, and the buckthorn, but never 
 upon the ground. 
 
 PA'RASOL, s. [Fr. from para,Gr. and sol, Lat.] a small canopy 
 or umbrella, used to defend the head from the heat of the sun. 
 
 PARASYNE'XIS, s. [parasunago, Gr.] in the Civil Law, a 
 conventicle, or unlawful meeting. 
 
 PARATHE'SIS, s. [para and tithemi, Gr.] in Rhetoric, a small 
 hint of a thing. In Printing, the matter contained within two 
 crotchets, marked thus []. 
 
 To PA'RBOIL, V. a. [parhouilJer, Fr.] to half-boil. 
 
 To PA'RBREAK, f. n. [brecher, Belg.] to vomit. 
 
 PA'RCjE,s. [Lat.] in Mythology, the fates or destinies, daugh- 
 ters of Erebus and Nox ; Clotho, Lachessi, and Atropos; the 
 first of whom held the distaff", the second drew the thread of 
 human life, and the last cut it. 
 
 PA'RCEL, s. [parcelle, Fr.] a small bundle ; a part taken se- 
 parately ; a quantity or mass ; a number of persons or things, 
 used in contempt. 
 
 To PA'RCEL, V- a. to divide into separate portions ; to make 
 up into a mass. 
 
 PA'RCENER, «. in Law, applied to a man's sisters or daugh- 
 ters who become possessed as joint tenantsor co-heirs of a man's 
 estate, by his dying without issue male. 
 
 PA'RCENESY, s. holding or occupying of lands by joint 
 tenants, otherwise called coparceners. 
 
 To PARCH, V. a. to scorch or burn slightly; to dry up.— r. n. 
 to be scorched or dried. 
 
 PA'RCHMENT, s. [parchemin, Fr. pergamena, Lat.] sheep- 
 skin dressed for writing. It was first made at Pergamus, in 
 Asia Minor. 
 
 PA'RCITY, s. [parcitas, Lat.] frugality ; sparingness. 
 
 PARD, Pa'rdale, s. [pardus, pardalis, Lat.] in Poetry, the 
 leopard, or any spotted beast. 
 
 To PA'RDON, V. a. [pardonner, Fr.] to excuse an offender, for- 
 give a crime, or remit a penalty. Pardon me, is a phrase of civil 
 denial, or slight apology. 
 
 PA'RDON, s. [It.] the act of forgiving an offender a crime, or 
 of remitting a penalty; forgiveness received; exemption from 
 forgiveness. 
 
 PA'RDONABLE, a. excusable ; venial. 
 
 PA'RDONABLENESS, s. the quality of being possible to be 
 forgiven ; venialness. 
 
 PA'RDONABLY, ad. in such a manner as may be forgiven ; 
 venially. 
 
 PA'RDONER, s. one who forgives. In Ecclesiastical An- 
 tiquities, a hawker of papal indulgences, relics, &c. 
 650 
 
 PAR 
 
 To PARE, V. a. to cut off the outward coat or surface; to cut 
 off extremities by little and little. 
 
 Pare, Ambrose, a famous French surgeon of the 16th century. 
 He was an army surgeon, and was particularly successful in his 
 treatment of gun-shot wounds. He was royal surgeon under 
 four successive monarchs. He was the first of his profession 
 who ventured, in modern times, on the application of ttie results 
 of diligent observation to his science. He died in 1590, aged 81 
 years. 
 
 PARE'CBASIS, s. [Gr.] in Rhetoric, the exaggeration of a 
 crime. 
 
 PARE'JA, JUAN DE, a Portuguese painter, born in the W. 
 Indies, and orin;inally a slave. In this capacity he was employed 
 in the studio of the famous Velasquez, where he taught himself, 
 at night, to paint. Having at length caught the attention ot 
 King Philip, who used to visit the great artist at his easel, he 
 was emancipatet', but continued in the service of his former 
 owner, and of h'.s family, till his death. He died in 1070, aged 
 60 years. 
 
 PAREGO'RIC, s. [paregoreo, Gr.] in Medicine, a preparation 
 of the tincture of opium, used by persons unacquainted with its 
 character, much too frequently, for children. 
 
 PARE'NCHYMA, (jMrenkyma) s. [parenchvo, Gr.] in Physi- 
 ology, the spongy or cellular substance of which the different 
 organs, and particularly the glands, are composed. 
 
 PARENE'SIS, s. [paraineo, Gr.] persuasion. 
 
 PA'RENT, s. [parens, from pario, Lat.] a father or mother. 
 
 PA'RENTAGE, s. [Fr.] extraction ; birth ; condition with 
 respect to rank of parents. 
 
 PARE'NTAL, a. becoming or belonging to parents. 
 
 PARENTA'TION, s. [parenio, Lat.] something done or said 
 in honour of the dead. 
 
 PARENTHESIS, s. [para, en, nndtithemi, Gr.] in Grammar, 
 an explanatory sentence, which may be left out without spoiling 
 the sense of the passage; in Printing, marked thus (). 
 
 PARENTHETICAL, fl. pertaining to a parenthesis. 
 
 PARE'NTICIDE, s. [paretis and cado, Lat.] the murder, or the 
 murderer, of a father or mother. 
 
 PA'RER, s. an instrument used to cut away the surface of any 
 substance. 
 
 PA'RERGY, s. [para and ergon,Gr.'] something unimportant 
 or done by the by. 
 
 PA'RGET, s. a plaster laid on the roof or ceiling of a room. 
 
 To PA'RGET, V. a. to cover with plaster. 
 
 PARHE'LION, s. [para and helios, Gr.] in Optics, a pheno- 
 menon frequently attending solar halos, commonly called a mock 
 suti. It is the brilliant appearance at the intersections of the 
 halos, and is usually somewhat prismatic. 
 
 PARI'ETAL, a. [paries, Lat.] constituting the sides or walls. 
 
 PA'RING, s. the rind ; that which is pared off any thing. 
 
 PARFNI, JOSEPH, an Italian poet of the last century. After 
 a long struggle with indigence, he was appointed to a professor- 
 ship at Milan. He died in 1799, aged 70 years. His works 
 are chiefly poetical; and the most extended is of a satirical de- 
 scription. 
 
 PA'RIS, the capital of France, one of the largest, finest, 
 and most populous cities of Europe. The river Seine, which 
 crosses it, forms in its course 3 small islands, called the islands 
 of Louviers, the Notre-Dame, and the Palace, which last is the 
 ancient city of Paris. It is crossed by 27 bridges, one of which 
 occupies the whole breadth of the Seine, namely, the Pont Neuf 
 The Quais are very fine. The public fountains are very numerous, 
 and on some of them is displayed very elegant sculpture. The 
 public places, squares, &c. are also numerous and elegant, among 
 which may be noticed the Place de la Concorde, Place Vendome, 
 &c. The Boulevards are planted with trees, and with the gar- 
 dens of the Tuileries and other palaces, the Champs Elysees, &c., 
 form beautiful promenades. The cathedral of Notre-Dame, a 
 Gothic structure, is one of the largest in Europe, and contains 
 45 chapels. The Pantheon, the Madeleine, &c. are very fine 
 parochial churches. The principal palaces are, the Louvr^, 
 which is used as a gallery of arts and antiquities ; the Tuileries, 
 which has hitherto been the royal residence; the Palais Royal; 
 the Luxembourg, in which the Peers have till now held their as- 
 sembly ; and the Palais Bourbon, used hitherto for the Chamber 
 of Deputies. The buildipgp connected %vith government, trade, 
 &c., as the Hotel de Ville, the Mint, the Bourse, the Corn Mar- 
 
PAR 
 
 ket, are worthy of notice. The city abounds with arches, columns, 
 obelisks, and similar public decorations. But the most remark- 
 able recent work is the fortifications, which completely enclose 
 the city, leavino; a space, varying from less than half a mile to 
 two miles, for the future growth of the city. These works are 
 strengthened and supported by 16 detached forts, and one lu- 
 nette, which are arranged round them, at a greater distance from 
 the city. Paris abounds with educational institutions, and has 
 a noble and celebrated university. It is equally famous for its 
 manufactures, which are very numerous and valuable. Pop. 
 about 1,000,000. Paris forms, with a small district round it, 
 one of the departments of France. Lat. 48. 50. N. Long. 2. 
 20. E. 
 
 PA'RIS, MATTHEW, a Benedictine monk of St. Albans, in the 
 13th century. He wrote various books, but the greatest is his 
 History of England, from the Norman Conquest to the time in 
 which he lived. He is be-praised by some as a miracle of learn- 
 ing and various accomplishments; and he does evince some 
 skill in rhetoric, in his writings. He died in 1279. 
 
 PA'RIS, FRANCIS, the Abbe Paris, a Jansenist, who died 
 in 1727, and whose tomb was the scene of such astonishing 
 miracles, and was visited by such vast crowds, for the sake of 
 the cures, and for curiosity' sake, that the cemetery was made 
 inaccessible, in 1732, by order of government. 'J'he careful ex- 
 amination of these reputed miracles has taken from this post- 
 humous, and latest, wonder-worker not a little of his renown ; 
 but has not deprived those troubled with the diseases that were 
 cured there, of the hope of like wonders, whenever any cir- 
 cumstance shall inflame their enthusiasm in the proper degree. 
 
 PA'RIS, in legendary story of ancient Greece, the son of 
 Priam of Troy, whose rape of Helen provoked the famous siege 
 of that city, which inflicted on the various states and leaders of 
 Greece such numerous ills, and ended in the destruction of the 
 well-walled Ilium. Homer names him Alexander, and does not 
 give him a very exalted character. 
 
 PA'RISH, s. [paroisse, Fr.] a district belonging to the same 
 church, and under the care of the same priest. 
 
 PA'RISH, 0. belonging to or having the care of the parish ; 
 maintained by the parish. 
 
 PARI'SHIONER, (parlsMner) s. Iparoissien, Fr.] one that be- 
 longs lo a parish. 
 
 PARI'SIAN, a. belonging to, or in use at, Paris. 
 
 PA'RITOR, s. a beadle or summouer of the courts of civil 
 law. 
 
 PA'RITY, s. Iparite, Fr.] equality; likeness. 
 
 PARK, s. Ipearruc, Sax. pare, Fr.] a piece of ground enclosed, 
 and stocked with beasts of chase, &c. In War, an orderly as- 
 semblage of all the cannon of an army, either for the sake of 
 having it ready when needed, or for the sake of using it with 
 the more concentrated and terrible efl^ect. 
 
 To PARK, V. a. to enclose as in a park. 
 
 PARK, MUNGO, the celebrated traveller in W. Africa. He 
 studied medicine at Edinburgh, and sailed to the E. Indies as 
 surgeon to an E. Indiaman. Being engaged by the African 
 Society to explore the river Niger, he set out alone, and spent 2 
 years in the interior of Nigritia; whence he returned much re- 
 duced by fever. Some years afterwards he was despatched at 
 the head of another expedition ; and when he was left almost 
 alone, through the death, &c. of his companions, he still press- 
 ed on, till at Boussa he was attacked by the natives, and, with 
 his companions, perished. He died in 1805, aged 34 years. 
 His Travels, though not written in the best style, are remark- 
 ably truthful and interesting. 
 
 PA'RKER, the name of two Anglican prelates of some note. 
 The first, Mattheio Parker, was made archbishop of Canterbury 
 by Elizabeth, having accredited his zeal during the Marian per- 
 secution. He was almost a model of the class he belonged to, 
 holding (in the main) evangelical doctrines; sufficiently com- 
 pliant to please even Elizabeth ; a strenuous coercer of Puritans ; 
 — his name is well chosen by the society which reprints old books 
 of Anglican Low-church divinity of the 16th and earlier part of 
 the l7th centuries. He died in 1.575, aged 71 years. The 
 other, Samuel Parker, was first a Puritan, and afterwards so much 
 anti-Puritan, that James II. made him bishop of Oxford, in the 
 hope of making use of him in re-introducing the authority of 
 Rome. He died, however, before the scheme was ripe, in 1687, 
 aged 47 years. 
 
 PAR 
 
 PA'RKHURST, DR. JOHN, an English clergyman of some 
 learning, and of some name in his day, as an opponent of Wesley 
 and of Priestley. His chief works are his Lexicons, of the Hebrew 
 of the Old Testament, and the Greek of the New. But, beside 
 their being written in the very infancy of biblical studies in 
 England, Parkhurst did not believe in the Hebrew points, (and 
 had nothing to substitute for them,) and he did believe in Hut- 
 chinsonianism ; whence these books are mere curiosities of litera- 
 ture, and of no use to any student of the Sacred Scriptures. He 
 died in 1797, aged 69 years. 
 
 PARLE, s. [jiarler, Fr.] conversation; the act of treating by 
 word of mouth. 
 
 To PA'RLEY, V. n. [^parler, Fr.] to treat by word of mouth ; 
 generally used in War, of the treaties carried on by enemies 
 during a suspension of arms for that purpose. 
 
 PA'RLEY, s. a treaty carried on by word of mouth. To heat 
 or sound a parley, signifies to give the signal for a conference, by 
 beat of drum, or sound of trumpet. 
 
 PARLIAMENT, s. [parlement, Fr.] properly, the legislature of 
 Great Britain and Ireland, consisting of the sovereign, the lords 
 spiritual and temporal, and the commons. But, commonly, ap- 
 plied to the House of Commons alone. 
 
 PARLIAME'NTARY, a. enacted by, suiting, belonging to, or 
 performed by, parliament. 
 
 PATtLOUR, s.\parloir,Yr.'\ in monasteries, a room where the 
 
 In h 
 
 ouses, a room 
 
 furnished for 
 
 religious meet and converse, 
 reception and entertainment. 
 
 PA'RLOUS, a. [corrupted from perilous,'] keen ; sprightly ; 
 waggish. It is totally disused except by small novelists. 
 
 PA'RLOUS, a. [(torn peerless,] incomparable; matchless. 
 
 PA'RLOUSNESS, «. quickness; keenness. 
 
 PA'RMA, a duchy of Italy, bounded by Austrian Lombardy, 
 Modena, Tuscany, and the Sardinian kingdom. It reaches from 
 the Apennines to the Po, and is about 50 miles long by 40 broad. 
 The soil is very fertile in corn, wine, oil, and hemp; the pastures 
 feed a great number of cattle, and the cheese was in very high 
 esteem. Here are inconsiderable mines of copper and silver, and 
 abundance of iron, marble, tuilding-stone, &c. Parma is the 
 capital. Pop. about 500,000. 
 
 PA'RMA, an ancient, rich, populous, and handsome city of 
 Italy, capital of the duchy of the same name, with a university. 
 It has a magnificent cathedral, and many handsome churches, 
 several of which are adorned with paintings by Corregio. It 
 once had a monstrous and useless theatre. The library, picture 
 gallery, and museum of antiquities, &c. are excellent. Pop. 
 about 40,000. Lat. 44. 50. N. Long. 10. 30. E. 
 
 PARME'NIDES, a Grecian philosopher of the Eleatic school, 
 about the beginning of the 5th century b. c. He taught that there 
 was but One Being ; that it was known by reason alone, through 
 faith ; that through the senses, the knowledge of appearances 
 alone was obtained ; that truth and opinion were altogether dis- 
 tinct. He was a man of wealth, and so was not exposed to the 
 temptations which made philosophy contemptible in the hands 
 of the sophists. He once visited Athens; and we have only 
 fragments of his writings. 
 
 PARME'NIO, a general of some fame under Philip of Blace- 
 don and Alexander the Great. After a career of unblemished 
 military fame, he was put to death by Alexander's orders, 
 on the ground of alleged confessions of conspiracy, wrung 
 by torture from his son, who was also killed. They fell in 330 b. c. 
 
 PA'RMESAN, s. is a name given to a kind of cheese, much 
 esteemed among the Italians, and made at Parma, from whence 
 it is sent to various parts of Europe. It is said to be made of 
 skimmed milk. 
 
 PARNA'SSUS, now called Parna'sso, a famous mountain of 
 Turkey in Europe, in Livadia, near the ruins of Delphi. It has 
 two summits, one of which was formerly consecrated to Apollo 
 and the Muses, and the other to Bacchus. It is the highest in 
 Greece, and from the top there is a prospect as far as Corinth. 
 The Turks call it Licaoura. 
 
 PA'RNELL, THOMAS, one of the standard poets of England. 
 He was a clergyman in Ireland, and was intimate with the bril- 
 liant circle of wits of the reign of Queen Anne. His Hermit is 
 a good specimen of his style and manner of thought. He died 
 in 1717, aged 38 years. 
 
 PARO'CHIAL, (pardkial) a. [parochialis, from parochia, Lat.] 
 belonging to a parish. 
 
 4 o 2 651 
 
PAR 
 
 PA'RODY, s. [parodie, Fr. from para and ode, Gr.] a kind of 
 writing, wherein the words of an author are applied to another 
 subject ; generally applied to the turning something serious into 
 burlesque; travesty. 
 
 To PA'RODY, V. a. [parodier, Fr.] to apply the words of an 
 author to a different subject, generally in order to cause plea- 
 santry. 
 
 PAROE'MIA, s. [para and oime, Gr.] a proverb. In Rhetoric, 
 a proverbial manner of speaking. 
 
 PARO'LE, s. [Fr.] a word given by way of assurance; a pro- 
 mise given by a prisoner not to go away. 
 
 PARONOMA'SIA, s. [para and onoma, Gr.] in Rhetoric, a 
 figure wherein words alike in sound, but of a different sense, are 
 used to give a peculiar point to a sentence. 
 
 PARONYCHIA, (paromjkia) s. [Gr.] in Surgery, a swelling 
 under the root of the nail of a finger ; a whitlow ; a felon. 
 
 PARO'NYMOUS, a. [para and onoma, Gr.] resembling another 
 word. 
 
 PA'ROQUET, s. Iparroquet or perroquet, Fr.] in Ornithology, a 
 small kind of parrot. 
 
 PARO'TID, a. [para and ota, Gr.] in Anatomy, the salivary 
 gland, so named because near the ears. 
 
 PARO'TIS, s. a tumour in the pa-rotid glands. 
 
 PA'ROXYSM, s. Ipara and oxus, Gr.] a severe fit of a disease, 
 in which it grows more violent and dangerous. 
 
 PARR, DR. SAMUEL, a celebrated scholar of the end of the 
 last century, and beginning of the present. He was educated 
 at Harrow, and studied at Cambridge. He made several attempts 
 at maintaining a school, with various success, till he was at last 
 made head master of Colchester grammar school, and afterwards 
 of that at Norwich. Subsequently, we find him living on his 
 benefices in the church, and not altogether unforgotten by his 
 patrons. He was famous for his immense erudition, but he has 
 left no worthy monument of it. He wasted his powers in the 
 paltry strife of Whig against Tory, and his lordly and overbear- 
 ing nature prevented his reaping the only reward he could have 
 received for his toils, — a bishopric. In conversation he was 
 great, but terribly exacting. And there seems to have been lit- 
 tle skill in him to grasp principles, or to apply them. His works 
 are mere pamphlets and letters. He died in 1825, aged 79 years. 
 
 PARRHA'SIUS, an Ephesian or Athenian painter of ancient 
 Greece, whose skill and taste are not highly rated in the popular 
 tale of his contest with Zeuxis, in which the curtain he had de- 
 picted deceived his rival ; and whose vanity, according to the 
 tale of his gold crown and sceptre, was as little refined as his art. 
 He flourished in the 5th century b. c. 
 
 PA'RRICIDE, s. [Fr. from pater and cado, Lat.] the murder, 
 or the murderer, of a father. Figuratively, one who invades his 
 coontry, or one whom he ought particularly to reverence. 
 
 PARRICl'DAL, Parrici'dious, a. relating to, or committing, 
 parricide. 
 
 PA'RROT, s. [perroquet, Fr.] in Ornithology, a numerous tribe 
 of birds, many species of which are very beautiful, and some of 
 which are commonly kept as pets, being easily taught to speak 
 many words, and possessing great shrewdness, though not in 
 general pleasant companions. 
 
 To PA'RRY, V. n. [parer, Fr.] to put by thrusts in fencing; 
 to fence. 
 
 To PARSE, V. a. [pars, Lat.] in Grammar, to resolve a sen- 
 tence into its different parts, and to show their relations, &c., 
 with the signs, &c. of them. 
 
 PARSIMO'NIOUS, a. frugal ; niggardly; stingy; covetous. 
 
 PARSIMO'NIOUSLY, ad. in a frugal, sparing, or covetous 
 manner. 
 
 PARSIMO'NIOUSNESS, s. a disposition of sparing or 
 saving. 
 
 PA'RSIMONY, s. [parsimonia, from ^wrco, Lat.] frugality ; 
 stinginess ; covetousness. 
 
 PA'RSLEY, s. [persli, Brit, persil, Fr.] in Botany and Cookery, 
 a common garden herb, principally used with us in sauces, but 
 supposed to be possessed of diuretic powers in a considerable 
 degree. 
 
 PA'RSLEYPIERT, s. in Botany, a plant with trailing leafy 
 stems, jagged leaves divided into ttiree lobes, and small greenish 
 white blossoms ; found in corn-fields and dry gravelly soils in 
 abundance. It flowers in May. 
 
 PA'RSNIP, Pa'rsnep, s. in Gardening, a profitable kind of 
 652 
 
 PAR 
 
 root, resembling the carrot, but of a light yellow colour ; used as a 
 vegetable. 
 
 PA'RSON, s. [persona, Lat.] a clergyman of the Established 
 Church ; a parish priest. 
 
 PA'RSONAGE, s. the dwelling-house of a parish priest. 
 
 PART, s. [pars, Lat.] something taken from and less than a 
 whole; a portion; a number; a share or concern; a side or 
 party. In the plural, qualities, powers, or faculties; regions; 
 districts. Applied to the mind, accomplishments. 
 
 PART, arl. partly ; in some measure. 
 
 To PART, V. a. [partior, Lat.] to divide ; to separate ; to keep 
 asunder.— t). n. to quit each other; to take leave of; to have 
 share ; to go away. 
 
 PA'RTABLE.a. capable of having its parts separated. 
 
 PA'RTAGE, s. [Fr.] division ; the act of sharing. 
 
 To PARTA'KE, i'. n. preter. I partook, past part, partaken . 
 to share; to have something of the property, nature, claim, or 
 right; to be admitted to; not to be excluded; to combine, or 
 enter into a design. 
 
 PARTA'KER, s. a sharer in any thing ; an accomplice, asso- 
 ciate. 
 
 PA'RTER, s. one that separates or divides. 
 
 PARTE'RRE, s. [Fr.] a level division of a garden, generally 
 furnished with flowers, &c. 
 
 PA'RTHENON, the name of the splendid temple of Pallas 
 Athene, which was in the Acropolis of Athens ; from which great 
 part of the marbles in the Elgin saloon of the British Museum 
 were taken. Its despoiled ruins yet remain ; and attest the reports 
 of its former magnitude and beauty. 
 
 PA'RTHIA, in Ancient Geography, the name of a rugged 
 mountain district on the N. of Meclia in Asia. It abounded in 
 magnificent and fertile valleys, and the mountains were covered 
 with forests. Hecatompylos was its chief city. It is part of the 
 modern Khorassan. 
 
 PA'RTIAL, {pdrshkl) a. [Fr. from pars, Lat.] inclined to fa- 
 vour one side more than another. 
 
 PARTIA'LITY, {parshidlity) s. [partialite, Fr.] the act of fa- 
 vouring one party more than another. 
 
 To PARTIALl'ZE, (parshiaKze) v. a. [ partialiser , Fr.] to make 
 a person favour one side more than another. 
 
 PA'RTIALLY, (pdrshially) ad. with favour or dislike to one 
 more than another. 
 
 PARTIBI'LITY, s. divisibility; separability. 
 
 PA'RTIBLE, a. capable of separability ; divisible. 
 
 PARTI'CIPABLE, a. such as may be shared among several. 
 
 PARTI'CIPANT, a. [Fr. from pars and capio, Lat.] sharing ; 
 havino^ a share or part. 
 
 To PARTI'CIPATE, v.n. to enjoy in common with others; to 
 have a part of more things than one ; to receive part or share. 
 
 PARTICIPA'TION, s. [Fr.] the state of sharing or enjoying 
 something in common; distribution or division into shares. 
 
 PARTICI'PIAL, a. in Grammar, having the nature of a parti- 
 ciple. 
 
 PARTICI'PIALLY, ad. in the sense or mannerof a participle. 
 
 PA'RTICIPLE, s. [participium, Lat.] in Grammar, a word by 
 which the notion of a verb is expressed in a way that admits 
 of its application as a substantive, or adjective. It does not 
 contain an assertion ; but it takes an object after it. 
 
 PA'RTICLE, s. [particule, Fr. from pars, Lat.] any small part 
 or portion of a greater substance. In C 
 name of the smaller relational words. 
 
 Grammar, the general 
 
 PARTFCULAR, a. [particulier, Fr.] single, or relating to a 
 single person; any thing peculiar to, or which distinguishes, a 
 person or thing. 
 
 PARTI'CULAR, s. a single instance or point; an individual 
 or single person ; a minute detail of things enumerated dis- 
 tinctly ; distinct recital. 
 
 PARTICULARITY,*. [particularite,Ft.'] the quality which 
 distinguishes a person or thing from others, sometimes includ- 
 ing the idea of affectation ; a distinct notice of particular cir- 
 cumstances. 
 
 To PARTICULARIZE, v. n. [particulariser, Fr.] to mention 
 distinctly or minutely. 
 
 PARTFCULARLY,arf. distinctly; singly; above all others ; 
 in an extraordinary manner or degree. 
 
 PA'RTING, s. in Chemistry, the operation of separating gold 
 from silver by means of nitrous acid and other mediums. 
 
PARTISAN, Partiza'n, s. Ipertuisan, Fr.] a kind of pike or 
 halberd ; one who belongs to a faction ; a commander of a party 
 detached from the main body upon some sudden excursion ; a 
 commander's leading staff. 
 
 PARTITION, s. [partio, Lat.] the act of dividing; the state 
 of being divided ; separation ; division ; distinction ; a part di- 
 Tided from the rest ; that by which different parts or chambers 
 are separated ; the place or part where separation is made. 
 
 To PARTITION, v. a. to divide into distinct parts. 
 
 PA'RTLET, s. a name given to a hen ; the original significa- 
 tion being a ruff', or band, or covering for the neck. 
 
 PA'RTLY, ad. in part ; in some measure or degree. 
 
 PA'RTNER, s. one that partakes or enjoys any thing in com- 
 mon with another ; one who is joined in trade with another ; 
 one who dances with another. 
 
 PA'RTNERSHIP, s. ioint interest or property ; the union of 
 persons in the same trade. In Arithmetic, an application of the 
 Rule of Proportion to the determination of the shares of profits 
 due to the several partners in any trading nnderlaking. 
 
 PARTOO'K, the preterite of To Partake. 
 
 PA'RTRIDGE, s. [pertris, Bi'it.'] in Ornithology and the Game 
 Laws, a small wild gallinaceous bird, a native of these islands, 
 which is one of the favoured few of our wild animals, which may 
 neither be kept nor killed (save by way of theft and crime) by 
 any one who has not at least enough money to spare to buy a 
 certificate. They eat young corn, and do other damage to 
 farmers, which young lordlings attribute to the wireworm. 
 
 PARTU'RIENT, a. [parturio, Lat.] ready or about to bring 
 forth. 
 
 PARTURITION, s. the state of being about to bring forth. 
 
 PA'RTY, s. [partie, Fr.] a number of persons united in one 
 common design ; one of two adversaries ; an accomplice, or one 
 concerned in an affair; a cause, or side; a political combina- 
 tion ; a particular person. In War, a detachment of soldiers. 
 
 PA'RTY-COLOUREU, a. having different colours. 
 
 PA'RTY-JURY, s. a jury consisting of half foreigners and 
 half natives. 
 
 PA'RTY-MAN, s. a factious person, or abettor of a party. 
 
 PA'RTY-WALL, s. a wall that separates one house from 
 another. 
 
 PA'RVIS, s. [Fr.] a church or church-porch, applied to the 
 mootings in the inns of court ; and also to that disputation in 
 Oxford, called Disputatio in parvis. 
 
 PAS, (pati) s. [Fr.] precedence; right of going foremost. 
 
 PAS DE CALAIS, a department of France, lying on the 
 Straits of Doyer, (of which it bears the French name,) and 
 bounded by the departments of Nord and Somme. It is about 
 80 miles long, and 40 wide. The coast is cliffy, but there are 
 no particular elevations inland. Its chief rivers are the ffia and 
 the Scarpe. Coal (in small quantities) and limestone are its 
 chief productions; but it furnishes admirable pasture land, and 
 yields abundance of corn, &c. It is also quite a manufactur- 
 ing district, and linen and woollen goods, sugar, &c. &c., 
 are made in great quantities. Arras is its capital. Pop. about 
 700,000. 
 
 PASCA'L, BLAISE, one of the most eminent of the literary 
 men of France, for the purity and elegance of his style, for the 
 originality of his genius, for the delicacy and keenness of his wit, 
 and for the rigidly logical character of his productions. When 
 a boy, he caught a hint respecting geometrical demonstrations 
 at his father's table, and he worked out proposition after propo- 
 sition, in the attic, and had succeeded in proving that which 
 stands 3'2nd in Euclid, before his amusement was discovered. 
 Various treatises, some on pure and some on applied mathema- 
 tics, with some detailing the result of his experiments with the 
 barometer, in which he triumphantly completed Torricelli's de- 
 monstration of the phenomena it displays, were produced before 
 he had well entered on manhood. A very remarkable deliver- 
 ance from expected and imminent death then decided him on 
 devoting his time and thoughts to religion. He joined, but not 
 by a profession, the Portroyalists, and soon found labour for his 
 pen and for his heart in the defence of that little band of splen- 
 didly inconsistent men. His Provincial Letters utterly routed the 
 Jesuits ; but nothing could give extensive vitality to Jansenism. 
 Pascal, worn out by austerities, at length died, in 1GG2, aged 39 
 years. After his death, his friends collected and published, 
 without much regard to order, however, the fragments he had 
 
 written, purposely in preparation for a great work in defence of 
 Christianity. This was his famous Thoughts, which have given 
 a wider notoriety to his deep, intelligent, yet most inconsequen- 
 tial piety, than ever the wit and logic of the Provincials could. 
 It is interesting to have in more than one of his " thoughts," 
 clear proof of his acquaintance with some of the immortal works 
 of our Lord Bacon. 
 
 PA'SCHAL, {paskal) a. [pascha, Lat.] relating to the Passover, 
 or Easter. 
 
 PASH, s. [paz, Span.] a slap or blow on the face. 
 
 To PASH, V. a. [perssen, Belg.] to strike ; to crush, 
 ' PA'SQUE-FLOWER, s. in Botany, the passion-flower. Also 
 a kind of anemone. 
 
 PA'SQUIL, Pa'squin, Pa'squinade, s. a mutilated statue at 
 Rome, in a corner of the palace of Ursini. It takes its name 
 from a cobbler of that city called Pasquin, famous for his sneers 
 and gibes on all the people that went through that street. After 
 his death, as they were digging up the pavement before his shop, 
 they found in the earth the statue of an ancient gladiator, well 
 cut, but maimed and half spoiled. This they set up in the place 
 where it was found, and by common consent named it Pasquin. 
 Since that time all satires are attributed to that figure, and are 
 either put into his mouth, or pasted upon it; and these are ad- 
 dressed by Pasquin to Marforio, another statue at Rome. When 
 Marforio is attacked, Pasquin comes to his assistance ; and Mar- 
 forio assists him in his turn. 
 
 To PASS, v.n. [j>asser, Fr.] to move from one place to another; 
 to make way through. To make a transition from one thing to 
 another; used with/ram. To vanish ; to be lost ; to be enacted ; 
 to exist; to be effected; to be supremely excellent ; to be in a 
 tolerable state. To be spent, or intervene, applied to time. To 
 become current, applied to money. In Fencing, to thrust or 
 make a push. In Gaming, to refuse playing or taking the lead. 
 To transgress, or go bej'ond any limits. To pass away, to disap- 
 pear ; to depart for ever. — v. a. to go beyond; to go through; 
 to spend; to live through; to carry hastily; to transfer to an- 
 other proprietor; to utter ceremoniously ; to put an end to; to 
 surpass ; to excel ; to omit, or neglect ; to enact a law ; to im- 
 pose fraudulently; to send from one place to another. To pass 
 away, to spend, to waste. To pass hi/, to decline punishing; to 
 excuse, or forgive. To pa$s over, to neglect, or disregard. 
 
 PASS, s. in War, a narrow entrance or defile. A passage or 
 road ; a permission to goor come any where ; an order by which 
 vagrants are sent to their proper parish. In Fencing, a push or 
 thrust. 
 
 PA'SSABLE, a. [passible, Fr.] that maybe passed or travelled ; 
 capable of being admitted ; indifferent, though not perfect. 
 
 PASSA'DO, s. [Ital.] a push or thrust. 
 
 PA'SSAGE, s. [passage, Fr.] the act or state of a person tra- 
 velling ; a road ; liberty of going in or coming out ; entrance or 
 admission to the mind; an occurrence; an unsettled state; an 
 incident; management; conduct; a single sentence or para- 
 graph in a book. 
 
 PASSAU', an ancient, handsome, and celebrated city of Ba- 
 varia, in Germany. The houses are well built, and the cathedral 
 is thought to be the finest in all Germany. It is divided into 
 four parts, namely, the town of Passau, Instadt, lltzstadt, and 
 the quarter wherein the bishop's palace is seated. It is seated 
 at the confluence of the rivers Inn and Iltz, and has a consider- 
 able trade. Pop. about 10,000. Lat. 48. 28. N. Long. 13. 37. E. 
 
 PA'SSENGER, s. a person who is travelling in any vehicle, 
 either by land or water. 
 
 PA'SSER, s. one that is upon the road, or passes by another. 
 
 PASSIBI'LITY, s. [passibilite, Fr.] the quality of receiving 
 impressions from external agents. 
 
 PA'SSIBLE, a. [passibilis, from patior, Lat.] susceptible of im- 
 pressions from external agents. 
 
 PA'SSIBLENESS, s. the quality of receiving impressions from 
 external agents. 
 
 PA'SSING, part. a. supreme, or surpassing others. Exceeding, 
 
 PA'SSINGBELL, s. the bell which rings on the death of a 
 person. It was rung while any one was dying, to invite prayer 
 for the soul. 
 
 PA'SSION, (the ssi, in this word and its derivatives and com- 
 pounds, is pron. like sh ; as, pdshUn, pdshdnate, &c.) s. [passio, 
 Lat.] an effect caused by an external agent ; anger, in a popular 
 and vulgar sense; zeal, or ardour ; love; eager desire or fond- 
 OSS 
 
PAT 
 
 ness. In theological and ecclesiastical writings it usually means, 
 the sufferings endured by a martyr, or by our Lord. 
 
 PA'SSIONATE, a. [passionnS, Fr.] moved by, or expressive of, 
 passion; easily moved to anger; choleric. 
 
 PA'SSIONATELY, ad. with great affection, commotion of the 
 mind, or anger. 
 
 PA'SSIONATENESS, s. state of being subject to passion ; ve- 
 hemence of mind. 
 
 PA^SSION-FLOWER, s. in Botany, a very elegant kind of 
 climbing plant, with a singular but very beautiful flower. It 
 derives its name from a fancied resemblance of its various parts 
 to the crosS, scourge, nails, crown of thorns, &c. associated with 
 our Saviour's passion. 
 
 PA'SSIONS, s. in Metaphysics, those phenomena of mental 
 activity, in which the character of the activity is intensified by 
 the co-operation of mere bodily feeling or appetite, unchecked by 
 the calculations of the intellect or the dictates of reason. 
 
 PA'SSION-WEEK, s. in the Ecclesiastical Calendar, the week 
 immediately preceding Easter, so called because the sufferings 
 and crucifixion of our Saviour are commemorated in that week. 
 
 PA'SSIVE, a. [passif, t'r. passivus, fioat patior, Lat.] receiving 
 impressions ; suffering, opposed to active ; unresisting. In Gram- 
 mar, applied to such verbs as signify the suffering, or receiving 
 the effects of any action. 
 
 PA'SSIVEI.Y, ad. in such a manner as to make no resistance. 
 
 PA'SSIVENESS, PASSi'viTY.s.thequality of receiving impres- 
 sions from external agents ; passibility, or suffering without re- 
 sistance. 
 
 PA'SSOVER, s. in the Old Testament, a feast instituted 
 among the Jews in commemoration of the slaughter of the first- 
 born of the Egyptians, when the angel passed over the houses of 
 the Israelites. The sacrifice killed at the feast of the passover. 
 
 PA'SSPORT, s. [jjassport, Fr.] a permission to pass. 
 
 PAST, part, prefer, of ^jass ,■ something which has been ; spent 
 or expired. 
 
 PAST, prep, beyond, applied to time or place ; out of the reach 
 of, applied to state. Above, applied to measure. 
 
 PASTE, ». {paste, Fr.] any thing mixed so as to be moist and 
 viscous ; flour and water boiled together, so as to form a cement ; 
 ap artificial mixture made to represent precious stones. 
 
 To PASTE, V. a. to fasten with paste. 
 
 PA'STEBOARD, «. a thick paper, formed either of several 
 sheets pasted together by paper macerated in water and cast in 
 moulds ; or of old cordage, as other paper is made of rags.— a. 
 made ofpasteboard. 
 
 PA'STERN, s. Ipasturon, Fr.] the joint next the foot of a 
 horse. 
 
 PA'STIL, s. [pastille, Fr. from pastillus, Lat.] a crayon for 
 painting; a composition of perfumes. 
 
 PA'SriME, s. a sport, diversion, or amusement. 
 
 PA'STOR, Pa'stour, «. [pastor, from pasco, Lat.] a shepherd. 
 Figuratively, the minister of a congregation. 
 
 Y'A'STORAL, a. rural ; resembling shepherds. Figurativel}', 
 relating to ministerial labour. 
 
 PA'STORAL, s. a poem which contains some scene in the 
 country; a bucolic. 
 
 PA'STRY, s. [pastissarie, Fr.] the art of making pies ; pies, or 
 baked paste; the place where pastry is made. 
 
 PA'STRY-COOK, s. a person whose trade is to make and sell 
 pies, tarts, &c. 
 
 PA'STURABLE, a. fit for pasture. 
 
 PA'STURAGE,s. [Fr.] the business of feeding cattle; lands 
 grazed by cattle; the use of pasture. 
 
 PA'STURE, s. [Ft. 2yasttira, Lat.] food, or the act of feeding ; 
 ground on which grass grows, and cattle are fed. 
 
 To PA'STURE, I', a. to place in a pasture.— t). n. to graze on 
 the ground. 
 
 PA'STY, s. [paste, Fr.] a pie made of raised crust without a 
 dish. 
 
 PAT, a. [pas, Belg.] fit, proper, or exactly suitable, applied 
 either to time or place. 
 
 PAT, s. [patte, Fr.] a light quick blow or tap ; a small flat piece 
 of butter, &c. 
 
 To PAT, V. a. to strike slightly ; to give a slight blow or tap. 
 
 PA'TACHE, s. a small ship. ' ^ "^ 
 
 PATACOO'N, s. a Spanish coin worth four shillings and eight 
 pence English. 
 
 PATAGO'NIA, a large country of South America, occupying 
 the S. extremity of that continent, and bounded by the republics 
 of La Plata and Chili. As no European nation has made any 
 settlement on this country, but little is known respecting it or 
 its inhabitants. It is a mountainous country, covered with snow 
 great part of the year, and consequently excessively cold. The 
 natives live in a very barbarous manner, and there seem to be 
 several different tribes of them. The gigantic stature of some 
 of them, which was spoken so much of by the old navigators, 
 appears to have been a little exaggerated. 
 
 To PATCH, V. n. [pudtzer, Dan.] to cover by sewing on a 
 piece ; to mend in a clumsy manner ; to make up with shreds of 
 different sorts ; to lay small spots of black silk on the face. 
 
 PATCH, s. [pezzo, Ital.] a piece sewed on to cover a hole; a 
 piece laid in, in Mosaic work, or in work consisting of pieces of 
 different colours ; a small piece of black silk formerly worn by 
 ladies on their faces as an ornament ; a small particle ; a small 
 piece of land; a paltry person, supposed to be a patch in the 
 creation. The last sense is obsolete. 
 
 PA'TCHER, s. one who patches ; a botcher. 
 
 PA'TCHWORK, s. work made of different colours. 
 
 PATE, s. the head, 
 
 PA'TED, a. headed ; used in composition ; as, long-patsd, or 
 cunning; shallow-pated, or foolish. 
 
 PATEFA'CTION, s. [2}ateo and facia, Lat.] act or state of 
 opening. 
 
 PA'TEN, s. [patina, Lat.] a plate. 
 
 PA'TENT, s. [patens, frcjm pateo, Lat.] a writ by which a per- 
 son enjoys a right or privilege exclusive of others, in respect of 
 some invention or improvement, in machinery, &c., which he has 
 devised. 
 
 PA'TENT, a. containing a patent, or exclusive privilege; 
 appropriated by letters patent. Letters Patent are the title bv 
 which the exclusive privilege maintained by a patent is enjoyed. 
 They were formerly granted for many things beside those which 
 are commonly, now, the subjects of them ; and were the ground- 
 work of most injurious and unjust monopolies. The monopoly 
 of Bible printing in England is yet maintained by this means. 
 
 PATENTEE', s. the person who has a letter patent. 
 
 PATE'RCULUS, C. VELLEIUS, a Roman historian, who 
 served in the army under Tiberius ; and when he was made em- 
 peror, became praetor. Most of his history is lost. He died in 
 about 70 A. D., aged about 50 years. 
 
 PA'TER-NO'STER, s. [Lat.] the Lord's Prayer; so called 
 from the two first words of it in the Latin. 
 
 PATE'RNAL, a. [pater, Lat.] having the relation or affection 
 of a father; received by descent from one's father. 
 
 PATE'RNITY, s. [paiemite, Fr.] the relation of a father; 
 fatherhood. 
 
 PATH, s. [Sax.] a road ; track ; a passage. 
 
 PATHE'TIC, Pathe'tical, o. [pathos, Gt.pathetique, Fr.] af- 
 fecting the passions ; moving. 
 
 PATHE'iTCALLY, ad. in such a manner as to affect the 
 passions. 
 
 PATHE'TICALNESS, s. the quality of affecting the pas- 
 sions. 
 
 PA'THLESS, a. untrodden. Without tracks or paths. 
 
 PATHOGNOMO'NIC, a. [patlios and gnomon, Gr.] in Medicine, 
 such signs of a disease as are proper and inseparable, designing 
 the real essence or nature of the disease; not symptomatic. 
 
 PATHOLO'GICAL, a. [pathos and loyos, Gr.] relating to the 
 tokens or discoverable effects of a disorder. 
 
 PATHO'LOGIST, s. one who treats of pathology. 
 
 PATHO'LOGY, s. in Medicine, that part which treats of the 
 diseases, with their causes, differences, and effects, incident to 
 the human body, scientifically. 
 
 PATHOPOEIA, s. [pathos and poieo, Gr.] the rising of a pas- 
 sion. In Rhetoric, a method of moving the mind to anger, 
 hatred, compassion, &c. 
 
 PA'THOS, s. [Gr.] literally, passion, but used for the energy 
 of a discourse, or its power to move the passions. 
 
 PA'THWAY, s. a narrow way to be passed on foot. 
 
 PA'TIBLE, a. [potior, Lat.] tolerable; sufferable. 
 
 PATPBULARY, a. [patibulaire, Fr. from patibulum, Lat.] be- 
 longing to the gallows. 
 
 PA'TTENCE, (pdshence) s. [pattentia, from potior, Lat.] calm- 
 ness under injuries or affronts, misery, and tortures ; the quality 
 
PAT 
 
 of expecting long without rage of discontent ; long-sufFering. 
 In Botany, a species of dock. 
 
 PA'TIENT, (pashent) a. enduring pain, injuries, and affronts 
 calmly. 
 
 PA'TIENT, {pashent) s. that which receives impressions from 
 external objects; a person under the care of a physician, apo- 
 thecary, or surgeon. 
 
 PA'TIENTLY, (pdshently) ad. in such a manner as to be calm 
 under reproaches, affronts, pains, distresses, or tortures. 
 
 PATINE, s. [patina, Lat.] in Church furniture, the cover of a 
 chalice. 
 
 PA'TMOS, at present called Patino, an island of the Grecian 
 Archipelago. It is about 18 miles in circumference. To this 
 island, the apostle and evangelist John is said to have been 
 banished by the Roman emperor, and here he is said to have 
 written the Apocalypse; a manuscript of which the inhabitants 
 still carefully preserve. The island is almost a bare rock, with but 
 two small towns or villages. Lat. 37. 30. N. Long. 26. 40. E. 
 
 PATNA, a city of Hindustan, capital of Bahar. It is an exten- 
 sive and populous place, on the S. bank of the Ganges ; and is 
 fortified in ihe Indian manner with a wall and a small citadel. 
 The buildings are high, but the streets are narrow, and far 
 from clean. It is a place of considerable trade, and is supposed 
 to be the ancient Palabothra. It is 250 miles from Calcutta. 
 Pop. about 320,000. Lat. 25. 37. N. Long. 85. 15. E. 
 
 PA'TLY, ad. conveniently; fitly. 
 
 PA'TRIAKCH, (pdtnark) s. [patriarchc, Fr. from pater and 
 arche, Gr.] one who governs by right of paternity ; a father of a 
 family. In Ecclesiastical affairs, a bishop superior to arch- 
 bishops. 
 
 PATRIA'RCHAL, (patridrkal) a. [patriarchal, Fr.] belonging 
 to, or enjoyed by, patriarchs. 
 
 PATRIARCHATE, Pa'triarchship, (pafrfarfca^e, pdtriark- 
 ship) s. [patriarchat, Fr.] the office or dignity of patriarch. 
 
 PATRIARCHY, {pdtriarky) s. the jurisdiction of a patriarch ; 
 patriarchate. 
 
 PATRl'CIAN, {patnshian) a. [patricien, Fr. ^mtricius, Lat.] 
 noble ; senatorial ; not plebeian. 
 
 PATRl'CIAN, {patrishian) s. a nobleman. In Ancient Rome, 
 where it was first used, it was the designation of the members 
 of the families which originally composed that state. 
 
 PATRICK, the patron saint of Ireland. Little authentic is 
 known of him, beyond that he was of Scottish origin, and that 
 he was sent to Ireland as an apostle or missionary, of such Chris- 
 tianity as Rome then had. The marvels related of him, are such 
 as were commonly told and believed in the middle ages. He 
 flourished in the 5th century, dying in about 460. 
 
 PATRICK, DR. SIMON, an English prelate of the 17th 
 century; one of the high-church party, held in some esteem by 
 his school. His Commentary is his largest and best known work. 
 His Heart's Ease is also not without admirers. But his Parable 
 of the Pilgrim seems to have lived on, by virtue of its being like 
 (but how unlike ! ) John Bunyan's glorious allegory. He had a 
 fair share of church preferment, and died in 1707, aged 81 
 years. 
 
 PATRIMO'NIAL, a. possessed by inheritance. 
 
 PATRIMO'NIALLY, ad. by inheritance. 
 
 PAT'RIMONY, s. [patrimonium, hat. jMtrimoine, Fr.] an estate 
 possessed by inheritance. 
 
 PATRIMONY OF ST. PETER, one of the Papal Stales, 
 Italy. It borders on Tuscany, and Is bounded-by the other pro- 
 vinces, Orvietano, Sabina, Umbria, and the Campagna di Roma. 
 Some of the offshoots of the Apennines cross it ; and it is watered 
 by the Marta and other small streams. Its chief towns are Vi- 
 terbo, Civita Vecchia, Cometo, &c. The first two of which are 
 the name of the delegation, or government, according to the 
 most recent civil arrangements of the Papal Territories. The 
 population may be about 160,000. See Viterbo, &c. 
 
 PATRIOT, s. [patria, Lat.] one who makes the good of his 
 country the constant motive of his actions or measures, without 
 selfish views. 
 
 PATRIOTISM, s. a constant and disinterested love for one's 
 country. 
 
 PATRI'STIC, a. [pater, Lat.] in Theology, that branch which 
 unfolds the teaching of the Fathers of the cnurch. It is also used 
 to designate the svstem of doctrine and government based on 
 their teaching, rather than on the Sacred Scriptures. 
 
 PAU 
 
 To PATRO'CINATE, v. a. [pairoeinor, from patronus, Lat.] to 
 defend, protect, patronize. 
 
 PATROCINATION, s. the act of defending, or protecting; 
 the maintaining any one's cause. 
 
 PATRO'L, (patrol) s. [patrouille, Fr.] the act of going the 
 rounds in a garrison or camp to observe what passes, and if the 
 sentries perform their duty ; the persons who go the rounds in a 
 garrison or camp; apoliceman who comes on duty in the evening. 
 
 To PATRO'L, (patrol) V. n. [jjatrouiller, Fr.] to go the rounds 
 in a camp or garrison. 
 
 PATRON, s. [patronus, from pater, Lat.] one who countenances, 
 supports, or protects, generally applied to one who encourages an 
 author; a guardian saint; an advocate or defender; one who 
 has the gift of an ecclesiastical benefice. 
 
 PATRONAGE, s. protection ; support ; guardianship of 
 saints; donation of a benefice. 
 
 PATRONAL, a. guarding; supporting; defending. 
 
 PATRONESS, s. a female who defends, protects, encourages, 
 or supports ; a female guardian saint ; a woman who has the gift 
 of a benefice. 
 
 To PAT'RONISE, (patronize) v. a. to encourage, protect, sup- 
 port, countenance. 
 
 PATRONY'MIC, s. [pater and onoma, Gr.] a name given to a 
 person expressing that of his father ; as, Atrides, the son oi Atreus, 
 in Greek ; and Johnson, Sac. in English ; O'Connor, in Irish ; Mac 
 Donald, in Scotch. 
 
 PATTEN, s. the base of a pillar. — [patin, Fr.] a wooden shoe 
 with an iron ring at the bottom, worn under the common shoe 
 by women, to keep them from dirt. 
 
 PATTENMAKER, .v. one who makes pattens. 
 
 To PATTER, V. n. [patte, Fr.] to make a noise like the quick 
 steps of many feet. 
 
 PATTERN, s. [patron, Fr. patroon, Belg.] an original to be 
 imitated or copied; a specimen or sample; an instance; any 
 thing cut out for a model; archetype, plan. 
 
 To PA'TTERN, v. a. [patronner, Fr.] to copy ; to make an 
 imitation of something; to serve as anexample to be followed. 
 
 PAU, the capital of the department of Basses Pyrenees, France. 
 It stands amongst the mountains, and has a fine castle,where they 
 show with much reverence the shell (of turtle or tortoise) in 
 which the Great Henry was rocked. It is generally a good-look- 
 ing place, and has a good trade, with some profitable manufac- 
 tures. It is about 450 miles from Paris. Pop. about 12,500. 
 
 PAUCI'LOQUY",*. [paucus and hquor, Lat.] little and sparing 
 speech. 
 
 PAU'CITY, s. [paucitas, Lat.] fewness ; smallness of number 
 orquantitv. 
 
 To PAt'^E, V. a. [jiavio, Lat. paver, Fr.] to lay or floor with 
 brick or stone. Figuratively, to make way for, or make a pas- 
 sage easy. 
 
 PA'VEMENT, s. a stone floor ; stones or bricks laid for a floor. 
 
 PA'VER, Pa'vier, s. one who lays a road, &c. with stones. 
 
 PA VIA, an ancient and celebrated town of Lombardy, in 
 Austrian Italy, with a celebrated university. It is situated in a 
 beautiful plain, on the river Tesino, and has some fine churches. 
 The university has some excellent apparatus, such as museums, 
 library, &c. Pop. about 25,000. Lat. 45. II. N. Long. 9. 10. E. 
 
 PAVl'LION, s. [pavillott, Fr.'i a tent; a turret; a detached 
 building. 
 
 To PAVl'LION, V. a. to furnish with tents ; to be sheltered 
 by a tent. 
 
 PAUL, (whose original name was Saul,) the great apostle of 
 the Gentiles, and the most eminent for ability and for evangelic 
 labour amongst the apostles. He was born at Tarsus, and so 
 was a Roman citizen, and was a Hebrew of the Hebrews. He 
 was taught by Gamaliel, the celebrated rabbi, at Jerusalem, and 
 first appears in history as taking part in the martyrdom of Ste- 
 phen. His zeal led him to use persecution as the shortest and 
 surest method of opposing the new way, which, by the preach- 
 ing of the apostles, was gaining converts every where. But, on 
 the road to Damascus, whither be was bound on this fana- 
 tic errand, a bright vision of Jesus himself appeared to him, 
 and he entered that city to become a disciple of the faith he 
 would fain have destroyed. We have full information only re- 
 specting part of his subsequent career, with scattered and inci- 
 dental notices of the rest. And it appears that in Asia Minor, 
 Arabia, Greece, and other parts, he for many years, and in vari- 
 
 655 
 
PAU 
 
 ous journeys, fully preached the gospel of Christ. Being at 
 length at Jerusalem, a tumult arose on his being found in the 
 temple, and he was rescued from the mob by the Roman guard, 
 who held him prisoner. At one hearing before the prefect he 
 appealed to the emperor, and after some delay he was sent to 
 Rome. There he was a prisoner, but apparently on parole, for 
 two years ; and being then heard and dismissed, he made ano- 
 ther journey through the fields of his former labours, and returned 
 to Rome, to be imprisoned again, and, finally, martyred, in about 
 65. His letters to various churches and friends, which form no 
 inconsiderable portion of the New Testament, afford us the most 
 affecting and instructive picture of the man himself; whilst 
 theyarea treasure of inspired wisdom, such as the world has in no 
 other similar productions. Written at various times, to various 
 parties, with different objects, they present innumerable aspects 
 of the same great and vital truths, which he preached, and lived 
 and died for. For profundity of thought, power of reasoning, 
 and extent and depth of interest, his Epistle to the Romans is 
 unequalled by any human composition. For remarks on his 
 writings, see their titles in this work. The Letter to the Hebrews, 
 
 fenerally ascribed to him, seems not to have been written by him. 
 'or proofs of their genuineness, compare them with each other, 
 and with the narrative in the Acts of the Apostles. 
 
 PAUL OF SAMOSATA, bishop of Antioch in the 3rd cen- 
 tury. He was an ostentatious, vain, and arrogant man, and 
 caused great disturbance in his time by his attempts to solve the 
 problem of the Divine nature, and of the relation of Christ to it. 
 He appears to have taught that Jesus was a mere man, and that 
 the WordoiGoA descended into him, and enabled hitn to teach, 
 and to work miracles. But he so disguised his doctrines by am- 
 biguous forms of speech, that though councils were repeatedly 
 held, he escaped conviction till one Malchion, a rhetorician, drew 
 him from his concealment, when he was convicted and deposed. 
 He was then protected by Zenobia of Palmyra. A sect adopted 
 his opinions,' and were called Paulians, or Paulianists. 
 
 PAUL, the name borne by five popes of Rome: the third of 
 whom summoned the famous council of Trent in 1545; the fourth 
 was a zealous reformer of abuses in the papacy, and the excom- 
 niunicator of our Queen Elizabeth, which was the real cause of the 
 final separation of this country from the Roman see, and died in 
 1559; and thej^A smothered the contest between the Domini- 
 cans and the Jesuits, just when the world hoped the latter would 
 have received a mortal blow ; and was, in other respects, just 
 such a pope as a man of cultivated and elegant mind, with suf- 
 ficient notions of his own spiritual power, could be. He died 
 in 1621. 
 
 PAULI'CIANS, in Ecclesiastical History, a sect which held 
 partly Manichaean and partly Gnostic opinions, in the 9th 
 century. 
 
 PAU'LUS, JULIUS, a celebrated Roman jurist of the 3rd 
 century. He was raised to the dignity of imperial counsellor by 
 Alexander Severus ; and was banished by Heliogabalus. Only 
 some fragments of his works remain. 
 
 PAUNCH, s. [panse, Fr. panca. Span, pantex, Lat.] the belly, 
 or abdominal region. 
 
 To PAUNCH, r. a. to rip up the belly, or take out the entrails. 
 
 PA'VO, the Peacock; in Astronomy, a constellation of the 
 southern hemisphere. 
 
 PAU'PER, s. [Fr.] in Law, a poor man ; one who is in receipt 
 of parish allowance, under the Pour Laws. 
 
 PAU'PERISM, s. the condition of those who receive relief in 
 money, food, and shelter, according to the Poor Laws. 
 
 PAUSA'NIAS, the son of Cleombrotus, king of Sparta, who 
 was regent during the lawful king's minority. He entered into 
 treasonable correspondence with Persia ; and being discovered, 
 took refuge in the templeof Pallas, where he was blocked up by 
 order of the Ephors, and died 474 b. c. 
 
 PAUSA'NIAS, a Greek topographer of the 2nd century a. d. 
 He described every remarkable place which he visited in Greece, 
 in a book, still extant, called the Description of Greece, which is 
 very valuable to students of early history. 
 
 Pause, (pauze) «. [Fr. from paim, Gr.] a stop or cessation from 
 action or motion ; a break, or separation between the words of 
 a discourse ; a stop or intermission in music. 
 
 To PAUSE, (pauze) v. n. to stop or cease for a time ; to deli- 
 berate ; to be intermitted. 
 
 PAU'SER, s. he who pauses : he who deliberates. 
 656 
 
 PEA 
 
 PAUW, CORNELIUS DE, a Dutch author of the last centuir, 
 who was canon of Xanten in Germany. His works are chiefly 
 inquiries into the true character of some ancient and modern 
 nations, the Greeks, Egyptians, Americans, and Chinese ; in 
 which he mercilessly disposes of most cherished illusions, and 
 treats his subjects with coldest, most paradoxical common sense. 
 The French Revolution, which gave his nephew, the famed Ana- 
 charsis Clootz, the opportunity of realizing these paradoxes, as 
 representative of the human race, destroyed his tranquillity, and 
 put an end to his inquiries. He died in 1799, aged GO years. 
 
 PAW, s. [pawen, Brit.J the fore-foot of a beast. 
 
 To PAW, V. n. to draw the fore-foot along the ground.— c. a. to 
 stroke with the fore-foot ; to handle roughly ; to fawn or flatter. 
 
 PAW'ED, a. having paws ; broadfooted. 
 
 PAWN, s. Ipand, Belg. pan, Fr.] pledge given as security for 
 money, &c. borrowed; the state of being pledged; a common 
 man, in chess. 
 
 To PAWN, V. a. to give any thing as a security for money, &c. 
 lent. 
 
 PAWNBROKER,*, one who lends money at interest upon 
 goods deposited as security. 
 
 To PA r, V. a. [paijer, Fr.] to discharge a debt ; to recompense ; 
 to give the worth in money for any thing bought ; to atone ; to 
 make amends by suffering ; to beat. 
 
 PAY, s. wages ; money for service. 
 
 PAY' ABLE, a. [payable, Fr.] due, or to be paid ; possible to 
 be paid. 
 
 PAY'DAY, s. adayon which debtsare discharged or wages paid. 
 
 PAY'ER, s. he that pays. 
 
 PAY'ING, s. among seamen, is the laying a ship over with a 
 coat of hot pitch ; and when this is done with canvass, it is called 
 parcelling. Also, when she is soiled, and the soil burnt off, a 
 new coat of tallow and soap, and one of train oil, rosin, and 
 brimstone, boiled together, is put on her ; that is also catted 2>ay- 
 inff of a ship. 
 
 PA Y'MASTER, s. one who pays ; one from whom wages or 
 money for goods sold are received. 
 
 PAY'JMENT, s. the act of discharging a debt or promise; re- 
 ward ; chastisement. 
 
 PEA, (pee) s. Ipisum, Lat.] in Botany and Horticulture, a pa- 
 pilionaceous plant, the unripe seedsof which are much esteemed 
 as a delicate vegetable. There are many varieties, known to all 
 housekeepers. 
 
 PEACE, s. (the ea in this word and its derivatives and com- 
 pounds is pron. like ee ; as peece, &c.) s. [paix, Fr. pax, Lat.] a 
 state wherein nations are in friendship with each other; a respite 
 from war ; rest from any commotion or disturbance ; reconcilia- 
 tion ; silence. 
 
 PEACE, inter/', a word commanding silence. 
 
 PE'ACEABLE, a. free from war, tumult, or disturbance ; not 
 inclined to be quarrelsome or turbulent. 
 
 PE'ACEABLENESS,s. the quality of being quiet, or disposed 
 to peace. 
 
 PE'ACEABLY, arf._ without war, tumult, or disturbance. 
 
 PE'ACEFUL, a. quiet ; inclined to peace ; mild; undisturbed. 
 
 PE'ACEFULLY, ad. quietly ; mildly ; gently. 
 
 PE'ACEFULNESS, s. quiet; freedom from noise or disturb- 
 ance. 
 
 PE'ACEMAKER, s. one who reconciles differences. 
 
 PE'ACE-OFFERING, s. among the Jews, a sacrifice offered 
 for atonement and reconciliation for a crime or offence. 
 
 PEACH, (peech) s. [pesche, Fr.] in Horticulture, a roundish 
 fleshy fruit, of a very delicious flavour, covered with a downy 
 coat, enclosing a rough stone. 
 
 To PEACH, (peech) v. n. [corrupted from impeach,'] to accuse a 
 person of a crime; to betray one's accomplices. 
 
 PE'ACHICK, s. the chick of a peacock. 
 
 PE'ACOCK, (peecock) s. in Ornithology, a gallinaceous bird, 
 native to India, very generally known in England, and remark- 
 able for the richness of the plumage of the upper part of its bodj, 
 and especially for the splendour of the long feathers which grow 
 on the lower part of the back, which it has the power of erect- 
 ing, and which then appears covered with iridescent purple eyes. 
 It was fabled in Greece that Hera adorned her favourite bird 
 thus, when Hermes slew Argus of the hundred ej-es, whom she 
 had employed as a spy on Zeus. 
 
 PE'AHEN, (peeheti) s. the female of the peacock. 
 
PEAK, (;)eeA) s. [peac. Sax. pique, Fr.] the top of a hill or 
 eminence ; any thing having a sharp end or point ; the rising or 
 
 projecting part of a head-dress or cap. 
 To PEAK, V. n. to look sicitly, ineagr , 
 The PEAK, is the name of one of the loftiest points of the 
 
 , sickly, meagre, mean ; to sneak. 
 
 Derbyshire hills, which is nearly 2000 feet in height. 
 
 PLAL, (peel) s. a succession of loud sounds, as of cannon, 
 bells, thunder, &c. 
 
 To PEAL, V. a. to ring a peal ; to stir with agitation.— w. n. 
 to play solemnly and loud. 
 
 PEAR, {pail) s. in Horticulture, a fleshy fruit, larger and 
 more pointed towards the foot-stalk than the apple. There are 
 a great many varieties, some of which are particularly delici- 
 ous, whilst others can be kept for a long time. 
 
 PEARL, {perl)s. [perle, Fr. perla. Span.] a roundish concretion 
 of shelly matter found attached to the inside of the shell or in the 
 very body of the animal of the pearl-oyster, the common oyster, 
 the muscle, &c. It arises from some disease in the animal, and is 
 evidently an irregular deposition of the earths of which the shell 
 is formed. It is esteemed as an ornament, and by jewellers is 
 mounted and set in various ways; the clearest in hue, and the 
 most regular in form, being the most valuable of the different 
 sizes. Mother of Pearl is the nacreous or iridescent lining of some 
 shells. In Medicine, a round speck or film in the eye. 
 
 PE'ARL-ASH, s. in Chemistry and the useful Arts, the car- 
 bonate of potassa, prepared by lixiviating the ashes of wood 
 and other vegetable matter, and evaporating the solution. It is 
 also called Potash. 
 
 PE'ARLEAF, s. in Botany, a name for the several species of 
 winter-green. 
 
 PE'ARLED, {purled) a. ornamented or set with pearls. 
 
 PE'ARL-OYSrER,s. in Natural History, a two-valved shell- 
 fish, found in the Indian Ocean, which yields the finest and 
 best pearls. They are obtained by divers who gather them from 
 the rocks, to which theyadhere. This trade is a very dangerous 
 one, not only from the natural effects of remaining under water 
 for some time, but also because of the sharks, which abound 
 in those seas. 
 
 PE'ARL-WHITE, s. in Chemistry, an .oxyde of bismuth, 
 which is used as a cosmetic. 
 
 PE'ARLWORT, s. in Botany, the sagina of Linnaeus; of 
 which two are British species, viz. the great stitchwort, and 
 moss-like pink. 
 
 PE'ARLY, {pMtj) a. abounding with or containing pearls; 
 resembling pearls. 
 
 PEARMA'IN, s. in Horticulture, a kind of apple. 
 
 PE'ARSON, DR. JOHN, an English prelate of the 17th 
 century ; who was one of those taken into favour at the Restor- 
 ation ; and who is well known by his luminous work, entitled 
 An Exposition of the Creed, which has become a classic in Angli- 
 can Theology. He wrote some other less known works ; and died 
 in 1686, aged 73 years. 
 
 PE'ARTREE,«. the tree that bears pears. 
 
 PEA'SANT, {pezant) s. \_paisant, Fr.J one employed in agri- 
 cultural labour. 
 
 PE'ASANTRY, s. rustics or counti-y people ; peasants. 
 
 PE'ASCOD, {peezkod) Pe'ashell, {peishell) s. the shell in 
 which peas grow. 
 
 PEASE, (peeze) s. when mentioned as a single body or grain 
 we use^eo, whose plural is peas ; but us?d collectively for food, 
 we use pease ; [pisa. Sax.] food of peas. 
 
 PEET, {peet) s. a kind of turf used for firing. It originated 
 in the decay of vegetable matter, through long maceration in 
 water. It is found in greatest abundance in the bogs of Ireland, 
 and in the mosses, fens, and marshes of England, and is cut in 
 the summer and dried for fuel ; it also makes an excellent manure 
 after it is burnt. 
 
 PE'BBLE, Pe'bbi.estone, «. a small stone. 
 
 PE'BBLE-CRYSTAL,«. a kind of crystal of an irregular shape, 
 in form of nodules. 
 
 PE'BBLED, a. sprinkled or abounding with pebbles. 
 
 PE'BBLY, a. full of pebbles. 
 
 PECCABl'LITY, s. the state of being subject to sin. 
 
 PE'CCABLE, a. Ipecco, Lat.] subject to sin. 
 PECCADI'LLO, s. [Span. peccadille, Fr.] a slight 
 or venial offence. 
 PE'CCANCY, «. Ipeccatis, Lai.] bad quality 
 
 fault. 
 
 PEDr 
 
 PE'CCANT, a. [^eecans, Lat.] guilty ; criminal. In Medicine, 
 injurious to health. In Law, wrong, or contrary to form. 
 
 PE'CCARY, s. in Natural History, a kind of wild pig, with 
 very long and curved tusks. 
 
 PECK, s. the fourth part of a bushel. 
 
 To PEC K, t;. a. [hecquer, Fr.] to strike with the beak ; to pick 
 up with the beak ; to strike with any pointed instrument. To 
 quarrel and endeavour to expose, used with at. 
 
 PECK, FRANCIS, a learned English antiquary, of the first 
 part of the last century. He was a church clergyman, and was 
 preferred to a prebendal stall in Lincoln cathedral. His writ- 
 ings are numerous, and amongst them are Lives of Cromwell and 
 Milton, His greatest work, Monasticon Anglicanum, he did not 
 live to print. He died in 1743, aged 51 years. 
 
 PE'CKER, s. one that pecks. In Natural History, a kind of 
 bird, called likewise a wood-pecker. 
 
 PE'CKLED, a. [corrupted from speckled,'] spotted ; varied with 
 spots. 
 
 PE'CTINAL, a. [pecten, Lat.] like a comb. 
 
 PE'CTINATED, a. inserted into one another as combs are by 
 their teeth. 
 
 PECTINA'TION, s. the state of being pectinated. 
 
 PE'CTORAL, a. \_pectoraUs, irom pectus, Lat.] belonging to the 
 breast. 
 
 PE'CTORAL, s. a breastplate. 
 
 PE'CULATE, Pecula'tion, s. [peculor, Lat.] robbery of the 
 public money. 
 
 PECULATOR, s. [Lat.] a robber of the public. 
 
 PECU'LIAR, a. [peculiaris, Lat.] belonging to one, exclusive 
 of others; particular. 
 
 PECU'LIAR, s. exclusive property ; a thin^ exempted from 
 ordinary jurisdiction. In the Canon Law, it signifies a particu- 
 jar parish or church that has jurisdiction within itself for grant- 
 ing probates of wills and administrations, exempt from the 
 ordinary or bishop's courts. 
 
 PECULIA'RITY, s. the quality which distinguishes one per- 
 son or thing from another; particularity. 
 
 PECU'LIARLY, ad. in a manner not common to others ; par- 
 ticularly; singly. 
 
 PECU'NIARV, a. {pecunia, Lat.] relating to, or consisting of, 
 money. 
 
 PED, {see Pad,) s. a small packsaddle, much less than a pannel ; 
 a hamper ; a basket. 
 
 PEDAGO'GICAL, a. [pais and 0170, Gr.] suited or belonging 
 to a schoolmaster. 
 
 PE'DAGOGUE, {p^dagog) s. one that teaches boys ; a pedant ; 
 a schoolmaster. 
 
 To PE'DAGOGUE, {pedagog) v. a. to instruct in an overbear- 
 ing manner. 
 
 PE'DAGOGY,(pe«/ai7o/y)«. instruction ; mastership; discipline. 
 
 PE'DAL, a. [pes, Lat.] belonging to a foot. 
 
 PE'DALS, s. [pedales, from pes, Lat.] the large pipes of an or- 
 gan, so called because played on by the foot. 
 
 PEDA'NEOUS, a. [pes, Lat.] going on foot. 
 
 PE'DANT, s. [Fr.] a schoolmaster; a vain and ostentatious 
 smalterer of learning. 
 
 PEDA'NTIC, Peda'ntical, a. [pedantesque, Fr.] vainly osten- 
 tatious of learning. 
 
 PEDA'NTICALLY, ad. with awkward and vain ostentation 
 of learning. 
 
 PE'DANTRY, s. [pedanterie, Fr.] vain and awkward ostenta- 
 tion of learning. 
 
 To PE'DDLE, V. n. (commonly written piddle,) to be busy 
 about trifles. 
 
 PE'DDLING, a. trifling; unimportant. 
 
 PEDERE'RO, s. [pedrero, Span, from piedra,} anciently, a 
 small cannon mounted on a swivel. It is frequently written 
 palerero, 
 
 PE'DESTAL, s. [piedstal, Fr.] the lower member of a pillar or 
 column ; basis of a statue. 
 
 PEDE'STRIOUS, a. [pedestus, from pes, Lat.] not winged ; go- 
 ing on foot. 
 
 PE'DICLE, s. [pedicule, Fr. from pes, Lat.] the footstalk ; that 
 by which a leaf or fruit is fixed to a tree, 
 
 PEDI'CULAR, a. [pediculus, Lat.] having the phthiriasis. 
 
 PE'DIGREE, s. [pere and degre, Fr.] a table of genealogy or 
 lineage ; account of descent. 
 
 4 p C57 
 
PEG 
 
 PEDILU'VIUM, s. [pes and hvo, Lat.] a bath for the feet. 
 
 PE'DIMENT, s. [j)edimentu7n, from pes, Lat.] in Architecture, 
 an ornament used to crown an ordonnance, finish a frontispiece, 
 and placed over porticoes, gates, doors, windows, &c., sometimes 
 triangular, and sometimes circular. 
 
 PE'DLAR, s. a petty dealer; one who travels the country 
 with small commodities for sale. 
 
 PE'DLARY, s. wares sold by pedlars. 
 
 PEDOBA'PTISM, s. [pais and bapttzo, Gr.] in Polemics, 
 infant baptism. It is properly speh pa;do-baptism. 
 
 PEDOBA'PTIST,«. one that holds or practises infant baptism, 
 
 PEDO'METER, s. {pes, Lat. and metron, Gr.] a small instru- 
 ment, formed like a Geneva watch, to be carried in the waist- 
 coat pocket, by means of which the wearer knows, with tolerable 
 accuracy, the length of a walk or ride. The construction is very 
 simple, and the wheels are moved by a weight which oscillates 
 with the movement of the body. 
 
 PEE'BLES, capital of the county of its own name, Scotland. 
 It lies on the N. side. of the river Tweed, over which it has a fine 
 bridge. The ruins of a cathedral are also to be seen here. It is 
 22 miles from Edinburgh. Pop. 1898. 
 
 PEE'BLESSHIRE, or Twee'ddale, a county of Scotland, 
 bounded by Edinburghshire, Selkirkshire, Dumfriesshire, and 
 Lanarkshire. It is 28 miles long, and above 18 broad. In this 
 county there is not much arable land. Its hills (among which 
 are the rugged and heathy mountains of Tweedsmuir, in the S. 
 
 of the county) abound with salubrious springs, and feed num- 
 bers of sheep and cattle. The principal rivers are the Tweed, 
 Lyne, and Yarrow. It yields some valuable kinds of slate and 
 
 building-stone. Pop. 10,499. It sends I representative to the 
 imperial parliament. 
 
 To PEEL, V. a. \_pellis, Lat.] to take off the peel or skin from 
 fruit; to flay.— [;«We?-, Fr.] to rob or plunder. In this sense it 
 should be wrote pill. 
 
 PEEL, s. {jiellis, Lat.] the skin or thin rind.— [paelle, Fr.] an 
 instrument used by bakers to draw their bread, or put it into the 
 
 PEELE, GEORGE, an English dramatist and poet of the 
 time of Elizabeth. He studied at Oxford, and joined with 
 Shakspeare, Jonson, and others, in writing for the stage. His 
 writings show him to have been somewhat lacking in that vision 
 and faculty divine which makes the poet, and the lack of which 
 is not to be compensated by smoothness of language and fault- 
 lessness of rhythm and rhyme. He died about the end of the 
 16th century. 
 
 To PEEP, V. n. to make the first appearance ; to look through 
 a crevice or hole slily, so as not to be perceived ; to look closely 
 and curiously. 
 
 PEEP, s. the first appearance; a sly look. 
 
 PEE'PHOLE, Pee'pinghole, s. a hole through which a person 
 may see without being seen. 
 
 PEER, s. l2"^''>; Fr.] an equal ; a companion ; a fellow ; a 
 nobleman. 
 
 To PEER, V. n. [contracted from appear,'] to come just in sight ; 
 to look narrowly into. 
 
 PEE'RAGE, s. [pairie, Fr.] the dignity of a nobleman or peer ; 
 the body of peers. 
 
 PEE'RESS, s. the wife of a peer, or a woman who has a peer- 
 age in her own right. 
 
 PEE'RLESS, a. without an equal. 
 
 PEE'RLESSNESS, s. match lessness. 
 
 PEE'VISH, a. easily offended, or apt to be made angry; of- 
 fended at trifles. 
 
 PEE'VISHLY, ad. in such a manner as to be easily made 
 angry. 
 
 PEE'VISHNESS, s. the quality of being easily made angry or 
 uneasy. 
 
 PEG, s. Ipegghe, Teut.] a piece of wood driven into a hole in- 
 stead of a nail ; the pins of a musical instrument by which its 
 strings are strained. To take a pet; lower, to depress or sink. 
 
 To PEG, V. a. to fasten with a pointed piece of wood. 
 
 PEGA'SUS, in Astronomy, the name of a constellation in the 
 northern hemisphere, figured in the form of a flying horse. 
 
 PE'GU, a once considerable kingdom of Asia, lying to the S. 
 E, of Bengal. It is now included in the Burmese Empire. There 
 is a town of the same name,70 miles inland, above 20 miles in cir- 
 cumference, but at present not one-twentieth part is inhabited ; 
 658 ' 
 
 PEL 
 
 but the temples and the Buddhist convents yet remain. It 
 stands on a tributary of the Irawadi, and has some ingenious 
 textile manufactures. Lat. 17. 34. N, Long. 96. 28. E. 
 
 PE'KIN, or Pe'king, the capital city of the empire of China, 
 where the emperor generally resides. It is an exact square, sur- 
 rounded by lofty and broad walls, 20 miles in length, and isdivided 
 into two parts; namely, that which contains the emperor's palace, 
 which is in the New City, or Tatar City, so called because it is 
 inhabited by Tatars, ever since they conquered the empire. 
 The other, called the Old City, is inhabited by the Chinese. The 
 gates of this city are high and well arched, and are 16 in num- 
 ber; before each is an open space, which serves for a parade. 
 The streets are as straight as a line, most of them three miles in 
 length, and about 120 feet wide, with shops on both sides ; but 
 the houses are poorly built, and have only a ground floor. The 
 emperor's palace is of vast extent, and surrounded by a brick 
 wall, with pavilions at each corner, encompassed by galleries 
 supported by columns. The walls of the emperor's palace, in- 
 cluding that and the gardens, are about two miles in length; 
 and the buildings are covered with tiles of a shining beautiful 
 yellow. The temples and the towers of this city are very numer- 
 ous. The suburbs are also very extensive. The country about 
 it is sandy, and not very fruitful ; yet provisions of ail kinds are 
 exceedingly plentiful, they being, as well as the merchandise, 
 brought from other parts by means of canals cut from the rivers, 
 and always crowded with vessels. The trade of this city is very 
 great ; and order is maintained very rigidly by the soldiers. Pop. 
 about 2,000,000. Lat. 39. 59. N. Long. 116. 28, E. 
 
 PELA'GIANS, in Ecclesiastical History, a sect which adopted 
 the opinions of Pelagius. 
 
 PELA'GIUS, (whose true name was 3Iorgan,) a famous theo- 
 logian, of British origin, in the 5th century. He, with Cselestius, 
 (an Irishman,) whilst living at Rome as a monk, and highly 
 esteemed for monkish virtue and piety, began to teach strange 
 opinions respecting the natural state of man, and the connected 
 subject of grace. He left Rome on the Gothic invasion, and went 
 to Sicily, Africa, Egypt, and the East. There he found some 
 patronage. But he was soon summoned to a council, which 
 acquitted him ; and then to others, which condemned him ; and 
 his after-history is wholly unknown. His great and untiring 
 opponent was the famous Augustine of Hippo. The opinions of 
 Pelagius were such as must be formed by one who acutely feels his 
 responsibility to God, and who has logical skill sufficient to de- 
 velope that conviction. The opinions of Augustine, in like 
 manner, were based on the opposed truth, the sovereignty of 
 God. This controversy, then first clearly begun, has continued 
 to the present day with unabated fire, and without a gleam of 
 hope that it may be concluded. For in truth it is one that must 
 be carried on by every inquirer after truth, for himself; and they 
 are few who are able to steer safely between the Scvlla of free 
 will, and the Charybdis of free grace. The most fall to one or 
 the other side of the question ; and between these the dispute 
 must needs go on. Pelagius had not only hearty followers in his 
 own time, but some who are styled, oddly enough, Semi-Pelagians. 
 The Remonstrants of Holland, and the Arminians, are also reck- 
 oned amongst his theological or logical offspring. See these names 
 and the heads of the controversy. Pelagius flourished in the early 
 part of the 5th century. 
 
 PELA'SGI, the most ancient people of S. E. Europe, the pro- 
 genitors of the Grecian and Latin races; whose remains are 
 chiefly those vast and massive buildings, which have deservedly 
 obtained the name of Cyclopean Architecture. 
 
 PE'LEW, or Pa'ix>o, Islands, a chain of small islands in the 
 N. Pacific Ocean ; lying W. of the Philippine Islands, and N. of 
 New Guinea. They are, like the other islands of the Pacific, girt 
 with a coral reef; and they have valuable timber and fruits, 
 but no native quadrupeds. The natives are of a deep copper 
 colour, and wear no kind of clothing; but they appear to be of 
 simple manners and gentle disposition. 
 
 PELF, s. money or riches. 
 
 PE'LICAN, s. [Fr.] in Ornithology, a marine bird, of which , 
 there are many species, but the commonest is a large white, 
 long-winged bird, furnished with a remarkable pouch in its 
 lower mandible, capable of being greatly distended. 
 
 PELL, DR. JOHN, an eminent mathematician of the 17th 
 century, who studied at Cambridge, and was afterwards profess- 
 or at several colleges in Holland. He next appears as a diplo- 
 
PEM 
 
 matist, being sent by the Lord Protector, Oliver, to Protestant 
 Switzerland. After his return, at the Restoration, he entered 
 the Church of England as a clergyman, and received some pre- 
 ferment, but he was so intent on Ae higher mathematics, that 
 he forgot the simpler and more profitable applications of his 
 science, and was in such want as to be imprisoned more than 
 once for debt. He died in 1685, aged 75 years. His scientific 
 works or papers are numerous, but not much known or needed 
 now, and he seems rather to have exploded ancient errors, than 
 to have advanced new truths. The Pell Papers of the British 
 Museum are the records of his embassy in Switzerland. 
 
 PE'LLET, s. Ipelote, Fr.] a little ball ; a bullet or ball. 
 
 PE'LLETED, a. consisting of balls or bullets. 
 
 PE'LLICLE, s. [pellicula, Lat.] a thin skin. A film which 
 gathers upon some liquors during evaporization. 
 
 PE'LLITORY OF the wall, s. an herb found on old walls, 
 and among rubbish. The bastard pellitory is a kind of yarrow. 
 
 PELL-MELL, ad. [pele-mele, Fr.] confusedly ; in a tumultuous 
 manner. 
 
 PELLS, Clerk of the, Ipelh's, Lat.] an officer of the Exche- 
 c^uer, who enters every teller's bill into a parchment roll, called ;>e/- 
 bs acceptorum, the roll of receipts ; and also makes another roll, 
 caWed pellis exituum, a roll of the disbursements. 
 
 PELLU'CID, a. {pellucidus, {torn per and lucidus, Lat.] clear; 
 transparent. 
 
 PELLUCI'DITY, Pellu'cidness, s. the quality of a body which 
 renders it transparent. 
 
 PELO'PIDAS, a Theban general during the brief and splen- 
 did struggle made by Thebes for the supremacy of Greece. He 
 fought at the battle of Leuctra, having already by a defensive 
 war, most admirably conducted, secured all Bceotia, and Athens 
 also, to the Theban cause. His next service was in Thessaly, 
 where he headed the attempt to overthrow the tyranny of Alex- 
 ander of Pherae. He was soon after treacherously imprisoned in 
 Macedonia, but delivered by his friend Epaminondas (who 
 shared or even outshone his glory) ; he effected an alliance with 
 Persia ; and he fell in a second attempt to give freedom to Thes-* 
 saly, in 364 b. c. See Epaminondas. 
 
 PELOPONNE'SUS, in Ancient Geograptiy, the name of the 
 peninsula which forms the S. part of Greece, now commonly 
 called the Morea. 
 
 PELOPONNE'SIAN, a. belonging to the Peloponnesus. T/ie 
 Peloponnesian War was the long and destructive war carried on 
 between Athens and Lacedaemon ; arising out of a very trifling 
 circumstance, but originating truly from the opposite spirit of 
 the two states. In this war we have the contest of the ancient 
 democracy with the ancient oligarchy ; and the result was the 
 victory of^ the latter ; doubtless, in no small degree, because of 
 the inconsistency and incompleteness of the character of the 
 former. There is no truth to inspire the defender of democracy 
 which allows any one of its members to be a slave ; and Athens 
 abounded with staves. This war began in 431 b. c, and ended 
 in 404 B.C. The most splendid names of Greece are connected 
 with it; and the noblest historian of Greece, Thucydides, has 
 recorded it. 
 
 PELT,s. [pellis, Lat.] a skin or hide ; the quarry of a hawk torn. 
 
 To PELT, V. a. [perhaps from poltern, Teut.] to strike by 
 throwing; to throw at. 
 
 PE'LTMONGER, s. one who deals in raw hides. 
 
 PE'LVIS, s. [Lat.] in Anatomy, the bones forming the base 
 for the vertebral column, and to which the thigh-bones are 
 articulated. 
 
 PE'MBERTON, DR. HENRY, a distinguished English me- 
 dical man of the last century. He studied in part under the 
 famous Boerhaave; and was Gresham Professor of Physic. He 
 published several medical and chemical treatisss ; but his prin- 
 cipal works were mathematical and astronomical, and evince no 
 mean proficiency in those branches of science. He edited New- 
 ton's Principia also, and wrote a popular treatise of his Philoso- 
 phy. He died in 1771, aged 77 years. 
 
 PE'MBROKE, Pembrokeshire, S. Wales. It is commodiously 
 seated on the innermost creek of Milford Haven, over which 
 there are two handsome bridges. It has a strong castle, seated 
 on a rock. It is a corporate town, with well-built houses, and 
 two churches. It is 2a6 miles from London. Market, Saturday. 
 Pop. 8126. 
 
 PE'MBROKE COLLEGE, the name of two colleges, at Cara- 
 
 PEN 
 
 bridge and Oxford. That at Cambridge was originally a Hall, 
 merely, and was founded in the 14th century, by a Countess of 
 Pembroke. Its chapel was planned by Sir Christopher Wren. 
 That at Oxford was founded in the 17th century, in the place 
 of an earlier foundation, called Broadgate Hall, which was at 
 first a Law-school. Its buildings are of comparatively recent 
 date. 
 
 PE'MBROKESHIRE, the most western county of S. Wales, 
 30 miles in length, 18 in its mean breadth, and surrounded on 
 all sides by the sea, except where it is bounded by Cardiganshire 
 and C'aermarthenshire. It is divided into 7 hundreds, which 
 contain 7 market towns, and 145 parishes. The principal 
 rivers are the E. and W. Cledhue. A great part of the country 
 is plain, and tolerably fertile, consisting of rich meadows and 
 arable land. One part alone is mountainous, extending from 
 the coast near Fishguard to the borders of Caermarthenshire, 
 This, however, yields coal, building and lime stone, slate, &c., 
 beside good pasture for sheep, horned cattle, and goats ; with 
 which the country in general abounds ; as also with wild fowls 
 of various kinds, some of which are seldom seen in any other 
 part of Britain. The air is mild, but damp, as it lies so near 
 the sea. The county town is Pembroke. Pop. 88,044. It sends 
 3 members to parliament. 
 
 PEN, s. [penna, Lat.] an instrument used in writing, made 
 from a quill, or of some metallic substance; a quill or feather. 
 — [pcnnnn. Sax.] a small enclosure or coop. 
 
 To PEN, V. a. to coop or shut up in a small enclosure. To 
 write. 
 
 PE'NAL, a. [Fr. from poena, Lat.] denouncing or exacting pun- 
 ishment. 
 
 PE'NALTY, Pena'litv, s. [penalite, old Fr.] punishment ; a 
 forfeiture. 
 
 PE'NANCE,s. [Fr.] in Ecclesiastical Affairs, a censure or pun- 
 ishment inflicted by a spiritual authority, for any transgression 
 of its rules, &c. 
 
 PENA'NG, an island in the Straits of Malacca, about 15 miles 
 long, and 10 broad. It is very rocky, and some of the points of 
 the hills surpass 2000 feet in height. Near the sea are plains of 
 fertile land, or swamp. There is plenty of timber on the moun- 
 tains, and the plains produce rice, nutmegs, cloves, pepper, 
 cocoa-nuts, sugar, &c. &c. George Town is its capital. Pop. 
 about 50,000. This island is in the possession of England, and 
 is commonly called PiUo-jienang. Lat. 5. 25. N. Long. 100. 23. E. 
 
 PENA'TES, in Roman Mythology, the name of the household 
 or family gods, which each family worshipped with peculiar re- 
 verence. The esteem for them much resembled what is mani- 
 fested towards patron saints amongst Romanists; except that 
 these last are most usually the patrous of individuals, and not of 
 families. 
 
 PENCE, pi. oi penny, formed by contraction from pennies. 
 
 PE'NCIL, s. Ipenicillum, Lat.] a small brush of hairs used by 
 painters; a long, thin strip of black lead, enclosed in cedar or 
 some soft wood, which is cut away as the lead is used up, or else 
 fitted in a tube, through which it is pushed by a screw, as the 
 
 foint wears away; any instrument used in writing without ink. 
 n Optics, a number of rays of light converging to, or diverging 
 from, the same point. 
 
 To PE'NCIL, V. a. to paint ; to write with a pencil. 
 
 PE'NDANT, s. [pendant, Fr. from pendeo, Lat.] a jewel hang- 
 ing loose from the ear; any thing suspended by way of ornament, 
 
 PE'NDENCE,«. slopeness; suspension. 
 
 PE'NDENCY, s. a state of suspense, or delay in a suit. 
 
 PE'NDENT, a. hanging; jutting over. 
 
 PE'NDING, n. depending; undecided. 
 
 PENDULO'SITY, Pe'ndulousness, s. the state of hanging ; 
 suspension. 
 
 PE'NDULOUS, a. [pendulus, Lat.] hanging; not supported 
 below. 
 
 PE'NDULUM, s. in Horology, a weight suspended on a light 
 bar, or wire, so as to be kept in a state of oscillation by the mo- 
 tion of the wheels of the clock, which it serves to keep regular 
 and even. Some pendulums are made so as to preserve the same 
 length in all temperatures, by various compensating contriv- 
 ances. 
 
 PENETRABI'LITY, s. the quality of being capable to be 
 pierced, applied to the body; the quality of being affected by 
 motives or arguments, applied to the mind. 
 
 4 p 2 659 
 
PEN 
 
 PE'NETRABLE, a. [penetro, Lat.] such as may be pierced ; 
 or may admit of, or be affected by, motives or arguinents. 
 
 PENETRA'LIA, s. [Lat.] the interior parts of a building. 
 
 PE'NETRANT, a. [Fr.] having the power to pierce. 
 
 To PE'NETRATE, v. a. [penetro, Lat.] to pierce or enter be- 
 yond the surface ; to affect the mind ; to reach the meaning. — 
 f. n. to make way ; to make way by the mind. 
 
 PENETRA'TION, s. [Fr.] the act of piercing or entering into 
 a body. Enti'ance or comprehension of any difficulty, applied to 
 the understanding ; acuteness or sagacity. 
 
 PE'NETRATI VE, a. piercing, sharp, subtle, acute, or discern- 
 ing; having the power to impress the mind. 
 
 PE'NGUIN, s. [Brit.] in Ornithology, a genus of birds fre- 
 quenting the rocky shores and islands of S. America; which are 
 remarkable for being fitted almost solely for living on the water. 
 On land they walk with their bodies erect, and tneir small and 
 useless wings hanging beside them. The excrement of these 
 birds is ihe guano of Commerce and Agriculture. 
 
 PENI'NSULA, s. li)ene and msu!a, Lat.] in Geography, a piece 
 of land surrounded by water, excepting in one part, by which 
 it isjoined to the continent. 
 
 PENi'NSULAR, Peni'nsui-Ated, a. almost surrounded with 
 water. The Peninsular War was that carried on by the French, 
 under Buonaparte, to take and keep possession of the Spanish pe- 
 ninsula, against the Spanish, Portuguese, and British, who were 
 their allies. The modern European state-system gained the vic- 
 tory ; but thesubsequent conditionof Spain and Portugal to this 
 hour does not indicate any great advantages resulting to those 
 nations from it. 
 
 PE'NITENCE, s. [pcenitet, Lat.] repentance; sorrow for sin, 
 attended with amendment of life, resulting from change of the 
 affections. 
 
 PENITENT, a. truly contrite, and resolved to amend. 
 
 PE'NITENT, s. one who is penitent. 
 
 PENITE'NTIAL, (penitenshial) a. expressing penitence. In 
 certain churches, enjoined as penance. 
 
 PENITE'NTIARY, (penitenshiary) s. in certain churches, one 
 who prescribes the rules and measures of penance ; one who 
 does penance; the place where penance is enjoined. Also, a 
 bouse of refuge for reclaimed prostitutes. 
 
 PE'NITEN TLY, ad. with penitence; with contrition. 
 
 PE'NKNIFE, {pennife) s. a knife for making pens. 
 
 PE'NKRIDGE, Staffordshire. It was formerly large and 
 handsome, but is now greatly reduced. It is 129 miles from 
 London. Market, Tuesday. A fair on September 2, and a great 
 horse fair on October 10. Pop. 3129. 
 
 PE'NMAN, s. one who professes the art of writing ; an author 
 or writer. 
 
 PE'NMAEN MAWR, a mountain of Caernarvonshire, over- 
 banging the sea. It is 1545 feet in height. 
 
 PENN, SIR WILLIAM, a British admiral of the 17th century. 
 He fought under the Protectorate against the Dutch and Span- 
 iards, and for taking the island of Jamaica, without orders, was 
 sent with Venables (his partner in the victory) to the Tower, by 
 Oliver Cromwell. At the Restoration he served the winning 
 cause, fought against the Dutch, under the command of (that is, 
 as head and hand to) the Duke of York ; was knighted ; and 
 died in 1670, aged 49 years. 
 
 PENN, WILLIAM, son of the admiral, and founder of Penn- 
 sylvania, United States, was educated at Oxford, and became a 
 Quaker in principle ; was expelled, studied in France, and on 
 his return studied law, and afterwards managed his father's af- 
 fairs in Ireland, where he openly professed Quakerism. For 
 inany years his life was chequered with prosecutions, persecu- 
 tions, imprisonments, &c., on account of his firm adherence to 
 all the customs of the Friends; and gleams of relenting in his 
 disappointed father, and, as the fruits of his influence at court, 
 the mitigation of some of his sufferings. On his father's death, 
 Penn received a handsome property, but it did not change his 
 course, and another imprisonment soon showed it. He had be- 
 come a minister and an author and disputant in behalf of his 
 Friends ; he journeyed with the other two most eminent of that 
 body, Fox the founder, and Robert Barclay the apologist, in 
 Germany; and at length having obtained thepaymentof a long- 
 standing debt to his father by the crown, by the grant of the 
 ■territory still named, as he styled it, Pennsylvania, which he also 
 purchased from the Indian tribes who held it, and colonized and 
 
 PEN 
 
 gave a constitution and laws to, which have made it conspicu- 
 ous amongst the States of the Union. He returned to England 
 after some years, and found new trials at the Revolution of 1688 ; 
 but he eventually overcame ttiem, and returned to his new coun- 
 try. A new attempt on his rights recalled him to England, and 
 he once more triumphed. At length he died, in 1718, aged 74 
 years. The later trials of his life were all political or pecuniary, 
 yet it does not appear that he was changed from what he had 
 been when it was distinctly his earnest and strongly-marked 
 religious profession which occasioned his difficulties. His mode 
 of obtaining and of keeping his American State sufficiently at- 
 tests the stedfastness of his mind. His works are numerous, 
 and of them one, entitled No Cross, no Crown, is more widely 
 known than the others. 
 
 PE'NNACHED, a. [panache, Fr.] in Floriculture, applied to 
 flowers, when the ground of the natural colour of their leaves is 
 radiated, and diversified without any confusion. 
 
 PE'NNANT, s. [pennon, Fr.] an ensign, colours, or small flag; 
 a rope for hoisting things on board. 
 
 PE'NNANT, THOMAS, an English naturalist and antiquary 
 of the last century. During his travels on the continent, he 
 seems to have become acquainted with most of the eminent men 
 of science and letters of the day, being already widely known 
 by his work on British Zoology, He afterwards published Arctic 
 Zoology, and proiected others, some of which were partly accom- 
 plished. His other works are, The Tour in Scotland, View of Hin- 
 dustan, Journey from Chester to London, &c. He died in 1798, 
 aged 72 years. 
 
 PENNATTED, a. [penna, Lat.] winged. In Botany, applied 
 to those leaves which grow exactly opposite to each other on the 
 same stalk, as those of the ash, &c. 
 
 PE'NNER, s. a writer. With the Scotch, a pencase, 
 
 PE'NNILESS, a. without money. 
 
 PE'NNON, s. [Fr.] a kind of standard with a long tail, an- 
 ciently borne by gentlemen. It is opposed to the banner, which 
 was square. 
 
 PENNSYLVA'NIA, one of the United States, N. America. 
 It stretches from Lake Erie to the Delaware, and is bounded by 
 New York, New Jersey., Delaware, Maryland, Virginia, and 
 Ohio. It is 300 miles long, and 160 broad, and is divided into 
 55 counties. The Alleghanies crosS the centre of this State, but 
 the surface is only moderately hilly on each side of this range. 
 The Delaware, the Susquehanna, the Schuylkill, the Alleghany, 
 &c. are its chief rivers. Iron and coal are most especially abund- 
 ant; limestone and marble are also plentiful. Wheat, Indian 
 corn, and other grain, fruits, cattle, horses, &c.&c., are alsopro- 
 duced in great plenty. Nor are its manufactures less valuable 
 and extensive: they include almost every production of associated 
 industry. Trade also is very flourishing, and there are 49 banks. 
 Philadelphia is its capital, and, with Pittsburgh, engrosses the 
 greater part of the trade of the State. Pop. 1,724,033. 
 
 PE'NNY, s. i^\\xxa\ pence, [p)enig,^'AX.'] a small coin, in value 
 four farthings. Proverbially, a small sum ; money in general. 
 
 PE'NNYCRESS, s. in Botany, a kind of mithridate. 
 
 PENNYROY'AL, s. in Botany, an herb of a fragrant smell, 
 used by old herbalists for medicine. 
 
 PE'NNYWEIGHT, s. a weight containing 24 grains troy 
 weight. 
 
 PETVNYWISE, a. saving small sums at the hazard of greater. 
 
 PE'NNYWORT, «. in Botany, an umbelliferous plant, called 
 by some white-rot. 
 
 PE'NNYWORTH, s. as much as can be bought for a penny ; 
 a purchase ; something bought for less than it is worth ; a small 
 quantity. 
 
 PENO'BSCOT, a large river of Maine, United States, It is 
 about 270 miles long, and is navigable for large vessels for 50 
 miles. 
 
 PENRITH, or Pe'rith, Cumberla,nd. It has some noted tan- 
 works, and some manufactures of check and cotton. It has a 
 spacious market-place, and is seated under a hill, near the Peterel 
 and the conflux of the Eismot and Lowther. It is a large and- 
 woll-built trading town, 220 miles from London. Markets, 
 Tuesday and Saturday. Fair, on Whit-Tuesdaj'. Pop. 6429. 
 
 PE'NRYN, Cornwall. It is situated on a creek of Falmouth 
 Haven, and is a corporate town. It is 260 miles from London, 
 Markets, Wednesday, Friday, and Saturday. Pop. 3337. 
 
 PENSA'NCE, or Penza'nce, Cornwall. It is seated on a creek 
 
PEN 
 
 of Mountsbay. It carries on a considerable traffic in shipping, 
 and is one of the tin coinage towns. It is 282 miles from Lon- 
 don. Market, Thursday. Pop. 8578, 
 
 PE'NSFORD, Somersetshire. It is noted for its hats and 
 bread ; it has also a manufactory of cloth. It is seated on the 
 river Chew, 117 miles from London. Market, Tuesday. Popu- 
 lation, 780. 
 
 PE'NSILE,a, [/JtviSiV/s, from/)en(feo,Lat.] hanging; suspended 
 or supported above ground. 
 
 PE'NSILENESS, s. the state of hanging. 
 
 PE'NSION, {peiishon) s. [Fr.] an allowance given to a person 
 without an equivalent being demanded from him; one of the 
 means of consuming the public revenue. 
 
 To PE'NSION, (penshon) r. a. to support by an arbitrary al- 
 lowance. 
 
 PE'NSIONARY, {penshomry) a. [pensionnaire, Fr.] maintained 
 by pensions or a stated allowance. Formerly the title given to 
 the first minister of the regency of each city in the province of 
 Holland. Graml Pensionanj, the title of the president of the 
 council of the states of Holland, formerly. 
 
 PE'NSIONER, (penshoner) s. one supported by voluntary al- 
 lowance from another. 
 
 PE'NSIVE, a. [j)ensif,Fr.2 sorrowfully thoughtful ; mournfully 
 serious. 
 
 PE'NSIVELY, ad. in a mournful and thoughtful manner. 
 
 PE'NSIVENESS, s. the quality of being mournfully thoughtful. 
 
 PENT, part. pass, of To Pen ; cooped up. 
 
 PENTACA'PSULAR, a. [pente, Gr. and capsula, Lat.] having 
 five cells or cavities. 
 
 PE'NTACHORD, (pentakord) s. [pente and ehorde, Gr.] an 
 instrument having five strings. 
 
 PENTAE'DROUS, a. Ipente and hedra, Gr.] having five sides. 
 
 PE'NTAGON, s. [pente and goiiia, Gr.] a mathematical figure 
 having five angles. 
 
 PENTA'GONAL, a. having five angles! 
 
 PENTAGRAPH.s. &e Pantograph. 
 
 PENTA'METER, s. [pente and metreo, Gr.] a Latin verse 
 consisting of five feet. 
 
 PENTA'NGULAR, a. [pente, Gr. and anffulus, Lat.] five- 
 cornered. 
 
 PENTAPETALOUS, a. [pente and petalon, Gr.] in Botany, 
 having five flower-leaves. 
 
 PE'NTASPAST, ». [pente and speo, Gr.] an engine of five 
 pulleys. 
 
 PENTA'STIC, s. [pente and stichos, Gr.] a composition con- 
 sisting of five verses. 
 
 PE'NTASTYLE, s. [pente and stylos, Gr.] in Architecture, a 
 work in which are five rows or columns. 
 
 PE'NTATEUCH, (pentateuk) s. [pente and teuchos, Gr.] the 
 five books of Moses ; namely. Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Num- 
 bers, and Deuteronomy. 
 
 PE'NTECOST, s. [pentckostos, Gr.] amongst the Jews, a feast 
 so called from its being celebrated X\\e fftieth day after the six- 
 teenth of Nisan. It is called by the Hebrews the "feast of weeks, 
 because kept seven weeks after the Passover. The Romish and 
 Anglican Whitsuntide are observed at the same season. 
 
 PENTECO'STAL, «. belonging to Pentecost or Whitsuntide. 
 
 PE'NTHOUSE. s. [pente, Fr. and house,-] a shed hanging out 
 aslope from the main wall. 
 
 PE'NTICE, s. [pendice, Ital.] a sloping roof; a shed. 
 
 PE'NTILE, «. a tile made for covering the sloping part of the 
 roof. 
 
 PE'NTLAND FRITH, the narrow strait that separates the 
 Orkney Islands from Scotland. 
 
 PENU'LTIMA,*. [Lat.] the last syllable of a word but one. 
 
 PENU'MBRA, s. [pene and umbra, Lat.] an imperfect shadow. 
 In a solar eclipse, the penumbra is that faint shadow that falls 
 upon those parts of the earth where the sun is only partially 
 eclipsed. In an eclipse of the moon, it is that faint shadow on 
 her disk which appears before and after she is eclipsed, owing 
 to those parts having the sun only partially eclipsed at that 
 time, as seen from the moon. 
 
 PENU'RIOUS, a. [penuria, Lat.] sparing in expense ; parsi- 
 monious ; scanty. 
 
 PENU'RIOUSLY, ad. in a niggardly or sparing manner. 
 
 PENU'RIOUSNESS, s. the quality of being sparing in ex- 
 penses ; parsimony. 
 
 PE'NURY, s. want; poverty; indigence. 
 
 PENZENSKOE, a government of Russia ; bounded by the 
 governments of Simbirskoe, Saratov, TambofF, and Novgorod. 
 Its capital, Penza, is seated on the river Sura, where it receives 
 the rivulet Penza. Lat. 53. 14. N. Long. 45. 2. E. 
 
 PE'ONY, s. [jjaonia, Lat.] in Floriculture, a well-known red 
 flower. 
 
 PE'OPLE, (peeple) s. [peuple, Fr. populus, Lat.] a nation or 
 community; the commonalty. It is also used as if it were 
 synonymous with a person; but this is manifestly incorrect. 
 
 To PE'OPLE, (i>%;/e) t). a. [;)£«7)/er, Fr.] to fill with inha- 
 bitants. 
 
 PEPA'STICS, s. [pepaino, Gr.] in Medicine, medicines which 
 are good to help digestion. 
 
 PE'PIN, the name of two distinguished men in early French 
 history. The first, named Heristal, was Maire of the Palace and 
 Duke of Austrasia, and had such power, that when one king, 
 Thierry, desired to rid himself of him, he rebelled, and obliged 
 the monarch to reinstate him to the post of actual sovereignty, 
 by force of arms. He died in 714. His son, Charles Martel, 
 made the office yet more honourable. And his son, the second 
 Pepin, named the Short, after holding this dejacto sovereignty 
 for some years, dethroned the puppet king, cut off his royal 
 locks, and sent him to a convent for the rest of his days ; and 
 was crowned, with the pope's consent, in his room. The new 
 monarch soon overthrew his brother Carloman, humbled the 
 great nobles of the realm, and signalized himself in wars against 
 the Lombards in behalf of the pope. He died in 768, having 
 reigned 16 years, and was succeeded by his yet more illustrious 
 son, Charlemagne. 
 
 PE'PPER, s. [piper, Lai.'] in Botany, &c., a well-known and 
 very warm spice, of which there are several species. Sec Cubed. 
 Pimento, &c. 
 
 To PE'PPER, V. a. to sprinkle with pepper. Figuratively, to 
 beat or mangle, either with blows or shot. 
 
 PE'PPERBOX, s. a box for holding pepper. 
 
 PE'PPERCORN, s. any thing of inconsiderable value. 
 
 PE'PPERMINT, s. in Botany, a kind of mint common in 
 marshy spots, having a very warm and aromatic flavour, and 
 yielding an oil, of which an agreeable cordial is made, and which 
 IS much used in medicine. 
 
 PE'PPERWORT, s. in Botany, a kind of dittander. 
 
 PETPERGRASS, s. in Botany, a kind of fern ; called also 
 peppermoss and pillwort. 
 
 PE'PSIS, s. [jiepaino, Gr.] in Physiology, the process of di- 
 gestion. 
 
 PE'PTIC, a. [peptikos, Gr.] what assists in digestion. 
 
 PEPUSCH, DR. JOHN CHRISTOPHER, a German mu- 
 sician, who gained his great fame in England. He composed 
 for the stage, but he was particularly eminent in his knowledge 
 of ancient music, and inquired deeply into that of the classic ages. 
 He wrote a Treatise on Harmony, which is of great value, and 
 several lesser essays. He was also organist of the Charter House, 
 and died in 1752, aged 85 years. 
 
 PE'PYS, SAMUEL, a state oflicer under the last Stuart kings, 
 who has made his name famous by his Diary, which abounds in 
 most valuable matter for the historian, and is of lively interest 
 to general readers from its unsophisticated style, and from the 
 faithful picture it gives of the writer and his times. He was 
 son of a city tradesman, but was educated at Cambridge, and 
 brought into notice by the Earl of Sandwich, who introduced 
 him to Charles II. on his restoration. He was secretary to the 
 Admiralty, and was well fitted for his office. On the Revolution 
 of 1688, he resigned, or was deposed ; and he died in 1703, aged 
 71 years. He was of sufficient standing amongst men of science 
 to be elected president of the Royal Society, and he published 
 several works, on the Navy, &c. His Diary has been published 
 quite lately. 
 
 PERACU'TE, a. [peracutus, Lat.] very sharp. 
 
 PERADVE'NTURE, ad. [par aventure, Fr.] perhaps; by 
 chance ; may be. 
 
 To PERA'GRATE, v. a. [peragro, from per and ager, Lat.] to 
 travel or wander over. 
 
 PERAGRA'TION, s. the act of passing through any state or 
 space. 
 
 To PERA'MBULATE, v. a. [per and anibulo, Int.] to walk 
 through ; to survey by passing through. 
 
 061 
 
PER 
 
 PERAMBULATION, s. the act of passing through or wan- 
 dering over ; a travelling survey. 
 
 PERA'MBULATOR, s. an instrument by which long dis- 
 tances on roads, &c. are measured. It consists of a wheel of a 
 particular length in its circumference, which communicates 
 with some simple clock-work, which, again, by a small dial-face 
 shows the number of miles, &c. the wheel has traversed. 
 
 PE'RCEANT, a. [pergant, Fr.] piercing ; penetrating. 
 
 PERCEl'VABLE, (perceeabk) a. being properly an object of 
 the sense or understanding. 
 
 PERCE'lVABLY, {perceecably) ad. in such a manner as to be 
 discovered by the senses or understanding. 
 
 To PERCEIVE, (perceive) v. a. [pereevoii; Fr. from percipio, 
 Lat.] to discover by means of the senses or understanding ; to 
 know or observe. 
 
 PERCEPTIBI'LITY, s. the state of being discovered by the 
 mind or senses ; the power of perceiving. 
 
 PERCE'PTIBLE, a. [Fr.] such as may be perceived. 
 
 PERCE'PTIBLY, ad. in such a manner as may be perceived. 
 
 PERCEPTION, s. in Mental Philosophy, the power of re- 
 ceiving impressions from external objects through the senses ; 
 an impression from an external object, referred by the mind to 
 the object, and not to itself. 
 
 PERCE'PTIVE, a. having the power of perceiving. 
 
 PERCH, s. Ipei-che, Fr.] in Ichthyology, a common river-fish 
 of prey. A measure containing five yards and a half. A stick 
 on which domestic fowls support themselves when they roost. 
 
 To PERCH, V. n. [percher, Fr.] to sit like a bird at roost.— f. a. 
 to place on a perch. 
 
 PERCHA'NCE, ad. perhaps ; peradventure. 
 
 PE'RCHERS, ». Paris candles, used in England in ancient 
 times; also the larger sort of wax candles, which were usually 
 set upon the altar. 
 
 PERCI'PIENT, a. [percipiejts, Lat.] capable of perceiving. 
 
 PERCI'PIENT, s. one that has the power of perceiving. 
 
 To PE'RCOLATE, v. a. Ipercoh, Lat.] to strain through. 
 
 PERCOLATION, s. the act of purifying by straining. 
 
 To PERCU'SS, V. a. [pereiitio, Lat.] to strike. 
 
 PERCU'SSION, s. Ipercussio, Lat.] the act of striking; a 
 stroke; the effect of sound in the ear. In Medicine, the striking 
 of the thorax, or other part of the body, for the purpose of ascer- 
 taining the state of the organs contained in it, by the character 
 of the sound occasioned by the stroke. Percussion Cap, see Cap. 
 
 PERCU'TIENT, (perkiishient) a. [percutiens, from percutio, Lat.] 
 striking; having the power to strike. 
 
 PE'RCY, DR. THOMAS, an English prelate, who studied at 
 Oifford, was made a royal chaplain, and finally bishop of Dro- 
 more in Ireland. He died in 1811, aged 83 years. Hewrotethe 
 Hermit of Warkworth, a well-known ballad. His Reliques of An- 
 cient English Poetry was a valuable contribution to English liter- 
 ature. He published some translations, of which that of Mallet's 
 Northern Antiquities is highly esteemed. He also wrote a little 
 work called the Key to the New Testament. 
 
 PERDI'CCAS, one of Alexander the Great's generals, who 
 acted as executor to the conqueror's will ; allotting to the various 
 commanders their shares of the empire; and acting as regent to 
 Arrhidaeus, who had been made nominal king of Macedonia. He 
 had Statira put to death ; married Antipater's daughter, and re- 
 pudiated her, in the hope of marrying Cleopatra, and so becom- 
 ing king, but was prevented by the army ; he next attempted to 
 overthrow Antigonus and Ptolemy, by accusing them before the 
 army ; and finally was assassinated in an insurrection of his 
 troops in Egypt, in 320 b. c. 
 
 PERDI'TiON, s. Iperditio, from jyerdo, Lat.] destruction; 
 death ; loss or ruin. 
 
 PE'RDUE, ad. [Fr.] close; in ambush. 
 
 PE'RDULOUS, a. [perdo, Lat.] lost; thrown away. 
 
 PERDU'RABLE, s. [Fr. from perduro, Lat.] lasting; long 
 continued. Not in use. 
 
 PERDU'RABLY, ad. in a lasting manner. 
 
 PERDURA'TION, s. long continuance. 
 
 To PE'REGRINATE, v. n. [peregrino, from peregrinus, Lat.] 
 to travel ; to live in foreign countries. 
 
 PEREGRINATION, «. Iperegrinatio, Lat.] travel or abode in 
 foreign countries. 
 
 PE'REGRINE, a. [^ere^nreMs, Lat.] foreign; not native; not 
 domestic. 
 
 PER 
 
 To PERE'MPT, V. a. [perimo, Lat.] in Law, to crush or kill. 
 
 PERE'MPTORILY, ad. absolutely; so as to cutoff further 
 debate. 
 
 PERE'MPTORINESS, s. positiveness that will not admit of 
 dispute or contradiction. 
 
 PERE'MPTORY, a. \_peremptorius, low Lat.] positive, so as to 
 admit of no dispute or contradiction. 
 
 PERE'NNIAL, a. [per and annus, Lat.] lasting through the 
 year ; perpetual ; unceasing. 
 
 PERE'NNITY, s. the quality of lasting the year round ; per- 
 petuity. 
 
 PE'RFECT, a. [perfecfus, from perjicio, Lat.] free from defect 
 with respect to parts, composition, skill, or abilities; .safe. 
 Synon. Perfection regards properly the beauty which rises from 
 the design and construction of the work ; finishing, from the hand 
 and workmanship of the workman; completion depends on the 
 want of nothing, but on the work's having every thing it should 
 have. 
 
 To PE'RFECT, «. a. [perficio, Lat.] to complete or finish any 
 thing ; to supply defects ; to instruct completely. 
 
 PE'RFECTER, s. one that makes perfect. 
 
 PERFECTIBI'LITY, s. in some kinds of Theology, the possi- 
 bility of man's arriving at moral and spiritual perfection in this 
 world. 
 
 PERFECTION, s. the state of being free from redundancy or 
 defect ; supreme excellence. 
 
 To PERFE'CTIONATE, b. a. Iperfectionner, Fr.] to perfect. 
 
 PERFE'CTIVE, a. conducing to complete, or to remove all 
 defects, used with of. 
 
 PERFE'CTIVELY, ad. in such a manner as to remove all de- 
 fects. 
 
 PE'RFECTLY, ad. in a manner free from defects; totally, 
 completely ; exactly, accurately. 
 
 PE'RFECTN ESS, s. completeness; goodness; virtue; skill. 
 
 PERFl'DIOUS, a. [per and fides, Lat.] treacherous ; false ; 
 guilty of violated trust. 
 
 PliRFl'DIOUSLY, ad. in a manner inconsistent with the con- 
 fidence placed in one. 
 
 PERFI'DIOUSNESS, s. the quality of being perfidious. 
 PE'RFir' ----- . 
 
 betraying. 
 
 PE'RFIDY, s. [per ^ixAfde. 
 
 quantj 
 , Lat.] 
 
 breach of faith ; the actof 
 
 To PE'RFLATE, v. a. [per amiflo, Lat.] to blow through. 
 
 PERFLATION, «. the act of blowing through. 
 
 To PE'RFORATE, v. a. [perforo, Lat.] to pierce or bore a hole 
 with a tool. 
 
 PERFORATION, s. the act of piercing or boring; a hole 
 made by boring. 
 
 PERFORATOR, s. the instrument of boring. 
 
 PERFO'RCE, ad. by violence ; violently. 
 
 To PERFO'RM, v. a. [;je//omia;-«, Ital.] to execute, act, or do ; 
 to accomplish a design or undertaking. — v. n. to succeed in an 
 attempt. 
 
 PERFO'RMABLE, a. practicable ; such as may be done. 
 
 PERFO'RM ANCE, s. the execution of a design ; the comple- 
 tion of a promise; a work or composition; an action, or some- 
 thing done. 
 
 PERFO'RMER, s. one that perforins any thing; generally 
 applied to an artist who gives a specimen of his skill in public. 
 
 To PE'RFRICATE, v. n. [;)er and/neo, Lat.] to rub over. 
 
 PERFU'MATORY, a. that perfumes. 
 
 PERFU'ME, «. [paz/ume, Fr.] an agreeable odour composed 
 by art, and used to give other things a fragrant scent; fra- 
 grance. 
 
 To PERFU'ME, v. a. to make a thing smell agreeably; to 
 scent. 
 
 PERFU'MER, «. one who makes and sells artificial odours. 
 
 PERFU'NCTORILY, ad. [perfunctorie, Lat.] in a careless or 
 negligent manner. 
 
 PERFU'NCTORY, a. [perfunctorius, Lat.] careless; slight; 
 negligent. 
 
 To PERFU'SE, {perfaze) v. a. [per and fumh, Lat.] to over- 
 spread ; to tincture. 
 
 PE'RGAMUS, a city of Mysia, in Asia Minor, of great ftime 
 in early history, and still a place of some note. It stood on a 
 small river, and had a noted temple of Esculapius. Its kings, 
 and especially Attains I., played a considerable part in the events 
 of their times. Parchment was very early made here, and is 
 
PER 
 
 named after it. In the Apocalypse a letter is addressed to the 
 Christian church here, vf hich was one of the seven churches of 
 Asia. 
 
 PERGOLE'SI, GIOVANNI BATTISTA, a distinguished mu- 
 sician of Italy, in the last century. He wrote some operas, but 
 his sacred music is reckoned to be amongst the finest of that 
 kind of composition. He died in 1737, aged 33 years. 
 
 PERHA'PS, ad. peradventure ; it may be. 
 
 PE'RIAPT, s. [/)m and apto, Or.] a charm, worn to prevent 
 or expel diseases ; an amulet. 
 
 PERICA'RDIUM, s. {peri and kanlia, Gr.] in Anatomy, a 
 thin membrane resembling a purse, and containing the heart in 
 its cavity. 
 
 PERICA'RP, s. {peri and ^arpos, Gr.] in Botany, the covering 
 of the seeds of whatever kind ; whether like the apple, the nut, 
 or the plum. 
 
 PE'RICLES, one of the noblest statesmen of Ancient Greece, 
 and the leader under whom Athens reached its highest noon of 
 splendour. In politics he espoused the popular side, and ob- 
 tained almost unlimited power in the city ot Pallas by the ban- 
 ishment of the only opponent who could cope with him. He 
 then devoted himself to the defence and adornment of his native 
 place; and the arts all flourished beneath his cultivated and re- 
 fined encouragement. During the first two years of the famed 
 and unhappy Peloponnesian war, he guided the public affairs ; 
 and it may be reasonably conjectured that, had he lived, the 
 fortunate general in so many previous campaigns would not 
 have led this war to the termination which awaited it after his 
 death, ft was his lot to prove by experience more than once 
 the fickleness of the Athenian people. He was heavily fined; 
 his friends were persecuted judicially ; Phidias was imprisoned 
 and poisoned ; and at last Aspasia was summoned before the 
 tribunal on a theological charge. He never deserted the popular 
 side, and he triumphed in the end. He died in 429 u. c. The 
 curious in historical study may find an instructive parallel to 
 Pericles in Lorenzo the Magnificent of Florence. See Aspasia. 
 
 PERICLITA'TION, s. [periclitor, Lat.] danger ; hazard ; trial ; 
 experiment. 
 
 PERICRA'NIUM, s. [peri and kranion, Gr.] in Anatomy, a 
 thin membrane, of great sensibility, which covers the cranium 
 or skull, and envelopes all the bones in the body, except the 
 teeth ; for which reason it is also called />enosfet««. 
 
 PERl'CULOUS, a. {periculum, Lat.] dangerous ; hazardous. 
 Not in use. 
 
 PERIE'RGY, s. {peri and ergon, Gr.] needless caution or dili- 
 gence in an operation. 
 
 PERIGEE', s. [pen and ge, Gr.] in Astronomy, a point where- 
 in a planet is at its nearest possible distance from the earth, 
 
 PLRIHE'LION, 8. {peri and helios, Gr.] in Astronomy, that 
 point of a planet's orbit wherein it is nearest to the sun. 
 
 PE'RIL, s. [Fr.] a state wherein a person is exposed to loss, 
 disease, or death ; a danger threatened. 
 
 PE'RILOUS, .9, {perilleux, Fr.] dangerous, hazardous ; smart, 
 witty. 
 
 PE'RILOUSLY, ad. in a dangerous manner. 
 
 PE'RILOUSNESS, s. dangerousness. 
 
 PERI'METER, s. {perimetre, Fr. from peri and metreo, Gr.] 
 the compass or sum of all the lines that bound any figure. 
 
 PE'RlOD, s. {2>eri and odos, Gr.] in Astronomy, the space of 
 time in which the revolution of a planet is performed. A stated 
 number of years, days, or hours, in which things are performed 
 and repeated; the end or conclusion; the state at which any 
 thing terminates ; duration. In Grammar and Rhetoric, a 
 sentence, or system of sentences, so constructed that the signi- 
 fication is, as it were, suspended, till the utterance of the last 
 word or clause. In Printing, a pause or mark, denoting a com- 
 plete sentence, thus, (.) 
 
 PERIO'DIC, Perio'dical, a. {periodique, Fr.] making a cir- 
 cuit or revolution; happening or returning at a stated time; 
 relating to periods or revolutions. 
 
 PERIO'DICALLY, ad. at stated times. 
 
 PERIOE'CI, «. {peri and oikeo, Gr.] in Geography, are such 
 inhabitants as bave the same lalidude, but opposite longitudes. 
 These have the same annual phenomena, as of seasons, he, but 
 opposite diurnal phenomena, it being noon with one when it is 
 midnight with the other. 
 
 PERIO'STEUM, s, {peri and osteon, Gr.] See Pericranium. 
 
 PER 
 
 PERIPATETICS, s. {peri and pafeo, Gr.] in Philosophy, a 
 name given to the school of Aristotle, because of the custom of 
 that teacher to discourse in the Lyceum at Athens ; and con- 
 tinued till the overthrow of all philosophy with the Roman 
 empire, as the designation of those who held his opinions, or fol- 
 lowed his method. 
 
 PERFPHERY, (peri/erg) s. {peri and phero, Gr.] the circum- 
 ference of a circle. 
 
 To PE'RIPHRASE, (pmfraze) v. a. {periphraser, Fr.] to ex- 
 press by circumlocution or many words. 
 
 PERFPHRASIS, {2ierifrasis) s. {peri siad phrazo, Gr.] circum- 
 locution. 
 
 PERIPNEU'MONY, Peripneumo'nia, s. {peri and pneumon, 
 Gr.] in Medicine, an inflammation of the lungs. 
 
 PERFSCII, s. {peri and skia, Gr.] in Geography, the inhabit- 
 ants of the frigid zones, whose shadows, in their summer, in the 
 same day turn to all the points of the horizon. 
 
 To PE'RISH, V. n. {pereo, Lat.] to die; to be destroyed. — v. a. 
 to destroy, decay, or impair. 
 
 PE'RISHABLE, a, liable to perish or decay ; subject to short 
 duration. 
 
 PE'RISHABLENESS, s. liableness to decay or destruction. 
 
 PERISTA'LTIC, a. {peristaltique, Fr. fromTJen and stello, Gr.] 
 in Physiology, applied to the vermicular motion of the intestines, 
 during the passage of the digested food through them. 
 
 PERISTY'LE, s. {peri and stulon, Gr.] in Architecture, a range 
 of pillars, or col^umns, like a piazza, or portico, carried the whole 
 way round a building. 
 
 PERISY'STOLE, s. {peri and sustole, Gr.] in Physiology, the 
 pause or interval between the two motions of the heart or pulse ; 
 namely, that of the systole, or contraction of the heart, and that 
 of the diastole, or dilatation. 
 
 PERITO'NEUM, s. {periteino, Gr.] in Anatomy, a thin soft 
 membrane, which encloses all the bowels. 
 
 PERITONITIS, s. in Medicine, the inflammation of the peri- 
 toneum. 
 
 PERITRO'CHIUM, (peritrt'ikium) s.{peri and trochos, Gr.] in 
 Mechanics, denotes a wheel, or circle, concentric with the base 
 of a cylinder, and movable together with it about an axis. 
 
 To PE'RJURE, t). a. {2)erjuro, Lat.] to swear falsely; to for- 
 swear. 
 
 PE'RJURER, s. one who swears falsely. 
 
 PE'RJURY, «. {perjuria, Lat.] the act of swearing falsely ; a 
 false oath. 
 
 PE'RIWIG, «. {perruqiie, Fr.] hair woven on thread, sewed on 
 a cawl, and worn by a person instead of his own hair. 
 
 To PE'RIWIG, V. a. to dress in false hair. 
 
 PE'RIWINKLE, s. in Natural History, a small shell-fish, a 
 kind of sea-snail. In Botany, a plant with handsome pale blue 
 flowers, of which there are two common species, the greater and 
 the less, in England. 
 
 To PERK, v. n. [from perch,'] to hold up the head with an 
 afl^Bcted briskness. — v. a. to dress ; to prank. 
 
 PERM, a government of Russia. It lies on the borders of 
 Asiatic Russia, and is bounded by the governments of Vologda 
 and Vyatka. It is mountainous, and yields gold, silver, platinum, 
 iron, &c. &c. In agriculture it is not conspicuous, but horses 
 and other useful animals are reared here. The capital is of the 
 same name; and is seated on the river Kama, where it receives 
 the Zegochekha. Pop. about 10,000. Lat. 58. 8. N. Long. 55, 
 12. E. Pop. of government, about 1,-500,000. 
 
 PE'RMAGY, s. a little Turkish boot. 
 
 PE'RMANENCE, Pe'rmanency, s. duration; consistency; 
 lastingness; continuance in the same state. 
 
 PE'RMANENT, a. {per and maneo, Gr.] durable ; continuing ; 
 lasting; unchanged. 
 
 PE'RMANENTLY, ad. in a durable manner. 
 
 PE'RMEABLE, a. {2>ernieo, Lat.] such as may be passed 
 through. 
 
 PE'RMEANT, a. {permeans, from permeo, Lat.] passing 
 through. 
 
 To PE'RMEATE, v. a. to pass through. 
 
 PERMEATION, s. the act of passing through. 
 
 PERMFSCIBLE, a. {per and misceo, Lat.] such as may be 
 mixed. 
 
 PERMFSSIBLE, a. {permitto, Lat.] what may be permitted. 
 
 PERMFSSION. «. [Fr.] allowance. Leave to do any thing. 
 
PER 
 
 PERMI'SSIVE, a. granting or giving leave ; not hindering, 
 though not approving. 
 
 PERMI'SSIVELY, ad. by bare allowance, without hinderance 
 or approbation. 
 
 To PERMIT, V. a. to allow, grant, or suffer, without com- 
 manding, authorizing, or approving; to resign. 
 
 PE'RMIT, s. a written warrant for sending exciseable goods 
 from one place to another. 
 
 PERMPTTANCE, s. allowance ; forbearance of opposition. 
 
 PERMPXTION, s. [per and tnisceo, Lat.] the act of mingling ; 
 the state of being mingled. 
 
 PERMUTATION, s. [per and muto, Lat.] the exchange of one 
 thing for another. Permutations, in Arithmetic, are formulae for 
 discovering the numbers of different ways in which any given 
 number of things may be arranged. 
 
 To PERMUTE, v. a. to exchange. 
 
 PERNAMBU'CO, a seaport town of Brazil, S. America, It is 
 divided into two parts, which are above 2 miles from each other. 
 Its harbour is shoaly, but there is a considerable trade carried 
 on here. Pop. of Olinda, about 10,000; of Recife, about 
 70,000. Lat. 8. 2. S. Long. 35. 5. W. 
 
 PERNPCIOUS, (pernishiotis) a. [pemicies, Lat.] mischievous in 
 the highest degree ; destructive. — [pemix, Lat.] quick ; in haste. 
 
 PERNI'CIOUSLY, {pertushiously) ad. in such a manner as to 
 destroy or ruin ; mischievously. 
 
 PERNPCIOUSNESS, (^permshious)wss) s. the quality of being 
 destructive. 
 
 PERNPCITY, s. [pernix, Lat.] swiftness. 
 
 PERORATION, s. [per and oro, Lat.] the conclusion of an 
 oration. 
 
 To PERPE'ND, V. a. [perpendo, Lat.] to ponder on, or con- 
 sider attentively. 
 
 PERPE'NDER, s. [perpiijne, Fr.] a coping stone. 
 
 PERPENDICULAR, a.' [perpendo, Lat.] crossing any thing 
 at right angles ; straight or upright. 
 
 PERPENDI'CULAR, s. a line crossing the horizon at right 
 angles. 
 
 PERPENDICULA'RITY, s. the state of being perpendicular. 
 
 PERPENDPCULARLY, ad. in such a manner as to cut an- 
 other line at right angles; in the direction of a straight line up 
 and down. 
 
 PERPE'NSION, s. consideration. 
 
 To PE'RPETRATE, v. a. [perpetro, Lat.] to commit ; to act. 
 It always has a bad sense. 
 
 PERPETRATION,*, the act ofcommitting any crime. Figu- 
 ratively, a crime. 
 
 PEFIPETUAL, a. [Fr.] never ceasing; continual ; everlasting. 
 Perpetual Motion, one of the desiderata of mankind, which, un- 
 fortunately, cannot be supplied in a world where nothing is, 
 save what is temporary ; and if professedly invented or discover- 
 ed, could not be demonstrated. 
 
 PERPETUALLY, ad. without intermission or ceasing. 
 
 To PERPETUATE, v. a. [ijerpetuo, Lat.] to make perpetual ; 
 to eternize; to continue without cessation or intermission. 
 
 PERPETUATION, s. the act of making perpetual ; incessant 
 continuance. 
 
 PERPETUITY, s. [perpetuus, Lat.] duration without cessa- 
 tion ; something which has no end. 
 
 To PERPLE'X, V. a. [per and plecto, Lat.] to disturb with 
 doubts, ambiguities, or difficulties. 
 
 PERPLE'X, a. difficult ; ambiguous ; intricate. 
 
 PERPLE'XEDLY, ad. intricately ; with involution. 
 
 PERPLE'XEDNESS, s. the quality which renders the judg- 
 ment unable to determine; intricacy; anxiety of mind. 
 
 PERPLE'XITY, s. anxiety ; entanglement; intricacy. 
 
 PE'RQUISITE, s. [perquiro, Lat.] something above settled 
 wages. 
 
 PE'RQUISITED, a. supplied with perquisites. 
 
 PERQUISITION, s. an accurate inquiry; a strict and tho- 
 rough search. 
 
 PE'RRY, .«. [f}oire, Fr.] cider made of pears. 
 
 To PE'RSECUTE, u. a. [perseguor, Lat-.] to subject to pains, 
 losses, or imprisonments, on account of opinions ; to pursue 
 with malice ; to trouble with importunity. 
 
 PERSECUTION, s. the act of inflicting penalties, or sub- 
 jecting to punishments for opinions; the state of being per- 
 secuted. 
 
 PER 
 
 PE'RSECUTOR, s. [persScuteur, Fr.] one who inflicts pains, 
 penalties, or losses, on account of opinions ; one who harasses 
 another with malice. 
 
 PERSE'POLIS, anciently the capital or royal city of Persia. 
 It is thought to be the same as what is now called Kilmanar, of 
 which there are magnificent ruins now remaining. There are 
 inscriptions in characters and in a language unlike any now in 
 use, and which show that this place must be extremely ancient : 
 almost all parts of the ruins are full of sculptures, representing 
 men and beasts. Lat. .30. 10. N. Long. 56. 20. E. 
 
 PERSEVE'RANCE, s. [perseverantia, Lat.] steadiness or con- 
 tinuance in any purpose, design, or opinion. 
 
 PERSEVE'RANT, o. [perseuerans, Lat.] constant; persisting. 
 
 To PERSEVE'RE, v. n. [persevero, Lat.] to persist in an at- 
 tempt ; to continue firm and resolute. 
 
 PERSEVE'RINGLY, ad. with perseverance. 
 
 PE'RSEUS, in Astronomy, a constellation in the northern 
 hemisphere. 
 
 PE'RSEUS, king of Macedonia in the 2nd century b. c. He 
 declared war against Rome ; was defeated at Pydna, in 172 B. c. ; 
 when the Macedonian empire fell before the succeeding great 
 enipire. Perseus died in 168 d. c. 
 
 PE'RSHORE, Worcestershire. It is seated on the N. side of 
 the Avon, near its junction with the river Bow, and has a manu- 
 facture of stockings. It is 102 miles from London. Markets, 
 Tuesday and Saturday. Pop. of the two parishes, 4805. 
 
 PE'RSIA, a large kingdom of Asia, lying on the Indian Ocean, 
 and bounded by Beloochistan, Affghanistan, the Caspian Sea, 
 Russia in Asia, and Turkey in Asia. It is about 1200 miles 
 in length, and 900 in breadth. No country in the \Vorld bears 
 a more different character than this ; for in the N. and E. parts 
 it is mountainous and cold ; in the middle and S. E. parts sandy 
 and desert ; in the S. and W. level and extremely fertile, though 
 for several months very hot. The soil produces all sorts of pulse 
 and corn , except oats and rye. They have cotton in great abund- 
 ance, and, among other domestic animals, camels and buffaloes, 
 and their horses are very numerous. In several places naphtha, 
 a sort of bitumen, rises out of the ground ; and they have mines 
 of gold, silver, iron, &c., but the two first of these are not worked, 
 on account of the scarcity of wood. Cotton cloth, silken goods, 
 and very fine carpets are made here. All sorts of fruits, excellent 
 wine, and a great number of mulberry-trees, with silk-worms, 
 dates, pistachio-nuts, and trees which produce manna, are grown 
 here. There are also large flocks of sheep and goats ; the tails of 
 the former are of a monstrous size. It is divided into 12 pro- 
 vinces. Ispahan is the capital town. Pop. about 10,000,0()0. 
 
 PE'RSIAN GULF, a very large gulf between Persia and 
 Arabia Felix, in Asia. Its entrance is about 30 miles over, but 
 within it is near 180 in breadth, and about 420 miles in length. 
 
 PE'RSIC, or PERSIAN LANGUAGE, THE, is the offspring 
 of a branch of the Indo-European familyof tongues, but is much 
 corrupted by mixtures derived from Arabia. The Arabic letters 
 are also used. The literaiture of Persia is very remarkable ; the 
 poems and fables are especially fine. There is an old version of 
 l)art of the Scriptures in this language. 
 
 To PERSI'ST, V. n. [persisto, Lat.] to continue firm and reso- 
 lute in an undertaking or opinion. 
 
 PERSI'STANCE, Pebsi'stency, «. steadiness; constancy; 
 obstinacy; obduracy. 
 
 PERS'I'STIVE, a. steady ; persevering. 
 
 PE'RSIUS, AULUS FLACCUS, a Roman satiric poet, of 
 whom we know but little beyond his birthplace, his adherence 
 to the Stoics, and his death, in 02 a. d., aged 28 years. His 
 Six Satires remain ; and it is said that the character of his own 
 life was a keener rebuke to the profligate Romans than the 
 sharpest line he ever wrote. 
 
 PE'RSON, s. [persona, Lat. personne, Fr.] a thinking, intelligent 
 being; a being that has reason, and so is self-conscious, and is 
 responsible to God ; an individual, or particular, man or woman ; 
 a human being; external appearance; character. In person, - 
 oneself, opposed to a deputy or representative. In Gramma/, 
 the mode of expressing the relation of an action to the speaker, 
 as speaking of himself, or another, or to another. Verbs and 
 pronouns are capable of this. 
 
 PE'RSONABLE, a. handsome, or of good appearance.^ In 
 Law. one who may maintain any plea in a court of justice." 
 
 PE'RSONAGE, s. [Fr.] a man or woman of some rank or 
 
PER 
 
 eminence ; air, stature, external appearance ; a character as- 
 sumed or represented. 
 
 PE'RSONAL, a. [personel, Fr. from persona, Lat.] belonging to 
 men or women, opposed to things ; peculiar; proper to; relating 
 to one's private character or actions. Present, opposed to re- 
 presentative. Personal estate. In Law, something movable, 
 or appendant to the person. In Grammar, applied to verbs and 
 to pronouns which can express the personal relations. 
 
 PERSON A'LITY, s. the existence or individuality of any one. 
 
 PE'RSONALLY, ad. in one's own person; particularly; with 
 regard to individuality to any one. 
 
 To PE'RSONATE, v. a. to represent by a fictitious or assumed 
 character, so as to pass for another ; to act or represent on the 
 stage ; to counterfeit ; to resemble. 
 
 PERSONATION, s. counterfeiting of another person. 
 
 PERSONIFICA'TION, s. in Rhetoric, prosopopoeia; the 
 change of things to persons; as. Confusion heard his voice. 
 
 To PERSO'NIFY, v. a. to represent things as if they were 
 persons. 
 
 PERSPE'CTIVE, s. [per and spicio, Lat.] in Mathematics, the 
 principles and rules for drawing landscapes and all objects in 
 their proper proportions. A view or vista. 
 
 PERSPE'CTIVE, a. relating to the art of correct drawing. 
 
 VERSPICA'CIOVS, (perspikashiotts) a. [per and spicio, Lat.] 
 quick-sighted; sharp-witted; quick of apprehension. 
 
 PERSPICA'CIOUSNESS, (perspikdsUousness) «. the quality of 
 perceiving or discovering quickly. 
 
 PERSPICA'CITY, s. [perspicaciU, Fr.] quickness of sight or 
 apprehension ; sagacity. 
 
 PERSPi'CIENCE, (perspishience) s. the act of looking sharply ; 
 perfect knowledge. 
 
 PERSPICU'ITY, s. [perspicuite, Fr.] the quality of being trans- 
 parent ; applied to the mind, easiness to be understood or com- 
 prehended. 
 
 PERSPI'CUOUS, a. [per and spieio, Lat.] clear ; transparent ; 
 such as may be seen through ; easy to be understood. 
 
 PERSPI'CUOUSLY, ad. clearly ; not obscurely. 
 
 PERSPI'CUOUSNESS, s. the quality of being easily under- 
 stood or seen through. 
 
 PERSPI'RABLE, a. such as may be emitted through the 
 pores of the skin. 
 
 PERSPIRATION, s. [per and spiro, Lat.] in Physiology, the 
 act of emitting moisture through the skin. 
 
 PERSPI'RATIVE, a. performing the act of perspiration. 
 
 To PERSPI'RE, V. n. to emit through the pores of the skin. 
 To be excreted by the skin. 
 
 To PERSTRFNGE, v. a. [per and strinffo, Lat.'] to graze upon, 
 or touch slightly ; to glance upon. 
 
 PERSUA'DABLE, a. such as may be persuaded. 
 
 To PERSUA'DE, (the u in this and the following words is 
 pronounced like u\)v. a. [per and suadeo, Lat.] to arouse to action 
 after conviction, by appeal to the feelings, &c. &c. It sometimes 
 means, to convince. 
 
 PERSUA'DER, s. one who persuades. 
 
 PERSUA'SIBLE, (perswdzible) a. to be influenced by per- 
 suasion. 
 
 PERSUA'SIBLENESS, s. the quality of being persuasible. 
 
 PERSUA'SION, (perswasion) s. the act of influencing the will 
 with a view to action, by means of appeals to the passions, feel- 
 ings, or affections, or by appeal to duly; the state of being per- 
 suaded ; opinion. 
 
 PERSUA'SIVE, {persipdzive) a. [persuasi/,'Fr.'] having the 
 power to persuade. 
 
 PERSUA'SIVELY, {perswdzively) ad. in such a manner as to 
 persuade. 
 
 PERSUA'SIVENESS, {perswdziveness) s. the quality of influ- 
 encing the passions. 
 . PERSUA'SORY, (pcrswasory) a. having the power to persuade. 
 
 PERT, a. [pert, Brit, and Belg. appert, Fr.] lively and brisk ; 
 saucy ; bold ; petulant. 
 
 To PERTA'IN, V. a. [pertineo, from teneo, Lat.] to belong or 
 relate to. Used with to. 
 
 PERTEREBRA'TION, s. [per and terebro, Lat.] the act of 
 boring through. 
 
 PERTERREFA'CTION, s. [per, terreo, and fado, Lat.] the 
 act of affrighting greatly; a great fright. 
 
 PERTH, Perthshire, Scotland, ft consists, chiefly, of one 
 
 PER 
 
 wide street, well paved, but ill built ; from which two others 
 branch off, at right angles, on each side. It carries on consider- 
 able manufactures of linen and cotton, and exports large quan- 
 tities of salmon. Perth is a very handsome town, with a beau- 
 tiful approach to it, and is agreeably seated on the western bank 
 of the Tay, which is here crossed by an elegant stone bridge of 
 10 arches, to which the tide comes up, the river being navigable 
 for small vessels. It is 39 miles from Edinburgh. Pop. 19,293. 
 
 PE'RTHSHIRE, a county of Scotland, bounded by the shires 
 of Inverness, Aberdeen, Angus, Fife, Kinross, Clackmannan, 
 Stirling, Dumbarton, and Argyle. It extends about 60 miles 
 in length, and upwardsof 50 inbreadth. The northern district, 
 called Athol, is uncommonly wild and mountainous; some 
 heights being nearly 4000 feet above the sea: the five others, 
 viz. Brxdalbane, Gourie, Monteith, Stormont, and Strathern, 
 are more champaign, and fertile in corn and pasture, it is wa- 
 tered bv the Tay and its tributaries ; and part of its border lies 
 on the Frith of Tay. Coal, iron, and slate are its chief mineral 
 products. It yields plenty of timber. Corn and cattle are much 
 attended to, with considerable profit. There are good fresh- 
 water fisheries, and some manufactures, but chiefly domestic. 
 Perth is its capital. Pop. 137,390. It sends 2 members and a 
 moiety to parliament. 
 
 PERTINA'CIOUS, (pertindshious)a. [pertineo, Lat.} obstinate; 
 stubborn; not to be convinced ; constant; resolute. 
 
 PERTINA'CIOUSLY, {pertindshiously) ad. obstinately ; stub- 
 bornly. 
 
 PERTINA'CIOUSNESS, (pertindshiousness) Pertina'city, s. 
 obstinacy ; stubbornness ; resolution ; constancy. 
 
 PE'RTINACY, s. obstinacy ; steadiness, or persistency. 
 
 PE'RTINAX, P. HELVIUS, a Roman emperor, who was pre- 
 fect of Rome when Commodus was assassinated, and was raised 
 to the throne by the murderers. The reform in the finances, 
 which was imperatively needful, and which he commenced at 
 once, made him so odious to the soldiers and the courtiers, that 
 he was put to death by the guards, in 193 A. D., after having 
 reigned not quite three months. This was the commencement 
 of the tyranny of the Praetorian guard, which is the principal 
 feature of the declining or falling period of the Roman empire. 
 
 PE'RTINENCE, Pe'rtinency, s. justness of relation to the 
 matter in hand ; propriety or suitableness to the purpose. 
 
 PE'RTINENT, a. [jiertinens, Lat.] opposite ; suitable to the 
 purpose ; relating ; regarding ; concerning. Used with to. 
 
 PE'RTINENTLY, ad. to the purpose ; appositely. 
 
 PE'RTINENTNESS, s. the quality of suiting, or being appo- 
 site to what it is applied to. 
 
 PERTI'NGENT, a. [pertingens, from tango, Lat.] reaching to ; 
 touching. 
 
 PE'RTLY, ad. in a brisk, lively, saucy, or petulant manner. 
 
 PE'RTNESS, s. brisk folly ; sauciness ; petulance ; smartness ; 
 audacity ; petty liveliness ; sprightliness without dignity or 
 solidity. 
 
 PERTRA'NSIENT, a. [pertransiens, Lat.] passing over. 
 
 To PERTU'RB, Pe'rturbate, v. a. [per and turbo, Lat.] to 
 disquiet, disorder, or put into confusion; to disturb. 
 
 PERTURBATTON, s. any thing which destroys the tran- 
 quillity, or violently excites the passions; disorder; confusion; 
 commotion ; disturbance. In Astronomy, the general name 
 for any irregularity in the revolution or rotation of any of the 
 planetary bodies, occasioned by t-he attraction of the other bodies 
 of the system. The chief perturbations are described under 
 their several names. 
 
 PERTURBATOR, s. [Lat.] one that raises commotions. 
 
 PERTU'SED, (pert,;zed) a. [per and tundo, Lat.] bored; 
 punched ; pierced with holes. 
 
 PERTU'SION, {pertiizlwn) s. the act of piercing or punching; 
 a hole made by piercing. 
 
 To PERVA'DE, v. a. [per and vado, Lat.] to pass through ; to 
 permeate; to pass through the whole extension. 
 
 PERVA'SION, {pervdzhon) s. the act of passing through. 
 
 PERVERSE, a. [per and verto, Lat.] distorted from the right ; 
 obstinate in the wrong; tnitractable ; petulant; vexatious; 
 peevish. 
 
 PERVE'RSELY, ad. with intent to vex; spitefully; crossly; 
 with petty malignity. 
 
 PERVE'RSENESS, s. spiteful crossness; petulance; peev- 
 ishness. 
 
 4 <j 665 
 
PES 
 
 PERVE'RSION, s. [Fr.] the act of changing or perverting to 
 something worse. 
 
 PERVE'RSITV, s. crossness ; perverseness ; frowardness ; 
 peevishness ; petulance. 
 
 To PERVE'RT, v. a. to misapply or distort wilfully from the 
 true end, meaning, or purpose ; to turn from right to wrong; to 
 corrupt. 
 
 PERVE'RTER, s. one that changes any thing from good to 
 bad, or wilfully distorts any thing from the right purpose; a 
 corrupter. 
 
 PERVE'RTIBLE, a. that may be easily perverted. 
 
 PERVESTIGA'TION, s. [pervestigo, Lat.] diligent search or 
 inquiry. 
 
 PERVICA'CIOUS, (pervikdshiotts) a. [pervicax, Lat.] spite- 
 fully or peevishly obstinate ; headstrong ; stubborn. 
 
 PERVICA'CIOUSLY, {pervikdshiously) ad. with spiteful ob- 
 stinacy. 
 
 PERVICA'CITY, Pervica'ciousness, Pe'rvicacy, s. spiteful 
 obstinacy. 
 
 PERVIOUS, a. \_per and via, Lat.] capable of being passed 
 through ; permeable. 
 
 PE'RVIOUSNESS, s. the quality of permitting passage 
 through. 
 
 PERU', a republic of S. America, lying on the Pacific, and 
 bounded by Bolivia, Brazil, and Ecuador. It is traversed by the 
 prodigious mountain ridge called the Cordilleras-de-los-Andes, 
 and is about 1500 miles in length, and 400 in mean breadth. 
 Many of the mountains are active volcanoes, and some of the 
 points are more than 20,000 feet high. The country between 
 the mountains and the ocean is tolerably level, but it is generally 
 inclined towards the sea ; that on the E. of them is part of the 
 
 freat Pampas of S. America, already described. (See Pampas.) 
 here are not any rivers of note on the W. side of the Andes, 
 and those on the E. side all belong to the vast system of the 
 river Amazon. The coast is in general rocky and high, but there 
 are some good harbours. Gold, silver, quicksilver, iron, copper, 
 lead, and other metals, are found here in abundance. The forests 
 are full of valuable trees, which are used for building, cabinet- 
 making, and as dyes and drugs also. The llama is a native of 
 this country ; horses and other kinds of domestic beasts and cat- 
 tle are reared. And turtles and alligators, the puma and the 
 jaguar, condors, &c. &c. abound. The manufactures are in- 
 considerable, and the commerce chiefly consists of its natural 
 productions. Some of the aborigines yet remain, but most of 
 the inhabitants are of European origin, or of mixed descent from 
 European and African or Indian parents. It is divided into 8 
 departments, and its capital is Lima. Pop. about 2,000,000. 
 
 PERU'GIA, a town of the Papal States, Italy. It stands on 
 the Tiber, and is a finely-built and stately old place. It has 
 some noble public edifices, as churches, &c. Its university is of 
 some importance, and has a valuable library, with museums, &c. 
 &c. There are other institutions of some excellence here. It is 
 the capital of a province. Pop. about 15,000. Lat. 43. 7. N. 
 Long. 12. 25. E. 
 
 PERUGI'NO, PIETRO VANUCCI, a celebrated painter of 
 Italy, the founder of the Roman school, and the teacher of Ra- 
 phael. His figures are elegant, but the drawing is often incor- 
 rect. Some that remain are greatly admired. He died in 1524, 
 aged 78 years. 
 
 PE'RUKE, s. IjwiTuque, Fr.] a periwig, or false hair worn as 
 an ornament, or to conceal baldness. 
 
 To PE'RUKE, V. a. to dress with adscititious hair. 
 
 PE'RUKE-MAKER, s. a maker of perukes; a wig-maker. 
 
 PERU'SAL, (pei-uzal) s. the act of reading. 
 
 To PERU'SE, (perize) v. a. [per and titor, Lat.] to read. Fi- 
 guratively, to observe or examine. 
 
 PERU'SER, (peruzer) s. one that reads or examines. 
 
 PERUVIAN BARK. See Bark, Cinchona, &c. 
 
 PESA'DE, s. [Fr.] in Horsemanship, a motion made by a 
 horse in raising and lifting up his fore quarters, and keeping his 
 hind legs upon the ground without stirring. 
 
 PESA'RO, a town of the Papal States, Italy. It stands on 
 the coast of the Gulf of Venice, near the mouth of the river Fog- 
 lia, and has a small harbour. It is not lacking in fine buildings, 
 and some good manufactures are carried on. It is a place of some 
 considerable trade. Here, also, is a good library, and some old- 
 established educational institutions. It gives, partly, a name to 
 660 & '1 .7' 
 
 oneof the provinces. Pop. about 12,000. Lat. 43. 53. N. Long. 
 12. 55. E. 
 
 PE'SSARY, s. [pessaire, Fr.] a medicine of an oblong form to 
 thrust up the uterus, &c. 
 
 PEST, s. Ipestis, LaLt.1 a plague; anything mischievous or 
 destructive. 
 
 PESTALO'ZZI, HENRY, a celebrated Swiss teacher, and the 
 introducer of the method of early instruction that is usually call- 
 ed by his name. He chose the laborious and, generally, thank- 
 less office of schoolmaster to the children of the poor, in prefer- 
 ence to the prospects which his studies in law and divinity opened 
 to him; and, first in his own house, and afterwards in govern- 
 ment schools at different places, he carried out his schemes for 
 making the first parts of the path of learning agreeable to chil- 
 dren, and yet more direct than the old pedantic schemes had 
 laid it out. He wrote several works developing and explaining 
 his method, which are of great use to teachers; and died in 
 1827, aged 82 years. His plan may be briefly characterized as 
 the substitution of the knowledge oi things for the knowledge of 
 words, or names of things ; and as the exercise o( observation, and 
 reflection, as well as of memory, which alone is tasked in the old 
 and too prevalent system. 
 
 To PESTER, V. a. [pester, Fr.] to disturb, perplex, harass, 
 vex, turmoil, encumber. 
 
 PE'STERER, s. one that pesters or disturbs. 
 
 PE'STEROUS, a. encumbering ; cumbersome. 
 
 PESTH, a very important place of trade in Hungary, Austria. 
 It stands on the Danube, across which is a bridge of boats to 
 Ofen, which stands on the other bank. It abounds in noble 
 edifices, churches, government-buildings, colleges', &c. The 
 university has a well-deserved name, and is supplied with an ex- 
 cellent library, an observatory, museums, &c. There are several 
 other great schools. There are some valuable manufactures car- 
 ried on here; but commerce is its great source of wealth, and 
 its trade is carried on both by means of the river and, by land, 
 for it is finely situated, as a true emporium, between Turkey and 
 Germany, &c. Pop. about 70,000. Lat. 47. 28. N. Long. 19.4. E. 
 
 PE'STHOUSE, s. an hospital for persons infected with the 
 
 plague ; a lazaretto. 
 PESTI'I 
 
 'FERGUS, a. [pestis and fero, Lat.] infectious like the 
 plague; destructive; mischievous; pestilential; malignant; con- 
 tagious; belonging to the plague. 
 
 PE'STILENCE, s. [Fr. pestilentia, Lat.] a contagious distem- 
 per ; plague ; pest. 
 
 PE'STILENT, a. [Ft. pestilens, Lat.] producing plagues ; mis- 
 chievous; destructive. In ludicrous language, used to exagger- 
 ate the meaning of another word 
 
 PESTILE'NTIAL, (pestilHshial) a. [pestilentiel, Fr.] partaking 
 of the nature of, or producing, the plague ; contagious ; destruc- 
 tive; pernicious. 
 
 PE'STILENTLY, arf. mischievously; destructively. 
 
 PESTILLA'TION, s. [pistillmn, Lat.] the act of breaking or 
 pounding in a mortar. 
 
 PE'STLE,s. [pinso, Lat.] an instument used to pound with in 
 a mortar. Pestle ^ pork, a gammon of bacon. 
 
 PET, s. l}ietit, Fr.] a slight fit of anger or resentment. Figur- 
 atively, a favourite. 
 
 PE'TAL, s. [petalmn, Lat.] in Botany, the coloured leaves 
 which compose the flowers of plants. 
 
 PE'TALOUS, a. having flower-leaves. 
 
 PETA'RD, s. [Fr.] a short kind of mortar, used formerly to 
 blow open the gates of fortresses, cities, &c. in a siege, by being 
 fixed against them by means of rings or handles on its rim. 
 
 PETA'VIUS, orPETAU', DIONYSIUS, a very learned French 
 Jesuit of the earlier half of the 17th century. He was at differ- 
 ent times a rhetorical and a theological professor at ditt'erent col- 
 leges, and he wrote on theology, &c., and edited some works of 
 the Fathers. But his fame is founded on his works on chrono- 
 logy, which are a chronological digest of universal history. The 
 abridged work, Rationarium Temporum, which means Chronological 
 Tables, is yet of value as a book of reference. He had a great 
 and well-earned name in his day, and died in 1052, aged 60 
 years. 
 
 PETE'CHIAL, {iietekial) a. Ipctechia, Lat.] marked with pes- 
 tilential spots. 
 
 PE'TER, or Cephas, originally named Simon, but so surnanie<l 
 by cur Lord at his first introduction to him, one of the most 
 
PET 
 
 eminent of the 12 apostles of Christ, was, before his summons to 
 the training for the work afterwards laid on him, a fisherman of 
 Capernaum of Galilee, with his brother and the two sons of 
 Zebedee, James and John. He was distinguished for his ardent 
 love for Jesus, for his rash and headlong temper, and for his 
 lack of moral courage. He was specially favoured by his Master 
 in various ways, and he denied that he knew any thing of him, 
 when he had followed him into the high priest's hall in his earn- 
 est desire to be near him on his trial. After the ascension of 
 Jesus had dissipated all bis mistaken notions of the promised 
 kingdom, he was, as had been foreshown in that surname, a 
 man of rock ; and, till the more cultivated and calm earnestness 
 of Paul attracted the historian's notice, Peter stands foremost in 
 every scene. Tradition says that he was crucified at Rome, 
 with his head downwards, in (i3 or 60 a. d. As this apostle is 
 claimed by Romanists as the foundation of their arrogant claims 
 to be regarded as the only church, &c., it is as well to notice, 
 that it is by no means established that Peter ever held any relation 
 to the church at Rome at all, — that the apostles' office was not 
 to minister to particular churches, as bishops or elders, but to 
 minister to the world ; so that if he had, it would not have been 
 the office of bishop over it, — that he was not the rock on which 
 Christ would builcl his church, but that he had confessed Jesus 
 to be the Christ, the Son of the living God, which was the rock, 
 whilst he was theman of the rock, — that whatever favours Jesus 
 showed him, were shared by James and John, — and that the 
 charge given particularly to him after the resurrection, far from 
 being the committal of the keys to him, was partlyas heart-touch- 
 ing reproof for his cowardly denial, and partly an assurance that 
 bis penitence was accepted. The two Epistles of Peter were written 
 to some he had preached to, and are fine and earnest writings, 
 although lacking the profound argumentation of Paul, and the 
 lofty spiritualism of John. They both show that amongst the 
 earliest converts prodigious and practical errors were found ; and 
 they contain exhortations never out of season amongst men. 
 
 PETER, the name of several kings of Spain, and of two in 
 particular of infamous notoriety. The third of that name who 
 ruled over Arragon, having married the daughter of the king of 
 Sicily, to gain possession of the island arranged and effected the 
 massacre of all the French on it, one Easter-day. This horrible 
 murder was perpetrated at the vesper hour, and is named in his- 
 tory the Sicilian Vespers. He died in 1285. The first of that 
 name who reigned over Castile, was called the Cruel; and his 
 reign was one series of treacherous and cold-blooded deceits and 
 murders. His subjects at last revolted ; and Peter obtained the 
 help of the Black Prince, son of Edward 111. of England, to re- 
 gain his throne. This royal English mercenary was properly 
 rewarded by Peter's refusal to pay him for his soldiers' blood, 
 misspent in such a cause. Peter was, not long afterwards, mur- 
 dered by his natural brother, who had been chosen by the people 
 instead of him. He fell in 1309. 
 
 PETER 1. of Russia, called, worthily, Peter the Great, on 
 succeeding to the imperial throne, with his half-brother Ivan, 
 had first a conspiracy, concocted by Ivan's sister against him, to 
 suppress ; and next, after his marriage, another far more formid- 
 able, headed by Galitzin and the same turbulent lady ; after 
 which he removed them out of public life, and so became the 
 Czar of Russia. He was yet but in earliest manhood, when he 
 directed his attention to the condition of his empire, and began 
 that course of practical reform, which has made his name so 
 illustrious. Amongst other proceedings with this view, the most 
 remarkable and characteristic was that of visiting Holland, Eng- 
 land, and other countries of W. Europe, where, he wrought with 
 his own hand at ship-building, &c., and became acquainted with 
 many arts that Russia was totally unacquainted with. Recalled 
 after an absence of almost a year and a half by another attempt 
 on his throne, he soon suppressed it, and most savagely pun- 
 ished the leaders of it. War with Sweden ; the building of a 
 new capital, named after himself, Petersburg ; a second marriage 
 with the famed Catharine Alexiewna ; war with Turkey ; more 
 European travels, but not to learn trades; domestic troubles; 
 and well-planned efforts to civilize his rude nobles, to benefit the 
 country at large; filled up the rest of his reigjn ; and he died in 
 1725, aged 53 years, having been sole Czar for 30 years. Peter 
 was not at all acquainted with the political theories which the 
 Independence of America and the French Revolution have made 
 popular in our days. Russia was his estate, and all the people 
 
 PET 
 
 of Russia, from prince to serf, were his property, and must needs 
 do his will. It was his will to improve his estate, and he did it; 
 but he did no more. Peter often displayed the most revolting 
 ferocity and sensuality ; yet there was in him an impulse of ge- 
 nuine humanity, which at fitting moments would shine out. He 
 was as unfavourably situated as any man ever was for deserving 
 a good name ; and yet he did obtain one honestly and truly ; and 
 — he lost his life in consequence of his efforts to save from 
 drowning a boatful of his common soldiers. 
 
 PE'TER THE HERMIT, a French soldier, who, having gone 
 on pilgrimage to Jerusalem, was deeply affected by the circum- 
 stance that the Holy City, with the sepulchre, &c., was in the 
 hands of infidels; and came back, and, helped by the pope, 
 preached the first crusade. Peter led the first bands of enthu- 
 siasts, most of whom fell on the plains of Nice ; but he survived 
 the slaughter of his followers, fought at the taking of Jerusalem, 
 and lived to gain additional odour of sanctity by founding an 
 abbey in his native country. He died in 1115, and, by a strange 
 oversight on the part of the Roman pontifi', has never been 
 canonized. 
 
 PE'TERBOROUGH, (Peterhdrd) Northamntonshire. It is not 
 a large place, for it has but one parish churcli besides the cathe- 
 dral, which was formerly a monastery, and is a majestic struc- 
 ture. It is 78 miles from London. Market, Saturday. Pop. 
 0107. 
 
 PE'TER-HOUSE, a college of Cambridge, founded in the 13th 
 century, and endowed shortly afterwards. The buildings are 
 spacious, but not remarkable. 
 
 PE'TER-PENCE, an ancient levy or tax of a penny on each 
 house throughout England, paid to the pope. 
 
 PE'TERS, HUGH, one of the eminent preachers of the time of 
 the Puritan Revolution. He was an earnest opponent of church 
 and king tyranny ; and could smite with the sword, — and did, as 
 well as pray and preach against it. His faithfulness may be 
 judged by the confidence put in him by those who knew him 
 best ; by his being amongst the regicide martyrs at the Restor- 
 ation ; and by his being chosen as a special mark for the false- 
 hoods and inventions of the witlings, who thrice slew the slain of 
 the second Charles. He fell in 1060, aged 61 years. 
 
 PE'TERSBURG, ST., a government of Russia, lying on the 
 Baltic Sea and the Gulf of Finland ; and bounded by the go- 
 vernments of Esthonia, Pskov, and Novogorod. It is level and 
 marshy, and abounds yet in forests. Agriculture can be but 
 little attended to, and the trade of the metropolis is the «hief 
 resource of the district. Pop. about 900,000. 
 
 PE'TERSBURG, ST., the capital city of Russia. It stands on 
 the Neva, over which are five bridges of boats, and is of prodi- 
 gious extent. There are built here many palaces, a college, a 
 military school, and an exchange. Trade flourishes greatly here, 
 because it is the seat of the emperors, and because foreigners 
 have the same privileges as the natives of the place. There are 
 woollen and linen manufactures here, paper-mills, powder-mills, 
 places for preparing salt-petre, brimstone, and laboratories for 
 fireworks. Here are also yards for making ropes, cables, and 
 tackling for ships ; a foundery, where cannon and mortars are 
 cast ; as also a printing-house. Some streets of this city are 
 regular and well built ; and the private houses are of wood or 
 stone ; whilst most of the public structures are massively built 
 of granite. The churches are numerous, and some are very 
 fine. The palaces and government buildings are particularly 
 noble edifices. There are also theatres, schools, columns, and the 
 splendid equestrian statue of the founder of the city, Peter the 
 Great, which is placed on a vast mass of solid granite. Pop. about 
 500,000. Lat. .59. .56. N. Long. 30. 19. E. 
 
 PE'TERWARDEIN, afamous fortress on the Danube, belong- 
 ing to Hungary, Austrian. It consists of an upper and a 
 lower fort ; both made as strong as art can make a position of 
 great natural strength. A small town has arisen near it ; and a 
 bridge of boats crosses the river to a town called Neusatz. Pop. 
 about 6.500. Lat. 45. 16. N. Long. 19. 59. E. 
 
 PETERWORT, s. in Botany, a plant. 
 
 PE'TIT, (petti/) a. [Fr.] small, little, trivial; inconsiderable. 
 
 PETI'TION, {petishon) s. \_peto, Lat.] request ; entreaty ; sup- 
 plication ; prayer ; or a single article of a prayer. Petition of 
 right, in Law, is the first step to be taken to obtain redress from 
 the sovereign, on the part of a subject. 
 
 To PETI'TION, (petishon) v. a. to request, solicit, supplicate. 
 4 Q 2 6(iy 
 
PET 
 
 PETITIONARILY, ad. by way of begging the question. 
 
 PETI'TIONARY, { pethhonary) a. supplicatory; containing 
 petitions or requests. 
 
 PETI'TIONER, (petishoner) s. one who petitions. 
 
 PE'TITORY, a. petitioning; claiming the property of any 
 thing. 
 
 PE'TITOT, JOHN, a famous painter in enamel, who was a na- 
 tive of Geneva, but acquired his fame in England and France, 
 under the patronage of Charles 1. and Louis XIV., and afterwards 
 returned to his native country, and died there in 1691, aged 84 
 years. Bordier, his brother-in-law, executed the drapery and 
 subsidiary parts of all his portraits. 
 
 PE'TRA, the name of a ruined city of Arabia, situated in a 
 valley, accessible only by a narrow gorge, called Waedi Mousa, 
 communicating with the long hollow extending from the Dead 
 Sea to the E. arm of the Red Sea. Its chief features are the 
 tombs, which are cut into the solid rock that bounds the vallej', 
 and are, in many cases, elaborately adorned externally. There 
 are also the ruins of houses, temples, arches, and columns ; and 
 the remains of a theatre. It has only recently been visited 
 again by travellers, after centuries of utter desolation. The 
 superstitions of the Arabs prevented them from approaching it. 
 Lat. 30. 25. N. Long. 3-5. 38. E. 
 
 PE'TRARCH, or Petra'rca, Francesco, one of the most cele- 
 brated poets of Italy, who lived in the 14th century, and was 
 one of the earliest labourers in the revival of learning in Europe. 
 His family removed from Italy, and Petrarch studied law, but 
 afterwards assumed the clerical habit, and frequented the papal 
 court at Avignon. It was at Avignon he saw the lady, whose name 
 he has made immortal as his own, Laura, the wife of Hugues de 
 Sade, who inspired him with so ardent an affection, that not even 
 the change produced by age in her beauty, nor her death many 
 years afterwards, at all chilled. The conduct of this celebrated wo- 
 man to her impassioned admirer was marked by the purest regard; 
 and he, after endeavouring by travelling over France, Germany, 
 Italy, and Spain, and by pretending an attachment to another, to 
 escape from this enchantment, at length was not reconciled alone 
 to her seeming coldness, but derived from it some of its chastening 
 and sanctifying power. During his travels, he became intimate 
 with all the learned men and writers of Europe, studied with 
 them, sought for every relic of ancient literature, and fired all 
 he knew with his own ardour, and united them into a true re- 
 public of letters. He was, himself, the centre of this world that 
 he had so strangely formed ; but he entered largely into the bu- 
 siness of the daily world, he was the friend and adviser of princes, 
 and few men of his vacation have ever borne the charge of so 
 niany weighty embassies. At Rome he was solemnly crowned 
 in the capitol as poet laureate ; and this was, perhaps, the noblest 
 triumph of his whole life. He died in 1374, aged /O years. His 
 iMura died in 1348, aged but 40 years. Petrarch's fame is built 
 on his Italian poems, which were the occupation of his leisure, 
 and the mere alleviation of the hopeless passion which he cher- 
 ished. He also wrote some poems in Latin, which arc quite 
 forgotten; and several philosophical treatises, in the same lan- 
 guage, on which he fondly hoped to rear a name, which are as 
 much unknown as the poems. His. Latin letters are numerous, 
 and valuable in relation to the history of his age. His poems, 
 which have, so unexpectedly as to himself, given him his world- 
 wide renown, are all either sonnets, or compositions framed after 
 the model of the cdMzon! of the Troubadours. Theyareall moreor 
 less immediately connected with his love for Laura, and they are 
 surpassingly beautiful both in thought and expression, and less 
 marred by mere conceits than so forced a kind of verse may be 
 supposed capable of. To add one other word to this account of 
 Petrarch ;— to him, with Dante and Bocaccio, the Italian lan- 
 guage is indebted for its glorious literature, for these writers 
 made it what it is — as noble an instrument as can be devised 
 for the utterance of all that is best and greatest in man's mind 
 and heart. 
 
 PETRE, {peter) s. [petra, Lat.] nitre or saltpetre. 
 
 PE'TREL, s. in Ornithology, a large class of sea-birds, of 
 which the one called the stormy petrel is most known, from the 
 singularity of its habits, and the nautical superstitions connected 
 with it. 
 
 PETRE'SCENT, a. growing or turning into stone. 
 
 PErRIFA'CT10N,s.[pe<raand/acio,Lat.] the actof changing 
 into stone ; something made of stone. 
 (XJ8 
 
 PH A 
 
 PETRIFA'CTIVE, Petri'fic, a. having the power to change 
 into stone. 
 
 To PE'TRIFY, V. a. to change to stone. — v. n. to become 
 stone. 
 
 PE'TROL, Petro'leum, s. {pHrole, Fr.] in Mineralogy and 
 Chemistry, a kind of half-fluid bitumen, resulting from the spon- 
 taneous decomposition of coal under the surface of the earth. 
 The most celebrated places where it is found are Persia, the Bir- 
 man Empire, Barbadoes, and Amiano, in Italy. 
 
 PETRO'NEL, s. [petrinal, Fr.] a pistol ; a small gun used by 
 horsemen. 
 
 PETRO'NIUS, TITUS, a Latin writer of the reign of Nero, who 
 was made the leader and director of the imperial voluptuary's 
 debaucheries and revels, whence he was surnamed Arbiter. He 
 was at last condemned by his master, and put himself to death, 
 in 66 A. D. The fragments of his book are full of unimaginable 
 obscenity. 
 
 PE'TTICOAT, (pettikot) s. [petty and coat,] a small coat; an 
 under-dress of females, which is tied round and hangs down 
 from the waist. 
 
 PE'TTIFOGGER, s. [corrupted from pettivoguer, of petit and 
 voguer, Fr.] a petty small-rate dabbler in law, who deals only in 
 trifling, vexatious, or knavish causes. 
 
 PE'TTIGREE, s. in Botany, a shrub, called by some knee- 
 holly, and butcher's broom. 
 
 PE'TTlNESS, s. smallness ; inconsiderableness. 
 
 PE'TTISH, a. easily provoked to slight anger ; fretful ; peevish. 
 
 PE'rnSHNESS, s. the quality of being pettish. 
 
 PETTITOES, s. the feet of a sucking pig. 
 
 PE'TTO, s. [Ital.] the breast. Figuratively, privacy. 
 
 PE'TTY, a. [/(efi<, Fr.] inconsiderable; inferior; little. 
 
 PE'TTY, SIR WILLIAM, the founder of the Lansdowne 
 family, was a physician of such note during the Puritan Revolu- 
 tion, that he attended the army under Cromwell, in Ireland, and 
 was retained in the service of Henry Cromwell. Having been 
 employed to survey the forfeited estates, some charges were 
 brought against him, and he was dismissed. He received the 
 honour of knighthood at the Restoration, and died in 1687, aged 
 64 years. He was an active promoter of the Royal Society, and 
 presented to its notice a variety of singular and ingenious in- 
 ventions. He wrote on political economy, &c. &c. 
 
 PEri'YMU'GUET, s. in Botany, the yellow goo.se-grass. 
 
 PETULANCE, Pe'tulancy, s. [petulantia, Lat.] sauciness ; 
 peevishness; wantonness. 
 
 PETULANT, a. [petulans, Lat.] perverse; saucy; wanton. 
 
 PETULANTLY, ad. with petulance; with saucy pertness. 
 
 PETUNTSE, Pe'tunse, s. one of the earths of which the por- 
 celain ware of China is made. The other is termed Kaolin. 
 
 PEW, s. [puye, Belg.] a seat enclosed in a church. Amongst 
 the characteristic tenets of revived High Churchism, as pro- 
 pounded by the divines of Oxford and their followers, is one re- 
 specting pues (as they spell the word) ; which enclosures they 
 regard as obstructions to devotion. See Puseyism. 
 
 PE'WET, s. [from its cry,] in Ornithology, the popular name 
 of the lapwing. 
 
 PEWTER, s. [peaiiter, Belg.] an artificial metal, made ot 
 brass, lead, and tin ; dishes and plates made of pewter. — a. made 
 of pewter. 
 
 PEWTERER, s. one that deals in things made of pewter ; a 
 smith who works in pewter. 
 
 PHjE'DRUS, LUCIUS, a Latin poet of the age of Augustus. 
 He was that emperor's freedman, but felt the displeasure of 
 Sejanus, the tyrannical minister of Tiberius, his succesor. He 
 wrote Fables, derived from various sources, and original; which, 
 being used in schools, are not so much admired as they deserve. 
 
 PH^NO'MENON,(;)A has the sound of / in this and all the 
 following words;) s. Iphainomai, Gr.] an appearance in the 
 works of nature or the heavens ; any fact or circumstance, con- 
 sidered as the subject matter of observation and reflection ; any 
 thing that strikes by its novelty or marvellousness. 
 
 PHAGEDE'NA, s. Iphago and edo, Gr.] an ulcer that eats 
 away the flesh. 
 
 PHAGEDE'NIC, Phagede'nous, a. [phagedemque, Fr.] eat- 
 ing ; corroding. 
 
 PHALA'NGER, s. in Zoology, an animal of the opossum kind, 
 which inhabits the East India islands. 
 
 PHA'LANX, «. [Gr.] in Ancient Military Tactics, a large 
 
PHE 
 
 square battalion of foot-soldiers set close to each other, with 
 their shields joined, and pikes turned cross-ways. In Anatomy, 
 the three rows of small bones in the fingers. 
 
 PHA'l-ARIS, a native of Crete, who obtained the chief power 
 in Agrigentum of Sicily, contrary to the constitution, and so 
 was named a tyrant. His cruelty in the exercise of his power 
 is one of the grounds for the modern use of this word. He had 
 devised for him a brazen bull, in which he enclosed his victims, 
 and then burned them to death ; and he proved the excellence of 
 the invention on Perillus,the luckless artist, tirst. He was at last 
 deposed and killed, in his own bull, it is said, in 5G3 B. c. 
 The Epistles ascribed to him are forgeries. Beutley's Dissertation 
 of them should be studied by all who desire to call themselves 
 classical students. 
 
 PHA'NTASM, (/anfecm) Phanta'sma, (/a««:ma) s. [phaino- 
 mai, Gr.] something appearing only to the imagination ; a spectre, 
 or vision. 
 
 PHANTA'STIC, Phanta'stical, a. See Fantastical. 
 
 PHA'NTOM, s. [phaiitome, Fr.] a spectre or apparition ; a 
 fancied vision. 
 
 PHARISAICAL, «. like a Pharisee; hypocritical; having an 
 external appearance of religion, but iuwaraly vicious. 
 
 PHA'RISEES, [pharash, Heb.] a famous sect of the Jews, 
 who distinguished themselves by their zeal for the traditions of 
 the elders, and for their neglect of God's actual commands. 
 They pretended that those traditions were delivered to Moses on 
 Mount Sinai, and were preserved orally, till the lawyers and 
 doctors wrote them down. From their rigorous observance of 
 these traditions, they held themselves to be more holy than 
 other men; and separated those who did not observe them, as 
 sinners and profane persons, from themselves, so as not even to 
 eat or drink with them. The name means the separate, but their 
 conduct made it signify separaters. 
 
 PHARMACEU'TIC, Phakmaceu'tical, a. ipharmakon, Gr.] 
 relating to the knowledge or art of pharmacy or preparation of 
 medicines. 
 
 PHARMACOLOGIST, s. \_pharmakon and logos, Gr.] one who 
 writes upon drugs. 
 
 PHARMACOLOGY, s. a scientific discourse of drugs and 
 medicines. 
 
 PHARMACOPOETA, ». [plmrmalcnn and poieo, Gr.'] a book 
 containing rules for the composition of medicines. 
 
 PHARMACO'POLIST,*. [pharmakon and poleo, Gr.] an apo- 
 thecary ; one who sells medicines. 
 
 PHA'RMACY, s. [pharmakon, Gr.] the art of choosing, pre- 
 paring, and mixing medicines. 
 
 PHA'ROS, Phare, s. [Gr.] is a light-house or a pile raised 
 near a port, where a fire is kept burning in the night to guide 
 and direct vessels near at hand. The Pharos of Alexandria was 
 long celebrated as one of the wonders of the world. 
 
 PHARYNGO'TOMY, ». [pharynx and temno, Gr.] in Surgery, 
 the act of making an incision into the larynx, to remove a tu- 
 mour from the throat, which hinders respiration. 
 
 PH A'RYNX, s. [Gr.] in Anatomy, the upper part of the oesoph- 
 agus, in which the food is received from the mouth. 
 
 PHA'SELS, s. [phaseoli, Lat.] in Horticulture, French 
 beans. 
 
 PHA'SIS, s. plural pAases, [pKainomai, Gr.] in Astronomy, the 
 various appearances of the planets, according to the extent to 
 which they are illuminated by the sun, as seen from the earth. 
 
 PHASM, (fasm) s. appearance ; phantom. 
 
 PHEA'SANT, (fezant) s. \_phasianus, Lat. from Phasis,-] in Or- 
 nithology, a very handsome bird, native to Asia Minor, largely 
 preserved by English landlords, rigidly protected by English 
 game laws, and highly injurious to English corn and to the English 
 poor. Gold and silver pheasants are natives of China, and are 
 common in collections of birds, living and dead, in this land. 
 The gold pheasant is an exceedingly beautiful bird. There are 
 some other kinds, equally remarkable for the beauty of their 
 plumage. 
 
 PHEA'SANT-EYE, s. in Botany, a plant with scarlet blos- 
 soms ; called also Adonis flower, red-maithes, and red-morocco ; 
 found in corn-fields, and flowering in June and July. 
 
 To PHEESE, (feeze) v. a. [perhaps it should be written /<>ase,] 
 to curry or comb. 
 
 PHE'NICOPTER, s. [phoinix aadpteron, Gr.] in Natural His- 
 tory, a kind of bird. . 
 
 PHI 
 
 PHENO'MENON, s. See Phenomenon. 
 
 PHI'AL, s. [phiala, Lat. phiole, Fr.] a small bottle of a cylin- 
 drical form. Leyden Phial. See Electrical Jar. 
 
 PHI'DIAS, or Phei'dias, the great Athenian sculptor, who. 
 flourished in the age of Pericles. It is generally believed that 
 he was poisoned in prison, by those who had contrived his im- 
 peachment, out of malignity against Pericles, in 432 B. c. Hjs 
 greatest works were the chryselephantine colossal statues of 
 Athene for the Parthenon of Athens, and of Zeus Olympius for 
 the temple at Elis, but these have perished. The sculptures 
 
 with which he and his pupils adorned the Parthenon of Athens, 
 
 id may be 
 British Museuin. 
 
 yet remain in part, and may be seen in the Elgin saloon of the 
 
 PHIGA'LIA, a small town of Arcadia in Ancient Greece, from 
 which the sculptures were brought which are now in the British 
 Museum, and are called the Phii/aliati Marbles. 
 
 PHILADE'LPHIA, a celebrated city of Lydia, in Asia Minor. 
 It was built by Attains Philadelphus, a king of Pergamus, on 
 the river Cogamus, near the foot of Mount Tniolus. It was one 
 of the 7 churches of Asia, addressed in the Apocalypse, and is a 
 place of some extent, but of no importance. 
 
 PHILADE'LPHIA, the capital ofPennsylvania, United States. 
 It is situated on a neck of land at the confluence of the rivers 
 Delaware and Schuylkill. It is built in a very regular manner, 
 and the streets are very broad and handsome. It has a great 
 many public squares, and many very fine buildings, amongst 
 which may be mentioned the state-house, the late United States' 
 bank, the bank of Pennsylvania, the mint, the exchange, &c. &c. 
 It abounds in institutions of a philanthropic character; and Gi- 
 rard college, for the education of orphans, is a noble building, 
 and of great value. Pennsylvania university and the medical 
 college are also well sustained. Most of the houses have a small 
 garden and orchard ; and from the river are cut small canals, 
 equally agreeable and beneficial. The wharfs are also fine and 
 spacious, the warehouses large, numerous, and commodious, and 
 the docks for ship-building well adapted to their purposes. It 
 is a place of great importance both for trade and manufactures, 
 and communicates by steamboats, railways, and canals with 
 most of the other great places in the States. It is 138 miles from 
 Washington. Pop. 220,423. There are 5 other places in the 
 Union so named. 
 
 PHILA'NDER, s. in Zoology, an animal of the opossum kind, 
 about the size of a rat, which is found in S. America. 
 
 PHILA'NTHROPY, s. [phileo&ndanthropos.Gx.'] good nature; 
 the love of mankind ; general benevolence. 
 
 PHILE'MON, a private Christian of Colosse, to whom the 
 apostle Paul addressed a letter respecting a runaway slave, 
 named Onesimus, which is a model for dignity and affection, 
 and shows us more of Paul's private character than, perhaps, any 
 other of his writings. 
 
 PHI'LIDOR, ANDREW, the great chess-player of the last 
 century. He was professionally a musician and composer, and 
 had some name for his skill, but he gradually relinquished the 
 practice of his art, to devote himself entirely to his favourite 
 game. It was with him no play, but a profound strategic study, 
 and he acquired such ability in it, that a short while before his 
 death, he beat two good players at once, he being blindfolded. 
 He wrote a book on chess, which has only lately been superseded 
 by later publications. He died in 1795, aged G9 years. 
 
 PHI'LIP, the name of several Macedonian kings, the most 
 famous of whom are, ^»'«i, Philip the father of Alexander the 
 Great, who first raised that country to a position of eminence in 
 Greece. He was a great general, but his statesmanship and di- 
 plomatic skill were greater than even his military ability. He 
 conquered all the other states of Greece at the great battle of 
 Chferonea, and was at length assassinated by one Paiisanias, in 
 330 B. c, aged 47 years, and having reigned 24 years, leaving 
 his projected war on Persia to be prosecuted by his son. The 
 other lived in the age when Rome was first beginning to threaten 
 the states beyond the borders of Italy, and he attempted to join 
 the great Carthaginian, Hannibal, in checking or breaking its 
 power. But in the end he was conquered by the Romans, and 
 died in 179 b. c, only just in time to avoid witnessing and sharing 
 in the subjugation of the whole of Greece by the new and rising 
 empire. 
 
 PHI'LIP, the name of five kings of Spain of whom the most 
 celebrated is Philip the Second, the son of Charles V., the emperor 
 
 GG9 
 
t»HI 
 
 of Germany, who is as complete a model of a Romanist prince as 
 history can furnish. H e was wedded to the English Queen 
 Mary I., and he desired to espouse her sister and successor, 
 Elizabeth. His attempts on England, and especially that by 
 means of the Spanish Armada, are well known. His wars in the 
 Netherlands, conducted by the barbarous and bigoted Duke of 
 Alva, and afterwards by Don John of Austria, gained him, de- 
 servedly, a most evil name. In his own kingdom, he was more 
 zealous than any other sovereign in supporting the Inquisition, 
 and even used to be present at the burning of those condemned 
 by the Holy Office. He did more to sow the seeds of the subse- 
 quent and present condition of that unhappy land, than all the 
 other kings of Spain. The only thing else recorded of him, de- 
 serving notice, is that he built the Escurial. He has this, how- 
 ever, to be set off against the evil he did, he did all this from his 
 conscience, and not as the effects of state-policy. He died in 
 1598, aged 72 years. 
 
 PHl'LIP, or Phili'ppe, the name of 6 French kings, of whom 
 Xhejirst was engaged in various contests with our English kings, 
 William I. and H., who were also dukes of Normandy, in which 
 he gained no better name than he did from his private vices. 
 He died in 1 108. The secoiul was surnamed Augustus, and joined 
 in the crusade which Richard of England led. His jealousy of 
 the superior military prowess of the Lion-hearted king, was one 
 of the causes of the failure of that expedition. He also took up 
 the cause of Prince Arthur against his usurping nnole John, 
 and subsequently invaded England at the request of the insur- 
 gent barons. He also made war on the Christians of the Alpine 
 valleys. In his wars with the English kings, he gained some of 
 their continental territories. He was, with his kingdom, laid 
 under a papal interdict, when he professedly submitted to the 
 pope, and was restored to favour. He died in 1223, aged 57 
 years, and having reigned 43. The fourth, surnamed tlie Fair, 
 was a rapacious and ambitious prince, who gained many advan- 
 tages through his unscrupulous conduct, and his cunning, both 
 against the barons of his own kingdom, and against Edward I. 
 of England, and others. He was the first who convoked the 
 states-general, or representatives of the 3 estates of the king- 
 dom ; and thus to him may be attributed the first step towards 
 republicanism in France. He also suppressed the order of 
 Knights Templars ; and died in 1311, having reigned 9 years. 
 The sixth, or de Valois, was first regent, after the death of Charles 
 IV., and then king. It was against him that Edward III. began 
 his French wars, and gained the battle of Cressy. He died in 
 1350, after a reign of 22 years. 
 
 PH1LI'PPIA^S, Paul's Epistle to the, one of the letters 
 written by the apostle during his first imprisonment at Rome. 
 He had himself introduced Christianity there, with much opposi- 
 tion and danger; and the Christians had sent him presents by 
 one of their teachers. This letter is a beautiful outpouring of 
 the affection with which he regarded them ; and contains much 
 that exhibits the heart and character of the apostle, as well as 
 some most beautiful and affijcting views of the truth he lived 
 and sutfered for. 
 
 PHILI'PPICS, s. a name given to the orations of Demos- 
 thenes against king Philip of Macedon ; being esteemed the 
 masterpieces of that great orator. The same term is also applied 
 to the fourteen orations of Cicero against Mark Antony. Any 
 invective declamation. 
 
 PHI'LIPPINE or Manilla Islands, a very large group of is- 
 lands in the East Indian Ocean, lying between China and the 
 Moluccas. They are generally mountainous; and there are 
 several active volcanoes amongst them. The air is very hot and 
 moist, and the soil fertile in rice, and many other useful veget- 
 ables and fruits. The trees are always green, and there are ripe 
 fruits all the year. There are a great many wild beasts and 
 birds, quite peculiar to them. The inhabitants are not all of 
 one race, some being Malaj's, and some resembling the Negro 
 variety. The principal of these islands are Manilla, or Lucon, 
 and Mindanao, whose capital towns have the same names. 
 They produce rice, sugar, tobacco, indigo, coffee, spices, &c. &c. 
 And they manufacture cheroots, and various useful articles. 
 They belong to Spain, in great part ; and there are considerable 
 numbers of settlers from that country scattered about them. 
 Pop. about 3,000,000. Manilla is the capital of the whole 
 group. 
 PHILIPPINES, NEW. See Caroline Islands. 
 070 
 
 PHI 
 
 PHILl'PPUS, M. JULIUS, called also Philip the Arabian, an 
 emperor of Rome, after Gordianus, whom he dethroned, and 
 caused to be assassinated. His reign was interrupted by several 
 insurrections; and at last Decius, whom he had sent to put 
 down a rebellion, was proclaimed emperor by the soldiers; and 
 Philip fell in battle with him, in 249. after a reign of 5 years. 
 In this reign the secular games were celebrated, 1000 years after 
 the foundation of the citj'. 
 
 PHI'LIPS, JOHN, an English poet, educated at Oxford, au- 
 thor of the Splendid Shilling, and a poem in praise of Cider, after 
 the pattern of the Georgics of Virgil. He wrote other pieces 
 also. But he never rose out of the ranks of the minor poets, 
 and is also lost sight of amongst them. He died in 1708, aged 
 32 years. 
 
 PHI'LIPS, AMBROSE, a poet and dramatist of the beginning 
 of the last century. He studied at Cambridge ; and during his 
 sojourn in London was acquainted with Addison, Steele, and all 
 the wits and writers of the day. He was not such a writer as to 
 live with his friends ; he is partly indebted to Pope's merciless 
 satire for an immortality in the company of Sir Richard Black- 
 more. He was made an officer in the Irish Prerogative court at 
 last ; and died in 1749, aged 54 years. 
 
 PHILl'STINES, the name of one of the aboriginal tribes of 
 Canaan, who were not expelled when the Israelites took posses- 
 sion of the land, and who remained there as a source of the great- 
 est annoyance to them for many centuries ; till at last their name 
 gradually died out and their deeds were forgotten. 
 
 PHI'LO, JUDiEUS, a learned writer of Alexandria, of whose 
 life nothing is known beyond his having gone twice as an 
 ambassador to the emperor at Rome from the Jews of that city. 
 He flourished in the very beginning of the Christian sera. His 
 writings are all based on the Platonic Philosophy, and being 
 contemporary with the writings of the New 'lestament, and 
 written in Greek, are of considerable value, both as helping 
 to the discovery of the Hellenistic usage of words, and also as 
 expounding the opinions of the thinkers and philosophers 
 amongst the Jews. 
 
 PHILO'LOGER, Philo'logist, s. {phiko and logos, Gr.] one 
 who makes languages his chief study ; a grammarian ; a critic. 
 
 PHILOLO'GICAL, a. belonging to philology. 
 
 PHILO'LOGY, s. the science of words, or language. But in 
 popular use it has a wider meaning, and includes all kinds of 
 literature and criticism. 
 
 PHl'LOMEL, Philome'la, s. [Gr, and Lat.] in Poetry, the 
 nightingale. 
 
 PHI'LOMOT, a. [corrupted homfeuille mart, Fr.] of the colour 
 of a dead leaf. 
 
 PHILOPCE'MEN, the last great military commander of the 
 ancient Greeks. He was chosen to head the Achaean league, 
 and he overthrew the city and the constitution of Sparta. He 
 was at length captured by the Messenians, and poisoned in 183 
 B. c, aged about 70 years. 
 
 PHILO'SOPHEME, s. \_phileo and sophia, Gr.] principle of 
 reasoning; theorem. 
 
 PHILO'SOPHER, s. l2'f''iosophus, Lat.] a person who studies 
 philosophy. Popularly, one who is somewhat of a stoic in 
 seasons of excitement. Philosopher's stone, a stone supposed by 
 alchyinists to turn every thing it touched into gold. 
 
 PHILOSO'PHIC, Philoso'phical, a. [phitosuphique, Fr.] be- 
 longing to a philosopher; formed by philosophy; skilled in 
 philosophy. 
 
 PHILOSO'PHICALLY, arf. in a philosophical manner; ra- 
 tionally ; wisely. 
 
 To PHILO'SOPHIZE, v. a. to moralize ; to reason like a phi- 
 losopher; to inquire into the causes of phsenomena. 
 
 PHILO'SOPHY, s. [philosophia, Lat.] in strict usage it is the 
 scientia prima of Lord Bacon, the clear statement of those great 
 principles on which all science must be prosecuted, and without 
 which there can be no science; but it is commonly employed to 
 signify the scientific study of metaphysics, or ontology ; and 
 when it is used in relation to other sciences, it is defined as 
 Mental Philosophy, Natural Philosophy, Political Philosophy, Mo- 
 ral Philosophy, &c. Positive Philosophy, in recent writers, means 
 a scheme of knowledge based solely on experience, and rigidly 
 built up by means of experience in every branch ; or else, and 
 more correctly, a general system of metaphysics, constructe'd on 
 principles rigidly investigated and proved, and by means of an 
 
PHCE 
 
 organon, or method applicable to the subject, in opposition to the 
 mere refutation of false systems, or the mere investigation and 
 determination of the principles and the method. Generally, an 
 hypothesis or system for explaining any phenomena ; reasoning. 
 
 PHILOSTORGY, «. [phiko and stori/e, Gr.] natural affection ; 
 the love ofparents towards their children. 
 
 PHILCTIMY, ». Iphileo and time, Gt.] love of honour; am- 
 bition. 
 
 PHILO'XENY,*. [^Ai&o and a;eno»,Gr.] hospitality; kindness 
 to strangers. 
 
 PHILTER, s. [Gr.] amongst the ignorant and the wicked, a 
 drink to cause love. 
 
 To PHI'LTER, V. a. to charm to love. 
 
 PHIZ, PnYZ, s. [from physiognomy,'] the face, visage, or coun- 
 tenance, used ludicrously. 
 
 PHLEBOTOMIST, s. iphleps and temno, Gr.] one that opens 
 a vein ; a blood-letter. 
 
 To PHLEBOTOMIZE, v. a. to open a vein, or let blood. 
 
 PHLEBOTOMY, s. the act of opening a vein, or letting 
 blood. 
 
 PHLEGM, (Jlem) s. [phlegma, Gr. phlegme, Fr.] in Physiology, 
 the viscid secretion of the mucous membrane lining the larynx, 
 bronchiae, &c. 
 
 PHLE'GMAGOGUE, (Jl/'gmagdg) s. {pldegma and ago, Gr.] in 
 old Medicine, a purgative which affected the phlegm, or serum 
 of the blood, alone. 
 
 PHLEGMATIC, a. [phlegmatique, Fr.] abounding in phlegm; 
 dull ; cold. 
 
 PHLE'GMON, «. Iphlego, Gr.] in Medicine, an inflammation ; 
 an inflamed tumour. 
 
 PHLE'GMONOUS, a. inflammatory ; burning. 
 
 PHLEME, s. [from phlebotomy, sujnetiines written ^am,] in 
 Veterinary Art, a pointed instrument placed on the vein of a 
 horse, and driven into it with a blow, in bleeding. 
 
 PHLOGI'STIC, a. in the old Chemistry, belonging to phlo- 
 giston. 
 
 PHLOGI'STICATED, a. in the old Chemistry, impregnated 
 with phlogiston. 
 
 PHLOGI'STON, s. [Gr.] in the old Chemistry, an imaginary 
 substance, supposed to be a constituent part of all inflammable 
 bodies, and of many other substances, being that which rendered 
 them combustible. 
 
 PHO'CAS, one of the Eastern emperors, who was at first a 
 common soldier, but was proclaimed emperor during a revolt of 
 the army, and recognised by the patriarch of Constantinople 
 and the pope of Rome. But he was a cruel sovereign, and the 
 Persian emperor opposed him, and in the end, in spite of the 
 favour of the church, he was dethroned and put to death, in GIO, 
 after a reign of 8 years. 
 
 PHO'CION, one of the true Grecian heroes : he was a military 
 commander of Athens, during its last period of independence and 
 greatness, but he was more noted for his political wisdom, and 
 he often stood in opposition to Demosthenes, whose voice was 
 still for war, though lie did not fight so well as he spoke. He 
 fell at last in one of those revolutions, so freouent in such states, 
 being put to death in prison, in 317 b. c. He was a disciple of 
 Plato, but his manners and recorded sayings savour more of the 
 
 Eorch than of the academy ; yet his character, as it is embalmed 
 y Plutarch, who followed universal tradition, was one to com- 
 mand the reverent esteem of all the wise and good. 
 
 PHO'CIS, in Ancient Geography, a small state of Greece, ex- 
 tending from the Corinthian Gulf to the Gulf of Opuntius, and 
 bounded by Locris, Doris, and Bceotia. Its chief mountain was 
 Parnassus ; its chief river, Cephisus. Delphi, with its famous 
 oracle, and Crissa, were its principal cities. 
 
 PHCENl'CIA, a small but most celebrated state of antiquity. 
 It lay on the E. shore of the Mediterranean Sea, and was bound- 
 ed inland by Mount Lebanon. Canaan and Mount Carmel de- 
 fined it at one extremity, and a small river, named Eleutherus, at 
 the other. It was watered only by mountain streams, and had 
 little space for profitable or extensive agriculture. But by ma- 
 nufactures and commerce it rose to the very summit of renown. 
 It had valuable mines, and wide forests; and its people found 
 out the art of glass-making, and of purple-dyeing. But its trade 
 with foreign countries, by means of its fleets and its colonies, 
 was the great source of its wealth. It possessed, at a very early 
 period, most of the islands of the Archipelago; they had settle- 
 
 PHO 
 
 ments in Spain, Tartessus, Gades, Carteia ; on the N. coast of 
 Africa, Utica, Carthage, (which in time rivalled the parent state,) 
 and Adrumetum ; on Sicily, Panormus, and Lilybceum ; and per- 
 haps in S. Asia, beyond the Persian Gulf. In their voyages they 
 most probably coasted round Africa, and they certainly main- 
 tained a regular intercourse with Britain, the tin-island. But 
 it is impossible to do more than thus barely indicate the extent 
 and the character of their trade. Its influence on the W. world 
 is sufficiently seen in their grateful ascription of the invention 
 of letters to this state, and in the share assigned to it, in Grecian 
 legends, in forming the states of that land, which afterwards so 
 completely outshone this. The quiet, peaceful, selfish-seeming 
 labours of commerce, although their influence on human ad- 
 vancement is so great, are rarely chronicled by the historian, 
 and, indeed, hardly admit of it ; but the splendid efforts of mili- 
 tary genius and statesmanship, whether in an individual or a 
 nation, and the sudden effects realized by foreign conquest, or 
 domestic legislation, although so insecure, and so interrupted, 
 strike the eye, and furnish just the subjects to fill the historian's 
 canvass. After-ages write histories of literature, and, with yet 
 more toilsome labour, histories of commerce. Tyre, Sidon, and 
 Berytus, were the great cities of Phoenicia. See1\KY., Sidon, &c. 
 
 PHQi'NIX, s. in fabulous Natural History, a wondrous bird, of 
 which but one ever lived at a time, in the deepest deserts, to an 
 immense age, when it built a pile of spices, was consumed in 
 it, and a young one rose out of its ashes. In Astronomy, one of 
 the S. constellations. 
 
 PHO'NIC, a. according to sound. 
 
 PHO'NICS, s. [phone, Gr.] the doctrine of sounds. 
 PHONOCA'MPTIC, a. [phone and kampto, Gr.] 
 power to inflect or turn the sound, and by that means to alfer it. 
 
 PHONO'GRAPHY, s. [phone and grapho, Gr.] a scheme of 
 writing, in which each separate sound, and each modification of 
 it, in speaking, is professedly represented by invariable symbols; 
 and which is proposed, by those who have adopted it, for uni- 
 versal adoption, to the final and utter extinction of all the niulli- 
 farious alphabets, &c. at present in use in the world; but which, 
 being unfortunately based on our English erroneous vowel scale, 
 and not at all including many sounds which occur in other lan- 
 guages on the continent, unci in Asia, the nasals of France, the 
 gutturals of Germany, the cerebrah of India, &c., (not to mention 
 the click of the Caff're and Hottentot tongues,) seems to be some- 
 what ill adapted to aid in bringing on the millennium, in the way 
 of removing the impediment to intercourse between different na- 
 tions, arising from variety of language, although it is the basis 
 of a very good system of short-hand. 
 
 PHO'SPHATES, s. in Chemistry, salts formed by the com- 
 bination of any base with phosphoric acid. 
 
 PHO'SPHITES, s. in Chemistry, salts formed by the com- 
 bination of any base with phosphorous acid. 
 
 PHO'SPHOR, Pho'sphorus, s. [Lat. from phos and phero,Gr.'] 
 the morning star, Venus, when she rises before the sun. In 
 Chemistry, an elementary substance, transparent and almost 
 colourless, (when pure,) easily cut with a knife, and exceedingly 
 inflammable. It enters largely, in various combinations, into 
 both animal and vegetable structures, and is found in some rocks 
 and earths also. 
 
 PHOSPHORESCENCE, s. a pale, faint, bluish light, like that 
 emitted by phosphorus. 
 
 PHOSPHORE'SCENT, a. in Chemistry, emitting light like 
 phosphorus. 
 
 PHOSPHO'RIC, Pho'sphorous, a. in Chemistry, belonging 
 to phosphorus. Phosphoric acid is a compound of oxygen and 
 phosphorus. Phosjihdrous acid has a smaller proportion of oxygen 
 than phosphoric acid. 
 
 PHO'SPHURETS, s. in Chemistry, substances formed by a 
 union with phosphorous acid. 
 
 PHO'SPHURETTED, part, in Chemistry, combined with a 
 phosphuret. 
 
 PHOTIUS, a patriarch of Constantinople, in the 9ih century. 
 He was of noble parentage, well educated, and perhaps the 
 greatest genius of his age. While in civil life, he cultivated all 
 learning, sacred and profane. He was commander of the imperial 
 body-guards, first senator of Constantinople, chief private secre- 
 tary to the emperor, and employed in many embassies. When 
 the emperor Michael III. deposed Ignatius from the patriarchate, 
 Photius was appointed in his stead, and his passage through the 
 
PHR 
 
 various grtides of ecclesiastical promotion, was effected in four 
 days. The advocates of Ignatius and the Roman bishops would 
 not acknowledge him ; and he was, on occasion of offences given 
 to the emperor, twice deposed himself. The second time he 
 was also banished to Armenia, where he died in about 890, at a 
 very advanced age. He was once excommunicated by the Ro- 
 man bishop, and he replied by a similar decree of excommunica- 
 tion against the bishop. He was no mean adversary, and the 
 charges he brought against the Roman observances were well 
 calculated to serve his purpose. He wrote many books and let- 
 ters, but his most remarkable work is entitled Myriobiblon, which 
 gives a critical account of 280 authors, whose works he had 
 read, with summaries of their contents, and extracts of consider- 
 able length, from which we derive all the knowledge we possess 
 of many books no longer extant. 
 
 PHOTOGE'NIC, a. liMs and gignomai, Gr.] produced by the 
 action of ligiit, applied to views, portraits, copies of drawings, 
 &c., effected on prepared surfaces by means of the chemical ac- 
 tion of light. 
 
 PHOTO'GRAPHY, s. \_phds and grapho, Gr.] the art of pro- 
 ducing portraits, views, copies of pictures, &c., by the action of 
 light on surfaces prepared for the purpose. They are usually taken 
 by means of a camera obscura, and the plate on which the image 
 is thrown is commonly of silver, or of copper silvered, the prepar- 
 ation being, by a simple process, to coat the plate with ioduret of 
 silver, which is highly susceptible of the chemical influence of 
 light. A few minutes are sufficient to produce the effect requir- 
 ed, and the plate, by being exposed to the fumes of mercury, or 
 coated with some transparent metallic solution, may be exposed 
 to the light without any change in the photogenic impression. 
 Sometimes the portraits are coloured by hand afterwards, which 
 adds considerably to the effect of them. This process is called, 
 after the first inventor. Daguerreotype. In another process, call- 
 ed Kalotype, or Talbotype, the impression is taken on paper pre- 
 pared in a peculiar manner, and fixed by a subsequent process. 
 There are other varieties of this art, but it is yet evidently in its 
 infancy alone. The researches of philosophers are beginning to 
 be directed to it, and Actinology, [from aktin and logos, Gr.] as it 
 has been.nanied, promises to be one of the most wonderful and 
 valuable branches of physical science. See Light. 
 
 PHOTO'METER, s. \_ph6s and metreo, Gr.] in Optics, an in- 
 strument to measure the intensity of light. 
 
 PHRASE ifraze) a. \_phrazo, Gr.] a mode of speech peculiar to 
 a language ; an expression ; style. 
 
 To PHRASE, {/raze) v. a. to style, call, name, or express. 
 
 PHRASEO'LOGY, {frazeohgy) s. [phrasis^nA lego, Gr.] style ; 
 diction; a jjhrase-book. 
 
 PHRENE'TIC, Phre'ntic, a. \_phrenitis, Gr.] frantic; deliri- 
 ous; inflamed in the brain. 
 
 PHRENI'TIS, s. [Gr.] madness. 
 
 PHRENO'LOGY, s. Iphren and logos, Gr.] in Anthropology, 
 that branch which treats of the relation between the intellec- 
 tual faculties, the passions, and the mind of man generally in its 
 relation to the present state, and the structure and conforma- 
 tion of the brain. That the brain is the medium of communication 
 with the material world, for the immaterial being, that is pro- 
 perly man, — none can doubt. Nor can any, who have at all 
 observed the men they have known, doubt that there is a cor- 
 respondency between certain mental peculiarities and capabili- 
 ties, and certain configurations of the skull (which, in general, 
 faithfully represents the form and proportions of the brain). 
 Some particular cerebral developments are, by innumerable ex- 
 amples, established as indications of certain mental peculiarities. 
 But a better psychology is perhaps required, and a more scien- 
 tific and careful mode of observing the physical facts, before 
 Phrenology will be able to rank as a distinct science. It is 
 greatly to be regretted that ignorance, impudent pretence, and 
 most thinly- veiled irrcligion, should have interfered in this in- 
 quiry to the extent that they have, to the prejudice of true sci- 
 ence and of truth, and to the'unspeakable hurt of those who have 
 been led away by them. 
 
 PHRENOMA'GNETISM, s. Iphren and mat/nes, Gr.] in Mes- 
 merism, the general name for certain phenomena, educed by 
 mesmeric influence, in which particular mental peculiarities, &c. 
 in the patient, are called into most lively action, by the operator. 
 
 PHRE'NSY, (frenzy) s. [phrenSsie, Fr.] madness. Often writ- 
 ten frenzy. 
 ' 072 
 
 PHRY'GIA, in Ancient Geography, a country of the centre of 
 Asia Minor, bounded by Bithynia, Galatia, Capnadocia, Cilicia, 
 Pamphylia, Pisidia, Lycia, Caria, Maeonia, Lydia, and Mysia. 
 The range of the Taurus crossed its S. part, and most of the 
 great rivers flowing into the Mediterranean and Euxine Seas 
 sprang within its borders. There were also several large lakes 
 here. It was almost wholly agricultural and pastoral. Laodicea, 
 Colosse, and Iconium were its chief cities. 
 
 PHR'YNICHUS, an Athenian tragedian, of whose plays no 
 fragment remains. He first brought female parts into the 
 drama ; and seems to have been more of a lyric than strictly 
 dramatic poet. He flourished in 500 b. c. 
 
 PHTHA'RTICKS, {tharticks) s. \_phtheiro, Gr.] corrupting me- 
 dicines. 
 
 PHTHI'SICAL, {tizikal) a. [iMhisiqiie, Fr. from phthisis, Gr.] 
 coughing; consumptive. 
 
 PHTHI'SIC, Phthi'sis, {tizik, this) s. consumption ; the dis- 
 ease in which the lungs are destroyed by the formation of tuber- 
 cles within them ; and for which at present no remedy is known. 
 
 PHYLA'CTERY, s. [phulatto, Gr.] amongst the Jews, a band- 
 age on which was written some sentence from the Old Testa- 
 ment, worn on the wrists and foreheads. 
 
 PHY'SIC, ify'zic) s. Ijihusis, Gr.] the science or art of heal- 
 ing; medicine. In common language, a purge. Physics, the 
 whole circle of natural philosophy. 
 
 To PHY'SIC, (Ji/zik) V. a. to apply medicines. 
 
 PHY'SICAL, (,/y'zikal) a. Ij'f^i/sique, Fr.] relating to natural 
 philosophy; belonging to medicine, or the science of healing; 
 medicinal, or assisting health ; natural, opposed to spiritual. 
 
 PHY'SICALLY, (//s*a%) arf. according to nature; accord- 
 ing to the principles of natural philosophy; according to the 
 science or rules of medicine; naturally, or sensually, opposed to 
 spiritually. 
 
 PHYSrCIAN, (fyzishian) s. Iphysicien, Fr.] one who prescribes 
 remedies for any disease. 
 
 PHYSICOTHEO'LOGY, {Jyzikothe6logtj) s. [phusis and theolo- 
 gia, Gr.] the arguments supporting the belief^ in the being and 
 attributes of God, drawn from the consideration of the works of 
 nature. 
 
 PHYSIO'GNOiMER, Physio'gnomist, (fyzionomist) s. \_phy. 
 sionomiste, Fr. homphmis and gnomon, Gr.]one who judges of the 
 disDosition, &c. by the features of the face. 
 
 PHYSIOGNO'MIC, Physiogno'mical, a. drawn from the 
 contemplation of the features of the face ; conversant in phy- 
 siognomy. 
 
 PHYSIO'GNOMY, (fyzionomy) s. [physionomie , Fr.] the art of 
 discovering the disposition, capabilities, &c. from the features of 
 the face; the face ; the cast of the countenance. 
 
 PHYSIOLO'GICAL, {fyzioUgical) a. [phusis and logos, Gr.] 
 relating to physiology. 
 
 PHYSIO'LOGIST, {fyziMogist) s. one versed in physiology. 
 
 PHYSIO'LOGY, (fyzi6lngy) s. the science which treats of the 
 various functions of the life of organized bodies, both plants and 
 animals. 
 
 PHYTI'VOROUS, a. Iphuton, Gr. and roro, Lat.] that eats 
 grass or any vegetables. 
 
 PHYTO'GRAPHY, {fytdgrafy) s. iphuton and grapho, Gr.] a 
 description of plants. 
 
 PHYTO'LOGY, s. Iphuton and logos, Gr.] the science of plants ; 
 botany. 
 
 PIA'CULAR, Pia'culous, a. Ijuaculum, Lat.] expiatorj^; hav- 
 ing the power to atone ; such as requires expiation ; criminal ; 
 atrociously bad. 
 
 PIA-MATER, s. [Lat.] in Anatomy, a thin and delicate 
 membrane, which lies under the dura-mater, and immediately 
 covers the substance of the brain. 
 
 PIA'NET, s. in Ornithology, the lesser woodpecker; the 
 magpie. 
 
 PIA'NO, s. in Music, an Italian word for soft or slow. 
 
 PIA'NO FORTE, s. [Ital.] a well-known musical instrument, 
 the tones of which are produced by wires, struck by hammers, 
 by means of keys. It is an instrument of considerable compass 
 and power for chamber music, and is well suited to the domestic 
 habits of the English. There are several varieties, named from . 
 their form, &c.. Grand, Square, Cottage, Piccolo, &c. 
 
 PIA'STER, s. Ipiastra, Ital.] an Italian coin valued at about 
 bs. sterling ; a piece of eight. 
 
PIC 
 
 PIA'ZZA, s. [Ital.] a walk under a roof supported by pillars. 
 
 PlA'ZZl, JOSEPH, a famous astronomer of Italy, in the last 
 and present centuries. He was of the religious order of Theatines, 
 and held professorships at Genoa, Malta, Ravenna, and Palermo, 
 in philosophy and mathematics, and narrowly escaped trouble 
 on account of some aberrations (real or imaginary) from the 
 authorized faith. In an observatory he commenced at Palermo, 
 and in one at Naples, he laboured for many years with great dili- 
 gence, and discovered one of the asteroids, which he named 
 Ceres. He travelled in France and England for some time, and 
 formed intimacies with the great astronomers of those countries. 
 He died in 1826, aged 80 years. His treatises are numerous, 
 and of them all, his Catalogue of the fixed Stars is the most valu- 
 able. 
 
 PI'BROCH, s. [Scot.] a military tune, or the tune of a war- 
 song played on the bagpipes, amongst the Highlanders of Scot- 
 lard. 
 
 PI'CA, s. the name of a particular form of printing types, of 
 which there are two sizes, usually called Pica and Small Pica. 
 
 PICA'RD, JEAN, a noted French astronomer of the 17th 
 century. He was prior of Rille in Anjou, and became professor 
 of astronomy at Paris. He was a most diligent observer, and 
 not meanly acquainted with the higher mathematics. He first 
 applied the telescope to the quadrant, and invented the natural 
 quadrant. He was also engaged in measuring a degree of the 
 meridian, and in this, with all his disadvantages, he was surpris- 
 ingly successful. His name is connected with other discoveries, 
 and his works are numerous. He died in 1082, aged 62 years. 
 
 PICAROO'N, s. [picare, Ital.] a robber, plunderer, marauder, 
 pirate. 
 
 PI'CCAGE, s. Ipiccaffiiim, low Lat.] money paid at fairs for 
 breaking ground for booths. 
 
 PICCl'NI, NICHOLAS, a celebrated musical composer of the 
 last century, born in Italy, but chiefly resident in France. The 
 greatest passage of his life was his famous controversy with Gluck, 
 respecting the superiority of the musical schools of their respective 
 countries, wherewith all Paris rang. In the height of the French 
 Revolution he fled to Naples, but was glad to return. He died 
 in 1800, aged 72 years. His operas, oratorios, &c. &c,, are ex- 
 ceedingly numerous. 
 
 PI'CHEGRU, CHARLES, a celebrated French general under 
 the Republic. He was born in humble life, and studied at 
 Brienne. He first fought in America. At the Revolution he 
 rose rapidly, and succeeded to the post of Dumouriez, when he 
 restored the discipline of the army and conquered Holland. He 
 suppressed an insurrection in Paris ; and afterwards, at the head 
 of the army on the Rhine, entered into negociations for the restor- 
 ation of the Bourbons. Being recalled, he lived for a time 
 privately ; but afterwards was chosen on the council of 500, 
 and was arrested with several others for being concerned in a 
 royalist conspiracy. He escaped deportation and fled to Eng- 
 land ; but becoming acquainted with the Chouan chief, Georges 
 Cadoudal, returned privately to Paris, was detected, arrested, 
 and strangled in prison, in 1804, aged 43 years. 
 
 To PICK, V. a. Ipicken, Belg.] to cull ; to choose; to gather 
 industriously; to separate from any thing that is useless or 
 filthy ; to clean by gatheringoff gradually. — [piguer, Fr.] to pierce 
 or strike with a beak or sharp instrument, lo pick a hole in one's 
 coat, is used proverbially for seeking occasion of exposing or 
 finding fault with another. To 2nck a pocketj to steal from the 
 pocket, privately.— u. n. to eat slowly, and by small morsels ; to 
 do any thing leisurely. 
 
 PICK, s. [pique, Fr.] a sharp-pointed instrument. 
 
 PI'CKAPACK,arf. (formed, by reduplication, from pack,) upon 
 one's back, or after the manner of a pack. 
 
 PI'CKAXE, s. an axe with a sharp point ; an axe not made to 
 cut, but to pierce. 
 
 PI'CKBACK, a. [corrupted from pickapack,'] on the back. 
 
 PI'CKED, a. Ipique, Fr.] sharp. 
 
 To PICKEE'R, V. a. [piccare, Ital.] to pirate ; to rob ; to 
 make a fh'ing skirmish. 
 
 PI'CKER, s. one who picks; a sharp-pointed instrument. 
 
 PI'CKEREL, s. [from inke,] in Ichthyology, a small pike. 
 
 PICKERING, Yorkshire, N. Riding. It is seated on a small 
 brook ; and is a pretty good town, with an old castle. It is 22-3 
 miles from London. Market, Monday. Pop. 3901. 
 
 PI'CKLE, «. Ipekel, Belg.] any kind of salt or sour liquor in 
 
 PIE 
 
 which things are preserved; a thing kept in sour liquor. A 
 condition or state ; used in contempt. Pickle, or pightel, is a 
 stnall parcel of land enclosed with a hedge, which in some coun- 
 tries is called a.pingle. 
 
 To PI'CKLE, V. a. to preserve in salt or sour liquor; to sea- 
 son ; to imbue with any thing bad. 
 
 PI'CKLEHERRING, s. a merry-andrew ; an arch rogue ; a 
 buffoon ; a zany. 
 
 PI'CKLOCK, s, an instrument by which locks may be opened 
 without the key ; a person who opens locks without a key. 
 
 PI'CKPOCKET, Pi'cKPURSE, s. one who steals any thing pri- 
 vately out of a person's pocket or purse. 
 
 PI'CKTHANK, s. a person who is officious to curry favour 
 with another by base means. 
 
 PI'CKTOOTH, s. an instrument used to clean teeth. 
 
 PI'CO, GIOVANNI, Count of 3Iirandola and Concordia, 
 one of the distinguished Platonists of Florence in the palmy 
 days of the Medici. He received the best education the times 
 could afford ; and much after the fashion of the admirable Crich- 
 ton, in his travels in France and Italy, engaged in public dis- 
 cussions with the members of the different universities he visited, 
 challenging them publicly to dispute respecting certain theses; 
 for which amusement he narrowly escaped a practical acquaint- 
 ance with the Inquisition at Rome. He was one of the friends 
 of Lorenzo the Magnificent ; and aided in the philosophical and 
 literary revolution, which he headed, and which had so import- 
 ant a bearing on the Reformation under Luther. His works 
 have long ago been forgotten, though his name never may. He 
 died in 1494, aged 31 years. 
 
 PICTO'RIAL, a. {pictorius, Lat.] produced by a painter; 
 adorned with pictures or engravings. 
 
 PICTS, s. [pictas, frovapinao, Lat.] the name given by the Ro- 
 mans to one of the tribes inhabiting modern Scotland, from 
 the way in which they adorned their bodies, much resembling 
 the customs of the natives of N. America. 
 
 PICTS WALL, a name of the vallum built by the emperor 
 Adrian from Solway Frith, in Cumberland, to Newcastle and 
 Tynemouth. 
 
 PI'CTURE, s. [pictura, Lat.] a resemblance of persons or 
 things painted or engraved, &c. Figuratively, any resemblance 
 or representation. 
 
 To PI'CTURE, V. a. to represent by painting. Figuratively, to 
 represent in the mind. 
 
 PICTURE'SQUE, (picturesk) a. fine; beautiful; like a pic- 
 ture. 
 
 To PI'DDLE, V. n. [from peddle,] to pick at table ; to eat 
 squeamishly; to trifle, and attend to small parts rather than 
 the main. 
 
 PI'DDLER, s. one that picks a bit here and there at table ; 
 one that eats squeamishly, or acts triflingly. 
 
 PIE, s. in Cookery, a dish of meat, fruit, &c., baked with a 
 crust of pastry over it. — [pie, Fr. pica, Lat.] in Ornithology, a 
 magpie, or parti-coloured bird. The old popish service-book. 
 
 Pl'EBALD, a. of various colours ; diversified in colour. 
 
 PIECE, {peece) s. [piece, Fr.] a patch; a fragment, or part of 
 a whole; a picture; a composition or performance of some artist ; 
 a single great gun, or hand gun ; a coin. Applied to portions, 
 and ending a sentence, it signifies each. More of a piece with, 
 implies resemblance of the same kind or sort. In Commerce, 
 sometimes the whole, or part of a whole. 
 
 To PIECE, (peece) ». a. to enlarge by the addition of something; 
 to join or unite. To increase or supply some defect by addition, 
 followed by out— v. n. to join ; to be compacted. 
 
 PIE'CELESS, (peeceless) a. whole; compact; not made of 
 separate parts or pieces. 
 
 PIE'CER, (peecer) s. one who pieces. 
 
 PIE'CEMEAL, (peScemeal) a. [pice amd met. Sax.] in pieces; 
 by piece and piece. 
 
 PI'ED, {pi-ed) a. [from^te,] variegated, or composed of differ- 
 ent colours. 
 
 PIE'UMONT, (Peedmont) a common and ancient name for a 
 large district of the continental part of the kingdom of Sardinia. 
 It IS included between the Alps, which lie in a semicircle, and 
 the Austrian dominions and Parma; is watered by the Po and 
 its tributaries ; and abounds in all kinds of corn, cattle, &c. It 
 is divided into Turin, Susa, Ivrea, Pignerol, and Biella. Pop. 
 about 3,000,000. 
 
 4 u 673 
 
PI L 
 
 PI'EDNESS, s. variegation ; diversity of colours. 
 
 PIE'LED, a. [perhaps from peeled or piled,'] having short hair; 
 bald. 
 
 PI'EPOWDER COURT, s. [pied and poudre, Fr.] a court held 
 in fairs for redress of all disorders committed therein. 
 
 PIER, {peer) s. [jnerre, Fr.] the columns vphich support the 
 arch of a bridge ; the masonry between the windows and doors 
 of houses. 
 
 To PIERCE, (peeree) v. a. [percer, Fr.] to penetrate or enter ; 
 to affect or touch the passions. — v. n. to make way by force into 
 or through any thing ; to affect severely ; to enter or dive. Sy- 
 NON. Piercing seems to be executed by a rapid stroke ; penetrating, 
 by making way gradually. 
 
 PIE'RCER, {peercer) s. an instrument used in boring holes. 
 
 PIE'RCINGLY, (peerdngly) ad. in a sharp and affecting 
 manner. 
 
 PIE'RCINGNESS, ( peerdngness) s. the power of piercing. 
 
 PI'ETISTS, a denomination of certain Protestants, who lived 
 in Germany in the latter part of the 17th century, and were dis- 
 tinguished for their exemplary piety, and for the fervour with 
 which they cultivated it. Tiiey were not a sect or separate 
 communion. 
 
 Pl'ETY, s. Ipietas, Lat. piete, Fr.] the reverential discharge of 
 duty, whether to God, parents, or country. 
 
 PIG, s. [bigge, Belg.] in Natural History, the young of swine ; 
 sometimes used generally for swine. Fig iron, pig lead, &c. are 
 those metals in short thick bars, purified sufficiently to be used 
 in castings, &c. The name originated in a pun of the work- 
 men ; the long furrows into which the metal is run from the fur- 
 nace, are called (provincially) soughs, (sows,) and thence the 
 shorter side-furrows were named pigs. 
 
 To PIG, V. a. to farrow, or bring forth young, applied to a 
 sow. 
 
 PI'GEON, s. [Fr.] in Ornithology, the name for a very large 
 family of birds, of which the stock-dove, ring-dove, and turtle- 
 dove are native species; whilst the domesticated varieties are 
 almost numberless. 
 
 PPGEONLIVERED, a. soft; mild ; void of spleen or resent- 
 ment. 
 
 Pl'GGIN, s. a little pig ; a small vesseL A provincial word in 
 both senses. 
 
 PIGHT, (pit) old prefer, and past part, of pitch; pitched ; de- 
 termined; fixed. 
 
 PPGMENT, s. [pigmentum, from pingo, Lat.] colour to be laid 
 on any body; paint. 
 
 Pl'GMY, 8. Ipitgmaios, Gr.] a person of low stature; any thing 
 inconsiderable. 
 
 PIGNORA'TION, s. [pic/nus, Lat.] the act of pledging. 
 
 PIGNO'TTI, LAURENCE, an Italian writer of the last cen- 
 tury. He was first a physician, and held a professorship at Pisa 
 afterwards. He then wrote a History of Tuscany ; but his Fables 
 are his most famous work, which if not original as to its sub- 
 jects, is wholly so in the way he has treated them, and in the 
 gracefulness of the poetry. He died in 1812, aged 73 years. 
 
 PI'GNUT, s. in Botany, the earth nut. 
 
 Pl'GRITUDE, s. [ pj](/er, Lat.] laziness; slothfulness ; weari- 
 ness. 
 
 PI'GSNEY, s. [piga. Sax.] a word of fondness to a girl. 
 
 PIKE, s. \_picqv£, Fr.] in Ichthyology, a large and voracious 
 kind of fresh-water fish. It sometimes grows to a great size, 
 and is esteemed delicate eating. A long lance used by foot sol- 
 diers before the invention of bayonets, and very much used by 
 the French in the revolutionary war, before they were provided 
 with muskets for the many thousands that joined their armies. 
 A fork used in husbandry. Among turners, two iron spikes or 
 sprigs between which any thing is fastened. 
 
 Pl'KED, a. [piqtie, Fr.] sharp ; ending in a point. 
 
 PPKEMAN, s. a soldier armed with a pike. 
 
 PFKESTAFF, s. the wooden staff or the frame of a pike. 
 
 PILA'STRE, s. [pilastre, Fr. pilastro, Ital.] in Architecture, a 
 square pillar, sometimes insulated, or set within a wall, and only 
 showing a fourth or fifth part of its thickness. 
 
 PI'LAT, MONT, the name of one of the loftiest mountains of 
 the Ceyennes, so called from the clouds which commonly en- 
 velope its summit, as if it were pileated, or capped by them, not 
 from any connexion with Pontius Pilate. It is 3500 feet high. 
 
 PPLATE, PONTIUS, the procurator of Judtea, by whom, at 
 674 "^ ' 
 
 PIM 
 
 the instigation of the high priest and leaders of the Jewish peo- 
 ple, against his own better judgment, our Lord was crucified. 
 His question, "What is truth ?" which is usually ascribed to 
 his levity, was (as Luther said) a proof of his worldly common 
 sense, and his desire to save Jesus ; the " truth " could not, but 
 some lawyer's plea might have been of avail. He was, soon 
 after the transactions recorded in the New Testament, banished 
 to Vienne in Gaul, where he killed himself, in 38 a. d. 
 
 PI'LCHARD, s. in Ichthyology, a fish like a herring, but 
 smaller. 
 
 Pl'LCHER, PiixH, s. Ipellis, Lat.] any coat or garment made 
 of skin or lined with fur; a furred gown. 
 
 PILE, s. [Fr. pyle, Belg.] a strong piece of wood, or stake, 
 driven into the ground to make a foundation firm ; a heap ; any 
 thing heaped together to be burned ; an edifice or' building. — 
 [pilus, Lat.] a hair; the nap of cloth or velvet. — \_pHa, Ital.] one 
 side of a coin ; the reverse of a cross. — [pilum, Lat.] the head of 
 an arrow. In the plural, in Surgery, the haemorrhoids. 
 
 To PILE, r. a. to heap; to fill with something heaped. 
 
 PPLEATED, a. [pileits, Lat.] in the form of a cover or hat. 
 
 PI'LER, s. one who accumulates. 
 
 To PI'LFER, V. a. [pilkr, Fr. or from pelf,} to steal. — v. n. to 
 practise petty theft. 
 
 PI'LFERLR, s. one who steals petty things. 
 
 PI'LFERINGLY, ad. with petty larceny; filchingly. 
 
 PI'LFERY, s. petty theft. 
 
 PI'LGRIM, s. Ipelerin, Fr.] one who travels on a religious ac- 
 count ; a wanderer. 
 
 To PI'LGRIM, V. n. to wander; to ramble, 
 
 PI'LGRIMAGE, s. [pelerinage, Fr.] a journey on a religious 
 account. 
 
 PILL, s. [pilula, Lat. pillule, Fr.] a medicine made into a round 
 mass like a pea. 
 
 To PILL, V. a. [piller, Fr.] to rob or plunder. To strip off the 
 bark, used for peel. — v. n. to be stript away ; to come off in flakes 
 or scoriae, more properly peel. 
 
 PILLAGE, s. [Fr.] plunder; the act of plundering. 
 
 To PI'LLAGE, V. a. to plunder ; to spoil. 
 
 PI'LLAGER, s. a plunclerer ; a spoiler. 
 
 PI'LLAR, s. [pilier, Brit. 2nlar, Span, piler, Brit, and Armoric,] 
 a column; a supporter. In Botany, the cylindrical stalk of a 
 fungus, as in the common mushroom ; also the little shaft upon 
 which the feather of downy seeds is placed, as in the dandelion. 
 
 PI'LL ARED, a. supported by columns ; resembling a column. 
 
 PI'LLION, s. [from pillow,} a soft saddle used by women in 
 riding behind a horseman ; a low saddle ; a pannel ; a pad. 
 
 Pl'LLORY, s. [pillori, Fr.] a frame erected on a pillar, having 
 three holes through which the head and hands of a criminal are 
 put, when he is exposed to the public. 
 
 To Pl'LLORY, V. a. to expose in a pillory. 
 
 PI'LLOW, (pills) 8. [pukwe, Belg.] a bag of down or feathers 
 laid under the head when a person sleeps. 
 
 To PI'LLOW, {pillo) V. a. to rest or support any thing on a 
 pillow. 
 
 PI'LLOWBEER, Pi'llowcase, s. the cover of a pillow. 
 
 Pi'LLWORT, s. in Botany, the globular peppergrass ; a kind 
 of fern. 
 
 PILO'SITY, s. linlus, Lat.] hairiness. 
 
 PI'LOT, s. [pilote, Fr.] one who steers a ship. 
 
 To PI'LOT, V. a. to steer or conduct a ship. 
 
 PPLOTAGE, s. [i«fcfa^e, Fr.] a pilot's skill; knowledge of 
 coasts ; a pilot's hire. 
 
 PI'LPAV, called also Bidpai, the alleged authorof a very an- 
 cient collection of fables in the Sanscrit language. Most of them 
 have existed from the very earliest days in many Oriental lan- 
 guages, and in Latin, German, Spanish, Italian, &c. 
 
 Pl'LSER, s. in Entomology, a small kind of moth. 
 
 PIME'NTO, s. [piment, Fr.] in Botany, &c., a kind of spice, of 
 a round figure, called Jamaica pepper. 
 
 PIMP, s. [pinge, Fr.] one who provides gratifications for the 
 lusts of another; a procurer; a pander. 
 
 To PIMP, V. a. to provide gratifications for the lust of another ; 
 to pander ; to procure. 
 
 PIMPE'RNEL, s. in Botany, a common English plant, with 
 pretty, small, scarlet flowers. A species still prettier grows in 
 bogs. Both of them shut their blossoms before rain. This name 
 is commonly given to some other English plants. 
 
PIN 
 
 Pl'MPING, a. [pimplmnemch, Belg.] little ; petty ; worthless ; 
 mean. 
 
 PI'MPLE, s. Ipompette, Fr.] in Medicine, a small red pustule. 
 
 Pl'MPLED, a. having red pustules. 
 
 PIN, s. [epingle, Fr.] a short piece of pointed tinned wire, 
 with a head, used abundantly in female dress, k.c. The making 
 of this useful article is a very important part of English manu- 
 factures ; is one of the most remarkable instances of the general 
 advantage from what economists call division of labour. Every se- 
 parate operation, preparing, cutting into lengths, pointing, head 
 making and fixing, tinning and polishing, sorting and fixing in 
 papers, is performed by a different person ; so that each pin 
 passes through 10 or 12 different hands, the lighter parts of the 
 work being done by women and children. They are also made 
 by machines. Any thing to hold things together ; a peg, a bolt ; 
 that which locks the wheel to the axle, called a linch-pin; an 
 iron instrument used in fastening bars and window shutters ; 
 the peg of a musical instrument; the centre. In Surgery, a 
 horny induration, or inflammation of the coats of the eye. Roll- 
 ing pin, a cylindrical piece of wood used in making pastry. 
 
 To PIN, I', a. [/Jinrfan, Sax.] to fasten with pins; to join; to 
 confine as in a pinfold ; to fasten ; to make fast. 
 
 PFNCASE, s. a pincushion. 
 
 PI'NCERS, s. \^pincette, Fr.] an instrument consisting of two 
 legs moving on a rivet, with which nails are drawn, or any thing 
 held fast ; the claws of a crab, &c. 
 
 To PINCH, V. a. [pincer, Fr.J to squeeze between the fingers 
 or teeth ; to hold hard with an instrument ; to squeeze till the 
 flesh is pained or livid ; to press between hard bodies ; to dis- 
 tress ; to pain ; to gripe ; to straiten ; to drive to difficulties ; 
 to try thoroughly ; to squeeze out what is contained. — v. n. to 
 spare, or be frugal. 
 
 PINCH, s. \^pinqon, Fr.] a painful squeeze with the fingers, or 
 between hard bodies ; a gripe ; oppression ; difficulty or dis- 
 tress ; as much as can be taken between the tips of the fingers. 
 
 PI'NCHBECK, s. in Metallurgy, a compound metal, formed 
 of five or six parts of copper and one of zinc. 
 
 PFNCUSHION, {pincHshdn) s. a small cushion in which pins 
 are stuck. 
 
 PI'NDAR, the greatest lyric poet of the Greeks. He was a 
 Theban, and originally a flute-player, till he acquired a name 
 throughout Greece and its colonies and allied states, by his 
 grand odes. He not only received great honours from the dif- 
 ferent cities of Greece, but also from the kings and tyrants of 
 many other states; and especially from Hiero of Syracuse, at 
 whose court he spent the latter part of his life. He died in about 
 440 B. c, aged about 80 years. The writings of this poet, which 
 are yet extant, are the odes he composed in honour of various 
 conquerors at the Olympic, Nemean, and other games. They 
 abound in historic, personal, and mythological allusions ; and 
 excel in graphic sketches. The great conciseness of his style 
 makes him occasionally obscure; but the sustained grandeur of 
 the figures and the language, and the glowing enthusiasm that 
 especially marks them, the abrupt transitions, and the flashes of 
 jovial mirth, give them a life-likeness that few ancient poems 
 possess. 
 
 PINDA'RIC, a. in Poetry, applied to an ode written after the 
 manner of Pindar. 
 
 PFNDUST, s. small particles of metal made by cutting pins. 
 
 PINE, s. Ipinus, Lat.] in Botany, a kind of tree, called also 
 the^r; which grows most plentifully in cold'regions. Its trunk 
 is perfectly straight, and gently tapering, and th6 branches grow 
 directly out of it, on all sides. It bears scaly cones containing 
 winged seeds ; and it supplies valuable timber for masts, floor- 
 ing, &c. &c. The sea-pine is a kind of oarweed. 
 
 To PINE, j;. a. [pinian, Sax.] to languish or wear away with 
 any kind of misery ; to languish with desire. — v. n. to waste 
 with grief; to grieve for, or bemoan, in silence. 
 
 PI'NE-APPLE, s. in Botany, a juicy fruit of a delicious fla- 
 vour, brought from the W. Indies ; so called from its resembling 
 the cone of a pine-tree. It is cultivated in this country in hot- 
 houses. 
 
 PI'NEAL, a. [pineale, Fr.] in Anatomy, one of the smaller 
 parts of the brain, which the old physiologists supposed was 
 the seat of the soul in man. 
 
 PINE'L, PHILIPPE, an eminent French physician, whose 
 chief celebrity arises from the success of his methods of treating 
 
 having feathers resembhng pins ; un- 
 
 PIO 
 
 the insane. He commenced his efforts in this direction during 
 the French Revolution ; and proved that kindness and reason 
 were more powerful than the senseless brutality formerly prac- 
 tised. It is a remarkable fact, that in some asylums in England 
 the old and cruel plan is yet retained. He lectured and wrote 
 on medical subjects generally ; and died in 1826, aged 84 years. 
 
 PINFE'ATHERED, a. havii • ■ -^ ■ ' 
 
 fledged. 
 
 PPNFOLD, s. [pindan. Sax. and/oW,] a place in which beasts 
 are confined. 
 
 PI'NGLE, s. a small close ; an enclosure. 
 
 Pl'NGUID, a. Ipinguis, Lat.] fat ; unctuous. Obsolete. 
 
 PPNHOLE, s. a small hole made by a pin. 
 
 PI'NION,«. [pignon, Fr.] the joint at the extremity of a wing ; 
 awing; a feather or quill; the tooth of a smaller wheel, an- 
 swering to that of a larger; fetters or bonds for the hands. 
 
 To PI'NION, V. a. to bind the wings or the elbows close to the 
 sides; to shackle; to bind to. 
 
 PINK, s. [pink, Belg.] in Botany and Floriculture, a hand- 
 some genus of plants, extensively cultivated, five of which are 
 British species. An eye, generally applied to a small one ; any 
 thing supremely excellent ; a reddish colour, resembling that of 
 a pink ; a ship, with a round stern and bulging sides ; a fish, 
 called likewise minnow. 
 
 To PINK, V. a. to pierce with small holes like eyelet-holes.— 
 v.n. [pincken, Belg.] to wink with the eyes. 
 
 PI'NKERTON, JOHN, an English writer and antiquary of 
 the last generation. He was of Scottish birth, and was at first 
 a writer of the signet. In the latter part of his life he resided 
 at Paris, and died there in 1820, aged 68 years. His works are 
 very numerous ; the most known axu the Essay on Medals, Modern 
 Geor/raphj, (a huge work in 3 quarto volumes,) Walpoliana,viox\i.% 
 relating to Scottish History, &c. 
 
 PI'NMAKER, s. one who makes pins. 
 
 Pl'NMONEY, s. money allowed a wife for her private expenses. 
 
 PI'NNACE, s. [pw«asse, Fr. pmnacw, Ital. ^t'naca, Span.] a boat 
 belonging to a ship of war. 
 
 PI'NNACLE, .1. [Fr.] a turret, or elevation above the rest of 
 the building; a high spiring point. 
 
 PI'NNER, s. [pinna, Lat.] the lappet of a head-dress, which 
 hangs down loose; a pin-maker. 
 
 PPNNOCK, s. in Ornithology, a name of the tom-tit. 
 
 PINT, {pint) s. [Sax.pinte, Fr.] in liquid measure, half a quart. 
 In Medicine, a pound, or 12 ounces. 
 
 PPNTO, MENDEZ, a traveller of the 16th century, who has 
 deservedly obtained a reputation which may be placed on a par 
 with that of the fictitious Baron Munchausen. He was a Por- 
 tuguese, and travelled in most of the countries of S. Asia ; and, 
 after genuine adventures surpassing those by the relation of 
 which Othello won fair Desdemona's heart, and pretended ones 
 with which only theGerman baron's may be compared, got back to 
 Portugal, and died in about 1560, aged about 50 years. It is need- 
 less to remark further on his publications ; his name is a proverb. 
 
 PI'NULES, s. in Astronomy, the sights of a quadrant. 
 
 PIO'MBO, SEBASTIAN DEL, a famous Italian painter, who 
 was particularly noted for his skill as a colourist. At Rome, he 
 worked in conjunction with the great Michael Angelo, who sup- 
 plied him with designs for his most celebrated paintings; one 
 of which, thus jointly produced, is the picture of the liaising of 
 Lazarus, in our National Gallery. He painted many portraits, 
 and was highly esteemed by several of the popes. He died in 
 1547, aged 62 years. 
 
 PIONEE'R, s. [pionoir, Fr.] a soldier employed in levelling 
 roads, throwing up works, or sinking mines. 
 
 PPONING, s. works of pioneers. 
 
 PPONY, s. in Botany and Gardening, a large red flower, ex- 
 panded in the form of a rose, spelt likewise peony. 
 
 Pl'OUS, a. [pius, Lat.] attentive to one's duties, both as to 
 God and man ; religious. 
 
 Pl'OL'SLY, ad. with piety. 
 
 PIO'ZZI, MRS. who was first Mrs. Thrale. She was a par- 
 ticular friend of Dr. Johnson, till her second marriage. She re- 
 sided for some time in Italy, with Mr. Piozzi, and died after her 
 return to England, in 1821, aged 82 years. She wrote several 
 works ; her Anecdotes of Dr. Johnson, her tale called th« Three 
 Warnings, and her love-letters, lately published, written when 
 she was advanced in years, are, perhaps, the best known. 
 4 E 2 075 
 
PIS 
 
 PIP, s. Ipippe, Belg.] a defluxion, or horny pellicle, which 
 grows on the tip of the tongue of birds and fowls, and is cured by 
 pulling it off, and rubbing the part with salt. A spot on cards. 
 
 To PIP, V. 11. [pipio, Lat.] to chirp or cry like a bird. 
 
 PIPE,s. [Sax. /)ii, Brit.] any long hollow body or tube; a tube 
 of clay used in smoking tobacco; an instrument of hand music; 
 the organs of voice and respiration, as the wind-^i>e; the key 
 of the voice ; an office in the exchequer, in which the account of 
 the royal revenues, &c. was kept, lately abolished.— [Fr.] a liquid 
 measure containing 2 hogsheads. 
 
 To PIPE, V. n. to play on the pipe ; to have a shrill sound. 
 
 Pl'PER, s. one who plays on the pipe. 
 
 PI'PETREE, s. in Botany, a name of the lilac. 
 
 PI'PERIDGE-BUSH, «. in Botany, a shrub ; the same with 
 the common barberry. 
 
 PI'PEWORT, s. in Botany, the name of a genus of English 
 marsh plants. 
 
 PI'PING, a. weak, feeble, sickly. Hot or boiling, applied to 
 water. 
 
 PI'PKIN, s. [diminutive of pipe,] a small earthen boiler. 
 
 Pl'PPIN, s. in Horticulture, the name of a fine-flavoured juicy 
 kind of apple, 
 
 Pl'QUANCY, {peSkancy) s. sharpness ; tartness. 
 
 Pl'QUANT, IpeefMnt) a. [Fr.] pricking; stimulating; sharp; 
 tart ; pungent ; severe. 
 
 PFQUANTLY, ad. sharply; tartly. 
 
 PIQUE, {peek) s. [Fr.] an offence taken ; ill-will ; point or 
 punctilio. 
 
 To PIQUE, {peek) v. a. [piguer, Fr.] to affect with envy or 
 malice ; to put into a fret ; to offend ; to irritate. Used with the 
 reciprocal pronouns, and followed by in or upon, to value or fix 
 reputation upon. 
 
 PIQUEE'RER, (pikeerer) s. a robber; a plunderer. 
 
 PIQUE'T, {peeket) s. [picqiiet, Fr.] a game at cards, played by 
 two persons with only 32 cards ; all the deuces, threes, fours, 
 fives, and sixes, being laid aside. In Fortification, a piece of 
 wood, sharp at one end, usually shod with iron, used in laying 
 out ground, and measuring its angles ; or driven into the ground 
 near the tents to tie the horses to, and likewise used to fasten 
 the cords of tents ; whence to plant the piquet, implies to encamp ; 
 also, an outpost to an encampment. In this last sense it is pro- 
 nounced picket, 
 
 PI'RACY, s. [peirates, from ;jeiVa, Gr.] the act of robbing or 
 committing violence on the high seas. 
 
 PIR^'lJS, the name of the port of ancient Athens, which was 
 united to the city by means of three long walls. 
 
 PIRANE'SI, the name of two eminent Italian architects. The 
 father, Giovanni Battista, published numerous works containing 
 engravings of ancient and modern buildings, &c. &c., executed 
 by himself, aided by his children. He died in 1778, aged about 
 60 years. The son, Francis, was the most famous of his children : 
 he completed some of his father's works, and added other works 
 of a similar character, to the long list that has given celebrity to 
 their name. His sister aided in the production of his engravings. 
 He died in 1810, aged G2 years. 
 
 Pl'RATE, s. [Fr.] one who robs at sea ; a person who steals, 
 or clandestinely prints, the copies of an author or bookseller. 
 
 To Pl'RATE, V. a. to publish a spurious edition, in opposition 
 to the proprietor of a book. — v. n. to rob at sea. 
 
 PIRATICAL, a. robbing on sea ; like a pirate. 
 
 PI'SA, an ancient, large, and handsome city of Tuscany in 
 Italy, with a university. It stands on the Arno, at a small dis- 
 tance from the sea, in a very fertile plain. Over the river are 
 three bridges, of which that in the middle is constructed with 
 marble. The quays and streets are fine, but the city is greatly 
 fallen away. The cathedral is a magnificent structure, and on 
 the ri^ht side of the choir is the leaning tower so much talked 
 of. The grand duke's palace, and the exchange, are magnificent 
 buildings, worth notice. Pisa is 42 miles from Florence. Pop. 
 about 20,000. Lat. 43. 43. N. Long. 10. 17. E. 
 
 PI'SCARY, s. a privilege of fishing. 
 
 PISCATION, s. Ipiscis, Lat.] the act or practice of fishing. 
 
 PI'SCATORY, a. relating to fishes. 
 
 PI'SCES, s. in Astronomy, the J^wAes, one of the constellations 
 of the zodiac. 
 
 PISCIS AUSTRA'LIS, s. in Astronomy, the S. Fish, a constel- 
 lation situated near Aquarius, in the southern hemisphere. 
 
 PIT 
 
 PISCIS VO'LANS, s. in ksUonomy, the Flying Fish, 2l small 
 constellation in the southern hemisphere. 
 
 PlSCrVOROUS, a. [piscis and voro, Lat.] eating fish ; devour- 
 ingfish. 
 
 PISH, interj. a word used to express contempt. 
 
 To PISH,». n. to express contempt by a hissing or inarticulate 
 sound. 
 
 PISI'DIA, a country of Asia Minor, surrounded by Phrygia 
 and Pamphylia. It lay amidst the chains of mountains called 
 the Taurus, and had several lakes and small streams. Anliocheia 
 was its principal town. Selge and Sagalassus were also of im- 
 portance. It was in the time of the Romans incorporated with 
 Pamphylia. 
 
 PISFSTRATUS, or Peisi'stratus, a celebrated political leader 
 of Athens. During the first age of the city after Solon's legisla- 
 tion, he obtained by artifice the tyranny, or unconstitutional 
 supremacy of Athens ; but he was afterwards expelled. Making 
 a second attempt, he obtained the seat of power again, and held 
 it till his death, in 527 b. c. The Peisistratidceyiere his two sons, 
 Hippias and Hipparchus, to whom he bequeathed his unlawful 
 power. See their names. 
 
 PI'SMIRE, s. Ipismiere, Belg.] in Entomology, an ant ; an 
 emmet. 
 
 PISTA'CHIO, s. Ipistacchi, Ital. pistache, Fr.] in Botany, a dry 
 fruit, of an oblong figure, pointed at each end, with a double 
 shell, containing a kernel of a green colour. 
 
 Pl'STIL, Poi'ntal, s. in Botany, the stile, or column, in the 
 centre of the flower, by which the seeds are fertilized from the 
 pollen discharged from the anthers. 
 
 PISTILLA'TION, s. {pistillum, Lat.] the act of pounding in a 
 mortar. 
 
 PISTO'JA, a town of Tuscany, in Italy. It stands near the 
 Apennines, on a small stream connected with the Arno. The 
 cathedral, the churches, the palaces, and the academies and 
 schools, are good buildings, and uphold the falling dignity of 
 the place. Pop. about 12,000. Lat. 43. 56. N. Long. 10. 57. E. 
 
 Pl'STOL, s. [pistole, or pistolet, Fr.] a small hand-gun. 
 
 To Pl'STOL, V. a. [pistoler, Fr.] to shoot with a pistol. 
 
 PISTO'LE, s. [pistole, Fr.] a gold coin struck in Spain and 
 Italy, generally valued at about 15«. Gd. sterling. 
 
 PISTOLE'T, s. [diminutive of pistol,] a little pistol. 
 
 PI'STON, s. [Fr.] that part of a pump or syringe on which the 
 sucker is fixed ; an embolus ; a sucker. 
 
 PIT, ». [;ji<, Sax.] a hole in the ground ; the grave ; the ground 
 on which cocks fight; the middle and lower part of a theatre, 
 fronting the stage; any hollow of the body, as the armpit; a 
 dent made by the finger, or caused by the small-pox. 
 
 To PIT, V. a. to sink in hollows ; to mark with small hollows, 
 as by the small-pox. 
 
 PITAPA'T, s. [pas a pas, or patte patte, Fr.] a fluttering mo- 
 tion or palpitation, applied to the heart. A light quick step. 
 
 PI'TCAIRN'S ISLAND lies to the E. of the great Polynesian 
 group, between Crescent and Ducie's islands, in the S. Pacific 
 Ocean. It is about 3 miles long, by '2h broad, and is rocky and 
 mountainous, with many indications of volcanic origin, but has, 
 notwithstanding, a rich soil. It was peopled by the mutineers 
 of the Bounty, and the people who accompanied them from 
 Tahiti. (See Bligh.) 
 
 PITCH, s. [pic. Sax.] in the useful Arts, &c., a black viscid 
 juice, extracted by means of fire from the pine-tree. Mineral 
 pitch is petroleum hardened by an exposure to the air.— [jjicts, 
 Fr.]any degree of height ; the highest rise ; degree; rate; size. 
 
 To PITCH, V. a. [appiccaire, Ital.] to fix upon ; to order regu- 
 larly; to throw headlong; to smear with pitch; to darken ; to 
 pave. — V. n. to light or drop from a high place ; to fall headlong ; 
 to fix a choice, or a tent. 
 
 PI'TCHER, s. [^ic/(er, Fr.] an earthen vessel or water-pot ; 
 an instrument to pierce the ground, in which any thing is to be 
 fixed. 
 
 PI'TCHFORK, s. a fork by which corn or hay is moved. 
 
 PI'TCHINESS, s. the quality of resembling pitch ; blackness ; 
 darkness. 
 
 Pl'TCHY, a. smeared with pitch ; having the qualities of 
 pitch; black; dark; dismal. 
 
 Pl'TCOAL, s. coal dug out of pits. 
 
 Pl'TEOUS, a. sorrowful ; exciting pity; tender; compassion- 
 ate; wretched; paltry. 
 
PIT 
 
 PITEOUSLY, ad. iu a pitiful manner. 
 
 PlTEOUSNESS.s. sorrowfulness; tenderness. 
 
 PITFALL, s. a pit dug and covered, into which a person falls 
 unexpectedly; a trap. 
 
 PITH, s. [pitte, Belg.] the soft part in the midst of wood ; 
 marrow ; strength ; force; energy ; weight ; moment ; the quint- 
 essence or chief part. 
 
 PI'THILY, ad. with force and energy. 
 
 PITHINESS, s. force or energy. 
 
 PITHLESS, a. without pith, force, or energy. 
 
 PITHY, a. consisting of pith, applied to wood; strong or 
 energetic, applied to style. 
 
 PITI-ABLE, a. [pitoyahle, Fr.] deserving pity. 
 
 PITIABLENESS, «. state of deserving pity. 
 
 PITIFUL, a. moving compassion ; compassionate ; paltry ; 
 contemptible. The last sense is most in use. 
 
 PITIFULLY, ad. in a mournful, compassionate, or contempt- 
 ible manner. 
 
 PITIFULNESS, «. mercy, or compassion; despicableness ; 
 contemptibleness. 
 
 PITILESSLY, ad. without pity or mercy. 
 
 PI'TILESSNESS, s. want of compassion. 
 
 PITILESS, a. wanting pity or compassion. 
 
 PI T.MAN, s. one that works in a pit. 
 
 PITSAW, s. asaw used by two men, of whom one is in the pit. 
 
 PITT, WILLIAM, EARL OF CHATHAM, a great parlia- 
 mentary orator and political leader of the last century. He was 
 descended from the Pitt who was governor of Fort St. George, in 
 Hindustan, and sold the famous diamond that bears his name 
 to the French king. He studied at Oxford, and entered the 
 army; but being returned to parliament, he soon set out on a 
 career which led him more rapidly aud surely to fame. He sided 
 with the Prince of Wales, and was, under various administra- 
 tions, now for and now against the advisers of the crown. At 
 length, under the Earl of Bath, he obtained office, and did not 
 act any longer in connexion with the Prince, though he retained 
 the legacy of the Duchess of Marlborough, which had been left 
 him for his aid to the rebellious son. After several changes, he 
 was made secretary of state, which (with one interval arising 
 from the king's recollection of the part Pitt had taken against 
 him) he continued till the end of the reign. His administration 
 was marked by great vigour and enterprise, and it was so suc- 
 cessful, that the people, dazzled with the military glories of the 
 English arms, and forgetting (as usual) the cost even of victories, 
 looked on him with unexampled favour. On the accession of 
 George III. he resigned his post, and receiving mairy marks of 
 honour, maintained a species of opposition to tne different min- 
 isters that succeeded each other, which harassed them, but 
 did not commit himself too deeply. He refused several offers of 
 secondary stations, and at last, when American affairs drove the 
 king to his last shift, he was made head of the government, and 
 a peer. But the ministers he had collected together were of too 
 miscellaneous and inconsistent a kind, and he soon laid down his 
 office again. He appeared in his place as usual, and spoke in 
 favour of Wilkes and the Dissenters, against the American war, 
 till he closed his career with a scene rendered immortal by the 
 pencil of Copley. Sinking exhausted with his efforts to put a 
 stop to the American war, he was removed to his house, and 
 died soon afterwards, in 1778, aged 70 years. He did not live 
 in an age of heroes, and so he obtained a cheap immortality; 
 but also one which is not an immortality of'heroic labours, to 
 establish profound principles, and restore to truth its rightful 
 dominion in the daily affairs of men and nations, but rather an 
 immortality of mere name, as a skilful word-fencer, and defender 
 of constitutional pedantries. 
 
 PITT, WILLIAM, second son of the foregoing, an orator and 
 party-leader of even greater renown, known, not always in jest, 
 as " the heaven-born minister." He was educated at Cambridge, 
 and studied for the bar, which profession he afterwards relin- 
 quished (as his father had the military profession) for the sake 
 of jwlitics. He was at first in the opposition, and played his 
 part with Fox and Burke, and some others ; he also harped much 
 on the necessity of reform. He was for a short time in office 
 under Lord Shelburne, but was soon in opposition again, till his 
 next step was to the head of a ministry, which, after a few pre- 
 liminary difficulties safely overcome, found itself in the very 
 midst of the storm that sprang up throughout Europe on the out- 
 
 PIU 
 
 break of the French Revolution. Till 1801 he conducted the 
 affairs of the nation with a reckless disregard of his old profes- 
 sions, with an equally reckless disregard of the weight of the 
 burdens he was laying on the ages that should follow, in order 
 that he might have money to carry on his war against France 
 and her allies ; and by one means and another, he certainly 
 raised the whole country to a state of anti-Gallican frenzy, saved 
 the aristocracy, swamped the people, and buttressed up too well 
 the absolute princes of all Europe. His greatest measure was, 
 perhaps, his financial one of restricting cash payments at the 
 bank of England. Ireland owes to him the (so-called) Union 
 with England. Mr. Addington succeeded him when he resigned 
 because the king would not emancipate the Roman Catholics; 
 but after a year or two, he returned to office. The unbroken 
 career of Napoleon's successes, the failure of his health, and 
 other troubles, soon, however, released him from his cares here, 
 and he died in 1806, aged 47 years. His oratory was entirely 
 of the gladiatorial sort, he fought for the applause of his party; 
 and yet he deserves all praise for having purposed to do justice 
 to the Roman Catholics, even if his too prompt or too frequent 
 submission to the king's prejudices be taken into the account. 
 But he did not live in an age when principles were deemed of 
 value by statesmen. Party measures, or tricks of expediency, 
 were the rule amongst politicians ; only here and there was the 
 existence of any principles even suspected. 
 
 PITTACUS, a Lesbian, who obtained a place amongst the 
 seven Grecian sages. He took the lead in overthrowing the ty- 
 ranny of Melanchrus, in Mitylene, and was chosen to the chief 
 office in the state himself. His government was so wise as to 
 conciliate all parties. He died in 570 b. c. Fragments of poems 
 and pithy proverbs are yet extant, which are ascribed to him. 
 
 PITTANCE, s. [pitance, Fr.] an allowance of meat in a mon- 
 astery ; a small portion. 
 
 PITTSBURGH, a city of Pennsylvania, United States. It 
 stands at the head of the Ohio, at the confluence of the Alle- 
 ghany and Monongahela rivers. It is compactly built, and is a 
 handsome place; having several very fine public buildings, as 
 the court house, the W. university, the Roman Catholic cathe- 
 dral, &c. There are 3 bridges over the Alleghany, and 2 over 
 the Monongahela. It has a considerable trade, from its situa- 
 tion ; and several valuable and important branches of manufac- 
 ture are carried on here. It is 220 miles from Washington. 
 Pop. 21,115. Four other places bear the same name iu the 
 States. 
 
 PITUITE, s. [Fr.jsiVuJifa, Lat.] in Physiology, phlegm. 
 
 PITU'lTOUS, a. consisting of, or full of, phlegm ; phleg- 
 matic. 
 
 PITY, s. [pitie, Fr.] the quality of feeling or compassionating 
 the pains of another ; a ground or object of pity. In the last 
 sense alone it has a plural. 
 
 To PITY, I), a. [pitoyer, Fr.] to sympathize, or feel the mis- 
 fortunes of another.— r. n. to be compassionate. 
 
 jHi'VOT, s. \_pivot, Fr.] a pin on which any thing lurns. 
 
 PI'US, the name borne by nine Roman pontiffs; the last of 
 whom is now living. The most famous amongst the former 
 are, the second, commonly known as JEneas Sylvius, who had 
 attained to considerable eminence by his learning, his writ- 
 ings, and the part he had taken at the council of Basle, and in 
 various embassies and negociations arising out of the perplex- 
 ed state of the Roman Church ; and was chosen as successor 
 to Calixtus HI. His chief efforts during his short pontificate 
 were directed against the Turks ; but he did not forget to pro- 
 mote learning by his patronage, as he had formerly done by 
 his own diligent cultivation of it. His works are numerous, 
 and are on various subjects ; one relates to the Bohemian Re- 
 formation. He died in 1464, aged 59 years, having been pope 
 for 6. The fourth convened the last assemblies of the often- 
 interrupted council of Trent ; and by the diplomatic skill of his 
 agents, the authority of the Roman see, and many of the old 
 and often deplored evils, were unmolested. The Roman Church 
 owes to him, also, the creed which ever since his days has embo- 
 died the dogmas it holds. He died in 1565, after a reign of 
 about 5 years. The sixth and seventh have had their names 
 brought forward very prominently, by their implication in the 
 convulsionsof Europe arising out of the French Revolution. The 
 former of these was brought to France by the Directory; and 
 Rome was declared a republic : the latter was one of Buouu- 
 
 677 
 
PLA 
 
 parte's appointments, and crowned him at Paris when he be- 
 came emperor. He did not leave France till the abdication of 
 Napoleon in 1814. Pius VI. died in 1799, having been pope for 
 24 years ; Pius VII. in 1823, after a pontificate of 23 years. 
 
 I*IX, s. [pixis, Lat.] amongst Romanists, a chest in which the 
 consecrated wafer, or host, is kept. A chest wherein pieces of 
 every coin are deposited for trial by assay-masters. 
 
 PIZA'RRO, FRANCISCO, the Spanish adventurer, who, when 
 the great geographical discoveries had unfolded a new world to 
 Europe, and hunger for an Eldorado had seized on all who had 
 heard any thing of this new world, led over a company of adven- 
 turers like himself, and with them penetrated to Peru, and con- 
 quered that kingdom. He was of very low origin, and served 
 in the wars in Mexico. After a preliminary and exploratory 
 expedition, he set out against Peru, and having by cruel trea- 
 chery seized the person of Atahualpa, or Atabalipa, the reign- 
 ing Inca of the country, and caused him to be put to death, he 
 claimed the country in the name of Spain, and made good his 
 claim by arms. He governed it with so much cruelty, and gave 
 such dissatisfaction to his companions and officers, that at last a 
 conspiracy was formed against him ; and he was assassinated 
 in 1541, aged about 60 j'ears. 
 
 PLACABI'LITY, Pla'cableness, s. the quality of being will- 
 ing or easy to be appeased. 
 
 PLA'CABLE, a. [placo, Lat.] willing or possible to be ap- 
 peased. 
 
 PLACA'RD, Placa'rt, s. [Fr.] a declaration or manifesto ; a 
 licence for unlawful games, &c. 
 
 To PLA'CATE, v. a. {placo, Lat.] to appease ; to reconcile. 
 
 PLACE, s. [Fr.] that part of space which any body occupies ; 
 the relation of distance between any thing, and any two or 
 more points, considered as keeping the same distance one with 
 another ; a seat or residence ; a passage in a book ; existence ; 
 rank ; precedence ; an office, or public employment ; room ; 
 ground ; a kind of area surrounded with houses, sometimes 
 called a court. 
 
 To PLACE, V. a. [placer, Fr.] to put in any place, rank, or 
 condition ; to fix or establish. To put out at interest, applied 
 to money. 
 
 PLA'CER, «. one that places. 
 
 PLA'CID, a. Iplacidus, from placeo, Lat.] gentle, quiet; kind, 
 mild. 
 
 PLACPDITY, s. [placiditas, Lat.] quietness ; mildness. 
 
 PLA'CIDLY, arf. in a gentle, kind, or mild manner. 
 
 PLA'CIT, «. [placitum, from placeo, Lat.] degree. 
 
 PLA'CKET, Pla'quet, «. a petticoat. 
 
 PLA'GIARISM, s. theft, or the act of stealing the thoughts 
 or the words of an author, without owning it. 
 
 PLA'GIARY, s. [plagium, Lat.] one who makes use of the 
 thoughts of an author without acknowledgment. 
 
 PLAGUE, {pldff) s. Iplaghe, Belg. from plesso, Gr.] a contagious 
 disease; a state of misery ; any thing troublesome. 
 
 To PLAGUE, (plug) V. a. to infect with pestilence; to vex, 
 torment, or tease. 
 
 PLA'GUILY, {plagily) ad. in such a manner as to torment 
 over much. 
 
 PLA'GUY, {plagy, g pron. hard,) a. vexatious or troublesome. 
 These two words are not authorized by good usage. 
 
 PLAICE, s. [plate, Belg.] in Ichthyology, a kind of flat fish. 
 
 PLAID, s. [Scot.] a striped or variegated cloth ; an outer loose 
 garment or shawl, worn by men and women in Scotland. 
 
 PLAIN, a. [planus, Lat.] smooth ; level; free from rigidness ; 
 void of ornament; artless; unlearned; open; sincere; mere; 
 bare. Evident, clear, applied to truths. Not varied by art, ap- 
 plied to music. 
 
 PLAIN, ad. easily discovered. Distinctly, articulately, ap- 
 plied to pronunciation. In a simple, open, rough, but sincere 
 manner. 
 
 PLAIN, s. [plane, Fr,] level ground. See Desert, Pampas, 
 Prairies, Steppes, &c. 
 
 To PLAIN, c. n. [plaindre, Fr.] to lament; to wail. An old word. 
 
 PLAINDE'ALING, a. acting without artifice. 
 
 PLAINDE'ALING, s. conduct free from artifice. 
 
 PLAl'NLY, ad. levelly; flatly; without ornament, gloss, or 
 artifice ; evidently ; clearly. 
 
 PLAI'NNESS, s. the quality of being smooth or Ifvel ; or of 
 being free from ornament, deceit, or obscurity. 
 678 
 
 PLA 
 
 PLAI'NSONG, in Music, a name of the Gregorian chant. 
 
 PLAINT, s. [plainte, Fr,] an expression of grief ; a complaint, 
 lamentation. 
 
 PLAI'NTFUL, a. complaining ; audibly sorrowful. 
 
 PLAI'NTIFF, s. [plaintif, Fr.] in Law, one that commences a 
 suit against another. 
 
 PLAI'NTIVE, a. [plaintif, Fr.] expressive of sorrow ; complain- 
 ing, lamenting. 
 
 PLAPNWORK, s. needlework without any embroidery. 
 
 PLAIT, s. [corrupted from plight, or plyght, from pig,] a fold 
 or double. 
 
 To PLAIT, r. a. to fold or double ; to weave or braid ; to en- 
 tangle ; to involve. 
 
 PLAI'TER, s. he that plaits. 
 
 PLAN, s. [Fr.] a scheme, form, or model ; a plot of any build- 
 ing, or form of any thing, laid down on paper. 
 
 To PLAN, v. a. to scheme ; to form in design, 
 
 PLA'NARY, a. belonging to a plane. 
 
 PLA'NCHED, a. [jAancM, Fr.] made of boards. 
 
 PLA'NCHER, «. [plancher, Fr.] a board or plank. 
 
 PLA'NCHING, s. the laying the floors in a building. 
 
 PLANE, s. [planus, Lat.] a level surface. — [Fr.] an instrument 
 used in smoothing or levelling the surface of boards. In Botany, 
 a lofty and elegant genus of trees, allied to our sycamore and 
 maple, one species of which in America attains to great size 
 and age. 
 
 PLANE, a. in Geometry, level, plain. Plane-sailing. -See Sail- 
 ing, Navigation, &c. 
 
 To PLANE, V. a. [planer, Fr.] to make level ; to smooth with 
 a plane. 
 
 PLA'NET, s. [planeta, Lat. from planao, Gr.] in Astronomy, 
 the name by which the principal bodies revolving round the sun 
 are called, to distinguish them from the fixed stars, and from 
 comets and satellites. See Solar System. 
 
 PLANETA'RIUM, «, in Astronomy, an instrument for exhi- 
 biting, approximately, the phenomena of the motions of the 
 planets, commonly called an Orrery. 
 
 PLA'NETARY", a. [planctaire, Fr.] of the nature of a planet ; 
 belonging to, or under the dominion of, a planet ; produced by 
 the planets ; erratic ; wandering. 
 
 PLANE'TICAL, a. pertaining to planets. 
 
 PLA'NETSTRUCK, a. blasted. 
 
 PLANIFO'LIOUS, a. [planus and folium, Lat.] in Botany, 
 having plain leaves, set together in circular rows round a 
 centre. 
 
 PLANI'LOQUY, s. [planus and loquor, Lat.] plain speech. 
 
 PLANIMETRICAL, a. [{danus, Lat. and rnetreo, Gr.] pertain- 
 ing to the mensuration of plain surfaces. 
 
 PLANI'METRY, a. the mensuration of plain surfaces. 
 
 PLANIPE'TALOUS, a. [planus, Lat. and}>etalon,Gr.'] in Bo- 
 tany, flat-leaved, as when the small flowers are only hollow at the 
 bottom, but flat upwards, as in dandelion and succory. 
 
 To PLA'NISH, t". a. to beat, polish, or smooth bv a hammer. 
 
 PLA'NISPHERE, (pldnisfere) s. [planus, Lat. and sphaira, Gr.] 
 a sphere projected on a plane ; a mapof oneorboth hemispheres; 
 a map of the stars visible in our latitude, with a movable disc 
 so attached to it, that the stars above the horizon at any hour 
 of any day are exhibited as they appear in the heavens. 
 
 PLA'NITY, *. evenness; plainness. 
 
 PLANK, 8. [planche, Fr.] a thick, long, and stout board. 
 
 To PLANK, r. a. to cover with planks. 
 
 PLANOCO'NICAL, a. [planus and conns, Lat.] level on one 
 side and conical on others. 
 
 PLANOCO'NVEX, a. [planus and convexus, Lat.] flat on one 
 side and convex on the other. 
 
 PLANT, s. [planta, Lat. plante, Fr.] a sapling. 
 
 To PLANT, V. a. [planto, Lat.] to set in the earth in order to 
 grow; to procreate or generate ; to place or fix; to settle a coun- 
 try ; to fill or adorn with something planted. To direct properly, 
 applied to cannon. — v. n. to perform the act of planting. 
 
 PLA'NTAGE, s. [plantago, Lat.] in Botany, a very comllion 
 herb. 
 
 PLANTA'GENET, s. the name of a royal house, which occu- 
 pied the English throne after the house of Normandy, and was 
 divided into the houses of York and Lancaster, by the usurpa- 
 tion of Henry IV. 
 
 PLA'NTAIN, [plantain, Fr.] in Botany, the name of several 
 
PL A 
 
 common English plants, the best knownof which are those which 
 injure pastures by their broad spreading leaves. 
 
 PLANTA'TIO>f, s. the act or practice of planting ; a place 
 planted ; a colony ; introduction or establishment. 
 
 PLA'NTER, s. [planteiir, Fr.] one that plants or cultivates 
 any vegetable ; one who disseminates or introduces. 
 
 PLASH, s. [onomatopee,] a puddle, or small piece of standing 
 water ; a branch partly cut off, and bound to other branches. 
 
 To PLASH, v.a. [plesser, Fr.] to interweave branches ; to wet 
 by dashing water. 
 
 PLA'SHY, a. watery ; filled with puddles. 
 
 PLASM, (plazm) «. Iplasso, Gr.] a matrix in which any thing 
 IS cast ; a mould. 
 
 PLA'STER, Plai'ster, s. {piastre, Fr.] a substance made of 
 lime and water, &c. with which walls are covered. Plaster of 
 Paris, in the Fine and Useful Arts, is a kind of gypsum, calcined 
 and ground to a fine powder : when mixed to the consistency of 
 oil, with wafer, and poured into a mould, it soon dries, and 
 hardens sufficiently to make it exceedingly useful for copying 
 works of art, busts, statues. Sec. &;c., ia stereotyping, &c. — [em- 
 ptastrum, Lat.] an adhesive unguent, spread on leather or paper, 
 and applied to an^ part of the body. Court Plaster, is black silk 
 with a solution of gum benzoin spread on one side, and some- 
 times a solution of caoutchouc also, applied to slight wounds by 
 being moistened and pressed on the part gently. 
 
 To PLA'STER, t-. a. [plastrer, Fr.] to cover with plaster; to 
 cover withjplasters. 
 
 PLA'STERER, s. [plastrier, Fr.] one who plasters. 
 
 PLA'STIC, a. l^jlasso, Gr.] having the power of giving form. 
 Plastic Claij, in Geology, the name formerly given to the clays, 
 sands, beds of pebbles, &c., which occur in the lower part of 
 the formation called the London Clay. These beds in England 
 may be studied to the greatest advantage in the Isle of Wight 
 and on the coast of Hampshire. 
 
 PLASTO'GRAPHY, (plastdc/rafy) s. [plasso and ffrajjho, Gr.] a 
 counterfeit or false writing. 
 
 PLA'STRON, s. [Fr.] a piece of leather stuffed, used by per- 
 sons to receive the thrusts made in learning to fence. 
 
 To PLAT, V. a. to weave ; to make by texture. 
 
 PLAT, s. properly /ifoi; [_plof. Sax.] a small piece of ground. 
 
 PLATA, LA, Republic of, in S. America, called more fre- 
 quently the Argentine Republic ; lies on the Atlantic, and is 
 bounded by the republics of Uruguay, Paraguay, Bolivia, and 
 Chili, and by Patagonia. It is 1300 miles in length, and 
 above 600 in breadth. The Andes are its W. boundary line; 
 and many of its heights range from 12,000 to 15,000 feet in 
 elevation. The La Plata, with its tributaries, and the Rio- 
 Negro, its S. border-line, are its great streams. It is chiefly a 
 vast series of plains, called Pampas, which furnish the richest 
 pastures for innumerable herds of cattle; and would break up 
 into very fine arable land for most profitable agriculture. Rice 
 and various kinds of corn, cotton, indigo, tobacco, fruits, drugs, 
 and dyeing vegetables are grown here. Cochineal is also an 
 article of commerce. Most of the wild animals of S. America 
 are found here abundantly. The people are aborigines of the 
 country, Spanish settlers, and a mixed race. The political con- 
 dition of tnis country is hardly fixed yet. Buenos Ayres is its 
 chief city. Pop. about 750,000. 
 
 PLATA. See La Plata.. 
 
 PLATANE, s. [Fr. platanus, Lat.] in Botany, the plane- 
 tree. 
 
 PLATE, s. [Belg.] a piece of metal beat out into breadth. — 
 [plata. Span.] gold or silver, wrought into articles for household 
 ornament or use, as spoons, tankards, goblets, candlesticks, 
 &c. &.C. — [plat, Fr.] a small shallow vessel on which meat is 
 eaten. 
 
 To PLATE, V. a. to cover with plates ; to beat into thin pieces ; 
 to coat with gold or silver, by any process. 
 
 PLATEN, s. among printers, the flat part of the press where- 
 by the impression is made. 
 
 PLATFORM, s. [plat, Fr. and form,] the sketch of any thing 
 delineated on a plain surface; a place laid out after a model; 
 the level place before a fortification ; a temporary elevation in a 
 room oj: ball, like a stage, for public speakers, &c. ; a scheme 
 or plan. 
 
 PLATINA, Pla'tinum, s. in Chemistry, &c., the heaviest of 
 all metals. It is nearly as white as silver, and is with difficulty 
 
 PL A 
 
 fusible ; but is remarkably malleable, so as to be wrought into 
 utensils like other metals. It is found in grains in a metallic 
 state in St. Domingo, S. America, and Russia. 
 
 PLATO, the greatest Grecian philosopher. He was trained 
 after the custom of the day, in all accomplishments common 
 amongst the youths of the higher classes of Athens ; and seems 
 to have turned his attention in early life to the philosophies 
 which were taught in that city. He was, at that time, not in- 
 different to the Muses, and some fragments of his poetry have 
 been preserved. During the last 10 years of the life of Socrates, 
 Plato was his most affectionate and diligent disciple; and he 
 sought to avert from his master the cruel sentence, which the 
 fickle Athenians were persuaded to pass on him. On the death 
 of Socrates he travelled, first to Megara to visit the philosopher 
 Euclid, and afterwards toCyrene and Egypt; and when he re- 
 turned to Athens he opened his famous school in the plane-grove 
 of Academus. There he taught for the remainder of his life, 
 with the exception of the time spent in three visits to Syracuse, on 
 matters of state ; and from which he experienced some difficulty 
 in returning, being, on the first occasion, actually sold as a slave, 
 but set at liberty by the man who purchased him. It was 
 during this time also that he wrote the magnificent dialogues, in 
 which he embodied as much of his philosophy as he deemed 
 such a means fit for recording. He died in 347 B. c, aged 83 
 years. Amongst his dialogues, several are included which ap- 
 pear not to be genuine works of the philosopher. But those 
 which are undoubtedly his are sufficiently numerous. They are 
 of various merit as regards matter, structure, and style ; but they 
 are all characterized by hard and severe logic ; and are the very 
 reverse of the dreamy, sentimental rhodomontade, that they are 
 usually thought to be. Their dramatic power and eloquence 
 are most wonderful. Plato seems to have adopted his great 
 master's method ; and to have intended his works rather as ex- 
 ercises in the practice of philosophizing, and as refutations of 
 false notions, than as dogmatic expositions of his own opinions. 
 Yet they do afford sufficient insight into his views to enable us 
 to discern the outline of his philosophy. The most remarkable 
 of his doctrines appears to be that relating to ideas; a term 
 which his disciple Aristotle, <ftid his followers, never seem to have 
 apprehended. He uses it in almost exactly the same sense as 
 our Lord Bacon does ; and as he also uses the term laws, a word 
 as much misunderstood as the former. Ideas were spiritual 
 truths, with Plato ; capable of being apprehended by man ; and 
 the ground or basis of real things, and of opinions. He held 
 that they were innate in man ; or rather, that man retained 
 them, as reminiscences of a former state, in which he had to do 
 with ideas alone. The spirituality and immortality of man's 
 soul he confidently asserted ; and the tendency to evil (which 
 divines have named original sin). He also stated that God alone, 
 or a god alone, can raise men to the condition they ought to be in. 
 His morals are too lofty for common humanity; and no one so 
 bitterly upbraids the general greediness for pleasure and happi- 
 ness. He made <r«rt the great object of man's life; and,certain- 
 1}', he was a living example of his own doctrines. Some of his 
 doctrines were, of course, widely dift'erent from anything that 
 would be endured in these days ; and some which he appears to 
 have held in earlier works, he renounces and opposes in later 
 writings. He has exercised on the race an influence more deep, 
 though less apparent, and assuredly more spiritual, than Aris- 
 totle did ; and in the development of Christian theology, his 
 philosophy has been no mean aid. In these days the power of 
 his opinions seems to be again reviving; and a good omen it is 
 for the coming age, that advocates of a shallow logic, and meta- 
 physics based on experience, find but scanty audience, and 
 fewer disciples, even in England. 
 
 PLATO'NIC, a. something that relates to Plato, his school, 
 philosophy, opinions, or the like. Platonic love denotes a pure 
 spiritual affection subsisting between the different sexes, ab- 
 stracted from all carnal appetites ; or, a sincere and disinterested 
 friendship between persons of the same sex, abstracted from all 
 selfish views. Platonic philosophy, a name given generally to any 
 systems of metaphysics, based on the doctrine of innate or con- 
 nate ideas ; to spiritual philosophies, in opposition to sensuous or 
 sensual systems ; to transcendental, in opposition to Scotch me- 
 taphysical systems; and not implying a philosophy taught by 
 Plato, alone. 
 
 PLATOO'N, s. [peloton, Fr.] a small square body,of forty or 
 
PLE 
 
 fifty musketeiTs, drawn out of a battalion of foot, when tliey 
 form the hollow square. 
 
 PLA'ITER, s. a large dish made of wood or earth. 
 
 PLA'TYPUS, s. in Zoology, a very remarkable amphibious 
 animal, found in New Zealand, &c. Its mouth resembles the 
 bill of a duck, and its feet are webbed like those of that bird. 
 See Ornithorhynchus. 
 
 PLAU'DIT, s. [plaudite, Lat.] applause; a shout. 
 
 PLAUSIBI'LITY, {plauziUlity) s. [plausMite, Fr.] superficial 
 appearance of right. 
 
 PLAU'SIBLE, {pUnizible) a. [plaudo, Lat.] such as gains appro- 
 bation from appearing true or right ; specious. 
 
 PLAU'SIBLENESS, (plauzibkness) s. the quality of appearing 
 true or right. 
 
 PLAU'SIBLY, {plauzihly) ad. in such a manner as to appear 
 right. 
 
 PLAU'SIVE, (plauzive) a. applaudible ; plausible. 
 
 PLAU'TUS, M. ACCIUS, an early Roman comic writer, of 
 whom the chief fact known is, that he worked in the service 
 of a baker for some part of his literary career. He flourished in 
 the 2nd century b. c, but the dates of his birth and death are 
 very uncertain. We have 20 of his plays handed down to us, 
 but some of them are very much corrupted. 
 
 To PLAY, V. n. [plegan, Sax.] to exercise in sports, pleasures, 
 or pastimes ; to toy ; to be dismissed from work ; to deceive by 
 an assumed character, used with iq'^n ; to gamble; to move 
 wantonly ; to act a part in a drama ; to act or assume a charac- 
 ter; to touch a musical instrument ; to operate. — v. a. to put in 
 action or motion ; to exhibit dramatically ; to perform. 
 
 PLAY, s. dismission from work ; amusement; a dramatic per- 
 formance ; gambling; action; the act of performing upon a 
 musical instrument; a state of agitation or motion; liberty of 
 acting; swing; room for motion. 
 
 PLAY'BOOK, s. a book containing dramatic compositions. 
 
 PLAY'DAY, s. a day in which work is abstained from. 
 
 PLAY'ER,«. one who performs on the stage ; one engaged in 
 gaming; an idler; a mimic; one who performs upon a musical 
 instrument. 
 
 PLAY'FAIR, JOHN, an eminent Scottish mathematician and 
 natural philosopher. He became professor of mathematics at 
 Edinburgh ; and, in the latter part of his life, he travelled in 
 France, and amongst the Alps, for the purpose of geological ob- 
 servation. He died in 1819, aged 70 years. He published an 
 edition of Euclid's Geometry, wrote on Dr. Hutton's geological 
 opinions, on natural philosophy, geography, &c. &c., and con- 
 tributed to the Edinburgh Review many valuable essays on 
 these and kindred subjects. 
 
 PLAY'FELLOW, s. a companion in any sport or play. 
 
 PLAY'FUL, a. fond of sport or diversion. 
 
 PLAY'GAME, s. play of children. 
 
 PLAY'HOUSE, s. a house where dramatic performances are 
 represented. 
 
 PLAY'SOME, a. wanton ; full of levity, 
 
 PLAY'SOMENESS, s. wantonness; levity. 
 
 PLAY'THING, s. a toy, or thing to play with. 
 
 PLAY'WRIGHT, s. a writer of plays who does not exhibit 
 dramatic genius. 
 
 PLEA, (jilee) s. [plaid, old Fr.] the act or form of pleading ; 
 any thing urged in defence, excuse, or vindication. 
 
 To PLEACH, {pleecft) v. a. [ptesser, Fr.] to bend or interweave. 
 Obsolete. 
 
 To PLEAD, (pleed) V. n. [plaider, Fr.] to argue before a court 
 of justice ; to speak for or against. — v. a. to defend ; to allege in 
 favour or argument ; to offer as an excuse. 
 
 PLE'ADABLE, (pleedable) a. capable to be alleged in plea. 
 
 PLE'ADER, (pleeder) s. [plaideur, Fr.] one who argues in a 
 court of justice ; one who speaks for or against. 
 
 PLE'ADJNG, {pleeding) s. act or form of pleading. 
 
 PLE'ASANCE, {plezance) s. [plaisance, Fr.] gaiety or merri- 
 ment. 
 
 PLE'ASANT, {plezant) a. [placeo, Lat.] giving a delight; 
 grateful to the senses ; good-humoured; gay, or lively ; trifling, 
 or more apt to make a person smile than to produce conviction. 
 
 PLE'ASANTLY, (pkzantiy) ad. in such a manner as to give 
 delight; in good humour; lightly, or ludicrously. 
 
 PLE'ASANTNESS, (plezantness) s. the quality which excites 
 delight, gskiety, or pleasure. 
 
 PLE 
 
 PLE'ASANTRY, (plSzantry) s. [ptaisanterie, Fr.] gaiety; a 
 sprightly expression ; lively talk. 
 
 To PLEASE, (pleeze) v. a. [placeo, Lat.] to delight, gratify, 
 humour, satisfy, or content. To be pleased, is used to imply to 
 like, or to content ; to gain approbation. — v. ti. to give pleasure ; 
 to gain approbation ; to like; to choose. Synon. It is the air 
 and behaviour that renders pleasing; good sense and good hu- 
 mour, that renders agreeable. 
 
 PLE'ASER, s. one that pleases. 
 
 PLE'ASEMAN, (pleezeman) s. a pickthank ; an officious fellow. 
 
 PLE'ASINGLY, (pleezingly) ad. in such a manner as to give 
 satisfaction or delight. 
 
 PLE'ASINGNESS, s. the quality of giving delight. 
 
 PLE'ASURABLE, (plezhurable) a. affording delight. 
 
 PLE'ASURE, (plnzhure) s. [plaisir, Fr.] the delight which 
 arises in the mind from contemplation or enjoyment of some- 
 thing agreeable ; gratification of the passions or senses ; appro- 
 bation ; the dictates of the will ; choice. 
 
 To PLE'ASURE, {plnzhure) v. a. to please or gratify. 
 
 PLEBE'lAN, s. [plebs, Lat.] one of the common or lower order. 
 
 PLEBE'IAN, a. consisting of mean people; popular; vulgar; 
 low. 
 
 PLEDGE, s. [pleige, Fr.] any thing given by way of security ; 
 a pawn ; gage; a surety; bail; hostage. 
 
 To PLEDGE, V. a. [pleiger, Fr.] to give as a security; to in- 
 vite to drink, by accepting the cup or health after another. 
 
 PLE'DGET, s. [plagghe,Be\g.'\ in Surgery, a small mass of lint 
 used for wounds. 
 
 PLEl'ADS, or Plei'ades, s. [Gr.] in Astronomy, an assem- 
 blage of seven stars in the neck of the northern constellation 
 Taurus. 
 
 PLE'NARILY, ad. in a full or complete manner. 
 
 PLE'NARY, a. [plenus, Lat.] full or complete. 
 
 PLE'NILUNARY, a. [plenusaiaA lima, Lat.] pertaining to the 
 full moon. 
 
 PLE'NIPOTENCE, s. [plemis and potem, Lat.] fulness of 
 power. 
 
 PLE'NIPO TENT, a. invested with full power. 
 
 PLENIPOTE'NTIARY, (^plenipotinshiary) s. one invested with 
 discretionary or full power. 
 
 PLE'NIST, s. in ancient speculative Physics, one that denies 
 a vacuum, or holds that all space is occupied by matter. 
 
 PLE'NITUDE, s. fulness, opposed to emptiness. Repletion ; 
 abundance, or excess ; completeness. 
 
 PLE'NTEOUS, a. abounding; copious; in large quantities ; 
 fruitful. 
 
 PLE'NTEOUSLY, ad. copiously; abundantly; exuberantly; 
 plentifully. 
 
 PLE'NTEOUSNESS, s. fruitfulness ; the quality of abounding. 
 
 PLE'NTIFUL, a. copious; abounding; in large quantities; 
 fruitful. 
 
 PLE'NTIFULLY, ad. in a copious or abundant manner. 
 
 PLE'NTIFULNESS, s. the state of being plentiful; abund- 
 ance; fertility. 
 
 PLE'NTY, s. [plenus, Lat.] a state in which every want is 
 supplied; fruitfulness. Synon. By /^feniy is understood enough, 
 and some little to spare ; by abundance, more than enough. 
 
 PLE'ONASM, s. [pleonazo, Gr.] in Rhetoric, a figure in which 
 more words are used than are necessary ; as, 
 
 " Let observation, with extensive view. 
 Survey mankind from China to Peru." 
 
 PLEROTICS, s. [plereo, Gr.] in Medicine, a kind of remedies 
 that are healing, or that fill up the flesh ; otherwise called incar- 
 natives, and sarcotics. 
 
 PLE'SIOSAURUS, s. [plesion and sauros, Gr.] in Palaeontology, 
 a reptile allied to the crocodile, having paddles like a turtle in- 
 stead of feet, a short tail, and a verv long snake-like neck, with 
 a small head. It was covered with a hard or tough skin, and 
 appears to have swum near the surface of the water, with its 
 long neck protruded. Much knowledge of the habits of tlris 
 singular animal has been obtained from the examination of the 
 coprolites, which have been found with it. There are several dis- 
 tinct species of it. 
 
 PLE'THORA, Ple'thory, s. [pktho, Gr.] in Medicine; the 
 state in which the vessels are fuller of blood and fluids than is 
 agreeable to a natural state of health. 
 
 PLETHORE'TIC, Plethoric, a. having a full habit. 
 
PLO 
 
 PLE'VIN, «. Ipleuvine, Ft.} in Law, a warrant or assurance ; 
 a pledge. 
 
 PLLU'RA, s. [pleura, Gr.] in Anatomy, a smooth, strong, and 
 tense membrane, adhering to the ribs, and to the intercostal 
 muscles, whose structure resembles two sacks, one of which sur- 
 rounds one side of the thorax, and the other the other side, and 
 each of them contains one of the two lobes of the lungs. 
 
 PLEU'RISY, s. [pleuresie, Fr. from pleura, Gr.] in Medicine, 
 a violent pain in the side, attended with fever, a cough, and 
 difficulty of breathing, arising from inflammation of l\\e pleura. 
 
 PLEURI'TIC, Pleuri'tical, a. diseased with a pleurisy. 
 
 PLE'YEL, IGNATIUS, a distinguished German composer. He 
 studied under Haydn, and his first appointment was at Stra.s- 
 burg. He visited London for a short time, and then returned to 
 the continent, where he lived at Strasburg and Paris, to his 
 death, in 1831, aged 74 years. His works are of all kinds, and 
 some of his melodies are well known in England. But he never 
 rose to the highest rank in his art, and wisely devoted himself 
 to trade, with a view to a competence, rather than to music, not 
 first-rate, for the sake of fame. 
 
 PLl'ABLE, a. [Fr.] easy to be bent or prevailed upon. 
 
 PLFABLENESS, s. easiness to be bent. 
 
 PLFANCY, s. the quality of being easily bent. 
 
 PLI'ANT, a. [Fr.] bending ; easy to take a form ; compliant, 
 or easily persuaded. 
 
 PLI'ANTiNESS, s. flexibility; toughness. 
 
 PLI'CATURE, Plica'tion, s. [plicn, Lat.] fold ; double. 
 
 PLl'ERS, s. an instrument by which any thing is held in or- 
 der to bend it. 
 
 To PLIGHT, (plU) V. a. [plichten, Belg.] to pledge, or give as 
 surety. — [plico, Lat.] to braid or weave. 
 
 PLIGHT, {plU) s. [j>liht. Sax.] condition or state ; good case ; 
 a pledge ; a fold, double, plait. 
 
 PLI'NIUS, the name of two eminent Roman writers. C. Pli- 
 nius Secundus, commonly called Pliny the Elder, was of noble 
 birth, and pursued the usual course of those to whom the hon- 
 ours of the state were open. But we have little informa ion 
 respecting his political career; his devotion to science and li- 
 terature having given him a standing and a name independent 
 of, and superior to, the mere honours of a noble routinier. He 
 occupied himself by collecting and recording, under the title of a 
 Natural History, every fact relating to geography, natural history 
 (properly so called), astronomy and physical science, the fine 
 arts, &c. &c., that came within his knowledge in any way. 
 And though the method is most rude, and he did not very 
 scrupulously examine the credibility or worth of what he noted 
 down, it is yet a most valuable bequest from the long silent 
 ages. His death happened most characteristically. He was 
 attracted by the remarkable cloud that hung over Vesuvius, at 
 that first recorded eruption, which was so fatal to the neigh- 
 bouring towns, Pompeii and Herculaneum ; and he set out by 
 sea to examine it, and to attempt the rescue of the unfortunate 
 inhabitants who flocked to the shore. Having landed at Sta- 
 biae, he went to a friend's house there, and stayed till imminent 
 destruction drove them all to seek the ship again. On their 
 way he lay down, and was suffocated by the sulphureous vapours 
 which most plentifully attended the eruption. He died thus in 
 79 A. D., aged 50 years. C. Plinim Cacilius Secundus, or Pliny 
 the Younger, was nephew to this ardent observer of nature; 
 and having been well educated, and being a- good rhetorician, 
 he practised as a pleader; and afterwards went through the 
 usual course of Romans of his station in society. He was 
 acquainted with the literary men of his age; and was fa- 
 voured by the emperor Trajan. The part of his career which 
 has made his name most generally known, is his persecutions 
 of the Christians of Bithynia, where he acted as proconsul. 
 He has recorded with great simplicity what is a noble eulo- 
 gium on the men whose constancy and purity he rewarded 
 with deaih ; and takes some credit to himself for the plan he 
 adopted, which was certainly somewhat milder than what was 
 every where pursued. His Letters contain much that is interest- 
 ing even to general readers. He died in about 11.5, aged 
 about 55 years. 
 
 PLINTH, s. [plinthos, Gr.] in Architecture, the square mem- 
 ber which serves as a foundation to a base of a pillar. 
 
 PLCyCE, (plokS) s: [Gr.] a figure in Rhetoric, in which a 
 word, by way of emphasis, is so repeated as to express not only 
 
 PLU 
 
 the thing signified, but also the quality of it ; as, my horse is a 
 horse indeed. 
 
 To PLOD, V. a. Iploeghen, Belg.] to labour ; to toil, or labour 
 hard ; to study closely and in a dull manner. 
 
 PLO'DDER, s. a dull, heavy, and laborious man or student. 
 
 PLOT, s. [Sax.] a small extent of ground ; a plantation laid 
 out ; a form or plan. — [complot, Fr.] a conspiracy or secret design 
 formed against another; the intrigue of a play; a stratagem ; 
 contrivance. 
 
 To PLOT, V. n. to form schemes against another ; to contrive. 
 
 PLOT, DR. ROBERT, an English naturalist of the 17th 
 century. He was an officer of the Herald's College, and histo- 
 riographer to James II. His book, which has made his name 
 so well known, is his Natural History of Oxfordshire atid Stafford- 
 shire. He died in 1696, aged 56 years. , 
 
 PLOTFNUS, the great Neo-PIatonic teacher of Alexandria. 
 He accompanied the emperor Gordian on his Parthian expedi- 
 tion, that he might gain a better knowledge of Oriental philoso- 
 phy ; and afterwards resided at Rome. He once attempted to 
 establish a city on strictly philosophical principles ; but, like all 
 such schemes, down to New Lanark and Nauvoo, it did not 
 answer. He died in 270, aged 67 years. His works are con- 
 tained in six Enneads, and treat of many profound and interest- 
 ing subjects of philosophical speculation and inquiry. Some of 
 the Fathers of the church, and divines ancient and modern, have 
 not hesitated to avail themselves of his writings, in the state- 
 ment and exposition of their theology. 
 
 PLO'TTER, s. a conspirator; contriver. 
 
 PLO'VER, s. [pluvier, Fr.] in Ornithology, a large genus of 
 English birds, the commonest of which is the lapwing. 
 
 PLOUGH, (plou) s. [phg, Sax. and Dan.] an instrument used 
 in husbandry, to cut furrows in the ground to receive the seed. 
 There are many different sorts of ploughs ; and lately some have 
 been constructed so perfectly fitted for their work, as to require 
 only to be drawn by the horses, and to be turned at the end of 
 each furrow. Also a kind of plane. In Astronomy, a name 
 sometimes given to the seven bright stars in the constellation of 
 the Great Bear, on account of the great resemblance to the agri- 
 cultural instrument so called. 
 
 To PLOUGH, Plow, v. a. to turn up the ground in furrows by 
 a plough. To cut or divide, applied to navigation. To tear in 
 furrows. 
 
 PLOU'GHBOY, s. a boy that follows the plough ; a coarse, 
 ignorant boy. 
 
 PLOU'GHER, {phuer) s. one who ploughs or cultivates 
 ground. 
 
 PLOU'GHMAN, {ploHman) s. one that attends or uses the 
 plough ; a gross, ignorant rustic; a strong, laborious man. 
 
 PLOU'GHSHARE, {ploiishare) s. that piece of iron which im- 
 mediately follows the coulter. 
 
 PLOW'DEN, EDMUND, the great lawyer of the latter part 
 of the 16lh century, whose Commentaries are in high esteem in 
 the legal profession. He died in 1584, aged 67 j-ears. The 
 common proverb, " The case is altered, quoth Plowden," has 
 preserved the knowledge of his name amongst others than the 
 learned in law. 
 
 PLOW'MONDAY, {^pMmonday) s. the Monday after Twelfth- 
 day, when our northern ploughmen draw a plough from door to 
 door, and beg money to drink. 
 
 To PLUCK, V. a. [ploccian, Sax.] to pull with nimbleness and 
 force. To strip off feathers, applied to fowls. To pluck up a heart 
 or spirit, signifies to assume courage. 
 
 PLUCK, 5. a quick and forcible ^\x\\.— {plughk, Erse,] the heart, 
 liver, and lungs of an animal. 
 
 PLU'CKER, s. one that plucks. 
 
 PLUG, s. [plugg, Swed. plugghe, Belg.] a stopple, or any thing 
 driven by force into another. 
 
 To PLUG, t). a. to stop with a plug. 
 
 PLUM, s. [/)fam, Sax.] in Horticulture, a roundish fruit, whose 
 skin is covered with a fine dust or bloom, and includes a stone ; 
 the species are very numerous. A raisin or grape dried. In city 
 cant, the sum of £100,000. 
 
 PLU'MAGE, s. Ipluma, Lat.] feathers. 
 
 PLUMB, {plum) s. [plumbum, Lat. plomb, Fr.] a plummet, or 
 piece of lead let down at the end of a line. 
 
 PLUMB, (plUm) ad. straight down ; perpendicular to the 
 horizon. 
 
 4 s . 681 
 
PLD 
 
 To PLUMB, (pliim) V. a. to sound or search by a line with a 
 weight at its end; to regulate or measure any work by a line. 
 
 PLUMBA'GO, ». in Cnemistrj', carburet of iron, or the black- 
 lead of commerce. 
 
 PLU'MBER, {plUnier) s. [plombier, Fr.] one who manufactures 
 or works in lead. 
 
 PLU'MCAKE, s. a cake with raisins in it. 
 
 PLUME, s. [Fr. pluma, Lat.] the feather of a bird; a set of 
 feathers worn as an ornament. Figuratively, pride ; a token of 
 honour, or prize. 
 
 To PLUME, V. a. to pick, cleanse, and adjust the feathers ; 
 to strip of feathers. Figuratively, to strip or plunder; to place 
 as a plume; to adorn with a plume; to pride oneself in any 
 
 thing. 
 PLUS 
 
 'MEALUM, s. [alumen plumosum, Lat.] in Mineralogy, a 
 
 PLUMl'GEROUS, a. [pluma and gero, Lat.] having feathers ; 
 feathered. 
 
 PLU'MIPEDE, s. [pluma and pes, Lat.] a fowl that has fea- 
 thers on its feet. 
 
 PLU'MMET, s. [from _p?«m6,] a weight of lead on a string, by 
 which depths are measured, and straightness and perpendicu- 
 larity is determined ; anv weight. 
 
 PLUMO'SITY, s. the state of having feathers. 
 
 PLU'MOUS, a. Ipluma, Lat.] feathery ; resembling feathers. 
 
 PLUMP, a. sleek ; full of flesh, somewhat fat. 
 
 PLUMP, s. a cluster ; several joined in one mass. 
 
 PLUMP, ad. with a sudden fall. 
 
 To PLUMP, V. a. to fatten, swell, or make large.— i-.n. to fall 
 like lead or a stone into water. 
 
 PLU'MPER, «. something held in the mouth to swell out the 
 cheeks. 
 
 PLU'MPNESS, s. the state of being fleshy, fat, or in good case. 
 
 PLUMPU'DDING, s. a pudding made with plums. 
 
 PLU'MY, a. covered with feathers. 
 
 To PLUNDER, v. a. [jilunderen, Belg.] to deprive a person of 
 his property, either as an enemy in war, or as a thief. 
 
 PLU'NDER, s. pillage ; spoils gotten from an enemy in war. 
 
 PLU'NDERER, s. oneVho takes away the property of another, 
 as an enemy in war, or as a thief. 
 
 To PLUNGE, V. a. [phngcr, Fr.] to force suddenly under 
 water or in any liquor; to put suddenly into a different state. — 
 V. n. to .sink suddenly into water ; to fall or rush into any hazard 
 or distress. 
 
 PLU'NGE, s. the act of putting or sinking under water; dif- 
 ficulty ; distress. 
 
 PLU'NGER, s. one that plunges ; a diver. 
 
 PLU'NKET, s. a kind ot blue colour. 
 
 PLU'RAL, a. Ipturalis, from pljis, Lat.] implying more than 
 one. In Grammar, that variation in the form of a noun, verb, &c. 
 by which more than one person or thing is referred to. 
 
 PLU'RALIST, s. [pluraliste, Fr.] in the Church of England, 
 and other state churches, one that takes the revenues of more 
 than one ecclesiastical benefice, whilst he cannot do the work 
 for which the pay is given. 
 
 PLURA'LITY, s. [pluratite, Fr.] the state of being or having 
 a greater number; a number more than one; more than one 
 church living; a majority. 
 
 PLU'RALLY, ad. in a sense implying more than one. 
 
 PLU'RIES, s. a writ issued out after two former writs that had 
 no ett'ect. 
 
 PLUS, s. [Lat.] in Algebra, is a character marked thus +, used 
 for the sign of addition. 
 
 PLUSH, s. [peluche, Fr.] a kind of shaggy cloth or silk. 
 
 PLU'TARCH, a celebrated Greek writer of the latter part of 
 the first century A. d. He was born in Boeotia, and went to 
 Rome, where he received great attention from the emperor Tra- 
 jan, and lectured with considerable applause. He spent the 
 latter part of his life in his native city, and died there at an ad- 
 vanced age, in 120 a. d., according to some chronologers. His 
 writings are his Biographies, which are highly instructive and 
 interesting, although some of the facts are more than doubtful ; 
 and his Moral Essays, in which he has displayed his knowledge 
 of genuine principle, combined with practical good sense. 
 
 PLUTO, s. in Mythology, the god of the shades, or the regions 
 of the dead. 
 
 PLUTO'NIAN, Pluto'nic, a. in Geology, an epithet given to 
 
 POC 
 
 that theory of the earth which supposes that the present appear- 
 ances of the globe are to be ascribed to the agency of fire. 
 
 PLU'VIAL, Plu'vious, a. [pluvia, Lat.] belonging to rain. 
 
 PLU'VIAL, s. a priest's cope. 
 
 To PLY, f. a. [plien, old Belg.] to work at any thing with dili- 
 gence and assiduity ; to employ with diligence ; to practise dili- 
 gently ; to solicit importunately. — v. n. to work or offer service ; 
 to go in haste ; to busy oneself. — [plier, Fr.] to bend. 
 
 Ply, s. a bent, turn, form, cast, or bias ; a plait or fold, 
 
 PLY'MOU TH, Devonshire. It is a large sea-port, seated be- 
 tween the mouths of the rivers Plym and Tamar, and one of the 
 chief naval magazines in the kingdom, owing to its excellent 
 port or harbour, which is capable of safely containing 1000 sail. 
 There are, properly speaking, however, three harbours, viz. 
 Catwater, Sutton Pool, and Hamoaze. The first is the mouth 
 of the Plym, and affords a safe and commodious harbour for 
 merchant ships, but is seldom entered by ships of war. The 
 second is frequented by merchant ships only, and is almost sur- 
 rounded by the houses of the town. The third inlet, which is 
 the mouth of the Tamar, is the harbour for the reception of 
 the British navy. It is defended by a fort on St. Nicholas 
 Island, and other forts, and particularly by a citadel, called the 
 Haw, which overlooks the town, and is a good land-mark for 
 mariners. A floating bridge plies across the Hamoaze. What 
 is called The Dock, is a separate town, situated about two miles 
 up the Hamoaze, and is now nearly as large as Plymouth itself. 
 Here are some spacious docks, solidly built. It has a good 
 herring fishery, and a considerable trade beside its manufac- 
 tures, which are of all kinds of goods required in shipping ; and 
 the great business arising from the dockyard. It is 210 miles from 
 London. Markets, Monday, Tuesday, and Saturday. Pop. 
 37,058. 
 
 PLY'MOUTH, a seaport town of Massachusetts, United 
 States. It is pleasantly situated, and well built, but chiefly of 
 wood. The harbour is spacious, but shallow. There are some 
 neat public buildings. It has some manufactures and fisheries. 
 Here the Pilgrim Fathers landed from the Mayflower, in Dec, 
 1G20, when they fled from the persecution of the Stuart kings of 
 England. The rock on which they first set foot has been re- 
 moved into the centre of the town. It is 447 miles from Wash- 
 ington. Pop. 5281. There are in the Union 14 other places of 
 this name. 
 
 PNEUMA'TIC, Pneuma'tical, a. [pnetmia, Gr.] moved by 
 the wind ; belonging to the wind. 
 
 PNEUMATICS, s. in Natural Philosophy, the science which 
 treats of the laws of equilibrium and motion in elastic fluids, such 
 as the atmosphere, and gases. See Air-Pump, &c. In the 
 Schools, the doctrine of spirits. 
 
 PNEUMATOCE'LE, s. [pnemna and kele, Gr.] in Surgery, a 
 peculiar kind of hernia in the scrotum. 
 
 PNEUMATO'LOGY, s. [pneuma and logos, Gr.] the doctrine 
 of spiritual existence. 
 
 PNEUMATOSIS, s. in the old Pathology, the generation of 
 animal spirits, which was represented as being performed in the 
 cortical substance of the brain. 
 
 PO, anciently Eridanus, a large river of Italy, which rises at 
 Mount Viso, in the Alps, and runs through a very extensive 
 territory; receiving the waters of many smaller rivers, which 
 descend from the Alps and Apennines ; and at last discharges it- 
 self into the Gulf of Venice by four different mouths. Its length 
 exceeds 400 miles. Its level is considerably higher, in some 
 parts of its course, than the meadows on each side of it, and it 
 is held aloft by strong embankments, for many miles together ; 
 but it often breaks over them and does great damage. 
 
 To POACH, (poch) V. a. [pocfier, Fr.] to boil an egg slightly 
 or out of the shell; to stab, kill, or pierce. — v. n. [poche, Fr.] in 
 Law, to catch or kill certain wild animals, without a certificate, 
 or at the season when it is forbidden. 
 
 PO'ACHER, ( pocher) s. one who poaches. 
 
 PO'ACHINESS, (pochiness) s. marshiness ; dampness. 
 
 PO'ACHY, {poehy) a. damp ; marshy. 
 
 POCK, s. {pocca. Sax.] in Medicine, a pustule raised by the 
 small-pox. 
 
 PO'CKET, s. [^pocca, Sax.] a small bag sewed to, or worn- on, 
 the inside of clothes. 
 
 To PO'CKET, V. a. [pocheter, Fr.] to put in the pocket. To 
 2)ocket up, is to connive at ; to do any thing clandestinely. 
 
POl 
 
 PO'CKETBOOK, s. a book carried in the pocket, and used in 
 taking minutes or memorandums. 
 
 PO'CKETGLASS, s. a portable telescope, or mirror. 
 
 FO'CKHOLE, s. a pit or scar made by the small-pox. 
 
 PO'CKINESS, ». the quality of being affected with the pox. 
 
 PO'CKY, a. affected with the pox. 
 
 PO'COCK, DR. EDWARD, an English divine, of great name 
 for his vast Oriental learning, and no mean scholar in general. 
 He studied at Oxford, twice travelled in the countries round the 
 Levant, collecting MSS., coins, &c., and was Hebrew professor at 
 Oxford. He died in 1691, aged 86 years. His works are nu- 
 merous, and all of very great learning, most of them being solely 
 of interest or benefit to scholars of the Hebrew, Syriac, Arabic, 
 &c. But he also wrote Commentaries on some of the Minor Prophets, 
 and aided in the editing of Walton's Polyglott Bible. Pocock's 
 preaching did not give great satisfaction in the days of Puritan 
 supremacy. One hearer complained that he " was no Latiner" 
 because he did not (as was usual) insert scraps of learned tongues 
 in discourses addressed to such as hardly knew English. And 
 he was nearly cashiered for unfitness to teach, by the Triers, or 
 some other authority, in the days of the Protectorate. 
 
 PO'COCKE, RICHARD, a learned prelate of the Irish church, 
 and a traveller in the East. He studied at Oxford, and after 
 returning from his travels, came in time to be bishop of Meath. 
 He died in 1765, aged 61 years. His travels are full of interest- 
 ing and curious descriptions. 
 
 PO'CULENT, a. Ipoculum, Lat.] fit for drink. 
 
 POD, s. [Teut.] the capsule or case of seeds. 
 
 PODA'GRA, s. [Lat. from ;>oms and agra, Gr.] in Medicine, the 
 gout in the feet. 
 
 PODA'GRICAL, a. afflicted with the gout ; gouty ; relating 
 to the gout. 
 
 PODGE, s. a puddle ; a plash. 
 
 PODO'LIA, a government of Russia, bounded by Volhinia, 
 Kiev, Cherson, and Bessarabia, lying on the borders of Austria. 
 The river Dneister runs along the southern borders, and the Bog 
 crosses it almost entirely from N. W. to S. E. It has few hills, 
 and none of any great elevation. It is a very fertile country, and 
 abounds with a tine breed of horses and horned cattle. Karai- 
 nieck is its capital. Pop. about 1,500,000. 
 
 PO'EM, s. Ipoema, Lat. from poieo, Gr.] a work or composition 
 by a poet. 
 
 PO'ESY, «. [poiesis, Gr.] in ^Esthetics, art, or the power of 
 humanizing nature, of infusing the thoughts and passions of man 
 into every thing he contemplates ; colour, form, motion, sound, 
 &c., being only the elements it employs in its combinations. 
 
 PO'ET, s. [poeta, Lat.] a writer of poems. 
 
 POETA'STER, s. [Lat.] an ignorant pretender to poetry. 
 
 PO'ETESS, s. a female poet. 
 
 POETIC, Poe'tical, a. [poHigue, Fr. poeticus, Lat. jioietikds, 
 Gr.] expressed in poetry ; having all the qualities of poetrj'. 
 
 POE'TICALLY; ad. with all the qualities of poetry. 
 
 To PO'ETIZE, V. n. [poetiser, Fr.] to write like a poet. 
 
 PO'ETRY, s. in ^Esthetics, rhythmical compositions, the lan- 
 guage of which is simple, sensuous, and impassioned ; poesy 
 working; with words. It is commonly used to designate verse, 
 or metrical compositions of all kinds, and of any kind ; and 
 sometimes it is restricted to rhymed verse. But,on the other hand, 
 it is often extended so as to include every composition, not ab- 
 solutely prosy, or mere matter of fact. Its primary object is to 
 impart pleasure, but it is the necessity of genuine poetic plea- 
 sure, that it should teach the affections and cultivate loftiest 
 principles, whilst it warms and animates the intellect also. The 
 word is frequently used in an abstract sense, respecting any 
 realization of the Beautiful or Good. It is poems, not poetry, that 
 can be classified as epic, dramatic, lyrical, &c. ; and pociry, when 
 used with such distinctive epithets, means a poem, or some par- 
 ticular poetical composition. 
 
 POI'CTIERS, or Poi'tiers, an ancient town of Vienne, 
 France. It stands on the Clain, and has four bridges, a cathe- 
 dral, and a university famous for law. It has some little trade 
 in agricultural produce. It is 200 miles from Paris. Population, 
 25,000. Lat. 46. 35. N. Long. 0. 25. E. 
 
 POI'GNANCY, {po'mancy) s. sharpness; the power of raising 
 a biting sensation in the palate ; asperity, or the power of irri- 
 tating, applied to writings ; excessively severe, applied to the 
 feelings. 
 
 POL 
 
 POPGNANT, (poinant) a. [Fr.] sharp, applied to taste ; severe. 
 Satirical ; keen, applied to writings. 
 
 POINT, s. [Fr. punctum, from pungo, Lat.] the sharp end of any 
 instrument ; a string with a tag at the end ; a headland or pro- 
 montory; the sting of an epigram. In Mathematics, that which 
 has neither breadth, thickness, nor extension ; the exact ter- 
 mination of lines, &c. without occupying any part of them. A 
 moment, applied to time ; a part required of time or space ; a 
 critical moment. One of the degrees into which the horizon or 
 mariner's compass is divided ; a particular place to which any 
 thing is directed; respect or regard; degree or state; an aim, 
 or the act of aiming or striking ; the object of a person's wish 
 or action ; a particular instance or example ; a single position or 
 assertion ; a note or tune. Point blank, directly; alluding to an 
 arrow's being shot to the point blank, or white mark. A mark 
 used to distinguish the divisions of a discourse, thus (.) A 
 punctilio or nicety. 
 
 To POINT, V. a. to forge or grind to a sharp end or point ; to 
 direct towards an object; to direct the eye or notice ; to show 
 by directing the finger towards an object ; to direct towards a 
 place ; to distinguish words or sentences by marks or stops. — 
 V. n. to note with the finger; to indicate, as dogs do to sports- 
 men ; to show distinctly. 
 
 POPNTAL, s. &e Pistil. 
 
 POPNTED,;>arf. sharp at the end ; epigraramatical.or abound- 
 ing in wit. 
 
 ag 1 
 POI'NTEDLY, ad. in a pointed manner. 
 
 POl'NTEDNESS, s. sharpness; pickedness with asperity; 
 epigrammatical smartness. 
 
 POl'NTEL, s. any thing on a point. 
 
 POI'NTER, s. any thing used to show or direct with ; a dog 
 that discovers game to sportsmen. In the plural, applied to 
 those two bright stars in the Great Bear, a line drawn through 
 which points to the polar star. 
 
 POI'NTLESS, a. blunt ; dull. 
 
 POISE, s. [poids, Fr.] weight, force, or tendency towards the 
 centre ; balance, or the state of a balance, in which both scales 
 continue even ; a regulating power. 
 
 To POISE, V. a. Ipeser, Fr.] to balance or hold in equilibrio ; 
 to counter-balance. To oppress with weight, followed by down. 
 
 POPSON, (poizon) s. [Fr.] in Medicine, an animal, vegetable, 
 or mineral body, which destroys life, though it enters the system 
 only in small quantities, whether it acts through the circulating 
 or alimentary system. 
 
 To POI'SON, (poizon) v. 
 
 or vegetable substance 
 
 to kill with any mineral, animal, 
 to corrupt or taint. 
 
 POI'SONER, {poizoner) s. one who poisons ; a corrupter. 
 
 POI'SONOUS, (poizonous) a. destructive ; pernicious. 
 
 POl'SONOUSLY, (poizonously) ad. venomously. 
 
 POPSONOUSNESS, (poizonousness) s. the quality of being 
 poisonous ; venomousness. 
 
 POI'TREL, s. Ipoictrel, Fr. pettorale, Ital.] armour for the 
 breast ; a graving tool. 
 
 POKE, s. [see Pocket,] a pocket or small bag. 
 
 To POKE, V. a. [poka, Swed.] to feel in the dark ; to search 
 for any thing with a long instrument. 
 
 POKER, s. an iron bar to stir fires with. 
 
 PO'LACRE, s. a ship with three masts, usually navigated in 
 the Levant, and other parts of the Mediterranean. 
 
 PO'LAND, formerly a large kingdom of Europe, lying on the 
 Baltic Sea, and bounded by Austria, Prussia, and Russia ; but 
 by two successive acts of partition seized upon and incorporated 
 by those powers with their other domains, the last relic, called 
 the republic of Cracow, set up by the congress of Vienna, was 
 lately seized by Austria. As much sympathy has been expressed 
 for the Poles, and excessive indignation entertained against the 
 imperial and royal spoliators of this ancient kingdom, it is as well 
 that it should be known, that the condition of the population of 
 Poland generally was not made worse, but if any thing rather 
 jjetter, by the change; whilst those who were really injured 
 were the classes that, like the conquerors, lived on the people, 
 and whose exparte tale, being too unhesitatingly received, led 
 to tears for Poland's hapless fate, which had better been spared. 
 
 PO'LAR, a. [polus, Lat.] found near the pole ; lying near the 
 pole ; relating to the pole. 
 
 PO'LAR BEAR, s. in Natural History, a name of the great 
 white bear, that lives in the N. frigid zone. 
 
 4 s 2 683 • 
 
POL 
 
 POLA'RITY, s. tendency towards the pole. In Natural Phi- 
 losophy, a tendency observable in some particles of matter, and 
 in some bodies, to a particular arrangement or position, in which 
 the opposite extremities, or points, (like the poles of a magnetic 
 needle,) are characterized by contrary qualities, and exhibit op- 
 posite phenomena. In Optics, a property imparted to a ray of 
 light, by refraction through certain bodies, as crystals of car- 
 bonate of lime ; and by reflection at a particular angle ; by which 
 it is so altered and modified, as to be capable of displaying phe- 
 nomena which in its common or normal state it cannot. The 
 coloured rings, bands, &c. exhibited by means of this polarized 
 light by various crystals, &c. are exceedingly beautiful, and there 
 are many practical purposes to which it is also applied. In Meta- 
 phj'sics, it is sometimes applied to that law which prevails re- 
 specting the representation by language, &c. of ideas, or the truths 
 of reason, necessitating a double and seemingly contradictory 
 statement, as when the apostle says respecting the spiritual life of 
 Christians, " Ye are dead,a.nd your life is hid with Christ in God." 
 
 POLARIZA'TION, s. [Fr.] in Optics, the state of a ray or pen- 
 cil of light, to which polarity has been imparted. 
 
 To PO'LARIZE, V. Ipolariser, Fr.] in Optics, to impart polar- 
 ity to a ray of light. 
 
 POLE, s. [Fr.] the extremity of the axis of the earth ; either 
 of the points on which the world or any of the planets turn. — 
 Ipalas, Lat.] a long staff; a tall piece of timber driven into the 
 ground ; a measure containing five yards and a half; an instru- 
 ment of measuring. 
 
 To POLE, V. a. to furnish with poles. 
 
 POLE, REGINALD, an English cardinal of the 16th cen- 
 tury. He was trained at Oxford, and being related to the royal 
 family, had preferments showered upon him in quite early life. 
 But he was not a man to desire worldly honours for worldly ends ; 
 and when Henry's lust began to suggest heresy and schism, 
 Pole sided against him and fled the kingdom. At Rome he 
 was received with the honour his character deserved ; and he 
 stood high in the esteem of the college of cardinals, amongst 
 whom he was soon enrolled. On the accession of Mary, he re- 
 turned to England, and to him may be ascribed the return to 
 Romanism, then eft'ected. He was made by her Archbishop of 
 Canterbury ; and he died in 1558, aged 58 years. He was one of 
 those dignitaries of the Roman Church, who may be looked 
 upon as amongst the fairest specimens of their class, or as ap- 
 proaching most nearly to the ideal of the church ; yet he falls 
 tar behind St. Charles Borrom^o. 
 
 PO'LEAXE, s. an axe fixed to a long pole. 
 
 PO'LECAT, or Polish Cat, s. in Natural History, an animal of 
 the weasel tribe. It is larger than the ferret, of a deep chocolate 
 colour, and is very destructive to game. 
 
 PO'LEDAVY, s. a sort of coarse cloth. 
 
 POLE'MIC, Pole'mical, a. {polenios, Gr.] in Theology, con- 
 troversial ; relating to dispute. 
 
 P0LE'3I1C, s. a disputant. 
 
 POLE'MOSCOPE, s. Ipolemos and skopeo, Gr.] in Optics, is a 
 kind of oblique telescope, contrived for seeing objects that do not 
 lie directly before the eye. 
 
 PO'LESTAR, s. in Astronomy, a star of the third magnitude, 
 situated at the extremity of the tail of the Little Bear, very near 
 the north pole of the heavens ; whence its name. Figuratively, 
 anv guide or director. 
 
 PO'LI, GIUSEPPE SAVERIO, an eminent Italian naturalist 
 of the last century. He became director of the military academy 
 of Naples, and died in 1825. He wrote several works, amongst 
 which one on the shells of the Mediterranean near Naples and 
 Sicily, is yet of considerable value to the conchologist. 
 
 POLPCE, {2)oleese) s. [Fr.] generally, applied to the regula- 
 tions by which the order and peace of the inhabitants of a city 
 or country are secured, and infringements of them punished; — 
 particularly, applied to the organized constabulary force, by 
 which crime and disorder are prevented and repressed, or de- 
 tected and punished. 
 
 POLl'CED, (poleesed) a. furnished with police force; under 
 police regulations. 
 
 PO'LICY, s. Ipoliteia, {torn polis, Gr.] the art of government as 
 it respects foreign powers ; prudence in the management of af- 
 fairs ; a stratagem.— [^ofoca, Span.] a warrant for money in the 
 public funds ; an instrument or paper signed by any single per- 
 son or company to indemnify from losses by sea or lire. 
 084 
 
 POL 
 
 To PO'LISH, V. a. [polio, Lat. polir, Fr.] to smooth by rub- 
 bing. To make elegant or well-behaved, applied to manners ; 
 to make perfect, complete, or elegant. — v. n, to answer to the act 
 of polishing ; to receive a gloss. 
 
 PO'LISH, s. a gloss made by rubbing. Elegance, applied to 
 manners. 
 
 PO'LISHABLE, a. capable of being polished. 
 
 PO'LISHER, s. the person or instrument that makes smooth 
 or gives a gloss. 
 
 POLI'TE, a. [politus, from polio, Lat.] glossy; smooth; also 
 neat, well-behaved, genteel. 
 
 POLITELY, ad. in an elegant or well-bred manner. 
 
 POLITENESS, s. the quality of behaving with elegant com- 
 plaisance. 
 
 POLITIA'NO, ANGELO, one of the distinguished scholars of 
 Italy, during the brilliant period that preceded the age of Leo X. 
 He was tutor to that pope, and enjoyed the favour of Lorenzo 
 the Magnificent ; by whom he was made professor of Greek and 
 Latin at Florence, a canon of the cathedral there, &c. &c. He 
 was an elegant classic; and several of his works yet remain, 
 which evince his scholarship as well as his taste, tlis disputes 
 with some rival scholars, however, were conducted with most 
 cordial hatred, to the utter neglect and defiance of taste and 
 sense too. He died in 1494, aged 40 years. 
 
 PO'LITIC, a. Ipolis, Gr.] relating to civil afliairs; in this sense 
 political is generally used, excepting when we say the body politic. 
 Prudent; artful; cunning. 
 
 POLITICAL, a. relating to the public administration of af- 
 fairs ; cunning. 
 
 POLITICAL ECONOMY, s. the scientific investigation of all 
 matters relating to the well-heing of states ; such as population, 
 commerce, taxation, currency, employment, rent, wages, &c.&c., 
 but excluding questions relating to the being of states, such as 
 forms of government, rights and privileges of subjects and citi- 
 zens, legislation, &.c. &c. Hitherto little better than tentative 
 researches on particular subjects have been made ; no compre- 
 hensive scheme has been laid down. Hitherto, also, attention 
 has been paid so much to wealth in these essays, that it has 
 been forgotten that there is a wide difference between the wealth 
 of individuals and the icealth of nations. See the particular subjects, 
 and Smith, Malthus, &c. 
 
 POLITICALLY, ad. with relation to public administration ; 
 artfully ; politically. 
 
 POLITICA'STER, s. an ignorant pretender to politics. 
 
 POLITl'CIAN, (politiMan) s. [politicien, Fr.] one skilled in 
 government, or in the interests of the various states of the world 
 one of artifice or deep contrivance. 
 
 POLITICS, s. [politique, Fr.] the art of governing and well- 
 reg'ulating states. 
 
 PO'LITURE, s. [Fr.] the gloss given by polishing. 
 
 PO'LITY, s. a form of government ; a civil institution. 
 
 POLL, (poll) s. [polle or pol, Belg.] the head ; the back part 
 of the head ; a list of persons or heads. In Ichthj'ology, a fish, 
 generally called a chub or chevin. 
 
 To POLL, {poll) V. a. to lop the tops of trees ; to pull off hair 
 from the head ; to clip short ; to mow or crop; to plunder; to 
 take a list or register of persons ; to enter one's name in a list or 
 register at an election as a voter. 
 
 PO'LLARD, s. a tree whose top has been lopped off; a clip- 
 ped coin. 
 
 PO'LLEN, s. in Botany, the powder or meal on the tips of the 
 stamina of flowers. A kind of fine bran. 
 
 PO'LLER, (poller) s. a plunderer; one that enters his name 
 as a voter at an election. 
 
 PO'LLEVIL, «. in Farriery, a large swelling, inflammation, or 
 imposthuine, on the horse's poll, or nape of the neck, just be- 
 tween the ears towards the mane. 
 
 POLLOCK, s. in Natural History, a kind of fish. 
 
 PO'LLOK, ROBERT, a Scottish preacher and poet, who 
 had scarcely entered on his work, after his studies atEdinburghf 
 before he was recommended to travel in S. Europe for the re- 
 storation of his impaired health. He died before quitting Eng- 
 glaud, in 1827, aged but 28 years. His Course of Time is his 
 chief work ; it displays the amiable character of its author, and, 
 with some fine passages, is generally rather heavy. His Talcs of 
 the Covenanters are written with the spirit of one who delighted 
 to tread in the steps of the martyrs of Scotland. 
 
C' 
 
 POL ^^ 
 
 To POLLUTE, c. a. [poUuo, Lat.] to render unclean, in a re- 
 ligious sense ; to defile ; to taint with guilt ; to corrupt by some 
 bad mixture. 
 
 POLLUTEDNESS, s. defilement ; the state of being pol- 
 luted. 
 
 POLLU'TER, s. one that pollutes. 
 
 POLLU'TION, s. IpoUutio, from polluo, Lat.] the act of pro- 
 faning any holy thing or place by some indecency; the state of 
 being defiled. 
 
 PCyLLUX, JULIUS, a rhetorical teacher and grammarian of 
 Athens, who was tutor to the Roman emperor Commodus, an 
 honour of somewhat questionable character. He wrote a Greek 
 vocabulary for his imperial pupil's use, called Onomasticon, which 
 is yet extant, and died in 2-38 A. d. 
 
 PO'LO, MARCO, the famous Venetian traveller of the 13th 
 century. His father was a merchant, and he had in the course 
 of his journeyings reached the court of the celebrated Kublai 
 Khan, in Tatary. Having received a commission or ambassador- 
 ship from the khan to Rome, he returned to Europe ; and on 
 going again to Tatary, took his son with him. In this country 
 Slarco stayed for many years, and visited occasionally other parts 
 of Asia, and in particular, China. At last he returned to Eu- 
 rope, and, having engaged in the war against Genoa, was taken 
 prisoner, when he wrote his Travels. The date of his death is 
 unknown. It has been Polo's fate to pass through the same 
 storm of ridicule and disbelief that the old Grecian traveller, 
 Herodotus, passed ; and, like him, to be better honoured as a 
 trustworthy writer, after the proof, from recent travellers' ob- 
 servations, of the correctness of his narrative, in many of the 
 very things that were the ground of the objections made to its 
 truth. 
 
 POLTROO'N, s. a person who is afraid of danger; a dastardly 
 coward. 
 
 PO'LY, s. [poUum, Lat.] in Botany, an herb. 
 
 PO'LY, s. [Gr.] a prefix often found in compound words ; sig- 
 nifying many. 
 
 POLYACOU'STIC, a. {pohis and akom, Gr.] that multiplies or 
 magnifies sounds. 
 
 POLYA'NTHOS, «. [polus and anthos, Gr.] in Botany, a plant 
 like the oxiip, cultivated in gardens. 
 
 POLY'BIUS, a Greek historian of the 2nd century b. c, who 
 was educated in public and military service by the great Achffian 
 general, Philopoemen. He was one of the hostages, or victims, 
 sent to Rome, after the overthrow of Perseus of Macedonia, 
 where he obtained the friendship of the younger Scipio, and 
 other distinguished Roman leaders. He even served under 
 Scipio in the last war against Carthage. On the final subjuga- 
 tion of Greece, he was intrusted with some high office in refer- 
 ence to the different Grecian states, by the Romans, and his 
 conduct was worthy of a patriot, and one who could appreciate 
 the greatness of the fast-growing empire of Rome. He died in 
 about 12.5 B. c, aged about 80 years. His History has unfor- 
 tunately shared the fate of many other literary treasures of 
 antiquity, and is, in good part, lost; yet what remains is of 
 considerable value, and shows how careful the writer was in the 
 composition of his work. Yet his story of Rome is nothing more 
 than the old lays of the mythic ages, recast in the historic form ; 
 —Clio repeating the ballads of Calliope. 
 
 PO'LYCARP, one of the earliest fathers of the Christian 
 church, called Apostolic Fathers. He was personally acquainted 
 with the apostle John, and was principal minister or bishop to 
 the church at Smyrna. During one of the persecutions he was 
 burnt, but authorities are considerably divided as to the year; 
 it happened after the middle of the 2nd century. One of his 
 genuine writings remains, an Epistle to the Philippians. There is 
 also an account of his martyrdom, written apparently by some 
 one connected with the church he had presided over. 
 
 PO'LYCHROMATIC, a. [poj^is and chronui, Gr.] in Archi- 
 tecture, a mode of ornamenting buildings practised in ancient 
 times, and also in the middle ages, and amongst the Arabians, 
 by painting' them of various and brilliant colours. The orna- 
 ments of the Moorish palaces in Spain, of this kind, are particu- 
 
 larly splendid. 
 POLYE'DR 
 having many sides, 
 
 OLYE'DRICAL, Polye'dhous, a. [imlus and hedra, Gr.] 
 
 POLY'GAMIST, s. {polus and gameo, Gr.] one who has more 
 than one wife at once. 
 
 """^ POM 
 
 POLY'GAMY, s. the state of having more wives than one at 
 once. 
 
 PO'LYGLOTT, a. [polus and ghtta, Gr.] having many lan- 
 guages. This name is principally applied to Bibles which are 
 printed in many languages, of which the most noted are the 
 Complutensian Bible, published by Cardinal Ximenes, in 151-5; 
 the London Polyglott, published by Dr. Walton, in 1G57 ; and 
 Bagster's Polyglott Bible, published in 1831. 
 
 PO'LYGON, s. l^polus and gonia, Gr.] a figure of many angles. 
 
 POLY'GONAL, a. having many angles. 
 
 PO'LYGRAM, s. \^polus and gramma, Gr.] a figure consisting 
 of a great number of lines. 
 
 POLY'GRAPHY, (poly'grafy) s. \_polus and graplio, Gr.] the art 
 of writing in several unusual manners or ciphers. 
 
 POLY'LOGY, s. Ipolus and lego, Gr.] talkativeness. 
 
 POLY'MATHY, s. [polus^ndmanthano,GT.'\ the knowledge of 
 many arts and sciences ; also an acquaintance with many differ- 
 ent subjects. 
 
 POLYNE'SIA, s. {polus and nisos, Gr.] in Geography, the name 
 by which, amongst English geographers, the numerous groups 
 and detached islands of the Pacific Ocean are designated. The 
 chief groups included under this name are, the Marquesas, the 
 Dangerous Archipelago, the Society Islands, the Friendly Islands, 
 the New Hebrides, Solomon's Archipelago, the Admiralty Islands, 
 the Caroline Islands, the Ladrone Islands, the Ralick and Ra- 
 dack Chains, and the Sandwich Islands, with Papua or New 
 Guinea, New Britain, New Ireland, New Caledonia, and several 
 other small islands dispersed amongst and around these groups. 
 See these names separately, and Oceania. 
 
 PO'LYPE, Po'i.YP, 8. [polus and;jOT<s,Gr.] in Natural History, 
 the name of the animals usually classed together as Zoophytes, 
 and of others resembling them. They consist of a sac, capable 
 of considerable distension, at the extremity of which is an open- 
 ing, surrounded by arms or tentaculae, by means of which they 
 provide themselves with food. Some of them are capable of 
 motion, but others are fixed ; all hav-e the power of contracting 
 themselves so as to appear a simple gelatinous mass. They pro- 
 duce their young in a very remarkable way; a small swelling 
 appears on some part of the body of the polyp, which increases 
 continually and puts out arras, feeding in the same manner as the 
 parent does, till at last it is quite detached. They are extremely 
 tenacious of life, and if cut into pieces each piece becomes soon 
 a perfect animal. Several small species are found in our ponds 
 and ditches. See Coralline, Coral, Zoophyte, &c. &c. 
 
 POLYPE'TALOUS, a. [polus and petalon, Gr.] having many 
 petals or flower-leaves. 
 
 POLY'PHONISM, (poly'fonism) s. lpolasaxiAplione,Gt.'] multi- 
 plicity of sounds. 
 
 PO'LYPODY, s. [polus and pous, Gr.] in Botany, a genus of 
 ferns: there are several British species. 
 
 PO'LYPOUS, a. of the nature of a polypus ; having many feet 
 or roots. 
 
 PO'LYPUS, s. any thing with many roots or feet. In Medicine, 
 a swelling occurring in the nostril, the throat, &c,, having a 
 stalk, and sometimes of a very dangerous character. They are 
 of various kinds, according to their internal structure. 
 
 PO'LYSCOPE, s. [/W«sand skopeo, Gr.] a multiplying glass. 
 
 PO'LYSPAST, s. \^p>olyspaste, Fr.] a machine consisting of 
 many pulleys. 
 
 POLYSPE'RMOUS, a. [polus and spei-ma, Gr.] in Botany, 
 applied to plants which have more than four seeds succeeding 
 each flower, and this without any certain order or number. 
 
 POL YSY'LLABIC, Polysylt^'bical, a. [polus and syllabe, Gr.] 
 having many syllables. 
 
 POLYSY'LLABLE, s. a word consisting of many syllables. 
 
 POLYSY'NDETON, s. [polus and sundeo, Gr.] in Rhetoric, a 
 figure by which a copulative is often repeated. 
 
 POLYTE'CHNIC, a. [polus and techne, Gr.] comprising many 
 arts and sciences. There is a celebrated school in Paris called 
 by this name ; and an Institution in London, where all kinds of 
 scientific experiments, and processes in arts and manufactures, 
 are exhibited, and very interesting and instructive lectures de- 
 livered. 
 
 POLYTHEISM, (by some accented on the penultima,) s. 
 [polus and theos, Gr.] the belief and worship of many gods. 
 
 PO'MACE, «. [pomum, Lat.] the dross of cider pressings. 
 
 POMA'CEOUS, a. consisting of apples. 
 
 G85 
 
PCMADE, s. [Fr.po7nado, Ital.] a fragrant ointment. 
 
 PO'MANDER, s. Ijiomme (Tambre, Fr.] a sweet ball ; a per- 
 fumed ball or powder. 
 
 POMA'TUM, s. [Lat.] a kind of perfumed ointment. 
 
 To POME, V. n. [pommer, Fr.] to grow to a round head like 
 an apple. 
 
 POMECl'TRON, s. in Botany, a citron apple. 
 
 POMEGRA'NATE, s. [ponwm and granum, Lat.] in Botany, 
 a fruit so called from the grains or seeds with which it abounds. 
 
 POMERA'NIA, a province of Prussia. It lies on the Baltic 
 Sea, and is bounded by W. Prussia, Brandenburg, and Meck- 
 lenburg. It is about 2-50 miles long, by 75 broad. The air is 
 pretty cold, but compensated by the fertility of the soil, which 
 abounds in pastures and corn, of which a great deal is trans- 
 ported into foreign countries. It is a flat country, containing 
 many lakes, woods, and forests, and has several good harbours, 
 
 Farticularly Stettin and Stralsund. The Oder is its chief river, 
 t yields iron in small quantities. Turf is dug in abundance. 
 On the coast they fincf amber. The fisheries are valuable. 
 Trade is flourishing. Pop. about 1,000,000. 
 
 POMI'FEROUS, a. [;wmr(»i and /ero, Lat.] in Botany, applied 
 to plants that bear a large fruit, covered with a thick hard 
 rind. 
 
 PO'MMEL, s. Ipomeau, Fr. porno, Ital.] a round ball or knob ; 
 the knob that balances the blade of a sword ; the protuberant 
 part of a saddle before. 
 
 To PO'MMEL, V. a. [pommeler, Fr.] to variegate ; to beat with 
 any thing thick and bulky; to beat black and blue; to punch. 
 
 POMP, s. Ipompa, Lat.] splendour attending persons in high 
 life; grandeur; a splendid and ostentatious procession. 
 
 POMPE'II, a town of Campania, in Ancient Italy, which was 
 destroj-ed in the first recorded eruption of Mount Vesuvius, 
 which also destroyed Herculaneum.and in which the elder Pliny 
 perished. It was buried beneath showers of ashes. Consider- 
 able portions of the ruins have been uncovered, and many very 
 interesting relics of antiquity brought to light. The forum, the 
 baths, the theatres, the amphitheatre, various temples, the tombs 
 in the road leading to the principal gate, the walls, the shops, 
 the suburban villas, and the town-houses of the patricians, 
 though ruined, have yet been so far preserved as to cast great 
 light on the study of classical antiquities. The paintings, sta- 
 tues, articles of furniture, goods in shops, skeletons, &c. &c. have 
 been chiefly removed to the museum of Naples. See Herculaneum. 
 
 POMPETUS, CNEIUS, called Pompeijthe Great, a famous Ro- 
 man statesman and general, of the last days of the Republic. He 
 did not inherit any good name, and his first appearance was in the 
 midst of all the commotions of social war. He was a partisan of 
 Sylla, who used him for his own arts. His good fortune first ap- 
 peared in his victory over the kingofNumidia,in Africa, for which 
 he enjoyed a triumph. He next appears in Spain, where he ob- 
 tained the credit ol having subdued Sertorius. He laid claim to 
 the honour of having suppressed the slaves who revolted under 
 Spartacus, after his return; and became to be exceedingly popu- 
 lar in Rome, and obtained another triumph, and the consular- 
 ship. His next exploits were, the clearing the Mediterranean 
 of pirates, the defeat of Mithridates, and the conquest of Syria. 
 A third triumph followed ; and then, with Julius Caesar and 
 Crassus, two other aspirants for the chief place in the state, he 
 formed the first triumvirate. Intrigues and infamy to outwit the 
 others followed ; and soon the closing scenes. Caesar, who had 
 been gaining fame and training to victory a large array in Gaul, 
 marched on Rome, and the Pompeian party fled. In Greece, 
 the question was settled by battle, and the victory of Pharsalia 
 was the end of Pompey's public career. He fled to Egypt, and 
 was there assassinated in 48 B. c, aged 58 years. The chief 
 feature of Pompey's character was his vanity, which Cicero has 
 most amusingly and unsparingly exhibited in his letters. He 
 was not worse than other leaders of his times, nor was he much 
 better. He was at first more fortunate, and afterwards over- 
 confident. His sons, Cneius 3Iagnus Pompeius, and Sextus Mag- 
 nus Pompeius, attempted to acquire by rebellion the dignity their 
 father had sought for by intrigue ; they were also aggrieved bv 
 the use made by the opposite party to their prejudice, and fresh 
 wars arose. Sextus was once resorted to by tlie Roman senate, 
 as a protection against the second triumvirate, but usually he 
 lived either like a leader of mercenaries, or like a buccaneer, 
 and he was at last overcome and killed, in 35 b. c. 
 
 roN 
 
 PO'MPION, s. [pompon, Fr.] in Gardening, a pumpkin. 
 
 PO'MPIRE, s. Ipmnmn and pi/rum, Lat.] in Horticulture, a 
 sort of pearmain. 
 
 POMPON, Pompoo'n, s. [Fr.] an ornament worn by ladies in 
 the fore-part of their hair. 
 
 PO'MPOUS, a. [pojnpeux, Fr.] grand ; showy ; splendid. 
 
 PO'MPOUSLY, ad. magnificently ; splendidly. 
 
 PO'MPOUSNESS, «. magnificence; splendour; showiness ; 
 ostentatiousness. 
 
 POND, s. a small collection of standing water. 
 
 POND, JOHN, an English Astronomer Royal, whose great 
 skill lay in observation, and was especially diligent in observa- 
 tions of the fixed stars. His knowledge of the use,&c. of astro- 
 nomical instruments was very accurate and minute; and he thus 
 was able to do service to this grand science in a department, 
 which others of profounder mathematical knowledge were far 
 less fitted to work in. He died in 1836, aged 09 years. 
 
 To PO'NDER, V. a. Ipomlus, Lat.] to weigh in the mind ; to 
 consider; to think or muse. — v. n, to think or muse upon, fol- 
 lowed by on. 
 
 PO'NDERABLE, a. capable to be weighed ; measurable by 
 scales. 
 
 PONDERA'TION, s. the act of weighing. 
 
 PO'NDERER, s. one who ponders. 
 
 PONDERO'SITY, s. weight ; the quality of being heavy. 
 
 PO'NDEROUS, a. heavy, weighing much ; of importance or 
 moment ; forcible or vehement. 
 
 PO'NDEROUSLY, ad. with great weight. 
 
 PO'NDEROUSNESS, s. the quality of weighing much. 
 
 PONDICHE'RRY, a town of the Carnatic, Hindustan. It is 
 situated on the coast ; and the part inhabited by Europeans is 
 very regularly laid out, and substantially built, with many hand- 
 some public edifices ; that inhabited by the natives is not of this 
 character. It has not a harbour, and is unfortified at present. It 
 has a fair trade ; and is about 90 miles from Madras. Pop. about 
 45,000. Lat. 11. 55. N. Long. 79. 49. E. 
 
 PO'NENT, a. [ponente, Ital.] western. 
 
 PO'NIARD, s. [poignafd, Fr.] a dagger, or short sword. 
 
 To PO'NIARD, V. a. [poignardier, Fr.] to stab with a po- 
 niard. 
 
 PONIATO'WSKI, JOSEPH, a Polish prince and general, who 
 served tirst under Joseph II. of Austria; afterwards under 
 Kosciusko against Russia. When the duchy of Warsaw was 
 created, he was one of the ministers; and fought against Austria, 
 when it tried to seize upon the country. He accompanied Napo- 
 leon's grand army on its disastrous Russian campaign ; and 
 was made by him a Marshal of France. After the defeat at 
 Leipsic, he was drowned in attempting to pass a river, in 1814, 
 aged 51 years. 
 
 PONK,«. (etymology unknown,) a nocturnal spirit; a hag. 
 
 PO'NTAGE, s. [pons, Lat.] duty paid for the repairing of 
 bridges. 
 
 PO'NTEFRACT, or Po'mfret, Yorkshire, W. Riding. It is 
 situated in a rich soil, noted for its nursery grounds, and large 
 plantations of liquorice and skirworts. Its castle, now in ruins, 
 has been the scene of various tragical events in the English 
 history. It is 177 miles from London. A great show of horses 
 begins on Feb. 5. Market, Saturday. Pop. 9851, 
 
 PO'NTIFF, s. [pons and facto, Lat.] a high priest or pope. 
 
 PONTI'FICAL, a. [ponti/ex, Lat.] belonging to the high 
 priest ; belonging to the pope. Figuratively, splendid ; mag- 
 nificent. 
 
 PONTI'FICAL, s. a book of pontifical rites and ceremonies. 
 
 PONTI'FICALLY, ad. in a pontifical manner. 
 
 PONTI'FICATE, s. the office and dignity of a pope. 
 
 PO'NTIFICE, «. bridge work ; edifice of a bridge. 
 
 PO'NTIPOOL, or Po'ntypool, Monmouthshire. It is seated 
 between two hills, on the river iVvon, which turns several mills for 
 the working of iron plates, that are used there in a manufactory 
 of japanned ware. It is 146 miles from London. Market, 
 Saturday. Pop. 2865. 
 
 PO'NTLEVlS, s. in Horsemanship, a disorderly resisting 
 action of a horse in disobedience to his rider, in which he rears 
 up several times running, and rises up so upon his hind iegs 
 that he is in danger of comiii^ over. 
 
 PO'NTON, Pontoo'n, s. [Fr.] a floating bridge, made of two 
 boats, placed at a distance from each other, planked over, to- 
 
POP 
 
 gether with the interval between them, with rails on their sides, 
 and used in passing both horses and cannon, &c. over a river. 
 The boats used in making a floating bridge. 
 
 PO'NTUS, a country of ancient Asia Minor, lying on the 
 Euxine, and bounded by Paphlagonia, Galatia, Cappadocia, and 
 Armenia. It was mountainous, and its chief rivers were the 
 Lycus and the Iris. Corn, wine, fruit, and wild animals fit for 
 food abounded. Metals were dug out of the mountains, certainly 
 iron, perhaps also silver. The people seem to have been of a very 
 mixed character, some nomade, some piratical, and some agri- 
 cultural, and were named Chalybes, because of being engaged in 
 mining. Mithridates the Great, the last king, raised this country 
 to its greatest splendour. Amasus, Trapezus, Neocaesarea, Ama- 
 sia, &c., were its chief cities. 
 
 PO'NY, s. [perhaps from;j!/ny,] a small horse. 
 
 POOL, s. [/)M^, Sax. />oe/, Belg.] a lake, or large collection of 
 deep and standing water; a reservoirof water supplied by springs, 
 and discharging the surplus by sluices. 
 
 POOL, in Montgomeryshire. See Welsh Pool. 
 
 POOLE, Dorsetshire. It is situated upon a peninsula project- 
 
 ing into a capacious bay, branching into many creeks, and form- 
 • " " Th " - - . 
 
 very secure. Its trade is rapi 
 ing, and the principal branch of business is the Newfoundland 
 
 ing several islands. The harbour admits vessels of moderate size 
 only ; but for them it is very secure. Its trade is rapidly increas- 
 
 fishery. It has also a fine coasting trade, particularly in corn and 
 coal. Near the mouth of the harbour is an oyster bank, from 
 which vast quantities are carried to be fattened in the creeks of 
 Essex and the Thames. It is 105 miles from London. Market, 
 Thursday. Pop. 6()93. 
 
 POOLE, MATTHEW, one of the most learned of the Noncon- 
 formist ministers, was educated at Cambridge, and held a living 
 in London, whence he was ejected on the notorious St. Bar- 
 tholomew's day, 1602. He was one whom Titus Oates included 
 in the list of the intended victims of his pretended popish plot. 
 He died at Amsterdam, in 1679, aged 55 years. His great work 
 is a Synopsis of Critical Notes on the wiiole Scriptures. He also 
 wrote a shorter work. Annotations on the Bible, which is very 
 valuable. 
 
 POOP, s. [puppis, hat. poup2)e, Fr.] the highest or uppermost 
 part of a ship's hull or stern. 
 
 POOR, a. Ipoavre, Span, pauvre, Fr.] in want of money, or the 
 necessaries of life. Applied to value, of small worth, unfit for 
 any purpose, trifling. Mean, low, abject, contemptible, unim- 
 portant, applied to opinion. A word of tenderness, implying a 
 person or thing to be an object of pity and affection. The poor, 
 used collectivly for the lowest order of a community, who have 
 neither riches, interest, nor power. Barren or dry, applied to 
 soil. Lean, starved, applied to animals. Without spirit or 
 strength, applied to liquor. 
 
 POOR Laws, s. in Law, the statutes regulating the con- 
 ditions and kinds of relief to be given to the poor, and the mode 
 of administering it. 
 
 POO'RLY, ad. without money, interest, power, or the neces- 
 saries of life ; with little success; meanly ; out of lieaith. 
 
 POO'RNESS, s. want of money, power, interest, dignity, or 
 the necessaries of life. Want of fruitfulness, applied to soil. 
 
 POORSPI'RITED, a. mean ; cowardly. 
 
 POORSPI'RITEDNESS, s. meanness ; cowardice. 
 
 POP, s. [poppysjna, Lat.] a small, smart, and quick sound. 
 
 To POP, V. n. to make a small and quick sound ; to move or 
 enter with a quick, sudden, and unexpectecf motion. — v. a, to 
 put out or in slily or unexpectedly ; to shift. 
 
 POPE, s. [papa, Lat.] in the Roman Church, the title borne 
 by the bishop of Rome, signifying that he is the father or head 
 of all other bishops. For all the claims of this pontiff, the reader 
 must consult the canons and decrees of the Council of Trent; 
 we can only point out some of the most appalling. He is held 
 to be infallible, not only in matters of doctrine, but also in mat- 
 ters of fact. He is the vicar of God, and has all the authority of 
 God, or of our Lord, over God's church. All guilty of separation 
 from his jurisdiction are infallibly lost. He has supreme authori- 
 ty over all kings and princes, in their kingdoms and principali- 
 ties, and may depose them at his pleasure. But as many who 
 have maintained these dogmas, have also acted in opposition to 
 them when it has suited their purpose, there is no pressing ne- 
 cessity for pointingout the falsehood, and impiety, and shameless 
 arrogance that marks them. With very few exceptions, in spite 
 
 POR 
 
 of all theories to the contrary, for some generations now, the 
 pope has been no more than the elected sovereign of the Papal 
 States. Matters are now in such a position that more than this 
 aiithoritv cannot be claimed safely. In Ichthyology, a fish, like- 
 wise called a ruff, resembling a perch in shape, but never grows 
 bigger than a gudgeon. 
 
 POPE, ALEXANDER, a classic English poet, who began 
 writing at a very early age, and whose life was diversified by no 
 incidents, save his coming to reside in London, his quarrels with 
 other writers and with booksellers, and the publication of his 
 works. He died in 1744, aged 56 years. His works are very 
 numerous, and amongst them his Messiah, his Bape of the Lock, and 
 JSssay on Man,hisPastorals and MoralEpistleSfZre the most consider- 
 able. The Dunciad is a very severe satire on several prominent 
 characters in the literary world. He wrote a great number of 
 smaller pieces. His translations of the Iliad and Odyssey, and of 
 some parts of i/brace, and his modernization of some of Chaticer's 
 lioems, are of still greater extent. He wrote, beside these poems, 
 several satirical works and essays, as Bathos ; and some in con- 
 junction with Swift and Atterbury. Perhaps these are the most 
 genuine of his writings ; they certainly are far more agreeable to 
 the readers of this generation than the formal, unnatural, tin- 
 selled, and often gross, style of his poetry. His translations are 
 especially characterized by the vice of the imitator of Dryden, 
 and Homer would never recognise his immortal epic in the dress 
 it has been adorned with by his most popular translator. He 
 was the leader of the fashions in literature; and happily for 
 truth and human nature, his reign has long ago passed away. 
 
 PO'PEDOM, K. [;jo/je and do7n. Sax.] the office or dignity of a 
 pope. 
 
 PO'PERY, s. in Ecclesiastical History and Theology, the com- 
 munion and the doctrines of Romanism. 
 
 PO'PESEYE, s. in Cookery, the delicate fat in the middle of 
 the thickest part of a leg of mutton. 
 
 PO'PGUN, s. a gun made of a piece of wood bored through, 
 which is charged with pellets of hemp or brown paper, and played 
 with by children. 
 
 PO'PINJ AY, s. Ipapcgay, Belg. papagayo. Span.] in old books 
 of Natural History, a parrot ; a woodpecker. Also, a mark for 
 shooters ; a trifling fop. 
 
 PO'PISH, a. belonging to popery. 
 
 PO'PISHLY, ad. with a tendency to popery ; in a popish 
 manner. 
 
 PO'PLAR, s. {populus, Lat.] in Botany, a tree, of which there 
 are many .species, the best known being the tall and very straight 
 tree, which usually bears this name exclusively. See Aspen, &-c. 
 
 PO'PPY, s. ipopig. Sax.] in Botany, a plant, with a scarlet 
 flower, which grows in the fields among corn. There are many 
 garden kinds. 
 
 PO'PULACE, Po'puLACY, s. [Fr.] the lowest rank of people. 
 
 PO'PULAR, a. [populus, Lat.] vulgar, or of the lowest order, 
 applied to rank. Suited to the capacity of the people in general ; 
 beloved by, or pleasing to, the people ; studious of the favour of 
 the people ; prevailing or raging among the populace 
 
 POPULA'RITY, s. the quality of being pit ' 
 general. 
 
 POPULARLY, ad. in ; 
 conception. 
 
 To PO'PULATE, V. n. to people 
 people. 
 
 POPULATION, s. the number of inhabitants in ; 
 See Malthus. 
 
 POPULO'SITY, s. the state of abounding with people. 
 
 PO'PULOUS, a. abounding in people; numerously inhabited. 
 
 POPULOUSLY, ad. with much people. 
 
 PO'PULOUSNESS, s. the state of abounding with people. 
 
 PO'RCELAIN,*. [porcelaiiie, Fr.] china, or china ware ; a very 
 compact, quite white, and semi-transparent kind of ware. The 
 last quality distinguishes it from earthenware, which is always 
 opaque. 
 
 PORCH, «. Iporticus, Lat.] a roof supported by pillars before a 
 door ; a portico or covered walk. 
 
 PO'RCUPINE, «. [poreospino, Ital.] in Zoology, an animal 
 which is furnished with sharp quills, in the place of hair. 
 
 PORE, s. [poms, Gr.] in Physiology, a passage or aperture in 
 the cuticle of plants and animals. Any exceedingly minute 
 aperture. 
 
 687 
 
 to people in 
 popular manner; according to vulgar 
 country, or increase it in 
 country. 
 
POR 
 
 To PORE, f. n. to look at with great intenseness. 
 
 PO'REBLIND, Pu'rblind, a. near-sighted ; short-siglited. 
 
 PO'RINESS, s. the quality of abounding in pores. 
 
 PORI'STIC Method, s. Iporizo, Gr.] in Mathematics, is that 
 which determines when, by what means, and how many differ- 
 ent ways, a problem may be solved. 
 
 PORK, (pork) s. Iporcus, Lat.] swine's flesh. 
 
 PO'RKER, s. a full-grown hog ; a pig. 
 
 PO'RKET, Po'rkling, s. a young hog. 
 
 PORO'SITY, s. the quality of having pores. 
 
 PO'ROUS, a. l2>oreiix, Fr.] having small apertures or inter- 
 stices. 
 
 PO'ROUSNESS, s. the qnality of having pores. 
 
 PO'RPHYRE, Po'rphyry, (p^'ifi/nj) s. [jmrphuros, Gr.] in 
 Mineralogy, a kind of marble of a brown or red colour, frequently 
 interspersed with white spots. It is of volcanic origin. 
 
 PO'RPHYRY, a philosopher of the 3rd century a. d. He 
 first studied under Longinus and Origen ; and afterwards under 
 Plotinus, the Neo-Platonist. He is chiefly known as an oppo- 
 nent of Christianity. Some of his numerous writings remain to 
 lis, and of these, his Life of Pythagoras, though sufficiently le- 
 gendary in its character, is the most valuable. He died in 304, 
 aged 71 years. 
 
 PO'RPOISE, Po'rpus,s. [pore poisson, Fr.] in Natural History^ 
 a sea animal of the dolphin tribe, which frequents the European 
 seas, and is remarkable for its fatness. It is between six and 
 seven feet long, thick in the fore-parts, and gradually tapering 
 towards the tail. 
 
 PORRA'CEOUS, a. [porraceus, Lat.] greenish. 
 
 PORRE'CTION, s. [porrigo, Lat.] the act of reaching forth. 
 
 PO'RRET, s. the same with the scallion. 
 
 PO'RRIDGE,s. I porrata, low Lat. from porrum, Lat.] broth or 
 liquor made by boiling meat in water, with leeks and other 
 herbs. 
 
 PO'RRINGER, s. a vessel in which broth is eaten. 
 
 PO'RSON, RICHARD, an eminent classic and critic of the 
 latter part of the last century. He studied at Eton and Cam- 
 bridge, through the kindness of some persons who were struck 
 with his ability, for his parents were in humble circumstances. 
 He was made Greek professor at Cambridge, but he never enter- 
 ed the church. During the latter part of his life he was librarian 
 of the London Institution. He died in 1808, aged 49 years. 
 His editions of various Greek plays, and his posthumous Essays 
 and criticisms, are of great value to the Greek student ; but the 
 ability which Porson possessed alone justifies his style of criti- 
 cism. It is not for every learner to attempt to correct even 
 evident corruptions of the text of the ancient writers ; and the 
 plan of solving every difficultj', and of bringing our author to 
 say what we think he ought to say, by conjectural emendations, 
 is of all things most utterly to be eschewed and condemned. 
 Bentley's criticisms on Paradise Lost, in this style, are the best 
 warning that was ever given against this unscholarlike and 
 conceited fashion, which he was one of the most zealous to in- 
 troduce. 
 
 PORT, s. lim-tus, Lat.] a harbour or safe station for ships.— 
 [poi-ta, Lat.] a gate ; an aperture in a ship, through which the 
 guns are put out. — [portee, Fr.] carriage or behaviour. A kind 
 of wine, so called from Oporto, the place where it is most usually 
 shrnped for England. 
 
 To PORT, V. a. [porta, Lat. porter, Fr.] to carry in form. 
 
 PORT ROY'AL, the name of two French nunneries, one call- 
 ed Port Royal in the Fields, and the other, Port Royal in Paris, 
 which, during the time that Angelica Arnauld was abbess, were 
 the objects of bitterest hatred on the part of the Jesuits, partly 
 because of the undoubted sincerity and sanctity of the sisterhood, 
 but still more because of their connexion with the Jansenist party. 
 Port Royal in the Fields was the abode of the learned and pious 
 recluses who made so fearful an attack on the Jesuits in the 17th 
 century. See Arnauld, Pascal, Jansenists, &c. &c. 
 
 PO'RTA, GIOVANNI BA TTISTA DELLA, a natural philo- 
 sopher of Italy, in the latter part of the I6th century. He de- 
 voted himself most assiduously to the cultivation of science, and 
 travelled in various countries of Europe, for the sake of increas- 
 ing his own knowledge. Whilst at Naples, he sought by the 
 establishment of academies to spread the knowledge he had 
 acquired. He also wrote several works, which, amongst much 
 that is characterized by the ignorance and superstition of the 
 
 POR 
 
 age, contains very singular records of the observations he had 
 made, and the speculations he had indulged in. He invented 
 the camera obscura. Some plays were also written by him, near 
 the close of his life. He died in 1615, aged about 70 years, 
 
 PO'RTABLE, a. that may be carried ; such as may be en- 
 dured. 
 
 PO'RTABLENESS, s. the quality of being portable. 
 
 PO'RTAGE, s. [Fr.] the price of carriage ; a port-hole. 
 
 PO'RTAL, s. [portail, Fr. portella, Ital.] a gate ; the arch un- 
 der which a gate opens. 
 
 PO'RTANCE,s. [porter, Fr.} mien; port; demeanour. 
 
 PO'RTATIVE, a. [portatif, Fr.] that may be carried from place 
 to place. 
 
 PORTCU'LLIS, PoRTCLu'sE, s. [portecoulisse, Fr.] a strong lat- 
 tice work, with spikes at the bottom, running in grooves like the 
 sash of a window, used in ancient fortifications as an additional 
 security to the gate of a city or castle. 
 
 To PORTCU'LLIS, v. a. to bar or shut up. 
 
 PO'RTED, a. [parte, Fr.] borne in a certain regular or solemn 
 manner. 
 
 To PORTE'ND, v. a. [portemh, Lat.] to foreshow or foretoken. 
 
 PORTE'NSION, s. the act of foretokening. 
 
 PORTE'NT, s. [poi-tentum, from portendo, Lat.] an omen or 
 prodigy foreshowing something ill. 
 
 PORTE'NTOUS, a. betokening something ill ; monstrous. 
 
 PO'RTER, s. [portier, Fr. from porta, Lat.] one that has the 
 charge of a gate. — [porta, Lat.] one who carries burdens. 
 Also, a kind of malt liquor, made chiefly in London and Dublin ; 
 of a darker colour than ale, from the kind of mall used, and 
 very heavy and heady. 
 
 PO'RTER, SIR ROBERT KER, a painter and traveller of 
 some celebrity. His pictures are chiefly battle scenes; and he 
 was nominated by the Emperor Alexander of Russia, his histo- 
 rical painter. This led to his residence at St. Petersburg, and to 
 his marriage into one of the noble families of that country. His 
 most interesting travels were those which he made in Persia 
 and ancient Assyria; and his narrative of them, and the accom- 
 panying plates, are valuable to the student of biblical and clas- 
 sical antiquities. After a very laborious life, in which he had 
 travelled in, and resided in, both hemispheres, and received at 
 home and abroad much honour, he died in 1842, aged 61 
 years. 
 
 PO'RTERAGE, s. money paid or due to a porter for carrying. 
 
 PO'RTEUS, DR. BEILBY, an eminent English prelate, who 
 studied at Cambridge, and rose to be Bishop of London. He was 
 held in considerable esteem by George HI. ; and is regarded 
 as one of the evangelical school, who have esteemed him as one 
 of their brightest luminaries. His works show both learning 
 and literary skill ; and consist of Sermons and Essays, a Poem, 
 and the Life of Archbishop Seeker. He died in 1808, aged 77 years. 
 
 PORT-FIRE, s. a paper tube about ten inches long, filled 
 with meal powder, rammed moderately hard, and used to fire 
 guns and mortars with, instead of a match. 
 
 PO'RTGLAVE, s. [2>°^^^j Pf- ^nd glaive, Erse,] a sword- 
 bearer. 
 
 PO'RTHOLE, s. a wicket in a ship's side, through which a gun 
 is discharged. 
 
 PO'RTICO, «. [porticus, Lat.] a covered walk, whose roof is 
 supported by pillars. 
 
 PO'RTION, (porsMn) s. [partio, Lat.] a part ; a part assigned 
 a person ; a dividend; a fortune given to a chilct, or paid at, 
 before, or after marriage. 
 
 To PO'RTION, V. a. to divide among several ; to endow with 
 a fortune. 
 
 PO'RTIONER, s. one that divides. 
 
 PO'RTLAND, a peninsula in Dorsetshire, near Weymouth, 
 nearly 7 miles round, and exceedingly strong both by nature 
 and art. It is surrounded by inaccessible rocks, except at the 
 landing-place, where there is a strong castle. The whole penin- 
 sula is one continuous mass of oolitic rock. The town is smaH. 
 But the liberty includes several small hamlets. It is 132 miles 
 from London. Pop. 2852. 
 
 PO'RTLAND, a city of Maine, United States. It stands on a 
 peninsula, at the W. extremity of Cascobay; and is beautifiilly 
 situated, rising like an ancient theatre between two hills. It is 
 regularly built, and contains some fine public edifices and insti- 
 tutions. The harbour is easy of access, spacious, and safe ; and 
 
:;ii^^gs?;ss^2i'^i^s^^!^!iS!^^???^i^9i?'^i«?^'^i!^?^^S^^^ 
 
POR 
 
 is fortified, and supplipd with a lighthouse. It is a fino place for 
 trade, both from its harbour, and from its ready communication 
 by railway, &c. with the interior. It is 545 miles from Wash- 
 ington. Pop. 15,218. Ten other towns of the States bear this 
 name. 
 
 PO'RTLAND OOLITE, in Geology, the name of the rock 
 which is so finely developed in the isle of Portland. The most 
 remarkable feature of this formation, is a stratum on its upper 
 surface, called by the quarrj-men, the Dirtbed; which consists of 
 vegetable mould, and has in it the remains of some very remark- 
 able plants, allied to the modern Zamia, and Cycas, which 
 remain in the very position in which they grew, though com- 
 pletely silicified, and surrounded by the strata of the superincum- 
 bent bed. The Portland stone is a good building stone, and 
 is used pretty extensively, though it is not so easy to work as 
 the Bath oolite. It has fossils in it, which evidence its marine 
 origin. 
 
 PO'RTLAND VASE, the name of a very beautiful antique in 
 the British Museum. It is a singularly, but exquisitely formed 
 vase, with two handles, made of deep blue glass, and having on 
 it, in white glass, some exceedingly beautiful figures. It was 
 found in the tomb of the Roman emperor Alexander Severus. 
 
 PO'RTLINESS, X. dignity of mien or air ; bulk of personage. 
 
 PO'RTLY, a. of noble mien or air; bulky, swelling. 
 
 PO'RTMANjS. an inhabitant or burgess, as those of the Cinque 
 Ports. 
 
 PORTMA'NTEAU, (pdrtmdntd) s. [portemanteau, Fr.] a chest 
 or kind of bag, in which clothes are carried. 
 
 PO'RTO BE'LLO, a sea-port town on the isthmus of Panama, 
 in N. America. It is a very unhealthy place, and is chiefly inha- 
 bited by Mulattoes. Porto Bello is 65 miles N. of Panama. Lat. 
 10. 27. N. Long. 79. 20. W. 
 
 PO'RTOISE, s. in sea language, a ship is said to ride a por- 
 tojse, when she rides with her yards struck down to the deck. 
 
 PO'RTRAIT, s. Ipowtrait, Fr.] a picture drawn from the life ; 
 applied almost exclusively to pictures of the human face and 
 person. 
 
 PO'RTRAITURE, s. \:pourtraUure, Fr.] a picture or resem- 
 blance drawn from the. life. 
 
 To PORTRA'Y, v. a. [pourtraire, Fr.] to paint ; to adorn with 
 pictures. Figuratively, to describe graphically. 
 
 PO'RTRESS, s. a female guardian of a gate. 
 
 PORT ROY'AL, a sea-port town of Jamaica, W. Indies, built 
 on a small neck of land which jets out several miles into the 
 sea, and guarded by a very strong fort, with a harbour, in which 
 1000 ships may ride safelv. It is 20 miles from Kingston. 
 Lat. 17. 50. N. Long. 77. 0." W. 
 
 PORTSMOUTH, Hampshire. It is situated on the island of 
 Portsea, and is very strongly fortified. The royal docks and 
 ^ards resemble distinct towns, &c. under a government separate 
 from the garrison. Here is also a fine arsenal for laying up the 
 cannon. The harbour is one of the finest in the world, as there is 
 water sufficient for the largest ships ; and it is so very capacious, 
 that the whole English navy could ride here in safety. Across 
 the harbour's mouth, a floating steam-bridge plies continually 
 between this town and Gosport. Opposite the town is the spa- 
 cious road of Spithead. The town is extensive, and has some 
 fine streets and public walks. The churches and chapels are 
 fine buildings. It is 72 miles from London. Markets, Tuesday, 
 Thursday, and Saturday. Pop. 93-54, and of Pwrtsea, 43,078. " 
 
 PORTSMOUTH, a city of New Hampshire, United States. 
 It stands 3 miles from the ocean, on the Piscataqua river, and is 
 a well-built place. The harbour is fine and deep, and is well 
 fortified. On Great Island, with which it is connected by a 
 bridge, is a lighthouse. Two fine bridges connect it with Kit- 
 tery. Some of the public buildings are handsome structures; 
 and there are several flourishing institutions, connected with 
 education, &c. On Navy Island is one of the ship-building 
 yards belonging to the United States. Trade, manufactures, 
 (especially of the naval order,) and fisheries, are in a very thriving 
 and prosperous state. It is493 miles from Washington. Pop. 7887. 
 There are in the United States 4 other places similarly named. 
 
 PO'RTUGAL, the most western country of Europe. It lies 
 on the Atlantic Ocean, and is bounded by Spain. It is about 
 310 miles lon^, and 120 broad. There are several chains of 
 barren mountains, and some wide and fertile plains. The prin- 
 cipal rivers are, the Tagus, the Puero or Douro, the Guadiana, 
 
 POS 
 
 the Minho, and the Munda or Mondego. The climate is more 
 temperate than that of Spain. Fruits and wine are its chief pro- 
 ducts, but it also yields some corn ; cattle are fed in some parts 
 in considerable numbers. It has some valuable metals, but the 
 manufactories are few, and of no great extent. It is divided 
 into provinces, for political and government purposes, Ro- 
 manism is its exclusive religion. Lisbon is the capital. Pop. 
 about 3,.500,000. 
 
 PO'RWIGLE, s. in Natural History, a tadpole or young frog. 
 
 PO'RY, a. Iporeux, Fr.] full of pores. 
 
 To POSE, {poze) V. a. to perplex, or confound with a difficulty. 
 
 POSEFDON, in Heathen Mythology, the Greek divinity who 
 presided over the sea. He is usually confounded with the Latin 
 deity, Neptune. 
 
 PO'SEN, a town of Prussia, in the part formerly belonging to 
 Poland. It stands near Varta, and is pretty well built, with 
 many public edifices, and some valuable charitable and educa- 
 tional institutions. It has some manufactures, and is strongly 
 fortified. Pop. about 35,000. Lat. 52. 22. N. Long. 16. 52. E. 
 
 PO'SER, (;jo':«r) s. one that puzzles with difficulties. 
 
 PO'SITED, {p6zited) a. [pono, Lat.] placed. 
 
 POSl'TION , (pozishon) s. [positio, Lat,] the state of being placed ; 
 situation; a principle laid down ; advancement of any principle. 
 
 POSITIONAL, (poash&nal) a. respecting position. 
 
 PO'SITIVE, (the s in this word and its following derivatives 
 is pron. like : ; as p6zitive,p6zitively , &c.) a. [posittvus. Cat.] capable 
 of being affirmed ; real ; absolute ; dogmatical ; stubborn in opin- 
 ion ; settled by arbitrary appointment ; certain; assured. Posi- 
 tive Phihsophi/, See Philosophy. 
 
 PO'SITIVELY, arf. absolutely; certainly; peremptorily. 
 
 PO'SITIVENESS, PosiTi'viTY, s. actualness ; confidence; 
 stubborn confidence in opinion. The second word is used ludi- 
 crously. 
 
 PO'SITURE, s, Iposiiura, from pono, Lat] the manner in 
 which any thing is placed. 
 
 PO'SNET, s. [bassinet, Fr.] a little basin or porringer. 
 
 PO'SSE, s. [used instead of posse comitatus, Lat.] an armed 
 civil force at an election, or other similar assemblage. 
 
 PO'SSE COMITA'TUS, s, in Law, signifies the power of the 
 county, or the aid and assistance of all the knights, gentlemen, 
 yeomen, labourers, servants, apprentices, &c., and all others 
 within the county that are above the age of 15, except women, 
 ecclesiastical persons, and such as are decrepit and infirm. This 
 is to be done when some riot is committed, a possession kept 
 upon a forcible entry, or any force of rescue used contrary to 
 the king's writ, or in opposition to the execution of justice. 
 
 To POSSE'SS, (the first ss in this word and its following deri- 
 vatives has the sound of z ,- as pozess, pozessor, &c.) v. a. [possideo, 
 Lat.] to have as an owner; toenjoy or occupy actually ; to seize or 
 obtain; to give possession or command of any thing, with of 
 before the thing possessed; to fill with something fixed; to 
 have power over ; to affect by intestine power. 
 
 POSSE'SSION, (pozashoii) s. [Fr. iiossessio, Lat.] the state of 
 having in one's hands or power ; the thing enjoyed by a person. 
 
 POSSE'SSIVE, a. having possession. In Grammar, applied to 
 pronouns which signify the possession of something; as, my 
 book, his house ; and to that case of nouns, &c. which is more 
 correctly named the penitive : which see. 
 
 POSSE'SSOR, s. [Lat.] an owner or proprietor; one that hjis 
 any thing in his hands. 
 
 PO'SSET, s. \_posca, Lat.] milk curdled with treacle, wine, or 
 any acid. 
 
 POSSIBI'LITY, s. [possibility, Fr.] the quality of being to be 
 done by the exertion of power. 
 
 PO'SSIBLE, a. [possiiilis, from possum, Lat.] having the power 
 to be, or to be done ; not inconsistent with the nature of things. 
 
 PO'SSIBLY, ad. to be done by any power existing ; perhaps. 
 
 POST, (jiost) s. [paste, Fr.] a hasty messenger; one employed 
 in carrying letters ; a quick and expeditious manner of travel- 
 ling. — [positus, Lat.] a situation, or seat; a military station; 
 place or office. — [postis, Lat.] a piece of limber set up erect. 
 
 To POST, (post) V. n. [poster, Fr.] to travel with speed.— k. a. 
 to fix on a post in disgrace. — [poster, Fr.] to place, or fix. In 
 Commerce, to enter the articles on their proper sides in a ledger, 
 
 POST O'BIT, s. [post and obitum, Lat.] a bond given in secu- 
 rity for money lent, in which payment is promised on the death 
 of some party specified in it. 
 
PO'STAGE, s. money paid for the carriage of letters, or any 
 thing conveyed by a post. 
 
 PO'STBOY, s. one that carries letters. 
 
 To PO'STDATE, v. a. [posl, Lat. and date,-] to date later, or 
 after the real time. 
 
 POSTDILU'VIAN, a. {post and diluvium, Lat.] after the flood. 
 
 POSTDILU'VIAN, s. one that lived since the flood. 
 
 PO'STELTHWAYTE, MALACHI, a London merchant, and 
 writer on commerce. His Dictionary of Trade and Commerce, Great 
 Britain's True System, and other works on the principles and 
 practice of trade, are the writings that have given his name its 
 authority in the mercantile world. He died in 1767, aged about 
 60 years. 
 
 PO'STER, {poster) s. a courier ; or one sent in haste. 
 
 POSTE'RIOR, a. [Lat.] happening or placed after ; follow- 
 ing; backward. 
 
 POSTE'RIORS, s. the hinder parts. 
 
 POSTERIO'RITY, \_posteriorite, Fr.] the state of being after, 
 in the order of time. 
 
 POSTE'RITY, s. [posteritas, Lat.] those that are born or live 
 after ; descendants. 
 
 PO'STERN, «. Ipostern, Fr.] a small or narrow gate or door, 
 in the rear of a castle, &c. 
 
 POSTEXI'STENCE, s. [post and existo, Lat.] future existence. 
 
 POSTHA'CKNEY, s. a hired posthorse. 
 
 POSTHA'STE, s. hurry, or the haste of a postboy. 
 
 POSTHORSE, s. a horse stationed for the use of couriers. 
 
 PO'STHOUSE, s. an office where posting-horses, &c. are al- 
 ways kept. 
 
 PO'STHUMOUS, a. [post and humo, Lat.] after one's death. 
 
 PO'STIC, a. [posticus, Lat.] backward. 
 
 PO'STIL, s. [postilla, low Lat.] gloss ; marginal notes. 
 
 To PO'STIL, V. a. to gloss ; to illustrate with marginal notes. 
 
 POSTFLLER, s. one who glosses, or illustrates with marginal 
 notes. 
 
 POSTPLLION, s. [postilion, Fr.] one who drives a coach, chaise, 
 &c., by riding on one of the horses. 
 
 POSTLlMl'NIOUS, a. [post and limen, Lat.] done or contrived 
 afterwards. 
 
 PO'STMASTER, s. one who has charge of public conveyance 
 of letters. 
 
 PO'STMASTER-GENERAL, s. the officer of state, who re- 
 ceives a salary as president of the General Post-Office. 
 
 POSTMERI'DIAN, a. [post and meridies, Lat.] being in the 
 afternoon. 
 
 PO'STOFFICE, s. [post and o^c,] an office where letters are 
 delivered to the post. General Post-Office, the government estab- 
 lishment for the conveyance of letters, &c. 
 
 To POSTPO'NE, V. a. [post and pono, Lat.] to put off or delay. 
 
 POSTRFDIAN, a. [postridie, Lat.] done the next day after. 
 
 POSTSCRIPT, s. [post and scribo, Lat.] a part added to, or 
 written after, the letter. 
 
 To PO'STULATE, v. a. [postulo, Lat.] to beg or assume as true, 
 without proof. 
 
 PO'STULATE, s. a position assumed without proof. In Geo- 
 metry, a proposition which is used in the proof of other propo- 
 sitions, not because self-evident, nor yet because it has been or 
 can be proved, but because of a tacit understanding that it 
 may be so employed. Those in the first book of Euclid, are no 
 more, in effect, than permission to use a ruler and pair of com- 
 passes in the constructions required. 
 
 POSTULA'TION, s. the art of assuming as true without proof. 
 
 PO'STULATORY, a. assuming without proof. 
 
 PO'STURE, s. [Fr.] place, or situation ; the manner in which 
 the parts of the human body are placed. Figuratively, state or 
 disposition. 
 
 POSTULA'TUM, s. [Lat.] a position assumed without proof. 
 
 PO'STUREMASTER, s. one who teaches uncommon attitudes 
 or contortions of the body. 
 
 PO'SY, (poxy) s. [contracted from ^oesy,] the motto of a ring; 
 a bunch of flowers. 
 
 POT, s. [Fr.] a vessel in which meat is boiled ; a vessel, &c. to 
 hold drink, or infuse tea in ; any culinary or household vessel. 
 ^OS" to pot, implies to be destroyed or devoured. 
 
 To POT, V. a. to preserve in pots ; to enclose in pots. 
 
 PO'TABLE, {potable) a. [poto, Lat.] fit for drink ; such as 
 may be drank. 
 
 POT 
 
 PO'TAGER, s. a porringer. 
 
 POTA'RGO, s. a hot kind of West-Indian pickle. 
 
 PO'TASH, Pota'ssa, s. [potasse, Fr.] in Chemistry, the protox- 
 ide of potassium, formed by exposing that metal to the action 
 of water, dry air, or oxygen gas. It is called by the Germans, 
 kali. In Commerce, an impure, fixed, alkaline salt, made by 
 burning vegetables. 
 
 POTA'SSIUM, s. in Chemistry, a metal resembling mercury 
 in colour and lustre, of crystalline texture, and yielding with 
 great rapidity to the action of heat. If thrown upon water, it 
 burns with a purple flame, and swims on the surface. 
 
 POTA'TION, s. [poto, Lat.] draught; drinking-bout. 
 
 POTA'TO, s. [batata, Ind.] in Botany, &c., a plant closely al- 
 lied to the deadly nightshade, and of poisonous qualities ; but 
 having a tuberous root, which, when boiled or baked, loses its 
 noxious properties, and becomes a very nutritious and useful 
 article of food. It is a native of America, and was introduced 
 from that country in the beginning of the Kith century. Many 
 varieties are cultivated in this country with great success. It has 
 been for many years almost the sole support of the poorest classes 
 in Ireland, and the result has been, that when the crop has failed 
 extensive ly, through any blight or unfavourable season, the 
 people have perished with famine. It is subject to some very 
 remarkable diseases, which have of late attracted the notice of 
 scientific persons, but without any very satisfactory results. It 
 is most usuallypropagated by cuttings of the tubers. 
 
 PO'TBELLIED, a. having a belly swelling out like a pot, 
 
 PO'TBELLY, s. a swelling belly. 
 
 To POTCH, V. a. [pocher,Fr.'\ to thrust; to push ; to poach ; 
 to boil slightly. 
 
 PO'TENCY, s. [potentia, from possum, Lat.] power ; efficacy ; 
 strength. 
 
 PO'TENT, a. [potens, Lat.] powerful ; strong ; having great 
 authority. 
 
 POTENTATE, s. [potentat, Fr.] a prince, or one enjoying 
 sovereign power. 
 
 POTE'NTIAL, (potenshial) a. [potentialis, Lat.] existing only 
 in possibility, not in act ; efficacious, powerful. In Grammar, 
 applied to that mood of verbs which denotes the possibility of 
 doing a thing, &c. ; as I may read. 
 
 POTENTIA'LITY, Pote'ntialness, {potenshidlity, poUnsMaU 
 ness) s. possibility. 
 
 POTE'NTIALLY, {potinshialhj) ad. in power or possibility, 
 opposed to actually or positively. In efficacy, opposed to actual- 
 ness. 
 
 PO'TENTLY, ad. powerfully; forcibly. 
 
 PO'TGUN, s. [corrupted from popgun,] a gun which makes a 
 small smart noise. 
 
 POTHA'NGER, s. a hook or branch on which a pot is hung 
 over the fire. 
 
 PO'THER, s. a bustle, tumult, or hurry. 
 
 To PO'THER, V. n. to make a bustling and ineffectual attempt. 
 — V. a. to turmoil ; to puzzle. 
 
 PO'THERB, s. an herb fit for the pot. 
 
 POTHIE'R, ROBERT JOSEPH, an eminent French jurist, 
 who was made professor of law at Orleans, and was a man of 
 very extensive legal knowledge. His most considerable woi-k is 
 a Digest of the Pandects of Justinian, but he wrote very many 
 others, and died in 1772, aged 73 years. 
 
 PO'THOOK, s. hooks to fasten pots or kettles with. Also, 
 ill-formed or scrawling letters or characters. 
 
 PO'TION, (poshdn) s. [potio, Lat.] a draught of physic. 
 
 PO'TOMAC, a great river of the United States, which rises 
 in the Alleghanies, flows between Virginia and Maryland, and 
 enters Chesapeake Bay, after a course of 550 miles. George- 
 i.vvn, Washington, and Alexandria, are the chief places stand- 
 ing on its banks. 
 
 POTO'SI, a very rich town of Bolivia, in S. America. It is 
 not very well built, but it has some fine public edifices. Near 
 it is a conical mountain, about 16,000 feet high, almost wholly 
 composed of ores of silver. It is from this rich mine that the 
 town derives its importance, but it has greatly declined of late. 
 Pop. above 10,000. Lat. 19. 47. S. Long. 67. 22. W. 
 
 PO'TSDAM, a town of Prussia, seated on an island, of about 
 10 miles in circumference, formed by two rivers. It is a very 
 handsome place, and is splendidly adorned. Its prosperity arose 
 from its being the site of the favourite palace of Frederic the 
 
 
POU 
 
 Great. It ranks next in importance to Berlin. There are many 
 manufactures carried on here. It is 12 miles from Berlin. Pop. 
 about 35,000. Lat. 52. 52. N. Long. 13. 46. E. 
 
 POTSHERD, s. a fragment of a broken pot. 
 
 POITAGE, s. [potage, Fr.] broth, or any thing boiled for food. 
 
 PCrrXER, s. [potier, Fr.] a maker of earthenware. 
 
 POTTER, PAUL, a celebrated Dutch painter, whose pictures 
 are composed of most exquisitely truthful drawings of cattle, 
 sheep, &c., with such landscapes as Holland can afford. His 
 brilliant colouring is particularly admired, and by unideal Eng- 
 land, his fidelity to even the coarse realities of nature is specially 
 approved. He died in 1G54, aged 29 years. 
 
 POTTER, DR. JOHN, an English prelate, who studied at 
 Oxford, and was finally appointed archbishop of Canterbury. 
 He published many sermons, edited the works of Clement of 
 Alexandria, and wrote a treatise on Grecian Antiquities, that was 
 the text book on that subject, till late years, when more exten- 
 sive and accurate study has rendered it almost useless. He died 
 in 1747, aged 73 years. 
 
 POTTERN-ORE, s. an earth used for glazing coarse vessels. 
 
 POTTERY, 8. the place where earthenware is manufactured ; 
 the general name for all kinds of earthenware. 
 
 POTTLNG, s. drinking. 
 
 POTTLE, s. [from bottle,] a liquid measure containing four 
 pints. 
 
 PO'TTO, s. in Zoology, an animal of the lemur tribe, which 
 inhabits Guinea, and has the manners of the sloth. 
 
 POTVA'LIANT, «. made daring by excessive drinking. 
 
 POUCH, s. [poche, Fr.] a small bag or pocket. Figuratively, 
 the belly. In Botany, a sort of seed-vessel resembling a purse, 
 as in honesty and shepherd's purse. 
 
 To POUCH, V. a. to put in the pocket; to swallow; to pout, 
 or hang down the lip. 
 
 PO'VERTY, s. [pauvrete, Fr.] want of money or necessaries. 
 Meanness, or want of ornament, applied to style. SvN^^. Po- 
 verty/ is that situation of fortune, opposed to riches, in which we 
 are deprived of the conveniences of life. Indigence is a degree 
 lower, where we want the necessaries ; and is opposed to super- 
 fluity. Want seems rather to arrive by accident, implies a scar- 
 city of provision, rather than a lack of money; and is opposed 
 to abundance. Need and necesssity relate less to the situation of 
 life, than the other three words, but more to the relief we expect, 
 or the remedy we seek ; with this difference between the two, 
 that need seems less pressing than necessity. 
 
 POU'LDAVIS, s. a sort of sailcloth. 
 
 POULT, s. \^poulet, Fr.] a young chicken or turkey. 
 
 POU'LTERER, s. one who sells fowls for the table. 
 
 POU'LTICE, Pou'x.TiVE, s. [pulte, Fr. puitis, Lat.] in Surgery, 
 a form of medicine applied to assuage a swelling or inflam- 
 mation. 
 
 POU'LTON, Lancashire. It is commodiously situated for 
 trade, near the mouth of the river Wyre, just by the Skippon, 
 which runs into it, and communicates by a canal with the in- 
 land navigations. It is 231 miles from London. Market, Mon- 
 day. Pop. 7973. 
 
 POU'LTRY, s. Ipoulet, Fr.] domestic fowls. 
 
 POUNCE, s. [pcmzone, Ital.] the claws or talons of a bird of 
 
 prey; a sudden and forcible seizure ; a powder made from the 
 
 Jarach, i 
 spreading on paper. 
 
 bone of the cuttle-fish, or gum sanda 
 
 used to prevent ink 
 
 To POUNCE, V. a. [pongonare, Ital.] to pierce or make holes ; 
 to pour or sprinkle through small interstices; to seize with the 
 talons. 
 
 POU'NCED, a. furnished with claws or talons. 
 
 POUND, s. \^pond, or piind, Sax. from pondm, Lat.] a weight 
 consisting of twelve ounces in troy, and sixteen ounces in 
 avoirdupois weight. A sum consisting of twenty shillings ster- 
 ling. — [pindan, Sax.] an enclosure or prison in which strayed 
 beasts are confined. 
 
 To POUND, v.a, [pMni«»,Sax.] to beat to pieces with a pestle; 
 to shut up or confine strayed cattle. 
 
 POU'NDAGE, s. a certain sum deducted from every pound 
 sterling ; a payment or tax rated according to the weight of the 
 commodity. 
 
 POU'NDER, s. Ipundre, Sax.] the name of a heavy large pear; 
 any person or other thing denominated from a certam number of 
 pounds, hence a ten poundei- ; a pestle. 
 
 PR A 
 
 POU'PICKS, s. in Cookery, a mess of victuals made of veal 
 steaks and slices of bacon. 
 
 To POUR, V. a. to let liquor out of a vessel ; to let out or give 
 vent to.— D. n. to flow in streams; to rush tumultuously. 
 
 POU'RER, s. one that pours. 
 
 POUSSI'N, the name of two famous painters of the French 
 school, who resided however chiefly at Rome. Niclwlas Poussin, 
 the more illustrious, was especially great in composition and de- 
 sign. He was engaged for some time at Paris, in the service of 
 Louis XIII. He died in 1665, aged 71 years. Gaspar Poussin, 
 his brother-in-law, whose true name was Dughette, was par- 
 ticularly renowned as a landscape painter. He was often assist- 
 ed by the other. He died in 1675, aged 62 years. 
 
 POUT, s. in Natural History, a kind of cod-fish. Also a kind 
 of bird. 
 
 To POUT, V. n. [bouter, Fr.] to look sullen, or express discon- 
 tent by thrusting out the lips; to gape or hang prominent. 
 
 POWDER, s. Ipoudre, Fr.] dust ; any thing boat into small 
 particles ; gunpowder ; a scented dust used for the hair. 
 
 To POWDER, V. a. to reduce to dust, or pound small ; to 
 sprinkle the hair with scented dust; to salt, or sprinkle with 
 salt.— u. n. to come or attack in a violent and tumultuous man- 
 ner, used with upon. 
 
 POWDERBOX, s. a box in which powder for the hair is 
 kept. 
 
 POWDERHORN, ». a case in which gunpowder is kept for 
 immediate use. 
 
 POWDERMILL, s. the mill in which gunpowder is made. 
 
 POWDER-ROOM, s. that part of a ship in which the gun- 
 powder is kept. 
 
 POWDER ING-TUB, s. a tub in which meat is salted. 
 
 POWDERWORT, s. in Botany, a genus of plants, distin- 
 guished by the fibres being simple, uniform, and like soft wool 
 or dust. There are 15 British species. 
 
 POWDERY, a. [poudreicx, Fr.] dusty; friable. 
 
 PO'VVER, s. [poucoir, Fr.] command ; influence, or dominion ; 
 ability; force; strength; the moving force of an engine; natu- 
 ral strength ; a faculty of the mind ; government, or the right 
 of governing; a sovereign, or one invested with commanaor 
 dominion; a divine or spiritual being; an army, or military 
 force. In low language, a great number, or large quantity. In 
 Arithmetic and Algebra, the product of the multiplication of a 
 quantity by itself, is said to be a.poicer of that number, which is 
 called the root : thus, 9 is the 2nd power of 3; and 27, the 3rd 
 power. This process is called Involution. Synon. Power in- 
 cludes a particular relation to the subordinate execution of supe- 
 rior orders. In the word authority we find a sufficient energy to 
 make us perceive a right, either of civil or political administra- 
 tion. Dominion carries with it an idea of^ empire. Forcer of 
 Attorney, a stamped document, by which any person legally em- 
 powers another to act in his behalf, in any business ; as in the 
 sale or transfer of stock, or in receiving the dividends accruing 
 from it. 
 
 PO'WERFUL, a. invested with command or authority ; effica- 
 cious ; forcible. 
 
 PO'WERFULLY, ad. in a forcible, efficacious, or mighty 
 manner. 
 
 PO'WERFULNESS, ». the quality of being possessed with 
 force, efficacy, or might. 
 
 PO'WERLESS, a. weak, or unable to produce an effect. 
 
 POX, s. in Medicine, the name of several diflrierent diseases ; 
 as small-pox, cow-pox, chicken-pox, &c. 
 
 PRA'CTIC, a. relating to action ; not merely theoretical ; sly ; 
 artful. 
 
 PRA'CTICABLE, a. [Fr.] capable of being practised, perform- 
 ed, or assailed. 
 
 PRA'CTICABLENESS, s. possibility to be performed. 
 
 PRA'CTICABLY, ad. in such a manner as may be per- 
 formed. 
 
 PRA'CTICAL, a. [praktikos, from prasso, Gr.] relating to ac- 
 tion, opposed to speculative. 
 
 PRA'CTICALLY, ad. in a manner relating to action ; by 
 practice. 
 
 PRA'CTICALNESS, «. the quality of being the subject of 
 action. 
 
 PRA'CTICE, s. the habit of doing any thing; use or custom ; 
 dexterity acquired by frequent action ; actual performance, dis- 
 4 T 2 091 
 
tibguished from theory; the exercise of any profession, espe- 
 cially that of medicine. In Arithmetic, a set of rules, by which 
 long and tedious operations of compound multiplication, required 
 in trade, are very much abridged. 
 
 To PRA'CTISE, 1). o. [jn-actiguer, Fr.l to do frequently; to 
 reduce to action, opposed to profess ; to use in order to acquire 
 habit or dexterity ; to exercise any profession. — v. n. to transact 
 or negociate secretly ; to try artifices ; to use medical methods. 
 
 PRA'CTISER, s. one that practises. 
 
 PRACTI'TIONER, {practishdner) s. one engaged in the exer- 
 cise of any art or profession ; one that uses tricks or stratagems ; 
 one who does any thing habitually. 
 
 PRyECO'GNlTA, s. [Lat.] things known before in order to 
 understand something else; thus the structure of the human 
 body is one of the praeor/nita of physic. 
 
 PRAGMATIC, Pragma'tical, a. [pragma, Or.] meddling; 
 impertinently busy ; performing or doing without either being 
 asked or welcome. Pragmatic Sanction, the name of a decree by 
 which Charles yi. of Germany, in 1713, determined that, in de- 
 fault of male issue, his daughters should succeed, rather than 
 the children of his brother Joseph 1. It was confirmed in 1731, 
 by the powers who contracted the Quadruple Alliance, for main- 
 taining the treaty of Utrecht. Also of another decree issued by 
 Charles VII. of France in 1439, regulating the election of 
 bishops, and moderating the power of the pope, in France. 
 These are the most celebrated of such decrees of absolute sove- 
 reigns. 
 
 PRAGMA'TICALLY, ad. meddling; impertinently. 
 
 PRAGMA'TICALNESS, s. the quality of being pragmatical. 
 
 PRAGUE, {PrSff) the capital of Bohemia, Austria. It stands 
 on the Moldau, and consists of three towns, viz. the Old, the 
 New, and the Little Town ; and is about 15 miles in circumfer- 
 ence. There are a very great number of churches here, besides 
 many public buildings and palaces. The bridge is very fine, 
 being adorned with statuary; and the city is fortified after the 
 ancient manner, and has 8 gates. Its university is frequented 
 by a great number of students, and is well supplied with all 
 academic and scientific apparatus. The libraries in this city 
 are very extensive, and rich in MSS. There are many useful 
 and valuable manufactures carried on here; and it is a place 
 of very great trade. It is 144 miles from Vienna. Pop. about 
 125,000. Lat. 50. 53. N. Long. 14. 30. E. 
 
 PRAIRIE, s. [Fr.] the name given to the extensive and un- 
 dulating plains in the W. part of the United States' territories ; 
 in which there are few trees, and which afford ample grazing 
 ground for vast herds of buffaloes. Sometimes, in the fall, or 
 autumn, when the tall grass is withered, a traveller's or hunter's 
 fire kindles the dry herbage ; and the fire spreads over immense 
 tracts, destroying great quantities of wild animals, and some- 
 times the wigwams of the Indians, and hunters themselves; 
 forming a most terrific spectacle, according to the account of those 
 who have witnessed and been in jeopardy from it. 
 
 PRAISE, (praize) s. [preiz, Teut. pri/s, Belg.] an acknow- 
 ledgment made of the excellency or perfection of any person or 
 action ; fame, renown, glory ; a tribute of gratitude ; a ground 
 or reason for recommendation. 
 
 To PRAISE, (praize) v. a. [pri/sen, Belg.] to commend, cele- 
 brate, applaud, or display the excellences or merit of any person 
 or thing; to attribute honour and excellency reverentially. 
 Synon. We extol a person, to procure him the esteem of others, 
 or raise his reputation ; we pi-aise him, to testify the esteem we 
 have for him, or to applaud him. 
 
 PRAI'SER, (prezer) s. one that applauds or commends. 
 
 PRAISEWO'RTHY, ( prezwurthy) a. deserving commendation, 
 honour, or praise ; commendable. 
 
 PRAME, s. a flat-bottomed boat. 
 
 To PRANCE, «. 11. [pronken, Belg.] to spring and bound in 
 high mettle; to ride in an ostentatious manner; to move in a 
 showy manner. 
 
 To PRANK, v.a. [pronken, Belg.] to dress ostentatiously, or 
 in a showy manner. 
 
 PRANK, s. a mad action or frolic. 
 
 To PRATE, V. n. [praten, Belg.] to talk much, and to little 
 purpose. 
 
 PRATE, s. excessive talking to little purpose. 
 
 PRA'TER, .s. an idle talker ; a chatterer. 
 
 PRAjTlNCOLE, «. in Ornithology, a bird allied to the lapr 
 
 PRE 
 
 wing ; one species of which, the Austrian Pratincole, is occasion- 
 ally shot in England. 
 
 PRA'TINGLY, ad. with tittle tattle; with loquacity. 
 
 PRA'TIQUE, iprdteek) s. [Fr. prattica, Ital.] a licence for a 
 master of a ship to traffic in the ports of Italy, upon a certificate 
 that the place whence he came is not annoyed with any infec- 
 tious disorder. 
 
 To PRATTLE, f. «. [diminutive of prate,"] to talk much on 
 trifling subjects. 
 
 PRATTLE, s. the act of speaking much on trifling subjects. 
 
 PRATTLER, s. a trifling talker; a chatterer. These three 
 words are usually applied to children by way of endearment. 
 
 PRA'VITY, s. [j>ravus, Lat.] a state wherein a thing has lost 
 its perfection. 
 
 PRAWN, s. in Natural History, a marine animal resembling a 
 shrimp, but somewhat larger, and of a different colour. 
 
 PRAXITELES, a famous Grecian sculptor, whose works 
 have received the unanimous praise of all ancient writers who 
 were familiar with them, but of which we have not one authen- 
 tic specimen preserved. The Apollo Belvidere and the Medicean 
 Venus are believed to be ancient copies of two of his most cele- 
 brated statues ; and by some, the group of Mobe is attributed to 
 him, but without sufficient evidence. He flourished in about 
 300 B. c. 
 
 To PRAY, V. n. [prier, Fr.] to make supplications to God ; to 
 entreat in a submissive and earnest manner. I prat/, or beg, is 
 sometimes used elliptically for I pray you, in a slightly ceremo- 
 nious manner of introducing a question. — v. a. to ask as a sup- 
 plicant; to entreat in a ceremonious manner. 
 
 PRA'YER, s. [priere, Fr.] spiritual address to God, especially 
 consisting of supplications ; an entreaty, or submissive and earn- 
 est request. 
 
 PRA'YERBOOK, s. a book of public or private devotions. 
 Most usually applied to the Book of Common Prayer, of the Church 
 of En#and. 
 
 PRE, [prts, Lat.] a particle which, when prefixed to words 
 derived from the Latin, makes priority of time or rank. 
 
 To PREACH, (preech) v. n. [prce and dico, Lat. prescher, Fr.] 
 to pronounce a discourse on some sacred subject. — v. a. to de- 
 liver in a sacred speech ; to inculcate with earnestness and 
 solemnity. 
 
 PRE'ACHER, (preecher) s. [precheur, Fr.] one who discourses 
 publicly on religious subjects; one who inculcates anything 
 with earnestness or vehemence. 
 
 PRE'ACHMENT, {preechment) s. a discourse affectedly grave 
 or devout. 
 
 PRE'AMBLE, «. [preambule, Fr.] something done by way of 
 introduction ; an overture on the drum. 
 
 PREAPPREHE'NSION, s. an opinion formed before examin- 
 ation. 
 
 PRE'BEND, s. [prebenda, Ital.] in the Churches of Rome and 
 England, the office and emoluments of the canons or prebend- 
 aries of cathedrals. 
 
 PRE'BENDARY', s. [prcehendarius, Lat.] one who has a pre- 
 bend. 
 
 PRECA'RIOUS, a. [precarius, Lat.] uncertain. 
 
 PRECA'RIOUSLY, ad. uncertainly by dependence; depen- 
 dently ; at the pleasure of others. 
 
 PRECA'RIOUSNESS, s. the quality of being uncertain, be- 
 cause depending on the will of another. 
 
 PRECAUTION, s. [Fr.] a measure or hint given to prevent 
 something. 
 
 To PRECAU'TION, v. a. [precautionner, Fr.] to give warning 
 beforehand. 
 
 PRECEDA'NEOUS, a. previous ; beforehand. 
 
 To PRECE'DE, v. a. [prts and cedo, Lat.] to go before in order 
 of time or place. 
 
 PRECE'DENCE, Preci/dency, s. the act or state of going 
 before in order of time, place, or dignity ; superiority. 
 
 PRECE'DENT, a. former ; going before. 
 
 PRE'CEDENT, s. any thing that is an example or rule for 
 future times ; any thing of the same kind done before. 
 
 PRECE'DENTLY, ad. beforehand. 
 
 PRECE'NTOR, «. [prce and canto, Lat.] one who sings fii:st, 
 or leads a choir. 
 
 PRE'CEPT, s. [prcecipio, Lat.] a rule given by a superior ; a 
 direction or command. 
 
PRE 
 
 PRECE'PTIVE, a. containing or giving rules or commandss. 
 
 PRECE'PTOR, s. [Lat.] one that instructs and has the care 
 of vouths. 
 
 PRECE'SSION, «. [processus, from prescedo, Lat.] the act or 
 state of going before. In Astronomy, the precession of the equi- 
 noxes is a slow motion of the two points where the equator inter- 
 sects the ecliptic, which are found to go backwards, or contrary 
 to the order oi" the signs, about 50^" in a year ; causing the fixeil 
 stars to appear to move at the same rate toward the east, and 
 the sidereal year to be 20m. 25s. longer than that which is mea- 
 sured by the sun's return to either equinox. Its cause is a 
 slight oscillation of the axis of the earth, caused by the attrac- 
 tion of the moon. -See Mutation. 
 
 PRE'CINCT, s. {pr<s and cingo, Lat.] an outward limit or 
 boundary ; a ward. 
 
 PRE'ClOUSNESS, Precio'sity, {jireshiousness, preshiusity) s. 
 value ; any thing of high price. 
 
 PRE'CIOUS, (pr^shious) a. [preeieux, Fr. preiiostis, from pretium, 
 Lat.] valuable; of great worth ; costly; of great price; worth- 
 less, in irony. 
 
 PRE'CIOUS STONE, s. a common name for such stones as 
 are much valued for their lustre, durability, colour, rarity, &c.; 
 such as diamonds, rubies, sapphires, topazes, emeralds, &c. 
 
 PRE'CIOUSLY, (preshiously) ad. valuably; contemptibly. 
 
 PRE'CIPICE, s. [prcBceps, Lat.] a headlong steep; a steep 
 place from which a person cannot descend without falling down 
 headlong. 
 
 PRECI'PITANCE, Preci'pitancy, s. rash haste. 
 
 PRECI'PITANT, a. falling or rushing headlong ; rashly hur- 
 ried ; too hasty. 
 
 PRECrPITANTLY, arf. in a tumultuous manner; in head- 
 long haste. 
 
 To PRECPPITATE, v. a. to throw down headlong ; to hasten 
 unexpectedly, rashly, or blindly. — v. n. to fall headlong. In 
 Chemistry, to cause to fall to the bottom of a vessel as a sediment. 
 
 PRECI'PITATE, a. falling as from a steep place; headlong; 
 rashly hasty; hasty; violent. 
 
 PRECI'PITATE, s. in Chemistry, any matter which, having 
 been dissolved in a fluid, falls to the bottom of the vessel on the 
 addition of some other substance which by any means decom- 
 poses the solution. In Medicine, a corrosive substance, made 
 by precipitating mercury. 
 
 PRECI'PITATELY, ad. headlong ; in blind hurry. 
 
 PRECIPITA'TION, s. the act of throwing down headlong, or 
 from a precipice ; a violent motion downwards ; a rash, tumultu- 
 ous, and blind haste or hurry. In Chemistry, the act of making 
 a thing subside as a sediment, opposed to sublimation. 
 
 PRECI'PITOUS, a. [prcs and caput, Lat.] headlong ; steep ; 
 hasty ; sudden ; rash ; heady. 
 
 PRECI'SE, a. [prcecido, Lat.] exact ; strict ; nice ; having 
 strict and determinate limitations ; formal ; finical. 
 
 PRECI'SELY, ad. exactly; nicely; accurately; with super- 
 stitious formality; with too much scrupulosity. 
 
 PRECI'SENESS, s. the quality of being very nice or exact. 
 
 PRECl'SIAN, {precizhian) s. one who limits or restrains; one 
 nice or exact to excess. 
 
 PRECI'SION, (precizhon) s. [Fr.] an exact limitation. 
 
 PRECI'SIVE, a. exactly limiting so as to cut oft' all occasions 
 for dispute. 
 
 To PRECLU'DE, v. a. [prce and clatido, LatJ to shut out, ex- 
 clude, or hinder beforehand. 
 
 PRECO'CIOUS, (precoshious) a. [pracox, (torn prcs and coqiio, 
 Lat.] ripe before the time. Figuratively, mature in mental or 
 bodily powers at an unusually early age. 
 
 PRECO'CITY, 8. ripeness before the time. Figuratively, 
 mental or bodily maturity at an earlier age than usual. 
 
 To PRECO'GITATE, v. a. \_prm and cogito, Lat.] to consider 
 or scheme beforehand. 
 
 PRECOGNITION, s. [;jr« and cognitio, Lat.] foreknowledge. 
 
 PRECONCEI'T, s. an opinion previously formed. 
 
 To PRECONCEI'VE, t;. a. to form an opinion before due ex- 
 amination. 
 
 PRECONCE'PTION, s. an opinion formed before examination. 
 
 PRECO'NTRACT, s. a contract made before another. 
 
 To PRECONTRA'CT, v. a. to contractor bargain beforehand. 
 
 PRECIJ'RSE, s. {pr<B and curro, Lat.] forerunning. 
 
 PRECU'RSOR, ». a harbinger ; a forerunner. 
 
 PREDA'CEOUS, a. [praida, Lat,] living by prey. 
 
 PRE'DATORY, Pre'dal, a. plundering; hungry ; ravenous; 
 preying. 
 
 PREDECE'SSOR, s. [predecesseur, Fr.] one that enjoys any 
 place, or was in any state, before another. See Ancestor. 
 
 PREDESTINA'RlAN,s. in Theology, one that holds the doc- 
 trine of predestination. 
 
 To PREDE'STINATE, v. a. [prce and destino, Lat.] to doom 
 or appoint beforehand by an irreversible decree. 
 
 PREDESTINA'TION, s. in Theology, the decree of God re- 
 specting the eternal condition of each soul; and the state of 
 each, resulting from that decree ; whether the predestination be 
 to life or to death. The maintenance of this tenet in its baldest 
 and most terrible form, has arisen from the employment of mere 
 logic in the construction of the system of theology, and from the 
 taking of the idea of God's sovereignty as the sole starting point. 
 The maintenance of the former part of it, to the excJusion of 
 reprobation, does more credit to the kindheartedness, than to 
 the consistency, of the parties who do so. The whole difficulty 
 arises from the nature of the inquiry, which does not admit com- 
 mon logic as its Organon, or method ; from the vain expectation 
 that a consistent statement in words can be given of a spiritual, 
 supersensual truth, which can be expressed only by one's life; 
 and from the unavailing rejection of the fact of human respon- 
 sibility, and consequent free will. See Arminius, Calvin, 
 Election, Freedom, Grace, &c. &c. 
 
 PREDESTINA'TOR, s. one that holds predestination, or the 
 prevalence of pre-established necessity. 
 
 To PREDESTINE, v. a. to decree beforehand. 
 
 PREDETERMINA'TION, s. [Fr.] the act of determining be- 
 forehand. 
 
 To PREDETE'RMINE, r. a. to doom or confine by previous 
 decree. 
 
 PRE'DIAL, a. [prmdium, Lat.] in Law, consisting of farms. 
 
 PRE'DICABLE, a. [pradico, Lat.] such as may be affirmed of 
 any thing. 
 
 PRE'DICABLE, s. in Logic, a general quality which may be 
 aflirmed of any thing. 
 
 PREDI'CAMENT, s. [prcedkamentum, Lat.] in Logic and Me- 
 taphysics, the pure forms of the understanding, by means of 
 which conceptions are rendered possible out of the respresent- 
 ations furnished by the senses; the most universal expressions 
 for the various relations of things. See Category. A class or 
 kind described by any definitive marks. 
 
 PRE'DICANT, s. iprcedicans, Lat.] one that affirms any thing; 
 a preacher. 
 
 To PRE'DICATE, v. a. [prcedico, Lat.] to affirm any thing of 
 another thing. 
 
 PRE'DICATE, s. that which is aflirmed or denied of the sub- 
 ject. In Grammar, that part of a simple sentence which de- 
 clares something, affirmatively or negatively, of the subject. 
 
 PREDICATION, s. the act of affirming. 
 
 PREDI'CATIVE, a. in Grammar, applied to that combination 
 of words by which a simple sentence is formed; the predicative 
 part being that which, by any means, affirms or denies any thing 
 respecting the subject. 
 
 To PREDI'CT, V. a. [prce and dico, Lat.] to tell or show be- 
 forehand. 
 
 PREDl'CTION, s. a declaration of something future; pro- 
 phecy. 
 
 PREDI'CTOR, s. a foreteller. 
 
 PREDIGE'STION, s. digestion performed too soon. 
 
 PREDILE'CTION, s. [pr<s and diligo, Lat.] preference of 
 choice or affection. 
 
 To PREDISPO'SE, V. a. to adapt beforehand to any particu- 
 lar purpose. 
 
 PREDISPOSITION, (imdispozishon) s. previous adaptation to 
 any certain purpose. 
 
 PREDOMINANCE, Predo'minancy, «. [prcs and domino, 
 Lat.] prevalence; superior influence; ascendency. 
 
 PREDO'MINANT, a. [Fr.] prevalent, or having a superior 
 influence. 
 
 To PREDO'MINATE, v. a. to prevail ; to have a superior in- 
 fluence ; to be ascendant. 
 
 To PRE-ELE'CT, v. a. to choose beforehand. 
 
 PRE-E'MINENCE, s. [Fr.] a superior state of excellence; 
 priority of place, power, or influence. 
 
 .693 
 
PRE 
 
 PRE-E'MINENT, a. [pra and emineo, Lat.] having excellence 
 superior to others. 
 
 PRE-E'MPTION, s. {pr<e and emo, Lat.] the right of pur- 
 chasing before others. 
 
 To PREEN, V. a. {priinen, Belg.] to trim the feathers. 
 
 To PRE-ENGA'GE, v. a. to engage before. 
 
 PRE-ENGA'GEMENT, «. a prior or precedent obligation. 
 
 PREE'NING.s. in Natural History, is the action of birds dress- 
 ing their feathers ; for which purpose they have two glands on 
 the rump, which secrete an unctuous matter, which the bird 
 takes up with its bill. 
 
 To PRE-ESTA'BLISH, v. a. to establish or settle beforehand. 
 
 PRE-ESTA'BLISHMENT, s. settlement beforehand. 
 
 To PRE-EXI'ST, V. n. [pra and existo, Lat.] to exist before. 
 
 PRE-EXI'STENCE, «. a previous state of being. 
 
 PRE-EXPSTENT, a. existing before. 
 
 PRE'FACE, s. [prefatio, from pra and for, Lat.] something 
 used as preparatory, or introductory ; a discourse prefixed to a 
 book. 
 
 To PRE'FACE, v. n. to say something by way of introduction ; 
 — V. a. to introduce by something proemial. 
 
 PRE'FAT^Y, a. introductory. 
 
 PRE'FEC^,s. [pr«and/aeio, Lat.] a governor or commander; 
 a superintendent. 
 
 PRE'FECTURE, «. [Fr.] command ; office of government. 
 
 To PREFE'R, V. a. {prafero, from jyrm and feru, Lat.] to re- 
 gard, esteem, or value more than another; used with ahove, 
 before, or to, before the thing less esteemed. To exalt or raise in 
 dignity ; to offer solemnly, or propose publicly. In Law, to ex- 
 hibit a bill or accusation. 
 
 PRE'FERABLE, a. [Fr.] to be chosen, esteemed, or valued 
 more than something else. 
 
 PRE'FERABLENESS, s. the state of being preferable. 
 
 PRE'FERABLY, ad. in preference ; in such a manner as to 
 prefer one thing to another. 
 
 PRE'FERENCE, s. the act of esteeming more, or choosing 
 before another; used with to, before, over, or cAove, before the 
 thing less esteemed. 
 
 PREFE'RMENT, s. advancement to a higher post or station ; 
 a place of honour or profit ; the act of esteeming or choosing 
 one thing rather than another. 
 
 To PREFPGURATE, v. a. [pree and figuro, Lat.] to show by 
 some precedent figure or representation. 
 
 PREFIGURA'TION, s. an antecedent representation. 
 
 To PREFl'GURE, v. a. to show by some figure or token be- 
 fore. 
 
 To PREFPNE, V. a. [prm and finio, Lat.] to limit beforehand. 
 
 To PREFPX, V. a. Iprce and ^go, Lat.] to appoint before- 
 hand ; to settle ; to fix, place, or set before another thing. 
 
 PRE'FIX, s. a particle put at the beginning of a word to mo- 
 dify its signification. 
 
 PREFPXION, {prefikshon) s. [Fr.] the act of prefixing. 
 
 PRE'GNANCY,*. the state of being with young. Fruitfulness 
 of invention, applied to the mind. 
 
 PRE'GNANT, a. ^prcBgnans,\,ai.'] teeming; breeding; with 
 young; fruitful, or causing fertility ; full of consequence. 
 
 PREGUSTATION, s. [pra and ffitsto, Lat.] the act of tasting 
 before another. 
 
 To PREJU'DGE, v. a. [prcs and judico, Lat.} to determine any 
 question beforehand, or condemn before examination. 
 
 To PREJU'DICATE, v. a. to determine beforehand to dis- 
 advantage. 
 
 PREJ U'DICATE, a. formed prejudiciously before examination. 
 
 PREJ UDICA'TION,s. the act of judging without examination. 
 
 PRE'JUDICE, s. [prejudicium, Lat.] a judgment or opinion 
 formed before examination, either in favour of, or against, a per- 
 son or thing ; prepossession; a mischief, damage, or detriment. 
 
 To PRE'JUDICE, V. a. to prepossess a person with a good or 
 bad opinion of a person or thing before he can see or examine ; 
 to be of disservice or hurt by means of preconceived opinions. 
 
 PREJUDPCIAL, (prejudishial) a. Iprejudiciable, Fr.J injuring 
 or hurting by preconceived opinions; mischievous; injurious; 
 opposite. 
 
 PRE'LACY, s. the dignity of the highest officers in an episco- 
 pal church; episcopacy; the order of bishops. 
 
 PRE'LATh, s. [prtslatus, from prcefero, Lat.] one of the high- 
 est order of episcopal clergy; a bishop. 
 
 PRE 
 
 PRELA'TION, s. preference; the setting one above the 
 other. 
 
 PRE'LATURE, Pre'latureship, s. {pralatwa, Lat.] the state 
 or dignity of a prelate. 
 
 PRELE'CTION, s. [prre and lego, Lat.] reading ; lecture. 
 
 PRELIBA'TION, s. {prce and libo, Lat.] a taste beforehand. 
 
 PRELPMINARY, a. [;«•« and limen, Lat.] previous or intro- 
 ductory. 
 
 PRELI'MINARY, s. something by way of introduction. 
 
 PRE'LUDE, s. [Fr.] a short piece of music before a full con- 
 cert; something introductory, showing what is to follow. 
 
 To PRELU'DE, v. n. to serve as an introduction; to be pre- 
 vious to. 
 
 PRELU'SIVE, a. previous; introductory; proemial. 
 
 PREMATU'RE, a. [pris and maturus, Lat.] ripe too soon ; with 
 too hasty ripeness ; too early ; too soon said, believed, or done. 
 
 PREMA'l U'RELY, ad. too early ; too soon ; with too hasty 
 ripeness. 
 
 PREMATU'RENESS, Prematu'rity, s. too great haste; un- 
 seasonable earliness. 
 
 To PREME'DITATE, v. a. [pro: and meditor, Lat.] to contrive, 
 form, or think of beforehand. 
 
 PREMEDITA'TION, s. the act of thinking on, or contriving, 
 beforehand. 
 
 To PREME'RIT,».«. [pro; and mereo, Lat.] to deserve before. 
 
 PREMPCES, 8. [Fr.] first fruits. 
 
 PRE'MIER, a. [Fr.] first ; chief. 
 
 To PREMI'SE, (premize) v. a. [pren and mitto, Lat.] to explain 
 or lay down beforehand. 
 
 PRE'MISES, s. \_iir<emissa, Lat.] in Logic, propositions sup- 
 posed, laid down, or proved before, from which the conclusion is 
 inferred in the syllogism. (See Syllogism.) In Law, houses, 
 lands, or places mentioned before. 
 
 PRE'MIUM, s. Iprteimum, Lat.] something given to invite a 
 loan, make a bargain, or encourage skill and invention. In 
 money matters, the excess above the nominal value, at which 
 shares in incorporated companies, and funds, are purchased ; the 
 annual payment to a Fire Insurance, or Life Assurance Office ; 
 the money paid by parents or guardians to a master to whom a 
 young person is apprenticed. 
 
 To PREMO'NISH, v. a. \_prcB and moneo, Lat.] to warn before. 
 
 PREMONITION, s. a notice or warning given beforehand. 
 
 PREMO'NITORY, a. previously advising. 
 
 To PREMO'NSTRATE, v. a. Iprce and monstro, Lat.] to show 
 beforehand. 
 
 PREMUNI'RE, PrvEMUNi're, (in common discourse accented 
 on the first syllable,) s. [Lat.] in Law, a writ, whereby one who 
 does any thing to the disparagement of the royal authority, 
 especially in ecclesiastical matters, and in relation to the see of 
 Rome, is summoned to trial for the offence. The penalties were 
 absurdly severe, but they are mitigated now, and such writs are 
 almost unknown in actual practice, though the statutes are un- 
 repealed. A penalty incurred ; a difficulty or distress. 
 
 PREMUNI'TION, s. [preemunio, Lat.] an anticipation of ob- 
 jection. 
 
 To PRENO'MINATE, v. a. [pra and nomino, Lat.] to forename. 
 
 PRENOMINA'TION, s. the privilege of being named first. 
 
 PRENO'TION, s. [Fr.] foreknowledge; prescience. 
 
 PRE'NTICE, s. [contracted from apprentice,] one bound to a 
 master in order to learn a trade. 
 
 PRENUNCIA'TION, s. [prcenuncio, Lat.] the act of telling 
 before. 
 
 PREO'CCUPANCY, s. the act of taking possession before 
 another. 
 
 To PREO'CCUPATE, Preo'ccupy, v. a. [pree^ and oceupo, 
 Lat.] to anticipate or prevent; to prepossess or prejudice. 
 
 PRE-OCCIJPA'TION, s. anticipation; prepossession; antici- 
 pation of objection. 
 
 To PREO'MINATE, v. a. [pra and ominor, Lat.] to prognosti- 
 cate ; to gather from omens any future event. 
 
 PREOPI'NION, s. [prce and opinio, Lat.] opinion antecedently 
 formed ; prepossession. 
 
 To PREORDA'IN, e. a. to ordain or decree beforehand. 
 
 PREO'RDI NANCE, s. antecedent decree ; first decree. - 
 
 PREORDINA'TION, s. the act of preordaining. 
 
 PREPARA'TION, s. {prce and paro, Lat.] the act of making 
 any thing fit for any purpose beforehand ; measures taken be- 
 
PRE 
 
 forehand ; a ceremonious introduction. In Medicine, any thing 
 made by gradual liibour. 
 
 PREPA'RATIVE, s. that which fits beforehand, or is done as 
 means for something else. 
 
 PREPA'RATIVE, a. [prejmratif, Fr.] having the power of 
 qualifying or fitting. 
 
 PREPA'RATIVELY, a,7. previously. 
 
 PREPA'RATORY, a. [preparatoire, Fr.] necessary before; 
 introductory to. 
 
 To PREPA'RE, v.a. to fit, qualify, or make ready beforehand, 
 for any purpose. In Medicine, to make by a regular process. — 
 V. n. to take previous measures ; to put things in order ; to make 
 oneself ready. 
 
 PREPE'NSE, Prepe'nsed, a. [pra and pendo, Lat.] in Law, 
 denotes forethought : thus, when a man is slain upon a sudden 
 quarrel, if there was malice prepense formerly between them, it 
 makes it murder. 
 
 PREPO'NDERANCE, Prepo'nderancy, s. the state of being 
 more heavy, or of greater excellence, influence, and importance. 
 
 To PREPO'NDERATE, v. n. [prce and poiidus, Lat.] to exceed 
 in weight, influence, power, or importance. — v. a. to outweigh ; 
 to overpower by weight. 
 
 PREPONDERA^'riON, s. the act or state of exceeding in 
 weight, power, or influence. 
 
 To PREPO'SE, {prep6ze) v. a. {preposer, Fr.] to put before. 
 
 PREPOSFTION, (prepozishon) s. [pr<e and po7io, Lat.] in 
 Grammar, a word used to express the relation of the attribute 
 to the subject, instead of the genitive case, and also the ob- 
 jective relations of all kinds, cause, time, place, manner, Sec., 
 such as, by, with, for, &c. 
 
 PREPO'SITOR, {prepSzilor) e. a scholar appointed by the mas- 
 ter to overlook the rest. 
 
 To PREPOSSESS, (prepozzess) v. a. to fill with an opinion 
 before examination ; to prejudice. 
 
 PREPOSSE'SSION, (prepozeshoti) s. first possession ; an opin- 
 ion conceived before examination. 
 
 PREPO'STEROUS, a. {praposterus, Lat.] having that first 
 which should be last ; absurd, perverted, wrong. 
 
 PREPOSTEROUSLY, ad. in a wrong situation ; absurdly. 
 
 PREPO'STEROUSNESS.s. absurdity; wrongorderormethod. 
 
 PREPOTENCY,*, [prce and potentia, L-di.} superior power; 
 predominance. 
 
 PRE'PUCE, s. Ipraputium, Lat.] the skin which covers the 
 glans. 
 
 To PREREQUI'RE, v. a. to demand previously. 
 
 PRE-RE'QUISITE, a. previously necessarv. 
 
 PREROGATIVE, s. \_prerogatif, Fr.] an exclusive or peculiar 
 privilege. Prerogative Court, a court belonging to the archbi- 
 shops, wherein wills are proved, and administrations granted 
 that belong to the archbishop by his prerogative, and within his 
 province. Synon. Prerogative relates to honour, and personal 
 preference ; whereas privilege implies some advantage from in- 
 terest or office, proceeding from the grant of a prince, or the laws 
 of a society. 
 
 PRE'SAGE, s. \Yt. prcesagium, Lat.] a token by which some- 
 thing future may be known ; that state of the mind in which it 
 has a foreknowledge of something future. 
 
 To PRESA'GE, v. a. [ jjr^sayer, Fr.] to forebode, or foreknow ; 
 sometimes used with of. To foretoken, or show before. 
 
 PRESA'GEMENT, «. forebodement ; foretoken. 
 
 PRE'SBURG, or Po'sen, a great city of Hungary, Austria. 
 It is pleasantly seated on the Danube, at the foot of a mountain, 
 and has a bridge of boats across the river. It has many public 
 buildings, of wnich the cathedral, the palaces, &c. are the most 
 remarkable. There are some academies and a good library here. 
 Its trade is email. Near it is the famous hill on which the 
 monarch swears to protect Hungary. It is 38 miles from Vienna. 
 Pop. about 40,000. Lat. 48. 8. N. Long. 17. 16. E. 
 
 PRE'SBYTER, s. [Lat.] in Ecclesiastical matters, the chief 
 minister of a church or congregation, called also a bishop. In 
 the Churches of Rome and England, a minister of the second 
 rank, being the chief of a congregation, but subordinate to the 
 bishop. See the folloicing article. 
 
 PRESBYTE'RIAN, a. applied to one who holds by Presby- 
 terianism, and to any part, or the whole, of that system itself. 
 
 PRESBYTE'RIANISM, *. in Ecclesiastical History, the name 
 of that form of church government, which is equally removed 
 
 PRE 
 
 from Episcopacy and Independency. The authority resides in 
 the presbytery, that is, in the ministers and elders of the con- 
 gregations, assembled in synod. But the congregations have 
 some voice in the management of their internal and minor affairs. 
 The hirk of Scotland presents some modifications of this general 
 outline, because of its alliance with the state. Modes of ordina- 
 tion, forms of prayer, confessions of faith, &c. have been, in 
 Scotland, both in and out of the kirk, usually associated with 
 Presbyterianism, but they have no necessary connexion with it 
 as a form of ecclesiastical government, and are, in fact, adopted 
 by other communions. 
 
 PRE'SBYTERY, s. a body of elders, whether ministers or not. 
 The doctrine of the Presbyterians. 
 
 PRE'SCIENCE, a. [Fr.] the knowledge of things or events 
 before they happen. 
 
 PRE'SCIENT, Pre'scious, a. [pra and scio, Lat.] prophetic ; 
 knowing events before they happen. 
 
 To PRESCI'ND, V. a. [pm and scindo, Lat.] to cut off; to ab- 
 stract. 
 
 PRESCI'NDENT, a. abstracting. 
 
 PRE'SCOT, Lancashire. In this extensive parish are several 
 large coal mines. The manufactures are of cotton, and small 
 metallic goods, such as wheels for watches, earthenware of a 
 common cheap kind, &c. It is 200 miles from London. Mar- 
 ket, Tuesday. Pop. 35,902. 
 
 To PRESCRPBE, v. a. [pres and scribe, Lat.] to set down au- 
 thoritatively ; to direct or command ; to write a recipe for a per- 
 son that is sick. 
 
 PRE'SCRIPT, a. directed or laid down by way of precept. 
 
 PRE'SCRIPT, s. a direction or motion laid down. 
 
 PRESCRIPTION, s. a recipe, in Medicine. In Law, it is a 
 right or title acquired by use and time, introduced for assuring 
 the property of effects, in favour of persons who have for a 
 certain time had them in their possession. In Common Law, 
 Prescription is usually understood of a possession from time im- 
 memorial, or beyond the memory of roan ; but in the Civil Law, 
 and even in our Common Law, there are prescriptions of a 
 much shorter date. 
 
 PRE'SEANCE, «. [Fr.] priority of place in sitting. 
 
 PRE'SENCE, (prSzence) s. [prtssentia, from preesum, Lat.] the 
 act or state of being in the same place with another, or in the 
 view of a superior ; port, air, or mien ; readiness on any emer- 
 gence ; the person of a superior. 
 
 PRE'SENCE-CHAMBER, Pre'sence-Room, s. the room in 
 which a great person receives company. 
 
 PRESE'NSION, (presenshon) s. [prce and eentio, Lat.] percep- 
 tion beforehand. 
 
 PRE'SENT, (prezent) a. [prtssens, Lat.] in the same place ; 
 face to face ; at the same time, or the time which is now ; ready 
 on occasion ; attentive; unforgotten. The present is used ellip- 
 tically for the present time, or the time now existing. At present, 
 now; or the present time. In Grammar, it is the name of those 
 forms of the verb, which express that something is now being 
 done, &c., as I write, or am writing. 
 
 PRE'SENT, {prezent) s. [Fr.] a gift, or something given which 
 a person could not claim. Presents is, in Law, used for a letter, 
 certificate, or mandate. 
 
 To PRESE'NT, {prezent) v. a. [presenter, Fr.] to place in the 
 presence of, or introduce to a superior; to offer or exhibit; to 
 give in a ceremonious manner, used with to before the person, or 
 with before the thing; to prefer to an ecclesiastical benefice 
 in a state church ; to lay before a court of judicature as some- 
 thing deserving their notice. 
 
 PRESENTA'NEOUS, a. [pree and sentio, Lat.] quick ; ready ; 
 immediate. 
 
 PRESENTATION, {prezentdshon) s. [Fr.] the act of giving ; 
 the act of conferring a church living in the English and other 
 state churches. 
 
 PRESENTEE', {prezenUe) s. [presents. Ft.'] one presented to a 
 state-church living. 
 
 PRESE'NTER, s. one that presents. 
 
 PRESE'NTIAL, (prezenshial) a. supposing actual presence. 
 
 PRESENTI A'LITY, {prezenshidlity) s. state of being present. 
 
 To PRESE'NTIATE, {prezenshiate) v. a. to make present. 
 
 PRE'SENTLY, (prezently) ad. without delay ; soon. 
 
 PRESE'NTMENT, {prezentment) s. the act of presenting ; any 
 thing exhibited. In Law, a declaration or report made by the 
 
 695 
 
PRIB 
 
 jurors or other officers, of an offence or any other matter, sub- 
 ject to the jurisdiction of the court to which it is presented. 
 
 PRESERVA'TION, (preservdshon) s. the act of keeping safe 
 from injury. 
 
 PRE'SE'RVATIVE, (prezervative) s. [prhervatif, Fr.] that 
 which has the power of keeping safe, or from destruction or 
 danger. 
 
 PRESE'RVE, (prezerve) s. in Cookery, the pulp of fruit pre- 
 served in sugar. 
 
 To PRESE'RVE, (prezSrve) v. a. [prxservo, low Lat.] to keep 
 from danger, corruption, or destruction. 
 
 PRESE'RVER, (prezerver) s. one who preserves; one who 
 keeps from ruin or mischief; one who makes preserves of fruit. 
 
 To PRESI'DE, V. n. [prcB and sedeo, Lat.] to be set, or have 
 authority, over; used with over. 
 
 PRE'SIDENCY, s. \_presidence, Fr.] superintendence. 
 
 PRE'SIDENT, s. [prasideo, Lat.] one having authority or com- 
 mand over others. 
 
 PRE'SIDENTSHIP, s. the state or condition of a person who 
 has authority over others. 
 
 PRESl'piAL, a. [prcesidium, Lat.] belonging to a garrison. 
 
 To PRESS, V. a. Ipresser, Fr.] to squeeze or crush by weight 
 or force; to constrain, or affect strongly; to make earnest; to 
 force into military service, contracted from inijiress. — v. n. to act 
 with force ; to distress; to go forwards towards an object, not- 
 withstanding obstacles ; to urge with vehemence or importunity ; 
 to crowd. To press upon, to invade ; to push against. 
 
 PRESS, s. Ipressoir, Fr.] an instrument made to squeeze or 
 jjress any thing very close ; a crowd or throng; a wooden case 
 for clothes; a commission for forcing men into military service. 
 The printing press is a machine worked by hand, for all kinds of 
 printing that require greater nicety than can be observed with 
 the printing machine, and that are too small for it. There have 
 been many improvements made in it, but chiefly in the means 
 of causing the pressure that takes off the impression. In almost 
 every variety of press, there is the upright part, with the platten, 
 and the levers, &c. for bringing it down with even and gentle 
 force over the surface of the letters; and the carriage, on which 
 is laid the form or set up types to be used, and to which are at- 
 tached the tympan, &c., to which the paper to be printed is 
 fastened. The Columbian, the Stanhope, the Atlas, &c. are the 
 most recently improved kinds of printing press. See Copper- 
 Plate, Lithography, &c. 
 
 PRE'SSBED, s. a bed so contrived as to be shut up in a case. 
 
 PRE'SSGANG, s. a crew which forces men into naval service. 
 
 PRE'SSINGLY, ad. in a violent manner. 
 
 PRE'SSION, s. the act of some power, exerted with force on 
 another body. 
 
 PRE'SSMAN, s. one who forces another into naval service ; 
 one who works a printing press. 
 
 PRE'SSMONEY, s. money given to a soldier when he is taken 
 or forced into the service. 
 
 PRE'SSURE, s. the act of squeezing or operating upon by 
 weight and force ; thestateof being pressed ; gravitation, force, 
 or weight acting upon any thing; violence, oppression, affliction 
 or distress. 
 
 PREST, a. [pret, Fr.] ready; neat ; tight. 
 
 PREST, s. [Fr.] a loan. 
 
 PRE'STEIGN, Radnorshire, in S. Wales. It is seated near the 
 source of the Lug, in a rich valley ; and is a large, handsome, 
 well-built town, with paved regular streets ; the assizes are held 
 here, and the county gaol is kept. The market is remarkable 
 for barley, of which they make a great deal of malt. It is 149 
 iniles from London. Pop. 2228. This town is partly in Here- 
 fordshire. 
 
 PRESTIGATION,s. a juggling: a deceiving. 
 
 PRE'STIGES, s. [prcestigia, Lat.] impostures ; juggling tricks; 
 illusions. 
 
 PRESTI'GIOUS, a. deceitful ; insidious; juggling. 
 
 PRE^STO, inierj. [Ital.] quick ; at once. 
 
 PR'ESTON, Lancashire. It is pleasantly situated on an emi- 
 nence near the river Ribble, over which are two bridges, and 
 which is navigable here for small vessels, and communicates with 
 the inland navigations. It has a large market-place, the streets 
 are open and well paved, and the houses in general well built. 
 Here is an extensive prison, and here are held a court of chan- 
 cery and the other offices of justice for the county-palatine of Lan- 
 
 PRE 
 
 caster. It is a corporate town, and the cotton business is here 
 carried on to a very considerable extent. It is 217 miles from 
 London. Markets, Wednesday, Friday, and Saturday. Fairs 
 on March 27th, August 27th, and November 7th, and the first 
 Saturday after Jan. 6th. Every 20lh year, a guild or jubilee 
 is held here, which begins in the latter end of August, and con- 
 tinues about a month. Pop. 53,482. 
 
 To PRESU'ME, (prezume) v. a. [pra und sumo, Lat.] to suppose, 
 believe, or take for truth before examination; to venture with- 
 out obtaining leave ; to form confident and arrogant opinions ; 
 to make confident or arrogant attempts. 
 
 PRESU'MER, s. one that presupposes ; an arrogant person. 
 
 PRESU'MPTION, (prezumshdn) s. a supposition formed before 
 examination; a strong, though not demonstrative, argument; 
 a strong probability; arrogance; unreasonable confidence or 
 arrogance. 
 
 PRESU'MPTIVE, a. [presomptif, Fr.] formed upon previous 
 suppositious ; supposed, as, the presumptive heir, opposed to the 
 heir apparent ; too confident or arrogant. 
 
 PRESU^MPTUOUS, {presomptueux, Fr.] arrogant ; confident , 
 insolent ; irreverent with respect to Divine things. 
 
 PRESU'MPTUOUSLY, ad. in an arrogant, confident, or too 
 daring manner. 
 
 PRESUPPO'SAL, (presuppdzal) s. supposal previously formed. 
 
 To PRESUPPO'SE, {presitppdze) v. a. l2>resupposer, Fr.] to sup- 
 pose before. 
 
 PRESUPPOSFTION, (_i)resuppozishon) s. [Fr.] a supposition 
 previously formed. 
 
 PRESURMI'SE, (presurm'ise) s. a surmise previously formed. 
 
 PRETE'NCE, s. Ipretendo, Lat.] a false argument grounded on 
 vain postulates ; the act of showing or alleging what is not real ; 
 claim to notice ; claim true or false ; something held out to terrify. 
 
 To PRETE'ND, v. a. [ praand tendo, Lat.] to hold out or stretch 
 forward ; to make an appearance inconsistent with reality, mere- 
 ly to gain some end. — v. n. to put in a claim ; to presume on 
 ability; to profess presumptuously. 
 
 PRETE'NDER, s. one who lays claim to any thing. In Eng- 
 lish History, a name specially given to the son and grandson of 
 James II., who, in 1715 and 1745 respectively, attempted, by 
 raising a rebellion in Scotland, to regain for the Stuarts the 
 English throne. The first attempt, weakened by two indecisive 
 battles, failed through the energy and vigilance of the Duke of 
 Argyle." The second, after a much more pros{)erous beginning, 
 the prince, having marched info England as far as Derbj', sud- 
 denly lost all heart, and was utterly defeated at Culloden. Only 
 once afterwards did any descendant think the cause of Jacobil- 
 ism in England hopeful, but no attempt followed. It was ge- 
 nerally believed that the Old Pretender was only a supposititious 
 son of James 11. by Mary of Este. 
 
 PRETE'NDINGLY, ad. arrogantly ; presumptuously. 
 
 PRETE'NSION, {pretenshdn) s. a clami ; a fictitious show or 
 appearance. 
 
 PRE'TER, {pr<eter, Lat.] a particle which is often prefixed to 
 words, and signifies heside. 
 
 PRETERIMPE'RFECT, o. in Grammar, the name of the tense 
 of verbs, which signifies that an action was not completed at 
 some time past, as, I was hearing. 
 
 PRE'TERITE, a. [prcetereo, Lat.] past. In Grammar, the 
 same as preterperfect ; which see. 
 
 PRETERITION, s. the act of going past, or the state of being 
 pa-ssed. 
 
 PRETERITNESS, «. the state of being past; not present, 
 not futurity. 
 
 PRETERLA'PSED, a. [pratcrlaboi-, Lat.] past and gone. 
 
 PRETERLE'GAL, a. not agreeable to law. 
 
 PRETERMI'SSION, (pretermUhdn) s. [prcetermitto, Lat.] the 
 act of omitting. 
 
 To PRETERMI'T, v. a. to pass by. 
 
 PRETERNATURAL, o. not according to the common course 
 of nature; irregular. 
 
 PRETERNA'TURALLY, ad. in a manner different from the 
 common order of nature. 
 
 PRETERNA'TURALNESS,s.mannerdifferent from the order 
 of nature. 
 
 PRETERPE'RFECT, a. in Grammar, the name of the tense 
 of verbs which denotes an action perfectly completed ; it is some- 
 times formed in the Flnglish by prefixing the auxiliary verb hav*. 
 
PRI 
 
 PRETERPLUPERFECT, a. l_pr<efer,plus(ptam, and perfectum, 
 Lat.] the name of the tense of verbs which signifies that an ac- 
 tion was passed before some other past time : it is expressed in 
 English by the auxiliary verb had. 
 
 PRETE'XT, s. [prcBtextas, from preetego, Lat.] a false appear- 
 ance or allegation ; pretence. 
 
 PRETIO'SITY, (preshidsUy) s. [pretiurn, LaU^ preciousness ; 
 high value. Not much used. 
 
 PRE'TOR, s. [preetor, Lat.] a Roman judge, used at present 
 for a mayor. 
 
 PRETO'RIAN, a. belonging to the pretor; judicial. 
 
 PRE'TTILY, ad. in such a manner as to raise an idea of skill 
 and neatness ; neatly ; elegantly. 
 
 PRETTINESS, s. the quality of exciting an idea of neatness 
 and symmetry, but not of perfect beauty. 
 
 PRE'TTY, a. [pretto, Ital.] neat ; elegant ; pleasing without 
 occasioning surprise ; beautiful without grandeur ; not very 
 small, nor great. 
 
 PRE'TIT, ad. in some degree. * 
 
 To PREVAI'L, V. n. [pra and valeo, Lat.] to conquer any re- 
 sistance; to have superior power or influence, used with on, 
 upon, over, or against. To persuade or induce by entreaty, fol- 
 lowed by with. 
 
 PREvAI'LING, a. predominant; having great power; pre- 
 valent ; efficacious. 
 
 PRE'VALENCE, Pre'valency, «. [Fr.j superiority of influ- 
 ence or power. 
 
 PRE'VALENT, a. victorious ; gaining superiority ; powerful. 
 
 PRE'VALENTLY, ad. powerfully; forcibly. 
 
 To PREVA'RICATE, v. a. [prcevaricor, Lat.] to quibble, cavil, 
 or shufile. 
 
 PREVARICA'TION, s. the act of shuffling; quibbling, or 
 cavilling. 
 
 PREVARICA'TOR, s. [Lat.] a caviller; a shuffler. 
 
 To PREVE'NE, v. a. [prce and venio, Lat.] to hinder. 
 
 PREVE'NIENT, a. [pravcnieiis, Lat.] preceding; preventive. 
 
 To PREVE'NT, v. a. to go before as a guide; to anticipate; 
 to preoccupy ; to hinder, obviate, or obstruct. — v. n. to come be- 
 fore the usual time. 
 
 PREVE'NTER, s. one that hinders ; one that goes before. 
 
 PREVE'NTION, {prevemhdn) s. [Fr.] the act of going before, 
 hindering, anticipating, or prepossessing. 
 
 PREVE'NTION AL, a. tending to prevention. 
 
 PREVE'NTIVE, o. tending to hinder; preservative; hinder- 
 ing ill, with of before the thing prevented. That department of 
 the civil service which is charged with the prevention and re- 
 pression of smuggling. It has stations all round the coast of 
 Great Britain, and the force are trained to the use of arms. 
 
 PREVE'NTIVE, «. a preservative; that which prevents; an 
 antidote previously taken. 
 
 PRE'VIOUS, a. Ipra and via, Lat.] going before; prior. 
 
 PRE'VIOUSLY, ad. beforehand ; antecedently. 
 
 PRE'VIOUSNESS, s. antecedence. 
 
 PREY , [prceda, Lat.] something seized by violence; some- 
 thing to be devoured ; plunder. 
 
 To PREY, V. n. [prcedor, Lat.] to feed by violence ; to plun- 
 der ; to rob ; to corrode ; to waste. 
 
 PREY'ER, s. a robber ; devourer ; plunderer. 
 
 PRFAPISM, s. [from Priapiis, Lat.] a preternatural tension. 
 
 PRICE, s. [prix, Fr.] equivalent given for any thing; value; 
 reward. 
 
 To PRICE, V. a. to pay for ; to ask the value or price. 
 
 PRICE, DR. RICHARD, an English writerof the last century, 
 who obtained some name from several of his works. He was 
 educated for the ministry amongst Calvinistic Dissenters ; but 
 he became an Arian, and ministered to a congregation of that 
 body of religionists. During the American war, he wrote in 
 favour of the States, against the course adopted by the English 
 government. His other writings consist of a few theological 
 treatises and sermons ; several valuable works on Probabilities, 
 and their application to Annuities, and Life Insurance ; on Popu- 
 lation, and the Latcs of Mortality ; on the National Debt (respecting 
 which he is said to have suggested the Sinking Fund) ; &c. &c. 
 He was engaged in a controversy with Dr. Priestley on the ever- 
 lasting problems of necessity and materialism ; and his papers 
 on these subjects are much esteemed by those who hold his 
 views. He died in 1791, aged 08 years. 
 
 PRI 
 
 To PRICK, r. a. {prician. Sax.] to pierce with any thing that 
 has a sharp point ; to nominate or name to any office by making 
 a hole in paper; to spur, goad, or impel ; to pain or pierce with 
 remorse; to make acid, applied to liquors; to mark a tune. 
 — V. n. to dress oneself for show ; to come upon the spur. 
 
 PRICK, s. [pricca. Sax.] a sharp-pointed instrument ; a punc- 
 ture or hole made with a sharp-pointed wstrument ; a remorse of 
 conscience; an uneasiness of the miria, occasioned by consci- 
 ousness of guilt ; a spot or mark for shooting ; the print of a hare 
 on the ground. 
 
 PRI'CKER, s. a sharp-pointed instrument. 
 
 PRI'CKET, s. a buck in his second year. 
 
 PRI'CKLE, s. a small sharp point, like the thorn of a brier. 
 
 PRI'CKLENEP, s. in Botany, an umbelliferous plant. The 
 marine pricklenep, or sea-parsnep, is the British species. 
 
 PRI'CKLINESS, s. fulness of sharp points. 
 
 PRI'CKLY, a. full of sharp points. 
 
 PRFCKLYCAP, s. in Botany, a kind of fungus, with awl- 
 shaped fibres on the under surface like the spines of a hedge- 
 hog. 
 
 PRI'CKMADAM, s. in Botany, the yellow stonecrop. 
 
 PRFCKPUNCH, s. a piece of tempered steel, with a round 
 point at one end, used to make a round mark in cold iron. 
 
 PRI'CKWOOD, s. in Botany, the dogberry-tree, or female 
 cornel. 
 
 PRIDE, s. \^pi-id or pryd. Sax.] too high an opinion of one's 
 self, abilities, or professions ; insolence ; loftiness of air ; orna- 
 ment ; splendour or show. 
 
 To PRIDE, V. a. to esteem too highly, used with the recipro- 
 cal pronoun, and followed by in. 
 
 PRIDEAU'X,DR. HUMPHREY, a learned English clergy- 
 man, who was made dean of Norwich. He was an Oxford man ; 
 and though he acquiesced in the revolution of 1688, does not 
 seem to have tried to make his fortune by the change. His 
 books were of considerable value till late years, when they have 
 been superseded as authorities. His Life of Mohammed, and 
 Connexion of the Old and New Testament, are the principal ; but 
 he also wrote on Tithes, on the Orders of the Enghsh Church, &c. 
 He died in 1724, aged 76 years. 
 
 PRI'ER,*. [see Pry,] one who looks too curiously or narrowly 
 into things. 
 
 PRIEST, (the ie in this word and its following compounds is 
 pron. like ee; as, preest, preestly, &c.) s. [preost. Sax.] a member 
 of the class claiming the monopoly of holy offices ; one conse- 
 crated to offer sacrifices and oblations, as in the Jewish law ; 
 one who claims the office of standing between man and God, as 
 intercessor in their behalf, and as the interpreter of his will to 
 them, and the representative of his authority. In the Churches 
 of Rome and England, a presbyter, or member of the second 
 rank of the clergy. 
 
 PRIE'STCRAFT, s. frauds practised by priests to keep the 
 people in subjection and enrich themselves. 
 
 PRIE'STESS, s. a female priest. 
 
 PRIE'STHOOD, s. the office or dignity of a priest ; the class 
 of men set apart for or monopolizing holy offices. 
 
 PRIE'STISM, s. the spirit of priestcraft. 
 
 PRIE'STLEY, DR. JOSEPH, an eminent natural philosopher 
 and writer of the last century. His friends were Calvinistic Dis- 
 senters, and he was educated for the ministry amongst them, and 
 early acquired considerable scientific and general information. 
 He soon renounced Calvinism, and after a few attempts at minis- 
 terial and scholastic engagements combined, he was appointed 
 tutor to the Warrington academy, having published a work 
 against the Doctrine of the Atonement. Whilst in this situation 
 he commenced his scientific publications with a History of Elec- 
 tricity, and his political writings, with an Ussay on Government ; 
 other works on theology, history, &c. he also sent forth now. 
 After six years he removed to the charge of a congregation at 
 Leeds, where he commenced his brilliant discoveries in chemis- 
 try, on which the whole of modern chemistry (before the elec- 
 trical experiments of Davy and others) is founded. He was for 
 some time in the service, or rather company, of Lord Shelburne, 
 and travelled with him in France and Germany, during which 
 time he published works advocating Materialism imd Necessity , by 
 which he was involved in a controversy with his friend Dr. Price, 
 and which were perhaps the cause of his quitting this situation. 
 He next undertook the ministry of a congregation at Birming- 
 4 u 697 
 
bam, in which situation he carried on his philosophical experi- 
 ments, his theological controversies, (getting at every step further 
 from the point he set out from,) and his political agitation, 
 writing in defence of the French Revolution, and in reward for 
 it receiving the questionable compliment of being elected to the 
 National Convention of France, which he declined, and the pil- 
 lage of his house, librarj'gand laboratory, with danger to his own 
 life, by a brutal church and king mob. (He was compensated 
 for his loss, as far as money could do so.) After a short sojourn 
 in London, where his opinions were regarded with so much 
 horror, that his science and benevolence were forgotten, he 
 went to America, and settled in Pennsylvania, where he died 
 in 1804, aged 71 years. His works fill above 50 volumes, but 
 they are forgotten before their fame is dead. Priestley meant 
 rightly in all his strange theological changes, and was far 
 more honest in them than many of those who were most bitterly 
 opposed to him. If any thing is to be imputed to him in the way 
 of blame, it must be that he displaj'ed too great easiness in 
 flinging off the formulas that did not represent his real faith, 
 or rather perhaps that he supplied his inner man with such cold 
 logic-fabulum, that it shra^nk death-smitten from his formulas, 
 so that he had to change them for honesty's sake. But as to 
 his politics, and his private character, and his spirit of scientific 
 zeal, there are few but would desire such a man and many such 
 in these present days. 
 
 PRIE'STLINESS, s. the appearance or manner of a priest. 
 
 PRIE'STLY, a. belonging to or becoming a priest. 
 
 PRIE'STRIDDEN, a. made a tool of by priests. 
 
 PRIG, s. a conceited, saucy, pert, pragmatical person, or little 
 fellow. 
 
 PRILL, s. in Natural History, a birt or turbot. 
 
 PRIM, a. [contracted from ^Wmiiwe,] precise; formal; affect- 
 edly nice. 
 
 To PRIM, V. a. to deck up precisely ; to form to an affected 
 nicety. 
 
 PRl'MACY, s. [primatus, from primus, Lat.] in the Anglican 
 Church, the highest post amongst the clergy. 
 
 PRI'MAGE, s. a small duty in the harbour, or at the water- 
 side, to the master and mariners of a ship, for the use of ropes, 
 &c., and to the mariners for loading and unloading a vessel. 
 
 PRI'MARILY, 0(7. originally; in the first intention. In the 
 first place. 
 
 PRI'MARINESS, s. the state of being first in act or intention. 
 
 PRI'MARY, o. [primarius, Lat.] first ; original ; chief; prin- 
 cipal. 
 
 PRI'MATE, «. [primus, Lat.] in the Anglican Church, the 
 highest among the clergy. 
 
 PRFMATESHIP, s. the dignity or office of a primate. 
 
 PRIME, s. [primus, Lat.] the first part of the day ; the first 
 or best part; youth, applied to human life; the first height of 
 perfection; the first part of any state. In Fencing, the attitude 
 immediately after first drawing the sword. In the Ecclesiastical 
 Calendar, the golden number. 
 
 PRIME, a. early; blooming; principal; chief; first; excel- 
 lent ; best. Prime numbers, in Arithmetic, are those which can- 
 not be divided by any other numbers, except themselves, with- 
 out a remainder; as 1, 2, 7, 11, 19, &c. 
 
 To PRIME, V. a. to put in the first powder, or to put powder 
 ■ " ' ■ " ^ ■ " ■ lay tt " 
 
 colours. 
 
 in the pan of a gan.— [primer, Fr.] in Pair 
 
 the first 
 
 PRI'MELY, ad. originally ; primarily ; in the first place ; ex- 
 cellently; supremely well. 
 
 PRI'MENESS, s. the state of being first; excellence. 
 
 PRFMER, s. a small book, containing the alphabet, &c., in 
 which children are first taught to read. 
 
 PRIME'RO, s. [Span.] a game at cards. 
 
 PRIME' VAL, Prime'vous, a. [primus and eevum, Lat.] original ; 
 such as was at first. 
 
 PRIMITIAL, {primishial) a. [primitus, LaI.'] being of the first 
 production. 
 
 PRI'MITIVE, a. [primitivus, Lat.] ancient ; original ; estab- 
 lished from the beginning; also, formal ; affectedly solemn. In 
 Grammar, it is a root or original word in a language, in con- 
 tradistinction to a derivative; thus, God is a primitive, ^orfiy a 
 derivative, and godlike a compound. 
 
 PRl'MITIVE'LY,flrf. originally; at first; primarily; not de- 
 rivatively ; according to the original rule. 
 
 PRI 
 
 PRI'MITIVENESS, s. the state of being original ; antiquity ; 
 conformity to antiquity. 
 
 PRI'MNESS, s. affected niceness, or formality. 
 
 PRIMOGE'NIAL, a. [;jn«iM and ^rw^no, Lat.] first-born; ori- 
 ginal ; constituent ; primary ; elemental. 
 
 PRIMOGE'NITURE, s. [Fr.] the state of being first-born ; 
 seniority ; eldership. Right of Primogeniture, \n Law, is the title 
 by which, in case of intestacy, the whole of the real property, 
 and hereditary titles, descend to the eldest son, or (generally) to 
 the heir at law. 
 
 PRIMO'RDIAL, a. [Fr. from irrimordium, Lat.] original; ex- 
 isting from the beginning. 
 
 PRIMO'RDIAL, s. first principle; origin. 
 
 PRIMO'RDIAN, s. in Horticulture, a kind of plum. 
 
 PRIMO'RDIATE, a. original; existing from the begin- 
 ning. 
 
 PRI'MROSE, s. [from prime and rose,'] in Botany, one of our 
 commonest and most welcome flowers, because one of the earli- 
 est tokens of spring. It has a delicate scent, and flowers in 
 thick clusters, which all spring from one very short footstalk. 
 Peerless primrose is a name of a kind of daflTodil. 
 
 PRI'MUM MOBILE, s. [Lat.] in Astronomy, an immense 
 sphere, which, according to Ptolemy, was supposed to turn round 
 the earth, as a centre, every twenty-four hours, and to carry 
 with it the sun, moon, stars, and planets. 
 
 PRINCE, s. [Vr. prineeps, Lat.] in Polity, is a person invested 
 with the supreme command of a state, independent of any su- 
 perior. It also denotes a person who is sovereign in his own ter- 
 ritories, yet holds of some other as his superior ; such are the 
 princes of Germany. It also denotes the issue of princes, or 
 those of the royal family. In France, they were called the 
 princes of the blood. In England, the king's children are called 
 sons and daughters of England ; the eldest son is born Duke of 
 Cornwall, and created Prince of Wales. 
 
 PRI'NCEDOM, s. the rank, estate, or power of a prince; 
 sovereignty. 
 
 PRINCE EDWARD'S ISLAND, an island in the Gulf of St. 
 Lawrence, N. America. It is about 130 miles long, and 25 in 
 average breadth. It has a generally level or gently undulating 
 surface, and is well wooded. It abounds in lakes or pools, bays, 
 rivers, and marshes, and has some few sand-hills covered with 
 a long kind of grass. Where the clearings and farms are, its 
 soil is> fertile, and it produces corn, fruit, &c. in abundance. 
 Cattle, sheep, &c. are reared in great numbers. It has also ex- 
 cellent fisheries. Charlotte Town is the chief place. Pop. about 
 (30,000. It belongs to England. 
 
 PRI'NCELINESS, s. the state, manner, or dignity of a prince. 
 
 PRI'NCELY, a. having the appearance of a person of high 
 birth; of the rank of a prince; becoming a prince; grand; 
 august. 
 
 PRINCE'S FEATHER, s. in Botany, the herb amaranth. 
 
 PRINCE'S METAL, s. in Metallurgy, a mixed metal, com- 
 pounded of copper, and a larger proportion of zinc than enters 
 into the composition either of pinchbeck or brass. 
 
 PRI'NCESS, s. [princesse, Fr.] a lady having a sovereign com- 
 mand ; a king's daughter; the wife of a prince. 
 
 PRINCE WILLIAM'S SOUND, a bay on the N. W. coast of 
 N. America, in the Russian territory. It is in a most rude and un- 
 cultivated state. Lat. 60. 33. N. Long. 147. 0. W. 
 
 PRl'NCIPAL, a. [Fr.] chief; of the first rate; essential. 
 
 PRI'NCIPAL, s. ahead; chief; one originally engaged, op- 
 posed to auxiliaries; a sum of money placed out at interest ; a 
 president or governor ; the name of a stop in organs. 
 
 PRINCIPA'LITY, s. [principaidte, Fr.] supreme power; a 
 prince ; the country which gives title to a prince. Figuratively, 
 superiority or pre-eminence. 
 
 PRFNCIPALLY, ad. above all others ; chiefly. 
 
 PRINCIPA'TO, the name of two provinces of the kingdom of 
 Naples, the Principato Ulteriore and the Principato Citeriore, 
 that is, the Hither and Further Principato. The Hither Prin- 
 cipato, called also Salerno, is about 60 miles in length, and 30 
 in breadth; the soil is fertile in wine, corn, oil, and saffron; 
 and they have a great deal of silk, and several mineral springs. 
 The capital is Salerno. (See Salerno.) The Further Principato is 
 about 37 miles in length, and 30 in breadth. The Apen- 
 nine mountains render the air cold, and the soil is not very 
 fertile, either in corn or wine, but it produces chesnuts and 
 
PRI 
 
 pastures in great plenty. Benevento is the capital. Pop. about 
 400,000. 
 
 PRINCIPIA'TION, s. Iprinctpium, Lat.] analysis into consti- 
 tuent or elementary parts. 
 
 PRl'NCIPI.E, s. the cause, source, or origin ; that which de- 
 notes a thing to be what it is. In Physics, that which contri- 
 butes to the essence of the body. In Chemistrj-, the first and 
 simplest parts whereof substances are compounded, and into 
 which they are capable of being resolved. In Philosophy, a 
 fundamental truth, from-which others are deduced. In Morals, 
 the ground or motive of action; a tenet or position on which 
 morality is founded. 
 
 To PRI'NCIPLE, V. a. to establish, fix, or inculcate any tenet 
 or opinion, as a standard in a person's mind. 
 
 PRI'NGLE, SIR JOHN, an eminent physician of the last 
 century. He studied at Edinburgh and St. Andrews, and sub- 
 sequently at Leyden. But his first appointment was to the 
 chair of metaphysics and ethics at Edinburgh. He afterwards 
 attended the forces engaged in the war on the continent, as 
 physician-general ; and on his return commenced practising in 
 London. With the exception of a .short period, the remain- 
 der of his life was spent in that city; and he then devoted him- 
 self to those researches in natural philosophy, which introduced 
 him to his very numerous and widely scattered circle of corre- 
 spondents, and to the presidency of the Royal Society. From this 
 last post of honour he was driven by one of those circumstances 
 which show that the loveless spirit that persecuted Galileo is 
 not the birth of Romanism and of Italy alone. He could not 
 persuade himself to say that the declaration of American Inde- 
 pendence had cast any doubt on the correctness of the laws of 
 electricity, discovered by one who stood foremost in the cause of 
 science as well as in that of national liberty ; and he laid down 
 his dignity, alleging his health as a reason, which would not make 
 the dishonour of his opponents known. He died in 1782, aged 
 75 years. 
 
 PRI'NGLE, THOMAS, a poet and general writer of the be- 
 gining of the present century. He was of no distinguished 
 family, but studied at Edinburgh, and became known pretty 
 early by his verses and essays, rising even to the editorship of one 
 of tne highest-standing periodicals of N. Britain. He after- 
 wards emigrated to the Cape of Good Hope ; but was compelled 
 to return by a most un-English attack on the liberty of the 
 press, of which he was the victim. He was connected with the 
 Anti-Slavery Society, after his return ; and wrote poems and 
 miscellaneous essays, with an account of his residence in S. 
 Africa; and died in 1834, aged 45 years. 
 
 To PRINK, r, n. [pronken, Belg.] to prank or deck in a gaudy 
 manner. 
 
 To PRINT, V. a. to make a mark by pressing one thing on 
 another ; to impress so as to leave its form. 
 
 PRINT, s. a mark or form made by pressure ; pictures taken 
 by impression from wood or copper ; the state of being published 
 by the printer, applied to books ; a formal method or manner. 
 
 PRPNTER, s. a person who composes or takes impressions 
 from types, or from engraved plates, by means of a press and 
 ink ; one that takes off impressions from plates or wood on linen. 
 
 PRPNTING, s. the art of taking impressions from types, plates, 
 &c. on paper, linen, silk, &c. There are three kinds of print- 
 ing ; the one from movable letters or stereotype plates, for 
 books ; the other from copper-plates, for pictures ; and the last 
 from blocks, in which the patterns are cut for calicoes, linens, 
 &c.: the first called letter-press printing; thesecond, rolling-press 
 printing; and the last, calico printing. See Stereotype. Print- 
 tng Machine is a very ingenious and complicated contrivance, by 
 which the power of steam is applied to printing. The work is, 
 necessarily, not so fine as that done by the hand presses, but the 
 superior rapidity and cheapness with which it is accomplished, 
 makes it a very valuable invention. 
 
 PRI'NTLESS, a. leaving no mark or impression. 
 
 PRI'OR, a. [Lat.] before something in time or order. 
 
 PRI'OR, a. [prieur, Fr.] in the Roman Church, the head of a 
 convent, next in dignity to an abbot. 
 
 PRFOR, MATTHEW, one of the classical English poets. He 
 was of humble origin, but had the advantage of an excellent 
 education at Westminster and Cambridge, through the generos- 
 ity of a relation, and of a nobleman to whom he became known 
 by his classical attainments. The patronage of the same noble- 
 
 PRl 
 
 man afterwards obtained for him appointments as secretary to 
 the embassy at the Hague, at the tteaty of Ryswick, &c., with 
 others in the service of the court. Ele was thus well recommend- 
 ed for public life, and was a member of the ministry, and am- 
 bassador at Utrecht and Paris. For these last honours he had 
 changed his party, and when the Whigs regained power by the 
 entrance of the Hanoverian line. Prior was repaid by imprison- 
 ment. The Remainder of his life was devoted to the Muses, and 
 he died in 1721, aged 57 years. It is to be regretted that the 
 indecency of too many of his poems (which betray the private 
 character of the poet) prevents his works being generally read. 
 Some of his pieces are however to be met with in all selections, 
 but none show that he was a true poet, or indeed any thing be- 
 side or higher than a correct and polished writer of verses. 
 
 PRFORESS, s. in the Roman Church, a lady who is the su- 
 perior of a convent of nuns. 
 
 PRIO'RITY, s. the state of being first in time or place. 
 
 PRl'ORSHIP, s. the state or dignity of a prior. 
 
 PRI'ORY, «. in Romanism, a convent next in dignity to an 
 abbey. 
 
 PRI'SAGE, (prizoffe) s. [prise, Fr.] a custom, now called but- 
 lerage, whereby the king challenges two tuns of wine at his own 
 price out of every bark loaded with less than forty tuns of the 
 commodity. Also, that share which belongs to the king, or ad- 
 miral, out of prizes taken at sea from an enemy. 
 
 PRI'SCIAN, a grammarian of Constantinople in the Gth cen- 
 tury, whose living renown is preserved in all its freshness by his 
 writings, and by a proverb, well known by those who have been 
 reproved at the higher schools for their errors in Latin syntax ; 
 but of whom nothing more is known. 
 
 PRISCI'LLIAN, a man of birth, fortune, and eloquence, who 
 became bishop of Avila in Spain, in the 4th century, and re- 
 vived there the opinions of the Gnostics, obtaining many follow- 
 ers, who were called Priscillianists. Being intent on spreading 
 his doctrines, or else having been banished from Spain, he went 
 into Gaul, and there was tortured and put to death at Treves, in 
 385. The orthodox have been used to condemn him for worse 
 than errors in opinion, on the ground of exclamations extorted 
 from him by the rack. His followers remained in some numbers 
 in Spain till the Gth century, and then gradually disappeared 
 from ecclesiastical history. 
 
 PRISM, (prizm) s. [prisma, Gr.] in Geometry, a solid of any 
 number of sides from three upwards, and having plane and pa- 
 rallel extremities; the common glass prisms used in optical experi- 
 ments, will convey the best notion of the nature of^ these solids 
 to those unused to geometrical technicalities. In Optics, a tri- 
 angular rod of glass, used in analysing the solar light, and in 
 other optical experiments. See Spectrum. 
 
 PRISMA'TIC, {prizmdtik) a. [prismatique, Fr.] formed like a 
 prism ; tinted like the solar spectrum. 
 
 PRISMA'TICALLY, ad. in the form of a prism. 
 
 PRI'SMOID, (prizmoid) s. [prisma and eidos, Gr.] a body ap- 
 proaching to the form of a prism. 
 
 PRI'SON, (pnzon) s. [Fr.] a place in which criminals, persons 
 under accusation of crime, political offenders, debtors, &c. &c. are 
 confined. 
 
 To PRI'SON, (^prizon) v. a. to confine ; to captivate, 
 
 PRI'SONER, (prizner) s. a person confined in a gaol ; one 
 taken by an enemy ; one under arrest. 
 
 PRI'SONHOUSE, s. a gaol ; a hold in which one is confined. 
 
 PRI'STINE, a. [pristinus, Lat.] first ; original ; ancient. 
 
 PRI'THEE, familiar corruption oi pray thee or I pray thee. 
 
 PRI'VACY, *. the state of being secret, concealed, or hid ; a 
 retirement ; joint knowledge ; great familiarity. 
 
 PRIVA'DO, s. [Span.] a secret friend. 
 
 PRI'VATE, a. [privatus, Lat.] secret ; without company ; 
 alone ; in no public station ; particular, opposed to public. In 
 private, implies secretly. 
 
 PRl'VA TE, s. a secret message ; a common soldier. 
 
 PRIVATEE'R, s. a ship fitted out by private persons against 
 an enemy, under the sanction of the state. 
 
 To PRIVATEE'R, v. a. to fit out ships against enemies at the 
 charge of private persons. 
 
 PRI'VATELY, ad. secretly ; not openly. 
 
 PRI'VATENESS, s. the quality of being retired, or secret. 
 
 PRIVA'TION, s. [privo, Lat.] the removal or destruction of 
 any thing or quality ; the act of degrading from an office. 
 4 O 2 ■699 
 
PRO • 
 
 PRI'VATlVE.a. iprivatif, Fr.] depriving or robbing a thing of 
 that which belongs to it. Consisting in the absence of some- 
 thing; opposed to positive. 
 
 PRI'VATIVE, s. that which is the absence of something; as, 
 darkness is only the absence of light: in which example darkness 
 is a privative. 
 
 PRI'VATIVELY, ad. negatively. 
 
 PRI'VATIVENESS, s. notation of absence of something that 
 should be present. 
 
 PRI'VET, K. in Botany, a shrub having white blossoms and 
 black berries, common in garden hedges. It flowers in May 
 and June. 
 
 PRl'VILEGE, s. [Fr. privilegium, from ^jnwus and lex, Lat.] a 
 peculiar advantage, immunity, or right. 
 
 To PRl'VILEGE, v. a. to invest with peculiar rights or im- 
 munities ; to exempt from taxes, &c. 
 
 PRl'VILY, ad. in a secret manner. 
 
 PRl'VITY, s. [privauU,Fr.^A private communication; con- 
 sciousness. 
 
 PRI'VY, a. [/jniii?, Fr.] private ; assigned to secret uses ; clan- 
 destine; secret; conscious to anything. Privy council, in the 
 English Constitution, the permanent advisers of the sovereign 
 in state affairs, differing from the cabinet and the ministry in 
 this circumstance, that having been sworn members of the coun- 
 cil, only the demise of the crown dismisses them from their post ; 
 but they do not undertake any of the duties of the office, unless 
 specially called upon to do so. 
 
 PRl'VY, s. a place of retirement ; a water-closet. 
 
 PRIZE, s. [prix, Fr.] a reward gained by conquest or any per- 
 formance. — l2}rise, Fr.] plunder; a ship taken from an enemy in 
 time of war. 
 
 To PRIZE, V. a. [priser, Fr.] to rate, value, or esteem. 
 
 PRIZE MONEY, s. the shares of the products arising from 
 thesaleof prizes, &c. taken in war, which are distributed amongst 
 the forces engaged in the capture. 
 
 PRI'ZEFIGHTER, {prizefiter) g. one that fights publicly for 
 money. 
 
 PRPZER, s. [priseur, Fr.] he that prizes. 
 
 PRO, [Lat.] for; in defence. Pro and con, for and aqainst. 
 
 PROBABI'LITY, s. [^jroio, Lat.] likelihood; the appearance 
 of truth ; evidence arising from the preponderation of argument; 
 demonstration that does not produce certainty. Theory of Pro- 
 babilities, that branch of mathematics which investigates the laws 
 of chance, and determines the exact or numerical amount of ex- 
 pectation which may be entertained respecting the occurrence 
 of any contingent event. On this theory the practice of In- 
 surance Societies, Life Assurance, Annuity, and Benefit So- 
 cieties, &c. &c. is founded. 
 
 PRO'BABLE.a. [Fr.] likely; having better arguments brought 
 for than against it, but not certain or demonstrative. 
 
 PRO'BABLY, ad. likely; in likelihood. 
 
 PRO'BATE, 8. [Lat.] the proof of wills in the spiritual court. 
 Probate and Legacy Duty, in England, one of the manner of con- 
 trivances of the real-property holders for laying the burden of 
 taxation on all but themselves. 
 
 PROBA'TION.s. [Fr.] proof; evidence; a state of trial or ex- 
 amination ; a year of noviciate before being admitted to a mo- 
 nastic life. 
 
 PROBA'TIONARY, Proba'tory, a. serving for trial. 
 
 PROBA'TIONER, s. one in a state of trial ; a novice. 
 
 PROBA'TUM EST, [Lat.] an expression added to the end of 
 a receipt, signifying it is tried or proved. 
 
 PROBE, s. in Surgery, a slender instrument or wire used in 
 searching the depth of wounds. 
 
 To PROBE, j;. a. to try or search a wound by an instrument. 
 
 PRO-BE-SCISSARS, s. scissars which have a button at the 
 end of one of their shanks, which is thrust into a wound. 
 
 PRO'BITY, s. [prohite, Fr. probitas, Lat.] approved honesty, 
 sincerity, or veracity. 
 
 PRO'BLEM, s. [;>roWema, Gr.] a question proposed. In Ma- 
 thematics, something to be done. See Theorem. 
 
 PROBLEMATICAL, a. [problematique, Fr.] uncertain ; dis- 
 putable; unsettled. 
 
 PROBO'SCIS, 8. [Lat.] in Animal Anatomy, the trunk or snout 
 of an elephant ; also applied to that part of any other animal 
 Which resembles it. 
 
 PRO'BUS, M. AURELIUS, an emperor of Rome, who was 
 700 ' . F 
 
 PRO 
 
 raised to that dignity by the Syrian army, on the death of Tacitus. 
 Hedef'eatedtheGermans,forced the Persians to makepeace, forti- 
 fied the frontier between the Danube and the Rhine, endeavoured 
 to introduce a taste for the arts of peace amongst the soldiers, and 
 therefore was assassinated in 282 a. d., after a reign of 6 3-ears. 
 
 PROCA'CIOUS, {procdshious) a. [procax, Lat.] petulant ; loose;- 
 insolent; saucy; malapert. 
 
 PROCA'CITY, 8. petulance ; sauciness; insolence. 
 
 FROCATA'RCTIC, a. [prokatarcho, Gr.] forerunning; re- 
 motely antecedent. 
 
 PROCATA'RXIS, *. in Medicine, the pre-existent cause of 
 a disease, which co-operates with others that are subsequent, 
 whether internal or external. 
 
 PROCE'DURE, 8. [Fr.] a manner of acting or conduct; pro- 
 cess or operation. 
 
 To PROCEE'D, V. n. [pro and cedo, Lat.] to pass from one 
 thing or place to another ; to go or march in state ; to issue, 
 arise, or come from ; to be transacted ; to advance, or make a 
 progress; to take effect; to be propagated; to be produced by 
 an original cause. 
 
 PROCEE'DS, 8. in Law and Commerce, produce or profits from 
 sale, &c. 
 
 PROCEE'DER, s. one who goes forward ; one that makes a 
 progress. 
 
 PROCEE'DING, s. [procede, Fr.] progress from one thing or 
 action to another ; procedure. 
 
 PROCE'LLOUS, a. \_procella, Lat.] stormy; tempestuous. 
 
 PROCE'RITY, 8. [;jroeeru8, Lat.] tallness ; height of stature. 
 
 PRO'CESS,s. Iprocedo, Lat.] tendency, or progressive course ; 
 gradual progress ; course ; methodical and gradual series ; 
 course of law. 
 
 PROCE'SSION, {proceshon) s. a train marching in a ceremo- 
 nious solemnity ; a cavalcade. 
 
 PROCE'SSIONAL, {proceshbnal) a. relating to procession. 
 
 PROCE'SSIONARY, a. consisting in procession. 
 
 PRO'CHRONISM, ( prukronism) s. [pro and cAronos, Gr.] an 
 error in chronology ; a dating a thing before it happened. 
 
 PRO'CIDENCE, 8. [procido, Lat.] falling down ; dependence 
 below its natural place. 
 
 PRO'CINCT.s. [prucingo, Lat.] complete preparation ; prepar- 
 ation brought to the point of action. 
 
 To PROCLAIM, V. a. [proclamo, Lat. proclamer, Fr.] to de- 
 nounce or publish in a solemn or legal manner; to tell openly; 
 to out-law. 
 
 PROCLA'IMER, s. one that publishes by authority. 
 
 PROCLAMATION, s. [pro and clamo, Lat.] publication by 
 authority; a declaration of the king's will openly published 
 among the people. 
 
 PROCLl'VITY.s. [proclivitas, Lat.] tendency; natural inclin- 
 ation or bias; readiness; proneness; propensity. 
 
 PROCLI'VOUS, a. inclined ; tending by nature. 
 
 PRO'CLUS, one of the most eminent of the Neo-Platonic 
 philosophers, of the 5lh centurj'. After studying at a school in 
 Asia Minor, and at Alexandria, he went to Athens ; where he was 
 finally the chief teacher of the Academy, and died in 485, aged 
 73 years. His writings relate not merely to the philosophical 
 doctrines he had espoused, but also to the Geometry of Euclid, 
 &c. He was the last teacher at Athens ; and his genius and 
 eloquence vainly strove to relume the ancient fire. He wrote 
 against Christianity ; but Christianity conquered Platonism. 
 
 PROCO'NSUL, s. [Lat.] a Roman officer, who governed a 
 province with consular authority. 
 
 PROCO'NSULSHIP, s. the office of a proconsul. 
 
 PROCO'PIUS, a Greek historian of the 6th century a. d. He 
 held some offices under the famous general Belisarius, and was 
 highly honoured by the emperor. He died in about 560, aged 
 about 60 years. I-lis works are, a History of his own Times, and 
 Anecdotes, on the private history of the same period. They are 
 of considerable value ; and the second supplies, though it is a 
 scandalous production, the deficiencies of the former. 
 
 To PROCRA'STINATE, v. a. [procrastinor, from eras, Lat.] to 
 defer or put off from day to day. — v. n. to be dilatory. 
 
 PROCRASTINATION, s. the act of delaying from time to 
 time; dilatoriness. 
 
 PROCRASITNATOR, s. one that puts off from day to day. 
 
 PRO'CREANT, a. [procreo, from creo, Lat.] productive ; pro- 
 pagating; pregnant. 
 
PRO 
 
 To PROCREATE, v. a. to generate or produce. 
 
 PROCREA'TION, «. the act of generating or begetting. 
 
 PRO'CREATIVE, a. generative or productive. 
 
 PROCREA'TOR, s. a generator or begetter. 
 
 PRO'CTOR, s. [contracted from procurator, Lat.] a manager 
 of another's affairs; an attorney in a spiritual court; a magis- 
 trate of a university, whose business is to see that good order 
 and attention to duty prevail among the students. 
 
 PROCTORSHIP, 4. the office of a proctor. 
 
 PROCU'MBENT, a. {procumho, Lat.] lying down ; prone.' 
 
 PROCU'RABLE, a. acquirable; obtainable. 
 
 PROCU'RACY, s. the management of any thing. 
 
 PROCURA'TION, s. the act of getting or procuring; an act 
 or instrument by which a person is empowered to treat, trans- 
 act, receive, &c. in another person's name. 
 
 PROCURA'TOR, s. [Lat.] a manager, or one that transacts 
 business for another. 
 
 PROCURA TO'RIAL, a. made by a proctor. 
 
 PROCU'RATORY, a. tending to procuration. 
 
 To PROCU'RE, V. a. [procuro, from pro and euro, Lat.] to 
 transact for anotiier; to obtain, or acquire; to contrive, or 
 obtain by contrivance; to prevail on, or persuade; to contrive, 
 or forward. 
 
 PROCU'REMENT, s. the act of procuring. 
 
 PROCU'RER, s. one that gains ; an obtainer. One who trades 
 in seduction and lewdness. 
 
 PRO'DICUS, one of the Grecian Sophists, (which see,) who was 
 the author of the famous heathen fable, entitled the Choice of 
 Hercules, familiar to most English readers. Socrates, and some 
 other eminent Greeiis, were amongst his disciples. It is said that 
 he was put to death on a similar charge to that for which his 
 greatest pupil suffered. The later part of the 5th century b. c. 
 was the time of his greatest fame. 
 
 PRO'DIGAL, a. ^pirodigus, from prodigo, Lat.] profuse, lavish, 
 wasteful. 
 
 PRO'DIGAL, s. a waster; a spendthrift. 
 
 PRODIGA'LITY, s. {prodigalite, Fr.] the act of spending to 
 excess ; extravagance. 
 
 PRO'DIGALLY, arf. profusely ; wastefully; extravagantly. 
 
 PRODI'GIOUS, a. [prodigium, Lat.] causing wonder and as- 
 tonishment; enormous; monstrous; uncommonly great. 
 
 PRODPGIOUSLY, ad. in such a manner as to amaze. 
 
 PRODI'GIOUSNESS, s. quality that excites admiration and 
 wonder. 
 
 PRO'DIGY, s. Iprodige, Fr.] any thing out of the common 
 course of nature; any thing which astonishes by its greatness 
 or novelty. 
 
 PRODI'TION, s. [prodo, Lat.] treason ; treachery. 
 
 PRODITO'RIOUS, o. traitorous; treacherous; perfidious; 
 apt to make discoveries. 
 
 To PRODU'CE, V. a. [pro and duco, Lat.] to offer to view or 
 notice ; to bring as an evidence ; to bear or bring forth, applied 
 to vegetables ; to cause or generate. In Mathematics, to pro- 
 
 any thing yields; amount, profit, 
 or gain. 
 
 PRODU'CER, s. one that generates or produces. 
 
 PRODU'CIBLE, a. such as may be exhibited; such as may 
 be generated or made. 
 
 PRO'DUCT, s. something yielded by lands, vegetables, or 
 money ; a work or composition ; an effect. 
 
 PRODU'CTILE, o. which may be produced. 
 
 PRODUCTION, s. [Fr.] the act of producing ; the thing pro- 
 duced ; the fruit or product ; a composition. 
 
 PRODU'CTIVE, a. having the power to effect or produce; 
 fertile, generative, efficient. 
 
 PRO'EiM, s. [pro and oime, Gi.'] a preface, introduction, or 
 prelude. 
 
 PROFANATION, s. [Fr. profano, Lat.] the act of applying 
 anv thing sacred to common or unholy use. 
 
 PROFA'NE, a. [Fr.] irreverent to sacred things; not sacred ; 
 secular; polluted. 
 
 To PROFA'NE, V. a. to apply any thing sacred to common or 
 unholy use. 
 
 PROFA'NELY, ad. with irreverence to sacred things. 
 
 PROFA'NENESS, «. want of reverence to things sacred. 
 
 PROFA'NER, s. a polluter; a violator. 
 
 long or lengthen a line. 
 PRO'DUCE, s. that which 
 
 PRO 
 
 PROFECTipN, s. [prqficio, Lat.] progression ; advance. 
 
 To PROFE'SS, V. a. Ipro/esser, Fr. from pro and fateor, Lat.] 
 to declare oneself in the strongest terms; to be of any opinion 
 or religion ; to lay claim to, or declare one's skill in, any art or 
 science. — v. n. to declare openly. 
 
 PROFE'SSEDLY, ad. according to open declaration made by 
 himself. 
 
 PROFE^SSION, (profishdn) s. [Fr.] a calling or employment; 
 a declaration ; the act of declaring oneself of any party or 
 opinion. 
 
 PROFE'SSIONAL, a. relating to a particular calling or pro- 
 fession. 
 
 PROFE'SSOR, s. \_professeur, Fr.] one who openly declares 
 himself of any opinion or party; one who publicly practises or 
 teaches an art ; one who professes to be religious. 
 
 PROFE'SSORSHIP, s. the station or office of a public teacher. 
 
 To PRO'FFER, V. a. [pro and fero, Lat.] to propose or offer; 
 to attempt of one's own accord. 
 
 PRO'FFER, s. an offer made ; an essay or attempt. 
 
 PRO'FFERER, s. he that offisrs. 
 
 PROFFCIENCE, Profi'ciency, {profishience, projkhiency) s. 
 [proficio, Lat.] profit ; improvement or advancement in any 
 thing. 
 
 PROFFCIENT, (profishient) s. one wbo has made advance- 
 ment in any study or business. 
 
 PROFrCUOUS, a. advantageous ; useful. 
 
 PRO'FILE, s. [Fr.] the side face ; a half face ; the outline of 
 any figure. 
 
 PRO'FIT, s. [Fr.] gain or advantage ; improvement. 
 
 To PRO'FIT, V. a. \_prqftter, Fr.] to confer benefit or advan- 
 tage ; to improve. — v.n.to gain advantage ; to make improve- 
 ment ; to be of use or advantage. 
 
 PRO'FITABLE, a. [Fr.] such as confers gain, improvement, 
 or advantage. Synon. Profitable is more applicable to gain ; 
 advantageous, to honour ; benejicial, to health. 
 
 PRO'FITABLENESS, s. the quality of conferring gain, im- 
 provement, or advantage. 
 
 PROFITABLY, arf. gainfully; advantageously. 
 
 PROFITLESS, a. without gain or advantage. 
 
 PRO'FLIGATE, a. [profligo, Lat.] abandoned to vice ; lost to 
 virtue and decency. 
 
 PROFLIGATE, s. one that has lost all sense of virtue and 
 decency. 
 
 PRO'FLIGATELY, ad. shamelessly. 
 
 PRO'FLIGATENESS, s. the quality of being profligate. 
 
 PRO'FLUENCE, s. progress ; course. 
 
 PRO'FLUENT, a. [pro and/«o, Lat.] flowing forward. 
 
 PROFOU'ND, a. [profond,Vt. profundus, Lat.] deep; lowly; 
 humble ; intellectually deep, or not obvious to the mind; learn- 
 ed, or knowing beyond the common reach. 
 
 PROFOU'ND, s. a gulf; abyss ; the main ; the sea. 
 
 PROFOU'NDLY, ad. with great reach of knowledge or con- 
 trivance ; deeply. 
 
 PROFOU'NDNESS, Profu'ndity, s. depth, applied to place 
 or knowledge. 
 
 PROFU'SE, a. [pro and fundo, Lat.] lavish ; too liberal, or 
 abounding to excess. 
 
 PROFU'SELY, ad. lavishly ; with exuberance. 
 
 PROFU'SENESS, s..lavishness; prodigality. 
 
 PROFU'SION, (profushon) s. extravagance, or excess in ex- 
 pense ; exuberant plenty. 
 
 PROG, s. victuals, or provisions of any kind. This word is not 
 sanctioned by good usage. 
 
 PROGE'NITOR, s. [Lat.] a forefather ; an ancestor in a di- 
 rect line. 
 
 PRO'GEN Y, «. [progcnie, old Fr. progenies, Lat.] a race ; off- 
 spring ; generation. 
 
 PROGNO'STIC, a. [pro and ginosko, Gr.] betokening disease 
 or recovery before ; foreshowing. 
 
 PROGNO'STIC, s. any thing which foreshows disease or re- 
 covery ; any sign of future events. 
 
 To PROGNO'STICATE, v. a. to foretell, foreshow, or presage. 
 
 PROGNOSTICA'TION, s. the act of foreknowing or foreshow- 
 ing; prediction; foretoken. 
 
 PROGNOSTICA'TOR, s. a foretellei ; foreknower. 
 
 PROGRA'MME, «. [pro and grapho, Gr.] a letter sealed with 
 the king's seal ; a bill giving notice of something to be transact- 
 
 701 
 
PRO 
 
 ed in a school or university; the syllabus of a public address or 
 performance. 
 
 PRCKGRESS, s. [pro and gradior, Lat.] course ; passage ; mo- 
 tion forward ; intellectual improvement ; a circuit, or journey. 
 
 To PROGRE'SS, v. n. to move forward; to pass. This word 
 is not sanctioned by good usage. 
 
 PROGRE'SSION, {progreshon) s. [Fr.] a regular and gradual 
 advance; motion forward; course; passage; intellectual im- 
 
 Erovement. In Arithmetic, &c., a series of numbers are said to 
 e in arithmetical progression, when they increase or decrease by 
 any common difference ; as for example, 1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11, are in 
 arithmetical progression, because they increase by 2, the com- 
 mon difference. Geometrical progression, is when they increase or 
 decrease by any common ratio; for instance, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 
 64, are in geometrical progression, because they increase by 
 the common ratio, or multiple, 2. 
 
 PROGRE^SSIVE, a. [progressif, Fr.] going forward ; ad- 
 vancing, or increasing gradually. 
 
 PROGRESSIVELY, ad. by gradual steps or regular course. 
 
 PROGRE'SSIVENESS, s. the state of moving forward. 
 
 To PROHI'BIT, V. a. Iprohibeo, Lat. prohiber, Fr.] to interdict 
 by authority ; to debar or hinder. 
 
 PROHI'BITER, s. a forbidder; an interdlcter. 
 
 PROHIBITION, (prohibishon) s. [Fr.] the act of forbidding; 
 hinderance; forbiddance. 
 
 PROHl'BITORY, a. implying prohibition ; forbidding. 
 
 To PROJE'OT, V. a. [pro aad jacio, Lat.] to throw out, or cast 
 forward; to exhibit or form a representation ; to scheme, con- 
 trive, or form in the mind. — v. n. to jut out or shoot forward. 
 • PRO'JECT, s. [projet, Fr.] a scheme ; plan ; contrivance. 
 Synon. Project is a plan in order to execute a design ; the design, 
 is what we propose to execute. 
 
 PROJE'CTILE, s. such a body as, being put into motion by 
 anv particular force, continues to move with a certain velocity, 
 either in a straight line, or a curve, according to circumstances, 
 such as a stone thrown from a sling, an arrow from a bow, or 
 a ball from a gun. 
 
 PRO.IE'CTI LE, a. [Fr.] impelled forward. 
 
 PROJE'CTION, a. the act of shooting forwards ; a plan or de- 
 lineation ; a scheme or plan of action. In Drawing, Mapping, 
 &c., the general name of various modes of delineating the out- 
 lines of any required object, with mathematical accuracy. See 
 Gnomonic, Orthographic, &c. 
 
 PROJE'CTOR, «. one that employs himself in forming schemes 
 or designs ; one that forms wild and impracticable schemes. 
 
 PROJE'CTURE, s. [Fr.] a jutting out. 
 
 To PROIN, V. a. [corrupted from prune,'] to lop; to cut; to 
 trim ; to prune. 
 
 To PROLA'TE, t'. a. [prolatum, Lat.] to speak, pronounce, or 
 utter. 
 
 PROLA'TE, a. [prolatus, Lat.] oblate or flat. 
 
 PROLATION, (jiroldshdn) s. [prolatio, Lat.] pronunciation ; 
 utterance; delay; act of deferring. 
 
 PROLEGO'MENA, s. [pro and lego, Gr.] a previous or intro- 
 ductory discourse. 
 
 PROLE'PSIS, «. [pro and lambano, Gr.] a form of rhetoric, in 
 which objections, &c. are anticipated. 
 
 PROLE-'PTICAL, a. previous; antecedent. In Medicine, 
 when a paroxysm or fit returns sooner and sooner every time. 
 
 PROLE'PTICALLY, ad. by way of anticipation or pre- 
 vention. 
 
 PROLETA'RIAN, a. mean ; vile ; vulgar. 
 
 PROLFFIC, Proli'fical, a. [proles and facio, Lat.] fruitful ; 
 generative ; productive. 
 
 PROLIFICA'TION, s. generation of children. 
 
 PROLl'X, a. [prolixe, Fr. prolixus, Lat.} long; tedious; ver- 
 bose ; circumlocutory. 
 
 PROLI'XITY, s. [prolixite, Fr.J the quality of being tiresome 
 through length ; tediousness. 
 
 PROLFXLY, ad. at great length ; tediously. 
 
 PROLFXNESS, s. tediousness. 
 
 PROLOCU'TOR, s. [Lat.] a foreman, or person chosen by a 
 society to be their speaker. 
 
 PROLOCU'TORSHIP, s. the office or dignity of a prolocutor. 
 
 PRO'LOGUE, (prdldg) s. [Fr. from pro and logos, Gr.] an in- 
 troductory discourse, peculiarly applied to a poem spoken before 
 a play. 
 
 702 
 
 PRO 
 
 To PRO'LOGUE, (proldg) v. a. to introduce by a formal dis- 
 course. 
 
 To PROLO'NG, i: a. [prolonger, Fr.] to lengthen out ; to put 
 off longer ; to continue. 
 
 PROLONGATION, s. [Fr.] the act of lengthening ; delay to 
 a longer time. 
 
 PROLU'SION, {prol&'Jion) s. [^jro and fe<fo, Lat.] in Litera- 
 ture, is a term applied to certain pieces or compositions made 
 previously to others, by way of prelude or exercise. 
 
 PROMETHEUS, in Heathen Mythology, the Titan who, ac- 
 cording to some myths, created man ; but, according to others, 
 was only their divine friend, and stole fire from heaven for them; 
 and who was punished by Zeus for it, by being fastened to a rock 
 in the Caucasus, where he remained till delivered by Heracles. 
 His story shadows forth very affectingly the knowledge or hope 
 man had of a Divine deliverer from their rebellion against God. 
 
 PRO'MINENCY, s. [pro and maneo, Lat.] the quality of stand- 
 ing out beyond the other parts ; protuberance ; extant or jutting- 
 out part. 
 
 PRO'MINENT, a. standing out beyond other parts ; protuber- 
 ant; extant. 
 
 PROMFSCUOUS, a. [promiscuus, from misceo, Lat.] mingled ; 
 confused ; without distinction. 
 
 PROMI'SCUOUSLY, ad. indiscriminately; with a confused 
 mixture. 
 
 PRO'MISE, s. [promitto, Lat.] assurance given of something 
 to be done, or some benefit to be conferred. Figuratively, hope. 
 
 To PRO'MISE, V. a. to give a person notice or assurance of 
 some benefit to be conferred. — v. n. to assure by a promise. 
 
 PRO'MISER, s. one who promises. 
 
 PRO'MISSORILY, ad. by way of promise. 
 
 PRO'MISSORY, a. containing profession of some benefit to be 
 conferred, or of some debt to be paid. Promissory note, in Com- 
 merce, an engagement to pay a specified sum of money, on a 
 given date, drawn on stamped paper. 
 
 PRO'MONT, Pro'montory, s. [promontoire, Vr.promontorium, 
 Lat.] in Geography, a head-land, or high land jutting into the 
 sea, the extremity of which is called a cape. 
 
 To PROMOTE, i\ a. [pro and moveo, Lat.] to forward, or ad- 
 vance ; to prefer, or exalt. 
 
 PROMOTER, «. an advancer; a forwarder; an encourager. 
 
 PROMOTION, (2'rom6sh6n) s. [Fr.] advancement or prefer- 
 ment; exaltation. 
 
 To PROMO'VE, V. a. to promote ; to forward ; to advance. 
 Seldom used. 
 
 PROMPT, a. [Fr. promptus, Lat.] quick ; ready ; acute ; will- 
 ing, without any new motive or incentive; ready, applied to 
 payment. 
 
 To PROMPT, V. a. [prontare, Ital.] to help a person when at 
 a loss in repeating by art ; to incite; to remind. 
 
 PRO'MPTER, s. one who assists a public speaker when at a 
 loss, or who persuades or advises a person to do a thing ; an 
 admonisher. 
 
 PRO'MPTITUDE,*. [Fr.] quickness; readiness; alacrity. 
 
 PRO'MPTLY, ad. readily ; quickly. 
 
 PRO'MPTNESS, s. readiness; alacrity. 
 
 PRO'MPTUARY, s. [promptuaire, Fr. promptuarium, Lat.] a 
 storehouse, repository, or magazine. 
 
 To PROMU'LGATE, Promu'lge, v. a. [promulgo, Lat.] to 
 publish ; to make known by public declaration. 
 
 PROMULGATION, s. publication ; open exhibition. 
 
 PROMULGATOR, s. a publisher; an open teacher. 
 
 PROMU'LGER, s. one that publishes, or teaches openly. 
 
 PRO'NATOR.s. in Anatomy, a muscle of the radius, of which 
 there are two, that help to turn the palm downward. 
 
 PRONE, a. [promts, Lat.] bending or looking downwards; 
 lying with the face downwards; sloping, applied to place. Fi- 
 guratively, inclined, propense, or disposed to: generally in an 
 ill sense. 
 
 PRO'NENESS, s. the state of bending, stooping, or lying with 
 the face downwards ; descent ; inclination. 
 
 PRONG, s. [pronghen, Belg.] the tooth of a fork; a pitch- 
 fork ; an instrument in husbandry. 
 
 PRO'NOUN, s. [pronomen, Lat.] in Grammar, a word .used 
 instead of nouns or names ; as, /, tliou, he ; we, ye, they, &c. See. 
 Relative, Personal, &c. 
 
 To PRONOU'NCE, v. a. Ipro and nuncio, Lat.] to speak or 
 
PRO 
 
 utter; to ntter or deliver solemnly and rhetorically ; to form or 
 articulate. — v. n. to speak with confidence or authority ; to rebel. 
 
 PRONOU'NCEK, s. one who pronounces. 
 
 PRONUNCIA'TION, (prommsedshon) s. [Fr.] the act or man- 
 ner of uttering. 
 
 PROOF, s. in Arithmetic, is a means wherebj' the correctness 
 of a calculation is ascertained. In Law, it denotes the mediums 
 and arguments used to evince the truth of anything; and is 
 two-fold, viz. viva, voce, by living witnesses ; and a dead proof, 
 such as that of deeds, records, &c. It also signifies trial or ex- 
 periment. In Printing, the first printed copy of a sheet, &c., 
 used for the purpose of detecting and correcting errors : also the 
 first printed copies of an engraving, which are esteemed far 
 more highly than the finished copies. Proof spirit, which is] of 
 the standard strength. Synon. jBxj>eriment relates, properly, to 
 the truth of things ; trial concerns, particularly, the use of 
 things ; proof has a greater relation to the quality of things. 
 
 PROOF, a. [an elliptical expression for of proof;} impenetra- 
 ble ; able to resist. Used witn to or against. 
 
 To PROP, V. a. [proppen, Belg.] to support by something 
 placed under or against ; to hinder from frilling ; to sustain or 
 support. 
 
 PROP, s. Iproppe, Belg.] any thing used to keep a thing from 
 falling ; a support ; a stay. 
 
 PRO'PAGABLE, a. such as may be spread ; such as may be 
 continued by succession. 
 
 To PRO'PAGATE, v. a. [propago, Lat.] to continue or spread 
 by generation or successive production ; to extend or widen ; to 
 promote ; to generate. — v. n. to have offspring. 
 
 PROPAGATION, (propagdsMn) s. [Fr.] continuance or diffu- 
 sion by generation or successive production. 
 
 PROPAGATOR, s. a spreader ; a promoter. 
 
 To PROPE'L, V. a. [pro and pello, Lat.] to push or drive for- 
 ward. 
 
 To PROPE'ND, i: n. [pro and pendeo, Lat.] to incline to any 
 part; to be disposed in favour of any thing. 
 
 PROPE^NDENCY, «. inclination or tendency of desire to any 
 thing ; preconsideration ; attentive deliberation. 
 
 PROPE'NSE, a. inclined or disposed, applied to either good 
 or bad. 
 
 PROPE'NSION, (propenshdn) Prope/nsity, s. [Fr.] disposition 
 to any thing either good or bad ; tendency. 
 
 PRO'PER, a. [propre, Fr. proprius, Lat.] peculiar; belonging 
 to one, so as to distinguish it from others ; natural ; fit ; adapt- 
 ed ; qualified ; exact ; just ; elegant; pretty; tall or lusty; one's 
 own, joined with the possessive pronoun, my, your, his, their, &c. 
 In Grammar, the name given to substantives which are indivi- 
 dual or specific, or names not applying to whole classes, as 
 Thomas, Shakspeare, London, &c. 
 
 PRO'PERLY, ad. in a fit or suitable manner ; in a strict 
 sense. 
 
 PRO'PERNESS, s. the quality of being proper, tall, and well 
 made. 
 
 PROPE'RTIUS, SEXTUSAURELIUS, a Roman poet who 
 flourished at the Christian sera. He was one of the poets patron- 
 ized by Mecaenas and Augustus, and >lks intimate with Ovid, 
 Virgil, &c. He died in about 12, a. d., aged about GO years. 
 His poems are beautiful, but are not free from stains which make 
 them unfit to be used in schools. 
 
 PRO'PERTY, s. in Law, it is used to denote that right by 
 which a person possesses lands or tenements, goods or chat- 
 tels, as his own. In Metaphysics, Logic, &c., that which neces- 
 sarily belongs to every individual of a class. Real property is 
 that which consists of lands, houses, and other hereditable 
 things ; personal property, of all else that belongs to any person. 
 There are some very strange exceptions to these definitions, 
 which can only be explained in law-terms. 
 
 PROPHA'SIS, (profdsis) s. [pro and pliemi, Gr.] an excuse ; a 
 pretence. In Medicine, a foreknowledge of diseases. 
 
 PRO'PHECY, {pr6fesy)e. [pro and phemi, Gr. prophetie, Fr.] a 
 declaration of something future ; prediction. 
 
 PRO'PHESIER, s. one who prophesies. 
 
 To PRO'PHESY, {pr6fesy) v. a. to foretell something future ; 
 to predict ; to foretell ; to prognosticate. — v. n. to utter pre- 
 dictions ; to preach. 
 
 PRO'PHET, (.profet) s. [prophete, Fr.] one who tells something 
 future; a foreteller ; a predicter. 
 
 PRO 
 
 PRO'PHETESS, (prAffetess) s. [prophitesse, Fr.] a woman who 
 foretells future events. 
 
 PROPHETIC, Prophe'tic.\l, (profetik, profHikal) a. [pro. 
 phi'tique, Fr.] foreseeing or foretelling future events. It has of 
 before the thing foretold. 
 
 PROPHETICALLY, (profSfically) ad. with knowledge of fu- 
 turity; in manner of a prophecy. 
 
 To PRO'PHETIZE, (prdfetize) v. n. [propMtiser, Fr.] to give 
 predictions. 
 
 PROPH YLA'CTIC, {profyldktik) a. [pro and phulasso, Gr.] pre- 
 ventive; prescn.r^ve. 
 
 PROPI'NQUITV , s. [propinquitas, Lat.] nearness of situation, 
 relation, time, or blood. 
 
 PROPITIABLE, {propishiahle) a. such as maybe appeased or 
 rendered favourable. 
 
 To PROPITIATE, (propishiafe) v. a. [propitio, Lat.] to appease 
 a person when angry or offended ; to render favourable ; to con- 
 ciliate. 
 
 PROPITIATION, (propishidshon) s. [Fr.] the act of appeasing 
 anger or resentment ; the atonement, offering, or means, by 
 which a person is rendered favourable. 
 
 PROPITIATORY, {proptshiatory) a. having the power to ap- 
 pease or reconcile ; expiatory. 
 
 PROPITIOUS, {propishious) a. [propitius, Lat.] favourable; 
 kind ; reconciling. 
 
 PROPITIOUSLY, arf. favourably; kindly. 
 
 PROPITIOUSNESS, (propishiousness) s. the quality of being 
 favourable, kind, or reconciling. 
 
 PROPLA'SM, s. [pro and plasso, Gr,] mould ; matrix. 
 
 PROPLA'STIC, s. the art of making moulds for casting. 
 
 PROPO'LIS, s. in Natural History, a thick, yellow, odorous 
 substance, smelling like storax, nearly akin to wax, but more 
 tenacious; wherewith the bees stop up the holes and crannies 
 of their hives to keep out the cold air, &c. 
 
 PROPO'NENT, s. [propono, Lat.] one that makes a proposal ; 
 one who proposes a subject for disputation. 
 
 PROPO'RTION, {prop6rsh6n) s. [proportio, Lat.] the compa- 
 rison between more than two quantities in respect of size ; equal 
 degree; degrees in harmony ; size; form. In Arithmetic, direct 
 proportion is when the same relation subsists between the first 
 term and the second as between the third and fourth ; thus, 4 8, 
 5 10, are in direct proportion. Inverse or reciprocal proportion, 
 is when one quantity increases in the same proportion as another 
 diminishes; thus, 5 15, 12 4, are in inverse proportion. Arith- 
 metical proportion, is the relation which two quantities, of the same 
 kind, bear to each other with respect to their difference; thus, 
 2 10, 5 13, are arithmetically proportional. Geometrical propor- 
 tion, is that relation of two quantities of the same kind, which 
 arises from considering what part the one is of the other, or how 
 often it is contained in it ; thus, 5 45, 9 81, are geometrically 
 proportional. Jmib of definite proportions, in Chemistry, is the 
 fact that the different substances, and their compounds, will 
 mingle and combine with other substances and compounds only 
 in certain ratios. It is this discovery which has rendered mathe- 
 matics available for the prosecution of chemical research. 
 
 To PROPO'RTION, (the <i is pron. likesA in this word and its 
 following derivatives ; as proporshon, &c.) v, a. [proportionner, Fr.] 
 to adjust or equal in comparativedegrees ; to form with symmetry. 
 
 PROPORTIONABLE, a. adjusted or suited by comparative 
 relation ; such as is tit. 
 
 PROPO'RTIONABLY, ad. according to proportion ; accord- 
 ing to comparative relation. 
 
 PROPO'RTION A L, a. [proportionel, Fr.] havinga settled com- 
 parative relation ; having a certain degree of equality ; bearing 
 some relation to that with which it is compared. 
 
 PROPORTIONA'LITY, s. the quality of being proportional. 
 
 PROPO'RTIONALLY, ad. in a stated degree. 
 
 PROPO'RTIONATE, a. suited, adjusted, or bearing some re- 
 spect to another thing in comparison. 
 
 To PROPO'RTION ATE, V. a. to adjust according to settled 
 rates to something else. 
 
 PROPO'RTIONATENESS, s. the state of being by compari- 
 son adjusted. 
 
 PROPOSAL, (propdzal) s. a scheme or design offered to con- 
 sideration or acceptance ; offer to the mind. 
 
 To PROPO'SE, (propoze) v. a. [jno and ;jono, Lat.] to offer for 
 consideration. — v. n. to lay schemes or intend. 
 
 703 
 
PRO 
 
 PROPCSER, s. one that offers any thing to consideration. 
 
 PROPOSI'TION, s. a sentence in which any thing is affirmed 
 or denied, and offered for assent or denial; an offer of terms; 
 proposal. 
 
 PROPOSI'TIONAL, a. considered as a proposition. 
 
 To PROPOU'ND, V. a. {pro and pono, Lat.] to offer for con- 
 sideration ; to propose. 
 
 PROPOU'NDER, 8. one that propounds ; a proposer. 
 
 PROPRI'ETARY, s. [proprietaire, Fr.] a possessor in his own 
 right. 
 
 PROPRI'ETARY, a. belonging to a certain owner. 
 
 PROPRI'ETOR, s. [propriiis, Eat.] a person that has an ex- 
 clusive right ; a possessor or owner. 
 
 PROPRPETRESS, «. a female possessor in her own right ; a 
 mistress. 
 
 PROPRPETY, s. [proprietS, Fr.] an exclusive right ; accuracy, 
 justness, or fitness; morality of conduct. 
 
 PROPT, the correct spelling of propped, the participle passive 
 of To Prop. 
 
 To PROPU'GN, (propun) v. a. [;)ro and ^uyno, Lat. j to defend, 
 justify, or vindicate. 
 
 PROPUGNA'TION, s. defence. 
 
 PROPU'GN ER, s. one who defends, justifies, or vindicates. 
 
 PROPU'LSION, {propiJlshon) s. [pro and pello, Lat.] the act of 
 driving forward. 
 
 PRORE, s, Iprora, Lat.] the prow of a ship; used in poetry. 
 
 PROROGA'TION, s. [Fr. prorogo, Lat.] continuation ; pro- 
 longation ; the deferring to a longer and stated time; the inter- 
 ruption of the session of parliament by royal authority. 
 
 To PRORO'GUE, (prorog) v. a. to protract or prolong; to put 
 off to another time. 
 
 PRORU'PTION, 8. Ipro and rumpo, Lat.] the act of burst- 
 ing out. 
 
 PROSA'IC, a. [prosaique, Fr. prosa, Lat.] belonging to prose ; 
 resembling prose ; dull; wanting animation. 
 
 To PROSCRPBE, v. a. \_pro8cribo, Lat.] to doom to destruc- 
 tion ; to interdict. 
 
 PROSCRPBER, s. one that dooms to destruction. 
 
 PROSCRPPTION, s. Iproscribo, Lat.] the act of writing down 
 a person's name in a list, and posting it in some public place, 
 with a reward for any one that shall bring his head ; the act of 
 dooming the life of a person to death, and his goods to confis- 
 cation. 
 
 PROSE, (proze) s. [ Fr. prosa, Lat.] generally, all kinds of lite- 
 rary composition not included in the description of poetry ; but 
 most frequently, a composition not written in verse, or metrical- 
 ly, although a certain rhythm is allowable. 
 
 To PROSE, V. n. to describe any thing orally, or in writing, 
 in a dull and inanimate way. 
 
 To PRO'SECUTE, v. a. [i>ro and sequor, Lat.] to continue en- 
 deavours ; to carry on ; to proceed or continue in any considera- 
 tion or disquisition. In Law, to sue criminally; to pursue 
 legally. 
 
 PROSECU'TION, s. an endeavour to carry on ; a continued 
 attempt, or a continuation of an attempt. In Law, a suit against 
 a person. 
 
 PROSECU'TOR, s. one that continues his endeavours, or car- 
 ries on any thing ; one who sues another at law for some crime 
 or trespass. 
 
 PRO'SELYTE, s. [proselutos, Gr.] one that is persuaded to 
 change his religious or political sentiments; a convert. 
 
 PROSEMINA'TION, s. [prosemino, from semen, Lat.] propa- 
 gation by seed. 
 
 PRO'SERPINE, in Heathen Mythology, the daughter of Ceres 
 and Jupiter, who was carried off by Pluto, and married by him. 
 Her name amongst the Greeks was Persephone. 
 PROSO'DIAN, 5. one skilled in metre or prosody. 
 PRO'SODY, s. \_pros and ode, Gr.] in old Grammars, that part 
 which teaches the sound and quantity of syllables, and the mea- 
 sures of verse. 
 
 PROSONOMA'SIA, s. [pros and onoma, Gr.] in Rhetoric, a 
 figure wherein a person speaks to things inanimate, as if they 
 were living, and makes them return suitable replies. Allusion 
 to the likeness of a sound in several names and words. 
 
 PROSOPOPOEIA, «. Iprosopon and poieo, Gr.] in Rhetoric, a 
 figure in which things are represented as if they were persons ; 
 personification. 
 704 
 
 PRO'SPECT, 8. [ prospicio, Lat.] a view of something distant ; 
 a place which affords an extended view; an object of view; 
 view of something future, opposed to retrospect. 
 
 PROSPE'CTIVE, o. viewing at a distance ; acting with fore- 
 sight. 
 
 PROSPE'CTUS,*. [Lat.] a written scheme or plan, after which 
 any undertaking is proposed to be effected or done. 
 
 To PRO'SPER, V. a. [Lat.] to make happy.— k. n. to be suc- 
 cessful ; to thrive. 
 
 PROSPE'RITY, s. \_prosperiU, Vr. prosper, Lat.] a state where- 
 in things succeed according to our wishes, and are productive 
 of affluence and wealth. Synon. What we call good fortune, is 
 the effect of chance ; it comes unexpected. Prosperity is the 
 success of conduct, and comes by degrees. 
 
 PRO'SPEROUS, a. successful ; fortunate. 
 
 PROSPEROUSLY, ad successfully; fortunately. 
 
 PRO'SPEROUSNESS, s. prosperity. 
 
 PROSPI'CIENCE, {prospishience) s. [prospicio, Lat.] the act of 
 looking forward. 
 
 PROSTERNA'TION, s. [prostemo, Lat.] dejection ; depres- 
 sion ; state of being cast down. 
 
 PROSTE'THIS, s. [pros and tithemi, Gr.] in Surgery, that 
 which fills up what is wanting; as when fistulous ulcers are 
 filled up with flesh. 
 
 To PRO'STITUTE, v. a. [pro and statuo, Lat. prostituer, Fr.] to 
 sell to wickedness; to expose for vile purposes for hire. 
 
 PRO'STITUTE, s. one that will do evil for money ; a public 
 strumpet. 
 
 PROSTITUTION, s. the act of selling oneself for evil put- 
 poses ; the life of a public strumpet. 
 
 PRO'STRATE, a. [prosterm, Lat.] lying at length ; lying at 
 mercy ; lying on the ground in adoration. 
 
 To PRO'STRATE, v. a. [prostratus, Lat.] to lay flat or throw 
 down ; to fall down in adoration. 
 
 PROSTRA'TION, s. the act of falling down in adoration ; de- 
 jection ; depression. 
 
 PRO'STYLE, s. [pro and stiihs, Gr.] a building having pillars 
 only in the front. 
 
 PROSY'LLOGISM, s. [pro and suUogismos, Gr.] in Logic, the 
 connexion of two or more syllogisms, in such a manner, that the 
 conclusion of the first is the major or minor of the following. 
 
 PROTA'GORAS, an eminent Sophist of ancient Greece, who 
 was taught by Democritus, whom he had pleased by his ingenui- 
 ty as he was working as a porter. He taught oratory throughout 
 Greece, visiting Athens occasionally. He also modified his mas- 
 ter's views in philosophy. At Athens he was subjected to some 
 sort of censure, for some assertions, relating to the gods, made in 
 his writings. He was drowned, or died during a voyage he was 
 making to Sicily. He flourished about 42b b. c. 
 
 PROTA'SIS, s. [jiroteitio, Gr.] a maxim or proposition. In the 
 ancient drama, the first part of a comedy or tragedy, which ex- 
 plains the argument of the piece. 
 
 To PROTE'CT, r. a. [pro and tego, Lat.] to defend ; to cover 
 from any evil ; to shield. 
 
 PROTE'CTION, .s. a defence, or cover from evil; a kind of 
 passport, whereby a pe4on is exempted from being legally mo- 
 lested. 
 
 PROTE'CTOR, s. [proiecteur, Fr.] a defender, or one who 
 guards from danger. Formerly, a person intrusted with the care 
 of the kingdom during the king's minority. 
 
 PROTE'CTRESS, s. [protectrice, Fr.] a female that protects. 
 
 To PROTE'ND, I), a. [pro and tendo, Lat.] to hold out or stretch 
 forth. 
 
 PROTE'RVITY, s. [proUrvus, Lat.] petulance ; peevishness ; 
 frowardness; coquetry; impudence; rudeness. 
 
 To PROTEST, V. n. [pro and testor, Lat.] to give a solemn 
 declaration of one's opinion, or resolution ; to note the non-pay- 
 ment of a bill of exchange, and claim payment of any of the en- 
 dorsers. — V, a. to prove, show, or give evidence ; to call as a 
 witness. 
 
 PROTEST, s. a solemn declaration of one's opinion against 
 something, generally applied to that made by peers in parlia- 
 ment when they disagree with a majority; an instrument or 
 writing whereby a person, on non-payment of a bill of exchange 
 by one on whom it is drawn, is authorized to claim it from either 
 of the endorsers or the drawer. 
 
 PROTESTANT, a. belonging to Protestantism. 
 
PRO 
 
 PROTESTANT, s. [Fr.] in Ecclesiastical matters, one who 
 sides with those that at first protested ajcainst the errors of the 
 Church of Rome; one who dissents from Romanism. The name 
 was first given in Germany to those who adhered to the doctrine 
 of Luther, because in 1529 they protested against a decree of the 
 Emperor Charles V. 
 
 PROTESTANTISM, s. in Ecclesiastical affairs, the dogmas 
 held in general by those who have dissented from the Church of 
 Rome ; the system opposed to Romanism. 
 
 PROTESTATION, s. [Fr.] a solemn declaration against any 
 fact, resolution, or opinion. 
 
 PROTE'STER, s. one who protests. 
 
 PROTEUS, in Ancient Mythology, one of the sea-gods, who 
 had the power of changing his appearance, so as to elude those 
 who sought to detain him to gain from him knowledge of the 
 future. 
 
 PROTHONOTARSHIP, s. the office or dignity of the princi- 
 pal register. 
 
 PROTHONO'TARY, s. [profonotaire, Fr.] the head register or 
 recorder of civil actions in the courts of Queen's Bench and 
 Common Pleas. 
 
 PROTOCOL, s. [protokol, Belg. protocols, Fr.] the original 
 copy of any writing. 
 
 PROTO'GENES, an ancient Greek painter, who received some 
 notice from Alexander the Great, and from Demetrius Poliorcetes. 
 It was he who painted the foam on a horse's mouth by dashing 
 the sponge he liad wiped his brushes on at the picture, in de- 
 spair. He flourished in 325 b. c. 
 
 PROTOMA'RTYR, s. [protos and martur, Gr.] the first 
 martyr. 
 
 PROTOPLAST, s. [profos and phsso, Gr.] something formed 
 first to serve as a model ; an original. 
 
 PROTOTYPE, s. Iprotos and tupos, Gr.] an original by which 
 any thing is formed ; archetype. 
 
 To PROTRA'CT, v. a. [pro and traho, Lat.] to draw out, 
 lengthen, or delay. 
 
 PROTRA'CTER, s. one who draws out any thing to a tedious 
 length. A mathematical instrument in the shape of a semicircle, 
 used in measuring angles. An instrument in surgery for ex- 
 tracting foreign substances out of wounds. 
 
 PROTRA'CTION, s. the act of drawing into length, or delay- 
 ing. In Surveying, laying down the dimensions of ground 
 surveyed. 
 
 PROTRA'CTIVE, a. dilatory; spinning to length. 
 
 PROTRE'PTICAL, a. [^jrotrepo, Gr.] hortatory; suasory. 
 
 To PROTRU'DE, v. a. [pro and trtulo, Lat.] to thrust or push 
 forwards. — v. n. to thrust itself forwards. 
 
 PROTRU'SION, (protr&zhon) s. the act of thrusting forward ; 
 a thrust, push. 
 
 PROTU'BERANCE, s. [protuhero, Lat.] something swelling 
 above the other parts ; prominence; tumor. 
 
 PROTU'BERANT, a. swelling beyond the other parts ; pro- 
 minent. 
 
 To PROTU'BERATE, v. a. to swell out beyond the other 
 parts. 
 
 PROUD, a. [/jrwrfe, or /»?•«<, Sax.] having too high an opinion 
 of one's own qualities, and too mean a one of those which be- 
 long to another; lofty, splendid, magnificent; disdaining base- 
 ness ; daring, presumptuous ; lofty of mien, or grand of person ; 
 ostentatious ; eager for the male, applied to brutes. — [pryde. 
 
 Sax.] fungous, applied to flesh. 
 PROUDLY, ad. ; 
 
 arrogantly ; ostentatiously^ 
 
 To PROVE, (proove) v. a. [jn-obo, Lat.] to confirm or show by 
 arguments or testimony ; to try, bring to the test, or experience. 
 — V. n. to be found bv experiment to succeed ; to make trial. 
 
 PROVE'DrrOR,"PROVE'ix>RE, «. [;jroierftfore, Ital.] one who 
 undertakes to procure supplies for an army. A name formerly 
 given to an oflicer, in Italy, who superintended matters relating 
 to policy. 
 
 PROVE'NCAL, a. the general name of the troubadours, or 
 trouveres, lyric poets, who sang almost wholly of love, and some- 
 times most licentiously, who flourished during the hey-day of 
 chivalry, in the 10th and following centuries. Arnauld de Mara- 
 vielia was one of the best and most famed Provencal bards. 
 
 PRO'VENDER, s. Iprovende, Fr. provande, Belg.] dry food for 
 cattle; hay and corn. 
 
 PRtyVERB, 8. Iproverbium, Lat.] a concise, witty speech, or 
 
 PRO 
 
 sentence, applied on particular occasions as a rule of life; an 
 adage ; a saw ; a by-word. 
 
 To PRO'VERB, V. a. to mention as a commonly received say- 
 ing or maxim. 
 
 PROVE'RBIAL, a. [Fr.] used as a proverb ; suitable to a pro- 
 verb ; comprised in a proverb. 
 
 PROVE'RBIALLY, ad. by way of proverb. 
 
 PRO'VERBS, THE BOOK OF, one of the books of the Old 
 Testament, written almost wholly in poetry, the whole of the 
 part especially attributed to Solomon being in couplets. Other 
 parts are ascribed to other writers, and some chapters at the be- 
 ginning contain a most magnificent description and eulogy of 
 Divine wisdom. The greater part of the book consists of the 
 record of Solomon's worldly and prudential wisdom, and are 
 manifestly the product of no common experience. But there are, 
 mingled with such proverbs, words relating to higher things, 
 and breathing a far nobler spirit. It is the book for young men. 
 
 To PROVl'DE, f. a. [pro and video, Lat.] to procure before- 
 hand ; to get ready ; to prepare ; to stipulate or make conditions. 
 To furnish or supply, with of or with before the thing. Used with 
 against, to take measures for counteracting or escaping any ill. 
 Used with /or, to take care of beforehand. Provided that, implies 
 on these terms or conditions. 
 
 PRO'VIDENCE, s. [Fr.] foresight displayed in taking mea- 
 sures beforehand ; frugality, founded on a regard to futurity. 
 The ceaseless exercise of God's wisdom, power, and love, by 
 which all things are preserved. 
 
 PRO'VIDENCE, the semi-canital of Rhode Island, United 
 States. It stands at the head of Narragansett bay, at the mouth 
 of Providence river, over which are two bridges. The older parts 
 of the city are not very regularly built ; the wharfs are very spa- 
 cious, and there are some very fine public buildings. It is a 
 place equally famous for commerce and manufactures, and it 
 communicates with the interior both by railroads and canals. 
 Brown University is a flourishing institution, and has a good 
 library. It is 396 miles from Washington. Pop. 23,17L There 
 are 9 other places which have the same name in the United 
 States. 
 
 PRO'VIDENT, a. cautious, forecasting, prudent, or taking 
 measures beforehand. 
 
 PROVIDE'NTIAL, ( provtdenshial) a. effected by, atld to be 
 referred to, the interposition of God. 
 
 PROVIDE'NTIALLY, ad. by the care of Providence. 
 
 PRO'VIDENTLY, ad. with foresight, prudence, or frugality, 
 founded on a regard to futurity. 
 
 PROVI'DER, s. he who provides or procures. 
 
 PRO'VINCE, s. [Fr. jn-ovincia, Lat.] an office or business pe- 
 culiar to a person; a region; a tract. In Geography, a division 
 of a kingdom or state, comprising several cities and' towns, &c., 
 all under the same government, and usually distinguished by 
 the extent either of the civil or ecclesiastical jurisdiction. 
 
 PROVI'NCIAL, (proi-inshial) a. [Fr.] belonging to a province; 
 foreign ; rude ; unpolished ; belonging only to an archbishop's 
 jurisdiction. 
 
 PROVI'NCIAL, ( provinshial) s. a spiritual governor. 
 
 PROVI'NCIALISM, s. a peculiar word, or a word used with a 
 peculiar meaning, not sanctioned by good usage in any country ; 
 but common in some district of it, and not known in other dis- 
 tricts. 
 
 To PROVI'NE, V. n. [provigner,Fr.} to lay a stock or branch of 
 a vine in the ground, to take root for more increase. 
 
 PROVISION, (provizfion) s. [pro and video, Lat.] the art 
 of procuring beforehand ; measures taken beforehand ; stock 
 collected ; victuals, food, or provender ; a term or condition. 
 
 PROVrSiONAL, (provizhonal) a. [provisionel, Fr.] provided 
 for temporary need. 
 
 PROVFSO, (provizo) s. [Lat.] a provisional caution, condition, 
 stipulation. 
 
 PROVOCATION, s. [proi-oco, Lat.] an act by which anger is 
 caused. In Law, an appeal to a judge. 
 
 PROVO'CATIVE, .1. any thing which excites to action. 
 
 PROVO'CATiVENESS, s. the quality of being provocative. 
 
 To PROVO'KE, V. a. to rouse, awake ; to excite by offence ; 
 to make angry, or offend ; to cause, promote, or excite ; to chal- 
 lenge; to move or induce. 
 
 PROVO'KER, «. one that raises anger ; causer ; promoter. 
 
 PROVO'KINGLY, ad. in such a manner as to raise anger. 
 4x 705 
 
PRU 
 
 PRO'VOST, s. [prevot, Fr.] the chief of any body or society ; 
 the executioner in an army. 
 
 PRO'VOSTSHIP, s. the office of a provost. 
 
 PROW, (_pr6) s. Iproue, Pr. proa. Span, prora, Lat.] the head 
 or fore part of a ship. 
 
 PROW'ESS.s. Iprouesse, Fr.] bravery; military courage. 
 
 To PROWL, V. a. to rove over. — v. n. to wander iu search of 
 prey ; to phinder. 
 
 PROW'LER, s. one that roves about for prey. 
 
 PRO'XIMATE, a. [proximus, Lat.] next in the series or order 
 of our ideas of reasoning ; near and immediate. 
 
 PRO'XIME, a. next ; immediate. 
 
 PROXPMITY, s. the state of being near ; nearness. 
 
 PRO'XY, «. [contracted from procumci/,} the agency of ano- 
 ther; the substitution of another instead of oneself; a person 
 substituted or deputed to act instead of another ; a vote given by 
 the agency of another in one's own absence. 
 
 PRUDE, s. [Fr.] a woman affectedly nice and modest. 
 
 PRU'DENCE, s. [Ft. prudentia, Lat.] the act of suiting words 
 and actions according to the circumstances of things, or rules of 
 expediency. 
 
 PRU'DENT, a. [Fr. prudens, Lat.] ordering actions or words 
 with a regard to their consequences alone. 
 
 PRUDE'NTIAL, (prudenshial) a. eligible on principles o< pru- 
 dence. 
 
 PRUDENTIA'LITY, {prudemUdlity) s. eligibility on princi- 
 ciples of prudence. 
 
 PRUDE'NTIALLY, ad. according to the rules of prudence. 
 
 PRUDE'NTIALS, (prudenshtak) s. maxims of prudence or 
 practical wisdom. 
 
 PRUDE'NTIUS, AURELIUS, a Roman Christian poet, a 
 native of Spain, and by profession a jurist. His works are not 
 without merit, though the old spirit had fled. He flourished in 
 the later part of the 4th and the beginning of the 5th centuries. 
 
 PRU'DENTLY, ad. in a discreet or judicious manner. 
 
 PRU'DERY, s. affectation of niceness or modesty. 
 
 PRU'DISH, a. affectedly grave or nice. 
 
 To PRUNE, V, a. to lop or free trees from their superfluous 
 branches ; to clear from any excrescence. 
 
 PRUNE, s. [Fr. prunum, Lat.] in Confectionery, a dried plum. 
 
 PRUNE'LLO,s. a kind of stuff woven with a mixture of silk 
 and worsted, of which clergymen's gowns are ma.de,— Iprunelle, 
 Fr.] in Horticulture, a kind of plum. 
 
 PRU'NER, s. one that crops trees. 
 
 PRUNl'FEROUS, a. [prunum and/ero, Lat.] producing plums. 
 
 PRU'NINGHOOK, Pru'ningknife, s. a hook or knife used in 
 cuttliijf off the superfluous branches of trees. 
 
 PRU'RIENCE, Phu'riency, s. {prurio, Lat.] an itching, im- 
 moderate desire or appetite to any thing. 
 
 PRU'RIENT,o. itching; pricking. 
 
 PRURI'GINOUS, a. tending to prurience. 
 
 PRU'SSIA, a great kingdom of Europe, lying on the Baltic, 
 and bounded by Russia, Austria, and various German states, 
 which also separate from it a large territory belonging to it, 
 called Rhenish Prussia, and bounded by France, Belgium, and 
 Holland. The area of both portions exceeds 100,000 square miles. 
 The Bohemian and other S. frontiers of the E. part are moun- 
 tainous, some points rising above 5000 feet in height. The 
 Rhenish provinces are also mountainous, but the highest peaks 
 are not above half the height of those of the E. division. The 
 Vistula, the Oder, the Elbe, and the Rhine, are its chief rivers. 
 Its mineral districts yield iron, lead, copper, sliver, &c., coals, 
 bullding-stone, marble, &c. Its plains are rich, and produce 
 great abundance of corn, wine, fruits, timber, cattle, sheep, &c. 
 &c. Game and wild beasts are not scarce ; and there are some 
 good fisheries. Its manufactures are chiefly for home consump- 
 tion. Its trade is extensive, and it exports its abundant agri- 
 cultural produce, receiving in return the superior manufactures 
 of other lands. Its army is a very remarkable institution. Great 
 outward results are boasted as the fruits of its compulsory state- 
 education. It was till very recently an absolute monarchy. 
 Berlin is its capital. Pop. about 14,000,000. One of the pro- 
 vinces of the kingdom is named Prussia, and lies next to Russia, 
 on the Baltic. Its surface is gently undulating, and it is water- 
 ed by the Vistula, and by many small lakes. It is almost wholly 
 agricultural, but has in it the three great trading towns of Dant- 
 zic, Konigsberg, and Elbing. Pop. about 1,250,000. 
 70G 
 
 PSA 
 
 PRU'SSIAN BLUE, ». in Painting, a very beautiful blue pig- 
 ment, named in Commerce and Chemistry, the ferridcyanide of 
 iron. 
 
 PRU'SSIATES, s. in Chemistry, salts formed by the com- 
 bination of any base with Prussic acid. 
 
 PRU'SSIC, a. properly called hydrocyanic acid; in Chemistry, 
 a deadly poison found in small quantities in the leaves and blos- 
 soms of stone-fruits; to the kernels of which, as to almonds, &c., 
 it imparts their peculiar, but agreeable flavour. Its antidotes are 
 ammonia and chlorine, but the last must be used cautiously. 
 
 To PRY, V, a. to peep narrowly ; to search or look curiously, 
 oflnciously, or impertinently ; used with into. 
 
 PRYNNE, WILLIAM, a lawyer, antiquary, and vehement 
 politician of the most troubled time of the I7th century. He 
 was educated at Oxford and Lincoln's Inn, where he made him- 
 self conspicuous by his stern and noisy Puritanism, proclaiming 
 by his books the unloveliness of love-locks, and other cavalier 
 abominations, and scourging all player-folk in his Histrio-Mas- 
 tix. This last brought him under the notice of the Star-chamber, 
 and he was brutally branded, &c. &c., as well as fined and im- 
 prisoned. During his incarceration, he was a second time sub- 
 jected to the cruelties of that infamous court. The Long Parlia- 
 ment freed him, and he was eventually returned as a member of 
 that august body. But after a while his zeal cooled, or rather 
 heated on the other side, and he had to receive several severe 
 monitions, and even an imprisonment, with a view to quiet him. 
 He was not subjected to any inconvenience at the Restoration ; 
 and after another quarrel, he died in 1609, aged 09- years. His 
 writings are very numerous, and quite unbearable ndw. 
 
 PSALM, {sam) s. \_psalmos, from ^satto, Gr.] a hymn or song on 
 some holy subject. 
 
 PSALMANA'ZAR, GEORGE, a singular character of the 
 former part of last century. A native of France, he professed 
 himself a Formosan, and published a history of thai island, for 
 which he invented a language. But after some years, he was 
 remarkable for sincere and unaffected piety, and subsisted by 
 literary labours. He died in 1753, aged 74 j'ears. 
 
 PSA'LMIST, (samist) s. [psalmiste, Fr.] a writer or composer 
 of holy songs. 
 
 PSA'LMODY, (samody) s. [psalmos and ode, Gr.] the act or 
 practice of singing psalms. 
 
 PSALMO'GRAPHY, (samdgrafy) s. [psalmos and grapho, Gr.] 
 the act of writing psalms. 
 
 PSALMS, {sums) s. the name of one of the books of the Old 
 Testament, which consists of a collection of sacred poems, writ- 
 ten by various persons, Moses, David, &c. &c. Some of them 
 were evidently intended to be used in public worship, and many 
 are plainly the expression of individual feelings alone. They are 
 the most excellent and valuable part of the Old Testament for the 
 cultivation of earnest devotion, since amongst them are compo- 
 sitions which express almost every shade of religious feeling, 
 from the profoundest gloom and despondency to the highest and 
 most exulting faith. Many of them are strongly tinctured with 
 the peculiarities of Judaism ; express doubts respecting man's 
 immortality ; breathe the most ferocious resentment, &c. ; but 
 there are many which evince the knowledge of the purest and 
 most spiritual religion, and anticipate the expressions of the 
 followers of Jesus. There are several which are properly called 
 Messianic psalms, and utter in clear prophecy the hopes which 
 were entertained amongst the Jews of the advent of the Christ 
 of God, such as the 2nd, the 72nd, the 110th, &c. Several are 
 written acrostically, each verse beginning with a letter of the 
 Hebrew alphabet, in order; and of these the most remarkable is 
 the 119th, which contains some of the most glowing declarations 
 of love and gratitude for the instructions afforded by God him- 
 self, by means of his statutes and commands. The titles of 
 the various psalms, ascribing them to certain writers, are by 
 no means to be relied upon, it being known that they were pre- 
 fixed long after the compilation was first made. The usual way 
 of regarding these beautiful hymns, as all peculiarly inspired and 
 specially relating to the Saviour and to the gospel. Is not only 
 incorrect, but also calculated to deprive readers of the best use 
 of them, by depriving them of their humanity, and Introducing 
 a vague, irreverent, and inconsistent mode of interpreting them, 
 in order to reduce them to harmony with the theory respecting 
 them. The more heartily they are read, the more simply they 
 are interpreted, by one who knows, or is seeking to know. 
 
PTO 
 
 spiritual truth, the greater and more genuine will be the ad- 
 vantage and delight of the study. Taken as a whole, not only 
 for their spirituality and devotion, but for their poetry also, they 
 will bear away the palm from any similar collection, holding a 
 like place in the affections and the worship of any people. Those 
 which approach most nearly to them, have derived from them 
 the best part of their light and beauty. They have always been 
 largely used in Christian worship, and very many metrical trans- 
 lations of them exist in our country, the most faithful of which 
 in spirit are unhappily most lacking in poetry. 
 
 PSA'LTER, (lai'dter) s. [psaltere, Sa.x. psaiterkm, Gr.] a psalm- 
 book. 
 
 PSA'LTERY, {sai'dtery) s. a kind of harp or dalcimer played 
 on with sticks. 
 
 PSEU'DO, s. Ipseruhs, Gr.] a prefix to words, which signifies 
 false, as pseudo-prophet, pseudo-patriot, a false prophet, &c. 
 
 PSEUDO'GRAPHY, (seudografy) s. [pseudos and ffrapho, Gr.] 
 false writing. 
 
 PSEUDO'LOGY, s. [pseudos and lego, Gr.] false speaking. 
 
 PSHAW, inteij. used as an expression of contempt and dis- 
 regard. 
 
 PSKOF, called by foreigners Pleskof, a government and a 
 large town of Russia. The government is bounded by those of 
 St. Petersburg, Novogorod,Tver, Smolensk, Vitepsk,and Livo- 
 nia. It is a flat district, watered by many small rivers, most of 
 which feed the Dwina. Agriculture is its great source of 
 wealth ; and its produce in corn, &c. is abundant. Timber also 
 is plentiful and valuable here. The town, which is the capital, 
 is seated on the river Velika or Velakia, and has some fine build- 
 ings, and a few valuable manufactures. It is 150 miles from 
 Petersburg. Pop. about 15,000. Lat. 57. 58. N. Long. 27. 52. 
 E. Pop. of government, about 1 ,000,000. 
 
 PSY'CHE, (Sykee) in Ancient Mythology, the wife of Eros, or 
 Cupid, who after painful wanderings, because of her disobedience 
 to his injunctions, was received by Zeus amongst the gods. Her 
 story is told very beautifully by Apuleius, and is looked upon as 
 a philosopheme, representing the purification of the human 
 spirit. 
 
 PSY'LLI, the name given to those persons of Egypt, who 
 from earliest times have practised the art of charming serpents, 
 and who pretended to be able to sustain the bite of those whose 
 poison was deadly, without injury. 
 
 PTA'RMIGAN, s. in Ornithology, a bird allied to the grouse 
 and partridge, found in the mountainous parts of Scotland. In 
 winter, the whole plumage, except a few feathers on the breast, 
 are white. 
 
 PTERODA'CTYLUS.s. [pte,-onvinddactulos,Gr.'\ in Paleonto- 
 logy, a kind of reptile, which had one of the fingers of its fore 
 extremities prodigiously elongated, and furnished (as the whole 
 of the characteristic peculiarities of the animal show) with 
 wings; so that it could make its way on the ground, in the 
 water, and through the air. Its remains are found in the lias 
 beds, and others of the oolitic series ; and there are several well- 
 marked species. 
 
 PTI'SAN, (tisan) s. {ptissanne, Fr. ptisane, Gr.] a medical 
 drink made of barley boiled with liquorice, raisins, &c. 
 
 PTOLEMA'IC, a. in Astronomy, the name given to that 
 system or theory of the motions of the heavenly bodies, which 
 originated with Hipparchus, and was perfected by Claudius 
 Ptolemaeus. In it the earth is represented as the central body, 
 at rest; and all the others, including the star? themselves, are 
 borne round it by orbs, or deferents, or the primum mobile. In 
 order to account for some palpable discrepancies between the 
 theory of circular orbits and astronomical facts, it was supposed 
 that the cycle, or deferent, did not immediately carry the planet, 
 but that it carried a smaller circle, called an epicycle, which 
 bore the planet, and that the combined motions of these pro- 
 duced the phenomena observed. This Ptolemaic system is one 
 of the most astonishing products of that misapprehension of 
 the Baconian philosophy, which reasons from phenomena, with- 
 out the assumption of any initiative, or appropriate idea. The 
 contrast of it, and the principle of its construction, with the solar 
 svstem which originated with Copernicus, and was proved by 
 Newton, will, better than any other instance, show what is a 
 genuine inductive process, such as Bacon conceived it. 
 
 PTOLEMY, or ProLEMAi'us, the name of a celebrated dy- 
 nasty of GrsBco-Egyptian kings, under whom that country be- 
 
 PUC 
 
 came famous as the centre of trade and science, beyond all the 
 renown of its ancient glory; and under the latter reigns, also, 
 subject to the power of Rome, then at the height of its empire. 
 The Ptolemies ruled over Egypt and its dependencies from 323 
 to 30 B. c. Ptolemy I., surnamed Soter, was one of the most 
 eminent of the generals of Alexander the Great, and received 
 Egypt as his share of the Macedonian conquests. Although he 
 was involved in the contests which prevailed so long amongst the 
 other rulers of the Greek empire, he confined himself almost ex- 
 clusively to the preservation of his own throne; yet he gained 
 the S. part of Syria, Cyprus, Libya, and Cyrene,'in addition to 
 his first kingdom. He repelled the attacks of Perdiccas and 
 Antigonus, and laid the foundation of this second period of 
 Egypt's greatness. Alexandria was his capital ; and he adorned 
 it with its most famous buildings, and laid the foundation of its 
 most splendid institutions. Learned men gathered together in 
 his Museum ; and all religions were allowed free exercise and 
 expression. He was himself an author ; and he greatly encour- 
 aged trade and commerce. He died in 284 b. c, having reigned 
 39 years. Ptolemy II., surnamed Philadelphus, followed in the 
 steps of his father ; having been engaged in only two wars; 
 and having devoted himself to the encouragement of learning 
 and science, and the establishment and extension of the com- 
 merce of the country. He began the celebrated Alexandrian 
 library; and promoted the Greek version of the Old Testament, 
 now known as the Septuagint. Intercourse by ambassadors was 
 opened with Rome under him ; and with him commenced those 
 marriages between the brothers and sisters of the royal family, 
 which form so prominent and revolting a feature in the history 
 of the later Ptolemies. He died in 24(j b. c, having reigned 38 
 years. Ptolemy III, surnamed Evergetes, who shared in the task 
 for the arts o( peace, which formed so distinguishing a feature 
 in the two preceding kings, added to it a taste for foreign con- 
 quest, and subjugated Asia and Arabia, as far as the borders of 
 Bactria and ^Ethiopia. He died in 221 b. c, after a reign of 25 
 years. The reigns and characters of the remaining kings of this 
 dynasty, were marked by all the debauchery, and infamy, and 
 feebleness, that show the harmful effect of excessive wealth to 
 such a country. It ended in Egypt's becoming a province of 
 Rome. 
 
 PTO'LEMY, or PtoleMjEUS, Claudius, a famous geographer 
 and astronomer of Alexandria ; who completed the system of 
 astronomy begun by Hipparchus, and now called the Ptolemaic 
 system, {which see,) and wrote on geography from personal travel 
 and observation. He wrote several works relating to astro- 
 nomy, and greatly advanced that science. He flourished in the 
 former part of the 2nd century A. D. 
 
 PTY^ALISM, {ty'alism) s. [ptuo, Gr.] a salivation ; effusion of 
 spittle. 
 
 PTY'SMAGOGUE, s. Iptics7na and ago, Gr.] a medicine which 
 discharges .spittle. 
 
 PU'BERTY, s. [puberte, Fr. pubertas, Lat.] the time of life 
 when the sexes attain maturity. 
 
 PUBE'SCENCE, s. [pubesco, Lat.] the state of arriving at 
 puberty. 
 
 PUBE'SCENT, a. [pubescens, Lat.] arriving at puberty. 
 
 PU'BLIC, a. [Fr. publicus, Lat.] belonging to a state or nation, 
 opposed to private ; open, notorious, or generally known ; re- 
 garding not private interest, but that of the community, ap- 
 plied to persons. Open for general entertainment, followed by 
 house. 
 
 PU'BLIC, s. the general body of a state, nation, or mankind ; 
 the people ; general notice. 
 
 PU'BI.ICAN, s. in Roman History, and the New Testament, 
 a toll-gatherer. At present, one who keeps a public-house. 
 
 PUBLICA'TION, s. the act of making generally known, or of 
 common use ; promulgation ; edition. 
 
 PU'BLICLY, ad. in the name of the community ; openly. 
 
 PU'BLICNESS, s. state of belonging to the community; 
 openness ; state of being generally known or public. 
 
 PUBLICSPPRITED, a. having regard to the general advan- 
 tage above private good. 
 
 To PU'BLISH, V. a. Ipublier, Fr.] to discover or make gener- 
 ally known ; to put forth a book. 
 
 PU'BLISHER, s. one who makes public or generally known ; 
 one who puts a book into the world. 
 
 PU'CELAGE, s. [Fr.] a state of virginity. 
 
 4x2 707 
 
PUG 
 
 PU'CERON, s. in Entomology, a kind of aphis that is found in 
 great swarms on trees and plants. 
 
 PUCK, s. in Northern and Teutonic Mythology, a mischievous 
 practical-joker belonging to the class of fairies. 
 
 To PU'CKER, v. a. to gather into corrugations ; to contract 
 into folds or plications. 
 
 PU'DDER, s. See Pother. 
 
 To PU'DDER, u. n. {see PoTHER,) to make a tumult or bustle. 
 — V. a. to perplex ; to confound. 
 
 PU'DDING, 8. Ijmdint/, Swed.] a kind of food boiled in a bag, 
 or stuffed in some parts of an animal, or baked. 
 
 PU'DDING-STONE, s. in Geology, the common name of a 
 solid kind of breccia or conglomerate, composed of small pebbles 
 interspersed in a kind of limestone. This name is irns* isnally 
 given to nodules of the rock, found in the transported beds of 
 the more modern formations. 
 
 PU'DDING-TIME, s. dinner-time, or time to begin iioner, 
 the pudding being formerly the first dish served up ; nick of 
 time; critical minute. 
 
 PU'DDLE, s. a dirty plash of mud and water. 
 
 To PU'DDLE, V. a. to make muddy. 
 
 PU'DDOCK, Pu'rrock, s. [for 2"iddock or parrock,} a provin- 
 cial word for a small enclosure. 
 
 PU'DENCY, s. [pudens, Lat.] modesty ; shamefacedness. 
 
 PUDI'CITY, s. \_pudet, Lat.] modesty ; chastity. 
 
 PUDPCIOUS, (pudishiom) a. chaste; modest. 
 
 PUDU, s. in Zoology, a very small species of sheep, a native 
 of the Andes, in S. America. 
 
 PU'ERILE, a. [Fr. from puer, Lat.] resembling or becoming a 
 boy or child; childish; boyish; silly; weak. 
 
 PUERPLITY, s. Ipuerilite, Fr.] boyishness ; childishness. 
 
 PUE'RPERAL, a. [ puer smd purio, Lat.] in Medicine, belong- 
 to childbirth, as puerperal fever. 
 
 PUE-^RTO RICO, commonly called Porto Rico, an island of the 
 W. Indies, lying immediately to the E. of St. Domingo, or Hayti. 
 It is about 85 miles long, and 30 broad. It has some high 
 mountains, somejpoints being about 3000 feet in elevation. The 
 lower parts are fertile; and the island produces sugar, coffee, 
 cotton, &C.&C. St. Juan is the chief place. Pop. about 400,000, 
 of whom about 50,000 are slaves. This island belongs to Spain. 
 
 PUFF, s. Ipof, Belg.j a quick blast of breath ; a small blast 
 of wind; a mushroom; any thing light, porous, and swelled 
 with wind; a small light tart; an instrument used to powder 
 hair with ; any hyperbolical or exaggerated commendation. 
 
 To PUFF, V. n. [boffen, Belg.] to swell the cheeks with included 
 breath ; to blow with a quick blast; to blow with scornfulness ; 
 to breathe thick and hard; to commend to excess, or without 
 reason.— r. a. to inflate or make swell as with the wind ; to drive 
 with a blast of breath scornfully ; to raise the price of goods by 
 unfair praise ; to swell with pride. 
 
 PU'FFER, s. one that puffs. 
 
 PU'FFBALL, s. in Botany, a sort of roundish fungus, opening 
 at the top, and full of powdery impalpable seeds. 
 
 PU'FFENDORF, SAMUEL, BARON VON, an eminent Ger- 
 man historian and jurist. He studied at Leipsic and Jena ; was 
 first employed as a private tutor in a situation which took him 
 to Denmark, where he was imprisoned, and subsequently was 
 professor of international law at Heidelberg, and then at Lun- 
 den in Sweden. In the latter part of his life he visited Berlin 
 for a short time, and was finally raised to the post of royal his- 
 torian of Sweden. He died in 1G94, aged 62 years. His great 
 work is that On the Law of Nature and of Nations; he also wrote 
 a treatise On the Political Condition of Germany, which was the 
 reason for his going to Sweden, a History of Sweden, a Life of 
 Frederic III. ofBrandenbury, &c. ^c, and compiled the Elements 
 of Jurisprudence. The chief excellence of Puffendorf's work, is 
 its lucid arrangement and style, but he is not an original writer, 
 having been indebted to the great Grotius for most of his know- 
 ledge on this profoundly momentous subject. 
 
 PU'FFIN, s. in Natural History, a water-fowl allied to the 
 auks ; a kind of fish ; a fungus filled with dust. 
 
 PU'FFY, a. windy ; flatulent; tumid, turgid, applied to style. 
 PUG, s. Ipiga, Sax.] a name given to a monkey, or any pet 
 animal. Also a sort of Dutch dog. 
 
 PUGET, PIERRE, the celebrated French painter, sculptor, 
 and architect. He studied in Italy, and afterwards more than 
 once revisited that home of art, on various missions, and resided 
 
 PU L 
 
 for a time at Genoa. His gfreat talents recommended him to the 
 notice of Colbert, who obtained for him the patronage of Louis 
 XIV. He died in 1694, aged 72 years. His greatest works of 
 art are the Milo, and the Andromeda, which are at Versailles. 
 As a painter and architect, he does not seem to have been so 
 eminent, except in marine architecture, an art he was trained to 
 by his father. 
 
 PUGH, {puh) interj. a word used to express contempt. 
 
 PU'GIL, s. [pugille, Fr.] what may be taken up between the 
 thumb and the two fore-fingers. 
 
 PUGNA'CIOUS, (pugndshious) a. [pugno, Lat.] fond of fight- 
 ing ; quarrelsome. 
 
 PUGNA'CITY, s. quarrelsomeness; inclination to fight. 
 
 i U'lSNE, (puny) a. [Fr.] young ; petty ; inconsiderable ; 
 small. 
 
 PUPSSANCE, s. [Fr.] power ; strength ; force. 
 
 PUFSSANT, a. [Fr.] powerful; mighty; strong; forcible. 
 
 PUKE, s. the act of vomiting. 
 
 To PUKE, v. n. to vomit ; to spew. 
 
 PU'KER, s. a medicine causing a vomit. These words are 
 not sanctioned by good usage. 
 
 PU'LCHRITUDE, {piUkritude) s. [pulcher, Lat.] handsome- 
 ness, grace, comeliness ; the reverse of deformity. 
 
 PU'LCI, LUIGI, one of the great poets of Italy, or rather of 
 Florence, in the days of Lorenzo the Magnificent. He was of 
 noble origin, and was highly connected, but he gained still wor- 
 thier honours by his genius and wit, although his writings bear 
 strong marks of the half heathen spirit of his age. He died in about 
 1487, aged about 55 years. His great poem is eutitted Morgantc 
 Maygiore,aQd is a tale of old chivalrous heroes and adventurers; 
 the style of which is excellent, but the matter by turns vulgar 
 and insipid, burlesque and serious, and at times even religious. 
 The most remarkable passage in it is a guess or allusion to the 
 American continent, which Europe certainly did not know of 
 at the time. 
 
 To PULE, V. n. [piauler, Fr.] to cry like a chicken ; to cry or 
 whimper like a child. 
 
 PU'LICOSE, a. Ipulicosus, Lat.] abounding with fleas. 
 
 PU'LING, a. [piauler, Fr.] sickly; weakly; crazy. 
 
 To PULL, V. a. [pullian. Sax.] to draw towards one with con- 
 tinual violence ; to draw forcibly ; to pluck or gather, applied to 
 fruits ; to tear, to rend ; to draw out the entrails of a fowl. Used 
 with down, to subvert, ruin, or demolish ; to degrade. Used 
 with up, to eradicate ; to extirpate. 
 
 PULL, s. the act of pulling ; pluck ; contest. 
 
 PU'LLEN, s. [pulain, old Fr.] poultry. 
 
 PU'LLER, «. one that pulls. 
 
 PU'LLET, s. [potdet, Fr.] a young hen. 
 
 PU'LLEY, s. [poulie, Fr.] in Mechanics, a little wheel, with a 
 channel round its edge, and turning round on a pivot. It is 
 usually classed amongst the mechanical pou-ers ; and when several 
 are employed in combination, the increase of power that is ob- 
 tained is very great. 
 
 To PU'LLULATE, v. n. [ptdlulo, Lat.] to germinate, bud, 
 spring, or sprout. 
 
 PU'LMONARY, Pulmo'nic, a. [pulmo, Lat.J belonging to the 
 lungs. 
 
 PU'LMONARY, s. [puhnonaire, Fr.] in Botany, the herb lung- 
 wort. 
 
 PULP, 8. [pulpa, Lat. pulpe, Fr.] any soft mass; the soft or 
 fleshy part of fruit. 
 
 PU'LPIT, s. Ipulpitum, Lat.] used now almost exclusively for 
 the raised desk or box from which sermons are delivered in 
 places of worship. 
 
 PU'LPOUS, a. [from ;>Wj3,] soft ; pappy. 
 
 PU'LPOUSNESS, s. the qualitv of being pulpous. 
 
 PU'LPY,a. soft; pappy. 
 
 PULSA'TION, s. [pulso, Lat.] the act of beating or moving 
 with quick strokes against any thing opposing. 
 
 PU LSA'TOR, s. a striker ; a beater. 
 
 PULSE, s. the beating or throbbing of the heart and arteries ; 
 alternate expansion and contraction ; oscillation ; vibration ; 
 leguminous plants. To feel one's pulse implies, figuratively, to 
 try to know one's mind. 
 
 To PULSE, f. n. to beat like the pulse. 
 
 PU'LSION, (pilshon) s. [pulsm, from pello, Lat.] the act of 
 forcing or driving forward. 
 
PUN 
 
 PU'LTENEY, WILLIAM, EARL OF BATH, one of the lead- 
 ing characters of the English parliament in the earlier part of 
 the last century. He studied at Oxford ; and on his return from 
 his continental tour, entered the House of Commons. He was, 
 at first, a Whig, and friend of Walpole, and became, under 
 George I., one of the ministry. Afterwards he became a sort of 
 leader of the opposition, and was a most relentless antagonist of 
 bis former friend. He even leagued with Bolingbroke in pub- 
 lishing a paper, called the Craftsman, to annoy him. Having 
 at length accomplished his purpose, and obtained, in name, the 
 seat of power so long held by Walpole, he lost much of his popu- 
 larity; and when he soon after became Earl of Bath, the people 
 saw that all his parliamentary eloquence respecting their rights, 
 &c. had been a sham, and he lost their favour forever. He died 
 in 1764, aged 82 years. The class-books of schools have made 
 some of the best specimens of his speeches familiar, and little 
 more needs be known of them. 
 
 PU'LVERABLE, a. [pulvis, Lat.] capable of being reduced to 
 dust. 
 
 PULVERIZA'TION, s. the act of reducing to powder. 
 
 To PU'LVERIZE, V. a. [pulveriser, Fr.] to reduce to dust or 
 powder. 
 
 PU'LVERULENCE, s. [pukis, Lat.] dustiness; abundance 
 of dust. 
 
 PU'LVIL, s. [pulvilluni, Lat.] sweet scents or odours. 
 
 To PU'LVIL, V. a. to sprinkle with perfumes in powder. 
 
 PU'MA, s. in Zoology, a large animal of the cat tribe, which 
 has been called the American lion. It is very fierce and raven- 
 ous, but preys principally upon cattle and deer, and seldom at- 
 tacks man. 
 
 PU'MICE, s. Ipmncx, Lat.] in Mineralogy, the scoriae or light 
 cinder that is thrown out of volcanoes during eruption. It is 
 vitreous, and very porous, and is used in cabinet-making, &c. 
 to smooth the surface of work. 
 
 PU'MMEL, s. See Pommel. 
 
 PUMP, s. [pompe, Belg. and Fr.] a machine formed on the 
 principle of a .syringe, by which water is drawn up from wells. Sec; 
 a shoe with a thin sole and low heel. 
 
 To PUMP, ^■. n. [pumpen, Belg.] to work a pump; to throw 
 out or draw up water by a pump.— r. a. to examine a person by 
 artful interrogatories, so as to draw out some secret from him. 
 
 PU'MPER, s. the person or instrument that pumps. 
 
 PU'MPKIN, s. in Botany, the fruit of the gourd. 
 
 PUN, s. a quibble or equivocation arising from the use of a 
 word which has two different meanings, or of two words nearly 
 alike. 
 
 To PUN, V. n. to quibble, or to use a word in different meanings. 
 
 To PUNCH, V. a. [poin^onner, Fr.] to make a hole by driving 
 a pointed instrument; to strike with the fist. 
 
 PUNCH, s. a pointed instrument driven by a blow to make holes; 
 a liquor made of rum or brandy, oranges or lemons, water and su- 
 gar ; a strong, but small, stout-built horse, much bred and used in 
 
 Suffolk; a short fat person. — [polichmelk,¥r.'] a puppet, of great 
 antiquity, and highly popular in most countries of Europe, and 
 even in China, (under the name of Ptintze,) the performance with 
 
 which varies much in different places, and in the hands of dif 
 ferent parties, the fun of which is allowed to compensate for the 
 worse than indifferent morality, which is the invariable charac- 
 teristic of this gentleman. His name has been lately associated 
 in England, by means of a weekly paper, with political and 
 social satire of a high order, and tolerably strict right-minded- 
 ness. 
 
 PU'NCHEON, s. [poinyn, Fr.] an instrument driven to make 
 a hole or impression ; a liquid measure containing 84 gallons. 
 
 PU'NCHLR, s. an instrument that makes a hole or impres- 
 sion, when driven by a hammer, &c. 
 
 PUNCTI'LIO, s. [Ital.] a small nicety of behaviour; a nice 
 point of exactness. 
 
 PUNCTI'LIOUS, a. nice; exact; too nice in trivial parts of 
 breeding. 
 
 PU'NCTO, s. \j)uncto, Span.] a nice point of ceremony ; the 
 point in fencing. 
 
 PU'NCTUAL, a. Iponctuel, Fr.] comprised or consisting in a 
 point; exact; nice; punctilious. 
 
 PUNCTUA'LITY, s. nicety; scrupulous exactness. 
 
 PU'NCTUALLY, arf. nicely ; exactly; scrupulously. 
 
 PU'NCTUALNESS, «. exactness ; nicety. 
 
 PUR 
 
 PUNCTUA'TION, s. Ipujictum, Lat.] the act of setting the 
 stops or proper pauses to sentences. 
 
 To PU'NCTULATE, v. n. {punctulum, Lat.] to mark with 
 small spots. 
 
 PU'NCTURE, s. [punctus, from pungo, Lat.] a hole made with 
 a sharp-pointed instrument. 
 
 PU'NDLE, s. a short and fat woman. 
 
 PU'NGAR, s. [pasurus, Lat.] in Natural History, a kind offish. 
 
 PU'NGENCY, s. the power of pricking or causing a sensation 
 of sharpness on the tongue ; the power of affecting the mind. 
 
 PU'NGENT, a. [pungens, Lat.] pricking ; affecting the tongue 
 with a sensation of sharpness or acridness. 
 
 PU'NIC, a. [from Punicus, Lat.] belonging to, or relating to 
 Carthage. Punic faith, was a Roman proverb for faithlessness, 
 and which, in strict justice, ought to have been Roman faith, in- 
 stead. Punic wars, were those long and costly campaigns with 
 Hannibal and with the Carthaginian states, carried on in Italy, 
 Spain, and Africa. 
 
 PU'NICE, s. Ipunaise, Fr.] in Entomology, a bug; a wall- 
 louse. 
 
 PUNI'CEOUS, {punisheous) a. [puniceus, Lat.] purple. 
 
 PU'NINESS, s. pettiness ; smallness. 
 
 To PU'NISH, V. a. [punio, Lat.] to chastise ; to afflict with 
 penalties or death, for the commission of some crime. 
 
 PU'NISHABLE, a. [punissable, Fr.] worthy of punishment ; 
 capable of punishment. 
 
 PU'NISHABLENESS, s. the quality of deserving or admitting 
 punishment. 
 
 PU'NISHER, s. one who inflicts pains for a crime. 
 
 PU'NISHMENT, s. [punissement, Fr.] any penalty inflicted on 
 account of the violation of some law ; whether from resent- 
 ment, or for the repression of the like conduct in society, or for 
 the benefit and correction of the offender. 
 
 PU'NITIVE, a. [putiio, Lat.] inflicting pain or punishment 
 for the violation of some law. 
 
 PU'NlTORY,n. punishing ; tending to punishment. Punitory 
 interest, in Civil La w, is such interest of money as is due for delay 
 of payment or breach of promise, &c. 
 
 PU'NSTER, s. [from pun,] a quibbler ; a maker of puns. 
 
 PUNT, s. a small, square, shallow boat, used on meres or la- 
 gunes, for the purpose of shooting wild-fowls. 
 
 PU'NY, a. [puisne, Fr.] young; inferior ; petty. 
 
 PU'NY, s. a person young and unexperienced ; a novice. 
 
 To PUP, V, n. to bring forth whelps or puppies. 
 
 PU'PA, s. [Lat.] in Entomology, the scientific name of the 
 second stage of development in insects, called in the case of 
 moths, butterflies, and such insects, ihe chrysalis. 
 
 PU'PIL, «. [pupilla, Lat.] the circular or longitudinal opening 
 in the forepart of the eye in men and animals, through which 
 the rays of light are admitted, which produce vision. — [pupiUus, 
 Lat.] a scholar, or one under the care of a tutor; a ward; one 
 under the care of a guardian. 
 
 PU'PILAGE, s. the state of a scholar or ward. 
 
 PU'PILARY, o. pertaining to a pupil or ward. 
 
 PU'PPET, s. [poupee, Fr.] a small image moved by springs, 
 and imitating the gestures of an actor; a person entirely under 
 the direction of another. 
 
 PU'PPET-SHOW, «. a play performed by wooden images 
 moved by wires. 
 
 PU'PPY, s. [poupee, Fr. from pupus, Lat.] a whelp, or 3'oung 
 dog; a name of contemptuous reproach, implying a person to be 
 unworthy the name of a man. 
 
 PU'RBECK LIMESTONE,*, in Geology, a compact, splintery 
 kind of rock, most frequently abounding in shells, evidently of 
 fresh water origin; and occurring most characteristically in the 
 isle of Purbeck, in Dorsetshire; where, in the Anglo-Norman 
 period, it used to be quarried, for making tombstones, columns, 
 and other church ornaments. It belongs to the Wealden 
 group. 
 
 PU'RBLIND, a. See Porebund. 
 
 PU'RCELL, HENRY, the great English composer, and or- 
 
 fanist of Westminster Abbey and the Chapel-royal. He died in 
 095, aged 37 years; and was buried in Westminster Abbey. 
 His works are very numerous, and are of almost every kind of 
 composition: anthems, and other church music; operas, and 
 other dramatic music; cantatas, glees, songs, &c. &c. ; the present 
 warm admiration and earnest study of which, are the best cri- 
 
 , 709 
 
PUR 
 
 ticism upon. It is indeed a hopeful sign for music in England, 
 that though she has not a Purcell now, she has those who can 
 recognise his true genius, from the showy pretence of lately ad- 
 mired and popular composers. 
 
 PU'RCHAS, SAMUEL, an English divine and writer of the 
 17th century. His Pilgrimase, and Pilgrims, are works on geo- 
 graphy, and geographical discovery, with accounts of the reli- 
 gions, manners, customs, &c. of the different countries. He 
 published several other books, but these are the most famous. 
 He died in 1628, aged 51 years. 
 
 PURCHASABLE, a. that may be purchased or bought. 
 
 ToPU'RCHASE, v. a. Ipurchasser, Fr.] to buy for a price; 
 to obtain at any expense. In sea language, to draw in. 
 
 PU'RCHASE, s. [jMurchas, old Fr.] anything bought or ob- 
 tained for a price ; any thing of which possession is taken any 
 other way than by inheritance. Also, in machines, power gain- 
 ed by means of a good fulcrum. 
 
 PU'RCHASER, s. a buyer ; one that gains any thing for a 
 price. 
 
 PURE, a. [purits, Lat. pur, Fr.] unsullied ; clear, unaltered by 
 any mixtures; not connected with any thing extrinsic ; void of 
 guilt, or sin ; not vitiated, applied to speech ; mere ; chaste ; 
 ritually clean. 
 
 PU'RELY, ad. in a pure manner ; innocently ; merely. 
 
 PU'RENESS, s. the quality of being free from mixture, com- 
 position, guilt, or vitious modes of speech. 
 
 PU'RFILE, s. [pourjilee, Fr.] a kind of trimming for women's 
 gowns made of tinsel and thread ; called also bobbin-work. 
 
 To PU'RFLE, V. a. Ipour/iler, Fr.] to decorate with a wrought 
 or flowered border; to border with embroidery. 
 
 PU'RFLE, Pu'rflew.s. [powflee, Fr.] a border of embroidery. 
 
 PURGA'TION, s. Ipurgo, Lat.] the act of cleansing from bad 
 or vitious mixtures ; the cleansing the body by medicine ; the 
 act of clearing from the imputation of guilt. 
 
 PU'RGATIVE, a. [purgatif, Fr.] having the power of cleans- 
 ing the body, or cathartic. 
 
 PU'RGATORY, 8. Ipurgatoire, Fr.] in Romanism, a part of 
 the unseen world, in which unrepented venial sin is punished, and 
 the soul purified from it, and fitted to enter heaven. Masses for 
 the dead, indulgences, and some like things in Romanism, refer 
 to this intermediate state. 
 
 To PURGE, V. a. [purger, Fr. purgo, Lat.] to cleanse or clear ; 
 to clear from guilt, or imputation of guilt ; to cleanse the body 
 by medicine ; to clarify from dregs or impurities, applied to 
 liquor. 
 
 PURGE, s. a medicine which cleanses the body by evacuations. 
 
 PU'RGER, s. one who clears away any thing that is noxious ; 
 a purge ; a cathartic. 
 
 PURIFICATION, s. [Fr. purus aiid facio, Lat.] the act of 
 making pure, or cleansing from foreign mixtures ; the act of 
 cleansing from guilt, or bodily impurities. 
 
 PU'RIFICATIVE, Pu'rificatory, a. having the power or 
 tendency to clear from impurities. 
 
 PU'RIFIER, s. a cleanser or refiner. 
 
 To PU'RIFY, V. a. [jmri/ier, Fr.] to cleanse from impurity, 
 filth, corruption, barbarousness, or improprieties. 
 
 PU'RIM, in the Hebrew calendar, a solemn feast held on the 
 fourteenth and fifteenth of March, in memory of their deliver- 
 ance from the conspiracy of Hamaii by Esther. 
 
 PU'RIST, s. [puriste, Fr.] one who is affectedly nice in the use 
 of words. 
 
 PU'RITAN, s. in Ecclesiastical History, the name by which 
 those who held by spiritual purity, rather than decent furmality, 
 in doctrine and worship, and by the pure or mere word of God, 
 rather than ecclesiastical tradition, in the first hundred years of 
 the histoiyof the Church of England, were distinguished. Pres- 
 byterians, Anabaptists, and Independents also bore this name, 
 which was, at the Restoration, superseded by that of Noncon- 
 formist, as that is, or ought to be, by Dissenter. 
 
 PURITA'NICAL, a. relating to, or resembling, Puritanism. 
 
 PU'RITANISM, s. the tenets of the Puritans. 
 
 PU'RITY, s. Ipurite, Fr. purus, Lat.] cleanness ; freeness from 
 dirt, foulness, guilt, unchasteness, or foreign mixtures. 
 
 PURL, s. an embroidered border ; a kind of warm malt liquor, 
 in which bitters are infused. 
 
 To PURL, t: n. to murmur or flow with a gentle noise. — v. a. 
 to adorn the edges with fringes or embroidery. 
 
 PUR 
 
 PU'RLIEU, (purlew) s. the borders of a forest; a border or 
 enclosure; a neighbourhood, or close vicinity. 
 
 PU'RLINS, s. in Architecture, those pieces of timber that lie 
 across the rafters on the inside, to keep them from sinking in 
 the middle of their length. 
 
 To PURLOFN, V. a. to steal, or take away the property of 
 another privately. 
 
 PURLOl'NER, s. one that takes away the property of another 
 privately. 
 
 PU'RPARTY, s. Ipour smd parti, Fr.] share; part in division. 
 
 PU'RPLE, a. Ipurpureus, Lat,] red tinctured with blue. In 
 Poetry, red, or any other rich and dark colour. 
 
 PU'RPLE, «. the purple colour; a purple dress. 
 
 To PU'RPLE, V. a. [purpur, Lat.] to make purple or dark red. 
 
 PU'RPLES, s. in Medicine, spots of a livid red colour, which 
 break out in malignant fevers; a kind of fever. 
 
 PU'RPLISH, a. somewhat purple. 
 
 PU'RPORT, s. [pourporte, Fr.] the design, effect, or tendency 
 of a discourse or writing. 
 
 To PU'RPORT, V. a. to show ; to intend. 
 
 PU'RPOSE, s. Ipropositum, from propono, Lat. propos, Fr.] in- 
 tention or design ; effect ; consequence ; example ; suitableness 
 to the end intended. 
 
 To PU'RPOSE, V. a. to intend, design, or resolve.— c. n. to 
 have an intention ; to have a design. 
 
 PU'RPOSELY, ad. with intention or design. 
 
 PU'RPRISE, ( purprize) s. [pourpris, old Fr.] a close or en- 
 closure ; also the whole compass of a manor. 
 
 To PURR, V. n. to murmur like a cat when pleased. 
 
 PURSE, s. [jncrs, Brit.] a bag in which money is kept. 
 
 To PURSE, V. a. to put into a purse ; to gather up like the 
 mouth of a purse. 
 
 PU'RSENET, s. a net of which the mouth is drawn together 
 by a string. 
 
 PU'RSEPROUD, s. haughty on account of wealth. 
 
 PU'RSER, s. in a king's ship, is an officer who has the charge 
 of the victuals, and takes care they are good, well laid up, and 
 stored. He keeps a list of the ship's company, and sets down 
 exactly the days of each man's admittance to pay. 
 
 PU'RSINESS, Pu'rsiveness, s. shortness of breath. 
 
 PU'RSLAIN, s. [portulaca, Lat.] in Botany, a plant found in 
 marshes and shallow stagnant waters, and flowering in Septem- 
 ber. The sea-puislain is a shrub found on the sea-snore. Cows, 
 sheen, and goats eat it. 
 
 PURSU'ABLE, a. fit to be pursued. 
 
 PURSU'ANCE, s. the prosecution, process, or continuation 
 of an attempt. 
 
 PURSU'ANT, a. done in consequence of any thing. 
 
 To PURSU'E, V. a. [poursuivre, Fr.] to chase or follow as an 
 enemy in order to seize; to continue an attempt; to follow as 
 an example ; to endeavour to attain. — v. n. to go on, to proceed. 
 
 PURSU'ER, s. one who follows with a hostile intention. 
 
 PURSU'lT, {pursut) s. [pom-suite, Fr.] the act of following 
 with hostile intention to take; an endeavour to attain; a pro- 
 secution or continuation of a design. 
 
 PU'RSUIVANT, {pursivant) s. [Fr.] a state messenger; an 
 attendant on a herald. 
 
 PU'RSY, a. Ipoussif, Fr.] fat and short-breathed. 
 
 PU'RTENANCE, «. [appurtenance, Fr.] the lungs, &c. of an 
 animal. 
 
 PU'RVER, ANTHONY, one of those men who have, in spite 
 of obstacles, made themselves masters of rare and valuable 
 knowledge. He was a Quaker, and was no more than a shoe- 
 maker, or shepherd, at first; but by extraordinary application, 
 he gained a very considerable knowledge of Latin, Greek, and 
 Hebrew, and became a schoolmaster at Andover. He undertook 
 and actually accomplished a translation of the whole of the Sa- 
 cred Scriptures, from having seen some mistranslations in the 
 Authorized Version pointed out: and this work was printed. 
 He died in 1777, aged about 75 years. 
 
 To PURVEY', V. a. [pourvoir, Fr.] to provide with conveni- 
 ences ; to procure. — v. n. to buy in provisions. 
 
 PURVEY'ANCE, s. provisions; the act of procuring pro- 
 visions. 
 
 PURVEY'OR, s. one that procures victuals; a procurer. 
 
 PU'RVIEW, {purvew) s. [_ pourveu, Fr.] proviso; a providing 
 clause. 
 
PUT 
 
 PU'RULENCE, Pu'rulency, s. [purxilmtus, from }ms, Lat.] in 
 Medicine, the generation of pus in a wound. 
 
 PU'RULENT, a. in Medicine, abounding with pus. 
 
 PUS, s. [Lat.] the matter of a well-digested sore. 
 
 To PUSH, V. a. [pnusser, Fr.] to thrust, or drive by thrusting; 
 to press forward ; to enforce or drive to a conclusion ; to impor- 
 tune or tease. — v. n. to make a thrust, effort, or attack. 
 
 PUSH, s. a thrust ; an assault ; an impulse ; a forcible effort 
 or struggle ; exigence ; trial ; a sudden emergence.— [pusiula, 
 Lat.] in Medicine, a boil, or large pustule. 
 
 PU'SHER, s. one who pushes forward. 
 
 PU'SHING, a. enterprising ; vigorous. 
 
 PUSHPIN, s. a childish game, formerly, wherein pins are 
 pushed alternately. 
 
 PUSILLANI'MITY, «. [pusillanimite, Fr.] want of courage ; 
 meanness of spirit. 
 
 PUSILLA'NIMOUS, a. [pusillanime, Fr.] void of courage ; 
 raean-spirited, or narrow-minded. 
 
 PUSl LL A'NIMOUSNESS, s. meanness of spirit. 
 
 PUSS, s. the common appellation for a cat ; the sportsman's 
 name for a hare ; a ludicrous name for a woman. 
 
 PUSTULE,*, [pus, Lat.] a small swelling or tumour filled with 
 matter; a pimple; an efflorescence. 
 
 PU'SffULOUS, a. abounding in pustules or pimples. 
 
 To PUT, «. o. [^M«er, Dan.] to lay down or deposit ; to place 
 in any situation or condition ; to expose or apply to any thing; 
 to place, repose, or trust ; to use any action by which the state 
 or place of any thing is changed ; to cause or produce. To put 
 hy, to turn off, divert, or thrust aside. To put doicn, to baffle, 
 repress, crush, degrade, bring into disuse, confute, or commit 
 to writing. 3b /lui/wJ/t, to propose, extend, emit, or exert. 1\> 
 put in, to interpose, or drive to harbour. To put in practice, to use 
 or exercise. To put off, to pull off, or lay asside ; to delay or de- 
 feat by some artifice or excuse ; to pass off by fraud or deceit ; 
 to procrastinate ; to discard ; to obtrude by false appearances or 
 recommendations. To put on, or upon, lo impute or charge; to 
 forward or promote ; to impose or inflict ; to assume or take. To 
 put over, to refer. To put out, to place at interest ; to extinguish, 
 applied to light or sight; to shoot like a plant; to extend from 
 the body; to drive from or expel; to publish; to disconcert. 
 To ptttto, to kill by; to punish by; to assist with. To put to it, 
 to perplex, distress, or press hard. To put up, to pass by unre- 
 venged ; to expose to fate; to start; to hoard; to hide. — v. n. 
 to go or move ; to shoot or germinate. To put in, to enter a 
 haven; to offer a claim. To ^ui o/', to leave land. To put to sea, 
 implies to set sail, or begin one's course. To put up, to offer 
 oneself as a candidate ; to advance or bring oneself forward. To 
 put up with, implies to bear without resentment. Synon. Put 
 seems to have a general sense ; place, one more limited, meaning 
 to ou^ orderly and in a proper place. 
 
 PUT, s. an action or state of distress ; a clownish person ; an 
 old-fashioned game at cards. A put off, implies a shift or excuse. 
 
 PU'TAGE, ». [pulain, Fr.] in Law, a prostitution on the wo- 
 man's part. 
 
 PU'TANISM, 8. [putanisme, Fr.] the trade of a prostitute ; 
 whoredom. 
 
 PU'TATIVE, a. [putatif, Fr. from ]mto, Lat.] supposed ; re- 
 puted ; imaginary. 
 
 PU'TID, a. [puteo, Lat.] mean, low, or worthless. 
 
 PU'TLOGS, Pu'tlocks, s, short pieces of tinxber, about seven 
 feet long, used in building scaffolds, lying at right angles from 
 the wall, and serving to bear the boards on which the builders 
 stand. 
 
 PUTRE'DINOUS, a. [putresco, Lat.] stinking; rotten. 
 
 PUTREFA'CTION, s. [Fr.putris and facio, Lat.] the state or 
 act of growing rotten ; a kind of fermentation of the particles of 
 bodies, which changes their form of existence. 
 
 PUTREFA'CTIVE, a. making rotten. 
 
 To PUTREFY, v. a. to make rotten. — v. n. to grow rotten. 
 
 PUTRE'SCENCE, s. [putresco, Lat.] the state of rotting. 
 
 PUTRESCENT, a. [putrescem, Lat.] growing rotten. 
 
 PUTRID, a. [putridus, Lat.] rotten, corrupted. A putrid fever, 
 in Medicine, one of the most deadly and contagious of that class 
 of diseases. 
 
 PU'TRn>NESS, s. rottenness. 
 
 PUTTER, «. one that states, proposes, or places. Followed 
 by on, an inciter or instigator. 
 
 P Y R 
 
 PUTTINGSTONE, s. in some parts of Scotland, stones are 
 laid at the gates of great houses, which they call putting-stones, 
 for trials of strength. 
 
 PU'TTOCK, s. in Ornithology, a name of the buzzard. 
 
 PU'T'J'Y, s. a kind of powder on which glass is ground ; a 
 paste made of white lead, &c. and linseed oil, used by glaziers 
 to fasten glass in windows ; the powder of calcined tin is used 
 in polishing. 
 
 PUY, LE, thecapital of the department of Haute Loire, France. 
 It stands on the Borne, and has a cathedral, a museum with a 
 library, some hospitals, and other institutions relating to educa- 
 tion and benevolence; but is not a handsome town, although it 
 is finely situated. It has some trade, and is a great place for 
 lace-making, and some other less important manufactures. It is 
 about 290 miles from Paris. Pop. about 15,000. Lat. 45. 19. N. 
 Long. 4. 16. E. 
 
 PuY DE DdME, a department of France, surrounded by the 
 departments of Allier,Creuse, Correze,Cantal, Haute Loire, and 
 Rhone et Loire. It is about 70 miles by 60 in extent. The 
 mountains of A uvergne cross it lengthwise, and it is named after 
 one of the most remarkable elevations, the Puy-de-dome, which 
 is nearly 5000 feet high, but there are other heights which ex- 
 ceed 6000 feet. The Allier, the Cher, the Dordogne, and se- 
 veral other streams, but none of any great size, water it. It has 
 also several lakes. Iron, lead, coal, and alum, with several 
 other minerals, are found here. It yields also wheat, fruits, 
 wine, and abundance of cattle, &c. ; and furnishes, for va- 
 rious purposes, plenty of good timber. Its manufactures are 
 not extensive. Clermont-Ferrand is its capital. Pop. about 
 600,000. 
 
 To PU'ZZLE, V. a. [{or postle, from pose,] to perplex or confound 
 with difficulties; to make intricate ; to tease, embarrass. 
 
 PU'ZZLE, s. embarrassment; perplexity. 
 
 PU'ZZLER, «. one who puzzles. 
 
 PY'GARG, s. in Natural History, the name of a kind of eagle, 
 but applied in the Bible to the antelope, or goat. 
 
 PY'GMEAN, a. [from pygmy,] like a pigmy; belonging to a 
 pigmy. 
 
 PY'GMY, s. \pugme, Gr.] a person belonging to a nation in 
 Thrace, fabled to be only three spans high, and to have been 
 devoured by cranes ; a dwarf, or very short person. It is usually 
 spelt pigrny. 
 
 PYLO'RUS, s. [pule and ouros, Gr.] in Anatomy, the lower 
 orifice of the stomach. 
 
 PYM, JOHN, one of the great statesmen of the Long Parlia- 
 ment. He studied at Oxford, and was by profession a barrister. 
 He sat in several parliaments before that famous one, and dis- 
 tinguished himself as a zealous Puritan, and eloquent speaker. 
 His talent for business also led him to take part in some of the 
 most momentous proceedings of the Commons against the court, 
 as in the impeachment of Buckingham, and of Strafford, after- 
 wards, and in the celebrated Remonstrance, which provoked 
 Charles toviolatetheprivilegesof the House. He was.perbaps.the 
 most eminent man of his party, and certainly had more influence 
 than any other. When the war broke out, Pym was made lieu- 
 tenant of the ordnance for the Parliament, but died in about a 
 month afterwards, in 1643, aged 59 years. He has long been 
 held in esteem by constitutional writers, and his speeches have 
 not been without admirers. 
 
 PY'RAMID, s. [puramis, Gr.] in Geometry, a solid, standing 
 on a square or polygonical basis, and terminating at the top in a 
 point. T!ie pyramids of JSgypt are the most enormous buildings 
 known in the world. They are built on a square foundation, 
 and most usually present their sides to the cardinal points. The 
 most famous are constructed of huge masses of stone so arranged 
 that the outside looks like 4 immense flights of stairs, leading 
 to the small platform on the summit. A few, and those not the 
 largest, are built of Egyptian unburnt brick. They are very 
 numerous, both in Egypt and in Nubia, but most of them are 
 small. The 3 largest" are respectively 480, 450, and 340 feet 
 in height. Several of them have been opened, after many fruit- 
 less efforts, and Belzoni, and many other enterprising travellers 
 since, have penetrated into the interior. From their discoveries, 
 it is concluded that they were intended for the burial-places of 
 kings, but for which kings in particular can only be dimly con- 
 jectured. They are an abiding memorial of the ancient con- 
 dition of that wonderful country, and indicate the existence of 
 
 -711 
 
a despotic sovereign, and of most teeming abundance of all the 
 necessaries of life. 
 
 PYRA'MIDAL, Pyrami'dical, a. resembling, or having the 
 form of, a pyramid. 
 
 PYRAMI'DICALLY, ad. in the form of a pyramid. 
 
 PYRE, s. [pyra, Lat.] a pile to be burnt ; a funeral pile. 
 
 PYRENE'AN MOUNTAINS, or Pyrenee's, the chain of 
 mountains which divides France from Spain, and extends from 
 the Mediterranean to the Ocean, being about 212 miles in length. 
 They are in average breadth about 45 miles across ; and many 
 of the peaks exceed 10,000 feet, and some even 11,000 feet in 
 height. The rivers which spring from their sides, flow chiefly 
 into the Adour and the Garonne, on the N. side, and into the 
 Ebro on the S. There are several lakes embosomed in the 
 recesses of this chain. Iron, copper, lead, and silver also, are 
 found here, with buiiding-stone and marble. There are, also, 
 wide forests of valuable trees, which, beside timber, yield great 
 quantities of pitch and tar. Many wild animals yet remain 
 amongst them. Shepherds, hunters, miners, and smugglers live 
 here. There are many passes, of greater or less difliiculty, from 
 one country to the other. 
 
 Pyrenees, Basses, a department of France, bordering on 
 Spain, and lying on the Bay of Biscay, bounded by the depart- 
 ments of Landes, Gers, and Hautes Pyrenees. It is nearly 90 
 miles long, and about 50 broad. It is very mountainous on the 
 side next to Spain, and it includes several heights of the Pyre- 
 nean chain exceeding 8000 and 9000 feet. The Adour is its 
 principal river, and almost all its other rivers are tributaries of 
 the Adour. Iron, building-stone of various kinds, slate, &c. are 
 the most valuable treasures of its mountain region. The lower 
 part yields corn, fruits, wine and spirits, &c. Cattle and other 
 domestic animals are reared in great numbers. The forests, too, 
 are valuable. It has some manufactures. Its trade is pretty 
 good. Pau is the capital. Pop. about 500,000. 
 
 Pyrenees, Hautes, a department of France, lying on the 
 Spanish frontier, and bounded by the departments of Basses 
 Pyrenees, Gers, and Haute Garonne. It is in length 75 miles, 
 and about 50 in general breadth. The Pyrenees send out 
 branches through this department in all directions, and some of 
 the loftiest summits, exceeding 10,000 and 11,000 feet, are 
 within its boundaries. The Adour, the Garonne, and other small 
 streams, which unite with them afterwards, water it. It yields 
 iron and building-stone. There is also found here some good 
 marble. The pastures and vineyards are the chief sources of 
 agricultural wealth, but some corn, &c. is grown. In most of 
 the larger towns, some kinds of manufactures are carried on. 
 Tarbes Is the chief town. Pop. about 300,000. 
 
 Pyrenees Orientales, a department of France, lying on the 
 Mediterranean, and bordering on Spain, bounded by the depart- 
 ments of Arriege and Aude. Its length is about 70 miles, and 
 its average breadth about 15. It is exceedingly mountainous, 
 and has several peaks more than 9000 feet high. It is watered 
 by many small streams. Iron and excellent building-stone are 
 founds here. It yields corn, but not in great quantities; wine, 
 fruits, sheep, &c. and good timber. Manufactures of various 
 kinds are carried on, but not extensively. Perpignan is the 
 capital. Pop. about 200,000. 
 
 PY'RE'TICKS, s. lpuretos,Gr.] medicines which cure fevers. 
 
 PYRETO'LOGY, s. [puretos and logos, Gr.] a treatise on fevers. 
 
 PYRI'TES, s. [pur, Gr.] in Mineralogy, firestone ; a peculiar 
 variety of the ores of iron and copper. 
 
 PY'ROMANCY, s. [pur and manteia, Gr.] divination by fire. 
 
 PY'ROMETER, s. [pur and metreo, Gr.] in Natural Philosophy, 
 the name of several ingenious instruments, by which the in- 
 tensity of the heat of fires is measured. 
 
 PY'ROPHORI, s. in Chemistry, compound substances which 
 heat of themselves, and take fire on the admission of atmo- 
 spheric air. 
 
 PY'ROSOMA, s. in Natural History, a kind of marine infuso- 
 rial animal, which emits a phosphorescent light. 
 
 PYROTE'CHNICAL, (pyroUknikal) a. [pyrotechnique, Fr.] en- 
 gaged or skilled in fireworks. 
 
 PYROTE'CHNICS, Pyrote'chny, {pyrotikniks) s. [pur and 
 techne, Gr.] the art of making fireworks. 
 
 PY'RRHO, a Greek philosopher, who founded the sceptical 
 school. He accompanied Alexander the Great on his expedition, 
 and conversed with the Gymnosophists of India. After his re- 
 
 QU A 
 
 turn, he renounced the philosophy of Democrifus, and with it 
 all hope of solving philosophical questions. He was made high 
 priest of Elis, (his native town,) and this sufficiently attests tne 
 character of his life. His philosophy was the denial of the pos- 
 sibility of philosophy. He flourished at the end of the 4th cen- 
 tury and beginning of the 3rd b. c. 
 
 PY'RRHONISM, s. in Philosophy, scepticism, or universal 
 doubt. 
 
 PY'RRHUS, a king of Epirus,who, in the beginning of the 
 3rd century, at the request of the inhabitants of Tarentum, in- 
 vaded Italy and attacked the Roman state. After repeated vic- 
 tories, he was overcome at length ; — the Romans having forgot- 
 ten their terrors at the first sight of the Epirots' elephants. By 
 campaigns before this invasion, and after it, he gained posses- 
 sion of Macedonia, which, however, he did not long retain. But 
 at last, during the siege of Argos, he was killed by a tile thrown 
 from a window, in 272 b. c, after a reign of 40 years, in which 
 he had acted like a military adventurer, rather than like a 
 king. 
 
 PYTHA'GORAS, the great philosopher of Grecian Italy, and 
 the first aspirant after knowledge who bore that august name. 
 From his native Samos, he travelled to Egypt and the East, ga- 
 thering the best of all the lore that these lands could yield him, 
 but animating and vivifying all with his own genius. Return- 
 ing, he visited the great places of Greece, and finally established 
 himself at Croton in Italy. Here he prosecuted his studies, and 
 reduced his manifold cogitations to order ; and as an attempt to 
 realize his notions of what society should be, established a phi- 
 losophical brotherhood, which, for a while, supplanted the old 
 government of Croton, but ended in some sudden rising of the peo- 
 ple, in which the philosopher himself perished, in about 500 b. C. 
 Many years afterwards, when paganism and philosophy felt that 
 if they could not show a hero who might compare with the Pro- 
 phet of Nazareth, they could not endure; unable to ascribe to 
 any of the later sages the powers and the deeds which must be 
 found in such a one, Pythagoras was selected, and a mass of 
 legendary stories, original and adopted, were told of him, and at 
 last collected in a (so-called) Life of him, by Jamblichus. Hap- 
 pily for the name of the sage of Croton, no such fables were 
 needed to preserve for it the veneration of mankind ; his mathe- 
 matical knowledge, his beautiful, and now clearly-proved, sys- 
 tem of the universe; his spiritual philosophy, although veiled 
 under figures and emlDlems, which the ignorant mistook for ma- 
 gic ; were not wholly lost to the world, but found fitter and truer 
 embodiments than even the sage himself conceived, and pro- 
 duced thinkers, and writers, and teachers, from whom much of 
 the wisdom of the present day, even, has been learned. 
 
 PY'THIAN, a. the name of one of the Grecian national re- 
 ligious festivals, celebrated near Delphi, in honour of Apollo, 
 whose temple and oracle were there. A laurel crown was given 
 as the prize to the conquerors in the various games. 
 
 PYX, Py'xis, «. [Lat.] in the Roman Church, the box in which 
 the host or consecrated wafer is kept. In Anatomy, the aceta- 
 bulum, or hollow of the hip-bone. 
 
 QIS a consonant, the sixteenth letter of the English alphabet. 
 In the Gothic alphabet, it is in the form of an O, with a dot 
 in the middle. Though it had a place in the Saxon alphabet, 
 they generally substituted cw for it in spelling, as, cweUan, to 
 quell, or kill in that manner. The q is never used alone in Eng- 
 lish, but is always followed by u, as in quibble, qxuirrel, quiet, 
 quote, &c., and never ends any word. As a numeral, Q stands 
 for 500 ; and with a dash over it thus, q, for 500,000. Used as 
 an abbreviate, q stands for quantity, or quantum. Thus, among 
 physicians, q. jd. is quantum placet, as much as you please; and 
 q. s. quantum sufficit, i. e. as much as is necessary. — Q. E. D. 
 among mathematicians, is, quod erat demonstrandum, i. e. which 
 was to be demonstrated ; and Q. E. F. quod emtfaciendum, i. c. 
 which was to be done. Q. D. among grammarians, is quasi 
 dictum, i. e. as if it were said, or, as who should say. 
 
 QUAB, s. in Natural History, a sort offish. 
 
 To QUACK, I), n, [quacken, Belg.] to cry like a duck ; in this 
 sense it is often written quaake, to express the sound better. To 
 chatter loudly and boastingly. 
 
QUA 
 
 QUACK, s. a person who pretends to arts which he does not 
 understand, generally applied to ignorant pretenders in physic ; 
 a mere empiric. 
 
 QUA'CKERY, s. the practice of physic without knowledge 
 of the science of medicine. 
 
 QUA'CKSALVEfi, s. one who brags of medicines or salves ; a 
 mountebank; a medicaster; a charlatan. 
 
 QUA'DRA, s. [quadrans, Lat.] a word used in composition, 
 signifying four. 
 
 QUADRAGE'SIMA, s. [quadrafresimus, Lat.] in the Eccle- 
 siastical Calendar, is a denomination given to Lent from its con- 
 sisting of forty days. Hence, also, the first Sunday of Lent is 
 called Quadragesima Sunday, and the succeeding Sundays, Quin- 
 quagesima, Sexagesima, Septuagesima. 
 
 QUADRAGE'SIMAL, a. belonging to Lent ; used in Lent. 
 
 QUA'DRANGLE, s. [quatjwr and angulus, Lat.] a square ; a 
 figure with four right angles. 
 
 QUADRA'NGULAR, a. square ; having four right angles. 
 
 QUA'DRANT, s. [quadra7is, Lat.] the fourth part ; the quar- 
 ter; a quarter of a circle. In Astronomy, an instrument used in 
 taking the altitude of any heavenly body ; the largest of these 
 were fixed to a solid piece of masonry, called mural quadrants. 
 Iladley's quadrant is an instrument used, occasionally, instead of 
 the sextant {which see); but the sextant, at sea; and larger, and 
 completer, and more accurate instruments have almost banished 
 the quadrant (properly so called) from the observatory. 
 
 QUADRA'NTAL, a. included in the fourth part of a circle. 
 
 QUA'DRATE, a. [quadratus, Lat.] square, or having four 
 equal and parallel sides; divisible into four equal parts. — [qua- 
 drans, Lat.] suited ; applicable : used with to. 
 
 QUA'DRATE, s. a square or surface having four equal and 
 parallel sides. In Astrology, an aspect of the heavenly bodies, 
 in which they are distant 90 degrees from each other. 
 
 To QUA'DRATE, v. n. [quadro, Lat.] to suit, or be accommo- 
 dated ; followed by tcith. 
 
 QUADRA'TIC, a. square; belonging to a square. Quadratic 
 equations, in Algebra, are such as retain, on the unknown side, 
 the square of the root, or the number sought; and are of two 
 sorts; first, simple quadratics, where the square of the unknown 
 root is equal to the absolute number given; seco\\A\y , affected 
 quadratics, which are such as have, between the highest power 
 of the unknown number and the absolute number given, some 
 intermediate power of the unknown number. 
 
 QUA'DRATURE, s. [quadratura, Lat.] the act of squaring ; 
 the first and last quarters of the moon ; the state of being 
 square ; a quadrate ; a square. Quadrature of the circle, one of 
 the things which, as we are too wise to seek for the philosopher's 
 stone, we expend our folly on, in this enlightened age. It is 
 {Mke perpetual motion) a demonstrable impossibility. 
 
 QUADRE'NNIAL, a, [quatuor and annus, Lat.] containing 
 four years ; happening every fourth year. 
 
 QtJA'DRIBLE, a. that may be squared. 
 
 QUADRI'FID, a. [quatuor and Jindo, Lat.] cloven into four 
 parts. 
 
 QUADRILA'TERAL, a. [quatuor and latus, Lat.] having four 
 sides. 
 
 QUADRILATERALNESS, s. the property of having four 
 right-lined sides. 
 
 QUADRl'LLE, «. [Fr.] a game at cards; also a kind of 
 dance. 
 
 QUA'DRIN, s. [quadrinus, Lat.] a mite; a small piece of mo- 
 ney, in value about a farthing. 
 
 QUADRINO'MIAL, a. [quatuor and nomen, Lat.] consisting 
 of four denominations. 
 
 QUADRIPA'RTITE, a. [quatuor and pars, Lat.] having four 
 parts ; divided into four parts. 
 
 QUADRIPA'RTITELY, ad. in a quadripartite distribution. 
 
 QUADRIPARTI'TION, s. a division by four, or the taking the 
 fourth part of any quantity or number. 
 
 QUADRIPHY'LLOUS, a. [quatuor, Lat. and pJmllon, Gr.] hav- 
 ing four leaves. 
 
 QUADRIRE'ME, «. [quatuor and remus, Lat.] a galley with 
 four banks of oars. 
 
 QUADRISYLLABLE, s. [quatuor, Lat. Siud syllable,] a word of 
 four syllables. 
 
 QUADRIVA'LVES, ». [suatuor and vaka, Lat.] doors with 
 four folds. 
 
 QUA 
 
 QUADRI'VIAL, a. [quatuor and cw, Lat.] having four ways 
 meeting at one place ; resembling four cross-ways. 
 
 QUA'DRUPED, s. [quatmr and^es, Lat.] an animal that goes 
 on four feet. 
 
 QUA'DRUPLE, a. [quadruplus, Lat.] four-fold. 
 
 To QUADRU'PLICATE, v. a. [quadruplico, Lat.] to double 
 twice ; to make four-fold. 
 
 QUADRUPLICAI ION, s. the taking a thing four times. 
 
 QUADRU'PLY, ad. to a fourfold quantity. 
 
 QUjE'RE, I', imp. [Lat.] inquire ; seek. A word made use of 
 when a thing is recommended to inquiry. 
 
 To QUAFF, V. a. [etymology uncertain,] to drink ; to swallow 
 in large draughts. — v. n. to drink much. 
 
 To QUA'FFER, v. n. to feel out. 
 
 QUA'GGA, s. in Zoology, a species of wild horse, which in- 
 habits the South of Africa. 
 
 QUA'GGY, a. boggy; not solid. 
 
 QUA'GMIRE, s. [i.e. quaking mire^ a bog which trembles un- 
 der one's feet ; a quaking marsh. 
 
 QUAIL, s. [quaglia, Ital.] in Ornithology, a bird allied to the 
 partridge, &c. 
 
 To QUAIL, V. n. [quelen, Belg.] to languish or grow dispirited; 
 to fade; to decline. 
 
 QUAFLPIPE, s. a pipe with which fowlers allure quails. 
 
 QUAINT, a. [comptus, Lat.] nice ; exact to excess ; subtilly 
 contrived, fine spun, affected ; neat, pretty. 
 
 QUArNTLY,«c?. nicely; exactly; artfully; affectedly. 
 
 QUAFNTNESS, s. petty elegance; nicety. 
 
 To QUAKE, V. n. [cwacan, Sax.] to shake or tremble with 
 cold or fear ; to shake with the least jog or motion. 
 
 QUAKE, s. a shudder, or trembling motion. 
 
 QUA'KEGRASS, «. in Botany, a kind of grass, of which 
 there are two kinds, the small and the common, called also 
 maidenhair. 
 
 QUA'KERS, or Friends, in Ecclesiastical History, a religious 
 body, which stands in direct and total contradiction to Roman- 
 ism, and all schemes allied to it. Its members receive the sacred 
 Scriptures as conveying the revelation God has been pleased to 
 make of himself and his will to man, but they regard the " light 
 within" every man as the especial guide furnished to each indi- 
 vidual, to lead him into all truth and duty that pertains to him. 
 They utterly abjure forms and formulas, and therefore maintain 
 no creeds, observe no rites, (even of baptism and the Lord's sup- 
 per,) and in public worship leave the public conduct to the accre- 
 dited ministers without any reserve or direction. Their ministers 
 are appointed on the ground of manifest ability, and a sufficient 
 evidence of inward and spiritual call to that work. In private, as 
 inpublic, they eschew formalities of devotion. Simplicity of dress, 
 and the renunciation of all complimentary forms of address, are 
 the only outward symbols of their faith. But in the promotion of 
 education, in the abolition of slavery, in the spread of copies of 
 the Bible, in passive resistance to war and all personal violence, 
 to war taxes, and to the tithes and rates claimed by the Establish- 
 ed Church, they have stood foremost, and not uofrequently alone. 
 For nearly two centuries, until the late marriage act, they per- 
 sisted in their own observance of that ceremony, and braved all 
 consequences. They were the calmest and most distinguished 
 martyrs of every form of state-churchism, both here, on the con- 
 tinent, and in the earliest stage of New England. But it must 
 be added, the system which was instinct with life and power, as 
 the living formula of such men as Fox and Barclay, has been 
 degraded to worse than a dead letter by the practice of here- 
 ditary membership : simplicity of dress, speech, worship, &c. &c., 
 (carried to such a length as the interdiction of all music and 
 song,) with every other peculiarity of their habits, thus become 
 a form, and a mere form, have been fearfully avenged, as outrages 
 on nature, by the growth of a sly craft, and a special kind of 
 worldly wisdom, that have made their name proverbial ; and in 
 this country a mere wreck is left, and that not notorious for its 
 zeal for evangelical principles, whilst the majority of seceders 
 has fraternized with the Church of England itself. Yet, whilst 
 their present condition teaches us that formality may coexist 
 with the repudiation of all forms, and that no regulations can 
 make that which is the living and glowing expression of indi- 
 vidual piety, a fitting expression for the average of the piety of 
 a congregation, or of a community; it would be well for Chris- 
 tians to study their history, and take the step that ought to fol- 
 4y Ii3 
 
QUA 
 
 low that so firmly planted for the first founders and martyrs of 
 this retnarl<able church. See Fox, Barclay, Fenn, &c. 
 
 QUALIFICATION, s. [Fr.] that which makes any person or 
 thing fit; an accomplishment ; abatement; diminution. 
 
 To QUA'LIFY, v. a. [qualifier, Fr.] to accomplish ; to render 
 fit for any thing or employment ; to abate, soften, or diminish ; 
 to modify; to regulate. 
 
 QUA'LITY, s. [qualitas, from qualis, Lat.] nature, relatively 
 considered ; a property or accident ; disposition or temper ; 
 character ; accomplishment ; rank ; nobility ; persons of high 
 rank collectively. 
 
 QUALM, {quawm) s. [cwealni. Sax.] a sudden fit of sickness, 
 or sickly languor. 
 
 QUA'LMISH, {quaicmish) a. seized with sickly languor. 
 
 QUANDA'RY, s. [j«'e» dirai jef Fr.] a doubt; a state of 
 perplexity and uncertainty. A ludicrous word. 
 
 QUA'NTITY.s. [qtiantitas, from qtianius, Lat.] that property of 
 a thing which answers to the question, Huw much?.- that which 
 can be increased or diminished. In Prosody, the length of a 
 syllable, as it respects the utterance of it. 
 
 QUA'NTUM, s. [Lat.] quantity; or amount. 
 
 QUA'RANTINE, s. [quarantain, Fr.] the time during which 
 a ship's crew, coming from places affected with the plague, is 
 restrained from intercourse or communication with others. 
 
 QUARLES, FRANCIS, a lawyer and writer of the first half 
 of the 17th century ; who was educated at Cambridge and 
 Lincoln's Inn ; and afterwards was in the service of the daughter 
 of James I. and of Archbishop Usher. After the Irish rebellion 
 and massacre, he held some office in the corporation of London; 
 but made so unwise a display of his loyalty as to fly to the king 
 at Oxford ; upon which the parliament seized on his property, 
 &c., as was usual in cases of open rebellion against them. He 
 died (as some have said, of grief) in 1644, aged 52 years. He 
 wrote several works ; and of them his Emblems are the best 
 known, having been adopted as a symbolical kind of work by 
 the descendants of those whom he opposed. It is more remark- 
 able for its piety, than for its poetry, or taste ; yet here and there 
 are lines or stanzas of great force and beauty. 
 
 To QUA'RREL, v. n. [queretler, Fr.] to debate, dispute, or fall 
 into variance ; to scuffle, squabble, fight. 
 
 QUA'RREL, s. lquerelle,Fr.'] a scuffle, petty fight, brawl, con- 
 test, or dispute; a cause of dispute ; something that gives right 
 to mischief or reprisal ; objection ; ill-will. — [quadrella, Ital.] a 
 short, square-headed arrow used with a cross bow; a small 
 lozenge-shaped pane of glass. 
 
 QIJA'RRELLER, s. he who quarrels. 
 
 QU A'RRELLOUS, a. IquereUeux, Fr.] petulant ; easily pro- 
 
 QUE 
 
 QUA'RTERDAY, (quawrterday) s. one of the days by which 
 e year is divided into four parts, and on which rents are paid. 
 A'RTERDECK, {quawrterdeck) that part of the deck of a 
 ned lately before the poop. 
 RTERLY, {quawrterly) a. containing a fourth part. 
 
 ship immediately before the 
 QUA'RTERLY, {quawrteny) a. containing a tourth pi 
 QUA'RTERLY, (quawrterly) ad. once in a quarter of^a year. 
 
 voked to enmit 
 
 luarrels 
 
 QUA'RRELSOJIE, a. inclined to brawls ; easuy provoked ; 
 choleric ; irascible ; petulant. 
 
 QUA'RRELSOMELY, ad. in a quarrelsome manner; petu- 
 lantly ; cholericly. 
 
 QUA'RRELSOMENESS, «. petulance ; cholericness. 
 
 QUA'RRY, 8. [quarre, Fr.] a square ; game flown at by a 
 hawk ; an open pit, or excavation, whence stone for building, 
 &c. is dug. 
 
 To QUA'RRY, v. n. to prey upon. A low word. 
 
 QUA'RRYMAN,s. one who digs in a quarry. 
 
 QUART, (qiiawrt) s. [Fr.] the fourth part of a gallon ; a vessel 
 which holds the fourth part of a gallon. 
 
 QUA'RTAN, s. \_quartus, Lat.] in Medicine, an ague happening 
 every fourth day. 
 
 QUARTA'TION, (guawrtdshon) s. an operation wherein a 
 fourth part of gold and three parts of silver are compounded. 
 
 QUA'RTER, (quawrter) s. [quartier, Fr.] a fourth part ; a 
 region of the skies, alluding to the seamen's card, or the four 
 points in the horizon ; a particular part of a town or country ; 
 the place where soldiers are lodged or stationed ; a proper sta- 
 tion ; mercy, or pardon of life, in battle; a measure of eight 
 bushels; apart of a shoe, which reaches from the forepart to 
 the heel ; a cleft or chink in a horse's hoof from top to bottom. 
 
 To QUA'RTER, (quawrter) v. a. to divide into four parts ; to 
 divide, or break by force ; to station or lodge soldiers ; to divide 
 into regions ; to feed or diet ; to lodge. In Heraldry, to bear in 
 quadripartite or multipartite division, on the same escutcheon 
 with one's family arms. 
 
 QUi^ITTERAGE, {quawrteraje) s. a quarterly allowance. 
 
 QUA'RTERMASTER, (quawrtermasier) s. one who regulates 
 the quarters or lodgings of soldiers. 
 
 QUA'RTERN, (quawrtem) s. a gill, or the fourth part of a 
 pint. 
 
 QUA'RTERSTAFF, (quawrterstaff) s. a stout pole, formerly 
 much used as a weapon, in game and earnest, so called from the 
 manner of using it, one hand being placed on the middle, and 
 the other half way between that and the end. 
 
 QUA'RTILE, (quawrtile) s. in Astrology and old Astronomy, 
 an aspect of the planets when they are three signs, or 90 de- 
 grees, distant from each other ; and is marked thus, □. 
 
 QUA'RTO, (quawrto) s. the size of a book in which a sheet is 
 doubled so as to contain four leaves. 
 
 QUARTZ, s. in Mineralogy, a very common kind of pebble- 
 stone, which is chemically designated oxide ofsilicium ; the com- 
 monest species is of a dark yellow or brown colour, but the 
 amethyst, onyx, and other precious stones are merely varieties 
 of it. 
 
 To QUASH, V. a. [quasso, Lat. quassen, Belg.] to crush ; to 
 squeeze; to subdue suddenly; to make void, or annul.— w. n. to 
 be shaken with a noise. 
 
 To QUA'SSATE, v. a. [quasso, Lat.] to shake or brandish. 
 
 QUASSA'TION, s. a brandishing or shaking. 
 
 QUA'SSIA, s. in Materia Medica, &c., a kind of wood imported 
 from the W. Indies, &c., from which is extracted an intense and 
 valuable bitter. 
 
 QUATE'RiVARY, s. [quarUmarim, Lat.] the number four. 
 
 QUA'TER-COUSINS, {kdterkuzem) s. fourth cousins, which is 
 the last degree of kindred. 
 
 QUATE'RNION, s. [quatemio, Lat.] the number four. 
 
 QUA'TRAIN, s. [quatrain, Fr.] a stanza consisting of four 
 lines rhyming alternately. 
 
 QUA'VER, s. in Music, a note, two of which make a crotchet. 
 
 To QUA'VER, V. n. [cwacan, Sax.] to shake the voice ; to 
 speak or sing with a tremulous voice ; to shake ; to vibrate. 
 
 QUAY, (key) s. [quai, Fr.] an artificial bank on a sea or river, 
 whereon goods are landed. 
 
 QUEAN, (queen) s. a worthless woman ; a strumpet. 
 
 QUE'ASINESS, (quceziness) s. the sickness of a nauseated 
 stomach. 
 
 QUE'ASY, (queezy) a. [of uncertain etymology,] sick with 
 nauseousness; squeamish; causing nauseousness ; fastidious. 
 
 QUEBE'C, the capital of Canada, in North America. It 
 stands on the St. Lawrence, at tiie point where it is joined by 
 the St. Charles; and is partly on the summit, and partly at the 
 base of the rock, whose promontory is called Cape Diamond. 
 It has some fine public buildings, and is well fortified. It has 
 many institutions for educational and charitable purposes, and 
 a flourishing library. It has a considerable trade, especially car- 
 ried on by steamers. Pop. about 35,000. Lat. 46. 50. N. Long. 
 71. 16. W. 
 
 To QUECK, V. n. to shrink ; to show pain. 
 
 QUEEN, s. [ewen, Sax.] a woman invested with sovereign 
 power ; the wife of a king ; a card used in gaming, painted with 
 the figure of a queen. 
 
 To QUEEN, V. n. to play the queen. 
 
 QUEEN OF THE MEADOWS, s. in Botany, a name of the 
 meadowsweet. 
 
 QUEE'NBOROUGH, Kent. A town of the Isle of Sheppey, 
 situated at the mouth of the river Mcdway. The chief employ- 
 ment of the inhabitants is oyster-dredging. It is 44 miles from 
 London. Markets, Monday and Thursday. Pop. 634. 
 
 QUEEN CHARLOTTE'S SOUND, the name of the narrow 
 strait which divides Vancouver's island from the mainland, in 
 N. America. 
 
 QUEEN'S COLLEGE, the name of two establishments at 
 Oxford and Cambridge, the former of which was founded in the 
 14th century, and the latter in the 15th. The chapel of the 
 latter is a fine building, and handsomely ornamented. 
 
 QUEEN'S COUNTY, a county of Leinster, Ireland. It is 
 surrounded by the counties of Tipperary, Kilkenny, Carlow, 
 
qVe 
 
 and King's County. It is about 35 miles in length, by 
 It is somewhat hilly; and is watered by the 
 
 Kilda 
 
 30 miles broad. 
 
 Barrow and some of its tributaries, and by some other streams, 
 which run into the Shannon. Lake or Lough Annagh is in its 
 boundary. Coals are found here, and it is not deficient in other 
 mineral treasures. In spite of bogs, there is a considerable ex- 
 tent of ground devoted to agriculture ; but it is not in an ad- 
 vanced condition. It is by no means one of the best situated of 
 the Irish counties for manufactures and trade, and the poor are 
 degraded in proportion. Maryborough is the chief town. Pop. 
 153,920. It sends 3 members to the imperial parliament. 
 
 QUEER, a. odd; strange; particular. 
 
 QUEE'RLY, aA particularly ; oddly. 
 
 QUEE'RNESS, s. oddness ; particularity. 
 
 QUEEST, s. [questus, Lat.] in Ornithology, a ring-dove, a 
 kind of wild pigeon. 
 
 To QUELL, V. a. [ewellan. Sax.] to subdue or put down. — v.n. 
 to die. 
 
 QUE'LFjER, «. one that crushes or subdues. 
 
 QUE'LQUECHOSE, {Mlkshoze) s. [Fr.] a trifle ; a kickshaw. 
 
 To QUENCH, V. a. Icwencen, Sax.] to extinguish fire, allay 
 thirst, or still any passion or commotion. — v. n, to cool ; to 
 grow cool. . 
 
 QUE'NCHABLE, a, capable of being extinguished, allayed, 
 or appeased. 
 
 QUE'NCHER, s. one that quenches; an extinguisher. 
 
 QUENCHLESS, a. not to be extinguished. 
 
 QUE'RELE, «. [querela, from queror, Lat.] a complaint to a 
 court. 
 
 QUE'RENT, «. Iquerem, Lat.] the complainant; the plaintiff. 
 
 QUERIMO'NIOUS, a. {^luerimonia, Lat.] querulous; com- 
 plaining. 
 
 QUERIMO'NIOUSLY, ad. querulously ; with complaint. 
 
 QUERIMO'NIOUSNESS, s. complaining temper. 
 
 QUE'RIST, s. l^iuero, Lat.] one that asks a question ; an in- 
 quirer. 
 
 QUERN, s. [cweom. Sax.] a handmill. 
 
 QUE'RPO, s. [corrupted from cuerpo. Span.] a close-bodied 
 coat or waistcoat. 
 
 QUE'RULOUS, a. [querulus, Lat.] mourning ; habitually com- 
 plaining. 
 
 QUE'RULOUSLY, ad. in a complaining manner. 
 
 QUE'RULOUSNESS, «. habit or quality of complaining 
 mournfully. 
 
 QUE'RY, s. [qiKsre, Lat.] a question or inquiry which wants a 
 solution. 
 
 To QUE'RY, V. a. to ask questions. 
 
 QUEST, s. [queste, Fr. from quesro, Lat.] search ; the act of 
 seeking ; an examination ; search made by several persons in 
 company ; request . — [contracted from inquest,] an impannelled 
 jury. 
 
 To QUEST, V. n. [quester, Fr.] to go in search. 
 
 QUE'STANT, s. seeker ; endeavourer after. 
 .QUE'STION, s. [qiusro, Lat.] anything proposed to be ex- 
 amined, answered, or debated ; the subject of debate; a doubt; 
 a trial ; examination by torture. 
 
 To QUE'STION, v. a. to examine one by questions; to doubt, 
 or be uncertain of.— ». n. to inquire ; to debate with a person by 
 interrogatories. 
 
 QUESTIONABLE, a. liable to doubt or dispute. 
 
 QUE'STIONABLENESS, s. the quality of being questionable. 
 
 QUE'STIONARY, a. inquiring; asking questions. 
 
 QUE'STIONER, s. an inquirer ; an interrogator. 
 
 QUE'STION LESS, ad. certainly; without doubt. 
 
 QUE'STMAN, Quk'stmonger, s. a starter of lawsuits, or pro- 
 secutions. 
 
 QUE'STRIST, s. a seeker; a pursuer. 
 
 QUE'STUARY, a. [qiuestus, Lat.] studious of profit. 
 
 QUEVE'DO, VILLEGAS, FRANCISCO DE, an eminent 
 Spanish poet. He was educated at the court, and being of a 
 very active turn of mind, directed his attention to theology, law, 
 science, &c.,in turns, with great avidity. A duel compelled him 
 to fly from Spain, and he obtained at Naples the friendship of 
 the viceroy, who employed him in most important state transac- 
 tions. His fall involved the poet, who, after imprisonment and 
 vain efforts at redress, retired and devoted himself to literature. 
 He was once more seized upon by the government, and was so 
 
 QUI 
 
 broken by anxiety and illness arising from his confinement, that 
 he died in IG45, aged 65 years. His poems are almost all of a 
 satiric order, and he has been pronounced as, next to Cervantes, 
 the most ingenious of all Spanish writers. 
 
 QUIB, s. a sarcasm ; a bitter taunt. 
 
 QUI'BBLE, s. [quidlihet, Lat.] a conceit founded on the mere 
 sound of words; a pun. 
 
 To QUI'BBLE, v. n. to pun, equivocate, or play on the mere 
 sound of words. 
 
 QUI'BBLER, s. an equivocator. 
 
 QUI'BERON, in France, a small peninsula in the department 
 of Morbihan, to the N. of Belleisle ; also a small island called the 
 point of Quiberon, separated from the peninsula by a channel : 
 the sea next it is called the Bay of Quiberon. 
 
 QUICK, a. [cwic, Sax.] living, opposed to death ; swift, oppos- 
 ed to slow; speedy, opposed to delay ; active, nimble, or spright- 
 ly. Synon. When we are diligent we lose no time ; when expe- 
 ditious, we defer not, but finish immediately; when quick, we 
 work with activity. Idleness, delay, and slowness, are the three 
 defects opposite to these good qualities. 
 
 QUICK, «. that part of the nails, or hoofs, where sensitiveness 
 begins. 
 
 To QUI'CKEN, V. a. [cwiccan. Sax.] to make alive ; to hasten ; 
 to actuate or excite. — v. n. to become alive. 
 
 QUI'CKENER, «. one who makes alive ; that which acceler- 
 ates or actuates. 
 
 QUI'CKEN-TREE, s. in Botany, the mountain ash. 
 
 QUI'CKGRASS, s. in Botany, the dog-grass. 
 
 QUI'CKLIME, s. lime not quenched with water. 
 
 QUrCKLY, ad. speedily; nimbly. 
 
 QUI'CKNESS, s. speed; swiftness; activity; sensibility; 
 sharpness ; pungency. 
 
 QUI'CKSANl), s. a moving sand ; unsolid ground. 
 
 To QUI'CKSET, v. a. to set with living plants. 
 
 QUI'CKSET, s. a plant set to grow ; applied to young haw- 
 thorn trees, planted for the purpose of forming hedgerows, most 
 generally. 
 
 QUICKSI'GHTED, {quickslted) a. seeing soon; having a sharp 
 sight. 
 
 QUICKSI'GHTEDNESS, s. sharpness of sight. 
 
 QUICKSILVER. See Mercury. 
 
 QUI'CKSILVERED, a. overlaid with quicksilver. 
 
 QUI'DDANY, s. [quidden, Teut.] confection of quinces made 
 with sugar; marmalade. 
 
 QUI'DDIT, s. Iquidlibet, Lat. quedit, Fr.] a subtilty or equivo- 
 cation. 
 
 QUI'DDITY, s. [quidditas, low Lat.] a trifling nicety, or cavil ; 
 essence ; that which is a proper answer to the question. Quid 
 est ? What is it } 
 
 QUIE'SCENCE, s. Iquiesco, Lat.] a state of rest ; repose. 
 
 QUIE'SCENT, a. at rest, not changing place ; lying at repose. 
 
 QUI'ET, a. still from disturbance, motion, passion, or strife; 
 smooth ; not noisy. 
 
 QUI'ET, s. [quies, Lat.] rest, repose, tranquillity, peace, 
 security. 
 
 To QUI'ET, V. a. to calm, or make silent; to put to rest; to 
 pacify ; to still. 
 
 QUI'ETER, 8. the person or thing that quiets. 
 
 QUI'ETISTS, in Church History, the name given in the I7th 
 century, and since, to enthusiasts, in any communion, who have 
 
 erofessed so to be rapt in the contemplation and love of the 
 livine excellencies, as to have lost all thought of self, and every 
 thing. This ardour of love they held to be the only condition 
 befitting a Christian, and the sum of all duties. Madame Guion 
 was one of the most distinguished of them. 
 
 QUI'ETLY, ad, without noise, disturbance, motion, or re- 
 sistance. 
 
 QUI'ETNESS, s. a state of mind free from the turbulence of 
 passion. 
 
 QUI'ETSOME, a. calm ; still ; undisturbed. 
 
 QUI'ETUDE, s. [Fr.] repose or tranquillity. 
 
 QUILL, s. [caidis, Lat.] the hard strong feather of the wing, 
 of which pens are made ; a pen ; the substitute for hair on por- 
 cupines; a reed on which weavers wind their threads; an in- 
 strument with which guitars are often played. 
 
 QUI'LLWORT, «. in Botany, a British plant, of which there 
 are three varieties, the long-leaved, short-leaved, and flexible. 
 4 Y 2 715 
 
QUI 
 
 QUILT, s. [kulcht, Belg.] the outer covering of a bed. 
 
 To QUILT, V. a. to stitch one cloth over another with some 
 soft substance between them. 
 
 QUI'NARY, a. {quinqm, Lat.] consisting of five. 
 
 QUINCE, s. [yi«yrfe?j,Teut.] in Horticulture, a fruit somewhat 
 resembling a pear. 
 
 To QUINCH, V. n. to stir ; to flounce as in resentment or pain. 
 
 QUINCTI'LIAN, or Marcus Fabius Quinctilianus, a cele- 
 brated Roman orator and critic, whose history is very uncertain, 
 but who seems to have spent some part of his time in Spain, to 
 have had several distinguished men as his pupils in rhetoric, and 
 to have died in about 120 a. d., aged about 80 years. His great 
 work, called Oratorical Institutes, is a complete system of rhetoric, 
 and contains much curious and valuable information, beside the 
 system. Other works are attributed to him, some of which are 
 yet extant. 
 
 QUINCU'NCIAL, {quinkunshial) a. having the form of a quin- 
 cunx. 
 
 QUI'NCUNX, s. [Lat.] a peculiar kind of order adopted in 
 
 planting, &c. &c., thus, 
 
 QUI'NINE, s. in Medicine, the essential principle of cinchona, 
 or Peruvian bark. It is a most invaluable tonic. 
 
 QUINQUAGE'SIMA, s. [Lat.] in the Ecclesiastical Calendar, 
 a Sunday so called, because it is the fiftieth day before Easter, 
 reckoned in whole numbers; Shrove Sunday. 
 
 QUINQUA'NGULAR, a. [quinque and angulus, Lat.] having 
 five corners. 
 
 QUINQUARTFCULAR, a. [quinque and articulus, Lat.] con- 
 sisting of five articles. 
 
 QUrNQUEFlD, a. Iqicinque and Jlndo, Lat.'] cloven in five. 
 
 QUINQUE'NNIAL, a. [quinque and annus, Lat.] lasting five 
 years ; happening once in five years. 
 
 QUFNSV, s. [corrupted from squinanaj,'] in Medicine, an in- 
 flammatory swelling in the throat. 
 
 QUINT, s. [Fr.] a sequence of five ; commonly applied to five 
 cards, at the game of piquet. 
 
 QUl'NTAIN, s. [Fr.] a post with a turning top, used in old 
 times by squires in learning to tilt, and by burghers and others 
 for amusement. 
 
 QUI'NTAL, s. [Fr.] a hundred pounds' weight. 
 
 QUl'NTESSENCE, s. [quintus and essentia, Lat.] the extract of 
 any thing which contains all its virtues. 
 
 QUINTESSE'NTIAL, (quintessmshial) a. consisting of quint- 
 essence. 
 
 QUl'NTIN, s. [quintain, Fr.] an upright post, on the top of 
 which is a bar turning on a pin, having a piece of board at one 
 end, and a heavy sand-bag at the other. It was used as an ex- 
 ercise preparatory to tilting ; and some dexterity was requisite, 
 to escape a blow from the sand-bag in passing after having 
 struck the board. 
 
 QUINTU'FLE, a. [qmttuplus, from quinque, Lat.] five-fold. 
 
 QUINTUS CU'RTIUS, surnamed Rufus, the author of a His- 
 tory of Alexander the Great, which is not quite perfect. He 
 flourished during the 1st century, but nothing is known of his 
 life. 
 
 QUIP, s. a sharp jest or taunt ; a sarcasm ; a jeer ; a joke. 
 
 To QUIP, V. a. to rally with sarcasm ; to taunt ; to jeer. 
 
 QUI'QUl.s. in Zoology, a species of weasel which lives under 
 ground in South America. 
 
 QUIRE, s. [choeur, Fr.] a body of singers ; a choir ; that part 
 of a church where service is sung.— [co/iier, Fr.] a bundle of pa- 
 per consisting of 24 sheets. 
 
 To QUIRE, V. n. to sing in concert. 
 
 QUI'RISTER, «. one who sings in concert at divine service ; 
 a chorister. 
 
 QUIRK, s. a quick stroke or sharp fit; a smart taunt; an 
 artful distinction ; subtilty ; evasion. 
 
 To QUIT, V. a. part. pass, quit, preter. I have quit, or quitted ; 
 [quitter, Fr.] to discharge an obligation of duty ; to make even ; 
 to set free or discharge from ; to perform ; to clear a debt ; to 
 abandon or forsake ; to resign, or give up. 
 
 QUI'TCH-GRASS, s. [cwice. Sax.] in Botany, dog-grass ; 
 called also couch-grass. 
 
 QUITE, ad. [quitte, Fr.] entirely ; perfectly ; completely, 
 
 QUITO, capital of Ecuador, S, America. It is a regularly and 
 
 well built town, seated in a valley in the Andes, at a consider- 
 able elevation above the level of the sea. It has some fine 
 buildings, connected with the government, &c. Its trade and 
 manufactures are chiefly in the precious metals of the neigh- 
 bourhood. Pop. about 50,000. Lat. 0. 14. S. Long. 82. 0. W. 
 
 QUFTRENT, s. a small rent paid yearly in token of subjec- 
 tion to the lord of the manor ; by which the payer is quit and 
 free from all other rents or services. 
 
 QUITS, interj. a word used when any thing is repaid, or the 
 opposite parties in a game are even. 
 
 QUFTTANCE, s. [Fr.] a discharge from debt or obligation ; a 
 return or recompence; an acquittance. 
 
 QUI'TTER, s. a deliverer ; the scoria or dross of tin. 
 
 QUITTERBONE, s. in Veterinary Surgery, a hard round 
 swelling on the coronet, between the heel and the quarter of a 
 horse's foot. 
 
 QUI'VER, s. [couvrir, Fr.] a case for arrows. 
 
 To QUI'VER, V. n. to quake ; to play to and fro with a trem- 
 bling motion. 
 
 QUFVERED, a. furnished with, or placed in, a quiver. 
 
 QUO'DLIBET, s. [Lat.] a nice point, or subtilty ; a quirk. 
 
 QUODLIBETA'RIAN, s. [quodlibet, Lat.] one who talks or 
 disputes on any subject. 
 
 QUODLIBE'TICAL, a. not restrained to a particular subject. 
 
 QUOIF, Coif, s. [coiffe, Fr.] a cap; particularly applied to 
 that worn by a serjeant-at-law. 
 
 QUOl'FFlfRE, s. [coiffure, Fr.] head-dress. 
 
 QUOIN, Coin, s. [coin, Fr.] a corner; a wedge used in raising 
 cannon, and for keeping things firm. 
 
 QUOITS, CoiTs, s. a game played by throwing anything from 
 one stated point to another. 
 
 To QUOIT, V. n. to play at quoits ; to throw from place to 
 place. — V. a. to throw. 
 
 QUO'NDAM, s. [Lat.] having been formerly. A ludicrous word. 
 
 QUO'RRA, the name of the great river of VV. Africa, which 
 rises in the highlands near the coast, and flows in a somewhat 
 circular course, with an immense sweep, into the Bight of Biafra. 
 It is above 2000 miles in length, and receives the waters of a 
 great river that runs from the eastward, in about the middle of 
 its course. It was formerly called the Niger, or Nigir. The 
 greatest curiosity existed respecting it, and many expeditions 
 were fitted out to explore it, and many lives lost, till the Landers 
 traced it from the point where Park perished to the ocean. See 
 Park, Ledyard, Lander, Clapperton, Denham, &c. 
 
 QUO'RUM, s. [from the first word in the commission,] a 
 bench of justices; one in a commission without whom the rest 
 cannot act. 
 
 QUO'TA, s. [quotus, Lat.] a share or proportion. 
 
 QUOTATION, s. the act of producing the passages of an au- 
 thor, either to illustrate or confirm; a passage produced from 
 some author; citation. 
 
 To QUOTE, V. a. [qmter, Fr.] to cite a passage from an author. 
 
 QUOTER, s. he that quotes ; a citer. 
 
 QUOTH, t). imperf. [cwothan. Sax.] he says or said. It is some- 
 times applied to the first person, as quoth I; but never properly 
 to the second. 
 
 QUOTI'DIAN, a. [quotus and dies, Lat.] happening every day ; 
 daily. 
 
 QUOTI'DIAN, «. in Medicine, a fever that returns every day. 
 
 QL'O'TIENT, (quishient) s. [Fr. from quoties, Lat.] in Arith- 
 metic, the number which shows how often a divisor is contained 
 in a dividend. 
 
 QUO-WARRA'NTO, s. is a writ which lies against a person 
 or corporation that usurps any franchise or liberty against the 
 king, as to have a fair, market, or the like, in order to oblige 
 the usurper to show by what right or title he holds or claims such 
 franchise. 
 
 R 
 
 "P IS the seventeenth letter of the alphabet, and is one the 
 •^*' liquids. Its sound is uniform. In words derived from the 
 Greek it is followed by an h, as in rhapsody, &c. Used as a numeral, 
 R anciently stood for 80, and dashed thus, it, for 80,000; bat 
 the Greek p signified 100. In the prescriptions of physicians, 
 R stands for recipe, or take. 
 
RAC 
 
 To RA'BATE, c. n. [rabattre, Fr.] in Falconry, to recover a 
 hawk to the fist again. 
 
 To RA'BBET, v. a. [rabatre, or rabofer, Fr.] to cut channels in 
 the edges of boards, so as to make them fit each other. 
 
 RA'BBET, s. a joint made by rabbeting. 
 
 RA'BBI, Ra'bbin, s. [Heb.] a doctor or teacher among the 
 Jews. 
 
 RA'BBIT, s. [robbe, robbehin, Belg.] in Zoology, a small animal 
 resembling the hare, that burrows in warrens, and is kept for its 
 flesh and fur. There are many varieties of tame rabbits, as is 
 well-known to most school-boys. 
 
 RA'BBLE, s. [rabula, Lat.] a tumultuous crowd of ungenteel 
 people. 
 
 Ra'belais, Francois, the celebrated French humourist, and 
 held to be one of the boldest and deepest thinkers of his age. 
 He was a monk; and having some skill as a physician, was in- 
 troduced to the notice of Francis I. He went to Rome with the 
 Cardinal de Bellay, and died, in a cure he received after his re- 
 turn, in 1553, aged 70 years. The work by which his name is 
 immortalized, is entitled the Lives, Heroic Deeds, and Sayings of 
 Gargantua and Pantagruel, in which he has, undercover of a satire 
 on the affairs and manners of his days, which is not always free 
 from coarseness, disclosed whole mines of knowledge of^ man- 
 kind, and allegorized the profoundest wisdom. 
 
 RA'BID, a. [rabies, Lat.] fierce or furious ; bad. 
 
 RA'BINET, s. a small piece of ordnance, between a falconet 
 and a base. 
 
 RACCOO'N, s. See Rackoon. 
 
 RACE, s. [Fr.] a family ascending or descending ; a genera- 
 tion ; a particular breed. — [rayz, Span.] a single sprig, applied 
 to root-ginger; a particular strength or taste, applied to wine. — 
 \rag, Isl.] a contest respecting swiftness, on foot, in boats, or 
 horseback. 
 
 RA'CEHORSE, s. a horse bred to run against others. 
 
 RACEMA'TION, s. [racemus, Lat.] a cluster, like that of 
 grapes. 
 
 RACEMI'FEROUS, a. Iraeemus and fero, Lat.] bearing 
 clusters. 
 
 RA'CER.s. one who runs to outstrip another; a racehorse. 
 
 RACI'NE, JEAN, one of the great French dramatic poets. 
 He was well born, and was educated at Port Royal, during the 
 season of its greatest literarj- celebrity, and at Paris. Being 
 introduced to the literary world, and to the court at the same 
 time, by some verses written on the marriage of the Grand 
 Monarque, he devoted himself to those pursuits which have made 
 his name so famous. He acted under the advice of Boileau, who 
 was sincerely attached to him, and produced those great trage- 
 dies, which are still read and acted with admiration. He even 
 competed successf'uly with Corneille. Louis appointed him and 
 his friend historiographers royal; he was brought more closely 
 into connexion with the court, and enjoyed the especial favour 
 of Madame de Maintenon. For her he wrote his sacred dramas ; 
 and at her suggestion, also, a report on the condition of the poor 
 in consequence of the wars, and the prodigality of the court, 
 which falling into the king's hands, provoked a sarcastic re- 
 mark, that, working on the enfeebled frame of the tender Racine, 
 caused his death in 1699, aged 59 years. His Athalie, and 
 Phedre, are his great dramas ; and Esther is one that commends 
 the man as well as the poet to its readers. He was one whoso 
 sensibility was after the order of Sterne's, and whose vanity 
 made him restless to enjoy his immortality before he died. As 
 a father he appears in the most amiable light. 
 
 RA'CINESS, s. the quality of being racy or strong-tasted. 
 
 RACK, s. [racken, Belg.] an engine used in torturing ; torture 
 or extreme pain; any instrument which extends; a distaff; a 
 wooden grate in which hay is placed for immediate use ; a spi- 
 rituous liquor (sec Arrack) ; clouds driven by the wind, or ima- 
 ginary figures in those clouds ; a neck of mutton cut for the 
 table. 
 
 To RACK, V. n. to stream like clouds driven before the wind. 
 — t). a. to torment, harass, oppress by exaction ; to extend ; to 
 draw off from the lees. 
 
 RA'CKET, 8. a clattering noise ; clamouring or noisy con- 
 fused la\V..—{raquette, Fr.] the instrument with which a ball is 
 struck. 
 
 RA'CKING, «. a pace of a horse, like an amble, excepting 
 that its time is swifter, and its tread shorter. 
 
 RA'DDOCK, Ru'ddock, s. in Ornithology, a name of the 
 
 RAD 
 
 RACKOCN, s. in Zoology, a North American animal which 
 bears some resemblance to the badger. Its head is shaped some- 
 what like that of a fox, which it also resembles in its cunning. 
 
 RA'CK-REN T, s. rent raised to the uttermost. 
 
 RA'CY, a. [perhaps from rayz. Span.] strong-tasted ; tasting 
 of the soil. 
 
 RAD, the old pret. of To Read. 
 
 RAD, Red, Rod, [Sax.] a word used in composition, signify- 
 ing counsel ; as Conrad, powerful or skilful in counsel ; Ethelred, 
 a noble counsellor ; Rodbert, eminent for counsel. 
 
 RA'DCLIFFE, DR. JOHN, an eminent physician, who having 
 studied at Oxford, settled in London, and soon rose to the highest 
 pitch of reputation for skill ; which was aided, no doubt, by his 
 eccentric and uncouth manners. He was attached to the court 
 of James II. and of Anne; but this last employment was for 
 the most part secret. He died in 1714, aged 64 years. His 
 best service to the world was his bequest to the University of 
 Oxford ; from which the famous medical library, called the Had- 
 cliffe Library, has proceeded. His greediness for money during 
 his life, made this return ; good, indeed, but insufhcient. 
 
 RA'DCLIFFE, MRS. ANNE, a famous novelist of the last 
 and present centuries ; who invented the hysterical romance, so 
 profoundly admired by certain classes. The Mysteries of Udolpho 
 produced endless shoals of such material horrors, with which 
 country circulating libraries abound; and which the weekly 
 newspaper novelists of this day reprint or imitate. She wrote 
 other tales of like character; and a small volume of Travels, after 
 
 visit to Germany. She died in 1823, aged 59 years. 
 3CK, Ru'i ■ " " ■ ■ 
 
 redbreast. 
 
 RA'DIANCE, Ra'diancy, s. [radius, Lat.] a sparkling lustre ; 
 the quality of darting rays ; glittering; splendour. 
 
 RA'DIANT, a. shining; brightly sparkling ; emitting rays. 
 
 To RA'DIATE, v. a. [radio, Lat.] to dart rays ; to sparkk; to 
 shine. 
 
 RA'DIATE, a. in Botany, applied to those compound flowers 
 in which the florets of the centre differ in form from those in the 
 circumference; thus the daisy and sunflower are radiate flowers, 
 because the florets in the centre are all tubular, but those in the 
 circumference narrow or strap-shaped. It is also applied to the 
 summits or upper part of the pistilla or pointals, when they are 
 placed in a circle, as in the poppy. 
 
 RA'DIATED, a. adorned with rays. 
 
 RADIATION, s. a beamy lustre ; emission every way from 
 the centre. In Natural Philosophy, applied to the process by 
 which a heated body is cooled to an average temperature by the 
 dispersion of its superfluous caloric through the air. 
 
 RA'DICAL, a. [radix, Lat.] original ; implanted by nature ; 
 serving to origination. In Politics, it is applied to a scheme of 
 reform which should reach to the foundations of the present 
 system. The Radical Seformers of the last generation are re- 
 placed by the Chartists in this. 
 
 RA'DICALS, in Chemistry, the elements of bodies. In Lan- 
 guage, the letters which are used for the roots or fundamental 
 and elementary forms of words. 
 
 RADICA'LITY, s. origination. 
 
 RA'DICALLY, ad. originally ; primitively. 
 
 RA'DICALNESS, s. the state of being radical. 
 
 To RA'DICATE, v. a. to root : to plant firmly and deeply. 
 
 RADICATION, s. [Fr.] the act of fixing deep. 
 
 RA'DICLE, s. [radicule, Fr.] in Botany, that part of the seed 
 of a plant which becomes the root. 
 
 RA'DISH, s. [radio. Sax.] in Horticulture, a small esculent 
 root. 
 
 RA'DIUS, «. [Lat.] the semidiameterof acirclo. In Anatomy, 
 
 long slender bone of the arm descending with the ulna, from 
 
 ■ ■' ■' 1 /^ .-•-- '-jht line or ray of light. 
 
 ) spoli 
 RA'DNOR, NEW, Radnorshire, S.Wales. It was formerly the 
 
 the elbow to the wrist. In Optics, a straig 
 In Mechanics, the spoke of a wheel 
 
 county town. It is seated near the spring-head of the river 
 Somergill, or Hendwell, (which rises in the Hendwell pool, and 
 empties itself into the Lug a little below Presteign,) 162 miles 
 from London. Market, Thursday. The principal fair, on St. 
 Luke's Day, O. S. Pop. 478. Pop. of Old Radnor, which lies 
 next it, partly in Herefordshire, 1503. 
 
 RA'DNORSHIRE, a county of S. Wales, 25 miles in length, 
 and 22 in breadth ; bounded by Shropshire, Herefordshire, Car- 
 
 717 
 
R AI 
 
 diganshire, Brecknockshire, and Montgomeryshire. It is di- 
 vided into 6 hundreds, which contain 4 market towns, and 52 par- 
 ishes. The E. and S. parts of this county are tolerably level, and 
 productive of corn ; the other parts are rude and mountainous, 
 devoted chiefly to the rearing of horned cattle, sheep, and goats. 
 Some of the hills are nearly 1700 feet high. Lime and building- 
 stone are its chief mineral products. Some cider is made here. 
 The N. W. angle is an absolute desert, and almost impassable. 
 There are a few manufacturing processes carried on. Fresteign 
 is its chief town. Pop. 25,356. It sends 2 members to parlia- 
 ment. 
 
 RAE'BURN, SIR HENRY, an eminent portrait painter of the 
 former part of this century, who acquired bis skill without teacher 
 or model, and afterwards matured it by the study of the great 
 works of art in Italy. He received such honours as were appro- 
 
 griate to his art, and was appointed painter to the king, for 
 Gotland. He died in 1823, aged 07 years. 
 
 To RAFF, t: a. to sweep, huddle, or take in a confused manner. 
 
 To RA'FFLE, v. n. \raffler, Fr.] to cast dice for a prize. 
 
 RA'FFLE, s. the determination of a person's right to a prize 
 by casting dice. 
 
 RAFFLES, SIR THOMAS STAMFORD, an eminent public 
 functionary in the E. Indies. He began as a clerk in the India 
 House, London, and was sent out as secretary to Pulo Penang, 
 from which station he rose to be governor of Java. Afterwards 
 he was head of the factory at Bencoolen, Sumatra ; and in both 
 stations of high trust effected many valuable reforms. He also 
 established the settlement at Singapore, and founded the Anglo- 
 Chinese college there. On his return to Europe, he lost, by the 
 burning of the vessel, almost all his invaluable collections and 
 papers, escaping with difficulty with his life. He died in 1820, 
 aged 45 years. 
 
 RAFT, s. [probably from ratia, Lat.] a frame or float to carry 
 goods or persons on water, made by laying or tying pieces of 
 timber together. 
 
 RAFT, part. pass, of To Reave or Raff; torn ; rent. 
 
 RA'FTLR, s. [rcBfter, Sax.] one of the pieces of timber which 
 compose the roof of a building. 
 
 RA'FTERED, a. built with rafters. 
 
 RAG, s. [perhaps from hracode, Sax.] a piece of cloth torn from 
 the rest ; any thing rent or tattered ; worn-out clothes ; a tatter. 
 
 RAGAMU'FFIN, s. a person clothed in rags; a mean, paltry, 
 sorry fellow. 
 
 RAGE, s. [Fr.] violent anger or fury ; vehemence or increase 
 of pain ; outrageous passion. 
 
 To RAGE, V. n. to be hurried away by excessive anger ; to 
 exercise fury; to act with mad or ungoverned fury. 
 
 RA'GEFUL, a. violent ; furious. 
 
 RA'GGED, {rdg-ed) c. rent into tatters ; uneven ; consisting 
 of parts almost disunited; dressed in tatters; rugged; not 
 smooth. 
 
 RA'GGEDNESS, {rdg-edness) s. state of being dressed in tat- 
 ters, or ragged. 
 
 RA'GINGLY, ad. with vehement fury. 
 
 RA'GMAN, s. one who deals in rags. 
 
 RAGOU'T, (ragdo) s. [Fr.] meat stewed and highly seasoned. 
 
 RA'GSTONE, s. in Mineralogy, a stone so named from its 
 breaking in a ragged or irregular manner. The stone on which 
 the edge of a tool new-ground is smoothed. 
 
 RA'GWORT, s. in Botany, a plant of which there are several 
 species ; a kind of groundsel. 
 
 RAGU'SA, a town of Dalmatia, Austria. It is about 2 miles 
 in circumference, is pretty well built, and has an inaccessible 
 mountain on the land side, and on the side of the sea a strong 
 fort. This place is distinguished by the fineness of its manu- 
 factures ; and the citizens are all traders. The harbour is good, 
 and many branches of manufacture, &c. connected with naviga- 
 tion are busily carried on. Nevertheless, it is greatly fallen in 
 its condition and importance. Pop. under 10,000. Lat. 42. 58. 
 N. Long. 18. 10. E. 
 
 RA'JAH, s. a title, denoting king, given in Hindustan, or the 
 empire of the Mogul, to princes descended from those that ruled 
 there before the conquest of the Moguls, who exercise sovereign- 
 ty, but as tributaries to the Great Mogul formerly, and now to 
 the British. 
 
 RAIKES, ROBERT, the founder of Sunday-schools, was a 
 printer of Gloucester, who, having realized considerable property, 
 718 
 
 RAI 
 
 devoted it, with all his influence and time, to benevolent and re- 
 ligious works. Of his principal institution we shall speak se- 
 parately. He died in 1811, aged 70 years. See Sunday-school. 
 
 RAIL, s. [rier/el, Teut.] a cross beam fixed at the ends in two 
 upright posts; a series of posts connected by beams, by which 
 any thing is enclosed, differing from agrafe, because it does not 
 I ise so high above the cross beam ; an iron bar used in railroads. 
 In Ornithology, a kind of bird, several species of which live in 
 England. 
 
 To RAIL, V. a. to enclose with rails ; to range in a line. — v. n. 
 [railler, Fr.] to speak to or about with reproachful terms. 
 
 RAFLER, s. one who insults or defames by opprobrious lan- 
 guage. 
 
 RAFLLERY, s. \raillerie, Fr.] light and jocose satire. 
 
 RAI'LROAD, Rai'lvvay, s. the name of roads along which 
 iron bars, or rails, with flat surfaces, are placed for the wheels of 
 vehicles used on them to run upon, the wheels being made with 
 a flange, to prevent them from slipping off' the rails. These 
 roads are now constructed on a scale with which only the old 
 Roman roads can be compared, and with all the appliances ot 
 modern engineering skill ; — vallevs being filled up and crossed 
 on embankments or viaducts; Jiills trenched by cuttings, or 
 pierced by tunnels; gentle inclinations of great length substi- 
 tuted for the natural surface ; and deviations from the direct line 
 only made to avoid idle expense, or to secure the traffic of im- 
 portant places. Steam locomotives alone are used, electric tele- 
 graphs are laid down, and every day new devices adopted to se- 
 cure safety and rapidity of transit for passengers and goods. 
 No application of steam-power can vie with this in its profound 
 and extensive influence on mankind. The most remote pro- 
 vinces are brought within a few hours' distance of the metropo- 
 lis ; new towns are springing up around the greater stations on 
 the various lines ; the peculiar privilege of the wealthy, rapid 
 and comfortable travelling, is within the reach of all classes ; na- 
 tions are united by safer bonds than royal treaties ; and the most 
 obstinate in adhering to the dead past, are hurried along by the 
 general movement. But it must also be observed, that, perhaps, 
 since the infamous South-Sea Bubble, few more gigantic or more 
 baseless speculations have turned the heads of the sober and 
 prudent middle-classes of England, than those respecting rail- 
 ways. In proof of which, the sxtpplement to the 3Vme« newspaper 
 of the 17th of Nov. 1&45, which contained a tabular statement 
 compiled by Mr. Spackman, who was qualified by his position to 
 speak authoritatively on this question, may be referred to. It 
 showed that the capital then invested in completed railwaj'S in 
 the United Kingdom amounted to £70,080,877 ; that in process 
 of expenditure upon railways in progress was £07,359,325; and 
 that required for the construction of 020 lines which were pro- 
 visionally registered, and which were about to submit their 
 plans. Sec. to the government, with a view to obtain acts in the 
 ensuing session of parliament, was the enormous sum of 
 £503,203,000; whilst in addition to these projects, there were 
 043 companies which had not registered their prospectuses, and 
 the capital of which could not be estimated. How far such spe- 
 culations entered into the causes of the panic of 1847, it is im- 
 possible to say; but that ruin has followed them in hundreds of 
 cases, where fortunes were gotten in single instances, is most 
 notorious. 
 
 RAI'LVVAYS. The first Railway Bill in England was ob- 
 tained in 1801; and in 1804, a locomotive steam-engine was 
 employed on the railroad at Merthyr Tydfil, in S.Wales. Most 
 of the lines then were mere tram-roads, or plate-railways, and 
 were intended only for the readier transport of heavy goods ; 
 while horse-power alone was, except in very few instances, em- 
 ployed. On the construction of the Liverpool and Manchester 
 railway, and after its opening in 1830, a fresh spirit seemed to 
 animate this branch of applied science and capital. Improve- 
 ments in the engines, in the rails, in the modes of laying them, 
 indeed in every part of these prodigious undertakings, amongst 
 which the various codes of signals, and the electric telegraph, 
 especially, are to be noted. There are in Great Britain and Ire- 
 land, at the present time, (1848,) nearly 3000 miles of railway 
 in active use ; by which all the important cities, towns, and ports 
 are brought into direct communication with each other, and witlv 
 the metropolis, in this island, though this is not the case with 
 Ireland. The progress of most of those schemes which obtained 
 the royal assent during the last two or three years, is complete- 
 
RAI 
 
 ly stopped. The longest line in which the hroadguage is adopted, 
 is the Great Western railway; in this, the rails are laid 7 feet 
 apart ; on almost all the others, they are laid 5 feet, or less, apart. 
 On one line, that between Croydon and Epsom, about 18 miles 
 long, the atmospheric principle was tried, but it is now worked 
 by locomotive engines. On the less important lines, also, 
 single lines of rails are used, for economy. By this vast net- 
 work of iron roada, intersecting the whole country, the proposal 
 of a gentleman named Thomas Gray, first made in 1820, for a 
 General Iron Sailwaij, to supersede all other means of public con- 
 veyance for passengers and goods, including canals and coast- 
 ing traders, is, though without the unity that his plan was 
 characterized by, in all material points secured, and will, in pro- 
 cess of time, doubtless, be wholly secured ; for as respects the 
 carriage of heavy goods, the objections made to canals, by an 
 intelligent correspondent of the Derhy Mercnrxj in 1824, are un- 
 answerable: he says, " Canals take the richest land, are cir- 
 cuitous by following the valleys, and the carriage from them is 
 ascending;" which objections do not in the least apply to rail- 
 ways. In the United States, the total length of the railroads 
 which were in operation in 1843, exceeded 5000 miles. The 
 most complete system of railways, and the most perfect in all 
 details of arrangement for the safety and convenience of pas- 
 sengers, Sec, is that adopted in Belgium, where the whole is in 
 the bands of the government. In France, Germany, Italy, and 
 even in Russia, these undertakings are commenced with more 
 or less vigour and success. And the same may be observed of 
 Egypt, and of several of the British colonies. The customary 
 or average speed of passenger-trains, on all these roads, is about 
 25 miles per hour; mail-trains and expresses travel much faster; 
 and on some extraordinary occasions, the rate of 60 miles per 
 hour has been maintained with complete safety. In respect of 
 this most momentous subject, the safety of the passengers, it 
 ought to be observed, that the improved structure of the car- 
 riages and the rails, the simplification of the codes of signals, 
 the extension of the telegraphs, and the greater care of all the 
 officers on the lines, awakened by the prosecution of some of 
 them, has gone far towards reducing the chances of accidents to 
 those occasions which no human foresight, or even skill, can 
 prevent. See Telegraph. 
 
 RAI'MBACH, ABRAHAM, an eminent engraver of this 
 country, who is best known from his copies of many of Sir Da- 
 vid Wilkie's most famous paintings. He was a member of the 
 Royal Academy, and at one time practised as a miniature painter. 
 He also engraved the illustrations to several works that appeared 
 in the beginning of this century. He died in 1843, aged 67 
 years. 
 
 RAI'MENT, ». [for arraiment, from array,] clothes, or dress. 
 
 RAlM(yNDI, MARC ANTONIO, a celebrated engraver of 
 Italy, in the 16th century. He settled at Rome, where he en- 
 graved for Raphael, and also for Pietro Aretino, which last prints 
 procured his imprisonment by the pope. His works are yet the 
 admiration of those who are able to judge on such subjects. He 
 died in about 1540, aged about 50 years. 
 
 To RAIN, V. n. and impers. [renian, Sax.] to fall in drops from 
 the clouds; to fall like rain. — v. a. to pour down as rain. 
 
 RAIN,». [rew, Sax.] water fallen from the clouds in drops. 
 When the vapour of which clouds are composed becomes so con- 
 densed that it is too heavy for the air to support it, it falls down 
 in rain, hail, or snow. 
 
 RAI'NBOW, {ra'mbd) s. an optical phenomenen, occurring 
 whenever the sun shines on a falling shower of rain ; it consists 
 of the segments of two concentric circles, in which the tints of 
 the solar spectrum are arranged contrarilv, and often repeated 
 several times. This beautiful meteor is always seen opposite to 
 the sun, and is occasioned by the combined refraction andjeflec- 
 tion of its rays in the falling drops. Lunar rainbows are similar 
 phenomena occasioned by the moon's rays ; they are very faint, 
 and not of frequent observation. 
 
 RAI'NDEER, Rei'ndeer, s. [hranas. Sax.] in Zoology, a deer 
 used in the northern countries for drawing sledges. 
 
 RAI'NGAUGE, s. in Meteofclogy, an instrument by which 
 the quantity of rain that falls is measured. 
 
 RAI'NINESS, s. the state of being showery. 
 
 RAI'NY, a. showery ; wet. 
 
 To RAISE, (raize) v. n. [reiser, Dan. resa, Swed.] to lift or heave 
 from the ground ; to set a thing upright ; to increase in current 
 
 RAM 
 
 value ; to erect or build ; to prefer or exalt ; to excite, rouse, or 
 stir up ; to bring into being ; to call into view, applied to spirits ; 
 to utter loudly, applied to the voice ; to bring from death to life; 
 to collect, applied to money ; to give rise to. 
 
 RAI'SER, {raker) s. he that raises. 
 
 RAI'SIN, {raizin) s. [Fr.] in Commerce, &c., the fruit of the 
 vine, dried in the sun, or in an oven. 
 
 RAKE, s. [racche, Belg. race, Sax.] an instrument with teeth, 
 used in dividing ground, or grubbing up weeds.— [racaiYfe, Fr.] 
 a loose, disorderly, vicious, gay, and thoughtless person. 
 
 To RAKE.i'.a. to scrape together or clear with a rake; to draw 
 together by violence or extortion ; to scour or search with vehe- 
 ment desire ; to heap together and cover. — v. n. to search ; to 
 grope ; to pass with violence. 
 
 RA'KER, s. one that rakes. 
 
 RA'KEHELL, s. a wild, vicious, or debauched person. 
 
 RA'KING, a ship in the act of cannonading another on the 
 stern or head, so that the balls shall scour the whole length of 
 her decks. This is frequently called raking fore and aft, being 
 the same with what is called enfilading by engineers. 
 
 RA'KISH, a. like a rake; loose, lewd, dissolute. 
 
 RA'LEIGH, SIR WALTER, a distinguished public character 
 of the reigns of Elizabeth and James I. He was of gentle birth, 
 and studied at Oxford ; after which, as was almost the fashion of 
 the day, he served in the Protestant armies in France and the 
 Low Cfountries, against the Romanists. He next joined in an 
 attempt to colonize N. America, and after his return served in 
 
 Ireland. He was next 
 
 appyi 
 
 to fall into favour with the 
 
 hero queen, and became one of the most assiduous and distin- 
 guished of her courtiers. After some years, he engaged in a 
 second attempt at settling or planting a colony in N. America, 
 and the result of it is patent to this day in the State of Virginia. 
 In the Spanish invasion, and the reprisals made by Elizabeth, 
 Raleigh took part, and after a deserved interruption of the royal 
 favour, he embarked on that insane expedition which eventually 
 won for England the province of Guiana. He took part, after 
 the manner of the other courtiers, in the intrigues that disgrace 
 the latter part of Elizabeth's reign, and obtained a reputation 
 that led to his miserable fall. He was implicated in the plots that 
 welcomed the Scottish king to the English throne, and was im- 
 prisoned for it, and at length, after 13 years, being released, he 
 renewed his search for the vainly dreamt of land of gold, in 
 Guiana, returned unsuccessful, and was beheaded to please the 
 king of Spain, in 1618, aged 65 years. His History of the World 
 is one of the best works of that kind which had then appeared, 
 and abounds in passages of singular eloquence and beauty. 
 
 To RA'LLY, V. a. [ralUer, Fr.] to reduce disordered forces to 
 order; to treat with satirical mirth, or reproach with good hu- 
 mour; to banter. — t;. n. to come together in a hurry ; to come 
 again into order; to exercise satirical merriment. 
 
 RAM, «. [Sax.] in Farming, a male sheep. An instrument 
 with an iron head, formerly used in battering walls. In Astro- 
 nomy, the first sign of the zodiac, which the sun enters at the 
 time of the vernal equinox. 
 
 To RAM, V. a. to drive with violence, alluding to the motion 
 of a battering-ram ; to fill with any thing driven hard together. 
 
 RAMADA'N, «. [Arab.] amongst Mohammedans, a great 
 annual fast. 
 
 To RA'MBLE, v. n. [perhaps from ramb, Swed.] to wander ; 
 to rove, or go about without any fixed resolution or determined 
 place. 
 
 RA'MBLE, s. a wandering, irregular excursion. 
 
 RA'MBLER, s. a rover ; a wanderer. 
 
 RA'MBOOZE, Ra'mbuse, s. a drink made of wine, ale, eggs, 
 and sugar, in the winter; but of wine, milk, sugar, and rose- 
 water, in the summer. 
 
 RA'MEKIN, Ra'mequins, s. [Fr.] small slices of bread cover- 
 ed with cheese and eggs. 
 
 RA'MENTS, s. [ramentum, Lat.] scrapings ; shavings. 
 
 RAMIFICATION, s. [Fr. from ramus and facio, Lat.] divi- 
 sion or separation into branches; the act of branching out; 
 small branches. 
 
 To RA'MIFY, V. a. [ramifier, Fr.] to separate into branches. 
 — V. n. to be parted into branches. 
 
 RA'MMER, s. an instrument by which any thing is driven 
 hard ; the stick with which a charge is forced into a gun. 
 
 RA'MMISH, Ra'mish, «. rank or strong-scented. 
 
 -719 
 
RAM 
 
 RA'MMOHUN ROY, a distinguished Hindu, of the Bralimin- 
 ical caste, and a rajah ; who having received a learned edu- 
 cation, and being struck with the diversities of religious faith 
 and doctrines, even amongst the members of his own caste, 
 was led to a careful investigation of the evidences and character 
 of these conflicting creeds, and having travelled to increase his 
 information respecting them, ended by renouncing Hinduism, 
 and adoptino^ the sacred Scriptures as the basis of his belief He 
 wrote several works in opposition to the practices of the Hindus, 
 and in defence of his own opinions; and experienced abundance 
 of opposition and persecution. He was sent to England on a 
 diplomatic errand, by the king of Delhi ; and received great at- 
 tention from all classes in England, with whom he visited. He 
 died here in 1833, aged about 58 years. He is claimed by the 
 Unitarians, as one of their views ; and undoubtedly he ap- 
 proached more nearly in his sentiments to them, than to those of 
 other bodies of religionists deriving their doctripes from the Bible. 
 
 RA'MOUS, a. [ramus, Lat.] branchy ; consisting of branches. 
 
 To RAMP, V. n. \ramper, Fr. rampare, Ital. rempen, Sax.] to 
 leap with violence; to climb, applied to plants. 
 
 RAMP, s. a leap or spring. 
 
 RA'MPANCY, s. prevalence; exuberarice. 
 
 RA'MPANT, a. [Fr.] prevailing, or breaking through re- 
 straint ; frisky, rompish. In Heraldry, reared up as if for 
 combat. 
 
 RA'MPART, Ra'mpire, s. [rempart, Fr.] a massy bank of 
 earth, cannon-proof, raised about the body of a place, and form- 
 ed in bastions, &c. ; the wall round fortified places. 
 
 RA'MPION, s. \rampmiculus, Lat.] in Botany, a plant, whose 
 blossoms are purple, and grow in spikes. It is found in dry pas- 
 tures, and on the downs in Sussex. 
 
 RA'MSAY, ALLAN, an eminent Scottish poet of the last 
 century. Dislike for his first trade, (that of wig-maker and 
 dresser,) led him to become a bookseller; and this incited him 
 to literary activity. He published several volumes of original 
 poetry, and edited some of the songs and poems of earlier bards ; 
 but it is by his Oentle Shepherd, one of the pieces of his last col- 
 lection, that his name is preserved. He became by his poetic 
 name, his trade, and his circumstances, a kind of centre for all 
 the wits and writers of the northern metropolis ; and died in 
 1758, aged 73 years. 
 
 RA'MSAY, THE CHEVALIER ANDREW MICHAEL, a 
 writer of the last century; who having been educated at Edin- 
 burgh, was afterwards received to the Roman Church, and en- 
 gaged as tutor to several distinguished families of the French 
 nobility, and to the old Pretender, who usually was called the 
 Chevalier St. George. He returned to Scotland ; and died in 
 1743, aged 57 years. 
 
 RA'MSAY, DAVID, an American writer and physician, who 
 took an active part in the American Revolution, as a legislator 
 and memberof congress, and added to the literature of his country 
 several valuable works ; such as Universal History, in 12 vols. ; 
 the History of the American Revolution ; the Life of Washington, kc. 
 He died in 1815, aged 66 years, from the effect of a pistol shot, 
 fired at him by a maniac. 
 
 RA'MSEY, Huntingdonshire. It was formerly famous for its 
 wealthy abbey, and hence called Ramsey the Rich. Part of the 
 ^ate-house yet remains, with a neglected statue of Ailuin, the 
 founder. It is seated in the fens, among rich ground, proper for 
 tillage and pasture, and near the meres of Ramsey and Whitle- 
 sey, which abound with fowl, and excellent pikes and eels. It 
 is 68 miles from London. Market, Saturday. Pop. 3680. 
 
 RA'MSEY, an island of S. Wales, on the coast of Pembroke- 
 shire, about 2 miles in length, and a mile and a half broad. 
 Near it are several small ones, known by the name of the Bishop 
 and his Clerks. 
 
 RA'MSEY, a town on the N. E. coast of the Isle of Man, with 
 a spacious haven, in which the largest ships may ride at anchor, 
 with safety from all winds but the N. E., and then they need not 
 be embayed. Lat. 54. 18. N. Long. 4. 20. W. 
 
 RA'MSGATE, Kent. It is a sea-port of the Isle of Thanet, 
 where two very substantial stone piers have been built for the 
 security of the harbour, which is now capable of receiving 200 
 sail of ships. Ramsgate has some trade; but is much better 
 known as a bathing-place. It is 72 miles from London. Mar- 
 kets, Wednesday and Saturday. Pop. 10,909. 
 
 RA'MSONS, «. in Botany, an herb allied to the onion. 
 720 
 
 RAN 
 
 RA'MUS, PETER, a celebrated French scholar and philoso- 
 pher, who was born in very humble life, and obtained his learn- 
 ing by the devotion of his leisure hours, when a servant in the 
 college of Navarre. He opposed the blind deference every where 
 paid to the authority of Aristotle, and experienced persecution 
 in consequence, yet he was made professor of rhetoric and phi- 
 losophy by the king. Having renounced Romanism, he fled from 
 Pans, and returning at the treacherous peace made by Catherine 
 de Medici, fell in the St. Bartholomew, in 1572, aged 57 years. 
 His works are very numerous, and amongst his followers his 
 authority was as great as that of Aristotle amongst others. 
 
 RAN, the prefer, of To Run. 
 
 To RANCH, V. a. [corrupted from wrench,} to sprain ; to injure 
 by a violent twist. 
 
 RA'NCID, a. [raceo, Lat.] strong-scented ; musty. 
 
 RA'NCIDNESS, Ranci'dity, s. strong scent, as of old oil ; 
 mustiness. 
 
 RA'NCOROUS, a. spiteful in the highest degree. 
 
 RA'NCOROUSLY, ad. in a malignant manner. 
 
 RANCOUR,*, [rancoeur, old Fr.] hatred continued; inveterate 
 malignity. 
 
 RAND, 8. \rand, Belg.] a border, or seam. 
 
 RA'NDOM, s. want of direction, rule, or method; chance; 
 hazard ; roving motion. 
 
 RA'NDOM, a. done by chance or without design; moving 
 without direction. 
 
 RA'NFORCE, s. the ring of a gun next the touch-hole. 
 
 RANG, prefer, of To Ring. 
 
 To RANGE, V. a. [ranger, Fr.] to place in order or rank ; to 
 rove over. — v. n. to rove at large ; to be placed in order. 
 
 RANGE, 8. [rangee, Fr.] a rank, or any thing placed in a line ; 
 a class or order ; an excursion ; room for excursion ; compass 
 taken in by any thing excursive, extended, or placed in order; 
 the step of a ladder ; a kitchen stove ; a beam of a coach. 
 
 RA'NGER, s. one that roves about ; a dog that beats the 
 ground ; an officer that looks after the game of a forest. 
 
 RANGOO'N, a great port of the Burmese empire. It stands 
 on the Irrawaddy, and is irregularly and unsubstantially built. 
 Ship-building is carried on here to some extent, and it is the 
 seat of most of the commerce of the empire. Near it is Pagoda, 
 to which pilgrimages ate made. Pop. about 10,000. Lat. 16. 
 47. N. Long. 96. 15. E. 
 
 RANK, a. [ranc. Sax.] strong; growing too fast; fruitful; 
 bearing strong plants. — [rancidus,V.dA.'] strong-scented; gross; 
 coarse. 
 
 RANK, s. [rang, Fr.] a line of men placed abreast ; a row ; a 
 class, or order; degree of dignity ; high place. 
 
 To RANK, V. a. [ranger, Fr.] to place abreast ; to range or 
 include in any particular class; to dispose in a regular manner. 
 — r. n. to be ranged ; to be placed. 
 
 To RA'NKLE, v. n. to fester, or breed corruption. To be in- 
 flamed, applied both to the body and mind. 
 
 RA'NKLY, ad. in a coarse or gross manner. 
 
 RA'NKNESS, s. exuberance; superfluity of growth. 
 
 RA'NNY, 8. [mus araneus, Lat.] in Zoology, the shrewraowse. 
 
 To RA'NSACK, v. a. [ran. Sax. and saka, Swed.] to plunder 
 
 r pillage; to search narrowly; to violate. 
 RA'NSOM, 8. - " 
 
 [rangon, Fr.] the price paid for redemption of a 
 prisoner. 
 
 To RA-'NSOM, V. n. [ranro7uier, Fr.] to free from punishment 
 or captivity by money. 
 
 RA'NSOM LESS, a. free from ransom. 
 
 RA'NSOMER, s. one who redeems. 
 
 To RANT, V. n. [randen, Belg.] to make use of pompous or 
 high-sounding language without any proportionable dignity of 
 thought. 
 
 RANT, s. high-sounding language without proportionable 
 dignify of thought. 
 
 RA'NTER, s. a ranting fellow, 
 
 RA'NTIPOLE, s. a wild, immodest young woman. 
 
 To RA'NTIPOLE, v. n. to run about wildly. Both these 
 words are low. 
 
 RA'NULA, s. [Lat.] in Medicine, a soft swelling of the salivary 
 glands, under the tongue ; occasioned by congestion, and occa- 
 sionally becoming a large tumour. 
 
 RANU'NCULUS, s. [Lat.] in Botany, a well-known genus of 
 flowers, called likewise crowfoot. 
 
RAR 
 
 To RAP, V. n. [hrappan. Sax.] to strike with a smart and 
 quick blow. — ». a. to afreet with rapture ; to si^tch away. To 
 rap and rend, is to seize by violence. 
 
 RAP, «. a quick smart blow. 
 
 RAPA'CIOUS, (rapashioua) a. [rapace, Fr. rapax, Lat.] given 
 to plunder; seizing by violence ; ravenous; greedy. 
 
 RAPA'CIOUSLY, {rapdshiously) ad. by rapine; by violent 
 robbery; ravenously; greedily. 
 
 RAPA'CIOUSNESS, (ropdsAiousnm) s. the quality of being 
 rapacious. 
 
 RAPA'CITY, s. [rapacitas, from rapto, Lat.] the act of seizing 
 by violence; the exercise of plunder ; ravenousness. 
 
 RAPE, s. [rapt, Fr. raptus, Lat.] the violent forcing of a wo- 
 man. In Botany, the wild navew ; a sort of cabbage. A divi- 
 sion of a country, sometimes meaning the same as a hundred, 
 and at other times signifying a division consisting of several 
 hundreds. The stalks of the clusters of grapes when dried, and 
 used in making of vinegar. 
 
 RA'PHAEL SANZIO, or D' Uiibino, (correctly Raffaello,) 
 one of the greatest painters of Italy, and of the world. His fa- 
 ther was a painter, and he studied under Perugino, and at 
 Florence, using the works of Michael Angelo, Lionardo da 
 Vinci, Fra Bartolomeo, &c. He was patronized by Julius \\. 
 and Leo X., and under their encouragement, at Rome, produced 
 his most celebrated pictures. He excelled also as an architect, 
 and the church of St. Peter's at Rome is almost wholly from 
 his design. He also constructed several other fine buildings. As 
 a sculptor he might have attained a high rank. He died in 
 1520, aged but 37 years, but having achieved an immortal name. 
 The Cartoons of Hampton Court, are his sketches of designs for 
 tapestry in the Sistine Chapel at Rome ; and England has to 
 thank her Puritan king, Cromwell, for the possession of them. 
 Some of his pictures are almost as well known as these, in Eng- 
 land, by the numerous engravings of them. But no engravings 
 can convey any notion of the colouring and effect of these master- 
 pieces of arts. 
 
 RAPHO'E, an Irish bishopric in connexion with Derry. The 
 city is in Donegal, a county of Ulster, whose cathedral is a very 
 plain building. The trade is pretty good. It is 138 miles from 
 Dublin. Pop. 13()2. 
 
 RAPID, a. [rapide, Fr. rapidus, Lat.] quick ; swift ; impe- 
 tuous. 
 
 RAPl'DITY, s. [rapidus, Lat.] swiftness of motion ; celerity. 
 
 RA'PlDLY,arf. swiftly; quickly. 
 
 RA'PIDNESS, «. swiftness; celerity. 
 
 RA'PIER, s. [rapiere, Fr.] a small sword used only in thrust- 
 ing; the small sword. 
 
 RA'PIER-FISH, s. in Natural History, the swordfish. 
 
 RAPI'N DE THOYRAS, PAUL, an English historian, but a 
 native of France, expelled by the revocation of the Edict of 
 Nantes to Holland, whence he came to this country with the 
 Prince of Orange. He wrote his great History of England at 
 Wesel in the duchy of Cleves, where he died in 1725, aged G4 
 years. His work reached only to the death of Charles I., but it 
 was continued by other writers, and for a long time was a work 
 of the first authority. 
 
 RA'PINE, «. [rapio, Lat.] the act of taking away tl^ goods of 
 another by violence. 
 
 RAPPER, s. one that strikes. 
 
 RAPT, s. a trance; an ecstasy. 
 
 RA'PTUREj s. [rapio, Lat.] ecstasy; violence of a pleasing 
 passion; uncommon heat of imagination ; rapidity; haste. 
 
 RAPTUROUS, a. ecstatic; transporting. 
 
 RARE, a. [rare, Fr. rarus, Lat.] uncommon, scarce ; excellent ; 
 thin, opposed to dense; thinly scattered; raw. 
 
 RA'REESHOVV, s. a show carried in a box. 
 
 RAREFACTION, [rarefakshm s. [Fr.] the art of making any 
 medium thin, or of extending the parts of a thing so that they 
 shall take up more room. 
 
 RAREFI'ABLE, a. capable of being made thinner. 
 
 To RA'REFY, i'. a. [rarefler, [Fr.] to make more thin. — v. n. 
 to become thin. 
 
 RA'RELY, ad. not often ; seldom ; finely; nicely ; accurately. 
 
 RA'RENESS, s. the quality or slate of happening seldom and 
 being uncommon; values arising from scarcity. 
 
 RA'RITY, «. [rarete, Fr. raritas, Lat.] uncominonness ; a thing 
 valued for its scarceness or uncommunness; thinness. 
 
 RAT 
 
 RA'SCAL, s. [Sax.] a mean fellow; a scoundrel; a sorry 
 wretch. 
 
 RASCA'LITY, «. vileness; knavery. 
 
 RASCA'LLION, s. one of the meanest rank. 
 
 RA'SCALLY, a. mean ; worthless. 
 
 To RASE, Raze, v. a. [raser, Fr.] to skim or brush the sur- 
 face ; to destroy or overthrow; to erase or blot out. 
 
 RASH, a. [rasch, Belg.] hasty; violent; precipitate; incon- 
 siderate. 
 
 RASH, s. [rascia, Ital.] satin. In Medicine, an efflorescence 
 of red spots on the skin, perhaps corrupted from rush. 
 
 RA'SHER, .1. a thin slice of bacon. 
 
 RA'SHLY, ad. in a hasty and thoughtless manner. 
 
 RA'SHNESS, s. foolish contempt of danger; inconsiderate 
 haste ; precipitation ; temerity. 
 
 RASK, ERASMUS, an eminent Danish grammarian, who 
 studied at Copenhagen, and afterwards travelled in N. Europe, 
 to make himself more acquainted with the old Teutonic lan- 
 guages. Later in his life he travelled in Persia and India, and 
 added the knowledge of the varied tongues of those regions to 
 his already extensive learning. He held various situations at 
 Copenhagen at different periods, being professor of literature, 
 oriental languages, &c. &c., in which he taught most luminously 
 the great principles of comparative grammar. But his works 
 are generally of greater value yet ; and particularly his Anglo- 
 Saxon grammar, which is still the chief storehouse of informa- 
 tion respecting that dialect, which is of such great interest to 
 England, and has been translated. He died in 1832, aged 45 
 years. 
 
 RASP, s. [ruspo, Ital.] in Botany, a raspberry. 
 
 To RASP, V. n. [raspen, Belg. rasper, Fr.] to rub to powder with 
 a very rough file ; to wear away the surface with a rough file. 
 
 RASP, s. a rough file. 
 
 RA'SPATORY, s. [raspatoir, Fr.] a surgeon's rasp. 
 
 RASPBERRY, s. in Horticulture, a kind of fruit. 
 
 RA'SPBERRY-BUSH, s. in Botany, a species of bramble, 
 having serrated leaves, white blossoms, and red berries. 
 
 RA'SURE, {see Rase,) s. [rado, Lat.] the act of scraping or 
 shaving; a mark in writing made by rubbing or scratching out 
 a word or letter. 
 
 RAT, s. [Fr.] in Zoology, an animal larger than a mouse, that 
 infests houses and ships. To smell a rat, implies to suspect dan- 
 ger, or to be put on the watch. 
 
 RA'TABLE, a. set at a certain value. 
 
 RA'TABLY, ad. proportionably. 
 
 RATAFI'A, {ratafee) s. a fine cordial prepared from the ker- 
 nels of apricots and spirits. 
 
 RA'TAN, s. a small Indian cane; an instrument of punish- 
 ment used by schoolmasters ; a common species of mahogany. 
 
 RATCH, Rash, s. in Clockwork, a sort of wheel, which serves 
 to lift up the detents every hour, and thereby make the clock 
 strike. 
 
 RATE, s. [ratits, Lat.] a price fixed to any thing ; a settled 
 allowance or quantity ; degree; that which sets the value ; the 
 manner of doing a thing; a tax imposed by a parish, &c. for 
 local purposes. Hate of a ship of war, is its order, degree, or dis- 
 tinction, as to magnitude, burden, number of men, and gUns. 
 
 To RATE, 1-. a. to value at a certain price ; to tax ; to chide 
 vehemently. — v. n. to make an estimate. 
 
 RATEE'N, s. a thick woollen stuff, quilled, or woven on a 
 loom with four treddles, like serges. They are chiefly manu- 
 factured in France, Holland, and Italy, and are mostly used as 
 linings. 
 
 RATH, s. a hill. 
 
 RATH, a. [Sax.] early ; coming before the usual time. 
 
 RA'THER, ad. [the comparative of rath, now out of use,] more 
 willingly ; preferably ; in a greater degree ; more properly ; 
 especially. To have rather, is to prefer, or desire in preference. 
 
 KATIFICA'TION, s. [Fr.] the act of confirming. 
 
 RA'TIFIER, s. the person or thing that ratifies. 
 
 To RA'TIFY, V. a. [ratus and facio, Lat.] to confirm ; to settle ; 
 to validate. 
 
 RA'TIO, {rdshio) s. [Lat.] proportion. In Mathematics, the 
 relation of magnitudes and quantities. It is most profoundly 
 treated of in the 5th Book of Euclid's Elements, a part of that 
 work which has been more perplexed by commentators, and 
 others, than any other. See Proportion, &.c. 
 
 4 z 721 
 
RAV 
 
 To RATIO'CINATE, (rashiicinate) r. n. [ratioeinor, from ratio, 
 Lat.] to reason ; to argue. 
 
 RATIOCINA'TION, {rasUosindahon) s. [ratiocinatio, Lat.] the 
 act of deducing consequences from premises ; the process of 
 reasoning. 
 
 RATIO'CINATIVE, {rashidsinative) a. argumentative ; ad- 
 vancing by process of discourse. 
 
 RA'TION, (the ti in this and the following words is pron. like 
 sh ; as, rdshOn, rdshdnal, rashbnatty, &c.) k. [ratio, Lat.] in the Army, 
 is a portion of ammunition, bread, drink, and forage, distributed 
 to each soldier in the army, for his daily subsistence, &c. 
 
 RATIONAL, a. [rationalis, from ratio, Lat.] having the use of 
 reason ; agreeable to reason ; wise, judicious. 
 
 RATIONA'LE, s. [Lat.] a reasonable account of the grounds 
 on which any thing is founded. 
 
 RA'TIONALISM, s. in Theology, is the name given to the 
 tenets and principles of certain divines of recent times, who, 
 rejecting all supernatural agency in respect of the Scriptures, 
 and of the events they record and the doctrines they contain, 
 succeeded in extinguishing for themselves and their followers 
 all religious light, and in provoking more searching and satis- 
 factory exhibitions of the truths they denied, and in calling 
 forth a warmer and more exalted piety in those who held by 
 them. The Unitarians, in this country, have been the chief 
 avowers of this system; and both here and in Germany, its 
 native land, it is rapidly dying out as a system. 
 
 RATIONALIST, s. one who admits of nothing but what he 
 can account for on the principles of ratiocination; one who pre- 
 fers ratiocination to revelation. 
 
 RATION A'LITY, s. the possession of reason ; reasonableness. 
 
 RATIONALLY, ad. reasonably ; with reason. 
 
 RATIONALNESS, s. the state of being rational. 
 
 RATISBON, an ancient and strong town of Bavaria, in Ger- 
 many ; it was free and imperial, and the see of a bishop. In the 
 town-hall the general diets of the empire met. It stands at the 
 junction of the Danube and the Regen, and across the former 
 is a fine stone bridge. It is well built, and has a great many 
 fine buildings. It has also several valuable institutions for learn- 
 ing and benevolence, and an excellent trade. It is 63 miles from 
 Munich. Pop. about 25,000. Lat. 49. 0. N. Long. 12. II. E. 
 
 RATSBANE, s. poison for rats ; arsenic. 
 
 RATTEE'N, s. See Rateen. 
 
 To RATTLE, v. n. [ratelen, Belg.] to make a quick noise with 
 shaking things together not very sonorous; to speak eagerly 
 and noisily. — v. a. to make a thing sound by shaking ; to stun 
 with noise ; to scold. 
 
 RATTLE, s. a quick noise, nimbly repeated ; empty and loud 
 talk ; an instrument having something included in a hollow part, 
 to cause terror or surprise. In Botany, a kind of plant too com- 
 mon in corn-fields and meadows. 
 
 RATTLEHEADED, {rdttlehided) a. giddy ; unsteady. 
 
 RATTLESNAKE, s. in Zoology, a snake so called from the 
 rattle at the end of its tail. 
 
 RATTOO'N, s. in Zoology, a West Indian fox. 
 
 To RA'VAGE, v. a. \ravager, Fr.] to lay waste, sack, spoil, 
 plunder, pillage, ruin, ransack. 
 
 RAVAGE, s. [Fr.] spoil or plunder. 
 
 RA'VAGER, s. a plunderer; a spoiler. 
 
 RAU'CITY, s. [raucusjhdXJ] hoarseness; loud, rough, hoarse 
 noise. 
 
 To RAVE, V. n. [reven, Belg. rever, Fr.] to be delirious, or talk 
 irrationally; to burst into fits of fury like a mad person. 
 
 To RA'VEL, V. a. [ravelen, Belg.] to entangle, or entwist ; 
 to unweave, or undo something woven ; to hurry over in con- 
 fusion.— d. n. to fall into perplexity or confusion ; to work in per- 
 plexity ; to be busy with intricacies. 
 
 RA'VELIN, s. [Fr.] in Fortification, a work having two faces, 
 that conipose a salient angle without any flanks. 
 
 RA'VEN, s. [lircefn, Sax.] in Ornithology, the largest and 
 fiercest bird of the crow kind. It is often kept tame and taught 
 to talk. 
 
 To RA^EN, {rdven) v. a. [r«/5a», Sax.] to rob; to devour 
 with great eagerness.— c. n. to prey with rapacity- 
 
 RAVE'NNA, a province of the Papal States, Italy, It lies 
 between Tuscany and the Adriatic, and is bounded by the 
 provinces of Ferrara, Bologna, and Forli. It touches the Apen- 
 nines, but they are not within its borders ; the part next the sea 
 
 RAZ 
 
 is marshy ; and it has no rivers of importance. It is chiefly 
 agricultwal ; and produces corn, cattle, silk, and wines in to- 
 lerable abundance. Jlavenna, its capital, stands near the sea, 
 and abounds in noble building.s, particularly churt'hes, which are 
 rich with paintings, monuments, &c. It has a valuable library, 
 and various excellent collections. Pop. about 20,000. Lat. M. 
 25. N. Long. 12. 40. E. Pop. of province, about 150,000. 
 
 RA'VENOUS, a. hungry to excess. 
 
 RA'VENOUSLY, ad. with raging voracity. 
 
 RA'VENOUSNESS, s. the quality of raging after prey; furi- 
 ous voracity. 
 
 RA'VENSCROFT, THOMAS, an English composer, known 
 chiefly and most honourably by several good and grave psalm- 
 tunes; but who aspired fruitlessly at higher notoriety. He died 
 in 1640, aged 48 years. 
 
 RAUGHT, (raut) the old preterite and participle passive of 
 To Reach. 
 
 RA'VIN, s. prey ; food gotten by violence ; rapine ; voraci- 
 ousness. 
 
 RA'VINE, s. a deep hollow, usually formed by a great flood, 
 or long-continued running of water. 
 
 RA'VINGLY, ad. with frenzy; with distraction. 
 
 To RA'VISH, V. a. [ravir, Fr.] to violate a person's chastity by 
 force ; to take away by violence ; to delight to ecstasy. 
 
 RA'VISHER, s. he that embraces a woman by violence ; one 
 who takes anv thing by force. 
 
 RA'VISHMENT, s. [ravissement, Fr.] the act of violating 
 chastity by force ; excessive delight ; rapture. 
 
 RAVV, a. [raa, Dan. roh, Teut.] not boiled nor roasted ; not 
 dressed enough either by roasting or boiling ; not covered with 
 the skin ; bleak ; chill ; new ; immature ; sore ; ignorant or in- 
 experienced, applied to the judgment. 
 
 KAW'BONED, a. having bones scarcely covered with flesh. 
 
 RAW'HEAD, s. the name given to a spectre. 
 
 RAWLY, a(i. in a raw manner; unskilfully; newly. 
 
 RAWNESS, s. the state of neither being boiled nor roasted, 
 applied to food ; inexperience, applied to the judgment; hasty 
 manner. 
 
 RAY, «. [raie, Fr. radius, Lat.] a beam of light or knowledge. 
 In Natural History, a kind of fish, which has spines on its 
 back. 
 
 To RAY, V. a. [rayer, Fr.] to streak ; to mark in long lines. 
 
 RAY, JOHN, the eminent naturalist and divine of the 17lh 
 century. He was of no distinguished origin, yet he studied at 
 Cambridge, and devoted himself to the study of Natural History, 
 during the very heat and madness of the civil wars. At the Re- 
 storation he entered the Church ; but refusing to sign the Articles 
 and formularies, at the English St. Bartholomew, in 1662, be 
 was deprived of his fellowship, and cast forth from her bosom. 
 During the greater part of his after-life he resided with his 
 friend, whose name is inseparably connected with his own, 
 Francis Willoughby ; and with him made a continental tour for 
 the purpose of studying natural history yet more extensively. 
 He was a Fellow of the Royal Society, and communicated many 
 valuable and interesting papers to its archives. He died in 
 1705, aged 77 years. The work which has made his name most 
 widely krilwn is his treatise of Natural Theology, called. The 
 Wisdom of God manifested in the Works of Creation ; but his fame 
 rests more securely still in the scientific world on his Botanical 
 works, in which he was the immediate precursor of Linnaeus in 
 nomenclature, and was in advance of him in method of classi- 
 fication; and on his Zoological works, which he published con- 
 jointly with Willoughby, and which have been eulogized by 
 Cuvier himself He published some other works, of less mo- 
 ment ; and his letters were edited after his death. 
 
 RAYNA'L, WILLIAM THOMAS FRANCOIS, known better 
 as the Abbe Raynal, one of the innumerable political writers of 
 ante-revolutionary France, and who contributed a share, though 
 not perhaps a very great one, to the universal excitement which 
 brought on the general overturn. He had travelled, (both from 
 taste and on compulsion,) and read extensively; and was deeply 
 imbued with the philosophism of the age. He was made of some 
 importance for a time, by the burning of his vapid wrifinggby 
 the hangman ; but neither he nor his works could else have re- 
 ceived any great attention, then, or afterwards. He died in 
 1796, aged 85 years. 
 
 RAZE, s. See Race. 
 
REA 
 
 To RAZE, Rase, t). (J. [rasus, from rarfo, Lat] to overthrow, 
 ruin, or demolish ; to effacp ; to extirpate. 
 
 RA'ZOR, Ra'sor, s. [Lat.] an instrument used in shaving. 
 
 RA'ZURE, s. [rasm-e, Fr.] See Rasure. 
 
 RE, is an inseparable particle used by the Latins, and from 
 them borrowed by us, to denote iteration or backward action ; as, 
 return, to come back ; repercussion, the act of driving back. 
 
 REACCE'SS, (re-aksess) s. a visit renewed. 
 
 To REACH, {reech) v. a. [rcBcan, Sax.] to touch with the hand 
 extended ; to arrive at, or retain ; to fetch from some place dis- 
 tant, and give ; to transfer; to penetrate to ; to be adequate to ; 
 to extend to, or spread abroad. — 1\ n. to be extended afar ; to 
 make efforts to attain ; to penetrate. 
 
 REACH, (reech) s. the act of taking or bringing by extending 
 the arm ; the act of taking or touching with the arm extended ; 
 power of attaining; the limit of the understanding; a contriv- 
 ance or artifice ; extent. 
 
 To REA'CT, V. a. to act back again ; to return an action or 
 impulse. 
 
 REA'CTION, ire-akshon) s. [Fr.] the action whereby a thing 
 acted upon returns the action upon the agent. 
 
 To RE.4D, (reed) v. a. preter. and past part, read, but pro- 
 nounced rid; [rad, Sax.] to peruse, or utter by the voice, any 
 thing written or printed. Figuratively, to discover by marks, 
 or learn by observation ; to know perfectly; to understand. — 
 V. n. to perforin the act of perusing writing ; to be studious in 
 books; to know bv reading. 
 
 READE'PTION , (re-adepshon) s. [re and adeptiis, Lat.] recovery ; 
 act of regaining. 
 
 RE'ADER, (reeder) s. one that peruses any thing written or 
 printed ; one studious in books ; one whose office is to read 
 prayers in churches. 
 
 RE'ADlLY,(re(/%)arf.without hesitation, hinderance,ordelay. 
 
 RE'ADINESS, {rediness) s. [see Re.\dy,] the quality of doing 
 any thing without delay or hesitation. 
 
 RE'ADING, {reeding) s. the art of perusing words written or 
 printed ; study consisting in the perusal of books; a lecture; a 
 public recital; variation of copies. 
 
 RE'ADING, (Reding) Berkshire. It is pleasantly seated on 
 the river Kennet, near its confluence with the Thames, and has 
 several bridges. The newer parts of the town are tolerably well 
 built, and there are several public edifices, which greatly orna- 
 ment it. It has also .some interesting ruins. It has a good 
 trade, possessing several valuable manufactures, beside being 
 an emporium for corn, malt, &c. It has also by canal and rail- 
 road great facilities for the transport of its commodities. It is 
 ^9 miles from London. Markets, Saturday (for corn), and Mon- 
 day (for cattle). Fairs, February 2, May 1, July 25, and Sep- 
 tember 21. Pop. 18,937. 
 
 READMI'SSION, (re-admishon) s. the act of admitting again. 
 
 To READMIT, t. a. to let in again. 
 
 To READO'RN, v. a. to adorn again. 
 
 RE'ADY, (ref/y) a. [r(ed,SAX.] quick in performance; fit, or 
 prepared; willing; eager; near; being at the point; facile; 
 easy; opportune; done without hinderance or hesitation; ex- 
 pedite; nimble. — ad. readily; so as not to need delay. 
 
 REAFFFRMANCE, s. second confirmation. 
 
 REA'GENTS,«. in Chemistry, substances which are added to 
 mineral waters or other liquids, as tests to discover their nature 
 and composition. 
 
 RE'AL, a. [reel, Fr. realis, from res, Lat.] relating to things, not 
 persons ; true, opposed to fictitious ; genuine. In Law, con- 
 sisting of things immovable, as land. 
 
 REALGAR, s. in Chemistry, red arsenic or sandaracha. 
 
 RE'ALISM, s. in Philosophy, the doctrine of the objective 
 reality of general notion, which was maintained by the great 
 schoolmen, and largely affected the forms of dogmatic theology. 
 The causes of its adoption by the church were, that it was, in 
 truth, philosophy held in subordination to church authority;— 
 that a dictatorial and speculative theology readily combined with 
 it; — that men were taught to distrust their senses and experi- 
 ence, and to rely only on clear consequences from unquestioned 
 speculative principles. The reason for its failure to lead man's 
 mind onward was, that its only instrument was the Aristotelian 
 logic.^ See Nominalism. 
 
 REA'LITY, «. [realite, Fr.] truth, or real existence, opposed 
 to appearance; something intrinsically important. 
 
 animate again; to restore to life; 
 
 REB 
 
 To RE'ALIZE, y. a. [realiser, Fr.] to bring into being or act; 
 to convert money into land, or paper currency into money. 
 
 RE'ALLY, arf. actually; truly. Indeed. 
 
 REALM, (rBm) s. [roiaulme, royaume, Fr.] a kingdom ; kingly 
 government. 
 
 REAM, (reem) s. [rame, Fr. rime, Belg.] a bundle of paper 
 consisting of 20 quires. 
 
 To REA'NLMATE, v. a. to i 
 to revive. 
 
 To REANNE'X, v. a. to annex again. 
 
 To REAP, (reep) v. a. [repan. Sax.] to cut corn at harvest ; to 
 gather or obtain. — v. n. to harvest. 
 
 RE'APER, (reeper) s. one that cuts corn. 
 
 RE'APINGHOOK, (reepinghook) s. a kind of sickle used in 
 cutting corn. 
 
 REAR, (reer)s. [arriere, Fr.] the hindermost troop of an army, 
 or the last line of a fleet ; the last class. 
 
 REAR, (reer) a. raw ; neither well roasted nor sodden. 
 
 To REAR, (reer) v. a. [arceran. Sax.] to raise up ; to lift up 
 any thing fallen ; to bring up from an infant state ; to educate 
 or instruct ; to exalt or elevate. 
 
 RE'ARVVARD, (lepmarrf) s. the last troop; the end; tailor 
 train behind ; the latter part. 
 
 RE'ARMOUSE, Re'remouse, s. [hreremus, Sax.] in Zoology, 
 the general name for the bat. 
 
 To REASCE'ND, r. a. to climb or mount again ; to go up a 
 second time. 
 
 RE'ASON, (the eas is pron, like eez, in this word and its fol- 
 lowing derivatives ; as, reezon, reezonahle, &c.) s. [raison, Fr. ratio, 
 Lat.] true and clear principles; correct deductions from pre- 
 mises; the cause, or final cause ; right; justice; a just account. 
 In Metaphysics, or Psychology, that faculty in man which makes 
 him truly ma7i. It has for its objects, truth or ideas, all that is 
 essentially spiritual and supersensuous ; it is the source of uni- 
 versal and necessary truths, and does not depend on experience 
 in any way, being the same in all men, only in various degrees 
 of clearness, of development, and purity. See Understanding. 
 
 To RE'ASON, f. n. [raisonner, Fr.] to deduce consequences 
 correctly from premises ; to debate, discourse, or endeavour to 
 convince. — v. a. to examine by the rules of reasoning. 
 
 RE'ASONABLE, a. [raisonable, Fr.] having the faculty of 
 reason ; consistent with reason ; just ; moderate ; tolerable ; 
 correct. 
 
 RE'ASON ABLENESS, s. agreeableness to reason ; moderation. 
 
 RE'ASONABLY, axl. agreeabhf to reason ; moderately. 
 
 RE'ASONER, s. [raisunneur, Fr.] one who reasons ; an arguer. 
 
 RE'ASONING, s. argument. 
 
 RE'ASONLESS, a. void of reason. 
 
 To REASSE'MBLE, v. a. to collect or assemble again. 
 
 To REASSE'RT, v. a. to assert anew, or a second time. 
 
 To REASSU'ME, f. a. [reassumo, Lat.] to resume ; to take 
 again. 
 
 To REASSU'RE, v. a. [reassurer, Fr.] to free from fear ; to re- 
 store from terror. 
 
 REATE, (reet) s. in Botany, a kind of long small grass that 
 grows in water, and complicates itself together. 
 
 To REAVE, (reeve) v. a. pret. refi, [rcefian. Sax.] to take away 
 by stealth or violence, 
 
 Reau'mur, Rene-Antoine Ferchaui.t de, a celebrated French 
 natural philosopher of the earlier part of the last century. He 
 was trained for the legal profession, but renounced it, and de- 
 voted himself to science. The greater part of his life was passed 
 at Paris, in the ceaseless and noiseless pursuit of his favourite 
 studies, in carrying out which he amassed a considerable collec- 
 tion of animals, plants, minerals, &c. &c. He died in 1757, 
 aged 74 years. His name is best known in this country by a 
 peculiar scale for the thermometer, which is not however adopt- 
 ed, although more simple and philosophical than that of Fah»en- 
 heit. He studied with close attention the habits of various 
 insectsand shell-fish, and communicated the results to the French 
 Academy of Sciences. Various experiments of great cost, and of 
 considerable value, were also made by him, on the manufactnre 
 of porcelain, of steel, of pearls. Sec, on tinning iron, hatching 
 eggs, on making of cordage, &c. The record of his manifold 
 discoveries and observations is to be found in the Memoirs of the 
 Academy, and in his own works. 
 
 REBAPTIZA'TION, ». [rSbaptization, Fr.] repetition ot baptism. 
 4 z 2 .723 
 
REC 
 
 To REBAPTI'ZE, v. a. [rShaptiser, Fr.] to baptize again. 
 
 To REBA'TE, v. n. [rebaUre, Fr.] to blunt ; to deprive of 
 keenness. 
 
 REBA'TE, -See Discount. 
 
 RE'BECK, s. [rebec, Fr.] a three-stringed fiddle. 
 
 RE'BEL, s. [rehelle, Fr. rebelUs, from helium, Lat.] one who op- 
 poses lawful authority. 
 
 To REBE'L, t). n. [rebello, Lat.] to rise in opposition to lawful 
 authority. 
 
 REBfi'LLER,s, one that rebels. 
 
 REBE'LLION, s. [Fr. rebellio, Lat.] the act or state of taking 
 up arms, or otherwise opposing lawful authority. 
 
 REBELLIOUS, a. opponent to lawful authority. 
 
 REBE'LLIOUSLY, ad. in opposition to lawful authority. 
 
 REBE'LLIOUSNESS, s. the quality of being rebellious. 
 
 To REBE'LLOW, (rebello) v. n. to echo back a loud noise. 
 
 REBOA'TION, s. [re and boo, Lat.] the return of a loud bel- 
 lowing sound. 
 
 REBOLLE'DO, BERNARDINO, COUNT, one of the heroes 
 of the later part of the 30 years' war, and a writer of some emi- 
 nence in Spain. After distinguishing himself in the wars, he 
 resided for sometime at Copenhagen as Spanish ambassador; 
 where he was of great service to the Danish king. He was min- 
 ister of war after his return, and died in 1676, aged 80 years. 
 He wrote some agreeable madrigals, and lighter kinds of poetry ; 
 and some paraphrastic versions of the iPsalms. He also at- 
 tempted some didactic poems on Danish History and Geography, 
 and on Politics, but without the like success. 
 
 To REBOU'ND, v. n. [rebondir, Fr.] to spring back again from 
 any surface. — v. a. to reverberate or beat back. 
 
 REBOU'ND, s. the act of flying back after being driven with 
 force against any thing. 
 
 REBU'FF, s. [rebuffade, Fr.] a quick and sudden resistance or 
 check ; repercussion. 
 
 To REBU'FF, v. a. to beat back; to oppose with sudden 
 violence. 
 
 To REBUI'LD, (reUld) v. a. to build again ; to re-edify ; to 
 repair. 
 
 REBU'KABLE, a. worthy of being found fault with. 
 
 To REBU'KE, D. a. [rebouchir, Fr.] to chide; to find fault 
 with ; to repress by an unexpected reproach ; to reprehend. 
 
 REBU'KE, s. any chiding expression ; a check ; objurgation. 
 
 REBU'KER, s. a reprehender; a chider. 
 
 RE'BUS, s. [Lat.] a word represented by a picture. A kind 
 of riddle, in which the different syllables of a word are hidden 
 under some picturesque representation. 
 
 To REBU'T, t: n. [rebuter, Fr.] to retire back.— «. a. to drive 
 back ; to repel an accusation, &c. 
 
 REBU'TTER, s. an answer to a rejoinder. 
 
 To RECA'LL, (rekdul) v. a. to call back ; to call again ; to 
 revoke. 
 
 RECA'LL, (rekdul) s. the act or power of calling back ; revo- 
 cation. 
 
 To RECA'NT, v. a. [re and canto, Lat.] to retract, or contra- 
 dict what one has professed, said, or done. 
 
 RECANTA'TION, ». the act of contradicting what a person 
 has professed, said, or done ; retraction. 
 
 RECA'NTER, s. one that recants. 
 
 To RECAPl'TULATE, v. a. [recapituler, Fr.] to mention 
 again ; to repeat again in a distinct manner. 
 
 RECAPlTULA'TiON, «. [Fr.] a distinct repeating of the prin- 
 cipal points or arguments of a discourse; detail repeated. 
 
 RECAPITULA'TORY, a. repeating again. 
 
 To RECA'RRY, v. a. to carry back. 
 
 To RECE'DE, v. n. to fall back ; retreat ; desist. 
 
 RECEIPT, (rcseet) s. [recipio, Lat.] the act of receiving ; a 
 writing acknowledging the receiving of money ; a physician's 
 prescription, or direction for making any thing consisting of 
 various ingredients ; reception ; admission. 
 
 RECE'lVABLE, (reseivable) a. [rececable, Fr.] capable of being 
 received. 
 
 To RECEIVE, (reseete) v. a. [recevoir, Fr.] to take or obtain 
 any thing as due ; to take or obtain from another ; to admit; to 
 take into a place or state; to conceive in the mind; to enter- 
 tain as a guest. 
 
 RECE'lVER, (reseei-er) s. in Chemistry, a vessel of earth, 
 glass, &c. for receiving any distilled liquor. In Pneumatics, it 
 724 
 
 REC 
 
 is a glass vessel for containing the thing in which an experi- 
 ment in the air-pump is to be made. In Law, it is commonly 
 understood in a bad sense, and used for such as knowingly re- 
 ceive stolen goods from thieves, and conceal them. Receiver 
 also signifies an officer; of which there are several kinds, deno- 
 minated from the particular matters they receive, the places 
 where, and the persons from whom. 
 
 RK'CENCY, s. [recens, Lat.] the state of being lately done, or 
 existent. 
 
 RECE'NSION, (resenshon) s. [recens, Lat.] enumeration ; re- 
 view ; a corrected edition. 
 
 RE'CENT, a. not long existent ; new ; late ; fresh. 
 
 RE'CENTLY,arf. freshly; newly. 
 
 RE'CENTNESS, s. the quality of being lately used, made, or 
 done ; newness. 
 
 RECE'PTACLE, s. [receptacidum, from reci/no, Lat.] a vessel or 
 place into which any thing is received. In Botany, the base, or 
 seat, upon which the other parts of a flower are placed; thus, in 
 dandelion, the round dotted surface that remains at tbe top of the 
 stalk after the removal of the florets or seeds, is the receptacle. 
 
 RECEPTIBI'LITY, s. [recipio, Lat.] possibility of receiving. 
 
 RECE'PTION, s. [receptio, Lat.] the act of receiving or enter- 
 taining opinion generally admitted ; the state or manner of being 
 received or entertained ; treatment at first coming. 
 
 RECE'PTIVE, a. having the quality of admitting what is 
 communicated. 
 
 RECE'PTORY, a. generally or popularly admitted. 
 
 RECE'SS, s. [recessus, Lat.] retirement ; departure; a place of 
 retirement or secrecy. — [recez, Fr.] an abstract of the proceed- 
 ings of an imperial diet. 
 
 RECESSION, (reeeshon) s. [recessio, Lat.] the act of retreating. 
 
 To RECHA'NGE, v. a. [rechanger, Fr.] to change again. 
 
 To RECHA'RGE, c. a. [recharger, Fr.] to accuse in return ; 
 to attack again. 
 
 RECHE'AT, (recheet) s. in Hunting, a particular blast of the 
 horn, to call the hounds from a counterscent, when they have 
 lost their game. 
 
 RECIDIVA'TION, s. [re and cado, Lat.] the falling a second 
 time; a backsliding ; relapse, 
 
 RECI'DIVOUS, a. subject to fall again. 
 
 RE'CIPE, s. [Lat. from the first word of a medicinal prescrip- 
 tion,] a medicinal prescription or receipt. 
 
 RECI'PIENT, s. [recipiens, from recipio, Lat.] the receiver; 
 that to which any thing is given. 
 
 RECI'PROCAL, a. [reciprucus, Lat. reciproque, Fr.] mutual ; 
 alternate; returned equally on both sides; affecting both par- 
 ties alike; done by each to each. In Geometry, recijaroca^ pro- 
 portion is, when, in four numbers, the fourth number is so much 
 less than the second as the third is greater than the first, and 
 vice versa. 
 
 RECI'PROCALLY, ad mutually; interchangeably. 
 
 RECI'PROCALNESS, s. mutual return ; alternateness. 
 
 To RECI'PROCATE, v. n. to act mutually or alternately. 
 
 RECIPROCA'TION, Recipro'city, s. the state wherein any 
 action is done mutually by each party. 
 
 RECI'SION, (res'izhon) s. [re and ceedo, Lat.] the act of cut- 
 ting off. 
 
 RECl'TAL, s. the relating of a thing a second time ; rehearsal ; 
 repetition ; enumeration. 
 
 RECITA'TION, s. repetition ; rehearsal. 
 
 RECITATI'VE, Recitati'vo, s. in Music, a passage in which 
 the words are pronounced more musically than in common speech, 
 and less than in a song. 
 
 To RECI'TE, V. a. [re and cito, Lat. reciter, Fr.] to relate ; to 
 rehearse; to tell over; to enumerate. 
 
 RECI'TER, s. he that recites. 
 
 To RECK, V. n. [recan. Sax.] to care; to heed; to mind; to 
 rate at much. — v, a. to heed ; to care for. 
 
 RE'CKLESS, a. [reccefeos, Sax.] careless; heedless; mindless. 
 
 RE'CKLESSNESS, s. carelessness ; negligence. 
 
 To RE'CKON, (usually pron. rekn,) v. a. [reecan. Sax. reckenen, 
 Belg.] to count or find out the number of any collection ; to 
 esteem, value, or account.— v. n. to compute. To call to punish- 
 ment, used with with. To lay stress or dependence upon, u^ed 
 with upon, 
 
 RE'CKONER, (rfkner) s. one who computes; one who calcu- 
 lates cost. 
 
REC 
 
 RE'CKONING, (rekniru/) s. a computation ; an account of 
 time; accounts of debtor and creditor; money due for enter- 
 tainment at a public-house ; an account taken ; esteem or value. 
 A reckoning book, is a book in which money received or expended 
 is set down. 
 
 To RECLAI'M, v. a. [re and clamo, Lat.] to reform or make 
 better; to reduce to the state desired; to recall, or cry out 
 against; to tame; to bring under cultivation. 
 
 To RECLI'NE, v. a. [redino, from clino, Lat.] to lean back or 
 sidewise. — v. n. to lean, rest, or repose. 
 
 RECLI'NE, a. in a leaning posture. 
 
 To RECLO'SE, (recUze) v. a. to close again. 
 
 To RECLU'DE, v. a. [recludo, from claicdo, Lat.] to open. 
 
 RECLU'SE, a. [reclusus, Lat.] shut up from company ; retired. 
 — s. a retired person ; a hermit. 
 
 RECOAGULA'TION, s. second coagulation. 
 
 RECO'GNISANCE, {rekognizmce) s. [Fr.] acknowledgment of 
 a person or thing ; a badge ; a bond of record, testifying the re- 
 cognisor to owe to the recognisee a certain sum of money. 
 
 To RE'COGNISE, (recognize) v. a. \re and cognosco, Lat.] to ac- 
 knowledge ; to recoverand avow knowledge of any other thing; 
 to review or examine judicially. 
 
 RECOGNISE'E, (^recognisee) s. the person in whose favour a 
 bond is drawn. 
 
 RECO'GNISOR, {recAgnizor) s. one who gives a bond to 
 another. 
 
 RECOGNl'TION, s. review ; renewal of knowledge ; acknow- 
 ledgment ; memorial ; knowledge avowed. 
 
 To RECOI'L, V. n. [reculer, Fr.] to rush or bound back again ; 
 to fall back ; to fail or shrink. 
 
 RECOI'L, s. the rebounding or starting back of a cannon, &c. 
 after explosion. 
 
 To RECOI'N, V. a. to coin over again. 
 
 RECOl'NAGE, s. the act of coining anew. 
 
 To RECOLLE'CT, v. a. [re and colligo, Lat.] to revive in, or 
 recover to, the memory ; to recover reason or resolution ; to col- 
 lect again. 
 
 RECOLLE'CTION, s. the act whereby an idea is sought after 
 by the mind, and found, and brought again to view. 
 
 RE'COLLECTS, in Ecclesiastical History, a congregation of 
 reformed Franciscans, called also Friars-minors of St. Francis. 
 
 To RECO'MFORT, v. a. to comfort or console again ; to give 
 new strength. 
 
 To RECOMME'NCE, v. a. [recommencer, Fr.] to begin anew. 
 
 RECOMME'NCEMENT, s. a beginning a thing anew. 
 
 To RECOMME'ND, v. a. [recommander, Fr.] to praise to an- 
 other; to render acceptable; to describe a person as worthy of 
 the countenance of another ; to commit with prayers. 
 
 RECOMME'NDABLE, a. [Fr.] worthy of recommendation or 
 praise. 
 
 RECOMMENDATION, s. the act of detailing the good quali- 
 ties of a person, to gain a favourable reception from another. 
 
 RECOMME'NDATORY, a. that recommends to another. 
 
 RECOMME'NDER, «. one who recommends. 
 
 To RECOMMIT, v. a. to commit anew. 
 
 To RECOMPA'CT, v. a. to join anew. 
 
 RE'COMPENCE, s. [recompense, Fr.] the act of making a re- 
 turn or equivalent ; compensation. 
 
 To RECOMPENSE, v. a. [rScompenser, Fr.] to repay, or re- 
 quite; to return, or give in requital ; to makeup by something 
 of equal value ; to redeem or pay for. 
 
 RECOMPI'LEMENT, s. new compilement. 
 
 To RECOMPO'SE, (rekompoze) v. a. [recomposer, Fr.] to settle 
 or quiet anew ; to form or adjust anew. 
 
 RECOMPOSI'TION, (recomposishon)s. composition renewed. 
 
 To RE'CONCILE, v. a. [re and concilia, Lat.] to make a per- 
 son to like, or be liked again; to make consistent ; to restore 
 to favour. Svnon. To reconcile, supposes some dispute or dis- 
 agreement. To adjust, supposes only some distance or dif- 
 ference. 
 
 RECONCFLABLE, a. [reconciliable, Fr.] capable of renewed 
 kindness ; consistent; possible to be made consistent. 
 
 RECONCFLABLENESS, .v. consistence ; possibility to be re- 
 conciled ; disposition to renew love. 
 
 RECONCl'LER, s. one who renews friendship between others; 
 one who discovers the consistence between propositions. 
 
 RECONCILIATION, Reconci'lement, s. [Fr.] renewal of 
 
 REC 
 
 friendship ; restoration to favour ; agreement of things seeming 
 opposite. 
 
 To RECONDENSE, v. a. to condense aneW. 
 
 RE'CONDITE, a. [reconditm, Lat.] abstruse ; profound ; secret. 
 
 To RECONDU'CT, v. a. [reconduire, Fr.] to conduct again. 
 
 To RECONJOI'N, i.. a. to join anew. 
 
 To RECO'NQUER, v. a. [reconguerir, Fr.] to conquer again. 
 
 To RECONNOI'TRE, (reconnoiter) v. a. [reconnoitre, Fr.] in 
 War, to examine the nature and situation of ground, &c. 
 
 To RECO'NSECRATE, v. n. to consecrate anew. 
 
 To RECONVE'NE, v. n. to assemble anew. 
 
 To RECONVEY', v. a. to convey again. 
 
 To RECO'RD, V. a. [recordor, Lat. recorder, Fr.] to register any 
 thing so as to preserve the memory of it ; to celebrate, or cause 
 to be remembered in a solemn manner. 
 
 RE'CORD, s. a register or authentic memorial. 
 
 RE'CORDE, ROBERT, one of the first English mathema- 
 ticians. He was a physician, and became Royal Physician un- 
 der Edward VI. and his successor, and he taught this science 
 and wrote on it ; but his chief claim to fame arises from his 
 mathematical knowledge, which he displayed as a tutor in both 
 universities, and in various books. He was a man of origin- 
 ality and penetration; which the quaint style of his writings 
 appears rather to enhance than to conceal. He died in 1558, 
 whilst a prisoner for debt, aged about 55 years. 
 
 RECO'RDER, s. one who registers any event ; the keeper of 
 the rolls in a city; a person chosen to assist the magistrates, &c. 
 of a city or corporation, in matters of justice, and proceedings in 
 law. In Music, a kind of flageolet. 
 
 To RECOU'CH, V. a. to lie down again. 
 
 To RECO'VER, V. a. Irecouvrer, Fr.] to restore from sickness 
 or disorder; to repair; to regain ; to release; to reach. — v. n. to 
 grow well from a disease, or any evil. 
 
 RECO'VERABLE, a. capable of being cured or regained. 
 
 RECO'VER Y, s. cure; the power or act of regaining; the 
 state of a person cured. In Law, the cutting off an entail. 
 
 To RECOU'NT, v. a. [raconter, Fr.] to tell in a minute and dis- 
 tinct manner. 
 
 RECOU'RSE, (rekdrce) s. [fecours, Fr. from re and eurro, Lat.] 
 application or attendance for help or protection ; access. 
 
 RPX'OU'RSEFUL, a. moving alternately. 
 
 RE'CREANT, a. [recriant, Fr.] cowardly ; mean-spirited ; cry- 
 ing out or recanting for fear ; apostate ; false. 
 
 To RE'CREATE, v. n. [re and crco, Lat.] to refresh after 
 labour; to amuse when weary. Figuratively, to delight or gra- 
 tify ; to revive or relieve. 
 
 RECREATION, s. refreshment after toil or weariness ; 
 amusement ; diversion. 
 
 RE'CREATIVE, a. refreshing; giving relief after labour or 
 pain ; amusing ; diverting. 
 
 RECREA'TIVENESS, s. the quality of being recreative. 
 
 RE'CREMENT, s. [recrementum, from recerno, Lat.] dross ; 
 scoria ; superfluous or useless parts. 
 
 RECREME'NTAL, Recrementi'tioos, a. drossy; coarse. 
 
 To RECRI MINATE, v. n. [recriminer, Fr.] to return one ac- 
 cusation with another. 
 
 RECRIMINA'TION, s. [Fr.] the act of returning one accusa- 
 tion by another. 
 
 RECRIMINA'TOR, s. he that returns one charge with an- 
 other. 
 
 RECRUDE'SCENT, a. [recrudescens, from crudus, Lat.] in 
 Medicine, growing painful again, applied to wounds. Figura- 
 tively, breaking out afresh. 
 
 To RECRU'IT, (rekrat) y. a. [recruter, Fr.] to repair any 
 thing wasted by fresh supplies; to supply the deficiencies of an 
 army by new men. — v. n. to raise new soldiers. 
 
 RECRU'IT, (rekrut) s. the supply of any thing wasted; a new 
 soldier. 
 
 RECTA'NGLE, s. [Fr. rectus and angulus, Lat.] an angle 
 consisting of 90 degrees; a right angle. 
 
 RECTA'NGULAR, a. having an angle consisting of 90 de- 
 grees ; right-angled. 
 
 RECTA'NGULARLY, ad. with right angles. 
 
 RE'CTIFIABLE, a. capable of being set right. 
 
 RECTIFICATION, s. [rectus and facio, Lat.] the act of setting 
 a thing right which is wrong; the process of distilling spirits a 
 second time, in order to increase their strength. 
 
 -725 
 
RED 
 
 To RE'CTIFY, v. a. to make right or reform ; to increase the 
 strength of spirits by repeated distillation. 
 
 RECTILl'NEAR, Rectili'neous, «. [recites and linea, Lat.] 
 consisting of right lines. 
 
 RE'CTITUDE, s. [Fr.] straightness, opposed to curvity ; up- 
 rightness, or freedom from any vice or bias, applied to the mind. 
 
 RE'CTOR, s. [Lat.] a ruler; the chief officer of a university. 
 In the Church of England, a parson who receives the great 
 tithes of a parish, with or without the others. 
 
 RE'CTORSHIP, s. [rectorat, Fr.] the rank or office of a rector. 
 
 RE'CTORY, s. in the Church of England, the benefice or 
 dwelling-house of a rector. 
 
 RECUBA'TION, s. {reciiho, Lat.] the act of lying or leaning. 
 
 RECU'MBENCY, s. \t-ecumbo, Lat.] the act of lying or lean- 
 ing ; rest ; repose. 
 
 RECU'MBENT, a. lying down ; leaning. 
 
 RECU'PERABLE, a. \recupero, Lat.] easy to be recovered. 
 
 RECUPERA'TION, s. the act of recovering. 
 
 RECU'PERATIVE, Recu'peratory, a. pertaining to recovery. 
 
 To RECU'R, V. n. [re and curro, Lat.] to come back, or revive 
 to the mind. — Irecowir, Fr.] to have recourse to, or take re- 
 
 fuge in. 
 RECl 
 
 lECU'RRENCE, Recu'rrency, «. return. 
 
 RECU'RRENT, a. [recurrens, from re and curro, Lat.] return- 
 ing from time to time. 
 
 RECU'RSION, (rekuTshon) s. [recursus, Lat.] return. 
 
 RECURVA'TION, Recu'rvity, s. [re and ctirvus, Lat.] flexure 
 backwards. 
 
 RECU'RVOUS, a. bent backward. 
 
 RECU'SANT, (rekuzaid) s. [recuso, Lat.] one that refuses to 
 comply with the terms of a community or society. In Ecclesi- 
 astical matters, a nonconformist, or one who refuses to conform 
 to the observances of a state church. 
 
 To RECU'SE, (rekaze) v. n. [recmer, Fr.] to refuse. A juridi- 
 cal word. 
 
 RECU'SSION, {rekushon) s. [recutio, Lat.] the act of beating 
 back. 
 
 RED, a. [Sax. rhud, Brit.] of a red colour. It is one of the 
 three primary colours of the solar spectrum. Dyers reckon it a 
 mother-colour, and have many different shades of it. It is 
 chiefly produced by kermes, cochineal, and madder. 
 
 RE'DAN, Re'dent, s. in Fortification, an indented work, 
 made in form of the teeth of a saw, with salient and co-entering 
 angles. 
 
 REDARGUATION.s. \redargm, Lat.] a disproving or refuting. 
 
 RE'DBREAST, (redbrest) s. in Zoology, one of the names of 
 the robin, derived from the colour of the feathers on its breast 
 and face. 
 
 RED DEER, s. in Natural History, the species of deer yet 
 found wild in the N. parts of Great Britain. 
 
 To RE'DDEN, {rain) v. a. to make red.— t). n. to grow red, or 
 blush. 
 
 RE'DDISH, a. somewhat red. 
 
 RE'DDISHNESS, s. a tendency to redness. 
 
 REDDl'TION, s. [reddo, Lat.] restitution. 
 
 RE'DDITIVE, a. in Grammar, answering to a question. 
 
 RE'DDLE, {redl) s. a pigment used for marking sheep and 
 other coarse work, made of clay and the red oxyde of iron. 
 
 To REDEE'M, v. a. [re and emo, Lat.] to relieve by paying a 
 price ; to recompense ; to release by atonement ; to free from 
 guilt ; to free a pledge by paying what money was lent on it, 
 together with the interest. 
 
 REDEE'M ABLE, a. capable of redemption. 
 
 REDEE'MABLENESS, s. the state of being redeemable. 
 
 REDEE'MER, s. one of the titles or offices of our Lord Jesus 
 Christ. 
 
 To REDELI'VER, v. a. to deliver back. 
 
 REDELI'VERY, s. the act of delivering back. 
 
 To REDEMA'ND, v. a. [redemander, Fr.] to demand back. 
 
 REDE'MPTION, (redemshon) s. [redimo, Lat.] the release of a 
 pledge, &cc., by repayment of the loan with interest. In Theo- 
 logy, the work of our Lord Jesus Christ, as the Saviour of man- 
 kind. 
 
 REDE'MPTORY, {redemtory) a. [redcmptus, Lat.] paid for 
 ransom. 
 
 RED-EYE, in Ichthyology, a kind of fresh-water fish, other- 
 wise called the rudd, common in many of the rivers of Germany 
 726 
 
 RED 
 
 and England. It is all over of an elegant red, but no part of it 
 of so deep a colour as the eyes. 
 
 RE'DFORD. See Retford. 
 
 RED-GAME, s. in Ornithology, the red grouse or gorcock. 
 
 REDHIBITION, s. [re and habeo, ^at.] in Civil Law, an action 
 to make void the sale of certain goods, and to oblige the seller 
 to take them back. 
 
 RE'DHOT, a. heated so as to appear red. 
 
 REDI'NTEGRATE, a. [redintegratm, from re and inter, Lat.] 
 restored ; renewed ; made new. 
 
 REDINTEGRATION, s. renovation ; restoration. In Che- 
 mistry, the restoring any mixed body or matter, whose form has 
 been destroyed, to its former nature and constitution. 
 
 RE'DLEAD, (redled) s. in Chemistry, minium; lead calcined. 
 
 RE'DNESS, s. the quality of being red. 
 
 RE'DOLENCE, Re'dolency, s. sweet scent. 
 
 RE'DOLENT, a. [redoleo, Lat.] sweet of scent. 
 
 To REDOU'BLE, {reduble) v. a. [redoubler, Fr.] to repeat often ; 
 to increase by frequent addition of the same quantity. — v. n. to 
 become twice as much. 
 
 REDOU'BT, {redout) s. [redoufe, Fr.] an outwork of a fortifica- 
 tion ; a fortress. 
 
 REDOU'BT ABLE, {redoi'dable) a. [_redoutaUe, Fr.] terrible to 
 enemies ; formidable. 
 
 REDOU'BTED, (redouted) a. [redouti, Fr.] awful ; formidable. 
 
 To REDOU'ND, v. n. [re and undo, Lat.] to be driven back 
 again ; to conduce ; to result. 
 
 To REDRESS, v. a. [redresser, Fr.] to set right, or amend ; to 
 relieve, remedy, or ease ; more properly applied to things. 
 
 REDRE'SS, s. a relief of grievances; reformation; remedy. 
 
 RED SEA, a narrow sea which divides Africa from Arabia. 
 It is separated from the Mediterranean on the N. by the Isthmus 
 of Suez, and communicates by the Strait of Babelmandel on the 
 S. with the Indian Ocean. The length of this sea is nearly 1500 
 miles, and its average width about 150 ; but the Strait of Babel- 
 mandel, and the two arms at the N. extremity, are only about 
 15 or 16 miles wide. It abounds with coral reefs, &c., but its 
 name is derived from its ancient designation, the Sea of (or bor- 
 dering on) £dom {Edom signifying red). Between its arms at the 
 N. end lies the peninsula of Sinai, the scene of the greatest old- 
 world transaction, the Divine legislation of the Israelitish nation. 
 Across one of those arms Moses conducted the Israelites in safety 
 when they left Egypt ; and in it, on the same occasion, the 
 Egyptian host, with their king, perished. It was the medium of 
 the oriental commerce of Solomon and his successors, and its 
 trade is considerable at the present day. 
 
 To REDSE'AR, {redseer) v. n. applied to iron, which, when 
 too hot, breaks or cracks under the hammer. 
 
 RE'DSHANK, s. in Ornithology, a water bird, about the size 
 of the common plover, with legs of a beautiful red. 
 
 RE'DSTART, Re'dtail, s. in Ornithology, a small migratory 
 warbler, which has a red tail, which it shakes incessantly, and a 
 spot of white over its bill. 
 
 RE'DSTREAK, {redstreek) s. in Horticulture, an apple so called 
 from its colour, preferred to all other fruit for making cider. 
 Also, cider made from redstreak apples. 
 
 To REDU'CE, V. a. [re and ditco, Lat.] to bring to its former 
 state; to reform any disorder; to break into small pieces ; to de- 
 grade ; to bring into a state of want or misery ; to subdue. ' 
 
 REDU'CEMENT, s. the act of bringing back, subduing, re- 
 forming, or diminishing. 
 
 REDU'CER, s. one that reduces. 
 
 REDU'CIBLE, o. possible to be reduced. 
 
 REDU'CIBLENESS, s. quality of being reducible. 
 
 REDU'CTION, s. [Fr.] the act of breaking into pieces, or 
 bringing into order from a state of disorder. In Arithmetic, the 
 bringing of numbers of difl^erent denominations into one. In 
 Chemistry, the restoration of metallic oxydes to their original 
 state of metals. 
 
 REDU'CTIVE, a. [reductif, Fr.] having the power of reducing. 
 
 REDU'CTIVELY, ad. by reduction ; by consequence. 
 
 REDU'NDANCE, Redu'ndancy, s. [redundantia, Lat.] a state 
 wherein things abound to excess; superfluity; superabundance. 
 
 REDU'NDANT, a. [re and unda, Lat.] superfluous; abound- 
 ing to excess ; using more words or images than are useful. 
 
 REDU'NDANTLY, ad. superfluously; superabundantly. 
 
 To REDU'PLICATE, i: a. to double. 
 
REF 
 
 REDUPLICATION, s. the act of doubling. 
 
 REDU'PLICATIVE, a. [reduplicatif, Fr.] double. 
 
 RE'DWING, in Ornithology, the name of a bird of the thrush 
 kind, called also in some places, the wind-thrush, ot swine-pipe. 
 
 To REE, V. a. to riddle ; to sift. 
 
 To RE-E'CHO, (re-p/cko) r. n. to echo back. 
 
 REE'CHY, a. (corrupted from reek,) smoky ; sooty. 
 
 REED, s. \reod. Sax. ried, Teut.] a hollow knotted stalk ; a 
 small pipe ; an arrow. In Botany, a plant of the grass kind, of 
 which four kinds are natives of England, viz. the common, small, 
 branched, and sea reed. They all flower in June and July. 
 
 To RE-E'DIFY, v. a. to build again ; to rebuild, 
 
 REE'DED, a. covered in or made with reeds. 
 
 REE'DEN, a. consisting of reeds. 
 
 REE'DMACE, s. in Botany, a kind of rush, called also the 
 catstail ; of which we have two species, that bear spikes of male 
 and female flowers, and are found in ditches and ponds. 
 
 REE'DY, a. abounding with reeds. 
 
 REEF, s. in Ships, that part of the lower edge of a sail, which 
 can be tied up by means of strings, so as to lessen the surface 
 presented to the wind. Heejing, is the operation of reducing a 
 sail, by taking in one or more of the reefs. In Physical Geo- 
 graphy, or Hydrograph;^, a narrow coral-rock, just under the 
 surface of the water, fringing islands, &c, &c., or surrounding 
 them parallel to the line of shore, at various distances. They par- 
 ticularly abound in the Pacific Ocean, and are the most serious 
 impediment to the navigation of that vast sea ; as they frequently 
 occur where no land is perceptible, being formed on a sunken 
 rock ; and as they are not always betrayed by the surf and 
 breakers. See Coral, Zoophyte, &c. 
 
 REEK, s. [rec. Sax. reuke, Belg.] steam ; smoke ; vapour. 
 
 To REEK, V. n. [recan. Sax.] to smoke; to steam; to emit 
 vapour. 
 
 REEOCY, a. smoky ; tanned ; black. 
 
 REEL, s. [real. Sax.] a turning frame on which yarn is wound 
 from the spindle. 
 
 To REEL, V. n. [rollen, Belg. ragla, Swed.] to stagger ; to in- 
 cline first to one side and then to the other, in walking. 
 
 RE-ELE'CTION, s. repeated election. 
 
 To RE-ENA'CT, v. a. to enact anew. 
 
 To RE-ENJOY', v. a, to enjoy a second time. 
 
 To RE-E'NTER, v. a. to enter again ; to enter anew. 
 
 To RE-ENTHKO'NE, v. a. to replace on a throne. 
 
 RE-E'NTRANCE, s. the act of entering again. 
 
 To RE-ESTA'BLISH, v. a. to establish again. 
 
 RE-ESTA'BLISHER, s. one that re-establishes. 
 
 RE-ESTA'BLISHMENT, s. the act of re-establishing : the 
 state of being re-established ; restauration. 
 
 To RE-EX A 'MINE, v. a. to examine again. 
 
 REEVE, s. [fferefa. Sax.] the bailiff of a franchise or manor. 
 
 REEVE, s. in Ornithology, the name of a bird, the male of 
 which, from the long feathers round his neck, is called the 
 Ruff. 
 
 To REFE'CT, v. a. [re and facio, Lat.] to refresh ; to restore 
 after hunger and fatigue. 
 
 REFE'CTION, s. refreshing after hunger and fatigue. 
 
 REFE'CTIVES, s. in Medicine, preparations which refresh 
 and renew strength. 
 
 REFE'CTORY, s. [refectoire, Fr.] a room for refreshment or 
 eating. 
 
 To REFE'L, f. a. [refello, from /alio, Lat.] to refufe ; to repress. 
 
 To REFE'R, V. a. [t-efero, Lat.] to send or dismiss for inform- 
 ation or judgment ; to address or apply for judgment ; to con- 
 sult a book for proof or information on any point. — v. n. to have 
 respect or relation. 
 
 REFEREE', s. one to whom any thing is submitted or re- 
 ferred. 
 
 RE'FERENCE, s. relation ; respect ; view towards; dismis- 
 sion to another tribunal ; a note pointing out a passage in any 
 book as a proof, &c. of any statement. 
 
 REFERE'NDARY, s. one to whose decision any thing is re- 
 ferred ; an officer in the court of Chancery ; the master of re- 
 quests. 
 
 To REFERME'NT, v. a. to ferment anew. 
 
 REFE'RRIBLE, a. capable of being considered as in relation 
 to something else. 
 
 To REFI'NE, t'. a. [rafflner, Fr.] to clear from dross or any 
 
 REF 
 
 impurities, to polish; to make elegant; to make accurate. 
 — V. n. to affect nicety; to improve in point of accuracy; to 
 grow pure. 
 
 REFI'NEMENT, s. the act of cleansing from dross, foulness, 
 or impurity; improvement in elegance; artificial practice; af- 
 fectation of elegance. 
 
 REFI'NER, s. one that clears from dross or impurity; im- 
 prover in elegance; inventor of superfluous subtilties. 
 
 To REFI'T, V. a. [refaire, Fr.] to repair; to restore after 
 damage. 
 
 To REFLE'CT, v. a. [re and Jlecto, Lat.] to bend or throw back. 
 — V. n. to throw back light, or an image represented in a mirror ; 
 to throw back the thoughts on themselves or things past ; to 
 consider attentively ; to throw or bring reproach. 
 
 REFLE'CTENT, a. bending back; flying back. 
 
 REFLE'CTION, s. the act of throwing or bending back ; 
 thought employed on things past ; the perception of the operation 
 of one's own mind; attentive consideration; censure. In Op- 
 tics, the throwing back of the rays of light from any surface, and 
 especially from the surface of a mirror, which always takes place 
 at an angle exactly equal to the angle of incidence. This is the 
 cause of the power possessed by polished surfaces to give images 
 of objects opposite to them ; which images are usually called re- 
 flections. Heat also may be reflected in the same way. 
 
 REFLE'CTIVE,o. throwing back images; considering things 
 past ; considering the operations of the mind. 
 
 REFLE'CTOR, s. a considerer. In Optics, a mirror, or a re- 
 flecting telescope. 
 
 REFLE'X, o. directed backward. 
 
 RE'FLEX, s. reflection. 
 
 REFLEXIBFLITY, s. in Optics, the disposition of rays of 
 light to be reflected or refracted. 
 
 REFLE'XIBLE, a. in Optics, capable of being thrown back, 
 or turned from their natural course, applied to rays of light. 
 
 REFLE'XIVE, a. having respect to.something past; capable 
 of reflecting. 
 
 REFLE'XIVELY, ad. in a backward direction. 
 
 REFLO'AT, {re/lot) s. ebb ; reflux. 
 
 REFLORE'SCENCE, s. [re and fore 
 flourishing or blossoming anew. 
 
 To REFLOU'RISH, (refliirish) v. a. to flourish anew. 
 
 To REFLO'W, {reflo) v. n. [n-fluer, Fr.] to flow back. 
 
 REFLU'ENT, (sometimes accented on the first syllable,) a. 
 [refluens, Lat.] flowing back ; running back. 
 
 RE'FLUX, s. [re aaAfluo, Lat.] the act of flowing back ; the 
 backward course of water. 
 
 REFOCILLA'TION, s. [refocillo, Lat.] restoration of strength 
 by refreshment. 
 
 To REFO'RM, V. a. [re and/ormo, Lat.] to change from worse 
 to better. — v. n. to jlter or make a change from worse to better. 
 
 REFO'RM, s. reformation or amendment. In Politics, the 
 doctrine of continual progress and improvement in institutions 
 and laws, by the laying aside of what is unsuited to the age, 
 and by the adoption of all that can raise a state as near as is 
 possible to ideal perfection in its form.s. 
 
 REFORM A'TION, s. the act or state of change from worse to 
 better. Synon. iJe/brmai/ora signifies often the act of reforming; 
 reform, seldom any other than the eflfect. In Church History, 
 the great revolt against the authority of the Roman see, which 
 happened in the Kith century. It was so called, because, in 
 Germany and Switzerland, where it began, the efforts made were 
 mainly directed to the casting off of all errors in doctrine, cere- 
 monies, &c. &c. It does not, in this sense, correctly describe the 
 English revolt, except as it was maintained by the Puritans, and 
 by their successors the Nonconformists and Disseat^s, because 
 the only change truly made here was the substituttbii of the 
 monarch for the pope, as head of the church, a change of^^ery 
 questionable worth. '"^■~~- 
 
 REFO'RMER, s. one who makes a change from bad to bet- 
 ter; one who seeks to free religion from erroneous forms, &c., 
 and to present it in its purest and simplest forms. In Politics, 
 one who advocates and seeks to eflPect the reform of the institu- 
 tions and laws. 
 
 To REFRA'CT, y. a. [re and franffo, Lat.] to break the natural 
 course of a ray of light ; to beat back or resist. 
 
 KEFRA'CTION, s. [Fr.] in Optics, the changing of the direc- 
 tion in which a ray of light is moving, which is occasioned by its 
 
 -727 
 
 Lat.] the quality of 
 
REG 
 
 Eassing into a medium of a different cnaracter from that it has 
 een moving in. The angle of refraction is different for the dif- 
 ferently coloured rays of the spectrum, being greatest in the 
 violet, and least in the red rays. The broken appearance of a 
 stick partly plunged in water is the most universally-known ex- 
 ample of this change ; twilight, also, is occasioned by it. Heat 
 is also subject to refraction. . 
 
 REFRA'CTIVE, a. having the power of refracting. 
 
 REFRA'CTORINESS, s. sullen obstinacy; stubbornness; 
 perverseness. 
 
 REFRA'CTORY, a. [refractoire, Fr.] obstinate; stubborn; 
 not submitting to authority or command ; contumacious. In 
 Chemistry, a term applied to earths or metals that are either in- 
 fusible, or that require an extraordinary degree of heat to change 
 or melt them. 
 
 RE'FRAGABLE, a. [re and Jrango, Lat.] perverse ; liable to 
 be confuted. 
 
 To REFRA'IN, v. a. [re and frcmum, Lat.] to hold back ; to 
 keep from action. — v.n. to forbear; to abstain; to spare. 
 
 REFRANGIBI'LITY, s. in Optics, the disposition of a ray of 
 light to be turned out of its natural course by passing out of one 
 medium into another. 
 
 REFRA'NGIBLE, a. [re and frango, Lat.] capable of being 
 turned out of its natural line, or their natural course, applied to 
 the rays of light. 
 
 REFRENA'TION, s. [re and franum, Lat.] the act of re- 
 straining. 
 
 To REFRE'SH, v. a. [refraischer, Fr.] to refresh after labour, 
 pain, or want; to repair or improve any thing impaired by new 
 touches ; to cool ; to refrigerate. 
 
 REFRE'SHER, s. that which refreshes. 
 
 REFRE'SHMENT, s. relief after pain, hunger, or fatigue. 
 Figuratively, food or rest. 
 
 REFRrCERANT, a. [Fr.] cooling; mitigating heat.— s. in 
 Medicine, a preparation which has the effect of cooling the body 
 by reducing thejpulse. 
 
 To REFRI'GERATE, v. a. [re And frigeo, Lat.] to cool. 
 
 REFRIGERATION, «. the act of cooling; the state of being 
 cooled. 
 
 REFRI'GERATIVE, Refri'geratoby, a. cooling ; having the 
 power to cool. 
 
 REFRIGERATORY, s. that part of a still which is filled 
 with water, and condenses the vaporized fluid ; any thing inter- 
 nally cooling. 
 
 REFT, the old pret. and past part, of To Reave ; taken or 
 took away. 
 
 RE'FUGE, «. [re and fugio, Lat.] shelter from danger or dis- 
 tress ; protection ; an expedient. 
 
 To RE'FUGE, v. a. [refugier, Fr.] to shelter or protect. 
 
 REFUGEE', s. [refagie, Fr.] one that flies his country for 
 shelter. This name has been more particularly given to the 
 French Protestants, who were obliged to abandon their country 
 at the revocation of the Edict of Nantes in 1G85. 
 
 REFU'LGENCE, s. sparkling or bright splendour. 
 
 REFU'LGENT, a. [re and fulgeo, Lat.] bright ; glittering ; 
 shining; splendid. 
 
 REFU'LGENTLY, ad. in a shining manner. 
 
 To REFU'ND, v. n. [re and fundo, Lat.] to pour back. Figu 
 . . d. 
 
 reciprocal pronoun himself, to reimburse, 
 
 ratively, to restore or repay what is received. Used with the 
 
 ~,iprocal pronoun himself, to reimburse. 
 
 REFU'SAL, (refuzal) a. the act of denying to receive any 
 thing offered, or of granting a thing requested ; the right of 
 having a thing before another ; pre-einption ; option. 
 
 To REFU'SE, {refuze) v. a. [refuser, Fr.] to deny any thing re- 
 quired or offered. 
 
 RE'FUSE, a. unworthy of acceptance after a choice is made. 
 
 RE'FUSE, s. that which is disregarded when the rest is taken. 
 
 REFU'SER, (vefuzer) s. he who refuses. 
 
 REFU'TAL, s. [refulo, Lat.] the act of proving false or erro- 
 neous. 
 
 REFUTATION, s. [refutatio, Lat.] the act of refuting, or 
 showing any thing to be false or erroneous ; refutal. 
 
 To REFUTE, v. a. [refuto, Lat.] to prove false or erroneous, 
 applied to persons or things. 
 
 To REGAI'N.u. a. [rejrfljrner, Fr.] to gain a second time; to 
 recover any thing lost. 
 
 RE'GAL, a. [regalis, from rex, Lat.] royal ; kingly. 
 728 
 
 REG 
 
 REGA'LE, s. [Lat.] the prerogative of a king ; an entertain- 
 ment given to ambassadors. 
 
 To REGA'LE, v. a. [regakr, Fr.] to feast ; to give an entertain- 
 ment; to refresh; to gratify. 
 
 REGALEMENT, s. [Fr.] refreshment; entertainment. 
 
 REGA'LIA, s. [rex, Lat.] the rights and prerogatives of a 
 king; which, according to civilians, are in England six: viz. 
 1. The power of judicature. 2. The power of life and death.' 
 3. The power of peace and war. 4. A right to such goods as 
 have no owner, as waifs, estrays, &c. 5. Assessments; and, 6. 
 The coinage of money. Regalia is also used for the apparatus of 
 a coronation, as the crown and sceptre with the cross, that with 
 the dove, the globe, St. Edward's staff', the orb with the cross, 
 the several swords, &c. In Church affairs, the rights and privi- 
 leges which cathedrals, &c. enjoy by the grants of kings. 
 
 REGA'LITY, s. [regalitas, Lat.] royalty ; sovereignty ; king- 
 ship. 
 
 To REGA'RD, v. a. [regarrfer,' Fr.] to value ; to look upon as 
 worthy of notice; to re.spect or mind ; to observe religiously ; to 
 respect or have relation to; to look toward. 
 
 REGA'RD, s, [Fr.] attention to as a matter of importance ; 
 respect; esteem; relation; note or eminence; reference; look 
 or aspect ; an object of sight. 
 
 REGA'RDABLE, a. observable ; worthy of notice. 
 
 REGA'RDANT, in Heraldry, a lion, or any beast of prey, 
 painted as looking behind him. 
 
 REGA'RDER, s. one that regards. 
 
 REGA'RDFUL, a. attentive; taking notice of ; observant ; 
 respectful. 
 
 REGA'RDFULLY, a(i. attentively ; heedfully; respectfully. 
 
 REG A'RD LESS, fl. heedless; negligent; not taking notice. 
 
 REGA'RDLESSLY, ad. without heed. 
 
 REGA'RDLESSNESS, s. heedlessness ; negligence ; inat- 
 tention. 
 
 REGATTA, s. a boat race, both by sailing and rowing. 
 
 RE'GENCY, «. [rego, Lat.] authority; government; govern- 
 ment administered for another ; the district governed by a 
 vicegerent ; those who are intrusted with the government in be- 
 half of another. 
 
 To REGE'NERATE, v. a. [re and genero, Lat.] to produce 
 anew. In Theology, to renew by a change of affections, &c. 
 
 REGE'NERATh,o. produced anew. In Theology, born again, 
 or having one's affections, &c. changed by Divine grace. 
 
 REGE'NERATENESS, s. the state of being regenerate. 
 
 REGENERA'TION, s. [Fr.] new birth ; the change or renewal 
 of man, by Divine grace, to the Christian life. 
 
 RE'GENT, a. [regens, from rego, Lat.] governing ; exercising 
 authority for another. 
 
 RE'GENT, s. a governor or ruler ; one invested with authority 
 for, or ruling in behalf of, another. 
 
 RE'GENTSHIP, s. the office or state of a regent. 
 
 To REGE'RMINATE, v. a. [re and germino, Lat.] to spring or 
 bud out again. 
 
 REGERMINA'TION, s. the act of sprouting again. 
 
 RE'GGIO, a city of Modena, Italy. In the cathedral are 
 many capital paintings and sculptures; and the town contains 
 many other fine buildings, and especially convents. It has ;i 
 great trade in silk. It is 12 miles trom Modena. Pop. about 
 I5,00(). Lat. 44. 40. N. Long. 10. 38. E. 
 
 RE'GIBLE, a. governable ; manageable. 
 
 RE'GICIDE, s. [rex and cado, Lat.] the act of killing a king ; 
 one who kills a king. 
 
 RE'GIMEN, s. [Lat] in Medicine, that regulation in diet and 
 living, suitable to the preservation or recovery of health. Rule ; 
 government. 
 
 RE'GIMENT, {rejiment) s. [Fr.] a body of soldiers under one 
 colonel. 
 
 REGIME'NTAL, a. belonging to a regiment. Used in the 
 plural for the particular uniform by which one regiment is dis- 
 tinguished from another. 
 
 REGIOMONTA'NUS, the assumed name of an eminent astro- 
 nomer of Germany, in the I5th century, whose real name was 
 Johannes Mllller ; who was born at Kiinigsberg, which, in Latin, 
 is called Segiomontanus. He studied at Leipsic and Vienna ; 
 and accepted the professorship of Astronomy at the latter place. 
 Thence he went to Italy, to continue his studies ; and after- 
 wards, on the invitation of Sixtus IV., settled at Rome, where he 
 
REG 
 
 died in 1476, aged 40 j-earsi To iiim we owe many translations 
 and commentaries, together with several original works. He 
 nearly perfected trigonometry ; and invented the present nota- 
 tion of decimal fractions. 'I'he translation of the Abuw/est of 
 Ptolemy was completed by him, and enriched wilh illustrations. 
 He was engaged on the reform of the calendar at the time of his 
 death ; and he also calculated the places of the planets for many 
 years. He constructed an orrery, improved the mechanism of 
 clocks ; and made .several wonderful automatons. His labours, 
 with those of his teacher at Vienna, Purbach, form the connect- 
 ing link between the astronomy of the middle ages and that of 
 modern times. 
 
 RE'GION, s. [ref/io, Lat.] a tract of land ; a country; tract of 
 .space ; a part of the bodj' ; place or rank ; a division or part of 
 the atmosphere. 
 
 RE'GISTER, s. [registre, Fr. registnim, Lat.] an account of 
 any thing committed to writing in some book kept for that 
 purpose; an officer who commits any account or transaction to 
 writing ; a trap-door affixed to the upper part of a stove, to re- 
 gulate the quantity of atmospheric air admitted to the fire- 
 place, or to open or shut the communication with the chimney 
 at pleasure. 
 
 To RE'GISTER, v. a. [registrer, Fr.] to commit to writing, 
 in order to preserve from oblivion ; to enrol, or set down in a list. 
 
 REGISTRA'TION, s. the entry of names, of births, deaths, 
 and marriages, of inventions and improvements, &c. &c. in a pub- 
 lic record, as an authentic record for legal and other purposes. 
 
 RE'GISTRY, «. the act of inserting in a register ; the place 
 where a register is kept; a series of facts recorded. 
 
 RE'GLET, s. [reglet, Fr.] ledge of wood exactly planed, by 
 which printers separate their lines in pages widely printed. 
 
 RE'GNANT, a. [Fr.] predominant; reigning; having power; 
 prevalent. 
 
 REGNA'RD, JOHN FRANCIS, a comic writer of France, at 
 the end of the 17th century. He visited Italy, and as he was 
 returning with his property, was captured by an Algerine pirate 
 and sold as a slave. His taste for good living had made him ac- 
 quainted with the art of cookery, which was brought into requi- 
 sition in his servitude; but at last, being caught in an intrigue 
 with one of his master's concubines, and having before him the 
 choice of Mohammedism or the bowstring, the French consul 
 ransomed him, and he returned to France. Subsequently he 
 made a journey to the N. Cape ; and died in 1710, aged about 
 60 years. His comedies are highlj^ esteemed ; and he produced 
 other poetical works. His situations under government were 
 only the fruits of his money, not of his reputation, or states- 
 manship. 
 
 To REGO'RGE, v. a. [regorger, Fr.] to vomit up ; to swallow 
 back ; to swallow eagerlv. 
 
 To REGRA'FT, v. a. [regreffer, Fr.] to graft again. 
 
 To REGRA'NT, f. a. to grant back. 
 
 To REGRA'TE, v. a. to shock or offend.— [re>/rafter, Fr.] to 
 engross or forestall. 
 
 REGRA'TER, «. [regrattier, Fr.] a forestaller; an engrosser; 
 one who buys any wares or provisions, and sells them again in 
 the same market, or five miles round it; also one who furbishes 
 old arms, &c. to make them look new. 
 
 To REGREE'T, v. a. to re-saUite ; to greet a second time. 
 
 REGREET, s. a return or exchange of salutation. 
 
 To REGRE'SS, v. n. \re and gradior, Lat.] to go back ; to re- 
 turn ; to pass back to the former state or place. 
 
 REGRE'SS, Reobe'ssion, s. passage back; a return or going 
 back ; the power of passing back. 
 
 REGRET, «. [Fr.] vexation; sorrow for something past; grief; 
 bitterness of reflection. Synon. iicmorse is the grief occasioned 
 by the recollection of what could and ought to have been done 
 differently. Regret, that occasioned by what could not have 
 been prevented. 
 
 To REGRE'T, i\ a. [regretter,¥r.'] to grieve at something done 
 or past ; to be uneasy at. 
 
 RE'GULAR, a. [regula, Lat.] conformable or agreeable to rule 
 or method. In Geometry, a regular body is a solid, whose sur- 
 face is composed of regular and equal figures, and whose solid 
 angles are all equal : of these there are but five possible; viz. 1. 
 the pyramid, comprehended under four equal and equilateral tri- 
 angles; 2. the cube, whose surface is composed of six equal 
 squares; 3. that which is bounded by eight equal and equi- 
 
 REI 
 
 lateral triangles; 4. that which is contained under twelve equal 
 and equilateral pentagons ; 5. that, the sides of which are twen- 
 ty equal and equilateral triangles. 
 
 RE'(iULAR, s. [regulier, Fr.] in the Romish Church, a priest 
 who follows the rule of monastic life. In the Army, a regiment, 
 or a soldier belonging to the troops of the line. 
 
 REGULA'RITY, s. [reyularite, Fr.] conformity to rule; order; 
 method. 
 
 RE'GULARLY, ad. in a manner agreeable to rule, method, or 
 order. 
 
 To RE'GULATE, v. a. [regula, Lat.] to adjust by rule or me- 
 thod ; to direct ; to manage. 
 
 REGULATION, s. the act of regulating. 
 
 RE'GULATOR, s. [Lat.] one that directs or adjusts by rule 
 or method ; the part of a machine which adjusts the rate of its 
 motion ; a clock made use of to adjust the motions of others. 
 
 RE'GULUS, s. [Lat.] the finer and most weighty part of me- 
 tals, which settles at the bottom on melting. In Astronomy, a 
 star of the first magnitude, situated in the heart of the Lion, one 
 of the zodiacal constellations. 
 
 To REGU'RGITATE, v. a. to throw or pour back any thing 
 absorbed. — v. n. to be poured back. 
 
 REGURGITATION, s. resorption ; the act of swallowing 
 back. 
 
 REHABILITATION, s. in Canon Law, signifies the restora- 
 tion of a delinquent to his former condition. 
 
 To REHE'AR, (rehear) v. a. to hear again. 
 
 REHE'ARSAL, (rehersat) s. recital ; repetition. In Music 
 and the Drama, the private recital of a piece before the repre- 
 sentation of it publicly. 
 
 To REHE'ARSE, (reMrse) v. a. to repeat, recite, or relate ; to 
 trj', recite, or pronounce, as preparatory to public exhibition. 
 
 REID, DR. THOMAS, a minister of the Scottish kirk, whose 
 name was at one time high in repute, as that of a great philoso- 
 pher. He studied at Aberdeen, and occupied a chair in that uni- 
 versity, whence he removed to a like Situation at Glasgow. He 
 once visited England, and spent the latter part of his life in his 
 parish. He died in 1796, aged 80 years. His chief works are, 
 his Inquiry into the Human Mind on the Principles of Common Sense, 
 and his Essays on the Intellectual and Active Powers nf the Human 
 Mind. He was the founder of the Scotch school of metaphysics, 
 and his only service in that study, is his having called attention, 
 more decidedly than it had been given before, to psychology. 
 He was a genuine Scotch thinker, but neither subtle nor pro- 
 found, and free from all adulteration of genius. His writings 
 are read only by those who are compelled, as students, to see 
 what ever3' one who has made any stir in the world has said ; 
 but it is a weary and barren quest, even for them. For those 
 who can and do possess and \xse common sense, it is worse than 
 superfluous. 
 
 To REJE'CT, I', a. [re andjicio, Lat.] to dismiss without com- 
 pliance ; to refuse; to cast off ; to throw aside, as useless or evil. 
 
 RE,IE'CTABLE, a. that may be rejected. 
 
 REJE'CTION, s. [re and jicio, Lat.] the act of casting off or 
 throwing aside. 
 
 REFGLE, s. [;regle, Fr.] a hollow cut to guide any thing; re- 
 gulator. 
 
 To REIGN, (rem) t'. n. [regno, Lat. regner, Fr.] to enjoy or ex- 
 ercise sovereign authority ; to be predominant ; to prevail ; to 
 obtain power or dominion. 
 
 REIGN, {rein) s. [regne, Fr. regnwn, Lat.] roj'al authority; the 
 time during which a person exercises sovereign authority; a 
 kingdom or dominion. 
 
 To REIMBA'RK, v. a. [rcmharquer, Fr.] to take shipping again. 
 
 REIMBARKATION, s. [remharquement, Fr.] the act of going 
 on shipboard again. 
 
 To REIMBO'DY, v. a. (written more frequently, but less pro- 
 perly, embody,) to reduce to a body again. 
 
 To REIMBU'RSE, v. a. [re and in, Lat. and bowse, Fr.] to re- 
 pay; to repair any loss or expense by an equivalent. 
 
 REIMBU'RSEMENT, ». reparation or repayment. 
 
 To REIMPRE'GNATE, v. a. [re and imjn-egnate,'] to impreg- 
 nate anew. 
 
 REIMPRE'SSION, (re-impn'shon) s. a second or repeated im- 
 pression. 
 
 REIN, (ren) s. [rene, Fr.] that part of a bridle by which the 
 driver keeps a horse in hand and guides him. Figurativelv, 
 5a - 729 " 
 
REL 
 
 government. To give the reins, is to remove restraint or give 
 liberty. 
 
 To REIN, V. a. to govern by a bridle. Figuratively, to restrain 
 or control. 
 
 REI'NDEER, s. in Zoology, a species of deer, which is found 
 in most of the northern regions of Europe, Asia, and America. 
 In Lapland this animal is used for draught, being organically 
 fitted for rapid travelling over snow, and is the only substitute 
 for the cow, the sheep, and other cattle of the temperate climate. 
 
 To REINFE'CT, v. a. Ire and injicio, Lat.] to infect or corrupt 
 again. 
 
 To REINFO'RCE, v. a. [renforcer, Fr.] to add new force or 
 strength ; to reciuit. 
 
 REINFO'RCEMENT, s. a fresh supply of men, arms, 8cc. 
 
 REFNHOLD, ERASMUS, a German mathematician and as- 
 tronomer of the IGth century. He was professor of those sciences 
 at Wittemberg, and died in 1553, aged 42 years. He published 
 several Tables of the Motions, &c. (f the Planets, in some part 
 grounded on his own observations, and wrote on the new Pla- 
 netary Theory of Purback. He also translated and commented 
 on part of Ptolemy's Almagest. 
 
 REINS, s. not used in the singular ; \_renes, Lat.] the lower 
 and the smallest part of the back ; the kidneys. 
 
 To REINSE'RT, v. a. to insert a second time. 
 
 To REINSPI'RE, v. a. to inspire anew. 
 
 To REINSTA'L, {re-instaul) v. a. to seat again ; to put again 
 in possession. 
 
 To REINSTA'TE, v. a. to put again into possession. 
 
 To REPNTEGRATE, v. a. [re and integer, Lat.] to renew with 
 regard to any state or quality ; to repair ; to restore. See Red- 
 integrate. 
 
 To REINVE'ST, v. a. to invest anew. 
 
 To REJOPCE, V. n. [ryouir, Fr.] to be glad ; to joy ; to exult ; 
 to receive pleasure from something past ; used with or or at. — 
 V. a. to make joyful or glad ; to exhilarate ; to glad. 
 
 REJOPCER, s. one that rejoices. 
 
 To REJOPN, r. a. [rcjuindre, Fr.] to join again ; to meet one 
 again. — v, n. to make answer to an answer or replj*. 
 
 REJOl'NDER, s. \i-ejoindre, Fr.] an answer by the defendant 
 to the plaintiff's replication or reply. 
 
 REJO'LT, s. [rejaiUir, Fr.] shock ; succussion. 
 
 REPSKE, JOHN JAMES, an eminent orientalist and philo- 
 logist, who studied at Halle and Leipsic, and was eventually rec- 
 tor of St. Nicholas' college at the latter place. He died in 1774, 
 aged 58 years. His writings show the most enthusiastic devo- 
 tion to his studies, especiallj' to the Arabic language, and both 
 those and his Greek works are yet of great value. His wife, 
 Ernestina Christina, (by birth Miiller,) shared his studies and his 
 enthusiasm, and carried on some of his works after his death : 
 she died in 1798, aged 63 years. 
 
 To REPTERATE, v. a. [re and iteiv, Lat.] to repeat again and 
 again. 
 
 REITERA'TION, s. [Fr.] repetition. 
 
 To REJU'DGE, v. a. to try a second time; to review ; to re- 
 examine. 
 
 REJUVENE'SCENCY, s. [re and juvenis, Lat.] restoration of 
 youth. 
 
 To REKPNDLE, v. a. to set on fire or inflame again. 
 
 RE'LAND, ADRIAN, a learned orientalist of Holland, who 
 studied at the great universities of that country, and rose to hold 
 theofficeof professor of philosophy at Harderwick, and of orient- 
 al languages and church history at Utrecht. He died in 1718, 
 aged 42 years. His works on the Mohammedan Religion, and the 
 Geography of Palestine, are the most valuable of his productions ; 
 but the others, on Hehrete Coins, on the Spoils of tlie Temple, as 
 portrayed on the Arch of Titus, &c., are of considerable worth 
 to the biblical student. 
 
 To RELA'PSE, v. n. [re and labor, Lat.] to slip or fall back ; 
 to fall back into vice, error, danger, &c. ; to fall back from a state 
 of recovery. 
 
 RELA'PSE, s. a fall into vice or error on«e forsaken ; a return 
 to any state, especially into sickness, from a state of recoverj'. 
 
 To RELA'TE, v. a. [relatum, from refero, Lat.] to tell or re- 
 cite ; to ally, or be near to by kindred.— t). n. to have relation or 
 respect. 
 
 RELA'TER, s. teller ; narrator. 
 
 RELATION, s. the manner of belonging to any person or 
 
 REL 
 
 thing; respect; reference; regard; connexion of one thing to 
 another; kindred; alliance of kin; a person related to another 
 by birth or marriage ; a recital of facts ; a narrative, 
 
 RE'LATIVE, a. [relativus, from refero, LaL relatif, Fr.] having 
 relation, connexion, or regard ; considered as belonging to and 
 respecting something else. 
 
 RE'LATIVE, s. a person allied to another by birth or mar- 
 riage. In Grammar, a name given to the interrogative or to the 
 demonstrative pronoun, when they are used in an accessory 
 sentence, in relation to some word in the principal sentence, 
 called the antecedent. Who, which, what, where, whence, whither, 
 when, how, and that, are so used. 
 
 RE'LATIVELY, ad. not absolutely; as it regards something 
 else. 
 
 To RELA'X, V. a. [relaxo, from laxus, Lat.] to slacken any 
 thing strained ; to make less rigorous ; to make less attentive or 
 laborious ; to ease ; to loose. — v. n. to be mild, remiss, or free 
 from rigour. 
 
 RELAXA'TION, s. the act of loosening any thing strained ; 
 the cessation of restraint ; abatement of rigour, attention, or ap- 
 plication. 
 
 RELAY', s. [relais, Fr.] horses placed in diflferent stages on a 
 road to relieve others. 
 
 To RELE'ASE, {releese) v. a. [retascher, Fr.] to free from con- 
 finement, servitude, pain, obligation, or restraint. 
 
 RELE'ASE, (releese) s. discharge from pain, penalty, claim, 
 confinement, or servitude; an acquittance from debt. In Law, 
 the relinquishment of all the right a man has in lands or tene- 
 ments, in favour of another, effected by means of a deed, after 
 the manner of a conveyance. 
 
 To RE'LEGATE, v. a. [relego, from lego, Lat] to banish ; to 
 exile. 
 
 RELEGATION, s. [Fr.] exile ; judicial banishment. 
 
 To RELE'NT, v. n. [relentir, Fr.] to soften, or grow less rigor- 
 ous, hard, or tense ; to soften in temper ; to give, melt, or grow 
 moist. — V. a. to slacken ; to soften or mollify. 
 
 RELE'NTLESS, a. unpitying ; unmoved by kindness or ten- 
 derness. 
 
 RE'LEVANT, a. [Fr.] relieving. 
 
 RELEVA'T10N,s. [relevo, Lat.] a raising or lifting up 
 odence ; confidence; re; 
 before the object of trust. 
 
 depenc 
 
 repose of 
 
 RELPANCE. s. trust ; 
 mind. Used with o)i before me oine 
 
 RE'LIC, s. generally used in the plural; [relique, Fr. from 
 relinquo, Lat.] that which remains of any thing after the rest is 
 lost or decayed ; the body of a person after death ; any thing 
 kept in the memory of a person deceased. 
 
 KE'LICT, «. [relicttis, Lat.] a widow ; a woman whose hus- 
 band is dead. 
 
 RELIE'F, {releef) s. [Fr.] alleviation or mitigation of sorrow, 
 pain, or distress; that which frees from danger, pain, or sor- 
 row ; the dismission of a sentinel from his post ; the prominence 
 of a figure in a stone, &c. ; the recommendation of any thing by 
 the interposition of something different. — [relevium, low Lat.] in 
 Law, remedy of wrongs; also, a payment under a feudal tenure, 
 made to the lord, on particular occasions. 
 
 RELIE'VABLE, {releecabk) a. capable of relief. 
 
 To RELIE'VE, (releeve) v. a. [relevo, Lat.] to recommend by 
 the interposition of something of a different nature ; to support 
 or assist mutually; to ease from pain or sorrow; to succour or 
 rescue from danger ; to give rest to a soldier, by placing another 
 in his post ; to right by law. 
 
 RELIE'VER, (releever) s. one who relieves. 
 
 RELIE'VO, {relcevo) s. [Ital.] that part of a figure which pro- 
 jects beyond the ground on which it is carved. It is distin- 
 guished into alto, where the figures are much raised, and basso, 
 where they are raised but little. 
 
 RELIGA'TION, s. [re and ligo, Lat.] the act of binding fast, 
 or tying back. 
 
 To RELPGHT, (relU) v. a. to light anew. 
 
 RELPGION, (this word and its derivatives are pronounced 
 relij6n, relijus, &c.) .«. [religio, Lat.] that life which springs from 
 the knowledge of God and of man, of the relation between them, 
 and of the obligations arising from that relation ; any system of 
 faith and worship. Synon. Religion must be distinguished from 
 theology or creed, and from piety or devotion, although it is not un- 
 frequently confounded with all of them. It is the entire lifo, 
 with all its expressions, such as has been defined. Theology is 
 
REM 
 
 the science of religion, and creed is the formula expressing the 
 result of that science. Piety is the universal sentiment of ve- 
 neration for God, which may exist where there is little religion, 
 and devotion is the outward expression of piety. Rightly regard- 
 ed, there is but one religion, that developed in the sacred Scrip- 
 tures, since that alone answers to the definition. Others are not 
 in that sens« false relii/ions, they are not religions at all. 
 
 RELI'GIONIST, s. a person attached openly to any system of 
 faith or worship. 
 
 RELI'GIOUS, a. pious ; devout ; living in the observance of 
 the obligations of religion; teaching religion. Among the Ro- 
 manists, bound by the vows of the monastic life. Figuratively, 
 exact or strict. 
 
 RELI'GIOUSLY, ad. piously ; in conformity with the obliga- 
 tions of religion ; accoraing to the rites of any religion ; rever- 
 ently ; with veneration; exactly, or with strict observance. 
 
 RELI'GIOUSNESS, s. the quality or state of being religious. 
 
 To RELrNQUlSH, c. a. [relinquo, Lat.] to forsake, leave, de- 
 sert, quit, release, give up, forbear, or depart from. 
 
 RELI'NQUISHMENT, s. the act of forsaking. 
 
 RE'LIQUARY, s. [reliquaire, Fr.] a shrine or casket in which 
 the relics of deceased saints are kept. 
 
 RE'LISH, «. [relecher, Fr.] the effect which any thing has on 
 the organs of taste, generally applied to something agreeable; 
 a small taste. Figuratively, fondness or delight in anything; 
 sense, or a power of perceiving ; cast; manner. 
 
 To RE'LiSH, V. a. to give a taste to, or season any thing; to 
 have a liking to. — v.n. to have a pleasing taste; to give pleasure ; 
 to have a flavour. 
 
 RE'LISHABLE, a. gustable ; having a taste. 
 
 To RELFVE, (reltv) v. n. to revive ; to live anew. 
 
 RELU'CENT, a. [relucens, from lux, Lat.] shining ; transpar- 
 ent ; pellucid. 
 
 To RELU'CT, V. n. [re and luctor, Lat.] to struggle again. 
 
 RELU'CTANCE, Relu'ctancy, s. unwillingness ; repug- 
 nance ; struggle in opposition. 
 
 RELU'CTANT, a. unwilling; acting with repugnance. 
 
 To RELU'CTATE, v. n, to resist ; to struggle against. 
 
 To RELU'ME, Relu'mine, v. a. to light anew ; to rekindle. 
 
 To RELY', V. n. to put trust or confidence in ; to rest or de- 
 pend upon. Used with on or upon. 
 
 To REMAFN, v. n. [re and maneo, Lat.] to be left out of a 
 greater number or quantity ; to continue; abide; to be left as 
 not comprised. — v. a. to await; to be left to. 
 
 REMAFN, s. anything left; relic; residuum; residue; a 
 dead body. Generally used in the plural. 
 
 REMAINDER, a. remaining or left. 
 
 REMAI'NDER, s. what is left ; a dead body ; remains. 
 
 To REMA'KE, v. a. to make anew. # 
 
 To REMA'NCIPATE, v. a. [re, mantis, and capio, Lat.] to sell 
 or return a commodity to him who first sold it. 
 
 To REMA'ND, v. a. [re and mando, Lat.] to send or call back. 
 
 REMA'NENT, s. [re and 7naneo, Lat.] the part remaining. 
 
 REMA'RK, s. [remargiie, Fr.] an observation ; a note or criti- 
 cism. 
 
 To REMA'RK, v. a. [remarquer, Fr,] to note, observe; to dis- 
 tinguish, point out, or mark. 
 
 REMA'RKABLE, a. [remarquable, Fr.] observable ; worthy of 
 observation or notice. 
 
 REMA'RKABLENESS, s. observableness '; worthiness of ob- 
 servation. 
 
 REMA'RKABLY, ad. observably; in a manner worthy of 
 observition. 
 
 REMA'RKER, s. an observer; one that remarks. 
 
 RE'MBRANDT, PAUL GERRETZ, VAN RHYN, the great 
 painter of the Dutch school. He studied for awhile under Last- 
 mann, at Amsterdam, but was more indebted to his own great 
 genius for his fame, than to his teacher. His fame and his 
 wealth »ose suddenly on his selling one of his pictures at the 
 Hague. He had many pupils ; and he amassed, in a spirit not at 
 all accordant with that of his art, a large fortune. Tie died in 
 1674, aged 68 years. The peculiarity of his paintings is well 
 known from those that are in the public galleries of England, 
 and from numerous copies. But it is not that peculiar artifice, 
 by which he brings in such prominence the chief figure in his 
 picture, or the key to his scene, that has effected his renown, so 
 much as his having taken his inspiration froai Nature herself. 
 
 Perhaps he is the greatest artist from whose mind the apprecia- 
 tion and even the apprehension of some forms of beauty seemed 
 to be entirely lacking. 
 
 REME'DIABLE, a. capable of remedy ; curable. 
 
 REME'DILESS, a. not admitting cure or remedy. 
 
 RE'MEDY, s. [remedium, from medeor, Lat. remede, Fr.] a me- 
 dicine by which any distemper is cured; the cure or removal of 
 any uneasiness or evil; reparation ; means of repairing. 
 
 To RE'MEDY, v. a. [remedier, Fr.] to cure or heal ; to remove 
 or repair any mischief 
 
 To REML'MBER, v. a. [remembrer, old Fr.] to bear any thing 
 in mind ; to recall to the mind ; to mention ; to remind. 
 
 REME'MBERER, s. one who remembers. 
 
 REME'MBRANCE, s. [Fr.] the act of the mind by which it 
 recalls any idea it once had; memory; retention in memory; 
 honourable memory; recollection; any token by which one is 
 kept in memory. 
 
 REME'MBRANCER, s. one that reminds; one that puts in 
 mind. The name of certain officers of the Exchequer, and of 
 one of the city of London, who has the right of admission to the 
 houses of parliament, to watch and report the proceedings as far 
 as they respect the city; he also reminds the lord mayor of the 
 days of public business, &c. 
 
 To REMFGRATE, v. n. [re and migro, Lat.] to remove back 
 again. 
 
 REMIGRA'TION, s. removal back again. 
 
 To REMFND, v. a. to revive in the memory. 
 
 REMINl'SCENCE, s. [reminiscor, Lat.] recollection; recovery 
 of ideas. 
 
 REMINISCE'NTIAL, {reminissSnshal) a. relating to reminis- 
 cence. 
 
 REMI'SS, a. [remissus, Lat.] wanting vigour ; slack ; slothful, 
 or careless ; negligent. 
 
 REMFSSIBLE, a. admitting forgiveness. 
 
 REMl'SSION, {remishon) s. [remitto, Lat.] abatement; relaxa- 
 tion ; moderation ; cessation of intenseness ; forgiveness or 
 pardon. 
 
 REMI'SSLY, ad. in a careless, negligent, or slack manner. 
 
 REMFSSNESS, s. want of care, attention, vigour, or ardour. 
 
 To REMl'T, V. a. [re and miito, Lat.] to make less intense; 
 to forgive a punishment, or pardon a fault ; to give up or resign ; 
 to defer ; to refer ; to send money to a distant place. — v. n. to 
 grow slack, or less violent. 
 
 REMFTMENT, s. the act of remitting to custody. 
 
 REMFTrANCE, s. the act of paying money at a distant place ; 
 a sum of money sent to a distant place. 
 
 REMI'TTER, s. one that sends money to distant places. In 
 Law, where a person having two titles to lands, &c., and coming 
 to such by the last title, and that being defective, he shall be 
 restored to, and adjudged into, the lands, &c. by his former more 
 ancient titles. 
 
 RE'MNANT, s. [corrupted from remanent,] any thing that is 
 left or remains ; residue. 
 
 REMO'LTEN, a. melted again. 
 
 REMO'NSTRANCE, s. [Fr.] a strong representation of the ill 
 consequences of any proceeding. 
 
 To REMO'NSTRATE, f. a. [re and monstro, Lat.] to show 
 reason against any thing in strong terms. Used with against. 
 
 REMO'NSTRANTS, s. in Church History, a name given to 
 the Arminians in Holland, from the petition they presented to 
 the States of Holland and West Friesland in 1610, which they 
 entitled a Remonstrance. 
 
 REMO'RA, s. [Lat.] a let or obstacle. 
 
 To REMO'RATE, v. a. [re and moror, Lat.] to hinder ; to 
 delay. 
 
 REMO'RSE, s. [re and mordeo, Lat.] uneasiness occasioned by 
 a consciousness of guilt ; pity; tenderness ; sympathetic sorrow; 
 sting of conscience. 
 
 REMO'RSEFUL, a. tender; compassionate. 
 
 REMO'RSELESS, a. unpitying; cruel; savage. 
 
 REMCTE, a. [removeo, Lat.] distant, applied to time, relation, 
 or place; foreign; not agreeing. 
 
 REMO'TELY, ad. at a distance. 
 
 REMO'TENESS, «. the quality of being distant, applied to 
 relation, time, or place. 
 
 REMO'TION, 8. the act of removing; the state of being re- 
 moved to a distance. 
 
 5 A 2 - 731 
 
KEN 
 
 REMO'VABLE, (remo6vable) a. such as may be removed. 
 
 REMO'VAL, (remotjval) s. the act of putting out of any post 
 or place ; translation to another place. 
 
 To REMO'VE, (remo(ke) v. a. [re and moveo, Lat.] to take 
 away or put from its place; to place at a distance.— v. n. to 
 change place or abode. 
 
 REMO'VE, (remo('ive) s. change of place ; a step in the scale of 
 gradation ; a small distance. 
 
 REMO'VER, (remodi-er) s. one who removes. 
 
 To REMOU'NT, v. a. [remonfer, Fr.] to mount again. 
 
 REMU'NERABLE, a. rewardable. 
 
 To REMU'NERATE, v. a. [re and munus, Lat.] to reward ; to 
 recompense ; to repay ; to requite. 
 
 REIV1U^ERA'TI0N, s. reward; requital; recompence; re- 
 payment. 
 
 REMU'NERATIVE, a. exercised in dispensing rewards. 
 
 To REMU'RMUR, v. a. [re and murmuro, Lat.] to utter back, 
 in murmurs; to repeat in low hoarse sounds. — i: n. to murmur 
 back ; to echo a low hoarse sound. 
 
 REMUSA'T, JEAN PIERflE ABEL, an eminent linguist 
 of the present century. He was professor of Chinese and its 
 cognate languages at the College of France, and edited the 
 Journal des Savans. He died in 1832, aged 44 years. His works, 
 which are of extreme value to the student of comparative gram- 
 mar, relate chiefly to the languages which his professorship 
 made his principal study. 
 
 RENA'SCENT, a. [re and nascor, Lat.] produced again ; rising 
 again into being. 
 
 RENA'SCIBLE, a. possible to be produced again. 
 
 To RENA'ViGATE, v. a. to sail again. 
 
 RENCOU'NTER, s. [rencontre, Fr.] the action of two bodies 
 that meet, or strike against each other; clash; opposition be- 
 tween persons; a casual engagement; a combat without pre- 
 meditation. 
 
 To RENCOU'NTER, v. n. [rencontrer, Fr.] to clash ; to col- 
 lide ; to meet an enemy unexpectedly; to skirmish with an- 
 other; to fight hand to hand. 
 
 To REND, V. a. pret. and past part, rent ; [rendan, Sax.] to 
 tear with violence; to lacerate. 
 
 RE'NDER, s. one that rends ; a tearer. 
 
 To RE'NDER, v. a. [rendre, Fr.] to pay or give back ; to give 
 on demand; to make; to represent ; to translate, followed by in 
 or into ; to surrender, followed by up ; to afford. 
 
 RE'NDER, s. a surrender. 
 
 RE'NDEZVOUS, {rendevoo) s. [Fr.] a meeting, or place of 
 meeting, appointed. 
 
 To RE'NDEZVOUS, v. n. to meet at a place appointed. 
 
 RENDI'TION,s. surrendering; the act of yielding. 
 
 RENEGA'DE, Renega'do, s. [Span.] one that leaves his re- 
 ligion on base principles; an apostate; one who deserts to an 
 enemy ; a revolter. 
 
 To RENE'GE, v. a. [renego, from nego, Lat.] to deny ; to 
 disown. 
 
 To RENEW, V. a. [renovo, from novm, Lat.] to renovate; to 
 restore to its former state; to begin again, or repeat; to make 
 anew, or change to a new state of life. 
 
 RENEWABLE, «. capable of being renewed. 
 
 RENEWAL, s. the act of restoring or reducing to its former 
 state; renovation. 
 
 RE'NFREWSHUIE, a county of Scotland, lying on the Frith 
 of Clyde, and bounded by Lanarkshire, Dumbartonshire, and 
 Ayrshire. It is 30 miles long, and about 15 broad. The parts 
 near the Clyde are fruitful, with some gentle uplands ; those to 
 the S. W. and W. are more barren, hilly, and moorish. Some 
 points in its hills exceed 1000 feet in height. It yields coal, 
 iron, building-stone of various kinds, &c. &c. The conveniency 
 of the Clyde and Frith, there being safe riding on all the coast, 
 has much contributed to the improvement of the country. Some 
 of the chief manufactures of Scotland are carried on in this coun- 
 ty, and it is also the seat of the greatest trade. Renfrew is its 
 capital, and is a place of very little importance, standing near 
 the Clyde, with some small manufactures. It is about 40 miles 
 from Edinburgh. Pop. 2027. Pop. of county, 155,072. It re- 
 turns three representatives to parliament, and has a share in a 
 fourth. 
 
 RENI'TENCY, s. that resistance in solid bodies, when they 
 press upon, or are impelled against, each other, 
 732 
 
 REN 
 
 RENI'TENT, a. [renitens, Lat.] acting against any impulse by 
 elastic power. 
 
 RE'NNELL, MAJOR JAMES, an eminent English geogra- 
 pher, who first served in the British navy, but afterwards in the 
 E. India Company's military forces, and became surveyor-ge- 
 neral for Bengal. After his return to England he was occupied 
 entirely with his studies and his valuable publications, and died 
 in 1830, aged 88 years. His great works are the Geography of 
 Herodotus, the Geography of Africa, and of the Plain of Troy, the 
 Marclies of the British Army in India, &c. &c. 
 
 RE'NNES, an ancient, large, and populous city in the depart- 
 ment of Ille et Vilaine, France, containing 8 parish churches be- 
 sides the cathedral, and several convents. Its streets are broad 
 and straight ; and the ground square, in which are the Palace of 
 Justice and the Hotel de Ville, is very elegant. It is seated on 
 the river Vilaine, which divides it into two parts, and has some 
 valuable institutions. It is about 200 miles from Paris. Pop. 
 about 40,000. Lat. 48, 7. N, Long. 1. 36. W. 
 
 RE'NNET, Re'nneting, «. [reinette,¥t.'\ in Horticulture, a kind 
 of apple. 
 
 RE'NNIE, JOHN, an eminent civil engineer and mechanist. 
 His works which brought him into general notice were the Al- 
 bion mills, and the machinery of Whitbread's brewery. After- 
 wards he superintended the erection of Waterloo, Southwark, 
 and new London bridges, the Plymouth breakwater, the har- 
 bours at Ramsgate, London, Hull, and Sheerness, the Kennet 
 and Avon and several other canals, and finally the Bell-rock 
 lighthouse. He died in 1821, aged 00. 
 
 To RE'NOVATE, v. a. [renovo, Lat.] to renew ; to restore to 
 its first state. 
 
 RENOVA'TION, s. [Fr.] the act or state of being renewed ; 
 renovation ; renewal. 
 
 To RENOU'NCE, v. a. [re and nuncio, Lat.] to disown ; to ab- 
 negate ; to quit upon oath. 
 
 RENOU'NCEMENT, s. act of renouncing; renunciation. 
 
 RENOWN, s. [renommee, Fr.] praise widely spread; celebrity. 
 
 To RENOWN, f. n. [renonuner, Fr.] to make famous ; to 
 celebrate. 
 
 RENOWNED, par<. rt. famous; celebrated; eminent, 
 
 RENT, s. [from rend,"] a hole made by tearing ; a slit ; a break ; 
 a laceration. 
 
 To RENT, V. a. [from retid,} to tear. 
 
 RENT, s. [rente, Fr.] revenue ; an annual payment for the hire 
 of anything; money paid for any thing held of another. In 
 Political Economy, referring to the hire of land for agricultural 
 purposes, is the money which is paid for the use ot the soil, 
 under certain conditions ; but with it is confounded the hire of 
 the house and farm-buildings also ; and in these times the brisk 
 con^etition for farms has raised the general average of rent, so 
 as to make the definition usually received, — viz. that rent is a 
 portion of the produce, paid for the use of the soil, — quite inap- 
 plicable. It is also usually quite overlooked, that the rent of land 
 IS not all that is expected from the hirers ; and the covenants or 
 agreements imposed on them, are now a far more serious burden 
 and impediment to good and profitable husbandry, than even 
 the increased rental. 
 
 To RENT, V. a. [renter, Fr.] to hold by paying rent ; to set to 
 a tenant. 
 
 RE'NTABLE, a. that may be rented. 
 
 RE'NTAL, s. schedule or account of rents. 
 
 RE'NT-CHARGE, «. in Law, a susbtitute for tithes, being a 
 charge on the land, at a certain valuation of it according to its 
 quality and use, regulated by the average price of corn for the 
 preceding 7 years. This commutation, which is not open to the 
 serious charges that could be brought against the old system, is 
 yet open to charges peculiar to itself. The period for the aver- 
 ages is decidedly too long, and no changes uf arable land into 
 pasture, or vice versa, alter the rate of payment for it, as already 
 fixed by valuation. And these are independent of the general, 
 objections to tithes. &e Tithes. 
 
 RE'NTER, s. he that holds by paying rent ; a tenant. A 
 renter warden is an officer in most of the companies of London, 
 whose business is to receive the rents or profits belonging to t|ie 
 compiiny. 
 
 REN VE'RSED, a. [rcnverse, Fr.] overturned. 
 
 To RENU'MERATE, v. a. [re and numero, Lat.] to pay back. 
 
 RENUNCIATION, s. [renuhciatio, Lat.] theact of renouncing. 
 
REP 
 
 To REORDAI'N, v. a. [reordonner, Fr.] to ordain again, on 
 supposition of some defect. 
 
 RKORDINA'TION, s. repetition of ordination. 
 
 To REPA'CIFY, v. a. to pacify again. 
 
 REPAI'D, past part, of To Repay. 
 
 To REPAI'R, V. a. [re and paro, Lat.] to restore after any loss 
 or damage ; to till up anew ; to amend by an equivalent. 
 
 REPAI'R, s. reparation ; supply of loss, damage, or injury. 
 
 To REPAI'R, V. n. to go to. 
 
 REPAI'R, s. [repaire, Fr.] resort ; abode; the act of going to 
 a place. 
 
 REPAFRER.s. amender; restorer. 
 
 REPA'NDOUS, a. [repandiis, Lat.] bent upwards. 
 
 RE'PARABLE, o. [re and ^aro, Lat.] capable of being amend- 
 ed, or retrieved. 
 
 RE'PARABLY, ad. in a manner capable of remedy by restor- 
 ation, amendment, or supply. 
 
 REP.4RA'T10N, s. the act of repairing the damages made by 
 time in a building, or in any other thing; supply of what is 
 wasted ; recomperice, or amends made for an injury. 
 
 REPA'RATIVE, s. whatever makes amends. 
 
 REPARTEE', s. [re/jorf/e, Fr.] a smart or witty reply. 
 
 To REPARTE'E, v. n. to make smart replies. 
 
 REPARTI'TION, s. [Fr.] the act of dividing or sharing again. 
 
 To REPA'SS, V. a. \repasser, Fr.] to pass back or again.— d. n. 
 to go back in the same road. 
 
 REPA'ST, «. [repas, Fr.] a meal; a refreshment ; victuals. 
 
 To REPA'ST, V. a. [repmtre, Fr.] to feed or feast. 
 
 To REPAY', V. a. [repayer, Fr.] to pay back in return, requital, 
 or revenge ; to recompense ; to reimburse. 
 
 REPAY'MENT,s. the act of repaying; the thing repaid. 
 
 To REPE'AL, (rejjeW) 1). a. Irappeller, Fr.l to revoke; abro- 
 gate; annul. 
 
 REPE'AL, (repeel) s. abrogation ; revocation ; abolition. 
 
 REPE'ALABLE, {repedable) a. capable of being repealed. 
 
 To REPEAT, (repeet) v. a. [re and peto, Lat.] to do or speak 
 the same thing more than once. 
 
 REPE'ATEDLY, {repeetedly) ad. over and over; more than once. 
 
 REPE'ATER, (repeeter) s, one that recites ; a watch that 
 strikes the hours on the pressure of a spring. 
 
 To REPE'L, V. a. [re and pello, Lat.] to drive back any thing, 
 or an assailant. — v. ft. to act with a force contrary to that which 
 is impressed. 
 
 REPE'LLENT, s. that which has a repelling power. 
 
 REPE'LLER, «. one that rmels. 
 
 REPE'NT, V. n. [repentir, Fr.] to think on any thing past 
 with sorrow ; to express sorrow for something past ; to have 
 such sorrow as produces amendment. — v. a. to remember with 
 sorrow, used with the reciprocal pronoun. 
 
 REPE'NTANCE, s. [Fr.] sorrow for any thing past ; such sor- 
 row as produces amendment ; penitence. 
 
 REPE'NTANT, a. [Fr.] sorrowful for what is past. 
 
 To REPE'OPLE, {repeepl) v. a. to stock with people anew. 
 
 REPERCU'SSION, (repercushdn) s. [re and jjercutio, Lat.] the 
 act of driving back; rebound. 
 
 REPERCU'SSIVE, a. [rSperctissif, Fr.] having the power of 
 driving back, or causing a rebound. 
 
 REPERTI'TIOL'S, (rejiertishious) a. [reperio, Lat.] found; 
 gained by finding. 
 
 RE'PERTORY, s. [repertoire, Fr. from repertorium, Lat.] a 
 treasury ; a magazine. 
 
 RE'PETEND.s. [repeto, Lat.] in Arithmetic, that part of an 
 infinite decimal fraction which is repeated ad infinitum: thus in 
 the examples 2.G()6- and M31.313- theOGG- and 131313- are the 
 repetends ; the former being denominated single, because one 
 figure only is constantly repeated, and the latter compound, be- 
 cause more than one are repeated. 
 
 REPETITION, s. the doing the same thing more than once; 
 the act of reciting or rehearsing ; recital from memory, opposed 
 to reading. 
 
 REPIA'NO, Repie'no, s. in Music, signifies full, and is used 
 to distinguish those violins in concertos, which play only now 
 and then to fill up, from those which play through the whole 
 concerto. 
 
 REPIGNORA'TION, «. the redeeming of a pledge. « 
 
 To REPI'NE, V. n. to fret, vex, grieve, or be discontented ; to 
 murmur. 
 
 REP 
 
 REPI'NER, s. one who frets or murmurs. 
 
 To REPLA'CE, v. a. [replacer, Fr.] to put again into the same 
 place; to reinstate. 
 
 To REPLAI'T, V. a. to fold one part often over another. 
 
 To REPLA'NT, v. a. [repkmter, Fr.] to plant anew. 
 
 REPLANTA'TION, s. the act of planting again. 
 
 To REPLE'NISH, v. a. [re and ptenus, Lat.] to stock or fill.— 
 D. n. to regain the former fulness. 
 
 REPLE'TE, a. [repleo, Lat.] full ; completely filled ; filled to 
 excess ; followed by icith. 
 
 REPLE'TION, s. [Fr.] the state of being too full. 
 
 REPLE'VIABLE, a. [replegiaUlis, low Lat.] to be restored after 
 being seized. 
 
 To REPLE'VIN, Reple'vy, v. a. [replegio, low Lat.] to take 
 back, or set any thing at liberty that is seized by way of security. 
 
 REPLE'VIN, s. in Law, is a remedy granted on a distress, 
 by which the first possessor has his goods restored to him again, 
 on his giving security to the sheriff that he will pursue his ac- 
 tion against the party restraining, and return the goods or cattle, 
 if the taking them should be judged lawful. In case of a dis- 
 tress for rent, the tenant must bring his writ of replevin within 
 five days, otherwise the goods are to be appraised and sold. 
 
 REPLI'CA, Replica'to, s. [Ital.] in Music, signifies to repeat. 
 
 REPLICA'TION, s. [replico, Lat.] an answer; a reply. 
 
 To REPLY', V. n. [repliquer, Fr.] to answer ; to make a return 
 to an answer. — v. a. to return as an answer. Used with to, against, 
 or upon. 
 
 REPLY', s. [repUque, Fr.] an answer, or a return to an answer. 
 
 REPLY'ER, s. he that makes a return to an answer. 
 
 To REPO'LISH, V. a. [repoUr,Fr.'] to polish again. 
 
 To REPO'RT, V. a. [reporter, Fr.] to spread any thing by ru- 
 mour ; to give account of; to give repute ; to relate. 
 
 REPO'RT, s. rumour, or popular fame; public character or 
 reputation; an account returned; relation; an account of ju- 
 dicial cases; sound, or loud noise. 
 
 REPO'RTER, s. relater; one that gives an account. 
 
 REPO'RTINGLY, ad. by common fame. 
 
 REPO'SAL, {repozal) s. the act of reposing. 
 
 To REPO'SE, (repoze) v. a. [re and pono, Lat.] to lay to rest ; 
 to confide or trust in without any suspicion, followed by upon or 
 in ; to lodge or lay up, followed by in. — v. n. to sleep, or take one's 
 rest ; to rest in confidence. 
 
 REPO'SE, {repize) s. sleep ; rest ; quiet ; cause of rest or con- 
 fidence. 
 
 REPO'SEDNESS, {repuzedness) s. state of being at rest. 
 
 To REPO'SITE, (repdzit) v. a. to lay up or lodge as in a place 
 of safely. 
 
 REPOSI'TION, {repozishon) s. the act of replacing. 
 
 REPO'SITORY, {rejMzitory) s. a place wherein any thing is 
 safely laid up ; a collection of various goods ; a magazine. 
 
 To REPOSSE'SS, {repozess) v. a. to possess again. 
 
 To REPREHE'ND, v. a. [re and prehendu, Lat.] to find fault 
 with; to chide; to reprove; to charge with as a fault; used 
 with of. 
 
 REPREHE'NDER, s. a Warner; a reprover. 
 
 REPREHE'NSIBLE, a. [Fr.] worthy of blame or censure; 
 culpable. 
 
 RFPRElfE'NSIBLENESS, s. blamableness. 
 
 REPREHE'NSIBLY, ad. blamably ; culpably. 
 
 REPREHE'NSION, {reprehenshon) s. [re and prehendo, Lat,] 
 the act of finding fault ; chiding or blaming. 
 
 REPREHE'NSIVE, a. given to reproof. 
 
 To REPRESE'NT, (the s in this word and its following de- 
 rivatives is pron. like z,- as, reprezent, &c.) v. a. [represento, Lat. 
 representee-, Fr.] to exhibit or show as if present; to describe or 
 show in any particular character ; to fill the place of or person- 
 ate another by a vicarious character ; to serve in the House of 
 Comnions for a county or borough. 
 
 REPRESENTA'TION, «. [Fr.] an image or likeness of any 
 thing; the act of supporting a vicarious character; a respectful 
 declaration ; a public exhibition. 
 
 REPRESE'NTATIVE, a. [reprhentatif, Fr.] exhibiting a like- 
 ness ; bearing any character by commission from another. Re- 
 presentative System, the method of appointing or electing deputies 
 to represent the interests of the Commons in parliament ; that 
 form of limited monarchy, in which such deputies, so chosen, 
 form part of the legislature of a state. 
 
 V T.33 
 
REP 
 
 REPRESE'NTATIVE, s. one exhibiting the likeness of an- 
 other, or serving as agent for another ; that by which any thing 
 is shown ; a member of the House of Commons. 
 
 REPRESE'NTER, s. one who shows or exhibits; one who is 
 agent for another. 
 
 REPRESE'NTMENT, s. image or idea proposed, as exhibiting 
 the likeness of something. 
 
 To REPRE'SS, V. a. Irepressus, from reprimo, Lat.] to crush or 
 subdue. 
 
 REPRE'SSION, (reprhhon) s. Irepressio, Lat.] the act of crush- 
 ing or subduing. 
 
 REPRE'SSIVE, a. having power to repress ; acting to repress. 
 
 To REPRIE'VE, (repreete) v. a. [reprendre, Fr.] to free from 
 immediate sentence of death; to give respite. 
 
 REPRIE'VE, {repreeve) s, a temporary suspension of sentence 
 of death. 
 
 To REPRIMA'ND, v. a. [reprimander, Fr.] to reprove ; to 
 chide; to reprehend; to check. 
 
 RE'PRIMAND, s. [reprimande, Fr.] reproof; reprehension. 
 
 To REPRI'NT, V. a. to renew an impression ; to print a new 
 edition. 
 
 REPRFSAL, (reprkal) s. [reprisaille, Fr.] something seized as 
 a retaliation for robbery, or damage sustained. 
 
 REPRFSE, {reprize) s. [reprise, Fr.] the act of taking some- 
 thing in retaliation of injury received. 
 
 To REPRO'ACH, (reproch) v. a. [reprocher, Fr.] to charge with 
 a fault in censorious language ; to upbraid. 
 
 REPRO'ACH, (reproch) s. [reproche, Fr.] the act of finding 
 fault censoriously ; any thing which exposes to disgrace. 
 
 REPRO'ACHABLE, (reprochable) a. worthy of reproach or 
 censure. 
 
 REPRO'ACHFUL, {reprochful) a. censorious; disgraceful; 
 shameful; ignominious. 
 
 REPRO'ACHFULLY, ad. censoriously; ignominiously. 
 
 RE'PROBATE, a. [rcproho, Lat.] lost to virtue and grace ; 
 abandoned; profligate. 
 
 RE'PROBATE, «. a person lost to virtue; a profligate; one 
 abandoned to wickedness. 
 
 To RE'PROBATE, v. a. to disallow or reject; to abandon to 
 wickedness and all its consequences; to abandon to one's sen- 
 tence without hopes of pardon. 
 
 RE'PROBATENESS, s. the act of being reprobate. 
 
 REPROBA^TION, s. [Fr.] in Theology, the act of abandoning, 
 or the state of being abandoned, to sin and all its consequences. 
 A sentence of condemnation. 
 
 To REPRODU'CE, v. a. lrcproduire,Fr.] to produce again; to 
 produce anew. 
 
 REPRODU'CTION, s. [Fr.] the act of producing anew. 
 
 REPROO'F, s. blame or reprehension spoken to a person's 
 face; censure; reprehension. 
 
 REPRO'VABLE, (re/jro<;ca6&)a. blamable; culpable; worthy 
 of reprehension. 
 
 To REPRO'VE, (reproive) v. a. [reprouver, Fr.] to blame ; to 
 censure; to charge to the face with a fault ; to reprehend; to re- 
 fute ; to disprove. 
 
 REPRO'VER, (reproover) s. one that reproves. 
 
 To REPRU'NE, V. a. to prune a second time. 
 
 RE'PTILE, a. [repo, Lat.] creeping on the ground. 
 
 RE'PTILE, s. in Natural History, that class of vertebrated 
 animals, which includes the tortoise tribe, the crocodiles and 
 lizards, serpents, and the frog tribe. Most of them are ovipar- 
 ous, or ovo-viviparous. See under the various genera, &c. 
 
 REPTFTIOUS, (repfishious) a. creeping. 
 
 REPU'BLIC, s. [republique, Fr. from res and publicus, Lat.] a 
 form of government in which all the citizens are equal as to both 
 rights and privileges; a commonwealth. Also, but improperly, 
 a state the liberty of whose subjects is in some sort guaranteed 
 by a constitution. 
 
 REPU'BLICAN, a. belonging to a commonwealth ; placing 
 the government in the people. 
 
 REPU'BLICAN, s. one who holds a republic to be the best 
 form of government. 
 
 REPU'DLABLE, a. fit to be rejected. 
 
 To REPU'DIATE, v. a. [repudio, Ldit. repudier, Fr.] to divorce; 
 to reject ; to put away ; to disown. 
 
 REPUDIA'TION,s.[Fr.]di 
 
 disownal. 
 734 
 
 vorce; a putting away ; rejection; 
 
 RES 
 
 REPU'GNANCE, Repu'gnancy, s. [Fr.] inconsistency, or con- 
 trariety ; struggle of opposition ; reluctance. 
 
 REPU'GNANT, a. [Fr. repugno, from ^k<7?io, Lat.] disobedient; 
 contrary ; opposite. 
 
 REPU'GNANTLY, ad. contradictorily. 
 
 To REPU'LLULATE, v. n. [re and pullulo, Lat.] to bud again. 
 
 REPL'LSE, s. [reand peWo, Lat.] the condition of being driven 
 ofl^ from any attempt, or put aside from any design ; denial ; 
 check. 
 
 To REPU'LSE, V. a. to beat back or drive off". 
 
 REPU'LSION, (repulshon) s. the act or power of driving off 
 from itself. In Physics generally, a force by which the particles 
 of bodies are prevented from coming into actual contact. 
 
 REPU'LSIVE, a. driving off'; having the power to beat back 
 or drive oft'. 
 
 To REPURCHASE, v. n. to buy again. 
 
 RE'PUTABLE,a. honourable; generally esteemed; celebrated. 
 
 RE'PUTABLY, ad. without discredit. 
 
 REPUTA'TION, s. [Fr.] the general character of a person ; 
 credit ; honour. 
 
 To REPU'TE, V. a. to hold, account, or esteem ; to think. 
 
 REPU'TE, s. public character ; established opinion ; esteem. 
 
 REPU'TELESS, a. disgraceful ; disreputable. 
 
 REQUE'ST, s. [requete, Fr.] the act of asking any thing of 
 another; an entreaty; petition; demand; the state of being 
 desired. 
 
 To REQUE'ST, v. a. [requester, Fr.] to ask a favour of another ; 
 to entreat ; to solicit. 
 
 REQUESTER, s. a petitioner ; a solicitor. 
 
 To REQUFCKEN, v. a. to reanimate. 
 
 RE'QUIEM, s. [Lat.] a hymn so called from its being used in 
 imploring rest for the dead. 
 
 REQUI'RABLE, a. fit to be required. 
 
 To REQUFRE, v. a. [re and qucero, Lat.] to ask a thing as 
 one's right; to make necessary; to need. 
 
 RE'QUISITE, [the s is pron. like z in this word and its deri- 
 vatives ; as requiAte, &c.) a. [requisitits, Lat.] necessary ; needful ; 
 not to be done without. 
 
 RE'QUISITE, s. any thing essential or indispensably ne- 
 cessary. 
 
 RE'QUISITELY, ad. necessarily; in a requisite manner. 
 
 RE'QUISITENESS, s. necessity ; the state of being requisite. 
 
 REQUFTAL, s. a return made for any good or bad office; re- 
 taliation ; a reward. 
 
 To REQUI'TE, v. a. [requiter, Fr.] to repay, or return good or 
 ill ; to recompense. 
 
 RE'REWARD, s. the rear or last troop of an army. 
 
 To RESALU'TE, v. a. [re and saluto, Lat.] to salute or greet 
 anew. 
 
 To RESCFND, v. a. [rescindo, Lat.] to cut off"; to abrogate or 
 annul, applied to laws. 
 
 RESCI'SSION, {resstshon) s. the act of cutting off; abrogation. 
 
 RESCI'SSORY, a. [rescisoire, Fr.] having the power to cut off'. 
 
 RE'SCRIPT, s. [reseriptmn, from rescriho, Lat.] the edict or 
 decree of an emperor. 
 
 To RE'SCUE, V. a. [rescmirse, old Fr.] to set free, or deliver 
 from confinement, danger, or violence. 
 
 RE'SCUE, s. an act whereby a person is delivered from vio- 
 lence, danger, or confinement. 
 
 RE'SCUER, s. one that rescues; a deliverer, 
 
 RESE'ARCH, (reserch) s. [recherche, Fr.] diligent search or 
 inquiry; scrutiny. 
 
 To RESE'ARCH, {reserch) v. a. [rechercher, Fr.] to examine ; 
 to inquire ; to scrutinize. 
 
 To RESE'AT, {reseet) v. a. to seat again. 
 
 RESEFZER, {reseezer) s. one that seizes again. 
 
 RESEFZURE, {reseezure) s. repeated seizure ; seizure a second 
 time. 
 
 RESE'MBLANCE, s. [Fr.] likeness ; similitude ; represent- 
 ation. 
 
 To RESE'MBLE, v. a. [ressemhler, Fr.] to compare ; to repre- 
 sent as like something else; to be like. 
 
 To RESE'NT, {rexenf) v. a. [ressentir, Fr.] to take well or-ill ; 
 to be offended at, or return, an injury; to have a due sense of. 
 
 RESE'NTER, {rezinfer) s. one who feels injuries deeply. 
 
 RESE'NTFUL, {rezentful) a. malignant ; easily provoked to 
 anger, and long retaining it. 
 
RES 
 
 RESE'NTINGLY, (rtaentinffly) ad. with deep sense ; with 
 strong perception ; with continued anger. 
 
 RESE'NTjMENT, (rezentment) s. [ressentiment, Fr.] a strong or 
 hasty sensation of good or ill ; a deep sense of injury. 
 
 RESERVA'TION, s. [Fr.] the act of concealing in the mind ; 
 something kept back, or not given iip ; custody. 
 
 RESE'RVATORY, s. [reservoir, Fr.] a place in which any 
 thing is reserved or kept. 
 
 To RESERVE, (usually pron. reserve,) v. a. [re and servo, Lat.] 
 to keep or save for some other time or purpose; to retain; to 
 keep ; to store. 
 
 RESE'RVE, {rezerve) s. something stored or saved against 
 some future exigence ; something concealed in the mind; ex- 
 ception ; a prohibition ; an exception in favour of a person or 
 thing; caution observed in behaviour. 
 
 RESE'RVED, {rezerved) a. not too free in behaviour or dis- 
 course ; sullen ; close. 
 
 RESE'RVEDLY, arf. not with frankness; not with openness; 
 with reserve. 
 
 RESE'RVEDNESS, {re-Jrvedness) s. the quality of keeping 
 one's secret sentiments. 
 
 RESE'RVER, {rexrver) s. one that reserves. 
 
 RESERVOI'R, s. [Fr.] a place where any thing is stored np, 
 or collected in large quantities ; reservatory. 
 
 To RESE'TTLE, t-. a. to settle again. 
 
 RESE'TTLEMENT, s. the act of settling again ; the state of 
 settling again. 
 
 RE'SIANCE, s. in Law, residence ; abode ; dwelling. 
 
 RE'SIANT, a. lressea7U, Fr.] resident ; present in a place. 
 
 To RESl'DE, V. ti. Ire and sedeo, Lat.] to dwell ; to abide ; to 
 live. — [resido, Lat.] to subside ; to sink ; to fall to the bottom. 
 
 RESIDENCE, s. [Fr.] the act of continuing or dwelling in a 
 place; a place of abode ; habitation; dwelling; sediment. 
 
 RE'SIDENT, a. dwelling or having abode in any place. 
 
 RE'SIDENT, s. [Fr.] one who dwells in or inhabits any place. 
 
 RESIDE'NTIARY, (residenshiarxj) a. holding 
 
 relating to that part which re- 
 
 sidence; at 
 tending in a journey. 
 
 RESIDUAL, Residuary 
 mains. 
 
 RE'SIDUE, Resi'duum, s. the remainder; that which is left. 
 
 To RESl'GN, V. a. [re and signo, Lat.] to give or yield up a 
 claim or possession ; to submit without opposition or resistance. 
 
 RESIGNA'TION, s. [Fr.] the act of yielding or submitting 
 without resistance or doubt. 
 
 RESIGNER', {resinee) s. in Law, the person to whom the thing 
 is resigned. 
 
 RESI'GNEE, (resiner) s. one that resigns. 
 
 RESl'GNMENT, {resinment) s. the act of resigning. 
 
 RESI'LIENCE, Resi'uency, Resili'tion, s. [re and salio, Lat.] 
 the act of starting or leaping back. 
 
 RESl'LIENT, a. starting or springing back. 
 
 RE'SIN, {rezin) s. [resine, Fr. resina, Lat.] in Vegetable Physi- 
 ology, &c., a secretion from a plant that will not dissolve in water, 
 but only in oils or spirits. Gum-resitis sue partly soluble in water, 
 and gums wholly so. 
 
 RE'SINOUS, (rhinous) a. partaking of the nature and proper- 
 ties of resin. See Electricity. 
 
 RE'SINOUSNESS, (rezinousness) s. the quality of being resinous. 
 
 RESIPl'SCENCE, s. [Fr.] repentance. 
 
 To RESrST, V. a, Iresisto, Lat. register, Fr.J to oppose, or act 
 against; to hinder; to act against the impression of external 
 force. 
 
 RESl'STANCE, Resi'stence, s. the act of resisting ; opposi- 
 tion ; the quality of not yielding to external force ; the power of 
 checking or preventing motion. 
 
 RESlSTIBrLlTY, s. the quality of resisting. 
 
 RESI'STIBLE, a. that may be resisted. 
 
 RESrSTLESS, a. not to be opposed ; irresistible. 
 
 RESO'LVABLE, a. capable oi being separated or analyzed ; 
 capable of being explained. 
 
 RE'SOLUBLE, a. [re and solvo, Lat.] capable of being dis- 
 solved or melted. 
 
 To RESO'LVE, (the » in this word and its derivatives is 
 usually pron. like z,) v. a. to inform, explain, or clear from any 
 doubt or difficulty ; to analyze ; to melt, or dissolve.—?', n. to 
 determine ; to melt, or be dissolved ; to be fixed in an opinion ; 
 used with on or ujion. 
 
 RES 
 
 RESO'LVE, s. a fixed resolution ; determination, 
 
 RESO'LVEDLY, ad. with firmness and constancy. 
 
 RESO'LVEDNESS, s. resolution ; constancy; firmness. 
 
 RESO'LVEND, s. in Arithmetic, a term in the extraction of 
 the square and cube roots, &c., signifying the number arising 
 from increasing the remainder after subtraction. 
 
 RESO'LVENT, s. that which has the power of causing so- 
 lution. 
 
 RESO'LVER, s. one that forms a first resolution ; one that 
 dissolves ; one that separates parts. 
 
 RE'SOLUTE, a. Irisolu, Fr.] fixed ; determined ; constant ; 
 steady ; firm. 
 
 RE'SOLUTELY, ad. determinately ; firmly; constantly; 
 steadily. 
 
 RE'SOLUTENESS, s. determinateness ; the state of being 
 fixed in resolution, 
 
 RESOLU'TION, s. [Fr. from resoko, Lat.] the act of clearing 
 from doubt or difficulty ; the act of separating any thing into its 
 constituent parts; dissolution; a fixed determination, or settled 
 thought; steadiness, constancy, firmness; the determination of 
 a cause in a court of justice; the change of a discord into har- 
 mony, in Music. 
 
 RE'SOLUTIVE, a. [rholufif, Fr.] having the power to dissolve 
 or relax. 
 
 RE'SONANCE, *. [re and sono, Lat.] sound ; re-sound ; echo. 
 
 RE'SONANT, a. sounding or echoing. 
 
 To RESO'RT, V. n. [ressortir, Fr.] to have recourse to ; to go 
 publicly, or repair to. In Law, to fall back. 
 
 RESO'RT, s. an assembly, or numerous body; of men meeting 
 in the same place; concourse; the act of visiting; spring, or 
 active power ; resource. 
 
 RESO'RTER, s. one that frequents or visits. 
 
 To RESOU'ND, v. a. [re and sono, Lat.] to echo ; to sound 
 back ; to sound ; to tell so as to be heard far ; to celebrate by 
 sound ; to return sounds ; to sound with any noise. — v. n. to be 
 echoed back. 
 
 RESOU'RCE, s. [ressource, Fr.] some new and expedient 
 means that offer ; an expedient; shift. 
 
 To RESPE'CT, V. a. [re and spicio, Lat.] to regard, or have re- 
 gard, to; to consider with a low degree of reverence; to have 
 relation to ; to look toward. 
 
 RESPE'CT, s. regard ; attention ; a low degree of reverence ; 
 partial regard ; good will ; a consideration or motive ; relation 
 or regard. 
 
 RESPE'CTABLE, v. meriting respect ; venerable. 
 
 RESPE'CTER, s. one who prefers one before another from a 
 partial regard. 
 
 RESPE'CTFUL, a. paying due reverence ; ceremonious ; full 
 of outward civility. 
 
 RESPECTFULLY, ad. with some degree of reverence. 
 
 RESPE'CTIVE, a. relating to particular persons or things; 
 relative; reciprocal; particular. 
 
 RESPE'CTIVELY, ad. particularly ; relatively. 
 
 RESPE'RSION, (respershdn) s. [respergo, Lat.] the act of 
 sprinkling. 
 
 RESPIRATION, «. [Fr. respiro, from re and spiro, Lat.] the 
 act of breathing; relief or respite from labour. In Physiology, 
 the process, in both plants and animals, by which the fluids "of 
 the organism are supplied with oxygen, so as to continue to 
 maintain life. 
 
 RE'SPIRATOR, s. an ingenious contrivance, by which fine 
 metallic wires, or a piece of sponge fitted in a frame, and fasten- 
 ed before the mouth, are warmed by the breath, and communi- 
 cate warmth to the air received into the lungs ; used by asthmatic 
 and consumptive persons with marked success. 
 
 RESPI'RATORY, a. relating to, or connected with, the pro- 
 cess of respiration. 
 
 To RESPI'RE, V. n. to breathe ; to catch breath ; to rest, or 
 take rest. 
 
 RE'SPITE, s. [respit, Fr.] a reprieve, or the suspension of a 
 capital sentence ; a pause or interval. 
 
 To RE'SPITE, V. a. to relieve by a pause or intermission ; to 
 suspend or delay. 
 
 RESPLENDENCE, Resple'ndency, s. brightness; lustre; 
 splendour. 
 
 RESPLE'NDENT, a. [re and splendeo, Lat.] bright ; shining; 
 having a beautiful lustre. 
 
 735 
 
RESPLE'NDENTLY, ad. with lustre ; splendidly. 
 
 To RESPO'ND, V. a. [resimtideo, Lat.] to aiiswet an argument 
 or objection ; to correspond or suit. 
 
 RESPONDENT, s. one who answers in a suit, or in a set dis- 
 putation. 
 
 RESPONDE'NTIA, s. in Commerce, is a term applied to 
 money, which is borrowed, not upon the vessel, as in bottomry, 
 but upon the goods and merchandise contained in it, which 
 must necessarily be sold or exchanged, in the course of a voyage, 
 in which case the borrower, personally, is bound to answer the 
 contract ; and he is said to take up money at respondentia. 
 
 RESPO'NSE, s. Iresponsum, from respondeo, Lat.] an answer 
 or reply made to an objection or argument ; an answer made by 
 the congregation, or clerk, in liturgical worship. 
 
 RESPO'NSIBLE.. a. answerable, or accountable; capable of 
 discharging any obligation. 
 
 RESPO'NSIBLENESS, s. the state of being accountable. 
 
 RESPO'NSION, {resp6nsh6n) s. [responsio, Lat.] the act of an- 
 swering. 
 
 RESPO'NSIVE, a. [responsif, Fr.] answering; making answer; 
 correspondent ; suitable. 
 
 RESPO'NSORY, a. [responsorius, Let.] containing answer. 
 
 REST, s. [Sax.] sleep ; the state of death ; cessation from mo- 
 tion, disturbance, or bodily labour; a support on which any 
 thing leans ; a place of repose ; remainder, or what remains. In 
 Music, a mark denoting a pause, in the playing or singing, and 
 the length of it. 
 
 REST, a. others; those not included in any proposition. 
 
 To REST, V. n. to be asleep or dead ; to cease from motion, 
 labour, or disturbance; to remain satisfied ; to lean upon ; to be 
 supported, followed by u^ion ; to be left or remain. — v. a. to put 
 into a state of repose or quiet ; to confide in ; used with upon. 
 
 RESTA'GNANT, a. \re and stagno, Lat.] remaining without 
 flow or motion. 
 
 To RESTA'GNATE, v. n. to stand without flow. 
 
 RESTAGNA'TION, s. the state of standing without flow, 
 course, or motion. 
 
 RESTAURA'TION, s. [restauro, Lat.] the act of recovering to 
 its former state; reinstitution, or advancement on new and surer 
 principles. 
 
 To RESTE'M, v. a. to force back against the current. 
 
 RE'STFUL, a. quiet ; being at rest. 
 
 RESTHA'RROW, s. in Botany, a thorny plant with butterfly- 
 shaped blossoms. There are two British species, viz, the corn 
 and creeping rest-harrow ; the former is found on barren land, 
 and goes also by the names of camniock, petty-whin, and ground 
 furze; and the latter on the sea-coast, having pink blossoms. 
 Both kinds flower in June and July. 
 
 RE'STIFF, Re'stive, Re'sty, a. [restif, Fr.] unwilling to stir, 
 comply, or go forward, generally applied to a horse ; headstrong ; 
 stubborn; froward ; obstinate. 
 
 RE'STIFFNESS, s. unwillingness ; frowardness. 
 
 RESTI'NCTION, s. [restingm, Lat.] the act of extinguishing. 
 
 RESTITUTION, s. [restituo, Lat.] the act of restoring any 
 thing lost or taken away ; the act of recovering a former state. 
 
 RE'STLESS, a. unable to sleep ; unquiet; unsettled; in con- 
 tinual motion or action. 
 
 RE'STLESSLY, ad. unquietly; without rest. 
 
 RE'STLESSNESS, s. a state wherein a person cannot sleep, 
 will not cease from action, or is always in motion. 
 
 RESTO'RABLE, a. what may be restored. 
 
 RESTORA'TION, s. the giving again what had been taken 
 away; the recovery of what had been lost. In English History, 
 the recovery of the English crown by the Stuarts, in the person 
 of Charles 11. In Architecture, a drawing showing what a ruined 
 edifice was originally, as far as can be determined by the appear- 
 ance of the ruins, &c. 
 
 RESTO'RATIVE, a. having the power to recruit any waste. 
 
 To RESTO'RE, v. a. [restauro, Lat.] to give or bring back what 
 is lost, wasted, or taken away; to retrieve from decay; to re- 
 cover passages, in books, from their corruption. 
 
 RESTO'RER, s. one that restores. 
 
 To RESTRAI'N, v. a. \restreindre, Fr.] to withhold or keep in ; 
 to hinder; to repress, suppress, keep in awe; to confine, or 
 limit. 
 
 RESTRAl'NABLE, a. capable to be restrained, 
 
 RESTRAI'NEDLY, ad. with restraint. 
 
 RET 
 
 RESTRAl'NER, s. one that restrains; one that withholds. 
 
 RESTRAI'NT, s. [restreint, Fr.] an abridgment of liberty; a 
 prohibition; restriction; hinderance; repression. 
 
 To RESTRI'CT, v. a. [restringo, from stringo, Lat.] to limit or 
 confine. 
 
 RESTRPCTION, s. [Fr.] confinement ; limitation. 
 
 RESTRI'CTIVE, a. expressing Hmitation. In Physic, bind- 
 ing or astringent. 
 
 RESTRI'CTIVELY, ad. with limitation. 
 
 To RESTRFNGE, v. a. {restringo, Lat.] to limit ; to confine. 
 
 RESTRI'NGENT, a. [Fr.] possessing a restraining quality ; 
 styptic; astringent. 
 
 RE'STY, a. See Restiff. 
 
 To RESUBLFME, v. a. to sublime another time. 
 
 To RESU'LT, V. n. [re and salto, Lat.] to fly back ; to rise as 
 a consequence ; to be produced as an effect, or flow as a con- 
 sequence. 
 
 RESU'LT, s. resilience ; the act of flying back ; an effect 
 flowing from the operation of any particular cause; a conse- 
 quence or inference from premises. 
 
 RESU'LTANCE, s. [Fr.] the act of resulting. 
 
 RESU'MABLE, a. capable of being taken back. 
 
 To RESU'ME, V. a. [reaaii sumo, Lat.] to take back what has 
 been given or taken away; to take again; to begin again any 
 thing suspended, dropped, or given over. 
 
 RESU'MPTION, (resiimshon) s. [Fr.] the act of resuming. 
 
 RESUMPTIVE, a. taking back. 
 
 RESUPINA'TION, s. (resupino, from supino, Lat.] the act of 
 lying on the back. 
 
 RESU'PINE, a. [resupinus, Lat.] lying with the face upwards. 
 
 To RESURVEY', v. a. to review ; to survey again. 
 
 RESURRE'CTION, s. [Fr. from resurgo, Lat.] revival after 
 death ; the act of rising again after death. 
 
 RESUSCITA'TION, s. [re and suscito, Lat.] the act of stir- 
 ring up anew ; reviving or arising again. 
 
 To RETAFL, v. a, [retailler, Fr.] to divide, or sell in small 
 parcels ; to sell at second hand. 
 
 RE'TAIL, s. a sale consisting in small quantities. 
 
 RETAl'LER, s. one who sells by small quantities. 
 
 To RETAI'N, V. a. [retineo, from teneo, Lat.] to preserve from 
 loss or without discharge ; to keep without loss ; to keep in pay 
 or hire. — v. n. to belong to or depend on, used with to ; to keep 
 or continue. 
 
 RETAFNER, s. a dependant ; adherent ; hanger-on, for sub- 
 sistence. In Law, a servant who wears a person's livery, but 
 does not dwell in his house. Also the fee given to a counsellor 
 to retain his services, and prevent his being engaged by the 
 other party in the suit. This is frequently given a long while 
 before a trial, or when, perhaps, there is only a chance that a 
 trial may be necessary. 
 
 To RETA'KE, v. a. to take again. 
 
 To RETA'LIATE, v. a. [re and talio, Lat.] to return in kind, 
 or like for like ; to requite ; to repay. 
 
 RETALIATION, s. the act of returning like for like. 
 
 To RETA'RD, i\ a. [retardo, from tardus, Lat.] to hinder in 
 motion or swiftness ; to delay or put off.— f. n. to stay back or 
 delay. 
 
 RETARDATION, s. the act of hindering action in motion ; 
 delay; hinderance. 
 
 RETA'RDER, s. obstructer ; hinderer. 
 
 To RETCH, f. a. [hrcecan. Sax.] to contract convulsively, as 
 before vomiting, applied to the stomach ; to stretch or lengthen ; 
 to gape or yawn. 
 
 RETCHLESS, a. careless ; reckless. 
 
 RETE'CTION, s. [retectus, from retego, Lat.] the act of dis- 
 covering to view. 
 
 RETE'NTION, s. [Fr. retentio, from retineo, Lat.] the act of 
 retaining, keeping to, containing, or preserving; limitation or 
 lestraint. In Medicine, that state of contraction in the vessels 
 of the body, which makes them hold fast their contents. 
 
 RETE'NTIVE, a, [retentif, Fr.] having the power of retain- 
 ing, or preserving in the mind. 
 
 RETE'NTIVENESS, s. the quality of retention. 
 
 RETFORD, or Redford, East, Nottinghamshire. It stands 
 on the east side of the river Idle, over which there is a hand- 
 some bridge. The principal trade of this place is in hops and 
 malt. The canal from Trent to Chesterfield passes near this 
 
RET 
 
 place. It is 140 miles from London. Market, Saturday. Pop. 
 2680. Bedford West, communicates with E. Radford by a stone 
 bridge over the Idle. Pop. GI8. 
 
 RETI'CENCE, «. [Fr. reticentia, from taceo, Lat.] conceal- 
 ment by silence. 
 
 RETICLE, Re'ticule, s. {rete, Lat.] a small net ; a small ele- 
 gant bag, carried by ladies as a substitute for a pocket. 
 
 RETICULAR, a. in the form of a net. 
 
 RETI'CULATED, o. [reticulatus, Lat.] made of net-work ; 
 formed with meshes. 
 
 RE'TIFORM, a. [rete and forma, Lat.] having the form of a 
 net. 
 
 RETI'NA, s. in Anatomj', the inner tunic of the eye, on which 
 the images of the objects seen are thrown. 
 
 RE'TlNUE, s. [retenue, Fr.] a number attending on a great 
 person ; a train. 
 
 To RETI'RE, V. n. [retirer, Fr.] to go to a place of privacy ; to 
 withdraw from sight; to retreat from danger; to quit a public 
 station, or a companj-. — v. a. to withdraw, or take away. 
 
 RETI'RED, a. secret; private; withdrawn. 
 
 RETI'REDNESS, s. the state of being free from public em- 
 ploy, or company ; privacy. 
 
 RETI'REMENT, s. the state of one who quits a public sta- 
 tion, or a populous place ; a private abode, or way of life. 
 
 To REIO'RT, V. a. [re and torqueo, Lat.] to throw back ; to re- 
 turn an argument, censure, or any incivility ; to bend back- 
 wards. 
 
 RETO'RT, s. a censure or reproach returned. In Chemistry, 
 a glass vessel with a curved neck, to which the receiver is fitted, 
 used in distillation, &c. 
 
 RETO'RTER, s. one that retorts. 
 
 RETO'RTION, s. the act of retorting. 
 
 To RETO'SS, V. a. to toss back. 
 
 To RETOU'CH, (retiich) V. a. [retoucher, Fr.] to improve by 
 new touches. 
 
 To RETRA'CE, v. a. [retracer, Fr.] to trace back. 
 
 To RETRA'CT, v. a. [retractus, from re and traho, Lat.] to 
 recall ; to recant ; to take back ; to resume.— r. n. to withdraw 
 concession. 
 
 RETRACTA'TION, s. [Fr.] recantation ; change of opinion. 
 
 RETRA'CTION, s. the act of withdrawing something ad- 
 vanced, or changing something done ; recantation. 
 
 RETRE'AT, (retreet) s. [retraite, Fr.] a place of privacy or so- 
 litude ; the act of going back to avoid a superior force; a place 
 of security. 
 
 To RETRE'AT, {retreet) v, n. to go to a private or solitary 
 dwelling ; to take shelter ; to retire from a superior enemy ; to 
 quit a former place. 
 
 To RETRE'NCH, v. a. [retrancher, Fr.] to cut oflF, or pare 
 away; to confine or lessen, applied to expenses. — v. n, to live 
 with less expense or pomp. 
 
 RETRE'NCHMENT, s. [rctranc?iement, Fr.] the act of lopping 
 or paring away any thing superfluous, applied to writings; the 
 act of lessening, applied to expense ; an intrenchment covered 
 by a parapet. 
 
 To RE'TRIBUTE, v. a. [re and tribuo, Lat.] to pay back ; to 
 recompense. 
 
 RETRIBU'TION, «. [Fr.] the act of repaying ; a return suit- 
 able to an action. 
 
 RETRI'BUTIVE, Retri'butory, a. repaying; making re- 
 payment. 
 
 RETRIE'VABLE, {retreevahle) a. capable of being retrieved. 
 
 To RETRIE'VE, {retreeve) v. a. [retrouver, Fr.] to recover or 
 restore after loss, impair, waste, or corruption; to regain, or 
 bring back. 
 
 RE'TRIMENT, s. [retrimentum, Lat.] dross or dregs. 
 
 RETROA'CTION, (relrodkshon) s. [retro and ago, Lat.] the act 
 of driving back. 
 
 RETROA'CTIVE, a. having the power to drive back. 
 
 To RETROCE'DE,u. n. [retro and cedo, Lat.] to go backwards. 
 
 RETROCE'SSION, {retroseshon) s. the act of going back- 
 wards. 
 
 RETROGRADA'TION, s. [retro and ffradior, Lat.] the act of 
 going backward. Retrogradation of the tiodes of the moon, in As- 
 tronomy, is their motion from east to west, or from Aries to 
 Pisces, &c., making a complete revolution in 19 years, nearly. 
 
 RE'TROGRADE, a. [Fr.] going backwards; contrary or op- 
 
 posite. In Astronomy, the planets are said to be retrograde, 
 when, by their motion in the zodiac, they move contrary to the 
 order of the signs; as from the 29° of Pisces to the 28'^ of the 
 same sign ; but this retrogradation is only apparent, and occa- 
 sioned by the observer's being placed on the earth ; for from the 
 sun, the centre of the planetary motions, they always appear 
 direct, and never either stationary or retrograde. 
 
 To RETROGRADE, v. a. to go backwards. 
 
 RETROGRE'SSION, {retrogreshon) s. the act of going back- 
 wards. 
 
 RETROSPECT, s. [retro and spicio, Lat.] a look cast on 
 things behind ; the consideration of things past. 
 
 RETROSPE'CTION, s. the act of considering things past. 
 
 RETROSPE'CTIVE, a. looking backward. 
 
 To RETL'ND, v. a. [retundo, Lat.] to blunt ; to obtund ; to 
 turn the edge. 
 
 To RETD'RN, v. n. [rctourner, Fr.] to come back to the same 
 place, or state ; to go or come back ; to make answer, retort, or 
 reply. — v. a. to repay, requite ; give or send back ; to give ac- 
 count of; to transmit. 
 
 RETU'RN, s. the act of coming back ; retrogression ; revolu- 
 tion ; vicissitude ; repayment of money ; profit ; remittance ; 
 retribution ; requital. Returns, or days in back, are certain days 
 in each term, appointed for the return of writs, &c. In Build- 
 ing, it is a side or part that falls away from the foreside of any 
 straight work. 
 
 RETU'RNER, s. one who pays or remits money. 
 
 RETZ, CARDINAL DE, whose family name was John Francis 
 Paul de Oondi, a great political intriguer in France, during the 
 17th century. He was, in his earlier life, a very profligate man ; 
 but after being elevated to high rank in the church he was 
 somewhat more guarded in his conduct, although far from re- 
 formed. In the Fronde he served under the king first, and 
 afterwards against him. He was imprisoned on the restoration 
 of order, but escaped ; and after some time, having been pardon- 
 ed by Louis XIV., he retired from the stage he had played so 
 busy a part on ; and died in 1679, aged 66 years. His Memoirs 
 are valuable as records of the times, although he may be partial 
 in the picture he gives of himself. 
 
 REU'CHLIN, JOHN, called also Capnion, after the prevalent 
 custom of his age of translating the names of scholars into 
 Latin or Greek, an eminent German scholar and philologist, of 
 the age before the Reformation. He studied in France first, and 
 afterwards at various celebrated universities, and began to prac- 
 tise as a jurist. He afterwards travelled in Italy with a German 
 noble, and greatly increased his learning, whilst he was received 
 with all honour from the scholars and patrons of scholarship in 
 that country. He held a distinguished rank amongst the great 
 men of his times, and was professor of Hebrew and Greek at 
 Wittemberg, Ingoldstadt, and Tiibingen. He taught Melanch- 
 thon, and was a man of liberal opinions, as he proved in his con- 
 troversy with a bigoted converted Jew, named Pfeff'erkom, al- 
 though he did not side with the incipient Reformation. He died 
 in 1522, aged 67 years. He wrote the first Hebrew grammar 
 and lexicon for Germany, and several other works. 
 
 To REVE'AL, {reveel) v. a. [revelo, Lat.] to discover ; to show ; 
 to disclose ; to lay open ; to impart something from heaven. 
 
 REVE'ALER, (reveeler) s. one that shows or makes known; 
 one that discovers to view ; a discoverer. 
 
 REVEI'LLfi, s. [Fr.] the beat of a drum in the morning, to 
 summon the soldiers. 
 
 RE'VEL, an opulent and well-fortified city of Esthonia, in 
 Russia, formerly one of the Hans Towns. The harbour is spa- 
 cious and convenient, and a part of the Russian fleet is usually 
 stationed in it. It is a place of considerable trade, and much 
 frequented by English and Dutch merchants. It is seated on 
 the Gulf of Finland, partly on a mountain, 200 miles from Pe- 
 tersburg. Pop. about 20,000. Lat. 59. 26. N. Long. 24. 44. E. 
 
 To RE'VEL, V. n. to feast with loose and clamorous mirth. 
 
 RE'VEL, s. a public rejoicing time; or a feast with loose and 
 noisy jollity. 
 
 To REVE'L, r. a. [re and vello, Lat.] to retract ; to draw back. 
 
 REVELA'TION, s. [Fr. rei-efo, Lat.] discovery: particularly 
 applied to the discovery of sacred truths by the Scriptures, or by 
 supernatural means. See Apocalypse. 
 
 REVELLER, s. one who feasts with noisy jollity. 
 
 REVEL-ROUT, s. a mob ; an unlawful assembly ; rabble. 
 5 b .737 
 
REV 
 
 RE'VELRY, s. loose, noisy mirth. 
 
 To REVE'NGE, v. a. [revancher, Fr.] to return an injury; to 
 punish for injuries. 
 
 REVE'NGE, s. satisfaction for an injury, taken by the injured 
 party, without regard to law or justice. 
 
 REVE'NGEFUL, a. addicted to return injuries; vindictive. 
 
 REVE'NGEFULLY, ad. vindictively. 
 
 REVE'NGER, s. one who punishes crimes ; one who resents 
 injuries. 
 
 RE'VENUE, s. [Fr.] income; or the annual profits of lands 
 or other funds ; the income of a government, from all sources. 
 
 REVE'RBERANT.a. [re and verbero, Lat.] resounding ; beat- 
 ing back. 
 
 To REVE'RBERATE, ». a. to beat back. In Chemistry, to 
 heat in a furnace, where the flame is beat from the top back on 
 the bottom.— I', n. to be boat back ; to resound. 
 
 REVERBERA'TION, s. [Fr.] the act of beating or driving 
 back. 
 
 REVE'RBERATORY, a. [reverUratoire, Fr.] beaten or driven 
 back. In Chemistry, &c., applied to a furnace closely stopped 
 at the top, so as to return the flame upon the matter placed near 
 the bottom. 
 
 To REVE'RE, V. a. [nverer, Fr. from re and vereor, Lat.] to 
 regard with awe ; to pay submissive respect ; to venerate. 
 
 RE'VERENCE, s. [Fr.] awful regard; an act of obeisance; 
 an academical title, usually given to the clergy. 
 
 To RE'VERENCE, v. a. to look on as an object of respect 
 and awful regard. 
 
 RE'VERENCER, s. one who regards with reverence. 
 
 RE'VEREND, a. [Fr.] venerable ; deserving awe and respect, 
 on account of years and station ; an academical title now given 
 to the Romanist and English clergy. 
 
 RE'VERENT, a. humble; expressing awful regard and ve- 
 neration. 
 
 REVERE'NTIAL, (rever'enshial) a. [reverentiel, Fr.] expressing 
 reverence ; proceeding from awe and veneration. 
 
 REVERE'NTIALLY, ad. with reverence. 
 
 RE'VERENTLY, ad. respectfully ; with awe. 
 
 REVE'RER, s. one who venerates ; one who reveres. 
 
 RE'VERIE, s. [Fr.] loose musing; irregular thought; de- 
 lirium ; distraction. 
 
 REVE'RSAL, s. the act of changing a sentence. 
 
 To REVE'RSE, v. a. [re and verto, Lat.] to turn upside down; 
 to overturn ; to turn back ; to contradict or repeal ; to put one 
 thing in the place of another. — v. n. to return. 
 
 REVE'RSE, s. change ; a contrary or opposite ; that side of a 
 coin on which the emblem, royal arms, or designation, is im- 
 pressed. 
 
 REVE'RSIBLE, a. [Fr.] capable of being reversed. 
 
 REVE'RSION, {revershon) s. [Fr.] the state of being to enjoy 
 after the death of the present possessor; succession, or right of 
 succession. Reversion of series, in Algebra, is the finding the 
 value of the root, or unknown quantity, whose powers enter the 
 term of an infinite series, by means of another infinite series in 
 which it is not contained. 
 
 REVE'RSIONARY, (revershonary) a. consisting in reversion ; 
 to be enjoyed after the death of another. 
 
 To REVE'RT, v. a. to change ; to turn to the contrary ; to 
 reverberate, or beat back.—?', n. to return or fall back. 
 
 To REVE'ST, V. a. [re and vestio, Lat.] to clothe again ; to re- 
 invest ; to vest again in a possession or office. 
 
 REVE'STIARY, s. [revestiaire, Fr.] a place where dresses are 
 reposited. 
 
 REVl'CTION, {revikshon) s. [re and vivo, Lat.] return to life. 
 
 To REVFCTUAL, {revitl) v. a. to stock with victuals again. 
 
 To REVIEW, (revetc) v. a. to look back; to consider any 
 thing past, or examine a second time ; to see again. 
 
 REVIEVV, (t-evew) s. second examination ; the act of survey- 
 ing an army, when performing its exercise ; an essay on any 
 book, showing its value or worthlessness, analyzing its contents, 
 and examining its statements ; also, a periodical work devoted 
 to such essays. 
 
 To REVI'LE, V. a. to reproach ; to treat with contumely. 
 
 REVI'LER, s. one who reviles. 
 
 REVrSAL, {recizal) s. a second examination or review. 
 
 To REVI'SE, {revize) v. a. [re and video, Lat.] to review ; to 
 examine or look over a second time. 
 738 
 
 REV 
 
 REVI'SE, (re»(be) s. a second perusal or examination ; among 
 printers, a second proof of a sheet after it is corrected. 
 
 REVI'SER, (rej;fe!-) s. [revisew, Fr.] an examiner; a super- 
 intendent. 
 
 REVI'SION, {revizhon) s. [Fr.] review. 
 
 To REVI'SIT, (revizit) v. a. [re and visito, Lat.] to visit again. 
 
 REVI'VAL, s. the act of restoring from a state of languor, ob- 
 livion, or obscurity; particularly applied to the restoration of 
 religious fervour and piety after a period of coldness and decay. 
 
 To REVIVE, V. n. [re and vivo, Lat.] to return to life ; to re- 
 cover from a state of obscurity, oblivion, or languor. — v. a. to 
 bring to life again ; to raise from languor, insensibility, or obli- 
 vion ; to bring back to the memory ; to quicken. In Chemistry, 
 to recover from a mixed state. 
 
 REVI'VER, s. that which invigorates or revives. 
 
 REVIVIFICA'TION, s. the act of recalling to life. 
 
 REVIVI'SCENCY, s. renewal of life. 
 
 REU'NION, s. [Fr.] return to a state of juncture, concord, or 
 cohesion ; a meeting or festival to celebrate restored or perpe- 
 tuated friendship. 
 
 To REUNl'TE, v. a. to join any thing separated ; to reconcile. 
 — V. n. to join or cohere again. 
 
 RE'VOCABLE, a. [Fr. from re and voco, Lat.] that may be 
 recalled or repealed. 
 
 RE'VOCABLENESS, s. the quality of being revocable. 
 
 To RE'VOCATE, v. a. to recall ; to call back. 
 
 REVOCA'TION,s. [Fr.] act of recalling; state of being re- 
 called ; repeal ; reversal. 
 
 To REVO'KE, V. a. to repeal, or reverse ; to check ; to draw 
 back. 
 
 To REVO'LT, v. n. [r^volter, Fr.] to fall off from one to another, 
 including the idea of something bad or rebellious. 
 
 REVO'LT, s. [revoke, Fr.] change of sides ; gross departure 
 from duty ; desertion. 
 
 REVO'LTER, s. one who changes sides ; a deserter. 
 
 To REVO'LVE, v. n. [re and volvo, Lat.] to roll in a circle ; to 
 perform a course in a circle. In Law, to fall in a regular course 
 of changing possessors.— r. a. to roll any thing round ; to con- 
 sider or meditate upon. 
 
 REVOLU'TION, s. [Fr.] the courseof any thing which returns 
 to the point from whence it sets out ; a space measured by any 
 body revolving in an orbit ; rotation round an axis. In Politics, 
 organic changes in states, whether effected peacefully or by 
 physical force ; distinguished from a revolt, which is merely the 
 defiance of existing authorities by a small party in a state; and 
 from a rebellion, which is a revolt on a larger scale, and only pro- 
 poses the change of the parties who hold the supreme power; 
 both which, also, are always characterized by the use of physi- 
 cal force, whilst some of the greatest revolutions have been ac- 
 complished without any display of it, and in others it has been 
 an accidental accompaniment, not bearing at all on the question 
 at issue. In History, the Puritan Revolutton is the great change 
 that was effected in the government and laws of this country 
 between the years 1640 and 16C0, beginning with the stand 
 taken by the Long Parliament against absolutism in Charles I., 
 and prelatism in Laud and others, and ending by the treason of 
 General Monk, who, seeing the divisions and disorganization of 
 the Puritans, restored Charles II. (See Charles and Cromwell.) 
 The Glorious Revolution is a name given by the Whigs to the 
 change effected in 1()88, when James II. was compelled to ab- 
 dicate, and William III. was made king; by which the aristo- 
 cracy obtained the actual supremacy in the state, which they 
 have held ever since. The French Revohdion is the name usually 
 assigned to that portion of French histoiy which commences 
 with the financial difficulties of Louis XVI., and ends with the 
 establishment of the Directory ; but which would be more pro- 
 perly continued to the present day, since the revolution of 1830, 
 and that of the present year, (1848,) are, in truth, but continu- 
 ations of the resolute effort to obtain political freedom, which 
 was checked by the violence of the Reign of Terror, over- 
 thrown for a time l^ the establishment of the Directory, and by 
 the Consulate, the Empire, and the restoration of the Bourbons, 
 in 1815; was revived in 1830, and again overthrown by the 
 bourgeoisie, or middle classes, and by the petty, family ambition 
 of the Citizen King ; and has now, under fairer auspices, been 
 again revived by the proclamation of a republic, and other mea- 
 sures of the Provisional Government. During the period usually 
 
designated the French Revolution, there were, in fact, many re- 
 volutions; the stand made by the commons' delegates, and the 
 assumption of the name of National Assembly, was the first; the 
 Tennis-court Oath was another ; the fall of the Bastille, which 
 made the others significant, was the third ; — and of the same 
 kind were the swearing to the new constitution ; the decree of 
 dethronement, and the declaration of a republic, &c. &c., till the 
 last exercise of the sacred right of insurrection, which was quell- 
 ed by Buonaparte's artillery. It is remarkable, that the first re- 
 sistance to the old regime was made by the privileged classes, 
 by their organs the parlements ; and the next, by the middle 
 classes, in the Assembly. The armed rising of Paris, and the 
 taking of the royal fortress, the Bastille, which broke the power 
 of the court, was effected by the working classes almost wholly, 
 whilst the constitution prepared by the Assembly was one which 
 the middle classes alone could approve ; and in the subsequent 
 struggle, when the republic was declared, there was no good 
 faith intended towards the men who had only their manual skill 
 and their patience as their wealth, by the Girondins ; who, 
 therefore, fell before the representatives of the democratical idea. 
 The Reign of Terror, which no one would venture to justify, yet 
 was the only thing which saved France from the coalized kings, 
 and an immediate restoration of royalty ; but it had also the un- 
 happy result of misrepresenting democracy, and of making the 
 nation take, with little murmuring, a constitution less favour- 
 able to the multitudes, than that which the nation had indig- 
 nantly overthrown ; and, furthermore, of making the steps of 
 Buonaparte to the imperial throne comparatively free from im- 
 pediments. Three kings, and two successful risings of the peo- 
 f)le, have shown what a mockery the charter was ; and this 
 atest change has proved, beyond controversy, that a monarchy 
 based on republican principles, is a solecism that human nature 
 cannot endure. The hopes entertained respecting the recent 
 change, rest not only on the manifest progress of the people 
 during the last CO years, but on all the circumstances preceding, 
 attending, and consequent on the abolition of royalty by the 
 arms of the people. And, perhaps, few circumstances speak 
 more favourably respecting the stability of the new republic 
 than this : — It required many years, and countless armies, be- 
 fore, to effect any change in the other absolute governments of 
 Europe, and they all returned to their former condition at the 
 peace, in 1815; — now, not two months are past, and almost 
 every government in Europe feels itself unsafe ; and from some 
 of the very worst, constitutional liberty has been already wrest- 
 ed, without the raising of a finger, much less the threat of in- 
 vasion, on the part of the fountain of modern European liberty 
 — France. 
 
 REVU'LSION, (revulshon) s. [revello, Lat,] the act of drawing 
 humours from one part of the body to another. 
 
 REYNOLDS, SIR JOSHUA, a celebrated English portrait 
 painter. Having early in life exhibited a strong predilection for 
 that study, he was placed with the eminent painter, Hudson, 
 for instruction ; and soon commenced on his own account, with 
 some distinguished patronage. He afterwards travelled in Italy, 
 where he devoted himself to the study of the works of the great 
 artists, collected in almost all the cities there. On his return 
 he rapidly rose in general estimation, and received most sub- 
 stantial rewards for his skill. He was the first president of the 
 Royal Academy, and was knighted : and subsequently received 
 from other sources other honorary titles, marking the high es- 
 teem which was entertained for him; being finally appointed 
 painter to the king. He belonged to the club which boasted 
 the names of Johnson, Burke, Garrick, and others ; and he de- 
 livered and published several valuable lectures to the Academy. 
 Beside his portraits he painted many other pictures, most of 
 which are familiar in this country by the many engravings from 
 them. He died in 1792, aged 69 years; and was buried in St. 
 Paul's cathedral. The history of British Art since his days 
 testifies to his great influence; but it may be questioned whe- 
 ther that has been an unmixed benefit to it. It is but in the pre- 
 sent generation that our artists are beginning to study it anew. 
 
 To REWA'RD, (the a in this word and its derivatives is pron. 
 broad, like an; rewaard,rewaurder,k.c.) v. a. [from re and award,'] 
 to give in return ; to repay; to recompense for good. 
 
 REWA'RD, s. some benefit conferred on a person for doing 
 well. 
 
 REWA'RDER, s, one that rewards ; one that recompenses. 
 
 RHI 
 
 RE'ZAN, Ria'zan, a government of Russia, bounded by the 
 governments of Moscow, Tula, Tamboff, and Vladimir. It is 
 about ](iO miles in length, and 100 broad. The country is po- 
 pulous, and fertile in corn, and had formerly its own princes. 
 Pop. about 1, -500 ,000. Rezan is the capital. 
 
 RHA'BDOMANCY, s. {rhabdos and manteia, Gr.] divination by 
 a wand. 
 
 RH^'TIA, in Ancient Geography, a country lying S. of the 
 Danube, between Vindelicia and the Alps. It was inhabited 
 chiefly by the Germanic tribe named Rhseti, whence it re- 
 ceived its designation. Its principal towns were Curia, Veldi- 
 dena, and Tridentum. The (Enus, the Athesis, the Rhenus, &c. 
 were its rivers. The Alps now called the Tyrolese, or Rhaetian 
 Alps, were included in this country. 
 
 RHA'PSODIST, s. [rhapto and ode, Gr.] one who writes with- 
 out regular dependence of one part upon another. 
 
 RHA'PSODY, s. any composition consisting of parts made 
 without necessary dependence or mutual connexion. 
 
 RHEIMS, a large and ancient city in the department of Marne, 
 France. The remains of an amphitheatre, a castle, and a tri- 
 umphal arch, are among the ancient monuments of the Romans 
 here. It is long and narrow, and the houses are low, but the 
 grand square is very elegant. Here are manufactures of flannel, 
 coverlets, and other woollen stuffs ; and their gingerbread is 
 famous. It is seated in a plain, surrounded by hills, which pro- 
 duce excellent wine, on tne river Vesle, 100 miles from Paris. 
 Pop. about 40,000. Lat. 49. 15. N. Long. 0. 41. E. 
 
 RHEI'NBERRY, s. in Botany, a name of the buckthorn. 
 
 RHE'NISH PROVINCE, that part of the kingdom of Prussia 
 lying on the Rhine. It borders on France, Belgium, Bavaria, 
 several of the smaller states of Germany, and the Netherlands; 
 and is isolated from the rest of Prussia, excepting Westphalia. 
 It is mountainous, except in the part next Belgium and the 
 Netherlands ; and some of its heights exceed 1500 and 2000 
 feet. The Rhine, the Moselle, &c. are its chief rivers. It yields 
 many valuable metals, coals, building and other kinds of stone, 
 &c. &c. abundantly. And in the valleys and plains it is fertile, 
 and produces corn in great plenty, and other sorts of agricultural 
 wealth, with cattle, sheep, &c. In manufactures it is equally 
 rich ; and has great advantages for trade, although not near the 
 sea. It contains 5 governments, or lesser provinces; and Aix- 
 la-Chapelle, Dusseldorf, Cologne, Mentz, Treves, &c. are its 
 principal cities. Pop. about 2,500,000. 
 
 RHE'TORIC, s. [Gr.] the art of speaking so as to rouse or 
 persuade ; oratory ; the science of persuasion, as logic is of con- 
 viction. 
 
 RHETO'RICAL, a. irhetoricus, Lat.] figurative; oratorial; 
 belonging to rhetoric. 
 
 To RHETO/RICATE, v. n. Irheforicor, Lat.] to play the ora- 
 tor by making use of figurative expressions, and addressing the 
 passions. 
 
 RHETORI'CIAN, (retorishian) s. [i-Mtoricien, Fr.] one who 
 teaches the science of rhetoric. 
 
 RHEUM, s. [rheicma, Gr. rheume, Fr.] in Physiology, &c., a 
 watery fluid, secreted by the mucous lining of the nose and fauces. 
 
 RHEUMA'TIC, a. proceeding from rheum ; belonging to the 
 rheumatism. Hheumatic Fever, or Acute Rheumatism, is a less 
 persistent, but far more trying disease, than common rheuma- 
 tism ; it is also always occasioned by cold, or wet ; whilst 
 rheumatism may be constitutional or hereditary. 
 
 RHEU'MATISM, s. in Medicine, a severe pain in the muscu- 
 lar parts of the arms or legs, in the back, neck, or head ; arising 
 often from exposure to cold and damp. 
 
 RHEU'MY, a. full of sharp moisture. 
 
 RHIN BAS, a department of France, adjoining to Bavaria 
 and Baden, and bounded by the departments of Haut Rhin, 
 Vosges, Meurthe, and Moselle. It is about 65 miles in length, 
 and 40 in mean breadth. It is hilly, owing to the neighbour- 
 hood of the Vosges, and is watered by the Rhine, the Sarre, the 
 111, &c. &c. Coal and iron are found, but not abundantly; build- 
 ing-stone and limestone, &c. are more plentiful. Corn, tobacco, 
 wine, cattle, timber, &c. &cc. are produced in great abundance. 
 It has also good and valuable manufactures in many of the 
 towns. The capital is Strasburg. Pop. about 600,000. 
 
 RHIN HAUT, a department of France, lying next to Baden 
 and Switzerland, and bounded by the departments of Bas Rhin, 
 Vosges, Haute Sadne, and Doubs. It is 60 miles long, by 30 
 5 B 2 -739 
 
RHO 
 
 broad. It is mountainous, and has points exceeding 4000 feet 
 in height. The Rhine, the 111, and other lesser rivers water it. 
 Building-stone of the most valuable and durable kinds abounds ; 
 with iron, lead, and other metals. Agriculture is not neglected ; 
 and corn, wine, cattle, Sec. are plentifully produced. It has also 
 in its towns many useful and valuable manufactures. Colmar is 
 its capital. Pop. about 500,000. 
 
 RHINE, a large river of Europe, rising in the Alps, in the Ori- 
 sons, running through and between Switzerland,Germany, France, 
 and the Netherlands, till it enters the N. Sea, by several mouths, 
 after a course of about 1000 miles, having received the waters 
 of a vast number of streams from both sides, some of which are 
 of considerable size, it is celebrated for the romantic beauty of 
 its scenery, especially in the French and Prussian part ; and 
 there are some magnificent cataracts in its course, called the 
 Falls of the Rhine. Basel, Strasburg, Mainz, Bonn, Cologne, 
 Coblentz, Diisseldorf, &c. stand on its banks, beside many ruins 
 of old baronial castles. 
 
 RHINO'CEROS, s. [rhin and keras, Gr.] in Zoology, a large 
 animal covered with thick scales, and having a horn, or two 
 horns, growing out of its nose. It is an inhabitant of India and 
 the Burman empire, and is a very formidable and untamable 
 beast. 
 
 RHODE ISLAND, one of the United States of N. America. 
 It lies on the Atlantic, and is bounded by the States of Con- 
 necticut and Massachusetts. It is 49 miles long, and 29 broad, 
 and is the smallest State in the Union. The N. VV. part is hilly 
 and rocky, but the remainder is level. The rivers are not large. 
 Narraganset Bay extends above 30 miles into the State, and con- 
 tains a number of fine islands; of which the principal are, Rhode 
 Island, 15 miles long, and about 3 broad ; Canonicut, 8 miles 
 long, and 1 broad ; &c. It has several fine harbours. Iron, 
 copper, coal, and limestone are found here. Corn, fruits, cattle, 
 &c. are produced abundantly. It has, beside, excellent fisheries. 
 Its manufactures are cotton, woollen, iron goods, cordage, &c., 
 and are greater in proportion to its population than those of any 
 other State. It has 62 banks, and no public debt. There is 
 but one college. It is divided into 5 counties, and Newport and 
 Providence are the seats of government, the latter being the 
 second town in New England. Pop. 108,830. Thi§ State was 
 founded by Roger Williams, when he was forced ♦> fly from 
 Massachusetts because of his advocacy of religious liberty, 
 in 1644. 
 
 RHODES, an island of the Mediterranean Sea, near Asia 
 Minor, about 40 miles long, and 15 broad. It plaved a conspi- 
 cuous and celebrated part in ancient history, and the colossal 
 image of the Sun, which bestrode the entrance of its harbour, 
 was one of the wonders of the then world. It afterwards was 
 held by the knights of St. John of Jerusalem. It is a fertile 
 island, with but little trade, and is very badly ruled by Turkey. 
 Rhodes is its capital. Pop. about 30,000. 'I he town of Rhodes 
 is situated in Lat. 30. 26. N. Long. 28. 12. E. 
 
 RHO'DIUM, s. {rhodoH, Gr.] in Chemistry, a metal discovered 
 by Wollaston, with a white colour and metallic lustre, brittle, 
 and extremely hard. It is not attacked by any of the acids in 
 its pure state, and is oxidized by being ignited with nitre, or 
 the bisulphate of potash. 
 
 RHODODE'NDRON, s. [rhodon and dmdron, Gr.] in Botany, 
 a handsome kind of flowering shrub, found on the S. borders of 
 Asia and Europe, and in America ; of which several species are 
 commonly cultivated in gardens in this country. 
 RHO'MBIC, a. shaped like a rhombus. 
 RHOMBOI'DAL, a. approaching in shape to a rhombus. 
 RHOMBOI'DES, s. [rhomhos and eidos, Gr.] a quadrangular 
 figure, having its opposite sides and opposite angles equal ; a 
 parallelogram. In Natural History, a Kind of mussel-fish ; a 
 turbot-fish. In Surgery, a pair of muscles of the shoulder-blade, 
 so called from their figure. 
 
 RHO'MBUS, Rhomb, s. [rhomhe, Fr. rhomhos, Gr.] in Geome- 
 try, an equilateral quadrangular figure, having two opposite 
 angles acute, and two obtuse. 
 
 Rhone, a department of France, bounded by the depart- 
 ments of Saone et Loire, Loire, Isere, and Ain. It is 60 miles 
 long, and about 25 broad. Some heights connected with the 
 Cevennes occupy the W. part of this tract, and some of them 
 attain to between 3000 and 4000 feet in elevation. The Rh6ne 
 is its chief river, but there are several others connected with it, 
 740 
 
 RIC 
 
 and with other large streams. Coal, with copper and lead, and 
 some useful kinds of stone and earth, are found here. Corn, fruits, 
 wine, sheep, &c. &c. are produced abundantly. It has, too, large 
 forests of valuable trees, and good fisheries." The manufactures 
 of the department are valuable. Lyons is the capital. Popula- 
 tion, about 520,000, 
 
 Rhone, a large river of France, rising in Mount Fourche on 
 the confines of Switzerland. After a course of above 500 miles, 
 partly in Switzerland and partly in France, during which it 
 flows through the Lake of Geneva, it falls into the Mediterranean 
 Sea by several mouths. Geneva, Lyons, Avignon, and other 
 cities stand on its banks. 
 
 RHU'BARB, s. [rhabarbarum, Lat.] in Botany and Medicine, 
 the root of a plant, or genus of plants, growing in China, Siberia, 
 India, &c., which is remarkable for its purgative and astringent 
 properties, and is a very valuable, though by no means agreeable 
 drug. Some kinds of this plant are cultivated in England, and 
 of the thick leaf-stalks agreeably acid tarts are made, before 
 the fruits are in season. 
 
 RHUMB, s. {rumb de vent, Fr.] in Navigation, is a vertical cir- 
 cle of any given place, or the intersection of such a circle with 
 the horizon ; in which last sense rhumb is the same with the point 
 of the compass. 
 
 RHYME, s. [rime, Fr.] that peculiar structure of lines of poe- 
 try, which prevails in most modern lyric verse, but was unknown 
 to Greek and Latin poets, by which the last syllable or syllables 
 of two or more lines, are made to have the same sound. Figu- 
 ratively, poetry ; a poem. Rhyme or reason, is a proverbial ex- 
 pression tor number or sense. 
 
 To RHYME, V. n. to have the same sound ; to make verses. 
 
 RHY'MER, Rhy'mster, s. one who makes rhymes ; a versifier. 
 
 RHYTHM, s. [rhuthmos, Gr.] in Music, is used to signify a 
 certain number of pulses in any given time. In Poetry, the 
 harmonious structure of the lines of composition, resembling the 
 cadences of music. 
 
 RHY'THMICAL, a. harmonical ; having proportion of one 
 sound to another. 
 
 Rl'AL, Ry'al, a Spanish silver coin, equal to about sixpence 
 three farthings sterling. 
 
 RIB,s. [ribbe. Sax.] in Anatomy, an arched bone, sustaining 
 the inside of the thorax. Any piece of timber or other matter 
 used to strengthen the side of a ship ; any prominence running 
 in lines. 
 
 RI'BALD, s. [ribauld, Fr.] a loose, rough, or brutish person. 
 
 RI'BALDRY, s. [ribauldie, Fr.] lewd, coarse language. 
 
 RI'BAND, Rl'uBON, s. [rubande, ruhan, Fr.] a fillet, or narrow 
 slip of silk, worn for ornament. 
 
 RI'BBED, a. having ribs. 
 
 RI'BBLE, a river which rises in the West Riding of York- 
 shire, and, crossing Lancashire, falls into the Irish Sea below 
 Preston. 
 
 To RI'BROAST, v. n. to beat soundly. A burlesque word. 
 
 RIC, a. [Sax.] powerful, rich, or valiant. 
 
 RICA'RDO, DAVID, a distinguished political economist, of 
 Jewish family; who having accumulated a considerable property 
 by trade, and on the stock exchange, devoted his attention to 
 the great questions connected with the wealth of nations, and 
 wrote in the Morning Chronicle, on the Currency, Taxation, 
 Population, &c. He afterwards entered parliament, and became 
 a great authority on those matters, for the collective wisdom of 
 the nation. The notorious bill of Mr. Peel in 1819, which pro- 
 duced such disastrous results in England, and has yet bitterness 
 in store for her, was based on his principles, and supported by 
 his assertions ; and although he had to admit that he was mis- 
 taken, it has never been laid aside. He died in 1823, aged 51 
 years. 
 
 RICE, s. [pnjza, Lat.] in Botany, Commerce, &c., an esculent 
 grain, cultivated in the E. Indies, tropical Atnericas, &c.,and co- 
 vered with a husk like barley. 
 
 RICE BIRD, s. in Natural History, a beautiful bird found in 
 the islands of Sumatra, Java, he, which lives much on rice, and 
 is very destructive. Also, a bird which lives on rice, but which 
 is peculiar to the tropical countries of the W. hemisphere. 
 
 RICE PAPER, s. the name given to small thin sheets ef a 
 vegetable substance, brought from China, used for painting with 
 brilliant opaque colours. It is supposed to be made by cutting, 
 with a very sharp knife, the pith of a tree spirally. 
 
RIC 
 
 RICH, s. [riche, Fr. rica. Sax.] abounding in money, lands, or 
 other possessions, applied to persons; splendid, valuable, sump- 
 tuous, applied to dress; having any quality in great quantities, 
 or to a great degree ; fertile, applied to soil. 
 
 RICH, CLAUDIUS JAMES, a learned orientalist, who re- 
 ceiving, chiefly because of his great proficiency in the oriental 
 languages, an appointment in the E. India Company's service, 
 resided for some years at Bagdad, where he made a great collec- 
 tion of antiquities connected with ancient Babylonia. He re- 
 turned to that city, after a visit to Europe; and whilst journey- 
 ing to India, died at Shiraz, in 1821, aged 44 years. He 
 published Memoirs of Ancient Babylon; and his iournals were 
 printed after his death. His MSS., which contain his own astro- 
 nomical observations, as well as the collections he made, are in 
 the British Museum. 
 
 RI'CHARD, the name of three English kings. The First, sur- 
 named, from his chivalric prowess, Cceur de Lion, or the Lion- 
 hearted, was son and successor to Henry 11. He had been 
 engaged with his brothers and their mother in those disgrace- 
 fuland unsuccessful rebellions against his father; and had at last, 
 in conjunction with Philip Augustus of France, made war on 
 his father, the vexation ot which was believed to have caused 
 his death. His reign began with a most merciless attack on the 
 Jews throughout the kingdom, and he was not clear from suspi- 
 cion of abetting it. But shortly, along with the French king, 
 he set out on the famous 3rd Crusade. The armies met at Mes- 
 sina, in Sicily, and there the dissensions began, which caused 
 the fruitless termination of that costly armament. At Sicily 
 Richard set some matters straight with the king; at Cyprus he 
 gained his first notable victory, though not against the Mus- 
 sulmans. The first undertaking in Palestine, was the siege of 
 Acre, which terminated by a capitulation ; and there the private 
 piques of the leaders broke out into open quarrel. The king of 
 rrance returned to Europe, and Richard prosecuted the crusade. 
 But though he gained a terrible name for his personal valour 
 and might, and was the victor at Ascalon and Jaffa, he could 
 not attempt Jerusalem, and he would not look on the city that 
 he had purposed to rescue from the infidel. Returning to Eu- 
 rope, without his army, and without his train, in a small vessel, 
 and endeavouring to make his way through Germany in disguise, 
 he was discovered, and imprisoned by the emperor, so secretly 
 that none knew the place of his confinement. Meanwhile the 
 affairs of England did not thrive. The people, oppressed by public 
 burdens, harassed by the prpud barons, used as tools for John's 
 designs of usurpation, were in great straits and disorder; but 
 the generosity and bravery of Richard had made him thoroughly 
 popular, and a great effort was made to redeem him from his 
 captivity. This was at length done, and he returned to his 
 kingdom again, and restored tranquillity. The cruel execution of 
 Long-beard, a Saxon patriot, was almost the only other home 
 event of this reign ; the rest of which was an often-interrupted 
 war with the king of France, signalized by some brilliant vic- 
 tories won almost wholly by Richard's name and sword. At 
 length, whilst besieging the fortress of one of his Norman 
 barons, who had refused some feudal service, he was shot by a 
 cross-bow man; and died in 1199, aged 42 years, having been 
 king for about 10. This monarch, who is every where cited as 
 the ideal of chivalry in its palmiest days, represents the social 
 spirit of that age, when the strong hand alone was the title to 
 reverence. In spite of all his faults, he had many noble points 
 in his character; and his pardon and reward to the archer, by 
 whose hand he fell, for his bravery when brought as a prisoner 
 before him, reveals the true secret of the existence and praise of 
 the knightly feudalism, which played so large a part in the his- 
 tory of human progress. But he fits not at all with our idea of 
 a king. He was a true knight-errant, and was, unfortunately 
 for England, the inheritor of its throne. Richard 11. was son 
 to the Black Prince, and succeeded his grandfather, Edward 
 III. He was a feeble, fickle, and unfortunate prince. The war 
 with France, inherited with the crown, was carried on inglori- 
 ously, and terminated by truces and marriages. The two great 
 events of the reign were, the preaching of John Wicliffe, in spite 
 of all the attempts made by the friars and bishops to convict 
 him of heresy and destroy him ; which not only laid the found- 
 ation for the genuine Reformation under the Puritans and 
 their successors in after ages, but kindled the fire that, from the 
 days of Huss to those of Luther, and onward, in spite of 30 
 
 RI C 
 
 years' wars, and persecutions of most varied and fearful kinds, 
 throughout all N. Europe drove away papal darkness, and kept 
 safe from foes so malignant the spiritual truths we now possess: 
 — and the revolt of the serfs, who, feeling in this new doctrine 
 that they were men, before God, no less in account than lords 
 and kings, and that nevertheless they were treated as cattle 
 and goods, and ground to the dust with taxes to support the 
 prodigal and useless wars, determined to made an effort to ob- 
 tain their freedom. Persecution kept the former effort down ; 
 and falsehood, and armed force of soldiers and of law, destroyed 
 those who were at all prominent in the latter. Richard inter- 
 fered in a solemn trial by battle, which he had himself permitted, 
 between the son of John of Gaunt and the Duke of Norfolk, 
 and banished both parties: but before the term of his exile 
 had expired, the Duke of Hereford returned to claim his lands 
 and titles, which fell to him by his father's death ; and being 
 greatly seconded by the whole nation, deposed the petulant antt 
 feeble king; who was soon afterwards put to death by violence 
 or hunger in Pontefract castle, in 1399, aged 33 years, having 
 been king in name and position for 11. Richard III. was the 
 youngest son of Richard Duke of York, who began the bloody 
 wars of the Roses; and under him, and under hisbrother Edward, 
 afterwards Edward IV., he distinguished himself for his bravery, 
 and also for his unscrupulous cruelty. He is charged, with great 
 show of truth, with having by assassination, or by plot, removed 
 all that stood between him and the throne after Edward IV., 
 and he was by him left regent during the minority of his son, 
 who was proclaimed under the title of Edward V. Soon after- 
 wards the young king disappeared, and Richard, by the popular 
 choice, impelled by the machinations of some of his creatures, 
 was declared king. He is believed to have removed, under the 
 forms of justice, all the instruments he had used to gain the 
 throne, the last being Buckingham, who was actually in arms 
 to second the attempt of the Earl of Richmond, who was about 
 to invade England. At the battle of Bosworth field, after an 
 obstinate contest, the wars of the two houses of York and Lan- 
 caster were ended by the death of Richard, and the proclama- 
 tion of the conqueror as Henry VH. Richard fell in 1485, aged 
 35 years, having reigned somewhat more than 2. The popular 
 belief respecting him, which represents him as the " crook- 
 backed tyrc^t," is most probably a tradition that dates from his 
 own times, for he had many opponents, and contests were then, 
 as now, carried on by scurrile squibs, as well as by swords. 
 He could not be much worse than the lords he was opposed by, 
 but he was stronger than they. He had a better title to the 
 crown than Henry V^II., who was far below him in all but king- 
 craft, and therefore it was needful to blacken his name, that his 
 successful rival might keep without war, what he had won by 
 war. He is not now charged with the murder of Edward V., 
 and efforts have been made to clear his memory from all reproach. 
 
 RI'CHARD OF CIRENCESTER, a Benedictine monk of 
 Westminster, who wrote several works on history and theology, 
 but the treatise to which he owes his fame, is On the Ancient 
 State of Britain. No traces of his personal history are known be- 
 yond these. He lived in the latter part of the 14th century. 
 
 RI'CHARDSON, SAMUEL, an eminent English novel-writer 
 of the former part of the last century. He was a printer by trade, 
 and obtained the office of printer of the Journals of the House of 
 Commons : afterwards he purchased or obtained by election 
 other advantages of a like nature. His first work was a volume 
 o{ Familiar Letters, AwA out of that his novel called Pame/a arose; 
 his next, Clarissa, established his reputation ; and Sir Charles 
 Grandison did not injure it. He published some smaller works 
 also. His character was excellent, though not notorious for its 
 elevation. His writings mark a new aera in English works of 
 fiction. He died in 17G1, aged 72 years. 
 
 RICHELIEU, CARDINAL DE, ARMAND JEAN DU 
 PLESSIS, an eminent statesman and minister of France in 
 the earlier part of the 17th century. He was first intended for 
 the army, but an opening occurring in the church, he was 
 trained for it, and made a bishop at a very early age. He had 
 the good fortune to be made almoner by the queen-mother, 
 and thence he rose to be secretary of state. When the king 
 and his mother quarrelled, the bishop was forbidden the court; 
 but afterwards, being successful in an effort to restore peace, 
 he was made prime minister and cardinal. His ministry was 
 marked by great and daring schemes, by the unscrupulous use 
 
 -741 
 
RIC 
 
 of every means to carry them out, and by a most astonishing 
 amount of success ; yet it was to them that much of the woes 
 of France during the last two generations may be ascribed. 
 He laid the foundations of the absolutism which Louis XIV. 
 built up. He secured France to the Church of Rome, without 
 incurring the odium that the St. Bartholomew had done, or the 
 revocation of the Edict of Nantes did after his death. He may 
 be regarded also as one of the founders of that international 
 policy, which seems now about to expire, and which preserves 
 Europe and humanity by the much talked of balance of power. 
 To this may be ascribed the part he took in the 30 years' war, 
 and other secret movements and machinations to get for France 
 a greater weight in European affairs, and to punish and awe 
 such as would not consent to it. He left many of his schemes 
 to be completed by his successor. Cardinal Mazarin, who entered 
 into his spirit and purposes most heartily. Amongst other 
 monuments which he left in Paris, the ci-devant Palais Royal is 
 the one whose subsequent history is the most remarkable. He 
 died in 1G42, aged 57 years. An autobiography has been pub- 
 lished. 
 
 RI'CHES, s. [ricfiesscs, Fr.] money or possessions ; a splendid, 
 sumptuous appearance. 
 
 Rl'CHLY, ad. in a splendid, wealthy, plenteous, or abundant 
 manner; truly, used in an ironical sense. 
 
 RFCHMOND, Surrey. Here is a royal palace, where the 
 kings of England formerly resided, with a very fine park, and 
 delightful gardens. It is a mere village, but its beautiful situa- 
 tion, and the rich and diversified prospect from a hill near the 
 river, make it a favourite resort in the summer-time. It is 9 
 miles from London. Pop. 7760. 
 
 RFCHMOND, Yorkshire, N. Riding. Here is a flourishing 
 paper-manufactory. It is pleasantly seated on the river Swale, 
 over which it has a stone bridge; and it has several remains of 
 its military and monastic edifices, which made it, in olden time, 
 a place of great importance. It is 232 miles from London. Mar- 
 ket, Saturday. Pop. 3992. 
 
 RFCHMOND, the capital city of Virginia, United States. It 
 stands on the James river, at the lower falls, and at the head of the 
 tide-water, over which are 2 bridges, connecting it with Man- 
 chester. Its noble situation is much enhanced by die regularity 
 of its plan, and the excellence of its buildings, "fhe govern- 
 ment buildings and the numerous public edifices are very fine. 
 There are 3 colleges here. In trade and manufactures it is alike 
 eminent. It is 117 miles from Washington. Pop.20,153. There 
 are 20 other places in the Union that bear the same name. 
 
 RFCHMOND, LEGH, an English clergyman, whose little 
 work called Annals of the Poor, containing those exquisitely 
 written religious biographies. The Dairynmws Daughter and The 
 Young Cottager, conjointly with his simple piety and devout life, 
 have made well-known to all classes in England. He edited also 
 a work of larger pretensions, almost unknown, except amongst 
 the clergy of the evangelical school, called The Fathers of the 
 English Church, a selection from the writings of early divines, 
 similar in its scope to the publications of the Parker Society. 
 He died in 1827, aged 55 years. 
 
 RI'CHNESS, s. the quality of abounding in money, possessions, 
 finery, or fertility; abundance, or perfection of any quality. 
 
 RFCHTER, JEAN PAUL FRIEDRICH,an eminent German 
 writer of the last age. He received his first instructions from his 
 father, who was a rural minister; and afterwards at a public 
 school, and at Leipsic, studied, with the purpose of following 
 his father's steps. But Literature and Art wooed and won his 
 heart, and Theology was renounced. After a long and brave 
 conflict with great poverty, — during which he continued his 
 studies ; took private pupils ; wandered to many German 
 cities ; wrote his first works, and with great difficulty found 
 a publisher, — he found favour with those who could appreciate 
 his genius, married, obtained a pension from the government 
 of Bavaria, and settled at Baireuth. There he spent, with few 
 and brief visits to other places, the remainder of his active 
 literary life ; receiving the honours and friendships his merit 
 deserved. He died in 1825, aged 62 years ; having been blind 
 for nearly a year. His writings occupy GO small volumes ; and 
 are chiefly works of fiction, of which Hesperus, and Titan, are 
 reckoned the master-pieces; and QuintusFixlein, Flower, Fruit,nnA 
 Thm-n Pieces, Invisible Lodge, Wild Oats, &c. &c. the chief of the 
 others. He also wrote a treatise on Education, called Levana, 
 742 
 
 RID 
 
 an Introduction to .Esthetics, a treatise on the Immortality of the 
 Soul, called Selina, &c. Some of these works are now made 
 familiar to English readers. The chief element of them all, as it 
 was of the man himself, is most loving humour. His style is 
 most fantastical, yet genuine : — metaphors piled on metaphors, 
 culled from every region of knowledge ; fancies of the wildest, 
 most daring nature ; language, so peculiar, that even for his own 
 countrymen a dictionary of his words was needed ; — charac- 
 terize all his works, philosophical, satirical, imaginative. He 
 enjoyed the hearty esteem of the greatest literary men of his 
 day ; and his death was regarded as a universal loss. 
 
 RICK, s. a pile of corn or hay, regularly heaped up, and shel- 
 tered from wet ; a heap of corn or hay. 
 
 RFCKETS, s. [rachitis, Lat.] in Medicine, a disease in chil- 
 dren, in which the bones grow soft, and the muscles flaccid, 
 whilst the other organs of the body lose their tone and vigour. 
 It is not always fatal. 
 
 RFCKETY, a. disordered with the rickets. 
 
 RI'CKMAN, THOMAS, an English architect, who was led 
 to this profession from having adopted the study of Gothic 
 architecture as an amusement for the leisure of his business. 
 He was originally a Quaker, and was trained partly for the me- 
 dical profession; but afterwards became a clerk in Liverpool, 
 where he commenced that pursuit which led to his present emi- 
 nence. He built a great number of new churches, and some 
 other buildings in the Gothic style; and published a_ standard 
 work on his favourite stud}'. He died in 1841, aged 65 years. 
 
 RICO'CHET, s. [Fr.] a rebound ; a mode of firing cannons 
 and mortars, so that the shot or shell, rebounding from the 
 ground once or twice, shall strike a fortified work at a particular 
 angle, which can be done in no other way. 
 
 RFCTURE, s. [rictura, Lat.] a gaping. 
 
 RID, pret. ofToRiDE. 
 
 To RID, V. a. [hreddan. Sax.] to set free from danger or trou- 
 ble ; to destroy ; to despatch. 
 
 RFDDANCE, s. deliverance from danger, encumbrance, trou- 
 ble, or any thing one is glad to be freed from. 
 
 RFDDEN, participle of To Ride. 
 
 RFDDLE, {ridl) s. [radels. Sax.] a question or problem, ex- 
 pressed in obscure terms, in order to try a person's wit ; any 
 thing puzzling or not easily solved; an enigma.— [An'cW/e, Sax.] 
 a coarse or open sieve. 
 
 To RFDDLE, (ridl) v. a. to solve or explain a riddle; to sift 
 by a coarse sieve.— t). n. to speak obscurely. 
 
 To RIDE, V, n. pret. rid or rode, part, rid or ridden ; [ridan. 
 Sax.] to travel on horseback, or in a carriage drawn by horses. 
 Figuratively, to travel in, or be borne by, any vehicle ; to man- 
 age a horse ; to be supported in motion. — v. a. to manage inso- 
 lently and at will ; to sit on so as to be carried. 
 
 RFDER, s. one who is carried on a horse, or on a vehicle ; one 
 who manages or breaks horses ; an inserted leaf. 
 
 RIDGE, s. [hrigg. Sax. rig, Dan.] the top of the back ; the 
 rough or sharp top of any thing, alluding to the vertebrae of the 
 back ; ground thrown up by the plough ; the top of the house 
 rising to an acute angle. In Farriery, ridges of a horse's mouth 
 are wrinklesof the flesh in thereof of the mouth, running across 
 from one side of the jaw tp the other. 
 
 To RIDGE, «. a. to form a ridge. 
 
 RI'DGY, a. rising in a ridge. 
 
 RFDICULE, s. [i-idiculum, from rideo, Lat.] wit which pro- 
 vokes laughter by representing any person or thing as comically 
 contemptible. 
 
 To RFDICULE, v. a. to expose to laughter by representing 
 as odd and uncouth. 
 
 RI'DICULER, s. he that ridicules. 
 
 RIDFCULOUS, a. worthy of laughter ; exciting contemptuous 
 mirth. 
 
 RIDFCULOUSLY, ad. in a manner worthy of laughter or 
 contempt. 
 
 RIDFCULOUSNESS, s. the quality of being ridiculous - 
 
 RFDING, s. a district ; a division of a county. 
 
 RI'DINGCOAT, s. a coat made to keep out weather. 
 
 RFDLEY, BISHOP NICOLAS, one of the English reformers 
 and martyrs of the 16th century. He studied at Cambridge 
 and in France ; and entering the ranks of the clergy, won the 
 favour of Cranmer, through whose influence he was made a 
 bishop. He did great service to the Reformation, by his plain 
 
RIG 
 
 andpowerfOl discourses; but having made Bonner his enemy, 
 and sided with the partisans of Lady Jane Grey, he was impri- 
 soned by Mary ; subjected to the mockery of a trial ; con- 
 demned for heresy, and burnt, in company with Latimer, at 
 Oxford, in 1555, aged about 55 years. 
 
 RIDO'TTO, s. an entertainment of singing, music, &c.; an 
 opera. 
 
 RIE, Rye, s. in Botany, an esculent grain, bearded like barley, 
 which differs from wheat in having a flatter and coarser grain. 
 
 RIE'NZO, COLA DI, the last Roman tribune, a man who in 
 the 14th century attempted the renovation of the republic in the 
 Eternal City. He had no advantages of birth, but he was elo- 
 querit, and had raised himself to a lofty pitch of enthusiasm by 
 meditating on the ancient freedom and glory of Rome, and by 
 contemplating its bondage and distractions as he daily witnessed 
 them. Being at length sent to Avignon, as a deputy to Pope 
 Clement VI., who then resided there, he so acquitted himself, 
 that the pope made him apostolic notary. He gradually pre- 
 pared the people for the great attempt he had long cherished ; 
 and finally, taking advantage of a favourable opportunity, the 
 city was seized by the people, and himself and the bishop of Or- 
 vieto, the pope's vicar, appointed tribunes. He lacked states- 
 manship, and the qualities of a general, however, and so could 
 not establish the power he had gained. He was at the end of 
 7 months deserted by the people, and he fled the city. Being 
 after some years given up to the pope, he was imprisoned, but it 
 was thought that he might be useful to the papal cause, and he 
 was sent, with the dignity of Roman senator, to the city again ; 
 but he waj once more unable to guide those he aroused, a new 
 sedition overthrew his power, and be was assassinated at the 
 foot of the stairs of the Capitol, in 1354, 7 years after he first 
 attempted to restore ancient liberty. 
 
 RIL'TI, a town of the Papal States, Italy. It stands on the 
 Velino, in the midst of a beautiful and fertile plain, on the \V. 
 side of the Apennines. It has some fine public buildings, and 
 some good institutions for educational and benevolent purposes. 
 There are several branches of manufacture carried on here. It 
 is about 50 miles from Rome. Pop. about 10,000. Lat. 42. 24, 
 N. Long. 12. 53. E. 
 
 RIFE, a. [rt(fe, Sax. ri^, Belg.] prevailing ; abounding ; fre- 
 quent : generally applied to contagious distempers. 
 
 RI'FELY, ad. prevalently ; abundantly. 
 
 RI'FENESS, s. prevalence ; abundance. 
 
 To RPFLE, (rljl) v. a. [rijfelen, Belg.] to rob; to plunder; to 
 pillage. 
 
 RI'FLE, s. a gun whose barrel, instead of being smooth in the 
 inside, is formed with a number of spiral channels, resembling 
 female screws. The rotation given to the ball by this means 
 counteracts or prevents deviation or deflection, 
 
 RI'FLER, s. robber, plunderer, pillager. 
 
 RIFT, 8. [from rive,} a cleft ; a breach ; an opening. 
 
 To RIFT, V. a. to cleave or split. — v. n. to burst or open, 
 
 RIG, s. [hriffff, Sax.] the top of a hill falling on each side ; a 
 back. To run or play one's riff, is to be merry upon, or ridicule. 
 
 To RIG, V. a. Ihriffff, Sax.] to dress; to fit with tackling. 
 
 RI'GA, a large, populous, and opulent city of Russia, capital 
 of the government of Livonia. It stands on the Dwina, which 
 is crossed by a bridge of boats. It is well fortified, and has a 
 great number of public buildings, such as a palace, a cathedral, 
 exchange, town-hall, &c. It has, beside, an astronomical ob- 
 servatory, and a fine public library. It is a place of considerable 
 • manufacturing industry, as well as of trading enterprise. In 
 the last respect, it ranks next to St. Petersburg itself, having a 
 fine harbour, and being better situated than the ports on the 
 White and Black Seas for foreign trade. Pop. about 05,000. 
 Lat. 50. 57. N. Long. 24. 6. E. 
 
 RIGADOO'N, s. [rigadon, Fr.] a gay brisk dance. 
 
 RIGA'TION, s. [rigatio, Lat.] the act of watering. 
 
 RI'GGER, (riff-er) s. one that rigs or dresses. 
 
 Rl'GGING, (rig-itig) s. the sails or tackling of a ship. 
 
 Rl'GGISH, {rig-ish) a. wanton ; full of ridiculous pranks, 
 _ RIGHT, {the gh is mute in this word and its following deriva- 
 tives ; as, rlt, rltful, &c.) a. [rigt, Sax. recht, Belg.] proper, suit- 
 able, or becoming, opposed to wrong ; true, opposed to errone- 
 ous ; passing a right judgment ; honest or just ; that side 
 which is opposed to the left ; straight, opposed to crooked ; 
 perpendicular. 
 
 RIGHT, interj. well done ; used as an expression of approba- 
 tion. 
 
 RIGHT, (jfZ. in a proper, just, or true manner; in a direct line. 
 Frequently used in titles, as right honourable, right reverend. 
 
 RIGHT,*, justice; freedom from error; just claim, or that 
 which belongs to a person ; property or interest ; a privilege ; 
 the side opposite to the left. To rights, implies straight, or in a 
 direct line; but after set, deliverance from error. 
 
 To RIGHT, i). a. to do justice to, or relieve from wrong. 
 
 Rl'GHTEOUS, {riteous) a. [rihtwise. Sax.] just ; honest ; vir- 
 tuous ; leading a religious or upright life; equitable. 
 
 RPGHTEOUSLY, ad. honestly; virtuously, 
 
 RI'GHTEOUSNESS, s. virtue ; goodness ; conduct agreeable 
 to the laws of morality and religion. 
 
 RI'GHTFUL, a. having just right of claim ; honest or just. 
 
 RI'GHTLY, ad. according to truth and justice ; properly ; 
 suitably ; not erroneously. 
 
 RI'GHTNESS, s. conformity to truth ; rectitude. 
 
 RI'GID, a. \rigeo, Lat.] stiff, unpliant, or not to be bent; 
 severe or inflexible, applied to conduct; sharp, cruel, stern. 
 
 RlGl'DITY, s, Irigidite, Fr.] the state of being stiflF; stiff'ness 
 of appearance. 
 
 Rl'GIDLY, ad. in a stiff, severe, or inflexible manner. 
 
 RI'GIDNESS, s. severity ; inflexibilitj'. 
 
 RI'GOL, s. a circle. 
 
 Rl'GOROUS, a. severe ; allowing no abatement ; stern ; ex- 
 act ; scrupulously nice. 
 
 RI'GOROUSLY, ad. severely ; without tenderness or miti- 
 gation. 
 
 RPGOUR, s. \:rigor, Lat.] cold; stiffness. In Medicine, a 
 convulsive shuddering, with a sensation of cold. Figuratively, 
 severity of conduct, or want of condescension and compliance ; 
 strictness ; rage or cruelty ; hardness, 
 
 RILL, s. \_riculus, from rivus, Lat.] a small brook ; a little 
 streamlet. 
 
 To RILL, r. n. to run in small streams. 
 
 RIM,s. [™?m. Sax.] a border, or margin ; that which encircles 
 any thing. 
 
 RIME, s. {jirim. Sax.] hoar frost. 
 
 To RIME, V. n. to freeze with hoar frost. 
 
 RIMO'SE, a. [rima, Lat.] full of clefts or chinks. 
 
 RIMO'SITY, s. the quality of being full of clefts or chinks. 
 
 To RI'MPLE, {rimjH) v. a. to pucker ; to contract into corru- 
 gations. 
 
 Rl'MY, a. steamy ; foggy ; full of frozen mist. 
 
 RIND, (rind) s. [rind. Sax. rinde, Belg.] the bark, husk, or 
 outside covering of vegetables. 
 
 To RIND, (rind) v. n. to strip of its bark, husk, or outside 
 covering ; to decorticate, 
 
 RING, (rhig) s. \hring. Sax.] a circle ; a circle of gold or 
 other metal worn as an ornament ; a circle of metal to be held 
 by; a circle made by standing round ; a circular course; a num- 
 ber of bells harmonically tuned ; a metallic sound. Fairy-rings, 
 in Natural History, are circles of rank grass in meadows and 
 pastures, occasioned, as is now known, by several kinds of fun- 
 gus, which growing first in a cluster, and exhausting the soil of 
 the properties by which they are supported, shed;their seed around 
 them, and leave their remains as a kind of manure to the grass ; 
 whilst every year the circle becomes wider, as they cannot spring 
 up on the soil they have already grown on. 
 
 To RING, V. a. pret. and past part, rung; [hringan, Sax.] to 
 strike bells or other bodies so as to make them sound ; to en- 
 circle ; to fit or supply with rings. — v. n. to sound like a bell ; to 
 make bells sound ; to sound or tinkle ; to be filled with a bruit 
 or report, followed by of. 
 
 RI'NG-BONE, s. in Farriery, a hard callous substance grow- 
 ing in the hollow circle of the little pastern of a horse; it some- 
 times goes quite round like a ring, from whence it derives its 
 name. 
 
 RI'NGDOVE, s. Irhingelduyve, Teut,] in Ornithology, a kind 
 of wild pigeon. 
 
 RI'NGER, s. he who rings. 
 
 RFNGLEADER, s. the head of a riotous crowd. 
 
 RI'NGLET, s. [diminutive of ring,'] a small ring or circle ; a 
 circle ; a curling lock of hair. 
 
 RING OUZEL, s. in Ornithology, a bird allied to the black- 
 bird, but distinguished by a band round the fore-part of the neck. 
 
 743 
 
RIP 
 
 KI'NGSTREAKED, a. marked \y)th circular streaks. 
 
 RI'NGTAIL, ». in Natural History, a kind of kite with a 
 whitish tail. 
 
 Rl'iVGWORM, 8. in Medicine, a cutaneous disease affecting 
 the head, in childhood especially, occasioned, as is believed, by 
 a very minute species of parasitical insect. 
 
 To RINSE, V. a. [rimer, Fr.] to cleanse by washing; to wash 
 the soap out of clothes. 
 
 RI'NSER, s. one who washes or rinses; a washer. 
 
 RI'O DE JANEIRO, or simply Rio, the capital city of Brazil, 
 in S. America. It stands on the shore of a fine bay of the same 
 name, which forms a most excellent harbour. It is a finely and 
 regularly built town, being chiefly constructed of stone; and it 
 is adorned with several noble churches, a large (but not very 
 handsome) palace, and a magnificent aqueduct. In manufac- 
 tures and trade, it stands at the head of the towns of Brazil. 
 Pop. about 250,000. Lat. 23. 0. S. Long. 43. 12. W. 
 
 RI'OT, s. \_riotte, old Fr. riotto, Ital.] wild and loose mirth ; an 
 uproar, oc serious tumult. In Law, it is, when three or more 
 persons, assembled together, commit some unlawful act with 
 force and violence, to the disturbance of the peace. To run 
 riot, is to act without control or restraint. 
 
 To RI'OT, V. n. [riotter, old Fr.] to abandon oneself to plea- 
 sure ; to feast in a luxurious manner; to raise a sedition or up- 
 roar. 
 
 RI'OT ACT, s. in Law, a statute,! Geo. I. c. 5, authorizing and 
 directing the mode of dispersing mobs, or riotous assemblies of 
 people, of above 12 in number. It is commonly applied to a 
 form of proclamation enjoined to be used by justices of the peace 
 before any active measures are resorted to. 
 
 RFOTER, s. one who is dissipated in luxury ; one who excites 
 an uproar. 
 
 RFOTOUS, a. \riotteux, Fr.] luxurious ; wanton ; seditious or 
 turbulent. 
 
 RI'OTOUSLY, ad. luxuriously ; with licentious luxury ; sedi- 
 tiously; turbulently. 
 
 RI'OTOUSNESS, s. the state of being riotous. 
 
 To RIP, V. a. [hrypan, Sax.] to cut asunder with a knife any 
 thing sewed ; to tear in pieces ; to take away from by laceration. 
 Figuratively, to disclose or bring to view anything industriously 
 concealed. 
 
 RIPE, a. [ripe. Sax. rijp, Belg.] brought to perfection by time 
 and growth ; mature; resembling ripe fruit; finished; brought 
 to the point of taking effect ; qualified by gradual improvement. 
 
 To RIPE, Ri'pEN, V. n. to grow fit for use by time ; to be ma- 
 tured.— i-. a. to make ripe. 
 
 RFPELY, ad. maturely; at the proper time. 
 
 RFPENESS, s. tlie state of being full grown ; fit for use, or 
 perfect. 
 
 RFPPER, s. one who rips ; one who tears. 
 
 To RIPPLE, {rijil) V. n. to fret on the surface, as water swiftly 
 running. 
 
 RFPPLE-MARK, s. in Geology, the small ridges and hollows 
 produced in the sands of a very flat beach, by the action of the 
 short and insignificant waves of an ebbing tide. Similar marks 
 are found in the lower beds of the oolitic formation, in some 
 sandstones, &c., often accompanied by the tracks of turtles, tor- 
 toises, birds, crabs, &cc. ; and in one case, by the signs of a smart 
 shower of rain. These traces have remained, through unknown 
 ages, disclosing the existence of races of animals now extinct, 
 and chronicling indelibly the condition even of the weather, 
 when on those occasions they wandered in quest of food. Few 
 of all the remains of the earlier world are so remarkable as these, 
 since they are not, like broken and scattered bones, empty and 
 petrified shells, &c., subjects for rigid scientific investigation 
 and classification, but they appeal at once to the imagination, 
 and serve to set that old tiine living before our eyes. 
 
 RI'PPON, or Ri'poN, Yorkshire, W. Riding. It has a re- 
 markably fine market-place, adorned with a curious obelisk. It 
 had once a flourishing woollen manufacture, and was afterwards 
 noted for its manufacture of hardware, particularly spurs ; but 
 is now of no repute. It has a magnificent cathedral church, 
 adorned with 3 lofty spires, and very exquisitely built. It has 
 also some excellent charitable institutions. It is pleasantly situ- 
 ated on the river Ure, or Aire, over which it has 2 stone bridges ; 
 222 miles from London. Market, Thursday. Fairs, on Thurs- 
 day after June 24, Thursday after March 21, on May 12, the 
 
 Rl V 
 
 first Thursday in June, on Holy Thursday, and on the first 
 Thursday after August 22, and November 22. Pop. 15,024. 
 
 RFPTOVVEL, s. a gratuity given to tenants, after they had 
 reaped their lord's corn. 
 
 To RISE, {rize) i: n. preter. rose, part, risen; [risan. Sax. reisen, 
 Belg.] to get up from the ground ; to get up from a bed, seat, or 
 after a fall ; to spring or grow up ; to be advanced with respect 
 to rank or fortune ; to increase in value or esteem ; to swell ; to 
 amend; to come into notice ; to begin to act; to make an in- 
 surrection ; to be roused or excited to action ; to elevate, applied 
 to style or sentiment; to be revived after death ; to appear above 
 the eastern horizon, applied to the heavenly bodies. To rise up 
 for, or against, is to defend or to attack any person. 
 
 RISE, (rize) s. the act of getting up from any seat or from the 
 ground ; ascent; a place that assists a person in an ascent; an 
 eminence; the first appearance of any of the heavenly bodies 
 above the horizon; increase in any respect; beginning or ori- 
 ginal ; increase of sound. 
 
 Rl'SER, (rizer) s. one that rises. 
 
 RISIBFLITY, {rizibUUri) s. the quality of laughing. 
 
 RI'SIBLE, (rizible) a. [Fr. risibilis, from rirfeo, Lat.] having the 
 faculty of laughing; ridiculous, or fit to excite laughter. 
 
 RISK, s. [risgtie, Fr. riesff. Span.] hazard; peril; danger; 
 venture. 
 
 To RISK, V. a. [risquer, Fr.] to hazard ; to venture ; to en- 
 danger. 
 
 Rl'SKER, s. one that risks. 
 
 RI'TBOCK, s. in Zoology, a species of antelope, found in the 
 interior of Africa to the north of the Cape of Good Hope. 
 
 RITE, s. [rit, Fr. from ritus, Lat.] a solemn act of religion ; 
 an external ceremony. 
 
 RI'TSON, JOSEPH, an eminent English antiquary, who was 
 professionally a lawyer, and held the oftice of deputy high 
 bailifl' of the Duchy of Lancaster. He was never noted for 
 amiability, and his lack of urbanity was confirmed by a contro- 
 versy he was involved in with the guild of critics on English 
 poetry and poets. He became at last totally deranged, and died 
 in 1803, aged 55 years. His most valuable works are collec- 
 tions of old English ballads and songs; which remain the 
 standard publications in that interesting department of litera- 
 ture and history. 
 
 RI'TTENHOUSE, DR. DAVID, an eminent American ma- 
 thematician. He was almost wholly self-taught ; and was first 
 engaged in mere farm labour, notwithstanding which he pursued 
 his favourite study with the greatest eagerness and success. His 
 fame obtained him the appointment of observing the last transit 
 of Venus, in conjunction with several other eminent men, for 
 the American Philosophical Society; and he succeeded Dr. 
 Franklin in the presidency of that society. After the estahlish- 
 ment of the United States, he was made director of the Mint. 
 He died in 179(5, aged 64 years. He has been universally re- 
 garded as the American Newton ; and his treatises, in the 
 Transactions of the Philosophical Society, are reckoned valuable ; 
 but all the anecdotes related of his skill, &c. are not capable of 
 substantiation. 
 
 RFTUAL, a. [rituel, Fr.] done according to some religious in- 
 stitution ; solemnly ceremonious. 
 
 RI'TUAL, s. a book containing the rites or ceremonies of di- 
 vine worship. 
 
 RI'TUALIST, s. a stickler for ceremonies in worship; one 
 skilled in the rites. 
 
 RI'VAL, s. [rivalis, Lat.] one who is in the pursuit of the same ' 
 thing as another; one who is a competitor with another for a 
 woman's affections; one who endeavours to surpass another; 
 antagonist. 
 
 RI'VAL, o. making the same claim ; pursuing the same ob- 
 ject ; emulous. 
 
 To RI'VAL, V. a. to oppose, or endeavour to gain something 
 attempted by another; to endeavour to equal or excel; to 
 emulate. 
 
 RIVA'LITY, Ri'vALRY,s.[nBa/!s, Lat.] emulation; rivalship; 
 competition. 
 
 Ri'VALSHIP, s. the state of a person who endeavours to ob- 
 tain the same thing as another. 
 
 To RIVE, V. a. part, riven, [njfl. Sax.] to split; to cleave; 
 to force asunder by driving in something blunt. — v. n. to be 
 split. 
 
ROB 
 
 To RI'VEL, V. a. [gerifled. Sax.] to contract into wrinkles or 
 corrugations. 
 
 Rl'VEN, participle of To Rive. 
 
 RI'VER, «. [riviere, Fr. rirus, Lat.] a stream of water formed 
 by the union of many rivuleXs in one channel, and discharging 
 itself into a lake, or into the sea. There are some few rivers that 
 terminate in a subterranean channel ; and some small streams 
 are absorbed in deserts, without reaching the sea. 
 
 HI'VERHORSE, s. in Natural History, the hippopotamus. 
 
 liI'VERWEED, s. in Botany, the general name of submerged 
 fresh-water plants. 
 
 Rl'VET, s. a pin clenched at both ends. 
 
 To Rl'VET, V. a. to fasten by a pin clenched at both ends ; to 
 fasten strongly. 
 
 RI'VULET, s. [rivulus, Lat.] a small river, brook, or stream of 
 running water. 
 
 RIXDO'LLAR, s. a silver coin struck in Germany, valued at 
 4s. Crf. sterling. 
 
 ROACH, (roch) s. in Natural History, a common fresh-water 
 fish. 
 
 ROAD, (rod) s. [rade, Fr.] a large path travelled by carriages ; 
 a place where ships may anchor; incursion; journey. Turn- 
 pike Road is one which is kept in repair by tolls levied on 
 vehicles and animals passing along it, and collected at turnpike 
 gates. A Railroad is one along which are laid bars of iron for 
 the wheels of the vehicles used on it to run upon. A Tramroad 
 is similar to a railroad, but instead of bars, plates of iron are 
 used. 
 
 To ROAM, {rom) v. n. [romigare, Ital.] to wander without a 
 settled purpose ; to ramble ; to rove. — v. a. to range or wander 
 
 RO'AMER, (romer) s. a rambler; a rover; a wanderer. 
 
 ROAN, (ron) a. [rouen, Fr.] of a bay, sorrel, or black colour, 
 with gray or white spots thickly interspersed, applied to horses. 
 
 To ROAR, (ror) r. n. Iraran, Sax.] to make a loud noise, ap- 
 plied to that of a lion or other wild beast ; to make a great out- 
 cry in distress; to sound as the wind or sea; to make a great 
 noise. 
 
 ROAR, (ror) s. the cry of a lion or other beast ; an outcry of 
 distress ; a clamour or noise of merriment ; any loud noise, 
 
 RO'ARER, s. a noisy brutal man. 
 
 RO'ARY, (ror,/) s. [ros, Lat.] dew. 
 
 To ROAST, (rost) V. a. [rutir, Fr.] to dress meat on a spit 
 which turns round before a fire ; to dress before a fire ; to heat 
 any thing violently. To rule the roast, (or roost,) is to govern, 
 manage, or preside. 
 
 RO'ASTING, s. in Metallurgy, an operation by which mixtures 
 ith any metals, capable of subl' 
 ROB, s. juice made thick. 
 
 sliination, are separated. 
 
 To ROB, V. a. [rober, old Fr. robbare, Itai.] to take away un- 
 lawfully, and by force. To be robbed, is to lose any thing by vio- 
 lence, or by secret theft ; but in the active voice, to rub is applied 
 only to the taking any thing away by open violence ; and to steal, 
 to the taking any thing away by secret theft. 
 
 RO'BBER, »■. one who deprives another unlawfully of his 
 property. 
 
 RO'BBERY, s. theft committed by force or without privacy. 
 
 ROBE, s. l7-obbe, Fr. robba, Ital.] a gown of state, worn by per- 
 sons of distinction; a gown worn by infants. 
 
 To ROBE, V. a. to clothe in a robe ; to dress in a proper manner. 
 
 RO'BEfiSMAN, Ro'bertsman, s. in the Old Statutes, a bold 
 and stout robber or night thief, said to be so called from Robin 
 Hood. 
 
 RO'BERT, the name of three kings of Scotland. Theirs* was 
 the celebrated Robert Bruce (see that name). The second was a 
 Stuart, and the first of that house who occupied the throne. He 
 succeeded David IL, and maintained, by the aid of the French, 
 a desultory war against England. The most remarkable circum- 
 stance connected with him, was his obtaining a bull sanction- 
 ing his marriage with his former mistress, and declaring their 
 offspring legitimate. He died in 1390, aged 74 years, having 
 reigned 19. The third, his eldest son and successor, was en- 
 gaged in a war with England, carried on chiefly by the famous 
 H.ttspur; he had promised help also to that warrior in his rebel- 
 lion against Henry IV. He died in 1406, aged about 70 years, 
 having reigned 1(). 
 
 RO'BERT, bishop of Lincoln, surnamed Grostete, an eminent 
 
 ROB 
 
 character in English history, both as a scholar and as a church 
 reformer. He was trained at Oxford, and completed his course 
 at Paris; and was noted as much for his scientific knowledge, 
 as for his knowledge of languages, theology, &c. &c. In this he 
 was the predecessor of the more famous Roger Bacon, as, in his 
 efforts after reformation, he was of Wicliffe. He died in 1253, 
 aged about 75 years. 
 
 RO^BERTSON, DR. WILLIAM, an eminent Scottish divine 
 and historian. He was educated at Edinburgh, and as an eloquent 
 preacher and speaker, soon obtained a considerable name. He 
 was afterwards made principal of the university he had studied 
 at, and historiographer to the king (for Scotland). He died in 
 1793, aged 72 years. His great works are the History of Charles 
 v., the History of America, and the History of Scotland; and his 
 minor works are valuable and important. He has long since 
 taken his place amongst British classics. 
 
 ROBESPIERRE, FRANCOIS MAXIMILIEN JOSEPH 
 ISIDORE, one of the most prominent characters of the French 
 Revolution. He was early left, the eldest of three orphans, and 
 to his brother and sister he always showed himself a most de- 
 voted protector and friend. He studied law at Paris, with con- 
 siderable credit, and received an appointment at his native 
 town. Arras, through the favour of his patron the bishop of the 
 place. He gave up his appointment, which was his only means 
 of support, on having to conduct a capital case ; for he was an 
 idolatrous believer in Jean Jacques Rousseau, and in the new age 
 of liberty and humanity that he foretold. Such was his stand- 
 ing then, that he was returned as a deputy to the States-General ; 
 and from the time that he first caught the public attention, he 
 never ceased to grow in importance and popularity, till his over- 
 throw. His history is, indeed, that of France from that time to 
 his death. The Jacobin club, when it was won from the hands 
 of the aristocratical demagogues, was the great engine by which 
 he worked, overawing the Convention, and swaying the univer- 
 sal mind of France with resistless force. Order, law, public de- 
 cency and morality, the truths of natural religion, but highest 
 of all, the people — France itself, he loved with all the earnest- 
 ness that was in his nature. Moral courage he had, of the most 
 unwavering kind, and the simplest and purest home-pleasures 
 gratified his social tastes. Unlike most of the other leading 
 men of his times, no one had been able to tamper with him; he 
 had deserved, and had received, the title of Incorruptible. Yet he 
 was, in truth, inordinately vain, and, physically, a very coward. 
 Nor was he of unspotted faith, for he often masked the deadliest 
 purposes under the appearance of civility, and even of friend- 
 ship. His whole political career shows that he was a man possessed 
 by ajixed idea. He had taken it from Rousseau ; had reduced it 
 to a formula, as well as a man of narrow pedant-mind, and bald 
 law-training, could ; and all he sought was its realization as an 
 authentic fact. He lived fur this alone; and he lived in it, till 
 to himself and to his admirers, who were at one time all France, 
 he became its incarnation, or at least its supreme priest and 
 living symbol. And thus it wa? that he never altered his opinions; 
 and the people, who never found him inconsistent, who knew his 
 domestic life and character, and who always readily received 
 abstract truths and ideal formulas, trusted him as the corner-stone 
 of the republic. Thus, amid a flow of events more rapid, more 
 varied, more astounding, than we can well conceive, he seemed 
 to be the only one who had rightly divined the future, who was 
 the statesman of the age. He bearded Mirabeau in the arena of 
 the National Assembly, accepted the constitutional monarchy, 
 availed himself of every successful plot, of every fruitful insur- 
 rection, whilst he took part in none; hailed the proclamation of 
 the republic with unfeigned triumph, shuddered at and justified 
 the September massacres, voted Louis and all that sided with 
 him to the scaffiild, fought with and overthrew the Girondins, 
 allowed and used the dictatorship of the Committee of Safety, 
 sat silent whilst all the madness and the mummeries of the sans- 
 culottes and the temple-robbers were performed, and, as soon as 
 the opportunity offered, crushed the perpetrators of those out- 
 rages on humanity; then, passing from enthusiasm to fanati- 
 cism, as that which never could be realized appeared to draw near, 
 he hoped to secure its speedy advent by sending to the guillotine 
 all who seemed to oppose it; immolated the trusted associates 
 of his earlier labours, wrung from the same assembly that had 
 worshipped Reason impersonated by an opera-syren, and sanc- 
 tioned the inscribing on every cemetery " Death an eternal sleep," 
 5 c , 745 
 
ROC 
 
 the decree respecting the Supreme Being, and that " consolatory 
 principle " the immortality ofilie soul, trusting on this, as a found- 
 ation, to rear a temple for the world's wonder and worship, to 
 raise up a regenerated France ; and at last, rid of all dreaded 
 rivals, cherished the desperate hope that one more plunge into 
 that sea of blood, in which he had, as he fondly thought, been 
 carried so far, would bring him to his long and madly desired 
 haven. And this last hope deceived him. He was not a prac- 
 tical man ; for a sudden emergency he could not produce an ex- 
 temporaneous expedient. He had — let it not be doubted — a con- 
 science; and he fell before a conspiracy of men who feared for 
 themselves and the station they had risen to through the fall of 
 others; being unsupported by the people, who were decimated 
 by the very means that had saved France, and who trembled 
 each man for his own head, and deceived respecting the power 
 of those who at the last hour could only share his destruction. 
 He fell suddenly and completely, maimed by a pistol-shot by one 
 of his captors ; he was executed where he had made so many 
 perish so cruelly, in 1794, aged but 35 years. The reports of 
 speeches, prepared by himself, are all his' literary remains ; and 
 they will hardly repay the perusal, though once so potent. 
 
 RO'BIN HOOD. &eHooD. 
 
 ROBIN-RE'DBREAST, s. in Ornithology, a familiar bird, so 
 named from the colour of its breast. 
 
 RO'BINS, BENJAMIN, an eminent English mathematician 
 of the last century. He was mainly indebted to his own genius 
 and industry for his attainments; having had few advantages 
 from teachers. He removed from Bath to London, where he be- 
 came a private teacher in mathematics, and filled up the intervals 
 of his leisure by treatises on the same subject ; and especially 
 with reference to scientific gunnery, and fortification ; which, as 
 he was by birth and training a Quaker, must have been peril- 
 ously fascinating to him. He at length was appointed chief 
 engineer to the E. India Company ; and had hardly begun his 
 work at Madras, before he was seized by a fever and died, in 
 1751, aged 44 years. He had something to do with the writing 
 of Lord Anson's Voyage round the World, and has had the en- 
 tire work ascribed to him. 
 
 RO'BISON, JOHN, a distinguished mathematician and na- 
 tural philosopher of Scotland. He was educated at Glasgow, 
 and afterwards went several voyages in vessels of the royal navy ; 
 but was compelled to renounce all hopes of advancement from 
 that occupation. After an appointment as lecturer on Natural 
 Philosophy at Glasgow, he received one in a naval school at 
 Cronstadt, Russia, which he did not long retain. He was next 
 made professor of Natural Philosophy at Edinburgh ; and he 
 occupied himself with various treatises on that branch of know- 
 ledge, which were published in the Encyclopmlia Britannica, and 
 Philosophical Transactions of Editiburgh. He died in 1805, aged 
 65 years. 
 
 ROBO'REOUS, a. [rohoreus, from rohor, Lat.] made of oak. 
 
 RO'B ROY, by birth Macgregor, but by assumption, on the 
 banning of that name by statute, Campbell. He was a Highland 
 chief, who lived as a cattle dealer and as a freebooter; and 
 abundantly plagued the Whigs, and lowland gentry and farmers, 
 with his activity and daring. He was out with the old Pre- 
 tender in 1715 ; and for that, lost his estates, which was the 
 chief reason for his adopting the wholesale system of robbery 
 and plunder that has made his name so well known. He died in 
 about 1735, at a very great age. 
 
 ROBU'ST, ItoBu'sTious, a. [robustus, Lat.] strong made ; vio- 
 lent; requiring strength. 
 
 ROB U'STN ESS, s. strength; vigour. 
 
 RO-CAMBOLE, «. in Botany, a kind of wild garlic. 
 
 RO'CHDALE, Lancashire, and Yorkshire, W. Riding. It is 
 situated in a vale on the Roche, surrounded by hills which 
 abound in coals ; and has flourishing manufactures of hats, bays, 
 serges, and other woollen and cotton goods. It is 198 miles 
 from London. Market, Tuesday. Pop. 84,718. 
 
 RO'CHE-ALUM, s. [roche, Fr.] in Chemistry, a purer sort of 
 alum. 
 
 RO'CHEFORT, a sea-port town of Charente Inferieure, 
 France, where are several large magazines of naval stores. Its 
 harbour is very commodious and much frequented. It is fortified, 
 and well supplied with good literary and benevolent institutions. 
 It has also some valuable manufactures. It is about 300 miles 
 from Paris. Pop. about 12,000. Lat. 45. 56. N. Long. 0. 53. W. 
 746 ^ ^ 
 
 ROC 
 
 RO'CHEFOUCAULD, FRANCOIS, D. DE LA, a distin- 
 guished man of letters in the court of Louis XIV. He took part 
 in the war of the Fronde; but afterwards lived in retirement, 
 and died in 1680, aged 67 years. His Meinoirs of Anne of Austria, 
 and his Reflections, are the best known of his works. The latter 
 displays great knowledge of human nature, as seen at courts; 
 but we search it in vain for any of that knowledge which a 
 loving, active heart ever possesses. There is a remarkable 
 coincidence between the shade of these thoughts and that of 
 Pascal's ; but Pascal's arose from his profound view of man's 
 sin, and the duke's from such a disappointment as made the 
 wise king of Israel declare that " all was vanity." 
 
 ROCHE'LLE, a handsome, rich, and celebrated town of 
 Charente Inferieure, France, with a very commodious and safe 
 harbour. It has 7 gates ; the houses are fine, and supported 
 by piazzas, under which persons may walk in all weathers ; and 
 the streets in general are as straight as a line. The inhabitants 
 carry on a considerable trade, and have some good manufac- 
 tures. It is 220 miles from Paris. Pop. about 15,000. Lat. 
 46. 9. N. Long. 1. 4. W. 
 
 RO'CHESTER, Kent. It was formerly much larger than at 
 present, having now only one parish church besides the cathe- 
 dral. It consists chiefly of one principal street, which is paved. 
 It has two free-schools, the one callecl the King's, and the other 
 the City School. The cathedral is a fine old building, and the 
 castle is a very noble relic of the Saxon age. It stands on the 
 Medway, over which is a long and handsome bridge ; and Strood 
 lies on the west of it and Chatham on the east. It is 29miles from 
 London. Markets, Wednesday and Friday. Pop.11,743. 
 
 RO'CHESTER, a city of New York, United States. It stands 
 on the Geunessee river, which here makes three several falls, 
 amounting to 268 feet in all, and thus creates a very great 
 water power. The Erie canal passes through it on a fine aque- 
 duct, and it communicates with the W. by railroad. It is well 
 built, with many noble public edifices and institutions, and with 
 a capital trade. It is equally famous for its manufactures, and 
 is a place of great importance. It is 369 miles from Washing- 
 ton. Pop. 20,191. There are in the Union 11 other places 
 bearing this name. 
 
 RO'CHESTER, JOHN WILMOT, EARL OF, one of the 
 worst amongst the most licentious courtiers of Charles II. He 
 was a keen wit, and was thus frequently reconciled to his un- 
 principled monarch, after he had seriously offended him. Worn 
 out in bodily health, and with exhausted passions, he at last 
 turned his attention to matters of another import. According 
 to his episcopal panegyrist he made an edifying end ; but too 
 much stress must not be laid on displays of religious fervour 
 under such circumstances. He died in 1680, aged 32 years. 
 
 RO'CHET, s. a surplice. 
 
 ROCK, s. [i'occ. Sax.] a vast mass of stone fixed in the earth ; 
 a part of one of the solid strata of the earth. In Geology, the 
 general name for the solid strata of the earth's crust. Figurative- 
 ly, a rock means protection or defence.— [rocA:, Dan.] a distaff". 
 
 To ROCK, V. a. \j-ocquer, Fr.] to shake or move backwards 
 and forwards; to move in a cradle. Figuratively, to lull or quiet. 
 — V. n. to move-to and fro in a cradle; to be violently agitated. 
 
 ROCK-CRY'STAL, «. in Mineralogy, a very clear kind of 
 quartz. 
 
 RO'CKDOE, s. in Natural History, a species of deer. 
 
 RO'CKER, s. one who rocks a cradle. 
 
 RO'CKET, s. [rochetto, ItaL] in Pyrotechny, a cylindrical pa- 
 per filled with combustible powder, and fastened to a stick, 
 which mounts in the air and bursts. Congreve Bockets are cylin- 
 drical cases of iron, of different weights and thickness, attach- 
 ed with great accuracy to their stick, and having the upper end 
 of a conical form : they are very destructive instruments, whe- 
 ther used in sieges or in fields ; but they are not always easy 
 of management, because of the wind. A far better use of these 
 projectiles is that of carrying a rope over a vessel in distress,, 
 so as to establish a communication with the shore. In Botany, 
 the name of several British plants, allied to the cresses. One 
 species is peculiar to the seashore. 
 
 RO'CKBURY, s. in Mineralogy, a name of the garnet, when 
 of a very strong, though not deep, red, with a fair cast of the 
 blue. 
 
 RO'CKSALT, s. in Mineralogy, mineral salt. 
 
 RO'CKWORK, s. stones fixed in mortar, to resemble a rock. 
 
110 L 
 
 RO'CKWORT, s. in Botany, a plant, called also rockcress. 
 
 RO'CKY, «. full of rocks; stony; hard, or obdurate. 
 
 RO'CKY MOUNTAINS, the name used to desif^nate the 
 mountain range that runs parallel to the W. coast of N. Ame- 
 rica, throughout its whole length, and joins the Andes at the 
 Isthmus of Panama. It is employed in a more restricted signi- 
 fication for that part of the range which crosses the territory of 
 the United States, and is also natned the Chippewayan Moun- 
 tains. They are about 3000 miles in length, and from 200 to 
 300 in breadth, and are mostly covered with perpetual snow. 
 The Missouri and all the rivers falling into the Mississippi from 
 the \V. are supplied by streams flowing from these mountains. 
 
 ROD, s. [roede, Belg.] a long twig; any thing long and slen- 
 der; a sceptre ; an instrument used in measuring; a measure 
 containing sixteen feet and a half; a bundle of twigs used in 
 flogging children, and whipping syllabubs; correction. 
 
 RODE, pret. of To Ride. 
 
 RO'DNEY, GEORGE BRYDGES, LORD, a distinguished 
 British naval commander. He entered the service early, and 
 was first made governorof Newfoundland ; afterwards he destroy- 
 ed the stores prepared for invading England, at Havre de Grace. 
 He was ruined in obtaining a seat in parliament ; and retired 
 to France, where he was invited into their service; but soon 
 afterwards, being appointed to the command of the Mediterra- 
 nean fleet, he gained two great and decisive victories, which fin- 
 ished his public services. He died in 1792, aged 74 years ; and 
 was buried in St. Paul's cathedral. 
 
 RO'DOLPH, the name of two emperors of Germany, the 
 second of whom was an imbecile and unprincipled ruler, but the 
 first stands conspicuous as a mighty and magnanimous mon- 
 arch. He was a warrior of some renown, when, quite unexpect- 
 edly, he was elected to the imperial crown : and he had to make 
 good his election against one rival at least, — Ottocar of Bohe- 
 mia, who was killed in battle. He was the founder of the house 
 of Hapsburg, and so of the present imperial dynasty of Austria. 
 He died in 1291, very aged, having reigned about 19 years. His 
 reign was characterized by one remarkable feature for those 
 times, internal tranquillity. 
 
 RODOMONTA'DE, Rhodomonta'de, s. [Fr. from a hero in 
 Ariosto, called Modomonte,] an empty, noisy bluster ; brag. 
 
 To RODOMONTA'DE, v. n. to brag, or boast. 
 
 ROE, s. [ra dear. Sax.] in Natural History, the smallest of the 
 deer kind known in our climate, and is almost extinct, except 
 in some parts of the Highlands of Scotland. The eggs or spawn 
 offish. . 
 
 ROGA'TION, «. [rogo, Lat.] a litany or supplication. Royatiun 
 Week, is that immediately preceding Whit-Sunday, and is so 
 called from three fasts, held on Monday, Tuesday, and Wednes- 
 day, named rogation days, from the extraordinary prayers and 
 processions then amde for the fruits of the earth ; or, as a pre- 
 paration for celebrating Holy Thursday. 
 
 ROGUE, {rd(j) s. a wandering beggar; a vagrant; a vaga- 
 bond ; a villain or thief. Used likewise as a term of affectionate 
 pleasantry. 
 
 To ROGUE, (rog) V. n. to play the vagabond ; to wander; to 
 play knavish tricks. 
 
 RO'GUERY, {royery, the g pron. hard,) s. knavery or arch 
 tricks. 
 
 RO'GUISH,(r^wA) a, knavish; slightly mischievous; waggish. 
 
 RO'GUISHLY, (rogishly) ad. in a knavish manner; wantonly; 
 like a rogue. 
 
 RO'GUISHNESS, (rogishness) s. the qualities of a rogue. 
 
 To ROIST, or Roi'ster, r. n. {rister, Isl.] to behave in a tur- 
 bulent and blustering manner. 
 
 ROI'STER, Roi'sTERER, e. a turbulent or blustering fellow. 
 
 RO'LAND, MADAME MANON JEAN, one of the most dis- 
 tinguished characters in the French Revolution. Her father, by 
 name Philipon, was an engraver and painter in enamel, and she 
 was educated in the best way that was open to his means. Part 
 of this training was accomplished at a convent, where she found 
 ample encouragement and opportunity for cherishing the dreams 
 that were natural to ^er impassioned spirit. Plutarch was her 
 one beloved book ; and Rousseau's Heloise completed in her 
 what the old Greek hero-historian had begun. She was married 
 to a man much older than herself, an inspector of manufactures at 
 .4miens, Roland de la Platriere, in whom she thought she dis- 
 cerned one of Plutarch's antique republicans. He was a rigid. 
 
 ROL 
 
 narrow soul, incorruptibly upright, the Veto of scoundrels,- inca- 
 pable of appreciating his wife, yet filled with the profoundest 
 love and reverence for her pure and lofty mind. They both 
 sympathized most heartily in the revolutionary movement; and 
 the appointment of Roland to the National Convention by the 
 city of Lyons, to which he had removed, soon brought them into 
 the centre of that giddy and fatal whirlpool. He attached himself 
 to the Girondins, and during their day of power was made Min- 
 ister of the Interior. Madame Roland soon became the ani- 
 mating spirit of that party, and at her house assembled regularly 
 all those masters of oratory, those dreamers of Utopian repub- 
 lics, those sorrowfully mistaken leaders of the great Revolution. 
 The September massacres were the first awakening of these 
 high-souled sleep-walkers to the true meaning of the times they 
 were working in. The struggle between the Girondins and the 
 Mountain unfolded the whole of the dreadful fact to them. 
 Madame Roland was once compelled to defend herself at the 
 bar of the Convention, and she did it triumphantly. But her 
 success was not to be forgiven ; Roland gave up his office, and 
 left Paris; every day showed more surely that his party must 
 fall. An insurrection accomplished their overthrow, and Madame 
 Roland was imprisoned. After being confined in various prisons, 
 and with different companions, (one of whom was the future 
 empress Josephine,) during 6 months, she was tried, according 
 to the established mockery of legal forms, and guillotined, in 
 1793, aged 37 years. Her husband was found near Rouen, a 
 few days afterwards, self-slain : he died aged 61 years. 
 
 To ROLL, (the o pron. long,) v. a. [rouler, Fr. rollen, Belg.] to 
 move any thing by a successive application of its different parts 
 on the ground ; to move any thing round upon its axis ; to make 
 a thing move in a circle; to wrap round about; to form into 
 round masses, by rubbing on a surface ; to pour in a stream or 
 waves. — V. n. to move or be moved by a successive application of 
 its parts on any surface ; to perform a periodical revolution ; to 
 run on wheels; to move in a tumultuous manner; to turn on 
 an axis. 
 
 ROLL, s. the act of moving by a successive application of its 
 parts on the ground; any thing rolling; a mass made round; 
 a round or cylindrical body, used in breaking clods, &c. ; a kind 
 of small loaf. — [rotidus, Lat.] a register, catalogue, or chronicle. 
 
 RO'LLER, *. in Ornithology, a species of birds which some- 
 times visits this country. It is about the size of a magpie, of a 
 blue colour, with a black beak. 
 
 RO'LLIN, CHARLES, an eminent French historian. He was 
 educated at Paris by the kindness of a Benedictine, who had 
 noticed his early display of talents ; and subsequently he entered 
 that religious order. He held the professorships of rhetoric and 
 elocution, and was afterwards twice chosen rector of the uni- 
 versity. He would have received that honour a third time, had 
 he not been suspected by the Jesuits of favouring their oppo- 
 nents, the Jansenists. The rest of his life was spent in retire- 
 ment, — but a retirement often molested by the malicious and 
 groundless accusations of his enemies. He died in 1741, aged 
 80 years. His chief work, which is well known in England by 
 translations, and is not superseded in its popularity yet, is his 
 Ancient History. He also wrote a Roman History, and an Essay 
 on Literary Education. But in all his works the rhetorician is 
 more discernible than the scholar ; and it is to its easy style, 
 and kind-hearted faithfulness, that his history owes its long and 
 general reputation. 
 
 RO'LLING-PIN, s. a round piece of wood tapering at each 
 end, used in making paste. 
 
 RO'LLING-PRESS, s. a press with which copperplates are 
 printed. 
 
 RO'LLO, surnamed the Ganger, the great Northman warrior, 
 or sea-king, who, after various adventures, by which he estab- 
 lished his reputation for valour and command, led a formidable 
 expedition against France, ravaged the N. part of that country, 
 and endangered the throne. A treaty was entered into between 
 Charles the Simple and the fierce rover, who, tired of his wan- 
 derings, agreed to accept the part he had conquered, to hold it 
 as a fief of the French monarch, and to be baptized as a convert 
 from Odin's faith. This was the foundation of the duchy of 
 Normandy, on which the fortunes of our own island were sus- 
 pended: It took place in 912. RoUo's baptismal name was Ro- 
 bert, and that was transmitted to several of his successors. 
 
 ROLLS, «. The oflace of Rolls in Chancery Lane is appointed 
 5 c 2 - 747 
 
ROM 
 
 for the custody of the rolls and records in Chancery. The mas- 
 ter of this office is the second person in that court, and in the 
 absence of the lord chancellor he sits as judge. 
 
 RO'LYPOLY, s. a sort of game, in which, when a ball runs in 
 a certain place, it wins. 
 
 RO'MAGE, s. [romagio, Ital.] a tumult or bustle. 
 
 ROMAl'NE, WILLIAM, a distinguished evangelical clergy- 
 man of the English Church, in the last century. He was edu- 
 cated at Oxford, and after various country curacies, &c. he held 
 successively, or together, lectureships in St. Botolph, Bishop- 
 gate, St. Dunstan in the West, St. George's, Hanover Square, 
 and the living of St. Anne's, Blackfriars. He was for a short 
 time Gresham Professor of Astronomy. He died in 179.5, aged 
 84 years. His memory is cherished as that of one of the few who, 
 during a period of unexampled decline in piety, preserved his 
 own in undiminished fervour, and rekindleif that of very many. 
 For that all his Hutchinsonian absurdities are forgiven, his 
 bigoted opposition to the naturalization of the Jews forgotten, 
 and his inconsistency in his firm attachment to the institution in 
 which he was a minister. Whitefield was amongst his numerous 
 friends. His writings are chiefly sermons; and that which has 
 ever been one of the classics of Calvinism, and has made his 
 name most widely known, is his tripartite Life, Walk, and Tri- 
 umph of Faith. 
 
 RO'MAN, a. related to, belonging to, or originating in 
 Rome. 
 
 ROMA'NCE, a. sprung from the Romans, or Italians, applied to 
 the earliest formsof the French, Italian, and Spanish languages. 
 
 ROMA'NCE, s. [romanza, Ital.] a story or narrative of fictitious 
 adventures; a lie. 
 
 To ROMA'NCE, v. n. to lie ; to forge. 
 
 ROMA'NCER, s. a liar ; a forger of tales. 
 
 RO'MANISM, s. in Theology, the ecclesiastical and doctrinal 
 system of the Church of Rome, as settled finally by the Council 
 of Trent. The peculiar features are, the supremacy of the bishop 
 or pope of Rome over all the Church, as head of it, and vicar of 
 God, infallible in his decisions, to whom most complete subjec- 
 tion is due ; the denial of salvation to any who are not members 
 of the Church, (i. e. of the Church of Rome,) and the utter lack 
 of any thing beyond a formal and external conformity to its 
 creeds and ceremonies for the participation of all the blessings it 
 arrogates as peculiarly its own. 
 
 To ROMANIZE, v. a. to Latinize ; to fill with modes of the 
 Roman speech. 
 
 RO'MANS, Paul's Epistle to the, one of the writings 
 composing the New Testament, and one of the profoundest 
 treatises on the most momentous subject in the world. It is, 
 properly speaking, not a letter, except in the salutation, &c. at 
 the^ opening, and the end. The substance of it is a severely 
 logical treatise on that statement made almost at the outset, — 
 that the gospel is "the powerof God, unto salvation, foreveryone 
 that believeth ; for the Jew first, but also for the Greek." It 
 opens with a proof of the necessity of salvation by both Jews and 
 Gentiles, and then proceeds to the statement of the salvation of 
 the gospel, especially as proclaimed to both. Answers to various 
 objections and difficulties, which might be urged against his re- 
 presentation, from all sides, and respecting all the various points 
 of it, follow ; and some fine preceptive, hortatory, and casuisti- 
 cal illustrations of the practical exhibition of the gospel conclude 
 that part of the work. Students of this record of inspired wis- 
 dom should be aware, that in it the apostle argues more by illus- 
 tration and example, than by dry and formal logical propositions ; 
 and that the present division of chapters and verses often inter- 
 rupts and divides parts of a closely connected train of reasoning. 
 There are some parts of this Epistle, as the latter half of the 5th 
 chapter, the whole of the 7th, verses 18—23 of the 8th chapter, 
 and the 9th chapter, that have been the subjects of numerous 
 and bewildering controversies from the very commencement of 
 the practice of commenting on the sacred Scriptures ; but a due 
 regard to the scope of the entire work, and to that of each sec- 
 tion of it, will save any student who desires rather to discover the 
 meaning of the writer, than to find proofs for his own opinions, 
 from the unhappy influence of such fruitless polemical discussion. 
 it may also be advantageously compared with the Epistle to the 
 Galatians, and contrasted with that addressed to the Hebrews. 
 It appears to have been written at Corinth, during the first tour 
 made by Paul in Greece, shortly before his voyage to Jerusalem. 
 748 
 
 ROM 
 
 ROMA'NTIC, a. resembling a romance ; wild ; improbable ; 
 fanciful. 
 
 ROME, the capital of the Papal States, Italy; and, both in 
 Ancient and Modern History, the most important city in the 
 world. It stands on the Tiber, and was, in the height of the 
 former glory, unequalled for its extent and splendour, as is 
 abundantly testified by the numerous ruins of walls, temples, 
 aqueducts, bridges, sewers, baths, columns, triumphal arches, 
 he, with the stupendous amphitheatre called the Coliseum. It 
 does not now cover more than half its original area; but on the 
 side next St. Peter's, it has passed over the ancient boundary. 
 The seven hills, which are so famous in old story, and which have 
 given to Rome one of its most common epithets, may yet be 
 traced. They are the salient angles of the most ancient banks 
 of the river, or else isolated masses ; and their names are, the 
 Aventine, Capitoline, Palatine, Esquiline, Viminal, Quirinal, 
 and Cselian mounts. Mounts Janiculum and Vaticanus lay on 
 the other side of the Tiber. Its streets are tolerably regular, 
 and the finest is named the Corso, from the races which take 
 place in it. It is walled entirely round, and on the river, at the 
 N. W. angle, stands the strong fortress of the St. Angelo. There 
 are 4 bridges now over the river. The churches are particularly 
 splendid. St. Peter's cathedral is the largest building for re- 
 ligious purposes in Christendom. Several of the most remark- 
 able of the others, as the Pantheon, &c., were originally heathen 
 temples, or courts of justice. It is especially rich in palaces, 
 porticoes, theatres, hospitals, &c., but the Vatican palace sur- 
 passes all others in magnitude and splendour. In libraries, rich 
 in MSS. and curious lore, the city abounds ; and there is no de- 
 ficiency of collegiate and academical institutions. The churches 
 and palaces are adorned with the most precious works of art. 
 Innumerable fountains and the old Roman aqueduct supply the 
 city copiously with water. The most remarkable circumstances 
 connected with Rome are the great elevation of the soil since the 
 erection of columns, and buildings, even in the later times of 
 empire, by which their basements and lower parts are completely 
 covered up ; and the depopulation of the S. W. part of the old 
 city, which was thickly inhabited, by a deadly malaria, which 
 prevails there in the summer. Rome is not a place of trade 
 or manufactures to any great extent. Ecclesiastics and the 
 religious (of both sexes) give a marked character to its popu- 
 lation. Students in literature and art are exceedingly numerous, 
 especially the latter. Benevolent institutions are abundant. 
 Pop. about 150,000. Lat. 41. 54. N. Long. 12. 29. E. 
 
 RO'MILLY, SIR SAMUEL, an eminent barrister and legis- 
 lator of England. He did not receive university education, and 
 Gray's Inn was his law school. He rapidly rose to eminence in 
 his profession, and attracted the attention of the political leaders 
 of the Whig school, having already made ^e acquaintance of 
 Mirabeau and others of the great orators aira'statesmen of the 
 popular side, in France. The court of Chancery was the chief 
 field of his forensic labours. He soon afterwards entered parlia- 
 ment, and was made solicitor-general during the brief adminis- 
 tration of Fox. The rest of his career was parliamentary, and 
 he exerted all his ability and knowledge for the reform of the 
 criminal code, beside taking an active part in the opposition. 
 The death of his lady, and the excitement of the public business, 
 at last unhinged his mind, and he committed suicide in 1818, 
 aged 01 years. We owe to him some of the most important 
 alterations lately made in criminal law, and the present efforts 
 made to abolish the barbarity of capital punishments may also 
 be ascribed to the success and the perseverance of his efforts in 
 this legal branch of philanthropy. 
 
 RO'MISH, a. popish. 
 
 RO'MNEY, NEW, Kent. It was once a very large place, con- 
 taining five churches, a priory, and an hospital, with a good har- 
 bour ; but since the sea retired from it, it is much reduced. The 
 two great meetings for all the Cinque Ports are held here on the 
 Tuesday after St. Margaret's day. It is seated on a hill, irf 
 the middle of Romney Marsh, 71 miles from London. Market, 
 Saturday. Pop. 955. , 
 
 RO'MNEY MARSH, a remarkable promontory of Kent, form- 
 ed by the alluvium of the two tidal currents that encompass 
 England, and meet at that point. 
 
 RO'MNEY, GEORGE, an eminent English painter, who was 
 apprenticed to a portrait painter of Kendal ; and afterwards re- 
 moving to London, rose rapidly into distinction, not merely for 
 
ROO 
 
 portraits, but also in general art. He visited Paris, and, at 
 a later period, Rome; and derived great advantage from the 
 study of the masterpieces collected in France and Italy. He was 
 equally fanious in his professional portrait painting, and in the 
 truly artistic department, the historic-picture. His illustrations 
 of Shakspeare and Milton, his fancy pictures, and even his 
 unfinished sketches and cartoons, give unquestionable proof of 
 his great power as an artist. It is to be lamented that his con- 
 duct as a man was not conformable to his well-deserved reputa- 
 tion : during the whole of his triumphant career in London, he 
 had left his wife in loneliness at Kendal ; returning to her, after 
 he had relinquished his work, he soon sank into a condition 
 worse than idiocy, and died in 1802, aged 68 years. 
 
 ROMP, s. a rude, boisterous girl, fond of sport or play; rough 
 or rude play. 
 
 To ROMP, V. n. to play in a rude or boisterous manner. 
 
 RO'MSEY. See Rumsey. 
 
 RO'MULUS and RE'MUS, in ancient Roman legend, the 
 twin sons of a vestal, bj- Mars the god of war; who being cast 
 into the river, because of a prophecy which threatened evil to 
 her uncle at the hand of her children, were saved from it, and 
 nurtured by a sherwolf, and by a woodpecker. Afterward they 
 were brought up by a herdsman, and grew to be the boldest and 
 most trusted of all the shepherds of the country. An accident 
 led to the discovery of their parentage, when they inflicted on 
 the usurper of Alba the predicted evil. They next determined 
 to found a city on the banks of the Tiber; and retiring to de- 
 termine by auspices who should be the founder and give his 
 name to it, Remus first saw 6 vultures, and then Romulus be- 
 held 12 ; which gave to him, not without indignation on the 
 part of Remus, the victory. Remus, next, leaping contemptu- 
 ously over the sacred furrow drawn to mark out the bounds of the 
 city, was killed by his incensed brother. Rome was thus founded 
 in 7.53 B. c. Opening an asylum, he soon found himself at the 
 head of a desperate population. The Rape of the Sabine wo- 
 men supplied them with wives. War followed, and alliance; 
 Tatius and Romulus dividing the power, till Tatius' death, not 
 without the fatricide's contrivance, left him sole king. New 
 wars, and prodigious achievements, defeats as well as victories 
 extending his power, fill up the rest of his reign ; which ends 
 by his assumption amongst the gods under the title Quirinus. 
 Such is the lay, or the " ffarland," recording his life and deeds. 
 Out of it Niebuhr has attempted to evolve some sure facts; but 
 the best way is to treat it as a lay, and of no more value than as 
 showing the spirit and the pride of the Romans when they first 
 invented it; just as the marvels recorded of long dynasties of 
 British kings, long anterior to the invasion of Caesar, and the 
 knightly legends of Prince Arthur and the heroes of the Round 
 Table, show the spirit of the times when they first emanated, but 
 are purely fabulous. 
 
 RO'NDEAU, (rondo) s. [Fr.] an ancient kind of poetry, con- 
 sisting of thirteen verses divided into three couplets ; at the end 
 of the second and third, the beginning of the first is repeated in 
 an equivocal sense, if possible. 
 
 RO'NDLE, s. [from round,'} a round mass. 
 
 RO'NION, s. a fat bulky woman. 
 
 RONT, s. an animal stinted in the growth. 
 
 ROOD, s. [from rod,} a measure containing the fourth part of 
 an acre, or 50 perches, poles, or rods square. A pole or mea- 
 sure of 16 feet and a half.— [rorfe. Sax.] the" cross, which in 
 Romanist churches is set up for worship. 
 
 ROO'DLOFT, s. a gallery in the church on which reliques or 
 images were set to view. 
 
 ROOF, s. [hrof. Sax.] the cover or top of a house ; the vault 
 or inside arch which covers a building ; the palate or upper part 
 of the mouth. 
 
 To ROOF, V, a. to enclose or cover with a roof; to enclose in 
 a house. 
 
 ROOTY, a. having roofs. 
 
 ROOK, s. [hroe. Sax.] in Ornithology, a bird resembling a 
 crow : it feeds on insects and grain. — [rocco, Ital.] one of the 
 pieces used in the game of chess, called also the castle. Fi- 
 guratively, a cheat or sharper. 
 
 To ROOK, V. n. to rob; to cheat. 
 
 ROOKE, SIR GEORGE, an eminent British admiral, whose 
 first services were in establishing William III. against James, in 
 his Irish campaign. In the actions at Beachy Head, La Hogue, 
 
 ROS 
 
 Vigo, Cadiz, and Toulon, he bore a distinguished part ; and so 
 also at the taking of Gibraltar. The last few years of his life 
 were spent in private life. He died in 1709, aged 58 years. 
 
 ROO'KERY, s. a nursery for rooks. 
 
 ROO'KY, a. inhabited by rooks. 
 
 ROOM, s. \rum, Sax. runt, Goth.] space or extent of place; 
 space or place unoccupied ; passage or space for passing ; space 
 or opportunity free from obstruction ; an apartment in a house ; 
 place of another ; stead. 
 
 ROO'MAGE, s. space ; place. 
 
 ROO'MINESS, s. qualitj; of extent; space, 
 
 ROO'MY, a. wide ; spacious ; capacious. 
 
 ROOST, s. [/irosi. Sax.] that on which a bird sits to sleep; 
 the act of sleeping ; applied primarily to fowls, and figuratively 
 to men. 
 
 To ROOST, V. n. [roesfen, Belg.] to sleep as a bird ; to lodge, 
 in burlesque language. 
 
 ROOT, s. [roed, Belg. rot, Swed.] in Botany, that part of a 
 plant which enters the ground, imbibes the juices of the earth, 
 and transmits them to the plant for nutrition. Figuratively, the 
 bottom or lower part ; a plant whose roots are eaten ; the ori- 
 ginal, first cause, or ancestor; an impression, or lasting effect 
 and residence. In Mathematics, a quantity considered as the 
 basis of a higher power. In Grammar, a primitive word, from 
 whence others are derived or compounded. 
 
 To ROOT, V. n. to fix the root, or strike far into the earth ; to 
 turn up the earth. — v. a. to fix deep and firm in the earth ; to 
 impress or fix deeply ; to pull up by the roots ; to turn up out of 
 the ground, used with up; to destroy entirely, eradicate, or ex- 
 tirpate, to banish, used with out. . 
 
 ROO'TED, a. fixed firmly and deeply in the earth, or any other 
 place; radical. 
 
 ROO'TY, a. full of roots, 
 
 ROPE, s. [rap. Sax. roep or roop, Belg.] a cord, string, halter; 
 a row of things hanging down. 
 
 To ROPE, V. n. to draw out into threads or viscous filaments, 
 
 RO'PEDANCER, s. one who can dance on ropes. 
 
 RO'PEGRASS, s. in Botany, a kind of grass, of which are 
 made ropes for fishing-nets, which are remarkable for lasting 
 long without rotting. 
 
 RO'PEMAKER, s. one whose trade is to make ropes. 
 
 RO'PERY, s. [from rope,} rogue's tricks. 
 
 RO'PINESS, s. viscosity ; glutinousness. 
 
 RO'PY, a. viscous ; glutinous. 
 
 RO'QUELAURE, {i-6kelore) s. [Fr.] a long cloak used by men, 
 
 RORA'TION, s, [ros, Lat.] a falling of dew. 
 
 RO'RID, a. [roridus, Lat.] dewy. 
 
 RORI'FEROLS, a. Iros and/ero, Lat.] producing dew. 
 
 RORI'FLUENT, a. [ros and /wo, Lat.] flowing with dew. 
 
 RO'SA, SALVATOll, a great painter, poet, and musician of 
 Naples; who, after receiving instructions from Francanzani and 
 Falcone, and studying nature in the wildest parts of the moun- 
 tainous region of Naples, and amongst the wildest companions, 
 went to Rome, where he soon obtained patronage, and executed 
 many fine paintings. He was concerned in the insitrrection of 
 Tomaso Aniello, and was obliged to leave Naples in disguise. 
 He afterwards carried on his practice of painting at Florence 
 and Rome, and died in 1673, aged 58 years. His paintings are 
 not all of equal excellence ; but in his landscapes, which are 
 mostly such as may be met with in the Apennines and on the 
 rocky coast of S. Italy, he has infused into the scene a horror, 
 that is to most persons far from agreeable, though natural enough 
 in those lonely and dangerous parts. Some of his historical 
 paintings are very fine. In his poetry and music he seems to 
 have been possessed of the same originality of genius. He wrote 
 some plays also, and took part in the representation of them, 
 with success. 
 
 KG' S ARY , (rozary) s. [rosarium, from rosa, Lat,] a bunch or 
 string of beads on which the Romanists count their prayers, 
 
 RO'SCID, a. [roscidus, Lat.] dewy; abounding with dew, 
 
 RO'SCIUS, QUINTUS, a famous Roman actor, whose name 
 has become proverbial for superiority in that profession, and for 
 the histrionic profession itself. He received many marks of esteem 
 and honour from the great men of his day, and was a friend of 
 Cicero. He died in about 60 b. c. 
 
 RO'SCOE, WILLIAM, a distinguished English writer, who 
 owed all his celebrity to his determined perseverance and indus- 
 
 - 749 
 
try. He received but a meagre education; and was afterwards 
 employed as a lawyer's clerk ; when he devoted all his leisure to 
 the study of languages, and to the attainment of scientific 
 knowledge, and the cultivation of artistic taste. He was after- 
 wards in practice as an attorney ; and pursued his literary stu- 
 dies, and the promotion of literary tastes, in Liverpool. He also 
 published some of his principal works ; and joined in the agi- 
 tation against slavery. He was for a short time the represent- 
 ative of Liverpool ; and he carried on for some time, also, a 
 banking establishment, which in the end was a failure, and 
 caused the dispersion, by sale, of his books and works of art, 
 that had been so costly a treasure to him. The remainder of 
 his life was spent in his favourite pursuits, and amongst his 
 numerous anci attached friends. He died in 1831, aged 78 
 years. His great works are his Lives of Lorenzo the Magnificent, 
 and of Leo X., and on them his name rests; the others are of 
 more fugitive order. The great charm of his writings is the 
 style, which is marked by most finished elegance. His histories 
 are not deficient in research, nor yet in elaborate criticism on 
 the writers of the times he describes. The translations from the 
 poems are particularly pleasing. But as history they must not 
 be read, being mere panegyrics, in which all that would not 
 suit the lustrous ideals he wished to portray is slurred over 
 with a lawyer's tact, or sedulously suppressed. He has even 
 stepped out of his way to prove Lucrelia Borgia worthy of the 
 name of the martyr of chastity. His youngest son, J3e«n/, was 
 a barrister, and followed in his father's steps as a cultivator of 
 literature. He published his father's Life, Lives of British Law- 
 yers, and several works on legal matters, beside editing North's 
 Lives. He died in 1830, aged 36 years. 
 
 RO'SCOMMON, a county of Connaught, in Ireland. It is 60 
 miles in length, and from 12 to 37 in breadth ; and is bounded 
 by Longford, East Meath, Sligo, Leitrim, Galway, and Mayo. 
 It is a level, fruitful country, and by the help of good husbandry 
 yields excellent corn. Here are some extensive bogs, and but 
 few hills, yet some of them are about 1000 feet high. The 
 Shannon and the Suck are its chief rivers ; but there are several 
 loughs, or lakes. The principal town is Athlone; but the 
 assize town is Roscommon, which is a small town, where are 
 an old castle and an abbey, with some public buildings of more 
 recent dates, for more civilized purposes. It is 68 miles from 
 Dublin. Pop. 3439. Pop. of county, which contains 50 parishes, 
 253,591. It returns two representatives and a moiety to the 
 imperial parliament. 
 
 ROSE, {roze) s. [rose, Fr. rosa, Lat.] in Botany and Horticul- 
 ture, a large family of plants, amongst which are the most ad- 
 mired and beautiful of our garden flowers. In all countries 
 where any species are found, from the earliest times, this flower 
 has been the especial favourite of poets. A great many varieties 
 are indigenous to Great Britain ; but the varieties produced by 
 culture are innumerable. The leaves of this flower are used for 
 some medical purposes, and a delicious perfume is extracted from 
 them. To speak under the rose, is to disclose a secret, or reveal 
 any thing which will not be discovered afterwards. 
 
 ROSE, preter. ofTo Rise. 
 
 RO'SEATE, {rizeate) a. [rosat, Fr.] rosy; full of roses; bloom- 
 ing, fragrant, purple, as a rose. 
 
 RO'SEBAY, s. in Botany, a shrub with wide-spreading and 
 trailing branches, and purplish flesh-coloured blossoms. It is 
 found on mountains in the north of England. 
 
 ROSELLI'NI, HIPPOLITO, one of the late investigators of 
 the ancient monuments and language of Egypt and the valley 
 of the Nile. Having completed his studies, he became Oriental 
 professor at Pisa, and afterwards went to Paris with ChampoUion, 
 whose works on Egypt had already attracted his attention. He 
 next accompanied that eminent scholar to that land of wonders, 
 and the result of their researches was left for Rosellini to pub- 
 lish, by the early death of his companion. He had resumed his 
 former professorship, but he subsequently relinquished it, and 
 soon after died, in 1843, aged 43 years. His work is a most va- 
 luable one, but bevond the reach of all but the great. 
 
 RO'SE-MALLOW, s. in Botany, a plant larger than the com- 
 mon mallow. 
 
 RO'SEMARY, (r6zemart/) s. [ros and maririm, Lat.] in Botany, 
 a common garden plant, which flowers early, and has a pleasant 
 scent, especially when dried. 
 
 RO'SEN, FllEDERIC AUGUSTUS, an eminent Oriental 
 750 
 
 ROT 
 
 scholar, a native of Hanover. He received his education chiefly 
 at Leipsic and Berlin, where he gained a deserved reputation 
 for his knowledge of the Sanscrit, and enjoyed the friendship of 
 the most distinguished scholars of Germany. He accepted the 
 office of professor of Sanscrit in University college, London, 
 where he maintained his reputation by many valuable publica- 
 tions, and greatly extended the circle of his warmly-attached 
 friends. In the midst of these engagements, he was arrested by 
 death, in 1837, aged but 32 years. Most of his publications 
 were for the use of scholars or students; the more popular were 
 merely parts of works of extensive sale. 
 
 RO'SENMULLER, the name of two eminent theologians and 
 biblical scholars of Germany. The father, John George, was theo- 
 logical professor at Erlangen and Leipsic successively, and pub- 
 lished a useful work, entitled Scholia (or Critical Notes) on the New 
 Testament. He died in 1815, aged 79 years. Ernest Frederie 
 Charles, his son, was professor of Arabic and other Oriental lan- 
 guages at Leipsic, and published Scholia on the Old Testament, a 
 work more valuable than the corresponding one of his father's; 
 an excellent Arabic Grammar, and several essays on Biblical An- 
 tiquities. He died in 1835, aged 67 years. 
 
 RO'SENOBLE, (roze-noble) s. an English gold coin, in value 
 anciently sixteen shillings. 
 
 RO'SET, (rozet) s. a red colour for painters. 
 
 ROSE'TTA, a town of Egypt, situated on the Nile, not far 
 from one of its mouths. It is a place of some trade, and has 
 lately advanced in importance and in wealth. It stands in the 
 midst of a very fertile country, but its chief trade is foreign, 
 although it has a very indifferent harbour. Pop. about 10,000. 
 Lat. 31. 24. N. Long. 30. 27. £. Near this town was discovered 
 the f Aiaoas Jlosetta-stone, now in the British Museum, which, con- 
 taining a royal proclamation by Ptolemy V., in about 200 b. c, 
 inscribed in three different characters, viz. the hieroglyphic, the 
 euchonial, (or common,) and the Greek, led to the discovery of 
 the meaning of the hieroglyphs, which has already cast such re- 
 markable light on some parts of the Old Testament history, as 
 well as on ancient Egyptian history. 
 
 RO'SEWATER, (rizewater) s. water distilled from roses. 
 
 ROSICRU'SI ANS, or, the brothers of the Rosy Cross, a secret 
 association of men who professed to know all sciences and lan- 
 guages, so as to have the gift of perpetual youth, and various 
 other much-coveted blessings, as the fruit of their knowledge. 
 Little is known accurately of them, and that little is misrepre- 
 sented by the excessively rational inquirers of the last century, 
 who have been most interested in them. 
 
 RO'SIN, (rdzin) s. See Resin. 
 
 To RO'SIN, {r6zin) v. a. to rub with rosin. 
 
 RO'SINY, (ruziny) a. resembling rosin. 
 
 ROSS AND CRO'MARTY, a shire of Scotland, lately con- 
 solidated, lying in the N. part of the country, part on the main- 
 land, and part in the Western Isles, or Hebrides, and bounded 
 by the counties of Sutherland and Inverness. The length and 
 breadth of this county cannot be given accurately. The main- 
 land is mountainous, several hills reaching, or approaching 4000 
 feet in height. Murray Frith, Cromarty Frith, and Dornoch 
 Frith, are the chief bays on the E. coast; whilst, on the W., 
 the Minch, between Lewis and the mainland, and the strait se- 
 parating the Isle of Skye from the mainland, may be called the 
 principal inlets. There are no very large streams ; but Lewis, 
 and the mainland too, abound with lakes. Building and lime- 
 stone are found here, but not much sought after. Agriculture is 
 attended to with considerable diligence and profit ; and, beside 
 corn, sheep are reared in great numbers. The fisheries are of 
 considerable value to all the coast towns. Tain, Dingwall, and 
 Cromarty are the chief towns. Pop. 78,685. It returns one 
 member to parliament, and moieties of two others. 
 
 RO'SSEL, s. light land. 
 
 RO'STRATED, a. [rostrum, Lat.] adorned with beaks of a 
 ship. 
 
 RO'STRUM, s. [Lat.] the beak of a bird or ship ; a scaffold or 
 pulpit, whence orators anciently harangued ; a pipe which con- 
 veys liquor into the receiver in common alembics ; a pair of 
 crooked scissars used in dilating wounds. 
 
 RO'SY, {rozy) a. [rosa, Lat.] resembling a rose in bloom, beau- 
 ty, or fragrance. 
 
 To ROT, V. n. [rotan, Sax. rotten, Belg.] to putrefy, or lose the 
 cohesion of its parts. — v. a. to corrupt or make putrid. 
 
 i 
 
ROU 
 
 ROT, s. a distemper among sheep, affecting their lungs ; a 
 putrid decay. See Dry-rot. 
 
 ROTATION, s. [rota, Lat.] the act of whirling round; the 
 state of being whirled round ; revolution on an axis ; a turn or 
 succession. 
 
 ROTA'TOR, s. [Lat.] that which gives a circular motion. 
 
 RO'TATORY, a. having a whirling motion ; being in rotation. 
 Rotatory animalaile, in Natural History, the general name for a 
 large genus of infusorial animals, which are furnished with ciiiae 
 at their upper extremity, which is sometimes bifid, by the regu- 
 lar motion of which they impart a whirling motion to thh water, 
 and bring their food within reach. They also seem capable of 
 changing place by means of these cilire. They exhibit in a re- 
 markable degree the tenacity of life peculiar to the lowest orders 
 of animals. 
 
 ROTE, s. [rout, Fr.] words uttered by mere memory without 
 meaning ; memory of words without understanding their meaning. 
 
 To ROTE, V. a. to fix in the memory without informing the 
 understanding. 
 
 RO'THER-NAILS, s. [corrupted from rudder and nails,'] nails 
 with very full heads, used in fastening the irons of rudders. 
 
 RO'THERHAM, Yorkshire, W. Riding. It has a large iron 
 manufacture, for which it has long been famous. It is seated 
 on the river Don, at its conflux with the Rother, and enjoys 
 other facilities for the carriage of its manufactures. It has some 
 handsome buildings, and is in general a good-looking place. It 
 is 160 miles from London. Market, Monday. Fairs, Whitsun- 
 day and December 1st. Pop. 5-505. 
 
 RO'THSAY, Bute, Scotland. It stands on a small bay on 
 the E. side of the island, of which it is the chief town, and is 
 most noted for an old castle that was once a royal residence. It 
 is a busy place, both in fishing, trade, and manufactures. It is 
 about 100 miles from Edinburgh. Pop. 5789. 
 
 RO'TTEN, a. corrupted or putrid. Figuratively, wanting 
 firmness, solidity, or honesty. 
 
 RO'TI'ENNESS, s. state of being rotten; putrefaction. 
 
 RO'TTENSTONE, s. in Domestic Economy, a friable, clayey 
 earth, of a light grayish brown colour, and somewhat unpleasant 
 smell, used for polishing bright ware. It is found in various parts 
 of England. 
 
 ROTTERDAM, a large, strong, handsome, and rich town, 
 capital of S. Holland, in the Netherlands. It has one of the 
 finest harbours in the kingdom, which renders it a place of great 
 trade. It is built in the usual manner of Dutch towns, and has 
 many handsome buildings. It has some manufactures also ; 
 and some valuable institutions for education and benevolence. 
 It is seated on the river Maese,30 miles from Amsterdam. Pop. 
 about 80,000. Lat. 51. 57. N. Long. 4. 25. E. 
 
 ROTU'ND, a. [rotundus, Lat.] round ; circular ; spherical. 
 
 ROTUNDIFO'LIOUS, a. [rotundus and folium, Lat.] having 
 round leaves. 
 
 ROTU'NDITY, s. [rotunditas, Lat.] the quality of being 
 round. 
 
 ROTU'NDA, «. [rotondo, Ital.] a building of a round form, 
 both on the outside and in the inside, such as the pantheon at 
 Rome. 
 
 ROUBILLIA'C, LOUIS FRANCIS, an eminent sculptor, born 
 in France, but for the greatest part of his life an inhabitant of 
 England. He produced several of the most striking monuments 
 in Westminster Abbey, such as that for the Duke of Argyle, and 
 that for Mrs. Nightingale; besides Handel's statue atVauxhall, 
 and Sir Isaac Newton s at Cambridge. He is said to have dis- 
 played a taste for poetry also. He died in 1762. 
 
 To ROVE, V. n. [loffver, Dan.] to ramble, wander, or walk 
 about without any particular determination. — v. n. to wander 
 over. 
 
 RO'VER, s. a wanderer ; a fickle or inconstant person ; a 
 robber or pirate. At rovers, in Archery, without any particular 
 aim. 
 
 ROU'EN, the capital of the department of Seine Inferieure, 
 France. It is seated on the river Seine, over which it has a fine 
 stone bridge, and a long and good bridge of boats. The streets 
 are narrow, crooked, dirty, and consist of wooden houses ; but 
 notwithstanding its disagreeable appearance, it is one of the most 
 opulent and important places in France. The public buildings 
 are very grand and elegant, especially the cathedral. The 
 linens of Rouen, particularly what are called the Siamoise, are 
 
 ROU 
 
 much esteemed ; and there are also manufactures of cloth, &e. 
 &c. It is a place of some trade, and the river forms an excellent 
 harbour. There are here several valuable institutions, and a good 
 library. It is 80 miles from Paris. Pop. about 100,000. Lat. 
 49. 27. N. Long. 1. 6. E. 
 
 ROUGE, {roye) s. [Fr.] red paint. 
 
 ROUGH, (this word, and its following compounds, pronounced 
 ruff, Asruffcast, ruffdraft, &c.) a. [hruh, hruhge. Sax.] having in- 
 equalities on the surface, opposed to smooth ; rugged ; austere, 
 applied to the taste; harsh, applied to sound; severe, rude, or 
 void of civility, applied to behaviour; hard-featured; not fin- 
 ished or polished ; coarse ; tempestuous, applied to weather. 
 
 To ROU'GHCAST, v. a. to form in an inelegant manner, with 
 inequalities on its surface; to form any thing in its first rudi- 
 ments. 
 
 ROU'GHCAST, s. a rude model ; a kind of plaster, very un- 
 even in its surface, because mixed with pebbles, &c. 
 
 ROU'GHDRAUGHT, s. a draught of a thing performed with- 
 out nicety. 
 
 To ROIJ'GHDRAW, ». a. to trace coarsely. 
 
 To ROU'GHEN, v. a. to make rough. — v. n. to grow rough. 
 
 To ROU'GH-HEW, v. a. to form in a rude manner. 
 
 ROU'GHLY, ad. with uneven surface; harshly; rudely; 
 severely. 
 
 ROU'GHNESS, s. inequality of surface ; austerity, or astrin- 
 gency of taste ; harshness of sound ; severity, or want of civility 
 or elegance of behaviour or treatment; violence of operation, 
 applied to medicine; an unpolished or unfinished state; want 
 of elegance in dress or appearance ; tempestuousness, applied to 
 weather; coarseness of features. 
 
 To ROU'GHWORK, v. a. to work coarsely over without the 
 least nicety. 
 
 ROU'NCEVAL, s. in Horticulture, a species of pea, so called 
 from Roncesvalles, a town at the foot of the Pyrenees. 
 
 ROUND, a. [rond, Fr. rondo, Ital. rimd, Belg.] cylindrical, cir- 
 cular, or spherical; orbicular; smooth, applied to the sound of 
 periods ; too great to be stated exactly, or stated without at- 
 tending to more than the higher figures, applied to quantities 
 and numbers; quick, applied to motion. Plain; without re- 
 serve ; followed by with. 
 
 ROUND, s. a circle, sphere, orb ; a rundle, or step of a ladder; 
 the time in which a thing passes through the hands of a com- 
 pany, and comes back to the first; a revolution ; a discharge of 
 musketry; a walk performed by an officer in surveying any 
 district. " In Music, a short composition, for several voices, so 
 written that each should sing the same notes, but at various 
 times, much as in a catch. 
 
 ROUND, arf. every way ; on all sides; in a circle or revolution ; 
 in a circular manner. Not in a direct line, followed by about. 
 
 ROUND, pre}^. on every side of; circularly about ; all over. 
 
 To ROUND, V. a. [rutundo, Lat.] to surround or encircle; to 
 make circular; to raise figures to a relief; to move about any 
 thing; to make smooth, applied to periods.— t). n. to grow to a 
 circular form. — [runen, Teut.] to whisper. 
 
 ROU'NDABOUT, a. ample or extensive ; indirect or loose. 
 
 ROU'NDEL, Rou'ndelay, s. [rondelet, Fr.] a kind of poetry 
 consisting of thirteen verses, eight of which are of one kind of 
 rhyme, and five of another ; it is divided into three couplets, and 
 has the beginning of the roundel repeated at the end of the se- 
 cond and third couplets in an equivocal sense, if possible. — 
 [rondelle, Fr.] a round form or figure. 
 
 ROU'NDER, s. circumference; enclosure. 
 
 ROU'NDHEADS, (roundheds) s. a nickname given during the 
 civil wars of the 17th century to the Puritans, from their 
 custom of cropping their hair round. 
 
 ROU'NDHOUSE, s. the constable's prison, in which disorder- 
 ly persons, found in the street, are confined. 
 
 KOU'NDISH,a. somewhat round ; approaching to roundness. 
 
 ROU'NDLY, ad. in a round form ; openly; plainly; briskly; 
 completely; in earnest. 
 
 ROU'NDNESS, s. circularity; sphericity; rotundity; smooth- 
 ness ; honesty ; openness. 
 
 ROUS, FRANCIS, one of the prominent persons in the Puri- 
 tan Revolution of the 17th century. He studied at Oxford, 
 entered parliament, earnestly desired the establishment of a 
 theocratic republic, and was made by the Protector one of the 
 Upper House, and provost of Eton. He yet speaketh, by the 
 
ROW 
 
 version of the Psalms, sung in the northern kirks, and gene- 
 rally used in his day ; which was intended to be an improvement 
 on Sternhold and Hopkins, but was nut. He died in 1659, aged 
 SSyears. 
 
 To ROUSE, (rouze) v. a. [see To Raise or Rise,] to wake from 
 rest ; to excite to thought or action ; to drive a beast from his 
 lair.— I), n. to awake from slumber ; to be excited to thought or 
 action. 
 
 ROUSE, (rouze) s. \rxisch, Teut.] aquantity of liquor rather too 
 great for sobriety. 
 
 ROU'SER, (rouzer) s. one who rouses. 
 
 ROUSSEAU', JEAN BAPTISTE, a French lyric poet of the 
 end of the 17th and beginning of the 18th century. He sprang 
 from humble life; but received a good education, and became 
 page or secretary to some embassies. He was afterwards ban- 
 ished, on a false charge of having written libellous verses; 
 and visited Switzerland and Vienna, when he was patron- 
 ized by Prince Eugene. He died at Brussels in 1741, aged 72 
 years. 
 
 ROUSSEAU', JEAN JACQUES, the Luther of the French 
 Revolution, according to Coleridge's eloquent historical parallel. 
 His life was one of the most extraordinary character. Born at 
 Geneva, and early losing the comfort of a home, being also 
 harshly treated by the engraver to whom he was apprenticed, he 
 acquired many evil habits, and finally left the country, to wan- 
 der about Savoy, where he was, when almost perishing, sheltered 
 and fed in a monastery. He had been introduced to the well- 
 known Madame de Warens ; and after being dismissed from the 
 convent on refusing to be a priest, he entered her service, and 
 stayed with her, with some interruptions, for about 10 years. 
 He next entered the service of the French ambassador to Venice, 
 and returning with him to Paris, became acquainted with the 
 girl Theresa Levasseur, who lived the rest of his life with him 
 as mistress and wife, and survived him. He was now intro- 
 duced to the literary circle at the metropolis ; and soon took his 
 rank with them by producing his prize essay for the Dijon Aca- 
 demy, and his comic opera of the Village Conjurer. But he was 
 obliged to resort to the miserable work of copying music, for his 
 bread ; and by this means he supported himself for the greater 
 part of his after life. His life was afterwards very unsettled, 
 chiefly because of the opposition that he awakened by his writ- 
 ings, which he now issued in rapid succession; some of which 
 were condemned to be burnt by the hangman. We find him at 
 Montmorency, in the house of Madame D'Epinay; at Geneva, 
 Chamberry, Neufchatel, England, Paris, till at last he settled at 
 Ermenonville, where he died suddenly in 1778, aged 06 j-ears. 
 Of his morals little can be said favourably; yet he saw the evil 
 of some things that he had done, and married the girl he had 
 seduced, and lamented that he had caused their offspring to be 
 sent to the foundling hospitals. His religious opinions were 
 tainted, but not corrupted by the prevalent scepticism, and he 
 separated from the Encjxlopeedists, who would have had him 
 renounce even the judgment his taste so eloquently pronounced 
 on the Scriptures, and on the character of Jesus: his taste 
 alone seems to have spoken, for his Confessions betray no con- 
 viction, no spiritual discernment, respecting the- truth of the 
 gospel. He was also, most evidently, mentally diseased ; and 
 took up a thousand unreal fancies, against which he strove, as 
 though they were not the children of his own brain. His Emile 
 contains his educational theory ; his New Ileloise, (a voluptuous 
 novel,) his theory of love and marriage ; but In his Social Con- 
 tract he developed his political dream, and it was the passionate 
 belief in that, which was the plastic force during the popular 
 and terrible days of the French Revolution, and caused him to 
 be entitled the hero-writer of that convulsive movement. He 
 also wrote his Confessions, and several other works, occupying 
 above 20 octavo volumes In all. The influence of these writings 
 is passed away, and students read with some astonishment that 
 they did actually once shake the world. 
 
 ROUT, s. \rot, Belg. route, Fr.] a clamorous or tumultuous 
 crowd. Figuratively, a clamour or bustle; confusionof an army 
 defeated. 
 
 To ROUT, V. n. to assemble in tumultuous and clamorous 
 crowds.— K. a. to defeat, or disperse by defeating. 
 
 ROUTE, s. [route, Fr.] a road ; a way. 
 
 ROW, {ro) s. [reih, Teut.] a rank or file ; a number of things 
 ranged in a line. 
 752 
 
 RUB 
 
 To ROW, (ro) V. n. [roivan. Sax.] to make a vessel move on 
 the water by oars. — v. a. to drive by oars. 
 
 ROWAN TREE, s. in Botany, a name of the mountain ash. 
 
 ROWE, ELIZABETH, a quietlst of the English order, was 
 the daughter of a Dissenting minister, and lost her husband soon 
 after her marriage; after which she lived in retirement, lighten- 
 ed only by the occasional visits of attached friends. She died in 
 1737, aged 03 years. Her Devout Exercises of the Heart is the 
 best known of her writings, and it came out under the recom- 
 mendation of Dr. Watts. 
 
 ROW'EL, (o!o pron. as in now) s. [rouelle, Fr.] the pointed 
 part of a spur which turns on an axis. In Surgery, aseton, or 
 roll of hair, silk, &c. put into a wound to promote a discharge. 
 
 To ROW'EL, ji. a. to pierce through the skin, and keep a 
 wound open by a rowel. 
 
 ROW'EN, s. a field kept up till after Michaelmas, that the corn 
 left on the ground may sprout into green. 
 
 ROWER, (rocr) s. one that rows. 
 
 ROW'LANDSON, THOMAS, a skilful caricaturist of the last 
 generation. He studied at Paris, and at the royal academy of 
 London, and died in 1827, aged 71 years. His plates of Dr. 
 Syntax's various tours are known to all, and are, perhaps, his 
 most humorous works. 
 
 RO'XBURGHSHIRE, a county of Scotland, sometimes called 
 Tevlotdale. It borders on England, and Is bounded by Berwick- 
 shire and the shires of Dumfries and Selkirk. It extends near 30 
 miles In length, and about 18 in breadth. The Cheviot hills are in 
 this county, some ofwhich are about 2000 feet high. The Tweed, 
 the Teviot, the Eden, the Liddel, &c. water it. Coal and vari- 
 ous kinds of building-stone are found here. Grazing is the chief 
 branch of farming attended to. The principal towns are Jed- 
 burgh, Kelso, Hawick, and Melross. Roxburgh, with its castle, 
 is situated near Kelso, 32 miles from Edinburgh. Pop. 042. 
 Pop. of county, 46,025. It sends one member and a moiety to 
 parliament. 
 
 ROY'AL, a. [Fr.] kingly; regal; belonging to or becoming a 
 king. Figuratively, noble ; illustrious. 
 
 ROY'ALIST, s. [Fr.] an adherent to a king. 
 
 To ROY'ALIZE, v. a. to make royal. 
 
 ROY'ALLY, ad. in a kingly manner; regally; as becomes a 
 king. 
 
 ROY'AL-OAK, in Astronomy, one of the new southern con- 
 stellations. 
 
 ROY'ALTY, s. [royalte, or royaute, Fr.] kingship; the charac- 
 ter, ofliice, state, or ensigns of a king. 
 
 To ROYNE, V. a. [rvgner, Fr.] to gnaw ; to bite. 
 
 ROY'STON CROW, s. in Ornithology, a name of the hooded 
 crow, which is of a grayish colour, except in its wings, tall, and 
 neck, which are black. Itfrequents theS. half of England during 
 the winter, but returns to the N. parts of the island in the spring. 
 
 ROY'TELET, s. [Fr.] a little or petty king. 
 
 To RUB, V. a. [rhvbio, Brit.] to clean or smooth any thing by 
 passing something over it ; to touch so as to wear off some of 
 the surface; to touch so as to leave something of that which 
 touches behind; to move one body upon another. Figuratively, 
 to hinder by collision ; to remove by friction. Used with cbmt, 
 to clean or curry. Used with tip, to excite or awaken. — v. n. to 
 fret, or wear by friction ; to get through difficulties. 
 
 RUB, s. a hinderance or obstruction ; the act of rubbing; in- 
 equality of ground which hinders a bowl in its course; a dif- 
 ficulty, or cause of uneasiness. 
 
 RU'BBISH, s. ruins of building; fragments of matter used in 
 building; a confused mass; any thing vile or worthless. 
 
 RU'BBER, s. one that passes one thing hard over the surface 
 of another; any thing used to rub with ; two games out of three; 
 a whetstone; a coarse file. 
 
 RU'BBLE-STONE,s. a kind of stone that has been rubbed or 
 worn by water. 
 
 RU'BENS, PETER PAUL, the great painter of the Flemish 
 school. Having studied under the most eminent masters of his 
 own country, he visited Italy, where he devoted himself princi- 
 pally to the study of Titian's cAefsrf'aMiTe. He was employed by 
 the Duke of Mantua, not only as an artist, but also on a particu- 
 lar embassy to Madrid, where be stayed and executed many 
 pictures of courtiers and others, and then returned. He was re- 
 called by domestic affliction to his native city, Antwerp; and 
 there he now married and settled. He visited Paris and Madrid 
 
RUF 
 
 professionally; and from Madrid went to England as an ambas- 
 sador, and received abundant honour from Charles I. He mar- 
 ried again, and not many years after died, in 1640, aged 63 
 years. His paintings are very numerous, and there are several 
 both wholly executed by himself, and also after his designs and 
 sketches, in this country. His portrait of himself is familiar, by 
 engraved copies, to most readers. He is held to have been one 
 of the greatest masters of all that can be supplied by experience 
 and study to an artist; and most of his pictures show him pos- 
 sessed of the artist's spirit also. 
 
 RU'BICAN, a. [Fr.] bay, sorrel, or black, with a light gray or 
 white on the flanks, applied to the colour of a horse. 
 
 RU'BICUND, a. [rubicmulas, from ruber, Lat. rubicoude, Fr.] in- 
 clining to redness; blood-red. 
 
 RU'BIED, a. of the colour of a ruby. 
 
 RUBI'FIC, a. [rvher and /acjo, Lat.] making red. 
 
 RU'BIFOKM, a. [ruber and/onna, Lat.] having the form of red. 
 
 To RU'BIFY, V. a. to make red. 
 
 RUBI'GINOUS, a. [rubiffo, Lat.] rusty ; foul. 
 
 RU'BIOUS, a. [riibeo, Lat.] ruddy ; red. 
 
 RU'BRIC, s. \ruhrique, Fr.] ritual or formal directions in the 
 Common Prayer and law books, so termed because originally 
 j printed with red ink. 
 ; RU'BRIC, a. red. 
 
 ^ RU'BRICATED, a. [rubricatus, Lat.] smeared with red. 
 ( RUTiY, s. [rvhsr, Lat.] in Mineralogy, a precious stone of a 
 red colour ; redness ; any thing red. 
 
 RU'BY , a. of a red colour. 
 
 RUCTATION, s. [ructo, Lat.] a belching arising from flatu- 
 lence. 
 
 RU'DDER, s. [roeder, Belg.] an instrument at the stern of a 
 vessel by which its course is governed. Figuratively, any thing 
 that guides or governs the course. 
 
 RU'DDIMAN, THOMAS, a Scottish grammarian ; who after 
 having studied at Aberdeen, became a keeper of the advocate's 
 library at Edinburgh ; and subsequently added the occupations 
 of auctioneer and printer to that work. He died in 1757, aged 83 
 years. His Rudiments of the Latin Tongue disputed the palm 
 with the Eton Latin Grammar, and deserved it quite as well. 
 It is now quite superseded. He edited various works, which 
 gained him considerable reputation. 
 
 RU'DDINESS, s. the quality of approaching to redness. 
 
 RU'DDLE, s. \rudul, Isl.] red earth. 
 
 RU'DDOCK, s. in Ornithology, a name of the red-breast. 
 
 RU'DDY, a. [rudu. Sax.] pale red ; approaching to red ; of a 
 fresh blooming colour. 
 
 RUDE, a. [rudis, Lat. rede. Sax.] rough, coarse, brutal; un- 
 civil; tumultuous; boisterous, violent, turbulent; harsh; un- 
 taught, ignorant; unpolished; rugged, or shapeless; artless, 
 inelegant; performed merely with strength. 
 
 RU'DELY, ad. in a coarse, brutal, violent, rough, boisterous, 
 or unskilful manner. 
 
 RU'DENESS, 8. want of civility, elegance, or instruction ; 
 violence ; storminess, or rigour. 
 
 RUDE'NTURE, s. [Fr.] in Architecture, the figure of a rope 
 or staff, sometimes plain, and sometimes carved, wherewith the 
 flutings of columns are usually filled up. 
 
 RU'DERARY, a. \rudero, Lat.] belonging to rubbish. 
 
 RUDERA'TION, s. in Architecture, the laying of a pavement 
 with pebbles or little stones. 
 
 RU'DIMENT, s. [Fr. rudimentum, Lat.] the first principles of a 
 science or education ; the first unpolished draught or beginning 
 of any thing. 
 
 RUDIME'NTAL, a. relating to first principles ; initial. 
 
 RUDO'LPHINE TABLES, an extensive series of astronomi- 
 cal tables constructed by Tycho Brahe and Kepler, under the 
 patronage of the Emperor Rudolph at the first, who hoped to 
 find them profitable for astrological purposes. See Kepler, 
 Brake, &c. 
 
 To RUE, v. a. [reowjlan, Sax.] to grieve, regret, or lament. 
 
 RUE, s. [rue, Fr. ruta, Lat.] in Botany, an aromatic herb, com- 
 monly grown in gardens, and often carried at funerals. 
 
 RUE'FUL, a. woeful; sorrowful. 
 
 RUE'FULLY, flrf. mournfully; sorrowfully. 
 
 RUE'FULNESS, s. sorrowfulness; mournfulness. 
 
 RUFF, ». (see Ruffle,) a linen ornament gathered and former- 
 ly worn round the neck. In Ichthyology, a small river fish, so 
 
 called from the shape of its dorsal fin; almost peculiar to the 
 Wensum, that flows through Norwich. 
 
 RUFFE, s. in Ornithology, the name of a small species of bird, 
 the female of which is called reeve ; it is allied to the woodcock, 
 &c., and the males are remarkable for their pugnacity in the 
 pairing season. 
 
 RU'FFIAN, s. Iriijiano, Ital.] a hired murderer; a robber, or 
 boisterous and mischievous fellow. 
 
 RU'FFIAN, a. brutal ; savagely boisterous. 
 
 To RU'FFLE, (n!/) v. a. [rmjffelen, Belg.] to contract into 
 wrinkles, or make rough ; to discompose, applied to the temper; 
 to surprise ; to throw together in disorder ; to contract into plaits. 
 — V. n. to grow rough or boisterous ; to flutter ; to jar. 
 
 RU'FFLE, {rufl) a. plaited or gathered linen, or any kind of 
 ornamental fringe, worn as an ornament on the wristband, &c. 
 A disturbance or commotion, applied to the mind. 
 
 RU'FTERHOOD, s. in Falconry, a hood to be worn by a hawk 
 when she is first drawn. 
 
 RUG, s. [rtigget, Swed.] a coarse nappy woollen cloth ; a coarse 
 nappy coverlet used for mean beds. 
 
 RiiGEN, an island of the Baltic, belonging to Prussia. It is 
 very rocky, and hence its coast outline is most irregular. A 
 remarkable forest, with a lake in its depths, is said to have been 
 the scene of the worship of the oldest of the Teutonic divinities. 
 Corn and cattle are produced abundantly. The fisheries are 
 also very valuable. Bergen is the chief town on it. Population, 
 about 30,000. Lat. (of Bergen) 54. 23. N. Long. 13. 35. E. 
 
 RU'GGED, a. {riig-ed) a. [rugget, Swed.] full of unevennesses 
 or inequalities on the surface; rough; without order ; savage or 
 brutal, applied to temper ; stormy or boisterous, applied to wea- 
 ther ; rough or harsh, applied to sound ; surly, applied to aspect ; 
 rough or shaggy. 
 
 RU'GGEDNESS, (rug-edness) s. the quality of being rough. 
 
 RU'GIN, s. a nappy cloth. 
 
 RU'GINE, s. [Fr.] a surgeon's rasp. 
 
 RUGO'SE, a. [ruga, Lat.] full of wrinkles. 
 
 RU'HNKEN, DAVID, a distinguished German scholar of the 
 last century. He studied at Kiinigsberg, Giittingen, and Ley- 
 den, and very early obtained considerable celebrity for his attain- 
 ments. After some travels in France and Spain, he was ap- 
 pointed to a professorship at Leyden, of which university he was 
 afterwards rector and librarian. He died in 1798, aged /5 years. 
 His works, and editions of classics, are very numerous, and are 
 amongst the most valuable for students and scholars that ap- 
 
 f)eared before the late great advances made in the science of 
 anguage. 
 
 RUTN, s. [ruina, from ruo, Lat.] the fall or destruction of 
 cities or houses ; the remains of a demolished building ; loss of 
 happiness or fortune ; destruction; mischief or bane. 
 
 To RU'IN, V. a, [ruiner, Fr.] to demolish, subvert, destroy; to 
 deprive of happiness or fortune ; to impoverish.— f. n. to fall in 
 ruins; to run to a state of decay and destruction; to be im- 
 poverished. 
 
 To RUTNATE, «. a. to destroy, demolish, or involve in poverty 
 and misery. 
 
 RUINA'TION, s. subversion, or destruction. 
 
 RU'INER, s. he that ruins. 
 
 RUTNOUS, a. fallen to decay ; pernicious ; destructive. 
 
 RU'INOUSLY', ad. in a ruinous manner; mischievously; de- 
 structively. 
 
 RULE, «. [regula, from rego, Lat.] government, empire, sway, 
 or supreme command ; an instrument by which lines are drawn; 
 a canon or precept applicable to the direction of particular 
 thoughts or actions; propriety or regularity of behaviour. In 
 Law, an order in some one of the higher courts. Jiule of Three, 
 in Arithmetic, an application of sotne of the simplest principles 
 of Proportion to commercial operations ; by which a member is 
 found that stands in the same proportion, directly or inversely, to 
 another given number, as two other given numbers stand in to 
 each other. The Double Rule of Three, is an extension of the 
 rule to the more complicated case of the discovery of a num- 
 ber, in certain proportions to 5 others, given. 
 
 To RULE, V. a, to control ; to govern with power and au- 
 thority ; k) manage ; to settle as by rule. — v. n. to exercise power 
 or authority in governing. 
 
 RU'LER, «. a governor, or one who has supreme authority or 
 command ; an instrument used in drawing lines. 
 
 5 D - 753 
 
RUN 
 
 RUM, ». a kind of spirits distilled from sugar or treacle. 
 
 To RU'MBLE, (rumbl) V. n. [ronimelen, Belg.] to make a 
 hoarse, low, continued noise. 
 
 RL'MBLER, s. the person or thing that rumbles. 
 
 RU'iVlFOKD, BENJAMIN, COUNT, whose original name 
 was Thompson, a citizen of New England, of considerable emi- 
 nence as a practical natural philosopher. In the War of Inde- 
 pendence he sided with England; and received as his reward, 
 knighthood, the secretaryship of an embassy, and at last the 
 post of under secretary of state. Subsequently he entered the 
 service of the Elector Palatine, and of the Duke of Bavaria ; 
 and by the last, for his manifold and valuable scientific services, 
 he was created Count Rumford. He afterwards returned to 
 England, when he joined in the establishment of the Royal 
 Institution ; and finally settled in France, where he died in 1814, 
 aged 62 years. His Essays, ^-c, contain many valuable sug- 
 gestions, respecting improvements in the processes of the useful 
 arts.&c, that are not even yet adopted. 
 
 RU'MINANT, a. [rumino, Lat.] having the property of chew- 
 ing the cud. In Zoology, the designation of an order of qua- 
 drupeds, including the ox, sheep, goat, deer, cameleopard, ca- 
 mel, &c. &c. 
 
 To RU'MINATE, v. n. [ruminer, Fr. rmnino, Lat] to chew the 
 cud ; to muse, or meditate ; to think on again and again. — v. a. 
 to chew over again ; to meditate over and over again. 
 
 RUMINA'TION, s. \ruminatio, Lat.] the property or act of 
 chewing the cud. Figuratively, meditation ; reflection. 
 
 To RU'MMAGE, v. a. to search, or plunder; to evacuate. — 
 V. n. to search places. 
 
 RU'MMER, s. [rmner, Belg.] a large drinking cup or glass 
 with a broad mouth. 
 
 RU'MOUR, s. [rumor, Lat. rumeur, Fr.] flying report, not well 
 established ; bruit ; fame. 
 
 To RU'MOUR, v.a. to spread a report. 
 
 RU'MOURER, s. a reporter ; a spreader of news. 
 
 RUMP, s. lrwnpff,Teat.'] the end of the back-bone; the but- 
 tocks ; tail-piece of a bird. 
 
 To RU'MPLE, {riimpl) v. a. lromjjele?i, Belg.] to wrinkle or 
 disorder. 
 
 RU'MPLE, {rihnpl) s. [hrtjmpelle, Sax.] a pucker or plait made 
 by negligence or carelessness. 
 
 RU'MSEY, a town in Hampshire, with a market on Saturday. 
 It is governed by a mayor, 6 aldermen, 12 burgesses, a town- 
 clerk, recorder, and two Serjeants at mace. Here is a large ma- 
 nufactory for shalloon. It is 74 miles from London. 
 
 To RllN, V. n. [yrnan, Sax. rinnan, Goth, rennen, Belg.] to 
 move swiftly; to have a general tendency; to discharge puru- 
 lent matter, applied to wounds ; to take a course, applied to 
 ships; to contend in a race. To run away, to make an escape, 
 or leave unexpectedly ; to stream or flow, applied to liquors ; to 
 be liquid, or melt ; to pass; to go away or vanish ; to move in 
 any direction. To be busied upon, applied to the mind, and 
 used with on ox upon. Used with over, to be exuberant, or to be 
 mentioned cursorily. Used with after, to search, to go out of 
 the way for. Followed by in with, to close or comply, to agree. 
 To run away with, to hurry without deliberation. — ». a. to melt or 
 cast, applied to metals; to hazard, risk, or venture, applied to 
 fortune. To run down, to chase till weary. Figuratively, to 
 crush or overbear. To run through, to stab or pierce with a wea- 
 pon, so that the point appears on the contrary side ; to pass 
 through. 
 
 RUN, s. the act of running; course, motion, or direction; 
 flow or cadence, applied to verse; uncontrolled course or hu- 
 mour ; long reception ; continued success. In the long run, 
 signifies the end, or at last. 
 
 RU'NAGATE, s. [renegat, Fr.] an apostate ; a deserter, fugi- 
 tive, rebel, renegado. 
 
 RU'NAWAY, s. one that flies from danger ; a fugitive. 
 
 RU'NDLE, s. a round or step of a ladder; something put 
 round an axis; a peritochium. In Botany, a composition of 
 flowers, in which a number of slender fruit-stalks proceed from 
 the same centre, and rise nearly to the same height, so as to 
 form a regular surface at the top ; as in the hemlock, carrot, &e. 
 It is more usually called an lanhel. 
 
 RU'NDLET, s. a small barrel. See Rundle. 
 
 RUNG, the pret. and past part, of To Ring. 
 
 RU'NIC, a. the name of the letters used in inscriptions, &c. 
 
 RUS 
 
 by the ancient Teutonic nations of N. Europe ; of which several 
 remarkable specimens exist in Great Britain. In the times when 
 they were used, as the most meagre scholarship was most rare, 
 those who were able to read and write them were deemed magi- 
 cians, and the letters were thought to possess magic properties. 
 
 RU'NNEL, s. a rivulet; a small brook. 
 
 RU'NNER, s. one that runs ; a racer ; a messenger ; one em- 
 ployed by a banker or newsmonger to collect money or news 
 abroad ; a shooting sprig; one of the stones of a mill. 
 
 RU'NNET, s. [gerunnen, Sax.] a liquor made by steeping the 
 stomach of a calf in hot water, and used for curdling milk. 
 Sometimes, but improperly, spelt rennet. 
 
 RU'NNION, s. a paltry, scurvy wretch, 
 
 RU'NNYMEAD, a place near Egham, in Surrey, where King 
 John was compelled to sign Magna Charta. See John, &c. 
 
 RUNT, s. [Teut.] any animal small below the natural growth 
 of its kind. 
 
 RUPEE', s. an Indian coin, value 2s. Qd. 
 
 RU'PERT, PRINCE, the son of Elizabeth, daughter of James 
 I., who married the Elector Palatine. He was exiled for exciting 
 a rebellion in Bohemia, and came to England, where Charles L 
 employed him in his army, during the Civil War. He distin- 
 guished himself by most fiery courage, and the most infatuated- 
 ly bad generalship; — lost most of the battles he fought in ; took 
 Bristol, and other towns, and then surrendered Bristol, which 
 was one of the chief causes of Charles's ruin, and which lost him 
 the king's confidence for awhile. He afterwards served in the 
 fleet, and after various adventures was defeated by Blake, and 
 sailed to the W. Indies, where he led a very piratical life for some 
 time, and at last returned to France. After the Restoration, he 
 was received by Charles II., served in the fleet with as little 
 distinction as before, and at last betook himself to the more wise 
 and useful amusement of making mezzotint plates, and little ex- 
 plosive globules of glass, called after him Prince Huperfs drops. 
 He died in 1G82, aged 63 years. 
 
 RU'PTION, s. [rumpo, Lat.] a breach. 
 
 RU'PTURE, s. [Fr.] the act of breaking; the state of a thing 
 bursting ; a breach of peace, or act of hostility. In Surgery, 
 hernia. 
 
 To RU'PTURE, V. a. to break ; to burst ; to suflTer disruption. 
 
 RU'PTURE WORT, s. in Botany, a genus of British plants, 
 used by the old herbalists as a specific for diseases in the kid- 
 neys, &c. 
 
 RU'RAL, a. [Fr. ruralis, from rus, Lat.] belonging to, existing 
 in, or resembling, the countrj'. 
 
 RURA'LITY, Ru'ralness, s. the quality of being rural. 
 
 RURI'COLIST, s. [rus and colo, Lat.] an inhabitant of the 
 country. 
 
 RURl'GENOUS, a. [rus and gigno, Lat.] born in the country. 
 
 RUSE, (ruze) s. [Fr.] cunning; artifice; little stratagem; 
 trick ; fraud ; deceit. 
 
 RUSH, s. [rise, Sax.] in Botany, a very large class of plants, 
 growing in wet and marshy places, with round long stems or 
 leaves, full of pith, and used in making brooms, mats, chair- 
 seats, and candle-wicks. Figuratively, any thing proverbially 
 worthless. 
 
 To RUSH, V. n. [hreosan, Sax.] to move violently and rapidly. 
 
 RUSH, s. a violent course or motion. 
 
 RUSH, DR. BENJAMIN, an eminent American physician. 
 He received his general education at Princeton college, and 
 studied medicine at Edinburgh and London. He was member 
 of congress for Pennsylvania, on the signing of the Declaration 
 of Independence. Subsequently he held professorships of che- 
 mistry, physic, &c. in succession, at Pennsylvania university. 
 He was also an otficer in the mint of the United States. His 
 investigations respecting the yellow fever, made his name as 
 widely and as favourably known in Europe as it was in his own 
 country. He died in 1813, aged 68 years. His writings on dif- 
 ferent medical subjects contain much that is extremely valuable. 
 
 RU'SHGRASS, s. in Botany, a genus of the grass-like plants. 
 
 RU'SH LIGHT, {riishlit) s. a candle with a rush partly stripped 
 of its bark for a wick. 
 
 RU'SHWORTH, JOHN, one of the historical collectors and 
 annalists, whose materials are amongst the most valuable" for 
 students and writers of history. He studied at Oxford, and 
 afterwards at Lincoln's Inn. But although nominally a barris- 
 ter, he seems not to have been engaged in actual pleading. He 
 
■^ 
 
RUS 
 
 introduced himself, with all the zeal of a newspaper reporter, on 
 all occasions when any thing relating to the impending struggle 
 between the crown and the parliament was in hand, and saw the 
 first Scottish invasion. He next was engaged in the service of 
 the House of Commons, in a somewhat miscellaneous way, and 
 then became secretary to General Fairfax, whom he attended 
 during his campaigns. He appeared once or twice under Crom- 
 well, and after the Restoration, but in very great necessities; 
 and died in 1690, aged about 80 years. His work is of great 
 bulk, and contains a great store of curious information respect- 
 ing his own times. 
 
 RUSHY, a. abounding with rushes; made of rushes. 
 
 RUSK, s. [t-isc, Sax.] hard biscuit made for store. 
 
 RU'SSELL, LORD WILLIAM, one of the patriots and mar- 
 tyrs to liberty, belonging to the constitutional school. He was 
 a mere youth during the Puritan Revolution, and does not ap- 
 pear in England, except as a student at Cambridge, till the Re- 
 storation. He was once called to the king's councils, but find- 
 ing that his Majesty acted without their advice, and contrary 
 to their known desire, he gave up this charge. When the ques- 
 tion aroseof excluding James, (then Duke of York,) from the suc- 
 cession, Russell was warmly in favour of it, and took the lead in 
 the attempt to effect it. This led to the revival of the state of 
 things that had caused the civil war and the death of Charles ; 
 but there were no men in England now like those of the Long 
 Parliament. An insurrection was plotted, and Russell shared in 
 the plot, hoping by that means to bar the throne against the 
 Romanist duke. Upon the information obtained of this scheme, 
 the government built the famous Rye-howe Plot; and, contrary 
 to all law and justice, convicted Russell of having contrived the 
 king's death, sentenced him to the traitor's death, and beheaded 
 him in 1683, aged 42 years. It is chiefly by the Whigs, to whose 
 earliest numbers Lord Russell belonged, that he has been held 
 up as a martyred patriot. Sidney, who fell shortly after him, 
 will be regarded as more truly one, when questions of dynasties 
 shall cease to be the all-absorbing subjects of statesmen, and 
 the advocates of a feebly-supported claimant to the throne shall 
 cease to be pronounced, therefore, the defenders of their country. 
 Lady Russell, who was first Lady Vaughan, has given something 
 of the mild beauty of her loving and courageous character to the 
 Whig patriot. She sat before him and acted as his amanuensis 
 on his trial. Her letters show that this was sincere. She sur- 
 vived him 40 years, dyin^ in 1723, aged 80 years. 
 
 RU'SSET, a. [rousset, Fr.] of a reddish brown oi 
 Coarse, rustic, or homespun. 
 
 RU'SSET, s. coarse, or country, dress. 
 
 RU'SSET, Ru'ssETiNG, s. in Horticulture, a name given to 
 several species of pears or apples, on account of their colour. 
 
 RU'SSIA, {Ri'tshia) one of the largest empires in the world, 
 extending from the shores of the Baltic, in Europe, across the 
 whole width of Asia, to the British Possessions of N. America. 
 Sweden, Prussia, Austria, and Turkey bound it in Europe ; and 
 in Asia, Turkey, Persia, Tatary, and Chinese Tatary. For par- 
 ticulars relating to Asiatic Russia, see Kamtschatka, Siberia, 
 Georgia, Circassia, &c. Russia in Hurojie is the vast and almost 
 uninterrupted plain which reaches from the countries already 
 named as the W. boundary of the empire, and the Baltic Sea, 
 to the Ural Mountains ; and from the Black Sea, to the White 
 Sea and Frozen Ocean. The only mountains, in this vast tract 
 are the Uralian chain, extending along nearly half the E. Eu- 
 ropean frontier, (see Ural Mountains,) and lesser chains in Fin- 
 land, and the peninsula at the head of the Black Sea, called the 
 Crimea. The rivers are the Volga, the Don, the Dnieper, the 
 Dniester, the Danube, the Duna, the Dwina, the Petchcora, 
 with their numerous tributaries, &c. The Black Sea, the Sea 
 of Azov, the Gulfs of Riga and Finland, the White Sea, and 
 some smaller bays of the N. Ocean, are its great marine inlets. 
 There are very many lakes in the N. W. part of this territory, 
 those of Ladoga and Onega being the largest. Gold, copper, 
 and iron, in great quantities are found in the Uralian Moun- 
 tains, with platinum and several other metals. Not much coal 
 is found; but building stone of all kinds, valuable marble, &c. 
 &c. abound. The forests of the country furnish excellent tim- 
 ber, tar, pitch, &c. Corn in immense quantities, cattle, horses, 
 &C. &c. are raised. Hides and tallow, and the product of the 
 wide and productive fisheries, are also to be numbered amongst 
 their sources of wealth. In manufactures Russia is not greatly 
 
 or gray colour. 
 
 R U Y 
 
 distinguished, unless it be for its linen and its leather. Auto- 
 cracy is the form of its government, the very existence and 
 privileges of the nobles depending on the will of the emperor. 
 The greater proportion of the population are serfs, or slaves, at- 
 tached to the soil with trees and others fixtures on the estates. 
 The army is kept in admirable discipline; but it has no spirit 
 save fear of the lash ; and exile to Siberia keeps down all aspir- 
 ations in other classes as degradingly and as surely. The police 
 espionage is most perfect ; the whole life of every man is known 
 to the government; all his words and deeds that can by any 
 means bear a suspicious construction are reported and recorded. 
 The established religion is an offset from the Greek Church; 
 but there is a certain kind of toleration shown to dissidents. 
 There are several universities, which are not inefficient for ge- 
 neral instruction, although, of course, under the control of 
 the emperor; that at Moscow is the largest: besides these 
 there are very many high schools, &c. St. Petersburg is the 
 capital ; the old capital was Moscow, whence was derived the 
 ancient name of the country, Muscovy. Pop. of the whole em- 
 pire, about 62,500,000 ; of Russia in Europe, about 48,000,000. 
 
 RUST, s. li-ust. Sax.] the red oxide of iron, produced by mois- 
 ture ; the calx or flour of any metal ; loss of power by inactivity. 
 
 To RUST, V. n. to have its surface corroded or tarnished ; to 
 degenerate or grow inactive by idleness. — v. a. to make rusty. 
 
 RU'STIC, a. [i-usticus, from rus, Lat.] rural; country; rude or 
 unpolite ; savage ; artless ; simple ; plain or unadorned. 
 
 RU'STlC, s. a clown, or unpolished countryman. In Archi- 
 tecture, a kind of building in imitation of nature, particularly 
 when the stones in the face of a building are hatched or picked 
 with the point of a hammer. 
 
 RU'STICAL, a. rough ; savage; unpolite. 
 
 RU'STICALLY, arf. savagely ; inelegantly; rudely. 
 
 To RU'STICATE, v. n. to reside in the country. — v. a. to 
 banish into the country. 
 
 RUSTl'CITY, s. [rusticitas, Lat.] the qualities of one who lives 
 in the country ; broadness of pronunciation ; rudeness of man- 
 
 ners ; rural 
 
 appe; 
 
 simplicity. 
 
 RU'STINESS, s. the quality or state of being rusty. 
 
 To RU'STLE, (rustl) V. n. [hrktlan. Sax.] to make a noise 
 like that of silk when brushing against any thing, like that of 
 trees when blown by the wind, or that of bushes when any one 
 pushes through them. 
 
 RU'STY, a. covered with' rust ; impaired by inactivity. 
 
 RU'STYBACK, s. in Botany, a genus of ferns ; some English 
 species are found in the clefts of rocks, and others in turf- 
 bogs. 
 
 To RUT, V. n. [Fr.] to have a desire of coming together, ap- 
 plied to deer. 
 
 RUT, s.lroute, Fr.] the track of a wheel worn in a road. 
 
 RUTH, BOOK OF, one of the historical writings of the Old 
 Testament, containing the narrative of the marriage of one of 
 the ancestors of David, with a young Moabitess, who had been 
 left a widow. It is one of the most affecting and graceful pas- 
 torals that are known, and gives a lively picture of the simpli- 
 city of manners at the time of the events it records. 
 
 RU'TLANDSHIRE, the smallest county of England, 15 miles 
 in length, and 11 in breadth. It is bounded by Leicestershire, 
 Nottinghamshire, Lincolnshire, and Northamptonshire. It con- 
 tains 48 parishes, and two market-towns. It yields good stone 
 for building purposes. The air is very good, and the soil rich, 
 producing excellent corn, and feeding a great number of cattle 
 and sheep. The principal rivers are the Welland and the 
 Guash, or Wash. It is well wooded, and abounds in gentle- 
 men's seat. Oakham, in the fertile vale of Catmose, is the 
 county town. Pop. 21,302. It sends two members to parlia- 
 ment. 
 
 RU'THFUL, a. rueful ; woeful ; sorrowful. 
 
 RU'THFULLY,arf. woefully; sadly; sorrowfully. 
 
 RU'THLESS, a. cruel ; pitiless ; barbarous. 
 
 RU'THLESSLY, ad. cruelly ; barbarously. 
 
 RU'THLESSNESS, s. want of pity. 
 
 RU'TTIER, s. Iroutiere, Fr.] a direction of the road, or course 
 at sea. 
 
 RU'TTISH, a. wanton or lecherous. 
 
 RU'YSDAAL, JACOB, a celebrated Dutch landscape painter. 
 His pieces are woods, groves, &c. with streams and cataracts ; 
 and their truth in design and colouring is most remarkable. 
 5 D 2 "755 
 
SAA 
 
 He painted a few sea-pieces, and executed several etchings also. 
 He died in 1681, apred 45 years. 
 
 RU'YTER, MICHAEL ADRIAN, a famous naval commander 
 of Holland, of the 17lh century. He was once beaten by Blake, 
 in the sea-fight in which he commanded with Van Tromp ; and 
 he had the advantage in an engagement with Prince Rupert 
 and Monk. He sailed up the Medway, also, and burned the 
 ships at Sheerness. He was distinguished in many other great 
 battles, and had various success; and he fell in an engagement 
 with the French, offMessina, in 1G76, aged 69 years. 
 
 RYE, s. [:ryge. Sax.] in Botany and Agriculture, a species of 
 corn, whose ear is awned like barley, and the straw filled up 
 with light pith. It grows well on light soils, and is ready for har- 
 vest earlier than otner corn. It was formerly much used as an 
 article of food amongst the poor; and makes a wholesome and 
 palatable bread, when mixed with wheat flour, but of a darkish 
 colour. Ergot of Rye is a kind of parasitical fungus, which 
 grows on the kernel of the rye, and consumes it. It is very 
 poisonous, but posse.sses the remarkable property, when exhi- 
 bited in small quantities, of stimulating the contractile power of 
 the uterus, in child-bed. 
 
 RYE, Sussex. It is one of the Cinque Ports, and has a small 
 harbour, which gives it an inconsiderable trade. It is 63 miles 
 from London. Markets, Wednesday and Saturday. Pop. 40-31. 
 
 RYE'GATE, or Rei'gate, Surrey. It has a market-house, 
 which was formerly a chapel dedicated to Thomas a Becket. It 
 is charmingly situated in the vale of Holmesdale, 21 miles 
 from London. Market, Tuesday ; and a monthly one on Wed- 
 nesday. Pop. 1604. 
 
 RYE'GRASS, s. in Botany, a sort of grass resembling rye. 
 
 RY'LAND, WILLIAM WYNNE, an eminent engraver of the 
 last century, who introduced a peculiar kind of engraving into 
 England, in which the lines are not continuous, but consist of 
 series of dots, which gives a very soft appearance to the print. 
 He was afterwards found guilty of passing a forged bill, but it 
 was not proved that he had committed the forgery ; and he was 
 executed in 1783, aged 51 years. 
 
 RY'MER, THOMAS, a learned antiquary, who studied at 
 Cambridge and Gray's Inn, and became eventually historiogra- 
 pher royal. His great work, which is of the greatest v.ilue to 
 students of history, is his collection of public treaties, conven- 
 tions, &c., between the kings of England and other sovereigns, 
 known as Rymer's Fcedera. Some other valuable historic col- 
 lections are unpublished. He died in 1713, aged about 75 
 years. 
 
 RY'SBRACK, JOHN MICHAEL, an eminent Dutch sculptor 
 of the last century. He came to this country early in life, and 
 gained, in time, considerable reputation by his various works ; 
 several of the best of which are in Westminster Abbey and 
 other public places, but the greater number are to be found in 
 private collections. He died in 1770, aged 77 years. 
 
 C IS the eighteenth letter of our alphabet. It is a dental sibi- 
 *^ lant. In the beginning of a word, s has invariably its natural 
 and g»nuine sound, except in the caseof the words sure and sw^ar; 
 in the middle of it, it is sometimes pronounced like z; as, rose, 
 prose, rosy, easier, miser, nosel, resident, busy, &c. In the end of 
 monosyllables it sometimes sounds like s, as in this, thus, he,., 
 and .sometimes like z, as in as, has, is, his, &c., and generally 
 where es stands in verbs for eth, as yives. In some words it is 
 silent, as in isle, viscount, &c. At the end of some words it 
 is doubled ; as in brass, kiss, hss, mass, trespass, &c. In abbre- 
 viations, S. stands for societas, or socius ; as F. R. S. for Fellow of 
 the Royal Society. In Medicinal prescriptions S. A. signifies 
 secundum artem, i. e. according to the rules of art. Used as a 
 numeral, S anciently denoted seven. In books of Navigation, 
 S. stands for south ; S. E. for south-east ; S. W. for south- 
 west, &c. 
 
 SAADI', one of the great Persian poets, whose works have 
 been made familiar to Europe and England by numerous trans- 
 lations. He lived a most varied life ; he was a soldier for some 
 time, and had the hard fate to be taken prisoner by some of the 
 Christian troops ; for many years he travelled, and thus became 
 acquainted with the manners and customs of various nations, 
 756 
 
 and the latter part of his life was spent as an anchorite and 
 writer. He died in 1291, aged 116 years. His great poems are 
 the Gulistan, (or garden of Roses,) and the Boston; bis minor 
 poetns are very numerous. 
 
 SA'BA, one of the W. Indian islands, lying immediately N. 
 of St. Eustatia, between St. Cront and St. Bartholomew. It is 
 a small island, not being more than 9 miles round its coast, and 
 is very rocky, and has no harbour. Cotton and fruits are grown 
 in a small part of the interior. It belongs to the Dutch. Pop. 
 above 1000. Lat. 17. 40. N. Long. 63. 20. W. 
 
 SA'BAISM, s. the worship of the heavenly bodies, which pre- 
 vailed at a very early period in S. W. Asia. 
 
 SA'BBATH, s. [sabbath, Heb.] amongst the Jews, the rest 
 from all secular occupations, observed by Divine command on 
 the seventh day of the week. This name is applied, but incor- 
 rectly, to the Lord's day, or the first day of the week ; on which, 
 from the beginning, religious assemblies amongst Christians 
 have been held, to commemorate the resurrection of our Lord 
 Jesus Christ. Intermission of pain or sorrow ; time of rest. 
 
 SA'BBATH-BREAKER, s. amongst the Jews, one that vio- 
 lates the sabbath. 
 
 SABBA'TICAL, a. resembling the sabbath ; enjoying or bring- 
 ing intermission of labour. 
 
 SA'BBATISM, s. the observance of the sabbath. 
 
 SABE'LLIANISM, s. in Theology, a representation of the 
 doctrine of the Trinity, which derives its name from an ec- 
 clesiastic of Ptolemais, Africa, of the 3rd century, named 8a- 
 bellius, who was included amongst the heretics designated Pa- 
 tripassians. He taught that there was but one God, of whom the 
 Father, Son, and Spirit were different names, representing the 
 different relations in which he stood to man. He had many fol- 
 lowers, and has to this day those who advocate his opinions. 
 The arguments and reasonings employed for and against this 
 representation, show how impossible it" is to investigate subjects 
 of so lofty and mysterious a nature as that of the being of God, 
 by the aid of school logic ; and the total absence of dogmatic 
 formulas in the New Testament, whilst every representation 
 that is available for the intended effect is used by the sacred 
 writers, should teach caution against the ascription to the 
 formula we may hold by of the authority of a direct revelation 
 from heaven. . 
 
 SA'BINE, s. [Fr. sabina, Lat.] in Botany, a plant, the same 
 with savin. 
 
 SA'BINES, an ancient tribe of Italy, dwelling in the neigh- 
 bourhood of Rome, and united with Rome at a very early period 
 of its history. According to the legendary tales of the kings, 
 Tatius, who reigned conjointly with Romulus, was a Sabine, 
 as was Numa Pompilius, the second king. Their original seat 
 was in the neighbourhood of Amiternum, and they were closely 
 connected with the Sabelli and Samnites. They worshipped the 
 god of war and death under the symbol of a javelin. 
 
 SA'BLE, {sdbl) s. [zibella, Lat.] in Zoology, a black species of 
 weasel which inhabits the northern parts of Asia and America. 
 Their furs are esteemed more valuable than that of any other 
 animal. 
 
 SA'BLE, (srfW) fl. |;Fr.] black. 
 
 SA'BLIERE, s. [Fr.] is a piece of timber as long, but not as 
 thick, as a beam; a sand pit. 
 
 SA'BRE, (sdber) s. [Fr.] a curved sword ; a faulchion. 
 
 SABULO'SITY, s. [sabulum, Lat.] sandiness ; grittiness. 
 
 SA'BULOUS, a. sandy or gritty. 
 
 SACCA'DE, {sakkdde) s. [Fr.] a violent check given to a horse, 
 by tightening the reins very suddenly. 
 
 SA'CCHARINE, (sakkarine) a. [saecliarum, Lat.] possessing 
 the taste or any other qualities of sugar. 
 
 SACCHE'TTI, FRANCIS, an Italian novelist and poet of the 
 14th century. He filled .some of the first offices in the republic 
 of Florence. He imitated Boccacio in his novels, and Petrarch 
 in his lyric poems, but the latter have never been printed. His 
 tales have often been printed, and are especially valuable, as a 
 history of the manners of his age. He died in about 1400, aged 
 about 70 years. 
 
 SA'CCHI, ANDREA, an eminent painter of the Rom^n 
 school, in the 17th century. He studied under Albano, and was 
 honoured by the patronage of Urban VIII., and others of the 
 great and wealthy men ot the age. Many of his works remain 
 in the churches and galleries of Rome, and are admired for their 
 
SAC 
 
 harmony of colour, design, &c. He died in 1664, aged 70 
 jears. 
 
 SACCHOLA'CTIC, a. in Chemistry, belonging to mucus or 
 gum. 
 
 SA'CCHOLATES, s. in Chemistry, salts formed by the com- 
 bination of any base with saccholactic acid. 
 
 SACERDOTAL, a. [sacerdos, Lat.] belonging to priesthood ; 
 priestly. 
 
 SA'CHEL, Sa'tchel, s. a small leather bag or strap, used by 
 children to carry their books in. 
 
 SA'CHEM, s. a name given to the chief anjong the N. Ame- 
 rican Indian tribes. 
 
 SACHE'VERELL, DR. HENRY, an English clergyman, who 
 in Queen Anne's reign made a great stir, and acquired noto- 
 riety, by attempting to revive the high-church notions of Laud 
 and the Non-jurors. He was an Oxford man, and held situations 
 at St. Saviour's, Southwark (where his incendiary sermons were 
 preached); at Salatin, in Shropshire; and St. Andrew's, Hol- 
 born ; which were given him bj' admirers of his zeal. An ill- 
 advised impeachment, and trial, by the House of Commons, gra- 
 tified his appetite for fame; which his abilities and eloquence 
 would never have acquired. And the opinions of the queen, 
 and the burning of his sermons by the hangman, made him a 
 sort of champion of a party then verging towards its nadir, in 
 the state. He died in l724, aged about 50 years. 
 
 SACHS, HANS, one of the meister-singers, or popular poets of 
 Germany, in the earlier part of the IClh century. He was a 
 shoemaker by trade ; but after he had acquired the art of verse- 
 making, and admission to the guild of bards, he devoted him- 
 self to that calling, wandering from city to city, and singing his 
 hymns in the churches. He was a Protestant, and wrote in 
 praise of the Reformation. His works, which consist of plays, 
 sonnets, fables, merry tales, &c. &c., are very numerous, and 
 the taste and refinement of them not remarkable ; but they were 
 admired by the people, and played no mean part in instructing 
 them in the new faith. His real name was Loutzdorffer, and he 
 died in 1576, aged 82 years. 
 
 SACK, s. [sak, Heb. sakkos, Gr. saccus, Lat. sac, Fr. sach, Brit. 
 sac. Sax. saco. Port. &c. &.C.] a large bag; the measure of three 
 bushels ; a loose robe worn by a woman. — [sec, Fr.j a kind of 
 sweet wine. — [sacar. Span.] the act of storming, plundering, or 
 pillaging a town ; pillage or plunder. 
 
 To SACK, V. a. to put up in bags ; to take by storm ; to plun- 
 der, pillage, lay waste, or destroy. 
 
 SA'CKBUT, s. [sacabztche. Span, samhuca, Lat. samhuqiie, Fr.] 
 a musical instrument of the wind kind, resembling a trumpet in 
 its use, but differing from it in form and size. 
 
 SA'CKCLOTH, s. coarse cloth of which sacks are make, for- 
 merly worn in times of public fasting and lamentation. 
 
 SA'CKER, s. one that takes and pillages a town. 
 
 SA'CKPOSSET, s. a posset made of milk, sack, and some 
 other ingredients. 
 
 SA'CKVILLE, GEORGE, LORD, an English soldier and 
 statesman of the last century. He was the third son of the first 
 Duke of Dorset, and studied at Dublin. In the army he fought 
 at Dettingen and Fontenoy, with distinction ; but failing to 
 obey his superior's orders at Minden, he fell into disgrace, and 
 was dismissed from the service. Subsequently, he held the office 
 of colonial secretary, under Lord Bute, during the American 
 war. On succeeding to the estates of Lady Germaine, he took 
 that name, and died in 1785, aged 09 years. Some persons 
 ascribed to him the authorship of the Letters of Junius. 
 
 SA'CRAMENT, s. [sacrement, Fr. sacramentum, Lat.] an oath 
 or any other ceremony producing a strong and lasting obligation. 
 In the Churches of Rome and England, a symbolical rite, by 
 which profoundly spiritual truths are represented as in a mys- 
 tery ; and by partaking in which, spiritual grace and strength 
 is alleged to be imparted. In the Roman Church there are 
 seven sacraments, viz. baptism, confirmation, the eucharist, 
 marriage, orders, penance, and extreme unction. In the Eng- 
 lish Church, two, viz. baptism, the sacrament of regeneration, 
 and the Lord's supper, or the sacrament of spiritual life, are 
 specially distinguished by this name. In almost all other com- 
 munions it is disused. 
 
 SACRAME'NTAL, a. [sacramentel, Fr.] belonging to the sa- 
 crament. 
 
 SACRAME'NTALLY, ad. after the manner of a sacrament. 
 
 SAD 
 
 SA'CRED, a. [sacre, Fr. sacer, Lat.] set apart for holy uses ; 
 consecrated ; holy ; inviolable. 
 
 SA'CREDLY, arf. inviolably; religiously. 
 
 SA'CREDNESS, s. holiness; sanctity. 
 
 SACRl'FlC,a. [sacrificus, Lat.] employed in sacrifice. 
 
 SACRI'FICABLE, a. capable of being offered in sacrifice. 
 
 SACRIFICA'TOR, s. [sacrificateur , Fr. sacer and facio, Lat.] 
 sacriticer ; offerer of sacrifice. 
 
 ToSA'CRIFICE, f. a. {sacrijker, Fr.] to offer any thing to 
 Heaven ; to destroy or give up for the sake of something else ; to 
 kill ; to devote with loss. — v. n. to make offerings to God. 
 
 SA'CRIFICE, s. [Fr.] the act of offering to Heaven ; any thing 
 offered to Heaven ; any thing destroyed or quitted for the sake 
 of something else ; any thing destroyed. 
 
 SA'CRIFICER, s. one that sacrifices. 
 
 SACRIFI'CIAL, {sacrifishial) a. performing sacrifice; belong- 
 ing to sacrifices. 
 
 SA'CRILEGE, s. [Fr. sacer and lego, Lat.] the crime of tak- 
 ing any thing dedicated to Divine worship, or profaning any 
 thing sacred. 
 
 SACRILE'GIOUS, a. polluted with the crime of sacrilege; 
 violating things sacred. 
 
 SACRILE'GIOUSLY,a(/. profanely ; in a sacrilegious manner. 
 
 SA'CRIST, Sa'gristan, *. [sacristain, Fr.] in the Church of 
 Rome, one that has the charge or care of the sacred utensils. 
 
 SA'CRISTY, s. [sacristie, Fr.] an apartment wliere the conse- 
 crated vessels are kept ; a vestry. 
 
 SA'CY, BARON SILVESTRk DE, an eminent Oriental scho- 
 lar of France. He studied at home, under the care of his wi- 
 dowed mother, and at an early age was acquainted with several 
 of the Oriental languages, as well as the usual classical and mo- 
 dern tongues, that form part of a finished education. Before he 
 was 30, he had attracted attention by his writings andacquired 
 the beginning of his fame. During the Revolution he was made 
 Professor of Arabic, at Paris ; under the empire. Professor of 
 Persian ; after the restoration of the Bourbons, he was enno- 
 bled, and entered the Chamber of Deputies, and by Louis Phi- 
 lippe he was raised to the peerage. He died in 1838, aged 80 
 years. His works are very numerous, and valuable to Oriental 
 scholars, amongst which, as most valuable, may be mentioned 
 his Arabic Orammar. He published the text and translations of 
 several celebrated Eastern poems, &c. 
 
 SAD, a. [sagged. Sax.] full of sorrow; melancholy; gloomy; 
 grave ; serious ; calamitous ; afflictive ; dark, applied to colour ; 
 heavy; weighty. 
 
 To SA'DDEN, (sddn) v. a. to make sorrowful, melancholy, or 
 gloomy; to darken ; to make cohesive, applied to land. 
 
 SA'DDLE, (sadl) s. [sadl, Sax. sadel, Fr.] the seat put on a 
 horse's back for a person to sit on. 
 
 To SA'DDLE, {sadl) v. a. to cover with, or put on, a saddle. 
 Figuratively, to load or burden. 
 
 SA'DDLEBACKED, a. hunch-backed, applied to men ; hav- 
 ing the back low, and the head and neck raised, applied to a 
 horse. 
 
 SA'DDLER, Sa'ddlemaker, s. one that makes saddles. 
 
 SA'DDUCEES, a delslical sect amongst the ancient Jews, who 
 rejected the belief in the existence of spirits and of a future 
 life. They were the freethinkers of Romanized Judea, and 
 stood in direct opposition to the Pharisees; with whom they, 
 nevertheless, combined in opposing our Lord, and the early 
 preachers of Christianity. They received the law of Moses as 
 authoritative, but not as expounded by the traditions of the 
 elders, and did not refuse the other books of the Old Testament. 
 The doctrine of Providence was also consistently rejected by 
 them. Greater part of their peculiar tenets were afterwards 
 dropped. 
 
 SA'DLY, ad. miserably ; mournfully. 
 
 SA'DNESS, s. the state of a person in affliction; melancholy 
 look; dejection of mind ; seriousness, or sedate gravity. 
 
 SADOLE'TO, JACOPO, one of the distinguished scholars of 
 the age of Leo X. He studied atFerrara and Rome, entered the 
 Church, and was soon appointed secretary by Leo, with the gift 
 of a bishopric also. Clement VII. also appointed Sadoleto his 
 secretary, but he resigned his oflice before the sack of Rome by 
 the troops of Constable Bourbon. By Paul III. he was made a car- 
 dinal, and employed in various diplomatic engagements. He 
 died in 1547, aged 70 years. His works were elegant compo- 
 
 - 757 
 
SAH 
 
 sitioDS, and aided in the revival of learning, and his character 
 added to the influence of his writings in fhe age when he was 
 known and esteemed. 
 
 SAFE, a. Isauf, Fr. salvus, Lat.] free from danger, hurt, or 
 loss ; secure. 
 
 SAFE,s. a place to put victuals in free from mice, &c. ; a pan- 
 try; a buttery. 
 
 SAFECO'NDUCT, s. a guard through an enemy's country ; 
 convo}' ; a pass. 
 
 SA'FEGUARD, s. defence or security from danger ; a convoy ; 
 a pass, or warrant to pass. 
 
 SA'FELY,arf. with safety. 
 
 SA'FENESS, s. the quality of being free from danger. 
 
 SA'FETY, s. freedom from danger or hurt; custody, or the 
 state of being secured from escaping. 
 
 SA'FFRON, «. [safran, Fr. saphar, Arab.] in Botany, a flower 
 resembling the crocus, which is used in medicine, and for tinc- 
 turing any thing yellow. &e Crocus. 
 
 SA'FFRON, a. yellow, or of the colour of saffron. 
 
 SA'FFRON-WALDEN. See Walden. 
 
 To SAG, V. n. to hang heavy. — v. a. to load. 
 
 SAGA'CIOUS, {sagdshimis) a. [sa^ax, Lat.] quick of scent or 
 thought ; acute in making discoveries. 
 
 SAGA'CIOUSLY, (sagdshiouslt/) ad. with quick scent; with 
 acuteness of penetration. 
 
 SAGA'CIOUSNESS, (sagasMousness) s. the quality of being 
 sagacious. 
 
 SAGA'CITY, 8. [sar/ax, Lat.] quickness of scent; acuteness 
 of discovery, or apprehension. 
 
 SA'GAMORE, s. a king or supreme ruler among the N. Ame- 
 rican Indians. 
 
 SAGE, s. [sauffe, Fr.] in Botany, an herb used in cooking. 
 
 SAGE-, a. [Fr.] wise, grave, prudent, discreet. 
 
 SAGE,s. a person of gravity and wisdom. 
 
 SA'GELY, arf. gravely; prudently. 
 
 SA'GENESS, s. wisdom; gravity. 
 
 SAGHA'LIEN, a large island of Asia, lying E. of Chinese 
 Tatary, and forming the N. boundary of the Sea of Japan. 
 It extends from the boundary of Siberia and Tatary, by the 
 mouths of the river Amur, where it nearly touches the mainland, 
 700 miles, to the island of Jesso, from which it is divided by the 
 Straits of La Perouse. It is extremely narrow, and its outline 
 is rendered remarkable by several deeply indented bays and 
 acute promontories. But little is known of its interior. 
 
 SAGFTTA, in Astronomy, the Arrow or Dart, a constellation 
 of the northern hemisphere, near the Eagle. 
 
 SAGI'TTAL, (sagittal) a. [sagitta, Lat.] belonging to an arrow. 
 In Anatomy, applied to a suture of the head, resembling an 
 arrow. 
 
 SA'GITTARIUS, s. [Lat.] in Astronomy, the name of one of 
 the southern signs of the zodiac, which the sun enters on the 
 22nd of November. 
 
 SA'GO, s. in Commerce, &c., the farinaceous pith of a kind 
 of palm, growing in the E. Indies. It undergoes considerable 
 preparation before it is exported. It is a most nutritious kind of 
 food for invalids, &c. 
 
 SA'H ARA, or Za'hara, the name of the Great Desert of Africa, 
 which occupies the whole of the interior of the N. part of that 
 continent. It reaches from the fertile valley of the Nile, with 
 few interruptions, to the Atlantic Ocean ; and from the range of 
 Atlas, and the borders of Tripoli and Barca, to the Mountains 
 of Soudan and the Mountains of the Moon. At the lowest com- 
 putation its area is about 2,500,000 square miles. Lake Tchad, 
 the River Quorra, and the river that runs from the Lake into 
 the Quorra, are, with the exception of, occasionally, pools and 
 small streams, the only irrigants of this immense tract. It is an 
 ocean of sand, and, except in the neighbourhood of the rivers, 
 and in the small spots round the pools, almost wholly destitute of 
 even the traces of vegetation. Travelling here is extremely dan- 
 gerous, for beside the heat, and utter want of all supplies, ex- 
 cept at long distant intervals, the wind often raises the light 
 sand in huge whirling pillars in the air, which could bury whole 
 caravans beneath them. The neighbourhood of the Quorra 
 and the greater oases are inhabited by very fierce and rude negro 
 tribes, especially in the region S. of the river. Timbuctoo is a 
 city ot some extent in the very heart of this waste; but a ca- 
 ravan r^ute exists between it and Morocco, along which some 
 758 
 
 SAI 
 
 kind of barbaric traffic is kept up. Another route leads from 
 Kano,in S&udan, to Tripoli. The camel is the only beast capable 
 of making such journeys as these. Lions, panthers, antelopes, 
 gazelles, ostriches, vultures, and a few other animals are found ; 
 but not over all the region. Acacias, (which yield gum arabic,) 
 and mimosas, are the principal vegetation of the bushy tracts 
 which occur on the borders. Amongst the most remarkable 
 productions of this desert, are extensive beds of salt, three of 
 which are known, and visited bj' commercial adventurers. 
 Natron lakes also occur. Many fulgurites have been found by 
 travellers, and masses of meteoric iron. The sand of the desert 
 is chiefly white and gray quartz powder, but the origin and 
 history of it cannot be divined in our present state of inform- 
 ation. 
 
 SA'IC, s. \saica, Ital. sdique, Fr.] a Turkish vessel used in car- 
 rying merchandise. 
 
 SAID, pret. and past part, of To Say. 
 
 SAIL, s. [sef/l. Sax. seyl, Belg.] a sheet made of canvass, and 
 attached to a spar of wood, or a rope, so that it should catch the 
 wind, and by that means secure the propulsion of the vessel. 
 Also, a long and narrow surface formed by a canvass sheet or by 
 movable vanes, so arranged on an arm or beam that when acted 
 on by the wind it imparts a rotatory motion to mill machinery : 
 4 or are commonly used. Figuratively, a wing ; a ship or 
 vessel. To strike sail, is to lower the sail ;. and to confess infe- 
 riority. 
 
 To SAIL, V. n. to move by means of sails; to pass by water; 
 to swim; to pass along smoothly. — v. a. to pass by means of 
 sails ; to pass throuo;h. 
 
 SAILING, s. in Navigation, the practical rules for determin- 
 ing the place of a vessel during her voyage, and the distance 
 passed over in anytime. Parallel sailing \s the rule, when the 
 ship's course is along any parallel of latitude; Great circle sail- 
 ing, when it is along any circle that divides the globe into two 
 equal parts, as a meridian, or the equator ; 3fercatm's sailing, 
 when the vessel is continually changing both its latitude and 
 longitude ; Middle latitude sailing, is another rule for the same 
 case. There are other rules which apply to sailing by traverses, 
 or a succession of tacks against a head wind ; to the effects of 
 a current, &c. &c. But all these rules depend on the principles 
 of trigonometry, and cannot well be popularly explained. 
 
 SAILOR, s. a seaman. 
 
 SATLYARD, s. the pole on which the sail is extended. 
 
 SAINT, «. [sanctus, Lat.] a person eminent for holiness ; a per- 
 son canonized by the Romish Church. 
 
 To SAINT, r. a. to number or reckon among the saints; to 
 canonize. — v. n. to act with a show of piety. 
 
 SAINT AUGU'STINE, a city of Florida, United States. It 
 stands on a peninsula, fronting Matanzas Sound, which is an 
 excellent and spacious harbour. It is regularly built, and has 
 some fine houses and public edifices. The harbour is com- 
 manded by a strong fort. The mildness of the climate makes it 
 a favourite resort of invalids. It is 880 miles from Washington. 
 Pop. 2549. 
 
 SAINT CLA'IR, a lake in N. America, lying between Lake 
 Huron and Lake Erie, about 24 miles long, and 30 wide ; also 
 the broad river uniting the Lake with Lake Huron. 
 
 SAINT CROl'X, a river of Maine, United States, forming the 
 boundary between the States and the British Possessions. It 
 has several falls in its course, and is navigable for 12 miles from 
 its mouth. Also a river and lake in Wisconsin, United States, 
 the waters of which run into the Mississippi. 
 
 SATNTED, a, holy ; reckoned among the saints. 
 
 SA'INTFOIN, Sa'infoin, «. [Fr.] in Botany, a genus of plants, 
 of which there is but one species, viz. thecock's-head saintfoin,a 
 native of England. It has winged leaves, prickly shells con- 
 taining one seed, and red blossoms. It is cultivated like clover 
 for feeding cattle, and is particularly advantageous in dry hilly 
 situations and chalky soils. 
 
 SAINT HILA'IRE, GEOFFROY STEPHEN, a distinguished 
 French anatomist and natural historian. He studied in the 
 college of Navarre, and acquired such a reputation for his skill 
 and ability, that he received an appointment in the Jardinjdes 
 Plantes, and ultimately shared the Zoological Professorship with 
 Cuvier. In after years he was professor of anatomy at Paris. 
 On the Restoration of the Bourbons he became a member of the 
 Chamber of Deputies. During his life he travelled to Egypt, 
 
SAL 
 
 (with the expedition under Buonaparte,) and to Portugal, 
 he died in 1844, aged 72 years. His works are very numer 
 
 nd 
 numerous, 
 and are amongst the most valuable of modern natural history. He 
 deserves particular mention as being the first to apply system- 
 atically to the animal frame, the idea of Motyphologij, which had 
 been so successfully developed by the poet Goethe with respect 
 to plants. 
 
 St. JAMES'S WORT, s. in Botany, a species of groundsel. 
 
 St. JOHN'S VVOKT, s. in Botany, several species of tutsan go 
 by this name. 
 
 SAINT LOU'IS, a city of Missouri, United States. It stands 
 on the Mississippi, and is chiefly built on the second bank of 
 the river, which is 40 feet higher than the first. It is very 
 regularly planned, and contains many handsome buildings, 
 amongst which the cathedral deserves particular mention. 
 There are three excellent colleges here, with libraries, museums, 
 &c. &c. It is admirably situated for trade, commanding not only 
 all the far west, whence are brought furs, &c., but also all the com- 
 merce of the Mississippi, Illinois, Ohio, and Missouri, to the N. 
 of it. It is 1132 miles from New Orleans, which alone surpasses 
 it in that part of the States. It is 808 miles from Washington. 
 Pop. 1«,4()9, of whom 1531 are slaves. 
 
 SA'INTLY, ad. like a saint ; becoming a saint. 
 
 SAINT PIERRE, JACQUES BERNARDIN HENRI DE, 
 a French writer, who was first a military engineer, and served 
 for some time in Russia, and who, passing safely through the 
 Revolutionary storm, received various honours from Buonaparte 
 and his brother Joseph. He died in 1814, aged 83 years. His 
 Paul and Virginia is the most widely known of his works, and 
 is the apotheosis of the prudery which, when virtue was un- 
 known, was supposed to belt. His Studies of Nature contsAxi many 
 instructive observations and reflections, but also too many fan- 
 ciful theories to be of any real value to a naturalist. 
 
 SAINT SALVADO'R, a city of Bahia, Brazil. It stands on 
 the strait leading to All Saints' Bay, and has some fine build- 
 ings, though it is in general a poor place. The harbour is good, 
 and it is a place of considerable trade. There is a college here, 
 which has a tolerable reputation. Pop. about 200,000. Lat. 12. 
 57. S. Long. 38. 30. W. It is commonly called Bahia. 
 
 SA'INT'S DAY, s. in the Churches of Rome and England, 
 the day on which the birth, death, &c. of a canonized person 
 are commemorated. 
 
 SA'INTSHIP, s. the character or qualities of a saint. 
 
 SAINT SIMON, CLAUDIUS HENRY, COMTE DE, the 
 founder of the new social scheme called after him Saint Simoni- 
 anisra, which enjoyed for a time great favour amonst the specu- 
 lative and philanthropic of France. The nobleness of labour ; 
 the abjuration of all property, as a robbery committed on society 
 by individuals ; and some similar doctrines, were the basis of the 
 scheme. It was superseded by Communitarianism, as taught 
 by Fourier, but not without having produced a deep impression 
 on the nation. St. Simon wrote in explication and defence of 
 his views ; and died in 1825, and G5 years. See Socialism. 
 
 SAKE, 8. [sac. Sax. Siscke, Belg.] final cause, end, or purpose ; 
 regard to any person or thing. 
 
 SA'KER, s. anciently, a small sort of cannon. 
 
 SALA'CIOUS, {sabishious) a. [salax, Lat.] lustful. 
 
 SALA'CIOUSLY, (salAshiomly) ad. lecherously ; lustfully. 
 
 SALA'CITY, ». [saladtas, Lat.] lust ; lechery. 
 
 SA'LAD, s. [salade, Fr.] herbs which are eaten raw. 
 
 SA'LADIN, or Sai^h-ed-deen, the famous sultan of Egypt. 
 He was a Kurd by nation, and rose by his great military skill 
 under Nourredin to be, on the death of the last Fatimide caliph 
 of Egypt, the lord of that country. Having established him- 
 self on the throne, he advanced to the subjugation of Syria, 
 and not only took from the caliph the greater part of that ter- 
 ritory, but also overthrew, at the fatal battle of Tiberias, the 
 Frank kingdom of Jerusalem. He was next engaged in oppos- 
 ing the 3rd crusade, in which he lost Acre, and was defeated at 
 Ascalon by the fiery valour of the English king. But the weak- 
 ness and divisions of the crusading army saved his cause, a 
 truce was concluded, and soon afterwards Saladin died, in 1193, 
 aged 56 years. The chivalric character of this chief, commonly 
 called, in old ballads, the Soldan, was always celebrated ; and 
 in all the humanities of the times, he seems to have been at 
 least equal, if not superior to, the Lion-hearted king. 
 
 SALAMA'NCA, an ancient, large, handsome, rich, and 
 
 SAL 
 
 populous city of Spain, capital of a province of the same name. 
 It has a famous university, consisting of 24 handsome colleges. 
 It is adorned with magnificent ecclesiastical buildings, a large 
 public square, fine fountains, and every thing else that can con- 
 tribute to the beauty and commodiousness of a city. The schools 
 form a noble mass of buildings. The cathedral is one of the 
 handsomest in Spain, and has a fine steeple. It is seated partly 
 in a plain, and partly on hills, and is surrounded by a wall. The 
 river Tormes, which washes its walls, has a bridge over it 300 
 paces long, built by the Romans; and without the walls is a 
 fine Roman causeway. It is 153 miles from Madrid. Pop. about 
 20,000. Lat. 41. 8. N. Long. 5. 16. W. 
 
 SALAMA'NDER, s. \salamandre, Fr. salatnandra, Lat.] in fa- 
 bulous Natural History of the middle ages, a kind of lizard, 
 very poisonous, and capable of living in the hottest fire. 
 The Florentine artist, Benvenuto Cellini, almost alone amongst 
 non-professionals, has said that he had seen it ; and he would 
 have forgotten it, but for a box on the ears given him by his 
 father to impress it on his memory. The name is now given, 
 having no other legitimate possessors, to a family of frogs, who 
 rejoice in a cooler element than did Cellini's Salamander. 
 
 SALAMA'NDRlNE,a. resembling a salamander. 
 
 SAL-AMMO'NIAC, s. in Trade, a combination of ammonia 
 with the muriatic acid. 
 
 SA'LARY, s. [salaire, Fr. solarium, from sal, Lat.] stated hire; 
 annual or periodical payment. 
 
 SALE, s. [saal, Belg.] the act of selling; market, or vent; 
 price ; a public or proclaimed exposition of goods by auction or 
 at a market. 
 
 SALE, GEORGE, an eminent Orientalist of this country, of 
 the beginning of the last century. He wrote parts of the Uni- 
 versal Ilistonj, and of the General Dictionary ; but his chief work 
 was a translation of the Koran from the Arabic, with an intro- 
 ductory Essay on its doctrines, style, history, commentators, 
 &c., both of which are of great value to such as cannot refer 
 to the original sources of information. He died in 1736, aged 
 56 years. 
 
 SA'LEABLE, a. fit to be sold. 
 
 SA'LEABLENESS, s, fitness for sale. 
 
 SA'LEBROUS, a. [salehrosus, Lat.] rugged ; uneven. 
 
 SA'LEM, a city of Massachusetts, United Slates. It stands 
 on a tongue of land between two inlets, called North and South 
 Rivers. Over the former is a bridge, more than 1500 feet long, 
 and the latter is the harbour. It is well, but irregularly, built, 
 and has some fine public edifices and institutions. It is sup- 
 plied by an aqueduct with water; and has a large and hand- 
 somely planted public square, about 10 acres in extent, on the 
 N. side of it. Its trade and manufactures have been surpassed 
 by other towns, more favourably situated, in late years ; but it is 
 not of inconsiderable importance. It is 454 miles from Wash- 
 ington. Pop. 15,082. There are no fewer than 39 other places 
 in the Union called by this name; one of which, in North 
 Carolina, is a Moravian village, and has a celebrated female 
 academy for that denomination, and a pop. of about 1000. 
 
 SALE'RNO, a province of the kingdom of Naples, lying on 
 the Mediterranean Sea, and extending from its shore to the 
 Apennines. It is watered by the river Sele and its tributaries. 
 It is also called Principato Citra {which see). Salerno, its capital, 
 stands on the gulf of the same name, and has some fine and 
 ancient buildings, amongst which the cathedral is conspicuous. 
 It has some trade, particularly at an annual fair. It is about 30 
 miles from Naples. Pop. about 12,000. Lat. 40. 39. N. Long. 
 14. 45. E. 
 
 SA'LES, ST. FRANCIS DE, a distinguished French eccle- 
 siastic, of the conclusion of the 10th and beginning of the 17th 
 centuries. He studied under the Jesuits at Paris, and afterwards 
 at Padua devoted himself to law. But he entered the church 
 soon after his return to France, and rapidly gained great re- 
 nown as a preacher. He was afterwards engaged in an attempt 
 to regain part of Switzerland to the Church of Rome, and eui- 
 deavoured to make a convert of the famous Theodore Beza. His 
 success was such that he was made a bishop, and fixed his 
 abode at Geneva ; and for many years spent his life in the most 
 unambitious labours for the advancement of what he regarded 
 as the true church. He had adopted the views of the Quietists ; 
 and he carried them out not only in his own case, but by the 
 power he had as a spiritual director of others, with all the zeal 
 
 - 759 
 
SAL 
 
 he had. He was especially noted for the influence he exerted 
 thus over Madame de Chantal ; whose fervent love for him, as 
 her director, went to the very verge of safety. He enjoyed dur- 
 ing his life-time the great renown his devotion deserved ; and 
 died in 1622, aged 55 years. Alexander VH. canonized him. 
 
 SA'LESMAN, s. one who sells clothes ready made; one who 
 sells cattle for others. 
 
 SA'LEWORK, s. work done in a careless manner, and fit 
 only to be exposed in shops. 
 
 SA'LFORD, Lancashire. It is now incorporated in Manches- 
 ter, and is described under that name. Pop. 53,200. 
 
 SA'LIANT, o. [Fr.] in Heraldry, in a leaping posture. 
 
 SA'LIC LAW, an ancient law of France, which rendered 
 women incapable of succeeding to the throne. 
 
 SA'LIENT, a. [salio, Lat.] leaping; panting; springing with 
 a swift motion. In Fortification, projecting at an acute angle 
 beyond the general line of works. 
 
 SALI'FEROUS SYSTEM, in Geology, that group of forma- 
 tions characterized by the presence of salt in the form of rocks 
 and springs; of which the new red sandstone and the magne- 
 sian limestone are the representatives in England. See those 
 names. 
 
 SA'LIFIABLE, a. in Chemistry, capable of forming salts. 
 
 SA'LINE, Sa'linous, a. [salinus, from sal, Lat.] saltish ; con- 
 sisting of salt. 
 
 SA'LISBURY, {Sdulsberry) or New Sarum, Wiltshire. It is 
 pleasantly situated on the river Avon, that waters most of the 
 principal streets, which are large and spacious. It has several 
 handsome buildings, particularly the cathedral, which is a 
 stately, handsome building, with a lofty spire. Its chief trade 
 arises from the silk manufacture. It is 80 miles from London. 
 Markets, Tuesday and Saturday. Fop. 10,086. 
 
 SA'LISBURY PLAIN. See Stonehenge and Wiltshire. 
 
 SALl'VA, s. [Lat.] the fluid by which the mouth and tongue 
 are moistened ; spittle ; any thing spit. 
 
 SALI'VAL, Sa'mvary, a. relating to or consisting of spit- 
 tle. The Salivary Glands, in Anatomy, are situated behind and 
 under the lower jaw, and are 6 in number ; they secrete the 
 saliva. 
 
 ToSA'LIVATE, v. a. to evacuate the spittle; to bring on 
 an increased action of the salivary glands, by the use of me- 
 dicine. 
 
 SALIVATION, s. [salivatio, Lat.] a secretion of spittle. In 
 Medicine, the state of increased action of the salivary glands, 
 which accompanies some diseases, or is produced by mercurial 
 medicines. 
 
 SALFVOUS, a. Isalivosus, Lat.] having the nature of spittle ; 
 consisting of spittle. 
 
 SALLEE', an ancient town of Fez, in Africa, long noted for 
 its rovers, or pirates, who make prizes of all Christian ships that 
 they meet, except there is a treaty to the contrary. It is 150 
 miles S. of Gibraltar. Lat. 34. b. N. Long. 6. 38. W. 
 
 SA'LLET, Sa'lleting, s. See Salad. 
 
 SA'LLOW, (sdllo) s. Isalix, Lat.] in Botany, a tree of the wil- 
 low kind. 
 
 SA'LLOW, (sdllo) s, [sato, Teut.] sickly, morbid ; of a greenish 
 yellow. 
 
 SA'LLOWNESS, (sdlloness) s. yellowness ; sickly paleness. 
 
 SA'LLOWTHORN, s. in Botany, a shrub, also called sea buck- 
 thorn. The common sallowthorn is a kind of willow. 
 
 SALLU'STIUS, CAIUS CRISPUS, a Roman historian. He 
 was a plebeian by birth, but rose into notice by his advocacy of 
 popular opinions. He was attached to Julius Caesar, and being 
 expelled from the senate, he joined his friend in his army, and 
 shared some of his campaigns. After that in Africa he was left in 
 charge of the province. He built a magnificent palace subsequent- 
 ly, at Rome, which was used in the days of the empire by the 
 emperors themselves, and died in 34 B. c, aged 52 years. His 
 moral character was sufficiently bad to receive censure in those 
 days of licence. We have two works by him, both of great ex- 
 cellence, the Histnry of Catiline's Conspiracy, and of the War with 
 Ju^rtha : and these were almost the first carefully written his- 
 tories that had appeared at Rome. Some fragments of a larger 
 history also remain. 
 
 SA'LLY, s. [sallie, Fr.] an unexpected issue or eruption from 
 a place besieged; a range or excursion; a flight of wit; an 
 escape, frolic, or extravagant flight. 
 760 
 
 SAL 
 
 To SA'LLY, c. n. to burst out suddenly from a place besieged. 
 
 SA'LLYPORT, s. a gate from which sallies are made. 
 
 SALMAGU'NDI, s. [corrupted from selon mon gout, or c' est a 
 mongout, Fr.] a mixture of chopped meat, salmon, pickled her- 
 rings, &c. 
 
 SALMA'SIUS,orSAUMA'iSE, Claude DE, an eminent French 
 writer of the 17th century. He studied at Paris and Heidel- 
 berg, and soon obtained avast reputation. His first appointment 
 was at Leyden, but he received invitations to other universities ; 
 and paid a long visit to the celebrated Christina of Sweden. 
 Charles II., then in exile, employed him to defend the cause of 
 royalty against the English people ; but he met with a respond- 
 ent capable of writing in liberty's defence, and who deemed the 
 loss of eyesight small when compared with the honour of so 
 glorious a task. He died before he had rejoined to Milton's mag- 
 nificent treatise, in 1653, aged 57 years. His works are nu- 
 merous, and consist of editions of various classics with com- 
 mentaries, essays on subjects of political economy, &c. &c. 
 
 SA'LMON, s. [salmo, Lat.] in Icthyology, a large river fish, 
 which are caught with spears used by men on horseback, in the 
 shallow bays of the sea-coast of N. Britain, and by net, or hook 
 and line, in the rivers, when they ascend them in the spawning 
 season. They are esteemed a great delicacy, and are caught in 
 great numbers for the markets in the S. part of the kingdom. 
 
 SA'LMONTROUT, s. in Icthyology, a trout somewhat resem- 
 bling a salmon. 
 
 SALONICHI. See Thessalonica. 
 
 SALOO'N, s. [sahn, Fr.] a long and lofty hall, forming part of 
 a palace or other large building, and used for various purposes. 
 
 SA'LSAFY, Sa'lsify, s. in Botany, a provincial terra for 
 the purple goatsbeard. 
 
 SALSAMENTA'RIOUS, a. [salsamentarius, from sal, Lat.] be- 
 longing to salt things. 
 
 SALSOA'CID, a. [salsus and acidus, Lat.] having a taste com- 
 pounded of saltness and sourness. 
 
 SALSU'GINOUS, a. [salsugo, Lat.] saltish ; somewhat salt. 
 
 SALT, {sault) s. [Goth, sealt. Sax. sal, Lat. sel, Fr.] in Chemis- 
 try and Commerce, the chloride of sodium, the most universally 
 used of all compounds of the class, and one of the most valuable 
 to man. It gives a relish to his food, and aids the digestive 
 process at the same time ; it preserves meat, fish, &c. from cor- 
 rupting; it is an excellent manure for some soils, and in other 
 departments of the useful arts is equally important. It is ob- 
 tained from deposits in the earth, which characterize some form- 
 ations; and also, more usually, by evaporation from sea water, 
 or the water of salt springs. In the plural, acids combined with 
 alkalies, earths, or metallic oxides. Figuratively, a taste or 
 smack ; wit, merriment. 
 
 SALT, (sauU) a. having the taste of salt ; impregnated or sea- 
 soned with salt. 
 
 To SALT, (sault) V. a. to rub with salt ; to season with salt. 
 
 SA'LTANT, a. [salto, Lat.] jumping; dancing. 
 
 SA'LTASH, Cornwall. It is seated on the descent of a steep 
 hill. It has some trade, especially in malt, and is 220 miles from 
 London. Market, Saturday. 
 
 SALTATION,*, the act of dancing or jumping; beat; pal- 
 pitation. 
 
 SA'LTCAT, (saultcat) s. a lump of salt, made at the salterns, 
 and given to pigeons. 
 
 SA'LTCELLAR, s. a vessel of salt set on the table. 
 
 SA'LTER, {saiilter) s. one who sells or makes salt. 
 
 SA'LTERN, (saultern) s. a place where salt is made. 
 
 SA'LTIER, (saulter) s. [saultiere, Fr.] in Heraldry, a bearing in 
 the form of a St, Andrew's cross. 
 
 SA'LTISH, a. somewhat salt. 
 
 SA'LTNESS, (saultness) s. having the taste of salt. 
 
 SA'LTPAN, Sa'ltpit, (saultpit) s. a pit from whence salt is 
 dug. 
 
 SALTPETRE, {saultpeter) s, [sal and petra, Lat.] in Domes- 
 tic Economy, the common name for nitre. 
 
 SA'LTZUURG, a circle of Austria, lying next to Bavaria, 
 and bounded by the Tyrol, Illyria, Styria, Traun, Hausriich, 
 and Inn. It is about 00 miles in length, by 50 in breadth.^ It 
 is a mountainous country, but pretty fertile, and contains mines 
 of copper, silver, and iron. The valleys produce corn, &c., and 
 aflbrd most excellent pastures. It is most romantically beau- 
 tiful, abounding in lakes, cascades, &c. The principal town 
 
SAM 
 
 is of the same name. It is seated on the Saltz, and has a very 
 fine bridge over it. U is surrounded by mountains ; and is well 
 built, with many fine public edifices, such as the cathedral, the 
 episcopal palace, the colleges, &c. &c. It has a few manufactures, 
 and au inconsiderable amount of trade. Near it are some con- 
 siderable salt-works. It is 140 miles from Vienna. Pop. about 
 15,000. Lat. 47. 45. N. Long. 13. 2. E. Pop. of circle, about 
 150,000. 
 
 SALVABI'LITY, s. possibility of being saved. 
 
 SA'LVABLE, a. [sako, Lat.] possible to be saved. 
 
 SA'LVADOR, a town of Congo, capital of the country of 
 Pemba. It stands ou a craggy mountain, and has a large pa- 
 lace, where the king resides, and a Portuguese bishop. It con- 
 tains several churches. Pop. about 40,000 ; of whom 4000 are 
 white. The Portuguese live in a quarter by themselves. Lat. 
 5.42. S. Long. 14. I.E. 
 
 SA'LVAGE, s. [salvo, Lat.] money paid by the owners for tak- 
 ing a vessel from an enemy, or fur saving goods from the dan- 
 ger of the seas. 
 
 SALVA'TION, s. preservation from the consequences of sin ; 
 the possession of the blessings of redemption. 
 
 SA'LVATORY, s. [sakatoire, Fr.] a place where any thing is 
 preserved. 
 
 SALU'BRIOIIS, a. [sahibris, from salus, Lat.] wholesome; 
 promoting or confirming health. 
 
 SALU'BRITY, s. [salubritas, Lat.] the quality of promoting 
 health. 
 
 SALVE, (sai) s. [salvus, Lat.] in Medicine, a thick kind of 
 unguent. Figuratively, help or remedy. 
 
 To SALVE, V. a. to cure with medicines ; to help ; to remedy ; 
 to help something by an excuse or reservation. 
 
 SA'LVER, s. a vessel on which glasses or other things are 
 presented to guests. 
 
 SA'LVO, s. [Lat.] an exception, excuse, or reservation. 
 
 SA'LUTARINESS, s. wholesomencss, or the quality of pro- 
 moting health. 
 
 SA'LUTARY, a. [sa/us, Lat.] wholesome; promoting or con- 
 tributing to health. 
 
 SALUTATION, s. [Fr. saluto, Lat.] the act or style of salut- 
 ing ; greeting ; salute. 
 
 To SALU'TE, f. a. to pay a person a compliment, or wish him 
 well, at meeting; to greet; to hail ; to please or gratify ; to kiss. 
 
 SALU'TE, «. salutation ; greeting; a kiss; the firing of can- 
 non in compliment of any person, or event, &c. 
 
 SALU'TER, s. he who salutes. 
 
 SALUTl'FEROUS, a. [salus aad fero, Lat.] healthful; con- 
 ducive to health. 
 
 SA'MARCAND, a city of Bokhara, Asia. It is pleasantly si- 
 tuated, and abounds with fine buildings. It is the seat of 
 learning for the kingdom, and has most of the manufactures of 
 the country also. But the jealousy of the government prevents 
 strangers from having access to it. Lat. 39. 56. N. Long. 00. 
 52. E. 
 
 SAMA'RIA, that part of Palestine which lay between Galilee 
 and Judea. It arose, as a separate province, on the coloniza- 
 tion of the country, which was depopulated by the captivity of 
 the Israelites, with Assyrians and others, who conformed in 
 part to the Jewish law, but held themselves to be distinct from 
 the restored Jews. The chief city was called Samaria, or 
 Sebaste. 
 
 SAMA'RITANS, the people from Assyria, and the depend- 
 encies of that king, who were planted in Palestine, in the place 
 of the Israelites, who were earned as captives to Assyria. They 
 are known in history as a sect of Jews, although disowned by 
 the Jews of Judea. They received the five books of Moses, but 
 rejected the rest of the Old Testament. They had also a temple 
 on Mount Gerizim, where they worshipped, instead of at Jeru- 
 salem. In other respects they did not differ much from Jews, 
 unless it was in rejecting the tradition of the elders as received 
 by the Pharisees. The characters in which their copies of the 
 Pentateuch are written, were borrowed from the Phoenicians, 
 and show the transition from the Hebrew to the Greek alphabet. 
 Their copies also present some valuable various readings. 
 
 SAME, «. [sam^, Gothic, sajnmo, Swed.] not another ; identi- 
 cal; very; of the like sort, kind, or degree; mentioned before. 
 
 SA'MENESS, s. identity ; the state of being not another, or 
 not diiferent. 
 
 SAN 
 
 SA'MLET, s. [a diminutive of sa/mon,] in Ichthyology, a small 
 salmon. See Smelt. 
 
 SA'MNITES, a large tribe of aborigines in Italy, who occu- 
 pied the Apennines, and were amongst the most hardy of all the 
 Italian opponents of Rome, not being finally conquered till the 
 days of Marius and Sylla. They sprang from the Sabines, and 
 were simple-minded mountaineers, and included under their 
 name several lesser tribes ; which being disunited during the 
 long struggle with Rome, at last were forced to succumb. They 
 had no constitution, and in their own country no works of art 
 have been discovered. 
 
 SA'MOS, one of the chief islands of the Archipelago, lying 
 near the coast of Asia Minor, off the promontory natued Tro- 
 gilium. It is very hilly, and Mount Ampelos is of considerable 
 altitude. It was famous for its commerce, and for its cultivation 
 of the fine arts, being one of the most active of the Ionian settle- 
 ments. Its chief town was named Samos. There are many 
 traces of its former inhabitants, but it now shares the general 
 degradation of the Turkish empire. The name of its chief town 
 is Chora. Pop. above 10,000. Lat. 37. 44. N. Long. 26. 39. E. 
 
 SA'MOTHRACE, an island of the Archipelago, lying off that 
 part of the mainland anciently called Thracia. It is mountain- 
 ous, and celebrated in Grecian history chiefly as the cradle of 
 the Cabiric worship and mysteries. 
 
 SAMOYE'DES, the name of a numerous nation of N. Asia. 
 They neither have, nor appear ever to have had, any kind of re- 
 gular government. They have a large head, a flat face, high 
 cheek bones, small eyes, a flat nose, a wide mouth, a yellow 
 complexion, large ears, straight, harsh, black hair, a short neck, 
 little or no beard, and short legs. They live partly in the coun- 
 try bordering on the N. Ocean, and partly in and about the Al- 
 taic range of mountains. Most of them are subject to Russia: 
 their numbers cannot be ascertained ; but they are amongst 
 the most uncivilized of the remains of the nomade Tatars or 
 Scythians. 
 
 SAMP, s. a name given in America to a sort of bread made of 
 the maize or Indian corn. 
 
 SA'MPHIRE, s. in Botany, an umbelliferous plant found on 
 the sea-coast. Poor people on the sea-coast eat it as a potherb, 
 and it is very generally used as a pickle. There are some other 
 plants growing in this country called by this name. 
 
 SA'MPLE, (sdmpl) s. [from example,'] a specimen ; a part 
 shown, that judgment may be made of the whole. 
 
 SA'MPLER, s. [exetnplar, Lat.] a pattern of work ; a piece of 
 work wrought by girls, to teach them marking, &c. 
 
 SA'MUEL, the most eminent of the early Hebrew prophets. 
 He was dedicated in his infancy to the serviceof God, and whilst 
 yet a child received his prophetic commission. He acted as 
 judge or inspired ruler of the Israelites for many j'ears, and at 
 last, ou their urgent request, with God's permission, gave them 
 as a king, Saul. But he did not cease till his death to exercise 
 his prophetic office, and had often to oppose the will of Saul, 
 who, after his death, endeavoured to obtain instructions from 
 him by the use of incantations. He also anointed David as 
 Saul's successor during his life-time. To him is attributed the 
 establishment of institutions of a remarkable nature, but of which 
 little is certainly known, called the schools of the prophets. They 
 appear to have been places where the instruction of the religious 
 teachers of the people was carried on. He died in about 1060 
 u. c. There are two books of the Old Testament called by his 
 name in our Version, which are named by the Septuagint the 
 First and Second Books of the Kings (those so called in our 
 Version being called the Third and Fourth). They contain the 
 Jewish history from the birth of the prophet, to the removal of 
 the plague that visited the Israelites, after the census taken by 
 David. They are ascribed by critics, on the ground of a passage 
 in theFirst Book of Chronicles, to Samuel, and Gad and Nathan, 
 two of his successors in the prophetic office. 
 
 SA'NABLE, a. [sano, Lat.] curable ; remediable. 
 
 SANA'TION, s. the act of curing. 
 
 SA'NATIVE, a. having the power to heal or cure. 
 
 SA'NATORY, a. [sanatio, Lat.] curing, healing; intended to 
 restore health. 
 
 SANCHONI'ATHON, an ancient historian of Phoenicia, of 
 whose works, all the genuine remains are a few fragments quoted 
 by Eusebius, the ecclesiastical historian, and others. The age 
 in which he lived cannot be ascertained. 
 
 5 E 761 
 
SAN 
 
 SA'NCROFT, DR. WILLIAM, one of the most eminent of 
 the nonjurors at the acession of William IIL Whilst yet at Cara- 
 bridjje, he suffered for his rejection of the Covenant, when it was 
 imposed on the whole nation by the Long Parliament ; and after- 
 wards he went to the continent. At the Restoration he soon 
 was marked for preferment, and rose swiftly to the highest post 
 in the church, the archbishopric of Canterbury. He was one of 
 the seven prelates imprisoned by James 11. , and was deprived of 
 his primacy on refusing to take the oath to William and Mary. 
 Soon after this fall, he died, in 1093, aged 77 years. He was a 
 consistent Anglican in his ecclesiastical creed, yet not altogether 
 so rigid as most of those who have lately paraded his name as 
 that of one of the true lights of the church. He wrote a few 
 works, of no great account. 
 
 SANCTIFICA'TION, s. [Fr.] the state of being free, or the 
 process of freeing, from the dominion of sin ; the act of making 
 holy; consecration. 
 
 SA'NCTlFIEll, s. one that sanctifies or consecrates. 
 
 To SA'NCTIFY, v. a. to free from the pollution and power of 
 sin ; to free from guilt ; to make holy ; to secure from violation. 
 
 SANCTIMO'NIOUS, a. [sanctimonia,{tom sanctus, Lat.] having 
 the appearance of holiness ; saintly. 
 
 SA'NCTIMONY, s. a scrupulous austerity ; appearance of ho- 
 liness; holiness. 
 
 SA'NCTION, (sdnkshori) s. [sancio, Lat.] the act which confirms 
 a thing, and makes it obligatory. 
 
 SA'NCTITUDE, s. {sanctus, Lat.] holiness ; goodness. 
 
 SA'NCTITY, s. [sanctitas, Lat.] a state of holiness ; godliness ; 
 purity. 
 
 SANCTO'RIUS, a distinguished Italian physician.of the 16th 
 and 17th centuries. He studied at Padua, and first practised at 
 Venice, but was appointed to a medical professorship at Padua, 
 where he continued many years. Eventually he resumed his 
 practice, and died at Venice in 1636, aged 75 years. He wrote 
 several books, which contributed greatly to the advancement of 
 medical science, but are quite superseded now. 
 
 SA'NCTUARY, s. [sanctmrium, Lat.] a holy place ; a place of 
 refuge or protection ; asylum ; shelter or protection. 
 
 SAND, s. [Dan. and Belg.] fine gritty earth ; powdered flint 
 or quartz rock ; a barren country covered with sands. 
 
 SA'NDAL, s. Isandale, Fr. sandalium, Lat.] a loose shoe ; a 
 protection for the foot, consisting of a sole, which is attached to 
 the foot by straps. 
 
 SA'NDAL WOOD, s. in Commerce, the wood of a small tree, 
 growing in the East Indies, which is easily worked and yet is 
 very durable, and when burned emits a very powerful and agree- 
 able odour. It is also used as a dyewood, and is largely exported 
 for that purpose. It is called commonly Red (or Yellow) San- 
 ders (or Sandal) Wood. 
 
 SA'NDARACH, {sandarak) s. [aandaraque, Fr. sandaraca, Lat.] 
 in the Useful Arts, a dry hard resin of whitish colour, of which 
 pounce is made ; employed also by varnish-makers and drug- 
 gists. See OllPlMENT. 
 
 SA'NDBACH, Cheshire. It is seated on the river Wenlock. 
 In the market-place are two square stone crosses, adorned with 
 images. It is 101 miles from London. Market, Thursday. Pop. 
 92fJ9. 
 
 SA'NDBLIND, a. afiiicted with a defect in the sight, in which 
 small particles seem continually flying before the eyes. 
 
 SA'NDBY, PAUL, an eminent English aquatint engraver, and 
 sketcher. His views taken in Wales and Scotland, &c. were so 
 much admired that he was chosen a member of the Royal Aca- 
 demy, and was afterwards appointed chief drawing-master at the 
 Military Academy at Woolwich. He died in 1809, aged 77 years. 
 
 SA'NDED, a. barren, covered with sand. 
 
 SANDEMA'NIANS, s. in Ecclesiastical History, a sect that 
 originated in Scotland, about the year 1728, and were first call- 
 ed Glassites, from John Glass, their founder, afterwards by their 
 present name, in 175-5, from Mr. Robert Sandeman, who ex- 
 pounded their principles. Their peculiar practices are chiefly the 
 incidental, or temporary, or national observances mentioned 
 in the New Testament, which they regard as Divine ordinances. 
 In doctrine they regard credit, or belief, to be faith. In discipline, 
 they are very strict and severe. They are not, at present, very 
 numerous either in England or Scotland. 
 
 SA'NDERLING, s. in Ornithology, a bird, allied to the wood- 
 cock, snipe, &c. 
 762 
 
 SAN 
 
 SA'NDERS, s. [santalum, Lat.] See Sandal Wood. 
 
 SA'NDEVER, s. [saindever, Fr.] the scum produced in making 
 glass. 
 
 SA'NDISH, a. approaching to the nature of sand ; loose. 
 
 SA'ND MARTEN, s. in Ornithology, a small kind of swallow, 
 which excavates a deep narrow hole in steep sand banks, for the 
 purpose of nidification. It is of a brownish mouse colour above ; 
 and is as elegant in flight as the rest of its tribe. 
 
 SA'NDSTONE, s. in Geology, a rock formed by the agglu- 
 tination of sand by heat, or by the saturation of the sand with 
 some solidifying fluid. Some are very hard and close in their 
 texture ; others very loose, and even laminated. Old and New 
 Eed Sanditone, are names of collections, or groups of beds of every 
 variety, limestone, breccia, &c., as well as sandstone. 
 
 SA'NDWICH, Kent. It was once a considerable sea-port, but 
 it is now much decayed on account of the river Stour, on which it 
 is seated, being so choked up with sand, as to admit onl}' small 
 vessels. Its trade is chiefly the export of ap^ricultural produce 
 and garden stuflfs for the London markets. It is, nevertheless, 
 a Cinque-Port. It is 67 miles from London, Markets, Wednes- 
 day and Saturday. Pop. 2913. 
 
 SA'NDWICH ISLAlSfDS, a group of 13 islands in the N. Pa- 
 cific Ocean. They are chiefly of volcanic origin, and are sur- 
 rounded by coral reefs. The air of these islands is, in general, 
 salubrious, and many of the vegetable productions are the same 
 with those of the Society Islands. The natives resemble those of 
 the other Polynesian islands. The pop. of the whole group is 
 under 200,000. -See Owyhee. 
 
 SA'NDWICH LAND, a long group of small islands in the S. 
 Atlantic Ocean, farther S. than S. Georgia. They abound with 
 volcanoes, many of them in the greatest activity, and were found 
 covered with snow, in the hottest season of the year in that 
 hemisphere, down to the sea beach. They exhibit no traces of 
 organic life. 
 
 SA'NDWORT, s. in Botany, a species of chickweed, which 
 grows in sandy soils. 
 
 SA'NDY, a. abounding in, or consisting of, sand. 
 
 SA'NDYS, GEORGE, an English traveller and poet, of the 
 former part of the 17th century. He studied at Oxford, and 
 afterwards visited Italy and the East ; of which travels he pub- 
 lished an account, adorned and illustrated with many curious 
 and interesting engravings. His poetical works were chiefly 
 translations from Ovid, and paraphrases of various parts of 
 Scripture. He died in 1043, aged 60 years. 
 
 SA'NDYX, s. a kind of red earth. 
 
 SANE, a. [sanus, Lat.] whole; healthy; sound. 
 
 SANG, preter. of To Sing. 
 
 SANGA'LLO, ANTONIO, a famous Italian architect, of the 
 IGth century. He was a native of Florence ; but studied under 
 his uncles, and under Bramante, at Rome, where he gained 
 sufticient reputation to be employed after his master on St. 
 Peter's. Leo X. and several succeeding popes patronized him, 
 and intrusted many great public works, such as fortifications, 
 palaces, churches, &c. to him. His style and solidity of work 
 is greatly admired. He died in 1540, at a great age. 
 
 SA'NGIAC, *. a Turkish governor of a city or province. 
 
 SANGUPFEROUS, a. [sanguis and fero, Lat.] conveying 
 blood. 
 
 SANGUIFICATION, s. Isanguis and facia, Lat] the produc- 
 tion of blood. 
 
 SA'NGUIFIER, s. producer of blood. 
 
 To SA'NGUIFY, v. n. to produce blood. 
 
 SA'NGUINARY, a. [sanguis, Lat.] bloody; cruel; murderous. 
 
 SA'NGUINE, a. red, or like blood, applied to colour; abound- 
 ing with blood. Cheerful, applied to temper; warm, ardent, or 
 confident. 
 
 SA'NGUINENESS, Sangui'nity, s. ardour; heat of expect- 
 ation ; confidence. 
 
 SANGUI'NEOUS, a. constituting blood; abounding with, 
 blood. 
 
 SA'NHEDRIM, s. \synedrium, Lat. sun and hsdra, Gr.] the su- 
 preme council or court of judicature among the Jews, consisting 
 of seventy elders, over whom the high priest presided. 
 
 S.VNICLE, s. [Fr. sanicula, Lat.] in Botany, an umbelliferous 
 plant, found in woods and hedges, and flowering in May and 
 June. The leaves are slightly bitter and astringent. 
 
 SA'NIES, s. [Lat.] serous putrid matter; pus. 
 
SAO 
 
 SA'NIOUS, a, [sanieK, Lat.] discharging pus. 
 
 SA'NITARY, a. [sanitas, Lat.] relating to the preservation of 
 health. 
 
 SA'NITY, s. [saniis, Lat.] health ; soundness of mind. 
 
 SANK, preter. of To Sink. 
 
 SAN MARl'NO, a small republic of Italy, lying in Urbino, 
 one of the Papal States; and consisting of a town so called, 
 and a small territory surrounding it. The town stands on a 
 mountain, and is remarkable only for its ancient castle. The 
 land around it yields wine, oil, silk, and pasturage for cattle. It 
 is about 10 miles from Rimini, on the Adriatic. Pop. under 
 10,000. Lat. 43. 57. N. Long. 12. 25. E. 
 
 SANMICHE'LI, MICHAEL, a great Italian architect, who 
 was specially noted for his construction of forts and military 
 works. He studied at Rome ; and was employed in building se- 
 veral cathedrals, at Verona, and other places ; and in fortifying 
 various places in Italy, and the islands then possessed by its 
 different states. He also erected palaces and other public build- 
 ings; and died in 1.5-59, aged 75 years. 
 
 SANNAZA'RO, GIACOMO, a celebrated poet of Naples, in 
 Italy, in the l-5th and 16th centuries. He was of distinguished 
 family, but attained nobler distinction by his learning and his 
 writings. He attended Frederic to France, when he was held 
 as a prisoner there; and spent the latter part of his life in a 
 village on the Somma of Vesuvius. He died in 1530, aged 72, 
 and was buried near the tomb of Virgil, at Posilipo. His Arcadia 
 is his great poem ; but he also wrote sonnets, kc, and a Latin 
 poem o» the Birth of the Virgin. Sannazaro enjoys great fame, 
 without being much read in these days. 
 
 SA'NSCRIT, the name of the ancient language of Hindustan, 
 which is the basis of almost all its varied dialects used at the pre- 
 sent time. It is a very copious, flexible, and finished language; 
 and the study of it has cast greater light on the science of Gram- 
 mar than that of any other in recent days. It is the most per- 
 fect of the family of tongues called Indo-European, or Indo- 
 Gerraanic ; and is approached more nearly by the Greek than by 
 any other of the group. The literature of this language is very 
 rich ; and includes poems of all kinds, histories, scientific trea- 
 tises on Astronomy, Music, Grammar, Rhetoric, Philosophy, 
 Law, &c. &c. 
 
 SANSO'N, NICHOLAS, a distinguished geographer of France, 
 of the 17th century. He displayed very early his remarkable 
 talent in the construction of maps, and was through it intro- 
 duced to the notice of Cardinal Richelieu. He now became an 
 engineer, and received many proofs of the favour of the Grand 
 Monarque. He died in 1067, aged 67 years. He published a 
 great number of maps; but later surveys and more accurate 
 calculations have made them obsolete. 
 
 SANSOVI'NO, GIACOMO TATTI, an eminent Italian archi- 
 tect and sculptor of the 16th century. He studied these arts 
 under Centucci and others, and pursued them at first at Rome. 
 Afterwards he removed to Venice, where, in both his professions, 
 he laboured most devotedly, and adorned that city with some of 
 its noblest palaces and sculptures. He died in 1578, aged 91 
 years. 
 
 SANTA MAU'RA, one of the Ionian Islands, in ancient times 
 named Leucas. It lies N. of Thiaki and Kephalonia, off the S. 
 extremity of Albania, near the entrance to the Gulf of Arta, It 
 is about 20 miles long, and about 6 wide. It is very mountainous, 
 the loftiest point being 3000 feet high. It.is tolerably produc- 
 tive in all the commodities of the climate, and it has excellent 
 fisheries. Amaxichi is the chief place, and it has also a very 
 strong fort, called by its name, which is on a separate island at 
 high water. Pop. about 20,000. 
 
 SANTIA'GO, the capital of Chili, S. America. It stands on a 
 plain in the W. slope of the Andes, and is a regularly built city, 
 but not imposing in its appearance, the frequency of earthquakes 
 preventing much attention to architecture : yet it has some fine 
 buildings. The most remarkable structure is a sort of embank- 
 ment skirting the small stream that passes it, to preserve the 
 city from the flood that rushes down in the rainy seasons. There 
 is a college here, and a good trade is carried on, as it has a fruit- 
 ful country round it, and there are valuable mines near. Valpa- 
 raiso is its sea-port. Pop. about 50,000. Lat. 33. 25. S. Long. 
 70. 30. W. 
 
 Saone et Loire, a department of France, bounded by the de- 
 partments of C6te d'Or, Nievre, AUier, Loire, Rhone, AIn, and 
 
 SAR 
 
 Jura. It is about 85 miles long, and about 65 broad. It is 
 crossed by the mountain chain of the Cevennes; but the chief 
 points are under 2000 feet, and only one reaches 3000 feet in 
 height. The rivers after which it is named are its chief ones, 
 but it has others of some importance which feed them. It yields 
 coal, iron and other metals, building-stone, and stone used in 
 various arts, abundantly. Corn, wine, &c. are produced. It has 
 excellent pastures, and woods. The towns are the scenes of 
 considerable manufacturing industry. Macon is the capital. 
 Pop. about 550,000. 
 
 Sa6ne, Haute, a department of France, bounded by the de- 
 partments Cote d'Or, Jura, Doubs, Haut Rhin, Vosges, and 
 Haute Marne. It is about 70 miles in length, by about 40 in 
 breadth. On the side towards the department Vosges, it is 
 mountainous, and has heights nearly 4000 feet above the sea. 
 The Saone and its tributaries water it. Iron and coal, with 
 durable building-stone, and other valuable kinds of rock, are 
 plentiful. Corn, wine, cattle, timber, &c. &c. are amongst the 
 produce of its agricultural parts. It has also good manufactures 
 of various kinds. Vesoul is the chief place. Pop. about 350,000. 
 
 SAP, s. [Belg. sape, Sax.] in Vegetable Physiology, the circu- 
 lating fluid of plants, the increased supply of which by the roots, 
 in the spring, is the cause of the sudden revival of the active 
 powers of the branches in putting forth leaves, &c. 
 
 To SAP, r. a. [sapper, Fr. zappare, Ital.] to undermine ; to de- 
 molish or subvert by digging under. — v. n. to proceed by digging 
 under. 
 
 SA'PAJOU, s. in Natural History, a species of monkey, with 
 a prehensile tail, common in tropical S. America. 
 
 SAP-COLOURS, a name given to various expressed vegetable 
 juices of a viscid nature, which are inspissated by slow evapora- 
 tion for the use of painters, &c. ; sap-green, gamboge, &c. are of 
 this class. 
 
 SA'PID, a. [sapidus, Lat.] tasteful ; palatable. 
 
 SAPI'DITY, Sa'pidness, a. tastefulness. 
 
 SA'PIENCE, s. [sapientia, from sapio, Lat.] the habit or dispo- 
 sition of mind which implies the love of wisdom ; wisdom ; sage- 
 ness; knowledge. 
 
 SA'PIENT, a. [sapiens, Lat.] wise or sage. 
 
 SA'PLESS,a. destitute of sap or vital juice; dry; old; husky. 
 
 SAMPLING, s. a young tree or plant. 
 
 SAPONA'CEOUS, S.i'pONARY, a. [sano, Lat.] having the quali- 
 ties of soap; soapy. • 
 
 SA'POR, s. [Lat.] taste; power of affecting or stimulating the 
 palate. 
 
 SAPORFFIC, a. [sapor and facio, Lat.] producing taste. 
 
 SA'PPER, s. in the Army, a soldier whose duty it is to work 
 in the construction of trenches during a siege, &c. Sappers and 
 Miners, the general name of the engineering corps of the British 
 army, but confined in usage to the private soldiers, the officers 
 being designated engineers. 
 
 SA'PPHIRE, (sqfire) s. [sapphirus, Lat.] in Mineralogj', a kind 
 of corundum of a beautiful sky colour. It is used in jewellery 
 for its beauty. 
 
 SA'PPHO, an ancient Greek poetess of Mi tylene, in the island 
 of Lesbos. Most of the alleged facts respecting her life are com- 
 pletely legendary, as is the story of her death by the lover's leap. 
 A very few intimations respecting her may be found in her re- 
 maining poems, and in those of her contemporary and fellow 
 countryman, Alcseus. We have but one of her odes perfect ; but 
 the beauty of it, and of the fragments of others which have 
 in greater part perished, makes scholars estimate this an inesti- 
 mable loss. She flourished about 600 B.C. A particular kind of 
 lyric verse, which she first used, is known by her name. 
 
 SA'PPINESS, s. the quality of abounding in sap or juice. 
 Figuratively, defect of understanding. 
 
 SA'PPY, a. abounding in sap; juicy; succulent; young; 
 weak or infirm. 
 
 SA'RABAND, s. [sarahande, Fr. cardbande. Span.] a musical 
 composition, generally played very grave and serious; also a 
 Spanish dance. 
 
 SA'RACENS, the general name of the Arabians, used during 
 the contest with the growing Mohammedan empire in Asia and 
 Africa. It was equivalent to Mussulmans, and did not designate 
 the people of a country so much as the professors of a religion. 
 
 SARAGO'SSA, a city of Arragon, in Spain. It stands on the 
 Ebro, and is large, handsome, and well built. The streets are 
 5 E 2 763 
 
SAR 
 
 long, broad, well-paved, and very clean, and the houses from 
 three to six stories high. It is adorned with many magnificent 
 buildings, and ecclesiastical edifices are both numerous and splen- 
 did. In Holy Street they hold their bull-fights. The cathedral 
 is a spacious Gothic building; but the finest church is that of 
 Nuestra Signora del Pilar, where is a statue ofMary and the In- 
 fant, covered with the costliest jewels, and gold. The town-house 
 is a sumptuous structure ; and the quays are very fine. The 
 Ebro receives here two other rivers, and over it is a long and 
 noble bridge of stone, Saragossa is the see of an archbishop, 
 and has a good university ; and is 175 miles from Madrid. Pop. 
 about G0,000. Lat. 41. 45. N. Long. 0. 53. W. 
 
 SA'RATOV, a city of Asiatic Russia, capital of a government 
 of the same name, seated on the Volga. It is built principally 
 of wood, but has some handsome public buildings, and some 
 useful institutions. It is the centre of a considerable and in- 
 creasing trade. Pop. about 50,000. Lat. 51. 27. N. Lonff. 
 45. 57. E. 
 
 SA'RCASM, s. [sarcasme, Fr. sarcasmus, Lat.] a keen reproach ; 
 gibe; taunt. 
 
 SARCA'STIC, Sarca'stical, a. satirical ; taunting; severe. 
 
 SARCA'STICALLY, arf. tauntingly; severely. 
 
 SA'RCENET, s. a fine thin-woven silk. 
 
 To SA'RCLE, {sarkl) V. a. [sarculum, Lat.] to weed corn. 
 
 SARCOCE'LE, s. [sarx and kele, Gr.] in Surgery, a fleshy ex- 
 crescence of the testicles. 
 
 SARCO'LOGY, s. \_sarxax\A logos, Gr.] is that part of Anatomy 
 which treats of the soft parts, viz. the muscles, intestines, arte- 
 ries, veins, nerves, and fat. 
 
 SARCO'MA, s. [$arx, Gr.] in Surgery, a fleshy excrescence, 
 growing in any part of the body, especially the nostrils. 
 
 SARCO'PHAGOUS, {sarkdfagus) a. [sarx and ywgo, Gr.] feed- 
 ing on flesh ; caustic. 
 
 SARCO'PHAGUS, s. [Lat.] a stone coffin, such as was used 
 amongst many nations of antiquity, that buried their dead, and 
 did not burn them, as the Greeks and Romans did. 
 
 SARCO'PHAGY, s. the practice of eating flesh. 
 
 SARCO'TICS, s. in Medicine, preparations which assist the 
 reproduction of flesh. 
 
 SARDANAPA'LUS, the last king of Assyria, according to the 
 Grecian account of that monarchy. He lived a most luxurious 
 and dissipated life; and when his armies were defeated by the 
 Medes, and himself threatened in Nineveh, being unable to 
 retrieve his fortunes, he burnt himself alive with all the sharers 
 and the apparatusof his voluptuous effeminacy. This is supposed 
 to have happened in about 780 b. c. But little is known cer- 
 tainly respecting it ; and no name occurs in the Old Testament 
 at all resembling this monarch's, nor any circumstances like 
 those of his life and death. 
 
 SARDI'NIA, KINGDOM OF, a European state, consisting of 
 the island of Sardinia, and Savoy, Piedmont, Genoa, and Nice, 
 in the N. W. part of Italy, next to France. {See those names.) 
 The Italian portion lies on the Mediterranean ; and is bounded 
 by France, Switzerland, Venetian Lombardy, Parma, and the 
 smaller states near the sea. The Alps form its frontier towards 
 Switzerland and France, and occupy almost all Savoy. They 
 run in a wide circle round Piedmont, and joining the Apen- 
 nines shut Nice and Genua between them and the sea. Several 
 of the loftiest peaks belong to this kingdom, some of which ex- 
 ceed 5000 feet in height, and others range about 2000. The 
 Po, with its numberless tributaries, is its chief river. It is on 
 the whole a fertile country, producing corn, wine, oil, fruits, 
 silk, cattle, &c. &c. It has also some manufactures, but not of 
 great account. Its commerce is considerable. Turin is the 
 capital. Pop. about 4,000,000 ; or with the island of Sardinia, 
 4,500,000. 
 
 SARDI'NIA, an island of the Mediterranean Sea, 102 miles 
 in length, and 70 in breadth. A mountain chain occupies the 
 centre of the island, the highest point of which exceeds the 
 altitude of 5000 feet. There are several rivers, but none of any 
 great size, arid the coast has several very fine harbours. The 
 soil is fertile in corn and wine, and there are a great number of 
 oranges, citrons, and olives. On the coast is a fishery for an- 
 chovies and coral. Cattle and sheep are numerous, as well as 
 horses, which are very good for labour and the road ; it contains 
 mines of silver, lead, sulphur, and alum, and they make a good 
 deal of salt. Cagliari is the capital. Pop. above 500,000. 
 704 
 
 SAT 
 
 SA'RDIS, or (correctly) Sa'rdes, the capital of the ancient 
 kingdom of Lydia, in Asia Minor. It stood on the river Pac- 
 tolus, and was famous for its immense wealth and magnificence. 
 It is rendered of note in history by the tale of its last king, 
 Crcesus. It was one of the seven churches of Asia, to which mes- 
 sages are sent in the first chapters of the Apocalypse. It is now 
 called Sart ; and a few wretched hovels, erected amongst the 
 grand ruins of its former splendour, bear testimony to the truth 
 of the charges brought against it, and the faithfulness of the 
 judgments that were denounced. 
 
 SARDO'NIC, a. {from Sardinia,'] applied to an affected or con- 
 vulsive smile, that ill disguises bitterness of heart. 
 
 SA'RDONYX, s. [sardios and onyx, Gr.] in Mineralogy, a spe- 
 cies of onyx, whereon the white lies like a plate, of a reddish 
 colour. It is one form of quartz. 
 
 SARK, s. [scyrk. Sax.] in Natural History, a shark. In Scot- 
 land, a shirt. 
 
 SARK, two of the Channel Islands, lying between those of 
 Guernsey and Jersey, on the coast of trance. They are very 
 small, and do not diflfer in productions from the others, except that 
 a silver lead mine has been opened in little Sark. Pop. 785. 
 
 SARMA'TIA, the ancient Roman name of S. Russia, from 
 the Vistula to the Don. It was inhabited by nomade or bar- 
 barous tribes, with whom they had little intercourse, except in 
 trading for amber from the Baltic. Amongst the Greeks this 
 name was extended, so as to include the country between the 
 Don and the Caspian Sea also. 
 
 SARSE, s. [sas, Fr.] a sieve made of fine lawn. 
 
 To SARSE, V. a. \sasser, Fr.] to sift through a lawn sieve. 
 
 SA'RTHE, a department of France, surrounded by the 
 departments of Indre et Loire, Maine et Loire, Mayence, Orne, 
 Eure et Loir, and Loir et Cher. It is about 00 miles in each 
 direction. It is generally level, and is watered by the Sarthe, 
 the Huine, the Loir, and other tributaries of the Loire. Iron is 
 found here, and building-stone, slate, &c. &c. It produces in 
 abundance corn of all kinds, with wine, cider, fruits, &c. Cat- 
 tle and sheep are plentiful. Several kinds of manufactures are 
 carried on in the towns. Le Mans is the chief town. Pop. 
 about 500,000. 
 
 SA'RUM, OLD, Wilts. It once covered the summit of a high, 
 .steep hill ; but there is nothing now to be seen of it but some 
 small ruins of a castle, with a double intrenchment and a deep 
 diich. It is 83 miles from London. Pop. 7. 
 
 SASH, s. a belt or silken band worn by ofliicers by way of 
 distinction, and by ladies; a window with large panes made 
 with frames which go in grooves, and are let up and down by 
 pulleys. 
 
 SA'SSAFRAS, s. in Materia Medica, the wood of an Ameri- 
 can tree, of the laurel kind ; an infusion of which is useful as a 
 stimulant, and in arthritic or rheumatic affections. 
 
 SASSA'RI, a city of Sardinia. It is seated in a plain, and is 
 a pleasant place, with a fine cathedral. It is famous for a foun- 
 tain called Rossel, which is said to be much more magnificent 
 than the best at Rome. There is a university here, and several 
 other fine institutions. Pop. about 30,000. Lat, 40. 46. N. 
 Long. 8. 39. E. 
 
 SAT, the prefer, of To Sit. 
 
 SATAN, s. [Heb.] a name of the devil ; any wicked spirit. 
 
 SATA'NIC, Sata'nical, a. devilish ; infernal. 
 
 SA'TCHEL.s. &eSACHEL. 
 
 To SATE, V. a. Isatis, Lat.] to feed too much or beyond the 
 desires of nature ; to glift ; to satiate; to pall. 
 
 SA'TELLITE, s. [satelles, Lat.] in Astronomy, a secondary 
 planet, or moon, which moves round a primary planet. 
 
 To SA'TIATE, (sdshiate) V. a. [satis, Lat.] to satisfy; fill; 
 pall; glut; to gratify any desire ; to impregnate with as much 
 as it can receive ; to saturate. 
 
 SA'TIATE, (sdshiate) a. glutted ; full to satiety. 
 
 SATPETY, (sasheety or saseHy) s. [saticte, Fr. from satis, Lat.] 
 more than enough ; state of being palled. 
 
 SATIN, s. [Fr. sattin, Belg.] a soft, close, and shining silk. 
 
 SA'TIRE, «. [satira, Lat.] a poem in which wickedness and 
 folly are censured. 
 
 SATl'RIC, Sati'rical, a. [satirique, Fr.] belonging to satire; 
 censorious ; severe in reproach ; invective. 
 
 SATIRICALLY, ad. with invective ; with intention to censure 
 or vilify. 
 
S AV 
 
 SATIRIST, s. one who writes satires. 
 
 To SATIRIZE, V. a. [satirizer, Fr.] to censure, as in a satire. 
 
 SATISFA'CTION, s. \satis and fado, Lat.] the act of giving 
 complete or perfect pleasure; the state of being pleased ; free- 
 dom from uncertainty or suspense ; gratification ; atonement, 
 recompenre, or amends for a crime or injury. 
 
 SATISFA'CTORILY, ad. so as to content. 
 
 SATISFA'CTORY, a. [safes/actoVe, Fr.] atoning; giving satis- 
 faction ; making amends. 
 
 To SATISFY, 1-. a. to please to such a degree that nothing more 
 is desired ; to feed to the full ; to recompense ; to convince ; to 
 give atonement or amends for an injury. — v. n. to make payment. 
 
 SATRAP, s. the chief governor of a province in Persia. 
 
 SATURABLE, a. impregnable with any thing till it will re- 
 ceive no more. 
 
 To SATURATE, v. a. [satur, Lat.] to impregnate till no more 
 can be imbibed. 
 
 SATURATION, s. in Chemistry, the act of dissolving a solid in 
 a fluid, or mixing one fluid with another, or causing a solid to ab- 
 sorb a fluid till it can receive no more. 
 
 SATURDAY, s. [sceter and day. Sax.] the last day of the week. 
 
 SATU'RITY, s. [satur, Lat.] ifulness. 
 
 SATURN, s. [Saturnus, Lat.] in Heathen Mythology, the 
 Latin name of the deity called by the Greeks Kronos, who was 
 represented to be the father of Zeus, or Jupiter, and to have had 
 such a fear of being dethroned by his offspring, that he ate them 
 as soon as they were born. Jupiter being preserved by a pious 
 fraud, realized his apprehensions, and deprived him of the sove- 
 reignty of heaven. He was represented in painting very much 
 in the same way that Time is impersonated amongst us. In 
 Astronomy, the planet whose orbit is next beyond that of Ju- 
 piter, and which ranks next to him in size, in the Solar System. 
 His distance from the sun is about 907,000,000 miles, and 
 he revolves round it in about 294 years. His rotation on his 
 axis is performed in about lOJ hours. His diameter is about 
 80,000 miles, so that he is nearly 1000 times as large as the 
 earth. When viewed through a powerful telescope he appears 
 to be at times marked with light belts, as Jupiter is; and to be 
 attended with 7 moons; but the most remarkable feature is a 
 broad flat ring, or combination of rings, that surrounds him 
 equatorially. The inner edge of this series of rings is about 
 19,000 miles distant from the planet ; and the whole series is 
 about 60,000 across, whilst its thickness is not much more than 
 100 miles. The phenomena which these rings present to ob- 
 servers here, are very remarkable ; but their appearances from 
 different points of Saturn's surface, and at different periods of 
 the year and day, are plainly most wonderful, as they must span 
 the sky like a luminous arch for one part of the planet; and 
 eclipse the sun on the other side for no less a time than about 15 
 years ; while the numerous moons would be seen in their differ- 
 ent phases, now under and now above this stupendous arch. 
 Among astrologers, a sign of misfortune. In Chemistry, it is an 
 appellation given to lead. In Heraldry, it denotes the black 
 colours in blazoning the arms of sovereign princes. 
 
 SATURNA'LIA, in ancient times, the feasts held in honour 
 of Saturn ; which, as they occurred in the season of harvest, were 
 made a time of general rejoicing, not unattended with shame- 
 less licence. 
 
 SATU'RNIAN, a. [sniMrnjKs^ Lat.] golden ; happy; belonging 
 to the planet Saturn. 
 
 SATURNINE, a. [satKrninus, Lat.] gloomy, grave, or melan- 
 choly ; supposed to be born under the influence of_the planet 
 Saturn. 
 
 SATYR, 8. [satyms, Lat.] in Heathen Mythology, a fabulous 
 kind of demi-god, or rural deity, represented with goat's feet, 
 and sharp pricked-iip ears. 
 
 SATY'RION, s. Isatijrium, Lat.] in Botany, a name of the 
 orchis. 
 
 SA'VAGE, a. Isauvage, Fv.'] wild, or uncultivated ; untamed, 
 or cruel ; untaught, barbarous, uncivilized. 
 
 S.'V'VAGE,*. a person who is neither taught nor civilized. 
 
 To SA'VAGE, V. a. to make wild or savage. 
 
 SA'VAGE, RICHARD, an English poet of the last century. 
 He was the son of the Countess of Macclesfield, by Lord Rivers, 
 and was abandoned and discarded by both his guilty parents. 
 He was first made a shoemaker, but he gave this up on learning 
 his own histiry, and attempted to gain the attention of his 
 
 SAV 
 
 mother. He now entered upon a most irregular literary career, 
 publishing poems and plays, and taking part in their repre- 
 sentation, and squandering his money m the most reckless and 
 profligate manner. He was tried and condemned for the murder 
 of a person in a public-house, but was^pardoned by the king. The 
 friendship of Lord Tyrconnel he fool'shly and ungratefully lost. 
 For some years he had a pension from the queen, in acknow- 
 ledgment of a birthday ode. And at last, after enduring great 
 want, he died in the prison at Bristol, where he was confined for 
 debt, in 1743, aged 45 years. His poems have long ceased to 
 be read, and the generous biography written by Dr. Johnson 
 alone preserves his name. 
 
 SA'VAGELY,a(;?. barbarously; cruelly. 
 
 SA'VAGENESS, s. barbarousness ; cruelty. 
 
 SAVA'NNAH, s. [Span.] an open meadow without wood ; pas- 
 ture ground, in America. 
 
 SAVA'NNAH, a river of Georgia, United States. It is formed 
 by the union of the Tugalo and Kiowee rivers, and is 600 miles 
 long. It enters the Atlantic through Tybee Sound. 
 
 SAVA'NNAH, a city of Georgia, United States. It stands on 
 the river of the same name, and is regularly planned and well 
 built. It has many public squares, adorned with rows of trees. 
 It has a good harbour, well fortified ; and on Tybee Island, at 
 the mouth of the river, is a lighthouse. It has a considerable 
 trade, as the river furnishes so expeditious a mode of communi- 
 cating with the interior. It is 662 miles from V^^ashington. Pop 
 11,214, of whom 4694 are slaves. There are five other places 
 bearing this name in the States, 
 
 SA'VARY, NICHOLAS, a French traveller of the last century. 
 He travelled in Egypt and the countries round the Levant, and 
 was there about five years. After his return, he published ac- 
 counts of his travels, and a translation of the Koran and other 
 Arabic works. Neither his accuracy nor his scholarship were 
 great, however. He died in 1788, aged 38 years. 
 
 SAUCE, s. [Fr,] in Cookery, any liquid or other thing eaten 
 with food to improve its taste, 2'o seive one the same sauce, is to 
 return one imury by another. 
 
 To SAUCE, V. a. to accompany food with something to give it 
 a higher relish ; to gratify the palate ; to intermix with some- 
 thing good or bad. 
 
 SAU'CEBOX, s. an impertinent, impudent fellow. 
 
 SAU'CEPAN, s. a small skillet used in making sauces, &c. 
 
 SAU'CER, s. [sauciere, Fr,] a small hollow plate on which a 
 tea-cup stands. 
 
 SAU'CILY, ad. impudently; in a saucy manner; petulantly; 
 impertinently. 
 
 SAU'CINESS, s. impudence ; petulance ; impertinence, 
 
 SAU'CISSE, Sau'sage, s. in Military Art, is a long train of 
 powder, sewed up in a roll of pitched cloth, about two inches in 
 diameter, serving to set fire to mines. 
 
 SAUCl'SSON, «. [Fr.] in Fortification, faggots made of large 
 boughs of trees bound together. They are commonly used to 
 cover men, to make epaulments, traverses, or breast-works in 
 ditches full of water, to render the way firm for carriages, 
 
 SAU'CY, a. [salsus, Lat.] pert; contemptuous of superiors ; 
 impertinent ; petulant ; insolent. 
 
 To SAVE, V. a. [sauver, Fr. salvo, from salvus, Lat.] to preserve 
 or rescue from danger, destruction, or misery ; to reserve or lay 
 by money ; to prevent from spending; to spare or excuse; to 
 salve; to reconcile. To save one's tide, is to embark just time 
 enough to accomplish a voyage before the tide turns; and, figu- 
 rativelj', to take, embrace, or not lose an opportunity. — i;. n. to 
 be cheap. 
 
 SAVE, ad. except ; not including, 
 
 SA'VEALL, (sdveaul) s. a small pan fixed in a candlestick to 
 burn the ends of candles. 
 
 SA'VER, s. a rescuer; one who lays up and grows rich; one 
 who escapes loss, though without gain ; an economist. 
 
 SA'VILLE, SIR HENRY, a distinguished English scholar of 
 the latter part of the 16th and the beginning of the 17th century. 
 He studied at Oxford, and afterwards travelled on the conti- 
 nent. After his return he was appointed tutor in Greek and 
 mathematics to Queen Elizabeth ; and afterwards held the offices 
 (if Warden of Merton College, and Provost of Eton. He died in 
 1622, aged 72 years. There are yet, at Oxford, professorships of 
 astronomy and geometry which were founded by him. 
 
 SA'VIN, s. [Fr.] in Botany, an herb, a species of juniper. 
 
 765 
 
S AV 
 
 SA'VING, a. frugal ; laying by money, and refraining from 
 expense. — ad. with exception or favour of. 
 
 SA'VING, 5. the act of avoiding expense ; any thing preserved 
 from being expended ; an exception in favour of. 
 
 SA'VINGLY, ad. with parsimonv. 
 
 SA'VINGS' BANKS. See Bank. 
 
 SA'VIOUR, s. Isaiweur, Fr.] the title given to our Lord Jesus 
 Christ, descriptive of his chief relation to mankind; a redeemer. 
 
 SAU'MAUEZ, JAMES, LORD DE, an eminent British ad- 
 miral during the last great v^iar. He was a native of Guernsey, 
 and early entered the service, and his first engagements were in 
 the American war. In the battle off the Dogger Bank, in the 
 victory off Cape St. Vincent, at the Nile, near Gibraltar, and in 
 otiier sharply eon tested engagements, he bore a distinguished part. 
 During the latter part of the war he had the command of the fleet 
 in the Baltic, where his services as a diplomatist, rather than 
 as a naval commander, were called into plaj'. Subsequently he 
 received at home, and from abroad, all the honours that his 
 services had merited ; and he died in 1836, aged 79 years. 
 
 SAU'NDERSON, DR. NICHOLAS, an eminent English ma- 
 thematician of the beginning of the last century. He was blind 
 from the first year of his life, from the small-pox, but he tri- 
 umphed over this great obstacle, studied with great diligence 
 and success at the Pennniston free-school, and having at 
 length attained to considerable proficiency in mathematics, 
 went to Cambridge, and lectured on that science. His success 
 here was very great, and he gained the friendship of Sir Isaac 
 Newton, and the other great men of the day. He was at last 
 made Lucasian Professor of Mathematics ; and received other 
 rewards of his incredible perseverance in spite of difficulties. 
 He died in 1739, aged 57 years. 
 
 To SAU'NTER, v. n. [sans terre, Fr.] to wander about in an 
 idle manner; to linger; to loiter. 
 
 SAVONARO'LA, GIROLAMO, one of the precursors of the 
 Reformation, and a champion of political freedom. He was a 
 Dominican monk, and had acquired great influence in Florence 
 by his eloquence in preaching. He was unsparing in denouncing 
 the vices of the age, and in exposing the crimes and irregu- 
 larities of the ecclesiastics; nor did he less fervently declare the 
 great principles of political liberty. He refused absolution to 
 Lorenzo the Magnificent, on his death-bed, because he would 
 not promise to restore freedom to Florence. During the incapable 
 government of Piero, and troubled times that followed it, he 
 was the head of the party who demanded political freedom, and 
 at the same time did not change the tone he had assumed, in 
 preaching against social and ecclesiastical corruption, not spar- 
 ing the pope himself. The unyielding firmness with which he 
 opposed the pardon of some conspirators against the freedom of 
 Florence, brought the opposition that was springing up against 
 him amongst the ecclesiastics and the nobility to a head, and 
 the attack was made by setting up a Franciscan friar to out- 
 preach the great orator. A companion of Savonarola, after this 
 contest bad gone on for some time, unwarily challenged the 
 Franciscan to the ordeal of fire in proof of the litigated matter. 
 All was prepared, when Savonarola required that his friend 
 should be permitted to carry the host with him in passing be- 
 tween the two blazing piles. This was rejected as blasphemous 
 sacrilege, and the influence of the reformer fell instantly. He 
 was dragged, by the people who had idolized him, to prison. 
 Savonarola had believed that he had the prophetic gift, at times, 
 from some threats he had uttered being realized by the invasion 
 of Charles VIII., and his friends had encouraged his belief On 
 this a capital charge was founded, and after a formal trial, he 
 was burnt, with the unwise champion of his cause, on the very 
 pile that had been raised for the ordeal, in 1498, aged 46 years. 
 He wrote several works, in which the truths of Christianity are 
 powerfully stated, considering the age, and the circumstances of 
 the writer. 
 
 SA'VORY, s. in Botany, a plant, whose leaves have a grate- 
 ful smell, and a penetrating pungent taste. 
 
 SA'VOUR, s. [saveur, Fr.] a scent or odour. Figuratively, a 
 taste. 
 
 To SA'VOUR, V. n. [savoiirer, Fr.] to have any particular 
 scent or taste ; to betoken or have an appearance of something. 
 —V. a. to like ; to relish, or take pleasure in ; to give a taste of. 
 
 SA'VOURY, a. [saKouretix, Fr.] pleasing to the smell ; relish- 
 ing ; flavorous; piquant. 
 766 
 
 SAW 
 
 SAVOY', s. [from the country in which it grows ;] in Cookery, 
 a sort of cabbage, with embossed and curled leaves. 
 
 SAVOY', a duchy of Italy, forming part of the kingdom of 
 Sardinia. It lies amongst the Alps, on the borders of Switzer- 
 land and France, and is bounded by Piedmont. It is about 80 miles 
 long, by 50 broad. It lies wholly on the W. side of the main 
 ridge of the Alps, but it has many lofty peaks within its boun- 
 daries, Mont Blanc being the loftiest. It has several lakes, and 
 the Lake of Geneva is partly within this duchy. The Isere, and 
 other tributaries of the Rhone, water its valleys. It yields iron, 
 lead, copper, a kind of coal, building-stone in abundance, mar- 
 ble, &c. &c. There is little corn, but wine, silk, fruit, and 
 cattle are produced plentifully. Its capital is Chamberri. Pop. 
 about 525,000. 
 
 SAU'RIAN, a. [sauros, Gr.] in Natural History, belonging to 
 the class of lizards and crocodiles. 
 
 SAU'RIN, JAMES, a French Protestant preacher, eminent for 
 his eloquence. His father was driven from his country by the 
 revocation of the Edict of Nantes, and retired to Geneva, where 
 the son, for a time, studied. Afterwards he became minister to 
 French congregations at London, and at the Hague. He died 
 in 1730, aged 53 years. His published works consist of Sermons, 
 which sustain the reputation he enjoyed during his life, and 
 have been translated into English ; and a treatise on the State of 
 Religion in France, 
 
 SAU'RIN, JOSEPH, a French mathematician, and, at first, 
 himself a Protestant preacher, but being compelled to leave 
 France for Switzerland, he left the ranks of the dissidents, for 
 Romanism ; and returning to his country enjoyed the favour of 
 several of the great dignitaries, and of the king also. He gained 
 a considerable name by his physical studies, but did not origin- 
 ate any advance in the science. He was once imprisoned on a 
 false accusation ; and died in 1737, aged 78 years. 
 
 SAU'SAGE, s. [saucisse, Fr.] in Cookery, a well-known food, 
 made of pork, veal, or beef minced very small, with salt and 
 spice, and put into a gut, or only rolled in flour. 
 
 SAUSSU'RE, HORACE BENEDICT DE, a celebrated geo- 
 logist and traveller of Geneva, where he was educated, and at 
 first made philosophical professor. During this time he laid the 
 foundation of his after fame, visiting Italy, England, France, 
 &c., and devoting himself, especially, to the difficult and dan- 
 gerous task of ascending the Alpine mountains, to ascertain 
 their height, and study their phenomena. This led him to the 
 study of meteorological instruments, in which he made some de- 
 cided improvements. In after life, when he had renounced his 
 professorship, he took part in the political movements at Geneva 
 which followed the French Revolution, and he died in 1799, 
 aged 59 years. His works are details of his travels, and observ- 
 ations in all branches of natural history. 
 
 SAUVEU'R, JOSEPH, an eminent French mathematician, 
 who first treated of that branch which developes the laws of 
 musical acoustics. He had the misfortune of being totally 
 dumb during the first seven years of his life, and afterwards he 
 had other difficulties almost as formidable to contend with; 
 but he triumphed over them by his energy and perseverance, 
 and almost without an instructor attained to such repute in ma- 
 thematical science, that he was employed in various services by 
 persons of distinction, as Prince Eugene, &c. He was highly 
 esteemed by Vauban for his knowledge of military engineering, 
 and received an appointment connected with that science. He 
 also held the post of mathematical professor in the Royal Col- 
 lege, He died in 1716, aged 63 years. 
 
 SAW, the preter. of To See. 
 
 SAW, s. [saga or sige. Sax. sawc, Dan.] a flat blade, the edge 
 of which is regularly notched with teeth, used to cut wood, 
 metal, &c. — [say/Ac, Belg.] a saying; a sentence ; a proverb; 
 an adage. 
 
 To SAW, V. a. participle sawed or saion ; to cut timber or other 
 materials with a saw. 
 
 SAWDUST, s. dust made by cutting wood with a saw. - 
 
 SAWFISH, s. in Ichthyology, a large fish, which has a long 
 and flat bony projection from its muzzle, the sides of which 
 are toothed, so as to make it look something like a large and 
 deeply cut saw. 
 
 SAW-MILL, s. a mill in which large saws are worked by ma- 
 chinery driven by wind, water, or steam-power; and used in 
 cutting planks, veneers, &c. &c. 
 
SAW'PIT, s. a pit over which timber is laid to be sawn. 
 
 SAWER, Saw'ver, s. one who cuts timber with a saw. 
 
 SAW'VVORT, s. in Botany, a plant, one species of which is 
 used by dyers to prive a yellow colour to coarse woollen cloths. 
 
 SAXE, MAURICE, COUNT DE, commonly called Sfarshal 
 Saxe, a very celebrated and successful general in the beginning 
 of the last century. He was the illegitimate son of the Elector 
 of Saxony and king of Poland; and displayed tastes which 
 such equivocal parentage might explain. His whole life was that 
 of a soldier of fortune. When only 12 years old he was in his 
 first action ; and in attempting to make good his title to the 
 duchy of Courland, and in the service of France, in the wars 
 with Austria and England, he spent the whole of his life. He 
 was equally successful in sieges, as those of Tournay and other 
 towns in Flanders ; in open fields of battle, as Fontenoy, which 
 he retrieved when almost routed ; and in defensive engagements 
 against overpowering numbers. He was not so successful in the 
 French effort to second the hair-brained attempt of the young 
 Pretender. He received all the honours that such a country as 
 France was could heap on a fortunate general; and died in 
 1750, aged 54 years. He was not much of a scholar, yet he 
 wrote a book called 3ft/ Reveries, containing some of his military 
 cogitations and experiences. 
 
 SA'XE, the name of four small German duchies; the most 
 considerable portions of which lie between Prussia, Saxony, 
 Bavaria, and Hesse Cassel, but of which some small districts lie 
 in the Bavarian and Prussian territories; and which are very 
 confusedly intermixed with each other. Saxe-Altenhurg lies 
 partly on the Saal and partly on the Pleisse, which are its chief 
 streams. It is under 500 square miles in extent. It has no very 
 elevated hills ; and its soil is, in general, most productive. It has 
 also iron mines, and yields some valuable kinds of stone and 
 earth. Corn of all kinds abounds; it rears plenty of cattle and 
 sheep; and supplies good timber. It has some manufactures. 
 Altenburg is its capital, which stands on the Pleisse. Pop, 
 about 12,000. Lat. 50. 58. N. Long. 12. 30. E. Pop. of duchy, 
 about 125,000. Saxe-Coburg-Gotha consists of two larger and 
 several smaller isolated portions, and is altogether nearly 800 
 square miles in extent. It is generally mountainous, the 
 higher points being about 3000 feet in elevation. None of the 
 rivers are large. Iron and other metals, coal, and various kinds 
 of building-stone and earth are found here. The lower districts 
 yield corn, timber, cattle, &c. &c. In the towns some branches 
 of manufacture are carried on very industriouslj'. Coburg and 
 Gotha are the chief places. {See Coburg.) Gotha, Pop. about 
 14,000. Lat. 50. 58. N. Long. 10. 43. E. Pop. of duchy, 
 about 160,000. Scixe-Meiningen-^ildhurghausen-Saalfield con- 
 sists of one large tract, and some detached smaller portions ; 
 and is, in total area, about 900 square miles. It lies on the river 
 Werra, and is crossed by the Saal ; but some parts are moun- 
 tainous, and it has heights of about 2500 feet. It is rich in 
 metals, iron, copper, and lead being obtained from mines, and 
 gold from the sands of the river. It also yields various kinds of 
 stone for building, &c., and useful earths and clays. Corn, fruits, 
 timber, cattle, &c. are produced abundantly. There are also 
 many valuable manufactures carried on in the towns. Its chief 
 towns, are Meiningen; Pop. about 5000. Lat. 50. 35. N. Long. 
 10. 25. E. Hildburghausen ; Pop. about 3000. Lat. 50. 25. N. 
 Long. 10. 41. E. And Saalfield ; Pop. about 4000. Lat. 50. 48. 
 N. Long. 10. 38. E. Pop. of duchy, about 160,000. Saxe-Wei- 
 mar-Eisenach consists of three larger and several smaller sepa- 
 rate portions ; in total area, about 1500 square miles. Eisenach 
 and Neustadt are mountains, their highest points ranging at 
 about 2500 feet. The Werra and the Saal are the chief rivers, 
 the others are small. Iron, &c., with some useful kinds of stone 
 and earth, are found. Weimar is the most productive portion in 
 respect of agriculture ; and yields corn, fruits, cattle, &c. There 
 are some manufactures also. Weiuiaris the capital. Jena is the 
 university for this and the sutrounding states. {See Eisenach, 
 Jena, Weimar.) Pop. about 270,000. 
 
 SA'XE-LAUENBURG. (See Lauenburo.) 
 
 SA'XIFRAGE, s. \saxum and/rango, Lat.] in Botany, a genus 
 of plants, common in England; two species having bright j-el- 
 low flowers, and another a very beautiful white flower. 
 
 SA'XO GRAMMATICUS, a Danish historian of the 12th cen- 
 tury. Very little is known of the history of the writer, but his 
 work is of considerable value. 
 
 SCA 
 
 SA'XONS, the people who formerly inhabited various districts 
 in the N. of Germany, and who sent forth the greater number of 
 the adventurers that seized upon the island of Britain after it 
 was relinquished by the Romans, and laid the foundation for 
 the present British race. In the history of this country they are 
 usually designated Anglo-Saxons, because of the fusion that took 
 place in language, manners, &c. between the two tribes of Angles 
 and Saxons, after the conquest of Britain. The Anglo-Saxon lan- 
 guage is the basis of the present English tongue, modern research 
 proving that the intermixture of foreign elements amounts to 
 no greater proportion than 3-8ths of the whole stock of words, 
 there being from 21,000 to 23,000 out of between 35,000 and 
 38,000 words that are of pure Saxon origin. But the original 
 tongue possessed more power in grammatical forms, and was 
 able to express, without the periphrases of auxiliary verbs, and 
 prepositions, which we use, most of the relations of words. The 
 remains of the Anglo-Saxon literature are tolerably copious. 
 
 SA'XONY, a kingdom of Germany, surrounded by Prussia, 
 Altenburg, Weimar, Reuss, Bavaria, and Austria. It is about 
 130 miles long, and about 50 broad. The part that lies next 
 Austria is very mountainous, some points of the Erzgebirge range 
 being about 3000 feet, and one about 4000 feet in height ; the 
 other parts are lower, but not many are less than 1000 feet high. 
 The N. part is a plain which is connected with the mountains 
 by an undulating and broken tract, having many hills of nearljf 
 1000 feet high. The Elbe is its chief river. Iron, copper, lead, 
 tin, gold, with coal, and many other valuable metals and mine- 
 rals, are found here. Corn, wine, timber, cattle, &c. are produced. 
 Its manufactures are exceedingly valuable, especially those of 
 woollen goods, linen, and lace. Its trade is chiefly maintained 
 by the great fairs at Leipsic ; but the Elbe is navigable for large 
 barges, and some trade is carried on bj' it. Dresden is the capi- 
 tal ; and Leipsic its university, and great trading-place. Pop. 
 about 1,800,000. 
 
 SA'XONY, a province of Prussia, bordering upon and inter- 
 mixed with the various German stales qf Mecklenburg, Hanover, 
 Brunswick, Anhalt, Hesse-Cassel, Weimar, Eisenach, Gotha, 
 Schwartzburg, Meiningen, Reuss, Altenburg, and Saxony, and 
 bounded by the province of Brandenburg. It is of a very irregu- 
 lar triangular form, each side being about 150 miles long. Some 
 parts of it are mountainous, and in it is the famous mountain, the 
 Brocken, which is about 3500 feet high. The Elbe is its great 
 river. Copper, iron, silver, &c., with building-stone, &c., are found 
 abundantly. Corn, wine, &c., with timber and cattle, are plen- 
 tifully produced. It has many important manufactures. Mag- 
 deburg is its chief town. Pop. about 1,700,000. 
 
 To SAY, V. a. preter. said, [secgan, Sax. scggen, Belg.] to speak, 
 tell, or utter words ; to allege or affirm. — v. n. to speak. 
 
 SAY, s. [saga, Sax.] a speech. — [contracted from assay,"] a sam- 
 ple, a trial by a sample. — [soie, Fr.] a kind of silk. 
 
 SAY, JEAN BAPTISTE, an eminent political economist of 
 France. He first appeared as a journalist during the Revolution, 
 and afterwards enjoyed some patronage from Buonaparte, which 
 he lost by voting against the project of an empire. His after- 
 life was completely private, except as regards the publication of 
 his works and occasional lectures on his favourite study. He 
 died in 1832, aged 05 years. His works, which are almost all 
 on Political Economy, are not distinguished by much that is 
 novel, being chiefly illustrations and vindications of Adam 
 Smith's doctrines ; but they were much thought of in France. 
 
 SA'YTNG, s. an expression ; words ; opinion delivered senten- 
 tiously; a saw, or adage. 
 
 SCAB, s. [scabies, from scabo, Lat.] in Surgery, a hard crust 
 covering a wound or sore. In Veterinary Surgery, the mange 
 in sheep. 
 
 SCA'BBARD, s. [schap, Teut.] the sheath of a sword. 
 
 SCA'BBED,Sca'bby,«. covered with scabs; paltry; worthless. 
 
 SCA'BBINESS, s. the quality of being scabby. 
 
 SCA'BIOUS, s. in Botany, a plant with blue blossoms, and 
 naked fruit-stalks, found on heaths and hilly pastures. A species 
 found in iparshes is called, from the singular truncated form of 
 its root, the devil's-bit scabious. 
 
 SCA'BIOUS, a. [scabiosus, Lat.] leprous ; itchy; scabby. 
 
 SCA'BROUS, a. [scabreux, Fr. scaber, Lat.] rough ; rugged ; 
 harsh: unmusical. 
 
 SCAD, s. in Natural Historj', a kind of fish, supposed to be 
 the same with the shad. 
 
 767 
 
SC A 
 
 SCjE'VOLA, a name that often occurs in Roman history, the 
 most famous bearer of which is the hero of one of the lays of 
 early Rome, C Mutius Scai-ola, who, when Lars Porsena be- 
 sieged the city, penetrated to his tent, with the intention of 
 assassinating him ; but having slain an attendant by mistake, 
 and being taken, and brought before the Etruscan leader, thrust 
 his right band into a fire burning near, to show his contempt of 
 any sufferings that might be inflicted on him; and boasted that 
 Rome had 300 young men who would do the same ; which so 
 struck the invader, that he dismissed him safely, and sought to 
 make peace with the state. The authentic facts of the case 
 cannot be ascertained now. 
 
 SCA'FFOLD, s. [eschafaut, Fr. schavot, from schuwen, Belg.] 
 an occasional gallery or stage, raised either for shows, execu- 
 tions, or spectators ; platforms erected on the sides of a building 
 for the workmen to stand on. 
 
 SCA'FFOLDAGE, Sca'ffolding, s. a frame or stage erect- 
 ed for a particular occasion ; a building erected in a slight 
 manner. 
 
 SCAGLIO'LA, s. in Building, an imitation of marble of any 
 sort. It is laid on brick, or any other ground-work, in the man- 
 ner of stucco, and takes a very fine and lasting polish. 
 
 SCALA'DE, Scala'do, s. [scalade, Fr. scalada. Span, scala, 
 Lat.] a furious assault made on a place by ladders raised against 
 the walls. 
 
 SCA'LARY, a. [scala, Lat.] proceeding by steps like those of 
 a ladder. 
 
 To SCALD, {skalud) v. a. [scaldare, Ital.] to injure the skin by 
 boiling water. 
 
 SCALD, (skauUl) s. in Medicine, a disease, in which the head 
 is covered with a scurf or scab. 
 
 SCALD, (skalud) a. mean ; paltry ; sorry. 
 
 SCALD, Skald, s. [Islandic,] a bard or poet. 
 
 SCALE, s. [scale. Sax. skal, Isl.] a flat dish of metal in which 
 things are weighed ; one of the small overlapping plates which 
 form the outer covering of fishes; a lamina or thin plate which 
 arises on metals. — [scala, Lat.] a ladder, or means of ascent ; the 
 act of storming by ladders; a regular gradation or series which 
 rises gradually higher ; a ruler used in measuring proportions ; 
 the series of musical proportion; any thing marked at equal 
 distances. A Pair of Scales is the common name for the instru- 
 ment used in Commerce to ascertain the weight of commodities, 
 called in Mechanics a Balance. Scales, in Music, are called dia- 
 tonic, when they consist simply of a note and its octave with the 
 six intervening notes ; chromatic, when the semitones are intro- 
 duced in addition ; and enharmonic, when all the tones between 
 the note and its octave, that are ever sounded in any key, are 
 introduced at the proper intervals. 
 
 To SCALE, V. a. [scalare, Ital.] to mount or climb by ladders ; 
 to weigh, measure, or compare; to take off a thin plate or 
 lamina ; to strip oft' scales ; to pare off a surface. — v. n. to peel 
 off" in thin pieces. 
 
 SCA'LED, a. squamous ; having scales like fishes ; scaly. 
 
 SCALE'NE, Scale'num, s. [Fr. Lat.] a triangle which has all 
 its three sides unequal. 
 
 SCA'LIGER, the name of two celebrated scholars of the IGth 
 century. Julius Casar, or The Elder, Scaliger, was born near Lago 
 Garda, in Austrian Italy, and spent the first part of his life in 
 the service of the Emperor Maximilian, as a soldier in the ser- 
 vice of France, a theological student, and a student in medicine ; 
 and at last devoted himself to scholarship, when he was ap- 
 proaching middle age. He settled at Agen, in France, whose 
 bishop was one of his patrons, and carried on his studies and 
 his medical practice, and died in 1558, aged 74 years. His 
 works are very numerous, and contain great stores for curious 
 students. He had the acquaintance of most of the learned men 
 of his time; but his arrogance and vanity kept him from their 
 friendship. Joseph Justus, or The Younger, Scaliger, was son 
 of the preceding, and derived most of his learning from his fa- 
 ther or by his own efflirts, though he studied at Bourdeaux and 
 at Paris. Having embraced Protestantism, he became Professor 
 of Literature at Leyden, at that time the most eminent uni- 
 versity in Europe. He lived there absolutely and slavishly de- 
 voted to study, yet never renouncing his inherited self-admira- 
 tion ; and died in 1009, aged 69 years. His writings and edi- 
 tions of classics are numerous, and highly valuable ; his great 
 knowledge of languages, Oriental and classical, enabling him to 
 
 SC A 
 
 bring so much erudition to bear on his subjects. His treatise on 
 Clironologij is especially useful to scholars. 
 
 SCA'LINESS, s. the state of being scaly. 
 
 SCALL, (skaull) s. [skalladur, Isl.] leprosy ; baldness. 
 
 SCA'LLION, s. [scaloyna, Ital.] in Botany, a kind of onion. 
 
 SCA'LLOP, s. [escallop, Fr.] in Natural History, a fish with a 
 hollow and pectinated shell ; the shell of a scallop fish. Any 
 thing drest in a scallop shell. 
 
 To SCA'LLOP, V. a. to cut or mark on the edges with waving 
 lines; to dress any thing in a scallop shell. 
 
 SCALP, s. [scalpo,\Va\.] in Anatomy, &c., the skin which covers 
 the top of the head. 
 
 To SCALP, V. a. to cut off the skin which covers the head. 
 
 SCA'LPEL, s. [Fr. scalpellum, Lat.] a kind of knife chiefly 
 used in dissections and surgical operations. 
 
 SCA'LY, a. covered with scales. 
 
 To SCA'MBLE, (skembl) v. n. to be turbulent or rapacious ; to 
 scramble, or get by struggling with others; to shift in an awk- 
 ward manner. — v. a. to mangle or maul. 
 
 SCA'MBLER,*. [Scottish,] an intruder upon a person's gene- 
 rosity or table. 
 
 SCAMMO'NIATE, a. made with scammony. 
 
 SCA'MMONY, s. [scammonium, Lat. scammonee, Fr.] in Materia 
 Medica, a concreted resinous juice, tender, friable, light, of a 
 grayish brown colour, and disagreeable odour, which is obtained 
 from the root of a kind of convolvulus that grows in Asia. 
 
 To SCA'MPER, r. n. [schampare, Ital. schampen, Belg;] to fly 
 with speed and fear ; to march with eagerness. 
 
 To SCAN, V. a. [scando, Lat. scandre, Fr.] to prove a verse by 
 examining its rhythm, &c. ; to examine in a nice and curious 
 manner. 
 
 SCA'NDAL, s. [skandalon, Gr. scandale, Fr.] an offence given 
 by the faults of others; a reproachful and infamous aspersion; 
 infamy. Scandalum magnatum, in Law, is a defamatory speech or 
 writing to the injury of a person of dignity ; for which a writ 
 that bears the same name is granted for the recovery of damages. 
 
 To SCA'NDAL, v. a. to treat opprobriously ; to charge falsely 
 with faults. 
 
 To SCA'NDALIZE, v. a. [skandalizo, Gr. scandaliser, Fr.] to 
 oflfend by some action supposed criminal ; to reproach, defame, 
 or disgrace. 
 
 SCA'NDALOUS, a. [scandaleux, Fr.] giving public offence ; 
 infamous ; reproachful ; shameful ; opprobrious ; disgraceful ; 
 openly vile. 
 
 SCA'NDALOUSLY, ad. shamefully; censoriously; opprobri- 
 ously. 
 
 SCA'NDALOUSNESS, s. the quality of giving public offence. 
 
 SCA'NDERBEG, (or Prince Alexander,) the great Albanian 
 warrior of the 15th century, whose real name was George Castrioi, 
 who resisted for many years the establishment of the Turkish 
 power in Albania. His father had submitted to the Turks, and 
 himself and his brothers were trained in Mohammedism, as host- 
 ages by Amurath II. Being intrusted with a military command 
 on the entrance of the army into Hungary, he joined with Hun- 
 niades, the vaivode of Transylvania, deserted the sultan and Is- 
 lam, and proclaimed himself Prince of Albania. He maintained, 
 throughout the rest of his life, war against the Mussulman in- 
 vaders of Europe; and, in spite of defeats and dangers, and by 
 every means that skill, and strength, and valour could eriiploy, 
 kept them at bay till he died, in 1467, aged G3 vears. 
 
 SCx\NDlNA'VlA, in Ancient Geography, the name by which 
 the countries N. of Germania and Sarmatia in Europe were de- 
 signated, although very little of them was known even to the 
 best informed of the Roman writers. 
 
 SCA'NSION, (jikdnshon) s. [scansio,ixom scando, Lat.] the act or 
 practice of scanning a verse. 
 
 To SCANT, V. a. [skaaner, Dan.] to limit, straiten, or keep 
 within narrow bounds. 
 
 SCANT, a. wary; parsimonious; scarce; less than what is 
 requisite. 
 
 SCA'NTILY, flrf. niggardly; sparingly; narrowly. 
 
 SCA'NTINESS, s. narrowness; want of space, amplitude, 
 quantity, or of greatness. 
 
 SCA'NTLET, s. a small pattern or quantity. 
 
 SCA'NTLING, s. [eschaniillon, Fr.] a small quantity cut as a 
 pattern ; a size or measure ; a small piece, proportion, or quanti- 
 ty ; small squared timber, used for rafters, &c. 
 
SCA'NTLY, ai. hardly; scarcely; narrowly; penuriously. 
 
 SCA'NTNESS, s. narrowness ; meanness; smaliness. 
 
 SCA'NTY, a. narrow; small; short of its proper quantity; 
 poor; sparing; niggardly. 
 
 To SCAPE, V. a. [contracted from escape,] to shun or fly.— p.m. 
 to get away from danger. 
 
 SCAPE.s. flight from danger; a means of escape ; an evasion; 
 a freak or start, owing to inadvertence ; an act of vice. 
 
 SCAPE-GOAT, in the Jewish Antiquities, the goat which was 
 set at liberty on the day of solemn expiation. For the ceremo- 
 nies on this occasion, see Lev. xvi. 5, G. 
 
 SCA'PEMENT, s. in Clock-work, a general term for the works 
 communicating the impulse to the pendulum. 
 
 SCA'PULA, JOHN, a Swiss scholar, who published a very 
 useful Greek lexicon, which has often been reprinted, and which 
 is constructed on a most serviceable plan, every word being ar- 
 ranged under its assumed, or presumed, radical. He is accused 
 of piracy in this work, with too much appearance of justice. 
 He lived at the end of the 16th and the beginning of the 17th 
 centuries, and nothing more is known respecting him. 
 
 SCA'PULA, s. [Lat.] in Anatomy, the shoulder-blade. 
 
 SCA'PULAR, Sca'pulary, a. [scapula, Lat.] relating or he- 
 longing to the shoulders. 
 
 SCAR, s. [eschar, Fr. eschara, Gr.] the seam or mark of a wound, 
 after it is cured. 
 
 To SCAR, V. a. to mark as with a sore or wound. 
 
 SCA'RAB, s. [scarabee, Fr. scarabceus, Lat.] in Natural History, 
 a beetle; an insect with sheathed wings. 
 
 SCA'RAMOUCH, s. [escarmouche, Fr.] a buffoon in a motley 
 dress. 
 
 SCA'RBOROUGH, Yorkshire, N. Riding. It is seated on a 
 steep rock, near which are such craggy cliffs that it is almost inac- 
 cessible on every side. It has a good harbour, possesses a con- 
 siderable shipping trade, is much engaged in the fisheries, and 
 is the best harbour of refuge between Newcastle and the Hum- 
 ber. It is a place of considerable resort, both for sea bathing, 
 and for the sake of the mineral waters. It is attractive also from 
 its scenery, &c. And it is supplied with all the apparatus of 
 fashionable and refined leisure. It is 237 miles from London. 
 Markets, Thursday and Saturday. Pop. 10,060. 
 
 SCARCE, a. [scarso, Ital. schars, Belg.] hard to be met with ; 
 rare; not plentiful or common. 
 
 SCARCE, Sca'rcely, arf. with difficulty; hardly; scantly. 
 
 SCA'RCENESS, Sca'rcity, s. penury ; smaliness of quantity ; 
 rarity; uncommonness ; infrequency. 
 
 To SCARE, «. a. [scorare, Ital.] to fright; to terrify; to af- 
 fright ; to strike with sudden fear. 
 
 SCA'RECROW, s. an image or clapper used to frighten birds ; 
 any thing to raise terror. 
 
 SCARF, s. [escharfe, Fr.] any ornament that hangs loose on 
 the shoulders. 
 
 To SCARF, V. a. to throw loosely on ; to dress in any loose 
 garment ; to join beams of timber securely. 
 
 SCA'RFSKIN, s. the outward skin of the body; the cuticle; 
 the epidermis. 
 
 SCARIFICATION, s. [Fr. from scarifico, Lat.] in Surgery, an 
 operation wherein several incisions are make in the skin by a 
 lancet, or some such instrument. 
 
 SCA'RIFIER, s. he who scarifies; an instrument by which 
 scarifications are made. In Agriculture, a machine for breaking 
 up the soil more effectually than can be donaby a plough, and 
 in conditions in which a plough will not act ; one of great value 
 in modern farming. 
 
 To SCA'RIFY, V. a. [skariphos, Gr. scarifico, Lat. scarifier, Fr.] 
 in Surgery, to let blood, by making several incisions in the skin, 
 as in cupping. 
 
 SCARLATI'NA, s. [from scarlet,'] in Medicine, the fever com- 
 monly known as scarlet fever ; which varies considerably in its 
 violence and danger. 
 
 SCARLATTI, the name of two celebrated musical composers 
 of Italy, the elder of ^\\om, Alessandro, remained, after studying 
 at Rome, at his native place, Naples, and was the first musician 
 of celebrity in that since famous seat of the Muses. His works 
 are very numerous, and consist of church-services, operas, and 
 smaller pieces of all kinds. He died in 1725, aged 75 years. His 
 son, Domenieo, after various residences in Italy and Portugal, 
 settled at Madrid; where he died in 1751, aged 68 years. His 
 
 SCE 
 
 works also are various and numerous, and he has the additional 
 praise of being one of the friends of the more celebrated Handel. 
 
 SCA'RLET, s. [escarlate, Fr. scarlato, Ital.] a beautiful bright 
 red, but not shining; cloth dyed scarlet. 
 
 SCA'RLET, a. of a scarlet colour. Scarlet Fever, In Medicine, 
 the common name for the dangerous variety of Scarlatina. 
 
 SCARP, s. [escarpe, Fr.] the slope on that side of a ditch 
 which is next to a fortified place, and looks towards the field. 
 
 SCA'RPA, ANTONIO, the great Italian anatomist. He stu- 
 died at Padua, and was first appointed Anatomical Professor of 
 Modena ; and subsequently occupied the same professorship at 
 Pavia, and was made chief of the faculty there. He travelled 
 in England, France, &c., chiefly with a view to his own pur- 
 suits, and maintained an active correspondence with the most 
 eminent men and societies throughout Europe. His works are 
 exceedingly numerous, and are all of the most valuable charac- 
 ter, the engravings being made from his own drawings. He 
 died in 1832, aged 84 years. 
 
 SCARRO'N, PAUL, the great French satiric and comic poet 
 of the 17th century. He was first a student for the ecclesiastical 
 profession, but his profligate habits were in the last degree unfit 
 for that, yet he continued till disabled by means of one of his 
 shameless frolics in carnival season. lie removed to Paris, 
 where his wit procured his living. He also married, with the 
 most generous views, a lady, afterwards secretly wedded to royal- 
 ty, as Madame de Maintencm. He continued in the same condi- 
 tion of suffering, and semi-dependence, semi-poverty, and frivol- 
 ous gaiety till his death, which, though in keeping with his life, 
 is not pleasing to contemplate. He died in 1660, aged 50 years. 
 His works are well known by English translations, and his 
 comedies are especially amusing. 
 
 SCATCH,«. [escache, Fr.] a kind of horse-bit for bridles. 
 
 SCA'THLESS, a. [Sax.], without injury, or loss. 
 
 To SCA'TTER, v. a. [scaterart. Sax. schatteren, Belg.] to throw 
 loosely about ; to sprinkle ; to dissipate or disperse; to spread 
 thinly. — v. n. to be dispersed or dissipated. 
 
 SCA'TFERLING, s. a vagabond ; one who has no fixed ha- 
 bitation. 
 
 SCATU'RIENT, a. [scaturiens, Lat.] springing as a fountain. 
 
 SCATURI'GINOUS, a. [scaturigo, Lat.] abounding in springs 
 or fountains. 
 
 SCA'VAGE, s. a toll or custom anciently exacted by mayors, 
 sheriff's, and bailiff's of cities and towns corporate, of merchant 
 strangers, for wares exposed and offered to sale within their 
 liberties; which was prohibited by 19 Hen. VII., but the city of 
 London still retains this custom. 
 
 SCA'VENGER, s. [scavan. Sax.] one whose office it is to see 
 that the streets are kept clean. 
 
 SCE'NERY, {seenery)s. the appearance of places or things ; the 
 representation of a place in which an action is performed ; a col- 
 lection of scenes used in a play-house. 
 
 SCENE, (seen) s. [Fr. shene, Gr. scena, Lat.] the stage; the 
 dramatic theatre ; the general appearance of any action ; dis- 
 play ; representation; series; a part of a play, generally applied 
 to so much as passes between the same persons in the same 
 place ; the place represented by the stage ; a picture or hang- 
 ing on the stage, relative to some place or building, adapted to 
 the play. 
 
 SCE'NIC, {seenik) a. [scenique, Fr.] dramatic; theatrical. 
 
 SCENOGRA'PHICAL, {seenogrqfikal) a. [skene and grapho, Gr.] 
 drawn in perspective. 
 
 SCENOGRA'PHICALLY, ad. in perspective. 
 
 SCENO'GRAPHY, (seendgrafy) s. the art of perspective. 
 
 SCENT, (sent) s. [sentir, Fr.] the power or sense of smelling ; 
 chace followed by the smell. 
 
 To SCENT, (sent) V. a. to smell ; to perceive any thing by 
 the nose, or organ of smelling; to perfume, or communicate 
 odours. 
 
 SCE'PTIC, s. [skeptikos, Gr.] in Philosophy, one who in- 
 quires into the evidences of propositions, in order to establish 
 those which are true, and reject those which are false. In com- 
 mon usage, employed in a bad sense, to denote one who doubts 
 or rejects the truths of religion without inquiry into their evi- 
 dence, or without allowing to their evidence its true worth. 
 
 SCE'PTICISM, «. in Philosophy, the system of Pyrrho, or of 
 universal doubt respecting both facts and truths, based on the 
 impossibility of removing all the difficulties out of the way of 
 5f .769 
 
SCH 
 
 establishing them. (See Pyrrho.) Also, in common usage, 
 infidelity in regard to the truths of religion. 
 
 SCE'PTRE, (septer) s. [Fr. sceptrum, Lat. skeptron, Gr.] a 
 royal staff borne in the hand by kings, &c., as a mark of their 
 sovereignty. 
 
 SCE'PTRED, (septred) a. bearing a sceptre. 
 
 SCHA'FFHAUSEN, (in all German names the sch is pro- 
 nounced like our sh, as, Shdffhowson, Sheeller, Shnlder, &c.,) one 
 of the cantons of Switzerland. It adjoins to Baden, and is 
 bounded by the cantons of Ziirich and Thurgau. It is about 
 30 miles long, and about 10 broad in the middle part. It is not 
 exactly mountainous, and its chief river is the Rhine, which is 
 its S. boundary. Iron and other valuable mineral products are 
 found here, and it yields corn, wine, fruits, timber, cattle, &c. 
 There are also a few manufactures. Its capital is of the same 
 name, and stands on the Rhine, over which it has a bridge. 
 It is fortified, and has some fine public buildings. There is a 
 college here, with a valuable library, and it has a good trade. 
 Pop. about 8000. Lat. 47. 41. N. Long. 8. 39. E. Pop. of can- 
 ton, about 35,000. 
 
 SCHA'LKEN, GODFREY, a Dutch painter, celebrated for 
 his candlelight scenes. He visited England, but his reputation 
 was mostly obtained in Holland. He died in 1706, aged 63 
 years. 
 
 SCHAU'MBURG, or Schau'enburg. See Lippe. 
 
 SCHE'DULE, (seduU) s. [scheduh, from scheda, Lat.] a small 
 scroll, or inventory ; a scroll annexed to a will or other writing, 
 containing something referred to in the main writing. 
 
 SCHEE'LE, CHARLES WILLIAM, an eminent Swedish 
 chemist, who settled at a small place near Stockholm, and pro- 
 secuted his researches with the aid of Bergman and Gahn. He 
 made several great discoveries, as, of the manner of obtaining 
 tartaric acid; of fluoric and several other acids; of chlorine; 
 of oxygen and nitrogen gas, (nut knowing that the former had 
 already been discovered,) &c. &:c. He died in 1786, aged 44 
 years. He may be reckoned one of the martyrs of science, for 
 he had few advantages in carrying on his most productive expe- 
 riments, and he died in consequence of his ardour in his favourite 
 pursuit. 
 
 SCHELDT, a European river, which springing up in France, 
 flows partly in that country, partly in Belgium, and partly in 
 the Netherlands, entering the North Sea by several mouths in 
 the latter country, after a course of upwards of 200 miles. Va- 
 lenciennes, Tournay, Ghent, Antwerp, and other towns of note 
 stand on its bunks. 
 
 SCHE'M ATISM, (sA;ema<«TO) s. [schema, Gx.l combination of 
 the aspects of heavenly bodies ; particular form or disposition 
 of a thing. 
 
 SCHE'MATIST, (skematist) s. a projector ; one given to form- 
 ing schemes ; a contriver. 
 
 SCHEME, (skeem) s. a plan, system, or design, wherein seve- 
 ral things are brought into one view ; a project, draught, con- 
 trivance; any lineal or mathematical diagram; combination of 
 the heavenly bodies. 
 
 SCHE'MER, s. a contriver; a projector. 
 
 SCHE'SIS, {s!cesis) s. [Gr.] habit of the body. A figure in 
 Rhetoric, whereby a certain affection or inclination of the oppo- 
 nent is feigned, on purpose to be answered. 
 
 SCHIE'DAM, a town of the Netherlands, standing on a 
 canal, near the wide aestuary through which the Rhine and 
 Meuse enter the N. Sea. It has a harbour, and some trade; but 
 is chiefly noted for its distilleries of Hollands gin, to which it 
 gives a familiar name. Pop. about 12,000. Lat. 51. 55. N. 
 Long. 4. 23. E. 
 
 SCHFLLER, JOHANN CHRISTOPH FRIEDRICH, the 
 great German poet and dramatist. He was first destined for 
 the ministry in the church ; but afterwards studied law at 
 Stutteard, as well as the drill-sergeant system would permit. 
 Here he practised in medicine, and produced his first work, the 
 Robbers; which, whilst it astounded all Germany, and laid the 
 foundation of his future glory, brought him so much trouble 
 that he at last left Stuttgard, and entered the service of the 
 manager of the Mannheim theatre, as a regular play-writer. 
 After working there a year and a half, he went to Leipsic ; and 
 not long afterwards, to Dresden ; and at both places continued 
 his literary activity unabated. He soon visited Weimar, and 
 gained the friendship of Goethe; then gained a lady-love at 
 770 
 
 SCH 
 
 Rudolstadt, and lived awhile there; and at Goethe's instance, 
 afterwards, received the Historical Professor's chair at Jena, 
 where he married. Here he achieved the most brilliant triumphs 
 of his genius; and resided wholly, with the exception of a few 
 visits to Berlin, &c., for about 10 years. The remainder of his 
 life was spent at Weimar, where he died in 1805, aged 46 years. 
 His dramas are his greatest works, and of these the Wallenstein, 
 and WUhelm Tell, Maria Stuart, and the Maid of Orleans are the 
 grandest ; Bon Carlos shows his first emergence into the regioa 
 of true art ; and the Robbers, which is one unutterable exagger- 
 ation, may be regarded as a fierce defiance to the dramatic pe- 
 dantry and untruth of the age. He also translated some of 
 Shakspeare's plays. His poems are very numerous, and very 
 beautiful, realizing most completely the idea of philosophical 
 poetry. The Song of the Bell, the Song of Joy, &c. are very beautiful ; 
 but most of them are known by no inferior translations here. In 
 History, he produced a Narrative of the Thirty Years? War; and 
 in Philosophy, a series of Essays and Letters, of great depth and 
 beauty. He was a devoted adherent of Kant's new Critical Phi- 
 losophy, and in this respect was the very antithesis of his 
 greater friend, Goethe. In other things he lived a noble, labori- 
 ous, and beautiful life, and by his works has painted his inmost 
 heart in true colours for our love and emulation. 
 
 SCHFRAS, a large and famous town of Farsistan, Persia, 
 and is the capital of that province. It is seated at the N. W. 
 end of a spacious plain, surrounded by very high hills, under 
 one of which the town stands. It is a very beautiful place, and 
 is adorned with mosques, gardens, &c. &c. It is famous in the 
 East for its wine. The ruins of Persepolis are 50. miles to the 
 N. E. of this place. It is 225 miles from Ispahan. Lat. 29. 40. 
 N. Long. 52. 55. E. 
 
 SCHFRRHOUS, {skirrous) a. [skirrhos, Gr.] consisting of a 
 hard insensible tumour. 
 
 SCHFRRUS, (skirrus) s. in Medicine, a hardened gland. 
 
 SCHISM, (sizm) s. [schizo, Gr.] in Ecclesiastical affairs, a di- 
 vision or separation in a church ; a party formed in a church, or 
 party-spirit which may exist there. In the latter sense it is used 
 in the New Testament ; in both senses it may be correctly em- 
 ployed in reference to any churches of the present day; but its 
 most common use, to designate persons separating/rom a church, 
 (whether that of Rome or England, i. e. whether standing on 
 the pretensions of spiritual or temporal power,) is incorrect, and 
 is simply a word of abuse and railing. Dissent is not, properly, 
 schism, but Puritanism and Nonconformity may be indicted for it. 
 
 SCHISMA'TIC, {sizmdtik) s. one who leads or follows in a 
 schism ; one who subscribes articles of religion with a mental 
 reservation, or in a non-natural sense. 
 
 SCHISMA'TICAL, {sizmdtikal) a. inclining to or practising 
 schism. 
 
 To SCHFSMATIZE, {sizmatize) v. a. to take part in a schism. 
 
 SCHLE'GEL, the name of several eminent men of letters and 
 scholars in Germany, the most famous of whom are, August. IVil- 
 helm von Schleget, who studied in Gottingen, and early acquired 
 a name for his scholarship and his poetical talents. His trans- 
 lation of Shakspeare increased his renown, and led to a profess- 
 orship at Jena. Thence, after some years, he removed to Ber- 
 lin, where he encountered the famous Madame de Stael, in 
 company with whom he travelled, and worked in literature. He 
 was once secretary to Bernadotte of Sweden ; afterwards he 
 visited France and his friend de Stael, and finally settled as a 
 professor at Rome, where he diligently laboured in Oriental stu- 
 dies, and died in 1845, aged 78 years. His criticism in litera- 
 ture was better than his scholarship, and his remarks on Shak- 
 speare are surpassed only by those of Goethe and Coleridge. 
 His poems are his best writings, and his historic and linguistic 
 essays are not superior, as the works of a German. His brother, 
 Friedrich von Schlegel, differed in many respects from him. He 
 studied at Gottingen and Leipsic, and was first associated with 
 his brother, and with Schleirmacher, in different critical and 
 editorial works, as well as being engaged in writing and bring- 
 ing out some works independently, and lecturing, by which he 
 produced a great impression. He visited Paris, and returning, 
 settled at Vienna, having joined the Roman Catholic Church. He 
 was now associated with his brother, and with Novalisand Tieck, 
 in several literary plans and labours ; but during the whole time 
 he continued to study and write on his own responsibility. He 
 devoted himself especially to Oriental languages, and attained 
 
SCH 
 
 some celebrity in that branch of knowledge ; he was also for a 
 short time employed by Metternich at the Imperial or National 
 Diet ; and in dehvering his lectures, he occasionally visited other 
 
 g laces of note in Germany. He died in 1829, aged 57 years, 
 leside his poems, and works on Oriental languages, he has con- 
 tributed to general literature many valuable critical essays. His 
 Lectures on the Philosophy of Life, Language, and History, are 
 highly esteemed ; but though abounding with learning, and re- 
 markably fair for a convert to Rome, are filled with strange fan- 
 tasies in psychology, and etymology also. All his writings evince 
 the genuine devoutness of his disposition. 
 
 SCHLE'lEKMACHER, FRIEDRICH ERNST DANIEL, a 
 great German scholar, critic, divine, and preacher. He received 
 nis first impression and instructions amongst the Herrnhutters, 
 and afterwards studied at Halle. His first engagements were 
 scholastic, and then he became a preacher, settling, after a re- 
 move or two, at Berlin. Here he commenced his literary career, 
 in various essays, and afterwards in his magnificent translation 
 of Plato. His next appointment was to a professorship at Halle, 
 whence the war drove him, and he returned to Berlin. He did 
 not relinquish his ministerial work till he was made theological 
 professor at Berlin. He died in 1834, aged 6C years. The learn- 
 ing and eloquence displayed by Schleiermacher in all his works, 
 spoken and written, was such as to exert great influence on the 
 highest and most cultivated classes of Germany; and the ex- 
 quisite spirit of faith and religion which pervaded all he said and 
 did, turned all his influence to the best account. In his theo- 
 logy, he cannot be ranked with any recognised class, sipce, 
 though he assented to the dogmas of some communions, iTe did 
 not agree with them in the grounds of his assent, and he dif- 
 fered yet more widely from them in his decided spirituality of 
 mind. He joined to all his other qualities, that of the most cap- 
 tivating and unafl:'ected playfulness, so that he was customarily 
 designated amongst his students and friends, the sixty-years-old 
 hoy. A few of his writings, and a few extracts, have been trans- 
 lated into English, but the greater part of bis labours are as yet 
 inaccessible to readers here. 
 
 SCHLE'SWIG. &e Sle'swick. 
 
 SCHO'LAR, (^skolar) s. one who receives instruction from a 
 master; a disciple; a man of letters; a pedant. 
 
 SCHiyLARSHIP, (skdlarship) s. learning; knowledge acquired 
 by education at school, university, &c., by the study of authors, 
 or converse with people of genius and letters ; an exhibition or 
 pension allowed a scholar or student. 
 
 SCHOLA'STIC, (skoldstik) a. [scholasticus, from schola, Lat.] 
 practised in the schools ; acquired at, or befitting, a school. 
 Scholoitic Philosophy, the system which arose from the study of 
 Aristotle, and his commentators, and from the assumption of 
 their dicta, as the axioms and laws by which the science of 
 both truth and fact was to be constructed. The most melancholy 
 consequences of this prodigious error are to be found in the his- 
 tory ot theology; physical science bad its Bacon, but no Hercules 
 has yet arisen to unchain Divine truth from the cold and barren 
 rocks, to which the despots of the mind, six centuries ago, bound 
 it. See Aquinas, Nominalism, Realism, Theology, &c. 
 
 SCHOLA'STICALLY, ad. according to the niceties or me- 
 thods of the schools. 
 
 SCHO'LIAST, {skoliast) s. [scholiaste, Fr.] a writer, or author, 
 of explanatory notes. 
 
 SCHO'LIUM, {skotium) s. [Lat.] a note or explanation. 
 
 SCHOOL, {skool) 8. [schola, Lat.] a house where persons are 
 instructed in any science or art ; a state of education ; a particular 
 system of teaching. British Schools, the name given to those day 
 schools for the people, from which, on Lancaster's plan, religious 
 sectarianism is rigidly excluded. Infant Schools, are those in 
 which children under six years of age are taught the exercise of 
 the faculties that are active then, and trained for further instruc- 
 tion. Normal Schools, are those maintained in connexion with an 
 establishment for educating teachers, to serve as an exercise and 
 pattern to them. Sunday Schools, are those valuable institutions 
 begun by Robert Raikes, at a time when day schools were rare, 
 and few opportunities were given to the children of the poor of 
 obtaining any instruction at all, for the purpose of doing the best 
 that could be done, in the unoccupied hours of the day of rest, 
 by voluntary and gratuitous teaching, to supply the deficiency. 
 Their original intention is almost lost sight of through the won- 
 derful progress of British and other day schools since his time ; 
 
 and as the instruction is almost wboUy confined to religious 
 subjects, and the support of them has become a great part of the 
 form of evangelical religion, great need exists at the present mo- 
 ment for a complete change in them, and for something vital 
 and efficient to be substituted for what is almost every where to 
 be found. National Schools, are those carried on on Dr. Bell's 
 system, the peculiar mark of which is the exclusion of the chil- 
 dren of all who differ from the Church of England, or the sub- 
 jection of them to the inculcation of her catechism and forms. 
 Training Schools, are institutions for the education of teachers of 
 schools for the people, of which several, maintained by diflTerent 
 societies, and in various degrees of efficiency, exist in London, 
 and are known to most persons. Grammar or Endowed Schools, 
 are old institutions, originating usually in some bequest of funds 
 for educating a certain number of pupils according to a particu- 
 lar routine, and called grammar schools from the fact that almost 
 all scholarship was formerly included in the meaning of that 
 word. Proprietary Schools, are grammar schools raised by a com- 
 pany of shareholders, who pay efficient masters, and obtain 
 (sometimes) a good per centage for the money they have invest- 
 ed, beside having certain privileges in respect to the introduc- 
 tion of pupils. 
 
 To SCHOOL, {skool) v. a. to instruct or teach ; to teach with 
 superiority ; to tutor. 
 
 SCHOO'LBOY, s. a boy that goes to school. 
 
 SCHOO'LFELLOW, s. one bred in the same school. 
 
 SCHOO'LMAN, (skoobnan) s. in Philosophy and Theology, the 
 name by which Aquinas and the other doctors, who regarded 
 Aristotle as the Prometheus of the mind, are usually known. 
 
 SCHOO'LMASTER, (skoolmaster) s. one who presides and 
 teaches in a school. 
 
 SCHOO'LMISTRESS, s. a woman who governs a school. 
 
 SCHOO'NER, s. a small kind of one-masted vessel, less than 
 a sloop. 
 
 SCHREVE'LIUS, CORNELIUS, a classical editor of Leyden, 
 where he was rector of the high school. He published a Zatin 
 and Greek Lexicon, which was of some use in his days, and which 
 is perversely preferred by some teachers of these days, who are 
 sceptical respecting the progress made in the study and know- 
 ledge of Greek, during the last 200 years. He died in 16G7, 
 aged .53 years. 
 
 SCHU'LTENS, the name of several learned Orientalists of 
 Holland, the most eminent of whom were Albert Schultens, who, 
 after studying at the best universities of the country, became 
 Oriental Professor at Leyden, and wrote, amongst other works, a 
 Commentary on the Hook of Job, another on the Provei'bs, and some 
 treatises on Hebrew. He died in 1750, aged 64 years. Henry 
 Albert Schultens was professor at Amsterdam, and published 
 many valuable works in the Arabic language, &c. He died in 
 1793, aged 44 years. 
 
 SCHVVARZ, BERTHOLD, a Cordelier monk of Germany, 
 in the 13th century, to whom is commonly attributed the in- 
 vention of gunpowder. 
 
 SCHVVARZ, CHRISTIAN FREDERIC, one of the early 
 missionaries to India. He had been educated at Halle, and was 
 one of those who shared the zeal of the celebrated Francke for 
 the revival of evangelical piety and zeal. He laboured chiefly 
 under the auspices of the Society for Promoting Christian Know- 
 ledge, an old Church of England institution. He acquired so 
 great a reputation for probity in India, that he was the only 
 person, on several occasions, whom the natives would receive to 
 treat with respecting the British affairs there ; and the rajah of 
 Tanjore bequeathed to him the education of his son. He died 
 in 1798, aged 74 years, and is held in repute even to the present 
 day amongst all classes of religionists. 
 
 SCHWA'RZBURG, a principality of Germany, now divided 
 into two branches. The territory consists of two portions, with 
 a total area of about 750 square miles. They are both border- 
 ing on Prussia, and bounded on other parts by the adjoining 
 Saxon duchies, Weimar, Gotha, &c. The Upper country is very 
 mountainous, but the Lower is more level ; yet it has some lofty 
 hills. A few small rivers alone water them. Iron, lead, copper, 
 and other metals, with building-stone, slate, and other useful 
 kinds of stone and earth, are found here. Corn, timber, cattle, 
 &c. are raised. Some manufactures are carried on in the chief 
 towns. The largest of the separate principalities is Schwarzburg- 
 Rudolstadt, of which Rudolstndt is the capital. Pop. above 
 5 F 2 771 
 
SCI 
 
 60,000. The smaller is called SchwarHnirg-Sonderhausen, anA 
 has for its capital Sonderhatisen. Pop. about 00,000. Total 
 pop. of Schwarzburg about 120,000. 
 
 SCHWEITZ, a canton of Switzerland, surrounded by the 
 cantons of Zurich, Zug, Lucerne, Unterwalden, Uri, and Glarus. 
 It is about 80 miles long, by about 40 broad. It lies amid the 
 loftiest parts of the Alps, the general height of which is about 
 5000 feet, and some points are very much higher. The Lakes of 
 Zurich, Zug, Lucerne, &cc. either border on it, or are partly in- 
 cluded in it. Cattle, timber, and dairj; products are its chief 
 wealth and articles of trade. Its manufactures are not import- 
 ant. Schweitz, its capital, stands in a beautiful valley, and has 
 some good buildings, and various interesting relics of the 
 former history of the freedom of Switzerland. Pop. about 3500, 
 Lat. 47. 0. N. Long. 8. 42. E. Pop. of canton, about 45,000. 
 
 SCIA'GRAPHY, s. [sciagraphie, Fr. from skia and graplWyGx-l 
 in Architecture, the profile or .section of a building, to show the 
 inside thereof. In Astronomy, the art of finding the hour of 
 the day or night by the shadow of the sun or moon. 
 
 SCIATIC, Scia'tica, (the sci in this and the following words 
 is pron. always like si,) s. [Lat. sciatique, Fr.] in Medicine, the 
 rheumatism in the hip. 
 SCIA'TICAL, a. afflicting the hip. 
 
 SCl'ENCE, s. [Fr. scientia, Lat.] properly, and philosophically, 
 knowledge of any kind methodized. {See Method, Philosophy, 
 Induction, ^c.) Popularly, natural philosophy, especially the 
 practical and experimental part of it. Science is distinguished 
 from Art; this being the study of the beautiful, that of the true. 
 The Sciences are distinguished from the Arts ; those being the 
 development and systematic arrangement of principles, these 
 the application of them in practice. Science is also distinguished 
 from literature; that being the discovery and methodizing of any 
 branch of human knowledge, this the teaching of it by speech or 
 writing. 
 SCIE'NTIAL, (sienshial) a. producing certainty or knowledge. 
 SCIENTI'FIC, Scienti'fical, a. {scientia and fado, Lat.] pro- 
 ducing certainty or demonstrative knowledge. 
 SCIENTl'FICALLY, ad. so as to produce knowledge. 
 SCI'LLY, a cluster of islands and rocks, lying off Cornwall, 
 about 150 in number, consisting chiefly of granite and similar 
 rocks. St. Mary's is the largest and most cultivated, and has 
 two villages on it. Agriculture, grazing, and fishing are carried 
 on, and are the chief support of the people. They are dangerous to 
 .ships, and there is a lighthouse upon one which is named St. 
 Agnes. Pop. of St. Mary's, 1545; of the whole group, 2582. 
 SCl'MITAR, s. See Cimeter. 
 SCI'NDE. &eSiNDE. 
 
 To SCI'NTILLATE, v. n. [_scintilh, Lat.] to sparkle ; to emit 
 sparks. 
 
 SCINTILLATION, s. [Fr. scintillatio, Lat.] the act of spark- 
 ling; sparks emitted. 
 
 SCI'OLIST, s. [scidlus, diminutive from scius, Lat.] one who 
 knows many things superficially; a smatterer in science or 
 literature. 
 
 SCl'OLOUS, a. superficially knowing. 
 
 SCl'ON, s. [Fr.] a small twig taken from one tree to be in- 
 grafted into another. 
 
 SCI'PIO, a celebrated family name in the historj^ of Rome. 
 The most distinguished bearers of it were, — Puhllus Cornelius 
 Scipio, who was several times defeated by Hannibal on his invasion 
 of Italy, and afterwards in Spain, in conjunction with his bro- 
 ther, gained several victories over the Carthaginian forces, till, 
 at length, he fell in battle, and his army was totally routed, in 
 212 B. c. P. Cornelius Scipio Africanus, son of the preceding, be- 
 gan his career in the disastrous defeats which laid all Italy at 
 Hannibal's mercy. He was sent, on his father's death, into 
 Spain, where he was so successful as to retrieve all the Roman 
 losses in that part. After a lapse of time, occupied with affairs 
 of minor importance, he carried the war into Africa, and after 
 some brilliant victories at Zama, finally overthrew the great gene- 
 ral who had so long been the terror and the scourge of Rome. It 
 was this which obtained him the honourable surname by which 
 he is distinguished. After having engaged in war with Antio- 
 chus, and been involved in some of the ceaseless personal con- 
 tests amongst the chief men in the state, in some of which he 
 narrowly escaped with his life, he left Rome, and died in about 
 185 B. c. P. C. Scipio ^milianus Africanus, adopted son of the 
 
 SCO 
 
 preceding, after gaining a great name in Greece, Spain, and 
 Africa, was sent into the last country to complete the destruction 
 of the great rival to the city of the Tiber ; he took Carthage, 
 and it was razed to the ground. He next appeared before the 
 walls of Numantia, in Spain, and that city, which had resisted 
 for so many years, fell before him. The attempt of the Gracchi in- 
 volved Scipio, who was found murdered in his own house, in 
 129 B. c. P. C. Scipio Nasica Serapion, was the embodiment ol 
 all the aristocratic, antipopular intentions and aspirations of 
 this great family, without any reputation for military prowess, 
 or any fame of glorious deeds done in defence of Rome, to en- 
 able historians to rebuke the fierce and fickle democracy. They 
 all hoped to destroy the republic; the exile of the Elder Afri- 
 canus, and the death of the Younger, were the rewards of their 
 treason. This man had all the insolence that Shakspeare has 
 endowed Coriolanus with ; — he asked a poor voter whose " most 
 sweet voice " he was soliciting, when he saw how hard his hands 
 were, — " if he walked on them } " He opposed the Gracchi, 
 and the senate rid both themselves and the city of his pre- 
 sence, by an embassy to Asia, where he died in about 130 B. c. 
 SCI'RE-FA'CIAS, s. [Lat.] in Law, a writ whereby a person 
 is called on to show cause why a judgment passed should not be 
 put in execution. This writ is not granted before a year and a 
 day is passed after the judgment is given. 
 
 SCl'SSORS, s. always used in the plural ; [scindo, Lat.] a 
 small pair of blades with a sharp edge, moving on a rivet, and 
 used for cutting paper, cloth, &c. 
 
 SCI'SSILE, a. [Fr. scissilis, Lat.] capable of being cut or di- 
 vided by a sharp edge. 
 
 SCFSSION, (sishon) s. [Fr. scissio, Lat.] the act of cutting. 
 SCI'SSURE, s. [scissum, Lat.] a breach, rupture, fissure, crack, 
 or rent. 
 
 SCLEROTIC, {sklerMh) a. [skleros, Gr.] hard ; generally ap- 
 plied to one of the tunics of the eye. See Eye. 
 
 SCLEROTICS, (sklerntiks) s. [skleroo, Gr.] in Medicine, pre- 
 parations which harden and consolidate the parts they are ap- 
 plied to. 
 
 To SCOAT, {skdt,) Scotch, v. a. to stop a wheel by putting a 
 stone or piece of wood under it. 
 
 To SCOFF, V. n. [schoj^pen, Belg.] to ridicule with insolence. 
 To treat with contemptuous and reproachful language, used 
 with at. 
 SCOFF, s. derision ; ridicule ; expression of scorn. 
 SCO'FFER, s. one who ridicules, or derides another with inso- 
 lence, contumely, or sauciness. 
 SCO'FFINGLY, ad. in contempt ; in ridicule. 
 To SCOLD, (sk6ld) v. n. [scholdcn, Belg.] to quarrel with or 
 chide in a vehement, clamorous, and rude manner; to brawl. 
 SCOLD, (skold) s. a clamorous, quarrelsome woman. 
 SCO'LLOP, s. See Scallop. 
 
 SCOLOPE'NDRA, s. in Natural History, a venomous insect 
 having many legs. 
 
 SCONCE, s. [schantz, Teut.] a fort or bulwark. Figuratively, 
 the head ; a candlestick, which moves on a rivet, and is fixed 
 against a wall. 
 
 SCOOP, s. [schoepe, Belg.] a kind of large ladle, used to throw 
 out liquor; an instrument made of bone, and used in eating the 
 pulp of an apple, &c. 
 
 To SCOOP, V. a. [schoepen, Belg.] to get by means of a scoop ; 
 to lade out ; to empty or carry off' in a hollow instrument ; to cut 
 hollow or deep. 
 SCOO'PER, s. one who scoops. In Zoology, a water-fowl. 
 SCOPE, s. [scopus, Lat.] the object of a person's actions or 
 designs; an aim, intention, or drift; the final end; room, or 
 space ; liberty, or freedom from restraint. 
 
 SCO'POLI, JOHN ANTONY, an Italian naturalist and phy- 
 sician. He studied at Trent and Innspruck, and his first ap- 
 pointment was as physician for the mines in Tyrol. Afterwards 
 he was made mineralogical professor at Chemnitz, and finally pro- 
 fessor of natural history at Pavia. He died in 1737, aged 64 
 years. His work relates chiefly to botany, which he studied 
 with great diligence in Tyrol, &c. 
 SCO'PULOUS, a. [scopulus, Lat.] abounding in rocks. 
 SCORBUTIC, Scorbu'tical, a. [scorbutigue, Fr. scorbutus, Lat.] 
 afflicted with the scurvy. 
 
 SCORBUTICALLY, ad. with tendency to the scurvy ; in the 
 scurvy. 
 
SCO 
 
 To SCORCH, V. a. [scorcned. Sax.] to change the colour of any 
 thiiifj by heat ; to burn superficially ; to burn ; to parch. — v. n. to 
 be burnt on the outside; to be dried up. 
 
 SCORE,*. [skora,\s\.'] a notch cut with an edged instrument ; 
 aline drawn; an account kept by notches cut in wood, or by 
 lines drawn by chalk ; a debt ; an account of something past; 
 part of a debt; a reason or motive; sake. Twenty; probably 
 because twenty, being a round number, was distinguished on 
 tallies by a long score. Music in score, is that which is written 
 each part, either for the voice or for instruments, on a separate 
 staff, but all so as to be read together. 
 
 To SCORE, V. a. to set down as a debt ; to impute or charge ; 
 to mark by a line. 
 
 SCO'RIA, s. [Lat.] dross ; recrement. 
 
 SCO'RIOUS, a. [scoria, Lat.] drossy. 
 
 To SCORN, f. a. [schernen, Belg. escorner, Fr.] to despise, slight, 
 contemn, vilify, deride, disdain.— u. n. to scoff, or treat with con- 
 temptuous language, used with at 
 
 SCORN, «. [escorne, old Fr.] an act of contumely and contempt ; 
 slight; scoff; derision. To fciujiA to scorn, to deride as contempt- 
 ible. 
 
 SCO'RNER, s. one who treats a person or thing with contempt 
 or ridicule ; a despiser ; a scoffer. 
 
 SCO'RNFUL, a. disdainful; insolent; looking upon or treat- 
 ing with contempt ; acting in defiance. 
 
 SCO'RNFULLY, arf. contemptuously; insolently. 
 
 SCO'RPION, s. [Fr. scorpio, Lat.] in Zoology, a reptile resem- 
 bling a lobster, but his tail ends in a point, and has a very 
 venomous sting. One of the signs of the Zodiac, which the sun 
 enters about October 24. 
 
 SCOfRPlON-GRASS, s. in Botany, a genus of plants, one of 
 the British species of which is ihe forget-me-not. 
 
 SCOT, «. \Jcot, Fr.] shot; payment. Scot and lot, what is due 
 from a person as a parishioner, &c. Scot free, denotes a person 
 being excused paying his share to his reckoning, or being re- 
 mitted some punishment. 
 
 SCOT, REGINALD, the first opponent of the vulgar super- 
 stition respecting witchcraft. He studied at Cambridge, and 
 devoted his leisure to gardening and writing. His Discovery of 
 TFifcAcra/Z excited considerable opposition from those who rea- 
 soned that if a man should not believe in the devil, he would 
 not believe in God. But he now bears the palm. He died in 
 1599, at an advanced age. 
 
 SCO'TLAND, the name of the N. part of the island of Great 
 Britain. It is bounded on all sides by the ocean, except the S., 
 where it is separated from England by the river Tweed, the 
 Cheviot hills, the river Esk, and Solway Frith. It is 380 miles 
 in length, and about 190 in breadth where it is broadest. There 
 are about 300 islands belonging to Scotland, some of which are 
 very considerable. These are called the Western Islands, the 
 Orkneys, and the Shetland Islands. The physical features of 
 the country will be found under Great Britain, and the names 
 of the separate counties. Scotland was an independent king- 
 dom till James VI. was called to the throne of England ; and in 
 the reign of Queen Anne, the kingdoms were united under the 
 name of Great Britain. Sixteen peers are elected to represent 
 the nobility, and 53 commoners to represent the counties and 
 boroughs, in the same parliament with that of England. There 
 are five universities in Scotland, \\z. St. Andrew's, Glasgow, 
 Edinburgh, New Aberdeen, and Old Aberdeen. It is divided 
 into 34 counties, and Edinburgh is the capital. The establish- 
 ed religion is the Presbyterian. Pop. 2,620,184. 
 
 To SCOTCH, V. a. to cut, or make slight marks with an edged 
 instrument. 
 
 SCOTCH, s. a slight cut ; a shallow incision. 
 
 SCO'TOMY, s. [siiotoma, from skotos, Gr.] a dizziness or swim- 
 ming in the head, causing' dimness of sight. 
 
 SCOTT, SIR MICHAEL, a naturalist and philosopher of 
 Scotland, in the 13th century, whose history has been, through 
 the reverence of the people, darkened by so many legendary 
 tales, that it is difficult to discover the facts of it. He tra- 
 velled in England, and some parts of the continent, and was 
 knighted by several sovereigns, as well as by the Scottish king. 
 He died in about 129-3. Some of his writings exist. But his 
 fame rests chiefly on the allusions to his magical skill made by 
 poets of most European nations. 
 
 SCOTT, SIR WALTER, the great novelist, poet, and historical 
 
 SCR 
 
 antiquary, was first a law student, and barrister, and rose to 
 be sheriff of the county of Selkirk, and one of the principal 
 clerks of the session of Scotland. He was made a baronet at 
 the coronation of George IV. When the extreme anxiety and 
 toil which followed the crash of his fortunes had preyed greatly 
 on his health, he visited Italy, and returned only to die, in 
 1832, aged 61 years. Few lives of literary men have been so 
 remarkable as Sir Walter Scott's. The number, the variety, the 
 superior excellence of his writings ; the effect produced by them 
 on the writings of those who entered the field after him ; the 
 splendour of his connexions; his princely hospitality at Abbots- 
 ford; the unparalleled money transactions in which he was in- 
 volved by his works, and by which he was ultimately ruined ; 
 these, — with the incredible fund of anecdote, history, ballads, 
 legends, &c. &c., that he had amassed, and by a most wonderful 
 memory retained, and with which his conversation was as much 
 enriched as his books,— make his history a greater romance than 
 any which he has written. In his early days, he tried his 'pren- 
 tice hand on translations and editions of old poetry ; and came 
 before the world first with the Layofthe Last Minstrel. Amongst 
 the numerous poems that followed, Marmion and ihe Lady of the 
 Lake may be especially mentioned. When that faculty seemed 
 to grow dull, he commenced his novels, and for a long time un- 
 known he charmed all readers with his Waverley, Guy Manner- 
 ing. Antiquary, tales of covenanters, and of chivalry ; tales of the 
 golden days of Queen Bess, and of the Pretender's rebellions ; 
 of Highland caterans, and English Puritans; and continued it 
 with inexhastible fertility and variety, till the prophets of his 
 failure ceased to vaticinate his becoming effete in sheer de- 
 spair. At last, reduced to a literary drudge, he wrote Lives and 
 Histories, Letters on Witchcraft, Tales of a Grandfather ; and 
 ceased not producing till truly death-stricken. The endless series 
 of editions, in all forms, and at every imaginable variety of price; 
 — the numberless translations of them ; — the endless illustrations 
 in every style of art ; — best attest the hold they have on the taste 
 and feelings of men. Respecting his monetary affairs, it is im- 
 possible to make the prodigality and criminality of them ap- 
 parent, without more space than can be afforded here ; they 
 form one of the most portentous warnings against all temptations 
 of '^accommodation bills" that the trading world has ever re- 
 ceived. And to literary men they are a warning, no less em- 
 phatic, against supposing that the powers and reputation of a 
 man of letters may be without guilt, or safely, reduced to the ca- 
 tegory of mere merchandise. 
 
 SCO'VEL, s. [scopa, Lat.] a sort of mop for sweeping ovens ; a 
 maulkin. 
 
 SCOU'NDREL, s. [scondantola, Ital.] a mean rascal ; a low 
 petty villain ; a person of base principles and actions. 
 
 To SCOUR, V. a. [skurer, Dan. scheuren, Belg.] to rub a surface 
 hard with any thing tough in order to cleanse it; to remove by 
 scouring; to cleanse, bleach, whiten ; to clear from opposition. 
 In Physic, to purge violently. To pass swiftly over, applied to 
 the motions of animals. — v. n. to run with great swiftness ; to 
 scamper ; to perform the office of cleaning household utensils. 
 
 SCO'URER, s. one who cleans by rubbing ; one who runs 
 swiftly ; a purge. 
 
 SCOURGE, (scur/e) s. [escouryee, Fr.} a whip with several cords 
 or thongs; a lash. Figuratively, vindictive affliction ; one that 
 afflicts, harasses, or destroys. 
 
 To SCOURGE, (scurje) v. a. to lash with a whip ; to punish or 
 chastise. 
 
 SCOU'RGER, {scurjer) s. one that chastises; a punisher. 
 
 SCOUT, s. [escout, Fr.] one who is sent privily to observe the 
 motions of an enemy ; an advice-boat ; a person employed on 
 errands in a college. 
 
 To SCOUT, V. n. to go out in order to make secret observations 
 on the motions of an enemy. 
 
 To SCOWL, (ozo pron. as in how,} v. n. [scylian. Sax.] to frown ; 
 to look angry, sour, or sullen ; to pout. 
 
 SCOWL, s. a look of gloom or discontent. 
 
 SCOW'LINGLY, ad. sullenly. 
 
 To SCRA'BBLE, (skrahl) v. n. [krabbelen, Belg.] to paw or 
 scratch with the hands; to climb by the hands ; to scramble. 
 
 SCRAGG, s. [scraghe, Belg.] any thing lean or thin. 
 
 SCRA'GGED, {skrdg-ed) a. [corrupted from cragged,'] rough ; 
 full of protuberances or asperities. 
 
 SCRA'GGY, {akrdg-y) a. lean ; thin ; rough or rugged. 
 
 773 
 
To SCRA'MBLE, (skrdmbl) v. n. [see To Scrabble,] to struggle 
 so as to catch or seize any thing with the hands before another; 
 to climb by the help of the hands, used with up. 
 
 SCRA'MBLE, (skrdmbl) s. an easy struggle for any thing, in 
 which one endeavours to seize before another ; the act of chmb- 
 ing by the help of the hands. 
 
 SCRA'MBLER, s. one that scrambles ; one that climbs by 
 the help of the hands. 
 
 To SCRA'NCH, V. a. [schrantzer, Belg.] to grind something 
 crackling or brittle between the teeth. 
 SCRA'NNEL, a. grating by the sound ; vile, worthless. 
 SCRAP, s. a small piece; a bit, fragment, or crumb. 
 To SCRAPE, V. a. [screopan, Sax. schrapen, Belg.] to take off 
 the surface by the action of a sharp instrument ; to erase writing 
 with a knife ; to collect or gather by great pains, care, and pe- 
 nurious means. To scrape acquaintance, is to curry favour, or in- 
 sinuate into familiarity. — v. n. to make a harsh noise ; to play 
 badly on a fiddle; to make an awkward bow. 
 
 SCRAPE, s. [sAra/), Swed.] perplexity; difficulty; distress; 
 a bow. 
 
 SCRA'PER, s. an edged instrument used to scrape with ; a 
 thin iron at a door, on which a person cleans his shoes ; a miser ; 
 a bad player on a fiddle. 
 
 To SCRATCH, v. a. [kratzen, Belg.] to mark or tear with slight, 
 uneven, ragged cuts; to tear with the nails; to wound slightly; 
 to wound with any thing keen which leaves a mark or line on 
 the skin ; to write or draw awkwardly. 
 
 SCRATCH, s. a ragged and shallow cut ; a wound given by 
 the nails ; a slight wound : a kind of wig. 
 SCRA' TCHER, s. he that scratches. 
 SCRA'TCHES, s. cracked ulcers or scabs in a horse's foot. 
 SCRA'TCHINGLY, ad. with the action of scratching. 
 SCRAW, s. [Irish and Erse,] surface or scurf. 
 To SCRAWL, V. a. to draw or mark in an irregular and awk- 
 ward manner. — v. n. to write ill. 
 
 SCRAWL, s. writing performed in an awkward and unskilful 
 manner. 
 SCRAW'LER, s. a clumsy, inelegant writer. 
 SCRAY, s. in Ornithology, a name of the sea-swallow. 
 SCRE'ABLE, a. [screo, Lat.] that may be spit out. 
 To SCREAK, {skreek) v. n. [skrige, Dan.] to make a shrill or 
 hoarse noise, like that of a person terrified, or like that of a rusty 
 hinge ; to creak. 
 
 SCREAK, (skreek) s. [skrige, Dan.] a shrill noise made by a 
 person on the sight of something terrifying. See Screech. 
 
 To SCREAM, (skreem) v. n. [hreman, Sax.] to cry out with a 
 shrill voice in terror or agony. 
 
 SCREAM, {skreem) s. a shrill loud cry made by a person in 
 terror or pain. 
 
 To SCREECH, {see To Screak,) v. n. [scrakia, Isl.] to utter a 
 loud shrill cry, when in terror or agony. 
 SCREECH, s. cry of horror and anguish ; harsh, horrid cry. 
 SCREE'CHOWL, s. in Ornithology, a large kind of owl. 
 SCREEN, s. [escran, Fr.] any thing that affords shelter or con- 
 cealment, or is used to exclude cold or light; a riddle to sift 
 sand, coals, kc. In Ecclesiastical Architecture, a partition of 
 open and ornamental work, of wood, stone, or metal, between 
 the different parts of a church, and particularly between the nave 
 and the chancel. 
 
 To SCREEN, V. a. to shelter, hide, or conceal; followed by 
 from. — Icerno, Lat.] to sift ; to riddle. 
 
 SCREW, s. Iscroeve, Belg. esovu, Fr.] in Mechanics, a well- 
 known instrument, the power of which arises from the same 
 principle as that of the inclined plane. Endless Screw, one that 
 revolves on its axis, and by the revolution turns a cogged wheel, 
 &c. Female Screw, a cylindrical hollow, with the threads of the 
 screw cut round its sides. Male Screw, the common screw. Ar- 
 chimedes' Screw, an endless screw, the threads of which were so 
 contrived, that when it was placed in an inclined position with 
 the lower end immersed in water, it raised the water by its re- 
 volutions, and poured it out on the level of its upper extremity. 
 The last improvement in steam-packets consists in the use of an 
 endless screw, of no great length, with very broad threads, bedded 
 in the keel of the vessel, instead of paddle-wheels, to propel it. 
 To SCREW, V. a. to turn by, or fasten with, a screw ; to de- 
 form by contortions, applied to the face ; to squeeze or press ; to 
 extort ; to oppress. 
 774 
 
 SCU 
 
 To SCRl'BBLE, {skrihl) v. n. [scribilh, diminutive from scnbo, 
 Lat.] to write in a careless and incorrect manner. — v. a. to fill 
 with careless writing. 
 
 SCRl'BBLE, {skribl) s. careless or worthless writing. 
 
 SCRl'BBLER, s. a petty author; an author of no merit. 
 
 SCRIBE, s. [Fr. scriba, Lat.] a writer ; a public notary. 
 Amongst the Jews, a person skilled in the law, and employed in 
 transcribing it for the use of others. 
 
 SCRINE, s. [scrinium. Lat.] a coffer or chest ; a place where 
 writings or curiosities are deposited. 
 
 SCRIP, s. \_skrceppa, Isl.] a small bag, budget, or satchel.— 
 [scriptio, Lat.] a schedule ; a small paper, or writing. 
 
 SCRI'PTU RAL, a. contained in the Sacred Scriptures ; biblical. 
 
 SCRI'PTURE, s. [scriptura, from scribo, Lat.] writing. The 
 Scriptures, or Sacred Scriptures, is a designation of the Bible. 
 
 SCRl'VENER, s. [scrivano, Lat.] one who draws contracts, or 
 deals in conveyancing or placing money at interest. 
 
 SCRO'FULA.s. [scro/a, Lat.] in Medicine, the name of the 
 dreadful hereditary disease, commonly called the king's evil, i'wm 
 a superstitious belief that the touch of a crowned king could 
 cure it. Its most common form is a suppurating tumour; but it 
 does not affect one part of the body more than another, nor 
 always show itself so. It is often brought on by damp, and 
 want of exercise and ventilation. 
 
 SCRO'FULOUS, a. diseased with scrofula. 
 
 SCROLL, (skroll) s. a writing rolled up into a cylindrical shape. 
 
 SCROTOCE'LE, s. [scrotum, Lat. and kele, Gr.] in Medicine, 
 a hernia of the scrotum. 
 
 To SCRUB,!), a. [scAroWen, Belg.] to rub hard with something 
 coarse. 
 
 SCRUB, s. a mean or base person ; any thing mean or despi- 
 cable ; a worn-out broom. 
 
 SCRU'BBED, Scru'bby, a. [sci-ubet, Dan.] mean ; dirty ; vile ; 
 worthless ; sorry. 
 
 SCRU'PLE, {skriipl) s. [scrupule, Fr. from scrupulus, Lat.] a 
 doubt, difficulty, or perplexity, which the mind cannot easily 
 resolve. In Medicine, a weight, containing 20 grains. Prover- 
 bially, any small quantity. 
 
 To SCRU'PLE, (skriipl) V. n. to doubt or hesitate. 
 
 SCRU'PLER, s. one that hesitates ; a doubter. 
 
 SCRUPULO'SITY, «. nice or excessive caution or doubtful- 
 ness ; fear of acting in any thing which may chance to give of- 
 fence, or may contradict some precept ; tenderness of conscience. 
 
 SCRU'PULOUS, a. [scrupuleux, Fr. scrupulosus, Lat.] afraid to 
 do or comply for fear of violating any precept, or of hazarding 
 any loss or danger; nice; careful; cautious. 
 
 SCRU'PULOUSLY,arf. carefully; nicely; anxiously. 
 
 SCRU'PULOUSNESS, s. the state of being scrupulous. 
 
 To SCRUSE, V. a. to squeeze ; to crowd. 
 
 SCRU'TABLE, a. [scrutor, Lat.] discoverable by injury. ' 
 
 SCRUTA'TION, s. [scrutatio, Lat.] search ; examination ; 
 inquiry. 
 
 SCRUTATOR, Scrutinee'r, s. an inquirer; a searcher; an 
 examiner. 
 
 To SCRUTINIZE, Scru'tiny, v. to search or examine with 
 exactness. 
 
 SCRU'TINOUS, a. captious; full of inquiries. A word little 
 used. 
 
 SCRU'TINY, s. [scrutin, Fr.] a nice, exact, and scrupulous 
 search, examination, or inquiry. 
 
 SCRUTOI'RE, s. [scritoire, or escritoire, Fr.] a piece of fur- 
 niture containing drawers for writings. 
 
 To SCUD, v. n. [skutta, Swed.] to run or fly away in a hurry, 
 or with precipitation. 
 
 SCU'FFLE, (sk>y/l) s. a confused tumult or broil. 
 
 To SCU'FFLE, (skuji) v. n. to fight in a confused and tumul- 
 tuous manner. 
 
 To SCULK, V. a. [seulcke, Dan.] to lurk or lie close in hiding- 
 places. 
 
 SCU'LKER, s. a lurker; one who conceals himself through 
 shame or mischief. 
 
 SCULL, s. [skola, Isl.] in Anatomy, the bone which defends 
 and includes the brain. A small boat ; one who rows in a small 
 boat ; a short oar ; a great number or shoal of fish. 
 
 SCU'LLCAP, s. a head-piece ; night-cap. 
 
 SCU'LLER, s. [skiolo, Isl.] a boat which has but one rower; 
 a cock-boat ; one that rows a small boat. 
 
SEA 
 
 SCU'LLERY, s. [escueille, Fr.] a place where kitchen utensils, 
 as kettles, dishes, &c., are cleaned and kept. 
 
 SCU'LLION, s. one who washes the dishes, and does the other 
 drudgeiTof a kitchen. 
 
 SCU'LPTILE, a. [sculpo, Lat.] made by carving. 
 
 SCU'LPTOR, s. [sculpteur, Fr.] one who cuts or carves wood 
 or stone. 
 
 SCU'LPTURE, s. [Fr.] the art of carving wood or stone; 
 carved wood ; the art of engraving on copper. 
 
 SCUM, ». [schutjm, Belg. ecume, Fr. skum, Dan. schiuma, Ital,] 
 the froth which rises on the top of any liquor; the dross, refuse, 
 or that part of filth which swims on the top of any liquor in 
 fusion. 
 
 To SCUM, V. a. to take off the filth which rises to the top of 
 any liquor when boiling. See To Skim. 
 
 SCU'MMER, s. [escumoir, Fr.] a vessel or instrument with 
 
 coal so called because conveyed by the sea ; 
 
 which filth, &c. is taken from the top of any liquor. &e Skimmer. 
 
 SCU'PPERHOLES, s. {schoepen, Belg.] small holes on the deck 
 of a vessel, through which water is carried into the sea. The 
 leathers over those holes are called scupper-leathers, and the nails 
 with which they are fastened scupper-nails. 
 
 SCURF, s. [scurf. Sax. sk^trff, Dan.] in Medicine, a cutaneous 
 disease, in which the natural exfoliations of the skin are mon- 
 strously increased. 
 
 SCU'RFINESS, s. the state of being scurfy. 
 
 SCU'RRIL, a. [scurra, Lat.] low; mean; abusive; lewdly 
 jocular; grossly opprobrious. 
 
 SCURRI'LITY, s. [scurrilite, Fr.] reproach expressed in gross 
 terms. 
 
 SCU'RRILOUS, a. using low, mean, and vile reproaches; 
 grossly opprobrious ; lewdly jocose. 
 
 SCU'RRILOUSLY, ad. with gross reproach ; with low buf- 
 foonery. 
 
 SClf'RVY, s. in Medicine, a painful and dangerous disease of 
 the skin, arising from peculiar food, &c., and gradually spreading 
 to the mucous lining of the interior organs. It used to be the 
 scourge of the navy, till attention to diet and ventilation were 
 more common amongst captains and officers. 
 
 SCU'RVY, a. affected with the scurvy; vile; base. 
 
 SCU'RVY-GRASS, s. in Botany, a plant supposed to be a 
 specific against the scurvy. 
 
 SCUT, s. Iskott, Isl.] a tail ; applied to such animals as the 
 hare, deer, &c. 
 
 SCU'TAGE, s. Iscuttm, Lat.] a tax imposed anciently for fur- 
 nishing the king's army with men. 
 
 SCUTCHEON, s. [succione, Ital.] the shield or bearing of a 
 family, in heraldry. See Escutcheon. 
 
 SCUTE'LLATED, a. [scutella, Lat.] divided into small sur- 
 faces. 
 
 SCU'TIFORM, a. [scutum and forma, Lat.] shaped like a 
 shield. 
 
 SCUTTLE, {sh'M) s. [scutell, Celt.] a wide shallow vessel ; a 
 box for holding coals; a small grate. — [from scud,} a quick 
 pace; an affected hurry in walking. In a ship, the small holes 
 cut for passage from one deck to another, or the windows cut 
 in cabins for the sake of light. 
 
 To SCU'TTLE, («/£««) v. n. to run with an affected hurry. 
 
 SCY'LLA, the name of .some dangerous rocks in the Straits of 
 Messina, much celebrated by the old poets. 
 
 SCYTHE, s. an instrument for mowing grass, &c. 
 
 SCY'THIA, in Ancient Geography, the name-by which theN. 
 part of European Russia, and all Asiatic Russia, and Tatary 
 were known. The inhabitants were chiefly nomade tribes, re- 
 sembling the modern Tatars. The boundaries between it and 
 Sarmatia were not at all accurately defined. No intimate know- 
 ledge of the people was possessed, till the inundation of Eu- 
 rope by the vast horde which ultimately overthrew the Roman 
 empire. 
 
 SEA, (theea in this word and its following compounds is pron. 
 like ee, as in see,) s. the vast tract of waters encompassing the 
 whole earth ; a part or division of those waters; a part of the 
 ocean which lies near and washes the coast of some particular 
 country, from whence it is generally denominated; as, the Irish 
 Sea, the Mediterranean Sea, the Arabian Sea, &c. 
 
 SE'ABAR, 8. in Ornithology, a species of sea swallow. 
 
 SE'ABREACH, s. irruption of the sea by breaking the banks. 
 
 SE'ABREEZE, s, a wind blowing from the sea. 
 
 SEA 
 
 SE'ACABBAGE, s. in Botany, a kind of colewort growing 
 near the sea. 
 
 SE'ACALF, s. in Natural History, a name of the seal. 
 
 SE'ACARP, s. in Ichthyology, a spotted fish that lives among 
 stones and rocks. 
 
 SE'ACHART, s. a map on which the coasts of the sea are 
 delineated. 
 
 SE'ACOAL, 
 pit-coal. 
 
 SE'ACOAST, s. a shore, or land which borders on the sea. 
 
 SE'ACOMPASS, s. the mariners' compass. 
 
 SE'ACOW, s. in Natural History, a name of the manatee, a 
 kind of seal. 
 
 SE'AFARER, s. one that travels by sea ; a mariner. 
 
 SE'AFARING, a. used to the sea ; travelling by sea. 
 
 SE'AFENNEL, s. in Botany, a name of the samphire. 
 
 SE'AFIGHT, s. a battle fought on the sea. 
 
 SE'AGRASS, s. in Botany, a common plant with grass-like 
 leaves, growing near the sea. 
 
 SE'AGREEN, a. resembling the colour of the distant sea. 
 
 SE'AGULL, s. in Natural History, the general name of a large 
 family of birds, that frequent the sea, and live on fish, commonly 
 called seamews, &c. 
 
 SE'AHEDGEHOG, s. in Natural History, the common name 
 of the different kinds of echinus. 
 
 SE'AHOG, s. in Natural History, the porpus, 
 
 SE'AHOLLY, s. in Botany, a name of the eryngo. 
 
 SEAL, (seel) s. [sele, or seal. Sax. seel, Dan.] in Natural His- 
 tory, the name of a large class of marine or amphibious mam- 
 malia, especially frequenting the N. seas, and yielding great 
 quantities of oil. — [sigel. Sax.] a small stone, or piece of metal, 
 or glass, on which coats of arms, &c. are engraved, used in fast- 
 ening of letters, and affixed to writings as a testimony; the 
 impression of a seal in wax, or on a wafer; act of confirmation. 
 The Great Seal is that whereby all patents, commissions, war- 
 rants, &c., coming from the king, are. sealed. The Privy Seal 
 is that usually first set to grants that are to pass the Great 
 Seal. 
 
 To SEAL, (seel) v. a. to close, or fasten ; to confirm or attest 
 with a seal; to ratify; to shut or close up, followed byM^; to 
 mark with a stamp.— t). n. to fix a seal, followed by unto. 
 
 SE'ALER, (seller) s, one who seals. 
 
 SE'ALINGWAX, (seelingwax,) s. a composition used in fasten- 
 ing or closing letters. 
 
 SE'A-LION, s. in Zoology, a large kind of seal. 
 
 SEAM, (seem) s. [seam, Sax.] the edge of cloth where two 
 pieces are joined together ; the joining of the planks in a ship ; 
 a cicatrice or scar ; a measure. — [seme. Sax.] tallow ; grease ; 
 hog's lard. 
 
 To SEAM, (seem) v. a. to join the edges of two pieces of cloth, 
 or to fasten the edges of two pieces of timber together ; to mark 
 with a scar. 
 
 SE'AMAN, s. plur. seamen; a sailor. 
 
 SE'AMARK, s. a point or mark in the sea, which mariners 
 make use of to direct their course by. 
 
 SE'AMLESS, (seemless) a. having no visible joining or seam. 
 
 SEAN, Seine, (seen) s. [segne. Sax.] a very large net, used to 
 catch fish in the sea, made like a drag-net, but sometimes with- 
 out a cord, 200 fathoms in length, and from 2 to 6 fathoms in 
 depth. 
 
 SE'APANTHER, «.in Ichthyology, a fish like a lamprey. 
 
 SE'APIECE, (seepeece) s. a picture representing a prospect of 
 the sea. 
 
 SEAPORT, s, a harbour. 
 
 SE' A- WATER, «. the water of the ocean. 
 
 SEAR, (seer) a. [searian. Sax.] dry ; not green. 
 
 To SEAR, (seer) v. a. to burn or cauterize. 
 
 To SEARCE, (serse) v, a. [sasser, Fr.] to sift finely. 
 
 SEARCE, (serse) s. a fine sieve; a bolter. 
 
 To SEARCH, (sh-ch) V. a. [chercher, Fr.] to examine into ; to 
 explore; to look through; to try; to inquire; to seek after 
 something lost, hid, or unknown. In Surgery, to probe. Used 
 with out, to find by seeking. — v. n. to make inquiry ; to try to find, 
 followed by /or or after. 
 
 SEARCH, (sirch) «. inquiry; examination; quest; pursuit; 
 act of seeking. 
 
 SE'ARCHER, (sHrcher) «. an inquirer; examiner; one who 
 
 775 
 
SEC 
 
 seeks after any thing hid or unknown. An officer in London, 
 who examines the bodies of the dead, in order to detect any 
 violence. 
 
 SE'ARCLOTH, (seercloth) s. [sarclath. Sax.] a plaster. 
 
 SE'ASHELL, s. a shell of a sea-fish. 
 
 SE'ASHORE, s. the coast of the sea. 
 
 SE'ASICK, a. sick on board a vessel at sea ; a disorder at- 
 tending people at their first going to sea. 
 
 SE'ASIDE, s. the edge of the sea. 
 
 SE'ASON, {seezon) s. Isaison, Fr.] one of the four parts of the 
 year; a particular time, or period of time ; a fit time ; a small 
 space of time ; that which gives a relish to food. 
 
 To SE'ASON, (s^ezdn) t: a. [assaisonner, Fr.] to mix food with 
 any thing that gives it a high relish ; to give a relish to ; to fit 
 for any use by time or habit. — v. n. to become fit for any purpose. 
 
 SE'ASONABLE, (sehdnable) a. done at a proper time ; con- 
 venient or proper, with respect to time ; opportune. 
 
 SE'ASONABLENESS, (seezdraaJfenm) s. propriety with respect 
 to time. 
 
 SE'ASONABLY, ad. properly with respect to time. 
 
 SE'ASONER, (seezdtier) s. one who seasons, or that which 
 gives a relish to any thing. 
 
 SE'ASONING, {seezbning) s. that which is added to any thing 
 to qualify it, or give it a relish. 
 
 SE'A-SURGEON, s. a surgeon employed on board a ship. 
 
 SEAT, (seet) s. Isett, old Teut.] a chair, bench, or any thing 
 which supports a person when sitting ; a chair of state ; throne ; 
 tribunal. Figuratively, a post of authority ; residence, mansion, 
 or abode ; situation. 
 
 To SEAT, (seet) V. a. to place on a seat ; to place in a post of 
 authority ; to fix or settle in any place ; to place in a firm man- 
 ner, or to fix. 
 
 SE'ATERM, s. a word used by sailors. 
 
 SE'AWARD, {seeward) a. toward the sea. 
 
 SE'AWEED, s. in Botany, the general name for all submerged 
 marine plants. 
 
 SEBA'CIC, a. in Chemistry, belonging to animal fat or tallow. 
 
 SEBA'STIAN, St., a large and handsome city of Brazil in S. 
 America, capital of the province of Rio Janeiro, and seated at 
 the mouth of the river of that name, which forms a very exten- 
 sive and commodious harbour. The city is large, well-built, and 
 populous, but standing upon low ground, and surrounded by hills 
 of vast height, is not very healthy. Pop, about 30,000. Lat. 
 22. 54. S. Long. 43. 11. W. 
 
 SEBATES, s. in Chemistry, salts formed by the combination 
 of any base with sebacic acid. 
 
 SE'CANT, s. [seco, Lat.] in Geometry, the right line drawn 
 from the centre of a circle, cutting and meeting with another line 
 called the tangent without it. 
 
 To SECE'DE, V. n. [secedo, Lat.] to withdraw, or refuse as- 
 sociating in an aflfair. 
 
 SECE'DER, s. one who shows his disapprobation by with- 
 drawing. 
 
 To SECE'RN, V. a. [secertio, Lat.] to separate finer from grosser 
 matter ; to make the separations of juices in the body. 
 
 SECE'SSION, (seshhon) s. [secedo, Lat.] the act of departing ; 
 the act of withdrawing from councils or actions. In Ecclesiasti- 
 cal History, the name of a Presbyterian body in Scotland, which 
 has seceded from the Established Kirk, but not altered its form 
 of government, or its doctrinal standards. 
 
 SE'CKENDORF, LUDWIG VON, the German historian of 
 Lutheranism, who studied at Strasburg, and, after his travels, 
 held important offices under the Duke of Gotha and other Ger- 
 man princes, and finally under the Elector of Brandenburg. He 
 died in 1692, aged 66 years. Beside his f^reat Apohgetic History 
 ^ Lvtheranism, he wrote other works on Ecclesiastical History, 
 Politics, &c. 
 
 SE'CKER, DR. THOMAS, a distinguished English prelate of 
 the last century. His parents were Dissenters, and he was 
 trained for the ministry amongst them, and had amongst his 
 fellow students the future Bishop Butler, and Dr. Samuel Chand- 
 ler. After attempting the ministry, he relinquished it, and be- 
 gan to study medicine, but was persuaded to join the Established 
 Church, and entered Oxford. Having completed this new aca- 
 demical course, he became a clergyman, and rose with such ra- 
 pidity, that 12 years after his ordination he was made Bishop of 
 Bristol. His next step was to the see of Oxford, and his last, to 
 776 
 
 SEC 
 
 the primate's chair, being made archbishop of Canterbury. Hi- 
 died in 1768, aged 70 years. His learning was celebrated in his 
 time, but he has left no work to sustain his reputation. 
 
 To SECLU'DE, v. a. [secludo, Lat.] to confine from; to shut 
 up from ; to shut out or exclude. 
 
 SECLU'SION, {secluzhon) s. the act of confining. 
 
 SE'COND, s. [secundus, Lat.] the next in order to the first ; 
 inferior; next in value or dignity. 
 
 SE'COND, s. [Fr.] one who accompanies another in a duel, 
 to direct or defend him; one who supports or maintains; the 
 sixtieth part of a minute, marked thus ["]. In Music, the in- 
 terval between two adjoining tones. 
 
 To SE'COND, V. a. to support, or maintain ; to follow in the 
 next place. 
 
 SE'CONDARILY, ad. in the second degree or order. 
 
 SK'CONDARY, a. not the chief, not theprimary or first ; act- 
 ing by commission. A secondary fever, is that which arises after 
 a crisis. A secondary planet, in Astronomy, is a satellite, or moon. 
 
 SE'CONDARY, s. a delegate ; a deputy. In Geology, the name 
 assigned in some arrangements of the strata, to all formations 
 from the coal to the chalk. 
 
 SE'COND-HAND, «. possession of a thing which has been en- 
 joyed by another before. — a. applied to knowledge, implicit, or 
 borrowed from another. Applied to dress, worn or laid aside by 
 another. At second hand, implies in imitation ; borrowed, or 
 transmitted, opposed toprimarilj', or originally. 
 
 SE'CONDLY, ad. in the second place. 
 
 SE'COND-RATE, s. the second in order, dignity, or value. 
 — a. for one of the second order. 
 
 SE'COND-SIGHT, s. the power of seeing things future, said 
 to be possessed by some of the Scotch highlanders and islanders. 
 
 SE'COND-SIGTHTED, a. having the power of seeing things 
 future or at a distance. 
 
 SE'CRECY, s. privacy ; the state of being concealed, or hid- 
 den ; solitude; retirement; the quality of preserving from dis- 
 covery ; close silence ; fidelity to a secret. 
 
 SE'CRET, a. [Fr. secretus, Lat.] unrevealed, concealed, kept 
 hidden, or undiscovered ; unseen; faithful in keeping a secret, 
 or any thing from discovery; unknown ; privy. 
 
 SF'CRET, s. something kept from public notice or knowledge ; 
 a thing unknown ; privacy ; secrecy. 
 
 SE'CRETARY,s. {secretaire, Fr.] one intrusted with the man- 
 agement of public business; one who writes for another. Secre- 
 tary of State, the name borne by the officers of the cabinet 
 ministry in England, who conduct the internal or ho7ne aflTairs 
 of the country; the affairs of the colonies; and the foreign affairs 
 of the state, or the intercourse with the governments of other 
 countries. 
 
 SE'CRETARYSHIP, s. the office of a secretary. 
 
 To SECRE'TE, v. a. [secemo, Lat.] to put aside, or hide. In 
 the animal economy, to separate. 
 
 SECRE'TION, (sekreshOn) s. [sea-etio, Lat.] in Physiology, the 
 act of separating the various fluids of the body; the fluid sepa- 
 rated. This word is applied to a similar process in plants also. 
 
 SE'CRETIST, s. a dealer in secrets. 
 
 SECRETFTIOUS, (sehretishious) a. parted by animal secretion. 
 
 SE'CRETLY, ad. in such a manner as not to be publicly 
 known; latently; privately. 
 
 SE'CRETNESS, «. the quality of being hid, or of keepings 
 secret. 
 
 SECRE'TORY, a. performing the office of separating the fluids. 
 
 SECT, s. [secte, Fr. secta, Lat.] a body of men following some 
 particular teacher, or adopting some peculiar tenet. 
 
 SE'CTARY,s, [sectaire, Fr.] one who joins with others in the 
 adoption of a peculiar opinion ; a follower; a pupil. 
 
 SECTA'TOR, s. [Lat.] an imitator; a disciple, a follower. 
 
 SE'CTION, (sekshdn) s. [Fr. sectio, from seco, Lat.] a part of a 
 divided thing ; the act of division ; a portion of a chapter, mark- 
 ed thus (§). In Geometry, it denotes a side or surface of a body 
 or figure cut by another ; or the place where lines, planes, &c. cut 
 each other. In Architecture, the section of a building is the 
 same with its profile; or a delineation of its heights and depths 
 raised on a plane, as if the fabric were cut asunder so as to show 
 its inside. 
 
 SE'CTOR, s. [secfcw, Fr.] in Geometry, is an instrument made 
 of two flat rules united by a joint, with lines of sines, tangents, se- 
 cants, equal parts, &c. drawn on them. The use of this instru- 
 
SED 
 
 ment cannot be easily described ; and the value of it depends so 
 much on the extreme accuracy of its construction, that in most 
 instances it is better to resort to calculations. 
 
 SE'CULAR, a. [secularis, from seculum, Lat. secuUer, Fr.] re- 
 lating to the affairs of the present world, opposed to spiritual or 
 holy; belonging to the laity, in opposition to the clergy, in 
 some communions; happening once in a century. Secular 
 priest, is a person not bound by the rules of any monastic so- 
 ciety ; opposed to regular. Secular games, in antiquity, were 
 solemn games held among the Romans, once in 100 years, for 
 three days. In Astronomy, it is applied to variations which are 
 operated by the period of the node, and require an immense 
 space of time for their consummation. 
 
 SECULA'RITY, Se'cularness, s. worldliness, or attention to 
 the things of the present life. 
 
 To SE'CULARIZE, v. a, [seeulariser, Fr.] to convert from con- 
 secrated to common use. 
 
 SE'CUNDINE, s. [secuncUe, Lat.] in Anatomy, the after-birth, 
 or membrane in which a foetus is wrapped. 
 
 SECU'RE, s. [securits, Lat.] free from fear, terror, or danger; 
 careless through confidence of being out of danger; safe. 
 
 To SECU'RE, f. o. to ascertain ; to make certain ; to put out 
 of hazard ; to make safe, or place out of the reach of danger ; to 
 insure ; to make safe or fast. 
 
 SECU'RELY, ad. without fear; carelessly. 
 
 SECU'RITY, s. [securite, Fr. securitas, from securus, Lat.] the 
 state of being free from fear or danger; want of care from too 
 great a confidence of safety; anything given as a pledge; a 
 person bound for another ; safety; certainty. 
 
 SEDA'N, s. a kind of covered chair, conveyed by means of 
 poles by two men ; a chair. 
 
 SEDA'N, a town of the department of Ardennes, France. It 
 stands on the Meuse, over which is a bridge, and is fortified, 
 being one of the chief frontier towns. It has some fine build- 
 ings, and is particularly active in the woollen manufacture. It 
 is IGO miles from Paris. Pop. about 15,000. Lat. 49. 42. N. 
 Long. 4. 45. E. 
 
 SEDATE, a. [sedatus, from secleo, Lat.] tranquil ; calm ; un- 
 ruffled; serene; quiet; undisturbed; composed. 
 
 SEDA'TELY, ad. calmly ; without disturbance. 
 
 SEDA'TENESS, s. a disposition of mind free from disturbance ; 
 calmness; serenity. 
 
 SE'DATIVE, s. in Medicine, a preparation which has a tend- 
 ency to produce sleep, but in a somewhat different way from the 
 action of narcotic medicines. In common with them, excess is 
 fatal to life. 
 
 SE'DENTARINESS, «. the state of being sedentary. 
 
 SE'DENTARY, a, [sedentaire, Fr. sedentarius, from seden, Lat.] 
 passed in sitting still, or without motion and action ; inactive or 
 sluggisli. 
 
 SEDGE, [scfcg, Sax.] in Botany, a water-plant, which has the 
 male and female flowers in separate spikes, called also the^a^. 
 
 SE'DGE-WARBLER, s. in Ornithology, a migratory bird, 
 which builds its nest amongst the rushes and flags growing out 
 of marshes, &c. It is not an agreeable songster. 
 
 SE'DGY, a. overgrown with nags. 
 
 SE'DIMENT, s. [Fr. sedimentum, from sedeo, Lat.] that which 
 settles at the bottom. 
 
 SEDI'TION, {sedislidn) s. [Fr. seditio, Lat.] a tumult; insurrec- 
 tion; a tumultuous assembly in order to subvert an established 
 government ; a political offence of the same kind, but less grave 
 than treason. 
 
 SEDI'TIOUS, (sedishiOus) a. [seditieux, Fr. seditiosus, Lat.] tur- 
 bulent ; tumultuously factious. 
 
 SEDI'TIOUSLY, ad. tumultuously; with factious turbulence. 
 
 SEDI'TIOIJSNESS, «. turbulence; disposition to sedition. 
 
 To SEDU'CE, V. a. [seduco, Lat.] to draw aside from the right ; 
 to mislead ; to tempt ; to debauch ; to deprave; to deceive. 
 
 SEDU'CEMENT, s. means used to draw from the right. 
 
 SEDIJ'CER, s. a tempter; a corrupter. 
 
 SEDU'CIBLE, a. corruptible ; capable of being drawn aside 
 from the right. 
 
 SEDU'CTION, 8. [Fr.] the act of drawing aside from the right. 
 
 SEDU'LITY, s. [sedulus, Lat.] assiduity; laboriousness ; in- 
 dustry; intenseness of endeavour; application. 
 
 SE'DULOUS, a. assiduous ; ambitious; diligent; laborious. 
 
 SE'DULOUSLY, ad. diligently ; industriously ; laboriously. 
 
 SEE 
 
 SE'pULOUSNESS,». industry; diligence; assiduity. 
 
 SEE, s. [serfes, from sedeo, Lat.] the seat or diocese of a bishop. 
 
 To SEE, V. a. preter. / saw, past part, seen; [seon, Sax. sien, 
 Belg.] to perceive by the eye ; to discover; to descry; to attend ; 
 to observe; to find. — f. «. to have the sense of sight ; to discern, 
 so as to be free from deceit, followed by through, or into ; to in- 
 quire ; to be attentive; to scheme; to contrive. 
 
 SEE, inierj. [the imperative of To see,] observe ! behold ! lo ! 
 look ! 
 
 SEED, s. [Dan. seed, Sax. and Belg.] in Botany, that part of a 
 plant which contains the embryo of a new plant. It is carefully 
 protected, and often furnished with a plume, a wing, a hook, &c. 
 to secure its removal to a fitting spot for germination. It con- 
 sists of the germ of the new plant, and the seed-lobes, which 
 are destined for its nutriment, when it first begins to grow. An 
 original or first principle ; progeny, race, or offspring. 
 
 To SEED, V. n. to produce seed. 
 
 SEE'DBUD, s. in Botany, the lower part of a pointal or 
 pistil, containing the embryo fruit. 
 
 SEE'DCAKE, s. a cake interspersed with carraway seeds, 
 
 SEE'DCOAT,' s. in Botany, the covering of a seed. 
 
 SEE'DLING, s. a young plant raised from seed. 
 
 SEE'DLOBES, s. in Botany, the parts of which the internal 
 substance of the seed is composed. 
 
 SEE'DPEARL, s. small grains of pearl. 
 
 SEE'DPLOT, s. the ground on which plants are raised from 
 seed, to be afterwards transplanted. 
 
 SEE'DTIME, s. the season of sowing. 
 
 SEE'DVESSEl, s. in Botany, that part of the plant which 
 contains the seeds, and varies very much in character in differ- 
 ent plants. 
 
 SEE'DY, a. abounding with seed. 
 
 SEE'ING, s. perception by the eyes ; sight ; vision. 
 
 SEE'ING, See/ing that, ad. since ; it being so that. 
 
 To SEEK, V. a. pret. and past part, sought ; [secan. Sax.] to look 
 or search for ; to endeavour to gain or find ; to pursue by secret 
 machinations. — v.rt.io make search, or inquiry; to endeavour 
 after ; to make the object of pursuit, followed by after. To seek, 
 is an adverbial expression, implying at a loss, or without expe- 
 dients or experience. 
 
 SEE'KER, s. one that seeks or inquires. 
 
 To SEEL, V. a. [sceller, Fr.] in Falconry, to close the eyes. 
 — V. n. [syllan. Sax.] applied to vessels, to lean on one side. 
 
 SEE'LY, a. lucky ; foolish ; simple ; silly. 
 
 To SEEM, V. n. [ziemen, Teut.] to look alike, appear, or have 
 the appearance of. It seems, signifies that there is appearance, 
 only, without reality; and at other times it is synonymous to 
 forsooth. 
 
 SEE'MER, s. one that carries an appearance. 
 
 SEE'MING, s. external or fair appearance ; opinion. 
 
 SEE'MINGLY", ad. in appearance ; in show ; in semblance. 
 
 SEE'MLINESS, s. comeliness ; grace of appearance ; decency ; 
 beauty ; handsomeness ; grace. 
 
 SEE'MLY, a. [soomelight, Dan.] decent; becoming; proper; 
 graceful ; fit. 
 
 SEE'MLY, ad. in a decent manner ; in a proper manner. 
 
 SEEN, a. skilled; versed. 
 
 SEEN, past part, of To See. 
 
 SE'ER, {see-er) s. one who perceives objects by the sight ; one 
 who can foresee future events ; a prophet. 
 
 To SEE'SAW, V. a. to move with reciprocating motion. 
 
 SEE'SAW, s. a reciprocating motion. 
 
 To SEETH, V. a. pret. / sod or seethed ; past part, sodden ; 
 [seodan. Sax.] to prepare by hot or boiling water ; to boil, or de- 
 coct in hot water ; to steep in hot water till all its virtues are 
 lost. — V. n. to boil or be hot. 
 
 SEE'THER, s. a boiler; a pot. 
 
 SEE'TZEN, ULRICH JASPER, a celebrated traveller, who 
 studied at Gottingen, and after making the needful preparation 
 set out, under the auspices of the Duke of Saxe-Gotha, for the 
 interior of Africa. He visited Constantinople, Smyrna, Jeru- 
 salem, Aleppo, and Damascus, and made each a centre of ex- 
 ploring excursions, in which he visited many parts not known 
 before to European travellers, and during his stay in which 
 he continued his studies in Arabic and other languages. He 
 afterwards went to Cairo, and travelled in Arabia, naving pro- 
 fessed Mohammedism, in order to be able to visit Mecca and 
 5 G 777 
 
SEI 
 
 Medina. But he was (as is generally believed) poisoned by the 
 Imaum of Sana, in 1811, aged 44 years. His journals and 
 drawings were recovered, and are very valuable. 
 
 SEGE'STAN, a province of Affghanistan, Asia. It lies next 
 to Persia, Beloochistan, and Hindustan. The country is in ge- 
 neral mountainous ; the plains are barren, covered with a tine 
 sand, which is sometimes raised by the wind in such a degree, 
 as to overwhelm whole caravans, and the valleys are the only 
 habitable parts. Zereng is the capital. Very little is known of 
 this country. 
 
 _ SE'GMENT, «. [Fr. segmentum, from seeo, Lat.] in Geometry, a 
 figure contained between a chord and an arch of the circle, or so 
 much of the circle as is cut off by that chord. 
 
 SE'GNITY, «. [segmis, Lat.] sluggishness; inactivity. 
 
 SEGO'VIA, an ancient, large, and handsome city of Spain, 
 in a province of the same name. Here the best cloth in Spain 
 is made, and very fine paper. The cathedral, the castle or 
 alcazar, the royal chapel, and the Mint, are the richest and 
 most remarkable buildings. The aqueduct is a work of the 
 Romans, and is 3000 paces in length, and supported by 177 
 arches of a prodigious height, consisting of two rows, one placed 
 above the other. It is seated on a mountain between two hills, 
 near the river Arayada, 47 miles from Madrid. Pop. about 
 20,000. Lat. 41. 0. N. Long. 3. 48. W. 
 
 To SE'GREGATE, v. a. [seorsum and yrex, Lat.] to set apart ; 
 to separate from others. 
 
 SEGREGA'T10N,». [Fr.] separating from others. 
 
 SE'GUR, LOUIS PHILIPPE, COMTE DE, a French diplo- 
 matist. He first fought in America; and was afterwards am- 
 bassador to St. Petersburg. During the Revolution, he was 
 sent in the same capacity to Berlin ; and on his return was in 
 some danger, but escaped and left France, to which he did not 
 return till the end of the Reign of Terror. He held various 
 offices under the empire ; and was made a peer at the restor- 
 ation ; but having taken part with Napoleon durinj^ the 100 
 days, he was deposed from all his dignities on the final estab- 
 lishment of the Bourbons. He is best known now by his writ- 
 ings, which are numerous; the most interesting of which are 
 his Memoirs, and his Political Picture of Europe from 1786 to 1796. 
 He died in 1830, aged 77 years. 
 
 SEJA'NUS, L.ALIUS, the great minister of the Roman empe- 
 ror Tiberius; who being intrusted with the sole management of 
 the affairs of the empire, and having found that the emperor 
 was not averse to the removal by violence of such as were near- 
 ly related to him, attempted to clear the way to the throne for 
 himself. But having advanced too daringly with his project, 
 during the residence of Tiberius at Capreae, his plans were sus- 
 pected ; and he was put to death in the most cruel and ignomini- 
 ous manner, in 31 A. d. 
 
 SE'IGNIOR, Se'igniour, (seenior) s. [seigneur, Fr.] a lord. 
 Grand Seignior, the title of the emperor of the Turks. 
 
 SE'IGmORY, {seeniory) s. [seigneurie, Fr.] a lordship; a terri- 
 tory , dominion. 
 
 SEINE,*. See Seas. 
 
 SEINE, one of the chief rivers of France, rising in the hills 
 of Langres, and flowing with a very meandering course in a N. 
 W. direction to the English Channel; which it enters by Havre 
 de Grace, after a course of about 350 miles. The largest of its 
 tributaries is the Marne. 
 
 SEINE, a department of France, lying in the midst of the 
 department of Seine et Oise. It is about 15 miles in diameter, 
 being almost circular. It has no considerable hills; the loftiest 
 ground being under 500 feet in elevation. The Seine flows 
 through it. Building-stone and plaster of Paris are largely ob- 
 tained here. It yields abundance of corn, and common wine, 
 and has plenty of cattle, horses, &c. Paris is its capital; and 
 thus it is an important manufacturing department. Fop. about 
 1,2.50,000. ' 
 
 SEINE INFERIEURE, a department of France, lying on the 
 N. coast, and bounded by the departments of Somme, Oise, 
 Eure and Calvados. It is about 70 miles long, and 45 broad. 
 It is not very hilly ; and the coast line consists almost wholly of 
 chalk cliffs. The Seine is its great river. It is not very rich in 
 mineral wealth ; but it produces abundance of corn, fruit, cattle, 
 horses, timber, &c. &c. ; and has excellent fisheries, valuable 
 manufactures, and a aonsiderable trade. Rouen is its capital. 
 Pop. about 750,000. 
 778 
 
 SEL 
 
 SEINE ET MARNE, a department of France, surrounded by 
 the departments of Oise, Seine et Oise, Loiret, Yonne, Aube, 
 and Aisne. It is about 70 miles in length, by about 40 ia 
 breadth. It is generally level ; and is watered by the two rivers 
 after which it is named, and by their tributary streams. Its 
 chief mineral product is grit,or chert, used in the manufacture of 
 millstones. Corn, wine, cattle, cheese, timber, &c. &c. are 
 abundantly produced. It has some manufactures in the larger 
 towns. Melun is its chief town. Pop. about 350,000. 
 
 SEINE ET OISE, a department of France, bounded by the 
 departments of Seine et Marne, Loiret, Eure et Loir, Eure, and 
 Oise ; and surrounding the department of Seine. It is about 70 
 miles by 50 in extent. The surface of this tract is diversified 
 by no considerable elevations ; and it is watered by the Seine 
 and the Oise, with some smaller rivers. Building-stone, and 
 some kinds of useful earths, are its chief mineral treasures. Corn, 
 fruits, wine, cattle, sheep, &c. &c. are plentifully produced. 
 Several useful manufactures are carried on in the towns, and 
 the pottery of Sfevres is famous every where. Versailles is the 
 capital. Pop. about 460,000. 
 
 To SEIZE, («ee;«) v. a. [saisir, Fr.] to take possession of; to 
 lay hold on by a sudden effort ; to grasp ; to fasten on ; to take 
 forcible possession of by law ; to have in one's possession. — v.n. 
 to fix one's grasp on any thing. 
 
 SE'IZIN, (seezen) s. [saisine, Fr.] in Law, the act of taking pos- 
 session ; any thing possessed. 
 
 SE'IZURE, {seSzure) s. the act of seizing; the thing seized; 
 possession ; the act of taking forcible possession of. 
 
 SE'LAH, s. [Heb.] a word which occurs in the Book of Psalms, 
 and the prophecies of Habakkuk, which our translators knew 
 not how to translate, and which commentators do not know how 
 to explain. 
 
 SE'LDEN, JOHN, a famous jurist, historical antiquary, and 
 
 fiatriot statesman of the 17th century. He was of comparative- 
 y humble origin on his father's side, and studied at Oxford, by 
 means of an exhibition given him by Dr. Juxon. Having de- 
 termined on the law, he entered CliHbrd's Inn, and afterwards 
 the Inner Temple, where he soon gained no small reputation and 
 practice, both at the bar and otherwise. He also commenced 
 his literary career with the friendship of Ben Jonson, and of 
 others of the stars of the court of letters of the day. He was 
 favoured with a visitation of the learning, wit, and threatenings 
 of King James, on occasion of his great work on Tithes; and 
 strongly counselleal the protestation which the House of Com- 
 mons made against granting supplies without redress of griev- 
 ances. This last caused his imprisonment, which lasted about 
 a month. He next entered parliament, and here he was engaged 
 most actively in support of the measures which preceded the 
 civil war; for which he was again imprisoned, and continued 
 in confinement, with a few interruptions, for nearly five years ; 
 during which time he carried on his literary labours most indus- 
 triouslj'. In the Long Parliament he figures as a moderate con- 
 stitutionalist, but sufiiiciently pledged to the Parliament side to 
 be employed by it in the Assembly of Divines, and to be made 
 keeper of the records in the Tower, though he was once sounded 
 by the king's side, and did not believe love-locks unlovely. He 
 did not give up his episcopo-monarchical dream till the triumph 
 of the Parliament and the conduct of the king demonstrated its 
 hopelessness ; and his last political act was to vindicate the in- 
 dependence of parliament from the interference of the Scotch 
 commissioners, during the last effort to conciliate the two con- 
 tending parties. He never relinquished his studies nor his pub- 
 lications during the whole of his public life; and he died in 1654, 
 aged 70 years. His writings are exceedingly numerous, and va- 
 rious as his extensive learning. His Tithes, Titles of Honour, Pri- 
 vileges of the Baronetage of England, Mare Clausum, (or Defence of 
 the Empire of the Sea, claimed by England,) his legal treatises, 
 his works on Hebrew law and customs, are treasures of informa- 
 tion even to the present day. A small book of his Table Talk, 
 contains some fine specimens of his clear intelligence and grejit 
 scholarship. He belonged, in his spirit and politics, though not 
 in fact, to the Cudworths and Lockes, who continued to repre- 
 sent one principal element of the Puritan Revolution, after the 
 magnificent rule of Oliver Cromwell, and the petty contentions 
 that broke out on his death, had passed away. 
 
 SE'LDOM, ad. [seldaen, or seld, Sax.] not frequent or often ; 
 rarely. 
 
SEL 
 
 To SELE'CT, ». a. [seleclum, from seligo, Lat.] to choose by way 
 of preference from others. 
 
 SELE'CT, a. chosen, or culled out, from others on account of 
 superior excellence. 
 
 SELE'CTION, {seU-hshon) s. [sele«tio, from seh'ffo, Lat.] the act 
 of choosinpf ; choice ; the collection'of things so chosen. 
 
 SELE'CTOR, s. one that selects. 
 
 SELE'NE, in Heathen Mj-thology, one of the names under 
 which the moon was worshipped amongst the Greeks. 
 
 SELENITES, s. in Mineralogy, the moon-stone; a kind of 
 talc. See Talc. 
 
 SELE'NIUM, s. in Chemistry, an elementary substance, brit- 
 tle, opaque, with a metallic lustre and the aspect of lead when 
 in mass, but of a deep red colour when reduced to powder. It 
 is chiefly found in combination with iron pyrites. 
 
 SELENOGRA'PHIC, Selenogra'phical, a. pertaining to the 
 description of the moon. 
 
 SELENO'GRAPHY, {selendgraphy) s. \ielcne and grapho, Gr.] 
 a description of the moon. 
 
 SELEU'CUS NICATOR, one of the generals of Alexander 
 the Great, who, on the division of the empire, at the death of 
 Perdiccas, received Babylon as his province. He was first the 
 ally of Antigonus, but afterwards he took part in the wars against 
 hira, and at his fall obtained a large accession to his territories, 
 and became the lord of Asia. He next attempted to add the 
 Macedonian kingdom to his dominions, but soon after he passed 
 into Europe he was assassinated by one of his rivals, in 281 b. c. 
 
 He had all the elements of a great king, and would have been 
 conspicuous in those days as such, had not the madness for con- 
 quest been so deeply rooted in him. Yet he founded a dynasty 
 of Syrian kings, called the SeteucicUB, which only fell before all- 
 conq^uering Rome, after flourishing for above 200 years. 
 
 SELF, reflex, pron. plural selves ; [Teut.] it is used only in con- 
 nexion with personal pronouns, giving them an emphatic or a 
 reflexive sense. There is some little confusion in the cases of 
 the different pronouns, which usage has suffered this to be at- 
 tached to. 
 
 SE'LFHEAL, s. in Botany, a plant with oblong egg-shaped 
 leaves, and blue, purplish, or white blossoms, found in pastures, 
 and flowering in August. 
 
 SE'LFlSH,a. attentive to one's own interest, with absolute 
 disregard to others ; mercenary ; sordid ; ungenerous. 
 
 SE'LFISHLY, ad. with regard only to one's own interest; 
 without love of others. 
 
 SE'LFISHNESS, s. attention to one's own interest, without 
 any regard to others ; self-love. 
 
 SE'LFSAME, a. the very same. 
 
 SE'LJUKS, or Seljookians, a dynasty of Turkish kings, who 
 ruled in the E. provinces of the JVliissulman empire in the de- 
 cline of the power of the caliphs. They were of Tatar origin, and 
 were named after the father of the first king. They began to 
 rule in 1055 ; and after having produced some of the most valiant 
 warriors and noble princes that have ever ruled in those parts, 
 such as Alp Arslan and Maiek Shah, they fell before the Otto- 
 man orOthman princes, in about 1300. 
 
 SE'LKIRK, ALEXANDER, a sailor, who, in consequence of 
 some disagreement with his captain, was set on shore on the 
 island of Juan Fernandez, where he lived in complete solitude, 
 a veritable Rohinson Crusoe, for above 4 years. De Foe's inimit- 
 able romance does not at all depict the poor sailor's condition, 
 which was so forlorn, that he hardly knew hfs own tongue when 
 he was discovered and brought oflT. Cowper's verses, though 
 not energetic, are more faithful. 
 
 SE'LKIRK, Selkirkshire. Here is a manufacture of boots and 
 shoes, which has been long established, and another of inkle. 
 It is seated on the river Ettrick, 30 miles from Edinburgh. 
 Pop. 1G75. 
 
 SELKIRKSHIRE, a county of Scotland, bounded by Edin- 
 burghshire, Berwickshire, Roxburghshire, Dum Cries-shire, and 
 Peebles-shire. It is about 24 miles long, and from 8 to 17 
 wide. It is a hilly country, yielding pasture to innumerable 
 flocks of sheep and black cattle, but the valleys bear good crops 
 of hay and corn. The rivers abound with fish, and the woods 
 with game and birds, both of song and of prey. The principal 
 rivers are the Tweed, the Ettrick, the Yarrow, and the Gala. 
 Its capital is Selkirk. Pop. TODO. It sends one member to the 
 imperial parliament. 
 
 SExM 
 
 SELL, «. [selle, Fr.] a saddle. In Building, ground-sell is the 
 lower piece of timber, on which the whole superstructure is 
 raised ; window-sell, (called also window-soil,) is the bottom piece 
 in a window-frame. 
 
 To SELL, V. a. pret. and past part, sold; [syllan. Sax.] to 
 dispose of any thing for money ; to vend. — v. n. to carry on 
 trade. 
 
 SE'LLANDERS, s. a kind of sore in the bending of a horse's 
 houghs. 
 
 SE'LLER, s. the person that sells ; a vender. 
 
 SE'LTERS WATER, «. the name of the famous mineral water 
 of the duchy of Nassau, Germany, which is largely exported, 
 for use in complaints which only the rich can afford to entertain. 
 
 SE'LVA, the name given to the densely wooded region bor- 
 dering on the banks of the river Amazon in S. America, which 
 is wholly impervious to men, except by the larger streams and 
 water-courses ; and is inhabited chiefly by wild beasts, &c., and 
 a few very barbarous aboriginal tribes. It is computed that the 
 extent of this forest-desert is about 200,000 square miles. 
 
 SELVES, plural of Self. 
 
 SE'MAPHORE, s. [sema and phcro, Gr.] the French name for 
 the telegraph ; which see. 
 
 SE'MBLANCE, s. [Fr.] likeness; resemblance; appearance; 
 show. 
 
 SE'MEN, s. [Lat.] the seed of animals or vegetables. 
 
 SE'MI, s. [Lat.] a word used in composition, and signifying 
 half.^ 
 
 SE'MIBREVE, s. [Fr.] in Music, a note equal to two minims, 
 or four crotchets. 
 
 SEMICI'RCLE, (semidrd) s. [semi and circuhis, Lat.] a half 
 round ; part of a circle divided by the diameter. 
 
 SEMICI'RCULAR, a. half round. 
 
 SE'MICOLON, s. [setni and Icolori, Gr.] a point made thus ( ;) 
 indicating a close connexion between two sentences both in 
 sense and Grammar. 
 
 SEMIDIA'METER, s. [semi and diameter, Lat.] half the line 
 which, drawn through the centre of a circle, divides it into two 
 equal parts. 
 
 SE'MIDOUBLE, s. in the Romish breviary, such offices and 
 feasts as are celebrated with less solemnity than the double ones, 
 but yet with more than the single ones. 
 
 SEMIFLU'ID, a. imperfectly fluid. 
 
 SEMILU'N.4R, Semilu'nary, a. [semilunaire, Fr.] resembling 
 in form a half moon. 
 
 SEMIME'TAL, s. in Chemistry, a name formerly given to 
 some substances, now classed with the true metals. 
 
 SE'MINAL, a, [semen, Lat.] belonging to seed ; contained in 
 the seed ; radical. 
 
 SEMINA'LITY, s. the nature of seed ; the power of being 
 produced. 
 
 SE'MINARY, s. [semimire, Fr.] the ground on which any 
 thing is sown; the spot or original stock whence any thing is 
 brought ; a place of education. 
 
 SEMINA'TION, s. the act of sowing; the act of shedding or 
 dispersing the plants. 
 
 SEMINI'FIC, Semini'fical, a. [semen and/acio, Lat.] produc- 
 tive of seed. 
 
 SEMIPE'DAL, a. [semi and pes, Lat.] containing half a foot. 
 
 SEMIQUA'VER, s. in Music, a note half the length of the 
 quaver. 
 
 SEMI'RAMIS, the famous Assyrian queen, wife and success- 
 or of the first monarch of that empire. The traditionary account 
 of her reign and deeds is such as to justify her being regarded 
 as a mythic personage, and the representative of a whole age. 
 The chief acts ascribed to hetare the enlargement and beautify- 
 ing of Babylon, and the improvement of the surrounding coun- 
 try. No date can be certainly ascribed to her reign. 
 
 SEMISPHE'RICAL, {sSmisferikal) a. belonging to half a 
 sphere. 
 
 SEMITE'RTIAN, {semitershian) s. in Medicine, a kind of 
 ague. 
 
 SEMITIC, o. [from Shem,"} a general designation of the Chal- 
 daic, Hebrew, Syriac, Coptic, Altbiopic, and Arabic languages, 
 and their varieties. 
 
 SE'MITONE, s, in Music, the interval of half a tone, or that 
 between any note and the sharp next above it, or the flat next 
 below it. 
 
 5 G 2 779 
 
SEN 
 
 SE'MIVOWEL, s. in Grammar, a letter which represents an 
 imperfect sound, as well as the modification of a vowel sound, 
 in which view it is called a consonant. The liquids and sibi- 
 lants, I, m, n, r, s, x, z, are so called. 
 
 SE'MLER, JOHANN SOLOMON, the eminent Rationalist 
 divine of Germany, who was, for a long course of years, theolo- 
 gical professor at Halle, and died in 1791, aged 60 years. He 
 was one of the most able and determined rejecters of all super- 
 naturalism in religion, and by his discarding from the sacred 
 narrative every thing of that kind, reduced the Bible to a most 
 unbelievable fragment, purposeless and valueless. He wrote 
 also on ecclesiastical history. 
 
 SEMPITE'RNAL, a. [semjiitemel, Fr. from semper and eternus, 
 Lat.] continual ; perpetual; without end. 
 
 SE'MPSTRESS, «. [seamestre. Sax.] a woman who is skilful at 
 needlework. 
 
 SE'NA, Se'nna, s. in Botany and Medicine, a shrub, the leaves 
 of which are much prized for their purgative virtue. 
 
 SE'NA RE, a. [senarius, Lat.] consisting of six ; belonging to 
 the number six. 
 
 SE'NATE, s. [senat, Fr. senatus, Lat.] an assembly of coun- 
 sellors, or of men met together to enact laws, and debate on 
 matters which respect the state ; the name of the upper branch 
 of the legislature of the United States, N. America. 
 
 SE'NATEHOUSE, s, a place where a public council meets; 
 the place where university examinations are held. 
 
 SE'NATOR, s. [Lat.] one that sits in a public council. 
 
 SENATO'RIAL, Senato'rian, «. [senatorial, Fr. senatorius, 
 Lat.] belonging to the senate. 
 
 To SEND, V. a. pret. and past part, sent .- [scndan. Sax. sen- 
 den, Belg.] to despatch from one place to another; to commission 
 by authority to go and act; to emit ; to produce; to inflict; to 
 grant, as from a distant place ; to diffuse ; to propagate ; to let 
 fly, cast, or shoot. — v. n. to deliver up or despatch a message. 
 Followed by/o»-, to desire by message a person to come ; to cause 
 to be brought by another. 
 
 SE'NECA, LUCIUS ANN^EUS, a celebrated Roman moralist, 
 philosopher, and statesman, in the 1st century. Born in Spain, 
 he studied at Rome, Athens, and Alexandria ; and at last un- 
 dertaking the legal profession, soon rose to some eminence. He 
 was made tutor to Nero, by his mother ; and after the acce.ssion 
 of his pupil to the imperial throne, on a charge of being acces- 
 sory to the conspiracy of Piso, he was commanded to put him- 
 self to death, which he did with Stoical fortitude, in 65 A. D., 
 aged about 70 years. He wrote several treatises on moral ques- 
 tions, a work on natural history and science, and many epistles, 
 which are of some interest both as revealing the true spirit of 
 Stoicism, and as throwing light on the manners of the times. 
 To him are attributed also some plays, or dramatized stories, 
 which have so little dramatic power that his admirers have 
 been fain to invent another Seneca to whose charge to lay them. 
 It is greatly to be regretted that his character was not pure 
 enough to illustrate his writings, nor yet to make his death a 
 martyrdom. 
 
 SE'NECA, a large and beautiful lake in New York, United 
 States. It is 40 miles long, and from 2 to 4 miles wide; and 
 very deep, so as never to be frozen over. 
 
 SE'NEFELDER, ALOYS, the inventor of the art of lithogra- 
 phy. He was making experiments in printing of various kinds, 
 and was attempting to etch on a prepared surface of stone, in 
 the same way as on copper, when being asked by his mother to 
 make out a list for some domestic purpose, he hastily wrote it 
 on the stone, which, suggesting a novel experiment, resulted in 
 this most useful invention. He subsequently greatly improved 
 upon his first plan, and lived to see his invention raised to one 
 of the foremost places amongst the useful arts. He died in 1834, 
 aged 62 years. 
 
 SE'NEGAL, a large river of W. Africa; which rising in the 
 mountain range on the S. of the Great Desert, with a somewhat 
 circuitous course, flows into the Atlantic Ocean, N. of Cape 
 Verde, near St. Louis, by several mouths, after a course of above 
 1000 miles. 
 
 SENEGA'MBIA, the name applied to that part of W. Africa 
 lying between the Great Desert and the Atlantic Ocean, and ex- 
 tending from the Great Desert to Sierra Leone. It varies greatly 
 in character in different parts; some portions of it near the sea- 
 shore being low and level, with richly fertile soil, and other parts. 
 
 SEN 
 
 especially near Cape Verde, being broken and rocky. In the 
 interior, the land rises, and passes from a fine table-land coun- 
 try into a very mountainous district, whence the great rivers 
 spring. The Senegal and the Gambia are its chief rivers, but 
 there are many others. Its chief mineral wealth is gold, which 
 is found in the sand of the risers, and is washed out of the moun- 
 tains; and in very rude mines in the mountains iron also is 
 found. Several kinds of grain, tropical fruits, valuable timber, 
 &c. &c. grow here abundantly. The population consists of se- 
 veral tribes of negroes, independent of each other, and in differ- 
 ent degrees of civilization. Mohammedism has not wholly su- 
 perseded Fetichism, and the efforts of missionaries have made 
 as yet but little impression. The settlements formed by the 
 Portuguese, French, and English are wholly for trading pur- 
 poses; and the trade carried on by them consists in the produc- 
 tions of the interior of Africa, as well as those of the country 
 itself. No calculation has been made of the population of this 
 tract. 
 
 SENE'SCENCE, s. [senex, Lat.] the state of growing old. 
 
 SE'NESCHAL, (seneshal) s. [senechal, Fr.] a person who former- 
 ly had the care of entertainments in great houses ; a steward ; a 
 major-domo. 
 
 SE'NGREEN, s. in Botany, a kind of saxifrage. 
 
 SE'NILE, a. [senilis, from seiKX, Lat.] belonging to old age, 
 
 SE'NIOR, s. [Lat.] one older than, or born before, another ; 
 an aged person. 
 
 SENIO'RITY, s. the quality of being born before another; 
 priority of birth. 
 
 SE'NNA, s. [sena, Lat.] See Sena. 
 
 SE'NNA, or Monomo'tapa, a country of Africa, lying opposite 
 to Madagascar. It is level near the sea, but mountainous inland. 
 One large river, with numerous tributaries, waters it. Iron, gold, 
 &c. are found here. Grain of different kinds, coffee, sugar, &c. 
 &c. are grown plentifully. Its capital is of the same name. Popu- 
 lation unknown. Lat. 17. 27. S. Long. 35. 2. E. It belongs to 
 Portugal. 
 
 SENNA'AR, a country of Africa, lying on the Nile, between 
 Abyssinia and Nubia. Near Abyssinia, and on the W. bounda- 
 ry, it is mountainous, the rest is tolerably level and fertile. The 
 different branches of the Nile are its only rivers. It yields iron and 
 gold; and grain of several different kinds, fruits, timber, &c. &c. 
 are plentifully produced. It has many rude manufactures, but 
 excels in all kinds of articles made of leather. Its trade consists 
 chiefly in the transit of slaves and commodities from the inte- 
 rior of Africa, for which it has some considerable markets. 
 Kartoon is its chief town. It is subject to Egypt. Population 
 unknown. 
 
 SE'NNIGHT, {sennit) s. [contracted from sevennight,'] a week. 
 
 SENSA'TION, s. [Fr.] in Mental Philosophy, the reception of 
 any impression from the senses. Generally, a deep and vivid 
 impression, accompanied by expressions of emotion. Also, the 
 sense of feeling. 
 
 SENSE, s. [sens, Fr. sensvs, from sentio, Lat.] in Mental Philoso- 
 phy, the faculty of receiving, by ineans of a bodily organ, im- 
 pressions from the external world. The senses are usually reckon- 
 ed to be five in number, viz. sight, touch, hearing, taste, and 
 smell, to which some have added that which is exercised by the 
 muscular system, and produces the sensation of resistance or 
 force. This faculty must be distinguished both from the organ 
 by which it is exercised, and the mind which exercises it and 
 receives its impressions. Of the senses of animals we have yet 
 but the most imperfect knowledge. Figuratively, apprehension ; 
 understanding; reason, or reasonable meaning; opinion; con- 
 sciousness ; moral perception ; meaning. 
 
 SE'NSELESS, a. void of life, perception, reason, understand- 
 ing, or pity. 
 
 SE'NSELESSLY, ad. in a senseless manner. 
 
 SENSIBI'LITY, «. [sensiUUte, Fr.] quickness of sensation ; 
 liveliness of emotion ; possession of the sense of feeling. 
 
 SE'NSIBLE, (sensibl) a. [Fr. sensibilis, Lat.] having the use of 
 the senses ; affected by good or ill, by arguments or pity ; rea- 
 sonable or judicious. 
 
 SE'NSIBLY,arf. in a manner evident to the senses; judiciously. 
 
 SE'NSITIVE, a. [sensitif, Fr.] having sense. 
 
 SE'NSITIVE PLANT, s. in Botany, a genus of plants, the 
 leaves and flowers of which contract themselves when touched, 
 but expand again if left undisturbed. 
 
SEP 
 
 SENSCRIUM, Se'nsorv, s. [sentio, Lat.] in Physiology, that 
 part of the brain with which the nerves of sensation communi- 
 cate ; the seat of sense ; an organ of sensation. 
 
 SE'NSUAL, a. [sensuel, Fr.] consisting in, or depending on, 
 sense ; pleasing to the senses ; carnal, opposed to spiritual ; de- 
 voted to sense ; lewd; luxurious. 
 
 SE'NSUALIST, «. a carnal person; one devoted to corporeal 
 pleasures. 
 
 SENSUA'LITY, s. [sensitalite, Fr.] the quality of being lewd, 
 or devoted to corporeal pleasures. 
 
 To SE'NSUALIZE, v. a. to plunge in sensual pleasures, or to 
 subject the mind to the senses. 
 
 SE'NSUOUS, a. tender; pathetic; appealingonly to the senses. 
 
 SENT, the past participle of To Send. 
 
 SE'NTENCE, s. [Fr. sententia, Lat.] the decision of a judge ; 
 doom ; a moral instruction or maxim, delivered in few words ; 
 a short paragraph ; a period in writing. 
 
 To SE'NTENCE, v. a. [sentencier, Fr.] to pass the last judg- 
 ment ; to condemn. 
 
 SENTE'NTIOUS, (sentenshious) a. [sententieux, Fr.] abounding 
 with short periods or moral maxims. 
 
 SENTE'NTIOUSLY, ad. in short sentences. 
 
 SENTE'NTIOUSNESS, (sentenshiousneas) s. the quality of 
 abounding in pithy sentences ; brevity with strength. 
 
 SE'NTIMENT, s. [Fr.] sense considered distinctly from lan- 
 guage; affectation of vivid emotion ; a thought excltlngemotlon. 
 
 SENTIME'NTAL, a. given to the affectation of emotion ; ro- 
 mantic; tending to excite emotion. 
 
 SENTINEL, Se'ntky, s. [sentinelle, Fr.] a soldier who watches 
 to prevent surprise ; a soldier placed at a particular post. 
 
 SEPARABI'LITY, a. the quality of admitting its parts to be 
 broken or disunited. 
 
 SE'PARABLE, a. [Fr. separo, Lai.'] capable of having the 
 union of its parts broken or disjoined ; possible to be disjoined 
 from something. 
 
 To SE'PARATE, v. a. [separo, Lat.] to break or divide the 
 parts from each other; to disunite; to sever from the rest; to 
 set apart; to segregate; to withdraw, used with from. — v.n. to 
 part from or quit ; to be disunited. 
 
 SE'PARATE, a. divided from the rest; disunited from the 
 other parts ; disengaged or abstracted. 
 
 SEPARATELY, «(/. apart ; singly; distinctly. 
 
 SE'PARATENESS, *. the state of being separate. 
 
 SEPARATION,*. [Fr.] theactof breaking the union between 
 parts ; disjunction ; disunion ; a state wherein the two parties 
 do not live together, applied to marriage. 
 
 SE'PARA'IIST, s. in Ecclesiastical matters, one who quits 
 the communion of an established church ; a seceder. 
 
 SE'PARATORY, a. used in separation. 
 
 SE'PL\1ENT, s, [seinmentvm, from sepio, Lat.] a hedge; a 
 fence. 
 
 SEPOSI'TION, (se;jo:iVio») «. [seorsum and pono, Lat.] the act 
 of setting aside or apart ; segregation. 
 
 SE'POY, «. the name given to a native soldier in Hindustan. 
 
 SEPT, «. [septum, Lat.] a clan, race, tribe, generation. 
 
 SEPTE'MBER, s. [Lat.] the ninth month of the year; the 
 seventh from March. 
 
 SE'PTENARY, n. [septenarius, from septem, Lat.] consisting 
 of seven. — s. the number seven. 
 
 SEPTE'NNIAL, a. [septem and annus, Lat.] lasting seven 
 years; happening once in seven years. 
 
 SEPTE'NTRION, s. [septentrio, Lat.] the seven stars, call- 
 ed likewise Charles's Wain, which form part of the constel- 
 lation of the Great Bear. In Cosmography, it signifies the same 
 with north ; and hence septentrional is applied to any thing be- 
 longing to the north, as septentrional signs, parallels, &;c. 
 
 SE'PTFOIL, s. in Botany, the upright tormentil. 
 
 SE'PTIC, Sii'PTicAL, a. [sepo, Gr.] in Medicine, having the 
 power to produce or increase putrefaction. 
 
 SEPTUAGE'NARY, a. [septuagenaire, Fr. septuaginta, Lat.] 
 consisting of seventj'. 
 
 SEPTUAGE'SLMA, s. in the Church Calendar, the third Sun- 
 day before the first Sunday in Lent; so called because about 
 70 days before Easter. 
 
 SE'PTUAGLNT, s. the ancient Greek version of the Old Tes- 
 tament, so called from the supposition that It was the work of 
 aeventy-two interpreters. It was made about 280 years b. c.aud 
 
 SER 
 
 was much used by those Jews which were dispersed amongst 
 the nations which spoke the Greek tongue ; and the study of 
 it has been of great service in the criticism of the New Tes- 
 tament. 
 
 SE'PTUPLE, a. [septuplex, Lat.] seven times as much. 
 
 SEPU'LCHRAL, (sepulkral) a. [Fr. from sepelio, Lat.] belong- 
 ing to a funeral or the grave. 
 
 SE'PULCHRE, {septilker) s. [Fr. aepukhrum, Lat.] the cavity 
 in which a dead body is interred ; a grave or tomb. 
 
 To SE'PULCHRE, {aepulker) v. a. to bury; to entomb; to 
 inter. 
 
 SE'PULTURE, a. [Fr. aepultura, Lat.] burial ; interment. 
 
 SEQUA'CIOUS, {sequdshious) a. [sequax, from sequor, Lat.] fol- 
 lowing, attendant; ductile, pliant. 
 
 SE'QUEL, a. [sequela, Lat.] the conclusion, or succeeding 
 part ; an event ; a consequence, or inference. 
 
 SE'QUENCE, a. [aequor, Lat.] order of succession ; series ; 
 arrangement. In Gaming, cards which follow one another on 
 the same suit, as 3, 4, 5, or king, queen, knave, &c. 
 
 SE'QUENT, a. [aequens, Lat.] following ; consequential ; suc- 
 ceeding. 
 
 To SEQUE'STER, r. a. [sequestrer, Fr.] to separate from the 
 society of others for the sake of privacy ; to put aside or remove ; 
 to withdraw ; to deprive the owner of the use, property, or pos- 
 session, by regular course of law. 
 
 To SEQUE'STRATE, v. n. to separate from company. 
 
 SEQUESTRA'TION, «. [Fr. aequestro, LaQ separation; re- 
 tirement; disunion; disjunction. In Common Law, it is set- 
 ting aside the thing in controversy from the possession of both 
 the parties that contend for it. It Is also a kind of execution for 
 debt, in the case of a beneficed clergyman, of the profits of his 
 living, directed to the churchwardens, to receive the same, to 
 satisfy the judgment. In Civil Law, it is used in various senses ; 
 and it is also used to signifj' the gathering up the fruits of a va- 
 cant benefice, for the use of the next incumbent of the church. 
 
 SEQUESTRA'TOR, s. one who takes from a man the profit 
 of his possessions. 
 
 SERA'GLIO, (seralio) a. [Pers.] the palace of a prince or lord; 
 in which sense the houses ofthe ambassadors of England, France, 
 &c. are, at Constantinople, called seraglios. Used, by way of 
 eminence, for the palace of the grand seignior at Constantinople, 
 where he keeps his court, in which his concubines are lodged, 
 and where the youth are trained up for the principal posts of 
 the empire. Figuratively, a house of lewd women. 
 
 SE'RAPH, (seraf) a. in the plur. seraphim ; [saraph, Heb.] in 
 Poetry, and amongst the Jews, one ofthe orders of angels. 
 
 SERA'PHIC, Sera'phic.4L, (serajikal) a. [aeraphique, Fr.] an- 
 gelic, or like a seraph. 
 
 SE'RAPHINE, «. a musical instrument, the sound of which is 
 produced by the vibration of metallic tongues, as in the accordion, 
 acted on by wind, as in an organ, admitted to them by keys ; ex- 
 ternally resembling a piano-forte. It possesses considerable 
 power, and maybe made of great sweetness and delicacy of tone 
 by skilful playing. 
 
 SERA'PIS, in Heathen Mythology, one of the gods of Egypt, 
 whose character and worship is not very well understood. Yet 
 it was plainly of astronomical origin, and at one time spread 
 far anci wide amongst the surrounding nations, and even to 
 Greece and Rome. 
 
 SERASQUIE'R, a. a generalissimo or commander-in-chief of 
 the Turkish forces in Europe. 
 
 SERE, a. [eearian. Sax.] dry or withered. 
 
 SERENA'DE, a. [Fr. serenata, Ital. serenua, Lat.] music or songs 
 with which lovers entertain their mistresses in the night. 
 
 To SERENA'DE, v. a. to entertain with music in the night. 
 
 SERE'NE, a. [aarein, Fr. aerentia, Lat.] calm, placid, quiet ; 
 tranquil, even of mind, unruffled, without any disturbance. 
 Without clouds or rain, applied to the weather. Also a title of 
 honour given to several princes, and to the principal magistrates 
 of a republic. 
 
 SERE'NELY.ai. calmly; coolly; quietly. 
 
 SERE'NITY, Sere'neness, a. calmness; peace; evenness ot 
 temper ; coolness of mind ; tranquillity. 
 
 SERGE, {aarge) a. [aerge, Fr.] a kind" of woollen cloth. 
 
 SE'RGEANT, (sdrjeant) s. [sergent, Fr. aergente, Ital.] an offi- 
 cer who attends on, or executes the orders of, magistrates. It 
 is the highest degree taken at the Common Law, as that of doc- 
 
 781 
 
S£R 
 
 tot IS of the Civil Law ; the court of Common Pleas is allowed 
 them to plead in by themselves, but they are not restrained 
 from pleading in any other court. In the Army, (also spelt 
 sargeant,) a sergeant is an inferior officer in a company of foot, or 
 troop of dragoons. A title given to some of the king's servants, 
 as sergeant chirurgeon, sergeant painter, &c. 
 
 SE'RJEANT AT ARMS, an officer of the court, having a 
 kind of police duty, in connexion with the different members 
 of the legislature. 
 
 SE'RIES, s. [Lat.] an order wherein things regularly follow 
 and are connected with each other ; a course or succession. 
 In Mathematics, it is the term employed to designate a number 
 of algebraic or arithmetical quantities, written down in a parti- 
 cular order, in conformity to some law ; and either expressing 
 the last result of a process, or else as being the only process by 
 which certain results can be arrived at. A series is called in- 
 definite, finite, infinite, converging, &c. &c., according to its charac- 
 ter. And the laws respecting them belong to the higher 
 branches of mathematical science. 
 
 SERl'NGAPATAM, a fortified town of Mysore, in Hindustan. 
 It is situated on an island in the river Cauvery, over which it has 
 a bridge. It has some fine buildings, and was once the seat of go- 
 vernment for the kingdom of Mysore, at which time it was very 
 populous and wealthy; but after the fall of Tippoo Saib, and the 
 subjugation of Mysore by the British, it fell into comparative in- 
 significance. It is about 300 miles from Madras. Pop. under 
 10,000. Lat. 12. 26. N. Long. 76. 16. E. 
 
 SE'RIOUS, a. [serius, Lat.] grave ; solemn ; not volatile, op- 
 posed to levity ; important, weighty, in earnest, opposed to 
 trifling. 
 
 SE'RIOUSLY, ad. gravely ; solemnly ; in earnest ; without 
 levity. 
 
 SE'RIOUSNESS, s. gravity ; solemnity; earnest attention. 
 
 SERK. &eSARK. 
 
 SERMOCINA'TION, s. [sermodnatio, from sermo, Lat.] the act 
 or practice of holding long discourse. 
 
 SE'RMON, s. [Fr. ser7no, Lat.] a discourse read or spoken on 
 some text for the instruction of the people. 
 
 SERO'SITY,*. [serosite, Fr.] in Physiology, the watery part of 
 the blood. 
 
 SE'ROUS, a. [sereux, Fr. from serum, Lat.] thin or watery ; 
 adapted to the serum. 
 
 SE'RPENT, s. [Fr. serpens, from serpo, Lat.] in Natural His- 
 tory, a large class of reptiles, which are sufficiently distinguish- 
 ed by not having feet. Their general appearance is well known ; 
 and some of the most remarkable, with the British species, are 
 noticed under their respective names. An instrument of music, 
 made in a serpentine form, of considerable power in the bass 
 part, now superseded by the Ophideide. In Astronomy, a con- 
 stellation in the northern hemisphere. 
 
 SE'RPENTARIUS, in Astronomy, a constellation of the 
 northern hemisphere. 
 
 SE'RPENTINE, a. [serpens, Lat.] resembling a serpent ; 
 winding like a serpent. 
 
 SE'RPENTINE, s. in Mineralogy, a kind of rock, usually of a 
 fine green colour, and believed to be of igneous origin. 
 
 SERPI'GINOUS, a. diseased with a serpigo. 
 
 SERPl'GO, s. [Lat.] a tetter ; a species of herpes : which see. 
 
 SE'RRATE, Se'rrated, «. [serra, Lat.] having indentures or 
 jags, like the teeth of a saw. 
 
 SERRA'TION, Serra'ture, s. indenture like the teeth of a 
 saw. 
 
 To SE'RRY, V. a. [serrer, Fr.] to press or drive close together. 
 
 SERTO'RIUS, QUINTUS, a Roman who appears very pro- 
 minently in the latter part of the history of the republic. He 
 first engaged in civil and forensic strife ; but afterwards became 
 a captain in the army of Marius. Foreseeing the triumph of 
 Sylla, he went to Spain; where by his courage and skill, the 
 personal powers by which he surpassed them in their own arts, and 
 admirably contrived appeals to their superstition, he organized a 
 formidable force amongst the natives in opposition to Rome. He 
 gradually gained possession of the whole country, and being 
 joined by some soldiers of his old general, who had escaped from 
 Rome, he extended his conquests into Gaul. Being driven back 
 by Pompey, he turned against him, and defeated him ; and after 
 a life of most romantic exploits and adventures, in wrestling with 
 the power of the City, he was assassinated by his lieutenant, in 
 
 SER 
 
 72 B. c. Pompey killed the assassin when he gave himself up, 
 and destroyed all the documents he brought with him. 
 
 SE'RVAL, s. in Natural History, a wild animal of the cat tribe, 
 found in S. Africa. It is beautifully spotted, and not more fero- 
 cious in disposition than the common cat. 
 
 SE'RVANT, s. [Fr. sermts, from servo, Lat.] one who is hired 
 and obedient to another. 
 
 To SERVE, V. a. [servio, Lat.] to attend ; to obey; to supply 
 with food; to bring in ; to do business for another for hire; to 
 supply with any thing ; toobey as a soldier ; to promote ; to com- 
 ply; to satisfy; to stand instead of any thing to one, followed 
 by /or ; to requite.— u. n. to act as a servant ; to be in subjection ; 
 to attend; to act in war ; to produce the end desired ; to suit; 
 to conduce ; to officiate or minister. 
 
 SERVE'TUS, MICHAEL, a medical practitioner of the 16th 
 century, whose name is well known from his having been burnt 
 as a heretic at Geneva. He was born in Spain, and afterwards 
 settled in Switzerland, where he joined the Reformers, but with 
 no intention of allowing them to play the part of the pope to- 
 wards him. He published some works in which his notions re- 
 respecting Trinitarianism were developed; which, not being 
 satisfactory either to the Romanists or to the Swiss leaders, 
 procured his imprisonment at Vienne in France. But after his 
 sentence he escaped, and was imprisoned at Geneva, where he 
 underwent a second trial under the immediate direction of Cal- 
 vin himself, and was finally, after consultation with all the re- 
 forming body, burned slowly to death, in 1553, aged 44 j'ears. His 
 works are little known and little valued now. His death is only 
 one of a thousand proofs of the compatibility of the cruellest fa- 
 naticism with the most opposite professions. It is a favourite 
 theme of declamation amongst Arminians and Unitarians, but 
 it is not clear that the proof of the guilty bigotry of Calvin will 
 establish their dogmas, nor is it clear which of these schools has 
 the fairest claim to the use of this quasi-argument for their own 
 opinions. 
 
 SE'RVIA, a tributar}' principality of Turkey in Europe, ad- 
 joining to Austria, and bounded by Wallachia, Bulgaria, Rou- 
 melia, and Bosnia. It is about 150 miles long, by 100 broad. 
 It is crossed in every direction by mountain chains, connected 
 with the Dinaric Alps on one side, and the Balkan on the other. 
 1 he rivers are the Danube, the Saave, the Morava, and their nu- 
 merous tributaries. It is chiefly a pastoral country, its mineral 
 wealth remaining almost unexplored. Saint Andrya is the seat 
 of government, and Belgrade is one of its chief places. Pop. 
 about 500,000. 
 
 SE'RVICE,«. [Fr. servitium, Lat.] business done for hire ; the 
 attendance of a servant ; place; office of a servant ; attendance 
 on a superior; a profession of respect, intimating a being ready 
 to assist or acknowledge subjection; obedience; employment; 
 military duty; purpose; use; advantage; favour; a course or 
 order of dishes ; a paper of sweetmeats. In Botany, a kind of 
 hawthorn ; also the mountain ash or quicken-tree. In some 
 Churches, the performance of public acts of devotion. 
 
 SE'RVICEABLE, a. [servissabte, old Fr.] profitable ; useful ; 
 active; diligent; officious. 
 
 SE'RVILE, (J. [servil, Fr. serciVj*, from servio, Lat.] slavish; 
 meanly submissive, fawning, or cringing; dependent, mean; 
 belonging to slaves. 
 
 SE'RVILELY, ad. meanly ; slavishly. 
 
 SE'RVILENESS, Servi'i.ity, s. base or mean submission and 
 
 sutTftstjon ; the condition of a slave. 
 SE'RVII 
 
 TOR, s. [servitetir, Fr.] a servant. A student in the 
 university of Oxford, who attends on another for his maintenance 
 and education. See Sizar. 
 
 SE'RVITUDE, s. [Fr. servitus, Lat.] the state of a slave; ser- 
 vice; servants, collectively. 
 
 SE'RVIUS TU'LLIUS, in the legendary history of Rome, the 
 6th king. In the accounts which have been drawn up from the 
 old lays and popular traditions, he is represented as being the 
 child of a slave in the household of Tarquin, the Etruscan mon- 
 arch. Abundant auguries foreshadowed his future fame to the 
 queen Tanaquil. On the murder of the king, Servius was ap- 
 pointed to a kind of regency, which ended in confirmed monarchy. 
 He \vas especially the "good king." His two daughters were 
 married to the two sons of Tarquin, and in spite of glory in a 
 war, and glory in popular domestic administration, out of that 
 marriage sprang woe to him and to Rome. His own daughter 
 
SET 
 
 conspired with her sister's husband to overthrow the people's 
 king. Having murdered their spouses, they agreed to seize on 
 the kingdom. Young Tarquin's retainers slew Servius; his own 
 daughter insultingly drove her chariot over his corpse. But 
 years afterwards, when the kingly name and title had become 
 odious in Rome through Tarquin s tyranny, the people looked 
 back with fondness to the institutions of this king; and the 
 senate even forbade the public market to be held on the nones of 
 the month, lest the people from the country should join the citi- 
 zens, and effect by violence the restoration of his laws. 
 
 SE'RUM, s. [Lat.] in Physiology, the thin or watery part of 
 the blood. 
 
 SE'SAME, Se'samum, s. in Botany, a plant growing in S. 
 Asia and Egypt, the seeds of which are abundantly used for food 
 in those parts, and the name of which is well known to all readers 
 of the story of Ali Baba, in the 1001 Nights. 
 
 SESOSTRIS, the name by which Ra?neses III., one of the 
 early kings of Egypt, of the dynasty of the Pharaohs, surnamed 
 the Great, is also called. He was a great warrior, and his arms were 
 chiefly directed against wealthy commercial countries, by which 
 be spread his power to the borders of Europe and India. His in- 
 ternal administration of Egypt was equally splendid:— canals, 
 temples, surveys, taxes, all proceeded under his direction, to the 
 great confirmation of the throne, and the enriching of the royal 
 treasury. His names and titles, his wars and triumphs, are to 
 be found on the walls of the temple and palaces at Luxor and 
 Carnac; and though undoubtedly exaggerated, they yet convey 
 the impression of a real and not a mythic personage, and of 
 deeds that deserved his great fame. He flourished about 1500 B. c. 
 
 SE'SQUl, s. [Lat.] a word used in composition, signifying one 
 and a half. 
 
 SE'SQUIALTER, SESQUiA'LTEaAL, a. [sesquialter, Lat.] in Geo- 
 metry, is a ratio where one quantity or number contains another 
 once and half as much more, as G and 0. 
 
 SE'SQUIPLICATE, a. in Mathematics, is the proportion one 
 quantity or number has to another, in the ratio of one and a half 
 to one. 
 
 SESS, (for assess,) s. a rate, tax, cess charged. 
 
 SE'SSION, {seshdn) s. [Fr. sessio, from seden, Lat.] the act of 
 sitting; an assembly of magistrates, or senators; the time or 
 space during which an assembly sits without intermission ; a 
 meeting of justices. In Scottish Presbyterianism, the name of 
 the parochial authority, composed of the minister and elders. 
 In academies and colleges, a term of study, occupying the greater 
 part of a year. The magisterial sessions are distinguished into 
 Quarter Sessions, Petti/ Sessions, and Special Sessions, at each of 
 which particular cases are tried, and local and other business 
 transacted. 
 
 SE'STERCE, «. [Fr. sesteHium, Lat.] a Roman coin, equal to 
 the fourth part of a denarius. See Coins. 
 
 To SET, V. a. pret. and past part.srf; [settan,^AX. setten, Belg.] 
 to place or put in any situation, condition, or posture ; to regu- 
 late, or adjust by some rule ; to fix as motionless; to suit or fit 
 to music; to plant; to reduce from a fractured or dislocated 
 state ; to intersperse, or mark ; to fix ; to determine ; to place 
 in view, to exhibit as an object, used with before; to take at 
 play ; to value, estimate, or rate ; to reject or remit for the pre- 
 sent, used with by ; to fix in metal ; to predetermine, or settle; 
 to bring to an edge, by rubbing on a hone. Used with ayainst, 
 to oppose, or to alienate a person's affection from another ; with 
 apart, to neglect for a season, or reserve for some particular pur- 
 pose ; with aside, to reject, abrogate, or omit for the present; 
 with down, to mention in writing, or to register; to fix, or estab- 
 lish ; to fix on a resolve; with off, to decorate or recommend ; 
 with forth, to display, explain, place in order, or show ; with on, 
 or upon, to incite, or animate ; to attack or assault ; to employ in 
 an affair; with out, to begin a discourse or journey; to adorn 
 or embellish ; to raise or equip, applied to fleets or armies ; to 
 show, display, recommend, or prove; with up, to supply with 
 money for carrying on trade at first ; to raise or exalt in power 
 or dignity; to establish or fix ; to advance or purpose ; to begin 
 a trade openly ;• to profess publicly ; with to, to a^pply oneself to 
 any undertaking. — v. n. to go below the horizon, applied to the 
 aun,&c. ; to be fixed ; to be extinguished, or unable to see, ap- 
 plied to the eyes ; to fit music to words ; to begin a journey ; to 
 plant; to catch birds by a dog, that lies down and discovers 
 them. Used with about, to fall to ; to begin ; with in, to become 
 
 SE V 
 
 settled in a particular state; with on, or uixm, to begin a journey 
 or enterprise; with out, to have beginning; to begin a journey 
 or course ; to begin the world. 
 
 SET, part, regular ; not loose or careless ; made to conform to 
 some rule. 
 
 SET, «. a number of things suiting each other, and necessary 
 to form a whole ; the apparent sinking of the sun, &c. below 
 the horizon ; any thing put into the ground for growth ; a 
 wager at dice ; a game ; a sufficient number of persons to play a 
 game. 
 
 SETA'CEOUS, {setasheotts) a. {seta, Lat.] bristly ; set with, or 
 consisting of, strong hairs. 
 
 SE'TON, s. [Fr. seta, Lat.] in Surgery, the state of a wound 
 when the skin is taken up by a needle, and kept open by a twist 
 of hair or silk, that the humours may vent themselves. Among 
 F'arriers, a rowel. 
 
 SETTE'E, s. {setol. Sax.] a large long seat with a back. 
 
 SE'TTERWORT, s. in Botany, a kind of hellebore. 
 
 SE'TTING-DOG, Se'tter, s. a dog taught to find game, and 
 show it by lying down near it. 
 
 SEATTLE, (sHl) s. [sefol. Sax.] a seat or bench. 
 
 To SETTLE, {setl) v. a. to place in a certain or safe state after 
 calamity or disturbance ; to fix in any place or way of life ; to 
 free from ambiguity or doubt; to fix, and make certain or un- 
 changeable ; to free from change of opinion ; to make close ; 
 to fix inseparably or strongly, used with upon; to make the 
 dregs or sediments of liquor fall to the bottom ; to put into 
 a state of calmness; to people a country. — v. n. to sink and con- 
 tinue at the bottom ; to subside; to fix one's abode; to choose 
 or fix a method of life ; to rest or grow calm ; to make a jointure 
 for a wife ; to contract. 
 
 SE'TTLE, Yorkshire, W. Riding. It is seated on the river 
 Ribble, over which it has a stone bridge, at the foot of the hills 
 which part this county from Lancashire, 231 miles from Lon- 
 don. Markets, every Tuesday, and every other Monday for cat- 
 tle. Po^. 2041. 
 
 SE'T'lLEMENT, «. the act of settling; the act of giving pos- 
 session ; a jointure granted a wife; the dregs of liquors; a 
 place where a colony is established; act of forsaking a roving 
 for a domestic and regular life. In the Poor Laws, the right of 
 receiving relief in a particular union, or parish, determined now 
 by 5 years' industrial residence. This part of the law, as it used 
 to stand, operated most unfavourably to the poor, in effect, 
 chaining them down to a particular spot, and preventing them 
 from attempting to better their condition by seeking work out of 
 their parish. The full effect of the new law cannot yet be known. 
 
 SE'VEN, a. [seofon, Sax.] consisting of four and three. 
 
 SE'VENFOLD, a. [seofon faldie. Sax.] repeated or folded seven 
 times; septuple. — ad. in the proportion of seven to one. 
 
 SE'VENNIGHT. &e Sennight. 
 
 SE'VENSCORE, s. seven times 20, or 140. 
 
 SE'VENTEEN, a. [seofontyne. Sax.] seven and ten. 
 
 SEVENTEE'NTH, a. \_seofonteotha. Sax.] the ordinal of seven- 
 teen ; the next after the sixteenth. 
 
 SE'VENTH, a. [seofontha. Sax.] the next in order to the 
 sixth; containing one part in seven. In Music, the interval 
 between any note and another separated from it in the scale by 
 five others. 
 
 SEVENTHLY', ad. in the seventh place. 
 
 SE'VENTIETH, a. \handseofontigotha. Sax.] the tenth seven 
 times repeated ; the seventh part of the tenth part of any thing. 
 
 SE'VENTY, a. [handseofontig. Sax.] seven times ten. 
 
 To SE'VER, V. a. [sevrer, Fr.] to 'part from the rest by force ; 
 to distinguish, separate, or put into different orders or places; 
 to keep distinct or apart. — v. n. to make a separation or distinc- 
 tion, followed by between. 
 
 SE'VERAL, o. different ; distinct from one another ; divers; 
 many, generally applied to any number more than two; parti- 
 cular, or single ; appropriate. 
 
 SE'VERAL, «. a state of separation ; any enclosed or separate 
 place. 
 
 SE'VERALLY, ad. distinctly ; particularly ; separately. 
 
 SE'VERANCE, s. separation ; partition. 
 
 SEVE'RE, a. [Fr. severus, Lat.] apt to blame, or punish ; ri- 
 
 gorous; cruel; sharp, rigid, austere; harsh, strict, morose, 
 censorious, hard, inexorable; painful, afflictive ; concise; grave, 
 sober, sedate. 
 
SEVE'RELV, arf. painfully; ferociously; strictly. 
 
 SEVE'RITY, s. [severiU, Fr. severitas, Lat.] the quality of being 
 severe. 
 
 SE'VERN, one of the largest rivers in England. It springs 
 from Plinlinimon in Montgomeryshire; and after a course of 
 about 200 miles through the counties of Montgomery, Salop, 
 Worcester, and Gloucester, falls into the Bristol Channel. The 
 Avon and the Wye are its chief tributaries. At its junction 
 with the narrow sea it is about 2 miles across. It is the channel 
 of a considerable trade, which is much increased by the canals. 
 It is subject to the remarkable tidal phaenomenon called the 
 Bore (which see). 
 
 SEVE'RUS, the name of two emperors of Rome in the de- 
 clining days of its power, i. Septimius Severus was proclaimed 
 emperor by the Illyrian army when news was brought of the 
 purchase of the diadem by Didius Juiiunus. Marching on 
 Rome, he put the purchaser to death, was acknowledged by the 
 senate, and immediately took measures to establish his power 
 and defeat his rivals, fescennius Niger was defeated near the 
 Issus and slain. Albinus was defeated in Gaul and killed him- 
 self. He next engaged in war with the Farthians, and after- 
 wards, to keep his legions employed, undertook an expedition 
 into Britain, where he pushed the" Roman dominion farther into 
 Caledonia, and secured his conquest by a new wall from the 
 Clyde to the Forth. At York, on his return, he died, in 211, 
 after a reign of above 17 years. 31. Avrelius Alexander Severus 
 had been adopted by Heliogabalus, and succeeded to the throne 
 on his assassination. Although very young, he showed that he 
 did not neglect the careful instructions of his mother; and he 
 endeavoured to restore discipline to the army, and authority to 
 the senate. Having gained a victory over the Persians, he was 
 advancing against the German tribes on the Rhine, when he 
 was murdered by his soldiers, who were tired of his strict disci- 
 pline, in 235, after a reign of 13 years. 
 
 SEVIGNE', MARIE DE RABUTIN CHANTAL, MAR- 
 CHIONESS DE, a French lady, every where renowned for the 
 elegance of her epistolary compositions. She lived, after her 
 husband had fallen in a duel, in irreproachable widowhood, de- 
 voted to the education of her children, and writing to her friends 
 those letters which have obtained her a posthumous but abiding 
 name. She died in 1096, aged 69 years. 
 
 SEVl'LLE, a large city ot Spain, capital of a province of the 
 same name. It stands on the Guadalquivir, and is protected, in 
 appearance, by walls of every style of construction, and en- 
 tered by above a dozen gates. Though not very regularly buflt, 
 it is yet a handsome place, from the numerous line squares, and 
 the many noble public edifices. Of these, the cathedral, with 
 its campanile, the old Moorish palace, and many of the churches 
 and convents, are particularly splendid. There is a university 
 here, and a fine library. It abounds too in works of art, espe- 
 cially by the principal native artists. Its trade is yet of some 
 account, and is carried on by way of Cadiz. Its most illustrious 
 period was under the Moorish kings, and under the Christian 
 kings of the 16th century. Pop. about 125,000. Lat. 37. 25. N. 
 Long. 5. 49. W. 
 
 SEVOCA'TION, «. [seorsum and voco, Lat.] the act of calling 
 aside. 
 
 SEVRES, DEUX, a department of France, bounded by the 
 departments of La Vendue, Cliarente Inferieure, Charente, Vi- 
 enne, and Maine et Loire. It is about 7.5 miles long, by 35 
 broad. It is hilly, but has no lofty eminences. The rivers are 
 the two Sevres, (whence its name,) and some smaller streams, 
 tributary to the Loire, &c. A little iron, and some building- 
 stone, &c. are found here. It produces corn, wine, brandy, 
 fruit, cattle, &c. &c. There any many woods also, and too much 
 game, even of the fiercest kind. Niort is the capital. Pop. about 
 325,000. 
 
 To SEW, {so) V. a. [sun, Lat.] to join or work with threads 
 drawn through by a needle; to drain a pond of its fish. — v. n. 
 to work with a needle and thread. 
 
 SEW'ER, «. [asseour, old Fr.] an officer who serves up a 
 feast. — [issuer, Fr.] a passage for water to run through ; an un- 
 der-ground drain ; a natural drain for a tract of country, such as 
 a river. Commissioners of Sewers are persons appointed to attend 
 to the condition of rivers and all outlets for the drainage of the 
 country, and also to the general condition of the coast as it re- 
 gards inroads of the sea, &c. But in London, this same name 
 784 
 
 SFO 
 
 is borne by the different bodies of men who have the charge of 
 the artificial drainage (both above and under ground) of the 
 metropolis. 
 
 SEX, s. [sexe, Fr. sexiis, Lat.] the ground of the distinction of 
 gender, as male, female, and neuter; analogically applied to 
 plants, from the functions of some of the organs on flowers. 
 Used, absolutely, for the female sex. 
 
 SEX, [Lat.] a word used in composition, signifying six. 
 
 SEXA'GENARY, a. [sexaginta, Lat.] aged sixty years. 
 
 SEXAGE'SIMA, s. [Lat.] in the Ecclesiastical Calendar, the 
 second Sunday before Lent; so called because about the 60th 
 day before Easter. 
 
 SEXE'NNIAL, a. [sex and annus, Lat.] lasting six years ; hap- 
 pening once in six years. 
 
 SE'XTAIN, s. [sextans, Lat.] a stanza of six lines. 
 
 SE'XTANT, s. in Mathematics, denotes the sixth part of a 
 circle, or an arch comprehending sixty degrees. Also, an astro- 
 nomical instrument made like a quadrant, excepting that its 
 limb comprehends only sixty degrees. In Astronomy, a con- 
 stellation of the southern hemisphere. 
 
 SE'XTILE, a. [sextilis, Lat.] in Astronomy, the aspect of two 
 planets when 60 degrees distant, or at the distance of two signs 
 from one another. 
 
 SE'XTON, s. [corrupted from sacristan,'] an under officer who 
 digs graves; sometimes applied to the person who opens pews 
 and preserves order, &c. in a church. 
 
 StXTU'PLE, (sextupl) a. [sextuplus, Lat.] six-fold. 
 
 SE'XTUS EMPI'RICUS, a Greek philosopher of the latter 
 part of the 2nd century. He wrote against all science, even 
 Mathematics, and pushed scepticism to the utmost boundary of 
 human knowledge. His works on Pyrrhonism, and against Ma- 
 thematicians, are valuable to students of philosophy. 
 
 SE'XUAL, a. of or belonging to a sex. The Sexual System of 
 Botany, is the system of Linnaeus, whose orders and classes were 
 distinguished by the number, arrangement, &c. of the stamens 
 and pistils of flowers. 
 
 SEYCHE'LLE ARCHIPELAGO, the name of a group of is- 
 lands lying in the Indian Ocean, almost midway between Ma- 
 dagascar and Hindustan. They are very rocky, except in the 
 valleys, where they produce excellent tropical fruits, &c. They 
 are also frequented for the purpose of catching turtles. On the 
 largest, named Mahe, is a town of the same name. They belong 
 to Great Britain. Pop, under 10,000. Lat. 4. 15. S. Long. 55. 
 30. E. 
 
 SFO'RZA, the name of a family of great note in the history 
 of the Italian republics. The founder of it, Sforza Attendolo, 
 was a peasant of great bodily strength and courage, who en- 
 gaged in the service of one of the greatest military leaders of the 
 condottieri, Alberie da Barbiano, and carried out his military sys- 
 tem, when he had risen to be a leader himself, with consummate 
 dexterity. He was engaged, now on one side, and now on the 
 other, during the interminable contests of the rival states ; but 
 made himself most famous during the contests respecting the 
 kingdom of Naples, between Ladislaus, Louis of Anion, Joan II., 
 Alphonso of Arragon,&c., in the course of which he was made 
 Count of Cotignola, his native village, by Martin V. He was 
 drowned at the passage of the Pescara, in 1424. Francesco Sforza, 
 his son, succeeded to his father's command, and rendered the 
 name far more illustrious. Joan of Naples raised him to the rank 
 his father had enjoyed, and afterwards he fought in the cause of 
 the Milanese, and then against them, in the course of which 
 wars, though sometimes defeated, he made good his claim to be 
 regarded one of the greatest captains of the age. He now mar- 
 ried the daughter of the Duke of Milan, and when, on the 
 Duke's death, Milan was proclaimed a republic, he entered 
 its service, with his veteran army, gained many great advan- 
 tages for the state during its conflict for existence, and at last 
 turned against the republic, and forcibly made himself Duke of 
 Milan. He was supported in his "tyranny," not merely by his 
 own great abilities, but by the alliance of Cosmo de' Medici, the 
 "tyrant" at Florence ; and Milan had little cause to regret his 
 unconstitutional acquisition of the throne. He died in 1466, 
 having been Duke for 16 years. Zudovico Sforza, surnamed the 
 3Ioor, was first guardian to Galeazzo Sforza's infant son, and-in 
 the hope of keeping his power, invited Charles VIII. into Italy, but 
 afterwards aided in the successful opposition made to hiiu. Louis 
 XII., whom the Moor had offended, had an ample revenge, in his 
 
L 
 
 SHA 
 
 defeat and captivity, in which he died, in 1508. The last of the 
 race who appears in history was another Fraitcesco Sforza, son of 
 Ludovico, wno received the duchy of Milan as a nominal grant 
 from Charles V. He died iu 1535. 
 
 SHA'BBINESS, s. meanness; paltriness. 
 
 SHA'BBY, a. [shaujty, Boh.] mean, with respect to dress ; pal- 
 try,' with respect to conduct. 
 
 To SHA'CKLE, (shdkl) v. a. [shaeckelen, Belg.] to chain, fetter, 
 bind, or deprive of liberty. 
 
 SHA'CKLES, (shdkk) s. not used in the singular; [sJmeckels, 
 Belg.] chains fur prisoners ; fetters ; gyves. 
 
 SHAD, s. in Ichthyology, a sea-fish of the herring kind. 
 
 SHA'DDOCK, 8. in Botany, a tropical fruit, belonging to the 
 same class as the orange, lemon, &c. 
 
 SHADE, s. [schade, Belg.] the darkness made by intercepting 
 the light ; obscurity ; a place where the rays of the sun are ex- 
 cluded ; any thing which intercepts the light; screen; shelter; 
 the parts of a picture painted with dark colours ; a colour, or 
 gradation of light; the figure formed by the interception of light; 
 a spirit ; a ghost. 
 
 To SHADE, V. a. to intercept the light ; to shelter or hide ; to 
 cover or screen ; to mark with different gradations of colours ; to 
 paint in dark colours. 
 
 SHA'DINESS, s. the state of being shady. 
 
 SHA'DOW, (shddo) s. [eschaduwe, Belg.] the representation of 
 a body by its intercepting the light ; darkness ; shelter formed 
 by intercepting the light or heat ; an obscure or dark place ; the 
 dark part of a picture; a ghost, spirit, or shade ; an imperfect 
 or faint representation ; favour or protection ; inseparable com- 
 panion ; a type, or mystical representation. 
 
 To SHA'DOW, (shctdo) V. a. to intercept the light; to cloud or 
 darken; to conceal, hide, or screen; to protect; to mark with 
 various gradations of colour or light; to paint in dark colours; 
 to represent imperfectly or typically ; to make cool or gently 
 gloomy by the interception of light or heat. 
 
 SHA'DOWY, (shdcloee) a. gloomy ; dark ; opaque ; typical ; 
 faintly representative; unsubstantial. 
 
 SHA'DY, a. full of shade; free from the glare of light, or sul- 
 triness of heat. 
 
 SHAFT, s. [sceaft, Sax.] an arrow. — [Belg.] a narrow, deep, 
 and perpendicular pit ; any thing straight, as the spire of a 
 steeple, the funnel of a chimney, &c. In Botany, a part of the 
 pistil standing upon the seed-bud, and supporting the summit; 
 also called the sij/le. 
 
 SHA'FTESBURY, Dorsetshire. It stands on a hill, and re- 
 tains but a small part of its ancient splendour and importance. 
 It is 100 miles from London. Market, Saturday. Popula- 
 tion, 3170. 
 
 SHA'FTESBURY, ANTHONY ASHLEY COOPER, EARL 
 OF, one of the statesmen, or party-leaders, in the reign of 
 Charles II. He was a member ot the legal profession, and had 
 studied at Oxford and Lincoln's Inn. He was in one of Charles 
 I.'s parliaments, and was summoned by Cromwell to the con- 
 vention of Puritan notables, having given signal proofs of auti- 
 royalism. He also sat in Cromwell's parliaments, and was one 
 of his council. He aided the Restoration, and sat at the trial of 
 the regicides. He was, of course, a member of the council, and 
 he uniformly opposed Lord Clarendon ; he afterwards formed 
 one of the famous Cabal ministry, and was next made lord chan- 
 cellor. It was while he held the seals that he opposed the court, 
 and advocated the Test Act, although he had been opposed to 
 its fellow, the Corporation Act. This caused his dismissal, and 
 he now joined the opposition, in which he distinguished himself 
 so much that he was sent to the Tower, and was forced to humble 
 himself. He next took up the abominable business of Titus Oates, 
 and so got into power again. He used his power to pass the Habeas 
 Corpff.s dct, ana to attempt the exclusion of the Duke of York 
 from tlie succession. His untiring zeal against James led to his 
 dismissal from the council, and to his imprisonment and trial for 
 high treason, but the court could not obtain a verdict even from 
 the grand jury. He had hoped to overturn both Charles and his 
 brother, and secure the crown for the Absalom to whom he was 
 now the Achitophel, but the Duke of Monmouth was not popular 
 enough, nor the king and the Duke of York sufficiently un- 
 popular, for this ; he therefore left England h:;stllv for Hol- 
 land, where he died in 1683, aged 61 years. His character is 
 amply shown by his public life, and in his repartee to Charles, 
 
 SHA 
 
 admitting himself to be, " for a subject, the most profligate man 
 in England." 
 
 SHA'FTESBURY, A. A. COOPER, EARL OF, grandson of 
 the preceding, an eminent English philosophical writer. After 
 his return from travelling, he entered parliament, but soon re- 
 nounced public life because of his feeble health, and visited the 
 continent again, where he became acquainted with the most dis- 
 tinguished literary men of the liberal school. He once appeared 
 again in public, m the House of Lords, but spent the greater 
 part of his time abroad, or in elegant and studious retirement, and 
 died at Naples, in 1713, aged 42 years. His various writings were 
 published with the title of " Characteristics of Men, Manners, ^-c." 
 The student may derive some help from the perusal of his essajis 
 and letters, but the profound reverence for the philosophy of 
 Plato which they display, cannot compensate for the ignorance of 
 man's true condition ; nor can the warm and poetical devoutness 
 which animates his deism, compensate for the ignorance respect- 
 ing the true nature and design of God's revelation in the gospel, 
 which is but too evident. 
 
 SHAG, s. [sceacga, Sax.] a kind of cloth or stuff, with a long 
 )ugh pile of wool or hair ; rough woolly hair. 
 SHA'GGED, Sha'ggy, {shdg-ed, shdy-ee) a. ruggedly hairy; 
 
 rough ; rugged. 
 
 SHAGREE'N, s. [chagrin, Fr.] the skin of a fish remarkably 
 rough. 
 
 To SHAKE, r. a. preter. shook, past part, shaken, or shook .■ 
 [sceacatt, Sax. shecken, Belg.] to put into a vibrating motion ; to 
 move with quick returns backwards and forwards; to make to 
 totter or tremble; to throw down or off by a violent action ; to 
 drive from a resolution, or make afraid. To shake hands, is to 
 pay compliments at meeting, or to take leave. To shake off, to 
 rid oneself from ; to free from or divest. — v. n. to tremble, or to 
 be put into a tremulous motion ; to be in terror ; to totter. 
 
 SHAKE, s. concussion; a tottering or tremulous motion. In 
 Music, an ornament iu singing, consisting in the rapid and 
 graceful utterance of two notes alternately, at a suitable part of 
 a piece. 
 
 SHA'KER, s. the person or thing that shakes. 
 
 SHA'KERS, in Ecclesiastical History, a sect uniting an ex- 
 aggeration of early enthusiastic Quakerism with coenobitic and 
 misogamic notions. It is of English birth, but has found a more 
 favourable field for development in the United States, where 
 they have several settlements. 
 
 SHA'KSPEARE, or SHA'KSPERE, WILLIAM, the great 
 poet and dramatist, was the son of a substantial yeoman at Strat- 
 ford-on-A von, who is miscalled by persons who are not acquaint- 
 ed with the customs of his age, a butcher. He married there, 
 and afterwards removed to London, (not, however, from being 
 caught red-handed in deer-stalking,) and became a theatri- 
 cal proprietor, actor, and writer for the stage, enjoying the 
 esteem, not only of the other distinguished poets and writers of 
 the golden days of " good Queen Bess," but also of all the pa- 
 trons of literature which adorned the court. Subsequently, 
 having realized some property, he returned to his native place, 
 and continued the great literary labours he had begun, amidst 
 all the facilities for such studies the vicinity of the Avon afford- 
 ed ; and having begun to enjoy his immortality, died there, in 
 161G, aged 52 years. Little more than this brief outline of an 
 active life is clearly ascertainable. The pious zeal of biogra- 
 phers has disinterred .a great variety of legal and commercial 
 documents and memoranda, and has suggested a host of proba- 
 bilities respecting the filling up of the wide intervals between 
 the scanty certainties ; but it has not, and cannot by such means 
 bring out Shakspeare's life as a genuine reality for our reverent 
 study. The writings which are, and must ever be, Shakspeare 
 for us, consist of a collection of Sonnets, the poems entitled Venus 
 and Adonis, the Rape of Lucrece, and a Lover's Complaint, with parts 
 of the Passionate Pilgrim, and a few other fragments, and his 
 Dramas. Critics have been at the pains of showing us that in 
 all probability Pericles of Tyre and Titus Andronicus were only in 
 part written by the great bard, and that he had also a share in 
 the composition of some, as the Two Noble Kinsmen, not included 
 in his works. They have also, to demonstrate the little that is 
 known of the facts of his life, endeavoured, but almost in vain, 
 to suggest the order and dates at which the genuine plays were 
 written. During the last half century, also, the whole spirit of 
 the students and cummeutators on Shakspeare has undergone a 
 6 H 785 
 
change ; the most unwearied efforts have been made to restore 
 the true readings in many passages which actors and critics had 
 
 corrupted, and aesthetical science has been employed in raising 
 this favourite child of the Muses to the loftiest place upon their 
 sacred hill. The former notions of Shakspeare's " wild" and 
 " artless " lays, about the penury of scholastic attainments, &c., 
 have been overturned by demonstrations of his profound and all- 
 pervading judgment, of his wide and varied information, and, 
 above all, of his consummate genius in neglecting mere models 
 and players' rules, and deriving his formulae from the most clear- 
 ly apprehended idea of this species of poesy. No attempt can be 
 made here at the most brief comment on these wonderful works. 
 To criticise them is to criticise humanity itself, in all its mani- 
 fold developments, nay, in its creative idea. Yet it may be per- 
 mitted to commend the study of these plays to those who, in 
 the first consciousness of manly intelligence, feel the need of a 
 knowledge of man uncoloured by prejudice or passion, of a cul- 
 tivation of taste free from the pedantry of their age, and of a 
 vivid picture of the divine height which, purified and chastened, 
 the human mind is able to reach. It is with no unworthy pride 
 that we remember that the poet who can teach this, the "gentle" 
 Sbakspeare, — crowned now through above two centuries, by the 
 poets of the most cultivated people, as their joyfully acknow- 
 ledged chief,— is the son of Saxon England. 
 
 SHALE, s. in Geology, the name for all deposits resembling 
 slate. They are finely laminated clays, hardened to various de- 
 grees, by heat and pressure, 
 
 SHALL, V. defect. [Goth, sceal, Sax.] in Grammar, an auxiliary 
 verb of tense, used in conjunction with will, to denote future 
 time. See Will. 
 
 SHALLOO'N, s. a light woollen stuff. 
 
 SHA'LLOP, s. [chaloupe, Fr.] a small boat ; a small light vessel. 
 
 SHA'LLOW, (shdlld) a. not deep, or at a small distance from 
 the surface ; not very knowing or wise, applied to the under- 
 standing; not deep, applied to sound. 
 
 SHA'LLOW, (shdlld) s. a place wherein the water is not deep, 
 or the bottom of a channel is not a great distance from the sur- 
 face of the water; a shoal; a shelf; a sand-bank. 
 
 SHA'LLOWBRAlNED,o. foolish; trifling; empty. 
 
 SHA'LLOWNESS, (shdlldness) s. want of depth, thought, or 
 understanding. 
 
 SHALO'T. See Eschalot. 
 
 To SHAM, V. n. [shammi, Brit.] to trick ; to cheat ; to delude 
 by false pretences ; to obtrude by fraud or folly. 
 
 SHAM, s. a fraud or trick ; the act of putting on the appear- 
 ance of what a person is not ; an imposture. 
 
 SHAM, a. false ; counterfeit; pretended. 
 
 SHA'MBLES, {shdmbk) s. [schamael, Belg.] a place where cat- 
 tle are killed, or meat is exposed to sale ; a butchery. 
 
 SHA'MBLING, a. moving in an awkward manner. 
 
 SHAME, s. [sceam, Sax.] an uneasiness arising in the mind 
 from the consciousness of having done something that may 
 wound one's reputation or bring disgrace ; the cause of shame ; 
 regard for one's reputation ; reproach, ignominy, disgrace, dis- 
 honour; bashfulness; shamefaced ness. 
 
 To SHAME, V. a. to make a person ashamed by convincing 
 him that he has done something which will forfeit him the 
 esteem of others, or ruin his reputation ; to disgrace ; to dishon- 
 our. — V. n. to be ashamed. 
 
 SHA'MEFACED, a. easily blushing ; easily put out of coun- 
 tenance ; bashful. 
 
 SHAMEFA'CEDLY, ad. modestly ; bashfully. 
 
 SHAMEFA'CEDNESS, s. the quality of being too fearful of 
 losing the esteem of others, or doing something that may give 
 them a bad opinion ; modesty, timidity, bashfulness. 
 
 SHA'MEFIIL, a. such as ought to make a person blush ; in- 
 
 famous, disgraceful, ignominious, reproachful 
 
 SHA'MEFULLY, ad. ignominiously ; infamously ; reproach- 
 fully. 
 
 SHA'MELESS, a. wanting shame, or blushing at nothing ; re- 
 gardless of the esteem or opinion of others ; impudent, frontless, 
 infamous, reproachful, ignominious, disgraceful. 
 
 SHA'MELESSNESS, s. impudence ; immodesty. 
 
 SHA'MROCK, s. [Ir.] in Botany, either a kind of trefoil, or 
 a species of oxalis with three leaves, worn as the national em- 
 blem by the Irish. 
 
 SHA'NGHAI, a seaport of China. It stands on the river Woo- 
 786 
 
 SHA 
 
 sung, which affords a most commodious harbour, the largest 
 ships finding depth enough. It is an extensive place, and is built 
 and adorned after the common Chinese fashion. A very great 
 trade is carried on here; and since the conclusion of the war, 
 and the residence of a British consul here, it has greatly in- 
 creased. It stands about 10 miles from the sea. Pop. about 
 500,000. Lat. 31. 10. N. Long. 121. 0. E. 
 
 SHANK, s. [sceanca. Sax.] the middle joint of the leg; the 
 bone of the leg ; the long part of any instrument. 
 
 SHA'NNON, one of the largest rivers in Ireland. It rises in 
 the mountains round Lough Allen, near Sligo, and serves first 
 as a boundary between the shires of Sligo and Leitrim, after- 
 wards between Connaught and Leinster and Munster, and 
 finally it divides the county of Clare from those of Tipperary, 
 Limerick, and Kerry. In its course of above 200 miles it flows 
 through Loughs Allen, Ree, Deirgeart, and several smaller ones, 
 and enters, by a noble sestuary, 7 miles wide, the Atlantic 
 Ocean. 
 
 To SHAPE, V. a. prefer, shaped, past part, shaped or shapen ; 
 [scyppan. Sax. scheppen, Belg.] to form or mould in a particular 
 figure ; to adjust; to image or conceive. 
 
 SHAPE, s. the form or figure of any thing; the make of the 
 body ; a form, or a being of a particular form ; an idea or pattern. 
 SHA'PELESS, a. wanting regularity or symmetry. 
 SHA'PELINESS, s. beauty or proportion of form. 
 SHA'PELY, a. well made or formed. 
 
 To SHARE, V. a, [scearan, scyran. Sax.] to divide or part 
 among many ; to partake with others ; to cut r separate. — v. n. 
 to have a part. 
 
 SHARE, s. a portion, part, or dividend ; the blade of a plough 
 that cuts the ground. 
 
 SHA'REHOLDER, s. the member of a joint-stock company, 
 entitled to dividends, (if there are any,) and also subject, to the 
 full amount of his property, to losses. 
 
 SHA'RER, s. a divider ; one who participates any thing with 
 others. 
 
 SHARK, s. in Ichthyology, a genus of large fishes, very fre- 
 quent in the tropical seas, remarkable for having their mouths 
 under their muzzles, a great many rows of very formidable 
 teeth, and the most ferocious habits. 
 
 SHARP, a. [scearp. Sax. scherpe, Belg.] having a keen edge, or 
 an acute point; witty, ingenious, or inventive, applied to the 
 mind; quick, applied to hearing, seeing, or understanding; 
 sour, applied to taste ; shrill, applied to sound; severe or cruel, 
 applied to season or disposition ; painful ; fierce, applied to con- 
 test ; attentive, or vigilant, followed by look out ; subtile ; hard ; 
 lean ; keen, applied to appetite. 
 
 SHARP, s. in Music, a sign to show that a note is to be sung 
 or played lialf a tone higher than it would be if that sign were 
 not there. It is written i 
 To SHARP, V. a. to make keen. — v. n. to play thievish tricks. 
 SHARP, DR. JAMES, the notorious archbishop of St. An- 
 drews, during the Episcopal persecutions under Charles II. He 
 was first a Presbyterian, and a professor at St. Andrews. He 
 was one of the schemers to bring back the king, and actually 
 went to Holland to see him. When the restored and covenant- 
 ed king began to impose Prelacy on Scotland, Sharp aposta- 
 tized, and was made primate for his reward. He did nothing to 
 mitigate the ferocities with which the Covenanters were treated, 
 if he did not help in them. Popular opinion affirmed that he was 
 the guilty source of most of their barm, and when he unexpect- 
 edly fell into the hands of some of the most resolute of the 
 persecuted party, who were watching for one of his messengers, 
 they regarded it as an interposition of Providence, and slew him, 
 before the eyes of his daughter who accompanied him, in 1G79, 
 aged 61 years. 
 
 SHARP, GRANVILLE, one of the earliest opponents of 
 slavery in England, and one of the first victors in the cause of 
 emancipation. He held a place in the Ordnance Office, but re- 
 linquished it when the American war broke out, from conscien- 
 tious feelings ; and having studied for the law, he resided, with- 
 out practising, for the rest of his life at the Temple, engaged 
 in his studies, and in works of philanthropy. England owes to 
 his courageous exertions the declaration that there could .be 
 no slaves on her soil. It was the first step to the great end 
 reached in 1834. He died in 1813, aged 79 years. He wrote 
 on a great variety of subjects; and one treatise, on the Oreek 
 
SHE 
 
 Article in the iVew Testament, may be regarded as the origin of 
 Bishop Middletun's famous and conclusive treatise on that 
 subject. 
 
 To SHA'RPEN, v. a. to make sharp or pointed ; to make 
 quick, applied to the understanding; to increase the appetite; 
 to make shrill or sour. 
 
 SHA'RPER, s, a person who deprives others of their property 
 by fraud. 
 SHA'RPLY, arf. smartly; keenly; acutely. 
 SHA'RPNESS, s. the quality of cutting or piercing easily; 
 sourness, applied to taste; severity, applied to language or 
 treatment; painfulness; quickness of apprehension, applied to 
 the mind or senses. 
 SHA'RP-SET, a. hungry; eagerly or vehemently desirous. 
 
 SHA'RP-SIGHTED, a. having quick sight. 
 
 SHA'RP-VISAGED, a. having a thin or lank countenance. 
 
 To SHATFER, D. a. [schetteren, Belg.] to break into many 
 pieces. — v. n. to be broken into fragments. 
 
 SHA'TTER, s. a fragment of a broken thing. 
 
 To SHAVE, r. a. pret. shaved, past part, shaven or shaved; 
 [sceafan. Sax.] to cut hair with a razor ; to cut close ; to skim by 
 passing lightly over; to cut in thin slices ; to strip or oppress by 
 extortion ; to pillage. 
 
 SHA'VEGRASS, s. in Botany, a kind of horsetail, used by 
 turners to smooth their work. 
 
 SHA'VER, s. one that practises the art of shaving ; one close- 
 ly attentive to his own interest ; a robber. 
 
 SHA'VING, s. any thin piece pared off from any body. 
 
 SHAW, «. [schoice, Belg.] a thicket or small wood. 
 
 SHAW, GEORGE, an eminent writer on natural history. He 
 studied at Oxford and Edinburgh, and became a physician in 
 London ; and was finally one of the ofiicers in the Natural His- 
 tory department of the British Museum. He died in 1813, aged 
 62 years. He edited the NaturalisPs Miscellamj, and published a 
 work on General Zoology, as well as other books on the same 
 subject. 
 
 SHA W'FOWL, 8. an artificial bird made for fowlers to shoot at. 
 
 SHAWL, s, a part of the female dress, worn over the neck and 
 shoulders. 
 
 SHAWM, Shalm, s. {schawme, Teut.] a hautboy, or cornet. 
 
 SHE,;jron. [seo. Sax.] the pronoun demonstrative of the femi- 
 nine gender, alluding to some woman mentioned before, and 
 sometimes used absolutely for a female or woman. The female 
 of any species. 
 
 SHEAF, {sheef) s. plural sheaves ; [sceaf. Sax. sclwof, Belg.] 
 corn tied in a bundle after reaping; any bundle or collection of 
 things tied together. 
 
 To SHEAR, (sheer) v. a. preter. shore or sheared, past part. 
 shorn; [scearan, scyren. Sax.] to cut' by two blades moving on a 
 rivet; to cut by interception. 
 
 SHEARS, (sheers) s. seldom used in the singular; \_scedra. 
 Sax.] a cutting instrument, consisting of two blades moving on 
 a rivet, distinguished from scissars by its size. Also, a huge 
 kind of crane, used in dockyards, for raising the masts of ships 
 and inserting them in their places. 
 
 SHE'ARER, (sheerer) s. one that clips with shears, particularly 
 one that shears sheep. 
 
 SHE'ARWATER, s. in Ornithology, a kind of sea bird, called 
 also the puffin-petrel. 
 
 SHEATH, (sheeth) s. [sccethe. Sax.] the case of any thing; the 
 scabbard of a weapon. In Botany, a species of empalement, 
 exemplified in the daffodil, snowdrop, iris, he. 
 
 To SHEATH, Sheathe, (sheethe) v. a. [scmthan. Sax.] to put 
 in a case or scabbard ; to defend or preserve by an outward case 
 or covering; to fit with a sheath. 
 
 SHE'ATflING, «. a covering of copper, or other metal, on a 
 ship's bottom, to preserve the timber. 
 
 SHE'ATHWINGED, a. having hard cases which are folded 
 over the wings, as in the beetle. 
 
 To SHED, V. a. [scedan, Sax.] to pour out, or spill ; to scatter, 
 or let fall. — v. n. to let fall its parts. 
 
 SHED, s. a light covering or pent-house. 
 
 SHE'DDER, «. a spiller ; one who sheds. 
 
 SHEEN, s. brightness ; splendour. 
 
 SHEEP, s. plural also sheep ; [sceap. Sax.] in Zoology, a well- 
 known animal, largely reared in all civilized countries, for its 
 flesh, wool, &c. &c. There are very remarkable varieties of sheep. 
 
 SHE 
 
 some having no horns, others having three, four, or five, and 
 some enormous tails, laden with fat. 
 
 SHEE'PCOT, s. a small enclosure for shrep. 
 
 SHEE'PFOLD, s. [sceapafold, Sax.] an enclosure for sheep, 
 
 SHEE'PHOOK, s. a hook fastened to a staff, used by shep- 
 herds. 
 
 SHEE'PISH, a. bashful ; meanly diffident. 
 
 SHEE'PISHNESS, s. bashfulness; mean diffidence. 
 
 SHEE'PSHEARING, s. the act of sheariBg sheep, and the 
 feast held after it. 
 
 SHEER, a. [scyr. Sax.] pure; clear; unmingled. 
 
 SHEER, ad. clean ; quick ; at once. 
 
 To SHEER, V. n. amongst seamen, used with off, to steal or slip 
 away. 
 
 SHEE'RNESS, Kent. It is seated on the Isle of Sheppey, 
 where the river Medway falls into the Thames. Here are very 
 extensive dockyards for the royal navy, and the whole town is 
 strongly fortified. It is 46 miles from London. Market, Satur- 
 day. Pop. 8684. 
 
 SHEET, s. [sceat, Sax.] a broad or large piece of linen ; the 
 linen of a bed ; any. thing expanded ; in a ship, the ropes bent 
 to the clews of the sails. Figuratively, the canvass of the sail. 
 
 To SHEET, V. a. to supply or furnish with sheets ; to cover as 
 with a sheet. 
 
 SHEE'T-ANCHOR, (sheet-ankor) s. the largest anchor in a ship. 
 
 SHE'FFIELD, Yorkshire, W. Riding. It is celebrated for its 
 various hardware manufactories, which consist particulariy of 
 steel cutlery wares, plated goods, and various tools ; it has been 
 a staple for knives or whittles, and files, above 300 years. Lead 
 works are also carried on. It stands on the rivers Don, Sheaf, 
 &c., and is surrounded by hills. The rivers afford easy transit 
 for the iron, &c. used in its manufactures. It has many fine 
 buildings, but in the old parts of the town the streets are narrow ; 
 the new parts, however, are more commodious ; and the sur- 
 rounding country affords a rich and beautiful variety of land- 
 scape. Coal and alum are found in the vicinity. It is 162 
 miles from London. Market, Tuesday, particularly for corn. 
 Fairs on Tuesday after Trinity Sunday and November 28th. 
 Pop. 68,186. 
 
 SHEIK, s. [Arab.] the name of the chief of a tribe amongst the 
 Arabs. 
 
 SHE'KEL, 8. [Heb.] a Jewish coin valued at 2s. Qd. sterling. 
 
 SHE'LDON, DR. GILBERT, an eminent English prelate. 
 He studied at Oxford, and obtained some notice before the Pu- 
 ritan Revolution. During the wars and negociations he adhered 
 firmly to the king, and was one of the ejected clergy under the 
 Long Parliament. At the Restoration he was made a bishop, 
 and soon afterwards Archbishop of Canterbury. He died in 
 1677, aged 79 years. He is chiefly known by the erection of 
 the theatre at Oxford, which bears his name ; and as the oppo- 
 nent of the Presbyterians and other dissidents. 
 
 SHE'LDRAKE, s. in Natural History, a handsome species of 
 duck, found in several of our large rivers. 
 
 SHELF, 8. plur. shelves; [scylf. Sax.] aboard placed edge- 
 ways against a wall on a supporter, so that any thing may be 
 placed on it; a sand-bank, or shallow part of the sea; a rock 
 under shallow water. 
 
 SHE'LFY, a. full of bidden rocks or banks ; full of dangerous 
 shallows. 
 
 SHELL, 8. [schelle, Belg.] the hard covering or external crust 
 of any thing ; the external part ; the walls and roof of a house ; 
 a rough kind of coffin. In Zoology, the covering of an egg ; 
 the hard covering of such animals as crabs and lobsters, snads 
 and oysters, and all the numberless kinds resembling them. In 
 Botany, the seed vessel of such plants as the pea, vetch, &c. Iri 
 Gunnery, a hollow iron ball, used as an explosive projectile. 
 See Bomb. 
 
 To SHELL, V. a. to take out of the shell ; to strip of the shell. 
 — V. n. to fall off as broken shells; to cast the shell. 
 
 SHE'LLEY, PERCY BYSSHE, one of our most eminent re- 
 cent poets. He was of a good family, and was educated at Eton 
 and Oxford, from which last place he was expelled for avowing 
 himself an atheist. Soon afterwards he married, most unfor- 
 tunately, and a separation ensued. He next travelled on the 
 continent, and resided for some time in N. Italy. After his 
 unhappy wife's death, he applied to Chancery for the restoration 
 of bis children, unsuccessfully ; and before long married the 
 5 H 2 787 
 
SHE 
 
 daughter of William Godwin, and the famous champion of wo- 
 men, Mary Wolstonecraft. He soon removed to Italy again, and 
 spent the rest of his life there, being occupied with the produc- 
 tion of some of his greatest poems. He was drowned by a sud- 
 den squall in the Gulf of Lerici, returning to his own house from 
 Leghorn, in 1822, aged 30 years. His body was burnt, accord- 
 ing to the common practice in that part of Italy, with respect to 
 whatever is washed ashore. Lord Byron, Leigh Hunt, and some 
 other attached fricTids superintended this last rite, and placed his 
 ashes in the tomb of C. Cestius, at Rome. Shelley's character is 
 one very difficult to pronounce upon. His physical weakness and 
 highly-wrought enthusiasm, the disadvantages of his early life, 
 and the needless cruelties inflicted on him for boyish reckless- 
 ness, his gentleness and generosity, all combined in making 
 him such as his poems every where represent him, a hater of 
 kingcraft and priestcraft, and, most unhappily, one who too 
 often included all religion under the latter designation. Re- 
 specting his poetic genius there can be no doubt. Almost all his 
 writings are remarkable for the exquisite music of their versifi- 
 cation ; and all have a spirituality that makes their perusal re- 
 semble a sweet vision rather than awaking exercise of thought. 
 Queen Mah is the embodiment of his hostility to the religion of 
 priests ; and the Revolt of Islam, a lofty prophecy of the ulti- 
 mate emancipation of man from all political and ecclesiastical 
 slavery. The Cenci is one of the grandest tragedies written in 
 modern times ; and Prometheits Unbound is such a drama a poet 
 cf Greece might have written had he revisited this world in our 
 poet's days. His minor pieces bear the same imprint of the 
 writer's peculiar genius and peculiar views, some of which he 
 borrowed from his wife's parents. Now that the feelings that 
 were raised against him are dying away, his poems are receiving 
 their due praise, and the bard himself will ere long be more 
 charitably, and so more justly, judged. 
 
 SHE'LLFISH, s. in Cookery, a fish invested with a hard co- 
 vering ; either testaceous, as oysters, or crustaceous, as lobsters. 
 
 SHE'LLY, a. abounding with, or consisting of, shells. 
 
 SHE'LTER, s. [scyld. Sax.] a cover from external injury or 
 violence; a protector; defender; the state of being protected; 
 security, defence. 
 
 To SHE'LTER, v. a. to cover, defend, or protect from ex- 
 ternal violence ; to harbour . to betake to a cover, followed by 
 under; to conceal. — v. n. to make use of a shelter; to give 
 shelter. 
 
 SHE'LTIE, s. in Zoology, the name of a small but strong 
 kind of horse, found in the Shetland Islands. 
 
 SHE'LVING, a. sloping; inclining; having declivitj'. 
 
 SHE'LVY, a. shallow ; rocky ; full of banks. 
 
 To SHEND, V. a. preter. and past part, shent; [scend-an. Sax. 
 schenden, Belg.] to ruin, spoil, disgrace, or blame ; to overpower, 
 surpass. 
 
 SHE'NSTONE, WILLIAM, one of the standard English 
 poets, whose works are not much read now, though they con- 
 tain many beautiful stanzas, being in the old school of pastoral 
 and idyllic poetry, not much inspired by nature or reality. He 
 was a country gentleman, and his estate, called the Leasowes, was 
 beautified to match his poetry, and had, and has, some admirers. 
 He died in 1763, aged 49 years. 
 
 SHE'PHERD, s. [sceapahyrd. Sax.] one who tends sheep. 
 
 SHE'PHERDESS, s. a woman that tends sheep. 
 
 SHE'PHERD'S NEEDLE, s. in Botany, the name of some 
 very common kinds of umbelliferous plants. 
 
 SHE'PHERD'S POUCH, She'pherd's Purse, s. in Botany, a 
 common plant, known by its inversely heart-shaped seed vessels. 
 
 SHE'PHERD'S ROD, s. in Botany, a kind of teasel. 
 
 SHE'PPEY, an island in the county of Kent, divided from 
 the other part of it by a narrow channel. It lies at the mouth of 
 the river Medwav, and contains one town, called Queeuborough. 
 Pop. 10,741. ' 
 
 SHE'PTON MALLET, Somersetshire. It stands amongst 
 well-watered hills, and the streets are very narrow, steep, and ir- 
 regular. It has a flourishing manufacture of woollen cloths and 
 stockings. It is 115 miles from London. Market, Friday. Pop. 
 5265. 
 
 SHE'RBET, s. [sharhat, Arab.] the juice of lemons or oranges 
 mixed with water and sugar ; lemonade. 
 
 SHE'RBORNE, Dorsetshire. It is very pleasantly situated 
 on the Parrot, and has some tine old buildings and ruins. It 
 788 
 
 SHE 
 
 has a considerable manufacture of silk-throwing, as also of but- 
 tons, bone-lace, and haberdashery wares, and had formerly a 
 great trade in medley cloth. It is 116 miles from London. Mar- 
 kets, Thursday and Saturday. Pop. 4758. 
 
 SHE'RBURN, Yorkshire, W. Riding. Here is an old and 
 famous free-school. It is situated at the conflux of the Wherse- 
 and Ouse, with a harbour for barges, 181 miles from London. 
 Market, Saturday. Pop. 3757. 
 
 SHE'RARD, "DR. WILLIAM, an English botanist, who, 
 during the time of his consulate at Smyrna, collected very dili- 
 gently plants from the surrounding country, and contributed 
 greatly to the knowledge of the natural history of that part. He 
 left his Herharium to the university of Oxford, and endowed a 
 botanical professorship. He was also united with several dift'er- 
 ent botanists in their publications. He died in 1728, aged 69 
 
 was educated at Trinity College, Dublin, and managed a theatre 
 in that city, and afterwards was manager of Drury Lane theatre. 
 He wrote several works, and published a Pronouncing Dictionary, 
 which laid the foundation of many most vicious fashions, not yet 
 wholly eradicated. His lessons in the art of public speaking were 
 not remarkably philosophical. He died in 1788, aged 67 years. 
 His wife, Frances Sheridan, was the writer of an agreeable tale 
 called Nourjahad, which is universally known, and died in 1766, 
 aged 42 years. 
 
 SHE'RIDAN, RICHARD BRINSLEY, son of the foregoing, 
 an orator and play-writer of great celebrity. He was educated 
 at Harrow, and first came before the public through' an elope- 
 ment, and two ridiculous duels in consequence. He next ap- 
 peared as a dramatist, and then as one of the proprietors of Drury 
 Lane theatre. He was now enabled to enter parliament, where 
 he soon attained the highest reputation as a public speaker, and 
 rendered effectual service to Fox, in the conduct of the opposi- 
 tion, during the struggles that preceded and attended the con- 
 vulsions in France and on the continent generally. He was also 
 for a short time, after Pitt's death, in the ministry. His greatest 
 exploit was his speech on the impeachment of Warren Hastings, 
 which was regarded as one of the most splendid orations ever 
 spoken. The burning of Drury Lane theatre utterly ruined him ; 
 and the changes which ensued shut him out of the theatre and 
 the parliament together. A second marriage did not much as- 
 sist him ; and at last, ruined through intemperance and extrava- 
 gance, he died in the most miserable condition, in 1816, aged 
 65 years. His character stands self-condemned : at best, he 
 realized one of his own conceptions, Charles Surface. His plays, 
 the Rivals, the School for Scandal, the Duenna, the Stranger, kc, not 
 only keep their places on the stage, but are the source of count- 
 less illustrations of men and events on all occasions. The least 
 successful, were only translations or adaptations from old or 
 foreign play-wrights. His witticisms, though usually studifd, 
 will never be forgotten. He also wrote some poems, which rank 
 above mediocrity. He was buried with great reverence in West- 
 minster Abbey. 
 
 SHERI'F, s. [Arab.] a title of honour conferred in the East 
 on the members of the families who trace their origin to Mo- 
 hammed. 
 
 SHE'RIFF, s. plur. shrieves; [scyregerefa, Sax.] an officer of a 
 county, who is to see the king's orders executed, to impannel 
 juries, bring causes and criminals to trial, &c. 
 
 SHE'RIFFALTY, She'riffdom, She'riffship, or She'riff- 
 WICK, the office or jurisdiction of a sheriff. 
 
 SHE'RLOCK, DR. THOMAS, son of the author of a Practical 
 Treatise on Death, an eminent English prelate. He studied at 
 Cambridge, and was largely mixed up in the political and po- 
 lemical contests of the day. He held at last the bishopric of 
 London, and died in 1761, aged 83 years. His numerous works 
 consist of sermons, which yet find readers and admirers ; some 
 essays on Christian Evidences, of which his Trial of the Witnesses 
 of the Resurrection is much praised by some, &c. &c. 
 
 SHE'RRIES, She'rry, s. [from Xeres, a town of Andalusia 
 in Spain,] a kind of Spanish wine. 
 
 SHE'RWOOD, the name of a once famous and extensive tract 
 of forest in England, covering good part of Nottinghamshire. It 
 is now almost all under the plough. It was the favourite haunt 
 of Robin Hood and his merry men, according to the old ballads. 
 
 SHE'TLAND, the general name of about 40 islands, which lie 
 
SHI 
 
 about 100 miles N. N. E. of Caithness-shire, between 59.56. and 
 61. 11. N. Lat. The names of the principal are Mainland, Yell, 
 Unst,and FulaorThule. The fisheries and fowling occupy most 
 attention. Agriculture, &c. is necessarily very unimportant. 
 Shelties or Shetland ponies are reared for exportation. Lerwick 
 is the capital. Shetland, with Orkney, forms one of the counties 
 of Scotland. Pop. 30,558. See Orkney, Mainland, &cc. 
 
 SHEW. See Show. 
 
 SHIDE, s. [sceadan. Sax.] a board ; a cutting. 
 
 SHIELD, (sheeld) s. [scyld. Sax.] a buckler ; a broad piece of de- 
 fensive armour, held on the left arm to ward off darts or blows; 
 defence or protection ; a protector. In Heraldry, the scutcheon 
 on which the bearings of an armoury are placed. 
 
 To SHIELD, {sheeld) v. a. Isajldan, Sax.] to cover with a shield. 
 Figuratively, to defend ; to secure. 
 
 SHIELDS, SOUTH, Durham. It is the chief place where ships 
 take in their loading of coals, and where they make large quan- 
 tities of salt. It stands at the mouth of the river Tyne, 282 miles 
 from London. Market, Wednesday. Pop. 9082. 
 
 To SHIFT, V. n. to change place ; to change or give place to 
 something else; to change clothes, especially linen ; to find some 
 expedient for subsistence or safety ; to practise indirect methods. 
 — t'. a. to change or alter. Followed by away, to send a person 
 away by some expedient. Used with off, to defer or put away by 
 some expedient. 
 
 SHIFT, s. an expedient; a last resource; an evasion or arti- 
 fice ; a linen garment worn by women. 
 
 SHI'FTER, s. a sly, artful fellow. 
 
 SHI'FTLESS, a. wanting expedients ; wanting means to act 
 or live. 
 
 SHI'LLING, s. {seild, Sax.] a silver coin in value 12 pence, or 
 the twentieth part of a pound sterling. 
 
 SHI'LL-I-SHA'LL-I, ad. [a corrupt reduplication of shall I?} 
 in a hesitating manner ; in suspense. 
 
 SHIN, s. [scina. Sax.] the forepart of the leg. 
 
 To SHINE, V. n. pret. shone or shined; [scinan. Sax.] to glisten ; 
 to emit light or brightness ; to appear glossy ; to be gay, beau- 
 tiful, conspicuous, or eminent ; to enlighten. Followed by m/joj!, 
 to show favour, or be propitious. 
 
 SHINE, s. splendour or brightness ; fair weather. 
 
 SHl'NGLE, s. in Geology, the loose and completely water- 
 worn gravel on the sea-shore. 
 
 SHl'NGLES, s. [schindel, Teut.] small pieces of wood in form 
 like a wedge, used in covering roofs instead of tiles. 
 
 SH FN Y, a. bright; splendid; luminous. 
 
 SHIP, s. [scip, scyp. Sax.] a termination used in composition, 
 signifying office or employment. 
 
 SHIP, ». [scip. Sax. schippen, Belg.] a general name for all great 
 vessels with sails, fit for navigation on the sea ; but in sea lan- 
 guage more particularly applied to a vessel furnished with three 
 masts. 
 
 To SHIP, v. a. to put into, or transport in, a ship. 
 
 SHI'PBOARD, ad. used with on, within or on board a ship. 
 
 SHIPBUILDING, s. the art of constructing ships, in which 
 the most recondite mathematical investigations are applied to the 
 determination of the forms and arrangement of all parts of ships, 
 so as to secure strength, swiftness, lightness for manoeuvring, &c. 
 
 SHFPMASTER, s. the master of a ship. 
 
 SHI'PMONEY, s. an imposition which was anciently charged 
 upon the ports, towns, cities, and counties, by .writs commonly 
 called ship-writs. It was revived by Charles I., but was after- 
 wards declared to be contrary to the laws and statutes of the 
 realm. 
 
 SHI'PWRECK, s. the destruction of ships by rocks, shallows, 
 shelves, &c. ; the parts of a shattered ship ; destruction or mis- 
 carriage. 
 
 To SHI'PWRECK, v. a. to destroy by dashing on rocks or 
 shelves ; to reduce to a deplorable condition. 
 
 SHIPWRIGHT, (shipnt) s. a builder of ships. 
 
 SHIRE, s. [scir, from sciran. Sax.] a division of a kingdom ; a 
 county ; a part of the kingdom under the sheriff. 
 
 SHFRLEY, JAMES, an English dramatist of the 17th century. 
 He was educated at Oxford for the church ; but afterwards he 
 adopted the Roman faith, and resorted to dramatic writing as a 
 means of support. He served on the king's side in the civil wars ; 
 and when fighting and play-writing were both hopeless trades 
 for him, commenced school-keeping, till the sunny days of the 
 
 SHO 
 
 Restoration ; when he flourished in his proper sphere, until the 
 fire of London destroyed his property and broke his heart. He 
 died in 1666, aged 72 years. Some of hi.s plays are said to have 
 crept into the editions of Beaumont and Fletcher; which suffi- 
 ciently, but perhaps too favourably, characterizes them. 
 
 SHIRT, s. [sAje)f, Dan.] a linen garment worn by men. 
 
 To SHIRT, V. a. to cover or clothe with a shirt. 
 
 SHIVE, «. [scAyue, Belg.] a slice of bread ; a thick splinter cut 
 off from the main substance. 
 
 To SHIVER, V. n. [schawren, Teut.] to quake or shudder as 
 with cold or fear.— [scAyte, Belg.] to fall at once into many parts. 
 — V. a. to break by one act into many pieces ; to shatter. 
 
 SHI'VER, s. a fragment of a thing broken into many pieces. 
 
 SHOAL, {shol) s. [scole. Sax.] a great number of fishes swim- 
 ming together; a sand-bank, or shallow place. 
 
 To SHOAL, {shot) V. n. to throng or crowd together ; to be 
 shallow ; to become shallow. 
 
 SHOAL, (shol) a. shallow ; obstructed with banks. 
 
 SHO'ALY, (sholy) a. full of shoals. 
 
 SHOCK, s. [choc, Fr. from schocken, Belg.] the force with which 
 two bodies moving in contrary directions meet ; external vio- 
 lence or concussion ; the sudden convulsion experienced on re- 
 ceiving a charge of electricity ; the conflict of^ armies ; an of- 
 fence, or impression of disgust. — [schocke, old Belg.] a pile of six 
 sheaves of corn. — [from shag,'] a rough dog ; a short head of 
 hair. 
 
 To SHOCK, v.a. [schocken, Belg.] to shake by violence; to of- 
 fend or disgust. — v. n. to be offensive ; to build up pilus of sheaves. 
 
 SHOD, for shoed, the prefer, and past part, of To Shoe. 
 
 SHOE, s. plural shoes, formerly shoon ; [sceo. Sax. schoe, Belg.J 
 a cover for the foot. 
 
 To SHOE, V. a. prefer, and past part, shod; to fit with, or put 
 on, a shoe ; to cover at the bottom. 
 
 SHOE'MAKER, s. one whose business is to make shoes. 
 
 SHONE, the preter. and past part, of To Shine. 
 
 SHOOK, the preter. of To Shake. 
 
 To SHOOT, V. a. preter. shot, past part, shot or shotten ; [sceotan, 
 Sax.] to discharge any thing so as to make it fly with speed and 
 violence; to discharge from a bow or gun; to let off; to hit 
 with any thing discharged from a bow or gun ; to sprout or grow, 
 applied to vegetables ; to emit or dart ; to fit to each other ; to 
 push forward ; to pass through with speed. — v. n. to be emitted ; 
 to germinate; to protuberate, or stick out, followed by out; to 
 become any thing suddenly, used with up ; to move along swift- 
 ly; to be affected with a quick and intermitting pain. 
 
 SHOOT, s. the act or impression of any thing discharged from 
 a bow, &c. ; the act of hitting or endeavouring to hit with some- 
 thing discharged from a bow or gun. — [scheuten, Belg.] a branch 
 issuing from the main stock. 
 
 SHOO'TER, s. an archer ; a gunner. 
 
 SHOO'TING STARS, called also Falling Stars, in Meteor- 
 ology, area very common kind of small aerolites. &« Aerolites. 
 
 SHOP, s. [sceop. Sax.] a place where anything is sold ; a room 
 in which manufactures are carried on. 
 
 SHO'PKEEPER, s. a trader who sells in a shop; a retail 
 dealer. 
 
 SHO'PLIFTER, s. one who under pretence of buying goods in 
 a shop, takes an opportunity to steal them. 
 
 SHO'PMAN, s. a petty trader; one who serves in a shop. 
 
 SHORE, s. [score. Sax.] the coast or land which borders on 
 the sea ; a drain (see Sewer). — [schooren, Belg.] the support of 
 a building; a buttress. 
 
 To SHORE, V. a. to prop, or support from falling ; followed 
 by up. 
 
 SHO'REHAM, NEW, Sussex. It stands at the mouth of the 
 river Adur, over which are two bridges. The harbour's mouth 
 being often enclosed with a bar of sand, large vessels cannot 
 enter, but it carries on a brisk trade by small craft. It is 56 miles 
 from London. Market, Monday. Pop. 1998. 
 
 SHO'RELING, s. the felt or skin of a sheep shorn. 
 
 SHORN, past part, of To Sue.\r. 
 
 SHORT, a. [sceort. Sax.] measuring little, opposed to long; 
 not long m space or extent ; of small continuance ; repeated by 
 quick returns; not equal to a person's merits and excellences; 
 defective; scanty; wanting; not able to attain an end, after 
 fall; not longdistant, or coming soon; quick or unexpected ; not 
 going so far as was intended ; narrow • brittle. 
 
 789 
 
 I 
 
SHO 
 
 SHORT, ». a concise or summary account. 
 
 To SHO'RTEN, v. a. to deprive of length, applied to space or 
 time ; to contract or abbreviate ; to hinder from going on ; to 
 cut off; to defeat ; to lop. 
 
 SHO'RTHAND, s. a method of writing so as to save time and 
 paper, commonly called Stenography. 
 
 SHO'RTLIVED, a. not living or lasting long. 
 
 SHO'RTLY, ad. quickly ; briefly. 
 
 SHO'RTNESS, s. the quality of being short, either in time or 
 space; brevity; conciseness; deficience; imperfection. 
 
 SHO'RTRIBS, s. in Anatomy, the ribs below the sternum. 
 
 SHO'RTSIGHTED, (shirUlghted) a. unable to see far. 
 
 SHORTSl'GHTEDNESS, s. in Ophthalmic Surgery, defect of 
 sight, occasioned by the convexity of the crystalline humour. 
 See Eye. Figuratively, intellectual darkness. 
 
 SHO'RT WINDED, a. asthmatic. 
 
 SHOT, the prater, and past part, of To Shoot. 
 
 SHOT, s. [schof, Belg.] the act of shooting ; any thing dis- 
 charged from a gun ; a globule of lead used in charging fire- 
 arms. — [escot, Fr.] a sum charged, or a reckoning. 
 
 SHO'TTEN, a. without roe ; having ejected its spawn. 
 
 To SHOVE, V. a. [sciiyven, Belg. scufan, Sax.] to push by main 
 strength ; to drive a vessel by means of a pole thrust hard against 
 the bottom of the water ; to push or rush against. — v. n. to push 
 before one; to row in a boat by means of a pole thrust against 
 the bottom of a river. 
 
 SHOVE, s. the act of shoving ; a push. 
 
 SHO'VEL, «. [scojl, Sax. schoeffel, Belg.] an instrument with a 
 broad blade raised on the edges, and a long handle, used in 
 throwing coals on a fire, &c. 
 
 To SHO'VEL, V. a. to throw or heap with a shovel ; to gather 
 in great quantities. 
 
 SHO'VEL, SIR CLOUDESLEY, an eminent British admiral, 
 who rose wholly by his own courage and skill in his profession. 
 His first distinguished exploit was the burning of the shipping 
 of the Dey of Tripoli : he afterwards shared in the glory of the 
 victory of La Hogue. He perished in a fearful wreck on the 
 Scilly Islands, in 1705, aged 55 years. 
 
 SHO'VELLER, s. in Ornithology, a name of the spoonbill. 
 
 SHOULD, {shad) V. n. [scude, Belg. sceoldan. Sax.] an auxiliary 
 verb, used in the conjunctive mood, and generally implies busi- 
 ness or duty; as, " I should go," i. e. it is my business or duty to 
 go. When preceded by if, it implies chance; as, "If I should 
 go," i. e. if it happen that I go." 
 
 SHOU'LDER, s. [scAoWer, Belg.] in Anatomy, the joint which 
 connects the arm to the body. In Cookery, the upper part of 
 the fore leg. A rising part or prominence. 
 
 To SHOU'LDER, v. a. to push with violence and insolence ; 
 to put upon the shoulder. 
 
 SHOU^LDERBLADE, s. in Anatomy, the blade-bone to which 
 the arm is connected ; the scapula. 
 
 To SHOUT, V. n. to cry aloud in triumph, joy, or exultation. 
 
 SHOUT, s. a loud and vehement cry of joy, triumph, or ex- 
 ultation. 
 
 SHOU'TER, s. he who shouts. 
 
 To SHOW, (sho) V. a. preter. showed and shown, past part, shottm ; 
 [scowen, Belg.] to produce to the sight or view ; to prove, or give 
 a proof; to publish or proclaim, followed hy forth ; to make 
 known ; to offer ; to afford ; to direct, or point out the way ; to 
 explain, teach, or tell. — v. n. to appear ; to have the appearance ; 
 to be In appearance. 
 
 SHOW, (sho) s. a spectacle, or any thing remarkable, exposed 
 to view for money; a superficial or mere external appearance; 
 an ostentatious display ; an object attracting attention or notice ; 
 a ^lendld appearance; likeness; spaciousness. 
 
 SHO'WBREAD, She'wbread, s. amongst the Jews, the twelve 
 loaves of bread that the priest of the week placed every sabbath 
 day on the golden table, in the holy place of the temple. 
 
 SHO'WER, (the ow in this word and the two following is pro- 
 nounced as in now,) s. [scheure, Belg.] a moderate or violent fall 
 of rain ; any thing descending thick ; any profusion, or liberal 
 distribution. 
 
 To SHO'WER, V. a. to wet with rain ; to pour down ; to dis- 
 
 tribute liberally or profusely. — v. n. to be rainy. 
 SHO'WERY, a. rainy. 
 SHO'WISH, (shoisfi) a. gaudy; splendid ; ostentatious. 
 SHOWN, preter. and past part, of To Show. 
 790 ^ 
 
 SHR 
 
 SHO'WY, a. ostentatious. 
 SHRANK, preter. of To Shrink. 
 
 To SHRED, u. a. preter. shred; [screadan, Sax.] to cut into 
 small or thin pieces, commonly used of cloth or herbs. 
 
 SHRED, s. a small piece cut off; a fragment. 
 
 SHREW, s. [schreyen, Teut.] a turbulent, clamorous woman ; 
 a scold. 
 
 SHREWD, a. [contracted from shrewed,'] having the qualities 
 of a shrew; malicious; mischievous; troublesome; cunning; 
 arch; subtle; maliciously sly ; bad; painful, pinching. 
 
 SHREWDLY, ad. mischievously ; vexatiously ; with strong 
 suspicion. 
 
 SHREWDNESS, «. sly cunning ; archness ; petulance. 
 
 SHREWISH, a. possessing the qualities of a shrew. 
 
 SHREW'MOUSE, s. \_screawa, Sax.] in Zoology, a small animal 
 with a long nose, allied to the water-rat. 
 
 SHREWSBURY, Shropshire, the capital of the county, so 
 called from the Saxon word Scrobbesberig, which signifies a town 
 built on a woody hill. It is well built, well lighted, and well 
 paved, and is the chief mart for a coarse kind of woollen cloth 
 made in Montgomerj'shire, called Welch webs, which are bought 
 up In all parts of the country, and dressed here. Much of the Welch 
 flannel is also bought at Welchpool by the drapers of this place, 
 which is indeed a common mart for all sorts of Welch commodities. 
 One great ornament of this town is the Quarry, one of the finest 
 promenades in England. It is beautifully situated in a sort of 
 horseshoe, formed by the river Severn, 154 miles from London. 
 Markets, for corn, cattle, and provisions, Wednesday and Satur- 
 day ; and Thursday, for Welch cottons, friezes, and flannels. 
 Fairs, Saturday after March 15, Wednesday after Easter week, 
 Wednesday before Holy Thursday, July 3, August 12, October 
 2, and December 12. Pop. 21,517. 
 
 To SHRIEK, {shreek) v. n. \skrieger, Dan.] to cry out with an- 
 guish or terror; to scream. 
 
 SHRIEK, s. [skrieg, Dan. scriecio, Ital.] a loud cry caused by 
 anguish or terror. 
 
 SHRIFT, s. [scrift. Sax.] confession made to a priest. 
 
 SHRIKE, s. in Ornithology, the name of a small kind of bird 
 of prey, some species of which are found in England, and are 
 known by the names of butcher-bird and nine-killer. 
 
 SHRILL, a. [probably formed from the sound,] sounding with 
 a piercing and tremulous noise. 
 
 To SHRILL, V. n. to sound sharp and quick. 
 
 SHRI'LLNESS, s. the quality ot being shrill. 
 
 SHRIMP, s. Iscrympe, Dan.] in Natural History, a small ctus- 
 taceous marine aniuial, reckoned very delicate eating. 
 
 SHRINE, s. [serin. Sax. from scrinium, Lat.] a case in which 
 something sacred is reposited ; an altar. 
 
 To SHRINK, V. n. preter. shrunk or shrank, participle shrunk 
 or shrunken; [scrincan, Sax.] to contract into less room ; to shrivel 
 from loss of moisture; to withdraw or fall back, in order to 
 avoid danger.— u. a. to lessen the measure of a thing by con- 
 tracting it. 
 
 SHRINK, «. corrugation; contraction of the body into less 
 compass, from fear or horror. 
 
 SHRFNKER, s. one that shrinks. 
 
 To SHRIVE, t. a. pret. shrove ; [scrifan, Sax.] to hear at con- 
 fession ; to confess a person. 
 
 To SHRI'VEL, V. n. [schrompelen, Belg.] to contract itself in- 
 to wrinkles. — v. a. to make a thing contract into wrinkles, used 
 with up. 
 
 SHRO'PSHIRE, an English county, 44 miles in length, and 28 
 In breadth ; bounded by Cheshire, Denbighshire, Montgomery- 
 shire, Herefordshire, and Staffordshire. It contains 170 parishes, 
 and IC market towns. The principal rivers are, the Severn, 
 which runs through the midst of the county, the Terne, the 
 Clun, and the Rea, with several other small streams. The W. 
 and S. parts are mountainous, some points being nearly 2000 
 feet high, and several surpassing 1000; but the E. and N. more 
 plain and level; however, the soil Is pretty fertile every where, 
 yielding corn and pastures, besides coal, iron, and other commo- 
 dities. The air is sharp on the tops of the hills and mountains, 
 but in the lower parts temperate enough. The great branches 
 of manufacturing industry carried on here, are all kinds of iron- 
 works, woollens, and china, earthenware, &c. Shrewsbury is 
 the capital. Pop. 239,048. It sends 11 members to par- 
 
SHROUD, s. [scntd. Sax.] a cover or shelter ; a winding-sheet 
 or dress of a dead person ; ropes turned as ladders, Crora the sides 
 of the ship to the topmasts. 
 
 To SHROUD, V. a. to dress in a shroud ; to shelter from dan- 
 ger; to cover, hide, or conceal; to defend or protect.— v ». to 
 harbour or take shelter. 
 
 SHROVE, preter. of To Shrive. 
 
 SHRO'VETIDE, Shrovetu'esday, «. [from shrove and tide or 
 Tuesday,'] in the Church Calendar, the time of confession ; the day 
 before Ash Wednesday, or Lent, on which anciently persons 
 went to confession. 
 
 SHRUB, s. [scribbe. Sax.] in Botany, a bush or small tree. A 
 liquor made of orange-juice, spirits, and sugar. 
 
 SHRUBBY, a. full of shrubs; bushy. 
 
 To SHRUG, V. n. [shricken, Belg.] to express horror or dissa- 
 tisfaction by moving the shoulders towards the head. — v. a. to 
 contract or draw upwards, followed by shoulders. 
 
 SHRUG, s. a motion of the shoulders upwards to express hor- 
 ror or dissatisfaction. 
 
 SHRUNK, thepret. and past part, of To Shrink. 
 
 To SHU'DDER, v. n. [schudderen, Belg.] to quake with fear 
 or aversion. 
 
 To SHU'FFLE, (shuffl) v. a. [syfeling. Sax.] to throw into dis- 
 order, so that one thing may take place of another; to remove 
 or put by with some artifice ; to change the position of cards 
 with respect to each other; to shake or get rid of by struggling, 
 used with off; to form in a confused and clandestine manner, 
 used with up. — r. n. to put a pack of cards into new order ; to 
 practise mean tricks, frauds, or evasions ; to struggle ; to shift ; 
 to move with an awkward gait, or with the feet drawn along the 
 ground. 
 
 SHU'FFLE, {shuffl) s. the act of disordering things, or mov- 
 ing them so as to make them take place of each other ; a trick 
 or artifice. 
 
 SHUFFLER, «. he who plays tricks, or shufBes. 
 
 SHU'FFLINGLY, ad. with irregular gait. 
 
 To SHUN, V. a. [aseunian, Sax.] to avoid ; to endeavour to 
 escape ; to decline ; to eschew. 
 
 To SHUT, V. a. preter. and past part, shut ; [schvUen, Belg. 
 scittan. Sax.] to put together so that nothing can get in or out, 
 opposed to open ; to enclose or confine; to bar or exclude ; to 
 draw the eyelid close over the eye ; to contract, applied to the 
 hand. Used with out, to exclude or deny admission ; with up, 
 to confine ; to conclude. — v. n. to be closed ; to close itself. 
 
 SHUT,/>ari. a. rid ; clear; free. 
 
 SHUT, s. the act of closing; a small door or cover. 
 
 SHU'TTER, s. one that closes any thing that stood open ; a 
 door or board by which windows are secured in the night. 
 
 SHU'TTLE, {shittl) s. \skntul, LsL] the instrument with which 
 a weaver shoots the cross threads of his work. 
 
 SHU'TTLECOCK, s. a cork stuck with feathers, and used as 
 a toy with a battledore. 
 
 SHY, a. [schowe, Belg. schifo, Ital.] reserved ; coy ; not willing 
 to be acquainted or familiar; cautious; chary; keeping at a 
 distance, and unwilling to approach ; suspicious ; jealous. 
 
 SIA'M, a country of Asia, beyond the Ganges, lying on the 
 Chinese Sea, and bounded by British India, Birmah, China, and 
 Cochin-China. It is 550 miles in length, and in breadth varies 
 from 50 to 250 miles. It is very mountainous, and is watered by 
 several large rivers, with great numbers of tributary streams. It 
 yields gold, iron, copper, lead, tin, and other ra'etals, with some 
 precious stones. The soil produces plenty of rice, cotton, fruits, 
 &c. &c. It abounds in wild animals, such as elephants, rhino- 
 ceroses, tigers, &c. &c. And many of the birds that are indigen- 
 ous to this country are very remarkable. The chief trade of the 
 country is with China. The people are yet very rude in their 
 condition, and are a branch of the great Malay family. The 
 form of government is absolute despotism, but the king is elec- 
 tive ; and this, with several other features of their political state, 
 shows how little raised above barbarism the Siamese are. Ban- 
 kok is its capital. Fop. about 3,000,000. 
 
 SI'BBALD, s. [sibbaldia, Lat.] in Botany, a plant with yellow 
 blossoms, called also bastard cinquefoil, found on Benlomond, in 
 Scotland. It flowers in July antf August. 
 
 SIBE'RIA, a large country of Asia, comprehending the whole 
 of the Russian dominions in Asia. It stretches from the Uralian 
 mountains to the N.PacificOcean; and from the mountain ranges. 
 
 SID 
 
 deserts, and seas, which divide it from Tatarv, to the Arctic 
 Ocean. It is about 2000 miles in length, and"750 in breadth. 
 It is in general remarkably level, the only very lofty moun- 
 tains being on its borders. It is watered bv a great number of 
 rivers, of which the Lena, the Yenisei, and the Oby are the 
 chief. It yields metals of all kinds abundantly, gold, silver, 
 iron, copper, platinum, &c. &c.; and it has also other valuable 
 mineral treasures. The intense cold is unfavourable to agricul- 
 ture, but some corn is grown, and sheep, oxen, &c. reared. It 
 is inhabited by a great variety of rude tribes, some of which have 
 not emerged from the most primitive barbarism. It is the coun- 
 try to which state prisoners are sent by the jealous despotism of 
 the emperor. Not only the Greek Church, but some kinds of 
 rude idolatry prevail here. Tobolsk and Irkutsk are its chief 
 places. Pop. about 2,500,000. 
 
 Sl'BILANT, a. \_sibilo, Lat.] hissing. 
 
 SIBILA'TION, s. a hissing sound. 
 
 SI'BYL, the name given to some prophetesses celebrated in 
 the old Greek and Roman ballads, the last of whom was the Cu- 
 mfean sibyl, who offered the mystic volumes for sale to Tarquin ; 
 and after burning six of them, demanded the original price for 
 the three that were left. 
 
 SICA'RD, ROCH AMBROSE CUCURRON, a French abbe, 
 who devoted himself to the philanthropic task of teaching the 
 deaf and dumb, in the establishment of the Abbe L'Epee, at 
 Paris. He narrowly escaped being massacred in the frightful 
 slaughter of September, at the prisons, being hardly saved by 
 one Moton, a watchmaker. After a few more difficulties of a 
 comparatively trifling character, he was left to the uninterrupted 
 pursuit of the task he had devoted himself to, and died in 1822, 
 aged 80 years. He wrote some works on educational subjects. 
 
 To SrCCATE, {sikkate) v. a. [sicco, Lat.] to dry. 
 
 SICCA'TION, {sikkdshon) s. the act of drying. 
 
 SICCI'FIC, {siksifik) a. [siccus and facio, Lat.] arid ; causing 
 dryness. 
 
 SFCCITY, {siksity) s. [siccitas, Lat.] dryness; aridity; want 
 of moisture. 
 
 SI'CE, s. [six, Fr.] the number six at dice. 
 
 SFCILIES, THE TWO, the name borne hitherto by the 
 united kingdoms of Naples and Sicily, in Italy. At present the 
 island of Sicily has revolted, and declared itself independent of 
 Naples, and in all probability will ultimately establish its claim 
 to freedom. See Naples, Sicily, &c. 
 
 SI'CILY, an island in the Mediterranean Sea, almost in the 
 form of a triangle, separated from Italy by a narrow strait, called 
 the Faro di Messina. It is about 100 miles long, and 110 broad 
 at its greatest width. It is very mountainous, and several peaks 
 range at about 3000 or 4000 feet high. But the loftiest moun- 
 tain here is the celebrated volcano ^Etna, which is almost 
 11,000 feet in height. The rivers are all small. Corn, wine, 
 silk, fruits, &c. &c. are abundantly produced, and it has valuable 
 fisheries in the surrounding seas. Palermo is the chief city. 
 Pop. about 2,250,000. 
 
 SICK, a. [sieck, Belg. seoc, Sax.] deprived of health ; afflicted 
 with disease; disordered in the stomach, or squeamish; cor- 
 rupted ; disgusted. 
 
 To SI'CKEN, V. a. to destroy health ; to make sick ; to im- 
 pair; to weaken. — «. n. to grow sick ; to be diseased ; to be filled 
 to disgust, or loathing; to decay; to languish. 
 
 SI'CKLE, {sikl) s. [sick-el, Belg. sico/, Sax.] the instrument with 
 which corn is cut; a reaping-hook. 
 
 S1C'KLEW0RT,«. in Botany, a name of the mountain bugle. 
 
 SFCKLINESS, s. disposition to sickness; habitual sickness 
 or disease. 
 
 SI'CKLY, a. diseased, infirm, not healthy; faint, somewhat 
 disordered, languid, weak. 
 
 SI'CKNESS, s. [seocnesse, Sax.] the state of being infirm in 
 health; disease; malady; squeamishness, or disorder in the 
 stomach. 
 
 SICYO'NIA, in Ancient Greece, a small state of the Pelopon- 
 nesus, lying on the Corinthian Gulf, between Corinth and 
 Achaia. It was only 16 miles long, and 8 broad, and had in its 
 borders only the towns of Sicyon and Phlius, of any importance. 
 
 SI'DDOiNS, MRS. SARAH, a celebrated tragic actress of the 
 last age, was one of the Kemble family by birth, and was from 
 her infancy accustomed to take part in theatrical representations. 
 When she was about twenty, she appeared in London, but with- 
 
 701 
 
SID 
 
 out success: about seven years afterwards she again appeared, 
 and was the unquestioned queen of the boards for thirty years. 
 Her great character was Lady Macbeth, but it is more than 
 questionable if she rightly interpreted that wonderful creation. 
 She died in 1831, aged 76 years. For rare intellectual power, 
 for consummate skill in all the minor arts of her calling, for lofty 
 and dignified conduct during all her public career, she received, 
 as was justly due, the admiration of all. 
 
 SIDE, «. [Sax. sijd£, Belg.] the part of animals formed by the 
 ribs ; any part of a body opposed to another part ; the right or 
 left ; a margin, verge, or edge; situation ; half of any thing; 
 party ; interest ; sect ; faction. 
 
 SIDE, a. oblique, opposed to direct ; lateral. 
 
 To SIDE, V. a. to join with any party ; followed by with. 
 
 SI'DEBOAllD, (sidehord) s. a table on which plate and other 
 conveniences are placed by the side of that at which the guests sit. 
 
 SI'DEBOX, s. a box on one side of the theatre. 
 
 SI'DELONG, a. lateral; oblique; not in front; not direct. 
 — ad. laterally ; obliquely ; on the side ; not in opposition. 
 
 SIDE'REAL, a. [sidus, Lat.] starry ; astral ; measured by the 
 stars. 
 
 SIDERA'TION, s. [Fr. sideror, Lat.] sudden mortification ; a 
 blast ; or a sudden deprivation of sense. 
 
 SI'DESADDLE, s. a woman's seat on horseback. 
 
 SI'DESMAN, s. an assistant to a churchwarden. 
 
 SI'DEWAYS, Si'dewise, ad. on one side ; obliquely ; indi- 
 rectly ; laterally. 
 
 SI'DMOUTH, HENRY ADDINGTON, VISCOUNT, a states- 
 man of George IH.'s reign. He studied at Oxford and Lincoln's 
 Inn ; but laid aside the practice of law for that of legislation, en- 
 tering parliament, and was soon made speaker. His next step 
 was to the head of the government which concocted the peace 
 of Amiens, but he was not long afterwards removed, on Pitt's 
 return to power ; and was raised to the peerage, with an office un- 
 der Pitt. He held office also under Lord Grenville, Mr. Perceval, 
 and Lord Liverpool ; and in the last cabinet distinguished him- 
 self by arranging and defending the Manchester massacre, and 
 all the espionage and prosecutions that preceded and followed 
 that affair. He died in 1844, aged 87 years. His attempt upon 
 religious liberty in 1812, and the measures that mainly charac- 
 terized his official career, will not easily be forgotten ; and Can- 
 ning's soubriquet, by the aid of Hone's pamphlets, will hand him 
 down to everlasting remembrance as the " Doctor." 
 
 Sl'DNEY, SIR PHILIP, the hero and the poet, studied at 
 Oxford, and afterwards travelled on the continent, narrowly 
 escaping in the St. Bartholomew at Paris. On his return he 
 entered the service of the queen, and was employed on various 
 embassies, rising ever in general esteem by his gallantry and 
 literary ability. He was subsequently made governor of Flush- 
 ing, and fell in an engagement at Zutphen, where his small body 
 of troops was victorious, in 1586, aged 32 years. He was the 
 ideal of a knight of those days, and might have served as a 
 model to the poet of the Faery Queen. The absolute queen 
 would not allow him to be elected king of Poland ; not choosing, 
 as she said in Sir Peter Reade's case, that her sheep should bear 
 the mark of another master. His Arcadia, his Sonnets and 
 Poems, and his Defence of Poesy, have maintained his name 
 amongst our English bards right worthilj'. 
 
 Sl'DNEY, ALGERNON, a patriot and martvr, of the times 
 of Charles II. He first served during the Irish rebellion, and 
 afterwards joined the Parliament's army, and distinguished 
 himself under Manchester and Fairfax, and under his brother. 
 Lord Lisle, in Ireland. He was one of the High Court at the 
 trial of Charles, and consistently with his aristocratic spirit and 
 republican theories, retired from all public service under the 
 Protectorate. On the abdication of Richard Cromwell he re- 
 appeared, and accepted a mission to Denmark. After the Re- 
 storation he visited. Holland and France; till, after 17 years' 
 exile, he received a pardon from Charles, and returned to Eng- 
 land. On the discovery of the Rye-house Plot, he was arrest- 
 ed, and although there was no evidence to connect him with it, 
 (his and Lord Russell's views being of a very different kind,) he 
 was convicted by the infamous Jeffries of high treason, and 
 beheaded in 1683, aged 62 years. In political opinions he re- 
 sembled the Girondins of France, but Platonic philosophy and 
 religious feeling gave a hue to his expression of them, widely 
 difl^erent from that resulting from their materialism and iufi- 
 792 
 
 SIG 
 
 delity. Yet both looked fondly back to Greece and Rome for the 
 model of a republic; — both sought the ideal of liberty in the 
 abodes of slavery. His writings maintain his reputation for 
 lofty views and aspirations, and for spotless integrity and 
 courage. 
 
 SI'DNEY-SUSSEX COLLEGE, Cambridge, was founded at 
 the end of the 16th century. It is not a very important insti- 
 tution, as to wealth, &c., but it was the school of Oliver 
 Cromwell. 
 
 Sl'DON, in Ancient Geography, a city of Phoenicia, standing 
 on the sea-coast, and well situated for commerce, which it mo- 
 nopolized till eclipsed by the superior wealth of Tyre. It is 
 often alluded to in the Old Testament. The modern town of 
 Saida stands on its ruins. 
 
 SIEGE, {seeje) s. [_siege, Fr.] the act of besetting a fortified 
 place; any continued endeavour to gain possession. 
 
 SIE'NNA, a celebrated city of Tuscany, in Italy, the see of an 
 archbishop, and the seat of a university. It stands on one of 
 the W. branches of the Apennines ; and is very rich in palaces 
 and churches, which are adorned with noble monuments of art. 
 It has a few manufactures, but these do not constitute its wealth. 
 It is about 25 miles from Florence. Pop. about 20,000. Lat. 
 43. 22. N. Long. 11. 10. E. 
 
 SIE'RRA LEO'NE, the name given to a country on the coast 
 of VV. Africa, lying between Senegambia and the Grain Coast 
 of Guinea. It is a level tract, with lofty mountains bounding 
 it inland, and watered with numerous rivers. It yields gold 
 and iron, and all tropical fruits and different kinds of grain and 
 vegetables are cultivated. It has also its share of the wild 
 animals of that part of the continent. It is inhabited chiefly by 
 negroes, the uuhealthiness of the climate for Europeans making 
 it too dangerous to tempt many to seek a settlement in it. Free- 
 town is the principal place. Pop. 44,935. It is one of the co- 
 lonies of the British empire, and was the first of those injudi- 
 cious but benevolent endeavours to better the lot of the African 
 by the introduction of a system of free labour instead of slavery. 
 The headland of the colony, and one of the chief rivers, are also 
 called Sierra Leone. 
 
 SIEVE, {siv) s. an instrument used in separating small parti- 
 cles from grosser, consisting of a piece of lawn, hair, &c. &c., 
 strained and fastened to a hoop ; a scarce ; a bolter. 
 
 SIEVE'S, EMMANUEL JOSEPH, a French abb4, who play- 
 ed a most conspicuous part in the French Revolution, by virtue 
 of his having, as he said, " brought the science of government 
 to perfection." He studied at Paris, was so fortunate as to 
 speak the mind of the whole nation on the question of the part 
 the Tiers Etat (or Commons) should take in the assembly of 
 the States-General, and was of course one of the deputies. In 
 it he proposed that it should declare itself the National Assem- 
 bly; he proposed the famous Tennis Court oath, but he resist- 
 ed, fruitlessly, the spoliation of the church. In the framing of 
 the constitution (as indeed in the framing of all the consti- 
 tutions France was vexed with, excepting those of Buonaparte 
 and of the Bourbons) he took a very prominent part. He voted 
 for the death of the king. During the despotism of the Con- 
 vention, and the Reign of Terror, he either busied himself with 
 diplomacy, or remained in retirement. He emerged again on 
 the fall of Robespierre, and at last was one of the three con- 
 suls, having secured what was to be a lasting constitution. But 
 it did not last, and Sieyes was made a count, and retired from 
 public life. The restored Bourbons banished him, and he did 
 not see France again till the three days of July had swept away 
 the whole dynasty. He died in 1836, aged 88 years. His nu- 
 merous works are not of a kind to do mankind much service now ; 
 his perfected science of polity being only an accumulation of 
 schemes and expedients, about as serviceable to states, as expe- 
 rience has amply proved, as the garments made by the mathe- 
 matical tailor of Laputa were to Gulliver. 
 
 To SIFT,u. a. [st/to»,Sax. sj/i!e», Belg.] to separate by a sieve; 
 to pass through a sieve ; to separate or part. Figuratively,- to 
 try; to examine; to scrutinize ; to scan. 
 
 SFFTER, s. he who sifts. 
 
 SIG, [Sax.] used in compounds, implies victorious. 
 
 To SIGH, (si) V. n. [siean Or sicettan. Sax.] to breathe so,as lo 
 be heard, when oppressed with sorrow ; to suspire. 
 
 SIGH, (s!) s. a violent breathing, which may be heard, when 
 oppressed with grief; suspiration. 
 
SIL 
 
 SIGHT, (sU) s. [sicht, Belg.] the perception of objects by the 
 eye; the act of seeing or beholding; vision; open view, or a 
 situation in which nothing obstructs the eye; notice or know- 
 ledge; the eye; an aperture to look through ; a show, spectacle, 
 or something remarkable to be seen. 
 
 Sl'GHTLESS, (sl</ess) a. blind ; offensive to the eye; unpleas- 
 ing to look at. 
 
 SI'CJHTLY, {s?«!/) a. pleasing to the eye ; striking to the view. 
 
 SI'GIL, s. [sigillum, Lat.] a seal ; signature. 
 
 SIGN, (sin) s. [signe, Fr. signutn, Lat.] a token of any thing ; 
 that by which any thing is shown ; indication ; a wonder or 
 miracle ; a displayed board on the outside of a tradesman's house ; 
 a memorial ; one of the twelve constellations of the zodiac; a 
 mark; a symbol, or type. Sii/n-manual, the subscription of a 
 person's name. 
 
 To SIGN, (sin) V. a. [signo, Lat.] to mark ; to ratify by sub- 
 scribing one's name ; to betoken, or represent typically. 
 
 SI'GNAL, s. [Fr.] notice given by some token; a sign that 
 gives notice. 
 
 SI'GNAL, a. remarkable; eminent; conspicuous. 
 
 To Sl'GNALlZE, v. a. [signaler, Fr.] to make eminent or re- 
 markable; to celebrate; to render illustrious. 
 
 SI'GNALLY, ad. remarkably ; memorably ; eminently. 
 
 Sl'GNATURE, s. [Fr. signatura, from signo, Lat.] a sign or 
 mark impressed on a thing; a stamp; a proof or evidence; 
 subscription, or the signing of a person's name. Among print- 
 ers, some letter placed at the bottom of the first page of a sheet, 
 to distinguish it from the other sheets in the same book ; they are 
 usually placed in alphabetical order. In Music, the characters 
 placed at the opening of a piece, to notify the key it is written 
 in to the performer. 
 
 SI'GNER, s. one that signs. 
 
 Sl'GNET, s. [signette, Fr.] a seal, peculiarly applied to the seal 
 manual of a king. 
 
 SIGNI'FICANCE, Signi'ficancy, s. the power of signifying ; 
 meaning; force; energy; importance; moment; consequence. 
 
 SIGNI'FICANT, a. [Fr. signum and facio, Lat.] expressive of 
 something else; standing as a sign of something; forcible in 
 conveying the meaning intended; important. 
 
 SIGNFFICANTLY, ad. with force of expression. 
 
 SIGNIFICATION, *. [Fr.] the act of making known, or 
 conveying ideas, by signs ; a meaning expressed by a sign or 
 word. 
 
 SIGNIFICATIVE, a. isignificatif, Fr.] betokening by an ex- 
 ternal sign ; forcible ; emphatic ; strongly expressive. 
 
 SIGNl'FICATORY, a. that signifies or betokens. 
 
 To SFGNIFY, v. a. [signifier, Fr.] to declare by some token or 
 sign ; to mean ; to express ; to import, or weigh, when used in- 
 terrogatively ; to make known ; to ratify. — f. n. to express a 
 meaning with force. 
 
 SFGNIORY, s. See Seigniory. 
 
 Sl'GNPOST, s. that upon which a sign hangs. 
 
 SIKHS, a people of N. Hindustan, inhabiting the country 
 called the Punjaub,Cashmeer, &c. The river Sutlej divides their 
 territories from the provinces subject to and protected by Great 
 Britain, and Affghanistan and the Himmaleh mountains are 
 their other boundaries. The country is a rich and beautiful 
 plain, extending to the foot of the mountains, and these are the 
 loftiest in the world. The Indus and its tributaries water it. 
 Grain of all kinds, but especially rice, fruits, wjne, sugar, &c. &c. 
 are cultivated here ; and wide and excellent pastures serve for 
 the raising of great numbers of horses, cattle, &c. For some 
 kinds of manufactures the people of this country are quite noto- 
 rious. The Sikhs are properly a sect of religionists, which sprang 
 up naturally out of the collision of Mohammedism with Brahmin- 
 ism. Their creed is their God and their sword, and they have, 
 under several wise leaders, especially under Runjeet Singh, adopt- 
 ed all they could gain from European discipline and tactics. A 
 late attempt made by them against the British power completely- 
 failed ; they were driven back into their own territories with 
 frightful slaughter. Umbritsir and Lahore are the two principal 
 places. Pop. about 6,000,()00. 
 
 SI'LENCE, 8. [Fr. from sileo, Lat.] a state wherein no sound is 
 perceived by the ear; the act or state of refraining from speak- 
 ing ; stillness; taciturnity; quietness; secrecy. 
 
 To SI'LENCE, V. a. to still ; to oblige to refrain from speaking. 
 
 SFLENCE, inter/, an authoritative restraint of speech. 
 
 SIL 
 
 SI'LENT, a. mute; not speaking; not talkative; still, or 
 without noise; not mentioning. 
 
 SI'LENTLY, ad. without speech or noise; without mention ; 
 mutely. 
 
 SILE'SIA, a province of Prussia, lying next to Austria and 
 Russia, and bounded by Brandenburg and Posen. It is about 
 200 miles long, and about 70 broad. In one part it is mountain- 
 ous, and has heights approaching 5000 feet in elevation, but the 
 greater part of it is a mere plain, watered by the Oder and its 
 tributaries. Iron, copper, lead, and other metals, but especially 
 zinc, are found here ; it also yields coal and other valuable mi- 
 nerals. It produces corn, fruit, timber, and many other useful 
 vegetables. Cattle, horses, sheep, &c. are reared plentifully. 
 In manufactures it is very eminent ; and thus it is one of the 
 most important provinces of the kingdom. Breslan is its chief 
 place. Pop. about 3,000,000. 
 
 SI'LEX, s. in Mineralogy, flint, or the earth of which silicon 
 is the metallic base. See Silicon. 
 
 SILHOUETTE,*. [Fr.] a miniature outline of a person's pro- 
 file in some dark colour. 
 
 SILI'CIOUS, {silishious) a. flinty; made of flint. 
 
 SI'LICON, SiLi'ciUM, s. [silex, Lat.] in Chemistry, a non-metaj- 
 lic base, of a dark nut-brown colour, without the least metallic 
 lustre. It is the base of all the varied forms of flint, quartz, &c. &c. 
 
 SILrCULOSE, a. Isilicula, Lat.] husky; full of husks; bear- 
 ing small pods, applied to flowers. 
 
 SlLl'GINOSE,a. [s!'%i«osus, from sjYiV/o, Lat.] madeof fine wheat. 
 
 SI'LIQUA,s. [Lat.] among gold refiners, a carat, of which six 
 make a scruple. In Botany, the seed vessels, pod, husk, or shell 
 of plants that are of the pulse kind. 
 
 SI'LIQUOSE, Sii.i'quous, a. [siliqmsus, Lat.] having a pod like 
 the pea. 
 
 SI'LIUS ITALICUS, a Roman poet of the 1st centurj- a. d. 
 He was an advocate, and had some reputation as an orator; he 
 rose even to the rank of consul, under Nero, and was proconsul 
 of Asia. He died in about 100 A. d., aged 75 years. A poem 
 by him on the Punic wars is yet extant. 
 
 SILK, s. [seolc, Sax.] the fine thread spun by the caterpillar of 
 several kinds of moths, when about to change into the pupa 
 state, and especially of that one called the silk-worm. In Com- 
 merce, this product spun into skeins; and also the textile fabric 
 composed of it. 
 
 SI'LKEN.a. made of silk ; dressed in silk. Figuratively, soft 
 or tender. 
 
 SI'LKMERCER, s. a dealer in silk. 
 
 SI'LKWORM, s. in Natural History, the caterpillar of a dull- 
 coloured kind of moth, that feeds on "the mulberry, and .spins for 
 its pupa state a beautiful silken cocoon of the most brilliant 
 golden yellow. It is reared in great numbers in Italy, France, 
 Spain, Persia, India, China, &c. ; and the silk is unwound and 
 spun into the silk of commerce. It is often kept here on a small 
 scale in houses, but the climate of England is too inclement to 
 admit of its general introduction. 
 
 SI'LKY, a. made of silk ; soft ; pliant. 
 
 SILL, s. [s(//, Sax. sueil, Fr. sulle, Belg.] the timber or stone at 
 the foot of a door ; a threshold. 
 
 SI'LLABUB, Sy'llabub, s. curds made with milk and win6, &c. 
 
 SI'LLINESS, s. foolishness ; simplicity; harmless folly. 
 
 SI'LLY, a. [sclig, Teut.] harmless ; inoftensive ; innocent ; 
 plain; artless; weak; helpless; simple; foolish; witless. 
 
 SILT, s. mud ; slime. 
 
 Sl'LVAN, a. [silva, Lat.] full of woods; woody. 
 
 SI'LVER, s. [Belg. seolfer, Sax.] in Chemistry, the well-known 
 metal, recognised by its soapy feeling, and by its weight, which 
 is next to that of gold. It is found in all parts of the world, but 
 no where so abundantly as in the Cordilleras of S. America, and 
 in particular at Potosi. Its great ductility and malleability 
 make it very serviceable, whilst its comparative rarity makes 
 it also an article of luxury, especially for articles of domestic and 
 culinary use. Any thing of a soft or whitish splendour; coin or 
 money made of silver. 
 
 SI'LVER, a. white like silver; having a pale lustre; made of 
 silver; soft of voice. 
 
 To SI'LVER, V. a. to cover the surface with silver; to adorn 
 with a whitish or mild lustre; to cover with something white 
 and shining. 
 
 SI'LVERLING, «. a silver coin. 
 
 5 I 793 
 
SIM 
 
 SI'LVERSMITH, s. one that works in silver. 
 
 SIL'VERWEED, s. in Botany, a kind cf potentil, very trou- 
 blesome to fanners from its creeping roots. 
 
 SI'LVERY, a. besprinkled viUh silver. 
 
 SILU'RIAN SYSlEiVIf s. in Geology, a name recently given 
 to a large group of early strata, which are finely developed in 
 that part of Wales formerly inhabited by the Silures. It consists 
 of the Llandeilo flagstones, the Caradoc sandstones, the Wen- 
 lock slates and limestones, the Ludlow and the Aymestry lime- 
 stones and sandstones. They abound with fossils of very singu- 
 lar characters, being the relics of almost the earliest known 
 inhabitants of this globe. 
 
 Sl'MAR, «. [simarre, Fr.] a woman's robe. 
 
 SI'MEON, STYLITES, one of the enthusiasts of the 5th 
 century, who improved on the asceticism of the hermitage in a 
 most remarkable manner. He erected a column, or pillar, and 
 passed his days and nights of solitude and prayer on the sum- 
 mit. AVith the growth of his fervour he increased the height of 
 his column, and at last exercised his soul with fasting, kc. on 
 the summit of one 40 cubits high. The top was 3 feet in diame- 
 ter, and protected by a balustrade ; and from it he preached, and 
 maintained a brisk intercourse with the devout world below him. 
 He spent 37 years of his life in this way, elevated above the 
 common herd of men; and died in about 400, aged G9 years. 
 His new device was rapidly imitated, and till the 12th century 
 Syria was infested with these Stt/lita, or Pillar Saints; when 
 common sense put an end to such stupid and farcical exhibitions. 
 It is remarkable that amongst the austerites and self-inflicted 
 torments of the Fakirs of Hindustan, this exposure of oneself 
 on the top of a column has a place of some eminence. 
 
 Sl'MEON OF DURHAM, an early English historian, was a 
 Benedictine monk, and precentor in Durham cathedral. Here 
 he wrote several works, amongst which was a History of the Eng- 
 lish and Banish Kings. He flourished in about 1130. 
 
 Sl'MEON, CHARLES, a distinguished clergyman of the Evan- 
 gelical party in the English Church. He studied at Cambridge, 
 and became rector of Trinity church in that town, in which 
 office he exerted a great influence on the students, and was the 
 founder of a school, or party, amongst the members of the uni- 
 versity, which however by his death, and by the revival of 
 Church principles, has been quite forgotten. He devote<l his 
 wealth to the spread of evangelical doctrine, and purchased 
 livings for the purpose of securing an evangelical ministry. He 
 was a good man, and zealous for what he believed to be the truth ; 
 but not a great man, and the impression he made was neither 
 deep nor lasting. He died in 1836, aged 75 years. His great 
 work is a long series of volumes of sermons and outlines of ser- 
 mons, for the use of preachers and teachers, who cannot teach 
 and preach without such aid. 
 
 Sl'MlLAR, a. [similaire, Fr. similis, Lat.] homogeneous ; hav- 
 ing one part like another; resembling; like. 
 
 SIMILA'RITY, s. likeness; resemblance. 
 
 SI'MILE, s. [Lat.] in Rhetoric, a comparisoa by which any 
 thing is explained or illustrated. 
 
 SIMFLITUDE, s. [Fr. similitudo, Lat.] likeness; resemblance; 
 a comparison or simile. 
 
 To Sl'MMER, V. n. [formed from the sound,] to boil gently ; 
 to boil with a gentle hissing. 
 
 SFMNEL, s. [simnellus, low Lat.] a kind of cake made of su- 
 gar, flour, plums, saffron, &c. 
 
 SI'MON, one of the Maccabees, high priest and prince of the 
 Jews, at the death of Jonathan. He was supported both by 
 Demetrius 11. and Antiochus Sidetes against Tryphon, but after 
 his defeat was attacked by Antiochus without success, and 
 murdered by his son-in-law Ptolemaeus, in 135 b. c. 
 
 SI'MON MAGUS, a charlatan of Samaria, who is first noticed 
 in the Acts of the Apostles, as a pretended convert to Christi- 
 anity, who desired to buy the power of conferring the Holy 
 Ghost, that he might recover the influence he had lost through 
 the miracles worked by the apostles. Afterwards he appeared 
 amongst the opponents of the gospel, as a Gnostic teacher, and 
 claimed to be one of the emanations of the Deity, and taught 
 that a woman who accompanied his travels was another. Jus- 
 tin Martyr says that an altar was erected to him at Rome. 
 It is remarkable that on the spot he indicates an altar was 
 found, dedicated, however, to Semo, an old Sabine divinity, and 
 not to Simon. 
 794 
 
 SIN 
 
 SIMO'N, RICHARD, a French theological writer of the 17th 
 century. He was learned in Oriental languages, as well as in 
 theology, and was once philosophical professor at Juilly. He 
 died in 1712, aged 74 years. His works are numerous, and not 
 characterized bj' that fidelity to the Roman creed, &c. which 
 ought to mark them, which makes them somewhat more valu- 
 able for a general student, if the honesty and earnestness of the 
 author could be guaranteed. 
 
 SIMO'NIAC, s. [simoniaque, Fr. from Simon Magus,"] in the 
 Churches of Rome and England, one that buys or sells livings 
 contrary to the law. 
 
 SIMON I'ACAL, a. guilty of simony, or of buying and selling 
 livings illegallv. 
 
 SIMO'NlDliS, a Greek poet of the island of Ceos. He lived 
 partly at Athens, and partly at the court of Hiero of Syracuse, 
 where he died in 407 b. c, aged about 90 years. Some of his 
 poems remain, and tradition ascribes to him the invention of 
 some of the Greek letters, in a rather improbable way. 
 
 SI'MONY, s. [simonie, Fr. simonia, Lat.] in English Law, the 
 crime of buying and selling livings in the Church in a particular 
 manner. Lately this law has been altered so as to bring it more 
 into harmony with the general practice, maintaining the evil 
 of the deed by express statutory declaration, but allowing the 
 practice by means of accommodating definitions. 
 
 SIMOO'M, «. [Arab.] a hot wind that occurs in tropical coun- 
 tries, and often destroys great multitudes of men, camels, &c. &c. 
 
 To SI'MPER, V. n. to smile in a silly, unmeaning way. 
 
 SFMPER, s. a foolish smile. 
 
 SI'MPLE, (simpl) a. [simplex, Lat.] plain ; sincere ; without 
 desjgn or artifice; unskilled; harmless; uncompounded; not 
 complicated; single; only one ; silly. 
 
 SI'MPLE, {simpl) s. [Fr.] a single ingredient; a drug; an 
 herb, used for medicine. 
 
 To SI'MPLE, (sim^d) r. n. to gather herbs. 
 
 SI'MPLENESS, {simplness) s. the quality of being without art, 
 experience, or composition. 
 
 SIMPLER, Si'mplist, s, an herbalist. 
 
 SI'MPLETON, (simpltmi) «. a silly, harmless, and inexperi- 
 enced person. 
 
 SlMPLl'CITY, s. [simplicite, Fr. simplicitas, Lat.] freedom from 
 art, artifice, cunning, fraud ; plainness; singlenesss; weakness; 
 silliness. 
 
 To SI'3IPLIFY, V. a. to unravel what is complicated ; to re- 
 duce to simple and few principles ; to retrench what is superflu- 
 ous in a book, speech, or case. 
 
 SI'MPLY,ai. artlessly ; without addition ; merely; foolishly. 
 
 SI'MPSON, THOMAS, an eminent English mathematician, 
 who rose by his own unremitting application and skill, from the 
 lowest rank in life, to be professor at the military college, Wool- 
 wich. The details of his life are extremely interesting, and 
 full of encouragement to all who, without the means of obtaining 
 it, are yet enamoured of knowledge. He died in 1761, aged 51 
 years. He wrote several mathematical works, which are not 
 wholly disused even now. Some of his researches in astro- 
 nomy were abundantly ingenious, and aided in the progress of 
 that most perfect of all the physical sciences. 
 
 Sl'MSON, DR. ROBERT, a Scottish mathematician, known 
 to all students of Euclid, as the critic to whose labours we are 
 indebted for the best editions of that invaluable and beautiful 
 work. He studied medicine at Glasgow, but renounced the 
 healing art for the more congenial study of the sciences of 
 number, quantity, space, &c., and became mathematical professor 
 at that university. He died in 1768, aged 81 years. He pub- 
 lished other works beside his Euclid, which are in some cases 
 yet used. 
 
 SI'MULAR, s. [simulo, Lat.] a counterfeiter. 
 
 To SI'MULATE, v. a. [similis, Lat.] to dissemble or feign. 
 
 SlMULxVTlON, s. [Fr.] the act of pretending to be what one 
 is not. 
 
 SIMULTA'NEOUS, a. [simul, Lat.] acting together; existing 
 at the same time ; co-existent. 
 
 SIN, s. [s'/n. Sax.] the transgression of the laws of God ; the 
 inward principle of selfishness, or worldliness, &c. that leads to 
 transgression. 
 
 To SIN, V. n, [singian, Sax.] to violate the law of God ; to 
 do that which is evil ; to cherish the principle of evil-doing in 
 the heart. 
 
SIN 
 
 SI'NAI, a moantain of Arabia Petrsea, in Asia. It stands 
 between the arms at the N. extremity of the Red Sea, adjoining 
 to Horeb. It is not certainly known on which peak the events 
 related in the Book of Exodus took place; but one is yet called 
 GibelMomsa, or the hill of Moses. Lat. 29. 2. N. Long. 34. 
 15. E. 
 
 Sl'NAPlSM, s. \sinape, Gr.] in Medicine, an application of 
 mustard to raise blisters, &c. 
 
 SINCE, ad. [sithe. Sax.] it being true ; because that ; from the 
 time that; ago; before this.— ;»?-ejo. after that time. 
 
 SINCE'RE, a. [sincere, Fr. sincerus, Lat.] unhurt; faithful; 
 pure; uncorrupted ; honest; ingenuous. 
 
 SINCE'RELY, ad. honestly; without hypocrisy; with up- 
 rightness of heart. 
 
 SINCE'RITY, Since'reness, *. [sincerite, Fr. sinceritas, Lat.] 
 freedom from hypocrisy or dissimulation; faithfulness; inte- 
 grity ; honesty ; ingenuousness. 
 
 Si'NClPUT", s. [Lat.] in Anatomy, is the forepart of the head, 
 reaching from the forehead to the coronal suture. 
 
 Sl'NDE, or Sci'nde, a province of Hindustan, lying at the 
 mouth of the river Indus. It is bounded by Beloochistan, Aff- 
 ghanistan, the Punjaub, Ajmeer, and Cutch. It is mountainous 
 towards the \V. side, but the rest is very flat, and the Runn, a 
 most remarkable and extensive kind of marsh, and the Thurr, a 
 tolerably wide and sandy desert, occur on the E. side. The soil 
 is very fertile in general, owing to the periodical inundations of 
 the river; it produces grain, fruits, and vegetables of all kinds, 
 cotton, &c. &c. Horses, cattle, camels, with many kinds of wild 
 beasts, abound. It has excellent fisheries. It has some good 
 manufactures, and a tolerably extensive trade. Hyderabad and 
 Shikarpoor are its chief places. Pop. about 1,000,000. It now 
 belongs to the British empire. 
 
 SI'NDIAH, or Sci'ndia, a Mahratta prince of Hindustan, who, 
 at the end of the last century, acquired an extensive territory in 
 N. India. It was afterwards increased by his nephew ; but the 
 greater part passed into the hands of the British, after the bat- 
 tle of Assaye. 
 
 SI'NDON, s. [Lat.] in Surgery, is a little round piece of silk, 
 linen, or lint, used in dressing a wound after trepanning. 
 
 SINE, s. \sinus, Lat.] in Geometry, a line drawn from one end 
 of an arch perpendicularly on the diameter drawn from the other 
 end ; or it is half the chord of twice the arch. 
 
 Sl'NE, [Lat.] a word used in composition, signifying ic/ttoui. 
 
 SI'NECIIRE, a. [sine and cura, Lat.] an office where a person 
 receives pay but does nothing. 
 
 SPNEW, s. [senwe, Sax.] in Anatomy, a tendon or ligament 
 by which a muscle is attached to the bone. Figuratively, that 
 which gives strength or support. 
 
 SI'NEVVSHRUNK, a. in Farriery, applied to a horse when he 
 has been over-ridden, and so fatigued that he suffers a stifl'ncss 
 and contraction of the muscles of the belly. 
 
 Sl'NEWY, a. consisting of sinews or nerves. Figuratively, 
 strong, nervous, forcible. 
 
 SI'NFUL, a. [sinfutle,SsiX.'] contrary to Divine command ; wick- 
 ed ; impious; unsanctified ; ungodly; irreligious. 
 
 Sl'NFULLY, ad. impiously; wickedly. 
 
 SINFULNESS, s. wickedness; impiety. 
 
 To SING, V. n. preter. sanff or sum/, past part, sufir/ ; [singen. 
 Sax. singia, Isl. singhen, Belg.] to utter in a melodious or musical 
 manner. Figuratively, to relate poetically.— .f. a. to mention or 
 relate in poetry ; to celebrate or praise ; to pronounce in a mu- 
 sical manner. 
 
 SINGAPO'RE, an island at the S. extremity of the peninsula 
 of Malacca, Asia, about 25 miles in length, by 15 broad. It is 
 generally level, having no hills of any considerable elevation. It 
 produces the usual tropical fruits, trees, ice. &.C., but is not re- 
 markable for its fertility. Together with several surrounding 
 islands, and a tract on the mainland opposite, it forms the Brit- 
 ish settlement of Singapore, the chief advantage of which is 
 the protection and extension of the trade with China and the 
 Indian Archipelago, to which objects its situation renders it of 
 great importance. Its chief town is of the same name. Pop. 
 about 40,000, Lat. 1. 10. N. Lon^. 103. 53. E. 
 
 To SINGE, (sitije) V. a. [ncenyan. Sax. senghen, Belg.] to scorch 
 or burn in a slight or superficial manner. 
 
 SI'NGER, s. one whose profession is to sing. 
 
 SFNGINGMASTER, s. one who teaches to sing. 
 
 SIR 
 
 SI'NGLE, (Hngl)a. [singulus, Lat.] not more than one; only 
 one ; particular or individual ; not compounded ; alone, or with- 
 out any companion ; unmarried ; not double, applied to flowers ; 
 pure or uticorrupt ; not double-minded; simple; that in which 
 one alone is opposed to one. 
 
 To SI'NGLE, {singl) v. a. to choose out from among others, 
 used with out ; to take alone ; to separate ; to withdraw. 
 
 SI'NGLENESS, (shighiess) s. simplicity; sincerity. 
 
 SFNGLY, orf. individually; only; by himself. 
 
 Sl'NGULAR, a. [singulier, Fr. singuhris, Lat.] representing 
 only one determinate thing or person ; particular; unexampled; 
 different from others. In Grammar, denoting only one ; not 
 plural. 
 
 SINGULA'RITY, s. [smgtdarite, Fr.] some character or qua- 
 lity by which a person is, or affects to be, distinguished from 
 others ; an oddity ; a curiosity. 
 
 To Sl'NGULARlZE, v. a. [singulariser, Fr.] to make particular 
 or singular. 
 
 SI'NGULARLY, ad. particularly ; in a manner not common 
 to others. 
 
 SI'NISTER, a. [sinister, Lat.] left ; being on the left hand. 
 Figuratively, bad ; unlucky; perverse; inauspicious; unfair. 
 
 To SINK, V. n. preter. stink or sank, past part, sunk or sunken; 
 [sencan. Sax. senken, Teut.] to descend in any fluid ; to fall gra- 
 dually ; to enter or penetrate into any thing ; to grow less, with 
 respect to height or depth. Figuratively, to be overwhelmed, 
 used with beneath or under; to decline; to tend to ruin ; to be 
 received or impressed deeply, used with down; to fall into a 
 state of rest or indolence. — v. a. to force under water, and render 
 incapable of floating or swimming ; to make deep by digging; 
 to depress ; to degrade; to diminish in quantity or value; to 
 crush or overbear; to make to decline; to suppress, conceal, or 
 convert to one's use by fraud, applied to money. 
 
 SINK, s. [sine. Sax.] a drain or cesspool. 
 
 SFNKING FUND, s. a plan for the redemption of the national 
 debt, proposed by Mr. Pitt, by devoting the surplus revenue to the 
 purchase of stock ; which like many other schemes was render- 
 ed of no avail, because it was deemed necessary to go on pur- 
 chasing, when there was actually no surplus revenue to buy with. 
 
 Sl'NLESS, a. free from sin. 
 
 SPNLESSNESS, s. exemption from sin. 
 
 Sl'NNER, s. one at enmity with God ; one not truly or religi- 
 ously good. An offender; a criminal. 
 
 SI'NOFFERING, s. amongst the Jews, an expiation or sacri- 
 fice for sin. 
 
 Sl'NOPER, St'NOPLE, s. a species of earth ; ruddle. 
 
 To Sl'NUATFv, V. a. [sinuo, from sinus, Lat.] to bend in and 
 out. 
 
 SINUATION, s. a bending in and out. 
 
 SFNUOUS, a. [sinueux, Fr.] bending in and out. 
 
 Sl'NUS, s. [Lat.] a bay of the sea. In Surgery, a hollow pass- 
 age through any organ." A fold or opening. 
 
 SFON. See ZloN. 
 
 SIOU'X,the name of one of the tribesofN. American Indians. 
 They are located now in the Indian territory of the United 
 States, E. of the Rocky Mountains, to the number of 21,600. 
 
 To SIP, V. a. [sijjan. Sax. sippen, Belg.] to drink with the lips 
 but just touching the vessel ; to drink in small quantities. — v. n. 
 to sup or drink a very small quantity. 
 
 SIP, s. a small draught or mouthful. 
 
 Sl'PPER, .?. one that sips. 
 
 Si'PPET, s. a little sop. 
 
 Sl'PHON, (m/bw) s. [Gr.] a bent tube or pipe, having one leg 
 longer than the other, and used in drawing liquors out of vessels. 
 
 SIR, s. [syr, Brit, aire, Fr.] a title of respect, used now with- 
 out discrimination of ranks; the title of a Knight or baronet. 
 
 SIRE, a. [Fr.] in Poetry, a father; and also in that sense ap- 
 plied to beasts. A complimental address to a great personage. 
 
 Sl'REN, Sy'REN, in Ancient Mythology, a fabulous being, re- 
 sembling a mermaid in form, which was said to sit on a particu- 
 lar rock in the Mediterranean, and sing so sweetly as to allure 
 mariners to destruction. 
 
 SI'RHIND, a very ancient city of Hindustan Proper, in the 
 province of Delhi. Condamine says, that the art of weaving silk 
 was brought back to Constantinople, in the 16th century, by the 
 monks who returned from Sirhind (or Serinde, according to 
 him) ; for, although the art was brought into Europe under the 
 
 5 I 2 
 
 795 
 
SIX 
 
 Roman emperors, it had again been lost during the confusions 
 that attended the subversion of the western empire. Procopius, 
 also, takes notice, that in the time of Justinian (the 6th century) 
 silk was brought from Serinda, a country in India. Sirhind is 
 195milesN.W. of Delhi. Lat. 30. 40. N. Long. 75. 55. E. 
 
 SIRIA'SIS, s. [Gr.] in Medicine, an inflammation of the brain 
 and its membrane, through the heat of the sun. 
 
 SFRIUS, s. [Lat.] in Astronomy, the dog-star. 
 
 SIRO'CCO, s. [Arab.] a name of the simoom, or hot east wind 
 which often occurs in tropical countries of the E. hemisphere, 
 and in the countries of the temperate regions bordering on them. 
 It is exceedingly deadly in its effects. 
 
 Sl'RRAH, s. a word conveying reproach and insult. 
 
 SFRUP, Sy'rup, «. [Arab.] any vegetable juice boiled to a 
 consistence with sugar. 
 
 SI'RUPY, a. resembling sirup. 
 
 SISMO'NDI, JEAN C. L. SIMONDE DE, an eminent histo- 
 rian and political economist of Geneva, of the last generation. 
 He studied at his native place, and was first merely a clerk in a 
 mercantile house at Lyons. When the effects of the French Re- 
 volution reached Geneva, his family removed to England, and 
 he accompanied them ; and afterwards to Italy, where they set- 
 tled at Valchiusa, in the neighbourhood of Florence. Here he 
 commenced his literary career, and won his first laurels. When 
 events allowed it they all returned to Geneva, and he subse- 
 quently travelled in Italy with Madame de Stael. Paris he visit- 
 ed more than once, and attracted the notice of Napoleon during 
 the Hundred Days. Afterwards he was a member of the legis- 
 lative council at Geneva ; but throughout all his travels, and 
 senatorial labours, and in spite of the severest sufferings in the 
 latter part of his life, from cancer in the stomach, he never re- 
 mitted his literary tolls. He died in 1842, aged 69 years. His 
 Histories of France and of the Italian Republics are his greatest 
 productions; and of these he published abridgments also. He 
 also published a compendious view of the Fall of the Rotnan Em- 
 pire, a series of Lectures on the Literature of the South of Europe, a 
 volume of Miscellaneous Essays on Politics and Political Ecoyiomy, an 
 historical novel, called Julia Severa, &c. &c. 
 
 SFSTER, «. [sweoster,Sax.'} a woman born of the same parents 
 with another person. Figuratively, a woman of the same kind, 
 manners, sentiments, persuasion, or employment. Sister-in-law, 
 is a husband's or wife's sister. 
 
 SFSTERHOOD, s. the office or duty of a sister; a number of 
 women of the same order. 
 
 SrSTERLY, a. like or becoming a sister. 
 
 To SIT, V. n. preter. sat; [sittan. Sax. sitan, Goth, setten, Belg.] 
 to occupy a seat ; to be in a state of rest ; to rest or press as a 
 burden ; to settle or abide ; to be adjusted, or to suit ; to brood, 
 or Incubate, applied to birds ; to be placed at a table ; to be as a 
 member in any solemn assembly; to be placed in order to be 
 painted. To sit down, to rest ; to settle ; to begin a siege. To sit 
 up, to change a lying posture for a sitting one; to watch, or re- 
 frain from going to bed. — v. a. to keep the seat upon. 
 
 SITE, s. [situs, Lat.] situation; local position. 
 
 SFTFAST, s. in Farriery, a hard knob growing under the 
 saddle. 
 
 SITH, ad. [sithe. Sax.] since ; seeing that. Obsolete. 
 
 SITHE, s. [Sax.] See Scythe. 
 
 SFTTER, s. one that sits ; a bird that broods. 
 
 SFTTING, s. the act or posture of sitting on a seat ; a time at 
 which one exhibits himself to a painter ; a meeting of an assem- 
 bly; a time during which one sits without rising; incubation. 
 
 SFTTING, ;jart. of To Sit; in Botany, applied to the leaves 
 of plants, when they have no leaf-stalk, as in the spear-mint 
 and hound's-tongue ; to flowers, when they have no fruit-stalks, 
 as in the mezereon. 
 
 SFTUATE, Si'tuated, a. [situs, Lat.] placed with respect to 
 any thing else ; placed. 
 
 SITUA'TION, s. [Fr.] position or place with respect to some- 
 thing else ; condition or state. 
 
 SFVA, See'va, or Shi'va, in Hindu Mythology, one of the prin- 
 cipal triad of divinities, who represented the principle of death 
 or destruction ; the other two were Brahma and Vishnu (which 
 see). 
 
 SIX, a. [Sax. and Fr.] twice three ; the next in order after five. 
 To be at sixes and sevens, is to be in a state of disorder, confusion, 
 and danger. 
 
 7m 
 
 SKI 
 
 SFXPENCE, s. a silver coin valued at half a shilling, or as 
 many pence as its name expresses. 
 
 SFXSCORE, a. six times twenty, or 120. 
 
 SIXTEE'N, a. [sixtyne, Sax.] six and ten. 
 
 SIXTEE'NTH, a. (sixteotha. Sax.] the ordinal of sixteen, or the 
 sixth after the tenth. 
 
 SIXTH, n. [sixta, Sax.] the ordinal of six, or the next in order 
 after the fifth. In Music, the interval between a note and an- 
 other separated from It by 4 others. 
 
 SFXTHLY, ad. in the sixth place. 
 
 SFXTIETH, a. [sixUogotha, Sax.] the ordinal of sixty, the sixth 
 ten times repeated. 
 
 SI'XTY, a. [sixtig, Sax.] six times ten. 
 
 SFZAR, s. an inferior scholar In Cambridge, synonymous to a 
 servitor at Oxford. 
 
 SIZE, s. [assise, Fr.] the bulkof a body considered as compared 
 with that of another; proportion; bigness; a settled quantity 
 or allowance. — [sisa, Ital.] any viscous or glutinous substance. 
 
 To SIZE, r. a. to arrange or place according to bulk ; to settle, 
 or adjust ; to besmear with any viscous or glutinous substance. 
 
 SFZY, a. viscous or glutinous. 
 
 SKEIN, s. [escaigne, Fr.] a knot of thread or silk. 
 
 To SKATE, V. n. to slide on the ice with skates. 
 
 SKATE, s. [schadda. Sax.] in Natural History, a flat sea-fish. 
 A kind of wooden shoe, armed with iron, used in sliding on 
 the ice. 
 
 SKEAN, Skeen, s. [Ir. and Erse,] a short sword or knife; a 
 dagger. 
 
 SKE'LETON, s, Iskeletos, Gr.] in Anatomy, an assemblage of 
 all the bones of an animal cleared from their flesh, and disposed 
 in their natural situation. An assemblage or abstract of the 
 principal parts of a discourse, &c. 
 
 SKE'LTON, JOHN, an English poet of the 16th century. He 
 was a parish priest, and apparently not remarkable for the canon- 
 ical or moral regularity of his life, though of some eminence for 
 learning, kc. He satirized Wolsey and the priests and mendicant 
 orders; and was preserved from the Cardinal's vengeance only 
 by taking refuge In the sanctuary of Westminster, where he 
 died in 1529. We cannot judge of the eflfect of such poems as 
 his, in these days, having become used to a style of composi- 
 tion that is at least refined and smooth, and having the writ- 
 ings of so many possessors of true genius. 
 
 SKEP, s. [scephen. Sax.] a sort of basket, narrow at the bot- 
 tom, and wide at the top, to fetch corn in; a bee-hive made of 
 rushes or straw. 
 
 SKE'PTICK. See Sce'ptic. 
 
 SKETCH, s. [schedula, Lat.] an outline or rough draught ; a 
 first plan. 
 
 To SKETCH, V. a. to trace the outlines of a picture ; to lay 
 down a rough draught or plan. 
 
 SKEWER, s. [skere, Dan.] a wooden or iron pin, used to keep 
 meat in form. 
 
 To SKEWER, V. a. to sustain with skewers. 
 
 SKIDDAW', a mountain of Cumberland, England, belong- 
 ing to the range that traverses that county, above 3000 feet in 
 height. 
 
 SKIE, or Skye, one of the largest of the Western Islands, 
 Scotland. It is 54 miles in length, and 20 in breadth, and di- 
 vided from the counties of Ross and Inverness by a channel of 
 the sea 10 In breadth. It is cut Into a great number of gulfs and 
 promontories, and there are seven high mountains near each 
 other In the middle of the island. The valleys are fruitful in 
 pastures, and produce plenty of barley and oats. The sea 
 abounds with fish, and supplies occupation and mode of living 
 to great part of the people. Pop. 2.3,082. 
 
 SKIFF, s. [esquife, Fr. scapha, Lat.] a small light boat. 
 
 SKFLFUL, a. knowing; possessing any art ; dexterous; able ; 
 experienced. 
 
 SKI'LFULLY, ad. with skill; dexterously. 
 
 SKILL, s. [skil, Isl.] knowledge, readiness, or practice in anjf 
 art; dexterity; artfulness; any particular art. 
 
 SKI'LLED, «. knowing; dexterous; acquainted with. 
 
 SKFLLET, s. [escuelette, Fr.] a small kettle or boiler. 
 
 To SKIM, V. a. See To ScUM. 
 
 SKFMBLE-SKAMBLE, a. wild ; wandering. 
 
 SKIN, s. [skind, Dan.] in Anatomy, the natural covering of 
 the flesh. It consists of two separate integuments, the under 
 
SLA 
 
 one called the Cutis, and the outer one, the Epidermis, the inner 
 surface of which is the rete nmcosum, or seat of the colouring 
 matter that distinguishes the various races of mankind. 
 
 To SKIN, V. a. to flay or strip the skin off; to cover with skin ; 
 to cover the surface, used with over. 
 
 SKINK, s. {scene. Sax.] any thing potable ; pottage. 
 
 SKI'NNER, DK. STEPHEN, a learned English philologist of 
 the 17th century. He studied in Holland and at Oxford, and 
 travelled on the continent during the civil wars, by which he 
 greatly added to his medical knowledge; and also gathered ma- 
 terials for the great work on English Etymology, by which he is 
 best known. He died in 1667, aged 44 years. His work is still 
 of some value, although the progress of the science of Grammar 
 has so far exceeded the point it had reached in his day ; and so 
 much more correct knowledge of the sources and history of the 
 English language prevails. 
 
 SKl'NNY, a. consisting only of skin ; thin; lean. 
 
 To SKIP, V. n. [squitlire, Ital.] to fetch quick bounds or leaps; 
 to leap up or pass by quick leaps ; to leap for joy ; to pass with- 
 out notice. — v. a. to miss or pass. 
 
 SKIP, s. a light leap or bound. 
 
 SKI'PJACK, s. an upstart. 
 
 SKPPPER, s. [schipper, Belg.] the master of a Dutch ship. 
 
 SKl'RMiSH, s. a slight engagement, less than a pitched bat- 
 tle ; a contest; contention. 
 
 To SKI'RMISH, V. n. [escarmoucher, Fr.] to fight in small par- 
 ties, without coming to a general engagement. 
 
 To SKIRRE, (sktr) r. a. [perhaps from «c»-. Sax.] to scour; 
 to traverse or ramble in order to clear. — c. n. to scud ; to scour ; 
 to run in haste. 
 
 SKIRT, s. [s/aorfe, Swed.] that part of a garment which hangs 
 loose below the waist ; the edge of a garment ; an edge, border, 
 margin, extreme part. 
 
 To SKIRT, V. a. to border, or run along the edge. 
 
 SKI'TTISH, a. [skijc, Dan. schew, Belg.] shy ; easily frighted ; 
 wanton; volatile; changeable; fickle; hasty; precipitate. 
 
 SKUE, Askew', a. sidelong; oblique. 
 
 SKULL, s. [skiola, Isl.] See ScULL. 
 
 SKUNK, «. in Natural History, an animal of the weasel kind, 
 found in N. America, which has the power of emitting a most 
 fetid fluid on being disturbed, and so is treated with much 
 greater respect than it deserves. 
 
 SKY, ». [sky, Dan.] the region of the clouds ; the heavens ; 
 the weather; the climate. 
 
 SKY'LARK,«. in Ornithology, a well-known species of lark, 
 which sings as it flies, and is one of the most beautiful of our 
 song birds. Bird-fanciers are guilty of the cruelty of keeping it 
 in small cages, for the sake of its song, which in its natural state 
 it never utters except when mounting and soaring in the air. 
 
 SKY'LIGHT, {skylit) s. a window which lets light in through 
 the ceiling. 
 
 SKY'ROS, an island of the ^gean Sea, lying off the middle 
 of the island of Negropont. It is about 12 miles long, and is 
 divided by a deep bay almost into 2 parts. Itis very mountainous, 
 especially in the S. part, where is one height of about 2500 feet. 
 It produces corn, wine, fruits, &c. &c. St. George is the chief 
 place. There are many interesting traces of its earlier history 
 and inhabitants. Pop. about 3000. It belongs to Turkey. 
 
 SLAB, s. apuddle ; a plane of stone ; an outside sappy plank. 
 
 To SLA'BBER, v. n. [slabberen, Belg.] to dijvel ; to let the 
 spittle fall out of the mouth ; to shed or spill. 
 
 SLA'BBY, a. viscous; thick; wet; floody ; plashy. 
 
 SLACK, a. [slaec. Sax. slaken, Isl.] loose, or not drawn tight ; 
 remiss, careless, or not diligent ; slow, applied to motion ; weak, 
 or not holding fast. 
 
 To SLACK, Sla'cken, v. n. to be remiss or negligent ; to fall 
 to pieces, or crumble into particles ; to grow loose ; to languish ; 
 to fail; to abate. — v. a. to loosen; to remit; to ease; to mi- 
 tigate; to relieve or unbend, applied to the mind; to reduce to 
 particles ; to withhold; to repress ; to neglect. 
 
 SLACK, «. a coal broken into small parts ; small coal. 
 
 SLA'CKLY, arf. loosely ; negligently; not closely. 
 
 SLA'CKNESS, «. want of tiglitness, attention, tendency, or 
 force ; slowness. 
 
 SLAG, s. the dross of metal. 
 
 SLAIN, past part, of To Slay. 
 
 To SLAKE, V. a. [slock, Isl.] to quench or extinguish ; to tem- 
 
 SL A 
 
 per with water; to allay.— r. n. to grow less tight ; to be extin- 
 guished. 
 
 To SLAM, V. a. [schlagen, Belg.] to slaughter or crush ; to fling 
 a door to with violence. 
 
 To SLA'NDER, v. a. [esclaundrie, Fr.] to speak ill of another 
 falsely ; to belie. 
 
 SLA'NDER, s. a false invective, reproach ; a disgrace ; disre- 
 putation ; ill name. 
 
 SLA'NDEROUS, a. calumnious; uttering reproachful false- 
 hoods. 
 
 SLA'NDEROUSLY, ad. calumniously ; with false reproach. 
 
 SLANG, preter. of To Sling. 
 
 SLANT, Sla'nting, a. oblique; not perpendicular; not direct; 
 skuc. 
 
 SLAP, s. [schlap, Teut.] a blow with the hand open or some- 
 thing flat. 
 
 To SLAP, v.a. to strike with a slap. 
 
 To SLASH, V. a. [slasa, Isl.] to cut ; to wound with long cuts ; 
 to lash ; to whip. — v. n. to srike at random with a sword. 
 
 SLASH, s. a cut or wound ; a cut in cloth. 
 
 SLATE, s. [perhaps from esclate, Fr.] in Geology, a gray, or 
 greenish, and variegated kind of laminated rock, which easily 
 slits into thin slices in a direction opposite to the plane of stra- 
 tification, and is used to cover houses, for school-boys to write 
 on, and various other purposes. 
 
 To SLATE, V. a.'to cover a roof with slate. 
 
 SLATER, s. one who covers with slates or tiles. 
 
 SLA'TTERN, s. [slaetti, Swed.] a woman who is negligent and 
 slovenly in her dress. 
 
 SLAVE, s. [esclave, Fr. from the Slavi or Sclavonians,'] one taken 
 prisoner in war, or bought and obliged to serve a person during 
 life ; a bondtnan ; a bondwoman. 
 
 To SLAVE, V. n. to drudge ; to moil ; to toil. 
 
 SLA'VER, s. [slcefa, Isl. saliva, Lat.] spittle running from the 
 mouth ; drivel. 
 
 To SLA'VER, V. n. to be smeared with spittle ; to let spittle 
 drop from the mouth ; to drivel. — v. a. to smear with spittle. 
 
 SLA'VER, s. a vessel employed in the transport of slaves. 
 
 SLA'VERY, s. the condition of a person who has been deprived 
 of his liberty ; servitude; bondage. In the early history of na- 
 tions this institution played a prominent part in the progress of 
 mankind, inasmuch as it was a decided advance in all that was 
 human, to recognise a labourer, or only a creature of burden, in 
 a prisoner, instead of eating his flesh, or torturing him to death. 
 It prevailed in most various forms in different countries, and 
 originated through traffic, as well as through war, as commerce 
 took the place of warfare in the mutual relations of nations. Its 
 mildest and most generous form may be found developed in the 
 laws in the Old Testament. It prevailed throughout the whole 
 of Christendom, as a part of the feudal system, and was the real 
 cause of the Jacquerie in France, and the revolt of Wat Tyler in 
 England, in the 14th century. But it was gradually abolished in 
 most countries in which the Church of Rome had power, by the 
 exertions of the priests, by the 16th century. In Russia, Poland, 
 and parts of Austria, however, it remains to this day. In the Eu- 
 ropean colonies it was the natural oflTspring of the lust of empire 
 and of gold ; and it met, in its very beginning, with a noble op- 
 ponent, the revered Las Casas. The recent opposition to slavery 
 begun with the labours of Granville Sharp, in England, and the 
 result was, that it was decided that there could be no slaves on 
 English soil. The first emancipation of sla-*es took place in the 
 French colonies, through the exertions of the Girondins, in the 
 heat of the French Revolution. In England, the labours of Clark- 
 son, Wilberforce, and a noble band allied with them, in spite of 
 the clamorous opposition of those who owned slaves or planta- 
 tions, and of those who feared all changes, 'i^^yen that from such 
 monstrous wrong to the merest right, succeeded, first, in the 
 doing away with the slave trade in connexion with the British 
 colonies, and at length, in 1834, in eflPectiu^ the entire abolition 
 of slavery itself, not, however, without the i.bsurd interposition 
 of a period of probationary freedom, called apprenticeship, and 
 the unjust payment of £20,000,000 to the former owners of the 
 bodies and souls of their fellow creatures. In the United States, 
 in the N. States slavery has gradually died out, and its return 
 has been prevented by legislative enactment ; but in no State 
 can a fugitive slave be protected from recapture. In the S. States 
 slavery prevails in its most revolting and abhorrent forms ; all 
 
 797 
 
SLE 
 
 parties and all religious denominations are alike guilty, and 
 there are no words in our language by which its almost universal 
 features could be portrayed, without making even indecency 
 blush, and cruelty shudder. The annexation of Texas, the 
 Mexican war, are the fruits of this prodigious anomaly in that 
 republic. Whilst some of the most eminent of the divines of 
 the free States are so far from being emancipated from the cruel 
 prejudice of colour, that they apologize for the slavery of the 
 Carolinas, and denounce the earnestness of the abolitionists; 
 and even in Christian temples, a pew, called the black pen, is set 
 apart for the coloured free-men. England has lately, by treaty, 
 by armed cruisers, by protective duties on W. Indian products, 
 by Cooly immigration, &c., been avowedly endeavouring to 
 complete its work. The matter is even now in agitation, and 
 men are beginning to discover that such means may foster the 
 spirit that encouraged slavery, but can never propagate freedom 
 throughout the world. Of Mohammedan and pagan nations we 
 have made no mention, since amongst them slavery is to be ex- 
 pected as one of their most characteristic social features. That 
 the New Testament should not enjoin emancipation, cannot af- 
 ford the shadow of a defence to slavery. It teaches how the 
 heart, the inner man, may be made right before God ; and it di- 
 rects that inward rightness and holiness should be manifested 
 by an outward life of holiness and rectitude in all the relations 
 man stands in to man. The sturdiest apologist for slavery never 
 yet deemed it possible for the Great Example, given to man in 
 the New Testament, to have been the owner of a slave. 
 
 SLAU'GHTER, (the gh is mute in this word and its deriva- 
 tives,) s. [onslaught, Sax.] destruction by the sword, including 
 the idea of multitude; massacre; butchery; carnage. 
 
 To SLAU'GHTER, v. a. to massacre ; to kill ; to slay. 
 
 SLAU'GHTERHOUSE.s. the house in which beasts are killed 
 for the butcher. 
 
 SLAU'GHTEROUS, a. destructive ; murderous. 
 
 SLA'VISH, a. mean ; base ; servile ; dependent. 
 
 SLAVO'NIC, Sclavo'nic, Sla'vic, the name of the various 
 tribes and races composing great part of the Russian empire, 
 and the parts of Turkey, Austria, and Prussia which border on 
 Russia. With a few rare (and one brilliant) exceptions, they 
 have always been the last to participate in the advancement of 
 knowledge and liberty amongst the European nations. It is 
 hard to believe that John Huss, his accomplished brother in 
 martyrdom, and the bands who maintained their doctrines after 
 their death, could have been of genuine Bohemian origin. The 
 various dialects spoken by the Slavonic races, are allied, closely, 
 to the great Indo-Germanic family of languages ; and some of 
 them are tolerably rich in various departments of literature. 
 
 To SLAY, V. a. preter. slew, past part, slain ; [slean. Sax. slahan, 
 Goth.] to kill ; to put to death ; to butcher. 
 
 SLE'AZY, (sleezg) a. [slith, Sax.] weak, or wanting substance. 
 
 SLED, Sledge, s. [sUed, Dan. sledde, Belg.] a carriage drawn 
 without wheels. 
 
 SLEDGE, s. [sleeg. Sax. sleggia, Isl.] a large heavy hammer. 
 
 SLEEK, a. [sleych, Belg.] smooth; glossy; nitid ; polished. 
 
 To SLEEK, V. a. to comb smooth and even; to render soft, 
 smooth, or glossy. 
 
 SLEE'KLY, ad smoothly; glossily. 
 
 To SLEEP, V. n. preter. and past part, slept; [sleepan, Sax. 
 slepen, Goth. s/ae/«;f,- Belg.] to take one s rest by a suspension of 
 all the active and voluntary powers ; to rest or be motionless ; to 
 live without care orf^ought, followed hy over ; to be inattentive. 
 Figuratively, to be dead. 
 
 SLEEP, s. [slap. Six.] in Physiology, the suspension of the vo- 
 luntary active powers of both body and mind, in periodical rest. 
 The particular period, and the interval of its recurrence, differs in 
 different species, anl in different individuals, according to their 
 habits. Some species of animals, &c. are subject to a long and 
 remarkable sleep during winter, called hybernation. In the ab- 
 sence of the stimCrb.ting action of light, plants also exhibit 
 changes which are^inalogous to the sleep of the animal frame. 
 &e Dreams, he. 
 
 SLEE'PINESS, s. drowsiness; disposition to sleep; inability 
 to keep awake. 
 
 SLEE'PLESS, a. without sleeping; wanting sleep. 
 
 SLEEP-WALKING, s. See Somnambulism, 
 
 SLEE'PY, a. drowsy, or disposed to sleep; not awake ; caus- 
 ing sleeping ; soporiferous ; narcotic ; somniferous. 
 
 par- 
 
 SL I 
 
 SLEET, s. [sfc<,Dan.] small hail or snow falling in i 
 tides, intermixed with rain. 
 
 To SLEET, V. n. to snow in small particles, intermixed with 
 rain. 
 
 SLEEVE, s. [slif. Sax.] that part of a garment which covers 
 the arms ; a knot or skein. To laugh in one's sleeve, is to laugh 
 at another unknown to him. I'o hang on one's sleeve, is to be 
 dependent. 
 
 SLEE'VELESS, a. wanting sleeves ; without sleeves; want- 
 ing propriety ; unreasonable; groundless; foolish. 
 
 SLEIGHT, {sill) s. [slagd, Isl.] an artful trick. Sleight of 
 hand, the tricks or dexterity of a juggler. 
 
 SLE'NDER, s. [sllnder, Belg.] thin, or small in circumference ; 
 small in the waist; slight; not bulky or strong; small, or 
 sparing ; less than enough. 
 
 SLE'NDERLY,fld without bulk; slightly; meanly. 
 
 SLE'NDERNESS, s. thinness; slightness; want of bulk or 
 strength; want of plenty. 
 
 SLEPT, the preter. of To Sleep. 
 
 SLE'SWICK, or Schle'swig, the Duchy of, or S. Jutland, 
 lies between Jutland and Holstein, touching on the Baltic and 
 the N. Sea. It is about 100 miles long, and (iO broad. It is 
 generally level, and is marshy near the W. coast. The coasts 
 have many deep but shallow bays, and there are islands on both 
 sides belonging to it. Its rivers are small. Slate and building- 
 stone are found here. Agriculture and grazing are carried on 
 extensively and with success; corn, cattle, horses, and dairy 
 produce being great articles of trade. It has also prosperous 
 and extensive fisheries. Its chief town, of the' same name, 
 stands on the river Slei, near its entrance to the Baltic. It is a 
 small place, with a few manufactures and an inconsiderable trade. 
 Pop. about 10,000. Lat. 54. 32. N. Long. 9. 37. E. Pop. of 
 duchy, about 360,000. At present it forms part of the kingdom 
 of Denmark. 
 
 SLEW, preter. of To Slay. 
 
 To SLEY, V. n. to part or twist into threads. 
 
 To SLICE, V. n. [slitan. Sax.] to cut into flat pieces or parts ; 
 to cut or divide. 
 
 SLICE, «. [slite. Sax.] a broad piece cut off; a broad head fixed 
 in a handle; a peel; a spatula. 
 
 SLID, preter. of To Slide. 
 
 To SLIDE, V. n. preter. slid, past part, slidden ; [slidan, Sax. 
 slijden, Belg.] to pass along smoothly; to slip; to glide ; to move 
 without lifting up the feet ; to pass unnoticed ; to pass inad- 
 vertently, to pass insensibly from good to bad.— f. a. to put im- 
 perceptibly, used with in. 
 
 SLIDE, s. a smooth and easy passage; a smooth path worn 
 on the ice by sliding; a slow even cour.se. 
 
 SLIDER, s. he that slides. 
 
 SLIGHT, («/!<) a. [«&/««, Belg.] small; inconsiderable; worth- 
 less; weak; not cogent ; not important; foolish; negligent; 
 flimsy; thin. 
 
 SLIGHT, {silt) s. contempt; neglect; act of scorn ; an arti- 
 fice ; sleight. 
 
 To SLIGHT, (silt) V. a. to neglect or contemn ; to disregard ; 
 to treat or perform carelessly; to throw; to fling. — [slighten, 
 Belg.] to demolish ; to overthrow. 
 
 SLl'GHTLY,arf. negligently ; scornfully; weakly. 
 
 SLI'GHTNESS, (slltness) s. weakness; negligence. 
 
 SLI'GO, a county of Connaught, Ireland. It is 39 mil^s in 
 length, and 37 in its greatest breadth. It lies on the Atlantic, 
 and is bounded by Leitrim, Roscommon, and Mayo. It contains 
 39 parishes, but the county town, Sligo, is the only one of coo- 
 sequence. There are, however, some considerable villages, in 
 which the linen manufacture flourishes. The soil is in some 
 parts good, in others coarse, and towards the coast boggy. It 
 IS mountainous, and yields good building-stone, and some metals. 
 The rivers are all small; but the lakes Arrow, Gara, Gill, &c. 
 supply water communication, &c. Pop. 180,88i5. It returns ;5 
 members to the imperial parliament. 
 
 SLl'GO, the capital of the above-named county, is seated on a 
 river that runs into a bay of the same name, navigable for vessels 
 of 1200 tons up to the quays. It has a considerable trade, and 
 some valuable fisheries. It is 105 miles from Dublin. Pop. 
 12,272. 
 
 SLPLY, ad. cunningly ; with subtle covertness. 
 
 SLIM, a. slender ; thin. 
 
SLO 
 
 SLIME, s. [s/im, Sax. slifftn, Belg.] viscous mire; any glutinous 
 substanre. 
 
 SLI'MINESS, s. viscosity; glutinous matter. 
 
 SI.I'MY, a. viscous; glutinous; overspread with slime. 
 
 SLING, s. [s/irw/on. Sax. s/i'«9e?i, Belg,] an instrument, the com- 
 monest kind of which consists of a strap and two strings, by 
 which a body is cast at a distance, by whirling it and loosing 
 one of the strings ; a bandage worn to support a broken limb ; 
 an instrument for carrying casks, &c.; a stroke or blow. 
 
 To SLING, V. a. to throw by a sling; to hang loosely by a 
 string ; to move or raise by means of a rope and crane. 
 
 To SLINK, r. n. preter. slunk ; [slingan, Sax.] to steal out of 
 the way. — p. a. to miscarry of. 
 
 To SLIP, V. n. [alipan. Sax. slippen, Belg.] to slide ; not to tread 
 firm ; to move or fly unexpectedly out of its place ; to slide ; to 
 glide; to move slily or unperceived ; to slink; to fall into a fault 
 or error ; to creep by oversight ; to escape the memory. — r. a. to 
 convey secretly ; to lose by negligence ; to escape from ; to leave 
 slily ; to separate twigs from a tree by tearing them ofl^; to let 
 loose ; to throw off any restraint ; to pass over negligently. 
 
 SLIP, s. the act of slipping; a false step; an error or mistake; 
 a twig torn from the main stock ; a leash or string in which a 
 dog is held ; an escape ; a long narrow piece ; a narrow gallery 
 on the sides of the theatre. Among shipbuilders, a place lying 
 with a gradual descent on the banks of a river, convenient for 
 shipbuilding. 
 
 SLI'PBOARD, s. a board sliding in grooves. 
 
 SLI'PKNOT, s. a bow knot ; a knot easily untied. 
 
 SLI'PPER, s. a shoe, sometimes without a hind quarter. 
 
 SLI'PPERINESS, «. the state or quality of being slippery. 
 
 SLI'PPERY, a. [slipur. Sax. sliperig, Swed.] smooth, glibe, 
 not affording firm footing ; hard to hold or keep ; lubricous ; 
 uncertain ; fickle ; unchaste. 
 
 To SLIT, V. a. preter. and past part, slit, and slitted : [sUtan, 
 Sax.] to cut lengthwise. 
 
 SLIT, s. [slit. Sax.] a long cut, or narrow opening. 
 
 To SLIVE, Su'vER, (sliver) V. a. [slifan, Sax.] to split ; to di- 
 vide longwise ; to tear off lengthwise. 
 
 SLI'VER, (silver) s. a slit ; a large piece cut off. 
 
 SLOBBER, s. See Slabber. 
 
 To SLOCK, V. n. [slochen, Swed.] to slack ; to quench. 
 
 SLOANE, SIR HANS, a distinguished naturalist, of Irish fa- 
 mily, who studied medicine at London, and afterwards tra- 
 velled on the continent. He had already taken up with con- 
 siderable ardour the study of natural history, and this tour, with 
 a voyage to the W. Indies, under the auspices of the Duke of 
 Albemarle, served to foster it, and afforded him abundant op- 
 portunities of collecting plants, &c. &c. On his return, with- 
 out relinquishing his studies he carried on a considerable medical 
 practice, and was even made royal physician by George I. He en- 
 joyed the high esteem of scientific men both here and on the 
 continent, and was made President of the Royal Society. He 
 died in 1753, aged 93 years. His collections were, in accordance 
 with his will, purchased by the government, and formed the 
 nucleus of the present magnificent institution, the British 
 Museum. ^ 
 
 SLOBO'DAs OF UKRAINE, THE, a government of Russia, 
 surrounded by the governments of Koursk, Catharinoslav, and 
 Pultowa, and the countrj' of the Cossacks of the Don. It is 
 about 240 miles long, by about 80 miles broad. It is a very 
 level country, and has extensive foresLs. It grows corn in great 
 abundance, and breeds abundance of cattle. The rivers are 
 tributaries of the Dnieper and the Don. Charkov is the ca- 
 pital. Pop. about 1,400,000, a great number of whom are 
 Cossacks. 
 
 SLOE, s. [sla, Sax. slaae, Dan.] in Botany, the fruit of the 
 blackthorn ; a small and very sour kind of wild plum. 
 
 SLO'ETREE, s. in Botany, a shrub, called also blackthorn. 
 The wood is hard and tough, and is formed into teeth for rakes, 
 and walking-sticks. The fruit is not ripe till October or No- 
 vember. 
 
 SLOOP, s. a small ship with one mast. 
 
 To SLOP, V, a. to drink grossly and greedily ; to spill or waste 
 liquor idly. 
 
 SLOP, s. [Sax.] a pair of trowsers or open breeches ; a kind 
 of loose overdress, worn by working men, resembling a gown ; 
 mean and vile liquor of any kind. 
 
 SLY 
 
 SLOPE, a. [slap, Belg.] oblique; declivous; acclivous; ap- 
 plied to any rising surface, according to the angle it makes with 
 the plane^of the horizon. 
 
 SLOPE, X. an oblique direction, or declining surface. 
 
 To SLOPE, V. a, to form or shape obliquely. — v. n. to decline, 
 or tend to declivity. 
 
 SLO'PENESS, s. obliquity ; declivity. 
 
 SLO'PPY, a. miry ; wet ; slabby. 
 
 To SLOT, V. a. [slughen, Belg.] to strike or clash hard. 
 
 SLOT, s. [slod, Isl.] the track of a deer. 
 
 SLOTH, s. [stoftt. Sax.] slowness ; tardiness; idleness; lazi- 
 ness. In Zoology, a South American animal, which moves very 
 slowly and can hardly travel at all on the ground. It is furnish- 
 ed with large claws, with which it clings to the branches of trees, 
 as it feeds. 
 
 SLO'THFUL, a. idle, lazy, sluggish, inactive, indolent, dull 
 of motion. 
 
 SLO'THFULNESS, «. idleness; laziness: inactivity. 
 
 SLOUCH, s. [sloff, Dan.] a downcast look ; a person who has 
 an ungainly, heavy, clownish look. 
 
 To SLOUCH, V. n. to have a downcast clownish look. 
 
 SLO'VEN, s. [yslyvn, Brit, sloef, Belg.] a man who has no re- 
 gard to neatness or cleanness of dress. 
 
 SLOVENLINESS, s. unbecoming negligence of dress; neg- 
 lect of cleanliness. 
 
 SLO'VENLY, a. negligent of dress, neatness, or cleanliness. 
 
 SLO'VENLY, ad. in a coarse, inelegant manner. 
 
 SLOUGH, (shiff) s. [slog, Sax.] a deep miry place ; a hole full 
 of dirt ; the skin which a serpent has cast off. In Surgery, that 
 part of an ulcer which is dead, and separates itself from the rest. 
 
 SLOU'GHY, a. miry; boggy; muddy. 
 
 SLOW, (slo) a. [slaw, or sleaw. Sax.] wanting swiftness, applied 
 to motion; late, applied to time; dull, or inactive; not easily 
 provoked. 
 
 SLO'VVLY, ad. not speedily ; not soon ; sluggishly. 
 
 SLO'VVNESS, «. want of velocity ; dulness to admit convic- 
 tion ; dilatoriness ; deliberation. 
 
 SLOW- WORM, s. [slamjrm. Sax.] in Natural History, a name 
 of the common English harmless snake. 
 
 To SLU'BBER, v. a. to do any thing in an imperfect or lazy 
 manner, or with idle hurry ; to stain or daub ; to cover in a 
 coarse manner. 
 
 SLUDGE, s. mire, or dirt mixed with water. 
 
 SLUG, s. [Dan.] an idle, heavy, sleepy, and lazy per- 
 son ; a drone ; an obstruction ; a piece of a bullet, used as a 
 charge instead of shot, or ball, which inflicts very dangerous 
 wounds. In Natural History, an animal resembling the snail, 
 most species of which have only a rudimentary shell, concealed 
 in the membranes of the back. 
 
 To SLUG, ». n. to be lazy ; to move slowly ; to play the drone. 
 
 SLU'GGARD, s. an idler ; a person too much given to sleep 
 and laziness; a drone. 
 
 SLU'GGISH, a. dull; lazy; drowsy; slothful; slow; insi- 
 pid; idle; inert; inactive. 
 
 SLU'GGISHNESS, s. sloth; laziness; dulness; inertness; 
 inactivity. 
 
 SLUJCE, (sluce) s. [sluyse, Belg. sclusa, Ital] a Watergate ; 
 floodgate ; vent for water that is pent up. 
 
 To SLUICE, (sluce) V. a. to let out out by floodgates; to wet 
 with a large quantity of water. 
 
 SLU'ICY, a. falling in streams as from a sluice or floodgate. 
 
 To SLU'MBER, «. n. [slumeran. Sax. slvymeren, Belg.] to sleep 
 slightly or imperfectly. Figuratively, to be in as tate of negli- 
 gence.— d. a. to lay to sleep ; to stun, to stupify. 
 
 SLU'MBER, «. light and imperfect sleep. 
 
 SLUNG, the preter. and past part, of To Sling. 
 
 SLUNK, the preter. and past part, of To Slink. 
 
 To SLUR, V. a. [sloorig, Belg.] to sully ; to daub ; to soil ; to 
 contaminate ; to bespatter ; to pass lightly ; to baulk or miss ; 
 to cheat ; to trick. 
 
 SLUR, s. a faint reproach ; a disgrace ; a slight. In Music, a 
 bent mark drawn over notes intended to be sounded as one con- 
 tinuous note. 
 
 SLUT, s. [slodde, Belg.] a woman who regards neither cleanli- 
 ness nor decency in dress or business ; a slattern. 
 
 SLY, a. [slith, Sax.] secretly insidious or malicious ; meanly 
 artful ; crafty ; cunning ; subtle. 
 
 799 
 
SMI 
 
 ingly ar( 
 
 To SMACK, V. n. [smackan, Sax. amcecken, Belg.] to have a 
 taste ; to make a noise by the sudden separation ot' the lips after 
 having pressed them strongly together ; to kiss so as to be beard. 
 — V. a. to make to emit a quick and smart noise. 
 
 SMACK, s. [smaech, Belg.] a taste or savour ; a small quantity ; 
 a loud kiss; a smart and sharp noise. — [snacca. Sax. or sneckra, 
 Isl.] a small ship, or fishing vessel. 
 
 SMALL, (the a is pron. broad in this word and its following 
 compounds, as smauU,) a. [Sax.] little in size, quantity, quality, 
 importance, or value ; slender, minute, petty; weak, not strong. 
 
 SMA'LLAGE, s. in Botany, a plant formerly of great repute 
 amongst simplers and country doctors. 
 
 SMA'LLCOAL, s. little wood coals used in lighting fires, &c. 
 
 SMA'LLCRAFT, s. a little vessel below the rank of a ship. 
 
 SMA'LLNESS, s. littleness; want of bulk or strength. 
 
 SMA'LLPOX, s. in Medicine, a dangerous contagious disease, 
 consisting of a general eruption of pustules tending to suppur- 
 ation, accompanied with a fever; leaving behind it deep and dis- 
 figuring scars wherever the pustules have been. It often causes 
 blindness, and even death, when it occurs in its severest, the 
 confluent, form. 
 
 SMALT, s. in the Useful Arts, the protoxide of cobalt, employed 
 in giving a rich blue colour to glass, porcelain, &c. &c. 
 
 SMA'RAGDINE, a. [smaragdinus, Lat.] made of emerald. 
 
 SMART, s. [smert, Belg. smarta, Swed.] a quick, sharp, and 
 pungent pain, applied both to the body and mind. 
 
 To SMART, V. n. [smerten, Belg. smeortan. Sax.] to feel a quick 
 and lively pain, either of body or mind. 
 
 SMART, a. causing a sharp pain ; pungent ; quick ; vivacious, 
 vigorous, lively, active, sharp; brisk; witty; acute. 
 
 SMA'RTLY,arf. sharply; briskly; wittily. 
 
 SMA'RTNESS, s. the quality of being smart ; quickness, 
 vigour. 
 
 SMATCH, s. [corrupted from smack,'] a taste, twang, tincture. 
 
 To SMA'TTER, v. n. to have a slight taste, or superficial 
 knowledge ; to talk ignorantly or su|jerf]cially. 
 
 SMA'TTER, s. imperfect or superficial knowledge. 
 
 SMA'TTERER, s. one who has a slight or superficial know- 
 ledge. 
 
 To SMEAR, (smeer) v. n. [smeran. Sax. smeeren, Belg.] to spread 
 with any thing viscous or adhesive; to soil; to besmear; to 
 contaminate. 
 
 SME'ATON, JOHN, an eminent engineer of the last century. 
 He was destined for the law, but the mechanical bent of h'is 
 genius was so strong, that he was permitted, after a long resist- 
 ance, to devote himself to his favourite pursuit. He first dis- 
 tinguished himself as a mathematical instrument maker, and 
 then as a constructer and improver of mill-work, and rose to the 
 greatest celebrity in his profession. His fame and character led 
 to his being intrusted with the re-erection of Eddystone light- 
 house ; and his triumphant success in this daring exploit intro- 
 duced him to other great tasks, amongst which Ramsgate har- 
 bour, and the canal from the Clyde to the Forth, may be specially 
 mentioned. He died in 1792, aged 68 years. His published 
 works, and his MSS. which were afterwards published by the 
 civil engineers, maintain the reputation which he enjoyed ; and 
 the Pharos of the English Channel remains (after the proof of 
 nearly 100 years) his most glorious monument. 
 
 SMEGMA'TIC, a. [smegma, Gr.] soapy; detersive. 
 
 To SMELL, V. n. to affect the nostrils; to have a particular 
 scent ; to have a particular tincture of any quality; to practise 
 the act of smelling ; to exercise sagacity. — v. a. to deceive or dis- 
 cover by the nose; to find out by mental sagacity. 
 
 SMELL, s. the sense of which the nose is the organ ; scent ; 
 power of affecting the nose. 
 SME'LLER, s. one who smells. 
 SMELT, the preter. and past part, of To Smell. 
 SMELT, 8. [corrupted from salmon-let, the diminutive o{ salmon,'] 
 in ichthyology, a small fish, allied to the salmon, caught abund- 
 antly in our rivers when it ascends them in the breeding sea- 
 son, and esteemed a great delicacy. 
 
 To SMELT, V. a. [smelten, Belg. smalta, Isl.] to melt ore, so as 
 to extract the metal. 
 SME'LTER, s. one who melts ore. 
 
 To SMILE, f. n. [smuuten, Belg.] to look pleasant ; to express 
 slight or disdain ; to look with an eye of favour. 
 800 
 
 SM 1 
 
 SMILE, s. a look of pleasure or kindness; a slight contraction 
 of the face. 
 
 To SMIRCH, V. a. to cloud ; to dusk ; to soil. 
 
 To SMIRK, V. n. \smercian. Sax.] to look affectedly soft or 
 kind. 
 
 To SMITE, V. a. pret. smote, past part, smit or smitten ; [smitan. 
 Sax. smijten, Belg.] to strike; to kill; to afflict; to blast; to 
 affect with any passion ; to destroy ; to chasten. — v, n. to strike. 
 
 SMI'TER, s. one who smites. 
 
 SiMlTH, ADAM, the great Scottish metaphysician and poli- 
 tical economist. He studied at Glasgow and Oxford, and held 
 the professorships of logic, and moral philosophy, successively, 
 at the former university. He afterwards travelled in France with 
 the Duke of Buccleugh, and became acquainted with the great 
 French economists of the first stage of the French Revolution. 
 On his return, he lived a literary life for some time at his na- 
 tive place, Kirkaldy, with occasional visits to the Scotch and to 
 the English metropolises, and finally was appointed a commis- 
 sioner of customs, and died in 1790, aged 07 years. His groat 
 works are the Wealth of Nations, diaA the Theory of the Moral Senti- 
 ments. Of his ethical system it is impossible to speak, since, 
 when examined, it proves to be a mere shadow, a set of words 
 put at the head of a seeming argument. It derived a kind of 
 importance, in some timid minds, from the friendship of the 
 author with David Hume, for whose philosophical errors and 
 scepticism he apologized in a narrative of his death, &c. His 
 speculations in political economy have had a wider influence; 
 and his work is, altogether, one of the best on that perplexed 
 and perplexing science. It contains much that has not been 
 overturned or improved by subsequent writers, but students 
 need to take to the study of it some better and nobler opinions of 
 man and society than the author has been able to form in the 
 course of his travels and intimacies. 
 
 SMITH, SIR JAMES EDWARD, an English botanist, whose 
 name is connected with the impulse given to natural science, 
 during the latter part of the last century, by the acquisition of the 
 collections of the great Swedish naturalist, Linnaeus, and the 
 foundation of the Linnaean Society. He studied medicine at 
 Edinburgh, with some distinction, and purchased the above- 
 named collections, whilst yet in early life. He afterwards travel- 
 led on the continent, published his works, became botanical tutor 
 to the royal family, and spent all his time at last at his native city, 
 Norwich, where he died in 1828, aged 69 years. His chief pub- 
 lication is the English Botany, two other works on the same sub- 
 ject, some elementary works, &cc. &c. The plates of the first are 
 the most valuable portion, and subsequent treatises have super- 
 seded his other writings. 
 
 SMITH, DR. WILLIAM, the "father of modern Geology," 
 began life as a land surveyor, and in the course of his employ- 
 ment in Gloucestershire, Oxfordshire, and the neighbouring 
 parts of England, had his attention necessarily drawn to the 
 strata developed and displayed in the hills, &c., their order, 
 fossils, &c. &c. He gradually laid aside his original profession, 
 and devoted himself to lecturing and writing on geology, to the 
 construction of geological maps, and the travelling needful to 
 construct them. His collections were purchased for the British 
 Museum ; and he received the honours of a degree from Trinity 
 College, Dublin, and the Wollaston medal, and of a small pension 
 during the latter part of his life. He died in 1840, aged 71 years. 
 In addition to the invaluable mass of facts which his maps, and 
 sections, and collections recorded, he suggested that, however 
 different in mineral character, a stratum might always be iden- 
 tified by its fossils; which has proved one of the momenta of 
 the science of Geology. 
 
 SMITH, SIR SYDNEY, a distinguished British admiral, 
 during the last great war. He first served under Lord Rodney, 
 and next under the king of Sweden. At the evacuation of Tou- 
 lon, he destroyed the French vessels that could not be carried 
 off, and was, during a descent on the coast, taken prisoner ; but 
 escaped, (most probably by the connivance of the Directory-,) 
 after about 2 years' confinement. His next exploit was the 
 climax of his services: having seized a French flotilla near Acre, 
 he defended that fort against all the force of Buonaparte's army, 
 and gave an effectual check to his designs on Russia and India 
 hj means of Egypt. He also aided Abercromby in driving the 
 French out of that country. Almost all the rest of his life was 
 routine service, varied by the circumstances of the stations he 
 
SMO 
 
 commanded. He had numerous rewards for his bravery and 
 skill, and enjoyed a high reputation for chivalric honour. He 
 died in Paris in 1840, aged 70 years. 
 
 SMITH, SYDNEY, a clergyman and dignitary of the English 
 Church, more famed as a humourist and politician than as a 
 divine. He studied at Oxford and Edinburgh ; joined with the 
 brilliant circle then inhabiting the modern Athens, in starting 
 the Edinburgh Review; aided by his essays and pamphlets the 
 proceedings of the Whigs ; and received, after various steps of 
 preferment, a canonry in St. Paul's. He died in 1845, aged 77 
 years. Peter Phjmleifs Letters, and some of his reprinted arti- 
 cles from the Edinburgh Review, will maintain his reputation 
 as a pamphleteer. General fame will keep alive the remem- 
 brance of his sparkling wit. But he will never rank amongst 
 the true humourists, beneath whose masks lies hidden a divi- 
 nity. No great truth or principle can be sifted out of his writ- 
 ings. He made his jokes to please himself and his after-dinner 
 friends; he was paia to skirmish for a party, and he did it. 
 
 SMITH, s. [Sax. smeth, Teut. tmid, Belg.] one who forges with 
 a hammer; one who works in metals; a person who makes or 
 effects any thing. 
 
 SMPTHERY, Smi'thy, s. [smiththe, Sax.] the shop of a 
 smith. 
 
 SMI'TTEN, past part, of To Smite. 
 
 SMOCK, s. [smoc, Sax.] a petticoat. 
 
 SMO'CKFACED, a. pale-faced ; having an effeminate face. 
 
 SMOKE, Smoak, s. [smoock, Belg. smec or smoec. Sax.] the 
 sooty vapour which ascends from any thing burning. 
 
 To SMOKE, V. n. to emit a dark cloud, exhalation, or vapour 
 by heat. Figuratively, to burn or be kindled ; to move with 
 such rapidity as to raise dust or smoke ; to use tobacco in a pipe ; 
 to suffer; to be punished. — v. a. to scent by, or dry in, smoke; 
 to smell or find out ; to sneer or ridicule to one's face. 
 
 SMO'KY, a. emitting or having the appearance of smoke. 
 
 SMOLE'NSKO, a government of European Russia, surround- 
 ed by the governments of Moscow, Kaluga, Orel, Czernigow, 
 Mohilev, Vitepsk, Pskov, and Tver. It is generally level, and is 
 watered by several tributaries of the Volga, the Dnieper, &c. 
 It yields copper, and some other minerals, but its chief wealth 
 arises from its agriculture, which is very flourishing. Its capi- 
 tal, of the same name, is situated on the banks of the Dnieper, 
 and extends over two mountains and the valley between them. 
 A part is surrounded by walls 30 feet high and 15 thick ; 
 the lower part of them is built of stone, the upper of brick ; their 
 circumference is one mile and three quarters, and in the plain 
 they are surrounded by a deep ditch. The houses are mostly of 
 wood, and little better than cottages, but some are more sub- 
 stantially built. The city is divided through its whole length by 
 one straight, paved street ; the others are circular, and floored 
 with planks. The cathedral stands on an eminence, and there 
 are many fine public edifices. It has no manufactures, but car- 
 ries on a pretty considerable traffic in linen, hemp, honey, wax, 
 leather, furs, &c. It is about 400 miles from St. Petersburg. 
 Pop. about 12,000. Lat. 54. 50. N. Long. 31. 56. E. Pop. of 
 government, about 1,250,000. 
 
 SMO'LLETT, TOBIAS, one of our classical novelists. He 
 was intended for the medical profession, but only at the outset 
 of his career, and once when he had gained some name as an 
 author, did he attempt to practise, ana neither times with suc- 
 cess. His first effort, however, being on board a- war ship on fo- 
 reign service, brought him large knowledge of men, and if it did 
 not display the worst features of character, surely familiarized 
 bira with the most disgusting. During his literary life, he at- 
 tempted almost every kind of composition. He edited a review, 
 but it was not equal to its rival ; he wrote plays, but they did 
 not take ; he became a satirist, and was imprisoned for libel ; he 
 tried his hand as political pamphleteer, but he was not rewarded ; 
 he translated Don Quixote, but Cervantes would certainly dis- 
 own his knight in Smollett's dress ; he published an account of 
 his travels, but few read the book ; he even dared to write a 
 History of England, and it has been his misfortune to be yoked 
 with Hume, who was somewhat qualified for the task, to gratify 
 the ideality of the booksellers. His novels, however, the coarse- 
 ness (which exceeds even that which was characteristic of his 
 timss) always excepted, will continue to command attention. 
 Humphrey Clinker, Peregrine Pickle, and Roderick Bandom, have 
 always yet ranked amongst the English classics, and the first has 
 
 SNA 
 
 been the favourite of all readers. Smollett died whilst travelling 
 in Italy a second time, in 1771, aged 50 years. 
 
 SMOOTH, a. [smoeth. Sax.] even on the surface; level; flow- 
 ing; soft; sleek; glossy; equal; without any bounds or jerks, 
 applied to motion ; mild, courteous, adulatory, affable, soothing. 
 
 To SMOOTH, V. a. to level, or make even on the surface ; to 
 free from obstructions ; to free from harshness, applied to sound ; 
 to work into a soft uniform mass ; to palliate or soften, applied 
 to excuse ; to calm or mollify ; to ease ; to flatter ; to soften with 
 blandishments. 
 
 SMOO'THLY, orf. evenly; not roughly ; readily. 
 
 SMOO'THNESS, s. evenness on the surface ; softness of 
 speech. 
 
 SMOTE, preter. of To Smite. 
 
 To SMO'THER, v. a. [smoran. Sax.] to suffocate by smoke, 
 by the exclusion of air, or by the oppression of something which 
 hinders a person from breathing. Figuratively, to suppress. — 
 V. n. to smoke without vent ; to be suppressed or kept close. 
 
 SMO'THER, s. a great vapour, smoke, or thick dust. 
 
 SMOU'LDERING, a. [smoel, Belg.] burning and smoking for 
 want of vent. 
 
 SMUG, a. [smuck, Belg.] nice; spruce; dressed with affected 
 niceness, but without elegance. 
 
 To SMU'GGLE, (smiii/l) v. a. \_smockelen,'Be\g.'] to import or ex- 
 port goods without paying the customs. 
 
 SMU'GGLER, s. one who imports or exports goods without 
 paying the custotns. 
 
 SMUT, s. [smitta. Sax. smette, Belg.] a spot made with soot or 
 coal ; blackness gathered on corn ; mildew. 
 
 To SMUT, V. a. to stain or mark with soot or coal ; to taint 
 with mildew. — v. n. to gather smut. 
 
 To SMUTCH, V. a. to blacken with smoke. 
 
 SMU'TTINESS, s. soil from smoke. 
 
 SMU'TTY, a. black with smoke or coal ; tainted with mildew. 
 
 SMY'RNA, a sea-port town of Natolia, in Asiatic Turkey, and 
 one of the largest and richest places of the Levant. It stands 
 beside the sea, on a fine gulf, or bay, which is deep enough to 
 admit large ships, and forms a splendid harbour. It is not a 
 handsome place, except from the sea, but it is a place of great 
 trade. The commodities brought here for exportation are, thread 
 made of goats' hair, silk, cotton yarn, cotton in bags, various 
 kinds of drugs, and all sorts of carpets. It is of great antiquity, 
 and was one of the places to which the letters to the seven 
 chucches of Asia, in the beginning of the Apocalypse, are ad- 
 dressed. Pop. about 150,000. Lat. 38. 29. N. Long. 27. 4. E. 
 
 SNACK, s. [from snatch,] a share ; a portion. 
 
 SNA'FFLE, (,s7idjl) s. [snavel, Belg.] a bridle which crosses 
 the nose. 
 
 SNAG, «. a jag, or sharp protuberance; a tooth left by itself, 
 or standing out beyond the rest. 
 
 SNAIL, s, [snoegl, Sax. snegel, Belg.] in Natural History, the 
 general name for the common shelled animals, which are such 
 destructive pests in gardens. Some species are very beautifully 
 marked; and, occasionally, reversed shells are found. 
 
 SNAI'LSHELL, s. in Botany, a kind of vetch, or pea, which 
 derives its name from the curious construction of its seed vessel. 
 
 SNAKE, s. [Belg. snaca, Sax.] in Natural History, any kind of 
 serpent ; the blind-worm, or slow-worm. 
 
 SNA'KEWEED, s. in Botany, the name of a large genus of 
 British plants, which chiefly grow in marshy situations, and have 
 clusters, or spikes, of small pinkish flowers. The water-pepper 
 and bistort belong to it. 
 
 SNA'KY, a. serpentine; having serpents. 
 
 To SNAP, V. a. to break at once, or to break short ; to strike 
 with a sharp sound ; to bite; to catch suddenly and unexpect- 
 edly ; to treat with sharp language.— d. n. to be brittle, to break 
 short, or fall asunder; to make an effort to bite with eagerness. 
 
 SNAP, s. theactof breaking short ; a greedy person ; a quick, 
 eager bite ; a morsel or bite ; a catch ; a theft. 
 
 SNA'PDRAGON, s. in Botany, the common name for a well- 
 known flower, the blossoms of which somewhat resemble the 
 usual pictures of the mouth of the fabulous monster, the dragon. 
 In Cookery and Christmas Sports, a dish of raisins covered With 
 spirits, which are lighted, and the fruit dexterously taken out 
 and eaten blazing. 
 
 SNA'PPISH, a. peevish ; sharp in reply; eager to bite. 
 
 SNARE, «. [snare, Dan. tnara, Swed. and Isl. snoor, Belg.] any 
 5 K 801 
 
SNO 
 
 thing set to catch an animal ; an^ thing by which a person is 
 entrapped, or brought unwarily into danger; a trap; a net; 
 a gin- 
 To SNARE, i: a. to entrap; to entangle. 
 
 To SNARL, t: n. [snarren, Bejg.] to growl, applied to the noise 
 made by an angry animal ; to gnar or gnarl. Figuratively, to 
 speak roughly or in sharp language. 
 
 To SNATCH, V. a. [snacken, Belg.] to seize any thing hastily ; 
 to transport or carry suddenly. — v. n. to bite or catch at some- 
 thing eagerly. 
 
 SNATCH, s. a hasty and eager catch or seizure ; a short fit of 
 vigorous action ; a small or broken part ; a short fit of action ; a 
 sniffling answer. 
 
 SNA'TCHER, s. one that snatches. 
 
 To SNEAK, {meek) v. n. [snican, Sax, sn^e, Dan.] to creep slily; 
 to come or go as if afraid to be seen ; to behave in a mean and 
 servile manner ; to crouch ; to truckle. 
 
 SNE'AKER, (sneeker) s. a small vessel of drink. 
 
 SNE'AKJNG, (sneeking) part, a. servile ; mean ; covetous ; 
 niggardly. 
 
 To SNEAP, {sneep) v. a. [a corruption of snip, or snap,'] to re- 
 primand or check ; to nip. 
 
 SNEAP, (sneep) s. a check or reprimand. 
 
 To SNEER, V. n. to show contempt by an oblique look ; to 
 insinuate contempt by covert expressions ; to praise in a jeering 
 manner ; to show awkward mirth. 
 
 SNEER, s. an expression of ludicrous scorn ; a look of con- 
 temptuous ridicule. 
 
 To SNEEZE, V. a. [niesan. Sax. niesen, Belg.] to expel any thing 
 by an involuntary and convulsive effort from the nostrils. 
 
 SNEE'ZEWORT, s. in Botany, a common plant, called also 
 goosetongue, and bastard pellitory, 
 
 SNELL, WILLEBRORD, an eminent mathematician and 
 natural philosopher of Holland, in the 17th century. He suc- 
 ceeded his father as mathematical professor in his native place, 
 Leyden ; and was engaged in the measurement of an arc of the 
 meridian in Holland. But his fame is based on his discovery of 
 the law according to which light is refracted; which was, in 
 the existing state of mathematical science, no common triumph 
 of skill. He died in 1626, aged 35 years. 
 
 SNET, s. among hunters, the fat of a deer. 
 
 To SNIB, V. a. [snibbe, Dan.] to check, nip, or reprimand. 
 
 SNICK AND SNEE, Sni'ckersnee, s. a combat with knives ; 
 also a long-bladed knife, with a catch-spring to keep it from 
 closing, as well as from opening. 
 
 To SNI'CKER, Sni'gger, v. n. to laugh slily or contemptu- 
 ously ; to laugh in one's sleeve. 
 
 To SNIFF, Sni'ffle, v. n. [sniffa, Swed.] to draw the breath 
 audibly up the nose ; to snuff up. 
 
 To SNl'GGLE, {snigl) v. a. to catch eels in their holes by 
 means of a hook baited and tied to a cord. 
 
 To SNIP, D. a. [snippen, Belg.] to cut at once with scissars. 
 
 SNIP, s. a cut made with scissars ; a small shred ; a share. 
 
 SNIPE, s. \sneppe, Teut. snite. Sax.] in Ornithology, a com- 
 mon small wading bird, with a long bill, accounted a delicacy, 
 but not easy to shoot. 
 
 To SNIVEL, V. n. to run at the nose. Figuratively, to cry 
 like a child. 
 
 To SNORE, V. n. Isnorcken, Belg.] to breathe stertorously in 
 sleep. 
 
 SNORE, s. [snora. Sax.] a hard and stertorous breathing in 
 sleep. 
 
 To SNORT, V. n. [siwrcken, Belg.] to breathe short and audi- 
 bly through the nose, like a high-mettled horse. 
 
 SNOUT, s. \snuyt, Belg.] the nose of a hog, &c, ; the nozzle 
 or end of any open pipe. 
 
 SNOW, (snO) s. [snaw. Sax. snee, Belg.] in Meteorology, watery 
 vapour frozen in the upper regions of the air, before forming into 
 drops, and falling in light fleecy flakes. The crystalline struc- 
 ture of these flakes is very beautifully displayed by microscopes. 
 Red Snow, in the arctic regions, is produced by a microscopic 
 fungus, nearly allied to the kinds which produce the smut in 
 wheat, &c. 
 
 To SNOW, (sno) V. n. Isnawan, Sax.] to fall in white flakes. 
 
 SNO'WBALL, s. a round lump of snow. 
 
 SNO'WDON, a famous mountain in Caernarvonshire, in N. 
 Wales, which occupies the centre of the county. On the top 
 
 SOA 
 
 there are bogs, and two lakes that abound with fish, particularly 
 the char and the guinard. Its height is 3568 feet. 
 
 SNO'WDROP, s. in Botany, the well-known and elegant 
 bulbous plant, which is one of the earliest spring flowers in our 
 gardens and meadows. 
 
 SNO'WY, (sno-y) a. abounding with snow ; white as snow. 
 
 SNUB, s. [snebbe, Belg.] a jag or knot in wood ; a check or 
 reprimand. 
 
 To SNUDGE, V. n. \sniger, Dan.] to lie idle, close, or snug. 
 
 SNUFF, s. [snuf, Belg.] the burnt part of the wick of a candle ; 
 a candle almost burnt out ; resentment expressed by snuffing ; 
 the powder of highly dried tobacco-leaf, scented, and usually 
 mixed with other stimulating powders, and taken into the 
 nostrils. 
 
 To SNUFF, v. a. [snuffen, Belg.] to draw up the nose together 
 with the breath ; to scent ; to crop the wick of a candle. — v. n. 
 to snort, or draw the breath by the nose. 
 
 SNU'FFBOX, s. a box in which snuff is carried. 
 
 SNU'FFER, s. one who snuffs. 
 
 SNU'FFERS, s. an instrument with which the wick of a burn- 
 ing candle is clipped. 
 
 To SNU'FFLE, v. n. [snuffelen, Belg.] to speak through the 
 nose ; to breathe hard through the nose. 
 
 SNU'FFLER, s. one who speaks through the nose. 
 
 To SNUG, V. n. [sniffer, Belg.] to lie close; to snudge. 
 
 SNUG, a. close, or free from inconvenience or notice ; slily or 
 insidiously close. 
 
 To SNU'GGLE, {snugl) v. n. to lie close together ; to lie warm. 
 
 SNY'DERS, or SNEY'DERS, FRANCIS, a celebrated Flem- 
 ish painter. He studied under Henry Van Balen, and after- 
 wards travelled in Italy. At Antwerp and Brussels, where he 
 resided after his return, he enjoyed the highest consideration. 
 The Spanish viceroy afforded him his patronage. He is particu- 
 larly famous for his representations of animals, in hunting- 
 scenes and battle-pieces. He died in 1657, aged 78 years. 
 
 SO, ad. [Teut.] when answering to as, in like manner ; in such 
 a degree or manner; thus; for this cause or reason; when an- 
 swered by as, on these terms, or on this condition ; provided 
 that; when used as an abrupt beginning of a sentence, it im- 
 plies well. So much as, implies how much soever. So so, implies 
 indifferently ; also an exclamation after something done or omit- 
 ted. So then, implies therefore. 
 
 To SOAK, {sok) V. n. [socian. Sax.] to lay some time steeped in 
 moisture; to enter by degrees into the pores ; to drink intemper- 
 ately. — v. a. to steep ; to keep in water till the moisture pene- 
 trates ; to drench ; to macerate. 
 
 SOANE, SIR JOHN, an eminent architect. He rose by his 
 own skill and industry from a very lowly station, being first ad- 
 mitted as an inferior clerk into the offices of Dance and Holland, 
 where he displayed such ingenuity that he was allowed to learn 
 the profession. He afterwards travelled in Italy, and, on his 
 return, executed a great number of important public buildings, 
 and obtained many lucrative offices. He also amassed a con- 
 siderable collection of works of art, which afterwards became 
 public property. The latter part of his life was troubled with a 
 quarrel with his eldest son, in which both parties seem to have 
 been equally at fault ; and he died in 1837, aged 84 years. His 
 taste and genius find few admirers now, and some of his works 
 have been altered to suit the advanced tastes of the age. 
 
 SOAP, (sop) s. [sape, Sax. sapo, Lat.] a compound of any uno- 
 tuous or fat substance with soda, used in washing. The different 
 kinds, which are well known to all readers, result principally 
 from the different oleaginous matters employed, and the different 
 mode of preparing it for use. In soft soap, potash is employed in 
 the place of soda. Some kinds of soap are used as drugs ; Naples 
 soap, for instance. Most of the elegantly coloured soaps are infe- 
 rior in utility to the plain and more simply made kinds. 
 
 SO'APBOILER, s. one who makes soap. 
 
 SO'APSTONE, s. in Mineralogy, the common name of a class 
 of earths, of which French chalk and stealtite are the best 
 known. 
 
 SO'APWORT, s. in Botany, a plant called also bruisewort. 
 
 To SOAR, (sor) V. n. [sorare, Ital.] to fly or mount aloft with- 
 out any visible motion of the wings; to mount or rise high j to 
 mount intellectually ; to be ambitious ; to write or speak in a 
 sublimo style. 
 
 SOAR, 8. a towering flight. 
 
 1 
 
soc 
 
 To SOB, V. n. [seob, Sax.] to fetch a convulsive sigh ; to heave 
 audibly with convulsive sorrow. 
 
 SOB, 8. a convulsive sigh caused by sorrow obstructing the 
 respiration. 
 
 SO'BER, a. [sobre, Fr. sobrius, Lat.] temperate, or not in- 
 toxicated with liquors; not overpowered by drink ; free from 
 any inordinate passion; serious or grave. 
 
 To SO'BER, V. to cure or free from drunkenness. 
 
 SO'BERLY, ad. temperately ; moderately ; calmly. 
 
 SO'BERNESS, Sobri'ety, s. [sobriete, Fr.] temperance in 
 drink ; freedom from any inordinate passion ; coolness ; serious- 
 ness ; gravity. 
 
 SOBIE'SKI, JOHN, a king of Poland, surnamed the Great. 
 He was a Pole by birth, but was educated and trained in France. 
 He rose to distinction in the wars waged against the Russians 
 and Turks in the latter part of the 17th century, and attained 
 the highest pitch of renown by the splendid campaign in which 
 he raised the siege of Vienna, defeating a vastly superior army 
 of Turks, and in effect imposing a final check on the progress 
 of the Mussulman arms in E. Europe. Subsequently, he endea- 
 voured in vain to introduce order into the political state of Po- 
 land, but the pride and strength of the aristocracy was too great 
 for him, and he could only bewail the end, which he clearly fore- 
 saw must come to a kingdom so distracted and ungoverned. He 
 died in 169G, aged 67 years. 
 
 SO'CCAGE, {sukaje) s. {soc, Fr.] in Law, an ancient tenure, 
 by which lands were held on condition of ploughing the lord's 
 lands, and doing the operations of husbandry, at their own 
 charges. 
 
 SO'CIABLE, (soshiable) a. [Fr. sociabilis, from socim, Lat.] fit to 
 be joined together ; friendly ; conversible ; inclined to and fit 
 for company. 
 
 SO'CIABLENESS, (sMiableness) s. the quality of being affa- 
 ble ; freedom of conversation ; good fellowship. 
 
 SO'CIABLY, ad. conversibly ; as a companion. 
 
 SO'CIAL, {soshial) a. Isocialis, Lat.] relating to society ; fit for 
 company or conversation. The Social War, in Roman History, 
 arose from the attempt of the various states of Italy, that were 
 dependent on Rome, to be free from the tyranny of the city, or 
 to share its privileges. The Marsi being the first to raise" this 
 complaint, it has also been called the Marsic War. Marius, him- 
 self an Italian, feared that Rome should be too victorious, and 
 gave the allies every encouragement, whilst he commanded the 
 armies sent against them. But Pompeius and Sylla had no such 
 scruples; yet, in the end, the Italians gained their object, and 
 Rome, augmented in power, overcame the world, whilst in its 
 bosom were already lodged the seeds of decay and death. It 
 broke out in 91 b. c, and was not suppressed till 88 b. c. 
 
 SO'CIALISM, «. a name given in the present day to certain 
 schemes for the organization of society, proposed by Fourrier, 
 Owen, and others, characterized by the wildest impracticability, 
 and disproved by every attempt that has been made to realize 
 them. Invariably proceeding on the suppositions that all evil 
 in man arises from education and example, and that enlightened 
 selfishness will enable men to attain the highest moral excel- 
 lence, without the thought of God, they ought to be impracti- 
 cable. Whilst promising to every man, what no state of society 
 can give, (unless it be an oriental despotism, to the one tyrant 
 at its head,) they have enkindled expectations that have neces- 
 sarily led to the most disastrous discord, and to the ruin of those 
 that have embarked their capital in the undertaking. The only 
 question ever raised by these schemes that has been worthy of 
 discussion or solution is this, — whether the principle of co-oper- 
 ation in labour could not be introduced, so as to supersede that 
 of competition, on which all labour proceeds now. 
 
 SOCl'ETY, «. [societe, Fr. societas, Lat.] several persons united 
 together by rules in one common interest ; community ; com- 
 pany ; converse ; partnership ; union on equal terms ; an asso- 
 ciation for the prosecution of scientific, historical, or any other 
 inquiries, or to carry out the diffusion of religious or scientific 
 knowledge, &c. In Philosophy, the association or combination 
 of men according to the necessity of their inward nature, on the 
 principle of each one devoting to all his peculiar gifts and capa- 
 bilities, and receiving back all the good he can receive, that re- 
 sults from the concentration of the efforts and labours of all. 
 
 SOCl'ETY ISLANDS, a cluster of islands in the S. Pacific 
 Ocean, about 15 io number, exclusive of the very small ones. 
 
 SOC 
 
 usually distinguished on seamen's charts into two groups, the 
 Windward and the Leeward Islands, the former being also 
 named the Georgian Islands. Tahiti is the largest, and will be 
 described separately; the others of some size are Huahine, 
 Raiatea, Rarotonga, Eimeeo, &c. They are all of the kind de- 
 signated coral islands, and are most usually surrounded by a dan- 
 gerous reef of coral, which presents a very few openings for the 
 ingress of vessels into the smooth water. Several kinds of birds 
 are peculiar to them ; and the flora is that peculiar to the Paci- 
 fic Islands, the bread-fruit tree being one of its most valuable 
 members. The people were generally of a gentle and voluptuous 
 disposition ; but all the cruelties of the darkest heathenism were 
 perpetrated amongst them. This group was one of the first 
 scenes of the labours of the English Missionary Society ; and 
 after long years of toil some good was undoubtedly accomplished. 
 But the acquisition of political influence by the missionaries, 
 which followed from their successful preaching, ended most dis- 
 astrously ; some provocation was thoughtlessly given to France, 
 by the uncalled-for expulsion of two Romanist priests, and the 
 result was the taking possession of the islands by the French, 
 and the overthrow of the missions, accompanied by all the evils 
 that war could bring amongst the people. The population can- 
 not now be estimated. 
 
 SOCI'NUS, or Sozzi'ni, the name of two theological writers 
 of the 16th century, who are looked upon as the founders of the 
 Unitarian denomination. Lcelius Socmus, the son of a famous 
 lawyer of Sienna, left his native country from religious consi- 
 derations, during the height of the fervour of the Reformation, 
 and after travelling through the countries in which it was pro- 
 ceeding most vigorously, settled at Ziirich, in Switzerland, and 
 adopted the Helvetic Confession ; yet in his letters and private 
 papers he left on record his own opinions, which differed most 
 widely from his professed creed, and which furnished his nephew, 
 Faustus, with the chief materials which be used afterwards. 
 He died in 1562, aged 37 years. Fanstiis Socinus, his nephew, 
 learned from his uncle's papers his opinions; and after residing 
 at Florence for some time, in some office connected with the 
 court there, he travelled in Europe, and settled amongst the 
 Polish Unitarians, where his wealth and learning gradually 
 gained him such influence, that he became the leader of the de- 
 nomination, and imposed on it both his creed and his name. 
 He died in 1604, aged 65 years. 
 
 SOCI'NIANISM. See Unitarianism. 
 
 SOCK, s. [socc. Sax. soccus, Lat. socke, Belg.] something put in 
 a shoe between the sole and the foot ; the shoe worn by the an- 
 cient comedians. Poetically, comedy. 
 
 SO'CKET, s. [souchelte, Fr.] any hollow pipe, generally ap- 
 plied to the hollow part of a candlestick ; the hollow that con- 
 tains the eve ; a cavity in which any thing is inserted. 
 
 SO'CKETCHISEL, s. a stronger sort of chisel. 
 
 SO'CLE, Zo'cLE, s. in Architecture, is a flat square member 
 under the bases of pedestals of statues, vases, &c., which serves 
 as a foot or stand. 
 
 SOCO'TRA, a populous fruitful island in the Arabian Sea, lying 
 off Cape Guardafoi. It is about 50 miles in length, and 20 in 
 breadth. It is very mountainous, but has also many fertile plains 
 and valleys. Its produce consists in fine aloes, frankincense, 
 ambergrease, dragon's blood, rice, dates, and coral. Tamarida 
 is the principal place. Pop. about 5000. Lat. 12. 30. N. Long. 
 54. 0. E. 
 
 SO'CRATES, the great Athenian sage and martyr, was the 
 son of a sculptor, named Sophroniscus, and was himself engaged 
 at first in that profession. His mother was a midwife, and he 
 used jocularly to claim for himself that office, since by his inter- 
 rogative mode of conducting an argument he helped in the de- 
 livery of thoughts and opinions. Like the rest of the Athenians, 
 he served in the wars his country was engaged in, and was dis- 
 tinguished for his cool and unconquerable valour, and he was 
 nobly eminent in the resistance he repeatedly offered to the 
 wrong doings of the mob-government of Athens. When ad- 
 vanced in manhood he commenced his great work as a teacher 
 of truth and wisdom. He had been admirably taught. The 
 best teachers of philosophy had yielded him all their discoveries. 
 He had frequented the brilliant r6unions of Aspasia. But his 
 own solitary meditations had fitted him for loftier work than the 
 common run of teachers, the Sophists, had ever proposed. He 
 did not lecture ; he conversed. He had consummate skill in 
 5 K 2 803 
 
SOF 
 
 conducting his arguments. With the air of a most uninstruct- 
 ed learner, he inveigled his antagonist into some confident but 
 absurd statement, and then by a series of seemingly artless 
 questions, by some apposite example, by some touch of irony, 
 he made his opponent demolish his own argument, and leave 
 the field in his hands. He loved the crowds of the city, and was 
 delighted to talk with men of all professions and trades, and to 
 lead them by his humorous and skilful conversation to look at 
 their own pursuits from some new point of view, to exercise 
 their minds on what they had been used to do mechanically, and 
 to make them something more than the slaves of their tools. 
 Such a teacher, not capable of bribery, for he took no fees, so 
 keen-sighted, so courageous, was not agreeable to those in 
 Athens who wished to pursue theirplansout of the reach of truth- 
 loving eyes. Ha was satirized on the stage ; Aristophanes de- 
 voted his Ckiiids to the ridicule of " the wisest of men." He was 
 denounced as a corrupter of youth, and a denier of the gods. 
 His defence at his trial was too noble for the court; he was con- 
 demned to drink hemlock, and so, in 400 b. c, he died, aged 72 
 years. Socrates left no written record of his philosophy, but 
 we have in Plato, and in Xenophon, a tolerably full account of 
 his labours, whilst Aristotle adds some further details. The re- 
 presentations of these writers are not harmonious in appearance, 
 yet it is evident, on studying them, that they are taken from 
 one man, and that such a one as we have been led by history to 
 regard Socrates as being. In Philosophy, his great engine was 
 correct definition ; — a matter not overvalued in these days ; — 
 yet not capable of doing all the service to truth which he deem- 
 ed. He was, however, rather an ethical than a physical philo- 
 sopher, and devoted his inquiries to wisdom, truth, virtue, im- 
 mortality. That he should succeed in his effort was impossible, 
 his method being so imperfect. The method of his great dis- 
 ciple, Plato, failed; and so, also, did that of Aristotle. Yet he 
 opened the question, and gave a new turn to the efforts of 
 inquirers, began a new aera in human thought. Respecting the 
 da»)ion of Socrates, it can only be said that what he said of it is 
 exactly analogous to what has been said by men in later days 
 in an exalted state of religious enthusiasm. It resembles a per- 
 sonification of Divine Providence, made by one who profoundly 
 believed in such guidance and protection. Few heroic thinkers 
 amongst men have produced so deep and so beneficial an im- 
 pression on the world. Such a one in any age were a blessing 
 no thanks were too warm for. Yet it is hardly to be doubted, 
 that the Socrates of every other age would have met with a like 
 requital to that which was given to the sage of Athens. 
 
 SO'CRATES, surnamed Scholasiicus, an ecclesiastical his- 
 torian of the 5th century. He was lawyer or advocate at Con- 
 stantinople, and his History extends from the times of Constan- 
 tino to 439 A. D. It is reckoned a very valuable work, although 
 not free from errors, both of fact and opinion. 
 
 SOD, s. [soed, Belg.] a turf or clod. 
 
 SOD, preter. of To Seethe. 
 
 SO'DA, s. [Lat.] in Chemistry, the common name of the pro- 
 toxide of sodium. 
 
 SODA'LITY, s. [sodalitas, Lat.] a fellowship ; a fraternity. 
 
 SO'DDEN, past part, of To Seethe. 
 
 SO'DER. &eS0'LDER. 
 
 SO'DIUM,s. in Chemistry, a silvery-coloured metal, chiefly 
 known in its combination with oxygen, as soda. It burns very 
 vividly on contact with hot water, and less vividly on cold, on 
 the surface of which it floats. 
 
 SO'DOM, the chief of those ancient cities of Palestine, over 
 whose site the Dead Sea now rolls. Its history is only known 
 from the Old Testament. 
 
 SO'DOMY, 8. a sin of the flesh against nature. 
 
 SO'DOR, a little village in Columbkill, one of the Western 
 Isles of Scotland, near that of Mull. It was formerly a bishop's 
 see, which comprehended all the islands, together with the Isle 
 of Man, for which reason the bishop is still called the bishop of 
 Sodor and Man. 
 
 SOE'VER, a4. at all ; any ; generally used in composition 
 with some pronoun or adverb. 
 
 SO'FA, s. [Arab.] a narrow couch, forming, in this country, 
 one of the chief articles of furniture in a drawing-room. 
 
 SOFALA, or Cefala, a kingdom of Africa, lying on the coast 
 of Mosambique, near Zanguebar. Its boundaries are not clearly 
 aefined. It is level near the sea, and watered by several rivers. 
 
 SOL 
 
 It contains mines of gold and iron, and a great number of ele- 
 phants. The chief exports are its ivory, gold, and the produce 
 of its innumerable bees. The Portuguese claim it, by virtue of 
 a small settlement bearing the same name, seated on an island, 
 near the mouth of one of its rivers. Lat. 20. 10. S. Long. 34. 46. E. 
 
 SOFT, a. [Sax. saft, Belg.] easily yielding to the touch, op- 
 posed to hard ; sumptuous or delicate, applied to dress ; ductile; 
 yielding; facile; mild; meek; tender; placid; kind; timor- 
 ous; easy or gentle, applied to motion; efreminately nice ; de- 
 licate ; weak ; simple ; smooth ; flowing ; gentle ; low ; not 
 loud ; complaisant. 
 
 SOFT, interj. stop ! hold ! not so fast ! 
 
 To SO'FTEN,t). a. to make soft ; to make less hard ; to mollify, 
 compose, or make less angry, or fierce ; to affect with pity ; to 
 make less harsh. — v. n. to grow less hard, less cruel, or less ob- 
 stinate ; to yield to any impression. 
 
 SO'FTGRASS, s. in Botany, a kind of grass, the ears of which 
 are very downy. 
 
 SO'FTLY, ad. without hardness; not forcibly; not loudly; 
 gently ; tenderly ; mildly. 
 
 SO'FTNER, s. that which makes soft; one who palliates. 
 
 SO'FTNESS, s. the quality of being soft; mildness; civility; 
 gentleness; pusillanimity; easiness to be affected. 
 
 SOHO', interj. a form of calling at a distance. 
 
 To SOIL, V. a. [sj&», Sax, soelen,o\d Teut. souiller, Fr.] to make 
 dirty; to stain ; to pollute; to sully; to foul; to manure. 
 
 SOIL, s. dirt or foulness; ground or earth, considered with 
 respect to its qualities for growth ; a country or land ; compost; 
 manure. 
 
 SOI'SSONS, an ancient, large, and considerable citjy in the 
 department of Aisne, France. It is a bishop's see. 1 he envi- 
 rons are beautiful, but the streets are narrow and the houses ill- 
 built. It is seated in a very pleasant and fertile valley, on the 
 Aisne, CO miles from Paris. Pop. 8500. Lat. 48. 23. N. Long. 
 3. 24. E. 
 
 To SO'JOURN, (syurn) v. n. [sejourner, Fr.] to dwell in a fo- 
 reign country for a time. 
 
 SO'JOURNER, s. a temporary dweller. 
 
 SOL, Sou, s. is a French coin, eiiual in value to about a half- 
 penny. 
 
 To SO'LACE, V. a. [solatium, Lat.] to comfort, or make a per- 
 son less sensible of calamity. 
 
 SO'LACE,*. comfort; succour; relief; consolation; anything 
 which renders a person less sensible of calamity. 
 
 SO'LAN GOOSE, s. in Ornithology, a very large species of ma- 
 rine fowl, frequently measuring 13 feet in stretch of wing, which 
 is found abundantly round the rocky islands of the coast of Scot- 
 land, and is now the only inhabitant of the famous Bass Rock. 
 
 SOLA'NDER, s. [soulandres, Fr.] in Veterinary Surgery, a dis- 
 ease in horses. 
 
 SO'LANDER, DR. DANIEL CHARLES, a famous naturalist, 
 who was born in Sweden, and studied at Upsal under Linnaeus, 
 He subsequently went to England, where he was engaged in the 
 British Museum, and made the circumnavigation of the world 
 with Captain Cook as an associate of Banks. He died in 1782, 
 aged 46 years. His works are yet of value in botanical and zoo- 
 logical science. 
 
 SO'LAR, So'lary, a. [solaire, Fr. Solaris, from sol, Lat,] being 
 of, or belonging to, the sun ; measured by the sun. Solar Cycle. 
 See Cycle. 
 
 SO'LAR SYSTEM, s. in Astronomy, a collective terra for the 
 sun with the planets and comets which revolve round him. The 
 following table will be found useful for reference. 
 
 Name Md sign. 
 
 Diameter. 
 
 SSS^ 
 
 IteuuJi. 
 
 ,. from Sun. 
 
 o,^'^^u^ 
 
 L"e"reury©9 
 Venus O ^ 
 
 882,000 miles 
 
 25 days 
 
 
 
 
 3,200 
 
 23 hours 
 
 88 days 
 
 36,791,000 miles 
 
 
 7,800 
 
 ?ty- 
 
 225 — 
 
 68,748,000 
 
 
 7,900 
 
 lyear 
 
 95,044,000 
 
 1 (sign I)) 
 
 4,100 
 
 24i ho. 
 
 1 yr. 322d. 
 
 144,818,000 
 
 
 Asteroids-Ju- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 no^, Vesta a 
 Ceres ?, Pal- 
 las Iris, Hebe, 
 
 "1 various, 
 I but all 
 
 
 (average) 
 
 (average) 
 
 
 JISi. 
 
 
 4y. 80d. 
 
 250,000,000 
 
 
 Astraa, Flora.' 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Jupiter % 
 
 87,000 
 
 10 hours 
 
 lly. 318d. 
 
 494,494,000 
 
 4 
 
 Saturn * J, 
 
 79,000 
 
 104 - 
 
 29y. 174d. 
 
 006,607,000 
 
 7' 
 
 Uranus U'f 
 
 84,400 
 
 
 84y.27d. 
 
 1,823,178,000 
 
 et 
 
 Neptujie * 
 
 
 
 about 166y. 
 
 2,851,320,000 
 
 It 
 
SOL 
 
 Beside these bodies are inauinerable comets, a few of which, as 
 Encke's, Biela's, Halley's, &c., revolve in ascertained periods ; 
 but of by far the greater number the elements of their orbits are 
 nnknown. 
 
 SOLD, preter. of To Sell. 
 
 SO'LDER, s. [soitder, Fr.] a fusible metallic cement for metals. 
 
 To SO'LDER, V. a. to join metals by a metallic cement. 
 
 SO'LDIER, s. [solidaritis, low Lat.] a person whose trade is 
 war; a warrior. 
 
 SO'LDIERY, s. the body of soldiers. 
 
 SOLE, s. [solum, Lat.] the bottom of the foot. Figuratively, 
 the foot ; that part of the shoe which rests on the ground. In 
 Ichthyology, a common flat-fish in the British seas, which is 
 
 enr delicate eating. 
 To SOLE, V. a. to put a new sole on a shoe. 
 SOLE, a. [solus, Lat.] single; only. In Law, not married. 
 SO'LECISM, s. [soloikismos, Gr.] in Rhetoric, an impropriety 
 
 in language by the misapplication of words. 
 SO'LELY, ad. singly; only. 
 
 SO'LEMN, (sClem) a. [solemnis, Lat.] grave ; awful ; performed 
 with reverence and gravity. 
 
 SOLE'MNITY, So'lemness, s. [solcmnite, Fr.] a religious, grave, 
 or awful ceremony or procession ; gravity; awful grandeur; af- 
 fected gravity. 
 
 SOLEMNIZATION, s. the act of celebrating. 
 
 To SO'LEMNIZE, t>. a. [solemniser, Fr.] to perform the cere- 
 monies of any particular rite ; to celebrate. 
 
 SO'LEMNLY, ad. with formal gravity; with religious se- 
 riousness. 
 
 SOLEU'RE, or Solothu'rn, a canton of Switzerland, border- 
 ing on France, and bounded by the cantons of Basle, Bern, 
 and Aargau. It is 35 miles in length, and 25 in breadth, and 
 contains 12 bailiwicks. It lies amidst the Jurassic chain of 
 mountains, some heights of which exceed 4000 feet. It yields 
 iron, building-stone, &c. It is chiefly pastoral; silk also is cul- 
 tivated. Its chief city, of the same name, stands on the Aar, 
 and has a splendid cathedral and other public buildings, a college, 
 and a good library. Pop. about 5000. Lat. 47. 13. N. Long. 7. 
 33. E. Pop. of canton, about 70,000. 
 
 SOL-FA-ING, Solmiza'tion, in Music, a method of teach- 
 ing singing by means of certain syllables appropriated either to 
 the various notes constantly, or else to the notes in each key, 
 they are Do, Re, Mi, Fa, Sol, La, Si. It is not approved by the 
 best teachers, because it causes additional perplexity, with no 
 corresponding advantage to the learner. 
 
 To SOLI'CIT, V. a. [solicito, Lat.] to ask with great importu- 
 nity ; to excite ; to attempt or try to obtain ; to implore ; to dis- 
 turb, or disquiet. 
 
 SOLICITA'TION, s. importunity ; invitation ; excitement. 
 
 SOLI'CITOR, s. a petitioner for another. In Law, a person who 
 does in Chancery the business which is done by attorney in 
 other courts. Solicitor-General is a great ofl^cer of the law, next 
 to the Attorney-General, and holds his oflice by patent ; has the 
 management of the king's affairs, and has fees for pleading, be- 
 sides others arising by patents, &c. 
 
 SOLI'ClTOUS,o. [soUcitus, Lat.] anxious, careful, or concern- 
 ed ; used with about, and sometimes with /or or of. 
 
 SOLI'CITOUSLY, ad. anxiously ; carefully, 
 
 SOLFCITUDE, s. [solicitudo, from solicito, Lat.] anxiety; 
 trouble. 
 
 SO'LID, a. [solide, Fr. solidus, Lat.] firm ; having its parts so 
 closely connected, as not to slip or give way on pressure, op- 
 posed to fluid ; compact, or full of matter, opposed to hollow ; 
 strong, opposed to weak ; real or true, opposed to fallacious ; 
 gross, opposed to light. 
 
 SO'LID, s. a thing whose parts will not give way to any slight 
 impression. In Geometry, the third species of magnitude, con- 
 taining length, breadth, and depth. 
 
 SOLI'DITY, So'LiDNEss, ». [solidite, Fr. eoliditas, Lat.] firm- 
 ness; density; hardness; compactness. Figuratively,- truth ; 
 certainty. 
 
 SOU'LOQUY, «. [solics and loquor, Lat.] a discourse held in 
 solitude, or by a person who utters his thoughts in words, though 
 no one is present. 
 
 SOLITAI'RE, e. [Fr.] a recluse or hermit ; an ornament for 
 the neck. 
 
 SO'LITARILY, ad. with loneliness ; without company. 
 
 SOL 
 
 SO'LITARY, a. [solitaire, Fr. soUtarius, from solus, Lat.] 
 living alone ; remote from company ; retired ; single ; gloomy ; 
 dismal. 
 
 SO'LITUDE, s. [Fr. solitudo, Lat.] the state of a person who 
 is at a distance from company; a place remote from company, 
 or any populous city. 
 
 SO'LLARjS. [solarium, low Lat.] a garret. 
 
 SO'LO, s. [Ital.] a tune sung by a single person, or played by 
 a single instrument. 
 
 SO'LOMON, the king of Israel, renowned for his wisdom, and 
 for the splendour of his peaceful reign. He was the son of Da- 
 vid, and succeeded him on the throne. His great work was the 
 erection of the Temple at Jerusalem, which was built with the 
 greatest magnificence. He largely encouraged commerce ; and 
 the territories subject to him stretched to the river Euphrates. 
 He was held in universal esteem in the East for his wisdom, and 
 the queen of the Sabaeans visited him for the purpose of benefit- 
 ing by his famed knowledge. He was allied by marriage to the 
 kings of Egypt, and in the latter part of his reign was seduced 
 by his voluptuousness into the worship of idols. He died in 975 
 B. c, aged 92 years, and having reigned 40. The Books of Ec- 
 clesiastes and the Song of Songs, with portions of the Book of 
 Proverbs, and some of the Psalms, are ascribed to him. Respect- 
 ing the second of these, it needs only to be remarked that it is 
 a most beautiful poem, or series of poems, but written altogether 
 in the glowing language of the East, and quite out of harmony 
 with our colder notions of propriety ; and that its scope and pur- 
 pose is to praise the true married state, in contrast with the un- 
 loving sensuality of the harem, and not to exhibit any profound 
 spiritual truths under the veil of allegory, although, as is very 
 common, lines and stanzas may have been quoted with a forced 
 application to such a subject. The apocryphal book called the 
 Wisdom of Solomon, is evidently the production of a later age. 
 
 SOLOMON'S SEAL, s. in Botany, an English plant, allied to 
 the lily of the valley, and having alternate leaves with white 
 hanging bell-flowers, on a slender arching stem. 
 
 SO'LON, the great Athenian legislator, and one of the seven 
 sages of Greece. He was first a merchant, and having, by travel 
 and study, gained a considerable renown, he enhanced it by re- 
 covering Salamis for the Athenian state ; and when made archon, 
 devoted himself to the task of framing a constitution for the city, 
 and a code of laws. Having completed his work, he left Athens, 
 and travelled in Asia Minor, Egypt, and other countries ; and 
 returning after 10 years, (when, according to the bond of the 
 citizens, the constitution was to be revised,) he found his laws as 
 good as overturned, and Peisistratus plotting to obtain the ty- 
 ranny. He soon left his native place again, and died in Cyprus, 
 in 559 B. c, aged about 80 years. 
 
 SO'LSTICE, s. [solstice, Fr. solstitium, from sol and sto, Lat.] in 
 Astronomy, is that time when the sun is at his greatest dis- 
 tance from the equator; thus called because he then appears to 
 stand still, and not to change his distance from the equator for 
 some time. The summer Solstice is when the sun enters Cancer, 
 on June 21, the longest day; the winter Solstice is when he 
 enters the first degree of Capricorn, on December 21, the short- 
 est day. 
 
 SOLSTI'TIAL, (solstisfiial) a. [solsticial, Fr.] belonging to the 
 solstice; happening at the solstice. 
 
 SO'LUBLE, a. [solubilis, from solvo, Lat.] capable of having 
 its parts separated or dissolved. 
 
 SOLUBI'LITY, s. capability of being separated or dissolved. 
 
 To SOLVE, V. a. [soko, Lat.] to clear or explain any thing 
 difficult. 
 
 SO'LVENCY, s. ability to pay. 
 
 SO'LVENT, a, having the power to cause dissolution ; able to 
 pay debts contracted. 
 
 SO'LVENT, s. in Chemistry, a menstruum ; that which has 
 the power of dissolving. 
 
 SOLU'TION, (solushon) s. [Fr. solutio, Lat.] the act of explain- 
 ing any thing difficult ; the act of separating or dissolving ; any 
 thing whose parts are separated or dissolved. In Mathematics, 
 the performance of what is required to be done in a problem. 
 
 SO'LWAY, the name of a large bay or frith, lying between 
 the counties of Cumberland, in England, and Kircudbright and 
 Dumfries, in Scotland, it is about 20 miles in leii^th, and in 
 breadth varies from 2 to 15 miles. The Esk and the Eden are the 
 principal rivers discharging themselves into it. It is famous 
 
SOM 
 
 for its salmon fisheries. Solway Moss lies near the mouth of the 
 Esk. 
 
 SOMATO'LOGY, s. [smna and logos, Gr.] the doctrine of 
 bodies. 
 
 SOME, (the in this word and its derivatives is pron. short,) 
 a. {saam, Belg.] used in composition after adjectives, implies 
 quality or property of any thing. 
 
 SOME, a. {som. Sax. and Dan. sum, Teut. sumo, Goth.] more 
 or less, used indeterminately ; certain persons ; one, or any. 
 
 SO'MEBODY, 8. a person ; a person of dignity. 
 
 SO'MEHOW, ad. one way or another ; I know not how. 
 
 SO'MERS, JOHN, LORD, a great lawyer and statesman of 
 the end of the 17th and beginning of the 18th centuries. He stu- 
 died at Oxford, and prepared for the bar in the Temple; and 
 acquired, both in his profession and in the walks of literature, 
 an early renown. He first obtained the attention which led 
 him to fame, at the trial of the seven bishops, on whose side he 
 was engaged. The Revolution of 1688, which he earnestly pro- 
 moted, opened to him the road to preferment, and he rapidly 
 rose to the chancellorship ; which eminence led to his impeach- 
 ment by the Commons, which was not prosecuted. In the union 
 of Scotland with England, he took a leading part; and held 
 office for a short time under Anne. He died in 1716, aged 66 
 years. His character has usually been drawn from the panegy- 
 rics of his party; but there seems to be no doubt that there was 
 good ground for the charges made by his opponents against him. 
 He was regarded as a steady patron by the brilliant men of 
 letters who illustrated the reign of Anne. 
 
 SO'MERSAULT, So'merset, s. [sommer and sault, Fr.] a leap 
 by which a person flings himself from or over a beam, and turns 
 over his head at the same time. 
 
 SO'MERSETSHIRE, a county of England, lying on the 
 Bristol Channel, and bounded by Gloucestershire, Wiltshire, 
 Dorsetshire, and Devonshire. Its length is about 6-5 miles, and 
 its breadth between 30 and 40. It is divided into 40 hundreds, 
 which contain 3 cities, 33 market towns, and 482 parishes. 
 The air, in the lower grounds, is universally mild, and generally 
 wholesome. It is hilly, and the Mendip chain has heights of 
 about 1000 feet. The principal rivers are the Parret, Ivel, Chew, 
 Axe, Thone, Brent, Exe, Frome, and Avon. Coal, and various 
 metals, with good building and other kinds of stone, are found 
 here. Corn, &c. are raised here; but cattle, sheep, cheese, &c. 
 are more abundantly produced. Manufactures of several kinds 
 are carried on in its towns, and some places have a great trade. 
 Taunton is the county town. Pop. 435,982. It sends 13 mem- 
 bers to parliament. 
 
 SO'MERTON, Somersetshire. It was formerly a considerable 
 place, from which the county took its name, and is at present 
 pretty large, and has a considerable trade in agricultural pro- 
 duce. It is 123 miles from London. Market, Tuesday. Pop. 1981. 
 
 SO'MERVILLE, WILLIAM, one of the minor poets of Eng- 
 land. He studied at Oxford, lived as a reputable country gen- 
 tleman on his paternal estate, and died in 1742, aged 50 years. 
 His chief poem, entitled the Chase, is yet read and admired. 
 
 SO'METHING, s. [sMm<fcn^, Sax.] more than nothing; apart; 
 more or less. — ad. in some degree. 
 
 SO'METIME, a(/. formerly ; once; at some period. 
 
 SO'METIMES, ad. now and then ; at particular times. 
 
 SO'MEWHAT, ad. in some degree.— s. something ; a part 
 greater or less. 
 
 SO'MEWHERE, ad. in some place or other. 
 
 SOMME, a department of France, lying on the English Chan- 
 nel, and bounded by the departments of Pas de Calais, Nord, 
 Aisne, Oise, and Seine Inferleure. It is 80 miles in length, and 
 45 in breadth. It is a flat district, and its rivers are the 
 Somme, (after which it is named,) and some of less note. 
 Building-stone is its only mineral product. Corn, fruits, and 
 cattle are tolerably abundant. Various manufactures of small 
 account are carried on in the towns. Amiens it its capital. Pop. 
 about 600,000. 
 
 SOMNA'MBULISM, s. [somnus and amhulo, Lat.] in Physio- 
 logy, the unconscious exercise of the active powers during 
 sleep. It is frequent in persons of a particular temperament, 
 and attends some diseases. It also signifies the particular state 
 of unconscious and preternatural activity of the mental powers, 
 which is one of the most remarkable features of Mesmerism ; 
 which see. 
 
 SOMNFFEROUS, a. \_somnus and/ero, Lat.] causing sleep; 
 soporific ; narcotic. 
 
 SO'MNOLENCY, s. [somnus, Lat.] sleepiness. 
 
 SON, {sun) s. [suna. Sax. sohn, Teut.] a male child ; a native. 
 
 SO'N-IN-LAW, s. a man married to one's daughter. 
 
 SONA'TA, s. [Ital.] in Music, a composition for instruments 
 only; in which, as in the cantata, the composer does not confine 
 himself to the general rules of counterpoint, but gives free scope 
 to his genius. 
 
 SONG, s. [gesunyen. Sax.] any words set to music ; a short 
 lyric poem, containing one principal thought, with various illus- 
 trations, &c., and especially subjective in its character; the 
 notes of birds ; poetry. An old song, is proverbial for a trifle. 
 Song of Solomon. See SoLOMON. 
 
 SO'NGSTER, s. a singer. 
 
 SO'NNET, s. [Fr.] a poem contained in fourteen lines, with 
 but five different rhymes, arranged in various ways by various 
 poets, complete in itself, and usually devoted to the expression 
 of the affections, or nobler passions. Also, generally, a small 
 poem. 
 
 SONNFNI, CHARLES NICOLAS SIGISBERT, DE MAN- 
 ONCOURT, an eminent French naturalist. He studied law, at 
 first, and afterwards embraced the military profession. He tra- 
 velled in Cayenne, Africa, the countries round the Levant, &c., 
 and aided Buffon with the results of his observations and re- 
 searches. At the Revolution he suffered greatly in his circum- 
 stances, and was afterwards, for a short time, in the college of 
 Vienne. He travelled at last in N. Turkey, and died in 1811, 
 aged 60 years. His works, recording his travels, hive yet some 
 interest for general, as well as scientific, readers. 
 
 SONORI'FIC, a. [sonorus and/ac2o, Lat.] giving or producing 
 sound. 
 
 SO'NOROUS, a. [sonore, Fr. sonorus, Lat.] loud sounding; 
 roaring; noisy; magnificent of sound. 
 
 SO'NOROUSNESS, s. the quality of giving sound. 
 
 SOOLOO' ISLANDS, a group, or chain, lying between the 
 island of Borneo and Mindanao in the Philippine Islands. 
 The larger islands are mountainous, and they are abundantly 
 fertile. Rice and other grain, drugs and dj'e-stuffs, timber, 
 spices, and fruits, are produced in plenty. Palawan is the 
 largest, but the island which gives its name to the group has the 
 capital, which is also called Sooloo. The trade is considerable. 
 Pop. about 150,000. 
 
 SOON, ad. [sotia. Sax. suns, Goth.] shortly after any assigned 
 time ; early, opposed to late ; readily. As soon as, at the very 
 time or instant. 
 
 SOOT, (silt) s. [sot, Sax.] carbonaceous particles, driven off by 
 the heat of combustion, and accumulated in chimneys, &c., along 
 which they are carried by the current of ascending air from the 
 fire. Common soot is used as a manure. <Sfee Lampblack. 
 
 SOOTH, s. [soth. Sax.] truth ; reality. 
 
 To SOOTH, Soothe, v. a. [gesothian. Sax.] to flatter ; to please 
 with blandishments; to soften; to mollify; to calm; to as- 
 suage; to alleviate; to gratify; to please. 
 
 To SOO'THSAY, v. n. to foretell ; to predict. 
 
 SOO'THSAYER, s. one who foretells future events ; a pre- 
 dicter ; a prognosticator. 
 
 SOO'TINESS, s. the quality of being sooty. 
 
 SOO'TY, a. consisting of, or daubed with, soot ; producing 
 soot; black; dark; dusky. 
 
 SOP, s. [Sax. sopa. Span, soppe, Belg.] bread steeped in li- 
 quor, &c. 
 
 SOPH, (s6f) s. a young student who has been two years at the 
 university. 
 
 SO'PHI, (s6fi) s. [Pers.] a title of the emperor of Persia, im- 
 plying wise, sage ; a philosopher. 
 
 SO'PHISM, (sbjkm) s. [sophismus, Lat. from sophia, Gr.] in 
 Logic, a proposition or argument, in appearance correct or con- 
 clusive, but in reality not so. 
 
 SO'PHIST, s. [sophistes, Gr.] one who uses sophisms. In the 
 History of Philosophy, a teacher of rhetoric ; but also, and 
 chiefly, a class of rhetorical teachers at Athens, and elsewhere, 
 who taught word-wisdom, and corrupted and perverted the pro- 
 fession and study of philosophy. It was against these men that 
 Socrates, Plato, and Aristotle contended. And it was the keen 
 wit of the first of those true philosophers, that, making the 
 wounds inflicted ou the credit of the Sophists more painful. 
 
SOR 
 
 roused them ag^ainst him, and perliaps helped, in great part, to 
 destroy him. The charges against Socrates in the Clouds of 
 Aristophanes, and on his trial, apply truly to the Sophists. 
 
 SOPHI'STICAL, (sofistikal) a. partaking of the nature of so- 
 phism ; fallaciously subtle; logically deceitful. 
 
 To SOFHI'STICATE, (sofutikate) v. a. Isophistiquer, Fr.] to 
 corrupt or adulterate. 
 
 SO'PHISTRY, {sofistry) s. fallacious ratiocination. 
 
 SO'PHOCLES, one of the most eminent dramatic writers of 
 Ancient Greece, who ranks next to jEschylus in genius, and 
 surpasses him as a theatrical poet. In his youth he led the 
 chorus who celebrated the victory at Salamis ; in his manhood 
 he was the colleague of Pericles and Thucydides in the war 
 against Samos ; and in old age was elected to the priesthood of a 
 native hero. These are almost the whole record of his life as a 
 citizen. Of his artist life it is recorded that he wrote above a 
 hundred plays ; with the first of which he bore away the prize 
 from his greater predecessor. Seven of his pieces are preserved ; 
 four of which were esteemed amongst the ancients as his greatest 
 works. In his CEdipiis Rex we have an example of an almost 
 modern plot. The (Edijms Coloneus is a piece of peculiar sweet- 
 ness and beauty. His Ekdra tells the tale of the murder of 
 Clytemnestra by Orestes, in a way that, for dramatic art, may 
 be well accounted superior to that of jEschylus in his Choe- 
 pborae ; and which makes Euripides, in his Electra, appear the 
 Kotzebue of the Greek theatre. He died in 406 b. c, aged 90 
 years. 
 
 SOPORI'FIC, Sopori'ferous, a. [sopor and /acib, or /ero, Lat.] 
 in Medicine, capable of procuring sleep. 
 
 SOPRA'NO, s. [lial.] in Music, the name by which the high- 
 est range of the human voice is distinguished. See Treble. 
 
 SORBO'NNE, the name of the celebrated theological college 
 which flourished at Paris, and gave laws to the world of divini- 
 ty, for so many ages. It was founded by Robert de Sorbonne 
 in 1252, and fell at the Revolution. 
 
 SO'RCERER, s. [sorcier, Fr.] a conjurer; a magician; an en- 
 chanter. 
 
 SO'RCERESS, s. a female magician ; an enchantress. 
 
 SO'RCERY, s. magic; enchantment; witchcraft ; conjura- 
 tion ; charms. 
 
 SORD, s, [from sward,'\ turf; grassy ground, 
 
 SORDES, s. [Lat.] foulness ; dregs. 
 
 SO'RDET, So'rdine, s. [sourdine, Fr. sordino, Ital.] a small 
 pipe put into the mouth of a trumpet, to change the key. 
 
 SO'RDID, a. [sordidus, Lat.] foul; gross; filthy; dirty; 
 mean; base; vile; covetous; niggardly. 
 
 SO'RDIDNESS, s. meanness ; nastiness. 
 
 SORE, s. [sar. Sax. saur, Dan.] the popular name for any cu- 
 taneous disease, or ulcer, extending over a small space. In Hunt- 
 ing, a fallow-deer, 4 years old. 
 
 SORE, a, painful when touched; easily vexed; afflictively 
 vehement. 
 
 SORE, ad. [soer, Belg.] with painful vehemence ; with great 
 reluctance or afflictive violence. 
 
 SO'RELY, ad. with a great degree of pain or distress ; with 
 vehemence dangerous or afflictive. 
 
 SO'RENESS, s. tenderness of a hurt. 
 
 SORI'TES, «. [Gr.] in Logic, a species of reasoning, in which 
 a great number of propositions are linked together; a series of 
 enthymems. 
 
 SO'RRAGE, s. the blades of green wheat or. barley. 
 
 SO'RRANCE, «. among farriers, any disease' in horses. 
 
 SO'RREL, s. iaorel, Fr.] in Botany, a genus of plants, allied 
 to the dock, which are remarkable for their agreeable acid taste. 
 In Hunting, a fallow-deer, 3 years old. Also, a colour among 
 horses. 
 
 SO'RRILY, at/, meanly ; wretchedly; despicably. 
 
 SO'RROW, (sSrro) s. [sorg, Dan.] uneasiness or grief arising 
 from some good lost ; sadness. 
 
 To SO'RROW, {s&rro) v. n, [sorgian. Sax. eaurgan, Goth.] to 
 grieve or be afflicted for the loss of some good. 
 
 SO'RROWFUL, {86rrdful) a. grieving for some good past; 
 mournful ; sad. 
 
 SCRRY, a. [sarig. Sax.] grieved for something past.— [«atw, 
 Isl.] vile, mean, paltry, worthless, vexatious. 
 
 SORT, s. [sorte, Fr.] a kind, species, or class ; a rank or degree ; 
 a degree of any quality. 
 
 SOU 
 
 To SORT, V. a. [sortior, Lat.] to separate into distinct species, 
 classes, ranks, or orders ; to conjoin or put together, followed by 
 with; to reduce to order from a State of confusion ; to choose; to 
 cull; to select.— ». ». to be joined with others of the same species, 
 followed by icith.—[sortir, Fr.] to terminate. 
 
 SO'RTILEGE, «. [Fr. from sors and lego, Lat.] a species of 
 divination performed by lots. 
 
 SO'RTMENT, s. the act of separating into distinct kinds ; a 
 parcel sorted or distributed. 
 
 SOSl'GENES, an Egyptian astronomer, of whom nothing more 
 is known, than that he aided Julius Caesar in the correction of 
 the calendar. He proposed to regard the year as consisting of 
 305^ days, and to keep the average year accurate by the inter- 
 calation of one day in 4 years. See Calendar, &c. 
 
 To SOSS, V. n. to sit lazily, or fall at once in a chair. 
 
 SOT, s. [Sax. Fr. and Belg.] a stupid person ; a blockhead ; a 
 dolt ; a person stupified by drinking. 
 
 SO'THEBY, WILLIAM, a poetical writer of the last gener- 
 ation. Early in life he entered the army, and travelled on the 
 continent, chiefly for improvement in his profession, which he 
 soon, however, renounced for the more peaceful and beneficial 
 pursuit of literature. The chief events of his life for many years 
 were now the publication of his various poems. He afterwards 
 resumed his travels, and visited Italy. After a life of great ac- 
 tivity and industry, he died in 1832, aged 73 years. Almost 
 the only one of his numerous works that keeps its place in the 
 world of letters, is his translation of Wieland's Oberon. 
 
 SO'TTISH, a. dull ; stupid; senseless. 
 
 SO'VEREIGN, (sderen) a. [souverain, Fr.] supreme, or having 
 no superior in power ; supremely efficacious. 
 
 SO'VEREIGN, {s6vren) s. a supreme ruler. Also the name of 
 an English coin. 
 
 SO'VEREIGNTY, (sdvrenty) s. [souverainefe, Fr.} supremacy; 
 
 highest place, power, or excellence. 
 SOUFFLO T, JACQUES 
 
 ;S GERMAIN, an eminent French ar- 
 chitect. He studied at Rome, and afterwards travelled to in- 
 crease his acquaintance with the great works of art in Italy, and 
 other countries. On his return, he settled at Lyons, and acquired 
 such renown as to be engaged in rebuilding the church of St. 
 Genevieve, at Paris, which is his greatest work. He died in 
 1780, aged 67 years. 
 
 SOUGH, (suf) s. [sous, Fr.] a drain under ground. 
 
 SOUGHT, (saut) the preter. and past part, of To Seek. 
 
 SOUL, (sol) s. [sawel. Sax. sael, Dan. saul, Isl. siel, Belg.] po- 
 pularly, the mind of man, the human spirit ; but sometimes, in 
 the New Testament, and older divines, the inferior powers 
 of man's mind, the sensual understanding. See Mind, Under- 
 standing, Reason, Spirit, &c. Generally, also, a vital and 
 active principle; spirit or essence; inward power; a person; 
 spirit; fire; grandeur of mind. 
 
 SOUND, a. [sund. Sax.] healthy; not morbid; not hurt; 
 hearty ; right, applied to knowledge ; stout, strong ; fast or 
 profound, applied to sleep. 
 
 SOUND, ». [son, Fr. sonus, Lat.] in Acoustics, a peculiar vibra- 
 tory motion in the particles of the atmosphere, perceived by the 
 mind through the organ of hearing. A noise ; a musical note, 
 — [sund. Sax.] in Surgery, a probe used to examine wounds, &c., 
 which are too small for the admission of the finger. A shallow 
 sea which may be sounded, it is especially used to designate the 
 narrow Strait at the entrance to the Baltic, between Sweden and 
 the island of Zealand, commanded by the strong fort called 
 Elsinore, where foreign trading-ships pay a toll to the Danes. 
 
 To SOUND, V. a. to search with a plummet ; to try or exa- 
 mine ; to cause to make a noise ; to play on ; to betoken or 
 direct by a sound ; to celebrate by sound.— ». n. to make a noise ; 
 to excite an idea by likeness of sound ; to try with the sounding 
 
 SOU'NDING, s. in Marine Surveying, Sec, the depth of the 
 water, over banks, in channels and roadsteads, in rivers, &c. 
 &c., ascertained by the lead and line, and laid down for the as- 
 sistance of pilots and sea-captains. 
 
 SOU'NDING-BOARD, an apparatus formeriy placed over 
 pulpits, to reflect the sound downwards, now disused, generally, 
 from greater attention being paid to the construction of buildings 
 for public speaking, &c. 
 
 SOU'NDLY.arf. heartily; rightly; fast, applied to sleep. 
 
 SOU'NDNESS, s. health ; truth ; solidity ; strength. 
 
 807 
 
SOD 
 
 SOUP, (soop) s. [soupe, Fr.] in Cookery, rich broth of beef, 
 veal, turtle, &c. &c., delicately flavoured with spices, herbs, 
 &c. 
 
 SOUR, a. [sur, Brit, and Sax.] acid ; sharp to the taste ; aus- 
 tere; pungent; peevish, or crabbed of temper ; morose; severe; 
 painful or disagreeable ; expressive of dislike, applied to the 
 countenance. — s. an acid substance. 
 
 To SOUR, V. a. to make sharp to the taste; to make harsh ; 
 to make uneasy, or less pleasing. — v. n. to turn so as to taste 
 sharp ; to grow peevish. 
 
 SOURCE, (s6r«e) «. [Fr.] a spring ; an original; first cause; a 
 first producer. 
 
 SOU'RNESS, s. acidity ; austereness of taste or temper. 
 
 SOUSE, «. [soute, Belg.] pickle made of salt; any thing par- 
 boiled and kept in salt ; pickle. 
 
 To SOUSE, V. a. to parboil and preserve in salt pickle ; to 
 throw into the water ; to strike with sudden violence.— ». n. to 
 dart like a bird on its prey. 
 
 SOUTH, a. meridional; southern. 
 
 SOUTH, s. [_suth. Sax. smjd, Belg. sud, Fr.] that point of the 
 heavens diametrically opposite to the north; the wind which 
 blows from the south. — ad. towards or from the south. South- 
 east is the point between the E. and S. 
 
 SOUTH, ROBERT, the famous preacher of the latter part of 
 the 17th century. He studied at Westminster and Oxford, and 
 maintained his royalism and episcopalianism during the Protec- 
 torate, albeit that he congratulated Oliver on his victories over 
 the Dutch. He made himself a name at the Restoration, and 
 took his ground in almost his first public sermon. Clarendon 
 made him his chaplain, and his son took him in the same ca- 
 pacity with him on an embassy to Poland. With the inevit- 
 able Revolution of 1688 he did not contend ; but he engaged in a 
 controversy on the ever-vexed question of the Trinity, with Dr. 
 Sherlock, in conducting which he used all his redoubtable wit, 
 which had made him so terrible in his criticisms on Jeremy Tay- 
 lor's style, and his implacable opposition to the Nonconformists. 
 He died in 1716, aged 83 years. He wrote other pieces beside 
 his Sermons, but it is on these that his enduring fame rests. He 
 is not above his age in many points ; but in solid sense, vigorous 
 and compact expression, vivacious fancy, and wit that seems 
 strangely out of place in such compositions, yet stamps them as 
 honestly his own, he stands pre-eminent. His ceaseless attacks 
 on the beaten and persecuted Puritans had not much magna- 
 nimity, nor do they display the least apprehension of the ques- 
 tion at issue with them, or the least intention to be guilty of the 
 weakness of argument. Instead of attempting the slow and 
 sure method of sapping and mining the defences of his oppo- 
 nents, he dashes against them under cover of a pitiless fire of 
 Hudibrastic wit. It was very annoying at the time, and it 
 seemed to sweep all before it; but it wrought no injury; and 
 now the descendants and followers of the Puritans are amongst 
 the heartiest admirers of the intellectual powers of their untir- 
 ing foe. 
 
 SOUTHA'MPTON, Hampshire. It is pleasantly situated on 
 a fine inlet of the sea, called Trissanton Bay, or Southampton 
 Water, which is navigable almost to the head for vessels of consi- 
 derable burden ; and the two principal rivers that flow into it 
 (the Itchen and the Test or Tese) admit small crafts some way 
 up the country. The town is situated between these two rivers. 
 It is a handsome place, with some fine public buildings, and a 
 considerable trade. Ship-building, and the manufacture of sails, 
 cordage, &c. are also carried on. It is a place of some resort for 
 sea-bathing. It is 75 miles from London. Markets, Tuesday, 
 Thursday, and Saturday. Pop. 27,744. 
 
 SOU'THCOTT, JOANNA, an ignorant and self-deluded wo- 
 man, who succeeded in inspiring great numbers of people, more 
 ignorant than herself, that she was the woman spoken of in the 
 12th chapter of the Book of Revelation ; and in her dropsical 
 condition, believed herself, and made others believe her, about 
 to be the mother of the long-expected Shiloh. She was unwise 
 enough to fix the time for the birth ; but even the failure of that 
 did not undeceive her followers. And her death, which occurred 
 not long after that disappointment, made for a tirfre but little 
 impression on their numbers. It happened in 1814, when she 
 was about 64 years of age. For more than 30 years, some of her 
 disciples have waited in confident hope of her resurrection, and 
 yet being the Virgin Mother of Blessing for the World. 
 
 SOU 
 
 SOU'THERLY, a. lying towards the south ; not absolutely 
 southern. 
 
 SOU'THERN, a. lying towards the south ; coming from the 
 south ; belonging to the south. 
 
 SOU'THERNWOOD, s. in Botany, a well-known kind of 
 plants, of which the common wormwood is a species. 
 
 SOU'THEY, DR. ROBERT, the late poet-laureate, and one 
 of the most indefatigable students and writers that has in mo- 
 dern times adorned the world of letters. He studied at Oxford, 
 and embracing with all the untried ardour of youth the hopes 
 awakened at the outburst of the French Revolution, joined with 
 Coleridge and a friend named Lovell, he projected the often- 
 ridiculed scheme of a Pantisocracy. Want of money, and mar- 
 riage, recalled him to the real world, and he went to Portugal 
 with his uncle, who was English chaplain at Lisbon. He re- 
 turned there after a visit to England ; and when he finally left 
 Lisbon, engaged himself as secretary to a member of government 
 at Dublin. Finally, he settled near Keswick in Cumberland, in 
 the neighbourhood of Wordsworth and Coleridge, and there he 
 resided till his death. In the latter part of his life he fell into a 
 state of imbecility, and died in 1843, aged 69 years. His writ- 
 ings are exceedingly numerous, and embrace a vast diversity of 
 subjects. His poetry, though it does not place him amongst the 
 first ranks of the choir of the Muses, is rich in imagination, and 
 characterized by a chaste splendour of diction, that will not let 
 it die. Beside his own poetry, he edited the works of other 
 bards, of earlier and of later date ; and Kirke White's poems, and 
 the pieces of an interesting young lady of America, Lucretia Da- 
 vidson, owe no small share of attention to his efforts. ' In biogra- 
 phy he excelled, and few productions of this kind are more deeply 
 interesting than his Lives of Cowper, Bunyan, Wesley, Nehon, &c. 
 His History of Brazil, and that of the Peninsular War, display all 
 the research and discrimination that become an historian. As an 
 essayist he holds a prominent station. His contributions to the 
 Quarterly Review are amongst the best of that accumulation of 
 works of scholarship and genius. And his Colloquies on Society, 
 and especially the Doctor, deserve to be particularly mentioned. 
 In addition to all this literary industry, he was a most prolific 
 letter-writer; and such as have been published in various me- 
 moirs, show the ease and gracefulness that render such com- 
 positions peculiarly charming. It becomes readers to observe, 
 however, in all his works, that whether from profound convic- 
 tion, or from a desire to show that he had thoroughly forsaken 
 his early speculations in religion and politics, he always insists 
 with too much eagerness on his own view of our "Constitution 
 in Church and State;" and, in his biographies especially, laid 
 himself open to the kindly severe criticism of his old friend 
 and admirer Coleridge, whose MS. notes, as far as published, 
 afford a full counterpoise to the laureate's mistaken enthu- 
 siasm. 
 
 SOU'THING, s. in Astronomy, applied to the moon, stars, or 
 planets, when they are in the meridian, or due south. 
 
 SOUTH SEA, the name by which the S. Pacific Ocean is com- 
 monly designated. The S. Sea Bubble was a financial scheme of 
 the Earl of Oxford in Anne's reign, which, in the face of every 
 obstacle of treaty, war, delay, failure, nevertheless, like Law's 
 Mississippi scheme, throve so that it rose at last in price to 1000 
 per cent., and then suddenly and irretrievably fell. The history 
 of the ten first years of its existence is an infamy. There was a 
 feeble activity communicated to it subsequently, but the whole 
 affair is now swept away. 
 
 SOU'THWARI), ad. towards the south. 
 
 SOU'THWARK, Surrey. It now forms part of the metropolis, 
 being seated on the opposite side of the Thames, and connected 
 with it by three bridges. Amongst the fine buildings which 
 adorn it, may be enumerated St. Saviour's church, and several of 
 the other churches, the S. E. railway terminus, the hospitals, 
 schools, &c. &c. It is characterized by the same diversity and 
 extent of manufacturing industry as London is, and shares its 
 universal trade. Pop. (of the original six parishes) 98,648. 
 Southwark Holy Trinity, or Newington, pop. 19,064. 
 
 SOUTHWELL, RO'BERT, a Jesuit priest and poet of the 
 latter part of the 16th century. He studied at Rome, and was 
 sent, with others, to England, to attempt the recovery of the 
 country to the Roman Church in Elizabeth's reign. He was a 
 victim to his zeal, being executed, under the severe laws then in 
 force, in 1595, aged 35 years. His hymns have not lacked ad- 
 
SPA 
 
 mirers, although not marked by any particularexcellence. He 
 wrote other works also, but they are not much known now. 
 
 SOUTHWE'ST, s. the point between the S. and W. 
 
 SOUTH WOLD, Suffolk. It is seated on a pleasant cliff over- 
 looking &&6ay, and has a harbour to the S., with the river Blythe, 
 which is, however, accessible only by very small vessels. Its 
 only manufacture is salt, and it is supported chiefly by visitors 
 in the bathing season, and by the usual fisheries of the coast. It 
 is 104 miles from London. Market, Thursday. Pop. 2180. 
 
 SOW, (the ow is pron. as in now,) s. a female pig or hog. An 
 oblong mass, applied to metals. See Pig. 
 
 To SOW, (so) V. a. past part, sotcn ; [sawan, Sax.] to scatter 
 seed on the ground for growth. Figuratively, to spread or pro- 
 pagate; to besprinkle. 
 
 SO'WER, s. a scatterer of seed ; a promoter; a breeder. 
 
 To SOWL, f. a. to pull by the ears. 
 
 SOWN, (son) participle of To Sow. 
 
 SOWTHISTLE, s. in Botany, a common well-known English 
 plant, whose succulent leaves and stem make it greedily sought 
 for by most herbivorous animals. 
 
 SOY, s. in Cookery, a kind of Indian sauce, made from a kind 
 of bean. That sold in England is, of course, only an imitation 
 of it. 
 
 SOZO'MENUS, HERMIAS, an ecclesiastical historian of the 
 5th century. He was a barrister of Constantinople, and his 
 work is less valuable than that of Socrates, yet it supplies some 
 deficiencies. His history extends from the year 324 to 439 a. d. 
 
 SPA, a town of Liege, in Belgium. It stands in a beautiful 
 valley, on a small stream; and is famous throughout Europe 
 for its mineral springs, to all which it has given its own name. 
 Pop. about 3500. Lat. 50. 32. N. Long. 5. 50. E. 
 
 SPACE, s. [spatium, Lat.] the distance between any two bodies 
 or points; quantity, applied to time; the interval between any 
 two lines of the musical staff. Space and Time, in Philosophy, 
 are the two universal forms of the understanding, under which it 
 regards all perceptions derived from the senses. The under- 
 standing does not contradict, but it cannot conceive, the infinity 
 of space and time. It is, however, by considering them as fun- 
 damental laws of perception, that our great perplexity respect- 
 ing eternity (which is commonly represented as infinite duration) 
 is avoided. 
 
 SPA'CIOUS, (spdshious) a. Ispaeieux, Fr. spatiosus, Lat.] wide ; 
 containing a great deal of room or space. 
 
 SPA'CIOUSNESS, s. roominess ; wide extension. 
 
 SPADE, s. Ispad, Sax.] a broad shovel used in digging. In 
 Hunting, a deer three years old. In Gaming, one of the four 
 suits in a pack of cards; originally representing lance-heads, or 
 swords. 
 
 SPADI'LLE, s. [Fr.] in Gaming, the ace of spades. 
 
 SPA'GYKIST, s. [spaher. Tent.] a chemist, or rather alche- 
 mist, in old works on science. 
 
 SPAIN, a large kingdom of Europe, occupying all the penin- 
 sula that forms the most westerly part of that continent, ex- 
 cepting the small strip lying on the Atlantic, called Portugal. 
 It is divided from France by the Pyrenees. In its general form 
 it is almost square, being about 550 miles in each direction. It 
 is traversed by several mountain ranges, the chief of which runs 
 parallel to its N. coast, and attains its greatest elevation with 
 the name of Pyrenees, many of its heights exceeding 10,000 
 feet. In the centre are two chains, with table land between 
 them, the most frequent height of the mountains being about 
 4500 feet, (though several peaks exceed this, and one reaches 
 even 10,000 feet in elevation,) and of the plains intervening, 
 2500 feet. In the S. part are the three ranges, or Sierras Nevada, 
 Morena, and de Toledo, whose usual height is about 5000 feet, 
 but in which some points exceed 11,000 feet. The direction of 
 all these chains is N. E. and S. W. There is a fine range of sea 
 coast, diversified by Capes Finisterre, Ortegal, de Gata, Palos, 
 Martin, and Gibraltar. Its rivers are the Ebro, the Douro, the 
 Tagus, the Guadiana, and the Guadalquivir. Silver, copper, iron, 
 lead, quicksilver, and other metals are found here, with every 
 variety of stone used in building, &c. The general fertility of 
 the soil and excellence of the climate are shown by the variety 
 of its products ; which are grain and fruits of all kinds, ex- 
 cellent wine, timber, &c. &c., whilst its pastures afford food to 
 superior breeds of horses, mules, cattle, sheep, &c. &c. But 
 agriculture is very far from flourishing here. Its manufactures 
 
 and trade are in the same state of decay and depression as its 
 agriculture. And it is a remarkable fact, and deserving of the 
 close attention of philosophers and historians, that this coun- 
 try, whose people have ever possessed the same general cha- 
 racters as now, should have fallen to its present abject state, 
 from having been one of the foremost states of Europe in learn- 
 ing and ingenuity, and the very foremost in commercial enter- 
 prise. Its whole history, from the very earliest mention of it, is 
 full of lessons of highest import to all nations and to all men. 
 Madrid is its capital. Pop. about 12,250,000. Cuba, Porto 
 Rico, and the Philippine Islands are almost its only colonial 
 possessions at this time. 
 
 SPA'LDING, Lincolnshire. From its neatness and the canals 
 in the streets it resembles a Dutch town; and vessels of 50 or 
 60 tons, carrying coals, corn, &c., come up here with the tide. 
 It is surrounded by gardens, and much hemp and flax is grown 
 in the neighbourhood. It is seated on the river Welland, 100 
 miles from London. Market, Tuesdaj". Pop. 7778. 
 
 SPALLANZA'NI, LAZARUS, an eminent Italian naturalist 
 of the last century. He studied at Reggio and Bologna ; and 
 obtained such reputation for learning that he soon received the 
 appointment of Greek professor at the former college. He after- 
 wards accepted a chair at Modena ; and when his studies in 
 natural history had rendered his name illustrious in that branch 
 of science, he became professor of natural history at Pavia. In 
 addition to the duties of his professorship and the care of the 
 museum, he travelled in Switzerland, and the countries and is- 
 lands of the Levant, &c., and published many works respecting 
 his studies and his travels. He died in 1799, aged 70 years. 
 His numerous works contain much that is valuable to the stu- 
 dents of his favourite science. 
 
 SPALT, Spelt, s. a flux used with metals. 
 
 SPAN, s. [Sax. and Belg. spanna, Ital.] the space measured 
 from the end of the thumb to that of the little finger extended ; 
 nine inches ; any short duration. 
 
 To SPAN, V. a. to measure by the hand extended. 
 
 SPAN, preter. of To Spin. 
 
 SPANG, s. [spange, Teut.] a cluster of shining bodies. 
 
 SPA'NGLE, (spdngl) s. a small thin plate or boss of shining 
 metal ; any thing sparkling or shining. 
 
 To SPA'NGLE, (spdngl) V. a. to besprinkle with spangles. 
 
 SPA'NHEIM, EZEKIEL, a jurist and statesman of the latter 
 part of the 17th century. He early acquired considerable re- 
 nown for his learning, and entered the service of the Elector 
 Palatine, first as tutor to his son, and afterwards as diplomatist. 
 In this latter vocation he visited, at various times, most of the 
 states of Italy, several German congresses, and England. He 
 was next engaged by the elector of Brandenburg, as ambassador 
 at Paris, at the treaty of Ryswick, and at the English court. 
 He died in 1710, aged 81 years. His works are numerous, and 
 the most valuable are on numismatics. 
 
 SPANIEL, s. [espagneul, Fr.] in Zoology, a kind of dog used for 
 sport in the field or in water, remarkable for its sagacity and 
 tractableness. Figuratively, a servile person. 
 
 SPA'NISH FLIES, s. See Canthariues. 
 
 SPAR, s. in Mineralogy, the popular name foracluster of crys- 
 tals of any kind, and especially for the crystals of carbonate 
 of lime. A small beam, or bar of a gate. 
 
 To SPAR, V. a. [sparran. Sax.] to shut close or bar. — ». n. to 
 fight so as to ward off blows. 
 
 SPA'RABLES, s. {sparran. Sax.] small nails. 
 
 To SPARE, V. a. [sparan. Sax. spaeren, Belg.] to use in a fru- 
 gal manner, so as to avoid waste and profusion ; to save from 
 any particular use ; to do without ; to omit ; to forbear ; to remit 
 a degree of punishment ; to show mercy ; to grant or allow ; to 
 forbear to impose on.— v. n. to live frugally ; to forbear ; to for- 
 give. 
 
 SPARE, o. scanty; superfluous; thin of flesh. 
 
 SPARGEFA'CTION, s. [sparyo, Lat.] the act of sprinkling. 
 
 SPA'RING, a. scarce ; parsimonious ; not liberal. 
 
 SPARK, s. [spearca, Sax. sparke, Belg.] a small particle of fire. 
 Figuratively, a lively, showy, and gay person ; a lover. 
 
 SPA'RKISH, a. airy ; showy; fine. 
 
 SPA'RKLE, {spdrkl) s. a small particle of fire; a scintillation. 
 
 To SPA'RKLE, (spdrkl) v. n. to emit sparks of light or fire ; to 
 shine or glitter. 
 
 SPA'RRMANN, ANDREW, an eminent naturalist of Sweden, 
 5 1. 809 
 
SPE 
 
 wlio, after a voyage to China, studied under Linneeus at Upsal, 
 and then renewed his travels. At the Cape of" Good Hope he 
 joined Captain Cook, and after his circumnavigation, returned 
 to the Cape. He attempted a journey into the interior of W. 
 Africa later in his hfe, and died in 1820, aged 73 years. His 
 chief works are the records of his manifold and interesting 
 travels. 
 
 SPA'RROW, s. [speartco, Sax.] in Ornithology, a familiar bird, 
 which seems to be found chiefly near the abodes of civilized 
 man. It has undeservedly among agriculturists obtained a bad 
 name, as destructive to corn, and fruit, and all things; but the 
 number of insects that it destroys far more than compensates 
 for any occasional damage done to crops. 
 
 SPA'RROWHAWK, s. in Ornithology, a small bluish kind of 
 hawk. 
 
 SPA'RTA, in Ancient Greece, the chief city of the country of 
 Laconia, standing on the Eurotas, the seat of the Lacedaemonian 
 or Spartan state. A few relics of its ancient buildings yet remain. 
 
 SFA'RTACUS, a Thracian captive, who was kept as a gladia- 
 tor at Rome. He headed (with two others) a revolt of numbers 
 of men, placed in the same degraded position ; and after defeat- 
 ing the Roman forces sent against them, gathering together a 
 numerous army from amongst the rural population, which was 
 discontented with the state of affairs, performed prodigies of 
 valour, but was at length routed and slain, in 71 b. c. 
 
 SPA'RTANS, the most conspicuous and celebrated branch of 
 the Dorian race, in ancient Greece. In the Lacedaemonian state 
 they were the only free citizens, (the PentECj" having personal, but 
 not political, freedom, and the Helots having neither,) and they 
 formed, in fact, a close aristocracy. The constitution of Sparta 
 was traditionally ascribed to Lycurgus, and was maintained with 
 the most rigid conservatism. Its tendency was to inspire every 
 member of the oligarchy with the most undaunted and unscru- 
 pulous spirit of military hardihood and subordination. The 
 women were partakers of this feeling ; — " Return with it, or upon 
 it!" — the Spartan mother's farewell to her son, before the wars, 
 embodies the spirit of the entire state. Literature, and effemi- 
 nating luxury, they alike eschewed. Breviloquence they affect- 
 ed to a proverb. As in Venice in the middle ages, and in Eng- 
 land now, the royal office was almost nominal ; the ephors (a 
 sort of council of state) wielded the sovereign power. 1 he pub- 
 lic morals were formed by the laws ; and they, too, were all sub- 
 ordinate to the idea of the state : female purity itself was trained 
 so as to become a merely political virtue. The relation of the 
 Spartans to the Periceci and Helots has been well illustrated by 
 the state of this country after the Norman invasion, when the 
 conquering race formed a wide and closely-guarded aristocracy, 
 and the old inhabitants were either serfs, or else prisoners on 
 parole, as hostages to the security of the conquerors. 
 
 SPASM, s. [spasma, from spao, Gr. spasme, Fr.] in Medicine, 
 a convulsive and painful contraction of any part. 
 
 SPASMO'DIC, a. Ispasmodique, Fr.] convulsive. 
 
 SPAT, prefer, of To Spit. 
 
 To SPA'TTER, v. a. [spattan, Sax.] to besprinkle with dirt or 
 any thing ofl[ensive ; to defame. — v. n. to make a noise in spitting. 
 
 SPA'TTERDASHES, s. coverings for the legs to keep out 
 wet, and buttoned at the sides. 
 
 SPA'TULA, s. Isjyathula, Lat.] an instrument used by apothe- 
 caries in spreading plaisters and stirring medicines. 
 
 SPA'VIN, s. [spavano, Ital.] in Farriery, a bony excrescence 
 growing on the inside of u horse's hough, not far from the elbow, 
 which is first as tender as gristle, but grows hard by degrees. 
 
 To SPAWL, V. n. [spcsthan, Sax.] to throw moisture out of the 
 mouth ; to spit. 
 
 SPAWL, s. [spatl, Sax.] spittle or moisture thrown out of the 
 mouth. 
 
 SPAWN,- s. [spene, or spenne, Belg.] the eggs of fish or frogs; 
 the seed of mushrooms. Figuratively and contemptuously, any 
 
 tispring. 
 ToSP^ 
 
 To SPAWN, V. a. to produce as fishes do their eggs ; to bring 
 forth. 
 
 To SPAY, V. a. [spado, Lat.] to render a female beast unfit for 
 procreation. 
 
 To SPEAK, (speek) v. n. preter. spake or spoke, past part. 
 spoken; [specan. Sax.] to utter or express one's thoughts by arti- 
 culate sounds or words ; to defend or accuse, used with for or 
 against; to harangue; to give sound, applied to wind instru- 
 810 
 
 SPE 
 
 ments; to address, or converse with, followed by with. — v. a. to 
 utter by the voice ; to pronounce ; to proclaim or celebrate ; to 
 address or accost. 
 
 SPE'AKER, (speeker) s. one who speaks. Speaker of the House 
 of Commons, is a member chosen by the House, and approved by 
 the king ; and who is the chairman or moderator of the assembly. 
 Speaker of the House of Peers, is usually the lord chancellor, or lord 
 keeper of the great seal of England. 
 
 SPE'AKING-TRUMPET, s. an instrument, shaped somewhat 
 like a trumpet, used on board ships, to make the voice heard at a 
 greater distance than it could be unaided by art. 
 
 SPE'AR, {spieer) s. [spere, Sax. and Belg.] a military weapon, 
 consisting of a long, light, but strong pole, armed with a sharp 
 point of metal ; a lance ; a lance with prongs to kill fish. 
 
 SPE'ARMINT, «. in Botany, a species of mint. 
 
 SPE'ARWORT, 8. in Botany, the name of two species of 
 crowfoot. 
 
 SPE'CIAL, (speshial) a. [Fr. specialis, from species, Lat.] noting 
 a sort or species; particular; peculiar; extraordinary; uncom- 
 mon; designed for a particular purpose; chief in excellence. In 
 Law, it denotes that matter in evidence which is alleged special- 
 ly, or does not come into the general issue. 
 
 SPECIA'LITY, Spe'cialty, {specidlity, speshialty) s. [specialitS, 
 Fr.] particularity. It is also used in Law, for a bond, bill, or 
 other deed or instrument, executed under the hand and seal of 
 the parties thereto. 
 
 SPE'CIES, (speshiez) s. [Lat.] a sort ; a subdivision of a genus ; 
 a class or single order of beings; common nature belonging to 
 many individuals, thus, man includes Ccesar, Shakspeare, Luther, 
 &cc. In Natural History, a collection of individual animals or 
 plants, agreeing in all essential peculiarities, and capable of 
 transmitting those peculiarities and no others to their offspring. 
 See Hybrid. 
 
 SPECl'FIC, Speci'ficai., a. [specifique, Fr.] in Philosophy, is 
 that which is peculiar to any thing, and distinguishes it from all 
 others. In Medicine, applied to any article of the Materia Me- 
 dica, which acts invariably as a remedy for any particular disease. 
 Specific Gravity, is the weight of any substance compared with 
 the' weight of any other, in quantities of the same bulk or solid 
 dimensions. 
 
 SPECI'FICALLY, ad.' in such a manner as to constitut* a 
 species ; according to the nature of the species. 
 
 To SPECI'FICATE, v. a. to distinguish by the properties 
 which make a thing to be of a particular species, or adapted to 
 a particular purpose. 
 
 SPECIFICA'TION, s. [Fr.] distinct notation ; determination 
 by a peculiar mark ; a particular mention. 
 
 To SPE'CIFY, V. a. {specifier, Fr.] to mention ; to distinguish 
 by some particular mark or difference. 
 
 SPE'CIMEN, s. [Lat.] a sample; a pattern; model; essay; 
 trial ; proof. 
 
 SPE'CIOUS, {speshious) a. [speciosus, from specio, Lat.] showy, 
 or pleasing to the view ; plausible, but not strictly right. 
 
 SPECK, s. [specec. Sax.] a stain, spot, or discoloration. 
 
 To SPECK, V. a. to spot ; to stain ; to blot. 
 
 SPE'CKLE, (speckl) s. a little spot ; a small speck. 
 
 To SPE'CKLE, {speckl) v. a. to mark with small spots. 
 
 SPE'CTACLE, s. [specto, Lat.] any thing that attracts the 
 sight by its being remarkable ; a show ; a gazing-stock ; an ob- 
 ject of sight. 
 
 SPE'CTACLES, s. concave or convex lenses, so fitted up as 
 to be worn by persons needing the aid of such glasses to remedy 
 defective vision. 
 
 SPECTA'TOR, s. [Lat.] a looker-on ; a beholder. 
 
 SPE'CTRE, {spekter) s. [Fr. spectrum, Lat.] an apparition; 
 phantom ; ghost ; vision. 
 
 SPE'CTRUM, s. [Lat.] in Optics, the prismatic appearance 
 produced by the refraction of a beam of light through a triangu- 
 lar prism. When the beam is admitted into a dark room through 
 a round hole in a shutter, the spectrum assumes an elongated 
 form, and the various colours are well exhibited. Sir Isaac 
 Newton first showed that the spectrum was an analysis of white 
 solar light. See Light, Colours, Optics, &c. 
 
 SPE'CULAR, a. [specularis, Lat.] having the qualities of a 
 mirror or looking-glass. 
 
 To SPE'CULATE, v. n. [specuhr, Lat.] to meditate; to con- 
 template ; to gamble on an extensive scale, in trade, funds, rail- 
 
SPE 
 
 ways, building, &c. ; to consider attentively ; to revolve or con- 
 trive in the mind. 
 
 SPECULA'TION, s. [Fr.] the act of contemplating any thing 
 in the mind ; contemplation ; meditation ; a respectable kind 
 of gambling, largely practised in the stock and share markets, &c. 
 SPE'CULATIVE, a. [speculatif, Fr.] contemplative ; theoreti- 
 cal ; ideal ; not practical ; notional. 
 
 SPECULUM, «. [Lat.] a looking-glass ; a mirror for a tele- 
 scope. 
 
 SPED, past part, of To Speed. 
 
 SPEECH, s. \spee.ce. Sax.] the power of expressing our thoughts 
 or ideas by audible words; words, or language ; talk; harangue, 
 or oration. 
 
 SPEE'CHLESS, o. route; dumb; deprived of the power of 
 speech. 
 
 To SPEED, V. n. pret. and past part, sped and speeded; [spoe- 
 den, Belg.] to make haste ; to move quick or fast ; to succeed ; 
 to grow rich ; to fare well or ill. — v. a. to despatch or finish in 
 haste; to hasten ; to promote, quicken, or assist ; to make pros- 
 perous. 
 
 SPEED, s. [spoed, Belg.] quickness ; haste ; celerity ; de- 
 spatch ; the course or pace of a horse; success. 
 
 SPEED, JOHN, a renowned chronicler of English history, of 
 the end of the 16th and beginning of the 17th centuries. He 
 was a London tradesman, and amused himself with collecting 
 historical, antiquarian, and topographical facts ; which in later 
 life he published under the titles of The Theatre of the Umpire of 
 Great Britain, The History of Great Britain, &c. He died in 1629, 
 aged 74 years. 
 
 SPEE'DILY, ad. with haste ; quickly. 
 
 SPEE'DWELL, s. in Botany, a large genus of English wild 
 flowers, of which the germander speedwell, or bird's-eye, is well 
 known. 
 
 SPEETiY, a. quick ; nimble ; swift. 
 
 SPELL, s. {spel. Sax.] a charm consisting of some peculiar 
 words of occult power ; a turn of work. 
 
 To SPELL, V. a. preter. and past part, spelled or spelt; [spellen, 
 Sax.] to write words with their proper letters ; to name the se- 
 veral letters of which a word is composed, and utter every syl- 
 lable separately; to charm; to hint one's wish for any thing, 
 with for; to form words of letters; to read; to pronounce the 
 syllables of a word separately, by naming the letters which com- 
 pose them, without pronouncing the whole word at once. 
 
 SPE'LMAN, SIR HENRY, aneminent antiquary, of the reigns 
 of Elizabeth and the first Stuart kings. He studied at Cam- 
 bridge and Lincoln's Inn ; but instead of practising law, led the 
 life of a country gentleman and schoiar, engaging in but few 
 public matters. He was knighted by Charles I., and died in 
 1641, aged 79 years. His works relate chiefly to ecclesiastical 
 antiquities, and Norfolk topography, excepting his Glossary, 
 which is yet of some value. 
 
 SPELTER, s. See Zinc. 
 
 SPENCE, JOSEPH, a critic of the last century, was educated 
 at Oxford, and became a clergyman, being made eventually a 
 prebendary at Durham. He travelled twice on the Continent, 
 with young noblemen ; and held a professor's chair at Oxford. 
 He died in 1768, aged 70 years. His chief work is entitled 
 Polymetis, in which he attempted to illustrate the works of the 
 Roman poets by the remains of ancient artists. 
 
 SPE'NCER, s. an over-dress, in form resembling a short jack- 
 et, worn lately by both sexes. 
 
 To SPEND, V. a. Ispendan, Sax. spendere, Ital.] to consume or 
 layout; to squander; to expend; to bestow as expense ; to waste, 
 wear out, or exhaust ; to pass; to employ; to fatigue. — v. n. to 
 make expense ; to be lost or wasted ; to be employed in any use. 
 
 SPE'NDTHRIFT, s. one that is profuse in his expenses; a 
 lavisher ; a prodigal ; a waster. 
 
 SPE'NSER, EDMUND, one of our great English poets, who 
 adorned Elizabeth's reign. He studied at Cambridge, and re- 
 sided first with some relations in the N. of England. Sub- 
 sequently he went to Ireland, as secretary to Lord Grey, and 
 settled there. On the outbreak of Tyrone's rebellion, he was 
 obliged to fly, and his infant child was burnt with his house by 
 the rebels, which so preyed on his mind as, together with the 
 loss of his property, to cause his death. He died in 1599, aged 
 46 years. His great poem is the Faery Queen, (of which only six 
 books and some fragments remain,) which details the adven- 
 
 SPI 
 
 tures of various knights belonging to the court of Gloriana of 
 faery land, who impersonate various virtues. The first book, 
 the Legend of the Red Cross Knight, or Holiness, is incompar- 
 ably the best, as it is a perfect poem ; the rest of the stories are 
 interwoven, and by no means so lucid as allegories, without ris- 
 ing higher than allegory. In sweetness and harmony of versi- 
 fication, in beauty of description, and splendour of imagination, 
 it stands almost without a rival. His other pieces are character- 
 ized more or less by the same excellences, and his Prothalamion 
 is peculiarly exquisite. He intentionally adapted antique words 
 and spelling, yet in spite of this occasionally uncouth dress, and 
 sometimes because of it, he continues to be one of the favourite 
 poets of England. 
 
 SPERM, s. in the Useful Arts, &c., the name of the oil from 
 which spermaceti is precipitated. 
 
 SPERMAGE'TI, s. [Lat. from sperma and hetos, Gr.] in Com- 
 merce, &c., an oily substance extracted from the head of a par- 
 ticular species of whale, (called cachalot,) and well purified. 
 
 SPERMA'TIC, Sperma'tical, a. [spermatique, Fr. sperma, Gr.] 
 relating to the seed ; seminal. 
 To SPET, v. a. [Scot.] to bring or pour abundantly. 
 SPEUSI'PPUS, in Greek Philosophy, one of the earliest teach- 
 ers in the Academy, after Plato, to whom he was related, and 
 whose philosophy he modified in various ways. Neither ancients 
 nor moderns esteem him very highly. He flourished in about 
 350 B. c. 
 
 To SPEW, V. a, \_speioan, Sax.] to vomit. Figuratively, to 
 eject or cast forth. — v. n. to void at the mouth. 
 
 SPEY, one of the largest Scottish rivers, which rises in a 
 loch of the same name, in the county of Inverness, and after a 
 course of nearly 100 miles, in the latter part of which it serves 
 as the boundary between the shires of Banff" and Moray, falls 
 into the North Sea, midway between Elgin and Cullen. 
 
 To SPHA'CELATE, (sfacelate) v. a. to affect with a gangrene. 
 — V. n. to mortify. 
 
 SPHA'CELUS, {sfdcelus) s. [sphakelos, Gr.] a gangrene ; a mor- 
 tification. 
 
 SPHERE, (sfere) s. [Fr. sphcera, Lat.] in Geometry, is a solid 
 such as would be formed by the revolution of a circle on its di- 
 ameter as an axis. See Armili^ry. Figuratively, an orbit or 
 circuit of motion or action ; province ; the extent or compass of 
 a person's knowledge. 
 
 SPHE'RIC, Sphe'rical, {sfh-ik, sferikal) a. round; globular; 
 relating to the sphere. 
 
 SPHE'RICS, (bferiks) s. in Geometry, that part which treats 
 of the position, &c. of arcs of circles, described on the surfaces 
 of a sphere. 
 
 SPHE'ROID, s. [sphaira and eidos, Gr.] a solid resembling the 
 sphere, but having its polar diameter shorter than its equatorial, 
 in which case it is called oblate ; or vice versa, when it is called 
 pi-olatc. 
 
 SPHEROI'DICAL, a. having the form of a spheroid. 
 SPHE'RULE, {sferule) s. [sphairula, Lat.] a small globe. 
 SPHI'NCTER, s. [Gr.] in Anatomy, the general name for a 
 circular muscle closing an orifice of the body, as the mouth, &c. 
 SPHINX, s. [Gr.] in Heathen Mythology, a monster with the 
 head and breasts of a woman, the wings of a bird, and the claws 
 and body of a lion. The forms of sphinxes in ancient statuary 
 differ widely in various nations. The sphinx of Egypt, whose 
 head alone remains above the surface, is the hugest attempt to 
 represent this monster. There is an ancient riddle, said to have 
 been proposed by a sphinx to the city of Thebes, — What animal 
 is that which goes in the morning on four feet, at noon on two, 
 and in the evening on three } — and the penalty of not discover- 
 ing the answer was the gradual destruction of the people : it 
 was answered by (Edipus, — who declared that the animal was 
 man, — and the sphinx is said to have destroyed herself. One of 
 the plays of Sophocles, (Edipus Bex, alludes to this fable. 
 
 SPICE, s. \espices, Fr.] in Commerce and Cookery, a vegetable 
 product, fragrant to the smell, and pungent to the taste, used in 
 seasoning or sauces. A small quantity. 
 To SPICE, V. a. to season with spices. 
 SPI'CERY, s. commodity of spices ; repository of spices. 
 SPI'CEWORT, s. in Botany, the sweet-smelling flag, or ca- 
 lamus. 
 
 SPfCK AND SPAN, a. [from spiccata de la spanna, Ital. or else 
 from spannan, Sax.] quite new ; just made; never used. 
 5 L 2 - 811 
 
SPI 
 
 SPICO'SITY, s. [spiea, Lat.] the quality of being spiked like 
 ears of corn. 
 
 SPI'CY, a. producing spice ; aromatic. 
 
 SPl'DER, s. in Zoology, the name of one of the orders nearly 
 related to the insects. Their general appearance and habits are 
 too well known to need description. A few facts may, however, 
 be worthy of record. They do not pass through a series of dif- 
 ferent forms in their development as insects do. Most of them 
 occasionally use the long loosely-floating threads as a kind of 
 balloon to transport themselves from place to place. The ha- 
 bits of the hunting-spider,which;seizes its prey by springing upon 
 it, like a cat, are very amusing, and it preserves itself from fall- 
 ing to the ground in its leaps, by a thread which, like all the 
 others, it emits from its abdomen. The tales of W. Indian spi- 
 ders catching birds is proved to be a fable. 
 
 SPl'GNEL, s. in Botany, a kind of umbelliferous plant. 
 
 SPl'GOT, s. [spijcker, Belg.] a wooden tap, constructed with a 
 screw. 
 
 SPIKE, «. Ispica, Lat.] an ear of corn ; a long nail, or sharp 
 piece of iron or wood. In Botany, an arrangement of flowers, 
 such as is found in the agrimony, great mullein, &c. 
 
 To SPIKE, V. a. to fasten with long nails; to set with spikes. 
 In Military Art, to drive a spike into the touch-hole of a cannon 
 so as to render it useless. 
 
 SPl'KENARD, s. [spica nardi, Lat.] in Botany, a kind of sweet- 
 smelling plant. 
 
 SPPKESTALK, s. in Botany, the stalk upon which the flowers 
 composing a spike are placed. 
 
 SPILL, s. [spijlen, Belg.] a small shiver of wood, or thin bar of 
 iron; a small quantity of money. 
 
 To SPILL, «. a. [spUlan, Sax. spillen, Belg. spilla, Isl.] to shed or 
 scatter; to destroy or damage; to corrupt; to throw away; to 
 pour on the ground. — v. n. to be lavish ; to be shed, or lost by 
 being shed. 
 
 To SPIN, f. a. preter. spun or span, part, spun ; [spinnan. Sax. 
 sjnnnen, Belg.] to form yarn into threads by drawing it out and 
 twisting it. Figuratively, to protract or draw out ; to draw out 
 into a tedious length ; to put into a turning motion. — v. n. to ex- 
 ercise the art of spinning; to stream out into a small thread or 
 current ; to move round like a spindle. 
 
 SPI'NACH, Spi'nage, s. [spinachia, Lat.] in Botany and 
 Cookery, a well-known edible plant. 
 
 SPPNAL, a. [spina, Lat.] belonging to the back-bone'. 
 
 SPI'NDLE, {spindl) s. [spindl or spindel. Sax.] the pin by which 
 flax is formed or twisted into a thread, and on which it is wound; 
 any thing slender, in contempt. In Botany, a shrub, called also 
 gatteridge-tree. 
 
 SFPNDLESHANKED, a. having very slender legs. 
 
 SPINE, s. [spina, Lat.] in Anatomy, the back-bone. 
 
 SPINE'T, s. [espinette,¥x.'] an ancient kind of musical instru- 
 ment with keys, resembling a harpsichord. 
 
 SPINI'FEliOUS, a. [spina and/ero, Lat.] bearing thorns. 
 
 SPI'NNER, s. one skilled in spinning. 
 
 SPI'NNING-JENNY, s. the common name for the machine for 
 spinning, which is now driven by steam power in the great 
 mills; the invention of which has been of such great conse- 
 quence to the progress of our manufacturing interests. 
 
 SPINO'LA, AMBROSE, MARQUIS OF, a celebrated Spanish 
 general of the end of the I6th and beginning of the 17tn cen- 
 turies. The great theatre of his glory was the Netherlands, where 
 he gained great fame for his skill in conducting sieges, during 
 the wars against Maurice of Nassau, under Philip III. of Spain. 
 In the war in Italy, owing to the orders of the court, he was un- 
 able to gain any advantage against the French, and died of 
 vexation, in 1630, aged 61 years. 
 
 SPl'NOUS, Spi'ny, a. [spina, Lat.] thorny; prickly; briery; 
 difficult ; troublesome ; perplexed. 
 
 SPINO'ZA, BENEDICT, (originally IforucA,) one of the great 
 philosophers of the 17th century. His father was a Jew, one of 
 the rich merchants of Amsterdam ; and he, a sickly boy, was 
 trained in all the rabbinical lore that was deemed an essential 
 part of a complete education. His inquiring disposition made 
 bim no agreeable pupil ; his questions were not always easy to 
 answer. As he grew up his inquiry ripened into scepticism re- 
 specting all that was held amongst the Jews ; and after a threat 
 of public censure, and an attempt to remove him by assassination, 
 he was excommunicated. He was received by a friend, who in- 
 812 
 
 SPI 
 
 structed him in Latin, and aided him in other ways to acquire 
 learning; and be soon afterwards, falling in with Descartes' 
 writings, devoted himself to philosophy. He supported himself 
 by polishing lenses for telescopes, &c., and continued with a 
 noble independence to study. After changing his abode several 
 times, he settled at the Hague ; and enjoyed notonly the esteem of 
 all the great scholars in his own science, but also the reverence 
 of monarchs, who found in him a spirit they could not induce 
 to bow to their greatness. He died in 1677, aged 45 years. His 
 works are not such as any but a philosophical or theological in- 
 quirer could read with advantage. His system, called Spino- 
 zism, has met with more than the usual share of execration from 
 theologians : it will be needful to add a few words respecting it. 
 It was, in one word. Pantheism. He regarded God as the only 
 real existence ; and he looked on nature as the manifestation 
 of God, — not less God than its invisible efficient cause. His 
 ethical maxims are exceedingly fine. The great error of the 
 system lay in its construction. It was deduced by most rigid logic 
 from a few simple axioms ; and commentators have vainly tried to 
 break the chain, or dispute the axioms. But it is not by such 
 a method that the truth can ever be discovered respecting mat- 
 ters beyond the grasp of man's understanding. The persuasions 
 of the heart are wiser than the convictions of the head ; and 
 Spinoza knew nothing but the latter. The affirmation of rea- 
 son, embodied in the general thought of man respecting nature, 
 — that it is the production of God, and mirrors his glories, — is 
 more trustworthy than the most rigidly reasoned scheme that 
 philosopher ever devised. In controverting this Pantheism 
 theologians have done no more than attempt to brand it as 
 atheism ;— a foolish attempt, and as bad as foolish. Spinoza 
 was (as Novalis calls him) " a God-intoxicated man." He was 
 completely imbued with the conviction of the vital presence of 
 the Deity, he saw nothing but God ; his ethics are not those of 
 an atheist : — and if an inquirer who arrives at a diflFerent con- 
 clusion from the authorities, by pursuing the method they au- 
 thorize, is put hors la hi by the denunciation of atheism, thinking 
 men will revolt against the authorities, whilst unthinking men 
 will be driven to malign the truth, which is compromised by 
 their untruthful defence. 
 
 SPPNSTER, s. a woman who spins. In Law, a maid or vir- 
 gin, or a young woman unmarried. 
 
 SPI'RACLL, (spirakl) s. [spiraculum, from spiro, Lat.] a breath- 
 ing hole or vent ; a small aperture. 
 
 SPI'RAL, a. [spirale,Fi. from sjiira, Lat.] winding; circularly 
 involved. 
 
 SPl'RALLY, ad. in a spiral form. 
 
 SPIRE, s. [spira, Lat. Ital. and Swed.] a curve line ; a curl or 
 twist ; a wreath ; a round pyramid ; a steeple ; the top or sum- 
 mit ; any thing growing more and more taper from the bottom 
 to the top. 
 
 SPIRE, or Spires, a city of Bavaria, in Germany. It stands on 
 the Rhine, and is fortified. Its most interesting buildings are 
 those connected with the striking events that have occurred here 
 under the empire. It has a good trade. Pop. about 10,000. 
 Lat. 49. 20. N. Long. 8. 27. E. 
 
 SPI'RIT, s. [spiritus, from spiro, Lat.] breath ; wind in motion ; 
 an apparition ; an habitual disposition of mind ; genius; vigour 
 of mind; the mind or imagination ; an eager desire ; that which 
 gives vigour and cheerfulness ; likeness or essential qualities. 
 In Trade, &c., any variety of alcohol used for drinking. See 
 Alcohol. In Metaphysics, the immaterial and immortal part 
 of man; that in man which declares him not made for this 
 scene of lifealone; also, as distinguished from soul, the higher 
 and nobler faculties of the mind. 
 
 To SPI'RIT, V. a. to actuate, animate, or excite; to draw or 
 entice, used with away. 
 
 SPI'RITED, a. lively; full of fire or vigour; vivacious; 
 sprightly; animated. 
 
 SpI'RITLESS, o. dejected ; wanting vigour or fire ; depress- 
 ed ; lifeless. 
 
 SPI'RIT- LEVEL, «. in Surveying, &c., an instrument for de- 
 termining an exactly horizontal line ; it is composed of a glass 
 tube, hermetically sealed, so nearly filled with tinted spirit 
 of wine, that only a small air-bubble is left: when placed hori- 
 zontally, this bubble stands exactly in the centre of the upper 
 side. Great accuracy is required in those made for trigonometri- 
 cal surveys, and various kinds of apparatus are attached to them. 
 
SPO 
 
 SPIRITUAL, a. [spirituel, Fr.] belonging to spirit as distin- 
 guished from matter ; immaterial; belonging to the mind or un- 
 derstanding; mental; intellectual; refined; relating only to 
 heavenly things, opposed to temporal. Spiritual Courts, in Law, 
 are such as have jurisdiction in matrimonial causes, probate of 
 wills, granting administration, and in cases of defamation, &c. 
 
 SPIRITUA'LITY, «. incorporeity ; intellectual nature; that 
 which belongs to any one as an ecclesiastic. 
 
 To SPPRiTUALlZE, v. a. [spiritualiser, Fr.] to allegorize, or 
 distort Scripture from its proper meaning. 
 
 SPI'RITUALLY, ad. without corporeal grossness ; with atten- 
 tion to things purely intellectual. 
 
 SPl'RITUOUS, a. refined ; defecated ; approaching to spirit ; 
 fierce; ardent; fine; lively; gay; airy. 
 
 To SPIRT, V. n. to spring out by intervals; to spring out in a 
 sudden stream. — v. a. to throw out in a jet. 
 
 SPI'RY, a. pyramidal ; wreathen ; curled ; spiral. 
 
 SPl'SSITUDE, s. [spissitudo, Lat.] grossness ; thickness. 
 
 SPIT, s. [Belg.] a long piece of iron on which meat is roasted ; 
 a depth of earth which may be pierced at once by a spade. 
 
 To SPIT, V. a. preter. spat, past part, spit or spitted; to put on a 
 spit, or to pierce with a spit. — v. n. [«p«<on, Sax. spytter, Dan.] to 
 eject spittle from the mouth. 
 
 SPI'TAL, «. [corrupted from hospital,"] an hospital or charitable 
 foundation. 
 
 To SPl'TCHCOCK, v. a. to roast an eel previously cut in pieces. 
 
 SPITE, s. [spijt, Belg.] malice; rancour; malignity; hate; 
 malevolence; ill-will; an habitual desire and endeavour to do ill 
 to another. SyJiie of, or mspjfeq/; notwithstanding; in defiance of. 
 
 To SPITE, V. a. to thwart malignantly ; to vex ; to treat ma- 
 liciously ; to mischief; to enrage or fill with spite. 
 
 SPI'TEFUL, a. malicious ; malignant. 
 
 SPI'TEFULNESS, s. malice ; malignity. 
 
 SPITHEAD, a spacious road for shipping, between Ports- 
 mouth and the Isle of Wight. 
 
 SPI'TTER, s. one who puts meat on the spit; one who spits. 
 
 SPI'TTLE, (spitl) s. [spatlian, Sax.] the moisture of the mouth. 
 
 SPITZBE'RGEN, or East Greenland, an island, or islands, 
 lying very near the N. pole. The coast is partly mountainous, 
 but there are level tracts both near the shore and inland. It is 
 totally uninhabited. In the valleys are large white bears, white 
 foxes, and some curious birds and plants. It is only frequented 
 for the purpose of catching whales. Lat. 76. 46. to 80. 30. N. 
 Long. 9. to 20. E. 
 
 SPLANCHNO'LOGY, {splankru'ihgy) s. [splanchna and %os,Gr.] 
 in Anatomy, a treatise or description of the bowels. 
 
 To SPLASH, V. a. [plaska, Swed.] to daub with mud or dirt in 
 great quantities. 
 
 SPLA'YFOOT, a. having the foot turned inwards. 
 
 SPLEEN, s. [splen, Lat.] in Anatomy, an organ lying between 
 the ribs and the stomach, the use of which is not correctly known; 
 ill humour; a fit of anger; melancholy; hypochondriacal va- 
 pours ; spite. 
 
 SPLEE'NWORT, s. in Botany, a kind of fern. 
 
 SPLE'NDID,a. \splendidus,itomsplendeo,hait.'] bright; shining; 
 showy; pompous; magnificent; sumptuous; splendid; glossy. 
 
 SPLE'NDOUR, s. [splendeur, Fr.] lustre; the quality or power 
 of shining; magnificence; pomp. 
 
 SPLENE'TIC, a. {splenHique, Fr.] troubled with spleen ; peev- 
 ish ; fretful ; hypochondriac. 
 
 To SPLICE, V. a. [splisslen, Belg.] to join the two ends of a 
 rope together without a knot. 
 
 SPLrNTER, Splint, s. among farriers, is a callous excres- 
 cence on the shank-bone of horses. 
 
 SPLFNTER, Splint, s. [Belg.] a fragment of any thing broken 
 with violence ; a thin piece of wood. In Surgery, a thin piece 
 of wood, or other partially rigid substance, used to keep the 
 parts of a fractured bone together when it is set. 
 
 To SPLIT, V. a. pret. and past part, split ; {splitten, Belg.] to 
 divide lengthwise ; to rive ; to cleave ; to part in two ; to dash 
 or break against a rock ; to break into discord. — v. n. to crack or 
 burst asunder; toburst with laughter; to be broken against rocks. 
 
 SPLU'TTER, s. bustle ; tumult. 
 
 SPO'FFORTH, REGINALD, an English composer, now chief- 
 ly known by some beautiful glees. He never held any situation 
 such as his musical talent qualified him to fill ; and he died in 
 1826, aged 58 years. 
 
 SPO 
 
 To SPOIL, V. a. [spolio, Lat.] to rob or take away by force ; to 
 plunder ; to corrupt or render useless.— c. n. to be guilty of plun- 
 dering ; to grow corrupt or useless. 
 
 SPOIL, s. [spolium, Lat.] any thing taken by violence; plun- 
 der ; pillage ; booty ; robbery ; waste ; corruption ; cause of 
 corruption. 
 
 SPOKE, s. [spaca. Sax. speiche, Teut.] the bar of a wheel 
 which passes from the nave to the felly. In Botany, the fruit- 
 stalk of flowers collected into rundles. 
 
 SPOKE, preter. of To Speak. 
 
 SPO'KEN, past part, of To Speak. 
 
 SPO'KESMAN, s. one who speaks for another. 
 
 SPOLE'TO, an ancient and handsome town of the Papal 
 States, Italy, capital of a district of the same name. It has a 
 fine cathedral, and several other noble buildings. There are the 
 ruins of an amphitheatre, a triumphal arch, and an aqueduct. 
 It has a brisk trade, and some small manufactures. It is seated 
 partly on the side of a hill, and partly in a plain, in a country 
 noted for good wine, near the river Tessino, 55 miles from Rome. 
 Pop. about 8000. Lat. 42. 46. N. Long. 12. 43. E. 
 
 To SPO'LIATE, V. a. [spolio, Lat.] to rob; to plunder. 
 
 SPOLIA'TION, s. [Fr. from spolio, Lat.] the act of robbery or 
 privation. 
 
 SPO'NDEE, s. [Fr. spondaus, Lat.] in Prosody, a foot of two 
 long syllables, as musam, Lat. 
 
 SPO'NDYLE, s. ispondulos, Gr.] in Anatomy, a joint in the 
 spine. 
 
 SPONGE, (spHnj) s. [spongia, Lat.] in Natural History, the 
 name of a large and remarkable class of zoophytes, who.se sili- 
 cious skeletons form the sponge of commerce. Their bodies are 
 gelatinous; and some of them grow to an enormous size. 
 
 To SPONGE, (spixtij) V. n. to suck up as a sponge ; to gain by 
 mean arts. — f. a. to wet with a sponge ; to clean a cannon when 
 discharged, before it is charged anew. 
 
 SPO'NGER, (spunjer) s. one that meanly depends upon others 
 for subsistence. 
 
 SPO'NGINESS, s. softness, and fulness of cavities, like a 
 sponge. 
 
 SPO'NGY, a. soft, resembling a sponge ; soaked or full, like a 
 sponge. 
 
 SPO'NSAL, a. Isponsalis, from sponsa, Lat.] relating to marriage ; 
 hymeneal ; connubial ; nuptial ; matrimonial ; bridal. 
 
 SPO'NSOR, s. [Lat.] one who makes a promise or gives secu- 
 rity for another ; a surety. In the Churches of Rome and Eng- 
 land, a godfather or godmother. 
 
 SPONTANE'lTY, Sponta'neousness, s, [spontaneit-e, Fr.] the 
 quality of doing or acting free from any impulse or necessity ; 
 voluntariness. 
 
 SPONTA'NEOUS, a. [sponte, Lat.] acting of itself, without 
 compulsion or restraint ; voluntary. 
 
 SPONTA'NEOUSLY, ad. voluntarily; of its own accord. 
 
 SPOOL,*, [spohl, Belg. spuM, Teut.] a small piece of cane or 
 reed with a knot at each end to wind yarn upon ; a quill. 
 
 SPOON, s. [spaen, Belg. spone, Dan. spoonn, Isl.] an instru- 
 ment, consisting of a shallow bowl of an oval form, with a han- 
 dle, used in taking up and eating liquids. 
 
 SPOO'NBILL, s. in Zoology, a bird, called also shoveller. 
 
 SPOO'NFUL, s. as much as a spoon will contain. 
 
 SPOO'NMEAT, s. a liquid food, or such as is eaten with a 
 spoon. 
 
 SPOO'NWORT, s. in Botany, the plant called scurvy-grass. 
 
 SPORA'DIC Diseases, s. [sporadikos, Gr.] in Medicine, are 
 such as seize particular persons at any time or season, and in 
 any place ; in which sense they are distinguished from epide- 
 micaland endemic diseases. 
 
 SPORT, s. Ispott, Isl.] play; game; diversion; frolic; a 
 mock ; mockery; field diversions, as shooting, hunting. 
 
 To SPORT, V. a. to play ; to divert ; to represent in play. 
 — 17. n. to play ; to frolic ; to wanton ; to trifle. 
 
 SPO'RTSMAN, s. one who delights in field diversions. 
 
 SPO'RTULE, s. [sportula, from sporta, Lat.] an alms ; a dole. 
 
 SPOT, s. [spotte, Flem. spette, Dan.] a blot ; a stain, either on 
 the skin or other substance ; blemish ; disgrace ; reproach ; a 
 small extent of ground ; any particular place. Upon the spot, 
 implies immediately, or without changing place. 
 
 To SPOT, V. a. to stain ; to maculate ; to blot ; to work so as 
 to resemble spots; to corrupt, disgrace, or taint. 
 
 - 813 
 
SPR 
 
 SPOTLESS, a. free from spots or vice ; pure ; untainted ; im- 
 maculate. 
 
 SPOTSWOOD, or SPOTISWOODE, JOHN, a Scottish pre- 
 late and ecclesiastical historian. He was educated at Glasgow, 
 and was first a Presbyterian. He attended the Duke of Lennox, 
 as chaplain, when he went as ambassador to France ; and accom- 
 panied king James to England, when he succeeded to the English 
 throne. He was at the same time made Archbishop of Glasgow, 
 and devoted himself to the organization of Episcopacy in North 
 Britain, according to his sovereign's will. He was rewarded 
 with the see of St. Andrews, and held in great honour by 
 Charles L, whom he crowned at Holyrood. On the outbreak of 
 the Revolution he fled to England, and died there in 1639, aged 
 74 years. His chief work is a History of the Church of Scotland. 
 
 SPO'TTY.a. fullofspots. 
 
 SPOU'SAL, (spouzal) a. nuptial, or belonging to a wedding. 
 
 SPOU'SAL, (spouzal) s. [espousailles, Ft.} marriage ; nuptials ; 
 matrimony. 
 
 SPOUSE, (spouze) s. [espouse, Fr. sponsus or sponsa, Lat.] one 
 joined to another in marriage; a husband or wife. 
 
 SPOUT, s. [spuyt, Belg.] a pipe or mouth of a vessel out of 
 which any thing is poured. Water-spout, is a column of water 
 raised, at sea, by a violent whirlwind, beneath a heavy cloud, 
 which sends down a conical mass to meet it. Such clouds are 
 often seen over the land also, and produce great devastation by 
 the torrents of water they discharge, and the whirlwind that at- 
 tends them. They are equally fatal at sea to any vessel that 
 comes within the range of their influence. Seamen often attempt 
 to break the column of water by cannon shot. 
 
 To SPOUT, V. n. {spouten, Belg.] to spring out in a sudden 
 stream ; to issue as from a spout. — v. a. to throw out water in a 
 stream or jet ; to pour with violence, or in a collected body, as 
 from a spout. 
 
 To SPRAIN, V. a. [corrupted from strain,'] in Surgery, to injure 
 the fibres of a muscle, near a joint, by a sudden and violent 
 strain. 
 
 SPRAIN, s, a violent contortion or straining of a muscle near a 
 joint, without dislocation. 
 
 SPRANG, preter. of To Spring. 
 
 SPRAT, s. [sprot, Belg.] in Ichthyology, a small and well- 
 known sea-fish. 
 
 SPRAT, DR. THOMAS, an English prelate of the 17th cen- 
 tury. He was educated at Oxford, and made a bishop by Charles 
 II. He did not resist the Revolution of 1688, though some at- 
 tempted to represent him as one of the non-contents; and he 
 died in 1713, aged 77 years. He wrote some poems of little value 
 and genius ; and a History of the Rye-House Plot, so as to suit 
 the king's palate. He also wrote a History of the Royal Society, 
 in the foundation of which he shared. 
 
 To SPRAWL, V. n. [spradle, Dan. spartekn, Belg.] to struggle 
 as in the convulsions of death ; to tumble about with odd con- 
 tortions of the limbs. 
 
 SPRAY, s. the extremity of a branch ; the foam of the sea. 
 
 To SPREAD, (spred) v. a. [spreadan. Sax. spreyden, Belg.] to 
 extend, to stretch, to expand, or make a thing take up a large 
 space ; to cover or smear over ; to publish or divulge, followed by 
 abroad; to difl^use. — v. n. to extend or expand itself. 
 
 SPRE'ADER, s. he that spreads. 
 
 SPRIG, s. iysbrig, Brit.] a small branch ; a spray ; a twig. 
 
 SPRIGHT, Sprite, s. [a contraction of spirit,] a spectre, ghost, 
 apparition, spirit. 
 
 SPRPGHTLINESS, (spritliness) s. liveliness; vivacity; gai- 
 ety ; briskness. 
 
 SPRI'GHTLY, {spritly) a. full of spirit ; gay ; brisk ; lively ; 
 vivacious ; spirited ; animated. 
 
 To SPRING, V. n. j^reter. sprany or spruny, past part, spruny: 
 [sprinyan. Sax. springen, Belg.] to arise or grow out of the ground, 
 followed by up ; to proceed from ancestors ; to issue or proceed, 
 as from seed ; to issue forth ; to appear ; to leap or bound ; to 
 force one's way ; to fly with elastic force ; to proceed as from a 
 ground, cause, or reason ; to raise from a covert ; to issue from 
 a fountain or source ; to shoot or move with speed. — v. a. to start 
 or rouse game ; to discharge, applied to a mine ; to contrive as 
 a sudden expedient ; to make by starting a plank. 
 
 SPRING, s. the first of the four seasons of the year ; a piece of 
 tempered steel, useful in machines to put them in motion ; any 
 elastic force; any active power; a leap; a fountain or source, 
 814 
 
 SPU 
 
 whence waters issue ; arise; beginning; agin; a noose, which 
 being fastened to an elastic wire, catches any thing. 
 
 SPRPNGER, s. in Zoology, an animal of the antelope kind, 
 inhabiting the neighbourhood of the Cape of Good Hope. 
 
 SPRl'NGINESS, s. the qualities of bodies returning to their 
 former shape or dimensions, which they had lost by violence or 
 compression ; elasticity. 
 
 SPRPNGING OF A MAST, s. in Sea Language, is when it 
 cracks, but is not quite broken in any part of it. 
 
 SPRPNGTIDE, «. the name given to the tide which happens 
 either at the new or the full moon, when the forces of both the 
 sun and moon are exercised in the same direction, and the tidal 
 wave is raised highest ; just as in the neap-tides the tidal wave is 
 lowest, because, happening at the quadratures of the moon, the 
 forces of the sun and moon are exerted in opposition to each 
 other. 
 
 To SPRI'NKLE, (sprinkl) v. a. [sprinkekn, Belg.] to scatter in 
 drops or small masses ; to wet by sprinkling ; to besprinkle. — 
 V. n. to let fall or scatter in drops. 
 
 SPRl'NKLING, s. the act o4 throwing water upon any thing 
 in drops. 
 
 SPRI'TSAIL, s. the sail of the boltsprit mast. 
 
 To SPROUT, V. n. [spruyten, Belg. spryttan, Sax.] to grow or 
 shoot ; to germinate ; to spring. 
 
 SPROUT, s. a shoot of a vegetable. In Cookery, sprouts are 
 young coleworts. 
 
 SPRUCE, «. in Botany, Commerce, &c., a kind of fir, of which 
 there are two sorts, the white and black. Spruce-beer, beer made 
 from the branches of fir, and molasses. 
 
 SPRUCE, a. nice, trim, neat without elegance. 
 
 To SPRUCE, V. n. to dress with aflFected neatness. 
 
 SPRU'CENESS, s. neatness in dress without elegance. 
 
 SPRUNG, preter. and past part, of To Spring. 
 
 SPRUNT, s. any thing that is short, and will not easily bend. 
 
 SPUD, s. a short knife ; a small straight hoe, used in weeding. 
 
 To SPUME, V. n. [spumo, Lat.] to froth or foam. 
 
 SPUME, s. Ispuma, Lat.] froth ; foam ; scum of gold or silver. 
 
 SPUN, preter. and past part, of To Spin. 
 
 SPU'NGINGHOUSE, s. a house or place that bailiffs take 
 persons to after an arrest, where they are kept till they agree 
 with the creditor, or are removed to a closer confinement. 
 
 SPUNK, Sponk, s. rotten wood ; touchwood. 
 
 SPUR, s. [spura. Sax. spois, Dan. Isl. and Belg.] a sharp- 
 pointed instrument worn by a rider on his heel, whereby he 
 pricks his horse to quicken his pace; the sharp points growing 
 on the legs of a fowl. Figuratively, an incitement, instigation, 
 or any thing that quickens ; a weapon for a fighting-cock ; a 
 snag, or any thing standing out. 
 
 To SPUR, t>. a. to prick or quicken by a spur; to instigate; 
 to excite, hasten, incite, compel, or push forward. 
 
 SPURGE, ». in Botany, a large genus of plants, remarkable 
 for the abundance of acrid milky juice they contain, and for the 
 arrangement of the parts of their flowers. 
 
 SPU'RIOUS, o. [spurim, Lat.] counterfeit ; not genuine or au- 
 thentic ; illegitimate, or not lawfully begotten. 
 
 SPU'RIOUSNESS, s. the quality of being false or counterfeit. 
 
 To SPURN, V. a. [spornan, Sax.] to kick, drive, or strike with 
 the foot ; to reject with contempt or scorn. 
 
 SPURN, s. a kick ; insolent and contemptuous treatment. 
 
 SPURN HEAD, the name of the long, sickle-shaped shingle- 
 bank that forms the N. bank of the mouth of the Humber. 
 
 SPU'RREY, s. in Botany, a kind of small white wild flower, 
 common in this country. 
 
 SPU'RRIER, s. one who makes spurs. 
 
 SPU'RZHEIM, JOHN CASPAR, the celebrated phrenologist. 
 He studied at Vienna, where he learned the new science of the 
 mind from Dr. Gall, the founder, and joined him in his researches, 
 and in his journeys to promulgate it, visiting and residing for 
 a time in France and England. He finally went to the United 
 Stales, where he died in 1832, aged 56 years. He had not the 
 originality of Gall, but he possessed the ability to carry out and 
 apply Gall's doctrines, which he could not have done himself. 
 , It may reasonably be doubted whether the world has been much 
 benefited by the theology and morals which Spurzheim based on 
 phrenology, and which may be studied, by those who desire to 
 know them, in the works of George Combe, who has pretty 
 faithfully copied them in his Moral Philosophy and Constitution 
 
SQU 
 
 of Man. Spurzheim's own work on the subject was not pub- 
 lished, although it has been pretty widely circulated. 
 SPUTA'TION, s. isindum, Lat.] the act of spitting. 
 To SPU'TTER, V. n. [sputo, Lat.] to emit or cast out moisture 
 by small flying drops; to speak in a hurry and indistinctly; to 
 fly out in small particles with some noise; to throw out spittle 
 by hasty speech. — v. a. to throw out with noise and hesitation. 
 
 SPY, s. [spie, Belg.] one set to watch the conduct or motions 
 of another, especially what passes in an enemy's army or camp. 
 
 To SPY, V. a. to discover at a distance by the eye ; to discover 
 by nice examination or artifice. — v. n. to look into or examine 
 nicely. 
 
 SQUAB, a. unfeathered ; fat, thick, and stout ; awkwardly 
 bulky. 
 
 SQUAB, s. a kind of sofa or couch ; a stuffed cushion. In 
 Cookery, a chicken, &c. so young as to be scarcely fit to be 
 eaten. 
 
 To SQUAB, V. n. to fall down plump or flat. 
 
 To SQUA'BBLE, {squdhl) v, n. [kiabla, Swed.] to quarrel, wran- 
 gle, or fight. 
 
 SQUA'BBLE, {squdhl) s. a low quarrel, or brawl. 
 
 SQUA'BBLER, s. a quarrelsome fellow, a brawler. 
 
 SQUA'BPIE, s. a pie made of several ingredients. 
 
 SQUA'DRON, s. [sguadrone, Ital.] in the Military Art, a body of 
 horse whose number of men is not fixed, but is usually from one 
 to two hundred. In the Navy, a division or part of a fleet, com- 
 manded by a vice-admiral or commodore. 
 
 SQUA'LID, a. [squalidus, Lat.] foul; nasty; filthy. 
 
 To SQUALL, {squawll) V. n. [squata, Swell.] to scream like a 
 woman or child afl^'righted. 
 
 SQUALL, (squawu) s. a loud scream ; a sudden gust or storm of 
 wind or rain. 
 
 SQUA'LOR, s. [Lat.] nastiness ; grossness ; coarseness. 
 
 SQUA'MEOUS, Squa'mous, a. [squameus, from squama, Lat.] 
 scaly ; having the resemblance of scales ; covered with scales. 
 
 To SQUA'NDER, v. a. {verschtoenden, Teut.] to scatter lavish- 
 ly ; to throw away in idle prodigality ; to spend profusely ; to 
 scatter ; to dissipate ; to disperse. 
 
 SQUA'NDERER, s. a spendthrift ; a waster. 
 
 SQUARE, a. [ysr/war, Brit.] in Geometry, having four equal 
 sides at right angles. Cornered ; having angles of whatever 
 content, as three-square, five-square, &c. ; parallel ; strong, or 
 well set; exact, equal, honest. Square dealing, is honest, just, 
 and equal dealing. Square root, in Arithmetic, is that number 
 which multiplied by itself produces the square, as 2 is the square 
 root of 4, because twice 2 is 4 ; and likewise 4 is the square root 
 of 16, because 4 times 4 is 16. 
 
 SQUARE, s. [squadra, Lat.] a figure having four equal sides 
 and angles; an area, or place of four sides surrounded with 
 buildings; regularity, rule, justness of workmanship; level; 
 equality ; the contents of an angle. In Arithmetic, the product 
 of a number multiplied into itself. 
 
 To SQUARE, V. a. to form with four sides and right angles ; to 
 reduce to a square ; to measure, adjust, regulate, or shape ; to 
 accommodate or fit. — v. n. to suit or agree with, used with to or 
 with. 
 
 To SQUAT, V. n. [quattare, Ital.] to sit cowering, or close to 
 the ground. 
 
 SQUAT, a. close to the ground ; sitting op the ground with 
 the legs doubled under the body; short and thick. 
 
 To SQUEAK, (squeeh) v. n. [sqwaka, Swed.] to set up a sud- 
 den dolorous cry; to cry out with pain; to cry out or speak with 
 a shrill voice ; to discover any thing through fear or pain. 
 
 SQUEAK, (squeek) s. a shrill quick cry ; a cry of pain. 
 
 SQUE'AKER, (squeeker) s. a person or instrument that makes 
 a shrill or grating noise. 
 
 To SQUEAL, (nqueel) v. n. [sqwala, Swed.] to cry with a shrill 
 sharp noise ; to cry with pain. 
 
 SQUE'AMISH, (squeemish) a. [for qualmish, from qualm,'] easily 
 disgusted ; having the stomach easily turned ; nice ; fastidious. 
 
 SQUE'AMISHNESS, (squeemishriess) s. the quality of having a 
 nice, delicate, and weak stomach. 
 
 To SQUEEZE, v. a, [cwisan. Sax.] to press hard, or crush be- 
 tween two substances; to crush, to oppress, to harass by extor- 
 tion. — V. n. to pass by compression ; to force way through close 
 bodies. 
 
 SQUEEZE, s. the act of pressing hard ; compression ; pressure. 
 
 STA 
 
 SQUIB, a. [schieben, Teut.] a small firework ; a political jev- 
 d'esprit ; a falsehood. 
 
 SQUILL, s. in Botany and Materia Medica, a name of the 
 wild harebell hyacinth, and the allied plants. 
 
 SQUI'NANCY,s. \squinande,Vt.squinantia,\ta\.'] 5<;eQuiN8EY. 
 
 SQUI'NANCYWORT, s. in Botany, a kind of woodroof. 
 
 SQUINT, a. [squinte, Belg.] looking with the eyes directed 
 different ways ; looking obliquely, awry, suspiciously. 
 
 To SQUINT, V. a. to turn the eye obliquely.— d. n, to look 
 obliquely, or with the eyes turned different ways. 
 
 SQUIRE, s. See Esquire. 
 
 SQUI'RREL, s. [escurueil, Fr. sciiirus, Lat.] in Natural History, 
 a small animal living in woods, very graceful and agile, and hy- 
 bernatingin the winter. They are very numerous in N.America. 
 
 To SQUIRT, V. a. to throw out through a pipe in a quick 
 stream. 
 
 SQUIRT, s. a syringe; a small quick stream. 
 
 To STAB, V. a. [staven, old Belg.] to pierce with a pointed in- 
 strument ; to wound mischievously, or mortally. 
 
 STAB, s. a wound given with a pointed instrument ; a sly mis- 
 chief, a dark injury; a stroke, a blow. 
 
 STABILITY, s. Istabilite, Fr. stabilitas, from sto, Lat.] strength ; 
 firmness ; steadiness ; fixedness ; firmness of resolution. 
 
 STA'BLE, a. [stabilis, Lat.] fixed; steady; strong. 
 
 STA'BLE, {stdbl) s. [stabuhim, Lat.] a house for beasts, espe- 
 cially horses. 
 
 STA'BLESTAND, s. in Law, is one of the four evidences or 
 presumptions, whereby a man is convicted to intend the stealing 
 of the king's deer in the forest ; and this is when a man is found 
 at his standing in the forest, with a cross-bow bent, ready to 
 shoot at any deer; or with a long bow; or else standing close 
 by a tree with greyhounds in a leash ready to slip. 
 
 STACK, s. [stacca, Ital.] a large quantity of hay, corn, or wood, 
 heaped together; several chimneys standing together. 
 
 To STACK, V. a. to pile up wood, hay, &c. 
 
 STA'CKHOUSE, THOMAS, an English clergyman, author of 
 the universally known History of the Bible and various other 
 works, only known by his writings. He died in 1752, aged 70 
 years. 
 
 STA'CTE, s. [Gr.] in Materia Medica, an aromatic gum that 
 distils from the tree that produces myrrh. 
 
 STA'DIUM, s. [Lat.] anciently, in Greece and Rome, a place 
 where foot-races were run ; also a measure of length, which va- 
 ried at diflPerent times. 
 
 STA'DTHOLDER, s. [stadt and houden, Belg.] formerly the title 
 of the chief magistrate of the united provinces of Holland. 
 
 STA'iiL-Ho'i.STEiN, Anna Louisa Germaine de, a celebrated 
 literary woman of France, daughter of Necker, the finance min- 
 ister before the Revolution, and married just before that period 
 to the Baron de Stael-Holstein, ambassador from Sweden. She 
 took the liveliest interest in that movement, till the commence- 
 ment of the Terror, but after the revolution of Thermidor, she 
 again engaged in political intrigues, till she was exiled by Buo- 
 naparte. Travels in Italy, Germany, and Switzerland, together 
 with literary undertakings, occupied her, and her chief residence 
 was at Coppet, in the last country. Some fresh offence given to 
 Napoleon, made it necessary for her to take refuge in Russia and 
 in England, and she returned to France on Buonaparte's abdi- 
 cation. She soon, however, retired to Coppet again, and died 
 there, in 1817, aged 49 years. She was privately married some 
 years before her death to a 31. de Roccu of Switzerland, who 
 served in the French army. Her ambition and love of fame was 
 insatiable; and thus she was one of the chief schemers in Pa- 
 risian politics, so long as any fragment of the old noblesse re- 
 mained for her use; and she returned to her occupation as soon 
 as she was free to enter Paris again. Her literary labours are 
 much more honourable to her, and her Corimie, and her Remarks 
 on the French Revolution, although the first is no more than a se- 
 ries of brilliantly written descriptions, and the second a pane- 
 gyric on her father, the queen, the Count de Narbonne, and 
 every one else that was a favourite with her, yet maintain their 
 reputation, and will long preserve hers. Her works are some- 
 what numerous, and others beside these are deserving of the 
 attention of the student. 
 
 STAFF, «. x>\ux. staves ; [s<a^, Sax.] a stick which supports a 
 person in walking, or which is used as a weapon ; a club ; a 
 support, a prop; a stick used as a badge of authority ; a stick to 
 
 - 815 
 
STA 
 
 which a flag; or colours are fastened ; the chief officers of any 
 army. In Music, the five lines on which the notes are written. 
 
 STA'FFA, a small island on the W. of Mull, Scotland. It 
 consists of one mass of basalt, which is chiefly columnar; and 
 it contains that very fine specimen of that kindof plutonic rock, 
 the romantic cavern, named Fingal's Cave. There are also other 
 caverns, and the phsenomena of basaltic rocks can ns where be 
 studied to such advantage as here. 
 
 STA'FFORD, StaHbrdshire. It has a free-school, and a fine 
 square market-place, in which is a handsome county-hall, and 
 under it the market-house. The streets are large, and many of 
 the houses are handsomely built. It has manufactures of cloth 
 and shoes. It is situated in a plain on the river Sow, near a 
 navigable canal, 135 miles from London. Market, Saturday. 
 Pop. 10,370. 
 
 STA'FFORDSHIRE, a county of England, bounded by Shrop- 
 shire, Cheshire, Derbyshire, Warwickshire, and Worcestershire. 
 It is in length about 54 miles, and varies in breadth from 18 to 
 36. It is divided into 5 hundreds, which contain 1 city, 21 
 towns, 181 parishes, and 670 villages. The principal rivers are 
 the Trent, Dove, Sow, Churnet, Stour, Penk, and Manifold. 
 The air is reckoned pleasant, mild, and wholesome. The mid- 
 dle and southern parts are level and plain, and the soil is good 
 and rich ; the N. are hilly, and full of heaths and moors. Staf- 
 fordshire is famous for its potteries, its inland navigations, and 
 its founderies, blast furnaces, slitting mills, and various other 
 branches of the iron trade. The mines of coals, copper, lead, 
 and iron ore are rich and extensive ; and there are also numer- 
 ous quarries of stone, alabaster, and limestone. Stafford is the 
 county town. Pop. 510,504. It sends 17 members to parliament. 
 
 STAG, s. in Zoology, the male red deer ; the male of the hind. 
 
 STAGE, s. {estage, Fr.] a floor raised on which any show is 
 exhibited ; a place where any thing is transacted ; a part of a 
 journey by a stagecoach. 
 
 STA'GECOACH, {stdjecoch) s. a coach which plies regularly 
 along the road. 
 
 STA'GEPLAY, s. a theatrical entertainment. 
 
 STA'GEPLAYER, s. a dramatic actor. 
 
 STA'GER, s. a player ; one who has long acted on the stage 
 of life; an old practitioner. 
 
 STA'GGARD, {stdg-ard) s. in Hunting, a stag four years old. 
 
 To STA'GGER, {stdg-er) v. n. [stagc/eren, Belg.] to reel, or be 
 unable to walk or stand steadily ; to faint or give way ; to hesi- 
 tate or be in doubt. — v. a. to make a person reel ; to shock ; to 
 make less confident or steady. 
 
 ST' AGGERS, (sUg-ers) s. in Farriery, the colic or apoplexy in 
 horses. 
 
 STA'GNANT, a. [s%num, Lat.] motionless; still; not run- 
 ning; not agitated. 
 
 To STA'GNATE, v. n. to stop its course ; to be without motion. 
 
 STAGNA'TION, s. stoppage of course; cessation of motion 
 or fluency. 
 
 STAHL, GEORGE ERNEST, an eminent chemist and phy- 
 sician of Germany. He studied medicine at Jena, and was pro- 
 fessor of medicine and chemistry at Halle. He was physician to 
 the duke of Saxe-Weiniar at the same time, and afterwards was 
 appointed physician to the king of Prussia, and removed to Ber- 
 lin, where he died in 1734, aged 74 years. In his medical prac- 
 tice he adopted Van Helmont's theory; but in chemistry he 
 made a great advance, by adopting a hint of Beccher's, and in- 
 venting the phlogistic tJieory. This theory, although unable to en- 
 dure a complete examination by experiments, was apparently 
 supported by a considerable series of investigations, and led the 
 way to many remarkable discoveries. It is one of the most in- 
 structive errors that a student of inductive philosophy can 
 analyze. 
 
 STAID, ;)ort. a. sober ; sedate; grave; regular; composed. 
 
 STAI'DNESS, s. freedom from levity; soberness; composed- 
 ness ; gravity ; prudence ; sedateness ; regularity. 
 
 To STAIN, V. a. [ystaenio, Brit.] to blot, spot, or spoil colour; 
 to disgrace. 
 
 STAIN, s. a spot or discoloration ; a disgrace ; a reproach ; 
 shame; ignominy; blot. 
 
 STAPNER, s. one that stains or blots; a dyer. 
 
 STAINES, Middlesex. It is seated on the river Thames, over 
 which is an elegant stone bridge of three elliptic arches. At 
 Coin-Ditch, is what is called the London-Mark-Stone, which is 
 816 
 
 STA 
 
 the ancient boundary to the jurisdiction of the city of London 
 on the Thames, and bears the date of 1280. Staines is 17 miles 
 from London. Market, Friday. Pop. 2487. 
 
 STAl'NING, a. spotting or discolouring. 
 
 STAIR, s. [stagger. Sax.] steps by which we ascend to the upper 
 part of any building; a flight of steps. 
 
 STAPRCASE, that part of a building which contains the 
 stairs. 
 
 STAKE, s. [stacek, Belg. staca, Sax.] a post or strong stick fast- 
 ened in the ground ; any thing placed as a palisade; any thing 
 pledged or wagered ; the state of being pledged or hazarded ; a 
 small anvil. 
 
 To STAKE, V. a. to fasten or support with pieces of timber 
 set upright ; to wager, pledge, or hazard. 
 
 STA'LACTITE, Sta'lagmite, s. [sfotoso, Gr.] in Mineralogy, 
 the name given to the sparry incrustations on the roofs and floors 
 of the caverns which abound in the mountain limestone, and 
 other similar formations. They consist of crystallized carbonate 
 of lime, and assume the most grotesque, and occasionally the 
 most fantastically beautiful forms. Those pendent from the 
 roof, like icicles, are called stalactites ; those accumulated under 
 them, on the floor, stalagmites. They are formed by the water 
 that filters through the crevices, and dissolves part of the lime, 
 which is deposited when it is exposed to the action of the air of 
 the cavern. 
 
 STALE, a. [stelle, Belg.] old ; kept long ; impaired by time. 
 
 STA'LENESS, s. the quality of being of an old date, or of not 
 being fresh. 
 
 To STALK, {staulk) v. n. [stealcan. Sax.] to walk in a proud 
 manner; to walk loftily; to walk behind a stalking-horse or 
 cover. 
 
 STALK, (staulk) s. a proud and lofty step ; the stem of a plant, 
 corn, a quill, &c. 
 
 STA'LKINGHORSE, (staulkinghorse) s. a screen or cover, 
 made use of by fowlers to shelter themselves from the sight of 
 the game ; a person employed as a tool ; a pretence ; a mask. 
 
 STA'LKY, a. hard like a stalk. 
 
 STALL, (staull) s. [stal, Belg. steal. Sax. stalla, Ital.] a crib in 
 which an ox is fed ; a bench, &c. where any thing is exposed to 
 sale ; a small house or shed, in which certain trades are carried 
 on ; the seat of a church dignitary in a cathedral. 
 
 To STALL, {staull) v. a. to keep in a stall or stable ; to invest, 
 used for instal. — v. n. to kennel ; to dwell. 
 
 STA'LLAGE, {stadllaje) s. money paid for keeping a stall in a 
 fair or market. 
 
 STA'LLION, s. [ysdalmjn, old Brit.] an entire horse. 
 
 STA'MFORD, Lincolnshire. It has some fine churches, and 
 several relics of its ancient splendour. Over the river is a fine old 
 stone bridge. Its trade is chiefly in malt, sea-coals, and free- 
 stone. The custom of Borough English prevails here. It is 
 seated on the river Welland, which is navigable here for barges, 
 85 miles from London. Markets, Monday and Friday. Pop. 
 6385. 
 
 STA'MINA,«. [Lat.] the first principles of any thing; the 
 solids of a human body. In Botany, the fertilizing organs of 
 flowers. 
 
 STAMl'NEOUS, a. {_stamen, Lat.] thready; filacious; appear- 
 ing as full of threads. 
 
 To STA'MMER, v. n. Istammeren, Belg.] to speak with great 
 difficulty and hesitation ; to have an impediment in the speech ; 
 to stutter. 
 
 STA'MMERER, s. one who falters in speaking. 
 
 To STAMP, V. a. [stampen, Belg. stamper, Dan.] to strike by 
 forcing the foot hastily downwards; to beat as in a mortar; to 
 impress with some mark or figure; to coin. — v. n. to strike the 
 foot suddenly downward. 
 
 STAMP, s. [estampe, Fr. stampa, ital.] any instrument by which 
 an impression is made ; a mark or impression made by stamp- 
 ing; a picture cut in wood, &c. for marking; authority ; make, 
 cast, form. In Commerpe, a sort of seal made by a die on paper, 
 which is, for financial purposes, made necessary to the validity 
 of promissory notes, receipts, inland bills of exchange, bonds, 
 &c. &c. Stamp Acts, in Law, are the statutes enforcing thaem- 
 ployment of these stamps. 
 
 To STANCH, V. a. [estancher, Fr.] to stop blood, or hinder from 
 running. — r. a. to stop. 
 
 STANCH, a. sound, or not letting out, applied to vessels; 
 

r 
 
 STA 
 
 firm, trusty, determined, hearty, sound of principle; strong; 
 not to be broken. 
 
 STA'NCHION, s. [estanjon, Ft.J in Building, a stay; a sup- 
 port ; an iron bar in a window. 
 
 STAUNCHNESS,*, firmness ; the quality of being trusty, or of 
 sound principle. 
 
 To STAND, v. n. preter. I stood, or have stood; [standan, Goth, 
 and Sax.] to be upon the feet; to be placed; to remain in a 
 place; to remain in the present state; to remain undemolished, 
 or not thrown down ; to become or remain erect ; to stop, halt, 
 or cease ; to offer as a candidate; to be without action ; to stop. 
 To stand against, to resist or oppose. To stand by, to support or 
 defend; to be present only as a spectator ; to repose on, or con- 
 fide in. lb stonrf/or, to propose oneself as a candidate; to pro- 
 fess to support. To stand oJt, to keep at a distance ; to refuse 
 compliance; to decline intimacy or friendship. To stand out, to 
 continue firm in a resolution ; to deny compliance ; to be promi- 
 nent. To stand to, to p\y; to persevere, or continue any action ; 
 to remain fixed in a purpose ; to abide by a contract or asser- 
 tion. To stand up, to rise from sitting; to rise up in order to 
 gain notice, or make a party. To stand upon, to concern ; to in- 
 terest ; to value; to insist. — v. a. to sustain without yielding; 
 to abide; to keep or maintain ; used with grotmd. 
 
 STAND, s. a station or place where one waits standing; rank 
 or post; a stop or halt; an interruption or intermission; the 
 highest mark or degree, beyond which a thing cannot proceed ; 
 diniculty, perplexity; a frame or table on which vessels are 
 placed. 
 
 STA'NDARD, s. [estendarf, Fr.] an ensign, particularly that 
 of the cavalry; that which is of undoubted authority, and the 
 test of other things of the same kind; something tried by the 
 proper test ; a standing stem or tree ; a settled rate. In Botany, 
 the upright petal of a butterfly-shaped blossom. 
 
 STA'NDARDBEAREK, s. one who bears a standard or en- 
 sign. 
 
 STA'NDER, s, one who stands. A stander-hy, a mere specta- 
 tor ; one present. 
 
 STA'NDING, a. settled or long-eitablished ; lasting; motion- 
 less; stagnant ; placed on feet. 
 
 STA'NDING, s. continuance in any post, place, or station ; 
 power to stand ; rank; condition; candidateship. 
 
 STA'NDISH, s. a case for pens and ink. 
 
 STA'NHOPE, JAMES, EARL OF, a distinguished soldier, 
 who at an early age served in the continental wars, with so much 
 bravery, that at the siege of Namur King William III. made 
 him a colonel. He afterwards gallantly sustained his reputation 
 at Barcelona, Almanza, Saragossa, &c. But at Briheuga, was 
 compelled to surrender to the Duke tie Vendome. After his re- 
 lease from imprisonment, he entered on a different career, and 
 was one of the ministers of George I. He died somewhat sud- 
 denly, in 1721, aged 48 years. Charles, E. Stanhope, his grand- 
 son, made himself notorious at the outbreak of the French Re- 
 volution, by attempting to abdicate the titles and insignia of 
 his rank. He is more favourably known for his scientific studies 
 and inventions, amongst which is a printing press. He died in 
 1816, aged 63 years. Lady Hester Stanhope, daughter of the fore- 
 going, and niece of William Pitt, made herself famous by an 
 eccentricity that bordered on insanity. She was highly esteem- 
 ed by the great minister, and admitted much to his confidence. 
 After his death she went to Syria, assumed a male dress, and re- 
 sided in a strange mixture of pomp and beggary, by means of a 
 pension from the British government, in Mount Lebanon ; where 
 she studied astrology, and talked rhapsodically of all the great 
 affairs of the world with all travellers who visited her. She not 
 seldom hazarded a prophecy. Her romantic adventures, and her 
 more than masculine bravery, have been often recorded. She 
 died in the most forlorn condition, in 1839, aged 73 years. 
 
 STA'NLEY, THOMAS, an English writer of the 17th centu- 
 ry. He studied at Cambridge, and afterwards resided chiefly in 
 the Middle Temple. He died in 1678, aged 53 years. Hisprinci- 
 pal works are a History of Philosophy, and an edition oi JEschylus, 
 with commentaries, &c. 
 
 STA'NNARY, a. [stannum, Lat.] relating to tin-works, and 
 mines. 
 
 STA'NZA, 8. [Ital.] a verse in a poem consisting of more than 
 two lines. 
 
 STA'PLE, {Mpt) s. {stapel, Belg.] primarily signifies a public 
 
 STA 
 
 place or market, whither merchants are obliged to bring their 
 goods to be bought by the people. 
 
 STA'PLE, (stdpl) a. settled ; established in commerce ; accord- 
 ing to the laws of commerce ; also, figuratively, regular, princi- 
 pal, chief. 
 
 STA'PLE, {stapl) s. [stapul, Sax.] a loop of iron, &c. driven 
 into wood at both ends. 
 
 STAR, s. [steorra, Sax. sterre, Belg.] a general name for all 
 heavenly bodies, excepting the sun, moon, and comets. See 
 Fixed Stars, Nebula, &c. Falling Stars. See JIeteors, kc. In 
 Heraldry, it is a charge frequently borne on the shield, and the 
 honourable ordinaries, in figure of a star. It is also a badge of 
 honour worn by the knights of the Garter, Bath, and Thistle. 
 
 STA'RAPPLE, s. in Botany, a globular or olive-shaped soft 
 fleshy fruit, enclosing a stone of the same shape, which grows 
 in the warmest parts of America, where the fruit is eaten byway 
 of dessert. It grows to the height of thirty or forty feet. 
 
 STAR OF BETHLEHEM, s. in Botany, a simple and beauti- 
 ful kind of English flower, with a white or yellow star-formed 
 blossom, found in meadows, and flowering in May. 
 
 STA'RBOARD, (stdrhOrd) s. [steorbord, Sax.] the right-hand 
 side of a ship. 
 
 STARCH, s. [store, Teut.] in Vegetable Physiology and Or-- 
 ganic Chemistry, one of the substances found universally in 
 plants, and which occurs in great abundance in the seeds of corn, 
 the roots of the potato, arrow-root, &c., the pith of the palm 
 tribe, &c. &c. It is found in microscopic, rounded, brilliant 
 grains. In Domestic Economy, a kind of paste made from 
 wheat starch, used in stiffening linen, &c. 
 
 STARCH, a. stiff; formal ; precise. 
 
 To STARCH, V. a. to stiffen with starch. 
 
 STA'RCHAMBER, s. one of the royal courts of judicature, 
 which was abolished in the reign of Charles I., when its abomin- 
 able tyranny could no longer be endured. 
 
 STA'RCHED, a. stiffened with starch; stiff; precise, or 
 formal. 
 
 To STARE, V. n. [starian, Sax. sterren, Belg.] to look with fixed 
 eyes ; to look steadily with wonder, impudence, confidence, stu- 
 pidity, or horror. To stare in the face, signifies to be undeniably 
 evident; to stand out prominent. 
 
 STARE, s. a fixed or impudent look. 
 
 STA'RFISH, s. in Natural History, a kind of marine animal, 
 in form resembling a star. 
 
 STA'RGAZER, s. an astronomer or astrologer. 
 
 STA'RGRASS, s. in Botany, a common kind of water- 
 plant. 
 
 STARK, a. [sterc, or stare, Sax. sterck, Belg.] stiff; strong ; 
 rugged ; mere ; plain ; simple ; gross ; ample. — ad. used to aug- 
 ment the signification of a word ; as, stark mad, mad in the high- 
 est degree. 
 
 STA'RLIGHT, {stdrlU) s. the light or lustre of the stars. 
 
 STA'RLING, s. [starlitig, Sslx.I in Ornithology, a bird about 
 the size of the common blackbird, remarkably docile, which may 
 be taught to imitate the human voice. 
 
 STA'RRY, a. decorated with stars ; resembling stars ; con- 
 sisting of stars. 
 
 To START, V. n. [startzen, Teut.] to feel or give an involuntary 
 shrink, twitch, or motion, on the apprehension of danger ; to go 
 out of the way; to deviate; to shrink; to rise suddenly, used 
 generally with up ; to set out in any course or pursuit. — v. a. to 
 alarm or disturb suddenly; to make fly; to discover; to put 
 suddenly out of its place. 
 
 START, s. a sudden twitch or motion of terror; a sudden ex- 
 citement to action ; a sally or unexpected flight ; a quick spring 
 or motion ; a sudden fit, or intermitted action. To get the start, 
 is to begin before another. 
 
 STA'RTING, s. among jockeys, the setting out of the horses 
 at the beginning of a heat. Among brewers, the putting new 
 beer or ale to that which is decayed, in order to revive it ; or the 
 filling empty butts with beer. 
 
 To STA'RTLE, {stdrtl) v. n. to shrink ; to move on a sudden 
 apprehension of danger. — v. a. to frighten ; to shock or impress 
 with sudden apprehension of danger ; to make to deviate ; to 
 deter. 
 
 STA'RTLE, {stdrtl) s. a sudden shock ; alarm ; sudden im- 
 pression of terror. 
 
 To STARVE, V. n. {sUarfan, Sax.] to perish with hunger or 
 5 M - 817 
 
STA 
 
 cold ; to suffer extreme poverty.— r. a. to kill with hunger or 
 cold ; to deprive of force or vigour ; to subdue by famioe. 
 
 STA'RVELING, s. any animal that is both thin and weak for 
 want of food.— a. hungry; lean; pining. 
 
 STA'RWORT, s. in Botany, a pretty kind of composite flower, 
 growing near the sea. 
 
 STATE, s. [status, Lat.] condition ; circumstances of nature or 
 fortune; the settled meaning or tenor; the community or pub- 
 lic; a government; rank or quality ; solemn pomp or grandeur; 
 a seat of dignity ; a canopy; the chief persons in an adminis- 
 tration. Compounded with other words, it signifies public, or 
 relating to government. 
 
 To STATE, f. a. [constater, Fr.] to settle or regulate ; to repre- 
 sent with all its circumstances. 
 
 STA'TELINESS, s. grandeur of appearance or mien ; proud 
 behaviour ; affected dignity. 
 
 STA'TELY, a. pompous ; majestic ; grand ; august ; lofty ; 
 elevated ; magnificent ; elated in mien or sentiment. 
 
 STA'TEN rSLAND, an island of New York, United States. 
 It is about 14 miles long, and 8 broad. The surface to the N. 
 is hilly, and Richmond Hill is about 300 feet high, affording a 
 most beautifid prospect. It has beds of iron ore and other mi- 
 nerals. There are 4 townships on it. Pop. 10,905. 
 
 STATES-GENERAL, s. an assembly of the deputies of the 
 several United Provinces. Formerly, the assembled representa- 
 tives of all the estates in France. 
 
 STA'TESMAN, s. one versed or concerned in the arts of go- 
 vernment ; a pedantic politician. 
 
 STA'TIC, Sta'tical, a. relating to the science of weighing. 
 
 STA 'TICS, s. lstatike,Uom histemi, Gr.] in Natural Philosophy, 
 the science which considers the laws of equilibrium. 
 
 STA'TION, (stdshdn) s. [Fr. statio, from sto, Lat.] the act of 
 standing; a state of rest; a place or post ; situation; character; 
 employment; rank or condition of life; an intermediate point 
 on a railroad, where trains stop for passengers, &c. 
 
 To STA'TION, (stdshdn) v. a. to set in a certain rank, post, or 
 place. 
 
 STA'TIONARY, (stdshdnary) a. fixed ; not progressive. Ap- 
 plied to the planets, when they have no apparent motion. 
 
 STA'TIONER, {stdshoner) s. one who sells paper; formerly 
 applied to booksellers on account of the stands or stations in 
 which they exposed their books. 
 
 STA'TIONERY, s. in trade, all kinds of paper, regarded as a 
 ware. 
 
 STATI'STICAL, a. [from state,'] relating to the condition, re- 
 sources, wealth, &CC., of a state. 
 
 STATISTICS, s. the science of Political Geography, relating 
 to the population, wealth, trade, revenue, currency, resources, &c. 
 &c. of nations. It is usually, however, treated not as a science, 
 but simply as the preparatory process to a science, being busied 
 only with the accumulation and tabulation of facts. It was for- 
 merly confounded with geography, but in all modern treatises is 
 separated from it. 
 
 STA'TIUS, P. PAPINIUS, a Roman poet, of the 1st century 
 A. D. He enjoyed considerable reputation during his life, and 
 died in 96 a. d., aged 35 years. His chief poems are the Thebais, 
 the Achilleis, and a collection of minor poems called Sylv(B. 
 
 STA'TUARY, s. [statuaire, Fr.] the art of carving images ; a 
 carver of images. 
 
 STA'TUE, s. [Fr. seated, from sto, Lat.] a carved or cast image. 
 
 STA'TURE, s. [Fr. statura, from sto, Lat.] the height of an 
 animal. 
 
 STA'TUTE, s. [statut, Fr. from statuo, Lat.] an edict of a legis- 
 lator; a law ; an act of parliament. 
 
 To STAVE, V. a. [from staff, in the plural staves,] to break bar- 
 rels in pieces; to push off' as with a staff; to pour out by break- 
 ing the case. — v. n. to fight with staves. 
 
 STAVES, the plural of Staff. 
 
 STA'VESACRE, s. in Botany, a plant called larkspur. 
 
 STAU'NTON, SIR GEORGE LEONARD, a diplomatist of 
 the last century. He studied medicine at Montpellier, and 
 practised in the island of Grenada ; where he was introduced to 
 Lord Macartney, who made him his secretary. He accompanied 
 his Lordship to Madras, and afterwards to China, on a special 
 mission; and on both occasions had considerable trust reposed 
 in him by the government, and distinguished himself by the 
 mode of discharging it. He died in 1801, aged 64 years. He 
 818 
 
 STE 
 
 wrote an account of his mission to China, which was read with 
 great interest, as little was known then of the Celestial Empire. 
 
 To STAY, V. n. [staen, Belg.] to continue in a place, or in the 
 same state ; to wait ; to stop or stand still. Used with on or 
 upon, to rest or confide in. — v. a. to stop, to repress ; to delay, to 
 obstruct ; to keep from departing ; to prop. 
 
 STAY, s. continuance in the same place; a stand or stop ; a 
 fixed state ; a prop or support. Among mariners, ropes which 
 support the masts, and keep them from falling. In the plural, 
 an article of dress, used by females and effeminate men to give 
 them an unnaturally slender appearance. 
 
 STA'YLACE, s. a lace with which stays are drawn tight. 
 
 STA'YMAKER, s. a maker of women's stays. 
 
 STEAD, {stM) s. [sted. Sax.] a place, room, or post, occupied 
 by another. After stand, use ; help, or service. Stead or sted, 
 [styd, or stathe. Sax.] in the names of places, a place ; but if they 
 be situated on a river, a shore or station for ships. 
 
 STE'ADILY, {stidily)ad. without tottering, shaking, or alter- 
 ing ; without irregularity or variation. 
 
 STE'ADINESS, {stidiness) s. the quality of not being easily 
 moved or disconcerted ; consistent, unvaried conduct ; constancy, 
 firmness. 
 
 STE'ADY, {stedy) a. [stedig. Sax.] firm ; constant ; regular. 
 Among sailors, keeping the ship constant in her course. 
 
 STEAK, (staik) s. [stych, Isl. Sax. and Erse,] a piece of meat 
 to be fried or grilled. 
 
 To STEAL, {steel) v. a. preter. stole, past part, stolen ; \stelan. 
 Sax. stelen, Belg.] to take away what is another'^ privately; to 
 gain or effect in a secret or imperceptible manner; to thieve; 
 to purloin. — d. n. to withdraw secretly ; to be guilty of taking 
 what is another's without his knowledge or notice. 
 
 STE'ALER, s. one who steals; a thief. 
 
 STEALTH, (smth) s. the act of taking what belongs to an- 
 other without his knowledge or notice ; theft ; the thing stolen. 
 £y stealth, signifies secretly, and is sometimes used in a good 
 sense. 
 
 STEAM, (steem) s. [steme. Sax.] in Chemistry, the form as- 
 sumed by fluids subjected to the action of heat ; vaporized water. 
 
 To STEAM, (steem) v. n. [stetnan. Sax.] to smoke or vapour ; 
 to send up vapours, applied to hot liquors. 
 
 STE'AM-CARRIAGE, s. a carriage for the conveyance of 
 
 foods, passengers, &c. moved by an application of steam-power. 
 he great objection to the use of them on common roads is the 
 number of sudden bendings in them ; they frighten horses em- 
 ployed in other carriages, also, and so interfere with common 
 
 traffic. See LOCOMOTIVE, RAILWAY, &c. 
 
 STE'AM-ENGINE, s. an engine, by means of which the ex- 
 pansive force of steam is applied to the working of all kinds of 
 machinery. The earlier forms of this engine were very rude and 
 unsatisfactory; it was not till James Watt applied his powerful 
 mind to the consideration of this subject, that it was any thing 
 more than a self-acting pump for raising water from mines. 
 It has received many improvements, in minor points, since 
 the time of Watt, and has been applied to many purposes 
 that he did not contemplate, which has necessitated various 
 modifications in form and arrangement, but the principal parts 
 remain the same in all engines. These are, the boiler, in which 
 the steam is generated ; the cylinder, in which a piston works by 
 means of steam admitted alternately above and below it, which 
 communicates, by a crank, a rotatory motion to a fly-wheel. In 
 the simplest engines, such as are used in locomotives, steam- 
 packets, &c., the crank is attached to the upper end of the piston- 
 rod, and the fly-wheel is thus set in motion directly; but, most 
 usually, the piston is attached to one end of a beam, to the other 
 end of which is attached an arm, with a crank which moves the 
 flj'-wheel ; while on each side of the centre of it are the piston- 
 rods of various pumps for supplying the boiler with fresh water, 
 for effecting the condensation of the steam that has been used, 
 &c. One of the most beautiful contrivances connected with this 
 
 Eart of the machinery, is that for securing the exact perpendicu- 
 irity of the piston-rods of the cylinder, and of the pump next 
 to it, when in action, or, as it is called, parallel motion. It is not 
 possible here to describe the ingenious means employed in 
 making the piston of the cylinder work with the least friction 
 in the cylinder, and at the same time so as to be almost air- 
 tight; minute diagrams, or models, alone can explain this. In 
 disposing of the steam after it has been used in the cylinder. 
 
STE 
 
 two plans are adopted ; in one it is condensed, by the aid of a jet 
 of cold water, kept up in a chamber to which it is admitted ; in 
 the other it is, as in locomotives, not condensed, but blown off 
 into the open air ; and it will be seen that circumstances alone 
 can deterniine which plan is the best in any case. Engines con- 
 structed on the last plan are called high-pressure engines. In ad- 
 mitting the steam into the cylinder, a very simple contrivance is 
 used ; the steam-pipe coming from the boiler, branches off to the 
 top and to the bottom of the cylinder, and a frame, with valves, 
 is so connected with both branches that one branch is open when 
 the other is closed, and the alternate supply of steam above and 
 below the piston is easily effected by an eccentric fixed on the 
 axis of the fly-wheel, which by an arm raises and depresses the 
 frame with the valves alternately, and in exactly the same rate 
 of velocity as is needful. The use of the fly-wheel, as is well 
 known, is to regulate as well as to accumulate the force of the 
 engine : a further means of regulating the motion of the engine 
 is called the governor, which is a rotatory vertical spindle, having 
 dependent on opposite sides from the top two movable arms, to 
 which are attached heavy metallic balls. Motion is communi- 
 cated to the spindle from the axis of the fly-wheel ; and as the 
 balls swing in a wider circle when the motion is more rapid, they 
 move a lever which works a valve in the steam-pipe, called a 
 throttle-valve, that regulates the supply of steam to the cylinder, 
 so that if the motion could be increased till the balls of the go- 
 vernor should revolve horizontally on their arms, the steam-pipe 
 would be quite closed, and all supply cut off'. The boiler is made 
 in various forms, according to circumstances, each being in- 
 tended to generate the greatest quantity of steam, in the short- 
 est time, and with the greatest safety. The best form of all, is 
 that which is made of a number of tubes, like gun-barrels, 
 amongst which the flame of the furnace ascends, since, if one 
 were to burst, only the steam in it would escape, and so, com- 
 paratively, little damage be done. To prevent accidents, a gauge 
 is attached to the side of the boiler, in sight of the engineer, or 
 stoker, which is a strong glass tube, connected with the upper 
 and with the lower parts of the boiler, and showing, necessarily, 
 at a glance the exact proportion of the water and steam in the 
 boiler to each other. Another safeguard is the safety-valve, in 
 the upper surface of the boiler, closed by a weight suspended 
 from one end of a kind of steelyard, along the longer arm of 
 which a smaller weight can be moved, and thus the amount of 
 force within the boiler needful to lift the valve, and allow the 
 steam to escape, can be most accurately fixed. It will be seen 
 at once, that all the motion communicated to machinery by the 
 steam-engine is rotatory, and is conveyed b)' the axis of the fly- 
 wheel. The various plans for employing and modifying this 
 motion do not belong to the description of the engine which 
 produces it. 
 
 STE'AMER, s. a steam-vessel. In Cookerj', an apparatus for 
 cooking vegetables, &c. by steam. 
 
 STE'AMlNESS, (steeminess) s. emission of vapour. 
 
 STE'AM-TUG, s. a small steamer employed in towing vessels 
 in and out of harbour, &c. 
 
 STE'AM-VESSEL, Steam-Packet, Steam-Ship, ». a vessel 
 employed on rivers or at sea, impelled by paddles, or by a screw, 
 worked by steam-power. 
 
 STE'AM-WHISTLE, s. part of the apparatus of a locomotive, 
 or steam-vessel engine, in which a small current of steam is let 
 out of the boiler against a sharp edge, which produces a most 
 horrid screatn, and can be heard to a great distance. Its use on 
 railways as a signal will be easily perceived. 
 
 STE'ARATES, s. in Chemistry, the compounds of stearic acid 
 with alkalies, earths, and the oxides of metals. 
 
 STE'ARIC, a. in Chemistry, connected with stearine. Stearic 
 acid, in the solid state, is used in making candles, as being cheap- 
 er than wax. 
 
 STE'ARINE, «. [stear, Gr.] in Chemistry, the solid part of 
 some fats and oils. It is a soft pearly substance, which, when 
 pure, is not at all greasy, insoluble in water, with weak acid 
 properties. 
 
 STE'ATITE, s. [stear, Gr.] in Mineralogy, the general name of 
 a speciesof earth, of which the soap-stone of Cornwall, French 
 chalk, and Meerschaum are varieties. It is a kind of magnesia, 
 and is greasy to the touch. 
 
 STE'DFAST, a. fast in a place ; firm in resolution ; constant. 
 
 STE'DFASTLV, acZ. firmly; resolutely. 
 
 STE 
 
 STE'DFASTNESS, «. constancy ; firmness; resolution. 
 
 STEED, s. [steda, Sax.] a horse for state or war. 
 
 STEEL, s. [stael, Belg. stal, Sax.] in Chemistry and the Useful 
 Arts, a compound of iron and carbon, differing from iron, not in 
 the presence of carbon, but in the mode of its combination. It 
 is of a gray colour, and of a much closer and finer grain than 
 iron, and may be made, by tempering, of every degree of elas- 
 ticity and hardness. Its various uses are too well known to need 
 description. Cast steel is made by fusion, and is more brittle 
 than ordinary steel, and has also a closer grain, and more equable 
 structure. Steel-engraving, is a print taken off' by a rolling-press 
 from an engraving on a steel plate, which is now much used in- 
 stead of copper-plate, from being more durable, &c. See Cop- 
 per-plate, Sen. Figuratively, weapons or armour. In Medicine, 
 chalybeate remedies. Proverbially, any thing hard. 
 
 STEEL, a. made of steel. 
 
 To STEEL, V. a. to point or edge with steel ; to make hard, 
 firm, or insensible. 
 
 STEELE, SIR RICHARD, one of the writers of the "Augustan 
 age of English Literature." He studied at Oxford, and entered 
 the army, but he forsook that profession for the more peaceful 
 walk of authorship. His first writings were plays, which at- 
 tracted some attention. But afterwards, in the Tattler, Spectator, 
 and Guardian, in conjunction with Addison and others, he ob- 
 tained a place amongst the first ranks of English essayists. He 
 was, later in life, a member of parliament, and was once expelled 
 for libel. He held also the post of governor to the Royal Com- 
 pany of Comedians. Great pecuniary losses, the result of his 
 want of business habits, reduced him to great distress, and he 
 died in Wales, in 1729, aged 58 years. 
 
 STEE'LY, a. made of steel ; hard ; firm. 
 
 STEE'LYARD, s. in Mechanics and Trade, a species of ba- 
 lance, consisting of a graduated rod, suspended very near to one 
 end, having a scale for the commodities on the shorter arm, and 
 a small weight movable at pleasure on the other. In use, the 
 weight is shifted along the longer arm, till there is equilibrium, 
 and the degree against which it stands shows the weight of the 
 things in the scale. 
 
 STEEN, JAN, an eminent painter of Leyden. He studied 
 under Van Goyen, and married his daughter. He was a very 
 dissipated character, but his paintings show considerable skill, 
 and are highly valued. He died in 1089, aged 53 years. 
 
 STEEP, a. [steap. Sax.] difficult and dangerous to ascend or 
 descend, because with very little slant. 
 
 STEEP, s. a precipice; an ascent almost perpendicular. 
 
 To STEEP, V. a. [stippen, Belg.] to soak long in liquor ; to 
 macerate; to dip; to imbue. 
 
 STEE'PLE, (steepl) s. [steopel, or stypel. Sax.] the tower of a 
 church, in v/hich the bells are hung. 
 
 STEE'PNESS, s. declivity; great descent. 
 
 STEER, «. \styre, steor, or stiore,^a\.'] a young bullock. 
 
 To STEER, V. a. [stieren, Belg. steoran, or styran. Sax.] to di- 
 rect or guide in its passage. — v. n. to direct a course at sea. 
 
 STEE'RAGE, s. the act of guiding a vessel in its course ; 
 that which guides any thing in its course; the stern or hinder 
 part of a ship. 
 
 STEE'RSMAN, Stee'rsmate, s. one that steers or guides a 
 vessel in its course; a pilot ; one who chiefly conducts the af- 
 fairs of a state. 
 
 STEE'VENS, GEORGE, one of the principal English com- 
 mentators on Shakspeare. He studied at Cambridge; and first 
 appeared before the literary world with an edition of 20 of 
 Shakspeare's plays. He was afterwards connected with Dr. 
 Johnson in his edition; and, later still, he edited the great 
 bard's works with (as he thought) improvements in the rhythm, 
 &c. He was engaged in other lesser literary works; and died 
 in 1800, aged 64 years. The services of such a critic as Stee- 
 vens are not of a kind to confer immortality; and he seems to 
 live yet simply from his association with Johnson, and be- 
 cause England has produced few greater critics, who are widely 
 known. 
 
 STEGANO'GRAPHIST, s. [steganos and graplw, Gr.] he who 
 practises the art of secret writing. 
 
 STEGANO'GRAPHY, {stegan6yrafy ,) s. the art of secret writ- 
 ing in cipher. 
 
 STEGNO'SIS, s. [stcgno, Gr.] a stopping up the pores of the 
 body. 
 
 5 M 2 - 819 
 
STE 
 
 STEGNOTICS, s. medicines which produce costiveness. 
 
 STE'LLAR, a. [Stella, Lat.] relating to the stars ; full of stars ; 
 astral ; starry. 
 
 STE'LLATE, a. [stellatus, Lat.] marked with spots like stars. 
 In Botany, plants having their leaves growing on the stalks at 
 certain distances, in the form of a star. 
 
 STELLI'ONATE, «. [stellionat, Fr. from stelUo, Lat.] in Law, a 
 kind of crime which is committed by a deceitful selling a thing 
 for otherwise than it really is ; as if a man should sell that for 
 his own estate which is the property of another. 
 
 STEM, s. [s<e?)i?«a, Lat.] a stalk or twig; a family ; genera- 
 tion; pedigree; genealogy; race. — [stammen, Swed.] the prow 
 or forepart of a ship. 
 
 To STEM, V. a. [stmmma, Isl.] to oppose a current ; to check ; 
 to keep back. 
 
 STENCH, «. [stencan. Sax.] a stink ; a bad smell. 
 
 To STENCH, v. a. to scent with a bad smell. 
 
 STE'NCILLING, s. the art of ornamenting the plastered wall 
 of a room in the same way as paper-hangings are printed. It 
 has some advantages over paper-hanging; but is far from gene- 
 rally in use. 
 
 STENO'GRAPHY, {stemgrafy) s. [stenos and grapho. Or.] the 
 art of writing in secret characters; short-hand writing. 
 
 STENTOKOPHO'NIC, a. [Stentor and phone, Gr.] loudly 
 speaking or sounding. 
 
 To STEP, V. n. {stappen, Belg. stceppan. Sax.] to move by a 
 single change or motion of the foot; to advance suddenly ; to 
 trace backwards or forwards in the mind ; to take a short walk ; 
 to walk gravely, slowly, or resolutely. 
 
 STEP, s. \stap, Belg. st(sp. Sax.] motion by moving one foot be- 
 fore another; a stair ; round of a ladder; the space passed by a 
 single remove of the foot ; progression ; act of advancing ; a 
 small space; the print of a foot; gait, manner of walking; ac- 
 tion, or instance of conduct. 
 
 STEP, [steop, Sax.] in Composition, one who is related to an- 
 other only by marriage. 
 
 STEPHA'NUSBYZANTINUS, a Greek grammarian of the 
 6th century. He wrote a dictionary of geography, or topography. 
 Nothing but his work is known of him, and this only by an 
 epitome, made by a later writer. 
 
 STE'PHEN, Ihe protomartyr, or first who testified his trust in 
 the Saviour \yy his death. Nothing is known of his life but 
 what is recorded in the Acts of the Apostles, where he is first 
 mentioned as one of the Hellenist deacons, and as an ardent 
 preacher. Having been taken before the Sanhedrim, he ad- 
 dressed to them a noble historical defence of the gospel ; but be- 
 fore he had concluded it, he was seized by the enraged Jews, and 
 stoned to death, in about 33 A. u. 
 
 STE'PHEN, successor to Henry I. on the throne of England, 
 and nephew to that king; being grandson to the Conqueror by 
 his daughter Adela, who was married to the Count of Blois. He 
 was not the eldest son, but the two who preceded him in age did 
 not interfere with his aspirations. On Henry's death, he was pro- 
 claimed by his partisans, accepted by almost the whole nation, 
 and confirmed by the pope. But attempts in behalf of Henry's 
 daughter, Matilda, formerly the Empress, and now Countess of 
 Anjou, soon commenced in NormanJy, in the N. of Eugland by 
 the Scottish king, in Wales, and gradually in all parts of Eng- 
 land. One of these arose as fast as another was quelled, and the 
 Scots twice invaded England, the second time being defeated at 
 the "Battle of the Standard." Stephen had been compelled, in 
 securing the kingdom, to seem to concede greatly to the clergy, 
 but attempting at his first moment of leisure to curb them, he 
 raised the whole ecclesiastical power of the country against him. 
 Before his efforts to compromise this were carried through, Ma- 
 tilda invaded England, and after four months' war, Stephen was 
 taken prisoner, and confined in Bristol Castle. A short time only 
 elapsed before Stephen's queen found an opportunity of attack- 
 ing the victorious party ; and in the end Stephen was released, 
 and the war with various fortunes carried on, till Matilda was 
 coinpelled to leave England. But peace was not Stephen's lot. 
 This struggle over, others rose into importance ; and ere he had 
 succeeded in reducing his rebellious vassals, and teaching the 
 church militant humility, the son of his old enemy invaded 
 England, and war was once more preparing. But arbitration 
 was resorted to instead of the sword, and Henry was declared 
 Stephen's successor. For about a year longer Stephen held his 
 
 STE 
 
 unpeaceful crown ; and died in 1154, aged 50 years, and having 
 reigned nearly 19. England was nearly destroyed during this 
 disastrous period of insane civil war. 
 
 STE'PHENS, the name of a French family of printers, distin- 
 guished for the great scholars it produced ; the most eminent of 
 whom were, — Robert Stephens, famous for his critical know- 
 ledge of Hebrew, Greek, and Latin, and for the editions of the 
 Scriptures which he printed. He was appointed royal printer 
 by Francis I., and experienced no little persecution from the Sor- 
 bonne, who felt that the Bible was " all against them ;" and was 
 at last compelled to take refuge in Geneva. He died in 1559, 
 aged 56year.s. Beside his editions of the Vulgate Version, the 
 Greek Testament, &c., he edited several classical works, and 
 Church Fathers; and added to correct and beautiful typography, 
 critical emendations and learned comment. He also made the 
 division of the chapters of the Bible into verses, for which not 
 many thanks are due. His great work is a Dictionary of the La- 
 tin Language, which was the first work of real value and learn- 
 ing of that kind. Henry Stephens, his son, exceeded him in 
 learning and fame. He travelled in England, Holland, and Italy, 
 for the purpose of studying the classics, &c. in the best MSS., 
 and conferring with the great scholars of the age; and at last 
 settled at Geneva with his father. But when, after his father's 
 death, the whole business was in his hands, he suffered his 
 affairs to become inextricably involved, and then, instead of la- 
 bouring to set them right, resumed his learned pilgrimages 
 through France and Germany; and finally died at Lyons, in a 
 public hospital, in 1598, aged 70 years. He edited a great num- 
 ber of classical authors, and wrote many learned treatises; and 
 added to the editions of the New Testament which he printed 
 with his father, others of his own. But the lasting basis of his 
 fame is his Lexicon of the Greek Language, which continues to 
 this day to be one of the chief fountains of accurate knowledge 
 of that tongue for scholars. 
 
 STEPPE, s. [Slav.] the name of the vast plains of European 
 Russia; and now often used to designate such plains wherever 
 they occur, especially in Europe and Asia. 
 
 STERCORA'CEOUS, a. [sfercus, Lat.] belonging to dung ; 
 partaking of the nature of dung. 
 
 STERCORA'TION, «. the act of manuring with dung. 
 
 STEREO'GRAPHY, (stereigrafg) s. [stereos and grap/io, Gr.] 
 the art of representing solids on a plane. 
 
 STEREO'METRY, s. [stereos and metreo, Gr.] a science teach- 
 ing to measure solid bodies, or to find their solid contents. 
 
 STEREO'TOMY, s. [stereos and temno, Gr.] the art or act of 
 cutting solids, or making Ejections thereof, as walls or other mem- 
 bers in the profiles of architecture. 
 
 STE'REOTYPE Printing, s. [stereos and tupos, Gr.] the art 
 of printing books from pages cast in solid plates, instead of be- 
 ing composed of single movable letters; chiefly applicable to 
 works of great and constant sale, as Bibles, Dictionaries, classic 
 authors, &c. 
 
 STE'RILE, a. [sterile, Fr. sterilis, Lat.] barren, or producing 
 neither fruit nor children. 
 
 STERI'LITY, «. [sterilite, Fr. from sterilis, Lat.] barrenness ; 
 or want of power to produce fruit or offspring. 
 
 STE'RLING, a. [from Easterlings, the people originally em- 
 ployed in the mint;] an epithet by which genuine Englisii mo- 
 ney is discriminated, having twenty shillings English to the 
 pound. Genuine; having passed the test. 
 
 STE'RLING, s. English coin ; standard money or rate. 
 
 STERN, a. [styrn. Sax.] severe in look or manners ; trucu- 
 lent ; harsh ; cruel ; unrelenting ; afflictive ; severe ; sour ; morose. 
 
 STERN, s. [steor. Sax.] the hind part of a ship ; the hinder 
 part of any thing; direction. 
 
 STERNE, LAURENCE, an English clergyman, and one of 
 the chief of English humourists. He was the son of a lieute- 
 nant of a "marching regiment;" and after his father's death 
 studied at Cambridge, and entering the Church, obtained, at va- 
 rious intervals, such preferment as a man of genius could ex- 
 pect. His life was varied by the publication of his works, the 
 literary linnism they introduced him to, and a tour on the con- 
 tinent for his health, which he has described in his own way in 
 his Sentimental Journey. He died in 1768, aged 55 years. ' His 
 principal work is the inimitable Tristram Shandy ; and upon that 
 his claim to his high place in English literature is founded : it 
 abounds with instances of the finest humour and genuine pa- 
 

 
STI 
 
 thos. Beside this and the Journey, he published some Sermons, 
 But the praise accorded to Sterne must be qualified by the declar- 
 ation that few writers of his class display such a relish for gra- 
 tuitous licentiousness ; and the pathos of his Sentimental Jour- 
 ney is, in notorious instances.sopurely empty, that it affects the 
 mind with involuntary disgust. 
 
 STE'RNHOLD, THOMAS, one of the versifiers of the Old 
 Version of the Psalms; an Oxford man, who held courtly office 
 under Henry VHI. and his son ; and died in 1549. He is im- 
 mortalized by his Psaker, in which he was helped by Hopkins, 
 Norton, and others; and which was blamed for lack of poetic 
 fire by old Rous, who did the Scottish Psalter. But however 
 unconformable to modern taste the poetry may be, he has undoubt- 
 edly preserved more of the simplicity and spirit of the original 
 than almost all others who have attempted that task. 
 STE'RNLY, ad. severely; morosely. 
 STER'NNESS, s. severity in look or manners. 
 STE'RNON, Sternum, s. [Gr. Lat.] in Anatomy, the breast- 
 bone. 
 STERNUTA'TION, s. [stemuto, Lat.] the act of sneezing. 
 STERNUTATIVE, Sternu'tatory, a. provoking sneezing. 
 STESI'CHORUS, a Greek lyric poet, who flourished in Sicily 
 in about 600 b. c, of whose writings only a few fragments re- 
 main. 
 
 STE'THOSCOPE, s. [sfethos and skopeo, Gr.] in Medicine, an 
 instrument made of cedar wood, by the application of which to 
 the chest, the sounds of the lungs and heart can be very plainly 
 discerned. The introduction of it has changed the whole aspect 
 of someparts of medical science. 
 
 STETTIN, a sea-port town of Pomerania, Prussia. It stands 
 on the Oder, and has several fine bridges of wood across it and 
 two other streams. It has some very handsome buildings, and 
 is very strongly fortified. Here, too, is a good library. It has 
 several manufactures, and ship-building is carried on with some 
 activity. Its trade is extensive, but not so great as it might be. 
 Pop. about 35,000. Lat. 53. 23. N. Long. 14. 26. E. 
 
 STE'VENS, GEORGE ALEXANDER, a miscellaneous writer 
 of the last century. He was originally a strolling player, and lived 
 a desultory, uncreditable life. His pieces are very various, and 
 of them all, a song. The Storm, and a droll monodrama, entitled 
 A Lecture on Heads, (or at least some parts of it,) alone are known 
 now. He died in 1784. 
 
 STE'VENSON,SIRJOHN, an eminent musical composer of 
 Ireland, of whos; numerous and admired works, the most cele- 
 brated are the Irish Melodies, to which Moore's exquisite words 
 were written. He died in 1833, aged 72 years. 
 
 To STEW, V. a. [estuver, Fr.] to seethe any thing with a slow 
 heat, and a small quantity of liquor.— t). n. to be seethed in a small 
 moist heat. 
 
 STEW, s. [estuve, Fr. stufa, Ital. estufa. Span.] a bagnio ; a hot- 
 house ; a brothel ; a storepond or fishpond. 
 
 STEWARD, s. [stiii-ard. Sax.] one who manages the afl^airs of 
 another, particularly with respect to money. 
 STEWARDSHIP, s. the office of a steward. 
 STEWART, DUGALD, one of the most eminent of the Scot- 
 tish metaphysicians. He studied at Glasgow, and at an early 
 age received the chair of mathematics at Edinburgh. His next 
 appointment was that of professor of moral philosophy, which 
 be held for 25 years. The rest of his life was spent in literary 
 retirement, and he died in 1828, aged 75 years. In the Scottish 
 school he holds a conspicuous place; but in the school of phi- 
 losophy he does not take a very high rank. He was not a dis- 
 coverer; but he succeeded by the graces of his style and his happy 
 elocution in conciliating general favour to a shallow system, and 
 in concealing its shallowness from all but the few who attempted 
 to navigate the stream with vessels of heavier burden. Perhaps 
 his highest claim to mention in the history of philosophy, is the 
 fact that he aided in recalling some of the most eminent of the 
 modern French philosophers from the sensualism into which 
 Condillac's perversion of Locke's system had led almost all 
 thinkers of that nation. His chief works are. Outlines of Moral 
 Philosophy, Elements of the Philosophy of the Human Mind, Philoso- 
 phical Essays, and the Preliminary Essay to the Supplement of the 
 Encvclonaedia Britannica. 
 S'lTBlAL, a. [stibium, Lat.] antimonial. 
 STICK, s. [sticca. Sax. atecco, Ital. steck, Belg.] a thin and long- 
 isli piece of wood ; a walking-staff. 
 
 STI 
 
 To STICK, f. a. pret. and past part, stuck; [stican and stician. 
 Sax.] to fasten on so that it may remain or adhere without fall- 
 ing off; to stab or pierce with a pointed instrument. — r. n. to 
 adhere to without falling off; to be inseparable; to remain in 
 the memory; to stop in its passage ; to be constant to ; to hesi- 
 tate, used with at ; to be perplexed. To stick out, to be promi- 
 nent with deformity; to refuse compliance. 
 
 To STl'CKLE, (st'tkl) V. n. to take part with one side or ano- 
 ther; to contend with obstinacy; to trim ; to play fast and loose 
 between opposites. 
 
 STI'CKLEBACK, s. in Ichthyology, a small fish, well-known 
 to all school-boys, having sharp spines projecting from its dor- 
 sal fin, and called by a variety ot names in different parts of 
 England. 
 
 STl'CKLER, s. one that is busy in public affairs ; one who is 
 zealous in the cause he espouses ; a sidesman to a fencer; a se- 
 cond to a duellist ; a judge of a combat. 
 
 STI'CKY, a. fastening itself to any thing it touches; adhe- 
 sive ; viscous; glutinous. 
 
 STIFF, a. [Dan. stif Sax. sttif, Swed. stijf, Belg.] not easy to 
 be bent or put out of form by the touch ; rigid ; inflexible ; not 
 easily subdued ; obstinate; formal; hardy; strong; stubborn; 
 pertinacious ; rigorous ; harsh ; con-strained. 
 
 To STl'FFEN, v. a. [stifian. Sax.] to make stiff, or hard to be 
 bent; to make obstinate, inflexible, rigid, unpliant, hard. — v.n, 
 to grow stiff or rigid ; to become unpliant ; to grow hard ; to 
 grow obstinate. 
 
 STI'FFLY, ad. in a stubborn, obstinate, inflexible manner. 
 
 STFFFNECKED, a. obstinate ; stubborn; contumacious. 
 
 STI'FFNESS, s. hardness; rigidity; tension; obstinacy; stub- 
 To STI'FLE, {sHf) V. a. [estoufer, Fr.] to smother for want of 
 air ; to suffocate ; to keep in ; to extinguish ; to suppress or 
 conceal. 
 
 STl'GMA, s. [Lat.] a brand with a hot iron ; a mark of infamy. 
 In Botany, the upper part of the poinlal. 
 
 To STI'GMATIZE, v. a. [stigmatiser, Fr.] to mark with a brand ; 
 to disgrace ; to mark with infamy or reproach. 
 
 STILE, s. [stigele. Sax.] a set of steps by which a person may 
 pass from one enclosure to another. 
 
 STILETTO, s. [Ital.] a small dagger, of which the blade is 
 not edged, but round, with a sharp point. 
 
 STFLICHO, FLAVIUS, the famous general of Theodosius the 
 Great. He was a soldier of fortune, and is believed to have 
 been, by birth, a Vandal. His great skill made Theodosius leave 
 him sole guardian to his son Honorius. Not without greatness of 
 mind, and yet with a large mixture of personal ambition, he 
 struggled against the numberless enemies of Rome. Again and 
 again he defeated, by his superior generalship, Alaric, Radogast, 
 and others of the barbaric leaders, who were yearly pressing 
 nearer and nearer to the mistress of the world ; and the coward- 
 ice and deceit of Honorius made his task one of no slight difli- 
 culty. At length he was murdered by the emperor's command, 
 as the reward for services no other could or would have rendered 
 to the empire, in 408 a. d. Claudian, the last great poet of 
 Rome, has worthily commemorated his praise. 
 
 To STILL, V. a. [stillan, Sax. stillen, Belg.] to silence ; to make 
 silent; to quiet or appease ; to calm. 
 
 STILL, a. Istil, Belg.] silent, without noise, quiet, calm ; mo- 
 tionless. 
 
 STILL, s. a state of calmness and silence ; a vessel used in 
 distilling; an alembic. 
 
 STILL, ad. [stille, Sax.] to this time inclusive; nevertheless ; 
 continually; after that. 
 
 STI'LLATORY, s. an alembic; a vessel in which distillation 
 is performed ; a distillery. 
 
 STFLLBORN, a. born dead. 
 
 STI'LLICIDE, s. [stilla and cado, Lat.] a succession of drops. 
 
 STILLICI'DIOUS, a. falling in drops. 
 
 STl'LLINGFLEET, DR. EDWARD, an English prelate of 
 the 17th century, eminent for his learning and pietj". He stu- 
 died at Cambridge, and was one of the most distinguished of the 
 " latitude men," yet somewhat more controversial in his habit 
 than were the others. He was made a bisbop at the Revolution 
 of 1688, and died in 1099, aged 64 years. Of all his works that 
 called Origines Sacrce, a treatise of Christian evidences, is best 
 known now. 
 
 821 
 
STI 
 
 STI'LLNESS, s. the state of being free from motion or noise ; 
 calmness; quiet; silence; taciturnity. 
 
 STl'LPO, a Greek philosopher, of the school of Megara, and 
 very celebrated in his day for his wisdom and virtue. He was 
 not a rigid adherent to the doctrines of Euclid, but carried the 
 Socratic element out to further development, and originated 
 some of the doctrines of the Stoic school. He flourished in about 
 300 B. c. 
 
 STI'LTON, a name given to a rich kind of cheese, made 
 abundantly in the E. counties of England, from a small place in 
 Huntingdonshire, especially famous for it. 
 
 STILTS, s. [sit/ltor, Swed.'i light poles, with foot-rests at some 
 height from the ground, used for increasing the height in 
 walking. 
 
 To STl'MULATE, v. a. [stimuh, Lat.] to prick or goad ; to in- 
 cline to action by some forcible motive. In Medicine, prepara- 
 tions which increase the activity of any organ, or excite it to 
 action when inactive. 
 
 STIMULA'TION, «. Istimulatio, Lat.] the act of inciting to 
 action; excitement; the act of inciting a quick sensation. 
 
 To STING, I), a. preter. stunff, past part, atatiff and sturu/ ; [stingan. 
 Sax.] to pierce or prick with a pointed dart infected with venom; 
 to infuse venom into ; to put to great pain or torture. 
 
 STING, s. in Physiology, a means of defence furnished to 
 some plants and inferior animals, consisting of a gland which 
 secretes an acrid or poisonous fluid, and a hollow, sharp-pointed, 
 hair-like organ, which inflicts the wound. In animals it is re- 
 tractile. Experience of the inconvenient effects of the stings of 
 bees and wasps, and of nettles, loasa, and other plants, makes us 
 think such defences somewhat formidable. Any thirig that gives 
 pain ; words conveying a pointed thought. 
 
 STI'NGINESS, (the// pron. like J,) s.covetousness ; niggardli- 
 ness; avarice. 
 
 STl'NGO, s. [from the sharpness of its taste,] old strong beer. 
 
 STl'NGY, (the g pron. like/) a. covetous ; loth to give or lend. 
 
 To STINK, V. n. preter. stank or stunk; [stincken, Belg. stinian. 
 Sax.] to cause a bad scent. 
 
 STINK, s. an offensive smell. 
 
 STl'NKAKD, s. a stinking nasty fellow. 
 
 STFNK-POT, s. an artificial composition offensive to the smell. 
 
 To STINT, V. a. [stynta, Swed. sfunte, Isl.] to bound ; to limit; 
 to restrain ; to stop ; to give sparingly, or confine to short al- 
 lowance. 
 
 STINT, s. limit ; bound ; restraint ; a proportion assigned, 
 in Ornithology, a kind of snipe. 
 
 STINT, 
 
 STI'PEND, s. [stipendium, Lat.] wages or settled pay. 
 
 STIPENDIARY, s. [stipendiaire, Fr.] one who performs any 
 service for a settled payment. 
 
 STIPE'NDIARY, a. [stipendium, Lat.] receiving salaries ; per- 
 forming any service for a stated price. 
 
 To STIPULATE, v. n. [stipulor, Lat.] to settle or make a bar- 
 gain on certain terms; to contract ; to covenant. 
 
 STIPULA'TION, s. [Fr. from stipulor, Lat.] an agreement; a 
 covenant ; a bargain. 
 
 To STIR, (usually pron. stiir) v. a. [stirian, Sax.] to move or 
 remove from its place; to incite; to instigate; to agitate, or 
 put the parts of a fluid in motion, by keeping something con- 
 tinually moving between them. Tu stir up, to put in action ; to 
 incite or provoke. — v.n.Xo move oneself; to be in motion ; to 
 rise out of bed. 
 
 STIR, (s<fir) s. {stur. Run.] a tumult, bustle, or public commo- 
 tion ; agitation, conflicting passion. 
 
 STI'RIOUS, a. [stiria, Lat.] hanging in drops like icicles. 
 
 STI'RLING, Stirlingshire, Scotland. It is seated on the S. 
 side of the Frith of Forth, on a hill, which, rising from the E., 
 terminates abruptly in a steep rock. It has an ancient castle, 
 which was often the residence of the kings of Scotland ; the out- 
 side of which is richly and curiously adorned with grotesque 
 figures. The church is a magnificent Gothic structure, which 
 serves for two separate places of worship. In this town and its 
 neighbourhood are flourishing manufactures of carpets, tartans, 
 coarse shalloons, and cottons. It is commodiously seated for in- 
 land trade, but only small vessels can come up the river to the 
 town. It is 35 miles from Edinburgh. Pop. 8307. 
 
 STIRLINGSHIRE, a county of Scotland, lying on the Frith 
 of Forth, and bounded by Perthshire, Clackmannanshire, the 
 county of Linlithgow, Lanarkshire, and Dumbartonshire. It is 
 822 
 
 STO 
 
 about 35 miles in length, 14 or 15 in its general breadth, and 
 not more than 17 in its greatest. The S. parts are mountainous, 
 but the parts about the Forth are fertile, and abound in coals. 
 The principal rivers are the Forth, (which receives a great num- 
 ber of smaller streams,) Carron, and Avon. Cattle, sheep, and 
 horses are reared abundantly. There are also manufactures of 
 cloth, &c. The principal towns are Stirling and Falkirk. Pop. 
 82,057. It returns one member and two moieties to the im- 
 perial parliament. 
 
 STI'RRER, s. one who is in motion ; one who puts in motion ; 
 an instigator ; an inciter. 
 
 STI'RRUP, s. [stirap, or stigerap, Sax.] an iron step hung by.a 
 strap, assisting a horseman in mounting his horse, and in sitting 
 on the saddle. 
 
 To STITCH, V. a. [sticke, Dan. sticken, Belg.] to sew on with the 
 needle ; to join by sewing. To stitch up, to mend something rent. 
 — V. n. to perform needle-work. 
 
 STITCH, s. Istician, Sax.] a single pass of a needle and thread 
 through any thing; a sharp pin. 
 
 STI'TCHWORT, s. in Botany, the name of several common 
 English plants, one of the most elegant of which is a kind of 
 chickweed. 
 
 STPTHY, s. [stith, Sax.] an anvil. 
 
 To STIVE, V. a. to stuff' up close; to make hot and sultry for 
 want of vent. 
 
 STI'VER, s. [Belg.] a Dutch coin about the value of a half- 
 penny. 
 
 STOAT, s. in Natural History, a kind of weasel. 
 
 STOCCA'DO, (stokddu) s. [stocco, Ital.] a thrust with the rapier. 
 
 STOCK, s. [Belg. stoc, Sax.] the trunk or body of a plant or 
 tree; a log; a person remajkably stupid ; the handle of any 
 thing; the frame on which a ship is supported while building; 
 a close neckcloth; a race, lineage, family, ancestry ; the fund 
 with which a person carries on trade ; goods employed in trade ; 
 quantity, store. Stocks. See FuNDS. 
 
 STOCK, Sto'ckgillyfi-OWEr, s. in Floriculture, a common 
 kind of garden plants, cultivated chiefly for their delicious scent, 
 and for the splendid size of the long spikes of flowers. 
 
 To STOCK, V. a. to store ; to lay in stock ; to put in the stocks. 
 
 STOCKA'DE, s. in Military Art, a fortification or wall, made 
 of rough-hewn timber. 
 
 STO'CKDOVE, s. in Ornithology, the ring-dove. 
 
 STO'CKFISH, s. dried cod, so called from its hardness. 
 
 STO'CKHOLM, the capital of Sweden. It is very long and ir- 
 regular, being built on seven small rocky islands, (from one of 
 which the city takes its name,) between the Baltic and the Mae- 
 lar lake; besides which, it contains two peninsulas. Between 
 these several parts of the city a communication is formed by 
 means of bridges. The scenery of its neighbourhood is remark- 
 ably romantic. The harbour is an inlet of the Baltic, and is of 
 such depth, that ships of the largest burden can approach the 
 quay. At the extremity of the harbour, several streets rise one 
 above another, in the form of an amphitheatre ; and the palace, 
 a magnificent building, crowns the summit. Except in the sub- 
 urbs, where some houses are of wood, painted red, the buildings 
 are mostly of stone, or brick stuccoed white, and built on piles. 
 There are many fine buildings and institutions, as the palace, 
 the theatres, the arsenal, the academies of science and art, &c. &c. 
 In Stockholm are manufactures of glass, china, woollen, silk, 
 linen, &c. It has a considerable trade with all parts of the world. 
 Pop. about 100,000. Lat. 59. 20. N. Long. 18. 3. E. 
 
 STO'CKING, s. the covering of the leg. 
 
 STO'CKJOBBER, s. a low mercenary wretch, who gets mo- 
 ney by buying and selling in the funds. 
 
 STO'CKLOCK, s. a lock fixed in wood. 
 
 STO'CKPORT, Cheshire. It is seated on the river iMersey, 
 over which it has several bridges. Standing on uneven ground, 
 it is generally ill built, but its recent buildings, and the church, 
 are of a better order. Its manufactories are very considerable, and 
 consist chiefly of cotton and printed goods, with silks, and hat-s. 
 It is 179 miles from London. Market, Friday. Pop. 84,282. 
 
 STOCKS,*, among ship-carpenters, a frame of timber to build 
 ships upon ; also, a wooden machine, to confine the legs of of- 
 fenders, by way of punishment. 
 
 STO'CKSTILL, ad. as motionless as a log. 
 
 STO'CKTON, Durham. It is a well-built town, with a hand- 
 some town-hall, a spacious market-place, excellent enclosed 
 
STO 
 
 shambles for butchers' meat ; and has manufactures of sail-cloth, 
 corduroys, thicksets, and other articles in cotton, and of linen 
 damasks. The ships built at this place are admired for their 
 beauty and strength ; abundance of fine salmon is caught in the 
 river, and carried to Y'ork, Leeds, &c. Stockton is a member port 
 of Newcastle, and is seated on a point of land like an island, 
 about 8 miles from the German Ocean, and on the river Tees, over 
 which it has a fine stone bridge of 5 elliptical arches; 249 miles 
 from London. Markets, Wednesday and Saturday. Pop. 10,071. 
 
 STO'ICS, a school of ancient philosophers, named so from a 
 portico, or stoa, in which the founder, Zeno, used to teach. {See 
 Zeno.) Of all the systems of ancient philosophy, theirs approach- 
 ed most nearly to Christianity ; but how widely it differed from 
 it, will be seen at a glance. It was eminently a moral system, 
 and virtue, or manhood, was the object it strove to realize. Sci- 
 ence, pleasure, contemplation, action, were all prized as they 
 aided the attainment of that object. But they never rose to the 
 knowledge of abetter criterion of truth than evidence; to a 
 loftier psychology than that which taught that sensation is a 
 modification of the soul ; nor, in fact, to a nobler philosophy than 
 common sense. They would make man all intellect; and thought 
 that logic was the law of laws for all his being. Though 
 taught in Athens, its brightest examples are to be found at Rome. 
 It was eminently Roman. Any careful reader can see how far 
 short of the Christian life is the ideal of the famous book said 
 to be written by Thomas k Kempis ; the 3famml of Epictelus the 
 Stoic falls as far below the Christian's pattern, as that does be- 
 low the Gospels. 
 
 STOKE, (stocce. Sax.] in the names of places, means the stock 
 or body of a tree. 
 
 STOLE, s. [stola, Lat.] a long vest or robe. Groom of the stole, 
 is the head officer belonging to the king's bedchamber. 
 
 STOLE, preter. of To Steal. 
 
 STO'LEN^ast part, of To Steal. 
 
 STOl.l' DIT Y, s. [stolidite, Fr. from stolidus, Lat."] foolishness; 
 want of sense; stupidity; folly. 
 
 STO'MACH, (stunuik) s. [stomachiis, Lat. estomach, Fr.] in Ana- 
 tomy, the sac into which the food of animals is received, and 
 which secretes the solvent bj^ which it is digested. Figuratively, 
 appetite, hunger or desire of food ; inclination ; anger ; sullen- 
 ness, or resentment ; haughtiness, or pride. 
 
 To STO'MACH, {st'imak) V. n. [stomachor, Lat.] to resent ; to 
 remember with anger and malignity.— u. n. to be angry. 
 
 STO'MACHER, s. an ornamental covering worn by women in 
 the front of their stays. 
 
 STOMA'CHIC, Stoma'chical, {sUmidkik, stomdkikal) a. relating 
 to the stomach ; good for the stomach. 
 
 STONE, s. {stan] Sax. staitie, Goth, steen, Belg.] the general 
 name for a fragment of any kind of rock or solid earth ; a gem ; 
 a funeral monument; the seed of pulpy fruits like the plum,&ic. 
 In Medicine, an earthy concretion in the urinary organs, called 
 also a calculus. In Trade, a weight; a stone of meat is 8 
 pounds; of wool, 14 pounds; horseman's weight, 14 pounds. 
 To leave no stone unturned, is to do every thing that can be done 
 towards the success of an undertaking. /S'towe is also used by way 
 of exaggeration ; as, " stone dead." 
 
 STONE, a. made of stone. 
 
 To STONE, r. a. to hit or kill with stones ; to harden. 
 
 STONE, EDMUND, a self-educated mathematician of the last 
 century. With the slenderest means he advanced so far as to 
 attract the attention of the Duke of Argyle, in whose service he 
 was, who aided him considerably in pursuing his favourite study. 
 He was not one of those who effectually triumphed over poverty ; 
 he was never raised above pecuniary anxieties, and in the latter 
 part of his life he suffered great need. Yet his works show that 
 he achieved the noblest part of the victory; and he may be ad- 
 vantageously pointed out for the encouragement of those who 
 in humble life are conscious ofaspirations after knowledge, which 
 their lot seems to debar them from attaining. He died in 1768, 
 aged about 70 years. 
 
 STO'NEBREAK, s. in Botany, the English saxifrage. 
 
 STONE-CHAT, s. in Ornithology, a small bird frequenting 
 quarries, gravel-pits, &c. It is a migratory bird. 
 
 STO'NECRAY, s. a distemper in hawks. 
 
 STO'NECROP, s. in Botany, a kind of succulent plant, grow- 
 ing on walls and stones; the common yellow kind is often call- 
 ed ginger. 
 
 STO 
 
 STO'NECUTTER, s. one whose trade is to hew stones. 
 
 STO'NEFRUIT, s. in Botany, fruit like the plum or cherry. 
 
 STO'NEHAWK, s. in Ornithology, a sort of hawk. 
 
 STO'NEHENGE, the name of the most remarkable Druidical 
 ruin of Great Britain. It is situated on Salisbury Plain, about 
 G miles from Salisbury. It stands on the summit of a gently 
 rising hill, and consists of a vast circular entrenchment, above 
 100 yards in diameter, in the centre of which is a great accumu- 
 lation of huge masses of rock, some standing upright, and having 
 other pieces laid transversely across them, but mostly prostrate; 
 yet showing, in spite of this disorder, very clearly, that they are 
 the relics of a temple, which consisted of a double circle of up- 
 right stones, the outermost being by far the largest, and connect- 
 ed by the transverse pieces into one continuous circular enclo- 
 sure. Within the smaller circle, were five pairs of upright stones, 
 with tranverse pieces connecting them in pairs, about 20 feet in 
 height, and before the centre one was a flat stone which seems 
 to have been the altar. Beside these, there are several others 
 within the circles, or between them and the embankment, and 
 the whole number of them is 97. Most of them are of the kind 
 of stone called gray-weathers, and was evidently quarried in the 
 neighbourhood. Legends in abundance remain respecting the 
 use and the erection of these stones, and one is embodied in the 
 common name it bears among the Welsh, the dance of the Giants. 
 Antiquaries and mechanicians have vainly endeavoured to show 
 how, with the rude engines of the ancient Britons, such enor- 
 mous masses could be quarried, transported, and erected here. 
 
 STO'NEPIT, s. a quarry ; a pit where stone is dug. 
 
 STO'NEWORT, s. in Botany, a genus of monaecious plants, 
 of which 5 species are found in England. 
 
 STO'NY, a. made or full of stones; hard; unrelenting. 
 
 STOOD, the preter. of To Stand. 
 
 STOOK,«. a shock of corn, containing twelve sheaves. 
 
 STOOL, s. [stol. Sax. stal, Belg. stols, Goth.] a seat without a 
 back ; evacuation by purging medicines. 
 
 STOO'MING OF WINE, s. is the putting bags of herbs or other 
 ingredients into it. 
 
 To STOOP, V. n. [stmjpen, Belg. stupian, Sax.] to bend down- 
 wards or forwards. Figuratively, to yield or submit ; to conde- 
 scend ; to descend. 
 
 STOOP, s. the act of stooping.— [stoope, Belg.] a vessel of 
 liquor. 
 
 To STOP, V. a. [stoppen, Belg.] to hinder in moving or action ; 
 to regulate musical strings with the fingers ; to put an end to 
 motion or action ; to close any aperture ; to suppress; to impede; 
 to put the points to several branches of a sentence in writing ; 
 to refuse. — v. n. to cease from motion or action ; to refuse pay- 
 ment, or become a bankrupt. 
 
 STOP, s. a delay; a stay; a hinderance or obstruction of ac- 
 tion or motion ; interruption ; obstacle ; impediment ; a point 
 used in dividing sentences ; regulation of musical chords or 
 strings ; a complete set of pipes, among organists. 
 
 STO'PPAGL, s. the act of stopping ; the state of being stopped. 
 
 STO'PPER, Sto'pple, (stdpl) s. something by which the 
 mouth of a bottle or vessel is stopped. 
 
 STO'RACE, STEPHEN, a celebrated composer and musician, 
 of the last century. His father was an Italian, who had settled 
 in London, and he studied his art in Italy. In London and in 
 Bath he practised his art, in conjunction with his sister, with 
 the greatest success. He died from excessive exertion in his 
 profession, in 1796, aged 33 years. Many of the most admired 
 songs, and pieces of music of higher grade, are by this eminent 
 and too short-lived artist. 
 
 STO'RAX, s. [styrax, Lat.] in Materia Medica, a resinous and 
 odoriferous gum, obtained from a plant, called styrax, growing 
 in the countries round the Levant. 
 
 STORE, s. [stur. Run.] plenty, or a large number or quantity ; 
 provisions ; a stock laid by or reserved ; magazine, a storehouse. 
 In the United States, a large shop. 
 
 To STORE, V. a. to supply or furnish in large quantities for a 
 future time ; to lay up or hoard. 
 
 STORK, s. {store. Sax.] in Ornithology, a bird of passage, 
 whose beak and legs are long and red ; it feeds upon serpents, 
 frogs, and insects ; its plumage is generally white, but the ex- 
 tremity of its wings, and also some part of its head and thighs, 
 black ; and it is very common in Holland. 
 
 STORM, s. [Sax. and Belg. ystorm, Brit, storma, Ilal.] a tem- 
 
 "823 
 
STO 
 
 pest; a violent agitation of the wind ; a commotion in the ele- 
 ments; a violent assault on a fortified place; violence of pas- 
 sion, misery, or distress ; sedition, popular tumult; tumultuous 
 force. 
 
 To STORM, V. a. to attack by open force. — v. n. to raise tem- 
 pests ; to rage ; to fume ; to be loudly angry. 
 
 S TO'RMY , a. tempestuous ; boisterous ; violent ; passionate. 
 
 STO'RY, s. [storie, Belg. stoer. Sax. historia, Gr.] a history ; 
 an account of things past, generally applied to a relation of trifling 
 and fictitious things. — [star. Sax.] a floor, or flight of rooms. 
 
 To STO'RY, t'. a. to relate any transaction either real or ficti- 
 tious ; to range one under another. 
 
 STO'RYTELLER, s. one who relates tales in conversation ; 
 an historian, in contempt. 
 
 STO'THARD, the name of two eminent English artists. Thomas 
 Stothard began life as a pattern drawer in Spitalfields ; and after- 
 wards furnished designs to booksellers. He now studied his art 
 by the best means this country furnishes, and rose to such dis- 
 tinction as to become a member of the Royal Academy. His 
 works are chiefly to be found in illustrated editions of poets, &c. 
 But his Flitch of Bacon, Pilgrimage to Canterbury, Wellington 
 Shield, and some others, are familiar to all. He died in 1834, 
 aged 79 years. Charles Alfred Stothard, his son, is chiefly dis- 
 tinguished in a totally different branch of art. Having had his 
 attention directed to monumental effigies as genuine represent- 
 ations of costume in different ages, he undertook to sketch and 
 publish these interesting relics. He became by this means as- 
 sociated with the Antiquarian Society, and was employed by 
 them in making drawings of the Bayeux tapestry. In Norman- 
 dy he discovered the monuments of several of our Plantagenet 
 sovereigns, and several other highly interesting and remarkable 
 works of art. He afterwards visited the Netherlands. And 
 finally fell a victim to his zealous pursuit of antiquarian art, 
 perishing bya fall from a ladder on a monument he was sketch- 
 ing, in 1821, aged 35 years. 
 
 STOVE, «. [stove, Belg. stofoa. Sax.] a hot-house or room made 
 warm by art ; a place in which fire is made. 
 
 To STOUND, 1). n. [stunde, Isl.] to be in pain or sorrow. 
 
 STOUND, s. sorrow ; astonishment; hour; season. 
 
 STO'URBRIDGE, Worcestershire. It is noted for its consi- 
 derable glass and iron-works; it has also a manufactory of cloth, 
 and especially fine frieze. It is 125 miles from London. JIarket, 
 Friday. Pop. 7481. 
 
 STOUT, a. [Belg.] strong; brave; courageous; intrepid; lusty; 
 firm, or able to bear a great weight ; bold ; pertinacious. — s. a 
 strong kind of malt liquor. 
 
 STOU'TLY, <«;. lustily ; boldly; obstinately. 
 
 STOU'TNESS, «. bodily strength ; bravery; intrepidity; bold- 
 ness ; fortitude; obstinacy; stubbornness. 
 
 To STOW, (sto) V. a. [stowen, Belg.] to lay up ; to put in a pro- 
 per place ; to reposit in order. 
 
 STOW, JOHN, an English antiquary of the 16th century. He 
 was a London tradesman, or tailor, but having a decided taste 
 for antiquarian research, he gratified it in his leisure, till his 
 knowledge brought him under the notice of Archbishop Parker, 
 the Earl of Leicester, and other eminent persons. His chief 
 works are Annals of English History, and a Survey of London. And 
 as a reward for the latter, he received from gentle Jamie a patent 
 as a street beggar. Such was the Stuart's patronage of learning. 
 He died in 1605, aged about 80 years. 
 
 STO'WAGE, (sto-aje) s. money paid for laying up goods; the 
 place where goods are laid up or reposited. 
 
 STOWE, [stor, Sax,] in the names of places, signifies a 
 place. 
 
 STO'WELL, WILLIAM SCOTT, LORD, an eminent lawyer, 
 brother to Lord Eldon. He studied at Oxford, and the Middle 
 Temple, and rose rapidly, after having commenced practising, 
 to be advocate-general, judge in the Consistory Court, judge of 
 the High Court of Admiralty, and privy-councillor. He also sat 
 in parliament, and was raised to the peerage at the coronation 
 of George IV. He died in 1836, after two years of almost idiocy, 
 aged 91 j'ears. Lord Stowell's fame rests on the principles of law 
 developed in his judgments: few authorities take precedence of 
 him in his own department. 
 
 STO'WMARKET, SuflTolk, It is seated between the branches 
 of the rivers Gipping and Orwell, 75 miles from London. Mar- 
 ket, Thursday. Pop. 3136. 
 824 
 
 STR 
 
 ■ STRA'BISM, s. [strabisme, Fr. strabismus, Lat.] a squinting; a 
 distortion of the eyes. 
 
 STRA'BO, a celebrated Greek geographer. He travelled in 
 various countries, and his work shows evident signs of personal 
 and accurate observation. He treats of political geography, or 
 statistics, as well as physical geography. He flourished im- 
 mediately before the Christian sera. 
 
 To STRA'DDLE, {strddl) v. n. [from stride,} to stand or walk 
 with the feet at a wide distance from each other. 
 
 STRA'FFORD, THOMAS WENTWORTH, EARL OF, one 
 of the great statesmen of Charles I.'s reign. After his academi- 
 cal course, he travelled on the continent, and on his return at 
 once entered parliament, where he was reckoned to belong to 
 the anti-royalist party, and was made sheriff'of Yorkshire once, 
 to keep him from serving in the House of Commons. But, after 
 a few years, he was won by the court, raised to the peerage, 
 and made viceroy of Ireland. His unscrupulous attempts to in- 
 crease the royal prerogative, and his haughty, imperious dispo- 
 sition, raised up a host of enemies, and made his friends very 
 few. In his command against the Scots, he displayed little 
 ability. One of the first acts of the Long Parliament was his 
 impeachment on a charge of high-treason, and this was prose- 
 cuted so earnestly, that all the eloquence of the earl, and all the 
 obligations of the king, could not save him. He was the Curtius 
 of the royal cause, but the gulf was not to be filled up by such a 
 sacrifice. He was beheaded in 1041, aged 48 years. 
 
 To STRA'GGLE, (strdgl) v. n. [perhaps from stravviare, Ital.] 
 to wander without any direction, to ramble, to rove; to forsake 
 company ; to exuberate, to shoot too far. 
 
 STRA'GGLER, s. a wanderer; a rover; one who rambles 
 without any settled direction. 
 
 STRAIGHT, (the^A is mute in this and the following words; 
 when this word is opposed to crooked, it should be written 
 straight; but when opposed to broad or wide, strait,) a. not crook- 
 ed; narrow; close; tense; tight. 
 
 STRAIGHT, ad. [struck, Be\g.] immediately; without delay ; 
 directly; straightways. 
 
 To STRAI'GHTEN, v. a. to reduce from a ( 
 figure or shape. 
 
 STRAl'GHTNESS, s. the quality of being not crooked ; recti- 
 tude. 
 
 STRAI'GHTWAY, Strai'ghtways, ad. immediately. 
 
 To STRAIN, V. a. [estreindre, Fr.] to squeeze, or force liquor 
 through by squeezing; to filter; to weaken by overstretching : 
 to put to its utmost strength ; to squeeze in an embrace ; to pull 
 or force tight ; to constrain. — v. n. to make violent eftbrts ; to be 
 filtered by compression. 
 
 STRAIN, s. a weakness caused by stretching a ligament too 
 much ; style or manner of speaking; song or sound. — [strenge, 
 Sax.] race, generation, descent ; rank; turn; tendency; here- 
 ditary or natural disposition ; manner of speech or action, 
 
 STRAFNER, s. an instrument used in clearing liquors by 
 filtration. 
 
 STRAIT, a. [estroit, Fr.] narrow, opposite to wide; close, inti- 
 mate; rigorous; difficult; distressful. 
 
 STRAIT, s. a narrow passage of the sea, whereby two parts of 
 the ocean are united ; distress or difficulty. 
 
 To STRAIT, V. a. to reduce to difficulties. 
 
 To STRAI'TEN, v. a. to make narrow ; to contract, to con- 
 fine; to make tight ; to stretch ; to deprive of necessary room ; 
 to distress, or perplex. 
 
 STRAFTLY, flrf. narrowly ; strictly; rigorously, 
 
 STRA1'TNESS,«. narrowness; difficulty; strictness; rigour; 
 distress; scarcity; want. 
 
 i STRA'LSUND, a sea-port town of Pomerania, Prussia, Its 
 position is very strong, being so surrounded by the sea, arid the 
 take Francen, that it is only accessible by bridges, and it had 
 besides good fortifications. The harbour is separated from the 
 Isle of Rugen by a narrow strait. It is a place of some trade, nfnd 
 has also some useful manufactures. Pop. about 12,000. Lat. 
 54. 19. N. Long. 13. 28, E, 
 
 STRAND, s. [Sax. strande, Belg. strend, Isl.] the land ^hicli 
 borders on the sea or a river; a bank or shore ; also the twist of 
 a rope. 
 
 To STRAND, V. a. to drive or force upon the shallows or 
 shore, 
 
 STRANGE, a. [estrange, Fr,] foreign ; remote ; not domestic ; 
 
 I crooked to a straight 
 
unacquainted; wonderful; odd; irregular; uncommon'; un- 
 known ; uncommonly good or bad ; surprising. 
 
 STRANGE, interj. used as an expression of wonder or sur- 
 prise. 
 
 STRA'NGELY, ad. with some relation to foreigners; wonder- 
 fully; with a degree of dislike. 
 
 STRA'NGENESS, s. foreignness ; uncommunicativeness ; 
 shiness ; uncouthness; mutual dislike ; wonderfulness. 
 
 STRA'NGER, s. [estranger, Fr.] a foreigner ; one of another 
 country; one with whom we have no acquaintance ; a guest. 
 
 To STRA'NGLE, (strdngl) v. a. [strangulo, Lat.] to choke ; to 
 suifocate ; to throttle ; to kill by hindering a person from breath- 
 ing ; to hinder from birth or appearance ; to suppress. 
 
 STRA'NGLER, s. he that strangles. 
 
 STRANGULA'TION, s. suffocation; the act of strangling. 
 
 STRA'NGURY, Stra'nguary, s. [stranx and ouron, Gr. stran- 
 gurie, Fr.] in Medicine, a disease of the urinary organs. 
 
 STRAP, s. [strap2)e, 13elg. stroppa, Ital.] a narrow slip of cloth 
 or leather. In Surgery, a kind of band to stretch out members 
 in setting broken or disjointed bones. In a ship, a rope spliced 
 about a block, with an eye to fasten it. 
 
 STRAPPA'DO, s. [Ital.] a kind of rack, the criminal being 
 drawn up on high, with his arms tied backwards ; chastisement 
 by blows. 
 
 STRA'PPING, a. of a large bulk or size, applied to men or 
 women; lusty; jolly; stately. 
 
 STRA'SBIJRG, the capital of the department of Bas Rhin, 
 France. It is situated at the confluence of the rivers Ille and 
 Brusche,over the former of which there are 8 bridges of commu- 
 nication. The bridge over the Rhine is of wood, and 3900 feet in 
 length ; and is supported in the middle by an island, on which is 
 a strong fortification. Here are gates, and 200 streets, which, 
 in general, are narrow ; but the great street, and two others, are 
 regular and handsome ; and the public buildings are elegant. In 
 the cathedral is a clock, of admirable mechanism, which shows 
 the motions of the constellations, the revolutions of the sun and 
 moon, the davs of the week, l^e hours, &c. Another curiosity 
 in this cathecfral is its pyramidical tower, which is470 feet high, 
 and is ascended by 635 steps. It is 255 miles from Paris. Pop. 
 about 50,000. Lat. 48. 35. N. Long. 7. 45. E. 
 
 STRA'TA, s. [plural of stratum, Lat.] in Geology, beds or layers 
 of different kinds of earth. 
 
 STRA'TAGEM, s. [strafos and ago, Gr.] an artifice or trick by 
 which ail enemy is deceived in war; a trick by which some ad- 
 vantage is gained. 
 
 STRATE'GY, s. [strategia, Gr.] in Military affairs, the art of 
 conducting a campaign ; generalship. 
 
 STRA'TFORD-UPON-AVON, Warwickshire. It is seated 
 on the river Avon, which is navigable to the town in barges, 
 and over which it has a handsome stone bridge, with 13 great 
 and 6 small arches, and a long causeway at the W. end of it, 
 walled on both sides. It has a considerable trade in corn and 
 malt, of which last it makes abundance, and is 94 miles from 
 London. Market, Thursday. Pop. 3321. It is Shakspeare's 
 birth and burial-place. 
 
 STRATIFICA'TION, «. in Geology, the mode of arrangement 
 of the strata, or layers, of which a formation is composed. 
 
 To STRA'TIFY, v. a. [stratum, Lat.] to range in beds or 
 layers. 
 
 STRATO'CRACY, s. [stratos and cratos.Gr. J military govern- 
 ment ; a state governed by the army. 
 
 STRAW, s. Istremo, Sax.] the stalk of corn after it is thrashed; 
 
 ny thing nroverbially worthless. 
 STRAW^BERRY, s. in Botany 
 
 and Horticulture, a well- 
 known fruit. It is one of the most delicious summer fruits ; 
 and there are many fine varieties of it. 
 
 STRAVV'BERRY-TREE.s. in Botany, the arbutus,one species 
 of which is common in our gardens on account of the beautiful 
 appearance of its fruit. 
 
 STRAW'COLOURED, o. of a light yellow. 
 
 STRAWY, a. made of straw ; consisting of straw. 
 
 STRAY, s. a beast that has strayed or wandered from its pas- 
 ture or owner ; act of wandering or going astray. 
 
 To STRAY, V. n. [stroe, Dan.] to rove ; to wander ; to rove 
 without any certain direction ; to go out of the way beyond pro- 
 per bounds ; to go astray. Figuratively, to err ; to deviate from 
 the right. 
 
 STR 
 
 STREAK, (streek) s. [streke, Belg. strice, Sax. stricia, Ital.] a 
 line of colour or hue different from that of the ground. 
 
 To STREAK, {streek) v. a. to mark with a line of different 
 colour from that of the ground ; to variegate in colours ; to 
 stripe ; to dapple. 
 
 Sl'RE'AKINESS, (streekmess) s. the quality of being full of 
 lines of different colours. 
 
 STRE'AKY, (streeky) a. abounding with streaks; striped; 
 diversified by various colours. 
 
 STREAM, (streem) s. [Sax.] running water; a current; any 
 thing issuing in a current from a head or source. 
 
 To STREAM, (streem) v. n. [streyma, Isl.] to flow or run like 
 water from a fountain or aperture ; to be overflown. 
 
 STRE'AMER, (streemer) s. an ensign ; a flag; a pennon; any 
 thing flowing loosely from a stock, as the pennon of a ship. 
 
 STRE'AMY, a. abounding with running water; flowing with 
 a current. 
 
 STREET, s. [strat, Sax. and Belg.] a paved way, or wide pas- 
 sage, between two rows of houses ; a public way or place. 
 
 STRE'LITZ, the name of two towns, which are the capital of 
 the duchy of Mecklenburg-Strelitz, Germany. They stand at 
 about a mile from each other, near the Zirkar lake, and have 
 some handsome buildings, a capital library, a few manufactures, 
 and a little trade. Pop. of both, about 50,000. Lat. 53. 26. N. 
 Long. 13. 3. E. 
 
 STRENGTH, s. [Sax.] force, vigour, or power of body or mind ; 
 the quality of liquors which renders them intoxicating; support; 
 an armament. 
 
 To STRE'NGTHEN, v. a. to invigorate; to fortify; to make 
 strong ; to confirm or establish ; to fix in resolution. — v. n. to grow 
 strong; to increase in strength. 
 
 STRE'NGTHENER, s. that which gives strength ; that which 
 makes strong. 
 
 STRE'NUOUS, a. [strenuus, Lat.] brave, bold, valiant, active, 
 vigorous ; zealous or vehement in any, cause. 
 
 STRE'NUOUSLY, flrf. vigorously ; actively; zealously. 
 
 STRE'PEROLS, a. [strepo, Lat.] hoarse ; noisy ; jarring. 
 
 STRESS, s. [sirece, Sax.] importance; violence; force; de- 
 pendence. To lay a stress upon, to rest or rely on ; to lay an em- 
 phasis on any particular word or sentence. 
 
 To STRETCH, v. a. [strecan, Sax. streckcn, Belg.] to spread 
 out lengthwise with force ; to elongate ; to strain to the utmost. 
 — V. n. to be extended ; to bear being extended without break- 
 ing ; to go beyond the truth. 
 
 STRETCH, s. extension, reach, or the state of occupying more 
 space ; effort, struggle, the utmost extent or latitude of mean- 
 ing; utmost reach of power. 
 
 STRETCHER, s. any thing used for extension ; the timber 
 against which the rower plants his feet ; a sort of bier, on which 
 a disabled person, or a dead body, may be borne. 
 
 To STREW, V. a. preter. and past part, stroivn, strawn ; [strawan, 
 Goth.] to spread by scattering; to scatter loosely. 
 
 STRIA'TED, a. formed into channels, or wrinkles. 
 
 STRI'ATURE,s.dispositionofstriaB, or wrinkles on shells, &c. 
 
 STRI'CKLE, Stri'ckless, Stri'tchel, a. a thing used to 
 level corn, &c. in a measure. 
 
 STRICT, a. [strictus, Lat.] rigorously exact ; nice; accurate; 
 severe; confined; tight; tense. 
 
 STRI'CTLY, ad. severely ; closely ; exactly. 
 
 STRICTNESS, s. carefulness; exactness; severity; close- 
 ness; tightness. 
 
 STRI'CTURE, s. [strictura, Lat.] a spark from red-hot iron ; 
 a stroke ; touch ; contraction ; critical remark. 
 
 STRIDE, 8. Istreede, Sax.] a long step. 
 
 To STRIDE, V. n. preter. strode, or strid, past part, stridden ; 
 to walk or pass with long steps ; to stand or ride with one leg 
 on each side of any thing. 
 
 STRI'DENT, a. [stridens, Lat.] noisy ; gnashing with the 
 teeth. 
 
 STRPDULOUS, o. [stridulus, Lat.] cracking ; screaking ; 
 making a small noise. 
 
 STRIFE, s. [from strk-e,'] a contest wherein persons mutually 
 strive to hurt or get the better of each other ; discord ; conten- 
 tion ; quarrel ; opposition of nature. 
 
 To STRIKE, V. a. preter. struck or strook, past part, struck or 
 stricken; [astrican, Sax. stricken, Teut. Strieker, Dan.] to hit with 
 violence ; to stamp, or impress a resemblance ; to affect ; to 
 5 N -825 
 
STR 
 
 alarm ; to punish, or afflict ; to lower, or let down, applied to 
 sails, flags, &c. ; to make, applied to bargains. Used with off, 
 to erase from a reckoning or account ; to separate by a blow, or 
 any sudden action ; with out, to produce by a sudden and violent 
 stroke or action ; to bring to light ; to form by a quick eflFort; 
 to blot or efl^ace ; with on, to dash ; with uj), to cause to sound, 
 or to produce by music. — i'. n. to make a blow; to collide; to 
 clash ; to act upon by a blow, or sound by the hammer, applied 
 to clocks ; to make an attack ; to be stranded, or dashed upon a 
 shallow ; to force its way with a quick and sudden effort. To 
 strike in with, to conform or comply. 
 
 STRIKE, s. a measure containing two bushels. 
 
 STRI'KEBLOCK, «. a plane shorter than the jointer, having 
 its sole made exactly flat and straight, and is used for shooting 
 a short joint. 
 
 STRIKING, ^art. a. affecting; surprising; remarkable. 
 
 STRING, s. [string, Sax. streng, Teut. and Dan. stringhe, Belg.] a 
 slender rope ; thread; line; the chord of a musical instrument ; a 
 fibre; a nerve ; a tendon; a set of things fixed on aline ; a series 
 of propositions or arguments. To have two strings to one's bow, is to 
 have two views or expedients, or to have a double advantage or 
 security. 
 
 To STRING, V. a. preter. and past part, strung; to furnish 
 with strings ; to file on a string, or pierce through with a string ; 
 to stretch or make tight; to put a stringed instrument in tune ; 
 to make tense. 
 
 STRl'NGED, a. having strings ; produced by strings. 
 
 STRI'NGENT, (the^ pron. soft,) a. contracting; binding. 
 
 STRI'NGHALT, s. [string and hnlf,] in Farriery, is a sudden 
 twitching and snatching up of the hinder leg of a horse by the 
 involuntary or convulsive motion of the muscles of the hough. 
 
 STRI'NGINESS, (the g pron. hard,) s. the quality of being full 
 of strings, threads, or fibres. 
 
 STRI'NGY, a. fibrous ; consisting of small threads ; fila- 
 mentous. 
 
 To STRIP, V. a. [bestripte. Sax.] to make naked ; to deprive of 
 dress or covering ; to deprive ; to pillage, to plunder, to rob ; to 
 peel, or decorticate. 
 
 STRIP, s. a narrow shred. 
 
 STRIPE, s. [sirepe, Belg.] a lineary variation of colour ; a shred 
 of a different colour ; a weal, or mark made in the skin by a 
 blow ; a blow, a lash. 
 
 To STRIPE, V, a. [strepen, Belg.] to variegate with lines of 
 different colours. 
 
 STRI'PED, a. distinguished by lines of different colours. 
 
 STRI'PLING, s. a young person ; a j-outh. 
 
 To STRIVE, V. n. preter. strove, past part, striven ; [streven, Belg.] 
 to struggle, to labour, or to make a vigorous eflxirt ; to struggle 
 or contend in opposition to another; to vie, to emulate, to be 
 comparable to, or to contend in excellence. 
 
 STRFVER, s. one who labours or contends. 
 
 STRIX, s. [Lat.] the screech-owl ; a hag ; fairy ; goblin. 
 
 STROKE, s. [from strook, preter. of strike,] a blow, a knock ; a 
 sudden act of one body upon another ; a sudden disease or af- 
 fliction ; the touch of a pencil ; an effect suddenly produced ; a 
 sound of the clock ; a masterly effort ; power, eflicacy ; a gentle 
 smoothing or rubbing of the hand. 
 
 To STROKE, V. a. [stracan. Sax.] to rub gently one way with 
 the hand by way of kindness ; to soothe ; to cajole ; to flatter ; 
 to wheedle. 
 
 To STROLL, {strole) v. n. to rove ; to wander ; to ramble ; to 
 be a vagrant or vagabond. 
 
 STRO'LLER, s. a vagrant ; a vagabond. 
 
 STRO'MBOLI, a volcanic island of the Mediterranean. It is 
 the most northerly of the Lipari islands, which lie immediately 
 above Sicily. It consists of a single mountain, in circumference 
 about 9 miles, and has been a constantly active volcano from a 
 time beyond record. All volcanic phenomena may be constant- 
 ly studied here. Lat. 38. 49. N. Long. 15. 13. E. 
 
 STRONG, a. [strong. Sax.] having great strength of body or 
 mind; vigorous; fortified; valid; able to make a long and stout 
 resistance; healthy; energetic; powerful; cogent; acting for- 
 cibly on the mind ; eager, ardent, zealous ; having any quality 
 in a great degree. Intoxicating, applied to liquors. Deep, ap- 
 plied to colour. Hard of digestion, or high seasoned, applied to 
 food. Not easily conquered, applied to habits; firm, or not 
 easily broken. 
 
 STU 
 
 STRO'NGLY, ad. lustily; stoutly; forcibly; powerfully; 
 firmly ; eagerly. 
 
 STRO'NSA, one of the Orkney Isles, Scotland. It is about 7 
 miles long, and almost as broad, so indented with bays, that 
 there is no part of the island above one mile distant from the 
 sea. The shores produce great quantities of tang, or sea-weed, 
 fit for the kelp manufacture. Pop. 12-55. 
 
 STRO'NTIA, «. in Chemistry, an earth, the base of which is 
 the metal strontium, 
 
 STRO'NTIUM,«. [from Strontian, a p\ace in Argyle, Scotland,] 
 in Chemistry, a metal, similar in appearance to barium, heavy, 
 and oxidizing quickly when exposed to the air. 
 
 STRO'PHE, {str<lfee) s. [strepho, Gr.] the first of the three di- 
 visions of a Greek lyric poem; a stanza. 
 
 STROUD, Gloucestershire. It is seated on the Stroud, a 
 small stream, the properties of which are said to be peculiarly 
 adapted to the dyeing of scarlets. It has some good-looking 
 buildings, and a handsome church. Its trade is chiefly support- 
 ed by its facilities for dyeing. It is 102 miles from London. 
 Market, Friday. Pop. 8680. 
 
 STRU'CTUkE.s. [Fr. sfo-wcfora, Lat.] the act of building; the 
 manner in which the parts of any building, fabric, edifice, or 
 machine are joined together; a building; form, make, con- 
 struction. 
 
 To STRU'GGLE, v. n. to labour ; to strive hard ; to make 
 strong efforts to reform or obtain a thing ; to contend, or make 
 a strong opposition against ; to be in agonies, distress, or diffi- 
 culties. 
 
 STRU'GGLE, s. a violent effort made to overcome any dif- 
 ficulty or resistance; an agony; contest; tumultuous distress 
 or difficulty. 
 
 STRU'MA, «. [Lat.] in Medicine, a glandular swelling ; the 
 king's evil, or scrofula. 
 
 STRU'MOUS, a. having a swelling in the glands ; or relating 
 to a swelling in the glands. 
 
 STRU'MPET, s. [stuprum, Lat.] a common prostitute. 
 
 To STRUT, V. n. [strusse7i, Teui.] to walk with an air of pride 
 
 to swell ; to protuberate. 
 STRUT, s. a gait or walk of affected grandeur. 
 
 and dignity ; to swell ; to protuberate. 
 STRUT, s. a gait or walk of affected gr 
 STRUTT,"JOSEPH, an eminent English antiquarian artist, of 
 
 the last century. His publications are the chief incidents of his 
 life ; and he died in 1802, aged 53 years. His Sports and Pas- 
 times is, perhaps, the most generally interesting of his works, and 
 certainly the most accessible, having been re-edited by William 
 Hone, in a cheap form. His other works are on the Costume, 
 Manners, 8fC. SfC of England, and are full of interesting and au- 
 thentic information. Some other works on History and Biogra- 
 phy, with dramas, &c., have less interest. 
 
 STRU'VE, GEORGE ADAM, an eminent jurist of Saxony, 
 in the 17th century. He studied at Jena and other universi- 
 ties, and held offices in Jena, and under the Duke of Weimar. 
 His works are numerous, and valuable to the law student. He 
 died in 1692, aged 73 years. 
 
 STRU'VE, BURCKHARDT GOTTHELF, son of the fore- 
 going, a distinguished bibliographer. He was educated at Jena, 
 and held various official stations in Germany. His works relate 
 to jurisprudence, as well as to his own favourite pursuit, and are 
 of considerable worth to scholars. He died in 1738, aged 67 
 years. 
 
 STRYPE, JOHN, an English clergyman, and ecclesiastical 
 historian, of the 17th and 18th centuries. He studied at Cam- 
 bridge, but never obtained any high preferment ; and died in 
 1737, aged 94. His great works are his Histories of the English 
 Eeformation, called Annals and Monuments. He also wrote the 
 lives of several church dignitaries and reformers. 
 
 STU'ART, the name of a royal Scottish family, who held the 
 throne of that kingdom from 1371 to 1603 ; and then the throne 
 of the United Kingdom of Great Britain, in the persons of the 
 two Jameses, the two Charleses, Mary II., and Anne. See these 
 names, and Pretender. 
 
 STU'ART, ARABELLA, a lady of royal birth, whose misfor- 
 tunes form part of the dynastic history of Great Britain. She 
 was a cousin of James I., and had as good a claim to the Eng- 
 lish throne as himself, by birth. She also married, to the com- 
 plete disarrangement of his plans, one of the Seymours, by which 
 her hereditary title to the throne was made better. She was 
 imprisoned by James, and her husband also ; but they escaped. 
 
STU 
 
 she only to be recaptured and confined in the Tower, where she 
 died at last, in extremest misery and insanity, in 1615, aged 
 about 40, guiltless of all, save her birth, which alarmed the un- 
 gainly possessor of the crown. 
 
 STU'ART, DR. GILBERT, a Scottish historian of the last 
 century. He was educated at Edinburgh, and after carrying on 
 his authorship there for some years, removed to London, where he 
 died in 1786, aged 44 years. His works are, a History of Scotland, 
 a History of the Scottish Reformation, &c. &c. 
 
 STU'ART, JAMES, (Athenian Stuart,) an eminent anti- 
 quarian architectural artist, who rose to distinction solely by his 
 talent and perseverance. He was first a mere painter of designs 
 on fans, but used the opportunities he possessed to make him- 
 self acquainted with higher art, travelled in Italy and Greece, 
 and, in conjunction with Nicholas Revett, published his beautiful 
 plates of the Antiquities of Athens, tie practised as an architect 
 after his return to England with some success, and published 
 other works. He died in 1788, aged 75 years. 
 
 STUB, s. [stubbe, Dan. si!e&, Sax. stob, Belg.] a thick short stock 
 of a tree when the rest is cut off; a block, a log. 
 
 To STUB, V. a. to root up; to extirpate; to force up. 
 
 STU'BBLE, {stiiU) s. [estouble, Fr.] the short straw left after 
 the corn is reaped. 
 
 STU'BBORN, a. obstinate, or not to be moved by threats or 
 persuasions; harsh; perverse; inflexible; contumacious; rough; 
 rugged ; stiff ; generally including the idea of something bad. 
 
 STU'BBORNLY, ac/, obstinately ; inflexibly. 
 
 STU'BBORNNESS, s. obstinatencss ; perverseness ; inflexi- 
 bility ; contumacy. 
 
 STU'BNAIL, s. a nail broken off"; a short thick nail. 
 
 STU'CCO, s. [Ital.] a kind of fine plaster used for ceilings, &c. 
 
 STUD, s. [studu. Sax.] a post or stake ; a large-headed nail 
 used for ornament ; a knob, or other ornamental protuberance ; 
 an ornamental fastening worn in the wristband of a shirt. — [stod, 
 Isl.] a collection of breeding horses and mares. 
 
 To STUD, t!. a. to adorn with studs or shining knobs. 
 
 STU'DENT, s. [studens, Lat.] a person given to books ; a scho- 
 lar; a bookish man. In the university of Oxford, an exhibitioner, 
 or scholar on the foundation of Christ-church. 
 
 STU'DIED, a. learned ; produced by meditation or deep 
 thinking. 
 
 STU'DIOUS, a. [sfudieux, Fr. studium, Lat.] much given to 
 study; contemplative; earnest for; regardful; attentive; dili- 
 gent ; busy. 
 
 STU'DIOUSLY, ad. diligently ; carefully. 
 
 STU'DIOUSNESS, s. the quality of being much addicted to 
 study. 
 
 STU'DY, «. [studium, Lat.] an intense application of the mind 
 to books or learning; meditation; deep cogitation ; attention; 
 contrivance ; an apartment set apart for reading and meditating. 
 
 To STU'DY, V. n. [studeo, Lat.] to think upon with intense ap- 
 plication, or to endeavour diligently; to meditate ; to muse. — ■ 
 V. a. to apply the mind to with intense thought, or consider with 
 attention ; to learn by application. 
 
 STUFF, s. [stoffe, Belg.] any matter or body ; materials of 
 which any thing is composed ; essence, or elemental part ; fur- 
 niture; goods; any mixture or medicine; cloth or texture of 
 any kind, especially that of the woollen sort ; a matter or thing, 
 generally used in contempt. 
 
 To STUFF, V. a. to fill or cram very full with any thing ; to 
 fill so as to occasion uneasiness ; to fill or cram meat with season- 
 ing ; to form by stuffing. — v. n. to feed gluttonously. 
 
 STU'FFING, s. that by which any thing is filled ; high-sea- 
 soned ingredients which are put into meat. 
 
 STUKE, Stuck, s. [stuc, Fr.] See Stucco. 
 
 STU'KELEY, DR. WILLIAM, the clergyman, physician, and 
 antiquary, studied at Cambridge, practised medicine in Lincoln- 
 shire, entered the church, and obtained a living in London, 
 where he died in 1765, aged 78 years. His fame rests on his 
 works on British Antiquities, Stonehenge, &c., and on Antiquities 
 elucidating Sacred History. 
 
 STULTI'LOQUENCE, a. [stultus and loquentia, Lat.] idle and 
 foolish talk; chit-chat. 
 
 STUM, s. [Swed.] wine not fermented ; new wine ; wine re- 
 vived by a new fermentation. 
 
 To STU'MBLE, (stumbl) V. n. [perhaps from tumble,} to trip in 
 walking. Figuratively, to slip or err. To strike against, or light 
 
 -V. a. to obstruct, or of- 
 blunder; error; failure. 
 , cause of stum- 
 
 STU 
 
 on by chance, used with on or upo 
 fend. 
 
 STU'MBLE, s. a trip in walking; 
 
 STU'MBLER, s. one who stumbles. 
 
 STU'MBLINGBLOCK, Stu'mbungstone, s. , 
 bling, or error ; offence. 
 
 STUMP, s. [stumpe, Dan. stompe, Belg.] a small part of a tree 
 remaining in the ground after the trunk and branches are lopped 
 away; a part of a tooth remaining in the gums after the other 
 part is broken off; the part of any body remaining after the rest 
 IS taken away. 
 
 To STUN, V. a. [stunan. Sax.] to confound or impair hearing 
 with an exceeding loud noise ; to make a person senseless or 
 dizzy by a blow on the head. 
 
 STUNG, the preter. and past part, of To Sting. 
 
 STUNK, the preter. of To Stink. 
 
 To STUNT, V. a. [stunta, Isl.] to hinder from growth. 
 
 STUPE, s. \stupa, Lat.] cloth, linen, or flax, dipped in warm 
 medicated liquors, and applied to a hurt or wound. 
 
 To STUPE, V. a. to foment or apply warm flannels dipped in 
 medicated liquors to a hurt. 
 
 STUPEFA'CTION, s. [Fr. from sttcpeo and facio, Lat.] a state 
 of mind wherein a person is insensible to threats or persuasions, 
 and seems to have lost every sign of contrivance or attention ; 
 insensibility ; stupidity ; dulness ; sluggishness of mind ; hea- 
 viness ; folly, 
 
 STUPEFA'CTIVE, a. causing insensibility ; dulling ; ob- 
 structing the senses ; opiate ; narcotic. 
 
 STUPE'NDOUS, ra. [stupendus, Lat.] prodigious; wonderful; 
 astonishing; amazing. 
 
 STU'PID, a. [stupide, Fr. stupidus, Lat.] wanting sensibility, 
 apprehension, or understanding ; dull ; insensible ; senseless ; 
 torpid ; heavy ; blockish. 
 
 STUPI'DITY, s. \stupidite,Vv.'] dulness; senselessness; want 
 of comprehension. 
 
 STU'PIDLY, ad. dully ; without apprehension. 
 
 STU'PIFIER, s. that which causes stupidity. 
 
 To STU'PIFY, V. a. [stupeo and facio, Lat.] to deprive of sensi- 
 bility, sagacity, or activity ; to make stupid ; to dull. 
 
 STil'POR, s. [Lat.] a deprivation or suspension of the senses; 
 heaviness; numbness; torpitude. 
 
 STUPRA'TION, s. [stupratio, Lat.] a rape ; violation. 
 
 STU'RDILY, flf^. stoutly; obstinately; resolutely. 
 
 STU'RDINESS, s. brutal strength; stoutness; obstinacy; 
 hardness. 
 
 STU'RDY, a. [estourdi, Fr.] hardy ; stout ; strong ; able to 
 bear great toil, and to make a vigorous resistance ; obstinate ; 
 brutal ; bold. 
 
 STU'RGEON, s. in Icthyology, a fish of a large size and fine 
 taste. 
 
 STURK, s. [styrc. Sax.] a young ox or heifer. 
 
 STU'RLESON, SNO'RRO, or Snorri Sturlason, the last of 
 the Scandinavian bards, or Skalds. He was an Icelander, and 
 was well-educated, so that he held the highest office in the is- 
 land. But he raised up enemies against himself, and was defeat- 
 ed. After a mad attempt on the kingdom of Norway, he return- 
 ed to his foreign home again, and at last was assassinated in 
 1241, aged 63 years. His writings are numerous, and the chief 
 is a collection of Bardic poems. 
 
 STURM, CHRISTOPHER CHRISTIAN, a German divine of 
 the last century. His principal post was at Hamburg, where he 
 died in 1786, aged 46 years. He is known in this country by 
 translations of his Itcflections on the Works of God; which has 
 been superseded by Duncan's Sacred Philosophy of the Seasons, 
 a book of the same delightful spirit, and compiled on the same 
 
 ^ STURM, JOHN CHRISTOPHER, an eminent natural phi- 
 losopher and mathematician of Germany, in the 17th century. 
 He studied at Jena and Leyden, and became a professor at Alt- 
 dorf, where he died in 1703, aged 68 years. He was not the 
 author of that theorem, in the theory of equations, which is call- 
 ed Sturm's theorem, that being one of the present century. 
 
 To STUT, Stu'tter, v. n. [stutten, Belg.] to speak with he- 
 sitation, difficulty, or frequent repetition of the same syllable or 
 letter of a word ; to stammer. 
 
 STU'TTER, Stu'tterer, ». a stammerer. 
 
 STU'TGARD, the capital of the kingdom of Wurtemberg, 
 5 N 2 - 827 
 
SUB 
 
 Germany. The streets are narrow in the town, and the houses 
 generally of wood ; but there are fine houses, and wide straight 
 streets, in one of the suburbs. Here are the king's palace; an 
 orphan house, with rich cabinets of curiosities, and handsome 
 gardens; an academy of painting, sculpture, and architecture; 
 and a noble library ; with manufactures of stuffs, silk stockings, 
 and ribands. It is seated on the Nisselbach, near the river 
 Neckar. Pop. about 40,000. Lat. 48. 46. N. Long. 9. 12. E. 
 
 STY, s. [stige. Sax.] a small enclosure in which hogs are kept. 
 
 To STY, V. a. to shut up in a sty. — v. n. to soar; to ascend. 
 
 STYE, Stithe, s. in Medicine, a small tumour, that occurs on 
 the edge of the eyelids. 
 
 STY'GIAN, (the ^ pron. soft) a. [stygius, Lat.] belonging to the 
 river Styx ; infernal. 
 
 STYLE, s. [stiihs. Or.] in Dialing, the gnomon of a dial. In 
 Botany, that part of the pistil of plants, called also the shaft. 
 In Literature, it is a particular manner of writing, arising from 
 taste, education, &c. In Jurisprudence, it is the particular form 
 or manner of proceeding in each court of judicature, agreeable 
 to the rules and orders established therein. In Music, it de- 
 notes a peculiar expression in playing, singing, or composing. 
 In Painting, it also signifies the individual expression in a pic- 
 ture. In Architecture, it denotes the class to which a building 
 or design is to be referred, chiefly from its affecting peculiarities 
 of certain nations or ages. Old Style, and New Style, in Chrono- 
 logy, are used to distinguish between reckoning by the reformed 
 calendar of Pope Gregory, or the old, incorrect calendar. See 
 Calendar. 
 
 To STYLE, V. a. to call, term, or name. 
 
 STY'PTIC, a. [stuplio, Gr.] astringent ; peculiarly applied to 
 such medicines as stop bleeding. 
 
 STY'RIA, a duchy of Austria, bounded by Austria proper, 
 Hungary, Croatia, and Illyria. It is crossed by the continuation 
 of the Alps, and has mountains of 7000 and 8000 feet in height. 
 The Drave, the Saave, and other tributaries of the Danube, 
 water it; and it has numerous lakes, but none of great extent. 
 Iron, limestone, and other metals and minerals are found here. 
 It produces, corn, fruits, wine, timber, cattle, &c. &c. Its manu- 
 factures are not numerous, nor of very great value, excepting in 
 iron. Gratz is its capital. Pop. about 1 ,000,000. 
 
 STYX, s. the name of a river of Arcadia in Ancient Greece, 
 whence was taken the name of the first river in the infernal re- 
 gion, across which souls were ferried in Charon's boat. 
 
 SUA'SIVE, {swdsiv) a. [suadeo, Lat.] having the power to per- 
 suade. 
 
 SUA'SORY, (swdzmy) a. having a tendency to persuade. 
 
 SUA'VITY, (swdvity) s. Isuavite, Fr. from suavis, Lat.] sweet- 
 ness, pleasantness, either to the corporeal or mental taste. 
 
 SUB, [Lat.] in Composition, implies a subordinate or inferior 
 degree. 
 
 SUBA'CID, a. [sub and acidus, Lat.] sour in a small degree. 
 
 SUBA'CRID, a. sharp and pungent in a small degree. 
 
 SUBA'CTION, s. Isubigo, Lat.] the act of subduing or reducing 
 to any state. 
 
 SUBA'LPINE, a. [sub and Alpes, Lat.] living or growing near 
 the mountains called the Alps. 
 
 SUBA'LTERN, s. [subalterne, Fr.] an inferior ; a subordinate ; 
 a non-commissioned officer in the army, as a sergeant, a cor- 
 poral, &c. 
 
 SUBALTE'RNATE, a. placed under another ; succeeding by 
 turns ; successive ; alternate. 
 
 SUBAQUA'NEOUS, a. {sub and aqua, Lat.] living under the 
 water. 
 
 SUBCHA'NTER, s. an under-chanter ; an officer who offici- 
 ates for a chanter in his absence. 
 
 SUBCLA'VIAN, a. [sub and clavis, Lat] in Anatomy, applied 
 to any thing under the armpit or shoulder, whether artery, nerve, 
 vein, or muscle. 
 
 SUBCONSTELLA'TION, s. in Astronomy, a lesser constella- 
 tion forming a part of a greater. 
 
 SUBCUTA'rJEOUS, a. lying under the skin. 
 
 SUBDE'ACON, s. [sm6 and diaconus, Lat.] in the Romish 
 Church, the deacon's servant. 
 
 SUBDE'AN, s. [sub and decanus, Lat.] a dignified clergyman, 
 next to the dean. 
 
 SUBDE'CUPLE, a. [sub and deeuplus, Lat.] containing one 
 part in ten. 
 
 SUB 
 
 To SUBDE'LEGATE, v. a. to substitute or appoint, 
 
 SUBDITI'TIOUS, {subditishious) a. [subdo, Lat.] foisted ; forged. 
 
 To SUBDIVI'DE, v. a. [sub and divido, Lat.] to divide a part 
 into still lesser parts. 
 
 SUBDIVI'SION, s. the act of subdividing. 
 
 SU'BDOLOUS, a. [suicfo^Ms, from db/us, Lat.] subtle ; crafty; 
 deceitful; cunning; sly. 
 
 To SUBDU'CE, v. a. [sub and dueo, Lat.] to subtract ; to de- 
 duce. 
 
 To SUBDU'CT, ». a. to withdraw or take away. In Arithme- 
 tic, to subtract. 
 
 SUBDU'CTION, s. arithmetical subtraction ; the act of taking 
 away. 
 
 To SUBDU'E, v. a. [sub and do, Lat.] to overpower ; to con- 
 quer; to crush ; to oppress; to bring under ; to tame. 
 
 SUBDU'ER, «. a conqueror; one that reduces or brings under; 
 a tamer. 
 
 SUBDU'PLICATE, a. containing one part of two. 
 
 SUBERA'TES, s. in Chemistry, salts formed bythe combina- 
 tion of any base with suberic acid. 
 
 SUBE'RIC, a. in Chemistry, belonging to cork. 
 
 SUBFUMIGA'TION, s. [subandfumigo, Lat.] a ceremony used 
 by sorcerers to drive away evil spirits by burning incense. 
 
 SUBJA'CENT, a. [sub and yaceo, Lat.] lying under. 
 
 To SUBJE'CT, V. a. [sub and jacio, Lat.] to put under ; to re- 
 duce to submission; to enslave ; to make liable or obfioxious; 
 to make subservient. 
 
 SU'BJECT, a. placed, situated, living, or serving under ; liable 
 or obnoxious ; on which any action or thought is exercised. 
 
 SU'BJECT, s. [sujet, Fr.] one who lives under the dominion of 
 another; that on which any action or thought is employed; that 
 in which any thing inheres. In Philosophy, Logic, and Gram- 
 mar, that of which any thing is correctly predicated or affirmed ; 
 the mind, which alone is self-conscious, and can contemplate 
 itself and all other things as objects. 
 
 SUBJE'CTION, s. obedience to a superior ; dependence ; 
 slavery. 
 
 SUliJE'CTIVE, a. relating not to the object, but to the sub- 
 ject. In Grammar, the relation in which a notion stands to the 
 notion of the predicate in a sentence, most frequently expressed 
 by a noun or pronoun in the nominative case. Subjective and Ob- 
 jective, in Philosophy, are two correlative terms, by which are 
 expressed, with the greatest accuracy, the distinction between 
 what relates or belongs to the mind, which contemplates, and 
 that which relates to the mind, or to any thing else, which is 
 contemplated. 
 
 SUBINGRE'SSION, s. [sm6 and gredior, Lat.] secret entrance. 
 
 To SUBJOI'N, V. a. [svh and juyigo, Lat.] to add at the end ; 
 to annex. 
 
 SUBITA'NEOUS, a. [subitaneus, from subitus, Lat.] sudden ; 
 hasty. 
 
 To SU'BJUGATE, v. a. [sub and jugum, Lat.] to bring under 
 the yoke; to subdue; to enslave. 
 
 SUBJUGA'TION, s. the act of subduing, or a state of slavery. 
 
 SUBJU'NCTION, s. [sub and jungo, Lat.] the state of being 
 subjoined; the act of subjoining. 
 
 SUBJU'NCTIVE, a, subjoined, or added to something else. 
 In Grammar, a mood. 
 
 SUBLA'PSARY, Sublapsa'rian, a. [sub and lapsus, Lat.] done 
 after the fall of man. 
 
 SUBLA'TIOiN, s. [sublatio, Lat.] the act of taking away. 
 
 SUBLAXA'TION, s. in Anatomy, an imperfect dislocation. 
 
 To SU'BLEVATE, v. a. [sub and leva, Lat.] to raise, succour, 
 or ease. 
 
 SUBLEVA'TION, s. the act of assisting, easing, or lifting up. 
 
 To SU'BLIMATE, v. a. [sublimis, Lat.] in Chemistry, to raise 
 by the force of fire. Figuratively, to exalt, elevate, heighten. 
 
 SU'BLIMATE.s. any thing raised by fire in a retort. 
 
 SUBLIMATION, s. in Chemistry, is the condensing and col- 
 lecting in a solid form, by means of vessels constructed for the 
 purpose, the vapours thrown off by solids by the application of , 
 heat. Elevation; exaltation; the act of heightening or im- 
 proving. 
 
 SUBLFME, a. [sublimis, Lat.] high in place, excellence, 'or 
 nature ; elevated in thought or style ; lofty, haughty, proud. 
 
 SUBLI'ME, s. [Fr,] a grand or lofty style, arising from noble- 
 ness of thought. 
 
SUB 
 
 To SUBLITVIE, v. a. [sublimer, Fr.] to raise by a chemical fire; 
 to raise on high ; to exalt, heighten, or improve. — v. n. to rise in 
 a chemical vessel by the force of fire. 
 
 SUBLI'MELY, a«;. loftily ; grandly. 
 
 SUBLI'MITY, s. [sublimite, Fr.] height of place, thought, or 
 style; height of nature; excellence. 
 
 SUBLFNGUAL, a. [sub and lingua, Lat.] placed under the 
 tongue. 
 
 SU'BLUNAR, Su'bhtoary, a. {sub and luna, Lat.] situate be- 
 neath the moon ; terrestrial; earthly; mundane. 
 
 SU'BMARINE, a. [sub and mare, Lat.] lying or acting under 
 the sea. 
 
 To SUBME'RGE, v. a. [submerger, Fr. from suh and mergo, 
 Lat.] to put or plunge under water ; to drown. 
 
 SUBME'RSION, (submSrshon) s. [Fr.] the act of plunging or 
 dipping under water; sinking; drowning. 
 
 SUBMFSS, a. [submissus, Lat.] humble, or confessing infe- 
 riority ; submissive; obsequious. 
 
 SUBMFSSION, (submishdn) s. [sub and »)t«o, Lat.] surrender; 
 acknowledgment of inferiority, guiltiness, error, or power to com- 
 mand ; obedience; obsequiousness. 
 
 SUBMFSSIVE, a. humble; meek; respectful; obsequious. 
 
 SUBMFSSIVELY, arf. humbly; with confession of inferiority. 
 
 SUBMFSSIVENESS, s. humility ; confession of fault or in- 
 feriority. 
 
 To SUBMFT, V. a. to let down or sink ; to acknowledge, sub- 
 ject, resign, or yield any thing to the authority, commands, di- 
 rection, or judgment of another. — v. n. to be subject to as an 
 inferior; to yield. 
 
 SUBMU'LTIPLE, s. in Arithmetic, that number or quantity 
 which is contained in another number a certain number of times 
 exactly; thus 3 is the submultiple of 21, as being contained in it 
 seven times exactly. 
 
 To SUBNE'RVATE, v. a. to cut the sinews of the leg, to 
 hamstring. 
 
 SUBO'RDINATE, a. [sub and (yrdino, Lat.] inferior in order, 
 nature, dignity, or power; descending in a regular series of 
 gradation. 
 
 To SUBO'RDINATE, v. a. to range or place under another. 
 
 SUBO'RDINATELY, ad. in a series regularly descending. 
 
 SUBORDINATION, s. [Fr.] dependence of persons with re- 
 spect to each other ; a series regularly descending. 
 
 To SUBO'RN, V. a. [suborno, Lat.] to procure privately, by se- 
 cret fraud, or by silent and indirect means ; generally applied to 
 procuring or instructing false evidence. 
 
 SUBORNA'TION, s. [Fr.] the act of procuring or instructing 
 a person to give false evidence, or do a bad action. 
 
 SUBO'RNER, s. one that procures a bad action to be done. 
 
 SUBPCE'NA, (subpena) s. [sub and poena, Lat.] a writ com- 
 manding a person's appearance in a court under a penalty ; a 
 summons. 
 
 To SUBPOi'NA, (subpena) v. a. in Law, to summon a person 
 to appear before a court. 
 
 SUBRE'CTOR, s. the rector's vicegerent. 
 
 SUBRl'GUOUS, a. [sub and rigo, Lat.] wet; moist; watery 
 underneath. 
 
 To SU'BROGATE, v. a. [subrogo, Lat.] to substitute or put in 
 the place of another. 
 
 SU'BSALTS, s. in Chemistry, salts with less acid than is suf- 
 ficient to neutralize their radicals. 
 
 To SUBSCRI'BE, v. a. [sub and scribo, Lat.] to give consent to or 
 attest by writing one's name. — v. n. to give consent ; to promote 
 an undertaking, by paying in a certain sum of money. 
 
 SUBSCRFBER, «. one that subscribes or contributes. 
 
 SUBSCRI'PTION, s. the act of attesting a writing by signing 
 one's name ; the undertaking to advance the government money 
 upon certain conditions, or giving money to charitable uses. 
 
 SU'BSEQUENT, a. [Fr. sub and sequor, Lat.] following in 
 order of time ; future. 
 
 To SUBSE'RVE, v. a. [suh and servio, Lat.] to serve in a sub- 
 ordinate or instrumental manner. 
 
 SUflSE'RVIENCY, Subse'rvience, «. subjection to the con- 
 trol or command of another; instrumental fitness or use. 
 
 SUBSE'RVIENT, a. assisting to the accomplishment of a 
 purpose or design ; subordinate. 
 
 To SUBSI'DE, V. a. [subsido, Lat.] to sink ; to tend towards 
 tlie bottom or downwards. 
 
 SUB 
 
 SUBSFDIARY, a. [»«6sjV7mm, Lat.] helping; aiding; assist- 
 ing ; brought in aid. 
 
 SU'BSIDY, s. [subsidium, Lat.] an aid given in money towards 
 carrying on the public affairs of a nation. 
 
 To SUBSFGN, v. a. [sub and stgno, Lat.] to sign under. 
 
 To SUBSFST, V. n, [subsisto, Lat.] to continue or retain the 
 present state, nature, or properties ; to have means of living or 
 maintenance; to inhere; to have existence. 
 
 SUBSI'STENCE, s. [Fr.] real being ; competency, or suffi- 
 ciency to support life. 
 
 SUBSFSTENT, a. having real being ; inherent. 
 
 SU'BSTANCE,«. [Fr.]being; something which has existence, 
 and supports accidents; the essential part ; something real, op- 
 posed to imaginary; body; bodily nature ; wealth; means of 
 life. 
 
 SUBSTA'NTIAL, {substdnshial) a. [substantiel, Fr. substantialis, 
 Lat.] real; true; solid; bulky, corporeal, material; stout; 
 strong; moderately wealthy ; responsible. 
 
 SUBSTANTIA'LITY, s. the state of existence ; corporeity. 
 
 SUBSTA'NTIALS, s. (without singular,) essential parts. 
 
 SU'BSTANTIVE, s. [suhstantif, Fr. substanticum, from substo, 
 Lat.] in Grammar, a word which expresses the notion of any ex- 
 istence, abstract, or concrete, &c. &c. It is commonly called a 
 
 SU'BSTANTIVE, a. betokening existence. 
 
 To SUBSTITUTE, v. a. [sub and statuo, Lat.] to put instead, 
 or in the place of another. 
 
 SU'BSTITUTE, s. [substitut, Fr.] one placed and acting instead 
 of another. 
 
 SUBSTRU'CTION, s. [substructio, from sub and struo, Lat.] the 
 lower part of the foundation of a house ; underbuilding. 
 
 SUBSTY'LAR, a. [sub and stylus, Lat.] in Dialing, an epithet 
 given to a right line, whereon the gnomon or stile of a ciial is 
 erected at right angles with the plane. 
 
 SUBSU'LTIVE, Subsd'ltory, a. [subsultus, from salio, Lat.] 
 leaping; bounding; moving by starts. 
 
 To SUBTE'ND, v. a. [sub and tendo, Lat.] to extend under ; to 
 be opposite to, in Geometry. 
 
 SU'BTER, [Lat.] signifies, in Composition, under. 
 
 SUBTE'RFLUENT, Subte'rfluous, a. [subter and fluo, Lat.J 
 running or flowing under. 
 
 SU'BTERFUGE, s. [Fr. from subter and fugio, Lat.] a shift, 
 evasion, or trick, by which a person endeavours to extricate him- 
 self from a difficulty. 
 
 SUBTERRA'NEAN, Subterraneous, a. [sub and terra, Lat.] 
 placed under ground; lying under the surface of the earth. 
 
 SU'BTILE, a. sometimes written subtle, and pronounced sitl; 
 [Fr. subtilis, Lat.] thin; nice, delicate, fine; piercing, acute; 
 cunning, subdolous, deceitful ; refined, or so acute as hardly to 
 be comprehended. When it signifies cunning or crafty, it is 
 generally spelt subtle. 
 
 SU'BTILELY, ad. finely, not grossly; craftily; cunningly. 
 
 SUBTILIZA'TION, s. [subtilisation, Fr.] the act of rarefying, 
 or making any thing so volatile as to rise in steam or vapours; 
 refinement, superfluous acuteness. 
 
 To SU'BTILIZE, v. a. [subtiliser, Fr.] to rarefy, or make thin ; 
 to refine, or spin into useless niceties. — v. n. to talk or treat with 
 too much refinement. 
 
 SU'BTILTY, s. [subtilite, Fr.] thinness, fineness ; the quality 
 of being much rarefied, or consisting of very small and pene- 
 trating particles ; nicety ; refinement ; too much acuteness ; 
 cunning artifice, sliness. 
 
 SU'BTLE, (sutl) a. [see Subtile,] sly; artful or cunning. 
 
 SU'BTLY, (s«%) arf. cunningly ; artfully; slily; nicely; de- 
 licately. 
 
 To SUBTRA'CT, v. a. [soustraire, Fr. from subtraho, Lat.] to take 
 away a part from the whole. In Arithmetic, the art of finding 
 the difference between two numbers, by taking away the less 
 from the greater, and setting down what remains. 
 
 SUBTRA'CTION, s. [soustraction, Fr.] the act of taking away 
 a part from the whole. 
 
 SUBTRAHE'ND, s. [subtraho, Lat.] in Arithmetic, the lesser 
 number which is to be taken out of the greater. 
 
 SU'BTRIPLE, a. [Fr.«!<6and triplus, Lat.] containing a third, 
 or one part in three. 
 
 SUBVENTA'NEOUS, a. [suhventaneus, from ventus, Lat.] ad- 
 dle; windy. 
 
 -829 
 
sue 
 
 To SUBVE'RSE, r. a. [suhverto, Lat.] to overturn, demolish, 
 destroy, subvert. 
 
 SUBVE'RSION, {subvershon) s. [Fr.] the act of overthrowing ; 
 destruction ; ruin ; demolition ; overthrow. 
 
 SUBVE'RSIVE, a. having tendency to overturn, used with of. 
 
 To SUBVE'RT, v. a. [subverto, Lat.] to overthrow, overturn, 
 destroy, or turn upside down ; to corrupt or confound. 
 
 SUBVE'RTER, s. an overthrower ; a destroyer. 
 
 SU'BURB, s. [sub and urbs, Lat.] acollectionof buildings with- 
 out the walls of a city ; the confines; the outpart ; the environs. 
 
 SUBU'RBAN, s. one that lives in the suburbs. 
 
 SUBU'RBAN, a. belonging to the suburbs. 
 
 SUBURBA'NITY, s. the neighbourhood of them that dwell 
 without a city. 
 
 SUCCEDA'NEOUS, a. [succedo, Lat.] supplying the place of 
 something else. 
 
 SUCCEDA'NEUM, «. [Lat.] that which is put to serve in place 
 of something else. 
 
 SUCCE'DENT, a. succeeding; following after. 
 
 To SUCCEE'D, V. n: {sub and cedo, Lat. succeder, Fr.] to follow 
 after or in order ; to come into the place of one who is dead, or 
 has quitted ; to fall out or terminate according to one's wish ; to 
 obtain one's wish ; to go under cover. — v. a. to follow after; to 
 prosper, to make a thing terminate according to a person's wish. 
 
 SDCCEE'DER, s. one that succeeds ; one that comes into the 
 place of another. 
 
 SUCCESS, s. [smces, Fr. successus, from succedo, Lat.] a pros- 
 perous event, when used without an epithet ; the termination of 
 an affair whether happily or unhappily. 
 
 SUCCE'SSFUL, a. fortunate; prosperous; lucky. 
 
 SUCCE'SSFULLY.arf. fortunately; luckily; prosperously. 
 
 SUCCE'SSFULNESS, s. the quality of being fortunate or 
 prosperous in an undertaking; series of good fortune; desired 
 event ; happy conclusion. 
 
 SUCCE'SSION, (siikseshdti) s. [Fr. sttccessio, from succedo, Lat.] 
 a series or order in which one person or thing follows another; 
 consecution ; a lineage. 
 
 SUCCE'SSIVE, a. [smcessif, Fr.] following in order immedi- 
 ately after another person or thing ; consecutive. 
 
 SUCCE'SSIVELY, ad. in uninterrupted order ; one after an- 
 other. 
 
 SUCCE'SSOR, s. [suceesseur, Fr. from succedo, Lat.] one that 
 immediately follows another in any possession or post. 
 
 SUCCFNATES, s. in Chemistry, salts formed by the combin- 
 ation of any base with the succinic acid. 
 
 SUCCI'NIC, a. in Chemistry, belonging to amber. 
 
 SUCCFNCT, a. [Fr. succinctus, Lat.] short, concise, brief, com- 
 prehensive. 
 
 SUCCFNCTLY, ad. briefly ; concisely. 
 
 SUCCl'NCTNESS, «. brevity; conciseness. 
 
 SU'CCORY, s. lcichorm7n, Lat.] in Botany, a plant with com- 
 pound flowers, one kind of which is common in England, and is 
 remarkable for its large blue flower. 
 
 To SU'CCOUR, V. a. [stt6 and curro, Lat.] to help, relieve, or 
 assist in danger, difficulty, or distress. 
 
 SU'CCOUR, «. [secojirs, Fr.] aid or relief afforded in difficulty 
 or distress ; the person who aids or relieves another in distress. 
 
 SU'CCOURER, s. a helper; an assistant; a reliever. 
 
 SU'CCULENT, a. [Fr. succulentus, Lat.] moist ; abounding in 
 juice; juicv. 
 
 To SUCCU'MB, V. a. [smJ and cubo, Lat. succomber, Fr.] to fall 
 down, sink, or fall under; to yield. 
 
 SUCCUSSA'TION, s. [succutio, Lat.] a trot of a horse, &c., 
 made by lifting one foot before, and the cross foot behind. 
 
 SUCCU'SSION, {sukkushdn) s. the act of shaking or jolting ; a 
 jolt or shake given by a carriage. In Medicine, a shaking of the 
 nerves procured by strong, stimulating, and sternutatory medi- 
 cines. 
 
 SUCH, jiroti. [swilc. Sax. sulk, Belg. sulleiks, Goth.] when an- 
 swered by as, like, or of the same kind. When used without 
 as, of the same nature with that which is mentioned in the sen- 
 tence before ; particular or certain. 
 
 To SUCK, V. a. Isucan, Sax. succer, Fr.] to draw by rarefying 
 the air ; to draw in by the mouth ; to draw milk from the breast 
 by the mouth ; to draw with the lips ; to empty ; to drain.— 1». n. 
 to draw by rarefying the air; to draw the breast; to draw, to 
 imbibe. 
 
 830 
 
 SU F 
 
 SUCK, «. the act of sucking; milk given by females from the 
 breast. 
 
 SU'CKER, s. [suceur, Fr.] any thing that draws by rarefying 
 the air; the piston of a pump ; a young twig shooting from the 
 stock, so called from the supposition of its depriving the trunk 
 of its moisture ; a pipe through which any thing is sucked. 
 
 To SU'CKLE, (sukl) V. a. to bring up a child by milk sucked 
 from the breast. 
 
 SU'CKLING, s. an infant at the breast. 
 
 SU'CTION, (sukshon) s. [succion, Fr.] the act of sucking. 
 
 SU'DATORY, s. [sudo, Lat.] a hot-house or sweating bath. 
 
 SU'DBURY, SuflTolk. It contains 3 large handsome churches, 
 with other good buildings. It is seated on the N. side of the 
 river Stour, (which is navigable for barges,) by which it is 
 almost surrounded, and over which it has a handsome bridge 
 leading into Essex, 56 miles from London. Market, Thursday. 
 Pop. 5085. 
 
 SU'DDEN, a. [soudain, Fr. sorfen. Sax.] happening without any 
 expectation or notice given beforehand. On or of a sudden, is 
 sooner than we expected, without any notice beforehand. 
 
 SU'DDENLY, ad. unexpectedly ; hastily ; quickly. 
 
 SU'DDENNESS, s. quickness; hastiness; unexpected pre- 
 sence. 
 
 SUDORI'FIC, a. [ij^lorifique, Fr. from sr.idor and facia, Lat.] 
 provoking or causing sweat. 
 
 SUDORl'FICS, s. medicines that cause sweating. 
 
 SUDS,s. it has no singular; [seoden. Sax.] water in which soap 
 is dissolved. To be in the suds, is to be involved in some difficulty. 
 
 To SUE, V. a.[stttrer, Fr.] to prosecute by law ; to gain by legal 
 procedure. In Falconry, to clean the beak, as a hawk. — v. n. to 
 beg, entreat, or petition, with humility and earnestness. 
 
 SU'ET, s. [old Fr.] hard fat, particularly that abou t the kidneys. 
 
 SUETO'NIUS, C. TRANQUILLUS, a Roman historian, the 
 friend of Pliny the younger, who had various offices under Tra- 
 jan and Hadrian. His works which we yet possess are, the 
 Lives of the twelve Ceesars, and Lives of distinguished Poets, Orators, 
 &c. He flourished in the 1st and 2nd centuries A. D. 
 
 SU'ETY, a. consisting of suet; resembling suet. 
 
 SUE'UR, EUSTACHE LE, a famous French painter, of the 
 17th century. He studied under Vouet, and other great artists 
 of the day, but he surpassed them all, and obtained the title of 
 the Fre7ich Raphael. He died in 1C55, aged 38 years. 
 
 SU'EZ, anciently Berenice, a town of Egypt, seated at the N. 
 end of the W. arm of the Red Sea, called the Gulf of Suez, with 
 a harbour. This gulf is separated from the Mediterranean by an 
 isthmus, 120 miles over, which joins Asia to Africa, called the 
 Isthmus of Suez. The town is without water, which comes from 
 the other side of the gulf, and almost without the necessaries of 
 life. Fish is the only article of provisions plentiful here. It is 
 very much crowded at times, but at others it is very thinly in- 
 habited; and the harbour is too shallow to admit ships of great 
 burden. The commerce of Suez with Cairo is carried on only by 
 means of caravans, but several vessels sail annually between this 
 port and Jidda. It is situated in a sandy country, the ground 
 around being all one bed of rock, slightly covered with sand, 
 (plants, trees, gardens, and fields, being entirely unknown,) 60 
 miles from Cairo. Lat. 30. 2. N. Long. 32. 28. E. 
 
 To SU'FFER, V. a. {sufero, Lat. souffrir, Fr.] to bear or under- 
 go with a sense of pain ; to endure or support without resistance 
 or sinking under; to allow or permit without refusal or resist- 
 ance ; to pass through, or be affected by.— «. n. to undergo pain, 
 punishment, injury, or inconvenience. 
 
 SU'FFERABLE, a. such as may be endured or permitted; 
 tolerable. 
 
 SU'FFERABLY, ad. tolerably; so as to be endured. 
 
 SU'FFERANCE, «. {souffrance, Fr.] pain, inconvenience, mi- 
 sery ; patience or moderation ; permission ; allowance. 
 
 SU'FFERER, s. one who endures pain or inconvenience; one 
 who allows or permits. 
 
 SU'FFERING, s. pain endured. 
 
 To SUFFI'CE, V. n. [sufficio, Lat.] to be enough or equal to the 
 end or purpose.— «. a. to afford, to supply enough ; to satisfy. 
 
 SL'FFI'CIENCY, {suffishiency) s. [sujicio, Lat.] the state of 
 being equal or adequate to the end proposed ; a qualification ' 
 supply equal to want ; competence. 
 
 SUFFPCIENT, (suji'shient) a. [sufficiens, Lat.] enough ; able 
 capable. 
 
 \ 
 
Kiiril^i'M'tl'l' ^ 
 
 «' Sagas 
 
 
SUI 
 
 SUFFICIENTLY, {sufflshientbj) ad. fully ; satisfactorily. 
 
 To SUFFLATE, v. a. [siifflo, Lat.] to puff or blow up. 
 
 SIJFFLA'TION, s. the act of blowing up with wind ; swelling. 
 
 To SU'FFOCATE, v. a. [suffoquer, Fr. suffoco, Lat.] to choke 
 by exclusion or interception of air. 
 
 SUFFOCATION, s. [Fr. suffoco, Lat.] stoppage of the breath ; 
 the state of smothering or choking for want of air. 
 
 SU'FFOLK, a county of England, lying on the German Oceaii, 
 and bounded by Cambridgeshire, Norfolk, and Essex. It is 
 nearly 50 miles long, and about 30 broad. It contains 575 pa- 
 rishes, and 28 market towns. The air is generally wholesome, 
 but the soil is various ; on the sea-coast it is sandy, and there 
 are several small hills, which yield hemp, pease, and rye. The 
 inland parts are clayey, and more full of trees. The borders to- 
 wards Essex are fit for pastures, and the N. W. produce corn of 
 all sorts. There are manufactures of broad-cloth, stuffs, and 
 coarse linen, but not to any extent now. The principal rivers 
 are, the Little Ouse, the Waveney, the Stour, the Breton, the 
 Orwell or Gippe, the Deben, the Ore, and the Blyth. Ipswich 
 and Bury St. Edmunds are the principal towns. Pop. 315,073. 
 It sends 11 members to parliament. 
 
 SU'FFRAGAN, s. {suffragor, Lat.] a bishop considered as sub- 
 ject to an archbishop. 
 
 SU'FFRAGE, ». [Fr.] a vote or voice given to determine a con- 
 troversy, or matter in dispute. 
 
 SUFFRA'GINOUS, a. {suffrago, Lat.] belonging to the knee- 
 joint of beasts. 
 
 To SUFFU'MIGATE, v. a. [sub and fumigo, Lat.] to smoke 
 underneath. 
 
 SUFFUMIGA'TION, s. [Fr.] a smokingor fuming underneath ; 
 operation of fumes or smoke raised by heat. 
 
 To SUFFU'SE, {mffuze) v. a. {suffundo, Lat.] to spread over 
 with some fluid or expansive body, such as vapour or tincture. 
 
 SUFFU'SION, {suffuzhon) s. the act of pouring or spreading 
 upon. 
 
 SU'GAR, {shugar) s. [sucre, Fr.] in Chemistry and Trade, a crys- 
 tallization of the saccharine matter of vegetables in which it 
 abounds, and particularly from the sugar cane, a species of ma- 
 
 Fle, and a kind of beet-root ; extensively imported from the W. 
 ndian islands and S. America, and largely used for various do- 
 mestic purposes. In Chemistry, the various kinds of sugar are 
 classed under two heads, cane sugar, and grape sugar. In Com- 
 merce, it is classified according to the plant it is derived from, 
 the country it is made by, the degree of refinement, &cc. &c. 
 Any thing proverbially sweet ; a chemical dry crystallization. 
 
 To SU'GAR, (shugar) v. a. to sweeten or impregnate with 
 sugar. 
 
 SUGARCA'NDY, s. sugar candied or crystallized. 
 
 SU'GAR-CANE, s. in Botany, a species of grasslike plant, 
 cultivated in tropical countries for the purpose of making sugar 
 from its juice. 
 
 SU'GAR-MAPLE, s. in Botany, a kind of maple from the sap 
 of which sugar is made in the United States. 
 
 SU'GARY, (shugaty) a. tasting of sugar ; sweet. 
 
 To SUGGE'ST, (suj-jest)y. a. [suggero, Lat.] to hint, insinu- 
 ate, or intimate ; to tell privately. 
 
 SUGGE'STER, s. one that suggests ; one that reminds another. 
 
 SUGGE'STION, (su»'si!ton) s. [Fr.] a secret hint, information, 
 insinuation, intimation, or notification. 
 
 SUGILLA'TION, {sujiUdshon) s. [sugiUo, Lat.] in Medicine, the 
 extravasation of blood in the coats of the eye. 
 
 SU'ICIDE, s. [Fr. from smi and c'cedo, Lat.] the crime of destroy- 
 ing oneself; self-murder; one who destroys himself; a self- 
 murderer ; a felo de se. 
 
 SUI'DAS, a Greek lexicographer, of about the 10th century, 
 whose work is of great value in showing the various meanings of 
 Greek words, in preserving passages of various lost writings, &c. 
 
 SUIT, {sut) s. [suite, Fr.] a set or number of things correspond- 
 ing to each other ; clothes consisting of coat, waistcoat, and 
 breeches ; a regular order or series ; consecution ; a retinue, or 
 number of attendants ; a petition ; a courtship. In Law, the 
 instance of a cause or action, whether real or personal ; or the 
 cause itself deduced in judgment. Suit of court, ox suit-service, 
 is an attendance the tenant owes to his lord's court ; suit-covenant, 
 agreement by a person to do service in the court of the lord ; 
 suit-custom is, where one and his ancestors or predecessors have 
 owed suit time out of mind. 
 
 To SUIT, {sut) V. a. to fit or adapt to something else ; to dress 
 or clothe. — v. n. to agree, to accord, used with to or with. 
 
 SUITABLE, {sutable) a. agreeable to; matching; fitting; 
 becoming. 
 
 SUITABLENESS, s. fitness ; agreableness. 
 
 SU'ITABLY, ad. agreeably to ; according to. 
 
 SU'ITOR, {sutor) s. one that makes a petition, or courts ano- 
 ther ; a suppliant; a wooer. 
 
 SUKOTYRO, s. in Zoology, a large animal bearing a slight 
 resemblance to the elephant, said to inhabit the island of 
 Java. 
 
 SU'LCATED, a. [sulcus, Lat.] furrowed. 
 
 SU'LLEN, a. gloomily angry; discontented ; malignant ; mis- 
 chievous ; heavy ; dull ; sorrowful ; gloomy ; dark ; dismal ; 
 cloudy ; obstinate ; perverse ; intractable. 
 
 SU'LLENLY, ad. discontentedly; morosely; gloomily; in- 
 tractably;^ mischievously; malignantly. 
 
 SU'LLENNESS, s. gloominess; moroseness; stubbornness; 
 intractability; malignity. 
 
 To SU'LLY, V. a. [souiller, Fr.] to soil or spoil the colour with 
 any thing dirty. 
 
 SU'LLY, MAXIMILIEN DE BETHUNE, DUKE OF, the 
 great minister of the great Henry IV. of France. He owed his 
 eminence to his own genius, for having entered at an early age 
 on the service of the king of Navarre, he had no complete edu- 
 cation. He distinguished himself greatly in the various battles 
 that were fought before Henry obtained possession of the crown 
 of France; and Henry's profession of Romanism is ascribed to 
 his persuasions. In various diplomatic engagements he was as 
 eminent as in military service, but both have been cast into the 
 shade by his talent for finance. In this department, the mea- 
 sures he adopted were as beneficial to the country as to the king. 
 He was ambassador to England on the accession of James I. 
 The numerous offices he held, the duties of most of which he 
 laboriously performed, enabled him to acquire an immense for- 
 tune; but the assassination of Henry threw him out of most of 
 them, and he spent his leisure in the composition of his Memoirs. 
 He died in 1641, aged 82 years. 
 
 SU'LPHATES, s. in Chemistry, salts formed by the combina- 
 tion of any base with the sulphuric acid. 
 
 SU'LPHITES, s. in Chemistry, salts formed by the combina- 
 tion of any base with the sulphurous acid. 
 
 SU'LPHUR, {sulfur) s. [Lat.] in Chemistry, an elementJiry 
 substance, not metallic, the appearance and general properties 
 of which are familiar to every one. It is extensively used in 
 medicine. 
 
 SULPHU'REOUS, Su'lphurous, {sulfureus, si'dfurus) a. con- 
 taining brimstone; having the qualities of brimstone; made of 
 brimstone. 
 
 SUL'PHURETS, s. in Chemistry, combinations of alkalies, or 
 metals with sulphur. 
 
 SULPHURETTED, a. in Chemistry, applied to a substance 
 which is combined with sulphur. 
 
 SULPHU'RIC, a. in Chemistry, belonging to sulphur, 
 
 SU'LPHURWORT, s. in Botany, a plant, the same with the 
 fennel-leaved harestrong or peucedanum. 
 
 SULPFCIUS SEVERUS, an ecclesiastical writer of the 4th 
 century. He was a Gaul, and of noble extraction, and practised 
 first as an advocate, but afterwards became a monk, and enjoyed 
 a considerable reputation for his literary skill. He died in about 
 420, at an advanced age. He wrote a Church History, a Life of 
 St. Martin, &c. 
 
 SU'LTAN, s. [Arab.] the Turkish emperor. 
 
 SULTA'NA, Su'ltaness, s. the queen of an eastern emperor. 
 
 SU'LTANIN, s. a Turkish gold coin, worth about eight shil- 
 lings English. 
 
 SU'LTANRY, s. an eastern empire. 
 
 SU'LTRINESS, s. excessive heat. 
 
 SU'LTRY, a. hot and close ; hot without any current of wind ; 
 hot and cloudy ; suffocating with heat ; sweltry. 
 
 SU'LZER, JOHN GEORGE, a Swiss writer of the last cen- 
 tury. His reputation act^uired him a professorship at Berlin ; 
 and, in the latter part ot his life, he travelled in France and 
 Italy. He died in 1779, aged 59 years. His great work is a 
 Universal Theory, or Dictionary of the Fine Arts. 
 
 SUM, s. [summa, Lat] the whole of any thing ; a quantity of 
 money ; an abridgment, compendium, summary, or abstract of 
 
SUN 
 
 the whole ; the amount or result of any reasoning or calculation ; 
 the height, completion. 
 
 To SUM, V. a. Isommer, Fr.] to compute or collect particulars 
 into a total, used with up; to comprise or collect in a narrow 
 compass. In Falconry, to have feathers full grown. 
 
 SU'MACH, s. in Botany, is a rank-smelling shrub, that bears 
 a black berry; used by curriers in dressing of leather. 
 
 SUMATRA, a large island of the Indian Ocean, having Ma- 
 lacca on the N. and N. E., from which it is divided by the Straits 
 of Malacca, Borneo on the E., and Java on the S. E. It is 1050 
 miles long, and 165 broad. Its interior has been but partially 
 explored, but there are several ranges of mountains, some of 
 which are nearly 2000 feet in height, and it has some large 
 rivers. Rice, tropical fruits and spices, with fine timber, are 
 abundantly produced. It abounds also with wild animals, some 
 of which are peculiar to it. Iron, gold, and other minerals are 
 found. The greatest part of the island is in the possession of 
 native tribes, but the Dutch have extensive settlements here, of 
 which Bencoolen is the chief town. It lies directly under the 
 equator. 
 
 SU'MLESS, a.. not to be computed. 
 
 SU'MMARILY, ad. briefly ; concisely. 
 
 SU'MMARY, a. [sommaire, Fr.] short, brief, concise, or com- 
 pendious. 
 
 SU'MMARY, s. [sommaire, Fr.] an abridgment which con- 
 tains the substance of the whole in a small compass. 
 
 SU'MMER, s. [sumer, Sax. somer, Belg.] popularly, the season 
 of the year when the sun is about the tropic of Cancer, and its 
 heat is greatest. "With astronomers, the season commencing, 
 with those that live in the north temperate zone, when the 
 sun enters Cancer, and ending when he quits Virgo ; but with 
 those that live in the south temperate zone, beginning when the 
 sun enters Capricorn, and ending when he leaves Pisces. 
 
 To SU'MMER, V. n. to pass the summer. — c. a. to keep warm. 
 
 SU'MMIT, s. [summus, Lat.] the top or utmost height ; the 
 apex. In Botany, the upper part of the pistil in flowers, which 
 receives the pollen from the anthers of the stamina, to fertilize 
 the seed-bud. 
 
 To SU'MMON, V. a. [siib and moneo, Lat.] to call, admonish, 
 or cite with authority, to appear. Figuratively, to excite, raise, 
 call, or rouse, used with up. 
 
 SU'MMONEIR, s. a person who cites or calls to appear before 
 a court, or at a particular place. 
 
 SU'MMONS, «. a call, admonition, or citation from authority 
 to appear. 
 
 SU'MMUM BCNUM, s. [Lat.] the chiefest good ; that enjoy- 
 ment which a person most desires as the greatest felicity. 
 
 SU'MPTER, s. [smnmier, Fr.] a horse that carries clothes or 
 furniture. 
 
 SU'MPTUARY, a. [sumpius, Lat.] relating to expense, espe- 
 cially that of dress. Sumptuary laws, are laws made to restrain 
 excess in diet, apparel, or furniture. 
 
 SU'MPTUOUS, a. costly; expensive; splendid. 
 
 SU'MPTUOUSLY, ad. splendidly ; magnificently ; expensively. 
 
 SU'MPTUOUSNESS, s. splendidness ; costliness; magnifi- 
 cence ; expensiveness. 
 
 SUN, s. [sunno, Goth, sunna, or sunne, Sax. son, Belg.] in As- 
 tronomy, the central body of our system, and the source of light 
 and warmth to our earth and the rest of the planets. It is not, 
 strictly speaking, at rest ; but the actual centre of the system 
 is never without its mass. It revolves on its axis in about 25J 
 days. Its diameter is about 880,000 miles ; so that its bulk ex- 
 ceeds that of our globe more than 1,000,000 times. Viewed 
 through a telescope, its surface displays irregularly-formed dark 
 spots, uncertain in number, place, and continuance; but which 
 snow, nevertheles, the rotation of the sun on its axis. A variety 
 
 SUP 
 
 SU'NDAY, s. the first day of the week, deriving its name from 
 our Saxon ancestors, who dedicated it to the sun. It is set apart 
 amongst Christians for the weekly commemoration of our Lord's 
 resurrection. 
 
 To SU'NDER, V. a, [synrfmre. Sax.] to part, separate, or di- 
 vide. In sunder, is, in two. 
 
 SU'NDERLAND, Durham. It is seated at the mouth of the 
 river Wear, and is a populous, thriving, well-built town. Coal 
 is the staple commodity; glass bottles, lime, salt, grindstones, 
 copperas, and pottery ware are also exported. It has a handsome 
 church, and many other fine buildings. The harbour is made fit 
 for vessels of considerable draught, by piers, &c. Across the 
 Wear is a beautiful one-arched iron bridge; which is nearly 100 
 feet above the water in the centre of the arch, and 23G feet in its 
 span. It is 204 miles from London. Market, Friday. Pop. 17,022. 
 
 SU'NDEW, s. in Botany, a beautiful marsh plant, of which 
 there are three English species. The leaves are thickly set with 
 short glandular hairs, the extremities of which secrete a viscid 
 fluid, which glitters in the sun like dew. When an insect 
 alights on one of these leaves, it is not only entrapped by this 
 viscid dew, but the leaf also curls round it, and totally prevents 
 escape. 
 
 SU'NDIAL, s. an instrument which shows the hour of the day, 
 when the sun is unclouded, by the shadow of a stile or gnomon, 
 erected in the midst of an hour-circle. They are of several 
 kinds, and particular rules are given in works on dialing for 
 the construction of them. Those who use them to regulate their 
 clocks or watches by, should not only have them accurately ad- 
 justed, but also allow for the equation of time. 
 
 SU'NDRY, a. [sunder, Sax.] several ; various ; more than one. 
 
 SU'NFLOWER, s. in Botany, a common kind of garden flow- 
 er, brought originally from America, the largest sort of which 
 is the tall annual, whose splendid broad disks, fringed with 
 bright yellow petals, make them great favourites with cottagers. 
 The seeds are fed on by goldfinches, &c., and are very oily. 
 
 SUNG, the preter. and past part, of To Sing. 
 
 SUNK, preter. and past part, of To Sink. 
 SU'NN Y, a. bright ; resembling the sui 
 
 exposed to the sun ; 
 
 of theories have been 
 
 propos 
 
 to account for these spots ; of 
 
 which Sir W. Herschel s was, that they were openings through 
 an intensely luminous envelope, through which the opaque mass 
 of the sun could be seen. 
 
 SU'NBEAM, s. a ray of the sun. 
 
 SU'NBURNT, a. tanned by the sun. 
 
 SU'NCLAD,/)art. a. clothed in radiance; bright; shining. 
 
 SU'NDA ISLES, a group of islands in the Indian Ocean ; the 
 chief of which are Borneo, Sumatra, Java, &c. See these names. 
 
 SU'NDA, STRAIT OF, the narrow sea dividing the islands of 
 Sumatra and Java, in the Indian Ocean. 
 
 coloured by the sun. 
 
 SU'NRISE, Su'nrising, s. the morning ; the first appearance 
 of the sun ; the east. 
 
 SU'NSET, s. the evening ; the close of the day ; the west. 
 
 SU'NSHINE, Su'NSHiNy, a. bright with the sun ; bright like 
 the sun. 
 
 SU'NSHINE, s. action of the sun ; place where the lustre or 
 heat of the sun is powerful. 
 
 To SUP, V. a. [supan, Sax. soepen, Belg. super. Norm.] to sip ; 
 to drink by mouthfuls; to drink by a little at a time; to take 
 with a spoon. — v. n. [souper, Fr.] to eat the evening meal or 
 supper. 
 
 SUP, s. a small draught ; a mouthful of liquor. 
 
 SU'PER, [Lat.] in Composition, signifies more than another; 
 more than enough ; on or flowing over the top. 
 
 SU'PERABLE, {sicperaU) a. [supero, Lat.] that may be over- 
 come or surpassed ; conquerable. 
 
 To SUPERABOU'ND, v. n. to be superfluous ; to be over- 
 much ; to be exuberant. 
 
 SUPERABU'NDANCE,s. excess; superfluity; great plenty. 
 
 SUPERABU'NDANT, a. being more than enough. 
 
 To SUPERA'DD, v. a. [super and addo, Lat.] to add over and 
 above ; to join to any thing, so as to make it more. 
 
 To SUPERA'NNUATE, v. a. [super and annus, Lat.] to impair 
 or disqualify by age or length of time. 
 
 SUPERA'NNUATED, a. worn out with age ; grown out of 
 date. 
 
 SUPE'RB, a. [superbe, Fr. superbus, Lat.] grand; pompous; 
 lofty; proud; august; magnificent; stately. 
 
 SUPE'RBLY, ad. in a superb manner. 
 
 SUPERCA'RGO, s. an officer in a ship who has the manage- J 
 ment of its traffic. 
 
 SUPERCELE'STIAL, a. placed above the firmament. 
 
 SUPERCI'LIOUS, a. [sM/)era7iMm, Lat.] haughty; dictatorial; j 
 despotic; overbearing; disdainful ; contemptuous; dogmatioal; 
 arbitrary ; arrogant. 
 
 SUPERCFL10USLY,a(i. haughtily; dogmatically; contemp- 
 tuously. 
 
 SUPERE'MINENCE, SnPERE'MiNENCY, s. [super and emineo. 
 
SUP 
 
 Lat.] the quality of exceeding in eminence above others though 
 eminent ; uncommon degico of eminence or excellence. 
 
 SUPERE'MINENT, a. greatly excelling; eminent in a high 
 degree. 
 
 To SUPERE'ROGATE,». n. [super and erogo, Lat.] to do more 
 than a person is by duty obliged. 
 
 SUPEREROGAI'lON, s. the performance of more than one is 
 obliged to do by duty. 
 
 SUPERE'ROGATORY, a. performed beyond the strict de- 
 
 mands of d 
 
 uty. 
 
 SUPERE'XCELLENT.a. excellent beyond common. 
 
 SUPERFl'CIAL, (superfishial) a. isiiperficiel, Fr.] lying on, or 
 not reaching below, the surface; shallow; contrived to cover 
 somethingelse ; not profound ; smattering; not deeply learned. 
 
 SUPERFPCIALLY, (superfishially) ad. slightly; imperfectly. 
 
 SUPERFI'CIALNESS, {superfishialmss) s. position on the sur- 
 face ; imperfectness ; slightness; shallowness; slight know- 
 ledge ; show without substance. 
 
 SUPERFI'CIES, {superfishiez) s. [Lat.] the outside, or surface. 
 
 SU'PERFINE, a. eminently or extraordinarily fine. 
 
 SUPERFLU'ITY, s. [superfluity, Fr.] more than enough ; plenty 
 beyond use or necessity ; excess. 
 
 SUPE'RFLUOUS, fl. [super and fluo, Lat.] overmuch; more 
 than enough; needless ^ unnecessary; exuberant; supervaca- 
 neous. 
 
 SUPE'RFLUOtJSLY, ad. unnecessarily; needlessly; in an 
 extravagant manner. 
 
 SUPE'RFLUOUSNESS, s. the state of being superfluous. 
 
 To SUPERINDU'CE, v. a. [super and induco, Lat.] to bring in 
 as an addition to something else ; to bring in as not originally 
 belonging to that on which it was brought ; to lay upon ; to 
 cover ; to draw over. 
 
 To SUPERINTE'ND, v. a. to oversee, overlook ; to supervise 
 or take care of others that are inferior; to have the chief man- 
 agement or direction of any thing. 
 
 SUPERINTE'NDENCE, Superinte'ndency, *. the act of 
 taking care of the interests and concerns of others. 
 
 SUPERINTE'NDENT, Superinte'ndant, s. [super aud intendo, 
 Lat.] one who rules, governs, or manages. 
 
 SUPE'RIOR, s. one more excellent or dignified than another. 
 
 SLfPE'RIOR, a. [Lat.] higher; above another in excellence, 
 dignity, or any other quality ; free from emotion or concern ; un- 
 conquered ; upper, applied to situation. In Astronomy, applied 
 to the planets of our system which are farther from the sun than 
 our earth is, and to that conjunction of an inferior planet which 
 is made when the planet is on the opposite side of the sun to 
 that on which the earth is. In Botany, applied to the blossom, 
 when it is situated above the seed-bud, as in the honeysuckle, 
 apple, rose, &c. 
 
 SUPE'RIOR, LAKE, the name of the largest lake of N. Ame- 
 rica, which is supposed to be the most extensive body of fresh- 
 waters in the world. It is about 380 miles long, and 130 wide. 
 Its shores are rocky and uneven ; and it contains several consi- 
 derable islands. More than 30 rivers discharge themselves into 
 it; and through Lakes Huron, &c. and the St. Lawrence river 
 it empties itself into the Atlantic. It is very subject to storms. 
 Fish are abundant and excellent. The boundary line of the 
 United States and British N. America passes through the middle 
 of it. 
 
 SUPERIO'RITY, s. [superiorite, Fr.] pre-emtnence ; the qua- 
 lity of being greater or higher than another in any respect. 
 
 SUPE'RLATIVE, a. [superlatif, Fr. from superfero, Lat.] im- 
 plying or expressing the highest degree. In Grammar, that form 
 of an adjective which expresses the quality or attribute in the 
 highest or intensest degree; and is made in some instances by 
 using 77iost before the simple form, as 7nost excellent, and in others, 
 by the affix est,as tallest. Some words have very irregular super- 
 latives. 
 
 SUPE'RLATIVELY, ad. most excellently ; most eminently ; 
 in the highest degree, either good or bad. 
 
 SUPE'RLATIVENESS, s. the quality of being most eminent 
 or excellent, or in the highest degree. 
 
 SUPERLU'NAR, a. [super and luna, Lat.] not sublunary; not 
 of this world ; placed above the moon. 
 
 SUPE'RNAL, a. [supernus, Lat.] placed above; relating to 
 heavenly things; celestial. 
 
 SUPERNA'TANT, a. [super and no, Lat.] swimming above. 
 
 SUP 
 
 SUPERNATURAL, a. [super and natura, Lat.] beyond or 
 above the powers of nature. 
 
 SUPERNA'TURALLY, ad. in a manner above the course or 
 power of nature. 
 
 SUPERNU'AIERARY, a. [supemumeraire, Fr.] above a settled, 
 necessary, usual, or a round number. 
 
 SUPERREFLE'CTION, s. reflection of an image reflected. 
 
 SU'PER-SALTS, s. salts with an excess of acid, as the super- 
 tartrate of potash. 
 
 To SUPERSCRI'BE,i-.a. [super and scribo, Lat.] to write upon 
 the top or outside. 
 
 SUPERSCRI'PTION, s. the act of writing, or any thing writ- 
 ten, on the top or outside. 
 
 ToSUPERSE'DE, v. a. [supersedeo, Lat.] to make void, or 
 set aside by superior force or authority. 
 
 SUPERSE'DEAS, s. [Lat.] in Law, a writ to stay the doing 
 of that which otherwise might be done. 
 
 SUPERSTITION, (superstishon) s. [Fr. superstltio, Lat.] the 
 observance of unnecessary rites and formalities, under the sup- 
 position that they are religion ; reverence of objects that are 
 not fit for worship ; too great nicety, fears, or scrupulousness ; 
 extravagant or wrongly directed or conducted devotion. 
 
 SUPERSTI'TIOUS, {superstishious) a. [superstitieux, Fr. super- 
 stitiosus, Lat.] addicted to superstition ; scrupulous, or too exact. 
 
 SUPERSTI'TIOUSLY, {superstishiously) ad. bigotedly ; scrupu- 
 lously ; in a superstitious manner. 
 
 To SUPERSTRU'CT,c.a. [s«p«r and struo, Lat.] to build upon 
 any thing. 
 
 SUPERSTRUCTURE, s. that which is raised or built upon 
 something else. 
 
 SUPER-SULPHURE'TTED, part, in Chemistry, combined 
 with a large portion of sulphur. 
 
 SUPERVACA'NEOUS, a. [super and vacuus, Lat.] superflu- 
 ous; unnecessary; needless; serving to no purpose. 
 
 To SUPERVE'NE, v. n, [supei- and vetiio, Lat.] to come in as 
 a foreign addition, used with to. 
 
 SUPERVE'NIENT, a. added; additional. 
 
 SUPERVE'NTION, s. the act of supervening. 
 
 To SUPERV^I'SE, [supervize) v. a. [stq)er and video, Lat.] to 
 overlook ; to oversee ; to superintend. 
 
 SUPERVI'SOR, {supervizor) s. an overseer; an inspector; a 
 surveyor; a superintendent; one that has the care of others 
 under him. 
 
 To SUPERVI'VE, V. a. [super and vivo, Lat.] to live longer; 
 to outlive ; to overlive. 
 
 SUPI'NE, a. [supinus, Lat.] lying with the face upward, op- 
 posed to prone. Figuratively, negligent ; careless; inattentive; 
 indolent ; thoughtless ; drowsy ; idle. 
 
 SU'PINE, s. [supin, Fr. supinum, Lat.] in Grammar, that form 
 of the verb which is used in particular instances as the object to 
 another verb. In the Latin there were two forms, amatum, amatu, 
 specially so used. Our own, to love, to he loved, are used as the 
 infinitive mood also, though at first supine forms. 
 
 SUPl'NELY, arf. with the face upward ; drowsily ; thought- 
 lessly ; indolently. 
 
 SUPI'NENESS, s. posture with the face upward ; negligence ; 
 carelessness; inattention; sloth; indolence. 
 
 To SUPPE'DITATE, v. a. [suppedito, Lat.] to find supply ; to 
 furnish. 
 
 SU'PPER, s. [souper, Fr.] the last meal at night. 
 
 SU'PPERLESS, a. going without supper; fasting at night. 
 
 To SUPPLA'NT, V. a. [supplanter, Fr. from sub and planta, 
 Lat.] to trip up the heels; to displace or turn out by stratagem ; 
 to overpower, force away, or displace. 
 
 SUPPLA'NTER, s. one who supplants or displaces. 
 
 SU'PPLE, (siipl) a. [souple, Fr.] easy to be bent ; pliant, flexi- 
 ble ; bending without breaking; yielding, opposed to obstinate ; 
 flattering or fawning. 
 
 To SU'PPLE, (sHjil) V. a. to make pliant, soft, flexible, com- 
 pliant. — V, n. to grow soft or pliant. 
 
 SU'PPLEMENT, s. [Fr. from suppleo, Lat.] an addition or ap- 
 pendage made to any thing to supply its defects or omissions. 
 
 SU'PPLENESS, (s!i/)feess)s.pliantness; flexibility; the quality 
 of easily yielding ; flattery ; readiness in compliance ; facility. 
 
 SUPPLE'TORY, a. [suppleo, Lat.] serving to supply some 
 imperfection or deficiency. — s. that which istofill up deficiencies. 
 
 SU'PPLIANT, a. [Fr.] supplicating, beseeching, requesting 
 
SUR 
 
 in a humble manner. — $. a humble petitioner ; a submissive 
 beggar. 
 
 SD'PPLICANT, «. one that entreats with great submission ; 
 a humble petitioner. 
 
 To SU'PPLICATE, v. a. [supplico, Lat.] to petition ; to entreat 
 in a very humble and submissive manner; to implore. 
 
 SUPPLICA'TION, s. [Fr.] a petition delivered in a humble 
 manner ; entreaty ; a prayer. 
 
 SUPPLl'ER, s. one that provides or furnishes. 
 
 To SUPPLY', f. a. [s!«;jpfeo, Lat. suppUer,¥r.'\ to fill up any 
 deficiency; to give or afford something wanted ; to relieve any 
 want ; to fill any vacancy, or serve instead of; to give or fur- 
 nish ; to accommodate. 
 
 SUPPLY', s. relief of want ; cure of deficiencies ; aid. To 
 grant the supplies, is to provide the necessary money for the sup- 
 port of government. In War, furnishing an army with recruits 
 of men, provisions, &c. 
 
 To SUPPO'RT, V. a. [supporter, Fr.] to sustain, bear, or prop 
 up; to bear any thing painful without being overcome ; to en- 
 dure ; to prevent from fainting or swooning. 
 
 SUPPO'RT, s. [Fr.] the act or power of sustaining or keeping 
 from falling ; a prop, or sustaining power ; the necessaries of 
 life ; maintenance ; supply. 
 
 SUPPO'RTABLE, a. [Fr.] tolerable; that may be endured or 
 suffered. 
 
 SUPPO'RTABLY, ad. so as may be borne ; tolerably. 
 
 SUPPO'RTER, s. one that maintains, supports, or assists 
 another; maintainer, comforter, defender, sustainer. In Archi- 
 tecture, a post or pillar, that supports part of a building. In 
 Heraldry, a beast, bird, &c. drawn standing on each side of the 
 escutcheon, and seems to support it. 
 
 SUPPO'SABLE, (stippozable) a. capable of being laid down 
 without proof, or advanced by way of argument ; that may be 
 supposed or imagined. 
 
 SUPPO'SAL, (suppuzal) s. [from suppose,] position without 
 proof; imagination ; supposition. 
 
 To SUPPO'SE, (suppdze) V. a. [siipposer, Fr. suppono, Lat.] to 
 lay down without proof ; to advance by way of argument with- 
 out proving; to admit without proof; to imagine or believe 
 without examination ; to require or imply as previous to itself. 
 
 SUPPOSI'TION, (suppodshdn) s. [Fr.] an hypothesis, position, 
 or supposal, laid down, but not proved. 
 
 SUPPOSITI'TIOUS, {suppozitishious) a. [suptposititius, Lat.] not 
 genuine ; artfully or fraudulently substituted in the room or cha- 
 racter of something genuine and authentic. 
 
 SUPPOSITITIOUSLY, (suppozitishiously) ad. counterfeitly ; 
 
 SUPPO'SITORY, s. isuppositoire, Fr.] in Medicine, a kind of 
 solid clyster. 
 
 To SUPPRE'SS, V. a. [sub and primo, Lat.] to crush, over- 
 power, subdue, overwhelm, or reduce from a state of activity or 
 commotion; to conceal ; to keep private ; to hinder publication. 
 
 SVPPRE'SSION, (suppreshdn)s. [Fr.] the act of putting a stop 
 to ; concealment ; obstruction ; a stoppage, difficulty, or hinder- 
 ance. 
 
 To SU'PPURATE, V. a. [suppurer, Fr.] in Medicine, to gener- 
 ate pus. Figuratively, to ripen ; to digest. 
 
 SUPPURA'TION, s. in Medicine, the discharge of pus from a 
 fully formed tumour. 
 
 SUPPURGA'TION, s. the too frequent use of purging medi- 
 cines. 
 
 SUPPUTA'TION, s. [supputatio, from puto, Lat.] a reckoning, 
 calculation, account, computation. 
 
 To SUPPU'TE, V. a. to calculate ; to reckon ; to compute. 
 
 SU'PRA, [Lat.] in Composition, signifies above or before. 
 
 SUPRALAPSA'RIAN, s. [sttpra and lapsus, Lat.] in Theology, 
 a believer in the eternal decrees. 
 
 SUPRE'MACY,s. highest place; highest authority ; the state 
 of being superior in ecclesiastical as well as civil matters. 
 
 SUPRE'ME, a. [supremus, LaI.} highest in dignity, authority, 
 or excellence. 
 
 SUPRE'MELY, ad. most excellently; most eminently; in 
 the highest degree. 
 
 SUR, [Fr.] in Composition, signifies upon, or over and above. 
 
 SU'RA, ». [Lat.] in Anatomy, the lesser bone of the calf of 
 the leg. 
 
 SU'RAL, o. [sura, Lat.] being in the calf of the leg. 
 834 
 
 SUR 
 
 SU'RANCE, s. warrant ; security ; assurance. 
 
 SURAT, a large sea-port of Gujerat, Hindustan. It stands 
 on the river Taptee, about 20 miles from its mouth ; and has 
 but few structures of note or beauty. It has a considerable trade 
 carried on by means of boats, the river not admitting vessels of 
 larger size to be navigated. The country near it, away from the 
 sea, is fertile, but towards the sea, sandy and barren. People of 
 all the religious creeds of Asia are met with here, drawn toge- 
 ther by commerce. It is about 200 miles from Bombay. Pop. 
 about 750,000. Lat. 21. 10. N. Long. 73. 0. E. 
 
 To SURBA'TE, v. a. [solbatir, Fr.] to bruise the feet with tra- 
 velling ; to fatigue; to harass. 
 
 To SURCE'ASE, (surceese) v. n. [sur and cesser, Fr.] to be at an 
 end ; to stop ; to cease ; to be no longer in being, use, or in mo- 
 tion ; to leave off; to refrain. 
 
 SURCHA'RGE, s. [Fr.] too heavy a burden ; an overload ; 
 charge upon charge ; more than can be well borne. 
 
 To SURCHA'RGE, v, a. [surcharger, Fr.] to overload, or load 
 with more than a person or thing can bear; to overcharge ; to 
 overburden. 
 
 SURCHA'RGER, s. one that overburdens. 
 
 SURCrNGLE,s. [sur, Fr. and cingulum, Lat.] a girth with which 
 a burden is bound on a horse ; the girdle or band of a cassock. 
 
 SU'RCLE, {si'trkl) s. [surculus, Lat.] a shoot or twig; a sucker. 
 
 SU'RCOAT, {surkot) s. a coat to be worn over the other clothes ; 
 a great coat ; an outward garment. 
 
 SURCULA'TION, s. the act of pruning or lopping trees. 
 
 SU'RCULOUS, a. full of shoots or sprigs. 
 
 SU'RU, a. [surdus, Lat.] deaf; void of understanding; not 
 perceived by the ear ; unheard ; not expressed by any term. In 
 Mathematics, an irrational quantity, such as any root that is 
 not exactly to be expressed, but has an interminable fractional 
 part. 
 
 SU'RDITY, s. [siirdite, Fr.] deafness ; dulness ; stupidity. 
 
 SURE, a. [seure, Fr.] certain, or not subject either to fail or 
 deceive ; confident beyond doubt ; safe from doubt or danger ; 
 firm, stable, not liable to decay or failure. To be sure, is used 
 adverbially for certainly. 
 
 SU'REFOOTED, «. treading firmly ; not subject to stum- 
 
 bling. 
 SU'I 
 
 RELY, ai. certainly ; undoubtedly; without doubt ; firm- 
 ly ; without hazard. 
 
 SU'RENESS, s. certainty ; firmness; faithfulness. 
 
 SU'RETISHIP, s. [from surety,] the state or office of one that 
 is bound for another. 
 
 SU'RETY, s. [surete, Fr.] certainty or freedom from failure, 
 doubt, or mistake; support; evidence; confirmation; security 
 against loss or damage; one that gives security or is bound for 
 another; bondsman, bail, hostage. 
 
 SURF, s. the foam of the breakers on rocks, or on the shore. 
 
 SU'RFACE, s. [sur and face, Fr.] the outside, superficies, 
 sunerfice. 
 
 To SU'RFEIT, {surfU) v. a. [sur and /aire, Fr.] to feed with 
 excessive meat or drink, so as to cause sickness; to cram over- 
 much. — V. n. to be fed to sickness or satiety. 
 
 SU'RFEIT, {surfit) s. sickness arising from feeding or drink- 
 ing toexcess. 
 
 SU'RFEITER, s. one who riots; a glutton. 
 
 SURGE, ». [surgo, Lat.] a swelling sea; a wave rolling above 
 the general surface of the water; a billow. 
 
 To SURGE, V. n. to swell or roll in waves. 
 
 SU'RGEON, s. one who practises surgery professionlly. Boyal 
 College of Surgeons, an incorporated society of London, who ex- 
 amine candidates, and grant licences for the practice of surgery. 
 The museum of the college was begun by John Hunter, and is 
 particularly rich. 
 
 SU'RGERY, ». [chirurgia, Lat. from clieir and ergao, Gr.] in 
 Medicine, that branch which relates to manual operations of all 
 kinds, and not to the mere administration of medicines. AUo, 
 the room in which a surgeon keeps his instruments, &c. and 
 practises his art. 
 
 SU'RGICAL, a. relating to surgery; requiring treatment ac- 
 cording to the principles, &c. of surgery. 
 
 SU'RGY, a. rising in billows. 
 
 SURINA'M, or Dutch Guiana, a country of S. America, lying 
 on the Atlantic Ocean, and bounded by British and French 
 Guiana, and by Brazil. It is about 150 miles long, and CO broad. 
 
r 
 
SUR 
 
 The inland parts are rather mountainous, and the chief rivers 
 are, the Corentyn, the Surinam, and the Marony. It abounds 
 with all the animals and plants peculiar to this part of the con- 
 tinent, and produces sugar, coffees, spices, dyewoods, drugs, &c. 
 &c. &c. Paramaribo is tlie capital. Pop. about 100,000. 
 
 SU'RLILY, ad. morosely; crabbedly ; angrily; in a surly 
 manner. 
 
 SU'RLINESS, s. sourness of disposition ; moroseness. 
 
 SU'RLY, a. [sur, Sax.] sour, morose, or silently angry ; rough ; 
 uncivil. 
 
 To SURMI'SE, (surnuze) v. a. [surmiser, Fr.] 
 imagine without certain knowledge or sufficient grounds. 
 
 SURMI'SE, (surmize) s. [Fr.] an imperfect notion ; suspicion ; 
 imagination not supported by knowledge. 
 
 To SURMOU'Nt, f . a. [surmonter, Fr.] to rise above ; to con- 
 quer; to overcome ; to surpass or exceed. 
 
 SURMOU'NTER, s. one that rises above another. 
 
 SU'RNAME, s. [surnoin, Fr.] the name which a person takes 
 from his family. 
 
 To SU'RNAME, v. a. [surnommer, Fr.] to name by an appella- 
 tion added to the original one. 
 
 To SURPA'SS, V. a. [surpasser, Fr.] to excel, exceed, or go 
 beyond another in excellence. 
 
 SURPA'SSING,;)ari;. excellent in a high degree. 
 
 SU'RPLICE, s. [stirpelis, or surplis, Fr.] the white garment 
 which the clergy of the English Church wear when they read 
 prayers or administer the sacraments. 
 
 SU'RPLUS, Su'rplusage, *. [sur and phis, Fr.] what is more, 
 or remains after use and necessity is satisfied ; supernumerary 
 part; overplus; remainder. 
 
 SURPRl'SAL, SuRPRi'sE, (surprizal, surprize) s. [surjn-ise, Fr.] 
 the act of taking, or the state of being taken, unawares ; a sud- 
 den confusion or perplexity. 
 
 To SURPRl'SE, (surprize) v. a. [surpris, Fr.] to take or fall 
 upon unawares or unexpectedly; to astonish, perplex, or con- 
 fuse by something wonderful or unexpected; to lead into an 
 error. 
 
 Sl]RPRl'SlJ>lG,(surp7-izing) part. a. wondeTM; strange; rais- 
 ing wonder or concern. 
 
 SURPRISINGLY, ad. to a degree that raises wonder ; in a 
 manner that raises wonder. 
 
 To SURRE'NDER, v. a. [surrendre, old Fr.] to yield or deliver 
 up to an enemy ; to resign or quit.— ». n. to yield or give up to 
 the power of an adversary. 
 
 SURRE'NDER, Surre'ndry, s. the act of yielding or resign- 
 ing to another. 
 
 SURRE'PTION, (surrepshon) s. [surreptus, Lat.] the act of 
 taking unawares; a surprise. 
 
 SURREPTITIOUS, (surreptishious) a. [surreptitius, Lat.] done, 
 acquired, or produced by stealth, fraud, or artifice. 
 
 SURREPTITIOUSLY, (surreptishioushj) ad. fraudulently; 
 falsely. 
 
 SU'RREY, a county of England, bounded by Middlesex, 
 Buckinghamshire, Kent, Sussex, Hampshire, and Berkshire. Its 
 greatest length is about 39 miles, and its breadth 26. It is di- 
 vided into 13 hundreds, which contain 11 market towns, (in- 
 cluding Sout-hwark,) 140 parishes, and 650 villages and ham- 
 lets. It is crossed by the chalk hills, which are from 400 to 900 
 feet high; and the rest of the surface is low and fertile. The 
 Thames, the Mole, the VVey, &c. water it. It'produces all sorts 
 of agricultural produce; and the wolds feed sheep, rabbits, &:c. 
 &c. As part ot the metropolis is included in it, it may be said 
 to have manufactories also, and trade. Guildford, Croydon, and 
 Kingston are its chief places. Pop. 582,678. It sends II re- 
 presentatives to parliament. 
 
 To SU'RROGATE, v. a. [surrogo, Lat.] to put into the place 
 of another; to depute. 
 
 SU'RROGATE, s. a deputy, or one that officiates for another ; 
 a delegate ; a substitute. 
 
 To SURROU'ND, v. a. [surronder, Fr.] to enclose or encom- 
 pass on all sides ; to environ. 
 
 SURSO'LID, s. in Algebra, the fourth multiplication or power 
 of any number. Sursolid problem, in Mathematics, that which 
 cannot be resolved but by curves of a higher nature than a conic 
 section. 
 
 SURTOU'T, (surtoit) s. [Fr.] a large coat worn over all the 
 other clothing ; a frock-coat. 
 
 SUS 
 
 To SURVEY', V. a. [surveoir, old Fr.] to overlook, or view as 
 from a higher place ; to oversee ; to view as examining ; to look 
 into the strength or condition of buildings; to measure land. 
 
 SURVEY'ING, s. in Practical Geometry, the art of measuring 
 the superficial contents of lands, grounds, fields, &c. by the help 
 of instruments and calculations. 
 
 SURVEY'OR, s. one who measures land, buildings, or work 
 done by a builder, &c., in order to ascertain the value ; an over- 
 seer ; one that oversees or superintends any large undertaking ; 
 an officer of the excise. 
 
 SURVEY'ORSHIP, s. the office of a surveyor. 
 
 SURVI'VANCE, s. an outliving another. 
 
 To SURVI'VE, V. n. [survivre, Fr. from super and vivo, Lat.] tp 
 live longer than another ; to remain alive. — v. a. to outlive. 
 
 SURVI'VER, SuRVi'voR, s. one that outlives, or lives longer 
 than another. 
 
 SURVl'VORSHIP, s. the state, condition, or circumstances 
 of a survivor. 
 
 SUSCE'PTIBLE, a. [Fr.] capable of admitting or receiving 
 any impression. 
 
 SUSCE'PTIBLENESS, Susceptibi'lity, s. the quality of being 
 capable to admit or receive any impression or form, 
 
 SUSCE'PTION, (sussepshdn) s. lsuscipio,Lat.'\ the act of taking. 
 
 SUSCI'PIENCY, s. reception ; admission. 
 
 To SU'SCITATE, v. a. [suscito, Lat.] to quicken ; to rouse ; to 
 excite; to provoke ; to stir up; to incite. 
 
 SUSCITA'TION, s. [Fr.] the act of quickening or exciting. 
 
 SUSIA'NA, in Ancient Geography, a country of Asia, lying 
 E. of the rivers Tigris and Euphrates, at the head of the Persian 
 Gulf. It was a perfect level of the richest soil, and produced 
 wheat and other grain, &c. &c., but is now a barren wilderness. 
 Its chief city was Susa, on the river Choaspes, very famous in 
 ancient history. 
 
 To SUSPE'CT, V. a. [suspicio, Lat.] to imagine something un- 
 known with a degree of fear and jealousy; to imagine or think 
 guilty or bad without proof; to hold as Uncertain. — v. n. to ima- 
 gine a person guilty of some crime without proof. 
 
 SUSPE'CTFUL, a. ready to mistrust; suspicious. 
 
 To SUSPE'ND, V. a. [suspendre, Fr. suspendo, Lat.] to hang ; 
 to make to hang by any thing; to make dependent upon ; to 
 interrupt or stop ; to delay ; to debar from the execution of an 
 office for a certain time. 
 
 SUSPE'NDED, part. a. hung by anything; debarred from 
 tercising an office 
 or during pleasure. 
 
 exercising an office, or receiving 
 
 by any thi 
 
 the salary, 
 
 for a certain time. 
 
 SUSPE']VSE, s. [suspens, Fr.] uncertainty; irresolution; the 
 act of withholding the determination of the judgment ; depriva- 
 tion for a time ; a stop in the midst of two opposites. 
 
 SUSPE'NSION, (suspenshSri) s. [Fr.] the act of making to hang 
 or depend on any thing ; the act of delaying ; interruption ; the 
 act ot withholding the determination of the judgment ; the state 
 of a person who is deprived of an exercise of an office for a time. 
 
 SUSPrCION, (suspishtin) s. [Fr. suspicio, Lat.] the act of ima- 
 gining ill without proof ; jealousy ; distrust; diffidence. 
 
 SUSPI'CIOUS, (suspishious) a. [suspiciosus, from suspicio, Lat.] 
 inclined to imagine ill without proof; liable to suspicion, or giv- 
 ing reason to imagine ill. 
 
 SUSPI'CIOUSLY, (susplshiously) ad. distrustfully ; jealously. 
 
 SUSPI'CIOUSNESS, (suspishiousness) s. jealousy ; distrust. 
 
 SUSPI'RAL, s. [soupirail, Fr.] a conveyance of water under 
 ground ; a vent or breathing-hole ; an air-hole. 
 
 SUSPIRA'TION, s. [suspiratio, from sub and spiro, Lat.] sigh ; 
 act of fetching the breath deep. 
 
 To SUSPI'RE, V. n. [suspiro, Lat.] to sigh, or fetch the breath 
 deep. 
 
 SUSQUEHA'NNA, one of the largest rivers in the United 
 States, N. America. It rises in New lork, crosses Pennsylvania, 
 and flows into the Atlantic by Chesapeake Bay, after a course of 
 about 450 miles, in Maryland. It receives the waters of many 
 considerable rivers in its course, and is a mile and a quarter in 
 width at its mouth, but its course is obstructed by falls and rapids, 
 so that but a small part of it is navigable. 
 
 SU'SSEX, an English county, 76 miles in length, and 20 in 
 breadth ; lying on the British Channel, and bounded by Hamp- 
 shire, Surrey, and Kent. It contains 312 parishes, and 17 mar- 
 ket towns. It is hilly, being crossed by the S. line of chalk 
 wolds; and is watered by the Arup, the Rother, and other 
 
streams. It yields good building-stone, and produces all kinds 
 of agricultural produce. There are fine sheep-walks on the hills, 
 and game is abundant. It has few manufactures, and not much 
 trade. Its chief city is Chichester. Pop. 299,753. It sends 18 
 members to parliament. 
 
 To SUSTA'IN, V. a. [soustenir, Fr. sustineo, from svh and teneo, 
 Lat.] to bear, prop, or hold up ; to support or keep from sinking 
 under evil ; to help, relieve, or assist ; to maintain or keep ; to 
 bear without yielding; to endure ; to suffer. 
 
 SU'STENANCE, s. [soustenance,'¥x.'] nourishment; mainten- 
 ance ; food ; any thing that supports nature. 
 
 SUSTENTA'TION, s. [Fr. from sustento, Lat.] support from 
 falling; maintenance. 
 
 To SUSU'RRATE, v. n. \susurro, Lat.] to whisper, or speak 
 low. 
 
 SUSURRA'TION, s. the act of whispering, or speaking low ; 
 a whisper. 
 
 SU'THERLAND, a county of Scotland, occupying the whole 
 width of the country, from the Atlantic to the N. Sea. It is 
 bounded by Caithness and Ross. It is on the average about 
 50 miles in each direction. It is very mountainous, having 
 many points of above 3000 feet in height. Its streams and lakes 
 are small. The coast is rocky, and indented with many bays 
 and creeks. Some part of the lower grounds is cultivated. Sheep 
 and red-deer abound. The fisheries are excellent. Dornoch is 
 its chief place. Pop. 24,782. It sends a member and a moiety 
 to the imperial parliament. 
 
 SU'TLER, s. [sudler, Teut. soeteler, Belg.] one who sells liquors 
 and provisions in a camp," barracks, or garrison. 
 
 SUTTEE' s. [Hind.] the ceremony of burning a widow with 
 the dead body of her husband, which used to be practised in 
 Hindustan, but is now forbidden by the British authorities. 
 
 SU'TURE, s. [Fr. from suo, Lat.] in Surgery, a particular man- 
 ner of closing wounds by sewing. In Anatomy, a particular ar- 
 ticulation of bones, wherein they lock into each other, like the 
 teeth of two saws, as in the skull. 
 
 SUWA'RROW, or Suvo'rof, Ai.exandek, Count, the famous 
 Russian general of the last century. His life was a continued 
 battle and march. In Poland, Turkey, Germany, &c. he fought 
 through the wars by which Russia was aggrandized at the ex- 
 pense of her neighbours, and barely protected herself from the 
 torrent of French conquerors. His great achievement was the 
 taking of Ismail, and his most famous despatch respecting it 
 ranks next to Caesar's Veni, vicli, vici ; — " Glory to God and the Em- 
 press, Ismailis ours.'" He introduced the iron discipline which 
 has ever since characterized the Russian army, and made it as 
 good as a fighting machine can be. He died in 1800, aged 70 
 years. 
 
 SWAB, (a is pron. broad in this word and its two following 
 derivatives,) s. [swabb, Swed.] a kind of mop used in washing 
 floors. 
 
 To SWAB, V. a. [sivehhan, Sax.] to clean with a mop. 
 
 SWA'BBER, s. a person who cleans or washes the deck of a 
 ship. 
 
 To SWA'DDLE, {sioddl) v. a. [medan, Sax.] to swathe, or 
 bind in cloths, generally used for the dress of new-born infants. 
 Figuratively, to beat or cudgel. 
 
 SWA'DDLINGBAND, Swa'ddungcloth, Swa'ddlingclout, 
 s. cloth wrapped round a new-born child. 
 
 To SWAG, V. n. [sweigia, Isl.] to sink, or hang down by its 
 weight ; to waddle, or shake from side to side. 
 
 To SWAGE, V. a. [from assuage,'] to ease ; to mitigate ; to 
 soften ; to appease ; to assuage. 
 
 To SWA'GGER, {sw&g-er) v. n. [swegan, Sax.] to bluster, or 
 be noisily proud and insolent ; to bully; to boast ; to hector; to 
 domineer. 
 
 SWA'GGERER, {swdg-ercr) s. a blusterer; a noisy, proud, 
 and insolent person. 
 
 SWAIN, s. [sioem, Sax. and Run.] a young man; a country 
 person or shepherd ; a hind ; a peasant. 
 
 SWA'INMOTE, «. [swaimnotus, law Lat.] a court of freeholders 
 within a forest touching matters pertaining to it, kept by charter 
 ihrice in the year. 
 
 To SWALE, SwEAL, (sweel) v. a. [swelan, Sax.] to waste, or 
 blaze away; to melt. 
 
 To SWA'LLOW, (a pron. broad, as in all,) v. a. [sicelgan, Sax. 
 swetgen, Belg.] to take down the throat; to receive without ex- 
 836 
 
 SWE 
 
 amination; to absorb or suck in; to ingulf; to devour; to be 
 lost in any thing ; to engross, used with tip. 
 
 SWA'LLOW, (a pron. broad,) s. the throat ; a whirlpool. In 
 Natural History, the general name for those long-winged migra- 
 tory birds, so well known and so much admired by all people and 
 all ages. It is properly the name of the one which builds a clay 
 nest, open at top, and has a long forked tail, and a dusky red 
 patch on its breast. 
 
 SWA'LLOWWORT, s. in Botany, a plant, called asclepia. 
 
 SWAM, preter. of To Swm. 
 
 SWA'MMERDAM, DR. JOHN, a famous naturalist of Hol- 
 land, in the 17th century. He studied medicine at Leyden, and 
 devoted himself to anatomy and natural history, and particularly 
 to the study of insects. In the latter part of his life he was re- 
 markable as a Quietest in religion; and he died in 1681, aged 
 44 years. He published works on his favourite subjects, but his 
 name is better known than his works now. 
 
 SWAMP, (a pron. broad,) s. [Swed. swamms, Goth, swam. Sax. 
 stutmm, Isl.] a bog, or marshy place, so called in America ; a fen. 
 
 SWA'MPY, a. abounding with swamps or bogs. 
 
 SWAN, (a pron. broad,) s. [Sax. sieaen, Belg. suare, Dan.] in 
 Ornithology, a genus of large water-fowls, the most common of 
 which is kept by gentlemen on ornamental waters, because of 
 its peculiar elegance, and its dazzling whiteness. A black swan 
 was once a proverb for rarity, but it is not so now. There was 
 a tradition respecting their having the gift of song just before 
 they died, but it is not any more correct than many other le- 
 gendary tales, which once were thought to be natural history. 
 One species has considerable power but no sweetness of voice. 
 The feathers and down of these birds are largely used in up- 
 holstery, &c. 
 
 SWAN RIVER, the name given to a settlement on the W. 
 coast of New Holland, which seems to be well suited to the pur- 
 poses of colonization, having mountains, arable plains, large 
 rivers, bays, and estuaries, &c. &c., with a fine climate, and 
 abundance of natural productions, mineral, animal, and vegetable, 
 that are serviceable to man. The present capital of the settle- 
 ment is Perth. Pop. about 5000. 
 
 SWA'NSDOWN, s. the name of a closely woven, thick cotton 
 fabric, 
 
 SWA'NSEA, or Abertaw, Glamorganshire. It is a well-built 
 town, with an old castle, two churches, and broad paved streets. 
 It exports great quantities of coals to Ireland and the southern 
 coast of England. Here are potteries, and considerable works 
 for the smelting of copper and lead ore. Many ships have been 
 built here, and it is resorted to for sea-bathing. It is situated 
 on a bay of the Bristol Channel, to which it gives name, at the 
 mouth of the Tawy, which here forms a good harbour; 205 miles 
 from London. Markets, Wednesday and Saturday. Pop. 16,787. 
 
 SWARD, (a pron. broad) s. [Swed.] the skin of bacon ; the 
 surface of the ground. 
 
 SWARM, (a pron. broad) s. [stcearm. Sax. swerm, Belg.] a 
 great body or number of bees, or other animals; a crowd; a 
 multitude. 
 
 To SWARM, V. n. [swearman, Sax. swermen, Belg.] to rise in 
 a body, to quit the hive, applied to bees; to appear in multi- 
 tudes ; to be thronged ; to be over-crowded, or over-run. 
 
 SWART, SwARTH, (the a pron. broad in this word and its 
 two following derivatives,) a. [sweart. Sax.] blackish ; dusky ; 
 darkly brown ; tawny; gloomy, or malignant. 
 
 SWA'RTHINESS, s. blackishness; tawniness; gloominess. 
 
 SWA'RTHY, a. dark of complexion ; black; tawny. 
 
 SWATH, s. [swade, Belg.] a line of grass cut down by a mower ; 
 a continued quantity. — Istcedan, Sax.] a band or fillet. 
 
 To SWATHE, V. a. [swedan. Sax.] to bind round and round 
 with bands or rollers. 
 
 To SWAY, V. a. [schweben, Teut.] to move in the hand ; to 
 wield or manage by the hand with ease ; to bias, or force more 
 to one side than the other ; to govern ; to rule ; to overpower ; 
 to influence. — v. n. to hang heavy ; to be drawn by weight ; to 
 have weight or influence ; to govern. 
 
 SWAY, s. the swing or sweep of a weapon ; anything moving 
 with bulk and power; power, rule, or dominion ; influence or 
 direction. 
 
 To SWEAR, (swtre) v. n. preter. swore or sware, past part. 
 sworn; [swaran, GoVa. sioerian. Sax. sweeren, Belg.] to call some 
 superior power to witness the truth of what a person says; to 
 

SWE 
 
 declare, promise, or give in evidence on oath ; to curse and use 
 oaths profanely. — v. a. to put to an oath ; to declare on oath ; to 
 obtest by an oath. 
 
 SWEA'RER, {swerer) s. one who curses and makes use of oaths 
 profanely. 
 
 SWEAT, (swH) s. [Sax. sweet, Belg.] labour; toil ; drudgery; 
 evaporation of moisture; exudation. 
 
 To SWEAT, (swH) V. n. preter. sicet or sweated, past part. 
 fweaten ; to have the skin covered with moisture by heat, labour, 
 or medicines. Figuratively, to toil or labour hard ; to emit 
 moisture. — r. a. to emit as sweat. 
 
 SWE'ATER, s. one that sweats, or makes to sweat. 
 
 SWE'ATINESS, {swvtiness) s. the quality of abounding with 
 sweat. 
 
 SWE'ATY, (swi'ti/) a. covered with sweat ; wet with sweat ; 
 consisting of sweat; toilsome; laborious. 
 
 SWE'DEN, a large kingdom of N. Europe, lying on the Baltic 
 and the Frozen Ocean, and bounded by Norway and Russia. It is 
 about 900 miles long, and 150 miles wide. The inland region 
 is exceedingly mountainous, some heights reaching to 800O feet ; 
 but near the sea the country is more level. It abounds in rivers 
 and lakes. Iron, copper, silver, gold, &c. are found here, the 
 former in greatest abundance ; and it is not deficient in mineral 
 treasures of other kinds. Itsforests, particularly the pine forests, 
 are also a source of considerable wealth, both for timber, and for 
 pitch, tar, &c. Agriculture is attended to with considerable 
 success in the S. parts ; and all kinds of grain, fruit, &c. common 
 to Europe, are grown. Cattle of all kinds, deer, rein-deer, with 
 smaller animals, whose skins are an article of trade, and larger 
 animals, as wolves, &c., are numerous. Its manufactures are 
 chiefly in iron ; other branches are however advancing in im- 
 portance; and its trade is very considerable, and embraces the 
 whole world. In the N. parts the inhabitants are very rude, 
 and the climate is unfavourable to the advances of civilization. 
 The capital is Stockholm. Pop. about 3,2.30,000- 
 
 SWE'DENBORG, EMMANUEL, an eminent philosopher and 
 religious teacher of the last century. He was a native of Sweden, 
 and his father was the distinguished bishop Jesper Swedberg. 
 He studied at Upsal ; and at home, and during his travels in 
 Germany, France, England, &c., early acquired a considerable 
 reputation for his mathematical and scientific knowledge. In 
 the service of Charles XII. he performed some surprising feats 
 as an engineer. He was appointed assessor to the college of 
 mines; and ennobled by Queen Ulrica, when he changed his 
 name to that by which he is now known. His scientific writings 
 at this time were very numerous, and had spread his fame 
 through Europe. His attention was gradually drawn to philo- 
 sophy and theology ; and his first writings that gave indications 
 of it were on natural history and anatomy. At last he avowed 
 himself a teacher of religion, empowered to do so by special 
 command and instruction of God. In Sweden and in London 
 he taught and wrote in explication of his revelation. And his 
 works on this subject are not less numerous than his scientific 
 treatises. He was once attacked by the Swedish clergy as a 
 heretic, but the attempt failed; and he died in 1772, aged 85 
 years. It is impossible to give the titles of all his works. All 
 who are desirous of knowing what he actually taught will find it 
 most clearly unfolded in his Titie Christian Religion. His doc- 
 trinesare remarkably free from the usual features of self-deluded 
 mysticism ; and are indeed in most respects oiily the universally 
 received doctrines of Christianity stated in the terms of the 
 philosophy which was the basis of his system. The allegorical 
 way in which he has treated some parts of his scheme ; the as- 
 sumption of his name as the designation of his followers; with, 
 perhaps, something less of his learning and piety in the teachers 
 who have promulgated the doctrines of the New Jerusalem 
 Church; have caused most to condemn him without a hearing. 
 Such as can study the works of great and original teachers of truth, 
 without feeling bound to form a school, or a party, in favour of 
 them ; as though there could be no other teachers, and no other 
 representations of truth ; may find rich mines of thought and 
 wisdom in Swedenborg's works. And they will not reject what 
 is self-evidently true, because near it may be found what was a 
 personal notion or feeling of the writer's, and was mistaken by 
 him for truth. The Swedenborgians, as they are sometimes called, 
 (or the New Jerusalem Church,) are numerous both iri this coun- 
 try and in America ; but in general they are not such as to com- 
 
 SWI 
 
 mend their master's doctrines to the attention of those who 
 could best appreciate their spirituality and truth. 
 
 To SWEEP, V. a. preter. and past part, sicept; [swapan. Sax.] 
 to clean or drive away with a broom or besom ; to trail along the 
 ground; to carry with pomp ; to pass over with quickness ; to 
 rub over ; to strike with a long stroke.— d. n. to pass with vio- 
 lence or swiftness; to pass with pomp, or a flowing train ; to 
 pass with an equal motion ; to move with a long stroke or reach. 
 
 SWEEP, s. the act of cleaning with a broom or besom ; the 
 compass of any violent or continued motion; violent destruc- 
 tion; the direction of any motion not rectilinear. 
 
 SWEE'PER, s. one who sweeps. 
 
 SWEE'PINGS, s. that which is swept away. 
 
 SWEET, a. [swete. Sax.] pleasing to any of the senses ; of an 
 agreeable taste, as sugar, &c. ; fragrant to the smell. Figuratively, 
 charming, grateful, or pleasing; soft; mild; gentle; not salt; 
 not sour; not stale. Kind, or good, applied to temper. To be 
 sweet upon, to be amorously fond of. 
 
 SWEE'TBREAD, {siceeth-H) s. the pancreas of the calf. 
 
 SWEETBRIER, s. in Botany, a kind of wild rose, with fra- 
 grant leaves. 
 
 SWEETCI'CELY, s. in Botany, a plant called also myrrhus. 
 
 To SWEE'TEN, v. a. to make sweet, mild, kind, less painful, 
 more grateful, or more delicate; to palliate; to reconcile; to 
 edulcorate. — r. n. to grow sweet. 
 
 SWEE'TENER, s. one that palliates ; that which contemper- 
 ates acrimonies. 
 
 SWEE'THEART, (sweethart) s. a suitor, lover, or mistress. 
 
 SWEETISH, o. somewhat sweet. 
 
 SWEETLY, ad. in a sweet manner ; with sweetness. 
 
 SWEETMEAT, (sweetmeet) s. fruit preserved in sugar. 
 
 SWEETNESS, «. the quality of being sweet in any of its 
 
 SVVEETWFLLIAM, s. in Botany, a garden plant, allied to 
 the pink. 
 
 SWEETWI'LLOW, s. in Botany, the Dutch myrtle, or gale. 
 
 To SWELL, V. n. past part, swollen ; [swellan. Sax. swellen, 
 Belg.] to grow bigger by extension of parts; to grow turgid ; to 
 tumefy; to protuberate; to look big; to be elated, or rise into 
 arrogance ; to be exasperated. — v. a. to cause to rise, or to make 
 
 tumid ; to aggravate or heighten ; to raise to arrogance, 
 
 ' if bulk; th. 
 
 chinery of an organ, 
 
 SWELL, s. an increase of bulk ; the name of part of the nia- 
 SWE'LLING, «. a tumour; any thing grown bigger by ex- 
 
 To SWE'LTER, v. n. to be pained, or made uneasy, by heat. 
 — V. a. to parch, or dry up with heat. 
 
 SWE'LTRY, a. sultry ; suffocating with heat. 
 
 SWEPT, participle and preter. of To Sweep. 
 
 To SWERVE, V. n. [swercen, Sax. and Belg.] to wander, to 
 rove; to deviate or depart from rule, custom, reason, or duty; 
 to ply or bend. 
 
 SWIFT, a. [Sax.] moving far in a short time ; speedy ; quick ; 
 nimble; ready; fleet; rapid. 
 
 SWIFT, s. in Ornithology, a kind of swallow, with short legs 
 and very long wings, which builds a nest almost like a spar- 
 row's, in steeples, &c. 
 
 SWIFT, DR. JONATHAN, the celebrated writer of the ear- 
 ly part of the last century. He studied at Trinity College, Dub- 
 lin, and at Oxford, and enjoyed the patronage of Sir W. Temple. 
 He afterwards entered the Church of Ireland, but he never ac- 
 quired a richer prize than a deanery, although various attempts 
 were made to gain him a mitre. In the warof pamphlets, which 
 was sutficiently brisk in those days, he took an active part, with 
 no little effect, and not without attempts to prosecute him as a 
 libeller. These writings, with the purely literary and humorous 
 works which he wrote, competing not unsuccessfully with the 
 brilliant writers of the age ; his occasional migrations from 
 England to Ireland, and from Ireland to England; and his love- 
 stories, in which none of the romance was on his side ; make up 
 the main incidents of his life ; the close of which was darkened 
 by madness and idiocy. He died in 1745, aged 77 years. His 
 immortal work is OuUicer's Travels, full of keen political satire, 
 and ending with the disgusting satire or libel on humanity in 
 the Yahoos of Houhnhnmland. The Tale of a Tub ranks next to 
 it, full of humour, sarcasm, satire, grossness ; a mere common- 
 sense worldly man's notions of religion, in which the true is 
 
 - 837 
 
SWI 
 
 condemned with the false ; and with such broad hints of what 
 he could see amiss in his own Church, that the highest prizi; 
 which the Churchman could aspire after was sternly refused to 
 him. His other writings abound with playful wit, and the most 
 splendid irony, and are amusing now that the circumstances on 
 which they were founded have ceased to interest any. But they 
 do not lack coarseness, which often sinks into obscenity. Of 
 Varina, and Stella, and Vanessa, who loved the unloving dean 
 with rarely found ardour and constancy, we can only say that 
 it is believed that he was married to the second, and that a re- 
 proof too trenchant broke the heart of the third, whilst the first 
 abated her pursuit of him on being told his ideal of a wife. For 
 one rare excellence, rare especially in his own times, he was 
 pre-eminently distinguished, — manful independence ; and per- 
 haps to this, as much as to his picture of Martin's foibles, it is 
 owing that he lives in the history of party and of literature 
 as the Dean of St. Patrick's. 
 
 SVVI'FTLY,arf. quickly; speedily; nimbly; rapidly; fleetly; 
 with celerity; with velocity; with despatch. 
 
 SWI'FTNESS, s. velocity ; nirableness ; quickness ; des- 
 patch ; celerity ; rapidity ; speed. 
 
 To SWIG, V. n. [swiga, Isl.] to drink by large draughts. 
 
 To SWILL, V. a. [swihjan, Sax.] to drink in a luxurious and 
 gross manner ; to wash or drench ; to inebriate. 
 
 SWILL, s. fluid food prepared for pigs. 
 
 SWI'LLER, s. a luxurious drinker. 
 
 To SWIM, V. n. preter. stvam, sworn, or swutn ; [swimman. Sax. 
 swemmen, Belg.] to float or move on the water without sinking; 
 to be conveyed by the stream; to move on or in the water by 
 the action of the limbs; to be floated ; to flow in any thing, or 
 to have abundance ; to be dizzy, or have a sensation of a 
 swimming or vertigo in the head; to glide or flow with an easy 
 or smooth motion. — v. a. to pass by swimming. 
 
 SWI'MMER, s. one who swims. In Farriery, the swimmer is 
 situated in the fore-legs of a horse, above the knees, and upon 
 the inside, and almost upon the back parts of the hind-legs, a 
 little below the haras : this part is without hair, and resembles a 
 piece of hard dry horn. 
 
 SWl'MMINGLY, ad. smoothly ; prosperously. 
 
 SWINE, s. [swin, Sax. swyn, Belg.] a liog or pig ; a number of 
 hogs, either sows or boars. 
 
 SWI'NEHERD, s. a keeper or feeder of swine. 
 
 SWFNES TONE, s. in Mineralogy, a sort of lime-stone, which 
 emits a fetid odour when rubbed violently. 
 
 To SWING, v.a. yreler. swaiiff, swung ; [swingan, Sax.] to make 
 a thing that is suspended move backwards and forwards ; to 
 whirl round in the air; to wave loosely. — v. n. to wave to and 
 fro, hanging loosely ; to vibrate. 
 
 SWING, s. the motion of any thing hanging loosely; a line 
 on which any thing hangs loose ; the influence or force of a body 
 put into motion ; a course, or unrestrained liberty, or tendency. 
 
 To SWINGE, (ff soft,) V. a. [swingan, Sax.] to whip ; to punish ; 
 to bastinade. 
 
 To SWI'NGLE, {swingl) v. n. to dangle; to wave hanging; 
 to swing in pleasure. 
 
 SWl'NISH, a. like a swine ; filthy ; stupid ; gross ; brutish. 
 
 SWINK, s. [swine. Sax.] labour; drudgery. Obsolete. 
 
 SWITCH, s. a small flexible twig. 
 
 To SWITCH, r. a. to lash with a switch ; to jerk. 
 
 SWITZERLAND, or Swi'sserland, a large country of Eu- 
 rope, lying between Germany, Austria, Sardinia, and France. 
 It is about 200 miles long, and of various breadth, from 80 to 
 180 miles. It is wholly a region of mountains, being crossed 
 by the various chains of the Alps. Its rivers are chiefly the be- 
 ginnings of those which in other countries are noted streams, 
 such as the Rhine, Rhone, &c. Its lakes are numerous, and of 
 surpassing beauty. Its productions are almost wholly of a pas- 
 toral kind, except that some of its larger towns abound with 
 most ingenious manufactures. Its people, in the history of Eu- 
 rope, are proverbial for their love of liberty, and at the same time 
 for being ever ready to fight as mercenaries in the cause of others. 
 It is a confederation of small stales or cantons, the names of 
 which are Berne, Basle, Zurich, Schafl^hausen, Neufch^tel, 
 Glarus, Appenzell, Lucern, Uri, Zug, Schwitz, Unterwald, Fri- 
 burg, and Soleure. Under which heads, see further topographi- 
 cal and statistical particulars. Pop. about 2,400,000. 
 
 SWFVEL, s. something fixed in another body so as to turn 
 
 SYL 
 
 round in it ; a small cannon mounted on ships so as to point 
 any way. 
 
 SWO'LLEN, SwoLN, past part, of To Swell. 
 
 To SWOON, V. n. [aswunan, Sax.] to sufter a suspension of 
 thought and sensation ; to faint or fall into a fit. 
 
 SWOON, s. [swong, Sax.] a fainting fit; a lipothymy; a syn- 
 cope. 
 
 To SWOOP, V. a. to fall or dart at once on its prey ; to prey 
 upon ; to catch up. 
 
 SWOOP, s. a fall of a bird of prey upon his quarry. 
 
 To SWOP, f. a. to give one thing in exchange for another ; 
 to truck ; to barter. 
 
 SWORD, (sord) s. [sweord, Sax. sweerd, Belg.] a weapon with 
 a sharp point, worn by the side, and used in combats hand to 
 hand; destruction by war; vengeance or justice; an emblem of 
 authority. 
 
 SWO'RDBEARER, {sordberei-) s. an oflicer who carries a 
 sword of state before a prince or magistrate. 
 
 SWO'RDFISH, {sordfish) s. in Ichthyology, a remarkable fish, 
 found in the Mediterranean, of considerable size, which is armed 
 with a bony sword-like projection from its upper jaw, with which 
 it is said to combat much larger fish successfully. It has been 
 known to strike a vessel so violently as to bury its sword in the 
 timber. 
 
 SWO'RDGRASS, s. in Botany, a kind of sedge. 
 
 SWORE, the preter. of To Swear. 
 
 SWUM, the preter. of To Swim. 
 
 SY'CAMORE, s. in Botany, a large and handsome tree, allied 
 to the maple and plane, common in England. 
 
 SY'COPHANT, (sy'kofant) s. [suhos and phaino, Gr. sycophanta, 
 Lat.] an appellation given by the ancient Athenians to those 
 who gave information of the exportation of figs, contrary to law ; 
 and hence it is still used in general for all informers, parasites, 
 flatterers, cheats, &c. 
 
 SYCOPHA'NTIC, (sykofdntik) a. parasitical ; flattering. 
 
 To SY'COPHANTISE, (syikofantise) v. n. to play the flatterer. 
 
 SY'DENHAM, DR. THOMAS, an eminent English physician 
 of the 17th century. He studied at Oxford, and at Montpellier, 
 and afterwards practised in London. It was in fevers that he 
 was particularly successful ; and his treatment of these diseases 
 was a great step in the progress of medical practice. His works 
 on this subject are very valuable. He died in 1089, aged 65 
 years. 
 
 SY'DENHAM, FLOYER, an excellent Greek scholar of the 
 last century, educated at Oxford, who translated in a generally 
 faithful manner several of Plato's greatest dialogues ; and whose 
 nameisassociated with a manful battle with poverty and hunger, 
 ending in a painful defeat; and with the Literary Fund, which 
 sprung from the sympathy awakened by his melancholy end. 
 He died in 1787, in prison, aged 77 years. 
 
 SY'DEROSE, a. [syderosus, Lat.] planet-struck. 
 
 SY'DNEY, the principal city of New South Wales, stands on 
 the E. coast of New Holland, on Sydney Cove, and is a tolerably 
 well built place, with several substantial public buildings, as 
 churches, barracks, hospitals, government buildings, &c. It is 
 the chief place of the penal settlement, and has, in consequence, 
 a population of a somewhat peculiar character, yet the majority 
 of its inhabitants are voluntary emigrants. It has some rising 
 manufactories, and a considerable trade. Pop. about 30,000. 
 Lat. 33. 50. S. Long. 151. 30. E. 
 
 SY'LLA, L. CORNELIUS, one of the great generals and 
 party leaders of Rome, near the close of its republican epoch. 
 After a youth of profligacy, he suddenly turned his attention to 
 public life; and in the course of serving in the usual oilices, dis- 
 tinguished himself under Marius in Africa, Germany, &c., and 
 in Asia Minor, as propraetor. In the Social War he tried his 
 strength against Marius, defeated him, and then went to Asia 
 against Mithridates, overrunning Greece and taking Athens by 
 the way. After a career of victory there, hearing of the renewal 
 of the troubles at home, he returned, and found that Marius had 
 exacted a cruel vengeance for his former defeat. It was not long 
 before his veteran legions placed the city at his mercy, and he 
 at once repaid cruelly the injuries done during his absence to liis 
 party. He was made dictator by the obedient senate, and his reign 
 was one of direst terror. Having by this course cleared the way 
 for the exercise of his statesmanship, he reformed the constitu- 
 tion, and hoped to repair all the tarnished lustre of the Roman 
 
SVN 
 
 name by his statutes and laws. Finally, he abandoned his high 
 post, and gave up the close of his life to the same profligacy that 
 had polluted the beginning, and died a victim to his vices in 78 
 B. c, aged 00 years. 
 
 SYLLA'BIC, Sylla'bical, a. [syllabique, Fr. sijllabkus, Lat.] 
 relating to, or consisting of, syllables. 
 
 SY'LLABLE, s. [sullabe, Gr.] a part of a word, consisting of 
 one or more letters pronounced together ; any thing proverbially 
 concise. 
 
 SY'LLABUB, s, a drink, made of white or red wine and sugar, 
 into which milk is poured, or milked from the real cow. 
 
 SY'LLABUS, s. [Lat. sullabos, Gr.] an abstract ; a compendium 
 containing the heads of a discourse. 
 
 SYLLE'PSIS, s. [Gr.] in Grammar, the connexion of two no- 
 minative cases singular, of different persons, with a verb plural. 
 
 SY'LLOGISiM, {g soft) s. [sun and logos, Gr. syU6gis?nus, Lat. 
 syllogisme, Fr.] in Logic, an argument consisting of three propo- 
 sitions, the conclusion of which necessarily follows from the two 
 premises. 
 
 SYLLOGFSTICAL, a. belonging to syllogisms; consisting of 
 syllogisms. 
 
 SYLLOGFSTICALLY, ad. in the form of a syllogism. 
 
 To SY'LLOGIZE, v. a. to reason by syllogism. 
 
 SYLPHS, {sy^fs) s. a sort of fairy nymphs. 
 
 SY'LVAN, a. [sy/tanus, Lat.] woody; shady; belonging to 
 woods or forests. 
 
 SY'MBOL,*. lsutnboh)i, Gr. symholum, Lat, syvibole, Fr.] an ab- 
 stract or compendium ; a comprehensive form ; a type, or that 
 which comprehends, in its figure, a representation of some- 
 thing else. In Mathematics, a letter or mark which signifies a 
 particular result or operation. 
 
 SYMBO'LICAL, a. belonging to, or of the nature of, a symbol ; 
 mystical ; representative. 
 
 SYMBO'LICALLY, ad. typically; by representation. 
 
 SYMBOLIZA'TION, s. representation; resemblance. 
 
 To SY'MBOLIZE, v. a. [symboliser, Fr.] to make representa- 
 tive of something. — v. n. to have something in common with 
 another by representative qualities. 
 
 SYMME'TRICAL, a. proportionate. 
 
 SY'MMETRY, s. [sun and metreo, Gr. symetrie, Fr. symmetria, 
 Lat.] proportion ; harmony of parts. 
 
 SYMPATHE'TIC,Sympathe'ticai,, a. affected with what hap- 
 pens to another; having mutual sensation. 
 
 To SY'MPATHIZE, v. n. [sympathuer, Fr.] to feel with ano- 
 ther; to feel mutually, followed by with. 
 
 SY'MPATHY, s. [sun and pat?ws, Gr. sympathie, Fr. sympathia, 
 Lat.] the quality of being affected with the calamities, pains, joys, 
 or affections of another ; fellow-feeling; mutual sensibility. 
 
 SYMPHO'NIOUS, {symfonious) a. harmonious ; agreeing in 
 sound. 
 
 SY'M PHONY, (sy'mfony) s. [gymphonie, Fr. from sitn and 
 phone, Gr. symphonie, Fr.] a consonance, or concert of several 
 Bounds together on the ear; harmony. In Music, an instru- 
 mental composition, of a particular construction ; also the in- 
 strumental introduction to a piece of vocal music. 
 
 SY'MPHYSIS, (sy'mfysis) s. [Gr.] in Anatomy, one of the kind 
 of junctures, or articulation of the bones ; particularly of those 
 bones which in young children are distinct, but after some years 
 unite and consolidate into one bone. 
 
 SYMPO'SIAC, a. [sumposion, Gr.] relating to merry-making ; 
 happening where company is drinking together. 
 
 SV'MPTOM, s. [sumptoma, from sun and pipto, Gr. symptome, 
 Fr.] something happening together with something else ; a sign 
 or token ; an appearance in a disease which shows its quality or 
 ttatuK. 
 
 SYMPTOMATICAL, a. tending to discover, or belonging 
 to, symptoms ; happening concurrently, or occasionally. 
 
 SYNiE'RESIS, s. [Gr.] in Grammar, the contraction of two syl- 
 lables or vowels into one. 
 
 SY'NAGOGUE, (sy'nagbg) s. [sunago, Gr. synagoga, Lat.] an 
 assembly of Jews to worship ; the place where the Jews use to 
 assemble to read, and to hear the holy books read. 
 
 SYNALCE'PHA, (synaUfa) s. [Lat.] in Prosodv, a contraction 
 of a syllable by joining together two vowels in the scanning, or 
 catting off the ending vowel ; as ill' ego, for Hie ego. 
 
 SYNARTHKO'SIS, s. [sim and arthron, Gr.] in Medicine, a 
 close conjunction of two bones. 
 
 SYN 
 
 SYNA'XIS, s. [sunago, Gr.] a congregation ; the sacrament of 
 the Lord's supper. 
 
 SYNCHRO'NICAL, (synhrdnikal) a. [sun and chronos, Gr.] 
 happening together at the same time; contemporary. 
 
 SY'NCHRONISM, (sy'nkronizm) s. [synchroiiisme , rr.] concur- 
 rence of several remarkable transactions happening at the same 
 time. 
 
 SY'NCHRONOUS, a. happening at the same time. 
 
 To SY'NCOPATE, v. a. to cut or take away ; to shorten.— r. n, 
 to swoon. 
 
 SYNCOPA/TION, s. in Music, the repetition of a note which 
 occurs in the last place in a bar, in the first place in the next, 
 both being united by a tie, and sounded as one note. 
 
 SY'NCOPE, (sy'nUpee) s. [sun and kopto, Gr.] in Grammar, the 
 taking of one or more letters out of a word. In Physic, a sud- 
 den fainting or swooning. 
 
 SY'NDIC, s. an officer of great power and authority in foreign 
 cities and universities ; he is a censor, a comptroller, a burgess, 
 a recorder, and in some cities the chief magistrate. 
 
 To SY'NDiCATE, f. n. [««» and Afe, Gr.] to judge; to pass 
 judgment on; to censure. 
 
 SY'NDROME, (si/ndromee) s. [sun and dromos, Gr.] concur- 
 rence of symptoms indicating a disease ; concurrent action. 
 
 SYNE'CDOCHE, {synekdokee) s. [Lat. from simekdechomai, Gr. 
 synccdoqxie, Fr.] in Rhetoric, the taking of the whole for a part. 
 
 ' a part for the whole. 
 SYNECI 
 
 SYNECDO'CHICAL, a. expressed by a synecdoche ; implying 
 a synecdoche. 
 
 SYNE'SIUS, an African prelate of the 5th century, who fi- 
 gures as a philosopher, statesman, and poet, in ecclesiastical 
 history. He studied under the famous Hypatia, and resided for 
 some time at Constantinople as an ambassador from Gyrene. 
 As bishop of Ptolemais, and as a writer, he displayed more of 
 the philosopher than the theologian. He died in about 425 
 A. D. 
 
 SYNNEURO'SIS, s. [sun and neuron, Gr.] in Anatomy, the 
 connexion made by a ligament. 
 
 SY'NOD, s. [sun and odos, Gr, synddits, Lat. synods, Fr.] in Ec- 
 clesiastical matters, an assembly of bishops, priests, presbyters, 
 or any other official clerg;^, for the determination of questions of 
 doctrine and discipline. These assemblies are a prominent fea- 
 ture in Presbyterianism, and they are held in other denomina- 
 tions, under other names, such as Conference, Yearly Meeting, 
 &c. In Astronomy, the conjunction of the heavenly bodies. 
 
 SYNO'DIC, Syno'dical, a. [synodique, Fr.] relating to a synod ; 
 transacted in a synod. In Astronomy, applied to the time be- 
 twixt one conjunction of any planet with the sun to the next, 
 as, ex. gr. 29d. 12h. 44m. 3s. is called a symdical month, because 
 it takes that time to bring the sun and moon to a conjunction ; 
 also applied to the time that any two celestial bodies take in 
 coming to the same relative position as seen from the earth. 
 
 SYNO'NYME, s. [sun and onoma, Gr.] a word which signifies 
 the same thing as another word. 
 
 SYNO'NYMOUS, a. expressing the same thing by different 
 words. 
 
 SYNO'NYMY, «. the quality of expressing by different words 
 the same thing. 
 
 SYNO'PSIS, s. [sun and optomai, Gr.] a general view ; all the 
 parts brought under one view ; a syllabus; a compendium. 
 
 SYNO'PTICAL, a. affording a view of many parts at once. 
 
 SYNTA'CTICAL, a. conjoined ; fitted to each other ; relating 
 to the construction of speech. 
 
 SY'NTAX, Synta'xis, s. [Lat. from sun and tasso, Gr. syntaxe, 
 Fr.] a system ; a number of things joined together ; that part of 
 Grammar which teaches the laws of the construction of sen- 
 tences, &c. 
 
 SYNTHE'SIS, s. [mm and tithemi, Gr.] the act of joining, op- 
 posed to analysis. In Mathematics and the Sciences, synthesis 
 expresses a process the exact reverse of analysis : in the latter, 
 the investigation is conducted from a known or assumed fact, 
 to the simplest principles by which it can be established ; in the 
 former, the argument is conducted from the simplest principles 
 to the desired result. In Newton's Principia, synthesis is em- 
 ployed to teach what had been discovered by analysis. The 
 higher mathematics are commonly employed in the process of 
 analysis, while the process used by Euclid, which is synthesis, 
 is generally employed in works for wider circulation. 
 
SYNTHE'TIC, a. joining together ; compounding ; connect- 
 ive ; conjoining; uniting. 
 
 SY'RA, an island of the^gean Sea, near Andro. In the late 
 changes in that part of Europe, this island has been of some im- 
 portance, partiv because of its excellent harbour. Pop. about 
 12,000. Lat. 37. 30. N. Long. 24. 57. E. 
 
 SY'RACUSE, a city of Sicily, formerly of great extent and 
 magnificence, but now so much reduced as to occupy but an 
 island which defends the harbour. Its trade was very great, but 
 is of no account now. The ruins of its former buildings remain 
 in many parts, and many antiquities are discovered. It is 110 
 miles from Palermo. Pop. about 15,000. Lat. 37. 3. N. Long. 
 15. 16. E. 
 
 SY'RIA, a province of Asiatic Turkey, lying at the E. ex- 
 tremity of "the Mediterranean Sea, and bounded by Egypt, Ara- 
 bia, El Jezira, whilst Mount Taurus divides it from the Turkish 
 provinces on the N. It is about 500 miles long, by about 200 
 broad. The W. part is mountainous, especially from the ranges 
 of Libanus and Antilibanus northward. There are other hills 
 also near the sea, and the peninsula of Sinai is a mass of moun- 
 tains. The ancient Palestine has many fine plains, but the 
 Egyptian frontier, and the whole E. part, are mere levels, in 
 many places passing into sandy deserts. It has few rivers, ex- 
 cept such as are dried up in the hot season ; and there are some 
 lakes, two of which are renowned in sacred story. It produces 
 corn, oil, fruits, pulse, cotton, dye-weeds, tobacco, silk, wine, 
 &c. Sec. But it is not so fertile as it was in former times, and 
 the whole region wears a melancholy air of desolation. The 
 population is of a very mixed character, Arabs and Turks consti- 
 tuting the greater number. The Druses have of late appeared 
 somewhat prominently, and there is a tribe living amongst the 
 mountains, of which little is known, called the Anzarey. Jews, 
 as a matter of course, abound, in spite of all kinds of oppression 
 and tyranny. In the large towns there is a growing regard to 
 manufactures and trade, and some branches are in a thriving 
 condition ; but most of the trade is carried on by land. It is 
 divided into 4 pashaliks, those of Acre, Tripolis, Aleppo, and 
 Damascus. Pop. about 3,000,000. The ancient Syria was more 
 extensive northerly than the modern. 
 
 SY'RIAC, the name of the language spoken in the coun- 
 tries W. of Assyria, which was the vernacular of Palestine in the 
 time of our Lord. There are two translations of the Scriptures, 
 which are esteemed ancient, and the value of one of them, called 
 the Peschito, in biblical criticism, is considerable. 
 
 SY'RINGE, s. [surinx, Gr. and Lat.] an instrument through 
 which any fluid is squirted. 
 
 To SY'RINGE, v. a. to wash by a syringe. 
 
 SYRINGO'TOMY, s. \_surinx and temno, Gr.] in Surgery, the 
 operation of cutting fistulas or hollow sores. 
 
 SY'RUP, s. [syrupusy Lat.] in Medicine, a composition made 
 of the juice of herbs, flowers, or fruits, boiled with sugar to a 
 thick consistence. 
 
 SY'STEM, s. [sun and istemi, Gr. systerna, Lat. systeme, Fr.] a 
 combination of many things in regular dependence or co-opera- 
 tion ; the whole of any doctrine, whose several parts are bound 
 together, follow, or depend on each other. 
 
 SYSTEMATIC, Systema'tical, a. regular; methodical; be- 
 ing according to some system. 
 
 SYSTEMATICALLY, ad. in the form of a system. 
 
 SY'STOLE, (sy'stdlee) s. [Gr.] the contraction of the heart. 
 In Grammar, the shortening of a long syllable. 
 
 SY'ZYGY, s. [sun and zem/nuo, Gr.] in Astronomy, is a term 
 equally used for the conjunction and opposition of a planet with 
 the sun. In Grammar, it is the coupling of different feet together 
 in a verse. In Anatomy, it is a pair of nerves that convey 
 sense from the brain to the rest of the body. 
 
 'y IS the nineteenth letter of our alphabet ; it is a consonant, 
 -■- and is uttered by a strong expulsion of the breath through 
 the mouth, upon a sudden drawing back of the tongue from the 
 forepart of the palate, with the lips at the same time open. Its 
 proper sound is that in tin, tell, rot, put. It is sounded like sh, as 
 in nation, motion, &c., and like ch in Christian, question, &c. Th 
 expresses two sounds, one dental merely, as in thin, thief, &c., the 
 840 
 
 TAB 
 
 other guttural also, as in t?ien, those, there, &c. Among the an- 
 cients, T, as a numeral, stood for 160 ; and with a dash over it, 
 thus, t, for 160,000. In Music, T stands for tutti, all together. 
 
 TA'BARD, s. [Fr.] a go\yn reaching no further than the mid- 
 dle of the leg ; a kind of jacket, or sleeveless coal ; a herald's 
 coat. 
 
 TA'BBY, s. [tabis, Fr. tabi, Ital.] a kind of rich silk, which, 
 having passed under the calender, is made to reflect the rays of 
 light dirf'erently and wavingly thereon. 
 
 TA'BBY, a. brindled or varied with different colours. 
 
 To TA'BBY, V. a. to pass silk, &c. under the calender, to give 
 it a representation of waves, like that of tabby. 
 
 TABEFA'CTION, s. [tabeo and faaio, Lat.] a consuming or 
 wasting away ; decay; consumption. 
 
 To TA'BEFY, V. n. to waste away ; to pine, or consume. 
 
 TABE^LLIO, s. [tabellion, Fr.] a scrivener; a notary public. 
 
 TA'BERDER, s. one who wears a short gown ; applied at 
 Oxford to a servitor of Queen's College. 
 
 TA'BERNACLE, s. [Fr. tabernaculum, from taberna, Lat.] a 
 temporary habitation, or a casual dwelling ; a sacred place, or 
 place of worship. In the Romish Church, a little vessel in which 
 the sacrament is put on the altar. In Jewish History, the sa- 
 cred tent in which the presence of God was manifested, and 
 around which the national service was maintained, during the 
 journeyings in the wilderness, and before the erection of the 
 Temple. The Feast of Tabernacles, was one of the three annual 
 solemnities of the Jews, in which all the people dwelt for a 
 week in tents or booths constructed on or near theii- houses, in 
 commemoration of the time of the wandering in the desert, 
 when they lived in that manner. It occurred in the autumn; 
 and was thus a celebration of national thanksgiving for the 
 fruitfulness of the year, as well. 
 
 To TA'BERNACLE, v. n. to house ; to enshrine. 
 
 TA'BID, a. [tabide, Fr. from tabeo, Lat.] wasted by disease ; 
 consumptive. 
 
 TA'BLATURE, s. painting on walls or ceilings. In Anatomy, 
 a division or parting of the skull bones. 
 
 TA'BLE,s. [Fr. tabula, Lat.] any flat or level surface; a board 
 supported by feet, and used for meals; persons sitting and par- 
 taking of an entertainment ; fare, or entertainment ; a tablet, 
 or surface on which any thing is written or engraved. — [tableau, 
 Fr.] a picture; the palm of the hand; draughts; an index; 
 synopsis; catalogue; syllabus. I'o turn the tables, signifies to 
 change the condition or fortune of two contending parties; a 
 metaphor taken from the vicissitudes of fortune at gaming- 
 tables. 
 
 To TA'BLE, r. n. to board ; to live at another's table. — v. a. 
 to make a catalogue, or set down. 
 
 TA'BLE BAY and MOUNTAIN, the name of a remarkable 
 mountain near the Cape of Good Hope, Africa, the top of which 
 appears at sea to be quite flat; and of the bay which it over- 
 looks, on the N. side of the Cape. Cape Town stands on this bay. 
 
 TA'BLEBEER, s. beer used at meals ; small-beer. 
 
 TA'BLECLOTH, s. a cloth spread on the table. 
 
 TA'BLER, s. one who boards. 
 
 TA'BLET, s. a small level surface; a small piece of very thin 
 ivory, used for memorandums. 
 
 'I'A'BOR, a solitary mountain of Palestine, not far from Na- 
 zareth, in the midst of the plain of Esdraelon. It is thickly 
 beset with trees ; and on the summit of it our Lord is supposed 
 by some writers to have been transfigured. 
 
 TA'BOUR, Ta'bret, s. [labour, old Fr.] a small drum beaten 
 with one stick to accompany a pipe. 
 
 To TA'BOUR, V. n. [laborer, old Fr.] to strike lightly and fre- 
 quently. 
 
 TA'BOURINE,Ta'bouret,s. [labourite, ¥r.'] a tabour; a small 
 drum. 
 
 TABRIZ, (Tabreeze) a city of Persia. It stands in a very 
 fertile plain, in the high land, between the Caspian Sea and th,e 
 Tigris. Its appearance is not at all striking, as its buildings are 
 very mean. But it is the seat of a very considerable trade, being 
 the emporium for Persia, and all countries to the N. W. of it. 
 Pop. about 70,000. Lat. 38. 3. N. Long. 4G. 11. E. 
 
 TA'BULAR, a. [tabula, Lat.] set down in the form of tables; 
 formed in laminae ; set in squares. 
 
 To TA'BULATE, c. a. to reduce to a table or synopsis; to 
 shape with a flat surface. 
 
TAl 
 
 TACHE, s. [from tack,'] any thing taken hold of; a catch ; a 
 loop ; a button. 
 
 TACHY'GRAPHY, (taky'gra/y) s. [tachus and ffrapho, Gr.] the 
 art of swift writing. 
 
 TA'CIT, a. [tacite, Fr. tacitus, from taceo, Lat.] silent ; implied, 
 though not expressed. 
 
 TA'CITLY, ad. silently. 
 
 TACITU'RNITY, a. [tacitumite, Fr. tacitumitas, from taceo, Lat.] 
 habitual silence; secrecy; a silent humour. 
 
 TA'CITUS, C. CORNELIUS, one of the most celebrated Ro- 
 man historians, of whose life little is known beyond the fact 
 that he married the daughter of Julius Agricola, and enjoyed the 
 friendship of the most distinguished men of Rome. The dates of 
 both his birth and his death are uncertain ; but he is supposed to 
 have died in about 135 a. d., aged about 80 years. His historical 
 works are of great value, and abound with the most profound 
 thoughts, connected with or arising from the subjects he treats 
 of. His Account nf the Germans is equally valuable; and few 
 pieces of biography surpass the Life of Agricola. The most re- 
 markable feature of his style is its extreme condensation, amount- 
 ing often to positive obscurity; yet in general so rich, as to 
 charm the reader beyond all that verbose eloquence could do. 
 His works are a study of greatest price to politicians, as far as 
 relates to experience and expediency ; but he was only a Roman 
 philosopher, and the light ne sheds on his subjects is not such 
 as to illuminate them interiorly. His eye did not detect the in- 
 ward truth or the inward falsehood in the matters he relates. 
 
 TA'CITUS, M. CLAUDIUS, one of the later emperors of 
 Rome. He succeeded Aurelian, after an interregnum of six 
 months, being chosen by the senate and accepted by the army. 
 He perished in an expedition against the Goths, in 276, after a 
 reign of G months, aged 76 years. 
 
 'I"o TACK, t>. a. [tacher, Fr.] to fasten to any thing; to sew 
 slightly; to join or stitch together. — v. n. to turn a ship. 
 
 TACK, s. a small nail. Tack about, in sea language, is the act 
 of turning ships at sea. To hold tack, i. e. to last or hold out. 
 
 TA'CKLE, s. [tacel, Brit.] an arrow ; weapons, or instruments 
 of action. — [taeckel, Belg.] the ropes of a ship. 
 
 TA'CKLING, «. ropes, or furniture of a mast; furniture for 
 sport or action. 
 
 TA'CTIC, TA'cTicAL,a. [taktikos, from tasso, Gr.] relating to the 
 art of war, or marshalling an army. 
 
 TA'CTICS, s. the art ot ranging troops or ships for battle. 
 
 TA'CTILE, a. [Fr. tactHis, from tango, Lat.] capable of being 
 touched or felt; tangible. 
 
 TA'CTION, (tdkshbn) s. [Fr. tactio, from tanffo, Lat.] the act of 
 touching, seldom used by philosophical writers. 
 
 TA'DPOLE, *. [tad and pola. Sax.] in Natural History, the 
 young of toads and frogs, which have a tall, breathe by gills, and 
 at first have no legs nor feet. 
 
 TA'EN, a contraction of Taken. 
 
 TjE'NIA,*. &e Tape-worm. 
 
 TA'FFETA, s. [taffetas, Fr. taffetar, Span.] a kind of smooth 
 silken manufacture, having a remarkably glossy surface. 
 
 TAG, s. [Isl.] a point of metal fastened to the end of a string ; 
 any thing paltry and mean. 
 
 To TAG, V. a. to fix metal to the end of a lace ; to hang one 
 thing to another. To join, followed by together. 
 
 TA'GRAG, s. a mob of the lowest sort. 
 
 TA'GUS, a great river of Spain and Portugal, rising in the 
 Sierra Molina of the former country, and flowing to the S. W. 
 through it; crossing Portugal; and emptying itself into the 
 Atlantic near Lisbon, after a course of between 500 and 000 
 miles, through an eestuary varying from 6 to above 20 miles in 
 width. 
 
 TAlL,s. [t(egt. Sax.] the prolongation of the vertebrae of ani- 
 mals ; the long feathers growing from the rump of a bird ; the 
 fins at the extremity of the bodies of fishes ; the lower part ; 
 any thing hanging long; a catkin ; the hinder part; the train 
 of seeming vapour that attends comets, and Is always on the op- 
 posite side of the nucleus to the sun. In Law, a limited fee, 
 opposed to a fee-simple. Horse-tail, among the Turks, is the 
 ensign or flag under which they make war. To turn tail, is to 
 fly or run away. 
 
 TAI'LED, a. furnished with a tail. 
 
 TAPLLAGE, «. [tailler, Fr.] a piece cut out of the whole ; a 
 share of a man's substance paid as tribute. Id Law, a toll or tax. 
 
 TAl'LOR, s. [tailleur, Fr.] one who makes clothes. 
 
 To TAINT, V. n. [teindre, Fr.] to imbue or impregnate with any 
 thing; to slain ; to Infect or corrupt. — v. n. to be infected. 
 
 TAINT, s. [teinte, Fr.] a tincture, stain, or corruption. 
 
 To TAKE, v. a. preter. fooi", past part, taken, sometimes took ; 
 [taka, Isl.] to receive what Is offered ; to seize what is not given ; 
 to catch by surprise or artifice; to seize or make prisoner; to 
 understand In any particular sense or manner; to exact; to 
 get, have, or appropriate ; to practise ; to use or employ ; to 
 blast or infect; to judge in favour of; to close in or comply 
 with ; to receive into the mind ; to convey, carry, or transport ; 
 to endure to bear; to leap or jump over; to seize with a transi- 
 tory Impulse ; to produce ; to seize as a disease ; to swallow as a 
 medicine; to captivate, delight, or engage with pleasure; to 
 receive with good or ill will ; to use as an oath or expression ; 
 to allow or admit ; to comprise or comprehend. Used with away, 
 to deprive of; to set aside or remove ; with down, to suppress, 
 reduce, or swallow; with from, to derogate or detract; to de- 
 prive of; with in, to comprise, comprehend, admit, win, receive, 
 or impose upon ; with off, to invalidate, destroy, withhold, with- 
 draw, swallow, purchase, copy, find place for, or remove ; with 
 «/), to borrow upon creditor interest, applied to money; to en- 
 gage with ; to assume ; to begin ; to engross ; to have final re- 
 course to; to seize or arrest; to admit; to reprimand; to lift; 
 to occupy ; with m/jok, to appropriate to ; to admit to be imputed 
 to; to claim authority. To take a house, to hire one. To take 
 care, or heed, to be cautious ; to watch ; to superintend. To take 
 heed to, to attend. To take in hand, to undertake. To take place, 
 to happen, to have effect. To take notice, to observe. To take 
 part in, to share or participate. — v. n. to please, or be approved 
 of; to have its intended or natural effect; to catch. Used with 
 after, to learn of, resemble, or imitate; with on, to be violently 
 affected with sorrow or sickness; to claim a character ; with to, 
 to apply to, or be fond of; to betake or have recourse to ; with 
 up, to stop ; with up loith, to be contented or satisfied with ; to 
 lodge or dwell ; with with, to please. 
 
 TA'KEN, past part, of To Take. 
 
 TA'KING, s. seizure or distress. 
 
 TA'LBOT, s. In Hunting, a hound, formerly much used. 
 
 TA'LAPOIN, s. [Hind.] a priest of Buddha, in India beyond 
 the Ganges. 
 
 TALC, s. in Mineralogy, a substance that Is sometimes found 
 in crystals, which can be split into laminse which are transpa- 
 rent and flexible, and are used to confine small objects for 
 microscopical investigation. 
 
 TALE, s, [Sax.] a story, generally applied to a short narra- 
 tive of some trifling and fabulous circumstance ; a narrative 
 delivered by words. — [talan. Sax.] a number reckoned; u 
 reckoning. 
 
 TA'LEBEARER, s. one who gives intelligence officiously. 
 
 TA'LEBEARING, s. the act of informing ; ofliclous or malig- 
 nant intelligence. 
 
 TA'LENT, s. [talentum, Lat.] a weight, or sum of money, dif- 
 fering in different nations and ages (see Coins) ; a faculty, a 
 power or gift of nature; quality or nature. Synon. Talent and 
 genius are natural endowments, of which genius is rather internal, 
 and signifies power of invention ; talent, rather external, and 
 signifies power of execution. Both relate to art, but genius does 
 so in the highest sense of that word ; talent, in the lower sense of 
 practical or mechanical art. N. B. Talented is a word quite in- 
 admissible in our language. 
 
 TALES, s. in Law, is a word used for a supply of men impan- 
 neled on the jury; or, upon appearance, being challenged for 
 the plaintiff' or defendant as not sulficient ; in which case the 
 judge grants a supply to be made, by the sheriff', of some per- 
 sons present. 
 
 TALIACO'TIUS, or Tagi^iacozzi, Caspar, an eminent sur- 
 geon of Bologna, where he was professor of anatomy. He at- 
 tended especially to wounds and injuries to the ears, lips, and 
 nose, and used a method similar to one which hud been long 
 practised in India, for supplying the loss of the last member, 
 which is satirically and incorrectly referred to in Iludibras. He 
 died in 1599, aged 53 years. 
 
 TALIONIS REX, «. [Lat.] the retaliatory punishment of 
 wrong, embodied in the well-known maxim, "an eye for an eye, 
 and a tooth for a tooth." 
 
 TA'LIPOT, s. [Hind.] in Botany, a species of palm, growing 
 5 p 841 
 
in the island of CVylon, to the height of above 60 feet occasion- 
 allj% the pith of which is very nutritious, and whose leaves, 
 which are often nearly 20 feet long, are used for writing, instead 
 of paper, for thatching houses, &c. &c. 
 
 TA'LISMAN, s. a magical character. 
 
 TALISMA'NIC, a. magical. 
 
 To TALK, (a broad in this word and its derivatives ; as, 
 iaitlk) V. n. [taelen, Belg.] to converse; to speak impertinently; 
 to give account ; to reason or confer with another. 
 
 TALK, s. familiar speech ; rumour ; the subject of convers- 
 ation. 
 
 TA'LKATIVE, a. full of prate ; much given to talk. 
 
 TA'LKATIVENESS, s. the quality of being forward to speak, 
 or much given to talking; loquacity; garrulity. 
 
 TA'LKER, s. one who talks; a loquacious person. 
 
 TALL, (a pron. broad ; as, tautl,) a. [tal, Brit.] long, or high in 
 stature; lofty. 
 
 TA'LLAGE, «. \taillaqe, Fr.] impost; excise. 
 
 TA'LLEYRAND-PERIGORD, CHARLES MAURICE DE, 
 a French ecclesiastic and statesman, who was one of the most 
 conspicuous persons in French History, from the Revolution of 
 1789 till after that of 1830. He received his education in the 
 best theological schools, and was, as most of the dignitaries of 
 the church at the time were, an intidel in principles and a pro- 
 fligate in morals. His great talents led to his rapid advance- 
 ment, and he was one of the Assembly of Notables, summoned 
 by Calonne, and soon after made bishop of Autun. In the 
 National Assembly he held a high standing, and was especially 
 prominent in questions of science and finance. One of his most 
 conspicuous performances was at the Feast of Pikes, when he 
 headed the body of clergy who, on the great father-land's altar, 
 in the Champ de Mars, gave a quasi-religious character to the 
 proceedings of that remarkable day. Soon after he secularized 
 himself, and took no part afterwards in the ecclesiastical cha- 
 racter. He was attached to the embassy to England ; and, pro- 
 scribed by his monarchical principles in France, on the dethrone- 
 ment of Louis, and by his revolutionary achievements in England, 
 he fled to the United States, whence he did not return till the 
 overthrow of the Reign of Terror. He was engaged in various 
 ways under the Directory, and was most serviceable to Buona- 
 parte during the Consulate, and the early part of the Empire, 
 holding offices of considerable trust in the various ministries. 
 By the emperor he was made Prince of Beneventum ; but he 
 finally deserted the imperial cause, when he saw clearly that it 
 must be overthrown. In the restoration of the Bourbons and 
 the congress of Vienna he took a very active part, but he soon 
 sided with those who distrusted the restored dynasty; and was 
 the soul and leader of the party which on the revolution of 18.30 
 imposed a republican monarchy on France, instead of the 
 simple republic it desired. He continued to act on embassies, 
 and in treaties, till nearly the end of his life; and he died in 
 1838, aged 84 years. His essays and pamphlets are not worthy 
 of much consideration, and the only stedfast principle he seems 
 to have possessed is that of a limited monarchy, somewhat after 
 the English theory, as the best form of government. 
 
 TA'LLIS, THOMAS, the great English composer of sacred 
 music, who flourished in the Kith century. He was connected 
 with the choir of the Chapel Royal, during the reigns of Henry 
 VIII., Edward VI., Mary, and Elizabeth. Much of his music is 
 still constantly used in the cathedral services, and one of his 
 best-known pieces is the melody of the Evening Hymn. He died 
 in 1.585, aged 59 years. 
 
 TA'LLNESS, (a broad) s. height of stature ; loftiness. 
 
 TA'LLOW, {tdllb) s. [tahre, Dan.] in Commerce and Trade, 
 animal fat of all kinds, used in making candles, &c. &c. 
 
 TA'LLOWCHANDLER, s. one who makes candles of tallow. 
 
 TA'LLY, ». [tailler, Fr.] a stick notched or cut along with an- 
 other, and used formerly to keep accounts by ; any thing made 
 to suit another. 
 
 To TA'LLY, V. a. to fit, suit, or cut out for any thing ; to mark 
 upon a tally.— jj. n. to be fitted ; to conform. 
 
 TA'LLYMAN, s. one who sells clothes to be paid for by the 
 week or month. 
 
 TA'LMA, FRANCOIS JOSEPH, the great French tragic 
 
 actor. He was the son of a dentist, and spent the early part of 
 
 his life in the Netherlands and England. In the latter country 
 
 be commenced the profession by which he obtained his fame ; 
 
 842 
 
 TAN 
 
 and returning to Paris before the Revolution, rapidly gained 
 the position which he continued to the end of his public life to 
 occupy. He innovated considerably on the conventional rules 
 of the French stage, but did so with great taste and judgment. 
 His zeal and skill were .so abundantly rewarded, that he acquired 
 considerable property; and he died in 1826, aged 63 years. 
 
 TA'LMUD, s. [Heb.] a collection of Jewish laws, containing 
 a digest of doctrines, and religious and moral precepts. It con- 
 sists of two parts ; — the Misna, which is a compilation of tradi- 
 tions and expositions of passages of the law, and consists of six 
 books; — and the Gemaras, or Commentaries, of which there are 
 two, the Gemara of Jerusalem, commonly called the Jerusalem 
 Talmud, and the Gemara of Babylon, or Bahijhnish Talmud. The 
 latter is most esteemed amongst the Jews, but the most foolish 
 and preposterous legends of the dark ages are sober and sensible 
 compared with what is to be found in this book, which they so 
 strangely denominate perfection. Both Misna and Gemara were 
 composed after the Christian aera. 
 
 TA'LON, s. [Fr.] the claw of a bird of prey. In Architecture, 
 a kind of moulding, which consists of a cymatium, crowned with 
 a square fillet. 
 
 TA'LUS, Ta'lut,«. in Architecture, is the inclination or slope 
 of a work. 
 
 TA'MARIND, s. [tamarindus, Lat. tamarin, Fr.] in Botany, &c., 
 a kind of leguminous plant, growing in both E. and W. Indies, 
 the fruit of which, removed from the shell, form a sort of con- 
 serve, whose agreeable acid taste makes it valuable in cases of 
 fever, &c. It possesses medical properties also, which adds to 
 its utility. 
 
 TA'MARISK, s. [tdmarice, Lat.] in Botany, a shrub with a red 
 bark, and leaves like heath. It grows in the S. of England. 
 
 TAMBO'V, or Tambo'ff, a government of Russia, surrounded 
 by the governments of Vladimir, Nischnei-Novgorod, Penza, 
 Saratov, Voronetz, Orel, Toola, and Riasan. It is above 200 
 miles long, and varies in its width from less than 50 to above 
 150 miles. It is very level, and is watered by the Oka and the 
 Don. The greater part of it has a very fertile soil, and produces 
 abundance of corn, grain of all kinds, fruits, &c. &c. Its timber 
 is also valuable, and cattle, horses, sheep, &c. are reared in great 
 numbers. It has but few minerals, or manufactures, but its 
 trade is very considerable. Tamboff\s the capital, which stands 
 on a small stream, but is not a wealthy or important place. Pop. 
 about 25,000. Lat. 52. 47. N. Long. 41. 33. E. Pop. of go- 
 vernment, about 1,750,000. 
 
 TA'MBOUR, s. a species of embroideiy, made by a machine 
 of that name. 
 
 TA'MBOURIN, s. [Fr.] an instrument of music; also the 
 name of a lively dance, performed on the French stage. 
 
 TAME, a. [Sax. taetn, Belg. tarn, Dan.] gentle of disposition ; 
 domestic, opposed to wild ; crushed, subdued, dejected ; spirit- 
 less or heartless. 
 
 To TAME, V. a. [temean, Sax. tammen, Belg.] to reduce from 
 wildness ; to subdue or conquer. 
 
 TA'MEABLE, a. susceptive of taming. 
 
 TA'MELY, ad gently; meanly; dejectedly. 
 
 TA'MENESS, s. the opposite to wildness ; gentleness of dis-' 
 position ; dejectedness; want of spirit or courage. 
 
 TA'MER, s. a conqueror ; a subduer. 
 
 TA'MINY, s. a woollen stuflT. 
 
 TA'MKIN, Ta'mpion, s. the stopple of a great gun. 
 
 ToTA'MPER, V. a. [tempera, Lat.] to be officious in the use 
 of medicines ; to meddle, or have to do with, without knowledge 
 or necessity ; to practise with, or endeavour to seduce. 
 
 TA'MUL, one of the dialects of Hindustan, spoken through- 
 out the S. E. part of the country, from Madras to Cape Comorin. 
 The whole of the Scriptures have been translated into this lan- 
 guage. 
 
 TA'MWORTH, StaflTordshire and Warwickshire. It stands 
 on the rivers Tame and Anker, over which it has bridges. -It 
 has a considerable trade in narrow cloths and other manufac- 
 tures, and is noted fur good ale. It is a very ancient town, and 
 was once a royal seat. It is 116 miles from London. Market, 
 Saturday. Pop. 7746. 
 
 To TAN, V. a. [tannen, Belg. tanner, Fr.] to impregnate leather 
 ■with bark ; to make brown by heat, applied to the sun. 
 
 TAN, s. the bark of the oak tree, beaten small and used to tan 
 leather. 
 
r 
 
 TAP 
 
 TANG, *. [tariffhe, Belg.] a strong tasle left in the mouth ; re- 
 lish or taste. 
 
 To TANG, V. n. [from twang,] to ring with. 
 
 TA'NGENT, (g soft) s. [Fr. tarn/ens, Lat.] in Trigonometry, is 
 a right line perpendicularly raised on the extremity of a radius, 
 and which touches a circle so as not to cut it ; another line, called 
 a secant, that is drawn from the centre, and which cuts it, de- 
 fines the arc to which it is a tangent. 
 
 TANGIBI'LITY, (g soft) s. the quality of being perceived by 
 the touch, or of being felt. 
 
 TATSIGIBLE, {g soft) a. [tango, Lat.] perceptible by the touch. 
 
 To TA'NGLE, v. a. See Entangle. 
 
 TA'NGLE, s. a knot of things interwoven in one another. 
 
 TA'NISTRY, s. an ancient custom in Ireland, which ordains 
 that an adult is to be preferred to a minor ; as an uncle to a ne- 
 phetc. Likewise, a custom whereby a chieftain, or tanist, has 
 lands only for life, as being only elected thereto. 
 
 TANJO'RE, a city of the Carnatic, Hindustan. It is fortified, 
 and stands near the Cauvery. It is about 150 miles from Ma- 
 dras. Pop. about 75,000. Lat. 10. 49. N. Long. 79. II. E. 
 
 TANK, s. [tunque, Fr.] a large cistern or bason ; a little pool 
 or pond. 
 
 TA'NKARD, s. [tancaird, Ir. tanquaerd, Fr. tankaerd, Belg.] a 
 drinking vessel with a cover moving on a hinge. 
 
 TA'NNER, s. one that tans and prepares hides for use. 
 
 TA'NNER, THOMAS, an English prelate, eminent for his an- 
 tiquarian knowledge. He studied at Oxford, and commenced 
 his literary career early. His promotion was rapid, and he at 
 last was made Bishop of St. Asaph ; and died in 1735, aged 61 
 years. His great work is on the Bibliography of Great Britain and 
 Ireland; he also wrote an Account of the Monasteries of England 
 and Wales, and edited Wood's Athenae. 
 
 TA'NNIN, s. in Organic Chemistry, an acid found in the bark 
 and galls of the oak tribe ; of a pale yellow colour, very soluble 
 in water, with a purely astringent taste of singular intensity. It 
 combines with the skins of animals, and forms the insoluble 
 compound, called leather, which does not putrefy. The salts 
 resulting from it are called tannates. 
 
 TA'NPIT, ». a pit where leather is impregnated with bark. 
 
 TA'NQUAM, s. a university word for one that is fit company 
 for a fellow. 
 
 TA'NSY, s. [tanacetum, Lat.] in Botany, a plant with double- 
 winged, jagged, serrated leaves, and yellow blossoms. It is 
 found in flower on high pastures in August, it is used to give 
 a flavour to puddings, &c. 
 
 TANTA'LIUM, s. See Columbium. 
 
 To TA'NTALIZE, v. a. [from Tantahis,'] to torment by the 
 
 one of the Titans, who 
 
 prospect of pleasures which cannot be reached, 
 TA'NTALUS, in Heathen Mythology, 
 
 was punished for the part he took in the rebellion against Zeus, 
 or Jupiter, by being placed in H.ides amongst streams that 
 dried up when he attempted to drink of them, and fruit trees 
 whose boughs he could not grasp. 
 
 TA'NTA.MOUNT, s. [Fr.] of equal value ; an equivalent. 
 
 To TAP, V. a. [tappen, Belg. tapper, Fr.] to touch or strike 
 gently ; to pierce or broach a vessel. 
 
 TAP, «. a gentle blow ; a pipe through which liquor is drawn 
 from a vessel ; also the liquor let out ; the common room in a 
 small inn. 
 
 TAPE, «. [tappan. Sax.] linen woven in narrow slips. 
 
 TA'PER, s. [taper. Sax.] a wax candle ; a light. 
 
 TA'PER, a. growing gradually narrower from the bottom to 
 
 the top ; conical ; pyraniidica 
 
 To TA'l 
 
 top. 
 
 To 
 
 PER, V. n. to grow smaller towards the bottom or 
 
 TA'PEWORM,». in Natural History, a kind of worm found in 
 the intestines of man and other animals. 
 
 TA'PESTRY, s. [tapesterie, Fr.] cloth woven with forms of 
 human creatures, beasts, &c., used for hangings, and sometimes 
 for carpets. 
 
 TA'PET, s. [tapetia, Lat.] worked or figured stuff, 
 
 TAPIO'CA, s. in Commerce, &c., a kind of fsecula, or starch, 
 obtained from ihe manichot roots, in S. America ; which is very 
 nutritious, and is much used by invalids and others. 
 
 TAPIR, s. in Zoology, an amphibious animal shaped somewhat 
 like a hog, and having a short proboscis. It inhabits the soli- 
 tary woods, marshes, rivers, and lakes of South America, and 
 
 TAR 
 
 has been called the elephant of the new world. Other species 
 are found in the E. Indies. 
 
 TA'PPING, s. in general, is the act of piercing a hole in a 
 vessel in order to draw ofl^' the liquor. In Agriculture, it is the 
 making an incision in the bark of a tree, and letting out the 
 juice. In Surgery, it is an operation for discharging the water 
 in a dropsy. 
 
 TA'PROOT, s. the principal stem of the root. 
 
 TA'PSTER, s. one who draws beer at a public-house. 
 
 TAR, s. [tore, Belg. fare, Sax. tiere, Dan.] liquid pitch, obtain- 
 ed from the wood of fir trees, by a process of slow combustion, or 
 distillation. It is extensively made in the N. parts of Europe, 
 Canada, &c. Figuratively, a sailor. 
 
 To TAR, V. a. to smear with tar ; to tease or provoke. 
 
 TARA'NTO, a town of the S. of Italy, in the kingdom of 
 Naples. It stands on the bay which divides the extremity of 
 Italy into two promontories, and was a place of great celebrity 
 and importance in ancient history. Its harbour is good, and so 
 it has some trade; its fisheries, also, are of considerable value. 
 Pop. about 20,000. Lat. 40. 27. N. Long. 17. 13. E. 
 
 TARA'NTULA, s. [Ital.] in Natural History, a large kind of 
 spider found in Italy; about whose bite strange things were 
 believed by earlier naturalists, which subsequent observation 
 has disproved. 
 
 TARDIGRA'DOUS, a. [tardus and gradus, Lat.] moving 
 slowly. 
 
 TA'RDILY,«d. slowly ; lazily; slothfully; sluggishly. 
 
 TA'RDINESS, «. sluggishness; slowness; laziness. 
 
 TA'RDITY, «. [tarditas, from tardus, Lat.] slowness. 
 
 TA'RDY, a. [tardus, Lat. tardif, Fr.] slow, applied to motion ; 
 sluggish, or unwilling to act or move; dilatory. 
 
 TARE, s. in Botany and AgricultHre,a species of vetch largely 
 grown by farmers, as green food for stock. In the New Testa- 
 ment, a rank kind of grass, somewhat resembling wheat before 
 it comes into ear. 
 
 TARE, «. [Fr.] in Commerce, the weight of any thing con- 
 taining a commodity; an allowance made for the weight of the 
 box, chest, &c. in which any commodity is contained. 
 
 TARE, preter. ofToTEAR. 
 
 TARGE, Ta'rget, (g soft) s. [taargett, Erse, targa, Sax. terge, 
 Fr.] a kind of buckler less than a shield, worn for defence on 
 the left arm. In Botany, the name of the covering of the seed- 
 cases in some ferns and lichens. 
 
 TARGETIE'R, s. one armed with a target. 
 
 TA'RGUM, s. [Chald.] the name given to several paraphrastic 
 Chaldee translations of the Old Testament, made after the cap- 
 tivity at Babylon. They are ten in number; — three of which con- 
 tain the Pentateuch,— the Targum ofOnkelos, (which is the most 
 literal, and in the purest Chaldee,) that of the Pseudo-Jonathan, 
 (which is pure in language, but interpolated with absurd legends, 
 beside being far from literal,) and the Jerusalem Targum (which 
 is the worst in every respect) ; — one contains the Prophets, that 
 of Jonathan Ben Uzziel,—one, that of Itabbi Joseph, the Hagio- 
 grapha; — one, the Books of Ruth, Esther, Ecclesiastes, Solo- 
 mon's Song, and the Lamentations; — three, the Book of Esther 
 alone ; — and one, the 2 Books of Chronicles. They are of some 
 value in the study of the Hebrew Scriptures, but are of more use 
 in displaying the manners, superstitions, &c. of the Jews, of the 
 age in which they were made. 
 
 TA'RIFF, s. [tarif, Fr.] a table of customs ; a table of rates 
 agreed on between princes or states, ascertaining the duties to 
 be laid upon their respective merchandises when imported into 
 their dominions. 
 
 TA'RLETON, RICHARD, a famous jester and comedian of 
 Elizabeth's reign. He wrote a play called The Seven Deadly Sins : 
 and died in 1589. His jests are familiar to all readers of jest 
 books. 
 
 TARN, 8. [Horn, Isl.] a bog ; a fen ; a marsh ; a pool ; a quag- 
 mire. 
 
 TARN, a department of France, surrounded by the depart- 
 ments of Aveyron, Herault, Aude, Haute Garonne, and Tarn et 
 Garonne. It is about 65 miles in length, and about 45 in breadth. 
 In one part it is crossed by the Cevennes, and has heights of 
 nearly 2000 feet. The Tarn is itschief river. It yields iron and 
 coal, with valuable kinds of stone and earth. Grain of all kinds, 
 wine, fruits, timber, cattle, &c. &c. are produced in abundance. 
 It has also great numbers of wild animals and game. Manufac- 
 5 p2 ^3 
 
TAR 
 
 tures of various kinds are carried on in its chief towns. Alby is 
 its capital. Pop. about 400,000. 
 
 TARN ET GARONNE, a department of France, bounded by 
 the departments of Tarn, Aveyron, Lot et Garonne, Gers, and 
 Haute Garonne. It is above 60 miles long, and about 40 broad. 
 Its surface is level, and its chief rivers are the Garonne, the Tarn, 
 and other streams flowing into the Garonne. Iron, with various 
 kinds of building-stone, &c. are found here, but it is chiefly 
 agricultural, yielding corn and all sorts of farm produce in 
 abundance, with wine, fruits, cattle, &c. &c. Its trade and ma- 
 nufactures are in a tolerably flourishing state. Montauban is its 
 principal town. Pop. about 250,000. 
 
 To TARNISH, V. a. [temir, Fr.] to sully; to soil; to diminish 
 brightness. — v. n. to lose brightness. 
 
 TA'RPAULING, s. a hempen cloth smeared with tar ; a sailor, 
 in contempt. 
 
 TARPE'IAN ROCK, in Roman History, the steep cliflFat the 
 end of the Capitolini Mount, next the river, down which criminals 
 were hurled. It was named after Tarpeia.a girl who was said, 
 in an old legend, to have been a traitor to Rome. 
 
 TARQUI'NIUS, the name of two of the kings of Rome, ac- 
 cording to the old legendary ballads. Z. Tarquinms Prisons was 
 the successor of Ancus Martius,and was said to have come from 
 Etruria, with his wife Tanaquil, a famous auguress; to have 
 gained the confidence of the king, so far as to be made the 
 guardian of his sons, whom he set aside, and usurped the throne 
 in their stead. He made several successful wars on the sur- 
 rounding tribes, but was chiefly celebrated for his public build- 
 ings, amongst which was the great circus, and the enormous 
 subterranean sewers, which yet remain. He was murdered by 
 the contrivance of the dispossessed sons of the former king, after 
 having reigned 38 years. L. Tarquirdus Superbus was his son, 
 and gained the crown by the murder of Servius Tullius, whom 
 Tanaquil had made king. It was he also, who, being married to 
 one of the daughters of Servius, contrived, with the other daugh- 
 ter, who was married to his brother, the murder of his wife and his 
 brother, after which the murderers accomplished an incestuous 
 marriage. His works in the city, and his wars, were all calcu- 
 lated to gain him fame; but his tyranny and treachery raised 
 the whole spirit of the people against him, till at last, the rape of 
 Lucretia by one of his sons, and her suicide, caused a revolution 
 through the exertions of Brutus, who had pretended to be an 
 idiot to escape murder, and who now shone forth as a stern and 
 terrible patriot. He was the last king of Rome in those early 
 days, and he reigned 24 years. The first of these kings was a 
 great promoter of augury ; and many strange tales are told tend- 
 ing to confirm the power of the College of Augurs. The whole 
 of the narrative of these reigns bears indisputable signs of mythic 
 origin ; and it is now regarded as having no greater foundation 
 in fact, than the History of Prince Arthur and the Knights of 
 his Round Table. Niebuhr and other historians have endea- 
 voured to show what may have been the germs of these ballad 
 historie.s, or, at least, how they came to be formed and arranged 
 as we have received them. 
 
 TA'RRACE, s. a coarse sort of plaster, or mortar, durable in 
 the wet, and chiefly used to line basons, cisterns, wells, and 
 other reservoirs of water. 
 
 TA'RRAGON, s. in Botany, a plant called also herb-dra- 
 gon. 
 
 TA'RRAGONA, an ancient sea-port of a province so called 
 in Spain. It was built by the Phoenicians, and was very power- 
 ful in the time of the Romans, of whom many monuments re- 
 main. There are also relics of the dominion of the Moors here. 
 It carries on a great trade, and is seated on a hill, on the Medi- 
 terranean, in a country abounding in corn, wine, oil, and flax. 
 It is 220 miles from Madrid. Lat. 41. 5. N. Long. I. 13.- E. 
 
 TA'RRIER, «. one who tarries or stays. 
 
 To TA'RRY, r. n. to stay ; to continue in a place ; to delay, 
 or be long in coming, — v. a. to wait for. 
 
 TA'RSEL, Ta'ssel, «. in Falconry, a kind of hawk. 
 
 TA'RSHISH, a place often mentioned in the Old Testament, 
 in connexion with maritime trade ; supposed to be the name of a 
 region in Spain, in which was a colony from Phoenicia, called 
 Tartessus. 
 
 TA'RSIER, s. in Zoology, an animal of the lemur kind, with 
 the hind legs very long. 
 
 TA'RSUS, «. [tarsos, Gr. tarse, Fr.] in Anatomy, the bones 
 844 
 
 TAS 
 
 composing the instep and heel in man, to which the bones of 
 the foot are united, and supporting the bones of the leg. 
 
 TA'RSUS, a city of considerable note in Cilicia, Asia Minor. 
 It stood on the Cydnus, was famous for its schools, and was re- 
 warded, during the struggles of the triumvirate of Rome, with 
 the privilege of the freedom of the city. It derives no little of 
 its celebrity from its having been the birth-place of the apostle 
 Paul, in whose life and writings the facts above-mentioned are 
 often alluded to. 
 
 TART, s. [tarte, Fr. tarta, Ital. taart, Dan.] a small fruit pie. 
 
 TA'RTAN, s. the plaid worn by Highlanders of Scotland ; 
 also, the colours and arrangement of the checked stripes of a 
 plaid. 
 
 TA'RTANE, s. [Fr. tartana, Ital.] a vessel with one mast, and 
 a three-cornered sail, used in the Mediterranean. 
 
 TA'RTAR, s. [tartre, Fr,] in Chemistry, the usual name for the 
 tartrate of potash, also called cream of tartar. It is much used in 
 dyeing, and makes a pleasant acidulous drink in febrile diseases. 
 
 TARTAR EMETIC, in Chemistry and Materia Medica, a 
 compound of tartrate of potash and sesquioxide of antimony, 
 much used as an emetic, purgative, sedative, febrifuge, &c. 
 
 TARTA'REAN, a. \tartarus, Lat.] hellish. 
 
 TARTA'REOUS, Ta'rtarous, a. consisting of or containing 
 tartar; hellish. 
 
 TA'RTARIC, a. in Chemistry, belonging to tartar. Tartaric 
 acid is found in greatest abundance in the juice of the grape, 
 but also occurs in other fruits and vegetables. It is largely used 
 in calico-printing, and in making effervescing draughts for ant- 
 acid and tonic purposes. 
 
 To TA'RTARIZE, v. a. to impregnate with tartar, 
 
 TA'RTARUS,s. itartaros, Gr.] in Heathen Mythology, that 
 part of Hades in which the souls of such as were not admitted 
 to the Elysian fields were confined, 
 
 TA'RTARY. &« Tatary. 
 
 TA'RTLY, ad. sourly ; sharply. 
 
 TA'RTNESS, s. the quality of being sour to the taste; sharp- 
 ness or poignancy in speech. 
 
 TA'RTRATES, s. in Chemistry, salts formed by the combina- 
 tion of any base with tartaric acid. 
 
 TASK, 8. [tasche, Fr.] something which is ordered to be done 
 by another ; an employment or business. To take to task, is to re- 
 prove, examine rigidly, or reprimand. 
 
 To TASK, V. a. [tascu, Brit.] to order or command something 
 to be done. 
 
 TA'SKER, Ta'skmaster, s. one who imposes tasks. 
 
 TA'SMAN, ABEL JANSEN,a Dutch navigator and discover- 
 er, of the 17th century. He was employed by the governor-ge- 
 neral of the Dutch colonies in the East, and discovered the island 
 called sometimes after the governor-general, Van Diemen's Land, 
 but now, Tasmania, He made other discoveries in the same 
 regions, but such was the notice taken of this intrepid man, 
 that neither the date of his birth nor of his death have been 
 preserved. 
 
 TASMA'NIA, or Van Diemen's Land, a large island, lying 
 immediately S. of the E. extremity of New Holland, and separ- 
 ated from It by Bass's Strait, between the Pacific and Indian 
 Oceans. It is nearly 250 miles long, and in its widest part 
 nearly 200 miles broad. ■ The surface is varied by lofty moun- 
 tains, some of which exceed 4000 feet in height, hills, table- 
 land, wide plains, and fertile valleys, and is watered by many 
 large rivers. Most of the valuable metals are found here, and 
 building-stone of various kinds, slate, &c. &c. It produces 
 corn, fruits, vegetables, &c., in great abundance, where they 
 have been cultivated by the colonists. Sheep are reared in great 
 numbers, and other kinds of stock thrive admirably. The na- 
 tural fauna and flora are peculiar, animals of the opossum tribe 
 being numerous, and the ornithorhyncus being found here. 
 The surrounding seas are frequented for the whale fishery. Its 
 trade is of course in its infancy, yet the exports increase in valbe ' 
 yearly, and the imports keep pace with the increase of the set- 
 tlers. Hobart Town is the chief town of the colony. It belongs 
 to England, and is partly u.sed as a penal settlement. Pop. about 
 50,000. The number of the natives, who are closely allied to 
 the natives of New Holland in their race, is yearly decreasing, 
 but it has never been accurately ascertained. 
 
 TA'SSEL, s, Itasse, Fr.] an ornamental bunch of silk, &c. 
 hanging at the end of a string. 
 
TAT 
 
 TA'SSES, s. armour for Ihe thighs. 
 
 TA'SSIE, JAMES, an ingeuioiis imitator of ancient gems and 
 cameos in enamel, who was a stone mason originally, and stu- 
 died to become a sculptor, but learning the art by which he 
 afterwards gained both fame and wealth, in Dublin, he came 
 to London, where he pursued his labours with increasing suc- 
 cess, till he died in 1799, aged about 65 years. 
 
 TA'SSO, the name of two great jwets of Italy. Bernardo Tasso 
 was of good family in Bergamo, but he lived the greater part of 
 his life in other cities, and was at various times in the service of 
 the Prince of Salerno, and the Dukes of Urbino and Mantua. 
 He also visited Africa, Spain, and France, and died in 15G9, 
 aged 76 years. His chief poem was on the adventures of Amadis 
 of Gaul. His fame is quite eclipsed by that of his son, Torquato 
 Tasso, who was first put to Ihe study of law at Padua, but soon 
 renounced it for the exercise of his hereditary genius, which early 
 acquired for him considerable reputation. The Cardinal D'Este 
 took him into his service, and by this means he became acquaint- 
 ed with the Princess Leonora, fur whom he entertained a passion, 
 which led to his being imprisoned by the Duke of Ferrara, under 
 the pretence of his being insane, and which inspired him in the 
 production of much of the most touching and exquisite parts of 
 his poems. Later authors have showed that Tasso was unbe- 
 comingly indiscreet in the manifestation of his regard, that he 
 did act in a very excited and intemperate manner, and that the 
 conduct of the duke was not so entirely cruel to the hapless poet 
 as has been represented ; still the stain of having revenged him- 
 self for the assumed insult to his pride by the unnecessary ex- 
 ercise of his power, cannot be wholly removed. His great poem 
 had however made him many friends, and acquired for him uni- 
 versal renown : he was released, and honour after honour heaped 
 on him in various towns of Italy, till at last he was invited to be 
 crowned with the laurel wreath in the capitol at Rome. But 
 death intervened ; he reached the city, but he never received the 
 crown. He died in 1.59.5, aged 51 years. His immortal poem is 
 entitled Jerusalem Delivered. He wrote many other works. 
 
 To TASTE, V, a. [taster, Fr.] to perceive or distinguish by the 
 palate; to try by the mouth ; to eat in small quantities ; to relish 
 or approve ; to feel or have a perception of — v. n. to try by the 
 palate ; to distinguish by the mind ; to try the relish of any 
 thing; to have perception of ; to enjoy sparingly ; to convey to 
 the organs of taste ; to affect the organs of taste. 
 
 TASTE, s. the act of trying by the mouth ; the sense by which 
 the flavour of any thing is received on the palate. Figuratively, 
 an essay or trial ; a small portion given asaspecimen. In Men- 
 tal Philosophy, the realization of the idea of beauty, in the fine 
 arts, in literature, in general intercourse with men, dress, &c. 
 &c. ; the perception of agreement or disagreement with that 
 idea; pleasing emotion at the perception of elegance, appropri- 
 ateness, beauty, &c. Diversities of taste, which are sufficiently 
 striking, and universally known, arise from the different degrees 
 of clearness with which the idea of the beautiful has been ap- 
 prehended; and from the different degrees of cultivation of the 
 faculty of comparison or criticism in the application of it. 
 • TA'STEFUL, a. high-relished; savoury; with grace or ele- 
 gance. 
 
 TA'STELESS, a. causing no sensation on the palate; insipid; 
 having no perception of symmetry, elegance, or decorum. 
 
 TA'STER, s. one who takes the first essay of food. 
 
 TA'TARY, usually spelt Tartary, after the writers of the mid- 
 dle ages, who were shucked at the aspect and barbarity of the 
 Tatars, and condemned them by suggesting some kindred be- 
 tween them and the tenants of the miserable regions of Hades. 
 This name is applied to the vast tracts of Asia which stretch 
 from the Caspian Sea to the Pacific Ocean, and from Asiatic 
 Russia to Persia, India, and China ; it is sometimes extended 
 also to that part of European Russia which lies between the 
 Caspian and the Black Seas. Its proper signification would be, 
 that country which is inhabited by an independent Tatar nation. 
 But as ethnographical and geographical knowledge has extend- 
 ed, specific names have been given to the different races, and 
 to the countries they inhabit; which has, properly, caused the 
 vague and incorrect general term to fall into disuse. Little 
 Tutary was that which lay around the N. part of the Black Sea; 
 Great Tatary, that immediately E. of the Caspian ; and Chinese 
 Tatary, that on the shores of the Pacific. The whole of this 
 vast region was called Sarmatia and Scythia; and the people 
 
 TAU 
 
 have played no inconsiderable part in the world's history; for 
 not only have all the S. countries of Asia, from China to Syria, 
 been conquered repeatedly by Tatar tribes; but the Roman 
 empire was overthrown, and all Europe revolutionized, by the 
 desolating invasion of the innumerable hordes which overran 
 our continent during the 3rd and following centuries of the Chris- 
 tain aera. See Mandtchus, Monguls, &c, &c. 
 
 TATE, NAHUM, the poet laureate at the end of the 17th and 
 beginning of the 18th centuries. He would not have lived in 
 the memories of men, had not the New Version of the Psalms, 
 which he effected in conjunction with Nicholas Brady, been au- 
 thorized for the use of the Established Church, in the room of 
 Sternhold and Hopkins' quainter and truer version. He died in 
 the Mint, in 1715, aged 63 years. He wrote some other poems 
 beside his Psalter. 
 
 TA'TIAN, an ecclesiastical and apologetic writer of the 2nd 
 century. He was a rhetorician, and a disciple of Justin Martyr; 
 but after his master's death, became what was called an here- 
 siarch, and founded the sect of Encratites. He wrote an Apology 
 for Christianity, a Harmony of the Gospels, and some other works ; 
 and flourished in about 170 A. D. 
 
 To TATTER, v. a. [totaran. Sax.] to tear; to rend ; to make 
 ragged. 
 
 I'A'TTER, «. a rag ; a fragment of any thing torn. 
 
 TATTERDEMA'LION, s. a ragged fellow. 
 
 To TA'TTLE, t: n. [tateren. Sax.] to use many words with lit- 
 tle meaning; to talk without moderation or discretion. 
 
 TA'TTLE, s. prate ; triffing talk ; idle chat. 
 
 TA'TTLER,s. an idle talker; a prater. 
 
 TATTOO', s. the beat of a drum by which soldiers are called 
 to their quarters. 
 
 TATTOO'ING, s. the custom of tracing permanent designs 
 and figures on the skin of various parts of the body, which has 
 prevailed amongst all nations in the barbarous state. It is still 
 found amongst the islanders of the Pacific Ocean, &c. 
 
 TA'VERN, s. [taverne, Fr.] a house where wine is sold. 
 
 TAVE'RNIER, JEAN BAPTISTE, a celebrated French tra- 
 veller, in the 17th century. Having made journeys throughout 
 most of Europe, his love of travel led him to visit the East, by 
 Turkey, Persia, &c., no fewer than six times. In the course of 
 his wanderings he met with manifold adventures, which it is 
 impossible to relate here; his own work being alone sufficient 
 for it. He died at Moscow in 1689, aged 84 years; and his 
 account of his journeyings is voluminous and interesting. 
 
 TAUGHT, (taut) preter. and past part, of To Teach. 
 
 TA'VISTOCK, Devonshire. It was once a flourishing place, 
 famous for its abbey; and is now a stannary town, and has a 
 chalybeate mineral water. It is situated on the river Tavy, or 
 Tave, 199 miles from London. Market, Saturday. Pop. 6272. 
 
 TAU'LER, JOHANN, a celebrated divine of Germany, in the 
 14th century. He was a Dominican, and a popular preacher at 
 Cologne and Strasburg, at the latter of which places he died in 
 1360, aged 66 years. His works consist of Sermo/is ; and various 
 treatises, entitled. Imitation of Christ, the Noble Little Book, the 
 Soul-enlightening Mirror, &c. Luther and Melancthon, by their 
 frequent reference to his writings, and fervent admiration of his 
 piety, have contributed not a little to his fame. 
 
 To TAUNT, V. a. [tanden, Belg.] to reproach, insult, or treat 
 with insolent contumely and upbraiding; to exprobrate. 
 
 TAUNT, s. an insult; scoff; ridicule; sarcasm; reproach. 
 Among mariners, a ship is said to be taunt masted when her masts 
 are too tall for her. 
 
 TAU'NTER, s. a reproacher ; an insulter. 
 
 TAU'NTING, a. reviling; scornful; railing; contumelious; 
 scoffing. 
 
 TAU'NTINGLY, ad. scornfully ; in an imperious and proud 
 manner; scoffingly ; contumeliously. 
 
 TAU'NTON, Somersetshire. It has long been the principal 
 seat of the manufacture of coarse woollen goods, such as serges, 
 corduroys, sagathies, druggets, shalloons, &c., though somewhat 
 decayed of late years. It is seated on the river Thone, which is 
 navigable hence to the Parret, and so to Bridgewater; 144 
 miles from London. Markets, VVednesday and Saturday. Pop. 
 12,066. 
 
 TAURICO'RNOUS, rt. [touri/s and eornu, Lat.] having horns 
 resembling a bull's. 
 
 TAURl'DA, a government of Russia, lying im the Black Sea, 
 
 -845 
 
TA Y 
 
 and bounded by the government of Cherson, and the country 
 of the Don Cossacks. It consists of the peninsula of the Crimea, 
 and the plains around its isthmus. {See Crimea.) It is ahnost 
 wholly ag^ricultural. Pop. about 550,000. 
 
 TAU'RIFORM, a. [taurifomiis, Lat.] having the shape of a bull. 
 
 TAU'RIS. &e Tabriz. 
 
 TAU'RUS, the great chain of mountains in Asia Minor, ex- 
 tending from the coast of the jEgean Sea to the N. of Persia, 
 and evidently connected with the Himalayan range. 
 
 TAU'RUS, s. in Astronomy, the Bull; the second sign of the 
 zodiac, which the sun enters on the 20th day of April. The 
 Pleiades are in this constellation. 
 
 TAUTOLO'GICAL, a. [iautologique, Fr.] repeating the same 
 thing. 
 
 TAUTO'LOGIST, s. [from to, autos, and lego, Gr.] a tedious 
 repeater. 
 
 TAUTO'LOGY, s. the repetition of the same word often ; the 
 repetition of the same sense in different words. 
 
 To TAW, V. a. [tawian. Sax.] to dress white or alum leather. 
 
 TAW, s. a marble, used by boys in play. 
 
 TAW'DRINESS, s. tinsel finery. 
 
 TAWDRY, a. meanly showy ; fine without grace or elegance. 
 — s. a slight ornament. 
 
 TAW'NINESS, s. a brown or yellowish colour, caused by the 
 heat of the sun. 
 
 TAW'NY, a. [tanS or ianne, Fr.] yellow like things tanned ; 
 sunburnt; swarthy-coloured. 
 
 TAX, s. [taxe, Belg. and Fr.] in Political Economy, money 
 raised in various ways to defray the expenses of government. 
 Direct taxes are those raised on realized property. Indirect taxes 
 are such as come at last to be paid, for the most part, by the la- 
 bouring classes. Assessed taxes are seemingly direct, but all the 
 objections to indirect taxes apply to them.— [taxo, Lat.] a charge 
 or censure. 
 
 To TAX, V. a. [taxer, Fr.] to load with excise or imposts. — 
 [taxo, Lat.] to charge or accuse of some fault, used with of or 
 loHh before the fault. 
 
 TAXATION, s. {taxation, Fr. taxatio, Lat.] the act of loading 
 with taxes ; accusation ; scandal. In England, the chief part 
 of the revenue arises from excise and customs; which are 
 charged most heavily on the necessaries of life, and not only 
 seriously interfere with trade and manufactures, but also impose 
 the heaviest part of the burden on those who are least able to 
 pay. The land tax, property tax, and legacy duty are almost 
 the only charges on realized property; and when the property 
 tax is compared with the income tax, and the scale of legacy 
 duties is examined only cursorily, it will be seen that it is only 
 in the gentlest way that property has been called upon to pay 
 for that protection, which, according to its possessors, is one of 
 the first ends of government. The effects of the reduction of 
 the rates of postage, and of the late alterations in the tariff, and 
 in the excise laws, have satisfactorily proved the expediency 
 (when the common good of the nation is regarded) of removing 
 all indirect taxes; whilst a glance will show that as a matter of 
 right, property which is, and not property which is becoming, or 
 labour and skill, which are in merely individual qualities, should 
 be charged for the support of government. Of the purposes to 
 which revenue, however raised, ought to be applied it is impossible 
 to speak here. Though it must be seen that it is not right to 
 make the nation pay for that which is of no service to it, nor 
 yet to throw upon coming ages a burden of taxation, which the 
 present age would wisely refuse to bear. 
 
 TA'XER, s. he who taxes. 
 
 TA'YLOR, BROOK, an eminent English mathematician, son 
 of one of the sturdiest of the Puritans of the 17th century. He 
 studied at Cambridge, and forsook the path in which his father 
 had so sternly walked, for the sequestered shade of the Muse 
 Urania. His friendships and pursuits were not productive of a 
 good family understanding, nor do they show on his part any 
 appreciation of better than mathematical truth ; yet there are 
 indications of the Puritan leaven even in him, such as might 
 make him of no small interest to a Puritan historian. He died 
 in 1731, aged 46 years. His works are on the abslruser parts of 
 mathematical science; and in spite of temporary neglect, his 
 name stands eminent amongst the great mathematicians, in 
 connexion with a tlieorem, which is of the greatest service, but 
 which, unhappily, cannot be made popular. 
 
 T A Y 
 
 TA'YLOR, JANE, one of the Ongar family, distinguished for 
 the part they have taken in the best service to their kind. It 
 belongs to but few, to be able to utter the thoughts of children 
 so that children should themselves recognise them, and yet be 
 helped on to higher thoughts. The Nursery Rhymes, Original 
 Poems, and Hymns for Infant Minds, in good part written by this 
 lady, have evinced this rare gift. Her other writings are miscel- 
 laneous essays of a somewhat higher scope. She died in IS23, 
 aged 40 years. 
 
 TA'YLOR, DR. JEREMY, the great preacher of the 17th 
 century, a prelate of the Irish Church, and an eminent theologi- 
 cal writer. He was of humble birth, though one of his fore- 
 fathers was Rowland Taylor, the martyr of Hadleigh ; and he 
 studied at Cambridge as a sizar. Laud was attracted by the 
 early dawn of his splendid and devout oratory; and by him he 
 was brought forward, so that he appears during the civil wars 
 as one of the king's chaplains. On the defeat of his cause, Tay- 
 lor had to endure his share of trial, and he seems to have borne 
 it manfully. The Restoration raised him at one step to the see 
 of Down and Connor, and other honours attended it, but he did 
 not long enjoy them. He died in 1067, aged 55 years. His 
 writings are very numerous, but his celebrity rests mainly on 
 his sermons, which are ranked by his admirers amongst the 
 most wonderful efforts of oratorical power. In his theological 
 works, he shows most plainly that he belonged to the school of 
 Laud ; devout, yet formal ; an Arminian, or more ; fond of as- 
 suming the direction of conscience and conduct, and able to do 
 it, yet not without enfeebling the soul he guided. In all his 
 works his wonderful poetry shines forth, and gives an unspeak- 
 able charm even to that which reason rejects: even in his in- 
 consistencj', for he was placed at one time in the position of a 
 dissident, and had to plead for liberty of conscience, he is charm- 
 ing. But his logic is less powerful than his poetry; he would 
 persuade, if he could but convince. South's fierce attacks on his 
 style are well known, but have not availed to reverse the judg- 
 ment passed on him in his own day. His Holy Living and Dying 
 are, perhaps, of all his writings, the best known and most prac- 
 tically useful, although marked by all the peculiarities of his 
 school. 
 
 TA'YLOR, JOHN, the water poet, & waterman of the Thames, 
 of stanch loyalty during the Puritan revolution, who was after- 
 wards a tavern-keeper ; whose poems and quaint jests made him 
 famous in his day, and have kept his name alive to this time, 
 though themselves are forgotten. He died in 1654, aged 74 
 years. 
 
 TA'YLOR, JOHN, a learned Unitarian divine of the last cen- 
 tury, who was educated at Whitehaven, and became minister at 
 Norwich, but afterwards took the office of divinity tutor at the 
 academy at Warrington, and died in 1761, aged 67 years. His 
 writings were chiefly in defence of the dogmas of his denomina- 
 tion, but his Hebrew Concordance remained, till lately, the only 
 book of the kind, and was proportionably valuable. 
 
 TA'YLOR, DR. JOHN, an eminent scholar and civilian, of 
 the last century, who rose from the humblest circumstances, 
 studied at Cambridge, and afterwards became a member of Doc- 
 tors' Commons, and chancellorof Lincoln. He published editions 
 of Greek orators, and several works on legal science. At length 
 he entered the Church of England as a clergyman, and held va- 
 luable preferments. He died in 1766, aged 63 years. His learn- 
 ing was almost wholly of a legal cast, and his writings are valu- 
 able in that respect. 
 
 TA'YLOR, THOMAS, the English Platonist, received only 
 an ordinary school education, and was at first a banker's clerk; 
 but he gained attention and friends subsequently by his earnest 
 zeal for the study of the Platonic philosophy, and by his lectures, 
 his writings, a secretaryship to the Society of Arts, and a pen- 
 sion from an admirer, he was enabled to live in undivided atten- 
 tion to his favourite subject. He died in 1835, aged 77 years. 
 His translations from the Greek are very numerous, and all be- 
 tray the entireness of his devotion to his study; but recent 
 scholars have not found his learning of sufficient width or depth 
 for the work of expounding Plato, whilst it was most evident 
 that his whole genius was alien to the spirit of academic philo- 
 sophy. Students may find much that is useful in the Essays 
 and Notes of Taylor, who gathered from all sources what he 
 deemed illustrative of his author, or his theme. 
 
 TA'YLOR, DR. ROWLAND, one of the martyrs of the Mari- 
 
TEA 
 
 an persecution, in the 16th century. He was the pious and 
 learned rector of Hadleigh, Suffolk, and was put to death near 
 that town by Bonner's orders, in 1555. A tasteless monument 
 stands on the spot where he was burnt ; at the foot of which a 
 small stone, ruaely carved, in a quaint rhyme, tells of his death, 
 and why he suffered. His simple piety, which all accounts of 
 his martyrdom testify to, will well account for the deep impres- 
 sion he seems to have produced in his ministry, and his death. 
 
 TA'YLOR, WILLIAM, one of the first thorough German 
 scholars of England, was a merchant of Norwich, who after- 
 wards devoted himself to literature, edited an unsuccessful news- 
 paper, wrote reviews for the predecessors of our own literary 
 journals, translated German poems with great grace and spirit, 
 and wrote poems of his own, some of which are not mean. His 
 correspondents included Southey, and many of our first writers. 
 His latter life was a falling off from that which has gained him 
 a name, and he died in 1836, aged 71 years. His taste must 
 not be judged by the large proportion of space which he has de- 
 voted to the admiration of Kotzebue, nor must his judgment be 
 measured by the astounding conjectures in biblical criticism and 
 theology which he hazarded in his reviews. The recklessness, 
 however, with which he cast forth every vagabond surmise re- 
 specting the age and the author of the booksof Scripture, (which 
 seem to have been wafted into the too ready soil of Germany, 
 and to have been the ground of much of the neological nonsense 
 that has been learnedly discussed there,) will afford us a some- 
 what unfavourable, yet faithful measure of the man. 
 
 TCHAD, LAKE, a large lake in the interior of Africa, from 
 which a river flows which joins the Quorra, at a great distance 
 irom the ocean. 
 
 TCHERNIGOV, or Czernigov, a government of Russia, sur- 
 rounded by Moghilev, Novgorod Sieverskov, Charkov, Pultawa, 
 Kiev, and Minsk. Its chief river is the Desna. Tchernigov, 
 its capital, stands on that river. Fop. about 10,000. Lat. 51. 
 2-}. N. Long. 31. 20. E. Pop. of government, about 1,250,000. 
 
 TEA, {tee) s. [Chin, the, Fr.] in Botany and Commerce, a ge- 
 nus of plants growing in India beyond the Ganges, from the 
 dried leaves of which a very pleasant infusion is made, that is 
 used almost universally as a beverage for the evening meal, call- 
 ed from that circumstance, tea. The real difference between 
 black and green teas is unknown. Tea is largely adulterated in 
 China, and the common sorts, sold in England, hardly deserve 
 the name of tea at all. Any infusion or decoction of any herb 
 is commonly called tea. 
 
 To TEACH, {teech) v. a. pret. and past part, taught ; [tacan, 
 Sax.] to instruct or inform ; to deliver any thing to be learned ; 
 to tell, or give intelligence.— y. n. to perform the office of an in- 
 structor. 
 
 TE'ACHABLE, {teechaU) a. capable of being taught or in- 
 structed ; docile. 
 
 TE'ACHABLENESS, s. docility ; capacity to learn. 
 
 TE'ACHER, s. an instructor; a preceptor; one who delivers 
 doctrines to the people ; a preacher. 
 
 TEAGUE, {Tes) s. a contemptuous name for an Irishman. 
 
 TEAK, s. in Botany, a large kind of tree, found in India, 
 whose timber is used extensively in shipbuilding, and is almost 
 as good as our oak timber for that purpose. 
 
 TEAL, (teel) s. [teelingh, Belg.] in Zoology, a small wild fowl 
 of the duck kind. 
 
 TEAM, (teem) s. [temo, Lat. tyme, Sax.] a number of horses, 
 oxen, or other beasts, drawing the same carriage at once; any 
 number passing in a line. 
 
 TEAR, {teer) 8. [Sax. taare, Dan.] the water which flows from 
 the eyes ; any moisture trickling in drops. 
 
 TEAR, (tere) s, [from the verb,] a rent or fissure. 
 
 To TEAR, {tere) v. a. preter. tare, formerly tare, past part. 
 torn; [teran, Sax. tern, S wed.] to pull into pieces or tatters ; to 
 wound with the nail, or any sharp-pointed instrument drawn 
 along; to break, divide, or shatter, by violence; to pluck vio- 
 lently ; to take away by sudden force. — t. n. [tieren, Belg.] to 
 fume, rave, or rant, like a madman. 
 
 To TEASE, (teeze) v. a. [t<ssan, Sax.] to comb or unravel wool 
 or flax ; to scratch cloth to level the nap ; to torment or vex with 
 assiduous impertinence. 
 
 TE'ASER, s. any person or thing that torments by incessant 
 importunity. 
 
 TEAT, \Uet) s. Iteton, Fr. teth, Brit, tit, Sax. teHe, Belg.] in 
 
 TEL 
 
 Anatomy, the organ io female animals in which their milk is 
 secreted. 
 
 TE'AZEL, Te'asel, s. in Botany, a plant cultivated particu- 
 larly in the W. of England, the heads of which are used in rais- 
 ing the nap upon woollen cloth. The leaves dried and given in 
 infusion are used in cases of flatulency. 
 
 TE'CHNICAL, {teknikal)a. [techne, 'Gr.'\ belonging to the arts; 
 peculiar to any art. 
 
 TECHNO'LOGY, [tehn^hgy) s. [fecAne and %o«, Gr.] a descrip- 
 tion of the mechanic arts. 
 
 TECTO'NIC, a. [tektonikos, Gr.] belonging to building. 
 
 To TED, V. a. [teadan. Sax.] to lay grass newly mown into 
 rows. 
 
 TE'DDER, Te'ther, s. [tudder, Belg.] a rope by which a horse 
 is tied in the field to prevent his pasturing too widely. F'igura- 
 tively, any thing by which a person is restrained. 
 
 Tfi DECJM, s. [Lat.] an ancient hymn, attributed to St. Au- 
 gustine and to St. Ambrose, used in the daily service of the 
 Churches of Rome and England. 
 
 TE'DIOUS, a. [tadium, Lat.] occasioning weariness and trou- 
 ble by continuance or length ; slow, dilatory. 
 
 TE'DIOUSLY, ad. in a slow and irksome manner. 
 
 TE'DIOUSNESS, s. that which renders any thing disagreeable 
 by the too long time spent in performing it. 
 
 To TEEM, V. n. [team, Sax.] to bring young; to be pregnant. 
 Figuratively, to be full or charged with, like an animal that is 
 pregnant. — v. a. to bring forth or produce. 
 
 TEE'MER, s. one that brings young. 
 
 TEE'MING, part. a. fruitful ; pregnant. 
 
 TEEN, s. sorrow ; grief. 
 
 TEENS, s. [tyn. Sax.] the years which are reckoned by the 
 termination oXteen ; as thirteen, fourteen, &c. 
 
 TEETH, the plural of Toom. 
 
 To TEETH, V. n. to breed teeth. 
 
 TEFLIS, or Tiflis, the capital of (Jeorgia, in Asiatic Russia. 
 It stands on the river Kur, at the foot of a mountain; and is 
 built of stone, with very narrow streets. It has several churches, 
 and some fine buildings for government purposes, with a 
 citadel and other fortifications. It is a place of considerable 
 trade, being an emporium between Asia and Europe. Near it 
 are some celebrated warm springs, whence the original name of 
 the city is derived. Many branches of textile manufactures are 
 carried on here. Pop. about 50,000. Lat. 41. 40. N. Long. 
 45. 18. E. 
 
 TE'GUMENT, s. [tegumentum, Lat.] a cover or outward part. 
 
 To TEH-HE, V. n. [from the sound,] to laugh ; to titter. 
 
 TEI'GNMOUTH, Devonshire, reckoned part of the port of 
 Exeter. Its coasting trade is considerable. It has a tide har- 
 bour, and is seated at the mouth of the Teign, 181 miles from 
 London. It has a fair on September 29th. Pop. 4459. 
 
 TE'IL-TREE, s. in Botany, a name of the lime or linden tree. 
 
 TEINT, (tint) s. [teinte, Fr.] colour ; touch of the pencil. 
 
 TE'LAMON, or A'tlas, s. in Architecture, a name of figures 
 or half figures of men, used instead of columns or pilasters. 
 
 TE'LARY, a. [tela, Lat.] spinning webs. 
 
 TE'LEGRAPH, s. \tele and grapho, Gr.] a machine used for con- 
 veying information, by means of concerted signals, to a distance, 
 with greater rapidity than is otherwise possible. Various forms 
 and codes of signals were employed, and the machines were erect- 
 ed on the loftiest eminences along the directest line between the 
 two extremities. All these con trivances, which were useless in fog- 
 gy weather, have been superseded hy the Electric Telegra/ih, which 
 is now brought into use along all the principal railway lines, and 
 is reckoned one of the greatest inventionsof late years. Galvanic 
 batteries are employed ingeneratingacurrentof electricity, which 
 is conveyed along wires carried on posts or through tubes to the 
 station to which information is to be sent, the earth itself com- 
 pleting the circuit. The means by which the intelligence is com- 
 municated, is a setof magnetic needles, so fitted up, that by their 
 deflexions they point to letters ranged in circles round them, 
 or else signify various letters by the extent, direction, and fre- 
 quency of the deflexion. These needles are fitted up in a frame 
 at each principal station, and when the batteries are in action, 
 after calling attention to the message by an apparatus which 
 rings a small bell, the telegraphic clerk spells each word of it 
 distinctly at his own frame, and the needles at the other end 
 move in exact agreement with those which he works. The in- 
 
 '847 
 
TEL 
 
 conceivable rapidity of the electric current, makes the delivery 
 of the message along any extent of railroad, that is yet supplied 
 with it, almost instantaneous. And numberless cases have oc- 
 curred already, showing the variety of valuable purposes to which 
 this rapid communication of intelligence is applicable. In Lon- 
 don, all the lines of telegraph communicate with a central office, 
 from which messages are sent to all parts of the kingdom. One 
 of the most important recent improvements on the electric tele- 
 graph, is an apparatus which prints off the message as it is for- 
 warded, thus insuring the entire absence of mistakes in receiv- 
 ing it. In Great Britain and Ireland, there are above 20(K) miles 
 of railroad furnished with telegraphic wires, and in the United 
 States about 4000. 
 
 To TE'LEGRAPH, v. a. to communicate by a telegraph. 
 
 TELEGRA'PHIC, a. communicated by, or belonging to, a 
 telegraph. 
 
 TE'LESCOPE, s. [Fr. from tele and skopeo, Gr.] in Optics, an 
 instrument by which distant objects are so magnified, that they 
 appear to be brought nearer to the observer, or to be made more 
 distinct. Refracting Telescopes are composed of lenses alone, which 
 are fitted in tubes so arranged that the focus can be altered ac- 
 cording to the distance of the object. Reflecting Telescopes are fur- 
 nished with one or more mirrors, and are chiefly used for astro- 
 nomical observations. In the Gregorian reflector, the rays are 
 caught first by a concave mirror, and by it reflected to a smaller 
 concave mirror, placed near the object end of the tube ; by which 
 they are again reflected to the observer, who looks by an eye-piece, 
 having two plano-convex lenses, through a circular aperture in 
 the centre of the principal mirror. It is adjusted by a screw which 
 moves the smaller mirror nearer to or further from the larger one. 
 But as in these complicated instruments the chances of distor- 
 tion, &c. are much increased, astronomers have lately devoted 
 themselves to the perfection of instruments having but one mir- 
 ror, the eye-glass to which is placed at the end ol the tube next 
 the object, so the observer is placed with his back to the object. 
 It was on this plan that Sir W. Herschel constructed his great 
 tubes, by which those astonishing discoveries were made that 
 have immortalized his name. And it is on this plan, also, that Lord 
 Rosse has constructed the immense instrument, which he has 
 lately set up at his seat near Parson's Town, Ireland, the mirror 
 of which is six feet in diameter; by which, already, discoveries 
 have been made that are far more brilliant than any preceding 
 telescopic discoveries, respecting the nature of nebulie ; — the 
 power of which may be imagined from the fact, that any object 
 of 100 yards in length on the surface of the moon would be 
 made distinctly visible by it. 
 
 TELESCO'PICAL, a. belonging to a telescope ; seeing at a 
 distance. 
 
 TE'LFORD, THOMAS, an eminent civil engineer, who rose 
 from the humble position of a shepherd lad in Eskdale to the 
 summit of his profession. He was always studious ; and when 
 a youth, was bound to a country mason, under whom he seems 
 to have acquired a good knowledge of all the rudiments of build- 
 ing. When he commenced business in London, when he was 
 only 25 years old, he commanded the attention of such as were 
 able to appreciate original genius, and rapidly rose to the emi- 
 nent rank he ever after held. In bridge-building he was parti- 
 cularly skilful, and the supension-bridge across the Menai Straits 
 may be regarded as the triumph of his art. His canals are dis- 
 tinguished by the same signs of daring ability; and the Caledo- 
 nian and Ellesmere canals are studies for such as cultivate this 
 department of applied science. He was not a man of one pur- 
 suit, but with the greatest diligence studied and acquired almost 
 all branches of liberal education ; and he died in 1834, aged 77 
 years. He amused himself at various periods of his life with 
 light compositions; but his drawings, and the great works they 
 were constructed for, are the foundations of his lasting fame. 
 
 TELL, WILLIAM, the great Swiss patriot, of the beginning 
 of the 14th century. He was a cottager of the neighbourhood 
 of Altorf, who, roused to indignation by the cruelties practised 
 by the Austrian governor, joined with several other patriots 
 of the forest cantons in planning the overthrow of the imperial 
 rule. His refusing to do homage to the emperor's hat, which 
 the governor had set up on a pole, caused him to be seized, and 
 sentenced (as a fitting punishment to so famous an archer as he 
 was) to shoot at an apple placed on the head of his son, who 
 happened to be with him. Tell shot successfully, but was not 
 
 TEM 
 
 released ; he soon, however, (being unfettered during a storm on 
 the lake they were carrying him over, to aid by his well-known 
 boat-craft,) obtained his freedom, and slew the governor with 
 another arrow from his redoubtable bow. This led to the out- 
 break of the war of liberation, in which he took part, and died 
 in about 1350. 
 
 To TELL, V. a. preter. and past part, told; [tellan, Sax. tellen, 
 Belg. talen, Dan.] to utter or express by words ; to relate or speak ; 
 to teach or inform; to discover; to count or number; to make 
 excuses. — r.n. to give an account ; to make report. Ilo tell on,\s. 
 to inform of. 
 
 TE'LLER, s. an officer in the Exchequer employed in receiv- 
 ing and paying all the monies on the king's account ; a relater; 
 a numberer. 
 
 TE'LL-TALE, s. one who gives information of what another 
 says or does, either through otticiousness or malice. 
 
 TELLU'RIUM, s. in Chemistry, a metal of a silvery white 
 colour, brittle, and inflammable in the atmosphere on the appli- 
 cation of intense heat. 
 
 TEMERA'RIOUS, a. [temeraire, Fr, temerarius, Lat.] rash ; 
 heady ; careless ; heedless. 
 
 TEME'RITY, s. [temeriti, Fr. temeritas, Lat.] unreasonable 
 contempt of danger; rashness. 
 
 TEMESVA'R, a city of Hungary, Austria, standing on the 
 rivers Temes and Bega, and strongly fortified. It has some 
 fine public buildings, and private houses of rich and noble in- 
 habitants; and its fortifications are constructed in the most 
 scientific manner. It has a few manufactures, and a consider- 
 able trade. Pon. about 15,000. Lat. 45. 44. N. Long. 21. 2. E. 
 
 To TE'MPER, V. a. [temperer, Fr. tempero, Lat.] to mix so as 
 one part may qualify or set the other out to advantage; to mix 
 or mingle; to accommodate; to soften, soothe, or assuage; to 
 form or reduce metals to a proper degree of hardness. 
 
 TE'MPER, s. a due and just mixture of contrary qualities ; 
 the middle course; disposition of mind ; constitution of body ; 
 calmness; the state of hardness to which any metal is reduced. 
 
 TE'MPERAMENT, s. [Fr. temperamentum, Lat.] state with re- 
 spect to the predominance of any quality ; due mixture of oppo- 
 sites ; the habitude or natural constitution of the body, especially 
 in reference to the predominance of the nervous, the alimentary, 
 the sanguineous, or the lymphatic system. In Music, the dis- 
 tribution, through the various scales of an instrument, of those 
 variations from the musical standard, which are inseparable from 
 its peculiar construction ; so that the greatest defects in tune 
 may occur in those keys which are least frequently employed, 
 
 TEMPERAME'NTAL, a. constitutional, 
 
 TE'MPERANCE,«. [Fr. temperantia, Lat.] moderation in eating 
 and drinking; restraint of aft'ections or passions ; patience. 
 
 TE'MPERATE, a. \temperatus, Lat.] abstaining from excess 
 in eating or drinking; moderate in degree of any quality or 
 passion. 
 
 TE'MPERATELY, ad. moderately; calmly; without gluttony 
 or luxury. 
 
 TE'MPERATENESS, s. freedom from excesses; calmness; 
 coolness ; moderateness. 
 
 TE'MPERATURE, s. [Fr, from temperatura, Lat.] constitu- 
 tion of nature ; degree of any qualities ; due balance of contra- 
 rieties ; freedom from any predominant passion; the degree of 
 heat diffused through the atmosphere, &c. &c. 
 
 TE'MPEST, s. [tempestas, Lat.] very great violence of wind ; 
 a continual storm at sea; any violent commotion. 
 
 To TE'MPEST, v. a. to disturb as by a tempest. 
 
 TEMPESTI'VITY, s. [tempestivitas, from temptts, Lat.] season- 
 ableness. 
 
 TEMPE'STUOUS, a. [tempestueux, Fr.] stormy; disturbed by 
 furious blasts of wind, or violent rage of passions ; turbulent. 
 
 TEMPE'STUOUSLY, ad. furiously; outrageously; boister- 
 ously. 
 
 TEMPE'STUOUSNESS, «. storminess; outrageousness ; boi^- 
 
 TE'iMPLAR,s. a student in the law. Also, in Ecclesiastical 
 History, an order of knights, instituted at Jerusalem about the 
 year 1118; who took tne name of Knights Templars, because 
 their first house stood near the temple at Jerusalem. After 
 having performed many great exploits m the East, they became 
 rich and powerful all over Europe ; but abusing their wealth 
 and credit, fell into such disorders and irregularities, that they 
 
TEN 
 
 were prosecuted in France, Italy, and Spain; and at last, in 
 1312, suppressed by the papal authority. 
 
 TE'MPLE, s. [Fr. ternpluvi, Lat.] in Architecture, a building 
 erected especially for the purposes of public worship. It is ap- 
 plied to buildings for Christian worship only in a figurative way. 
 The Temple at Jerusalem differed from the temples of other 
 nations, not only in its plan and architecture, but also in its 
 use; it being, in fact, the palace of Jehovah, the King of the 
 Israelitish people. The remains of many Grecian and Roman 
 temples have enabled architects to reconstruct or restore the 
 ideal building; and it is evident that it was peculiarly adapted 
 to the character of the worship and to the dogmas of the religion ; 
 and that it is as completely unfitted to be erected for Christian 
 worship, or to form part of a Christian church or cathedral, as 
 the Gothic church or cathedral, with its aisles and transepts, 
 choir and nave, porches and spire, is unfitted for the purposes 
 of a congregational house of prayer and public Christian in- 
 struction. 
 
 TE'MPLE, SIR WILLIAM, an eminent English statesman 
 of the 17th century. He studied at Cambridge, and travelled 
 on the continent during the troubles of the Puritan revolution. 
 At the Restoration he entered parliament, and was soon em- 
 ployed by Lord Arlington in secret diplomatic missions. His 
 first great achievement in this department of statecraft was the 
 triple alliance of England, Sweden, and Holland, which had so 
 considerable an effect on the movements of the times. He was 
 ambassador in France and Holland for some time afterwards, 
 and was then dismissed. In private life, he occupied himself 
 with his writings, which we undoubtedly owe to his enforced re- 
 tirement. He was again, however, called into the foreign ser- 
 vice of the king; and from that he returned to aid him by his 
 advice, without holding any specific office in the government; 
 the chief fruit of which was one of those schemes of a council 
 which was a step towards the present system of a privy coun- 
 cil, a ministry, and a cabinet. After another period of literary 
 privacy, he died in 1G99, aged 71 years. The business on which 
 Temple was engaged in most of his missions was not of a kind 
 to call forth the exercisa of the greatest diplomatic talent ; nor 
 was the necessity of any of the courts of his times, the highest 
 kind of statesmanship ; so that we cannot conclude that Sir 
 William vn^s truly eminent, because eminent in the affairs and 
 amongst the men of his age. But we owe him a literary service 
 of greater value than all he did in the more ambitious part of 
 statesman. His writings are amongst the first that exhibit a 
 truly polished prose style, and undoubtedly brought in the " Au- 
 gustan age" of English literature which immediately followed. 
 
 TE'MPLES, s. [tempora, Lat.] in Anatomy, that part of the 
 head lying between the forehead and the ear. 
 
 TE'MPLET, 8. a piece of timber placed under the girders of 
 a building. 
 
 TE'MPORAL, a. [Fr. temporalis, from tempus, Lat.] measured 
 by time, opposed to eternal ; secular, opposed to ecclesiastical ; 
 confined to our present existence in this world, opposed to 
 spiritual ; placed at the temples, or upper part of the head. 
 
 TEMPORA'LITY, Te'mporals, «. in the Churches of Rome, 
 England, &c., the laity, opposed to the clergy; secular posses- 
 sions, opposed to those belonging to the church. 
 
 TE'MPORALLY, ad. with respect to this life. 
 
 TE'MPORARY, a. [tempus, Lat.] lasting only a limited time. 
 
 To TE'MPORIZE, v. n. [temporiser, Fr.] to deray, or put off to 
 another time. 
 
 TE'MPORIZER, «. one that complies with times and occa- 
 sions ; a trimmer. 
 
 To TEMPT, V. a. [tento, Lat. tenter, Fr.] to endeavour to se- 
 duce or draw a person to do ill, by presenting some pleasure to 
 the mind ; to provoke ; to solicit ; to try. 
 
 TEMPTATION, s. [tentation, Fr.] the act of endeavouring 
 to draw to the commission of ill, by offering some seeming ad- 
 vantage ; an enticement; the state of a person solicited by the 
 appearance of present pleasures or advantages to the commission 
 of some crime or fault. 
 
 TE'MPTER, s. one who seduces or entices to the commission 
 ofanvill. 
 
 TE/MULENCY, s. [temulentia, Lat.] inebriation ; drunkenness. 
 
 TEN, a. [tyn, Sax. tien, Belg.] twice five, or nine and one. 
 
 TE'NABLE, a. [Fr.] such as may be maintained or held 
 agiiinst oppositions or attacks. 
 
 TEN 
 
 TENA'CIOUS, (tendshious) a. \tenax, from teneo, Lat.] grasping 
 hard ; unwilling to part with ; retentive, or not forgetful, ap- 
 plied to the memory ; cohesive; adhesive; close-fisted; meanly 
 parsimonious. 
 
 TENA'CIOUSLY, {tendshiously) ad. c\ose\y ; obstinately; nig- 
 gardly. 
 
 TENA'CIOUSNESS, (tendshiousness) s. unwillingness to quit, 
 let g(), or part with. 
 
 TENA'CITY,«. \tenacitS, Fr. tena«ta«, Lat.] stiffness of opinion ; 
 niggardliness ; viscosity. 
 
 TENAI'LLE, *. [Fr.J in Fortification, is a kind of outwork 
 resembling a horn-work, but generally somewhat different. 
 
 TE'NANCY, s. the state of being a tenant, either of houses or 
 land. 
 
 TE'NANT, s. [Fr.] one that holds of another; one that hires 
 a house or land of another; one who resides. 
 
 TE'NANTABLE, a. fit to be dwelt in. 
 
 TE'NANT-AT-WILL, s. is one who hokU his land from year 
 to year at the will of the landlord, and who is liable to be ejected, 
 at half a year's notice, if he ever makes himself disagreeable to 
 the landlord. 
 
 TENANT-RIGHT, s. the claim which an agricultural tenant 
 has to be unmolested in the exercise of his political privileges, 
 to be unfettered in the employment of his farming skill, to be 
 secured in the investment of his capital ; and which can be se- 
 cured by leases and open covenants. It is also employed to sig- 
 nify the reimbursement of an outgoing tenant for capital expend- 
 ed in judicious improvements, according to an agreed valuation. 
 
 TENA'SSERIM, a country of ultra-Gangetic India, lying on 
 the Gulf of Martaban, and bounded by the Birman empire and 
 Siam. In the interior is a range of lofty mountains, some peaks 
 of which exceed 5000 feet ; and it is watered by many consider- 
 able streams, the chief of which gives its name to the whole 
 tract. It is rich in metals and all sorts of mineral wealth ; and 
 its vegetable products, which include all those customary in tro- 
 pical Asia, are abundant, from the fertility of the soil, and the 
 favourable character of the climate. It belongs to the British, 
 and is included in the government of Penang. Pop. about 
 125,000. Tenasserim, one of its chief towns, stands in Lat, 
 12. 0. N. Long. 99. 0. E. 
 
 TENCH, s. [tince, Sax. tinea, Lat.] in Ichthyology, a fresh- 
 water fish, reckoned delicate eating. 
 
 To TEND, V. a. [contracted from attend,'] to watch ; to accom- 
 pany, guard, attend ; to be attentive to.— f. n. to wait or expect ; 
 to move towards a certain point or place; to contribute ; to be 
 directed to any end or purpose. — [tendre, Fr.] to aim at ; to attend 
 as something inseparable. 
 
 TE'NDENCY, s. direction or course towards any place or ob- 
 ject; drift or aim towards any inference or result. 
 
 TE'NDER, a. [tendre, Fr.] easily impressed, injured, or pained; 
 delicate or ett'eminate ; exciting benevolence or sympathy ; com- 
 passionate ; susceptible of soft passions ; amorous ; expressive 
 of love; young; careful not to hurt. 
 
 To TE'NDER, v. a. [tendre, Fr.] to offer, or present for accept- 
 ance ; to hold or esteem. 
 
 TE'NDER, s. an offer or presentation of any thing for accept- 
 ance ; regard, or kind concern; a small ship attending on a 
 larger. 
 
 TE'NDER-HEARTED, a. easily affected with the distress of 
 others. 
 
 TE'NDERLY, ad. gently ; softly ; kindly ; in an affectionate 
 and delicate manner. 
 
 TE'NDERNESS, s. [tendresse, Fr.] susceptibility of impres- 
 sions ; softness ; delicacy ; indulgence ; kindness ; scrupulous- 
 ness of conscience; susceptibility of the softer passions; easi- 
 ness of being hurt ; soreness. 
 
 TE'NDINOUS, a. [tendineux, Fr.] full of tendons ; sinewy. 
 
 •TE'NDON, s. [tendo, Lat.] in Anatomy, a sinew ; a ligature by 
 which the muscles are attached. 
 
 TE'NDRIL, s. [tendrillon, Fr.] in Botany, an organ by which 
 some kinds of climbing plants attach themselves to the plants, 
 &c. they grow upon : those of the vine are known to all. 
 
 TE'NEBRiE, Te'nebues, s. a service in the Romish Church, 
 on Wednesday, Thursday, and Friday before Easter, in com- 
 memoration of Christ's agony in the garden. 
 
 TENEBROSITY, «. [Unebrosus, from tenebra, Lat.] obscurity; 
 darkness; gloom. 
 
 5 « 849 
 
TEN 
 
 TE'NEBROUS, a. dark ; obscure ; gloomy. 
 
 TE'NEDOS, a small island of the ^gean Sea, near the Dar- 
 danelles. It is often mentioned in ancient history, but is now 
 of little importance. It has a good harbour and a fortified town, 
 and corn and wine are its chief products. Pop. about 4000. 
 Lat. 39. 50. N. Long. 20. 8. E. 
 
 TE'NEMENT, s. [Fr.] properly signifies a house ; but in a 
 larger sense it is taken for any house, lands, rent, or other thing 
 which a person holds of another. 
 
 TENERI'FE, one of the Canary Islands, in Africa, about 45 
 miles long, and 20 broad. It is a volcanic island, with several 
 craters, which are occasionally active ; and abounds in wine, dif- 
 ferent sorts of fruits, cattle, and game. The air and climate are 
 healthful. The loftiest point is called the Peak of Tenerife, or of 
 Teyde, which is the summit of the principal volcano of the island, 
 and is about 12,000 feet above the level of the sea. The trade 
 of the place is considerable, and is chiefly carried on with Eng- 
 land, although it belongs to Spain. The principal town is La- 
 guna. Pop. above 100,000. 
 
 TE'NET, s. [Lat.] an opinion, position, principle, dogma, 
 doctrine. 
 
 TE'NFOLD, a. ten times increased. 
 
 TE'NIERS, DAVID, the name of two celebrated Flemish 
 painters. The elder studied under Rubens, and afterwards visit- 
 ed Rome. He excelled in his pictures of country fairs, sports, 
 and revels, although the grossness of the original scenes is usually 
 only too faithfully represented. The chief beauties of his pieces, 
 which are small in size, are the composition and the colouring. 
 He died in 1649, aged 67 years. His son, the younger Teniers, 
 studied under his father, and enjoyed the patronage of some of 
 the most eminent sovereigns and princes of the day. He followed 
 in his father's steps, but was also famous as a copier and imitator 
 of other artists of celebrity. He died in 1694, aged 84 years. 
 
 TE'NISON, DR. THOMAS, an eminent prelate of the Eng- 
 lish Church, in the 17th century, who studied at Cambridge, 
 and maintained his episcopacy during the ascendency of the 
 Puritans, and was patronized by Charles II. and by William III., 
 who advanced him to the see of Canterbury. He died in 1715, 
 aged 79 years. His name is not preserved by his writings, or 
 by his partisanship, but by his zeal in his profession, and by the 
 care with which he sought to advance learning, and aid study, 
 by founding schools and libraries. 
 
 TE'NNANT, SMITHSON, an eminent English chemist, who 
 studied at Edinburgh and Cambridge, and afterwards travelled 
 in N. Europe and France, to advance his skill in his favourite 
 science. He was at length chosen chemical professor at Cam- 
 bridge; and, in 1815, was killed by falling, with his horse, into 
 the ditch of a fort, near Boulogne, aged 44 years. He discover- 
 ed two new metals, ascertained the nature of emery, and in 
 various other ways contributed to the advance of science. His 
 writings were all contributed to the Transactions of scientific 
 societies. 
 
 TENNESSEE', one of the United States, N. America, bounded 
 by Kentucky, N. Carolina, Georgia, Alabama, Mississippi, Ar- 
 kansas, and Missouri. It is about 400 miles long, and in mean 
 breadth 114 miles. The E. part is mountainous, but few heights 
 exceed 1000 feet; the W. part is level. Its rivers are the Ten- 
 nessee, which flows into the Ohio, the Mississippi, Cumberland 
 river, &c. &c. Lead and silver are found here, and limestone 
 and gypsum are abundant. Grain of all kinds, fruits, medicinal 
 plants, and especially cotton and tobacco, are cultivated, and 
 timber of the most valuable kinds is produced. The manufac- 
 tures of this State are constantly increasing in importance, and 
 its trade is considerable. It is divided into 72 counties, and has 
 one bank, and six colleges. Nashville is the seat of government, 
 and is also the most commercial place in the State. Pop. 
 829,210, of whom 183,059 are slaves. 
 
 TE'NNIS, «. Itenez, Fr.] a play in which a ball is struck by a 
 racket. 
 
 TE'NON, s. [Fr.] the end of one piece of timber cut to be fit- 
 ted in another. 
 
 TE'NOR, s. [Lat. teneur, Fr.] continuity of state; general 
 currency ; sense contained, or the general course and drift of a 
 discourse. In Music, the mean or middle part, between the tre- 
 ble and the bass. In Law, the substance, or true intent and 
 meaning, of a writing. 
 
 TENSE, a. \tensus, Lat.] stretched ; not lax. 
 850 
 
 TER 
 
 TENSE, (time) s. [temps, Fr. tempus, Lat.] in Grammar, is an in- 
 flexion of verbs whereby they express the time at which an action 
 took place. There are three primary divisions of time under which 
 an action may happen , present, past, and future ; and each of these 
 admits of three subdivisions, according as the action is spoken of 
 indefinitely in respect of the time, or as in process of being per- 
 formed, or as being completed; so that the following may be given 
 as the natural arrangement of the simple tenses of all languages : 
 
 PAST. 
 
 Indefinite, I said. 
 Incomplete, I was saying. 
 Complete, I had said. 
 
 PRESENT. FUTURE. 
 
 I say, I shall say. 
 
 I am saying, I shall be saying. 
 
 I have said, I shall have said. 
 
 TE'NSENESS.s. contraction; tension; the opposite to laxity. 
 
 TE'NSIBLE, Te'nsile, a. \tenaus, from tendo, Lat.] capable of 
 being extended. 
 
 TE'NSION, (tenshon) s. [Fr.] the act of stretching, or state of 
 being stretched. 
 
 TE'NSURE, s. the act of stretching, or state of being stretched. 
 
 TENT, s. [tente, Fr.] a temporary lodging-place for a soldier, 
 formed of canvass stretched upon poles ; a pavilion ; a roll of 
 lint put into a sore.— [ctwo tinto. Span.] a species of wine of a 
 deep red, imported from Gallicia in Spain. 
 
 To TENT, V. a. to put a roll of lint into a sore. Figuratively, 
 to search to the quick. 
 
 TENTA'TION, «. [Fr. tentatio, Lat.] trial ; temptation. 
 
 TE'NTATIVE, a. attempting; essaying; trying. 
 
 TE'NTER, s. [tentiis, from tendo, Lat.] a hook on which any 
 thing is stretched. To be on the tenters, is to be on the stretch ; 
 to be in suspense, or in difliculties. 
 
 TENTH, a. [teotha. Sax.] the next after the ninth ; the ordi- 
 nal of ten. — s. the tenth part ; tithe. The 2<;»i/is are that yearly 
 portion which all ecclesiastical livings pay to the king. 
 
 TE'NTHLY, ad. in the tenth place. 
 
 TENTI'GINOUS, a. [lentigo, Lat.] stiff; stretched. 
 
 TENUITY, s. [tenuite, Fr. tenuitas, Lat.] thinness ; slender- 
 ness ; exility; minuteness. 
 
 TE'NUOLS, a. [tenuis, Lat.] thin; small; minute; slender; 
 exile. 
 
 TE'NURE, s. [Fr. from teneo, Lat.] the manner whereby tene- 
 ments are holden of their lords; the service by whi^ a tenant 
 discharges his obligation to bis lord. 
 
 TE'OS, an Ionian town of Asia Minor, on the coast of the 
 jEgean Sea, not far from Smyrna. It was a place of some note 
 as a trading port, and as the birth-place of illustrious men ; and 
 its remains testify its extent and beauty. 
 
 TEPEFA'CTION, «. [tepeo and facio, Lat.] the act of heating 
 or making warm. 
 
 TE'PID, a. [tepidus, Lat.] lukewarm. 
 
 TEPI'DITY, s. lukewarmness. 
 
 TE'POR, s. [Lat.] gentle heat; lukewarmness. 
 
 TERATO'LOGY, s. [terata and logos, Gu ' 
 
 bombast ; afiPecta- 
 he third part of a 
 
 tion of sublimity. 
 
 TERCE, s. [tierces, Fr.] a vessel cnntait 
 butt or pipe, or forty-two wine gallons. 
 
 TERCETRA, one of the Azores; about 20 miles in length, 
 by 10 broad. It is rocky, with heights of more than 2500 feet ; 
 and bears unequivo.cal signs of volcanic agency in all parts of it. 
 Grain of different kinds, medicinal plants, wine, &c. &c., are pro- 
 duced abundantly; and it has some common manufactures. 
 Angra is the chief place in the island, and is the seat of govern- 
 ment. Pop. above 60,000. 
 
 TEREBl'NTHINATE, Terebi'nthine, a. [terebenthine, Fr. 
 terebenthinus, Lat.] consisting of turpentine; mixed with tur- 
 pentine. 
 
 To TE'REBRATE, v. a. [terebro, Lat.] to bore ; to perforate ; 
 to pierce. 
 
 TEREBRA'TION, s. the act of boring or piercing. 
 
 TERE'DO,s. [Lat.] in Natural History, the scientific name.of 
 a genus of marine animals, which are furnished with two-valved 
 shells ; and which live by eating their way into wood, and line 
 the hole they have bored in it with a shelly substance. One 
 kind is especially destructive to ships, piles of piers, &c. &c. 
 
 TE'RENCE, or P. Tere'ntius Afer, a Roman dramatic poet, 
 the particulars of whose life are almost wholly unknown. It is 
 however clear that he was a native of Africa, and was a slave ; 
 but received his freedom from his master, and attained to consi- 
 
I 
 
 TER 
 
 derable reputation through his various writings. He seems also 
 to have visited Greece, and not to have returned to Italy again. 
 He flourished in the 2nd century b. c. His plays, which are 
 partly adaptations or translations from the later Greek come- 
 dians, yet are not without evident signs of original dramatic 
 genius. Some of his plays are also by some critics ascribed to 
 other writers. The study of his language, and the structure of his 
 verses, is most instructive to students of the Latin tongue, since 
 the common pronunciation and usage are very plainly preserved. 
 
 ToTERGIVE'RSATE, f. a. [tergum and verso, Lat.] to shuffle ; 
 to quibble, or evade. 
 
 TERGIVERSA'TION, s. the act of shuffling or quibbling in 
 an argument ; shift ; subterfuge ; evasion ; fickleness. 
 
 TERM, s. [terme, Fr. terminus, Lat.] a limit or boundary; a 
 word by which anything is expressed; a condition ; a limited 
 time, or the time for which any thing lasts. In Law, the time 
 in which the courts are open ; the rest of the year is called vaca- 
 tion. Thereare fourinevery year ; Hilary <erm, which begins the 
 twenty-third of January, or, if that be Sunday, the next day 
 following, and ends the twenty-first of February; Easter term, 
 which begins eighteen days after Easter, and ends the Monday 
 next after Ascension-day; Trinity ferm, beginning the Friday 
 next after Trinity Sunday, and ending the Wednesday fortnight 
 after ; and Michaelmas term, beginning the sixth of November, 
 or, if that be Sunday, the next day after, and ending the twenty- 
 eighth of November. In Universities, that space of time when 
 studies are carried on ; the intervals between which are called 
 vacations. 
 
 To TERM, V. a. to call or name. 
 
 TE'RMAGANT, a. [tyr and magan. Sax.] turbulent; tu- 
 multuous; scolding; quarrelsome; furious. 
 
 TE'RMAGANT, s. a scold ; a brawling, turbulent woman. 
 
 TE'RMINABLE, a. limitable; that admits of bounds. 
 
 To TE'RMINATE, v. a. [terminer, Fr. termino, from terminus, 
 Lat.] to bound, limit, or put an end to. — v. n. to be limited, or 
 end ; to attain its end, used with in. 
 
 TERMINA'TION, s. [terminatio, Lat.] the act of limiting or 
 bounding ; a bound or limit ; an end or conclusion. 
 
 TE'RMINUS, s. [Lat.] the offices, &c. at either end of a line 
 of railroad. 
 
 TERN, s. in Ornithology, the name of a genus of small long- 
 winged sea-birds, commonly called sea-swallows. 
 
 TERPA'NDER, a Greek poet of the 7th century b. c. He was 
 a native of Lesbos ; but all, except a few fragments of his poems, 
 that is known of him is, that he added a seventh chord to the 
 cithara, or lyre. 
 
 TERPSI'CHORE, {ierpsicoree) s. [Gr.] in Heathen Mythology, 
 one of the nine Muses, to whom is attributed the invention of 
 dancing. 
 
 TE'RRA, s. [Lat.] in Astronomy, the learned name for our 
 earth, which is the third planet from the sun, and is about 
 95,000,000 miles distant from that luminary. Its diameter is 
 nearly 8000 miles; its period of rotation on its axis about 24 
 hours, and that of revolution in its orbit, 365J days nearly. It 
 is attended by one satellite. Other details are of a geographical 
 or geological character, and will be found under the proper heads. 
 Terra Firma, in Geography, is sometimes used for a continent, in 
 contradistinction to islands. Terra mortua, or damnata, among 
 chemists, is that earthy part, or drossy matter, that remains after 
 the distillation of a mineral substance. 
 
 TE'RRACE, «. [Fr. terracia, Ital.] bank or walk of elevated 
 earth covered with gravel or grass; the flat roof of a house. 
 
 TERRACI'NA, a town of the Papal States, Italy. The coun- 
 try round is very fruitful, but most unhealthy during the hot 
 season. It stands on a rock, and once had a harbour, which is 
 now choked up. Remains of its former splendour are numerous. 
 It is 47 miles from Rome. Pop. about 5000. Lat. 41. 19. N. 
 Long. 13. 1.5. E. 
 
 TE'RR^EFILIUS, (son of the earth,) s. a student of the uni- 
 versity of Oxford, appointed, in public acts, to make jesting and 
 satirical speeches against the members thereof 
 
 TE'RRA DEL FUEGO, the large island lying at the S, extre- 
 mity of S.America, separated from it by the Straits of Magelhaen. 
 It is very hilly, and almost entirely barren and desolate. Its 
 inhabitants are allied to those of the continent, and are very de- 
 graded and savage. Cape Horn is the most southerly point of 
 this island. 
 
 TES 
 
 TERRA'QUEOUS, a. [fena and aqua, Lat.] consisting of land 
 and water. 
 
 TE'RRE-BLUE, s. [terre and hleu, Fr.] a slight, loose, friable 
 kind of lapis armeniiis. 
 
 TERRE'NE, a. [terra, Lat.] earthy. 
 
 TERRE'STRIAL, a. [terrestris, Lat.] earthly ; belonging to 
 the earth ; earthy. 
 
 TE'RRE-VERTE, s. [Fr.] a sort of earth. 
 
 TE'RRIBLE, a. [Fr.ferribilis, from terreo, Lat.] dreadful ; fright- 
 ful ; formidable ; violent or great so as to ofl['end. 
 
 TE'RRIBLENESS, s. frightfulness ; dreadfulness ; formida- 
 bleness. 
 
 TE'RRIBLY, ad. dreadfully ; frightfully ; formidably ; vio- 
 lently. 
 
 TE'RRIER, s. [Fr.] in Natural History, a small variety of dog, 
 noted for its sagacity and its power of scent, used in hunting 
 small game. A survey or register of land. — [terebro, Lat.] an au- 
 ger or borer. 
 
 TERRI'FIC,a. [ferror and /acw, Lat.] causing terror; dreadful. 
 
 To TE'RRIFY, v. a. to affect with terror ; to make afraid ; to 
 frighten. 
 
 TE'RRITORY, s. [territoire, Fr.] in Statistics, an extent or 
 compass of land, within the bounds, or belonging to the juris- 
 diction, of any state, city, or other division of a country. 
 
 TE'RROR, s. [Lat. terreur, Fr.] fear caused by the sight or 
 apprehension of some dangerous object ; the cause of fear. 
 
 TERSE, a. [tersus, from tero, Lat.] smooth, applied to surface; 
 elegant without pompousness, applied to style. 
 
 TE'RTIAN, (tershian) s. [tertiana, from tertius, Lat.] in Medi- 
 cine, an ague intermitting two days and having one fit on the 
 third. 
 
 TE'RTIARY, a. in Geology, the name commonly given to all 
 strata lying above the chalk and its contemporaneous deposits, 
 and beneath those deposits whose causes are still in action. They 
 are mostly gravels, clays, sands, and such light strata ; yet in the 
 vicinity of Pans, strata of limestone occur, and we have beds of 
 a tolerably solid sandstone. They occupy, with us, the S. E. side 
 of the island, and consist o( the London clay, which is found at in- 
 tervals from the Isle of Wight to the coast of Suffolk, and stretches 
 as far inland as Bagshot Heath ; the crag, which overlies the Lon- 
 don clay in Suffolk, and rests immediately on the chalk in Nor- 
 folk, and of which some traces have been found in Holdernesse; 
 with other beds of a local character, such as the Mammoth bed 
 on the Norfolk coasts, &c. 
 
 TERTU'LLIAN, (Quintcs Septimus Florens Tertullianus,) 
 one of the earliest of the Latin Fathers, and by birth an African. 
 He was an advocate by profession, but on his conversion became 
 a minister. Afterwards he joined the Montanists, but this did 
 not lessen the influence he exerted by his writings. He is said 
 to have died in about 245, aged almost 90 years. By his numer- 
 ous writings he stands somewhat eminent amongst the Fathers; 
 the best of them being his Apology, and his writings against 
 Marcion. His other works abound in sad puerilities, and show 
 that the corruption of the truth of the gospel, which is looked 
 upon as a characteristic of the Church of Rome, was almost com- 
 pleted before that Church attained any eminence in Europe. 
 
 TE'SSELLATED, a. [tessella, Lat.] variegated by squares. 
 Tessellated pavements are made of curious square marble, bricks, 
 or tiles, called tesselce, from their resembling dice. 
 
 TEST, s. [testa, Ital.] the cupel by which refiners try their 
 metals. Figuratively, trial or examination ; the means of trial ; 
 that with which any thing is compared as a standard ; judgment 
 or distinction. Test Act was a statute passed in Charles ll.'s 
 
 reign, requiring 
 
 all officers. 
 
 and military, to take the oaths 
 
 and test, viz. the sacrament according to the rites and ceremo- 
 nies of the Church of England, under a penalty of £500: it is 
 now repealed. 
 
 TESTA'CEOUS, a. [testa, Lat.] consisting or made of shell ; 
 having continuous shells, opposed to crustaceous. 
 
 TE'STAMENT, s. [Fr. testamentum, from testor, Lat.] the last 
 will of a person, whereby he disposes of his estate, &c. The 
 titles Old and New Testament have been given to the Sacred 
 Scriptures by a mistranslation of the Greek word, signifying Co- 
 venant, bestowed on the Hebrew and Greek Scriptures respective- 
 ly, as the records of the Jewish national covenant, and of the 
 wider and more blessed covenant of the gospel. 
 
 TESTAME'NTARY, a. [testamentaire, Fr. teatamentariiis, Lat.] 
 5 Q 2 -851 
 
TEW 
 
 belonging to a will or testament ; being in the manner of a tes- 
 tament; given by, or contained in, a will. 
 
 TE'STATE, a. [testor, Lat.] having made a will. 
 
 TESTA'TOR, s. [iestateur, Fr.] a man who makes or leaves a 
 will. 
 
 TESTA'TRIX, s. a woman who leaves a will. 
 
 TE'STER, s. [teste, or tite, Fr.] a silver coin valued at six- 
 pence ; the head or cover of a bed. 
 
 TE'STICLE, s. [testiculus, Lat.] in Anatomy, a double part in 
 male animals, serving for generation. 
 
 TESTI'CULAR, a. belonging to the testicles. 
 
 To TE'STIFY, v. n. [testis and /acib, Lat.] to witness, prove, or 
 give evidence. — v. a. to witness or give evidence of any point. 
 
 TE'STILY, (irf. peevishly ; fretfully; morosely. 
 
 TESTIMONIAL, s. [Fr. testimonium, from testor, Lat.] a writ- 
 ing wherein a person's character is supported by those who sub- 
 scribe it, and which is produced by a person in his own favour. 
 
 TE'STIMONY, s. [testimonium, Lat.] evidence or proof; an 
 open attestation or profession. 
 
 TE'STINESS, s. peevishness ; fretfulness ; moroseness. 
 
 TE'STY, a. [testie, Fr.] fretful ; inclined to anger; peevish. 
 
 TE'TANUS, s. [Lat.] in Medicine, the disease commonly call- 
 ed locked-jaw. 
 
 TE'TCHY, a. [a corruption oi testy or totwhy,'] irritable. 
 
 TETE A TETE, s. [Fr.] face to face ; close and familiar con- 
 verse or correspondence. 
 
 TE'THER, s. See Tedder. 
 
 TE'TRAGON, s. [tetra and gonia, Gr.] in Geometry, a general 
 name for any four-sided figure— as, a square, parallelogram, 
 rhombus, or trapezium. 
 
 TETRA'GONAL, a. having four angles. 
 
 TETRAPE'TALOUS, a. [tetra and petalon, Gr.] in Botany, 
 consisting of four petals or flower-leaves. 
 
 TE'TRARCH, (tHrark) s. [tetra and arche, Gr. tetrarcha, Lat. 
 tetrarque, Fr.] a person governing the fourth part of a province, 
 
 TE'TRARCHY, {tHrarhy) s. the jurisdiction of a tetrarch. 
 
 TETRA'STICK, s. [tetra and stichos, Gr.] an epigram com- 
 posed of four verses. 
 
 TETRA'STYLE, «. [tetra and stulos, Gr.] in Architecture, a 
 building with four columns both in front and rear. 
 
 TETRI'CIOUS, a. [tetrictts, Lat.] froward ; perverse ; sour. 
 
 TETRI'CITY, s. [tetricitas, from tetricus, Lat.] surliness of 
 countenance; severity; harshness. 
 
 TE'TUAN, a town of Morocco, Africa. It stands near the 
 river Busega, and has a harbour that is frequented by vessels 
 trading with the Levant, for victuals and water, when the wind 
 does not allow them to make Tangiers. The neighbourhood 
 produces excellent fruits and spirits. Pop. about 15,000. Lat. 
 25. 28. N. Long. 5. 20. W. 
 
 TE'TZEL, JOHN, the Dominican monk who was employed 
 by Leo X. to sell indulgences in Germany, and who performed 
 this office in such a manner as to excite the wrath of Luther, 
 who was already inquiring respecting the grounds of the author- 
 ity claimed by the pope of Rome, and thus was the immediate 
 occasion of the Reformation. His private character and conduct 
 were as infamous as his official conduct, and he died, before the 
 open rupture with the pope had taken place, in 1519. 
 
 TEUTO'NlC,n. applied to one of the most important branches 
 of the great Indo-Germanic family of races ; divided into the 
 Scandinavian race, including the inhabitants of Iceland and the 
 Danes;— the Saxon race, of which the English and the Holland- 
 ers are the living types ; — and the German race, which has never 
 distinguished itself by maritime exploits, as the other Teuton 
 races have done. In general physical features, and in language, 
 these races greatly resemble each other, and stand in marked 
 contrast with the Celtic or Keltic races of Scotland, Ireland, &c. ; 
 with the Sclavonic races which bound them towards the E. ; and 
 with the races of Italy, Switzerland, and France, which lie next 
 them on the S. and W. In the abiding advancement of the hu- 
 man race they have played a most prominent part, combining, as 
 they do in a most remarkable manner, the principlesof permanence 
 and progress. Whilst the universal spread of the English through- 
 out the E. part of the old, and the N. part of the new continents, 
 promises that in the future development of the lot of mankind, 
 they will not have a less distinguished part assigned them. 
 
 TEWKESBURY, Gloucestershire. It was long celebrated 
 fur Its mustard, but at present its principal manufacture is that 
 852 
 
 TH A 
 
 of cotton stockings. It is pleasantly seated at the confluence of 
 the Severn and Avon, 103 miles from London. Markets, Wed- 
 nesday and Saturday. Pop. 5862. 
 
 TE'XAS, one of the United States of N. America, lying next 
 the Mexican States, on the Gulf of Mexico, and bounded by the 
 States of Louisiana and Arkansas, and by the W. territory. It 
 is nearly 1000 miles in length, by about 700 miles in breadth. 
 Its general aspect is that of a vast inclined plane, sloping east- 
 ward from the Rocky Mountains to the sea, intersected by nu- 
 merous large rivers, and divided into three distinct regions, that 
 next the sea being level and remarkably rich, with fine wood- 
 lands and wide pastures; the second, a broad expanse of prairie; 
 and the third, the mountain region, and high table-land. Nei- 
 ther its natural nor its artificial products are fully ascertained 
 yet, but the enterprise of the recent settlers is rapidly develop- 
 ing the capabilities of its luxuriant soil, in producing grain of all 
 sorts, fruits, cotton, &c. &c., whilst iron, coal, gold, copper, lead, 
 and silver have been already discovered. The rivers are navi- 
 gable, but large vessels cannot ascend them from the sea, and 
 the coast is almost destitute of harbours, although lagoons stretch 
 along it through almost its whole length. The Colorado, or 
 Texas river, is the principal stream. The State is divided into 
 36 counties, and has several colleges; Austin is the seat of go- 
 vernment, and Galveston is the most commercial place. Pop. 
 about 250,000. 
 
 TE'XEL, a town of the Netherlands, at the mouth of the Zuy- 
 der-Zee, with a good harbour. It is seated in an island, about 
 12 miles long and G broad, which is separated from the continent 
 by a narrow channel, through which most of the ships pass that 
 are bound to Amsterdam. Pop. about 6000. Lat. 53. 8. N. 
 Long. 4. 51. E. 
 
 TEXT, s. [texte, Fr. textus, Lat.] that on which a comment is 
 made or written ; a sentence of Scripture, so called because writ- 
 ten in ancient manuscripts in text, or a larger hand than the 
 notes, which were written in small characters. 
 
 TE'XTILE, a. [Fr. textilis, from texo, Lat.] woven ; capable of 
 being wove. 
 
 TE'XTRINE, a. [textrina, from texo, Lat.] relating to weav- 
 
 '"& 
 
 TE'XTUARIST, Te'xtuauy, s. [textuaire, Fr.] a divine well 
 skilled in the original language of Scripture. 
 
 TEXTURE, s. [textura, from texo, Lat.] the act of weaving 
 with respect to form, matter, or stuff; disposition or combina- 
 tion of parts. 
 
 THA'LER, s. [Germ.] the name of the rix-dollar in the dif- 
 ferent states of Germany in which it is used. 
 
 THA'LES, an early Greek philosopher, born at Miletus, who 
 is usually reckoned one of the Seven Sages of Greece. He was 
 not a philosopher in the more correct sense of the word which 
 afterwards prevailed, but was a man of considerable experience, 
 who took an active part in Milesian politics, and perhaps helped 
 to maintain the Ionian cities independent for the time during 
 which they preserved their freedom. He was also well versed 
 in the science of his age, and was successful in predicting an 
 eclipse. Many of his aphorisms or maxims have been preserved. 
 He died in about 545 b. c, aged more than 90 years. 
 
 THA'LIA, s. in Heathen Mythology, one of the nine Muses, 
 to whom the poets ascribe the protection of comedy and pastoral 
 poetry. 
 
 THAMES, (Terns) the largest river of England, which rises in 
 the Cotswold Hills, Gloucestershire; and, receiving the waters 
 of many smaller streams, flows, after a course of 215 miles, into 
 the German Ocean between Kent and Essex. 
 
 THA'MMUZ, s. [Phoen.] in Mythology, the name under which 
 the Syrians worshipped Adonis, or Osiris. 
 
 THAN, ad. [thanne, Sax.] a particle used after a comparative 
 adjective, and placed before the thing compared. 
 
 THANE, s. [theyn, Sax.] amongst the Saxons, the title of the 
 lesser nobles, who seem to have been equal to the inferior barons 
 and the knights of the Norman times. 
 
 THA'NET, an island of the county of Kent, surrounded by 
 the sea, except on the N. E. side, where it is bounded by the 
 branches of the river Stour, now inconsiderable to what they 
 were formerly. It contains several villages, and the sea-ffort 
 towns of Margate and Ramsgate. Pop. 31,466. 
 
 To THANK, V. a. [thanken,Te\xX. thancian,^di\.'] to acknow- 
 ledge and express obligations for favours received. 
 
r 
 
 THE 
 
 THA'NKFUL, a. [thancful, Sax.] grateful ; ready to acknow- 
 ledge a favour or obligation. 
 
 THA'NKFULLY.arf. gratefully; in a manner that acknow- 
 ledges a favour received. 
 
 THA'NKFULNESS, «. acknowledgment of a favour received ; 
 gratitude. 
 
 THA'NKLESS, a. unthankful ; ungrateful ; not deserving, or 
 not likely to give thanks. 
 
 THA'NKLESSNESS,«. failure to acknowledge good received; 
 ingratitude. 
 
 THA'NKOFFERING, s. offering paid in acknowledgment of 
 mercy. 
 
 THANKS, s. seldom used in the singular; [i?ianJcas, Sax.] a 
 verbal acknowledgment of a favour received ; the expression of 
 gratitude. 
 
 THANKSGFVING, s. that part of Divine worship wherein 
 we acknowledge benefits received. 
 
 THA'NKWORTHY.a. deserving gratitude; meritorious. 
 
 THA'SOS, an island of the iEgean Sea, lying near the coast 
 of ancient Thrace, which was of some note in former time from 
 its gold mines. It is now an agricultural island, producing 
 also fine timber and some wine. Pop. about 7000. 
 
 THAT, pron. [thata, Goth, thaet. Sax.] the other, opposed to 
 this; who, or which, applied to some person or thing mentioned 
 before. Sometimes it is used instead of a whole sentence going 
 before, to save a repetition of the same words; and sometimes 
 to denote eminence or distinction. When this and that relate 
 to foregoing words, this is referred to the latter, and that to the 
 former. In that, is an adverbial expression for— as being. 
 
 THAT, con/, because. Sometimes it is used to express a conse- 
 quence, indication, or final end. 
 
 THATCH, s. [thace. Sax.] straw, &c. laid as a covering on the 
 top of a house. 
 
 To THATCH, V. a. [thaccian. Sax.] to cover a roof with straw, 
 reeds, &c. 
 
 THA'TCHER, s. one whose trade is to cover houses with 
 straw. 
 
 To THAW, V. n. [thawan. Sax.] to melt after being frozen. 
 —V. a. to melt any thing frozen. 
 
 THAW, «. liquefaction of any thing congealed. 
 
 THE, article, [de, Belg.] the article denoting a particular thing. 
 Before a participle or adjective, it shows that they are used as 
 substantives ; it also denotes, before some adjectives, that they 
 refer to more subjects than one, as the good, the bad. It is used 
 before nouns in both numbers. 
 
 THE'ATINES, is a religious order in the Romish Church, 
 so called from their principal founder, John Peter Caraffa, then 
 bishop of Theate, or Chieti, in the kingdom of Naples, and after- 
 wards pope, under the name of Paul IV. They did not differ in 
 any important particular from the other monastic orders. 
 
 THE'ATRE, (theater) s. [thiatre, Fr. theatrum, Lat.] a building 
 constructed and used for the purpose of dramatic representation; 
 a play-house ; a place rising by steps like a stage ; dramatic 
 literature and art. 
 
 THEA'TRIC, Thea'trical, a. becoming a playhouse ; belong- 
 ing to the stage. 
 
 THEBES, (now Thiva, or Stibes,) an ancient and celebrated 
 town of Boeotia, in Greece. It was formerly very large, and is 
 yet three miles is circumference, but full of rums. It is 30 
 miles from Athens. Pop. about 6000. Lat. 38. 17. N. Long. 
 23. 25. E. 
 
 THEE, the objective case singular of Thou. 
 
 THEFT, s. the act of feloniously and unlawfully taking away 
 another person's goods ; stealing; the thing stolen. 
 
 THEFT-BOT^ «. in Law, the abetting a thief, by receiving 
 the goods that he steals. 
 
 THEIR, {there) pron. [theora. Sax.] of them ; in their posses- 
 sion ; belonging to them. Theirs is used when any thing comes 
 between the possessive and the substantive. 
 
 THEM, the objective case of They. 
 
 THEME, s, [Fr. thema, Gr.] a subject on which a person 
 speaks or writes; a short essay on any subject; the original 
 word whence others are derived. 
 
 THEMI'STOCLES, one of the great statesmen and generals 
 of Athens, during its brightest days. The anecdotes of his boy- 
 hood are evidences of his deeply-rooted ambition ; but it was 
 not till Aristides was ostracised for beingy«s<, that Themistocles 
 
 THE 
 
 appeared very prominently in public affairs. His whole care 
 now was to raise Athens to the position of the leading state in 
 Greece; and his intention respecting himself was to be the lead- 
 ing man in Athens. He had secured the possession of a consi- 
 derable fleet before the invasion of Xerxes; and in the conduct 
 of the war against him, he showed his consummate skill both 
 in strategy and diplomacy. He had proved the excellence of 
 the fleet by one engagement, before the city was threatened 
 by the Persian host; then he secured from the Delphic oracle a 
 response counselling them to trust to their ships ; and he in- 
 duced the people to abandon Athens, and fight in the narrow 
 sea near Salamis. He precipitated the attack of the great king, 
 by a false message ; which gave the Athenian fleet the advan- 
 tage, and ended in the victory that sent the invaders back to 
 Asia. Themistocles now secured the alliance of other states ; 
 with consummate skill defeated the plans of Sparta, to keep 
 Athens dismantled ; even built up new walls joining the Pirteus 
 to the city ; and stood on the pinnacle of his power. Discon- 
 tent, which might well arise against so unscrupulous and selfish 
 a leader, did spring up, and attained such a height that he was 
 banished; and after various adventures in Greece, sought and 
 found safely in the dominions of the Persian monarch, who, with 
 greater magnanimity than Athens or than all Greece had 
 showed, conferred on him a princely revenue. It is said that he 
 poisoned himself, in 449 b. c, aged 65 years. 
 
 THEMSELVES, pron. [the plural of him and self,-] these very 
 persons. 
 
 THEN, ad. [than, Goih. and Sax. dan, Belg.] at that time; 
 afterwards, or immediately after any action mentioned; there- 
 fore, or for this reason ; in that case. Notv and then, at one time 
 and another. 
 
 THENCE, ad. from that place or time; for that reason. 
 
 THENCEFO'RTH, ad. from that time. It should not be used 
 with from. 
 
 THENCEFO'RWARD, ad. on from that time. 
 
 THEOBALD, LOUIS, a dramatic critic, and one of the long 
 list of Shakspearian commentators. He had the temerity to at- 
 tack Pope for his attempt to improve Shakspeare ; and was pil- 
 loried in the Dunciad in return : but in a later edition, Cibber 
 was put in the place of Theobald, who had acquired a name loo 
 widely respected to make such a satire safe. Yet perhaps it is 
 to this attack that he owes it that he is remembered to this day; 
 so obtuse and pedantic were his criticisms on the great poet. He 
 even ventured to include a play written by some other old dra- 
 matist, with interpolations of his own, amongst Shakspeare's 
 genuine works. He died in 1744, aged about 55 years. 
 
 THEO'CRACY, s. [theocratie, Fr. from Theos and kratia, Gr.] 
 government immediately superintended by God. 
 
 THEOCRA'TICAL, a. [theocratique , Fr.] relating to a govern- 
 ment administered by God. 
 
 THEO'CRITUS, an ancient Greek poet, who was born at 
 Syracuse, and spent most of his life in Sicilj'. He is known to 
 have travelled to Alexandria in Egypt ; but beyond that his 
 works are his only record. He flourished in about 270 B. c. His 
 poems are all of the class called bucolic ; and are remarkable for 
 their elegance and truthfulness to nature. 
 
 THEO'DOLITE, s. an instrument used in surveying land, 
 and in measuring horizontal angular distances. 
 
 THEODORE'TUS, an ecclesiastical historian of the 5th 
 century. He became bishop of Cyrus, in Syria, and was very 
 successful in opposing the Gnostic errors that were largely re- 
 ceived in those parts. He was also engaged in the Nestorian 
 controversy, and for the part he took was deposed by Cyril ; 
 but was afterwards restored, and died in about 458, aged about 
 70 years. His Ecclesiastical History is his chief book ; that and 
 a History of Heresies are of some value. 
 
 THEO'DORIC, surnamed the Great, a king of the Ostrogoths. 
 He was educated at Constantinople, where he was detained as a 
 hostage to the emperor Leo. During his youth he also distin- 
 guished himself for his courage ; and soon after obtaining his 
 crown, by his father's death, he aided Zeno in gaining the em- 
 pire ; and besieged him in his capital, when he found him play- 
 ing him false. He next determined to conquer Italy; which, 
 with the consent of Zeno, he soon accomplished ; and assumed 
 the title of king of Italy, holding it as a kind of fief of the em- 
 peror. He extended his power over the g-reater part of Gaul also ; 
 and was engaged in the thuulogical controversies respecting 
 
 853 
 
THE 
 
 Arianism, which distracted those times. He died in 526, aged 
 72, and having reigned 51 years. The title of Great has been 
 deservedly given him for the eminence of character and intel- 
 lect which distinguishes him, not only from the other Gothic 
 kings, but from the very emperors of that age. 
 
 THEODO'SIUS, surnamed the Great, one of the latest Ro- 
 man emperors. He was of Spanish extraction, and had as ex- 
 cellent a training in all branches of knowledge as the times could 
 afford, being especially instructed in the military art. His first 
 distinction was his appointment as Augustus by Gralian, when 
 he displayed hiscourageand generalship by drivingout the Goths 
 from the borders of the empire, and his orthodoxy and zeal by 
 the ferocious persecution of the Arians. He next encountered a 
 long and tedious succession of wars and treaties, to secure the 
 throne to himself and to Gratian and his son, from Maximus, 
 who was at last subdued and put to death. Insurrections at An- 
 tioch and Thessalonica were also subdued, not without a fright- 
 ful vengeance at the latter place, for the cruelties of the insur- 
 gents, for which Ambrose, the famous archbishop of Milan, 
 imposed on the emperor a tedious penance, which was obediently 
 submitted to. Valentinian, Gratian's son, having been assas- 
 sinated at Rome, Theodosius, defeating the usurper Eugenius, 
 found himself the sole head of both parts of the empire, and di- 
 vided it between his sons Honorius and Arcadius. He died in 
 395, aged 50, and having reigned 10 years. His grandson, 
 Theodositis II., emperor of the East, commaaded the formation of 
 the code of laws, called the Theodosian Code. 
 
 THEODO'TION, one of the Greek translators of the Old Tes- 
 tament. He was an Ebionite, and desiring a version more exact 
 than that of the Seventy, undertook to make a new one from 
 the Hebrew. It is of some value for critical purposes, being in 
 fact a revision of the Septuagint, but it has also, as a drawback 
 from its utility, too plainly the traces of a polemical purpose. He 
 flourished during the 2nd century a. d. 
 
 THEOGNIS, a Greek poet of Megara, who flourished during 
 the latter part of the 6th century b. c. Fragments of his com- 
 positiotis yet remain, from which it appears that he was exiled 
 from his native land, by one of those revolutions that so fre- 
 quently occurred during the party strifes in the small free states 
 of Greece. 
 
 THEO'GONY, s. \theos and gone, Gr.] in Heathen Mythology, 
 the genealogical history of the gods. 
 
 THEOLO'GIAN, Theo'logist, s. Itheohgien, Fr.] a professor 
 or student of divinity. 
 
 THEOLO'GICAL, a. [theologicu$, Lat.] belonging to the science 
 of divinity. 
 
 THEOLO'GICALLY, ad. according to the principles of the- 
 ology.^ 
 
 THEO'LOGY, s. ltJteoloffie,Fr.] the.science of religion. Natural 
 Theology is the development of the evidences of the existence 
 and operations of God, from the works of nature ; Dogmatic The- 
 ology, or Systematic Theology, the systematic arrangement of the 
 doctrines of the Scriptures ; Exegetical Theology, the laws of Bib- 
 lical criticism and interpretation ; Historical Theology, the philo- 
 sophy of ecclesiastical and church history; Ascetics and Casuis- 
 try, the practical parts of religion ; and Pastoral T/ieology, the 
 principles of ministerial or pastoral labour. 
 
 THE'OMANCY, s. {Theos and manUia, Gr.] a kind of divina- 
 tion by calling on the name of God. 
 
 THEOPHRA'STUS, a Greek philosopher, who studied under 
 Plato at first, and afterwards under Aristotle, whose successor 
 he also was. He was subjected to many persecutions, and was 
 once even banished, but he was highly popular, owing both to 
 his character and to his eloquence. He died in about 285 B. c, 
 aged about 85 years. His works are numerous, but only a few 
 have reached us, and those chiefly in fragments, of which his 
 Characters is most celebrated. 
 
 THEO'PHYLACT.archbishopof Acris in Bulgaria, in the 11th 
 century, whose Commentaries oa various books of Scripture render 
 him one of the most eminent and useful ecclesiastical writers of 
 the age. He wrote also Letters, and a treatise on Kingly Edxwation. 
 
 THEOPNEU'STY, s. \_Theos and pneustia, Gr.] inspiration from 
 God. 
 
 THEO'RBO, s. [tiorha, Ital. tuorbe, Fr.] a large lute used in 
 playing a thorough bass. 
 
 THE'OREM,s. [theoreme, Fr. from theoreo, Gr.] a proposition 
 which can be demonstrated to be a truth. 
 854 
 
 THE 
 
 THEORE'TICAL, Theore'tic, Theo'rical, a. [Iheoretigue, or 
 theorique, Fr. from theoreo, Gr.] belonging to theory ; speculative. 
 
 THE'ORIST, s. one who forms or maintains a particular theo- 
 ry; one skilled in speculation. 
 
 THE'ORY, s. [theorie, Fr. theoria, Lat.] speculation, opposed 
 to practice; system, plan, scheme. In Philosophy, a principle 
 of arrangement adopted for the facts of any science, by which 
 their mutual dependence and relations are exhibited, and other 
 facts, as yet undiscovered, announced. It is an established or 
 demonstrated hypothesis, and differs from laja in this only, that the 
 perception of the latter requires a grasp of mind more than hu- 
 man ; the former being the human aspect of the Divine laws. 
 
 THEO'SOPHISTS, s. [Theos and sophistes, Gr.] the name of phi- 
 losophers or mystics, who profess to derive their systems di- 
 rectly from Divine inspiration. Such were Behmen, Fludd, Van 
 Helmont, the Rosicrucians, &c. It is customary to denounce 
 these men as mere visionaries; but it is coming to be generally 
 believed, that though they, by subordinating thestudy of science 
 to laws not applicable to it, failed of attaining the noble end they 
 proposed to themselves, — the modern men of science, recognis- 
 ing only what can be counted, weighed, and measured, in the 
 subject-matter of their different studies, have far more grievous- 
 ly and dangerously erred. It being far more visionary to treat 
 of this universe as if there were no God, than, as the Theo- 
 sophists have done, to seek to derive all our knowledge of it 
 directly from God. 
 
 THE'RA, an island of the ^gean Sea, called Santorini now. 
 It is decidedly of volcanic origin, and has the appearance of a 
 partially disclosed volcanic crater. It has not a very fertile soil, 
 but it produces excellent wine. Pop. about 12,000. Lat. 36. 
 23. N. Long. 25. 20. E. 
 
 THERAME'NES, one of the thirty tyrants of Athens, who 
 first appears prominently in the trial of the generals after the 
 victory of Arginusse. He was a decided oligarch, and aided in 
 the subjugation of Athens by Lysander ; but when the tyranny 
 of the thirty rulers had reached an insupportable height, he 
 made a feeble attempt to check it, but was overborne by his col- 
 leagues, and condemned to death. He was insulted by the 
 mockery of a trial, and died by the hemlock-cup in 404 B. c. 
 
 THERAPEU'TIC, a. [therapeutique, Fr. from therapuo, Gr.] cu- 
 rative; sanative; teaching the cure of diseases. 
 
 THERE, ad. [tluer. Sax. thar, Goth, der, Dan.] in that place, 
 opposed to here; an exclamation directing something at a dis- 
 tance. In Composition, it means that. 
 
 THE'REABOUT, The'reabouts, ad. near that place, number, 
 quantity, or state ; concerning that matter. 
 
 THEREAFTER, ad. after that ; according to that ; accord- 
 
 THEREA'T, ad. at that ; on that account ; at that place. 
 
 THEREBY', ad. by means of that ; in consequence of that. 
 
 THE'REFORE, ad. for that; for this; for this reason; con- 
 sequently; in return for this. 
 
 THEREFRO'M, ad. from that; from this. 
 
 THEREPN, ad. in that ; in this. 
 
 THEREFNTO, ad. into that. 
 
 THEREO'F, ad. of that ; of this. 
 
 THERETO', Thereu'nto, ad. to that. 
 
 THEREUPO'N, ad. upon that; in consequence of that. 
 
 THEREWl'TH, ad. with that; immediately. 
 
 THEREWITHA'L.arf. over and above ; with that ; at the same 
 time. 
 
 THERIA'CA, s. in Medicine, treacle ; any medicine against 
 poison, or the bites of venomous animals. 
 
 THERMO'METER, s. [thermometrie, Fr. from thermos and 
 metron, Gr.] in Natural Philosophy, an instrument for ascer- 
 taining the temperature of the air, and of any other body. It 
 consists of a glass tube, the aperture of which is very small, 
 with a bulb at the lower part, hermetically sealed, having in 
 it a quantity of spirits of wine or mercury. The tube is usually 
 fastened to a plate on which a scale is marked, by which the 
 amount of expansion of the spirit or mercury may be noted. 
 There are two scales, one by Fahrenheit, commonly used in this 
 country ; the other by Reaumur. (See those nairtes.) Common 
 thermometers, like common barometers, are of no use for accu- 
 rate observations. The inequality of the bore of the tube, the 
 incorrect graduation of the scale, the want of adjustment of 
 the quantity of mercury to the tube and to the scale, with other 
 
THE 
 
 things, render them mere toys ; and not philosophical instru- 
 ments. 
 
 THERMOME'TRICAL, a. relating to the measure of heat. 
 
 THESE, (tlieez) pron. the plural oi this. 
 
 THE'SEUS, in old Athenian legends, one of the most illus- 
 trious of the national heroes. His birth and whole life were 
 characterized by extraordinary circumstances. Amongst his 
 heroic labours were these : he slew the Minotaur; helped in the 
 battles of the Athenians with the Amazons and with the Cen- 
 taurs; joined in the hunt of the great boar of Calydon ; carried 
 off Helen; and even invaded the gloomy realm of Dis, and 
 atten)pted to carry off Persephone his queen. His father was 
 jEgeus, king of Athens, and he reigned there for many years. 
 How he perished is not clearly stated. But a magnificent 
 temple, erected to him, still stands at Athens ; and annual 
 national festivals kept alive the memory of the mythic king 
 amongst the people, who of all others most hated the name of 
 monarchy. 
 
 THE'SIS, s. [Gr.] a position ; a subject to dispute upon ; a 
 proposition advanced to be decided by logical argumentation. 
 
 THE'SFIS, the inventor of Greek tragedy, according to gener- 
 ally received tradition. He seems to have given a semidrama- 
 tic turn to the Dionysiac choruses, and added an actor who was 
 to impersonate the hero whose tale was the subject of the piece. 
 The first use of masks is also assigned to him; but all that is 
 said of him is rendered uncertain by the evident disposition to 
 ascribe to him all, the history and origin of which are doubtful. 
 He flourished in about 540 b. c. 
 
 THESSA'LIA, or The'ssaly, a country of Ancient Greece, 
 lying on the jEgean Sea, and bounded by Macedonia, Epirus, 
 BcEotia, &c. It had on its borders the famous mountains Olym- 
 pus, Pindus, Pelion, Ossa, and Qilta; and was watered by the 
 Peneus, the Sperchius, and other streams. In the course of the 
 Peneus was a beautiful vale, celebrated by the poets for its 
 scenery, climate, &c., called Tetnpe. Pherae, Larissa, Pharsalus, 
 Pagasae, &c. were its chief cities. It was not all under one go- 
 vernment, and with it were connected almost all the old legends 
 of the early origin of the Grecian races. From one of its dis- 
 tricts. Magnesia, some scientific terms sufficiently familiar 
 amongst us are borrowed. 
 
 THESSALO'NIANS, the Epistles of Paul to the; two 
 letters written by the apostle to the Christians of Thessalonica, 
 during his stay in Corinth, soon after his first introduction of 
 the gospel to that city. The circumstances elucidating the his- 
 tory of the letters are fully recorded in the Acts of the Apostles. 
 They are the earliest of all Paul's writings ; and the object of 
 them is plainly, in general, to exhort to stedfastness in adhering 
 to the gospel, and to a life of practical godliness. But having, 
 in the first letter, spoken of the appearance of Christ, and the 
 day of judgment, the Thessalonians mistook his meaning, and 
 regarded the opposition that they witnessed to the gospel, as a 
 sign of what they thought Paul told them to be prepared for, — 
 the sudden and rapid coming of that day. The second letter 
 was therefore written mainly to correct this error, and to show 
 them that it was a gross delusion to suppose that the exact 
 times of the events he spoke of could be determined by man. 
 
 THESSALO'NICA, an important city of Macedonia, in An- 
 cient Greece, seated on one of those deep inlets of the sea, that 
 vary the N. coast of the jEgean. It was a place of great trade, 
 being well situated for commerce both by latfd and water. In 
 the later days of the empire it was of even more note. It is now 
 called Saloniki, and has a tolerable trade. Lat. 40. 38. N. Long. 
 22. 57. E. 
 
 THE'TFORD, Norfolk and Suffolk. It is seated on the Lit- 
 tle Ouse, which is navigable from Lynn-Regis ; and a good 
 trade is carried on here. It is full of antiquities; and is 80 
 miles from London. Market, Saturday. Pop. 3934. 
 
 THE'VENOT, the name of two celebrated French travellers. 
 Mekhisedec, the eldest, travelled in Europe, and paid particular at- 
 tention to the literature and learning of^ the different countries he 
 visited. He took part in the establishment of the French Academy, 
 and contributed greatly to the formation of the Royal Library. 
 He was a man of considerable learning, and died in 1692, aged 
 71 years. John Thevenot, his nephew, studied with distinction 
 at the College of Navarre, and being wealthy, and attracted by 
 tales of travel, he visited many European countries, and after- 
 wards extended his journeys into Asia and Africa, and at last 
 
 died near Tabriz in Persia, in 1667, aged 34 years. The Travels 
 of both are published. 
 
 THE'URGY, (jf soft) s. [Tlteos and ergao, Gr.] the power of 
 doing supernatural things by lawful means, as by prayer to God. 
 
 THEY, ace. them ; the plural of he or she. 
 
 THI'BET, or Ti'bet, a great country of Asia, bounded by Chi- 
 na, Birmah, Assam, Hindustan, and Tatary. It is a region of 
 table-land, some parts of which are 10,000 feet above the sea; 
 and it has ranges of mountains, many parts of which are 1-5,000 
 feet above the sea. The rivers which water it are almost all 
 the heads of the great rivers which flow into the Indian and 
 Pacific Oceans, from the Indus to China ; it has also several 
 large lakes, some of which yield salt. It produces gold, silver, 
 and other metals ; grain, fruits, timber, &c. &c. And from its 
 goats, a fine hair is procured, of which shawls, &c. are woven. 
 The government of this country is ecclesiastical, the chief ruler 
 being the Dalai-Lama, who is fabled never to die, but the em- 
 peror of China exercises an unchecked control over the whole 
 country, by means of his officers. The whole of the outward 
 forms of Lamaism so nearly agree with those of Romanism, that 
 the Jesuit missionaries thought some enemy had anticipated 
 them in their labours. Lassa is the chief city. Pop. under 
 1,000,000. 
 
 THlCK, a. [thicce. Sax. thickiir, Isl.] the opposite of thin; 
 gross or dense; great in circumference, opposed to slender; 
 muddy, or not transparent, applied to liquors ; frequent, or in 
 quick succession; close, or crowded; coarse; without articu- 
 lateness, applied to speech. 
 
 THICK, s. that part or time when a thing is thickest. Thick 
 and thin, notwithstanding any obstacles or inconveniences. Thick 
 and threefold, many. 
 
 To Tfll'CKEN, u. a. to make thick or close; to condense; 
 to strengthen ; to make close or numerous. — v. n. to grow thick, 
 dense, muddy, close, or numerous. 
 
 THI'CKET, s. [thiccetu. Sax.] a close knot or tuft of trees; a 
 close wood or coppice. 
 
 THI'CKLY, arf. closely ; deeply; in great quantity. 
 
 THI'CKNESS, s. the opposite of thinness ; closeness; large- 
 ness in circumference; coarseness; density. 
 
 THI'CKSET, a. close planted. 
 
 THIEF, (*Aee/) s. plural thieves; [theif. Sax.] one who pri- 
 vately takes away the property of another. 
 
 To THIEVE, {theeve) v. n. to take away the property of ano- 
 ther unlawfully. 
 
 THIE'VERY, (theevery) s. the practice of stealing ; the thing 
 stolen. 
 
 THIE'VISH, (theevish) a. given to stealing; practising theft ; 
 sly; secret. 
 
 THIE'VISHLY, (ttee«is%) ad. in a thieving manner; like a 
 thief. 
 
 THIE'VISHNESS, (theevishness) s. a disposition or inclination 
 to stealing ; habit of stealing. 
 
 THIGH, (tht) s. [theoh, Sax.] in Anatomy, that part of the leg 
 between the hip and the knee. 
 
 THILL, s. [Ihille, Sax.] the shafts of a waggon ; hence thill or 
 thiller-horse, the horse that goes between the shafts. 
 
 THl'MBLE, s. a metal cover placed on the tip of the mid- 
 finger, to preserve it from the needle when sewing. 
 
 THIN, a. \thinn, Sax.] the contrary to thick ; rare, opposed to 
 dense ; not close ; separated by large interstices ; small, applied 
 to sound ; lean or slim ; not coarse ; not abounding. — ad. not 
 thickly. 
 
 To THIN, V. a. to make thin or rare; to make less close or 
 numerous ; to attenuate. 
 
 THINE, pron. \thein, Goth, thin. Sax.] belonging to or relating 
 to thee. It is used for thy, when the substantive is divided from 
 it ; and before a word beginning with a vowel. 
 
 THING, s. [Sax. ding, Belg.] whatever is. Opposed to a person, 
 it signifies an inanimate substance. When applied to persons, 
 it implies contempt and pity. 
 
 To THINK, V. n. preter. thought ; [thencean, Sax. thankgan, 
 Goth.] to consider any thing in the mind; to reason ; to judge 
 or conclude ; to intend ; to meditate ; to recollect or observe, 
 used with upon. — v. a. to entertain in the mind, conceive, or 
 imagine. To think much of, is to grudge. To think scornfully of, 
 is to disdain. 
 
 THI'NKER, s. one who thinks deeply. 
 
 . 855 
 
THO 
 
 THI'NKING, «. imagination; cogitation; judgment. 
 
 THI'NLY, ad. not thickly ; poorly, leanly, applied to the ap- 
 pearance of a person. 
 
 THi'NNESS, s. the quality of not being gross; the quality of 
 not being of a good substance, applied to cloth, &c. ; tenuity; 
 paucity ; scarceness. 
 
 THI'ONVILLE, a considerable town in the department of Mo- 
 selle, France. It is advantageously seated on the river Moselle, 
 over which it has a bridge, defended by a horn-work ; and is 
 strongly fortified. It is 195 miles from Paris. Pop. about 6000. 
 Lat. 49. 19. N. Long. 6. 10. E. 
 
 THIRD, a. [thriththa, Sax.] the next after the second.— s. the 
 third part. In measures of time, &c., the sixtieth part of a se- 
 cond. In Music, the interval between any note in the diatonic 
 scale, and the next note but one from it. 
 
 THI'RDBOROUGH, s. an under-constable. 
 
 THPRDLY, ad. in the third place. 
 
 THIRST, s. [thyrst, Sax.] the pain suffered for want of drink. 
 Figuratively, an eager or vehement desire. 
 
 To THIRST, V. n. [thyrstan, Sax.] to be uneasy for want of 
 drink. Figuratively, to have a vehement desire, followed by after. 
 
 THPRSriLY, ad. wanting moisture. 
 
 THI'RSTINESS, s. a strong desire to drink ; want of mois- 
 ture ; dryness. 
 
 THI'RSTY, a. [thurstig, Sax.] dry; troubled with drought; 
 vehemently desirous. 
 
 THIRTEE'N, a. [threotine, Sax.] the number immediately fol- 
 lowing twelve ; ten and three. 
 
 THTRTEE'NTH, a. the ordinal of thirteen. 
 
 THl'RTIETH, a. the ordinal of thirty. 
 
 THI'RTY, a. thrice ten. 
 
 THIRTY YEARS' WAR, the name of the great religious con- 
 test which raged in Germany from 1618 to 1648; commencing 
 with the rebellion at Prague against the imperial commissioners, 
 in May of the former year, and was concluded by the peace of 
 Westphalia, which was concluded in October of the latter year. 
 During the course of it, the boundaries and relations of the con- 
 tinental states were materially altered, and some of the most im- 
 Fortant precedents in the European state system established, 
 t was illustrated by the genius of the great military leaders, 
 Tilly, Wallenstein, Gustavus Adolphus, Torstenson, Turenne, 
 Bernhard of Weimar, &c. And rendered frightful and infamous, 
 by a most reckless expenditure of human life, and by such deeds 
 as the sack of Magdeburg. {See the names mentioned above, and 
 others.) ^^ 
 
 THIS, ^Jron. [<7i!s, Sax.] that which is now present, or men- 
 tioned. After hat., the next and no more. Followed by a word 
 denoting time, the last past. See That. 
 
 THI'STLE, s. [thistel, Sax.] in Botany, a large genus of well- 
 known composite plants, the blossoms of some of which are very 
 line. The cotton thistle grows to a very great height, and the 
 leaves of the milk thistle are beautifully variegated. Order of the 
 Thistle, or of St. Andrew, a military order of knighthood in Scot- 
 land, the rise and institution whereof is variously related. The 
 chief and principal ensign is a gold collar composed of thistles 
 and sprigs of rue, interlinked with amulets of gold, having pen- 
 dent thereunto the image of St Andrew, with nis cross, and the 
 motto, Nemo me impune lacessit. 
 
 THI'STLY, a. overgrown with thistles. 
 
 THI'THER, ad. [Sax.] to that place; to that end or point. 
 
 THITHERWARD, ad. toward that place. 
 
 THLI'PSIS, s. \thlibo, Gr.] in Medicme, is a compression of a 
 vessel from any kind of repletion. 
 
 THO'MAS, St. an island of Africa, lying in the Gulf of Gui- 
 nea. It is almost round, and is about 30 miles in length. It is 
 tolerably fertile, producing grain, fruits, cotton, &c. It belongs 
 to the Portuguese. Pop. about 20,000. Lat. 0. 2. N. Long. 6. 
 30. E. 
 
 THO'MAS, St. an island of the West Indies, the principal of 
 the Virgin Islands, about 18 miles in circumference. Itabounds 
 with millet, manioc, potatoes, and most sorts of fruits and herb- 
 age, especially sugar and tobacco. It belongs to the Danes. 
 Lat. 18. 22. N. Long. 64. 52. W. 
 
 THO'MAS, one of our Lord's first disciples, and appointed by 
 hirn an apostle. He is occasionally mentioned in the sacred nar- 
 rative, particularly as having entertained doubts concerning the 
 actual resurrection of Jesus. His after life is said to have been 
 856 
 
 THO 
 
 spent in preaching the gospel amongst the nations of S. Asia, 
 but the tradition is very vague. 
 
 THO'MAS, CHRISTIAN, a German philosopher of the eclec- 
 tic school, in the end of the 17th and beginning of the 18th 
 centuries. He studied at Leipsic, and practised law at Frank- 
 fort (on the Oder) and Leipsic. He was also made a professor 
 at Leipsic, but gave offence to all parties and left the country. 
 Afterwards he was professor at Berlin, and still later at Halle, 
 where he died in 1728, aged 73 years. His published writings 
 are numerous, but his services to philosophy cannot well be un- 
 derstood from them. He seems to have made a resolute stand 
 against authority, and to have endeavoured to do away with the 
 pedantic plans that prevailed, and which kept so many from the 
 path of learning, and prevented those who entered from any ef- 
 fectual progress in it. 
 
 THO'MSON, JAMES, one of our classic poets, by birth a 
 Scotsman, and educated at Edinb^jrgh, where having cultivated 
 the Muses instead of theology, he resolved on trying his fortune 
 in the British capital and went to London. His necessities com- 
 pelled him to sell one of his poems, which gained him both 
 friends and reputation, and led to his travelling on the continent 
 as companion to a young nobleman. After his return his life, 
 with a brief exception, was that of a literary man; and he died 
 in 1748, aged 48 years. The Seasons is his greatest poem, and 
 next to that the Castle of Indolence ; his other poems and his 
 plays are remarkably inferior on the whole to these, and even in 
 these much inequality may be observed. 
 
 THONG, s.Uhtcamj, Sax.] a strap or string of leather. 
 
 THOR, in Teutonic Mythology, the son of Odin, who was 
 the cause of thunder, and genial summer heat. He was special- 
 ly worshipped on Thursday. 
 
 THO'RAX, s. [Gr. Lat.] in Anatomy, the chest; or that part 
 of an animal body beginning at the neck-bone, and ending at 
 the diaphragm. 
 
 THORA'CIC, a. {thorax, Lat.] belonging to the breast. Tho- 
 racie duct, in Anatomy, the great vessel by which the fluids col- 
 lected by the absorbents and the chyle are transferred to the 
 sanguineous system. 
 
 THO'RAL, a. [timtcs, Lat.] relating to the bed. 
 
 THO'RESBY, RALPH, an eminent antiquary, who was edu- 
 cated at his native place, Leeds, and at Rotterdam, for a com- 
 mercial life, but always manifested a great disposition and taste 
 for the study of antiquities, which he was afterwards able to 
 gratify when he became the head of the establishment. He died 
 in 1725, aged 67 years. His chief work is on the Topoffraphy, ^c. 
 of Leeds. 
 
 THORN, s. [Sax.] in Botany, the common name of the haw- 
 thorn or white-thorn bush. Also, a prickle growing on the 
 thorn-bush ; any thing troublesome. 
 
 THORN, a city of Prussia. It is strongly fortified, and has a 
 pretty good trade. It is seated on the river Vistula, over which 
 is a very long bridge; and it has some handsome buildings. 
 Pop. about 12,000. Lat. 53. 0. N. Long. 18. 32. E. 
 
 THO'RNAPPLE, s. in Botany, the common name of a plant 
 with a white, trumpet-shaped flower, and a spiny seed-vessel, 
 which was used as a remedy for asthma and similar diseases. 
 
 THO'RNBACK, s. in Ichthyology, a species of the ray-fish, 
 prickly on the back, which frequents the sandy shores of this 
 country, and is very voracious, feeding upon all sorts of fish, 
 particularly herrings and sand-eels. 
 
 THO'RNHILL, SIR JAMES, an eminent English painter, of 
 the beginning of the last century. After he had practised with 
 some success at home, he made a tour on the continent, for fur- 
 ther study in his art; and on his return, was much engaged in 
 decorating palaces and public buildings, as St. Paul's, Green- 
 wich Hospital, Hampton-Court, &c. He was not exclusively en- 
 gaged in this branch of painting; and his portraits, and archi- 
 tectural designs, are of considerable excellence. He died in 
 1734, aged 60 years. 
 
 THO'RNTON, BONNELL, a humorous English writer of the 
 last century. He studied at Oxford, but gave up the medical 
 for the literary profession, and joined with Colman, and other 
 wits of the times, in various satirical and jocose caricatural 
 pieces. He died in 1768, aged 44 years. A translation of P/aw- 
 tus is his chief work. 
 
 THO'RNY, a. full of thorns or prickles. Figuratively, per- 
 plexed ; vexatious. 
 
THR 
 
 THO'ROUGU, (thih-d) prep. -See Through. 
 
 THO'ROUGH, (thord) ad, complete; passing in at one side, 
 and bevond the other. 
 
 THOROUGH-BASS, s. in Music, the art of playing from a 
 Jigwed bass part. See also Bass. 
 
 THO'ROUGHFARE, (thMfare) s. a passage without any stop 
 or let. 
 
 THOROUGHLY, ad. completely; fully. 
 
 THO'ROUGHWAX, s. in Botany, an umbelliferous plant, of 
 which there are two British species. 
 
 THORP, Thiiop, Threp, Trep, Trop, [_thorp, Sax.] in the 
 names of places, a village. 
 
 THORWA'LDSEN, ALBERT, the great Danish sculptor. 
 He was first a wood-carver, assisting his father, who was of that 
 trade, but he studied at the Academy of Arts, and aspired to 
 greater things. He was so diligent as to obtain the customary 
 government assistance to artists, to travel in Italy; and he pro- 
 ceeded to Rome, where he studied under Zoega, who was also a 
 Dane, and began his career of fame. He did not leave Rome 
 for twenty-two years, continuing to be unceasingly occupied in 
 his art; and during that time finished, or planned, some uf his 
 master-pieces. During the remainder of his life, he visited, and 
 dwelt for various periods, at Copenhagen, Rome, Berlin, &c. &c. ; 
 and died suddenly in 1844, aged 74 years. His bas-reliefs of 
 Bay and Nujht are well known, and many others of his finest 
 sculptures are familiar to all in plaster copies. The famous Lion 
 of Lucerne, the monument of the Swiss guards of Louis XVL, 
 was executed by him. 
 
 THOSE, ;jmj. See These. 
 
 THOU, i>rnn, \thu, Sax. du, Belg.] the personal pronoun em- 
 ployed in addressing any one. It is employed with strict accu- 
 racy only in devotional addresses and prayers; in all common 
 addresses you being employed to single persons. 
 
 THOU, JACQUES AUGUSTE DE, or Thuanus, the cele- 
 brated French historian of the latter part of the 16th century. 
 He studied at first for the church, and afterwards for the legal 
 profession, and obtained employment in the parlement at Paris. 
 From this he rose gradually to be a counsellor of state. He was 
 involved in many of the troubles of that unsettled period : he 
 began life at the time of the St. Bartholomew ; and had at last 
 the satisfaction of seeing Henry of Navarre securely seated on 
 the throne, who rewarded his services witji various marks of his 
 confidence. After Henry's assassination. Da Thou lost the fa- 
 vour of the court; and the condemnation of his History by 
 the Church of Rome had already deprived him of all satisfac- 
 tion in continuing his historical labours. He died in 1617, 
 aged 64 years. His History of His own Times is a very valuable 
 source of information respecting that interesting and confused 
 period. 
 
 THOUGH, (tho) conj. [thauh, Goth, theah, Sax.l notwithstand- 
 ing that; although. As though, implies, as if. At the end of a 
 sentence, it denotes however, or yet. 
 
 THOUGHT, (thaut) s. the act of thinking; an image formed 
 in the mind; sentiment; reflection; opinion; design; serious 
 consideration ; solicitude, care. 
 
 THOUGHT, the prefer, and past part, of To Think. 
 
 THOU'GHTFUL, {thaHtful) a. pensive, full of thought; given 
 to meditation ; anxious, solicitous. 
 
 THOU'GHTFULLY, {tha&tfully) ad. in a pensive and thought- 
 ful manner; with solicitude. 
 
 THOU'GHTFULNESS, {thautfulness) s. deep meditation ; ful- 
 ness of reflection ; solicitude, anxiety. 
 
 THOU'GHTLESS, a. airy ; negligent ; stupid. 
 
 THOU'SAND, a. [thusend, Sax.] consisting of ten hundred.— 
 ». the number ten hundred. Proverbially, a great number. 
 
 THOU'SANDTH, s. the ordinal of a thousand. 
 
 THRA'CIA, or Thrace, in Ancient Greece, the country lying 
 on the Euxine Sea, the Propontis, and the iEgean Sea, and 
 bounded inland by the natural bulwarks of rivers and mountains. 
 It was celebrated for its wealth in minerals, grain, &c. &c., and 
 for the barbarity and valour of the people. The rising power of 
 Macedonia deprived them of their savage independence, and 
 they were undistinguished soon in the general character of the 
 Grecian and the Roman empires. 
 
 THRALL, Thraldom, s. Ithreel, Sax.] bondage, or a state of 
 slavery or confinement. Thrall also signifies a bondsman. 
 
 To THRASH, v. a, sometimes written thresh; [tharscan. Sax.] 
 
 THR 
 
 to beat corn out of the chaflT; to beat or drub. — v. n. to labour, 
 or drudge. 
 
 THRA'SHER, s. one who thrashes corn. 
 
 THRASYBU'LUS, a famous Athenian patriot, who had 
 gained some reputation before the establishment of the Thirty 
 Tyrants bj' Lysander ; and who, while in exile at Thebes, plan- 
 ned the delivery of his country, which he, after many obstinate 
 contests, at length eft'ected, mainly through the aid of the Spar- 
 tan party that was opposed to Lysander. He then exerted him- 
 self to restore the military glory of Athens, which her defeats 
 had tarnished, and to recover her dependencies ; and was assas- 
 sinated whilst carrying out this generous purpose, in 389 B.C. 
 
 THRAVE, Threave, of corn, s. \thraf, Sax.] 24 sheaves, or 4 
 shocks, each containing 6 sheaves. In some counties they 
 reckon 2 shocks to the thrave, and 12 sheaves to each shock. 
 
 THREAD, {thred) s. [thread, Sax.] a small line of flax, or cotton, 
 twisted ; any thing contrived in a course, or uniform tenor; the 
 main drift or design of a discourse. In Botany, is a part of a 
 stamen which supports the anther. 
 
 To THREAD, (thred) v. a. to pass through with a thread ; to 
 pierce; to slip through a difficult passage, or a crowd. In the 
 last sense often spelt thrid. 
 
 THRE'ADBARE, {thridbare) a. worn to the naked threads ; 
 having no nap ; worn out. 
 
 THRE'ADMOSS, s. in Botany, a very numerous genus of 
 mosses, having the seed-vessel of a long and slender stem. 
 
 THREAT, (thret) s. the act of denouncing ill ; a menace. 
 
 To THREAT, Thre'aten, (thret or threten) v. a. threat is used 
 only in poetry ; [threatian. Sax.] to assure a person of, or de- 
 nounce, future evil ; to endeavour to terrify by denouncing ill; 
 to menace. 
 
 THRE'ATENER, s. a menacer, one that threatens. 
 
 THRE'ATENING, s. a menace; a denunciation of evil. 
 
 THREE, a. [thrie. Sax.] two and one. Rttle of Three. See 
 Rule. 
 
 THREE'FOLD, a. [threofeald. Sax.] thrice repeated ; consist- 
 ing of three. 
 
 THREE'SCORE,a. sixty ; three times twenty. 
 
 To THRESH, v. a. See To Thrash. 
 
 THRE'SHER, s. one that threshes corn. 
 
 THRE'SHOLD, s. [threscwald, Sax.] the ground or step under 
 a door ; entrance ; gate ; door. 
 
 THREW, preter. of To Throw. 
 
 THRICE, ad. [thrig. Sax.] three times. Sometimes set be- 
 fore an adjective to express the superlative degree, or amplifi- 
 cation. 
 
 THRIFT, s. [from thrive,} profit; state of prospering ; the 
 state of acquiring more ; frugality. In Botany, a pretty kind of 
 plant, three species of which are found in England ; one of which 
 is much cultivated in cottage gardens. 
 
 THRI'FTILY, ad. sparingly ; frugally. 
 
 THRl'FTINESS, s. frugality; managing with economy; 
 sparingness. 
 
 THRI'FTY, a. frugal ; managing with prudence ; sparing ; 
 well husbanded. 
 
 To THRlLL, V. a. [thyrlian. Sax.] to pierce or bore ; to pene- 
 trate ; to drill; to affect with a piercing sensation. — t). a. to have 
 the quality of piercing ; to pierce or wound the ear with a sharp 
 sound ; to feel or pass with a sharp tingling sensation. 
 
 To THRIVE, V. n. preter. throve, past part, thriven; [throa, 
 Isl.] to prosper; to increase; to advance in any thing desired. 
 
 THRI'VER, s. one that prospers; one that grows rich. 
 
 THRI'VING, a. prosperous. 
 
 THRI'VINGLY, ad. prosperously. 
 
 THRO' a contraction of Through. 
 
 THROAT, (throt) s. [throte or throta. Sax.] in Anatomy, the 
 fore part of the neck, or passage for food and breath. The main 
 road of any place. 
 
 THROATWORT, s. in Botany, a plant used as a medicine 
 for the throat. 
 
 To THROB, V. n, to heave at the breast with sorrow ; to beat 
 or palpitate. 
 
 THROB, s. a heave, or beat of palpitation. 
 
 THROE, s. [throwian. Sax.] the pain and anguish attending 
 the bringing of a child into the world; any great agony; the 
 final and mortal struggle. 
 
 THRONE, «. [thronos Gr. thrmus, Lat.] a cbtir of state, richly 
 5r 857 
 
THU - 
 
 adorned, and covered with a canopy, for emperors, kings, princes, 
 &c. to sit on at all times of public ceremonies. 
 
 THRONG, s. [throng, from thnnghan. Sax.] a crowd ; a mul- 
 titude pressing against each other. 
 
 To THRONG, V. n. to crowd ; to swarm.— ». a. to incommode 
 with crowds. 
 
 THRO'NGING, a. crowding; gathering together in great 
 numbers. 
 
 •THRO'STLE, s. [Sax.] in Natural History, a nkme of the 
 thrush. 
 
 THR0'TTLE,5. [from throat,-] the wind-pipe. 
 
 To THRO'TTLE, v. a. to choke; to suffocate; to kill by 
 stopping the breath ; to strangle ; to stifle. 
 
 THROVE, preter. of To Thrive. 
 
 THROUGH, (throo) prep, [thurh. Sax.] from one end or extre- 
 mity to the other ; by means of. 
 
 THROUGH, (throo) ad. from one end or side to the other. 
 
 THROU'GHLY, ad. See Thoroughly. 
 
 THROUGHOU'T, {throo-6ut) prep, quite through ; entirely. 
 
 THROUGHOU'T, ad. in every part ; every where. 
 
 To THROW, {thro) V. a. pret. threw, past part, throicn; [thratcaji, 
 Sax.] to fling or cast to a distance ; to toss or put away with vio- 
 lence, haste, or negligence; to lay down carelessly, or in haste; 
 to cast ; to emit ; to venture at dice ; to spread in haste ; to re- 
 ject. Used with away, to lose or spend profusely ; to reject ; 
 with by, to reject, or lay aside as useless ; with dotcn, to overturn ; 
 with off , to expel, reject, or renounce; with out, to exert; to 
 distance or leave behind ; to eject ; to emit; with up, to resign 
 angrily ; to emit or bring up. — v. n. to perform the act of casting ; 
 to cast dice. Used with ahcnit, to try expedients. 
 
 THROW, {thro) s. a cast; a cast of dice; the space to which 
 any thing is thrown ; an effort or violent sally; stroke; blow ; 
 throe. 
 
 THRO'WER, s. one that throws. 
 
 THRO'WSTER, (throster) s. a twister of silk or thread. 
 
 THRUM, s. [thraum, Isl.] the ends of weavers' threads; any 
 coarsv yarn. 
 
 To THRUM, V. a. to grate, to play coarsely. 
 
 THRUSH, s. [thrisc, Sax.] in Natural History, a well-known 
 British singing bird. In Medicine, small round ulcerations, 
 which appear in the mouth, and by degrees affect almost every 
 part of the alimentary duct. 
 
 To THRUST, V. a. [frusito, Lat.] to push any thing into mat- 
 ter, or between close bodies ; to push or drive with violence ; to 
 stab; to obtrude ; to compress, used with tor/ether. — v.n. to at- 
 tack with a pointed weapon ; to squeeze into ; to throng. 
 
 THRUST, s. a push ; assault ; hostile attack with a pointed 
 weapon. 
 
 THUCY'DIDES, the great historian of the Peloponnesian war, 
 was an Athenian by birth ; and is said, when a boy, to have 
 heard Herodotus read some part of his History at the Olympic 
 games, and thus to have been incited to the work which has 
 made his name imperishable. He was educated as citizens of 
 wealth and birth usually were ; and had the command of a fleet at 
 one period of the war whose history he has told. It was for 
 some apparent defalcation in duty in this command that he 
 was banished, and did not return to Athens till the Thirty 
 Tyrants had fallen, and the old constitution and glory of the 
 city were being revived by Thrasybulus. The remainder of his 
 life, and the time of his death, are unknown. He flourished dur- 
 ing the latter part of the 5th century b. c. His History consists 
 of 8 books, and leaves about 7 years of the war unrecorded. It is 
 written in a condensed and energetic style; but in many parts, 
 and particularly in the speeches, is very obscure. He has jus- 
 tified the title — " a possession for ever" — which he has given at 
 the outset to his work ; both by the care in accumulating and 
 in arranging his materials ; by his accuracy and fidelity ; and 
 by the care with which he has pointed out the lessons which 
 the different events he has narrated ought to teach. It is a 
 valuable contribution to genuine history; and one which Eng- 
 lish readers can profitably study, by means of recent translations. 
 
 THUG, s. in Hindustan, a devotee of the goddess KAli, who 
 commits murders in her honour. These treacherous fanatics 
 were formerly very numerous, and were associated in troops, 
 who travelled for the express purpose of strangling all whom 
 they could in secrecy and safety. They are almost extinct now, 
 through the exertions of the British authorities. 
 
 THUMB, {thum) s. [thuma. Sax.] in Anatomy, the shortest 
 finger of the hand, which is in man, and some kinds of animals, 
 placed opposite to the other fingers, so that the hand is more 
 strongly prehensile than otherwise it could be. 
 
 To THUMB, V. n. to handle awkwardly. 
 
 THUMP, s. \thombo, Ital.] a hard heavy blow given with some- 
 thing blunt. 
 
 To THUMP, V. a. to beat with dull heavy blows.-t;. n. to fall 
 or strike with a dull heavy blow. 
 
 THU'MPING, a. beating; great, huge, big. 
 
 THU'NBERG, CHARLES PETER, a Swedish naturalist and 
 traveller. He studied at Upsal, under Linnaeus; and first visited 
 France and Holland, for botanical purposes. His next journey 
 was to the Cape of Good Hope, and thence to Japan and the 
 Dutch E. Indies ; and he was absent for 8 years. He was made 
 botanical professor at Upsal, after his return ; and he published 
 an account of his travels, with large and valuable works on the 
 plants of Japan, and of the Cape ; and many other treatises, &c. 
 on his favourite study. He died in 1828, aged 85 years. 
 
 THU'NDER, «. [Sax. dund<!r, Swed.] the loud noise attending 
 lightning, caused by the rushing together of the air displaced by 
 the flash ; any loud noise, or tumultuous violence. 
 
 To THU'NDER, v. n. to make that loud and terrible noise at- 
 tending lightning.— I', a. to emit with noise and terror ; to pub- 
 lish any denunciation or threat. 
 
 THU'NDERBOLT, s. lightning ; ecclesiastical fulmination. 
 
 THU'NDERCLAP, s. an explosion of thunder. 
 
 THU'NDERER, s. the power that thunders. 
 
 THU'NDER-ROD,s. a lightning conductor; or long pointed 
 wire, fixed to a building, or to a ship, so that its point is higher 
 than any other part, and receiving the electrical fluid from the 
 clouds, can convey it safely to the earth. This invention is of 
 special importance to ships, and has been the means of saving 
 great numbers of them from being set on fire by lightning. 
 
 THU'NDERSHOWER, s. rain accompanied with thunder. 
 
 THU'NDERSTORM, s. a storm or tempest accompanied by 
 thunder and lightning'. 
 
 To THU'NDERSTRIKE, v. a. past part, thunderstruck; to 
 blast or hurt with lightning ; to terrify or amaze by some unex- 
 pected event. 
 
 THURGAU', one of the cantons of Switzeriand, bounded by 
 the cantons of Ziirich, St. Gall, and Schaffhausen. It is sur- 
 rounded by mountains, and is watered by the river Thur, and 
 the streams which flow into it. It borders also on the lake of 
 Constance. It produces corn, fruits, flax, &c. ; and great num- 
 bers of cattle, sheep, &c. are reared. There is a great deal of 
 manufacturing industry displayed throughout the whole district, 
 and it has a good trade. Frauenfeld is its chief town. Pop. 
 about 100,000. 
 
 THURIFICA'TION, s. [thus and facio, Lat.] the act of fuming 
 with incense ; the act of burning incense. 
 
 THU'RLOE, JOHN, a person who held various situations of 
 great trust and eminence during the latter part of the reign of 
 the Long Parliament, and under Oliver Cromwell and his son 
 Richard ; whose letters, &c. have added considerably to our 
 knowledge of the affairs of those periods. He was a lawyer, 
 and was first employed on the parliament's side at the treaty of 
 Uxbridge. More settled situations were successively bestowed 
 on him, and at last he was made secretary of state by Cromwell. 
 He was of course in the Protector's parliaments, and received 
 many honours because of his high office. He continued in of- 
 fice under Richard, till the deposition of the feeble Protector, 
 and the reinstallation of the Rump Parliament. It seems toler- 
 ably certain that he offered to help in the Restoration of Charles 
 II. It is quitecertain that he was unmolested, except in respect 
 of estates, which he had to give up to prior royalist owners, by 
 the king. He died in 1668, aged 52 years. He was very good 
 as a secretary under such a monarch as Cromwell, but his papers, 
 useful as they are to the historian, do not inspire a high opinion 
 of the writer. 
 
 THU'RLOW, EDWARD, LORD, one of the great lawyers 
 and politicians of the last century. He studied at Cambridge, 
 and the Inner Temple ; and entering parliament, gained the roj-al 
 favour by his support of the American policy of Lord North. ' He 
 soon was seated on the woolsack, and was not displaced till the 
 Coalition ministry ; but his return to office was very speedy, and 
 he lost it only because the king's need of Mr. Pitt was greater 
 
TIC 
 
 than his need or admiration of Thurlow. He was, however, long 
 after his retirement from ail public life, consulted on matters of 
 importance, both by George HI. and the Prince of Wales. He 
 died in 180G, aged 71 years. 
 
 THU'RNEISSER, LEONARD, a noted quack of the IGth 
 century, who gained such reputation as a goldsmith at Con- 
 stance, that he was employed in the mines of Tyrol, and enjoyed 
 the favour of the archduke to such a degree, that he travelled, 
 at his desire, in most of the countries of Europe, and to Africa 
 and Asia also. His next exploit was the cure of the margravine 
 of Brandenburgh, which led to his establishment in the elector- 
 ate, and raised him to the highest pitch of fame. However, a 
 sudden reverse came; — his wife died, and he lost his most ef- 
 fective coadjutor in all his schemes; he was discovered and ex- 
 posed as an ignorant pretender to science ; and the correspond- 
 ent and consultee of emperors and kings, was forced to pick up 
 a precarious living, by vending his false wares in less conspicuous 
 markets. He died at last at Cologne, in 159G, aged 60 years. 
 His books are numerous, but utterly worthless. 
 
 THU'RSDAY, «. the fifth day of the week, so called from 
 Thor, who was worshipped by the Teutons on this day. 
 
 THUS, ad. [Sax.] in this manner; to this degree or quantity. 
 
 To THWACK, 1-. a. [tliaccian, Sax.] to strike with something 
 blunt and heavy; to beat heartily; to belabour; to bang; to 
 thrash. 
 
 THWACK, s. a blow given with something blunt and heavy. 
 
 THWART, (a pron. broad,) a. [thwi/r, Sas.] cross ; transverse ; 
 perverse; inconvenient; mischievous. 
 
 To THWART, v. a. to cross ; to do any thing in opposition to 
 another. — v. n. to be in opposition to. 
 
 THY, jiron. {thin, Sax.] of, belonging, or relating to thee. It 
 is used before a word beginning with a consonant. See Thine. 
 
 THYME, (time) s. {thym, Fr. thymus, Lat.] in Botany, a genus 
 of well-known sweet-scented plants. 
 
 THY'RSUS, «. [Gr.] in Architectural Decorations, a lance or 
 spear, wrapt in vine leaves. In Botany, a cluster of flowers, like 
 those of the horse chesnut. 
 
 TI'AR, Tia'ra, s. [tiara, Lat. tiare, Fr.] a diadem, or dress for 
 the head; the pope's triple crown. 
 
 Tl'BER, the river on which Rome stands. It rises in the 
 Apennines, and receiving the waters of other streams from the 
 same mountains, after a course of about 150 miles, falls into the 
 Mediterranean Sea. 
 
 TIBE'RIUS, CLAUDIUS NERO, the successor of Augustus 
 Caesar in the Roman empire. He was son-in-law to Augustus, 
 and greatljr distinguished himself both as a statesman and as a 
 general before he attained the throne. His character seemed so 
 fair, that his accession was hailed with unaffected joy; but his 
 reign was one course of tyranny and crime. It was the first 
 that Rome had seen of that description, and was the example of 
 the long series that have made the annals of the empire unique 
 in the history of the world. He perished at length by the hands 
 of one of his attendants, in 37 a. d., aged 78, and having reign- 
 ed 23 years. See Sejanus. 
 
 TIBE'RIUS II., one of the Byzantine emperors, successor to 
 Justin II. He was captain of the imperial guard, and on the 
 recommendation of the empress Sophia, when Justin found him- 
 self incapacitated by disease, was raised to the throne. His 
 reign was distinguished by success in war against the Persians, 
 and by such domestic policy as made him highly popular. He 
 died in 582, having reigned but 4 years. 
 
 Tl'BIA, s. [Lat.] in Anatomy, the name given to the larger of 
 the two bones of the leg. 
 
 TIBU'LLUS, A. ALBIUS, a Roman poet of the Augustan 
 age. He was not a court dependant, but he was one of the 
 friends of Horace ; and he died during a journey to the E. with 
 V. Messala, his patron, in about 18 or 19 b. c. His poems are 
 of the class called by the ancients elcyies, and are principally 
 love-songs, containing many passages of exquisite beauty. 
 
 TIC DOLOUREU'X, «. [Fr.] in Medicin?, the violent species of 
 neuralgia that affects the face and he:id. 
 
 To TICE, V. a. contracted from To Entice. 
 
 TICi'NO, or Tessi'n, a canton of Switzerland, bordering on 
 the Sardinian states and Austrian Italv, and bounded by the 
 cantons Valais, Uri, and the Grisons. It is about 60 miles in 
 length, and 25 miles in mean breadth. It lies on the S. side of 
 the great ridge of the Alps, and Mount St. Gothard is on itsN. 
 
 ID, a. [lydder. Sax.] tender ; soft ; nice. 
 
 I'DE-31ILL, s. in Practical Mechanics, a water-mill moved 
 
 TIE 
 
 boundary. It has other heights of above 9000 feet. It is wa- 
 tered by the river Ticino, or Tessin, and by other mountain 
 streams ; and parts of Lakes Lugano and Maggiore are included 
 in its borders. Fruits, wine, timber, cattle, silk, &c. are pro- 
 duced, and some marble is found. It is a busy region, both by 
 its small manufactures and by its trade. Bellinzona is its chief 
 place. Pop. about 125,000. 
 
 TICK, s. [perhaps contracted from ticket,'] score or trust. — 
 [tique, Fr. or teque, Belg.] parasitical insects infesting sheep, &c. 
 The linen case which holds the feathers or flocks of a bed. 
 
 To TICK, V. n. to take on credit, or on trust; to run in debt; 
 to trust, or give credit. 
 
 TI'CKELL, THOMAS, an English verse-maker, who was 
 esteemed a poet in his day, and was the friend of Addison, whose 
 works he edited, and the other great writers of that period. The 
 loyalty of his Muse won him a comfortable situation in Ireland. 
 He died in 1740, aged 54 years. 
 
 TI'CKEN, Ti'cKiNG, s. a kind of strong linen used for bedding. 
 
 TI'CKET, s. a token of any right or claim, at the delivery of 
 which admission is granted, or the claim acknowledged. 
 
 To TI'CKLE, V. a. [titillo, Lat.] to create a titillation by slight 
 touches ; to please by slight gratifications. — v. n. to feel a titilla- 
 tion, or a sensation which causes laughter. 
 
 Tl'CKLISH, a. sensible to titillation ; easy tickled ; tottering ; 
 difficult, or nice ; uncertain ; unfixed. 
 
 TID, 
 
 TP 
 by tide-water, frequently used in clearing fen-lands from the 
 water spread over them by high tides. 
 
 TIDES, s. [tijd. Sax. tijd, Belg. and Isl.] in Astronomy, &c., 
 one of the most remarkable effects of the action of gravitation 
 observable on the surface of the globe. This force, exerted both 
 by the sun and by the moon, raises a vast wave or swell in the 
 ocean, which follows each of those luminaries, as swifty as the 
 configuration of the shores admits; by a law of Hydrostatics, 
 another similar wave is raised, directly-opposite to that which is 
 the immediate effect of solar or lunar attraction. It follows, 
 necessarily, that at new and full moon, when the attraction of 
 these bodies is exerted in the same line, the tides should be 
 highest; and at the quadratures, when it is exerted in lines at 
 right angles with each other, they should be lowest ;— these are 
 spring and neap tides. The wind exercises a considerable influ- 
 ence on the tides; and as yet, no formula has been devised, by 
 which the occurrence of the tides may be calculated with preci- 
 sion and certainty ; all the tables that are in use, are constructed 
 from observation of the times of high water for many years. 
 
 TI'DESMAN, s. a tidewaiter, or custom-house officer, put on 
 board ships to prevent smuggling, or defrauding the king of his 
 duties. 
 
 TI'DEWAITER, s. an officer who watches the landing of goods 
 at the custom-house. 
 
 Tl'DILY, ad. neatly ; readily. 
 
 Tl'DINESS, s. neatness; readiness. 
 
 Tl'DINGS, s. [tidan, Sax.] news; account of something that 
 has happened. 
 
 TPDY,o. [<iV/«, Isl.] seasonable; neat; ready. 
 
 To TIE, V. a. [tian, Sax.] to bind ; to fasten with a knot ; 
 used with up, to confine or obstruct ; to oblige or constrain. 
 
 TIE, s. a fastening made by a knot; a bond or obligation. 
 
 TIEDEMA'NN, DIETRICH, a philosophic writer of Germany 
 of the latter part of the last century. He studied at Gottingen, 
 having already formed his taste for philosophical speculation ; 
 and after changing his aim from theology to law, he gave that 
 up, for the more precarious path of literature. His first regular 
 employments were tutorships, but he eventually became a pro- 
 fessor at Marburg ; and died in 1803, aged 55 years. His works 
 are numerous, and are useful and popular; but his philosophical 
 system was not such as to rank along with those of the critical 
 school. 
 
 TIE'DGE, CHRISTOPHER AUGUSTUS, a classic poet of 
 Germany, who was educated for the legal profession at Halle, 
 and afterwards relinquished it for poetry. He was, however, 
 more happy than many, or most who so devote themselves to 
 literary life ; for he enjoyed the friendship of a distinguished and 
 wealthy lady, whose bounty preserved him from the squalid 
 struggle with poverty; and enabled him, by travel, and study, 
 and society, and the absence of care, through a long life, to la- 
 5 B 2 859 
 
TIL 
 
 hour with hisheartandhis pen. He died in 1841, aged 89 years. 
 His Urania is his chief poem. 
 
 TIERCE, s. &«Terce. 
 
 TIGE, s. in Architecture, the shaft of a column from the as- 
 tragal to the capital. 
 
 TIGER, (g hard) s, [tigre, Fr. tigris, Lat.] in Zoology, a large, 
 very fierce, and very beautiful animal of the cat kind, which 
 abounds in the East Indies. Its appearance and habits are 
 known to all. 
 
 Tl'GER-CAT, s. in Natural History, the general name of those 
 feline animals, which are larger than the cat, and less than the 
 lion, tiger, leopard, panther, puma, &c. 
 
 TIGHT, (tit) a. [dicht, Belg.] close, or stretched hard, opposed 
 to loose; cleanly dressed ; something less than neat ; not leaky, 
 applied to casks or vessels. 
 
 To TI'GHTEN, v. a. to straiten ; to make close. 
 
 TI'GHTLY, ad. closely ; not loosely ; neatly. 
 
 TIGHTNESS, {fitness) s. closeness ; neatness. 
 
 TI'GRESS, s. the female of the tiger. 
 
 TI'GRIS, one of the great rivers of Asia; which, rising in 
 Mount Taurus, flows through the great Assyrian plain ; and 
 falls into the Euphrates, not far from its mouth, after a course 
 of about 1000 miles. 
 
 TIKE, s. a cur, or small dog. 
 
 TILBURY FORT, a fortification on the Essex side of the 
 Thames, opposite Gravesend, with barracks, &c. &c., 28 miles 
 from London. 
 
 TILE, s. [tigle. Sax. tegel, Belg.] thin plates of baked clay, 
 used in covering houses. 
 
 To TILE, V. a. to cover with tiles ; to cover as tiles. 
 
 TI'LED, a. in Botany, one leaf or scale partly covering an- 
 other like the tiles on a house, exemplified in the empalement 
 of the dandelion and burdock. 
 
 TI'LER, s. one whose trade is to cover bouses with tiles. 
 
 TI'LGATE beds, in Geology, the name given to the beds of 
 grit, sandstone, &c. forming part of the Great Wealden group of 
 rocks, and found most fully developed in Tilgate Forest, Sussex. 
 They are the deposits of an aestuary, and abound with Saurian 
 and other fossils, in a fine state of preservation. 
 
 TI'LING, s. the roof covered with tiles. 
 
 TILL, «. a money-box or drawer. 
 
 TILL, prep, [til, Sax.] to the time of. Till now, is to the pre- 
 sent time ; till then, to that time. 
 
 TILL, conj. to the time that ; to the degree that. 
 
 To TILL, r. a. [tylian, Sax.] to plough or manure the ground. 
 
 TI'LLAGE, s. the act of ploughing and manuring land, to 
 make it produce corn ; husbandry ; agriculture. 
 
 TI'LLEMONT, SEBASTIAN LE NAIN DE, a French histo- 
 rical and critical writer, of the 17th century. He studied at 
 Port Royal ; and afterwards, entering the priesthood, became 
 director of the Port Royal nunnery. He once visited the Nether- 
 lands ; and he died in 1698, aged 61 years. His works are the 
 History of the Emperors, and an Ecclesiastical History, which are 
 in fact but one work, and have the same object, the historical 
 elucidation of Christianity. He had some trouble from the censor 
 of the press, in respect of" the publication of it ; and the author- 
 ities had to interfere, before it could appear. 
 
 TI'LLER, s. a strong piece of timber fastened to a ship's rud- 
 der, by which it is moved; a young tree left to grow till it is fit 
 to fell ; a husbandman ; a ploughman ; a till ; a small drawer. 
 
 TI'LLOCH, DR. ALEXANDER, a distinguished cultivator 
 of practical science, was first a tobacconist, afterwards a print- 
 er, and for the greater part of the rest of his life a newspaper 
 editor. He experimented on the art of stereotyping, and invent- 
 ed a bank note plate which he thought incapable of imitation. 
 In other departments of science he was equally diligent, and he 
 founded the Philosophical Magazine. Later in life he attended to 
 theological questions, and occasionally preached. His Dissert- 
 ation on the Apocalypse, and Mechanic's Oracle, were written at 
 this period of his life; and he received from Glasgow, his native 
 place, his honorary title. He died in 1825, aged 66 years. 
 
 TI'LLOTSON, DR. JOHN, an eminent English prelate. He 
 was of Puritan origin, and at first a Puritan himself; but during 
 his studies at Cambridge, imbibed Episcopalian views, and was 
 ordained before the Restoration. He received valuable prefer- 
 ment during Charles ll.'s reign ; but his star was in the ascend- 
 ant at the Revolution of 1688, being raised at once to the see of 
 
 TIM 
 
 Canterbury. He died in 1094, aged 64 years. His sermons are 
 not so highly thought of as they were, but they are yet regard- 
 ed as good specimens of pulpit oratory. 
 
 TILLS, s. in Farming, a sort of pulse. 
 
 TILLY, JOHN TZERKLAS, COUNT OF, one of the great 
 generals of the Thirty Years' war. He was a Netherlander by 
 birth ; and was at first a Jesuit by profession, and through his 
 whole life retained the habits of mind and feelings he then ac- 
 quired. He studied war under the ferocious Alva; and rose 
 rapidly, in that troubled age, to the command of the Bavarian 
 army; then to that of the League; and at last to that of the 
 Imperial troops. It is in this last command that he has made 
 his name famous for his skill as a general, and infamous for his 
 ferocity, in permitting the sack of Magdeburg. At Leipsic he 
 was defeated by Gustavus Adolphus; and again at the passage 
 of the Lech, when he fell, in 1632, aged 73 years. 
 
 TPLSIT, a large, rich, and commercial town of Lithuania, 
 Prussia. Jt consists chiefly of two long streets, of a proportion- 
 able breadth, and a contiguous suburb called the Liberty. It is 
 seated on the river Memel, over which is a bridge of boats. It 
 has some fine buildings, and its trade and manufactures are 
 considerable. It was here that the notorious treaty between 
 Russia, Prussia, and France was made. Pop. about 15,000. 
 Lat. 55. 0. N. Long. 21. 50. E. 
 
 TILT, s. [tyld. Sax.] a tent ; any covering over the head ; the 
 covering of a boat or carriage ; a military game, in which the 
 combatants thrust at each other with lances ; a thrust. 
 
 To TILT, V. n. to fall or lean on one side ; to run in tilts; to 
 fight with rapiers ; to rush as in a combat. — v. a. to stoop, hold, 
 or force on one side ; to turn so as to run out ; to cover like the 
 tilt of a boat ; to carry, or point, as in tilts. 
 
 TILTH, s. husbandry; manure; culture. 
 
 TI'LT-HAMMER, s. in iron-works and forges, is a huge 
 hammer worked by water or steam power. 
 
 TI'MBER,s. [<ir/»i6naJ!,Sax.] wood fit for building; main trunk 
 of a tree. Ironically, the materials of any thing. 
 
 TI'MBREL, s. {tympanum, Lat.] a musical instrument. 
 
 TIMjE'US, the name of the writer of a Glossary to Plato, 
 which is often published with the writings of that author: the 
 time in which he lived is unknown. Also, the name of a Py- 
 thagorean philosopher, who lived in the time of Plato, and was 
 highly esteemed by him ; one of his Dialogues being called after 
 him. Also, the name of a Sicilian historian, a few fragments of 
 whose writings remain. He flourished in the 4th and 3rd cen- 
 turies B. c, and was banished by Agathocles of Syracuse, and 
 lived afterwards at Athens. 
 
 TIMA'NTHES, a celebrated painter of ancient Greece, who 
 flourished in the 5th and 4th centuries B. c. 
 
 TIMBUCTOO', a great city of central Africa, standing not far 
 from the river Quorra. It is very rudely built, and has no forti- 
 fications. Its chief wealth and celebrity arises from its being 
 the principal place on the great caravan route from the Guinea 
 coast to the Mediterranean coast. Very few European travellers 
 have ever penetrated so far into the interior. Pop. about 10,000. 
 Lat. 17. 9. N. Long. 0. 58. W. 
 
 TIME, s. [tym, Erse, tyma, Sax.] duration considered as set 
 out by certain periods, and measured by certain epochs; mea- 
 sure of duration; interval, season, or proper time; life; early 
 season ; the hour of child-birth ; the repetition of any thing; 
 musical measure. 
 
 To TIME, I', a. to bring or do at a proper season ; to allot a 
 certain space for the accomplishing a thing; to measure har- 
 monically. 
 
 Ti'MELY, arf. seasonably ; opportunely; early; soon. 
 
 TI'MID, a. [timide, Fr. timidus, from timeo, Lat.] fearful ; want- 
 ing courage ; timorous ; cowardly. 
 
 TiMI'DITY, «. [timidite, Fr. timiditas, Lat.] want of courage ; 
 fearfulness ; cowardliness. 
 
 TIMO'LEON, a famous Greek statesman and general. He 
 was a Corinthian by birth, and his first service in the cause of 
 freedom was the overthrow of the tyranny of his own brother. 
 He next proceeded to Syracuse, where he drove out two pretend- 
 ers to the tyranny, re-established order and law, defeated a vast- 
 ly superior Carthaginian army which had been sent to obtain 
 possession of the city, and died in 337 b. c, leaving behind him 
 a reputation of almost unsullied heroism. 
 
 TI'MON, the Athenian misanthrope, whose history, drama- 
 
p 
 
 TIN 
 
 tized by Shakspeare, lias become a proverb for foolish hatred of 
 one's kind. Both the facts that are known respecting him, and 
 the time when he lived, are correctly given by our great poet, 
 
 TI'MOROUS, a. Itimeo, Lat.] too much affected with fear ; 
 fearful. 
 
 TI'MOROUSLY, ad. fearfully ; with much fear. 
 
 Tl'iMOROUSNESS, s. See Timidity. 
 
 TIMO'THEUS, a Greek poet and musician of the beginning 
 of the 4th century. A few fragments of his verses yet remain. 
 He is said to have added four strings to the cithara. 
 
 TIMO'THEUS, or Ti'mothy, a young man of Lystra, whose 
 mother was a Hebrew, who became a disciple of the apostle Paul, 
 and accompanied him on some of his evangelical tours, and ful- 
 filled the office of the ministry at Ephesus under Paul's directions. 
 He is reputed to have perished at Ephesus, before 100 A. d., by 
 sudden popular violence. Paul's Epistles to Timothy were written 
 to aid and direct him in the work which was intrusted to him at 
 Ephesus. They are admirable compendiums of Christian truth 
 and practice, and show in the most amiable light the character 
 of the great apostle of the Gentiles. The first was written from 
 Nicopolis, in Macedonia, and the second from Rome, but during 
 which imprisonment is not satisfactorily ascertained. 
 
 TI'MOTHY-GRASS, s. in Farming, a name of a common 
 species of cat's-tail grass, derived from a cultivator of it in N. 
 Carolina, United States. 
 
 TI'MOUR, or Ta'merlane, the great Tatar conqueror of the 
 14th century. After a youth of hunting and freebooting, he 
 entered the service of the emir of Khorassan ; and on his death 
 he ascended his throne, and fixed his residence at Samarcand. 
 His reign was one unremitted campaign. Khorassan, Tatary, 
 Persia, Algesiras, and its neighbouring provinces, Georgia, N. 
 Hindustan, the E. parts of the Turkish empire, Anatolia, were 
 successively overran by the Tatar hordes, under their resistless 
 sultan. At last, Bnyazeed himself, with a vast Turkish army, 
 yet wholly unequal in numbers to his invaders, met him, but 
 only to be routed, and to be made himself a prisoner. The tale 
 of the iron cage is a mere exaggeration. In two years Timour 
 died, whilst advancing against China, in 1405, aged 70 years, 
 and having reigned 36. 
 
 TIN, s. [<««, Belg.] in Chemistry, a whitish metal, softer, less 
 elastic, and less sonorous, than any other metal, excepting lead. 
 The principal mines of it are in Cornwall. The uses to which 
 this metal are applied are very numerous, and are familiar to all. 
 Great quantities are sent to all parts of the world, and the pro- 
 duce of other countries is exported through England. The tin- 
 mines of Cornwall have been known from the earliest dawn of 
 Phoenician commerce, and are supposed to have originated the 
 name Britain, applied to our island. 
 
 To TIN, V. a. to coat or line with tin. 
 
 TI'NCAL, s. in Chemistry, the commercial name of crude 
 borax. 
 
 TINCT, s. [teint, Fr.] a colour, stain, or spot. 
 
 TI'NCTURE, s. [tinctura, from tingo, Lat.] colour, superadded 
 by something ; an imperfect smattering of an art or science. 
 In Medicine, solutions containing the active principles of sub- 
 stances, which are obtained by the useof particular menstruums, 
 and are called according to the menstruum employed. In He- 
 raldry, the names of the colours, furs, and metals employed in 
 blazoning coats of arms. 
 
 To TI'NCTURE, v. a. to imbrue or impregnate with some co- 
 lour or taste ; to imbue the mind. 
 
 TINDAL, DR. MATTHEW, apolitical and controversial writ- 
 er of the end of the 17th and beginning of the 18th centuries. 
 He studied at Oxford for the legal profession, and graduated 
 there. During this time he embraced Romanism, but very soon 
 returned to the communion of the English Church, in which he 
 continued to the end of his life. He warmly espoused the Revo- 
 lution of 1688, and wrote against the High Church party, and 
 in vindication of some proposed alterations in the Liturgy and 
 Creeds. He also wrote some good essays on the Law of Nations, 
 the Rights of Subjects, &c. And he was for some time judge in 
 the court of delegates, and enjoyed a pension from the crown. 
 His book against the High Churchmen was burnt by the hang- 
 man ; but he would not perhaps have been remembered at all, 
 had he not in the latter part of his life resumed his polemical 
 authorship, and produced a work which obtained him a place 
 amongst the deistical writers, entitled Christianity as old as the 
 
 TIP 
 
 Creation. It was vehemently attacked by numerous apologists, and 
 as vehemently defended. He seems to have rejected the history 
 of the gospel, and to have formed a very erroneous notion of its 
 truth ; and it is from the very point of view that he took, that the 
 irrefragable proof of the truth of Christianity may be obtained. 
 The historic evidence is of course of the same kind, as for all 
 other ancient facts, and is perfectly independent of the proof of 
 the truth. Tindal died in 1733, aged 76 years. 
 
 Tl'NDAL, NICHOLAS, nephew of the foregoing, a clergy- 
 man of the English Church, who was chaplain to Greenwich 
 Hospital, and translated and continued Rapin's History of Eng- 
 land. He died in 1774, aged 87 years. 
 
 TI'NDER, s. \tyndre, or tender, Sax.] linen cloth burnt to ashes, 
 formerly used in catching the spark made by striking a flint and 
 steel together. 
 
 TI'NDERBOX, s. a box for holding tinder. 
 
 TINE, s. [tinne, Isl.] the tooth of a harrow; the spike of a 
 fork ; trouble, distress. 
 
 To TING, TiNK, r. n. [tinnio, Lat.] to make a sharp shrill 
 noise. 
 
 To TINGE, V. a. [tingo, Lat.] to impregnate or imbue with a 
 colour or taste ; to stain. 
 
 TI'NGLASS, *. See Bismuth. 
 
 To TI'NGLE, V. n. [tingelen, Belg.] to perceive a continued 
 sound in the ear; to feel a sharp quick pain, or pleasure. 
 
 TI'NIAN, one of the Ladrone Islands, N. Pacific Ocean, lying 
 in about the middle of the chain. It is about 12 miles long, and 
 6 broad. It is an exceedingly agreeable country, well wooded, 
 and supplied with all good fruit and timber trees ; fertile, and 
 abounding in wild cattle, &c. ; whilst the surrounding sea has 
 plenty of fine fish. It is known chiefly as a grateful place of 
 refreshment to Anson, and some others of our voyagers. Lat. 
 15.30. N. Long. 145. 58. E. 
 
 TI'NKER, s. a person who mends old copper and brazen 
 vessels. 
 
 To Tl'NKLE, V. n. [tititer, Fr.] to make a sharp quick noise ; 
 to clink, 
 
 Tl'NMAN, s. one who manufactures and sells wares made of 
 tin, or iron tinned over, 
 
 Tl'NNlNG, «. the process of covering plates and sheets of iron, 
 and the interior of vessels of iron and copper, with tin. 
 
 TI'NNITUS AURIUM, s. [Lat.] in Medicine, a tinghng sound 
 in the ears, frequent in some diseases, and often heard on at- 
 mospheric changes, 
 
 TINPLA'TE, s. small squares of sheet iron, covered with tin, 
 and used by tin-workers in the manufacture of various culinary 
 utensils, &c. 
 
 TI'NSEL, s. [etincelle, Fr.] a kind of shining cloth ; any thing 
 showy, but of small value. 
 
 TINT, s. [teinte, Fr. tinta, Ital.] a dye, or colour. 
 
 TJNTORE'TTO, IL, whose real name was Giacomo Robusti, a 
 famous Venetian painter. He studied under Titian ; and sought 
 to combine with the exquisite colouring of his teacher, the 
 grandeur of form and composition which distinguished Michael 
 Angelo. He lacked the patience, the concentration, and the 
 large ambition, that might have raised him to the very highest 
 ranks of the followers of art; yet his pictures are characterized 
 by great excellence, and many extraordinary anecdotes are re- 
 corded respecting them. They are very numerous in Venice; 
 and some are known here by copies and engravings. He died 
 in 1594, aged 82 years. 
 
 TI'NY, a. [tynd, Dan.] little; small ; puny. 
 
 TIP, «. [tip, Belg.] the top, end, or point. In Botany, a name 
 of the anther, which contains the fertilizing powder in flowers. 
 
 To TIP, V. a. to cover the head or extremity ; to strike light- 
 ly, to tap. 
 
 TIPPERA'RY, a county of Munster, in Ireland. It is about 
 73 miles in length, and from 10 to 39 in breadth ; and is bound- 
 ed by King's County, Galway, Queen's County, Kilkenny, 
 Waterford, Clare, and Limerick. It is generally fertile, and 
 contains 147 parishes. It is mountainous; and copper, lead, 
 silver, coal, building-stone, slate, &c. are found in greater or less 
 abundance. The river Suir runs through all the length of it, 
 beside which there are numbers of smaller rivers and brooks. 
 Lough Deary and the Shannon form its N, boundary. The 
 principal productions are cattle, sheep, butter, and flour. The 
 most considerable places are Clonmel, which is the county town, 
 
 -861 
 
TIT 
 
 Cashel, and Carrick, Pop. 435,553. It sends 4 members to the 
 imperial parliament. 
 
 TI'PPET, «. [tcsjipet. Sax.] something worn about the neck. 
 
 To TI'PPLE, V. n. [tepel, old Teut.] to drink to excess.— f. a. 
 to drink with luxury or excess. 
 
 TI'PPLER, s. a sottish drunkard ; an idle drunken fellow. 
 
 Tl'PPOO SAl'B, sou of Hyder Aly, sultan of Mysore, Hindus- 
 tan ; celebrated for the determination with which he endeavour- 
 ed to effect the expulsion of the British from India. He fought 
 in his father's wars ; and after repeated defeats and treaties, 
 he fell at the storming of Seringapatam,in 1799, aged 50 years. 
 He was a man of considerable attainments, considering his op- 
 portunities; and was highly popular amongst his subjects. 
 
 TI'PSTAFF, s. an officer with a staff' tipped with metal, and 
 who takes into custody such persons as are committed by the 
 court, or by a judge; the staff itself so tint. 
 
 TI'PSY, a. drunk. 
 
 TI'PTOE, s. the end of the toe. 
 
 TIRABO'SCHI, GIROLAMO,nn Italian critical writer, of the 
 last century. He was educated by the Jesuits, and became 
 professor of eloquence at Milan ; and was afterwards appointed 
 librarian to the duke of Modena. He wa'< a regular ecclesiastic, 
 an abbate; but was knighted by the duke, and ennobled by his 
 native town Bergamo. His fame was truly European, dur- 
 ing his life-time ; and he died in 1794, aged 62 years. His 
 great work is his Hittonj of Italian Literature, which both for its 
 own merits, and as the first work of the kind in Europe, is 
 greatly esteemed by the learned. 
 
 TIRE, TiEK, s. [tmjr, Belg.] rank or row ; a head-dress; fur- 
 niture; apparatus; the hoop or rim of iron surrounding a wheel. 
 In the sea language, it is a row of cannon placed upon a ship's 
 side, either above, upon deck, or below, distinguished by the 
 epithets of the upper or lower tire. 
 
 To TIRE, V. a. [tirian. Sax.] to make weary, or to fatigue ; to 
 harass ; to dress the head ; to tease intolerably. 
 
 TI'REDNESS, s. weariness; state of being tired. 
 
 TI'RESOME, a. wearisome, tedious, fatiguing. 
 
 TI'REWOMAN, s. a woman whose business is to make dresses 
 for the head. 
 
 TI'SSUE, s. [Fr.] cloth interwoven with gold or silver, or 
 figured colours. In Vegetable Physiology, the kind of substance 
 of which the various organs of plants are composed, whether of 
 cells, fibres, or vessels. 
 
 TITA'NIUM, s. in Chemistry, a metal of a reddish orange 
 colour, crystallizing in cubes, very hard; found in various mi- 
 nerals, in iron slag, or cinder, and in the sand of a rivulet in 
 Cornwall. 
 
 TI'TANS, in Grecian Mythology, the name bestowed on the 
 earliest race of gods, the offspring of Heaven and Earth, who 
 were dispossessed by Zeus, and the gods of his dynasty or family. 
 Prometheus was one of the Titans, but most of them were of a 
 very different character and disposition from him. The Cyclops, 
 and the giants who piled Ossaon Peiion.and attempted to scale 
 Olympus, were of their number. 
 
 ri' FHABLE, a. liable to pay tithes ; chargeable to the tenths 
 or tithes payable to the clergy. 
 
 To TITHE, V. a. [teothian. Sax.] to tax with the payment of 
 the tenth part; to pay the tenth part. 
 
 TI'THER, s. one who gathers tithes. 
 
 TITHES, s. [teotha, Sax.] in Ecclesiastical affairs, the tenth 
 part of agricultural produce of all kinds, and of some other in- 
 dustrial produce, which was assigned to the clergy of the Estab- 
 lished Church, and which is now commuted into a rent-charge, 
 regulated by the average price of corn. This revenue was argu- 
 mentatively grounded on the tithes of the Jewish law, by which 
 the Levites were supported ; but a very little consideration will 
 deprive it of the shadow of countenance from that institution ; 
 while the history of tithes, which shows that they originated in 
 one case from royal grant or edict, in another, from personal 
 gift or bequest, and in others, in other ways yet, completes the 
 conviction of the entire difference in kind of the tithes of the 
 Roman and Anglican Churches, and those of the Jewish state. 
 Before the Reformation, also, in this country, the tithes were 
 raised not exclusively for the priesthood, or clergy, but for the 
 support of the poor, and for the repair of the churches and main- 
 tenance of worship, &c., also. This alteration in the intent and 
 application, and still more, the Commutation Act, make the law 
 862 
 
 TIV 
 
 of the land the only ground of the claim, depriving it of all prer 
 text to be a Divine right. Lay-impropriation, which has prevailed 
 to a great extent, has also altered the whole aspect of tithes as 
 an ecclesiastical revenue, and made it clear that they now are a 
 secular tax, which the legislature has the right, and the power, 
 to use according to its will, as it can other taxes and imposts. 
 The great tithes were gathered on wood, hay, wheat, &c. ; and the 
 small tithes, on garden-stuff, milk, eggs, the young of all kinds 
 of stock and poultry, and such profits as arose from trade, &c. 
 
 TI'THING, s. the number or company of ten men, with their 
 families, knit together in a society, all of them being bound to 
 the king for the peaceable and good behaviour of each of their 
 society: of these companies there was one chief person, who, 
 from his office, was called tithingnian. 
 
 TI'TIAN, or Tiziano Vecelli da Cadore, the great Italian 
 painter, who founded the Venetian school. He studied under 
 Zuccati and Bellini, and was not a little aided by the taste of a 
 fellow pupil, Giorgione. He spent the greater part of his life 
 at Venice, but he did visit the other great places of Italy, and 
 even went as far as Madrid, on the invitation of Charles V. He 
 died of the plague in 1576, aged 96 years. His success seems 
 to have arisen mainly from his consummate skill as a colourist, 
 yet matiy of his great pictures are almost as remarkable for their 
 composition. Engravings, &c. have made his most famous works 
 in some degree familiar to us. 
 
 TITICA'CA, the name of a lake on the borders of Peru and 
 Bolivia, S. America. It lies amongst the Cordilleras, and is 
 about 80 miles in circuit. It contains several islands, and is fed 
 by great numbers of mountain-streams. In fish and water-fowl 
 it abounds. On one of the islands, which gave its name to the 
 lake, was a very splendid temple to the Sun. 
 
 TITlLLA'TIOlM, s. a pleasing sensation from the gentle touch 
 of some parts; a tickling. 
 
 TPTLARK, s. in Ornithology, a bird allied to the lark. 
 
 TI'TLE, 8. [titulus, Lat.] a general head comprising particu- 
 lars; an appellation of honour; a name ; the first page of a book, 
 explaining its subject, likewise called iiWe-^ai/e; a claim of right; 
 an inscription. 
 
 To TITLE, V. a. to name ; to ennoble ; to entitle. 
 
 TI'TMOUSE, or Tit, s. in Ornithology, a genus of well-known 
 insectivorous birds, whose incessant bustle in clearing garden 
 trees and bushes of the pupae and larvae of insects, has been re- 
 paid by the reputation of being very destructive to plants. 
 
 To TI'TTEK,u. ?j. to laugh with restraint, or softly; to giggle 
 by fits. 
 
 TI'TTLE, s. [tit, Teut.] a point or dot ; a particle. 
 
 TFTTLE-TA'TTLE, s. idle talk; mere prate; gossiping; 
 empty gabble. 
 
 Tl'TULAR, a. [titulaire, Fr.'] enjoying the title; nominal. 
 
 TITULA'RITY. s. the state of being titular. 
 
 TPTUS FLAVIUS VESPASIANUS, an emperor of Rome, 
 son and successor of Vespasian. He was early distinguished for 
 the gentleness of his character, and for his military courage and 
 skill, and took a leading part in dethroning Vitellius and in 
 making his father emperor. He was appointed to carry on the 
 war in Judaea, and succeeded in taking Jerusalem ; and thus in 
 dispersing for ever the Jewish people, and destroying the Mosaic 
 institutions. He was rewarded with a triumph ; and the Arch 
 of Titus now standing in Rome, though despoiled of its sculp- 
 ture, commemorates it still. His reign was altogether excellent ; 
 but the Colosseuui, built by him for gladiatorial exhibitions, will 
 show us that it was not such excellence as is esteemed in these 
 days. This island was fully subdued by his general, Agricola. 
 And the great eruptionof Vesuvius, which buried Pompeii, Her- 
 culaneum, and Stabiae, and killed the elder Pliny, took place 
 during his reign. He died in 81 a. d., aged 41 years, having 
 reigned but 2 years. 
 
 TI'TUS, Paul's Epistle to, one of the private letters of 
 the great apostle, relating particularly to the duties laid on Titus, 
 in his mission to Crete; of whose history there is no record, 
 except a few incidental sentences in Paul's other letters. It 
 belongs to the same class as the letters to Timothy, and may be 
 profitably compared with them. 
 
 Tl'VERTON, Devonshire. It is seated on the river Ex, over 
 which is a handsome stone bridge. It has been noted for its 
 great woollen manufacture, and is 161 miles from Londor. Mar- 
 ket, Tuesday. Pop. 10,040. 
 
TOG 
 
 Tl'VOLI, a town of the Papal States, Italy. It was anciently 
 called Tibur, and stands near the Anio. It is a pretty and busy 
 place, with a college, and a tolerable library. In its neighbour- 
 hood is found that species of tufa, calletl travertine, which is 
 quarried and used as a building-stone. It is 16 miles from Rome. 
 Pop. about 6000. Lat. 41. 59. N. Long. 12. 48. E. 
 
 TO, ad. [Sax. te, Belg.] when it comes before a verb, is a sign 
 of the infinitive mood, and implies that it is used substantively. 
 After an adjective, it denotes its object. To and again, or to and 
 fro, implies backward and forward. 
 
 'VO,prep. opposed to froyn, notes motion towards. Sometimes 
 it implies address, attention, addition, state, or place whither 
 any one goes, opposition, amount, proportion, possession, per- 
 ception, accord or fitting, the subject of aflirmation ; in com- 
 parison of; as far as. After an adjective, it denotes the object. 
 Before /ac?, presence. After a verb, it denotes its object. Some- 
 times it implies the degree. To-rfay, implies the present day; 
 to-morrow, the day next after the present ; to-night, the approach- 
 ing or present night. 
 
 rOAD, {0d) s. [tade, Sax.] in Natural History, a well-known 
 species of reptile, ignorantly thought venomous. The foreign 
 species are numerous, and very remarkable. 
 
 TO'ADFLAX, s. in Botany, a name of the plants commonly 
 called snapdragon. 
 
 TO'ADGRASS, e. in Botany, the bastard chickweed. 
 
 TO'ADSTOOL, s. in Botany, the common name for small 
 kinds of fungi. 
 
 To TOAST, {tost) V. a. [tostum, from torreo, Lat.] to dry, or make 
 brown, by holding before a fire; to name a health to be drunk. 
 
 TOAST, (tost) s. bread dried and made brown before the fire ; 
 a celebrated beauty whose health is often drunk. 
 
 TO'ASTER, s. one who toasts. 
 
 TOBA'CCO, s. in Botany and Commerce, a genus of plants, 
 found in tropical America, and now largely cultivated in every 
 part of the world ; the leaves' of which are used in smoking, 
 being dried in a peculiar manner, and made into cigars, and cut 
 into fine strips. Snuff is also made of them. 
 
 TOBA'CCONIST, s. a manufacturer and seller of tobacco. 
 
 TOBA'GO, or Taba'go, the most southward of the islands in 
 the West Indies, and the most eastward except Barbadoes. It 
 is about 25 miles long, and about 9 broad. The climate is fat 
 more temperate than could be expected from its situation so 
 near the equator. It is fruitful and well watered, and the sea 
 is stored with excellent fish, particularly turtle of every kind, 
 and mullets of a most delicious taste, with other kinds unknown 
 in England. 
 
 TO'BIT, the name of one of the Apocryphal books, sometimes 
 bound up with the Old Testament. It is a ridiculous tale, with- 
 out any moral sufficiently clear to make its absurdity palatable ; 
 yet it is declared canonical by the Church of Rome, and is read 
 publicly in the Church of England. 
 
 TOBO'LSKI, a government of Asiatic Russia, lying on the 
 Frozen Ocean, and bounded by the governments of Yeniseisk, 
 Tomsk, Perm, Orenburg, and Archangel. The Uralian moun- 
 tains are its W. boundary, and it is watered by the river Obi 
 and its tributaries. It yields gold, platinum, copper, iron, &c.; 
 its cultivated grounds produce fine grain, &c., and its pastures 
 feed great numbers of cattle. Tobolsk is the capital. It stands 
 on the Irtish, and has a good trade. Pop. about 25,000. Lat. 
 58. 12. N. Long. 08. 15. E. Pop. about 900,000. 
 
 TOCAT, a large and handsome city of Natolia, in Turkey in 
 Asia. It is in the form of an amphitheatre, and there are two 
 rugged perpendicular rocks of marble, with an old castle upon 
 each. It is handsomely built, and has some profitable manufac- 
 tures of silk, leather, &c. Tocat may be considered as the cen- 
 tre of trade in Natolia, for the caravans come hither from sever- 
 al parts. Its territory abounds in fruit and excellent wine, and 
 it is 250 miles from Constantinople, Pop. about 30,000. Lat. 
 39. 35. N. Long. 36. 30. E. 
 
 TOD, s. [totte haar, Teut.] a bush or thick shade ; the boughs 
 of a tree. Applied to wool, twenty-eight pounds' weight. 
 
 TOE, «. [ta. Sax. teen, Belg.] in Anatomy, the divided extrem- 
 ities of the feet ; the fingers of the feet. 
 
 TO'GA, s. [Lat.] with the Romans, was a wide woollen gown, 
 or mantle, which was of a semicircular form, without sleeves; 
 and used only upon occasions of appearing in public. 
 
 TOGE'THER, ad. \tog<ethere, Sax.] in company ; in the same 
 
 TOL 
 
 place or time ; without intermission ; in concert, or continuity. 
 Together tvith, in union or mixture with. 
 
 To TOIL, V. n. [tilian. Sax. tuylen, Belg.] to labour. — v. a. to 
 work at; to weary or overlabour. 
 
 TOIL, s. labour ; fatigue. — [toile, Fr.] any net or snare woven 
 or meshed. 
 
 TOl'LET, s. [toUlette, Fr.] a dressing-table. 
 
 TOI'LSOME, a. laborious; making weary. 
 
 TOISE, s. [Fr.] a French measure containing six feet in length, 
 or a fathom. 
 
 TOKA'Y, a small town of Hungary, standing on the Theiss, 
 at the foot of a high hill, on which are the vineyards which yield 
 the wine called Tokay, which is abundantly driink in the coun- 
 tries round, and is highly esteemed by connoisseurs. Pop. 
 about 5000. Lat. 48. 10. N. Long. 10. 57. E. 
 
 TO'KEN, s. [teycken, Belg. taka. Sax. taikns, Goth.] a sign or 
 mark ; a memorial of friendship. 
 
 TO'LAND, JOHN, a controversial writer on many subjects 
 in the end of the 17th century and beginning of the next. He 
 was a Papist by prejudice of birth, and afterwards opposed it, 
 and studied at Glasgow and Leyden. His first publication was 
 called Christianity not Ifysterious, which, beside replies, was made 
 of undeserved importance by being burnt by the hangman, 
 while the writer was subjected to much annoyance. In other 
 
 Bublications he afterwards declared his unbelief more plainly, 
 lis literary labours were unremitting, and amongst them was 
 an edition of the Prose Works of Milton, with a Life of the great 
 Puritan poet. He was also engaged in some secret negotiations 
 on the continent ; and contrived to gain the favour of Prince 
 Eugene, and to flatter the ruling powers of England in a suf- 
 ficiently fulsome manner. It is impossible to give any full inti- 
 mation of the subjects or titles of his innumerable treatises, 
 pamphlets, and essays, nor are they deserving of such notice. 
 He gained a short-lived notoriety by means not the most worthy, 
 and it is chiefly as a baflled opponent of the gospel that his name 
 is remembered now. He died in 1722, aged 52 years. 
 
 TOLD, preter. and past part, of To Tell. 
 
 To TOLE, V. a. to draw by degrees ; to train. 
 
 TOLE'DO, an ancient town of a province called by the same 
 name, in Spain. It has some very fine buildings, and the ca- 
 thedral is especially grand. It stands on the Tagus, and has 
 over it two bridges. It is the see of an archbishop, the seat of a 
 famous university, and has several manufactures of silk and 
 wool. Toledo is 40 miles S. of Madrid. Pop. about 10,000. 
 Lat. 39. 50. N. Long. 3. 20. W. 
 
 TO'LERABLE, a. [Fr. tolerahiUs, Lat.] that may be endured 
 or supported ; passable, but not excellent. 
 
 TO'LERABLENESS, s. the state of being tolerable. 
 
 TO'LERABLY, ad. supportably; passably. 
 
 TO'LERANCE, s. [Fr.] the power or act of enduring or suf- 
 fering. 
 
 To TO'LERATE, v. a. [tolero, Lat. toUrer, Fr.] to suffer or 
 allow without opposition ; to suffer, without expressing appro- 
 bation. 
 
 TOLERATION, s. [Fr.] in religious matters, the permission 
 given to parties who do not conform to an established church, 
 to hold their opinions, and exercise their worship, without being 
 subjected to pains and penalties for so doing; also, in civil af- 
 fairs, the removal of the disadvantages under which such seceders 
 from the national church establishment are placed in respect of 
 the exercise of their political rights and privileges. Synon. 
 Tolerance is that habit of mind, or of feeling, which will lead an 
 individual to abstain from interfering with the opinions, &c. of 
 another, and from condemning in otlicrs all in which they 
 differ from himself ;—To/e)'ah'o» is the beneficent exercise of a 
 power, claimed by governments, over the consciences of nations ; 
 the malignant exercise of which is persecution. 
 
 TOLL, (toll) s. [Brit, and Six.] in Law, denotes a tax or cus- 
 tom paid for passage, or the liberty of selling goods in a market 
 or fair. 
 
 To TOLL, (o long) v. n. to pay or take money for the passage 
 of goods, &c. — jj. a. to ring a bell. 
 
 TO'LLBOOTH, «. a place where taxes are paid ; a prison ; 
 townhouse. 
 
 TO'LLGATHERER, «. one who takes toll. 
 
 TOLU', in Materia Medica, a balsam obtained from a tree 
 found in S. America, which is used in pulmonary complaints. 
 
TON 
 
 TCKMAHAWK, s. the name of the war-hatchets used by the 
 Indians of N. America. 
 
 TOMA'TA, s. in Botany, &c., the name of a plant allied to the 
 potato; and called, usually, the love-apple. 
 
 TOMB, (tooni) s. [tombe or tombeau, Fr.] a monument in which 
 the dead are enclosed. 
 
 TOMBAC, s. in the Arts, an artificial metal composed of cop- 
 per with a slight mixture of zinc. 
 
 TOMBU'CTOO. See Timbuctoo. 
 
 TOME, s. [Fr.] a volume or book. 
 
 TOMENTUM, «. in Botany, the downy matter which grows 
 on the leaves of some plants. 
 
 TO'MLINE, DR. GEORGE, (born Prettjman,) an eminent 
 English prelate, who was educated at the Bury St. Edmunds 
 grammar school, and Cambridge, and was first tutor, and after- 
 wards secretary, to Mr. Pitt. He enjoyed a fair share of church 
 preferment; and died in 1827, aged ^7 years. His works which 
 are yet read by some parties in the English Church, are the Re- 
 futation of Calvinism, and Elements of Christian Tlieology. He also 
 wrote a Life of W. Pitt. 
 
 TO'MTIT, s. the titmouse. 
 
 TON, s. \tonne, Fr.] a weight of 2000tb; 40 solid feet of round, 
 or 53 of squared timber; a cubic space in a ship, supposed to 
 be capable of containing a ton. 
 
 TON, or Tun, [^dun. Sax.] in the names of places, signifies a 
 town, because towns were formerly built on eminences. 
 
 TONE,«. [ton. Ft. tonus, Lat.] a note, sound, accent, or whine ; 
 elasticity. 
 
 TONE, THEOBALD WOLFE, one of the United Irishmen, 
 of the close of the last century. He was trained for the bar; 
 and being indignant at the conduct of the English government 
 of his country, endeavoured to overthrow it. He founded the 
 society of United Irishmen ; and afterwards fled to America, 
 to avoid prosecution for treasonable correspondence with France. 
 Returning to Europe, he engaged the Directory of France to 
 invade Ireland, and drive out the English ; but a storm dis- 
 persed the armament in Bantry Bay. He endeavoured to effect 
 the end he had so long kept in view, afterwards, by a small and 
 altogether inefficient expedition ; was captured, tried, and con- 
 demned ; but killed himself in prison, in 1798, aged 35 years. 
 
 TO'NGA, the name of a cluster of islands in the S. Pacific 
 Ocean, forming part of the group of Friendly Islands ; so called 
 after the chief island of the cluster, which is also called Tongata- 
 boo. It is a flat island, with coral rocks and reefs, about 60 miles 
 round ; and abounding with all the timber and fruit trees, and 
 wild animals, birds, &c. &c. that are found in that part of the 
 world. Lat. 21. 9. S. Long. 175. 14. W. 
 
 TONGS, s. it has no singular, \tang. Sax. and Belg.] an instru- 
 ment by which hold is taken of any thing. 
 
 TONGUE, {tung) s. \tonghe, Belg. tung, Sax.] in Anatomy and 
 Physiology, the complicated muscular organ which aids so mate- 
 rially in the process of eating, being the chief seat of the sense 
 of taste ; and is also of the greatest importance to the capability of 
 speech. The upper surface is thickly studded with highly sen- 
 sitive papillae. The tongues of feline and other animals are 
 covered with horny points. Those of birds and reptiles are very 
 remarkable for their adaptation to the necessities and habits of 
 the different species. Figuratively, language; speech; fluency 
 of words ; a small point ; the pin of a buckle or brooch. To hold 
 one's tongue, is to be silent. 
 
 To TONGUE, {t&ng) v. n. to talk or prate.— ». a. to chide; to 
 scold ; to apply the tongue to any thing. 
 
 TO'NGUELESS, {tUngless) a. having no tongue; unnamed; 
 not spoken of. 
 
 TO'NGUETIED, a. having an impediment of speech ; unable 
 to speak freely, from whatever cause. 
 
 TO'NIC, To'nical, a. [tomyuc, Fr.] giving tone or strength, 
 applied to certain medicines ; beiilg extended or elastic. 
 
 TO'NNAGE, s. the contents of a ship measured by the ton ; a 
 tax laid on merchandise, reckoned by the burden of ships. 
 
 TO'NQUIN, a kingdom of Asia, lying on the Gulf of Tonquin, 
 and bounded by China, Laos, and (^ochin China. It is a flat 
 country, watered by a great number of rivers and canals, and is 
 compared by some geographers to Holland. Its productions are 
 the same as those of this part of Asia generally. It properly forms 
 part of the Chinese empire, and in religion, language, man- 
 ners, ifcc. resembles China. But it has not been accurately ex- 
 864 
 
 TOO 
 
 plored. The population is said to be very numerous, and oppress- 
 ed by the heavy tribute they have to pay to their superiors. The 
 capital city is of the same name. Lat. 21. 4. N. Long. 105. 48. E. 
 
 rO'NSILS, s. [tonsille, Fr. tonsillce, Lat.] in Anatomy, two glands 
 situated on each side of the mouth, near the uvula, which secrete 
 a kind of saliva. 
 
 TO'NSTALL, DR. CUTHBERT, an English prelate, who ap- 
 pears frequently in English history during the period of the Re- 
 formation. He studied at Oxford, and at Padua, in Italy; and 
 on his return to England, began his career with a brilliant re- 
 putation for learning. He soon rose to the see of London, and 
 distinguished himself in negociations with Charles V. at Brussels, 
 and in other diplomatic business. It was at this time that he 
 bought up Tyndale's New Testament, and burnt the copies at 
 St. Paul's Cross. When Henry began his reformation, Tonstall 
 agreed with his proceedings, and actually revised a translation 
 of the Bible. In the reign of Edward VI. he seems to have made 
 .some resistance to the progress of change, and he was in conse- 
 quence deprived and imprisoned. Mary, of course, delivered 
 him; but he is free from all stain of participation in the perse- 
 cutions of that reign. He refused to take the oath of supremacy 
 under Elizabeth, and .so was committed, as an ecclesiastical pri- 
 soner, to the charge of Archbishop Parker ; and he died in 1559, 
 aged 85 years. He was a friend of Erasmus, and he seems to 
 havp resembled him in the half-hearted way in which he cirmg 
 to Romanism whilst he professed to be a Protestant, and to Pro- 
 testantism whilst openly a Romanist. 
 
 TO'NSURE, s. [Fr. tonsura, Lat.] the act of shaving or clip- 
 ping the hair ; the state of being shorn or shaven. 
 
 TO'NTINE, s. a loan raised on life-annuities with the benefit 
 of survivorship. 
 
 TOO, ad. [to, Sax.] over and above ; overmuch ; more than 
 enough, or excess; likewise; also. 
 
 TOOK, the preter. and past part, of To Take. 
 
 TOOKE, JOHN HORNE, a politician and philologer of the 
 last century. He studied at Cambridge, and entered the church, 
 but relinquished it for the bar, after he had officiated as a priest, 
 when he had become thoroughly interested in political questions. 
 He travelled in France during this period, and became acquaint- 
 ed with Wilkes, whose election he helped to secure ; and in other 
 ways he began to appear before the Jjublic, and to take part in 
 the affairs of the nation. He opposed the American war, and 
 was fined and imprisoned for his opposition. After having been 
 refused admission to the bar, because of his clerical ordination, 
 he continued his pamphleteering, and published also his philo- 
 logical work, called t)ie Diversions of Purley. He was one of the 
 " Constitutional Societi/" who was selected for trial on the charge 
 of high treason, with Hardy, Thelwall, &c., and was acquitted 
 through Erskine's splendid oratory. He also, in spite of great 
 opposition, obtained a seat in the House of Commons, but was 
 soon excluded by a bill by which clergymen were disqualified 
 for sitting there. The latter part of his life was spent in retire- 
 ment, and he died in 1812, aged 77 years. He was such a pa- 
 triot as could appear then ; and in private life, deserving much 
 the same estimate as must be passed on his public life. His 
 philology was too fanciful and unscholar-like to last, yet it was 
 an advance upon Harris's Hermes. His name, I'ooke, he assumed 
 when made heir to his friend William Tooke of Purley. 
 
 TOOL, s. [tool, Sax.] any instrument used by the hand ; a hire- 
 ling, or one servilely at the command of another. 
 
 TOOTH, s. teeth, plur. [toth, Sax.] in Anatomy, the name of one 
 of the instruments of mastication, which is composed of bone, 
 coated partially with a hard enamel, and fixed in the jaw by 
 one or more fangs. Milk-teeth, are the first set in the human 
 subject, and are twenty in number. Wisdom-teeth, are the four 
 last cut by the human subject. The perfect set in adults con- 
 sists of eight incisors or cutting-teeth, four canine or pointed 
 teeth, eight false molars, and twelve true molars. Figuratively, 
 the cog of a wheel ; the prong of a fork ; one of the serrations 
 of a comb or saw : — also, taste. Tooth and nail, implies with one's 
 utmost violence, lo the teeth, in open opposition, or to a person's 
 face. In spite of the teeth, notwithstanding threats, or a person's 
 utmost opposition. To cast in the teeth, is to mention by way of 
 reproach. 
 
 TOOTHACHE, (to6thake) s. a pain in the teeth. 
 
 TOO'THDRAWER, s. one who extracts painful teeth. 
 
 TOO^THLESS, o. having no teeth. 
 
r 
 
 TOR 
 
 TOO'THPICK, Too'thpicker, s. an instrument to remove any 
 thing from between the teeth. 
 
 TOO'THSOME, a. pleasant ; agreeable to the taste. 
 
 TOO'THVVORT, s. in Botany, a plant whose roots somewhat 
 resemble the fangs of the teeth. 
 
 TOP, s. [Sax. Belg. and Dan.] the apex, or highest part ; the 
 surface; the utmost degree or rank ; the head of a plant ; a play- 
 thing used by children.— a. it implies lying on the top. 
 
 To TOP, V. n. to rise or be eminent ; to excel ; to do one's best. 
 — V. a. to cover on the top ; to rise above ; to surpass ; to crop ; to 
 perform with excellence. 
 
 TO'PAZ, s. [ppase, Fr.] in Mineralogy, a precious stone of a 
 gold colour. 
 
 To TOPE, V. n. \toper, Fr.] to drink hard, or to excess. 
 
 TOPER, s. one who drinks hard; a sot. 
 
 TO'P-GALLANT, «. the highest sail in a ship. 
 
 TOPHA'CEOUS, (tofdsheous) a. [tophus, Lat.] stony, sandy, or 
 gravelly. 
 
 TOPHEAVY, a. having the upper part of any thing heavier 
 than the lower. 
 
 TO'PHUS, {tofus,) [Lat.] in Medicine, a calculus. 
 
 TO'PIC, s. [topos, Gr.] a general head to which other things 
 are referred ; a subject ; things generally applied externally to a 
 particular part. 
 
 TO'PICAL, a. relating to some general head ; local, or con- 
 fined to some particular place. In Medicine, applied to a par- 
 ticular part. 
 
 TO'PKNOT, s. a knot worn by women on the top of the 
 head. 
 
 TO'PLADY, AUGUSTUS MONTAGUE, a Calvinistic cler- 
 gyman of the Church of England ; who was the constant pole- 
 mical opponent of John Wesley, and helped in no small degree 
 to revive the high Calvinism which has prevailed in some dis- 
 tricts of England, and in some denominations, ever since. He 
 studied at Trinity College, Dublin ; and died in 1778, aged 38 
 years. 
 
 TO'PMAST, s. the second division of a mast, or that part 
 which stands between the upper and lower pieces. 
 
 TOPO'GRAPHER, {topdgrafer) s. [topos and graph), Gr.] one 
 that describes a particular kingdom, country, or place. 
 
 TOPOGRA'PHICAL, {topogrdflkal) a. belonging to topography. 
 . TOPO'GRAPHY, (topfigrafy) s. the description of a particular 
 place, kingdom, or country. 
 
 To TO'PPLE, V. n. to fail forward ; to tumble down. 
 
 TO'PSAIL, s. the second sail. 
 
 TO'PSY-TURVY, ad. with the bottom upwards. 
 
 TOR, s. [Sax.] in the composition of some names, implies a 
 rock or hill. 
 
 TORCH, s. [torehe, Fr. toreia, Ital] a wax-light bigger than a 
 candle ; a flambeau. 
 
 TO'RCHLIGHT, s. a light kindled to supply the want of the 
 sun. 
 
 TORE, preter. of To Tear. 
 
 TORE, s. in Architecture, a large round moulding, used in the 
 bases of columns. 
 
 To TORME'NT, c. a. [tourmenter, Fr.] to put to pain ; to ex- 
 cruciate ; to tease ; to vex with importunity ; to agitate. 
 
 TO'RMENT, s. a lasting pain ; misery, anguish, torture. 
 
 TORME'NTIL, s. in Botany, a genus of plants of which there 
 are two British species, the upright and creepin'g. The root of 
 the first species, called also septfoil, is used in several counties 
 to tan leather, and farmers ftnd them very efficacious in the 
 dysenteries of cattle. 
 
 TORME'NTING, a. torturing ; putting to great pain ; teasing 
 with great importunity; excruciating. 
 
 TORME'NTOR, s. one that torments ; any thing that causes 
 pain. 
 
 TORN, past part, of To Tear. 
 
 TORNA'DO, s. [Span.] a hurricane; a whirlwind ; a furious 
 storm of rain, wind, and lightning. 
 
 TORO'NTO, a city of Canada, N. America. It stands on 
 Lake Ontario, with a spacious and excellent harbour. It is re- 
 gularly built, and has some fine public buildings, with several 
 colleges, and other educational and charitable institutions. It 
 is a place of growing trade, and was the capital of Upper Ca- 
 nada, it is about 500 miles from Quebec. Fop. about ^,000. 
 Lat. 43. 38. N. Long. 79. 28. W. 
 
 TORPE'DO, s. [torpeo, Lat.] in Ichthyology, a kind offish, 
 found sometimes in the British seas, which is furnished with 
 organs by means of which it is able to communicate a smart 
 electric shock to any thing it touches. It is supposed to use 
 this power for obtaining food. It is called by the fishermen the 
 cramp fish, 
 
 TC^RPID, a. [torpidus, Lat.] numbed ; deprived of motion or 
 sensation ; sluggish. 
 
 TO'RPOR, s. [Lat.] dulness of sensation ; inability to move. 
 
 TORQUEMA'DA, JUAN DE, the inquisitor-general of Spain, 
 whose zeal against heretics was so burning, that he has made 
 his name a proverb for furiously intolerant bigotry. He studied 
 at Valladolid, became a monk of the order of St. Dominic, and 
 exercised his tierce and cruel sway for 16 years. He enjoyed, 
 as was due, the confidence of both king and pope ; being a 
 
 lonfessor to Isabella of Castile " "^ 
 
 aged 80 years. 
 
 cardinal, and confessor to Isabella of Castile. He died in 1468, 
 
 TORREFA'CTION.s. [<orreo and /aao, Lat.] the act of scorch- 
 ing or roasting any thing before the fire. 
 
 TO'RRENl, s. [Fr. torrens, Lat.] in Geography, a temporary 
 stream of water falling suddenly from mountains whereon there 
 have been great rains, or an extraordinary thaw of snow. 
 
 TORRES STRAIT, the narrow sea which divides Papua or 
 New Guinea from the most northerly point of New Holland; 
 which is very dangerous from the number of coral reefs which 
 beset it. It is about 100 miles in breadth. 
 
 TORRICE'LLI, EVANGELISTA, a distinguished mathema- 
 tician and natural philosopher of Italy, who held the professor- 
 ship of mathematics at Florence, having attracted the notice of 
 Galileo, by a treatise he had composed. His name is chiefly 
 memorable as the discoverer of the principle of the barometer; 
 but he was the inventor of several useful philosophical instru- 
 ments, &c. He died in 1647, aged 39 years. 
 
 TO'RRID, a. [torride, Fr. from torreo, Lat.] burning-hot ; parch- 
 ed or scorched. Torrid Zone, is that part of the earth which 
 is included within the two lines called the tropics, which lie 
 23^^" distant on each side from the equator. It is the hottest 
 part of the globe ; and the sun is always for one or two days in 
 the ypar exactly vertical over every part of it. 
 
 TORRIGIA'NO PIETRO, an Italian sculptor, of whom it is 
 recorded that, being exceedingly jealous of Michael Angelo, his 
 fellow pupil, he attacked him, and struck him on the face so 
 fiercely, that he broke his nose. Compelled to leave Florence, 
 to avoid punishment, he led a rambling, changeable life, as 
 soldier and as artist; travelling as far as England even, where 
 he erected Henry VII. 's tomb ; and at last, in Spain, being dis- 
 appointed in the payment he expected for a beautifully executed 
 statue of the Virgin, he broke it, and was imprisoned for sacri- 
 lege, by the Inquisition, and starved himself to avoid being 
 burnt ; in 1522. 
 
 TO'RRINGTON, a town of Devonshire, with a market on 
 Saturday. There is a stone bridge of four arches over the river 
 Torridge, and it is 194 miles from London. Pop. 3665. 
 
 TORSE, s. in Heraldry, a wreath. 
 
 TO'RSEL, s. any thing in a twisted form. 
 
 TO'RSION, itorshon) s. [torsio, from torqueo, Lat.] the act of 
 writhing, twisting, turning, or winding. In Electricity, the 
 force of torsion in a very slender thread, is employed to measure 
 minute charges of electricity ; and by the aid of a graduated cir- 
 cle, has aided considerably in bringing this branch of natural 
 philosophy within the range of mathematical accuracy. 
 
 TORT, s, [Fr.] in Law, signifies wrong or injury. 
 
 TO'RTILLE, a. [tortilis, Lat.] twisted ; wreathed. 
 
 TO'RTOISE, s. [tortu, Fr.] in Zoology, a genus of reptiles, 
 which are furnished with a horny shell covering both surfaces of 
 their body, beyond which their heads, feet, and tails protrude. 
 They live on land, and are often kept in gardens for the destruc- 
 tion of slugs and insects. 
 
 TORTOLA, the principal of the Virgin Islands, West Indies. 
 It is about 18 miles long, and 7 in its greatest breadth. It pro- 
 duces excellent cotton, sugar, and rum. Pop. about 8000. Lat. 
 18. 27. N. Long. 64. 40. W. It belongs to the English. 
 
 TORTUGA, the name of two islands of the West Indies ; one 
 near the N. coast of the island of Hispaniola, which is about 60 
 miles in circumference, and has a very safe harbour, but difficult 
 of access. Lat. 20. 10. N. Long. 75. 10. W. The other near the 
 coast of Venezuela, S. America, about 35 miles in circumference, 
 5 s 865 
 
TOU 
 
 rocky, with only one safe anchorage ; frequented for the purpose 
 of catching turtles. Lat. 11. 7. N. Long. 64. 30. W. 
 
 TORTUO'SITY, s. wreath ; flexure. 
 
 TO'RTUOUS, a. [tortuosus, from torqueo, Lat. tortueux, Fr.] 
 winding, turning in and out. 
 
 TO'RTURE, s. [Fr. tortura, Lat.] pain ; anguish ; a state of 
 lasting torment, inflicted either as a punishment, or to extort 
 confession. 
 
 To TO'RTURE, v. a. to punish with torture ; to excruciate ; 
 to torment ; to keep on the stretch. 
 
 TO'RTURER, s. a tormenter; one that tortures. 
 
 TO'RY, s. [Irish,] in English Politics, one who adheres to the 
 ancient constitution of the state, and the hierarchy of the Church 
 of England. (See Whig. 
 
 To TOSS, V. a. pret. and past part, tost ; [tassen, Belg.] to throw 
 or cast with the hand ; to impel or throw with violence ; to lift 
 with a sudden and violent motion; to agitate; to make restless; 
 to tumble over. — v. n. to be in violent agitation. Used with up, 
 to fling coin in the air in gaming. 
 
 TO'SSER, s. one who throws ; one who flings or writhes. 
 
 TO'TAL, a. [Fr. totalis, from totus, Lat.] whole or complete ; 
 containing all the parts taken together, or undivided. 
 
 TOTA'LITY, s. [totalite, Fr.] any thing entire or undivided ; 
 the whole; a sum total. 
 
 TO'l .\LLY, a(7. wholly ; entirely; completely; fully. 
 
 T'O'THER, contracted for tJie other. 
 
 TO'TiLA, the king of the Ostrogoths, who in the 6th century 
 overran Italy, and took Rome. Here he established a mild, pa- 
 ternal government ; but Narses, with a large army, was despatch- 
 ed by the emperor Justinian to recoverthe peninsula, and Totila, 
 defeated near Tagina, was slain in 552, having reigned II years. 
 
 To TO'TTER, v. n. [tateren, Belg.] to shake so as to be in dan- 
 ger of falling ; to stagger. 
 
 TO'TTERING, a. ready to fall ; feeble ; weak. 
 
 TOU'CAN, s. in Ornithology, a bird, furnished with a very 
 large bill. In Astronomy, a constellation of the southern hemi- 
 sphere. 
 
 To TOUCH, {tiich) V. a. [toucher, Fr.] to reach with any thing 
 so that there be no space between the thing with which we 
 reach and that which is reached ; to come to, or attain ; to af- 
 fect, move, or melt ; to mark out or delineate; to strike or sound, 
 applied to music ; to act upon or impel ; to treat of in a slight 
 manner; to infect in a slight degree; to try, applied to metals. 
 To touch up, to repair or improve. — v. n. to cohere ; to join close 
 together. Used with at, to come to, or stay at, a place ; with on, 
 to mention in a slight manner; with on or upon, to arrive at, or 
 stop a short time ; to light upon in mental inquiries. 
 
 TOUCH, (tiich) s. contact; the sense of feeling; the act of 
 touching ; examination of metals by a stone; a test by which 
 any thing is tried; proof; power of exciting the affections; the 
 act of the hand on a musical instrument ; affection ; a hint ; 
 a slight essay; a stroke in painting; feature; a gentle tap ; a 
 wipe ; a slight fit of a disease ; exact performance. 
 
 TOU'CHHOLE, (tiich-hole) s. the hole through which the fire 
 is conveyed to the powder in a gun. 
 
 TOU'CHING, {tiiching) prep, concerning; with respect, rela- 
 tion, or regard to. 
 
 TOU'CHING, itching) a. in contact; affecting; pathetic; 
 moving. 
 
 TOU'CH-ME-NOT, s. in Botany, a plant found in Wales, and 
 the N. parts of England, with yellow flowers ; the seed-vessel of 
 which is so elastic, that on the least touch, when it is approach- 
 ing ripeness, the valves curl up, and scatter the seeds with con- 
 siderable force. 
 
 TOU'CHSTONE, {tuchstone) s. in Mineralogy, a kind of slate by 
 which gold and silver used to be tried. Figuratively, any test. 
 
 TOU'CHWOOD, s. rotten wood used as tinder. 
 
 TOU'CHY, a. See Tetchy. 
 
 TOUGH, (tiiff) a. \toh. Sax.] not breaking when bent ; stiflT, 
 or not easily bent ; not easily bitten or chewed, applied to food ; 
 viscous; clammy; ropy. 
 
 TOU'GHNESS, {tUffness) s. the quality of not being easily 
 bent ; hard to be bit or chewed ; viscosity ; tenacity ; glutin- 
 ousness. 
 
 TOU'LON, a celebrated city and sea-port of the department of 
 Var, France. It stands on a bay of the Mediterranean Sea, and 
 besides the cathedral, and other parish churches, contains con- 
 
 TOU 
 
 vents, colleges, schools, museums, and other excellent benevo- 
 lent and educational institutions. It is divided into the Old 
 Quarter and the New Quarter. The harbour, respecting these 
 two quarters, is distinguished likewise by the names of the Old 
 Port or the Merchant Port, and the New Port. It is strongly 
 fortified, and has a fine dockyard and arsenal for the national 
 navy. It has some manufactures and trade, but not of any im- 
 portance. Toulon is 388 miles from Paris. Pop. about 40,000. 
 Lat. 43. 7. N. Long. 5. 55. E. 
 
 TOU'LOUSE, a city in the department of Haute Garonne, 
 France. It stands on the Garonne, over which it has a fine 
 bridge ; and it is walled, and has handsome quays, and public 
 walks. The cathedral, the town-hall, the museum, and other 
 public buildings, are fine structures ; and there are many valu- 
 able charitable and educational institutions. Its trade and ma- 
 nufactures are very considerable, besides what is carried on at 
 the arsenal and government-buildings. It is 356 miles from 
 Paris. Pop. about 80,000. Lat. 43. 36. N. Long. 1. 27. E. 
 
 TOUPE'T, {toopee) s. [Fr.] an artificial curl of hair ; the hair 
 which grows on the forehead turned back. 
 
 TOUR, «. {tour, Fr.] a ramble, or roving journey ; a turn, or 
 revolution. 
 
 TOU'RMALIN, s. in Mineralogy, a variously-coloured kind of 
 gem, the better kinds of which are used as jewels. It easily dis- 
 plays electrical action. 
 
 TOU'RNAMENT, s. Itoumamentum, \ow Lat.] a tilt; jousting; 
 a military diversion ; a mock encounter. 
 
 TOU'RNAY, a handsome and considerable town of Hainault, 
 Belgium ; is a large trading place with several fine manufactories, 
 and particularly famous for good stockings. The cathedral, and 
 the abbey of St. Martin, are very magnificent. It is seated on the 
 river Scheldt, which divides it into two parts, that are united 
 by a bridge ; 50 miles from Brussels. Pop. about 30,000. Lat. 
 50. 33. N. Long. 3. 28. E. 
 
 TOURNEFO'RT, JOSEPH PITTON DE, a very distinguished 
 French botanist, of the latter part of the 17th century. He was 
 first intended for the church, but subsequently studied medicine 
 at Montpellier, where he acquired his predilection for botani- 
 cal studies. He commenced his studies by tours in France, 
 Switzerland, and Spain ; afterwards he visited Spain and Por- 
 tugal, by the order of government ; and spenl some of the lat- 
 ter years of his life in the countries round the Levant, and the 
 Black and Caspian Seas. He was assistant professor and lecturer 
 at the Jardin du Roi, Paris, in the intervals of his travels; and 
 published accounts of his travels, as well as works on Systema- 
 tic Botany. He died in 1708, aged 52 years. Tournefort aided 
 the progress of his favourite science, as greatly by the construc- 
 tion of his system, as by his travels. But that system is com- 
 pletely exploded now; having been built on uncertain forms and 
 habits, rather than on invariable distinctions, such as physio- 
 logy brings to light. 
 
 TO'URNIQUET, s. [Fr.] in Surgery, an instrument used to 
 compress the great artery of a limb during amputation, to cheek 
 the haemorrhage. 
 
 TOURS, an ancient and considerable city of the department 
 of Indre et Loire, France. It is advantageously seated on the 
 Loire, and near the Cher. Over the former is one of the finest 
 bridges in Europe, consisting of 15 elliptical arches, each 75 
 feet in diameter ; and 2 other bridges cross the Cher. The streets, 
 quays, squares, and public buildings are in general very fine. 
 Its manufactures are yet considerable ; and the red wines made 
 here are much esteemed. Tours is 145 miles from Paris. Pop. 
 about 30,000. Lat. 47. 24. N. Long. 0. 42. E. 
 
 TOUSSA'INT L' OUVERTURE, a celebrated and extraordi- 
 nary ne^ro.'who, at the outbreak of the servile insurrection in 
 St. Domingo, was a slave ; but having had a kind master, and 
 the opportunity and the disposition to cultivate his mind, 
 he abstained from taking part at first. But after the pro- 
 clamation of freedom to the slaves, by the Convention, he join- 
 ed in the movement, and by his superior courage and skill rose 
 in esteem, till he was the acknowledged chief of the new state. 
 The English were expelled, the Spanish part of the island re- 
 duced, a regular government installed, and himself made presi- 
 dent. The dealings of the commissioners of the Directory with 
 this new government were not of a faithful kind. Being per- 
 suaded that there was in the island a great quantity of concealed 
 riches, and needing money as they did for their wars, &c. ; 
 
r 
 
 TRA 
 
 knowing, moreover, the former value of St. Domingo in a com- 
 mercial point of view to France ; they contrived to excite a 
 quarrel, which was carried on till Buonaparte undertook to re- 
 cover the lost colony. He did not succeed ; but Toussaint was 
 captured by a shameful act of treachery; brought to Europe; 
 confined with needless and gratuitous cruelty in the castle of 
 Joux ; and there, as some believe, starved to death, in 1803, 
 aged 60 years. Wordsworth's well-known sonnet may be re- 
 ferred to as embodying the universal sentiment respecting this 
 remarkable and ill-fated man. 
 
 TOW, {to) s. [tow. Sax.] flax or hemp beaten and combed into 
 a filamentous substance. , 
 
 To TOW, (to) V. a. [teon, teohan. Sax.] to draw by a rope in the 
 water. 
 
 TO'WAGE, {toage) s. [touage, Fr.] money paid to the owner 
 of ground near a river for the liberty of towing a vessel, or to 
 the owner of the horses employed in towing. 
 
 TOWA'RD, Towa'kds, prep, [Sax.] in a direction, or near 
 to; with respect to, or relating; with local or ideal tendency 
 to ; nearly, little less than. 
 
 TOWA'RD, Towa'rds, ad. near ; in a state of preparation. 
 
 TO'WARD, a. ready to do or learn ; tractable. 
 
 TO'WARDLY,arf. readily; orderly. 
 
 TO'WARDLINESS, To'wardness, s. docility; compliance. 
 
 TOW'EL, {ow pron. as in note,) s. [toumlle, Fr. touaglio, Ital.] a 
 cloth used for wiping the hands. 
 
 TOWER, {pw in this and the following words pron. as in 
 how,) s. \tor, Sax. tour, Fr. torre, Ital.] a high building raised above 
 the body of an edifice ; a fortress or citadel. This name is 
 given, ^ar excellence, to the fortress which stands on the banks 
 of the Thames, at the E. end of old London Wall. It was for- 
 merly a royal residence ; afterwards a state prison ; later still 
 an assemblage of incongruous exhibitions, wild beasts and 
 crown jewels, armour, arms, and war trophies ; and is now a 
 miscellaneous kind of storehouse, for arms and ordnance, gun- 
 powder and state records, some parts of which are yet publicly 
 exhibited. 
 
 To TO'WER, V. n. to soar ; to fly or rise high. 
 
 TO'WERING, a. soaring ; rising or flying high. 
 
 TO'WERY, a. adorned or guarded with towers. 
 
 TO'WING-PATH, s. a road or path carried along the bank of 
 a navigable river or canal, on which the horses or men who 
 draw the vessels along can pass. 
 
 TOWN, «. [tun. Sax. tuyn, Belg.] a collection of houses larger 
 than a village, and less than a city; any number of houses to 
 which belongs a regular market ; the people of a capital ; the 
 fashionables of a metropolis. Town talk means the common 
 prattle of a place. 
 
 TO'WNCLERK,». an officer who manages the public busi- 
 ness of a corporate town. 
 
 TO'WNLEY MARBLES, in the British Museum, the valuable 
 ■collection of statues, busts, bas-reliefs, miscellaneous sculptures, 
 terracottas, &c., made in the space of many years by Mr. Charles 
 Townley, of Park Street, and, at his death, purchased by the 
 government, and placed in this national and magnificent assem- 
 blage of works of art, &tc. 
 
 lO'WNSHIP, s. the extent of a town's jurisdiction. 
 
 TOXO'PHOLITE, s. [toxon and phiteo. Or.] a modern name 
 given to archers. 
 
 TOY, 8. Ituijen, Belg.] a thing of no value; a plaything; 
 folly ; play, or amorous dalliance ; wild fancy. 
 
 To TOY, V. n. to play; to sport or dally amorously. 
 
 TOY'SHOP, s. a shop where toys and little nice manufactures 
 are sold. 
 
 To TOZE, e. a. to draw out ; to pull asunder as is done in 
 carding wool to make it softer and fit for spinning. 
 
 TRACE, s. [Fr. traccia, Ital.] a mark left by any thing passing ; 
 afootstep; remains. — [tirasser, Fr.} harness for beasts of draught. 
 
 To TRACE, V. a. [tracer, Fr.] to follow by means of marks left, 
 or footsteps ; to mark out ; to walk over. 
 
 TRA'CER, «. one who traces; an instrument for tracing out- 
 lines of drawings, maps, &c. 
 
 TRA'CERY, s. the general name for the arches, uprights, &c. 
 ice., which form the stoue-work in the upper compartment of a 
 Gothic window ; also, for the groining of a ceiling, kc. 
 
 TRACHE'A, s. [Gr.] in Anatomy, the wind-pipe, a tube, or 
 canal, extending from the larynx to the bronchi. 
 
 TRA 
 
 TRACHEO'TOMY, s. [trachea and tonno, Gr,] in Surgery, the 
 act of cutting open the trachea, which is the only means by 
 which, sometimes, any substance that has fallen into it can be 
 recovered ; and is necessary in some diseases of the part. 
 
 TRACK, s. [trac, old Fr.] a mark left by the foot, the wheels 
 of a carriage, or otherwise ; a road or beaten path. 
 
 To TRACK, V. a. to follow by the footsteps, or marks left in 
 the way. 
 
 TRA'CKLESS, a. untrodden ; marked with no footsteps. 
 
 TRACT, s. [tractus, Lat.] in Geography, is an extent of ground, 
 or a portion of the earth's surface ; a region. In Literature, a 
 small treatise, or discourse upon any subject. 
 
 TRACTABLE, a. [traetabilis, from traclo, Lat.] capable of be- 
 ing governed or managed; docile; obsequious; compliant; such 
 as may be handled. 
 
 TRA'CTABLENESS, s. gentleness of disposition ; the quality 
 of being easily managed or governed. 
 
 TRA'CTION, s. [traho, Lat.] the act of drawing a carriage 
 along a road, a vessel along a stream, and in general any weight 
 along any surface. 
 
 TRADE, s. [tratta, Ital.] the exchange of goods for money or 
 other commodities; business or employ carried on in a shop, 
 opposed to the liberal arts or learned professions ; the in- 
 struments of any business; custom; habit. The Board of Trade 
 is a committee of the privy-council of the English sovereign, be- 
 fore whom all matters relating to trade (and formerly all matters 
 relating to the colonies also) pass for consideration. The pre- 
 sident of this committee is always a member of the cabinet. 
 
 To TRADE, ti. n. to traffic or exchange goods for money or 
 other commodities ; to act merely for money. — v. a. to exchange 
 or sell in commerce. 
 
 TRA'DER, s. one engaged in merchandise or commerce ; a 
 small vessel that trades from port to port. 
 
 TRA'DESCANT, JOHN, the name of two eminent Dutch na- 
 turalists of the 17th and 18th centuries. The elder had travelled 
 and botanized in the countries round' the Mediterranean, and 
 was gardener to Charles I. of England. He died in 1G52. The 
 younger, his son, visited Virginia, and considerably increased the 
 collection of plants, &c. &c., made by his father, a catalogue of 
 which he published. This museum, as he called it, was the germ 
 of the Ashmolean Museum, now at Oxford. He died in 1662. 
 
 TRA'DESMAN, s. one who buys and sells by retail ; a me- 
 chanic. 
 
 TRADE WIND, s. in Physical Geography, a name given to 
 certain winds, which prevail on both sides of the equator about 
 the tropics, and always blow from one point. 
 
 TRADI'TION, s. [Fr. traditio, from trado, Lat.] generally, his- 
 torical facts, laws, customs, &c. &c., which have been handed 
 down to us from foregoing generations. In Theology, articles 
 of faith, ecclesiastical rites, customs, and formularies, interpret- 
 ations of Scripture, he, that have been handed down from for- 
 mer ages. The reverence paid to this uncertain and unauthor- 
 ized teacher, which prevailed amongst the Jews, and is the 
 foundation of Romanism and of the Oxford view of Anglicanism, 
 is founded on a deeply implanted feeling of the human breast ; 
 and in these instances, and in all similar instances, is condemned 
 by that majestic philosophy which Lord Bacon has expounded, 
 and, in respect of this very feeling, has uttered in the memorable 
 saying, Antiquitas sceeuli, juvenilis mundi, — " The more ancient the 
 age, the more youthful the world." 
 
 TRADFTIONAL, a. delivered by tradition. 
 
 TRADI'TIONALLY, ad. by transmission from age to age. 
 
 To TRADU'CE, v. a. [traduco, Lat.] to represent as blamable ; 
 to calumniate ; to decry ; to defame ; to propagate or increase 
 by deriving one from another. 
 
 TRADlPCIBLE, a. such as may be derived. 
 
 TRADU'CING, a. calumniating; slandering; defaming. 
 
 TRADU'CTION, s. [Fr. traductio, Lat.] the translating one 
 language into another; derivation; transmission; conveyance; 
 transition ; defamation. 
 
 TRA'FFIC, s. [trq/k, Fr.] large trade, or exchange of com- 
 modities ; the subject of trade. 
 
 To TRA'FFIC, v. n. [trafiquer, Fr?] to carry on trade. 
 
 TRAFFICKER, s. a trader ; a merchant. 
 
 TRA'GACANTH, s. [tra^&canthum, Lat.] in Materia Medica, a 
 gum exuding from the incision of the root or trunk of a plant so 
 called, and commonly named p«m-rfrafifo». r 
 
 5 s 2 867 
 
TRA 
 
 TRAGE'DIAN, ». \trag(sdus, Lat.] a writer or actor of tra- 
 gedies. 
 
 TRA'GEDY, ». {tragtedia, Lat. tragedie, Fr.] in Poetry, a dra- 
 matic composition, the essence of which is the exhibition of the 
 unavailing contest of the human will with the law of necessity, 
 and the fatal catastrophes to which such contest infallibly con- 
 ducts. Figuratively, any mournful or dreadful event. 
 
 TRA'GIC,Tra'gical, a. [tragique, Fr. tragicus, Lat.'] relating to 
 tragedy ; mournful or dreadful. 
 
 TRA'GI-CO'MEDY, s. [tragi-comedie, Fr.] a dramatic represent- 
 ation, partly tragedy and partly comedy. 
 
 TRAJA'NUS, MARCUS ULPIUS NERVA, commonly called 
 Trajan, a Roman emperor, by birth a Spaniard, who commanded 
 with great distinction in Germany, and was adopted by the good 
 emperor, Nerva, as his successor. His reign was one of the few 
 that it is satisfactory to contemplate ; in every department he 
 made his personal influence felt ; arts were encouraged, victory 
 followed the armies, laws were perfected, burdens lessened, even 
 commerce seemed somewhat to revive. But to mark the true 
 nature of this goodness, we know that the gentle Pliny, with the 
 express approbation of the good and merciful Trajan, pitilessly 
 persecuted the Christians of Asia Minor, against whom he could 
 allege nothing but their unwavering constancy of trust in their 
 Redeemer, and their spotless lives. A lofty column yet records, 
 in Rome, the deeds of Trajan. He died in 117 A. D., aged 59 
 years, after a reign of 19. 
 
 To TRAIL, V. a. {trailler, Fr.] to hunt by the track ; to draw 
 along the ground ; to draw or trace ; to drag.— f. n. to be drawn 
 out in length. 
 
 TRAIL, s. the scent left on the ground by an animal that is 
 hunted; any thing drawn out in length, or dragging on the 
 ground ; any thing drawn behind in long undulations. 
 
 TRAI'LING, a. hanging or dragging on the ground. 
 
 To TRAIN, V. a. [trainer, Fr.] to draw along ; to draw or en- 
 tice ; to draw by artifice or stratagem. Used with on, to draw 
 from one act to another by persuasion ; with up, to breed, edu- 
 cate, or teach by degrees. 
 
 TRAIN, s. [Fr.] an artifice used to entice; the tail of a bird; 
 the part of a gown that sweeps behind along the ground ; a series, 
 process, or method; a retinue, or number of followers; a pro- 
 cession ; the line of powder which reaches to a mine. A train of 
 artillery, is the cannon accompanying an army. 
 
 TRAl'NOIL,*. in Commerce, oil extracted from the fat of whales. 
 
 TRAIT, s. [Fr.] a stroke or touch. 
 
 TRAl'TOR, s. [traitre, Fr.] one who betrays anv trust. 
 
 TRAITOROUS, a. treacherous ; perfidious ; faithless. 
 
 TRAITOROUSLY, ad. perfidiously ; treacherously. 
 
 TRA LEE', Kerry, in Munster, Ireland. It stands at the head 
 of a bay, called by the same name, and has some handsome pri- 
 vate and public buildings. It has a good trade, principally with 
 England. It is 144 miles from Dublin. Pop. 11,303. 
 
 TRA'MEL, Tra'mmel, s. [tramail, Fr.] a net in which birds 
 or fish are caught; a net of any kind; a kind of shackles in 
 which horses are taught to pace. Trammels are a kind of com- 
 passes for drawing ellipses or ovals. 
 
 To TRA'MMEL, v. a. to catch or intercept, used with vp. 
 
 To TRA'MPLE, v. a. [trampe, Dan.] to tread under foot with 
 pride, insolence, or contempt. — v. n. to tread in contempt, used 
 with on or upon. 
 
 TRA'MPLER, «. one that tramples. 
 
 TRA'M-ROAD, s. a kind of rail-road for general use, in which 
 plates of iron with a flange at the outer edge are laid down loose- 
 ly, or fixed to sleepers, &c., for the wheels to run on. Tram- 
 roads are hardly ever used now, except in cases where they can 
 be laid down hastily, and hastily removed, being superseded by 
 rail-roads. 
 
 TRANCE, s. [transe, Fr. from transeo, Lat.] in Physiology, a 
 morbid kind of sleep, in which the imagination is preternaturally 
 active, whilst the body seems to be insensible. 
 
 TRA'NQUIL, a. [tranquille, Fr. tranquillus, Lat.] quiet; undis- 
 turbed; peaceful. 
 
 TRANQUFLLITY, s. [tranquiUite, Fr. tranguillitas, Lat.] calm- 
 ness ; stillness ; an undisturbed state of mind. 
 
 TRANS, [Lat.] in Composition, signifies over, beyond, 
 through, or change of state or place. 
 
 To TRANSA'CT, v. a. [tramactus, Lat.] to conduct or manage 
 any treaty or aflfair ; to perform or carry on. 
 
 TRA 
 
 TRANSA'CTION, s. [Fr.] negociation ; management ; any 
 business carried on. 
 
 TRANSANIMATION, s. \tram and anima, Lat.] conveyance 
 of the soul from one body to another. 
 
 To TRANSCE'ND, v. a. [trans and scando, Lat.] to pass ; to 
 overpass, excel, or surpass ; to surmount, outdo. 
 
 TRANSCE'NDENCY, s. excellency; supereminence of others 
 in any good, quality or perfection ; exaggeration ; elevation be- 
 yond truth. 
 
 TRANSCE'NDENT, a. excellent ; supremely excellent ; sur- 
 passing. 
 .TRANSCENDE'NTAL, a. surpassing all conception ; ex- 
 ceeding the capacity of the understanding to grasp, or of words 
 to express. In Algebra, it is applied to theorems and problems 
 which can be only approximately demonstrated or solved by the 
 highest mathematics. In Metaphysics, it is used to designate 
 that system of philosophy which does not teach that the senses 
 and experience are the means and the source of all our know- 
 ledge. 
 
 TRANSCE'NDENTLY, ad. excellently; supereminently. 
 
 To TRANSCRI'BE, v. a. [trans and scriho, Lat.] to copy ; to 
 write from an example. 
 
 TRANSCRI'BER, s. one who writes from a copy. 
 
 TRA'NSCRIPT, s. a copy; any thing written from an original. 
 
 TRANSCRIPTION, s. [Fr.] the act of transcribing or copying. 
 
 TRANSCU'RSION, (transUrshdn) s. [trans and curro, Lat.] 
 passing through ; the act of running or passing from one place 
 to another; ramble; extraordinary deviation. 
 
 To TRANSFE'R, v. a. [tranferer, Fr. from trans and /ero, Lat.] 
 to make over from one to another ; to transport or remove. 
 
 TRA'NSFER, s. in Commerce, &c., is an act whereby a person 
 surrenders his right, interest, or property in any thing, movable 
 or immovable, to another. It is chiefly used for the signing and 
 making over shares in the stocks, or public funds, to such as 
 purchase them of the proprietors. 
 
 TRANSFIGURATION, s. [fo-a«s and ^«ra, Lat.] change of 
 form or appearance ; the state of a person or thing whose ap- 
 pearance is remarkably altered ; transformation. 
 
 To TRANSFI'GURE, v. a. to transform ; to change form or 
 appearance. 
 
 TRANSFI'GURED, a. having the form or appearance changed. 
 
 To TRANSFPX, v. a. [trans aad Jtgo, Lat.] to pierce through. 
 
 To TRANSFO'RM, v. a. [transformer, Fr. from trans and forma, 
 Lat.] to change the external form ; to change into some other 
 form. — V. n. to be metamorphosed, or changed into another 
 form. 
 
 TRANSFORMATION, s. [Fr.] the act of changing from one 
 form into another. 
 
 To TRANSFU'SE, {transfize) v. a. [trans and fundo, Lat.] to 
 pour out of one into another. 
 
 TRANSFU'SION, {transfuzhon) s. [Fr.] the act of pouring out 
 of one vessel into another. In Medicine, the art of^ conveying 
 the blood of one animal into another. 
 
 To TRANSGRE'SS, v. a. [transgresser, Fr. from trans and gra- 
 dior, Lat.] to pass over or beyond ; to violate or break. — v. n. to 
 offend by violating a law. 
 
 TRANSGRE'SSION, {transgreshbn) s. [Fr.] abreach or violation 
 of a law or commandment; offence, crime, fault. 
 
 TRANSGRE'SSOR, s. [Lat] a lawbreaker ; an offender. 
 
 TRA'NSIENT, a. [transiens, from trans and eo, Lat.] soon past 
 or passing; of short continuance ; momentary; not lasting. 
 
 TRA'NSIENTLY, ad. slightly ; by the bye ; in passage. 
 
 TRA'NSIT, s. [transitus, Lat.] in Astronomy, applied to an 
 inferior planet, when in its inferior conjunction it passes over 
 the sun s disk like a black round spot. See Mercury, and 
 Venus. Transit Instrument, in Astronomy and Optics, is a tele- 
 scope, peculiarly constructed, with very accurate mountings, 
 and capable of being fixed so as to observe the exact moment 
 when the sun, or moon, or any planet or star, passes the meri- 
 dian of any place. 
 
 TRANSITION, s. [Fr. transitio, Lat.] removal, passage, 
 change ; the act of passing from one subject to another. Transi- 
 tion iSeries, in Geology, was formerly applied to the oldest rocks 
 in which organic remains were found; which were supposed to 
 have been deposited during the period when the earth was 
 passing from its primary or uninhabited state, to its secortdary 
 or fully inhabited condition. 
 
p 
 
 ./ 
 
 TRA 
 
 TRATySITIVE, a. [transitivus, Lat.] having the power of pass- 
 ing. In Grammar, applied to verbs which do not completely 
 express an action witnout an immediate object. 
 
 TRA'NSITORY, a. [transitoire, Fr. transitorius, Lat,] continu- 
 ing but for a short time. 
 
 To TRANSLA'TE, v. n. [trans and latum, Lat] to transport 
 or remove from one place or post to another ; to transfer or con- 
 voy ; to change ; to interpret, or give the sense of any book or 
 sentence in another language. 
 
 TRANSLATION, s. [Fr.] the act of transferring or removing 
 a thing from one place to another ; we say the translation of a 
 bishop, a council, a seat of justice, &c. It is also used for the 
 version of a book or writing out of one language into another. 
 &e Version. 
 
 TRANSLA'TOR, «, one that turns any thing into another 
 language. 
 
 TRANSLU'CID, Translu'cent, a. [trans and luceo, Lat.] 
 transparent; diaphanous; clear; giving passage to light. 
 
 TRANSMARl'NE, a. [trans and mare, Lat.] lying on the other 
 side of the sea ; coming from parts beyond the sea. 
 
 To TRA'NSMIGRATE, v. n. [trans and migro, Lat.] to pass 
 from one country or place to another. 
 
 TRANSMIGRA'TION, s. [Fr.] the removal or translation of a 
 whole people from one country to another, by the power of a 
 conqueror. 
 
 TRANSMFSSABLE, a. capable of being conveyed. 
 
 TRANSMFSSION, (transmishon) s. [trans and tnitto, Lat.] the 
 act of conveying from one place to another, or delivering from 
 one person to another. 
 
 To TRANSMFT, v. a. to send or deliver down from one person, 
 place, or age to another. 
 
 TRANSMFTTER, s. one that transmits. 
 
 TRANSMU'TABLE, a. [traiismuto, Lat.] capable of being 
 changed from one nature or substance to another. 
 
 TRANSMUTA'TION, s. the act of changing one nature or 
 substance to another. Jn Alchymy, it denotes the art of changing 
 inferior metals into gold or silver. 
 
 To TRANSMU'TE, v. n. to change one substance or matter 
 into another. 
 
 TRA'NSOM, s. [trans, Lat.] in Building, a beam going across or 
 athwart. The vane of the cross-staff. 
 
 TRANSPA'RENCY, s. [transparence, Fr. from trans and pareo, 
 Lat.] that quality of a body which renders it easy to be seen 
 through; clearness; translucence; diaphaneity. 
 
 TRANSFA'RENT, a. [Fr.] that maybe seen through ; clear; 
 pervious, or giving passage to light; translucent; pellucid; dia- 
 phanous. 
 
 TRANSPIRA'TION, s. [Fr. trans and spiro, Lat.] emission of 
 vapours. 
 
 To TRANSFFRE, v. a. [transpirer, Fr.] to emit in vapour. — 
 c. n. to be emitted in vapours ; to escape from secrecy ; to notice. 
 
 To TRANSPLA'NT, v. a. [transplanter, Fr. from trans and plan- 
 to, Lat.] to remove and plant in a new place; to remove. 
 
 TRANSPLANTATION, s. [Fr.] the act of removing from one 
 place to another ; removal. 
 
 TRANSPLA'NTER, s. one that transplants. 
 
 To TRANSPO'RT, v. a. [transporter, Fr. trans and porta, Lat.] 
 to carry or convey by carriage from one place to another ; to car- 
 ry into banishment ; to hurry by violence of passion ; to put in- 
 to ecstasy. 
 
 TRA'NSPORT, s. [Fr.] a violent hurry of passion ; ecstasy; 
 a rapture; a sally; a ship employed to carry soldiers, ammunition, 
 &c., or convicts, from one place to another; carriage; con- 
 veyance. 
 
 TRANSPO'RTABLE, a. capable of being moved from one 
 place to another. 
 
 TRANSPORT A'TION, s. carriage from one place to another ; 
 banishment to some determined place for crimes ; ecstatic vio- 
 lence of passion. j- 
 
 TRANSPO'RTER-, s. one who transports. 
 
 To TRANSPO'SE, (transpose) v. a. [transposer, Fr. from trans 
 and pono, Lat.] to put each in the place of the other ; to put out 
 of place. In Music, to write out a composition in another key. 
 
 TRANSPOSI'TION, {transpozishon) s. [Fr.] the act of changing 
 the order or place of things. In Music, the act of copying a 
 composition in a different key from that in which it is originally 
 written. 
 
 TRA 
 
 To TRANSUBSTA'NTIATE, {transvhstdnshiate) v. a. [tratisvb. 
 stantier, Fr. from trans and substantia, Lat.] to change to another. 
 
 TRANSUBSTANTIA'TION, (transubstanshidshon) s. [Fr.] in 
 Romanist Theology, the conversion or change of the substance 
 of the bread and wine, in the eucharist, into the body and blood 
 of Jesus Christ, by the consecration of the priest. See Consub- 
 
 STANTIATION. 
 
 TRANSUDATION, s, the act of passing in vapour through 
 any integument. 
 
 To TRANSU'DE, v. n. [trans and sudo, Lat.] to pass through 
 in vapour or moisture ; to perspire. 
 
 TKA'NSVERSE, a. [transversus, Lat.] being in a cross direction. 
 
 TRANSVE'RSELY, ad. in a cross direction. 
 
 TRANSYLVA'NIA, a principality of the Austrian empire, 
 forming the E. part of Hungary, bordering on the Turkish do- 
 minions. It is nearly 200 miles extreme length in each direc- 
 tion. It is enclosed by lofty mountains, belonging to the Car- 
 pathian system, many of the heights of which exceed 9000 feet. 
 All its rivers are tributaries of the Danube ; and it has some 
 lakes of considerable extent. It yields gold, silver, iron, lead, 
 copper, and quicksilver; with salt, and precious stones. Grain 
 of all kinds is grown here ; and wine, timber, fruits, &c. &c. 
 abundantly produced. Cattle, sheep, horses, &c. are reared in 
 great numbers. Its export trade consists in these things. Her- 
 manstadt, Clausenburg, Neumarkt, &c. are its chief cities. 
 Pop. about 2,250,000. 
 
 TRAP, s. [trappe. Sax, trape, Fr.] a snare set to catch thieves 
 or vermin; an ambush ; a stratagem to catch or betray una- 
 wares ; a play with a ball and sticks. 
 
 To TRAP, V. a. [trappan. Sax.] See To Entrap. 
 
 TRAP, Trappe'an, a. [trappa, Swed.] in Geology, is applied 
 to rocks of igneous origin, not connected with volcanoes, whose 
 craters can be distinguished. They occur in all forms, and 
 under all varieties of circumstances ; but amongst them none is 
 more remarkable than that called, from the mining term, a 
 dyke; which is a wall of solid rock, interposing between strata, 
 whose lines of deposition can be traced on each side of it; and 
 bearing evident marks of having originated by the filling up of 
 a crevice, formed by the upheaving of the rocks, with matter 
 in a state of fusion from below. See Granite, Sienite, Por- 
 phyry, Serpentine, &c. &c. 
 
 TRAPDOO'R, s. a door in a floor, or horizontal surface, 
 
 TRAPE'ZIUM, s. [trapeza, Gr.] in Geometry, a plane quadri- 
 lateral figure, two only of whose sides are parallel. 
 
 TRAPE'ZOID, s. [trapezion and eidos, Gr.] in Geometry, an 
 irregular quadrilateral figure whose sides are not parallel. 
 
 TRAPPE, LA, a famous abbey of France, of the Cistercian 
 order; of which, in 1064, Armand de Ranee, a profligate abbe, 
 disgusted with life, became abbot, and instead introduced an 
 asceticism, which exceeded in its severity that of the founder 
 of the sect. Manual labour, canonical and private devotions, were 
 to take up all the time ; the worship never ceased day nor night ; 
 the monks spoke to each other but once a week, and then on 
 devotional subjects; science, art, literature, were disowned; 
 the very library consisted of books of devotion alone ; and beside 
 fasting, vegetables, bread, and water were the only diet allow- 
 ed. This institution continued in almost unmitigated severity 
 of discipline till the French Revolution of 1789. 
 
 TRA'PPINGS, s. [drap, Fr.] ornaments belonging to a saddle ; 
 dress; embellishment; external and trifling decoration. 
 
 TRASH, s. [tros, Isl.] any thing worthless or unwholesome; 
 dross; dregs; a worthless person. 
 
 To TRASH, V. a. to lop, crop ; to crush, or humble. 
 
 ToTRA'VAIL, {trdvel) v. n. [travailler, Fr,] to labour hard; 
 to be in labour or child-birth, 
 
 TRA'VAIL, (travel) s. hard labour ; the anguish of child-birth. 
 
 TRAVANCORE, a province of the peninsula of Hindustan, 
 extending along the coast of Malabar from Cape Comorin to 10. 
 15. N. Lat., and bounded on the N. by Mysore, and on the E, 
 by the Carnatic. It is subject to a rajah, who is an ally of the 
 English East India Company. 
 
 lo TRA'VEL, V. n. to make journeys, applied both to sea and 
 land, though we sometimes use it in opposition to voyage, which 
 is appropriated to the sea ; to pass, go, move ; to make journeys 
 of curiosity,— t). a. to pass ; to journey over. 
 
 TRA'VEL, «, journey; act of passing from place to place. Used 
 in the plural, for narratives of journeys into foreign parts, 
 
 869 
 
TRE 
 
 TRA'VELLER, ». [travailleur, Fr.] one who goes a journey; a 
 wayfarer ; one who visits foreign countries. 
 
 TRA'VELLER'S-JOY, s. in Botany, a British plant, called 
 also virgin's-bower, and clematis. 
 
 To TRA'VERSE, v. a. [traverser, Fr.] to cross or lay athwart ; 
 to thwart, or oppose ; to oppose so as to annul ; to cross or wan- 
 der over ; to survey. — v. n. to use a posture of opposition in fencing. 
 In Law, to deny some matter of fact alleged in the pleading or 
 declaration of the plaintiff or prosecutor. In Gunnery, to turn 
 or point a piece of ordnance in any direction from a fortification. 
 
 TRA'VERSE, Tra'nsverse, s. [traverse, Fr. transversus, Lat.] 
 in general, something that goes athwart another, or crosses and 
 cuts it obliquely. In Navigation, it is a compound course where- 
 in several different successive courses and distances are known. 
 In Law, it denotes the denial of some matter of fact alleged to 
 be done in a declaration or pleadings. In Fortification, a de- 
 fence against shot from one side, for the gunners. 
 
 TRA'VERTIN, s. [Ital.] in Geology, &c., a solid tufaceous de- 
 posit, frequently found in great quantities in Italy, where it is 
 used as a building-stone, and is very durable. See Tufa. 
 
 TRA'VESTY, s. [travestir, Fr.] the disfiguring of an author, 
 or the translating him into a style and manner different from his 
 own ; or the turning a serious subject into burlesque. 
 
 TRAUMA'TIC, ». [tratma, Gr.] a medicine good for the cure 
 of wounds. 
 
 TRAUMA'TIC, a. belonging to the cure of wounds ; vulnerary. 
 
 TRAY, s. [Swed.] a shallow wooden trough in which meat or 
 fish is carried. 
 
 TRE'ACHEROUS, (trScherous) a. guilty of deserting or betray- 
 ing; perfidious; faithless. 
 
 TRE'ACHEROUSLY, {trecherously) ad. perfidiously ; clandes- 
 tinely ; faithlessly. 
 
 TRE'ACHEROUSNESS, s. the quality of being treacherous; 
 perfidiousness. 
 
 TRE'ACHERY, {trickery) s. [tricherie, Fr.] breach of faith ; 
 
 TRE'ACLE, {treeU) s. [triade, Fr.] in Medicine, a compound 
 of many ingredients. In Trade, the dregs of sugar ; molasses. 
 
 To TREAD, {tred) v. n. pret. trod, past part, troddm ; [tredan, 
 Sax. treden, Belg.] to set the foot; to trample, in scorn or ma- 
 lice; to walk with pomp. To copulate, applied to birds.— «>. a. 
 to walk upon; to press under foot ; to crush under foot ; to tram- 
 ple in contempt or hatred. 
 
 TREAD, (trgd) s. step with the foot ; way, track, or path. 
 
 TRE'ADER,*. he who treads. 
 
 TRE'ADLE, (tredl) s. a lever by which a wheel is turned, 
 worked by the feet. In Physiology, the chalazcB of an egg, by 
 which the yolk is suspended in the white or albumen. 
 
 TRE'ADWHEEL, s. a long hollow cylinder or wheel, con- 
 structed like a water-wheel, to be set in motion by persons step- 
 ping on the foot-boards ; used in prisons, as a penal occupation, 
 and usually communicating motion to the machinery of a mill. 
 
 TRE'ASON, (treezon) a. [trahison, Fr.'\ the act of betraying; 
 but more particularly the act or crime of infidelity to one's law- 
 ful sovereign. High treason is an offence against the security of 
 the king or kingdom, which is again divided into various branches. 
 Petty treason is, where a servant kills his master, a wife her hus- 
 band, or a secular or religious person kills his prelate or superior, 
 to whom he owes faith and obedience ; and aiders and abettors, 
 as well as procurers, are within the act. 
 
 TRE'ASONABLE, (treezonahle) a. traitorous; liable to be con- 
 strued or interpreted treason. 
 
 TRE'ASURE, {trezhure) s. [fre'sor, Fr.] wealth or riches hoard- 
 ed up or accumulated. 
 
 To TRE'ASURE, {trSzlmre) v. a. to hoard, accumulate, or 
 amass. 
 
 TRE'ASURER, (trhhurer) s. [tresorier, Fr.] an officer to whom 
 the money of a corporation is committed, to be kept and duly 
 disposed of. Lord high treasurer is first commissioner of the 
 Treasury, has under his charge and direction all the king's re- 
 venue, which is kept in the Exchequer. He holds his place 
 during the king's pleasure, and is instituted by the delivery of 
 a white staff to him; and has a check on all the officers em- 
 ployed in collecting the king's revenue. But this office is now 
 in commission. Five commissioners are appointed, the first of 
 which is called first lord of the Treasury, and, sometimes, is also 
 chancellor of the Exchequer. There is likewise the treasurer of the 
 870 
 
 king's household, of the king's navy, of the king's chamber, and 
 of the wardrobe. Most corporations have treasurers, as has like- 
 wise every county. 
 
 TRE'ASURESHIP, s. the office or dignity of a treasurer. 
 
 TRE'ASURE-TROVE, s. [tresor-trouve, Fr.] in Law, any ca- 
 sually discovered treasure, which, if the rightful owner is not 
 discovered, belongs to the sovereign. 
 
 TRE'ASURY, (trezhwy) s. [tresorerie, Fr.] a place in which 
 riches or money are laid up or accumulated. In the English 
 Constitution, that branch of government which is busied with 
 the affairs of the revenue, &c. 
 
 To TRE' AT, {treet) v. a. [tracto, Lat. trahtian, Sax. trailer, Fr.] 
 to negociate; to settle; to discourse on, used with on at upon; 
 to use ; to manage, handle, carry on ; to entertain freely. — v. n. 
 to discourse or discuss ; to carry on a treaty or negociation ; to 
 come to terms of accommodation ; to entertain a person at a 
 feast. 
 
 TRE' AT, (treet) s. an entertainment given; something given 
 at an entertainment. 
 
 TRE'ATISE, (treetise) s. a set discourse or written tract on 
 any subject. 
 
 TRE'ATMENT, {treetment) s. [traitement, Fr.] usage ; manner 
 of usage, whether good or bad. 
 
 TRE'ATY, {treety) s. [traiti, Fr.] a covenant between two or 
 more nations; or the several articles and conditions stipulated 
 and agreed upon between sovereign powers. 
 
 TRE'BISOND, or Trapezond, a strong town of Asiatic Tur- 
 key, seated on the S. E. shore of the Black Sea. . It was a fa- 
 mous place in former times, but now is only distinguished as a 
 place of commerce. It abounds with relics of buildings of all 
 ages, and is the see of a Greek archbishop. It is 440 miles from 
 Constantinople. Pop. about 30,000. Lat. 37. 23. N. Long. 
 39. 43. E. 
 
 TRE'BLE, a. [triple, Fr. triplex, from tres, Lat.] threefold ; tri- 
 ple, in Music, the highest pitch of the human voice. 
 
 To TRE'BLE, v. a. [tripler, Fr.] to multiply by three ; to make 
 thrice as much. — v. n. to become threefold. 
 
 TREE, s. [tree, Dan. trie, Isl.] in Botany, the general and po- 
 pular name for all plants which send out an upright woody stem, 
 before spreading into branches. It is also applied, in Horticul- 
 ture, to garden plants, or shrubs, which are made by art to as- 
 sume this form, as tree-rose, tree-fuchsia. Figuratively, any thing 
 branched out. 
 
 TREE-MOSS, s. in Botany, a sort of lichen._ 
 
 TRE'FOIL, or Clo'ver, s. [trejie, Fr.] in Botany and Farming, 
 a genus of plants greatly esteemed for the great improvement it 
 makes upon land, the goodness of its hay, and the value of its seed. 
 The sour trefoil is what is also called cuckowbread. 
 
 TRE'LLIS, s. [Fr.] a structure of iron, wood, or osier, the 
 parts crossing each other like a lattice. 
 
 TRE'LLISED, a. wrought in the manner of a lattice or grate. 
 
 To TRE'MBLE, v. n. [trembler, Fr.] to shake or shiver with 
 fear or cold ; to quiver. 
 
 TRE'MBLING, s. shaking or shivering with fear or cold ; tot- 
 tering, quivering, quavering. 
 
 TREME'NDOUS, a. [tremendus, from tremo, Lat.] affecting 
 with, or causing, fear or dread ; horrible; astonishingly terrible. 
 
 TRE'MOR, s. [Lat.] a state of shaking or trembling; quiver- 
 ing or vibrating motion. 
 
 TRE'MULOUS, a. [tremulus, from tremo, Lat.] quavering ; 
 shaking; vibratory; trembling; quivering; fearful. 
 
 TREN, s, a fish-spear. 
 
 To TRENCH, v. a. [trancher, Fr.] to cut ; to cut or dig into 
 pits or trenches. 
 
 TRENCH, s. [tranche, Fr.] a pit or ditch. In Fortification, 
 earth thrown up to defend soldiers in attacking a fortress, or to 
 guard a camp. 
 
 TRE'NCHANT, a. [Fr.] cutting ; sharp. 
 
 TRE'NCHER, s. [trenchoir, Fr.] a piece of wood ; an utensil ; 
 a table ; food; a square cap worn by students at the universities. 
 
 TRE'NCHERFLY, s. one that haunts tables; a parasite. 
 
 TRENCK, FREDERIC BARON VON DER, a remarkable 
 person of the last century, whose adventures were more wonder- 
 ful than those of most heroes of romances. He was a Prussian 
 officer, and enjoyed the favour of Frederick the Great, it was 
 his misfortune also to enjoy that of the Princess Amalie, and his 
 folly to boast of it. He was entrapped into some offence against 
 
TRE 
 
 the royal dignity, and imprisoned at Glatz; but he escaped and 
 went to Vienna. Subsequently he visited Russia, Sweden, and 
 other countries, and returned at last to Vienna. During this 
 period, his royal friend, his cousin, and others to whom hishand- 
 Kome person recommended him, supplied him bountifully with 
 money, and he had beside several military commissions. Im- 
 prudently revisiting Prussia, he was seized and confined at 
 Magdeburg, where he so repeatedly endeavoured to escape, that 
 he was literally loaded with fetters to secure him. After 15 years 
 he was released, and banished for life. He then set up as a 
 wine merchant at Aix-la-Chapelle,and was not more prosperous 
 in that than in his former career. His next attempt was author- 
 ship, and a Life of his persecutor raised him to the summit of 
 notoriety. At length , after attempting to be restored to his own 
 country, he threw himself info the vortex of the French Revolu- 
 tion, and was guillotined in 1794, aged 68 years. His -Memoirs, 
 written by himself, tell the tale of his misfortunes, and are, like 
 himself, throughout his whole life, not remarkable for calmness 
 or moderation. 
 
 To TREND, V. n. to tend ; to incline to any particular di- 
 rection. 
 
 TRE'NDLE, s. [trendel, Sax.] any thing turned round. 
 
 TRENT, an ancient, handsome, and considerable city of Ty- 
 rol, in Austria, formerly a free imperial city. It is seated at the 
 foot of the Alps, in a pleasant fertile valley, on the river Adige, 
 and has valuable manufactures, and a considerable trade. Its 
 public buildings are very fine. Pop. about 15,000. Lat. 46. 8. 
 N. Long. 11. 27. E. 
 
 TRENT, a large river in England, which rises in Stafford- 
 shire, issuing from three several springs between Congleton and 
 Leek. Flowing through Staffordshire, it enters Derbyshire, 
 crosses the southern angle of that county, and forms for a short 
 space its separation from the counties of Lincoln and Notting- 
 ham ; it then enters the latter county, and crossing it forms the 
 boundary between that county and Lincolnshire, a corner of 
 which it crosses, and then falls into the Huraber below Gains- 
 borough, after a course of about 200 miles, during which it 
 receives the waters of several large streams. It is a large navi- 
 gable river through the whole of Nottinghamshire, but has the 
 inconvenience of being subject to great and frequent floods. 
 
 TRENT, COUNCIL OF, the last general council ever held ; 
 which was convoked in consequence of the spread of the Reform- 
 ation, in 1542, and was opened in 1545. It was interrupted in 
 1547, and an attempt made to remove it to Bologna, which 
 failed ; and again summoned at Trent, in 1551 ; but in the next 
 year dispersed again. In 1561, it was once more summoned, 
 and reopened in the following year. The decrees of the coun- 
 cil, — which had been protracted to the length of 20 years, and 
 had passed through the most remarkable vicissitudes that such 
 an assembly could be subject to ; having been sanctioned by 
 the popes Paul III., Julius III., and Pius IV., and opposed by 
 others ; having been robbed by death of its most learned and 
 earnest counsellors ; having had its scope and spirit changed to 
 meet the varying political gusts of that stormy period ; and 
 being, in its result, rather a statement of the comparative 
 strength of the secular and of the ecclesiastical powers in Papal 
 Christendom, — were at length, in 1564, confirmed by Pope 
 Pius IV., and are now received by the whole Catholic world, 
 with few and partial exceptions, as the authoritative standard of 
 the true faith. 
 
 TRE'NTON, the capital of New Jersey, United States. It 
 stands on the Delaware, opposite the falls, at the foot of which 
 is a beautiful covered bridge, of above lOOO feet long, resting 
 on 5 arches. It is regularly planned, and has some very fine 
 public edifices; such as the state-house, and other government 
 buildings, and the churches. It has a tolerably good trade, 
 being at the head of the steam-boat navigation; and some 
 valuable manufactures. It is 166 miles from Washington. Pop. 
 4035. 
 
 TREPA'N, s. [Fr.] in Surgery, an instrument by which round 
 pieces are cut out of the skull. — [from Trepani, a part of Sicily, 
 where our ships, being insidiously invited in the reign of Queen 
 Elizabeth, were unjustly detained ;] a snare. 
 
 To TREPA'N, V. a. \trcpanner, Fr.] to perforate with the tre- 
 pan ; to catch ; to insnare. 
 
 TRE'PHINE, s. in Surgery, a small trepan ; a smaller instru- 
 ment of perforation, managed by one hand. 
 
 TRl 
 
 TRE'PID, a. [trepido, Lat.] trembling; quaking for fear. 
 
 TREPIDA'TION, s. [Fr.] state of shaking or trembling ; 
 state of terror. 
 
 To TRE'SPASS, v. n. [trespasser, Fr.] to transgress or offend ; 
 used with on or against, to enter a person's ground unlawfully. 
 
 TRE'SPASS, s. {trespass, Fr.] transgression; offence; unlaw- 
 ful entrance on another's ground. 
 
 TRE'SPASSER, s. a transgressor; one that injures another ; 
 one who unlawfully enters on another's ground. 
 
 TRE'SSED, a. [tresse, Fr.] knotted or curled. 
 
 TRE'SSES, s. it has no singular ; locks or curls of hair hang- 
 ing down loosely. 
 
 TRE'STLE, s. [tresteau, Fr.] a movable frame that supports 
 any thing ; a three-legged stool. 
 
 TRET, s. [perhaps from tritus, Lat.] in Commerce, is an al- 
 lowance made for the waste or dirt that may be mixed with any 
 commodity, which is always four pounds in one hundred and 
 four pounds' weight. 
 
 TREVES, or Triers, capital of a government of the same 
 name, in Rhenish Prussia. It stands in a fertile and beautiful 
 valley, on the Moselle ; and has a great number of relics of 
 Roman architecture, as well as many fine buildings of more re- 
 cent date. Here is also a very valuable library. Its trade and 
 manufactures are of considerable extent and value. Over the 
 river it has a fine old stone bridge. Pop. about 15,000. Lat. 
 49. 47. N. Long. 6. 41. E. 
 
 TRE'VET, s. [<Ar!e/e<, Sax.] any thing standing on three feet. 
 
 TREVISO, or Treviglo, a large and ancient city of Italy, ca- 
 pital of Trevisano, in Austrian Lombardy. It had formerly a 
 university, which was transferred to Padua. It contains a great 
 number of handsome buildings, being the residence of many 
 aristocratic families; is of pretty large extent, and seated on the 
 river Sile, 20 miles from Venice. Pop. about 20,000. Lat. 45. 
 44. N. Long. 12. 25. E. 
 
 TREY, s. [tres, Lat. trois, Fr.] three ;. the three odds at cards 
 and dice. 
 
 TRI'AD, s. \triade, Fr. trias, from tres, Lat.] three united. 
 
 TRI'AL, ». a test or examination ; experience ; an experiment ; 
 a temptation or test of virtue ; the state of being tried. In Law, 
 it is the examination of a cause, civil or criminal, according to 
 the laws of the land, before a proper judge. 
 
 TRI'ANGLE, «. [Fr. triangulum, from tres and angulum, Lat.] 
 a figure with three sides and three corners. In Astronomy, two 
 constellations, one in the northern and the other in the southern 
 hemisphere. 
 
 TRIA'NGULAR,a. having three corners ; having the form of 
 a triangle. 
 
 TRIBE, s. [tribus, Lat.] in cities of antiquity, a certain num- 
 ber of persons ; a division of a city or people. Generally, now, 
 a clan, or collection of families, in nations only partially raised 
 from barbarism ; or a subdivision of a race, in Ethnography. 
 
 TRIBO'NIAN, the great Roman jurist, who compiled, under 
 the orders of the emperor Justinian, the celebrated Pandects and 
 Code, which have established a more lasting Roman empire than 
 all the conquests of its numberless armies. He was not much 
 more remarkable for personal rectitude and love of justice, how- 
 ever, than the emperor himself, who was a mere despot. He 
 died in 547, or in 545, a. d. 
 
 TRIBULA'TION, s. [Fr.] persecution, distress, vexation, af- 
 fliction. 
 
 TRIBU'NAL, s. [Lat. and Fr.] the seat of a judge ; the seat 
 where the tribune of the Roman people was placed to administer 
 justice; a court of justice ; the place from which speeches are 
 customarily made in assemblies in France. 
 
 TRl'BUNE, s. in Ancient Rome, a magistrate chosen out of 
 the commons to protect them against the oppression of the great, 
 and to defend the liberty of the people against the attempts of 
 the senate and consuls. 
 
 TRI'BUTARY, a. [tributaire, Fr. from tribuo, Lat.] paying 
 taxes or tribute ; subject ; subordinate ; paid in tribute. 
 
 TRI'BUTARY, s. one who pays a stated sum in acknowledg- 
 ment of subjection; a river which discharges its waters into a 
 larger stream. 
 
 TRI'BUTE, «. [tribut, Fr.] a tax or impost which one prince or 
 state is obliged to pay to another, as a token of dependence, or 
 in virtue of a treaty, and as a purchase of peace ; subjection. 
 
 TRICE, «. a short time, or an instaat. 
 
 871 
 
TRICE'NNIAL, a. [triceni and annus, Lat.] belonging to the 
 term of thirty years. 
 
 TRICHIN0'1>0LY, a city of the presidency of Madras, Hin- 
 dustan. It stands near the Cauvery,on a hill which is strongly 
 fortified. It has several fine buildings, but is not on the whole 
 a handsome place. It is however healthy, and its position is of 
 great importance to that part ■of British India. Pop. about 
 100,000. Lat. 10. 50. N. Long. 78. 50. E. 
 
 TRICHO'TOMY, s. [treis and temno, Gr.] division into three 
 parts. 
 
 TRICK, s. [treck, Belg.] a sly fraud or artifice; a juggle; a lift 
 of cards ; a vicious practice. 
 
 To TRICK, V. a. [tricker, Fr.] to cheat, impose on, or defraud ; 
 to perform by sleight of hand ; to juggle.— [<nca, low Lat.] to 
 dress or adorn the hair or person. — v. n. to live by fraud. 
 
 TRI'CKER, s. See Trigger. 
 
 TRUCKING, a. cheating; crafty; deceitful. 
 
 TRI'CKINGLY, ad. in a cheating, fraudulent, and deceitful 
 manner. 
 
 To TRl'CKLE, v. n. to run down in drops ; to trill in a slen- 
 der stream. 
 
 TRI'CKSTER, s. one who cheats or defrauds ; a wily and de- 
 ceitful person. 
 
 TRI'CKSY, a. pretty ; engaging by means of innocent arti- 
 fices. 
 
 TRl'DENT, s. [Fr. ires and dens, Lat.] the sceptre of Neptune ; 
 a kind of spear or fork, with three teeth. 
 
 TRI'DING, s. [trithinga, Sax.l the third part of a county. 
 This division is only used in Yorkshire, where the term is cor- 
 rupted into Ridmg. 
 
 TRI'DING MOTE, s. a court leet ; the court held for a triding. 
 
 TRI'DUAN, a. [fres and rfies, Lat.] lasting three days; hap- 
 pening every third day. 
 
 TRIE'NNIAL, a. [tres and annus, Lat.] lasting three years ; 
 happening every third year. 
 
 TRI'ER, s. one who tries experimentally; he that examines 
 judicially; one who brings to the test. 
 
 TRIE'STE, a sea-port of lllyria, in Austria. It is situated on 
 a hill, and extends to the shore of the Adriatic. The harbour is 
 good and spacious, and is strongly fortified. The part next the 
 sea is more handsomely and regularly built than the upper part, 
 and there are some very fine public buildings. Its commerce is 
 very considerable, and it carries on ship-building to a great ex- 
 tent. Pop. about 70,000. Lat. 45. 48. N. Long. 13. 40. E. 
 
 TRrFID, a. [trifidus, from tres and Jido, Lat.] cut or separated 
 into three parts. 
 
 To TRI'FLE, V. n. [tryfeUn, Belg.] to act or talk without any 
 weight, dignity, or importance ; to mock ; to play the fool, fol- 
 lowed by with; to be of no importance. 
 
 TRI'FLE, s. a thing of no weight, value, or importance. 
 
 TRI'FLER,s. [<;t/e/aor, Belg.] one who acts with levity; one 
 that talks with folly. 
 
 TRI'FLING, a. wanting worth ; unimportant. 
 
 TRIFO'LIATE, a. [tres and folium, Lat.] having three leaves. 
 
 TRPFORM, a. [tres and forina, Lat.] having three shapes or 
 forms. 
 
 To TRIG, V. a. [tricker, Dan.] to stop a wheel ; to set a mark 
 to stand at in playing at nine-pins, &c. 
 
 TRl'GAMY, s. [treis and gamos, Gr.] the crime of having three 
 husbands or wives. 
 
 TRPGGER, {trig-er) s. [triffue, Fr.] a catch to hold the wheel 
 of a carriage on steep ground ; the catch by which a fire-arm is 
 discharged. 
 
 TRPGLYPHS, {triffhjifs) s. in Architecture, a sort of ornament 
 repeated at equal intervals in the Doric frieze. 
 
 TRI'GON, s. [treis and ffonia, Gr.] a triangle. See Trine. 
 
 TRIGONOME'TRICAL, a. pertaining to trigonometry. Tri- 
 gonometrical survey, the accurate measurement of a tract of the 
 earth's surface, for the purpose of constructing a map, or plan, 
 which shall be as topographically exact as possible, by means of 
 trigonometry ; — the principal points, being observed in groups of 
 three, arranged as the angles of triangles, and only the smaller 
 features of the country left to be surveyed in the ordinary manner. 
 
 TRIGONO'METRY, s. [trigonon and metreo, Gr.] in Mathema- 
 tics, '^rictly, the art of measuring triangles ; but practically, it 
 is much more extensive. 
 
 TRILATERAL, a. [tres and latus, Lat,] having three sides. 
 
 TRI 
 
 TRILL, s. [trillo, Ital.] a quaver, or tremulousness of music. 
 
 To TRILL, V. n. to quaver; to trickle, or fall down in drops. 
 
 TRI'LLION, s. ten hundred thousand billions, or the product 
 of a million multiplied by a million, again multiplied by a million. 
 
 TRI'LOBITE, s. in Palfeontologj^, a remarkable family of ex- 
 tinct animals, whose remains are found in the oldest strata, in 
 all parts of the globe where geology has been extensively studied. 
 They are crustaceous, that is, covered with a shell, and they most 
 resemble the various kinds of sow, or wood-louse, (as the common 
 garden species is called,) but the head is very large in proportion 
 to the rest of the body, and they are furnished with very large 
 organs of vision, the reticulated appearance of which is very de- 
 licately preserved. They are often found rolled up, in the same 
 manner as the common insect above-named is known to be, when 
 it fears any harm. 
 
 TRIM, 0. [getrymmeth. Sax.] nice ; well-dressed ; snug. 
 
 To TRIM, V. a. [trimman. Sax.] to fit out, or adorn ; to shave ; 
 to adjust; to balance a vessel. — t'. ». to fluctuate between two 
 parties ; to balance. 
 
 TRIM, s. dress. Trim of a ship is her best posture, proportion 
 of ballast, hanging of her masts, &c. for sailing. 
 
 TRI'MMER, s. one who changes sides ; a turn-coat ; a piece 
 of wood framed at a right angle to the joints, against the ways 
 for chimneys, and well-holes of stairs. 
 
 TRI'MMER, MRS. SARAH, a well-known and excellent 
 writer of juvenile books, daughter of Mr. Joshua Kirby, of Ips- 
 wich, an eminent teacher of perspective. She was well educated, 
 and informed much beyond the usual round of female education 
 in her day. In middle life she devoted herself to the production 
 of those excellent works for children and young persons, which 
 are not yet wholly superseded. Her Histories of the Bible, &c. were 
 almost the first attempt of the kind. Amongst her books, the 
 History of the Hobins, from the interest of the tale, and the kind- 
 liness of the purpose, in spite of the unchildlikeness of the style, 
 is yet a favourite. She died in 1810, aged 69 years. 
 
 TRI'MMINGS, s. ornaments to set off clothes, &c. 
 
 TRI'MNESS, s. neatness in dress ; spruceness. 
 
 TRI'NCOMALEE, a sea-port town of Ceylon, Asia. It stands 
 on a large bay, on the E. side of the island, and is strongly forti- 
 fied. A more excellent harbour than this bay can hardly be 
 found, as, in addition to its extent and depth, it is sheltered on 
 all sides. There is no great trade, however, carried on here, and 
 the bay is chiefly used as a harbour of refuge. It is about 100 
 miles from Candy, the capital of Ceylon. Pop. about 8000. Lat. 
 8. 30. N. Long. 81. 25. E. 
 
 TRINE, s. [Fr. trinus, from tres, Lat.] in Astrology, the aspect 
 or situation of a heavenly body in regard to another, when they 
 are distant 120 degrees. 
 
 To TRINE, 1-. a. to put in a trine aspect. 
 
 TRINIDA'D, an island in the West Indies, of a quadrangular 
 form, separated by the Gulf of Paria, a strait about 10 miles 
 over, from S. America. It is upwards of 79 miles in length, and 
 about 56 in breadth. It is in some parts mountainous, and has 
 points exceeding 2000 feet in height. There are also some 
 remarkable volcanic phenomena always to be observed here, 
 amongst which the pitch lake is most extraordinary. The soil is 
 generally fruitful, and all W. Indian produce is abundant here. Its 
 tine harbours grcjatly aid its commerce. Pop. about 40,000. 
 The English have possession of it. 
 
 TRINITA'RIANS, s. in Theology, those who hold the doc- 
 trine of the Trinity. 
 
 TRI'NITY, s. [trinite, Fr. trinitas, from tres, Lat.] in Theology, 
 the term used to express the doctrine that there are in the God- 
 head three distinct, but undivided persons. Few points of 
 theology have been more productive of bitter and malignant 
 strife than this; and the fundamental cause for this enduring 
 controversy, is the bringing before the judgment of the under- 
 standing a question that lies beyond its province. All that pertains 
 essentially to God must needs be quite above our comprehension, 
 nor can any efforts make it clear and simple toour minds ; they who 
 have opposed this doctrine have, notwithstanding, insisted that 
 all that relates to God must be intelligible, and such as we can 
 comprehend. The representations of Scripture are on all points 
 the farthest possible from strictly scientific statements, yet both 
 parties in this controversy have insisted on regarding the various 
 texts of Scripture that bear on the point as if they were scienti- 
 fic propositions. Logic in its general acceptation, the organon 
 

 TRI 
 
 of the understanding, ran never be applied to the development 
 of spiritual and eternal truths, without bringing out irreounciie- 
 able contradictions, nay, without leading to a conclusion that 
 contradicts some essential first truth; yet both parties (but 
 especially that which upholds Trinitarianism) insist on the use of 
 logic in inferring Scripture doctrine from Scripture texts ; and 
 we have in consequence such portentous creeds as that called 
 the Athanasian, set forth for universal reception, under pain of 
 perishing everlastingly if we reject it, or even hesitate to receive 
 It. Bearing in mind that religion is life, not doctrine, and that 
 the Scriptures, and particularly the revelation of God in the gos- 
 pel, were specially given to foster the former, and not to inculcate 
 the latter ; let us study the original record, and we shall find 
 that every possible form of representation is employed to make 
 men see in Christ Jesus " God manifest in the flesh," and expect 
 in the Holy Spirit an inward manifestation of both the Divine 
 Father, and Jesus the Son of God; resulting from the evident 
 incapacity of any words adequately to represent what transcends 
 all thought. Nor shall we fail to see that, instead of resting on a 
 basis of logical argumentation, the reception of Jesus as the Son 
 of God stands upon no less sure a ground than the actual experi- 
 ence of a spiritual deliverance at his hands, so great that truly 
 Divine power alone could accomplish it. Nor, lastly, will it be 
 of little service to us to know, that the spiritual philosophy of 
 the present day shows, beyond all controversy, that such mani- 
 festations of the Godhead, as the Son and the Spirit, are even 
 necessary in the revelation of the Deity to the children of time 
 and sense. 
 
 TRl'NITY COLLEGE, a college at Cambridge, founded in 
 the 16th century, on the bases of two earlier colleges, which had 
 lapsed to the king. It takes the lead in the university, and has 
 very spacious buildings, and a library built by Wren. It is very 
 wealthy, and has produced many great scholars. Also a college 
 at Oxford, founded in the 1.3th century, and at first called Dwham 
 College. Some parts of its edifices are handsome. 
 
 TRl'NITY HALL, a college at Cambridge, founded in the 14th 
 century, which is now particularly devoted to the study of juris- 
 prudence. Its buildings are not remarkable for their extent or 
 architecture. 
 
 TUI'NITY-HOUSE, s. a kind of college in Deptford, belong- 
 ing to a company or corporation of seamen, who, by the king's 
 charter, have power to take cognizance of those persons who 
 destroy sea-marks, and to take care of other things belonging 
 to navigation. 
 
 TRI'NITY-SUNDAY, s. in the Church Calendar, the Sunday 
 after Whitsunday. 
 
 TRl'NKET, s. a toy ; a gew-gaw; a plaything. 
 
 TRINO'CTIAL, (trin/ikshial) a. [ires and nox, Lat.] consisting, 
 or having the continuance, of three nights. 
 
 TRINO'MIAL, a. \tres anA nomen, Lat.] having three names, 
 or terms. 
 
 TRIO, s. In Music, a composition consisting of three parts. 
 
 TRI'OURS, s. in Law, are such persons as are chosen by the 
 court to examine whether a challenge made to the whole pannel 
 of jurors, or any part of them, be just or not. 
 
 To TRIP, V. a. [trippcn, Belg.] to supplant ; to throw down by 
 striking the feet from the ground with a sudden blow, used with 
 up ; to catch or detect. — v. n. to fall by slipping the feet ; to fail, 
 err, or be deficient ; to tumble ; to run on tip-toe, or lightly ; to 
 take a short voyage. 
 
 TRIP, 8. a stroke by which a person's heels are kicked up ; a 
 stumble; a mistake or failure; a short voyage or journey; a 
 jaunt. 
 
 TRIPA'RTITE, a. [Fr. from tres and jyars, LaU] something 
 divided into three parts, or made by three parties. 
 
 TRIPARTI'TION, s. the act of dividing by three. 
 
 TRIPE, s. [Fr. trippa, Ital. and Span.] the entrails of a bul- 
 lock properly dressed. 
 
 TRIPE'TALOUS, a. \treis and petalon, Gr.] consisting of three 
 flower-leaves. 
 
 TRl'PHTHONG, (trifthong) s. [treis and pthonge, Gr.] in Gram- 
 mar, three vowels making but one sound. 
 
 TRI'PLE, a. [Fr. triplex, from tres, Lat.] threefold. 
 
 To TRI'PLE, t». a. [triplico, Lat.] to make threefold ; to treble; 
 to make thrice as much or as many. 
 
 TRFPLET, ». three of a kind ; three verses ending in the 
 same rhyme. 
 
 TR I 
 
 TRFPLICATE, a. [triplicatm, Lat.] three-fold, or thrice as 
 much. Triplicate ratio, is the ratio which cubes bear to one an- 
 other. See Cube. 
 
 TRIPLICATION,*, [triplicatio, Lat.] the act of making three- 
 fold, or taking any quantity or number three times. 
 
 TRIPLI'CITY, s. [triplicite, Fr.] the quality of being three- 
 fold or treble. 
 
 TRI'PLY, ad. in a three-fold manner. 
 
 TRFPOD,s. [tres and pes, Lat.] in Antiquity, a sacred seat or 
 stool, supported by three feet, whereon the priests and sibyls 
 were placed to render oracles. Also, any piece of furniture 
 having three feet. 
 
 TRI'POLI, a country of Africa lying on the Mediterranean, 
 bounded on all sides by the desert ; and including, as a depend- 
 ency, the inland territory of Fezzan. It is about 1000 miles in 
 length, and it stretches into the interior above 500 miles in its 
 greatest breadth. In some parts it is mountainous; but the 
 parts farthest from the coast are but imperfectly explored. It 
 has few rivers; and in many parts is rather a succession of oases 
 than an expanse of habitable territory. In some districts it Is 
 fertile, and yields grain, fruits, &c. &c. Wild beasts are numer- 
 ous, but the most formidable are not found here. What trade 
 there is, is carried on principally by caravans, which periodically 
 cross the deserts that divide it from Egypt, from the inland re- 
 gions, and from Barbary. It has few harbours, and the naviga- 
 tion of the coast is both difficult and dangerous, which is an 
 insuperable hinderance to commerce of a more extended kind. 
 The people are chiefly Arabs in the open parts, and Berbers in 
 the cities and town.s. There are also man)' Jews, The pacha 
 is held to be dependent on the grand sultan. Pop. about 
 2,0(X),000. Tripoli, the capital, is a fortified place, and stands 
 next the sea. It is regularly built, but is not remarkable for its 
 architecture or its public edifices. Its harbour is not good. 
 Pop. about 2.5,000. Lat. 32. 53. N. Long. 13. 11. E. 
 
 TRFPOLI, in Mineralogy, a soft kind of slaty earth, used 
 much in polishing stones, metals, &c.&c. Ehrenberg has dis- 
 covered that the greater part of it consists of the flinty cases of 
 microscopical animalcula, such as abound in all but rain and 
 pure spring water. See Infusoria. 
 
 TRI'PPER, s. one who trips.* 
 
 TRI'PPING, «. quick ; nimble; stumbling; faltering. 
 
 TRI'PTOTE, s. [triptoton, Lat. from treis and ptosis, Gr.] in 
 old books of Grammar, a noun used in three cases. 
 
 TRIPU'DIARY, a. performed by dancing. 
 
 TRIPLlDlA'TlON.s. [tripudium, Lat.] the act of dancing. 
 
 TRIRE'ME, «. Itres and remus, Lat.] a galley having three 
 rows of oars on each side. 
 
 TRISE'CTION, s, [tres and seco, Lat.] division into three equal 
 parts. 
 
 TRI'STAN DA CUNHA, an island of the S. Atlantic Ocean, 
 almost S. of St. Helena, and lying about midway between the 
 Cape of Good Hope and S. America. There are two other is- 
 lands lying near it. The group was discovered by the celebrated 
 Portuguese admiral, in the 10th century. It is about 6 miles 
 in each direction ; and consists of a mountain, of above 8000 
 feet high, with fertile land at its foot. It has good grazing 
 grounds, and the sea round furnishes excellent fisheries. A 
 small British settlement has been fixed here. 
 
 TRISY'LLABLE, s. [tres and syllabus, Lat.] a word consisting 
 of three syllables. 
 
 TRITE, a. [tritus, from too, Lat.] worn out; stale ; common; 
 threadbare. 
 
 TRITENESS, s. commorfness; staleness. 
 
 TRITHETSTS, s. [treis and Theos, Gr.] in Theology, the name 
 by which those persons whodivide, insteadof distinguishing, the 
 Father, Son, and Spirit, in the Godhead, are sometimes called. 
 
 TRITON, s. [Lat.] in Heathen Mythology, an inferior kind 
 of sea-god, half man, half fish ; who is represented as an attend- 
 ant on Poseidon, or Neptune. 
 
 TRITORIUM, s. in Chemistry, a vessel used for the separa- 
 tion of two fluids which are of different densities. The same 
 operation may be performed by a common funnel. 
 
 To TRITURATE, v. a. [triturer, Fr.] to pulverize; to reduce 
 to a powder; to levigate. 
 
 TRITURATION, s. [Fr.] in Pharmacy, the act of reducing a 
 solid body into powder ; levigation ; pulverization. 
 
 TRI'VET, s. SeeTREVET. 
 
 5 T 873 
 
TRO 
 
 TRI'VIAL, a. [Ft. trivialis, Lat.] worthless; trifling; of no 
 weight or importance ; vulgar; common. 
 
 TRl'VIALLY, ad. in a mean, worthless, or trifling manner; 
 vulgarly; inconsiderably; lightly. 
 
 TRI'VIALNESS, s. meanness; worthlessness ; triflingness; 
 unimportance. 
 
 TRrUMPH,(<n!(m/) s. [t>iitmphns,'L^\.'\ in Roman Antiquity, 
 a public and solemn honour conferred on a victorious general, 
 by allowing him a magnificent entry into the city. Victory; 
 conquest. 
 
 To TRl'UMPH, {triumf) v. n. [triumpho, Lat.] to celebrate a 
 victory with pomp or joy ; to obtain a victory. To triumph over, 
 to insult on account of some advantage gained. 
 
 TRIU'MPHAL, (trimnfal) a. [triumphalis, Lat.] belonging to a 
 triumph. 
 
 TRIU'MPHANT, a. [trimnjyhans, Lat.] celebrating a victory; 
 victorious. 
 
 TRIU'MPHANTLY, ad. in a triumphant manner ; victo- 
 riously. 
 
 TRIU'MVIR, s. [Lat.] one of the three persons who govern 
 absolutely, and with equal authority, in a state. 
 
 TRllI'MVIRATE, s. an absolute government administered by 
 three persons, with equal authority. 
 
 TRI'UNE, a. [tres and unus, Lat.] in Theology, three and one 
 at the same time. 
 
 TROCHA'IC, a. consisting of trochees, applied to lines of 
 poetry. 
 
 TROCHA'NTERS, s. {trochanteres, from trecho, Gr.] in Ana- 
 tomy, two processes of the thigh bone, called trochanter major and 
 minor, in which the tendons of many muscles terminate. 
 
 TRO'CHE, s. See Lozenge. 
 
 TRO'CHEE, (trdkee) s. \trochcBUS, Lat. trochaios, from trecho, 
 Gr.] in Prosody, a dissyllabic foot, consisting of a long syllable 
 and a short one; asfectt, rather. 
 
 TRO'CHINGS, s. the branches on a deer's head. 
 
 TRO'CHLEA, (trdklea) s. [trochelia, Gr.] one of the mechani- 
 cal powers, commonly called a pulley. 
 
 TROCHO'IDAL, a. in Geometry, applied to the various and 
 elegant curves formed by the motion of one circle around ano- 
 ther ; as the cycloid is formed by the motion of a circle along a 
 straight line. 
 
 TRO'CHUS, {trdkus) s. [Lat. trochos, from trecho, Gr.] a wheel ; 
 any thing round. 
 
 TRODE, preter. of To Tread. 
 
 TRO'GLODYTE, s. [trogle and duo, Gr.] one who inhabits 
 caves of the earth. 
 
 TRO'GUS POxMPEIUS, a Roman historian, of the first 
 century after the Christian sera, whose work we know only 
 through the abridgment by Justin. He wrote other works, but 
 none have come down to us. 
 
 To TROLL, (o pron. long,) v. a. [trollen, Belg.] to roll, or 
 move circularly. — v. n. to move or run round ; to fish for pike 
 with a rod which has a pulley towards the bottom ; to sing a 
 catch or round. 
 
 TRO'MBONE, s. in Music, a kind of trumpet, the lower part 
 of the long flexure of which slides in the upper part, and thus en- 
 ables the performer to command a considerable compass of tones 
 and semitones. That most commonly used is the bass trom- 
 bone ; but it is in good part superseded by the opheicleid. It 
 was formerly called a sackbut. 
 
 TROMP, the name of two celebrated Dutch admirals of the 
 17th century. Martin Harpertzoon, the elder, after spending 
 his youth in laborious obscurity, during which he was for some 
 years a prisoner of war in England, entered the naval service of 
 the United Provinces, and rose by his gallantry to be admiral. 
 It was in the war between Holland and the English Common- 
 wealth that he reached the zenith of his glory; and in several 
 engagements with the English fleet, under Blake, maintained 
 his high reputation, though he only once gained a decided su- 
 periority ; after which he insultingly hoisted a broom at his 
 mast-head, as if he had swept the British from the sea. He fell 
 in an engagement with Monk, in 1653, aged 50 years. His son, 
 Cornelius Van Tromp, after honourable service, was beaten by 
 Earl Sandwich, and conquered Albemarle. He was in other 
 engagements with England, France, and Sweden, and was en- 
 nobled by the kings of Denmark and England. He died in 
 1691, aged 62 j'ears. 
 874 
 
 TRO 
 
 TRO'NAGE, s. an ancient customary toll paid for weighing 
 wool. 
 
 TRONCHI'N, THEODORE, an eminent Swiss physician, who 
 studied at Cambridge and Leyden, and practised at Amsterdam 
 and Geneva ; but afterwards settled at Paris on being appointed 
 
 Ehysician to the Duke of Orleans. He was very celebrated in 
 is profession, and practised inoculation with great success. 
 He died in 1781, aged 72 years. 
 
 TROOP, s. [troupe, Fr. troppa, Ital. troope, Belg. trap, Swed.] a 
 small body of horse or dragoons ; a company. 
 
 To TROOP, V. n. to flock or gather together; to march off or 
 run away. 
 
 TROO'PER, 8. a dragoon ; a soldier that fights on horseback. 
 
 TROPE, s. [¥t. troptis, Lat. trojms, from trejjo, Gr.] in Rhetoric, 
 a figure, whereby a word is removed from its first and natural sig- 
 nification, and applied with advantage to another thing which it 
 does not originally mean ; as, God is my rock. 
 
 TRO'PHY, {trqfy) s. [trophaum, Lat. tropaion, from trope, Gr.] 
 among the ancients, was a pile or heap of arms of a vanquished 
 enemy, raised by the conqueror on the most eminent part of the 
 field of battle. Trophy-money denotes a duty paid annually by 
 housekeepers, or their landlords, for defraying the expense of the 
 military f^iirniture of the militia. 
 
 TRO'PICAL, a. in Rhetoric, changed from its original mean- 
 ing. In Geography, placed near, or belonging to, the tropic. 
 
 TRO'PIC-BIRD, s. in Ornithology, a long-winged marine 
 bird, which has two remarkably long and slender feathers in 
 its tail, and is found only in the vicinity of the tropics. 
 
 TRO'PICS, s. [tropikoi, from trepo,GT.] in Astronomy and Geo- 
 graphy, two circles supposed to be drawn on each side of the 
 equator, and parallel to it. That on the north side of the line is 
 called the tropicof Cancer, and the southern tropic has the name 
 of Capricorn, as passing through the beginning of those signs: 
 they are distant from the equator 23° 28'. 
 
 TROPOLO'GICAL, a. [tropos and logos, Gr.] belonging to tro- 
 pology. 
 
 TROPO'LOGY, 8. a discourse delivered in tropes or figures. 
 
 To TROT, r. n. [trotter, Fr. trotten, Belg.] to move with a high 
 jolting pace; to walk fast ; to quiz or satirize to one's face. 
 
 TROr, 8. [trot, Fr.] the jolting high pace of a horse. 
 
 TROTH, s. [trouth,o\d Eng.] truth; faith; fidelity. 
 
 TRO'TTER, s. one who trots ; the foot of a sheep. 
 
 TROU'BADOURS, or Tuouve'res, the name by which the 
 poets or minstrels of the 12th and 13th centuries, who wrote in 
 the Romance languages, are known. The latter name being ap- 
 propriated to those who wrote in the dialect of N. France; the 
 former, to those who wrote in the Provencal dialect. They were 
 in many cases celebrated as much for their chivalric valour, as 
 for their songs ; and the names of some were held in honour 
 during their lives, not only in Christendom, but amongst the 
 Moorish tribes of Spain also. Many of their compositions have 
 come down to us. 
 
 To TROU'BLE, (<r«W) v. a. [troubler, Fr.] to disturb, perplex ; 
 to afflict, grieve, distress, or make uneasy. 
 
 TROU'BLE, {truhl) s. [Fr.] perplexity; distress; affliction; 
 uneasiness; molestation; vexation. 
 
 TROU'BLER, s. a disturber ; a confounder. 
 
 TROU'BLESOME, (trublsome) a. causing molestation ; vexa- 
 tious; afflictive; uneasy; tiresome; burdensome; teasing. 
 
 TROU'BLESOMENESS, s. vexatiousness ; importunity; un- 
 seasonableness. 
 
 TROU'BLOUS, a. tumultuous ; confused; disordered. 
 
 TRO'VER, s. [troui-er, Fr.] in Law, is an action that lies against 
 one, who, having found another's goods, refuses to deliver them 
 upon demand. 
 
 TROUGH, (troff) s. [troff, troh. Sax. troch, Belg.] any vessel of 
 greater length than breadth, having the upper side open. Trough 
 of a sea, among mariners, the hollow between two waves. 
 
 To TROUL, V. n. [trollen, Belg.] to move or utter volubly. 
 
 To TROUNCE, v. a. to punish by an indictment or informa- 
 tion. 
 
 TROU'SERS, (trouzers) s. [trousse, Fr. truish, Erse,] long loose 
 breeches or pantaloons. 
 
 TROUT, s. [truht, Sax.] in Ichthyology, the name of a very 
 beautiful river fish, which is reckoned a great delicacy. It is 
 allied to the salmon. Several other species are sometimes called 
 by this name. 
 
TRU 
 
 To TROW, (trd) v. n. [troe, Dan.] to think or imagine ; to con- 
 ceive. 
 
 TRO'VVBRIDGE, Wiltshire. It is seated on a hill, near the 
 Were, and is a considerable place, with some handsome build- 
 ings. It is one of the most important towns in this part of the 
 country, from ils great cloth manufactories. It is 120 miles 
 from London. Market, Saturday. Pop. 11,050. 
 
 TROWEL, {ow pron. as in hoic,) «. [tntelle, Fr.] a tool used by 
 masons and bricklayers for spreading mortar. 
 
 TROY, in Ancient Geography, a famous city of Asia Minor, 
 in the country called, after it, Troas. It stood near the Helles- 
 pont, not far from the mountain-range called Ida. Its great ce- 
 lebrity has arisen from the numerous poetical legends respecting 
 it, the chief of which relate to its 10 years' siege by the Greeks, 
 for the purpose of recovering and revenging the abduction of 
 Helen. Homer's Iliad recites the adventures of part of this long 
 war. Troy was also called Ilium. The region round it was after- 
 wards known as Mysia, though the immediate vicinity long re- 
 tained the name of Troas. 
 
 TROY, a city of New York, United States. It stands on the 
 Hudson river, over which is a bridge to a suburb called W. 
 Troy. It stands at the head of the tide-water of the river, and 
 is thus possessed of great advantages for navigation. A dam 
 across the river also gives it a great water-power for manufac- 
 turing purposes. It is very regularly built, and has some hand- 
 some public edifices. Amongst its various institutions, none is 
 more deservedly celebrated than the Female Institute, or college. 
 It is 370 miles from Washington. Pop. 24,334. There are in 
 the States 21 other places similarly named. 
 
 TROYES, an ancient, large, rich, and handsome city in the 
 department of Aube, France. It stands on the Seine, and is 
 fortified, but not wholly in the modern fashion. It has some 
 fine buildings, but its trade is not so flourishing as it was in 
 former times. Its linen manufactures are, however, of some im- 
 portance. It is 90 miles from Paris. Pop. about 30,000. Lat. 
 48. 18. N. Long. 4.5. E. 
 
 TROY- WEIGHT, s. a measure of weight used in weighing 
 gold, silver jjewels, drugs, &c. 
 
 TRU'ANT, s. [treuwant, Belg.] one who wanders about idly, 
 and neglects his duty and business. To play t/ie truant, is to be 
 absent from school without leave. 
 
 TRUCE, s. Itruga, low Lat.] denotes a suspension of arms, or 
 a cessation of hostilities between two armies, in order to settle 
 articles of peace, bury the dead, or the like. 
 
 TRUCIDATION, «. [trucidatio, from trucido, Lat.] carnage; 
 butchery; slaughter. 
 
 To TRUCK, v: n. [troquer, Fr.] to give one commodity or thing 
 in exchange for another; to barter; to swop. 
 
 TRUCK, s. exchange; a small carriage used for the convey- 
 ance of baggage and goods. In Trade, it signifies the practice, 
 formerly much adopted in manufactories, of paying the work- 
 men in tickets, to be exchanged for groceries and other necessa- 
 ries of life at a shop kep't by the employers, instead of in money. 
 The evils of this system for the workmen may be easily per- 
 ceived, and they did in fact become so great, that it was at last 
 put down by act of parliament. 
 
 TRU'CKLE, s. a little running wheel. 
 
 To TRU'CKLE, i'. n. to submit or yield ; to creep or buckle to. 
 
 TRU'CULENT, a. [truculentus, Lat.] stern, fierce, or cruel. 
 
 To TRUDGE, v. n. [truggiolare, Ital.] to travel or jog on hea- 
 vily. 
 
 TRUE, a. [trmca, or treowa. Sax.] agreeing with fact, or the 
 nature of things ; genuine, opposed to counterfeit ; faithful, ex- 
 act, honest, veracious, rightful. 
 
 TRU'ELOVE, s. in Botany, the herb Paris, called also one- 
 berry. 
 
 TRU'ENESS, 8. sincerity; faithfulness. 
 
 TRU'EPENNY, ». a familiar expression for an honest fellow. 
 
 TRU'FFLE, s. [<r!^, Fr.] in Botany, a kind of fungus, which 
 grows under the surface of the ground, and is used as an article 
 of food. 
 
 TRU'LY, arf. faithfully ; sincerely; exactly; indeed. 
 
 TRU'MAN, JOSEPH, one of the ejected Nonconformist min- 
 isters of the English St. Bartholomew. He studied at Cam- 
 bridge, and was a sufferer for conscience' sake in 1002. He wrote 
 several theological works, one of which, the Great Propitiation, is 
 yet read, and others of which are deserving attention. He was 
 
 TRU 
 
 a good scholar, and hard thinker, but not so clear a writer. He 
 died in 1G71, aged 40 years. 
 
 TRU'MBULL, SIR \VILL1AM, a statesman of the latter part 
 of the 17th century. He studied law at Oxford, and became a 
 London civilian, having such a reputation that he obtained some 
 excellent posts under government. Afterwards he entered the 
 diplomatic service, and went as ambassador to Paris, and to 
 Constantinople. After the Revolution of 1688, he was one of 
 the secretaries of state. He retired in a short time from public 
 life, and was afterwards known as a patron of literature, and the 
 friend of Dryden and Pope. He died in 1710, aged 80 years. 
 
 TRUMP, s. \trompe, Belg. and old Fr. tromba, Ital.] a trumpet. 
 In Gaming, a card of the same sort of that which is turned up ; 
 which will win any card of another sort, and which used former- 
 ly to be written triumph. To put to the trumps, is, to reduce to 
 great extremities, or to be put to the last expedient. 
 
 To TRUMP, V. a. to win with a trump card. — [tromper, Fr.] 
 with up, to devise, forge, cheat. 
 
 TRU'MPERY, «. useless and ostentatious show; paltry stuff; 
 falsehood ; empty talk ; trifles. 
 
 TRU'MPET, 8. [trompette, Fr. and Belg.] in Music, a metallic 
 instrument, consisting of a long, bell-mouthed tube, usually 
 bent into a long oval form, and employed in giving signals to 
 troops in battle, &c. Speaking-trumpet, a metallic tube, with a 
 gradually widening aperture, and a mouth-piece at the narrow- 
 est end, by means of which words may be spoken so as to be 
 distinctly heard at a considerable distance. They are used on 
 board ship. Figuratively, one who sounds a trumpet. 
 
 TRU'MPETER, s. one who blows or .sounds a trumpet ; one 
 who proclaims, publishes, or denounces. 
 
 TRU'NCATED, a. [trwwatus, from trunco, Lat.] cut short at 
 the point; deprived of a limb ; maimed. 
 
 TRUNCATION, s. the act of lopping or maiming. 
 
 TRU'NCHEON, s. [troncon, Fr.] a short stafl' or cudgel ; a staff 
 borne by a general officer. 
 
 TRU'NCHEONEER, s. one armed with a truncheon. 
 
 To TRU'NDLE, v. n. [trendl. Sax.] to roll ; to bowl along. 
 
 TRUNK, s. [truncus, Lat. tronc, Fr.] the stump or body of a 
 tree, between its branches and the ground. In Botany, the 
 main body of a tree or plant. In Anatomy, it is the human body, 
 exclusive of the head and limbs; also, the main body of an ar- 
 tery or vein. Also, a chest covered with leather ; a wooden pipe 
 to convey water; the proboscis of an elephant. 
 
 TRU'NNIONS, «. [trognons, Fr.] the strong pivots on the sides 
 of a cannon, by which it is supported on its carriage. 
 
 TRU'RO, Cornwall. It has regular streets, a large market- 
 house, and a spacious old church. It has the benefit of the 
 coinage of tin, and the lord warden of the stannaries holds his 
 parliament here. Its chief business is in shipping tin and copper 
 ore. It is seated at the head of the river Fale, with a large com- 
 modious wharf or quay, for vessels of about 200 tons burden; 
 250 miles from London. Markets, Wednesday and Saturday. 
 Pop. 3043. 
 
 TRU'SION, {truzhon) s. \trudo, Lat.] the act of thrusting or 
 pushing. 
 
 TRUSS, s.Urousse, Fr.] a bundle, or certain quantity, of hay 
 or straw. In Building, a means of supporting a roof and of keep- 
 ing the framework compactly together. In Botany, it signifies 
 many ffowers growing together on the head of a stalk. Also, 
 the bandage or padded metallic spring, worn by those afflicted 
 with hernia or rupture. 
 
 To TRUSS, V. a. [trousser, Fr.] to pack up close together ; to 
 fit a fowl for the spit. 
 
 TRUST, «. [traust. Run.] confidence; reliance on another; 
 confident opinion of any event; credit; something committed 
 to a person's charge. 
 
 To TRUST, V. a. to place confidence in ; to believe; to let a 
 person haveacommodity without present money ; tocommittoa 
 person's care.— k. ». to be confident of something future ; to rely 
 upon ; to expect, followed by to. 
 
 TRUSTEE', s. one to whom any thing is made ove* or be- 
 queathed for the use and benefit of another ; a guardian. 
 
 TRU'STER, s. one who trusts. 
 
 TRU'STINESS,*. faithfulness; fidelity; honesty. 
 
 TRU'STY, a. fit to be relied on, or confided in; honest; faith- 
 ful ; stout ; strong. 
 •TRUTH, 8. \treowtha Sax.] that which agrees with one's in- 
 ■ 5 T 2 875 
 
TUC 
 
 ward belief or knowledge, or with the nature of things; a state- 
 ment which does not mislead, and is not intended to do so ; 
 exactness; conformity to ride ; reality. Synon. Truth and fact 
 are popularly used as convertible terms; but much confusion 
 frequently arises from this. Correctly, truth relates to the real- 
 ities of the mind ; fact, to the realities of the actual world : truth 
 refers to what may be demonstrated; fact, to what must be sup- 
 ported by evidence. This distinction is of the greatest moment 
 in Apologetic Theology : many learned treatises, devoted to the 
 establishment of ihe/urfs of the gospel alone, being often quoted in 
 support of its truth, to the prejudice of the gospel in controversy ; 
 and vice versa. 
 
 TRUTINA'TION, s. [trutina, Lat.] the art of weighing; ex- 
 amination by the scale. 
 
 To TRY, V. a. [trier, Fr.] to examine or make an experiment 
 of; to experience; to essay; to examine as a judge ; to bring 
 before a court of justice; to bring to a decision, followed by out ; 
 to bring to the test ; to attempt. — v. n. to endeavour. 
 
 TKYPHIODO'RUS, a Greek poet of the 5th or 6ih century 
 of the Christian sera, called the Grammarian. He was a native 
 of Egypt ; and of his works, only one, on the Fall of Troy, is 
 extant. 
 
 TSCHI'RNHAUSEN, EHRENFRIED WALTHER VON, an 
 eminent mathematician and natural philosopher of Germany, of 
 the 17th century. He studied at Leyden, entered the military 
 .service, travelled in different parts of Europe, and finally de- 
 voted himself to science. Among the results of his investiga- 
 tions and experiments, were the manufacture of Saxon porcelain, 
 improvements in glass-making, an enormous burning mirror, 
 and the discovery of the nature of that remarkable redection from 
 the interior of a cylinder, called the caustic curve. He wrote 
 some treatises on his favourite studies; and died in 1708, aged 
 57 years. 
 
 TUAM, Galway, in Connaught, Ireland ; is now a small town. 
 It is the see of a bishop, in connexion with Killalaand Achonry. 
 It is 93 miles from Dublin. Pop. 6034. 
 
 TUB, s. [tubbe, or tobbe, Belg.] a large open vessel made with 
 staves of wood bound together by hoops. In Commerce, i-t is an 
 indeterminate quantity of measure; thus, a tub of lea contains 
 about 601bs., and a tub of camphor from 50 to 80tbs. 
 
 TUBE, *. [Fr. tubus, Lat.] in general denotes a pipe, conduit, 
 or canal ; a hollow cylinder of lead, iron, wood, glass, or olher 
 matter, for the air, or any other fluid, to have a free passage or 
 conveyance through. It is sometimes used for the framework 
 of a telescope. 
 
 TU'BERCLE, s. Itubcrcule, Fr. from tuber, Lat.] a small swell- 
 ing or excrescence on the body; a pimple. In Botany, it is a 
 kind of round, turgid root, in form of a knob or turnip. The 
 plants which produce such roots are hence denominated tuberose 
 or tuberous plants. 
 
 TU'BEROOT, s. in Botany, a name of the meadow saffron. 
 
 TUBERO'SITY, s. [tuberosite, Fr.'] knottiness; a protuberance 
 of some parts of the body. 
 
 TU'BEROUS, a. [tubereme, Fr.] full of knots, bunches, or 
 branches. 
 
 TU'BULAR, (I. [tubus, Lat.] long and hollow; resembling a 
 pipe. 
 
 TABULATED, a. in Chemistry, having a hole at the top, ap- 
 plied chiefly to retorts. 
 
 TU'BULE, s. a small pipe, or fistular body. 
 
 TUCK,s. [tweca, Brit.] a long narrow sword; a kind of net 
 with a narrow mesh. 
 
 To TUCK, V. n. [trucken, Teut.] used with up, to crush toge- 
 ther, or hinder from spreading ; to turn and fasten clothes up, 
 to make them shorter; with in, to turn the bed-clothes under 
 the bed for warmth's sake. 
 
 TU'CKER, s. a border of lace on the bosom of a woman's 
 dress; a fuller of cloth. 
 
 TU'CKER, ABRAHAM, an English metaphysical writer of 
 some eminence, who studied at Oxford and the Inner Temple. 
 He spent his life in studious retirement on his estate ; and the 
 chief incidents were the publication of his. writings, and the 
 painful affliction of blindness which befell him about three years 
 before his death. He died in 1774, aged 69 years. The Light of 
 Nature pursued, and Man in Quest of Himself'htAh published un- 
 der fictitious names, are his chief works, which are vet read. 
 
 TU'CKER, DR. JOSIAH, commonly known as Dean Tucker, 
 876 
 
 TUM 
 
 a politician and divine of the last centur}'. He studied at Ox- 
 ford, rose through the favour of Bishop Buller to be dean of 
 Gloucester, and died in 1799, aged 88 years. His works are 
 chiefly on political economy, but during the American war he 
 wrote several pamphlets recommending the relinquishment of 
 the British colonies. He also wrote in defence of the Church of 
 England. 
 
 TU'DOR, the name of the family of English sovereigns, which 
 began with Henry VII. and ended" with Elizabeth. 
 
 TVER, a government of Russia, bounded by the governments 
 of Novogorod, Yaroslav,Vladimir, Moscow, Smolensk, and Pskov. 
 It has some mountains, and is watered by the Volga, the Dwina, 
 and other rivers. The country produces abundantly wheat, rye, 
 barley, oats, buck-wheat, hemp, flax, and all kinds of vegetables; 
 and itsforestsyield timber of all kinds. Its trade and manufactures 
 are valuable, though not very extensive. Its capital, of thesame 
 name, stands on the Volga, over which is a bridge of boats. Its 
 buildings are good, and it has some excellent educational insti- 
 tutions. Pop. about 25,000. Lat. 56. 51. N. Long. 35. 57. E. 
 Pop. of government, about 1,500,000. 
 
 TU'ESDAY, s. [tuesdag, Sax.] the third day of the week. It 
 has its name from Tuisco, an idol of the Saxons, worshipped on 
 this day. 
 
 TU'FA, s. in Geology, a porous rock, deposited by calcareous 
 waters on their exposure to the air, and usually containing por- 
 tions of plants, &c., incrustod with carbonate of lime. The more 
 solid form is called travertin. 
 
 TUFF, s. in Geology, a volcanic rock of loose, earthy texture, 
 composed of an agglutination of fragments of scoriie, &c. ejected 
 from a volcano. 
 
 TUFT, s. [tuffe, Fr.] a bunch of feathers; the crest of a bird ; 
 a thicket of trees, or the bushy part of them ; a lock of hair. 
 
 TUFTA'FFETY, s. a villous kind of silk. 
 
 TU'FTED, a. growing in tufts or clusters. 
 
 To TUG, V. a. [teigan, or teogan, Sax.] to pull with continued 
 violence or strength ; to pluck. — v. n. to pull hard ; to labour ; to 
 struggle. 
 
 TUG, s. the act of pulling with the utmost and continued effort. 
 
 TU'GGER, s. one that tugs or pulls hard. 
 
 TUISCO, in Teutonic Mythology, the god to whom Tuesday 
 was dedicated. 
 
 TUFTION, (tuishon) s. [tuitio, from tueor, Lat.] the care of a 
 guardian or tutor. 
 
 TU'LA, a government of Russia, bounded by the governments 
 of Kaluga, Orel, Tambov, Riesan,and Moscow. It is very level, 
 with very inconsiderable but numerous rivers. It is a fine corn 
 country, and has a few manufactures. Tula, its capital, stands on 
 the Upha, and is the Sheffield of Russia. It has also a fine trade. 
 Pop. about 60,000. Lat. 54. 10. N. Long. 37. 20. E. Pop. of 
 government, about 1,250,000. 
 
 TU'LIP, s. [tulipe, Fr. tulipa, Lat.] in Floriculture, a beautiful 
 well-known flower of various colours. 
 
 TU'LIP-TREE, s. in Botany, &c.. a fiUe American tree, which 
 often grows to the height of above 100 feet, with a proportionate 
 girth. Its flowers resemble the garden tulip, whence its name. 
 Its wood is used fur light and ornamental purposes, and is sus- 
 ceptible of a fine polish. 
 
 TULL, JETHRO, an agricultural writer of the last century, 
 who invented the system of horse-hoeing husbandry, and wrote 
 upon it, but without supposing that this important part of good 
 farming was only a part. He died in about 1740, in prison, to 
 which his inventions and his mistakes, and the worse mistakes of 
 the farmers of the lime, who did not seethe value of his discovery, 
 had brought him. He owes his present reputation in good part 
 to William Cobbelt, who republished his writings, and explained 
 and recommended his system. 
 
 TU'LLUS HOSTILIUS, in Roman Legends, the third king, 
 who, on Noma's death, was chosen by the people. His reign 
 was almost wholly warlike, according to the lays. And the most 
 remarkable part of his story, is the combat of the three brothers 
 Horatii with the three Curiatii, which decided the subjuga- 
 tion of the state of Alba, and the introduction of the Al- 
 bans to Rome as a new element in the state, the plebeians. 
 He is fabled to have perished through the rashness with which 
 he endeavoured to use some of the formularies of the pious Nu- 
 ina, being struck dead by lightning, after reigning 32 years. 
 
 To TU'MBLE, V. n. [tommelen, Belg. tombolare, Ital.] to fall 
 
TUN 
 
 suddenly on the ground ; to fall down ; to fall in great quanti- 
 ties tumulluoiisly; to play tricks by putting the body into differ- 
 ent postures; to roll about.^ti. a. lo turn over; to "throw about 
 by way of examination ; to throw down by chance or violence ; 
 to tlirow down. 
 
 TU'iMBLE, s. a fall. 
 
 TU'iMBLER, s. one who puts his body into different postures, 
 and performs feats of activity; a species of pigeon ; a drinking 
 vessHJ. 
 
 TU'MBRIL, s. \tombereau, Fr.] a cart, which can be tilted up 
 so as to shoot out what it contains by unfixing a pin that keeps 
 the body level with the shafts. Also, a cart used in artillery 
 regiments. 
 
 TUMEFA'CnON, «. [Fr. tumeo, Lat.] a swelling. 
 
 To TUMEFY, v. a. to swell ; to make to swell. 
 
 TU'MID, a. [tiimidm, Lat.] swollen; puffed up; affectedly 
 lufty, applied to style. 
 
 TU'MOR, s. [Lat.] in Medicine, the general name for the mor- 
 bid enlargement of any tissue, or organ of the body. There are 
 many varieties, and a surgical operation is the only mode of cure 
 known ; but even that is not always safe. Figuratively, affected 
 pomp or greatness. 
 
 TU'MOROUS, a. swelling, protuberant ; vainly pompous ; 
 falsely magnificent. 
 
 TUMULA'T10N,«. [tumulus, Lat.] the act of entombing, bury- 
 ing, or interring, 
 
 TUMULO'SE, a. full of hills. 
 
 TUMULO'SITY, s. hilliness. 
 
 TU'MULT, s. [tumulte, Fr. tumultus, Lat.] a turbulent and cla- 
 morous concourse of people; a riot; a rabble; a confused hurry; 
 uproar; bustle. 
 
 TUMU'LTUOUS, a. [tumultueux, Fr.] gathering in a confused 
 and noisy manner; turbulent; disorderly; riotous; seditious. 
 
 TUMU'LTUOUSLY, arf. by act of the multitude; with con- 
 fusion and violence. 
 
 TUN, s. [tunne, Sax. tonne, Belg. and Fr.] a large vessel or cask 
 of an oblong form, and biggest in the middle. Also, a vessel for 
 liquid measure, containing 252 gallons, or 2 hogsheads. 
 
 To TUN, V. a. to put into casks; to barrel. 
 
 TU'NABLE, a. capable of being put in tune, or made har- 
 monious; musical. 
 
 TU'NBRIDGE, Kent. It is seated on the river Tun, one of 
 the five little streams of the Medway, over each of which is a 
 stone bridge. Here is a grammar-school of great wealth, and of 
 little utility to the classes for whom it was originally endowed. 
 It is 30 miles from London. Market, Friday. Pop. 12,530. 
 
 TU'NBRIDGE WELLS, Kent. This watering-place has 
 sprung up round a chalybeate spring, first discovered in the 
 beginning of the 17th century. It is a well-built place, furnished 
 with all the appliances of a resort of fashionable company ; and 
 the vicinity has some fine and romantic scenery. Small wooden 
 toys, and boxes inlaid with mosaic-work of different coloured 
 woods, are sold here, and called Tunbridge ware. It is 30 miles 
 from London. Pop. 8302. 
 
 TU'NDISH, s. a tunner. 
 
 TUNE, s. (toon, Belg. ton, Swed. tuono, Ital. tonus, Lat.] in 
 Music, a melody ; harmony of sound; accordance. Sound; har- 
 mony ; concert of parts. To be in tune, is to be in a state proper 
 for use, exercise, or any particular purpose. 
 
 To TUNE, V. a. to put in a state wherein concords may be 
 sounded ; to sing harmoniously. — v. n. to form one sound to an- 
 other; to utter with the voice inarticulate harmony. 
 
 TU'NEFUL, a. musical; harmonious. 
 
 TU'NELESS, a. unharmonious; unmusical. 
 
 TU'NER, s. one who tunes. 
 
 TU'NGSTATES, s. in Chemistry, salts formed by the com- 
 bination of any base with tungstic acid. 
 
 TU'NGSTEN, s. in Chemistry, a metal of grayish colour, very 
 hard, but easily broken, and of great specific gravity. 
 
 TU'NGSTIC, a. in Chemistry, belonging to tungsten. 
 
 TU'NHOOF, «. in Botany, a plant, called also ground ivy. 
 
 TU'NIC,s. [tunique, Fr. tunica, Lat.] a kind of waistcoat, or 
 undergarment; a vest; a sort of sleeveless coat. 
 
 TU'NICLE, s. [tunieula, Lat.] a thin membranous coat or skin 
 covering any part of the body ; a little coat ; integument. 
 
 TU'NIS, a state of N. Africa, lying on the Mediterranean Sea, 
 bounded by Algiers, and by the inland deserts. It is about 300 
 
 TUR 
 
 miles long, and about 100 broad. It has some mountainous 
 districts in the N. parts ; but the rest is generally level. The 
 most northerly parts of the coast are rocky, with bold capes 
 and deeply indented bays. It has no rivers of any size or im- 
 portance. Its productions do not differ from those of N. Africa 
 generally; and grain, fruits, &c. &c. are cultivated abundantly. 
 Its commerce is tolerablj^ extensive ; being carried on, by means 
 of caravans, with all the interior of the country ; and by its har- 
 bours, with Turkey, Italy, &c. &c. The country is held by a 
 pacha, who is nominally dependent on the Ottoman Porte. 
 Tunis, the capital, stands on a fine sheet of water, which commu- 
 nicates with the Gulf of Tunis. It is fortified, and is an irre- 
 gularly and meanly built place. But it has some fine palaces 
 and mosques. Its trade and manufactures are considerable; 
 and would be more so, were the government more enlightened, 
 and the access to the town for vessels of great draught more 
 easy. Pop. about 150,000. Lat. 30. 45. N. Long. 10. 10. E. 
 Pop. of state, about 3,000,000. This state occupies the terri- 
 tory of ancient Carthage, and abounds with relics of its former 
 condition of wealth and prosperity under Carthago and Rome. 
 
 TU^NNEL,s. the passage for smoke in a chimney? a pipe with 
 a conical or globular mouth, by which liqdor is poured iulo a cask 
 or bottle; a net resembling a funnel to catch birds. In En- 
 gineering, an under-ground passage for a road or canal. One 
 of the most remarkable tunnels is that under the bed of the 
 river Thames, from Wapping to Rotherhithe, 1200 feet in length, 
 for foot passengers, &c. 
 
 TU'NNY, s. [tonnen, Ital. thi/nnus, Lat.] in Natural History, a 
 large king of sea-fish found in the Mediterranean Sea. 
 
 Tup, s. in Farming, a ram. 
 
 To TUP, V. n. to butt like a ram. 
 
 TU'RBAN, s. [Turk.] the cover of linen, &c. worn on the 
 head by the Turks. Also a species of cap worn by ladies. 
 
 TU'RBANED, a. wearing a turban. 
 
 TU'RBARY, s. in Law, ground where turf is digged. Common 
 of turbary, is a right of digging turf onthe lord's waste. 
 
 TU'RBID, a. [turbidus, from turbo, Lat.] thick or muddy. 
 
 TU'RBIDNESS, «. muddiness ; thickness. 
 
 TU'RBINATED, a. [turbinatus, from turbo, Lat.] twisted, 
 spiral. In Botany, of a conical figure. 
 
 TU'RBOT, s. [Fr.] in Ichthyology, a large, flat sea-fish, which 
 is much esteemed by epicures. 
 
 TU'RBULENCE, Tu'rbui.ency, s. [Fr. turbukntia, from turbo, 
 Lat.] a tumult, or confusion ; the fault of not being easily go- 
 verned. 
 
 TU'RBULENT, a. [Fr. turbulentus, Lat.] boisterous ; tumultu- 
 ous ; not to be governed. 
 
 TU'RBULENTLY, ad. tumultuously ; violently. 
 
 TURE'NNE, HENRI DE LA TOUR D'AUVERGNE, VI- 
 COMTE DE, the great French commander of the 17th century. 
 He studied the art of war under Maurice of Nassau ; and his 
 earliest exploits obtained him a marshalship, and an appoint- 
 ment in the wars in Germany. In that command, both in good 
 fortune and under disaster, his great skill was apparent; and 
 the favour of Richelieu was secured to him. He subsequently 
 held a high command in Italy; and was thence ordered to Ger- 
 many again, where he continued till the end of the 30 years' 
 war." He next appeared in the civil struggles of the Fronde; 
 and then more favourably and honourably in the wars in the 
 Low Countries, where he contributed greatly to bring about the 
 peace of the Pyrenees. He had been brought up a Calvinist ; 
 he now became a Catholic ; religion being, in those days, a mat- 
 ter of policy rather than of conviction, amongst the classes to 
 which Turenne belonged. The last campaign of this great ge- 
 neral was the most brilliant, but it was stained with needless 
 horrors. He was, after a career of victory, opposed by Mon- 
 tecuculi ; and at Sassbach, in Baden, fell by a cannon-ball, in 
 1G75, aged 64 years. 
 
 TURF, s. \tyrf. Sax. torf, Belg. and Swed.] the green surface 
 of the ground; a blackish earth, used as fuel. Also, figura- 
 tively, all that belongs to race-courses. 
 
 TU'RFINESS, s. the state of abounding in turf. 
 
 TU'RFY, a. full of turf, 
 
 TURGE'SCENCE, Turge'scency, s. the act of swelling, or 
 the state of being swollen. 
 
 TU'RGH), Tu'bgent, a. [turgeo, Lat.] swelling; bloatetl ; 
 vainly pompous. 
 
 877 
 
TUR 
 
 TURCOT, ANNE ROBERT JACQUES, one of the most 
 eminent French ministers in the period immediately preceding 
 the Revolution. He was the son of a public functionary, and at 
 first studied for the ecclesiastical profession, but receiving the 
 philosophism of the day in the place of his former creed, he re- 
 nounced the church for the law, and became acouncillor of par- 
 lement. A work on Toleration, and his ardent adoption of Ques- 
 nay's economical doctrines, led him at length to obtain the 
 appointment of comptroller-general of finances. His conduct 
 was such that Louis used to say in after years, "There was none 
 but Turgot and I who loved the peopled' But Turgot greatly 
 accelerated the catastrophe, by the introduction at once of the 
 most sweeping reforms and changes, and by endeavouring to 
 realize the political state that his philosophy dreamed of. Per- 
 Jtaps had he been permitted to carry out his plans he would have 
 done better service to the state, but all who were interested in 
 old abuses leagued against him, and he was driven from office, 
 after having held it only about 2 years. After some timeof liter- 
 ary leisure and study, he died in 1781, aged 54 years. 
 
 TU'RIN, an ancient and flourishing city, the capital of Pied- 
 mont, where the king of Sardinia resides. It is a very hand- 
 some place, and is very regularly built, both as regards the 
 general plan, and the houses of each street. Turin is well forti- 
 fied, and is charmingly seated at the foot of a mountain. It 
 abounds in fine churches and public edifices, noble charitable 
 institutions, &c. &c. It has also a very celebrated university, 
 and an academy of sciences that ranks very high. Its manufac- 
 tures are thriving, and its trade is considerable. Pop. about 
 175,000. Lat. 45. 4. N. Long. 7. 40. E. 
 
 TU'RKTiY, s. in Natural History, a well-known fowl. 
 
 TU'RKEY BUZZARD, s. in Ornithology, a kind of vulture, 
 which is indigenous to America, and is remarkable for the keen- 
 ness of its senses of vision and smell. 
 
 TU'RKEY, the general name of the Ottoman empire, which 
 includes Turkey in Europe, the S. VV. part of Asia, and the N. 
 part of Africa. The description of these diflf'erent countries will 
 be found under their proper names. 
 
 TU'RKEY IN EUROPE, that part of the Turkish empire 
 which is included in the European boundaries. It stretches from 
 the Adriatic Sea to the ^gean and the Black Seas, and is bound- 
 ed by the Austrian empire and Russia, and by Greece, it is tra- 
 versed by several great mountain chains, which are a prolongation 
 of the Alps, and by some others not so immediately connected 
 with that system. The Balkan range has heights of 10,000 feet, 
 and the other mountains range from 1000 to 9000 feet in eleva- 
 tion above the sea. The Danube is its great river ; other smaller 
 streams fall into the vEgean Sea. It is not deficient in metallic 
 and mineral wealth, and the country is sufficiently fertile, but 
 the despotism of the government has hitherto prevented the 
 development of its anciently celebrated powers. Moldavia, Wal- 
 lachia, and Servia are subject states in Europe. Constantinople 
 is its capital. Pop. about 12,000,000. The manufactures of 
 Turkey are chiefly carpets and leather, and it has a considerably 
 extensive and profitable commerce. 
 
 TURKISTA'N, a country of Asia, included in the general de- 
 nomination, Tatary. It lies E. of the Caspian Sea, between 
 Asiatic Russia, and Persia, AfTghanistan,! labet, &c. Its extent 
 is not clearly ascertained, but it seems to reach to the frontiers 
 of the Chinese empire. It consists of high table-lands, inter- 
 sected by mountain chains, with occasional tracts of complete 
 desert; watered h^ the rivers which flow into the Caspian, and 
 the beginnings ot the great streams that make their way to 
 the Indian and Pacific Oceans, and interspersed with lakes. The 
 country is but little cultivated, but the rich pastures supply the 
 means of life to the numerous nomade tribes which live there. 
 In some parts an active transit trade is carried on. Our inform- 
 ation respecting this vast region is exceedingly scanty and in- 
 correct. See Bokhara, T.4taiiy, &c. 
 
 TU'RMERIC, s. in Commerce, an Indian root which makes a 
 yellow dye. 
 
 TU'RMOIL, s. trouble ; harassing imeasiaess ; affliction ; 
 tumult. 
 
 To TURMOI'L, V. a. to harass with tumult or commotion; to 
 keep unquiet. 
 
 To TURN, t: a. [tuman, Sax. torno, Lat,] to put into a circular 
 motion, or move round ; to change sides, or put that uppermost 
 which was undermost; to change place, posture, fortune, or 
 878 
 
 TUR 
 
 party; to bring the inside outwards; to form, or transform ; to 
 translate; to change with respect to affection, inclination, or 
 regard. To turn the stomach, to cause nausea. To make giddy, 
 followed by head; to direct to or from any point or purpose. To 
 apply, or have recourse to, followed by to. To turn one's back, is 
 to fly; to disregard. Followed by t<;>07i, to reverse or alter. U.sed 
 with about, to revolve or consider; with away, to dismiss or dis- 
 card ; to avert ; with fiaci-, to return to the person who gave, sent, 
 or sold ; to double the contrary way ; with off, to dismiss ; to re- 
 sign ; to deflect. To be turned of, to advance to an age beyond ; 
 to exceed. Used with over, to transfer; to throw off; to exam- 
 ine one leaf of a book after another; to refer.^». n. to move 
 round ; to change the posture quickly, so as to face, used with 
 upon; to be changed or altered ; to grow sour, applied to liquors; 
 to grow giddy. Used with away, to deviate from a proper course ; 
 to recoil ; with off, to divert one's course. 
 
 TURN, s. the act of turning; the act of coming back to the 
 same place; a winding path ; a walk to and fro ; change or al- 
 teration ; occasion; an act of kindness or malice ; time at which 
 any thing is to be done, or wherein persons punctually succeed 
 each other; convenience; form, cast, shape, or manner; bent; 
 inclination ; the manner in which the words of a sentence are 
 expressed. By turns, signifies alternately, or one after another. 
 
 rU'RNCOAT, {turnkot) s. one who forsakes his party or prin- 
 ciples for those which are opposite ; a renegado. 
 
 TURNE'BUS, ADRIAN, a great scholar of France, who was 
 educated at Paris, and afterwards held the posts of professor of 
 Greek, professor royal, in succession. He was acquainted with 
 all the great scholars of his day, and contributed greatly to the 
 spread of that profound and exact learning which characterized 
 the period. His works and editions are yet of value. He died 
 in 156.5, aged 54 years. 
 
 TU'RNER, s. [tourneur, Fr.] one who makes vessels, &c. in 
 wood or metal with a lathe ; one who sells turnery wares. 
 
 TU'RNER, WILLIAM, an English naturalist of the 16th 
 century. He studied at Cambridge, and could not wholly escape 
 the miseries of his times, being once a prisoner, and twice an 
 exile. He was a clergyman, and became dean of Wells. He 
 died in 1-568, aged 48 years. He wrote works on polemical theo- 
 logy, and on natural history; and amongst them, his Herbal, 
 or History of Plants, was of the greatest importance to science. 
 
 TU'RNER, SAMUEL, a traveller and diplomatist, who being 
 in the E. India Company's service, was sent by Warren Hastings 
 on an embassy to Thibet, and afterwards distinguished himself 
 in the campaign against Tippoo Saib, and in other services. He 
 died in 1802, aged 43 years. He published An Account of the 
 Embassy to Thibet, and communicated several papers to the Asiatic 
 Society. 
 
 TU'RNER, DR. EDWARD, an English chemist of high 
 standing. He studied at Edinburgh and Gottingen, and was 
 appointed professor of chemistry at University College, London. 
 He died in 1837, aged 40 years. His Elements of Chemistry is a 
 valuable work. 
 
 TU'RNING, s. a winding ; a deviation to the right or left from 
 a main road or street ; flexure; meander; the art of working in 
 wood, metal, &c. with a lathe. 
 
 TU'RNIP, s. in Botany and Agriculture, a well-known plant, 
 with a white bulbous root, much used as a vegetable, but still 
 more in feeding cattle. Swede turnip is another kind of the 
 same plant, the root of which is firmer, and of a yellow colour, 
 and is still more extensively grown as a root-crop. The intro- 
 duction of this root into regular cultivation effected a complete 
 revolution in agriculture, since all the husbandry operations re- 
 quisite for a good turnip crop are of direct benefit to the corn 
 crop which follows, and the land is refreshed by this crop more 
 than it used to be by lying fallow. 
 
 TU'RNIP-FLY, s. in Entomology, a small beetle which preys 
 on the seed-leaves of the turnip, and often destroys great part of 
 the plant. The only effectual remedies are manures which stimu- 
 late the plants to grow more rapidly than this destroyer can in- 
 jure them, since all the danger is past when the regular leaves 
 appear. 
 
 TU'RNKEY, s. the door-keeper of a gaol. 
 
 TU'RNPIKE, s. a gate set up across a road where toll is taken 
 of travellers, waggoners, coaches, &c. for mending the roads.' 
 
 TU'RNSOL, s. in Botany, the sunflower. 
 
 TU'RNSTILE, s. a gate in a foot-path. 
 
TWE 
 
 TU'RPENTINE, ». {turpentina, Ital.] in Commerce, a trans- 
 parent resin, flowing either naturally, or by incision, from several 
 unctuous trees, as the larch, pine, &c. It is highly inflammable, 
 and is largely used in various processes of the arts. Its medici- 
 nal properties, also, are valuable; but it is not largely used. 
 
 TU'RFITUDE, s. [Fr. turpitude, from turpk, Lat.] essential de- 
 formity of thoughts, words, or actions; inherent vileness ; base- 
 ness ; /ilthiness. 
 
 TU'RQUOISE, s. [Fr.] in Mineralogy, a blue kind of stone, 
 found in small masses, like irregular clusters of grapes, much 
 used in iewellery, as a contrast to pearls and other substances. 
 
 TU'RKEL, s. a tool used by coopers. 
 
 TU'RRET, s. [turris, Lat.] a small eminence raised above the 
 body of a building; a little tower. 
 
 TU'RRETED, a. formed like a tower; rising like a tower. 
 
 TU'RTLE, s. [Sax.] in Natural History, a kind of tortoise, 
 found in warm climates. It is a marine animal, and is caught 
 when it visits the sandy shores or banks. It is a great article of 
 epicurean diet. 
 
 TU'RTLE-DOVE, Tu'rtle, s. [tuHur, Lat.] in Ornithology, a 
 kind of pigeon, of a reddish gray colour, which visits this coun- 
 try in the summer months. It has always been spoken of by 
 poets as an emblem of all conjugal virtues. 
 
 TU'SCAN ORDER, s. in Architecture, so called because in- 
 vented in Tuscany. It is the simplest and most massive of the 
 five orders. 
 
 TU'SCANY, a grand-duchy of Italy, lying on the Mediterra- 
 nean Sea, and bounded by the Papal States, Modena, Parma, 
 and the kingdom of Sardinia. It is about 150 miles long, and 
 about 80 broad. It extends inland beyond the summit of the 
 Apennines, but it does not include any of the higjhest points of 
 that chain. It is traversed by ofl-shoots from it in every direc- 
 tion. The Arno is its principal river. The island of Elba be- 
 longs to this duchy. Lead, marble, &c. &c. are found here. 
 Corn, wine, oil, fruits, cattle, silk, &c. &c. are produced in vari- 
 ous degrees of abundance. Its manufactures are remarkably 
 numerous and valuable; and it has thus a considerable trade. 
 Florence is its capital. Pop. about 1,500,000. 
 
 TUSH ! interj. a word used to express contempt. 
 
 TUSK, s. [tosken, old Frisick,] the fangs or long teeth of a 
 boar, &c. 
 
 TU'SKED, Tu'sKY, a. furnished with tusks. 
 
 TU'SSER, THOMAS, GENT., the writer of the English 
 Georgics, Five Hundred Points of Good Husbandry, was a chorister 
 at St. Paul's, and then studied at Eton and Cambridge. He 
 afterwards was in the retinue of Lord Paget, at court, and finally 
 became a farmer In Suffolk, where he became practically ac- 
 quainted with the subjects which he amused himself with illus- 
 trating in homely verse. He died after 1580, aged about 65 years. 
 
 TU'SSUCK, s. [diminutive of <mz,] a tuft of grass or twigs. 
 
 To TU'STLE, V. a. to bustle or strive ; to tumble or ruffle. 
 
 TUT! interj. a word used to command silence and express 
 contempt. 
 
 TU'TELAGE, s. [tutcla, from ttieor, Lat.] protection ; guardian- 
 ship ; the time during which an infant is under guardians. 
 
 TU'TELAR,Tu'TiaARy, a. [tutelaris, Lat.] having the guard- 
 ianship, or particular defence and protection, of any person or 
 thing. 
 
 TUTOR, s. \tueor, Lat.] one who has the care of another's 
 learning. 
 
 To TU'TOR, V. a. to instruct ; to teach. 
 
 TUTORAGE, s. the authority or government of a tutor. 
 
 TUTORESS, s. a female instructor; a governess. 
 
 TUTSAN, s. iu Botany, the genus of plants called also St. 
 John's wort. 
 
 TUZ, s. a lock or tuft of hair. 
 
 TWAIN, a. [twgen, Sax.] two. 
 
 To TWANG, V. n. to sound with a quick sharp noise.— ». a. to 
 make to sound sharply. 
 
 TWANG, ». a disagreeable sound ; an affected modulation of 
 the voice. 
 
 'TWAS, contracted from It teas. 
 
 To TWATTLE, v. a. [schwatzen, Teut.] to prate. 
 
 TWA'YBLADB, s. in Botany, a kind of orchis with two large 
 broad leaves. 
 
 To TWEAG, Tweak, {twecff, tweek) v. a. [twacken. Tent.] to 
 pinch or squeeze between the fingers. 
 
 TWO 
 
 TWE' AGUE, Tweak, (ttveet;, tueek) s. perplexity; ludicrous 
 distress. 
 
 TWEED, a British river, which is the boundary between Eng- 
 land and Scotland on the E. side. It rises in Peeblesshire, and 
 flows through that county, and the counties of Selkirk and Rox- 
 burgh, between those of Berwick and Northumberland, into the 
 North Sea, after a course of about 70 miles. 
 
 To TWEE'DLE, v. a. to handle lightly. 
 
 TWEE'ZERS, 8. [etui, Fr.] small nippers or pincers. 
 
 TWELFTH, a. [twelfta, Sax.] the second after the tenth ; the 
 ordinal of twelve. 
 
 TWE'LFTH-DAY, s. in the Church Calendar, the festival of 
 Epiphany, or manifestation of Christ to the Gentiles, so called as 
 being the twelfth day, exclusive, from Christmas-day. 
 
 TWELVE, a. [ticelf. Sax.] two and ten. 
 
 TWE'LVEMONTH, s. the space of a year, accordiog to the 
 calendar months. 
 
 TWE'NTIETH, a. [twentegotha, Sax.] next to the nineteenth ; 
 the ordinal of twenty. 
 
 TWE'NTY, a. [twentig. Sax.] twice ten. 
 
 TVVrBILL,s. [toy foriwo, andftjV/,] an iron tool used bypavers. 
 
 TWICE, ad. [twees, Belg.] two times ; doubly. 
 
 TWIG, s. [twigga. Sax. ttcyg, Belg.] a small shoot of a branch. 
 
 TWFLIGHT, {twUit) s. [twelicht, Belg.] in Astronomy and 
 Optics, that imperfect light which proceeds from the sun, before 
 sunrise and after sunset. In consequence of the refraction of his 
 rays through the different strata of the atmosphere. It lasts all 
 the night through In the summer-time in our latitude. An ob- 
 scure light; an uncertain view. — a. seen or done by twilight; 
 not clearly or brightly Illuminated. 
 
 TWIN, s. [twinn, Sax.] a child born at the same time and birth 
 with another. 
 
 To TWINE, V. a. [twinan, Sax. twynen, Belg.] to wind thread 
 round any substance ; to encircle; to twist so as to unite or form 
 into one body. — v. n. to wind, or form windings; to convolve ; 
 to unite by interposition of parts. 
 
 TWINE, s. a twisted thread ; a twist ; an embrace formed by 
 twisting round any part ; cord ; string. 
 
 To TWINGE, V. a. [ticimjen, Teut.] to torment with a sudden 
 and short pain ; to pinch ; to tweak. 
 
 TWINGE, s. a short, sudden, sharp pain ; a pinch ; a tweak. 
 
 TWI'NGEWORT, s. In Botany, a name of the carllne thistle. 
 
 To TWI'NKLE, v. n. [twinclian. Sax.] to sparkle, or shine with 
 intermitted light ; to open and shut the eye alternately. 
 
 TWI'NKLE, Twi'nklino, s. a sparkling intermitting light ; a 
 motion of the eye. 
 
 To TWIRL, V. a. [from tchirl,] to turn or force round. — f. n. to 
 
 revolve with a quick motion. 
 TWIRL, s. circular motion ; rotatli 
 
 twist ; convolution. 
 
 To TWIST, V. a. [twisten, Belg.] to form by turning round ; 
 to form by complication ; to wreathe or encircle by something ; 
 to contort; to writhe; to weave or form by turning round, so 
 that the parts shall unite together; to insinuate; to unite.— 
 V. n. to be contorted ; to be convolved. 
 
 TWIST, ». the act of turning round several things so as to 
 unite them ; any thing made by winding two things together; 
 a cord ; a writhe; contortion ; a kind of fine cord or braid. 
 
 TWrSTER, s. one who twists; a ropemaker ; the instrument 
 of twisting. 
 
 To TWJT, V. a. [edwitan, Sax.] to reproach or mention to a 
 person byway of sneer; to flout; to hit In the teeth. 
 
 To TWITCH, V. a. \twiccian. Sax.] to pull or pluck with a quick 
 motion ; to snatch. 
 
 TWITCH, s. a quick or sudden pull ; a painful contraction of 
 the fibres. 
 
 To TWITTER, v. n. to make a sharp, intermitting, and tre- 
 mulous noise; to be affected with a stronger sudden inclination, 
 followed by toward. 
 
 TWITTER, s. any motion or disorder of passion, as violent 
 laughing, or fretting. 
 
 'TWIXT, a contraction of Betwixt. 
 
 TWO, {too) a. [ticu. Sax.] a number composed of one added to 
 one. 
 
 TWO'FOLD, {todfold) a. double the number, or twice the quan- 
 tity. — ad. doubly. 
 
 TWO'HANDED, {Mhanded) a. large ; bulky ; enormous for 
 magnitude. 
 
TYR 
 
 TYCHO'NIC SYSTEM, in Astronomy, that view of the rela- 
 tions of the different bodies of our Sojar System, wliich was pro- 
 pounded by Tycho Brahe; in which the earth was represented 
 as imiiiovuble in the centre, round which revolved the moon and 
 the sun, whilst round the sun revolved the other planets. 
 
 TY'CHSEN.OLAUSGEKHARD, an eminent oriental scho- 
 lar of Germany, in the last century. He was born in humble 
 circumstances, but received a good education, and studied at Got- 
 tingen. His first engagement was in an evangelical mission to 
 the Jews of Germany; afterwards he held a professorship at 
 Biitzow, and was librarian at Rostock. He died in 1815, aged 
 81 years. His writings are of considerable value to scholars. 
 
 To TYE, f. a. See To Tie. 
 
 TYE, DR. CHRISTOPHER, a celebrated musical composer 
 of the iGth century. He was teacher of music to Edward VI., 
 and orgajiist at the Chapel Royal under Elizabeth. His music 
 is yet admired. 
 
 TYKE, s. in Natural History, a kind of hunting dog. ' 
 
 TY'AIBAL, s. [Fr.] a kind of kettle-drum. 
 
 TYMBORE'LLA, s. a ducking-stool. 
 
 TY'MFAN, «. [ttjinpanum, Lat.] a tynibal or drum ; that part 
 of a printing-press to which the paper is fixed that is to receive 
 the impression. 
 
 TY'iUPANUM, s. [Lat.] a drum, in Anatomy, the drum of 
 the ear, a thin membrane stretched across a circular orifice, 
 braced by 3 muscles ; by the vibrations of which the sensation 
 of hearing is effected. In Mechanics, a sort of wheel placed on an 
 axis, on the top of which are levers, for the more easy turning 
 the axis about to raise the weight. 
 
 TY'NDALE, WILLI AiM , one of the most eminent of our Eng- 
 lish Reformers. He studied at Oxford first, and having there im- 
 bibed the opinions of Luther, removed to Cambridge to avoid per- 
 secution. He became a tutor in Sir John Welch's family; but 
 having been summoned before the chancellor of Bristol, to give 
 account of himself, he went to London, and thence to the con- 
 tinent. There he translated the New Testament into English, and 
 printed it; and when that was bought up by Tonstall, printed 
 a better edition. He afterwards joined Coverdale in translating 
 the Old Testament ; and finally, by means of the English king, 
 was tried as a heretic, and burnt at Augsburg, in 1530, aged 59 
 years. 
 
 TY'NEMOUTH, Northumberland. It stands, as its name 
 implies, at the mouth of the river Tvne ; and has a castle, now 
 used as a lighthouse. It is fortified sufficiently to defend the 
 entrance to the port ; and is a place of some resort in the 
 bathingseason. It is 285 miles from London. Pop. 11,890. 
 
 TYPE, s. [Fr. typus, Lat.] a copy, model, image, or resem- 
 blance. In Theology, a symbol, sign, or figure of something to 
 come. In Printing, the metallic letter; also the printed letter, 
 in respect of its elegance, legibility, &c. 
 
 TY'PE-FOUNDING, s. the art of casting the metallic types 
 used for printing. 
 
 TY'PHON, {ty'fon) s. [Gr.] a hurricane; a violent whirlwind ; 
 a fierv meteor. 
 
 TV'PIC, Ty'piCAL, a. [typique, Fr. typkus, Lat. tupos, Gr.] re- 
 presented by some symbol or hieroglyphic. 
 
 TY'PICALLY, ad. in a typical manner. 
 
 To TY'PIFY,t). a. to express by some symbol, action, or hiero- 
 glyphic. 
 
 TVPO'GRAPHER, {typografer) s. [tupos and grapho, Gr.] a 
 printer. 
 
 TYPOGRA'PHICAL, (typogrdjkat) a. belonging to typogra- 
 phy, or the art of printing ; emblematical; figurative. 
 
 TYPO'GRAPHY, (typAgraphy) s. the art of printing. 
 
 TYRA'NNIC, Tyra'nnicai,, a. [tyrannique, Fr. tyrannicus, Lat. 
 turannos, Gr.] cruel; oppressive; imperious; acting like a ty- 
 rant ; despotic. 
 
 TYRA'NNICALLY, ad. in the manner of a tyrant. 
 
 TYRA'NNICIDE, a. [lyrannus and ceedo, Lat.] the act of killing 
 a tyrant. 
 
 to TY'RANNISE, v. n. [tyranniser, Fr.] to govern or act in an 
 imperious and rigorous manner, like a tyrant. 
 
 TY'RANNOUS, a. tyrannical ; despotic; arbitrarily severe. 
 
 TY'RANNY, s. the acting without regard to the laws, rights, 
 or properties of the people ; outrageous cruelty and oppression ; 
 rigorous command; severity; inclemency. 
 
 TY'RANT, s. [tyran, Fr. tyrannus, Lat. turannos, GtJ] among 
 
 T YT 
 
 the ancients, denoted simply a king or monarch, or an uncon- 
 stitutional ruler; but now, an unjust and cruel prince. 
 
 TY'RE, a famous city of Phoenicia, which gradually became 
 the emporium of the world's commerce. It stood partly on an 
 island, and partly on the mainland ; and after various sieges by 
 the kings of Assyria, was taken by Alexander the Great. It 
 never recovered from this misfortune, but after sharing in the 
 calamities which the wars of the successors of Alexander inflicted 
 on those parts, and which the spread of Roman power inflicted 
 on the world, it became a mere shadow of its former self. Dur- 
 ing the middle ages it was again the scene of many battles and 
 sieges ; and is now a mere desolation ; an insignificant village near 
 it has usurped its name. The denunciations of Tyre by Isaiah 
 and Ezekiel are familiar to all readers. 
 
 TY'RO, «. [<iVo, Lat.] a novice; one in his rudiments; a young 
 scholar. 
 
 TY'ROL, a part of Austria, lying next to Switzerland and 
 Bavaria, and bounded by Austrian Lonibardy and Venice, lllyria, 
 and Austria Proper. It is about 150 miles in each direction, "it is 
 exceedingly mountainous, being traversed by the highest ridges of 
 the Alps, and some of its peaks are more than 12,000 feet high. 
 Its chief river is the Inn. It is rich in mineral wealth, having 
 mines of gold, silver, copper, lead, and iron ; coal, salt, and 
 marble are also obtained abundantly. In the valleys and parts 
 capable of cultivation, grain of various kinds, wine, fruits, silk, 
 &c. &c. are produced. Its manufactures are almost all of the 
 domestic kind. The people are exceedingly simple-hearted and 
 loyal to the Austrian emperor, and are far removed from any 
 beneficial influence of the progressof commerce and knowledge. 
 Innspruck is the capital. Pop. about 850,000. 
 
 TYRO'NE, a county of Ulster, in Ireland ; bounded by Lon- 
 donderry, Armagh, Monaghan, Fermanagh, and Donegal. It 
 is 43 miles long, and 33 broad ; and contains 35 parishes. It is 
 very hilly, or^ rather niounlaiuous, and has heights exceeding 
 2000 feet. The Blackwater and the Foyle are its chief streams. 
 Lough Neah lies on its E. border. In agriculture it is not dis- 
 tinguished, but its linen manufactory is of great value. Clogher 
 and Oinagh are its chief places. Pop. 312,956. It sends three 
 members to the imperial parliament. 
 
 TY'RRELL, JAMES, an historian and political writer of the 
 end of the 17th and the beginning of the ISth centuries. He stu- 
 died at Oxford, and afterwards in the Inner Temple. But he 
 never practised as a barrister; and he died in 1718, aged 76 
 years. His chief work is a Ilistory of England, of little value, 
 now that the original sources of it are put within the reach of all 
 readers; he wrote also various controversial tracts, which are 
 forgotten now. 
 
 TYRTjE'US, an ancient poet of Greece, whose battle-songs, 
 the Marseillaise of the Spartans, contributed not a little to their 
 triumphs in the Messenian war. He was a native of Miletus, 
 and was sent by the Athenians to Sparta, when the Delphic 
 oracle bade the latter seek a leader against the Messenians from 
 Athens. The jealousy of this city made them select what they 
 thought a lame and stupid schoolmaster ; he proved all that the 
 oracle had foretold. His mission to Sparta was in about 670 
 B. c. 
 
 TY'RWHIT, THOMAS, an eminent scholar of the last century. 
 He was educated at Oxford, and began to study for the bar. 
 Afterwards he became clerk to the House of Commons, but in a 
 few years resigned the office, and passed the remainder of his 
 life in literary retirement. He died in 1768, aged 38 years. His 
 critical essays and editions of classical authors are numerous; 
 his edition of Chaucer Is the standard one. 
 
 TY'SON, EDWARD, an eminent physician, who studied at 
 Oxford and Cambridge, and settled in London, where he held 
 several conspicuous situations in his profession. His skill in 
 comparative anatomy led him to many curious researches, the 
 results of which he published. He died in 1708, aged 59 years. 
 
 TY'SSENS, PETER, a celebrated painterof the Flemish school. 
 He became head of the academy of his native city, Antwerp, alid 
 was held to be little inferior to Rubens in his style of composi- 
 tion. He died in 1692, aged 65 years. 
 
 TY'TLER, ALEXANDER ERASER, (Loud Woodhouselee,) 
 a distinguished historical writer. He studied at Edinburgh, 
 and became an advocate. He was made professor of history at 
 Edinburgh, and in his own profession was successively deputy 
 judge-advocate for Scotland, a judge in the Court of Session, and 
 
V A H 
 
 a lord of the Justiciary. He died in 1813, aged 66 years. He 
 wrote several works on law, the Life of Petrarch, Memoirs of Lord 
 Karnes, and Elements of General History, which was, till lately, the 
 best work of that comprehensive kind. 
 
 TZE'TZES, JOHN, a Greek poet and learned grammarian of 
 the 12th century of our aera. His writings are very numerous, 
 but all are not printed. V{\s Homeric Tales, Histories, Explanation 
 of Homer, &c. &c., are known by scholars, but his critical writ- 
 ings are more useful. 
 
 U AND V 
 
 TT IS the iweiitielh letter of the English alphabet. It is a 
 ^ vowel, and its sound is short in 6«r«<, cMr«<, rwn, SKB, cu6. In 
 some words it is rather acute than long, as in brute, flute, acute, 
 &c. It is generally long in polysyllables, as in union, usage, se- 
 cure, curious, &c.; but in some words it is obscure, as in nature, 
 venture. 
 
 V, the twenty-first letter, is a consonant. It has a sound uni- 
 form, which is that of a guttural/, as may be seen by comparing 
 the sounds of fine and vine. Though the letters u and v had al- 
 ways two sounds, they had only the form oft) till the beginning 
 of the fourth century, when the other form was introduced, it 
 being inconvenient to express two sounds by the sajrrie letter. 
 In numerals, V stands for five, and with a dash thus, v, for 5000. 
 
 VA'CANCY, s. an empty space ; vacuity ; a chasm ; time of 
 lisllessness, or emptiness of thought ; leisure or relaxation ; state 
 of a post or employment when it is unsupplied. 
 
 VA'CANT, a. [Fr. vacans, Lat.] empty ; having nothing in it; 
 free from crowds, obstacles, or encumbrance; having no pos- 
 sessor or incumbent; being at leisure, or disengaged ; void of 
 thought. 
 
 To VACA'TE, V. n. [i-aco, Lat.] to make void or vacant ; to de- 
 feat ; to annul. 
 
 VACA'TED, a. made void or vacant; defeated; annulled. 
 
 VACA'TION, s. [Fr.] in Common Law, the time which passes 
 between term and term. Among civilians, the time from the 
 death of the last incumbent till the benefice is supplied by ano- 
 ther. Leisure or freedom from business, studies, legislation, &c. 
 
 VA'CCARY, {rdkary) s. [vacca, Lat.] a cow-house; a cow- 
 pasture. 
 
 To VA'CCINATE, v. a. to inoculate with the vaccine lymph, 
 for the purpose of preventing the small-pox. 
 
 VACCINA'TION, s. [vacca, Lat.] in Medicine, the inoculation 
 of the human subject with the lymph obtained from the pustules 
 of a disease to which cows are subject, or from those of a person 
 who has been inoculated with this lymph, as a preservative from 
 the small-pox. -See Jenner. 
 
 VA'CClNE,(i. [vacca, Lat.] in Medicine, related to vaccination, 
 caused by vaccination. 
 
 To VA'CILLATE, t\ n. Ivacillo, Lat.] to reel; to shake; to 
 totter; to stagger. 
 
 VACILLAfl'ION, ». [Fr.racillatio, Lat.] the act of staggering 
 or shaking; irresolution; inconstancy; fluctuation. 
 
 VACU'lTY,*. [vacuite, Fr. vacuitas, from vacuus, Lat.] the state 
 of being unoccupied by body ; space void of body ; want of sub- 
 stance ; inanity. 
 
 VA'CUOUS, a. [vacuus, Lat.] empty; void. 
 
 VA'CUUM, «. [Lat.] space not occupied by matter. 
 
 VA'GABOND, a. [Fr.] wandering about, or having no settled 
 habitation ; vagrant. 
 
 VA'GABOND, «. a person that wanders about, and has no 
 sealed habitation. 
 
 VAGA'RY, s. [vaffus, from var/or, Lat] a wild freak or frolic ; 
 caprice. 
 
 VAGINOFE'NNOUS, a. [vagina and penna, Lat.] sheath- 
 winged ; having the wings covered with hard cases. 
 
 VA'GRANCY, s. a state of wandering; unsettled course of 
 life. 
 
 VA'GRANT, a. [Fr.] wandering ; vagabond; having no place 
 of residence. 
 
 VA'GRANT, s. one that has no settled place of abode; a 
 stroller; a sturdy beggar; a vagabond. 
 
 VAGUE, (ray) a. [Fr. vagus, from vagor, Lat.] wandering; va- 
 grant or vagabond ; having no settled place ; unfixed ; unsettled ; 
 indefinite. 
 
 VAHL, MARTIN, a celebrated Norwegian botanist. He stu- 
 
 died under Linnaeus, and was appointed botanical professor at 
 Copenhagen. He travelled, at various times, in Norway, S. Eu- 
 rope, the Mediterranean coasts of Africa, &c., and published 
 several works on plants. He died in 1804, aged 55 years. 
 
 VAIL, s. See Veil. Vaits are profits that accrue to officers 
 and servants, exclusive of a salary and wages. 
 
 To VAIL, V. a. [voiler, Fr.] to cover ; to lower, let fall, or pull 
 off, by way of compliment. — v. n. to show respect bj- yielding or 
 submitting ; to fall ; to let sink for fear, &c. See To Veil. 
 
 VAILLA'NT, JEAN FOI, a celebrated French numismatist. 
 He was a medical practitioner, but having become skilled in the 
 value of ancient coins and medals, was employed by CoVbert to 
 travel for the purpose of enriching the royal cabinet. He made 
 several voyages on this errand, and in one was captured by a 
 corsair; and, after spending several months in slavery at Algiers, 
 on his way home, being apprehensive of a second capture, and 
 loss of his coins, he swallowed them, (happily,) without suffering 
 any serious injury from his excessive devotion to his master. He 
 visited Egypt and Persia in his researches, and thus made the 
 collection of Louis XIV. one of the most complete in Europe. 
 He published several works on his favourite study, but tliey are 
 superseded now by more enlarged and accurate knowledge of 
 the subject. He ffied in 1700, aged 74 years. 
 
 VAILLA'NT, SEBASTIEN, an eminent botanist. He rose 
 by his own efforts entirely, having been born in comparatively 
 humble circumstances. He was first a musical performer, but by 
 his study and attention became a surgeon; and having been, 
 after some years, made secretary to the king's physician, be- 
 came connected with the Jardin du Roi, and lectured on his fa- 
 vourite science. He died in 1722, aged 53 years. His great 
 work was published after his death, and is valuable for the cor- 
 rect descriptions and plates ; but the study of botany has of late 
 so greatly advanced, that his other treatises are only curious as 
 matters of history. 
 
 Vailla'nt, FRAN901S Le, a distinguished traveller. He was 
 born in Dutch Guiana, and was early devoted to the study of 
 natural history. When he went with his family to Europe, the 
 great collections at Paris made him desire to travel, and he went 
 Jo the Cape of Good Hope. Here he made many excursions into 
 the interior; and on returning to Paris, wrote an account of his 
 adventures, observations, and collections. He was one of the 
 numbers who owed their lives to the fall of Robespierre, and ho 
 died in 1824, aged 71 years. His works on natural history are 
 very amusing as well as instructive, but are not scientific works. 
 
 VAIN, a. [Fr.vanus, Lat.] without effect; having no substance 
 or reality; proud of little things; ostentatious; idle or worthless; 
 false. In vain, to no purpose or end ; without effect. 
 
 VAlNGLO'RY.s. [vana gloria, hail.'] pride above merit ; empty 
 pride. 
 
 VAI'NLY,arf. uselessly ; to no purpose ; proudly; arrogantly. 
 
 VAl'NN ESS, «. emptiness; pride; falsehood. 
 
 VALA'IS, a canton of Switzerland, lying next Piedmont and 
 Lombardy, and bounded by Berne and Uri. It is about 100 miles 
 long, and about 40 broad. It lies between two of the great ridges 
 of the Alps, and has heights exceeding 3500 feet. The Rhone 
 is the chief stream, and it flows along its entire length, to the 
 lake of Geneva, which forms part of the W. boundary of (lie 
 canton. It has some mines; iron, lead, copper, &c. being toler- 
 ably abundant. Grain of various kinds, fruits, wine, timber, &c. 
 are produced plentifully; and many cattle, sheep, &c. are reared. 
 Sion is the chief cfty. It is divided into Upper and Lower Va- 
 lais. Pop. about 70,000. 
 
 VA'LANCE, «. [from Valencia, a town of Spain ;] the fringes 
 of drapery hanging round the tester and head of a bed. 
 
 VALCKENA'ER, the name of two eminent scholars of the 
 Netherlands. Louis Caspar, the ehler, was professor of Greek at 
 Leyden, and published many erudite works. He died in 1785, 
 aged 70 years. John, his son, studied at Leyden, and became 
 professor of jurisprudence at Franeker, and subsequently at 
 Utri;cht. He look part in the revolutionary movement by which 
 the Balavian republic was founded, and was repaid by a pro- 
 fessorship at Leyden, and by an embassy to Spain. He was 
 afterwards employed by Louis, king of Holland, as ambassador 
 to Paris, and soon afterwards he retired to private life. He died 
 in 1821, aged 62 years. 
 
 VALE, s. [val, Fr. vallis, Lat.] a low ground lying between 
 two hills; a valley; a dale. 
 
 5 u 881 
 
VAL 
 
 VALEDI'CTION, «. [vale and dico, Lat.] the speech made at 
 parting; the bidding farewell. 
 
 VALENCE, an ancient, considerable, and populous city in 
 the department of Drome, France ; seated on the left bank of 
 the Rhone. The greatest part of the public places, and many 
 private houses, are adorned with fountains; and its public 
 buildings are numerous and handsome. It has some manufac- 
 tures, and a good trade with the surrounding country. Valence 
 is 335 miles from Paris. Pop. about 12,000. Lat. 44. 56. N. 
 Long. 4. 52 E. 
 
 VALE'NClA,a province of Spain, formerly a kingdom ; lying 
 on the Mediterranean, and bounded by Catalonia, Arragon, New 
 Castile, and Murcia. It is about 250 miles in length, and 50 in 
 breadth. It is watered by a great number of streams, which 
 render it fertile in all the necessaries of life, especially fruits and 
 wine. There are very rugged mountains, in which are mines 
 of gold, silver, and alum. It has a few manufactures; but its 
 trade is considerable. Its capital, of the same name, is a large 
 place, and is very handsome and pleasant, and adorned with 
 very fine structures. The cathedral is a noble and splendidly 
 ornamented building. The university is ancient and famous. 
 It has -several good manufactories of cloth and silk, but its trade 
 is not very good. There are several remains of antiquity, and it is 
 pleasantly seated on the river Guadalvir, over which are five 
 bridges. It is 2 miles from the sea, and 170 from Madrid. Pop. 
 about 70,000. Lat. 39. 23. N. Long. 0. 10. E. 
 
 VALENCIE'NNES.a city of the department of Nord, France. 
 It is situated on the river Scheldt, which divides it into two 
 parts; and has some valuable manufactures, and a very brisk 
 trade. There are here, also, some good educational establish- 
 ments. It is 120 miles from Paris. Pop. about 20,000. Lat. 
 50. 2I.N. Long. 3.32. E. 
 
 VA'LENS, FLAVIUS, joint emperor with Valentinian I. His 
 capital was Constantinople, and he succeeded Jovian. Proco- 
 pius raised an insurrection against him because of his Arian- 
 ism ; and he made war against Persia, but ended by a truce. 
 The great event of his reign was the entrance of the Huns into 
 Europe ; and this led to the invasion of the empire by the Visi- 
 goths, in opposing whom Valens was defeated and slain, in 378 
 A. D., aged 52, having reigned 14 years. 
 
 VA'LENTINE, s. a sweetheart chosen on St. Valentine's 
 day; an amatory, but anonymous letter, secretly sent on that 
 day ; a present, betokening affection, sent secretly on that day. 
 
 VALENTrNIAN, the name of three Roman emperors. The 
 ^r«< succeeded Jovian; being raised to the throne by the army 
 at Nice, he took the W. empire to himself, and gave the E. part 
 to his brother Valens. Nearly the whole of his reign was taken 
 up with struggles against the Franks and Germans, who harass- 
 ed the frontiers of the empire from the Rhine to the Danube. 
 He allowed all creeds to be professed, but was a cruel and un- 
 popular prince. He died in 375, aged 54, and having reigned 
 11 years. The second, his son, was raised to the throne of the 
 W. empire by his brother Gratian, when he was a mere child. 
 He was dethroned by Maximus, and restored by Theodosius, 
 and at last was murdered by Arbogast, in 392, aged 21 years, after 
 a nominal reign of 16. The third was made emperor of the West 
 by Theodosius H., when he was but 6 years old, under the 
 guardianship of his mother. Under him, all the W. empire was 
 lost but Italy, and he died in 455, aged 36 years, after a reign 
 of 30, in part nominal, and for the rest incapable. 
 
 VALENTI'NIANS, s. in Ecclesiastical History, a sect of 
 Gnostics, of the 2nd century, originating with an Egyptian, 
 named Valentinus, which rapidly spread through the whole 
 Christian world. They held that God was not the Creator of the 
 world ; that our Lord had not a human body, &c. See Gnostic. 
 
 VALE'RlAN.s. [valeriane, Fr.] in Botany, a genus of plants, 
 of which the red valerian was cultivated by herbalists ; cats are 
 exceedingly fond of the smell of its roots. 
 
 VALERIA'NUS, P. LICINIUS, an emperor of Rome, who 
 succeeded Gallus, to the great joy of all parts of the empire, 
 who hoped for the best results from his well-known character. 
 He associated his son Gallianus with him on the throne, which 
 was productive of the greatest unhappiness; and was himself 
 taken prisoner by Sapor, the Persian king, in 260, and died of 
 shame at his degradation. He was 67 years old, and had reigned 
 7 years. 
 
 yea 
 VA 
 
 LE'RIUS MAXIMUS, a Roman historian. He 
 
 VAL 
 
 most Romans were, at first a soldier; and spent the latter part 
 of his life in collecting anecdotes of illustrious men of Rome, and 
 remarkable f;icts in history. His book was one of the earliest 
 ever printed. He flourished soon after the Christian cera, in the 
 reign of Tiberius. 
 
 VA'LET, s. [Fr.] a waiting servant. Valet de chambre, one 
 who waits on a nobleman or gentleman in his bedchamber, and 
 dresses and undresses him. 
 
 VALE'TTA,s. a city of Malta, and the capital of that island. 
 It has the happiest situation imaginable, and is wonderfully 
 strong by nature and art. It has a fine harbour, and a good 
 trade. Pop. about 40,000. Lat. 35. 53. N. Long. 14. 30. E. 
 
 VALETUDINA'RIAN, «. a sickly person; one who fancies 
 himself ill. 
 
 VALETUDINA'RIAN, Valetu'dinary, a. [valetudo, Lat.] 
 sickly; weakly; infirm in health. 
 
 VALETU'DINARY, s. an infirmary or hospital for the sick. 
 
 VA'LIANT, a. [vaillant. Ft.'} brave; stout; courageous; in- 
 trepid. 
 
 VA'LIANTLY, arf. bravely ; courageously. 
 
 VA'LIANTNESSjS. bravery; courage; stoutness; intrepidity; 
 valour. 
 
 VA'LID, a. [talide, Fr. validus, from valeo, Lat.] strong, power- 
 ful, efficacious, prevalent, applied to things. Conclusive, 
 weighty, having force, prevalent, applied to argument. 
 
 VALI'DITY, s. [validite, Fr.] force; power; strength; cer- 
 tainty. 
 
 VA'LLA, LAURENTIUS, one of the great scholars during 
 the revival of literature. He taught in several cities of Italy, 
 held a canonry at Rome, and was successively secretary to the 
 king of Naples and to the pope. He had to endure much op- 
 position from the Church, and was once even condemned to the 
 stake. He died in about 1460, aged about 50 years. His con- 
 troversies with the celebrated Poggio are notorious, and a work 
 of his on the Latin language is yet used by scholars. 
 
 VALLADO'LID, a city of Spain, capital of a principality of 
 the same name, with a university. It is embellished with hand- 
 some buildings, large public squares and fountains, and has fine 
 long and broad streets. It is seated near the Douro, and has a 
 good trade, 100 miles from Madrid. Pop. about 40,000. Lat. 
 41.49.N. Long. 4. 43. W. 
 
 VA'LLANCY, s. a large wig that shades the face. 
 
 VA'LLE, PIETRO DELLA, a celebrated traveller, called 
 from a whim of his own, the Pilyrim. He was first a soldier, but 
 afterwards spent about eleven years in Egypt, Persia, India, &c., 
 visiting other places and parts round the Levant. He married 
 a beautiful girl of Kurdistan, who died before he returned to 
 Europe; and he had her body embalmed, and brought it with 
 him to Rome for burial. He was favoured by the pope after his 
 return, and died in 1652, aged 66 years. He published an Ac- 
 count of his Travels, Letters, and other works. 
 
 VA'LLEY,s. [yallee, Fr. vallis, Lat.] low ground lying between 
 hills. See Vale. Geologists distinguish valleys according to 
 their origin. Valleys of elevation, are such as have been formed 
 by the upheaval of the strata, and their fracture, the space being 
 cleared by the action of water, and the beds found to dip away 
 from it. Valleys of excavation, are those which are formed by the 
 action of running water alone, which is sufficient to scoop out a 
 bed in the hardest lava. In these instances the beds lie in con- 
 tinuous lines on each side of the stream. 
 
 VALLISNE'RI, ANTONIO, an eminent naturalist of Italy, 
 who studied at Modena and Bologna, and became a medical 
 practitioner at Reggio. He was afterwards made a professor at 
 Padua, and travelled in Italy to increase his acquaintance with 
 plants, which he had deeply studied. He enjoyed a great re- 
 putation throughout the scientific world, and died in 1730, aged 
 69 years. 
 
 VALLISNE'RIA, s. in Botany, a plant found in S. France and 
 Italy, which affords one of the most remarkable and beautiful 
 proofs of contrivance to be seen in the vegetable world. It is,a 
 river plant, and the stamens and pistils grow on different flowers. 
 The flowers containing the pistilsareon long spiral stems, which 
 adapt themselves to the depth of the water, so that the flowers 
 always float on the surface. Those containing the stamens grow 
 on short stems; but when the pollen in the anthers is mature, 
 the stem breaks, and the flower rising to the surface opens, and 
 floating amongst the flowers which bear the seed-vessels and 
 
VAN 
 
 pistiilu, fertilize them with their pollen. The spiral stems of 
 chese flowers, after this is efFecled, coil up, and the seed is 
 ripened and shed under water. 
 
 VA'LOROUS.o. brave; valiant; courageous; stout; intrepid. 
 
 VA'LOROUSLY, ad. in a valorous manner. 
 
 VA'LOROUSNESS, s. bravery ; courage; intrepidity. 
 
 VA'LOUR, s. [valor, Lat. valeur, Fr.] courage ; bravery ; 
 strength; prowess; puissance; stoutness. 
 
 VALPARA'ISO, a sea-port of Chili, S. America. It stands 
 on the shore, under the cliffs; but, excepting in the public and 
 government buildings, is not very substantially built. It is well 
 situated for trade, but has no harbour, but only a good road for 
 anchoring in. It is a great place of trade, and every year in- 
 creases its importance. Pop. about 30,000. Lat. 33. 4. S. Long. 
 7L23. W. 
 
 VA'LPY, the name of two eminent scholars, authors of many 
 elementary classical works of wide use in England. Richard, 
 the elder brother, studied at Oxford, and was head master of 
 Reading grammar-school. His Latin and Greek grammars were 
 a great advance on those generally in use at the time they were 
 composed. His editions of the classics are of some value. He 
 died in 1836. Edward, the younger, studied at Cambridge, and 
 became head master of Norwich grammar-school. He held also 
 some church-livings near Norwich. He published a Latin Exer- 
 cise Book for advanced scholars, and superintended many pub- 
 lications of the Valpy press. He died in 1832. 
 
 VA'LUABLE, a. [Fr.] being of great price or worth ; precious ; 
 deserving esteem or regard; estimable. 
 
 VA'LUABLENESS, s. price or worth ; esteem. 
 
 VALUA'TION, s. price or value put upon a thing; appraise- 
 ment. 
 
 VA'LUE, s. [Fr.] price ;• worth ; price equal to the worth of a 
 thing; esteem ; rate. In Political Economy, the several quan- 
 tities of all other things, which can be obtained in exchange for 
 any particular thing, and which, therefore, must always be in a 
 state of fluctuation. 
 
 To VA'LUE, V. a. [valoir, Fr.] to rate at a certain price; to 
 have in high esteem ; to appraise or estimate ; to be worth. 
 
 VA'LUER, s. one who values. 
 
 VALVE, s. [lofco, Lat.] a folding door ; any thing that opens 
 and shuts over an orifice. In Botany, the different pieces that 
 compose a capsule. In Practical Mechanics, Hydraulics, &c., 
 valves are made in several forms, according to the nature of the 
 orifice to be closed, and to the fluid which passes through it ; — 
 amongst the simplest, are the ball and the cone, which, fltting 
 into cavities ground perfectly true, are almost air-tight. For 
 completely air-tight valves some kind of oleaginous substance is 
 employed in addition to the valve. See Steam-Engine. In 
 Anatomy, certain membranes which are found in the arteries, 
 which admit the flow of the blood from the heart, but prevent 
 its return. 
 
 VAMP, s. the upper leather of a shoe. 
 
 To VAMP, V. a. to piece an old thing with something new ; 
 to repair any thing old or decayed, in order to make it pass for 
 new. 
 
 VA'MPIRE, «. in Zoology, a large species of bat, inhabiting 
 several of the African and South Sea islands. In Sclavonic and 
 other superstitions, the spirit of .some dead person, which fre- 
 quents the scenes of its former life, for the purpose of injuring 
 and destroying persons. 
 
 VAN, s. [amnt, Fr.] the front or first line of an army.— [Fr. 
 from vannus, Lat.] any thing spread wide, by wbich a wind is 
 raised ; a fan ; a wing. 
 
 VANA'DIUM, s. in Chemistry, a metal of silvery lustre, and 
 very brittle, which is not acted on by some acids. It burns 
 when heated in a very moderate degree. 
 
 VANBRU'GH, SIR JOHN, an English dramatist and archi- 
 tect, of the end of the 17th and beginning of the 18th centuries. 
 His first public appearance was in his profession, when he was 
 engaged in completing Greenwich Hospital. He next brought 
 out his dramatic works. Later in life, he built Blenheim House 
 and Castle Howard. He was made Clarencieux king-at-arms, 
 and was knighted. He died in 1720, aged 60 years. His 
 buildings have received very different verdicts from the followers 
 of different architectural heresies. If not master-pieces, they 
 may yet afford much instruction to the students of that branch of 
 the fine arts. His comedies are excellent in all bat the morality, 
 
 VAN 
 
 and the bad morality is made worse by the grossness of the lan- 
 guage. 
 
 VA'NCOURIER, {yankurrier) s. [auanfcouner, Fr.] a harbinger; 
 a precursor. 
 
 VANCOUVER, GEORGE, a British naval captain, and cir- 
 cumnavigator. He served under Captain Cook, and commanded 
 an expedition of discovery in the N. Pacific Ocean. Amongst 
 the new tracts visited by him was the large island now called by 
 his name. He died in 1798, aged about 45 years. He published 
 an account of his voyages, which is very interesting. 
 
 VANCO'UVER'S ISLAND, a large island lying on the W. 
 coast of N. America, opposite to the Oregon territorj'. It is 
 about 200 miles long, and about 40 broad. It is very imperfect- 
 ly explored, but coal is abundant, and the soil is fertile. It has 
 also good havens, and the narrow sea between it and the main- 
 land is one continuous harbour. It belongs to Great Britain, 
 and is now included in the territory of the Hudson's Bay Com- 
 pany. It is doubtless destined to play an important part in the 
 future history of the world, lying as it does so convenient for com- 
 merce with the E. Indies and China, and abounding with the 
 appliances of civilized life. A few hunters and Mormonites are 
 the only settlers here at present. Pop. about 5000. 
 
 VA'NDALS, a great branch of the Teutonic race, which took 
 part in the overthrow of the Roman empire. They adopted the 
 Arian creed, and established a kingdom in Spain, which con- 
 tinued for some years; and another far more extensive in N. 
 Africa, which was overthrown bv Belisarius. 
 
 VANDERVE'LDE, WILLIAM, (the old,) a celebrated sea- 
 painter. He accompanied the Dutch fleet under De Ruyter, as 
 Racine did the army of Louis XIV., and was afterwards engaged 
 by Charles II. to secure a glory to his fleets which they could not 
 always secure for themselves. He was at the Solebay fight, on 
 behalf of the Duke of York ; and died in 1093, aged 83 years. 
 His son, the younger William Vandervelde, painted many of the 
 sea-fights which he sketched on the spot. 
 
 VAN DIE'MEN'S LAND. &e Tasmania. 
 
 VANDY'CK, SIR ANTHONY, the great portrait painter of 
 the 17th century. He was born at Antwerp, and studied under 
 Rubens. After having distinguished himself in the studio of 
 that great artist, he visited Italy, where he attained his first 
 fame. He was attracted to England after his return by the fame 
 of Charles I.'s liberality to artists, and experienced it completely 
 in reward for the immortality he has conferred on the face and 
 figure of that unhappy king. He was knighted by Charles, and 
 lived in a style of great splendour. He died in 1641, aged 42 
 years. Although most celebrated for portraits, he painted his- 
 torical pieces as well, some of which are of great excellence. The 
 various collections in England have made most persons fami- 
 liar with the style of this artist, and the numberless engrav- 
 ings of his pictures of his royal patron have made them at least 
 familiar to all. 
 
 VANE, s. [vaene, Belg.] a plate hung on a pin so as to turn 
 with the wind ; a weathercock. Vanes, among mariners, are the 
 
 liehts of quadrants, &c. 
 
 VAr- ~ — 
 
 NE, SIR HENRY, one of the statesmen of the Puritan 
 Revolution of the 17th century. His father was an officer of 
 the household to Charles I., and a secretary of state. He studied 
 at Oxford, and then visited Geneva, where he acquired the prin- 
 ciples for which he was afterwards put to death. The opposition 
 which he encountered made him leave England, and he went as 
 governor to Massachusetts, then recently planted. On his re- 
 turn he was made a treasurer of the navy ; he also entered par- 
 liament, and took a prominent part in all the movements of the 
 patriot party, except the overawing of the House by the army, 
 and the execution of Charles. He held prominent situations in 
 the state, till Cromwell put an end to the Long Parliament, and 
 reflected somewhat tauntingly upon the narrow pedantry of his 
 character. He was so insubordinate to the Protector, that he 
 was confined in Carisbrooke castle, and when Richard Cromwell 
 had abdicated, and he was raised to honour again, the parlia- 
 ment had to make him a prisoner on parole. At the Re- 
 storation he was one of those singled out to show how a 
 king's word should be kept, and was tried (in mere mockery of 
 the forms of justice) and beheaded in 1662, aged 50 years. 
 Vane "called Milton friend," but seems by his whole doings, 
 and by his book, (in which he shows himself a Fifth-monarcny 
 man,) to have had little that corresponded with that honour, 
 5 u 2 883 
 
, Lat.] to disappear; to come to 
 
 VAR 
 
 save his resolute adherence to the formula which he had assumed 
 to be the right one. 
 
 VA'NGIJARD, ». [avatit ffarde, Fr.] the front or first line of an 
 army ; the van. 
 
 VANl'LLA, s. [ramlle, Fr.] in Botany, &c., a genus of plants 
 found in the tropical regions of the New World, one species of 
 which supplies the substance with which chocolate is so fre- 
 quently flavoured. 
 
 To VANISH, r. 
 nought ; to be lost. 
 
 VA'NITY, s. [vanite, Fr. vanitas, Lat.] emptiness; inanity; 
 uncertainty; fruitlessdesire or endeavour ; falsehood; vain pur- 
 suit ; an object of petty pride ; ostentation. 
 
 VAN LOO', two celebrated painters of France. Jean Baptiste, 
 the elder brother, excelled in portraits, but also painted histori- 
 cal pictures. He was the fashionable painter of the court of 
 Louis XV., but he enjoyed a considerable reputation in Italy 
 also ; and in England, which he visited when his losses by the 
 Mississippi scheme made his life more laborious. He died in 
 1746, aged 62 years. Charles Andrew, the younger brother, 
 painted historical pieces chiefly, and was made director of the 
 Academy, and royal painter. He died in 176.5, aged 60 years. 
 
 To VA'NQUISH, t'. o. [vaincre, Fr.] to conquer; to subdue, 
 confute, overcome. 
 
 VA'NQUISHER.s. a conqueror; a subduer. 
 
 VA'NTAGE, s. [from advantage,'] gain ; superiority, oppor- 
 tunity. 
 
 VA'NTBRASS, s. [arant bras, Fr.] armour for the arm. 
 
 VA'PID, a. [yapidus, Lat.] dead or flat, applied to liquors ; 
 palled ; spiritless ; mawkish. 
 
 VAPI'DITY, Va'pidness, s. deadness ; flatness; mawkishness. 
 
 VA'PORARY, s. [vaporarium, from vapor, Lat.] a stove or hot- 
 house ; a stew or bagnio. Among physicians, a decoction of 
 herbs poured hot into a vessel, so that the patient sitting over it 
 may receive the fumes. 
 
 VAPORATION, s. [yaporatio, Lat.] the act of emitting fumes 
 or vapours. 
 
 VAPORI'FEROUS, a. [vajjor and fero, Lat.] producing or 
 causing vapours. 
 
 VA' POROUS, a. [vaporeiix, Fr.] full of vapours; fumy; full 
 of vain imaginations; windy; flatulent. 
 
 VA'POUR, s. [vapor, Lat. vapeur, Fr.] in Natural Philosophy, 
 that state of any body, fluid or solid, which is produced by the 
 application of heat, in which its particles are mechanically, but 
 not chemically, separated ; steam ; fume. 
 
 To VA'POUR, V. n. [vaporo, Lat.] to fly ofl^ in fume. Figura- 
 tively, to bully or brag. — v. a. to effuse or scatter in fumes or 
 vapour. 
 
 VA'POLR BATH, s. in Medicine, an apparatus by which the 
 body, or any part of it, can be exposed to the action of the va- 
 pour of water, or any other fluid, at any desired temperature, 
 for medicinal purposes. 
 
 VAR, a department of France, lying on the Mediterranean, 
 next the kingdom of Sardinia ; and bounded by the departments 
 of Bouches du Rhone and Basses Alps. It is about 80 miles in 
 length, by 45 in breadth. It is traversed by some of the offsets 
 of the Alps, and has heights exceeding 3000 feet. Great part 
 of its coast is rocky, and is lined with small islands; the best 
 known of which are iheHyeres islands. The Var is its chief river, 
 and separates it from the Sardinian Slates. Near the coast at 
 some points are extensive lakes or lagunes. It yields building- 
 stone, marble, and coal. Corn is scantily grow; but fruits, 
 wine, cattle, timber, &c. &c. are abundant. It has also valuable 
 fisheries. It has some manufactures, and a good trade at some 
 points. Toulon is its chief port, and Draguiguan is its capital. 
 Pop. about 350,000. 
 
 VA'RIABLE, a. [Fr. variabilis, from vario, Lat.] changeable ; 
 not long the same; inconstant; fickle; mutable. 
 
 VA'RIABLENESS, s. changeableness ; levity; inconstancy; 
 mutability. 
 
 VA'RIABLY, ad. changeably ; uncertainly. 
 
 VA'RIANCE,s. [from racy,] difference; discord; dissension; 
 disagreement. In Law, an alteration of something formerly laid 
 in a plea. 
 
 VARIA'TION, «. [Fr. variatio, Lat.] change; difference; 
 tnutation. Variation nf the compass, in Magnetism, that devia- 
 tion of the direction of the magnetic needle from the true north. 
 
 V AS 
 
 which has always to be allowed for in the use of it, in naviga- 
 tion. It is observed that this variation is itself variable, both 
 daily, and in a progressive and constant manner. It is now 
 about 23J° to the W. of the true north at London. Lunar Va- 
 riation, in Astronomy, an inequality in the moon's motion, by 
 which it is sometimes before and sometimes behind its mean 
 place, by about 32', arising from the attraction of the sun. 
 
 VA'RICOSE, a. [vat-icosus, Lat.] diseased with dilatation. 
 
 To VA'RIEGATE, c. a. [variegatus, school Lat.] to stain with 
 different colours ; to diversify. 
 
 VA'RIEGATED, a. streaked or diversified with different 
 colours. 
 
 VARIEGA'TION, s. the quality of being beautified or diver- 
 sified with several colours. 
 
 VARI'ETY, s. [variete, Fr. varietas, Lat.] change ; intermix- 
 ture of diflferent things; difference; variation; diversity. In 
 Natural Science, a subordinate and uncertain division of a 
 species. 
 
 VA'RIFORM, a. [varius and forma, Lat.] being of divers 
 shapes or forms. 
 
 VARIGNO'N, PIERRE.an eminent mathematician of France, 
 who studied at Caen and Paris, contrary to the desire of his 
 friends, who wished him to become an ecclesiastic. He became 
 mathematical professor in the College Mazarin ; and died in 
 1722, aged 68 years. His works are all of considerable interest 
 to mathematicians, and aided greatly in advancing the science 
 to its present perfection. 
 
 VA'RIOUS, a. [varius, Lat.] different; changeable; unlike 
 each other ; marked with different colours; numerous-; manifold. 
 
 VARIOUSLY, ad. differently. 
 
 VA'RIOUSNESS, s. diversity ; changeableness. 
 
 VA'RLET, s. [old Fr.] anciently a servant; but at present 
 a worthless person; a rascal. 
 
 VA'RNISH, s. [vernis, Fr. vernix, Lat.] matter laid on wood, 
 metal, &c. to make them shine, and preserve them from the 
 action of the atmosphere and of water. Figuratively, a cover or 
 palliation of a crime, &c. 
 
 To VA'RNISH, V. a. [vemir, Fr.] to cover with something 
 shining ; to conceal a defect with something ornamental or rhe- 
 torical ; to palliate. 
 
 VA'RNISHER, s. one whose trade is to varnish ; a disguiser; 
 an adorner. 
 
 VA'RRO, M. TERENTIUS, a Roman writer, of great erudi- 
 tion ; who was a partisan of Pompey in the wars between him 
 and Julius Caesar, but afterwards became a friend of the' con- 
 queror's. He escaped, with the loss of his property, the proscrip- 
 tions of the triumvirate of Octavius, Antonius.and Lepidus ; and 
 died in 27 b. t., aged about 90 years. One of his works has 
 come down to us perfect, it is a treatise on Agricultural Affairs ; 
 another, on the Latin Tongue, we have in a very imperfect and 
 unsatisfactory state ; the rest are irrecoverably lost. 
 
 To VA'RY, V. a. [vario, Lat. varier, Fr.] to change ; to make 
 of different kinds ; to diversify. — v. n. to be changeable ; to ap- 
 pear in different forms; to be diflferent from each other; to 
 alter; to deviate; to be at variance. 
 
 VASA'RI, GEORGE, an architect and painter of Italy, 
 who is known to us by his Lives of the most eminent Painters, 
 Sculptors, and Architects, rather than by his works of art, albeit 
 he appears to have had the best masters, and to have enjoyed 
 some reputation during his life. He died in 1574, aged 62 years. 
 
 VA'SCULAR, a. [lasculum, Lat.] composed of vessels. It is 
 applied to those tissues in plants which are so composed ; and 
 which distinguish the great class of phanerogamous, or flower- 
 ing plants, from the cryptogamic plants, ferns, mosses, fungi, 
 &c. &c., which are composed almost wholly oi cellular tissue. 
 
 VASCULI'FEROUS, a. [vasculum and fero, Lat.] in Botany, 
 an epithet given to those plants which nave, besides the com- 
 mon calyx, a peculiar vessel to contain the seed. 
 
 VASE, s. [Fr. vas, Lat.] a vessel ; generally applied to one de- 
 signed for show rather than use. 
 
 VA'SSAL, s. [Fr. vassallo, Ital.] one holding by the will of a' 
 superior ; a subject or dependant, a servant subject to the will 
 of another ; a slave. 
 
 VA'SSALAGE, s. [vaaselage, Fr.] the state of being subject to 
 the will of another ; dependence; subjection. 
 
 VAST, a. [vaste, Fr. vastus, Lat.] great or large; generally ap- 
 plied to any thing enormously great. 
 
V AU 
 
 VA'STLY, ad. largely; greatly. 
 
 VA'STNESS, s. enormous greatness ; immensity. 
 
 VAT, Fat, s. [vat, Belg. fat. Sax.] a vessel for holding wine, 
 beer, &c. in the lime of iheir preparation. 
 
 VA'TER, JOHN SEVERIN, an eminent scholar of Germany, 
 (luring the last generation. He studied at Jena and Halle; and 
 received his first appointment as theological professor in the 
 former university. He subsequently held that post at Halle, in 
 conjunction with the chair of oriental literature, and was for 
 a short time in the same situation at Konigsberg. He died in 
 1826, aged 55 years. His writings are very numerous, but are 
 almost wholly out of the reach of English readers; they are of 
 great value to scholars in languages. 
 
 VATICAN, the name of the principal palace of the popes, at 
 Rome, where are the famous chapels adorned by the chefs d/osuvre 
 of Buonarotti and Raphael ; the museum, abounding with the 
 most precious works of art ; and the library, containing the 
 stores of ages. It is named from the old name of the hill on 
 which it stands. St. Peter's church is commonly reckoned part 
 of the Vatican. 
 
 VA'TICIDE, s. [vates and caido, Lat.] a murderer of prophets. 
 
 To VATI'CINATE, v. n. [raticmor, froi ' " ^ 
 
 phesy. 
 
 from vates, Lat.] to pro- 
 
 VATICINA'TION, s. [vaiicinatio, Lat.] the act of prophesying, 
 divining, and foretelling. 
 
 VA'TTEL, EMMERICH, the great writer on the Law of 
 Nations. He was born at Neufchitel, and studied at Basle and 
 Geneva, for the purpose of being a clergyman. He turned aside 
 from it to other pursuits, and entered the service of the elector 
 of Saxony, as ambassador at Berne, from Poland. The greater 
 part of his time was devoted to his favourite studies. He was 
 afterwards made a councillor of state at Dresden ; and died in 
 1767, aged 53 years. His works are somewhat numerous; but 
 that on which his great reputation is founded is the Law of Na- 
 tions; which, if preferable to the works of Grotiusand Puff'endorf, 
 is certainly less learned in historical precedent and example. 
 
 VA'VASOUR, s. [vacaseur, Fr.] anciently a person next in 
 rank to a baron ; one subject to a superior lord, but has others 
 holding under him. 
 
 VACBA'N, SEBASTIEN LE PRESTRE, SEIGNEUR DE, 
 the great military engineer of France. He entered the army 
 early in life, and partook of all the dangers of the wars of the 
 17th century. During this time he was continually studying 
 his favourite subject, and he had but too many opportunities of 
 testing the value of all his plans. The fortification of Dunkirk 
 was the first work of national importance intrusted to him ; and 
 after that he was continually engaged in conducting sieges, or 
 in erecting fortresses, or constructing military works. Few men 
 whose eminence ischieflyof a scientific kind, have seen so much 
 actual service, or done so much of a practical kind, having been 
 in 140 actions, and had the management of 53 sieges, and either 
 the erection or repair of about 340 fortresses. He was made a 
 nmrshal of France, and died in 1707, aged 74 years. His works 
 on the Attack and Defence of Besieged Places, and on Mines, are not 
 all his writings, although they contain the result of his study 
 and observation on the theme he particularly chose as his own. 
 
 VAU'CHER, JEAN PETER, an eminent botanical writer of 
 Geneva. He was theological professor there ; and beside attend- 
 ing to the duties of his post with exemplary fidelity, studied the 
 physiology of plants with great ardour and intelligence. He 
 died in 1841, aged 75 years. His great work on the Physiology 
 of Plants is very Valuable and curious. 
 
 VAUCLU'SE, a department of France, bounded by the de- 
 p.irtments of Basses Alpes, Drome, ArdSche, Gard, Durance, 
 and Bouches du Rhone. It is about 65 miles long, by about 35 
 broad. It is in part mountainous, and has points of above 6000 
 feet in height; and the Rhone is its principal river. Its name 
 is derived from the fountain-head of the Sorgues, in the valley 
 called Vaucluse, immortalized by Petrarch. It yields coal of iil- 
 ferior (quality, and excellent building-stone and lime-stone. Corn, 
 wine, fruits, silk, honey, sheep, &c. &c. are in diflferent degrees of 
 abundance produced. It has some manufactures, and a brisk in- 
 ternal trade. Avignon is the capital. Pop. about 300,000. 
 
 VAUD, a canton of Switzerland, adjoining France, and bound- 
 ed by Neufchitel, Freyburg, Berne, and the Valais. It is of small 
 extent, and is nut very mountainous. Its streams are small, but 
 the lake of Geneva on the S., and the lake of Neufchdtel on the 
 
 VEG 
 
 N., belong in part to it. Corn, fruit, wine, cattle, &c. &c. are its 
 chief productions and wealth. Lausanne is its capital. Pop. 
 about 200,000. 
 
 VAU'DEVILLE, s. [Fr.] a popular song; a short and trifling 
 species of drama. 
 
 VAUDO'IS, (called also Valdenses, or Waldenses,) in Eccle- 
 siastical History, a people of the mountain valleys of Piedmont, 
 who (although lying in the very centre of Roman Christendom, 
 and subjected to repeated persecutions) have never belonged to 
 the Church of Rome ; and (excepting that they receive state 
 pay) are now the same in faith and discipline that they were in 
 the 12tb century. They at present occupy the three valleys of 
 Lucerne, St. Martin, and La Perouse, and derive their name 
 from vallis, a valley; or, more probably, from wald, a valley in a 
 forest or a weald. Their history is most intensely interesting and 
 instructive, and has given rise to some of the noblest poems in 
 the English language, of which Milton's celebrated sonnet is 
 known to all. 
 
 VAU'GHAN, HENRY, one of our finest devotional poets. He 
 was a native of Wales, and many of his pieces have lately been 
 reprinted, or imitated in modern verse. He died in 1695, aged 
 74 years. 
 
 VAULT, s. [voulte, Fr. volta, Ital.] a continued arch ; a cellar, 
 so called, because arched generally on the top; a cave; a cavern; 
 a repository for the dead under a church. — [voltiger, Fr.] a leap. 
 
 To VAULT, V. a. [vouter, Fr.] to arch, or shape like an arch ; 
 to cover with an arch. — v. n. [voltiger, Fr. volteggiare, Ital.] to leap, 
 jump, or show postures. 
 
 VAU'LTED, a. arched; concave. 
 
 VAU'LTER, s. a leaper ; a jutnper; a tumbler. 
 
 To VAUNT, V. a. [vanter, Fr.] to boast ; to display in an osten- 
 tatious manner; to brag; to swagger. — v. n. to talk with osten- 
 tation ; to make vain show ; to boast. . 
 
 VAUNT, s. a brag or boast. 
 
 VAU'NTER, s. a boaster; a man given to vain ostentation. 
 
 VAU'NTINGLY, adboastingly; braggingly. 
 
 U'BERTY, s. [uber, Lat.] fertility ; abundance. 
 
 U'BEROUS, a. plentiful ; fertile. 
 
 UBICATION, Ubi'ety, s. [uU, Lat.] residence or situation in 
 a place. 
 
 UBIQUITA'RIAN, s. [uhique, Lat.] one who holds that Christ's 
 body is every where present. 
 
 UBFQUITARY, a. omnipresent. 
 
 UBFQUITY, s. [uhiquite, Fr.] omnipresence. 
 
 U'DDER, s, [uder, Sax. and Belg.] the dug of a cow or other 
 large beast. 
 - U'DDERED, a. furnished with udders. 
 
 UDl'NE, a town of the Venetian territory, Austria. It stands 
 at the foot of the Alps, and is surrounded by walls. It has some 
 fine churches and public buildings. Its manufactures and trade 
 are chiefly in silk. Pop. about 25,000. Lat. 46. 4. N. Long. 
 13. 10. E. 
 
 VEAL, (veel) s. [veel, old Fr.] the flesh of a calf. 
 
 VE'CTION, Vectita'tion, s. [vectito, Lat.] the act of carrying, 
 or being carried. 
 
 VE'DA, s. [Sanscr.] the name given to the sacred books of the 
 Hindus. They contain many noble moral precepts, but along 
 with them enjoin, with equal authority, many puerile and de- 
 grading superstitions. 
 
 To VEER, r. n. [virer, old Fr.] to turn about. — v, a. to let out ; 
 to turn ; to change. 
 
 VE'GA, LOPE DE, or Lope Felix de Vega Carpio, the great 
 Spanish dramafist. He was well educated, and studied partly 
 at Alcala, and his first engagement was as secretary to the 
 Duke of Alva. Obliged to fly in consequence of a duel, he re- 
 mained for some time an exile from Madrid, and on his return 
 his wife died. He was one of the military embarked in the Ar- 
 mada that was called in vain hope the Invincible, and it was the 
 world's good fortune that he returned in safety. Another period 
 of domestic life and secretaryship followed, and on losing his 
 second wife he took holy orders. His literary life now properly 
 began, and never was poet so honoured before. He received his 
 apotheosis before his death. The pope himself sent him testimo- 
 nials of the greatest regard, and he was made, as one of the 
 highest marks of national respect, familiar to the Inquisition. 
 When he appeared in the streets he was surrounded by crowds, 
 as if he were a sovereign. He died in 1(535, aged 63 years, and 
 
 885 
 
VEN 
 
 was buried with the honours of a prince. His dramas, entirely 
 original, were about 2000 in number, and of them about 500 
 have been printed. This astonishing fertility may be understood 
 by a computation which has been made, and which shows that 
 he must have written not less than 21,300,000 verses, beside 
 prose. He was properly the creator of the Spanish comedy, and 
 his pieces have proved a rich mine to the playwrights of other 
 nations. 
 
 VE'GETABLE, ». [Fr.] in Natural History, a plant, as dis- 
 tinguished from an animal, or from a mineral. Generally, an 
 esculent plant, root, &c. 
 
 VE'GETABLE, a. \yegetaUlis, Lat.] having the nature of a 
 plant; belonging to a plant. Vegetable ivor;/, is the kernel of a 
 kind of nut, which grows in Peru ; and which is so hard as to 
 admit of its being used for most purposes to which ivory is ap- 
 plied. But it is not so durable as the genuine ivory, nor does it 
 always keep its colour. 
 
 To VE'GETATE, v. n. [vegeto, Lat.] to grow ; to shoot out. 
 
 VEGETA'TION, s. [Fr.] growth; increase of bulk, parts, and 
 dimensions, applied to trees, plants, shrubs, &c. 
 
 VE'GETAllVE, a. [vegetatif, Fr.] producing growth, or caus- 
 ing to grow. 
 
 VEGETE, a. [veffetus, Lat.] vigorous; active; sprightly. 
 
 VE'HEMENCE, Ve'hemency, s. [vehemence, Fr. vehenientia, 
 Lat.] violence; ardour; vigour. 
 
 VE'HEMENT, a. [Fr. vehemens, Lat.] violent ; eager ; fervent ; 
 forcil)le; ardent. 
 
 VE'HEMENTLY, ad. forcibly; pathetically. 
 
 VE'HICLE, s. [vehicule, Fr. vehiculum, from veho, Lat.] that in 
 or by which any thing is carried or conveyed. 
 
 To VEIL, V. a. [veTo, Lat.] to cover the face with any thing; 
 to cover or hide. See Vail. 
 
 VEIL, «. [velum, Lat.] a cover used to conceal the face ; a 
 cover or disguise. 
 
 VEIN, s. [veine, Fr. vena, Lat.] in Anatomy, a vessel which 
 conveys the blood from the arteries back to the heart. Figura- 
 tively, a hollow or cavity; the course of metal or mineral in a 
 mine; tendency, or turn of mind ; the time when any inclina- 
 tion is strongest; humour, or temper; current; streak, varie- 
 gation, as the veins of marble. 
 
 VEI'NED, Vei'ny, a. full of veins; streaked ; variegated. 
 
 VELA'SQUEZ, DIEGO RODRIGUEZ DE SILVA, a cele- 
 brated Spanish painter, who had the good fortune to have such 
 incompetent teachers, that he was compelled to resort to the 
 things by which he was surrounded for models and scenes for his 
 canvass. Having visited Madrid, he was soon employed by the 
 court ; and so charmed Philip IV. that he was made royal paint- 
 er. He was persuaded by Rubens, then visiting Madrid, to tra- 
 vel in Italy, which he did, and was received with the greatest 
 respect. He afterwards again visited that country, and was 
 even more highly honoured. But his chief honours were re- 
 ceived from his own monarch ; he was ennobled by him ; he had 
 apartments in the palace; and was at last appointed to a court 
 otfice, the duties of which were to prepare the royal lodgings 
 during a journey, and which caused his death by overfatigue 
 in this menial occupation, in 16G0, aged 61 years. His por- 
 traits are his most characteristic and splendid works; but his 
 historical pictures are marked by the same excellency. He is 
 the first of the imitators of actual life ; and stands in extreme 
 contrast with Raphael, Michael Angelo, and all who ideal- 
 ized their themes, and worked as artists, and not merely as 
 painters. 
 
 VELLETTY, s. [velleile, Fr.] the lowest degree of desire. 
 
 To VE'LLICATE, v. a, [vellico, Lat.] to twitch ; to pluck ; to 
 stimulate. 
 
 VELLICA'TION, «. [vellicatio, Lat.] a twitching. 
 
 VE'LLUM, s. [velin, Fr.] the skin of a calf dressed for writ- 
 ing; the finest sort of parchment. 
 
 VELO'CITY, s. [velocite, Fr. velocitas, from velox, Lat.] speed ; 
 quickness of speech ; swiftness. 
 
 VE'LVET, s. [veluto, Ital.] a kind of silk manufacture with a 
 short pile or fur upon it. — a. made of velvet ; soft ; delicate. 
 
 VE'LVETLEAF, s. in Botany, the plant also called sea-tree 
 mallow. 
 
 VE'NAL, a. [Fr. venalis, from 
 
 , , Lat.] capable of being 
 
 bought or purchased ; mercenary; contained in the veins. 
 VENA'LrrY,s. [venalite,VT.'] a disposition that n 
 880 
 
 renders a per- 
 
 VEN 
 
 son ready to flatter, or agree to any thing, for gain; prostitu- 
 tion ; niercenariness. 
 
 VENA'TION, s. [venor, Lat.] the exercise or practice of 
 hunting. 
 
 To VEND, V. a. [vendo, Lat.] to sell ; to offer for sale. 
 
 VENDEE', a department of France, lying on the Atlantic 
 Ocean, and bounded by the departments of Loire Inferieure, 
 Maine et Loire, Deux Sevres, and Charente Inferieure. It is 
 about 80 miles long, by about 50 in breadth. The surface is 
 hilly on the inland side, but none of its elevations exceed 500 
 feet ; and the rest is almost level. Its rivers are small, the two 
 named Sfevre, the Vendee, &c. Off its coast, and belonging to 
 it, are the islands D'Yeu, Noirmoutier, &c. Coal, iron, building- 
 stone, &c. are found. Corn of various kinds, fruits, wine, &c. 
 are produced in tolerable abundance ; and timber and cattle are 
 raised. The manufactures of the towns are not of great value ; 
 nor is the trade great. Some of the places of the coast attend 
 to the fisheries. Bourbon-Vendee is the chief town. Pop. about 
 400,000. This department gave the name to a long and san- 
 guinary civil war, which formed part of the Revolution of 1789. 
 
 VENDEE', s. in Law, the person to whom any thing is sold. 
 
 VE'NDER, Ve'ndor, s. [vendeur, Fr.] in Law, a seller. 
 
 VE'NDIBLE, a. [vendiUlis, Lat.] saleable ; marketable. 
 
 VENDI'TION, s. [venditio, Lat.] the act of selling or disposing 
 of any commodity; a sale. 
 
 Vend6me, Louis Joseph, Comte de, a celebrated French ge- 
 neral. Before the peace of Nimuegen he served in Holland, under 
 Turenne and De Crequi. In the war ended by the peace of 
 Ryswick, he was second in command in the Netlierlands and 
 in Italy, and chief in Spain; and gained a distinguished reput- 
 ation. In the Spanish war of succession, he commanded in 
 Italy and Holland, and wrested the victory more than once from 
 Prince Eugene, by his impetuosity, rather than by his general- 
 ship, but was defeated at Oudenarde by Marlborough. In Spain, 
 he completely restored the cause of Philip, and was by him, in 
 gratitude, honoured as a prince of royal birth, which, in fact, he 
 wa^s, being grandson of Henri IV., and the beautiful Gabrielle 
 d'Etrees, He died in that country in 1712, aged 58 years. 
 
 VENEE'R, s. a very thin slice of wood. It is only the finer 
 kinds of mahogany, rosewood, and other rare and beautiful 
 woods, that are cut into veneers ; and this operation is performed 
 by saw-mills, with machinery so exquisitely made, that a whole 
 log is cut out lengthwise into sheets hardly thicker than brown 
 paper. 
 
 VENEE'RING, s. in Cabinet-making, the covering of com- 
 mon wood with veneers of rarer or more beautiful kinds, for or- 
 nament and cheapness; akind of inlaying, or marquetry. 
 
 VENEFI'CIAL, a. [venerium and /«c(o, Lat.] acting by poison ; 
 bewitching. 
 
 VE'NEMOUS, a. [venenum, Lat.] full of poison ; poisonous. 
 
 VENENI'FEROUS.a. [venenum and fero, Lat.] bearing poison. 
 
 VE'NERABLE,a. [Fr. venerabilis, from veneror, Lal.l to be re- 
 garded with awe or reverence. 
 
 VE'NERABLY, ad. in a manner that excites reverence. 
 
 To VE'NERATE, r. a. [venerer, Fr. veneror, Lat.] to regard 
 with awe or reverence. 
 
 VENERATION, s. [Fr. veneratio, Lat.] great respect ; rever- 
 ence. 
 
 VENE'REAL, Vene'reous, a. [venereus, from Venus, Lat.] re- 
 lating to love; lustful. 
 
 VE'NERY, s. [venerie, Fr.] hunting; lasciviousness. 
 
 VENESE'CTION, s. [vena and seco, Lat.] the act of letting 
 blood. 
 
 VENEZUE'LA, one of the S. American republics. It lies on 
 the Caribbean Sea and the Atlantic Ocean, and is bounded by 
 New Granada, Brazil, and Guyana. It is about 1500 miles in 
 length, and 700 in its mean breadth. The Andes cross the W. part 
 of this state, and other ranges of mountains run in other direc- 
 tions through it; the greatest elevation of any of its peaks is 
 about 15,0(M) feet. It has amongst the mountains, table-lands 
 at an elevation of above 10,000 feet. The river Orinoco is llio 
 largest stream ; and Lake Maracaibo, the widest expanse of in- 
 land water in S. America, is Connected with the ocean by a nar- 
 row channel. Most of the metals, and coal, are found here, but 
 not in great quantities. Its vegetable productions, which con- 
 sist of all the usual kinds found in the tropical regions of the 
 New World, are its chief wealth. Horses and cattle of all kinds 
 
VE N 
 
 abound. Its fisheries, also, are valuable and extensive. Its 
 manufactures are yet in their infancy; but its trade is consider- 
 able, and it has some fine harbours. Caracas is its capital. Pop. 
 about 1,250,000, of which above 50,000 are slaves, and a large 
 proportion either free persons of colour, Indians or negroes, and 
 mixed races. 
 
 To VENGE, I', a. [veiif/er, Fr.] See To AvENGE. 
 
 VE'NGEANCE, s. [Fr.] punishment, or penal retribution; 
 avengement. To do with a vengeance, is to do vehemently, or 
 commetely. 
 
 VE'NGEFUL, a. vindictive; retributive. 
 
 VE'NIABLE, VE'NlAL,a. [rema, Lat.] pardonable; permitted, 
 or allowed ; excusable. 
 
 VE'NICE, the capital of one part of Austrian Italy, stands on 
 the islands which form the border of the lagunes at the mouth 
 of the Po. This situation has given to this city its peculiar cha- 
 racter, it has canals for main streets, and there are above 300 
 bridges over them, connecting the lesser streets, the chief of 
 which is theRialto,90 feet in length, and built of white marble. 
 It is a city of palaces, and presents to the architect some of the 
 most splendid works of art of that kind. Its churches are not 
 less magnificent. It has also a university with a fine library, 
 an academy of arts with many celebrated paintings and sculp- 
 tures, a noble arsenal, 8ic. &c. Its manufactures are not of great 
 importance, and its commerce is but the shadow of what it was 
 when Venice was a free state. Pop. about 120,000. Lat. 45. 
 25. N. Long. 12. 20. E. The glory of this city is its history, 
 and il is at this hour maintaining a contest with Austria for the 
 purpose of recovering its independence, which it has lost now 
 for above fifty j'ears. See Lombardo- Venetian Kingdom. 
 
 VE'NISON, (vSnzon) s. [venaison, Fr. from venor, Lat.] the flesh 
 of deer; game, or beasts of chase. 
 
 VE'NOM, s. [lenm, Fr.] poison. 
 
 VE'NOiMOUS, a. poisonous; mischievous; malignant. 
 
 VE'NOMOUSLY, ad. poisonously ; malignantly. 
 
 VE'NOMOUSNESS, s. poisonousness ; malignity. 
 
 VE'NOUS, a. Ivenosus, from vena, Lat.] full of veins. 
 
 VENT, s. [fente, Fr.] a small aperture or hole, by which any 
 vapour transpires ; passage from secrecy to public notice ; pas- 
 sage ; discharge. — [vente, Fr.] sale. 
 
 To VENT, t>. a. [venter, Fr.] to let out at a small hole or aper- 
 ture ; to give way to, or free from restraint ; to utter ; to pub- 
 lish ; to sell ; to carry to sale. 
 
 VE'NTER, s. [Lat.] in Anatomy, any cavity of the body, 
 but particularly the abdomen. In Law, a womb, or mother. 
 
 VE'NTIDUCT, s. [venttis and ductus, Lat.] a passage for the 
 wind. 
 
 To VE'NTILATE, v. a. [vcnt'do, from ventus, Lat.] to fan with 
 the wind ; to winnow ; to examine or discuss any controverted 
 point. 
 
 VENTILATION, s. [ventilatio, Lat.] the act of fanning, or ga- 
 thering wind ; the act of winnowing corn ; refrigeration. It 
 also signifies the art of constructing apparatus for supplying 
 buildings with pure air, and removing that which has been used 
 in respiration, Sec, and become unwholesome. 
 
 VENTILA'TOR, s. an apparatus for the removal of noxious or 
 unwholesome, and the supply of fresh, air in any place. 
 
 VENTO'SITY, 8. [ventosus, Lat.] windiness. 
 
 VE'NTRICLE, s. [yentricule, Fr. ventriculus, from venter, Lat.] 
 the stomach ; any small cavity, particularly those of the heart 
 and of the brain. 
 
 VENTRI'LOQUIST, s. [venter and hguor, Lat.] onewho speaks 
 in such a manner that the sound seems to issue from the air, or 
 from other persons or inanimate things. 
 
 VE'NTUKE, s. [aienture, Fr.] hazard ; an undertaking of 
 chance and danger ; hap ; chance ; a stake. At a venture, is at 
 hazard ; without consideration or premeditation. 
 
 To VE'NTURE, v. n. to dare ; to run a hazard. Used with at, 
 on, or upon, to engage in an attempt without any prospect or cer- 
 tainty of security. — r. a. to expose to hazard ; to put or send on 
 a venture. 
 
 VE'NTURER, «. one who ventures. 
 
 VE'NTURESOME, a. bold; daring. 
 
 VE'NTURESOMELY, ad. in a bold or daring manner. 
 
 VE'NTUROUS, a. fearless; daring; bold; apt to run ha- 
 zards. 
 
 VENU'E, s. [Fr.] in Law, the county in which a cause is to 
 
 VE R 
 
 to be tried. There are particular rules for determining il, but 
 large scope is given to a prosecutor. 
 
 VE'NL'S, s. [Lat.] in Astronomy, the second planet in order 
 from the sun, and the next nearest to it from our earth. Its 
 distance from the sun is about 69,000,000 miles, and it revolves 
 round it in about 225 days. Its rotation on its axis is accom- 
 plished in rather less than 24 hours; and its diameter is about 
 7800 miles. It is well known from its remarkable brilliancy, 
 and from its never exceeding a certain distance from the sun. It 
 is alternately a morning and an evening star ; and is known by 
 the names of Phosphorus, and Hesperus. It is not unfrequently 
 visible in the day-time, and in full sun-light ; and it may be seen 
 under favourable circumstances to cast a shadow. Viewed 
 through a telescope it exhibits phases like the moon, but its full 
 circle is rarely seen, because it must at such a time be most dis- 
 tant from the earth, and close to the sun. Its surface presents 
 dark spots, &c. like that of the moon. Like Mercury, when it 
 passes between the sun and the earth, it occasionally appears 
 crossing its disk like a black spot. But its transits are not so 
 frequent as those of Mercury ; happening at alternate intervals 
 of about 8, and 123 years ;— the following are all that will occur 
 to 2004 A, D. 
 
 Year. 
 
 Day. 
 
 TimeoftheMiddle. 
 
 Dist. of centres. 
 
 1874 
 
 1882 
 2004 
 
 Dec. 9. 
 Dec. 6. 
 Junes. 
 
 H. M. 
 
 4 6 morn, 
 
 5 13 aft. 
 
 6 30 morn. 
 
 13 2 N. 
 12 S. 
 9 9 S. 
 
 (See Mercury, for an explanation of this table.) In the Heathen 
 Mythology, the goddess of love and beauty. In Chemistry, cop- 
 per metal. In Heraldry, the green colour in the arms of sove- 
 reign princes. 
 
 VERA'CITY, s. [veracite, Fr. from verax, Lat.] truth ; con- 
 sistency of words with facts ; or consistency of deeds with 
 words. 
 
 VERA CRU'Z, a sea-port of Mexico. It stands on the level 
 shore of the Gulf of Mexico, with dry sand hills behind it, and 
 its only harbour is a road within shoals, which are ver^ danger- 
 ous. It is fortified and well built, but has not very finfe public 
 edifices. Opposite to it is a small island or rock, called S. Juan 
 de Ulloa, on which is a fort. It is a place of considerable trade, 
 although very unhealthy. Pop. about 15,000. Lat. 19. 10. N. 
 Long. 9f). 8. W. 
 
 VERA'NDAH, s. a lightly built porch or piazza, used chiefly 
 in cottage architecture. 
 
 VERB, «. [verhe, Fr. verbam, Lat.] in Grammar, the name 
 of the class of words which denote activity, with which is in- 
 cluded the word expressing existence in its simplest form, to be. 
 They are complete in themselves, or intransitive, or they require 
 an object, and are called transitive. According as the subject 
 and object are different, or the same, they take the active, reflex- 
 ive, or passive forms. Mood, tense, and person are their principal 
 inflections, but in some languages they express gender also. {See 
 these terms.) They are classified under different conjugations, ac- 
 cording to their mode of inflection. In different grammatical 
 systems other technical divisions are made, but these are the 
 most general, and the most easily understood. 
 
 VE'RBAL, a. [Fr. verbalis, from verbuin, Lat.] spoken, opposed 
 to written; oral; consisting only in words; literal, or having 
 word for word. 
 
 VERBA'LITY, s. mere bare words. 
 
 VERBA'TIM, ad. [Lat.] word for word. 
 
 To VE'RBERATE, v. a. [verhero, Lat.] to beat or strike. 
 
 VERBERA'TION, s. [Fr. verbcatio, Lat.] the act of beating 
 or striking; blows; beating. 
 
 VERBO'SE, a. [verbosus, from verbum, Lat.] abounding or te- 
 dious with words ; prolix ; wordy. 
 
 VERBO'SITY, s. [verbosife, Fr.] exuberance of words; much 
 prattle. 
 
 VE'RDANT, a. [Fr.] green. 
 
 VERDE'LLO, s. a touchstone for trying metals. 
 
 VE'RDERER, Ve'rderor, s. [verdier, Fr.] a judicial officer of 
 the king's forest. 
 
 VE'RDICT, s. [verum and dictum, Lat.] the determination of 
 a jury on any cause; a decision ; judgment ; opinion. 
 
 VE'RDIGRIS, s. [vert de gj'is, Fr.] in Chemistry, the diacetate 
 
VER 
 
 of copper, formed by exposing the metal to the fumes of vinegar 
 in a warm place. It is a bluish green, and is used as a pig- 
 ment. 
 
 VE'RDITER, s. a blue pigment made by the decomposition 
 of the nitrate of oxide of copper with chalk. 
 
 VE'RDURE, s. [Fr.] green colour. 
 
 VERE, the name of two eminent English military command- 
 ers of the 16th centurj'. Sir Francis Vere obtained his renown 
 in the wars in the Netherlands, where he was engaged in several 
 campaigns, and his last service was the holding of Ostend for 
 nearly three quarters of a year, with 1700 men against 12,000. 
 He also took part in the Cadiz expedition, with equal distinction. 
 He was in the English parliament, and was made governor of 
 Brill. Ho died in 1608, aged 54 years. Horace Lord Vere, his 
 younger brother, served with him in his most gallant actions. 
 He commanded the English forces sent to relieve the Palatinate, 
 but was unsuccessful, through want of means. He died in 1635, 
 aged 50 rears. 
 
 VE'RECUND, a. [verecundus, Lat.] modest ; bashful. 
 
 VERGE, s. [Fr. verga, Lat.] a rod, or something in that form, 
 carried before a person in office. — [rerr/o, Lat.] the brink, edge, 
 or utmost border. In Law, the compass about the king's court, 
 bounding the jurisdiction of the lord's steward, and the coroner 
 of the king's house. 
 
 To VERGE, V. n. Ivergo, Lat.] to lend or bend downwards, 
 used with toicards. 
 
 VERGE'NNES, CHARLES GRAVIER, COMTE DE, one of 
 the ministers of France in the period immediately preceding the 
 Revolution. He was descended from a legal family, recently 
 elevated to the magistracy, and early Introduced into diplomatic 
 business. His great talent for that kind of public business pro- 
 cured him rapid promotion. At Stockholm, and various capitals 
 of Germany, he conducted difficult negociations with great suc- 
 cess, and was made minister for foreign affairs. On the death 
 of Maurepas, he was raised to his post of prime minister, and 
 managed the business of that office in those difficult times with 
 the same skill he had showed in his former positions. He died 
 in 1787, aged 70 years. It was not however by such talent as 
 he had that France could be saved, or Europe, and though not 
 to-be condemned for being no greater man than he was, to him 
 history attributes a share in precipitating the frightful catastro- 
 phe that commenced two years after his death. 
 
 VE'RGER, s. a tipstaff to a judge ; an officer who carries a 
 rod tipt with sliver before a bishop, a dean, &c. 
 
 VE'RGNIAUD, PIERRE VICTORIN, the orator of the Gl- 
 rondins In the French Revolution. He was a barrister at Bour- 
 deaux, and embraced the new political principles with the 
 greatest ardour. That clly returned him to the Legislative As- 
 sembly, and he soon took one of the highest places as a speaker. 
 But even his oratory was not fitted for the times ; classical, ele- 
 gant, unpractical, he swayed the Assembly by the cadences of 
 his voice, by the music of his periods, by the lofty strain of his 
 passionate perorations. His history is that of the party he be- 
 longed to. Indolent, dreamy, respectable, he knew neither him- 
 self nor his country ; he helped to bring on the contest with the 
 '' Mountain," and he made some of his finest speeches against 
 its leaders. His course could not succeed, and ne expiated his 
 error of policy, under the glaive of the guillotine, in 1793, aged 
 35 years. 
 
 VERI'DICAL, a. [verus and dico, Lat.] speaking truth. 
 
 To VERFFICATE, v. a. {verus and facto, Lat.] to prove a 
 thing to be true. 
 
 VERIFICA'TION, s. [Fr.] the act of proving a thing, or 
 making good an assertion. 
 
 VE'RIFIER, s. one who assures a thing to be true. 
 
 To VE'RIFY, V. n. [verifier, Fr.] to prove true, or justify. 
 
 VE'RH^Y, ad. in truth ; indeed ; assuredly; certainly. 
 
 VERISIMILAR, a. [verus ?iaA similis, Lat.] probable; likely. 
 
 VERISIMI'LITUDE,s. probability; likelihood; resemblance 
 of truth. 
 
 VE'RITY, s. [verite, Fr. Den'fas, Lat.] truth ; consonance to the 
 reality of things. 
 
 VE'RJUICE, s. [rerjus, Fr.] the juice of unripe grapes or crab 
 apples. 
 
 VERMICELLI, s. [Ital.] in Cookery, long slender strings of 
 paste, made with flour, eggs, cheese, sugar, and saffron, dried ; 
 used in soups, &.c. 
 
 VER 
 
 VERMI'CULAR, a. [vermis, Lat.] acting like a worm ; con- 
 tinued from one part of the body to the other. 
 
 VERMFCULATED, a. [yermiculatm, Lat.] inlaid ; wrought 
 with chequer-work, or pieces of various colours. 
 
 VERMlCULA'TlON.s. the breeding of worms; continuation 
 of motion from one part to another. In Physic, a pain in the 
 intestines occasioned by worms. 
 
 VE'RMICULE, s. [vermiculus, Lat.] a little worm. 
 
 VERMl'CULOUS, a. [vermicuhsus, Lat.] full of worms. 
 
 VE'RMIFORM, a, [vermis and forma, Lat.] shaped like a 
 worm. 
 
 VE'RMIFUGE, s. [vermis and fuffio, Lat.] a medicine that de- 
 stroys or expels worms. 
 
 VERMI'LION, s. [vermilion, Fr.] a brilliant red colour; the 
 bisulphuret of mercury, powdered. 
 
 VE'RMIN, s. [vermine, Fr. vermis, Lat.] a collective name 
 including all kinds of small animals or insects which are hurtful 
 or troublesome to men, beasts, fruits, &c. 
 
 VERMI'PAROUS,a!. [vermis nnd pario, Lat.] breeding vermin. 
 
 VERMI'VOROUS, a. [ver/nis and voro, Lat.] devouring or 
 feeding on worms. 
 
 VERMO'NT, one of the United States, N. America. It lies 
 next to Canada ; and is bounded by New Hampshire, Massa- 
 chusetts, and New York. It Is about 150 miles long, and 90 
 broad; and is divided into 14 counties. The Green Mountains 
 run almost the whole length of this state; and there are some 
 points of more than 40(K) feet in height. It has some large 
 rivers; and several lakes, of which Lake Champlain is the most 
 extensive. Iron and other metals, marble, &c. &c. are found 
 here. It ts generally fertile ; corn and other agricultural pro- 
 duce is abundant. The woods yield excellent timber. Its ma- 
 nufactures and commerce are of less importance as sources of 
 wealth than its agriculture. It has 19 banks, and 3 colleges. 
 xMontpellier Is its capital. Pop. 291,948. 
 
 VERNA'CULAR, a. [vernaciilus, from verna, Lat.] of one's 
 own country ; natural; native. 
 
 VE'RNAL, a. [vernus, from ver, Lat.] belonging to the spring. 
 Vernal equinox, in Astronomy, Is the time when the sun crosses 
 the equinoctial line in the spring, about the 2Isl of March ; 
 when day and night are of equal length. 
 
 VE'RNALGRASS, s. in Botany, a species of grass, which 
 gives out a delicious odour when dried, called also spring- 
 grass. 
 
 VERNE'T, the name of two celebrated modern French paint- 
 ers. C/aurfe JbscpA excelled as a marine painter. He studied for 
 many years in Italy and the neighbouring parts, devoting him- 
 self to natural scenes, and shipping, rather than to the works of 
 other masters. Here he obtained his celebrity. On his return 
 to France, meeting with a storm, with genuine enthusiasm for 
 his art, he had himself lashed to the mast, and sketched some of 
 the most remarkable effects. He painted views of the seaports of 
 France, and maintained his reputation with almost unexampled 
 success. He died in 1789, aged 75 years. Carle, his son, 
 studied at Paris and at Rome; and excelled in battle-pieces; 
 and was honoured in various ways by the emperor Napoleon. 
 He died In 1836, aged 78 years. 
 
 VE'RNIER, s. in astronomical and other scientific instru- 
 ments, is a very ingenious scale for measuring with extreme 
 accuracy very small parts of degrees, &c. It was invented by a 
 French mathematician of the 17th century, named Vernier; is 
 sometimes called a Nonius, from the name of a mathematician of 
 the preceding century, who suggested another method of effect- 
 ing the same object. It is used especially in quadrants, sex- 
 tants, theodolites, &c. &c. 
 
 VERiM'LITY,s. [vemilitas, from verna, Lat.] servile, flattering 
 behaviour. 
 
 VE'RNON, EDWARD, a celebrated English admiral of the 
 beginning of last century. He served in various naval engage- 
 ments ; and was at last made a member of parliament. In con- 
 sequence of one of his opposition speeches, he was made, an 
 admiral, and embarked in the expedition which is always re- 
 membered with his name, that of taking Porto Bello, with 6 
 ships. He was unsuccessful however In an attack on Cartba- 
 geua, a year and a half afterwards. His other services were in 
 parliament, and in the English seas, during the Pretender's re- 
 bellion in 1745. He died in 175'Z, aged 73 years. 
 
 VERO'NA, a large, ancient, and famous town of Austrian 
 
VER 
 
 Italy ; and capital of a province of Venice, of the same name. 
 The streets are neither clean nor straight; but there are many 
 very handsome piibHc buildings and palaces, and a very splen- 
 did Roman amphitheatre. It has numerous fine vvorks of art, 
 and a good library. It is fortified ; and has a good trade. It is 
 seated on the river Adige, which is navigable for merchandise 
 to Venice. This river divides it into two parts, which communi- 
 cate by four handsome bridges. It is u2 miles from Venice. 
 Pop. about CO,0<H). Lat. 45. 26. N. Long. 11. 1. E. 
 
 VERONE'SE, PAUL, (properly Ca(jUari,) a great painter of 
 Italy. Venice and Rome, but particularly the former, were the 
 scenes of his greatest labours, and are the places where the best 
 of his paintings are to be seen. It was as a colourist that he was 
 specially celebrated. He died in 1588, aged 5(5 years. 
 
 VE'RREL, s. a ferrule ; a little brass or iron ring, fixed_ round 
 the end of a cane or handle of a tool. 
 
 VERSAI'LLES, a town in the department of Seine et Oise, 
 France. There is a magnificent palace here, which was the 
 usual residence of the kings of France. The gardens, with the 
 park, are 5 miles in circumference, and surrounded by walls. 
 From the residence of royalty here the town has arisen ; which 
 is now a place of importance, with some valuable manufactures 
 and a brisk trade. It is 12 miles from Paris. Pop. about 35,000. 
 Lat. 48. 49. N. Long. 2. 7. E. 
 
 VE'RSATILE, o. [versatitis, Lat.] changeable; variable; mu- 
 table; easily applied to a new task; that may be turned round. 
 
 VERSE, s. [vers, Ft. versus, from verto, Lat.] poetry ; a stanza 
 of a poem ; a line of a stanza ; a small paragraph of a prose 
 writing. 
 
 To be VE'RSED, v. n. [vcrsor, Lat.] to be skilled in, or ac- 
 quainted with. 
 
 VERSIFICA'TION, s. [Ft. versus and facio, Lat.] the act or 
 practice of making verses. 
 
 VER'SIFIER, s. one that makes verses ; a paltry rhymer. 
 
 To VE'RSIFY, V. n. \t-ersifler, Fr.] to make verses.— c. a. to 
 relate in verse. 
 
 VE'RSION, {vershon) s. [Ft. versio,Uom verto, Lat.] change; 
 translation ; change of direction. In general, version is used to 
 designate ancient translations of works in foreign languages; 
 and translation, those made in recent times. But this distinction 
 is purely conventional. 
 
 VE'RSTEGAN, RICHARD, an English antiquary of the end 
 of the 16th and beginning of the I7lh centuries. He was of 
 Dutch extraction, and was educated at Oxford ; but being a 
 Romanist, deemed it safest to leave England and reside at Ant- 
 werp. There he published, printed, and wrote his Restitution of 
 Decayed Intelligence, a small book, of some research and greater 
 ingenuity of speculation, respecting the early history oithe most 
 renowned and noble English nation. He died in about 163.5. 
 
 VERT, s. [Fr.] any thing that bears a green leaf. In Heraldry, 
 a green colour. 
 
 VE'RTEBRA, s. [Lat.] a joint of the spine or backbone. 
 
 VE'RTEBRAL, o. [vertehra, Lat.] relating to the joints of the 
 spine. 
 
 VE'RTEX, s. [Lat.] the zenith or point over the head; the 
 top of any thing. 
 
 VE'RTICAL, a. [Fr.] placed in the zenith, or over the head ; 
 placed perpendicular to the horizon. 
 
 VE'RTICALLY, ad. in the zenith. 
 
 VERTICI'LLATE, a. [lerticillatus, from verto, Lat.] in Botany, 
 applied to plants, whose flowers are intermixed With small leaves, 
 growing in a kind of whorls about the joints of the stalks. 
 
 VERrrCITY, s. [terfo, Lat.] rotation; circumvolution; power 
 of turning. 
 
 VERTl'GINOUS, a. [vertiginosus, Lat.] giddy; rotatory. 
 
 VE'RTIGO, «. [Lat.] a disease wherein objects, though fixed, 
 appear to turn round, attended with a fear of falling, and dim- 
 ness of sight ; a dizziness, 
 
 VERTO'T, RENE AUBERT DE, an eminent French histori- 
 an, who was for some time a brother in the order of Capuchins, 
 and afterwards in that of the Premonstratenses, which he also 
 quitted, and obtained a benefice as a cure. His works obtained 
 for him a salary in connexion with the Academy, and the ap- 
 pointment of historiographer to the Knights of Malta, with other 
 distinctions. He died in 1735, aged 80 years. The History of 
 the Order of the Knights Hosjritallera, &c., the History of Revolutions 
 in Sweden, of those at Rome, &c., are bis great works. 
 
 VES 
 
 VE'RTUE, GEORGE, a distinguished engraver and anti- 
 quary of the former part of the last century. He rose into note 
 first through the patronage of Sir Godfrey Kneller and the Earl 
 of Orford, and afterwards was made engraver to the Society of 
 Antiquaries. His works are very numerous, and embrace a great 
 variety of subjects, but those which he made from Sketches of 
 churches taken by himself in various tours, and from drawings 
 of antiquities and interesting and authentic portraits, are most 
 valued. Accuracy, rather than artistic genius, characterizes his 
 engravings, and gives thern their conventional worth. He died 
 in 1756, aged 72 years. Lord Orford's Anecdotes of Painting 
 were collected by him. 
 
 VE'RVAIN, s. [vervcine, Fr. verbena, Lat.] in Botany, a plant 
 called also simplers' joy. Many elegant species are cultivated in 
 gardens, but the small wild species, which possesses no known 
 medical properties, has been deemed a sacred plant by almost all 
 the ancient people of Europe. 
 
 VE^RUS, LUCIUS, an emperor of Rome, conjointly with M. 
 Aurelius Antoninus, his father-in-law, next in succession of 
 time to Antoninus Pius. He had the credit of many brilliant 
 victories, gained by his lieutenants chiefly, over the barbarians 
 on the frontiers. And his debaucheries hastened his end, and 
 the deliverance of Rome from his influence. He died in 169, 
 aged about 40 years, having been for 10 on the throne. 
 
 VE'RY, a. [i-eray or verai, Fr. verus, Lat.] true ; real ; the same, 
 or identical. — ad. in a great degree. 
 
 VESA'LIUS, ANDREW, a celebrated anatomist of the 16th 
 century. He was born at Brussels, and studied in France; and 
 such was his celebrity, that he became a lecturer on anatomy 
 before he was 20 years old. At Louvain, Pisa, Pavia, Bologna, 
 and Madrid, he pursued his studies and demonstrations with 
 ever-growing fame, and made several great discoveries in the 
 human frame. He went from Madrid as a pilgrim to Jerusalem, 
 (according to the uncontradicted report of his own day,) because 
 he had caused the death of one of his patients, whose body, 
 thinking he was dead, he was beginning to dissect. Whilst 
 thus engaged, he was invited to succeed Fallopius at Padua; 
 but being shipwrecked near Zante, perished by toil and hunger, 
 in 1564, aged 50 years. 
 
 VE'SICA, s. [Lat.] in Anatomy, a bladder ; any membranous 
 substance in which a fluid is contained. 
 
 To VE'SICATE, v. a. [vesica, Lat.] to blister. 
 
 VE'SICATORY, s. a medicine which raises blisters in the 
 skin. 
 
 VE'SICLE, (veslld) s. a little bladder. 
 
 VESPASIA'NUS, TITUS FLA VIUS, commonly called Te*- 
 pasian, succeeded Vitellius as emperor of Rome, at the will of 
 the army in Syria, of which he was in command. He bad already 
 gained great distim;tion, and his accession was hailed by all the 
 empire, though not eflTected without tumult and bloodshed in 
 Rome itself. His reign was beneficial to the state ; his measures 
 added to the stability of the empire, and recruited the exhausted 
 treasury. He beautified the cities with fine buildings, and pro- 
 moted education to the best of his power. In war he was as 
 prosperous ; and two events occurred of world-wide interest, — the 
 wars against the Jews, which ended with the destruction of Jeru- 
 salem, and thedispersion of that people; and the warsof Agricola 
 in Britain, by which the Roman power was established here. 
 He died in 79 A. d., aged 69 years, having reigned nearly 10. 
 
 VE'SPER, s. [Lat.] the evening star; the evening. 
 
 VE'SPERS, s. in the Roman Church, evening prayers. 
 
 VESPU'CCI, AMERlGO.a merchant of Florence, whose share 
 in the discovery of the New World is commemorated in its name, 
 America. Having settled in Spain, he was induced by his love 
 of adventure and science together, to undertake several voyages 
 in the track Columbus had already set forth on. These he ac- 
 complished partly by the aid of the king of Spain, and partly by 
 that of the king of Portugal. He was not, however, a com- 
 mander in any case ; his account of his voyages, and of the lands 
 he touched on, has associated his name with them, however, in- 
 dissolubly. He died in Spain in 1512, aged 61 years. 
 
 VE'SSEL, s. [vasselle, Fr.] any thing in which liquors, or other 
 things, are put ; any vehicle by which things are conveyed on 
 the water. 
 
 VE'SSETS, a kind of cloth. 
 
 VESSI'CNON, «. among horsemen, a windgallor soft swelling 
 on the inside and outside of a horse's huof. 
 
 5 X 889 
 
VIA 
 
 VEST, s. [veste, Fr. restis, Lat.] a close-fitting body-garment. 
 
 To VEST, !'. a. [yestio, Lai.] to dress ; to make possessor of; 
 to piit into possession. 
 
 VE'STA, in Astronomy, one of the asteroids or small planets 
 that revolve between the orbits of Mars and Jupiter. It vpas 
 the 4th dftcovered, and in consequence of a conjecture that the 
 first two might be only fragments of a planetary body, of which 
 more might yet be met with : there are now nine, in all, known. 
 It is about 225,000,000 of miles from the sun, and performs its 
 revolution in about 1330days. In Heathen Mythology, a maiden 
 goddess, to whom the fireside or hearth was dedicated. She was 
 both in theGreekand in the Roman religion a deity, who, though 
 classed amongst the minor gods, had more important functions 
 ascribed to her than even the dwellers on Olympus themselves. 
 She was the deification of the idea of society, including every 
 branch of it, from the circle at home to the city and the empire 
 itself. At Rome, the flame on her altar was not suffered to go 
 out; or, if casually or negligently extinguished, to be lighted 
 again by common fire ; and her priestesses were virgins, on 
 whom no breath of scandal might fall. 
 
 VE'STA L, 8. [vestalis, Lat.] a virgin consecrated to Vesta. Fi- 
 guratively, a pure virgin. 
 
 VE'STIBLILE, s. [vestibulum, Lat.] the porch or first entrance 
 of a house. 
 
 VE'STIGE, ». [Fr. vestigium, Lat.] a footstep, or mark by which 
 any thing may be traced. 
 
 VE'STMENT, «. [vestimentum, Lat.] a garment. 
 
 VE'STRY, s. [restiare, Fr. vestiarium, Lat.] a room in a church, 
 wherein a minister puts on his surplice, or stays till it is time to 
 perform his function ; an assembly of the heads of the parish. 
 Vestn/ clerk is an officer who keeps the accounts of the parish. 
 
 VESTURE, s. [vesfura, Ital.] a garment or robe; dress. 
 
 VESU'VIUS, a large volcano, 8 miles from Naples, in Italy. 
 It was formerly of much greater size, for the hill called Soimna 
 is plainly part of a former crater. Its height is about 3500 feet. 
 Its first recorded eruption was that in which Herculaneum, 
 Pompeii, and Stabise were overwhelmed, and Pliny the elder per- 
 ished. The traces of earlier eruptions were evident to naturalists 
 before that time. Since then it has rarely had a few years of 
 repose. It is much visited by tourists, both from the beauty of 
 the surrounding country, the abundance of volcanic products 
 easily obtained around it, and also because it lies in the heart 
 of Italy. 
 
 VE'l'CH,s. [vicia, Lat.] in Botany and Farming, chick-peas; a 
 kind of pulse ; tares. 
 
 VE'TCHY, a. made of vetches; abounding in vetches. 
 
 VE'TERAN, a. [veteramis, from vetas, Lat.] long practised in 
 war; long experienced. 
 
 VE'TERAN, ». an old soldier ; one bng experienced or prac- 
 tised in any thing. 
 
 VETERINARY ART, s. the practice of medicine and surgery 
 applied to domesticated and other animals, based on the study 
 of animal anatomy and physiology. It was formerly called far- 
 riery, and was almost wholly empirical, but is now studied as a 
 science, with marked and beneficial results. 
 
 To VEX, V. a. \yexo, Lat.] to make uneasy or angry; to tor- 
 ment ; to harass; to disturb. 
 
 VEXA'TION, s. [Fr. from vexo, Lat.] the act of troubling, or 
 state of being troubled ; the cause of trouble or uneasiness. 
 
 VEXATIOUS, a. afflictive ; troublesuiue ; teasing. 
 
 VEXA'TIOUSLY, ad. troublesomely ; uneasily. 
 
 VEXA'TIOUSNESS, ». truublesomeness ; uneasiness. 
 
 VE'XER, 8. one who vexes. 
 
 U'GLINESS, s. deformity ; the quality of being disagreeable 
 to the sight, or void of beauty ; moral depravity. 
 
 U'GLY, a. deformed ; offensive to the sight ; void of beauty. 
 
 VrADUCT,s.[Ktoand(£Mco, Lat.] in Architecture and Engineer- 
 ing, a roadway carried over a valley or at a higher level than the 
 general level of any tract, upon arches. The great lines of rail- 
 way exhibit some of the finest specimens of this species of 
 structure. 
 
 VIAL, s. [jihiale, Gr.] a small bottle. 
 
 VI'AND, s. [viande, Fr.] food ; meat dressed. 
 
 VIA'TKA, a guveroment of Asiatic Russia, bordering on 
 
 Russia in Europe. The Uralian chain of mountains lie on that 
 
 side, and the river Viatka is its chief stream. It yields iron, 
 
 and some other valuable metals and minerals. Corn timber, 
 
 890 
 
 VIC 
 
 and cattle are produced. Its capital, of the same name, stands 
 on the river also so called, and is a place of considerable trade. 
 It is a substantially built place, and has several churches and 
 other fine public edifices. Pop. about 20,000. Lat. 58. 20. N. 
 Long. 49. 45. E. Pop. of government, about 1,750,000. 
 
 VIA'TICUM, s. [Lat.] provisions for a journey. In the Rom- 
 ish Church, the sacrament of e.rtreme unction, which is adminis- 
 tered immediately before death. 
 
 To VI'BRATE, V. a. [vibro, Lat.] to brandish or move to 
 and fro with a quick motion; to make to quiver. — v. n. to play 
 up and down, or to and fro, alternately ; to quiver; to swing; 
 to undulate. 
 
 VIBRA'TION, s. [Fr.] the act of moving to and fro, or up- 
 wards and downwards, alternately ; undulation. 
 
 VI'BRATORY, a. undulating; quivering. 
 
 VrCAR, s. [vicaire, Fr.] one who possesses an appropriated or 
 impropriated benefice ; a clergyman who receives only the small 
 tithes ; one wbo performs the duty of another. 
 
 VI'CARAGE, 8. the cure or benefice of a vicar. 
 
 VICA'RIOUS, o. [r!C(i/M(s, Lat.] deputed; delegated; acting 
 by commission. 
 
 VI'CARSHIP, s. the office of a vicar. 
 
 VICE, 8. [Fr. ritium, Lat.] an action contrary to the laws of vir- 
 tue; a fault. — [t);/Vs, Belg.] a kind of small iron press used in hold- 
 ing any thing fast, and moving by screws ; gripe; grasp. — Vice, 
 [Lat.] in composition, signifies one who acts instead of a superior, 
 or is the second in command ; as. Vice-chancellor, one who go- 
 verns a university under a chancellor. 
 
 VICEGE'RENT, s. a deputy; a lieutenant. 
 
 VI'CENARY, a. [vicent, Lat.] belonging to twenty. 
 
 VICE'NZA, a large and flourishing town of Austrian Italy, 
 capital of a province of the same name. It is adorned with se- 
 veral palaces, and has several fine squares, churches, convents, 
 &c. It is fortified, and has several ancient ruins. There is an aca- 
 demy, whose members meet in the Olympic theatre, a master- 
 piece of workmanship by Palladio; and several educational in- 
 stitutions; also a good library. Its trade is good, and its 
 manufactures are chiefly of silk. It is seated between the 
 rivers Bacchiglione and Rerone, and two mountains, in a fertile 
 plain, 36 miles from Venice. Pop. about 30,000. Lat. 45. 26. 
 N. Long. 11.43. E. 
 
 VrCEROY, 8. [vieeroi, Fr.] one who governs in place of a king 
 
 with regal authority. 
 VICEROY'ALTY,s. 
 
 the dignity of a viceroy. 
 
 VICI'NITY, «. [victnitas, from viciuus, Lat.] nearness ; neigh- 
 bourhood. 
 
 Vl'CIOUS, (risAious) a. committing actions contrary to virtue; 
 addicted to vice. 
 
 VI'CIOUSNESS, (vishiousness) s. wickedness; faulliness. 
 
 VlCl'SSrrUDE,«. [Fr. ricissitudo, Lat.] regular change, where- 
 in things return in succession ; revolution. 
 
 VrCO, JOHN BAPTIST, an Italian philosophic writer, of the 
 end of the 17lh and beginning of the 18th ceiituries. He was 
 extensively learned, and was appointed rhetorical professor at 
 Naples ; where he died in 1744, aged 76 years. His chief work 
 is entitled PrincipUa of a New Science; and is in fact a " Philoso- 
 phy of History." It contains much acute and original thinking, 
 and may be studied with great benefit. 
 
 VI'CTIM, 8. [yictime, Fr. victima, Lat.] a sacrifice ; something 
 slain in sacrifice; something destroyed. 
 
 VI'CTOR, 8. [Lat.] a conqueror; one who gains the advan- 
 tage in any contest. 
 
 VI'CTOR, the name assumed by three Roman pontiffs; the 
 3rd of whom was the eminent patron and promoter of learning, 
 Desiderius, Abbot of Casino. To his zeal in accumulating and 
 transcribing MSS. may much of the glory of Italy in the revi- 
 val of learning be attributed. He was pope for less than a year, 
 it being a stormy period ; and during that he was opposed by a 
 rival claiming the pontificate, as the true successor of St. Peter. 
 He died in 1087. 
 
 VICTO'RIOUS, a. [victorieux, Fr.] having obtained conquest. 
 
 or the advantage ; producing or betokening conquest, 
 TO'RIOUSLY, ad. successfully ; triumphantly. 
 TO'RIOUSNESS, s. the state or quality of be 
 
 VIC'I 
 VICI 
 
 VICTO'RIUS, or Vetto're, Peter, an Italian scholar of the 
 10th century. He studied partly at his native city, Florence, and 
 
VIE 
 
 partlj- at Pisa ; and was appointed classical professor, by Duke 
 Cosmo I. He died in 1585, aged 86 years. His editions and com- 
 mentaries on the classic authors were valuable works. 
 
 VI'CTORY, s. [victoria, from rinco, Lat.] conquest ; success 
 in any contest ; triumph. 
 
 VrCTRESS, s. a female who conquers. 
 
 To yrCTUAL, (utl)v. a. to furnish with provisions. 
 
 VI'CTUALS, (litlz) s. [victuaiUes, Fr.] meat ; food ; susten- 
 ance. 
 
 VICTUALLER, {^vitler) s. a publican ; one who furnishes or 
 provides provisions ; a ship that carries provisions for a fleet. 
 
 VrCUGNA, s. in Zoology, a kind of camel sheep, found in 
 South America. 
 
 Vl'DAME, s. in France, the judge of a bishop's secular juris- 
 diction. 
 
 VIDE'LICET,«A [Lat.] to wit; that is. It is usually writ- 
 ten contractedly thus, viz. 
 
 VIDU'ITY, s. [viduitas, irom vidua, Lat.] widowhood ; the state 
 of a woman who has buried her husband. 
 
 To VIE, f. a. to show or practise in opposition or competition ; 
 to emulate, followed by with. — v. n. to contest for superiority. 
 
 VIE'NNA, the capital of the empire of Austria, in Germany. 
 It stands at the confluence of the Vien with the Danube, and has 
 several very fine bridges. The city itself Is not large, being 
 limited by a very strong fortification, but the suburbs are very 
 extensive. The streets in general are narrow, and in part crook- 
 ed, and the houses built high ; but some of the public buildings 
 are magnificent. It abounds with fine churches, palaces, govern- 
 ment-buildings, theatres, &c. &c. Here also is a fine university, 
 and a very large and noble library. It has also numerous mu- 
 seums, and educational and charitable institutions. Amongst 
 its public promenades, the most beautiful is the Prater, a kind 
 of park. The manufactures of this city are numerous, and the 
 trade extensive, which Is chiefly carried on by the river, which 
 is a sort of harbour, with quays,'warehouses, &c. &c. Pop. about 
 400,000. Lat. 48. 12. N. Long. 16. 2-3. E. The Treaty of Vi- 
 enna, is the famous agreement respecting the territories of the 
 states that had taken part in the overthrow of Napoleon, or had 
 suffered during his wars. It was made In 181-5. 
 
 VIE'NNE, a department of France, bounded by the depart- 
 ments of Charente, Haute VIenne, Indre, Indre et Loire, Maine 
 et Loire, and Deux Sevres. It is 80 miles in length, by 50 in 
 breadth. It has few hills; and the VIenne is its principal river, 
 after which it is named. It yields some iron ; and there is abund- 
 ance of lime and building stone, &c. Corn, wine, brandy, fruits, 
 with walnuts, &c. are produced plentifully; and many cattle and 
 sheep are reared. It has a few manufactures in its towns, 
 which are also the centres of some inland trade. Poitiers is its 
 capital. Pop. about 300,000. 
 
 VIE'NNE, HAUTE, a department of France, bounded by the 
 departments of Vienne, Indre, Creuse, Corr6ze, Dordogne, and 
 Charente. It is about 60 miles long, and about 50 broad. 
 Some hills or mountains in this department exceed 3000 feet 
 in height. The Vienne is its chief river. Iron, building-stone 
 of the most durable kind, lime-stone, &c. &c. are procured here. 
 It produces corn, wine, fruits, &c. in no great abundance; but 
 cattle are numerous; good timber also Is plentiful. Several 
 small manufactures are carried on in the towns. Its trade is all 
 inland. Limoges is its capital. Pop. about 325,000. 
 
 VIE'NNE, a very ancient and considerable city In the depart- 
 ment of Isere, France. It Is seated ou the left bank of the 
 Rhone, over which it has a good bridge. It has some handsome 
 public buildings, and several Roman relics. Its commerce con- 
 sists in wines, silk, and cutlery, which last is highly esteemed. 
 The well-known Hermitage red wine Is produced here. It is 26.5 
 miles from Paris. Pop. about 20,000. Lat. 45. 31. N. Long. 
 4. 55. E. 
 
 VIE'TA, FRANCIS, a celebrated French mathematician, of 
 the 16th century. He was "master of requests;" but has no 
 life worth recording, except in connexion with his scientific pur- 
 suits; and that is, for popular purposes, summed up in the fact 
 that he brought algebra into its present form, and so gave to 
 mathematicians an instrument of the greatest power in their 
 researches. He was not so happy In his studies of the calendar, 
 "respecting which he committed some grave errors. His works 
 are of no interest except to such as inquire into the history of 
 mathematical science. He died in 1603, aged 63 years. 
 
 VI L 
 
 To VIEW, {veie) V. a. [veu, Fr.] to survey, or look on by way 
 of examination or curiosity ; to look at ; to see. 
 
 VIEW, {veto) s. a prospect ; sight ; survey ; the reach of sight ; 
 appearance or show ; exhibition, or display to the mind ; inten- 
 tion or design ; prospect of interest. 
 
 VFGIL, s. [vigile, Fr. vit/ilia, Lat.] a watch, or devotion, paid 
 to saints while other persons are generally at rest ; the fast kept 
 before a holiday. 
 
 VIGILANCE, Vi'GiLANCY, s. [Fr. from vi^/ih, Lat.] forbear- 
 ance of sleep; watchfulness. 
 
 VI'GILANT, a. [Fr.] watchful; circumspect; attentive. 
 
 VIGILA'NTIUS, In Church History, one of the earliest oppo- 
 nents of the Church of Rome, and advocates of what Is generally 
 meant by Protestantism. He was born in France, and became 
 a presbyter In Spain ; and after travelling in Palestine and 
 Egypt, wrote several tractates against the prevailing supersti- 
 tions and falsehood of the Roman Church. He was opposed by 
 the celebrated Jerome, with no common acrimony ; and it is in 
 his writings alone that we find any record of the opinions 
 which have led to the inclusion of this excellent and learned 
 man's name in the list of heretics. He retired at last into the 
 remotest valleys of Piedmont, and lives yet in the churches of 
 the Waldenses. He lived In the 4th and 5th centuries. 
 
 VI'GILANTLY,arf. watchfully; circumspectly. 
 
 VIGNE'TTE, s. [Fr.] a small engraving introduced into the 
 title-page of a book. 
 
 VIGNO'LA,GIACOMOBAROZZIO, OF, a celebrated archi- 
 tect of Italy. He studied at Rome, and was taken by Prlma- 
 tlccio to France ; but afterwards settled at Rome, and was 
 made architect to the pope, and superintendent of St. Peter's. 
 The church of Petronius, and several fine palaces at Bologna, 
 are his work ; and he constructed several magnificent buildings 
 at Rome. He died in 1573, aged 67 years. His work on the 
 Five Orders of Architecture, is held In high repute. 
 
 VI'GOROUS, a. Ivigoreux, Fr. from vigeo, Lat.] full of strength 
 and life; stout; lively; strong; energetic. 
 
 VI'GOROUSLY, ad. forcibly; without weakness. 
 
 VI'GOROUSNESS, s. force ; strength. 
 
 Vl'GOUR, s. strength, force,orpowerof body or mind; energy. 
 
 VILE, a. [vil, Pr.vilis, Lat.] base; mean; despicable; wick- 
 ed ; sordid ; worthless. 
 
 Vl'LELY, ad. basely; meanly ; shamefully. 
 
 VI'LENESS, s. meanness; baseness; wickedness. 
 
 To VI'LIFY,!;. a. to debase; to defame, or endeavour to make 
 contemptible. 
 
 VFLLA, ». [Lat.] a country-seat. 
 
 VI'LLAGE, s. [Fr.] a small collection of houses in the country, 
 less than a town. 
 
 VI'LLAGER, «. an Inhabitant of a village. 
 
 VI'LLAIN, s. [vilain, Fr.] a bondman, or servant; one who 
 holds of another by base tenure; a wicked and base wretch. 
 
 VI'LLANAGE, Vi'llenage, s. the state of a villain ; base ser- 
 vitude; Infamy; baseness. 
 
 To VI'LLANIZE,D. n. to debase; to degrade ; to defame. 
 
 VI'LLANOUS, a. base; vile; wicked; sorry; used some- 
 times to heighten the idea of any thing low and base. 
 
 Vl'LLANOUSLY, ad. wickedly ; basely. 
 
 Vl'LLANY, s. wickedness; baseness; depravity. 
 
 VILLA'RS, MONTFAUCON DE, a French writer of the 17th 
 century. He was an abbe, and enjoyed great popularity as a 
 preacher at Paris; but having published his witty Count deGaba- 
 lis, a sort of novel, in which the Roslcruclan mysteries are sa- 
 tirically expounded, he was suspended. He was assassinated in 
 1075, aged about 50 years. 
 
 VILLA'RS, LOUIS HECTOR, DUC DE, a celebrated French 
 marshal, who gained his knowledge of the art of war under Tu- 
 renne, and was at first engaged in diplomacy, having been from 
 his earliest manhood in command of a regiment. His first con- 
 siderable service was the suppression of an insurrection in Lan- 
 guedoc, and afterwards in Flanders, although he once only foiled 
 Marlborough, and that by inaction in a position of impregnable 
 strength : he gained many successes over Eugene and the Aus- 
 trian commanders. He negociated the peace of Rastadt, and 
 took part in the political storms of the regency, after the death 
 of Louis XIV. In his old age, he once more appeared as a ge- 
 neral, and conducted some campaigns in Italy. He died in 173-1, 
 aged 81 years. 
 
 5x2 891 
 
VIN 
 
 VILLEHARDOU'lN, GEOFI-ROY DE, the historian of the 
 first crusades. He had attained a high post in Champagne, 
 when the fourth crusade was planned. He accompanied the 
 Count of Champagne on this expedition, and was rewarded" for 
 his services with the niarshalship of Romania and other de- 
 pendencies. There he afterwards resided, and died in 1213, 
 aged about 55 years. His History of the Taking of Constantinople, 
 is a valuable work to the student of those expeditions, which, 
 originating in military fanaticism, had so great and beneficial an 
 influence on Christendom. 
 
 yi'LH, s. [Lat.] in Physiology and Anatomy, a delicate kind 
 of fibres, with which manj' organs are furnished. 
 
 VlLLOrSON, JEAN BAPTISTE GASPARD D'ANSE DE, 
 a great scholar of France, in the last century. He began his 
 career by publishing the Homeric Lexicon of Apollonius, which 
 raised him at once into the first ranks of classic scholars in Eu- 
 rope. He afterwards travelled in Europe and the East, search- 
 ing the great libraries for Greek manuscripts, and was rewarded 
 by the discovery of some of great value, which he published at 
 various places. During the Revolution he suffered much in loss 
 of property, and was made Greek professor in the College of 
 France by Napoleon. He died in 1805, aged 55 years. His 
 works and editions are of great value for the vast erudition they 
 display; and he stands amongst the greatest Greek scholars of 
 the last few generations. 
 
 Vl'LLOUS, a. [villosus, from vilhts, Lat.] rough ; shaggy. 
 
 VIMI'NEOUS, «. \yimen, Lat.] made of twigs. 
 
 VINCE, SAMUEL, a distinguished English mathematician 
 and astronomer. He was born in humble circumstances, and 
 received the groundwork of his education and the taste for ma- 
 thematics at a country school. Being helped to a course of study 
 at Cambridge, he rose by his own exertions to be Pluvian pro- 
 fessor of astronomy and experimental philosopher there. After- 
 wards, entering the church, he obtained some valuable benefices, 
 and died in 1821. His works on mathematical subjects are yet 
 used as text-books, and some theological works he also publish- 
 ed are not uninteresting. He is one of the many who may serve 
 to encourage those who, in spite of all difficulties, are bent on 
 the attainment of knowledge. 
 
 Vl'NCENT, ST., an island of the W. Indies, lying between 
 St. Lucia and Grenada. It is about 18 miles long, by 10 broad. 
 Here is a volcano of considerable size, being about 3000 feet in 
 height, and which is occasionally active. It produces all the 
 usual articles of these islands in abundance. Kingstown is its 
 capital. Pop. about 30,000. It belongs to Great Britain. 
 
 Vl'NCl, LIONARDO DA, a celebrated Italian artist, whose 
 vast extent of scientific knowledge places him amongst the great- 
 est men that have ever lived. He studied under Verocchio, but 
 it was only in the mechanical parts of painting; his genius, 
 style,— all that made his works immortal, was his own. He first 
 entered the service of " the Moor" Sforza, Duke of Milan, as 
 engineer, civil and military, painter, sculptor, &c. He executed 
 there his work, which, though destroyed, will never be forgotten, 
 the Last Supper. He next went to Florence, but soon after en- 
 gaged himself to Caesar Borgia, general to Pope Alexander VI. 
 At Rome, Florence, and Milan, he worked for some years, till 
 Francis I. of France took him into his service. But he did not live 
 to realize the expectations of that chivalrous monarch: after but 
 three years of broken health and energy spent in France, he died 
 at Fontainebleau in 1519, aged 07 years. His Treatise on Paint- 
 ing, and some fragments of his miscellaneous thinking and writ- 
 ing, have been published, but his most remarkable writings are 
 yet inedited. 
 
 Vl'NClBLE, a. [vincibilis, from vinco, Lat.] conquerable ; that 
 may be overcome. 
 
 VI'NCTIJRE, s. [rinctura, from vincio, Lat.] a binding. 
 
 Vl'NCULUM, «. [Lat.] in Mathematics, is a character in form 
 of a line or stroke drawn over a factor, divisor, or dividend, when 
 compounded of several letters or quantities, to connect them, 
 and show they are to be multiplied or divided. Sec. together by 
 the other term. Thusrf xn + 6 — c, shows that d is to be mul- 
 tiplied into a + 6 — c. 
 
 VINDELI'CIA, in Ancient Geography, a country S. of the 
 Danube, lying between Helvetia and Rhsetia. The Inn watered 
 it. It was named from the principal tribe which inhabited it. 
 Augusta Vindelicorum, in the time of the Romans, was its 
 capital. 
 
 V IR 
 
 To VI'NDICATE, v. a. [vindico, Lat.] to justify from any 
 charge or accusation effectually ; to revenge; to avenge. 
 
 VliNDlCA'TION, s. [Fr. vindicatio, Lat.] defence; apology; 
 justification ; assertion. 
 
 VINDl'CATIVE, VlNDl'cTlVE,a. given to revenge ; revengeful. 
 
 VINDICA'TOR, «. one who justifies from a charge or accusa- 
 tion ; a defender; an assertor. 
 
 VINDI'CTIVENESS, s. revengefulness. 
 
 VINE, s. [vinea, Lat.] in Botany, the well-known plant whose 
 fruit is the grape, and which thrives in the warmer parts of the 
 temperate zone. It is not grown, except in hot-houses, with 
 success in this countr}'. In Italy it is trained on trees and poles 
 in the manner of our hop-grounds. See Wine, Grape, &c. 
 
 VI'NEGAR, s. [vinaigre,tt.] wine or other liquors grown sour ; 
 any thing sour. Vinegar is manufactured just as wine and beer 
 are, but by causing the product of the vmotts fermentation to 
 pass through the subsequent process, called the acetoiis ferment- 
 ation. See Acetic Acid. 
 
 Vl'NEYARD, s. [tcingeard,Sa\.'} a ground planted with vines. 
 
 VI'NOUS, a. Icinum, Lat.] having the qualities of or resembling 
 wine. 
 
 VI'NTAGE, s. the season for making wine; produce of wine 
 for the year. 
 
 VI'NTAGER, s. one who gathers the vintage. 
 
 VI'NTNER, s. one who sells wine; a tavern-keeper. 
 
 VPOLA, s. [Ital.] a stringed instrument of music, larger than 
 a violin, but not so large as the violoncello. 
 
 VIOLA'CEOUS, a, [iiohceus, Lat.] resembling violets. 
 
 To VI'OLATE, V. a. [violo, Lat.] to injure or hurt ,' to infringe ; 
 to break any thing venerable ; to injure by irreverence ; to ravish. 
 
 VIOLA'I ION, s. [liolatio, Lat.] infringement, or injury of 
 something sacred ; a rape ; the act of deflouring. 
 
 VIOLA'TOR.s. [Lat.] one who infringes or injures something 
 sacred ; a ravisher. 
 
 Vl'OLENCE, «. [Fr. ti'o/en<ia, Lat.] force; unjust application 
 of strength; assault; murder; vehemence; outrage; injury; 
 ravishment. 
 
 VI'OLENT, a. [Fr. violentus, Lat.] forcible; acting with force 
 or great strength ; produced by force; not natural; not volun- 
 tary^ murderous. 
 
 VrOLENTLY, ad. forcibly ; vehemently. 
 
 VI'OLET, s. \yiolette, Fr.] in Botany, a well-known wild flower, 
 which has ever been celebrated for the sweetness of its odour, 
 and the simplicity and gracefulnessof its form and foliage. White 
 varieties are very common. Some species cultivated in gardens, 
 which flower freely in autumn, are not natives of this country. 
 
 VI'OLET, a. purple. 
 
 Vl'OLIN, s. [Fr.] a fiddle; a musical instrument well known. 
 
 VIOLONCE'LLO, s. [Ital.] a small bass violin, half the size 
 of the common bass violin, and its strings half as thick and half 
 as long. 
 
 VI'PER, s. [yipere, Fr. vipera, Lat.] in Natural History, a spe- 
 cies of serpent, found in low marshy grounds, in England, whose 
 bite is venomous. It is beautifully chequered with black and 
 white on its back. 
 
 Vl'PEROUS, a. [vipereus, Lat.] belonging to a viper. 
 
 VI'PERGRASS, «. in Botany, a plant, called also viper's bu- 
 gloss. 
 
 VIRA'GO, s. [Lat.] a female warrior; a masculine woman. 
 
 VI'RELAY, s. [Fr.] a sort of little ancient French poem, that 
 consisted only of two rhymes and short verses, with stops. 
 
 VI'RENT, a. [cire/is, Lat.] green ; not faded. 
 
 VIRGE, ». [virga, Lat.] a dean's mace. 
 
 VIRGIL, or P. ViRGii.lus Mabo, the great Roman poet, was a 
 native of the vicinity of Mantua, and was well instructed in all the 
 knowledge of those times. When Augustus divided Italy amongst 
 his legions, Virgil was one of those dispossessed, but, happier than 
 most of the others, he recovered his patrimony, and became an ar- 
 dent admirer and panegyiist of the emperor. He afterwards lived 
 chiefly at Rome, occasionally visiting the fashionable sea-ports. 
 He died as he was returning from a visit to Greece, and his tomb 
 yet remains in the neighbourhood of Naples. This was in 19 B. 
 c, when he was 51 years old. His poems are one of the classics 
 invariably read in schools, and in eloquence and melody they 
 are equalled by few. His Georgics are replete with curious agri- 
 cultural information, and his ^ineid is mainly intended to glo- 
 rify Rome, by tracing its origin to the prince of Troy, and Au- 
 
VIS 
 
 guslus, by tracing his lineage to tliu heroic endurer of so many 
 woes. Critics have endeavoured to institute comparisons between 
 this epic and the Homeric rhapsodies, but a severer and more 
 correct taste has prevented the recurrence of such idle criticism 
 in late j'ears. 
 
 VI'RGIL, POLYDORE, an English historian of the 16th cen- 
 tury. He was a native of Italy, and a priest, and being sent on 
 papal business to England, spent almost all the rest of his life 
 here,* enjoying valuable church preferment, till the time of the 
 Reformation, when he returned to Italy, and died there in 1555. 
 He was a man of considerable learning, and his English History 
 stands at the head of his writings. 
 
 VI'RGIN, s. [yirgo, Lat.] a maid ; any thing not used or soiled. 
 A sign of the zodiac, which the sun enters in August. 
 
 VI'RGIN, a. maidenly ; belonging to a virgin. 
 
 VIRGI'NIA, one of the United States of North America ; lying 
 on the Atlantic, and bounded by North Carolina, Tenessee, 
 Kentucky, Ohio, Pennsylvania, and Maryland. It is about 370 
 miles in length, and 180 in breadth. The range of the Alle- 
 
 fhanies cross the inland part. The principal rivers are James, 
 ork, Rappahannoc, Potomac, Roanoke, and Kanhaway Great 
 and Little, all which are full of convenient and safe harbours. 
 Gold, iron, and other metals, with marble and valuable kinds 
 of stone, are found. The richest lands lie near the branches of 
 the rivers, and abound with various sorts of timber, surprisingly 
 large. The principal produce is tobacco, wheat, and Indian 
 corn. There are manufactures of cloth, iron, &c. The foreign 
 trade is considerable ; and there are 8 banks. There are 5 col- 
 leges for the study of literature and science, beside others for 
 theology, law, medicine, &c. It is divided into 119 counties, 
 and Richmond is the capital. Pop. 1,239,797, of whom 448,987 
 are slaves. 
 
 VI'RGIN ISLANDS, the name given to that part of the W. 
 Indian islands which lies immediately E. of Porto Rico. They 
 are described under their separate names. 
 
 VIRGPNIT-Y, s. [virginite, Fr. virginitas, Lat.] the state of a 
 woman that is a virgin. 
 
 VIRIA'THUS, a Spanish chieftain, who for about 12 years 
 maintained with great success a contest for the independence of 
 his country against the Roman power. He was at last overcome 
 through treachery, in 140 B. c. 
 
 VIRI'DITY, s. [liridis, Lat.] greenness. 
 
 VI'RILE, a. [yiril, Fr. virilis, from vir, Lat.] belonging to or be- 
 coming a man. 
 
 VIIU'LITY, s. [virilite, Fr. virilitas, Lat.] manhood; power of 
 procreation. 
 
 VI;RTUAL', a. [wjrfue?, Fr.] having the efficacy, though not 
 the sensible or material part. 
 
 VI'RTUALLY, ad, in effect, though not materially. 
 
 Vl'RTUE, s. [virtus, Lat.] a habit of acting agreeable to the 
 rules of morality, which improves and perfects the possessor ; 
 moral goodness ; moral excellence ; a medicinal quality or effi- 
 cacy; power; excellence; the third order of angels in the celes- 
 tial hierarchip^. CarAWi/ wiues, among moralists, are prudence, 
 temperance, justice, and fortitude. 
 
 VrRTUELESS, a. wanting virtue; deprived of virtue; not 
 having efficacy. 
 
 VIRTUO'SO, s. [Ital.] one who affects scientific and artistic 
 knowledge; a miscellaneous collector. 
 
 VI'RTUOUS, a. [virtus, Lat.] morally good ; chaste ; effica- 
 cious; having medicinal qualities. 
 
 VI'ilTUOUSLY, ad. in a virtuous manner; according to the 
 rules of virtue. 
 
 VI'RTUOUSNESS, s. the state or character of being virtuous. 
 
 VI'RU LENCE, Vi'Rui.ENcy.s. acrimony of temper ; malignity ; 
 bitterness ; mental poison. 
 
 VI'RULENT, a. [virulentus, from virus, Lat.] poisonous ; venom- 
 ous ; poisoned in mind; bitter; malignant. 
 
 VI'RULENTLY, ad. malignantly ; with bitterness. 
 
 VI'SAGE, (vizage) s. [Fr.] the countenance, face, or look. 
 
 VrSCERA, s. [Lat.] in Anatomy, the contents of the abdo- 
 men, consisting of the larger and smaller intestines, the blad- 
 der, &c. 
 
 VrSCERAL, Vl'sCEROUS, a. belonging to the bowels. 
 
 To Vl'SCERATE, v. a. to embowel, to take out the bowels. 
 
 VI'SCID, a. [viscidus, Lat.] glutinous ; tenacious. 
 
 VISCI'DITY, Visco'siTY, «. [viscosity, Fr.] clamminess ; a gluish 
 
 VIS 
 
 or sticking quality; glutinousness; tenacity; ripeness; gluti- 
 nous substance. 
 
 VISC0;NTI, the name of a great Italian family of the middle 
 ages, which plays a distinguished part in the history of the 
 struggles for freedom amongst the Italian republics. Amongst 
 them the following are the most celebrated individuals. Ot/io 
 Visconti, archbishop of Milan, a Ghibeline, having been exiled 
 by Napoleon della Torre, chief of the republic of ftlilan, re- 
 turned in 1277, conquered Napoleon, and made Milan a princi- 
 Eality, which he governed himself. Matteo Visconti, his nephew, 
 eing made captain of the people, governed it despotically, and 
 was exiled ; but being recalled by Henry VII. , he resumed his 
 absolute sovereignty. He was successful in his wars with the 
 Guelphs, and against Philip of Valois, who had invaded Italy. 
 Afterwards, dismayed at the papal excommunication, he abdi- 
 cated, and soon after died, in 1322. Galeazzo, his son, was his 
 successor ; and was treacherously deposed and imprisoned by 
 Louis of Bavaria, and afterwards banished. His son, Azzo Vis- 
 conti, governed as vicar to the king of Bohemia, and subse- 
 quently as an independent prince. He promoted the prosperity 
 of the state, and beautified the city, although he completely de- 
 stroyed it as a republic. He died in 1.329, after a reign of 11 
 years. Luchino succeeded him, who was a false and ferocious, 
 but able prince. He had the reputation of loving justice, be- 
 cause of his severity, and he died by poison, in 1349. John, 
 archbishop of Milan, who had been nominally a partner of his 
 power, then assumed the crown. He was ambitious of increas- 
 ing his territory, and terrified the pope into the sale of Bologna ; 
 he menaced Florence, and would have iniured it had not other 
 wars broken out, which implicated him. He died in 13-54. His 
 3 nephews succeeded him, one of whom was soon poisoned by 
 his brothers Barnabas and Galeazzo. The former made himself 
 a name by his ferocity ; and once he forced two legates of the 
 pope, who were sent to him with a bull of excommunication, to 
 eat the bull, parchment, lead, and silken strings together. The 
 latter was more completely Italian in the intelligence and cool- 
 ness of his cruellies. Both of them strove to increase their prin- 
 cipality, and embroiled the whole peninsula. Galeazzo died in 
 1378; and Gian Galeazzo, his son, took his share of the throne. 
 This man seized his uncle, and let him die in prison in 1-385. 
 Gian Galeazzo endeavoured to subjugate the whole of Italy, and 
 carried out the ambitious schemes of his father and his uncle to 
 the furthest bound. He was cut short in the midst of his wars, 
 by the plague, in 1402. He was made duke of Milan by the 
 emperor Wenceslaus. Gian Maria, one of his sons, succeeded 
 him. He was a mere child, and his territory was greatly lessen- 
 ed during his minority. This inflamed his natural cruelty to 
 the pitch of insanity, till he was assassinated in 1412. His bro- 
 ther, i^i/j/>po Maria, succeeded him; and he was at the same 
 time timid and ambitious. He regained almost all the territory 
 his brother had lost ; but his disposition led to evils almost as 
 great as the ferocious madness of his brother, for the people at 
 large, and prevented his trusting to his wisest counsellors and 
 his most able generals. He thus lost some of his conquests, for 
 his greatest commander sided with Florence against him. His 
 last deed was to provoke Francesco Sforza against him ; but he 
 died before the fruits of that were apparent, in 1447. After the 
 loss of Milan, the family yet retained the-position they held be- 
 fore they obtained that principality, and in most of the Italian 
 states were to be found nobles who boasted their descent from 
 the house of Visconti. 
 
 VISCONTI, GIOVANNI BATllSTA ANTONIO, a cele- 
 brated Italian antiquary, who succeeded Winckelmaine in his 
 official situation at Rome, and was the chief agent in the form- 
 ation of the museum, under Cleineut XIV. and Pius VI. He 
 died in 1784, aged 02 years. 
 
 VISCO'NTI, ENNIO QUIRINO, his son, a more distinguished 
 student of archaeology. He was first a librarian of the Vatican, 
 and afterwards he succeeded to the post his father held. He 
 was whirled by the revolutionary storm into the provisional 
 government, and, afterward, the consulate of Rome; and on 
 the fall of that short-lived constitution, took refuge in France; 
 where he was made a professor of antiquities, with a situation 
 in the museum at the Louvre. He died in 1818, aged 07 years. 
 His writings are on archaeological subjects, and are valuable, al- 
 though more accurate studies have changed the whole aspect of 
 this branch of historic science. 
 
 893 
 
VrSCOUNT, (vicount) s. [vicomte, Fr.] an order or dignity next 
 to an earl. The coronet bears 16 pearls. 
 
 VI'SCOUNTESS, {vicountess) s. the wife of a viscount. 
 
 VI'SCOUS, a. [viscosus, I,at.] sticky; glutinous; tenacious. 
 
 VI'SHNU, in Hindu Mythology, one of tie great triad of dei- 
 ties, who represents the preservation and support of the universe. 
 His history, and avatars, (or incarnations,) abound with all the 
 usual characteristics of those legends, and in some cases are 
 plainly allegorical. 
 
 VISIBILITY, {nzibilittj) s. [visibiliU, Fr. from video, Lat.] the 
 quality of being seen ; conspicuonsness. 
 
 Vl'SIBLE, {v'lzible) s. [Fr. risibilis, Lat.] perceptible by the eye ; 
 apparent; open; conspicuous. 
 
 VI'SIBLY, {ikibly) ad. in such a manner as to be seen or per- 
 ceived. 
 
 VI'SION, {vizhon) s. [Fr. risio, Lat.] sight ; the act or faculty 
 of seeing ; a supernatural appearance, spectre, or phantom. 
 
 VFSIONARY, {vlzhonary) a. imaginary; affected by phan- 
 toms, or imaginary impressions. — s. one whose imagination is 
 disturbed. 
 
 To VI'SIT, {vhit) V. a. [visiter, Fr. visito, Lat.] to go to see ; to 
 take a survey or inspection of. 
 
 VI'SIT, {i"'ZJ<) «. \visite, Fr.] the act of going to see another. 
 
 VISITA'TION, [vizitdshon) s. [Fr.] the act of visiting; objects 
 of visits ; a survey or inspection. 
 
 Vl'SlTOR, (vizitor) s. [visitettr, Fr.] one who comes to see an- 
 other ; one appointed to visit a monastery or religious house; 
 One who relieves the evils of any society. 
 
 Vl'SON, «. in Zoology, a kind of otter. 
 
 Vl'SOR, «. written likewise visard, visar, vizard, And vizor ; a 
 mask used to disfigure or disguise. 
 
 UIST, the name of two of the Western Islands of Scotland, 
 lying S. of Lewis, and separated by the island of Benbecula. 
 N'. Uist is about 16 miles long, and 12 broad, and abounds in 
 lochs and bays. It has some mountains of under 1000 feet high, 
 and one of about 2000 feet. It yields a little corn, and some 
 cattle are reared. S. Uist is about 20 miles in length, by 6 in 
 breadth, and has numerous bays and lochs. The mountains are 
 usually about 1000 feet high, and in some points above 2000 
 feet. Corn and cattle are produced. On both islands game and 
 deer are found, and the fishing is not much attended to. They 
 are both in Inverness-shire. Pop., N. Uist, 3788. S. Uist, 5093. 
 
 Vl'STA, s. [Ital.] a view or prospect through a wood, &c.; an 
 avenue. 
 
 VI'STULA, a great river of Europe, which rises in the Carpa- 
 thian mountains, in Austria, crosses part of Russia, and then 
 enters Prussia, and after a course of about 640 miles, falls into 
 the Baltic Sea, near Dantzic. Cracow, Warsaw, Thorn, &c. 
 stand on it. 
 
 VrSUAL, {vizual) a. [yisuel, Fr.] used in sight; belonging or 
 conducive to sight. 
 
 Vl'TAL, a. [vitalis, from vita, Lat.] contributing to, necessary 
 to, or containing, life; being the seat of life; essential. 
 
 VITA'LITY, «. [vitalitas, Lat.] the property or power of sub- 
 sisting in life. 
 
 VI'TALLY, ad. in such a manner as to give life. 
 
 VI'TALS, s. (without a singular,) parts necessary or essential 
 to life. 
 
 VITE'LLIUS, AULUS, a Roman emperor, appointed by the 
 German legions, which he commanded, on the death of Galba, 
 and after defeating Otho, was acknowledged by the senate and 
 the provinces. His debaucheries and cruelties however were so 
 great, that the Syrian legions proclaimed Vespasian, and in the 
 contest which ensued Vitellius was slain, in 69 A. d. He had 
 not reigned a year, and was 57 years old. 
 
 VITE'PSK, a government of Russia. It is surrounded by the 
 
 fovernments of Smolensk, Mohilev, Minsk, Wilna, Courland, 
 .ivonia, and Pskov. It is very level, and is watered by the 
 Dwina and several other smaller rivers. It has also several 
 lakes. Iron, and some kinds of building and other stone are 
 found here. Corn, fruits, timber, cattle, &c. &c. are abundantly 
 produced. Its trade is considerable. The capital, of the same 
 name, stands on the Dwina, and is fortified. It has some fine 
 buildings, and a castle of great antiquity. There is a brisk trade 
 carried on here by means of the river. Fop. about 20,000. Lat. 
 55. 0. N. Long. 30. 10. E. Pop. of government about 1,000,000. 
 VITE'RBO, a city of the Papal States, Italy, standing near 
 894 
 
 VIX 
 
 the Arcone, at the foot of Mount Soriano. It is fortified, 
 and has many handsome buildings. It has a good trade, being 
 situated in the midst of a fertile country, and being a place of 
 traffic between Tuscany and Rome. It is 42 miles from Rome. 
 Pop. about 15,000. Lat. 42, 20. N. Long. 12. 10. E. 
 
 To VI'TIATE, (vishiate) v. a. [vitio, from vitium, Lat.] to cor- 
 rupt, debase, or spoil. 
 
 VlTIA'TION, (vishidshon) s. the act of debasing, spoiling, or 
 deflouring; depravation; corruption. 
 
 To VITlLI'l IGATE, v. n. [vitiosus and litiffo, Lat.] to detract ; 
 to cavil ; to contend in law. 
 
 Vl'TREOUS, a. [vitrum, Lat.] glass; resembling glass; con- 
 sisting of glass. 
 
 VITRIFICATION, s. [Fr. vitrutn and facio, Lat.] the act of 
 turning any thing to glass by the force of fire. 
 
 To VI'TRIFY, v.a. [vitri/ier, Fr.] to turn to glas.s.— r.n. to be- 
 come glass. 
 
 VI'TRIOL,OILOF,s. thecommon name for sulphuric acid. Blue 
 vitriol, the common name for the sulphate of the protoxide of cop- 
 per. Green vitriol, the common name for the sulphate of the pro- 
 toxide of iron. White vitriol, the common name for the sulphate 
 of the oxide of zinc. 
 
 Vl'TRIOLATED, part, in Chemistry, impregnated with vitriol. 
 
 VITRIO'LIC, Vi'TRiOLOUS, a. [yitriolique, Fr.] resembling 
 vitriol; containing vitriol. 
 
 VITRU'VIUS, M. POLLIO, the celebrated Roman writer on 
 architecture, of whom little more is known than that he lived 
 in the times of Julius and Augustus Caesar, immediately before 
 the Christian sera. Hiswork issimplyentitled On Architecture, &nd, 
 as was commonly the case in days when the boundaries of the 
 sciences were not rigidly defined, and as is ever the case when a 
 writer is stored with various knowledge, and of a communicative 
 disposition, it contains much curious information on other points 
 beside the chief subject. 
 
 VPTULINE, a. [vituhis, Lat.] of, or belonging to, a calf. 
 
 VITUPERATION, ». \yitupero, Lat.] blame; censure. 
 
 VIVA'CIOUS, (vivdshious) a. [yicax, from vivo, Lat.] long-lived ; 
 sprightly; active; gay; lively. 
 
 VIVA'CIOUSNESS, {civdshiousness) Vivacity, s. [vivacite, Fr. 
 vivacitas, Lat.] sprightliness ; liveliness ; briskness; longevity. 
 
 VrVENCY, s. [vivo, Lat.] manner of supporting or continuing 
 life, or vegetation. 
 
 VIVES, LUDOVJCUS, a Spanish scholar and writer of the 
 16th century. He studied at Paris and Louvain, and afterwards 
 resided for some time in England, as tutor to the Princess Mary. 
 He was imprisoned by Henry VIII. when he showed that he re- 
 mained stedfast in his respect for the unhappy Catharine of Ar- 
 ragon ; and after his release returned to the continent, and 
 finally settled near Brussels, where he died in 1541, aged 48 
 years. His works are numerous, and are amongst the most 
 valuable of those of that period to the scholar. 
 
 Vl'VID, a. [vividus, Lat.] lively ; quick ; striking. 
 
 VI'VIDLY, ad. with quickness; with strength. 
 
 Vl'VIDNESS, «. liveliness; briskness; vigour. 
 
 To VIVI'FICATE, v. a. [vivus and facio, Lat.] to quicken or 
 give life. In Chemistry, to recover from such a change of form 
 as seems to destroy the essential properties. 
 
 VIVIFICA'TI05f, 8. [Fr.] the act of enlivening or quickening. 
 
 To VI'VIFY, V. a. [vivi/ier, Fr.] to quicken or enliven ; to 
 animate. 
 
 VIVI'PAROUS, a. [vivus and pario, Lat.] bringing forth its 
 young alive, opposed to oviparous. In Botany, applied to stems 
 or stalks producing bulbs that are capable of vegetation. In 
 toothwort and star of Bethlehem, they are found at the base of 
 the leaves; in small bistort, on the lower part of the spike ; in 
 some species of garlic, at the origin of the rundle of flowers ; and 
 on the spikes of some of the grasses, as in the cat's-tail canary. 
 
 VIVIA'NI, VINCENTIO, an eminent mathematician of Italy, 
 of the 17th century. He was instructed by Galileo and Torricelli, 
 and was chief engineer to the Grand Duke of Tuscany. His re- 
 putation brought him invitations and honours from most of the 
 countries of Europe; but he remained in Florence all his life, 
 and died in 1703, aged 81 years. He completed the works of 
 some ancient geometers, which were partly lost, and wrote other 
 valuable works. 
 
 VPXEN, s. [old feminine of /ox,] a woman who is both subtle 
 and abusive; a froward child. 
 
VIZ., [the onnlraction of liMicet, La 
 Vl'ZIER, s. [He<.r:iV,Ti.rk.] the pri.m 
 
 t.] to wit ; that is. 
 
 ] the prime niinLster of the Turkish 
 ompire. 
 
 VLA'DIMIR, a government of Russia, lying in the midst of 
 the governments of Moscow, Tver, Jaroslav, Costroma, Nischnei- 
 Novgorod, and Riasan. It is a vast level, the surface being 
 varied, but not broken, by a few hills. The Oka and numerous 
 smaller rivers water it ; lakes and morasses are also numerous. 
 It yields iron, and several kinds of useful earth and stone. Corn, 
 fruits, and timber, cattle, &c.&c. are tolerably abundant. There 
 are in the towns many kinds of valuable manufactures, but the 
 trade is not so good as increased facilities of transport would 
 make it. r/arf/mir, its capital, stands on one of the chief rivers, 
 called the Chliasma, and is a curious relic of ancient Muscovy, 
 most of its fine buildings being older than the empire. Pop. 
 about 35,000. Lat. 5G. 5. N. Long. 40. 5. E. Fop. of govern- 
 ment, about 1,500,000. 
 
 U'LCER, ». [ulcere, Fr. ukus, Lat.] in Surgery, an open sore, or 
 abscess, arising from local inflammation. Figuratively, an evil 
 of long standing. 
 
 To U'LCERATE, v. a. \ulcero, Lat.] to affect with sores or 
 ulcers. 
 
 ULCERATION, s. [Fr. ulceratio, Lat.] the act of breaking out 
 in sores or ulcers. 
 
 U'LCEROUS, a. lulcerosus, Lat.] belonging to or full of sores 
 or ulcers. 
 
 ULI'GINOUS, (ff soft,) a. [uliginosut, from tdigo, Lat.] slimy ; 
 muddy. 
 
 U'LLAGE, s. in Gauging, so much of a cask, or other vessel, 
 as it wants of being full. 
 
 ULLO'A, ANTONIO DE, a Spanish mathematician of the last 
 century. He was one of those sent to measure a degree of the 
 meridian in Peru, by the Spanish government. He was there 
 ten years, and was taken prisoner by the British as he was re- 
 turning. He received due honour when he reached Spain; and 
 after various miscellaneous engagements, was for a short time 
 governor of Louisiana, and then a naval commander; but he had 
 too little of practical talent for these posts, and narrowly escaped 
 disgrace. He died in 1795, aged 79 years. He wrote an ac- 
 count of the expedition in S. America, and beside it several other 
 works. 
 
 ULM, a town of Wiirtemburg, in Germany. It stands on the 
 Danube, at the junction of two other streams, and has five bridges, 
 one being a handsome stone bridge over the Danube. It is walled, 
 and has some fine buildings, of which the cathedral is especially 
 worthy of note. It is a place of considerable manufacturing in- 
 dustry, and a brisk trade. Pop. about 20,000. Lat. 48. 24. N. 
 Long. 9. 53. E. 
 
 U'LPHILAS, a bishop of the Goths of Maesia, of the 4th cen- 
 tury. He holds a distinguished place in his age and nation ; 
 and having invented an alphabet for the people, he translated 
 the whole of the Scriptures into the Gothic language (except the 
 Books of Kings). He was employed on several embassies to the 
 emperor, and eflected the pacific settlement of 200,000 Goths in 
 the empire, and under the Roman laws. It is hardly doubtful 
 that he was an Arian. He died in about 385 A. d. 
 
 U'LPIAN, or DoMiTius Ulpia'nus, a Roman jurist. He was 
 tutor and minister to the Emperor Alexander Severus, and by 
 him made praetorian prefect. His soldiers murdered him in the 
 palace in 228 a. d. His works are chiefly valuable to students of 
 law and jurisprudence. 
 
 U'LSTER, a province of Ireland, lying on St. George's Chan- 
 nel, the Northern Ocean, the Atlantic Ocean, and bounded by 
 Leinster and Connaught. It is about 116 miles long, and 100 
 broad. Ulster is mountainous, abounds with lakes, and is ge- 
 nerally fertile. Its rivers are the Bann, the Foyle,&c. It is the 
 most prosperous and civilized district of the whole island, abound- 
 ing with signs of beneflcial Saxon influence. It is also the seat 
 of the chief linen manufactures. It contains the counties of 
 Antrim, Donegal, Londonderry, Tyrone, Fermanagh, Monaghan, 
 Cavan, Armagh, and Down. Pop. 2,386,373. 
 
 ULTE'RIOR, a. [Lat.] farther. 
 
 U'LTIMATE, a. [ultimus, Lat.] intended as an end; last in a 
 train of consequences; final; last. 
 
 U'LTIMATELY, ad. in the last consequence. 
 
 U'LTRAMARINE, a. [ultra and mare, Lat.] from beyond sea ; 
 being beyond sea ; foreign ; traosmariae. 
 
 UNA 
 
 U'LTRAMARINE, s. among painters, the finest sort of blue 
 colour, produced from the calcination of lapis lazuli. It may be 
 made by heating sulphuret of sodium with a mixture of silicic 
 acid and alumina. 
 
 ULTRO'NEOUS, a. [ultra, Lat.] spontaneous; voluntary. 
 
 ULUGH-BE'IGH,aTatar prince, whose name was really Mo- 
 hammed Taragal.of thelSth century, who greatly promoted the 
 study of astronomy by erecting an observatory, and encouraging 
 mathematical study and writing at Samarcand. The works 
 which he procured thus to be written, have been of some service 
 to astronomy, and are translated into English. He was assas- 
 sinated by one of his sons in 1449. 
 
 ULULA'TION, s. [ululo, Lat.] the act of howling like a dog 
 or wolf. 
 
 ULY'SSES, (In Greek, Odusseus,) one of the Grecian heroes 
 who look part in the Trojan war. He was king of Ithaca, and 
 would fain have avoided the fuitilment of the oath by which he 
 was bound to avenge the rape of Helen. During the war, he 
 distinguished himself by his bravery, and still more by his pru- 
 dence in council. It was he who, with Diomede, carried off the 
 Palladium. He made the famous horse. He secured the arms 
 of Achilles, after the death of that famous warrior. Returning 
 from Troy, he was driven about to various lands, for ten more 
 years, and at length arrived to find his wife Penelope, a pattern 
 of constancy, beset with suitors, whom he, with his son, slew. 
 He is always spoken of in the legends as the friend of Atherup, 
 and is called, customarily, In the Homeric \>oems, pohjmetis, the 
 many-counselled. Of the actual existence and adventures of 
 this king we have no means of judging. 
 
 UMBELLPFEROUS, a. in Botany, applied to those plants 
 that are gathered into umbels or rundles. See Rundle. 
 
 U'MBELS, ». in Botany, the round tufts or heads of certain 
 plants set thick together, and all of the same height. 
 
 U'MBER, U'mbre, s. in Painting, a kind of earth, which con- 
 tains a large proportion of the oxides of iron and manganese, 
 and makes a rich brown pigment. 
 
 UMBI'LICAL, a. [umbilicus, Lat.] pertaining to the navel. 
 
 U'MBRAGE, s. [umbra, Lat.] a shade; a screen of trees; a 
 shadow ; resentment, offence, suspicion of injury. 
 
 UMBRA'GEOUS, a. [ombragieux, Fr.] shady; yielding shade. 
 
 UMBRA'GEOUSNESS, s. shadiness. 
 
 UMBRE'LLA, ». [ombreUa, Ital.] a portable defence against 
 rain, made of cotton or silk fastened to ribs, which expand into a 
 circular canopy around the handle by which It is carried. It is 
 made of various materials in other countries, and is used as a 
 screen from the sun. See Parasol. 
 
 U'MPIRAGE, s. the power of deciding a controversy ; the 
 power of an umpire; arbitration. 
 
 U'MPIRE, «. an arbitrator; one chosen to decide a dispute. 
 
 UN, in Composition, implies negation, contrariety, and disso- 
 lution, or the not being so and so, together with the destroying 
 of something already done. 
 
 UNABA'SHED, a. not confounded ; not ashamed. 
 
 UNA'BLE, a. wanting ability ; weak; impotent. 
 
 UNABSOLVED, a. not freed ; not acquitted. 
 
 UNACCE'PTABLE, a. unpleasing; disagreeable; not wel- 
 come. 
 
 UNACCEPTED, a. not received. 
 
 UNACCOU'NTABLE, a. Inexplicable; unreasonable; not to 
 be accounted for ; irregular; not to be controlled. 
 
 UNACCOU'NTABLENESS, «. unseasonablenoss; intricacy. 
 
 UNACCOU'NTABLY, a. strangely. 
 
 UNACCU'STOMED, a. not used ; not habituated ; unusual. 
 
 UNACQUAPN TED, a. ignorant; not knowing. 
 
 UNA'CTIVE, a. idle ; sluggish ; without employment ; not 
 brisk ; not busy ; having no efficacy. 
 
 UNADVI'SED, a. rash; without thinking or deliberating; 
 imprudent; indiscreet. 
 
 UNAFFE'CTED, a. free from affectation ; real ; natural ; 
 open ; candid ; sincere ; not mentally touched. 
 
 UNAFFE'CTEDLY, ad. really ; without any attempt to pro- 
 duce false appearances. 
 
 UNAFFE'CTING, a. not interesting; not touching the pas- 
 sions ; not pathetic. 
 
 UNAI'DED, o. unassisted ; not helped. 
 
 UNA'LIENABLE, a. not to be made over to another ; not 
 transferable. 
 
UNC 
 
 UNA'LTERABLE, a. fixed ; settled ; not to be altered ; un- 
 changeable ; immutable. 
 
 UNA'LTERABLY, ad. unchangeably ; immutably. 
 
 UNA'LTERED, a. not changed ; unchangeable. 
 
 UNA'MIABLE, a. disagreeable; not to be desired. 
 
 UNANrMITY, s. [unanimite, Fr. from units and anima, Lat.] 
 concord ; agreement ; conformity, or union of sentiments. 
 
 UNA'NIMOUS, a. of one mind ; agreeing in opinion. 
 
 UN A'NIMOUSLY, ad. with one mind. 
 
 UNA'NSWERABLE, a. that cannot be denied or answered ; 
 not to be refuted. 
 
 UNA'NSWERED, a. not confuted ; not opposed by a reply. 
 
 UNAPPRO'ACHABLE, a. not to be come near; inaccessible. 
 
 UNA'RMED, a. without defence, or armour; disarmed. 
 
 UNASKED, a. not required; not sought. 
 
 UNASSrSTED, a. not helped. 
 
 UNATTAI'NABLE, a. not to be come at, or obtained. 
 
 UNATTE'MPTED, a. never tried at ; not assayed. 
 
 UNATTE'NDED, a. having no attendants ; unaccompanied ; 
 forsaken. 
 
 UNAVOIDABLE, a. not to be prevented ; inevitable. 
 
 UNAVOI'DABLY, ad. inevitably. 
 
 UNAWA'RE, Unawa'res, ai. unexpected ; not looked for; 
 suddenly. 
 
 To UNBA'R, V. a. to remove the bolt of a door ; to unbolt. 
 
 UNBECO'MING, a. not consistent with decency and good 
 manners; indecorous; indecent; unsuitable. 
 
 UND 
 
 UNCO'MFORTABLE, a. affording no comfort ; gloomy ; me- 
 lancholy. 
 
 UNCO'MMON, a. not usual ; not frequent. 
 
 UNCONCE'RNED, a. having no interest ; not anxious. 
 
 UNCONDE'MNED, a. not condemned. 
 
 UNCONNE'CTED, a. not coherent ; lax ; loose ; vague. 
 
 UNCO'NSCIOUS, a. having no mental perception ; unac- 
 quainted; unknowing. 
 
 UNCON.SU'MED, o. not wasted ; not destroyed by any wast- 
 ing power. 
 
 UNCONVE'RTED, a. unchanged ; in its primitive condition ; 
 not having the affections turned towards God. 
 
 To UNCO'VER, V. a. to strip of a covering ; to deprive of 
 clothes; to strip off the roof ; to show openly. 
 
 UNCOU'TH, {unkodth) a. [uncuth, Sax.] odd; strange; un- 
 usual ; unaccustomed. 
 
 UNCOU'THNESS, (unhoithness) s. oddness; strangeness. 
 
 U'NCTION, (unkshon) s. [onction, Fr.] the act of anointing, or 
 rubbing with oil or other fatty matter. Extreme unction, is a sa- 
 crament of the Roman Catholic Church, for those who are 
 dying, as a viaticum, or security for their salvation. It consists 
 in anointing the dying person with oil, accompanied by certain 
 prayers, &c. 
 
 U'NCTUOUS, a. [onctueux, Fr.] fat ; clammy ; oily. 
 
 UNBELIE'F, s. incredulity; irreligion. 
 UNBELIE'VER. ». an infidel ; one th 
 
 the gospel. 
 - lEl 
 
 that does not believe in 
 
 UNBELIE'VING, a. difficult to be convinced; incredulous; 
 diffident ; infidel. 
 
 To UNBE'ND, v. a. to loosen or slacken ; to relax ; to remit ; 
 to ease ; to refresh the mind. To unbend a cable, is, among mari- 
 ners, to take it from the anchor. 
 
 UNBENE'VOLENT, a. unfriendly; unkind. 
 
 UNBEWAFLED, a. unlamented. 
 
 UNBFASSED, a. unprejudiced; impartial. 
 
 UNBFD, Unbi'dden, a. not desired ; uninvited ; spontaneous ; 
 uncommanded. 
 
 UNBLA'MABLE, a. innocent ; irreproachable; inculpable. 
 
 UNBLA'MABLY, ad. without taint or fault. 
 
 UNBO'KN, a. not yet born ; future. 
 
 To UNBO'LT, V. a. to set open ; to unbar. 
 
 To UNBO'SOM, V. n. to lay open one's mind ; to disclose. 
 
 UNBOU'ND, a. loose; wanting a cover, used of books. 
 
 UNBOU'NDED, a. unrestrained ; having no bounds; unlimit- 
 ed; infinite; interminable. 
 
 UNBU'RIED, a. not interred ; not honoured with the rites of 
 funeral. 
 
 To UNBU'TTON, v. a. to loose any thing buttoned, 
 
 UNCANO'NICAL, a. in the Churches of Rome and England, 
 
 not agreeing with the canons. 
 To UNCA'SE, V. a. to take ( 
 UNCE'RTAIN, a. doubtful ; unsettled. 
 
 To UNCA'SE, V. a. to take out of a case ; to skin ; to flay. 
 
 UNCE'RTAINTY, «. doubtfulness ; contingency ; something 
 unknown. 
 
 UNCHA'NGEABLE, a. immutable. 
 
 UNCHA'NGEABLY, ad. without change. 
 
 UNCHA'RITABLE, a. void of charily. 
 
 UNCHA'RITABLY, ad, in a manner contrary to charity. 
 
 UNCHA'STE, a. lewd ; libidinous; not continent. 
 
 U'NCIAL, (uncial) a. of an inch in length. It is applied to 
 those ancient MSS. and inscriptions which are written wholly in 
 capital letters, in opposition to such as are written in small let- 
 ters, for the most part, with capitals used after the modern 
 fashion, which are called cursive. 
 
 UNCFRCUMCISED, a. not circumcised. 
 
 UNCIRCUMCFSION, ». omission of circumcision ; stateof not 
 being circumcised. 
 
 UNCl'VIL, a. impolite; not agreeable to the rules of com- 
 plaisance. 
 
 U'NCLE, (linkl) s. [oncle, Fr.] the father or mother's brother. 
 
 UNCLE'AN, (unkleen) a. foul ; lecherous; polluted. 
 
 UNCLE'ANNESS, s. want of cleanliness ; lewdness; inconti- 
 nence. 
 
 UNCLOU'DED, a. free from clouds; not obscured. 
 S9() 
 
 Fr.]l 
 and 
 
 UNCU'LTIVATED, a. [in and coh, Lat.] untilled ; not im- 
 proved ; unpolite ; not civilized ; not instructed. 
 
 UNCU'STOMED, a. not having paid the duties to the king. 
 
 UNDAU'NTED, a. not frightened ; firm ; resolute. 
 
 UNDAU'NTEDNESS, «. intrepidity ; courage. 
 
 UNDE'CAGON, «. [undecim, Lat. and gone, Gr.] a figure of 
 eleven sides and angles. 
 
 To UNDECEI'VE,t!. a. to free from the influence of a fallacy. 
 
 UNDENl'ABLE, a. such as cannot be denied. 
 
 U'NDER, prep. [Sax.] in a state of subjection to ; beneath ; 
 below; in the state of ; in a less degree than; with the show or 
 appearance of; in a state of oppression or depression by; in a 
 state of protection ; in a state of subordination ; for less than ; 
 attested by. 
 
 U'NDER, ad. in a state of subjection ; less, opposed to over or 
 more; inferior; subordinate. In the last sense it is generally 
 used in composition. 
 
 UNDERBEA'RER, s. in funerals, those that sustain the 
 weight of the body, distinct from those who are bearers of cere- 
 mony, and only hold up the pail. 
 
 UNDERCLE'RK, «. a clerk under the principal clerk. 
 
 To UNDERGO', v. a. to suffer ; to sustain ; to pass through. 
 
 U'NDERHAND, ad. in a secret and clandestine manner. 
 
 U'NDERHAND, a. secret; clandestine. 
 
 U'NDERLING, s. an inferior agent ; a mean person. 
 
 To UNDERMFNE. v. a. to make hollow underneath ; to cir- 
 cumvent ; to supplant. 
 
 UNDERMFNER, «. he that saps; a clandestine enemy. 
 
 U'NDERMOST, a. lowest in state, condition, or place. 
 
 UNDERNE'ATH, {undemceth) ad. below ; beneath. 
 
 U'NDERPLOT, s. in Dramatic Poetry, a by-plot, a subordi- 
 nate intrigue ; a clandestine scheme. 
 
 To UNDER-RA'TE, v. a. to undervalue. 
 
 To UNDERSE'LL, v. a. to sell for less than the worth ; to de- 
 feat by selling cheaper. 
 
 UNDERSHE'RIFF, s. the deputy of the sheriff. 
 
 To UNDERSTA'ND, K. a. preter. undertook; [understandan. 
 Sax.] to have a perfect knowledge or proper idea of; to compre- 
 hend or conceive. — v. n. to be informed. 
 
 UNDERSTA'NDING, s. popularly, knowledge; judgment; 
 correspondence; skill; terms of communication. In Metaphy- 
 sics, that faculty of man which judges according to sense. It 
 is found in the lower orders of animals, in a less developed form, 
 as instinct, and may be traced in the vital functions of the bodily 
 organs, which act involuntarily ; all of which are characterized 
 by the adaptation of means to ends ; the ends being proposed ,to 
 them, and not discovered by them. The understanding has to 
 do with the reports of the senses, which it treats according to its 
 own laws or forms. It is thus distinguished from reason, which 
 is the faculty of the super-seusual, and is the source of spiritual 
 truth in man. Logic, as generally expounded, is the organ'of 
 the understanding, and therefore is inapplicable to the truths of 
 reason. -See Instinct, Reason, &c. 
 
UNI 
 
 To UNDERTA'KE, v. a. pret. undertook, past part, undertaken ; 
 to attempt; to engage in; to engage with, or attack. — v. n. to 
 assume any business or province; to venture; to promise or 
 warrant, after dare. 
 
 UNDERTA'KING, s. a design formed; enterprise; attempt; 
 engagement. 
 
 UNDERTRE'ASURER, ». an officer subordinate to the trea- 
 surer, who is to chest up the king's treasure, and see it carried 
 to the treasury. 
 
 To UNDERVA'LUE, r. a. to value less than a thing is 
 worth. 
 
 UNDERVA'LUER. *. one who esteems lightly. 
 
 UNDERVVE'iNT, the pret. of To UNoiiiiGo. 
 
 U'NDERWOOD, «. any wood that is not reckoned timber; 
 coppice. 
 
 To UNDERVVO'RK, v. a. to work cheaper ; to labour less than 
 enough ; to supplant. 
 
 To UNDERWRI'TE, v. a. to write under something else. 
 
 UNDERWRITER, s. in Commerce, one who undertakes to 
 insure goods, ships, &c. for a stipulated premium. 
 
 UNDESE'RVED, a. not merited ; not incurred by fault. 
 
 UNDESI'GNING, (unrfesIniH^) a. well meaning; honest; sin- 
 cere; guiltless. 
 
 UNDIA'PHANOUS, a. not pellucid ; not transparent. 
 
 UNDISCIPLINED, a. not reduced to order ; not trained ; 
 not taught. 
 
 UNDIVI'DED, a. unbroken ; whole; not parted. 
 
 To UNDO', V. a. preter. undid, past part, undone; to ruin ; to 
 destroy; to loose ; to unravel ; to change. 
 
 UNbOU'BTEDLY, ad. without doubt. 
 
 U'NDRESS, s. a loose or negligent dress. 
 
 UNDU'E, a. not right ; not agreeable to duty. 
 
 To U'NDULATE, v. a. [undulo, from unda, Lat.] to make to 
 roll like waves; to drive backward and forward.— u.n. to play as 
 waves in curls. 
 
 UNDULA'TION, s. [ondulation, Fr.] a waving motion. 
 
 U'NDULATORY, a. proceeding in waves, or undulations. It 
 is employed to designate a particular theory in optics, which re- 
 presents light to be caused by certain undulations in an ether 
 every where diffused, instead of in the emission of lucific particles 
 from the luminous body. It is now generally received, although 
 the recent discoveries in photography make it plain that it is 
 very imperfect as a theory of light. 
 
 UNDU'TIFUL, Undu'teous, a. disobedient ; rebellious; be- 
 having with irreverence; not performing duty. 
 
 UNDU'TIFULNESS, s. disobedience; behaviour inconsistent 
 with the respect we owe our superiors or parents. 
 
 UNE'ASINESS, {uneeziness) s. inconvenience; trouble; dis- 
 quiet; perplexity. 
 
 UNE'ASY, a. painful; disturbed; peevish. 
 
 UNE'QUAL, a. not equal ; not even ; disproportionate. 
 
 UNE'QUALLED, a. unparalleled ; unrivalled in excellence. 
 
 UNE'RRING, a. committing no mistake ; incapable of error. 
 
 UNE'VEN, a. not even ; not level; not equal. 
 
 UNEXA'MPLED, a. not known by any precedent. 
 
 UNEXCEPTIONABLE, (unexaepshonable) a. irreproachable; 
 not liable to objection. 
 
 UNEXPE'CTED, a. not thought on; sudden; not provided 
 against. 
 
 UNFAI'R, a. not honest ; disingenuous. 
 
 UNFAI'THFUL, a, perfidious; treacherous;' impious. 
 
 UNI-'EFGNED, a. not feigned ; not hypocritical; sincere. 
 
 UNFEI'GNEDLY, ad. without hypocrisy ; sincerelj'. 
 
 To UNFOLD, r. a. to expand ; to spread ; to display ; to 
 open; to explain; to tell ; discover; reveal. 
 
 UNFREQUENTED, a. rarely visited ; rarely entered. 
 
 UNGO'DLINESS, s. wickedness; neglect of God. 
 
 UNGO'DLY, a. negligent of God and his will ; impious; wick- 
 ed ; irreligious. 
 
 U'NGUENT, s. [unguo, to anoint, Lat.] ointment. 
 
 UNHA'PPY, a. miserable ; distressed; calamitous. 
 
 UNHO'LY, a. profane; impious; wicked. 
 
 UNHU'RT, a. free from harm. 
 
 U'NI, [Lat.] in Composition, implies one, or single. 
 
 U'NICORN.s. [_unus and cornu, Lat.] a beast that has only one 
 liorn ; likewise a bird. It is commonly employed to denote a 
 fabulous beast, having the body of a horse, the tail and mane of 
 
 UNI 
 
 a lion, the feet of a stag, and a single horn, proceeding from its 
 forehead, in form like that of the narwhale. 
 
 U'NIFORM, «. [unus -dnd fonna, Lat.] regular; even; having 
 all forms alike. 
 
 U'NIFORM, s. dress peculiar to the different corps of an army. 
 
 UNIFO'RMITY, s. [uniformite, Fr.] even tenor; conformity; 
 agreement in all its parts ; the same shape and fashion. 
 
 U'NIFORMLY, ad, regularly; after one manner. 
 
 UNINFORMED, a. untaught; not instructed. 
 
 UNINHA'BITED, a. having no dwellers. 
 
 U'NION, s. [Fr. from unus, Lat.] the act of joining two or more, 
 so as to make them one ; concord ; coniunction. In English 
 History, it is applied to the acts of parliament, incorporating 
 first England and Scotland under one crown, and next Great 
 Britain and Ireland. 
 
 U'NISON, s. [unus and sonus, Lat.] a string that is in the same 
 sound with another; a single unvaried note. 
 
 U'NIT, «. lunitas, from unus, Lat.] one ; the name of the last 
 place on the right hand in the numeration of integers. 
 
 UNITA'RIAN, s. one who professes Unitarianism. 
 
 UNITA'RIANISM, s. in Theology, the system of doctrine, of 
 which the principal feature is the denial of the Divinity of the 
 Saviour, and of the Spirit. It is ostensibly built on the absolute 
 
 unity of God, a dogma which every true theology must needs 
 contain. Its actual foundation can only be discovered by a 
 closer examination of its other doctrines, and of the arguments 
 by which they are supported. It excludes both sin, and redemp- 
 tion or atonement; and its main argument is, that what is in- 
 comprehensible is not to be believed. Thus it is purely an intel- 
 lectual system, for the understanding alone comprehends ; and it 
 is an umjnritual system, for super-sensual and eternal truths can 
 never be comprehended. Consistently, it is developed a priori, 
 and not from the real or experimental knowledge of religion. 
 Sin is a fact only for a spiritual mind ; and if there is no such 
 thing as sin, there can be no redemption, nor any Redeemer; 
 so that Jesus can be regarded only as a teacher, as a martyr (wit- 
 ness to death) to what he taught ; and his resurrection (which is 
 received, inconsistently as it respects the system, but consist- 
 ently as to its argumentative foundation, for it is an undeniable 
 fact) has a greater worth for us than his life or his death, for it 
 proves the immortality of man. The textual evidences alleged, 
 as is usually the case in polemics, are but supports to foregone 
 conclusions, and need not to be referred to here. Very valuable 
 treatises have been written in defence of the Deity of Christ, but 
 it is impossible by any weight of scriptural learning, or strength 
 of logical reasoning, to establish that truth, as if it were a fact, 
 for the heart, which can only know spiritually. The history of 
 Unitarianism is a sufficient reply to it as a system, and the rapid 
 spread amongst the teachers of this system of the revived spi- 
 ritual philosophy, may awaken brighter hopes respecting the 
 ultimate abandonment of it as a religious system, than the most 
 satisfactory proof that its detached doctrines are untenable by 
 any who know God, and study the Scriptures as a revelation of 
 his will for man. It is customary, amongst the adherents of this 
 system, to claim as its peculiar and distinguished sign, freedom 
 of inquiry after truth ; — but, though Servetus was burnt by Cal- 
 vin, and other Unitarians by other Trinitarians, and the annals 
 of martyrdom do not display one case in which the parlies were 
 reversed, there is nothing in this system, any more than in any 
 other, which makes this, which is a God-given right and privilege 
 of man, its special attribute. And this is made convincingly 
 clear, by the habit, which these writers share with those they 
 reprobate, of judging respecting the spirit of the search by the 
 conclusion arrived at by the inquirer. 
 
 To UNI'TE, V. a. to join so as to make one; to make to agree; 
 to join. — V. n. to concur; to coalesce ; to grow into one. 
 
 UNI'TED BRETHREN. See Moravians, &c. 
 
 UNI'TED STATES OF NORTH AMERICA, a great federal 
 Republic of the New World, whose territories stretch from the 
 Atlantic to the Pacific Ocean, and from the Gulf of Mexico to 
 the lakes and the river St. Lawrence; and which is bounded 
 by the British Possessions, and by the United States of Mexico. 
 This vast tract of country is about 3000 miles in length, 
 and about 1700 miles in breadth : and embraces every variety 
 of physical feature and climate. It has two great ranges of 
 mountains; the Rocky Mountains, which run parallel to the 
 Pacific Ocean ; and the Alleghanies, which run in a bold curve 
 5 Y 897 
 
UNI 
 
 through the principal Slates between the Mississippi and the 
 Atlantic. The general height of the latter is about 2000 or 
 3000 feet, while there are peaks exceeding 6000. The general 
 height of the former is about 9000 feet, with points that are es- 
 timated at about 20,000 feet in elevation above the sea. There 
 are smaller ranges ; but most of the remainder of the country 
 may be described as consisting of vast undulating plains. It is 
 watered by vast rivers, of which the greatest are the Mississippi, 
 the Missouri, the Ohio, the Columbia, &c. Michigan and Cham- 
 plain are its largest lakes. It shares with Great Britain the 
 possession of the Lakes Superior, Huron, &c. Its principal coast 
 features are the promontories of Florida and California; Capes 
 Ann, Cod, Charles, Hatteras, St. Lucas, &c. ; Rhode Island, 
 Long Island, and Albemarle and Pamlico Islands; the Gulfs of 
 Florida and California, and Chesapeake, Delaware, Massachu- 
 setts and Penobscot Bays. It is rich in all manner of mine- 
 ral treasure ; and its soil is generally fertile ; whilst its climate 
 allows ail the growths of the temperate zone, with much of a 
 tropical character to be cultivated. In manufactures and trade 
 it stands second only to England. And the development of the 
 wealth and capabilities of the soil, &c. is constantly advancing 
 with the increase of its population, and of every other stimulus 
 to production and commerce. Its government is a federal re- 
 public, each State being under its own laws. Sec; and the interests 
 of the whole being managed by a general congress, a senate, and 
 a president. There are now "28 constituted States, a district 
 called Columbia, round the seat of congress, and 4 or 5 terri- 
 tories in which settlements are being begun, or being spread, — 
 the germs of numerous other States. Of these, 14 States and the 
 district of Columbia, all lying in the S., are Slave States,- the 
 rest have more legalized slavery, although in only a few of them 
 it is clearly illegal, and in almost all, the general prejudice of 
 the citizens is against the coloured races. Religion is, through- 
 out the Union, left to the maintenance of its professors; and, 
 
 excepting the inconsistent prejudice of colour, all are free < 
 
 •eges. 
 activity of the people is to be seen in the canals, railroads, banks 
 
 zens, enjoying equally 
 
 itent prei 
 their poli 
 
 itical rights and privileges. The 
 
 &c. which abound in all parts of the States ; and not less in the 
 Jiumberless colleges and academical institutions. Yet the W. 
 regions of the States, between the Atlantic and the Mississippi, 
 are covered by vast tracts of forest and prairie ; and W. of that 
 river the land is only in sparsely scattered spots redeemed by 
 cultivation. Buffaloes in immense herds, a species of panther, 
 deer, alligators, and other wild animals abound. But the gra- 
 dual spread of the settlements lessens their numbers continually. 
 It is profoundly to be regretted, that the aborigines of the con- 
 tinent are disappearing in the same manner, and almost by the 
 same means. Washington is the seat of government. Pop. 
 17,002,()66; of whom 2,487,113 are slaves. See the separate 
 States, Temtoiies, Sfc, Indians, Slavery, &c. 
 
 UNFTER, s. the person or thing that unites. 
 
 U'NITY, s. lunitas, from unus, Lat.] the state of being but one ; 
 concord ; conjunction ; uniformity. 
 
 UNIVE'RSAL, o. [MmVe)-«Ms, Lat.] general; catholic; extend- 
 ing to all ; total ; whole ; comprising all particulars. — s. in Logic, 
 applied to a proposition, which includes every particular of the 
 things it relates to, whether affirmative or negative. 
 
 UNIVERSA'LITY, s. [universalite, Ft.} not particularity; ex- 
 tension to the whole. 
 
 U'NIVERSE.a. [univers, Fr.] the whole system of created being 
 and things. 
 
 UNIVE'RSITY, s. [universite, Fr.] a collection of colleges, 
 where all the liberal arts are taught. 
 
 UNIVE'RSITY COLLEGE, Oxford, was founded in the 13th 
 century, on a still older foundation. It is a very wealthy insti- 
 tution, and has a fine range of buildings. A college of the same 
 name belongs to London University, and was first called by that 
 name. It is constituted on a diflisrent plan from the old colleges, 
 being, in fact, a proprietary institution. Lectures are given here 
 to extensive classes on all the subjects of a scientific, legal, me- 
 dical, and literary education ; and it has proved of the greatest 
 value to those classes which are excluded, by diversity of creed, 
 from the colleges of Cambridge and Oxford. An excellent junior 
 school is connected with it, under the superintendence of one or 
 more of the college professors. 
 
 UNFVOCAL, a. [unus and vox, Lat.] having but one meaning; 
 regular; certain; not equivocal. 
 
 V O I 
 
 UNJU'ST, a. [injuate, Fr. from in aad Justus, Lat.] iniquitous ; 
 contrary to justice. 
 
 To UNKE'NNEL, v. a. in Hunting, to drive or force from a 
 hole or retreat. 
 
 UNKFND, a. not benevolent ; not favourable. 
 
 UNKFNDNESS, s. malignity; ill-will. 
 
 UNKNO'WN, a. not known ; greater than is imagined. 
 
 To UNLA'CE, V. a. to und(i a lace. To unlace a coney, in carv- 
 ing, is to cut it up. 
 
 UNLAWFUL, a. contrary to law; illegal. 
 
 UNLE'AVENED, a. not fermented or leavened. 
 
 UNLE'SS, conj. except ; if not. 
 
 UNLU'CKY, a. unfortunate; ill-omened; inauspicious. 
 
 UNME'RCIFUL, a. cruel ; exorbitant; severe. 
 
 UNMI'NDFUL, a. not heedful; negligent. 
 
 To UNMOO'R, V. a. among mariners, to weigh anchor, in 
 order to put to sea. 
 
 UNNE'CESSARY, a. needless; useless. 
 
 UNPA'RALLELED, a. not matched ; not to be matched ; 
 having no equal. 
 
 UNPRE'CEDENTED, a. not justifiable by an example. 
 
 UNPRO'FITABLE, a. useless; serving no purpose. • 
 
 UNRECLAI'MED, a. not reformed ; unturned. In Falconry, 
 untamed ; wild. 
 
 UN RFGHTEOUS, (MHn^eoas) a. wicked; sinful; unjust. 
 
 UNRI'GHTEOUSNESS, 6. wickedness; injustice. 
 
 UNSA'VOURY, a. tasteless; fetid; disgusting; ill-tasted. 
 
 UNSE'AKCHABLE, a. inscrutable ; not to be explored. 
 
 UNSE'ASONABLE, (unseezonable) a. not suitable to time or 
 occasion; unfit; untimely; ill-timed; late; as, unseasonable 
 time of night. 
 
 UNSEE'MLY, a. unbecoming; indecent.— arf. unbecomingly. 
 
 UNSKl'LFUL, a. wanting art or knowledge. 
 
 UNSTE'ADY, (unstedy) a. inconstant ; variable. 
 
 U'NTERWALDEN, a canton of Switzerland, one of the forest 
 cantons. It is bounded by the cantons of Uri, Berne, Lucerne, 
 and Schweitz. It is of very limited extent. Some of its heights 
 reach 10,000 feet above the sea. It is watered by small streams, 
 and borders on the lake of the forest cantons. The grazing of 
 sheep and cattle is its chief source of wealth ; and corn, wine, 
 dairy produce, timber, &c. are its articles of trade. Sarnen is its 
 chief town. Pop. about 25,000. 
 
 UNTHA'NKFUL, a. ungrateful. 
 
 UNTI'L, Of?, to the time that; to the place that; to the de- 
 gree that. 
 
 U'NTO, prep. See To. 
 
 To UNTRU'SS, V. a. to ungird or untie. 
 
 UNWA'RY, a. imprudent ; hasty; incautious; heedless. 
 
 UNWHO'LESOME, a. insalubrious; tainted; corrupt. 
 
 UNWO'RTHY, a. wanting merit; not adequate; unbecom- 
 ing; mean. 
 
 VOCA'BULARY, s. [vocabulaire, Fr. vocahularium, from vox, 
 Lat.] a book containing a collection of words with their explica- 
 tions ; a word-book ; a lexicon. 
 
 VO'CAL, a. [Fr. vocalis, Lat.] having a voice ; uttered or 
 sounded by the voice. 
 
 VOCA'TION, s. [Fr. from voco, Lat.] a summons ; a trade, em- 
 ployment ; the secret calling of God to any particular office. 
 
 VO'CATIVE, .1. in Grammar, that form of a noun which is 
 used in direct address. 
 
 VOCIFERA'TION, s. [vox and fero, Lat.] clamour ; outcry. 
 
 VOGUE, (vog) s. [Fr.] fashion ; mode ; general custom. 
 
 VOICE, s. [vox, Lat.] the sound produced by the larynx, whe- 
 ther for speech, song, exclamation, &c. ; a vote; suffrage; 
 opinion. In Grammar, the forms by which is expressed, the re- 
 lation of the action of a verb to its subject. The active form in- 
 dicates the subject to be the agent, as I praise ;— the passive, thzt 
 it is the recipient, as lampraised; — and therejlexive, (of some lan- 
 guages,) that it is agent and recipient at once, as I praise myself. 
 
 VOID, a. [vuide, Fr.] empty; vacant; containing nothing; 
 vain or ineffectual; null; vacuous; unsupplied, or having no 
 possessor; destitute of substance ; unreal. 
 
 VOID, s. empty space; vacancy; vacuum. 
 
 To VOID, 11. a. \yuider, Fr.] to quit or leave empty ; to vacate; 
 to emit or pour out ; to annul or nullify. ■ 
 
 VOI'DER, s. a basket or trough in which meat and other 
 things are carried from table. 
 
VOL 
 
 VOI'TURE, VINCENT, a distinguished French writer, of 
 the 17th century. He studied at Paris ; and obtained, chiefly 
 through tlie reputation he acquired at the outset of his career, a 
 subordinate situation in the ministry. He travelled ; and wrote 
 
 Eieces in verse and prose, with ever-increasing celebrity; and 
 eld an office in the royal household at last. He died iti 1648, 
 aged 50. He is one of the French classics ; and is to be 
 ranked amongst those who have 'fiided in forming the French 
 language. 
 
 VO'LANT, a. [Fr. volans, from volo, Lat.] flying or passing 
 through the air; nimble. 
 
 VO'LATILE, a. [volatilis, from volo, Lat.] flying or passing 
 through the air; spirituous, or dissipating in the air; lively, 
 fickle. 
 
 VOLATILIZA'TION, s. the act of making volatile. 
 
 VOLCA'NIC, a. connected with or thrown up from a vol- 
 cano. 
 
 VOLCA'NO, s. [Ital.] in Geology, a mountain upheaved by 
 the expansive force of fused matter which is thrown up through 
 its hollow summit, (called the crater,) with fragments of rock, 
 ashes, &c. &c., with fire, smoke, lightning, &c. For descrip- 
 tions of particular volcanoes, see iExNA, Hecla, Vesuvius, 
 Stromboli, &c. See also, Lava, Pumice, &c. 
 
 VOLE, s. [Fr.] in Gaming, a stake wherein a person plays 
 alone, and undertakes to win all the tricks. 
 
 VO'LGA, the largest river in Europe, which has its source in 
 two small lakes, in the government of Pleskof, in Russia, about 
 80 miles W. of Tver. It begins to be navigable a few miles 
 above that town. It receives the waters of many large streams 
 at different parts of its course, and flows through some of the 
 finest provinces in the Russian empire ; and passing by Yaroslav, 
 Costroma, Nishnei-Novgorod, Casan, Simbirsk, and Saratov, 
 enters the Caspian Sea, by several mouths, below Astracan. It 
 is about 2000 miles in length. 
 
 VOLHY'NIA, a government of Russia, lying next to Austria, 
 and bounded by Podolia, Kiev, Minsk, and Grodno. It is ge- 
 nerally level, but has in the S. part ranges of mountains, with 
 heights of 1000 feet. It is watered by the Dnieper and its tri- 
 butaries, and has several lakes. It yields some kinds of build- 
 ing and other stone, but agriculture is its great source of wealth, 
 corn, fruits, wine, timber, cattle, &c. being produced in great 
 abundance. It has several valuable kinds of manufactures, and 
 a good trade. Zytomirst is its capital. Pop. about 2,000,000. 
 
 VOLI'TION, s. [volo, Lat.] the act of willing; inclination; 
 the power of choice exerted. 
 
 yO'LLEY, s. [volee, Fr.] a discbarge or flight of shot; a burst; 
 emission of many at a time. 
 
 VO'LNEY, CONSTANTINE FRANCOIS CHASSEBCEUF, 
 COMTE DE, a celebrated French writer of the last and the begin- 
 ning of the present centuries. He studied first at Angers, and 
 afterwards in the medical schools of Paris. Instead, however, of 
 practising, he travelled in Egypt and the East. After his return, 
 he was drawn into the vortex of the Revolution, theonly advan- 
 tages of which to him at first were, appointments in Corsica, 
 and imprisonment in the Terror. After the fall of Robespierre 
 he was made professor of history in the normal school, and next 
 year went to America. He was honoured in various v*ays by 
 Buonaparte, but gradually withdrew from his public life, and 
 on the restoration of the Bourbons was raised to the peerage. 
 He died in 1820, aged 63 years. His chief bpok is called the 
 Raim of Empires, and is an attack on Christianity in the style 
 then in fashion. It is a remarkable book in one respect, that it 
 confirms, by testimony the most unimpeachable, the fulfilment of 
 the ancient prophecies respecting many eastern nations. His 
 other works are numerous, and he was not deficient in learning. 
 
 VOLO'GDA, a government of Russia, bounded by' those of 
 Novgorod, Olonetz, Archangel, Tobolsk, Perm, Viatka, Costro- 
 ma, and Yaroslav. It is generally level, but the Uralian chain 
 runs along its E. border. The Dwina and other large rivers 
 water it, and there are several lakes. It yields iron, copper, 
 with other metals, building-stone, ice. &c. Corn, cattle, timber, 
 &c. &c. constitute its agricultural wealth. Its trade is good, 
 although all inland ; and it has some tnanufactures. Vologda, its 
 capital, stands on a river of the same name, and is a place of 
 some note for industry in trade and manufactures. Pop. about 
 15,000. Lat. 59. 17. N. Long. 40. 0. E. Pop. of government, 
 about 1,000,000. 
 
 VOL 
 
 VOLT, Volte, «. in the menage, a round or circular tread ; or 
 a gait of two treads made by a horse going sideways round a 
 centre. 
 
 VO'LTA, ALESSANDRO, a celebrated natural philosopher 
 of Italy, who was first professor at Pavia, and in that office con- 
 ducted those experiments which led to such fruitful results in 
 electrical science. He travelled in various parts of Europe, and 
 received great honour from Napoleon, from his first invasion of 
 Italy to his days of greatest power. The latter part of his life he 
 spent in scientific retirement, and died in 1826, aged 81 years. 
 His name is intimately associated with galvanic electricity, which 
 is often called, after him, Voltaism. The voltaic pile, the elec- 
 trical battery, the electrophorus, and other valuable instruments 
 and amusing scientific toys, were invented by him. 
 
 VO'LTAGRAPHY, s. {Volta and grapho, Gr.] See ELEctRO- 
 
 TYPE. 
 
 VOLTA'IC, a. See Galvanic. 
 
 VOLTAIRE, FRANCOIS MARIE AROUET DE, the great 
 French writer of the last century. He was educated at the 
 Jesuits' college of Louis le Grand, and at the outset of his 
 career was introduced to the celebrated libertine, Ninon de 
 I'Enclos, who left him a legacy for the purchase of a library. 
 He was soon initiated into all the pleasures of Paris, being con- 
 nected with the noblesse, and having the means of dissipation 
 at command. After a short engagement in Holland, he tried the 
 study of law, but soon relinquished it. He now began to write, 
 and was rewarded for some of his verses by two imprisonments 
 in the Bastille. His next step was a visit to England, which con- 
 firmed him in his opinions of civil and religious licentiousness. In 
 a few years he commenced his intimacy with Frederick theGreat 
 of Prussia, whom he frequently visited, and once, at least, as a 
 secret agent of the French king. His longest residence at Fre- 
 derick's court was about three years. They were both too ex- 
 acting to allow cordial esteem to exist between them, and the 
 quarrel which terminated it was a scandal to both royalty and 
 literature. At length he brought his- wanderings to an end by 
 settling at Ferney, where he continued to write against priests 
 and kings, and to confound religion and order with them in his 
 bitter and unscrupulous attacks. He also did not cease to quar- 
 rel with other writers, and especially with his follow labourer, 
 Rousseau, against whom he had long entertained a pique. Here, 
 also, great part of his letters to Frederick, (with whom he was on 
 friendly terms again,) toCatherineof Russia, to ih e Encgclo2>edists 
 of Paris, and others, relating to that fond dream of his sensual 
 heart, the overthrow of religion, were written. Asa fitting close 
 to such a restless and mischievous life, he visited Paris, and there 
 received such honours as the French of that day alone could 
 give to the man whom they delighted to honour. It was the 
 apotheosis of persiflage. "Stifled with roses," as he said, he sank, 
 and shortly after died, in 1778, aged 84 years. He was buried 
 with all the accustomed ceremonies of the church, on the ground 
 of a profession of the Catholic faith, written (apparently) with a 
 view to this. At the Revolution his ashes were transferred to 
 the Pantheon. His works are very numerous, and consist of 
 history, biography, fiction, criticism, epic and dramatic poems, 
 &c. &c. They are elegantly and elaborately written, but his 
 learning was shallow pedantry; and instead of any reality that 
 the heart could respond to, the jeering sardonic laugh of the 
 man who believed nothing is met with in every page. Yet it is 
 due to Voltaire to say, that though great part of his life was 
 worthy of his writings, at Ferney he acted in such a way to- 
 wards the poor and the oppressed as to deserve their gratitude 
 and regard; and even in his most hateful features, those of pre- 
 tended reverence for what he had throughout his life reviled, he 
 was not worse than the greater part of the religious teachers of 
 his age. Our poet-philosopher, Coleridge, has called him, with 
 admirable discernment, the Erasmus of the Revolution. 
 
 VOLTAISM, «. See Galvanism and Electricity. 
 
 VOLUBI'LITY, s. [volubilite, Fr. voliibilitas,{rtym volvo, Lat.] the 
 act of rolling; aptness to roll ; activity of tongue ; fluency of 
 speech ; mutability. 
 
 VO'LUBLE, a. formed so as to roll easily ; rolling ; fluent of 
 speech ; nimble, active, applied to the tongue. 
 
 VO'LUME, s. [volumen, from volvo, Lat.] something rolled up; 
 
 as tnuch as is rolled or convolved at once. — [Fr.] a book, or that 
 
 part of any work which is bound up as a single book. In Natural 
 
 Philosophy, solid content ; space occupied by any kind of body, 
 
 5 Y 2 899 
 
vos 
 
 VOLU'MINOUS, a. consisting of many volumes ; consisting 
 of many complications ; copious, diffusive. 
 
 VO'LUNTARILY,a(i. willingly ; freely; without compulsion ; 
 spontaneously. 
 
 VOLUNTARINESS, s. willingness. 
 
 VO'LUNTARY, a. [rohmtaire, Fr. voluntarius, from volo, Lat.] 
 done by a motion of the will; free from compulsion; willing; 
 acting by choice. 
 
 VO'LUNTARY, s. a volunteer; a piece of music played at 
 will, without any settled rule; generally applied to the pieces 
 played at church between the psalms and the first lesson. 
 
 VOLUNTEE'R, s. a soldier who enters of his own accord, or 
 serves without pay. 
 
 VOLU'PTUARY, s. [rolupttmire, Fr. voluptuarius, from volupias, 
 Lat."] a man given up to pleasure and luxury. 
 
 VOLU'PTUOUS, a. \yoluptuexix, Fr. voluptuosus, Lat.] given to 
 excess of pleasure ; sensual; luxurious. 
 
 VOLUTTUOUSLY, a(7. luxuriously; with indulgence of ex- 
 cessive pleasure. 
 
 VOLU'PTUOUSNESS, «. luxuriousness ; addictedness to ex- 
 cess of pleasure. 
 
 VOLU'TE, ». [Fr.] a member of a column representing a spiral 
 scroll. 
 
 VO'MICA, ». [Lat.] in Medicine, an -encysted tumor in the 
 lungs. 
 
 To VO'MIT, t!. n. [vomo, Lat.] to discharge from the stomach 
 by the mouth ; to throw up with violence. — v. a. to throw up 
 from the stomach. 
 
 VO'MIT, s. the matter thrown up from the stomach ; an emetic 
 medicine. 
 
 VO'NDEL, JOOST VANDEN, the great Dutch poet of the 
 17th century. His writings consist of dramas, lyric pieces, &c. 
 &c. In his old age he was a drudge for his living, — such was 
 the honour in which the greatest poet of the country was held. 
 He died in 1679, aged 92 years. 
 
 VOPl'SCUS, FLAVIUS, a Roman writer of the 4ih century 
 of our sera. He was born at Syracuse, and wrote the Lives of 
 several of the later emperors. 
 
 VORA'CIOUS, (vordshious) a. [vorace, Fr. vorax, from voro, Lat.] 
 greedy; ravenous; immoderately eager after food. 
 
 VORA'CIOUSNESS, Vora'city, s. Ivoracite, Fr.] greediness; 
 gluttony ; ravenousness. 
 
 VO'RONETZ, a government of Russia, surrounded by the 
 territorj- of the Don Cossacks, and the governments of Ekateri- 
 noslav, Slobodsk-Ukraine, Saratov, and Taniboff. It is almost 
 level, and is watered by the Don. Iron and some kinds of build- 
 ing and lime-stone are found here. Corn, fruits, timber, and 
 cattle are the staple commodities of the district. Voronetz, its 
 capital, stands on a river of the same name, and is a large and 
 important place. It is well built, and has some fine public edi- 
 fices. Its manufactures are thriving, and its trade is consider- 
 able. Pop. about 45,000. Lat. 51. 44. N. Long. 39. 27. E. 
 
 yO'RSTIUS, CONRAD, a theological writer of some cele- 
 brity, in the end of the 16th and beginning of the 17th centu- 
 ries. He studied at Cologne (his native pla<?e) and DiJsseldorf ; 
 and having openly avowed himself a Protestant at Herborn and 
 Heidelberg, he was made professor of theology at Steinfurt, and 
 was invited to succeed Arminius at Leyden. He had been un- 
 justly charged with Socinianism before, and now he found the 
 whole fanaticism of the country leagued against him. Our 
 James 1., even, was fain to contribute to the madness; and the 
 synod of Dort banished him. He escaped with his life, and died 
 in Holstein, in 1622, aged 53 years. 
 
 VO'RTEX, s. in the plural vortices, [Lat.] any thing whirled 
 round. In Meteorology, a whirlwind, or sudden and rapid circu- 
 lar motion of the air ; also an eddy, or whirlpool. In the system 
 of Descartes, it was by concentric vortices in the ether that fills 
 lip the heavenly spaces, that the planets were supposed to be 
 borne along in their orbits. It is needless to point out the im- 
 possibility of such an hypothesis serving to elucidate the facts of 
 our solar system. 
 
 VO'SGES, a chain of mountains in France, forming part of 
 the boundary of the valley of the Rhine, and containing heights 
 of 3000 and 4000 feet above the sea. They yield coal, iron, 
 lead, copper, &c., with valuable kinds of building and lime-stone, 
 salt, &c. &c. 
 
 VO'SGES, a department of France, surrounded by the depart- 
 
 UP 
 
 ments of Meurthe, Bas Rhin, Haut Rhin, Haute Snone, Haute 
 Marne, and Meuse. It is about 80 miles long, and 40 broad. It 
 is traversed by the mountain chain after which it is named, and 
 has heights of above 40(X) feet. The Moselle, Meuse, Saone, &c. 
 are its rivers. Coal and iron are found here in abundance ; it 
 yields also many kinds of <lurable and valuable stone, &c. Some 
 corn, &c. is grown here ; fruit, wine, timber, cattle, &c. are plen- 
 tifully produced. Various kinds of manufactures flourish in the 
 towns, and it has a brisk trade. Epinal is its capital. Pop. 
 about 450,000. 
 
 VOSS, JOHN HENRY, a great scholar of Germany, in the 
 latter part of the last and the beginning of the present centuries. 
 He received a common education, but such was the force of his 
 mind, that with it belaid the foundation of his subsequent scho- 
 larship. He had already entered manhood when he began to study 
 atGiittingen. He held no higher station in the learned world than 
 that of master of a gymnasium, or grammar-school ; but he re- 
 quired no adventitious circumstances to advance his reputation. 
 After he retired from his post, he lived at Jena, whence he re- 
 moved to Heidelberg, and there died in 1826, aged 75 years. 
 He edited various classics, with critical notes, &c. ; and he trans- 
 lated many of the poets in the most poetical and accurate man- 
 ner. His essays and reviews are full of learning and genius. 
 There was one controversy, or quarrel, however, which clouds 
 his life,— that with Heyne, which began with his student-life 
 and was never composed. 
 
 VO'SSIUS, the name of two great Dutch scholars of the 17lh 
 century. Gerard studied at Dort and Leyden, and held profess- 
 orships at Leyden, Amsterdam, &c. He died in 1649, aged 72 
 jears. It was his lot to be a sharer in the persecution which the 
 Dut'ch fanatics raised against all suspected of Arminianism at 
 that time, but he triumphed over the efforts of his enemies. His 
 numerous works are of great value to classical scholars. His 
 son, Isaac, was educated by himself, and rivals him in fame. 
 He travelled in Europe, resided for some years at the court of 
 Christina of Sweden, and afterwards settled in England, under 
 the patronage of Charles II. He died in 1688, aged 70 years. 
 His works are numerous and erudite, but he was a sensual scep- 
 tic, although holding a canonry in the English Church. 
 
 VO'TARY, s. one devoted, as by a vow, to any particular re- 
 ligion or opinion, &c. ; a votarist ; one devoted to any person. — 
 a. consequent to a vow. 
 
 VOTE, s. Ivotum, from voreo, Lat.] a voice or suffrage. 
 
 To VOTE, r. a. to choose by suffrage; to determine by suf- 
 frage ; to give by vote or suffrage. 
 
 VO'TER, «. one who has the right of giving his vote. 
 
 VO'TIVE, a. [rotkus, Lat.] given by vow. 
 
 To VOUCH, 1-. a. [luucher, Norm.] to call to witness ; to attest, 
 maintain, or support. — v. n. to bear witness, or give testimony. 
 
 VOU'CHER, s. one who gives witne.ss to any thing ; any thing 
 used in evidence, or as a proof; a document. 
 
 To VOUCHSA'FE, v. a. to condescend.— r. n. to deign, con- 
 descend, yield. 
 
 VOUE'T, SIMON, a great French painter of the 17th cen- 
 tury. He studied in Italy, and returned to his own country on 
 the invitation of Louis XIII. , who appointed him royal painter, 
 and eniployed him in adorning several palaces and churches. 
 He formed a celebrated school at Paris, and died in 1641, aged 
 59 jears. He was the instructor of almost all the great painters 
 of the age. 
 
 VOUSSO'IR, s. [Fr.] in Architecture, the name of the stones 
 of an arch, the centre one being called the Icey-stone. 
 
 VOW, (the ou; pron. as in now,) s. [vceit, Fr. votum, Lat.] any 
 promise made to a divine power; a solemn promise. 
 
 To VOW, V. a. [vouer, Fr. voveo, Lat.] to give or dedicate to a 
 religious use by solemn promise.— e. n. to make vows, or solemn 
 promises, or declarations. 
 
 VOW'EL,s. [voi/eUe,Fr.'] in Grammar, a letter which expresses 
 a simple sound of the larynx. The vowels, in their natural order, 
 are, i, e, a, o, u, in all languages. 
 
 VOY'AGE, s. [Fr.] any distance passed, or to be passed, by 
 water ; the practice of travelling. 
 
 UP, ad. [Sax. op, Belg. and Dan.] aloft, on high, opposed to 
 dotcn; out of bed, or arisen from a seat ; in a state of prefer- 
 ment, climbing, insurrection, or being erected or built ; from 
 younger to elder years. Up and down, here and there; dis- 
 persedly; backward and forward. Up to, to an equal height 
 
U RA 
 
 with ; adequately to. Up with signifies the raising any thing to 
 strike with. 
 
 UP, interj. is used to exhort a person to rise from a seat or 
 bed ; or to rouse him to a<'tion. 
 
 UP, prep, from a lower to a higher part, opposed to doimi. 
 
 U'PAS, s. [Mai.] in Botany, the name of a poisonous tree found 
 in the island of Java. It was formerly believed that the odour 
 or vapour emitted by this tree was destructive to all animal 
 and vegetable life ; some traveller having discovered a valley in 
 the island in which the mephitic vapours arising from the earth 
 had actually destroyed all vegetation, and were equally fatal to 
 animals that had strayed within their reach; and (by a slight 
 mistake) having attributed this destruction to a tree, known to 
 contain a deadly poison, but which grew no where near the spot. 
 
 To UPBKAl'D, V. a. [upr/ebroedan. Sax.] to charge contemp- 
 tuously with any thing disgraceful ; to mention by way of re- 
 proach ; to reproach with having received favours. 
 
 UPBIIAI'DER, s. a reproacher. 
 
 UPHK'LD, preter. and past part, of To Uphold. 
 
 To UPHO'I.D, V. a. to elevate ; to support or maintain. 
 
 UPHO'LSTEKER, s. one who deals in household furniture. 
 
 U'PLAND, s. a high ground. — a. higher in situation. 
 
 U'PAIOST, a. [an irregular superlative of tip,] highest; top- 
 most. 
 
 VPO'N, prep. [Sax.] on the top or outside ; put over the body, 
 as clothes, &c. ; in consequence of ; by; after; in consideration 
 of; according to; by inference from; on pain of; in a state of 
 view. Sometimes it denotes reliance, trust, or situation over or 
 near. 
 
 U'PPER, a. superlative uppermost; [comparative from up;] 
 higher in place or power ; superior. 
 
 U'PRIGHT, {ujn-it) a. straight ; perpendicular ; erect ; honest ; 
 without the least bias to the contrary ; sincere ; just. 
 
 U'PRIGHTLV, arf. perpendicularly to the horizon. Figura- 
 tively, honestly ; without deviation from the right, 
 
 U'PRIGHTNESS, (iqn-ltness) s. straightness ; perpendicular 
 erection; honesty ; sincerity ; justness. 
 
 U'PROAR,s. [nproer, Belg.] tumult ; disturbance ; confusion ; 
 riot ; bustle. 
 
 UPSA'LA, a town of Sweden, which stands in a wide plain, 
 and is built with great regularity and on a grand plan. Its ca- 
 thedral is ancient, and is a noble edifice; and it has other fine 
 buildings. Its celebrity, however, arises from its university, 
 which is well conducted, and has long maintained its character, 
 especially in the department of natural science. Its library, 
 museum, &c. are excellent. Pop. about 5000. Lat. 59. 48. N. 
 Long. 17. 38. E. 
 
 U'PSFIOT, s. the issue, end, or success of an undertaking. 
 
 U'PSIDE DOWN, ad. with total reversement ; in complete 
 disorder ; topsy-turvy. 
 
 U'PSTART, s. one who has suddenly rose from meanness and 
 obscurity to riches and opulence. 
 
 U'PWARD, U'pwARDs, a(/. towards a higher place; towards 
 heaven, or any source; more than, applied to quantity or num- 
 ber, and followed by oJF. 
 
 U'RAL, the name of a river and of a mountain range of the 
 Russian empire. The mountains run from near the shores of 
 the Icy Ocean, in an almost direct line southerly, and are con- 
 nected with the Altaic chain, which divides Siberia from Tatary. 
 The length is above 1200 miles, and the average breadth is 
 about 50 miles. They are not very lofty, the highest points being 
 only about 4000 feet above the level of the sea ; anil the greater 
 part of the range being of a much lower heiglit. The mineral 
 wealth found in the Uralian mines is very great, gold, silver, 
 iron, copper, platinum, &c. being obtained in great quantities. 
 Long before gold was discovered here, the celebrated traveller, 
 Humboldt, suggested that it might be found ; having noticed 
 the similarity of structure and character in this range to the 
 mountains of S. America and Mexico. The river springs from 
 this mountain chain, and flows by a somewhat circular course, 
 of near 1000 miles in length, into the Caspian Sea. The river 
 and the mountains form part of the boundary between Europe 
 and Asia. 
 
 URA'NIA, s. in Heathen Mythology, one of the nine Muses, 
 said to preside over astronomy. 
 
 URA'NIUM, «. in Chemistry, a metal of a reddish brown co- 
 lour, crystalline, and possessing the characteristic lustre. It is 
 
 URl 
 
 chiefly known in its oxides, particularly the mineral called m 
 Germany, /JiVcAJ/cw/e. It is used in the fine arts for imparting a 
 fine lemon yellow colour. 
 
 URA'NUS, in Astronomy, the planet discovered by the astro- 
 nomer Sir VV. Herschel, whose orbit lies next beyond that of Sa- 
 turn. It is above 1,800,000,000 miles from the sun, and its 
 diameter is nearly 35,000 miles. It completes its revolution in 
 its orbit in about 84 of our years, but its rotation on its axis has 
 not been observed. It is so distant from us that it never appears 
 more brilliant than a star of the 6th magnitude, and thus is very 
 rarely noticeable by the naked eye. The discoverer asserted 
 that he observed at different times 6 moons accompanying this 
 planet, but subsequent observers have never been able to detect 
 more than 2. There is however this great peculiarity respecting 
 these 2 satellites, — they revolve round the planet from E. to W. 
 instead of in the usual direction, and their orbits form a very 
 large angle with the plane of the ecliptic, — from which data the 
 place of another planet (whose existence was long surmised) 
 was calculated by two young astronomers, in France and Eng- 
 land, in complete independence of each other, and the planet it- 
 self, having been discovered in consequence of these calculations, 
 has been called Neptune. In Heathen Mythology, the parent of 
 Saturn, one of the Titanic dynasty of gods, evidently a personi- 
 fication of the heavens. 
 
 U'RBAN, the name assumed by eight pontiffs of the Roman 
 Church; of whom the most remarkable are, the second, under 
 whom the crusades commenced, and who resolutely aided the 
 advance of the papal authority, although troubled with a rival 
 pope during all his pontificate, and who died in 1099, after 
 a reign of 11 years. T\\e Jlflh, who removed the see during 
 part of his reign from Avignon to Rome, and who reformed ma- 
 ny of the disorders into which Italy had fallen, and in particular 
 with a firm hand checked the overweening insolence of theVis- 
 conti. He was also idly owned as being supreme over the 
 Greek as well as the Roman Church, and some hopes of healing 
 the great schism were thereby awakened. He died in 1370, 
 having worn the tiara for 8 years. Urban the eif/htft was one of 
 the pontiffs who wholly forgot the church in the stale of Rome, 
 whose whole measures were those of a military statesman rather 
 than of a churchman. He opposed Austria in the struggle then 
 going on, and was actually a private partisan of Gustavus Adol- 
 phus, who was fighting for Protestantism against the Papacy. 
 Such are the absurdities which spring from the anomalous and 
 incongruous position any one must be in, who is officially both 
 a statesman and an ecclesiastic. He was an elegant scholar, 
 and a confirmed nepotist; he beautified Rome with new churches, 
 and strengthened ihecastleof St. Angelo. In the war of Castro, 
 he was so near being driven to extremities, that some who yet 
 saw in him the head of the church, mediated a peace for him. 
 He died in 1644, having been pope for 21 years. 
 
 URBA'NITY, s. [urbanite, Fr. urbanitas, from urbs, Lat,] civili- 
 ty ; politeness; elegance; courtesy; complaisance; facetious- 
 ness ; merriment. 
 
 U'RBINO, a city of the Papal States, Italy. It contains a du- 
 cal palace, a university or academy, (one of the most ancient in 
 Italy,) a noble college, with several churches and convents. The 
 pala'ce contains many noble works of art. Great quantities of 
 fine earthenware are made here. It is situated on a hill, at the 
 union of the two rivers, near the head of the Foglio, 120 miles 
 from Rome. Pop. about 5000, Lat. 43. 44. N. Long. 12. 38. E. 
 
 U'RCHIN, s. [heureuchin, Armoric,] a hedge-hog. Applied to a 
 child in slight anger, or contempt. 
 
 U'RETERS, {eiireters) s. [oureo, Gr.] in Anatomy, membranous 
 vessels which convey the urine from the kidneys to the bladder. 
 
 URE'THRA, (urethra) s. in Anatomy, the passage through 
 which the urine is discharged from the bladder. 
 
 To URGE, V. a. \urgeo, Lat.] to incite; to push ; to provoke ; 
 to importune ; to press ; to enforce; to offer by way of objection. 
 — !'. n. to press forward. 
 
 U'KGENCY, s. pressure of difficulty or necessity. 
 
 U'RGENT, a. [Ft. urgens, Lat.] cogent; pressing; violent; 
 importunate. 
 
 U'RI, a canton of Switzerland; bounded by Schwilz, the 
 Grisons, Glarus,Ticino, the Valais, Unterwalden, and Bern. It 
 is about 30 miles in length, and 12 in breadth. It is in the 
 heart of the Alps, and has heights of above 10,000 feet ; St. 
 Gothard, its most famous mountain, is not so high. The Reuss 
 
 901 
 
U SH 
 
 water it; and the lake of Uri, and of the Four Cantons. Its 
 chief wealth are its cattle. Altdorf is the principal town. Pop. 
 about 15,000. 
 
 U'RIM AND THU'MMIM, s. [Heb.] the name of the golden 
 breast-plate worn by the high-priest of the Jews, in which were 
 set 12 precious stones, to represent the 12 tribes; and by means 
 of which God was wont at times to notify his will concerning 
 any particular matter on which the priest consulted him. The 
 words signify lu/ht awA perfection ; or doctrine 2016 judgment. 
 
 U'RINARY, a. relating to the urine. 
 
 U'RINE, {citrine) s. [Fr. uritia, Lat.] in Physiology, the water 
 which passes through the urethra from the bladder. 
 
 URN,s. lurne, Fr. urna, Lat.] any vessel having its mouth 
 narrower than the body ; a water-pot ; the vessel in which the 
 remains of the dead, after being burnt, were anciently deposited. 
 
 U'RSA-MA'JOR, s. [Lat.] the Greater Bear; a northern con- 
 stellation, of which number the three bright stars that form the 
 tail, and the four principal ones of the body in form of a trape- 
 zium, go by the names of Charles's Wain, the Plough, and the 
 Chariot of David. 
 
 U'RSA-Ml'NOR, s. [Lat.] the Lesser Bear; a northern con- 
 stellation, of which the star at the tip of the tuil is called the 
 pole-star, which is distant only F 45' 35" from the north-pole of 
 the heavens. 
 
 URSI'NUS, ZACHARIAS, one of the early Protestant divines 
 of Germany. At Wittemberg, Geneva, and Paris he cultivated 
 those different branches of scholarship which were held needful 
 accomplishments for a theologian. He received a professorship 
 at Heidelberg, and afterwards held one at Neustadt. He was 
 involved in troubles respecting the sacrament ; and was through 
 this controversy deprived of his post at Heidelberg. He died in 
 1583, aged 49 years. The friendship of Melancthon for him 
 is a great commendation both of his character and parts. 
 
 U'RSULINES, an order of nuns in the Roman Catholic 
 Church, founded in the 10th century, for the purpose of that 
 kind of work which the Jesuits had undertaken. They have 
 become, however, much the same as other orders, distinguished 
 only by dress, and other superficial distinctions. 
 
 U'RUGUAY, or Banda Oriental, a republic of S. America, 
 lying on the Atlantic, and bounded by La Plata, Paraguay, and 
 Brazil. It is about 500 miles long, and 240 miles in breadth. 
 It is hilly; and is watered by the Parana, and La Plata, the 
 Uruguay, and the Rio Negro. Near the sea, and communicating 
 with it, are two large lakes. It yields copper, and several 
 valuable kinds of earth, &c. Corn, fruits, wine, and cattle are 
 produced abundantly. Its manufactures are only in their in- 
 fancy; and the unsettled state of the country has greatly inter- 
 fered with the progress of its commerce. Monte Video is its 
 capital. Pop. about 100,000. 
 
 US, the oblique case of We. 
 
 U'SAGE, (ei/zage) s. [Fr.] treatment; practice long continued ; 
 manners; custom. 
 
 U'SANCE, (euzance) s. [Fr.] use; interest paid for the use of 
 money. In Commerce, applied to the time generally given for the 
 payment of a bill of exchange, which differs in different countries. 
 
 USBE'CS. ^eTATARY. 
 
 USE, (euse) s. Ittsus, from utor, Lat.] the act of employing any 
 thing to any particular purpose ; quality which makes a thing 
 proper for any purpose ; need, or occasion ; practice, habit ; ad- 
 vantage ; convenience, or help; usage; a custom ; money paid 
 for interest. 
 
 To USE, (euze) V. a. [user, Fr.] to employ to any particular 
 purpose; to accustom ; to treat ; to practise. — v. n. to be wont ; 
 to be accustomed. 
 
 U'SEFUL, {euseful) a. convenient, profitable, or conducive to 
 any end. 
 
 U'SEFULLY, ad. in such a manner as to help forward some end. 
 
 U'SEFU LNESS, (eusf/Mfeess) «. profitableness; conveniency; 
 the quality of assisting in any end. 
 
 U'SELESS, a. answering no purpose ; serving no end. 
 
 U'SELESSLY, ad. without the quality of answering any 
 purpose. 
 
 U'SELESSNESS, «. unfitness to any end. 
 
 U'SER, s. one who uses. 
 
 U'SHER, s. [Aumier, Fr.] one who is employed in introducing 
 strangers, or in preparing the way before any great person ; a 
 harbinger; a schoolmaster's assistant. 
 
 UTT 
 
 To U'SHER, ». a. to introduce. 
 
 U'SHER, DR. JAMES, an eminent Irish prelate of the 17th 
 century. He studied at Trinity College, Dublin, and was early 
 distinguished for his learning and ability in preaching. In con- 
 sequence of these qualifications, and by means of powerful 
 friends, he rose rapidly in the Church, and was finally made 
 archbishop of Armagh. He used frequently to visit the English 
 universities for the purpose of carrying on his studies; and after 
 the Irish rebellion and massacre, he resided wholly in this coun- 
 try, where he received honour from both parties in the great con- 
 test that was then commencing. He was not so rigid an episco- 
 palian as not to make attempts to meet the demands of the great 
 multitude of dissidents from the English Church ; but his efforts 
 were rejected by the king first, and by the parliament afterwards. 
 He died in 1656, aged 76 years, and was buried in Westminster 
 Abbey, with a public funeral, by the Protector's orders. His 
 works are numerous and valuable, especially that on the Chro- 
 nology of Scripture. 
 
 USQUEBA'UGH, (uskebdtc) s. [Erse,] an alcoholic or spirituous 
 liquor, also called whisky, much used in Ireland. 
 
 U'STION, s. [Fr. itstiis, from uro, Lat.] in Surgery, the act of 
 burning; the state of being burned. 
 
 To U'STULATE, v. a. to burn or sear. 
 
 USTULA'TION, a. in Chemistry, the roasting of ores, to se- 
 parate whatever is of a volatile nature, that is connected with 
 the metal. When the matter is preserved which flies off, the 
 process is called sublimation; but when this matter is neglected, 
 the operation is called ustulalion. 
 
 U'SUAL, (euzual) a. [usuel, Fr.] common; customary; frequent- 
 ly occurring. 
 
 U'SUALLY, ad commonly ; frequently; customarily. 
 
 USUFRU'CT, (eusufri'ict) s. [usiis andfructus, Lat.] the tempo- 
 rary use or enjoyment of any thing, without power to alienate. 
 
 U'SURER, (euzurer) s. [usurier, Fr. from utor, Lat.] one who 
 lends money out at interest, vulgarly applied to one who takes 
 exorbitant interest. 
 
 To USU'RP, {euzi'irp) V. a. [tisurper, Fr. usurpo, Lat.] to .seize 
 or take possession of by force, and contrary to right ; to possess 
 without right. 
 
 USURPA'TION, (euzurpdshon) s. [Fr.] the act of wrongfully 
 taking or possessing what belongs to another. 
 
 USU'RPER, s. one who seizes that to which he has no right. 
 
 U'SURY, (eiiziiry) s. [usure, Fr, usura, from utor, Lat.] money 
 paid for interest ; demand of exorbitant interest, 
 
 UTE'NSIL, (eutensil) s. lutensile, Fr. from utor, Lat.] an instru- 
 ment used in a house, kitchen, or trade. 
 
 U'TERINE, a. [uterin, Fr. uterinus, from uterus, Lat,] belonging 
 to the womb. 
 
 U'TERUS, s. [Lat.] in Anatomy, the womb. 
 
 UTFLITY, (eut'dity) s. [utilite, Fr. utilitas, from utor, Lat.] use- 
 fulness; profit; advantage; convenience. 
 
 U'TMOST, a. [utmcest, 'Si-d.x.] extreme; in the highest degree. 
 — s. the most that can be conceived or done. 
 
 UTO'XETER, or Utto'xeter, (Uxeter,) Staffordshire. It is 
 seated on a rising ground, near the river Dove, among excellent 
 pastures for feeding and breeding cattle. Its market is the great- 
 est in this part of England, for corn, cattle, hogs, sheep, butter, 
 and cheese. It is 136 miles from London. Market, Wednesdaj'. 
 Pop. 4735. 
 
 UTRE'CHT, a province of the kingdom of the Netherlands, 
 lying on the Zuyder Zee, and bounded by the provinces of Hol- 
 land and Guelderland. It is about 30 miles long, by about 2-5 
 broad. It is very flat, and has considerable tracts of fertile soil, 
 with here and there heaths and sands. It produces corn, fruits, 
 cattle, dairy stuff, &c. &c. There are also good manufactures 
 carried on in its towns. Utrecht,its capital, stands on the Rhine, 
 and, like all Dutch towns, abounds in canals and bridges. Its 
 fortifications are strong, and it has a noble cathedral and other 
 fine buildings. There is an old and famous university here, and 
 several valuable manufactures are carried on. Pop. about 50,000. 
 Lat. 52. 5. N. Long. 5. 14. E. Pop. of province, about 175,000. 
 The treaty of Utrecht was made in 1712, after the wars in which 
 the Duke of Marlborough played so distinguished a part, and 
 was the most important, before that of Vienna, to the peace of 
 Flu rope. 
 
 U'TTER, a. [Sax.] situated on the outside, out of any place; 
 extreme, excessive, utmost; entire; complete. 
 
WAD 
 
 To U'TTER, V. a. to speak, pronounce, or express by the 
 voice; to disclose ; to sell or expose to sale ; to disperse. 
 
 U'TTER ANCE, s. the manner or power of speaking. 
 
 U'TTERER, s. one who pronounces; a divulger; a discloser, 
 
 U'TTERLY. a<;. fully; completely; perfectly. 
 
 U'lTERiMOST, a. in the highest degree; most remote.— s. 
 the greatest. 
 
 U'VEA, (e&vea) s. in Anatomy, is the third or outermost coat 
 of the eye. 
 
 VU'LCAN, in Roman Mythology, the god of fire ; called by 
 the Greeks Hephaistos. 
 
 VU'LGAR, a. [vulffaire, Fr. vulgaris, from vulgus, Lat.] suiting 
 to, or practised among, the common people ; vernacular, nation- 
 al, mean, low. 
 
 VU'LGAR, s. [imlgaire, Fr.] the common people. 
 
 VlI'LGARLY,arf. commonly ; in the ordinary manner ; among 
 the common people. 
 
 VU'LGATE, 8. the name by which the translation of the whole 
 sacred Scriptures from the Septuagint, aided by the originals, 
 made by Jerome, in the 4th century, is known, [t was declared 
 inspired by the Council of Trent, and is the only Bible formally 
 acknowledged by the Roman Church. 
 
 VUL'NERABLE, a. [Fr. from vulnus, Lat.] capable of receiv- 
 ing wounds. 
 
 VU'LNERARY, a. [vulneraire, Fr. vulnerarius, Lat.] useful in 
 the cure of wounds. 
 
 VU'LTL'RE, s. [vultur, Lat.] in Ornithology, the general name 
 of a large class of birds of prey, which feed on dead and even 
 putrid bodies-, have few feathers on the head and neck, and are 
 distinguished in many remarkable respects from the eagles and 
 hawks. The Condor, the King of the Vultures, the Turkey Buz- 
 zard, &c. are well-known species. After a long controversy, it 
 seems to be well determined now that these birds are no less re- 
 markable for the keenness of their sight than for their acute 
 sense of smell, and that both senses are used in directing them 
 to their food. 
 
 U'VULA, {ei'ivula) s. [Lat.] in Anatomy, a round, soft, sponge- 
 ous body, suspended from the palate, near the foramina of the 
 nostrils, perpendicularly over the glottis. 
 
 UXO'RIOUS, a. [uxor, Lat.] excessively fond of a wife. 
 
 W 
 
 WIS the twenty-first letter of our alphabet. The Hebrews, 
 Greeks, and Romans had it not ; it is peculiar to the north- 
 ern nations, the Teutons, Saxons, Britons, &c. It is not used 
 by the Italians, French, Spaniards, nor Portuguese, except in 
 proper names, and other terms borrowed from languages in which 
 it is originally used, and even then it is sounded like single v. 
 This letter is of an ambiguous nature, being a consonant at the 
 beginning of words, and a vowel at the end. It may stand before 
 all the vowels except u, as in wager, well, wife, worship; and fol- 
 lows the vowels, a, e, o, and unites with them into a kind of 
 double vowel, or diphthong, as in law, crew, cow, &c. It also goes 
 before r, and follows s, and th, as in wrong, swift, thwart ; it like- 
 wise goes before h, though in reality it is sounded after it, as in 
 why, when, where, what, &c. In some words it is obscure, as in 
 stow, shadow, widow ; and in others it is silent, as in wrong, write, 
 &c. 
 
 WACE, ROBERT, an Anglo-Norman poet of the 12th centu- 
 ry. He was in the service of Henry I., and composed various 
 rhymed chronicles, one of the most interesting of which is the 
 Roman da JRou, or Rollo, in which is an account of the Battle of 
 Hastings. 
 
 WAU, s. [weod. Sax.] a bundle of straw thrust close together ; 
 black lead, of which pencils, &c. are made. 
 
 WA'DDIiNG, s. Iwad or vad, isl.] a kind of soft stuff loosely 
 woven, used for suifiing the sides of men's coats, and between 
 the two coverings of cloaks. In Gunnery, the paper, flax, &c. 
 rammed into a gun to keep the bullet from rolling out, and close 
 to the powder. 
 
 To WA'DDLE, V. n. [wagghelen, Belg.] to walk unevenly ; to 
 shake from side to side in walking, like a duck. 
 
 To WADE, V. n. [vadum, Lat.] to walk through waters. Figu- 
 ratively, to pass with difficulty and labour. 
 
 WA'DERS, s. in Natural History, the name given to those 
 
 WAX 
 
 birds which, like the snipe and woodcock, frequent marshy and 
 watery places, but are not swimming birds. 
 
 WA'DHAM COLLEGE, Oxford. It was founded in the 17th 
 century, and has many livings in its gift, with scholarships, &c. 
 &c. Its buildings are handsome and spacious, and it has pro- 
 duced some distinguished scholars. 
 
 WA'D-HOOK, «. in Gunnery, is a rod with an iron screw at the 
 end to draw the wadding, when the loading is to be drawn out of 
 a gun. 
 
 Wadstrom, Charles Bern, a Swedish traveller of the last 
 century; who was first noted for his knowledge of mineralogy, 
 &c., and received some valuable appointments under government. 
 He made several tours in different parts of Europe ; and at last 
 visited Africa, where his observations led him to write and act 
 in the cause of the abolition of slavery. He was a witness be- 
 fore a committee of the English House of Commons respecting 
 the trade ; and attempted to stir up the French Directory to aid 
 in this work. He died in 1709, aged 53 years. His writings 
 are of little value now. 
 
 WA'FER, s. [wafel, Belg.] a thin cake; dried paste used in 
 closing letters. Among Romanists, consecrated bread in the 
 eucharist. 
 
 To WAFT, V. a. to carry through the air or on the water ; to 
 beckon. — v. n. to float. 
 
 WAFT, s. a floating body ; the motion of a streamer, &c. given 
 as a signal or means of information. 
 
 To WAG, f. a. [tcagian. Sax. waggen, Belg.] to move or shake 
 lightly. — V. n. to be moved or go ; to be in quick or ludicrous 
 motion. 
 
 WAG, s. [wcegan, Sax.] any one archly merry or ludicrously 
 mischievous. 
 
 To WAGE, V. a, to attempt ; to set to hire ; to hire for pay ; 
 to make or carry on, followed by tear. 
 
 WA'GER, s. a bet ; or any thing deposited as a stake. Wager 
 of Battle, was formerly allowed in some cases as a mode of prov- 
 ing, or disproving,an accusation. The only trace left of the custom 
 is in the form of our customary legal oath, which ends with the 
 expression, inapplicable to any thing but a duel, " So help me 
 God." 
 
 WA'GES, «. seldom used in the singular ; [wegen or«a<?en,Teut.] 
 money paid for service. In the singular, pledge, gage, security. 
 
 WA'GGERY, (wdg-ery) s, mischievous merriment ; wanton- 
 ness; ludicrous miscnievousness. 
 
 WAGGISH, {wdg-ish) a. knavishly or mischievously merry ; 
 frolicsome. 
 
 To WA'GGLE, v. n. [wagghelen, Teut.] to move from one side 
 to another; to waddle. 
 
 WA'GGON, Wa'gon, s. [woegen. Sax. waeghens, Belg.] a heavy 
 carriage going on four wheels ; a wain. 
 
 WA'GGONER, Wa'goneb, s. [tcaeghener, Belg.] one that 
 drives a waggon. 
 
 WA'GTAIL, s. in Ornithology, a genus of small birds thus de- 
 nominated from the peculiar motion of the tail. 
 
 WAHABEE'S, the name of a Mohammedan sect which ori- 
 ginated in the last century, in the attempts of an Arab sheik to 
 restore Islam to its original purity. He did also, in some re- 
 spects, deviate from the original creed, but not so much so as to 
 be guilty of heresy in the eyes of the muftis and moUahs. It was 
 not till his followers proceeded to put his doctrines into practice, 
 that any offence was taken, and then they were coerced by the 
 sword, and an end put to their reforms. They are not numerous 
 now, and have little power of disturbing the peace of the Ottoman 
 empire. 
 
 VVAIFS, s. sometimes written weif, ox weft : in Law, goods a 
 thief, being pursued, leaves behind, and are forfeited to the king, 
 or lord of the manor ; also, strays, or strayed cattle claimed by 
 nobody, which become the property of the lord of the manor. 
 
 To WAIL, V. a. [gualare,\Vi\.'\ to moan; to lament; to be- 
 wail. — V. n. to express sorrow ; to grieve audibly. 
 
 WAI'LING, «. lamentation; moan; audible sorrow. 
 
 WAIN, s. a contraction of Waggon, which see, 
 
 WAl'NROPE, s. a large cord with which the load is tied on 
 the waggon; a cart-rope. 
 
 WAINSCOT, s. [wageschot, Belg.] the wooden covering laid 
 over a wall within the house. 
 
 To WAI'NSCOT, V. a. [weagemcotten, Belg.] to line or cover 
 walls with boards; to line. 
 
 903 
 
WAIR, s. a piece of timber two yards long and a foot broad. 
 
 WAIST, s. [ffivase, from gwasen, Brit.] the smallest part of the 
 body; the part below the ribs; the middle deck or floor of a ship 
 between P"'>p and prow. 
 
 WAI'STCOAT, s. an inner coat; a short close coat without 
 sleeves, worn by men, reaching to the waist. 
 
 To WAIT, V. a. [wachten, Belg.] to expect, or stay for ; to at- 
 tend ; to attend as a con.sequence of something. — v. n. to expect, 
 or stand in expectation of. Used with on or upon, to attend as 
 a servant ; with for, to stay till a person comes. 
 
 WAIT, s. an ambush ; as, to lay tvait, to lie in wait. A musi- 
 cian paid for attending on processions in a town. 
 
 W AI'TER, s. an attendant ; a piece of plate or wood, on which 
 glasses, &c. are presented. 
 
 To WAKE, V. a. liceccian, Sax. toecken, Belg.] to rouse from 
 sleep ; to excite to action ; to bring again to life. — v. n. to watch ; 
 to be roused from sleep or supineness. 
 
 WAKE, s. the feast kept in commemoration of the dedication 
 of a church, so called because formerly kept by watching all 
 night; vigils. 
 
 WAKE, DH. WILLIAM, a learned English prelate, who stu- 
 died at Oxford, and first distinguished himself by his opposition 
 to the movements of James II. He was of course rewarded at 
 the Revolution of 1088, and rose by rapid preferment to the 
 see and primacy of Canterbury. He was not so liberal to di.ssi- 
 denls from the Anglican Church as he was to Romanists, for he 
 opposed the repeal of the Test Act, and he attempted to effect a 
 union between the English Church and the Roman Catholic 
 Church of France. He was involved in several controversies, 
 and he died in 1737, aged 80 years. His translation of the 
 Apostolical Fathers is the only work of his writing which keeps its 
 stand in England. 
 
 WA'KEFIELD, Yorkshire, W. Riding. It is seated on the 
 river Calder, which is navigable from Castleforth to Eland and 
 Halifax. It has many handsome public buildings, and has be- 
 come a place of great importance. The principal trade is in white 
 cloths and ta'nimies. It is 182 miles from London. Markets, 
 Thursday and Fridav, the latter for woollen cloth. Pop. 14,784. 
 
 WA'KEFIELD, GILBERT, a Unitarian writer of the last cen- 
 tury. He studied at Cambridge, and became a clergyman of the 
 Church of England ; but in the next year, he avowed his opinions 
 by leaving the Church and becoming a tutor at Warrington 
 Academy. He also preached occasionally for some time, till he 
 arrived at the conclusion that public worship was a mistake, and 
 abstained from it for the future. He next opened a school at 
 Nottingham, and then was a tutor at Hackney Academy. After 
 a short time, however, he left this situation, and lived as writer 
 merely; till having thought good to write against a war sermon 
 of the bishop of Llandaff, he was tried for his offence, and sen- 
 tenced to two years' imprisonment. Soon after his relea.se he 
 died, in 1801, aged 45 years. His works display a considerable 
 extent of learning, but are all tinged with the advocacy of a con- 
 troversialist, and the haste of one with whom conviction was 
 bigotry. 
 
 WA'KEFUL, a. not inclinable to sleep; vigilant. 
 
 To WA'KEN, V. n. to cease from sleep. — v. a. to rouse from 
 sleep or supineness ; to produce ; to excite. 
 
 WA'KEROBIN, s. in Botany, the cuckowpint, or common 
 arum. 
 
 WALCH, the name of several eminent scholars of Germany, 
 of whom the most distinguished are the following. Johann 
 George, the father, studied at Jena, where he held for many years 
 a professorship of divinity. He died in 1757, aged 04 years. 
 His works are partly theological and partly classical, and are 
 full of erudition. He edited all Luther's works. Christian Wil- 
 limn Francis, his son, studied at Jena, and travelled in France, 
 Italy, &c. He held professorships at Jena and Gottingen, and 
 died in 1784, aged 58^ears. His works are of the same kind; and 
 amongst them his History of Heretics is one of the most valuable. 
 Johann Ernest Immamlel, his brother, studied and travelled with 
 him, and was made eventually professor at Jena. He died in 
 1778, aged 53 years. His works contain natural history, as well 
 as theology and literature. His writings on ecclesiastical his- 
 tory are valuable. 
 
 WALDE'CK, a principality of Germany. Its territory con- 
 sists of two detached portions, of a total area of about 450 square 
 miles. They lie between Prussia, Hanover, Lippe-Detmold, and 
 904 
 
 WAL 
 
 Hesse-Darmstadt. This principality is mountainous, and is 
 watered by the Weser and other smaller streams. It yields iron, 
 copper, lead, &c. &c. Corn, timber, cattle, &c. &c. are reared in 
 abundance. Various manufactures are carried on, and trade is 
 active. Pop. about 00,000. 
 
 WA'LDEN, commonly called Saffron Walden, Essex. It 
 stands on the Cam, and has a fine church. Its chief trade is in 
 malt. It is 42 miles from London. Market, Saturday. Popu- 
 lation, 5111. 
 
 WA'LDO, PETER, one of the Protestants before the Re- 
 formation. He was a rich merchant of Lyons, and procured the 
 translation of some books of Scripture, from which ne learned a 
 better doctrine than he had ever heard from priest or monk. 
 He distributed all his goods amongst the poor, and became a 
 preacher of his new-found truths. His followers were called the 
 poormen of Lyons. He is supposed to have derived his name from 
 the Waldenses, or Vaudois, whom he closely resembled in his 
 faith. Having been visited with the censures of the Church in 
 1172, he fled to Bohemia, and there died. He was one of those 
 who connect the early witnesses against " the Babylonian woe" 
 with the later and successful martyrs; for from the time of the 
 Waldensian immigration into Bohemia may be dated the stir 
 against Roman corruption there, which gave Huss and Jerome 
 to the flames, and brought on that country the unmingled evils 
 of the Hussite wars. 
 
 WALE, s. [wel. Sax.] a rising part in the surface of cloth. 
 
 WALES, a principality of England. It lies on the Irish Sea, 
 with St. George's Channel and Bristol Channel on the S., and it 
 is bounded by the counties of Chester, Salop, Hereford, and 
 Monmouth. It is about 180 miles long, and 60 in mean breadth. 
 It comprehends 12 counties; namely, Anglesey, Caernarvonshire, 
 Denbighshire, Flintshire, Merionethshire, and Montgomeryshire, 
 in North Wales; Brecknockshire, Cardiganshire, Caermarthen- 
 shire, Glamorganshire, Pembrokeshire, and Radnorshire, in 
 South Wales; and contains 751 parishes, and 58 market towns. 
 The country is very mountainous, and abounds with iron, copper, 
 lead, and coal mines, with quarries of free-stone, slate, &c. &c. 
 Some of its mountains exceed 3000 feet in height. Snowdon 
 and Plinlimmon are the most celebrated. It is watered with 
 many rivers, of which the principal are the Dee,Wye, Usk, Con- 
 way, Cluyde, and Towy. Corn and the usual agricultural pro- 
 duce of the island are abundant. Its fisheries are good, but its 
 manufactures are not considerable. It has some fine ports and 
 harbours, and a good trade. It returns 29 members to parlia- 
 ment. Pop. 911,321, It gives the title to the eldest son of the 
 reigning monarch of Great Britain. 
 
 WALES, NEW SOU I'H, the name of the S. E. part of Austral- 
 asia. It lies on the Indian Ocean and Bass's Straits, and is 
 about 1000 miles in length. It consists of wide plains intersect- 
 ed by ranges of mountains, some of which exceed 6000 feet in 
 height. Thechief riversarethe Hunter, George's, Hawkesbury, 
 Glenelg, Darling, Macquarrie, Murray, Brisbane, &c. Sec. Coal 
 is found here in abundance, and other valuable minerals are 
 known to exist. Its agricultural produce is increasing yearly, 
 as wider tracts are brought under the plough ; at present its chief 
 wealth is its sheep and cattle. The natural growth of timber is 
 also of considerable value, and the fisheries, particularly the 
 whale-fisheries, are excellent. Its trade is hardly developed, but 
 it keeps pace with the advance of the settlements and the in- 
 crease of native produce. Its chief drawback has been its origin 
 as a penal settlement. The aborigines have either been driven 
 into the interior, or destroyed by diseases introduced by the 
 convicts and drunkenness. Sydney is its capital. Pop. about 
 130,000. For other particulars, see Australasia, Botany Bay, 
 Port Philip, Sydney, &c. 
 
 WALES, WILLIAM, an English mathematician and astro- 
 nomer, who was sent to observe the transit of Venus in 1709, 
 at Hudson's Bay, and accompanied Captain Cook on his voyages. 
 He was afterwards a master in Christ's Hospital school, and se- 
 cretary to the Board of Longitude. He died in 1798, aged abqut 
 05 years. His writings are of value only to scientific inquirers. 
 
 WALHA'LLA, or Valha'lla, in Teutonic Mythology, the 
 name of the paradise of heroes, where all who fell bravely in 
 battle enjoyed an elysium, such as only northern taste could 
 have invented or appreciated. It is also the name of a vasf 
 building, resembling in form a Doric temple, standing on a 
 stupendous mass of apparently solid architecture, with flights of 
 
W AL 
 
 steps and terraces; erected by llie late king of Bavaria, for tlie 
 commemoratioD of the heroes of Germany. It stands on the 
 Danube, near Ratisbon, and is one of the most magnificent 
 structures of the kind in the world. 
 
 To WALK, (waulk) V. a, [weatcan, Sax.] to move by leisurely 
 steps, by placing the feet alternately before each other ; to be in 
 motion ; to act in sleep ; to come or go ; to act on any occasion, 
 or in any particular manner ; to range ; to move about ; to move 
 off. — V. n. to pass through on foot; to lead out for the sake of 
 exercise or air. 
 
 WALK, s. the act of moving on foot ; gait, step, or manner 
 of moving; the distance to which a person goes on foot; an 
 avenue set with trees ; a way, or road ; the slowest or least rais- 
 ed pace of a horse. 
 
 WA'LKER, «. one that walks. 
 
 WA'LKER, CLEMENT, a political writer during the Puritan 
 Revolution of the 17th century. He studied at Oxford, and re- 
 presented Wells in the parliament of 1640. He was a Presby- 
 terian royalist, and being unable to prevent the ascendency of 
 the Independents, thought to molest them with his pen. His His- 
 tory of Independency is sadly scurrilous, and has had the merit of 
 being a favourite with such as feared and hated what it misre- 
 presented. Having written against Cromwell, he was imprisoned, 
 and died in the Tower, in 1051, aged about 55 years. 
 
 WA'LKER, JOHN, an English clergyman of the end of the 
 17th and beginning of the 18th centuries, of whom nothing is 
 siirely known, except that he enjoyed certain livings in the 
 Church, and wrote a book which he called the Suffm-tngs of the 
 Clergy, which is an unpleasantly written and fabulous account of 
 the proceedings against the semi-papist and wholly incompetent 
 and improper persons who held livings in the Church of England 
 at the time when the Long Parliament and Cromwell were intent 
 upon having none but true shepherds, in the place of " idol shep- 
 herds" and hirelings. Walker seems to have supposed that 
 these persons were officially sacred, and that therefore they were 
 martyrs in a good cause. The matter is better understood now 
 than it was when he wrote. 
 
 WA'LKER, SIR EDWARD, an English historical writer of 
 the 17th century. He was in the service of Charles I. as a secre- 
 tary of state, and accompanied Charles 11. in his exile. After 
 the Restoration he was rewarded by a secretaryship, and the 
 post of Garter King-at-Arms. He died in 1077. His works are 
 of a miscellaneous character, but are valuable for the information 
 they give respecting some parts of the "Great Rebellion." 
 
 WA'LKER, DR. GEORGE, a clergyman of the Irish Protest- 
 ant Church, whose zeal for Orangeism was so great that he rais- 
 ed a regiment against James II. in Ireland, defended Londonder- 
 ry in that heroic manner that all history tells of, and was finally 
 shot at the battle of the Boyne, in 1690. He wrote a few pam- 
 phlets in aid of the cause also. 
 
 WALKER, ROBERT, an English portrait painter of the 17th 
 century. His portraits of Cromwell, and of his great generals 
 and officers, are his best works. He was high in the Protector's 
 favour, and died in 1600. Very little is known of his history 
 beside this. 
 
 WA'LKER, JOHN, a writer on the English language, in the 
 last century. He was first an actor, and subsequently a teacher 
 of elocution; and died in 1807, aged 75 years. To aid the po- 
 etastersof this country he compiled a Rhyming Dictionary, but the 
 most valuable of all his works is his Pronouncing Dictionary, which 
 continued till the last few years the standard work of reference 
 on that subject. 
 
 WALL, «. [wal, Brit, walle, Belg.] a pile of brick or stone regu- 
 larly cemented with mortar; the sides of a building ; works built 
 for defence. To take the wall, is to take the upper place. 3'o give 
 tJte wall, is to yield or acknowledge one's inferiority. 
 
 To WALL, V. a. to enclose or defend by a wall. 
 
 WA'LLACE, SIR WILLIAM, of Elderslie, a Scottish hero of 
 the 13th century. The national poets and chroniclers have am- 
 plified andexaggerated the narratives of his deeds, till his popular 
 story has become a mere legend. But it is certain that, being 
 a man of great personal strength, and of undaunted courage and 
 patriotism, when Edward I. had made himself master of Scot- 
 land, he began a desultory kind of warfare against the English, 
 at the head of bands of patriots and outlaws, who were attracted 
 by his prowess, or compelled by circumstances to resort to this 
 as the only defence of their country. In carrying this system 
 
 WAL 
 
 on, he invaded England; and having obtained, as he well de- 
 served, the chief power, he strove vainly to liberate the land, 
 but the jealousy of the nobles, and the discipline and archery of 
 the English army, made it impossible, and he was defeated at 
 Falkirk. After another season of adventures and escapes, he 
 was betrayed to the English king by Sir John Menteith ; and 
 at London was put to death in the cruel manner that was for so 
 long the punishment awarded to traitors, in 1305, aged about 
 30 years. 
 
 WA'LLACE, WILLIAM, an eminent mathematician of Edin- 
 burgh. He was a self-educated man, and obtained the friend- 
 ship of Robinson and Playfair by his distinguished attainments 
 in mathematics and astronomy. His first post was at Perth ; 
 and he afterwards obtained an appointment in the military col- 
 lege of Sandhurst. On the death of his friend Playfair, he was 
 called to a professorship at Edinburgh, which he held till near 
 the close of his life. He died in 1843, aged 75 years. He wrote 
 several valuable papers on different branches of his favourite 
 sciences. 
 
 WALLA'CHIA, a prineipalityof Europe, lying on the Danube, 
 about 250 miles in length, and 125 in breadth. It is bounded 
 by Austria, Turkey, and Russia. The Carpathian mountains 
 form part of its N. boundary, and it is watered by the Danube and 
 its tributaries. Several kinds of metals are found in the moun- 
 tains, and the sands of the rivers yield gold. Rock-salt is also 
 abundant. Cora of various kinds, wine, wool, &c. &c. are pro- 
 duced plentifully. The forests yield good timber. The trade is 
 chiefly carried on by means of the Danube. Bucharest is its 
 capital. Pop. about 1,000,000. This country is dependent on 
 Turkey, but Russia arrogates a greater interest in it, and it is 
 not unlikely to be absorbed in that ever-growing empire before 
 long. 
 
 WA'LLENSTEIN, or Wa'ldstein, Albert Wenceslaus Eu- 
 SEBius, Duke of Friedland, Mecklenburg, &c., the great imperial- 
 ist general of the 30 years' war. He was early instructed by the 
 Jesuits, though of Protestant family, and travelled and studied 
 in Italy and Switzerland. He had distinguished himself in war 
 before the outbreak of the great war in which he acquired his 
 immortality of renown. After 1618, his history is that of Ger- 
 many itself. Against Count Mansf'eld, Betlehen Gabor, Chris- 
 tian IV. of Denmark, he gained many and important victories. 
 He usually raised his own armies, and gathered together soldiers 
 and adventurers from every nation, making the motley assem- 
 blage a mere instrument of his powerful and all-compelling mind. 
 He freely advanced money to the emperor from his own resources, 
 and repaid himself by the purchase of duchies and counties. 
 His victories were wrested from time and nature : Stralsund 
 alone seemed able to withstand him. But he had powerful ene- 
 mies at work, and at length the emperor dismissed him. He 
 retired to his estates in silence. Meanwhile the great Gustavus 
 Adolphus entered on the contest ; Tilly was defeated and slain ; 
 the imperialist cause seemed ruined. Wallenstein was recalled, 
 and received irresponsible power : he alone could save the em- 
 pire. At Nuremberg he practically defeated the Swedes by in- 
 action : at Liitzen he lost the day, but Gustavus fell. And now 
 his enemies again began to undermine him. The emperor inter- 
 fered with his plans, and Wallenstein haughtily refused to obey. 
 He was charged with conspiracy against Ferdinand; — in truth, 
 he was the victim of a conspiracy. His troops were full of ma- 
 terials for a skilful plotter. He was kept from the hearing of 
 the emperor. His plans for self-preservation were all foiled, and 
 made to look like proofs of treason ; and at last, at Eger, whither 
 he bad resorted for safety, he was assassinated by the order of 
 the emperor, in 1034, aged 51 years. He was a consummate 
 general, but he betrayed his Weakness in an inordinate faith in 
 astrology. 
 
 WA'LLER, SIR WILLIAM, one of the leaders in the civil 
 wars of the 17th century. He studied at Oxford, and served 
 with the Protestant armies in Germany. Entering parliament, 
 he joined the opposition party, and at the outbreak of war re- 
 ceived a command from the Parliament. He was not on the 
 whole a successful soldier, and the turn of affairs which brought 
 the Independents into power was far from agreeable to him. 
 He was concerned in the Cheshire insurrection, just before the 
 Restoration, and died in 1668, aged 71 years. He wrote a Vin- 
 dication of himself, and some pious Meditations. 
 
 WA'LLER, EDMUND, an English poet of the 17th century. 
 5 z 905 
 
W A L 
 
 He studied at Cambridge, and entered parliament, in which he 
 served under James I. and Charles I., to the wars. He was a 
 royalist, but at one time joined the opposition party. He was 
 only known as a poet, till he was detected in a plot to raise Lon- 
 don against the parliament, and escaped by the display of great 
 meanness, on paying a fine of £10,000. He went to France, but 
 returned during Cromwell's supremacy, whom he flattered ex- 
 ceedingly. He played the same part by the restored Charles 
 with better success, and died in 1687, aged 82 years. His poems 
 are elegantly written, but are not so highly estimated now as 
 they were by some of his contemporaries. 
 
 WA'LLET, s. [!cea//ian, Sax.] a bag in which a traveller car- 
 ries his necessaries; a knapsack ; a budget ; a protuberance or 
 swelling. 
 
 WA'LLEYE, s. in Surgery, a disease in the crystalline hu- 
 mour of the eye ; the glaucoma. 
 
 WA'LLEYED, a. having white eyes, 
 
 WA'LLFLOWER, s. in Botany, a common flower, of the stock 
 kind, with a rich yellow blossom, and an agreeable scent, found 
 in old walls. 
 
 WA'LLINGFORD, Berkshire. It stands on the Thames, over 
 which it has a bridge. It is a neat place, with three churches, 
 and was formerly much more extensive and important. The 
 trade is that of a central country town, with some malting. It 
 is 4-5 miles from London. Market, Friday. Pop. 2780. 
 
 WA'LLIS, JOHN, an English divine, mathematician, and 
 man of letters, in the 17th century. He studied at Cambridge, 
 and became a clergyman, and was one of the Assembly of Di- 
 vines. He was eminent even then for his scientific attainments, 
 and was appointed to a professorship at Oxford, by the parliament. 
 His weightiest engagements at this time were scientific pursuits 
 and controversies. After the Restoration, he appears chiefly as 
 a scientific writer, except that he was on the committee which 
 revised the Common Prayer Book, and so helped in the English 
 Bartholomew, He died in 1703, aged 87 years. His most im- 
 portant work is the Ariihmetie of Infinites, which led the way to 
 Newton's discoveries. His place in the history of mathematical 
 science is particularly eminent. 
 
 To WA'LLOP, V. n. [weato.Sax.] to boil. 
 
 To WA'LLOW, {w&llo) v. n. [walwian, Sax.] to move in a heavy 
 or clumsy manner; to welter; to roll in mire, or any thing filthy; 
 to live in a state of filth or gross vice. 
 
 WA'LLRUE, s. in Botany, an herb found on old walls, 
 
 WA'LLWORT, «. in Botany, the dwarf-elder, or danewort. 
 
 WA'LNUT, (tcm'dnut) s. [tcatnot, Belg,] in Botany, a large and 
 handsome tree, bearing the well-known kind of nut that is 
 called by the same name. 
 
 WA'LPOLE,SIR ROBERT, Earl of Orford, the great states- 
 man or minister of the first half of the last century. He studied 
 at Cambridge, and entered parliament. Here be soon gained 
 suflicient reputation to be made secretary at war, and to have 
 other appointments; but a change in the position of parties de- 
 prived him of his offices, and sent him to the Tower. On the 
 accession of the House of Hanover, he was in ascendant ; and 
 from 1714 to 1742, with the exception of three years, during 
 which the South Sea scheme was in full operation, he wielded 
 the affairs of Great Britain. His personal history is lost here in 
 that of England ; and, certainly, excepting his avowed partisans, 
 few will look on that long period as one in which this country 
 was even maintaining its reputation for honesty. He ruled the 
 Commons by bribes, and the king by grossest flattery, — by the 
 queen, by his mistresses. He was raised to the peerage as a re- 
 ward for his services, and died in 1745, aged 69 years. 
 
 WA'LPOLE, HORACE, Earl of Orford, son of the preceding, 
 a virtuoso and dilettanti writer of the last century. He studied 
 at Cambridge, and for a time served in parliament, but soon 
 gave up public life, and amused himself with adorning Straw- 
 berry-hill with his collections of all kinds of works of art, with 
 his writings, and his printing-press. He was, in pretence, a 
 great democrat, but his taste and affections belied his pretence. 
 He died in 1797, aged 80 years. His Castle of Otranto is an 
 English classic ; some of his other books are good, especially 
 that respecting Richard HI. But his Letters are his best pro- 
 ductions, and contain most authentic disclosures of the age and 
 its heroes. The admirers of Chatterton will not easily forget 
 the treatment the inspired boy received from the elegant amateur 
 in literature, 
 906 
 
 WAP 
 
 WA'LRUS, «. in Zoology, a kind of large amphibious animals, 
 inhabiting the regions lying round the north pole. 
 
 WA'LSALL, Staffordshire. This town stands in the midst of 
 the midland coal and iron district, and is one of the great seats 
 of the iron manufactures of England. It has some handsome 
 public buildings, but it is not a well-built place. Its trade is 
 necessarily considerable, but the condition of the lower classes 
 of labourers is wretchedness itself. It is 120 miles from London. 
 Market, Tuesday, Pop, 20,852. 
 
 WA'LSINGHAM, SIR FRANCIS, a statesman of the reign 
 of Elizabeth, who was educated at Cambridge, and afterwards 
 travelled in Europe. His first engagements were diplomatic, and 
 he visited the courts of France, Netherlands, Scotland, &c,, as 
 English ambassador. He was a commissioner at the trial of the 
 unhappy Mary Queen of Scots. He seems also to have been 
 raiiiister of foreign aflPairs ; and in that office to have used such 
 espionage as, in these days, the commonest morality would for- 
 bid. Even his Holiness's pockets could not guard his keys from 
 Walsingham's agents. The tales of his feats in this way, for 
 the honour of his mistress, and the glory of England, surpass 
 modern belief. He died in 1590, aged 54 years. 
 
 WA'LTER, JOHN GOTTLOB, a celebrated anatomist of 
 Germany. He studied at Frankfort and Berlin, and became 
 
 f)rofessor of anatomy and midwifery at the latter place. After a 
 aborious and useful life, he died in 1818, aged 79 years. His 
 works and treatises are very valuable, and contain the results of 
 his long and accurate studies. 
 
 WA'LTON, BRIAN, a learned English prelate of the 17th 
 century. He studied at Oxford, and suffering great losses during 
 the civil wars, took refuge in that university. There he pub- 
 lished his great Pohjglott Bihle. On the Restoration, he received 
 the bishopric of Chester, and died in 1061, aged 61 years. 
 
 WA'LTON,IZAAK, the famous angler, was a London trades- 
 man, but connected with some church dignitaries by marriage, 
 and intimate with others. He lived at Winchester during the 
 civil wars, and was highly thought of by the royalists. He 
 died in 1683, aged 90 years. His Complete Angler, and his Lives 
 of Hooker, Herbert, Donne, Wotton, &c. have deservedly maintained 
 his fame. Few works are so full of genuine beauty as that ma- 
 nual of piscatory art. 
 
 WALTZ, s. [Germ.] a kind of dance lately very fashionable 
 in England ; in it the dancers, half embracing, whirl round each 
 other, at the same time moving in a circle. 
 
 To WA'MBLE, {wdmbl) v. n. [wemmelen, Belg.] to roll with 
 sickness or squeamishness, applied to the stomach. 
 
 WAN, a. [wann, Sax.] pale; sickly; having a languid look. 
 
 WAND, s. [vaand, Dan.] a small stick or twig; a long rod ; a 
 staff' of office; a charming-rod. 
 
 To WA'ND/ER, V. n. {wandrian, Sax.] to rove ; to move or go 
 about without any certain course or settlement ; to deviate; to 
 ramble ; to go astray. — v. a. to travel over without any certain 
 course. 
 
 WA'NDERER, s. a rover ; a rambler, 
 
 WA'NDERING, s. uncertain peregrination ; aberration ; mis- 
 taken way; uncertainty. 
 
 To WANE, V. n. [see To Wan ; wanian. Sax.] to decrease or 
 grow less, applied to the moon ; to decline ; to sink ; to diminish. 
 
 WANE, s. the decrease of the moon ; decline ; diminution ; 
 declension. 
 
 WA'NNESS, s. paleness ; languor. 
 
 To WANT, V. a. \_wana, Sax.] to be without, or stand in need 
 of, something fit or necessary; to be defective, or fall short; 
 to wish for, or desire ; to lack. — v. n. to be defective in any par- 
 ticular; to fail ; to be missed ; not to be had ; to be improperly 
 absent. 
 
 WANT, s. need or necessity; deficiency; the state of not 
 having; poverty; indigence.— [wan(£, Sax.] a mole. 
 
 WA'NTON, o. lascivious ; lustful ; gay ; frolicsome ; super- 
 fluous or luxuriant ; licentious ; unrestrained ; luxurious. 
 
 To WA'NTON, V. n. to behave in a lascivious or gay manner; 
 to revel ; to move nimbly and irregularly, 
 
 WA'NTON LY, ad, lasciviously ; frolicsomely ; sportively ; 
 carelessly, 
 
 WA'NTONNESS, ». lasciviousness ; sportiveness ; licentious- 
 ness. 
 
 WA'PENTAKE, s. [woepun. Sax. and take,} a hundred, so 
 called from a meeting, wherein a hundred men, who were under 
 
t 
 
 r 
 
 WAR 
 
 their earlder-man, assembled and touched his or each other's 
 weapons, in token of their fidelity and allegiance. 
 
 WAPITI, s. in Natural History, a kind of deer, found in 
 Canada. 
 
 WAR, {tvaur) s. \werre, old Belg.] active hostility between 
 nations, or parties in a nation. Poetically, the instruments of 
 war ; an army ; forces ; the profession of a soldier ; act or state 
 of opposition ; hostility. 
 
 To WAR, V. a. to carry on armed opposition against an enemy ; 
 used with on, or upon, against, or with. — v. n. to be in a state of 
 hostility. 
 
 WA'RBECK, PERKIN, or Peter, a young man who, during 
 the reign of Henry VH., claimed the crown, as being the Duke 
 of York, who was said to have been smothered in the Tower 
 with Edward V. by their uncle Richard. His claim was be- 
 lieved by many; and he invaded England and besieged Exeter; 
 but his army being dispersed by the king's forces, he took re- 
 fuge in Beaulieu Abbey, Hampshire; and being drawn from it 
 by a promise of pardon, suffered the cruel punishment awarded 
 to traitors, in 1499. His claims have been recently re-asserted, 
 and at the same time it has been shown that Richard HI.'s cha- 
 racter has been unjustly blackened by those who were interested 
 in excluding him ^rom sympathy. 
 
 To WA'RBLE, v. a. [wervelen, Teut.] to quaver in singing ; 
 to modulate; to sing out like birds. — v. n. to be quavered ; to be 
 uttered melodiously ; to sing. 
 
 WA'RBURTON, DR. WILLIAM, an English prelate, who 
 was very eminent as a theological, controversial, and critical 
 writer, in the last century. He did not receive a university edu- 
 cation, but he compensated for the lack of it by private study 
 and original talent. He was raised to the episcopal bench by 
 George II., and died in 1779, aged 81 years. His works are 
 very numerous, and the chief of them are. The Divine Legation of 
 Moses, in which he endeavours to prove that the Israolitish na- 
 tion must have been maintained by miraculous means, because 
 Moses does not appeal to the doctrine of a future state, and 
 which is full of erudition and original disquisitions ; The Alliance 
 of Church and State; an Essay on Miracles, kc. &c. He was a 
 great friend of Pope, and helped Theobald in his Commentaries 
 on Shakspeare. His controversies were not carried on in a very 
 agreeable spirit, and he seems not to have been a profound be- 
 liever in his own arguments. 
 
 WARD, DR. SETH, an English prelate, distinguished for his 
 knowledge of mathematics and astronomy. He studied at Cam- 
 bridge, and was appointed to a professorship at Oxford by the 
 parliamentary commissioners. After the Restoration he received 
 valuable church preferment, and died in 1689, aged 72 years. 
 He published several works both on scientific and theological 
 subjects. 
 
 Ward, \weard. Sax.] used at the end of words in Composi- 
 tion, implies the tendency or direction of any motion. 
 
 To WARD, V. a. [weardian, Sax.] to guard or watch ; to de- 
 fend or protect, followed by from ; to force off. — v. n. to act with 
 a weapon upon the defensive ; to be vigilant ; to keep guard. 
 
 WARD, s. \warda, law Lat.] the district or division of a town ; 
 confinement ; an apartment in an hospital or prison ; the part of 
 a lock which hinders its being unlocked by any but the proper 
 key; an orphan under guardianship; the state of a person under 
 a guardian ; the act of guarding ; guard by a weapon in fencing ; 
 garrison. 
 
 WA'RDEN, s. [waerden, Belg.] a keeper: a guardian ; a chief 
 officer. Lord Warden of the Cinque Ports, is the governor of these 
 havens, having the authority of an admiral, and issuing writs 
 in his own name. Warden of the Mint, an officer who receives 
 the bullion, pays for it, and has the superintendence of the other 
 officers. 
 
 WA'RDER, s. one who keeps watch ; a guard ; a truncheon 
 by which an officer of arms forbade fight. Warders of the Tower 
 of London, a detachment of the yeomen of the guard, who wait 
 at the gates to take an account of persons coming into the Tower, 
 and to attend state prisoners. 
 
 WA'RDMOTE, s. {weard and mot, Sax.] a meeting ; a court 
 held in every ward in the city of London, for choosing oflicers, 
 and doing other business of the ward. 
 
 WA'RDROBE, s. [garderobe, Fr.] a room where clothes are kept. 
 
 WARE, preter. of To Wear, more frequently written Wore. 
 
 WARE, a. See Aware. 
 
 WAR 
 
 WARE, s. [M-'aere, Belg.] something exposed to be sold. 
 
 WARE, Hertfordshire. The New River head is not far from 
 this town. It is 20 miles from London. Market, Tuesday. 
 Pop. 4653. 
 
 WA'REHAM, Dorsetshire. It stands near the rivers Frorae 
 and Piddle, over which are bridges, about 3 miles from the 
 sea. It has several ancient ruins, and was once of greater ex- 
 tent than it is now. It has a small trade by coasting vessels. 
 It is 110 miles from London. Market, Saturday. Pop. 2746. 
 
 WA'REHOUSE, s. a storehouse of merchandise. 
 
 WA'RFARE, s. [ware and faren. Sax.] a state of enmity; a 
 state of war and opposition ; military service or life. 
 
 To WA'RFARE, v. n. to lead a military life. 
 
 WA'RHAM, WILLIAM, an English prelate of the 15th and 
 16th centuries. He was educated at Oxford, and, as was cus- 
 tomary in those times, advanced in civil and ecclesiastical pre- 
 ferment with equal steps, being at last archbishop of Canterbury 
 and lord chancellor. He was opposed to the marriage of Henry 
 with the widow of his brother Arthur, which afterwards was the 
 occasion of such vast changes, and found a formidable rival in 
 Wolsey. He at length resigned the great seal, and died in 
 1532, aged about 75 years. He was a great patron of learning, 
 and was one of the English friends of Erasmus, but he was not 
 above the superstitions of the age. 
 
 WA'RILY, ad. prudently ; cautiously; circumspectly. 
 
 WA'RINESS, s. prudence; circumspection; cautiousness; 
 timorous scrupulousness. 
 
 WARK, s. [Sax.] used at the end of words ; building or 
 work. 
 
 WA'RLIKE, a. [wariice, Sax.'] belonging to the military art ; 
 martial: valiant; stout. 
 
 WA'RLOCK, Wa'rluck, s. [werloj, Sax.] a male witch; a 
 wizard. 
 
 WARM, a. [Goth, and Belg. wearm, Sax.] heated in a small 
 degree. Figuratively, zealous, ardent, violent, furious, passion- 
 ate, fanciful, enthusiastic, busy in action. 
 
 To WARM, V. a. [iceanman, Sax.] to heat gently ; to free from 
 cold ; to make vehement, or affect with any passion ; to heat 
 mentally. 
 
 WA'RMINGPAN, s. a covered brass pan for warming a bed 
 by means of hot coals. 
 
 WA'RMLY, ad. with gentle heat; eagerly; ardently. 
 
 WA'RMNESS, s. Iwarme, Teut.] heat ; passion ; fervour of 
 mind. 
 
 WARMTH, s. gentle heat. Figuratively, zeal, or ardour. 
 
 To WARN, V. a. [wearnen, Belg. wmmian, Sax. warna, Swed.] 
 to caution against any ill or danger; to give notice of some fu- 
 ture ill ; to admonish, or put in mind of something to be per- 
 formed or forborne. 
 
 WA'RNING, s. a notice given beforehand of some evil or dan- 
 ger, or of the consequence of any action. 
 
 WARP, «. {wearp. Sax. werp, Belg.] the thread which crosses 
 the woof in weaving. 
 
 To WARP, V. n. [werpen, Belg.] to change in form or position 
 by weather or time ; to turn awry. — v. a. to contract or shrivel ; 
 to turn aside from the true direction, or from justice. Among 
 mariners, to haul a ship to a particular place, by a rope fastened 
 to an anchor, against the tide or wind. 
 
 To WA'RRANT, v. a. [garantir, Fr.] to support, maintain, or 
 attest; to give authority to ; to justify; to exempt; to secure; 
 to privilege ; to declare upon surety. 
 
 WA'RRANT, s. a writ conferring some right or authority, or 
 giving an officer of justice the power of detaining or arresting ; 
 a commission by which a person is justified; attestation; right; 
 legality. 
 
 WARRANTABLE, a. that may be justified or maintained ; 
 defensible; justifiable. 
 
 WA'RRANTRY, Wa'rranty, s. in Law, a covenant entered 
 into by the seller to make good the bargain against all persons 
 and demands; authority; justificatory mandate; security. 
 
 WA'RREN, «. [icaerande, Belg.] a kind of park or enclosure 
 for rabbits, hares, pheasants, partridges. Sec. 
 
 WA'RREN, DR. JOSEPH, one of' the American patriots of 
 the war of Independence. He studied at Harvard College, and 
 had become a physician of considerable eminence in Boston, be- 
 fore the open resistance of the colonies of Great Britain called 
 him to other pursuits. He stood high in the estimation of bis 
 5 z 2 907 
 
WAR 
 
 fellow citizens, and at the battle of Bunker's Hill was killed by 
 a ball, in 1775, aged 35 years. 
 
 WA'RRINGTON, Lancashire. It stands on the Mersey, and 
 is not a well-built town, but it has some good public buildings. 
 It is one of the chief manufacturing places in that part of the 
 county; and, beside cottons, glass, iron -ware, gunpowder, beer, 
 &c. &c. are made in great quantities. Vessels of small burden 
 can come quite up to the town. It is 190 miles from London. 
 Markets, Wednesday and Saturday. Pop. 21,901. 
 
 WA'RRIOR, s. a soldier; a military man. 
 
 WA'RSAW, a large and populous city of Poland, and capital 
 of Mazovia, Russia, surrounded with walls and ditches, and de- 
 fended byafort. It contains several palaces, some noble churches, 
 and other splendid buildings. It is divided into the Old and 
 New Town, to which may be added the suburbs of Cracow and 
 Praga, both very well built. Its trade and manufactures are 
 both considerable. It is seated at the end of large open fields, 
 on the river Vistula, over which it has a bridge. Pop. about 
 150,000. Lat. 52. 14. N. Long. 20. 45. E. 
 
 WART, s. [weart, Sax. tverte, Belg.] a horny excrescence grow- 
 ing on the hands or other narts. 
 
 WA'RTON, DR. JOSEPH, a scholar and writer of the last 
 century. He studied at Oxford, and entered the church, in 
 which his connexions and abilities secured him ample patronage. 
 His writings obtained for hini also a mastership in Winchester 
 grammar-school, and he in time became head master. He died 
 in 1800, aged 78 years. He w rote an Essay on Pope and his Works, 
 and several poetical pieces, amongst which were translations 
 from Virgil. 
 
 WA'RTON, THOMAS, brother of the preceding, a poetical 
 and critical writer of the last century. He studied at Oxford, 
 and became professor of poetry at that university. Late in life 
 he was made poet laureate, and held a professorship of history at 
 Oxford. He had some small livings in the church, and died in 
 1790, aged 62 years. His chief work is \\'\s History of English 
 Poetry ; he also wrote and edited many poems, and some miscel- 
 laneous essays. 
 
 WA'RTY, a. grown over with warts. 
 
 WA'RWICK, (JFame^) Warwickshire. It is seated on a rock 
 near the river Avon, and was fortified with a wall which is now 
 in ruins, but it has still a strong and stately castle. It contains 
 two parish churches, and in that of St. Mary's are several hand- 
 some tombs. The houses are well built, and the town princi- 
 pally consists of one regular built street, at each end of which is 
 an ancient gate. It is adorned with a good free-school and a 
 market-house. It enjoys a good trade, and is 91 miles from 
 London. Market, Saturday. Pop. 9775. 
 
 WA'RWICK, the title of an English earldom, which has been 
 borne by several men of celebrity. Guy, Earl of Warwick, the 
 earliest on record, is a purely legendary character, an English 
 Theseus, whose deeds of hardihood have a spice of homely 
 comedy in them, compared with those of the great Attic hero : 
 as that in which he slew the dun cow, that had been a sore 
 pest to the country. His adventures are the themes of many 
 amusing and instructive ballads, if ever there were such a 
 person, he lived in the 9th or 10th century. Richard NevU, the 
 "king-maker," was the most distinguished actor in the wars of 
 the Roses. He had a great reputation for valour and liberality 
 before the war; and first fought on the side of the Yorkists, 
 gaining several battles, the result of which was the imprison- 
 ment of Henry, and the coronation of Edward. After a period 
 of stormy uncertainty, during which Edward contrived to ali- 
 enate the Earl, Warwick joined Henry's party, drove Edward 
 from the throne, and re-crowned the old king. At length, he 
 was slain at the battle of Barnet, in 1471, aged about 50 years. 
 See Edward IV., Henry VI., &c. 
 
 WA^RWICKSHIR^, {Wdrrickshire) an English county, 50 
 miles in length, and 35 in breadth ; bounded by Worcester- 
 shire, Oxfordshire, Gloucestershire, Northamptonshire, Leices- 
 tershire, and Staffordshire. It contains 158 parishes, and 17 
 market towns. The air is mild and healthful, and the soil fer- 
 tile, producing corn and pastures, particularly in the S. part, 
 called the Vale of Red Horse. It has few hills ; and is watered 
 by the Avon, the Trent, and their feeders. Coal, iron, lime and 
 building stone, &c. are abundant. It has some manufactures, 
 and a good trade. Warwick is the chief town. Pop. 401,715. 
 It sends 10 members to parliament. 
 
 WAS 
 
 WA'RY, a. [war. Sax.] cautious, or taking care of doing any 
 thing amiss; prudent; circumspect. 
 
 WAS, thepreter, ofToBE. 
 
 To WASH, V. a. [icasschen, Belg. wascan, Sax.] to cleanse by 
 rubbing with water, &c. ; to moisten ; to colour by washing. — v.n. 
 to perform the act of cleansing with water, &c. 
 
 WASH, s. a marsh, a fen, a bog, a quagmire ; a liquor used to 
 beautify; a superficial stain or colour; the liquor given hogs, 
 &c. ; the act of cleansing the linen of a family by rubbing them 
 when wetted ; the linen washed at once, 
 
 WA'SHINGTON, GEORGE, the patriot-general of the United 
 States, in the revolutionary war. He was born of a respectable 
 and moderately wealthy family, of Virginia ; and educated as 
 well as the local schools and private study could, especially in 
 mathematics. He began life as a surveyor ; and in the arma- 
 ment of the provinces against the French, was appointed to a 
 command, in which he had the opportunity of learning the rudi- 
 ments of the art of war, being present at several engagements, 
 and having to conduct, or advise, respecting several important 
 undertakings. His next appearance, after an interval of pri- 
 vate life, was as a politician in the last session of the House of 
 Burgesses; and at the commencement of the Revolution, in the 
 first congress. He was appointed by this body commander-in- 
 chief, which office he retained through the whole war. Against 
 every possible difficulty, and those on the side of the patriots 
 were far more harassing than those of the enemy, he contend- 
 ed ; and in various battles proved himself no mean general. The 
 six years following his resignation of the post of commander-in- 
 chief, he spent on his estates, with the exception of his duties 
 in the convention ; and at the end of them he was elected first 
 president of the United States, At the expiration of his term 
 of office he was re-elected ; and during the European war, main- 
 tained a wise neutrality, although the general feeling of the 
 people was in favour of war with England and the other oppo- 
 nents of France. He died in 1799, aged 67 years. Washington's 
 name has become synonymous with genuine patriotism ; and 
 this is his noblest claim to fame. In his eminent situations he 
 was distinguished for unconquerable courage and the most con- 
 summate prudence; but he neverdisplayed any of the higher and 
 more brilliant qualities, that have immortalized statesmen and 
 warriors whose lives were far less momentous to humanity than 
 his. He was, in the most remarkable manner, the man needed 
 by the times; and he nobly fulfilled his destiny. His private 
 life was unsullied ; — for it must not be imputed to him as a crime 
 that he was a slaveholder, when only a few men of rare piety 
 and humanity in England, and the leaders of the Reign of Ter- 
 ror In France, were the opponents of that long-established system. 
 
 WA'SHINGTON, the capital of the United States, N. Ame- 
 rica. It is in Columbia District, and stands on the Potomac, 
 over which is a bridge, upwards of a mile long. There are 3 
 other bridges over Rock Creek and the Anacostia. It is a re- 
 gularly planned and nobly built city, but is very far from being 
 completed yet. The public buildings give it its chief splendour. 
 The capitol, where congress meets, is the finest senate-house in 
 the world, after the magnificent pile of buildings now erecting 
 for the British parliament. The president's house, the govern- 
 ment offices, the navy yard, &c. &c. are all studies in different 
 styles of architecture. An institution for the Promotion of Sci- 
 ence, a public library, the Columbia College, and other institu- 
 tions, maintain the credit of the States for regard to education. 
 In trade and manufactures it yields to the neighbouring city of 
 Baltimore, being less favourably situated. It cannot compare 
 with the capitals of European states, both from its recent origin, 
 and because the economy of republican institutions forbids the 
 lavish expenditure of public! money which has adorned them. 
 Pop. 23, 304. Lat. 32. 54. N. Long. 77. 2. W. There are 101 
 other places in the States similarly named. 
 
 WASP, s. [loeasp. Sax.] in Entomology, a stinging insect, of 
 about the size of a bee.of a yellow colour, with black bands and 
 spots. They build their nests of a kind of paper, and th6ir 
 economy is as remarkable as that of the hive bee. There are 
 other kinds of wasps, that live solitarily, and make their nests 
 in walls, banks, &c. 
 
 WA'SPISH, a. easily provoked ; peevish ; malignant ; irrit- 
 able; fretful; humoursome; spiteful; venomous. 
 
 WA'SSEL, Wa'ssail, s. [washal. Sax.] a liquor made of roast- 
 ed apples, sugar, and ale ; a drinking-bout. 
 
'^SS;^^^&mLSSis5:^m 
 
w 
 
 C •• T .-i f, 
 
 UN1V£..3)TY 
 
 OF 
 
1 
 
 WAT 
 
 'Xli 
 
 To WASTE, V. a. [woesten, Belg.] to consume gradually, or 
 diminish ; to squander ; to destroy or desolate ; to spend with- 
 out profit or advantage. — f. n. to dwindle ; to be in a state of 
 consumption. 
 
 WASTE, a. destroyed or ruined ; desolate or uncultivated ; 
 superfluous; lost for want of occupiers; worthless; of no use. 
 TJ''aste-book, in Book-keeping, an account book in which articles 
 are entered promiscuously as they occur, without regard to 
 debtor or creditor. 
 
 WASTE, s. wanton or luxurious consumption ; loss ; the act 
 of squandering; desolate, uncultivated, or unoccupied ground. 
 
 WA'STEFUL, a. destructive; ruinous; lavish; prodigal; 
 desolate ; uncultivated. 
 
 WA'STER, s. one that consumes dissolutely and extrava- 
 a squanderer; a vain consumer. 
 
 WATCH, s. [iracce. Sax.] forbearance of sleep; attendance 
 without sleeping; attention; guard; a watchman, or person set 
 as a guard ; the office of a guard in the night ; a period of the 
 night; a pocket horologe. Among mariners, it is the space of 
 four hours, during which one half of the crew keep on deck, and 
 are then relieved by the other. 
 
 To WATCH, V. n. [icacian, Sax.] to keep awake ; to keep guard ; 
 to look with expectation, attention, or cautious observation, with 
 intent to seize. — v. a. to guard, or have in custody ; to observe 
 secretly, or in ambush, in order to prevent, detect, or betray; to 
 tend, applied to cattle. 
 
 WATCHER, s. one who sits up; a diligent overlooker or ob- 
 server. 
 
 WATCHET, a. [waced, Sax.] blue, or pale blue. 
 
 WA'TCHFUL, a. vigilant; cautious; attentive. 
 
 WA'TCHFULNESS, s. vigilance ; cautious regard ; heed. 
 
 WA'TCH HOUSE, s. the place where the watch is set. 
 
 WA'TCHMAKER, s. one whose trade is to make watches. 
 
 WA'TCHMAN,«. a guard ; a sentinel ; one set to keep ward. 
 
 WA'TCHTOWER, s. a tower on which a sentinel was placed 
 for the sake of prospect. 
 
 To WA'TER, {wauter) v. a. to irrigate; to moisten ; to supply 
 with water ; to diversify as with waves, applied to calendering. — 
 V. n. to shed moisture; to get or take in water; to be used in 
 supplying water. The mouth waters, implies that a person longs, 
 or has a vehement desire, for something. 
 
 WA'TER, (tcaiiter) s. [u-aeter, Belg. water, Sax.] in Chemistry, 
 the well-known fluid, which, correctly described, is protoxide of 
 hydrogen. It was formerly thought an elementary substance. 
 Id its solid state, it is called ice ; vaporized, it forms steam. Its 
 utility to man in all its forms, and the important part it plays in 
 nature, are familiar to all. Figuratively, the sea, opposed to the 
 land ; urine ; the peculiar clearness of a diamond. To hold water, 
 is used for being sound and tight, literally or figuratively. 
 
 WATERCOLOURS, s. in the Fine Arts, pigments formed by 
 grinding earths, and animal and vegetable substances, with gum 
 and water, isinglass, &c. 
 
 WATERCOURSE, s. a natural or artificial channel for the 
 passage of water in low grounds and meadows. 
 
 WATERCRESS, s. in Botany, a well-known plant found in 
 brooks and running water, much used as a salad. 
 
 WATERFALL, s. a cataract ; a cascade. 
 
 WATERFLAG, ». in Botany, the water flower-de-luce. 
 
 WATERFORD, a county of Munster, Ireland. It lies on St. 
 George's Channel, and is bounded by Wexford,.Kilkenny, Tip- 
 perary, and Cork. It is 50 miles in length, and about 30 la 
 breacfth. It is generally mountainous, and has heights exceed- 
 ing 2500 feet. Its rivers are the Blackwater, the Suir, the Bar- 
 row, &c. ; and its chief bays, Waterford Harlfour and Dungarvaa 
 Bay. Iron, copper, lead, and other metals, with slate, building- 
 stone of different kinds, &c. are found here. It produces some 
 corn, with cattle, butter, and other dairy stuff. Its fisheries are 
 good, but not much attended to; and its manufactures chiefly of 
 a domestic kind. Waterford, its chief town, stands on the Suir, 
 over which is a bridge. Its situation is excellent, and it has 
 some fine buildings. Ships of considerable size can come up to 
 the town, and the quays along the river banks are very fine. 
 Its trade is excellent. It is 95 miles from Dublin. Pop. 23,216. 
 Pop. of county, 172,971. It sends 3 representatives to the im- 
 perial parliament. 
 
 WATERFOWL, «. fowls that live or get their food in water. 
 
 WATERGRUEL, «. food made of oatmeal boiled in water. 
 
 WAT 
 
 WATERHEN, s. in Ornithology, a species of rail, which is 
 common in this country, and is known by the name of di- 
 dopper, &c. 
 
 WATERLAND, DR. DANIEL, an eminent English divine 
 of the last century. He studied at Cambridge, and obtained 
 valuable preferments in the church, being at the time of his 
 death, chancellor of York, archdeacon of Middlesex, canon of 
 Windsor, and vicar of Twickenham. He died in 1740, aged 57 
 years. His most important works relate to the Trinitarian con- 
 troversjf ; he also wrote on the Eucharist, and against Tindal. 
 
 WATERLILY, s. in Botany, an elegant water-plant, with 
 broad floating leaves, and white or yellow blossoms. The white 
 species is particularly fine. 
 
 WATERMAN, s. a ferryman ; a boatman. 
 
 WATERMARK, «. the utmost limit of the rise of the flood. 
 
 WATERMILL, s. a mill turned by water. 
 
 WATERMOSS, s. in Botany, a sort of moss. . 
 
 WATER-OUZEL, s. in Ornithology, a bird allied to the thrush, 
 which haunts streams, and is capable of sustaining complete 
 submersion, although not constructed like a swimming or diving 
 bird. 
 
 WATERPEPPER, s. in Botany, a plant, the same with the 
 lakeweed. 
 
 WATERPINE, s. in Botany, the plant called also waterwort. 
 
 WATERPLANTS, s. in Botany, those species which grow 
 under water, or which grow only in water, although their leaves 
 and flowers are above the surface. The submerged leaves of 
 these plants are usually divided into fine segments. The breath- 
 ing pores of the floating leaves, instead of being on the under 
 side, as is usual, are on the upper surface. 
 
 WATERPROOF, a. impervious to water. The prepared 
 cloth, called, after the inventor, Macintosh, is the most common- 
 ly employed water-proof cloth ; that prepared with oil, or paint, 
 is also used when large surfaces have to be covered. 
 
 WATERRAT, s. in Natural History, a kind of rat that lives 
 in holes in river and ditch banks, and gets its food in the water. 
 
 WATERSOLDIER, s. in Botany, a very elegant aquatic 
 plant, found in slow streams and ditches, called also water-aloe, 
 and freshwater soldier. 
 
 WATERSPANIEL, s. in Natural History, a variety of the 
 dog kind, resembling the spaniel, but taking the water spon- 
 taneously. 
 
 WATERSPOUT. See Spout. 
 
 WATERWHEEL, «. a wheel with flat boards placed edgeways 
 across its circumference, so as to catch the water falling over 
 a milldam, and act thus as the moving power of mill-work, &c. 
 
 WATERWORK, s. artificial spouts of water; any hydraulic 
 performance ; machines, canals, &c. used for the purpose of sup- 
 plying a town or district with spring water. 
 
 WATERY, (wauier?/) a. aqueous; liquid; insipid; tasteless; 
 vapid; wet; consisting of water; relating to water. 
 
 WATSON, DR. RICHARD, a distinguished English prelate, 
 who studied at Cambridge, and was successively professor of 
 chemistry and divinity in that university. He held some valu- 
 able livings, and was accounted a skilful pamphleteer. This 
 led to his appointment to the see of Llandaff', which he held 
 alon^ with all his other appointments in church and college. 
 He died in 1816, aged 79 years. His writings are numerous, 
 and the chief is his Apology for the Bible, which was designed as 
 a reply to Paine's Age of Reason. 
 
 VVATSON, DR. ROBERT, a Scottish historian. He studied 
 at St. Andrew's, Glasgow, and Edinburgh, and was after a while 
 made professor of logic at St. Andrew's. He died in 1780, aged 
 50 years. His History of Philip II. is his principal work. 
 
 WATT, JAMES, the celebrated engineer, was sickly in child- 
 hood, and received only a common education, but he early dis- 
 played the bent of his mind, and was remarkable for his me- 
 chanical ingenuity ; he also became a tolerable proficient in 
 natural science. In London he learned to be a mathematical 
 instrument-maker, and afterwards opened a shop in that line at 
 Glasgow, and received the appointment of instrument-maker to 
 the university. At this time he was acquainted with most of 
 the eminent men of science and literature in that city, and stimu- 
 lated by their society, devoted himself to those studies which 
 have immortalized his name. He became a civil engineer, and 
 planned and surveyed canals, and invented a micrometer, and a 
 machine for drawing in perspective. From Glasgow he removed 
 
 909 
 
WAV 
 
 to Soho, Biriiiinghain, where, in partnership with Boulton, he 
 greatly improved upon his steam-engine, for which he repeated- 
 ly took out new patents. He had, in the course of this honour- 
 able career, not only the customary opposition of those who are 
 bigoted adversaries to all improvement, but that kind of oppo- 
 sition which he had to meet by legal process, and which was not 
 quashed till after nearly ten years of litigation. Most of the 
 applications of the newly-invented power were suggested by 
 himself; and, in addition to this vast list of inventions, there 
 must be mentioned a copying-press, a machine for drying linen, 
 and a machine for copying sculpture. He also bore a part in the 
 discovery of the composition of water, introduced the use of 
 chlorine in bleaching, proposed to warm buildings and apart- 
 ments by steam, and joined in the establishment of the pneu- 
 matic institution at Clifton, at which Sir Humphrey Davy laid 
 the foundation of his fame. Honours of a literary and scientific 
 nature were freely accorded him, and he died in 1819, aged 83 
 years. The admiration of his countrymen has erected statues 
 and columns to him, — worthily, for, in practical science, he must 
 ever stand in the foremost ranks of the benefactors of man ; 
 having, by the force of his genius, eflected a revolution in all 
 the arts of civilization, and given to manufacturing industry a 
 means of multiplying indefinitely the things most needful for man, 
 and to commerce a servant of unwearied activity, in effecting the 
 interchange of the commodities of the different countries of the 
 earth; whilst war itself has, by the same means, become, in a 
 more eminent degree than ever, the conflict of strategic minds, 
 rather than of mere animal force and courage. In agriculture, 
 also, a change of the like nature is slowly going on. The re- 
 sults of the invention of the steam-engine can be compared only 
 with those oi th^ printing-press ; and, in the history of mankind, 
 they will hold places of equal eminence. 
 
 WATTEAU', ANTOINE, an eminent French painter. He 
 began as a scene-painter, but soon rose into notice and fame, 
 from that comparatively humble occupation. Hi^andscapes are 
 particularly aamired, but he never reached the highest style of 
 art. He once visited England, and died in 1721, aged 37 
 years. 
 
 To WA'TTLE, v. a. [_watelas, Sax.] to bind with, or form by 
 platting, twigs. 
 
 WA'TTLE, 8. a hurdle; the barbs or loose red flesh that 
 hangs below a cock's bill. 
 
 WATTS, DR. ISAAC, a theological writer and poet of the 
 end of the 17th and beginning of the 18th centuries. He was 
 descended from a true nonconformist stock, and his earliest re- 
 collections related to the imprisonment of his own father for 
 conscience' sake. He was educated by Mr. Rowe of London, 
 and after being tutor in the family of Sir John Hartopp, be- 
 came a Dissenting minister. After awhile, however, his health 
 failed, and he went, on the invitation of Sir Thomas Abney, to 
 live with him at Stoke Newington ; and in his family he spent 
 the rest of his life, and died in 1748, aged 75 years. Of his nu- 
 merous works, his Hymns have ever enjoyed the widest popu- 
 larity, being used as the expressions of devotion by all denomin- 
 ations of Christians, from the Episcopalian of the Church of 
 England down to the field preachers and Primitive Methodists. 
 And richly have they deserved their fame, but not more than 
 his Hymns for CAsWren, which are, perhaps, the most remarkable 
 compositions of that kind. His Logic was for ages a text-book 
 at Oxford ; his Improvement of the Mind has been printed in every 
 possible popular form. His other works are almost forgotten, 
 except his Hora iyrie«, which Southey lately edited. An attempt 
 has been made, on the ground of some MS. speculations, written 
 late in life, to impeach the orthodoxy of Dr. Watts, but it has 
 failed, as all such attempts must needs fail,— the nature of the 
 subject-matter being considered, and the vast array of opposing 
 evidence which all his most carefully prepared works afford. 
 
 WAVE, s. [teaegh, Belg.] water rising in swellings above the 
 Ifevel of the surface ; a billow ; a line bending in and out alter- 
 nately; unevenness; fluctuation; inequality. 
 
 To WAVE, V. n. to play loosely; to float ; to be moved as a 
 signal; to fluctuate.— w. a. to raise into inequalities; to move 
 loosely, or to and fro ; to beckon ; to put aside, or decline for the 
 present ; to waft, or remove any thing floating. 
 
 To WA'VER, V. n. [tcafian, Sax.] to play or move loosely to 
 and fro. Applied to the mind, to be unsettled, undetermined, 
 or to fluctuate between different opinions. 
 910 
 
 WE A 
 
 To WAWL, V. n. to cry, howl, or make a loud cry expressive 
 of distress, used in contempt. 
 
 WAX, s. [jo^xe, Sax. wex, Dan. wacks, Belg.] the thick tena- 
 cious matter of which bees form their cells; the same substance 
 melted down and purified, for various uses in art, &c. 
 
 To WAX, V. a. to smear, rub, cover, or join with wax. 
 
 To WAX, V. n. [weaxan, Sax. wachsen, Teut.] to increase in bulk, 
 height, or age ; to grow ; to pass into any state ; to become. 
 
 WA'XCHANDLER, s. a maker of wax candles. 
 
 WA'XEN, a. made of wax. 
 
 WAY, s. [weeg, Sax. weigh, Belg.] a path which leads to any 
 place; the length of a journey; course ; advancement notwith- 
 standing obstacles, used with make; access; passage or room to 
 pass ; sphere of observation ; method ; intermediate step ; re- 
 treat or submission, after give; tendency to any meaning or act ; 
 custom peculiar to a person. By the way, implies without neces- 
 sary connexion with what precedes. To go or come one's way, or 
 ways, is to come or go without further delay. 
 
 WA'YFARING, a. travelling; being on a journey. 
 
 To WAYLA'Y, v. a. to watch in order to seize ; to beset by 
 ambush. 
 
 WA'YWARD, a. [ica and tcearrf, Sax.] fro ward, or perverse; 
 vexatious; morose; peevish. 
 
 WE, pron. [Sax.] the plural of the first personal pronoun, I. 
 
 WEAK, (week) a. [waec, Sax. week, Belg.] void of strength or 
 health; feeble; not strong; infirm; pliant; soft; not stiff ; not 
 powerful; unfortified; scarce audible, or low, applied to sound ; 
 wanting spirit, discernment, or caution, applied to the mind; 
 not well supported by argument. 
 
 To WE'AKEN, {weekn) v. a. to deprive of strength ; to de- 
 bilitate ; to enfeeble. 
 
 WE'AKLY, arf. feebly ; faintly; without efficacy ; indiscreet- 
 ly.— a. not strong; not healthy. 
 
 WE'AKNESS, (wee/crtess) s. infirmity; unhealthfulness ; fee- 
 bleness; defect; failing; want of strength, ability, judgment, 
 resolution, or support. 
 
 WE'AKSIDE, (wca-sirfe) «. foible ; deficience ; infirmity. 
 
 WEAL, {weel) s. [walan. Sax.] happiness or prosperity; a 
 state ; a republic ; public interest or policy. 
 
 WEAL, {weel) s. [tvalan. Sax.] the mark left by a stripe. 
 
 WEALD, Wald, Walt, {weald, ^ax.'] in Composition, signify 
 a wood or forest. 
 
 WEALTH, (welth) s. [waleth. Sax.] riches, whether consisting 
 in money or goods. 
 
 WE'ALTHY, o. rich ; opulent ; abundant. 
 
 To WEAN, {ween) v. a. [ivenan. Sax.] to keep a child from 
 sucking that has been brought up by the breast ; to withdraw 
 from any habit or desire. 
 
 WE'AFON, {weepn or wepn) s. [Sax.] any instrument by which 
 another may be hurt, or one be defended. 
 
 To WEAR, {ware) v. a. pret. wore, past part, worn ; [weran. 
 Sax.] to waste, or consume with use or time ; to consume or 
 spend tediously, used with away, and applied to time ; to bear or 
 carry appendant to the body ; toexhibit in appearance ; to affect 
 by degrees. Used with out, to harass, fatigue, or destroy.— d. n. 
 to be wasted with time or use ; to pass by degrees ; to be tedi- 
 ously spent. 
 
 WEAR, Weir, Weer, {ware) s. [tccer. Sax. wdr, Teut.] a dam 
 to shut up or raise the water. Also the act of wearing; the 
 thing worn, in the two last senses the first orthography is 
 only used. 
 
 WE'ARINESS, {weeriness) s. the quality of being tired, U- 
 tigued, or incommwled ; fatigue ; impatience ; tediousness. 
 
 WE'ARISOME, a. troublesome; tedious. 
 
 WE'ARISOMENESS, s. the quality of tiring ; the state of 
 being easily tired. 
 
 WE'ARY, {weery) a. [waeren, Belg.] tired ; fatigued ; weari- 
 some ; tiresome ; impatient. 
 
 To WE'ARY, {weery) v. a. to tire ; to fatigue ; to incommode ; 
 to harass; to make impatient. 
 
 WE'ASAND, s. Iwasen, Sax.] the windpipe. 
 
 WE'ASEL, s. [wesel. Sax. and Belg.] in Natural History, a 
 small species of carnivorous quadrupeds, nearly allied to the 
 ferret and the polecat ; found in all countries of the N. temper- 
 ate zone. 
 
 WE'ATHER, {wither) s. [weder. Sax.] the state of the air with 
 respect either to heat or cold, wet or dryness ; tempest, storm. 
 
WED 
 
 To WE'ATHER, (wether) v. a. to pass with difficulty; to ex- 
 pose to the air. Followed hj a point, to gain a point against the 
 wind ; to accomplish against opposition. Used with out, to en- 
 dure so as to surmount. 
 
 WE'ATHERBEATEN, {wellierbeeten) a. harassed by, or sea- 
 soned to, hard weather. 
 
 WE'ATHERCOCK, (wethercock) s. a vane to show the direc- 
 tion of the wind. See Touch-me-not. 
 
 WE'ATHERGAGE, {wethergaje) s. any thing that shows the 
 weather. At sea, a ship is said to have the weathergage that is 
 to the windward of another. 
 
 WE'ATHERGLASS, s. a glass that shows the weight of the 
 air ; a barometer. 
 
 WE'ATHERWISE, (tcetherwize) a. skilled in foretelling the 
 change of the weather. 
 
 To WEAVE, (rceeve) v. a. pret. wore or weaved ; past part. 
 tcoven or weaved; [we/an. Sax. weven, Belg.] to form any stuff in 
 a loom with a shuttle; to unite or form, by inserting one part 
 into another. — v. n. to work with a loom. 
 
 WE'AVER, (toeever) s. one who makes woollen or linen 
 cloth. 
 
 WE'AVER BIRD, ». in Ornithology, a general name given to 
 several species of African birds, which build their nests, either 
 singly or in company, in the most artful and beautiful way; the 
 materials being so skilfully interwoven as to form a kind of felt ; 
 and the whole structure, in the case of the sociable species, re- 
 sembling a vast honey-comb. 
 
 WE'AVING, s. the art of forming by means of a loom those 
 fabrics specially designated textile. There are various kinds of 
 weaving, used for the production of different stuffs. The power- 
 loom has now almost superseded hand-loom weaving. 
 
 WEB, s. [webba. Sax.] any thing woven ; a tissue or texture 
 formed of threads interwoven with each other ; a kind of film 
 that hinders the sight; a cataract; a suffusion; the net and 
 nest of a spider. 
 
 WEBBE, SAMUEL, a distinguished English composer, who 
 was apprenticed to a cabinet-maker, but gave up this trade, and 
 gained a scanty living by copying music, till his compositions 
 brought him into notice. He held offices both in the Catch- 
 club and the Glee-club, and gained nearly 30 medals for prize 
 glees, &c. He died in 1817, aged 77 j'ears. His glees are 
 amongst the finest of the English school of music : they are well 
 known. He also wrote some masses and other sacred music, 
 songs, &c. He had acquired, by his own study, a considerable 
 proficiency in various languages and other studies. 
 
 WE'BER, CARL MARIA VON, an eminent German com- 
 poser. He received the best instruction in his art that Germany 
 could afford, but he owes bis celebrity to his own genius. He 
 made professional tours throughout the whole of Germany, and 
 resided for some time at Breslau, Vienna, Carlsruhe, Dresden, 
 &c., holding in some of these places official situations, and always 
 increasing his fame. At last he visited London, and super- 
 intended a new opera ; and died there, in 1826, aged 40 years. 
 His Der Freischutz, and Oberon, are his two greatest pieces. 
 
 WE'BFOOTED, a. having films between the toes, applied to 
 water-fowl. 
 
 WE'BSTER, DR. NOAH, the American lexicographer. He 
 studied at Yale College, served in the war of Independence, and 
 finally, at New Vork and Newhaven, edited a newspaper, kept a 
 school, and published various works on different subjects. His 
 Dictionary is one of the best of the English language, but it is 
 disfigured by Americanisms; and in the essential parts, such as 
 etymology, is not as advanced as a work of the last age ought 
 to be. He died in 1843, aged 81 years. 
 
 To WED, V. a. [wediaii. Sax.] to marry; to lake for husband 
 or wife ; to join in marriage ; to unite indissolublj', or for a long 
 continuance ; to unite by love or fondness.— f. n. to contract 
 matrimony. 
 
 WE'DDING, s. the marriage ceremony ; a marriage. 
 
 WEDGE, s. [wegge, Belg. vegge, Dan.] in Natural Philosophy, 
 one of the mechanical powers, consisting of a body with a sharp 
 edge, continually growing thicker, and used in cleaving timber. 
 A mass of metal ; any thing in form of a wedge. 
 
 To WEDGE, f. a. to fasten or force together with wedges; to 
 stop or straiten with wedges; to cleave with wedges; to fix as 
 a wedge. 
 
 WE'DGWOOD, JOSIAH, the great improver of English 
 
 WEI 
 
 pottery, rose from humble circumstances by his taste and in- 
 genuity. He especially excelled in the manufacture of orna- 
 mental ware, vases, seals, cameos, &c. ; whilst in common ware 
 he introduced such improvements that England now rivals all 
 the countries which are celebrated for their potteries. He in- 
 vented a pyrometer, projected the Grand Trunk canal, and ex- 
 pended the large fortune he realized with enlightened munifi- 
 cence. His seat near Newcastle-under-Lyme was called by him 
 Etruria. He died in 1795, aged 65 years. Some kinds of earthen- 
 ware are called, after him, Wedgwood-ware. 
 
 WE'DLOCK, s. [wed and lac. Sax.] matrimony ; marriage ; 
 nuptials. 
 
 WE'DNESDAY, s. [TVodensdag, Sax.] the fourth day in the 
 week ; named from the Teuton god, Woden. 
 
 WEE, a. {weeing, Belg.] little ; small. 
 
 WEED, s. \teeod. Sax.] a noxious or useless herb growing 
 spontaneously.— [M)(8(ia, Sax. waed, Belg.] any kind of garment 
 or dross. 
 
 To WEED, V. a. to clear from or remove noxious or useless 
 plants. Figuratively, to free from any thing noxious, or from 
 an ill habit ; to root out. 
 
 WEE'DER, s. one that takes away any thing noxious. 
 
 WEE'DY, a. consisting of or abounding with weeds. 
 
 WEEK, «. [loeke, Belg.] the space of seven days. 
 
 WEE'KDAY, s. a working-day, opposed to Sunday, the day 
 of rest. 
 
 WEE'KLY, a. happening, produced, or done once a week. — 
 ad. once a week. 
 
 WEEL, 8. \_w(el, Sax.] a whirlpool; a snare for fish, made of 
 willow twigs. 
 
 To WEEN, V. a. \wenan, Sax.] to think, imagine, or fancy. 
 
 To WEEP, v.n. preter. and past part, wept; [weopan, Sax.] 
 to express sorrow by tears ; to shed tears. — v. a. to bewail or la- 
 ment with tears; to bemoan; to shed moisture; to abound 
 with wet. • 
 
 WEE'PER, s. one who sheds tears; a mourner; part of the 
 costume worn at funerals. 
 
 To WEET, V. n. pret. wot or wote ; [witon, Sax. weten, Belg.] to 
 know; to be informed. Seldom used, except in the preterite. 
 
 WEE'VER, .lOHN, an English antiquary of the 17th century. 
 He studied at Cambridge, but little is known of him, save his 
 work called Funeral Monuments, which is of considerable value 
 and interest. He died in about 1632. 
 
 WEE'VIL, s. [tcevel, Teut.] in Entomology, the general name 
 of a tribe of small beetles, easily recognised by their long and 
 narrow rostra, or snouts. They are very destructive to nuts, fruit 
 trees, vines, wheat, &c. The species that bores into old wood 
 is well known. Some species are very beautiful in the colours of 
 their elytra. 
 
 WEFT, s. ['Ufta, Sax.] the woof of cloth. See Waif. 
 
 To WEIGH, (way) v. a. [weghen, Belg.] to find the weight of 
 any thing by balance or scales ; to equal in weight ; to pay, 
 allot, or take by weight; applied to an anchor, to take up; to 
 examine or balance in the mind; followed by down, to overba- 
 lance, or exceed in weight or importance; to overburden or de- 
 press, applied to difficulties. — v.n. to contain in weight; to raise 
 the anchor ; to sink by its own weight ; to be looked on as im- 
 portant, to determine the judgment, followed by with. 
 
 WEI'GHER, s. he who weighs. 
 
 WEI'GHING-MACHINE, s. an instrument for ascertaining 
 the weight of goods, &c. The largest are those for weighing 
 hay, the machinery of which is very simple, being a combination 
 of levers, and can be seen in almost all country towns. 
 
 WEIGHT, (wait) s. [wiht, Sax.] quantity found by balancing 
 in scales; a mass by which other bodies are examined in scales; 
 a ponderous or heavy mass; the quality by which bodies tend 
 towards the centre; pressure; burden; importance, power, in- 
 fluence, or efficacy. 
 
 WEI'GHTY, (icdity) a. heavy; ponderous; efficacious; mo- 
 mentous; important. 
 
 WEIMA'R, the capital of Saxe- Weimar-Eisenach, Germany. 
 It stands on the Ilm, over which are 2 bridges. The palace, the 
 churches, and the public buildings are fine structures. It has a 
 fine library, and several excellent educational institutions. Its 
 trade is inconsiderable. Pop. under 15,000. Lat. 51. 0. N. 
 Long.ll. 23. E. 
 
 WE'INBRENNER, FREDERIC, an eminent German ar- 
 
 911 
 
WEL 
 
 chitect. He studied his art by travelling in Europe, and par- 
 ticularly in Ital;^. On his return to Germany;, he erected many 
 noble buildings in his native place, Carlsruhe, in Baden, Leipsic, 
 Strasburg, &c. He died in 1826, aged 60 years. His works are 
 of great value to students and practical architects. 
 
 WEl'SSE, CHRISTIAN FELIX, a German poet, of the last 
 century. He studied at Leipsic, and wrote dramas, &c. at that 
 city. There also he edited a literary journal, and published his 
 books for children. He held an office under government, by 
 which he was mainly supported; and died in 1804, aged 78 
 years. His works are very numerous; but his reputation is 
 somewhat eclipsed by the greater men of letters who have 
 adorned Germany since his day. 
 
 WE'LCOME, a. [wilcume. Sax. welkom, Belg.] received with 
 gladness, kindness, or care ; pleasing, or conferring pleasure, by 
 being present. 
 
 WE'LCOME, s. the ceremony paid to a visitant at bis first ap- 
 pearance ; kind reception of a new comer. 
 
 To WE'LCOME, v. a. to receive with kindness. 
 
 To WELD, V. a. to beat one mass into another. 
 
 WE'LDON, JOHN, an eminent English composer, of the 
 last century. He studied under Purcell, and was first an or- 
 ganist at Oxford. Afterwards he became organist of the Chapel 
 Royal, of St. Bride's, and of St. Martin's in the Fields. His an- 
 thems are very fine. He died in 1736, aged about 55 years. 
 
 WE'LFARE, s. happiness ; success ; prosperity. 
 
 WE'LKIN, s. [welcen. Sax.] the sky ; the visible regions of the 
 air. — a. sky-coloured. 
 
 WELL, s. [welle. Sax.] a spring or fountain ; a deep narrow 
 pit of water; the cavity in which stairs are placed. 
 
 WELL, a. not sick; happy; convenient; proper; being in 
 favour ; recovered from any sickness or misfortune. 
 
 WELL, ad. [Sax.] in health ; not ill ; in a skilful, proper, suf- 
 ficient, or good manner; favourably; conveniently; pleasingly. 
 As welt as, used conjunctively, implies together with. Well nigh, 
 signifies nearly, or almost. In composition it expresses any 
 thing right, proper, laudable, handsome, or free from defect. 
 — conj. used to introduce a new sentence, containing a change of 
 thought, unexpected by the reader. 
 
 WE'LLADAY, interject, alas. 
 
 WELLBE'ING, s. happiness; prosperity. 
 
 WELLBRE'D, a. polite ; elegant of manners or behaviour. 
 
 WE'LLESLEY, RICHARD COLLEY, MARQUIS, son of 
 the musical Earl of Mornington, a distinguished statesman. He 
 studied at Eton and Oxford ; and coming to his title, sat in the 
 Irish House of Peers, and entered the British House of Commons. 
 He soon won the favour of the king; and was sent, when but 
 37 years old, as governor-general to India. The period of his 
 government was a momentous one; and against the expected 
 attempts of Buonaparte, against the rebellions of the native 
 princes, his proceedings were alike energetic and successful. In 
 the subsequent part of his life he was ambassador at Madrid, 
 and lord-lieutenant of Ireland. He once attempted to form a 
 ministry, but was unsuccessful, but he held office under Lords 
 Grey and Melbourne. He died in 1842, aged 83 years. The 
 Marquis was a fine scholar, and a man of considerable parts ; 
 although not so distinguished at home as abroad. 
 
 WELLINGBOROUGH, Northamptonshire. It is seated on 
 the ascent of a hill, on the western bank of the river Nen ; and 
 is a large place, with a considerable manufacture of lace, and is 
 reckoned the second town in the county; 68 miles from London. 
 Market, Wednesday. Pop. 5061. 
 
 WELLS, Somersetshire. It is seated at the foot of a hill, and 
 has its name from the wells and springs about it. The public 
 and private buildings are very good; and the cathedral in par- 
 ticular a stately pile, whose W. end is adorned with images and 
 carving. The bishop's palace is like a castle, being surrounded 
 with walls and a moat ; the houses of the prebendaries are hand- 
 some, and the market-house is a fine structure, supported by pil- 
 lars. It is a bishop's see in conjunction with Bath. It is 120 miles 
 from London. Markets, Wednesday and Saturday. Pop. 7050. 
 
 WE'LLSPRING, s. [wcelleesprig. Sax.] a fountain ; a spring. 
 
 WELSH, a. belonging to Wales. 
 
 WE'LSHPOOL, Montgomeryshire. It stands in a rich vale, 
 on the river Severn, and has a good trade. Powis Castle is a 
 large, stately structure. It is 169 miles from London. Market, 
 " ■ jr. Pop. 4626. 
 )12 
 
 WES 
 
 WELT, s. a border, guard, or edging. 
 
 To WE'LTER, v. n. [welteren, Belg.] to roll in water, mire, 
 blood, or any filth ; to wallow. 
 
 WEM, s. [Sax.] a spot ; a blemish ; a scar. 
 
 WEN, s. [Sax.] a kind of tumour growing on different parts 
 of the body; they are sometimes fleshy and almost solid; but 
 at others they contain serum, &c. 
 
 WENCH, s. [icencle. Sax.] a young woman ; a prostitute. 
 
 To WEND, V. n, pret. went ; [wendan. Sax.] to go and pass to 
 and from. Its pret. went is now only in use. 
 
 WE'NTLETRAP, s. in Conchology, an elegant spiral shell, 
 having at intervals transverse ribs, which mark the successive 
 growths. There are several species. 
 
 WERE, the plural of Was, the preter-imperfect of Be ; [wceren, 
 Sax.] likewise the imperfect singular and plural of the subjunc- 
 tive mood of the same verb. 
 
 WE'RNER, ABRAHAM GOTTLIEB, the father of Nep- 
 tunian Geology, a celebrated German mineralogist. He studied 
 at Leipsic, and published a work on mineralogy, which gained 
 him a professorship in the School of Mines at Freiburg. He was 
 afterwards made Counsellor of Mines for Saxony. He here 
 formed and taught his theory of formations, insisting that all 
 beds and rocks, nay, even basalt and metallic veins, were form- 
 ed by deposition from water. His services to mineralogical 
 science, and the charm of his lectures, obtained him a host of 
 disciples ; and better than that, he raised up a well-trained set 
 of observers, of whom it is enough to say that Alexander Hum- 
 boldt was one. He died in 1817, aged 67 years. His splendid 
 collections he patriotically sold for far less than their worth to 
 the state. 
 
 WERTH, Weorth, Wyrth, [iceorthig. Sax.] in the names of 
 places, signifies farm, court, or village. 
 
 WE'SER, a large river of Germany. It is formed by the con- 
 fluence of the Werra and the Fulda ; and flows through Han- 
 over, Brunswick, Prussia, and other smaller states, and falls into 
 the N. Sea, after a course of above 200 miles, between Olden- 
 burg and Hanover, near Bremen. 
 
 WE'SLEY, the name of a family which has produced a num- 
 ber of eminent divines ; and which is nearly related to the 
 Wellesley family, and did at one time bear that name. The 
 most famous are the following : John Wesley, the founder of the 
 Wesleijan Methodist Society, was the son of Samuel Wesley of 
 Epworth, and studied at Oxford. There, with his brother 
 Charles, the equally famous George Whitefield, Hervey of the 
 "Meditations,' and several others, he joined in a religious asso- 
 ciation, which in spirit and forms exactly resembled modern 
 Puseyism, except in the circumstance of their neither professing 
 nor practising such unbounded submission to Church authority, 
 as the recent devotees of Oxford have done. The mystical writer, 
 Law, next exerted his influence on Wesley's plastic mind ; and, 
 as if for the maturing of what he had already gained, he went out 
 to Georgia, with General Oglethorpe, as a kind of chaplain. He 
 here became acquainted with the Moravians ; and, in spite of 
 much that seems unaccountably imprudent, was a far more fer- 
 vent and devout preacher than the colonies usually were favour- 
 ed with. He left hastily, and in the Downs passed a vessel 
 carrj-ing out Whitefield to the colony, after having begun the 
 public stir, which has been often, not very sagely, called the 
 second Reformation. After his return he places the date of his 
 conversion ; and as he was deeply interested in the Moravians, 
 he next went to Herrnhut, to study their system at the foun- 
 tain-head ; and stayed on the continent for some months. 
 During the whole of this time, from before his joining the Ox- 
 ford Methodists, he had been a clergyman of the English Church ; 
 and now he began his unauthorized career. In spite of canons, 
 he preached wherever a congregation could be gathered : 
 Whitefield was his associate. The formation of associations for 
 religious improvement ; the erection of meeting-houses ; lay 
 preaching (as it is called) ; the separation from his associates, 
 Whitefield and the Moravians, from whom he differed on' so 
 manypoints; the assumption of episcopal power, in theordination 
 of ministers ; the assumption of patriarchal or even loftier power, 
 in the organization of a district ecclesiastical body ; the laying 
 down of doctrines to which all ministers were to subscribe, &c. 
 &c.— all this followed, step by step, in necessary sequence. The" 
 toils he endured, the opposition (at times threatening his life) 
 he calmly braved, the strange fervours he for a time encouraged, 
 
^(^nc^nncfn^nn?^nc^c^?^c^n^(^c^' 
 
WES 
 
 his domestic trials;— all these are set forth in the full histories 
 of his life, and must be sought there. He died in 1791, aged 
 88 years. Impartiality demands that to Wesley should be 
 ascribed the praise of theological learning considerably above 
 that of the average of religious teachers; — of a zeal, which, with 
 whatever admixtures, never slumbered nor grew cold ; — and of 
 au amount of knowledge of human nature, (in good part per- 
 haps unconscious, yet not the less operative on that account,) 
 which only the fewest leaders of men have possessed. Amongst 
 the benefactors of his race he takes no unworthy rank. But 
 he displayed along with these rare excellencies, almost all that 
 enters into the idea of the priest ; — the timorous boldness, th3 
 astuteness, the unrelaxing grasp of power once gotten. His 
 writings are numerous, and of them his practical and devotional 
 works are by far the best; by his followers, of course, his dog- 
 matical and polemical works are equally highly esteemed. 
 Amongst these writings we find also some popular histories, a 
 work on Medicine, and another on Natural Philosophy. Charles 
 Wesley, the brother and coadjutor of the foregoing, preceded 
 him in the fervours of the first Methodism of Oxford, and faith- 
 fully and zealously co-operated with him in his great work. He 
 surpassed his brother as a preacher; but he would have left no 
 such memorial behind him as he has, had not that brother 
 been the man of knowledge and power he was. He died in 
 1788, aged 80 years. He contributed the greater number of 
 original hymns to the collection published by John Wesley ; 
 and amongst them are many that prove his title to a high place 
 amidst our sacred poets. His sons are eminent as musical per- 
 formers and composers. Charles was organist of St. George's, 
 Hanover Square; and died in 1815, aged 58 years. Samuel was 
 remarkable for the precocious development of his talent, and 
 for his maintenance to the close of his life of his earliest 
 renown. He was one of the finest extemporizers on the organ 
 this country could ever boast. And he was in general learning 
 and classical attainments no mean proficient. An accidental 
 fall, in which he injured his head, deprived him of much of his 
 energy and time: its effects were apparent at intervals, for the 
 rest of his life, and it eventually overcame him. He died in 
 1837, aged 71 years. 
 
 WE'SLEYAN METHODISM, in Ecclesiastical History, the 
 system of church-government and of doctrine founded by John 
 Wesley, and maintained by the Wesleyan Society. Its creed is 
 contained in certain specified sermons of its founder, which are 
 subscribed by all its itinerant preachers, and is almost pure Ar- 
 minianism. Its government-system is somewhat complicated, 
 and has received some modifications since the death of its au- 
 thor, but only to the more complete and effectual realization of 
 his idea. The Wesleyan Methodists form but one ecclesiastical 
 body, although scattered through many lands; and the whole 
 affairs are managed by the Conference, a yearly meeting of 
 itinerant ministers alone, with a president, secretaries, com- 
 mittees, &c. The ministry consists of local preachers, (lay 
 agents,) probationers for the regular ministry,- and itinerant 
 ministers. The first class preach at the places in their own 
 neighbourhood to which they are appointed ; the others are 
 located at central situations by the management of the Confer- 
 ence, and take their turns in preaching at the different stations 
 round them, and are rarely suffered to remain in one place for 
 more than three years. (This regulation is only slightly modi- 
 fied in the case of missionaries.) The number appointed to a 
 place depends on the extent of labour required, and one is always 
 made higher than the others by the office and title of superin- 
 tendent. Dwelling, furniture, pay, are all arranged by strict 
 and invariable laws. The whole field of the Society's operations 
 is mapped out into circuits, named after the central places, and 
 the local business is transacted by the circuit-ministers and of- 
 ficers. Admission to the Society is easy, and exclusion also. 
 Occupation is given to all the active spirits, by the organization 
 of classes and bands, over which they are set as leaders; but all 
 things are under the eye and hand of the ministers, who are 
 themselves under Conference. Provision is made for the main- 
 tenance of the most restless agitation, by periodical meetings of 
 districts, circuits, classes, bands, &c. &c. ; by celebration of love- 
 feasts ; and by stated and by no means unfrcquent calls for con- 
 tributions. No one is his own ; every one is a public character ; 
 and the Conference, without auricular confession, knows, or 
 could know, the whole of every individual member of the Society. 
 
 WES 
 
 In missionary operations all this momentum has proved eminent- 
 ly effective, and their agents may be compared in many points 
 advantageously even with those of the Moravians. Such a sys- 
 tem—the very perfectest embodiment of church power the world 
 has ever witnessed — could not work so long as it has without 
 creating new sects; at least four other bodies of Methodists 
 have separated from the Wesleyans, on different allegations, in 
 this country. In America, the most of them have become Epis- 
 copalians. Wealth, rank, respectability, find its most iron rules 
 pliant to their requirements. Its exclusiveness is one of its 
 most wonderful features; its members admit freely the help of 
 all denominations in their work ; they reluctantly stretch forth 
 the hand to aid any in return. Eventually, its compactness 
 and perfection must cause its downfal ; it can change, but not 
 so fast as mankind is changing, nor yet to the same extent. Al- 
 ready it is retrograding, and its wisest leaders seem not to dis- 
 cern the cause. A gigantic system of Protestant propagandism, 
 and direction, its work is necessarily finished when those whom 
 it has called to life have outgrown its nurture, and there are no 
 more fairly within the reach of its voice. It has conferred bless- 
 ings not few, nor trifling, on innumerable hearts ; and when 
 its day is ended, historians who trace its plan and its career, 
 will place it unhesitatingly amongst the grandest— because most 
 daring and most successful — schemes of ecclesiastical legislation. 
 
 WEST, s. [Sax.] that point of the heavens where the sun sets 
 when in either of the equinoxes. 
 
 WEST, a. being toward, or coming from, the region of the set- 
 ting sun when in the equinox. 
 
 WEST, GILBERT, a poet and writer of the last century. He 
 studied at Oxford, and obtained first an office under govern-, 
 ment, and finally the treasurership of Chelsea Hospital. He 
 died in 1756, aged 50 years. His translation of Pindar, and his 
 Observations on the Resurrection, are his principal works. 
 
 WEST, BENJAMIN, a celebrated painter of the English 
 school, was born in the United States, of a Quaker family, and 
 displayed, in his first attempt at painting, the determination and 
 talent which were a prelude to his subsequent success. He 
 visited Italy, and attracted the attention of the artists and con- 
 noisseurs by his paintings, which led to his visiting England, 
 and finally settling there. He enjoj'ed the patronage of George 
 111. for forty years ; and on the death of Reynolds, was made 
 president of the Royal Academy. He died in 1820, aged 82 
 years. His paintings are mostly of the historical kind, and are 
 very numerous; they are familiarized to all by the engraved 
 copies. To students they are valuable for the composition; but 
 he never rose to the highest rank of his art. 
 
 WE'STALL, RICHARD, an English painter. He was first 
 an heraldic engraver, but relinquished that for the study of art. 
 He is chiefly known as an illustrator of popular poets, Milton, 
 Shakspeate,' More, Crabbe, Goldsmith, &c. &c. He died in 1836, 
 aged 71 years. 
 
 WE'STERLY, a. tending or being toward the west. 
 
 WE'STERN, a. being in the west, or toward the part where 
 the sun sets. 
 
 WEST INDIES, the general name of the islands lying be- 
 tween the United States and S. America, which are the natural 
 boundaries of the Gulf of Mexico and the Caribbean Sea. Cuba 
 is the largest of the islands. They are described under their in- 
 dividual names. Of these, St. Domingo, or Hayti, is independ- 
 ent; Spain possesses Cuba, Porto Rico, Culebra, and iTique; 
 Great Britain, the Bahamas, Jamaica, all but five of the Virgia 
 Islands, Anguilla, Barbuda, St. Christopher, Nevis, Montserrat,' 
 Antigua, Dominica, St. Lucia, Barbadoes, St. Vincent, Grana- 
 da, Grenadines, Tobago, and Trinidad; France, Guadaloupe, 
 with several small islands near it, and Martinique; Denmark, 
 Si. John, St. Thomas, and Santa Cruz; the Netherlands, St. 
 Martin, St. Eustathius, and Saba ; and Sweden, St. Bartholo- 
 mew. Pop. of the whole, about 3,500,000. 
 
 WE'STMINSTER, Middlesex. It stands on the Thames, and 
 forms part of the English metropolis. In it are situated the 
 Houses of Parliament, the great government offices, the chief 
 law courts, &c. Its Abbey is one of the most magnificent of out 
 collegiate churches, and is the British Walhalla. Pop. 222,053. 
 See London. < 
 
 WE'STMORELAND, an English county, 40 miles in length* 
 and 21 in breadth, bounded by Cumberland, Lancashire, and 
 Yorkshire. It contains 20 parishes and 8 market towns. The 
 6 a 913 
 
WHA 
 
 air IS very sharp and cold, but healthy. It is a mountainous 
 country; two ridges cross the county, with peaks about 3000 
 feet high, and run towards the sea to the S. W., where a bay of 
 it washes this county. There are some valleys fruitful in corn 
 and pastures, and the hills serve to feed a great number of sheep. 
 The principal rivers are the Eden, the Ken, the Loan, the Eainon, 
 the Tees, the Lowther, the Hunna, the Winster, the Lavennet- 
 beck, and the Blinkern-beck. There also four noted lakes, 
 called Ulles-water, Broad-water, Horns-water, and Winander- 
 meer. It yields coal, slate, building- toneof all kinds, and other 
 valuable minerals. The principal town is Appleby, but Kendal 
 is the most considerable for size, trade, and population. Pop. 
 56,454. It sends 3 members to parliament. 
 
 WESTPHA'LIA, a province of Prussia. It adjoins Hanover, 
 the Netherlands, Brunswick, Hesse-Cassel, and Darmstadt ; and 
 is bounded by the other Rhenish provinces of Prussia. It is 
 about 100 miles long, by about 80 broad. It has several ranges 
 of low mountains, and is watered by the Weser, the Ems, &c. 
 Iron, lead, copper, &c. are found here. It produces corn, fruits, 
 timber, &c. It is a country of great manufacturing industry. 
 Miinster and Paderborn are its chief places. Pop. about 
 1,500,000. The Treaty of Westphalia was made at the close of 
 the 30 vears' war, in 1048. 
 
 WEST POINT, a town of New York, United States. It stands 
 on the Hudson river; and is of importance as the seat of the 
 United States Military Academy; an institution which may 
 be favourably compared with the best of the same kind in Eu- 
 rope. It is 278 miles from Washington. Pop. (exclusive of 
 the school,) 900. Seven other places in the States have the 
 same name. 
 
 WE'STWARD, ad. [tcestweard. Sax.] toward the west. 
 
 WET, a. [tcoet. Sax.] moist; rainy; humid; having some 
 moisture adhering. 
 
 WET, ». water; moisture ; rain ; humidity. 
 
 To WET, V. a. to make moist; to plunge or soak in any 
 liquor; to drench with drink. 
 
 WE'THER, s. [weder. Sax. and Belg.J a castrated ram. 
 
 WE'TNESS, s. the state of being wet ; moisture ; humidity. 
 
 WE'TSTEIN, JOHN JAMES, a learned critic and theologian, 
 of the beginning of the last century. He studied at Basel ; and 
 after travelling in England, France, &c. for the purpose of con- 
 sulting the Greek MSS. of the New Testament, prepared for 
 the publication of his Critical Edition. He was obliged how- 
 ever to leave Basel, and became a profes.sor at Amsterdam, 
 where his valuable edition appeared. He died there in 1754, 
 aged Gl years. He was an able critic, and greatly advanced 
 the correct study of the Greek Scriptures; but his work is su- 
 perseded by later editions, based on a more accurate collation 
 of far more numerous MSS. 
 
 To WEX, V. a. [properly ■wax,'] to grow ; to increase. 
 
 WE'XFORD, a county of Leinster, Ireland. It lies on the 
 Atlantic Ocean and St. George's Channel ; and is bounded by 
 Waterford, Kilkenny, Carlow, and Wicklow. It is about 50 
 miles long, by 25 broad. Its mountains are often above 2000 
 feet high ; the Slaney is its chief river, and Wexford Haven its 
 largest harbour. It yields lead, copper, slate, building-stone, 
 &c. &c Its agriculture is in a flourishing condition, and its 
 fisheries are of considerable value. Its trade is carried on 
 chiefly with England. Wexford, its chief town, stands on Wex- 
 ford Haven, at the mouth of the Slaney, over which is a bridge. 
 It has some handsome buildings and quays, and a considerable 
 trade. Its manufactories and fisheries are also important. It 
 is 70 miles from Dublin. Pop. 11,252. Pop. of county, 202,033. 
 It send 4 members to the imperial parliament. 
 
 WE'YMOUTH, Dorsetshire. It stands on the bay called by 
 the same name, and is connected by a bridge with Melcombe- 
 regis {which see). It was formerly of great repute for trade, and 
 as a watering-place, but is now much declined. It is 130 miles 
 from London. Pop. 2669. 
 
 WHALE, s. [hwale, Sax.] in Zoology, the name of a tribe of 
 mammalian marine animals, of which there are many genera 
 and species. (See Dugong, Cachalot, Sperm-Whale, &c.) Its 
 chief value to man arises from the oil extracted from its fat, or 
 blubber; to obtain which, a vast number of ships are constantly 
 employed, both in the N. or Icy Sea, and in the S. Pacific, in the 
 capture of whales. This fishery is attended with the utmost 
 danger, both from the inhospitable character of the seas in which 
 914 
 
 WHE 
 
 it is carried on ; and from the way in which alone these mon- 
 sters can be attacked, viz. in boats, by a harpoon. Their 
 strength is so great that they have frequently been known to 
 shiver a boat to atoms by one blow of their tails. As they are, 
 in the organs, like land animals, and not like fishes, they are 
 obliged to come to the surface for the purpose of breathing; and 
 they blow, out of holes in the upper part of the head, the water 
 they have taken into their mouths, like large fountains. They 
 bring forth their young alive, and suckle them ; and always 
 show the greatest attachment to them when they are attacked 
 by whalers. 
 
 WHA'LEBONE, s. a substance of a horny and very elastic 
 nature, which is found in the mouth of many species of whales, 
 and is supposed to be used in the retention of their prey, in- 
 stead of teeth. It is used for many purposes in the useful arts, 
 and particularly in various parts of female dress. 
 
 WHA'LER, s, a vessel equipped for the sole purpose of cap- 
 turing whales, and obtaining their oil. 
 
 WHARF, s. [Swed. werf, Belg.] a bank from which vessels 
 are laden or unladen. 
 
 WHA'RFAGE, s. money paid for landing or shipping goods 
 at a wharf. 
 
 WHA'RFINGER, s. the owner of a wharf; one employed in 
 shipping and landing goods. 
 
 WHAT,pro}i. [hwat. Sax. wat, Belg.] that which ; which part ; 
 which of several. It is also used interrogatively. What time, 
 at the time when. What day, on the day when. When used 
 before two or more subordinate sentences, which designate the 
 means, or the manner of the action, it signifies partly. 
 
 WHATE'VER, Wha'tsoever, pron, being one or another, 
 either generically, specifically, or numerically; all that; the 
 whole that. 
 
 WHEAT, (wheet) s. [hweate. Sax.] in Botany, Agriculture, 
 Commerce, &c., a plant of the order of grasses, whose seeds are 
 large and abundantly farinaceous, for which reason it has al- 
 ways been greatly cultivated for the purpose of supplying the 
 staff of life — bread. It grows to greatest perfection in the tem- 
 perate zone; and has, in process of time, divided into many 
 varieties, which are valuable for different peculiarities. In Agri- 
 culture, it is the most important of all the crops that are grown ; 
 and almost all the modern improvements in that useful art have 
 been directed to the perfection of the wheat-crop. Egyptian 
 wheat, is a variety that produces many ears on one stalk. Indian 
 Wheat, see Maize. Works on farming must be consulted for 
 full descriptions of the difli^rent sorts most grown in England. 
 
 WHE'ATEAR, (wheetear) «. in Ornithology, a small song-bird, 
 which is found on heaths in summer in this country, and is 
 accounted a great delicacy by epicures. 
 
 WHE'ATEN, (wheeten) a. made of wheat. 
 
 To WHEE'DLE, ti. a. to entice by soft words ; to flatter ; to 
 persuade by kind words. 
 
 WHEEL, s. [Au-W.Sax. wiel,Be\g.] a circular body that turns 
 round upon an axis ; a circular body; a carriage with wheels; 
 an instrument of spinning; an instrument on which criminals 
 are tortured; rotation; revolution; compass about. 
 
 To WHEEL, V. n. to move on wheels, or turn on a centre; 
 to turn ; to revolve ; to fetch a compass. — v. a. to put into a cir- 
 cular course. 
 
 WHEEL AND AXLE, s. in Natural Philosophy, one of the 
 mechanical powers, consisting of a small cylindrical beam, to 
 one end of which a wheel or crank is attached, by the turning 
 of which a rope, on which any weight is suspended, is coiled 
 round the cylinder, and the weight raised. It is only a modifi- 
 cation of the lever. 
 
 WHEE'LBARROW, s. a small carriage driven forward by two 
 bandies, on a single wheel. 
 
 WHEE'LWRIGHT, (wheelrlt) s. one who makes wheels. 
 
 To WHEEZE, V. n. [hweoson. Sax.] to breathe with noise. 
 
 To WHELM, V. a. [awhilfan. Sax. toilma, Isl.] to cover with 
 something which cannot be thrown off; to bury ; to throw up6n 
 something so as to cover or bury it; to turn the open side of a 
 vessel downwards. 
 
 WHELP, s. [welp, Belg.] the young of a dog, or beast of 
 prey. 
 
 To WHELP, V. n. to bring forth young ; applied generally to 
 beasts of prey. 
 
 WHEN, ad. [wAan, Goth.] at the time; at what particular 
 
WHI 
 
 time; after the time that. Used interrogatively, at what time? 
 When as, signifies at the time when. 
 
 WHENCE, ad. from what place, person, or cause ; from which 
 premises ; from what source. Sometimes from is used with it, 
 but very improperly. 
 
 WHENE'VER, Whe/nsoever, ad. at whatsoever time. 
 
 WHERE, ad. [hw<er, Sax. waer, Belg.] at which or what place ; 
 at the place in which. Any where, at any place. 
 
 WHEREA'S, ad. when on the contrary, but on the contrary; 
 notwithstanding. 
 
 WHEREBY', ad. by which. 
 
 WHE'REFORE, ad. for which or what reason. 
 
 WHERE'VER, ad. at whatsoever place. 
 
 WHEREO'F.fl^/. of which. 
 
 WHERESOE'VER, ad. in what place soever. 
 
 WHEREUPO'N, ad. upon which. 
 
 WHE'RRY, s. a light small boat, or barge, with the mast in 
 the forepart, and a mainsail and jib, used on rivers. 
 
 To WHET, f). a. [u-hettan, Sax. wetten, Belg.] to sharpen any in- 
 strument ; to give an edge, or make angry. 
 
 WHET, s. the act of giving au edge ; any thing that promotes 
 appetite or hunger. 
 
 WHE'THER, ad. [hwaither. Sax.] used in a disjunctive propo- 
 sition or question, to set one part of the sentence in opposition 
 to the other, and to affirm or deny, even though the other part 
 do not hold good. 
 
 WHE'THER, pron. which of the two. 
 
 WHE'TSTONE, ». a stone on which any thing is sharpened 
 by rubbing. 
 
 WHE'TTER, s. one who whets or sharpens. 
 
 WHEY, «. [tcey, Belg. hw<eg, Sax.] the thin serous part of milk, 
 separated from the curds ; any white or thin fluid. 
 
 WHICH, pron. [hwilc, Sax.] a relative pronoun, used only in 
 referring to thinffs,3LS who is used (ox persons. It is likewise used 
 as a demonstrative and interrogative. " Take ^ohich you will. — 
 Which is the man .'" It sometimes has whose in the genitive case. 
 
 WHI'CHCOTE, DR. BENJAMIN, one of the most eminent 
 of the latitudinarian divines of the 17th century. He studied at 
 Cambridge, and prospered as well under the Commonwealth as 
 under the restored monarchy. He died in 1683, aged 73 years. 
 A volume o( Aphorisms by him contains much that is suggestive 
 of thought. 
 
 WHIFF, ». [chwyth, Brit.] a blast or puff of wind. 
 
 To WHI'FFLE, v. n. to move as if driven to and fro by the 
 wind ; to play on the fife. 
 
 Wlil'FFLER, ». one that blows strongly ; one that plays on 
 the fife; a mere trifler; a pitiful, mean, sorry fellow ; a lackey 
 who clears the way before the mayor. 
 
 WHIG, ». [hwaff, Sax.] whey. In Politics, the name given to 
 that party in the state which is opposed to the Tories. This 
 name originated in Scotland, but did not long retain its first 
 meaning. The true ground of difference between the Whigs 
 and the Tories was, that these were partisans of the Stuart 
 dynasty, and those were opposed to it, and held by the "glori- 
 ous" Revolution of 1688. When the cause of the Pretender was 
 proved to be hopeless, the Whigs began to be reformers ; and 
 during the whole of the revolutionary wars, took part with more 
 or less stedfastness against the attacks on France. The removal 
 of the civil disabilities of the Dissenters and the Romanists sup- 
 plied the next distinction of this party from the Tories ; and the 
 Reform Bill, and some others that naturally arose from it, served 
 to maintain them separate a little longer. But, from the middle 
 of the last century, it had been seen, with growing distinctness, 
 that though the Whigs and Tories formed two parties, they were 
 actuated, in the main, by the same principles. After the passing 
 of the Municipal Corporation Bill, this was made demonstratively 
 clear, by the breaking up of the Tory party, and the organiza- 
 tion of a new one, under the title of Conservatives. This party 
 was itself broken up by the repeal of the Corn Laws ; and now it 
 is evident that the parties in parliament are composed of the 
 followers of the different disputants for place and power, but that 
 all (with the exception of a very few independent members) are 
 seeking to carry out the same schemes, and to establish the same 
 aristocratic principles. 
 
 WHI'GGISM, s. the tenets and practice of the Whigs. 
 
 WHILE, s. formerly written quhite, [cweill, Goth.] time; a 
 space of time. 
 
 WHI 
 
 WHILE, Whiles, Whilst, ad, \hwile. Sax.] during the time 
 that ; as long as ; at the same time that. 
 
 WHI'LOM, ad. [hwilom. Sax.] some time ago; formerly; 
 once; of old. Obsolete. 
 
 WHIM, s. a freak, caprice, or odd fancy; a conceit. 
 
 WHI'MBREL, s. in Ornithology, a species of curlew found as a 
 migratory bird in this country ; and spread over the whole of the 
 N. countries of the E. hemisphere. 
 
 To WHI'MPER, V. n. [wimmeren, Teut.] to cry without mak- 
 ing any loud noise. 
 
 WHFMSICAL, (wMmzikal) a. capricious; oddly fanciful; 
 fantastical; freakish. 
 
 WHI'MSY, {whhnzy) s. an odd fancy or caprice. 
 
 WHIN, s. [choyn, Brit.] in Botany, the low prickly shrub 
 also called gorse, or furze. 
 
 WHI'NCHAT, ». in Ornithology, a small migratory British 
 warbler, found on wide commons ; where it makes its nest 
 amongst the gorse, or whins. 
 
 To WHINE, V. n. [wanian. Sax. loeenen, Belg. cicyno, Brit.] to 
 lament in a low voice ; to complain affectedly ; to draw out any 
 sound ; to make a plaintive noise. 
 
 WHINE, s. a plaintive noise ; mean or affected complaint. 
 
 To WHI'NNY, V. n. to make a noise like a horse or colt. 
 
 WHI'NYARD, s. a sword, in contempt. 
 
 To WHIP, V. a. {hioeopan. Sax. wippen, Belg.] to strike with 
 any thing tough and flexible; to sew slightly; to lash with 
 sarcasm; to drive or correct with lashes; to take any thing 
 suddenly or nimbly. — v. n. to move nimbly. 
 
 WHIP, s. [Ajceo/), Sax.] an instrument used in driving horses, &c. 
 
 WHI'PCORD, s. a cord of which lashes are made. 
 
 WHl'PHAND, s. the advantage over another. 
 
 WHI'PPER, s. one who punishes with whipping. 
 
 WHI'P-POOR-WILL, ». in Ornithology, a kind of goatsucker^ 
 found in the United States, whose note somewhat resembles the 
 words which it has received as its common name. 
 
 WHl'PSTAFF, s. on shipboard, a piece of wood fastened to 
 the helm, which the steersman holds in his hand to move the 
 helm and turn the ship. 
 
 WHl'PSTER, s. a nimble fellow ; a prating insignificant fel- 
 low ; an upstart ; a sharper. 
 
 To WHIRL, V. a. [htvyrfan. Sax.] to turn round rapidly.— ». n. 
 to run round swiftly. 
 
 WHIRL, s. a quick and violent circular motion; gyration; 
 quick rotation ; any thing moved with rapid rotation. 
 
 WHI'RLIGIG, s. a toy which children spin round. 
 
 WHI'RLPIT, Whi'rlpool, s. {hwyrfpole. Sax.] a large eddy 
 or vortex in moving water. See Maelstrom. 
 
 WHI'RLWIND, s. a stormy wind moving circularly. 
 
 WHISK, s. [wischen, Teut.] a small hand-besom or brush. 
 
 To WHISK, t>. a. to clean with a whisk ; to move nimbly. 
 
 WHI'SKER, s. the hair growing on the side of the face in 
 men ; the mustachios. 
 
 WHI'SKING, a. great ; swinging. 
 
 WHl'SKY, s.a distilled liquor, obtained, in Scotland and Ire- 
 land, from barley. Also a kind of one-horse chaise. 
 
 To WHI'SPER, v. n. [whisperen, Belg.] to speak so low to a 
 person as not to be heard by another. — v. a. to speak to in a low 
 voice; tosusurrate; to prompt secretly. 
 
 WHI'SPER, ». a low soft voice ; susurration. 
 
 WHlST, a. still or silent.— tnfer;'. be still or attentive. 
 
 WHIST, s. a game at cards, so called from its requiring si- 
 lence and deep attention. 
 
 To WHl'STLE, V. n. [hwMan, Sax.] to form a kind of music- 
 al sound by contracting the lips together, so as to leave a small 
 round aperture between them ; to make a sound with a small 
 wind instrument; to sound shrill. — v. a. to call by a whistle. 
 
 WHl'STLE, s. Ihwistle, Sax.] sound made by the modulation 
 of the mouth ; a small wind instrument ; a sound made by a 
 small wind instrument ; the mouth ; a call, such as sportsmen 
 use to their dogs ; the noise of winds. 
 
 WHISTLER, s. one who whistles. 
 
 WHI'STON, WILLIAM, a distinguished mathematician of 
 the beginning of the last century. He studied at Cambridge, 
 and entered the Church. By Sir Isaac Newton's means, he 
 procured a professorship at Cambridge; but lost it by adopting 
 Arianism and Aiitipeedobaptisin. He was also prosecuted as a 
 heretic, and annoyed iu many ways; till an Act of Grace re- 
 6 A 2 915 
 
WHl 
 
 lieved him from this ignoble persecution, and his judges from 
 the difficulty of determining what heresy was, and whether he 
 was guilty of it. He continued to speculate and write on science 
 and theology during the rest of his life. He died in 1752, aged 
 85 years. Of all his numerous writings, but one keeps its 
 ground, a Translation of Josephus. His theory of the deluge has 
 been a matter for mirth ever since it was propounded. 
 
 WHIT, s. [tviht. Sax.] a point, or jot; the least perceptible 
 quantity; a tittle. 
 
 WHITBY, Yorkshire, N. Riding. It is commodiously seated 
 near the mouth of the river Esk, over which is a bridge ; and is 
 a considerable sea-port, building many ships for the coal trade. 
 It has some handsome public buildings. Market, Saturday. 
 Pop. 11,682. 
 
 WHI'TBY, DR. DANIEL, a theological writer of considerable 
 name amongst those who agree with his doctrinal tenets. He 
 studied at Oxford, entered the Church, and enjoyed a good 
 proportion of Church preferment. He died in 1/26, aged 88 
 years. His writings are very numerous, and are almost all of a 
 controversial character. His Commentary, and works respecting 
 the ever mooted " five points," are the only ones that are read 
 in these days. He seems to have been an Arian in the latter 
 part of his life, which may possibly detract somewhat from the 
 weight of his name in controversy. 
 
 WHI'TCHURCH, Hampshire. It consists principally of one 
 street, and has a manufacture of paper, for the use of the Bank 
 of England. The situation is low. It is 56 miles from London. 
 Market, Friday. Pop. 1741. 
 
 WHITE, a. [hteit. Sax. wit, Belg.] having that colour which 
 is formed by the mixture of the 7 colours of the solar spectrum 
 in certain proportions ; snowy; pale; having the colour of fear ; 
 pure or unspotted ; innocent ; gray with age. — s. any thing white. 
 The albugineous part of an egg ; the white part of the eye. 
 
 To WHITE, VVhi'ten, v. a. to make white, or like snow in 
 colour. 
 
 WHITE, GILBERT, the naturalist, studied at Oxford, and 
 became curate of Faringdon, and afterwards of the parish he has 
 made classic ground to the votaries of natural science. He lived 
 there a retired useful life, and never wished a worthier lot. The 
 results of the observations he made during many years, are con- 
 tained in his charming book of letters, called the Natural History 
 of Selborne. He died there in 1793, aged 73 years. Few more 
 exquisite books, on that exquisite pursuit, have ever been writ- 
 ten ; and the greater part of it was not intended for publication, 
 but was written in the course of correspondence with the author's 
 scientific friends. Pennant and Davies Barrington. He added a 
 sketch of the Antiquities of Selborne to complete the work ; and 
 subsequent naturalists have enriched their editions with notes 
 and illustrations. 
 
 WHITE, DR. JOSEPH, a learned divine of the English 
 Church, who rose from very humble circumstances by his own 
 industry and ability. He was enabled to study at Oxford by a 
 gentleman who had taken notice of his talents, and he became 
 Arabic professor there. Other preferments rewarded his perse- 
 verance and his learning. He died in 1814, aged 68 years. His 
 Diatessaron, or Harmony of the Four Gospels, is well known ; 
 most of his other works were intended for advanced scholars. 
 His Hampton Lectures, a comparison between Christianity and 
 Mohammedism, proved afterwards to be chiefly written by Dr. 
 Parr and others. 
 
 WHITE, HENRY KIRKE, an English poet. His father was 
 a butcher, and he was at first intended for the same business, 
 and received only a common education. Afterwards he was put 
 to the hosiery trade, and after that to a lawyer. During these 
 changes he had made a diligent use of all his opportunities of 
 study, and had begun to write poetry. The publication of some 
 of his pieces interested many friends in him, and he obtained a 
 sizarship at Cambridge. Here he studied with great diligence, 
 but gradually and rapidly sank under the influence of his appli- 
 cation on a feeble constitution. He died in 1806, aged a little 
 more than 21 years. The late laureate, Southey, edited his Be- 
 mains, (§-c., and aided in the establishment of his deserved re- 
 putation. 
 
 WHITE, JOSEPH BLANCO, a theological and miscellaneous 
 writer, descended from an Irish family which had settled in Spain. 
 He was first engaged in his father's counting-house, but after- 
 wards studied for the priesthood, and entered the Roman Church. 
 916 
 
 WHI 
 
 Here he gradually settled down into a kind of atheism, and at 
 last left it and his native country together, and came to Eng- 
 land. Here he was engaged in various journals, mostly for cir- 
 culation in Spain ; and, in time, professed himself a convert to 
 the Church of England, and took the preliminary steps to be- 
 coming a clergyman. Meanwhile his connexion with Lord Hol- 
 land and his writings had gained him numerous distinguished 
 friends, and made his name popular in many circles. He did 
 not remain long in theChurch ; before he could be ordained, he 
 had renounced its creed, and became a Unitarian; and then, 
 that in its turn was renounced for a most incomprehensible, yet 
 grossly material kind of scepticism. He died in 1841, aged 66 
 years. His best writings are Doblado's Letters from Spain, a re- 
 ply to Tom Moore's Lrish Gentleman in search of a Religion, the 
 Poor Man's Preservative against Popery, &c. He was, amidst all 
 his wonderful changes, a most ardent devotee to truth; but he 
 worshipped it as an idol, instead of seeking to realize it as an 
 idea ; and so renounced what he perceived untrue, in such pre- 
 cipitation as to fall into even worse errors. 
 
 WHFTEFIELD, GEORGE, a distinguished preacher of the 
 last century, and a coadjutor of Wesley in his revival. He was 
 son of an inn-keeper, and was induced by a companion to obtain 
 a servitorship, and study at Oxford. There he joined the Wes- 
 leys in forming the Methodist party ; and when his term of study 
 was over, was ordained, and commenced his career as preacher. 
 At London, at Bristol, and elsewhere, he electrified the over- 
 flowing congregations which his fame soon drew to hear him, 
 by his impassioned elocution, and by the fervour with which he 
 insisted on the evangelical doctrines. Pressed by John Wesley, 
 he went out to Georgia, and passed the ship that was bringing 
 Wesley back. On his return, despising canons and formularies, 
 for the congregations he attracted could be contained in no 
 church existing, he began to preach in the open air, and con- 
 tinued this course to the end of his life. He soon separated from 
 Wesley: the interminable controversy respecting free-will and 
 free-grace drove them asunder. He visited America frequently, 
 and died there in 1770, aged 56 years. He did not found a so- 
 ciety, but acted as a pioneer to others ; his connexion with a 
 particular communion at all, arose out of his being chaplain to 
 the Countess of Huntingdon. His Sermons, as published, do 
 not maintain his reputation for pulpit oratory. 
 
 WHITE FRIARS, in Ecclesiastical History, a religious order 
 instituted in Syria, on Mount Carmel, (whence they are also 
 called Carmelites,) in the I2th century, by Albert, patriarch of 
 Jerusalem. Their first habit was striped with white and gray, 
 according to the tradition that such a dress was worn by Elijah, 
 the great prophet of Carmel ; but in the 13th century it was 
 changed to pure white, " for the honour of the Blessed Mary the 
 Virgin," though how it was so we are not told. They were 
 numerous in England. 
 
 WHITEHALL, the name of a royal palace in London, the 
 only part of which that remains is the Banqueting House, the 
 architecture of which is worthy of Inigo Jones. 
 
 WHI'TEHAVEN, Cumberland. It has a good artificial har- 
 bour, defended by a long pier, and employs a great many ships. 
 The working of the coal mines forms the principal business of 
 the place; some of which are carried to a vast distance under 
 the sea. It is 296 miles from London. Market, Tuesday. Pop. 
 11,854. 
 
 WHI'TELEAD, s. \n Chemistry, &c., the carbonate of the 
 protoxide of lead ; the kind used by painters, which is the purest, 
 is called ceruse. 
 
 WHI'TELEATHER, s. a tough sort of leather dressed with 
 alum. 
 
 WHPTELOCKE, BULSTRODE, a prominent actor in the 
 Puritan revolution of the 17th century. He was a learned law- 
 yer, and espoused the patriot cause; he drew up the charges 
 against Strafford, and prudently kept out of the trial of Charles I. 
 He was sent on an embassy to Christina of Sweden, and em- 
 ployed by Cromwell in various ways. At the Restoration, he 
 trimmed his sails, and wrote his Memoirs, which need to be read 
 with remembrance of the date of their publication ; and died in 
 1676, aged 71 years. 
 
 WHl'TEMEAT, s. food made of milk. 
 
 WHITE MOUNTAINS, a range of about 20 miles long, and 
 from 8 to 10 miles broad, in New Hampshire, United States. The 
 highest peak is above 6000 feet in elevation, and there are 
 
WIG 
 
 its harbour has been much improved. It is 24 miles from Dub- 
 lin. Pop. 2794. Pop. of county, 126,143. It sends 2 members 
 to the imperial parliament. 
 
 WIDE, a. [Sax.] broad ; having a great space included be- 
 tween the sides. Figuratively, remote, deviating. 
 
 WIDE, ad. at a distance ; with great extent. 
 
 Wl'DELY, ad. with great extent each way; remotely; far. 
 
 To WI'DEN, V. a. to increase extent from the sides ; to extend. 
 — V. n. to grow wide ; to extend itself. 
 
 WI'DENESS, s. extension in breadth. 
 
 WI'DGEON, s. in Ornithology, a kind of wild duck, not so 
 large as the mallard. 
 
 WI'DOW, {wido) s. [ividwa, Sax. weddw, Brit, wediiwe, Belg.] a 
 woman whose husband is dead. 
 
 To WI'DOW, (tcido) V. a. to deprive of a husband ; to strip of 
 any thing good ; to endow with a widow-right. 
 
 WI'DOWER, (w'idoer) s. one who has lost his wife. 
 
 WPDOWHOOD, {widohood) s. the state of a widow ; estate 
 settled on a widow. 
 
 WI'DOVVHUNTER, s. one who courts widows for a jointure. 
 
 WIDTH, s. breadth ; extension from one side to the other. 
 
 WIE'LAND, CHRISTOPHER MARTIN, an eminent German 
 writer; who received his first instructions from his father, a 
 minister at Biberach ; and afterwards studied at Tiibingen. 
 After a long time spent as a literary man, or a private tutor, he 
 was made professor of philosophy at Erfurt; and thence re- 
 moved to Weimar, into the service of the Duke. He died in 
 1813, aged 80 years. His writings are very numerous, and con- 
 sist of poetry, tales, essays, &c. &c. Oberon is one of the chief 
 of his works; he also translated some plays of our Shakspeare. 
 It was his glory to be the friend of Herder, Schiller, and Goethe, 
 at Weimar. 
 
 To WIELD, (u-eeld) v. a. [wealdan. Sax.] to manage or use 
 without obstruction, as being not too heavy. 
 
 WIE'LDY, a. manageable. 
 
 WIE'RY, a. [waer. Sax.] wet, or moist. Obsolete. 
 
 WIFE, s. plural %cives ; [wif. Sax. wiff, Belg.] a woman that 
 has a husband ; a married woman. 
 
 WIG, [wigySax.'] used in the end ofnames, signifies war, orliero. 
 
 WIG, s. [contracted from perrkcic/ ;] a covering made of hair 
 for the head ; a kind of cake, called likewise a bun. 
 
 WI'GAN, Lancashire. It has manufactures of cottons, rugs, 
 blankets, linen. There are coal mines and ironworks in its 
 neighbourhood; catinel coal is found here. Wigan is situated on 
 a small stream, called Douglas, which is navigable to the Rib- 
 ble, and is joined by a canal from Lancaster ; 197 miles from 
 London. Markets, Monday and Friday. Pop. 51,988. 
 
 WIGHT, ISLE OF, an island belonging to Hampshire, 
 England, and separated from it by a narrow channel, called 
 the Solent Sea. It is about 20 miles long, and 12 broad. It is 
 crossed by a range of chalk hills, none exceeding 700 feet in 
 height; and has a rather high level on the S. side, one point 
 being above 800 feet in elevation, but on the N. side is lower 
 and more level. It has some most romantic scenery amongst 
 its hills; and at the W. extremity are those remarkable detach- 
 ed masses of chalk, called the Needles. It has a rich soil, and 
 produces corn, &c. abundantly. The beauty of the scenery, and 
 Its agreeable climate, make it a favourite resort for invalids and 
 pleasure-takers. To the geologist it offers some very remarkable 
 studies. Cowes is its principal place of maritime trade, and 
 Newport its chief town. Pop. 42,550. 
 
 WIGHT, {tcU) s. [wiht. Sax.] a being ; a person. 
 
 WIGHT, [Sax.] in the composition of names, signifies strong, 
 nimble, or lusty. 
 
 Wl'GTON, a shire of Scotland, forming a promontory, washed 
 by the Irish Sea and the Irish Channel ; and bounded by the 
 counties of Ayr and Kirkcudbright. It is about 30 miles long, by 
 15 in mean breadth ; but is of a very irregular form. It is hilly, 
 but has no heights of 1000 feet; and its rivers are all small. 
 The Mull of Galloway is a bold headland, on which is a light- 
 house. It is principally a grazing county; and its cattle are 
 sold in almost all English markets of any note. There was a 
 breed of ponies peculiar to it, and called, from its old name. 
 Galloways. Wigton, its chief town, stands at the mouth of the 
 Cree, on Wigton Bay, and has a good harbour, with some trade. 
 It is 105 miles from Edinburgh. Pop. 2502. Pop. of county, 
 39,195. It sends 1 member to parliament. 
 918 
 
 WIL 
 
 Wl'LBERFORCE, WILLIAM, a distinguished philanthro- 
 pist. He studied at Cambridge; and entered parliament as a 
 representative of his native town, Hull, on coming of age. He 
 had been a friend of Pitt's, at the University ; and during his 
 long parliamentary career, generally pursued his line of policy. 
 But it is not as a partisan, or statesman, that his name is re- 
 corded in the history of human progress ; he laboured inces- 
 santly to effect the annihilation of slavery; and if he was not 
 the first in the field, and if his own personal labours did not 
 bring that question to its triumphant close, he still deserves the 
 lofty praise of having devoted himself to it with a pertinacity of 
 courage, and an earnestness of zeal, that no fellow-labourer, 
 before or since, ever surpassed. In 1807 he obtained the abo- 
 lition of the Slave Trade, and he lived just long enough to hear 
 of the abolition of Slavery itself. As occasion offered, he endea- 
 voured to impress the statesmen and leaders of other countries 
 with the same views; and was not uncheered by success, or at 
 least by hope, even in those quarters. He spent the last years 
 of his life in honourable retirement ; and died in 1833, aged 74 
 years. He wrote several fugitive pamphlets, and one work of 
 more permanent interest, a Practical View of the prevailing JReli- 
 gion of the upper and middle Classes, contrasted with ChristiatiiUj. 
 
 WILD, a. [Sax. and Belg.] not tame; furious or tierce; sa- 
 vage, uncivilized ; licentious ; propagated by nature, opposed to 
 cultivated ; desert, opposed to inhabited ; without art or ele- 
 gance ; merely imaginary ; ungovernable ; turbulent ; incon- 
 stant; strange; uncouth. 
 
 WILD, s. a desert, or tract not cultivated or inhabited. 
 
 WILD, HENRY, a tailor of Norwich; who by unremitting 
 diligence in study, although hardly earning his bread by his 
 trade, made himself master of Latin, Greek, Hebrew, Arabic, 
 and 3 other Oriental language.s. After suffering much from po- 
 verty, he was appointed to some inferior office in the Bodleian 
 library, and afterwards removed to London, where he died in 
 about 1730, aged about 50 years. 
 
 To WI'LDER, V. a. to lose or puzzle in a pathless or intricate 
 place. 
 
 WPLDERNESS, s. a desert, or place uninhabited, or uncul- 
 tivated. In Gardening, a grove of trees or shrubs planted in 
 walks, meadows, labyrinths, &c. 
 
 VVI'LDFIRE, s. a composition of inflammable materials, easy 
 to take fire, but hard to be extinguished. 
 
 WPLDGOOSE-CHASE, «. a fruitless pursuit. 
 
 WI'LDING, s. a wild sour apple. 
 
 Wl'LDLY,orf. without cultivation; with disorder; heedlessly; 
 capriciously; irregularly; without judgment. 
 
 WI'LDNESS, s. the state of a desert and uncultivated place ; 
 rudeness ; fierceness or discomposure, applied to the looks of a 
 person; levity of behaviour; irregularity; inordinate vivacity; 
 alienation of mind. 
 
 WILE, s. [Sax. wiel, Isl.] a deceit, stratagem, cunning or sly 
 trick ; a fraud ; artful practice. 
 
 WI'LFUL, a. [will and /«;/,] stubborn ; contumacious; per- 
 verse; inflexible; not hearkening to reason or persuasion ; done 
 or suffered by design. 
 
 WFLFULLY, ad. obstinately; stubbornly. 
 
 WI'LFULNESS, «. stubbornness; contumacy; perverseness ; 
 obstinacy. 
 
 WI'LILY, ad. by stratagem ; fraudulently. 
 
 WI'LINESS, s. cunning ; guile. 
 
 WILKES, JOHN, a political agitator of the last century. He 
 studied at Leyden,and was only notorious for his profligacy and 
 his elegant scholarship, till he entered parliament as representa- 
 tive of Aylesbury. He published a paper called the North Briton, 
 against Lord Bute's ministry; and for No. 45 of it was sent to 
 the Tower by a general warrant, but was released by the chief 
 justice Pratt, before whom he was brought by Habeas Corpus. 
 His paper was declared libellous, and riots and bloodshed arose 
 when it was burnt publicly. He afterwards retired to France, was 
 outlawed for writing an indecent poem, and became the popular, 
 idol of the day. His next affair was of more moment to the coun- 
 try than to himself, but it raised him to the summit of his fame. 
 He was returned for Middlesex, and the House of Commons re- 
 fused to admit him ; this was repeated on both sides, whilst 
 Wilkes was in prison, and treated as a martyr ; and the most vio- 
 lent disturbances occurred in the metropolis, and lives were lost 
 by the fire of the soldiery in putting them down. At length the 
 
or r.wE '' 
 
5 
 
 ■^ // 
 
 
WIL 
 
 Commons owned their proceedings illegal, or unconstitutional, 
 and Wilkes, released from his outlawry, made his amends to the 
 powers that were, and took his seat in parliament. The last 
 manifestation of popular feeling for him was the making him 
 alderman, sheriff, and lord mayor of London ; and when it had 
 wholly passed away, he was made city chamberlain. He died in 
 1797, aged 70 years. He used to say himself that he was nut a 
 Wilkite. He was the great demagogue of the last century, on 
 the genuine historyof which, his life might cast not unimportant 
 light. 
 
 Wl'LKIE, SIR DAVID, a distinguished painter of the pre- 
 ceding part of this century. He was the son of a Scottish min- 
 ister, and early displayed the determined bent of his mind. He 
 studied his art first in an academy at Edinburgh, and then en- 
 tered the Royal Academy of London. His career was from the 
 beginning one of growing popularity and renown, and some of 
 his last works were amongst the finest he ever produced. He 
 twice visited the continent to study the old masters in France, 
 Spain, Italy, &c. ; and at last crossed Europe with some friends 
 for a tour in the East. He did not lay aside his pencil during 
 the journey, and made portraits of the sultan, and of eminent 
 personages. In Egypt, he first had fears respecting his health ; 
 and before he could reach Gibraltar, he died, in 1841, aged 5G 
 years. His paintings are familiarized to all in England by some 
 of the happiest efforts of the most accomplished engravers. 
 
 Wl'LKIiNS, DR. JOHN, an English prelate of the 17th cen- 
 tury. He was educated at Oxford, ancl held various collegiate 
 and university posts under the Commonwealth and Protectorate, 
 and was married to the sister of Oliver Cromwell. He lost his 
 appointments at the Restoration, but contrived to gain the fa- 
 vour of the court, and ultimately rose to the bench of bishops. 
 He was an eminent student of natural philosophy, and promoted 
 the formation of the Royal Society. He died in 1672, aged 58 
 years. His writings are on scientific and theological subjects, 
 and contain much that shows ingenuity in speculation, without 
 great profundity of scientific knowledge. 
 
 Wl'LKlNS, SIR CHARLES, an eminent Oriental scholar, 
 who was in the service of the East India Company. He held, 
 latterly, an appointment in connexion with the colleges at 
 Haileybury and Addiscombe ; and died in 1836, aged 85 years. 
 His works are a Sanscrit Grammar, and translations of Hindu 
 poems, &c. &c. 
 
 Wl'LKlNS, WILLIAM, an eminent architect. He studied 
 at Cambridge, and travelled in Italy and Greece. Just before 
 his death he was appointed professor of architecture in the Royal 
 Academy. He died in 1839, aged 61 years. The buildings 
 which he designed are numerous; and in London, one of the 
 best is University College. The National Gallery in Trafalgar 
 Square was also designed by him. He published several works 
 on his art. 
 
 WILL, s. \icilla, Sax.] in Psychology, the faculty with which 
 man is endowed of being determined to action by the ideas of 
 reason; it is peculiarly the distinctive feature of man, making 
 him a spiritual and responsible being. Generally, choice ; com- 
 mand; inclination; desire; determination ; discretion; dispo- 
 sition. In Law, an instrument by which a person disposes of 
 his property after death. See Freewill. 
 
 To WILL, V. a. [willan, Sax.] to act with regard to the ends 
 proposed by reason ; also, to desire the attainment of any end ; 
 to command in a positive manner; to direct; to order. It is 
 used in common with shall, as an auxiliary verb to express the 
 future tense. 
 
 Wl'LLDENOW, CARL LOUIS, a German botanist of some 
 distinction. He was director of the botanic garden at Berlin, 
 and went to Paris to aid Humboldt in the arrangement and 
 naming of his American plants. He died in 1812, aged 47 years. 
 He published some excellent works on botany. 
 
 WILLIAM I., commonly called the Conqueror, the first king of 
 England of the Norman line. He was the son of Robert, duke 
 of Normandy, by a mistress named Arlete, and succeeded him 
 in the duchy. It was said that Edward the Confessor, who had 
 no issue, and was much prejudiced in favour of the Normans, 
 had made him his heir, and that Harold was sent in his name to 
 confirm the kingdom to William. William, by subtlety, obtained 
 an oath of service from Harold over the relics of the saints, and 
 detained him, as a prisoner at large, for some time in Normandy. 
 When Harold was made king, the Duke William, by liberal pro- 
 
 WIL 
 
 mises, obtained the aid of his barons to substantiate hisclaims 
 to the English throne ; and in the battle of Hastings, overthrew 
 and slew Harold, in 1066. During the next six years, he was 
 engaged in completing and organizing his conquest ; he de- 
 feated the Saxons in numerous engagements, dispossessed al- 
 most all of them of their lands, which he granted to his own fol- 
 lowers; and at last, by the suppression of the Camp of Refuge, 
 near Ely, pacificated the island. He had almost depopulated 
 the country N. of the Humber,and he ruled with a strong hand 
 both his turbulent barons and the righteously-discontented 
 Saxons. He suppressed many attempts against his throne both 
 in England and Normandy, and had the misery of finding his 
 own sons in insurrection against him. The French king having 
 aided the revolt of his son, and taunted him on his sickness, he 
 began a campaign against him ; and at the taking of Mantes, 
 fell from his horse by an accident, and died, in 1087, aged 60 
 years, and after a reign of 52 years over Normandy, and 21 over 
 England. He was a great king, the ideal of a feudal monarch. 
 And his reign was a sharp but needful process for England to go 
 through in its preparation for its after-work. The Saxon chro- 
 niclers have recorded with praise the swift and stern justice that 
 made property secure in a marvellous manner in his days ; and 
 also, with fitting lamentations, the terrible severity of the forest 
 and game laws, which have so long weighed like a curse upon 
 England. The most remarkable record of this reign, is the Domes- 
 day Book, disclosing, as it does, the social and domestic state of 
 the whole country. 
 
 WFLLIAM II., called Hufus, his son and successor on the 
 throne of England, had at first to resist the attempts of his elder 
 brother, Robert, who held the duchy of Normandy ; and soon 
 carried the war into Normandy, and threatened the duchy. He 
 acquired it, at last, by mortgage, when Robert joined the cru- 
 saders under Godfrey de Bouillon. There was war against both 
 Scotland and Wales, but it did not last long in any case ; and 
 there were several insurrections amongst the barons, which the 
 king speedily put down. He had once to repress a like attempt 
 in Normandy, after he had bought it ; and he did it almost single- 
 handed. He was shot, at length, either by accident or design, 
 by a knight of his train, as he was hunting in the New Forest, 
 in 1100, aged 44 years, and after a reign of 13. That New 
 Forest remains yet as his memorial ; begun by his father, it was 
 extended and completed by Rufus, at an enormous waste of 
 cultivated land, and to the utter ruin of the evicted owners. 
 One of the Conqueror's younger sons was killed by a stag in it ; 
 and now Rufus fell there. He was a cunning and avaricious 
 man ; yet not destitute of that personal courage and that cul- 
 tivated intelligence, which made his reign even an advance 
 towards better things. He was especially unsparing in his pil- 
 lage of church property; which is the chief reason for the 
 horrible character given him by the monks, the only chroniclers 
 of the times. 
 
 WFLLIAM III., the successor of James II. by means of the 
 Revolution of 1688. Before attaining this throne he had been 
 raised to the post of stadtholder of the United Provinces, by 
 the same popular tumult that had so horribly murdered the two 
 De Witts. He was Prince of Orange by birth ; his mother was 
 a daughter of Charles I.; and he had married a daughter of 
 James II. In the struggle of the Netherlands against Louis 
 XIV. he had displayed the courage and ability of both a states- 
 man and a warrior; and although connected with the house of 
 Stuart so closely, he was regarded, by the Protestant world, as 
 the great champion of religious liberty. When the contest 
 between the aristocracy and James II. was proceeding, Wil- 
 liam was minutely informed of every step that was taken, and 
 held himself in readiness to take his father-in-law's crown and 
 avenge the Protestant faith, which was threatened by James's 
 countenance of Romanism in England, and by the birth or ap- 
 pearance of the " Pretender." At last all was prepared, and 
 William sailed for Torbay ; the abdication of James, the strifes 
 in the Convention parliament, followed ; and the Bill of Rights 
 and the Act of Settlement established him, and his consort, as 
 William 111. and Mary II., on the throne of England. In Scot- 
 land he was for a short time opposed by Dundee. In Ireland 
 he had to combat James himself; but the victory at the Boyne, 
 and the taking of Limerick, put an end to the contest. He next 
 resumed the war against Louis XIV., which was brought to a 
 close, without much honour to England, by the Peace of Rys- 
 
 -919 
 
WIL 
 
 wic. William was next Pinbroiled in the party contests which 
 have never ceased to harass England since ; and found both 
 Whigs and Tories alike obstructives to his policy, and alike open 
 to corruption. The death of his queen in 1694 added to his 
 troubles, for he was now regarded as an alien king; and his 
 own natural preference for the United Provinces confirmed that 
 feeling. He was annoyed by the continual discovery of conspi- 
 racies, not only amongst the partisans of the Stuarts, but 
 amongst the party that had invited him to the throne. At 
 length, as he was preparing to enter upon a new war with 
 Louis XIV. respecting the Spanish Succession, he died, in con- 
 sequence of a fall from his horse, in 1702, aged 52 years ; having 
 been stadtholder of the United Provinces for 30 years, and king 
 of England for above 11. During this reign the national debt 
 was commenced; and the standing army; but undoubtedly 
 absolutism and hierarchical priestism received a deadly blow. 
 It has always been customary to date English liberty from this 
 reign ; yet it is plain that the only liberty gained was for the 
 aristocracy, who now began that career, by which they have 
 since reduced the royal power to a nullity and vexed England. 
 In respect of religious freedom, much cannot be said respecting 
 a fteedom fettered by Test and Corporation Acts, and by the 
 civil disability of all religionists except the members of the 
 Church of England alone. But persecution had been suspended 
 jnst sufficiently long to enfeeble the weakly descendants of the 
 Puritans and Nonconformists ; and as William professedly was 
 the hero of Protestantism against all forms of Papacy, they fol- 
 lowed him and applauded him, as if he had been the hero of the 
 cause they so unworthily represented. In the reaction against 
 the counter-revolution of the Stuarts, England had attained, 
 not a revival of Puritanism, but a miserable Erastian latitudi- 
 narianism, under which growth in liberty was impossible. 
 
 WI'LHAM IV., brother and successor to George IV., and 
 immediate predecessor of her Majesty Queen Victoria, on the 
 English throne. Before his accession he had served with credit, 
 if without distinction, in the royal navy, and had lived a life un- 
 distinguished by such intellectual ability, and by such mon- 
 strous profligacy, as had marked one or more of his brothers. 
 The history of his reign is a mere detail of ministerial measures, 
 which were themselves the efflorescence of party strength. 
 The Reform Bill was carried after a severe contest, by the force 
 of the public excitement which followed the Revolution of July 
 in France. This gave to the Whig party suflicient power to re- 
 tain their oflices almost without interruption to the end of the 
 reign. The Reform of the Municipal Corporations; the New 
 Poor Law ; the various Church Bills for England and Ireland, 
 were the other measures of this party ; they also aided in the 
 measure for finally abolishing slavery in the British possessions. 
 The statesmen of the present day, with the exception of Lord 
 Grey and Lord Spencer, who have since died, and Lord Mel- 
 bourne and others who do not now take a prominent part in 
 public affairs, are those who have given to the reign of Wil- 
 liam whatever lustre it possesses of this kind. This king died 
 in 1837, aged 72, and having reigned 7 years. The general 
 propriety of his later life, and the popularity of most of the mea- 
 sures of his ministers, aided by the contrast with the life and 
 deeds of his predecessor, won for him a reputation which ex- 
 cused the mediocrity of his talent, and made the nation forget 
 his early dissipation and the cruelty with which he deserted the 
 mother of his children. 
 
 WI'LLIAMS, JOHN, an English prelate and statesman, of 
 the early part of the 17th century. He studied at Cambridge ; 
 and after spending some time as a country parson, was made 
 chaplain by Lord Egerton, then lord chancellor. He now pa- 
 tiently laboured for better things, and devoting himself to Buck- 
 ingham, helped to overthrow Lord Bacon, and was installed in 
 liis room as lord keeper of the great seal. This he held till 
 the accession of Charles I. ; and then was attacked by Laud, 
 who succeeded in inflicting on him a severe sentence. When 
 the struggle began between the king and the parliament, Wil- 
 liams's star rose again, and he was made archbishop of York, 
 He and 11 more of the bench of bishops were imprisoned for a 
 very idle fancy that their absence, under protest, could suspend 
 the business of the House of Lords. Later, he fortified and 
 held Conway Castle, for the king; but being ousted by one 
 Owen, in the king's name, he applied to the parliament, and 
 regained possession of his castle, to hold for the parliament's 
 920 
 
 WIL 
 
 use. He died in 1650, as his biographer Hacket supposes, from 
 grief at Charles's martyrdom, aged 08 years. 
 
 WI'LLIAMS, DR. DANIEL, an eminent Presbyterian min- 
 ister of England, of the latter part of the 17th and beginning 
 of the 18th centuries. He resided for some time in Ireland, and 
 was once chaplain to the Countess of Meath. He was a person 
 of some consideration, both as a theologian, and in his standing 
 in the country. His controversy with the Antinomians was a 
 good service done to truth, and at great cost. He died in 1716, 
 aged 73 years. His works are yet read by those who in general 
 follow his system of doctrinfs. The library in Red Cross Street 
 was bequeathed by him to the public. He left other useful be- 
 quests, and by these yet lives in the memory of Dissenters in 
 England. 
 
 WI'LLIAMS, JOHN, a distinguished Missionary to the S. Sea 
 Islands, where he laboured with great diligence, for many years, 
 teaching the natives the arts of civilized life, as well as the truth 
 of the gospel. He discovered an island of the Society group, 
 called Rarotonga, and was the first evangelist there. He visited 
 England in the latter part of his life, and succeeded, by the uni- 
 versal interest which he excited, in obtaining funds for the pur- 
 chase of a ship, to aid the labours of the mission. During the 
 first missionary voyage he made in it, on the island of Erro- 
 manga, he fell a victim to an unexpected attack of the natives, 
 who had been provoked by some outrage to revenge themselves 
 on the next Europeans that visited them. He died, a martyr to 
 the gospel, in 1839, aged 43 years. His Narrative of Mission- 
 ary Enterprises is a most interesting account of what he had 
 witnessed in .the course of his work. 
 
 WI'LLIAMS, ROGER, founder of Rhode Island, United 
 States, was educated at Oxford (in England) by the kindness 
 of the great Sir Edward Coke. He left this country hoping to 
 find in the New England colony a place where he might enjoy 
 freedom of conscience. To his utter astonishment, he soon be- 
 came the object of a relentless persecution on the part of the 
 very men who had fled thither from the persecution of Laud and 
 his party. Williams was compelled to leave his ministry at 
 Salem, and to seek refuge with the Indian tribes near the set- 
 tlement. He afterwards visited England, obtained the ne- 
 cessary documents, and purchased land of the Indians for a 
 settlement, which he called Providence. Some years after this 
 he was forced again to visit England, to defend the claims of 
 this new colony. He died in 1683, aged 82 years. His writings 
 are chiefly controversial, against George Fox, and against the 
 persecuting tenets of the New Englanders ; another work is en- 
 titled a Keii into the Language nf New England. 
 
 WI'LLING, a. inclined, or not averse, to do a thing ; consent- 
 ing; desirous; favourable; pleased; ready or condescending; 
 chosen. 
 
 Wl'LLINGLY, ad. without dislike ; without reluctance. 
 
 WI'LLINGNESS, «. freedom from reluctance; ready com- 
 pliance; consent. 
 
 WI'LLIS, DR. BROWNE, an eminent English antiquary. He 
 studied at Oxford, and was afterwards noted for his devotion to 
 archaeological pursuits. He died in 1760, aged 78 years. He 
 published several works, the chief of which is a Survey of the Ca- 
 thedrals of England. He also made valuable presents of MSS., &c. 
 to the university at which he had been educated. 
 
 WI'LLIS, DR. FRANCIS, an English physician, distinguish- 
 ed for his skill in the treatment of insane persons. He studied 
 at Oxford, and was first a clergyman, hut he relinquished this 
 profession for medicine, and especially for the study and cure of 
 insanity. He had the care of George HI., and afterwards of the 
 queen of Portugal, and died in 1807, aged 90 years. 
 
 WI'LLOW, s. [tcelie, Sax. gwilou, Brit.] in Botany, the name of 
 a large genus of trees and shrubs which grow in wet and marshy 
 soils. Their general characters are well known. 
 
 Wl'LLOWHERB, «. in Botany, a genus of handsome British 
 marsh-plants ; one species has its stem and leaves covered wi,th 
 glandular hairs, that secrete an agreeable acid. 
 
 WI'LLUGHBY, FRANCIS, an eminent naturalist of the 17th 
 century. He studied at Cambridge, and then became acquainted 
 with Ray, with whom he afterwards travelled on the continent. 
 His works were edited by his friend after his death. He died in 
 1672, aged 37 years. His Ornithology was a remarkable book for 
 the times, and its value is not wholly lost even for these days. 
 
 WI'LNA, a government of Russia, lying on the Baltic, and 
 
WIN 
 
 bordering on Prussia, bounded by the governments of Poland, 
 Grodno, Minsk, Vitepsk, and Courland. It is about 200 miles 
 in each direction. It has a generally level surface, with no hills 
 of great elevation. The Dwina, the Beresina, the Dange, &c, 
 are iits chief rivers. Building-stone, &c. are found here, but its 
 chief wealth arises from the cultivation of the soil. Corn, cattle, 
 timber, &c. &c. are abundantly produced. Its manufactures are 
 chiefly domestic, and its trade is flourishing. Wilna, its capital, 
 stands on the VVilia, and is a place of some importance, but ge- 
 nerally ill-built. It has some fine churches, &c., and had form- 
 erly a university with a noble library, but has now only schools 
 for medicine and theology. Pop. abou-t 60,000. Lat. 54. 40. N. 
 Long. 25. 8. E. Pop. of government, about 1,500,000. 
 
 WFLSON, RICHARD, a distinguished landscape painter of 
 the last century. He first painted portraits, but after a visit to 
 Italy, devoted himself to that branch of his art in which he has 
 met with such deserved fame. He was not so much admired in 
 his life-time, and was glad of the appointment of librarian to the 
 UoTal Academy. He died in 1782, aged 68 years. 
 
 WI'LSON, ALEXANDER, the celebrated American ornitho- 
 logist, was first a weaver at Paisley, Scotland, and afterwards a 
 pedlar. Ho used at this time to amuse himself by writing verses, 
 but finding all prospects in the old country dark, he emigrated 
 to America, and landed in the United States with a few shillings 
 and a gun as his only possessions. For ten years he lived an 
 unsettled life, weaving, keeping school, travelling as a pedlar, 
 working as a copper-plate printer, doing almost any hand's turn 
 for a livelihood. An excursion on foot to the Falls of Niagara 
 made him first acquainted with the true path for hira to excel in. 
 He laboured incessantly for nine years in travelling to all parts 
 of the States to procure specimens, and become acquainted with 
 the habits of its feathered inhabitants. He sketched the birds 
 himself; and the great book, now in 12 volumes, on American 
 Ornitholoffy, raised him to the height of his fame : every European 
 sovereign subscribed to it. He died in 1813, agedi 48 years. 
 The last quarter of the work was by Charles Lucien Buonaparte, 
 and it is one of the most exquisite works on natural history ever 
 written. 
 
 VVI'LTON, Wiltshire. It is seated at the conflux of the Willey 
 and Nadder, and is an ancient place, formerly the chief of the 
 county. It has a famous manufactory of carpets, and another of 
 thin woollen stufl^s. It is 85 miles from London. Market, 
 Wednesday. Pop. 1698. 
 
 WI'LTS'HIRE, an English county, bounded by Somerset- 
 shire, Gloucestershire, Berkshire, Hampshire, and Dorsetshire, 
 being 54 miles in length, and -33 in breadth. It contains 304 
 narishes, and 21 market-towns. The principal rivers are the 
 VVilley, the Adder, the two Avons, the Tems, the Kennet, &c. 
 The air is generally good, though sharp upon the hills and downs 
 in winter, but milder in the vales and bottoms. The N. part is 
 hilly, and the S. level, and the middle full of downs, intermixed 
 with bottoms, wherein are rich meadows and corn-fields. There 
 are several towns in it noted for the woollen manufacture. It 
 abounds with relics of antiquity, the most interesting being an- 
 cient British earth-works, temples, tombs, &c. Salisbury is the 
 principal town. Pop. 258,733. It sends 18 members to. par- 
 liament. 
 
 WI'LY, (irt/y) a. full of stratagem ; sly; cunning; artful; 
 tricking. 
 
 WI'MBLE, B. iwimpel, 
 which holes are bored. 
 
 WI'MBORN Minster, Dorsetshire. It is seated between the 
 rivers Stuur and Allen, and has a fine church or minster. It 
 was anciently a considerable place. It is 101 miles from Lon- 
 don. Market, Friday. Pop. 4326. 
 
 WI'MPLE, «. [guimple, Fr.] a hood or veil. 
 
 WIN, Itcin or winna. Sax.] used in the compound names of 
 men, signifies war, strength, Sec; or popularity. In the names 
 of places, it denotes a battle fought there. 
 
 To WIN, f. a. pret. and past part, loon ; [winna. Sax. winnen, 
 Belg.] to gain by conquest; to gain the victory in a contest or 
 game; to gain something withheld ; to obtain or overpower by 
 superior charms or persuasions. — v. n. to gain the victory or ad- 
 vantage. Used with upon, to influence, gain ground or favour, 
 or to overpower. 
 
 To WINCE, V. n. [gwingo, Brit.] to shrink or kick with pain ; 
 to kick in order to throw ott' a rider, applied to beasts of carriage. 
 
 WI N 
 
 WINCH,*, [guincher, Fr.] an instrument by which an axle or 
 spindle is turned by hand, to set machinery in motion, &c. 
 
 WI'NCHESTER, Hampshire. It stands on the Itchin, and 
 has six parish churches, besides the cathedral, which is a large 
 and beautiful structure, and in which are interred several Saxon 
 kings and queens. The other remarkable buildings are, the 
 bishop's palace, the hall where the assizes are kept, and the 
 college or school, which last is without the walls. It is 62 miles 
 from London. Markets, Wednesday and Saturday. Pop. 10,732. 
 
 \yiNCKELMA'NN, JOHN JOACHIM, a celebrated German 
 antiquary, of the last century. He was born in humble circum- 
 stances, but by energetic perseverance surmounted the diffi- 
 culties of his position ; and studied at Halle. After various 
 engagements as tutor, schoolmaster, and secretary to a noble- 
 man, he was induced to profess Romanism, and obtained a 
 pension, by which he was enabled to continue his study of the 
 philosophy of the arts at Rome. Here he was rewarded for his 
 writings and his erudition by the posts of librarian and keeper to 
 the Gallery of Antiquities ; and afterwards by those of antiquary 
 to the Camera Apostolica, and librarian to the Vatican. He 
 visited Germany for a short time, and as he was returning, was 
 assassinated at Trieste, in 1768, aged 51 years. His works and 
 letters are valuable to philosophical students of art ; and his 
 History of Ancient Art was the first treatise on a most interest- 
 ing and instructive branch of antiquarian science. 
 
 VVIND, s. [Sax. and Belg.] a stream or current of air occa- 
 sioned by the rarefaction of the atmosphere in the part to which 
 it is directed ; the direction of the air from any point ; breath ; 
 any thing insignificant, particularly applied to threats. To take 
 or have the wind of, signifies to have the ascendency or advantage 
 of. To take wind, applied to secrets, implies their being dis- 
 closed or made public. 
 
 ^ To WIND, (wind) V. a. preter. and past part, wound; [windan. 
 Sax. winden, Belg.] to blow or sound by the breath ; to turn 
 round; to twist; to manage by shifts or expedients; to follow 
 
 by the scent; to change or alter; to enfold, entvvist, or encir- 
 cle. Used with o!(<, to extricate from any difficulty ; with up, 
 to bring to a small compass ; to raise by means of a winch or 
 
 , from wemeUn,'] an instrument with 
 
 key ; to raise by degrees ; to put in order b}' a certain end or 
 regular action ; to straiten a string by turning that on which it 
 is rolled; to put in order for regular action.— k. n. to alter or 
 change; to turn or twist round; to move round; to move in 
 crooked lines; to be extricated from any difficulty or perplexity, 
 followed by out of. 
 
 WI'NDBERRY,*. in Botany, the same with the bilberry. 
 
 Wl'NDBOUND, {windbuund) a. hindered from sailing by con- 
 trary winds. 
 
 WI'NDEGG, s. an egg that does not contain the principle ot 
 life. 
 
 Wl'NDER, {winder) s. an instrument or person by which any 
 thing is turned round. In Botany, a plant that supports itself 
 by winding round others. 
 
 WFNDERMERE, or Winander-Merk, a very beautiful lake, 
 lying between Westmoreland and Lancashire, England. It is 
 about 11 miles long, and at its greatest breadth a mile broad. 
 It has several islands, and receives the waters of numerous small 
 streams. 
 
 WI'NDFALL, {windfauU) a. fruit blown down from a tree; a 
 tree blown down; an unexpected legacy. 
 
 WI'NDGALLS, s. in Farriery, soft, yielding tumours which 
 grow upon each side of the fetlock joints, and make a horse to 
 run as if lame. 
 
 WI'NDHAM, WILLIAM, a statesman of the end of the last 
 and beginning of the present centuries. He studied at Oxford, 
 and afterwards travelled in difltrent parts of Europe. He next, 
 after several unsuccessful attempts, entered parliament, and at 
 once acquired ccmsiderable reputation. His first ministerial ap- 
 pointment was that of secretary at war under Pitt, and his next, 
 under Lord Grenville, in the same post, with the addition of the 
 colonies. In opposition, he attacked the peace of Amiens, the 
 Copenhagen expedition, and the expedition to Walcheren. lie 
 died in 1810, from the effects of a surgical operation, aged 60 
 years. 
 
 WFNDING, {winding) s. [vindur, Isl.] any crooked or bending^ 
 path; flexure; meander. 
 
 Wl'NDINGSHEET, {tclndingsheet) s. a sheet in which the dead 
 are wrapped. 
 
 6 b 921 
 
WIN 
 
 Wl'NDLASS, s. a machine which is a modification of the wheel 
 and axle, and used for similar purposes ; in ships, it is employed 
 to weigh the anchor. It is distinguished from the capstan, which 
 is vertical, hy being fixed borizontally. 
 
 WI'NDLE, s. a spindle. 
 
 WI'NDMILL, s. a mill whose machinery is moved by sails 
 turned by the wind. 
 
 Wl'NDOW, {wirM) s. [nWae,Dan.] an aperture in a building, 
 by which the light and air are let into a room; the frame of 
 glass, &c. that covers the aperture. 
 
 To WI'NDOW, (windd) v. a. to furnish with windows ; to place 
 at a window ; to break into openings. 
 
 Wl'NDPlPE, {windpipe) s. in Anatomy, the common name of 
 the trachea. 
 
 WI'NDSOR, Berkshire. It is pleasantly seated on the banks 
 of the Thames, in a healthful air, and is a handsome, large, and 
 well-inhabited place; but chiefly famous for its magnificent 
 castle, which is a royal palace, and is surrounded by a fine nark, 
 in which is the beautiful artificial lake, called Virginia Water. 
 it is 22 miles from London. Market, Saturday. Pop. 7528; of 
 Old Windsor, 1600. 
 
 WFNDWARD, (wUdward) ad. towards the wind. 
 
 Wl'NDY, (whidi/) a. consisting of wind ; next the wind ; emp- 
 ty, airy, or having no solidity; tempestuous, molested with the 
 wind; pufl"}-; flatulent. 
 
 WINE, s. [wot, Sax.] a liquor made of the juice of the grape, 
 or any other saccharine fluid, by fermentation. 
 
 WING, s. [winge, Dan.] in birds and insects, the members by 
 which they are enabled to fly. Bats are the only animals whose 
 fore-extremities are true wings. The flying-fishes have their 
 pectoral fins so large as to be capable of a similar use. Amongst 
 reptiles, the fossil and extinct pterodactyle alone is furnished 
 with wings. Generally, flight ; a fan, to winnow ; any side-piece. 
 In War, the two extreme bodies on the sides of an army. In 
 Architecture, the two detached sides of a building. 
 
 To WING, V. a. to furnish with wings; to enable to fly; to 
 supply an army with side bodies. — v. n. to pass by flight ; to exert 
 the power of flying. 
 
 WING, VINCENT, an English astronomer and astrologer of 
 the 17th century, who published Almanacks, JEphemerides of the 
 places of the planets, and other works of a tolerably scientific 
 character, but containing some very remarkable mistakes and 
 misconjectures. He died in about 1668. 
 
 Wl'NG ATE, EDMLN D, a mathematician of the 17th century. 
 He studied at Oxford, and afterwards at Gray's Inn; but he 
 never attained any legal eminence. He resided for some time 
 in France, and instructed Henrietta Maria in the English lan- 
 guage, when she was about to become queen to Charles I. In 
 the civil wars and commotions he espoused the popular side, and 
 was in one of Oliver's parliaments. He died in 1656, aged 63 
 years. He published an Arithmetic, and other mathematical 
 works, and an Abridgment of the Statutes. 
 
 WI'NGED, a. furnished with wings ; swift, rapid. In Botany, 
 applied to flowers, leaves, leaf-stalks, seeds, &c., when the parts 
 eitner by their use, form, or arrangement, resemble the wings of 
 birds, &c. 
 
 WI'NGSHELL, s.in Natural History, the c/yiiow, or wing-cover 
 of insects. 
 
 To WINK, V. n. [tvincken, Belg.] to shut the eye partially and 
 rapidly ; to hint, or direct by the motion of the eyelids. Figura- 
 tively, to pass by a fault without taking notice of it; to connive; 
 to seem not to see ; to tolerate. 
 
 WINK, s. the act of partially and rapidly closing the eye; a 
 hint given by the motion of the eye. 
 
 WFNNER, s. one who wins. 
 
 WI'NNING, part, attractive; charming; overpowering by 
 elegance of address and behaviour. 
 
 WI'NNING, s. the sum won at any game. 
 
 WI'NNIPEG, a lake of British N. America. It lies almost 
 midway between the S. part of Hudson's Bay and the Rocky 
 Mountains ; and is about 240 miles long, and from 5 to 55 miles 
 broad. It receives the waters of many rivers, the largest of 
 which is the Saskatchawine, flowing from the Rocky Moun- 
 tains. Its waters are discharged by the rapid Stony river into 
 Slave Lake. W. of it lies a smaller lake, called Little Winnipeg. 
 The river Mississippi flows through both of them. 
 
 To Wl'NNOW, (whmo) V. a. {windrian, Sax.] to separate by 
 
 WIR 
 
 means of wind ; to separate grain from the chaff; to fan, or beat 
 as with wings. Figuratively, to sift, examine, or separate. — 
 V. n. to part corn from chaff'. 
 
 Wl'NNOWER, s. he who winnows. 
 
 WI'NSLOW, JAMES BENIGNE, an anatomist of Den- 
 mark. He studied at Paris; and having embraced Romanism, 
 became first assistant, and then successor to Duverney, the 
 professor of anatomy and surgery in the Jardin du Roi. He was 
 held in high esteem for his general knowledge, as well as for 
 his surgical skill ; and died in 1700, aged 91 years. His great 
 work is an Anatomical Exposition of the Structure of the Human 
 Body. 
 
 WI'NTER, s. [Sax. Dan. Teut. and Belg.] the cold season of 
 the year. Winter solstice, \s the time when the sun enters the 
 tropic of Capricorn, making the shortest day, which now is 
 December 21. 
 
 To" WI'NTER, V. n. to pass the winter.— «. a. to feed in the 
 winter. 
 
 WI'NTER, JAN WILLIAM DE, a Dutch admiral, who 
 having joined the revolutionary party in Holland, was forced to 
 fly to France, where he served in the army under Dumouriezand 
 Pichegru. He returned to the Netherlands at the time of the 
 French invasion, was made Admiral of the Texel fleet, and de- 
 feated and taken prisoner by Admiral Duncan. After his ex- 
 change he served the French power in Holland ; and died in 
 1812, aged 62 years. 
 
 WI'NTER, PETER VON, or Canon Winter, an eminent 
 German musician and composer. He was at an early age ap- 
 pointed to a situation in the elector's orchestra at Mannheim ; 
 and after travelling in Germany and Italy, settled at Munich, in 
 the service of the king of Bavaria, who treated him with de- 
 served honour. He travelled again in Germany and Italy ; and 
 died in 1825, aged 70 years. His masses, operas, &c. &c. are 
 numerous and much admired. 
 
 WI'NTER-BERRY,«. in Botany, an ornamental shrub, seve- 
 ral species of which are cultivated in this country, and which is 
 a native of America. 
 
 WI'NTER-CHERRY, s. in Botany, a small plant, the seed- 
 vessel of which is richly coloured, and remains to a late period 
 of the year. It is somewhat narcotic in its nature. 
 
 Wl'NTERGREEN, s. in Botany, a plant with spear-shaped 
 leaves, and white blossoms on long fruit-stalks. It is found in 
 woods and heaths, and flowers in June. The diflferent species 
 of pearl-leaf go also by the name of wintergreen. 
 
 WI'NTERLY, a. such as is suitable to winter; of a wintry 
 kind. 
 
 Wl'NTRY, a. brumal ; suitable to winter. 
 
 WI'NWOOD, SIR RALPH, a statesman of the reigns ot 
 Elizabeth and James I. He studied at Oxford, and afterwards 
 travelled on the continent. He was employed as diplomatic 
 agent at Paris, and in Holland ; and was subsequently made a 
 secretary of state. He died in 1017, aged 53 years. His Me- 
 morials of bis employments are a valuable work for students of 
 History. 
 
 To WIPE, V. a. {wipan. Sax.] to rub softly ; to cleanse by rub- 
 bing softly ; to strike off gently ; to clear away ; to cheat or de- 
 fraud. Used with out, to efface. 
 
 WIPE, s. the act of cleansing ; a blow or stroke ; a gibe ; a 
 jeer ; a sarcasm. 
 
 WIRE, s. metal drawn into slender rods, or threads, by pass- 
 ing it through holes cut of the required size, in a steel plate. 
 
 To WI'REDRAW, v. a. to draw metal into wire; to draw out 
 into length ; to draw by art or violence. 
 
 WI'REDRAWER, s. one who spins wire. 
 
 WI'RE-GAlJZE,s. a textile fabricmadeof very fine wire; used 
 in the fabrication of safety lamps, and fireproof dresses, because 
 of its possessing the remarkable property of not transmitting 
 flame through its interstices. 
 
 WI'RE-WORM,s. in Natural History, and Farming, the com- 
 mon name of the larvae of several species of beetles, which de- 
 stroy corn, &c. by destroying the roots. Rooks and moles, with 
 other animals and birds, usually denominated vermin, do good 
 service in clearing the ground of them. 
 
 WI'RKSWORTH, Derbyshire. It is seated in a valley, near 
 the spring-head of the river Ecclesborn ; and is remarkable for 
 having the greatest lead-market in England. It is 1.39 miles 
 from London. Market, Tuesday. Pop. 7891. 
 
WIT 
 
 To WIS, !\ a. prel. and past part, tcist; [u!ysen, Belg. tcissen. 
 Tent.] Id know. Obsolete. 
 
 WISBA'DEN, the capital of Nassau, Germany. It stands in a 
 pleasant situation ; and is chiefly noted for its medicinal springs. 
 The palaces and other government buildings, the library, mu- 
 seum, and other institutions, are handsome structures. Pop. about 
 10,0<M), but more than double that in the bathing-season. Lat. 
 60. 4. N. Long. 8. 11. E. 
 
 WI'SBEACH, Cambridgeshire. It is seated in a fenny part 
 of the county, in the isle of Ely, between two rivers ; and is a 
 well-built town, possessing a considerable trade in the export of 
 corn, &c. It has some large and handsome public buildings. 
 It is 89 miles from London. Market.Saturday. Pop. 10,4G1. 
 
 WISCO'NSIN, one of the United Slates, N. America. It 
 adjoins to the British territories, and lies on Lake Michigan, 
 being bounded by Michigan, Illinois, Mississippi, and the Iowa 
 Territory. It is about GOO miles long, and 150 broad ; and is 
 divided into 22 counties. It has a varied surface, consisting 
 partly of undulating prairies, partly of hills, and partly of high 
 table-land ; but it is not yet perfectly surveyed. The Wiscon- 
 sin and other tributaries of the Mississippi are its chief rivers; 
 and it has several lakes. Lead, iron, copper, and other minerals 
 are abundant. Cattle and timber are plentiful; and more corn 
 is raised yearly as the settlements and clearings advance. Its 
 manufactures and trade are scarcely developed. It has one 
 bank. Madison is the seat of government ; but Milwaukie is 
 its chief place. Pop. 30,94.5. 
 
 WI'SDO.M, (wtzcbm) s. [Sax.] the highest and most spiritual 
 kind of knowledge ; prudence or discretion. 
 
 WISE, (tvlze) a. [tcii. Sax. wiis, Belg. and Dan.] versed in the 
 highest and best kinds of knowledge ; grave, or betokening wis- 
 dom ; sapient; prudent ; skilful ; skilled in hidden arts. 
 
 WISE, (iclze) s. [Sax. tcj/se, Belg. u-eise, Teut.] manner; way 
 of being or acting. This word is now corruptly spelt Ways. 
 
 WISE, MICHAEL, a composer of sacred music, who held 
 offices in Salisbury cathedral. Chapel-royal, and St. Paul's ca- 
 thedral. He was killed in a street-fray, in 1C88. His anthems 
 are yet sung, and are greatly admired. 
 
 WI'SEACRE, {iclzeaker) s. \wiseggher, Belg.] a person pre- 
 tending to wisdom without reason ; a fool ; a dunce. 
 
 WrSELY, ad, judiciously ; prudently. 
 
 To WISH, V. n. [wiscian, Sax.] to have a strong and longing 
 desire for any thing. Used with well, to be disposed or inclined. 
 — V. a. to desire or long for any future or absent good ; to recom- 
 mend by wishing; to imprecate; to ask. 
 
 WJSH, s. a longing desire; the thing desired; desire ex- 
 pressed. 
 
 WI'SHART, GEORGE, the Scottish martyr, was one of the 
 first who embraced the doctrines of the Reformation in Scotland. 
 He fled to England, and there recanted his creed, but afterwards 
 returned to Scotland and preached anew the Reformed faith with 
 great fervour. It appears that, with a mixture of fanaticism, not 
 uncommon nor to be much wondered at, under the circumstances 
 of such a man, he was implicated in plots against Cardinal Bea- 
 ton's life. Beaton, a\yare of it, seized him, and burnt him as a 
 heretic in 154G. It was to this cruel martyrdom that much of 
 the fiery impulse of the Scottish Reformation may be traced. 
 
 WrSHFUL, a. longing; expressive of longing. 
 
 Wl'SKET, s. a vessel made with twigs, rushes, &c. woven to- 
 gether; a sort of basket. 
 
 WISP, s. [Swed. and old Belg.] a small bundle of hay or straw. 
 
 WI'STFUL, a. attentive; earnest; full of thought ; grave. 
 
 To WIT, V. n. [witan, Sax.] in legal documents, that is to say. 
 
 WIT, s. [gewit, Sax.] in Psychology, that exercise of the fancy 
 by which thoughts or expressions are connected in a legitimate 
 manner, but so as to produce an agreeable or ridiculous feeling 
 of surprise. Judgment; genius; sense; a man of genius; a 
 man of fancy. In the plural, a state wherein the understand- 
 ing is sound; a sound mind; contrivance; stratagem; power of 
 expedients. 
 
 WITCH, s. [ttJi'cce, Sax.] a woman who pretends or is supposed 
 to possess supernatural powers, by the agency of an evil spirit. 
 
 WI'TCHCKAFT, s. the supposed or pretended exercise of su- 
 pernatural power, by the agency of an evil spirit; fascination. 
 The belief in this kind of sorcery has always been found in con- 
 nexion with imperfect cultivation of the mind, both in men and 
 peoples; and the only effectual extirpation of it has beea the dif- 
 
 WIT 
 
 fusion of knowledge, both religious and scientific. The annals 
 of its history in Europe are most remarkable, and present some 
 of the most wonderful delusions in the parties profes.sing to be 
 witches that can be found any where. But these may be partly 
 explained by the terror of the cruel tortures and punishments to 
 which they were exposed, and to a species of mania, of which 
 these are not the only expressions or phases. The use of the 
 words witch and witchcraft in our translation of the Bible, which 
 was made when almost everyone believed such sorcery possible, 
 has, undoubtedly, served to keep alive in many persons a sort of 
 half-belief in it, against their better knowledge and judgment. 
 
 WITENAGE'MOTE, s. \_witan and gemote, Sax.] the great as- 
 sembly of ecclesiastical and secular lords, vassal kings, &c. &c., 
 which formed the council of state under our Saxon kings, and 
 was the germ of our present parliament. 
 
 WITH, prep. [Sax.] by, applied to note the cause, instrument, 
 or means by which anything is done ; upon; amongst; toge- 
 ther, or inseparably. Sometimes it denotes union, conjunction, 
 or society. Sometimes it signifies mixture. Sometimes it denotes 
 comparison. Sometimes it implies opposition or against. Fol- 
 lowed by that or this, immediately after. With, in Composition, 
 generally signifies opposition or privation. 
 
 Vmy{k'L,(icilhaul) ad. along with the rest; likewise; at the 
 same time. Sometimes used in the sense of with, to denote the 
 cause, means, or manner of an action. 
 
 To WITHDRAW', v. a. to take hack or deprive of; to estrange ; 
 to alienate ; to call away, or make to retire.— ». n. to retire, or 
 retreat. 
 
 WPTHE, s. [witthe. Sax.] a willow twig ; a band ; properly, a 
 band of twigs. 
 
 To WITHER, V. n. to fade or grow sapless ; to dry up. Fi- 
 guratively, to waste or pine away; to want or lose. — v. a. to 
 make to fade, shrink, or decay, for want of moisture. 
 
 WI'THER, GEORGE, an English poet of the 17th century. 
 He studied at Oxford, was imprisoned by James I. for satire, 
 fought against the Scotch under Charles I., and against Charles 
 under the Parliament, and was once taken prisoner; became one 
 of Cromwell's major-generals, was again imprisoned for satire 
 before the Restoration, lost the property he had acquired when 
 the king came back, and was once more put in confinement ; 
 and died, at length, in 1G67, aged 79 years. In the revival of 
 the taste for ancient poetry, Wither has had tardv justice done to 
 his abilities, but his verses are far from being all equal to those 
 which are generally known now as specimens of his poems. 
 
 WI'THERING, DR. WILLIAM, a physician and botanist of 
 the last century. He studied at Edinburgh, and practised at 
 Stafford and Birmingham with great success. In his last years 
 he visited Lisbon for his health, and died in 1799, aged 58 years. 
 He wrote several works, but that by which his name is yet known, 
 is one on the plants of Great Britain, which is still used, although 
 more recent treatises have quite superseded it in value. 
 
 Wl'THERS, s. in horses, the juncture of the shoulder-bone 
 at the bottom of the neck and mane, towards the upper part of 
 the shoulder. 
 
 To WITHHO'LD, v. a. to refrain, hold back, or keep from 
 action; to keep back or refuse. 
 
 WlTtil'^, prep, [tcithinnan. Sax.] in the inner part of; not 
 beyond some boundary, applied to place, time, or things. 
 
 WITHPN, ad. in the inner parts ; in the soul or mind. 
 
 WITHOU'T, prep, [withittan. Sax..] not with; not within; rn 
 a state of absence from ; in the state of not having ; on the out- 
 side ; beyond ; not within the compass of; with exemption 
 from. 
 
 WITHOU'T, ad. on the outside ; out of doors ; externally. 
 
 WITHOU'T, coiy'unct. unless; if not; except. 
 
 To WITHSTA'ND, v. a. pteter. wUhstood ; [rvUhstandian, Sax.] 
 to oppose, resist, or contest with ; to act against. 
 
 WITHWIND, s. in Botany, a name of the common bind-weed. 
 
 WI'TLING, s. [a diminutive of wit;] a person who pretends 
 to wit and humour; a man of petty smartness. 
 
 WITNESS, e. [witnesse, Sax.] a testimony; attestation; a 
 person who gives his evidence or testimony fur or against a 
 thing. With a witness, implies efl'ectually, or to a high and ex- 
 travagant degree. 
 
 To WI'TNESS, e. a. to attest; to subscribe one's name to a 
 writing, in order to attest its being authentic. — v. n. to give or 
 bear testimony. 
 
 6 B 2 923 
 
WOL 
 
 WITNEY, Oxfordshire. It is noted for its manufactory of 
 the finest blankets, and other thick woollen goods. It is 64 
 miles from London. Market, Thursday. Pop. 5707. 
 
 WITT, DE, the name of two celebrated statesmen of the 
 United Provinces, in the 17th century. Cornelius de Witt was 
 burgomaster of Dort, and a deputy to the States-General. He 
 held an official appointment of no great elevation ; but was twice 
 sent out with the Dutch fleet in the war, as a government com- 
 missioner. He supported the proceedings of his brother, and fell 
 a victim to the mob, in the tumults that ensued when the House 
 of Orange was restored to power; being barbarously murdered 
 in prison, after having been judicially tortured, in 1672, aged 
 49 years. John de Witt, his brother, was first pensionary of 
 Dort, and afterwards grand pensionary of Holland. He dis- 
 played the most noble powers as a statesman and diplomatist 
 during the period of his government ; in which he had to rule a 
 disorderly republic ; to introduce order into its financial system ; 
 to oppose England, or France, or both united, in war ; to re- 
 pair defeats both by land and sea; and to watch against the 
 pretensions to the supreme power, made by the Prince of 
 Orange. He had at different times to negociate with Turenne 
 and Temple, and, both in his treaties of alliance and peace, 
 showed consummate skill. On one occasion he successfully 
 piloted the fleet, after a defeat, from the Texel to the harbour 
 of Antwerp, for refitting, after the regular pilots had refused to 
 attempt it. At last the recovery of power by the House of 
 Orange was effected in the panic caused by the invasion by the 
 French army ; his brother was imprisoned, tortured, and sen- 
 tenced to be banished for ever from the United Provinces. And 
 he, when visiting him in prison, was, with him, murdered by the 
 mob, in most barbarous manner; in 1672, aged 47 years. 
 
 WITTEMBEKG, a fortified town of Prussian 'Saxony. It 
 stands on the Elbe, over which it has a bridge, and has some 
 fine public buildings. Its university is ancient and famous, 
 having been the cradle of the Reformation, and the principal 
 scene of the labours of Luther and his brave companions in 
 travail. It has some manufactures ; and a good trade, by the 
 Elbe. Pop. about 10,000. Lat, 51. 51. N. Long. 12. 40. E. 
 
 WI'TTICISM, s. an attempt at wit. 
 
 WPTTINESS, s. the quality of being witty. 
 
 Wl'TTINGLY, ad. [witan. Sax.] knowingly, by design, or 
 with deliberation. 
 
 WI'TTY, a. judicious; ingenious; full of imagination; sar- 
 castic; taunting; scuffing. 
 
 To WIVE, V. a. to marry. Seldom used. 
 
 WIVES, the plural of Wife. 
 
 WI'ZAKD, s. a man who pretends, or is supposed, to possess 
 supernatural powers, by the agency of an evil spirit. 
 
 WOAD, s. [u-ad. Sax.] in Botany, a British plant, with yellow 
 flowers, found in corn-fields and under hedges ; formerly used 
 by dyers for its blue colour. Wild Wood is a plant of the same 
 genus as the mignonette ; and yields a yellow dye, for which it 
 IS cultivated in some parts of England. 
 
 WO'BURN, Bedfordshire. It is a neat town, with some good 
 buildings ; and was formerly famous for its abbey, which now 
 belongs to the Duke of Bedford, and is his country seat. Near 
 it is found great plenty of fullers' earth. It is 42 miles from 
 London. Market, Friday. Pop. 1914. 
 
 WO'DROW, ROBERT, a Scottish ecclesiastical historian. 
 He studied at Glasgow, and devoted himself to the elucidation 
 of the Church history of his native country, in the retirement of 
 a country parish. He lived to publish only his History of the 
 Sufferings of the Kirk of Scotland from the Restoration to the Itevo- 
 lutwn; and died in 1734, aged 55 years. Parts of his vast col- 
 lections of documents and unpublished MSS. have been edited 
 by the Wodrow and Maitland Societies ; and other parts will in 
 all probability be edited soon. 
 
 WOE, Wo, s. [tea. Sax.] grief; calamity; sorrow; misery; a 
 state of misery. 
 
 WO'FUL, a. full of sorrow ; causing excessive grief; calamit- 
 ous ; afflictive ; mournful ; petty ; wretched ; sorry. 
 WO'FIJLLY, ad. sorrowfully ; mournfully; wretchedly. 
 WO'FULNESS, s. misery; calamity. 
 
 WO'LCOTT, DR. JOHN, or Peter Pindar, a satirist of great 
 keenness, was a medical practitioner, and a clergyman. He 
 went to Jamaica with Trelawney, first in one capacity, and a 
 second time in the other, but did not succeed in either. After 
 
 WOL 
 
 his return to England, he attempted to find a practice in Corn- 
 wall, and lighted upon Opie, whose skill he recognised, and with 
 whom he went to London. There he soon commenced his Pin- 
 daric satires, and obtained a pension from the parties he had 
 pilloried. He died in 1819, aged 81 years. 
 
 WOLD, [Sax.] in the compound names of places, signifies a 
 plain open country, or a tract without woods. 
 
 WOLF, {iculf)s. [Belg. waif, Sax.] in Zoology, a fierce animal of 
 the dog kind, species of which are found in almost every country of 
 Europe, Asia, and America. In England they were exterminated 
 in the 10th century, in Scotland in the 17th, and in Ireland in 
 the beginning of the last century. 
 
 WOLF, FREDERIC AUGUSTUS, a celebrated German scho- 
 lar. His father had intended him to be a musician, but he soon 
 left the study of that profession for the highest walks of scho- 
 larship. He studied at (iiJttingen ; and after some inconsider- 
 able scholastic appointments, was made professor of philosophy 
 at Halle. Whilst there, he published his chief works, and ob- 
 tained a wide and enduring reputation for learning. During the 
 revolutionary war, he was obliged to retire to Berlin, where he 
 resided for many years, holding some appointment in the uni- 
 versity there, and continuing his studies and writings. He died 
 whilst on a tour in France, in 1824, aged 65 years. His works 
 are numerous, and of the greatest value to scholars. The Dis- 
 sertations on Homer, in which he started the hypothesis, that the 
 Iliad and Odyssey were the work of many writers, and subse- 
 quently collected under the name of the immortal blind bard, 
 are the most widely known of all his writings. 
 
 WO'LFDOG, s. in Natural History, a dog of a very large breed, 
 kept generally to guard sheep. 
 
 WOLFE, JAMES, a British general of the last century. He 
 displayed at an early age great military talent, and rose rapidly 
 in the army. At Lafeld, Minden, Rochfort, and other engage- 
 ments in the old continent, and in America, he played a distin- 
 guished part. He was appointed to command the army sent 
 against Canada, and fell in the hour of victory before Quebec, 
 the French general, Montcalm, being also killed. He died in 
 1759, aged 33 years. 
 
 WOLFE, CHARLES, a poetical writer of promise, of the pre- 
 sent century. He studied at Dublin, and entered the Irish Pro- 
 testant Church ; and, after a life of continued activity and ex- 
 ertion, died in 182-3, of consumption, aged 32 years. His poem 
 071 the Burial of Sir John Moore, and some others of his JRemains, 
 show that he possessed great poetical power. 
 
 WOLFF, JOHN CHRISTIAN VON, a celebrated philosopher 
 of Germany, in the last century. He studied at Jena and Leip- 
 sic, and became intimate with Leibnitz and other men of dis- 
 tinction. His first appointment was to the mathematical pro- 
 fessorship at Halle, from which he was ejected in consequence 
 of the plots of the other professors, on the charge of infidelity 
 and irreligion. He was next made professor of mathematics 
 and philosophy at Marburg; and, after many years, was re- 
 stored to Halle, where he received the greatest honours and dis- 
 tinctions. He died in 1754, aged 75 years. His works are on 
 mathematics, metaphysics, philosophy, natural and international 
 law, &c. &c., and his system was the ruling system of Germany 
 till the rise of the Critical Philosophy, for which it had undoubt- 
 edly prepared the way. It has little interest now, except to such 
 as study the historical development of theories, and to such as 
 seek severe discipline in abstract studies. 
 
 WO'LFISH, {wiXlfish) a. ravenous; cruel; resembling a wolf 
 in qualities 
 
 WO 
 
 WO'LFSCLAW, s. in Botany, a name of the common clubmoss. 
 
 WO'LLASTON, WILLIAM, a theological and philosophical 
 writer of the 17th and 18th centuries. He studied at Cambridge, 
 and entered the Church, and was first assistant-master at Bir- 
 mingham grammar-school. But coming to considerable pro- 
 perty, he settled in London, where he carried on his studies for 
 his own entertainment, but published nothing considerable of 
 all his numerous writings, except the Religion of Nature Delineated. 
 He died in 1724, aged 66 years. 
 
 WO'LLASTON, DR. WILLIAM HYDE, an eminent chemist 
 and natural philosopher, grandson of the preceding, studied at 
 Cambridge, and practised as a physician first at Bury St. Ed- 
 mund's, and afterwards in London. There he devoted himself 
 chiefly to the study of science, and died in 1829, aged 62 years. 
 
 LFSBANE, s. in Botany, a name of the aconite. 
 
WON 
 
 He inveDted the goniometer and camera lucida ; he discovered 
 the two metals, palladium and rhodium; he was the first who 
 reduced platinum from the raw state into a condition in which 
 it could be used for crucibles, retorts, &c. in the useful arts ; he 
 demonstrated the identity of electricity and galvanism; and be- 
 side these discoveries and inventions, in many other ways served 
 the cause of science. He was able, by means of the discovery of 
 the art of working platinum, to support himself in comparative 
 affluence ; and he left a sum to be devoted to the promotion of 
 scientific study, by the bestowal of medals annually on meritori- 
 ous and successful students. His name, though not placed in 
 the first rank of philosophers, stands amongst the foremost of 
 those whose labours have been devoted to the advancement of 
 particular sciences, and who have combined practical utility with 
 profound acquaintance with pure science. . 
 
 WO'LSEY, THOMAS, the celebrated cardinal and states- 
 man of the reign of Henry VHI. His father was a grazier of 
 Ipswich, and he studied at Oxford, distinguishing himself by his 
 early proficiency in the scholarship of that not unlearned age. 
 He entered the Church, and after a few years, during which he 
 manifested the same superiority of intellect, and the same pro- 
 fligacy of manners, that characterized his later life, was made 
 one of Henry VH.'s chaplains. His intelligence and unwonted 
 diligence in an embassy to Flanders, raised him to the highest 
 pitch in the royal confidence. Henry VHI. showed him the same 
 favour his father had, and he rapidly rose in rank and influence, 
 — such was the priest's courtiership,and such the kind's partial- 
 ity, — till he was archbishop of York and chancellor of England. 
 The pope gave him the cardinal's hat, and appointed him legate 
 i latere for England. His wealth was enormous; his prodigal 
 generosity and splendour of parade equalled it: in the height 
 of his power, there was but one step more, — the papal tiara, — the 
 attainment of which was open to his vast ambition. He intrigued 
 in vain for it, and that was the first step in his declining state. 
 The many enemies his greatness and his manners had made, 
 were indefatigable in their plots against him. The part he took 
 in reference to the king's divorce of Catharine and marriage of 
 Anne Boleyn, led to his first fall. He was convicted of having 
 incurred the penalties of the statute of praemunire, and all his 
 riches were forfeited to the king, whilst he lost all his numerous 
 and lucrative appointments, both secular and ecclesiastical. 
 Henry, touched with pity at so great a fall, restored to him soon 
 after some of his dignities, and he prepared for his installation at 
 York. But the malicious zeal of his adversaries prevented it: 
 he was arrested for high treason, and travelled as far as Leices- 
 ter towards London for trial. There he died, in 1530, aged 59 
 years. Shakspeare has drawn his character, and the contrasted 
 scenes of his pride of place and his death-bed, with such fidelity 
 and power, that nothing can be added to make this most in- 
 structive episode in English history fully understood. It only 
 remains to be said, that Christ-Church, Oxford, was founded by 
 Cardinal Wolsey. 
 
 WOLVERHA'MPTON, Staffordshire. It is a large, irregu- 
 larly built town, standing on the edge of Staffordshire coal and 
 iron district. It has a fine old church, and many handsome 
 public buildings and institutions. Here are numerous mines for 
 coal and iron, and vast establishments for the manufacture of 
 all kinds of hardware, and iron-works of the most extensive de- 
 scription. Its trade is carried on by means of railway and canal 
 with all parts of England. It is 130 miles from London. Mar- 
 kets, Wednesday and Saturday. Pop. 70,370. ' 
 
 WO'LVEIIINE, s. in Zoology, a very strong animal of the 
 bear kind, about the size of a wolf, which inhabits the northern 
 regions of America. 
 
 WO'MAN,*. in the plural women, [pron. wimen,) [!ciJma«,Sax.] 
 the female of the human race; a female attending more particu- 
 larly on a lady. 
 
 To WO'iMANISE, v. a. to soften ; to make effeminate. 
 
 WO'MANISH, a. effeminate. 
 
 WOMaNKI'ND, s. the female sex ; the race of women. 
 
 WO'MANLY, a. becoming or suiting a woman ; feminine. 
 
 WOMB, {woom) s. [wamb, Sax.] in Anatomy, the place of con- 
 ception. Generally, the place whence any thing is produced ; 
 any cavity. 
 
 To WO'NDER, (wUnder) v. n. [Belg. wundrian, Sax.] to be af- 
 fected or astonished at the presence of something very strange 
 or surprising.— f. a. to be astonished, used with at. 
 
 WOO 
 
 WO'NDER, {winder) g. [wundor, Sax.] anj thing which causes 
 surprise by its strangeness ; surprise; admiration; amazement; 
 astonishment. 
 
 WO'NDERFUL,(?oun(fe-/«;) a. admirable; astonishing; mar- 
 vellous; surprising: strange; amazing. 
 
 WO'NDERFULLY, ad. in a wonderful manner; to a wonder- 
 ful degree. 
 
 WO'NDERSTRUCK, a. amazed. 
 
 WO'NDROUS, {wundrous) a. so strange as to cause astonish- 
 ment; admirable; marvellous; surprising; strange. 
 
 To WONT, To be Wont, v. n. [wunian, Sax.] to be accustomed 
 or used ; to use. 
 
 WO'N'T, (wont) a contraction of will not. 
 
 WO'NTED, a. usual ; accustomed. 
 
 To WOO, V. a. [awogod, Sax.] to court, or to endeavour to gain 
 the affections Of a person as a lover ; to invite with earnestness 
 and kindness ; to importune.— c. n. to court ; to make love. 
 
 WOOD, s. [wvde, Sax. leoud, Belg.] a large and thick planta- 
 tion of trees ; the solid substance whereof the branches or trunk 
 of a tree consist, when stripped of the bark ; timber. 
 
 Wood, Anthony a, an eminent English antiquary and bio- 
 grapher. He studied at Oxford during the height of the Puritan 
 revolution; and beingpossessedof private wealth, devoted himself 
 to his favourite pursuits, the results of which were, W\s History and 
 Antiquities of Oxford, and his Athena Oxonienses. He was not 
 without controversies, even of a legal sort, arising from his out- 
 spoken biographical sketches in the latter work : and he died 
 in 1695, aged 65 years. His MSS. are yet at Oxford. 
 
 WOOD, JOHN, a celebrated architect of the last century, 
 whose great work is the present city of Bath, which is not with- 
 out beauty as an example of street architecture. He died in 
 1754. He published a few architectural and topographical works, 
 of little interest now. 
 
 WOO'DBINE, s. in Botany, a name of the honeysuckle. 
 
 WOO'DBRIDGE, Suffolk. It is seated on the river Deben, 
 with very safe and deep water, but the bar is difficult and un- 
 certain. A considerable corn trade is carried on here, and it has 
 some salt works. It is situated about 6 miles from the sea, and 
 76 from London. Market, Wednesday. Pop. 4954. 
 
 WOO'DCOCK, «. [tcoducnc. Sax.] in Ornithology, a migratory 
 bird, appearing in this country in the autumn; it is allied to 
 the snipes, &c. 
 
 WOO'DCUT, s. an impression from an engraving on wood. 
 
 WOO'DCUTTER, «. one who cuts wood ; an engraver on 
 wood. 
 
 WOO'DEN, a. made of wood. Figuratively, clumsy, or 
 awkward. 
 
 WOO'DHOUSE, ROBERT, a distinguished English mathe- 
 matician and astronomer. He studied at Cambridge ; and was 
 successively Lucasian and Plumian professor, and afterwards 
 keeper of the Observatory. He died in 1827, aged 54 years. 
 He wrote several valuable works on his favourite sciences, and 
 aided greatly in advancing the study of them in England. 
 
 WOO'DLAND, s. ground covered with trees ; woods. 
 
 WOO'DLARK, «. in Ornithology, a kind of lark, which 
 perches on trees, but nests on the ground ; sings as it flies. 
 
 WOO'DLOUSE, s. in Natural History, a kind of crustaceous 
 animal, common in moist places, which rolls itself up into a small 
 ball, when touched. 
 
 WOO'DMAN, s. one whose trade is to fell timber; a sports- 
 man ; a hunter. 
 
 WOO'DNYMPH, 8. a fabled goddess of the woods. 
 
 WOO'DNOTE, s. wild or native music. 
 
 WOO'DOFFERING, s. wood burnt on an altar. 
 
 WOODPECKER, s. in Ornithology, a genus of birds, which 
 lives on insects, which it obtains by piercing the decayed parts 
 of trees with its strong beak ; and which is furnished with a long 
 and curious tongue. 
 
 WOO'DPIGEON, «. in Ornithology, a name of the wild pigeon. 
 
 WOO'DROOF, s. in Botany, a small sweet-scented plant, 
 allied to the common plant called goose-grass. 
 
 WOO'DSORREL,«. in Botany, an elegant little British plant, 
 with triple leaves, and a pendulous flower, delicately pencilled. 
 It is by some thought to be the true shamrock of Ireland. 
 
 WOO-DSTOCK, Oxfordshire. Near it is Blenheim House, a 
 fine palace, built for the Duke of Marlborough, at the public ex- 
 pense ; which is one of the noblest seats in Europe. The town 
 
 925 
 
W OR 
 
 used to have a valuable manufacture of gloves. It is 62 miles 
 from London. Market, Tuesday. Pop. 1412. 
 
 WOO'DVVARD, DR. JOHN, one of the early English geolo- 
 gists. He did not study medicine at any of the regular schools ; 
 but he held a respectable rank as a practitioner, and vras made 
 Gresham Professor of Physic. It is, however, as a scientific 
 student that he is best known. He travelled in England for the 
 purpose of studying the structure and contents of the different 
 strata, and made an extensive collection of specimens. His lu- 
 cubrations, which were sadly at variance with facts, he pub- 
 lished in his Natural History of the earth; he also published a 
 Classified Catalogue of English Fossils, in which minerals, geologi- 
 cal specimens, fossil remains, &c. were all included under the 
 same general head. He died in 1728, aged (53 years. His sys- 
 tem of cosmogony (for it is not properly geology) and his other 
 works would hardly have preserved his name to this day, except 
 amongst the curious in natural science, had he not bequeathed 
 his collection to the university of Cambridge, and endowed a 
 prefessorship, which has been made illustrious by some of the 
 most accomplished scientific students which have appeared in 
 this country. 
 
 AVOO'DY, a. abounding in wood or trees ; consisting of timber ; 
 relating to woods ; sylvan. 
 
 WOO'ER, s. one who courts a woman. 
 
 WOOF, s. [wifta. Sax.] the cross threads shot by a weaver 
 with a shuttle, between and across those of the warp ; texture ; 
 cloth. 
 
 WOOL, s. [wul, Sax.] in Natural History, a fleecy covering 
 with which many animals are furnished, and particularly the 
 sheep. It differs in its structure from hair, and is distinguishable 
 from it by the fact that it can be made into a felt, which hair 
 cannot. It is of great value to man, as the most serviceable 
 parts of his dress are made from it. 
 WOO'LLEN, a. consisting of wool ; made of wool. 
 WOO'LLEN, s. cloth made of wool. 
 
 WOO'LLY, a. clothed with wool; consisting of wool ; resem- 
 bling wool. 
 
 WOO'LWlCH,Kent. It is sealed on theThames, and isof great 
 note for its fine dockyards, where men of war are built ; as also 
 for its arsenal, where there are vast magazines of great guns, 
 mortars, bombs, cannon-balls, powder, and other warlike stores. 
 It has an academy, where the mathematics are taught, and 
 young officers instructed in the military art. It has the chief 
 barracks of the Artillery, and many other institutions of a mili- 
 tary and naval kind. It is 8 miles trom London. Market, Friday. 
 Pop. 25,785. 
 
 WO'RCESTER, ( Wiister) Worcestershire. It is sealed on the 
 river Severn, over which is a beautiful stone bridge. The prin- 
 cipal manufactures are of horse-haircloth, broad cloth, gloves, 
 and elegant china ware. Here are 9 parish churches, 3 grammar- 
 schools, 7 hospitals, an infirmary, a water-house, and a well- 
 contrived quay. It is 111 miles from London. Markets, Mon- 
 day, Wednesday, and Friday; and a considerable hop market 
 on Saturday. Faii-s on the eve of Palm Sunday, the Saturday 
 after Easter, August 15lh, and September 19th. Pop. 26,306. 
 WO'RCESTER COLLEGE, Oxford, was founded in the last 
 century, and was before that called Gloucester Hall. Its build- 
 ings are partly ancient, and partly of modern date. It is wealthy, 
 but has produced few eminent men. 
 
 WO'RCESTERSHIRE, [WHstershire) an English county, 
 bounded by Warwickshire, Gloucestershire, Herefordshire, Staf- 
 fordshire, and Shropshire ; being about 35 miles in length, and 
 30 in breadth. It contains 1-52 parishes, and 12 market-towns. 
 Some parts are hilly, but it is generally level. The principal 
 rivers are the Severn, the Avon, the Salwarp, the Teem, and the 
 Stour. The air is very healthy, and the soil in the vales and 
 meadows very rich, producing corn and pasture; while several 
 of the hills feed large flocks of sheep. The chief commodities 
 of this county are corn, hops, wool, cloth, cheese, cider, perry, 
 and very fine salt. It has manufactories for pottery, iron, glass, 
 &c., and a good trade by canals, &c. The chief town is Worces- 
 ter. Pop. 2.33,336. It sends 12 members to parliament. 
 
 WORD, (ward) s. [Sax. looord, Belg.] an articulate utterance 
 of the human voice, expressing either a distinct notion, or the 
 relation of one notion to another, or to the speaker ; the charac- 
 ters that represent such an utterance in writing, &c.; a short 
 discourse or conversation; a promise; a token ; a narrative; a 
 
 WOR 
 
 command. In the New Testament, one of the designations of 
 our Lord Jesus Christ. 
 
 To WORD, V. a. to express in proper words. 
 
 WO'RDY, {wiirdy) a. abounding in words, or making use of 
 more than what are necessary ; verbose; loquacious. 
 
 WORE, prefer, of To Wear. 
 
 To WORK, (wiirk) v. n. prefer, and past part, worked or tvrought ; 
 [iceorcan, Sax. werken, Belg.] to labour, to toil, to travail ; to be 
 in action or motion; to act as a manufacturer; to ferment, ap- 
 plied to liquors; to operate, or have effect ; to obtain by assiduity ; 
 to act as on an object; to refine, used with up to; to be tossed 
 or agitated as if in a fermentation. — v. a. to make by degrees, or 
 continual application of strength ; to perform ; to labour or ma- 
 nufacture; to produce by action ; to bring by action into any 
 state ; to embroider, or perform by the needle ; to manage or di- 
 rect, applied to ships. Used with out, to eftect by continual la- 
 bour ; to erase, or efface ; with up, to raise, excite, or provoke. 
 
 WORK, (wtirk) s. [weorc, Sax. werk, Belg.] constant applica- 
 tion of strength or mind ; labour or employ ; toil ; a state of 
 labour ; a bungling attempt ; any thing made by the needle, or 
 any manual art; an action or deed; operation. To go to work 
 tcith, is to manage or treat. To set on work, to employ, engage, 
 or excite to action. 
 
 WO'RKER, s. one that works. 
 
 WO'RKHOUSE, s. a building in which relief, sustenance, &c. 
 are provided, under the Poor Law, for paupers and vagrants. 
 
 WO'RKINGDAY, s. a week-day, in distinction from Sunday 
 the day of rest. 
 
 Wp'RKlNGTON, Cumberland. It is seated on the S. side of 
 the river Derwent, near its mouth. A little up the river there 
 are extensive iron works, and a fine salmon fishery. Its trade is 
 chiefly in coal, and it is 311 miles from London. Market, Wed- 
 nesday. Pop. 6694. 
 
 WO'RKMAN,s. an artificer; a maker of any thing; one that 
 works any trade. 
 
 WO'RKMANSHIP, («7i(r/;mans/»» s. manufacture; the skill 
 of a worker ; the art of working. 
 
 WORLD, (wUrld) s. [Sax.] the whole system of created things ; 
 the earth; the present state of existence; a secular life; the 
 pleasures and interests of the present state, in opposition to the 
 interests, &c. of truth and eternity; the public ; universal em- 
 pire ; trouble of life ; course of life ; a great multitude ; mankind. 
 In the world, implies, existing, in being, or possible. For all the 
 world, exactly. World without end, signifies throughout eternity, 
 or time without end; from the Saxon, wherein world generally 
 signifies time. 
 
 WO'RLDLINESS, {wurldliness) s. a state wherein a person 
 pursues his present, to the neglect of his future and eternal, in- 
 terest ; covetousness; avarice; desire of gain. 
 
 WO'RLDLING, {wUrldling) s. one who cares only for this 
 world. 
 
 WO'RLDLY, {tcurldly)a. secular; relating to this life, in con- 
 tradistinction to that which is to come ; bent entirely upon this 
 world; human; common; belonging to the world. 
 
 WO'RLDLY, ad. with relation to the present life. 
 
 WORM, (wiirm) s. [Belg. wyrm. Sax.] in Natural History, the 
 general name for all annulose, soft-bodied animals, without 
 feet, eyeless, whether living on vegetable matters, in the earth, 
 or in the intestines of animals; specially applied to the common 
 earth-worm. The spiral tube of a still; 
 
 To WORM, (wUrm) v. n. to work slowly and secretly.— t-. a. to 
 drive by slow and secret means. 
 
 WO'RMEATEN, a. consumed by worms; old, worthless. 
 
 WO'RMIUS, OLAUS, an eminent Danish antiquary. He 
 studied theology at Marburg; but relinquishing that pursuit for 
 medicine, visited the most famous schools in Italy, France, and 
 Germany. He also travelled in England. His first appoint- 
 ment was that of professor of literature at Copenhagen ; and he 
 vyas afterwards royal physician, and dean of Lund. He died in 
 1054, aged 66 years. His works relate to medicine, and histo- 
 rical archaeology ; and the last are a valuable repertory for the 
 students of Northern antiquities. He was a good anatomist 
 also, and some parts of the scull are yet called, after him, tli« 
 Wormian bones. 
 
 WORMS, a city of Hesse-Darmstadt, Germany. It stands on- 
 the Rhine; but has greatly fallen from its former importance 
 and opulence. It has a tine old cathedral, and some other 
 
wou 
 
 ancient buildings ; and there are a few manufactures and a brisk 
 trade. Pop. about 10,000. Lat. 49. 36. N. Long. 8. 20. E. 
 
 WO'RMSEED, ». in Botany, a genus of plants of which the 
 hedge-mustard and winter-cress are species. 
 
 WO'RMWOOD, s. in Botany, the name of a common plant 
 allied to the garden plant called southernwood, of a very bitter 
 taste ; used as a tonic, &c. 
 
 WO'RMY, (wiirmy) a, abounding in worms. 
 
 WORN, {worn) past part, of To Wear. 
 
 To WO'RRY, ». a. [worigen, Sax.] to tear, mangle, or shake 
 like beasts of prey. Figuratively, to tease, to harass, or perse- 
 cute brutally or inhumanly. 
 
 WORSE, (jciirse) a. [jciVs, §ax.] having fewer or less good qua- 
 lities than another person or thing. 
 
 To WORSE, {wurse) v. a. to put to disadvantage. 
 
 WO'RSHIP, s. [weorthscype. Sax.] eminence ; excellence ; dig- 
 nity which requires reverence and respect ; a character of hon- 
 our; adoration; religious act of reverence ; the title of a justice 
 of peace; honour; civil deference ; respect. 
 
 To WO'RSHIP, ti. a. to adore, or pay divine honours to; to 
 honour, or treat with great reverence. — v. n. to perform acts of 
 devotion. 
 
 WO'RSHIPFUL, a. claiming respect by any character or 
 dignity. 
 
 WO'RSHIPPER, s. an adorer ; one that worships. 
 
 To WORST, (wiirst) v. a. to defeat; to overthrow. 
 
 WORST, s. the utmost height or degree of any thing ill. 
 
 WO'RSTED, {tv&rsted) s. yarn, or coarse thread, made of wool. 
 It was first made at a village of Norfolk named Worstead. 
 
 WORT, (toUrt) s. [Belg. werf, Sax.] in Horticulture, a plant of 
 the cabbage kind.— [hyrt, Sax.] new beer, either unfermented or 
 fermenting. 
 
 WORTH, (wUrth) s. [jceertt, Sax.] price or value; excellence; 
 virtue; importance; valuable quality. 
 
 WORTH, (wiirtJi) a. equal in price or value to ; deserving of; 
 equal in possessions to. 
 
 To WORTH, WuRTH, V. n. [weorthan, Sax.] to be. This word 
 is only used in the phrase woe worth. 
 
 WO'RTHINESS, s. desert, merit, excellence, dignity. 
 
 WO'RTHLESS, (wUrthless) a. having no value, vile, base; of 
 bad principles, applied to persons. 
 
 WO'RTHY, {wiirthj) a. deserving, used with of; valuable; 
 suitable; meritorious. 
 
 WO'RTHY, (tvHrthi/) s. a person of eminent qualities, particu- 
 larly valour, and deserving esteem. 
 
 To WOT, V. n. \witan, Sax.J to know or be aware of Obsolete. 
 
 WO'rTON,SIR HENRY,an English diplomatistof the reigns 
 of Elizabeth and James I. He studied at Oxford, and then tra- 
 velled on the continent. His first appointment was that of 
 secretary to the Earl of Essex, whom he accompanied on his 
 Spanish expedition, and to Ireland. On the fall of Essex, he 
 fled to the continent, and settled at Florence, where he emplojed 
 himself in writing a political work on the state of Christendom. 
 The grand duke of Tuscany employed him in conveying inform- 
 ation to James, then king of Scotland only, of a plot against his 
 life; which he did most romantically and successfully, under the 
 title of the Signor Octavio Baldi. James, to show his gratitude, 
 on his accession to the English throne, employed him on various 
 missions to the states of Italy and Germany, knighted him, and 
 at last made him provost of Eton College. To qualify himself, 
 in conscience, for this office, he was ordained in the Church of 
 England ; and he died in 1639, aged 71 years. His poetical 
 Remains are his best writings, and perhaps he owes most of his 
 fame to his biographer, the inimitable Izaak Walton. 
 
 WOTTON^DR. WILLIAM, a learned English writer of the 
 end of the 17ih and beginning of the 18th centuries. He was 
 distinguished iu his boyhood for his attainments, and studied at 
 Cambridge, where he acquired a great reputation for his know- 
 ledge of languages. He became a clergyman, and his studies 
 and writings were the chief events of his life. He died in 1726, 
 aged 60 years. His Seflections on, Ancient and Modern Learninr/, 
 his principal work, abounds in proofs of erudition, but relates to 
 a controversy of no interest now, except as it serves to illustrate 
 the intellectual character of the age in which it was carried on 
 with so much warmth. 
 
 WOULD, the preter. of Will, used as an auxiliary verb to 
 express the optative and subjunctive moods. 
 
 WRE 
 
 WO'ULDING, ». an inclination or desire ; propensity; primary 
 purpose or intention. 
 
 Wound, ». [wund, Sax. wonde, Belg.] in Surgery, an incision 
 in the soft parts of the body, however made, and whether ac- 
 companied by contusion or not. 
 
 To WOUND, V. a. to hurt by violence or accident. 
 
 WOUND, preter. and past part, of To Wind. 
 
 WO'UNDWORT, s. in Botany, the common golden-rod. 
 
 WOU'VERMAN, PHILIP, a celebrated Dutch painter. He 
 lived at Haerlem, and his paintings, which are greatly admired, 
 were landscapes, battle-scenes, hunting-pieces, &c., into each of 
 which he is said to have introduced, K)r the sake of the effect, 
 like Sir George Beaumont's dead bough, a white horse. He died 
 in 1608, aged 48 years. 
 
 To WRA'NGLE, v. n. to dispute or quarrel in a peevish or 
 perverse manner. 
 
 WRA'NGLE, s. a quarrel; a perverse dispute. 
 
 WRA'NGLER, «. a perverse, peevish, disputative person. 
 The academical title of those students who are placed in the 
 highest class of the Tripos, at the examination for the bachelor's 
 degree in arts, at Cambridge. 
 
 To WRAP, V. a. pret. and past part, wrappedor wrapt ; [tcreffler, 
 Dan.] to roll together in folds ; to complicate ; to cover with 
 something rolled, or thrown round ; to involve ; to comprise; to 
 contain. Used with up, to cover, hide, or conceal. 
 
 WRA'PPER, s. one who wraps ; any thing used as a cover. 
 
 WRASSE, s. in Ichthyology, the name of a fish which abounds 
 on the shores of Wales and Cornwall. 
 
 WRATH, s. [Sax.] anger excited to a high degree by some 
 great offence; fury; rage. 
 
 WRA'THFUL, a. angry ; furious ; raging. 
 
 To WREAK,(ree^) u. a. [wrtscan, Sax.] to revenge; to execute 
 any violent design. 
 
 WREATH, {reeth) s. [wreoth, Sax.] any thing curled or twist- 
 ed ; a garland or chaplet. 
 
 To WREATHE, (reeihe) v. a. preter. toreathed, past part. 
 wreathed ox wreathen; to curl; to twist ; to convolve; to inter- 
 weave or entwine in one another; to encircle with, or surround 
 like, a garland. — v. n. to be interwoven. 
 
 WRE'ATHY, a. spiral ; curled ; twisted. 
 
 WRECK, or, more rarely. Wrack, s. \_wrce(xe. Sax. wracke, 
 Belg.] the destruction of a ship by winds or rocks. Figuratively, 
 dissolution by violence ; ruin ; destruction. 
 
 To WRECK, V. a. to destroy by rushing on rocks or sands; 
 to ruin. — v. n. to suffer wreck. 
 
 WRE'KIN, the name of a well-known mountain in Shrop- 
 shire. It is 1320 feet in height. 
 
 WREN, ». [torenna, Sax.] in Ornithology, a familiar English 
 bird, whose little bustling figure, and gay energetic song, as 
 well as the legendary sanctity ascribed to it along with the red- 
 breast, are known to all. Oold-crested Wren. See Gold-crest. 
 
 WREN, SIR CHRISTOPHER, a famous English architect, 
 of the I7th century. He studied at Oxford, and was renowned 
 fur his attainments in mathematical and natural science. Before 
 he was thirty years old, he had held with distinction the Gresham 
 Astronomical professorship, and the Savillian professorship at 
 Oxford. But he soon outshone the reputation he had gained in 
 science, by his magnificent architectural works. During a long 
 life he planned and accomplished a .series of structures, unri- 
 valled in variety and effect; amongst which were St. Paul's 
 Cathedral; the Monument; the Royal Exchange, the Custom 
 House (both since destroyed by fire) ; the towers of Westminster 
 Abbey; Hampton Court ; the Sheldonian Theatre at Oxford; a 
 number of churches in the metropolis, and of buildings and 
 chapels at both universities. And he had planned the rebuild- 
 ing of London , after the great fire, on a scale that would have pre- 
 vented the necessity of many modern improvements, and also 
 secured a symmetry that is now hopeless. He was surveyor- 
 general for half a century, and held other appointments also. 
 His scientific fame procured him the president's chair of the 
 Royal Society, and he had a seat in parliament. He died in 1723, 
 aged 90 years; and was buried publicly in St. Paul's, his chef- 
 d'oeuvre, which is thus, as his epitaph states, his splendid and 
 befitting monument. 
 
 To W RENCH, V. a. [wringan. Sax. wrenghen, Belg.] to pull by 
 violence; to wrest; to force ; to sprain ; to distort. 
 
 WRENCH, «. a violent pull or twist ; a sprain. 
 
 927 
 
WRO 
 
 To WREST, V. a. [wrtestan. Sax.] to twist by violence ; to ex- 
 tort by violence; to writhe; to distort; to force ; to apply a word 
 to an uncommon meaning, as it were with violence to its common 
 acceptation. 
 
 To VVKE'STLE, v. n. to struggle with a person in order to 
 throw him down. Figuratively, to contend, to struggle with 
 great force, in order to surmount some opposition, followed by 
 unth. 
 
 WRE'STLER, s. one who wrestles, or contends in wrestling. 
 
 WRETCH, s. [lerecca, Sax.] a person in extreme misery ; a 
 person of no worth or merit. 
 
 WRETCHED, a. miserable; afflictive; calamitous; un- 
 happy; unfortunate; pitiful; despicable; worthless; paltry; 
 sorry ; hateful ; contemptible. 
 
 WRETCHEDNESS, s. misery; unhappiness; affliction; 
 pitifulness ; despicableness. 
 
 WRE'XHAM, Denbighshire, and Flintshire. It has an an- 
 cient Gothic church, whose lofty steeple, for curious architec- 
 ture, is reckoned one of the finest in England. Here is a con- 
 siderable manufactory of Welch flannel, and a large cannon 
 foundery. It is seated on a river which falls into the Dee, in a 
 country affording plenty of lead; 188 miles from London. Fairs, 
 Miirch 23d, Holy Thursday, June 6th, and September 19th. 
 Markets, Monday and Thursday. Pop. I-2,921. 
 
 To WRI'GGLE, v. n, [wrigan. Sax. ruggelen, Belg.] to move 
 to and fro with short twists. — v, a. to put in a quick reciprocati 
 ing motion ; to search ; to insinuate. 
 
 WRIGHT, {rit) s. [tcrihta, Belg. or wyrhta. Sax.] a workman ; 
 a maker; an artificer; a manufacturer : generally applied to one 
 . that works in wood. 
 
 WRIGHT, JOSEPH, of Derby, an eminent English painter. 
 He studied under Hudson the portrait painter, and travelled in 
 Italy. His best pictures are of the historical class; but he exe- 
 cuted others, such as landscapes, and pieces intended solely as 
 exhibitions, or imitations of the effect of strange lights, success- 
 fully. He died in 1797, aged G3 years. 
 
 To WRING, V. a. preter. and past part, wringed and wrung ; 
 [wringan. Sax.] to twist or turn round with violence; to writhe; 
 to force moisture out of a thing by twisting it ; to squeeze; to 
 pinch; to distort; to torture; to persecute with extortion. — v.n. 
 to writhe with anguish. 
 
 WRl'NKLE.s. [writicle. Sax. lorinkel, Belg.] a corrugation ; a 
 furrow of the skin or face; any roughness or unevenness. 
 
 To WRI'NKLE, V. a. {wrinclian, Sax.] to corrugate or contract 
 the skin into furrows; to make uneven or rough. 
 
 WRIST, «. [icyrst. Sax.] that part by which the hand joins to 
 the "arm. 
 
 WRI'STBAND, s. the band at the extremity of a shirt or shift 
 sleeve. 
 
 WRIT, s. any thing written. In Law, it signifies the king's 
 precept in writing under seal, issuing out of some court, directed 
 to the sheriff, or other officer, and commanding something to be 
 done in relation to a suit or action. 
 
 WRIT, the old preter. of To Write. 
 
 To WRITE, V. a. pret. writ or wrote, past part, written, wrote, 
 or writ; Iwritan, Sax.] to form letters, or express by a pen ; to 
 engrave ; to impress ; to produce, as an author.— r. n. to convey 
 one's ideas by letters formed with a peri ; to compose ; to tell in 
 books ; to send letters. 
 
 WRI'TER, «. one who writes; an author. In Scottish Law, 
 an attorney. Writer to the Signet, the title of certain attorneys 
 in Scotland, who enjoy some privileges, and are competent to 
 some kinds of law business, from which other attorneys are ex- 
 cluded. 
 
 To WRITHE, ». a. [icnMan, Sax.] to distort; to twist with 
 ■violence ; to wrest ; to twist. — v. n. to be convolved with agony 
 or torture. 
 
 WRI'TING, s. the act of forming letters, words, &c. with a 
 pen; a paper containing writing; any legal instrument; a com- 
 posure ; a book. 
 
 WRI'TINGMASTER,«. one who teaches to write. 
 
 WRI'TTEN, past participle of To Write. 
 
 WRONG, s. [wronghe. Sax.] any thing done with a design to 
 injure another; an action inconsistent with moral rectitude; 
 an error ; detriment. 
 
 WRONG, a. inconsistent with morality, propriety, or truth; 
 improper; unfit; unsuitable. 
 
 W YC 
 
 To WRONG, V. a. to deprive a person of his due ; to injure. 
 
 WRO'NGFUL, a. injurious; unjust. 
 
 WRO'NGHEAD, Wro'ngheaded.o. obstinate ; having a per- 
 verse understanding. 
 
 WRO'NGLY, Wrong, ad. amiss; unjustly. 
 
 WKOTE, preter. and past participle of To Write. 
 
 WROTH, a. [iprad. Sax.] angry ; irritated ; very much pro- 
 voked by some offence. 
 
 WROUGHT, preter. and past part, of To Work ; [wrogt. Sax.] 
 performed; prevailed upon, or influenced, used with Ujxin : 
 operated ; formed ; excited or produced by degrees ; produced ; 
 caused ; effected ; used in labour. 
 
 WRUNG, preter. and past part, of To Wring. 
 
 WRY, a. [from Writhe,] crooked ; distorted ; perverted ; 
 wrested ; wrung. 
 
 To WRY, V. n. to be contorted or writhed ; to deviate.— «. a. 
 to distort ; to make to deviate. 
 
 WRY'NECK, s. in Ornithology, a common English bird, so 
 called from its odd motions and gesticulations with its head. 
 
 WU'RTEMBURG, a kingdom of Germany, bounded by 
 Switzerland, Baden, Hohen-Zollern, and Bavaria. It is about 
 140 miles in length, and 100 in breadth. The surface is gener- 
 ally mountainous, and it has heights exceeding 4500 feet, al- 
 though most of its mountains are less elevated. The Danube, 
 the Neckar, the Uler, and other streams which fall into these, 
 or into the Rhine, water it. It touches the lake of Constance, 
 and has other small lakes within its borders. Iron, copper, lead, 
 with other metals, many valuable kinds of stone and earth, 
 and salt, are its mineral treasures. It produces corn, fruits, 
 wine, honey, timber, cattle, &c. &c. abundantly. Its trade and 
 manufactures are also flourishing. Its capital is Stuttgard. Pop. 
 about 1,750,000. 
 
 Wii'RZBURG, a city of Bavaria, Germany. It stands on the 
 Main, over which is a long and handsome bridge. The cathe- 
 dral, the palace, the university, the town hall, and many of the 
 churches are fine structures. It has a good library, and seve- 
 ral excellent educational and charitable institutions. There is 
 a strong fortress on a hill called the Marienberg. The trade of 
 the place is good. Pop. about 30,000. Lat. 50. 0. N, Long. 
 10. 0. E. 
 
 WY'ATT, SIR THOMAS. The elder, the poet, studied at 
 Cambridge, and afterwards travelled in France, and, it seepis, 
 served in some of the wars then being carried on. He was con- 
 nected with the court after his return, and was one of those whose 
 names were used by Henry to accomplish the destruction of Anne 
 Boleyn. After being restored to favour, he was engaged in em- 
 bassies to the emperor, and was twice imprisoned and tried fur 
 imaginary crimes, chiefly through the instrumentality of Bonner, 
 because of his friendship for Lord Cromwell. He received other 
 proofs of royal favour subsequently, and died in 1542, aged 39 
 years, having brought on a fever by the haste with which he tra- 
 velled to obey a royal command. His poetry is of the same kind 
 as Earl Surrey's, but embraces a wider range of topics. His de- 
 fence at one of his trials is as well known and as much admired 
 as his poetry. The younger, his son, was a friend of Earl Surrey, 
 and was implicTated with him in a foolish riot, for which both 
 were imprisoned and tried. He served in the French wars after- 
 wards, and was concerned in Lady Jane Grey's short reign. At 
 last, joining in an attempted rebellion, he was taken and executed 
 for treason, in 1554, aged 34 years. 
 
 WY'ATT, JAMES, an eminent architect. He studied archi- 
 tecture and painting at Rome, and was made, after his return, 
 surveyor-general, and, for a time, president of (he Royal Academy. 
 He built the Pantheon in Oxford Street, Kew Palace, Fonthill 
 Abbey, &c., and superintended thealterationsof Windsor Castle. 
 He died in 1813, aged 07 years. 
 
 WY'ATT, or Wy'attvii.le, Sir Jeffry, his nephew, also an 
 eminent architect, is chiefly known as the restorer or rebuilder 
 of Windsor Castle. He erected or enlarged many noblemen's 
 seats, and died in 1840, aged 74 years. 
 
 WYCH-HAZEL, s. in Botany, a genus of shrubs or trees, 
 found in America, China, and other parts of Asia, grown here 
 for ornament in shrubberies. 
 
 WY'CHERLY, WILLIAM, one of the dramatic writers of the 
 latter half of the 17th century. He travelled in France, and 
 afterwards studied law in the Middle Temple. But he relin- 
 quished that study fur the life of a man of fashion. His career 
 
was siirh as persons of that kind gloried in, in the most licen- 
 tious period of English history. He died in 1715, aged 75 years. 
 His plays are not deficient in dramatic skill, but they are so 
 gross, both in lanarnnge and plot, as to be unfit for perusal. 
 
 VVY'KEHAiM, WILLIAM OF, an English prelate of the 14lh 
 century. He studied privately, by the aid of patrons, who had 
 noticed his intelligence, though his circumstances were unfavour- 
 able to its development. He was engaged by Edward III. as an 
 architect, and he built Windsor Castle, and otFier royal residences. 
 He was rewarded by clerical appointments, and rose to be bishop 
 of Winchester. He was also made keeperof the privy seal, royal 
 secretary, governor of the council, and chancellor of England. 
 He built and endowed New College, Oxford, and St. Mary's Col- 
 lege, Winchester, and enjoyed universal esteem for his character 
 and learning. He died in 1404, aged 8() years. 
 
 WYNA'NTS. JOHN, a distinguished landscape painter of 
 Haerlem. In hisdesignsancLin his colouring he wasequallyskil- 
 ful ; and he was the Wouvernian's master, and materially helped 
 in forming his taste. He died in about 1680, aged about 80 
 years. 
 
 WY'NDHAM, SIR WILLIAM, a statesman of the former 
 part of the last centurj'. He studied at Oxford, and travelled on 
 the continent ; and, entering parliament, soon attained a high 
 rank amongst the orators of the House. Under Queen Anne, he 
 held the offices of secretary at war and chancellor of the ex- 
 chequer ; but in the following reign, was imprisoned on suspicion 
 of being concerned in the attempt of the Old Pretender. He 
 was never tried, and the rest of his life was that of a leader of 
 opposition. He died in 1740, aged 5-3 years. His speeches are 
 yet admired for their unadorned power and dignity. 
 
 WYTTENBACH, DANIEL, an eminent German scholar. 
 He studied at Marburg and Gottingen, and became professor of 
 Greek and philosophy at Amsterdam, and afterwards professor 
 of eloquence at Leyden. He died in 1820, aged 74 years. He 
 edited several classical works, with valuable commentaries, and 
 was deservedly celebrated for his learning. 
 
 V IS the twenty-second letter of our alphabet, and a double 
 ■^^ consonant. It is pronounced like z, or zh, at the beginning 
 of words, and like ks in other positions. Neither the Hebrews 
 nor ancient Greeks used it, but expressed it by its component 
 parts, fo, ffs, or chs. Neither have the Italians this letter, but 
 express it by ss. X begins no word in the English language, 
 but such as are of Greek original, and we find it in few words 
 but what are of Latin derivation, as perplex, reflexion, defluxion, 
 axle, &c. We often exi)ress this sound by single letters; as in 
 hacks, decks, &c. ; by ks, in brooks, rocks ; by cc, in access, accident : 
 by ct, in action, unction, &c. In numerals, it expresses 10, and 
 as such seems to be made of two V's placed one over the other. 
 When a dash is over it, thus, x, it signifies 10,000. 
 
 XA'NTHUS, the capital of the ancient kingdom of Lycia, in 
 Asia Minor. It stood about 10 miles from the sea, now called 
 the Levant, on a river of the same name ; and was a place of 
 great extent and importance. There have lately been brought 
 from its ruins many sculptures and relics, of great interest both 
 to historians and artists, which are deposited in the British Mu- 
 seum, under the title of the Xanthian 3Iarbles. 
 
 XA'VIER, ST. FRANCIS, an eminent Jesuit missionary, of 
 the 16th century. He was of noble family, a native of Navarre, 
 Spain ; and joined Ignatius Loyola in forming and organizing 
 the Society of Jesus. When it was determined that missions to 
 heathen nations should be undertaken by the Society, he was 
 sent by the king of Portugal, with some companions, to the Por- 
 tuguese settlements in the E. Indies. He travelled in various 
 parts of S. E. Asia, itnd as far as Japan, and others of the E. 
 Indian islands, preaching and labouring with most devout earn- 
 estness. He died, as he was about to extend his labours to 
 China, in 1552, aged 48 years. A few writings on theological 
 subjects are all that he left, and they are of little moment. 
 
 XEBE'C, s. a small three-masted vessel, used in the Mediter- 
 ranean Sea, and on the coasts of .Spain, Portugal, and Barbarj'. 
 
 XENO'CRA PES, a Greek philosopher, who was a disciple of 
 Plato; and after the death of Speusippus, was the principal 
 teacher of the academy. Many apocryphal stories of bis incor- 
 
 XYS 
 
 ruptibility by gold and more powerful temptations, and of the 
 ingratitude of the Athenians to so eminent a citizen, are told ; 
 but are of little value beyond assuring us of the high esteem he 
 had obtained, and of the reputation that city yet possessed of 
 preferring show to worth. He died i^i 314, aged 82 years. He 
 differed from his master chiefly, it appears, in the value he set 
 on mathematical knowledge. 
 
 XENO;PHANES, a Greek philosopher and poet, who founded 
 the Eleatic school. He wandered in Sicily, after his banishment 
 from Colophon, his native city; and at last settled at Elea, where 
 he died at a great age. He flourished in the 6th century b. c. 
 His philosophy was communicated in rhapsodies, or poems, and 
 seems to have been of a highly spiritual cast, but confused by 
 the verbal logic of the day. »See Ei.eatics. 
 
 XE'NOPHON,a celebrated Grecian warrior, philosopher, and 
 historian. He was a disciple of Socrates, and was saved by his 
 master in the battle of Delium. He also fought in the latter 
 part of the Peloponnesian war. He accompanied Cyrus in his 
 attempt on Persia; and after the fatal battle of Cunaxa con- 
 ducted the famous retreat of the 10,000 Greeks. Afterwards, 
 lie engaged in the expedition of Agesilaus, the Lacedaemonian 
 king, into Asia; and being banished from Athens, and de- 
 prived of his citizenship, he settled at Scillus, near Olympia, 
 where he wrote most of his works. He died in about 360 B. c, 
 aged about 95 years. His writings are partly historical, and of 
 these the Anabasis, or Expedition of Cyrus, is justly admired for 
 its elegance and unaffected simplicity of style. His History of 
 Greece supplies authentic information of the period after that 
 the history of which Thucydides wrote. Others of his works 
 are philosophical ; and of these his Memorabilia, or Memoirs of 
 Socrates ; and his Cyropcedia, or account of the Education of Cyrus, 
 are very interesting. There are other works of value to histo- 
 rians and scholars. It is remarkable that he differs very con- 
 siderably from Plato, in his picture of his master; and yet the 
 elements of the character appear to be the same. 
 
 XE'REZ, a town of Spain standing on-the Guadalete. It is not 
 very regularly built, nor has it many handsome pubMc edifices ; 
 but it gives the name to that agreeable white wine, known and 
 esteemed in this countrv as Sherry, \\\f^ trade in which is very 
 important. Pop. about Jfe.OOO. Lat. 36. 42. N. Long. 6. 8. W. 
 
 aE'RIF, «. a title given to a prince, or chief governor, of 
 Barbary. 
 
 XEROCOLLY'RIUM,*. [xeros and AoZ^Mnbn, Gr.] a dry plaster 
 for the eyes. 
 
 XE'RXES, the name of a famous Persian king, (as the Greeks 
 spelt it,) who invaded Greece, crossing the Dardanelles by a 
 bridge of boats, with an immense army. He cut a canal through 
 the neck of the promontory on which Mount Athos stands. And 
 after destroying the Spartan force at Thermopylse, and burning 
 Athens, which had been deserted by its inhabitants, was de- 
 feated in the great sea-fight at Salamis ; when he retreated and 
 returned to Asia. The battles of Plataea and Mycale, in the 
 next year, obtained over his generals, completed his discomfiture, 
 and freed Greece. He was assassinated in about 465 b. c, by 
 one of his otticers, after a reign of about 20 years. 
 
 XIME'NEZ, CARDINAL, or Francis Ximenez de Cisneros, a 
 celebrated Spanish ecclesiastic, of the 15th century. He stu- 
 died at Salamanca and Rome; and becoming a Franciscan, 
 was made by Isabella her confessor. He was after her death 
 regent for Joanna, and for Charles V., in which office he laboured 
 earnestly to promote the interests of the kingdom. He died in 
 1517, aged 80 years. He is most widely known and most 
 highly esteemed for the Complutensian Polyglott Bible, which he 
 edited. He founded a college, was celebrated for the encour- 
 agements he gave to learning, and collected a great number of 
 Biblical MSS. of great value from all countries. 
 
 XIPHOI'DES, (zifoid^s) s. \_xiphos and eidos, Gr.] in Anatomy, 
 the name of a cartilage at the bottom of the sternum, or breast- 
 bone, and so colled from its resembling the point of a sword. 
 
 XYLA'NDER, (or properly Holzmann,) William, a great 
 scholar of the 16th century. In spite of poverty, he studied at 
 Augsburg and other universities, and was made professor of 
 Greek at Heidelberg. He died in 1576, aged 44 years. He 
 edited and translated many Greek and Latin classics; and wrote 
 a treatise on Logic, and other works. 
 
 XY'STUS, «. [Gr.] in Architecture, a long spacious portico, 
 wherein the atbletae, sucb as gladiators, wrestlers. Sec, exercised 
 6 c 929 
 
"VT" IS the twenty-third letter of our alphabet, and is one of the 
 ^ ambigeual letters, beijpg a consonant in the beginning of 
 words, as in yard, youth, York, &c., whilst in other positions it is 
 a vowel. It stands in some words instead of ie: as in try, fly, 
 &c. : and in words derived from the Greek, for the Greek «, as in 
 type, chyle, &c. Y was much used by the Saxons, whence it is 
 found for i in our English writers. Y is also a numeral, signify- 
 ing 150, and with a dash over it 150,000. 
 
 YACHT, (yaut) s. a sailing vessel, used now very much by 
 amateurs in navigation, 
 
 YA'LDEN, DR. THOMAS, an English poet of the beginning 
 of the liist century. He studied at Oxford, and was intimate 
 with Addison and Sacheverell, his fellow students. He entered 
 the Church, and enjoyed various livings and appointments, but 
 his poetical publications were the main incidents of his life. He 
 died in 1736, aged 65 years. His poems are not without talent, 
 l)utare far from entitling him to a high place amongst the poets 
 of Great Britain. 
 
 YAM, s. in Botany, a plant of the W. Indies, whose tubers, 
 like our potatoes, form a very valuable esculent vegetable. 
 
 YANG-TZE'-KIANG, a large river of E. Asia, which, rising 
 in the mountains of Thibet, flows through that country and 
 China, and after a course of above 3000 miles, falls into the Pacific 
 Ocean. Nanking stands on it, at no great distance from its 
 mouth. Its tributaries are very numerous, and its mouth forms 
 a small estuary. 
 
 YARD,s. [yearc?, Sax.] enclosed ground belonging to a house; 
 a measure containing three feet; long pieces of timber fitted 
 across the masts, and used as supports for sails. 
 
 YA'KDWAND, s. a measure of a yard. 
 
 YARE, a. (V/ea?we, Sax.] ready; eager; dexterous. Not in use. 
 
 YA'RMOIJTH, GREAT, Norfolk, it is seated on the mouth 
 of the river Yare, and on the Bure; over both of which it has 
 bridges. There are a few pretty wide streets, a vast number of 
 narrow lanes, called rows, and a spacious market-place. Its 
 church is a large and noble structure, and it has several fine 
 
 Eublic buildings. It has a considerable trade, although the har- 
 our has a bar which keeps out all large vessels, and the navi- 
 gation of the roadstead is difficult and dangerous. It is chiefly 
 famous for its herring-fishery, which is of great importance to its 
 numerous sea-faring population. It has also a good mackerel 
 fishery. Markets, Wednesday and Saturday. Pop. 24,086. 
 YARN, s. [gearn, Sax.] wool spun into threads ; woollen thread. 
 YAROSLA'V, a government of Russia, surrounded by the go- 
 vernments of Kostroma, Vologda, Novgorod, Tver, and Vladimir. 
 It is about 200 miles long, and about 130 miles broad. It is 
 
 fenerally level, and is watered by the Volga and its tributaries, 
 ts soil is fertile, and produces abundance of corn, fruit, timber, 
 &c. &c. It has also many and important manufactures. Its 
 capital, of the same name, stands on the Volga, and has some 
 churches and other buildings of good appearance, but is not it- 
 self a fine place. There is a citadel, several educational institu- 
 tions, &c. &c. It has also some good manufactures. Pop. about 
 30,000. Lat. 58.0. N. Long. 39. 30. E. Pop. of government, 
 about 1,250,000. 
 
 To YARR, V. n. to growl or snarl like a dog. 
 
 YA'RROW, s. in Botany, a plant, of which there are two 
 species, viz. the bastard pellilory, and milfoil, 
 
 YAWL, «. a boat or small vessel belonging to a ship. 
 
 To YAWN, V. n. [geonan, Sax.] to gape ; to open wide; to ex- 
 press longing by gaping. 
 
 YAWN, s. the act of gaping; oscitation. 
 
 YAWNING, a. sleepy ; slumbering; drowsy. 
 
 YAWS, «. in Sea Language, a ship makes yaws when she does 
 not steer steady. 
 
 YCLE'PED, a. [clopan. Sax.] called ; named ; termed ; de- 
 nominated. 
 
 YE, pron. the nominative plural of Thou, used when speaking 
 to more than one person. 
 
 YEA, (yay) ad. [eo or gea, Sax.] yes ; truly. It is sometimes 
 used emphatically for, not only so, but more than so. 
 
 To YEAN, iyeen) v. n. [eamVm, Sax.] to bring forth young, ap- 
 plied to sheep. 
 
 VE'ANLING, {yeenling) s, the young of sheep. 
 
 YI E 
 
 YEAR, (yeer) s. [gear. Sax.] the space of time measured by the 
 revolution of the earth in its orbit. A solar year consists of 365 
 days, 5 hours, 48 minutes, and 45t seconds. A lunar year con- 
 sists of 354 days, 8 hours, 48 minutes, and 36 seconds, and is 
 the year now used by the Turks. The civil year is that which 
 each nation has contrived to compute time by, and generally 
 consists of whole days ; the common civil year consists of 365 
 days, and the Bissextile, or leap year, consists of 366 days, and has 
 one day more than the common, viz. February 29, which is called 
 the intercalary day. See Calendar, &c. 
 
 YE'ARLING, (yeSrling) s. a beast a year old. 
 
 YE'ARLY, (yeerly) a. happening every year ; lasting a year. 
 — ad. once a year ; annually. 
 
 To YEARN, iyern) v. a. [earnan, Sax.] to feel a strong sympa- 
 thy, aft'ection, or tenderness; to be affected with internal un- 
 easiness. 
 
 YEAST, (yeesf) s. [gest. Sax.] a liglit frothy substance produced 
 by the fermentation of beer, &c., and capable of producing fer- 
 mentation in bread, beer, &c. ; barm. 
 
 To YELL, V. n. {yle, Isl.] to make a horrible cry through sor- 
 row or agony. 
 
 YELL, s. a cry expressive of horror. 
 
 YE'LLOW, (yellO) a. [gheleuwe, '^e\g. gealewe, Snx. giallo, Ital.] 
 of a bright colour resembling gold. 
 
 YE'LLOWEYE, s. in Botany, a plant with yellow blossoms, 
 also called small swine's succory. 
 
 YE'LLOW FEVER, s. in Medicine, a dangerous and contagi- 
 ous disease, common in the coast region of warm countries, and 
 at sea in the same latitudes. It is named from the yellow hue 
 assumed by the skin of those attacked by it. 
 
 YE'LLOWHAMMER, s. in Ornithology, a common English 
 bird, called also the yellow bunting. 
 
 YE'LLOWISH, a. approaching to yellow. 
 
 YE'LLOWNESS, (yelldness) s. the quality of being yellow. 
 
 YE'LLOW RIVER, or Hoang-ho, a large river of Asia. It 
 springs in the mountains of Thibet, crosses Tatary, and flows 
 along the N. part of China, frequently being crossed by the Great 
 Wall. At length, after a course of about 2500 miles, it falls into 
 the Yellow Sea. Peking stands near its mouth. TheGreat Ca- 
 nal joins it with the Yang-tze-kiang. 
 
 Yli'LLOWS, s. in Veterinary Surgery, a disease in horses, re- 
 sembling the jaundice in the human subject. 
 
 YE'LLOWWEED, s. in Botany, a genus of plants of which 
 there are two British species, viz. the wild woad, or dyer's weed, 
 and base rocket. 
 
 To YELP, V. n. [yealpan. Sax.] to bark or make a noise like a 
 hound in pursuit of its prey. 
 
 YE'OMAN, (yeman) s. a freeholder who farms his own land ; 
 the next class of landholders below the gentleman. Also, a 
 title of office in the king's household between an usher and a 
 groom. Yeomen of the guards, are foot guards that attend the 
 king's person, dressed after the manner of Henry VIII. 's time. 
 
 YE'OMANRY, {ycmanry) s. the collective body of yeomen. 
 
 To YERK, V. a. to jerk ; to movQ or throw out with a spring. 
 
 YERK, s. a spring or quick motion. 
 
 YES, ad. [yise. Sax.] a term used to imply consent, assent, or 
 affirmation, opposed to no. It is akso used emphatically fur, even 
 so ; not only so, but more. 
 
 YE'STER, a. [f/hister, Belg.] being on the day preceding the 
 present. Seldom used, unless in composition. 
 
 YE'STERDAY, s. [gistandag. Sax.] the day last past ; the day 
 immediately preceding the present. — ad. on the day last past. 
 
 YE'STERNIGHT, s. the night last past.— arf. on the night 
 last past. 
 
 YET, con/, [gyt, OT get. Sax.] nevertheless; notwithstanding; 
 however. 
 
 YET, ad. beside ; over and above ; more than has been men- 
 tioned; still; without any alteration ; once more; at least; hi- 
 therto. It denotes increase or extension to the sense of the 
 words to which it is joined. It is used as a kind of emphatical 
 addition to a negative, importing, even ; after all. With, or 
 without a negative, it has also the signification of, at this time, 
 or so soon. 
 
 YEW, s. in Botany, a tree of the fir kind, a native of Eng- 
 land, valued for its rapid and thick growth, and for the durability 
 of its wood. 
 
 To YTELD, (yeeld) v. a. [jgeldan. Sax.] to produce ; to afford ; 
 
 I 
 

 i!L' 'Ni^ 
 
5 t .J^ 
 
 jii: 
 
 -"= '2 
 
 pi 
 
 ^^^ 
 
 1 
 
 ' 
 
 ^ ^ 
 
 1 1 
 
 ■• 
 
 s?aLfL 
 
 
 '} 
 
 M 
 
YOU 
 
 to give as a due; to allow. Used with u;>, to resign or surrender. 
 — V. n. to submit as conquered ; to comply ; to admit or allow ; to 
 give place to as an inferior in excellence or any other quality. 
 
 YIE'LDER, s. one who yields. 
 
 YOKE, s. [i/eoc. Sax.] the bandage placed on the neck of a 
 draught-horse. Figuratively, a mark of servitude; bondage; 
 slavery; a link, chain, or bond; a couple or pair; a piece of 
 wood placed on the shoulders, by means of which two pails are 
 carried at once. Yoke of land, in our ancient customs, was so 
 much land as two oxen could plough in a day. 
 
 To YOKE, V. a. to fasten to a carriage by a yoke. To join or 
 couple with another; to enslave or subdue. 
 
 YO'KEFELLOW, Yo'kemate, s. a companion in labour; a 
 mate ; fellow. 
 
 YOLK, s. in Physiology, that part of the eggs of birds which 
 furnishes nutriment to the embryo during incubation; the yel- 
 low part of an egg. 
 
 YON, YoND, Yo'nder, ad. and a. [geond, Sax.] at a distance 
 within view. 
 
 YONNE, a department of France, surrounded by the depart- 
 ments of Cote-d'or, Nievre, Loiret, Seine et Marne, and Aube. 
 It is about 80 miles long, and about 50 broad. There are no 
 hills of any consequence ; and the chief rivers are the Yonne 
 (after which it is named) and its associated streams, the Loing, 
 &c. &c. It yields iron, and some other metals; buijding-stone, 
 and other kinds of stone and earth. It produces some corn and 
 cattle; abundance of wine, timber, &c. There are also some 
 manufactures, iron-works, &c. Its trade is flourishing. Its 
 capital is Auxerre. Pop. about 375,000. 
 
 YORE, Of Yore, ad. \jgeogara, Sax.] long ; of old time, or long 
 ago. 
 
 YORK, Yorkshire. It is seated on the river Ouse, and is a 
 large and beautiful city, adorned with many fine buildings, both 
 public and private; containing about 30 parish churches and 
 chapels, besides its cathedral or minster, which is a most mag- 
 niticent structure. It is divided by the river into two parts, 
 which are united by a stately stone bridge of five arches. The 
 eastern part is most populous, the houses standing thicker, and 
 the streets being narrower. It is surrounded by a strong wall, 
 on which are many turrets, or watch-houses; and there are 
 four gates and five posterns. It is a city, and the see of an arch- 
 bishop. With its ainsty, or liberty, it constitutes a county. It 
 is a place of considerable trade. It is 198 miles from London. 
 Markets.Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday. Population of city, 
 28,842 ; of city and ainsty, 38,320. 
 
 YO'RKSHIRE, the largest county of England. It lies on the 
 N. Sea, and is bounded by the counties of Durham, Westmore- 
 land, Lancaster, Chester, Derby, Nottingham, and Lincoln. It 
 is about 120 miles in its greatest length, and 90 in its extreme 
 breadth. It consists of two highlands, divided from each other 
 by the Ouse and its tributaries. That on the W. of the Ouse 
 valley has heights of from 2000 to nearly 3000 feet above the 
 sea. The other is of a lower elevation, but its sea-clifFs are lofty 
 and steep, and inland it is sometimes above 1000 feet above the 
 sea. The rivers are theOuse, the Swale, the Wharfe, the Derwent, 
 the Aire, the Don, the Humber, &c. Coal, iron, building and 
 lime-stone, &c. &c. are found abundantly. It is very fertile, and 
 produces in great plenty corn of all kinds; and there are excel- 
 lent pastures, where cattle, sheep, horses, &c. are reared in 
 abundance. Its manufactures are various and most valuable ; 
 the iron-works are numerous, and all kinds of cutlery and hard- 
 ware, all kinds of cloth, woollen and cotton goods, silks, &c. &c. 
 are made in vast quantities. The trade of this extensive and 
 populous district is carried on by means of numerous canals and 
 railwaj's, communicating with all parts of the kingdom, and by 
 the port of Hull, on the Humber, with foreign parts. York is its 
 capital city, but there are many other places of great importance. 
 It is divided into three parts, called the North, West, and East 
 Ridings ; and another smaller division is the ainsty of the city of 
 York. Fop. ofN. Riding, 204,122, of W. Riding, 1,154,101. of E. 
 Riding, 194,936; of the entire county, 1,591,480. It returns 
 37 members to parliament. 
 
 YORK New. See New York. 
 
 YOU, (yu) pron. [j/ow. Sax.] the nominative and accusative 
 plural of thou; used when we speak to more than one person; 
 but customarily used when we address a single person. It is 
 sometimes used indefinitely for any person. 
 
 YRl 
 
 YOU'GHALL, Cork, Ireland. It has a very commodious har- 
 bour, and a fine, well-defended quay. It is seated at the mouth 
 of the river Blackwater, and has some good buildings, and a brisk 
 trade. It is about 120 miles from Dublin. Pop. 12,054. 
 
 YOUNG, iyiing) 8. [yeotig. Sax. Jong, Belg.] not born many 
 years; being in the first part of life. Figuratively, ignorant, 
 unexperienced ; applied to vegetables, newly grown. 
 
 YOUNG, (yiing) s. the offspring of animals collectively. 
 
 YOUNG, DR. EDWARD, an English poet of the last century. 
 He studied at Oxford, for the profession of law, but never prac- 
 tised. He began as a tutor in a nobleman's family, and as a 
 literary man; and afterwards entered the Church. In his call- 
 ing he never rose higher than royal chaplain and clerk of the 
 closet, and he died in 1705, aged 83 years. Of his poems and 
 plays the Night Thoughts is the only one that continues to be 
 generally read, because of its religious character, and also be- 
 cause of its peculiar style, which, however unfit for poetry, is 
 full of weighty thought, and most felicitous and condensed illus- 
 tration. Tlie Centaur not Fabulous, and Remarks on Original Com- 
 position, are his chief prose works. 
 
 YOUNG, DR. MATTHEW, an Irish prelate, distinguished for 
 his mathematical knowledge. He studied at Trinity College, 
 Dublin, and became professor of natural philosophy there. His 
 knowledge and character obtained for him the see of Clonfert, 
 and he died in 1800, aged 50 years. He published several 
 valuable mathematical works, and communicated various papers 
 of interest to the transactions of the Irish Academy, in the form- 
 ation of which he greatly assisted. 
 
 YOUNG, ARTHUR, a celebrated agricultural writer. He 
 was first a clerk in a merchant's counting-house, and afterwards 
 became a farmer ; but his zeal for improvements was so great 
 that he was well nigh ruined by it. Out of his reverses, hbwever, 
 proceeded his ultimate success. Unfitted at that time for prac- 
 tical farming, he was a keen observer, and a shrewd critic of the 
 practice of others; and his works, in which he detailed his ob- 
 servations made during tours in various parts of England and 
 Ireland, in France, Italy, and Spain, raised him to the hi§;hest 
 reputation in agricultural science. He obtained a European tame, 
 noblemen from Russia were sent to profit by his instructions, 
 and solid rewards attested his success. He was ultimately made 
 secretary to the Board of Agriculture; and died in 1820, aged 
 79 years. He published a Farmer's Calendar, and conducted the 
 Annals of Agriculture. His political tracts were characterized by 
 the same features as his other writings. His Tours are interest- 
 ing works ; and that in France is full of graphic sketches of 
 incidents which he observed during the Revolution of 1789, 
 
 YOUNG, DR. THOMAS, a learned and scientific writer and 
 student, who was distinguished in boyhood for his linguistic at- 
 tainments. He studied medicine at Edinburgh and Gottingen, 
 became physician to St. George's Hospital, secretary to the Board 
 of Longitude, and foreign secretary to the Royal Society. He died 
 in 1829, aged 56 years. His Lectures on Natural Philosophy are his 
 most popular and excellent scientific work. He also published 
 some medical treatises, investigated the atomic theory of che- 
 mistry, the undulatory theory of light, and contributed to the 
 discovery of the interpretation of the hieroglyphic writing of the 
 
 ancient Egyptians, 
 - T'NGI! '" 
 
 f'NGS 
 word of contempt. 
 
 YOU' 
 
 SH, a. somewhat youn 
 
 YOU'NGSTER, You'nker, (yu 
 
 >iker) s. a 
 
 young person. It is 
 
 YOUR, (yure)pron. [eower, Sax.] belonging to you. It is used 
 in speaking to one person, as well as, correctly, in addressing 
 more than one. Yours, is the genitive ot'you. 
 
 YOURSE'LF, (yursHf) pron. you, exclusive of any other. 
 
 YOUTH, (yutt) s. [yeuguth. Sax.] that part of life which is be- 
 tween childhood and manhood; adolescence; a young man. 
 Young men, used collectively. • 
 
 yOUTHFUL, (yS<A/u/)a. young; suitable to youth ; vigorous; 
 playful. 
 
 YPRE'S, a town of W. Flanders, Belgium, standing on the 
 Ypern, with a good navigable canal connecting it with Bruges 
 and with the sea. It has some handsome public buildings, which 
 contain many relics of its former splendour, and it is well forti- 
 fied. The manufactures of linen, woollen, cotton, and silk goods, 
 &c. are valuable and extensive ; and it has a good trade. Pop. 
 above 15,000. Lat. 50. 50. N. Long. 2. 50. E. 
 
 YRIA'RTE, TOMAS DE, a Spanish poet and writer of fables, 
 6 c 2 931 
 
Z AM 
 
 was general archivist to the high council of war, and translator 
 to one of the ministerial departments of state at Madrid. He 
 translated French dramas, wrote a didactic poem, called Music, 
 and several Latin poems. He was once brought before the In- 
 quisition, because of his knowledge of French literature; and 
 he died in 1790, aged 40 years. 
 
 YTTRIUM, s. in Chemistry, a metal of scaly texture, and 
 grayish-black colour ; brittle, and when heated to redness, burns 
 with great brilliancy. Its oxide is an earth called yttria, from 
 Ytterby; in Sweden, where it was discovered. 
 
 YUCATA'N, a republic of N. America, consisting of a penin- 
 sula or promontory of the Gulf of Mexico, and bounded by Hon- 
 duras and Guatemala. It is above 300 miles long, and about 
 150 broad. It is generally level, having few hills of greater ele- 
 vation than 500 feet. Its rivers are not considerable ; Rio Pali- 
 sado is the largest. It has lagunes along part of its coast. The 
 mineral resources of the country are imperfectly known ; in 
 other respects its productions resemble those of the tropical re- 
 gions of the New World generally. The inhabitants are partly 
 European, partly Indian, and partly of a mixed race. Civiliza- 
 tion is slowly advancing here ; and as commerce increases, and 
 as the condition of the adjoining republics becomes more settled, 
 more rapid and sure advances may be expected. Merida is its 
 capital. Pop. about 750,000. 
 
 YU'CCA, s. in Botany, a genus of plants found in the warmer 
 parts of N. and S. America, commonly called Adam's needle, 
 from their long, narrow, sharp-pointed leaves. They are occa- 
 sionally grown in English gardens. 
 
 YULE, s. [yeol, geol, or yehd, Sax.] the time of Christmas, or 
 Christmas-tide. 
 
 7 IS the twenty-fourth letter of our alphabet. It is a con- 
 '-' sonant, and its sound is that of a guttural s, though some 
 reckon it a double consonant, having the sound of ds, which is 
 incorrect, since we often double it, as in^u::/e, muzzle, guzzle, he. 
 Among the ancients, Z was a numeral, signifying 2000, and with 
 a dash over it, thus, Z, it signified 2000 times 2000, or four mil- 
 lions. It is placed before all vowels, but before none of the con- 
 sonants, except I, as in puzzle, guzzle, &c. 
 
 ZAANDA'M, or Saarda'm, a town of the Netherlands, seated 
 on the river Zaan. It is a sea-port, with a good trade and many 
 valuable manufactures. It is built in the fashion of most Dutch 
 towns, and " guarded by an army " of wind-mills. It was for- 
 merly noted for its ship-building ; and Peter the Great, of Rus- 
 sia, worked here for some time. It stands not far from Amster- 
 dam. Pop. about 12,000. Lat. 52. 25. N. Long. 4. 48. E. 
 
 ZACHARI'A, JUSTUS FREDERIC WILLIAM, an eminent 
 German poet. He studied at Leipsic, and was appointed pro- 
 fessor of poetry at the Caroline College, Brunswick. He died in 
 1777, aged 51 years. His poems are numerous, and are justly 
 esteemed by critics. Amongst them is a translation of Paradise 
 Lost. 
 
 ZACHARl'AH, or Zechari'ah, one of the latest Hebrew pro- 
 phets. He entered upon the prophetic office at the same time 
 with Haggai, in about 527 b. c, and was sent to the Jews upon 
 the same message, to encourage them in erecting the temple, 
 and restoring Divine worship, after their return from the cap- 
 tivity, and to lead them into the service of God, by warnings, 
 instructions, and predictions of future glory to God's people. 
 His writings are not so highly poetical as most of the prophets, 
 and in parts are very obscure. 
 
 ZA'FFRE, s. in Chemistry, an impure oxide of cobalt. 
 
 ZAHA'RA. See Sahara. 
 
 ZAIRE, a great river of Congo in Africa. Its course is yet 
 
 ZEA 
 
 is a noble bridge. It is a fine old walled town, with numerous 
 and handsome churches and public buildings, and extensive 
 suburbs. It has little importance in trade, &e., but is rich in his- 
 torical associations. Pop. about 12,000. Lat. 41. 37. N. Long 
 5. 50. W. 
 
 ZAMOPSKI, JOHN, a distinguished jurist and statesman of 
 Poland, in the 16th century. He studied at Paris and Padua, 
 and obtained the rectorship of the last university. He speedily 
 became one of the leaders of the turbulent barons of the coun- 
 try, and it was by his influence that Henry of Anjou, Stephen 
 Bathory, and Sigismund 111. were elected to the throne. Under 
 the two last of those kings he held the offices of grand-chancel- 
 lor and generalissimo. And he distinguished himself as greatly 
 as a warrior, as he had already done as a statesman. In his pri- 
 vate life, for he found time for retirement in the intervals of his 
 stormy and troubled career, he proved himself a patron of edu- 
 cation and learning, and a good lord to his serfs. He died in 
 1605, aged 64 j'ears, leaving as great a name behind him as the 
 history of Poland can boast. 
 
 ZA'NCHI, GIROLAMO, a theologian of the 16th century. 
 He was a Romanist ecclesiastic ; and having abjured the papal 
 faith, fled to Switzerland and Germany, where he was made pro- 
 fessor of theology at Heidelberg. He published various works 
 on divinity, and deservedly enjoyed a high reputation for his 
 learning. He died in 1590, aged 74 years. 
 
 ZANGUEBA'R, the name of a region of E. Africa, opposite 
 to the island of Zanzibar, by which name it is often called. It 
 is inhabited by Arab and Negro tribes, and carries on a consi- 
 derable trade with the E. Indies, in the produce of the country. 
 It is most imperfectly explored ; and the chief town is named 
 Magadoxo. Its coast is above 1000 miles in length. 
 
 ZANTE, one of the Ionian Islands, lying off' Cape St. Nicholas 
 in the Morea. It is about 24 miles long, and 12 broad. It has 
 mountains of 1500 and 2000 feet high ; and is very subject to 
 earthquakes. There are also hot-wells and bituminous springs, 
 and other evidences of its being a seat of active volcanic agen- 
 cies, it produces fruit of all kinds, and especially currants, 
 
 ine, oil, corn, &c. &c. Its trade is considerable. Zante, its 
 
 chief town, stands on an open bay, and is the only place of im- 
 55. E. Pop. of island, about 40,000. 
 
 portance in it. Pop. about 20,000. Lat, 
 
 30. 
 
 Long. 20. 
 
 very imperfectly explored. 
 ZALEU'CUS, the famoi 
 
 famous Locrian legislator. He was, accord- 
 ing to the doubtful account we possess of him, a slave in one of 
 the Greek colonies of S. Italy, and was set free when he distin- 
 guished himself as a lawgiver. There are many fabulous stories 
 respecting him, such as that of his having submitted to lose one 
 of his own eyes to save his son who had been sentenced to lose 
 both for adultery, and that of his having put himself to death, 
 because he had forgetfully violated the senate-house by entering 
 it armed. He flourished in the 6th or 7th century b. c. 
 
 ZA'MORA, a town of Spain, seated on the Douro, over which 
 932 
 
 ZA'NY, s. a person who endeavours by odd gestures and ex- 
 pressions to excite laughter; a nierry-andrew, or buffoon. 
 
 ZA'RA, a city of Dalmatia, Austria. It stands on a small 
 peninsula, and is fortified. There is a fine harbour; btit it rs 
 not a well-built place, although it has a few noble buildings, 
 some of which are of considerable antiquity. Its institutions, 
 manufactures, fisheries, and trade are flourishing. Pop. about 
 10,000. Lat. 44. 0. N. Long. 15. 10. E. 
 
 ZA'RNICH, s. in Chemistry, a solid substance in which orpi- 
 ment is found. The common kinds are green and yellow, 
 
 ZEAL, (zeel) s. [zelos, Gr, zelus, Lat.] a passionate ardour or 
 affection for any thing, person, or cause. 
 
 ZE'ALAND, a province of the Netherlands. It lies on the 
 German Ocean, bordering on Belgium ; and is bounded by 
 Holland and Brabant. It consists of 8 islands, 3 of which, 
 Walcheren, Schouwen, and Tholen, are pretty large, lying in the 
 mouth of the Scheldt ; and some small tracts on the mainland. It 
 is a flat country, preserved from the sea, under the level of 
 which most of it lies, by vast dikes. It produces corn and cattle 
 abundantly; its fisheries are very valuable; and its trade ex- 
 cellent. Middleburg is its capital. Pop. about 175,000. 
 
 ZE'ALAND, an island of Denmark, in the Baltic, almost of a 
 round form, and about 700 miles in circumference. It is sur- 
 rounded by the Scaggerack, the Sound, the Baltic, and the 
 Great Belt. The coast is much intersected with large bays; and 
 within the country are several lakes, which, together with the 
 rivers, abound in fish. It is the largest of the isles of Denmark, 
 and exceedingly fertile; producing grain of all sorts, and in - 
 great plenty, and abounding with excellent pasture. It is par- 
 ticularly famous for its breed of horses. Copenhagen, the capi- 
 tal of Denmark, is seated on the east shore of this island. Pop. 
 about 400,000. 
 
 ZE'ALAND, NEW, the name of two large islands of the S. 
 Pacific Ocean, which are almost the antipodes of England, 
 being a little further from the S. pole, than the British Islands 
 are from the N. pole. The strait which divides them is called 
 
ZEN 
 
 Cook's Strait. The, N. islnnd is about 500 miles long, and 
 varies from a few miles to 150 in breadth. It has high lands 
 and hills of considerable elevation above the sea, broad plains, 
 line rivers, noble harbours, and a fertile soil. Jts immense re- 
 sources are but now beginning to become apparent, and the 
 settlements are increasing continually in number and extent. 
 The S. island, which is comparatively unknown, is about 450 
 miles long, and about 100 in its average width. It has a range of 
 mountains along the centre, the general height of which is about 
 3000 feet. Around its shores are numerous small islands. The 
 aborigines of this country are of the same race as those of most 
 of the Australian and Polynesian islands ; and were characterized 
 by the same religious superstitions, the same cruelties, &c., and 
 a language very closely resembling theirs. Wars and European 
 diseases have greatly reduced their numbers; but efforts have 
 been made, and those not without success, to introduce Chris- 
 tianity and civilization amongst them. These islands are the 
 seat of a British colony, of which Auckland is the chief town ; 
 the New Zealand Company has also commenced a colony here, 
 and its chief town is Wellington. These are both in the N. is- 
 land. Pop. about 105,000. Amongst the peculiarities of this 
 country, the Apteryx, a bird of the ostrich kind, but of smaller 
 size than others of that kind, may be mentioned. Its Flora has 
 many serviceable plants and trees; and the neighbouring seas 
 abound in whales and other fish. 
 
 ZE'ALOT, {zeht) s. [zehs, Gr.] one that espouses any cause 
 with a great ardour or passion ; a bigot. It is generally used in 
 dispraise. 
 
 ZE'ALOUS, {z&hus) a. espousing any cause with passion. 
 
 ZE'ALOUSLY, ad. with passionate ardour. 
 
 ZE'BRA, s. in Natural History, an animal of the horse tribe, of 
 a white colour, very beautifully striped with black. It is less 
 than a horse in size; and inhabits Africa and the East. 
 
 ZE'CHIN, {zekin) s. [from Zecha, in Italy ;] a gold coin worth 
 about nine shillings sterling. 
 
 ZED, s. the name of the letter z. Figuratively, a crooked per- 
 son, formed like the letter Z; a worthless, insignificant person. 
 
 ZE'DOARY, 8. [zedoaire, Fr.] in Botany, a spicy plant, some- 
 what like ginger in its leaves, but of a sweet scent. 
 
 ZEND, s. the name of the book containing the dogmatic and 
 preceptive parts of the religion taught by Zoroaster; and now 
 applied to the language of Persia, of the age of that book, which 
 exhibits many remarkable analogies to the Hindu, the classic, 
 Teutonic, and other tongues. 
 
 ZENIC, «. in Zoology, an animal of the weasel kind, which is 
 striped like a zebra, and inhabits the south of Africa. 
 
 ZE'NITH, s. [Arab.] in Astronomy, the point iu the heavens 
 directly over one's head, opposed to the Nadir. 
 
 ZE'NO, the name of two distinguished Greek philosophers. 
 Zeno of Elea was a pupil of Parmenides, and carried on his stu- 
 dies in that small colony, leading a noble life, and gaining no 
 little renown. He occasionally visited Athens, and was one of 
 the teachers of Pericles. At that time all the love of liberty that 
 characterized the Ionic race was inflamed to the utmost by the 
 Persian wars, and this philosopher shared in the general enthu- 
 siasm. Finding on his return from Athens, after his last visit, 
 that Nearchus had seized the tyranny of Elea, he conspired 
 against him, was taken, and put to a cruel death, in about 
 435 B. c. He was the inventor of dialectic logic, and the famous 
 quibble of Achilles and the tortoise is ascribed to him. Of his 
 other opinions it is needful but to say that they belonged to his 
 logic, and that he was the first of the long line of inquirers, 
 which is not yet ended, who have earnestly laboured by tnat in- 
 efficient instrument to find truth. Zeiw of Citium studied in 
 succession the Socratic, Cynic, Megaric, and Platonic sys- 
 tems, and finally commenced a new school, the Stoics. At 
 Atheus, in the painted piazza or porch of Polygnetus, he conti- 
 nued to expound his lofty and stern morality, and in the midst of 
 that luxurious city his life was as instructive as his doctrine. 
 He broke his finger by a fall, and strangled himself in about 
 260 B. c, aged about 95 years. See Stoics. 
 
 ZE'NO, NICHOLAS and ANTHONY, the names of two cele- 
 brated Venetian navigators of the 14th century. They were 
 brothers, nephews of the admiral who figures in the war of Chi- 
 ozza. Nicholas in the course of his travels came to Friesland, 
 and entered into the service of some chief or prince there. .He 
 Djxt invited his brother to join him, and they engaged in expe- 
 
 ZIN 
 
 ditions of the same kind as those of the ancient Scandinavian 
 sea-kings; in the course of which they visited Greenland, if 
 not the continent of N. America. Nicholas died in about 1395, 
 and Anthony in about 1405. 
 
 ZE'NO, APOSTOLO, an eminent Italian literary man and poet, 
 to whom is ascribed the beginning of the genuine Italian opera. 
 He resided for some time at Vienna, in tne service of the em- 
 peror Charles Vl., and died in 1750, aged 82 years. His musi- 
 cal dramas, which are both tragic and comic, are deficient in that 
 which would make them fine dramatic poems, whilst the music 
 to which they were recited or sung, is deficient in the genuine 
 operatic character. His other writings seem to be of a higher 
 order. 
 
 ZENO'BIA, SEPTIMIA, the celebrated queen of Palmyra, 
 in the 3rd century of our aera. Her husband, Odenatus, after 
 having gained some celebrity by his wars against Persia, was 
 assassinated ; upon which she took possession of the government, 
 but was never acknowledged at Rome. She increased the do- 
 minions she ruled over, and at the height of her power possessed 
 Syria, Egypt, and part of Asia Minor. She was defeated twice 
 by the emperor Aurelian, and taken prisoner, and most probably 
 lived in Italy, after the emperor's triuaph, till about 273 A. D. 
 She was possessed of a masculine intelligence, and not deficient 
 in learning, as well as In the power to animate the hearts of her 
 soldiers with herown spirit. Longinus, the celebrated critic, was 
 her secretary. Palmyra was destroyed soon after her overthrow. 
 
 ZEPHANl'AH, one of the minor prophets of the Jewish na- 
 tion. He prophesied in the time of king Josiah, about 626 b. c, 
 a little after the captivity of the ten tribes, and before that of Ju- 
 dah. His prophecies predict both the coming judgments on Judah, 
 and the future glory of the true Israel. They also relate to other 
 nations ; and contain many powerful exhortations to penitence. 
 
 ZE'PHYR, Ze'phyrus, s. {zephyrus, Lat.] the west wind ; po- 
 etically applied to any calm, soft, or gentle wind. 
 
 ZE'RO, s. the point from which a scale is graduated. 
 
 ZEST, s. a relish or taste superadded to any thing. 
 
 To ZEST, r. a. to heighten by an additional relish. 
 
 ZETE'TIC Method, s. \zeteo, Gr.] in Mathematics, the method 
 made use of to investigate or solve a problem. 
 
 ZEU'GMA, s. [zeugnuo, Gr.] in Rhetoric, a mode of speech 
 wherein an adjective or verb, which agrees with the next word, 
 is likewise applied to one or many more remote. 
 
 ZEU'XIS, a celebrated Greek painter, some of whose pictures 
 were greatly admired by the critics of the day, who have left us 
 accounts of them. His Helen, Centaurs, Hercules, &c., are 
 specially described. He once contested the superiority of Par- 
 rnasius in his art, but whilst the birds were deceived by his 
 grapes, and not alarmed at the boy who was represented as 
 carrj'ing them, he was himself deceived by the curtain, which 
 Parrhasius had painted ; and so was held, on some unknown 
 principle of criticism, to have failed. He flourished in about 
 400 B. c. 
 
 ZI'BET, s. in Zoology, an animal which nearly resembles the 
 civet cat, and inhabits the Indian Isles. 
 
 ZEE'GENBALG, BARTHOLOMEW, an eminent missionary 
 in India. He was sent out by Frederick IV. of Denmark, to 
 Tran^uebar ; and after some years of labour, returned to Europe 
 to print a Dictionary of the Malabar language. At the end of 
 a year he returned to India ; and died in the midst of his work, 
 in 1819, after 16 years of devoted labour. 
 
 ZI'MMERMANN, JOHANN GEORGE VON, an eminent 
 physician of Switzerland, who studied at Gottingen. He prac- 
 tised with considerable reputation, and extended his name by 
 his writings. After a time he was appointed royal physician at 
 Hanover ; and wrote and practised with constantly increasing 
 fame. But he had alreacly manifested symptoms of derange- 
 ment ; and these grew to such a height, that he imagined him- 
 self the object of countless plots, and involved himself In end- 
 less difficulties. The outbreak of the French Revolution 
 completed his insanity, and he died in 1795, aged 67 years. He 
 published many works, which obtained an extensive circulation 
 in literary and scientific circles of Europe; but his Essay on Soli- 
 tude was made known by translations to the people in every coun- 
 try of Europe, and was every where admired. His Essay on 
 National Pride has also been translated and widely circulated in 
 England and other countries. 
 
 ZINCj «. in Chemistry, a metal of a bluish-white colour; 
 
 933 
 
/amelluted in structure; hard, but both malleable and ductile, 
 except at a high temperature. It is extensively employed in the 
 useful arts, for vessels for liquids, water-piping, door plates, 
 metallic roofing plates ; and also in the same way that stone is 
 employed in lithography. It was used for dairy vessels, but 
 being acted on by one of the components of milk it is laid aside 
 as injurious. In Voltaic electricity it is one of the most generally 
 used metals. See Galvanism. 
 
 ZINCO'GRAPHY, ». [zinc and grapho. Or.] in the Arts, the 
 use of zinc plates, in the same way that stone is used in Litho- 
 
 graphy (which see). 
 ZINGIBER, Zi' 
 
 'nziber, s. [Lat.] ginger. 
 
 Zl'NZENDORF, NICHOLAS LOUIS, COUNT VON, an emi- 
 nent character in the history of the church of the United Bre- 
 thren. He was educated at Halle and Wittemberg, and imbibed 
 the principles of the excellent Franke. He afterwards travelled 
 in Holland, France, and Switzerland, and manifested unabated 
 zeal for religion. Having settled on his estates, an exile from 
 Moravia requested an asylum, and the result was the colony of 
 Herrnhut. The Count made the greatest exertions to secure the 
 retreat of all the courageous members of the persecuted Hussite 
 church ; and aided in Uie formation of the church of the United 
 Brethren, as it at present exists. To the establishment of this 
 church, and the maintenance of its missionaries, which were 
 soon sent forth, he gave up all his property; and at length de- 
 voted himself to the ministry in it. For many years he was 
 exiled from his country because of his religious earnestness. He 
 was ordained a bishop at Berlin, by the Prussian king. He 
 visited most European countries, as a preacher of the gospel ; 
 and was met with determined and peremptory hostility in two, 
 Russia and Sweden. Thrice he visited the New World, once to 
 aid the missionaries in the W. Indies, and twice to preach in 
 the British colonies of N. America. At length, after a life of 
 earnestness and unwearied labours, he died in 1760, aged 00 
 years. His writings are all theological or devotional, and are 
 faithful exhibitions of his heart and mind. To his influence 
 may be traced those features in the Moravian Brethren, which 
 most powerfully move the feelings, and which most effectually 
 repel such as can abide by the truth alone. 
 
 Zi'SKA, JOHN, of Trocznow, the great Hussite warrior, 
 was a Bohemian noble, who embraced the party of John Huss, 
 through disgust and hatred of the priests, one of whom had 
 brought his sister to shame. When Huss was martyred, he ex- 
 cited the barons to rebellion ; and after Jerome of Prague's death, 
 spread devastation and death over the whole of Bohemia. He 
 spared neither church nor convent; and suffered no ecclesiastic 
 to live, unless he joined him. He was the chief of the Taborile 
 party ; and not only successfully defied all the power of the em- 
 peror, but kept down the Calixtrices, and exterminated several 
 lesser sects of fanatics. He had lost one eye before the Hussite 
 wars, and the other was blinded by an arrow during a siege ; 
 but he continued to direct the movements of his army, and to 
 lead his soldiers to victory, notwithstanding his blindness. At 
 length, Sigismuud, finding that all his efl'orts to gain the crown 
 of Bohemia by arms were fruitless, endeavoured to effect a com- 
 promise; and offered Ziska the kingdom, on condition of being 
 acknowledged in name, at least, as sovereign. He never re- 
 ceived a reply, for Ziska, at that very time, died of the plague, 
 in 1424, aged about 5.5 years. 
 
 ZO'CLE, s. in Architecture, a small sort of stand or pedestal, 
 being a low square piece or member, serving to support a bust, 
 statue, or the like, that needs to be raised ; also a low square 
 member serving to support a column instead of a pedestal, base, 
 or plinth. 
 
 ZO'DIAC, s. [zoon, Gr. zodiacm, Lat.] in Astronomy, a belt of 
 about 16 degrees broad, drawn on celestial globes, and supposed 
 to include the paths of all the bodies of the solar system ; that 
 of the sun, or the ecliptic, running through the centre of it. But 
 the angles made by some of the asteroids with the equator is so 
 great, that they pass many degrees beyond the boundaries of the 
 zodiac. It belongs to a former age ot the history of astronomy, 
 and figures chiefly in astrology now. 
 
 ZODl'ACAL, a. connected with, or placed in, the zodiac. 
 Zodiacal light, is the name given to a faint luminosity, which ap- 
 pears, in favourable circumstances, before sun-rise and after 
 sun-set. It assumes an elongated conical form, and seems to 
 proceed from the sun, in the plane of the ecliptic. Various con- 
 934 ^ 
 
 ZOO 
 
 jectures have been entertained respecting its nature, "the most 
 probable of which is, that it is a sort of atmosphere, or ether, to 
 the sun. 
 
 ZO'FFANY, JOHN, an eminent painter, of the last centurj-. 
 He was born in Germany, studied in Italy, and after residing 
 for some time at Coblentz, came to England, where he obtained 
 considerable reputation. Subsequently he visited Italy again, 
 and resided for a time at Lucknow in Hindustan. He died in 
 England, in 1810, aged 75 years. Some of his pictures have 
 been engraved, and are well known. 
 
 ZO'ILUS, a rhetorician of Greece, in the 3rd century b. c, of 
 whose life nothing certain is known. He obtained, however, a 
 reputation for hyper-criticism, which has made his name a pro- 
 verb for that unamiable quality. He seems to have exercised 
 his critical talents on Homer, and to have written several works, 
 all of which are lost. 
 
 ZO'LLIKOFER, GEORGE JOACHIM, a distinguished Swiss 
 preacher of the last century. He studied at Bremen and Utrecht, 
 and was pastor of various churches in his native country, where 
 he obtained such renown for his oratorical powers, that he was 
 at last settled at Leipsic, where he died in 1788, aged 58 years. 
 His Sermons, Devotional Exercises, Hymns, and other writings, are 
 yet read, and have been translated into other languages. 
 
 ZO'NARAS, JOHANNES, an eminent Greek theologian and 
 historian of the 12th century. Before he entered on the life of a 
 monk, he held high stations under the emperor at Constantinople. 
 He died in one of the monasteries of Mount Athos at a very ad- 
 vanced age. His Annals contain a compendious history of the 
 world from the earliest period to 1118 a. d. He also wrote 
 several Commentaries, Letters, &c. 
 
 ZONE, «. [zone, Gr.] in Physical Geography, a division of the 
 earth's surface by circles parallel to the equator. There are 
 usually reckoned five zones ; the torrid, between the tropics ; the 
 N. and S. frigid, within the arctic and antarctic circles ; and the 
 N. and S. temperate, between the tropical and arctic circles. This 
 is, however, a very imperfect and incorrect generalization of the 
 phsenomena of climate, and is used only when a loose and popu- 
 lar notion is intended to be expressed. See Climate. 
 
 ZOO'GRAPHER, {po6grafer) s. [zoon and gropAo, Gr.] one who 
 describes the nature, properties, and forms of animals. 
 
 ZOO'GRAPHY', (zodgrafy) s. a description of the forms, nature, 
 and properties of animals. 
 
 ZOOLO'GICAL, a, connected with zoology. Zoological Gar- 
 den, is a name now given to a menagerie, in which animals, 
 birds, &c. &c. are kept alive in large cages, or enclosures, in which 
 their habits can be better observed than they could be when 
 confined in small close dens, as was formerly the custom. There 
 are two excellent establishments of this kind in London, one in 
 Regent's Park, which is very extensive and well supplied ; the 
 other, which combines more popular entertainments, as well as 
 zoological recreations, to the visitor, is called the Surrey Zoological 
 Gardens. 
 
 ZOO'LOGIST, s. one who studies or writes upon zoology. 
 
 ZOO'LOGY, (zodlogy) s. [zoon and logos, Gr.] the science of 
 animated nature ; which embraces ail beings, from the zoophyte, 
 which can with difficulty be distinguished from a plant, up to 
 man. It is not a mere classificatory science; the researches of 
 comparative anatomists, and the extension to anipials of the 
 idea of morphology, which was at first confined to plants, having 
 raised it to the true rank of a science. The following are the 
 classes into which the animal kingdom is divided, according to 
 the most recent zoologists: — 1. Mammals; 2. Birds; 3. Rep- 
 tiles; 4. Fishes; 5. Molluscs; 0. Articulated apimals ; 7. Radi- 
 ated animals ; 8. Annulose animals ; and 9. Polyps, or Zoophytes. 
 
 ZOO'PHORIC, (zodforik) a. [zoon and phero, Gr.] bearing an 
 animal. A zooplwric column, in Architecture, is that which bears 
 or supports the figure of an animal. 
 
 ZOO'PHOROUS, {zodforus) 8. in Architecture, the frieze of a 
 column, or that part which is between the architrave and cor- 
 nice ; so called from the ornaments, resembling animals, carved 
 upon it. 
 
 ZOO'PHYTE, (md/ite) s. [zoon and phuton, Gr,] in Zoology, the 
 general name for those animals which rank lowest in the scale 
 of animated being, and most resemble plants; polyps, coral- 
 insects, sponges, &c. belong to this class. 
 
 ZOO'TOMIST, s. [zoon and temnn, Gr.] a person who dissects 
 animals. 
 
ZUl 
 
 ZOCTOMY, t. the dissection of the body of beasts ; called 
 likewise comparative anatomy. 
 
 ZORl'LLA, s. in Zoology, an animal of the weasel kind, which 
 has a very strong scent, and inhabits South America. 
 
 ZOROA'STER, or properly, Zerdusht, the founder of the 
 Magian religion ; respecting whose life nothing is certainly 
 known, than that after many years of contemplative retirement, 
 during which he wrote the Zend-avesta, (which is the sacred book 
 of the Parsees,) he commenced his work of reformingor founding 
 the national religion, being aided by the king, who was one of 
 his earliest converts or disciples; and that, after a career of 
 great labour and zeal, he died in 513 B. c, aged about 75 
 years. There are, as is usual, very many most absurd and in- 
 credible stories told respecting him ; and the contradictions are 
 so numerous between the different legends, that many have un- 
 necessarily supposed that several men of wisdom and learning, 
 of this name, attained to eminence amongst the Persians. The 
 peculiar doctrine of the religious system of Zoroaster, was the 
 existence of an evil deity, named Ahriman, co-ordinate in power, 
 &c. with Ormusd, the good deity, and to be propitiated by worship 
 and sacrifice. There are however abundant traces of faith in 
 one spiritual and supreme God, in the Zend-avesta ; and of these 
 conflicting deities being of inferior rank, and but the ministers 
 of his will. This is the metaphysical part of the system. Ano- 
 ther part, the worship of fire and the heavenly bodies, the cul- 
 tivation of astronomy, or rather of astrology, &c., is the scien- 
 tific part. The spiritual and noble character of many of the 
 precepts and predictions of the Zend-avesta has engaged the 
 attention of men of learning, and has given rise to many im- 
 probable conjectures as to their source. There is no fear of 
 diminishing the authority or of impugning the character of the 
 Sacred Scriptures which we possess now, if we admit both the 
 predictions and the precepts of Zoroaster to have been the ex- 
 pressions of the knowledge and the aspirations of a man of rare 
 spiritual wisdom ; on the contrary, we shall find in all such cor- 
 respondencies a proof of the Divinity of the revelation of Jesus 
 Christ, inasmuch as it alone accurately answers to and com- 
 pletely satisfies those feelings which found expression in the 
 words of sages and poets of other people, and earlier ages of the 
 world. ' 
 
 ZUCCARE'LLI, FRANCESCO, an eminent painter of Italy. 
 After having obtained considerable repute in his own country, 
 he visited England, where he resided for many years, and ac- 
 quired not only fame but wealth, most of which he unfortunately 
 lost after his return to Italy. He died in 1788, aged 80 years. 
 Amongst his paintings are some excellent designs for tapestry. 
 
 ZUCCHE'RO, FREDERICO, a distinguished historical paint- 
 er of Italy. He studied with his brother Taddeo, who attained 
 almost equal renown; and after acquiring a great reputation 
 in Italy, gave offence to the papal court by some caricaturical 
 pictures, and came to England. Here he increased his reputa- 
 tion, and obtained forgiveness from the parties he had offended. 
 After his return he visited Spain ; and died in Rome, in 1609, 
 aged 60 years. 
 
 ZUG, one of the cantons of Switzerland, bounded by Zurich, 
 Lucern, Aargau, and Schwitz. It is above 1*2 miles long, and 
 about 10 miles wide. It is mountainous, is watered by the 
 Reuss and other rivers, and has several beautiful lakes. Corn, 
 wine, fruits, cattle, dairy produce, &c. &c. are plentiful, and there 
 are excellent fisheries. Zuff, its capital, stands on the lake of 
 the same name, and has some good buildings', and charitable 
 and educational institutions. Pop. about 3000. Lat. 47. 9. N. 
 Long. 8. 30. E. 
 
 ZdrNGLIUS, or ZwiNGLi, Ulrich, the celebrated Swiss Re- 
 former. He studied at Basel, Berne, and Vienna, became a priest, 
 
 Z YM 
 
 and devoted himself to the knowledge of the Scriptures. He 
 was awakened to the abuses and mischievous errors of Roman- 
 ism by seeing the evils of indulgences and practices of penance 
 and pilgrimage, and opposed them with some success. From 
 this he was easily led to other questions of a more vital nature, 
 and correspondence with those who shared his views, and with 
 whom he had but then become acquainted, deepened his con- 
 victions. He also obtained followers, and was charged with 
 being a heretic. A council was called at Zurich, and there Zu- 
 inglius gained his first triumph. He proceeded gradually to re- 
 move all that could not abide the test of Scripture in the eccle- 
 siastical system of Zurich ; other cantons embraced the same 
 views; schools and universities were employed most judiciously 
 to foster and spread the new doctrines. After a period spent 
 thus, disturbed only by threats from Rome, and by Anabaptist 
 troubles, the great Sacramentarian controversy broke out be- 
 tween Luther and Zuinglius. At the conference at Marburg it 
 first fairly commenced ; and it was carried on with great acri- 
 mony on Luther's part, and with great power on the part of the 
 Swiss Reformer. A sorer trial next befell ;— the cantons of Swit- 
 zerland that remained stedfast in the Romish faith, took up arms 
 to coerce those which had embraced the Reformed doctrines to 
 submit to the authority of the pope. A battle happened, when 
 the Reformed army was least expecting an attack ; and in the 
 defeat Zuinglius was killed, in 1531, aged 47 years. His body was 
 burnt by the victors. His writings are all theological, and most 
 of them are Commentaries on various books of Scripture. They 
 are characterized by all the learning and love of simple truth 
 that marked his whole course. He was one of the noblest of the 
 Reformers of the 16th century. Having shaken off the chains 
 with which Rome bound her sons, he did not, as Luther did, 
 forge other chains, and insist on their being worn as the sign of 
 freedom from the pope. He was snatched away too early (as we 
 may, not irreverently, say) to develope all the principles of the 
 gospel that he had so humbly and fervently received ; and it is 
 only in these last few years that they have reached that point 
 to which the Reformer was evidently tending,— the completest 
 religious freedom. After him, the Protestants of Switzerland 
 are often called Zuinglians. 
 
 ZU'RICH, a canton of Switzerland. It is about 50 miles in 
 length, and 30 in breadth, and is bounded by the duchy of Ba- 
 den, SchafF-hausen, Schwitz, Thurgau, St. Gall, Aargau, and 
 Zug. It has mountains of nearly 13000 feet in height, and is 
 watered by the Rhine, the Limmat, the Thur, &c. It yields 
 corn, wine, fruits, cattle, timber, &c. ; and has also some valu- 
 able manufacturesof silk and cotton goods. Zurichis itscapital, 
 and is seated on the lake of the same name, on the Limmat. It 
 has some fine buildings, and is a place of great industry and 
 trade for its size. Its university and other institutions for pro- 
 moting science and education are thriving. Pop. about 15,(X)0. 
 Lat. 47. 21. N. Long. 8. 32. E. Pop. of canton, about 250,000. 
 
 ZUY'DER ZEE, a large gulf or bay of the kingdom of the 
 Netherlands, communicating with the N. Sea, and across the 
 mouth of it the islands of Texel, &c. lie. It is about 50 miles 
 long, and about 40 in its broadest part. Several rivers flow 
 into it. 
 
 ZY'GOMA, s. [zcuf/KMo, Gr.] in Anatomy, is a bone of the head, 
 otherwise called os jiu/ale, being a union of two processes, or 
 eminences of bones, the one from the os temporis, the other from 
 the osmala: these processes are hence termed the zygomatic pro- 
 cesses, and the suture that joins them together is denominated 
 the zygomatic suture. 
 
 ZYGOiMATIC, a. &e Zygoma. 
 
 ZYMO'MA, «. [Gr.] any thing which promotes or causes fer- 
 mentation. 
 
CHEONOLOGICAL TABLE 
 
 REMARKABLE EVENTS, FROM THE CREATION TO THE PRESENT TIME. 
 
 4004 Creation of the world, according to Archbishop Usher. 
 who follows the Hebrew text of the Old Testament. Ac- 
 cording to the Samaritan Pentateuch it is 4700; and 
 according to the Version of the Seventy, 5872. Kennedy 
 affirms that there are as many as 300 different opinions 
 respecting the length of time which elapsed between the 
 creation of the world and the birth of Christ. It must 
 be observed that by creation of the loorld, nothing more 
 can be understood now than the introductiott of the hu- 
 man race into it ; the science of geology having de- 
 monstrated that it is utterly impossible to assign a date 
 to its creation. 
 3875 Abel murdered by Cain, his brother. 
 3017 Enoch translated. 
 2349 The Deluge. 
 2188 Kingdom of Egypt founded by Menes, or Misraim, son 
 
 of Ham. 
 2059 Kingdom of Assyria founded by Ninus, son of Belus. 
 1996 Abraham born at Ur, in Chaldsea. 
 1921 Call of Abraham. 
 
 1897 The cities of the plain, Sodom, &c., destroyed. 
 1800 The Pelasgians, under Inachus, settle in Peloponnesus 
 
 about this time. 
 1796 The deluge of Ogyges, in Attica. 
 1728 Joseph sold into Egypt. 
 1706 The Israelites settle in Egypt. 
 1700 The Pelasgians settle in Thessaly about this time. 
 1680 The Hyksos, or shepherd kings, from Arabia, or Phoenicia, 
 
 subjugate Egypt about this time. 
 1600 Settlements made in Greece by adventurers from Egypt, 
 Phoenicia, Mysia, &c., from about this time till about 
 1400. 
 1582 The Parian Chronicle, in the Arundelian Marbles,' Oxford, 
 begins with this year, when it states that Cecrops set- 
 tled in Attica. 
 1571 Moses born. The Israelites in bondage in Egypt. Se- 
 sostris begins to reign in that country, according to 
 some; others fix this event as late as 1451. 
 1503 The deluge of Deucalion, in Thessaly. 
 1491 Departure of the Israelites, under Moses, from Egypt, 
 
 The Law given on Mount Sinai. 
 1453 The Olympic games said to have been first celebrated. 
 1451 The Israelites enter Canaan under Joshua. 
 1443 Joshua dies. 
 
 1400 Pelasgians and Tyrrhenians settle in Italy about this time. 
 1350 The Eleusinian mysteries introduced at Athens, accord- 
 ing to some. 
 1326 The Isthmian games said to have been instituted. 
 1300 Minos, the lawgiver of Crete, flourishes: others assign him 
 
 a much earlier date. 
 1263 The Argonautic expedition, said to have been undertaken 
 about this time. 
 936 
 
 12.55 Tyre founded, according to Josephus. 
 1184 Troy taken, after a siege of ten years. 
 1104 The return of the Heraclidae ; or settlement of the Do- 
 rians in the Peloponnesus. 
 1100 The prophet Samuel flourishes. 
 1095 Saul anointed king of Israel. 
 
 1068 Codrus, king of Athens, falls in a war with the Dorians. 
 Monarchy ceases at Athens ; the government of decen- 
 nial archons begins. 
 1050 The Greek colonies of the W. part of Asia Minor settled 
 
 about this time. 
 1048 David acknowledged as king by all Israel. 
 1015 Solomon, king of Israel, begins to reign alone. 
 1004 The Temple of Solomon completed. 
 975 The separation of the kingdom of Israel, under Jeroboam, 
 
 from the kingdom of Judah, under Rehoboam. 
 971 Jerusalem taken,byShishak,orSesonchis, king of Egypt. 
 950 Homer supposed to have flourished about this time. 
 896 The prophet Elijah carried up to heaven. 
 888 Death of Sardanapalus, and conclusion of the first Assy- 
 rian monarchy. 
 884 Lycurgus frames the Spartan constitution, according to 
 some authorities; others assign him an earlier date. The 
 Olympic games re-established, 
 880 Carthage founded about this time, 
 813 The Macedonian kingdom founded about this time. 
 800 The prophets Amos, Hosea, and Jonah flourish about this 
 
 time. 
 790 The second Assyrian monarchy founded, by Pul, about 
 
 this time. 
 777 The Bacchiadse rulers of Corinth. 
 
 776 The sera of the Olympiads begins, on July 23, in this 
 year, when the victors at Olympia were first registered; 
 Coraebus being the first victor enrolled. 
 775 The prophets Isaiah and Micah flourished about this time. 
 753 The sera of the building of Rome begins, on April 20, in 
 this year, according to Varro. Other chronologists have 
 assigned other dates to this event. 
 750 Hesiod, the Greek poet, flourished about this time. 
 747 The sera ofNabonassar begins, on February 26, in this year. 
 743 The first war between Messenia and Sparta begins. 
 727 Gyges, king of Lydia. 
 
 725 Habakkuk and Nahum prophesy about this time, 
 721 The city of Samaria taken by Salmanaser, king of Assyria, 
 
 The ten tribes of Israel carried into captivity, 
 719 Syracuse built. 
 
 717 The Medes revolt from the Assyrian king. 
 713 Sennacherib, king of Assyria, invades Egypt, in the reign 
 of Sethos, a priest of Phtha ; and is driven back by a 
 pestilence. 
 710 Sennacherib's army destroyed whilst besieging Jerusalem. 
 685 The second war between Messenia and Sparta begins. 
 
CHRONOLOGICAL TABLE OF REMARKABLE EVENTS. 
 
 684 The government of Athens changed from decennial to 
 annual archons. 
 
 656 Psammetichiis sole monarch of Egypt. 
 
 624 Draco, the Athenian lawgiver, flourishes. 
 
 610 Zephaniah and Joel prophesy about this time. 
 
 608 Nineveh taken and destroyed, and the second Assyrian 
 monarchy overturned, by Cyaxares of Media, and Na- 
 bopolassar of Babylon. 
 
 594 Legislation of Solon at Athens. 
 
 587 Jerusalem taken by Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon, 
 and the kingdom of Judah overturned. 
 
 585 A solar eclipse, predicted by Thales, occurs, which puts 
 an end to the war between the Medes and the Lydians. 
 Some chronologisls place this eclipse as early as 625, 
 and others in intermediate dates- 
 
 580 Jeremiah, Ezekiel, and Daniel prophesy about this time. 
 
 572 Old Tj're taken and destroyed by Nebuchadnezzar. 
 
 569 Amasis king of Egypt, during whose reign the intimate 
 intercourse between that country and Greece began. 
 
 560 Peisistratus becomes tyrant of Athens. 
 
 559 Cyrus elected general of the Persians; overthrows the 
 empire of the Medians. 
 
 546 Sardis taken by Cyrus, and the kingdom of Lydia over- 
 turned. 
 
 540 Pythagoras, the philosopher, flourishes. 
 
 538 Babylon taken by Cyrus. 
 
 536 The edict for the return of the Jews, and the rebuilding 
 of Jerusalem and the Temple, sent forth by Cyrus. 
 
 535 Thespis, the first tragedian, flourishes. 
 
 525 Cambyses, king of Persia, conquers Egypt. 
 
 520 Hecatseus, the historian, flourishes. 
 
 515 The Temple at Jerusalem completed. 
 
 514 Hipparchus assassinated at Athens. 
 
 510 The Peisistratidfe expelled from Athens. 
 
 509 Monarchy abolished at Rome ; the consular government 
 established. 
 
 508 Darius, king of Persia, invades Scythia about this time. 
 
 500 Revolt of the Ionian cities from Darius, under Aris- 
 tagoras. 
 
 499 Sardis burnt by the lonians and Athenians. 
 
 498 The struggle between the plebeians and the patricians 
 commences at Rome. Lartius the first dictator. 
 
 49-5 Miletus taken after a great naval engagement near it, in 
 which the Persians gained the victory. 
 
 493 Tribunes of the people appointed at Rome. 
 
 490 The grand Persian invasion of Greece, by Datis and Ar- 
 taphernes. Battle of Marathon gained by Miltiades over 
 the Persians. 
 
 486 Revolts in Egypt, against Persia, begin. 
 
 480 Xerxes, king of Persia, invades Greece. Battles of Ther- 
 mopylae, Artemisium, and Salamis. 
 
 479 Battles of Platsea and 3Iycale. 
 
 477 Athens begins to acquire the ascendency amongst the 
 states of Greece. 
 
 475 Hiero I., tyrant of Syracuse. Pindar, jEschylus, Simon- 
 ides, and other Greek poets, flourish under his pa- 
 tronage. 
 
 471 Themistocles banished. 
 
 470 Cimon's twofold victory on the Eurymedon. 
 
 464 Revolt of the Helots of Sparta. The third Messenian war 
 begins. 
 
 458 Ezra sent from Babylon to Jerusalem ; restores the na- 
 tional institutions. 
 
 452 Decemvirs created at Rome, The laws of the Twelve 
 Tables compiled, and established. 
 
 447 Battle of Coronea. 
 
 444 First military tribunes appointed at Rome. 
 
 443 Censors first appointed at Rome. 
 
 440 Pericles gives his name to the age, by his splendid ad- 
 ministration of Athenian aflfairs. Herodotus, iEschylus, 
 Sophocles, Anaxagoras, Aspasia, Pheidias, &c. &c. flour- 
 ished. 
 
 431 The Bceotians attempt to surprise Plataea;— the com- 
 mencement of the Peloponnesian war. 
 
 430 The plague at Athens, which lasted for five years, begins. 
 The Spartan ambassadors to the king of Persia are be- 
 trayed by Sitalces, king of Thrace, to the Athenians, 
 
 who put them to death. About this time Malachi pro- 
 phesies, and the latest books of the Old Testament are 
 
 written. 
 425 Aristophanes, the comic dramatist of Athens, flourishes. 
 415 Expedition of Alcibiades and Nicias to Sicily. 
 414 Amyrtseus frees Egypt from the Persian yoke. 
 413 Nicias totally defeated in Sicily on August 27, when an 
 
 eclipse of the moon happened. 
 411 Athens becomes an oligarchy. 
 406 Dionysius I., tyrant of Syracuse. 
 405 The battle of iEgospotamoe, in which Lysander totally 
 
 defeats the Athenian fleet. 
 404 Athens taken by Lysander. Thegovernment of the Thirty 
 
 Tyrants established. Sparta becomes the ruling state 
 
 in Greece. 
 403 Thrasybulus recovers Athens, and restores the ancient 
 
 constitution. 
 401 The retreat of the 10,000 Greeks under Xenophon;— 
 
 Cyrus, who had revolted from his brother, having been 
 
 slain at Cunaxa. 
 400 War between Sparta and Persia. 
 399 Socrates put to death at Athens. Euripides and Plato 
 
 flourish. 
 395 Athens and Thebes join Corinth against Sparta. 
 394 Battle of Coronea, in which Agesilaus defeats the allies. 
 
 Sea-fight at Cnidos, in which Conon defeats the Spartans. 
 390 The long walls of Athens rebuilt. Rome taken and burnt 
 
 by the Gauls. Camillus defeats the Gauls, and saves 
 
 Rome. 
 387 Peace of Antalcidas. Persia obtains the sovereignty of 
 
 the Asiatic Greeks. 
 384 Manilas thrown from the Capitol at Rome. 
 382 Thebes seized by Sparta. 
 
 379 The Lacedaemonians expelled from the Cadmeia, or cita- 
 del, of Thebes. 
 378 The Licinian laws passed at Rome. 
 376 Battle of Naxos; the ascendency of Sparta terminated. 
 374 Persia vainly attempts to recover Egypt. 
 371 Battle of Leuctra gained by Epaininondas of Thebes, 
 
 over the Lacedaemonians. 
 369 Messene restored to freedom by the Theban invasion of 
 
 Peloponnesus. 
 367 Epaminondas delivers Pelopidas, who was a prisoner to 
 
 Alexander of Pherae. 
 366 Plebeian consuls at Rome. 
 365 Alliance of Thebes with Persia. Praetors instituted at 
 
 Rome. 
 362 Battle of Mantinea ; Spartans defeated, but Epaminondas 
 
 slain. Theban supremacy in Greece ends. 
 
 359 Philip, son of Amyntas, becomes king of Macedonia. 
 3-57 Social war in Greece begins. 
 
 356 Phocian sacred war, which lasted ten years, begins. Dion 
 expels Dionysius I(. from Syracuse. Temple of Diana 
 at Ephesus, burnt. 
 
 351 Sidon destroyed by the Persians. 
 
 360 Egypt reconquered by Persia. 
 349 Dionysius reinstated at Syracuse. 
 
 348 Treaty of commerce between Rome and Carthage. 
 
 347 Olynthus taken by Philip of Macedon. 
 
 343 War of the Romans against the Samnites begins. Timo- 
 leon expels Dionysius again from Syracuse. 
 
 339 Amphissian sacred war. Carthaginians defeated by Ti- 
 moleon. 
 
 338 The battle of Chaeronea, August 2, in which the Athenians 
 and Thebans were defeated by Philip. Macedonian 
 ascendency in Greece. Latins and Campanians sub- 
 dued by Rome. 
 
 336 Philip assassinated. Aristotle, Demosthenes, and JEs- 
 chines flourish. 
 
 335 Alexander the Great enters Greece to suppress an insurrec- 
 tion, obliges the Athenians to submit, and destroys the 
 city of Thebes. He is appointed generalissimo of the 
 Greeks against the Persians. 
 
 334 Battle of the Granicus, in Phrygia, gained by Alexander 
 over Darius, May 22. Apelles of Cos, the painter. 
 
 333 Battle of Issus, gained by Alexander, in October. Cal- 
 listhenes, the pnilosopher. 
 
 6 D 937 
 
CHRONOLOGICAL TABLE OF REMARKABLE EVENTS. 
 
 Tyre taken by Alexander, August 20, after a siege of seven 
 months. He shows favour to the Jews. Alexandria, in 
 Egypt, founded. 
 
 Decisive battle of Arbela, or Gangamela, by which the 
 Persian monarchy is overthrown. Sparta revolts, un- 
 successfully. 
 
 Samaritan temple, on Mount Gerizim, built about this 
 time. 
 
 Alexander's expedition into India against Porus. 
 
 Voyage of Nearchus from the Indus to the Euphrates, with 
 Alexander's fleet. New war between the Romans and 
 Samnites. 
 
 Alexander dies, April 21. The Lamian war between the 
 Athenians and Antipater. 
 
 A Macedonian force puts down the democracy at Athens. 
 
 The Roman army passes under the yoke, at the Caudine 
 forks. 
 
 Perdiccas dies. Judea conquered by Ptolemy son of 
 Lagus. 
 
 Agathocles, tyrant of Syracuse. Pbocion dies. 
 
 Eumenes dies. 
 
 Thebes restored. 
 
 The Romans begin the Etruscan war. Seleucus Nicator 
 takes Babylon, from which begins the sera of the Se- 
 leucidte. 
 
 Peace concluded between Antigonus and all his enemies 
 except Seleucus. 
 
 Demetrius Poliorcetes restores the Athenian constitution. 
 
 The title of king first assumed by the successors of Alex- 
 ander. 
 
 Antigonus defeated and slain at the battle of Ipsus. 
 
 Athens taken by Demetrius Poliorcetes, after a 3'ear's 
 siege. 
 
 The Septuagint translation of the Old Testamentisthought 
 to have been made about this time. The Pharos of 
 Alexandria built. 
 
 Rise of the Aclifean League. 
 
 The Gauls who had invaded Greece are driven out, and 
 pass into Asia. Epicurus flourishes. 
 
 Alexandria the seat of learning and trade. Pyrrbus de- 
 feated in Italy by Curius Dentatus. 
 
 The Samnites and Tarentines defeated by the Romans. 
 
 The first coining of silver at Rome, under the consulship 
 of Fabius Pictor and Gulo. 
 
 Athens under the power of Macedonia. Sparta free. All 
 Lower Italy subdued by the Romans. 
 
 The first Punic war begins, which continued 23 years. 
 
 The Romans first concerned themselves in naval afl'airs. 
 
 The Carthaginians defeated at sea by Duilius, who had 
 the first naval triumph in November. 
 
 Regulus, the Roman general, is defeated and taken pri- 
 soner by the Carthaginians under Xanthippus. Arsaces, 
 governor of Parthia, makes it independent of Syria. 
 
 The Romans, under Claudius Pulcher, are totally defeated 
 by the Carthaginians under Adherbal, off Drepanum, 
 Sicily. 
 
 Aratus, general of the Achaean League. 
 
 The Carthaginians defeated by Lutatius, the Roman ge- 
 neral, at the Isles of jEgates, which finishes the first 
 Punic war. 
 
 The temple of Janus shut for the first time since Numa. 
 
 Athens, freed from its Macedonian garrison, enters the 
 League. 
 
 Sardinia and Corsica subdued by the Romans. 
 
 Cleomenes reforms Sparta. 
 
 The Gauls enter Italy, but are defeated in Etruria, by L. 
 jEmilius, the Roman consul. 
 
 The Colossus of Rhodes thrown down by an earthquake. 
 
 Antiochus the Great, king of Syria. 
 
 Upper Italy a Roman province. Battle of Sellasia: Spar- 
 ta taken by Antigonus. 
 
 The social war in Greece between the ^tolians and the 
 Achaeans begins, and continues 3 rears. 
 
 Saguntum taken and destroyed by Hannibal. 
 
 The second Punic war begins with Hannibal's passing 
 the Alps, and continues 17 years. The Romans de- 
 feated at Ticinum and Trebia. 
 
 217 The Romans defeated by Hannibal at the lake of Thrasy- 
 mene. 
 
 2IG The Romans, under Fabius Cunctator, totally defeated, in 
 the battle of Cannae, in Apulia, by Hannibal. 
 
 215 Alliance between Hannibal and Philip, king of Macedo- 
 nia. Hannibal suffers reverses in Italy. 
 
 212 Syracuse taken by Marcellus, after a siege of two years ; 
 Archimedes slain. 
 
 210 Sicily conquered by the Romans, and made a province. 
 
 207 Asdrubal, having entered Italy with a large army to rein- 
 force Hannibal, is defeated and killed by Claudius Nero, 
 at the Metaurus. 
 
 206 Peace of Philopcemen. 
 
 202 The battle of Zama, in Africa, where Hannibal is totally 
 defeated by Scipio. Judea submits to Antiochus the 
 Great. 
 
 201 The Carthaginians have a peace granted them on very 
 ignominious terms, which finishes the second Punic war. 
 
 200 Athens implores the aid of Fiome, against Macedonia. 
 
 197 Battle of Cynoscephalae, in which Philip of Macedonia is 
 defeated by the Romans under Flaminius. 
 
 192 The war of Antiochus the Great with the Romans begins. 
 
 190 The first Roman army enters Asia under L. C. Scipio. 
 
 189 Antiochus the Great defeated by the Romans, at Mag- 
 nesia. 
 
 187 Antiochus the Great is defeated and killed in Media, after 
 plundering the temple of Jupiter Belus in Elymais. 
 
 183 Philopcemen put to death. Hannibal dies, at the court 
 of Prusias of Bithynia. Scipio Africanus dies. 
 
 172 Terence flourishes. 
 
 171 Ptolemy's generals defeated by Antiochus in a battle be- 
 tween Pelusium and Mount Casias. The second Mace- 
 donian war begins. 
 
 170 Antiochus Epiphanes takes Jerusalem, and two years after 
 robs and pollutes the temple. 
 
 168 The battle of Pydna, June 22, in which Perseus, king o 
 Macedon, is totally defeated by P. .Similius, the Roman 
 general. The Jews free themselves from the Syrian yoke. 
 
 163 The government of Judea by the Asmonean family, or 
 Maccabees, begins, and continues 126 years. 
 
 162 Hipparch us begins his astronomical observations at Rhodes, 
 which he continues for 34 years. 
 
 159 The clepsydra invented by Scipio Nasiea, 134 years after 
 the introduction of sun-dials. 
 
 149 The third Punic war begins, and continues 3 years. Pru- 
 sias, king of Bithynia, is put to death by his son Nico- 
 raedes, surnamed Philopater. 
 
 147 The Romans make war against the Achaeans, which is 
 finished by Mummius the following year. 
 
 146 Carthage destroyed by P. Scipio, and Corinth by L. Mum- 
 mius, who brought from thence the first tine paintings 
 to Rome. 
 
 142 Macedonia becomes a Roman province. 
 
 141 The war of Numantia begins, and continues 8 years. 
 
 140 Death of Viriathus, the Lusitanian chief. 
 
 138 The Roman army, under Mancinus, ignominiously defeat- 
 ed by the Numantines. 
 
 1.36 Scipio Africanus, with Sp. Mummius and Metellus, made 
 the famous embassy into Egypt, Syria, and Greece. 
 
 135 The history of the Apocrypha ends. The servile war be- 
 gins in Sicily, and continues 3 years. 
 
 133 Numantia taken and destroyed by Scipio. The kingdom 
 of Pergamus annexed to the Roman empire, according 
 to the will of Attalus, its last king. Tiberius Gracchus 
 slain in a tumult. 
 
 128 John Hyrcanus declares himself independent of Syria. 
 
 123 Carthage rebuilt by order of the Roman senate. 
 
 121 The province in S. Gaul acquired. Caius Gracchus pro- 
 scribed and slain. 
 
 116 Cleopatra assumes the government of Egypt. 
 
 Ill The Jugurthine war begins, and continues 5 years. 
 
 109 The Teutones and Cimbri begin their attack on the Ro- 
 man empire, which continues 8 years. Jugurtha, the 
 king of Numidia, defeated in two battles by Metellus. 
 Ptolemy Lathyrus is defeated, and Samaria taken by 
 John Hyrcanus. 
 
 106 Jugurthine war concluded by Marius and Sylla. 
 
CHRONOLOGICAL TABLE OF REMARKABLE EVENTS. 
 
 Caepio and Manilius ignotnitiiously defeated by the Teu- 
 tones, &c. on the banks of the Rhone. 
 
 TheTeiifones defeated by Marius in two great battles at 
 Aquae Sextiae, now Aix in Provence. 
 
 Marius and Catullus defeat the Cimbri as they were en- 
 deavouring to enter Italy through Noricum, now the 
 Tyrol. 
 
 Lusitania conquered by the Romans, under Dolabella. 
 
 The Social or Marsic war begins, which continues 3 years. 
 
 The Mithridatic war begins, and continues 26 }-ears. 
 
 The civil war between Marius and Sylla begins, and con- 
 tinues 6 years. 
 
 Marius takes Rome. Sylla takes Athens. 
 
 Marius dies. 
 
 Sylla takes Rome, and is made dictator. 
 
 War with Sertorius, in Spain, begins. 
 
 Sylla resigns the dictatorship, and dies the year after. 
 
 The Servile war begins under Spartacus. Sertorius mur- 
 dered. 
 
 Spartacus defeated and killed by Crassus and Pompey, 
 which finishes the Servile war. Spain completelj' re- 
 covered. 
 
 LucuUus defeats the two kings Mithridates and Tigranes, 
 in a great battle in Armenia, the day before the nones 
 of December; and takes Tigranocerla, with all the royal 
 treasures. 
 
 Pompey conquers the pirates of the Mediterranean. 
 
 Mithridates defeated by Pompey in a night-battle in the 
 Upper Armenia. Crete conquered by Metellus, after a 
 war of two years, and reduced to a Roman province. 
 
 The reign of theSeleucidae ends in Syria, which is reduced 
 by Pompey to a Roman province. 
 
 The conspiracy of Catiline detected by Cicero, in October, 
 and defeated by Antony, about the middle of December. 
 Jerusalem taken by Pompey, who restores Hyrcanus. 
 Mithridates kills himself. 
 
 The first triumvirate, of Pompey, Cresar, and Crassus. 
 
 Caesar conquers the Germans, and invades Britain. 
 
 Crassus plunders the Temple at Jerusalem. 
 
 Crassus killed, and hisarmy cut to pieces bj^ the Parthians, 
 under Surenas, at Sinnaca in Mesopotamia, June 9. 
 
 The civil war begins on the 22ad of October, when the se- 
 nate ordered Caesar to disband his army. Caesar be- 
 sieges Pompey in Brundusium, Dec. 26. Cicero, Lucre- 
 tius, Sallust, and other distinguished Roman writers and 
 poets flourish. 
 
 Pompey sails from Brundusium, Jan. 3; Caesar enters it 
 on the 4th, and comes to Rome about the 10th. He 
 besieges Marseilles in the spring, defeats Pompey's lieu- 
 tenants in Spain in the summer, returns to Rome in 
 September, and passes into Epirus, Oct. 15. 
 
 The battle of Pharsalia, May 12. Pompey murdered. 
 Antipas made governor of Judea, and Cleopatra, queen 
 of Egypt, by Caesar. 
 
 The war of Alexandria ; that city taken by Julius Caesar. 
 He conquers Pharnaces, king of Bosporus. 
 
 The war in Africa; Cato kills himself at Utica, Feb. 5. 
 Battle of Munda, in Spain. 
 
 Caesar killed in the senate-house, by Brutus, Cassius, and 
 the other conspirators. 
 
 The second triumvirate, of Octaviiis, Antony, and Lepidus, 
 began Nov. 27. Cicero put to death, Dec. 7. Battle of 
 Miitina. 
 
 Cassius and Brutus defeated at Philippi in two battles, 
 having an interval, in October. They kill themselves. 
 
 The short Persian war, in which Antony's brother Lucius 
 is overpowered by Octavius. 
 
 Jerusalem occupied by Antigonus, assisted by the Par- 
 thians. Herod made king of Judea at Rome. 
 
 Lepidus expelled from the triumvirate. 
 
 Jerusalem taken by Socius and Herod, Jan. 1; and Anti- 
 gonus soon after put to death, which terminates the go- 
 vernment of the Maccabees. 
 
 Sextus Pompeius conquered in Sicily. 
 
 War between Octavius and Antony begins. 
 
 The battle of Actium, Sept. 2; in which Antony and Cleo- 
 patra are totally defeated ; which made Octavius emperor. 
 
 30 Egypt reduced to a Roman pfovince. Deaths of Antony 
 
 and Cleopatra. 
 27 Octavius, by a decree of the senate, Jan. 13, obtains the 
 title of Augustus Caesar, and the absolute power of the 
 state. 
 
 25 Coin first used in Britain. Virgil, Horace, Ovid, Tibullus, 
 
 and other eminent poets and writers flourish at Rome. 
 12 Pannonians subdued. Victories of Drusus in Gaul. 
 
 8 The temple of Janus shut by Augustus. 
 
 4'JESUS CHRIST born, about the close of the 4000th year 
 of the world, and 4 years before the vulgar Christian aera. 
 After Christ. 
 
 9 Arminius, or Hermann, recovers the territory in Germany 
 
 conquered by Drusus. 
 14 Augustus dies ; Tiberius becomes emperor. 
 19 Germanicus poisoned. 
 21 Arminius killed. 
 
 26 Jesus baptized in the wilderness by John the Baptist. 
 
 31 Sejanus, the chief minister of the state, put to death. 
 
 33 Crucifixion of our Saviour; placed by some in 29, and by 
 others in 31. 
 
 36 Saul of Tarsus converted, and afterwards called Paul. 
 
 37 Tiberius dies ; Caligula becomes emperor. 
 
 39 Matthew writes his Gospel. Pontius Pilate kills himself. 
 
 Herod Antipas banished. 
 
 40 The name of Christians first given at Antioch to the fol- 
 
 lowers of Christ. Philo the Jew flourishes at Alex- 
 andria. 
 
 41 Claudius made emperor. 
 
 43 Claudius Caesar's expedition into Britain. 
 
 44 Mark writes his Gospel. 
 
 49 London founded by the Romans. 
 
 51 Caractacus, the British king, sent in chains to Rome, by 
 
 Ostorius Scapula. 
 
 52 The conference of the apostles at Jerusalem, improperly 
 
 called the First Council, 
 
 55 Luke writes his Gospel. Seneca, Petronius, and Flavius 
 Josephus flourish. 
 
 58 Mona (Anglesey) conquered byPaulinus; the Druids mas- 
 sacred. 
 
 60 Christianity said to have been preached in Great Britain. 
 
 Gl Boadicea, the British queen, defeats the Romans; but is 
 conquered soon after by Suetonius, governor of Britain. 
 
 62 Paul's first imprisonment at Rome. 
 
 63 The Acts of the Apostles written. 
 
 64 Greatfire at Rome, upon which the first persecution against 
 
 the Christians commenced. 
 
 65 Paul's second imprisonment at Rome. 
 
 66 The first Jewish war begins, in May. 
 
 67 Peter and Paul put to death at Rome. 
 
 68 Vespasian conquers Judea. 
 
 70 Titus, the Roman general, takes Jerusalem, Sspt. 8, which 
 
 is razed to the ground. 
 73 The philosophers expelled Rome. 
 79 Herculaneum, Pompeii, and Stabias overwhelmed by an 
 
 eruption of Mount Vesuvius, and Pliny the naturalist 
 
 loses his life. Quintilian flourishes. ' 
 85 Julius Agricola builds a line of forts between the rivers 
 
 Forth and Clyde ; defeats the Caledonians, under Galga- 
 
 cus, on the Grampian hills; first sails round the island. 
 
 Britain considerably advanced in Roman civilization. 
 90 Juvenal and Epictetus flourish about this time. 
 
 95 The second persecution against the Christians begins about 
 
 November, and continues till the death of Domitiau, in 
 the next year. 
 
 96 Tacitus, Pliny the Younger, Suetonius, Plutarch, and other 
 
 writers flourish about this lime. 
 
 97 John the evangelist wrote his Gospel. 
 
 98 Trajan emperor of Rome. 
 
 103 Dacia reduced by Trajan to a Roman province. 
 107 The third persecution against the Christians. 
 
 117 The Euphrates the eastern boundary of the empire. 
 
 118 The fourth persecution against the Christians. Miia Ca- 
 
 pitolina built on the site of Jerusalem. 
 121 The Caledonians reconquer from the Romans all the south- 
 ern part of Scotland ; upon which the emperor Adrian 
 builds a wall between Newcastle and Carlisle. 
 6 D 2 939 
 
CHRONOLOGICAL TABLE OF REMARKABLE EVENTS, 
 
 A. D. 
 131 
 
 135 
 
 138 
 139 
 140 
 
 2G4 
 272 
 273 
 274 
 
 303 
 30C 
 
 308 
 311 
 313 
 325 
 
 328 
 
 350 
 
 361 
 
 363 
 
 364 
 
 305 
 
 373 
 375 
 
 The Jews rebel, and begin a second war. 
 
 The second Jewish war ends, when they were all banished 
 
 Judea. 
 Claudian, Ptolemy, and Arrian flourish. 
 Justin writes his first Apology for the Christians. 
 Lollius Urbicus builds the wall along the line of Ag^icola's 
 
 forts, called Antoninus's wall. 
 Antoninus Pius defeats the Moors, and afterwards the 
 
 Germans and Dacians. 
 Galen, A. Gellius, Apuleius, and others flourish. 
 The miracle of "the Thundering Ijegion." 
 The Goths on the coast of the Black Sea. 
 A violent war in Britain, ended by Marcellus, the British 
 
 governor. 
 The Saracens first appear in history, in a victory over the 
 
 Romans in Arabia. 
 The empire sold by auction to Didius Julianus. 
 The fifth persecution against the Christians begins about 
 
 April, and continues two years. 
 Severus builds his wall across Britain from the Frith of 
 
 Forth, and dies at York two years afterwards. 
 Origen flourishes. Dion Cassius and Herodian eminent. 
 The Franks and Germans begin to threaten the empire 
 
 on the Rhine. 
 The empire of the Parthians subverted by Ardshir, or Ar- 
 
 taxerxes, the founder of the dynasty of the Sassanides. 
 
 War against Rome. 
 The sixth persecution against the Christians. 
 The existence of Rome for a millennium celebrated. 
 The barbarians begin their irruptions into the Roman em- 
 pire. The seventh persecution against the Christians. 
 The Goths paid an annual tribute not to molest the 
 
 empire. 
 The eighth persecution against the Christians. 
 Valerian us, the Roman emperor, taken prisoner by Sapor, 
 
 king of Persia, and flayed alive. The Germans advance 
 
 to Ravenna. 
 Odenatus conquers Persia. 
 The ninth persecution against the Christians. 
 Palmyra conquered ; Zenobia taken prisoner. 
 Silk first brought from India. Dacia given up to the 
 
 Goths. 
 The Roman empire attacked by northern nations, and 
 
 several provinces usurped by tyrants. 
 The tenth persecution begins at Nicomedia, Feb. 23. 
 Constantine the Great begins his reign, July 25: there 
 
 were six emperors at this time. 
 Cardinals first appointed. 
 
 Constantine embraces Christianity. Lactantius flourishes. 
 The tenth persecution ends by an imperial edict. 
 The first general council at Nice; began June 19, and 
 
 ended August 25. 
 Constantine removes the seat of empire from Rome to By- 
 zantium, thereafter called Constantinople. 
 The Franks in Gaul. The contest along the whole Eu- 
 ropean and Asiatic borders of the empire continues. 
 The Goths divide into the Ostrogoths and Visigoths, or 
 
 Eastern and Western Goths. 
 The emperor Julian, surnamed the Apostate, endeavours 
 
 in vain to rebuild the Temple of Jerusalem. 
 The Roman empiredivided into the Eastern (Constantino- 
 ple the capital) and Western (of which Rome continued 
 
 to be the capital) ; each being under the government of 
 
 diffierent emperors. 
 The Saxons begin to make descents on the eastern coasts 
 
 of Britain. 
 The Bible translated into the Gothic language. 
 The barbarian invasions increase in frequency and force. 
 
 The great migration of the nomade nations of Scythia, 
 
 Sarmatia, &c. 
 The Ostrogoths are conquered by the Huns. 
 Alaric plunders the Peloponnesus. Augustine, bishop of 
 
 Hippo, flourishes. Stilicho minister to Honorius. 
 Bells invented by Paulinus of Campagnia. 
 Alaric devastates Italy. 
 The Roman troops begin to be withdrawn in great numbers 
 
 from Britain. 
 910 
 
 575 
 
 580 
 583 
 
 586 
 596 
 
 600 
 (Mi 
 609 
 622 
 
 628 
 629 
 032 
 
 The kingdom of Caledonia, or Scotland, revives under 
 
 Fergus. 
 The Vandals, Alans, and Suevi spread into France and 
 
 Spain, by a concession of Honorius, emperor of the West. 
 The Suevi begin their kingdom over a part of Spain ; Her- 
 
 meric their first king. 
 Rome taken and plundered by Alaric, king of the Visi- 
 goths, August 24. 
 The Vandals begin their kingdom in Spain, under Gun- 
 
 deric. Honorius gives up Britain. 
 The kingdom of the Burguudians begins in Alsace, under 
 
 Gundicar. 
 The Visigoths begin the kingdom of Toulouse, under 
 
 Ataulfus. 
 The kingdom of the Franks begins upon the Lower Rhine, 
 
 under Pharamond. 
 The Romans withdraw their last troops from Britain. 
 Nestorius bishop of Constantinople, 
 The Theodosian Code compiled and published. 
 Genseric takes Carthage, and begins the kingdom of the 
 
 Vandals in Africa, Oct. 19. 
 The Britons, greatly harassed by the Scots and Picts, vain- 
 ly implore aid from Rome. 
 Attila, " the Scourge of God," with his Huns, ravages the 
 
 Roman empire. 
 Vortigern, king of the Britons, invites the Saxons into 
 
 Britain, against the Scots and Picts. 
 Attila defeated at Chalons sur 3Iarne. 
 Venice founded. 
 
 Hengistand Horsa found the kingdom of Kent. 
 The Romans expelled from Spain by the Visigoths. 
 The Visigoths receive written laws. 
 The Western empire is overturned by Odoacer, king of the 
 
 Heruli. 
 Ella founds the kingdom of Sussex. 
 The kingdom of Italy passes from the Heruli to the Ostro- 
 
 foths by the taking of Ravenna by Theodoric the Great, 
 eb. 27, after a siege of near 3 years. Silkworms intro- 
 duced into Europe. 
 Clovis, king of France, baptized, and Christianity began 
 
 in that kingdom. 
 Clovis conquers the Visigoths, and firmly establishes the 
 
 kingdom of the Franks: the country being afterwards 
 
 called France. 
 Prince Arthur begins his reign over the Britons. 
 Prankish kingdom divided into Austrasia and Neustria. 
 Benedictine rule established. 
 The use of the Christian a;ra introduced by Dionysius the 
 
 monk. 
 Cerdic founds the kingdom of Wessex. 
 Essex founded about this time. 
 Pandects of Justinian established. 
 Belisarius begins his successful campaigns in defence of 
 
 the empire. 
 Kingdoms N. of the Humber established by the Angles. 
 A terrible plague all over Europe, Asia, and Africa, which 
 
 continues near 50 years. 
 Chlotaire sole monarch of France. 
 The kingdom of the Lombards begins under Alboin. 
 Exarchs are sent to Ravenna, by the Eastern emperors, 
 
 against the Lombards. The Roman pontiff acquires the 
 
 supreme power in the city. 
 East Anglia founded by Uffa. 
 Latin ceased to be spoken about this time in Italy. 
 The Suevi in Spain conquered by the Visigoths, which 
 
 finishes that kingdom. 
 Mercia founded by the Angles. 
 Augustin, the monk, sent into England with 40 monks, 
 
 by Pope Gregory L 
 Laws of Ethelbert, king of Kent. 
 Boniface HI. styled oecumenical bishop by Phocas. 
 Mohammed begins to preach Islamism. 
 The Ileyira, or flight of Mohammed from Mecca, on July 
 
 16 ; from which the Mussulmans compute their time. 
 " The Invention of the Cross" by Helena. 
 Mecca taken. 
 Mohammed dies. 
 
CHRONOLOGICAL TABLE OF REMARKABLE EVENTS. 
 
 088 
 696 
 698 
 700 
 7f4 
 717 
 
 726 
 
 727 
 
 732 
 
 736 
 
 746 
 
 748 
 
 749 
 752 
 
 755 
 756 
 
 758 
 762 
 
 768 
 774 
 
 786 
 787 
 800 
 
 Jerusalem taken by the Saracens, or followers of Mo- 
 hammed. 
 
 The Saracens conquer Syria. The power of the mayors of 
 the palace in France begins, through the incompetence 
 of the kings. 
 
 Alexandria in Egypt taken by the caliph Omar. 
 
 The Saracens conquer Persia. 
 
 Rhodes taken by the Saracens. 
 
 Organs introduced into chnrches. 
 
 Constans IL plunders Rome. 
 
 Glass brought into England by Benalt a monk. 
 
 The Saracens make an attack upon Sicily. 
 
 Constantinople ineffectually besieged by the Saracens for 
 7 years, Callinicus having invented the Greek fire. 
 
 The Britons, after a struggle of near 150 years, are totally 
 defeated by the Saxons, and driven into Wales and 
 Cornwall. 
 
 Ina, king of Wessex, publishes his laws about this time. 
 
 Anafesto, the first doge of Venice. 
 
 The Saracens take Carthage. 
 
 Christianity introduced into Croatia, 
 
 The Saracens conquer Spain, after a war of 3 years. 
 
 Constantinople ineffectually besieged a second time by the 
 Saracens. 
 
 The controversy about images begins, and causes many in- 
 surrections in the Eastern empire. 
 
 Ina, king of Wessex, begins the tax of Peter-pence for the 
 support of a college at Rome. 
 
 The Saracens defeated by Charles Martel, between Tours 
 and Poictiers, in October. 
 
 Leo Isauricus, the Eastern emperor, destroys all the images 
 in his dominions, and persecutes the monks. 
 
 A dreadful pestilence over Europe and Asia for 3 years. 
 
 The computation of years from the birth of Christ began 
 to be used in history. 
 
 The dynasty of the Abbasides obtains the caliphate. 
 
 The exarchs of Ravenna conquered by the Lombards, af- 
 ter having continued 183 years. Pepin king of France. 
 
 Commencement of the pope's temporal dominion. 
 
 The Saracens in Spain, revolting from the house of Abbas, 
 found the Ommiade kingdom of Cordova. 
 
 Offa, king of Mercia, begins to reign. 
 
 The golden period of the Saracenic empire. Bagdad built. 
 Abbaside caliphs promote learning. 
 
 Charlemagne king of the Franks. 
 
 Pavia taken by Charlemagne, which finishes the kingdom 
 of the Lombards, after it had lasted 200 years. 
 
 Haroun-AI-Raschid caliph at Bagdad. 
 
 First descent of the Danes upon the English coast. 
 
 Charlemagne king of the Franks, crowned as emperor at 
 Rome. Leo III. holds the pontificate as a vassal of 
 Charlemagne. Rise of the scholastic philosophy. 
 
 Constantinople, a third time, ineffectually besieged by the 
 
 823 
 
 820 
 
 828 
 
 842 
 850 
 801 
 860 
 867 
 808 
 
 870 
 871 
 
 872 
 877 
 
 The Saracens of Spain take possession of Crete, and call it 
 Candia. 
 
 Harold, king of Denmark, dethroned by his subjects for 
 being a Christian. 
 
 Egbert, king of Wessex, the tenth BretwaIda,or supreme 
 king of England. 
 
 The Scots and Picis united under Kenneth, with which 
 begins the second period of the Scottish history. 
 
 Theodora restores the worship of images. 
 
 Cyrillus, the apostle of the Bohemians and Moravians. 
 
 Schism between the Roman and Greek Churches. 
 
 Raguar Lodbrok put to death in Northumbria. 
 
 The Danes extend their ravages in England. 
 
 Egypt becomes independent of the caliphs of Bagdad, un- 
 der Ahmed, the Saracen governor. 
 
 Malta conquered by the Saracens. 
 
 Battle of Otranto, the Saracens are defeated. 
 
 Clocks first brought to Europe from the East. 
 
 The hereditary feudal system introduced into France, 
 
 Alfred the Great, after many unsuccessful engagements 
 with the Danes, gains a victory at Ethandune, and 
 
 establishes Guthrum in E. Anglia. 
 levival of the Gothic power in i'pain. 
 
 885 Paris besieged by the Danes or Northmen. 
 
 886 The University of Oxford founded by Alfred. 
 904 Russians before Constantinople. 
 
 912 Rollo, or Robert, first duke of Normandy. The patronage 
 
 of the papal chair in the hands of harlots. 
 915 The University of Cambridge founded. 
 924 Athelstan first sole monarch of England. 
 934 Influence of the Turks in the Saracenic empire begins to 
 
 be paramount. 
 930 The Saracen empire is divided, by usurpation, into seven 
 
 kingdoms. 
 942 The Eastern emperors take possession of Naples, 
 955 Dunstan, at the head of the clergy, acquires great influence 
 
 in England. Hungarians fin;rily driven out of Germany. 
 
 901 Nicephorus Phocas, afterwards emperor of the East, reco- 
 
 vers Candia from the Saracens. 
 
 902 Cities of imperial Italy begin to acquire independence. 
 964 Otho I. crowned emperor of Germany. 
 
 909 The Abbasides lose Egypt, which is seized by the Fatiin- 
 
 ides, who build Grand Cairo. 
 987 Dynasty of Capet ascends the French throne. 
 991 The Arabic numerals introduced into Europe. 
 996 Otho III. makes the empire of Germany elective. 
 999 Boleslaus first king of Poland. 
 1000 Paper made of cotton rags in use. Vladimir the Great of 
 
 Russia baptized. Christianity in Sweden. 
 1002 Massacre of all the Danes in England, on St. Brice's day. 
 1009 A civil war among the Saracens of Spain, which continues 
 till 1091, when they become tributary to the Saracens of 
 Africa. 
 
 1014 Canute the Great, king of Denmark, ascends the throne 
 
 of England. 
 
 1015 Children forbidden by law to be sold by their parents in 
 
 England. 
 
 1030 Dismemberment and downfal of the caliphate of Cordova. 
 
 1031 Romanus II., emperor of the East,drives the Saracens out 
 
 of Syria. 
 
 1032' The kingdom of Aries, or Burgundy, bequeathed to Con- 
 rad IL, emperor of Germany, by Rodolph. 
 
 1035 The kingdoms of Castile and Arragon begin under Ferdi- 
 nand the Great and Ramirez. 
 
 1040 The Danes, after several engagements with various suc- 
 
 cess, are finally driven out of Scotland about this time. 
 
 1041 The Saxon line restored under Edward the Confessor. 
 
 1042 The Turks take possession of Persia. The Danes expelled 
 
 from England. 
 10.30 The Cid, Rny Diaz del Visar, in the height of his fame in 
 
 Spain. 
 10-54 Leo IX. the first pope that kept up an army. 
 
 1056 Milan a republic. Other cities followed its example. 
 
 1057 Malcolm III., king of Scotland, kills the tyrant Macl>eth 
 
 at Dunsinane, and marries the Princess Margaret, sister 
 to Edgar Atheling. 
 
 1058 Robert Guiscard, the Norman, drives the Saracens out of 
 
 Sicily. 
 
 1065 The Turks take Jerusalem from the Saracens. 
 
 1000 The conquest of England by William, duke of Normandy. 
 Battle of Hastings, October 14, where Harold is slain. 
 
 1070 William introduces the feudal law. Musical notes invented. 
 
 1073 Hildebrand becomes pope, under the title of Gregory VII. 
 
 1070 Henry IV., emperor of Germany, deposed by the pope ; re- 
 stored, after penance, towards the end of January, 1077. 
 Justices of the peace first appointed in England. Peter- 
 pence granted to the pope by William the Conqueror. 
 
 1080 Doomsday Book began to be compiled by order of William 
 1. from a survey of all the estates in England, and finish- 
 ed in 1080. The Tower of London built. 
 
 1085 Toledo ahd Madrid taken from the Saracens by Alphonso 
 
 VI., king of Castile. 
 
 1086 Order of Carthusians began. 
 
 1087 William the Conqueror invades France. 
 
 1091 The Saracens in Spain call in Joseph, king of Morocco, 
 who thus gets possession of all their dominions in Spain. 
 
 1095 Council of Clermont. 
 
 1090 The first Crusad*. 
 
 1099 Jerusalem taken on July 15. Godfrey of Boulogne made 
 kuig. Knights of St. John. 
 
 941 
 
CHRONOLOGICAL TABLE OF REMARKABLE EVENTS. 
 
 IIOO Henry L of England joins Normandy to his kingdom. 
 
 1108 Louis VL of France encourages corporations, as a counter- 
 poise to the effects of the feudal system. 
 
 1110 Edgar Atheling, the last of the Saxon princes, dies in 
 England, where he had been permittecf to reside as a 
 subject. Venice acquires great wealth by the commerce 
 opened by the Crusades. 
 
 1118 The order of Knights Templars instituted. John Com- 
 nenus regains Armenia from the Turks. 
 
 1135 Alphonso 111. master of Spain. 
 
 1138 David I. of Scotland defeated in the " Battle of the 
 
 Standard." 
 
 1139 Alphonso defeats five Saracen kings at Ouriques, takes 
 
 Lisbon, and is proclaimed king of Portugal. 
 1144 Rebellion of Arnold da Brescia, at Rome. 
 1147 The second Crusade. Moscow founded. 
 1150 Abelard flourishes. Philosophy of Aristotle in greatest 
 
 favour. 
 1154 The house of Plantagenet obtains the English throne. 
 1163 London bridge, consisting of 19 small arches, first built of 
 
 stone. 
 1172 Henry 11., king of England, takes possession of Ireland ; 
 
 which, from that period, is governed by an English 
 
 vicero}', or lord-lieutenant. 
 1170 England divided by Henry into six circuits for the ad- 
 ministration of justice. Frederick Barbarossa defeated 
 
 at Como. 
 
 1180 Glass windows begin to be used in private houses in Eng- 
 
 land. Bills of Exchange used in commerce. 
 
 1181 The digest of the laws of England made, about this time, 
 
 by Glanville. 
 118G Sept. 10. A conjunction of all the planets known, at 
 
 sunrise. 
 1187 Saladin destroys the Christian kingdom of Jerusalem. 
 
 1189 The third Crusade begun. 
 
 1190 Knights of the Teutonic order instituted. 
 
 1191 Ptolemais taken by the Crusaders. 
 
 1192 The battle of Ascalon, in Judea, in which Richard, king 
 
 of England, defeats Saladin's army. 
 
 1194 Dieii et mon Droit first used as a motto by King Richard on 
 a victory over the French. 
 
 119G Henry VI., emperor of Germany, takes full possession of 
 Naples and Sicily. 
 
 1200 First mention of the mariner's compass. Universities be- 
 gin to be generally established. Surnames occasionally 
 used. 
 
 1202 The fourth Crusade. 
 
 1204 Constantinople taken by the French and Venetians, July 
 
 20. Normandy conquered and reunited to France. Do- 
 minicans and Franciscans. The Inquisition established. 
 
 1205 The state of Venice possesses the Morea, Candia, and 
 
 other islands. 
 120C Gengis Khan founds the Mogul, or Tatar, empire. Paris 
 
 University established. 
 1208 London incorporated, and obtained its first charter from 
 
 King John. Crusade against the Albigenses. 
 1212 The Saracens vanquished at Tolosa. 
 
 1214 Roger Bacon flourishes. 
 
 1215 Magna Charta signed by King John and the barons of 
 
 England. Court of Common Pleas established. 
 
 1217 The fifth Crusade. 
 
 1218 Switzerland united to the German empire. 
 
 1220 Astronomy and geography revived in Europe, by the 
 
 Moors of Spain. 
 1222 The assemblage of states in France called a Parlement. 
 
 Salamanca University founded. 
 1224 Thomas Aquinas flourishes. 
 1228 The sixth Crusade. 
 1233 The Inquisition in the hands of the Dominicans. The 
 
 houses of London and other cities in England, France, 
 
 and Germany still thatched with straw. 
 1230 The Tatars take Moscow. 
 1241 The Hanseatic league begins. 
 1248 The seventh Crusade. St. Louis of France. 
 1250 Maiek al Salek, sultan of Egypt, dethroned and slain by 
 
 the Mamelukes. The Guelf and Ghibeline contests in 
 
 Italy. Genoa at the height of prosperity. 
 942 
 
 1253 
 
 1258 
 
 1261 
 
 1264 
 
 1273 
 1279 
 1282 
 
 1284 
 1285 
 
 1291 
 1293 
 1296 
 1297 
 1298 
 
 1299 
 1300 
 1302 
 
 1312 
 1314 
 
 1315 
 1319 
 
 1336 
 1340 
 1341 
 1344 
 1345 
 
 1346 
 
 1349 
 
 1352 
 1353 
 1354 
 1356 
 
 1357 
 1358 
 1361 
 
 1364 
 
 1371 
 1377 
 1378 
 1379 
 1381 
 
 The famous astronomical tables composed by Alphonso 
 
 XL, king of Castile. 
 The Tatars take Bagdad, which finishes the empire of the 
 
 Saracens. 
 The Greek emperors recover Constantinople from the 
 
 French in July. 
 The Commons of England first summoned to parliament 
 
 about this time. 
 The house of Hapsburg obtains the imperial crown. 
 The Tatars subdue China. 
 Lewellyn, prince of Wales, defeated and killed by Edward 
 
 I., who unites that principality to England. "The Sicilian 
 
 Vespers." 
 Edward II., born at Caernarvon, is the first prince of Wales. 
 Alexander 111., king of Scotland, dies, and that kingdofn 
 
 is disputed by 2 candidates, who submit their claims to 
 
 the arbitration of Edward, king of England. 
 End of the Crusades. 
 
 The regular series of English parliaments begins. 
 Edward I. of England subdues Scotland. 
 Sir William Wallace attempts to deliver Scotland. 
 The present Turkish empire begins in Bithynia, under 
 
 Ottoiuan. Silver-hafted knives, spoons, and cups, a 
 
 great luxury. 
 Spectacles invented. 
 Dante flourishes. Abulfeda flourishes. 
 The mariner's compass invented, or improved, by Flavio. 
 
 Cambridge University re-established. 
 The Helvetic Confederation. William Tell. 
 The popes remove to Avignon, where they continue for 
 
 70 years. 
 The knights of St. John take Rhodes, and settle there. 
 
 Lincoln's Inn Society established. Chimneys used iu 
 
 domestic architecture. The Visconti lords of Milan. 
 Knights Templars wholly suppressed by the pope and the 
 
 king of France. 
 The battle of Bannockburn between Edward II. and Ro- 
 bert Bruce, which establishes the latter on the throne of 
 
 Scotland, July 25. 
 The battle of Morgarten. 
 Dublin University established. 
 Gold first coined in Christendom. 
 House of Valois ascend the throne of France. 
 Flemings introduce textile manufactures to England. 
 Gunpowder invented by Swartz, a monk of Cologne. 
 Petrarch crowned at Rome. 
 
 The first creation to titles by patents used by Edward III. 
 Fire-arms used in battle. 'The Genoese discover the Ca- 
 nary Islands. 
 The battle of Crecy, August 26. Oil painting first made 
 
 use of by John Vaneck. Herald's college instituted in 
 
 England. 
 Rienzi the last of the Roman tribunes. University of 
 
 Prague. David of Scotland taken prisoner by Queen 
 
 Philippa. 
 The order of the Garter instituted in England by Edward 
 
 III. Persecution of the Jews. 
 The Turks first enter Europe. 
 The Swiss republic established. 
 The coronation of Inez de Castro. 
 The battle of Poictiers, September 19. The Golden Bull, 
 
 defining the rights of the electors of Germany. 
 Coals first brought to London. 
 
 Arms of England and France first quartered by Edward HI. 
 The Turks take Adrianople, and establish their footing in 
 
 Eastern Europe. 
 The law pleadings in England changed from French to 
 
 English. The military orderof the Janizaries established 
 
 among the Turks. 
 Philip the Bold made Duke of Burgundy. 
 John Wickliffe, the English reformer, begins to be pub- 
 licly known by his disputes with the friars. 
 The Stuart family possess the throne of Scotland. 
 The popes return from Avignon to Rome, January 17. 
 Two popes claim the tiara at once. 
 The war of the Chiozza, between Venice and Genoa. 
 Wat Tyler's rebellion. 
 
CHRONOLOGICAL TABLE OF REMARKABLE EVENTS. 
 
 1384 The first Navigation Act in England. 
 
 138G A company of linen weavers from the Netherlands estab- 
 lished in London. Windsor Castle built. The battle of 
 Sempach. 
 
 1388 The battle of Otterburn, or Chevy Chace. 
 
 1391 Cards invented in France for the king's amusement. 
 
 1395 Sigismund, king of Hungary, defeated by Bajazet I., king 
 of the Turks, at Nicopolis, September 28. 
 
 1399 Westminster Abbey and Hall rebuilt and enlarged. Order 
 
 of the Bath instituted at the coronation of Henry iV. 
 The house of Lancaster obtains the English throne. 
 
 1400 John Huss, the Bohemian Reformer, commences his min- 
 
 istry. The Medici supreme in Florence. 
 1402 The battle of Angoria, in which Bajazet I., king of the 
 Turks, is taken prisoner by Tamerlane, July 28. 
 
 1409 The council of Pisa appoints a third pope. 
 
 1410 Guildhall, London, built. 
 
 1411 University of St. Andrew founded. 
 
 1414 The council of Constance assembles, and deposes the rival 
 
 popes. 
 
 1415 John Huss burnt at Constance. Capture of Ceuta. Battle 
 
 of Agincourt. 
 
 1416 Jerome of Prague burnt at Constance. 
 
 1417 The Hussite wars begin under Ziska. Gypsies first men- 
 
 tioned in European annals. 
 
 1418 Madeira discovered, through the encouragement given to 
 
 adventure by Henry the Navigator. 
 1429 Joan of Arc takes command of the French army, and raises 
 the siege of Orleans. 
 
 1432 The Portuguese discover the Azores. 
 
 1433 Lisbon made the seat of government. 
 143.3 Naples and Sicily united by Alphonso V. 
 
 1436 John Guttenberg invents the art of printing. End of the 
 Hussite wars. The Hanseatic League declines. 
 
 1442 The beginning of the Negro Slave-trade. 
 
 1444 The battle of Varna gained by the Turks over Ladislaus, 
 kingof Hungary, Nov. 10. CapeVerde Islands discovered. 
 
 144G The sea breaks in at Dort, and drowns 100,000 people, 
 April 17. 
 
 1450 The house of Sforza lords of Milan. 
 
 1453 Constantinople taken by the Turks, May 29, under Mo- 
 
 hammed 11., their first emperor. This finishes the Ro- 
 man empire of the East. The English lose all their 
 French dominions except Calais. 
 
 1454 University of Glasgow founded. 
 
 1457 Glass first made in England. The refugee Greeks in Italy 
 
 begin the restoration of learning there. 
 1400 Engraving and etching on copper invented. 
 1404 Stages, stage-coaches, and posts used in France. 
 
 1470 The first almanack published. 
 
 1471 Caxton introduces printing into England. 
 
 1477 University of Aberdeen founded. 
 
 1478 Inquisition set up in Spain. Lorenzo the Magnificent (De' 
 
 Medici) escapes from the attempt of the Pazzi. 
 
 1479 The kingdoms of Castile and Arragon united. 
 
 1481 End of the domination of the Tatars in Russia. The Hel- 
 vetic confederation extended. Venice makes fresh ac- 
 quisitions among the Greek islands, and in Italy. 
 
 1485 Richard 111., king of England, and last of the Plantage- 
 nets, defeated and killed at the battle of Bosworth, Au- 
 gust 22, by Henry (Tudor) VII., which puts an end to 
 the civil wars between the houses of York and Lancas- 
 ter, after a contest of 30 }-ears. Henry establishes fifty 
 yeomen of the guards, the first standing army. Vienna 
 taken by Matthias Corvinus, of Hungary. 
 
 1480 Diaz discovers the Cape of Good Hope. 
 
 1489 Maps and sea-charts first brought to England by Barth. 
 Columbus. 
 
 1491 William Groceyn introduces the study of the Greek lan- 
 
 guage into England. 
 
 1492 The Moors lose Granada, their last possession in Spain. 
 
 America first discovered by Columbus, a Genoese in the 
 service of Spain. Algebra first known in Europe. 
 
 1493 Alexander VI. divides the newly discovered lands between 
 
 Spain and Portugal. 
 1496 Sebastian Cabot discovers Newfoundland and N. America, 
 for Henry VII. of England. 
 
 1497 The Portuguese first sail to the East Indies by the Cape 
 of Good Hope. South America discovered by Amerigo 
 Vespucci. 
 
 1499 The Moors expelled from Castile. Perkin Warbeck ex- 
 
 ecuted. 
 
 1500 Cabral discovers the Brazils. Savonarola and Macliia- 
 
 velli flourish at Florence. The Turks conquer the 
 Morea. 
 1505 Shillings first coined in England. Almeida sails to the E. 
 Indies, reduces Ceylon, &c. 
 
 1508 The Spaniards colonize Cuba, Jamaica, and Porto Rico. 
 
 The League of Cambray. 
 
 1509 Gardening introduced into England from the Netherlands, 
 
 whence vegetables were before imported. 
 
 1510 Albuquerque's conq^uests in the E. Indies begin. 
 
 1513 Battle of Flodden tield. The Helvetic confederation in- 
 cludes every canton of Switzerland. 
 1515 Battle of Marignano. 
 
 1517 Luther opposes indulgences. Cairo taken from the Ma- 
 
 melukes, and Egypt reduced into a Turkish province, by 
 Selim I. 
 
 1518 Magellan, in the service of Spain, first discovered the 
 
 straits of that name in S. America. Portuguese trade 
 with China commences. 
 
 1519 Magellan first sails round the world. 
 
 1.520 Henry VIIL, for his writings against Luther, receives the 
 title of Defender of the Faith from the pope. Luther 
 burns the pope's bull. 
 
 1521 Luther at the diet of Worms. Gustavus Vasa,-with his 
 
 Dalecarlians, begins the liberation of Sweden. The East- 
 ern Archipelago discovered. The conquest of Mexico. 
 
 1522 Rhodes taken from the Turks by the Knights of St. John, 
 
 Dec. 25. Reformation in Switzerland. 
 
 1524 The Chevalier Bayard killed in battle. 
 
 1525 Prussia made an hereditary dukedom by A. de Branden- 
 
 burg, grand-master of the Teutonic order. Francis I. 
 taken prisoner at the battle of Pavia. 
 
 1526 The Ottoman Porte subjugates tire Danubian principalities. 
 
 1527 Albert Durer dies. 
 
 1528 The conquest of Peru. Andrea Doria makes Genoa inde- 
 
 pendent. 
 
 1529 ThenameofProtestantgiven to those v/ho protested against 
 
 the Church of Rome, at the diet at Spires, in Germany. 
 The Turks before Vienna. The Religious Peace in Swit- 
 zerland. 
 
 1530 The Confession of Augsburg. Knights of St. John estab- 
 
 lished in Malta. 
 
 1531 Zuinglius, the Swiss Reformer, killed in battle. 
 
 1533 Ariosto dies. 
 
 1534 Henry Vlll. makes himself head of the English Church. 
 
 1535 The Anabaptists of Munster. 
 1530 Erasmus dies. 
 
 1537 Religious houses dissolved in England. 
 
 1539 The first English edition of the Bible authorized. About 
 
 this time cannon began to be used in ships. The "Six 
 Bloody Articles " in England. 
 
 1540 Society of the Jesuits established, Sept. 27. Variation of 
 
 the compass discovered. Reformation at Geneva. 
 
 1543 Silk stockings first worn by the French king. Pins first 
 
 used in England, before which the ladies used skewers. 
 Copernicus dies. 
 
 1544 Lutheranism in Sweden. 
 
 1545 The general council of Trent begins. 
 
 1546 Luther dies. 
 
 1547 First law in England establishing the interest of money, 
 
 at 10 per cent. The orange first cultivated in Portugal. 
 
 1549 Lord-lieutenants of counties instituted in England. Tele- 
 
 scopes invented. 
 
 1550 Horse-guards instituted in England. 
 
 1552 The treaty of Passau. 
 
 1553 The English go by sea to Archangel. 
 
 1554 Lady Jane Grey beheaded. 
 
 1555 The Russian Company established in England. 
 1560 Melancthon dies. The Reformation in Scotland. 
 
 1563 Knives first made in England. The council of Trent con- 
 cluded. 
 1567 Counts Egmont and Horn beheaded. 
 
 943 
 
CHRONOLOGICAL TABLt OF REMARKABLE EVENTS. 
 
 The Bourbons 
 
 1568 The Duke of Alva's "bloody tribunal" at Brussels. 
 
 1569 Royal Exchange built. Cosmo I. Grand Duke of Tuscany. 
 
 1571 The island of Cyprus taken by the Turks. The victory 
 
 over the Turks at Lepanto, Oct. 7. 
 
 1572 The massacre of the Huguenots at Paris, on St. Bartholo-- 
 
 mew's day, Aug. 24. 
 
 1579 The Dutch shake off the Spanish yoke, and the republic 
 
 of Holland begins, Jan. 22. English East India Com- 
 pany incorporated ; Turkey Company incorporated. 
 
 1580 Sir Francis Drake returns from his voyage round the 
 
 world, being the first English circumnavigator. Paro- 
 chial registers first appointed in England. The king- 
 dom of Portugal seized by Philip II. of Spain, Sept. 12. 
 
 1581 The United Provinces declare themselves independent. 
 
 1582 Pope Gregory XIII. introduces the New Style in Italy, 
 
 the 5th of October being counted the 15th. 
 158.3 Tobacco first brought from Virginia into England. 
 
 1587 Mary, queen of Scots, beheaded, Feb. 8, after 18 years' 
 
 imprisonment. * 
 
 1588 The Spanish Armada destroyed, July 27. 
 
 1589 Coaches first introduced into England. 
 
 ascend the throne of France. 
 
 1590 Band of Pensioners instituted in England. 
 1595 Tasso dies. Dutch factories established in Java. 
 
 1597 Watches first brought into England from Germany. 
 
 1598 Henry IV. publishes the Edict of Nantes. 
 1600 The East India Company established. 
 
 1602 Decimal arithmetic invented at Bruges. Dutch East In- 
 
 dia Company. 
 
 1603 The kingdoms of England and Scotland united under 
 
 James 1., son of Mary, queen of Scots. 
 
 1605 The Gunpowder Plot discovered, Nov. 5. 
 
 1606 Oaths of allegiance first administered in England. 
 
 1608 Galileo discovers the satellites of Jupiter. 
 
 1609 The Moors expelled from Spain. The Bermudas occupied 
 
 by the English. 
 
 1610 Henry IV. murdered at Paris, by Ravaillac, a priest. 
 
 Hudson's Bay discovered. 
 
 1611 Baronets first created in England by James I., May 22. 
 
 Moscow burnt by the Poles. 
 1614 Sir Hugh Myddleton brings the New River to London. 
 
 Logarithms invented. 
 1616 Shakspeare dies. Cervantes dies. 
 
 1618 Beginning of the Thirty Years' War. 
 
 1619 Harvey discovers the circulation of the blood. Barneveldt 
 
 beheaded. 
 
 1620 New England planted by the pilgrim fathers. 
 
 1624 Massacre at Amboyna. 
 
 1625 The island of Barbadoes colonized by the English. 
 
 1626 Lord Bacon dies. 
 
 1630 Kepler dies. Des Cartes flourishes. 
 
 1631 The sack of Magdeburgh. 
 
 1632 Battle of Lutzen ; Gustavus Adolphus killed. 
 
 1634 Death of Wallenstein. Battle of Nordlingen. The Dutch 
 
 take Curagoa. 
 
 1635 French Academy founded. France and Sweden allied 
 
 against Spain and Austria. 
 
 1636 John Hampden resists the ship-money tax. 
 1638 The Solemn League and Covenant. 
 
 1640 The Irish massacre. The independence of Portugal re- 
 covered by John, duke of Braganza, Dec. 1. The Long 
 Parliament meets. 
 
 1642 Charles I. attempts to seize the five members. The great 
 
 civil war in England began. 
 
 1643 Toricelli invents the barometer. 
 
 1644 Hugo Grotius dies. 
 
 1645 War between Venice and the Turks in Candia. Battle of 
 
 Naseby. 
 
 1647 Insurrection of Masaniello at Naples. 
 
 1648 Treaty of Westphalia. The Netherlands are acknowledged 
 
 independent by Spain. The wars of the Fronde. 
 1^9 Charles I. beheaded at Whitehall, Jan. 30, 
 1651 The sect of Quakers begins. Navigation Act passed in 
 
 England. Battle of Worcester, Sept. 3. 
 1653 Cromwell made Lord Protector. 
 1655 The English take Jamaica. Waldenses persecuted by the 
 
 Piedniontese. 
 944 
 
 1656 Prussia recognised as independent. 
 
 1658 Cromwell dies, Sept. 3, and is succeeded in the protector- 
 
 ship by his sou Richard. Dunkirk surrendered to 
 England. 
 
 1659 Peace of the Pyrenees. Richard Cromwell resigns the 
 
 Protectorship. 
 1060 Charles II. restored. May 29. 
 16G2 The Royal Society established at London, July 15, by 
 
 Charles II. Sale of Dunkirk. Act of Uniformity. 
 1663 Bombay taken by the English. 
 
 1665 The great plague at London. 
 
 1666 The great fire of London, begun Sept. 2, and continued 3 
 
 days. Tea first used in England. 
 
 1667 Milton flourishes. 
 
 1668 Peace of Aix-la-Chapelle. Corneille, Racine, Moliere, La 
 
 Fontaine, and Boileau flourish. 
 
 1669 Canea, the capital of Candia, taken from the Venetians 
 
 by the Turks, Sept. 1, after 23 years' siege. 
 
 1672 The Poles deliver up Cameniec, with 48 towns and vil- 
 
 lages in the territory of Cameniec, to Mohammed IV., the 
 Turkish sultan. This is the last victory by which any 
 advantage accrued to the Ottoman Turks, or any pro- 
 vince was annexed to the ancient bounds of their empire. 
 The De Witts massacred, Aug. 12. 
 
 1673 The Test Act passed. 
 
 1677 War between Russia and Turkey. 
 
 1678 The Habeas Corpus Act passed. Peace of Nimuegen. 
 
 1682 Philadelphia founded by Wm. Penn. 
 
 1683 John Sobieski raises the siege of Vienna by the Turks. 
 
 1685 Revocation of the Edict of Nantes. Massacres and exile 
 
 of the Protestants. 
 
 1686 Air-pump invented. Calderon flourishes. 
 
 1688 The "glorious" Revolution. Abdication of James II. 
 Invasion of the Prince of Orange. 
 
 1869 William IH. and Mary H. proclaimed, Feb. 13. The land- 
 tax passed in England. The Toleration Act passed. 
 Several bishops deprived for not taking the oath to King 
 William. Episcopacy abolished in Scotland. 
 
 1690 The battle of the Boyne, gained by William HI. over 
 James in Ireland, July 1. The English establish them- 
 selves at Calcutta. 
 
 1692 The English and Dutch fleet, commanded by Admiral 
 
 Russel, defeat the French fleet off' La Hogue, May 19, 
 
 1693 Bayonets first used. Bank of England established by 
 
 King William. The first public lottery drawn. 
 
 1694 Stamp duties instituted in England. 
 
 1697 CharlesXH. of Sweden begins his reign. Peace of Ryswick. 
 
 1700 The Dutch and Protestants of Germany introduce the New 
 
 Style, by omitting the last II days of February. 
 
 1701 Prussia erected into a kingdom under Frederic, Jan. 18. 
 
 War of Succession in Spain. 
 
 1703 St. Petersburg founded by Peter the Great. 
 
 1704 Gibraltar taken from the Spaniards, by Admiral Rooke, 
 
 July 24. The battle of Blenheim won by the Duke of 
 Marlborough and allies against the French, Aug. 2. 
 
 1706 The battle of Ramilies won by Marlborough and the allies. 
 
 May 12. The Treaty of Union betwixt England and 
 Scotland signed, July 22. 
 
 1707 The first British parliament. 
 
 1708 Sardinia erected into a kingdom, and given to the duke of 
 
 Savoy, Battle of Oudenarde. 
 
 1709 Charles Xll, at Bender, Battle of Malplaquet, The 
 
 bull "Unigenitus" issued against the Jansenists. 
 
 1710 St. Paul's cathedral, London, rebuilt by Sir Christopher 
 
 Wren. Livonia, Courland, &c. conquered by Peter the 
 Great. 
 
 1713 The Peace of Utrecht signed, March 30. 
 
 1714 Interest reduced toSpercent. Peace of Rastadt, 
 
 1715 The rebellion of Scotland begins in September, under the 
 
 Earl of Mar, in favour of the Pretender. The action of 
 Sheriffmuir, and the surrender of Preston, both on No- 
 vember 13, when the rebels disperse. 
 
 1716 Liebnitz dies. An act passed for septennial parliaments, 
 1718 Law's Mississippi scheme. 
 
 1720 The South-Sea bubble in England, begun April 7, was at 
 its height at the end of June, and quite sunk about 
 September 29. 
 
CHRONOLOGICAL TABLE OF REMARKABLE EVENTS. 
 
 A. D. 
 
 1725 
 1727 
 
 1730 
 1732 
 
 1738 
 1739 
 1740 
 1742 
 1743 
 
 1744 
 
 1748 
 1749 
 1752 
 
 1753 
 1755 
 1756 
 
 1757 
 1759 
 
 1760 
 
 1763 
 1764 
 
 1765 
 
 1766 
 
 1767 
 
 1768 
 
 1770 
 1771 
 1772 
 
 1773 
 1774 
 
 Sir Isaac Newton dies. 
 
 Inoculatioa first tried vvitli success. Russia, formerly a 
 
 dukedom, is now established as an empire. 
 "Augustan age" of English literature. 
 Kouli Khan usurps the Persian throne, and conquers the 
 
 Mogul empire. 
 Westminster bridge begun ; finished in 1730. 
 Nadir Schah's conquests. 
 
 War of the Austrian Succession. Maria Theresa. 
 Frederic the Great acquires Silesia. 
 The battle of Dettingen, won by the English and allies, 
 
 June 16. 
 Commodore Anson returns from his voyage round the 
 
 world. 
 The allies lose the battle of Fonlenoy, April 30. The re- 
 bellion breaks out in Scotland, in July. The battle of 
 
 Prestonpans, Sept. 21. 
 The Pretender's army defeated by the Duke of Cumber- 
 land, at Culloden, April 16. Earthquake at Lima. 
 The peace of Aix-la-Chapelle, Oct. 7. 
 The interest of the British funds reduced to 3 per cent. 
 The New Style introduced into Great Britain, the 3rd of 
 
 September being counted the 14th. 
 The British Museum begun at Montague House. 
 Lisbon destroyed by an earthquake. Lord Clive in India. 
 146 Englishmen confined in the Black Hole at Calcutta, 
 
 by order of the Nabob, and 123 found dead the next 
 
 morning. The Seven Years' War. 
 Damien attempts to assassinate the French king, Jan. 5. 
 
 Battle of Rossbach. 
 The Jesuits expelled Portugal, Sept. 3. General Wolfe 
 
 killed in the battle of Quebec, which is gained by the 
 
 English, Sept. 18. Battle of Minden. 
 Blackfriars brid 
 
 finished in 1770. The Jesuits 
 
 age begun : 
 expelled from France. 
 
 The Peace of I'aris, Feb. 10. 
 
 The parliament grants £10,000 to Mr. Harrison, for his 
 discovery of the longitude by his timepiece. 
 
 The sovereignty of the Isle of Man annexed to the crown 
 of Great Britain. 
 
 The American stamp act repealed, March 18. The Jesuits 
 expelled Bohemia and Denmark. 
 
 The Jesuits expelled Spain, Genoa, and Venice, April 2. 
 
 The Jesuits expelled Naples, Malta, and Parma. France 
 purchases Corsica from Genoa. The Royal Academy 
 established. 
 
 Tax upon tea in N. America. 
 
 Capt. Cooke's first voyage round the world. 
 
 Poland dismembered by Russia, Prussia, and Austria. The 
 king of Sweden changes the constitution of that king- 
 dom, Aug. 19. 
 
 The pope suppresses the order of the Jesuits. Insurrection 
 at Boston, N. America, against the tea tax. 
 
 Peace proclaimed between the Russians and Turks. The 
 colonists of British America deny the right of the British 
 parliament to tax them. Deputies from the several 
 American colonies meet at Philadelphia, as the firsi 
 general congress, Sept. 5. 
 
 The first action happened in America between the king's 
 troops and the provincials at Lexington, April 19. Bat- 
 tle of Bunker's Hill, June 17. General congress of 13 
 provinces of British N. America. 
 
 The congress declare the American colonies free and in- 
 dependent states, July 4. The Americans driven from 
 Long Island, New York, in August, and the city of New 
 York taken. Hume and Adam Smith die. 
 
 General Howe takes Philadelphia, Oct. 3. Lieutenant- 
 general Burgoyne obliged to surrender his army at Sara- 
 toga, in Canada, to the American generals, Gates and 
 Arnold, Oct. 17. 
 
 A treaty of alliance concluded at Paris between the French 
 king and the American colonies, in which their inde- 
 pendence is acknowledged by France, Feb. 6. Phila- 
 delphia evacuated by the British, June 18. An en- 
 gagement fought oft Brest between the English fleet, 
 under the command of Admiral Keppel, and the French 
 fleet, under the command of the Count d' Orvilliers, 
 
 1784 
 
 1785 
 1786 
 
 1787 
 
 1790 
 1791 
 
 July 27. Pondicherry surrenders to Great Britain, Oct. 
 17. The war between the Russians and Turks. The 
 society of Jesuits suppressed by the pope's bull of Aug. 
 25. Warof the Bavarian succession. Siege of Gibraltar. 
 
 Admiral Rodney takes 22 sail of Spanish ships, Jan. 8. 
 The same admiral gains a victory over a Spanish fleet, 
 near Cape St. Vincent, Jan. 16. The Protestant Associ- 
 ation, to the number of 50,000, petition for the repeal of 
 an act passed in favour of the Papists, June 2. Riots in 
 the city of London, and Southwark, for several succes- 
 sive days, which are at length suppressed by the mili- 
 tary. Five English East ludiainen and fifty English 
 merchant ships taken by the combined fleets of France 
 and Spain, Aug. 9. Earl Cornwallis obtains a signal 
 victory over General Gates, near Camden, in South Caro- 
 lina, Aug. 16. Major Andre hanged as a spy at Tappan, 
 in New York, Oct. 2. War declared against Holland, 
 Dec. 20. War of England against Hyder Ali. Kant, 
 Goethe, Schiller, and Wieland flourish. The Armed 
 Neutrality of the North. 
 
 St. Eustatia taken by Admiral Rodney and General Vaugh- 
 an, Feb. 3 ; retaken by the French, Nov. 27. The pla- 
 net Uranus discovered by Hersehel, March 13. To- 
 bago taken by the French, June 2. Naval engagement 
 between Admiral Parker and a Dutch squadron off the 
 Dogger-bank, Aug. 5. Earl Cornwallis, with a British 
 army, surrendered to the American and French troops, 
 under General Washington and Count Rochambeau, at 
 York-town, in Virginia, Oct. 19. The frontier fortresses 
 of the Netherlands dismantled. 
 
 Trincomalee in Ceylon taken by Admiral Hughes, Jan. 11. 
 Minorca and Florida surrendered to Spain, Feb. 5. The 
 House of Commons address the king against any further 
 prosecution of the war in North America, March 4. Ad- 
 miral Rodney obtains a signal victory over the French 
 fleet under Count de Grasse, near Dominica, in the West 
 Indies, April 12. The French destroy the forts, &c. on 
 Hudson's Bay, Aug. 24. The Spaniards defeated in their 
 attack on Gibraltar, Sept. 13. Treaty between Holland 
 and the United States, Oct. 8. England acknowledges 
 the independence of the United States of N. America, 
 Nov. 30. Russia acquires the Cripriea. 
 
 Peace of Versailles, Jan. 20. The order of St. Patrick in- 
 stituted, Feb. 5. Earthquakes in Calabria and Sicily, 
 Feb. 5, 7, and 28. Armistice between Great Britain and 
 Holland, Feb. 10. Volcanic eruption in Iceland. Rati- 
 fication of the treaty of peace between Great Britain, 
 France, Spain, and the United States of America, Sept. 3. 
 
 The great seal stolen from the lord chancellor's house, 
 March 24. Treaty of peace between Great Britain and 
 Holland, May 24. Commemoration of Handel, May 26. 
 
 The Germanic League. 
 
 The Landgrave of Hesse paid for Hessian soldiers lost in 
 the American war, £30 per man, Nov. 21. The Sinking 
 Fund established. 
 
 Warren Hastings, formerly governor-general of Bengal, 
 impeached, May 21. The first Assembly of Notables in 
 France. The Abolition of the Slave-trade first agitated 
 by Clarkson and Wilberforce. The hereditary stadtholder 
 reinstated in Holland. War between Russia and Turkey. 
 
 A second Assembly of Notables at Paris. Necker recalled 
 to the ministry of finance. Alliance between England 
 and Prussia. The king's first illness, Nov. War be- 
 tween Austria and Turkey. 
 
 Insurrections in Hungary and the Netherlands. Assembly 
 of the States-general, May 5. National Assembly June 
 17. Neckerdismissed, July 11. The taking of theBas- 
 tile, July 14. Feudal system abolished, Aug. 4. The 
 king brought to Paris, Oct. 6. New constitution of the 
 United States. Democratic societies in Great Britain. 
 
 Crown and church lands confiscated in France; assignats 
 issued. Necker's final retirement. Benjamin Franklin 
 dies, April 17. 
 
 Riots at Birmingham, July 14. Jacobin Club begins 
 
 to be famous. The king's attempt to fly from France, 
 
 June 21. Royal acceptation and inauguration of the 
 
 constitution, Sept. 14. Legislative Assembly, Sept. 30. 
 
 6 E 945 
 
CHRONOLOGICAL TABLE OF REMARKABLE EVENTS. 
 
 A. O. 
 
 The emigrants proscribed. Sweden, Austria, &c. declare 
 their hostility to the French Revolution. 
 
 1792 The peace of Jassy, Jan. 9. Assassination of the king of 
 
 Sweden, by Ankerstroom, March 16. Peace with Tippoo 
 Sultan, March 19. The French declare war against the 
 emperor, April 20. The king of Poland compelled by 
 Russia to restore the old constitution, July 23. The 
 coalition against France, July 26. The Tuileries storm- 
 ed ; the king deposed, and committed to the Temple, 
 Aug. 10. Massacres in the prisons, Sept. 2 and 3. 
 The National Convention summoned ; the Republic de- 
 clared, Sept. 21. The coalized forces driven out of 
 France, and the Netherlands invaded by Dumourier. 
 Battle of Jemappes, Nov. 6. Savoy invaded. Custine 
 penetrates Germany. 
 
 1793 Louis XVI. beheaded, Jan. 21. The French declare war 
 
 against England and Holland, Feb. 1. Battle of Neer- 
 winden, March. Defection of Dumourier, April. The 
 French driven back by the Germans and Prussians. 
 Alien Bill passed in England. Tobago taken by the 
 English, April 14. Toulon taken by Lord Hood, Aug., 
 and evacuated, Dec. Marie Antoinette beheaded, Oct. I 
 16. The second partition of Poland. French settle- 
 ments in Hindustan reduced by the English. The Se- ; 
 cond Constitution; the fall of the Girondists; and the 
 Reign of Terror. 
 
 1794 Lord Howe's victory, June 1. Corsica submits to Eng- 
 
 land, June 21. Fall of Robespierre, July 28. Piche- 
 gru victorious in Holland; the trench occupy the whole 
 left bank of the Rhine, Oct. French penetrate into 
 Spain. The war in La Vendee. The French possessions 
 in the E. and W. Indies reduced by the English. Revo- 
 lution in Poland under Kosciusko ; the Massacre of 
 Praga, Nov. 4. Treaty with America, Nov. 19. Acquit- 
 tal of Home Tooke, Hardy, and Thelwall. Unsuccess- 
 ful expedition of the English to Flanders. 
 
 1795 Warren Hastings acquitted, after a trial which commenced 
 
 on Feb. 12, 1788, April 25. Pichegru completes the con- 
 quest of Holland. Peace between France and Prussia, 
 April. The Batavian Republic, May. Lord Bridport's 
 victory over the French fleet near L'Orient, June 23. 
 Battle of Loano, in Piedmont, July 22. Cape of Good 
 Hope taken, Sept. 16. The third Constitution in France ; 
 the Directory; the last insurrection suppressed by Buo- 
 naparte, Oct. 5. Discontents in Ireland. The third and 
 final partition of Poland. Assaults on George 111. Mun- 
 go Park begins his African travels. 
 
 1796 The king of Poland compelled to abdicate, March., 
 
 Buonaparte's campaign in Italy ; battle of Lodi, May 10. 
 Sir Ralph Abercrombie takes St. Lucia, May 25. A 
 large Dutch fleet surrenders to Admiral Elphinstone, 
 near the Cape of Good Hope, Aug. 16. General Wash- 
 ington resigns the presidency of the United States, the 
 17th, and is succeeded by Mr. Adams. Milan taken. 
 Moreau's retreat through the Black Forest, Sept. Battles 
 of Areola, Nov. 15 and 17. Spain declares war against 
 Great Britain, Oct. 10. Catherine IL, empress of 
 Russia, dies, Nov. 17. Corsica evacuated by the Eng- 
 lish, Nov. The French fleet attempts to land troops at 
 Bantry Bay, Ireland, Dec. 24. Ceylon taken by the 
 English, and other Dutch settlements in the E. and W. 
 Indies. Italy overawed by the French. 
 
 1797 Buonaparte's campaign in Italy ; battle of Rivoli, Jan. 14. 
 
 Mantua taken, Feb. 2. Sir John Jervis's victory over the 
 Spanish fleet, off Cape St. Vincent, Feb. 10. Avignon 
 given up to France, Feb. Trinidad surrendered to 
 England, Feb. 21. The French land at Fishguard in 
 Wales, Feb. 22. Bank prohibition bill, Feb. 20. Mutiny 
 at Spithead, April 15, and at the Nore, May 12. Admiral 
 Duncan defeats the Dutch fleet, ofl' Camperdown, Oct. 
 12. Venice given up to Austria ; the Ligurian and 
 Cisalpine Republics ; Peace of Campo Formio, Oct. 17. 
 
 1798 Congress of the Peace of Rastadt. Republic of Lenian, 
 
 Jan. New constitution in Holland, Jan. 22. Roman 
 republic, Feb. 10. Rebellion in Ireland, April 2. Helve- 
 tian Republic, April. The British troops, under General 
 Coote, in Holland, compelled to capitulate to the French, 
 046 
 
 May 20. Geneva and Piedmont incorporated with 
 France. Nelson opens the harbours of Naples. Buona- 
 parte takes Malta, June 11 ; and lands in Egypt, July 1. 
 Defeat of the Irish rebels, near Gore's-bridge, July 1. 
 Nelson's victory oflP the Nile, Aug 1. The French land in 
 Killala bay, Ireland, the 24th. Switzerland overrun by 
 the French, Sept. Victory of Sir J. B. Warren over the 
 French fleet off Ireland, Oct. 20. The king of Sardinia 
 forced to abdicate by the French, Dec. 9. The Ottoman 
 Porte unites with Russia and England against France. 
 Independence of St. Domingo. Income tax imposed in 
 England. 
 
 1799 Naples taken by the French, Jan. 24. Florence a re- 
 
 public. Mar. 15. Suwarrow's successes against the 
 French, April 27, 28, June 19, and Aug. 15. Seringa- 
 patam taken, Tippoo Saib killed. May 4. Siege of Acre ; 
 Sir Sidney Smith defends it successfully against Buona- 
 parte, May 21. General Massena successful against the 
 Austrians, May 25 to 28. Massena defeated by the Arch- 
 duke Charles, June 5. The Pope dies a prisoner in 
 France, Aug. 29. The Ionian Islands taken from the 
 French. Battle of Trebbia, June 19. Battle of Novi, 
 Aug. 15. Surinam taken from the Dutch, Aug. 23. 
 Dutch fleet taken by Admiral Mitchel, the 28th. Buona- 
 parte arrives in France from Egypt, Oct. 16. Effects 
 another revolution, and is appointed first consul, Nov. 10. 
 General Washington died, the 15th. Secret expedition 
 against Holland, when the whole of the Dutch fleet 
 surrendered ; but the expedition failed, Oct. 18. The 
 French lose almost all their conquests in Italy. 
 
 1800 The Italian republics restored. The French masters of Swit- 
 
 zerland. The republic of the Ionian Islands, March 21. 
 Battle of Stockach, May 4. Hadfield shoots at the king 
 at Drury-lane playhouse. May 15. Buonaparte crosses 
 the Alps, May 16 to 27. The siege of Genoa, Massena 
 capitulates, June 4. Battle of Marengo, the 14th. Kle- 
 ber assassinated in Egypt,ibid. Unsuccessful attempt of 
 the English upon Ferrol, in Spain, Aug. 25. Malta taken 
 by the English, Sept. 5. Conspiracies to kill Buonaparte, 
 Oct. 10 and Dec. 24. Embargo laid by Russia upon 
 British ships, Sept. 10 and Nov. 27. Russia, Sweden, and 
 Denmark unite against England. Battle of Hohenlin- 
 den, Dec. 3. 
 
 1801 Union of Great Britain and Ireland, Jan. I. Lavater dies, 
 
 Jan. 3. The first parliament of the United Kingdom of 
 Great Britain and Ireland meets, the 22nd. Peace of 
 Luneville, Feb. 9. Victory over the French in Egypt, 
 March 21, in which Sir R. Abercrombie is killed. Paul 
 I., emperor of Russia, assassinated, March 23, and is suc- 
 ceeded by Alexander. Peace between France and Naples, 
 the 28th. 'I'he Danes take Hamburg, the 29th. Sir 
 Hyde Parker and Lord Nelson destroy the fleet at Co- 
 penhagen, and make peace with the Danes, April 2. 
 Conquest of Egypt completed by General Hutchinson, 
 July. Lord Nelson's unsuccessful attempts on the flo- 
 tilla at Boulogne, Aug. 6 and 15. Preliminaries of 
 peace signed with France, Oct. 1. Georgia incorporated 
 with Russia. Prussia attempts to occupy Hanover. 
 
 1802 Buonaparte president of the Italian republic, Jan. 26. 
 
 Peace of Amiens, Mar. 27. Catholic religion restored in 
 France, April. Legion of Honour, May 19. Buonaparte 
 consul for life, Aug. Attempts to recover St. Domingo. 
 Secret jealousies between France and England. France 
 gains Louisiana from Spain. Vaccination established as 
 a preventive of the small-pox. 
 
 1803 War declared by Great Britain against France, May 16. 
 
 St. Lucia taken by the English, June 20, and Tobago 
 on the 30th. Insurrection in Dublin, and murder of 
 Lord Kilwarden, July 23. Hanover taken by the French. 
 French army at Cape Frangois, in St. Domingo, Nov. 19, 
 and afterwards submit to an English squadron, the 30th. 
 Invasion of England threatened. Louisiana sold to the 
 United States, April. British travellers in France seized 
 and detained till the end of the war. Victories of 
 the British in India; battle of Assaye, Sept. 23. 
 
 1804 A French squadron in the East Indies, under Admiral Li- 
 
 uois, beat off by the English East India fleet, Feb. 15. 
 
CHRONOLOGICAL TABLE OF REMARKABLE EVENTS. 
 
 Buonaparte proclaimed emperor, May 20. Coronation of 
 Buonaparte by the pope, at Paris, Dec. 2. The Duke 
 D' Enghien shot by Buonaparte's order, March 14. The 
 " Code Napoleon." War declared by Spain against Eng- 
 land, Dec. 12. Dessalines emperor of Hayti, October. 
 Ohio one of the United States. The Jesuits restored by 
 the ^ope. 
 
 1805 The French emperor assumes the title of King of Italy, 
 
 May. Lord Melville impeached for misapplying the 
 public money as treasurer of the Navy, June. Sir Robert 
 Calder's decisive victory over the combirted fleets of 
 France and Spain, July 22; after which he is recalled, 
 tried by court-martial, and dismissed the service. Aus- 
 tria and Russia unite against France, Aug. General 
 Mack surrenders at Ulm to Buonaparte, Oct. 20. Mas- 
 sena successful in Italy against the Archduke Charles, 
 Oct., Nov. Victory off Cape Trafalgar, by the English 
 fleet, under Lord Nelson, who is killed, Oct. 21. French 
 enter Vienna, Nov. 12. The English invade Hanover, 
 and Sir Sydney Smith fails in an attack on the Boulogne 
 flotilla, Nov. King of Sweden declares against France. 
 British and Russian army received by the Neapolitans, 
 in violation of a treaty just concluded with France, Nov. 
 20. Battle of Austerlitz, Dec. 2. Peace of Presburg, 
 the 27th. Bavaria and Wurtemberg erected into king- 
 doms by the favour of Buonaparte; and other great 
 changes in Germany. 
 
 1806 Cape of Good Hope taken by General Baird and Admiral 
 
 Sir Home Popham, Jan. 10. Mr. Pitt dies, Jan. 23. The 
 French subjugate Naples ; the English and Russian 
 army, and the royal family, retreating to Sicily. Admiral 
 Duckworth defeats the French squadron near St. Domin- 
 go, Feb. 6. Joseph Buonaparte king of Naples, March 
 30. The king of Prussia shuts the ports of the Baltic 
 against the English, Mar. 28 ; takes definitive possession 
 of Hanover, April 1. Embargo laid on Prussian vessels 
 in British ports, April .5. The "Continental System." Or- 
 ders issued to capture and destroy all Prussian vessels. 
 May 29. Louis Buonaparte proclaimed king of Holland, 
 June 11. Lord Melville acquitted, June 12. War de- 
 clared in London against Prussia, June 14. Buenos 
 Ayres taken from the Spaniards by Sir Home Popham, 
 June 28. Francis II. resigns the titles of Roman Emperor 
 and King of Germany; the German empire dissolved, 
 Aug. 6. Buenos Ayres retaken, Aug. 12. Hon. Charles 
 James Fox dies, Sept. 13. Battles of Jena and Auer- 
 stadt, Oct. 14. The Turks declare war against the Rus- 
 sians, Dec. 30. The Confederation of the Rhine, July 
 12. Palm, the Nuremberg bookseller, shot by order of 
 Napoleon, Aug. 26. Saxony a kingdom, Dec. 11. Over- 
 whelming influence of Napoleon in Germany. The "Ber- 
 lin Decree," Nov. 21. Battle of Maida, July 4. Neuf- 
 chfttel seized by France. Slave-trade abolished, June 
 11. French occupy Hanover, Nov. War declared by 
 Russia and Prussia against France, Oct. 9. Battle of 
 Pultuck, Dec. 26. St. Domingo revolutionized again. 
 
 1807 The island of Cura9oa surrendered to the British, Jan. 1. 
 
 The British take possession of Monte Video, Feb. 3. The 
 oattle of Prussian Eyiau, Feb. 8. A British squadron 
 threatens Constantinople, in vain, March 1. Alexandria, 
 in Egypt, taken, March 21. The English defeated at 
 Rosetta, March 31. Insurrection of the Janissaries, who 
 depose Selira 111., May. Dantzic surreiidered to the 
 French, May 26. Battle of Friedland, May 14. The 
 French enter Koningsberg, the 16th. Treaty of Tilsit, 
 July 6. Unsuccessful British attack on Buenos Ayres, 
 July 6. South America evacuated by the British, Sept. 
 The republic of Ragusa annexed to the kingdom of Italy, 
 Aug. 14. Bombardment of Copenhagen by the British, 
 Sept. 6. Alexandria evacuated by the English, Sept. 22. 
 Portugal shuts her ports against the English, Oct. 20. 
 The Russians declare war against England, Oct. 26. The 
 English government declares France in a state of block- 
 ade, Nov. 11. The house of Braganza deposed by 
 Buonaparte, and the prince regent of Portugal sails for 
 the Brazils, the 29th. The French enter Lisbon, Nov. 
 30. Etruria delivered up to France, the lOth. Jerome 
 
 Buonaparte king of Westphalia, Dec. 17. The English 
 declare war against Russia, the I8th. An embargo laid 
 by Congress on all vessels of the United States, the 22nd. 
 Treaty between France and Spain, for the partition of 
 Portugal, Nov. 30. The "Milan Decree,'' Dec. 17. 
 Slave-trade abolished by Act of Parliament, Mar. 25. 
 Retaliative orders in council, by Great Britain, to the 
 French decrees, Nov. 11 and 25. 
 
 Murat enters Madrid, April 24. Insurrection and massacre 
 in Madrid, May 2. Charles and Ferdinand abdicate the 
 throne of Spain, in favour of Buonaparte, on compulsion, 
 May 20. Joseph Buonaparte declared king of Spain, 
 June 6. Murat proclaimed king of the Two Sicilies, 
 Aug. 1, Battles of Roliga and Vimiera, Aug. 21. Con- 
 vention of Cintra, by which the French, &c. evacuate 
 Portugal, 30th. Meetings of the emperors of France and 
 Russia at Erfurth, Sept. -27. Buonaparte leaves Paris 
 for Spain, 30th. The French re-enter Madrid, Dec. 4. 
 Defence of Saragossa by Palafox, Aug. 14, during 63 
 days. Retreat of the British army under Sir John 
 Moore begins, Dec. 27. British army lands in Portugal, 
 Aug. 6. 
 
 Sir John Moore's army reaches Corunna, is attacked un- 
 successfully, and embarks ; he is killed, Jan. 16. Buona- 
 parte returns to France, Jan. The king of Sweden 
 deposed, March 13. War between France and Austria, 
 April 9. The Austrians defeated at Abersberg, Landshut, 
 Echmuhl, and Ratisbon, April 20 to 23. The French 
 enter Vienna, May 13. Battles of Aspern, Essling, and 
 Wagram, May 21 and 22, July 5 and 6. Battle of Tala- 
 vera, July 21. Expedition to Walcheren, July 30. Re- 
 turns fruitlessly in Dec. Peace of Vienna, May 14. 
 Papal territories annexed to France, May 17. Josephine 
 divorced by Napoleon, Dec. 16. Second siege of Sara- 
 
 fossa, the French take it ; Palafox made a prisoner, 
 'eb. 20. The British army enters Spain from Portugal, 
 June. Soult enters Portugal and takes Oporto, March 
 29. The passage of the Douro, by Wellesley, who re- 
 takes Oporto, May 12. Cayenne taken by the British, 
 Jan. 12. Martinique taken, Feb. 24. The Ionian Islands 
 recovered from France. Sweden cedes Finland to Rus- 
 sia, Sept. 17. Non-intercourse Act in the United States, 
 against France and Great Britain, Mar. 1. 
 
 Buonaparte marries Maria Louisa, Archduchess of Austria , 
 April 1. Holland, &c. annexed to France, July 9. Ber- 
 nadotte nominated crown prince of Sweden, August 18. 
 Hanover annexed to Westphalia, .Jan. 14. Andreas 
 Hofer shot by order of Buonaparte, Feb. 20. Rome in- 
 corporated with France, Feb. 17. Battle of Busaco, Sept. 
 27. The lines of Torres Vedras, Oct. 8. The Valais 
 annexed to France, Nov. 12. The British reduce most 
 of the Dutch possessions in the Eastern Archijielago. 
 George III. becomes hopelessly deranged, Oct. 2d. Sir 
 F. Burdett committed to the Tower. The Revolution in 
 Spanish S. America begins. Confederation of Venezuela, 
 April 19. 
 
 Prince of Wales appointed regent, Feb. 6. French begin 
 their retreat from Portugal, March 5. Buonaparte has 
 a son born, (king of Rome,) March 23. Battle of Al- 
 buera. May 16. Blockade of Almeida, May 5. The 
 French garrison evacuate Almeida, May 11. French 
 take Tarragona, June 28. Batavia taken by the Eng- 
 lish, Aug. 8. Guerilla chiefs in Spain. Battle of Fuentes 
 d'Onoro, May 3 and 5. The Luddite riots commence, 
 Nov. Mohammed Ali massacres the Mamelukes at Cairo, 
 March 1. Importation of British merchandise prohibited 
 in the United States, Jan. 22. 
 1 The king of Sicily abdicates his throne, Jan. 16. Ciudad 
 Rodrigo taken, Jan. 19. Badajoz taken, April 6. Mr. 
 Perceval shot by Bellingham, May 12. Battle of Alma- 
 rez, May 19. The British orders in council revoked, June 
 24. Peace between England, Russia, and Sweden, July 
 18. Battle of Salamanca, July 22. Lord Wellington 
 enters Madrid, Aug. 14. France makes alliance with 
 Austria and Prussia against Russia, Feb. and March. 
 The invasion of Russia by the Grand Army ; the Niemen 
 crossed, June 24. Moscow entered, Sept. 14. Moscow 
 6 E 2 947 
 
CHRONOLOGICAL TABLE OF REMARKABLE EVENTS. 
 
 burnt, and the retreat commenced, Oct. 19. Buonaparte 
 abandons bis army, Dec. 6, and reaches Paris, Dec. 18. 
 The pope brought to Fontainebleau. War declared by 
 the United States against Great Britain, J une^lS. Peace 
 of Bucharest, between Russia and Turkey. 
 
 1813 Alliance of Russia and Prussia, March "l. Hamburg 
 
 evacuated by the French, March 13. Prussia proclaims 
 waragainst France, March 17. Battle of Lutzen, May 2. 
 Battle of Bautzen, May 21. Catholic Emancipation bill 
 thrown out. May 24. The engagement of the Chesa- 
 
 Seake and the Shannon, June I. Battle of Vittoria, 
 une 21. Sweden declares war against France, July. 
 Battles of the Pyrenees, July 25 to Aug. 2. Austria de- 
 clares war against France, Aug. 10. Battle of Gross- 
 beeren, Aug. 2-3. Battle of the Katzbach, Aug. 26. 
 Battles of Dresden, Aug. 26 and 27. St. Sebastian taken, 
 Aug. 31. Renewal of the E. India Company's charter, 
 which opens the trade to India and the Oriental Archi- 
 pelago. Battle of Dennewitz, Sept. 6. Lord Welling- 
 ton invades France, Oct. 17. Alliance of Denmark with 
 France, Oct. Battle of Leipsic, Oct. 16, 18, and 19. 
 Battles of Hannau, Oct. 30 and 31. Italy attacked by the 
 Austrians, Nov. 2. Denmark attacked by the Swedes, 
 Oct. and Nov. The British pass the Nivelle, Nov. 10. 
 Rapp capitulates at Dantzig, Nov. The French army 
 driven across the Rhine at Hochheim, Nov. 9. Insur- 
 rection against France in Holland, Nov. William Fre- 
 deric recalled, and proclaimed king of the Netherlands, 
 Dec. 3. Peace of Valencia, which is not ratified, Dec. 
 11. The allies cross the Rhine at Basle, Dec. 20. Ge- 
 neva reduced by the allies, Dec. 23. Great changes in 
 the German states. 
 
 1814 Murat joins the allies, Jan. 11. Peace of Kiel, Jan. 14. 
 
 Battle of Brienne, Feb. 1 and 2. Battle of Orthes, Feb. 
 27. Battle of Laon, March 9. Battle of Fere Cliampe- 
 noise, March 25. The allies enter Paris, March 31. 
 The French evacuate Italy, April. Buonaparte deposed, 
 April 2. Louis XVIII. proclaimed, April 6. Lord Wel- 
 lington at Toulouse, April 10. Buonaparte abdicates at 
 Fontainebleau, and becomes emperor of Elba, April 11. 
 Buonaparte at Elba, May 4. Ferdinand enters Madrid, 
 May 14, and restores the Inquisition, the Jesuits, and 
 absolutism. The pope reinstated at Rome, May 24. 
 The Peace of Paris, May 30. Hamburg evacuated. May 
 31. The Charter of France, June 4. The allied sove- 
 reigns visit Fingland, June 7. Great changes on the 
 continent, and in the colonies, in the restoration, &.c. &:c. 
 of conquests, and the reduction of affairs to the status quo 
 ante bellwn. Restoration of the Jesuits, Aug. 7. Wash- 
 ington taken by the English, Aug. 24. Norwayjoined to 
 Sweden, Oct. 20. Hanover made a kingdom, Oct. 26. 
 Peace between Holland and Great Britain, Oct. 29. The 
 congress of Vienna opens, Nov. 1. Genoa joined to Sar- 
 dinia, Dec. 12. Peace of Ghent with the United States, 
 Dec. 24. 
 
 1815 Attack on New Orleans, which fails, Jan. Buonaparte 
 
 quits Elba, Feb. 26, and lands in France, March 1. The 
 Corn bill passed, in spite of popular demonstrations 
 against it, March. Buonaparte enters Paris, and Louis 
 AVlII. quits it, March 20. Murat attempts a diversion 
 in favour of Napoleon, and attacks Upper Italy, March 
 30; but is defeated and forced to flee to France, May 3. 
 Naples taken by the Austrians, May 20. Congress of 
 Vienna closes, June 11. Battles of Quatre-Bras and 
 igny, June 16. Battle of Waterloo, June 18. Buona- 
 parte deposed, June 22. Allies enter Paris, July 7. 
 Buonaparte surrenders to the English, July 15. The 
 Holy Alliance, Sept. 26. Murat shot, Oct. 15. Buona- 
 parte lands in St. Helena, Oct. 17. Republic of the 
 Ionian Islands, Nov. 5. General pacification of Paris, 
 Nov. 20, which modifies and completes the arrangements, 
 restorations, compensations, &c. agreed to at the con- 
 gress of Vienna. Brazil declared an empire, Dec. 
 
 1816 Lord Amherst's embassy to China leaves England, Feb. 
 
 Independence of Buenos Ayres proclaimed, J uly 9. Lord 
 Exinouth bombards Algiers; the captives set free, Aug.27. 
 Riots in various parts of England. The Spa-fields mob. 
 
 1817 The completion of the 3rd century from the beginning of 
 
 Luther's Reformation celebrated throughout Protestant 
 Germany. Cash payments resumed at the Bank of Eng- 
 land. France, Spain, and Holland abolish the Slave- 
 trade. Disturbances in various parts of England. 
 
 1818 Bernadotte becomes king of Sweden, as Charles XIV., 
 
 Feb. 5. The first Infant School established in West- 
 minster. Congress at Aix-la-Chapelle. France admit- 
 ted to the alliance of the great powers, Oct. The army 
 of occupation withdrawn from France, and the frontier 
 fortresses restored. 
 
 1819 Discontents in the manufacturing districts. Southwark 
 
 iron bridge opened, March, having occupied nearly four 
 years in erection. The Antarctic continent coasted by 
 an English captain, named Smith. Lord Sidmouth's cir- 
 cular. The meeting for Reform and Retrenchment at 
 Manchester put down by the yeomanry cavalry, who kill 
 and wound a great number of men and women assembled 
 to petition parliament, and are thanked by parliament 
 for their services, Aug. 16. Mr. Peel's first CurrenCT bill. 
 
 1820 Commencement of the Spanish Revolution; the Cortes 
 
 proclaim the constitution of 1812, Jan. 1. George III. 
 dies, Jan. 29. Cash-payments at the Bank resumed, 
 Feb. 1. The Due de Berri assassinated, Feb. 13. The 
 Cato-street conspiracy suppressed, Feb. 23. The king 
 of Spain swears to the constitution of the cortes, and 
 suppresses the Inquisition, March 8. Massacre at Ca- 
 diz, March 10. The Jesuits expelled from Russia, 
 March 25. The revolution at Naples breaks out. May 
 15. Act of accusation against Queen Caroline, July o. 
 Revolution in Portugal commences, Aug. 24. Revolt in 
 Hayti ; a republic proclaimed, Oct. 8. Florida ceded to 
 the United States, by Spain, Oct. 24. The Arctic ex- 
 pedition of Franklin and Parry. Conference of the Holy 
 Alliance at Troppau and Laybach ; the king of Naples 
 summoned to the latter, Dec. 28. Insurrection in Mexico, 
 under the command of Iturbide. Bolivar heads the pa- 
 triots of S. America. 
 
 1821 Revolution in Brazil, Jan. 1. Congress of Laybach, Jan. 
 
 8, and May. Austrian army occupies Naples, Jan. 29. 
 Insurrections in Greece and the Danubian provinces of 
 Turkey, March. Russia threatens Turkey. Disturb- 
 ances in Piedmont, March, April. Brazil obtains the 
 Portuguese constitution, April. Napoleon Buonaparte 
 dies at St. Helena, May 5. King of Portugal returns 
 from Brazil and accepts the new constitution, July 4. 
 Austrian army occupies Sardinia, July 20. George IV. 
 visits Ireland, Aug. 17. Russia seizes on the N. W. 
 coast of N. America, Sept. 16. Hereditary nobility abol- 
 ished in Norway. Guatemala proclaims its independ- 
 ence, Sept. 24. Talleyrand Perigord dies, Oct. Turks 
 driven out of the Morea. Spanish Hayti proclaims its 
 independence, Dec. 1. Catholic Emancipation rejected 
 by the Lords. 
 
 1822 The Greeks declare themselves free, Jan. 27. Spanish 
 
 Hayti incorporated with the republic, Feb. United 
 States of N. America recognise the independence of the 
 S. American republics, March 8. The massacre of Scio, 
 April 12. Iturbide emperor of Mexico, May 21. Mas- 
 sacres in Madrid, July 2. Victories of the Greeks at 
 Thermopylae, Larissa, and Salonica, July Sand 14. Army 
 of the Faith, Aug. 14. King of Portugal swears to the 
 new constitution, Oct. 1. Brazil declared independent; 
 Don Pedro emperor, Oct. 12. Congress of Verona opened, 
 Oct., and continues till Dec. 
 
 182-3 Spanish cortes rejects the mediation of Russia, Prussia, 
 and Austria, Jan. 9. The cortes carries the king to 
 Cadiz, March 20. French army enters Spain, April 7. 
 Iturbide dethroned in Mexico, April 19. French occupy 
 Madrid, May 23. Counter-revolution in Portugal, the 
 constitution suppressed, June 5. British consuls ap- 
 pointed in the S. American republics, Oct. French oc- 
 cupy Cadiz, Oct. 3. Mexican constitution proclaimed, Oct. 
 4. The king re-enters Madrid, and suppresses the 
 constitution, restoring the former despotism, Nov. 13. 
 Riego executed, Nov. 27. 
 
 1824 English troops defeated by the Ashantces, Jan. 21. United 
 
CHRONOLOGICAL TABLE OF REMARKABLE EVENTS. 
 
 States of Central America, an independent republic. 
 Bolivar named dictator by the congress at Peru, Feb. 
 10. War declared against the Birnian empire, March 
 
 5. Disturbances at Lisbon, April. Rangoon taken, May 5. 
 Ipsaca deslroyed by the Turks, July 3. Iturbide shot, 
 July 19. Provisional government in Greece, Oct. 12. 
 Disorder and revolt against the government of Greece. 
 Inundation at St. Petersburg, Nov. 23. Mechanics' Insti- 
 tutions founded by Dr. Birkbeck. Catholic rent collected 
 in Ireland. 
 
 1825 Treaties between Great Britain and Mexico, and the other 
 
 new republics of America, Jan. and Feb. Ibrahim Pacha 
 invades Greece, Feb. 26. Bolivar again elected dictator 
 of Peru, March 10. Insurrection in Java. Conquest of 
 Arracan, April. Independence of Hayti confirmed by 
 France, April 17. Independence of Brazil acknowledged 
 by Portugal, May 13. Ibrahim reduces Navarino, May 
 18. The Bolivian republic established, Aug. 0. The first 
 steam ves.sel to India sails, Aug. 16. The Spaniards lose 
 their last possession in N. America, Nov. 10. Missolonghi 
 invested, Nov. War between Brazil and Buenos Ayres, 
 Dec. Insurrection at St. Petersburg, speedily quelled, 
 Dec. Great commercial distress, and many failures in 
 the money-market. 
 
 1826 S. America completely delivered from Spanish dominion, 
 
 Jan. 19. Missolonghi relieved, Jan. 28. Birman war 
 concluded, Feb. 24. Missolonghi taken, April 23. Char- 
 ter given to Portugal by Don Pedro, April 26. Festival 
 in Denmark to commemorate the introduction of Chris- 
 tianity into the country, 1000 years before. May 14. 
 The Danubian principalities evacuated by the Turks, 
 May 19. Insurrection of the Janissaries at Constanti- 
 nople, against the introduction of European discipline, 
 and general slaughter of the insurgents, June 14 and 15. 
 Insurrections in Portugal, July, &c., against the charter. 
 Chili a confederative state, July 11. Russia at war with 
 Persia, Sept. 28. Athens taken, Aug. 15. The treaty 
 of Ackermann, Oct. 26. Lotteries abolished in England, 
 Oct. 18. Slave-trade abolished by Brazil, Nov. Portugal 
 invaded by rebels from Spain, Nov. Bolivar president 
 of Peru for life, Aug. 19. British troops arrive at Lisbon, 
 in aid of the constitutionalists, Dec. 25. 
 
 1827 Rebels in Portugal totally defeated, Jan. 9. Bolivar de- 
 
 prived of the presidency of Peru. The king of France 
 disbands the National Guard, April. The Acropolis of 
 Athens surrenders to the Turks, June 2. Treaty of Lon- 
 don, with France and Russia, in favour of Greece, July 
 
 6. Parry returns from his Arctic expedition, Sept. 29. 
 Hammersmith suspension-bridge opened, Oct. 6. The 
 battle of Navarino, Oct. 20. The Porte declares war 
 against Russia, Dec. 20. 
 
 1828 The Count Capo d' Istria president of Greece, Jan. 18. 
 
 Peace between Russia and Persia, Feb. 22. Don Pedro 
 abdicates the throne of Portugal in favour of his daugh- 
 ter. Donna Maria, March 3. Don Miguel regent. New 
 constitution in Peru, March 21. Russia declares war ' 
 against Turkey, April 26. Bolivar proclaimed dictator at [ 
 Bogota, June 13. Miguel usurps the throne of Portugal, 
 J une 30. Oporto, the head-quarters of the constitutional- 
 ists, blockaded. The Miguelitgs take Oporto, July 3. 
 The siege of Varna, July to Oct. A Fjench force still 
 remains in Spain, Aug. Tripoli bombarded by a Nea- 
 politan squadron, Aug. 23. Independence of Banda 
 Oriental established, Aug. 29. The queen of Portugal 
 takes refuge in England, Sept. 25. University College, 
 London, opened, Oct. 1. Ibrahim Pacha evacuates the 
 Morea, Oct. 4. Turks evacuate the Morea, Oct. SO. 
 Russians fall back to Jassy, Nov. 10. The Bosphorus 
 blockaded by Russia, Dec. 31. 
 
 1829 York minster burnt down by an incendiary, Feb. 2. The 
 
 Catholic Association dissolved, Feb. 12. Catholic Relief 
 bill carried in the House of Lords, April 10. Guatemala 
 taken, April 13. Riots at Manchester, May ; and in 
 other manufacturing places. Lepanto taken by the 
 Greeks, May 9 ; Missolonghi taken. May 17. Civil war 
 in Buenos Ayres, June. Tampico, in Mexico, taken by 
 the Spaniards, Aug. 4, and the captors surrender to San- 
 
 ta Anna, Sept. 11. The Russians enter Adrianople, 
 Aug. 20. Trial of. locomotive engines on the Liverpool 
 and Manchester railroad, Oct. Revolution in Mexico, 
 Nov. 23. 
 JO Bolivar resigns thepresidency of Colombia, but afterwards 
 recalls the resignation, Jan. 20. Spain claims its formef 
 possessions in Hayti, Feb. 6. French Chamber of Depu- 
 ties vote an address in reply to the royal speech hostile 
 to ministers, March 16, and are prorogued, 19. Bolivar 
 renounces the presidency of Colombia, April 11. French 
 Chamber of Deputies tfissolved. May 16. The French 
 expedition against Algiers sails. May 25. Capital of 
 Algiers taken by the French, July 5. Ordinances issued 
 by Charles X., suppressing the liberty of the press, and 
 otherwise infringing the rights of the people, July 26. 
 The people resist the enforcement of the ordinances, and 
 the conflict begins, July 27. The "three days of July," 
 by which another Revolution is effected in France, by a 
 desperate struggle of the populace against the military, 
 some regiments of which join the people; the National 
 Guard reorganized, July 28, 29, 30. Louis Philippe, 
 Duke of Orleans, appointed lieutenant-general of the 
 kingdom, July 31. Abdication of Charles X., Aug. 2. 
 Louis Philippe I. king of the French, Aug. 9. Revolu- 
 tion begins at Brussels, Aug. 25. Incendiair fires nu- 
 merous in the agricultural districts of England, Sept. 
 Insurrections at Brunswick, Berlin, Dresden, Hamburg, 
 &c., Sept. Liverpool and Manchester railroad opened, 
 when Mr. Huskisson was accidentally killed, Sept. 15. 
 Independence of Belgium proclaimed, Oct. 4. Disturb- 
 ances at Paris, Oct. 17. Dutch troops driven into the 
 citadel of Antwerp, and begin to cannonade the town, 
 Oct. 27. Polish revolution commenced at Warsaw, Nov. 
 29. Belgium recognised as independent by the allied 
 powers, Dec. 26. 
 
 1831 Insurrection at Modena, Feb. 5. Battle of Grochovv, near 
 
 Warsaw, in which the Poles deleat the Russians, Feb. 
 20. The Reform bill introduced into the House of Com- 
 mons, March 1. The Austrian troops suppress the in- 
 surrection at Modena, March 10. Disturbances at An- 
 tigua, March 20. Disturbances in Belgium, March 31. 
 The Poles defeat the Russians at Wawz, April 1. Revo- 
 lution in Brazil, April 7. Victory of the Poles at Sied- 
 lez, April 10. Reform bill defeated, April 20. Disturb- 
 ances in Ireland proclaimed. May 10. Disputes begin 
 between the British and Chinese at Canton, May 19. 
 Battle of Ostrolenga, Poles again victorious, 3iay 26. 
 Prince Leopold elected to the throne of Belgium, May 
 27,andJune4. Leopold enters Brussels, July 21. New 
 London bridge opened, Aug. 1. War of the Dutch 
 against Belgium commences, Aug. 3. Capitulation of 
 Warsaw to the Russians, Sept. 7. Reform bill thrown 
 out of the House of Lords, Oct. 7. Riots in various 
 towns of England, Oct. Riots of Bristol, Oct. 29. The 
 cholera in England, Nov. 4. Riots at Lyons, Nov. 21. 
 General Torijos shot at Malaga, Dec. 4. A new Reform 
 bill introduced to the House of Commons, Dee. 12. In- 
 surrection of slaves in Jamaica, Dec. 22. 
 
 1832 Conspiracy to dethrone Louis Philippe detected and crush- 
 
 ed, Feb. 1. Cholera reappears in England, Feb. 13. 
 The kingdom of Poland united to the empire of Russia, 
 Feb. 26. Goethe dies, March 22. Defeat of the Reform 
 bill in the Lords, 31ay 7. Insurrection in Paris on occa- 
 sion of the funeral of General Lamarque, June 3. Re- 
 form bill passed, June 7. Assault on William III. at 
 Ascot races, June 19. Don Pedro's expedition against 
 Don Miguel sails, June 26. Ibrahim Pacha takes Acre, 
 July 2. Napoleon Buonaparte's only son, the Duke of 
 Reichstadt.dies, July 24. The Grand Seigneur defeated 
 in Syria by Ibrahim Pacha, July 30. The French army 
 commences the attack on the citadel of Antwerp, Nov. 
 30 I which surrenders, Dec. 24. Disputes between the 
 legislature of S. Carolina and congress, Dec. Battle of 
 Koniah, the Turks defeated, Dec. 21. 
 18-33 Otho, the newly-elected king of Greece, arrives at Napoli, 
 Jan. 31. Negociations between Turkey and Russia, for 
 aid against the Pacha of Egypt, Feb. Riot at Frank- 
 
CHRONOLOGICAL TABLE OF REMARKABLE EVENTS. 
 
 1837 
 
 fort, Apri) 3. Cholera disappears from England, April. 
 Santa Anna president of Mexico, April 18. Reconcilia- 
 tion of the Pacha of Egypt to the Porte, May 6. A 
 public meeting in Coldbath Fields dispersed by the po- 
 lice, May 13. Disturbances in Bavaria, June 2.5. Treaty 
 between Russia and Turkey, July 8. The Constitution- 
 alists occupy Lisbon, and proclaim Donna Maria queen, 
 July 23. The queen of Portugal arrives at Lisbon, Sept. 
 22. The queen dowager of Spain assumes the regency, 
 Sept. 29. Captain Ross returns from his Arctic expe- 
 dition, after having been given up as lost, Oct. 18. In- 
 cendiary fires in the eastern counties, Dec. 
 Carlist insurrections in Spain, Jan. Treaty between Rus- 
 sia and Turkey, Jan. 27. Post-oflfice established in 
 Turkey, Feb. 14. Nearly 100 banks in the United States 
 fail, in consequence of the president's determination to 
 suppress the United States bank, March. Riots at Ly- 
 ons, April 5 to 15. Attempted insurrection in Paris, 
 April 13. Zumalacarreguy, the Carlist general, defeats 
 the queen's forces, April 22. Treaty at London between 
 England, France, Spain, and Portugal, for the pacifica- 
 tion of the last-named countries, April 22. War in Por- 
 tugal ended. May 26. Don Carlos leaves Portugal, and 
 arrives in England, June 18. Termination of slavery in 
 the British colonies, Aug. 1. Don Pedro resigns the re- 
 
 fency of Portugal ; the queen is declared of age, Sept. 
 5. TheHousesof Parliament completely burnt, Oct. 16. 
 The Cafi'res attack Graham's Town, S. Africa, Dec. 25. 
 
 A mutiny at Madrid, Jan. 17. Riot, with loss of life, at 
 Wolverhampton, May 27. The British legion raised in 
 aid of Queen Christina, of Spain, leaves England, July 
 2. The "infernal machine" of Fieschi ; Louis Philippe 
 escapes unhurt, July 28. The tercentenary commemor- 
 ation of the printing of the first English Bible, by Miles 
 Coverdale, Oct 4. The conferences of Kalisch and Top- 
 litz, held by the emperors of Russia and Austria and the 
 king of Prussia, Oct. Texas declared independent of 
 Mexico, Nov. Lives lost in tithe affrays in Ireland, Dec. 
 
 Cracow occupied by Russian and Austrian troops, Feb. 
 The life of the king of the French attempted by Alibaud, 
 June 25. Armand Carrel shot in a duel by Emile Gi- 
 rardin, July 24. Revolt at Malaga, Cadiz, Seville, &c., 
 July25. Revolution at Madrid, Aug. 12. Revolution at 
 Lisbon, Sept. 9. Louis Napoleon, nephew of the em- 
 peror, makes a foolish attempt at an insurrection at 
 Strasburg, for which he is sent away to America, Oct. 
 29. An attempted counter-revolution at Lisbon, Nov. 
 8. Louis Philippe's life again attempted, Dec. 27. 
 
 Anti-Church-rate meeting at the Crown and Anchor, 
 Feb. 2. Great commercial panic in the United States, 
 March, April, &c. Accession of Queen Victoria, June 
 20. The Duke of Cumberland, now king of Hanover, 
 enters his dominions, June 27. The Carlists approach 
 Madrid, and occupy the palace of La Granja, Aug. 11. 
 The new king of Hanover, having already abrogated the 
 constitution granted by William IV., suppresses the 
 fundamental law of the state, Nov. 1. Riots at Montreal 
 in Canada, Nov. 6. Revolution at Bahia, Nov. 7. The 
 insurgents in Canada are defeated at St. Eustace, and 
 dispersed, Dec. 14. 
 
 The Canadian insurgents attack Toronto, Jan. 5. The 
 Royal Exchange at London burnt, Jan. 10. Riots at 
 Lisbon, Feb. 13. Bahia taken by the Brazilian troops. 
 Mar. 16. The lunatic Thom, calling himself Sir W. 
 Courtenay, having collected a great rabble, and commit- 
 ted a murder, is attacked by the military and killed ; 
 otherlives being lost, MaySl. Hostilities between France 
 and Mexico begin, July. The Druses submit to Ibra- 
 him Pacha, July 16. Revolution at Lima, July 29. 
 Slavery abolished in the East Indies, Aug. 1. The Lon- 
 don and Birmingham railway opened throughout, Sept. 
 16. Hostilities pending between France and Switzer- 
 land, respecting Louis Napoleon, Sept. and Oct. Hos- 
 tilities between France and some of the S. American 
 republics, Oct. Rebellion in Canada, Oct. and Nov.; 
 suppressed, Nov. 17. 
 
 Decision of the couference of London, respecting the 
 950 
 
 Dutch and Belgian question, announced, Jan. 23. 
 Convention between the secretary of the United States 
 and the English ambassador, respecting the boundary 
 line of Maine and New Brunswitk, Feb. 27. War in 
 Peru ended, Mar. 4. War between France and Mexico 
 ended. Mar. 9. Capt. Elliot arrested by the Chinese 
 government, and the contraband opium seized, April 
 15. Riots in Paris, May 11. Ibrahim Pacha defeats the 
 Turks near Nesby, June 25. Riots at Birmingham, aris- 
 ing from the prevention of a Chartist meeting, July 15. 
 Shah Soojah restored to the sovereignty of Cabul, by the 
 British, Aug. 7. Zurich attacked by the peasantry, be- 
 cause of some religious grievances, Sept. 6. The Chart- 
 ists attack Newport, to deliver Vincent, imprisoned there, 
 and are defeated, and their leaders taken, Nov. 4. Banks 
 in United States suspend cash payments, Nov. The 
 trade between England and China stopped by Commis- 
 sioner Lin, Nov. 24. The Slave-trade prohibited by a 
 Papal bull, Dec. 3. 
 
 1840 Penny postage comes into operation, Jan. 10. Her Majesty 
 
 married to Prince Albert of Saxe-Coburg-Gotha, Feb. 10. 
 The Carlist cause in Spain given upas hopeless, July. 
 Prince Louis Napoleon lands at Boulogne and makes 
 another foolish attempt to excite an insurrection ; he is 
 arrested, Aug. 6. Revolution at Madrid, Sept. 1. The 
 fortifications of Paris decreed, Sept. 20. New Zealand 
 claimed as British territory, Sept. 26. Fire in Plymouth 
 dockyard, Sept. 27. Fire in Sheerness dockyard, Oct. 9. 
 Attempt to assassinate the king of the French, Oct. 15. 
 Bombardment of Acre by the allied fleet, Nov. 6. Ibra- 
 him Pacha agrees to evacuate Syria, Nov. 27. The re- 
 mains of Napoleon Buonaparte deposited in the Hotel 
 des Invalides, Paris ; having been removed from St. 
 Helena, by the consent of Great Britain, Dec. 1-5. 
 
 1841 Insurrection in Switzerland, Jan. 10. The two Canadas 
 
 united by proclamation, Feb. 10. Meetings throughout 
 the country against the Corn Laws, Jan., Feb., Mar., &c. 
 War in China, May 21. The Great Western railway 
 
 opened throughout, June 30. Great destitution in the 
 manufacturing districts, Aug. and Sept. Macleod ac- 
 quitted by the American law-court, Oct. 4. Queen 
 Christina attempts an insurrection against her daughter, 
 the queen of Spain, to recover the regency, Oct. Fire 
 at the Tower of London, Oct. 30. General rising against 
 the English in Cabul, Nov. 2. 
 
 1842 Massacre of the British troops in the Khoord-Cabul pass, 
 
 by the Affghans, Jan. 6 to 8. Jellalabad relieved by 
 General Pollock, April 5. An imperial edict for better- 
 ing the condition of the serfs in Russia, April 14. Dis- 
 turbances and strikes in the manufacturing districts, 
 April, May, June. The British take Shanghae in China, 
 June 19. The Boers at Port Natal, S. Africa, defeated, 
 June 26. Disturbances in the coal and iron districts, 
 July. The young Duke of Orleans accidentally killed, 
 July 13. Disorders and riots, attended with loss of life, 
 in the midland manufacturing districts, Aug. The treaty 
 with the United States respecting the boundary question 
 announced in England, Sept. 15. General Pollock reoc- 
 cupies Cabul, Sept. 16. Failures in the corn trade, Sept. 
 Cabul evacuated, Oct. 12. Provincial deputies at Berlin 
 decide that Prussia does not require a constitution, Oct. 
 18. The F'rench take possession of the Marquesas, in 
 the Pacific Ocean, Dec. 20. 
 
 1843 Repeal agitation in Ireland approaches its height, Jan. 
 
 The Ameers of Scinde defeated; Hyderabad occupied, 
 and Scinde annexed to the British empire, Feb. 17 and 
 20. " Rebecca and her daughters " attack and destroy 
 the turnpike gates in Wales, Feb. The occupation of the 
 Oregon territory resolved by the senate of the United 
 States, Feb. 22. The Anti-Corn-law league opens its 
 campaign in London, Mar. 15. The Thames tunnel 
 opened for foot passengers. Mar. 25. Secession of the 
 ministers of the Kirk of Scotland opposed to government 
 intrusion, and formation of the Free Kirk, May 18. In- 
 surrections in various parts of Spain, May. Victory of the 
 insurgents in Spain, July 23. The monster Repeal meet- 
 ing at the hill of Tara, Aug. 22. Queen Victoria visits 
 
CHRONOLOGICAL TABLE OF REMARKABLE EVENTS. 
 
 the king of the French at Chateau d'Eu, Sept. 2. Insur- 
 rections in Italy, Aug. and Sept. Revolution at Athens, 
 Sept. 14. French Protectorate at Tahiti, Sept. The 
 " Rebecca" riots in Wales suppressed, and the ring- 
 leaders tried, Oct. O'Connell and the leading repealers 
 tried for conspiracy, Nov. 2. Territory of Gwalior in In- 
 dia subjugated by the British, Dec. 29. 
 
 1844 O'Connell and the repealers convicted, Feb. 12. French 
 
 authorities seize on Mr. Pritchard, the ex-consul for 
 Great Britain, Mar. 5. New Greek constitution. Mar. 
 IG. Strikes in the collieries, April to Aug. The Anti-State 
 Church conference at London, April 30. Street riots 
 with loss of life at Philadelphia, May 3 to 6. Hostilities 
 between France and Morocco, May 30. Riots at 
 Philadelphia again, July 5. New Bank Charter Act, 
 July 19. War in New Zealand begins, July 25. Incen- 
 diary fires in Suffolk, July. Report of the Secret Com- 
 mittee respecting the opening of letters at the post office, 
 Aug. 5. Tangier bombarded by the French, Aug. (i. 
 Battle of Isly, Aug. 14. Bombardment of Mogador, 
 Aug. 15. Sentence on O'Connell and the repealers re- 
 versed by the House of Lords, Oct. 4. Peace between 
 France and Morocco, Oct. 6. Attempt made to revolu- 
 tionize Lucerne, because of its encouraging the Jesuits, 
 Dec. 8. 
 
 1845 The New Catholic Church movement in Germany, by 
 
 Ronge, Jan. Texas annexed to the United States, Mar. 
 1. War in New Zealand, March. Lucerne attacked by 
 the opponents of the Jesuits, April 1. Hungerford sus- 
 pension-bridge opened. May I. Atrocious suffocation of 
 an Arab tribe in a cave, by the French army in Algiers, 
 June 20. War in Algeria against Abd-el-Kader con- 
 tinued, June to the end of the year. Insurrection at- 
 tempted in the Papal States, Sept. 23. Railway mania, 
 through Oct. and Nov., reaches its height, Nov. 30. War 
 on the Parana, France and England united against Ro- 
 sas, Nov. War between the Sikhs and the British be- 
 gins, Dec. 18. • Revolt of Yucatan, Dec. 31. 
 184G Meeting of agricultural labourers at Goatacre, Wiltshire, 
 by moonlight, to petition parliament against the Corn 
 Laws, Jan. 5. War in New Zealand ended, Jan. 19. 
 Failure of the potato crop in Ireland announced, Jan. 
 20. Battle of Aliwal, on the Sutlej, Jan. 28. Battle of 
 Sobraon, on the Sutlej, Feb. 10. The British occupy the 
 citadel of Lahore, Feb. 20. Revolution attempted in 
 Poland, Feb. 22. Fortifications of Paris completed, 
 March 21. Caffre war begins, April 4. Attempt to as- 
 sassinate Louis Philippe repeated, April 16. Insurrec- 
 tions in Portugal and Spain, April. War in Algeria 
 against Abd-el-Kader continued, April. War of the 
 United States against Mexico, May. Louis Napoleon 
 escapes from the castle of Ham, May 20. The Oregon 
 question settled, June 12. Corn Laws repealed, June 
 26. Pope Pius IX. begins his reforms, July 16. Louis 
 Philippe's life attempted for the seventh time, July 29. 
 Santa Anna resumes the chief power in Mexico, Aug. 
 16. Monteney, in Mexico, taken by General Taylor, 
 Sept. 24. Revolution at Geneva, Oct. 7. The Spanish 
 marriages, Oct. 10. ■ Insurrections in Portugal, Oct. Fa- 
 mine in Ireland, Nov., Dec. Cracow annexed to Austria, 
 and Poland made a Russian province, Nov. 16. Fever 
 follows the famine in Ireland, Dec. fcabuan ceded to 
 
 Great Britain, Dec. 18. Insurgents in Portugal defeated 
 at Torres Vedras, Dec. 22. 
 
 1847 Increase of famine and pestilence in Ireland, Jan. and Feb. 
 
 Constitution granted to Prussia, Feb. 3. Scarcity in 
 England, and all the W. of Europe, Feb. Vera Cruz 
 surrenders to the Americans, March 29. New House of 
 Lords first occupied, April 15. Disclosures of infamous 
 corruption on the part of some government functionaries 
 in France, May 3. Great Britain, France, Spain, and 
 Portugal concur to suppress the insurrection in Portugal, 
 May 21. The pope authorizes a National Guard in the 
 Roman States, July 8. Austria occupies the citadel of 
 Ferrara, July l7. Immense failures in the corn trade, 
 Aug. Disturbances in the small duchies of Italy, Sept. 
 Emeute at Milan, Sept. 8. Mexico taken by the Ameri- 
 cans, Sept. 16. A municipal council decreed for Rome 
 by the pope, Oct. 2. Insurrection in Naples, Oct. Panic 
 in the money market, Oct. Murderous outrages in Ire- 
 land, Oct. Fribourg surrenders to the federal army, 
 Nov. 13. Reform banquet at Compiegne, Nov. 21. Lu- 
 cerne submits to the federal army, Nov. 24. Civil 
 war in Switzerland terminated, Dec. 1. Insurrection 
 in Sicily, Dec. 2. The Jesuits expelled from Lucerne, 
 Dec. 2. Reform banquet at St. Denis, Dec. 14. Je- 
 suits expelled from Uri, Dec. 17. Palermo seized by the 
 insurgents, Dec. 20. Reform banquet at Rouen, Dec. 
 26. Insurrection at Naples, Dec. 14. 
 
 1848 Caffre war ended, Jan. 1. Massacre at Milan, Jan. 3. Riots 
 
 in Tuscany, Jan. 9. Riotsat Pavia, Jan.20. Revolution 
 at Caracas, S. America, Jan. 24. Civil war in Sicily, Jan. 
 Military cruelties in Lombardy, Jan. Reform agitation at 
 Paris, Feb. 12. The pope decrees a constitution, Feb. 15. 
 French Revolution ; street combats, Feb. 22. Flight of 
 Louis Philippe, Feb. 24. Proclamation of the Republic, 
 Feb. 25. Disturbances in Austria and Hungary, March. 
 Neufch3,tel declares its independence. Mar. 4. Revolution 
 at Vienna ; flight of Metternich, March 13. Agitation 
 throughout Germany, March. Revolt in Milan, March 
 17. Revolution at Berlin, March 18. Revolutionary 
 movement throughout Italy, March. Venice proclaimed 
 a Republic, March 23. Milan evacuated by the Austrians, 
 March 24. Insurrection at Madrid, March 26. Rising 
 in the Tyrol, March 28. The diet at Frankfort publishes 
 a new federative constitution, March 30. Expulsion of 
 the Jesuits from Rome, March 29. Hungary declared 
 independent, April 1. War in Sleswick, April. War in 
 Lombardy, April. Risings in Poland, April. Attempt- 
 ed Communist insurrection at Paris, April 17. New 
 constitution in Holland, April 20. Revolt in Moultau, 
 April 20. Disturbances in St. Domingo, April 23. Bat- 
 tle of Flensburg, April 25. Insurrection in Greece, April 
 30. Slavery abolished in the French colonies, 3Iay 3. 
 National Assembly of France opened. May 4. Invasion 
 of the National Assembly by the Communists, May 15. 
 Massacre at Naples by the Lazzaroni, at the king's com- 
 mand. May 17. German Parliament opened at Frank- 
 fort, May 18. Battle of Goito; Peschiera taken by 
 Charles Albert of Sardinia, May 30. Lombardy annexed 
 to Piedmont, June 4. Insurrection at'Prague, June 12. 
 Battle of Rivoli, June 18. Prague bombarded, June 18. 
 Dreadful street combats in Pans; the Red Republicans 
 defeated by General Cavaignac, June 21 to 26. 
 
JOHN CHILDS AND SON, BUNGAY, 
 
APPENDIX. 
 
 OUTLINE OF ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 The science of language has, during the last twenty-five years, 
 made most remarkable progress ; having been studied by men 
 of extensive learning, indefatigable research, and rare powers of 
 philosophical investigation. One means which has been employ- 
 ed is entirely new, — the comparison of the languages of different 
 races and peoples; and from it have been derived some of the 
 most wonderful conclusions respecting the original oneness oftlie 
 human race, which were ever presented to the consideration of 
 the thoughtful. These conclusions were little expected, per- 
 haps little intended, by the philosophical scholars to whom we 
 owe them. But, as if overruled by that Providence, which even 
 "from seeming evil still produces good," their studies have 
 given to us, as an established fact of science, what till this time 
 was nothing more, in the opinions of most men, than a dogma 
 of theology, — that mankind must needs have sprung from one 
 common origin. This fact rests in part on the discoveries of 
 identical forms in languages apparently most diverse; and in part, 
 on the discovery that the laws of all languages are the same. 
 
 It is the purpose of this Outline to exhibit these laws in ex- 
 planation of our English tongue. As far as possible, technical 
 terms will be dispensed with ; but this cannot be done in all 
 cases, yet such definitions will be given as will make their 
 meaning clear to all who are willing to pay sufficient attention. 
 it must not be thought that, because the arrangement, &c. of 
 this Outline differs considerably from that usually adopted in 
 English Grammars, it cannot be understood so well as they, nor 
 turned to such useful purposes. It will be found universally, 
 that where there is a clear method employed in communicating 
 any knowledge, it can be more readily, and far more certainly, 
 received. Nothing can be more wearisome -for a learner, no- 
 thing is less easily retained, than a set of arbitrarily arranged 
 rules, such as are to be found in the common English Grammars. 
 As much attention as is given by school-boys in committing 
 those rules to memory as a task, will enable any one to obtain 
 a scientific knowledge of the language. And one who has ob- 
 tained this scientific knowledge has, superadded to hisacquaint- 
 ance with his own tongue, a serviceable outline of the structure 
 of all languages, and can, with infinitely less trouble, acquire 
 any he may desire to learn. 
 
 A few examples of identity of forms in diflTerent languages, 
 will show at a glance the nature of the study of" Comparative 
 Grammar," (as it has been named,) and also the character of 
 
 the proof of the common origin of the family of man afl'orded 
 by it. Take as one example, the English word know: it is found 
 in the Latin in the verb, no-sco, ox gno-sco; having probably been 
 borrowed from the Greek, which \vas gi-gno-sco : in the Sanscrit, 
 which is the old, parent language of Hindustan, it is gnu. In 
 the same way, our word stand is found in the Latin, sta-re ; in 
 the Greek, At-s<rt-?!ai; and in the old languages of Hindustan 
 and Persia, sthx. Our word, used now only by lawyers in the 
 well-known phrase, to MiiV, is found in the old Gothic, the Latin, 
 Greek, old Persian, and Sanscrit, as vid, with various endings 
 attached: the Greek has, however, the v most usually changed 
 into an e, or even dropped altogether, so that vid becomes eid, 
 or id; and it is in this same form that this word is found in the 
 Hebrew language, ida. Old Verstegan, in his amusing book, 
 the " Restitution of decayed Intelligence," had noticed that 
 our word daughter was represented in Persian by dochtar, which 
 is plainly the same word : and thus our word brother is, in San- 
 scrit, hhratri ; our word mother, in Latin mater, in Greek meter, 
 and in Sanscrit matri. Our word letter (the comparative of good) 
 seems to have no kindred amongst us; it is in Persian behter, 
 the comparative of beh, good. The third person plural of verbs 
 in Latin, Greek, Sanscrit, and several other languages, has for 
 its ending nt, as in ama-nt, Latin, they love, and ama-n<-ur, 
 they are loved ; and it was known that this ending signified 
 they, but it was not known for some time in what language a 
 pronoun like it could be found ; the study of the Welsh lan- 
 guage supplied it, the person ending there being the same, and 
 the pronoun itself hwynt, or ynt. These examples must suffice for 
 the present purpose, which is merely to show the kind of re- 
 semblance between the languages of far distant people, which 
 recent studies have brought to light ; and that the argument 
 founded on it respecting the intimate relation of the different 
 races of man, is not idle nor inconclusive. Every year produces 
 a rich harvest of well-established results from the studies pur- 
 sued in this branch of knowledge; and whilst they confirm the 
 conclusions of former inquirers, they also apply the principles, 
 which have been already found to explain so well the facts of 
 the languages and dialects, which have long been the favourite 
 studies of the learned, to barbarous and (before) unknown 
 tongues, with exactly the same consequences. 
 
 It is worthy of notice, in passing, that the actual principles 
 of the new study of language, are no other than those of the 
 
954 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 Kovum Organon of our own imniortul Bacon; and that the stu- 
 dents who have most successfully laboured in this field are, of 
 all people, those most nearly related to our Anglo-Saxon race— 
 the Germans. 
 
 The foundation on which both the scholars who have investi- 
 gated Comparative Grammar, and the philosophers who have 
 constructed the science of language, have proceeded, has been 
 the meanwjy/ of words; and this has produced the difference be- 
 tween the old grammatical systems and the new. In the old 
 systems,mea?!my was always subordinated to/o;-m,and the result 
 was, that language was treated as if Hobbes's famous aphorism 
 of words being " money to wise men but counters to fools," was 
 taken literally. The French Academy carried this system out 
 to the fullest extent. They coined new words and put them 
 in circulation ; they recalled the old trite words, and suppressed 
 them.or stamped them over again and re-issued them ; nothing 
 was to be deemed a legal tender in conversation, oratory, or 
 writing, that did not bear their mint-mark. It is not at all un- 
 likely that the well-known character of the French language is 
 in part owing to this unphilosophical treatment. It is a wonder 
 that the process did not destroj* it. That it did not, must be 
 ascribed to the millions in France who spoke what they were 
 minded to say without heeding or even knowing the laws of 
 the Academy. For language is an on/anism; its various parts 
 are connected with and dependent on one another; all are ad- 
 justed with a view to one end ; and it has (as we may say) a 
 life of its own, which each part, the connexion of all the parts, 
 and the relation of each and of all to the end, manifest. It is 
 the living garment of thought, which weaves it for itself 
 Grammatical tailoring, like carving or peeling the bark of a 
 tree, can only damage the inward life of the organism. Lan- 
 guage may safely be left to itself. The most copious, the most 
 precise, the most flexible and rh3'thmical of all the tongues of 
 the earth— the Greek — attained its utmost development without 
 the aid of either academy or grammarian. It was already de- 
 clining through barbarian intermixtures before such helps were 
 invented, and they could not stay its fall. The modern system 
 undertakes nothing more than the investigation of the laws of 
 language, and their methodical exhibition. And it pursues 
 these objects (as was just now said) in the spirit of the Induc- 
 tive Philosophy of Lord Bacon. Compared with the old sys- 
 tem, it is like the Newtonian solar system compared with that 
 of Ptolemy. This seems to be the simpler of the two, but it 
 does not explain any save the simplest phsenomena ; and to be 
 adapted to those of a more complicated nature, it must receive 
 addition after addition to its machinery, till some Alphonso of 
 Castile should say that he could have given valuable hints had 
 he been consulted in time. The other, in appearance most 
 complex, is nothing but the development of one single princi- 
 ple, and not only explains all phaenomena observed, but even 
 suggests the discovery of others yet unknown. 
 
 These remarks are offered by way of Introduction to this 
 Outline, both to explain the novelty of its form as an English 
 Grammar to most of its readers, and also to carry out the gene- 
 ral intention (as expressed in the Preface to this book) of 
 making every part, as far as is possible, instructive and service- 
 able in the very highest degree, and in the best manner. 
 
 And now nothing remains but for the Editor to express his 
 obligations to the German Grammar, and the " Organism of 
 Language," of Dr. Karl Ferdinand Becker, whose higlily philo- 
 sophical system has been adopted here, and the application of 
 which to the English language has been so materially aided by 
 his well-chosen illustrations from our native tongue. 
 
 OUTLINE. 
 
 1. Language, or speech, is the natural expression of man's 
 thoughts by means of words. 
 
 2. A sentence is the complete expression of a thought; which 
 may be either an assertion, as,— 27(e river is deep, the horse runs ; 
 or a wish, as, — May you be happy! Fear God! 
 
 3. The materials of thought are notions of persons, things, 
 and actions ; the/orw of it, the relations those notions bear to 
 one another, and to the thinker. Hence sentences are made 
 up of words expressive of notions, and words, or word-endings, 
 expressive of relations. In the sentences given above, mer, 
 deep, horse, run, happy, fear, God, express notions; and the, is, may, 
 you, be, with the word-ending run-s, express relations. 
 
 4. The words which express notions are, substantives, which 
 express notions of existence; verbs, which express notions of 
 activity when an assertion is intended; and adjectives, vihich 
 express notions of activity when no assertion is intended. 
 
 5. The words which express relations are, pronouns of all 
 kinds; the verb to be (which is also used to express the abstract 
 notion of existence) ; auxiliary verbs of mood and tense ; numerals 
 of all kinds; ^«-epos!<ions; conjunctions; anii adverbs. Interjec- 
 tions express neither notions nor relations, and are not related 
 to thought, but to feeling; being the utterance of joy, sorrow, 
 pain, wonder, &c. 
 
 6. The word-endings which express relations are, those of 
 case and number in substantives; those of mood, tense, number, 
 and person in verbs ; and those of comjiarison in adjectives and 
 adverbs. 
 
 7. Verbs which express a complete notion, are called intransi- 
 tive, as, — he runs, it rains, I stand, you sleep ; though other notions 
 may be associated with those expressed by such verbs, as, — he 
 runs to the gate, you sleep soundly. Those which require an ob- 
 ject to complete their notion are called transitive, as,— we bless 
 you, they blamed me. 
 
 8. Substantives are names of persons, &s,— father, man; or of 
 things, as,— horse, sword. Some names of things are abstract, as, 
 —friendship, justice. Substantives are also generic, as, — iron, 
 money ; or specific, as, — house, tree ; or individual, as, — John, Thames, 
 Oxford. These are also called names of materials, common names, 
 and proper names. Other substantives are collective, as,— family, 
 society, parliament, nation, 
 
 9. When adjectives are used in connexion with substantives 
 they are called attributive, as,— a lofty tower, a fine house ; when 
 they are used with the verb to be, as predicates in sentences, 
 instead of verbs, they are called predicative, as, — he is good, the 
 house is fine. Sometimes they are used as substantives, as, — 
 the good, the wise. 
 
 10. Relations are either those of notions one to another; or 
 of notions to the person who speaks ; or of thoughts to thoughts. 
 
 11. The relations of notions one to another are, those of the 
 predicate to its subject, in the simple sentence ; of the attribute 
 to its substantive ; and of the object to its predicate. Examples 
 of these are; — l.The man runs. He is falling. 2. A green 
 field. Deep rivers. 3. He struck me. They rode on horses. 
 Honour the brave ! 
 
 12. The relations of notions to the person who speaks are, in 
 the case of notions ai activity, those of mood, by which the actual 
 existence, or the possibility, or the necessity, of the notion are 
 expressed ; or those of time, by which are expressed whether the 
 notion is conceived as present, past, or future ; and of degree, 
 
OUTLINE OF ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 which express whether it is conceived indefinitely, or as being 
 in course of accomplishment, or as completed and perfect ; under 
 which head those relations of intensity, expressed by adverbs, 
 are also classed. Examples of these relations are the following: 
 — 1 . He runs. He is not cominy. It may happen. He should be 
 advised. It must he done. Follow me. — 2. He is here. It was 
 raining. It will fall. S. I write. I armcritinr;. I have written, 
 A swift horse. A swifter runner. The swiftest fligld. 
 
 13. The relations of notions to the person who speaks are, in 
 the case of notions oi existence, those of personality, which express 
 whether he speaks in his own name, or addresses another, or 
 of a third party; t hose of /oca/%,- and those oi number and quan- 
 tity. Examples of these are:— 1. Js/Jea^. You lorite. He reads. 
 — 2. It is here. He went thither. He is beyond the sea. We were 
 in the house.— 3. There are ten volumes. He has some bread. 
 
 14. The relations of thoughts to thoughts, are expressed by 
 accessory sentences ; and are those oi co-ordination, ?iS, — I came, 
 I saw, I conquered; I read and write ; and those of subordination, 
 where a cause or reason is given, as, — It rains, for the ground is 
 wet; I went, because he ordered me; or where a contrast or op- 
 position is expressed, as, — Were he never so powerful, he shall be 
 punished. 
 
 15. A sentence, or a thought expressed in words, consists of 
 two parts, essentially; which are called the subject, or thing 
 spoken of, and the predicate, or what is predicated or asserted 
 respecting it ; as, — the plant grows, snoto is white ; in which plant 
 and snow are the subjects, and grows and white the predicates, 
 the is in the latter sentence being called the copida, or tie, which 
 connects the predicate, white, with the subject, snow. The re- 
 lation of the predicate to the subject is named the predicative 
 relation; and the combination of notions resulting from it, the 
 predicative combination. 
 
 16. When the notion of an activity is associated with the 
 notion of an existence, without any assertion on the part of 
 the speaker, the relation of the two notions is called attributive; 
 and the resulting combination, the attributive combination; as, — 
 green fields. Queen Victoria, a father's love ; in which green, queen, 
 and father's, are attributive words, and as such related to the 
 substantives, ^&?», Victoria, and love. 
 
 17. When any notions stand in the relations of cause or ef- 
 fect, place, time, or manner, to a predicate, they are said to be 
 in the objective relation ; and the combination that results from 
 this relation is called the objective combination , as, — I am reading 
 a book, he went to London, it happened yesterday, they consented 
 gladly; in which sentences, n book, to London, yesterday, gladly, 
 are objects to the predicates reading, went, happened, consented. 
 Attributives are also capable of being used as if they were pre- 
 dicates, and are followed by an object ; as,— man frail by nature, 
 flowers beautifully fragrant ; in which by nature, aud beautifully, 
 are related as objects to frail and fragrant. 
 
 18. Sentences are called principal or accessory, according to 
 their prominence in the mind of the speaker. Principal sen- 
 tences express an assertion, a question, a wish, or a command ; 
 •as,—it is good, does it rain f pardon my faults, begone.' thou flatterer. 
 Accessory sentences are called sujbstantive, adjective, or adverbial 
 sentences, according to the relation in which they stand to the 
 principal sentence ; as,— Ae does not know that he is deceived, he 
 who fights and runs away will live to fight another day, I found him 
 where I left him. 
 
 19. From all that has preceded, it will be perceived that 
 grammar leaches the value and meaning of words expressing 
 notions, and of words and signs which express relations ; and 
 the proper use of them, according to their respective meanings. 
 
 It also follows that grammar is divided into two parts;— that 
 which treats of words by themselves, their classification, form- 
 ation, and the changes in their forms by derivation and in- 
 flexion, which is called Etymology ;— and that which treats of 
 the combinations of words in sentences, which is called Syntax. 
 
 THE FORMATION AND DERIVATION OF WORDS. 
 
 20. The articulate sounds which make up speech, are repre- 
 sented, with more or less accuracy, by the letters of the alpha- 
 bet. These are, in English, twenty-six ; which are commonly 
 arranged thus: 
 
 A a H h O o V V 
 
 B b I i P p \V w 
 
 C c J j Q q X X 
 
 D d K k R r Y y 
 
 E e LI S s Z / 
 
 F f Mm T t 
 
 G g N n U u 
 
 Our alphabet is, however, both defective and redundant ; hav- 
 ing (for example) two characters for one sound, as,— s-ingle, 
 c-ircle; ^-iant, /-oyous; calendar, A-alendar; and none for 
 the sounds represented by th, sh, ch, &c. The scale of vowel 
 sounds differs also from that of all other anciently written lan- 
 guages, our a having their e sound, our e their i sound, &e. 
 
 21. The letters are divided inio vowels and consonants; the 
 former being the representatives of the sounds which are pro- 
 duced by the uninterrupted transmission of the breath through 
 the larynx and mouth ; and the latter by the interruption of the 
 breath by the voluntary action of the throat, the tongue and 
 palate, the lips, and the teeth. 
 
 22. The vowels, arranged according to their natural order, 
 which exhibits also the alteration of the form of the mouth, 
 produced by voluntary muscular action, during the transmis- 
 sion of the breath, are,— 
 
 IKand y, used as vowels, are related, y to i, and w to u; next 
 to which they might respectively be placed. 
 
 2.3. The consonants are divided into three classes, mutes, sibi- 
 lants, and liquids. The mutes may be arranged thus : — 
 non-aspirated. aspirated. 
 
 sudden. gradual. sudden. gradual. 
 
 guttural 
 
 dental 
 
 k, c, q(u) 
 
 gh 
 
 dh 
 
 p b ph, f bh. 
 
 In this table ch has the sound it expresses in the Scotch word 
 loch; th, the sound it has in ttistle ; dh, the sound of th'\a 
 this. The letter h represents a very faint ch sound : 7>g repre- 
 sents a naso-guttural sound : w and y ought, perhaps, always 
 to be regarded as vowels; at least their sounds, when they are 
 commonly called consonants, do not differ perceptibly from the 
 sounds of 00 and i, before vowels : x simply represents the com- 
 bination of a guttural with a sibilant. 
 24. The sibilants may be arranged in this way, — 
 sudden. | gradual. 
 
 Tiply 
 
 dental and palatal 
 
 sh 
 
 dental and guttural j (French); j (English) 
 
 Zh represents the sound of the ch in church. The liquids re- 
 6 V 2 
 
APPE]\DIX. 
 
 garded in the same way, will be arranged in the following 
 order,— 
 
 r 1 n m 
 
 r being uttered by the throat and tongue, I by the tongue and 
 palate, n by the tongue and teeth, and m by the lips; a nasal 
 sound being faintly mingled with the last two. 
 
 25. Two or more vowels are sometimes united to express 
 vowel sounds of an intermediate nature, as, — ae,ai,au,ee, ei, ie, 
 oe, 01, 00, ou, eau, &c. The combinations of consonants are too 
 numerous to be noticed here; neither can the anomalous use 
 of some letters, as iu laugh, cough, which are pronounced la-^, 
 co-ff, be more than hinted at. 
 
 26. About five-eighths of the words in the English language 
 are of pure Teutonic origin, being descended to it from the 
 Anglo-Saxon. The words introduced from other languages 
 are for the most part the technical terms of science, words in- 
 troduced by the influence of the Norman conquerors and set- 
 tlers from the continent in later periods of English history, and 
 terms invented by such writers as Dr. Johnson, who were not 
 satisfied with the sinewy strength of their mother tongue. The 
 following sections on the derivation of words are intended to 
 apply only to those of Saxon origin ; as it would occupy too 
 much space to trace the derivation of the others, and it is done 
 already in this Dictionary, under each word, as far as was pos- 
 sible for useful purposes. 
 
 27. The original forms from which words are derived are 
 called 7-oots ; and those forms which are derived immediately 
 from these roots, and are in their turn the parents of other 
 words, are called stems. 
 
 28. In the English, as in most Teutonic languages, the roots 
 are found almost always in the old verbs, those, namely, which 
 form their past tenses and participles by the modification of 
 the vowel sound, as, — lead, led; sing, sang, sung ; or which did 
 so originally, though now they have assumed the modern forms, 
 and make their past tenses and participles by the addition of 
 d, or ed, to the root, as,— climb, clomb (now climbed) ; rive, rove 
 (now rived), riven. 
 
 29. Theirs* kind of derivatives, sometimes called stems, are 
 formed by the modification of the vowel sound of the root, or 
 by a slight alteration in the consonants; ihe second kind are 
 formed by the addition of certain endings to the roots or stems 
 whence they are derived, most of which are traceable in Eng- 
 lish or the allied languages as independent words. For the 
 exhibition of the process of derivation, a few examples are 
 added. 
 
 hardy 
 
 hardihood 
 
 
 hatred 
 
 
 kingdom 
 
 lode (-star) 
 
 leader 
 
 loan 
 
 
 
 mannikin 
 
 smelt 
 
 
 raise, rouse 
 
 
 sight 
 
 sightly 
 
 song 
 
 songster, songstress 
 
 set, {verb,) seat 
 
 settle, settler 
 
 strength 
 
 strengthen 
 
 truth 
 
 truthfulness 
 
 watch 
 
 wakeful, waken 
 
 
 winsome 
 
 Roots. 
 
 First JDerivatives. 
 
 Second Derivatives. 
 
 Be-reave 
 
 raven 
 
 ravenous 
 
 Bind 
 
 band, bond, 
 bound 
 
 bandage, bondage, 
 bundle 
 
 Bite 
 
 bit 
 
 biter 
 
 Child 
 
 
 childish 
 
 De-file 
 
 filth, foul 
 
 filthy, fulsome 
 
 Duck 
 Fall 
 
 duck (subst.) 
 fell, foal 
 
 duckling 
 
 Find 
 
 
 foundling 
 
 Forth 
 
 
 further, furtherance 
 
 Gird 
 Gold 
 Guile 
 Heal (old word, 
 
 girdle, girder 
 golden, gild 
 guilt 
 hell, hold (of a 
 
 gilt, gilding 
 guilty, guiltiness 
 hellish hollow 
 
 meaning to cover, ship), hole 
 hide, conceal) 
 
 
 Hard 
 
 Hate 
 
 King 
 
 Lead 
 
 Lend 
 
 Man 
 
 Melt 
 
 Rise 
 
 See 
 
 Sing 
 
 Sit 
 
 Strong 
 
 Trow 
 
 Wake 
 
 Win 
 
 Wring wrench, wrong 
 
 Writhe wreath, wry 
 
 30. Another method of forming words, viz. by composition, 
 may be mentioned. These compound words are very numerous 
 in English, though not so numerous as in someother languages, 
 the German for example, which have not been exposed to such 
 powerful influences from without as our own tongue has, but 
 have been left to develope their own capabilities and resources. 
 We are obliged to resort to Latin and Greek for many compound 
 words, which the German expresses by compounding words of 
 its own. Our compounds consist of words of all classes ; as, — 
 forgive, vouchsafe, mistake, undersell, overcome, untie, sunshine, thun- 
 derstorm, hothouse, midnight, daybreak, handicraftsman, fairhaired, 
 seasick, everlasting, into, nevertheless, therefore, (compounded of 
 there and /or,) elsewhere, moreover, however, &c. &c. 
 
 3L New words are also made by the use of prefixes; as, — 
 arise, befriend, ashore, because, never, to-day, &c. Anciently, 
 these prefixes were more numerous, but they have gradually 
 fallen out of general use; yclejit is an example of one of them, 
 which is still occasionally used in comic writing. Prepositions, 
 adverbs, the negative un-, &c. are used as prefixes in compound 
 words. 
 
 VERBS. 
 
 32. Verbs have been defined to be words which express no- 
 tions of activity, when an assertion respecting the activity is 
 intended by the speaker. 
 
 33. They have also been divided into transitive and intransi- 
 tive, according as they did, or did not, express these notions 
 completel}', without the addition of an object. 
 
 34. When the agent of the verb is the subject, the form of the 
 verb is called active ; as, — / love, he reads tlte book, the king opeited 
 parliament. When the immediate object of the verb is the subject, 
 the form is called ^assti;e ; as, — I am loved, the hook is read, par- 
 liament was opened by the king. Verbs, the agent of which is also 
 the immediate object, are said to be reflexive ; as,— he loves him. 
 self, they deceive themselves, she appointed herself this task ; but they 
 do not differ in fortn from active and passive verbs. 
 
 35. Verbs whose subjects are expressed quite indeterminately 
 by the pronoun it, are called imperso?ial ; as, — it rains, it thunder- 
 ed, it is freezing, it was cold. Meseems, meseemed ; methinks, me- 
 thought ; are verbs of this class. 
 
 36. Beside these classes of verbs, there are others which ex- 
 press, not notio?is of action, but relations of action ; these are the 
 verb to he, and those called auxiliary verbs, which are divided 
 into verbs of mood, and verbs of tense, according as they express 
 the relations of mood, or of time. 
 
OUTLINE OF ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 957 
 
 37. The relations of the predicate to the subject, and to the 
 speaker, are expressed by the verb to be, whenever the predicate 
 is not a verb representing a notion ; as, — tlie Jklds are green, the 
 com is ripe, the dog is barking, the boys are playing, thou art tlw man, 
 Socrates was a true jMlosopher, we have been there. All the moods, 
 tenses, &c. of the passive form of verbs are made by the verb 
 to be. 
 
 38. The auxiliary verbs of mood are, can, dare, let, may, must, 
 ought, shall, will ; as,— we can go, they could stay, I dare say, thou 
 durst not tell, let me read it, you may speak, he mii/ht know, the dark- 
 est day must end, men ought always to pray, you shall obey, none should 
 despair, I will have it so, few would choose that lot. 
 
 39. The auxiliary verbs of tense are, be, be about,be going, begin, 
 do, have, shall, will ; as,— you are reading, I teas writing, they are about 
 to send, he was going to tell you, men begin to believe, I do entreat 
 you, we did invite them, they have departed, no one had seen it before, 
 u-e shall see, truth will prevail, he would often testify his regard for me. 
 
 40. The conjugation of verbs expresses the different relations 
 of the notion expressed by the verb to the speaker. The forms 
 of conjugation are, moods for the relation of reality; tenses for 
 the relation of time; and persons, in the singular and plural 
 numbers, for the relation of the predicate to the subject, and for 
 the relation of the latter to the speaker. 
 
 4L There are three moods;— the indicative, for real existence 
 asserted by the speaker; as,— Ae fears, he feared, he will fear : 
 — the conjunctive, (in accessory sentences,) for possible existence, 
 whether regarded as probable or not ; as,— this shall not happen, 
 if I be master ; though he slew me, I would trust in him : — and the 
 imperative, for necessity enforced by the will of the speaker ; as, 
 —fear the Lord, and serve him in truth. Other relations of mood 
 are expressed by the help of various auxiliaries ; such as those 
 of possibility, by be able, dare, may, and can ; as, — he is able to walk, 
 J dare say that, it may rain, we might enter, he can read, they could 
 write ; — those of obligation, by have, make, be, must, ought, and shall; 
 — as, it has to be done, they will make him see, it is to he, we must at- 
 tend, I ought to go, thou shall not steal, you should obey ; — those of 
 determination of will, by will ; as,— he will not obey, we would go ; 
 — those of desire, by like, might, could, and would ; as, — like to have 
 tJieir own way, might Ibut see it ! could we but enter, would it were so ; 
 — those of permission, by may and let : as,— you may depart, they 
 might read it, let him enter ; — those of necessity, by nced;—as, we 
 need not remindyou of your duty ; — those of emphatic assertion, by do ; 
 — as, it does pain me, you did say it, &c. Some of these are often in- 
 serted in grammars as distinct moods, and are called potential,op- 
 tative, jussive, he, but they may be all classed with the indicative. 
 
 42. There are three tenses, the present, the past, and the 
 future ; and there are three degrees of completeness in reference 
 to the time asserted of an action, the indefinite, the imperfect, and 
 the perfect; — as, I icrite (indef. pres.), lam writing (imperf. pres.), 
 I have written (perf. pres.). Iterate (indef. past), I was tcriting (im- 
 perf. past), I had written (perf. past), I shall write (indef. fut.), I 
 shall be writing (imperf. fut.), I shall have written (perf. fut.). In 
 thecoii/unrfiuemoorf, however, the formsexpress rat her the amount 
 of probability than the time of the action ; and when express- 
 ing time, do so only relatively, the actual time being determined 
 by the principal sentence ; as, — if he say so, it is well; toere ittruc, 
 I should have been informed; were he a giant, I would not fear him ; 
 though he fall, he shall not be utterly cast dotvn ; he tvill do it, if he 
 have time ; remember, that thou keep holy the sabbath day ; thotigh 
 thou detain me, I will not eat. Other relations of time are express- 
 ed by the help of various auxiliaries ; as, that of jn-ogrcssive 
 action, by have been ; as, — we have been walking, they had been 
 riding : — that of continued and repeated action, by keep and would; 
 
 as, — / keep expecting him, they kept hoping ; (but this is hardly 
 sanctioned by good usage, although quite correct and conform- 
 able to the genius of our language;) — a' tcnuld manage you his 
 piece thus, and a' would about and about, and away would a' go, and 
 again would a' come.-— that of futurity, by be about, and be going ; 
 as, — lam about to leave town, tee are going to the sea-side ; t hat of in- 
 ceptive action, by be going, and begin ; as, — we are going to read, they 
 began to suspect deceit. 
 
 43. Questions and negative sentences are constructed without 
 the help of any special auxiliaries; as, — is he praised? fearest 
 thou God? love not the world, we are not going ; — and by the help 
 of the auxiliary verb (fo ,• as, — does he praise f didtcefearf donot 
 attend to him, we do not think of renouncing our honour. 
 
 44. The personal forms of conjugation have been almost en- 
 tirely lost in English, and their place is supplied by the use of 
 personal pronouns. These are now employed in all cases, 
 whether the person-ending is preserved or lost; as, — I hope, 
 thou hopest, he hopes, we hope, you hope, they hope. 
 
 45. The infinitive and the participles are in meaning and use 
 stibstantives and adjectives which admit of an objective relation; 
 as,— the standing corn, mowing is more economical than reaping, to 
 pity the unfortunate is a sign of a stjmpathizing spirit, I am to go. 
 They admit of modifications to express the relation of time also; 
 as, — to love, to have loved, to be about to love, loving, loved, having loved, 
 going to love. The preposition to used before the infinitive has 
 been handed down from the Anglo-Saxon gcrundial forms; the 
 genuine infinitive is preserved in the tenses formed by auxiliary 
 verbs; as, — he should dance, we may sing; and it is used after 
 such verbs as see, hear, &c. ; as, — I hear him speak, we see him go, 
 bid me discourse. 
 
 46. Tenses which are formed by the inflexion of the verb 
 itself are called simple ; those formed by the combination of an 
 auxiliary verb with a participle are called compound. There are • 
 only two simple tenses in English, the present and past inde- 
 finite; as, — I love, I loved ; the remainder are compound ; as, — 
 I have loved, I did love, I shall love. 
 
 47. In all the Teutonic languages, and in others of the great 
 familyof languages to which they belong,— the Indo-European, 
 — there are two different modes of conjugation. The first, call- 
 ed the a««'en< conjugation, belonging almost entirely to radical 
 verbs; the other, called the ?«o(fe/'« conjugation, belonging al- 
 most exclusively to derivative verbs. There is, however, a great 
 tendency to reduce all verbs to one standard mode of conjuga- 
 tion ; and as the derivative verbs are far more numerous than 
 the radicals, many of the latter have become assimilated to the 
 former in this respect ; and many are yet in process of assimi- 
 lation ; as,— hang, hung or hanged, hung or hanged. There is also 
 a remarkable anomaly observable in some English verbs, arising 
 from the arbitrary proceedings to which English words have 
 been subjected, in respect of spelling;— many verbs belong to 
 the ancient conjugation in speech, which are conformed in 
 writing to the modern conjugation ; — as, step, stepped, pronounced 
 slept; walk, walJced, pronounced tvalkt. 
 
 48. The ancient conjugation comprises those verbs which in 
 the old grammars are called irregular, and which by etymologists 
 are denominated strong verbs, because of their power of express- 
 ing modifications of meaning by modifications of form, without 
 such recourse to endings as characterizes modern verbs. They 
 are divided into three sorts; those which form their past in- 
 definite tense and participle by the modification of the radical 
 vowel, with the addition of n or en to the participle in some _ 
 cases; — as, spring, sprang, sprung ; throw, threw, thrown: — those 
 which in addition to the modification of the vowel have t ap- 
 
958 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 pended ; as, — buy, bought, bought:— and those which retain the 
 same form in present, past, and participle ; as,— put, put, put. 
 Verbs which differ in less considerable particulars from each 
 other are classified under these divisions, partly for the sake of 
 avoiding unnecessary multiplication of classes, and partly be- 
 cause, in course of time, changes are effected which require for 
 their solution an investigation of the historyof the words, which 
 would be out of place in such an Outline as this. 
 
 49. The modern conjugation comprises the great mass of 
 English verbs, which form their past indefinite tense and par- 
 ticiple by the addition of d or ed to the present indefinite ; as, 
 — love, loved ; hill, hilled. 
 
 50. Beside these are' a few verbs which are wholly irregular, 
 the past tense and participle being formed by parts of other 
 verbs, or in a manner quite different from either ancient or 
 modern conjugations. 
 
 51. The verbs belonging to the three divisions of the ancient 
 conjugation maybe classified so as to exhibit some of the most 
 common laws of the changes of vowels expressive of modifica- 
 tions of the meaning of the root. But it must be remembered 
 that the present tense is not by nature or necessity the root,atiil 
 that in many instances in the following lists, it will be found 
 that the vowel of that tense has been modified, rather than 
 that of the past tense or participle. The verbs of the first two 
 divisions are arranged by the votcel sound of the present indefi- 
 nite tense; the natural scale of the vowel sounds being followed. 
 
 (a.) 
 Begin 
 Cling 
 Dig 
 Drink 
 Fling 
 Ring 
 Shrink 
 Sing 
 Sink 
 Sling 
 Slink 
 Spin 
 Spring 
 
 String 
 Swim 
 Swing 
 Wring 
 
 Bid 
 Give 
 Sit 
 Spit 
 
 (c.) 
 Win 
 Wit 
 
 Get, I 
 Help 
 
 52. First Division of Ancient Verbs. 
 1st Class; y sound. 
 
 began 
 clung 
 
 dag, digged 
 drank 
 flung 
 
 rang, rung 
 shrank, shrunk 
 sang, sung 
 sank, sunk 
 slang, slung 
 slank, slunk 
 span, spun 
 sprang, sprung 
 stuck 
 stung 
 
 stank, stunk 
 Strang, strung 
 swam, swum 
 swang, swung 
 wrung, wringed 
 
 bade, bid 
 gave 
 
 spat, spit 
 
 won, wan 
 wot 
 
 begun 
 
 clung 
 
 dug, digged 
 
 drunk, drunken 
 
 flung 
 
 rung 
 
 shrunk, shrunken 
 
 sung 
 
 sunk, sunken 
 
 slung 
 
 slunk 
 
 spun 
 
 sprung 
 
 stuck 
 
 stung 
 
 stunk 
 
 strung 
 
 swum 
 
 swung 
 
 wrung 
 
 bidden, bid 
 
 given 
 
 sat, sitten 
 
 spat, spit, spitten 
 
 2nd Class: e (short) sound. 
 3t, forget gat, got gotten, got 
 
 holp, helped holpen, helped 
 
 molt, melted molten, melted 
 
 Swell 
 Tread 
 
 Beat 
 
 Bleed 
 
 Breed 
 
 Eat 
 
 Feed 
 
 Lead 
 
 Meet 
 
 Read 
 
 Speed 
 
 (6.) 
 Cleave 
 Cleave 
 Freeze 
 Heave 
 Speak 
 Steal 
 Weave 
 
 (c.) 
 Seethe 
 
 (d.) 
 
 Betide 
 Bite 
 Chide 
 Hide 
 Light 
 Slide 
 (6.) 
 Abide, bide 
 Climb 
 Drive 
 Ride 
 
 Rise, arise 
 Rive 
 Shrive 
 Smite 
 Stride 
 Strive 
 Thrive 
 Write 
 Writhe 
 
 {€.) 
 
 Shine 
 
 {d.) 
 Bind 
 Fight 
 Find 
 Grind 
 Wind 
 
 {e.) 
 Strike 
 
 (/.) 
 Fly 
 
 Lie 
 
 swoll, swelled 
 trod, trode 
 
 swollen, swelled 
 trodden 
 
 3rd Class: e (long) sound. 
 
 beat 
 
 bled 
 
 bred 
 
 ate, eat 
 
 fed 
 
 led 
 
 (adhere) 
 (split) 
 
 beaten 
 
 bled 
 
 bred 
 
 eaten 
 
 fed 
 
 led 
 
 read 
 sped 
 
 clave, cleaved 
 
 clave, clove, cleft 
 
 froze 
 
 hove, heaved 
 
 spake, spoke 
 
 stole 
 
 wove 
 
 met 
 read 
 sped 
 
 cleaved 
 
 cloven, cleft 
 
 frozen 
 
 hoven, heaved 
 
 spoken 
 
 stolen 
 
 woven 
 
 4th Class: ei sound. 
 
 betid 
 
 bit 
 
 chid, chode 
 
 hid 
 
 lit, lighted 
 
 slid 
 
 abode 
 
 clomb, climbed 
 
 drove, drave 
 
 rode, rid 
 
 rose 
 
 rove, rived 
 
 shrove 
 
 smote 
 
 strode, strid 
 
 strove 
 
 throve, thrived 
 
 wrote 
 
 writhen 
 
 shone, shined 
 
 bound 
 fought 
 found 
 ground 
 wound, winded 
 
 struck 
 
 flow 
 
 lay 
 
 betid 
 
 bitten, bit 
 chidden 
 hidden, hid 
 lit, lighted 
 slidden, slid 
 
 abode 
 
 climbed 
 
 driven 
 
 ridden, rid 
 
 risen 
 
 riven 
 
 shriven 
 
 smitten 
 
 stridden 
 
 striven 
 
 thriven 
 
 written, writ, wrote 
 
 writhen, writhed 
 
 shone, shined 
 
 bound, buunden 
 fought, foughten 
 found 
 ground 
 wound 
 
 struck, stricken 
 
 flown 
 
 lain, lien 
 
OUTLINE OF ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 
 5th Class. ■ msoun 
 
 d. 
 
 
 53. Second Division of Ancient Verbs. 
 
 Freight 
 
 fraught, freighted 
 
 fraught, freighted 
 
 
 1st Class: y sound 
 
 
 Slay 
 
 slew 
 
 slain 
 
 Bring 
 
 brought 
 
 brought 
 
 
 6th Class: a (short) sound. 
 
 Spill 
 
 spilt, spilled 
 
 spilt, spilled 
 
 (a.) 
 Hang 
 
 hung, hanged 
 
 hung, hanged 
 
 Think 
 Will 
 
 thought 
 would 
 
 thought 
 
 (i.) 
 
 
 
 (Wis) 
 
 wist 
 
 
 Stand 
 
 stood 
 
 stood 
 
 
 
 
 (c.) 
 
 
 
 
 2nd Class: e (short) sound. 
 
 Wax 
 
 wox, waxed 
 
 waxen, waxed 
 
 Dwell 
 
 dwelt, dwelled 
 
 dwelt, dwelled 
 
 
 
 
 Sell 
 
 sold 
 
 sold 
 
 
 7th Class: a (long) sound. 
 
 Tell 
 
 told 
 
 tuld 
 
 Awake, wake 
 Bake 
 
 awoke, awaked 
 baked 
 
 awaked 
 baken, baked 
 
 
 3rd Class: e (long) sound. 
 
 Bear (bring forth) bore, bare 
 
 born 
 
 Bereave, 
 
 reave bereft, bereaved 
 
 bereft, bereaved 
 
 Bear (carry) 
 
 bore, bare 
 
 borne 
 
 Beseech 
 
 besought 
 
 besought 
 
 Break 
 
 broke, brake 
 
 broke, broken 
 
 Creep 
 
 crept 
 
 crept 
 
 Forsake 
 
 forsook 
 
 forsaken 
 
 Deal 
 
 dealt 
 
 dealt 
 
 Grave 
 
 graved 
 
 graven, graved 
 
 Dream 
 
 dreamt, dreamed 
 
 dreamt, dreamed 
 
 Lade 
 
 laded 
 
 laden 
 
 Feel 
 
 felt 
 
 felt 
 
 Shake 
 
 shook, shaked 
 
 shaken, shaked 
 
 Flee 
 
 fled 
 
 fled 
 
 Shape 
 
 shaped 
 
 shapen, shaped 
 
 Heat 
 
 heard 
 
 heard 
 
 Shave 
 
 shaved 
 
 shaven, shaved 
 
 Keep 
 
 kept 
 
 kept 
 
 Shear 
 
 shore 
 
 shorn 
 
 Kneel 
 
 knelt, kneeled 
 
 knelt, kneeled 
 
 Swear 
 
 swore, sware 
 
 sworn 
 
 Leap 
 
 leapt, leaped 
 
 leapt, leaped 
 
 Take 
 
 took 
 
 taken 
 
 Mean 
 
 meant 
 
 meant 
 
 Tear 
 
 tore, tare 
 
 torn 
 
 Reach 
 
 raught, reached 
 
 raught, reached 
 
 Wear 
 
 wore 
 
 worn 
 
 Seek 
 
 sought 
 
 sought 
 
 
 
 
 Sleep 
 
 slept 
 
 slept 
 
 
 8th Class: au soun 
 
 '• 
 
 Sweep 
 
 swept 
 
 swept 
 
 Draw 
 
 drew 
 
 drawn 
 
 Teach 
 
 taught 
 
 taught 
 
 Fall 
 
 fell 
 
 fallen 
 
 Weep 
 
 wept 
 
 wept 
 
 Saw 
 
 sawed 
 
 sawn, sawed 
 
 
 4th Class: £8 sound 
 
 
 («.) 
 
 9th Class: sound. 
 
 Buy 
 
 bought 
 
 bought 
 
 Blow 
 
 blew 
 
 blown 
 
 
 5th Class: ai sound 
 
 
 Crow 
 
 Fold 
 
 Go, forego 
 
 Grow 
 
 Hold, behold 
 
 crew, crowed 
 folded 
 
 grew 
 held 
 
 crowed 
 folden, folded 
 gone 
 grown 
 holden, held 
 
 Lay 
 
 May 
 Pay 
 
 Say 
 
 laid 
 might 
 paid 
 said 
 
 laid 
 
 paid 
 said 
 
 Know - 
 
 knew 
 
 known 
 
 
 6th Class: a (short) sound. 
 
 Load 
 
 loaded 
 
 loaden, loaded 
 
 Can 
 
 could 
 
 
 Mow 
 Rot 
 
 mowed 
 
 mown, mowed 
 
 Catch 
 
 caught, catched 
 
 caught, catched 
 
 rotted 
 
 rotten, rotted 
 
 Shall 
 
 should 
 
 
 Show 
 
 showed 
 
 shown, showed 
 
 
 
 
 Sow 
 
 sowed 
 
 sown, sowed 
 
 
 7th Class: sound 
 
 
 Strow, strew 
 
 strowed 
 
 strown, strowed 
 
 Owe 
 
 ought, owed 
 
 
 Throw 
 
 threw 
 
 thrown 
 
 
 
 
 Wash 
 
 washed 
 
 washen, washed 
 
 
 8th Class: 00 sound 
 
 
 (6.) 
 
 
 
 Do 
 
 did 
 
 done 
 
 Clothe 
 
 clad, clothed 
 
 clad, clothed 
 
 Lose 
 Shoe 
 
 lost 
 shod 
 
 lost 
 shod 
 
 lOth Class : oo sound. 
 Choose chose chosen 
 
 shot shotten, shot 
 
 11th Class: u (short) sound 
 Come, become came come 
 
 ran run 
 
 12th Class: ei« sound. 
 
 hewed hewn hewed 
 
 Shoot 
 
 Co 
 Run 
 
 Huw 
 
 Work 
 
 («.) 
 Bend 
 Build 
 Gild 
 Gird 
 Lend 
 
 9th Class: u (short) sound. 
 
 wrought, worked wrought, worked 
 54. Third Division of Ancient Verbs. 
 
 bent, bended bent, bended 
 
 built, buildod built, builded 
 
 gilt, gilded gilt, gilded 
 
 girt, girded girt, girded 
 
 lent lent 
 
APPENDIX. 
 
 Rend 
 
 Sead 
 
 Shend 
 
 Spend 
 
 (Wend) 
 
 (6.) 
 Burst 
 Cast 
 Cost 
 Cot 
 Hit 
 Hurt 
 Knit 
 Let 
 Lift 
 Must 
 Ought 
 Put 
 Quit 
 Quoth 
 Roast 
 Rid 
 Set 
 Shed 
 Shred 
 Shut 
 Slit 
 Split 
 Spread 
 Sweat 
 Thrust 
 Wet 
 
 Are 
 Dare 
 Have 
 Make 
 
 shent 
 spent 
 went 
 
 burst 
 
 rast 
 
 cost 
 
 cut 
 
 hit 
 
 hurt 
 
 knit, knitted 
 
 lot 
 
 lift, lifted 
 
 must 
 
 ought 
 
 put 
 
 quit, quitted 
 
 quoth 
 
 roasted 
 
 rid 
 
 set 
 
 shed 
 
 shred 
 
 shut 
 
 slit, slitted 
 
 split, splitted 
 
 spread 
 
 sweat, sweated 
 
 thrust 
 
 wet, wetted 
 
 rent 
 sent 
 shent 
 spent 
 
 burst 
 
 cast 
 
 cost 
 
 cut 
 
 hit 
 
 hurt 
 
 knit, knitl 
 
 let 
 
 lift, lifted 
 
 put 
 
 quit, quilted 
 
 roast, roasted 
 
 rid 
 
 set 
 
 shed 
 
 shred 
 
 shut 
 
 slit, slitted 
 
 split, splitted 
 
 spread 
 
 sweat, sweated 
 
 thrust 
 
 wet, wetted 
 
 The following verbs are irregular :- 
 was been 
 
 durst 
 
 had 
 
 made 
 
 dared 
 
 had 
 
 made 
 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 
 Present Indefinite. 
 Sing. Piur. 
 
 1. 1 am 1. We are 
 
 2. Thou art 2. You are 
 
 3. He is 3. They are 
 
 Past Indefinite. 
 Sing. Plur. 
 
 1. I was 1. We were 
 
 2. Thou wast 2. You were 
 
 3. He was 3. They were 
 
 It will be evident to all readers that had and made are contrac- 
 tions for haved and maked; and that am, was, and been are 
 parts of three different verbs. It is very remarkable that in 
 other languages a similar irregularity exists in the relational 
 verb. 
 
 56. The following examples, with the annotations upon them, 
 will be sufficient for the illustration of all the peculiarities in 
 the conjugation of English verbs. The simple tenses of the 
 auxiliary verbs are given in the succeeding section; and for 
 the exhibition of the full conjugation an ancient verb — to lead — 
 has been selected, as being one of the simplest specimens which 
 could be found, and as serving, also, to show that the old title 
 of Irregular was not fitting to this description of verb. 
 
 57. AUXILIARY VERBS. 
 
 1. To be. 
 
 Probable. Sing 
 
 CONJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 
 »nd Plu. (If) I, thou, he, we, you, they be. 
 
 Improbable. Sing, and Plu 
 
 I (If) I were, thou wert, he, we, you, 
 I they were. 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 .Imperf. Being. Pastlndef. Been. 
 
 INFINITIVE MOOD. 
 
 Pres. Indef. To be. 
 
 Note. The old form of the indicative, pres. indef., of this verb, 
 which occurs in the English Bible, and other works, \s,—Sing. 
 
 1. I be, 2. Thou beest, 3. He be; Plu. 1. We be, 2. You be, 
 
 3. They be, or been. 
 2. Can. 
 INDICATIVE AND CONJUNCTIVE MOODS. 
 
 Pres. Indef. and Probable (If). Past Indef. and Improbable (If). 
 
 Sing. Piur. Sing. Plur. 
 
 1. 1 can 1. We can 1. I could I. We could 
 
 2. Thou canst 2. You can 2. Thou couldst 2. You could 
 
 3. He can 3. They can 3. He could 3. They could 
 
 3. To dare. 
 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 
 Present Indefinite. 
 Sing. Plur, 
 
 1. I dare 1. We dare 
 
 2. Thou darest 2. You dare 
 
 3. He dares 3. They dare 
 
 Past Indefinite. 
 Sing. Plur. 
 
 1. I durst I. We durst 
 
 2. Thou durst 2. You durst 
 
 3. He durst 3. They durst 
 
 CONJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 
 Probable. Sing, and Plu. (If) I, thou, he, we, you, they dare. 
 Improbable. Sing, and Plu. (If )— as Past Indefinite. 
 
 INFINITIVE MOOD. PARTICIPLES. 
 
 Pres. Indef. To dare. Pres. Imperf. Daring. Past Indef. Dared. 
 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 
 Present Indefinite. Past Indefinite. 
 
 Sing. 
 
 Plur. 
 
 Sing, 
 
 Plur. 
 
 I. I do. 
 
 1. We do 
 
 l.Idid 
 
 1. We did 
 
 2. Thou doest, 
 
 2. You do 
 
 2. Thou didst 
 
 2. You did 
 
 or dost 
 
 
 
 
 3. He doth, or 
 
 3. They do 
 
 3. He did 
 
 3. They die 
 
 does 
 
 
 
 
 CONJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 
 Probable. Sing, and Plu. (If) I, thou, he, we, you, they do. 
 Improbable. Sing, and Plu. (If )— as Past Indefinite. 
 
 INFINITIVE MOOD. 
 
 Pres. Indef. To do. 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 Pres. Imperf. Doing. Pastlndef. Done. 
 
 5. To have. 
 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 
 Present Indefinite. 
 
 Past Indefinite. 
 
 Sing. 
 
 1. I have 
 
 2. Thou hast 
 
 3. He hath, 
 
 or has 
 
 Plur. 
 
 1. We have 
 
 2. You have 
 
 3. They have 
 
 Sing. 
 
 1. I had 
 
 2. Thou hadst 
 
 3. He had 
 
 Plur. . 
 
 1. We h;ul 
 
 2. You had 
 
 3. They had 
 
OUTLINE OF ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 9ei 
 
 CONJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 
 Probable. Sing, and PIu. (If) I, thou, he, we, you, they have. 
 Improbable. Sing, and Plu. (If) — as Past Indefinite. 
 
 INFINITIVE MOOD. PARTICIPLES. 
 
 Pres. Indef. To have. Pres. Imperf. Having. Past Indef. Had. 
 
 6. May. 
 
 INDICATIVE AND CONJUNCTIVE MOODS. 
 
 Pres. Indef. and Probable (If). Past Indef. and Improbable (If). 
 Sing. Plur. Sing. Plur. 
 
 1. Imay 1. We may 1. 1 might 1. We might 
 "2. Thou mayest, 2. You may 2. Thou mightest, 2. You might 
 
 or mayst or mightst 
 
 3. He may 3. They may 3. He might 3. They might 
 
 7. Shall. 
 
 INDICATIVE AND CONJUNCTIVE MOODS. 
 
 Pres. Indef. and Probable (If). Past Indef. and Improbable (If). 
 
 Sing. Plur. Sing. Plur. 
 
 1. 1 shall 1. We shall 1. 1 should 1. We should 
 
 2. Thou shall 2. You shall 2. Thou shouldest, 2. You should 
 
 or shouldst 
 
 3. He shall 3. They shall 3. He should 3. They should 
 
 INDICATIVE AND CONJUNCTIVE MOODS. 
 
 Pres. Indef. and Probable (If), 
 Sing. Plur. 
 
 1. 1 will 
 2. Thou wilt 
 
 3. He will 
 
 1. We will 
 
 2. You will 
 
 .They will 
 
 Past Indef. and Improbable (If). 
 Sing. Plur. 
 
 1. 1 would 1. We would 
 
 2. Thou wouldest, 2. You would 
 
 or wouldst 
 
 3. He would 3. They would 
 
 Let and must have no inflexions. Ought has only that of the 
 second person singular,— iAoM oughtest. 
 
 Note. When dare signifies to challenge, it is conjugated ac- 
 cording to the modern forms. Will, also, meaning to will, has 
 as its indicative, pres. indef. sing. 3. He wills. To be, To do, To 
 have, are also used to express notions of action, but have no 
 difference in conjugation. 
 
 58. The following example will illustrate the conjugation of 
 English verbs of both ancient and modern kinds. It is ar- 
 ranged in a tabular form to enable those who may be desirous 
 of comparing the structure of verbs in other languages, to do so 
 with greater facility than would otherwise be possible; the 
 Table furnishing an outline, or plan, of the verbs of all lan- 
 guages ; and our English example, a specimen of the arrange- 
 ment of a verb in such a Table. 
 
 TO 
 
 INDEFINITE. 
 
 i 
 
 I 1 
 
 Pres. 
 Put. 
 r Pres. 
 Past. 
 
 iFut. 
 
 I lead, 2. Thou leadest, 3. He lead- 
 eth, or leads. 
 Plur. 
 
 We lead, 2. You lead, 3. Thev 
 lead. 
 
 1. UeA, 2. Thou leddest, 3. He led. 
 
 Plur. 
 1. We led, 2. You led, 3. They led. 
 
 Sing. 
 1. I shall lead, 2. Thou shalt lead, 
 3. He shall lead. 
 Plur. 
 
 We shall lead, 2. You shall lead, 
 3. They shall lead. 
 Sing. 
 
 (If) 1 lead, 2. (If) thou lead, 3. (If) 
 he lead. 
 Plur. 
 
 (If) we lead, 2. (If) yoH lead, 3. 
 (If) they lead. 
 Sing. 
 
 (If) I led, 2. (If) thou leddest, 3. 
 (If) he led. 
 Plur. 
 
 (If) we led, 2. (If) you led, 3. (If) 
 they led. 
 Sing. 
 
 Let me lead, 2. Lead thou, 3. Let 
 him lead. 
 Plur. 
 
 Let us lead, 2. Lead ye, 3. Let 
 them lead. 
 To lead. 
 To be about to lead. 
 
 Led. 
 About to lead. 
 
 LEAD.— ACTIVE FORMS. 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 Sing. 
 I. I am leading, 2. Thou art leading, 
 3. He is leading. 
 Plur. 
 1. We are leading, 2. You are leading, 
 3. They are leading. 
 Sing. 
 1. 1 was leading, 2. Thou wast lead- 
 ing, 3. He was leading. 
 Plur. 
 I. We were leading, 2. You were lead- 
 ing, 3. They were leading. 
 Sing. 
 t. I shall be leading, 2. Thou shalt be 
 leading, 3. He shall be leading. 
 Plur. 
 I. We shall be leading, 2. You shall be 
 leading, 3. They shall be leading. 
 Sing. 
 I. (If) I be leading, 2. (If) thou be 
 leading, 3. (If) he be leading. 
 Plur. 
 1. (If) we be leading, 2. (If) you be 
 leading, 3. (If) they be leading. 
 Sing. 
 1. (If) I were leading, 2. (If) thou wert 
 leading, 3. (If ) he were leading. 
 Plur. 
 l.(If)wewereleading,2.(If)youwere 
 leading, 3.(If ) they were leading. 
 Sing. 
 1. Let me be leading, 2. Be thou lead- 
 ing, 3. Let him be leading. 
 Plur. 
 1. Let us be leading, 2. Be ye leading, 
 3. Let them be leading. 
 To be leading. 
 
 Leading. 
 
 About to be leading. 
 6 G 
 
 1. I have led, 2. Thou bast led, 3. He 
 hath led. 
 Plur. 
 1. We have led, 2. You have led, 3. 
 They have led. 
 Sing. 
 1. 1 had led, 2. Thou hadst led, 3. He 
 had led. 
 Plur. 
 1. We had led, 2. You had led, 3. They 
 had led. 
 Sing. 
 1. 1 shall have led, 2. Thou shalt have 
 led, 3. He shall have led. 
 Plur. 
 1. We shall have led, 2. You shall have 
 led, 3. They shall have led. 
 Sing. 
 L (If) I have led, 2. (If) thou have 
 led, 3. (If) he have led. 
 Plur. 
 1. (If) we bave led, 2. (If) you have 
 led, 3. (If) they have led. 
 
 1. (If)'l had led, 2. (If) thou hadst 
 
 led, 3. (If) he had led. 
 
 Plur. 
 
 1. (If) we had led, 2. (If) you had led, 
 
 3. (If) they had led. 
 
 To have led. 
 Having led. 
 
INDEFINITE. 
 
 Sing. 
 
 . I am led, 2. Thou art led, 3. He 
 is led. 
 Plur. 
 
 . We are led, 2. You are led, 
 3. They are led. 
 Sinff. 
 
 . 1 was led, 2. Thou wast led, 
 3. He was led. 
 Plur. 
 
 . We were led, 2. You were led, 
 3. They were led. 
 Sinff. 
 
 . I shall be led, 2. Thou shall be 
 led, 3. He shall be led. 
 Plur. 
 
 . We shall be led, 2. You shall 
 be led, 3. They shall be led. 
 
 . (If) i be led, 2. (If) thou be led, 
 3. (If) he be led. 
 Plur. 
 
 . (If) we be led, 2. (If) you be 
 led, 3. (If) they be led. 
 Sing. 
 
 . (If) I were led, 2. (If) thou wert 
 led, 3. (If) he were led. 
 Plur. 
 
 . (If) we were led, 2. (If) you 
 were led, 3. (If) they were led. 
 Sing. 
 
 . Let me be led, 2. Be thou led, 
 3. Let him be led. 
 Plur. 
 
 . Let us be led, 2. Be ye led, 
 3. Let them be led. 
 To be led. 
 To be about to bo led. 
 
 Led. 
 About to be led. 
 
 TO LEAD.— PASSIVE forms. 
 
 I. I am being led, 2. Thou art being 
 led, 3. He is being led. 
 Plur. 
 l.We are being led,2. You are being 
 led, 3. They are being led. 
 Sing. 
 1. 1 was being led, 2. Thou wast be- 
 ing led, 3. He was being led. 
 Plur. 
 l.We werebeing led, 2. You were be- 
 ing led, 3. They were being led. 
 
 Being led. 
 
 PERFECT. 
 
 Sing. 
 I. I have been led, 2. Thou hast been led, 
 3. He has been led. 
 Plur. 
 1. We have been led, 2. You have been led, 
 3. They have been led. 
 Sing. 
 1. 1 had been led, 2. Thou hadst been led, 
 3. He had been led. 
 Plur. 
 I. We had been led, 2. You had been led, 
 3. They had been led. 
 
 1. 1 shall have been led, 2. Thou shalt have 
 been led, 3. He shall have been led. 
 Plur. 
 1. We shall have been led, 2. You shall have 
 been led, 3. They shall have been led. 
 Sing. 
 1. (If) I have been led, 2. (If) thou have been 
 led, 3. (If) he have been led. 
 Plur. 
 1. (If) we have been led, 2. (If) you have been 
 led, 3. (If) they have been led. 
 Sing. 
 1. (If) I had been led, 2. (If) Ihou hadst been 
 led, 3. (If) he had been led. 
 Plur. 
 I. (If) we had been led, 2. (If) you had been 
 led, 3. (If) they had been led 
 
 To have been led. 
 Having been led. 
 
 2fotes. (1.) This Table might have been greatly enlarged by 
 the insertion of the various moods formed by the auxiliaries 
 can, maj/, &c. ; by the insertion of the additional tenses formed 
 by do, have been, keep,bcgin, &c. ; and by the introduction of the 
 numerous combinations of auxiliaries, under separate columns 
 and headings. In many languages there are distinct words, 
 formed by inflexion, for the expression of the meanings con- 
 veyed by these compounded terms of our tongue; this hint is 
 therefore given to such as would compare the verb of other 
 languages with that of ours, as exhibited in this Table. 
 
 (2.) Active, Indie. Pres. and Past Perf. Some few verbs form 
 these tenses by to he, as well as, or instead of, by have ; as, — / 
 •jm come, they were come. 
 
 (3.) Respecting the Conjunctive Moods, see § 42, and observe 
 that all the auxiliaries mentioned in §41 may be employed as 
 conjunctives also. 
 
 (4.) Active, Imperative. A Perfect form is colloquially used in 
 the case of some verbs ; as, — have done ! 
 
 (5.) Passive, Imperfect Tenses. It is evident that the combina- 
 tions of the verb to he required by analogy, are inadmissible in 
 some of these tenses. There is also a form in common and 
 authorized use, made by the combination of to he with the Pres. 
 Imperf. Participle, Active, but not for all verbs, since it is in many 
 cases an ambiguous expression ; as, — the work is preparing, the 
 hook was printing, the houses are repairing, the church was building. 
 
 The origin of this anomaly may be traced in the full form of the 
 expression ; as,— <Ae ark was a preparing (Engl. Bible). 
 
 (6.) It will be observed that the Past Indef. Participles of both 
 Active and Passive forms are the same: this occurs in other 
 languages also. 
 
 SUBSTANTIVES. 
 
 59. 1\\e gender of substantives is determined by the natural 
 sex of the person or being they represent, being called masculine 
 OT feminine, as the existences they denote are male or female. 
 Inanimate beings, abstractions, and existences that have no 
 natural sex, are called neuter. But sex is attributed ^Mra<iVe/i/ 
 to many existences which do not naturally possess it; as, — the 
 sun, he rises: a ship, she founders ; virtue, she is not a shade: — 
 it is also common to speak of beings which are minute, or whose 
 sex is not a distinguishing attribute, as having none ; as, — the 
 bee, it is a most industrious creature ; an infant, it is totally helpless. 
 
 60. Feminine substantives are sometimes formed from mascu- 
 line substantives, by change of termination ; or distinguished 
 from them, by peculiar affixes; — in other instances there are 
 distinct words for the sexes; as, — actor, actress; executor, execu- 
 trix; landgrave, landgravine ;— he-goat, the-goat ; man-servant, maid- 
 servant ; — duck, drake ; hoy, girl. 
 
 61. The;distinction of individuality in persons and things, as 
 
OUTLINE OF ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 expressed by substantives, is pointed out by two words com- 
 monly called articles. The definite article, the, is, in fact, a de- 
 monstrative pronoxm; and the indefinite, an, or a, is a numeral. The 
 is applied to both numbers ; an, or a, only to the singular num- 
 ber, and to plurals preceded by an indefinite numeral. The 
 singles out the notion expressed by the substantive or word it 
 is attached to, from all other notions of its kind ; as,— the man 
 is here, the boys have run away, the hook you gave me is lost, the flowers 
 we gathered are withered, the good practise virtue, tlie wicked fear not 
 to sin, the many are not made for the henefit of the few, he loves the 
 right, it was not in the old times as it is now, the then bishop of London. 
 An, or a, singles out the notion expressed by the word it is at- 
 tached to, simply as one of many; as,— a Aorse, a tree, a great 
 many, it happened an hour ago, a little while and lam with you. There 
 are many substantives used without articles, such as proper 
 names, abstract substantives, and names of materials; as, — 
 Cmsar, Luther, religion, peace, cloth, land. But when these are em- 
 ployed in other senses, and admit of being individualized, arti- 
 cles are used with them ; as, — the Casars, the Luthers of these days, 
 the religions of mankind, the lands you have visited. — Note. An is the 
 full form of the indefinite article, and is connected with the nu- 
 meral one, by the Scotch word used for both article and numeral, 
 ane; the n is dropped before a consonant and a vocalized h. 
 
 62. lL\\e plural number of substantives is formed, in English, 
 in three ways; — by the modification of the vowel sound; as, — 
 man, men ; tooth, teeth ,— by the addition of en, or n, to the singu- 
 lar ; as, — ox, oxen ; — and by the addition ofes, or s, to the singular ; 
 AS, —flower, flowers ; tree, trees. Some euphonic changes take place 
 when es, or s, are added ; as, — lady, ladies ; (but y is unchanged 
 when it forms part of a diphthong, as,— Joy, boys ,-) life, lives. 
 Such changes as in brother, brethren, indicate a participation of 
 both the most ancient ways of forming the plural. Some words 
 have one plural in the ancient form, and another in the modern ; 
 AS,— penny, pence and pennies ; where the former refers to money 
 and the latter to coins. Some words, in both singular and 
 plural forms, are used to express both numbers; as, — sJieep, 
 scissors. Foreign words commonly retain their proper plurals; 
 as, — beau, beaux; memorandum, memoranda ; phasis, phases ; se- 
 raph, seraphim ; virtuoso, virtuosi. There are apparent irregular- 
 ities in the plural forms of some words; many words ending in 
 / and fe, and all ending in ff, except one, retain those letters 
 
 unchanged; as, — chief, chiefs; fife, fifes ; stuff, stuffs; the ex- 
 ceptional one being staff, staves. Other seeming irregularities 
 are relics of old forms, or are irregular in spelling only ; as, — 
 child, children ; mouse, mice. Swine and kine are anomalous in 
 spelling only. In the provincial dialects many words are ren- 
 dered plural in the old forms, which in good English follow the 
 modern forms; &s,—housen, Norfolk, for houses. The names of 
 measures, numbers, and weights, when preceded by numerals, 
 do not take the plural inflexion ; as, — six foot long, two pair of 
 shoes, tico dozen of wine, a hundred head of game, six pound ten 
 shillings, twenty hundredweight are a ton. 
 
 63. In the declension of English substantives, only one case 
 is formed by inflexion, the rest being made by the use of the 
 prepositions which convey the same signification as the various 
 cases of other languages do. This single case is that which is 
 employed in associating one substantive with another as an 
 attribute; and it is formed by the addition of es, or s, to the 
 word. The common way of writing this case, which, however 
 unphilosophical and incorrect, must be followed till the arbiter 
 of language— usage— shall have pronounced in favour of the 
 proper method, is by adding « with an apostrophe to the nomi- 
 native ; as, — man, man's ; men, nun's ; for nums and mens ; James, 
 
 James's, for Jameses, as it is pronounced. The use if the apos- 
 trophe in this case of modern plural forms is quite correct, the 
 second s being omitted in pronouncing these words to avoid 
 excessive sibilation ; as, — hoys' sports, my friends' cares, the ene- 
 mies' camps. The apostrophe is also correctly used when after 
 a sibilant ending thesis omitted in singular words ; as,— /or 
 peace' sake, Apelles' paintings. 
 
 64. The form of substantives is the same, whether they are 
 the subjects or the immediate objects in sentences ; so that 
 the declension of these words in our tongue may be briefly 
 exhibited by the following example :— 
 
 •e, or \ 
 
 •■ case. J 
 
 SINGULAR. 
 
 Hope 
 Hope's 
 
 Hope 
 
 Hopes 
 Hopes' 
 Hopes 
 
 PLURAL. 
 
 Nominative, or | 
 
 Subjective t 
 
 Attributive, or 
 
 Possessive i 
 
 Accusative, or 
 
 Objective case. 
 
 The genitive case is thus expressed, of hope or hopes; the da- 
 tive, or personal case, thus, to hope or hopes,; the ablative, thus, 
 from hope or hopes ; the case of means, thus, by hope or hopes ; 
 the case of locality, thus, in hope or hopes, &c. 
 
 ADJECTIVES. 
 
 65. The adjective in English has no inflexions of number or 
 case, and admits of the cases made by the aid of prepositions 
 only when it is used as an abstract substantive ; as,— the lofty 
 mountain, foreign countries, of various hues, by the great oak, the idea 
 of the beautiful. 
 
 66. The notion expressed by the adjective admits of modifi- 
 cation by the relation of intensity. This relation originates 
 what are called the degrees of comparison, which are two, the 
 comparative and the superlative. The adjective when not used 
 in this relation is erroneously stated by some writers to be in 
 the positive degree ; but as no comparison is made by it, we may 
 exclude it from further notice here. 
 
 67. The distinction between the comparative and superlative 
 degrees is this, that the former represents the notion of the ad- 
 jective as more intense in some instance, or instances, than in 
 others; the latter represents it as being in the most intense 
 degree conceivable : but it is possible to express these degrees 
 by the united use of the comparative and superlative forms ; as, 
 — wood is hard, stone is harder than wood, but diamond is the hardest 
 substance ; or, iron-wood is the hardest kind of wood, but diamond is 
 harder than any other substance, 
 
 68. These degrees are formed by inflexion, and by the use of 
 auxiliary words. The comparative degree is formed by the ad- 
 dition of er, or r, to the adjective; as,— hard, harder; large, 
 larger. The superlative degree is formed by the addition of est, 
 or St, to the adjective; as, — hard, hardest; large, largest. The 
 comparative and superlative are also formed by the auxiliary use 
 of more and most ; as, — hard, more hard, most hard; large, more 
 large, most large. This method is, however, almost restricted to 
 adjectives of more than one syllable, where euphony rejects 
 the comparison by inflexion ; as,— certain, more certain, most cer- 
 tain: but in many instances the inflexions are employed ; as, — 
 Jioly, holier, holiest; able, abler, ablest. In some instances the su- 
 perlative is formed by using most as an affix ; as, low, hwer, 
 lowermost, or lowest. 
 
 69. A less distinct or definite expression of intensity is made 
 by the use of the words too, very, exceedingly, &c. ; as, — it is too 
 
 6 Q 2 
 
964 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 bad, he is very ill, beautiful exceedingly. A comparison of depre- 
 ciation is effected by the aid of less and least ; as,— fair, less fair, 
 least fair. There is also a termination employed to signify a 
 diminution or depreciation of the notion expressed by the 
 original adjective; as, — white, whitish ; long, longish; but this is 
 doubtless the same as that employed to form certain adjectives 
 from substantives ; as, — wolf, wolfish ; Scot, Scottish. 
 
 70. The following comparisons are irregular, or formed by 
 parts of other adjectives. 
 
 Bad, evil 
 
 worse 
 
 worst 
 
 Far 
 
 
 farther, further 
 
 farthest, furthest 
 
 Fore 
 
 
 former 
 
 foremost, first 
 
 Good 
 
 
 better 
 
 best 
 
 Late 
 
 
 later, latter 
 
 latest, last 
 
 Little 
 
 
 less, lesser 
 
 least 
 
 Many 
 
 much 
 
 more 
 
 most 
 
 Near, 
 
 nigh 
 
 nearer, nigher 
 
 nearest, next 
 
 Old 
 
 
 older, elder 
 
 oldest, eldest. 
 
 There are also a few comparative and superlative adjectives 
 which are derived from adverbs or prepositions ; as,— 
 
 In inner innermost, inmost 
 
 Out outer, utter outermost, uttermost, 
 
 outmost, utmost 
 Up upper uppermost, upmost 
 
 Some comparatives, borrowed from the Latin, are used in 
 English without expressing any relation of intensity by com- 
 parison ; as, — superior, interior, exterior. 
 
 PRONOUNS. 
 
 7L Pronouns are employed to indicate the relations of persons 
 and things to the speaker. Those which express only the re- 
 lation of personality are called personal pronouns. Those which 
 ex{)ress, beside the relation of personality, the individuality of 
 the person or thing referred to, are called demonstrative pro- 
 nouns. Interrogative pronouns are those which ask what rela- 
 tions of personality or individuality any persons or things 
 stand in. When the demonstrative relation of a person or 
 thing refers to another notion, that notion is always expressed 
 by an accessory sentence, which is connected with the princi- 
 pal sentence by an interrogative pronoun, which in these in- 
 stances is called a relative pronoun. These pronouns, thus ap- 
 plied to persons and things, are also called substantive pronouns; 
 but when they are employed as attributes to substantives, they 
 are called adjective pronouns. From demonstrative and inter- 
 rogative pronouns are derived a class of words, which, beside 
 expressing the relations conveyed by these pronouns, at the 
 same time express the relation of time, place, or manner ; these 
 are called adverbial pronouns. There are also sdme words which 
 express persons or things in an indefinite manner, and are 
 called indefinite Tpronoans.— Examples. I bad you tell him. You 
 know them. They do not alarm us. Tins is more beautiful than 
 that. Those are to be preferred to these. IVho is a good man ? 
 Which is the best remedy ? . IVho calls so loud .? The flowers 
 which you gathered are withered. The men whom you pursue 
 have escaped.— r/tw rose is most beautiful. His father instructed 
 him. Whose interests do you seek ? — I live liere. Whence do 
 you come? Speak it thus. When did you arrive.* — One is 
 astonished at nothing now. Somebody must have informed 
 bim. Nothing has been discovered. 
 
 72. The personal pronouns of the «ui»tan<ite class are thus 
 declined : 
 
 FIRST PERSON. SECOND PERSON. 
 
 Sing. Plur. Sing. Plur. 
 
 Nominative, \ j ^^ t,,^„ you, or ye 
 
 or Subjective, j 
 Attributive, 
 or Genitive. 
 Accusative, 1 
 
 ^, ■ }■ "1® 
 or Objective. ) 
 
 THIRD PERSON. 
 
 Sing. Plur. 
 
 .} 
 
 I mine ours thine yours 
 
 me us thee you, or ye 
 
 M. 
 
 F. 
 
 N. 
 
 All genders 
 
 he 
 
 she 
 
 it 
 
 they 
 
 his 
 
 hers 
 
 its 
 
 theirs 
 
 him 
 
 her 
 
 it 
 
 them 
 
 Nom. 
 
 Gen. 
 
 Ace. 
 
 The reflexive pronouns, which are used as the objects of verbs, 
 when the object and subject are the same, are, myself, ourselves ,• 
 thyself , yourselves ; himself, herself, itself, themselves. But the per- 
 sonal pronouns are often used with a reflexive sense ; as,— ie- 
 thinh thee ! he bewailed him for his woes. One another, and each 
 other, are employed to express reciprocal action ; as, — they hated 
 and feared one anotlier, they asked each other of their welfare. 
 
 Note. Thou,thine, and thee are not ordinarily used in address- 
 ing individuals, except when strong feelings of love or hatred 
 and anger are expressed ; in other cases ihe plural is employed. 
 The Society of Friends do not conform to this custom ; but they 
 most frequently employ thee as if it were the nominative case. 
 In prayer and addresses to God, Tliou, &c., alone are used. 
 
 73. Personal pronouns of the adjective class, which are in 
 grammars usually called possessives, are derived from the geni- 
 tive cases, singular and plural, of the substantive forms. They 
 are my or mine, thy or thine, his, her or hers, its,our or ours, your or 
 yours, their or theirs. 
 
 74. The demonstrative pronouns of the substantive class, are 
 this, plural these, and that, plural those. The reflexive pronouns 
 are also used demonstratively; as,— he followed it himself , they 
 themselves were ashamed. And a more emphatic form is given to 
 it by the use of own .• as,— I discovered it my own self. 
 
 75. Demonstrative adjective pronouns are, beside those of the 
 substantive class, such, yon and yonder, the, the same,the other, &c. ; 
 as,— sucA fate awaits the wicked, yon foicery arbours, yonder alleys 
 green, the tree I planted, the same thief robbed me, on the other hand 
 it is asserted thus. In the same way are used even, former and 
 latter, &c. ; as,— eren he believed the story, the former statement con- 
 tradicts the latter assertion. Many of these are also used sub- 
 stantively. 
 
 76. The adverbial demonstratives are such as, here, there, hither, 
 thither, hence, thence, yonder, then, thus, so, &c. ; as, — here we laugh 
 and there we sing, the waters were divided hither and thither, take 
 these things hence, thence shall my hand take them, I see him yonder, 
 then shall it happen, he spake thus, so it was. 
 
 77. Interrogative and relative pronouns of the substantive class 
 are thus declined :— 
 
 Sing, and Plur. 
 
 Nominative who 
 
 Genitive whose 
 
 Accusative whom 
 
 Which and what have no inflexions, but all cases of them may 
 be made by the aid of prepositions. 
 
OUTLINE OF ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 78. The adjective pronouns of the interroyative and relative 
 kinds are which and tchat ; as, — which hook will you readf I know 
 which man it was ,• what goods have you purchased f what evil has 
 been done, no one can say. 
 
 79. Adverbial interrogative and relative pronouns are, where, 
 whither, whence, when, how ; — as, where have you been f we know 
 
 , where he is ; whither goest thou f we know not whither thougoest, and 
 how can we know the way ? whence they came is a mystery ; when 
 did you arrive f I will tell you how I learned this. 
 
 80. These pronouns are often compounded ; as, — whoever, 
 whosoever, whichever, whichsoever, whatever, wherever, whencesoever, 
 however, herein, therein, therefore, wherefore, hereat, thereunto, &c. 
 
 8L The indefinite pronouns are of the description of substan- 
 tive pronouns ; as, — one needs to have all one's wits about one, it is 
 useless to mind what people say, nought is every thing and every thing 
 is nought, there is nothing the matter, it may prove something for aught 
 Iknow, any one can say that. The personal pronoun they is also 
 used indefinitely; as, — they say he has mines of wealth. Other 
 words are also occasionally employed in this way. 
 
 NUMERALS. 
 
 82. Numerals are words which do not express notions, but 
 only the relations of number and quantity ; and are divided into 
 definite and indefinite, according as they imply a definite number; 
 as, — one, ten, a hundred ;— ox an indefinite number or quantity; 
 as, — many men,much bread, some houses. The definite numerals, 
 which express number alone, are called cardinal numerals; as, 
 — two, nine, fourteen, ticenly-one,five hundred and six, eighteen hun- 
 dred and forty-nine. Those which express the place in the series 
 of cardinal numbers which any person or thing holds, are called 
 ordinal numerals; as, — it is the first anniversary, he teas in his 
 eightieth year. 
 
 83. The following numerals are formed from cardinals and 
 ordinals: — distributives; as, — one by one, two and two, by fives, by 
 nines, by hundreds : — ?nultiplicatives ; as, single or simple, double or 
 tioofold, sixty-fold ; and in the same way from the indefinite nu- 
 meral 7nany, manifold: — reiteratives ; as,— once, ticice, thrice, ten 
 times, a hundred times: — fractional; as,— a third, a fourth or a 
 quarter, a tenth; with a AnJ/^ instead oi second. From ordinal 
 numerals are also formed adverbial numerals ; diS,— firstly, second- 
 ly, ninetcenthly. 
 
 84. In some instances such words as next, other, loth, either, 
 neither, again, are employed as numerals; as, — lie departed the 
 next day after that, give me another glass of wine, I follow both pro- 
 fessions, either would suit me, I like neither of them, I never saw her 
 again. 
 
 85. Indefinite numerals are such as all, none, some, any, few, 
 many, little, much, enough, every, each, one, other, several: as, — all 
 mine are thine, none of these things move me, some affected ignorance, 
 did you see any men ? fete find what many seek, little could be said, 
 much has been left untouched, it is enough, it is what every man expected, 
 each for himself says the selfish man, one is hungry, another is drunken, 
 several eagles flew over the plain, no riches could save him, I bought 
 the whole draught. These are employed variously as substantives 
 or adjectives; and a remarkable difference in meaning is ex- 
 pressed by the use or omission of the indefinite article with 
 tittle, &c., in some instances ; as, — little attention teas bestowed on 
 him, here I received a little attention. To the list above must be 
 added whether, employed as a substantive sometimes, but more 
 often as an adjective ; as,— let them take whether they will, whether 
 is easier to sayf But the use of this word as an indefinite nu- 
 meral is almost obsolete. 
 
 ADVERBS. 
 
 86. Adverbs, properly SO called, are inflexible words, express- 
 ing the relations of time, place, manner, &c. ; but those forms 
 of substantives, adjectives, pronouns, and numerals, which ex- 
 press the same relations, are to be regarded as adverbial; as, 
 — stunmer will come soon, the news got abroad, carry it thus ; — Ae ar- 
 rived before night, they live in the country, we left in great haste. Ad- 
 verbs which are formed from substantives and adjectives are 
 strictly notional words; those formed from pronouns and nu- 
 merals, relational words; but there are many adverbs which 
 have lost their notional signification, and express nothing but 
 the relations of place, time, &c., with reference to the speaker ; 
 as, — it is fortunate indeed, he waits below, I wish to speak to you now. 
 
 87. The following are a few of the relational adverbs:— of 
 place ; here, there, where, hither, thither, whither, hence, thence, whence, 
 above, below, beneath, before, behind, around, in, out, off, near, far, back, 
 backwards, forwards, aside, abroad, upwards, downwards, &c. : — of 
 time ; then, when, now, lately, already, after, before, yet, still, soon, 
 hitherto, henceforth, &c. :— of freqitency and intensity ; once, twice, 
 thrice, &c., seldom, often, again, very, quite, even, nearly, too, only, en- 
 tirely, almost, hardly, much, rather, &c. : — of mood; yes, yet, however, 
 really, no, not, if, perhaps, probably, neither, likely, may be, &c. : — of 
 causality ; wherefore, therefore, notwithstanding, nevertheless, why, &c. : 
 — of manner ; so, thus, hoic, as, otherwise, exactly so, &c. 
 
 88. A few adverbs of time and place, and most of those of 
 manner, are notional words ; as,— the road lies uphill, the light ap- 
 peared eastward of us, tee are paid daily, he speaks fluently, she 
 sings exquisitely, lie studies indefatigahly, it stands advantageously, 
 we were invited pressingly to stay, he returned hastily and suddenly 
 set out for Rome, they obey their priests blindly. 
 
 89. Adverbs of manner, and some others, admit of degrees of 
 comparison, which are formed in the same way as those of ad- 
 jectives are ; as, — often, oftener, oftenest ; kindly, more kindly, most 
 kindly. Some adverbs in frequent use are evidently compara- 
 tives and superlatives ; as,— a/?er, next, ere, erst, almost, &c. 
 
 PREPOSITIONS. 
 
 90. Prepositions are words expressive (literally) only of rela- 
 tions of place; and were originally adverbs of place; but they 
 can now convey no meaning unless used in connexion with a 
 substantive or pronoun. Figuratively, but universally, prepo- 
 sitions are employed to represent other relations beside those 
 of place; as,— it lies on the table, stand by me, lam going to Lon- 
 don, we came from the house : — of time ; as, — it happened on Sun- 
 day, we shall be there by the evening, from day to day : — of causality : 
 AS,— on this consideration I pardon you, led by no presumption, now 
 to our cost your emptiness we know, you are good from a nobler cause : 
 — of manner ; as, — on this wise he spake, seize her by force, he speaks 
 to the purpose, from my heart I forgive him:— of the immediate 
 object of an action ; as, — / rely on your honour, he does well by us, 
 they acceded to the proposal, this differs from that: — of the attribute 
 to its substantive ; as, — a house on fire ! travels by land and water, 
 he is brother to the emperor, relief from sickness. 
 
 9L Beside the prepositions strictly so called, such as in, with, 
 from, by, at, to, after, for, &c., there are other words, and com- 
 binations of words, which are employed as prepositions, such 
 as because of, by means of, instead of, on account of, with respect to, 
 between, beyond, past, near, till, among, within, without, &c. They 
 are originally either participles, substantives, adjectives, or ad- 
 verbs ; as, — during, by virtue of, round, below ; and some are still 
 used as such. 
 
966 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 92. The cases of suhstatUivea, &c., which in many other lan- 
 guages are formed by inflexions, are in English formed by the 
 help of prepositions ; of being used for the genitive, to for the 
 dative, from for the ablative, &c. A fact which shows what cases 
 really are; especially when it is understood that the inflexions 
 are formed by syllables or letters affixed to the root of the word, 
 and that they, as well as the prepositions, primarily denoted 
 relations of place ; added to which is the custom of writing the 
 prepositions as forming one word with those substantives, which 
 prevails in the best ancient inscriptions and nmouscripts, in 
 the Latin language in particular ; and in the old Latin, the use 
 of the prepositions as affixes, exactly in the same way as the case- 
 endings are used, and which was retained in some instances to 
 the latest period of its use as a living tongue. 
 
 93. Prepositions are much used in compositiori with verbs; but 
 they lose their peculiar meaning and have an adverbial signifi- 
 cation, in such connexion ; as,—/ have undertaken the task, that 
 is a difficulty I cannot overcotne, he underwent great fatigue. In 
 many cases the preposition, though in sense thus attached to 
 the verb, is separated from it ; as, — he passed by on the other side, 
 the engagement was broken off, he went on with his story, train up a 
 child in the way he should go, 
 
 CONJUNCTIONS. 
 
 94. Thoughts which are related in the mind of the speaker, 
 and such as are parts of one wider thought, are joined in ex- 
 pression by the relational words called conjunctions. When two 
 or more sentences have any essential p^rt in common, such 
 as the subject, predicate, &c., they are commonly contracted 
 into one sentence by the aid of a conjunction, which, seeming 
 to connect two words, really connects two sentences, part of one 
 of which is suppressed ; as,— they ate and they drank, contracted 
 to they ate and drank ; the boy works here and the man works 
 here, contracted to the boy and the man work here, 
 
 95. Conjunctions are divided into co-ordinaiive and sub-ordi- 
 native, according as the sentences they connect express thoughts 
 which are independent of, though related to, each other; or 
 those which are dependent on each other, and properly form 
 but one thought in the speaker's mind. Co-ordinaiive conjunc- 
 tions are such as simply enlarge or complete a thought by add- 
 ing other sentences, and which are called copulative; as, — the 
 boy and his mother walked together ; we neither expect nor hope for 
 such aid; he is both tyrannical and servile; there was not only the 
 brother, but the sister also: — or such as limit or even deny the 
 thought expressed in the antecedent sentence, and are called 
 adversative ; as,— you cannot help, it is true, but you need not hinder ; 
 it does notharm me, truly, yet it does me no good; he came though he was 
 not invited; they have all that heart can wish, and still are unsatis- 
 fied ; I did not blame him, on the contrary, I praised him ; it was 
 
 carefully explained to him, he nevertheless seemed not to understand 
 it ; you should not say Sibboleth, but Shibboleth ; be loveable, else you 
 will never be loved ; either you are mad, or J am ; he promised me 
 faithfully, but lie does not keep his word : — or such as express the re- 
 lation of causality, and are called causative; as, — it musthave rained, 
 for the ground is wet ; he avoided me, hence I conclude that my sus- 
 picions are correct ; his daughter is ill, on that account he stays at 
 home ; I have married a wife, titerefore I cannot come ; he left early, 
 and so must have reached home already ; I heard you were in town, 
 consequently I did not call at your house. 
 
 96. Subordinative conjunctions connect dependent accessory 
 sentences with the principal sentence, that is, such sentences 
 as may be considered as standing in place of a substantive, ad- 
 
 jective, or adverb; as,— Ae reported that tJie king was dead; he 
 was at his work before tlte sun rose ,- he who acts hastily will repent 
 at leisure ; I know where you pass your time ; I shall finish my work, 
 while you are playing ; since I saio you, I have written to my brother ; 
 he cannot walk, because he has broken his leg ; as the gentleman was 
 a foreigner, I addressed him in French. 
 
 97. Many of the words used above to illustrate the defini- 
 tions will be found to be adverbs, and some are pronouns; but 
 being employed in the connexion of detached or imperfect 
 thoughts, they are in meaning conjunctions. Words which have 
 no other meaning are distinguished as conjunctions proper. 
 
 SYNTAX. 
 
 THE PREDICATIVE COMBINATION. 
 
 98. A predicative combination constitutes a sentence, and ex- 
 presses an action, which is asserted to be the action of a person 
 or thing; as, — we write, the man writes; in which the action 
 of icnVmi/ is asserted respecting the persons designated by lec, 
 and the man. 
 
 99. The predicate is the word which expresses the action ; — 
 the subject, the word which expresses the person or thing of 
 whom the action is asserted : in the preceding examples, we, 
 and the man, are subjects ; write, and writes, predicates. 
 
 100. The subject of a sentence may be expressed by substan- 
 tives, pronouns, the infinitive mood of verbs, or by substantive 
 accessory sentences. The consideration of the last is deferred 
 to the sections which treat especially of accessory sentences. 
 Examples. — Birds fly. Flowers bloom. Clouds gather. I run. 
 You speak. They are preparing. To live is to think, with an 
 educated man. With me, to live is Christ, and to die, gain. 
 
 101. The predicate of a sentence may be expressed by verbs, 
 adjectives, substantives, the infinitive mood of verbs, adverbs, 
 numerals, pronouns, and by accessory sentences. These last 
 are deferred to the sections especially devoted to them. Fx- 
 amples. — He reads. The man was working. Our house is finislied. 
 \ should have been satisfied. The well is rfeep. Those mountains 
 are lofty. He had been a soldier. That is the road. It is of 
 great importance. Those papers are of consequence to us. They 
 were from home. He was in the house. He that is not against 
 me is for me. This is to die. To live is to think, with an edu- 
 cated man. Are you there? It is to-morrow. It was so. It is 
 the same. It is /. These be they. We are seven. 1 am the first 
 and tlie last. 
 
 102. When the verb to he is not part of a compound tense, as 
 in lie is praised, it is called the copula, or tie, which connects 
 the predicate with the subject. It can be used alone, when it 
 denotes abstract existence; as, — Ood is. In many of the ex- 
 amples given in the last paragraph this verb is neither a verb 
 of existence, nor yet a mere relational verb or copula, but sig- 
 nifies to live, to dwell, &c. ; or there is an ellipsis, or omission ; as 
 in, the book is out, i. e. sent out, or published ; the battle is over, i. e. 
 passed over, or finished. 
 
 103. The subject of a sentence always stands in the numirui- 
 tive case; which has, therefore, in the preceding part, been 
 occasionally designated the subjective case. When the sccotul 
 person, singular or plural, of the imperative mood is used, the 
 subject is commonly omitted ; as,— tell me, bring flowers. 
 
 104. The subfect of impersonal verbs, which is rather /orma% 
 
OUTLINE OF ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 than really the subject, is the indefinite pronoun it ; as, — it 
 thunders, it becomes merit seemed to he rainim;. In cases when 
 peculiar emphasis is to be employed in respect of the subject, 
 or when a certain liveliness is to be given to a narration, a 
 formal subject, there, or it, stands in the proper place in the sen- 
 tence, and the real subject follows the verb, or copula; as,— 
 there were giants in the earth, it was a friar of orders gray went forth 
 to tell his heads, is there no halm in Gilead ? there be many that say 
 this,there is a lad here. The pronoun it is also occasionally used 
 as the formal subject when the infinitive mood of a verb is the 
 real subject ; as, — it is delightful and honourable to die for one's 
 country, it is good for us to be here. 
 
 105. The relation of the predicate to the subject is expressed by 
 the former being in the same number as the latter; and also 
 by their being both put into the same personal relation to the 
 speaker ; as, — the bog plays, the boys play, this field is green, the 
 
 fields are green, I am here, thou lovest righteousness, they fear him. 
 
 106. When two or more subjects, in the singular number, con- 
 nected by the conjunction and, have but one predicate, as in con- 
 tracted or compounded sentences, the relation of the predicate 
 to the subject is expressed by its being put in the plural num- 
 ber ; as, — Shakspeare and Milton are the greatest poets of this coun- 
 try, Mercury and Venus are called inferior planets, pomp and ostenta- 
 tion speak not greatness of misery but smaltness of mind. Sometimes, 
 however, the conjunction is omitted ; as, — noio abide faith, hope, 
 charity, these three. But when the subjects, thus connected, 
 may be conceived as constituting but one general notion, the 
 predicate is in the singular number; as, — here is my knife and 
 fork, toil and sorrow is the common lot of man. When the connect- 
 ing conjunction is or, or nor, the predicate is in the singular 
 number; unless one of the subjects is in the plural number, 
 when the predicate is in the plural number; as, — either hope or 
 
 fear impels him, neither hope nor fear impels him, either he or they are 
 to blame, neither he nor they are to blame. 
 
 107. Collective substantives, as generally expressing single 
 notions, have their predicates in the singular number; but 
 when they plainly imply a plural notion, the predicate is plural; 
 as, — the council was unanimous, the council were divided in their 
 views, my peopk doth not consider, people say that it portends famine, 
 the parliament is assembled, the multitude teas awed at his boldness, 
 the crowd is dispersed, the careful couple join their pious prayers, here 
 is a dozen of wine. 
 
 108. When the predicate is a substantive or personal pronoun, 
 it is put in the same number, case, and gender as the subject, 
 as far as the language permits ; as, — she is a poetess, kings are but 
 men, lam he. This does not exclude the employment of other 
 cases, when the predicate expresses an attribute, property, &c., 
 rather than an identical notion; as, — that hat is Robert's, tlie 
 house is on fire, he is with us. The genitive of personal pronouns 
 IS not employed as a predicate, but instead of it the forms mine, 
 thine, his, hers, its, ours, yours, theirs ; as, — that hdt is mine, tlie loss 
 is ours, the gain is theirs. When the indefinite pronoun it stands 
 as formal subject in a sentence, the predicate of which is a per- 
 sonal pronoun, that predicate must be, in English, in the nomi- 
 native case ; as, — it is I, it is thou, it is he, it is we, it is they ; and 
 not me, thee, him, us, and them, as is common in colloquial Eng- 
 lish ; these predicates being the real subjects of the sentences, 
 and the verb to be not a mere copula. Before comparatives and 
 superlatives, the definite article is employed in the predicate ; as, 
 — this is the larger of the two, he is the wisest. When a masculine 
 term signifies a class, as well as sex, it may be employed as a 
 predicate to a feminine subject, if the class, rather than the sex, 
 is intended to be expressed ; as, — she is a poet. 
 
 109. The relation of personality in a sentence is expressed by 
 the use of the appropriate pronouns, when the subject is a pro- 
 noun ; and by the predicate being put in the corresponding 
 personal form. If the assertion is made in the speaker's own per- 
 son, ihe first person is employed ; as, — lam he. We speak that we 
 do know. If it is addressed to another person, the secottd person 
 is used ; as, — thou art the man, ye have forsaken me. If it is made 
 of another person, or of a thing, the iAiVrf person is used ; as, — 
 he knoweth our frame, he remembereth that we are but dust, the ox 
 knotceth his owner, they have gone away backward, they are put to 
 confusion, the crane and the swallow observe the time of their coming, 
 the earth did quake and the rocks were rent. 
 
 110. In contracted sentences, when there are different relations 
 of personality expressed by the different subjects, the predicate 
 is put into that form which expresses the nearest of those rela- 
 tions to the speaker, the number being determined as in (106); 
 as, — thou and I will be first in the throng, my brother and 1 have re- 
 turned, you and that man were tcitnesses. As, however, there are 
 no personal inflexions in the plural of our verbs, the usage here 
 described is not apparent unless the subjects are again referred 
 to by means of a personal pronoun ; such reference would be 
 made in the first and second of these examples by we, and in the 
 third by you. 
 
 111. The relation of time in a sentence is expressed by the 
 tenses of verbs, by auxiliary verbs of tense, and by a peculiar 
 use of some forms, which do not, in themselves, imply such re- 
 lations; as, — lam writing, lam going to write, lam to write as 
 soon as I have obtained the necessary information. The relation of 
 intensity modifies this relation of time; actions being capable oi 
 being represented indefinitely, as not completed, or as completed 
 and perfect, &c. ; as, — I write, I am writing, I have written, 
 
 112. The present tenses are employed when the action ex- 
 pressed by the predicate coincides with the present existence 
 of the speaker ; as, — indefinite, — my heart is turned to stone, I 
 strike it and it hurts my hand ; I remember the days of old ; the wicked 
 /lee when no manpursueth : — imperfect, — the sun is setting, the hea- 
 vens are telling the glory of God: — perfect, — what I have written, I 
 have written ; we have done that which it teas our duty to do. Gene- 
 ral truths and facts are expressed by the present indefinite 
 tense ; as, — God is a spirit, there is a spirit in man, two and two 
 are four, discontent is immorality. This tense is also employed in 
 animated historic narration ; as, — blood flows, the element of new 
 madness ; the wounded are carried into houses of the Sue Cerisaie ; the 
 dying leave their last mandate not to yield till the accursed strong-hold 
 fall. On his plank, swinging over that stone-ditch, he hovers perilous : 
 the Stciss holds a paper through his porthole, the shifty Usher snatches 
 it, and returns; — terms of surrender: — accepted: — sinks the draw- 
 bridge, rushes in the living deluge : the Bastille is fallen ! Future time 
 is also expressed by the present tense, when the relation of time 
 does not require to be pointed out ; as, — / go to London next 
 week, I set out to-morrow morning. 
 
 113. The past tenses are used to signify that the action 
 spoken of occurred before the time of its being mentioned by 
 the speaker; — as, — indefinitely, — her father loved me, oft invited 
 me, still questioned me the story of my birth. Then brought lie me out of 
 the way, and led nic unto the outer gate. It was condemned in parlia- 
 ment, and prejudged in the common opinion of the realm : — i mperfect , 
 — there was no thought of pleasing you when she was christened; ihe 
 fishermen were washing their nets ; while I was speaking, and pray- 
 ing, and confessing my sin, the man Gabriel touched me : — perfect, — 
 when he had spoken such words I became dumb, he had preparect 
 for him a great chamber, he had been well instructed in his younger 
 days. The imperfect past tense is commonly employed in 
 
animated narration ; as, — his law-studies were already ended, and 
 he was now bringing a wife home ; mother and wife were to lice 
 together ; the sisters had got, or were getting married. The indefi- 
 nite and perfect past tenses are used to express events which 
 have relation to another event ; as, — when he arrived I departed, 
 when I arrived he had set out. The indefinite past tense is also 
 used when the events are referred to a division of time, and not 
 to another event ; as, — I supped with him last night. 
 
 114. The future tenses are employed when the action is 
 spoken of as not having taken place at the time the speaker is 
 naming them ; as, — indefinite, — I shall go first, you will go next, 
 and he will follow you ; there will be no play to-night ; dost thou think 
 because thou art virtuous there shall be no more cakes and ale f our 
 children shall see this and bless Heaven : — imperfect, — tliey will be 
 still praising thee ; we shall be travelling all night ; you will be sleeping 
 while we are on our journey : — perfect, — he will have left us when 
 your brother arrives ; I shall have finished my task before you have 
 half done yours ; then cometh the end, when he shall have delivered up 
 the kingdom to God, even the Father, when he shall have put down all 
 rule and all autlwrity and power. Respecting the other uses of 
 the auxiliary verb shall and will, see (118). There are other 
 forms by which the relation of time is expressed, and which are 
 sufficiently noticed in the Etymology of this " Outline," to which 
 the reader is referred. 
 
 115. The relation of mood in sentences is expressed by the 
 employment of the moods of verbs, by the auxiliary verbs of 
 mood, and by peculiarities in the arrangement of the words 
 composing the sentence ; as, — he reads, he has read, he will be 
 reading, he can read, he ought to read, he might read, if lie read let 
 him write also, had I but read that letter ! 
 
 110. The indicative mood is employed when the sentence con- 
 tains the assertion or denial of actual existence by the speaker, 
 and also when it is an inquiry respecting such existence; as, — 
 not to know of things remote, but to know that which before us lies in 
 daily life, is tlie prime wisdom ; Sheba was never more covetous of wis- 
 dom and fair virtue, than this pure soul shall be ; the ox knoweth his 
 owner, and the ass his master's crib, but Israel doth not know, my 
 people doth not consider ; how sleep the brave f what said these men f 
 and from whence come they f what have they seen in thy house f 
 
 117. In the -E<yn»o%y of this "Outline" all the auxiliary verbs 
 of mood are treated of; some further remarks upon some of them 
 remain, however, to be made. The verbs which are usually re- 
 ferred to the conjunctive (or subjunctive) mood, were there refer- 
 red to the indicative: it will be shown here that the common 
 use of them is assertory : and that, when they are employed to 
 express more or less probable possibility, they follow the same 
 laws as the rest of the indicative auxiliaries, will appear in the 
 sections that treat of the conjunctive mood. 
 
 118. Power or ability is asserted by can ; as, — he can play and 
 we can sing ; cannot you understand me f I could ride and run, in my 
 young days, better than you, my masters ! how could it have happened 
 thus f But could has not always a past sense ; as, — I could do it, 
 an' if I would; could you oblige me so far ? Liberty is asserted by 
 may ; as, — you may go further and fare worse ; what he may do is 
 of two kinds, what he may do as just, and what he may do as possible; 
 may we know what this new doctrine is? 1 might be about ten years 
 old then ; he might have had the appointment you received. 3fight, 
 also, has not always a past sense; as, — I might go if I chose ; 
 might I ask you one question f Obligation or constraint is asserted 
 by shall ; as, — / shall submit, shall J? thou shalt not covet ; it is a 
 mind that shall remain ; shall remain ! mark you his absolute shall ? 
 things have not, of late, been as they should be ; I told him, he should 
 doit: lie should have complied with their request for civility' sake. 
 
 Should, when it is not used as the past historic tense of shall, is 
 employed to express a less violent constraint than shall implies ; 
 as, — you should go, for it is kind of him to invite you, and you 7nay be 
 instructed or amused ; you shall go, if not willingly, then unwillingly, 
 for I will make you ; in which sentences, and in others Ifke them, 
 the words sAa// and sAo«W cannot be transposed. An antiquated 
 and provincial use of should is worthy of remark : — there is a 
 narration, that there should be an herb that groweth in the like- 
 ness of a lamb; I have heard that he «AomW declare this. In- 
 tention and volition are asserted by will; as, — I will return again to 
 you, if Godwin ; I will not be inquired of by you ; wiU thou not say unto 
 me from henceforth, Tliou art the guide of my youth f if I knew, then 
 would not I tell thee f thus would he sit for hours together; he would 
 not slay him; we would know what these things mean; lie made 
 as though he would have gone further ; lie would not have suffered his 
 house to be broken into. Would has not always a past sense, as 
 some of the preceding examples show. 
 
 119. The distinction between the use of shall and will, as 
 auxiliaries of tense, and as auxiliaries of mood, may be pointed 
 out here. The former of these verbs is derived from an Anglo- 
 Saxon verb, signifying to owe, so that in its strict and original 
 meaning, it is nearly synonymous with ought. It is used so in 
 the first English writers, Chaucer, WIcklifF, &c. The radical 
 meaning of the latter verb is preserved in the notional verb 
 and the substantive derived from it. Both verbs imply futurity 
 in their radical meanings; and hence, when our future in- 
 flexions were lost, they were adopted to form, by composition, 
 our future tenses. Both verbs are employed in this way in all 
 the persons of these tenses, and in both numbers; but, gene- 
 rally, in affirmative assertions, will is restricted to the first persons, 
 and shall to the second and third ; perhaps, because the speaker 
 could speak of his own future intentions, but could only speak 
 of others' future obligations. (In questions and negative assertions, 
 the reverse of this is the general law respecting these verbs of 
 tense.) Usage has determined that when futurity alone, or 
 principally, is to be expressed, this is the law for the employ- 
 ment of these auxiliaries. But when either obligation, or inten- 
 tion, is principally, or alone, to be expressed, this law does not 
 hold good ; the words must then be employed according to their 
 radical meaning. The following examples may exercise the in- 
 genuity of the readers in determining when they are used as 
 tense and when as mood auxiliaries; instances of both kinds, 
 and some of very difficult determination, have been selected : — 
 We will be satisfied ; let us be satisfied. There tvill a worse 
 come in his place. Those that will hear me speak, let them 
 stay here ; those that will follow Casslus, go with him. Read 
 the will ; we will hear it, Antony ; you shall read us the will ; 
 Caesar's will. Will you be patient ? will you stay awhile } I 
 have the same dagger for myself, when it sJmll please my coun- 
 try to need ray death. Be angry when you will, it shall have 
 scope. Thou shalt see me at Phllippi. It is well done; and 
 thou shalt sleep again ; I will not hold thee long; if I do live, I 
 will be good to thee. It shall be done, my lord. He shall judge 
 among the nations, and shall rebuke many people, and they 
 shall beat their swords into ploughshares, and their spears into 
 pruning-hooks; nAtioa s/iall not lift up sword against nation, 
 neither shall they learn war any more. He will teach us of his 
 ways, and we will walk in his paths. The zeal of the Lord of 
 hosts will perform this. What will ye do in the day of visita- 
 tion ? to whom will ye flee for help > where will ye leave your 
 glory ? I will shake the heavens, and the earth shall remove 
 out of her place. Thou hast said in thy heart, I will ascend 
 into heaven, 1 wiU exalt ray throne above the stars of God, I 
 
OUTLINE OF ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 969 
 
 ujill ascend above the heigFits of the clouds, I rcill be like the 
 Most High : yet thou shalt be brought down to hell, to the sides 
 of the pit ; they that see thee shall narrowly look upon thee, 
 saying. Is this the man that made the earth to tremble? 
 How much more glorious will those former deliverances appear, 
 when we shall know them not only to have saved us from great- 
 est miseries past, but to have reserved us for greatest happiness 
 to come ! When the gentle west wind shall open the fruitful 
 bosom of the earth, then the flowers put forth and spring, and 
 then the sun shall scatter the mists, and the manuring hand of 
 the tiller shall root up all that burdens the soil. This wW cure 
 all straight; one sip of this will bathe the drooping spirits in 
 delight, beyond the bliss of dreams. Ye shall not eat thereof, 
 nor shall ye touch it, lest ye die. Man shall find grace ; and 
 shaU grace not find means ? Thou wilt not leave me in the 
 loathsome grave, liight will bring silence; and sleep, listen- 
 ing to thee, will watch. It will not speak ; then I will follow it. 
 You shall not go, my lord. 
 
 120. The use of the itidicative in accessory sentences will be 
 treated of subsequently. Its use in questions exactly resembles 
 its use in assertions; but, in English, compound tenses are 
 more frequently employed than simple ones ; and that which 
 expresses emphatic assertion supplies our usual form of inter- 
 rogation ; the arrangement of the words, and, in some cases, 
 the tone of voice in uttering them, indicate the questions; as, 
 — what think you of this young Percy's pride ? what hast thou to do 
 with the time of the day f canst thou not tell f what portents are these ? 
 call you that hacking of your friends ? hoiv came Falstaff's sword so 
 hacked f do you see these meteors f dost thou speak like a king? 
 which is Bolinghroke f wherefore do I tell tliese news to thee f you 
 confess, then, you picked my pocket f doth he hear it f doth he feel if? 
 could not all this flesh keep in a little life f 
 
 121. The conjunctive mood is employed in accessory sentences ; 
 but it is also used in principal sentences, expressing a wish, or 
 making a concession in argument; as,— long live the king! thy 
 will be done ! be it so, yet the matter is not hopeless. These forms, 
 which are usually attributed to the imperative mood, are parts 
 of the conjunctive, as is evident from the contingency, with 
 probability, that they imply. Our language in this exactly re- 
 sembles the Latin, &c., where the third persons of the tense 
 called the present subjunctive, or potential, in common gram- 
 mars, is so employed. For the usage of the conjunctive mood, 
 the reader is referred to the sections on Accessory Sentences. 
 
 122. When a sentence expresses a command, the imperative 
 mood is used ; as, — know thou this truth, enough for man to know ; 
 launch out into the deep, and let down your nets for a draught ; de- 
 part from me ; let my people go ! let him be anathema ! come, son, let's 
 away! let me alone! be praised, all the saints, for this release. There 
 are other ways of expressing commands, or necessity enforced 
 by the speaker's will, as may be seen in (118.) 
 
 123. In sentences by which the speaker inteqds to represent 
 the agent as the subject, and to give prominence to what is 
 declared respecting it, the predicate, if a verb, is put in the 
 active form ; as, — her father loved me, oft invited me, still questioned 
 me the story of my birth ; what shall Cordelia do ? love and be silent; 
 I heard no letter from my master since I wrote him ; nor hear I from 
 my mistress, who did promise to yield me often tidings ; have ye not 
 lieard f have ye not known ? have ye not understood? flee from idolatry. 
 
 124. But when the agent is the immediate object of the 
 verb, and is the prominent thought, the passive form is employ- 
 ed ; as, — the pastures are clothed with flocks, the valleys also are 
 covered over with com ; I am sprighted with a fool, frighted, and an- 
 gered worse: Sirm itself was moved at the presence of God; who 
 
 will not be scandalized at the warmth and vivacity of those meetings ? 
 it was built by Romulus. The passive form is also used where 
 the activity is attributed to no agent at all, and where it is 
 not expressed ; as, — peace will be speedily re-established ; they are 
 reconciled; Rome was built above seven hundred years before Christ, 
 Troy was taken about five hundred years earlier ; toill it not be re- 
 ceived that they have done it f thou shalt not be put to shame ; he was 
 oppressed, and he was afflicted, he was cut off out of the land of the 
 living, for the transgression of my people was he stricken; it is said 
 tlmt the cross on which our Lord suffered was made of the wood of 
 the aspen poplar ; it was generally believed that the child was sup- 
 posititious ; no one is required to criminate himself; if is thought that 
 the Whigs are kept in power more by the weakness of their opponents 
 than by their own strength ; it is established conclusively that the sun 
 is the central body of our system ; it is opposed to common sense tliat 
 kings should arrogate a right divine. 
 
 125. When the agent and the object are the same, the re- 
 flexive form is used ; which, however, is the same as the active 
 
 and passive forms; as, — whilst I am preparing myself for the au- 
 dience, an agreeable concert regales me ; he excused himself from ful- 
 filling his promise ; they will persuade themselves that they are mar- 
 tyrs ; I am prepared for all that may happen ; they were ashamed of 
 their selfishness ; she will be pleased when she learns this. 
 
 126. When the sentence is formed by the copula, to be, and 
 when the verb that stands as predicate is in a compound form, 
 the relations of person, number, tense, mood, &c. are expressed 
 by the inflexions of the copula, or of the auxiliaries ; as, — thou 
 art the man, the nation had long groaned under this tyranny, their 
 pretences were both shallow and unsupportable, many have been the 
 favours I have received from him, you have discovered my secret, thou 
 shalt understand this, 
 
 127. There is no difference in the grammatical construction 
 of affirmative and negative sentences ; as, — he is my brother, he is 
 not my brother, he fears me, he does not fear me. In replies to ques- 
 tions, yes is used for simple affirmation, and no for simple de- 
 nial ; as, — Do you mean good faith ? Yes, my lord. Is he not able 
 to discharge the money f Yes, ttcice the sum. Did he take interest f 
 No, not take interest f Have you heard any imputation to the con- 
 trary ? No, no, no. 
 
 THE ATTRIBUTIVE COMBINATION. 
 
 128. When a notion of activity is associated with a notion 
 of existence, without any assertion on the part of the speaker, 
 but only for the fuller characterization of the principal notion, 
 the relation of the two is called attributive ; and the expression 
 is designated the attributive combination ; as, — green fields, William 
 the Conqueror, a child's obedience. These expressions may be 
 changed into assertions, to show the notion of activity more 
 clearly ; thus,— ^Ae^Ws are green, William conquers, a child obeys. 
 
 129. The principal member of this combination always ex- 
 presses a notion of existence, and must be either a substantive, 
 a personal pronoun, or an adjective or other word used sub- 
 stantively ; as, the secrets of the grave this viperous slander en- 
 ters ; poor Jam state ; the mighty rfeac^; mark you his abso- 
 lute shall? many such like as's of great charge. 
 
 130. The attribute is most frequently expressed by an ad- 
 jective: and as in our language this class of words has no in- 
 flexions to signify the modiflcations of gender, number, and 
 case, it is only by its position and by the manifest meahing 
 that its relation to the substantive is shown ; as, — is not this 
 a lamentable thing? all ]ais golden words are spent; 'tis danger- 
 
 G H 
 
970 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 ous, when the baser nature comes between the pass and fell 
 incensed points of miffhty opposites ; is't not perfect conscience ? 
 The substantive is, however, frequently omitted ; as, — the just 
 shall live by faith ; he was lamented by all; the wise and good 
 are the support of the state. 
 
 131. Participles, numerals, adjective pronouns, substantives used 
 as adjectives, adverbs, and conjunctions, are also employed to ex- 
 press attributes ; and the relation of the demonstratives, the and 
 an or a, is of this kind ; as, — what envious streaks do lace the 
 severing c]ouds of yonder east \ my fiieud professed ; ah\ that same 
 pale hard-hearted wench, that Rosaline ! any man may answer 
 a letter; which way ran he ? what day is this.? take thy fingers 
 from my throat ! this grave shall have a living monument ; a 
 ministering angel shall my sister be ; sweets to the sweet ! none 
 but he shall have her, though twenty thousand worthier come to 
 have her; they set spurs, and away, like three German devils, 
 three Doctor Faustuses; the very butcher of a silk button; thou 
 art but a youth ; I sit at ten pounds a week ; yon dissembling 
 knight ! to repay that money will be a biting affliction ; I am 
 attended at the cypress grove ; the iron duke. 
 
 132. Substantives in the possessive case are largely used attri- 
 butively; and for this reason that case was named attributive in 
 the Etymology of this Outline; as,— he will answer the let- 
 ter's master; adiersity's sweet milk, philosophy ; the sad and 
 solemn priests still sing for Bichard's sou\ ; they will pluck the 
 gay new coats o'er the French soldiers' heads ; 1 had my fa- 
 ther's signet in my purse; reasons importing Denmark's health, 
 and England's too; the courtier's, soldier's, scholar's eye, tongue, 
 sword. But in some instances the principal substantive is omit- 
 ted, though only when it is readily understood by means of 
 the context ; as, — will you come to your father's f I will go with 
 you as far as St. Gregory's ; the king will come to St. James's 
 to-morrow; he went into the stationer's. 
 
 133. Frequently, instead of the possessive case of substan- 
 tives, the objective with the preposition of, signifying the cause 
 of an effect, possession, mutual connexion, or qucdity, is employed ; 
 as, — more than prince of cats, he is the courageous captain of 
 compliments; what a pair of spectacles is here ! 1 do spy a kind 
 of hope; Venus smiles not in a house of tears; I cannot sum up 
 half my sum of wealth. The participle (act. pres. indef.) is some- 
 times used with of, to express an attribute; as, — nothing but 
 the fear of offending prevents me ; the hope of seeing you sus- 
 tained him ; the care of providing for so numerous a family ; the 
 happiness of making others happy. There is another use of this 
 form which is commonly designated the partitive, and in it the 
 substantive with the preposition is the principal word in the 
 combination, and the other member, which is either the com- 
 parative or superlative of an adjective, an interrogative pronoun, 
 or a numeral, is the attributive word ; as, — a word with one of 
 you ; I am the youngest of that name ; thou hast more of the wild 
 goose in one of thy wits, than 1 have in my whole five; three of 
 tlie carriages are, in faith, very dear to fancy; rapier and dagger, 
 that's two of his weapons; in what place of the field doth Calchas 
 keep } you know every man of them ; which of these shall I choose ? 
 There is another use of the substantive with the preposition, 
 which is peculiar to the English language ; it can be rendered 
 into other languages only by a substantive in apposition ; as, — 
 the kingdom of England, the republic of France, the city of London 
 the university of Oxford, tlie port of Yarmouth, the month of May. 
 Sometimes the substantive used with of, is not in the objective, 
 but in the possessive case; as, — a friend of Antony's; as if it 
 were intended to express not simply Antony's friend, but one 
 of Antony's friends 
 
 134. Beside the preposition of, other prepositions are em- 
 ployed to connect the attributive substantive with the principal 
 word in this combination ; as, — an envious thrust from Tybalt 
 hit the life of stout Mercutio ; it is some meteor to light thee on 
 thy way to Mantua; I'll send to one in Mantua; thy wit, that 
 ornament to shape and love; be is a kinsman to the Montague , 
 rebellious subjects, enemies to peace ; the beast withmany heads 
 butts me away. Yet it is plain that some of these are con- 
 tracted from fuller forms, such as will be exhibited in the sec- 
 tions which treat of the Objective Combination. 
 
 13-5. Another mode of expressing the attributive notion is by 
 a substantive in apposition ; as, — adversity's sweet milk, philoso- 
 phy ; thy wit, that ornament to shape and love ; Tybalt, the 
 kinsman of old Capulet ; here is one Lucianus, nephew to the 
 king ; Pyrrhus old grandsire Priam seeks ; say ! Father Thames! 
 Hoscius the actor; O! Jephthah, judge of Israel; my good Lord 
 Hamlet ; Shakspeare, the prince of poets. Under this head may 
 be classed titles of honour and courtesy, distinctive names, &c. ; 
 as, — holy Saint Francis ; Signor Panes ! Doctor Faustus ; Earl 
 Grey ; Prince Rupert ; King David ; John Baptist ; Father Lau- 
 rence ; Sir John Falstaff; James Barclay ; Mr. Brougham ; Mrs. 
 Mainwaring. A substantive is sometimes put in apposition with 
 a pronoun ; as, — I, a mere youth, cannot teach thee, an old man. 
 
 136. The relation of the substantives in apposition is ex- 
 pressed partly by their being put in the same number, and 
 partly by their position ; they are not always in the same case; 
 as, — grandsire Priam's tears; King David's Psalms/ Earl Grey's 
 Reform Bill ; Lord BrougJmm's speeches. 
 
 137. The infinitive mood of a verb is frequently used as an 
 attributive substantive ; as, — these woes shall serve for sweet 
 discourses in our time to come. Accessory sentences ate also thus 
 employed ; and these will be spoken of subsequently. 
 
 138. Many of the examples given in the preceding sections 
 show that it is not uncommon for one substantive to be attend- 
 ed by more than one attributive expression ; in these cases it will 
 be seen that all the attributes do not bear the same relation to 
 the principal notion, some of them being attributes of that 
 notion only as it is characterized or completed by one or more 
 other attributes, which, with it, form but one notion, and 
 stand as the principal member in a new combination with these 
 additional attributive forms; as, — that dissembling, abominable 
 varlet, Diomed, has got that same scurvy, doting, foolish young knave's 
 sleeve of Troy there in his helm ; in the first of which instances 
 that individualizes varlet, Diomed, and the other two adjectives 
 are appended subordinately to varlet; and in the second, the 
 whole cluster of attributives is gathered round sleeve, the first 
 in subordination being knave's, to which are subordinated young, 
 of Troy, and the adverb there ; that same individualizes theyoung 
 knave ; and the other three are added out of Thersites' exube- 
 rant affection and respect for that same young knave of Troy 
 there. 
 
 139. When the same attributive tcord or phrase refers to. more 
 than one substantive, whether connected by conjunctions or not, 
 it is frequently omitted before all but the first ; as, — the prayers 
 of priests, nor time of sacrifice, shall lift up their rotten privilege 
 and custom 'gainst my hate to Marcius ; he, the sacred honour of 
 himself, his queen's, his hopeful son's, his babe's, betrays to slander, 
 whose sting is sharper than a sword's ; Somersefs and Bucking- 
 ham's ambition. 
 
 140. When two attributive combinations, connected by a con- 
 junction or not, and having the same substantive referred to, 
 are contracted, the substantive takes the plural number; as, 
 — uneles of Glo'ater and of Winchester, the special watchmen of our 
 
OUTLINE OF ENGLISH GRAMIMAR. 
 
 »71 
 
 English weal; the coaleadiag kitu/doms of France andlJugland ; | 
 t/ie dukes of Orleans, Calaber, Bretagne, and Aleneon, 
 
 THE OBJECTIVE COMBINATION. | 
 
 141. When two notions, one of which is a notion of activity, 
 and the other modifies it in any way, are united, t?ie objective 
 combination is employed ; as, — he wrote his letter, they are over- 
 burdened with assistance, founded on fact. In which examples, 
 wrote, overburdened, and founded express notions of activity, and 
 are modified by his letter, with assistance, and on fact ; and the 
 former are called ihe predicates, the latter the objective factors or 
 members of the combination. 
 
 142. The predicate is always a notional word, that is, a verb 
 or adjective ; but the infinitive mood, and participles, are also 
 capable of standing in this position; and substantives, even, 
 which involve the notion of activity, are used with attributive 
 forms very closely resembling objective factors ; — majesty stoops 
 to folly, she was dear to us, to shield thee from diseases of the world, 
 new-adopted to our hate ; dowered with our curse, and strangered with 
 otir oath ; conferring them on younger strengths, my services to your 
 lordship, I profess myself an enemy to all other joys. (See § 134.) 
 
 143. The objective factor may be represented either by a no- 
 tional or by a relational word ; as, — give me the map there, speak 
 again, I knoto no ansicer, Kent bids you all adieu. But every notion 
 referred to a verb or adjective, in whatever form it be expressed, 
 is to be considered as an objective factor ; as, — we did hold her 
 so, I will not part from thee yet, I will look further into it, I have not 
 seen him this two days, I would fain learn to lie, something he left im- 
 perfect in the state, you are not worth the dust which the rude wind 
 blows in your face. 
 
 144. The relation of the objective factor to the predicate is 
 distinguished as that of causality, that of place, that of time, and 
 that of manner. — Examples. 1. Uortensi-d is afeard of you. Time 
 it is to smile at 'scapes and perils overblown. 2. Now, by my holi- 
 dame, here comes Katharina ! I have seen them in the church 
 together. 3. To-morrow is the wedding-day. I must away to- 
 day, before night come. I have watched so long, that I am dog- 
 weary. 4. He kills her in her own humour. I eojne not well. Thus 
 I'll visit her. 
 
 145. The relation which is named that of causality must be 
 understood in a wider sense than that word commonly conveys, 
 and as signifying not only what is properly the cause of any 
 action, but also the objects to which it is directed, and even the 
 effect or purpose of it ; as, — we may outrun, by violent swiftness, 
 that which we run at, and lose by overrunning; this top-proud 
 fellow, whom from the flow of gall I name not, but from sincere 
 motions; you lost your office on the complaint of the tenants; — he 
 makes a supper, and a great one, to many lords and ladies; this 
 night he dedicates to fair content and you; I am beholden to you, 
 cheer your neighbours ; — I find him a Jit fellow ; the king, your 
 father, was reputed for a prince most prudent'; I utterly refuse 
 you /or my Judge ; whom I hold my most malicious foe, and think 
 not at all a friend to truth. 
 
 146. Language conceives and represents every causation as 
 a motion ; there are accordingly distinguished in this relation 
 of causality two directions, analogous to the directions of local 
 motion ; — the relation of the objects conceived as causes, pro- 
 perly so called, corresponding to the direction from; and that 
 of those conceived as receiving the action, or as the effects and 
 purposes of it, to the direction towards. 
 
 147. The relations of an object which are conceived as causing 
 an action, or whence the action is conceived as proceeding, ate ex- 
 
 pressed by the objective or accusative case with various prepositions, 
 which express kindred relations; as, — if I am dee of your re- 
 port, I am not of your wrong ,- my soul grows sad with troubles , 
 why should we, good lady, vpon what cause, wrong you > what, 
 amazed at my misfortunes! may he do justice /or truth's sake 
 and his conscience.' thou hast forced me out of thy honest truth to 
 play the woman ; fling away ambition, by that sin fell the an- 
 gels ; their life of laziness and pleasure arises partly out of the 
 plenty of their country, and partly out of the temjier of their climate ; 
 a person languishing under an ill habit of body ; men are much 
 pleased with variety ; through her nourish'd powers enlarged by thee, 
 she springs aloft; I was abashed at her; pride goes hated, 
 cursed, abominated by all ; your great goodness, out of lioly piety, 
 absolved him with an axe ; he accused the spring (/sfoi/t ; I have 
 acquitted myself of the debt which I owed to the public; I will 
 make many people amazed at thee ; 1 ought to apologize /or my 
 indiscretion ; not ashamed of the word of God ; who can him as- 
 sure (/ Aa/J/jy rfay; astonished at the voice he stood; from the 
 beginning to the end, all is due to supernatural grace ; who boast 
 themselves of idols ; never despair of God's blessings here, or of his 
 reward hereafter ; their young men shall die by the sivord ; she 
 died of tlMt fatal fever ; the janissaries were disappointed of their 
 prey; minds distempered by interest, passion, ot partiality ; how 
 nicely jealous is every one of us of his men repute ; he was often 
 provoked by the insolence of some of the bishops. 
 
 148. There are other ways occasionally employed of express- 
 ing this kind of causal objective relation ; viz. by adverbs, by 
 the hifinitive mood of verbs, by the substantive without a preposition, 
 ^c. ; as, — therefore the world hateth you ; fear ye not therefore; 
 I have married a wife, and therefore I cannot come; who then 
 can be saved } if children, tlien heirs; useless, and thence ridi- 
 culous ; whence it will follow, that can drive to no certain 
 point ; wherein have we wearied him ? shall I tell you why ? 
 ay, sir, and wherefore, for they say every why hath a where- 
 fore ; ichereat are you offended ? whereupon there had arisen a 
 war betwixt them ; she might not be affrighted to hear a serpent 
 speak; how didst thou grieve then, Adam, to beftold the end of 
 all thy offspring .' Syphax, I joy to meet thee ; lest bad men should 
 hoast their specious deeds ; comfortless, as when a father mourns 
 his children ; he rejoiced, believing in God with all his house. 
 
 149. The relations of objects which are conceived as receiving 
 the action, or towards which the action is conceived as directed, 
 are two, the immediate, and the mediate ; as,— give the book to me, 
 tell him the tale, forgive us our trespasses ; in which the book,tlie 
 tale, our trespasses, are immediate objects ; and to me, him, and 
 us, mediate to the predicates, £i«t)e, tell, and forgive. 
 
 150. The relation of the immediate object is most commonly 
 expressed by the objective or accusative case, without a preposi- 
 tion; as, — I crave your pardon, my present business calls me 
 from you now ; I'll limit thee this day to seek thy help, thy 
 beneficial help ; try all the friends thou hast in Ephesus ; 
 there, take you that, sir knave ! perhaps some merchant hath 
 invited him; in conclusion, he did beat me there; fetch thy 
 master home; often touching will wear gold; when the sun 
 shines let foolish gnats make sport, but creep in crannies 
 when he hides his beams ; I want wit in all one word to under- 
 stand ; 1 never saw her till this time; how can she thus 
 then call us by our names > if we obey them not, this will 
 ensue, they'll suck our breath, or pinch us black and blue; get 
 thee from the door ! fetch me an iron crotv .' have patience, sit I 
 slander's for ever housed, where once it gets possession ; get you 
 home, and fetch the chain ; I pray you, sir, receive the money 
 now, for fear you ne'er see chain nor money more. 
 
 6 H 2 
 
151. But sometimes it is expressed by the objective case with 
 prepositions ; as, — 1 will not let him stir, till I have used the 
 means to make of him a formal man again ; after whom dost 
 thou pursue ? aftei a dead dog, after a flea; he escaped ouio/'^AeiV 
 hands; he that trusteth in his own heart is a fool; he trust- 
 ed on the Lord that he would deliver him ; if he trust to his own 
 righteousness and commit iniquity, he shall die for it; it length- 
 ens out every act of worship. 
 
 152. The immediate object is brought into relation with the 
 predicate by a preposition, and by being put in the objective case, 
 in every instance when that predicate is an adjective or a sub- 
 stantive ; as,— they are victorious over temptation; he has always 
 been a. friend to me. And it is the same with all other kinds of 
 objective relations ; as, — \t via.s a. ■aairovi escape from death ; the 
 lion was voracious from hunger. Participles and adverbs have ob- 
 jective factors connected with them in the same way; as, — he 
 is beloved for his generosity ; up to the brim ; you are near to War- 
 wick by blood and by alliance. 
 
 153. The infinitive mood of verbs is also used as the immediate 
 objective factor ; as, — he loves to rise early ; Lord Clifford vows 
 to fight in thy defence ; he hopes to live ; not that 1 fear to stay, 
 hut love to go ; if King Lewis vouchsafe to furnish us with some 
 few bands of chosen soldiers, I'll undertake to land them on 
 our coast. 
 
 154. The mediate or remoter object towards which an action 
 is directed, is expressed most frequently by the objective case 
 with 2i preposition ; but also by the objective case alone; as, — not 
 that I pity Henry's misery, but seek revenge on Edward's 
 mockery ; tell me their words ; the common people by numbers 
 swam to us ; he is now committed to the bishop of York ; I here 
 resign my government to thee; thus far fortune maketh us 
 amends; here lives a caitiff wretch would sell it him ; give me 
 thy torch, boy ; see thou deliver it to my lord and father ; so 
 shalt thou show ?ne friendship; we owe allegiance unto Hen- 
 ry: fear not, but yield me up the keys; I'll leave you to 
 your fortune; he shall pardon thee these outrages ; look here, 
 1 throw my infamy a< thee; two of thy name have sold their 
 lives unto the house of York; my sick heart shows that I must 
 yield my body to the earth, and, by my fall, the conquest to my 
 foe; thus yields the cedar to the axe's edge, whose arms gave 
 shelter to the princely eagle ; commend me to my valiant brother ; 
 sweet rest to his soul! I need not add more fuel to your fire ; so 
 first the harmless sheep doth yield his fleece, and next his 
 throat unto the butcher's knife ; what a peevish fool was that of 
 Crete, that taught his son the office of a fowl 1 give attendance 
 to reading ; he has promised you more than that; buy jne the 
 ballad; a Puritan amongst them sings psalms to hornpipes; 
 comparing spiritual things with spiritual; 1 will liken him unto 
 a wise man; he began to teach them many things. 
 
 155. The last kind of objective relation is that which shows 
 the effect or purpose of an action ; which is expressed in various 
 ways : as, by the nominative or subjective case of substantives ; as, 
 — the kingdoms of this world are become the kingdoms of our 
 Lord; I only remain a prophet of the Lord; God called the light 
 day, and the darkness he called night ; I say again, let no man 
 think me a fool; man became a living soul ; young people reckon 
 their own friendship a sure price of another man's ; that also was 
 accounted a land of giants ; he made the water wine ; who made 
 thee a prince and o judge over us ? — by the objective case with 
 cexiAxn prepositions ; as, — impatience turns an ague into a fever; 
 this mock of his hath turn'd his balls togunstones ; why should 
 damage grow to the hurt of the king f some Tories will take you 
 for a TFAi^r, some Whigs will take you /or o Tory; 1 might have 
 
 taken her to me to wife; hold such inreputation; I hold Chaucer 
 in the same degree of veneration as the Grecians held Homer; I 
 myself must hunt this deer to death ; we shall soon persuade 
 both him, and all his brothers, wnto reason; this won't pass /or 
 a faidt in him ; if he ask for bread, will he give him a stone } 
 let the husbandman hope/or a good harvest ; the prisoners to his 
 own use he keeps ; I will call him to so strict account, that he shall 
 render every glory up ; amazed he lies, and sadly looks for 
 death ; they cast anchor, and wished for the day ; Macbeth is 
 ripe for shaking ; things were just ripe for a war ; this fury fit 
 for her intent she chose ; this man with his eye marks and points 
 out each man of us to slaughter ; now to our cost your emptiness 
 we know ; he hath a pretty young man to his son, whose name 
 is Civility: — by the nominative with as, after some verbs; as, — 
 behold, the man is become as one o/'««,- they looked upon them- 
 selves as the happiest people of the universe ; the managers have 
 been represented as a second kind of senate ; he took our offer as 
 an insult: — by the nominative or objective with a iireposition, con- 
 nected with the predicate by the relational verb to be; as, — 1 
 am too far in years to be a pupil now ; 1 look to be either earl or 
 rfwfe, lean assure you; if any man think h\mse]( to be a prophet, 
 let him acknowledge the things that I write ; he lives not now, 
 that knows me to be in love; those pearls of dew she wears, 
 prove to be presaging tears: — by the infinitive mood of verbs ; as, 
 — thou hast metamorphosed me, made me neglect mg studies, lose 
 my time ; I come to bury Ceesar, not to praise him ; I have the 
 same dagger for myself, when it shall please my country to need 
 my death ; I come not, friends, to steal away your hearts ; it is 
 a creature that 1 teach to fight, to wind, to stop, to run directly on ; 
 bid the commanders prepare to lodge their companies to-night; 
 they mean to warn us at Philippi here ; if you dare^W to-day, 
 come to the field ; 1 am compelled to set upon one battle all our 
 liberties ; 'tis the first time that ever 1 was forced to scold; we 
 petty men peep about to find ourselves dishonourable graves ; 
 he scorned his spirit that could be moved to smile at any thing ; 
 you cast yourself in wonder to see the strange impatience of the 
 heavens ; O conspiracy ! sham'st thou to show thy dangerous 
 brow by night ? not Erebus itself were dim enough to hide 
 thee from prevention : — or by an adjective or adverb, with or 
 without the relational verb to be, as a connective; as, — thou 
 hast made wit with musing weak, heart sick with thought ; put 
 your head into the mouth of a wolf, and when you've brought 
 it out safe and soimd, talk of a reward ; he told me 1 had turn'd 
 the wrong side out ; the cholerof a hog turned syrup of violets 
 green; not to admire is all the art 1 know, to make men happy, 
 and to keep them so; and all his fortune find to be so airy and 
 so vain ; his peers have found him guilty of high treason ; the 
 analogy holds good; he for the time remained stupidly proorf,- 
 how is it now become so dreadful to thee ? blind men say black 
 feels rough, and white feels smooth ; with every minute you do 
 change a mind, and call him noble that was now your hate, 
 him vile that was your garland ; he is grown too proud to be so 
 valiant, too wise to err, too good to be unkind. 
 
 150. Accessory sentences are employed to express the relation 
 of causality in all its kinds, as will be shown when they are 
 treated of. 
 
 157. The objective relation oi place is expressed by adverbs, 
 and by prepositions with the objective case ; as,- — by foul play 
 were we heaved thence, but blessedly holp hither ; here have 1, ■ 
 thy schoolmaster, made thee more profit than other princes 
 can ; come away, servant, come! 1 come — to dive into the fire, 
 to ride on the curl'd clouds ; was not this nigh shore ? in troops 
 1 have dispers'd them 'bout the isle ; safely in harbour is the king's 
 
OUTLINE OF ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 973 
 
 ship ; in the deep nook, where once thou call'dst me up at mid- 
 night to fetch dew from the still-vex'd Bermoothes ; there she's 
 hid ; the mariners all umkr liatches stowed ; they are upon the 
 3fediterranean_fiote, hound S3id\y home for Naples ; thou think'st 
 it much to do me business in the veins o' the earth; where was 
 she born? sir, in Angier : there's wood enough within; come 
 forth, I say ; sitting on a hank, this music crept hy me upon the 
 voters; thence have 1 followed it ; I hear it now above me; say, 
 what thou seest yonder; how it looks about ; put thy sword up, 
 traitor ; hence, hang not on my garments ; come on, obey ; were 
 I in England now, there would this monster make a man ; how 
 cam'st thou hither f I escaped ujyon a butt of sack, which the 
 sailors heaved overboard; my cellar is in a rock by tlie sea-side, 
 where my wine is hid ; hast thou not dropt from heaven ; I can 
 go no further, sir; they have left their viands behind; we now 
 are near his cell ; hast thou no mouth by lartdf 
 
 158. The relation of place is also expressed by the substantive 
 without prepositions ; as, — they had no power to flee this way 
 or that way; when he is gone his way, then he boasteth ; he 
 departed from him o little way; what way went he? he went 
 another way ; the good man is gone a long journey. The measure 
 of space or distance is expressed in the same manner ; as, — 
 let a gallows be madefy cubits high ; full fathom five thy father 
 lies; fifteen cubits upwards did the waters prevail; the king 
 made an image of gold, whose height was threescore cubits, and 
 the breadth thereof six cubits : a village which was from .Jeru- 
 salem threescore furlongs. 
 
 159. The objective relation of time is also expressed by ad- 
 verbs and by prepositions with the objective case ; as, — by the next 
 new moon, upon that day either prepare to die, or else to wed De- 
 metrius; for aught that ever I could read, could ever hear by 
 tale or history, the course of true love never did run smooth ; 
 more tuneable than lark to shepherd's ear, when wheat is green, 
 when hawthorn buds appear; a proper man as one shall see in 
 a summer's day ; the king doth keep his revels here to-night ; 
 sometimes lurk I in a gossip's bowl; Aojc long within this wood 
 intend you stay? perchance till after Theseus' wedding-day ; the 
 herb I show'd thee once ; I'll put a girdle round about the earth 
 in forty minutes ; sing me now asleep; by and by I will to thee 
 appear; since night you left me; have you come by night f it 
 seems to me that yet we sleep; in the night how easy is some 
 bush supposed a bear ! in the most high and palmy state of Some, 
 the graves stood tenantless ; it faded on the croiving of the cock ; 
 I will watch to-night, perchance 'twill walk again ; he hath very 
 oft of late given private time to you ; I am thy father's spirit, 
 doomed /or a certain term to walk the night, and/or the day con- 
 fined to fast in fires; the glow-worm shows the matin to be 
 near ; I'll hear thee speak out the rest of this soon; I'll leave 
 you till night; how does your honour for this many a day? the 
 guards from yon high eastern hill already move ; sometimes 
 walking, not unseen, by hedge-row elms, o'er liillocks green ; 
 Francis ! anon, anon, sir ! 
 
 160. The substantive without & preposition is often used when 
 duration of time, or definite length of time, is expressed ; as, — 
 how long hast thou to serve? forsooth, ^te years; what we 
 two nights have seen; all daylong have 1 been plagued; why 
 stand ye here all the day idle? Daniel desired that he would 
 give him time ; if men lived but twenty years, we should be 
 satisfied if they died about sixteen or eighteen ; Enos lived 
 ninety years. 
 
 161. The objective relation of manner is expressed by adjec- 
 tives, participles, adverbs, and the objective case with prepositions; 
 as, — thus speaks the king of France ; depart in peace ; this 
 
 might have been prevented, and made whole, with very easy ar^ 
 guments of love; thou dost shame thy mother, and wound hei 
 honour tcith this dijideitce ; your brother did employ my father 
 much; I like thee we//,- Madam, I'll foWow you unto the death ; 
 what brings you here to court so Imstily f is it Sir Robert's son, 
 that you seek so ? before Anglers well met, brave Austria I 1 
 give you welcome with a powerless hand; my lord Chatillon may 
 from England bring that right in peace, which here we urge in 
 war ; what England says, say briefly, gentle lord, we coolly pause 
 for thee ; many a widow's husband groveling lies ; to him in fa- 
 vour shall she give the day ; by this knot thou shalt most surely 
 tie thy now unsured assurance to the crown ; speak England 
 _first.' 1 alone, alone do me oppose against the pope; without 
 my wrong there is no tongue hath power to curse him right; 
 do so, good Philip, hang no more in doubt; what canst thou say, 
 if thou stand excommunicate and curs'd? thou may'st hold a ser- 
 pent by the tongue, a cased lion by the mortal paw, a fasting tiger 
 safer by the tooth, than keep in peace that hand which thou dost 
 hold ; the sun's o'ercast with blood; if thou couldst see me without 
 eyes, hear me without thine ears, and make reply without a tongue, 
 using conceit alone, without eyes, ears, and harmful sound of words, 
 I would into thy bosom pour my thoughts; it does not be- 
 come us to live in jest ; I shall die alone; the morn begins her 
 rosy progress smiling ; my breath grew short ; when he has shot 
 his best, he is sure none ever did shoot better ; it savoureth of 
 good conceit and some reading ; chariot and charioteer lay over- 
 turn'd; the world's victor stood svbdtied by sound; Satan stood 
 confounded, 
 
 162. The same relation is also expressed by the substantive 
 with like,2ind as; as, — be thou as lightning '\n the eyes of France ; 
 my hand, like a poor beggar, raileth on the rich ; hast thou not 
 spoke like thunder on my side ? thou, like a civil war, sett'st oath 
 to oath ; this act is as an ancient tale new-told ; the poison is, as 
 a fiend, confined to tyrannize on unreprievable condemned 
 blood; what will be my confusion, when he sees me neglected 
 and forsaken like himself; they roared like lions caught in toils ; 
 thou shalt love thy neighbour as thyself; ye shall be as gods, 
 knowing good and evil. 
 
 163. The accessory sentences expressive of the relations of place, 
 time, and manner, will be treated of in the following division. 
 
 ACCESSORY SENTENCES. 
 
 164. When two or more sentences are connected so as to be 
 independent of one another, their relation is said to be that of 
 co-ordination ; as, — I put myself to thy direction, and unspeaJi mine 
 awn detraction ; their malady convinces the great assay of art, but, at 
 his touch, they presently ascend ; dispute it like a man. I shall do so, 
 but I must also feel it as a man ; did Heaven look on, and would not 
 take their part f I have two nights watched with you, but can perceive 
 no truth in your report ; I cannot fly, but, bear-like, I must fight the 
 course ; they keep the word of proinise to our ear, and break it to our 
 hope ; your cause of sorrow must not be measured by his worth, for 
 then it hath no end ; whether he was combined with Norway, or did 
 live the rebel with hidden help and vantage, or that with both he la- 
 hour'd in his country's wreck, I know not, but treasons capital, confess'd, 
 and prov'd, have overthrotcn him ; first, metals are more durable than 
 plants, secondly, they are more solid and hard, thirdly, they are wholly 
 subterraneous, whereas plants are part above the earth and part under 
 the earth. 
 
 165. But when they are so connected that any one of them 
 can be considered as standing in place of a substantive, adjec- 
 
974 APPI 
 
 tive, or adverb, as factor in a combination, their relation is said 
 to be that of subordination ; and the sentence which is used as a 
 factor in the combination is called an accessory sentence, the 
 sentence to which it is subordinately related being called the 
 principal sentence ; as, — this is the sergeant, who, lilce a good and 
 hardy soldier, fought ''gainst my captivity ; were such things here, as 
 tee do speak about f do you not hope your children shall be kings ? if 
 chance will have me king, why, chance may crown me, without my stir ; 
 I have spoke with one that saw him die ; the lore that follows us, some- 
 time is our trouble, which still we thank as love ; herein I teach you, 
 how you shall bid God yield us for your pains, and thank us for your 
 trouble ; wouMst thou live a coward in thine own esteem, letting I dare 
 not wait upon I would, like tliepoor eat i' the adage ? when you durst 
 do it, then you tcere a man. 
 
 166. The syntax of accessory sentences is subject to the same 
 laws as that of principal sentences; and the syntax of each 
 sentence, principal or accessory, is complete in itself, and not 
 modified or interfered with by that of any other; as, — the earth 
 hath hubbies, as the water hath, and these are of them ; false face must 
 hide what the false heart doth know ; is this a dagger which I see he- 
 fore me? I have thee not, and yet I see thee still ; thou sure and Jinn- 
 set earth, hear not my steps, which way they walk, for fear thy very 
 stones prate of my lohere-ahout, and take the present horror from the 
 time, which tiow suits tcith it. 
 
 167. According to the relation in which accessory sentences 
 stand to the principal sentence, they are substantive, adjective, or 
 adverbial sentences. When an accessory sentence stands in- 
 stead of the subject to a principal sentence, or in the relation 
 of causality to the predicate, it is termed a substantive sentence ; 
 when it is equivalent to an adjective used attributively, it is 
 termed an adjective sentence ; and when it stands in the re- 
 lations of place, time, or manner, to a predicate, or indicates 
 a cause, condition, concession, or comparison, which is con- 
 nected with the principal sentence by an adverbial pronoun, 
 it is termed an adverhial sentence. These different classes of 
 accessory sentences will now be more fully considered and il- 
 lustrated. 
 
 168. Substantive sentences employed as subjects to principal 
 sentences, are connected with them by that, who, which, what, 
 where, when, whetlier, if, &c. ; as, — ichaPs done, is done ; whafs to 
 come of my despised time, is nought but bitterness; neither my 
 place, nor aught I heard of business, hath rais'd me from my bed ; 
 that I have ta'en away this old man's daughter, it is true; that she 
 loves him, 7 is apt, and of great credit; how comes it, Michael, 
 you are thus forgot ? I have lost the immortal part, sir, of myself, 
 and what remains is bestial ; my suit to her is, that she will to vir- 
 tuous Desdemona procure me sojne access ; those that be not, would 
 they might seem none I who steals my purse, steals trash ; who- 
 ever doth to temperance apply his stedfast lip, and all his actions frame, 
 trust me, shall find no greater enemy than stubborn perturbation 
 to the same; whoever is really brave, hath always this comfort, 
 when he is oppressed ; whatsoever is Jvrst in the invention, is last 
 in the execution ; whate'er the ocean pales, or sky inclips, is thine ; 
 when he will come, where he will live, and how he tcill ohtain a liveli- 
 hood, are as yet uncertain ; whether the ceremonial will be conducted 
 intlie same way as it was in former times, has not been determined; 
 which is a wonder, how his grace should glean it. 
 
 169. They are also employed in the objective relations of causal- 
 ity to a predicate ; and are connected with the principal sen- 
 tence by that, who, which, what, where, &c., and sometimes by 
 prepositions a\so ; but tto< is frequently omitted; as,— you know 
 not what you do ; right glad I am, he was not at this fray ; 1 gladly 
 shunn'd who gladly fled from me ; could we but learn ^'oot whence 
 
 his sorrows grow, we would as willingly give cure as know ; see, 
 where he comes ; tell me in sadness, who she is you love ; O ! teach 
 me how /should forget to think ; what doth her beauty serve, but 
 as a note where I may read, who pass'd that passing fair? find 
 those persons out whose names are written there, and to them 
 say, my house and welcome on their pleasure stay ; thou know'st 
 my daughter's of a pretty age ; what, good man boy ! — 1 say. A* 
 shall, — go to ! 1 would not for the world they saw thee here ; I 
 have forgot why I did call thee back ; thy earliness doth me as- 
 sure, thou art uprous'd by some distemp'rature ; when, and where, 
 and how we met, and woo'd, and made exchange of vow, I'll tell thee 
 as we pass ; I anger her sometimes, and tell her that Paris is 
 the propercr man ; do you not see that lam out of breath f resolve 
 whether you will or no ; let them take whether they will ; Romeo, 
 that spoke him fair, bade him bethink hmc nice the quarrelwas; 
 art thou a man ? thy form cries out thou art ; my lord, I'll tell 
 my lady you will come ; then, I hope, tliou wilt not keep him hng, 
 hut send him back ; then 1 hope thou wilt be satisfied ; 1 pray you 
 tell my lord and father, madam, I will not inarry yet ;' and when 
 1 do, 1 swear it shall be Romeo ; proud can 1 never be of what I 
 hate ; we scarce thought us bless'd, that God had sent us hut this 
 only child; I would I knew not why it should he slow'd ; that you 
 do love me I am nothing jealous ; for which of these works do ye 
 stone me ? what you wotdd work me to 1 have some aim ; I follow 
 you, to do I know not what. 
 
 170. Substantive sentences are frequently abridged into infini- 
 tives and participles, which have then the power of substantives; 
 as,— whither go they ? up to the eastern town, to see the battle ; 
 let it please you both to hear Ulysses speak ; 'tis mad idolatry to 
 make the service greater than the god; Jove forbid, there should 
 be done amongst us such things as might ofi'end the weakest 
 spleen, to fight for and maintain; so to be valiant is no praise at all ; 
 there is a law in each well-ordered nation, to curb those raging 
 appetites that are nwst disobedient and refractory ; to persist in doing 
 wrong, extenuates not wrong ; 1 was discouraged for the want 
 of something I could think worth sending fifteen hundred miles ; 
 those corpuscles of colour insinuating themselves into all the pores of 
 the body to he dyed, may asperate its superficies ; for avoiding the 
 watering of them we wet their hay; whom not to knoiv, argues one's 
 self unknown; advise, if this be worth attempting ; I should ill 
 become this throne, if aught of danger could deter me from at- 
 tempting ; anxiety has hindered my eating till this moment ; his 
 being a foreigner is no fault, nor any reason for injuring him ; he 
 insists upon being admitted; we are proud of being born Britons ; 
 having served your country never so well, will not save you from 
 suspicion ; his entering on such a pursuit gives no assurance of a 
 successful issue; I was weary with forbearing ; 1 was dismayed 
 at seeing it ; thinking is but idle waste of thought. Illustrations 
 of these forms have been given in the former part of the Syntax 
 of this Outline. 
 
 171. Adjective sentences, used attributively, are connected with 
 the principal sentence by the relative pi-onouns, which assume 
 the gender and number of the substantive to which they refer, 
 but in case are determined by their relations in their own sen- 
 tence, — and it must be observed that these pronouns are fre- 
 quently omitted, when the meaning is clear without them; 
 when such is used in the principal sentence, it is commonly re- 
 ferred to by as in the accessory; as, — the sweet south, that 
 breathes upon a hank of fjo/efe, stealing and giving odour; she 
 that hath a heart of that fine frame, to pay this debt of love but to 
 a brother, how will she love, when the rich, golden shaft hath 
 kill'd the flock of all affections else that live in her; I saw your 
 brother bind himself to a strong mast, that lived upon the sea; 
 
OUTLINE OF ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 975 
 
 the daughter of a count, that died some twelvemonth since; then 
 leaving her in the protection of his son, her brother, wlio shortly 
 also died; they are scoundrels, and subtracters, that say so of 
 him ; would that I had bestowed that time in the tongues that 
 I have in fencing, dancing, and hear-haiting ; those that are fools, 
 let them use their talent ; infirmity, that decays the wise, doth 
 ever make the better fool; the rudeness that hath appeared 
 in me, have I learned from my entertainment ; I see you what 
 you are, you are proud ; with groans that thunder love, with sighs 
 of fire; that old and antique song we Aearcf te< mVjrAf ; I am ever 
 since a fresh admirer of what I saw there ; ancestry, whose grace 
 chalks stKcessors their way ; a gift that Heaven gives him, ichich buys 
 aphcenext to the king; temperance, that's the appliance only 
 which your disease requires ; worthy Wolsey, icho cannot err, he 
 did it ; that dye is on me, which makes my whitest part black ; lan- 
 guage unmannerly, yea, such which breaks the sides of loyalty, 
 and almost appears in loud rebellion; you frame things that are 
 known alike, which are not wholesome to those which would not know 
 them ; exactions, whereof my sovereign would have note ; whom I 
 most liated living, ihoM hast made me, now in his ashes, honour; 
 such animals as live in the water. 
 
 172. Accessory adjective sentences frequently stand in appo- 
 sition to a tchole sentence; the sentence being regarded substan- 
 tively, or as equivalent to one single thought ; as, — he was un- 
 satisfied in getting, which was a sin; he has lost his fortune, 
 tBhich I did not know ; I had my trial, which makes me a little hap- 
 pier than my wretched fatlier ; with a baser man of arms, by far, 
 once, in contempt, they would have bartered me, which I, dis- 
 daining, scom'd; be did upbraid me with my father's death, 
 which obloquy set bars before my tongue ; they shall obey, unless 
 they seek for hatred at my hands, which if they do, they shall feel 
 the vengeance of my wrath; yet had we not determined he should 
 die, until your lordship came to see his end, which now the loving 
 haste of these our friends, somewhat against our meaning, hath pre- 
 vented; they, like dumb statues, or breathless stones, stared on 
 each other, and looked deadly pale, ichich when I saw, I repre- 
 hended them ; men shall deal unadvisedly sometimes, which after- 
 hours give leisure to repent; as he spoke, a braying ass did sing 
 most loud and clear, whereat his horse did start, as he liad heard a 
 lion roar, 
 
 173. When the accessory sentence has for its subject the sub- 
 stantive expression, with which it is connected as an attributive, 
 its verb is put into that personal form which will show that re- 
 lation ; as, — we give thee thanks, O Lord God Almighty, who 
 art, and wast, and art U) come ; unto me, who am less than the least 
 of all saints, is this grace given ; God hath chosen things which 
 are not, to bring to nought things that are; grace be unto you, 
 from him, wlio is, and who was, and who is to come ; thinkest thou 
 this, O man, that judgest them which do such things, and doest the 
 same, that thou shalt escape the judgment of God ? he tliat is of 
 God, heareth God's words ; I tliat speak unto thee, am he ; my 
 name is Caius Marcius, who hath done to thee particularly, and to 
 all the Voices, great hurt and mischief. 
 
 • 174. Adjective sentences axe frequently abridged into participles, 
 and into adjectives also ; as, — contention, like a horse [who is] 
 full of high feeding, madly hath broke loose; after him came, 
 spurring hard, a gentleman, [who iBas] almost forspent with speed; 
 a sullen bell, [which is"] remember'd knolling a departing friend; 
 my limbs, weakened with grief, being now enraged tcith grief, are 
 thrice themselves ; the gain [which was] proposed, chok'd the re- 
 spect of likely peril [which was^fear'd ; else, we fortify in paper, 
 and in figures, using the names of men instead of men ; there is a 
 history in all men's lives,^Mrt»jr the nature of the times [that are] 
 
 deceased; your flock, assembled by the bell, encircled you to hear 
 with reverence your exposition on the holy text ; he is tired of 
 a business liable to various chances ; never king of England had 
 nobles richer, and more loyal subjects ; to pardon icilling, and to 
 punish loth, you strike with one hand, but you heal with both ; 
 earth may with her part averse from the sun's beam meet night, 
 her other part still luminous by his ray. 
 
 175. The meaning and use of the conjunctive mood of verbs 
 must be exhibited before we proceed to the consideration of 
 adverbial accessory sentences. The history of our language 
 has been so peculiar, that we shall find little assistance in un- 
 derstanding this subject from the special laws of other lan- 
 guages. And at the same time, English grammarians have so 
 sedulously endeavoured to fit their language to the forms under 
 which other languages, and especially the classical languages, 
 were developed by the old unphilosophical system, that it is 
 impossible, by the accumulation of examples merely, to arrive 
 at correct knowledge. It will be needful to carry in our minds 
 a principle by which we can select examples of accurate usage, 
 and reject solecisms; and this we shall find in the definitions 
 of mood already given. See § 12, 14, 41, &c. 
 
 17G. The existence of the activity expressed by a verb may 
 be contemplated by a speaker as being actual, or simply pos- 
 sible, or necessitated by his own will ; and the forms by which 
 these various relations are expressed are the indicative, the 
 conjunctive, and the imperative moods, respectively. We 
 have already shown that the auxiliary verbs of mood are to 
 be arranged as subdivisions of the indicative mood, since, 
 essentially, they convey declarations of actual, and not ot 
 conditional and cmitingent, existence. Now it will be seen at 
 a glance, that it is only in the case of a wish or desire^ that 
 conditional and contingent existence can be expressed by 
 a single, uncompounded sentence ; in other cases there 
 must be a compound sentence employed, and the accessory 
 sentence will convey the notions of conditionality and con- 
 tingency which exist in the speaker's mind. We have forms 
 for the expression of these notions, just as all cultivated 
 languages have, and they are classed together as the conjunc- 
 tive mood ; but whilst in other languages these forms are nu- 
 merous, and capable of various application, by which great 
 elegance and accuracy of speech were secured ; in our own, 
 these forms are few, and capable of no other use than that of 
 conveying the existence and the degree (and this only, as it 
 were, rudely and approximately) of the conditionality and con- 
 tingency, under which the notions are regarded by the speaker. 
 These forms do not express these notions absolutely, but solely 
 in their relation to the speaker; and herein is contained the 
 whole rationale of this little understood and much perplexed 
 subject. We may now treat of it more particularly, and give 
 examples of the various applications of which it is capable, 
 
 177. In principal sentences, the conjunctive mood is employed 
 to express a wish, or desire, or even an admission in arguments ; 
 as^ — the Lord be judge, and judge between me and thee, and see, and 
 plead my cause, and deliver me out of thine hand ; my God forbid it 
 me, that J should do this thing ; the enemies of my lord the king be as 
 that young man is ! the God of our fathers look thereon and rebuke it! 
 the Lord hear thee in the day of trouble, the name of the God of Ja- 
 cob defend thee ! according to your faith, be it unto you ! Heaven se- 
 cure him ! so be it ! be it so, yet I cannot agree to your conclusion ; 
 grant that the Fates havejirm'd by their decree, the Trojan race to reign 
 in Italy ; alhw it to be true, does tliat justify the king's murder ? 
 that thou wert as my brother ! O that they were wise ! 
 
 178. Both in principal and accessory sentences, were, and had, 
 
976 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 are used with the significations would, should, ^c, he, and would, 
 should, (§-c., have ; as, — it were well, the general toere jmt in mind of 
 it; that were hard to compass, because she will admit no kind of 
 suit; I had been happy, so 1 had nothing known; if I had not 
 come and spoken unto them, they had not had sin; it were a de- 
 licate stratayem, to shoe a troop of horse with felt ; had he been 
 where he thought, hy this had thought been past ; hadst thou been 
 aught but gossamer, so many fathom down precipitating, thou 
 hadst shiver'd like an egg ; it had been so with us, had we been 
 there; had I but died an hour before this chance, I had lived a 
 blessed time ; many acts which had been blamable in a peaceable go- 
 vernment, were employed to detect conspiracies. Of the anti- 
 quated forms, I be, thou beest, ^c, it is not necessary to give ex- 
 amples. See § 58, (1.) 
 
 179. When a conditional notion is regarded tis probable, the 
 forms of the conjunctive mood corresponding to the present forms 
 of the indicative are employed ; as, — though thou repent,y%t\ have 
 still the loss ; against that time, if ever that time come, when I 
 shall see thee frown on my defects; how like Eve's apple doth 
 thy beauty show, if thy sweet nature answer not thy show ; if the 
 
 flower with base infection meet, the basest weed outbraves his dig- 
 nity; the summer's flower is to the summer sweet, though to itself 
 it only live and die ; if he thrice, and I be cast away, the worst was 
 this, — my love was my decay ; an if Hive until I he a man, I'll 
 win our ancient right in France again ; if he he not born to be 
 hanged, our case is miserable ; Heaven ! crown what I profess 
 with kind event, if I speak true; if I have too austerely jjunishcd 
 you, your compensation makes amends; if you be pleased, retire 
 into my cell, and there repose ; if I be a father, where is mine 
 honour.? and if I he a master, where is my fear ? not that I so 
 affirm, though so it seem : if I be wicked, woe unto me ! and if I 
 be righteous, yet will I not lift up my head ; go thou thy way till 
 the end be ; we have not heard whether there he any Holy Ghost ; 
 if God be for us, who can be against us } take heed, lest any man 
 deceive you ; if thou canst do any thing, have compassion on us, 
 and help us ; if thou canst believe, all things are possible to him 
 that believeth ; thy judgments, which if a man do, he shall live 
 in them ; if thou do these things, show thyself to the world ; if 
 thou do that tchich is evil, be afraid ; sir, come down ere my child 
 die : add not to his words, lest he reprove thee ; doth our law judge 
 any man before it hear him f though thou detain me, 1 will not eat ; 
 though it tarry, wait for it ; he shall not eat of the holy things, 
 unless he wash his flesh with water ,• though I be absent in the flesh, 
 yet am I with you in the spirit ; I cannot do any thing, till thou 
 be come thither ; seek out h\%vi'\c\ieAness,tiUthouflndnone; tar- 
 ry ye in the city of Jerusalem, until ye be endued with power from 
 on high ; whether they be come out for peace, or whetJier they be come 
 out for war, take them alive. 
 
 180. When the contingency of the conditional notion is so 
 great that it is regarded as improbable, or even almost impossible ; 
 and when it is intended to show its impossibility, by assuming 
 its probability and thence deducing a conclusion inconsistent 
 w ith established facts or acknowledged truths ; those forms of 
 the conjunctive are used which correspond with the past tenses 
 of the indicative ; as, — though there were of you cast out unto the 
 uttermost part of the heaven, yet will 1 gather them from thence ; 
 this man, if he were a prophet, would have known who touched 
 him ; if ye were of the world, the world would love his own ; if 
 the whole body were an eye, where were the hearing ? if the ivhok 
 were hearing, where were the smelling ? if it tccre so, why should 
 not niy spirit be troubled ? if I knew certainly that evil icere de- 
 termined uprm thee, then would 1 not tell it thee > the bread is in 
 a manner common, though it were sanctified this day in the vessel ; 
 
 though I should receive a thousand shekels of silver, yet would 1 not 
 put forth my hand against the king's son ; though these three 
 men were in it, they should deliver neither son nor daughter; 
 though I should die with thee, yet would I not deny thee ; the duke 
 of Milan, and his more braver daughter, could control thee, if 
 now 'twere flt to doH; here lies your brother, no better than the 
 earth he lies on, if he were that which now he's like, that's dead ; if 
 youbutknew, howyou the purpose cherish, whiles thusyou mock 
 it; if in Naples I should report this now, would they believe me ? 
 if you now beheld them, your aifections would become tender; 
 'twould be a sight indeed, if otie could match you; if you did, it 
 would not much approve me; if ever I did dream of such a mat- 
 ter, abhor me ; she was a wight — if ever such wight were — to 
 suckle fools, and chronicle small beer. 
 
 181. The exact difference between the probable and improba- 
 ble forms of the conjunctive mood is easily seen, when the speeches 
 of a candidate during an election and after his defeat are com- 
 pared : while the matter is uncertain, he says, if I be elected, I 
 will observe such and such a line of action ; when he knows 
 that he is rejected, he says, if I were your representative, the noble 
 principles of the British constitution would never want a 
 champion. But the degrees of contingency are so many, 
 and the conception of it may be so varied, that we find these 
 forms used, in some instances, with almost interchanged sig- 
 nification ; — as, if it be a sin to covet honour, 1 am, the most offend- 
 ing soul alive ; if our gospel be hid,\t\s hid to them that are lost ; 
 if the ill spirit have so fair a house, good things will strive to dwell 
 with 't ; all men mused, whether he were the Christ or not ; though 
 he were dead, yet shall he live ; if thou be the Son of God, command 
 that these stones be made bread ; if thou didst ever thy dear fathet 
 love, revenge his foul and most unnatural murder. 
 
 182. The distinctive characteristic of the conjunctive mood being 
 conditionality with contingency , it follows necessarily that it can 
 never be applied to past time, but only to the present and the 
 future: we say correctly, ifi'iie^ossjWe, I will do it; if I were in 
 a situation to defendmyself, I would not flee ; but we can only use 
 the itidicative mood in speaking of the past; as, — if it had been pos- 
 sible, I would have done it ; had Ibeen in a situation to defend my- 
 self, I would not have fled. But in quoting a conditional and 
 contingent expression, the conjunctive form to be employed is 
 determined by the tense of the verb in the principal sentence; 
 the probable forms being used with the present aaA future tenses, 
 and the improbable forms with the iiast ; as, — he says, that he will 
 go, if he be able ; he will think, if this be so, lean never succeed; he 
 said, he would go, if he were able ; lie thought, that, if it were pos- 
 sible, he might succeed. 
 
 183. Accessory adverbial sentences of place are connected with 
 the principal sentence by the relative adverbs where, whence, 
 whither, ^c. ; the demonstratives here, there, 8[c., being either 
 expressed or understood in the principal sentence; as, — icher- 
 e'er thy navy spreads her canvass ivings, homage to thee, and peace 
 to all, she brings ; 1 strayed I knew not whither; 1 go whence I 
 shall not return ; lohithersoever the nature and intention of the grace 
 doth drive us, thither we must go ; 1 will follow thee whithersoever 
 thou goest ; heaven is here, where Juliet lives ; where have you been 
 gadding? where I have learned me to repent the sin of disobedient 
 opposition to you ; wherever the bright sun of heaven, shall shine, his 
 honour and the greatness of his name shall be, and make new 
 nations ; where the treefalleth, there it shall lie ; where your treasure- 
 is, there will your heart be also ; where I am, thither ye cannot 
 come ; let him walk^'om whence he came, lest he catch cold on's 
 feet ; whithersoever the spirit was to go, they went. 
 
 184. Accessory smitences of titne are connected with their prin- 
 
OUTLINE OF ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 977 
 
 ripal sentences by the conjunctions and adverbs, after, as, he- 
 fore, ere, since, as soon as, till, until, when, tchite, all the while, ichilat, 
 ^c; with most of which then is expressed or understood in the 
 principal sentence; and by but, or tJian, when the words soo)ier, 
 or no sooner, occur in the principal sentence; as, — after lam 
 risen again, I will go before you into Galilee ; the frighted Tiir- 
 niis trembled us she spoke ; why shouldst thou die before thy time? 
 how long will it be ere they believe mef since we left off to burn in- 
 cense to the queen of heaven, we have wanted all things; sooner 
 shall you the round world unsphere, than pluck him from the path 
 of ripht: the sun is no sooner risen, but it ivithereth the grass; no 
 sooner had I arrived, than fortune turned in his favour ; that which 
 ye have, hold fast till I come ; there shall he be, until Ivisit him ; 
 when he is come, he will tell us all things ; the Lord is with you 
 while ye be with him ; our aim was, to take in many towns, ere, 
 almost. Home should know we were afoot; they were a wall unto 
 us by night and by day, all the while we were with them keeping 
 the sheep; as soon as they hear, they shall bo obedient unto me; live 
 w/iilst you live! what we have, we prize not to the worth, whiles 
 we enjoy it; nor did you think it folly, to keep your great pre- 
 tences veiled, till when thy needs must show themselves ; kings may 
 take their advantage when and how they list ; woods and rocks 
 had ears to rapture till the savage clamour drowned both harp and 
 voice ; he is the most improved mind, since you saw him, that ever 
 was ; when thou doest evil, then thou rejoicest. 
 
 185. These sentences are frequently abridged into a parti- 
 ciple ; as, — being mov'd, he will not spare to gird the gods; 
 such a nature, tickled with good success, disdains the shadow which 
 he treads on at noon ; meeiitig ttco such weals-men as you are, if 
 the drink you give me touch my palate adversely, I make a 
 crooked face at it ; death, that dark spirit, in 's nervy arm doth 
 lie, tchich being advanced declines, and then men die; being gone, 
 1 am a man again ; being press'd to the tear, e'en when the navel 
 of the state was touched, they would not thread the gates ; 
 being i' the war, their mutinies and revolts, wherein they showed 
 most valour, spoke not for them ; being angry, he does forget 
 that ever he heard the name of death ; go to them, with this 
 bonnet in thy hand, and thus far having stretched it, say, thou art 
 their soldier; if, seeing me, thou dost not think me for the man 
 lam, necessity commands me name myself ; when we banished 
 him, we respected not them, and he returning to break our necks, 
 they respect not us; having read it, bid them repair to the mar- 
 ket-place; being banished, he came unto my hearth ; I have heard, 
 where many of the best respect in Rome, (except immortal Cse- 
 sar,) speaking of Brutus, and groaning underneath this age's yoke, 
 have wish'd that noble Brutus had his eyes; having brought 
 his treasure where tee will, then we take down his load, and turn 
 him off, to shake his ears and graze in commons ; being incensed, 
 he's flint; being moody, give him line and scope. Sometimes 
 the participle is omitted, and the nominative case is made ob- 
 jective; as, — greedy hope to find his wish, and -best' advantage, 
 
 us asunder, for we being asunder, or when we are asunder. But 
 this is rather an imitation of a classic idiom, than native to our 
 tongue. 
 
 186. Adverbial accessory sentences of manner, are connected 
 with their principal sentences by as, as if, as though, (if and 
 though being frequently understood,) and that; so being either 
 expressed or understood in the principal sentence ; as,— I will 
 aggravate ray voice so, that I will roar you as gently as any stwking 
 dove, I will roar you an' 'twere any nightingale ; when thou dost 
 hear 1 am as I hare been, approach me, and thou shalt be as thou 
 wast; I live as I did, I think as I did, I love you as I did, but all 
 these are to no purpose, the world will not live, think, or love 
 
 as I do; with the noise it shook as it would fall; men are ge- 
 nerally permitted to publish books, and contradict others, and 
 even themselves, as they please ; answering their questions, as 
 if it were a matter that needed it ; so frowned the mighty combat- 
 ants, that hell grew darker at their frown ; so grant my suit, as I 
 enforce my might ; thick as autumnal leaves that strew the brooks in 
 Vallombrosa, where the Etrurian shades high overarch'd embower, 
 «o thick bestrewn, abject and lost, lay these; treat it kindly, 
 that it may wish, at least, with us to stay ; as thou hast said, so must 
 we do; brethren, be as lam, for I am as ye are; think not as 
 though some strange thing happened unto you. 
 
 187. The accessory sentence of manner is often abridged into an 
 infinitive or participle, and sometimes into an adjective ; the cor- 
 relatives so and as being either expressed or understood ; as, — 
 so we speak, not as pleasing men ; he speaks so as to be understood 
 by every body ; they have conducted themselves in this matter 
 so as to deserve the good opinion of all ; let worse follow worse, till 
 the worst of all follow him laughing to his grave ! near him, thy 
 angel becomes a fear, as being overpowered ; they seeing, see not, 
 and hearing, they hear not ; he rejoiced, believing on the Lord, 
 with all his house ; looking up to heaven, he sighed ; if she depart, 
 let her remain unmarried; 1 remained there, astonished, seven 
 days; the forepart stuck fast, and remained !»i;norea6/e ; he re- 
 mained speechless. For other examples, see the former part of 
 the Syntax of this Outline. 
 
 188. Adverbial sentences of causality, which denote a motive or' 
 jnoro/ cause, or a reai cause, are most usually connected with the 
 principal sentence by the relative adverbs because and forasmuch 
 as ; and those denoting a logical cause, with iAere/oce, expressed 
 or understood, in the principal sentence; or reason, by as, or 
 since ; but this distinction is not rigidly observed, and these re- 
 lative adverbs themselves are sometimes suppressed ; as, — we 
 love him, because he first loved us; the hireling fleeth, because he 
 is a hireling ; ye seek me, not because ye saw the miracles, but because 
 ye did eat of the loaves, and were filled ; because I live, ye shall live 
 also ; he shall restore the lamb fourfold, 6ecfl;(se he did this thing, 
 and because he had no pity ; let me die, since I have seen thy face ; 
 since by man came death, by man came also the resurrection from 
 the dead ; since ye say, the burden of the Lord, therefm-e, thus saith 
 the Lord, because ye say this word, the burden of the Lord, and Ihave 
 sent unto you, saying, ye shall not say, the burden of the Lord, there- 
 fore, behold, I, even I, will utterly forget you, and I will forsake 
 j'ou ; will you not, since L have commanded youf Ibelicved, therefore 
 I have spoken ; because ye obeyed not, therefore is this thing come 
 upon you ; therefore, my beloved brethren, ])e ye stedfast, un- 
 moveable, always abounding in the work of the Lor(\, forasmuch 
 as ye know that your labour is not in vain in the Lord; he that is of 
 God, heareth God's words, j-e thei-efore hear them not, because 
 ye are not of God ; they have no changes, therefore they fear not 
 God ; judgment is before him, therefore trust in him ; they also are 
 under obligation who did assist in doing the injury, as without 
 them the thing could not have been done ; he blushes, therefore he is 
 guilty ; since truth and constancy are vain, since neither love, nor sense 
 of pain, nor force of reason can persuade, then let example be obey'd ; 
 since he hath got the jewel that I lov'd, and that which ye did swear to 
 keep for me, I will become as liberal as you. Some other words 
 are employed as connectives to causative sentences, occasional- 
 ly; as, — you should in all sense be much bound to h(m, for, as 
 I hear, he was much bound for you ; Ihave received no letters from 
 him, nor any tidings of him, these many years, hence I conclude that 
 he is dead. 
 
 189. These causative sentences are often abridged into a par- 
 ticiple ; as, — how knows this man \e\\cK,ham>g never learned? 
 
 G I 
 
APPENDIX. 
 
 having this confidence, I know that 1 shall continue with you all ; 
 having, therefore, these promises, let us cleanse ourselves from all 
 pollution ; who, being in the form of God, thought it not robbery 
 to be equal with God ; fearing lest tltey should fall into the quick- 
 sands, they strake sail ; all the Jews eat not, except they wash 
 their hands oft, holding the tradition of the elders ; being justified by 
 .faith, we have peace with God ; knowing the terror of tlie Lord, we 
 persuade men ; ye do err, 7wt knowing the Scriptures ; Demas hath 
 forsaken us, having loved this present world. There is also an an- 
 tiquated use of the participle being which is found now only in 
 some provinces of England ; as, — you loiter here too long, being 
 you are to take soldiers up in the counties as you go. 
 
 190. Cmxditional adverbial sentences are joined with their prin- 
 cipals by the relative adverb, if; by the conjunctions, so, unless, 
 ati' (for and if) ; and by the phrases, in case, and provided that 
 (with that most frequently suppressed) ; with the demonstrative 
 iAen expressed or understood in the principal sentence; as, — 
 an' the worst fall that can fall, I hope I shall make shift to go with- 
 out him; iftodoivereaseasyastoknowu'hatweregoodtodo,ch!xpe\s 
 had been churches, and poor men's cottages princes' palaces; 
 ow' if you mill not have me, choose ! if he would despise me, I 
 would forgive him ; if you had known the virtue of the ring, or half 
 her worthiness that gave the ring, or your own honour to contain the 
 ring, you would not then have parted with the ring ; if he steal 
 aught the whilst this play is playing, and 'scape detecting, 1 will pay the 
 theft; reason thus with life, if I do lose thee, 1 do lose a thing 
 that none but fools would keep ; I take your offer, and will live 
 with you, provided that you do no outrages ; a sure retreat to his 
 forces, in case they should have an ill day, or an unlucky chance in the 
 
 field; if all this be so, then man has a natural freedom ; it matters 
 not how they were called, so ice know who they are ; unless I look 
 on Sylvia in the day, there is no day for me to look upon ; if it be 
 so, why am 1 thus ? «/ in this life only we have hope in Christ, we 
 are of all men the most miserable ; they sleep not, unless they 
 cause some to fall ; I am a rogue, if I were not at half-sword with a 
 dozen of them, two hours together ; if thou love me, 'tis time thou wert 
 away ; I had been happy, so I had nothing knoum ; he will, an" if 
 he live to be a man. 
 
 191. When the relative adverb is omitted, conditional sentences 
 assume the form of interrogative sentences ; but this takes place 
 most frequently when the verb is in the past or improbable form ; 
 and the demonstrative then is less often omitted in such cases; 
 as, — had he not resembled my father as he slept, 1 had done 't ; had 
 not men been fated to be blind, then had our lances pierc'd the 
 treach'rous wood ; had fate so pleased, I had been eldest born ; 
 were it not that I regard the presence of the king, I would not look 
 toward thee, nor see thee ; were he out of Venice, I can make what 
 merchandise I will ; had Ibcen judge, thou shouldst have had ten 
 more ; had you been there, I think, you would have begged the 
 ring of me to give the worthy doctor; were Imy father's coz, would 
 I do this ? live Roderigo, he calls me to a restitution large ; icent 
 they not quickly, I should die with laughing. 
 
 192. Conditional sentences are often abridged into participles, 
 with if and so sometimes expressed, and into the imperative 
 mood; as, — what judgment shall I dread, doing no wrong i so 
 doing, thou shalt heap coals of fire on his head; pardon this fault, 
 and by my soul 1 swear, 1 never more will break an oath with 
 thee ; the greatest grace lending grace, ere twice the horses of the 
 sun shall bring their fiery torcher his diurnal ring, what is in- 
 firm from your sound parts shall fly; my husband hies him 
 home, where. Heaven aiding, we'll be, before our welcome; not 
 wounding, pity would not let me do't ; if wounding, then it was to 
 show my skill ; having ever seen, in the predominate a-imes, the 
 
 youth you breathe of, guilty, be assur'd he closes with you in this 
 consequence. 
 
 193. Concessive adverbial sentences are joined with the principal 
 by the conjunctions, tlwugh, although, albeit, ^c, with yet ex- 
 pressed or understood in the principal sentence; as,— he, who 
 has a probable belief that he shall meet with thieves in such a 
 road, thinks himself to have reason enough to decline it, albeit 
 he is sure to sustain some less though yet considerable inconvenience 
 by his so doing ; me, the gold of France did not seduce, although 
 I did admit it as a motive the sooner to effect what I intended ; not 
 that 1 so aflirm, though so it seem ; though the name of abstracted 
 ideas is attributed to universal ideas, yet this abstraction is not great ; 
 though he was rich, xjet for our sakes he became poor; though he 
 were [this should be teas] a son, yet learned he obedience by the 
 things that he suffered; in nothing am 1 behind, ttou^A /5e 
 nothing ; ye will not believe, though it be told you; though he un- 
 derstand, he will not answer ; although all shall be offended, yet will 
 not 1 ; though they cry, yet will not 1 hear them ; although the fig 
 tree shall not blossom, neither shall fruit be in the vines, the labour of 
 the olive shall fail, and the fields shall yield no meat, the flock shall be 
 cut off from the fold, and there shall be no herd in the stalls, yet will 
 1 rejoice in the Lord, 1 will joy in the God of my salvation. 
 A partial abridgment of these sentences occasionally takes place, 
 when the verb is in a compound tense; as, — one, whose eyes, 
 albeit unused to the melting moud, drop tears as fast as the Arabian 
 trees; though scotched, the snake is not yet killed. 
 
 194. These sentences, when the verb is in the improbable con- 
 junctive form, often omit the conjunction, and appear in the 
 
 shape of a question ; as, — wert thou an oracle to tell me so, I'd not 
 believe it ; had I a hundred arms, I would not stretch out one to 
 help you ; had he conducted the eiiterprise with ever so astonishing 
 success, he would have received no praise. And sometimes they 
 assume the form of an indirect question, being connected with 
 their principal sentences by however, whoever, %c. ; as, — whoever 
 he be, I do not fear him ; I shall not change my opinion, tvhat- 
 ever you say ; in whatever way he will manage the business, he will 
 not succeed. 
 
 195. Comparative adverbial sentences are those of manner, and 
 those of intensity. The former have been treated of in § 186; 
 we proceed to treat of the latter. 
 
 \QQ. Intensity may be expressed in the form of the factitive re- 
 lation by an accessory sentence connected with the principal sen- 
 tence hj but, that, as, Src.,so being in the principal sentence; 
 as, — it was so cold, that the rivers were frozen ; he is so weak, as 
 to be unable to speak; can nothing great, and at the height remain 
 so \oDg, butitsownweightwillruinit? in the midst of this darkness 
 they saw so much light, as to believe that wlien they died they went 
 immediately to the stars ; I shook with holy fear, yet not so much, 
 but that I noted who did the most in song and dance excel ; the rela- 
 tions are so uncertain, as they require a great deal of examination ; 
 God so loved the world, that he gave lus only-begotten Son, that who- 
 soever believeth on him, should not perish, but have everlasting life ; 
 so it fell out to him, that the people trod on him and he died. 
 
 197. Equality of intensity is expressed by the adverb as in both 
 principal and accessory sentences ; as, — he is as rich as lietvishes 
 to be : he dances as often as he likes ; come as soon as you can ; 
 as long as fie travels, he is in good health ; as far as the east is from 
 the icest, so far hath he removed our transgressions from us ; 
 here's a large mouth, that talks as familiarly of roaring lions 
 as maids of thirteen do of puppy dogs ; as true as, Ibelieve, you think 
 them false; thy uncle will as dear be to thee as thy father was; 
 he will look as hollow as a ghost, as dim and meagre as an ague's 
 fit ; you are as fond of grief as of your child ; life is as tedious as 
 
OUTLINE OF ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 979 
 
 v twice-told tale; So I were outof prison, and kept sheep, I should 
 be as merry as the day is long ; as good to die and go, as die and 
 stay ; as confident as is the falcon's flight against a bird, do 1 with 
 Mowbray fight. 
 
 198. This relation of equal intensity is expressed also by two 
 comparatives connected by the ; as, — the longer lam acquainted with 
 him, the more \ like him ; the more he possesses, the more be wishes 
 to possess ; the worse, the better ; the more they afflicted them, the 
 more they grew and increased ; the more I lore, the less I am 
 loved ; the less they tliemsehes want from others, the less will they be 
 careful to supply the necessities of the indigent; the more the 
 kindled combat rises higher, the more with fury burns the blazing 
 fire ; the more one sickens, the worse at ease be is ; more light and 
 light f more dark and dark our woes. 
 
 199. The infinitive muod used factitively after the adverb too, 
 which has been treated of before, {see § 156,) is employed as an 
 abridged adverbial sentence of intensity ; as, — lie is too weak to at- 
 tempt his defence ; he is too honest to tell a lie ; your father's rough 
 and stern, his will too strong to bend, too proud to learn; I know 
 1 am ^ mean to be your queen, and yet too good to be your concu- 
 bine ; disloyal ? the word is too good to point out her wickedness. 
 
 200. After the comparative degree in the principal sentence, 
 the accessory sentence of intensity is introduced by than, the com- 
 parison being one of inequality ; as, — a little more than kin, and 
 less than kind; were we not better to fall at once with virtue, 
 than draw a wretched and dishonour'd breath f more true delight in 
 that small pound, </ian inpossessing all the earth,was found ; 1 never 
 met with a more unhappy conjuncture of affairs, than in the busi- 
 ness of that unfortunate earl; 1 love you for nothing more than for 
 the just esteem you have for all the sons of Adam ; these kind of 
 knaves in this plainness harbour more craft, and more corrupter 
 ends, thantwenty silken ducking observants ; the advantages of learn- 
 ing are more lasting than those of arms ; 'tis less to conquer than to 
 make wars cease ; their learning lay chiefly in flourish, they were 
 
 ^not much wiser than the less 2>retendiny multitude ; he has a horse 
 better than the Neapolitan's ; a better bad habit of frowning 
 than the Count Palatine ; I have seen better faces in my time, than 
 stand on any shoulders that I see before me at this instant ; better a 
 mechanic rule were stretched and broken, than a great beauty 
 were omitted ; there are more things in heaven and earth, Ho- 
 ratio, than are dreamt of in your philosophy. 
 
 201. Numerous examples throughout the sections devoted to 
 the Objective Combination, and to Accessory Sentences, have shown 
 that many distinct objective factors may be connected with one 
 predicate; and not only many accesso?-y sentences appended to one 
 jrrincipal sentence, but that each accessory sentence may serve as 
 principal to other accessories. A few illustrations are, however, 
 added ; as, — (1.) Examples of several objects connected with one pre- 
 dicate: sure, he that made us with such large discourse, look- 
 ing before and after, gave us not that capability, and god-like 
 reason, to fust in us unus'd ; this bud of love, by summer's ripen- 
 ing breath, may prove a beauteous_/?otfcr, when next we meet ; with 
 fairest flowers, whilst summer lasts, and I lire here, Fidele, I'll 
 sweeten thy sad grave; for two nights together I have made 
 Ihii ground my bed ; often, to our comfort, shall we find the sharded 
 beetle in a safer hold than is the full-winged eagle ; (Euobarbus, 
 Antony hath after thee sent all thy treasure, with his bounty over- 
 plus ; at this fusty stuff, the large Achilles, on his press'd bed 
 lDlling,/rom his deep chest laughs out a loud applause; in her 
 days every man shall eat in safety under his own vine, what he 
 plants ; make way there for the princess: — (2.) Examples of com- 
 pound accessory sentences : 'twas merry, when you wagered on your 
 angling, when your diver did hang a salt-flsh on his hook, which he 
 
 with fervency drew up ; O Cromwell, Cromwell, had I but serv'd 
 my God with half the zeal I sere' d the king, he would not in mine 
 age have left me naked to mine enemies ; when I am forgotten, 
 as I shall be, and sleep in dull cold marble where no mention of me 
 more must be heard of, say I taught thee; you are not to bo 
 taught tluit you have many enemies, that know not why they are so ; 
 if we shall stand still, in fear our motion will be mock'd or carp'd at, 
 we should take root here where we sit, or sit state statues only ; 
 you know no more than others, but you frame things, that are 
 hiown alike, which are not wholesome to those which would not know 
 them, and yet must perforce be their acquaintance ; thus yields the 
 cedar to the axe's edge, whose arms gave shelter to the pmncely 
 eagle, under whose shade the ramping lion slept, whose top-branch over- 
 peered Jove's spreading tree, and kept low shrubs from wi?if^r' s power- 
 ful wind; though the edge hath something hit ourselves, yet, know 
 thou, siTice we have begun to strike, we'll never leave till we have 
 hewn thee down. 
 
 CONSTRUCTION. 
 
 202. Construction is the proper arrangement of the words in 
 a sentence, and serves to point out the unity of the different 
 combinations in a sentence, and the subordination of their 
 several factors. The general rule adopted by every language, 
 with modifications arising from the capabilities of each, and from 
 the purpose of the speaker in any instance, is — to place the prin- 
 cipal after the subordinate factor. 
 
 203. When this rule is observed the construction is said to 
 be direct; when not, it is called inverted. We will briefly ex- 
 emplify the construction in each of the combinations. 
 
 204. In the predicative combination, the direct construction 
 places the subject first, and the predicate last, with the copula 
 (if there be one) between ; as, — she weeps, he smiles, thy place is 
 
 filled, all is lost, my crown is in thy heart, her Henry is deposed, his 
 Edicard is installed, the foe is merciless, it works, he waUcs, they trem- 
 ble, they have fled, I will be king, thou canst not. 
 
 205. In questions, commands, conditional sentences without the 
 conjunction, where -i formal subject as well as the real subject 
 is expressed, and particularly in rhetorical or poetical language, 
 the inverted construction is employed; as, — is he dead? dazzle 
 mine eyes, or do I see three suns? mount you, my lord ! widow, jro 
 you along; go we brothers to the man that took him ; hadstthou 
 hatlovedh\m half so well as I, thou wouidst have left thy heart- 
 blood there, rather than disinherited thine only sun; in dread- 
 ful war matjst thou be overcome; be thy title right or wrong. Lord 
 Clifford vows to fight in thy defence ; there was a man dwelt by 
 a churchyard ; how blessed am I! well hast thou spoken, cousin ; 
 deposed he shall be, in despite of all ; his is the right, and therefore 
 pardon me ; it was the lark, the herald of the morn ; nmv you are 
 heir, therefore enjoy it now ; many a battle have I won in France. 
 
 206. In the attributive combination the rfweci construction places 
 the adjective and thegenitive case before the substantive, and the 
 objective with the preposition o/' after it, and that substantive in 
 apposition last which is most emphatic ; SiS,— the northern lords; 
 your oath, my lord ; so looks the pent-up lion o'er the wretch that 
 trembles under his devouring paws ; as for the brat of this accursed 
 duke, whose fatfier slew my father, he shall die ; the crown of England, 
 father; tlie duke of Norfolk ; my lord Cobham ; the house of Lancas- 
 ter ; King Henry's head; far be the thought of this from Henry's 
 heart; father, tear the crown from the usurper's head; our hearths 
 great sorrow ; thy grandfather, Roger Mortimer, earl of March ; the 
 Lord Protector lost it ; Lartius, the dictator ; our earl of Warwick 
 Edward's greatest friend. 
 
 6 I 2 
 
980 APFi 
 
 207. The inverted construction is employed to increase the 
 emphasis of the attribute whoso place is altered ; as, — writ in 
 remembrance, more than things hngpast: men licing flatter those 
 that die ; Henry, of JSngland, France, and Scotland, king, and lord 
 of Ireland. The adjective, however, stands after the substan- 
 tive, in common speech, only when it is enlarged into the ob- 
 jective combination; as, — this letter written to my father, bear 
 with thee; the river, smooth from its depth, decpi\ed him; the 
 jrrince, true to his purpose, vionXA not receive it. And when eitiier 
 the genitive case,OT the objective with o/is put into the place pro- 
 perly occupied by the other, it assumes the other's form ; as, — 
 England's Icing ; in that dead time when Gloster's death was plot- 
 ted ; the love of a father ; the tenderness of a mother. 
 
 208. In the objective combination, ihe direct construction places 
 adverbs most usually before the predicate, and sometimes even 
 before the copula, and the subject; — the immediate object next 
 after the predicate; unless the remoter object be in the ob- 
 jective case, when it follows the verb, and the immediate object 
 is placed after it ; — the objects of cause and purpose or effect, after 
 the immediate object ; — and those oi manner, place, and time, in 
 the order we have named them in, unless any one be emphatic, 
 when it is put after its usual place ; as, — wisdom and youth are 
 seldom joined in one ; there is true joy conveyed to the heart by 
 preventing grace ; they had but very ohscvte apprehe7isions of those 
 things which urge men most poicerfullg to forsake their sins ; there 
 he stands; the design of the heroic poem is to form the mind 
 to heroic virtue by example : they made room for the old knight at 
 the head of them ; I tell thee what, corporal, I could tear her ; it 
 grieves me he should desperately venture the loss of his well- 
 deserving life ; the division of the time by weeks has been uni- 
 versally observed in the tvorld ; webfooted birds do not live con- 
 stantly upon the land; things may and must differ in their use, but 
 yet they are all to be used according to the will of God. The 
 examples in the foregoing Syntax may be referred to for illus- 
 tration of this construction. 
 
 209. The inverted objective construction is found chiefly in ques- 
 tions and rhetorical or^oe^t'ca/ language, where the object is placed 
 at the beginning of the sentence, or any factor of the combina- 
 tion, for peculiar emphasis, put in a position that strongly fixes 
 the attention on it ; as, — never any thing was so unbred as that 
 odious man; that law I will consent to, never! her breath, indeed, 
 those hands have newly stopped ; a new-formed faction does your 
 power oppose ; in the morning he shall devour the prey, and at night 
 divide the spoil ; another bliss before mine eyes I place ; on your head 
 turns he the widows' tears, the orphans' cries ; death's dishonour- 
 able victory we icith our stately presence glorify ; unto the French the 
 dreadful judgment-day so dreadful will not be, as was his sight ; 
 a holy maid hither ivith me I bring; her aid she promis'd, and 
 assur'd success, in complete glory she reveai'd herself; this night 
 the siege assuredly I'll raise ; whom dost thou fear } of whom shall 
 I be afraid } what sayest thou ? For more numerous examples 
 the reader is referred to the Syntax of this Outline. 
 
 210. The construction of accessoi-y sentences does not differ, 
 in the main, from that of principal sentences; two exceptions 
 have been noted above, that of conditional sentences, in which 
 the connecting conjunction is omitted ; and that of adjective 
 sentences, where the relative pronoun is in the objective case. 
 In general, the connecting word comes first; but there are ex- 
 ceptions to this, even in direct construction. The place of the 
 accessory sentence is determined by its relation to its principal ; 
 and in this it follows the rules for placing the several factors of 
 combinations, which they represent. We add a few examples, 
 and refer our readers to the illustrations in the foregoing part 
 
 of this Outline for more.— My lady bids me tell you, that though 
 she harbours you as her uncle, she's nothing allied to your disorders ; 
 the various and contrary choices that men make in the world, ar- 
 gue that the same thing is not good to every man alike ; before him, 
 a great prophet, to proclaim his coming, is sent harbinger, tc^o 
 all invites; it was a sparing speech of the ancients, to say, that 
 a friend is another self, for that a friend is far more than self ; since 
 the clearest discoveries we have of other spirits are imparted by reve- 
 lation, the information of them should be taken from thence; 
 our foster nurse of nature is repose, the which he lacks; that to 
 provoke in him, are many s\mp\es operative, tvhose power will close 
 the eye of anguish ; I repent me that the duke is slain ; if ever he go 
 alone, I'll never wrestle for prize ; such a place there is, where 
 we did hunt; thus I absolve myself, and excuse him, tjho saved 
 my life and honour, but praise neither. 
 
 ACCENTUATION. 
 
 211. Accentuation serves to express the unity of a notion, as 
 well as the subordination of its parts, not only in the combina- 
 tion, but also in each of its factors, and in second derivatives 
 The unity of the notion is represented by the unity of the ac- 
 cent; and the subordination of its parts by a corresponding 
 subordination of the accent with which they are pronounced. 
 
 212. The principal accent falls on the principal factor of the 
 combination, and upon the radical part oi each inflected word, 
 or derivative ; whilst the subordinate accent falls upon the sub- 
 ordinate factor of the combination, and upon the signs of rela- 
 tion in each factor. Thus in — man is mortal, a skilful teacher, 
 he writes a letter, of gold, by art, has told, loved, foundling, thankful; 
 the principal accent is taken by mortal, skilful, letter, gold, art 
 told, lov-, found-, thank- ; and the subordinate accent falls upon 
 man, teacher, writes, of, by, has, -ed, -ling, -ful. 
 
 213. All signs of relation have the subordinate accent \ but 
 we must distinguish those which are unaccented, as the term- 
 inations in spealcer, golden, mighty, and the pronoun it; from those 
 which are half -accented, -as the terminations in wisdom, friendshij), 
 lawful, and the auxiliary verbs, has, will, shall, SfC. 
 
 214. This accentuation mast be distinguished from emphasis ; 
 which is the stress laid by the speaker on the words and sylla- 
 bles he wishes particularly to point out ; as, — the Lord of hosts 
 is with us; i.e. not on the side of our enemies; — Be is our help 
 and shield ; i. e. we have no other defender; — he was coming 
 away from the house when we met him; i. e. not going to it, 
 as the party addressed supposed ; — the princess said this; i. e. 
 not the prince; — this shoe is my father, no, this left shoe is my 
 father;— we should distinguish between faults of o-mission 
 and those of com-mission, when we judge the relations'in which 
 others stand to us;— this principle greatly simplifies the pro- 
 cesses both of !n-volution and of c-volution ; — he is not hyper- 
 critical, but hy2)o-critica\ in what he says; — I have that within, 
 that passeth show, these, but the trappings and the suits of woe. 
 
 PUNCTUATION. 
 
 215. In spoken language we observe certain pauses, which 
 serve to convey our thoughts more clearly and accurately to the 
 parties we address. These pauses are expressed in written lan- 
 guage by certain characters called stops; and hy the dasJi, the 
 parenthesis, and the notes of interrogation and admiration. 
 
 21G. The use of the /mW stop, or ^morf, and of the signs of in- 
 
OUTLINE OF ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 981 
 
 terrogation, and admiration, does not require any explanation. 
 We will speak briefly of the others. 
 
 217. The distinction between the use of the comma, the semi- 
 colon, and the colon, is this ; — the comma is placed between those 
 factors of a compound sentence which need to be distinguished 
 as individual factors, but which must not be divided from each 
 other, since they form parts of one combination of notions; — 
 the semi-colon is used to distinguish the several thoughts of a 
 compound sentence, and indicates a grammatical connexion, 
 as well as the connexion and combination of several distinct 
 thoughts into one thought ; — the colon separates sentences, both 
 simple and compound, when there is no grammatical connexion 
 between them, and when the logical connexion does not amount 
 to a combination of the several parts into one whole. The fol- 
 lowing paragraph will illustrate this distinction. " It is not 
 enough that all the world hath armed itself against vice, and, 
 by all that is wise and sober amongst men, hath taken the part 
 of virtue, adorning it with glorious appellatives, encouraging it 
 by rewards, entertaining it with sweetness, and commanding 
 it by edicts, fortifying it with defensatives, and twining it in 
 all artificial compliances: all this is short of man's necessity : 
 for this will, in all modest men, secure their actions in theatres 
 and highways, in markets and churches, before the eye of 
 judges, and in the society of witnesses; but the actions of 
 closets and chambers, the designs and thoughts of men, their 
 discourses in dark places, and the actions of retirements and of 
 the night, are left indifferent to virtue or to vice ; and of these, 
 as man can take no cognizance, so he can make no roercitive; 
 and therefore above one half of human actions is, by the laws 
 of man, left unregarded and unprovided for. And, besides this, 
 there are some men who are bigger than laws, and some are 
 bigger than judges, and some judges have lessened themselves 
 by fear and cowardice, by bribery and flattery, by iniquity and 
 compliance ; and where they have not, there they have notices 
 but of few causes; and there are some sins so popular and uni- 
 versal, that to punish them is either impossible or intolerable; 
 and to question such, would betray the weakness of the rods and 
 axes,and represent the sinner to be stronger than the power that 
 is appointed to be his bridle. And, after all this, we find sinners 
 so prosperous that they escape, so potent that they fear not; and 
 sin is made safe when it grows great ; and innocence is oppress- 
 ed, and the poor cries, and he hath no helper; and he is op- 
 pressed, and he wants a patron. And therefore God hath so 
 ordained it, that there shall be a day of doom, wherein all that 
 are let alone by men, shall be questioned by God, and every 
 word and every action shall receive its just recompence of re- 
 ward." 
 
 218. It will be seen, however, in the foregoing passage, that 
 the distinctions drawn are not always rigidly observed ; but 
 that where no misapprehension could arise, a comma is used for 
 a semicolon, and a semicolon for a colon. And in'this, punctuation 
 exactly represents the pauses of speech. 
 
 219. In poetri/, and in inverted construction, the use of the stops 
 must be more frequent, and more exact, than in directly constructed 
 prose; and in general,thesafest rule for punctuation is to employ 
 the fewest number that will make the sense of the writing clear. 
 
 220. The dash is much employed by modern writers, and is 
 most frequently rather a rhetorical sign than a grammatical one. 
 But where used grammatically, it has the power of a semicolon, 
 or of a colon; and is frequently added to comma, semicolon, colon, 
 and period too, with something like the effect of a dot placed 
 afteraresfin music ; as, — " Let but Society be once rightly con- 
 stituted, — by victorious Analysis. Labour itself shall be all one 
 
 as rest; not grievous, but joyous. Wheat-fields, one would 
 think, cannot come to grow untitled ; no man made clayey, or 
 made weary thereby ; — unless, indeed, machinery will do \t} 
 But if each will, according to rule of Benevolence, have a 
 care for all, then surely — no one will be uucared for. Nay, who 
 knows but, by sufliciently victorious Analysis, ' human life may 
 be indefinitely lengthened,' and men get rid of Death, as they 
 havealready done of the Devil ? we shall then be happy in spite 
 of Death and the Devil. — So preaches magniloquent Philoso- 
 phism het Redeunt Saturnia regna." " ' What did he die of?' — 
 'Of hunger :' — the king gave his steed the spur." 
 
 221. The parenthesis is employed to denote a thought, con- 
 nected with the matter in hand, but diverging from the line 
 already determined in the speaker's mind; thought worthy of 
 mention, not worthy of pursuit ; as, — " Whate'er I read to her, 
 I'll plead for you, as for my patron, (stand you so assur'd,) as 
 firmly as yourself were still In place : yea, and (perhaps) with 
 more successful wordvthan you, unless you were a scholar, sir." 
 " The dangers of the days but newly gone, (whose memory is 
 written on the earth with yet-appearing blood,) and the exam- 
 ples of every minute's instance, (present now,) have put us in 
 these ill-beseeming arms." " Had I but time, (as this fell ser- 
 geant. Death, is strict in his arrest,) O, I could tell you, — but 
 let it be — ." Instead of the parenthesis, commas ox semicolons ?ixe! 
 frequently used ; especially when the thought is not far remote 
 from the line along which the speaker's thought is proceeding. 
 
 OF TEACHING GRAMMAE. 
 
 222. The common school plan of teaching Grammar is open 
 to serious objections, apart from those arising from the gram- 
 matical system of the books in general use. It proceeds on 
 the supposition that language is made by grammar; and that 
 certain forms, &c. are employed in speech, because the gram- 
 mar laj'S down rules enjoining their use. So that pursing (as 
 the analysis of words and sentences is termed) becomes nothing 
 more than the reference of the forms to one and another rule, 
 which have been committed to memory beforehand. Every 
 child that has been subjected to this drudgery knows bow crude, 
 dead, nothing-worth, the results of such teaching are; whilst 
 the process of teaching grammar is one of the most mechanical 
 and most unwelcome of all school tasks. The fundamental 
 axiom of the system on which the foregoing Outline has been 
 drawn up, — that it is meaning which determines /jcot, and not 
 the reverse, — does away with the necessity of this drudgery, 
 and turns into an almost amusing exercise, a process which 
 may be made one of the most effective instruments for disci- 
 plining the mind. In the following sections we purpose to 
 show, by a few examples, how grammar may be taught so as 
 to make It something better than dead knowledge, and at the 
 same time to afford a sort of proof of the truth of the system 
 which we have imperfectly exhibited. 
 
 223. We should recommend teachers, in the first place, to 
 lay aside all grammars, and to teach orally, that is, to help their 
 pupils to construct their grammar for themselves. The ma- 
 chinery requisite is of the simplest character. For the teacher 
 himself a well-grounded knowledge of the principles of the 
 modern system is, of course, indispensable, and he will soon 
 discover that the knowledge of any development of it in the 
 
982 
 
 shape of a grammar constructed in accordance with it, merely, 
 is insufhcient; his own experience will soon outstrip whatever 
 such a grammar, even, could impart, and he will be puzzled, 
 and most deservedly so, if he attempt to use the modern system 
 in the spirit of the old system of rules and forms. For the class, 
 a black board, or large slate, on which to write down the ex- 
 amples, and to exhibit the different steps of the analysis, will 
 be all that is wanted. Unless, to make the method more in- 
 teresting to an advanced class, he should cause them to write 
 down, in blank books, of convenient size and form, the results 
 of their exercises. So equipped, he may begin with pupils of 
 sufficient age to follow a short train of reasoning, and to un- 
 derstand the meaning of the several technical terms he must 
 use, for the sake of exactness and conciseness. Our examples, 
 and our treatment of them, shall be such as such a teacher 
 might employ. 
 
 224. The emperor of Russia was my father. This is a simple sen- 
 tence ; and the first thing to be looked at i» the assertion, which 
 is called \.\\e iiredicate, — was my father ; the next, that respect- 
 ing which this assertion is made, or the subject, — the emperor of 
 Russia. The principal word in the predicate is father, which is 
 the name of a person, called a substantive, and a common one, 
 because it applies to a great number of persons. The chief 
 word in the subjective part of the sentence is emperor, also a 
 substantive, but not a common one, as it expresses the name of 
 a narrow class of persons. The relation between the subject and 
 the predicate is expressed by was, here used simply as a relational 
 lerb ; and it shows that relation by its being in the singular 
 number, as emperor \%\ this relation is further expressed, by 
 father being also in the singular number. There is more, 
 however, to be learnt respecting that verb, was. The speaker 
 is telling of some one different from himself, and not the per- 
 son or persons addressed, and thus it is put in the third per- 
 son. He is making an assertion of fact, and so it is in the in- 
 dicative mood. He is speaking of a time before the moment of 
 his making the assertion, and it is therefore put in the;Ms< tense. 
 But we must look a little more at both subject and predicate, 
 since each is characterized or modified by other words as- 
 sociated with it. The predicate, /a<W, has ?ny connected with 
 it, which is equivalent to of me ; it is called a iironoun, since it 
 stands instead of the speaker's own name ; and it is an adjective 
 pronoun, because it signifies something that more fully charac- 
 terizes and defines the notion of the speaker conveyed by the 
 term fatlier. Its position is the only outward sign of its rela- 
 tion to that substantive. The subject, e/«;>eror, has connected 
 with it ilie, and of Russia. The latter characterizes it most 
 clearly for the speaker's purpose. Russia is the name of a 
 country, and so a substantive: and it is called a proper sub- 
 stantive, since there is but one country so named. Of is sim- 
 ply the sign of relation between emperor and Russia, and is 
 termed a preposition ; it signifies here, possession. The calls dis- 
 tinct attention to the subject ; it implies that there was but 
 one person, so named, that the speaker was thinking of; it is 
 called a demonstrative, from this meaning. Its position alone 
 determines its relation to the substantive emperor. To sum up 
 this analysis ; — we have here an example of the jn-edicative com- 
 bination, in the entire sentence ; and in both subject and pre- 
 dicate, which compose that combination, an example of tJie 
 attributive combination, in the former by the association of a sub- 
 stantive with of, and of a demonstrative with emperor; and in 
 the latter by the association of the adjective pronoun, my, with 
 
 father. 
 
 225. We shall not need to examine all our examples so mi- 
 
 nutely, but the teacher should do so, till every possible relation, 
 and every form of the different relations, that the examples he 
 selects can teach, are brought clearly before the pupils' minds ; 
 but he should not repeat ad nauseam the most elementary of 
 those relations and signs ; but use the terms jn-edicative, attri- 
 butive, or objective combination, presuming that the pupils have 
 been sufficiently instructed to know and see the meaning of 
 these terms. 
 
 226. After life's fitful fever, he sleeps well. He sleeps is a pre- 
 dicative combination. Life's fitful fever, a compound attributive 
 combination. But what Is the relation of well; and what the 
 relation oi after life's fitful fever f These are designated objects, 
 and, in connexion with the verb sleeps, they form a compound 
 objective combination. Well denotes how he sleeps ; it is called 
 an adverb, and an adverb of manner ; and as used here It is an 
 object of manner. Its relation to the verb is shown only 
 by its place, ij/e's^i/i/^ /ei;er is connected with the verb by 
 after, which is a preposition ; and here, one of ti7ne ; so that we 
 call the expression after life's fitful fever, an object of <ime, to the 
 verb. 
 
 227. This guest of summer, the temple-haunting martlet, does ap- 
 prove, bi/ his loved mansionry, that the heaven's breath smells wooingly 
 here. The predicative combination here has for subject guest, for 
 predicate does approve. This guest, guest of summer, the martlet, 
 temple-haunting martlet, and this guest — the martlet, are attributive 
 combinations, the last being composed of two substantives in 
 apposition. There are two objective factors; the first is one of 
 manner. How is the approval shown } By his loved mansionry. 
 His mansionry, and loved mansionry, make a compound attributive 
 combination. The second object, and which stands immediately in 
 connexion with the verb, as showing ivhat Is approved, is ex- 
 pressed by an accessory sentence. That the heaven's breath smells 
 wooingly here. That connects this sentence with Its principal, 
 and is called a conjunction, from its use. The predicative com- 
 bination in this accessory sentence has breath for subject, and 
 S7nells for predicate. The heaven's breath is a compound attribu- 
 tive combination. Wooingly, called an adverb, is the object of 
 manner; and here, another adverb, one of place ; so that, toge- 
 ther, they form a compound objective combination, with the verb 
 foregoing. This accessory sentence is called a substantive sen- 
 tence, from its occupying a similar relation to the principal 
 sentence that a substantive would. 
 
 228. There is a tide in the affairs of men, which, taken at the flood, 
 leads on to fortune ; omitted, all the voyage of their life is bound in 
 shallows and in miseries. The principal sentence in this example, 
 put into such a form that we can treat It grammatically, is — a 
 tide is in the affairs of men. This is the predicative combination . 
 unless it should be said, that is stands as predicate here, and 
 not as a relational verb, or copula, merely ; and then, in the af- 
 fairs of men, will be an object of place. Observe that a tide, is 
 
 an attributive combination ; a being, indeed, a numeral. The affairs, 
 and affairs of men, make two attributive combinations. A tide is 
 the real subject ; but for emphasis' sake, it is put after is, as 
 though it were the predicate, and its place is filled by \.he formal 
 subject, *Aere; which \s an adverbial demonstrative protwun. The 
 remainder of the example consists of two accessory sentences, each 
 being also a compound one. They are called adjective senieaces, 
 because they stand, truly, in the attributive relation to the 
 subject of the principal sentence, tide. They are contracted 
 into one, by the use of but one relative pronoun, which, to con- 
 nect both with their substantive. Both are conditional com- 
 pound sentences, the conditional factors being abridged into 
 participles. In the first, it (understood) leads is the predicative 
 
OUTLINE OF ENGLISH GRAMMAR, 
 
 983 
 
 comhination, that stands as principal sentence in relation to the 
 abridged conditional sentence. On is used adverbially, and is 
 an object of place, or direction ; to fortune is a factitive object, as 
 it shows the result of the activity of the verb. The conditional 
 sentence, fully expressed, would be, if it be taken at the flood. 
 the participial predicate alone is retained, and the object of 
 ti/ne, at the flood. In the second, voyage, and is bound, are the 
 subject and predicate of the relatively principal sentence, form- 
 ing a predicative comhination. The voyage, all the voyage, their life, 
 voyage of life, are attributive combinations. The predicate bound, 
 has two objects o( mamier, in shallows,in miseries; which stand- 
 ing in exactly the same relation to the predicate, are co-or- 
 dinated, and connected by and. The conditional sentence here, 
 fully expressed, would be, if it be omitted ; and here, also, the 
 participle alone is retained. 
 
 229. I pray you, in your letters, when you shall these unlucky deeds 
 relate, speak of me as lam. I pray is the chief sentence here ; and 
 you the immediate object of its verb. The rest is an accessor;/ sen- 
 tence, standing in the factitive relation to the verb pray. Its verb, 
 speak, is in the imperative ; and of me stands as its closest ob- 
 ject, being in the relation of cause, or origin ; whilst as I am is a 
 subsidiary sentence, standing in the objective relation of manner 
 to speak, being connected with it by as. Earlier in the whole 
 sentence, in your letters, is in the objective relation of time to 
 speak ; and the remaining part is another subsidiary sentence 
 in the objective relation of time to speak. This sentence is 
 connected by the relative adverb when with its principal; and 
 has for subject, you; for predicate, shall relate; and for its im- 
 mediate object, the attributive combination, these unlucky deeds. 
 The accessory sentence is a substantive one ; and its subsidiary sen- 
 tences are both adverbial. 
 
 2.30. Truth is compared in Scripture to a streaming fountain ; if 
 her waters floic not in a perpetual progression, they sicken into a 
 muddy pool of conformity and tradition. The first part of the ex- 
 ample is a simple predicative combination, with a double objective 
 combination, of place, and of effect. The second part has a con- 
 ditional accessory setttence prefixed, the subject of which has an 
 attributive factor combined with it ; and the predicate has the 
 negative particle ; whilst an objective factor of manner, also cha- 
 racterized by the numeral a, and by an adjective, follows it. The 
 subject of the principal sentence, in this part, is a pronoun, the 
 real subject being the same as that of the preceding accessory; 
 the object is factitive, showing the result which follows the non- 
 existence of what is stated in the conditional sentence; and it 
 has four attributive factors joined with it ; the first a numeral, 
 the second an adjective, and the third and fourth substantives, con- 
 nected by the conjunction, and, and joined to the substantive 
 they characterize by the preposition, of. 
 
 231. The light which we have gained, was given us, not to be ever 
 staring on, but by it to discover OMcard things more remote from our 
 knowledge. The sentence here has for subject, light ; and for pre- 
 dicate, was given. With the subject is connected,- first, the de- 
 monstrative, the ; and next, an accessory adjective sentence, con- 
 nected with it by the relative pronoun, which ; the sentence itself 
 having we for subject, and have gained for predicate ; whilst the 
 relative pronoun which serves as connective, is the obfect to 
 gained. Next after the verb comes an object, us, in what we have 
 called the remote or mediate relation ; the verb itself being pas- 
 sive, does not admit an immediate object. Lastly, we have 
 a factitive object, stated by two infinitives, to be staring, and to dis- 
 cover, contrasted by the aid of not and but. The former of these 
 infinitives has two objects ; one of time, ever ; and the other of 
 2>lace, or direction, on ; — the latter has, preceding it, an object of 
 
 :, by if; it referring to the subject of the principal sen- 
 tence, light; and following it an object imtnediately related to it, 
 things , which is characterized by two attributes ; the first, on- 
 ward, and the second, more remote ; and associated with the 
 second attribute, and in the objective relation of place to it, is the 
 attributive combination, our knowledge, connected with the adjective 
 it is related to by t\\e preposition, from. 
 
 232. Why was this nation chosen before any other, that out of her, 
 as out of Sion, should be proclaimed and sounded forth the first tidim/s 
 and trumpet of Reformation to all Europe ? An interrogative sen- 
 tence. The interrogative adverbial pronoun, why, indicates the 
 question, and also the kind of answer sought, one that might 
 stand in the relation of causality to the predicate of the inquiry. 
 The question is also indicated by the inverted construction ; this 
 nation, the subject, being placed after the inflected part of the 
 predicate, loas. The predicate is was chosen ; and two objects 
 follow it, the first of manner, before any other ; and the second 
 of purpose, in the form of an accessory sentence. This accessory 
 sentence is connected with the predicate it is related to by the 
 conjunction, that; and it hastwo subjects, connecteA by the con/unc- 
 tion, and, — the first tidings, — trumpet of Reformation ; the predicate 
 is also double, the parts being also connected by the conjunction, 
 and, — should be proclaimed, — sounded ; the first object is one of 
 place, out of her, and it has an abridged comparative sentence asso- 
 ciated with it, as out of Sion; with one of the predicates an ad- 
 verbial object of manner is connected, sounded forth ; and at the 
 end of the whole question is another object of place, to all Europe. 
 
 233. Though all the winds of doctrine were let loose to play upon 
 the earth, so truth be in the field, we do injuriously by licensing and 
 prohibiting to misdoubt her strength. Let her and falsehood grapple ; 
 who ever knew truth put to the tvorse in a free and open encounter f 
 In this example we have first a principal sentence preceded by 
 two accessories ; the first concessive, the second conditional. The 
 principal sentence is simply we do, and it, first, has an adverbial 
 object of manner, injuriously ; and secondly, a factitive object, 
 to misdoubt; which, again, has first an immediate object, her 
 strength; and next, two objectsof manner, connected with it by 
 the preposition, by, and with each other by the conjunction, and. 
 The concessive sentence is connected with the principal sen- 
 tence by though ; its subject is all the winds of doctrine ; its predi- 
 cate, in the conjunctive improbable form, were let loose ; and its 
 object, factitive, to play ; which also has as an object of place, 
 upon the earth. The conditional sentence is joined with the 
 principal by so,- <r«iA is the subject ; the predicate, in the con- 
 junctive probable form, be; and the object of place, in the field. 
 We have next an interrogative sentence, preceded by a concessive 
 accessory seatertae. The interrogation is signified by jc/io; and 
 this is also the subject of the sentence ; the predicate is knew ; 
 the object of time, ever, precedes the verb ; and the immediate ob- 
 ject, fr«M, follows it ; a. factitive object, abridged from an in- 
 finitive to a participle, comes next, /)w<; and this again has, 
 first, the factitive object, to the worse ; and next, the compound- 
 ed object of manner, in a free and open encounter. The concessive 
 sentence is abridged into the \m'\^etiiit\ve, let grapple ; and it has 
 two subjects, joined hy and, — her, falsehood ; her is put instead 
 of truth,vihich occurs in the foregoing sentence; and it is in 
 the objective case ; because, though formally it is the subject of 
 the verb, grapple, really it is the object of the auxiliary, let; by 
 the help of which alone we now form the third persons of the 
 imperative. 
 
 234. / cannot praise a fugitive and cloistered virtue, unexercised 
 ami unhreathed, that never sallies out and sees her adversary, but 
 slinks out of the race, where that immortal garland is to be run for 
 
984 
 
 jwt witliout dust and heat. The principal sentence here is nega- 
 tive, I cannot praise. Tile object of the verb is virtue, to which 
 are related, beside the numeral a, the (our attributives, /«(7!<ii;e, 
 cloistered, unexercised, unbrcathed ; and the two accessory sen- 
 tences connected with it by that, and contrasted with each 
 other by but. The first of these adjective sentences is negative; 
 but the negation is expressed by the adverbial object never; 
 the subject being the relative pronoun, that; the predicate, 
 sallies, has, beside never, the object of direction, om<, and the fac- 
 titive object, (which is also an accessory sentence, having the 
 same subject as its principal, and one object,) sees her adversary ; 
 which is connected with it by the conjunction, and. The se- 
 cond accessory adjective sentence has the same subject as the 
 first ; and its predicate, slinks, is followed by the object of di- 
 rection, out of the race. With this object is associated another 
 accessory sentence of the adjective kind, connected with it by 
 the relative adverb, wliere; that immortal garl<tnd being the sub- 
 
 ject ; is to be run for, the predicate, followed by a double nega- 
 tive object of manner, not without dust and heat. 
 
 235. The analysis of the following sentence we give in a 
 tabular form, that the teacher may see in what form the results 
 of the examination of any sentence should appear on the black 
 board ; and also, how completely this method of investigating 
 the laws of language simplifies, and reduces under a few clear 
 laws, forms and expressions which appear most complicated, 
 and which are referred to a variety of rules, or else left un- 
 noticed in the common grammars; and, yet again, how the 
 laws of syntax may be both discovered and exhibited so that 
 pupils of any intelligence can perceive and retain them. 
 
 This justifies the high providence of Qod,who, though he commands 
 us temperance, justice, continence, yet pours out before us, even to a 
 profuseness, all desirable things, and gives us minds that t 
 beyond all limit and satiety. 
 
 Subject. 
 
 I. PRINCIPAL SENTENCE. 
 
 Predicate. Immediate Object, 
 
 This justifies 
 
 Attribute. 
 . the . . high . . providence 
 
 Subject. 
 
 ACCESSORY ADJECTIVE SENTENCES ; Attributes to the word God. 
 
 Predicates. Objects. 
 
 ,us; remote. 
 , / temperance;^ I 
 ^"*'>, justice; VI 
 
 ^continence; J J 
 
 f pours 
 
 1. CONCESSIVE ACCESSORY SENTENCES. 
 
 Suhj. Predic. Objects. 
 
 Correlat. 
 athl. CoTKMre ,US; remote. adverb. \ 
 
 VV^:S, Z:^- he commands/?-J-f"-a| yet \ S 
 
 -out ; place or direction. 
 before us ; remote. 
 Attribute. 
 
 Adverb of x 
 
 even to a profuseness ; 
 Attribute. 
 
 • all desirable things; immediate. 
 
 us; remote. 
 minds; immediate. 
 
 2. ACCESSORY ADJECTIVE SENTENCE ; Attribute to the word minds. 
 Subject. Predicate. Object of Place. 
 
 flimit 
 beyond . all . -! and ; connecting conjunction. 
 
 /^ 
 
 JOHN CUIJ.nS ANO SON, BUNGAY, 
 

 THIS BOOK IS DUE ON THE LAST DATE 
 STAMPED BELOW 
 
 AN INITIAL FINE OF 25 CENTS 
 
 WILL BE ASSESSED FOR FAILURE TO RETURN 
 THIS BOOK ON THE DATE DUE. THE PENALTY 
 WILL INCREASE TO SO CENTS ON THE FOURTH 
 DAY AND TO $t.OO ON THE SEVENTH DAY 
 OVERDUE. 
 
 OCT 5 193£ 
 
 OCT H 1935 
 
 OCT 7 1935. 
 
 JUl25t966 8 7i 
 
 all^87RcB 
 
 U^OSQOQ 
 
 v>'i-tz ■ j l-D 
 
 I JUL 3 ^968 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^y^ 
 
 ? 
 
 * 
 
 ^ 
 
 r^ 
 
 LD 21-100m-7,'33 
 
 ; •^^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 *Vt, 
 
 ^.m 
 
 t 
 
 . ^ 4-' 
 
 < ^f. - 
 
 \ -